Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 09:40:55am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Date / Time 
 
 
Session Overview
Date: Tuesday, 22/Aug/2023
8:30am - 10:00am100 SES 00 - NW 01: Working Meeting NW 01/ Hannu Heikkinen
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen
Working Meeting , contact Hannu Heikkinen for details
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

Working Meeting NW 01

Hannu Heikkinen

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Heikkinen, Hannu

Working Meeting NW 01

 
8:30am - 12:00pm100 SES 00 ISSPP: ISSPP Internal Working Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Helene Ärlestig
Working meeting. Contact Helene Ärlestig
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

ISSPP Internal Working Meeting

Helene Ärlestig

Umeå university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ärlestig, Helene

ISSPP Internal Working Meeting

 
9:00am - 10:30am100 SES 00 - LC 1: Link Convenors' Meeting 1
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Petra Grell
Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

Link Convenors' Meeting 1

Petra Grell, Fabio Dovigo

Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany

Presenting Author: Grell, Petra; Dovigo, Fabio

Link Convenors' Meeting 1

 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 A: Ignite Talks
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Erich Svecnik
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Do Private School Students Perform Better? A comparison of public, low-cost, and high-cost private schools in Nigeria.

Thelma Obiakor

London School of Economcis, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Obiakor, Thelma

This study investigates the differences in academic performances between primary school students in Nigeria's public, low-cost, and high-cost private schools. Unfortunately, reliable evidence on the causal differences in performance between different school types is unavailable in Nigeria. This is because it is difficult to derive causal estimates of the effect of school type on academic achievement when students are not randomly allocated to each school type.

Instead, students self-select into school types based on expected (in this case, their academic achievement) or are predisposed to attend particular school types due to certain demographic characteristics. This non-random selection of students into each school type introduces systematic bias between students in the different school types (Tooley & Yngstrom, 2014). Therefore, selection into a school type (high-cost private schools, for example) and academic achievement of students in that school type are confounded by pre-existing differences between students attending high-cost private schools and those not.

The earliest studies that attempted to estimate the private school effect used simple regression models treating the school type variable as exogenous. This means that researchers treat the school type a student attends as an independent causal factor of any observed differences in academic achievement between public and private school students (Lipcan et al., 2019). However, the main challenge in using regression models is the issue of selection bias which occurs because selection into private schools is endogenous. Therefore, treating private schools as exogenous will likely lead to computational differences because the school type a child attends is influenced by some child and household factors. For example, children from higher socio-economic households are more likely to attend private schools because of the costs associated with private schooling. These children are also more likely to afford after-school tuition (extra lessons), have parents who are highly educated and have higher ambition, and have access to other forms of social capital that can impact academic achievement. Therefore, households that select one school type (private schools, for instance) might differ in key observable and unobservable demographic factors from households that select public schools. This means that estimates OLS estimates will be biased and would not be the true causal effect of attending a private school.

In this study, I use the three advanced statistical techniques from a comparative perspective to assess the extent of selection bias, and control for it: Instrumental Variables, Heckman Correction, and Propensity Score Matching to evaluate the extent of selection bias and control for it (see Heckman, 1979; Rosenbaum & Rubin, 1983).

Finally, most studies of the impact of school type on academic achievement divide schools into categories, public and private schools. However, this categorization is misleading for Nigeria (and most countries in SSA). Private schools differ in terms of tuition and other fees associated with them. To illustrate this, public schools are not completely free in Nigeria. While they are tuition-free, there are other direct costs associated with attending public schools, such as uniforms, exam fees, and books. In some instances, the tuition fees and costs associated with some private schools are cheaper than those associated with public schooling. Therefore, students attending lower-cost private schools will likely differ from those in higher-cost private schools along many dimensions. As a result, in this study, I intend to adopt a method of comparison that accounts for four school types: public schools, extremely low-cost private schools, low-cost private schools, and high-cost private schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As I am concerned about the potential selection of unobserved variables, I use a Heckman and 2SLS approach. The Heckman and 2SLS are known to reduce bias in treatment effect estimates; however, from an analytical perspective, the main challenge is finding a valid instrument to implement both approaches.

The Heckman and IV approaches take advantage of variables strongly correlated with the endogenous variable of interest and are conditionally independent of the error term. Therefore, for my purpose, a satisfactory instrument must influence school type (relevance restriction) but not influence academic performance except through school type (exclusion restriction). In line with the existing evidence on the determinants of school choice in Nigeria, I identified a set of potential instrumental variables in the data. Ultimately, measuring the household's proximity to the nearest government school proved to be a suitable instrument.

In addition to the estimates of the school type effect obtained using Heckman and IVs, I estimate the effect of attendance in school type using the propensity score matching (PSM) framework. This uses a large collection of observed pre-treatment differences can be used to estimate a single score, the propensity score. The propensity score is the probability of assignment to a treatment condition, given a set of pre-treatment variables. This approach only addresses Selection based on observables and does not distinguish between factors that predict school selection and the factors that predict academic achievement.

Data and Variables
The data are from the Nigerian Education Data Survey (NEDS) 2015. NEDS is a nationally representative survey of 84 324 students from pre-primary to Junior Secondary School (JSS). The key dependent variable is student performance in literacy and numeracy outcomes. The survey implementers assessed two domains, literacy and numeracy. Data on basic education achievement in reading literacy and numeracy are from the assessment of eligible children ages five to sixteen. Literacy and numeracy skills were tested on children who had ever attended or dropped out of school. I use a set of student covariates informed by the existing research on the determinants of school choice, including student, caregiver, and household characteristics.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, I try to quantify the relative contribution of private schools on the academic achievement of primary school students in Nigeria. I use rich household survey data that enables me to use several estimation techniques to account for endogeneity.  

Furthermore, analyzing the effectiveness of private schools in Nigeria is challenging because private schools are heterogeneous, comprising low-cost and highly fragmented nonformal and higher-cost formal private schools. Fortunately, my data contains information on household education expenditure, which allows me to categorize schools by cost, thereby accounting for the heterogeneity in terms of cost.

The consistent finding across all estimates in the binary school type analysis (public versus private schools) is that students in private schools outperform those in public schools. However, when the school type is broken into polychotomous categories (public schools versus three categories of private schools), only mid and high-cost private schools outperform public school students. Students in public schools outperformed low-cost private school students. Comparing the result from the OLS and the propensity score method suggest that a large section of the differences in school type are attributable to differences in the types of students attending the different school types. Further comparison of results from those obtained in the propensity score to those obtained using Heckman and IV models suggest that unobserved variables account for a large variation in student achievement beyond the effect of observed characteristics and differences between school types.

These findings that private schools that not all private schools outperform public schools have clear implications for policymakers.  Expanding access to public schools and improving the quality of education in public schools provides an opportunity to deal with the challenge of the declining quality of education in Nigeria.

References
Lipcan, A., Crawfurd, L., & Law, B. (2019). Learning in Lagos: Comparing Student Achievement in Bridge, Public, and Private Schools. Department for International Development. Oxford Policy Management. https://www.opml.co.uk/files/Publications/8022-education-data-research-evaluation-nigeria-edoren/learning-in-lagos.pdf?noredirect=1

Heckman, J. J. (1979). Sample selection bias as a specification error. Econometrica: Journal of the Econometric Society, 153-161

Rosenbaum, P. R., & Rubin, D. B. (1983). Assessing sensitivity to an unobserved binary covariate in an observational study with binary outcome. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society: Series B (Methodological), 45(2), 212-218.

Tooley, J., & Yngstrom, I. (2014). School choice in Lagos State: Summary of extended research conducted on school choice in Lagos. Newcastle University.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Bridging Gaps Through Cooperation Between Teacher Education and Schools.

Kristine Haugen Rubilar

University of South-Eastern Norway (USN), Norway

Presenting Author: Rubilar, Kristine Haugen

My study is part of a larger project called BRIDGES which aim is to develop research- based interdisciplinary didactics in teacher education, and to improve teacher education with the support of and in collaboration with the end users. The focus of interdisciplinary didactics is closely related to the renewal of the Norwegian national curriculum (2017 – 2020) and the introduction of the three crosscutting themes public health and life skills, democracy and citizenship, and sustainable development. The implementation of the crosscutting themes into the curricula has prompted an interest for and actualized interdisciplinarity in both teacher education and schools. Interdisciplinary work is the common denominator in BRIDGES, and the research conducted is either focusing especially on one of the three crosscutting themes or interdisciplinarity as an objective to ensure better coherence within and between school subjects or disciplines in teacher education. In my PhD-project, I facilitate a collaborating space, that is this study’s main objective. In 2017, a national initiative for decentralized competence development in schools was implemented, emphasising partnership and locally based initiatives as pivotal means to target learning and development in schools. The partnership entails an equal and mutually binding collaboration, departing from research-based, practice-oriented, and relevant measures (Udir, 2022) to facilitate processes that improve practices. The overall aim is to improve practices within teacher education and collaboration between schools and teacher education for mutual exchange of knowledge, experiences and worldviews, and to obtain a deeper understanding of how practices develop. The overarching research question for my study is how can collaboration between teacher education and the field of practice contribute to learning and strengthening practice for teacher educators and schoolteachers? I the project I investigate collaboration both on a horizontal and vertical level, looking at collaboration within teacher education and between teacher education and schools. In addition, I explore how both teacher educators and schoolteachers understands the concept interdisciplinarity in teaching and learning.

The project is designed as a case study, where I as a teacher educator collaborate with two other teacher educators and three schools in one Norwegian municipality throughout one school year. Interdisciplinarity is targeted as a focus area the municipality and its schools wish to address and further develop. The overall strategy, or design for the partnership is decided by the school owner (municipality) together with the administrative project leader at the university. In this case, the design is a so called “competence package” consisting of eight different modules targeting interdisciplinarity in different ways. We as the teacher educators create the content and tasks for the different modules, and the school principals are responsible for initiating and leading the teachers’ work and development processes locally. The competence package is built around a methodology focusing on individual and collective reflections on different parts of the curriculum, and on introducing new elements into existing practice and already prepared work in classroom (Penuel et al., 2007, Kennedy, 2016). Authentic learning implies that initiatives targeting competence development in schools should enable teachers to be agents in their own development process. The intention of the reflections is hence to facilitate critical discussions to challenge existing practices and enable the teachers to find ways to ask new questions related to their fundamental values and theories of action (Robinson, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on activity theory and the theory of expansive learning, I explore how this partnership progresses and takes form, by investigating what contradictions occur in the collaboration, and how they are addressed and solved (Engeström & Sannino, 2010). The focus is both directed towards collaboration within teacher education, and between teacher education and schools. Also, the schoolteachers work with and understanding of interdisciplinarity in teaching is addressed in the project, but for this Ignite-Talk I put emphasis on the aspect of collaboration.
An overall purpose of the partnership approach in the competence development model is to strengthen research-informed practice in schools, and to create equality through active and co-creative participation between both partners (Hartberg & Havn, 2022). So far, we have been cooperating closely within the teacher education but more or less indirectly with the schools. It is questionable whether we will be able to collaborate more directly with the schoolteachers, but we are planning to conduct observation of the work on one of the modules at the schools. Data will mainly be produced (Aase & Fossåskaret, 2014) on transcripts of semi-structured interviews with project leader, school owner, school principals, schoolteachers and teacher educators, recordings of workshops between teacher educators while developing the content of the competence package, schoolteachers’ logs, and minutes from different meetings. In addition, every second module is followed up with a questionnaire for the teachers, to trace their experiences with and evolving understanding of interdisciplinarity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The design of the competence package started in the beginning of spring 2022, and the schools started their work in September/October 2022. If everything goes according to plan, the competence package will be completed in May/Jun 2023. The preliminary findings of the research indicates that participation in partnership through the decentralized competence development initiative enhances learning and development within teacher education, and within schools. Previous research correlates with preliminary findings in this project in that learning in partnerships between research and practice becomes evident when there are changes in the collective knowledge and in the routines of organizations that participate in the partnerships (Farrell et al., 2022). A central element of the competence package is relevance for practice, something that forces us as teacher educators to “think like schoolteachers” and especially be sensitive to their work context when translating theoretical knowledge into concrete tasks. In addition, cocreation between teacher educators in developing the competence package has established an essential space for collaboration and reflection that did not exist before, creating new bridges between disciplines and teacher educators. Likewise, the schools express that participating in the decentralized initiative and working with the competence package facilitate cocreation of the schools’ collective competence. It is experienced both as an obligation and driving force for professionalisation of practice. As data production at the moment is in its initial phases at the point being, I expect to have further findings and analysis to share and explore for the conference in August.  
References
Aase, T. H. & Fossåskaret, E. (2014). Skapte virkeligheter: Om produksjon og tolkning av
kvalitative data (2. utg.). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget
Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A., Anderson, R. E., Bohannon, A. X., Couburn, C. E. og
Brown, S. L. (2022). Learning at the Boundaries of Research and Practice: A Framework for Understanding Research–Practice Partnerships. Educational Researcher, 51(3), 197–208.
Hartberg, E. og Havn, H. (2022). Roller og samskaping i skoleutvikling. I Helstad, K. og
Mausethagen, S. (red). Skoleutvikling i forskning, politikk og praksis. Cappelen Damm akademisk.
Kennedy, M. M. (2016). How does professional development improve teaching? Review of
educational research, 86(4), 945–980.
Penuel, W. R., Fishman, B. J., Yamaguchi, R., Gallagher, R. og Gallagher, L. P. (2007). What
Makes Professional Development Effective? Strategies that Foster Curriculum Implementation. American Educational Research Journal, 44 (4), 921–958.
Udir. (2022). Tilskuddsordning for lokal kompetanseutvikling i barnehage og  
grunnopplæring. https://www.udir.no/kvalitet-og-kompetanse/lokal-kompetanseutvikling/tilskuddsordningene-for-lokal-kompetanseutvikling-i-barnehage-og-grunnopplaring/#a183012  
Robinson, V. (2018). Færre endringer – mer utvikling. Cappelen Damm Akademisk


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Towards Successful Interdisciplinary Teaching in Dutch Gymnasia

Sandra Karten

Leiden University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Karten, Sandra

“It is no wonder many secondary school students complain that school is irrelevant to the real world. […] The adolescent begins to realize that in real life we encounter problems and situations, gather data from all of our sources, and generate solutions. The fragmented school day does not reflect this reality” (Jacobs 1989, p. 1).

Interdisciplinarity helps and challenges students to think about the world from different disciplines, and, therefore, from different and diverse perspectives (Lattuca, Voigt, & Faith 2004). It prepares students for the way they need to handle real problems and situations in a real and diverse world and hence prepares them for the future (Beane 1997). A coherent curriculum is a widely shared ideal amongst teachers at all levels of teaching and learning (Janssen 2020). Furthermore, interdisciplinary teaching plays an important part in counteracting overload and fragmentation of the curriculum (Abbenhuis et al. 2008). For example, by diminishing overlap in learning plans between different school subjects, the problem of an overloaded curriculum can be solved (Folmer et al. 2017).

This study will focus on interdisciplinary teaching at secondary schools in The Netherlands. When considering all the advantages mentioned above, one would expect interdisciplinary learning to be an essential component of the curricula in secondary schools. However, according to recent reports (for example, the ‘Curriculum Mirror’ of 2017) it is not.

The main goal of this study is to investigate current practices of interdisciplinary teaching and learning, focusing on difficulties teachers encounter when developing this type of education. The two main questions to be answered are:

1. Which problems do teachers in secondary schools in The Netherlands encounter when developing interdisciplinary education?

2. What do teachers need in order to improve their interdisciplinary education?

Answers to these questions will provide essential input for a didactical instrument aiding teachers in the development of interdisciplinary education. This instrument will be developed in the next phase of this research project.

This study focuses on a specific department of the Dutch secondary school system: the gymnasium. The ‘gymnasium’ is the Dutch school type that prepares pupils for higher education (university). This is also the school type where, among other subjects, Latin and Greek Languages and Culture are taught (Remie 2022, Burgersdijk 2022). The gymnasium is considered a promising place for interdisciplinary teaching and learning, but also here the development of it appears to be problematic (BGV 2015, BGV 2020).

In order to answer the questions two methods were used (see also the method section below). First, a questionnaire was sent out to gymnasium teachers of different subjects in The Netherlands. Secondly, I organized three focus group meetings with teachers from different gymnasia.

In this ignite talk I will argue that interdisciplinary education in Dutch gymnasia is often developed on top of existing disciplinary curricula. In other words, it is overloading curricula, instead of doing the exact opposite. Therefore, to make interdisciplinary teaching successful, it is important to really embed it in the curriculum, strengthening and diversifying existing disciplinary curricula. This is one of the main steps that needs to be taken to successfully embody a widely shared ideal: a coherent curriculum.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Two methods were used to collect data and to analyse them (Creswell 2013). First, a questionnaire was sent out to gymnasium teachers in The Netherlands. Secondly, I organized three focus group meetings with teachers.

Questionnaire
To structure the questionnaire three perspectives were used (Goodlad 1994 and Nieveen, Handelzalts & van Eekelen (2011). First, the substantive perspective, which mainly focuses on what is developed. Secondly, the  political-social perspective focusing on who initiate collaboration between school subjects (MacBeath 2005). Thirdly, the technical-professional perspective, focusing on the process of the development of interdisciplinary education.  
Five-point Likert scale questions were posed, followed by an option for elucidation. Three open questions were posed, for example ‘what do you need (on any level) to improve interdisciplinary education at your school’?
For the spread of the questionnaire I used existing gymnasium teacher networks. After filtering out data entries that were not usable (for example, very incomplete data), data of 108 teachers could be analysed, representing all school subjects and approximately 80 different schools.
All Likert-scale questions were analyzed separately, using Excel to calculate the frequency of given answers. Answers to open questions were categorized in different cycles. A combination of an inductive and deductive approach was used, starting the categorization process by using phrases or terms used by the participants themselves and subsequently moving towards a more theoretical vocabulary (Linneberg & Kosgaard 2019). Two other researchers (both not involved in this study) also coded the data.

Focus group
Nieveen’s model of school specific curriculum development (2017), was used to structure the topics discussed in the three meetings with the focus group incorporating 1) curriculum development, 2) school organisation development and 3) professional development. On the basis of concrete examples of interdisciplinary education used at their schools, strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats were discussed (McKenney & Reeves 2019) from Nieveen’s three points of view.
Participants were recruited through results of the questionnaire, where respondents could leave their contact information. This resulted in a group of ten teachers of different school subjects and two members of school management, who came together online three times.
Discussions were held in sub-groups according to formats prepared by the researcher. At the end of every session key points were selected plenary. The discussion leading to these key points was recorded and transcribed and sent to the participants to check (Ravitch & Carl 2016). Participants had no further remarks about the selected key points.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Three main conclusions can be drawn from the data. First, the development of interdisciplinary teaching cannot be considered on its own. Teachers encounter problems that do not only have to do with 1) the content of the interdisciplinary curriculum itself, but also with 2) the development of the school organization (for example: school culture, time and resources) and 3) their own professional development (Nieveen 2017). Therefore, to fully understand the problems teachers encounter, a more diverse view on curriculum development is needed, addressing these three areas. Secondly, interdisciplinarity is overloading the curriculum, even though in theory it is supposed to counteract overload. In practice, interdisciplinary education is often developed on top of existing disciplinary curricula. Thirdly, not only is interdisciplinarity overloading the curriculum, but also the teachers themselves, based on the most named need by teachers: development time. Therefore, to make interdisciplinary teaching successful, it is important to really embed it in the curriculum, strengthening and diversifying existing disciplinary curricula. Based on literature (e.g. Drake & Burns 2004 and Janssen 2021) and results from the focus group, this can be done from two perspectives: 1) by taking existing disciplinary curricula as a starting point and searching for ‘natural fits’ or ‘potential areas for integration’ (Drake & Burns 2004, p. 130), and 2) by first choosing a theme (for example, environmental sustainability) and then examining in which way curricula of different school subjects can be connected to this theme. In both cases the process of the development of interdisciplinary education, needs to be ‘protected’ by positive circumstances in the school organization, for example enough development time for teachers and support by school management. These are the key steps that need to be taken to make interdisciplinary education successful, and in the long term more diverse and inclusive.
References
Abbenhuis, R., Klein Tank, M., Lanschot, V. van, Mossel, G. van, Nieveen, N., Oosterloo, A., Paus, H. & Roozen, I. (2008). Curriculair leiderschap. Over curriculaire samenhang, samenwerking en leiderschap in het onderwijs. Enschede: SLO.

Beane, J. A. (1997). Curriculum Integration: Designing the Core of a Democratic Education. New York: Teachers College Press.

BGV/AOb. (2015). Enquête Stand van de Gouden Standaard voor gymnasiumopleiding op de scholengemeenschappen. Utrecht: BGV / AOb.

BGV/AOb. (2020). Rapportage BGV-conferentie 28 november 2019 Het 13e werk van Herakles: voortbouwen op bouwstenen. Utrecht: BGV / AOb.

Burgersdijk, D. (2022). Gymnasium. Geschiedenis van een eliteschool. Amsterdam: Athenaeum.

Creswell, J.W. (2013). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. 4th Edition. London: SAGE Publications, Inc..

Drake, S. and Burns, R. (2004). Meeting Standards through Integrated Curriculum. Alexandria: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Folmer, E., Koopmans-van Noorel, A., Kuiper, W. (eds.) (2017). Curriculumspiegel 2017. Enschede: SLO.

Goodlad, J. (1994). Curriculum as a field of study. In T. Husén & T.N. Postlethwaite (Eds.), The international encyclopedia of education (pp. 1262-1267).

Jacobs, H.H. (Ed.). (1989). Interdisciplinary curriculum: design and implementation. Alexandria: ASCD.

Janssen, F.J.J.M. (2020). ‘Samenhang? Ja graag. Maar hoe dan?’, accessed 29.01.2023 from Didactiefonline via https://www.didactiefonline.nl/blog/blonz/samenhang-ja-graag-maar-hoe-dan

Janssen F.J.J.M. (2021). Een curriculumkader voor vormend onderwijs: Een perspectiefgerichte benadering. Narthex, 21(3), 5-15.

Lattuca, L., Voigt, L., & Fath, K. (2004). Does interdisciplinarity promote learning? Theoretical support and researchable questions. Review of Higher Education, 23-4.

Linneberg, M. S., & Korsgaard, S. (2019). Coding qualitative data: A synthesis guiding the novice. Qualitative research journal. 19(3), 259-270.

MacBeath, J. (2005). Leadership as distributed: a matter of practice. School Leadership and Management, 25:4, 349-366.

McKenney, S. & Reeves, T.C. (2019). Conducting Educational Design Research. New York: Routledge.

Nieveen, N. (2017). Schooleigen curriculumontwikkeling en voorwaarden voor succes. Enschede: SLO.

Nieveen, N., Handelzalts A. & van Eekelen, I. (2011). Naar curriculaire samenhang in de onderbouw van het voortgezet onderwijs. Pedagogische Studiën 88 (1). 249-265.

Ravitsch, S.M. & Carl, N.M. (2016). Qualitative Research: Bridging the Conceptual, Theoretical, and Methodological. London: SAGE Publications, Inc..

Remie, M. (2022). Het Gymnasium. Het verhaal van een eigengereid schooltype. Amsterdam: Prometheus.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Five Spaces for Design in Education

Melissa Warr1, Punya Mishra2

1New Mexico State University, United States of America; 2Arizona State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Warr, Melissa

Almost everything around us is made up. It is created – whether intentionally or unintentionally – by other humans, including things that we often take to be natural, such as the foods we eat or animals we keep as pets. As it turns out, most of the vegetables we enjoy and the pets we love to spend time with have been “designed” by artificial selection over decades, even centuries. What does that mean for us as humans, and as designers?

Recognizing that we live, for the most part, in an artificial, human-created world can change how we are in the world, how we perceive it, interact with it, and, more importantly, how we can change it. One could argue that it also provides us with a moral imperative to do so because we know that much of the world around us is unfair, often disadvantaging and marginalizing huge swaths of people and communities. Since there is nothing inherently “natural” about these artifacts or processes or systems, we have the agency to change them.

Included in this artificial world is education. Almost every aspect of what makes up today’s educational system—classes, schools, credit hours, universities, degrees, even the very idea of receiving an “education”—has been invented by humans. The current design of education does not work for many, particularly the groups that have been historically marginalized. If schools are not fun, if they do not support play and creativity, it is because they are designed to be this way (either intentionally or by happenstance as a side effect of some other decisions that were, at that time, believed to me more important). Because these are creations of humans, they can be reimagined and redesigned for better outcomes. Although the changing educational system might be incredibly complex, it is worth recognizing that it is designed and so can be re-designed.

In our work, we have found that expanding what we see as artificial, particularly the artificial nature of education and schooling, can enable powerful change. It is enabling in two ways. First, it allows us to interrogate everything around us, not taking it as a given, but rather something that was created and thus can be re-created, re-imagined, and re-designed. Second, it provides a response to those who resist change by making an essentialist argument — “this is just how things are.” Acknowledging the artificiality of the system suggests that this is how things may be, but they don’t have to be this way.

Another important aspect of seeing the world as artificial is expanding what we mean by the “world.” For too long we (and the field of design) have conceived of the designed world as constituted of physical artifacts and other technological tools. Although these are important, we argue that there are many intangible aspects to the designed world. They may include experiences (such as the feeling of awe when faced with the immensities of the cosmos); processes (such as the process of registering for school), systems (such as the K-20 educational system), or even culture (such as the culture of high-school football). Although design in some spheres (such as systems and culture) might be more complex than others, applying a wide-angled design lens can increase agency, empowering change makers. In order to do so, we need a frame, a way of categorizing or classifying the different kinds of “designed things” that are out there in the world.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
NOTE: this talk is based on a theoretical framework in development; specific research won't be presented. Rather, the framework will be explained.

We have created a framework that supports applying this type of design lens to education. The Five Spaces for Design in Education framework presents design as occurring across five interactive spaces: artifacts, processes, experiences, systems, and culture. The framework provides an analytical tool for understanding the relationships among designed entities, shifting perspectives, and offering new possibilities for re-design.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Designers bring attributes such as openness, tolerance for ambiguity, empathy, creative confidence, optimism, as well as a willingness to iterate and learn from failure. Designers recognize that what is is not what has to be. Bringing this perspective to education allows us to do more than just refine or reform it. Instead, we can re-design it.
References
Mishra, P., & Warr, M. (2020). Foreward: A systems view of technology infusion. In A. C. Borthwick, T. S. Foulger, & K. J. Graziano (Eds.), Championing technology infusion in teacher preparation: A framework for supporting future educators. International Society for Technology in Education.

Mishra, P., & Warr, M. (2021). Contextualizing TPACK within systems and cultures of practice. Computers in Human Behavior, 117(April 2021). https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0747563220304209

Warr, M., & Close, K. (2020). Designing culture for learning. 2020 AECT International Convention. 2020 AECT International Convention.

Warr, M., Mishra, P., & Scragg, B. (2020). Designing theory. Educational Technology Research and Development, 68(2), 601–632. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09746-9

Weiner, S., Warr, M., & Mishra, P. (2020). Fostering system-level perspective taking when designing for change in educational systems. TechTrends, 64, 779–788. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-020-00529-w
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 B: Inclusive Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Dayana Balgabekova
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Muslim Teachers' Understandings of Students with Disabilities in Inclusive Settings.

Nourah Alshalhoub

Princess Nourah University, Saudi Arabia

Presenting Author: Alshalhoub, Nourah

Understanding how teachers perceive students with disability is essential to their inclusion and education, particularly with the rising debate between special and inclusive education (Florian, 2019). It was the recognition of the inequality and unfairness of systems that segregated students because of their differences that led to questions about the practice of special education (Vislie, 2003). Saudi Arabia is a signatory to international initiatives aimed at improving education for all and so in the drive towards Vision 2030 Saudi Arabia has embarked on a series of initiatives aimed at improving education. With the international drive towards inclusion, Saudi Arabia is now turning its attention to placing students with disabilities in mainstream schools. While this practice is to be welcomed, successfully including students with disabilities is not straightforward.

The Saudi context is one that is underpinned by Islamic values and Arabic tradition. Thus, this paper is part of my PhD thesis and will provide a snapshot from Muslim teachers involved in inclusive schools. Looking at this phenomenon from an Islamic perspective offered a unique opportunity to explore how these aspects intersect on the ground. This is an important omission, because as this study will argue, the Islamic cultural context found across the Middle East brings a unique and dynamic understanding of inclusive education. This is not to suggest that there is a homogenous approach to inclusion across the Middle East region; rather, each country in this geographical region implements inclusion in ways which consider local and national contexts, and this can result in different practices being adopted (Gaad, 2011). We know from the literature that the Middle East is not alone in this phenomenon, as differences in implementation exist globally (Carrington et al., 2015; Yada & Alnahdi, 2021). Studies of Islam and disability are quite limited, with a notable exception of Bhatty et al. (2009), who synthesise the historical, legal, sociological and theological literature relating to disability. Al-Aoufi, Al-Zyoud & Shahminan (2012) contend that within Islam, concern for the disadvantaged demonstrates a commitment to inclusion, and they cite acts undertaken by the Prophet to include those who were sick or disabled. Their paper also considers the right to education of those with disabilities, and argues that this right is clearly upheld in the Quran. Analysing text from the Quran, they conclude that:

- ‘Individuals have a right to be treated equally: everyone is equally important, whether disabled or not disabled.

- Individuals have a right to be educated regardless of disability.

- Individuals have a right to be included within society and to have an effective, valuable role within it.'

Al-Aoufi, Al-Zyoud & Shahminan (2012:211)

However, there has been little debate about the concept of inclusion in Saudi Arabia and the Middle East in general (Gaad, 2011). As countries implement inclusion based on international declarations, the additional lens of the Islamic faith within Middle Eastern countries is of importance not only to this study but to the field in general, and it brings an added dimension to the topic. Indeed, recently there has been a call to pay more attention to the Islamic perspective when fostering inclusive education, as the principles of inclusive education are seen to align with Islamic values (Ibrahim & Ismail, 2018; Abu‐Alghayth, Catania, Semon et al. 2022). This study is an attempt to tease out how Islamic principles influence teachers as they seek to understand and work with young people with disabilities when providing an appropriate education so that future work with staff can use these as a starting point for the implementation of inclusive education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of this paper was to gain and explore teachers’ perspectives and understandings of students with disabilities in inclusive classrooms. Qualitative approach was employed to collect data from a sample of specific educational settings involved in the implementation of inclusive education practice and to reflect on various realities from the participants’ perspectives. Semi-structured interviews were conducted to gain better understanding of students with disability in Saudi schools from the perspectives of those exposed to the experience of inclusive education. Although the focus of my PhD research was on inclusive education, Muslim identity appeared as one of the aspects that influence the inclusion of students with disabilities. In this paper, the focus will be around the findings of a section of interviews that were conducted face to face with 12 teachers in their schools. The participants were special and general teachers. Interviews questions were about participants’ thoughts about inclusion and disabilities. In this paper I will only be discussing the findings of Muslim identity preference data. Furthermore, the interviews were conducted in Arabic the language spoken by participants. For data analysis, thematic analysis was used in order to analyse the data produced from the interviews. Since the theoretical framework employed in this study is based on the disability models of disability and Islamic perspective, thematic analysis was relevant to analysing the findings of this research. In particular, it offers a better framework to examine the participants’ understanding and thoughts.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As practising Muslims and citizens of an Islamic faith-based society, teachers believed it was their duty to help students with disabilities. This aspect provides an important starting point for addressing inclusion and inclusive education. Teachers in this study reported lacking knowledge about the diverse learners in their classroom.
Some teachers were not in favour of including students with disabilities into the mainstream classroom. Teachers expressed that they felt they had a duty to fulfil their obligations to Allah and help all students to learn. Across the responses, participants were aware of their responsibility to help students with disabilities (Bazna & Hatab, 2005; Morad & Nasri & Merrick, 2001). Further, some teachers reported that teaching students with disabilities is part of their job and that they get paid for teaching them.
They have been given responsibility to teach these students by Allah and in fact they are having difficulty supporting the students. Thus, feeling guilt might be an obvious outcome from the situation (Ibrahim & Ismail, 2018). However, Muslims have also been influenced by their local cultures and other external factors. Muslim identity appears to motivate teachers to include students. Internationally inclusive education is promoted and based on ideas such as human rights (Avramidis & Norwich, 2002); democratic principles (Miles & Singal, 2010); equality and social justice (Miles & Singal, 2010; Avramidis and Norwich, 2002). . Thus, instead of introducing new ideas to implement inclusive education, valuing the local individual culture to promote education can be more effective (Carrington, et al., 2016).

References
Abu‐Alghayth, K.M., Catania, N., Semon, S., Lane, D. & Cranston‐Gingras, A., 2022. A brief history of special education policy on the inclusion of students with intellectual disabilities in Saudi Arabia. British Journal of Learning Disabilities. 50, pp. 178–187.
Al-Aoufi, H., Al-Zyoud, N., Shahminan, N., 2012. Islam and the cultural conceptualisation of disability. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth. 17(4), pp. 205-219.
Avramidis, E., Norwich, B., 2002. Teachers' attitudes towards integration / inclusion: a review of the literature. European Journal of Special Needs Education. 17(2), pp. 129-147.
Bazna, M., Hatab, T., 2005. Disability in the Qur’an: the Islamic alternative to defining, viewing, and relating to disability. Journal of Religion, Disability & Health. 9(1), pp. 5-27.
Bhatty, I., Moten, A. A., Tawakkul, M., & Amer, M. (2009). Disability in Islam: Insights into theology, law, history, and practice. Disabilities: Insights from across fields and around the world. Praeger perspective: London.
Carrington, S., Saggers, B., Adie, L., Zhu, N., Gu, D., Hu, X., Wang, Y., Deng, M. & Mu, G.M., 2015. International Representations of Inclusive Education: How is Inclusive Practice Reflected in the Professional Teaching Standards of China and Australia? International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 62(6), pp. 556-570. DOI: 10.1080/1034912X.2015.1077933.
Florian, L., 2019., On the necessary co-existence of special and inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education. 23(7-8), pp. 691-704.
Gaad, E., 2011. Inclusive Education in the Middle East. New York: Routledge.
Ismail, R., Ibrahim, R., 2018. Teachers' perception on digital game: A preliminary investigation towards educational game application for Islamic religious primary schools. International Conference on Information and Communication Technology for the Muslim World. pp. 36-41.
Miles, S., Singal, N., 2010. The Education for All and inclusive education debate: conflict, contradiction or opportunity? International Journal of Inclusive Education. 14(1), pp.1-15.
Morad, M., Nasri, Y., Merrick, J., 2001. Islam and the person with intellectual disability. Journal of Religion, Disability & Health. 5(2-3), pp. 65-71.
Vislie, L., 2003. From integration to inclusion: focusing global trends and changes in the western European societies. European Journal of Special Needs Education. 18(1), pp. 17-35.
Yada, A. & Alnahdi, G. H., 2021. A comparative study on Saudi and Japanese in-service teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education and self-efficacy in inclusive practices. Educational Studies. pp. 1-19 DOI: 10.1080/03055698.2021.1969646


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Construction of Achievement(Differences) and its Social Genesis - An International Comparison between Canada and Germany

Büşra Kocabıyık

Martin-Luther-University Halle-Wittenberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Kocabıyık, Büşra

School inclusion pursues the normative goal of identifying and overcoming barriers that disadvantage, discriminate, and marginalize and replacing them with means that (can) enable full participation of all students (Ainscow, 2008). School systems in German-speaking contexts with their multi-tracked structure, their hierarchizing and selective functions are often problematized in this context and contrasted with more inclusive programming. This contrast has been reconstructed in various studies conducted in the German-speaking context in recent years (a.o. Rabenstein et al., 2013; Sturm & Wagner-Willi, 2015; Wagener, 2020). These studies identify achievement rankings as a central difference dimension of teachers' teaching practices in multi-tracked school systems: "These differences are ascribed to the students individually, in a hierarchical way (better/worse), accompanied by discrimination and a lack of learning opportunities, mostly for the 'weak(er)' students" (Sturm, 2019, p. 657 f.). At the same time, exploratory studies that comparing the construction of differences in schools in single-track systems and ones following multiple tracks suggest that teachers' practices and their construction processes differ according "to the formal school-based context in which they work" (ibid., p. 656; Sturm & Wagener, 2023, under review). For example, group discussions conducted with teachers in Norway, the USA and Germany showed that “German teachers only refer to the students’ achievement, which they understand as a result of the giftedness of the child, measured in IQ” whereas teachers in Norway and the United States explained lower “academic achievement of students in terms of the need to adapt their teaching approaches” (Sturm, 2019, p. 666). Since these results concern single cases and cannot be generalized to single-track and multi-track school systems overall, it is the central concern of the PhD researcher to systematically compare the constructions of achievement (or student differences) between school systems that differ in basic structure (integrative/selective) in order to find out whether and to what extent teachers’ practices differ. The project provides a comparison of teaching practices situated in a single-track school system, specifically that of Canada, and in a multi-track school system, specifically that of Germany. Canada – in Germany discussed as the “North Star” of inclusion (Hinz, 2006) – was the first country to enshrine rights for people with physical and mental impairments in 1985 as part of its Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms (see CCD press release, 2012, online). In educational discourses, it is particularly characterized by its approach to societal heterogeneity and diversity. For example, Canada has enshrined multiculturalism nationally in law since 1988 (cf. Canadian Multiculturalism Act, 1985), which protects the rights of all marginalized population groups and aims to preserve and strengthen Canada's cultural diversity (Polat, 2019). The following research questions are formulated to address the multi-level comparison described here: How is achievement constructed and dealt with in the teaching practices of social studies classes in single versus multi-tracked school systems? Which forms of enabling and hindering academic and social participation of students in the classroom are reconstructable? In order to begin articulating an explanation for the similarities and differences in teaching practices, this study investigates the question of the significance and relevance of structural and legal frameworks in everyday school practice and curriculum. For this purpose, the second empirical part of the work will include curricuuma analyses as well as analyses of the respective school laws. In comparing teaching practices, data (principally audio/visual) have been collected at two secondary schools in British Columbia. Similarly data have been collected at a secondary school in Saxony-Anhalt, Germany, while data collection at two other types of schools is still pending.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The comparison of practices and structural framework conditions is anchored in the praxeological sociology of knowledge developed by Ralf Bohnsack (2017) based on Karl Mannheim’s sociology of knowledge (Mannheim, 1952) and focus on the methodology of the documentary method. Through the application of this method, data has been collected and evaluated; it is related in the sense of a multi-level comparison brought into relation with the framework conditions contained in educational policy (school laws) and programs (curricula). A constitutive component of this methodology are comparative analyses to identify similarities and differences between the reconstructed (teaching) practices in different classrooms, school (types) and states (and enables researchers to bracket their own normative and theoretical perspectives). The praxeological perspective asks about the how of the interactive and performative production and processing of differences as well as for the overlapping of different dimensions of difference (e.g., performance/gender). Following Mannheim (1982) Bohnsack (2018) distinguishes two central forms of knowledge, which he names "propositional logic" and the "performative logic" (Bohnsack, 2017, pp. 55ff.). They differ fundamentally and at the same time are in a continuous tension with each other, which Bohnsack (ibid., p. 51) refers to as the "notorious discrepancy". Propositional logic is based on the assumption that action is "purpose-rational" (ibid., 85), i.e., that the everyday actions of persons are guided by specific, mainly conscious goals and purposes. Mannheim calls this the "communicative" knowledge (Mannheim, 1982), referring to the so-called common-sense theories that are relied upon in everyday life. This is distinguished from the second form of knowledge, the "performative logic" (Bohnsack, 2017, p. 53), which Mannheim (1964, p. 100) says grasps as "atheoretical" and "incorporated". In contrast to communicative knowledge, tacit knowledge stocks are action-guiding and structure in the sense of habitus the practice of action of different actors. Mannheim also refers to them as "conjunctive" or connecting knowledge (Mannheim, 1982) especially since they are acquired primarily through shared experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The reconstructions/intermediate findings to date indicate that teachers' practices differ in single-track school systems when compared to multi-track school systems. In both cases – of social studies classes of two teachers working in Canada and Germany - they have a frontal and focused seating arrangement; the teacher asks the questions (as a questioner) and actively structures the lessons, while the students answer (as informers), so that the results are conceptualized as coming from individuals rather than “the class.” In terms of differences, it became clear that in the Canadian case it is not about a ‘right’ fact, but about an individual justification for the answers given. There are also questions asked that are linked to individuals’ their personal feelings regarding the topic. In the case of the German class there were leading questions observable that suggest a predetermined answer known by the teacher, allowing responses to be judged either as either correct or incorrect (Kocabıyık & Sturm, 2023, in print).

If the reconstructed results are related to the school structural and legal frameworks, the project (could) generate knowledge concerning the importance and relevance of school system framework conditions for pedagogical practices with the aim of inclusive education.

References
Ainscow, M. (2008). Teaching for Diversity. The Next Big Challenge. In: M. F. Connelly; M. F. He; J. A. Phillion (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Curriculum and Instruction. Los Angeles: Sage, S. 240-258.
Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeological sociology of knowledge. Opladen/Toronto: utb.
Bohnsack, R. (2018). Praxeological sociology of knowledge and documentary method: Karl Mannheim’s framing of empirical research. In D. Kettler & V. Meja (Eds.), The Anthem Companion to Karl Mannheim (pp. 199-220). Anthem Press.
CCD (Council of Canadians with Disabilities) (2012). Constitutional equality rights: People with disabilities still celebrating 30 years later. http://www.ccdonline.ca/en/humanrights/promoting/charter-press-release-17apri2012
Hinz, A. (2006). Kanada – ein ‚Nordstern‘ in Sachen Inklusion. In. A. Platte;  S. Seitz & K. Terfloth (Eds.), Inklusive Bildungsprozesse. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt, p. 149-158.
Kocabıyık, B.; Sturm, T. (2023, in print): Leistung als Konstrukt fachunterrichtlicher Praxen: empirische Analysen von Sozialkundeunterricht in Kanada und Deutschland. In: CES-Jahrbuch. Berlin: centrum für qualitative evaluations- und sozialforschung e.V.
Mannheim, K. (1952). Wissenssoziologie. In: id.: Ideologie und Utopie. Frankfurt a.M.: Verlag G. Schulte-Bulmke, p. 227-267.
Mannheim, K. (1964). Beiträge zur Theorie der Weltanschauungsinterpretation. In: H. Maus und F. Fürstenberg (Eds.), Wissenssoziologie. Neuwied: Luchterhand, p. 91-154.
Mannheim, K. (1982). Structures of thinking. Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Polat, A. (2019). Doing belonging and social coherence: Zugehörigkeitsdiskurse in Kanada und ihr Einfluss auf gesellschaftlichen Zusammenhalt und Inklusion. In: D. Jahr & R. Kruschel (Eds.), Inklusion in Kanada. Internationale Perspektiven auf heterogenitätssensible Bildung. Weinheim/Basel: Beltz, P. 30-46.
Rabenstein, K.; Reh, S.; Ricken, N. & Idel, T.-S. (2013). Ethnographie pädagogischer Differenzordnung. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 59(5), p. 668-690.
Sturm, T. und Wagner-Willi, M. (2015). Praktiken der Differenzbearbeitung im Fachunterricht einer integrativen Schule der Sekundarstufe. Zur Überlagerung von Schulleistung, Peerkultur und Geschlecht. In: Gender. Zeitschrift für Geschlecht, Kultur und Gesellschaft, 7(1), p. 64-78.
Sturm, T. (2019). Constructing and addressing differences in inclusive schooling – comparing cases from Germany, Norway and the United States. International Journal of Inclusive Education 23(6), p. 656-669.
Sturm, T. und Wagener, B. (2023, under review): Bilder und Videografien/videografische Daten im Kontext erziehungswissenschaftlicher Inklusionsforschung. In: T. Wolfgarten & M. Trompeta (Eds.), Bild & Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Skizzierung der thematischen Schnittmenge sowie des disziplinären Feldes. Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa, p. 231-248.
Wagener, B. (2020). Leistung, Differenz und Inklusion. Eine rekonstruktive Analyse professionalisierter Unterrichtspraxis. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Power of Inclusion – Who or What matters? Using UDL, Bronfenbrenner, And Freire To Reconceptualise “Inclusion” in Career Guidance.

Mary Quirke, Conor Mc Guckin

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Quirke, Mary

As professionals engaged in learning environments continue to adopt inclusive approaches, it is important that we recognise how theories frame “inclusion” and our approaches to “inclusive practice”. In this paper we will share the learning from a doctoral research that identified “the power to include” when exploring i) Universal Design for Learning (UDL) in relation to (ii) Career Guidance, within (iii) the philosophy of inclusive education. This innovative research paradigm enabled a deeper and meaningful consideration as to what “Inclusion” means for career guidance practice; as once again we seek to identify the interlinked factors that might necessitate careful attention if guidance is to take its place in the broader inclusion agenda and adopt a more sustainable inclusive approach as defined by the UN SDG’s (United Nations Department of Global Communications, 2015).

Career guidance theory originated at a time when work was predominantly male and industrialised (Arthur & McMahon, 2018) – a time when the medical model of disability was prevalent. Frank Parsons, a lawyer, and social activist identified the significance of a more scientific approach for decision making around learning and career choices; he observed the many inter-linked factors that required careful attention and understanding when choosing career paths (Jones, 1994). However, little has been considered in terms of inclusion in educational guidance; while there has been considerable change in relation to learning, learning outcomes and the workplace for learners themselves (Mann, Denis, Schleicher, Ekhtiari, Forsyth, Liu, & Chambers, 2020).

The medical model of disability once separated learners with disabilities from their peers, seeking to “fix” the problem while the social model demanded that education change the focus from the person to the learning environment. Universal Design (UD), based on 7 principles is primarily focused on designing for inclusion; and while “inclusion” is framed by the experience of people with disabilities, the objective is to design for the widest diversity of people possible. Such a philosophy demands adaptability and flexibility and a consideration of all who want to engage (Storey et al, 1998). Universal Design for Learning (UDL) – UD applied in the learning environment also demands change; responding to the diversity of learners in our classrooms (Bowe, 2000; Rose & Meyers, 2006). Philosophies and practices based on UD and UDL approaches take a very contemporary and proactive approach, embracing notions of democracy, diversity, belonging and empathy.

The research design also adopted such values together with an unlikely combination of a bioecological (Bronfenbrenner, 1979), UD and UDL approaches, while continuously seeking to empower (Freire, 1996). The “inclusion as process” approach (Quirke, Mc Guckin, & McCarthy, 2022), a reflective research method that seeks to take both an ethical and inclusive approach to educational research enabled a reframing and re-understanding of the central issue - the definition and understanding of the term “inclusion”. This resulted in an understanding of “inclusion” in relation to guidance and an elevated view of “inclusion” itself. As inclusive practices continue to develop, we ask, is there a bigger challenge emerging – the role and “knowing” of each professional and expert?

It is important that the wider diversity of professionals engaged in contemporary education, each consider their approach to inclusion – particularly if there is to be a more sustainable approach for inclusion across education – an approach aligned with the UN SDG’s. In 2001, Herr credited career guidance as a contributor to the equality agenda at the time; can guidance, perhaps again, contribute to a renewed focus on inclusion for the ever-changing set of demands faced today as change takes hold across education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A first step was to explore the literature and how inclusion shapes our thinking and approaches in guidance.   An initial observation was the prevailing influence of disability models and how they continue to influence our thinking and language in special and inclusive education today.  All too often, inclusion in education is focused on developing tangible products or modifying curriculum by way of add-on approaches  – approaches that are framed by medical diagnosis and definitive check lists.  Accommodation by way of add-on support is more often the response when learners face challenges and the risk is a diminished learning experience and exclusion.  
An early result from a systematic literature review (SLR) that found zero results when exploring i) Universal Design for Learning (UDL) in relation to (ii) Career Guidance, within (iii) the philosophy of inclusive education, prompted a particular focus on the evolving language of special and inclusive education within the academic literature, the prevailing influence of the disability models and how such approaches continue to influence discourse and practice of “inclusion”.  
Data was collected from 2 sequential studies; the first, a qualitative engagement with learners with a disability followed by three rounds of a wider Delphi study.  As the first study unfolded, an “Inclusion as Process” method (Quirke, Mc Guckin &, McCarthy, 2022) was adopted, to enable a deeper learning of “Inclusion” to emerge.   This meant that all elements of online engagement including language, tone, timing, platform, access to IT etc. were considered and this deeper consideration as the research process unfolded meant, that the research itself was constantly challenged as to how it broadly understood “inclusion”.  
The objective of the Delphi study, was to seek consensus between the guidance and education experts with the input of the “voice of the learner with a disability”.  It was informed by the 5 subordinate themes of the first study and the literature, and similarly involved a deep consideration at all stages of engagement as it exploited the experience from the first study, continuously working to ensure inclusion was at the core of the research engagement in and of itself.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While the initial focus of the doctoral study was to explore Career Guidance and Disability; the resultant learning journey was more about “inclusion”,  “contemporary inclusive researching” and our “professional relationship” with inclusion itself (Quirke & Mc Guckin, 2018, 2019, 2021, 2022).
As we explored the results of the studies together with the emerging literature; we  questioned whether the “expert” in special education, in inclusive education, and in UDL is resulting in disparate and clunky uses of language, thinking and professional practice for inclusion.   The initial result of zero in the SLR, which was recognized as a legitimate result highlighted the difference in terminology, language, tone, and approach across different texts.  
It also became apparent as the research unfolded and relationships across the microsystems were observed; that if the guidance counsellor is to be inclusive – they need to address the issue of “Power” in guidance relationships.  This prompts us to ask – do we each need to reconsider roles and our approach to inclusion – both consciously and unconsciously as we continue to use “disability” to frame inclusive practice.  
 A bigger question is also emerging – whether the story of “inclusion” that exists currently actually connects to the demands and needs of today’s learner.  How much attention are we paying to the growing power of “expert” of “inclusion”?   Are we aware of the depth and breadth of the challenges in our practice” and whether this even relates to the topic of “inclusive education” as we know it?
Finally, as our approaches continue to develop and influence the discourse and professional practice of “inclusion” in education - do we, as researchers, need to continually reflect on who or what matters?  How will we balance the power of Inclusion?

References
Arthur, N., & McMahon, M. (Eds.). (2018). Contemporary theories of career development: International perspectives. Routledge.
Bowe, F. G. (2000). Universal design in education. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.
Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Seabury Press.
Herr, E. L (2001). Career Development and Its Practice: A Historical Perspective. The CDQ: Special Millennium Issue, 49(3), 196 -211. Retrieved from ABI/INFORM Global. (Document ID: 69742177). http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-0167.32.3.363
Jones, L. K. (1994). Frank Parsons' contribution to career counseling. Journal of Career Development, 20(4), 287-294.
Mann, A., Denis, V., Schleicher, A., Ekhtiari, H., Forsyth, T., Liu, E., & Chambers, N. (2020). Dream Jobs? Teenagers’ career aspirations and the future of work. Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development. Chicago.
Quirke, M., & Mc Guckin, C. (2018). Learning from the past . . . How career guidance might learn from inclusive education. ECER: “Inclusion and Exclusion, Resources for Educational Research”, The Free University Bozen-Bolzano, Bolzano, Italy, 3rd - 4thSeptember, 2018.
Quirke, M., & Mc Guckin, C. (2019). Career guidance needs to learn from ‘disability’ if it is to embrace an uncertain future . . . ECER: “Education in an. Era of Risk - The Role of Educational Research for the Future”, Universität Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany, 3rd - 6th September, 2019.
Quirke, M., & Mc Guckin, C. (2021). "Time To Rethink and Reconnect: If we are to embrace the 'Inclusion' of the Future....". ECER: ““Education and Society: expectations, prescriptions, reconciliations”, Universität Hamburg, Geneva (online), 2nd- 6th September, 2019.
Quirke, M., & Mc Guckin, C. (2022). Educational Research in a Changing World - Doing Research with ‘Excluded’ People. ECER: “Education in a Changing World: The impact of global realities on the prospects and experiences of educational research” At: Yerevan and ECER plus (Online), 1rst – 10th Sept 2021. Abstracts not published.
Quirke, Mc Guckin & McCarthy. (2022). How to adopt an “Inclusion as Process” approach and navigate ethical challenges in research. SAGE Research Method Cases
Rose, D. H., & Meyer, A. (2006). A practical reader in universal design for learning. Harvard Education Press. 8 Story Street First Floor, Cambridge, MA 02138.
Story, M. F., Mueller, J. L., & Mace, R. L. (1998). The universal design file: Designing for people of all ages and abilities. Raleigh, NC: Center for Universal Design.
United Nations Department of Global Communications (2015). Sustainable Development Goals (SDG’s) http://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/news/communications-material/


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Multigrade Teaching Materials in Spanish Rural Schools to promote inclusion

Núria Carrete-Marín

University of Vic-Central University of Catalonia, Spain

Presenting Author: Carrete-Marín, Núria

If being a teacher and attending to the diversity and heterogeneity of students in the classroom, giving appropriate help to all students, is a complex task even more so in the case of multi-grade classrooms of rural schools (Abós et al., 2021). In these schools, teaching pupils of different chronological ages, interests and characteristics together in the same classroom represents a challenge for teachers to give an adequate attention to all of them, enhancing the inclusive and pedagogical value of the multi-grade classroom. A type of school that must be valued for the active methodologies applied and the inclusive work that is promoted and carried out. Nevertheless, in many aspects rural schools still remain invisible in favor of the urban graded school (Abós et al., 2020) despite the fact that it represents 30% of all schools worldwide (Little, 2006). Moreover, there is a lack of initial and continuous teacher training that takes into account the particularities of rural schools (Abós et al., 2021; García-Prieto, 2015), which hinders teaching in multigrade classrooms. There, to respond to the heterogeneity of all students, it is necessary that teachers implement active-participative, democratic and globalized strategies of specific multigrade didactics (Bustos, 2007) and to develop specific competencies for working in rural contexts. The methodology used must be supported by teaching materials that go along the same lines and also take multigrade into account in their creation or use by adapting the teaching response to the diversity of students in the multigrade classroom (Boix & Bustos, 2014). The scarcity of existence of specific didactic resources for multigrade teaching and learning, as well as the lack of knowledge about how these resources should be (Brown, 2010; Msimanga, 2019), is a problem reported in international research (Carrete-Marín & Domingo-Peñafiel, 2022; Coladarci, 2007; Fargas-Malet & Bagley, 2021). In addition, different studies highlight the inadequacy of existing resources (Juvane, 2005) and those used in schools, as well as teachers' difficulties in developing them, despite their importance for the success of work in the multigrade classroom (Boix & Bustos, 2014). In view of this, it is necessary to see how teachers face this challenge today and show what materials teachers are using in the classroom and how, what aspects they take into account to select or design them and what their needs are in this respect. In addition, it is relevant to analyze what teachers think and what they actually do, to see if it goes accordingly.

The first results of a research project in the Spanish context are thus presented, the central questions of which are as follows: What kind of teaching materials do teachers use in multigrade classrooms? What elements do they take into account to select them to promote inclusive work in the multigrade classroom? What are the rural school teachers’ beliefs and actions about the selection, use, creation and adaptation of materials to face the teaching-learning process in the multigrade classrooms?

Based on these questions, the goals of the study were: (1) to analyze the type of resources used by teachers and their use in relation to the planning and methodology used in the multigrade classroom by teachers; (2) detect criteria for the elaboration and selection of didactic materials in rural schools, so that they are pedagogically meaningful and take into account multigrading.

This research is also a response to the scarcity of research on the subject, despite the need for it as reflected in various studies. This study is therefore of particular importance because it is unique on the subject and provides relevant results to take into account.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
According to the goals of the study, a descriptive design based on an extended online survey was the methodology selected. This was carried out with the aim of analyzing the answers of a representative sample of teachers working in multi-grade classrooms in different schools located in rural areas of Spain. This is to reflect what is the existing reality of the type of materials used in multi-grade classrooms and whether it is in line to promote inclusive education.The population was determined by Spanish childhood and primary school teachers in schools placed in rural areas working in multigrade classrooms. The representative sample was composed of 385 teachers. Snowball sampling was the non-probabilistic method applied. A Likert scale was designed to know rural school teachers' beliefs and mastery of using multigrade teaching materials to include every learning level in the classrooms. The research instrument was composed of the following sections: personal and context data; statements related to the thinking process and the previous making decision to select, use, create and adapt teaching materials in the multigrade classroom and statements related to the actions done in their classrooms selecting, using, creating and adapt these materials. The Likert scale had a four-point scale to allow the individual to express how much they agree or disagree with a particular statement. The gathering data process started by sending the online survey to the rural school directors to answer the questionnaire and spreading it among the rest of the rural teachers of their school. Also to the schools that are part of their cluster.

The fixed period of time to deliver the survey was from December 2022 to February 2023. The procedure was conducted in line with the code of good research practices of the Ethics Committee of the University of Vic-Central University of Catalonia. The rigorous analysis data plan was composed, on the one hand, of descriptive statistics (frequency, percentages, mean, standard deviation and variance) to know the rural school teachers features who has in charge to select and use multigrade materials in their classrooms and, on the other hand, of correlation methodology such as Chrombach alpha to confirm the consistency of the results obtained in every statement and the Pearson correlation coefficient to find the significance relations among these beliefs and actions. The results were calculated using the SPSS v27.01 software with the level of significance being set at p<.05

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that the majority of rural teachers are women. Their teaching experience ranges from 11 to 25 years. Almost a quarter of this time (between 6 and 10 years) has been spent teaching in rural schools and most of them have obtained full-time positions. Responses have been obtained from all the Autonomous Communities ensuring the representativeness of the study and its relevance.

Accordingly, the conclusions are as follows: 1) The teachers in rural schools in the sample are sufficiently experienced and are not in an unstable situation that prevents them from knowing, selecting, using and creating multigrade materials adequately to include all pupils in the classroom. 2) The lack of confidence in the use of multigrade materials could be explained by the non-existence and inefficiency of specific teacher training programmes in the pre-service years. Also due to the expressed need for more resource repositories that take into account the rural school or the contact between teachers from different schools. 3) Despite being convinced of the benefits of multigrade materials, they tend to select standard materials such as textbooks, individual worksheets and printed or edited materials created for graded classrooms and which are far from the approach and methodology used. 4) Teachers in rural schools try to adapt these standard materials themselves. 5) Most of them want to adapt these materials to include all levels of learning and competence of pupils in multigrade classrooms and also to promote collaborative work in spite of the difficulties encountered. 6) Teachers in rural schools tend to use the same materials for each of their pupils and then try to adapt these materials by creating different ad-hoc teaching-learning tasks according to the different learning levels.

References
Abós, P. (2020). La escuela ubicada en territorios rurales: una escuela diferente, un reto pedagógico. [The school located in rural territories: a different school, a pedagogical challenge]. Aula, 26, p.41–52. https://doi.org/10.14201/aula2020264152.

Abós Olivares, P., Boix Tomàs, R., Domingo Peñafiel, L., Lorenzo Lacruz, J. & Rubio Terrado, P. (2021). El reto de la escuela rural: Hacer visible lo invisible [The challenge of rural schools: Making the invisible visible] (Vol. 54). Graó.

Boix, R. & Bustos, A. (2014). La enseñanza en las aulas multigrado: Una aproximación a las actividades escolares y los recursos didácticos desde la perspectiva del profesorado [Teaching in multi-grade classrooms: An approach to school activities and teaching resources from a teacher's perspective]. Revista Iberoamericana de Evaluación Educativa, 7(3), 29-43.

Brown, B. (2010). Multigrade teaching. A Review of Issues, Trends and Practices: Implications for Teacher Education in South Africa. Centre for Education Policy Development. Johannesburg.  

Bustos, A. (2007). Enseñar en la escuela rural aprendiendo a hacerlo. Evolución de la identidad profesional en las aulas multigrado [Teaching in rural schools by learning to teach. Evolution of professional identity in multi-grade classrooms]. Profesorado. Revista de currículum y formación de profesorado, 11(3).

Carrete-Marín, N. & Domingo-Peñafiel, L. (2022). Textbooks and Teaching Materials in Rural Schools: A systematic Review. CEPS journal, 12(2), p. 67-94. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.1288

Coladarci, T. (2007). Improving the yield of rural education research: an editor’s Swan Song. Journal on Research in Rural Education, 22 (3).

Fargas-Malet, M. & Bagley,C. (2021). Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, June, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211022202

García-Prieto, F. J. (2015). Escuela, medio rural y diversidad cultural en un contexto global: currículum, materiales didácticos y práctica docente de Conocimiento del Medio: situación, límites y posibilidades en centros onubenses [School, rural environment and cultural diversity in a global context: curriculum, didactic materials and teaching practice in Environmental Knowledge: situation, limits and possibilities in schools in Huelva]. http://rabida.uhu.es/dspace/handle/10272/11440

Juvane, V. (2005). Redefining the role of multigrade teaching. Paper presented at the MinisterialSeminar on Education for Rural People in Africa: Policy Lessons, Options and PrioritiesAddis Ababa, Ethopia.

Little, A.W. (2006). All Together Now. University of London.

Msimanga, M. R. (2019). Managing the use of resources in multi-grade classrooms. South African Journal of Education, 39(3).
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 C: Sociologies of Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Sabine Weiss
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Clash of Ethics and Economics in Inclusive Education

Ridvan Ayhan

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ayhan, Ridvan

The current crisis of the research regarding teachers’ views about inclusive education consists of tension between two problematic camps. On the one hand, the first camp, which can be defined as the psychological school, examines teachers’ beliefs, attitudes, and knowledge roots from an inherently individualistic and reductionist perspective to determine whether teachers reject or adopt the idea of inclusive education. The second camp, which can be called structuralist tradition, on the other hand, focuses on socio-cultural barriers teachers face when they intend to become active agents for promoting inclusive education.

Even if these two camps seem opposite perspectives, they still fall into the same pitfall by overlooking their hidden assumptions about teacher agency. The former camp looks for the explanation for the failure of THE inclusive education project in the gap between teachers’ beliefs and actions, serving the responsibilisation mechanisms of neoliberalism (Done & Murphy, 2018). Similarly, the structuralist camp- ignores the teacher agency’s transformative capacity and power to change the status quo.

Current explanations point out that neoliberalism has a discursive capacity to demarcate the fields of validity, normativity, and actuality within a particular economic rationality (Grimaldi, 2012). In the education field, we can observe this through either human actions or the products designated to guide these actions, such as policy texts or curricula. However, this does not necessarily mean that all actions are determined by the coercive power of a neoliberal discourse since there would otherwise be little or no autonomy for the agency. Instead, the status of teacher agency remains preserved by conceptualising the neoliberal discourse as a mechanism that imposes limits on what we can say.

The way of dealing with the impact of competitive economic rationale of neoliberalism on education, we need research that presupposes that there is room for a change and a role for teacher agency in making inclusion replace the current dominant educational discourses. From this point forth, this research project formulises its research question as follows; to what extent and in what ways are teachers’ views and actions of inclusive education informed by neo-liberalisation discourses in Scotland?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on a methodology informed by a critical realist view, which focuses on investigating actors’ actions to gain insight into deeper social mechanisms (Bhaskar, 1998). In this sense, the problem or context of this research can be summarised as the relationship between the limits set by neo-liberalisation discourses in education and teachers’ tendencies in the field of inclusive education. Therefore, exploring what views teachers hold about inclusive education and what particular references can be found to dominant neo-liberalisation discourses in these views can ultimately contribute to analysing dynamics for social change in the field.
This study employs two data sources to answer the research question. The first data source will be derived from the analysis of 4 key policy documents, all of which frame the policy of inclusive education in primary schools in Scotland.
1-Additional support for learning: Statutory guidance
2- Supporting children’s learning: Code of practice
3- Included, engaged, and involved: Part 1; Attendance in Scottish schools
4- Included, engaged, and involved: Part 2; A positive approach to preventing and managing school exclusions
the second data come from semi-structured interviews with teachers working in primary schools in Scotland.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the data analysis is still ongoing, the themes that are likely to emerge in this study are listed below.
The gap between teachers' ethical positioning and views on inclusive education under the current policy framework
Moderation strategies in education policy as a neoliberal mechanism
The problem of discourse in teachers' views on and actions about inclusive education; the dilemma between unwillingness for change and discontentment with the status quo.

References
Bhaskar, R. (1998). The possibility of naturalism : a philosophical critique of the contemporary human sciences (3rd ed.). London ; New York: Routledge.
Done, E. J., & Murphy, M. (2018). The responsibilisation of teachers: a neoliberal solution to the problem of inclusion. Discourse (Abingdon, England), 39(1), 142-155. doi:10.1080/01596306.2016.1243517
Grimaldi, E. (2012). Neoliberalism and the marginalisation of social justice: The making of an education policy to combat social exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 16(11), 1131-1154.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Effects of the Spirit of Diversity on Higher Education: the Jixia Academy as an Example

Yujie Yuan

Laboratory of ECP, France

Presenting Author: Yuan, Yujie

The concept “diversity” is being used more frequently in today’s globalized world, where cross-cultural communications and interactions have risen. As for higher education, which according to Brubacher (1987) is the engine for the growth of contemporary society, the spirit of diversity is vital for its development in all of its facets, including the improvement and practice of teaching methods, the dissemination and innovation of knowledge, the discovery and cultivation of talent, the renewal of technology and the transmission of civilization, etc. This study intends to examine and analyze the effects of diversity on higher education by looking back to the Jixia Academy in China during the Axial Age (Jaspers, 1949).

The term Axial Age is mentioned in the book The Origin and Goal of History published in 1949, written by German philosopher Karl Jaspers. He thinks that the “axis of history is to be found in the period around 500 B.C., in the spiritual process that occurred between 800 and 200 B.C.” During this era, both the West and China produced many great philosophers and educators, including Socrates, Plato and Aristotle, as well as Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi. It was also during the Axial period that the prototypes of higher education emerged in both West and East : the Platonic Academy in ancient Greece and Jixia Academy in China.

Jixia Academy is recognized as a prominent institution of higher education in China during the Spring and Autumn era. It was founded during the reign of Tian Wu, the Duke Huan of the Qi State (374-357 B.C.). Jixia was a place where various schools of thought flourished, where many talents nurtured and where excellent teachers were gathered. The masters of Jixia produced works and taught their doctrines, in which we find the sources of almost all Chinese philosophical ideas, such as Confucianism, Taoism, Legalism, the Yin-Yang school, the Huang-Lao school, etc. Moreover, the scene of ‘hundred schools of thought’ unfolded in Jixia Academy precisely because of the value of diversity, liberty and equality it maintained.

This Ancient Academy came to an end after the defeat of the Qi state against the Qin State in 221 BC. Nevertheless, it had a spectacular existence for more than 150 years. It not only made a significant contribution to the academic and educational research work of the Qi State, but also had a great influence and effect on kingdoms at that time and later generations. In 1982, a national symposium on Jixia Studies was held in Zibo, the former site of this Academy, and the study of Jixia became widespread. After 5 years of archaeological work, the existence of Jixia was officially confirmed at the beginning of 2022. Apart from the historical documents, this discovery objectively proves its glory of the time.

Bai Xi (1989) believes that the success of Jixia Academy lies first and foremost in its spirit of diversity. Indeed, diversity is a powerful agent of change and an imperative that must be embraced if universities are to succeed in a pluralistic and interconnected world (Daryl, 2020). Therefore, how does Jixia Academy embody the spirit of diversity? If we concur that “until today mankind has lived by what happened during the Axial Period, by what was thought and created during that period” and that "the conception of the Axial Period furnishes the questions and standards with which to approach all preceding and subsequent developments” (Jaspers, 1949), then what remains of the Jixia Academy of the Axial Age for us? This research focuses on the effects of Jixia mainly in terms of the diversity of teaching methods and educators (schools of thought).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Firstly, the method used for this work is basically data study. It involves collecting, identifying, organising and analysiing the related documents, with the aim of forming a scientific understanding of the facts through document research. This method breaks the boundaries of time and space, and allows us to conduct in-depth studies of ancient and contemporary documents. In the case of Jixia Academy, we refer to some ancient books and Chinese classics, such as Shiji (or Records of the Grand Historian ), Discourses on Salt and Iron, Guanzi, etc. With the help of all the literature, we are able to observe the making process of the constitution, as well as the decline of the Jixia Academy and the events happened within the school. In addition, the research carried out by our predecessors and the pertinent works they produced served as the foundation for our work. Through the analysis of these existing documents, we can build a more accurate picture of Jixia Academy and lay the groundwork for the study of its spirit of diversity. Based on primary historical sources, this study seeks to provide a thorough and accurate account of the spirit of diversity in Jixia Academy and its manifestations in terms of teaching methods and schools of thought, with a view to exploring the effects of diversity in higher education.

Besides, the historical analysis is also employed, which refers to a set of laws and methods that can be extrapolated from previous historical occurrences by generalizing and summarizing them in a way that is regular and universal. The paper provides a thorough study of the effects of diversity on higher education in a specific historical period, i.e., the Axial Age in China, from which some worthwhile lessons can be extracted to help guiding the development of the spirit of diversity in today’s universities.

At last, the case analysis method used in this study refers to the main focus on Jixia Academy. We identify this academy as a prototype for higher education and highlight its spirit of diversity. We also analyze the way in which diversity was reflected in the educators of the academy and in its teaching modes. The principal purpose of the study is to reflect on the role of diversity in higher education through a case study of the Jixia Academy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the exploration of the spirit of diversity of Jixia Academy, it turns out that its varied forms of teaching were conductive to the unbinding of thoughts and the cultivation of talent and its acceptance of diverse schools of thoughts contributed to the academic prosperity and the development of higher education.
- The diversity of teaching methods : lectures, periodic meetings, free debates
At first, “lecturing” constitutes the main teaching method at Jixia. It refers to a “Jouney Education” in which teachers and students were free to choose each other and there were no uniform regulations.

Secondly, “periodic meetings” was another major teaching forms, which refers to the regular academic exchanges of lectures, discussions and debates. It encourages academic integration and development while also improving the quality of teaching.

Thirdly, for purpose of having their ideas acknowledged by the rulers, the scholars of the time were adept at persuading them by debating with other schools of thought. Teachers of Jixia were all eloquent and applied debate as a way of teaching aiming to help their students develop their debating skills.

- The diversity of educators
Jixia Academy embraced almost all schools of thought at the time. As various schools differed greatly in terms of regional culture, ways of thinking, political opinions, different theories and systems were formed, and diversified cultures were developed in Jixia.

In this pluralistic situation, the “hundred schools of thought” engaged in heated academic debates and criticism for the sake of their own development and status, which facilitated the exchange of academic knowledge and the cultivation of talents. This not only led to the further advancement of academic theories and the emergence of many works, such as Mencius, Guanzi, etc., but also to the formation of new schools and theories, such as the school of Huang Lao.

References
Books
Bai, X. (1998). A Study of Jixia Academic Thought. Beijing: SDX & Harvard-Yenching Academic Library.

Cheng, A. (1985). Histoire de la pensée chinoise. Paris : Éditions du Seuil.

Cheng, G.Y. (2006). The Four Interpretations of Guanzi: An Explanation of the Masterpieces of Jixia Daoism.管子四篇诠释:稷下道家代表作解析. Beijing : The Commercial Press.

Hu, S. (2020). An Outline of the History of Chinese Thought by Hu Shih. Beijing: China Academic Library.

Jaspers, K. (1965). The Origin and Goal of History. Translated from the German by Michael Bullock. Forge Village, Massachusetts: Murray Printing Company.

Jin, S.S. (1913). A Study of Jixia School. 稷下派之研究. Beijing : The Commercial Press.

Li, X.F. and Liang, Y.H. (2004). A Note of Guanzi.管子校注. Beijing : Zhonghua Book Company.

Liu, W.H. and Tian, R.M. (1992). History of Jixia Study. 稷下学史. Beijing : China Radio and Television Press.

Mao, R.L. and Shen, G.Q. (1985). General History of Education in China. 中国教育通史. Shandong: Shandong Education Press.

Pelikan, J. (1992). The Idea of the University: A Reexamination. New Haven and London: Yale University Press.

Rickett, W.A. (2021). Guanzi: Political, Economic, and Philosophical Essays from Early China-A Study and Translation by W. Allyn Rickett. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press.

Smith, D.G. (2009). Diversity's promise for higher education making it work. 3rd ed. Baltimore: J. Hopkins University Press.

Tu, Y.G. (2014). A Critical History of Chinese Higher Education. 3rd ed. Wuhan: Huazhong University of Science and Technology Press

Wang, L.Q. (1992). Commentary on Salt and Iron. Beijing: Zhonghua Book Company.

Xu, J.L. and An, P.Q. (2004). The Complete Translation of Twenty-Four Histories: The Record of the Grand Historian. 二十四史全译:史记. Shanghai : Chinese Dictionary Publishing House.

Articles
Chen, B. (2011). ‘Jixia Academy under Huang-Lao Thought’, 27(5), pp.76-80. Doi: 10.3969/j.issn.1001-0300.2011.05.018.

Yang, B. (2010). ‘Research On Original Educational Thoughts of the Pre-Qin Dynasty’, PhD thesis, Northeast Normal University.

Wang, Z.M. (2017). ‘Jixia's Innovation and Transcendence in the History of Education’, Journal of Guanzi Studies. pp. 36-41. doi: 10.19321/J.CNKI.GZXK.ISSN1002-3828.2017.03.06

Xia, H. J. (2021). ‘Liberal Arts Education in the Axis Era: Background, Connotations and Characteristics’, Modern Education Science. pp. 33-37. doi:10. 13980 /j. cnki. xdjykx. 2021. 02. 007


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning to Expand the Futures of Venice. A Socio-Pedagogical Contribution to CHAT's Fourth Generation

Mattia Favaretto

Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy

Presenting Author: Favaretto, Mattia

This doctoral study develops as the diagnostic phase of a fourth-generation formative intervention seeking to understand and catalyse the learning processes at the core of eco-social mobilisations triggered by collective challenges (Heidemann, 2019; Kuk, Tarlau, 2020; Engeström, Sannino 2021). Ever more local communities across Europe strive to resist the existential risks posed by climate change, globalisation, and pandemics by engaging in transformative activities aimed at envisioning alternative futures (Gümüsay, Reinecke, 2022). Plagued by intensifying floods, relentless overtourism, and rampant depopulation, the urban lagoon of Venice has notoriously become one of the most endangered European sites (Pascolo, 2020: 17-26). Therefore, the current research focuses on the critical case of the Venetian civil society, which is struggling to reclaim the vanishing future of its city suffering from an organic crisis akin to those experienced along the Northern Mediterranean region (Dlabaja 2021). Venice’s civil society organisations (CSOs) seem unwilling to surrender to the chronicle of a death foretold: they have recently tried to mobilise together by breaking the historical tensions between environmentalist groups, neighbourhood associations, and trade unions (Chiarin, 2022).

The general research question orienting the fourth-generation formative intervention captures the above problem statement:

How can the Venetian community learn to collectively enact its desirable futures?

Nonetheless, this preliminary stage focuses on diagnosing the conditions, or the lack thereof, for expanding the transformative activities of Venetian CSOs into heterogeneous coalitions seeking to regenerate the futures of the urban lagoon.

In view of its enduring environmental, residential, and economic crises, the diagnostic research questions guiding the present study are as follows:

1) How have Venetian CSOs learnt to coalesce into mobilisation networks dealing with these critical challenges?

2) Have mobilisation networks enacted collective transformative agency (TADS) by producing mediating artefacts sustaining their future-making activities?

3) Which major congruencies and contradictions have emerged between mobilisation networks and multi-level activity systems seeking to shape the futures of Venice?

The corresponding research objectives consist of a) the reconstruction of long-lasting learning processes enabling Venetian CSOs to mobilise more or less effectively; b) the identification of primary, secondary, or tertiary artefacts enabling coalescing CSOs to enact collective TADS; c) the hypothesis of congruencies and contradictions constituting the relationships between Venice’s civil society and its public bodies, educational establishments, and labour market. Besides this practical impact at the community level, the project aims to contribute to the emerging fourth generation of Cultural-Historical Activity Theory, first, by conducting and documenting a systematic diagnosis preparatory to multiple Change Laboratories (Sannino, 2022).

Hyperobjects such as climate change, globalisation, and pandemics affect cross-sectoral activities, which in turn call for eco-social transformations of communities and their institutions (Hasse, 2019). The formation of cross-scale coalitions coordinating various actors at local, national, and global levels capable of responding to these challenges becomes both the qualitatively new unit of analysis and intervention goal of 4G Activity Theory. Thus, the diagnostic work must focus on the potential developments of activities across sectoral and hierarchical boundaries by examining the history and configuration of the field (Antti, 2019). For the Venetian case, this entails mapping:

  • The timelines of mobilisation and institutional activities responding to the organic crisis of the urban lagoon;
  • Their major transformations due to novel mediating artefacts (Venice’s special laws, mobilisation strategies, etc.);
  • The germ cells of coalescing mechanisms involving multi-level actors in cross-sectoral campaigns for the city’s infrastructure, sustainability, and degrowth.

Such 4G diagnosis lays the foundation for the operational phases of multiple Change Labs meant to enact the future-making coalition through cross-scale expansive learning cycles.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In line with CHAT-based methodology (Morselli, Marcelli, 2022), the research employs a post-qualitative approach to explore and intervene in the learning and transformative activities performed by mobilisation networks across Venice. The embedded critical case focuses on three civil society campaigns presently opposing further degradation, turistification, and depopulation of the urban lagoon. Their activities are examined in relation to historical and prospective patterns of cross-scale coalitions centred on the Venetian community. The diagnostic investigation consists of three stages that integrate the preliminary Change Laboratory procedures (Virkkunen, Shelley Newnham, 2013) with ethnographic fieldwork (Madden, 2017) and narrative inquiry (Chase, 2018):

Charting – First, we reconstruct the historical coalitions of civil society mobilisation networks by conducting ethnographic observations and informal interviews during open conferences, town assemblies, or public demonstrations. Then, documentary research of organisational archives brings the focus on the role played by particular regulations (e.g., Special Law for Venice n° 171/73) and local or global incidents (e.g., extreme high tides, Covid-19 outbreak) in catalysing CSO’s future-making activities. This allows us to sketch the entangled timelines of mobilisation and institutional activities tackling Venice’s major societal challenges: flooding, tourism, and housing.

Identification – Secondly, we triangulate the data obtained by completing two semi-structured interviews with representatives from CSOs engaging with each of these problem-spaces. Because their changing configurations result in the decades-long development of civil society activities, the corresponding learning processes are categorised into non-expansive, proto-expansive, or fully expansive. Next, we conduct ten more semi-structured interviews with representatives of active mobilisation campaigns and examine further their archival records. This leads us to identify the conflicting objectives, mediating artefacts and potential for collective TADS amongst civil society networks seeking to regenerate the futures of the urban lagoon.

Questioning – Thirdly, we plan to organise four focus groups with CSO representatives, whose cross-sectoral experience was confirmed through previous interviews. During the sessions, the participants can mutually diagnose and question the major congruencies and contradictions underlying key mobilisation activities by civil society networks. Besides, they can explore the conflicts, resources, and potential for catalysing the expansive learning processes across policy, education, and market sectors throughout the following phases of the 4G Change Labs. These meetings may prove empowering and conducive to the formation of novel cross-scale coalitions, involving first other CSOs, then legislators, district educators, and local workers, capable of enacting Venice’s future as a collective subject.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, our doctoral study responds to the critical need of the Venetian community – not only reclaiming its future but reaching those it desires. Therefore, it focuses both on the transformative role played by its civil society and on the potential for wider participation through coalitions of future-making activities. We will present the following preliminary results of this diagnostic investigation:

1) Increasingly, civil society networks seek to confront Venice’s organic crisis in its environmental, economic, and residential configurations. Thus, they learn from those past institutional activities that addressed such critical challenges through coordinated efforts (e.g., Special Law for Venice n° 171/73);
 
2) Civil society networks often produce primary artefacts (e.g., roundtable meetings), as well as secondary (e.g., national bills) and tertiary ones (e.g., island regeneration projects) to sustain their future-making activities;

3) These prove progressively more effective when mechanisms for horizontal cooperation between CSOs, strategies for cross-sectoral involvement of schools, municipalities, or trade associations, and schemes for developing into multi-level coalitions are envisioned.

The systematic diagnosis may enable both civil society networks and external actors to partake in multiple Change Laboratories aimed at expanding their coalitions of activities. Validating this methodology by cross-checking its tentative applications across Europe (Lund 2021; Grimalt-Álvaro, Ametller, 2021; Morselli, Marcelli 2022) can significantly improve field studies based on CHAT. Follow-up research on the operational phases of this 4G formative intervention likely provides further insights on the concrete actions needed to establish cross-scale cycles of expansive learning. Besides, such empirical evidence may confirm, challenge, or extend the novel theoretical proposition of CHAT’s fourth generation as elaborated by CRADLE and RESET, the leading research groups of Scandinavian Activity Theory (Engeström, Sannino 2021). Ultimately, although centred in Venice, the overall project might serve as a model to help regenerate different communities whose futures are endangered by entangled hyperobjects.

References
Antti, R. (2019). Expanding the context of pedagogical activity to the surrounding communities. Psychology & Society, 11(1), 161–175.
https://researchportal.helsinki.fi/en/publications/expanding-the-context-of-pedagogical-activity-to-the-surrounding-
Chiarin, M. (2022, May 14). Nasce “Curiamo la città”, la rete dei movimenti veneziani. La Nuova Venezia.
https://nuovavenezia.gelocal.it/venezia/cronaca/2022/05/14/news/nasce-curiamo-la-citta-la-rete-dei-movimenti-veneziani-1.41440915
Chase, S. E. (2018). Narrative Inquiry: Toward Theoretical and Methodological Maturity. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (pp. 946–970). SAGE.
Dlabaja, C. (2021). Caring for the island city: Venetians reclaiming the city in times of overtourism: Contested representations, narratives and infrastructures. Shima: The International Journal of Research into Island Cultures, 15(1).
doi:10.21463/shima.117
Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2021). From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: Four generations of activity-theoretical studies of work and learning. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(1), 4–23.
https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2020.1806328
Grimalt-Álvaro, C., & Ametller, J. (2021). A Cultural-Historical Activity Theory Approach for the Design of a Qualitative Methodology in Science Educational Research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 160940692110606. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211060664
Hasse, C. (2019). Cultural-historical hyperobjects. In G. Jovanović, L. Allolio-Näcke, & C. Ratner (Eds.), The challenges of cultural psychology: Historical legacies and future responsibilities (pp. 357–367). Routledge.
Heidemann, K. A. (2019). Close, yet so far apart: Bridging social movement theory with popular education. Australian Journal of Adult Learning, 59(3).
Kuk, H.-S., & Tarlau, R. (2020). The confluence of popular education and social movement studies into social movement learning: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 39(5-6), 591–604.
https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2020.1845833
Lund, V. (2021). Supporting Transformative Agency among Urban Actors in the Change Laboratory Intervention. Current Urban Studies, 09(03), 403–418. https://doi.org/10.4236/cus.2021.93025
Madden, R. (2017). Being ethnographic: A guide to the theory and practice of ethnography (2nd edition). SAGE Publications.
Morselli, D., & Marcelli, A. M. (2022). The role of qualitative research in Change Laboratory interventions. Journal of Workplace Learning, 34(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-08-2020-0140
Pascolo, S. (2020). Venezia secolo ventuno: Visioni e strategie per un rinascimento sostenibile. Conegliano: Anteferma.
Gümüsay, A. A., & Reinecke, J. (2022). Researching for Desirable Futures: From Real Utopias to Imagining Alternatives. Journal of Management Studies, 59(1), 236–242. https://doi.org/10.1111/joms.12709
Sannino, A. (2022). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(1), 9–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2020.1805493
Virkkunen, J., & Shelley Newnham, D. (2013). The Change Laboratory: A Tool for Collaborative Development of Work and Education. Sense Publishers.
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 D: Teacher Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Burcu Toptas
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Virtue for a Good Teacher according to David Carr

Alicia Encío

Universidad Internacional de la Rioja (UNIR), Spain

Presenting Author: Encío, Alicia

Education is a fundamental concern of all countries. This relevance comes from the fact that it is a Fundamental Right, necessary for people to develop, grow and contribute to a fulfilling life. Despite the discrepancies about the foundations and goals that education should pursue in its most global sense, there is a consensus regarding the need for education, as well as the commitment to quality education.

This can be seen at the most current level, when the United Nations in 2015 established a framework of 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDG), among which education is number four. To further elaborate on the education goal of 'Quality Education', several international bodies, including UNESCO, UNICEF, or the International Labour Organization, based in Switzerland, come together to develop the so-called "Incheon Declaration". A Framework for Action for 'Quality Education' is elaborated under the subtitle "Ensuring inclusive and equitable quality education and promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all" (2016). This serves as a reference for governments to define their education policies, following the general guidelines set out here.

This work is not intended to elaborate on education policy, but rather to highlight the importance of education for personal and social prosperity. Precisely, this paper will try to clarify the ‘good teacher’ concept and analyze some of the characteristics that might contribute to ‘quality education’, responding to the following objectives:

  1. Analise the elements of a good teacher following David Carr’s contributions.
  2. Suggest two moral virtues, humility and magnanimity, as characteristics of a good teacher.

In the recent years, the characteristics and requirements of ‘professionalism’ have been a matter of debate, questioned by researchers and academics such as Carr (1991, 2000, 2005, 2006, 2007; Cooke & Carr, 2014), Campbell (2000, 2008; Campbell et al., 2013), Arthur (2011, 2019; Peterson & Arthur, 2020; Revell & Arthur, 2007), Kristjánsson (2015), Sockett (2012; Sockett & LePage, 2002), Sanger & Osguthorpe (2011, 2013), and many others, who are trying to define what is understood by ‘the good teacher’.

Teaching, for all the above-mentioned authors, is a moral profession, which requires being, as Carr stated (1991), “a certain kind of person”. This implies that the personal character of the teacher is manifested in his or her professional work.

The current educational aims, in contrast, are mainly instrumental. Competencies are considered as the ultimate goals and assessment standards. According to DeSeCo (2005, p. 4), “a competency is more than just knowledge and skills. It involves the ability to meet complex demands, by drawing on and mobilizing psychosocial resources (including skills and attitudes) in a particular context”. This frame is intended to go beyond a simple provision of knowledge and skills, conforming the base of some European educational political frameworks. Nevertheless, the frequent use of competence as a set of dispositions which omit deliberation fail to resolve, according to Carr (2000), the deepest sense of education, the pursuit of the good to contribute, in an Aristotelian language, to a ‘eudaimonic life’.

Whereas ‘dispositional competence’ is focused on the efficacy of action, virtue seeks the realisation of the good at its epistemological levels, identified with the ‘capacity competence’ presented by Carr (2000). Many writers have challenged the competence scope on the grounds that these educational standards cannot encapsulate all the human abilities or qualities of the ‘good teacher’ (Arthur et al., 2016, p. 16). Therefore, in accordance with Carr (2006, 2007), without rejecting the contribution of competences and skills, it is a matter of revitalising virtue for being ‘a good teacher’. For that, the Aristotelian and neo-Aristotelian theory of virtue forms the theoretical framework that we intend to explore in depth here (2010).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
‘Quality education’, one of the SGD objectives (2015), was developed in the ‘Incheon Declaration’ enumerating the principal education aims for 2030 Agenda (2016). Some of the pursued goals and strategies manifested in the Declaration are specifically directed to the figure of the teacher. That said, all the presented suggestions are broad and barely focus on the implication of what a ‘good teacher’ means. In response to that, in this paper we aim to review all the information which is exclusively directed to educators.
A deep analysis of the ‘Incheon Declaration’ and a review of the references to the teacher’s role is the first part of the approach. The word ‘teacher’ appears 68 times along the document. From this research, an outline of the teachers’ objectives is developed. A summary of the main goals that are stated along the document is then elaborated to conform the paper structure. In short, the main objectives, which coincide to be the most repeated, configure the paper index.
In relation to the content methodology, an epistemological approach is developed in response to the intuitive knowledge stems regarding teaching as a moral profession. From a philosophical perspective, following the Aristotelian current, this professional endeavor is seen as an essential labor that contributes to the deepest aim of education, ‘human flourishing’. The theory of virtue is presented as a means towards human growth and the teacher’s duty has some personal and professional implications regarding virtue. An interpretative-hermeneutical methodology is to be followed, being David Carr (1991, 2000, 2005, 2006, 2007) the principal subject-matter-expert referenced in the paper.  The pieces of work have been selected – “Character in teaching”, “Professionalism and Ethics in Teaching” or “Personal and interpersonal relationships in education and teaching: A virtue ethical perspective” – due to its specific concern on the teaching profession and virtue, in reaction to a skill-based professional reductionism.
The point of departure is the belief that teachers ought to be moral exemplars, with personal virtues, to develop their teaching practice in what we understand as ‘good teacher’. In order to confirm this belief, a qualitative expert-based approach is to be followed. An analysis of the contributions that David Carr has provided to the concept of ‘good teacher’ will be related to the teacher implications described in the ‘Incheon Declaration’ (2016), in response to the objective four, ‘quality education’, reflected in the 2030 Agenda (United Nations, 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main goal of the current work is to examine the ‘good teacher’ implications, in relation to the outlined aims in the Incheon Declaration. From this broad framework, an analysis of David Carr’s contributions to the teaching profession will be described.
The first thing that this paper might have shown is the important role that the teachers entail. Through education, the overall society can be benefited. This finding will certainly be presented all along the discourse, from an analysis of the 2030 Agenda aims which are specifically directed to teachers (2016, p. 54): “be empowered, adequately recruited and remunerated, motivated, professionally qualified, and supported”.
The findings of the thesis may attribute to the contribution of David Carr to the moral implication of the teaching profession, considering teachers moral educators and moral exemplars. The ‘theory of virtue’, from an Aristotelian perspective, will suggest a more profound contribution to education, considering skills and competences in service of virtue display and towards the realization of the good.  
All the analysis might possibly indicate that ‘quality education’ could be achieved if the person of the teacher was considered. From an epistemological perspective, phronesis and moral virtues are to be presented as fundamental for deliberation and action in moral situations. Despite their necessity, codes of conduct will not give response to all coming situations.
One last important conclusion of this work might be the assumption that unless governments do not consider the epistemological understanding of teaching, as a profession of moral significance where virtue entails an important responsibility, ‘quality education’ will not be attained.

References
Aristóteles, Rowe, C. J., & Broadie, S. (2002). Nicomachean ethics. Oxford University Press.
Arthur, J. (2011). Personal character and tomorrow’s citizens: Student expectations of their teachers. International Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 184–189. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2011.07.001
Arthur, J. (2019). The Formation of Character in Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429262463
Arthur, J., Kristjánsson, K., Harrison, T., Sanderse, W., & Wright, D. (2016). Teaching Character and Virtue in Schools. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315695013
Campbell, E. (2000). Professional Ethics in Teaching: Towards the development of a code of practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 30(2), 203–221. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640050075198
Campbell, E. (2008). The Ethics of Teaching as a Moral Profession. Curriculum Inquiry, 38(4), 357–385. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2008.00414.x
Campbell, E., Bondi, L., Carr, D., Clark, C., & Clegg, C. (2013). The Virtuous, Wise, And Knowledgeable Teacher: Living the Good Life As A Professional Practitioner.
Carr, D. (1991). Educating the Virtues: An essay on th philosophical psychology of moral development and education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203138694
Carr, D. (2000). Professionalism and ethics in teaching. Routledge.
Carr, D. (2005). Personal and interpersonal relationships in education and teaching: A virtue ethical perspective. British Journal of Educational Studies, 53(3), 255–271. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2005.00294.x
Carr, D. (2006). Professional and personal values and virtues in education and teaching. Oxford Review of Education, 32(2), 171–183. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980600645354
Carr, D. (2007). Character in teaching. British Journal of Educational Studies, 55(4), 369–389. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2007.00386.x
Cooke, S., & Carr, D. (2014). Virtue, Practical Wisdom and Character in Teaching. British Journal of Educational Studies, 62(2), 91–110. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2014.929632
Kristjansson, K. (2015). Educating the educators Teachers and Aristotelian character education. In Aristotelian Character Education (Vol. 138, pp. 129–143).
Kristjánsson, K. (2015). Aristotelian Character Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315752747
Peterson, A., & Arthur, J. (2020). Ethics and the Good Teacher: Character in the Professional Domain. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429320699
Sanger, M. N., & Osguthorpe, R. D. (2013). Modeling as moral education: Documenting, analyzing, and addressing a central belief of preservice teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 29(1), 167–176. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.TATE.2012.08.002
Sockett, H. (2012). Knowledge and Virtue in Teaching and Learning: The Primacy of Dispositions. In Knowledge and Virtue in Teaching and Learning: The Primacy of Dispositions. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203155509
UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. UNESCO Biblioteca Digital. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656
United Nations. (2015). THE 17 GOALS | Sustainable Development. United Nations. https://sdgs.un.org/goals


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Examining the Mathematical Modeling Process in Argumentation-Based Debates: The Case of SSI

Mustafa Çağrı Gürbüz1, Şirin Yılmaz2

1Istanbul Aydin University, Turkiye; 2Istanbul Aydin University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Gürbüz, Mustafa Çağrı; Yılmaz, Şirin

One of the aims of contemporary education is to enable individuals to understand that society and science are mutually influenced by each other. The concept of Socio-Scientific Issues (SSI) is scientifically based controversial dilemmas such as biology, sociology, ethics, politics, economy and environment that concern the society. The process of dealing with SBK requires students to make sound decisions and schools to train knowledgeable individuals. In SSI education, students' ability to think critically, associating subjects with daily life and raising individuals as individuals who can cope with these issues come to the fore.

The purpose of the argument is to convince oneself and other participants of the peculiarity of one's own reasoning (Krummheuer, 1995). Reasoning occurs interactively during mathematical modeling processes (Lesh, Doerr & Carmona, 2003). Thus, argumentation, defined as interactions in the observed class, relates to deliberate disclosure of a solution's reasoning, during or after the development of a solution. It can be a trigger for the modeling processes of the participants. In this context, this study examines the arguments created by the participants in the mathematical modeling cycle and interprets these arguments by taking into account the participants' modeling processes. In the broadest sense, cognitive argumentation is defined as an argumentation, justification process in which more than one person (student or teacher) has a mathematical claim and presents evidence to support this claim (Conner, et. al., 2014).

The cognitive argumentation considered in this study considers the arguments of small groups or individuals working on different learning and teaching activities (Conner et. al., 2014; Yackel) rather than examining participants' arguments during proving activities (Inglis, Mejia-Ramos & Simpson, 2007). & Cobb, 1996). The focus is on the interactional aspect of argumentation. To investigate cognitive arguments, Krummheuer (1995) proposes the Toulmin argumentation scheme.

When students engage with modeling tasks, transitions between school mathematics and the real world, their cognitive reasoning in a real-world context can be supported during model development. By doing this, they try to reach consensus through their reasoning by discussing the claims put forward by the group members. In this process, they actively formulate and justify arguments. Therefore, since it is believed that the arguments created in the modeling cycle are based on the modeling processes, it is possible that the examination of the modeling processes will give an idea about the arguments of the students. The mathematical modeling cycle (Blum & Niss, 1991) was chosen as the research framework because it clearly explains the modeling processes that occur during the modeling cycle based on the modeling definition. This study will reveal the arguments in the mathematical modeling cycle by taking into account the modeling processes based on SSI issues.

Considering the focus of mathematical modeling, it is seen that this study has a different context from other cognitive modeling studies due to its argumentative nature. On the other hand, if the focus is on Cognitive Argument, the study is again different from previous literature examining student arguments during proving and learning/teaching activities due to its emphasis on modelling. Working to uncover the arguments in the modeling cycle will ultimately enable to identify the particular aspects that make in-group arguments meaningful, such as how they formulate the claims, how they refute each other's claims to reach the best common solution, what they warrant, what claims they make use of, and how they arrive at a solution.

The aim of the study was to explore how teacher candidates engage use their models whilst arguing about contextual of the COVID-19 a socioscientific issue and to explore whether and how the process of arguing is linked with the modelling process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is an exploratory study of how teacher candidates engage in the practices of argumentation and modelling and how one practice can support or constrain the other. More specifically, the research questions guiding this study are as follows: (a) The pre-service teachers were given a task belonging to the context at the center of their lives. This context is a mathematical modeling activity related to the COVID-19 pandemic. After reading the task, pre-service teachers were expected to first produce two questions about the COVID-19 epidemic and the virus that caused it. (b) In the second stage, they were asked to explain why they produced these questions and asked them with a purpose. The aim here is to enable them to determine their arguments on COVID-19 through the questions they produce. (c) In the third stage, the routine procedure of how to diagnose a person with coronavirus is explained. Then, the data of a patient who came to the hospital was shared with them and they were asked to explain statistically whether that person had COVID-19, based on a mathematical model.
Since we seek to explore whether and how the process of arguing about the phenomenon is intertwined with the modelling process, a learning environment was designed to enable the teacher candidates to participate in the scientific practices of argumentation and modelling.
The learning environment was designed based on project based learning (Krajcik et al., 1998), sociocultural theories of learning (Rogoff, 2003) and what we already know regarding how teacher candidates construct and use models (Louca & Zacharia, 2011) in contextual enviroment of SSI. Based on our theoretical framework, modelling refers to constructing and using statical models to understand a phenomenon and explain or predict possible changes (Windschitl et al., 2008).

The study was carried out with 112 third grade teacher candidates who took the Critical and Analytical Thinking course. Modeling processes are integrated into the course contents. Local SSIs were presented to the pre-service teachers as a problem situation in the lessons, and they were asked to perform problem solving processes by using argumentation and modeling. The case scenario with SBK content developed by the researchers was discussed with the students during a 2-week (40x4 min) lesson. Students were asked to express their arguments in writing. Mathematical modeling and Toulmin's argumentation model were used in the analysis of the obtained data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants tried to determine whether the person who came to the hospital had COVID-19 by using PCR test results and other information about the person. They tried to make a claim based on the available data. To arrive at this claim, they used the information and statistical data contained in the task paper to develop the argument. They also ignored the claim that a person was 100% COVID, even if the PCR test was positive, as refuting. They did not feel the need to justify this sub-argument as they made a claim based on direct data. When the above-mentioned solution is considered in terms of the mathematical modeling process, the statistical information given in the task has become the real models used by the participants. Based on the real-life experiences of the participants and the concrete data they used, they assumed that the probability of a person with a positive PCR test to be COVID should be supported with other data, and they focused on building the mathematical model of the task based on these real models and made some calculations. They were able to construct sub-argument schemes in which the drawing of a mathematical model based on their assumptions became the assertion.
According to the results of the preliminary analysis, the focus of this study is the arguments of the participants, as the study examines the arguments generated within the modeling cycle. In this context, different sub-arguments of the participants emerged throughout the modeling cycle.

The first important result of the study is that most sub-arguments are combined with data assertions. This is in line with studies that have found that the sub-arguments are linked to the data claim (Krummheuer, 1995; Conner et. al., 2014).

References
Blum, W., & Niss, M. (1991). Applied mathematical problem solving, modelling, applications, and links to other subjects—State, trends and issues in mathematics instruction. Educational studies in mathematics, 22(1), 37-68.
Conner, A., Singletary, L. M., Smith, R. C., Wagner, P. A., & Francisco, R. T. (2014). Teacher support for collective argumentation: A framework for examining how teachers support students’ engagement in mathematical activities. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 86(3), 401-429.

Inglis, M., Mejia-Ramos, J. P., & Simpson, A. (2007). Modelling mathematical argumentation: The importance of qualification. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 66, 3-21.
Krajcik, J., Blumenfeld, P. C., Marx, R. W., Bass, K. M., Fredricks, J., & Soloway, E. (1998). Inquiry in project-based science classrooms: Initial attempts by middle school students. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 7(3-4), 313-350.

Krummheuer, G (1995) 'The ethnography of argumentation', in Cobb, P and Bauersfeld, H (eds), The Emergence of Mathematical Meaning Interaction in Clas.sroom Cultures, Hillsdale, NJ, Lawrence Erlbaum, pp 229-269
Lesh, R., & Doerr, H. M. (2003). In what ways does a models and modeling perspective move beyond constructivism? In R. Lesh & H. M. Doerr (Eds.), Beyond constructivism: Models and modeling perspectives on mathematics teaching, learning, and problem solving (pp. 519–556). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
Louca, L. T., Zacharia, Z. C., & Constantinou, C. P. (2011). In Quest of productive modeling‐based learning discourse in elementary school science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 48(8), 919-951.

Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. Oxford university press.

Toulmin, S. E. (2003). The uses of argument. Cambridge university press.
Windschitl, M., Thompson, J., & Braaten, M. (2008). Beyond the scientific method: Model‐based inquiry as a new paradigm of preference for school science investigations. Science Education, 92(5), 941-967.
Yackel, E., & Cobb, P. (1996). Sociomathematical norms, argumentation, and autonomy in mathematics. Journal for research in mathematics education, 27(4), 458-477.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Time to Apply the Brakes? Practitioner Enquiry in the First Year of Teaching

Suzie Dick

Queen Margaret University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dick, Suzie

This paperexamines the perceptions of newly qualified teachers, placed in one Scottish local authority, of the practitioner enquiry that is required to be conducted by them during their first year of teaching. Using a constructivist (Charmazian) grounded theory framework, this research examined the perceptions and attitudes towards the enquiry pre and post enquiry and seek to identify what influence this may have on professional identity and classroom practice. This work analysed the literature relating to Charmazian grounded theory, discussed how this research was conducted, and examine the researcher’s positionality within the subject area. Throughout the paper, a number of themes emerge from the data and are discussed, including newly qualified teachers’ (NQT’s) perceptions of practitioner enquiry at pre and post enquiry, the importance of relationships, and what influenced their professional identity. Through the research methods of focus group and interviews, this dissertation looks to challenge the practice of a mandated practitioner enquiry in the first year of teaching. I conclude with a series of recommendations, in line with constructivist grounded theory, including the recommendation for the question of enquiry as project v enquiry as stance to be revisited in relation to the NQT experience. Additionally, for a reassessment of the NQT voice in the decision-making process around what support and experience in their first year should look like.

This paper will look at practitioner enquiry within the context of newly qualified teachers (NQTs) undertaking a practitioner enquiry during their first year of teaching. Two research questions guided the research, shedding light on the issues related to the requirement for NQTs to conduct practitioner enquiries in the early stages of their career:

1. What influence, if any, has undertaking a practitioner enquiry had on NQTs’ perceptions of themselves as professionals?

2. To what extent do NQT teachers feel enabled to effect change in the classroom as a result of undertaking a practitioner enquiry?

The early months and years of teaching can be crucial to identity formation, so it could be suggested that early experiences of teaching, and any professional learning programme that sits alongside it, should nurture within students a perception of themselves as being able to develop a constructively critical approach to practice that can affect change within the classroom. The small-scale nature of this project, along with using a constructivist grounded theory approach, enabled a more in-depth consideration of the factors which may have influenced how a NQTs identity as a professional evolves through their practitioner enquiry, situated in the context of their professional practice. This research topic is relevant due, in part, to the increasing expecation across Europe that teachers will come into the classroom and be research informed and research ready. This research focuses predominantly on ’how’ the above may influence NQT teachers’ perceptions of themselves as professionals (professional identity). Professional learning is defined where learning opportunities ‘stimulate their thinking and professional knowledge and to ensure that teachers’ practice is critically informed and current’. The research also focuses on the ‘what’, in terms of the outcomes of effecting change in the classroom and of moving forward in their careers. Finally, it considers the ‘why’ or rationale behind practitioner enquiry being built into the NQTs’ programme in Scotland and elsewhere in Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Grounded theory in this study was used as it enabled me, as the researcher, to define what was happening when conducting a practitioner enquiry rather than simply the perceived rationale behind NQTs conducting a practitioner enquiry.  I wanted to be able to ask the ‘why’ questions that locate the NQTs as individuals, and delve more deeply into the causes, the background, the wider social currents (Charmaz, 2020, p. 168) that they found themselves in in relation to the practitioner enquiry. The ‘strength in grounded theory is in it being a useful nodal point in which we can debate significant issues’ (Charmaz & Thornberg, 2020, p. 7). By nodal point it is meant the research finding is the central point that can be returned to when looking at greater depth in to the wider issues and questions that have emerged from the findings. For a grounded theory study to be an appropriate choice, it must be congruent with the desired knowledge and the study's purpose (Mills, et al., 2006). As the desired knowledge was around the newly qualified teacher’s perspective and experience of a practitioner enquiry, with the purpose being to bring their voices to the stage while developing a theoretical standpoint on the use of practitioner enquiry in that first year of teaching, grounded theory was appropriate. Additionally, as I used comparative methods throughout the process to enable the theory to emerge through the data collection phase, I was continually interacting with the data, a hallmark of constructivist grounded theory.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The recommendation from this research is that there needs to be a shift in understanding and promotion from enquiry as project to enquiry as stance. Such a cultural shift towards enquiry as stance for newly qualified teachers would be supportive .  This shift would influence teaching professionals at all levels to consider how enquiry is positioned and talked about.  The findings of this research suggest that there is clearly a disparity between the way enquiry is currently promoted (as project), the experience of the newly qualified teacher (NQT), and those of the more experienced teacher.  Within teacher education, the way that enquiry is now positioned presents an opportunity for a reconsideration of the approach to practitioner enquiry. By making practitioner enquiry as a project, compulsory, and setting it as a significant element in the first year of teaching, it is not achieving the constructively critical (and reflective) approach to practice required of teachers.  Rather, enquiry ‘as project’ runs the risk of turning NQTs against practitioner enquiry from the start of their careers, eroding the value teachers may place on practitioner enquiry in the future. The recommendations of this research are based on the constructed abstract understandings that emerged, and offer a guide as to how the phenomena (NQT practitioner enquiry) could be envisaged differently, rather than providing a blueprint of what that vision should be,
References
Charmaz, K., 2014. Constructing Grounded Theory. London: Sage.
Charmaz, K., 2017. Invited Paper: Continuities, Contradictions, and Critical Inquiry in Grounded Theory. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, Volume 16, pp. 1-8.
Charmaz, K., 2020. "With Constructivist Grounded Theory You Can't Hide": Social Justice Research and Critical Inquiry in the Public Sphere. Qualitative Inquiry, 26(2), pp. 165-176.
Charmaz, K. & Belgrave, L., 2019. Thinking About Data with Grounded Theory. Qualitative Inquiry, 25(8), pp. 743 - 753.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G. & Robinson, S., 2015. Teacher agency: what is it and why does it matter?. In: R. Kneyber & J. Evers, eds. Flip the System: Changing Education from the Bottom Up.. London: Routledge, pp. 1-11.
Priestley, M., Miller, K., Barrett, L. & Wallace, C., 2011. Teacher learning communities and educational change in Scotland: the Highland experience. British Educational Research Journal, 37(2), pp. 265-284.
Reeves, J. & Drew, V., 2013. A productive relationship? Testing the connections between professional learning and practitioner research. Scottish Educational Review, 45(2), pp. 36-49.
Reynolds, C., 1996. Cultural scripts for teachers: Identities and their relation to workplace landscapes. In: M. Kompf, W. Bond, R. Dworet & R. Boak, eds. Changing research and practice: Teachers' professionalism, identities and knowledge. London: The Falmer Press, pp. 69-77.
Robertson, Z., 2014. Professional Update and Your Professional Learning: A Focus on Evidence and Impact. Teaching Scotland, Volume 55, pp. 25-26.
Smagorinsky, P. et al., 2004. Tensions in Learning to Teach: Accommodation and the Development of a Teaching Identity. Jounral of Teacher Education, 55(1), pp. 8-24.
Smagorinsky, P., Lakly, A. & Johnson, T., 2002. Acquiesence, accommodation, and resistence in learning to teach within a prescribed curriculum. English Education, Volume 34, pp. 187-213.
Thornberg, R., 2012. Informed Grounded Theory. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 56(3), pp. 243-259.
Thornberg, R. & Charmaz, K., 2014. Grounded Theory and Theoretical Coding. In: The SAGE Handbook of Qalitative Data Analysis. s.l.:SAGE.
Thornberg, R. & Dunne, C., 2019. Literature Review in Grounded Theory. In: The SAGE Handbook of Current Developments in Grounded Theory. s.l.:s.n., pp. 206-221.
Wall, K., Beck, A. & Scott, N., 2020. The Nature and Purpose of Practitioner Enquiry. [Online]
Available at: https://www.strath.ac.uk/humanities/schoolofeducation/blog/thenatureandpurposeofpractitionerenquiry/
[Accessed 23 June 2022].
Wenger-Trayner, E. et al., 2014. Learning in Landscapes of Practice: Boundaries, identity, and knowledgeability in practice-based learning. s.l.:Routledge.
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 E: Identity and Agency in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Youth Participation in Decision-Making Processes: The Voices of Youth and the Role of Education

Daniela Bianchi

University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy

Presenting Author: Bianchi, Daniela

The present contribution intends to introduce a doctoral research project, which explores the participation of young people in decision-making processes, a crucial issue at the heart of international and European policies (Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2009; UN General Assembly, 1989, 2015).

Alongside the increasing investment by key European institutions in terms of promoting participation, there has been a steady decline in the levels of political engagement in most EU countries over the past decades (Eurochild et al., 2021), especially with regard to young people. Indeed, in recent years, disengagement from institutional political participation seems to be a significant trend among contemporary European democracies even among younger generations, causing them to lack representation and power in political decision-making (Norris, 2003; Farthing, 2010). At the same time, there is a new wave of youth political engagement outside the institutional sphere, which has become particularly visible through youth activism movements, protests, demonstrations, volunteering and online engagement (Sloam, 2016; Spannring et al., 2008).

The United Nations and the European Union are currently aiming to invest more in participation by involving young people in its decision-making mechanisms. This is also reflected in the most recent EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child policy (European Commission, 2021) and in the recognition of 2022 as the European Year of Youth. Furthermore, the most recent European and international youth strategies (United Nations, 2018; European Union, 2018; Council of Europe, 2020) promote spaces for youth participation. Specifically, they highlight some characteristics youth spaces should have: they should be independently usable, accessible, safe, inclusive and combine the presence of physical spaces with digital environments. It is evident that these characteristics are also found in the literature on the subject. As expressed in Laura Lundy's (2007) participation model, the participation space should be safe and inclusive so that everyone can actively participate. What Lundy adds, however, is that one has to take into account the impact the space has on young people themselves and, above all, their willingness to participate or not in the decision-making process. Indeed, policies seem to assume that all young people want to be involved, but there is a risk of falling into the trap of 'forced' and inauthentic participation.

Within this framework, this project aims to explore participation in decision-making processes within 'specific spaces', i.e., within youth organisations (Council of Europe, 2023). Youth organisations are generally understood as voluntary, non-profit, non-governmental associations promoted by young people and, in some circumstances, may instead be part of the state apparatus or run by youth workers. They tend to be founded to promote the political, social, cultural or economic goals of their members. This is done through the implementation of youth activities and/or engagement in advocacy activities. The aforementioned strategies define them as privileged spaces for the promotion of participation in public life.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project follows a qualitative approach to research (Denzin & Lincoln, 2011) and intends to explore the participation of young people in decision-making processes at European and international level. In particular, it will investigate the educational experiences in participation in public, formal and structured decision-making processes of young people who are members of representative youth organisations.
The study followed the guidelines suggested by the ethical code of the Italian Society of Pedagogy (SIPED, 2020) and by the Declaration of Helsinki (World Medical Association, 2001).
The three-year doctoral research project is in its second phase. A narrative review of the literature on youth participation in decision-making was conducted last year (Bourhis, 2017). In this second phase, it is planned to conduct field research to explore the topic through semi-structured interviews with young people from European and international youth organisations. The collected materials will be analysed according to the methodology of the grounded theory (Tarozzi, 2008), leading to an interpretation of the observed processes that can thus illuminate educational-political practice (Mortari, 2007; Bertolini, 2003).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research will lead to an interpretation of the processes explored within youth organisations that can support pedagogical and political practice. In fact, although studies have been conducted on both policies and mechanisms of youth participation in decision-making processes in Europe (Day et al., 2015; Janta et al., 2021; Van Vooren, 2019), there is a lack of scientific literature on the topic, especially in the pedagogical field (Malone & Hartung, 2010). Participatory processes and educational experiences, although rooted in the political sphere, need to be learned and youth organisations play a crucial role in this regard, supporting the dialogical process between institutions and young people that underpins democratic life. To shed light on these mechanisms and processes is crucial in order to overcome the numerous oppositions that the literature highlights, including, for example, traditional forms of participation and innovative forms, physical and virtual participatory spaces (Willems, Heinen & Meyers, 2012; Bacalso et al., 2015; Cornwall, 2008).
References
Bacalso, C., Farrow, A., Karsten, A., & Milhajlovic, D. (2015). From Rhetoric to Action: Towards an Enabling Environment for Child and Youth Development in the Sustainable Development Goals.
Bertolini, P. (2003). Educazione e politica. Milano: Cortina.
Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). General Comment No12 (2009). CRC/C/GC/1(12), 21–38.
Cornwall, A. (2008) Unpacking ‘Participation’: models, meanings and practices, Community Development Journal, 43(3) Pages 269-283.
Council of Europe (2020). Resolution CM-Res(2020)2 on the Council of Europe youth sector strategy 2030. Adopted by the Committee of Ministers on 22 January 2020 at the 1365th meeting of the Ministers' Deputies.
Council of Europe (2023). Youth organisations and youth programmes, Council of Europe.
Day, L., Percy-Smith, B., Ruxton, S., McKenna, K., Redgrave, K., Ronicle, J., & Young, T. (2015). Evaluation of legislation, policy and practice of child participation in the EU. Brussels.
Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.). (2011). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. Sage.
Eurochild, Save the Children, UNICEF, ChildFund, & World Vision (2021). Our Europe, our rights, our future, Eurochild.
European Commission (2021). EU strategy on the rights of the child. COM/2021/142 final.
European Union (2018). The European Union Youth Strategy 2019-2027. 2018/C 456/01.
Farthing, R. (2010). The Politics of Youthful Antipolitics: Representing the ‘Issue’ of Youth Participation in Politics, Journal of Youth Studies, XIII, 2, pp. 181-195.
Janta, B., Bruckmayer, M., de Silva, A., Gilder, L., Culora, A., Cole, S., Hagger-Vaughan, A. (2021). Study on child participation in EU political and democratic life. Final Report. Brussels: European Commission.
Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942.
Malone, K., & Hartung, C. (2010). Challenges of particiaptory practice with children. In B. Percy-Smith & N. Thomas (Eds.), A Handbook of Children and Young People’s Participation. Perspectives from theory and practice (pp. 24–38). London and New 261 York: Routledge.
Mortari, L. (2007). Cultura della ricerca e pedagogia, Carocci, Roma.
Sloam, J. (2016). Diversity and Voice: The Political Participation of Young People in the European Union, The British Journal of Politics and International Relations, XVIII, 3, pp. 521-537.
Tarozzi, M. (2008). Che cos’è la grounded theory, Carocci, Roma.
UN General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1.
United Nations (2018). Youth 2030. Working with and for young people. United Nations Youth Strategy.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Investigation of the Role of Adult Learners in the Co-Creation of Curriculum Design within a Lifelong Learning Context in SETU

Gulmira Tussupbekova, Lucy Hearne, Helen Murphy, Gina Noonan

South East Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Tussupbekova, Gulmira; Hearne, Lucy

This paper will discuss a mixed-methods research study which explores how adult learners on lifelong learning programmes in SETU can inform and shape curriculum development through a co-creation model. Currently, there is limited empirical evidence on adult learners, as well as industry participation, in curriculum co-creation in lifelong learning programmes (Erkkilä & Kortesalmi, 2020; Shrivastava et al., 2022). By focusing on the inclusion of the adult learner’s ‘voice’ in curriculum design, this study is responding to the call for a communicative university and a participatory decision-making process where learners are involved in all aspects of college life (Cook-Sather et al. 2014; Fleming et al., 2017). Through a co-creation approach in curriculum design, the outcomes of teaching and learning are jointly negotiated to lead to a shared responsibility for learning, which results in a greater level of student agency and empowerment (Bovill, 2020).

As this research study commenced in early 2022, this paper will concentrate on the literature review process (traditional and systematic) and the development of the theoretical framework underpinning the research. It will also present the proposed methodological framework that will be used to gather data from adult learners in SETU. The overarching research question is: To what extent are adult learners co-creating the curriculum in lifelong learning programmes within SETU? The subsidiary research questions are framed within the aspects of adult learners’ professional, academic, and personal motivations to engage in lifelong learning in HE; how their needs are considered and embedded in curriculum design in HE; and how SETU supports adult learners’ engagement in the co-creation of the curriculum.

The literature suggests that co-creation is a contested term, with various definitions and interpretations emerging in recent years (Matthews et al., 2018; Godbold et al., 2021). Co-creation generally implies democratic collaboration and partnership between learners and faculty members (Cook-Sather, 2014; Godbold et al., 2021; Gravett et al., 2020). Doyle et al. (2021) highlight that co-creation encourages a shared responsibility between learners and faculty staff in the process of establishing and achieving learning outcomes. Co-creation is also differentiated from other forms of active learning and learner engagement based on the level of learners’ responsibility in decision-making regarding their education, assessment, and teaching process (Lubicz-Nawrocka and Bovill, 2021).

This research is underpinned by a theoretical framework incorporating Social Cognitive Theory (SCT) and Self-Determination Theory. According to SCT, individuals learn through personal experiences and by observing others’ behaviour, and their social context also influences their behaviour and learning (Bandura, 2001). One of the fundamental tenets of SCT is that individuals have the capacity to actively engage in their own growth and learning and to self-regulate their learning (Bandura, 2001). This is in keeping with the suggestion that adult learners should actively engage in the process of co-designing the curriculum (Erkkilä & Kortesalmi, 2020). This would tend to imply, within the context of this study, that adult learners on HE lifelong learning programmes should be encouraged to share their knowledge and experiences resulting in a more effective and relevant curriculum. Furthermore, an exploration of Self-Determination Theory, which posits that individuals have innate psychological needs for autonomy, relatedness, and competence (Ryan & Deci, 2017), will provide insight into the underlying motivational factors for adult learners' engagement in lifelong learning and how these motivations relate to the co-design of curriculum on SETU's lifelong learning programmes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A pragmatic, mixed-method convergent research design is being used (Tashakkori et al. 2021), over two distinct phases, to collect quantitative data (via an online survey) and qualitative data (via focus groups) from adult learners who are registered on lifelong learning programmes in SETU. The pragmatic approach will be viewed as a set of philosophical tools to address the research topic of adult learners’ involvement in curriculum co-design in SETU.  It will address the dual objectivity and subjectivity perspective by using both methods to answer the research questions of the study (Tashakkori et al., 2021), and provide methodological pluralism resulting in more comprehensive findings (Johnson and Onwuegbuzie, 2004). In order to address issues of validity (quantitative) and trustworthiness (qualitative) in this study, ‘legitimation’ will be applied where both the quantitative and qualitative research will be prioritised equally and integrated through a confirmatory approach (Onwuegbuzie et al. 2011).
In Phase 1 (2023), an online survey will be administered to a combined purposive sample of adult learners commencing on lifelong learning programmes (part-time and flexible) in SETU.    
In Phase 2 (2024), follow-up audio-taped focus group interviews will be conducted with a sample of the adult learners who engaged with the Phase 1 online survey, in order to probe deeper and expand upon the findings from the survey. This method is based on the collective and collaborative ethos of the study and will produce results that have high face validity (Krueger and Casey, 2014; Tashakkori et al., 2021).  

The data analysis strategy for the two methods will be sequential and consist of two different approaches. For the Phase 1 survey method, a statistical package (e.g. SPSS) will be used for the quantitative data and content analysis for the qualitative data (Tashakkori et al., 2021). For the Phase 2 focus group method, the qualitative data will be analysed using a systematic thematic framework (Braun and Clarke, 2012). The findings from the two phases will then be converged to elicit overall results, inferences and conclusions in response to the research questions (Tashakkori et al., 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study is intentionally forward-looking in its consideration, and it is envisaged that its unique contribution to new knowledge will inform future educational provision within the HE sector.  It is positioned within the context of international, national and institutional lifelong learning policies in the HE sector. At a global level, the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 4 calls for ensuring inclusive and equitable quality education and the promotion of lifelong learning opportunities for all, including adult learners.  However, whilst there is a growing body of research on co-creation in HE more broadly, much of the empirical evidence focuses on full-time undergraduate and postgraduate student populations, leaving a gap in our understanding of the potential for co-creation in the adult learning context. Given the expanding significance of lifelong learning and the increasing number of adults returning to HE, the evidence on adult learners' contribution to such models is warranted at this stage (Erkkilä and Kortesalmi, 2020). In order to successfully develop and implement curricula that fulfil adult learners' needs and objectives, it is crucial to comprehend the process involved from the perspective of adult learners themselves. Thus, the findings will contribute to a greater understanding of the lived experiences of adult learners in HE. Finally, a key outcome of this research will be the development of a conceptual model and framework for the operationalisation of a co-creation model of curriculum design in SETU.
References
Bandura, A. (2001) Social cognitive theory: An agentic perspective. Annual review of psychology, 52(1), pp.1-26.

Bovill, C. (2020) Co-creation in learning and teaching: the case for a whole-class approach in higher education, Higher Education, 79(6), pp. 1023-1037.

Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2012) Thematic Analysis. Washington DC: American Psychological Association.

Cook-Sather, A., Bovill, C. and Felten, P. (2014) Engaging students as partners in learning and teaching: a guide for faculty. San Francisco, CA: John Wiley & Sons.

Doyle, E., Buckley, P. and McCarthy, B. (2021) The impact of content co-creation on academic achievement, Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 46(3), pp. 494-507.
Erkkilä, L. and Kortesalmi, M. (2020) Co-creating value: Multi-stakeholder co-creation of lifelong education. Co-Creating and Orchestrating Multistakeholder Innovation, p. 253.
Fleming, T., Loxley, A. and Finnegan, F. (2017) Access and participation in Irish higher education. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Godbold, N., Hung, T. Y. and Matthews, K. E. (2021) Exploring the role of conflict in co-creation of the curriculum through engaging students as partners in the classroom, Higher Education Research & Development, 41(4), pp. 1-15.

Gravett, K., Kinchin, I. M. and Winstone, N. E. (2020) More than customers’: conceptions of students as partners held by students, staff, and institutional leaders, Studies in Higher Education, 45(12), pp. 2574-2587.

Johnson, R. B. and Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2004) Mixed methods research: A research paradigm whose time has come, Educational Researcher, 33(7), pp.14-26.
Krueger, R. A. and Casey, M. A. (2014)      Focus groups: A practical guide for applied research, 5th ed., Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Lubicz-Nawrocka, T. and Bovill, C. (2021) ‘Do students experience transformation through co-creating curriculum in higher education?’, Teaching in Higher Education, pp. 1-17.

Matthews, K. E., Dwyer, A., Hine, L. and Turner, J. (2018) Conceptions of students as partners’, Higher Education, 76(6), pp. 957-971.

Onwuegbuzie, A. J., Johnson, B. R. and Collins, K. M. (2011). Assessing legitimation in mixed research; a new framework, Quality & Quantity, 45(6), pp. 1253-1271.
Ryan, R.M. and Deci, E.L. (2017) Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. New York: Guilford Publications.
Shrivastava, S., Bardoel, E.A., Djurkovic, N., Rajendran, D. and Plueckhahn, T. (2022) Co-creating curricula with industry partners: A case study. The International Journal of Management Education, 20(2), p.100646.
Tashakkori, A., Johnson, R. B and Teddlie, C. (2021). Foundations of mixed methods research; Integrating quantitative and qualitative approaches in the social and behavioral sciences, 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Co-constructing Professional Learning: Teachers and Researchers Working Together to Respond to Student Diversity.

Genevieve Thraves, Sarah Oluk

UNE, Australia

Presenting Author: Thraves, Genevieve; Oluk, Sarah

To become an expert teacher, it is theorised that a practitioner will need to develop three distinct knowledge bases; content knowledge, pedagogical knowledge, and pedagogical content knowledge (Lachner et al., 2016). Expert teachers integrate these knowledges into curriculum scripts, and are able to use their professional vision to activate their knowledge in ways that reflect their context (Lachner et al., 2016). Access to quality professional learning is a key mechanism for ensuring teachers are able to continuously build their knowledge base. This is particularly important in the area of high ability, where training providers often neglect to equip pre-service teachers with the knowledge needed to work effectively with this cohort (Plunkett & Kronborg, 2021). This is despite the important relationship that exists between a teacher’s knowledge base and their capacity to meet the needs of their high-ability learners. For instance, the abilities of students will often mediate what a teacher needs to know about the subject they are teaching, with high-ability students requiring their teacher to provide them access to advanced content (Van Tassel-Baska, 2019).

There is, though, much debate in the international literature as to what constitutes an appropriate knowledge base for teachers working with high-ability students (Dai & Chen, 2013; 2014), and in these circumstances designing professional learning can be fraught. It involves sifting through a range of contested approaches in order to make content decisions related to definitions (See Smedsrud, 2020 for an explanation of the various definitions in the field); identification (See Almeida et al., 2016 for a discussion of some of the issues surrounding the identification of high ability); provisions (See Walsh et al., 2012 for a discussion on the difficulties in locating evidence based practices in the field of high ability); cultural understandings of high ability (See Thraves et al., 2021 for a discussion of cultural perspectives and high ability); equity issues (See Peters, 2022 for a discussion of equity issues in the field); and practices and processes for supporting the social-emotional needs of this unique cohort (See Rinn, 2021 for a discussion of the issues related to the social-emotional and psychosocial development of high-ability students).

This paper presents a case study which involved interested teachers from the study site, an Australian school (The College) working closely with researchers to co-design a professional learning program on the topic of high ability. Often, when programs are designed by researchers alone, little consideration is given the school’s specific context, and as a result practitioners must spend time determining which of the program’s elements need to be adapted, and which are more universal (Gomoll et al., 2022). When researchers co-design with teachers, contextual factors can be interwoven into the design process.

Given the complexity of the high-ability field’s underlying issues, the study utilised a facilitated dialogue to support decision making. Facilitated dialogues are structured sessions built on the premise of promoting consensus (LoBianco, 2016). The facilitated dialogue in this study allowed the school to develop policy positions for each of the high-ability field’s contested areas, which, in turn, guided content decisions for the professional learning, thus answering the research question: What do participants envision should constitute the knowledge base to underpin the co-designed high-ability professional learning at the study site?

To this end, the study was guided by a conceptual framework that emphasises the role knowledge plays in an expert teacher’s cognition (Lachner et al., 2016), as well as the importance of co-design for accounting for context when designing professional learning (Gomoll et al., 2022). The conceptual framework also acknowledges the contested nature of knowledge within the field of high ability (Dai & Chen 2013; 2014).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This case study consisted of a facilitated dialogue on the topic of high ability that was conducted between twelve (12) teachers from The College and two researchers. The participants, a purposive convenience sample of interested teachers at the school, exhibited varying degrees of experience in the field of high ability, though all agreed that meeting the needs of this cohort is an issue of equity and diversity. This meant that whilst all participants were intimately familiar with the school’s context, they all held varying views about what should be included in professional learning for staff. The facilitated dialogue, therefore, was guided by the following principles:

• A focus on promoting “consensus and mutual understanding among stakeholders in relation to educational rights, equity and diversity for all children” (UNICEF, 2016. p. 32).
• A belief that teachers should be positioned as the bridge between the researcher, schools, and the communities that they serve (LoBianco, 2016).
A facilitated dialogue is a form of Participatory Action Research (PAR) which as a form of research is aimed at generating knowledge in a local context to solve localised problems or effect change in a particular setting (Johnson & Christensen, 2016). PAR deliberately blurs the line between participants and researchers, and upholds Rawls (1999) principles of deliberative democracy.
The dialogue was conducted over one full working day and was held in a classroom at The College. The day was divided into three distinct sections. The first section involved the teacher participants presenting their current understandings of high ability to the whole group. The middle section involved a ‘researcher’s presentation’, which canvassed current issues in the field. The final section involved the participants and researchers working together to reach consensus in relation to the various issues raised in the session, and to make content decisions about what to exclude and include in the co-designed professional learning.
At the close of the dialogue, participants had spent considerable time working through their varying perspectives to develop an artefact that contained policy positions, and initial content decisions on the following topics:
• Definitions
• Identification
• Provision options to meet the learning needs of high-ability students
• Supports to meet the social-emotional needs of high-ability students
A qualitative documentary analysis (Bowen, 2009) was used to analyse these policy and content decisions, and to situate the work within the extant high-ability literature.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the case study presented in this paper, a facilitated dialogue protocol was used to support participants to develop policy positions on a variety of issues in the field of high ability, and to make professional learning content decisions. Ultimately, an artefact was co-constructed, and when analysed using qualitative content analysis, it was revealed that participants were willing to adopt a broad approach to high ability, and that they were reticent to adhere to any of the specifics models that are presented in the research literature. Instead, the participants co-developed policy positions and made initial content decisions that drew from a variety of approaches (See for example Gagné, 2009; Subotnik et al., 2009; Borland, 2003), and they agreed to small adaptions for coherency and to account for their setting. This analysis also reveals the strength of the facilitated dialogue approach when navigating areas of contest, and the benefits of interweaving contextual factors into the co-design process (Gomoll et al., 2022) when designing professional learning in the field of high ability. Further research is needed to determine if the co-designed professional learning, once made available, is successful in building a coherent knowledge base for high ability among the broader staff, thus contributing to teacher expertise at The College.
Whilst this research was conducted in Australia, it aims to contribute broadly to the international field of professional learning through co-design, and more immediately to the international field of high ability. The issues looked at in this research impact globally, and it is hoped that insights gained from this research will ultimately support context specific consensus building in relation to a knowledge base that will assist teachers and schools, including those across Europe where there is a long history of High-Ability Studies, to meet the needs of this unique cohort.


References
Andrea Gomoll, Cindy E. Hmelo-Silver & Selma Šabanović (2022) Co-constructing Professional Vision: Teacher and Researcher Learning in Co-Design, Cognition and Instruction, 40:1, 7-26, DOI: 10.1080/07370008.2021.2010210

Borland, J. (2003). Rethinking gifted education. New York: Teachers College Press.
Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40. DOI: 10.3316/QRJ0902027

Gagné, F. (2009). Building gifts in talents: A detailed overview of the DMGT 2.0. In P. McFarlane & T. Stambaugh (Eds.), Leading change in gifted education: The festschrift of Dr. Joyce VanTassel-Baska. Prufrok Press.

Johnson, R. B., & Christensen, L. (2016). Educational research: Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches. SAGE Publications, Incorporated.

Lachner, A., Jarodzka, H., & Nückles, M. (2016). What makes an expert teacher? Investigating teachers’ professional vision and discourse abilities. Instructional Science, 44(3), 197-203. DOI: 10.1007/s11251-016-9376-y

LoBianco, J. (2016). Malaysia country report. Retrieved from: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/296334108_Malaysia_Country_Report_Language_Education_and_Social_Cohesion_LESC_Initiative

Peters, S. J. (2022). The challenges of achieving equity within public school gifted and talented programs. Gifted Child Quarterly, 66(2), 82-94.DOI: 10.1177/00169862211002535

Plunkett, M., & Kronborg, L. (2021). Teaching gifted education to pre-service teachers: Lessons learned. Handbook of giftedness and talent development in the Asia-Pacific, 1409-1430. DOI:10.1007/978-981-13-3041-4_67

Rawls, J. (1999). A theory of justice. Cambridge: Massachusetts: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.

Rinn, A. N. (2021). Social, emotional, and psychosocial development of gifted and talented individuals. Routledge. DOI:10.4324/9781003238058

Smedsrud, J. (2020). Explaining the variations of definitions in gifted education. Nordic Studies in Education, 40(1), 79-97. DOI: 10.23865/nse.v40.2129

Subotnik, R. F., Olszewski-Kubilius, P., & Worrell, F. C. (2011). Rethinking giftedness and gifted education: A proposed direction forward based on psychological science. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 12(1), 3–54. DOI: 10.1177/1529100611418056

Thraves, G., Baker, P., Berman, J., Nye, A., & Dhurrkay, M. (2021). Djalkiri rom and gifts, talents, and talent development: Yolnu way, an Australian Aboriginal approach to talent development. Australasian Journal of Gifted Education, 30(1), 5-22.

UNICEF. (2016). Synthesis report. Language and education social cohesion initiative. Retrieved from: https://www.unicef.org/myanmar/Synthesis_Report_12_Jan_16.pdf
VanTassel-Baska, J. (2019). Are we differentiating effectively for the gifted or not? A commentary on differentiated curriculum use in schools. Gifted Child Today, 42(3), 165-167. DOI: 10.1177/1076217519842626

Walsh, R. L., Kemp, C. R., Hodge, K. A., & Bowes, J. M. (2012). Searching for evidence-based practice: A review of the research on educational interventions for intellectually gifted children in the early childhood years. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 35(2), 103-128. DOI: 10.1177/0162353212440610
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 F: Research in Higher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

European Policies and Pedagogy in Higher Education: A Comparison of Instructional Development in Six Universities of the Eutopia Alliance

Laurent Gensbittel1, Muriel Epstein2

1Université Paris 1 - CY Cergy université, France; 2CY Cergy université, France

Presenting Author: Gensbittel, Laurent; Epstein, Muriel

Improving pedagogical practices has become a priority in the European context for both universities and governments (Lalle & Bonnafous, 2019). Eutopia, one of 41 consortia of European higher education institutions created and funded by the European Union since 2019, initially brought together 6 institutions and expanded to 10 by 2021. Each consortium has set a series of priorities in order to initiate exchanges and promote joint work. The priorities set by the Eutopia alliance are mainly focused on student-centred approaches, diversity and inclusion. In this respect, academic innovation for teacher education is an important topic.

This communication focuses on the mechanisms for improving teaching practice in six universities of the European University Alliance Eutopia, and is part of a broader research for a doctoral thesis on "Lecturer Education".

The training and support for the teaching staff can lead to changes in conceptions (Demougeot-Lebel & Perret, 2011; Gerard, 2016), but there is no evidence of changes in practice in the short (Ménard et al., 2017) and long term (Ménard et al., 2020). Some training specifications have been studied (Stes et al., 2010) making it possible to determine best periods and methodologies as well as minimum durations. But most of these studies make the same observation: differences, particularly cultural and institutional ones, can influence the effect of training and thus its results.

For this reason, our research aims to explore the pedagogical development of university faculty (Demougeot-Lebel & Lison, 2022), articulating local (departments and universities), regional, and national levels.

Whether they are public or private institutions, the universities studied have a great deal of autonomy but are nevertheless guided by the orientations of national or regional governance. We need to determine at what level the obligation to train exists, if at all, for example, whether it is a legal or a local obligation. Similarly, we would like to know whether training in higher education pedagogy is taken into account in the careers of teaching staff. The different statuses of teaching staff therefore should be questioned. Similarly, the question arises of a teaching reference framework that could lead to a certification recognised beyond the local structure. And more concretely, what resources and means have been implemented for this training at local or even national level? Finally, within the framework of the Bologna process, many elements have been put in place, whether to harmonize diplomas or to assess the quality of teaching and training curricula. European alliances aim at developing internationalization of teaching between universities. The question is, does it lead those universities to harmonize their practices by relying on European reference systems.

This is why we felt it necessary to compare these different contexts in order to describe the ecosystems (Bronfenbrenner, 1981) where teachers evolve: from the national or regional governance (macro level) to the institution (meso level), including the department in charge of teacher training, to the professional environment of the teaching staff (micro level), both during and outside the training courses.

At these different levels, the capability approach (Fernagu, 2017) aims to explore the resources that can be mobilized by teachers, such as the training offered by the institution at the meso level, but also the conversion factors that promote or hinder the mobilization of these resources. According to this theory, it is important to explore the teachers’ freedom to choose the resources that correspond to their context, their background and their wishes, as well as their training’s assessment. For instance, they should be able to choose the course and/or the kind of reflective writing they want to be evaluated on.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We tried to reach the 10 universities of the Eutopia alliance and were able to conduct 6 semi-structured interviews in the spring of 2022. These were the University of Warwick (UW) in England, Vrije Universiteit Brussel (VUB) in Belgium, Universitat Pompeu Fabra (UPF) in Spain (Catalogna), CY Cergy Paris Université (CYU) in France, Universidade Nova de Lisboa (NOVA) in Portugal, and Göteborgs universitet (GU) in Sweden.
The interviewees were responsible for teacher training in all these universities. In most countries (UW, VUB, CYU, VUB, GU) there were full professors involved in research, and in NOVA it was a PhD student. An interview grid was used to find out about the context of each university, the recruitment methods and the professional situations of the teaching staff, the different measures taken to train them, support them and evaluate their teaching practice. Finally, we wanted to know about the incentives for training and the impact of digital technology on the instructional development of teaching staff. Each interview lasted between 40 and 80 minutes.
To complete the macro level (as defined previously), we studied the CurieXplore summary sheets (https://curiexplore.enseignementsup-recherche.gouv.fr/). These are written by the Cooperation and Cultural Action Counsellors and the Science and Technology Counsellors of French diplomatic posts abroad for the Ministry of Europe and Foreign Affairs and the Ministry of Higher Education, Research and Innovation. These sheets provide a landscape of higher education in each country, in particular its historical context, organization, funding and evaluation. These landscapes were complemented by the Trends 2018 and 2022 surveys (Gaebel & Zhang, 2018; Zhang, 2022)) conducted by the European University Association with local experts on teaching and learning in European higher education institutions.
The interviews were then analysed In December 2022, in terms of ecosystems (Bronfenbrenner, 1981) and the capability approach (Fernagu, 2017) to describe the resources that could be mobilized and the facilitating factors at different levels. Finally, we did research on the websites indicated in the documents, regarding sources or institutions, or mentioned in the interviews, regarding services or projects.
This allowed us to produce 6 monographs. The completed monographs were sent to the interviewees for proofreading or even updating in January 2023.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our research shows there are large disparities between the six universities in terms of both the volume of training, which can vary from 40 to 400 hours, and the legal obligation to train. The latter is not widespread and is generally reduced to a local obligation of the institutions. Abandoned in Sweden in 2011, the legal obligation to train now exists only in France, along with a 32-hour release from duty that is not found in any of the other five institutions studied. Another difference concerns the certification of teaching skills. While most teacher training received at universities can be recognized at another university, only England has a tiered certification system corresponding to different stages in the career development of teachers. Finally, teaching practice is evaluated and valued differently throughout a teacher’s career. While student evaluation of teaching is widespread to varying degrees, the recognition, symbolic and/or financial, of practice can be done at the local level (GU) or at the governance level (UPF) often based on a file.
Beyond these differences, the comparison of these contexts shows the need for a systemic approach to improving teaching practice. These practices must move from the micro level of individual or team initiatives to the centre of the public space (Fraser, 2011) to be shared, discussed and valued by all stakeholders. This approach, implemented in four out of the six universities studied, leads to the development of a culture of continuous improvement of teaching practices. It is based on the assumption of responsibility, at several levels (micro, meso, macro), for the establishment of a reference framework, initiatives and means set in place both to ensure high-quality initial and continuing training and to evaluate and improve teaching practices.

References
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1981). The Ecology of Human Development : Experiments by Nature and Design. Harvard University Press.
Demougeot-Lebel, J., & Lison, C. (2022). Soutenir le développement professionnel pédagogique des enseignants du supérieur. Spirale - Revue de recherches en education, 69(1), 129‑145.
Demougeot-Lebel, J., & Perret, C. (2011). Une formation pédagogique peut-elle modifier les conceptions de jeunes enseignants universitaires sur l’apprentissage et l’enseignement ? Revue des sciences de l’éducation, 37(2), 327‑354. https://doi.org/10.7202/1008989ar
Fernagu, S. (2017). Le développement des compétences des formateurs de la police nationale : Une évaluation à partir de l’approche par les capabilités. Recherche et formation, 2, Art. 2. https://doi.org/10.4000/rechercheformation.2761
Fraser, N. (2011). Qu’est-ce que la justice sociale ?Reconnaissance et redistribution. La Découverte; Cairn.info. https://www.cairn.info/qu-est-ce-que-la-justice-sociale--9782707167897.htm
Gaebel, M., & Zhang, T. (2018). Learning and teaching in the European Higher Education Area (p. 109). European University Association.
Gerard, L. (2016). La formation pédagogique pour faire évoluer les conceptions de l’enseignement et de l’apprentissage. Chemins de formation, 20, 103‑118.
Lalle, P., & Bonnafous, S. (2019). La révolution pédagogique de l’enseignement supérieur, une universalité géographique et paradigmatique. Revue internationale d’éducation de Sèvres, 80, Art. 80. https://doi.org/10.4000/ries.8142
Lebrun, M., Lison, C., & Batier, C. (2016). Les effets de l’accompagnement technopédagogique des enseignants sur leurs options pédagogiques, leurs pratiques et leur développement professionnel. Revue internationale de pédagogie de l’enseignement supérieur, 32(1), Art. 1. https://doi.org/10.4000/ripes.1028
Ménard, L., Hoffmann, C., Boucher, S., & Riopel, M. (2020). Effets de la formation et de l’accompagnement pédagogiques sur le niveau de centration sur l’apprentissage des nouveaux professeurs. Revue internationale de pédagogie de l’enseignement supérieur, 36(36(1)), Art. 1. https://doi.org/10.4000/ripes.2527
Ménard, L., Hoffmann, C., & Lameul, G. (2017). Effets de la formation à l’enseignement sur les pratiques des nouveaux enseignants-chercheurs. Recherche formation, n° 84(1), 125‑140.
Stes, A., Min-Leliveld, M., Gijbels, D., & Van Petegem, P. (2010). The impact of instructional development in higher education : The state-of-the-art of the research. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 25‑49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.07.001
Zhang, T. (2022). National Developments in Learning and Teaching in Europe. European University Association. https://eua.eu/resources/publications/1005:national-developments-in-learning-and-teaching-in-europe.html


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Students' Outlook on Diversity in Quality Assurance of Higher Education: How Far Have We Come?

Pegi Pavletić, Irina Duma, Damir Solak

European Students` Union Quality Assurance Student Experts Pool

Presenting Author: Pavletić, Pegi

The European Students’ Union (ESU) was one of the institutions participating in the formation of the Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the

European Higher Education Area (ESG) in 2005, which were amended in 2015(1) and are still used to this day. The ESGs serve as a core value of the Bologna process, assuring that the accredited institutions adhere to the same norms in higher education, and provide high quality of education across the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) member states. Based on the publication Bologna with Students Eyes 2020(3), it is visible that students are not nearly recognised enough in different aspects of higher education, however, in terms of Quality Assurance (QA), constant progress is evident. Additionally, since the launch of the Bologna Declaration in 1999, internationalisation has become one of the main goals of higher education, promoting diversity and shared knowledge cross-sector, impacting QA practices as well.

In 2009, ESU formed a Quality Assurance Student Experts’ Pool (QA Pool)(2), with the main goal to train, educate and nominate students as QA experts in various international external QA processes under partnering institutions. Since then, many changes happened within the EHEA to involve, not only checking educational standards in teaching, learning assessments and accessibility of higher education, but assuring internationalisation, diversity and inclusion as well. The ESGs mention diversity as one of their four main principles for QA in EHEA, and mention it can be achieved through a “student-centred approach to learning and teaching, embracing flexible learning paths and recognising competencies gained outside formal curricula. Higher education institutions themselves also become more diverse in their missions, mode of educational provision and cooperation, including growth of internationalisation, digital learning and new forms of delivery.” According to these principles, ESU has also changed its internal policy on social dimension, and the QA Pool amended its practices to assure the selection based on diversity rather than merit only.

In line with that, our mission is to analyse how ESU has, over the course of 14 years, improved its policies on diversity within the organisation and the QA Pool, and whether this is reflected in practice. Concretely, our research questions are:

Do ESU QA Pool’s policies assure the diversity of student experts in QA compared to other European higher education organisations with similar practices?

Is the diversity of the nominated QA student experts for reviews correlated with the changes in ESU QA Pool’s diversity policies?

Do student QA experts find that the European QA systems are diverse enough?

We aim to answer these questions by quantitatively analysing our QA Pool database and testing it against the changes in the diversity criteria for the experts’ selection. Additionally, we plan on doing qualitative research on available resources within the organisation to compare the diversity policies and practices of ESU in nominating experts compared to the bodies who also nominate experts for international external evaluations, such as The European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education (ENQA), The European University Association (EUA) and the European Association of Institutions in Higher Education (EURASHE).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the quantitative research, we are planning on collecting, grouping and analysing data available to us on the past membership periods in the ESU QA Pool, to isolate the information on the number of Pool members, the number of partnering institutions and the number of reviews per year. This information is then divided to the pre- ESG2015 period and to the post- ESG2015 period to evaluate the difference in the Pool members’ diversity affected by these two documents. The post- ESG2015 period would be analysed in several subperiods in which ESU’s Social Dimension policies changed to incorporate more diversity into its work to see if these changes impacted the work of the QA pool in terms of student recruitment, training and nominations. From the obtained data, we are interested to see whether the changes in policies were co-dependent (did they change simultaneously) and whether these policies were effective in practice: i.e. whether the application of new criteria for diversity assured higher diversity among the applicants to the calls and the nominated experts.

When performing quantitative analysis, the following is considered diversity criteria:
Regional balance;
Gender balance;
QA experience (national and international);
Country of studies;
Language skills;
International experience (i.e. policy work, student representation).

The qualitative research involves the analysis of ESU’s, ENQA’s, EUA’s and EURASHE’s work policies related to quality assurance and higher education in general. We will analyse whether the general policies of these institutions involve internationalisation and inclusion practices, and we will look at whether this is apparent and applied through their work on QA (by analysing specific recruitment and selection criteria).

Finally, we aim to investigate whether the ESU QA Pool’s members find that the European QA landscape is diverse enough, and why do they think so. The responses are analysed based on the level of their experience and their engagement in the QA Pool, and presented in a short summary with suggestions
on further improvements.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The authors expect that this research will provide the first singular evidence of how diverse QA expert student representation is within EHEA, and discuss whether the diversity of the experts is broad enough to assure shared knowledge and practices. We also hypothesise the reasons for the lack of diversity in some European regions, based on the findings in our research.
 Regarding our research questions and based on our past experience in QA on the European level, we expect the following outcomes:

Although ESU’s Policy Papers strive toward higher equality, inclusion and diversity, the theoretical institutional adaptations are not passed down to the ESU QA Pool fast enough to create immediate changes in practice and reflect in the diversity of the nominated Pool members. In comparison to ENQA, EUA and EURASHE, students require more time to develop and implement desired practices.
The increase in the number of reviews is positively correlated to the increase in the partnerships established between ESU and higher education stakeholders (QA agencies, higher education institutions). There is no significant correlation between the applied diversity criteria and the diversity of the nominated experts, when compared to the non-nominated experts.
Student QA experts find that the European QA systems are diverse, but there is a difference in the training and the available opportunities for students to develop within their national contexts. This could be the limiting factor of their participation in QA in an international context, contributing toward the lack of diverse representation of students in QA within EHEA.

Additionally, students studying in countries different from their country of origin, who were previously involved in QA in the national/international context more easily and readily involve in the QA in their country of studies.

References
1.Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG). 2015.
2.European Students’ Union. Quality Assurance Student Experts Pool [Internet]. 2009. Available from: https://esu-online.org/pools/quality-assurance-student-experts-pool/
3.European Students’ Union. Bologna with Students Eyes 2020 [Internet]. European Students’ Union; 2020. Available from: https://esu-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/BWSE2020-Publication_WEB2.pdf


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Expecting and Negotiating Internationalisation: Lived Engagement of Students from an International Joint University

Bowen Zhang

University of Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Zhang, Bowen

Introduction

This paper aims to unpack Chinese students' experiences in an international joint university located in China - Xi'an Jiaotong Liverpool University (XJTLU). International joint university is one of the types of transnational higher education (TNHE), and the latter is defined as "the mobility of an education program or higher education institution/provider between countries” (Knight, 2016, p. 36), which is considered as an important symbol of the internationalisation of HE in China. Other types of TNHE are mainly unilateral establishments (Wilkins, 2018). Therefore, joint universities have equal parent institutions and potentially more space for internationalisation to be negotiated and constructed without being prescribed. Compared to joint universities, these unilateral institutions potentially have more limited space for students to participate in constructing internationalisation. However, there is limited research on students’ motivations and engagements in an internationalised environment where they have the space for co-construction. This study examines the reciprocal relationship between an institution-constructed internationalised environment and students’ agency, enriching understanding towards the dynamics in which internationalised aspects could be perceived and utilised.

Current literature mainly focuses on the particular type of TNHE, namely, the international branch campus. The individual situations of students are mainly examined from their relatively, and rather unexpectedly, low performance in Gaokao (Chinese national entrance examination), which prevents them from getting admitted to their first choice. Low performance in Gaokao acts as both a forceful push from domestic institutions and a pull from TNHE entry standards (Liu et al., 2021; Li, 2020). TNHE also attracts these students as a stepping stone to regaining entry to elite Chinese institutions (Fang and Wang, 2014), as well as a second chance to “make up" for their failure to obtain an undergraduate degree at one of China's top universities (Xie, 2022). However, such connotations of stepping stones and compromise may contradict with the more or less elite positioning of TNHE in China, therefore, this study attempts to link the personal motivations to the possible influence of institutions’ construction of internationalisation.

In terms of the internationalised encounter, current literature has examined the provision of English-medium instruction (EMI) in TNHE since the trend of teaching non-language subjects in English has become a significant indicator of internationalisation. EMI is defined as “​the use of the English language to teach academic subjects (other than English itself) in countries or jurisdictions where the first language of the majority of the population is not English” (Macaro et al., 2018, p. 37). In reality, teaching and learning in a non-native language can cause considerable, and often unnecessary, challenges to both teachers and students. Besides, with the overall tendency for research on TNHE examining EMI, there is an overlook of other internationalised aspects, e.g., the intercultural environment (Xie, 2022). Gu and Lee (2019) talk about how students strategically navigate learning resources but are still confined to language aspects. Therefore, this study brings these aspects together and explores how Chinese students actively manage expectations by engaging with various international aspects of TNHE.

This study selects XJTLU as a case to examine its students’ engagement in internationalisation. Since the study focuses on students’ engagement, XJTLU’s emphasis on the ongoing construction of internationalisation is perceived as a meaningful lens to examine the students’ receptions of and their interactions with institutional construction. XJTLU, therefore, is hypothesised to be a negotiated space which allows students to have more opportunities to co-construct internationalisation. This study aims to answer the following research questions:

  1. How does internationalisation influence Chinese undergraduate students’ decision to study in a joint venture institution?

  2. How do Chinese undergraduate students’ lived experiences of internationalisation in a joint venture institution (mis-)match with their initial expectations?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I have adopted a focus group approach. Compared to one-to-one interviews, the homogeneity that is contained in each focus group allows participants to agree or disagree with one another with justification, as well as allows them to build on one another. Therefore, the focus group approach allows students to discuss their internationalised experiences and me to explore their interactions with the institution, as well as their peers, which also constitute an important part of their social fabric.

I recruited 29 current or newly graduated Chinese XJTLU undergraduates as participants. My first step is to conveniently sample, i.e., search my social network to identify potential participants. Secondly, I send the invitation to these potential participants and engage in a snowball sampling. These two steps help me identify 31 students who responded positively. My next step is to divide them into 8 groups with either a group of 3 or 4 based on their availability, which further eliminates 2 students whose availability does not fit in any of the proposed time slots. Therefore, 8 online focus groups, with a total of 29 student participants were included in the dataset. Upon the author’s university’s ethical approval, participants have been provided with an information sheet and consent form and all the focus groups have been audio-recorded, when presenting the data, participants’ confidentiality was protected by using a pseudonym. The focus groups were all conducted in Chinese and lasted around 60-90 minutes, moderated by myself. Focus groups were conducted virtually via WeChat video call, recorded, and automatically transcribed with manual grammatical edits.  

The focus group questions were semi-structured, developing from the literature review and research questions. Students were first asked to reflect retrospectively, about their prior ways of getting to know XJTLU, their motivations for attending and their expectations towards an internationalised environment. When asking about students’ lived experiences, the questions are designed to be specifically filtered to the two internationalising aspects: the 100% EMI provision and its student-centredness, according to the overview statement provided by the official website of XJTLU. These two aspects are the defining characteristics of XJTLU as a TNHE institution in China, therefore, it is hypothesised that students’ experiences revolve around these two traits. By asking about students’ expectations and engagement, this study aims to unpack the potential (mis-)match between their prior feelings which are largely linked to institutional positioning and promotions, and the actual experience on the enactment of internationalisation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I investigated the reasons for students choosing XJTLU and discovered that internationalisation plays an important role which has shaped by the institutional promotional strategy, where the latter emphasises its uniqueness because of the exclusive instructional usage of English. Such a strategy has been legitimised as an essential step for students who want to study abroad afterwards, as well as framed as symbolically superior in a non-English-speaking country. However, besides this outcome-oriented expectation, students also anticipated an internationalised environment, for example, more international teachers and classmates, more flexibility and independence, as compared to non-TNHE universities. Students’ engagement sometimes disappoints them in terms of the 100% EMI being compromised by adding preparatory sessions in Chinese, nevertheless, most of them started to appreciate the pragmatic value of a non-application of institutional policy and positively experience the student-centred environment, where they actively involved in the co-constructing process of internationalisation and manage the implication on them, in turn, make the most out of the internationalised environment.
While an overwhelming majority of students aim to study abroad upon completion of their study in XJTLU, there has been a mis-, or partial recognition among students regarding how their aim could be achieved. Therefore, this study adds nuance to the understanding  of the potential discrepancy between a structured and legitimised way of accumulating capital, and a discretionary space where individuals can make the best out of the environment. In this study, some gradually come to the realisation that they need a more practical form of capital - the institutionalised form as in credentials - to get them into the next step of postgraduate education. The 100% EMI environment, in contrast, has been too challenging and time-consuming for most participants to effectively accumulate linguistic, and institutionalised capital at the same time, which inevitably leads to EMI becoming an end in itself.

References
Knight, J. (2016). Transnational Education Remodeled: Toward a Common TNE Framework and Definitions. Journal of Studies in International Education, 20(1), 34–47. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315315602927
Wilkins, S., & Rumbley, L. (2018). What a Branch Campus Is: A Revised Definition. International Higher Education, 2(93), 12-14. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.0.93.10416
Liu, D., DeWinter, A., Harrison, P., & Wimpenny, K. (2021). Motivation factors in student decisions to study Transnational Higher Education in China: A comparative study of two Anglo-Sino programmes. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/08841241.2021.1900487
Fang, W., & Wang, S. (2014). Chinese Students’ Choice of Transnational Higher Education in a Globalized Higher Education Market: A Case Study of W University. Journal of Studies in International Education, 18(5), 475–494. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315314523989
Xie, X. (2022). Transnational higher education partnerships in China: Exploring the impact of Chinese students’ intercultural communicative competence on their motivation to study abroad. Educational Research and Evaluation, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2022.2041871
Macaro, E. (2020). Exploring the role of language in English medium instruction. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 23(3), 263–276. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2019.1620678
Gu, M. M., & Lee, J. C.-K. (2019). “They lost internationalization in pursuit of internationalization”: Students’ language practices and identity construction in a cross-disciplinary EMI program in a university in China. Higher Education, 78(3), 389–405. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0342-2
Feng, Y. (2013). University of Nottingham Ningbo China and Xi’an Jiaotong-Liverpool University: Globalization of higher education in China. Higher Education, 65(4), 471–485. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-012-9558-8
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 G: Children and Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dragana Radanović
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What Does it Mean to Educate the Whole Child?

Oyvind Hennum

Inland Norway University of Applied Sc., Norway

Presenting Author: Hennum, Oyvind

This presentation regards a Ph.D. project that aims to contribute to knowledge and understanding of whole-child education by asking the research question “What does it mean to educate the whole child?”.

The project analyses the curricula of four school systems at primary and lower secondary levels found within Norway. This is Norwegian public education, Montessori education, Steiner/Waldorf education, and International Baccalaureate education (IB). Also, interviews with teachers in the respective school systems will be conducted to gain an understanding of their notions of what it means to educate the whole child.

The research’s preliminary results show similarities and differences in what “educating the whole child” means. A common theme is a focus on well-being in all development domains. Related to this year’s ECER conference theme of diversity, it is relevant that all four school systems emphasize diversity as a foundational value in their educational models. Other common values among the four school systems are democratic values like equal rights, participation, and inclusion.

In a European and international context, the research is relevant as Montessori, Steiner (Waldorf), and International Baccalaureate education are present in many countries and the Norwegian public education system is part of the North-European pedagogics tradition.

The project’s theoretical framework is based on the field of holistic education. This field has emerged since the mid-1980s (Miller 2019a, p. 5), and the topic of holistic education engages globally. The field of holistic education is an eclectic and inclusive field with impulses from many sources (Rudge 2008, p. 4) and is seen as very diverse (Forbes 2003, p. 2). There is no textbook definition of what a holistic education is (Miller 1997, p. 75). It can be seen as an umbrella term covering different approaches and perspectives (Schreiner 2009, p. 755, 761). According to Rudge (2008, p. 21), many educational alternatives are calling themselves holistic, but a clear definition of what educating the whole child means is often missing.

In reviewing literature for an overview of current research status, many journal articles use the term “whole child”, but mostly concern topics related to physical health or community services for supporting children. Arguments for this type of “whole child” approach is that there is evidence of physical activity reducing obesity, and diabetes, and improving academic performance and cognitive functioning (Savina et. al 2016, pp. 283-286). The literature from the field of holistic education making up the theoretical framework of this project offers a broader view of the “whole child”. One statement exemplifying this position holds that holistic education “addresses every aspect of individual growth and development” (Eaude 2019, p. 61).

This project synthesizes the different definitions and descriptions of whole-child education in the literature of the theoretical framework into four different theoretical perspectives. These are used as categories supporting the analysis of curriculum documents and interviews. The four perspectives are “the whole child”, “the whole world”, “personal growth” and “social change”. The perspectives are recognizable in all the literature to a greater or lesser extent. They are outspoken and discussed in the main literature of the theoretical framework, but also present in the supporting literature from the field of holistic education.
Although the field is eclectic and has many sources of influence it also draws on known educators and philosophers. Often mentioned as historical influences are Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Montessori, Steiner, and Dewey, amongst others (Miller, 2019a, pp. 5-16, R. Miller 1997, pp. 92-101, Mayes 2019, p. 143).

The different curricula analyzed in this project do indicate a concern for the whole child, although different emphases amongst the different school systems. This will be described in the conclusion section below.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project is based on an interpretive qualitative paradigm and uses document analysis of curriculum documents and interviews of teachers as the main research methods.

The philosophy of science inspiring the interpretative approach is Gadamer’s (2004) philosophical hermeneutics. Rather than describing a research method, Gadamer emphasizes an interpretative “modus operandi” when the researcher is reading and analyzing text.
In addition, Alvesson and Sköldberg’s (2009, pp. 91-104) model of a hermeneutic research process is guiding the method of textual analysis. This model includes Gadamer’s philosophical hermeneutics, but also Betti’s (1967) hermeneutic canons, and Ricoeur’s (1988) hermeneutics of suspicion amongst others (Alvesson and Sköldberg 2009, p. 107).  

The document analysis was conducted by reading and re-reading the documents one by one, locating statements or pieces of text that possibly could help answer the main research question. The curriculum documents contain large amounts of text, and data reduction of findings into suitable sizes and categories for analysis was important. The reduction was done by organizing several findings thematically under broader themes.
The merging of findings in themes is informed by Braun and Clarke’s (2022) thematic analysis. The theoretical perspectives synthesized from the holistic education literature are used as the main overall categories when organizing and analyzing the findings.

Interviews are conducted as semi-structured focused group interviews with 4-8 teachers per group interview. One group interview is made per school system. The intention of doing interviews is to gain understanding of teacher perspectives on what it means to educate the whole child. As the study is interpretative, the statistical generalizability of interview results is not emphasized. The planning and conducting of the interviews are informed by Brinkmann and Kvale’s (2015) stages of an interview inquiry.

The sampling is done within certain geographical areas in Norway where there are several schools of all four school types. Recruitment of interview participants is done via the principal/head of school and it is voluntary for the teachers to participate. The sampling aimed for a balance between teachers working on primary and lower secondary levels in the groups being interviewed.

Possible challenges to the methods are that the interpretation could be seen as more focused on a “hermeneutics of empathy” rather than a “hermeneutics of suspicion”. This is because the analysis seeks to identify signs of whole child education and does not to a great extent focus on signs that points in a different direction.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results presented at the Emerging Researchers Conference are preliminary results from a literature review and document analysis. Results of the interview analysis that are finished before the conference will also be presented.

Preliminary results show that there are several ways of defining and describing the education of the “whole child”. The Norwegian public education curriculum focuses mostly on “education for all” and does not distinctly describe whole-child education. The aspect of “Bildung” is described along with social, physical, and intellectual development in the Norwegian public education curriculum, and life skills are defined as a transdisciplinary theme.
In the Montessori curriculum, there is an explicit focus on the whole child and the development of the “head, heart, and hands”. Maria Montessori’s idea of “cosmic education” which is defined as the education of the whole child, the concept of “Erdkinder” – meaning “children of the earth” and the idea of education for peace indicates a holistic approach.
Steiner education similarly emphasizes the education of hand, head, and heart and “education towards freedom” as a holistic formation process. Steiner education has a spiritual foundation where the child is seen as a whole being and is influenced by Steiner’s Anthroposophy.
The International Baccalaureate education defines its programs as holistic, especially the lower secondary level curriculum uses the word holistic education to a certain extent. Here the focus on developing different aspects of the child, physical, social, and emotional as well as intellectual, is emphasized.

A preliminary conclusion is that educating the whole child in a narrow definition concerns education for health and wellbeing in all developmental domains of the child. This includes the intellectual, social, emotional, physical, and in some instances spiritual domains. In a broader definition, it concerns the education of “all children” encompassing equality, diversity, and participation for all children.

References
Alvesson, M. & Sköldberg, K. (2009) Reflexive Methodology. New Vistas for Qualitative Research. London. Sage
Betti, E. (1967) Allgemenine Auslegungslehre als Methodik der Geisteswissenshaften. Tübingen: Mohr.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. London. Sage
Brinkmann, S. and Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews – Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing (third edition). Los Angeles: Sage.
Eaude, T. (2019) Addressing the needs of the whole child. Implications for Young Children and Adults Who Care for Them. In Miller, J. P., Nigh, K., Binder, M. J., Novak, B. & Crowell, S. (Eds.), International Handbook of Holistic Education (pp 61-69). New York: Routledge
Forbes, S. (2003). Holistic Education: An Analysis of its Ideas and Nature. Brandon: Foundation for Educational Renewal.
Gadamer, H-G. (2004) Truth and Method. London. Continuum
Goodlad, J and associates (1979). Curriculum Inquiry. The Study of Curriculum Practice. New York. McGraw-Hill
Mayes, C. (2019). Developing the whole student: New horizons for holistic education. Lanham. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Miller, J. P. (2019a). Holistic Education. A Brief History. In Miller, J. P., Nigh, K., Binder, M. J., Novak, B. & Crowell, S. (Eds.), International Handbook of Holistic Education (pp. 5-16). New York: Routledge Miller, J. P. (2019b). The holistic curriculum (third edition). Toronto. University of Toronto Press.
Miller, R. (1997) What Are Schools For? Holistic Education in American Culture (third revised edition). Brandon. Holistic Education Press.
Ricoeur, P. (1988) Time and Narrative, volume 3. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press.
Rudge, L. (2008). Holistic education: An analysis of its pedagogical application. PhD dissertation. Ohio State University. Retrieved from: http://rave.ohiolink.edu/etdc/view?acc_num=osu1213289333
Savina, E., Garrity, K., Kenny, P. et al. The Benefits of Movement for Youth: a Whole Child Approach. Contemp School Psychol 20, 282–292 (2016). DOI: 10.1007/s40688-016-0084-z
Schreiner, P. (2009). Holistic Education and Teacher Training. In de Souza, M., Francis, L. J., O’Higgins-Norman, J. & Scott, D. (Eds.), International Handbook of Education for Spirituality, Care and Wellbeing. (pp. 753-770). Doordrecht: Springer


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Rethinking Parental Engagement during and after the Covid-19 Crisis through a Froebelian Lens: Bringing Young Children’s Voices to the Front

Xunrou Shen

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shen, Xunrou

The Covid-19 crisis has had and continues to have profound impacts on the continuity of learning of young children. While families and early years practitioners faced unprecedented challenges and demands, the crisis also urged us to explore new approaches to developing early childhood education, especially around parental engagement strategies and practices (Education Scotland, 2020; Ribeiro et al., 2021). As a PhD researcher and an early years practitioner, I became interested in how parental engagement in children’s learning worked in real-life contexts beyond the nursery setting during the pandemic. By understanding better parents’ interactions with young children, new insights can be gained to help us consider effective parental engagement practices that support young children’s learning experiences during crises and beyond.

“Parental engagement” can be considered as the active involvement and interactions of parents with their children’s learning in a variety of contexts, such as early learning and childcare settings, the community, and through family learning in the home (Education Scotland, 2019; Epstein, 2018). However, previous literature and the emerging ones under the pandemic tended to mainly limit the discursive power to practitioners and parents, which means that children, especially those who are at a formative stage in their lives and their growing civic awareness, are rarely consulted in this important debate on parental engagement (Oppenheim et al., 2022). In Scottish early years education, parental engagement has always been an enduring theme that has resonated in an array of policies and guidelines to make efforts to promote children’s learning and development with the engagement of parents and family members (Bryce et al., 2018). This academic and political discourse has been given prominence in the early years even more than ever along with national policies and studies that immediately responded to it after the outbreak of Covid-19, though still without seeking the voices of young children (Bynner et al., 2020). My PhD research is intended to address the absence of young children’s views and experiences in the research literature on parental engagement during the pandemic, which is too often dominated by adults’ narratives (Pascal & Bertram, 2021). Listening to children’s voices is also aligned with the Scottish Government’s initiative to incorporate the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (2009) into its legislation to ensure that children’s rights are respected and their views are heard over matters that may affect them (Scottish Government, 2020).

Additionally, my research also specifically considers parental engagement through the lens of Froebelian pedagogy. As a prominent discourse in early childhood education, Froebelian pedagogy is distinct as this approach rests upon the idea that parents and families form the basis for a child’s learning (Bruce, 2021). Based on the Froebelian approach that emphasises the integrity of childhood in its own right, parenting and family engagement as well as children's voices are the essential tenets of this pedagogy (Tovey, 2017). Thus, the Froebelian context can be uniquely stimulating for me to rethink in-depth the principles, values, and implications of parental engagement,

Overall, this research aims to explore young children’s learning experience with parental engagement during and after the Covid-19 crisis and examine how the Froebelian principles and practices shape parental engagement with young children’s learning during the pandemic and beyond. The research questions are:

  • How do young children from a Froebelian setting experience parents’ interactions with their learning under and after Covid-19?
  • How do parents from a Froebelian setting perceive and engage with their children’s learning under and after the Covid-19 crisis?
  • To what extent Froebelian pedagogy offers opportunities and challenges for parental engagement with young children’s learning during and after the Covid-19 crisis?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Underpinned by the research purposes and research questions, a qualitative multiple case study was chosen as the overarching research design and a diverse range of methods was adopted to collect data from and with different groups of research participants. The chosen methodology allowed me to investigate the complexities and particularities of individual child’s learning experiences with their parents’ engagement in their own real-life situations as well as the contextual influences (especially the characteristics of the Froebelian pedagogy) upon those experiences (Stake, 2005).

The data collection was carried out in two Froebelian-underpinned nurseries in Scotland.  There were eight young children aged from three to five and their parents, as well as six Froebelian-trained practitioners, were recruited as research participants in this research. Semi-structured individual interviews were carried out with parents and practitioners respectively. The interviews with parents explored their views and experiences concerning engaging with their children’s learning under and after the Covid-19 crisis. Specifically, issues related to how parents support their young children’s learning outwith the nursery and in what ways as well as their thoughts on those associated experiences. In addition, parents’ perceptions of Froebelian practices and their relations to their interactions with children’s learning were also investigated. For practitioners and headteachers, interviews were utilised to acquire essential information about the Froebelian approach and its principles, and particularly the underpinning practices and provisions for engaging and supporting parents with young children’s learning before, and during the pandemic times and till now.

Document analysis was also conducted to gather data from parents and practitioners via associated public and personal documents concerning parental engagement work with children’s learning before, during and after the outbreak of Covid-19. Meanwhile, both settings were encouraged to share pictures or videos of children’s home-based or community-based, nursery-based learning moments/materials which was also a preparation for the later activity with children. For the young child participants, multiple participatory and visual methods were employed to allow children to document their experiences through their point of view and support to break down the disparities in power to facilitate their expressions with researchers, contributing to research with children rather than on children (Clark, 2011). Specifically, this study adopted a variety of visual and verbal activities, including photo-elicitation, photovoice and magic wand for the purpose of effectively capturing young children’s views and experiences in a diverse way (Butschi & Hedderich, 2021; Epstein et al., 2006; Shaw, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I have recently completed the data collection and I am currently analysing the data, which is expected to finish by June 2023. The preliminary findings are emerging and evolving. The fieldwork and initial familiarisation with datasets indicate that parents and families encountered barriers to engaging with their children's continuous learning during the pandemic, whereas a Froebelian approach and its underpinned principles, provide diverse and insightful practices to support parental engagement in children's learning, particularly during the pandemic and lockdown time. For example, Froebelian occupations, such as sewing, cooking and planting, tend to open opportunities for effective learning interactions between parents and young children at home or in the community. However, being unable to fully and explicitly recognise a Froebelian approach by parents may impede their understanding of the practitioners' and nursery's practices and provisions, resulting in negative impacts on developing a strengthened home learning environment for young children. Further findings are expected to emerge on how young children experienced their learning with parents’ engagement during and after the pandemic.  In the presentation, I plan to share preliminary findings on the learning interactions and experiences of young children with their parents during the pandemic and how a Froebelian approach shapes that and impacts the diverse parental engagement practices in Froebelian early years contexts.
References
Bruce, T. (2021). Friedrich Froebel: A Critical Introduction to Key Themes and Debates. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Bryce, T. G. K., Humes, W. M., Gillies, D., Kennedy, A., Davidson, J., Hamilton, T., & Smith, I. (2018). Scottish education (Fifth edition. ed.). Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press.
Butschi, C., & Hedderich, I. (2021). How to involve young children in a photovoice project. Experiences and results. Forum, qualitative social research, 22(1), 1-26. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-22.1.3457
Bynner, C., Mcbride, M., Weakley, S., Ward, S., & McLean, J. (2020). The impact of COVID-19 on families, children and young people in Glasgow.
Clark, A. (2011). Breaking methodological boundaries? Exploring visual, participatory methods with adults and young children. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 19(3), 321-330. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2011.597964
Education Scotland. (2020). Supporting pupils and parents with learning at home Guide for Early Learning and Childcare Settings and Schools. Retrieved 4 September from https://education.gov.scot/media/3zxfumlo/supportingpupilsandparents.pdf
Education Scotland, S. E. (2019). Engaging parents and families A toolkit for practitioners Education Scotland. Retrieved 3 March from https://education.gov.scot/improvement/learning-resources/engaging-parents-and-families-a-toolkit-for-practitioners/
Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo elicitation interview (PEI): Using photos to elicit children's perspectives. International journal of qualitative methods, 5(3), 1-11.
Epstein, J. L. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Routledge.
Oppenheim, C., Batcheler, R., Ireland, E., & Rehill, J. (2022). Time for parents:  The changing face of early childhood in the UK. Nuffield Foundation.
Ribeiro, L. M., Cunha, R. S., Silva, M. C. A. e., Carvalho, M., & Vital, M. L. (2021). Parental Involvement during Pandemic Times: Challenges and Opportunities. Education sciences, 11(6), 302. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11060302
Scottish Government. (2020). Covid-19: Children, Young People and Families. Retrieved 11 September from https://www.gov.scot/publications/report-covid-19-children-young-people-families-september-2020-evidence-summary/pages/2/
Shaw, P. A. (2021). Photo-elicitation and photo-voice: using visual methodological tools to engage with younger children's voices about inclusion in education. International journal of research & method in education, 44(4), 337-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2020.1755248
Stake, R. E. (2005). Qualitative case studies. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed., pp. 443-466). Thousand Oaks : Sage Publications.
Tovey, H. (2017). Bringing the Froebel Approach to your Early Years Practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315617190
UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). The right of the child to be heard, General Comment No. 12.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Thirty Years of Educational Robotics and Robots for Children: A Large-Scale Research Agenda

Nursel Yilmaz1, Arafat Yilmaz2

1Osmaniye Korkut Ata University, Turkiye; 2Computer Engineer

Presenting Author: Yilmaz, Nursel; Yilmaz, Arafat

The rapid progression of technology has altered the technologies used in education, specifically in the education of children. Recently, educational robotics and robots (ERR) are utilized by various research domains to contribute to children’s life and development. For example, some research studies focused on the use of educational robotics in computational thinking (e.g., Atmatzidou and Demetriadis, 2016; Chen et al., 2017; Karaahmetoğlu and Korkmaz, 2019; Tengler et al., 2021), Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics [STEM] learning (e.g., Barker et al., 2014; Ching et al., 2019; Karim et al., 2015; Master et al., 2015; Mosley, 2016; Üçgül and Altıok, 2021), language learning and development (e.g., Kory and Breazeal, 2014; Lee et al. 2011), disabilities (e.g., Begum et al., 2016; Özdemir and Karaman, 2017; Pop et al. 2013; Scassellati et al., 2018; So et al., 2016). While the amount of research studies has increased through the years, some systematic literature reviews were conducted in order to summarize and understand the possible contribution of the studies and possible future recommendations (e.g., Anwar et al., 2019; Benitti 2012; Toh et al., 2016). However, since the systematic reviews mostly include small-size studies for their analysis, it seems difficult to understand a broad view of the studies using large-scale research studies as well as the state of the intellectual structure and recent progress regarding children and educational robotics and robots. That is, despite the published articles related to educational robotics and robots, a broad overview is still needed to make a clear understanding of the population of children. Therefore, the aim of this study is to statistically and visually present the existing work using bibliometric analysis. Moreover, this research aims to bring a comprehensive overview and research trends in the field relating to children and educational robotics and robots (ERR).

The main research questions of the study were formed as below:

What is the contribution of the countries, institutions, and authors to global publications on educational robotics and robots for children?

What is the distribution of years, research areas, and journals to contribute global publications on educational robotics and robots for children?

What is the co-occurrence of the keywords on educational robotics and robots for children?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is designed to review the scientific literature in the context of children and educational robotics and robots (ERR) using bibliometric analysis. Bibliometric analysis is used to understand the research trends and map the structures of the research topic by summarizing large-scale datasets and having a broad scope of review (Donthu et al., 2021).  More specifically, bibliometric analysis can help to review the contributions of the authors, countries, institutions, publications of the journals, emerging research domains, and the trends of the specific literature (Donthu et al., 2020; Mukherjee et al., 2022).

The data of this study were collected from the Web of Science (WOS) Core Collection database using specific search terms and inclusion criteria. The search query included the keywords as robot* and child* and education* in all fields. The first search revealed 2.214 publications and after applying the inclusion criteria related to the language and document type, 1.058 articles written in English were included in the study. No time limitation was applied.

Descriptive statistical analysis was reported by frequencies and percentages of the records calculated and graphs were formed using Microsoft Excel. Moreover, in the research hotspots on educational robotics and robots with children, the VOSviewer application was used and the co-occurrence of keywords and the contribution of the authors were analyzed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It was seen that the first article was published in 1992 (n =2) and most of the studies were published in 2021 (n = 167; 15.78%) and 2022 (n = 164; 15.5%). When the countries and the institutions were examined, it was seen that the top ten leading countries are the USA, Japan, Italy, England, China, Netherlands, Canada, Australia, Spain, and Germany while Osaka University, Tufts University, Harvard University, Udice French Research Universities, University of California System, Kyoto University, University of London, University of Tokyo, Kanazawa University, and Massachusetts Institute of Technology were the top ten institutions producing the most of the publications. The publications were mostly built on five research areas namely, Education and Educational Research, Robotics, Computer Science, Engineering, and Psychology. The articles were mostly published in specific journals such as the International Journal of Social Robotics, Frontiers in Robotics and AI, International Journal of Technology and Design Education, Computers and Education, Frontiers in Psychology, International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education, Education and Information Technologies, Plos One, Advanced Robotics, and British Journal of Educational Technology. Additionally, more results including the co-occurrence of keywords and the contribution of the authors analyzed by using VOSviewer will be presented.
References
Altin, H., & Pedaste, M. (2013). Learning approaches to applying robotics in science education. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 12(3), 365 - 377.

Atmatzidou, S., & Demetriadis, S. (2016). Advancing students' computational thinking skills through educational robotics: A study on age and gender relevant differences. Robotics and Autonomous Systems, 75, 661-670.


Barker, B. S., Nugent, G., & Grandgenett, N. (2014). Examining fidelity of program implementation in a STEM-oriented out-of-school setting. International Journal of Technology & Design Education, 24(1), 39-52.

Chen, G., Shen, J., Barth-Cohen, L., Jiang, S., Huang, X. & Eltoukhy, M. (2017). Assessing elementary students’ computational thinking in everyday reasoning and robotics programming. Computers & Education, 109, 162–175. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2017.03.001

Donthu, N., Kumar, S., Mukherjee, D., Pandey, N., & Lim, W. M. (2021). How to conduct a bibliometric analysis: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 133, 285-296.

Mukherjee, D., Lim, W. M., Kumar, S., & Donthu, N. (2022). Guidelines for advancing theory and practice through bibliometric research. Journal of Business Research, 148, 101-115.

Özdemir, D., & Karaman, S. (2017). Investigating interactions between students with mild mental retardation and humanoid robots in terms of feedback types. Education and Science, 42(191), 109–138. https://doi.org/10.15390/
EB.2017.6948

Van Eck, N. J., & Waltman, L. (2022). VOSviewer manual. Manual for VOSviewer version, 1(0).
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 H: Language Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Nagima Sarsenbayeva
Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Adult Immigrants Negotiating Identities Through Language Learning

Paulina Chavez Rodriguez

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Chavez Rodriguez, Paulina

Identity negotiation is an often-overlooked process that adult immigrants actively experience through language learning, because for adult immigrants, learning is not only a means to an end (passing a language test, obtaining citizenship, joining the work force, or gaining study rights) but a process in which our identity is redefined by newly learned linguistic and cultural norms and by interactions with proficient speakers and other learners.

Identity is to be understood as a flexible set of beliefs, thoughts, feelings, and behaviours of an individual which have been learned and are adjusted through social interaction and which influences the individual’s future actions. This understanding of identity is based on the work of Bonny Norton, who has extensively researched and discussed identity in relation to adult immigrants learning English in the US and Canadian context. Norton views language learning and identity from a poststructuralist perspective, drawing especially from Christine Weedon’s ‘subjectivity’, and from a sociological perspective, using the work of Pierre Bourdieu to highlight the power relations present in language use, learning and interactions.

Weedon uses the term ‘subjectivity’ to refer to a persons’ sense of ‘self’ including thoughts, feelings, and understandings of our relationship to the world. Language, for Weedon is where our ‘self’ is constructed, given meaning, and even challenged. Norton points out that, subjectivity also reminds us that identity and language is to be understood in relation to others and considering the power dynamic in these relationships.

Power relations in social interactions can be further understood by using the interrelated concepts of ‘habitus’, ‘capital’, and ‘field’ by Bourdieu. Habitus can be understood as a person’s history internalized into ideas, rules, language, and physical traits; Bourdieu also coined the term ‘language habitus’ as dispositions which show competences and strategies used in linguistic interactions adapted to different situations. The accumulation of this ‘history’ becomes valued ‘capital’ depending on the ‘field’ of interaction and the power relations in them. Though heavily centred in economics, the interplay between habitus, capital, and field becomes relevant in identity research with adult immigrants because it brings forth the sometimes-opposing forces present in their every interaction. Adult immigrants’ internalized history, may or may not be considered valuable in their new country; their language competences and strategies, may or may not be considered acceptable or worth responses. It is because and through these opposing forces that identities are negotiated.

Adding to Norton’s work, this research focuses on Finland and Finnish language. Unlike English, Finnish is a language that is often considered very difficult and slow to learn; it is used by a relatively small population worldwide and mostly restricted to residents; learning through other media like has only become available until recent years, and availability is still very limited. Most adult immigrants in Finland learn Finnish in intensive integration courses. The main objective is to help them integrate into work or study, but it is important to emphasize that learning a language, as stated before, affects the person as a whole, not only their status.

This is why this research aims to answer: how do adult immigrants in Finland negotiate their identities through language learning?

Even though the focus is on Finland and Finnish language, this research may be of use to other countries across the globe that may have a challenging to learn language, limited availability of language users, similar language integration courses, or overall interest in the process of identity negotiation. The research can be replicated in other contexts and results may offer a starting point for discussions about the suitability of language education for adult immigrants’ complex lives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative, longitudinal, case research, which started in 2021 and is still ongoing. Research is based in the city of Turku, Finland and, so far, involves 9 adult immigrants who are or were studying Finnish in language integration courses during 2021, 2022 and 2023. Participants have been interviewed while studying in language integration courses and some have participated in follow-up interviews once their course was completed. It is important to have more than one interview session, as it is more likely to capture differences across time as the learning progresses and the participants’ life situations change.
Interviews are semi-structured and narrative oriented, inviting participants to share as much as they want about their stories, focusing as much as possible on Finnish language learning and living as an immigrant in Finland. Analysis of the interview data is still ongoing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results from the first round of interviews during the language courses illustrate the experience of participants as they arrive in Finland, their first interactions with other language learners, government officials or institutions in charge of integration, and institutions where courses take place. In the interviews, participants have mentioned conflicting subject positions with contradictory expected behaviours. For example, participants are often regarded as passive compliant students, who are told where to take courses, at what time, and for how long, and when to find a job placement. On the other hand, they are also expected to actively apply for the integration courses, often by spouses or other family members and not by authorities, or to look for job placements, often with little to no help from their language instructors or institutions, with some participants emphasizing how difficult it was to know what to expect or what to do next.
The job placement search and participation has also been mentioned by most participants as a turning point in their lives in Finland and can be taken as an example of identity negotiation. While in the job placement, participants have found new career opportunities, accepting that their previous careers or professional roles may not be sufficient or accepted in Finland they have considered continuing their studies in a different field; others have reaffirmed their identities as professionals in their field and rejected the option of changing studies or disregarding their previous education and work experience.

References
Bourdieu, P. (1977a). Outline of a theory of practice (R. Nice (ed.)). Cambridge U. P.
Bourdieu, P. (1977b). The Economics of Linguistic Exchanges. Information (International Social Science Council), 16(6), 645–668. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177%2F053901847701600601
Bourdieu, P. (1986). Forms of Capital. In Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258).
Centre of Expertise in Immigrant Integration. (2014). https://kotouttaminen.fi/en/centre-of-expertise
InfoFinland. (2020). Why should I study Finnish or Swedish? https://www.infofinland.fi/en/living-in-finland/finnish-and-swedish/why-should-i-study-finnish-or-swedish
Norton, B. (2013). Fact and fiction in language learning. In Identity and Language Learning: Extending the Conversation (pp. 41–57).
Norton, B., & Toohey, K. (2011). Identity, language learning, and social change. Language Teaching, 44(4), 412–446. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444811000309
Opetushallitus. (2012). Aikuisten Maahanmuuttajien Kotoutumiskoulutuksen Opetussuunnitelman Perusteet 2012 [Principles of the Teaching Plan for Adult Migrants’ Integration Education 2012].
Peirce, B. N. (1995). Social Identity, Investment, and Language Learning. TESOL Quarterly, 29(1), 9. https://doi.org/10.2307/3587803
Weedon, C. (1991). Feminist practice and poststructuralist theory. In Feminist practice and poststructuralist theory (Repr.). Blackwell.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Language-Learning Autonomy among Adult Immigrants Based in Germany

Klara Antesberger, Helga Dorner

Eötvös Loránd University, ELTE, Hungary

Presenting Author: Antesberger, Klara

In Germany, roughly 27.2% of the population (22.3 million people) has a migrant background (Statistisches Bundesamt, 2022). Integration takes place in very different ways and depends not least on the political, economic, social, cultural, and religious dimensions of the immigrants. However, even with courses and many other support initiatives, the problem remains that many immigrants do not have adequate language skills (Becker & Lauterbach, 2008). Many of those who, at least, attend courses must retake the B1 exam and only 50-60% of them pass the B1 level, which they need to obtain a permanent residence permit (BAMF-Bericht zur Integrationskursgeschäftsstatistik, 2020).

Immigrants´ language efficiency in the host country has a positive effect on labor market integration and earnings (Dustmann & van Soest, 2001) and to be able to learn the language of the host country would be essential for immigrants to achieve full integration, whereby the immigrant becomes equal with the country's residents in terms of rights, duties, and opportunities (Sezer, 2010). However, as immigrant workers and refugees often do not have good education and some of them even struggle with literacy skills in their native language, Saunders (2015) asks the question whether the preconditions are given for these immigrant adult learners to participate autonomously in shaping their learning process. These new challenges call for new learning support methods. Saunders (2015) notes that one of the current challenges in foreign language teaching is to focus on learners' needs and to promote learner autonomy.

The level of a person´s autonomous learning ability may be indicated by the use of language learning strategies, which are behaviors or actions of learners to enhance their own learning (Oxford, 1990). Language learning strategies support the improvement of language proficiency (Oxford, 1990) because they support self-directed and active involvement, which is essential for improving communicative competence. Although they play a very important role in language learning processes, research that would have looked at immigrant and refugee self-regulated learning strategy use has been scarce so far, as most studies deal with the groups of school children or students.

Therefore, the current study investigates the self-directed strategy use (Oxford, 2016) of adult immigrants based in Germany and learning German as a foreign language in Integration Courses (BAMF integration courses). BAMF is the Federal Office and a competence center for migration and integration in Germany and is responsible for carrying out asylum procedures and protecting refugees but is also the driving force behind the nationwide promotion of integration. BAMF integration courses are specifically designed for adult migrants and guide participants in 6 modules (100 hours each) from the state of no language knowledge at all to the level B1 (Council of Europe, 2001).

The purpose of the research is to investigate in a smaller group of immigrant language learners (N=18) the external and internal factors influencing their learning and their autonomous language-learning ability. We use mixed method approach with narrative interviews, self-reflection questionnaires and a self-regulated strategy use questionnaire.

The research questions are:

  1. What are participants’ perceptions about their own learning?
  2. What technics, tools and learning strategies do the participants use outside of the classroom for self-directed learning?
  3. What are their motivations, attitudes towards learning German, and what are their needs and obstacles in learning German?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Volunteering adult immigrants who learn German as a foreign language in Germany in Integration Courses are the participants (N=18). We used convenience sampling as a method of sampling. This study is based on the first data collection cycle; however, we plan to have about 2 more iterations and batches. These data collection cycles follow mixed method research design, by using quantitative and qualitative research tools.
 
Research phases, tools, and methods

1. Preliminary assessment of strategic self-regulated language learning (Oxford, 2011; Habók and Magyar, 2018) – quantitative approach;
2. Narrative interviews (N=11) (Küsters, 2009) about the external and internal factors influencing the language learning of migrant learners – qualitative approach;

Further tools used in the research for ongoing monitoring of language proficiency:

- A self-reflection questionnaire about language learning development with quantitative closed questions.
- Development of language proficiency will also be monitored in every module of the course using language tests.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study (and the presentation, if accepted) will include results from Phases 1 and 2.
We have preliminary data from Phase 1 from the first batch of volunteers, hence, we include those results in this abstract. However, currently we are analyzing the narrative interviews, and we intend to show findings from Phase 2 by the date of the conference.
 
Our preliminary analysis (of data on frequency) shows:

- Respondents are aged between 20 and 53 years.
- Most of them have spent between 4 and 9 months in Germany in December 2022.
- There seems to be a relationship between educational background and strategy use.
- Participants seem to know that learning is better when they enjoy to do so, yet it seems that the emphasis in concrete learning is not on pleasure but on performance. Here, there could be some initial implications about teaching, because if they are not used to follow their interest in German, even if it is more difficult than in their native language, then they have no bridge to lifelong German learning.
- The higher the overall score on the strategy test, the more "courageous" participants are to communicate, even if they are afraid of making mistakes. This suggests that it may be worth practicing the general use of strategy. Therefore, based on the findings of this ongoing study, in the subsequent phases of the research, a classroom intervention will be introduced for developing strategy use and then the study will aim to investigate how strategy use and learning autonomy of adult immigrants can be improved through classroom interventions.
- Some of the answers suggest implications about refining research tools: The  strategy questionnaire at A2 level could be supplemented by further questions and it would make sense to start focus group discussions.

References
1.Becker, Rolf, Lauterbach, Wolfgang (Hrsg.) (2008). Bildung als Privileg: Erklärungen und Befunde zu den Ursachen der Bildungsungleichheit (4. Aufl.). Weinheim.
2.Bundesamt für Migration und Flüchtlinge – BAMF (2020). Bericht zur Integrationskursgeschäftsstatistik für das Jahr 2019 (Abfragestand: 01.04.2020).
3.Council of Europe (2001). Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment. Council of Europe. https://www.coe.int/en/web/common-european-framework-reference-languages
5.Dustmann, Christian & van Soest, Arthur. (2001). Language Fluency And Earnings: Estimation With Misclassified Language Indicators. The Review of Economics and Statistics. 83. 663-674. 10.1162/003465301753237740.
6.Habók A and Magyar A (2018). Validation of a Self-Regulated Foreign Language Learning Strategy Questionnaire Through Multidimensional Modelling. Front. Psychol. 9:1388. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01388
7.Küsters, Ivonne (2009). Narrative Interviews. Grundlagen und Anwendungen, 2. Aufl. Wiesbaden (Lehrbuch: Hagener Studientexte zur Soziologie): VS Verlag, ISBN 3-531-16153-9
8.Oxford, R. (1990). Language Learning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House.
9.Oxford, R. (2011). Teaching and researching language learning strategies. Harlow: Longman.
10.Oxford, R.L. (2016). Teaching and Researching Language Learning Strategies: Self-Regulation in Context, Second Edition (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315719146
11.Saunders, Constanze (2015). Online-Sprachlernberatung: Eine longitudinale Aktionsforschungsstudie. In: Böcker, Jessica, Saunders, Constanze, Koch, Lennart, Langner, Michael (Hrsg.) Beratung und Coaching zum Fremdsprachenlernen – Konzepte, Qualitätssicherung, praktische Erfahrungen Beiträge zu einer Arbeitstagung (Hannover 2015) Gießener Elektronische Bibliothek 2017.
12.Sezer, Kamuran (2010). Was ist Integration? Projekt „Migration und Integration“. Goethe-Institut.
13.Statistisches Bundesamt (2022). Press release No. 162 of 12 April 2022. https://www.destatis.de/EN/Press/2022/04/PE22_162_125.html
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 I: Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Volker Bank
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

An Investigation of Young People’s Perspectives on the Effectiveness of Scottish Youth Work in Supporting Wellbeing Post COVID-19 Pandemic

Haley Sneed

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sneed, Haley

The aim of the research is to investigate how young people’s wellbeing priorities and how different forms of youth work participation in Scotland impact their ability to take action to address those priorities, particularly in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Bynner et al. (2020) note that the climate of lockdowns, isolation, and social distancing has contributed to substantial shifts in our daily lives, resulting in severe repercussions for health and wellbeing. Adult populations have been at the forefront of many COVID-19 wellbeing studies, but there is a lack of research on young people’s experiences (Guessoum et al., 2020; Suhail, Iqbal, and Smith, 2020).

Research shows that people belonging to Scottish communities of multiple deprivations are facing extensive challenges, which, although predating the pandemic, have been exacerbated by it (The Scottish Government & COSLA, 2020). Specifically, it has worsened the disproportionate effects for “…households on low incomes or in poverty, low-paid workers, children and young people, older people, disabled people, minority ethnic groups, and women” (Scottish Government & COSLA, 2020, p.4).

The literature provides strong evidence that the detrimental impacts of the pandemic have hit young people hardest out of any group (Hagell, 2021; Leavey, Eastaugh, and Kane, 2020). It has deeply intensified poverty, impacted employability and education outcomes, and hindered wellbeing (Bynner et al., 2020; The Scottish Government and COSLA, 2019; The Scottish Government, 2021).

Recent research argues that community organisations, such as youth projects, are ideally placed to address and solve local problems caused by the pandemic (Leach et al., 2020; O’Sullivan et al., 2021; Suhail, Iqbal, and Smith, 2020). For example, Stansfield, Mapplethorpe and South (2020) argue that communities and youth work have been paramount in helping meet the needs of the most vulnerable. Youth work services articulate that they have been significant in supporting young people throughout COVID-19 (UK Youth, 2021; Youth Scotland, 2020; YouthLink Scotland, 2020), but young people’s views are missing.

This research addresses this gap in the literature by investigating the experiences of those young people who have been most detrimentally impacted by COVID-19. This project seeks not only to speak to young people about their experiences but to find out what they need from youth work in Scotland. How much do youth work services listen to young people? Is there meaningful engagement of young people in youth work? This study will get to the heart of these issues by investigating young people’s perspectives on the role of Scottish youth work in supporting youth wellbeing.

The primary research question of this research is: How can young people’s wellbeing be better supported by Scottish youth work? The sub-questions are: How do young people define wellbeing?; What are young people’s priorities concerning wellbeing, Scottish youth work, and the impact of COVID-19?; How can young people be supported to take control of their wellbeing?

Empowerment theory has been chosen as a focus of the theoretical frameworks of this research because of its emphasis on social justice, where the individual is an active participant in the empowerment process (Rappaport, 1981). Additionally, this theory has become a focus due to its acknowledgement of the inextricable link between power and empowerment (Page & Czuba, 1999). This theory is vital in enabling power to be disseminated and rightfully restored to individuals. The shift from tokenistic engagement in the name of empowerment is at the heart of this research and consequently creates space for highlighting youth perspectives, a central aim of this study. Lastly, empowerment theory and its key concepts will contribute to the lens from which the data will be analysed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research employs a qualitative methodology within a participatory paradigm grounded in constructivist beliefs. The paradigm relies on a relationship between researcher and participant based on collaboration and allows for the creation of co-constructed knowledge grounded in emancipation and transformation (Howell, 2013).

In this study, participatory visual methods will be utilised to conduct research with young people as co-creators of knowledge. Photovoice is the intended primary method from the outset. It requires the participants to be responsible for taking their own photographs. However, participatory visual methods challenge participants and have “…the potential to reinforce rather than disrupt existing social conditions and dominant arrangements of power and participation” (Cook-Sather, 2007, p.389). Therefore, photo-elicitation, a less demanding data collection method, is also built into the methodological framework from the beginning by way of risk mitigation.

This methodology will employ the following methodological instruments:
1. Photovoice/Photo-elicitation:
a. One of the primary purposes of the research is to highlight young people’s perspectives which photovoice and photo-elicitation can facilitate.
b. Photovoice is a process by which participants take photographs in everyday life representing the issues within the study's remit. Their photographs will then be used in discussions allowing participants to discuss issues and identify priorities.
c. For photo-elicitation, the researcher will provide photographs instead (Harper, 2002).
d. Using the SHOWeD method (Wallerstein & Bernstein, 1988; Wang & Burris, 1997), participants will write short stories about the photos they identify as most important.
e. They will write three short participation stories describing how prepared they felt to take action to address the priorities they identified throughout the project.
f. Lastly, there will be an exhibition to enable local stakeholders to observe and discuss the participants’ work.
2. Open-ended Questionnaire:
a. Employed after the exhibition.
b. Elicits information from stakeholders, including their position, attitudes towards the photos and themes the young people produced in the photovoice sessions, and their plans to address these themes.
3. Semi-structured Interview:
a. Participants will be asked about one or two of their photos, accompanying photo stories, participation stories, and experiences within the photovoice project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The young people’s photographs will undergo participant-led coding and reflexive thematic analysis. All other data will undergo reflexive thematic analysis using NVivo. Expected findings will demonstrate that Scottish youth work, while helpful in some areas to young people, can improve in other areas that are more important to the participants. Expected outcomes for the participants include positive individual empowerment and the ability to take control of their own wellbeing. Additionally, this research intends to support young people in identifying issues of importance and creating a list of actionable things they can do to lobby for change in their local communities. These issues and actionable items will also help identify ways Scottish youth work can better support youth wellbeing and how COVID-19 has impacted wellbeing.

This research will act as a liaison for young people’s voices to be heard by allowing them to pose, discuss, and interpret problems related to wellbeing, youth work, and the impact of COVID-19. The co-creation of knowledge through this participatory visual methods project will facilitate an investigation into how young people’s wellbeing can be better supported by Scottish youth work and how young people can be better supported to take control of their wellbeing. Additionally, this project will meaningfully engage young people with academia and relevant stakeholders within their local community. It will encourage participants to be curious about their experiences while learning how to lobby for change.

References
Bynner, C., McBride, M., Weakley, S., Ward, S., & McLean, J. (2020). The impact of COVID-19 on families, children and young people in Glasgow.

Cook-Sather, A. (2007). Resisting the Impositional Potential of Student Voice Work. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 28(3), 389–403.

Guessoum, S.B. et al. (2020) “Adolescent psychiatric disorders during the COVID-19 pandemic and lockdown,” Psychiatry Research, 291, p. 113264. doi:10.1016/J.PSYCHRES.2020.113264.

Hagell, A. (2021). Summarising what we know so far about the impact of Covid-19 on young people.

Harper, D. (2002). Visual Studies Talking about pictures: A case for photo elicitation Talking about pictures: a case for photo elicitation. Visual Studies, 17(1).

Howell, K. E. (2013). An introduction to the philosophy of methodology. London: SAGE.

Leach, M. et al. (2020) Covid-19 - a social phenomenon requiring diverse expertise - Institute of Development Studies. https://www.ids.ac.uk/opinions/covid-19-a-social-phenomenon-requiring-diverse-expertise/

Leavey, C., Eastaugh, A., & Kane, M. (2020). Generation COVID-19: Building the case to protect young people’s future health.

O’Sullivan, K. et al. (2021) “A Qualitative Study of Child and Adolescent Mental Health during the COVID-19 Pandemic in Ireland,” International journal of environmental research and public health, 18(3), pp. 1–15. doi:10.3390/IJERPH18031062.

Page, N., & Czuba, C. E. (1999). Empowerment: What Is It? Journal of Extension, 37(5). https://archives.joe.org/joe/1999october/comm1.php

Rappaport, J. (1981). In praise of paradox: A social policy of empowerment over prevention. American Journal of Community Psychology, 9(1), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00896357

Stansfield, J., Mapplethorpe, T. and South, J. (2020) The community response to coronavirus (COVID-19) - UK Health Security Agency. https://ukhsa.blog.gov.uk/2020/06/01/the-community-response-to-coronavirus-covid-19/ (Accessed: September 30, 2021).

Suhail, A., Iqbal, N. and Smith, J. (2020) “Lived experiences of Indian Youth amid COVID-19 crisis: An interpretative phenomenological analysis,” https://doi.org/10.1177/0020764020966021, 67(5), pp. 559–566. doi:10.1177/0020764020966021.

The Scottish Government and COSLA (2019) Children & Young People’s Mental Health Task Force: Recommendations.

The Scottish Government, & COSLA. (2020). Scotland’s Wellbeing: The Impact of COVID-19. https://nationalperformance.gov.scot/

The Scottish Government (2021) COVID-19: Children, young people and families: June 2021: Evidence Summary.

UK Youth. (2021). The impact of COVID-19 on young people & the youth sector.

Wallerstein, N., Bernstein, E. (1988). Empowerment Education: Freire’s Ideas Adapted to Health Education. Health Education and Behavior. 15, 379–394.

Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment. Health Education and Behavior, 24(3), 369–387.

Youth Scotland (2020) Rising to the Challenge: Community-based youth work and Coronavirus.

YouthLink Scotland (2020) COVID-19 Education Recovery: Youth Work.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning in rural communities: Parental ethnotheories in Nigeria

Bukola Oyinloye

University of York, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Oyinloye, Bukola

Constructs of children’s learning in rural communities often go beyond learning as schooling alone. One concept which has been applied to try to understand conceptions of learning is parental ethnotheories. Parental ethnotheories are the cultural belief systems which underpin parents’ organisation of the everyday lives of children (Harkness & Super, 1996). They are cultural models evident in taken for granted notions about the right way to act, with particular application for children. Parental ethnotheories constitute one of the components of a child’s developmental niche, the others being 1) children’s physical and social settings; and 2) the culturally regulated customs of childcare and bearing. (Harkness & Super, 1996). The concept has been applied across various ethnocultural groups around the world, including indigenous and rural African societies, and studies have typically focused on parents’ beliefs around their valued traits and aptitudes for children (e.g., Nsamenang & Lamb, 1993; Harkness & Super, 1992; Harkness et al., 2010). For example, among the Kipsigis in Kenya, parents valued domestic chores and younger sibling care for girls while for boys, they valued the caring for livestock, and the independent carrying out of minor domestic repairs (Harkness & Super, 1992). For parents, these duties developed children’s socially responsible intelligence, the absence of which was evident in children who neglected their duties to play (Super et al., 2011). In other parts of Africa including, among the Tchokwe (Angola), Touareg, Hadza (Tanzania), Igbo (Nigeria), others have also identified gender differentiation of children’s chores and other work types (Lancy, 2016).

In this paper, the concept of parental ethnotheories is broadened slightly to include parents’ beliefs about the broad range of daily activities for children and the purpose those activities fulfil. The paper focuses on the Yorùbá in Nigeria and existing evidence had shed light into some of their ethnotheoretical constructs. Levine et al.’s (2003) late 1960s study of Yorùbá fathers, in rural and urban settings, found that rural fathers more greatly valued children’s practical skills acquired through the running of household errands and completion of tasks. Zeitlin’s (1996) late 1980s study corroborated this, finding that Yorùbá parents accorded primacy to children’s errand-completion capabilities. For parents, such capabilities also inculcated the necessary social skills children required for verbal and commercial transactions. Other studies have shown similar findings where Yorùbá parents assigned children household duties and sent them on errands, as well as trained them to be responsible, helpful and to respectfully relate with others, particularly those of age seniority (Ogunnaike & Houser, 2002; Omobowale et al., 2019). For parents, these practices contributed to the development of an Ọmọlúàbí, – a person of good character – a central concept in Yorùbá beliefs around child rearing and social cohesion (Busari et al., 2017) and one of the goals of Yorùbá traditional education (Akinyemi, 2003). The concept of ethnotheories will be used in this paper to frame the historical and socioculturally situated set of shared ideas representing implicit notions about the appropriate ways to think, act, and be (Harkness & Super, 2006).

The following research questions are explored:

  • What ideas underpin Yorùbá parents’ organisation of their children’s everyday activities?
  • How do these ideas interconnect?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Observations of organisation of children’s everyday activities are a particularly useful starting point to understand parental ethnotheories (Harkness et al., 2006). In this study, observations of children were complemented with interviews (Rubin & Rubin, 2012) with parents about their beliefs around what children should learn. The findings are drawn from a broader study on parents’ perspectives and practices around schooling in rural communities in a state in Northern Nigeria. Fieldwork for the broader ethnographic study occurred in two stages, through an initial extended five-month period and a month-long follow-up period, the subsequent period which enabled some validation of the ideas from the previous. Two small predominantly Muslim communities, each with at least a primary school, were selected for the study.  Men engaged in commercial driving (communityA) and farming (communityB) while women across both communities farmed and engaged in small-scale, off-farm micro-enterprises, including the sale of farm products, snacks or provisions. CommunityA is considered less rural than its counterpart as it is nearer to the state capital. As such, more families in communityB farm both for subsistence and small-scale commerce, selling their products at a market in a nearby town. Economic challenges have also meant that many communityA fathers supplement their livelihoods with subsistence and small scale farming.

The interviews with parents were partially structured, i.e., gently guided discussions (Rubin & Rubin 2012), while casual age-appropriate interactions were undertaken with children in sight of their parents or an adult about their activities. All interactions were conducted in Yorùbá, the first language of the author. Participant observation, the central method in ethnography (Delamont 2016), entailed balancing participation—involvement and subjectivity –  with observation—distance and objectivity – while capturing data  (O’Reilly, 2012). Children’s observations occurred after school in the afternoons and early evenings and children assented (or did not), once consent was obtained from a parent. 37 children were involved in observations and interactions across both communities, while 97 parents participated in either individual or group conversations. Notes were recorded in notebooks and on the author’s mobile phone. Thematic analysis was used to transcribe, code and identify themes or patters of meaning within the data (Braun & Clark, 2013), with the aid of Nvivo12 qualitative software. Given all interactions were conducted in the local language, transcription involved translation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When asked to elaborate on their understanding of ‘learn’, a term parents had used widely to explain why they sent their children to school, parents conceptualised two types of learning: learning at home and learning outside. For learning at home, parents positioned themselves as teachers who teach children to care for their bodies, the home, the natural environment; to run errands, including those contributing to the household economy; to behave ‘properly’; and to relate with others in the community.  

Learning outside consisted of three elements: learning in the formal school, at the Islamic school, and with a craftsperson or Master trainer. Formal school learning was the purview of schoolteachers who taught children to read and write in English and Yorùbá, as well as learn other subjects to gain knowledge and skills which will hopefully lead to employment. In Islamic learning, children were taught to recite the Quran so that they may know how to effectively pray, particularly during life’s inevitable challenges. Learning a trade or a skill was vital so that children may be able to generate income through the application of these skills, particularly where schooling does not lead to the hoped for salaried employment. Although a traditional practice which has been somewhat neglected with the massification of schooling, steep national graduate unemployment has seen the resurgence of learning a trade / skill and its valuing amongst rural, and even, urban parents.  

For parents, these dimensions are mutually reinforcing and thus work together to mould a faith-filled functional Ọmọlúàbí who becomes financially self-sufficient and can contribute to their immediate and extended family; contributes to communal development and harmony; and generally lives a life of ease. The findings suggest that Yorùbá parents have broadened their ethnotheories to take account the exigencies of contemporary lives, including its socio-economic dynamics (Abebe, 2007).

References
Abebe, T. (2007), ‘Changing livelihoods, changing childhoods: Patterns of children’s work in rural Southern Ethiopia’, Children’s Geographies, 5(1–2): 77–93. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733280601108205

Akinyemi, A. (2003). Yorùbá oral literature: A source of Indigenous education for children. Journal of African Cultural Studies, 16(2): 161–179. https://doi.org/10.1080/13696850500076195

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: a practical guide for beginners. SAGE Publications, Inc.

Busari, D. A., Owojuyigbe, M. A., Okunola, R. A., & Mekoa, I. (2017). Cultural concepts employed in child discipline within rural Yorùbá households: The Ayetoro-Oke African community. Rural Society, 26(2), 161-177. https://doi.org/10.1080/10371656.2017.1340142

Delamont, S. (2016). Fieldwork in educational settings: Methods, pitfalls and perspectives (3rd ed.). Routledge.

Harkness, S., & Super, C. M. (1996). Introduction. In S. Harkness & C. M. Super (Eds.), Parents’ cultural belief systems: Their origins, expressions, and consequences (pp. 1-23). Guilford Press.

Harkness, S., & Super, C. M. (2006). Themes and variations: Parental ethnotheories in Western cultures. In K. H. Rubin & O. B. Chung (Eds.), Parenting beliefs, behaviours, and parent-child relations: A cross-cultural perspective (pp. 61-80). Psychology Press.
Harkness, S., & Super, C .M. (1992). Parental ethnotheories in action. In I. Sigel, A.V. McGillicuddy-DeLisi & J. Goodnow (Eds.), Parental belief systems: The psychological consequences for children (2nd ed.) (pp. 373–92). Erlbaum.

Harkness, S., Super, C. M., Rios-Bermudez, M., Moscardina, U., Rha, J., Mavridis, C. J., Bonichini, S., Huitron, B., Welles-Nystrom, B., Palacios, J., Hyun, O., Soriano, G., & Zylicz, P. O. (2010). Parental ethnotheories of children’s learning. In D.F. Lancy, J. Bock & S. Gaskins (Eds.), The anthropology of learning in childhood (pp. 65-81). Alta-Mira Press.

Lancy, D. F. (2016). New studies of children’s work, acquisition of critical skills, and contribution to the domestic economy. ETHOS, 44(3): 202–22. https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12132

LeVine, R. A. (2003). Introduction. In R.A. Levine (Ed), Childhood socialization: Comparative studies of parenting, learning and educational change (pp. 1-17). Comparative Education Research Center. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203477168-6

Nsamenang, A. B., & Lamb, M .E. (1993). The acquisition of socio-cognitive competence by Nso children in the Bamenda Grassfields of Northwest Cameroon. International Journal of Behavioural Development, 16(3): 429–41. https://doi.org/10.1177/016502549301600304

Ogunnaike, O. A., & Houser Jr, R. F. (2002). Yoruba toddlers’ engagement in errands and cognitive performance on the Yoruba Mental Subscale. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 26(2), 145-153.

Omobowale, A. O., Omobowale, M. O., & Falase, O. S. (2019). The context of children in Yoruba popular culture. Global Studies of Childhood, 9(1), 18–28.

(Rest cut off due word count)


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

How Do Family-School Relations Influence the Discussion of Controversial Issues in an Elite School? Case Study from Chile’s Constitutional Process

Angélica Bonilla1,2

1Universidad Alberto Hurtado, Chile; 2Universidad Diego Portales, Chile

Presenting Author: Bonilla, Angélica

In this article I present how family-school relations influence the discussion of a controversial issue through a case study of Sainte Madeleine, an elite school in Santiago, Chile. Due to a nation-wide social outburst occurred in 2019, the country experienced social and political unrest, which led the political parties to call for elections to form a Constitutional Convention. After one year of work, citizens were asked to vote on a referendum whether they approved or rejected the Convention’s proposal for a new Constitution that addressed subjects like social welfare, indigenous and women’s rights, and the protection of the environment. Despite initial backing, the Convention suffered dramatic shifts in public support throughout 2021-2022, with high levels of coverage and heated debates on the media, ending with the rejection of the proposal. Therefore, I set out to describe the ways in which the school engaged students with the constitutional process, to identify parental strategies aimed to influence its discussion at school, and to analyze which context factors enabled or constrained the school’s ability to justify its pedagogical decisions.

An open classroom climate for discussion has been consistently established as a significant predictor of students’ civic knowledge and interest in political and social issues (Schulz et al., 2018). However, when it comes to controversial issues “many adults want schools to mirror their ideas, or fear that adding controversy to the curriculum creates controversy, as opposed to simply teaching young people how to deal more effectively with the kinds of political controversies that exist outside of school” (Hess, p.257, 2004). Fear of indoctrination of children and disagreements on what counts as a debatable issue are also common. Therefore, administrators and teachers increasingly hesitate how (and if) to address these topics (Miller et al. 2022; Oulton et al., 2004).

While ICCS 2016 reported that parents have little influence on actual decision-making processes at school -including Chile (Schulz et al., 2018), I argue that this asseveration mostly reflects formal instances of participation, since previous qualitative studies have shown the informal yet effective ways in which parents - particularly middle-class ones- influence school decisions (Calarco, 2020; Reay, 2004). In this paper I address these family-school relations in a seldom studied context, elite schools, to show how the enhanced involvement and entitlement of upper-class parents constrains the school’s ability to teach democratic citizenship and discuss controversial issues.

Chile is a paradigmatic case to study parents and their influence due to its educational marketization, with high levels of privatization and universal school choice. While most schools, whether public or private, receive public funding via vouchers, 10% of schools remain entirely private and charge high tuition fees. In this context, elite schools rely exclusively on parents for resources as well as for reputation, which allows them to maintain their elite status. Furthermore, their exhaustive student selection processes have generated extreme socioeconomic segregation inside these schools as well as endogamic ideological groups (Barrera et al., 2021; Bellei et al., 2020), which reduces the chances for students to naturally encounter diverse points of view.

The results from this study are relevant as schools are increasingly dealing with acute political divides regarding global subjects such as racism, migration, or social inequality. Additionally, it shows the barriers for the development of democratic citizenship abilities such as dialogue, debate, and conflict-processing in private schools, given their combination of social closure and strong parental influence. This also highlights the risks for countries with high or expanding privatization and school choice policies (West & Nikolai, 2017; Wilson & Bridge, 2019), which further position schools as privilege-dependent institutions (Calarco, 2020) and reduce intra-school diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I carried out a qualitative case study between August and October of 2022. My main source of data is a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) of semi-structured interviews with the school’s staff. I also realized a document analysis of the school’s educational project, disciplinary code, and citizenship education plan, and two non-participant observations of pedagogical activities that directly addressed the constitutional process. These techniques allowed me to establish connections between the school’s administration, teaching and student levels, thus achieving what Denzin calls “intra-method triangulation” (Fusch et al., 2018).
Sainte Madeleine is a private, Catholic school, and serves students ranging from Pre-K to 12th grade. Originally an all-girls schools founded by a French congregation almost 170 years ago, it became co-educational in 2019. Like most elite schools in the country, it is currently located in one of the most affluent zones in Santiago, Chile’s capital city. The school’s educational project emphasizes social justice, solidarity, and service to the community, one of the main characteristics of ‘traditional’ Catholic elite schools in the country, as opposed to “neoconservative” ones, which emphasize religious piousness and practice (Bellei et al., 2020).
I conducted semi-structured interviews with the school’s Headmistress and the Principal of Academic Affairs to account for the administration level. I also interviewed Social Studies teachers, who were almost exclusively in charge of addressing the constitutional process (both in Social Studies and the new Civic Education subject, mandatory for 11th and 12th graders since 2020). Finally, I interviewed a Spanish teacher who asked to join and had an active role in the group of teachers in charge of planning a ‘Constitutional Proposal Information Day’.
Finally, I attended both the Information Day and a class discussion. The Information Day was conducted 3 weeks prior to the plebiscite, and it was aimed towards students from grades 9th to 12th. It lasted a whole morning, where they first had group readings and discussion of different passages of the constitutional proposal, followed by a panel of 4 external speakers were invited to answer the students’ questions and concerns. This last part was open to all the educational community (parents, alumni, teachers, and employees). On the other hand, the class discussion I observed took place in an 11th grade the day after the plebiscite. The homeroom teacher was one of my interviewees, and she led the discussion on the results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show that even with a compulsory civic education class and the perceived support from administration, teachers still engaged in neutrality, balance, and avoidance practices (Hess, 2004; Oulton et al., 2004) for fear of parents’ reactions. Parents exert a strong influence in very explicit ways (e.g., emails and meetings to express their concern, disapproval, or support; not sending their daughters to school on Information Day), while others are more subtle (e.g., volunteering to help or put the school in contact with experts they trust). Thus, teachers actively elude political discussion in the classroom, carefully hide their own positions and avoid addressing controversial subjects unnecessarily. They also opt for more traditional methodologies, like reading and comparing sources of information, teaching skills to recognize trustworthy media, promoting individual reflection, or sharing (not contrasting) opinions.
However, the school staff develop justifications for engaging with the constitutional process. One of the main ones is the perceived alignment with their educational project, which demands the construction of a “more just” world. Another motivation is to “adapt to the times” to maintain an excellence reputation, and to play a public role, both valuable characteristics for elite schools. The decision to become co-ed has brought unexpected demands from new parents to engage more openly in public debates, as is common in other boys-only and co-ed traditional Catholic schools (whose alumni are numerous in the economic and political fields, and with whom they now compete for students).
These findings illustrate the difficulties faced by an elite private school to teach students how to discuss social and political issues and process conflict in an educational market context, and the role family-school relations play in these pedagogical decisions. This is even more worrisome considering the odds of these students to achieve positions of power in the future (Zimmerman, 2019).

References
Barrera, J., Falabella, A., & Ilabaca, T. (2021). ‘The Untouchables’: Elite Schools, Privileges, and New Scenarios. Pensamiento Educativo. Revista de Investigación Educacional Latinoamericana, 58(1). https://doi.org/10.7764/PEL.58.1.2021.3
Bellei, C., Orellana, V. & Canales, M. (2020). Elección de escuela en la clase alta chilena. Comunidad, identidad y cierre social [School choice within the upper class. Community, identity, and social closure]. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 28(5). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.28.3884
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Calarco, J. M. (2020). Avoiding us versus them: How schools’ dependence on privileged “helicopter” parents influences enforcement of rules. American Sociological Review, 85(2), 223-246. https://doi.org/10.1177/0003122420905793
Fusch, P., Fusch, G. E., & Ness, L. R. (2018). Denzin’s paradigm shift: Revisiting triangulation in qualitative research. Journal of Social Change, 10(1), 19-32. https://doi.org/10.5590/JOSC.2018.10.1.02
Hess, D. E. (2004). Controversies about controversial issues in democratic education. PS: Political Science & Politics, 37(2), 257-261. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1049096504004196
Miller, D., Stewart, J.S. & Brown, M.J. (2022). Engaging frustrated parents: Utilizing stakeholders to collectively deconstruct controversial issues in K-12. Theory into Practice, 61(2), p. 168-177. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2022.2036057
Oulton, C., Day, V., Dillon, J. & Grace, M. (2004). Controversial issues – teachers’ attitudes and practices in the context of citizenship education. Oxford Review of Education, 30(4), 489-507. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305498042000303973
Reay, D. (2004) Education and cultural capital: the implications of changing trends in education policies. Cultural Trends, 13(2), 73-86. https://doi.org/10.1080/0954896042000267161
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming Citizens in a Changing World. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73963-2_8
West, A. & Nikolai, R. (2017). The Expansion of “Private” Schools in England, Sweden, and Eastern Germany: A Comparative Perspective on Policy Development, Regulation, Policy Goals, and Ideas. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice, 19(5), 452-469. https://doi.org/10.1080/13876988.2016.1262549
Wilson, D., & Bridge, G. (2019). School choice and the city: Geographies of allocation and segregation. Urban Studies, 56(15), 3198-3215. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042098019843481
Zimmerman, S. D. (2019). Elite colleges and upward mobility to top jobs and top incomes. American Economic Review, 109(1), 1-47. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20171019


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Ukrainian Parents’ Engagement with Czech Public Schools: Challenges and Roles of Parents in the Collaboration

Natalia Dombinskaya

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Dombinskaya, Natalia

Due to the Russian Federation’s military offensive against Ukraine which launched on the 24th of February 2022, thousands of Ukrainians have been forced to seek refuge in neighboring countries. The rise in the number of refugees in the EU has created an unprecedented challenge to host countries and their educational systems (Eurydice report, 2022). The Czech Republic has been following a welcoming policy for Ukrainian refugees and has been making efforts to integrate them into the Czech society through different initiatives: the Czech government has exerted efforts to accommodate refugees by supporting them financially so they can have access to Czech public schools and medical services and have free access to the labor market. Thus, the Czech Republic holds a significant role as a host country to 409,008 Ukrainian refugees and the level continues to rise. (UNHCR, 2022). Given the current massive influx of refugees into the Czech Republic, it is both timely and important to conduct the present research as policies related to welcoming refugees are inextricably linked with integration into society including its educational system.

Schools can potentially play a very important role in the life of refugees. They can offer social opportunities for the newly arrived refugee children and serve as a starting point in managing their assimilation into their new communities through a sense of school belonging (Kia-Keating & Ellis, 2007; Montgomery & Foldspang, 2008). Thus, the objectives of the study are to identify, explore and critically evaluate multiple barriers that refugee families face when engaging with their children’s Czech public schools as well as different roles of parents in supporting their own children’s learning. Though these topics have been discussed recently, little is known about the parental involvement of Ukrainian refugee families as well as their parental role in Czech public schools. To discover Ukrainian refugee parents’ schooling experiences in Czechia and the ways schools engage with them, this study provides a comprehensive analysis of the current state of affairs. Therefore, home-school cooperation lies in the foreground of this study shedding light on issues concerning the socio-economic status of refugees and the self-elected roles of the parents engaging with Czech public schools.

The following questions will help to address the research objectives:

1.What are the challenges Ukrainian refugee parents encounter when engaging with Czech public schools?

2.What role do Ukrainian refugee parents give themselves in school-parent interaction?

The paper presents results of a study with an exploratory qualitative approach using interviews and an interpretative phenomenological analysis for data interpretation.

Identification of barriers and limitations to home-school cooperation might help Ukrainian refugee children adjust to their new life in the host country. It is hoped that some propositions included in this paper could be used to facilitate the successful inclusion of Ukrainian learners in the national education system proposing a holistic model of integration in education that responds to the learning, social and emotional needs of refugee students and their parents.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As the research project aims to analyse personal experiences of Ukrainian refugee parents, it adopts a descriptive phenomenological approach using a qualitative framework (Creswell & Porth, 2018). According to Willis (2007, p.25) phenomenological research seeks to gain in-depth understanding and explanation of a specific phenomenon through the lenses of refugee parents by using semi-structured interviews. Following Polkinghorne's (1989,) interviews with 5 to 25 people, who have direct experience suffices for a qualitative study.
Twelve participants were selected through criterion sampling strategy. The inclusion criteria were: Ukrainian refugee background, having arrived in the Czech Republic between February and June 2022, having an experience with the Czech public school system and being able to speak Russian as the participants and the researcher speak Russian fluently. The participants were drawn from an online forum on Facebook. Interviews followed an interview schedule, lasted approximately one hour each and were carried out in May and June 2022. The sample consisted of one male and eleven female participants with an average age of 38 years. All participants resettled in Prague.
Semi-structured interviews were chosen to collect data as they are considered to be among the effective ways of establishing respectful relationships with participants in close proximity to them and obtaining in-depth data (Kvale, 2007). Each interview consisted of 22 questions including questions about demographics regarding gender, age, marital status, number and age of children and location. The other questions in the interview were designed to identify the facilitating factors and barriers encountered by parents when engaging with the Czech school and their role as parents in the Czech school. The parents were asked broad open-ended questions and encouraged to speak freely about their experiences such as: “Could you tell me about your first interaction with a Czech school when enrolling your child?”. Additional follow-up questions were posted to clarify parents’ statements and confirm that the interviewer had understood correctly.
Each interview was recorded with a mobile phone, transcribed, checked for accuracy and then translated into English by the researcher herself to achieve a translation as close as possible to the interviewer’s insights regarding the participants (Yanay-Ventura et al., 2020). The choice of this type of transcription goes in line with the phenomenological approach applied in this study as the use of words are very important for the analysis.
The transcribed data were analysed using the interpretative “phenomenological analysis” (IPA) (Smith et al., 2009, p.79).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results discovered that Ukrainian parents encountered a number of challenges but school welcoming environment was crucial in involving them to their child’s school.  Participants were able to voice a myriad of concerns and identify a number of barriers to their children’s school involvement.
Although each narrative and participant’s experience are unique, some common themes emerged. The interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) resulted in the development of two major themes from the data collected: Theme 1: “Engaging with Czech public schools is challenging” and Theme 2 “Parents’ role in supporting their children in learning at Czech school”. Theme 1 consists of three sub-themes: “poor language proficiency as key stressor”, “lack of information about the Czech education system”, and “insufficient school capacity”.
Besides structural barriers, such as parents’ low Czech proficiency and cultural beliefs to school-based parent involvement, the study reveals the refugee parents’ increased stress in terms of their roles as parents when interacting with schools. Being consistent with the discussions on parental involvement in their children’s education, Ukrainian refugee parents acknowledge that they may assume different roles: supporters, actors, consumers and partners of schools. But due to the reasons mentioned above, parents seem to be lost, even though their engagement in schools plays a crucial role in their children’s educational processes. These findings might encourage teaching staff to remain attentive to this complex issue and support refugee parents in addressing this concern, as parent educational involvement is an investment of the parents’ resources in their children’s schooling (Sheldon, 2003).

In spite of the fact that the findings may not fully apply to other regional and contextual settings, the study can and does put forward critical insights about the school – refugee parent partnership in the Czech context.

References
Bryman, A. (2012). Social research methods (4th ed.). Oxford University Press
Cerna, L. (2019). Refugee education: Integration models and practices in OECD countries. In OECD education working papers, No. 203. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a3251a00-en
Creswell J.W., Porth C.N. (2018). Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing among Five approaches. 4th Edition. Sage Publications.
Eurydice report. (2022). Supporting refugee learners from Ukraine in schools in Europe. EACEA.
Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., Walker, J.  M. T., Sandler, H.  M., Whetsel, D., Green, C. L., Wilkins, A.  S., & Clossen, K.E.  (2005).  Why do parents become involved?  Research findings and implications.  The Elementary School Journal,106 (2): 105-130.
Kia-Keating, M., Ellis, B.H., 2007. Belonging and connection to school in resettlement: young refugees, school belonging, and psychosocial adjustment. Clin. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 12 (1), 29–43
Kvale, S. (2007). Doing interviews. Sage.
Montgomery, E., Foldspang, A., 2008. Discrimination, mental problems and social adaptation in young refugees. Eur. J. Public Health 18 (2), 156–161
Paseka, A., & Killus, D. (2022). Home-school Partnership in Germany: Expectations, Experiences, and Current Challenges. Encyclopaideia – Journal of Phenomenology and Education, 26 (63), 45-56
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative evaluation and research methods (3rd ed.). SAGE
Pietkiewicz, I., & Smith, J. A. (2014). A practical guide to using interpretative phenomenological analysis in qualitative research psychology. Psychological Journal, 20(1), 7-14.
Polkinghorne, D. E. (1989). Phenomenological research methods. In R. S. Valle, &. Halling (Eds.), Existential-phenomenological perspectives in psychology (41-60). Plenum
Sheldon, S. B. (2003). Linking school–family–community partnerships in urban Elementary Schools to student achievement on State Tests. The Urban Review, 35(2), 149–165.
Smith, J., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. London: Sage Publications
Turney, K., & Kao, G. (2009). Barriers to school involvement: Are immigrant parents disadvantaged? The Journal of Educational Research, 102(4), 257–271. https://doi.org/10.3200/JOER.102.4.257-271
UNHCR (2022). https://data.unhcr.org/en/situations/ukraine
Willis, J. (2007). Foundations of qualitative research: Interpretive and critical approaches. SAGE
Yanay-Ventura, G., Issaq, L., & Sharabi, M. (2020). Civic service and social class: The case of young Arab women in Israel. VOLUNTAS: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11266-020-00210-z
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 J: Professional Learning and Development
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Space in Between: Exploring Teachers' and Students' Descriptions of Mutuality in Teacher-Student Interactions.

Øystein Nybøe, Marieke Bruin

University of Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Nybøe, Øystein

This article reports from a case-study (Yin, 2018) in two fifth grade classrooms in the South-West of Norway. The case-study is a part of a Ph.D.-project and involves observations, audio-and video recordings of lessons, interviews, and focus-group interviews. The findings draw on six interviews with two lead-teachers and five focus-group interviews with 31 students. The research question is: How do teachers and students describe mutuality in teacher-student interactions, and how can these descriptions contribute to understanding qualities in teacher-student interactions? Teacher-student interactions are a central feature of what goes on in school and is in the research-field often related to students' educational achievements and effective teaching (Hattie, 2009; Marzano et al., 2003). Nevertheless, the purpose of education involves dimensions other than qualification (Biesta, 2009). Therefore, in investigating teacher-student interactions, this study aims to reach beyond the scope of effective teaching and educational achievement, focusing on exploring the qualities inherent in teacher-student interactions and how these may be understood, taking the perspectives of teachers and students.

Applying Buber's (2002) concept of meeting, interactions between the teacher and the students could be considered as meetings between I and Thou, "a relationship of openness, directness, mutuality, and presence" (Friedman, 2002, p. xii), where both partners meet like equal subjects capable of taking the view of the other. Rommetveit (Helgevold, 2016; Rommetveit, 1974) introduces the perspective, "attuning to the attunement of the other" as an expression of communication where both parties are on the same channel, or they are being in line with each other, as an ethical response to the Other. When the teacher and the students work well together and they communicate and gain mutual understanding, one could say that they are attuned to the attunement of the other. According to Rommetveit, we are in fact "dependent on a dialogical relationship with our fellow being to become human—to get to know who we are. Dialogue creates self-understanding and identity" (Hagtvet & Wold, 2003, p. 201). In Gillian's term, this 'ethics of care' … "refers to our mutual dependency on each other to become ourselves" (Hagtvet & Wold, 2003, p. 201). Drawing on Mead (2015), this mutuality may implicate that the qualities in the interactions between the teacher and the students involve identity-formation for both teachers and students. According to Honneth (1995) such development of a person’s identity “presupposes, in principle, certain types of recognition from other subjects” (Honneth, 1995, p. 37). And since the self is a social self, realized in the relationship to others “it must be recognized by others to have the very values which we want to have belong to it” (Honneth, 1995, p. 86). The theoretical perspectives will be discussed in regard to the empirical results from the analysis of the interviews with the teachers and the students. Constructing knowledge about mutuality in teacher-student interactions can be an important contribution to the field of teacher-practice as well as the further development of teacher professionalisation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data is constructed from an eight-week case-study in two fifth grade classrooms in the South-West of Norway. The case-study has a clear qualitative design with an interpretive orientation (Schwandt & Gates, 2018) and a research-approach used to generate in-depth understandings of the phenomenon teacher-student interactions within the context of a real-life situation, everyday classroom-life. Day-to-day observations of the interactions were carried out in the classrooms, corridors, and schoolyard, as well as participating in some of the activities. Nine of the lessons were video-recorded. This paper draws on the findings from the interviews with the two lead-teachers and 31 students. The interviews with the teachers were conducted as a series-of-three interviews following Seidman (2006), to be able to construct rich and in-depth descriptions of teacher-student interactions from the teachers viewpoints. The first interviews were conducted a week before the case-period, while the second interviews were performed in the middle of the period. The last interviews were conducted one week after the case-period. All the interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed using NVivo analysing-software. The interviews with the students were performed as focus-group interviews (Silverman, 2013) with five to seven students in each group following an open interview-guide letting the students talk about and discuss topics regarding their perspectives on teacher-student interactions. Five focus-group interviews were performed in the middle of the case-period, video-recorded and transcribed into NVivo. The analysis drew on Braun & Clarke’s (2021) reflexive thematic analysis as an interpretive method, and three overarching themes from coding the entire dataset were constructed: Meeting, Knowing, and Growing. These themes were constructed from the teachers’ and the students’ statements and may be understood as expressions of mutuality in the teacher-student interactions. The concept of meeting points to the context of a safe environment where interactions between the teacher and the students take place. The concept of knowing points to processes of teachers and students getting to know each other, caring, and building trust. The last concept, growing, refers to statements where both the teachers and the students describe how the other part makes them learn better, inspires them, motivates them, and brings joy into the everyday school-life.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis shows that the interactions between the teacher and the students can be understood as meetings where both actors experience mutuality in the sense of being attuned to the other. Both teachers and students talk about experiences interpreted as mutuality where both actors benefit in the sense of feeling secure. The constructed concept meeting holds that the interactions are more than just neutral communication, but a safe environment where normative and ethical actions take place. The teachers and the students express that they feel safe in the presence of the other, and that they care about the other part. By creating space for personal and spontaneous talks in the classrooms as wells as in the playground, the teachers provide a safe environment for such meetings to occur on a daily basis. The students talk about how they get to know their teacher, and by knowing her better, they feel more secure in the class and they learn better. The teachers explain the processes of knowing as being sensitive to the students’ needs and that when they know each other well, it is easier for the teacher to provide adequate support, both academically and socially. Further, the teachers and the students talk about how the interactions can lead to mutual inspiration and motivation, interpreted as the concept of growing. The teachers talk about how they value seeing the students mastering school tasks, and that the positive interactions with the students can be stress-relieving, while the students say that their teacher inspires them to learn better by facilitating learning-activities in various and fun ways. Following Honneth, experiencing mutual care, trust, and esteem as qualities within interactions can be understood as recognitional practices that benefit teachers and students mutually, here represented by the concepts of meeting, knowing, and growing.
References
Biesta. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092–008-9064-9
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling & Psychotherapy Research, 21(1), 37–47. https://doi.org/10.1002/capr.12360
Buber, M., & Smith, R. G. (2002). Between man and man. Routledge.
Friedman, M. (2002). Foreword. In Between man and man. Routledge.
Hagtvet, B. E., & Wold, A. H. (2003). On the Dialogical Basis of Meaning: Inquiries Into Ragnar Rommetveit’s Writings on Language, Thought, and Communication. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 10(3), 186–204. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327884mca1003_2
Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge.
Helgevold, N. (2016). Teaching as creating space for participation – establishing a learning community in diverse classrooms. Teachers and Teaching, 22(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1058590
Honneth, A. (1995). The struggle for recognition: The moral grammar of social conflicts (J. Anderson, Trans.; Reprinted). Polity Press.
Marzano, R. J., Marzano, J. S., & Pickering, D. (2003). Classroom management that works: Research-based strategies for every teacher. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.
Mead, G. H., Morris, C. W., Huebner, D. R., & Joas, H. (2015). Mind, self, and society (The definitive edition). University of Chicago Press.
Rommetveit, R. (1974). On message structure: A framework for the study of language and communication. Wiley.
Schwandt, T. A., & Gates, E. F. (2018). Case Study Methodology. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (Fifth edition, pp. 600–630). SAGE.
Seidman, I. (2006). Interviewing as qualitative research: A guide for researchers in education and the social sciences (3rd ed). Teachers College Press.
Silverman, D. (2013). Doing qualitative research (Fourth edition). SAGE Publications Ltd.
Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th Edition). SAGE Publications.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Does Child-Centered Teaching Require as Much Specialty as It Thought?: Pre-Service EC Teacher’s Views on Co-Constructing, Deconstructing, and Community Building

Sabiha Üzüm, Nazlı Berfin Yapar, Hasibe Özlen Demircan

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Üzüm, Sabiha

Considering a child's developmental characteristics during the preschool years supports teachers in effectively interacting with children and constructing effective educational and training programs (Trawick-Smith, 2017). Thus, when creating learning opportunities for children, it should be remembered that each child's developmental speed and learning method is unique. In other words, it is essential that teachers are aware of the developmental characteristics of the children in order to successfully instruct and educate preschoolers (Berk, 2016; Bredekamp, 2016). To support children's learning in the best possible way, preschool teachers should offer learning experiences using different teaching methods that put children at the center. It is crucial that the activities included in the education programs are carried out with very different methods for children to benefit from their environment at the highest level (Güven et al., 2013). Additionally, learning experiences must be presented to preschool children with planned and programmed activities by implementing different methods (Dinç et al., 2011).

When the studies are examined, the importance of preschool teachers knowing and applying methods suitable for children's characteristics in different activities comes to the fore (Güven et al., 2013). Since it is necessary to create activities where teachers will get to know more complex teaching methods closely, they should be used in ECE settings. Although there are a wide variety of complex teaching methods in the literature, studies have revealed that preschool teachers use a limited number of learning methods (Güven et al., 2013), which are mostly simple and subtle verbal teaching methods (Mac Naughton & Williams, 2009). Considering teachers' preferences for these subtle and simple teaching methods in the education process, these can form the foundations of the more complex ones: co-constructing, deconstructing, and community building as instances of specialist teaching methods.

Co-constructing is a way to highlight children’s voices and perspectives because it involves active participation in the learning process, where they establish meaning and build knowledge about the world together with the staff (Mac Naughton & Williams, 2009). Similarly, deconstructing serves as a way of thinking critically about social relationships, enabling children to comprehend their everyday interactions with others and the world (Mac Naughton & Williams, 2009). Finally, community building refers to the staff and children groups developing and improving together through learning that gives children a sense of belonging (Mac Naughton & Williams, 2009). All these three are considered specialist and child-centered teaching methods (Mac Naughton & Williams, 2009). Including them in the early childhood education undergraduate programs would be beneficial for pre-service teachers to be familiar with these methods, which promote critical thinking, analytical research, interest (Hesson & Shad, 2007), and learning (Deci & Ryan, 2000) in the classroom. Within this purpose, this qualitative study aimed to explore the co-constructing, deconstructing, and community building as child-centered specialist teaching methods from the perspectives of early childhood pre-service teachers.

It is significant to start these implementations with a quality undergraduate education since they allow learners to build their own learning and understanding by putting them in the position of constructors (Darling-Hammond, 2009). It is thought that when specialist child-centered teaching methods: co-constructing, deconstructing, and community building (Mac Naughton & Williams, 2009) are presented, it can contribute to the professional development of pre-service teachers. Within this context, the research questions were determined as follows:

RQ.1.: What are pre-service EC teachers' views regarding specialist child-centered teaching methods: co-constructing, deconstructing, and community building?

RQ.2.: To what extent does the theoretical information given and discussed in the course contribute to pre-service teachers transferring their knowledge from theory to practicality in using specialist child-centered teaching methods: co-constructing, deconstructing, and community building?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study is designed as phenomenological research because it aims to describe the essence of pre-service teachers' experiences and to discuss the meaning of these experiences by using their statements and works (Creswell, 2014; Wilson, 2015). For this purpose, data were collected from the pre-service teachers (N=20) taking the "Teaching Methods in ECE" course regarding their views on specialist child-centered teaching methods: co-constructing, deconstructing, and community building. Thus, convenience sampling was preferred for a feasible data collection procedure, and volunteer participation was ensured through a consent form in the current study.
The data was collected through five different instruments. Firstly, an open-ended survey consisting of questions about the specialist child-centered teaching methods and their use was applied to the participants at the beginning and the end of the semester. Secondly, in-class small group activities were presented with various case scenarios that could take place in an ECE setting, and they were asked to solve them using each of the specialist child-centered teaching methods. Thirdly, each participant was asked to evaluate their own solution with a self-reflection form and the other group's solution with a peer evaluation form. Fourthly, in the last two weeks of the course, participants were asked to write an activity plan for each of these specialist child-centered teaching methods and present their activities in the class in a discussion environment. Finally, the participants were randomly grouped for the focus group meetings related to the three child-centered specialist teaching methods at the end of the semester, and these sessions were audio-recorded. All data were analyzed through discourse and content analysis techniques. Using different data sources for each analysis aimed to contribute to the study's credibility.
The data collected during the analysis is planned to be coded independently and simultaneously by two researchers with a thematic coding method to contribute to the study's confirmability. The coding will be evaluated and unified in meetings with three researchers. Content analysis is planned to analyze open-ended surveys, activity plans, and in-class group activities. Moreover, the discourse analysis technique is planned to be used to analyze self-reflections/peer evaluations, transcriptions of focus group meetings, and verbal feedback during the presentations of activity plans.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study results are expected to provide a basis for a deeper understanding of the necessity to include practical application and reflective practice opportunities in early childhood teacher education. At the end of the study, it is expected that the pre-service teachers’ views on understanding, evaluating, and implementing specialist child-centered teaching methods will change positively. With this study, it is expected that the theoretical information provided and discussed in the course will contribute to the extent of the transfer of knowledge from theory to practice by using specialist child-centered teaching methods with the support of classroom practices. Furthermore, it is expected to determine pre-service teachers' views on the applicability of specialist child-centered teaching methods and the specialty required for their practice.
References
Berk, L. E. (2016). Infants and children: Prenatal through middle childhood. Pearson.
Bredekamp, S. (2016). Effective practices in early childhood education (3rd ed.). Pearson.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (4rd ed.). Sage Publications, Inc.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "what" and "why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227-268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01
Dinç, B., Güven, G., İnal, G., İnan, H. Z., Cevher-Kalburan, N., Özbey, S., & Şimşek, Ö. (2011). Okul Öncesi Eğitimde Özel Öğretim Yöntemleri [Special Teaching Methods in Early Childhood Education] (F. Alisinanoğlu, Ed.). Pegem Yayıncılık.
Güven, G., Ahi, B., Tan, S., & Karabulut, R. (2013). Preschool teachers’ opinions about teaching methods. Erciyes University Journal of Social Sciences Institute, 34, 25-49.
Hesson, M., & Shad, K. F. (2007). A Student-Centered Learning Model. American Journal of Applied Sciences, 4(9), 628-636. https://doi.org/10.3844/ajassp.2007.628.636
Mac Naughton, G., & Williams, G. (2009). Teaching Young Children: Choices in Theory and Practice. Open University Press.
Trawick-Smith, J. W. (1997). Early childhood development: A multicultural perspective. Merrill.
Wilson, A. (2015). A Guide to Phenomenological Research. Nursing Standard (Royal College of Nursing: 1987), 29(34), 38–43. https://doi.org/10.7748/ns.29.34.38.e8821


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teachers as Producers of Evidence in an Era of Performativity – Issues of Agency and Professionalism

Georgina Hudson

University of Nottingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hudson, Georgina

For teachers in England, the expectations and purpose of research activity has evolved over the last decade in response to structural changes borne of the academisation agenda and the rollback of Local Authorities (LAs) (DfE, 2010; HMSO, 2010). Since 2010, the English education system has undergone several cycles of fragmentation and reformation, and has been described as “messy, patchy and diverse” (Ball, 2012), standing accused of policy borrowing from the charter schools of USA and Sweden (Heilbronn, 2016) which have been critiqued as pushing the neo-liberal agenda by encouraging the privatisation and marketisation of the education system (Au & Ferrare, 2015).

As academisation has forged ahead, teachers have found themselves in a confusing landscape of ‘self-improving school systems’ and ‘evidence-based improvement’ (DfE, 2011; Goldacre, 2013) where the goalposts constantly change, and guidance is perceived as inconsistent (Greany & Higham, 2018). At one stage of system reformation, it was mandatory for teachers in Teaching School Alliances (now disbanded) to conduct research that informs school and system improvement (Walker, 2017), but this was soon reduced to a suggestion (Walker, 2017; DfE, 2015; Warren, 2017). The ‘self-improving school’ was expected to produce evidence and to share it with other schools as a means of understanding ‘best practice’ (Goldacre, 2013). However, this led to a culture of ‘gatekeeping’, with the fragmented nature of the system creating multiple, increasingly marketised models for knowledge exchange whereby some schools sought to protect or sell knowledge (Greany & Higham, 2018). This paper reports on findings from a PhD study of how research is undertaken and managed within school alliances and multi-academy trusts in the context of a ‘schools-led education system’, with a focus on how accountability structures and performativity culture impact on teacher agency and professionalism when engaging in research or evidence gathering activities.

As the education system has continued to evolve, ‘evidence-based’ education has become dominated by the ‘what-works’ model of medical research, advocating for the use of strategic and rigorous methods, such as randomised control trials, that assess the efficacy of interventions in schools (Hargreaves, 1996; Hillage et al, 1998; Hargreaves, 2010; Taylor & Spence-Thomas, 2015; DfE, 2016j; Lortie-Forgues & Inglis, 2019; Dawson et al, 2018). Biesta argues that ‘what-works’ does not work due to education being non-causal in nature (Biesta, 2007, 2010, 2009), and proposes that the ‘culture of measurement’ present within the education system removes opportunities for educators to make value judgements about practice (Biesta, 2015, 2017). Concerns have been raised that policymakers’ enthusiasm for 14 evidence-based education and the use of RCTs serves to control teachers, keeping them in a place of ontological insecurity whereby they are forced to produce numerical data to report on system progress (McKnight & Morgan, 2020).

The push for an evidence base has persevered, with institutions such as the Chartered College of Teaching have attempted to bridge the gap between teaching and research by offering evidence-based practice courses to schools and by making research available to members (CCT, 2020). Meanwhile the EEF, through the vehicle of research schools and implementation guidance, continues to promote a ‘what works’ approach to the generation of evidence in schools (EEF, 2021), and the Government continues to pursue academisation, with the aim of all schools being in a ‘strong MAT’ by 2030 (DfE, 2022). Drawing on evidence from 26 interviews, this paper demonstrate how the culture of performativity affects agency and professionalism when teachers are engaging in research or evidence gathering activities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Following ethical approval from the University of Greenwich Research Ethics Committee, using purposive sampling, three cases of research groups were selected from MATs or TSAs in the south-east, east and north of England.
Cases
The first case was a research group within a teaching school, situated at the head of an Early Years Teaching Alliance in an area of poor socio-economic status in the south east of England. The alliance consisted of three schools and was in partnership with approximately forty schools and settings. The ‘research group’ consisted of two teachers, the deputy headteacher and the head of school.
The second case was a research group within a primary school situated within a newly established multi-academy trust in an area of high socio-economic status in the north of England. The MAT consisted of three schools: one primary school, one junior school and one secondary school/ sixth form college combination which was the lead school. The ‘research group’ consisted of the head teacher and four teachers from the primary school.
The third case was a research group within a primary school situated in an area of low socio-economic status in the East of England which was part of both a TSA and a MAT. The research group consisted of the director of the TSA, the two heads of school, and two teachers. The teaching school alliance was in partnership with nineteen schools and the MAT consisted of six schools. The director of the TSA oversaw research within the school and worked part-time for a public research university.
Analysis
Overall, 26 interviews were conducted - interviews were audio recorded, transcribed and coded using NVivo with a two-tier code book developed from the project’s conceptual framework, which was devised from the literature review. Through the exploration of educational research, action research, and teacher-led research, an analytical framework of the characteristics of effective schools-led research was developed: Knowledge of Research Methods; Reflective and Problem-Solving in Nature; Encourages Criticality of Practice and Policy; Motivation and Professional Curiosity; Agency/Autonomy and Ownership of the Research Process. Second-tier coding under the heading of ‘Motivation’ explored to what extent teachers were operating within ‘occupational’ or ‘institutional’ modes of professionalism (Moore & Clarke, 2016).
Each case was analysed and presented individually according to the conceptual framework. The three cases were then subject to a cross-case comparison to draw out similarities and differences that informed the conclusion of the PhD study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Barring one project, every participant was found to be engaging in mixed methods research, with a preference for quantitative data, as is typical of evidence produced in the ‘what works’ agenda. In terms of motivation, ‘occupational professionalism’ was at the heart of what teacher participants did and they believed it was this sense of professionalism that informed their research. Specified research aims suggested teachers felt empowered to make changes to their practice, and on a surface level, appeared to be engaging in professional action that is relevant and valuable.
However, there were contradictions found within the data, where participants were engaging in research activity because it was mandatory and expected of them by the SLT. There was a sense that research activity was time-consuming and placed additional stress on an already demanding workload. When we pair these two narratives we are faced with what Moore & Clarke (2016) term ‘cruel optimism’. To unpick this further, participants draw on their ‘past’ sense of professionalism, i.e. their ‘occupational professionalism’ that honours their duties as educators, to navigate through policy directives that draw on their ‘current’ sense of professionalism, i.e. their ‘organisational professionalism’ that aims to achieve institution-wide goals determined by neoliberal policies (e.g. Moore & Clarke, 2016). This ‘cruel optimism’ helps participants to navigate a policy landscape based on hierarchy, performativity, and accountability (Moore & Clarke, 2016; Ball, 2018; Greany & Higham, 2018).
The statistical nature of the projects reflects the argument that the ‘schools-led education system’ exists within a ‘culture of measurement’ (Biesta, 2009) that lures schools into a sense of ‘coercive autonomy’ (Greany & Higham, 2018), encouraging the idea that policymakers’ enthusiasm for evidence-based education serves to control teachers, forcing them to produce numerical data to report on system progress (McKnight & Morgan, 2020).

References
Ball, S. J. (2018). The tragedy of state education in England: Reluctance, compromise and muddle—a system in disarray. Journal of the British Academy, 6, 207–238
Ball, S.J. (2012). The reluctant state and the beginning of the end of state education. Journal of educational administration and history, 44(2), 89-103
Biesta, G. (2007). Why “what works” won’t work: Evidence‐based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1-22
Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability (formerly: Journal of Personnel Evaluation in Education), 21(1), 33-46
 Biesta, G. (2015). What is education for? On good education, teacher judgement, and educational professionalism. European Journal of education, 50(1), 75-87
Biesta, G. (2017). Education, Measurement, and the Professions: Reclaiming a space for democratic professionality in education, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49:4, 315-330
Biesta, G. J. (2010). Why ‘what works’ still won’t work: From evidence-based education to value-based education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 29(5), 491-503
Department for Education [DfE] (2010). The importance of teaching. London: HMSO
Goldacre, B. (2013). Building Evidence in to Education. London: HMSO
Greany, T. & Higham, R. (2018). Hierarchy, Markets and Networks. London: UCL Institute of Education Press
HMSO (2010). The Academies Act 2010. London: HMSO
Lortie-Forgues, H., & Inglis, M. (2019). Rigorous large-scale educational RCTs are often uninformative: Should we be concerned?. Educational Researcher, 48(3), 158-166
McKnight, L. & Morgan, A. (2020). A broken paradigm? What education needs to learn from evidence-based medicine, Journal of Education Policy, 35:5, 648-664
Moore, A. & Clarke, M. (2016). Cruel optimism’: teacher attachment to professionalism in an era of performativity. In Journal of Education Policy 31 (5) 666-677
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 K: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gasper Cankar
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Narrative Intervention as Means to Developing Transition Care Awareness of Cross-Culture Kids (CCKs) in Lithuania

Lingyi Chu

Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Chu, Lingyi

This paper calls attention to Cross-Culture Kids’ (CCKs) need for cultural transition care in Lithuania by suggesting a cultural narrative intervention approach.

As student mobility becomes ever more common globally, schools are faced with reconsidering their role in identity curation as part of adolescent well-being, directly affecting student performance and learning outcomes (Mahoney and Barron, 2020). Alongside repeated relocation comes significant personal and social difficulties often overlooked by its benefits to the international mobile youth. Ven Reken (2002) termed Cross-Culture Kids (CCKs) as “(those) who are living/ have lived in – or meaningfully interacted with – two or more cultural environments for a significant period of time during the first eighteen years of life". They experience being transience, or, on the move, and are in the constant status of 'transition', which is the change from one place, state, or condition to another (Pollock & Van Reken, 2017). Many see CCKs as victims of globalisation who is left to deal with the consequences of where culture and identity collide (Carter & McNulty, 2012). As the educational needs of CCKs differing from their non-expatriate counterparts is much acknowledged, scholarship has largely investigated four pedagogical consequences due to social and emotional issues as implications of living an internationally mobile lifestyle: 1) identity, 2) sense of belonging, 3) grief & transition, and, 4) coping strategies. Killguss (2008) found that many CCKs suffer from "authenticity anxiety"- and not having solid definitions of one's identity can cause problems later in life, developmental trauma such as high-risk Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) was evident (Crossman & Wells, 2022).

This is especially true as they are considered alien and abnormal in mono-cultural societies like Lithuania (Garšvė and Mažeikiene, 2019). As a historically emigration heavy country (Eurostat, 2015), the Lithuanian context is specific to CCKs care as only in 2018 did Lithuanian schools first experience receiving a continuation of steep increase of CCKs. This included repatriated Lithuanian pupils post-Brexit or due to the COVID pandemic, and refugee children due to the recent European political climate. As the key agent of socialisation, schools are responsible for providing spaces in mainstream classrooms for multi-contextual narratives of identity to be expressed and differentiated cultural representation to be recognised. Changes have been called for with sensitivity, reflexivity and interdisciplinary collaboration (Bagdonaitė, 2020). Yet, a clear framework to aid the integration of these youth whose lives have been utterly disrupted by mobility has yet to be provided to Lithuanian schools (Chu & Ziaunienė, 2021). This paper proposes a cultural and identity narrative intervention as a pedagogical strategy for school agents to foster identity narrative spaces and to provide language for cultural transition care to be explored.

The research question that this paper looks to answer are:

  1. How do narrative interventions aid CCKs in Lithuania in developing their identity, belonging and place?
  2. How may narrative interventions facilitate the development of cultural transition awareness in Lithuanian educational settings?
  3. What are the implications of narrative interventions for Lithuanian educators to better assist CCKs in the process of cultural transitions?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This piece is the result of a serial narrative workshop intervention that borrows from the TARMAC ‘multicultural story’ framework (Ward and Keck, 2021). It is a guided framework that aid focus group discussions with individuals who have experienced multiple cultures growing up. The collaborative process of making sense of the multicultural participants’ identity formation prompts deep reflection and understanding that hinders growth in self-recognition, relationships, belonging, and loss (Chu, 2022).  The ten-sessions framework covers topics such as: Defining home and creating the experience of home, CCK strengths and resources, building relationships across cultures, experiences of cultural identity, cross-culture transition paradoxes, responding to transition, narrating cross-culture stories, and celebrating change. The framework has been applied on two bases: a pedagogical strategy and a pedagogical intervention. The framework has been applied as a pedagogical strategy where rigorous reflexivity was prompted by encouraging calling on memory in the communication about selves (Goodall, 2001). It is also applied as a pedagogical intervention as it gives voice to the much-hidden CCK stories in Lithuania. The provision of such a safe reflective space for CCKs is an attempt to combine pedagogical action with research and proposes a tool that calls for a transformative rather than informative intervention (Baldwin, 2012).

The intervention lasted ten weeks and was conducted with a group of eight CCKs aged between 16-18. The participants were recruited based on snowball sampling targeting CCKs from different schools in a major city in Lithuania through local schools that offer bilingual study programs. After the voluntary signing up have been received, the project was communicated to both the schools that the youth belongs to at the time of the study, and the CCKs’ parents’ permission was gained. Ethical protocols were informed and the school psychologists and social and emotional support teams were informed about their participation. Post the intervention, six CCK participants were interviewed about their experience of the workshops with both feedback and recommendations for future improvements. The interviews were semi-structured and conducted with individual participants online. Open-ended questions were discussed, including topics relating to self-identification culturally and socially (three questions), recap and report of change on home, identity, and belonging (nine questions), and feedback on the intervention process (7 questions). Each interview lasted around sixty minutes. The interviews were recorded with consent and stored in the official university cloud space. All interviews were transcribed for thematic analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings showed that narrative-based, cultural dialogues allow for CCKs to explore and express the non-dominant identities which do not otherwise have a space to be acknowledged, especially in mainstream classrooms. The analysis leads to the implications of philosophical and practical education approaches exploring identity and intercultural communication in alternative and non-traditional forms.

Overall, this paper contributes to the formation of cross-culture transitional care awareness and strategies which may be implemented by Lithuanian school agents or included as part of teacher training. Proposals from some of the CCK participants who expressed willingness to run the workshops within their schools for younger peers also prompt future possibilities for children-led participatory action research, as the next phase of this project.

References
Bagdonaitė, J. (2020). Remigration in Lithuania in the 21st Century: Readiness of the Education System to Accept Students from Returning Families. Vilnius University Open Series 3:6-15. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.15388/SRE.2020.1

Baldwin, M. (2012). Participatory action research. In M. Grey, J. Midgley, & S.A. Webb. (Eds.), The sage handbook of social work. (467-482). London: Sage Publications Ltd. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781446247648.n31

Carter, M., & McNulty, Y. (2015). International school teachers’ professional development in
response to the needs of Third Culture Kids in the classroom. In B. Christiansen (Ed.), Handbook of research on global business opportunities (367-389). IGI Global.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-4666-6551-4.ch017  

Chu, L. (2022) An Autoethnographic Approach to Identity Education Amongst Cross-Culture Kids in Lithuanian Schools. Society, Integration, Education. Proceedings of the International Scientific Conference 1:620-633. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.17770/sie2022vol1.6843

Chu, L., & Ziaunienė, R. (2021). Cross-Cultural Transition Care in Lithuanian Schools: School Psychologists’ Perspectives. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 12(2), 550–566. DOI: https://doi.org/10.15503/jecs2021.2.550.566  

Crossman, T. & Wells, L. (2022). Caution and Hope: The Prevalence of Adverse Childhood Experiences in Globally Mobile Third Culture Kids. TCK Training Whitepaper. Retrieved from:  https://www.tcktraining.com/research/caution-and-hope-white-paper

Eurostat (2015). Eurostat regional yearbook 2015. Retrieved from
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-statistical-books/-/ks-ha-15-001

Garšvė L., & Mažeikienė N. (2019). Being in-between and nowhere: A hermeneutic approach to negotiating transcultural and third space identities. In G. B. von Carlsburg, N. Mažeikienė & A. Liimets (Eds.), Transcultural perspectives in education (147-166). Peter Lang Edition.

Goodall, H. (2001). Writing the new ethnography. Walnut Creek, CA: AltaMira.

Killguss, B. (2008) Identity and the Need to Belong: Understanding Identity Formation and Place in the Lives of Global Nomads. Illness Crisis & Loss, 16(2):137-151. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.2190/IL.16.2.d

Mahoney, E., & Barron, J. (2020). Surveying the landscape: Common practices, challenges and opportunities in international school transitions-care. SeaChange and Globally Grounded (The 2020 Report). Retrieved from https://seachangementoring.com/transition-support/  

Pollock, D., Van Reken, R., & Pollock, M. (2017). Third Culture Kids, third edition: The experience of growing up among worlds. London: Brealey.

Van Reken, R. (2002). Third Culture Kids: Prototypes for understanding other cross-cultural
kids. Cross-Cultural Kids. Retrieved from: https://www.crossculturalkid.org/who-are-cross-cultural-kids/

Ward, L. and Keck, B. (2021) TARMAC: A 10-Week Guide to Making Sense of your Multicultural Story. Independently published.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Intercultural Competence in Foreign Language Education at Primary Schools: Comparative Analysis in Germany (North Rhine-Westphalia) and Croatia

Martina Kramar

KGS Leoschule Neuss, Germany

Presenting Author: Kramar, Martina

With the adoption of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (UNESCO, 2016), international communities should committ to ensure quality, inclusive and equitable education for every individual worldwide and for life. By 2030, it should be possible that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development, including, among others, through education for sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality, promotion of a culture of peace and nonviolence, global citizenship and appreciation of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development. Moreover, international comparative studies from European countries show that educational systems develop their own strategies for intercultural education and promotion of linguistic and socio-cultural diversity in schools (Allemann-Ghionda, 2002; Bežen, 2013; Gomolla, 2005; Göbel & Hesse, 2004; Kramar, 2022). As part of the german Primary School's general educational mission, Foreign Language Education should also contribute to a fair and positive perception of social, ethnic, national, cultural and linguistic diversity and contribute in terms of development of Intercultural Competence in classes (KMK, 1996, 2013).

The introductory part of this paper comprises international models of Intercultural Competence (Bennett, 1993; Erll & Gymnich, 2007; Allemann-Ghionda, 2014; Göbel & Buchwald, 2017), relevant definitions of curricula and a review of European documents related to the development of Curricula for Foreign Languages. The focus of this research lies on the Qualitative Content Analysis of the Curriculum for German as the first foreign language (2019) in the Republic of Croatia and Curriculum for English at the Primary Schools (2021) in the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia from the first to the fourth grade of Primary Schools. The main goal of this research is to present the similarities and differences in the framework of implementation of the Intercultural Competence in the Curricula for the analysed foreign language subjects in two European school systems. This research presents the results of the Qualitative Content Analysis based on Intercultural Competence in three categories: (1) Educational goals of learning and teaching, (2) Educational outcomes and (3) Evaluation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is presenting a Qualitative Content Analysis according to Mayring (2015) of the Curriculum for German as the first foreign language (2019) in the Republic of Croatia and Curriculum for English at the Primary Schools (2021) in the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia in three categories: (1) Educational goals of learning and teaching, (2) Educational outcomes and (3) Evaluation. These categories were developed within deductive approach based on Göbel and Hesse (2004). Their research presents development of Intercultural Competence in English Language Subject Curricula for the ninth grade in sixteen federal states of the Federal Republic of Germany. The central model of presented Qualitative Content Analysis of international Curricula is the Model of Intercultural Competence according to Erll & Gymnich (2007), which includes the broad definition of Intercultural Competence and consists of three components (cognitive, affective and pragmatic-communication "subcompetences").
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Curriculum for English at the Primary Schools (2021) in the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia elaborates Intercultural Communicative Competence in the first two categories of the Qualitative Content Analysis: (1) Educational goals of learning and teaching and (2) Educational outcomes. Curricula of both countries contain didactic guidelines for encouraging three dimensions of Intercultural Competence according to Erll & Gymnich (2007) in foreign language teaching: cognitive, affective and pragmatic-communicative. However, the Curriculum for German as the first foreign language (2019) in the Republic of Croatia describes Intercultural Competence in more detail in the first category (1) Educational goals of learning and teaching. In the category (2) Educational outcomes, differences were identified in the presentation of educational outcomes of learning and teaching that are associated with the introduction of structural educational reform in the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia, on the basis of which the English language subject will be introduced, from the school year 2022/2023, only in the third and fourth grades of Primary Schools.

Furthermore, Curriculum for English at the Primary Schools (2021) in the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia does not address the evaluation of Intercultural Competence in the last category (3) Evaluation, but refers to the legal provisions on the evaluation of student achievements defined in the Education Act of the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia (§ 48 SchulG) and other regulations for Primary Schools. The progress of the Curriculum for German as the first foreign language (2019) in the Republic of Croatia in relation to the German Curriculum (2021) was observed in the framework of the integration of Intercultural Competence in the evaluation guidelines, which include knowledge about one's own culture and other cultures, as well as intercultural communication skills.

References
Allemann-Ghionda, C. (2002). Schule, Bildung und Pluralität: Sechs Fallstudien im europäischen Vergleich. Peter Lang.
Bennett, J. M. (1993). Cultural Marginality: Identity Issues in Intercultural Training. In R. M. Paige (Hrsg.), Education for the Intercultural Experience (S. 109–135). Intercultural Press.
Bežen, A. (2013). Kurikul materinskog jezika u nekim zemljama Europske Unije i projekcija nacionalnog kurikula Hrvatskoga jezika za osnovnu školu. In Bežen & B. Majhut (Hrsg.), Kurikul ranog učenja hrvatskoga/materinskoga jezika (str. 207–248). Učiteljski fakultet Sveučilišta u Zagrebu i Europski centar za sustavna i napredna istraživanja ECNS.
Erll, A. & Gymnich, M. (2007). Interkulturelle Kompetenzen: Erfolgreich kommunizieren zwischen den Kulturen. Klett Lernen und Wissen GmbH.
Europarat (2001). Gemeinsamer europäischer Referenzrahmen für Sprachen : lernen, lehren, beurteilen. Langenscheidt.
Gomolla, M (2005). Schulentwicklung in der Einwanderungsgesellschaft. Strategien gegen institutionelle Diskriminierung in England, Deutschland und in der Schweiz. Waxmann.
Göbel, K. & Buchwald, P. (2017). Interkulturalität und Schule: Migration – Heterogenität – Bildung. Ferdinand Schöningh.
Göbel, K. & Hesse, H.–G. (2004). Vermittlung interkultureller Kompetenz im Englischunterricht − eine curriculare Perspektive. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 50(6), 818–834. https://doi.org10.25656/01:4842
Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK) (2013). Interkulturelle Bildung und Erziehung in der Schule (Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 25.10.1996 i. d. F. vom 05.12.2013). Bonn: Sekretariat der ständigen Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/1996/1996_10_25-Interkulturelle-Bildung.pdf
Kramar, M. (2022). An analysis of German Language Subject Curriculum for Primary Education in the Republic of Croatia in Terms of Intercultural Competence. In 2nd International Scientific and Art Conference. Conference Proceedings. Faculty of Teacher Education, University of Zagreb.
Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken, 12., überarb. Aufl. Beltz Verlag.
Ministerium für Schule und Bildung des Landes Nordrhein- Westfalen (2021). Lehrplan Englisch. In Lehrpläne für die Primarstufe in Nordrhein-Westfalen. https://www.schulentwicklung.nrw.de/lehrplaene/upload/klp_PS/ps_lp_sammelband_2021_08_02.pdf
Ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i sporta (2019). Odluka o donošenju kurikuluma za nastavni predmet Njemački jezik za osnovne škole i gimnazije u Republici Hrvatskoj. https://narodne-novine.nn.hr/clanci/sluzbeni/2019_01_7_141.html
UNESCO (2016). Unpacking Sustainable Development Goal 4. Education 2030. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000246300


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

English in Pakistan’s Education System: A Tool for Social Mobility or Social Exclusion?

Amal Hamid

University of Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hamid, Amal

My research study has a three-pronged focus on the intersection of language, class and ethnicity to understand how equitable education and employment opportunities fluctuate for students in Pakistan. The participants belong to lower socioeconomic backgrounds with varying linguistic identities and are studying in various universities across Karachi, Pakistan. The focus is on their experiences in higher education (HE) institutions as they navigate learning in English, which is not their first language.

While language remains the focal point of my research, it cannot be studied without considering the social, cultural, and educational contexts (Valdes, 2004). This is especially true for the post-colonial relevance of English in Pakistan. Language related research in Pakistan has focused on the medium of instruction (Rahman, 1997), language policies (Shamim, 2008) and women’s education (Durrani & Halai, 2018). However, there is a gap in voicing the experiences of linguistically and culturally diverse students in HE, who struggle with English. My research focuses on this gap.

English plays a crucial role in social mobility in Pakistan, where a socially and economically disadvantaged population struggles to access quality education (Mustafa, 2015). While English is not widely spoken in Pakistan, it is used in education, workplaces, bureaucracy, and courts as the country’s official language (Tamim 2014). Therefore, English acts as a “gate-keeper”, affecting the social mobility of students that are not fluent in English. It is the preferred language of the elite in Pakistan, determining a person’s educational background. The status of English makes one’s class status known, because access to English is a privilege only a few can afford in the country. It therefore becomes significant as linguistic capital which students can aspire to in efforts to attain social mobility. It is the medium of instruction in all elite private schools across Pakistan, thereby creating “hierarchical structures in society” (Tamim, 2014, p.8) and reproducing “class cultural power” (Mustafa, 2015, p.189). Social classes are also understood through cultural and economic capital, and it becomes imperative to understand the relationship between these various forms of capital and linguistic capital, especially in a post-colonial context (Simpson & Cook, 2009).

In order to study the impact of English on student experiences and their access to opportunities in HE in Pakistan, Bourdieu’s concepts of cultural and linguistic capital have been used to frame my research angle. Bourdieu’s concepts of capital and habitus shed light, and expand on, how some students may have more privilege than others, what these privileges may look like, and how they may translate to an unfair advantage when navigating HE institutions, based on the intersection of class, ethnicity, and language in Pakistan. The elements of Bourdieu’s theories that frame this research are: (a) habitus, (b) field and (c) capital. These elements are interconnected in how they shape our understanding of social inequalities and disadvantages.

The experiences of these students are being explored as part of my PhD study, currently in its second year, through the following research questions:

1. What roles do the students’ linguistic and cultural capital play in their educational attainment?

  • What are the linguistic challenges (if any) that students face during their undergraduate degree programs?
  • What are the potential challenges that the students face during their degree due to their cultural capital (particularly looking at social class, ethnicity, and language)?

2. How do other cross-cutting factors such as SES factors and economic precarity affect their educational experience and shape their opportunities during and after their undergraduate programs?

I conducted interviews from October 2022 to January 2023. Students shared their experiences of learning in English and its impact on their education, social life and job applications.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My research aims to explore students’ experiences of having to study in higher education (HE) institutions in English, which is not their first language. I interviewed students who completed their primary and secondary schooling from the same network of schools and from the same college in Karachi, Pakistan. Therefore, I opted for a merged methodological framework of case study and narrative inquiry for this research.

The case study framework is considered because of the context and boundedness of the participants and their educational experiences (Sonday et al., 2020). My participants are students who attended TCF schools and TCF College, were provided with the same support in terms of English classes and guidance for university admissions, but then dispersed to different universities. What can we learn about the support and interventions provided by TCF College that can be extended to other students to expand access and participation in HE? The case study framework helped to “contextualize the participants” within the larger case of students pursuing education in English in Pakistan (Sonday et al., 2020, p. 2).

The focus of narrative inquiry (NI) is on the “articulation of experience of meaning” (Thomas, 2012, p. 211). NI encourages researchers to understand their participants’ experiences by being mindful of the personal and social (interaction), of the past and present (continuity) and of place (situation) (Clandinin, 2006, p. 47). NI allowed me to gain deeper insight into the experiences of students bound by similar contexts. NI not only describes people’s experiences, but also “provides insight into people’s thoughts, emotions and interpretations” (Thomas, 2012, p. 209). My aim is not only to explore students’ experiences within HE, but their experiences and emotions as they navigated access to HE and the systems within HE. NI allows for subjectivity and focuses on local narratives, and this aligns with the purpose of my research.
 
Data was gathered through multiple modes keeping in mind this merged methodological framework. A questionnaire allowed for the selection of participants and provided initial details that helped me prepare for the semi-structured interviews. Following the first round of interviews, I asked students to write a reflexive journal entry on their thoughts after the interview. This journal entry and data from the first round of interviews gave me insight into which participants I wanted to invite for a second interview. Following the case study method, I selected 2 participants to invite for a short second interview.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Having finished my fieldwork in Pakistan in January 2023, I have correlated my participants’ stories with Bourdieu’s conceptual tools to begin narrating their varied experiences of studying in a higher education system that requires fluency in English.

The themes that have begun to emerge are that the participants felt out of place in their undergraduate universities (habitus were misaligned) and their self-confidence suffered due to lack of linguistic, economic and/or cultural capital. As first-generation university students, the participants’ parents had only studied till primary or secondary school, yet all of them were aware of the importance of English in their children’s lives. Some of the students were even encouraged by their parents to take extra classes to master English early in their education recognising their lack of linguistic capital.
In addition to a lack of economic and linguistic capital, which the participants were aware of from an early stage, the participants were surprised by their lack of cultural capital. The students from private schools had different clothing, conversation topics, social groups and social activities (participation which also required economic capital, which my participants did not have). The participants narrated that English gave private school students access to knowledge and opinions, and an air of authority, that they felt they lacked. They discussed that being a first-generation university student often left them to make their own decisions and navigate university education without guidance from family.

These observations of students from linguistically and economically diverse backgrounds are directly connected to Bourdieu’s tools of field, capital and habitus. Linking these findings to Bourdieu’s tools is helping me to conceptualize the stories of these students and to highlight what students from such backgrounds need in order to compete in university education to ultimately secure gainful employment and improve their social mobility.


References
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. Routledge And Kegan Paul.
Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education. JG Richardson. New York, Greenwood, 241(258), 19.
Bourdieu, P. (1990a). In other words: Essays towards a reflexive sociology. Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1990b). The logic of practice. Stanford university press.
Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1993). Sociology in question (Vol. 18). Sage.
Buchmann, C. (2002). Getting ahead in Kenya: Social capital, shadow education, and achievement. In Schooling and social capital in diverse cultures. Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
Clandinin, D. J. (2006). Narrative inquiry: A methodology for studying lived experience. Research studies in music education, 27(1), 44-54.
Durrani, Naureen, and Anjum Halai. “Dynamics of Gender Justice, Conflict and Social Cohesion: Analysing Educational Reforms in Pakistan.” International Journal of Educational Development, vol. 61, 2018, pp. 27–39., doi:10.1016/j.ijedudev.2017.11.010.
Mustafa, Zubeida. The Tyranny of Language in Education. Karachi. Oxford University Press, 2015.
Rahman, Tariq. “The Medium of Instruction Controversy in Pakistan.” Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, vol. 18, no. 2, 1997, pp. 145–154., doi:10.1080/01434639708666310.
Shamim, Fauzia. “Trends, Issues and Challenges in English Language Education in Pakistan.” Asia Pacific Journal of Education, vol. 28, no. 3, 2008, pp. 235–249., doi:10.1080/02188790802267324.
Simpson, James, and Melanie Cooke. “Movement and Loss: Progression in Tertiary Education for Migrant Students.” Language and Education, vol. 24, no. 1, 2009, pp. 57–73., doi: 10.1080/09500780903194051.
Sonday, A., Ramugondo, E., & Kathard, H. (2020). Case study and narrative inquiry as merged methodologies: A critical narrative perspective. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19, 1609406920937880.
Tamim, T. (2014). Language Policy, Languages in Education, And Implications for Poverty Reduction in Pakistan. Lahore Journal of Policy Studies, 5(1), 7–28.
Thomas, S. (2012). Narrative inquiry: Embracing the possibilities. Qualitative Research Journal.
Valdes, Guadalupe. Learning and Not Learning English: Latino Students in American Schools. Teachers College Press, 2004.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Problematisations of Ethnic and Cultural Diversity in Physical Education Teacher Education: Analysing PETE Curricula from Norway, Canada and Aotearoa/New Zealand

Sandro Claudio Vita

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Vita, Sandro Claudio

Within Physical Education (PE) and Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE) research there has been a recent increase in studies looking into policies – here I use a broad understanding of policy as a “set of ideas or a plan … that has een agreed to officially by a group of people, organisation, government, or a political party” (Cambridge Dictionary, 2022) – for instance PE curriculum (e.g., Dowling & Flintoff, 2018; Fitzpatrick & Allen, 2019; Petherick, 2018) or PETE programmes/course syllabi (e.g., Apelmo, 2022; Backman & Larsson, 2016; Philpot, 2017) . Policies are “the operational statement of values”, and they “project images of an ideal society (education policies project what counts as education)” (Ball, 1990, p. 1), in the same way, curricula and syllabi state what is worth knowing and what is not, they prescribe behaviour and action, and create ‘subjects’ and ‘problems’ (Alfrey et al., 2021; Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). Since values are always embedded within a cultural context, we need to ask whose values are represented in policies and whose are left out.

In this study I seek to investigate how ethnic and cultural diversity are problematised in PETE policy in three countries: Norway, Canada and Aotearoa/New Zealand. Following Carol Bacchi’s (2016) approach for analysing policy ‘What is the problem represented to be?’ (WPR), I take a closer look at programme descriptions and course syllabi from one case PETE programme from each country, additional documents are examined to trace back discourses and examine how a problem is represented as a certain type of problem. The main research question that will guide my investigation is how are ethnic and cultural diversity problematised in PETE course syllabi. This paper is important because it shows how each country’s context can amplify or silence certain discourses and voices (Alfrey et al., 2021) within policy documents. Furthermore, Bacchi’s WPR approach – which is about “teasing out the conceptual premises underpinning problem representations, tracing their genealogy, reflecting on the practices that sustain them and considering their effects” (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016, p. 17) – stimulates to think about policies in a different way, with a critical perspective, something that can be helpful for teacher educators who have to interpret these texts.

PETE is changing in many countries, while in Norway a new five-year PE specialist programme was introduced last fall, time and courses are being cut from PE in favour of more ‘sport science’ content in Canada and New Zealand. These changes will of course have an effect on PETE. By comparing different national contexts, I hope to highlight contextual possibilities and constraints of how ethnic and cultural diversity are addressed in PETE, as well as commonalities across borders. What the three countries have in common is that they are all getting increasingly more diverse populations and that all three have indigenous populations. Obviously, there are many differences given that each country is located on a different continent, with different historical trajectories of immigration, multiculturalism and the relation with Indigenous peoples. Both Canada and New Zealand are settler countries and historically have been immigrant countries, but while Canada is set in a multicultural framework, New Zealand is officially a bicultural nation, whereas Norway has only recently experienced immigration on a larger scale. Given the global nature of concerns around how increasing diversity should be addressed in teacher education, it is important to explore how these issues are approached in different contexts. According to Broadfoot (1999, as in Afdal, 2019, p. 261), comparative education research can “enhance awareness of possibilities, clarify contextual constraints and contribute to the development of a comprehensive socio-cultural perspective” of educational issues.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I used a multiple case study approach (reference) for this study to be able to consider the contextual variations between the three PETE programmes, from Norway, Canada and New Zealand. Thus, the aim of this study is not to give a comprehensive, or representative picture of PETE in the chosen countries, but rather, the case study approach can provide an in-depth view of one case per country with its contextual variations. The data for this study consists of course syllabi and programme descriptions (in one case programme accreditation documents) from three higher education institutions in Norway, Canada and New Zealand respectively. The institutions were chosen with the help of contact persons (who also helped me in identifying important documents) from the respective countries with the purpose of having either diverse student populations and/or known for implementing critical perspectives in their education.
For the analysis of the material, I used Bacchi’s (2009) ‘What’s the problem represented to be’ (WPR) approach. WPR is a Foucault-inspired, poststructuralist approach to analysing policy texts. The WPR approach challenges the claim that policies solve problems which are pre-existing, instead it encourages thinking of policies as practices that ‘produce’ problems as certain type of problems (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). In other words, looking at what the proposed solution is makes us understand what we think the problem is. The WPR approach thus encourages asking what kind of problem is produced exactly, how is it produced and what are the effects of it? To do that, Bacchi proposes a set of six questions which “work backwards from policy proposals to examine the unexamined ways of thinking on which they rely” (p. 21). However, the aim here is not to critique policies and replace them with another ‘truth’, but rather to invite to a critical reflection. The six interrelated questions are:

Q1. What is the ‘problem’ represented to be in a specific policy?
Q2. What deep-seated presuppositions or assumptions underlie this representation of the “problem”?
Q3. How has this representation of the ‘problem’ come about?
Q4. What is left unproblematic in this problem representation? Where are the silences? Can the “problem” be conceptualized differently?
Q5. What effects (discursive, subjectification, lived) are produced by this representation of the “problem”?
Q6. How and where has this representation of the “problem” been produced, disseminated and defended? How has it been and/or how can it be disrupted and replaced?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis revealed that while ethnic and cultural diversity are generally assumed to be a value added to the education, they also represent a challenge for which the future PE teachers need to be prepared for by gaining certain abilities and knowledges. Looking at the problematisations of ethnic and cultural diversity through Gorski’s (2009) typology of multicultural education, one can say that in all the  programmes from the three countries there is an overlap between discourses of liberal and critical multicultural education. With more distinct tendencies towards liberal multiculturalism in the Norwegian case and stronger tendencies towards critical multiculturalism in the Canadian but especially in the New Zealand case. Especially in the Norwegian case this could have effects on the preparedness of future PE teachers in addressing Sami issues and including Sami culture and worldviews in their teaching. However, it is important to keep in mind that while the Canadian and the New Zealand case dedicate more curriculum space to issues of ethnic and cultural diversity, a look at the actual time dedicated to education calls for a cautionary interpretation. With Norway just having developed a new 5-year PETE programme, while Canada and New Zealand have their, respectively, four- and three-year undergraduate programmes (in the best case with some PE content, and worst case very little to none) plus a one-year teacher education programme. This opens the question of how much time is actually spent on these topics in courses, with a busy schedule and many different aspects which need to be addressed within a short period of time.
References
Afdal, H. W. (2019). The promises and limitations of international comparative research on teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 42(2), 258-275. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1566316
Alfrey, L., Lambert, K., Aldous, D., & Marttinen, R. (2021). The problematization of the (im)possible subject: an analysis of Health and Physical Education policy from Australia, USA and Wales. Sport, Education and Society, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2021.2016682
Apelmo, E. (2022). What is the problem? Dis/ability in Swedish physical education teacher education syllabi. Sport, Education and Society, 27(5), 529-542. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2021.1884062
Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Making Politics Visible: The WPR Approach. In Poststructural Policy Analysis: A Guide to Practice (pp. 13-26). Palgrave Macmillan US. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-52546-8_2
Backman, E., & Larsson, H. (2016). What should a physical education teacher know? An analysis of learning outcomes for future physical education teachers in Sweden. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT PEDAGOGY, 21(2), 185-200. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2014.946007
Ball, S. J. (1990). Politics and policy making in education. Explorations in policy sociology. Routledge.
Ball, S. J. (1993). WHAT IS POLICY? TEXTS, TRAJECTORIES AND TOOLBOXES. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 13(2), 10-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0159630930130203
Cambridge Dictionary. (2022). Policy. In  https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/policy
Dowling, F., & Flintoff, A. (2018). A whitewashed curriculum? The construction of race in contemporary PE curriculum policy. https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84952662917&doi=10.1080%2f13573322.2015.1122584&partnerID=40&md5=e14e8d066acafe359c6cb68cd0861188
Fitzpatrick, K., & Allen, J. M. (2019). Decolonising health in education: Considering Indigenous knowledge in policy documents. In ‘Race’, Youth Sport, Physical Activity and Health (pp. 165-177). Routledge.
Gorski, P. C. (2009). What we're teaching teachers: An analysis of multicultural teacher education coursework syllabi. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(2), 309-318. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.07.008
Petherick, L. A. (2018). Race and culture in the secondary school health and physical education curriculum in Ontario, Canada: A critical reading. https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-85040744551&doi=10.1108%2fHE-11-2016-0059&partnerID=40&md5=04b4e7669e782b283211914459735c17
Philpot, R. A. (2017). In search of a critical PETE programme. EUROPEAN PHYSICAL EDUCATION REVIEW, 25(1), 48-64. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X17703770
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 L: Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Jana Strakova
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Global Learning in the Workplace – Companies’ Response to Globalization

Julia Hufnagl

Otto-Friedrich-Universität Bamberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Hufnagl, Julia

In order to deal with complex societal challenges such as climate change, globalization, global inequalities, and the scarcity of natural resources, the development of a holistic global understanding and a clarification of one's own role in the transformation process is central (cf. e.g. Veugelers & De Groot, 2019, p. 27; Witt, 2022). Against this background, education for sustainable development (ESD) and global citizenship education (GCE) address SDG 4.7 (UNESCO, 2019, p. 12). Although in the wake of the SDGs there is increasing pressure on companies to contribute to the development of 'global employees', the two concepts have so far remained largely unaddressed in the discourse on workplace learning. This paper therefore explores the role of corporate education and training in the context of global and sustainable developments in companies.
Tried and tested scales and models for capturing the necessary competencies for sustainable and global development are already available (e.g. Morais & Odgen, 2011; Seeber et al., 2019, Wiek et al., 2011). This paper transfers these competency models to in-company education and training and answers the following questions: to what extent do the existing competency profiles of training personnel meet the demands of companies in the fields of ESD and GCE? What potentials do current qualification offers in these two areas offer from the company's point of view and where is there a need for action?
The empirical basis for the article is provided by 10 expert interviews with company HR managers from 10 globally operating large companies from different industries (Meuser & Nagel, 2009). Using qualitative content analysis according to Mayring (2023), the interviews are evaluated deductively with reference to the above competency models.
The results systematically show the existing competence profiles as well as development needs of company education and training personnel in the field of sustainable thinking and acting. In addition, current requirements for corporate training and development personnel on the part of HR managers are identified and prioritized. The article provides concrete practical recommendations on the extent to which corporate framework conditions must change so that training personnel can meet the new tasks in the context of ESD and GCE, and it identifies necessary qualification offers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical basis for the article is provided by 10 expert interviews with company HR managers from 10 globally operating large companies from different industries (Meuser & Nagel, 2009). Using qualitative content analysis according to Mayring (2023), the interviews are evaluated deductively with reference to the above competency models.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The empirical basis for the article is provided by 10 expert interviews with company HR managers from 10 globally operating large companies from different industries (Meuser & Nagel, 2009). Using qualitative content analysis according to Mayring (2023), the interviews are evaluated deductively with reference to the above competency models.
The results systematically show the existing competence profiles as well as development needs of company education and training personnel in the field of sustainable thinking and acting. In addition, current requirements for corporate training and development personnel on the part of HR managers are identified and prioritized. The article provides concrete practical recommendations on the extent to which corporate framework conditions must change so that training personnel can meet the new tasks in the context of ESD and GCE, and it identifies necessary qualification offers.

References
Mayring, P. A. E. (2023). Qualitative content analysis. In International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition) (p. 314–322). Elsevier.
Meuser, M., & Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview — konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In: Pickel, S., Pickel, G., Lauth, HJ., & Jahn, D. (Hg.): Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Morais, D. B., & Ogden, A. C. (2011). Initial Development and Validation of the Global Citizenship Scale. Journal of Studies in International Education, 15(5), 445–466.
Seeber, S., Michaelis, C., Repp, A., Hartig, J., Aichele, C., Schumann, M., Anke, J.-M., Dierkes, S., & Siepelmeyer, D. (2019). Assessment of Competences in Sustainability Management: Analyses to the Construct Dimensionality. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 33(2), 148-158.
UNESCO (2019). Addressing global citizenship education in adult learning and education. Summary Report. UNESCO Institute for Lifeflong Learning, Hamburg.
Veugelers, W., & De Groot, I. (2019). Theory and Practice of Citizenship Education. In: Wiel, V. (Hg.): Education for Democratic Intercultural Citizenship. Leiden.
Wiek, A., Withycombe, L., & Redman, C. L. (2011). Key competencies in sustainability: a reference framework for academic program development. Sustainability Science, 6(2), 203-218.
Witt, A. (2022). Postpandemic futures of Global Citizenship Education for preservice teachers: Challenges and possibilities. PROSPECTS.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Sense of Self-Efficacy in VET Teachers

Arturo Garcia de Olalla, Maria Tugores-Ques, Carme Pinya-Medina, Elena Quintana-Murci, Francesca Salvà-Mut

University of the Balearic Islands, Spain

Presenting Author: Garcia de Olalla, Arturo

In recent years, Spain has experienced an increase in the number of students enrolled in Basic Vocational Education and Training (BVET) and Intermediate Vocational Education and Training (IVET). However, 4 years after enrolling, 41.7% of BVET students and 30.7% of IVET students would have dropped out of the degree and educational system (Ministry of education and vocational training, 2022). For these reasons, it is important to explore those variables that would help prevent dropout in Vocational Education and Training (VET).

Numerous studies have indicated that school engagement is one of the central elements in preventing dropout (Cerdà-Navarro et al., 2020). In addition, various investigations have pointed out the decisive role that teachers play in promoting school involvement (Roorda et al., 2011).

The Self-determination Theory (SDT) (Ryan & Deci, 2017), considers the influence of teaching practices on teaching-learning processes, focusing on the types and sources of motivation and their impact on student behaviour. According to SDT, it is essential to consider teachers' perceptions of their professional autonomy, teaching competence, and interpersonal skills as determinants not only of beliefs and intentions, but also of teaching practice and the connection established with students (Deci & Ryan, 2000; Niemiec & Ryan, 2009).

Bandura (1997) defined self-efficacy as the set of individual attitudes and beliefs that teachers have about their ability to accomplish particular activities successfully. Subsequent research has shown that self-efficacy beliefs is related to the ability to teach and facilitate learning process (Tschannen-Moran & Johnson, 2011). Furthermore, high levels of teacher self-efficacy predict better instructional practices (Zee & Koomen, 2016) and closer relationships with students (Hajovsky et al., 2020).

In order to determine which factors influence the feeling of teacher self-efficacy, Klassen and Chiu (2010) argued the influence of years of teaching experience on teachers' self-efficacy is a nonlinear relationship, increasing as more years of teaching experience are attained but decreasing in the last professional stage. However, Fackler & Malmberg (2016) found that years of professional experience do not predict teachers’ sense of self-efficacy. Siciliano (2016) noted that an optimal climate in the school and a good relationship and communication between teachers are factors that positively influence the teachers’ sense of self-efficacy. Finally, Fackler & Malmberg (2016) observed that having opportunities for professional development positively influences the teachers’ sense of self-efficacy.

Taking into account the little existing research on this construct in VET and understanding self-efficacy as an element of vital importance for teaching practice, which helps to improve the relationship with students and strengthens their school engagement, the objective of this research is to delve deeper into this concept, analyzing which factors influence the teaching self-efficacy of VET teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample is made up of 287 teachers from different VET centers in the Balearic Islands, Spain. Of the total sample, 153 are women and 133 are men, who have professional teaching experience that fluctuates between 1 and 40 years of experience. It should be noted that 106 teachers belong to BVET and 179 to IVET. In addition, 140 teachers have a technical specialty, and 139 a secondary specialty (general education). Finally, the hours of teacher training in the last 12 months range from 0 to 1800 hours.
Teachers’ feelings of self-efficacy were collected using the Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale (TSES) (Tschannen-Moran and Woolfolk, 2001), which consists of 24 items distributed in 3 subscales: Effectiveness in fostering student engagement, Effectiveness of applied teaching strategies, and Effectiveness in classroom management. The response scale is Likert-type and goes from 1 (not at all) to 9 (very much).
The hours of training, the employment situation of the teaching staff (temporary contract or permanent contract), the qualifications of the teaching staff (university degree or vocational training degree), and the years of professional teaching experience were collected from the data provided by the participating teachers. The variable impact of the training was collected through an item in which teachers were asked if they considered that the training carried out in the last 12 months had had a positive impact.
The sample was collected through an online questionnaire during the first semester of 2021 in vocational training centers, resulting in a total of 287 surveys.
In order to analyze which factors influence teachers' sense of self-efficacy, a linear regression analysis was carried out using teachers' sense of self-efficacy as the dependent variable, and the following variables as independent variables: the sex of the participants, the specialty to which they belong (technical or secondary), the type of VET (BVET or IVET), the impact of the training carried out (positive or negative), the hours of training carried out, the professional teaching experience, the employment situation (temporary contract or permanent contract), and the academic qualifications of the teaching staff (university degree or vocational training degree).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The linear regression analysis showed that the hours of training carried out (β = 0.001, t = 2.89, p = 0.004), the specialty (β = 0.196, t = 1.71, p = 0.090) and the professional teaching experience (β = 0.015, t = 2.30, p = 0.023) are significant predictors of students' academic performance. The preliminary results obtained reveal that teachers with a technical specialty report a greater sense of self-efficacy. In addition, the more training hours completed and the more years of professional teaching experience the greater the teachers' feeling of self-efficacy.
In line with previous research, the results point to professional teaching experience as a positive predictor of teachers’ sense of self-efficacy (Klassen & Chiu, 2010). In addition, teachers' sense of self-efficacy can be strengthened by attending training courses (Fackler & Malmberg, 2016).
In addition, this research shows that those teachers who belong to the technical staff and who practice teaching in VET will have a greater feeling of self-efficacy, evidencing VET as an academic path differentiated from general education, which requires teachers to have a specialty according to the contents of each degree.
The preliminary results coincide with the results obtained in previous research (Fackler & Malmberg, 2016; Klassen & Chiu, 2010) and provide new evidence exploring the sense of self-efficacy in VET.
This work is part of the R&D project PID2019-108342RB-I00, founded by MCIN/ AEI/10.13039/501100011033/

References
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W H Freeman/Times Books/ Henry Holt & Co.
Cerdà-Navarro, A., Salvà-Mut, F., & Sureda-García, I. (2020). Dropout intention and effective dropout during the first academic year in intermediate vocational education and training: An analysis taking the student engagement concept as a reference. Estudios Sobre Educacion, 39, 33–57. https://doi.org/10.15581/004.39.33-57
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01
Fackler, S., & Malmberg, L. E. (2016). Teachers’ self-efficacy in 14 OECD countries: Teacher, student group, school and leadership effects. Teaching and Teacher Education, 56, 185–195. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.03.002
Hajovsky, D. B., Chesnut, S. R., & Jensen, K. M. (2020). The role of teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs in the development of teacher-student relationships. Journal of School Psychology, 82, 141–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2020.09.001
Klassen, R. M., & Chiu, M. M. (2010). Effects on teachers' self-efficacy and job satisfaction: Teacher gender, years of experience, and job stress. Journal of Educational Psychology, 102(3), 741–756. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0019237
Ministry of education and vocational training (2022). Estadística del alumnado de formación profesional, https://www.educacionyfp.gob.es/dam/jcr:4cd62b54-42e8-4c40-97a5-cf9c6ac318ce/nota.pdf
Niemiec, C. P., & Ryan, R. M. (2009). Autonomy, competence, and relatedness in the classroom: Applying self-determination theory to educational practice. Theory and Research in Education, 7(2), 133–144. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878509104318
Roorda, D. L., Koomen, H. M. Y., Spilt, J. L., & Oort, F. J. (2011). The influence of affective teacher-student relationships on students’ school engagement and achievement: A meta-analytic approach. Review of Educational Research, 81(4), 493–529. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311421793
Ryan, R.M., & Deci, E.L. (2017). Self-Determination Theory: Basic psychologycal needs in motivation, development and wellnes (1st ed). Guilford Press.
Siciliano, M. D. (2016). It’s the Quality Not the Quantity of Ties That Matters: Social Networks and Self-Efficacy Beliefs. American Educational Research Journal, 53(2), 227–262. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831216629207
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: capturing an elusive construct. In Teaching and Teacher Education (Vol. 17).
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Johnson, D. (2011). Exploring literacy teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs: Potential sources at play. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(4), 751–761. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.12.005
Zee, M., & Koomen, H. M. Y. (2016). Teacher Self-Efficacy and Its Effects on Classroom Processes, Student Academic Adjustment, and Teacher Well-Being: A Synthesis of 40 Years of Research. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 981–1015. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315626801


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Life’s a Long Song – Educational History and its Impact on CVET Decision-Making

Christopher Zirnig

University of Hohenheim, Germany

Presenting Author: Zirnig, Christopher

This study is an empirical contribution to the explanation of class-specific educational inequality in continuing vocational education and training (CVET). Inequalities in CVET build up or down over the life course. It is in relation to this life course dependency that I want to examine educational behavior in CVET (O'Rand 2006). Class-differentiating educational decisions are related to class-specific differences in the cost-benefit trade-off. Those decisions then - mediated by the selection and allocation function of the educational system and the resources of the parental home - lead to social inequality of educational opportunities. An important conceptual distinction of social educational inequalities is that between primary and secondary effects (Boudon 1974). The latter is aimed in particular at social inequalities that arise outside the education system and already before entry into the (pre-)school education system - i.e., primarily within the family of origin. Inequalities during a person’s life course shape their attitudes towards CVET (Loeng 2020).

In the public and academic debate, a close and direct connection between educational systems and educational decisions is often assumed (Van de Werfhorst and Mijs 2010). Such a connection is of interest mainly because educational institutions are among the factors that are in principle open to political control and can thus be shaped. In contrast to early pre-vocational education, two characteristics become important in the case of CVET. First, educational decisions are no longer made within the framework of institutionally predetermined decision-making latitude, i.e., under specifications of the respective decision alternatives and access criteria. According to educational research, a large part of adult learning processes takes place outside of educational organizations (Livingstone 1999, Livingstone 2001, Holland 2019). The decision for or against CVET and the knowledge of relevant and necessary educational offers are thus even more dependent on the individual and his or her decision-making and subjective and objective knowledge about educational offers. Second, the dimension of standardization ceases to apply. An institutional anchoring of education with predefined (humanistic) educational ideals and determined standards is increasingly being replaced by the practice- and application-oriented perspective on education. Education becomes economically exploitable employability, which is also discussed under the term “subjectification of education” (Ryökkynen, Maunu et al. 2022). In this sense, the term "vocational education" is becoming more diffuse as it is applied to an increasingly wide range of different learning processes and as CVET becomes less and less definable by institutional or content-related criteria. In particular, the specification of forms of "organized learning" (Bildungskommission 1970: 197) can no longer be convincing today in view of the increasing importance of informal learning (Eraut* 2004, Holmgren and Sjöberg 2022).

The paper first provides a brief overview of empirical findings on social inequalities in the (German) CVET landscape in order to clarify key comparative dimensions of the observed educational differences. Then, based on a number of problems identified, the paper outlines the main features of a research program that combines the analysis of CVET with that of an individual decision-making behavior and educational history. The research question is Q: What impact do (parental) educational decisions during school time, bounded rationality/norms and framing of education and the learning environment during school time have on educational decisions on CVET?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I draw data from the German National Educational Panel Study Starting Cohort 4 (SC4) (Blossfeld and Roßbach 2021, NEPS-Netzwerk 2021) to study a cohort of students starting from Grade 9 into work life, when the transition from school to work life and early tracking of CVET is possible. Based on the research question derived from the theory, there are five main variables relevant for this study: The participation in different CVET programs (outcome variable); (parental) educational decisions during school time (predictor), bounded rationality/norms and framing of education (predictor), learning environment during school time (predictor), individual educational history (predictor) and, additionally, social economic status (moderating variables). I use structural equation modeling (SEM) to investigate the influence of educational background to CVET decision-making. Structural equation models are well-suited for analyzing panel data in the field of education (Voelkle, Oud et al. 2012). The ability to examine changes in relationships over time makes SEM a powerful tool for studying educational outcomes. Firstly, SEM can be used to model the impact of family background, peer effects, bounded rationality/norms and framing of education and the learning environment on student achievement. Secondly, SEM can handle both within-individual and between-individual effects, which is important in the analysis of panel data in vocational education. This allows for the examination of changes in individuals' educational behavior over time, as well as differences in behavior across individuals. This can provide valuable insights into the factors that drive vocational educational choices and the mechanisms through which they impact outcomes. Thirdly, SEM can control for unobserved heterogeneity, such as individual abilities and preferences, which may affect both educational behavior and outcomes. This helps in reducing bias and improving the accuracy of the estimates.
With the rational choice concepts of costs and benefits and status preservation I will trace educational decisions of respondents and their parents throughout respondents’ school education. Additionally, bounded rationality/norms and framing of education serves as concepts to measure attitudes and aspirations towards education, both of respondents’ and their parents/familiar background.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
CVET is becoming even more crucial for workers’ employability as the rise of AI technologies shape and change more and more jobs. It is important to better understand inequalities in vocational education, where they come from and how they function, in order to minimize them. Educational trajectories are characterized by episodes and transitions in the individual life course. The social inequality in education changes during the life course due to cumulative selection processes (Mare 1980). The educational status observed in a person at a particular point in time cannot necessarily be explained by current conditions. The decisive factor is often the individual's previous history, and this must also be taken into account when analyzing educational inequalities in CVET. Correlations result from the individual or parental decision-making behavior during the corresponding transition. This behavior is linked to the development of preferences, but also to the individual performance development of the child or adolescent. Therefore, the importance of longitudinal performance measurement becomes apparent. Only this way can it be decided at which levels social selections 'ultimately' take place and to what extent the further development of competencies, the acquisition of certificates and the genesis of educational decisions tend to be mere consequences of previous selection processes.
Along with relative risk aversion theory (Boudon 1974, Breen and Goldthorpe 1997) I assume that expectation of employability has a strong impact on CVET choices. Lower educated workers should see more benefits in directly applicable knowledge. Status maintenance considerations should cause higher educated workers to enter courses that facilitate access to higher status positions. Additionally, they should be better able to navigate through the diffusion of informal educational offers and, hence, use more diverse and informal learning programs. In sum, these decisions factors should contribute to socially selective decision behavior in the choice of CVET programs.

References
Bildungskommission, D. B. (1970). Strukturplan für das Bildungswesen: verabschiedet auf der 27. Sitzung der Bildungskommission am 13. Februar 1970, Bundesdruckerei.
Blossfeld, H.-P. and H.-G. Roßbach (2021). Education as a lifelong process: The german national educational panel study (NEPS). Wiesbaden, Springer.
Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in western society. New York, Wiley.
Breen, R. and J. H. Goldthorpe (1997). "Explaining educational differentials: Towards a formal rational action theory." Rationality and society 9(3): 275-305. https://doi.org/10.1177/104346397009003002.
Eraut*, M. (2004). "Informal learning in the workplace." Studies in Continuing Education 26(2): 247-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/158037042000225245.
Holland, A. A. (2019). "Effective principles of informal online learning design: A theory-building metasynthesis of qualitative research." Computers & Education 128: 214-226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.09.026. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0360131518302719.
Holmgren, R. and D. Sjöberg (2022). "The value of informal workplace learning for police education teachers’ professional development." Journal of Workplace Learning 34(7): 593-608. 10.1108/JWL-04-2021-0040. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-04-2021-0040.
Livingstone, D. W. (1999). "Exploring the icebergs of adult learning: Findings of the first Canadian survey of informal learning practices." https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED436651.
Livingstone, D. W. (2001). "Adults' informal learning: Definitions, findings, gaps and future research." Centre for the Study of Education and Work. https://hdl.handle.net/1807/2735.
Loeng, S. (2020). "Self-directed learning: A core concept in adult education." Education Research International 2020(Article ID: 3816132). https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/3816132.
Mare, R. D. (1980). "Social background and school continuation decisions." Journal of the American Statistical Association 75(370): 295-305. 10.1080/01621459.1980.10477466. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/01621459.1980.10477466.
NEPS-Netzwerk (2021). Nationales Bildungspanel, Scientific Use File der Startkohorte Klasse 9. Bamberg, Leibniz-Institut für Bildungsverläufe (LIfBi). https://doi.org/10.5157/NEPS:SC4:12.0.0.
O'Rand, A. M. (2006). Nine - Stratification and the Life Course: Life Course Capital, Life Course Risks, and Social Inequality. Handbook of Aging and the Social Sciences (Sixth Edition). R. H. Binstock, L. K. George, S. J. Cutler, J. Hendricks and J. H. Schulz. Burlington, Academic Press: 145-162. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012088388-2/50012-2.
Ryökkynen, S., A. Maunu, R. Pirttimaa and E. K. Kontu (2022). "Learning about students’ receiving special educational support experiences of qualification, socialization and subjectification in finnish vocational education and training: A narrative approach." Education Sciences 12(2). 10.3390/educsci12020066.
Van de Werfhorst, H. G. and J. J. B. Mijs (2010). "Achievement Inequality and the Institutional Structure of Educational Systems: A Comparative Perspective." Annual Review of Sociology 36(1): 407-428. 10.1146/annurev.soc.012809.102538. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.soc.012809.102538.
Voelkle, M. C., J. H. L. Oud, E. Davidov and P. Schmidt (2012). "An SEM approach to continuous time modeling of panel data: Relating authoritarianism and anomia." Psychological Methods 17: 176-192. 10.1037/a0027543.
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 M: Ethnography in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Mhairi Beaton
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

An Autoethnography of a Dyslexic PhD Tutor in the UK

Jessica Eccles-Padwick

Edge Hill University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Eccles-Padwick, Jessica

Introduction

There is a lack of first-hand accounts from dyslexic Higher Education (HE) tutors within the literature. This investigation will add to a body of research, offering insight and understanding into the experience of a dyslexic tutor working in HE. Being an autoethnographic inquiry, the work derived from this study is not intended to be universal; experiences shown in this project should exist for others to respond to in the wake of a lack of accounts. Moreover, the findings of this investigation possess the power to resonate with others where intersections of their lives may be similar, including national and international colleagues. The rationale for using my own first-hand account stems from a lack of autoethnographic accounts of dyslexic tutors in HE. Several studies in the literature detail the experience of dyslexic trainee teachers (Glazzard & Dale, 2013; 2015; Jacobs, Collyer, Lawernce, & Glazzard, 2021); dyslexic students (Robinson, 2017; Shaw & Anderson, 2018; Gant & Hewson, 2022); and dyslexic tutors teaching at various levels of study (Riddick, 2003; Griffiths, 2012; Patrícia, Borges, Pinto, 2022). However, most of these works do not utilise autoethnographic approaches. Additionally, none of the accounts mentioned reflect on tutors who develop a dyslexic identity whilst teaching.

The ontological and epistemological stances taken in this work are social constructivism (SC). I will conduct this work with the notion that reality is the product of agreed-upon concepts (Cresswell & Poth, 2016). Autoethnography is suited to be framed via SC, as I am embracing that in a world where agreement by society dictates what we know of a given thing, under this framework, I know intimately about the thing I am researching – my experience. I am seeking to demonstrate the relationship between being an educator and being dyslexic so that others may understand my experience in their views. The findings of the study are not meant to be generalisable, however, these may be relatable and encouraging to others who find themselves in a similar position or those who desire to understand the authentic experience of dyslexic tutors; an important consideration given the lack of representation for dyslexic educators in HE (Hiscock & Leigh, 2020).

Background
My own experience of teaching and dyslexic identity covers a period of five years. Firstly, I taught in a college during my undergraduate degree, with no firm conception of what dyslexia/ being dyslexic was. I then studied for a teacher training degree immediately after learning of my dyslexic status; finally, currently, I am a Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) at a UK HE institution, whilst writing my PhD on dyslexic experiences, and self-identify as dyslexic. The sections and intersection of these stages of my life chart the development of my professional practice and dyslexic identity. Whether or not learning more about those aspects of myself that can be called dyslexic has had any impact or influence on the way I teach is unclear. This investigation will offer insight into my own lived experience, where readers may relate or empathise, in response to the research question: In what ways has the development of my dyslexic identity impacted my professional practice?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
Being inductive in nature, autoethnography is a congruent methodology for inquiry, as I will critically analyse my experience concerning the literature showing instances that complement and contrast.
Autoethnography offers an avenue to “[converse] with the literature” (Wall, 2008, p.40), allowing for a zoomed-in view of practice at the granular level, paying attention to nuances of details in embodied examples of practice (Adams, Ellis, & Jones, 2017). Considering my aim is to develop my practice, I need to reflect on what I do and why I do it (Lee, 2020). Through using an autoethnographic approach, I will add concrete examples to the body of literature by sharing my account relating to the literature (Ellis, Adams, & Bochner, 2011). While some deem autoethnography only a method for illustrating personal accounts (Ellis & Bochner, 2000; Walford, 2004), I intend to link themes within the literature to my experience. Using a rigorous approach in my reflexivity when investigating the complements and contrast of my account to other works, as bias is unavoidable in ethnographic work and should be embraced by the researcher (Duncan, 2004).
Reflexivity is a core element within autoethnographic research. Rather than prising objectivity in this study, the inevitable subjectivity of my approach to the question should be embraced and made transparent. Being part (and chiefly, the narrator) of the world that I am seeking to illustrate will require me to pay close attention to my position towards the data. The evolving relationship between the data and myself will be highlighted in a reflexivity journal, enabling me to highlight my assumptions and biases when sharing insights.
Methods
I will create entries in a dedicated research journal as the main method, whilst also using artefacts (e.g., previous personal diary entries over the past five years) to support relevant themes as they develop.
The resultant data will be analysed using reflexive thematic analysis ((TA) Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2019; Clarke & Braun, 2013)). Using reflexive TA will enable me to identify resonant themes from the insights and accounts (Wilkinson, 2020).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes of this inquiry may focus on self-concept, agency, identity and inclusion. Whilst the research is ongoing, emergent themes have highlighted the importance of self-concept when navigating the development of a new identities. through the course of the research I will continue to analyse the data and disseminate findings, aligning finding to research in the literature.
References
Adams, T. E., Ellis, C., & Jones, S. H. (2017). Autoethnography. The international encyclopedia of communication research methods, 1-11.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77101.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597.  
Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Successful Qualitative Research, 1-400.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications.
Duncan, M. (2004). Autoethnography: Critical appreciation of an emerging art. International journal of qualitative methods, 3(4), 28-39.
Ellis, C., & Bochner, A. P. (2000). Autoethnography, personal narrative, reflexivity. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 733-768). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Ellis, C., Adams, T. E., & Bochner, A. P. (2011). Autoethnography: an overview. Historical social research/Historische sozialforschung, 273-290.
Hiscock, J., & Leigh, J. (2020). Exploring perceptions of and supporting dyslexia in teachers in higher education in STEM. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 57(6), 714-723.
Lee, K. (2020). Autoethnography as an authentic learning activity in online doctoral education: An integrated approach to authentic learning. TechTrends, 64(4), 570-580.
Walford, G. (2004). Finding the limits: Autoethnography and being an Oxford University proctor. Qualitative research, 4(3), 403-417.  
Wall, S. (2008). Easier said than done: Writing an autoethnography. International journal of qualitative methods, 7(1), 38-53.
Wilkinson, C. (2020). Imposter syndrome and the accidental academic: An autoethnographic account. International Journal for Academic Development, 25(4), 363-374.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Invisible Change: Informal Learning Practices among Craftspeople in SMEs - A subjectivation-theoretical analysis into the affective creation of learning identities

Milan Glatzer, Antje Barabasch

SFUVET, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Glatzer, Milan

The project presents preliminary results of the research into informal and non-formal training practices of photovoltaic system assemblers in Switzerland. The research follows an empirical subjectivation approach and aims to understand the interrelation between normatively loaded education-discourses, intrinsic learning ambitions and the construction of workers identities. Such knowledge is necessary for understanding increasingly diverse careers and corresponding new learning needs.

In Europe, the competition with uprising economies and the unfolding of a knowledge society has amplified political efforts, to institutionalize a culture of lifelong learning (LLL). Such efforts are accompanied by the establishment of normatively loaded discourse regarding ideal learning-subjects, which emphasize flexibilization, self-disciplining and individual responsibility (Holzer 2014; Mariager et. al 2016; Rothe 2011). The shift in responsibility for one's own positioning in the social hierarchy, has strengthened the importance of educational certificates, gained through formal training. At the same time, research in adult education has come to recognize the importance of informal learning for further education. This applies especially to craftspeople in SMEs who demonstrate a strong culture of “learning by doing” (Dobischat et al. 2019; Eraut 2004; Fenwick 2008). The consequence is a conflictual relationship between the learning ideals conveyed by the LLL-discourse and the learning dispositions of craftspeople. The questions appear, how do craftspeople from SMEs, with extensive experience in lifelong learning, relate to formal education courses and the LLL-discourse throughout their identity-work, and how does their identity as learners instruct their informal learning practices?

The photovoltaic system industry in Switzerland is of special interest for these questions, as it lacks a standardized apprenticeship system and relies on non-formal and informal learning strategies. This circumstance attracts a range of diversely qualified workers with extensive experience in informal and lifelong learning. At the same time, the industry is undergoing a process of formalization, with the first apprenticeship-course starting in 2024 („Grünes Licht für Schweizer Solarlehren ab 2024“ 2022). This change is likely to require experienced assemblers to take part in formal training courses which threatens to devaluate their identity as experienced professionals and conflict with their intrinsic learning ambitions. The goal of this research is to document the strategies of assemblers to address these challenges by looking at both, the institutional adaptations of the companies and the identity-adaptations by the assemblers.

Examining this tension provides valuable insights into the conflictual dichotomy between formal and informal learning and ways to overcome it. Such insights are of importance for establishing ways to formally accredit professional experience, thereby supporting people in their learning needs as career jumpers and lifelong learners. The research is conducted through a qualitative case study approach, involving interviews with assemblers and participatory observations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to be able to describe the assemblers’ learning attitudes and practices, the establishment of a trusting relationship is essential. This is made possible by ethnographic approaches using participant observation. Therefore, I am exposing myself to the informal and non-formal learning practices of assemblers over a period of several months.

In addition to field observations, an interview analysis based on subjectification theoretical approaches will be conducted. Empirical subjectivation research is dedicated to the study of people's practices of self-formation within symbolic orders (Geimer et al. 2018, 2). In order to examine the interrelation between embodied and discursive knowledge structures, a methodological consolidation is suggested which combines Geimer's Documentary Subjectification Analysis with Bosancic's Interpretative Subjectification Analysis.

Central to the Interpretative Subjectivation Analysis is the merging of discourse and subject analysis. Accordingly, both levels are reconstructed in relation to each other through analyzing the constitution of human self-references. For such an amalgamation, principles of the Sociological Discourse Analysis of knowledge are combined with principles of the American Interpretive Paradigm. With reference to the former, Foucault's concept of discourse is applied so that socially circulating "subject models" and accompanying normative appeal-structures are determined (Bosancic 2014, 171). With reference to the Interpretive Paradigm, on the other hand, Mead's concepts of identity formation are mobilized, so that social interaction processes – as the occur in interviews – come into view for the constitution of self-references (ibid. 77).

Geimers approach is based on Bohnsack's documentary method and distinguishes between implicit and reflexive knowledge, whereby it assigns action-guiding relevance to the former (cf. Bohnsack 2009: 321). Accordingly, analytical access to such bodies of knowledge cannot be achieved through a theoretical explication of the interviewees. Instead, it is necessary to explore the "structure of meaning" behind the statements of the interviewees, so that knowledge structures are investigated that are beyond the scope of the interviewees' reflection (ibid.: 324). Accordingly, the central task of the Documentary Method is "to make implicit knowledge explicit" (ibid.). Although in the Documentary Method the focus is on action-guiding knowledge, the interest is not in the actions themselves, but in the orientations of the actors regarding their actions (ibid.: 325). Bohnsack emphasizes the extent to which ultimately such orientation patterns are decisive for the creation of continuity in action (ibid.).

Since the different research approaches complement each other in their epistemic design, a triangulation between the approaches is pursued.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary observations indicate that installers make little reference to the discourse around lifelong learning in their self-narratives. A major reason for this is the individualistic orientation of the discourse. Instead, there are indications that a collectivist motive of local belonging is crucial for the installers, both for their own self-image and for their own motivation to learn. Thus, the self-narratives of the solar installers also hardly mention the contribution made to the preservation of climate goals. Instead, aesthetic components of the newly learned profession in particular come to the fore for identity formation. The observations raise questions regarding successful continuing education strategies for skilled trades.
References
Bosančić, Saša. 2019. „Die Forschungsperspektive der Interpretativen Subjektivierungsanalyse“. In Subjekt und Subjektivierung, herausgegeben von

Alexander Geimer, Steffen Amling, und Saša Bosančić, 43–64. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-22313-7_3.

Dobischat, Rolf, Bernd Käpplinger, Gabriele Molzberger, und Dieter Münk, Hrsg. 2019. Bildung  2.1 für Arbeit 4.0? Bd. 6. Bildung und Arbeit. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-23373-0.

Eraut, Michael. 2004. „Informal Learning in the Workplace“. Studies in Continuing Education 26 (2): 247–73. https://doi.org/10.1080/158037042000225245.

Fenwick, Tara. 2008. „Workplace Learning: Emerging Trends and New Perspectives“. New
Directions for Adult and Continuing Education 2008 (119): 17–26. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.302.

Geimer, Ivanander / Steffen Amling / Sasa Bosancic (2019): Einleitung: Anliegen und Konturen der Subjektivierungsforschung, in: Subjekt und Subjektivierung: Empirische und theoretische Perspektiven auf Subjektivierungsprozesse, Wiesbaden, Deutschland:
Springer VS. S. 1-11.

„Grünes Licht für Schweizer Solarlehren ab 2024“. 2022. 20. Dezember 2022.
https://www.swissolar.ch/services/medien/news/detail/n-n/gruenes-licht-fuer-schweizer-solarlehren-ab-2024/

Holzer, Daniela. 2014. „Widerstand gegen (Weiter-)Bildung als solidarische Praxis? Zwischen Heroisierungen, begrifflichen Missverständnissen und gesellschaftspolitischen Möglichkeiten“. In Expansive Bildungspolitik – Expansive Bildung? Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-06669-7.

Mariager-Anderson, Kristina, Pia Cort, und Rie Thomsen. 2016. „‘In Reality, I Motivate Myself!’. ‘Low-Skilled’ Workers’ Motivation: Between Individual and Societal Narratives“. British Journal of Guidance & Counselling 44 (2): 171–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2016.1145191.

Prenzel, Manfred. 1993. „Autonomie und Motivation im Lernen Erwachsener“.
https://doi.org/10.25656/01:11174.

Rothe, Daniela. 2011. Lebenslanges Lernen als Programm: Eine diskursive Formation in der Erwachsenenbildung. Frankfurt/M.: Campus Verlag.
Schüepp, Philipp. 2017. Weiterbildung in Schweizer KMU. Resultate einer
explorativen Befragung bei 11 Betrieben. Zürich: SVEB (https://alice.ch/de/
informiert-bleiben/publikationen/).

Thole, Christiane. 2021. Berufliche Identitätsarbeit als Bildungsauftrag der Berufsschule. DE: wbv Media. https://doi.org/10.3278/6004730w.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Ethnographic Research on Inclusive Education in North-South Relations – Exclusionary Methodologies Included?

Felicitas Kruschick

Leibniz University Hanover, Germany

Presenting Author: Kruschick, Felicitas

This paper discusses - on a methodological basis - how the entanglement of research object (inclusive education), method (ethnography) and researcher (myself) constructs research on inclusive education in North-South relations. In addition, this paper illustrates how this construction leads to a reproduction of exclusive dynamics within this field of research, by taking into account an Inclusion and Open Science (OS) perspective. These patterns suggest at elements of an ongoing and contemporary postcolonial context in terms of knowledge production, representation and equity. The methodological discussion is part of my PhD project on inclusive education practices in rural Ghana.

To begin with, doing research on inclusive education in an international context is of a human rights based and developmental interest, as both the UN-Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN-CRPD) and the Agenda 2030 have politically and legally anchored inclusive education at the international level. However, doing research on this concept in an international context is problematic: both inclusion and dis/ability are considered to be contextually generated constructs that consequently differ from context to context. Both phenomena are themselves constructs that combine socio-economic, historical and politically shaped perspectives. (Singal, 2010, 2013) As a result, an a priori understanding of disability or inclusion is not reliable, so that the concept of inclusive education is limited to the contextual factors in which these phenomena are considered.

The need to discuss and reflect on contextual factors is of particular interest in North-South relations, which are characterized by issues of post-colonialism, power and inequity. This is not sufficiently pursued by academics. Consequently, the negotiation of inclusive education is described as a form of "('western') cultural imperialism" (Haskell, 1998) or as “from the West to the rest” (Grech, 2011). This aspect is hardly surprising, given that the concept itself results from reforms and developments of education systems in the so-called Global North (Global North is italicized to emphasize that it is a social construct based on a discriminatory ideology) (Werning et al., 2016).

It becomes evident that the theoretical negotiation is far away from an open, collaborative, and inclusive interaction that the idea of OS aspires to. By defining OS as a call for the democratization and decolonization of research (Chan et al., 2019), it becomes clear that the dominant norms within knowledge production create an exclusive, constant re-legitimization, in which diversity plays a marginal role. Hence, this closed research process does not fulfil the idea of a science that considers diversity, equity and inclusion as guiding research principles. This framework spans a field of tension where methodology, theory and epistemology need to be critically examined in order to achieve equitable representation, participation and diversity. (Bivand Erdal, 2019; Vicente-Saez & Martinez-Fuentes, 2018)

Furthermore, inclusive education theory in North-South relations points to methodological challenges: how is research ethically justifiable? Contextualizing my dissertation project on inclusive education practice in rural Ghana within the inclusive education theory and within the OS framework, I critically discussed the development of an inclusive research design in order to reduce exclusive dynamics. To achieve this, I address exclusion in several areas, which in turn may provide implications for an inclusive research process: object, method, and researcher. As outlined, the overarching research interest lies at both a methodological (I.) and a theoretical (II.) level:

  1. How does the entanglement of researcher (me), object (inclusive education) and method (ethnography) construct the perspective on inclusive education in North-South relations?
  2. How is the inclusive education practice adopted in rural Ghana?

Consequently, I will be able to present the inclusive education practice in rural Ghana as constructive, by considering both levels as influencing each other.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Situating myself within the ethnographic paradigm (Atkinson, Coffey, Delamont, Lofland & Lofland, 2014; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019; Sancho Gil & Hernández-Hernández, 2021), I conducted ethnographic fieldwork in rural Ghana twice for about two months each: in 2017 and 2019. During this time, I lived with a host family in a village of about 200 people, which allowed me to immerse myself in everyday practices, challenges and routines. After weeks of developing access through my constant presence in the area, I met Paul (anonymized), who was introduced to me by the villagers as a mentally and physically disabled boy. From this point on, I was allowed to accompany Paul to school, to attend lessons, interact with teachers and learn about other forms of schooling and activities. I took field notes during my observations and ethnographic interviews, which I then transcribed into protocols. I gained insights through both participant observation and observational participation.
The ethnographic paradigm itself represents a constructive process, firstly because of the observations based on the perceptions and perspectives of the researcher, and secondly because of the translation from what is observed to what is recorded in the field notes. Considering the concept of inclusive education as relational, I therefore had to work out the impact of subjective perspectives and the location from which they are observed. I therefore considered subjectivity as an epistemic value. As a result, I developed a personal style of writing ethnographic field notes in which I express subjectivity (Beatty, 2010; Emerson, Fretz & Shaw, 2011). While research in this context runs the risk of reproducing a "from the West to the rest" (Grech, 2011) mentality at both a theoretical and methodological level, I am attempting to explore a way of considering the influence of myself within this research process in this way.
My empirical material is analyzed according to the Grounded Theory Methodology of Strauss and Corbin (1996) and Charmaz (2006), focusing on two different but related levels: the practice of inclusive education and how the observations and experiences affected me as a researcher and as a person. Subjectivity (emotions, irritations, uncertainties of action) became of great interest as a source of knowledge as the analysis gains an empirical basis that can be analyzed systematically, critically and self-reflexively. This step allows me to draw conclusions about (linguistic) images, 'othering' processes and norms that arise from my socialization.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My expected outcomes are based firstly on the level of knowledge production and secondly on the level of access to and participation in knowledge.

At the first level, I trace exclusive dynamics by analyzing my ethnographic data in focus (I), atmosphere (II) and formulation (III) and ask how they relate to the biases mentioned below:
I. What did I focus on during the fieldwork? What did I leave out?
II. What atmosphere does my subjective style of writing style create? How does it reproduce essentialisation? How (detailed) do I describe?
III. What kind of words do I use to describe inclusive educational practice? How do they contribute to processes of 'othering'?

At the second level, I distinguish between epistemic (a), structural (b), institutional (c) and personal (d) biases.
a. How open am I to ‘other’ forms of (embodied) knowledge? Beyond scientific assumptions, what cultural, historical or political conditions and perspectives influence the ethnographic paradigm and the research questions I pose?
b. How do I decide whom to cite in my research? Where will I publish and with whom will I share and discuss my research? Do I primarily cite researchers from the Global North?
c. How diverse are the interpreters with whom I work? Do I get heterogeneous perspectives on inclusive education and knowledge production? To what extent are my working groups defined by white, endo-cis male, able-bodied, middle-class and Christian socialized people?
d. How have I been socialized? How do people's external characteristics influence my evaluation of their work?

In summary, the exclusionary entanglement of researcher, object and method produces what I have termed ‘Knowledge Inequity’ within the OS movement. It can be seen as both a consequence and a cause of the “from West to the rest” mentality (Kruschick & Schoch, 2023; Steinhardt & Kruschick, 2022).

References
Atkinson, P., Coffey, A., Delamont, S., Lofland, J. & Lofland, L. (Eds.). (2014). Handbook of ethnography (Reprinted.). Los Angeles London New Delhi Singapore Washington DC: SAGE.

Beatty, A. (2010). How Did It Feel for You? Emotion, Narrative, and the Limits of Ethnography. American Anthropologist, 112(3), 430–443. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1548-1433.2010.01250.x

Bivand Erdal, M. (2019). Open Knowledge Beyond Replicability – PRIO Blogs. Last access 8.12.2022. Available at: https://blogs.prio.org/2019/10/open-knowledge-beyond-replicability/

Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. London ; Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage Publications.

Day, E. (2002). Me, My*self and I: Personal and Professional Re-Constructions in Ethnographic Research. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Re-search, 3(3). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-3.3.824

Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I. & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes (Chicago guides to writing, editing, and publishing) (2nd ed.). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Grech, S. (2011). Recolonising debates or perpetuated coloniality? Decentring the spaces of disability, development and community in the global South. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(1), 87–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.496198

Hammersley, M. & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: principles in practice (4 Edition.). New York: Routledge.

Haskell, S. H. (1998). Inclusive schooling: The contemporary cultural imperialism of western ideologies. Hold at the Second International Exhibition and Congress on Rehabilitation, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Kruschick, F. & Schoch, K. (2023). Knowledge equity and Open Science: An attempt to outline the field from a feminist research perspective. Research Ideas and Outcomes, 8.

Sancho Gil, J. M. & Hernández-Hernández, F. (Eds.). (2021). Becoming an educational ethnographer: the challenges and opportunities of undertaking research. Abingdon, Oxon ; New York: Routledge.

Singal, N. (2010). Doing disability research in a Southern context: challenges and possibilities. Disability & Society, 25(4), 415–426. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687591003755807

Singal, N. (2013). Disability, poverty and education. London: Routledge.

Steinhardt, I. & Kruschick, F. (2022). Knowledge Equity and Open Science in qualitative research – Practical research considerations. Research Ideas and Outcomes, 8, e86387. https://doi.org/10.3897/rio.8.e86387

Strauss, A. L. & Corbin, J. (1996). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Weinheim: Beltz.

Van Maanen, J. (2011). Tales of the field: on writing ethnography (Second edition.). Chicago: University of Chicago press.

Vicente-Saez, R. & Martinez-Fuentes, C. (2018). Open Science now: A systematic literature review for an integrated definition. Journal of Business Research, 88, 428–436. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2017.12.043

Werning, R.; Artiles, A. J.; Engelbrecht, P.; Hummel, M.; Caballeros, M. & Rothe, A. (Eds.). (2016). Keeping the promise? Contextualizing inclusive education in developing countries. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt.
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 N: Educational Leadership
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Contemporary Roles of Chairpersons, Principals and Teachers on Boards of Management in Primary Schools in the Republic of Ireland

Michael Buckley, Gavin Murphy

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Buckley, Michael

Governance of primary schools in the Republic of Ireland is an area that is not well researched in the national educational research literature (cf. O'Sullivan and West-Burnham, 2012). According to a recent report from the former Department of Education Chief Inspector of schools, Dr Harold Hislop, “because of their voluntary nature, boards might not be adequately equipped for their significant responsibilities... The voluntary nature of school governance arrangements is not sustainable.” (Department of Education, 2022, p. 237). How individuals understand their roles on Boards of Management is, by extension, also not very well understood.

Therefore, this paper's aim is to explore primary school governance in the Irish context over the last ~20 years, mapping the research literature pertaining to it and distilling key contemporary issues through a comparative analysis with issues arising in other identified national contexts. For example, governance approaches in other OECD countries (e.g. England and Australia, given the substantial literatures on school governance in these other English-speaking contexts) will be explored and commented on regarding how the Republic of Ireland could learn from policy approaches taken in these countries. Additionally, preliminary data analysis from a sample of chairpersons, principals and teachers - three key actors on all primary school Boards of Management - exploring how they make sense of and enact their roles in the contemporary policy and practice context will be shared.

This study first documents the evolution of school governance in the Republic of Ireland through a scoping literature review distilling key issues over the last 20 years since the establishment of the monumental Education Act 1998. It also advances an overview and analysis of international school governance trends against which to situate the Irish 'case'. It then moves to present and synthesise empirical data from actors drawing on a dual conceptualistion of both role theory and sensemaking theory (cf. James et al., 2012).

Since the establishment of boards of management in Ireland in 1975, there has been a gradual separation of the education system and the Catholic Church. These two major power brokers, the State and the Catholic Church, acted as gatekeepers and controllers for the implementation of education policy in Ireland during the twentieth century (O' Buachalla, 1988), including in relation to school governance. In contrast to many countries, the Church's engagement in the education system has given a new layer to an already complex institution, creating difficulties and tensions along the way. This study maps and reviews school governance in Ireland since the establishment of the Education Act of 1998. Since then, a number of other laws/ Acts and policies have followed and presented school leadership and Boards with a ceaseless flow of mandates and regulations that govern every aspect of their work (Simmie, 2012). Therefore, the issue of sustainability of school governance arrangements is key in this presentation.

Given this backdrop, the main research question for is:

1. How do primary school board members (namely, chairpersons, principals and teachers) make sense of and carry out their role (including which supports are offered to them) on contemporary Boards of Management?

2. Which historical legacy issues (e.g. voluntary status of boards) need reform to ensure a more sustainable approach into the future?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation's methodology involves:
1. A scoping review of the key policies and research literature pertaining to school governance and Boards of Management in the Republic of Ireland over a 20 year period
2. A narrative review of the international school governance literature, identifying key contemporary issues against which to situate the Irish case
3. Empirical data (semi-structured interviews) analysed deductively with a dual role theory/ sensemaking theory framework, as well as the issues identified in literature reviews (#1 and 2) to advance a case for future consideration of members' roles on primary school boards into the future. Two sub-samples (2 x n=3) from school Boards of Management from which a chairperson (n=1), a principal (n=1) and a teacher (n=1) will be drawn providing two cases allowing for a within case and between case analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Key expected findings include:
* A contemporary policy and research literature mapping of school governance in the Republic of Ireland.
* The necessity to consider historical legacy issues from previous governance arrangements and their implications for contemporary practices and sustainable futures.
* Issues pertaining to the ongoing separation of Church and State in school governance in Ireland, including equity, inclusion and diversity issues.
* The necessity to promote mutual understanding of the various roles on the Board of Management (e.g. chairpersons regarding the principalship if chairpersons have not been a recently practising principal).
* Implications for system leadership and the future of Boards of Management in Ireland.
* Critical interpretation of dominant global policy norms pertaining to school governance and caution that they can be implemented uniformly across international contexts and local schools (Wilkins 2019) without paying attention to local cultural contexts. Key issue is to be internationally aware, locally relevant, and ensure expertise on Boards which fundamentally calls into question the volunteer model.
* Potentially new roles for education stakeholders such as educational researchers and parents.

References
Department of Education (2022) Chief Inspector’s Report 2016-2020. https://www.gov.ie/pdf/?file=https://assets.gov.ie/232560/fac408b3-689b-44cb-a8f1-3cb090018a05.pdf#page=null
James, C. (2012). A review of the literature on the role of the board chair: What are the messages for chairs of school governing bodies? CfBT Education Trust.
James, C., Jones, J., Connolly, M., Brammer, S., Fertig, M., & James, J. (2012). The role of the chair of the school governing body in England. School Leadership & Management, 32(1), 3–19.
Leechman, G., McCulla, N., & Field, L. (2019). Local school governance and school leadership: Practices, processes and pillars. International Journal of Educational Management, 33(7), 1641–1652.
Murphy, G. (2019). A systematic review and thematic synthesis of research on school leadership in the Republic of Ireland: 2008–2018. Journal of Educational Administration, 57(6), 675–689. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-11-2018-0211
Ó Buachalla, S. (1988). Education policy in twentieth century Ireland. Wolfhound Press.
O’Sullivan, H., & West-Burnham, J. (Eds.). (2011). Leading and managing schools. SAGE.
Simmie, G. M. (2021). The Pied Piper of Neo Liberalism Continues to Call the Tune in the Republic of Ireland: A Critical Discourse Analysis of Education Policy Texts from 2012 to 2021. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 19(2), 427–451.
Stevenson, L., Honingh, M., & Neeleman, A. (2021). Dutch boards governing multiple schools: Navigating between autonomy and expectations. School Leadership & Management, 41(4–5), 370–386.
Sugrue, C. (2015). Unmasking school leadership: A longitudinal life history of school leaders. Springer.
Wilkins, A (2015). Professionalizing school governance: the disciplinary effects of school autonomy and inspection on the changing role of school governors. Journal of Education Policy, 30(2), pp. 182-200.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Fortifying Teacher Leading Through Distributing Pedagogical Leadership in Initial Teacher Preparation Programs

Peter Okiri1, Maria Hercz1,2

1University of Szeged, Hungary; 2Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary

Presenting Author: Hercz, Maria

Introduction

With the emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic, global initial teacher preparation and development has shifted towards enhancing teacher leading in the pedagogical spaces (Heikka et al., 2021). Teacher leaders are responsible for creating a community of learning within their teams where leadership responsibilities are distributed among themselves (Heikka, 2014). The concept of distributing pedagogical leadership roles to teachers empowers teachers to enact leadership roles thereby improving the pedagogical functioning of the multiple professional staff (Heikka et al., 2021). Initial teacher education programs intend to prepare competent teacher leaders who can influence pedagogical leadership, learning, and learning needs, participate in collective decision-making, resources mobilization for teaching and learning as well as involvement in quality pedagogical improvement (Alsubaie, 2016; Contreras, 2016; Male & Palaiologou, 2015). Through the distribution of pedagogical leadership roles, future teachers are able to design ways of creating and evoking synergy within their pedagogical spaces, where collaborative and collective practices are developed within a focused relationship (Afalla & Fabelico, 2020; Jäppinen & Sarja, 2012). According to Contreras (2016) without proper preparation of high-performing future teachers with pedagogical leadership competencies in school management as well as necessary autonomy in decision-making, there can never be a good school or quality pedagogical improvement in the school. This paper there aimed at exploring the ways through which teacher leading is fortified at the initial stages of teacher preparation in the pre-service teacher education programs in Kenya.

Research Questions

The study was guided by the following questions:

1. How do pre-service teacher education professionals perceive the functions of distributed pedagogical leadership practice?

2. What are the roles of the principal in enhancing teacher leadership through distributing pedagogical leadership responsibilities?

3. What are the challenges faced in the enhancement of teacher leadership through distributed pedagogical leadership practice during initial teacher education preparation?

Theoretical framework

The study was guided by a theoretical framework as advanced by Heikka et al. (2021) and Contreras (2016). According to Heikka et al. (2021) distributing pedagogical leadership is involving teachers in enacting pedagogical leadership to foster curriculum reforms thereby improving the pedagogical functions among the teaching staff. Leadership in a community of practice is a combination of individual and collective responsibilities. This creates an interdependence that helps teachers reach the goals set. Distributed pedagogical leadership is the innermost characteristic of multiple professionals in a learning community where joint tasks and goals are shared (Heikka, 2014). Contreras (2016) opined that teacher leadership is the active participation of teachers in school management in order to generate ideas and ways of improvement and innovation in the community of learning in the school. Teachers and their pedagogical performance in class is the first factor of influences the students' learning (Contreras, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Context of the study
The study was conducted in a public pre-service teacher training college in Kenya.
Sample size
Data was collected from 257 teacher education stakeholders consisting of the principal, deputy principal, deans, heads of faculties and departments, teacher educators, and student teachers.
Method
A mixed method approach was employed with an explanatory sequential design used. Data was collected using quantitative inquiry (online questionnaires for teacher educators and student teachers) and qualitative inquiry, four (4) semi-structured interviews were conducted with the principal, deputy principal, the college registrar, and the dean of students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teacher leadership was enhanced by empowering teachers to hold various leadership positions as distributed or delegated by the principal.  Teacher leadership is highly dependent on the years of experience of the teachers as well as the guiding principles designed by the teachers' employer (Teachers Service Commission). Student teachers acquire pedagogical leadership skills through fellow students’ apprentices in their daily learning situations. Several challenges were cited as those that are faced during the fortification of teacher leadership in initial teacher education. they included limited leadership practice training, resistance and rejection among the stakeholders, limited time to implement curriculum, heavy workforce for teacher leaders, lack of synchronized coordination between the principal and the teacher leaders, lack of parental involvement as well as few teacher educators as compared to the students’ population.  The mitigation measures employed included regular consultative meetings, involving as many teachers as possible in delegated leadership responsibilities, collaborative engagements, as well as engaging one teacher educator in more than one leadership responsibility.
References
Afalla, B. T., & Fabelico, F. L. (2020). Pre-service Teachers’ Pedagogical Competence and Teaching Efficiency. Journal of Critical Reviews, 7(11), 223–228. https://doi.org/10.31838/jcr.07.11.36
Alsubaie, M. A. (2016). Curriculum Development: Teacher Involvement in Curriculum Development. Journal of Education and Practice, 7(9), 106–107. http://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1095725
Contreras, T. S. (2016). Pedagogical Leadership, Teaching Leadership and their Role in School Improvement: A Theoretical Approach. Propósitos y Representaciones, 4(2), 231–284. https://doi.org/10.20511/pyr2016.v4n2.123
Heikka, J. E. (2014). Distributed pedagogical leadership in early childhood education [Academic dissertation]. Tampere university press.
Heikka, J., Pitkäniemi, H., Kettukangas, T., & Hyttinen, T. (2021). Distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership in early childhood education contexts. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 24(3), 333–348. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2019.1623923
Jäppinen, A.-K., & Sarja, A. (2012). Distributed pedagogical leadership and generative dialogue in educational nodes. British Educational Leadership, Management and Administration Society, 26(2), 64–72. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020611429983
Male, T., & Palaiologou, I. (2015). Pedagogical leadership in the 21st century: Evidence from the field. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(2), 214–231. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213494889


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

(Professional) Biographies and Implicit Knowledge of School Leaders (at Schools in Socially Disadvantaged Locations)

Franziska Proskawetz

University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Proskawetz, Franziska

Project context

The research project is part of the content cluster School Development & Leadership of the project School makes you strong (German: Schule macht stark) (SchuMaS). SchuMaS is an interdisciplinary joint project that accompanies 200 schools in socially challenging situations in Germany. The overall goal of the project is to improve educational opportunities for socially disadvantaged pupils.

Theoretical framework

School leaders[1] are particularly important for school development processes because of their significant influence on the school (both on the school as an organisation and on its members) (Lichtinger & Rigger, 2022, p. 152). As so-called gatekeepers, they decide, for example, whether innovations find their way into the individual school (Bermann & McLaughlin, 1975; Rolff, 2012, p. 15). In particular, a resource- and strength-oriented (positive) leadership approach, which focuses on potentials and strengths instead of weaknesses of employees, represents added value for all involved, both for the employees and for the leaders themselves (e.g. Lichtinger & Rigger, 2022, p. 158). Connections between personality factors and positive leadership have already been proven (e.g. Lichtinger & Rigger, 2022, p. 156).

The key role that school leaders play in relation to school development processes shows the importance of research on the person of the school leader.

Research interest

The research project is to deal with the (professional) biographies of school leaders and to find out how access to the position of school leaders (especially at schools in disadvantaged locations) takes place.

  • Where do the school leaders come from? What statements can be made about the habitus of origin of the school leaders?
  • What orientations do they have with regard to their own school years? Which (former) student habitus is possibly still recognisable?
  • How did they get into their professional position?
  • Can (professional) school leader habitus be generated from the data?

Closely linked to this, the leadership style of the school leaders and, in connection with this, their self-image in school development processes are to be surveyed:

  • What ideas do school leaders have about what schools must be like?
  • What does school development mean to them? What experiences have they had with it?
  • Where do they see needs (in relation to the school's internal development process), where hurdles and implementation problems?
  • What tasks, goals and visions do they pursue at their school?

The results could be used to generate hypotheses on whether, for example, a certain leadership style is related to certain orientations (e.g. resource-orientation or deficit-orientation) or whether certain orientations can be explained by one's own biographical or professional biographical experiences.


[1] This refers primarily to school principals, but also to other school members with leadership functions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The biographies will be collected with the help of narrative-based interviews (Schütze, 1983). Methodologically, the research project can be located in the field of qualitative-reconstructive social research. The analysis of the interviews is implemented by means of the documentary method of data interpretation according to Ralf Bohnsack (e. g. Bohnsack, 1989). The documentary method identifies tacit knowledge via the generation of self-running narratives and descriptions. The aim of the method is the reconstruction of orientation patterns. To generalise empirical results, they are formulated as types.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presentation will provide an opportunity to discuss the design of the research project and initial findings from the interviews.
References
BERMAN, P., MCLAUGHLIN, W. (1975). Federal Programs Supporting Educational Change: A Model of Educational Change (Bd. 1). Rand Corporations.
BOHNSACK, R. (1989): Generation, Milieu und Geschlecht – Ergebnisse aus Gruppendiskussionen mit Jugendlichen. Leske + Budrich.
LICHTINGER, U., RIGGER, U. (2022). Grundkurs Schulmanagement XXX. Schule wird gelingen mit Flourishing SE. Carl Link.
ROLFF, H.-G. (2012). Grundlagen der Schulentwicklung. In C. G. Buhren & H.-G. Rolff (Hrsg.), Handbuch Schulentwicklung und Schulentwicklungsberatung (S. 12–39). Beltz Verlag.
ROLFF, H.-G. (2016). Schulentwicklung kompakt. Modelle, Instrumente, Perspektiven. Beltz Verlag.
SCHÜTZE, F (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis, 13(3), 283–293.
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 O: Organisational Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 529 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Shosh Leshem
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What Makes Teachers Stay? A Cross-sectional Exploration of the Individual and Contextual Factors Associated with Teacher Retention in Sweden

Jeffrey Casely-Hayford1, Per Lindqvist2, Christina Björklund1, Lydia Kwak1, Gunnar Bergström1,3

1Karolinska Institute; 2Linnaeus University; 3University of Gävle

Presenting Author: Casely-Hayford, Jeffrey

Teaching in Sweden is undergoing a vocational crisis in terms of facing increasing teacher shortages reflected by low examination rates and increasing teacher attrition rates (Adermon & Laun, 2018). These shortages are particularly evident in elementary-year schooling. Reports by the Swedish National Agency for Education suggested that there will be a shortfall of ~80 000 teachers in 2031 (Skolverket, 2017). This shortfall is driven by demographic factors such as projected increases in the student population; low teacher education examination rates; and a high proportion of teachers nearing retirement-age (European Commission, 2019). Another contributing factor is the inability to retain teachers, illustrated by teachers’ turnover and attrition rates (Ingersoll, 2001).

Why teachers choose to leave their profession has been widely studied in the literature. Individual factors associated with attrition have provided an insight into which teachers are more likely to leave the profession whereas contextual factors have provided an insight into why these teachers choose to leave the profession. The results point to teacher attrition being higher among younger, less experienced teachers who report low levels of self-efficacy and job satisfaction (Borman & Dowling, 2008). Moreover, studies have consistently shown how challenging work environments, characterized by high job demands and low job resources, causes teacher burnout and exhaustion and subsequently contributes to teachers’ intention to leave the profession (Chambers Mack et al., 2019). In contrast to what makes teachers want to leave the profession, less focus has been placed on understanding the vast majority of teachers who choose to remain in the profession despite being subjected to the same occupational challenges (Sell, 2019). Refocusing the attention towards what can help teachers stay in the profession can provide valuable information about nuanced organizational practices that can safeguard teachers work-related health and facilitate teacher retention. This is important as better teacher retention can contribute towards addressing teacher shortages in Sweden (Lindqvist & Nordänger, 2016). Studies in the teacher retention literature have attempted to identify factors that can facilitate teachers’ willingness to remain in the profession. Some studies have indicated that contextual factors can facilitate teacher retention by providing teachers with a more advantageous work environment, characterized by horizontal and vertical support processes, that buffers against teachers’ job demands and poor work-related health outcomes (McCarthy, Lambert, & Reiser, 2014).

The study that will be presented at the conference is part of a doctoral research project and aims to contribute to the teacher retention literature by exploring factors that are associated with teachers’ intention to remain in the profession in Sweden. By doing so, this study aims to provide an insight into protective aspects of teachers’ psycho-social work environment that can facilitate teacher retention.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study included 5903 elementary-year teachers (ISCED level 1-2) from 25 municipalities in Sweden. In line with Kelchtermans (2017), teacher retention was defined as keeping qualified teachers in the profession. As such, we restricted our sample to qualified elementary-year teachers working in public schools as reports have shown teacher attrition to be more pronounced in this teacher group (Skolverket, 2017). The sample consisted of 80% females (n=4706) and 20% males (n=1178), with a mean age of 45.9 years (s.d 10.7 years).  In terms of experience level, 25% of the teachers included are novice teachers (experience ≤ 5 years) and 75% possess 5 or more years of experience. Moreover, 39% of teachers had worked at their current school for 5 years or less and 61% had been at their school for 5 years or more. The study sample was representative of the Swedish teacher population with regards to gender ratio, age, certification-level and geographical spread.
Teachers’ perception of their psycho-social work environment was captured using the General Nordic Questionnaire for Psychological and Social Factors at Work (QPS-Nordic; Dallner et al. 2000). The survey also assessed: teachers’ health state using the EQ-5D-3L (EuroQol Research Foundation., 2018); exhaustion using the Oldenburg Burnout Inventory (OLBI; Demerouti, Bakker, Vardakou, & Kantas, 2003); and work motivation (Sjöberg & Lind, 1994). It also included a new unvalidated scale assessing school quality. Teachers’ intention to remain in the profession was assessed using item 6 from the Work Ability Index (WAI; Lundin, Leijon, Vaez, Hallgren, & Torgen, 2017).
The QPS-Nordic survey groups items into three variable-levels: individual-level factors, work-level factors, and socio-organizational-level factors. The individual-level factors assessed work motivation, organizational commitment, mastery, work-life interference, health-related quality of life and exhaustion. The work-level factors assessed quantitative demands, learning demands, decisional demands, role clarity, role conflict, decision authority, control of work pace, and school quality. The socio-organizational-level factors assessed managerial support, support from colleagues, social climate and employee-focused climate. The Cronbach alpha for the scales ranged from 0.50 to 0.83 for individual-level factors; 0.57 to 0.86 for work-level factors; and 0.77 to 0.83 for socio-organizational level factors. Separate multiple regression analyses using backward selection were conducted to explore the relationship between individual-level factors (model 1), work-level factors (model 2), and socio-organizational-level factors (model 3) with teacher retention. The significant predictors at each factor-level were then entered into a three-stage hierarchical regression model (model 4) to investigate the contribution of each factor-level on teachers' intention to remain in the profession.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The final model explained 20.2% of the variance in teachers’ intention to remain in the profession. The findings showed that teacher retention was mainly explained by their perceived health state (low exhaustion and health-related quality of life), and only to a small extent by contextual factors. Support from colleagues was the only contextual factor that displayed a significant association with teachers’ intention to remain. The strong association observed between teachers’ health-state and retention can partly be explained by the operationalisation of the outcome variable which assessed intention to remain in the profession based on one's perceived health. However, this finding is in line with the theoretical framework provided by the Job Demands-Resource Model and previous studies suggesting that safeguarding teachers work-related health can facilitate teacher retention (McCarthy et al., 2014).
The main implication of this study is highlighting teachers’ perceived health state for their retention. In Sweden all schools are required to actively work with and continuously monitor their systematic work environment management to maintain and encourage health at work. In addition to previous studies emphasizing the benefits of fostering a healthy work environment to minimize occupational psychosocial hazards and work-related ill-health, our results extend this by suggesting that healthy work environments can also play a role in facilitating teacher retention in Sweden.

References
Adermon, A., & Laun, L. (2018). Bristyrken i offentlig verksamhet: Var arbetar de utbildade? (Report no. 2018:19). Institutet för Arbetsmarknads- och Utbildningspolitisk Utvärdering. https://www.ifau.se/globalassets/pdf/se/2018/r-2018-19-bristyrken-i-offentlig-verksamhet.pdf.

Borman, G. D., & Dowling, N. M. (2008). Teacher attrition and retention: A metanalytic and narrative review of the research. Review of Educational Research, 78(3), 367-409. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308321455

Chambers Mack, J., Johnson, A., Jones-Rincon, A., Tsatenawa, V., & Howard, K. (2019).Why do teachers leave? A comprehensive occupational health study evaluating intent-to-quit in public school teachers. Journal of Applied Biobehavioral Research, 24(1). https://doi.org/10.1111/jabr.12160. Article e12160.

Dallner, M., Elo, A. L., Gamberale, F., Hottinen, V., Knardahl, S., Lindström, K., …Orhede, E. (2000). Validation of the general nordic questionnaire (QPSNordic) for psychological and social factors at work. Nordic Council of Ministers (p. 12).

Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Vardakou, I., & Kantas, A. (2003). The convergent validity of two burnout instruments - a multitrait-multimethod analysis. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 19(1), 12-23. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015- 5759.19.1.12

European Commission. (2019). Education and training monitor 2019. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/15d70dc3-e00e-11e9-9c4e-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-171178208.

EuroQol Research Foundation. (2018). EQ-5D-3L. https://euroqol.org/publications/user-guides/.

Ingersoll, R. (2001). Teacher turnover and teacher shortages: An organizational analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 38(3), 499-534. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312038003499

Kelchtermans, G. (2017). ‘Should I stay or should I go?’: Unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue. Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961-977. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1379793

Lindqvist, P., & Nordänger, U. K. (2016). Already elsewhere e a study of (skilled) teachers' choice to leave teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 54, 88-97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.11.010

Lundin, A., Leijon, O., Vaez, M., Hallgren, M., & Torgen, M. (2017). Predictive validity of the Work Ability Index and its individual items in the general population. Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 45(4), 350-356. https://doi.org/10.1177/1403494817702759

McCarthy, C. J., Lambert, R. G., & Reiser, J. (2014). Vocational concerns of elementary teachers: Stress, job satisfaction, and occupational commitment. Journal of Employment Counseling, 51(2), 59-74. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2161-1920.2014.00042.x

Sell, C. R. (2019). What it takes to stay. In C. R. Rinke, & L. Mawhinney (Eds.), Opportunities and challenges in teacher recruitment and retention (pp. 93-119). Information Age Publishing Inc.

Sjöberg, L., & Lind, F. (1994). Arbetsmotivation i en krisekonomi: En studie av prognosfaktorer. Sektionen för ekonomisk psykologi, Handelshögskolan i Stockholm.

Skolverket. (2017). Redovisning av uppdrag att ta fram återkommande prognoser över behovet av förskollärare och olika lärarkategorier. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationsserier/regeringsuppdrag/2017/uppdrag-att-ta-framaterkommande-prognoser-over-behovet-av-forskollarare-och-olikalararkategorier.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Putting the Concept of “preschool-naturing” to Work

Sanne Björklund

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Björklund, Sanne

This is a part of a PhD project in science education and this paper is structured around a concept, created by the author, inspired by actor-network theory (ANT) (Latour, 2005; Law, 2004; Mol, 1999) with an ambition to try to investigate how nature and preschool are assembled together in various preschool practices. In this paper I would like to discuss how this concept of preschool-naturing could be theoretical and methodological useful when understanding nature’s role in preschool practices in the time of the Anthropocene.

In this study the notion of the Anthropocene, originally a suggested name of a geological time period to mark humans’ substantial impact on planet earth (Crutzen, 2006; Steffen et al., 2007), is used as an underpinning to stress the need for studies concerning human/nature relations. Gilbert (2016) argues that in these peculiar times of the Anthropocene we need to find the “blind spots” of science education and acknowledge previously unacknowledged assumptions. One of these unacknowledged assumptions in science education is the fondness of “entities” and Gilbert (2016) argues that we need to ask different questions to be able to deal with this: “How are science, society, and education inter-connected? How do they depend on each other? How do they influence each other? How do they construct each other? How do they talk to each other?” (s.18). These questions with the ambition to disrupt clear cut entities and with a focus on how, is in line with the ambition of this PhD project. Here the aim is to trace the complexity of how ”nature” and natures role in preschool is done together with preschool practice by also taking an interest in power aspects involved in these enactments.

In Sweden “nature” can be seen as a part of preschools aim and practice in several ways. This is stemming from a long tradition of connecting children to nature through natural environments but also as a part of the educational system, articulated in the curricula connected to science education, sustainable development, health and wellbeing (Halldén, 2011; National Agency of Education, 2018). In a hybrid understanding of the world where everything is nature and culture, also constantly connecting, disconnecting, and reconnecting, this is a try to use a concept for investigating taken for granted assumptions concerning nature and preschool. According to Fenwick and Edwards (2010) ANT can offer a different way to approach education and help us to better understand the complexity of everyday practice that often is overlooked. Preschool practices can be understood as actor-networks where humans and other-than human actors are connected in assemblages that are not symmetrical but draw on different certainties, already established. To stabilize themselves, actor-networks use relatively already stabilized networks, for instance materials or discursive resources (Nespor, 2011). Mol (1999) discusses how decisions can be made invisible by pushing them into places out of sight making them appear as if they are not decisions, but facts. This makes it interesting to understand where these facts, concerning preschool and nature, are made, and which places and actors are involved. These decisions are not only intellectually made but occurs in practice involving both human and other-than-human actors. This is a practical and necessary stabilization of the actor-network that enable practicians to handle reality but it is relevant, to try to understand where decisions are made since they often are taken for granted as facts when they rather could be reconstructed into other understandings of reality (Mol, 1999). Can the concept of preschool-naturing be helpful to make visible natures complex role in preschool practices and acknowledge unattended assumptions concerning nature and preschool?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
According to Fenwick and Edwards (2010) ANT can offer a different way to approach education, with interrupting and intervening, as a method to dissolve taken for granted categories and structures. By creating the concept of preschool-naturing the idea is to investigate how networks that involve preschool, and nature are upheld, broken down and translated. By joining these words (preschool and nature) into one, also making them into a verb, the idea is to move away from the dualistic views of thinking that nature is enacted in preschool, or that preschool is enacted in nature and rather think of this preschool-naturing as something that enacts different ontologies. It is an investigation of where and how reality is done and as Mol (1999) articulates it “if reality is done, if it is historically, culturally, and materially located, then it is also multiple. Realities have become multiple.” (Mol, 1999 s. 75). This is not the same as looking for different perspectives on the same reality, as in different perspectives on nature, but recognizing that reality is enacted differently because it is located differently and when so, it enrolls different actors. Mol (2002) also suggests “that ontology is not given in the order of things, but that, instead, ontologies are brought into being, sustained, or allowed to wither away in common, day-to-day, sociometrical practices” and the consequence of this multiple reality is that if it is multiple, it is also political (Mol, 2002 s. 6-7). When ontological politics are enacted it is not only a matter of practice but there are also other realities at stake (Mol, 1999). Mol (1999) clarifies this with the example of how ontologies of anemia does not only put the reality of anemia at stake but also the reality of sexes (Mol, 1999 s. 82). When putting the concept of preschool-naturing to work the idea is to focus on how multiple ontologies are enacted, where decisions are made, and which actors are involved also making it possible to investigate if there are other realities at stake by tracing the political. By empirically studying how these assemblages, of nature and preschool, are made possible (or impossible) the idea is to further understand nature’s role in preschool practices. Materials collected with an ethnographic method includes fieldnotes from observations at two different preschools in an urban setting, photographs of preschools physical environments and materials, documents, and interviews.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The idea is to allow complexities to emerge, not looking for single enactments of nature in preschool but rather investigate how assemblages are held together by enrolling some actors but not others, sometimes allowing discrepancies and contradictions and sometimes depending on powerful actors. The aim is to trace how preschool-naturing is done with an ambition to also discuss these multiple ontologies in relation to ideas of nature/culture in the Anthropocene. In this presentation I will present some preliminary results that has been produced with the use of the concept of preschool-naturing mainly by analyzing fieldnotes.
References
Crutzen, P. J. (2006). The “anthropocene”. In Earth system science in the anthropocene (pp. 13-18). Springer.
Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor-Network Theory in Education (1st ed. ed.) Taylor & Francis Group.
Gilbert, J. (2016). Transforming science education for the Anthropocene—Is it possible? Research in science education, 46(2), 187-201.
Halldén, G. (2011). Barndomens skogar : om barn i natur och barns natur. Carlsson Bokförlag.
Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social. An introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press.
Law, J. (2004). After method : mess in social science research. Routledge.
Mol, A. (1999). Ontological politics. A word and some questions. In J. H. John Law (Ed.), Actor Network Theory and after. Blachwell Publishing.
Mol, A. (2002). The body multiple: Ontology in medical practice. Duke University Press.
National Agency of  Education. (2018). Curriculum for the Preschool. Lpfö 18. In. Stockholm: Norstedts Juridik.
Nespor, J. A. N. (2011). Devices and Educational Change [https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2009.00611.x]. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43(s1), 15-37. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2009.00611.x
Steffen, W., Crutzen, P. J., & McNeill, J. R. (2007). The Anthropocene: are humans now overwhelming the great forces of nature. AMBIO: A Journal of the Human Environment, 36(8), 614-621.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Pedagogical Interactions in Organisations – Theoretical Considerations and Empirical Trial Within the Scope of the Praxeological Sociology of Knowledge

Katharina Papke

PH FHNW, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Papke, Katharina

Ulrich (2018: 75) points out that inclusion – in a pedagogical definition – dodges the aspiration of formalization that organisations process. Instead, it remains in the undefined which refers to the unavailability of the mental systems and attitudes of the organisational members (cf. ibid.: 74). This indirectly describes an empirical research program that is dedicated to the question of what exactly happens when organisations (such as schools) work inclusively – or claim to do so. More precisely – in terms of the level of pedagogical interaction following the systems theory sensu Luhmann (2002) – it would be to speak of an underdetermination: the decisions made at the organisational level tend to take on a form that contours the operational level (e.g., the classroom interaction) but does not determine it extensively (cf. Kuper 2008: 153). In this sense, organisations specify the rather diffuse expectations on the part of society and translate them into concrete programs (e.g., via curricula, timetables, cf. ibid.) or prevent them from being overwhelmed – as not all decisions can be made in the classroom itself (cf. Luhmann 2002: 121). On the other hand, freedom is created for professionalised actions, which cannot be oriented towards rules, since it always must deal with individualised clients (cf. Stichweh 1996: 60).

In this view, there is drawn a complex relationship between the interconnection and disconnection. Subsequently, research questions should not only focus on the orientations and practices of teachers, but also on the organisational structural condition for the interaction (cf. Bohnsack 2017: 135). In this context, Bohnsack – following Luhmann (2000: 222ff.) – describes it as a characteristic of organised social systems that they are based on decisions enabling further decisions. Consequently, interactions within organisations differ categorically from those outside since the latter do not know such (decision-based) frameworks (cf. Bohnsack 2017: 135). In this respect, the praxeological sociology of knowledge speaks of a constituting framing since it is of constitutive importance for organisations (cf. ibid.).

The question of how the specific framing is contoured can function as a 'yardstick' of professionalised action, because it focuses on the necessary processing of the demands on the part of the organisation as well as on the part of the interactions with the clients (cf. Bohnsack 2020: 109). Bohnsack thus addresses a tension that has already been raised in existing theories of professionalised action (cf. Oevermann 1996) but outlines it differently – especially regarding the question of how the individualised clients (Stichweh 1996: 60) are thought. The present contribution wants to use this framework within an empirical study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As Feuser (1996) emphasizes, it should actually be an inherent pedagogical concern to focus on what a person can become according to his or her possibilities – and not on how he or she appears to us at the moment. However, the word 'actually' already indicates that this is often not the case – also in pedagogy that operates as inclusive. Wagener (2020: 118), for example, observes in his classroom study the consolidation of 'disabled identities' in Swiss secondary school class settings with an inclusive orientation. As Bohnsack (2020, 28f.) points out, these 'constructions of total identities' (Garfinkel 1976) are not clearly illuminated in theories of (professionalised) pedagogical action: Oevermann (1996: 148-149), for example, speaks of the fact that the pupil is to be grasped in its totality as a whole person (ibid.: 149). Bohnsack (2020: 29) opposes such delimiting tendencies by pointing out the 'degradation ceremonial' (Garfinkel 1976) potentially associated with this. Instead, he works out that persons are to be thought of as products of social systems (cf. Bohnsack 2020: 42). Thus, professionalised action is conceived as handling the discrepancy between the normative requirements of the organisation and the constitution of a shared practice with the clients (ibid.: 31).
As tertium comparationis with the aim of making the specific characteristics of the different professionalised practices visible, this approach was used for the analysis of empirical data in the SNF project "Primary schools in the field of tension between inclusion and educational standards" (Wagner-Willi and Zahnd 2020) – more precisely: in the sub-project, which pursues a reconstructive case comparison. This sub-project systematically examines classroom practice through group discussions with class teams (class teachers, special needs teachers, assistants) and pupils, as well as classroom videography in the different class settings of mainstream and inclusive classes (4th-5th grade). Both settings are entrusted with the implementation of integrative solutions (cf: D-EDK 2018: 5), but differ in terms of composition and resources: While three to five pupils in integrative classes receive so-called 'enhanced measures' (ibid.: 4) and a permanent double staffing with class teacher and special needs teacher is structurally provided, in mainstream classes, support can only be claimed on a need-oriented basis (up to five lessons/week).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial data evaluated (using the documentary method, Bohnsack 2017) show a shift towards an arbitrary mode of interaction, especially in the integration classes – and to the detriment of the pupils who receive enhanced measures. Thus, it can be observed how moralisations, e.g. being 'negligent' in dealing with technical equipment, or incompetence attributions, e.g. via shifts in the assignment, are processed in relation to these pupils. This has consequences for the constituent framing, which tends to be broken through this. Thereby, it can be demonstrated that this does not coincide with the potential for action that the respective pupils show in the concrete teaching situation. In this sense, the teachers fail in connecting their assessment to the way these pupils participate within the interaction system (cf. Bohnsack 2020: 78).
In accordance with previous research findings (cf. Wagener 2020), the danger of total identity constructions is particularly evident in the case of integration classes. This raises the question of the extent to which the organisational coupling of personnel resources with the diagnostically justified and specifically assigned need for so-called enhanced measures encourages the observed forms of an arbitrary mode of interaction. Regarding such an undermining of a professionalised practice, it is important to clarify in further analyses – by comparing cases – how this unfolds in the classroom cooperation of class teachers and special needs teachers.

References
Bohnsack, Ralf. 2020. Professionalisierung in praxeologischer Perspektive. Opladen/Toronto: Budrich.
Bohnsack, Ralf. 2017. Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Opladen/Toronto: Budrich.
D-EDK. 2018. Sonderschulung und Lehrplan 21. https://www.regionalkonferenzen.ch/sites/default/files/2019-02/FB%20Sonderschulung%20Lehrplan%2021_2018-01-31.pdf
Feuser, Georg. 1996. Zum Verhältnis von Menschenbild und Integration – «Geistigbehinderte gibt es nicht!». http://bidok.uibk.ac.at/library/feuser-geistigbehinderte.html
Garfinkel, Harold. 1976. Bedingungen für den Erfolg von Degradierungszeremonien. In Seminar Abweichendes Verhalten III, ed. Klaus Lüderssen und Fritz Sack, 31–40. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp.
Kuper, Harm. 2008. Entscheiden und Kommunizieren. In Pädagogische Professionalität in Organisationen, ed. Werner Helsper, Susann Busse, Merle Hummrich, und Rolf-Torsten Kramer, 149–162. Wiesbaden: VS.
Luhmann, Niklas. 2002. Das Erziehungssystem der Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp.
Luhmann, Niklas. 2000. Organisation und Entscheidung. Opladen/Wiesbaden: VS Verlag.
Oevermann, Ulrich. 1996. Theoretische Skizze einer revidierten Theorie professionalisierten Handelns. In Pädagogische Professionalität, ed. Arno Combe und Werner Helsper, 70–182. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp.
Stichweh, Rudolf. 1996. Professionen in einer funktional differenzierten Gesellschaft. In Pädagogische Professionalität, ed. Arno Combe und Werner Helsper, 49–69. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp.
Ullrich, Stephan. 2018. Organisationen – der blinde Fleck inklusiver Pädagogik. Heidelberg: Carl-Auer.
Wagener, Benjamin. 2020. Leistung, Differenz und Inklusion. Wiesbaden: Springer.
Wagner-Willi, Monika und Raphael Zahnd. 2020. Primarschulen im Spannungsfeld von Inklusion und Bildungsstandards. https://data.snf.ch/grants/grant/188805
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 P: Preschool and Primary Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 508 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ottavia Trevisan
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Comparing Teacher-child Interactions in Age Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Preschool Classes in Czech Republic

Ondřej Koželuh

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Koželuh, Ondřej

The aim of the research is to compare quality of class climate in age homogeneous (hereinafter HO) and heterogeneous (hereinafter HE) preschool classes in Czech Republic, which is demonstrated through the quality of teacher-child interactions. Second aim of the research is to prove suitability of the tool CLASS Pre-K to Czech preschool reality.

The quality of preschool education depends on many different factors. One of them is teacher – his or her level of education, devotion to profession or quality of teacher-child interaction (Melhuish et al., 2015; Bennett, 2011; Bertrand, 2007). Age composition is another phenomenon influencing the quality of class climate. This factor was perceived from many points of view. Impact of age composition on social and emotional, language, cognitive development was examined (Foster et al., 2020; Ansari & Pianta, 2019; Justice et al., 2019; Moller et al., 2008; Mounts & Roopnarine, 1987). In Czech Republic is this area not examined enough, although the national curriculum Framework educational programme for preschool education allows both types of class composition in preschool education (FEP PE, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was realized in 10 preschool classes (5 age HO and 5 age HE) in Czech Republic. The CLASS Pre-K tool (LaParo, Pianta & Hamre, 2008) was used to quantitavely measure the level of quality of class climate. Using the standardized tool ensured the reliability of the research. In each class were made 4 measuring sequences (each long 20 minutes) – free play, mealtime and two sequences of instruction time. Each sequence was also videorecorded and later assessed by two independent researchers. Interrater reliability (Sandilos & DiPerna, 2011; Downer et al., 2010) was secured by this process and also validating the research. Ten dimensions of classroom environment were observed: positive climate, negative climate, teacher sensitivity, regard for student perspectives, behaviour management, productivity, instructional learning formats, concept development, quality of feedback and language modeling. The observed phenomena were registered into checklist and scaled from 1 to 7 points, when 1 means lowest score and 7 means highest. Finally the collected data of HO and HE classes were compared to determine whether one type of class composition is more supportive for the quality of climate (teacher-child interaction). Data were processed through basic descriptive statistics in Microsoft Excel.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results showed no significant difference in quality of teacher-child interaction and quality of class climate in comparation of HO and HE classes. The averaged reached score of all dimensions was 6.09 for HO and 6.14 for HE classes. Highest scores were achieved in relationships and communication (positive and negative climate same, 6.95 for HO and 7.00 for HE). Lowest scores were achieved in concept development, that means in the way how teachers support children´s thinking and creativity development (3.85 for HO and 4.20 for HE). Second lowest score was achieved in dimension of quality of teachers´ feedback (4.90 for HO and 4.65 for HE). These two dimensions offer a potential for improvement for teachers´ approach in planning of education content, evaluation and assessment. Despite that we can state that the overall quality of teacher-child interactions in preschool education in Czech Republic is very high and classroom age composition does not affect it. Nevertheless, generalization of results is not possible due to rather small research sample. The second conclusion of the research is, that CLASS Pre-K is very functional research tool also in Czech preschool reality and can be used in future studies concerning measuring the level of class climate and quality of teacher-child interactions.
References
Ansari, A., & Pianta, R. C. (2019). Teacher–child interaction quality as a function of classroom age diversity and teachers’ beliefs and qualifications. Applied Developmental Science, 23(3), 294-304.
Bennett, J. (2011). Early childhood education and care systems: Issue of tradition and governance. Encyclopedia on Early Childhood Development, 1–5.
Bertrand, J. (2007). Preschool programs: Effective curriculum. Comments on Kagan and Kauerz and on Schweinhart. Encyclopedia on early childhood development, 1–7
Downer, J. T., Booren, L. M., Lima, O. K., Luckner, A. E., & Pianta, R. C. (2010). The Individualized Classroom Assessment Scoring System (inCLASS): Preliminary reliability and validity of a system for observing preschoolers’ competence in classroom interactions. Early childhood research quarterly, 25(1), 1-16.
FEP PE (2021). Rámcový vzdělávací program pro předškolní vzdělávání [Framework educational programme for preschool education]. Praha: Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. Available from: www.msmt.cz
Foster, T. J., Burchinal, M., & Yazejian, N. (2020). The relation between classroom age composition and children’s language and behavioral outcomes: Examining peer effects. Child development, 91(6), 2103-2122.
Justice, L., Logan, J., Purtell, K., Bleses, D. & Højen A. (2019). Does mixing age groups in early childhood education settings support children’s language development?, Applied Developmental Science, 23:3, 214-226, DOI: 10.1080/10888691.2017.1386100.
LaParo, K., Pianta, R., & Hamre, B. (2008). The Classroom Assessment Scoring System: Manual Pre-K.
Melhuish, E., Ereky-Stevens, K., Petrogiannis, K., Ariescu, A., Penderi, E., Rentzou, K., … & Leseman, P. (2015). A review of research on the effects of Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) upon child development.
Moller, A. C., Forbes-Jones, E., & Hightower, A. D. (2008). Classroom age composition and developmental change in 70 urban preschool classrooms. Journal of Educational Psychology, 100(4), 741.
Mounts, N. S., & Roopnarine, J. L. (1987). Social-cognitive play patterns in same-age and mixed-age preschool classrooms. American Educational Research Journal, 24(3), 463-476.
Sandilos, L. E., & DiPerna, J. C. (2011). Interrater Reliability of the Classroom Assessment Scoring System-Pre-K (CLASS Pre-K). Journal of Early Childhood & Infant Psychology, (7).


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Mushroom Watchers: Design-Based Research about Biocultural Diversity and Sustainability in a Portuguese Kindergarten

Bruna Batista, Ana Isabel Andrade, Gabriela Portugal

Language Education Lab - LabELing, CIDTFF – Research Centre on Didactics and Technology in the Education of Trainers, Department of Education and Psychology, University of Aveiro, Portugal

Presenting Author: Batista, Bruna

Educating for sustainability includes rethinking daily actions, making more sustainable choices, working collaboratively to solve problems, reflecting on individual and collective actions, and creating close relationships with the Other and the context. From an educational perspective understood by its orientation towards the development of lifelong skills and values, education for sustainability intends to promote the development of critical and systemic thinking, as well as the ability to solve problems based on diverse and interdisciplinary strategies in an interpersonal and collaborative way (Mindt & Rieckmann, 2017; UNESCO, 2017; Wiek et al., 2016). Alongside the above, education for sustainability presupposes acting in a locally relevant and contextualised way, to enable stakeholders to participate actively in issues that are part of their interests and daily lives (Boyd, 2019; Ernst & Burcak, 2019; Green, 2017). Currently, special attention has been given to sustainable development objectives, which understand education as one of the main focuses of action to promote relationships between human beings and the context.

It is in the logic of understanding and stimulating the development of cultural, linguistic, and biological relations with the contexts that the concept of biocultural diversity emerges in the present study. It is observed that there is an increasing distance between the subjects and the surrounding context. The importance of the natural and social context in people's lives and well-being is also acknowledged, as well as the benefits associated with greater involvement with the environment from the early years of a child's life (Eriksen, 2013). As such, biocultural diversity emerges as an important concept in the education for sustainability from an early age, as it fosters a relationship with the environment and enables the understanding of relationships in their three dimensions: linguistic diversity, cultural diversity, and biological diversity (Batista & Andrade, 2021; Hanspach et al., 2020; Terralingua, 2014). These three axes are present within the scope of the early years, insofar as the tales, songs, and rhymes have, in many cases, a biocultural past based on traditional environmental knowledge which allows for a more careful, reflected, and sustainable life. The commemorative days, popular festivities, or traditions themselves express, together with the first aspects indicated, part of the linguistic and cultural diversity of the context. Biological diversity appears, in turn, in the songs, the rhymes, the customs, the food, and in the health. In fact, it appears everywhere, since this is where the treatment of biocultural diversity in the educational context comes in. A relationship of synergies where linguistic, biological, and cultural diversities are interdependent and co-evolve (Loh & Harmon, 2005; Maffi (ed.), 2001; Skutnabb-Kangas et al., 2003).

Given the aforementioned, the main aim of the present study is to identify and then analyse and reflect upon possible ways of educating for sustainability through pedagogical-didactic strategies focused on biocultural diversity. This research was developed in a Portuguese kindergarten context and intended to contribute to a possible answer to the research question "How can educational practices focused on biocultural diversity promote more sustainable actions of children in a kindergarten context?”. The objectives were to a) understand which pedagogical-didactic strategies were more and less appropriate to the interests and needs of the children; b) analyse how the children reacted to experiences outside the classroom context to which they were accustomed and; c) reflect on the learning promoted during the implementation of the project on sustainability and biocultural diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aims to analyse reality to understand possible ways of educating for sustainability through practices focused on biocultural diversity. Thus, the study may be contemplated according to two fundamental moments through design-based research. In the first phase, through an intervention within an international project, a teacher education program was developed for educators and teachers with the theme "dialogue, diversity, and inclusion" from the perspective of education for sustainability. During the teacher education program, pedagogical-didactic projects were developed between teacher educators and teachers, which were later implemented by the teachers in school contexts. Based on these projects and data collected from the different teachers, two projects were selected, one in a kindergarten context and the other in a primary school context. After selecting and analysing the projects, we contacted the respective teachers and redesigned the projects collaboratively. This redesign aimed to make biocultural diversity more explicit in the projects so that it would be possible to understand which strategies might be, or might not be, more appropriate.
The methodology adopted is design-based research because of its focus on designing, implementing, and evaluating a set of educational interventions that allow us not only to improve the teachers' educational practices but also to develop competencies related to ways of educating for sustainability (Anderson & Shattuck, 2012; Collins et al., 2004). The feedback that children and teachers revealed during and after the implementation of the projects, allowed the development of improvements in the proposals. We acknowledge that the project may present characteristics associated with action research. However, considering our research question and objectives, as well as the intention to further investigate interventions in educational settings that enable education for sustainability through biocultural diversity, it seems that design-based research would be appropriate. The researcher was actively involved in the processes of design, implementation, and re-adaptation of the projects, combining theoretical and practical issues, and improving the subsequent interventions based on the previous ones and the data collected. As techniques and tools for data collection, we chose to develop a logbook based on the meetings with the teachers and the processes of participant observation, together with the resources produced by the children and teachers (during the teacher education program) and the audio recording of parts of the sessions to obtain potentially informative, and detailed data about the implementation and impact of the interventions. Content analysis will be the method used to analyse the data collected.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on a pre-analysis, it was possible to understand that systems-thinking, strategic, interpersonal, and self-awareness competencies were the most developed competencies based on the competencies frameworks considered (Mindt & Rieckmann, 2017; UNESCO, 2017; Wiek et al., 2016). Through participant observation, it was possible to verify that the children (aged between 3 and 5 years old) were available to question themselves about the relationships that exist between systems, more specifically in a micro-context (family, school, community). Some of the children, especially those who could already express themselves more clearly in oral form, were also interested in their individual and collective role in the functioning of the world and the importance of biological diversity in their lives, more specifically at a cultural level.
For the teachers, the role of biocultural diversity became evident, although biological diversity and cultural diversity were highlighted more frequently. Linguistic diversity issues were not often highlighted by the children or the teachers. However, as the interventions took place, a greater interest in the animal, plant and fungal species from the local context became evident. The children started questioning themselves and demonstrating a more critical, respectful, and curious attitude toward the biological diversity of their environment.
It should be noted, however, that the project also revealed many difficulties and obstacles. At first, some of the activities proposed collaboratively were not considered appropriate for a heterogeneous group, given their different levels of development and interests. The fact that strategies were promoted in an outdoor context such as pine forests and natural parks also had its drawbacks. In the group, some children were not used to the moments of free exploration in these contexts, which sometimes made them afraid to explore. Nevertheless, with time these children began to show more interest in these explorations and in playing with natural elements.

References
Anderson, T., & Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-based research: A decade of progress in education research? Educational Researcher, 41(1), 16–25. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X11428813
Batista, B., & Andrade, A. I. (2021). Educating for Biocultural Diversity and Sustainable Development in First Years of Schooling: An Analysis of Documents From the Portuguese Educational System. Frontiers in Education, 6(September), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.652196
Boyd, D. (2019). Utilising place-based learning through local contexts to develop agents of change in Early Childhood Education for Sustainability. Education 3-13, 47(8), 983–997. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2018.1551413
Collins, A., Joseph, D., & Bielaczyc, K. (2004). Design Research: Theoretical and Methodological Issues. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13(1), 15–42. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls1301_2
Eriksen, K. G. (2013). Why education for sustainable development needs early childhood education: The case of Norway. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 15(1), 107–120. https://doi.org/10.2478/jtes-2013-0007
Ernst, J., & Burcak, F. (2019). Young Children’s Contributions to Sustainability: The Influence of Nature Play on Curiosity, Executive Function Skills, Creative Thinking, and Resilience. Sustainability, 11(15), 4212. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11154212
Green, M. (2017). ‘If there’s no sustainability our future will get wrecked’: Exploring children’s perspectives of sustainability. Childhood, 24(2), 151–167. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568216649672
Hanspach, J., Jamila Haider, L., Oteros‐Rozas, E., Stahl Olafsson, A., Gulsrud, N. M., Raymond, C. M., Torralba, M., Martín‐López, B., Bieling, C., García‐Martín, M., Albert, C., Beery, T. H., Fagerholm, N., Díaz‐Reviriego, I., Drews‐Shambroom, A., & Plieninger, T. (2020). Biocultural approaches to sustainability: A systematic review of the scientific literature. People and Nature, 2(3), 643–659. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10120
Loh, J., & Harmon, D. (2005). A global index of biocultural diversity. Ecological Indicators, 5(3), 231–241. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2005.02.005
Maffi (ed.), L. (2001). On biocultural diversity: linking language, knowledge and the environment (1 st ed.). Smithsonian Institution Press.
Mindt, L., & Rieckmann, M. (2017). Developing competencies for sustainability-driven entrepreneurship in higher education: A literature review on teaching and learning methods. Teoría de La Educación. Revista Interuniversitaria, 29(1), 129–159. https://doi.org/10.14201/teoredu291129159
Skutnabb-Kangas, T., Maffi, L., & Harmon, D. (2003). Sharing a world of difference: the earth’s linguistic, cultural, and biological diversity.
Terralingua. (2014). Biocultural diversity education initiative.
UNESCO. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. Education for Sustainable Development. The Global Education 2030 Agenda. http://www.unesco.org/open-access/terms-%0Ahttp://www.unesco.org/open-access/terms-use-ccbysa-en
Wiek, A., Bernstein, M. J., Foley, R., Cohen, M., Forrest, N., Kuzdas, C., Kay, B., Keeler, L. W., & Introduction. (2016). Operationalizing Competencies in Higher Education for Sustainable Development. Routledge Book of Higher Education for Sustainable Development, October 2015, 241–260.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Researching with migrant Families in Chile about their Childhood and Parenting Practices in the Context of Early Childhood Education

Fernanda Ahumada-Medina

University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ahumada-Medina, Fernanda

Migration is a complex and worldwide phenomenon. By 2021, Chile’s migrant population corresponded to 7.6% of the total population. Currently, the largest nationalities are representative of Venezuela (30.7%), Peru (12.5%), Haiti (11.4%), and Colombia (11.4%). There has been discrimination against migrant families from these territories not only based on their skin color, nationality, personality, culture, socioeconomic status, but also based on their parenting practices (Pavez-Soto, 2012; Tijoux-Merino, 2013).

By 2019, 12% of children attending any Early Childhood Education Centre (ECEC) were identified as migrants. But the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 led to changes in attendance at ECEC, and since then migrant children exceed non-migrant attendance (Servicio Jesuita a Migrantes, 2021). Exploring how EC practitioners and migrant families are experiencing this new scenario could contribute tremendously to the promotion of culturally-responsive teaching practices. Especially since considering that the National Curriculum and the ECE training in Chile are mainly based on theories from north-western countries.

The majority of studies focused on parenting and children aim to classify parenting practices into standardised categories or to associate specific behaviours with future outcomes on children’s development and learning processes. Research from the area of Sociology of Childhood and Parenting Cultural Studies is relatively new and has contributed enormously to the exploration of migration in the school system but from only one perspective; children, teachers/headteachers, or families. Throughout my doctoral dissertation, Children and Parenting Cultural Studies have been unified since "the positions of adult/parent and child/son/daughter are mutually constituted and changed" (Vergara Del Solar et al., 2019). This research uses a relational approach (Mayall, 2002) and participant observation methodology to examine what are the views about childhood and parenting practices held by children, their migrant caregivers, and their ECE practitioners in Santiago de Chile.

Specifically, I plan to use the submission for the ECER conference to reflect on the process of proposing and implementing a research design that acknowledges and treats migrant families, especially young children, as experts. My experience as an EC practitioner a few years ago has prompted me to ask how to position myself as a researcher who does research with children instead of, continuing to do what was usual for me; researching about children. Would it be possible to carry out an ethnography if my intentions are to involve families in decision-making throughout the process? To what extent this research would be beneficial to these families and EC practitioners and not only to my doctoral research?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants include 4 five-to-six years old children, their migrant caregivers (4 mothers and 1 father) from Venezuela and Peru, and 2 EC practitioners from the Kindergarten classroom these families are part of. The school is located in a commune in the south of Santiago, the capital of Chile.

The Participant Observation (PO) methods contributed to the development of a holistic understanding of how the families and EC practitioners from this research “make sense of their experiences and what is occurring around them” (Frey, 2018, p. 2). For four months, I visited this school from 9:00 to 12:30, focusing on the interactions between the different members of the school community, with a special focus on migrant children, their families, and EC practitioners. Apart from observing, I also did research with children at school and at home during this same period of time. This process was represented and summarised in research notebooks created by children and complemented with the perspective of their caregivers.
Parallely, I visited the caregivers in their houses at least two times to share some meals together and develop in-depth interviews with the purpose to know their views on childhood and parenting experiences as migrants. I established a general direction for the conversation while ensuring flexibility for the caregivers to direct part of the conversation.  
During those months, I had several conversations and structured interviews with the EC practitioners about their understanding of childhood, migration, their relationship with migrant families, and diversity, among other topics.

Currently, I am following a reflexive data analysis approach and a crystallization technique in order to amplify and connect participants' expertise in their experiences as children and parents (Brown, 2018). The crystallization process provides another method for achieving depth, particularly through the compilation of many details as well as the representation, organization, and analysis of the details (Ellingson, 2009)
Then, the written, audio, and visual data is crystallized with the data generated by reflections of and with children.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I am currently working on the analysis and constantly reflecting on my positionality while analysing the knowledge co-created with this community. These are the expected conclusions I expect to discuss once the paper is finished:

Researcher positionality: Thorne (1993) claimed that in order to address children as experts, researchers should “disrupt the common-sense adult-centered and adult–child power relations by developing and negotiating child-centered relationships with the children” (as cited in Mayeza, 2017, p. 2). Participating in the daily routine of a classroom as an adult, and considering the understanding children have of what being an adult means, implied children recognised me as an authority. Deciding which role to adopt was one of the main challenges during the research process since including children in the research process requires the researcher to constantly work toward establishing friendly and child-centered relationships with them.

Children’s experiences: Migration is a dynamic and complex process (Fouron & Glick-Schiller, 2001). Young children have experienced different migration journeys that have impacted their subjectivities and identities. They recognise how their life as children has changed during these years, are aware of their fears for the future, and how their relationship with their parents and other relatives has changed, among other topics that arisen.  

Caregivers’ experiences: All the families from this research migrated for economic and political reasons. Although they all claimed they have not been discriminated against in Chile, their narratives tell us that they have experienced discrimination in different aspects of their life, even in parenting. They have been facing differences in terms of the language and the meals offered at the school.

EC practitioners’ experiences: There are some contradictions in their practices and discourses regarding their beliefs and interactions with migrant families that will be shared in the final document.

References
Brown, N. (2018). Exploring the lived experience of fibromyalgia using creative data collection methods. Cogent social sciences, 4(1), 1447759.

Cheney, K. (2018). Decolonizing childhood studies: Overcoming patriarchy and prejudice in child-related research and practice. Reimagining childhood studies, 91-104.

Clark, A. (2001). How to listen to very young children: The mosaic approach. Child Care in Practice, 7(4), 333-341.


Dahlberg, G., Moss, P. and Pence, A. (2007). Beyond Quality in Early Childhood Education and Care. Languages of Evaluation. (2nd Ed.). Oxon, England: Routledge

Ellingson, L. L. (2009). Engaging crystallization in qualitative research: An introduction. Sage.
 
Fouron, G. E., & Schiller, N. C. (2001). The Generation of Identity: Redefining the Second Generation. Migration, transnationalization, and race in a changing New York, 58.
 
Frey, B. B. (Ed.). (2018). The SAGE encyclopedia of educational research, measurement, and evaluation. Sage Publications.
Faircloth, C., Hoffman, D. M., & Layne, L. L. (2013). Parenting in global perspective (p. 119). Taylor & Francis.

INE (2021). Estadísticas demográficas. Cuadros estadísticos. Migración internacional. INE https://www.ine.cl/estadisticas/sociales/demografia-y-vitales/demografia-y-migracion  

Mayall, B. (2002). Towards a sociology for childhood. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Mayeza, E. (2017). ‘Girls don’t play soccer’: Children policing gender on the playground in a township primary school in South Africa. Gender and education, 29(4), 476-494.

Pavez-Soto, I. (2012). Sociología de la Infancia: las niñas y los niños como actores sociales. Revista de Sociología, 27: 81-102.

Pavez Soto, I. (2012). Inmigración y racismo: experiencias de la niñez peruana en Santiago de Chile. Si Somos Americanos, 12(1), 75-99.

Pavez-Soto, I. (2018). Violencias contra la infancia migrante en Santiago de Chile: Resistencias, agencia y actores. Migraciones internacionales, 9(4), 155-186.

Rosen, R., & Faircloth, C. (2020). Adult-child relations in neoliberal times: insights from a dialogue across childhood and parenting culture studies. Families, Relationships and Societies, 9(1), 7-22.

Tijoux-Merino, M. E. (2013). Niños (as) marcados por la inmigración peruana: estigma, sufrimientos, resistencias. Convergencia, 20(61), 83-104.

Vergara, A., Sepúlveda, M., & Salvo, I. (2019). Being a parent and being a child in Chile today: the relational construction of subject positions in a neoliberal context. Subjectivity, 12(4), 371-388.
 
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 Q: Equity in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 408 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Edwin Keiner
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Inclusive Environment for International Students in the UK Classroom

Mei Hu

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hu, Mei

Chinese international students’ negative feelings are often seen as their difficulties in fitting into the local context. From the perspective of host institutions, the notion of ‘transition’ is often underpinned by the discourse of ‘deficiency’ for Chinese international students lacking the necessary skills to manage their learning experience (Ploner, 2018). However, the discussion of the emotional experiences cannot be reduced to the claim of merely presenting the vulnerable subjects and talking about Chinese international students’ ‘deficiency’ when they enter into an unfamiliar educational context, but it rather a way to expand our understanding of emotions affects/effects and retheorize them when we deal with social difference. Also, it is critical to improve the pedagogical practices in classroom to prevent uncomfortable experiences from international students in the first hand, rather than suggesting them to seek for help after they have negative feelings.

Shame and shaming underlie the lived, embodied and overseas experiences of inequality and exclusion, which seem to be veiled by the mainstream discourse of ‘inclusion’ in the higher education that locate the responsibility of overcoming barriers at the individual level (Burke, 2017). Archer (2003) argued that discourse of ‘inclusion’ implicitly requires that the person must fit into the dominant framework, or be excluded either through self-exclusion or through institutional exclusion. In other words, the discourse of ‘inclusion’ works as a form of symbolic violence to make those who are not familiar with the dominant education system feel excluded, and coerces them to transform themselves into ‘standardized’ personhood. For instance, this includes, becoming ‘adaptable’ to the western academic requirements of being critical and independent, and thus being recognized as a qualified pedagogical participant. Therefore, the discourse of ‘inclusion’ may unconsciously perpetuate the problematic deficit model of Chinese international students that they are often described as silent and passive learners, poor written and oral English, lack of critical thinking and emphasising memorisation (Zhu, 2016; Ye, 2018). Chinese international students are asked to ‘fit’ or ‘adapt’ into the UK educational norms, otherwise, they may feel aliened in the classroom. Experiences of shame may play out in ways that Chinese international students regard these academic deficiencies as their personal failures and simply not being the ‘right’ person to study in the UK, and even not ‘good’ enough to deserve the success.

Meanwhile, diversity is often constructed as a positive characteristic to improve the reputation of a university for its commitment to equity and wider participation, usually accompanied by the discourse of assimilation and acculturation (Burke, 2017). One the other hand, ‘difference’ is usually an unspeakable term in the wild education which may trigger anxieties connected to ‘non-traditional’ identities (Burke, 2017). However, the misrecognition and shame can always be hidden behind the ‘seeming to be’ unproblematic discourse of diversity. Diversity in the higher education should welcome different cultures, values, perspectives, dispositions, customs and learning habits, rather than ‘project all that is bad onto those who are different’ (Barnett, 2011, 673). Plenty of literature has presented the difficult and painful adaptation and acculturation process of international students that they need to ‘fit into’ the dominant framework. However, sometimes, these transitional processes may be triggered by a fear of difference which may lead to ‘punishments’. This ‘fear of difference’ can lead to the problematic judgements about students themselves and students from the same cultural background. They may feel inferior compared to those who are familiar with the UK educational system.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper seeks to contextualize the social nature of emotions of Chinese international students and the classed and gendered conditions that work together in its production. Drawing on the work of Ahmed (2004a), it is important not seeing emotions as things or possessions that a person has, rather to find out the social and relational aspects of emotions. In other words, Chinese international students’ emotions cannot be seen as their personal possessions, instead, emotions are relational and can trace back to the social difference and structures in the UK higher education. Constructionist view can be seen as the ontological foundation to explore Chinese international students’ social and relational aspects of emotions in the UK. Constructionism views the person as a relational being and how the person operates in the social-cultural and institutional context (Cohen et al., 2002). As individuals are constructed by and constituents of society, social constructionism values the way in which persons actively understand themselves and find meaning from their positions and roles within the collective but also recognizes the influence of collective in shaping persons.

As emotional transition process is a long-term and dynamic process, this project will adopt a longitudinal approach in following Chinese international postgraduates’ mobility and transition pathways, mainly using qualitative design. As this project aims to get rich and detailed information from participants’ views on their emotional experiences, qualitative interviewing encourages a spontaneous discussion which allow researcher to observe how the interviewees reflectively think and feel about this issue and get deeper insights (Clark et al., 2021). The purpose of this interview is to ask interviewees to talk about their whole transnational stories including their academic situation and social and cultural interaction. By listening to participants’ experiences in this period, the researcher is able to get an overall picture of their new comers’ difficulties and challenges, and how they have been dealing with their adaptation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through an exploration of Chinese international students’ emotional experiences in higher education, I have sought to explore conditions under which judgements has precipitated shame for participants in my study.  Therefore, shame acts as a sociologically significant roles to feeds back into dominant schemas of evaluation of Chinese international students, reinforcing the ‘deficit’ view of their cultures and values. In this sense, shame is experienced by them as embodied, and is not generated in the moment of a particular encounter or experience, but is capable of making itself felt – sometimes unexpectedly – in other occasions. In this sense, shame becomes a part of the habitus through the implicit or explicit judgement of others and naturalizes person-deficit. Through a focus on the lived experience of shame can help to explain how deficiency becomes embodied and naturalized.

Pedagogical practices that against shame and misrecognition are embedded in the notions of connection, rationality and seek to develop the capacity of empathy (Burke, 2017). Based on the principle of an ethics of care and connection, pedagogical participants should share the responsibilities of creating inclusive and equitable spaces. But at the same time, the discourses of ‘inclusion’ and ‘diversity’ should be taken into ongoing and critical consideration. The model of inclusion that advocates fitting in or conforming into the dominant framework is problematic.  For the host institutions, they should show the academic hospitality that involves openness and reciprocity towards others by way of sharing and receiving, and by developing meaningful conversations with knowledges that are perceived as ‘other’ (Ploner, 2018). Higher education institutions should create a learning environment for students to express their unique identities freely and respectfully.

References
Archer, L. 2003. Race, Masculinity and Schooling: Muslim Boys and Education. Berkshire: Open University Press.
Ahmed, S. 2004a. Affective economics. Social Text 22, no. 2: 11739.
Barnett, P. 2011. “Discussions Across Difference: Addressing the Affective Dimensions of Teaching Diverse Students About Diversity.” Teaching in Higher Education 16 (6): 669–679.
Burke, P.J. 2017, "Difference in higher education pedagogies: gender, emotion and shame", Gender and education, vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 430-444.
Clark, T., Foster, L., Bryman, A. and Sloan, L., 2021. Social Research Methods 6E. Oxford University Press.
Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K., 2002. Research methods in education. routledge.
Ploner, J. 2018, "International students’ transitions to UK Higher Education – revisiting the concept and practice of academic hospitality", Journal of research in international education, vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 164-178.
Ye, L.L. & SpringerLink (Online service) 2018, Intercultural Experience and Identity: Narratives of Chinese Doctoral Students in the UK, Springer International Publishing, Cham.
Zhu, J. & SpringerLink (Online service) 2016, Chinese overseas students and intercultural learning environments: academic adjustment, adaptation and experience, Palgrave Macmillan, London.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Didactic Proposals to Serve Gifted Pupils in Mainstream Schools. Broadening Inclusiveness in the Italian School.

Daniela Caserta

Reggio Childhood Studies, Unimore, Italy

Presenting Author: Caserta, Daniela

The aim of this explorative pilot study is to assess inclusiveness of didactic tools experimented in an Italian school, within a wider action research involving about fifteen teachers focused on giftedness in the national school context.

framework: To talk about inclusive education in Italy in 2023, there is the need to value the long path done to get to one school for all students. In 1977 with a National Law (L. 517, 4 Agosto 1977, n.d.) the public school welcomed all its students, without any differences based on backgrounds, languages, disabilities or any learning difficulties. This has meant opening wide doors to a pedagogical model that valued education more than curriculum, learning to grow up and develop the self. It is granted nowadays that it is possible to act self-competences within a group and not in loneliness (d’Alonzo, 2008). Integration at school meant a development of new interactions not only in class but also with several professions, psychiatrics and psychologists in the first place, and a development of new teachers, special need teachers, with prior attention to a child with disability but responsible also for the class development as the curricular teacher (d’Alonzo, 2008, 2019b; Ministero dell’Istruzione e del Merito, 2022).

To move a step forward towards inclusiveness it is important to look back and focus on milestones that helped Italian schools to become a model (Ianes et al., 2020). Italy started with the integration of students with disability in schools, children used to a different didactic and curriculum and a life project based on oneself. Special education started focusing on the person adding the element of a rich context, trying to fill in the feeling of membership. This need of being part of a group allowed the effort to support the research to find a room for each student within a class and every child in the world. This view is much wider than a simplified didactic to pass content. This process has faced several challenges generated by barriers due to stereotypes, prejudices, fear and impotence, just to mention a few.

On the side of giftedness education, some key elements have been highlighted as well. Specifically, background studies have been focused on differences with mainstream education and non-negotiables. Some criteria have been extracted by the work of Bruce M. Shore (Shore, 2000), Joyce VanTassel-Baska and Tamra Stambaugh (VanTassel-Baska, 2005; VanTassel-Baska & Stambaugh, 2005). There is a need for attention to metacognition (as monitoring, evaluation and control of thinking strategies) and its connection to flexibility and accuracy (Shore, 2000). VanTassel-Baska and Stambaugh mention specifically “barriers” that could occur while addressing differentiation: «a) degree of differentiation required b) need to provide advanced learning opportunities beyond grade level, c) philosophical barriers and antipathy of many teachers towards the gifted learner and their needs, d) lack of understood services for the gifted population, and e) lack of services for gifted learners leading to greater neglect» (VanTassel-Baska & Stambaugh, 2005, p. 212). To stimulate thinking skills, curriculums should reflect complexity, important issues and enough creativity to provoke a variety of feedbacks. Some methodology suggested are: problem/project based learning, the regular usage of rubrics to assess and, possibly, involving the competences within the educational community other than just the teacher (VanTassel-Baska & Stambaugh, 2005).

There is a parallel journey between gifted education and special needs (referring to disabilities and learning difficulties) in mainstream education that let arise amongst several challenges a main one: heterogeneous classroom, several needs, different pace in learning and interests (d’Alonzo, 2019a; VanTassel-Baska & Stambaugh, 2005).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology: This research has been developed within wider participatory research about giftedness in an Italian state school in Parma to explore possible didactic feedbacks that could “serve” children with different learning needs and still respecting the right of every child to learn, in a very heterogenous class. Teachers were aware of an unmet need of gifted children in class, but felt uncertain about how to respond to multiple needs in class.
Elements that arose from the research team were the need to foster caring, creativity, and critical thinking, allowing room for metacognition and flexibility.
This research is a case study (Shaughnessy et al., 2020), that has been proposed to join theory (educational part of this action research) to practice in class. To provide a support and encouragement to teachers but also to pay attention to observation that could arise in class and teachers’ competence to document the learning path (Kanizsa et al., 1998).  
Population
Interventions have been divided according to the school grade:
a) Infant school: 2 classes of 5 years old children
b) Primary school: a second-grade class (7 years old) and two third-grade classes (8 years old)
c) Lower secondary school: individual activity of self-awareness on pupils with gifted profile (about 6 pupils).
Teachers of participants classes are team of the participatory research.  
Intervention explored in action
 Didactic hypothesis that wanted to be explored and tested in class were: Philosophy for Children (Lipman, 2005), Making Learning and Thinking Visible (Mughini & Panzavolta, 2020; Project Zero & Reggio Children, 2009), Differentiation (d’Alonzo & Monauni, 2021; Tomlinson, 2005; Tomlinson & McTighe, 2006) and tools to develop self-awareness of pupils in order to possibly co-construct a personalized individual plan (learning strategy and cognitive- emotionally wise)(Goleman & Senge, 2017; Johnson et al., 2016; La Prova, 2015; Sclavi & Giornelli, 2020; Sunderland, 2013).
Instruments: Qualitative semi-structured interviews to teachers, informal dialogues with students and collection of didactic materials created by pupils.
Analysis of the above allowed to answer to: 1) Can a practice in class scaffolds teachers to observe and act based on a recently learned topic? 2) How pupils observation and understanding have been improved by a child centered pedagogy? 3)Can tools thought for a specific child’s profile be helpful as inclusive teaching?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The need for inclusive teaching techniques is self-evident when the idea of "norm/average" becomes increasingly thinner (Tomlinson, 2004) The perceived inclusiveness idea of the Italian school is scratched by the evidence that some peculiarities, such as high cognitive ability and twice exceptionality, are often ignored. These allow teachers to increase, even more, motivations with respect to the need to devote oneself to inclusive teaching for the whole class, still respecting everyone.
Findings of this explorative study have highlighted importance of teachers’ education, that scaffolding is needed to teachers in order translate theory into practice, that child centered pedagogy allows the adult to observe important and different children reactions and mostly that working together with gifted students they can increase their self-awareness and teachers can better understand them. All didactics experimented had the power to build a solid bridge between learner and teacher, students with labels and without!  
The participatory research team agreed with Tomlinson: “Teachers modify their practice not by sweeping change but step by step, in small ways, as they reflect on their practice and will themselves to grow”(Tomlinson, 2005, p. 269)

References
d’Alonzo, L. (2008). Gestire le integrazioni a scuola. La scuola.
d’Alonzo, L. (2019a). Gestione della classe. In L. d’Alonzo (Ed.), Dizionario di pedagogia speciale (pp. 248–253). Scholé.
d’Alonzo, L. (2019b). Dizionario di pedagogia speciale. Scholè.
d’Alonzo, L., & Monauni, A. (2021). Che cos’è la differenziazione didattica (Scholè).
Ianes, D., Demo, H., & Dell’Anna, S. (2020). Inclusive education in Italy: Historical steps, positive developments, and challenges. PROSPECTS, 49(3–4), 249–263. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09509-7
Johnson, D. W., Johnson, R. T., Holubec, E. J., & Marinelli, L. (2016).
Kanizsa, S., Braga, P., Tosi, P., Nigris, E., & Gattico, E. (1998). I metodi qualitativi (S. Mantovani, Ed.). Mondadori.
L. 517, 4 Agosto 1977.
La Prova, A. (2015). Apprendimento cooperativo in pratica: Proposte operative per attività di gruppo in classe. Centro studi Erickson.
Lipman, M. (2005). Educare al pensiero (A. Leghi, Trans.). Vita e pensiero.
Ministero dell’Istruzione e del Merito. (2022). Alunni con Disabilità MIUR. https://www.miur.gov.it/alunni-con-disabilita
Mughini, E., & Panzavolta, S. (2020). MLTV: Making learning and thinking visible : rendere visibili pensiero e apprendimento. Carocci.
Project Zero, & Reggio Children. (2009). Rendere visibile l’apprendimento: Bambini che apprendono individualmente e in gruppo (C. Giudici, C. Rinaldi, & M. Krechevsky, Eds.; I. Cavallini, Trans.). Reggio Children.
Sclavi, M., & Giornelli, G. (2020). La scuola e l’arte di ascoltare: Gli ingredienti delle scuole felici. Feltrinelli.
Shaughnessy, J. J., Zechmeister, E. B., Zechmeister, J. S., Amoretti, G., & Chiorri, C. (2020). Metodologia della ricerca in psicologia (Seconda edizione). Mc Graw Hill.
Shore, B. M. (2000). Metacognition and flexibility: Qualitative differences in how gifted children think. In R. C. Friedman & B. M. Shore (Eds.), Talents unfolding: Cognition and development. (pp. 167–187). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10373-008
Sunderland, M. (2013). Disegnare le emozioni: Espressione grafica e conoscenza di sé (12. rist). Erickson.
Tomlinson, C. A. (2004). The Möbius Effect: Addressing Learner Variance in Schools. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37(6), 516–524. https://doi.org/10.1177/00222194040370060601
Tomlinson, C. A. (2005). Grading and Differentiation: Paradox or Good Practice? Theory Into Practice, 44(3), 262–269. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4403_11
Tomlinson, C. A., & McTighe, J. (2006). Integrating differentiated instruction & understanding by design: Connecting content and kids. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.
VanTassel-Baska, J. (2005). Gifted Programs and Services: What Are the Nonnegotiables? Theory Into Practice, 44(2), 90–97. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4402_3
VanTassel-Baska, J., & Stambaugh, T. (2005). Challenges and Possibilities for Serving Gifted Learners in the Regular Classroom. Theory Into Practice, 44(3), 211–217. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip4403_5


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Racism in the Education System (Germany, Ireland, England)

Annika Fuchs

Uni Koblenz, Germany

Presenting Author: Fuchs, Annika

My research is trying to answer the question of how the education systems in different countries (Germany, Ireland, and England) are dealing with racism. Fueled by current events around the death of George Floyd and the resulting discussions around racism and structural/institutional racism, I decided to look a bit closer at how this might affect the education system. The PISA, TIMSS, and PMSS studies all showed drastic differences in achievement levels for children with an international family history compared to their native counterparts. Following that, I looked into the differences in the government documents that give guidance/advice and instructions to the education systems of these three countries, as well as the teacher training, and what the curriculum includes about racism and the different school curriculums. My research questions are:

* How are racism and discrimination in the documents of official organs inside the education system addressed, and do these documents include calls to action?
* What kind of pedagogical approach is found in the different curricula as well as in the teacher training on how racism is addressed?

The decision to look into Germany, Ireland, and England was made for different reasons. Firstly, they have very different results in the above-mentioned studies, where in England, for example, the children with an international family history perform in some areas even better than their British counterparts. Ireland has overall better results and in Germany, there seems to be a fundamental achievement gap.
The other reason why I am determined to this country constellation is the significantly different historic experiences these countries have made with racism and discrimination which makes them a very interesting subject to look into and see the different routes and developments that have taken place over time in these countries.

Racism is defined as a system that involves the whole society in which an unlawful categorization of people into groups based on their looks, ethnic belonging, or culture is taking place. Following this, that categorization is used to diminish this group and legitimize the creation of a hierarchy.
I will line out the historical development of racism and the historical events that have an impact on the countries and the way they approach racism. Further, I will evaluate how the concept of othering is relevant to the education system and how institutional racism might impact the educational results that children with an international family history are achieving.

My work will also touch on the topic of white fragility to discuss why there seems to be a reluctance to call out racism as an important and present topic in the education system. The choice of wording will also be part of my research, in which manner racism is addressed and how clear the messages go to the education system regarding racism.

Given the impact the teacher has on educational success, the analysis of the teacher education itself regarding the topic of racism and discrimination is imperative. Are new teachers prepared to deal with racism, and if so, how are they trained?

As per my definition of racism as a systematic issue that includes all of society, it is a meaningful topic in education, so determining how children are taught around this is of great importance for our development as a society. Given that institutional racism as such is not necessarily a conscious decision to discriminate against minority members but a result of structural regulations and small acts, it is also important to discuss the topic of bias in this context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To provide information on the research questions, I am working with a qualitative content analysis based on Uwe Kuckartz and Werner Früh.
For the first research question, I a, analyzing official documents from the departments for education or respective state departments that address the topic of racism or discrimination. Additionally, there will be documents from teacher units and student representatives to be analyzed for the first research question.
The second question will look at the curricula of schools up to secondary school and into the contents of the teacher training.
To determine the extent to which these documents can provide answers to my research questions, two category systems are developed. These are compiled from inductive and deductive categories. That means that, based on the research question and the hypotheses, I started with a set of categories and added to them when I looked at the documents and found further relevant category topics in the data. These were added to the previous system and developed so over time, so far the analysis part is not fully completed.
The first question has a category system that has a graduation in the categories. That means there are different levels where a category can be fulfilled but it can also be missing, which is also a category, as it is important to make it visible when certain information is missing in a document. The category system for the second question will not have that feature. It is, in comparison, a bit simpler. It just includes categories that can be fulfilled or not.
For both data sets, I work with MaxQDA as a supporting analytic system.
Once the categorization is completed, I plan to put both results in context with each other and analyze the differences between the distribution of categories regarding the documents and, respectively, the countries, and that will offer information that can provide recommendations for the education system.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
So far I have no conclusive results, but I would expect to find a difference in the documents and word choices regarding racism between the countries. I assume there might be some reluctance to address the topic clearly - specifically in Germany - which could potentially be explained by white fragility. I would further expect a certain difference in educational achievements to be caused by the different structuralization of the education system in Germany compared to Ireland and England. Given the current data that I have already collected, it looks like there is a significant difference in the length of the documents that the countries issue around this topic. Ireland has a rather holistic approach towards the child and does not address the topic as bluntly and clearly as England but seems to rely on positive affirmations regarding the preferred development of the child. Germany seems to avoid racism as a word and refers rather to discrimination. So far, it also seems that racism is rarely a topic in teacher's education or the analyzed curricula. In particular the last findings are concerning and should be addressed. It seems that there are different pedagogical approaches to racism in the education systems where multicultural education seems to be prevalent.
References
•Arndt, S. (2009): Weißsein. Die verkannte Strukturkategorie Europas und Deutschlands. In: Eggers, Kilomba, Piesche, Arndt (Hrsg.): Kritische Weißseinsforschung in Deutschland. Mythen, Masken, Subjekte. •Lentin, A. (2004): Explaining Racism: Anti-Racist Discourse between Culture and the state. In: Lentin, A.: Racism and Anti-Racism in Europe, Pluto Press: London.
•Kundnani, A., Sivanandan, A. (2007): The End of Tolerance. Racism in 21st Century Britain. Plutu Press: London.
•Garner, S. (2004): Racism in the Irisch Experience. Pluto Press: London.
•El-Mafaalani, A., Walaciak, J., Weitzel, G. (2017). Rassistische Diskriminierung aus der Erlebensperspektive: Theoretische Überlegungen zur Integration von sozialer Ungleichheits- und Diskriminierungsforschung. In Fereidooni, K., El, M. (Hrsg.) Rassismuskritik und Widerstandsformen. Wiesbaden, Deutschland: Springer VS.
•Gomolla, M. (2011). Interventionen gegen Rassismus und institutionelle Diskriminierung als Aufgabe pädagogischer Organisationen. In: Scharathow, W., Leiprecht, R. Title: Rassismuskritik. Band 2: Rassismuskritische Bildungsarbeit. Schwalbach, Deutschland: Wochenschau Verlag.
* Banaji, M.R., Greenwald, A.G. (2016): Blindspot. Hidden Biases of Good People. Bantram Books: New York.
* Diangelo, R. (2020): Wir müssen über Rassismus sprechen. Was es bedeutet in unserer Gesellschaft weiss zu sein. Hoffmann und Campe Verlag: Hamburg
* Gilborn, D. et al (2016): Race, Racism and Education: inequality, resilience and reform in policy & pracitce. Final Report to Funders. University Birmingham:https://www.researchgate.net/publication/325011060_Race_Racism_and_Education_inequality_resilience_and_reform_in_policy_practice_A_Two-Year_Research_Project_Funded_by_the_Society_for_Educational_Studies_SES_National_Award_2013
* Kitching, K. (2019): Racism and education.https://inar.ie/racism-and-education/
* Kitching, K. (2011): The Mobility of Racism in Education. sense Publishers: Rotterdam.
* Elton-Chalcraft, S. (2009) Children and diversity, the effects of schooling, and implications for initial teacher education. In: Jackson, Alison, (ed.) Innovation and development in initial teacher education: a selection of conference papers presented at The 4th ESCalate ITE Conference, University of Cumbria - 16th May 2008. Higher Education Academy Education Subject Centre ESCalate, Bristol, UK, pp. 60-73.
* Clandini, D., Husu, J. (2017): A Decolonial Alternative to Critical Approaches to Multicultural and Intercultural Teacher Education. In: The SAGE Handbook of Research on Teacher Education. P. 473-490.
* Kuckartz, U. (2018): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Beltz Juventa, Weinheim.
* Früh, W. (2017): Inhaltsanalyse. Theorie und Praxis. UVK Verlangsgesellschaft mbh (9. Auflage), Konstanz.
* Broden, A., Mecheril, P. (Hrsg.) (2010): Rassismus bildet. Bildungswissenschaftliche Beiträge zu Normalisierung und Subjektivierung in der Migrationsgesellschaft. Transcript, Bielefeld.
 
9:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 0.5 WS B-A: The Monographic Writing Group: a Psychoanalytically Oriented Method to Analyse Professional Practices in Education and Training
Location: Gilbert Scott, Melville [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Workshop. Pre-registration required. Depending on number of pre-registrations a second group will be opened in parallel.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

The Monographic Writing Group: a Psychoanalytically Oriented Method to Analyse Professional Practices in Education and Training

Arnaud Dubois1, Patrick Geffard2

1Rouen University, France; 2Paris 8 University

Presenting Author: Dubois, Arnaud; Geffard, Patrick

This workshop offers to experience a way to analyse professional practices through an approach oriented by psychoanalysis. The method we will use is inspired by Institutional Pedagogy (Vasquez & Oury, 1967), that authors of the proposal both practice since a few decades. The leaders of the device proposed in this workshop have been conducting this type of working group for more than twenty years with different publics in the field of education and training.

This workshop will run in four steps:

–First step: presentation of the ‘device-frame’ (Roussillon, 1995).

–The second step, individual writing: each participant will be invited to write the narration of a situation encountered at work, in a context of teaching or training. The text will be handwritten and in English, which will be the language of the exchanges.

–The third step, a time for exchanges based on free-associations (Freud, 1904): each writer will be invited to read his text and the participants to share what has come to their minds in association with the evoked situation and the way it is related.

– The fourth stage, a time of "meta-reflection" on the method: after having experienced this method, a moment will be devoted to a free discussion during which each participant will be able to talk about this experience of working in group. The leader of this session will be able to briefly present the origin of this method and give examples of its use in the field of education. One of the participants (if possible one of the convenors of Network 21) could be placed in an observer position to focus especially group phenomena during the workshop, i.e. the associative chains.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
Freud, S. (1904). Die Freudsche Psychoanalytische Methode. In L. Löwenfeld Die Psychischen Zwangserscheinungen (p. 545-551). Wiesbaden: J.F. Bergman.
Oury, F. & Vasquez, A. (1967). Vers une pédagogie institutionnelle. Paris: Maspero.
Parsons, M. (2000). The dove that returns, the dove that vanishes. Paradox and creativity in psychoanalysis. London: Routledge.
Roussillon, R. (1995). Les fondements de la théorie du cadre. In P. Privat & F. Sacco. Groupes d’enfants et cadre psychanalytique (p. 15-22). Toulouse: Érès.
Winnicott, D.-W. (1971). Playing and Reality. London: Routledge
 
9:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 0.5 WS B-B: The Monographic Writing Group: a Psychoanalytically Oriented Method to Analyse Professional Practices in Education and Training
Location: Gilbert Scott, Turnbull [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Patrick Geffard
Workshop. Depending on number of pre-registrations a second group will be opened in parallel.
9:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 0.5 WS D: PIRLS 2021 – How to Analyze Primary Students’ Reading Literacy
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Falk Brese
Session Chair: Minge Chen
Workshop. Pre-registration required. Laptop necessary.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

PIRLS 2021 – How to Analyze Primary Students’ Reading Literacy

Falk Brese, Minge Chen

IEA, Germany

Presenting Author: Brese, Falk; Chen, Minge

Note: Participants should bring a laptop. Lecturers will hand out USB sticks with published PIRLS material for group work. Participants could practice analysis if they have the IEA IDB Analyzer and either SPSS, SAS, or R installed on their laptop.

The primary objective of this workshop is to explore how data from international assessments can be used for research regarding outcomes and contexts of reading literacy. The workshop will put emphasis on how data from studies conducted by the IEA (International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement) could provide further insights for policy and practice.

As a leading organization in the field of educational research for more than 60 years, the IEA promotes capacity building and knowledge sharing to facilitate innovation and foster quality in education. IEA studies approach the reality of educational learning outcomes in all its complexity by collecting a huge variety of background information that can be related to students’ achievement, knowledge, and attitudes.

This course will introduce participants to the IEA Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) 2021. The PRILS 2021 database will be published in June 2023 and will provide a fresh and rich source for secondary research of outcomes related to reading literacy across the world, and in particular in Europe with more than 30 European countries participating. PIRLS 2021 is the 5th cycle of IEA’s flagship study in reading literacy, following the administrations in 2001, 2006, 2011, and 2016.

The course will include an overview of PIRLS, covering its background, conceptual framework and design. It will present some key findings from the 2021 data collection. Participants will be introduced to the survey instruments and database, and be provided with access paths to data sources, technical documentation, analysis guides and software tools. There will also be a presentation about available variables such as students’ achievement, their attitudes towards reading, characteristics of their teachers who teach reading, and class- and school-level learning contexts.

With this information, participants will formulate and discuss research questions that can be addressed with PIRLS 2021 data. The instructors will be available to mentor the development of research ideas and design as well as to answer data related and technical questions. Research questions from individual attendants will be presented to all participants in order to provide opportunities to share ideas.

No prior knowledge about large-scale international studies is required. Basic knowledge about statistical analysis is not required but is an advantage.

Draft Agenda:

Introductory session – 10 min

• Introduction of participants and their research interests

• IEA – mission, studies, topics, audiences

PIRLS – 20 min

• Introduction

- Background

- Main research focus, framework

- Design

• PIRLS 2021

- Highlighted results

- Instruments, outcome variables and scales

- Access and availability of data files, technical documentation, analysis guides and software tools

Group work – 35 min

• Participants will form working groups

• Each group will receive selected questionnaire materials and information on the corresponding variables (e.g., perceptions and background) of PIRLS 2021

• Participants will develop their own research questions that could be answered with the information collected in PIRLS 2021

• Each group presents one or two research questions and gets feedback from instructors and audience

• If participants have the IEA IDB Analyzer and SPSS, SAS or R installed, they can practice analyzing the PIRLS data with support by the instructors

Example Analysis – 20 min

• Live demo of analysis of example research questions

• Discussion of analysis and results

Closing – 5 min

• Questions, summary & conclusions

• Invitation to advanced data analysis seminars and initiation of collaborative work


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The course will begin with a brief overview of the studies conducted by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA), followed by a more detailed introduction to the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS). The introductory presentation will include information on the history of the study, its conceptual underpinning and the study design.

Next, there will be a summary of key results from PIRLS 2021. Participants will get insight into the findings of one of the most well-established published international comparative study on reading literacy. As PIRLS 2021 is already the fifth cycle of IEA’s study on students’ reading literacy, the trend results will also be presented to highlight the potential of analyzing PIRLS data across time.

Afterwards, there will be practice sessions that will cover most of the workshop time. Participants will be asked to think about research questions that could be answered using PIRLS 2021 data. As an input for that task, participants will be provided links to the available survey material (student, teacher, and school questionnaires). Further, information is given about variables and data derived from the questionnaire items, for example scale scores for latent variables, such as students’ attitudes towards math and science, as well as students’ perceptions of the school climate. Then, participants will work in groups to think about and discuss possible research questions that could be explored with PIRLS 2021 data. During the group work, the workshop instructors will be available to answer questions and provide conceptual support to the groups.

Each group will present their research question(s), and share and discuss these with all participants, to enable an exchange of thoughts and ideas within the group.

Finally, by using (some of) the research questions developed by participants, the lecturers will conduct example analyses as a live demo. This will provide participants with first insights into methodological aspects and also options of analyzing quantitative data from international large-scale assessments.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This workshop offers a unique opportunity for participants to learn about the concepts and results of PIRLS 2021 as one of the biggest international large-scale assessments of reading literacy in primary education. Participants will learn about the conceptual underpinning and design of the study as well as about the results and findings. During the practice part of the workshop, participants will be able to develop a good understanding about how to address PIRLS 2021 data with appropriate research questions. Finally, participants will get insights into appropriate ways of analyzing international large-scale assessment data.
References
Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2019). PIRLS 2021 Assessment Frameworks. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2021/frameworks/

Reynolds, K.A., Wry, E., Mullis, I.V.S., & von Davier, M. (2022). PIRLS 2021 Encyclopedia: Education Policy and Curriculum in Reading. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://pirls2021.org/encyclopedia

Martin, M. O., Mullis, I. V. S., & Hooper, M. (Eds.). (2017). Methods and Procedures in PIRLS 2016. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/publications/pirls/2016-methods.html

Foy, Pierre PIRLS 2016 User Guide for the International Database. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2016/international-database/index.html
 
9:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 0.5 WS F: Supporting Academic Writing for Early Career Researchers
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Fabio Dovigo
Session Chair: Michelle Proyer
Workshop. Pre-registration required. Laptops necessary.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Supporting Academic Writing for Early Career Researchers

Fabio Dovigo1, Ines Alves2, Olja Jovanović Milanović3, Michelle Proyer4

1Aarhus University, Denmark; 2University of Glasgow, UK; 3Belgrade University, Serbia; 4University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Dovigo, Fabio; Alves, Ines; Jovanović Milanović, Olja; Proyer, Michelle

In the first stages of their career, many researchers experience writing academic papers a challenging task. Writing a research paper is a specific professional skill, but oftentimes researchers are not prepared and mentored enough to fulfil expectations. In addition, scholars today face with constant pressure to publish at a very fast pace, which makes it writing papers a highly competitive and stressful activity.

To support researchers in overcoming this challenge, EERA Network 04, in cooperation with the European Journal of Inclusive Education, invites you to participate in a three-hours workshop on the fundamentals of writing scientific papers for journals in the field of education.

The workshop, especially addressed to junior researchers, aims to present and discuss the essential elements of academic writing. During the workshop, we will review the streamlining processes, writing strategies and editing techniques that help you conceive, draft and complete your paper in a consistent and productive way.

In the first part of the workshop, a panel of four expert researchers will introduce the methods and approaches they usually adopt in developing scientific papers. In the second part, questions and answers from participants will be facilitated through discussion in small groups. The workshop will conclude with a summary of the main suggestions and reflections emerging from the groups.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
Becker, H. S.. (2008). Writing for social scientists: How to start and finish your thesis, book, or article. University of Chicago Press.
Redman, P., & Maples, W. (2017). Good essay writing: a social sciences guide. Sage.
Singh, A. A., & Lukkarila, L. (2017). Successful academic writing: A complete guide for social and behavioral scientists. Guilford Publications.
 
9:00am - 12:00pm100 SES 0.5 - NW 15: Working Meeting NW 15, Research Partnerships in Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 355 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Kathrin Otrel-Cass
Session Chair: Karen Laing
Working Meeting -preparing a publication
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

NW 15: Working Meeting, Research Partnerships in Education

Kathrin Otrel-Cass

University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Otrel-Cass, Kathrin

NW 15: Working Meeting, Research Partnerships in Education

Preparing a publication

 
9:00am - 12:00pmWERA 02: WERA IRN Working meeting (2/2)
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Jana Groß Ophoff
9:30am - 12:30pm00 SES 0.5 WS A: MAX QDA
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Francisco Freitas
Workshop. Pre-registration required.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

MAXQDA on Education Research – A Starter Workshop Session

Francisco Freitas

Verbi Software GmbH, Portugal

Presenting Author: Freitas, Francisco

This workshop is designed for researchers and practitioners willing to learn about computer assisted qualitative and mixed-methods research. This hands-on session will comprise the presentation of the main options available for coding and extracting meaning from data. Workshop participants will grant the possibility of testing different options, ranging from the more traditional approaches to automation using AI tools.

The workshop will consist of a quick guided practice tour through the opening stages of a research data project. Main features and tasks will be practiced in detail, including importing data, creating and applying codes, performing searches and queries, writing memos, retrieving selected coded data segments, analyzing data, and reporting results using some of the special features available (e.g. summaries, QTT, reports, AI Assist). The main goal of this workshop is to provide an overview of the data analysis process relying on MAXQDA assistance, a state-of-the-art software package for qualitative and mixed-methods research. Upon completing the session, workshop participants will identify important options available for tackling their qualitative research data.

Participants will bring their own laptops. A temporary license of MAXQDA will be provided to participants attending the session.

Requirements - IMPORTANT:

  • You are only eligible to attend this workshop if you are registered as participant of ECER.
  • Please do NOT register for more than one workshop. We will cancel double bookings.
  • Should you not be able to attend, please cancel your reservation, as there might be a waiting list.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
References:
Verbi GmbH (2023), MAXQDA User Manual (https://www.maxqda.com/help-mx22/welcome). Berlin, Germany
 
10:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 0.5 WS C: What Makes vour Research Fit within ”didactics”?
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas
Session Chair: Laura Tamassia
Workshop. Pre-registration required.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

What Makes vour Research Fit within ”didactics”?

Marte Blikstad-Balas1, Laura Tamassia2

1University of Oslo, Norway; 2UC Leuven-Limburg (& UHasselt)

Presenting Author: Blikstad-Balas, Marte; Tamassia, Laura

In this workshop, we will address the question of what makes educational research fit within a didactics tradition. Is it about the theories, the methods or the topics we choose to investigate?

The organizer of the workshop, network 27, provides a Europe wide meeting place for educational researchers from the diverse traditions in relation to didactics and teaching and learning. Central questions from a didactical perspective are what is taught in the different school subjects, what is learned and also why, and how. A key ambition for the network is bringing together research on teaching and learning in different subject-specific domains, and discussing the generic aspects of teaching and learning on an empirical basis. In this workshop, we will ask and hopefully answer the big question of what makes educational research fit within the label of didactics. We will discuss how different research questions and different methods add to the field of didactics and how we can frame our research so that the didactical value is clear. In a collective effort, we will also consider the biggest challenges for the somewhat ”messy”, yet more and more interesting, diverse and fascinating field of didactics in an educationally turbulent Europe for the years to come.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
Ligozat, F. & Almqvist, J. (2018). Conceptual frameworks in didactics – learning and teaching: Trends, evolutions and comparative challenges. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 3-16.
Ligozat, F., Klette, K., & Almqvist, J. (2023). Didactics in a Changing World–Introduction. In Didactics in a Changing World: European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (pp. 1-14). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
 
10:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 0.5 WS G: Methodological and Theoretical Perspectives on approaches to Curriculum Research
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
Workshop. Pre-registration required.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Methodological and Theoretical Perspectives on approaches to Curriculum Research

Nienke Nieveen1, Majella Dempsey2, Stavroula Philippou3, Sinem Hizli Alkan4, Natalie O'Neill5, David Leat6

1Eindhoven University of Technology; 2Maynooth University; 3University of Cyprus; 4ARU Chelmsford; 5Dublin City University; 6Newcastle University

Presenting Author: Nieveen, Nienke; Dempsey, Majella; Philippou, Stavroula; Hizli Alkan, Sinem; O'Neill, Natalie; Leat, David

This workshop will explore a number of methodological and theoretical perspectives used in curriculum research. For example, we will look at Design Based Research, Use of life Histories, Network Theory, Critical Realism and other methodologies and theories.

This workshop will be of interest to early career researchers in the area of curriculum studies. From the saying “There is nothing so practical as good theory”, we will explore different methodological and theoretical perspectives being used in research in this area. Researchers will share their own experiences and knowledge of how they have used various methodologies and theories to research curriculum. There will be an opportunity to question and look at real applications in the context of current research.

The objectives of this workshop are as follows:

  • To share theoretical perspectives from early career researchers
  • To explore methodological approaches to curriculum research
  • To investigate theoretical perspectives and how they inform curriculum research.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
10:30am - 12:30pm00 SES 0.5 WS E: Ecosystems of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME)
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen
Workshop. Pre-registration required.
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Research Workshop

Ecosystems of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME)

Hannu Heikkinen1, Eva Bjerkholt2, Michelle Helms-Lorenz3, Helle Plauborg4

1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway; 3University of Groningen, Netherlands; 4Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Heikkinen, Hannu; Bjerkholt, Eva; Helms-Lorenz, Michelle; Plauborg, Helle

The induction phase is an important part of teachers' professional development. Thus, in the EERA network Professional Learning and Development, numerous presentations and symposia have been held during the past couple of decades with the common theme of induction of new teachers.

One well-established way of supporting teachers is mentoring. It has recently been increasingly interpreted as peer learning and dialogue rather than as a one-way transfer of tacit knowledge or socialisation in the workplace.

This workshop is open to all European educational researchers who are interested in developing modern approaches to mentoring research. The workshop is organised by the network project “Ecosystems of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME)”. This initiative has been launched in 2021 as a part of the EERA network 1 (Professional Learning and Development) in association with the project “Nordic Teacher Induction - Promoting Professional Development” (NTI-PPD).

The objectives of the workshop are to:

- provide an opportunity for an informal meeting of educational researchers in Europe who are interested in induction and mentoring

- enable networking and collaboration between researchers interested in the topic

- present the activities of the network so far

- plan further research on induction and mentoring, for example in the form of joint publications, symposia and meetings

- outline the possibilities for applying for research funding for joint projects on induction and mentoring in Europe


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm00 SES 0.5 NW 30: Anniversary Session NW 30
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Panel Discussion
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

ESE Research in/and Europe: Glimpsing the Future through the Past

Elsa Lee

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lee, Elsa

Network 30 Environmental and Sustainability Education Research has reached the age of 10, and this session is dedicated to celebrating this milestone.

For those of us who want to join via zoom, please, use the following link: https://uu-se.zoom.us/j/61233457685?from=addon

We use this opportunity to discuss major shifts, contributions, challenges and achievements in ESE Research over the past decade with perspectives from Europe and beyond. ‘European’ is here used as a reflexive concept, to be played with, criticized and transcended.

We start with an introduction from our founding Link Convenor: Per Sund who will share some of the history of the network.

There will be short introductions from a panel with researchers from Europe and beyond, including:

Heila Lotz-Sisitka, Rhodes University, South Africa;

Greg Mannion, University of Stirling, United Kingdom;

Marcia McKenzie, University of Melbourne, Australia;

Johan Öhman, University of Örebro, Sweden;

Arjen E. J. Wals, Wageningen University, the Netherlands.

We will provide space for group talks (physically and in break out rooms) with the aim of identifying some questions for the panel, and a final plenary, including details about upcoming events and opportunities from the network.

Elsa Lee, Stefan Bengtsson and Ole Andreas from the convener group chair will chair this session.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
..
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
Chair
.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 A: Inclusive Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Muriel Epstein
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Self & Environment – Introducing a New Model of Inclusive Subjects with the Example of Autism

Lukas Gerhards

Humboldt Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Gerhards, Lukas

Inclusive education is often times shaped by a model of students in teachers that reflects a binary understanding of function and dysfunction. Thus resulting in an understanding of subjects which comply to a norm and those who should be included in this group. Especially in schools medical models like DSM-V (Falkai et al. 2018) or ICD-11 (WHO 2019) are used to reference singe students, resulting in a pathologically based, stigmatizing view on individual students. Even more progressive approaches using social model of disability, like the ICF-Model (WHO 2001) show perspectives which conclude in a description of norms and deviation (Hirschberg 2018). Recognizing this we have to conclude that a truly inclusive understanding can’t be realized while describing differences in normative ways.
On the other hand the recognition of individual differences is needed in educational settings, to provide individualization and appropriate learning methods and materials to fit the individual needs of each student, providing ‘reasonable accommodations of the individuals’s requierments’ as UN-CRPD (2006, Art. 24) puts it. The issue of recognizing and reducing barriers depends on the description of individual needs, thus the description of differences.

The aim of this presentation is to introduce a new model, which includes everyone participating in an inclusive group. Starting from the discourse around neurodiversity, this presentation will include philosophical, psychological and neurological perspectives to introduce a model, which is capable of describing differences based on regular human variation, without stigmatization.
“Neurodiversity is the diversity of human minds, the infinite variation in neurocognitive functioning within our species.” (Walker 2014) This categorizes neurodiversity as another dimension of heterogeneity within the human species, tying it to other discourses like race, class or gender (Singer 2017). This means that neurominorities like autistic persons (I’m using this wording with respect to it’s self-chosen character in accordance to Walker (2016)) must also be seen as a regular variation of the human species. This perspective rules out any pathological description that frames autism as a deviation of a norm. The image of autism is first and foremost based on outside descriptions, founded in a socially constructed image of normality. Still neurological differences do exist within humankind and result in individual needs, especially in an environment like schools, which is primarily suited for the needs of neurotypical students – another overgeneralization, which can lead to inappropriate environments and obstacles to overcome for everyone.
This may result in barriers which must be recognized and dismantled (Boban and Hinz 2009). Still these barriers effect every person, not only neurodivergent. This is due to differences in sensory processing which are inherent to every person (e.g. Friston 2017; Newen 2013; Northoff et al. 2016). By developing a general model of sensory processing in context of Self (‘Selbst’) and environment we can describe individual differences, provide reasonable accommodations for each persons needs, and ultimately provide equity in inclusive education, as this perspective shifts the view from overgeneralization of a group to an individual recognition of inclusive subjects. This will be concluded in the presentation, by looking exemplary at autistic students in inclusive learning settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation will feature the development of a model of Inclusive Subjects (‘Inklusive Subjekte’), by reinterpreting and combining approaches and findings from different fields.
The term inclusive subjects is used to emphasize the departure from binary thinking of norm and deviation or a fixed group and persons that shall be included.
Starting from the philosophical recognition of the relationship between a person and the environment (e.g. Plessner 1975) and the realization that perception is a reciprocal process (e.g. Eisler 2002; Soutschek 2011), between the environment and the person, this presentation will connect different findings on this topic.
Psychological and psychoanalytical approaches focus on the effects of the social environment on subjects. Authors like Kaplan-Solms et al. (2007) use psychoanalytical findings and connect them to modern knowledge about neurology. Neurophilosophical approaches (Friston 2017; e.g. Newen 2013; Northoff et al. 2016) go even a step further by treating all sensory impressions alike, to form an image of self and environment, which provides the insights, that (1) a subject is constructing it’s perception of the environment (and thus their relationship to the environment) based on their capabilities, experiences and neurological ‘wiring’ and (2) that this constructed perception must be different for every subject. This interconnects with the discourse around neurodiversity.
By taking Daniel Kahnemanns (2011) neurological two system theory into account to describe sensory processing, this presentation suggests a new model which is capable of describing differences between individuals without stigmatization, as differences are inherent to all.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this presentation is to provide a new model to describe (neurological) differences without stigmatization. This is especially relevant in the context of inclusive education as inclusion worldwide is often hindered by pathological thinking and an image of including one person into a preexisting group (e.g. an autistic student into a pre-existing class), instead of providing measures to facilitate participation for everyone. Still there is a lack of models to shape this way of thinking, as often times a description of differences leads to a comparison to artificial norms. By applying the suggested model it is possible to focus on reduction of barriers in the environment, to meet each individuals needs. This presentation will explore this by applying the model exemplary to autistic students in inclusive education, to provide insights into shifting perspectives, resulting in different pedagogical approaches.
The model distinguishes between Self and environment and focusses on the contact between the two. To do this the Self is once again separated into physical factors (body and senses) and Mind. The physical factors shape the possibilities to interact with the environment. The Mind however provides sensory processing, shaping the recognition of the environment, thus consciousness. All these factors of the Self provide the potential of different and individual sensory processing, so individual differences must not be seen pathologically but as a natural form of human variation.  

References
Boban, I., & Hinz, A. (2009). Der Index für Inklusion. Sozial Extra, 33, (9-10, 12–16). doi:10.1007/s12054-009-0078-4
Eisler, R. (2002). Kant-Lexikon. Nachschlagewerk zu Kants sämtlichen Schriften, Briefen und handschriftlichem Nachlaß (5., unveränd. Nachdr. d. Ausg. Berlin 1930). Hildesheim: Olms.
Falkai, P., Wittchen, H.-U., Döpfner, M., Gaebel, W., Maier, W., Rief, W., et al. (Eds.). (2018). Diagnostisches und statistisches Manual psychischer Störungen DSM-5® (2. korrigierte Auflage, deutsche Ausgabe). Göttingen: Hogrefe.
Friston, K. (Serious Science, Ed.). (2017). Free Energy Principle, British Council. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NIu_dJGyIQI. Accessed: 2 June 2020.
Hirschberg, M. (2018). Konzeptualisierungen von Behinderung in der ICF und der UN-BRK und deren Beitrag zur Verwirklichung des Rechts auf Arbeit. In G. Wansing, F. Welti, & M. Schäfers (Eds.), Das Recht auf Arbeit für Menschen mit Behinderungen. Internationale Perspektiven (1st ed., pp. 109–130). Baden-Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG.
Kahneman, D. (2011). Thinking, fast and slow (First edition). New York: Farrar Straus and Giroux.
Kaplan-Solms, K., Solms, M., Pfeffer, A. Z., Kranz, R., Turnbull, O., & Mojzisch, A. (2007). Neuro-Psychoanalyse. Eine Einführung mit Fallstudien (3. Aufl.). Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta.
Newen, A. (2013). Philosophie des Geistes (C.H.Beck Wissen, 1. Aufl.). München: C.H.Beck.
Northoff, G., Vetter, J., & Böker, H. (2016). Das Selbst und das Gehirn. In H. Böker, P. Hartwich, & G. Northoff (Eds.), Neuropsychodynamische Psychiatrie (1st ed., pp. 129–145). Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg.
Plessner, H. (1975). Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch. Einleitung in die philosophische Anthropologie (Sammlung Göschen, vol. 2200, 3., unveränderte Auflage, im Original erschienen 1975). Berlin: De Gruyter.
Singer, J. (2017). NeuroDiversity. The birth of an idea. Lexington.
Soutschek, A. (2011). Naturalismus und Skeptizismus. Eine Analyse naturalistischer Strategien gegen den Außenweltskeptiker (neue Ausg). Saarbrücken: Südwestdeutscher Verlag für Hochschulschriften.
United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities andOptional Protocol. https://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/convention/convoptprot-e.pdf. Accessed: 13 October 2022.
Walker, N. (2014). Neurodiversity: Some basic terms & definitions. https://neuroqueer.com/neurodiversity-terms-and-definitions/. Accessed: 17 August 2021.
Walker, N. (2016). Autism & the Pathology Paradigm. https://neuroqueer.com/autism-and-the-pathology-paradigm/. Accessed: 14.10.22.
WHO. (2001). International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF). Geneva: World Health Organization.
WHO. (2019). International Classification of Diseases 11th Revision. The global standard for diagnostic health information. https://icd.who.int/en. Accessed: 9 June 2021.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

An Exploration of an Individualised Self-Regulation Programme using the Stress, Self-Regulation and Communication Framework (SSC) for Autistic Children

Cora Howe, Claire Griffin

Mary Immaculate College, University of Limerick, Ireland

Presenting Author: Howe, Cora

Kanner (1943) first used the term ‘Autism’, based on case studies he observed of a group of children who he remarked, differed considerably and uniquely from one another and therefore, deserved careful consideration of their differences. Eight decades later, researchers, like Bolte (2022) argue that frameworks currently used for diagnosing autism, namely the ‘Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th ed. [DSM-5], American Psychiatric Association, 2013), do not reflect the individual differences and holistic profiles of autistic people. Considering Kanner’s (1943) original insights into autism within the modern 21st century’s diagnostic and intervention systems, this paper explores the context for supporting self-regulation in autistic children from an international lens. The paper also seeks to present a framework for supporting autistic children to develop self-regulation in an Irish context.

The United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities ([UNCPRD], United Nations, 2007) called for a human rights perspective on education for people with Special Educational Needs (SEN). From a human rights perspective, governments are called upon to remove barriers to the full participation of people with disabilities in society. This includes providing individual support to enable people with SEN to maximise their academic and social development (United Nations, 2007). The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development ([OECD], 2011) further argue that more support is needed to enable autistic people to develop autonomy and self-determination. Supporting the development of self-regulation is viewed as key to this goal (Nuske et al., 2021). Autistic people are significantly more likely to have challenges with self-regulation (Kuypers, 2011).

This paper presents findings from a systematic literature review on self-regulation for autistic children in the Irish and international context. Further, drawing on international policy, and empirical and theoretical literature, it presents an ongoing teacher-designed intervention to promote self-regulation in autistic children in one Irish primary school. Using a case study design, the teacher researcher leading the study used the Stress, Self-Regulation, and Communication Framework (Binns, Hutchinson & Cardy, 2019) to offer an individualised programme for supporting self-regulation for autistic children over three months. Participants include six children with a diagnosis of autism in Ireland. Binns et al. (2019) capture the staged approach to the development of self-regulation in the Stress, Self-Regulation, and Communication framework. The model starts with supporting co-regulation where social partners support the child by pooling executive resources and adapting the environment as needed. The model then moves on to foundational self-regulation capacities, including teaching emotional literacy. Finally, the model focuses on developing autonomous self-regulation strategies where the children can identify causes of dysregulation and develop a toolbox to regulate their emotions. The framework can be individualised to children by adapting the pace, programme, and strategies used. Based on this framework, the primary research question of the current study is how autistic children in a special class in Ireland respond to an individualised self-regulation programme based on the Stress, Self-Regulation, and Communication framework.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A case-study design for supporting the individual development of self-regulation for children with autism is currently being implemented in an Irish context by the lead author. A case study design was chosen due to the difficulty in isolating the development of self-regulation and related interventions from their context (Swanborn, 2010). This is further echoed by design problems in studies that have attempted to do so, including minimum requirements for participants such as verbal intelligence measures and measures of cognitive functioning  (e.g. Berkovits, Eisenhower & Blacher, 2017). The case-study design employed in this paper uses a multiple-embedded design to offer an in-depth exploration of each child’s response to the intervention and to help to understand common themes and individual differences.

The lead researcher is supporting the class teacher to teach self-regulation using an adapted version of the Stress, Self-Regulation, and Communication Framework (Binns et al., 2019). Firstly, the class teacher was supported by the researcher to help develop co-regulation strategies. This included documenting a sensory audit of the classroom and making environmental changes, and creating a sensory profile of each child. The class teacher is also being supported to teach a self-regulation curriculum which was adapted from the Zones of Regulation programme (Kuypers, 2011). This comprises six weekly one-hour lessons.

An inductive approach to data collection is being used in this study to address how findings from the case study can add to understanding the development of self-regulation. Findings from both quantitative and qualitative data from the case study will be presented in the paper. Quantitative data included teacher-, child- and parent-reported measures of self-regulation at baseline, post-intervention and at a 12-week follow-up. Teacher and parent-reported self-regulation were measured using ‘The Emotional Regulation and Social Skills Questionnaire’ (Beaumont & Sofronoff, 2008). Child-reported self-regulation was measured using ‘The Children’s Emotion Management Scale’ (Zeman, Cassano, Suveg, & Shipman, 2010). Qualitative data collected included descriptions of the classroom environment, pupils’ sensory profiles and semi-structured interviews with the teacher and parents. The data will be analysed using a reflexive approach to thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Reflecting on Kanner’s (1943) original consideration of the differences presented in autistic children, the present paper will present findings that focus on the individual differences of autistic children in response to the self-regulation intervention. This may include when the intervention works best, for whom, and in what setting. The paper will also present the researchers' reflections on the research process within a reflexive paradigm (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The study aims to inform best practice for developing awareness about choosing and applying interventions to support the emotional, academic and social development of autistic children. This may have implications for developing international educational policy, and self-regulation theory.


References
American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed.). Retrieved from: https://doiorg.ezproxy.frederick.edu/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425596

Beaumont, R., & Sofronoff, K. (2008). A multi-component social skills intervention for children with Asperger syndrome: The junior detective training program. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 49(7), 743-753.

Berkovits, L., Eisenhower, A., & Blacher, J. (2017). Emotion regulation in young children with autism spectrum disorders. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 47(1), 68-79.

Binns, A. (2019). Applying a Self-Regulation and Communication Framework to Autism Intervention, Autism & Developmental Disorders, 17(2), 34–45.

Binns, A.V., Hutchinson, L.R. & Cardy, J.O., (2019). The speech-language pathologist’s role in supporting the development of self-regulation: A review and tutorial. Journal of communication disorders, 78, 1-17.

Bölte, S. (2022). A more holistic approach to autism using the International Classification of Functioning: The why, what, and how of functioning. Autism, 13623613221136444.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative Psychology, 9(1), 3.

Kanner, L. (1943). Autistic disturbances of affective contact. Nervous child, 2(3), 217-250.

Kuypers, L.M. (2011). The Zones of Regulation ®: A curriculum designed to foster self-regulation and emotional control. San Jose, CA: Social Thinking Publishing.

Nuske, H.J., Shih, W.I., Sparapani, N., Baczewski, L., Dimachkie Nunnally, A., Hochheimer, S., Garcia, C., Castellon, F., Levato, L., Fischer, E. & Atkinson-Diaz, Z.L. (2021). Self-regulation predicts companionship in children with autism. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 1-11.

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2011). Inclusion of Students with Disabilities in Tertiary Education and Employment. Paris: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development.

Swanborn, P. (2010). Case study research: what, why and how?. Sage: London.

United Nations (UN) (2007). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Geneva: UN.

Zeman, J. L., Cassano, M., Suveg, C., & Shipman, K. (2010). Initial validation of the children’s worry management scale. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 19(4), 381-392.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Lived Body, Lived Room, and Professional Ethos: SENCOs’ Lived Experiences of Managing Inclusive Learning Environments in Swedish Upper Secondary School

Jonas Udd

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Udd, Jonas

Inclusion and the creation of inclusive learning environments have since the Salamanca statement (UNESCO, 1994) been both a means to an end and a goal in itself to create equitable schools as well as equitable societies across the world (Ainscow, Slee, & Best, 2019). Moreover, inclusion might also be a central premise for schools to meet a rapidly growing diversity in the student demographic landscape in Europe (Dyson & Berhanu, 2012; Wolff et al., 2021). However, there is far from any concord within the research community on how inclusion should be defined or how to implement inclusion in schools (Florian, 2019; Nilholm & Göransson, 2017). Therefore, the actual practice of creating inclusive learning environments is an area which merits further research.

Special Educational Needs Coordinators (SENCOs) play a central part in implementing inclusion by creating inclusive learning environments for all students (Abbott, McConkey, & Dobbins, 2011; Cole, 2005; Göransson, Lindqvist, & Nilholm, 2015). Previous research has shown that qualitative positive relationships are central, even essential, for a successful SENCO profession and for SENCOs’ ability to create inclusive learning environments (Aspelin, Östlund, & Jönsson, 2021; Maher, 2016). However, how, and where this work is performed by SENCOs is an area of research which needs to be further explored to better understand how inclusion can be implemented and possibly contribute to meet a growing diversity in the student demographic in Europe and across the world.

Aim and knowledge interest

Considering the brief introduction above, the current study aims to explore how SENCOs in Swedish Upper Secondary School utilize lived body and lived room in their everyday worklife to create and manage inclusive learning environments. A further aim is to understand how professional ethos and agency is expressed in the participants lived experiences. This is explored using a lifeworld phenomenological approach studying the participants lived experiences of creating and managing inclusive learning environments.

Research Questions

(i) What are the SENCOs’ lived experiences of how lived body and lived room conduce and/or impede their agency in the creation and management of inclusive learning environments?

(ii) What are the SENCOs' lived experiences of professional ethos and how it conduce and/or impede agency in their everyday worklife when managing and creating inclusive learning environments?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology and Methods
The study utilizes a lifeworld phenomenological approach. To study peoples’ lifeworlds, to study their lived experiences of a phenomenon, one has to be empathetic, flexible and accommodative to the participants as well as to the phenomenon under study (Bengtsson, 2013). The methods in the study are chosen in relation to its aim and research questions, thereby enabling the researcher to be true to the phenomenon under study (ibid.). The methods in this study are semi-structured lifeworld interviews and reflective open-ended diaries (Kvale, Brinkmann, & Torhell, 2014; Wildemuth, 2017). Three interviews were conducted with each participating SENCO and between these interviews the participants wrote diaries on two occasions. These two methods of generating empirical material combined with the design of the study created opportunity to be empathetic, flexible, and accommodative towards the participants as well as to the phenomenon under study.
Nine participants were chosen for the study using purposeful sampling based on heterogenous characteristics (Patton, 2015). The heterogenous characteristics were that the participating SENCOs should work in small, medium, and large schools; in rural, suburban, and inner-city settings; at theoretical, vocational, and introductory programs and that they should have different lengths of work-experience as SENCOs. A further criterion for selection of the participants were that they currently should work as SENCOs at an upper secondary school. And, finally, the participants should have a Special Education Needs Coordinator’s degree according to SFS 1993:100, or later versions of the same degree.
The analysis of the empirical material was hermeneutical leaning on the work of Gadamer (2013),  placing the study within a interpretative phenomenological tradition. The analysis was performed using the hermeneutical circular movement and was aided by phenomenological concepts such as lived room, lived body, intersubjectivity, intercorporality (Merleau-Ponty, 2014; Schütz, 1967), and attending to the face of the Other (Levinas, 1969).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Outcomes and early findings
Preliminary results in the study suggests that the ethical aspects of SENCOs work, how they attend to the face of the Other (Levinas, 1969), seems to be a central premise for the SENCO profession and for how they approach a diverse student demographic when creating and managing inclusive learning environments. The SENCOs lived experiences imply that agency and the ability to create and manage inclusive learning environments is anchored in as well as driven by a professional ethos which seems to stand at the heart of what it means to be a SENCO. This suggests that empathy, compassion, and the wherewithal to stand up for and defend every student’s dignity and unequivocal right to education are central existential aspects of the SENCO profession. Furthermore, the lived experiences of the SENCOs indicate that relational work seem to be rooted primarily in informal aspects of the SENCOs’ everyday worklife and that the setting for this work is spread out in the school building and beyond. These lived experiences of the participating SENCOs could be interpreted as defining characteristics of the SENCO profession which seem to exhibit distinct interspatial as well as intercorporal aspects (Merleau-Ponty, 2014). On top of this, the intercorporal aspects , seem to be important for SENCOs’ agency and ability to create and uphold qualitative intersubjective relationships (Schütz, 1967). In conclusion, the study’s preliminary results indicate that there is an intertwinement of interspatial, intercorporal, ethical and intersubjective aspects in the SENCOs everyday worklife. These aspects seem to constitute fundamental existential features of the SENCO profession. These existential features of the profession seem to enable the SENCOs to have agency to create inclusive learning environments. The inclusive learning environments might possibly establish opportunity to accommodate the needs of a diverse student demographic.

References
Abbott, L., McConkey, R., & Dobbins, M. (2011). Key players in inclusion: are we meeting the professional needs of learning support assistants for pupils with complex needs? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 26(2), 215-231.
Ainscow, M., Slee, R., & Best, M. (2019). Editorial: the Salamanca Statement: 25 years on. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7/8), 671-676. doi:10.1080/13603116.2019.1622800
Aspelin, J., Östlund, D., & Jönsson, A. (2021). ‘It means everything’: special educators’ perceptions of relationships and relational competence. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(5), 671-685.
Bengtsson, J. (2013). With the Lifeworld as Ground. A Research Approach for Empirical Research in Education: The Gothenburg Tradition. Indo-Pacific journal of phenomenology, 13, 1-18.
Cole, B. A. (2005). Mission impossible? Special educational needs, inclusion and the re-conceptualization of the role of the SENCO in England and Wales. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 20(3), 287-307.
Dyson, A., & Berhanu, G. (2012). Special Education in Europe, Overrepresentation of Minority Students. In (Vol. 4, pp. 2070-2073).
Florian, L. (2019). On the necessary co-existence of special and inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 691-704.
Gadamer, H.-G. (2013). Truth and method: London
New York : Bloomsbury Academic.
Göransson, K., Lindqvist, G., & Nilholm, C. (2015). Voices of special educators in Sweden: a total-population study. Educational Research, 57(3), 287-304.
Kvale, S., Brinkmann, S., & Torhell, S.-E. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Levinas, E. (1969). Totality and infinity : an essay on exteriority. Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press.
Maher, A. (2016). Consultation, negotiation and compromise: the relationship between SENCos, parents and pupils with SEN. Support for Learning, 31(1), 4-12.
Merleau-Ponty, M. (2014). Phenomenology of Perception. London: Routledge.
Nilholm, C., & Göransson, K. (2017). What is meant by inclusion? An analysis of European and North American journal articles with high impact. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 32(3), 437-451.
Schütz, A. (1967). The phenomenology of the social world. Evanston: Northwestern Univ. Press.
UNESCO. (1994, 7-10 June). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. Salamanca, Spain.
Wildemuth, B. M. (2017). Applications of social research methods to questions in information and library science (Second edition. ed.): Santa Barbara, California :
Wolff, C. E., Huilla, H., Tzaninis, Y., Magnúsdóttir, B. R., Lappalainen, S., Paulle, B., . . . Kosunen, S. (2021). Inclusive education in the diversifying environments of Finland, Iceland and the Netherlands: A multilingual systematic review. Research in Comparative and International Education, 16, 3 - 21.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 B: Equity in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Wicked Problem of Inequality of Opportunities: An Analysis of Actor Perspectives in Two Local Contexts

Femke Koekkoek1, Louise Elffers1, Eddie Denessen2, Monique Volman1

1University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands; 2Radboud University, Nijmegen, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Koekkoek, Femke

Although the pursuit of equality of opportunity has been high on the agenda in both policy and practice in recent years, inequality in educational opportunities has meanwhile increased even further, arguably especially since the start of the Covid-19 pandemic. Achieving equality of opportunity turns out to be a particularly complex task. It can be characterized as a ‘wicked’ problem – for a number of reasons.

First of all, wicked problems are socially complex, because a large number of actors is involved, in a dynamic social context. Because various stakeholders (can) play different roles in both the causes and the solutions of the problem of inequality of educational opportunities, it can be seen as a multi-actor problem. Relevant actors in the Dutch educational policy context are parents, teachers, school directors, educational directors or school board members, local policy makers and the municipal educational executive.

Secondly, wicked problems are normatively complex, as solutions often require transcendence of individual interests. All aforementioned stakeholders do not only have an actor-specific views and interests, but also a personal or political ones, which at times might contradict each other.

Thirdly, wicked problems are substantively complex, because the problem cannot be defined unambiguously and has a multitude of – often interrelated – causes. Reducing inequality seems a goal shared by many and, at first glance, the definition of equal opportunities seems unambiguous. Research shows that the shared pursuit of equality of opportunity can be and has been interpreted in a variety of ways.

In this study, inequality of (educational) opportunities is approached as a wicked problem that requires individual and collective commitment from various actors in educational policy and practice, such as local governments, school boards, teachers and parents. To reach collective efficacy, each actor should feel responsible for tackling the problem of inequality of opportunities (ownership) and be willing and able to do so (agency). Feelings of ownership and agency, however, might differ as they are affected by the perspective that actors have on the nature, causes and approaches of the problem of inequality of opportunity. Moreover, in order to be able to show agency, the context must provide sufficient space for actors to actually exert influence on a situation or problem.

This study investigates the perceptions and perspectives of various actors within a local context, regarding the problem of inequality of opportunity in education, their own role in tackling it and possible obstacles they might encounter in developing (collective) agency. The aim is to gain insight in the ways in which local networks handle 'wicked' problems. The central question of this study is: What views, ownership and agency do different actor groups in education have with regard to increasing the equality of opportunities in education?

This quantitative study focuses on various actor groups in their local contexts. In two medium-sized Dutch cities, the entire local school networks, including the municipal educational executive and local policy makers, school boards, headteachers, teachers and parents were asked to fill out an online survey.

Although this study takes place in the Netherlands, the insights will be useable by researchers and policy makers across the national borders as well, as the problem of inequality of opportunity and questions of agency and ownership are universal. During the discussion we can compare the results of our study to the experiences of the audience: do they recognize the way this ‘wicked’ problem is viewed and handled in their own local context? Moreover, possible explanations for (a lack of) perceived ownership and agency by various actors and potential implications for policy can be discussed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this quantitative study the views, ownership and agency of different actor groups with regard to equality of  opportunities in education are investigated. We adopt a case study approach, in which two participating cities or municipalities are considered ‘cases’. The aim was to examine how relevant actors within a given context perceive the ‘wicked’ problem of inequality of opportunity in education.
Data are currently being collected in the local contexts of two medium-sized municipalities in the Netherlands. We invited the entire local school networks of both municipalities to participate in the study. Research participants include parents, preschool teachers, primary and secondary school teachers, principals, school board members, local educational policy makers and the municipal executive responsible for education. They were asked to complete an online survey between 8 November 2022 and 6 February 2023. The municipal executive, policy makers, board members and principals were recruited directly via e-mail; samples of five parents and five teachers per school were recruited with the help of the school administration. Parents were all member of the parent association or representative advisory council of their children’s school. At the time of writing, a total of 625 stakeholders filled out the online questionnaire, representing over 60 different schools for primary and secondary education.
The online survey consisted mostly of Likert-type questions on: (1) the perceptions of the ideal of equality of opportunity, (2) perceptions on the urgency and solvability of the problem, (3) perceptions on the respondent’s own role and beliefs about their influence, and (4) their perceptions of the local environment and the (pre)conditions for agency.
In one of the questions, participants were asked which of six descriptions of the ideal of equality of opportunities best fit their own perspective. Two of the definitions were: “That every student has access to quality education” and “That every student can receive the education that best suits his or her interests and talents.”
In two questions on problem attribution respondents were asked to distribute the attributions of a total of 100 percent of the causes as well as of the solutions among actor groups.
The data will be analyzed and interpreted, using multilevel regression analysis and SEM models to find any meaningful similarities and/or differences. The differences in views, ownership and agency between actor groups will be analyzed within and across both cities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study will contribute to both knowledge and policy development by helping policymakers and education professionals to make a problem analysis and to identify points of departure for improvement. It supports educational actors in shaping individual and collective efforts to aim for equality of opportunity. We hope to gain a better understanding of the preconditions for agency in tackling wicked problems such as inequality of opportunities.
Firstly, this study will provide an overview of the extent to which certain views and perspectives are endorsed by actors in the local context. The extent to which these visions differ within and between different actor groups will also be examined. From this overview, it can be deduced whether one of the possible conditions for developing collective agency is met: having a convergent view on equality of opportunities within the local network; aiming for the same goal.
Secondly, this study will provide insight into the extent to which actors consider themselves and their own actor group responsible for the solution of this problem, and to what extent they attribute it to (an)other actor group(s).
Finally, at the conceptual level, relations between the concepts of views, ownership and agency will be examined. We will also provide insight into certain environmental factors that can hinder or benefit the perceived influence and agency of actors, such as (a lack of) time, resources or support. This knowledge about possibilities and obstacles for the individual and collective commitment to equality of opportunities of various actor groups is of value to professionals in policy and practice who individually and jointly want to shape the social task of achieving equality of opportunity in education.

References
Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the life course: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149.
Cardozo, L., & Simoni, T. (2015). Machismo and Mamitas at school: exploring the agency of teachers for social gender justice in Bolivian education. European Journal of Development Research, 27(4), 574–588. https://doi.org/10.1057/ejdr.2015.51
Cavazzoni, F., Fiorini, A., & Veronese, G. (2022). How Do We Assess How Agentic We Are? A Literature Review of Existing Instruments to Evaluate and Measure Individuals’ Agency. Social Indicators Research, 159(3), 1125–1153. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-021-02791-8
Coleman, J. S. (1968). The Concept of Equality of Educational Opportunity. Harvard Educational Review, 38(1), 7–22. http://meridian.allenpress.com/her/article-pdf/38/1/7/2108061/haer_38_1_m3770776577415m2.pdf
Denessen, E. (2020). Ongelijke kansen; een gedeelde verantwoordelijkheid voor een gezamenlijke aanpak. [Unequal Opportunities; a shared responsibility for a collective approach.] De Nieuwe Meso, 7(1), 50–54.
Elffers, L. (2022). Onderwijs maakt het verschil: kansengelijkheid in het Nederlandse onderwijs. [Education makes the difference: equality of opportunity in Dutch education.] Walburg Pers.
Haelermans, C., Korthals, R., Madelon, J., de Leeuw, S., Vermeulen, S., van Vugt, L., Aarts, B., Prokic-Breuer, T., van der Velden, R., van Wetten, S., & de Wolf, I. (2022). Sharp increase in inequality in education in times of the COVID-19-pandemic. PLoS ONE, 17(2), 1–37. https://doi.org/10.1371/JOURNAL.PONE.0261114
Jencks, C. (1988). Whom Must We Treat Equally for Educational Opportunity to be Equal? Ethics, 98(3), 518–533. https://doi.org/10.1086/292969
Korsten, A. (2019). Omgaan met ‘wicked problems.’ [Dealing with ‘wicked’ problems.] Beleidsonderzoek Online, 0(3). https://doi.org/10.5553/bo/221335502019000002001
Pantić, N. (2021). Teachers’ Reflection on their Agency for Change (TRAC): a tool for teacher development and professional inquiry. Teacher Development, 25(2), 136–154. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2020.1868561
Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Priestley, A., & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Manoeuvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42(2), 191–214. https://doi.org/10.1111/J.1467-873X.2012.00588.X
Robeyns, I. (2006). Three models of education: Rights, capabilities and human capital. Theory and Research in Education, 4(1), 69–84. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878506060683
UNICEF Office of Research. (2018). An Unfair Start: Inequality in Children’s Education in Rich Countries, Innocenti Report Card 15. www.unicef-irc.org
Vilakazi, T. T. (2008). Principals as agents of change. http://repository.nwu.ac.za/handle/10394/1857
Westen, P. (1985). The Concept of Equal Opportunity. Ethics, 95(4), 837–850.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Understanding Teacher Agency in Mathematics Curriculum Making for Promoting Social Justice and Equity.

Derya Sahin İpek

ELTE, Hungary

Presenting Author: Sahin İpek, Derya

The role of teachers as active curriculum-makers, who make curriculum by considering the contextual conditions and the needs of diverse learners, has particular importance for today's educational environments with a growing number of students from different socio-cultural backgrounds. Subsequently, recent educational reform movements in many places strongly emphasise the role of teachers in enacting curriculum policies, with an increased rhetoric of autonomy and flexibility that is linked to teacher agency (see, for example, Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence and New Zealand Curriculum Framework; Priestley & Biesta, 2013). Offering more flexibility and space for teachers have been addressed along with equity goals (Pantic, 2015; Sinnema & Aitken, 2013). Moreover, the teacher role as the agent of change has been widely discussed in relation to teaching diverse learners by referring to an effective teacher who can initiate and also resist the change to create equitable practices (e.g. Irvine, 1990; Ladson-Billings, 1994; Darling-Hammond, French & Garcia-Lopez 2002; Pantic, 2015).

However, Turkey followed somewhat different trends than international reforms by standardization of educational processes and offering narrow flexibility and autonomy for teachers, while still focusing on reducing the inequalities in the education system through policy papers (e.g. Education vision 2023; MoNE, 2018). Hence, it is crucial to examine teachers’ role in curriculum making for promoting social justice and equity in the context of Turkey.

Teacher agency has been addressed by referring capacity of the teacher and individual ability to act like a change-maker and critical decision-maker in the literature on educational change (e.g. Fullan, 1993; Zeichner, 2009; Villegas & Lucas, 2002). However, Priestley, Biesta, and Robinson (2013) have challenged this approach with their model for understanding teacher agency from an ecological perspective which is outlined by Emirbayer’s and Mische (1998), that suggests social, cultural, and structural conditions also play an important role in achieving agency for teachers in their work. The model of the ecological approach to teacher agency is a theoretical basis for this study that aims to explore teacher agency in curriculum making in respect of social justice and equity. Thus, this study aims to explore how do teachers' individual and ecological conditions enable and constrain mathematics teachers’ achievement of agency, in respect of curriculum making through social justice and equity in Turkey.

The following questions are addressed in this study:

  1. How do mathematics teachers perceive their agency in relation to teaching diverse learners?
  2. How do teachers perceive the mathematics curriculum and their role in curriculum making in relation to social justice and equity?
  3. What are individual, cultural, social, and structural factors that influence teacher agency in mathematics curriculum making in relation to social justice and equity?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A sequential explanatory mixed-methods design consisting of two distinct phases will be used in this study (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017). In the first phase, quantitative data will be collected through Teacher Agency Scale which is developed by Gülmez (2019) together with the Demographic Information Form from mathematics teachers in the schools selected through cluster random sampling. The results of the survey will be analysed through descriptive statistics to identify participants and qualitative questions for the qualitative phase. In this study, the priority (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017) will be given to the qualitative approach, since it focused on in-depth explanations of the quantitative results and involved extensive data collection from multiple sources.
In the second phase of the study, teachers will be selected for the qualitative case study through a matrix for selection criteria and teachers’ commitment to participate in interviews and the observation process. A multiple case study approach (Yin, 2014) will be used to explain how individual, cultural, and structural factors influence teacher agency in mathematics curriculum making concerning social justice and equity, in the qualitative phase. Thus, the quantitative data and results will provide a general picture of teacher agency, while the qualitative data and its analysis will refine and explain those statistical results by exploring the teachers’ views regarding curriculum making and mathematics concerning equity and social justice, and ecological factors that constrain and enable their agency in more depth. In that sense, qualitative data will be conducted through face to face/ online semi-structured interviews, observations of their interactions with others (students and colleagues) and document analysis of the mathematics curriculum. The model of an ecological approach to teacher agency (EATA) developed by Priestley et al. (2013) will be used as an analytical lens for data analysis.
Following the analysis of qualitative data, the qualitative and quantitative results will be integrated by using the key themes and example quotations, and statistical data by illustrating connections across key findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data collection process for this research is planned to be started in the academic year of 2023-2024. However, the main themes for expected results of the study are presented as follows:
• Insights into mathematics teachers’ perceptions of their agency in Turkey
• Insights into teachers’ perceptions of mathematics curriculum and their role in curriculum mediation through social justice and equity
• Insights into teachers’ perceptions of social justice and equity and their relationship with mathematics education
• Insights into the ecological factors that influence teacher agency in mathematics curriculum making in relation to social justice and equity.

References
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.
Darling-Hammond, L., French, J., & Garcia-Lopez, P. (2002). Learning to teach for social justice. New York: Teachers College Press.
Emirbayer, M. and Mische, A. (1998), ‘What is agency?’ The American Journal of Sociology, 103, 962–1023.
Fullan, M. G. (1993). Why Teachers Must Become Change Agents. Educational Leadership, 50(6), 12–17.
Gülmez, G. (2019). Factors behind teacher agency: A structural equation modelling study. (Doctoral thesis) Middle East Technical University, Ankara.
Irvine, J. (1990). Black students and school failure: Policies, practices, and prescriptions. New York: Praeger.
Ladson-Billings, G. (1994). The dreamkeepers: Successful teachers of African-American children. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
MoNE. (2018). Education vision 2023. Ankara: MoNE Publications.
Pantić, N. (2015). A model for study of teacher agency for social justice. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 759-778.
Priestley, M., & Biesta, G. (Eds.) (2013). Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice. London: Bloomsbury.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G.J.J. & Robinson, S. (2013). Teachers as agents of change: teacher agency and emerging models of curriculum. In M. Priestley & G.J.J. Biesta (eds.), Reinventing the curriculum: new trends in curriculum policy and practice (pp.187-206). London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Sinnema, C., & Aitken, G. (2013). Emerging international trends in curriculum. In M. Priestley & G. J. J. Biesta (Eds.), Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice (pp. 141–164). London: Bloomsbury Academic
Villegas, A. M., & Lucas, T. (2002). Educating Culturally Responsive Teachers. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
Yin, R. K. (2014) Case Study Research: Design and Methods, 5th Edition. London: Sage Publications Ltd.
Zeichner, K. M. (2009). Teacher Education and the Struggle for Social Justice. Routledge.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Problematisation of Gender Binarism: An Overwhelming Mission for Equality Planning in the Finnish Basic Education

Salla Myyry

University of Eastern Finland, Finland

Presenting Author: Myyry, Salla

Auditing Gender Equality

This study contributes to critical literature on educational equality policies by examining equality promotion through school level functional equality planning. Equality policies in Nordic countries, such as Finland, have been described pro-active and exemplary, especially because state-feminism has an established status in the national policies (Kreitz-Sandberg and Lahelma, 2021; Lahelma, Öhrn and Weiner 2021). An equality planning obligation was extended to Finnish basic education (grades 1-9, age group 7-15 years) in 2015 in the reform of the Act of Equality (609/1986). The reform was a state-feminist establishment of equality work in elementary schools, that feminist researchers have desired for decades (Kreitz-Sandberg and Lahelma 2021). In this study, I examine critically the steps and missteps that the Finnish gender equality work has taken when the recently implemented equality tool – equality planning – was operationalised in elementary schools and reflects its potential in equality promotion in Finland and elsewhere.

The functional equality planning is targeted to challenge the educational equality policies that have repeatedly failed to problematise gendered binary structures and norms (see Ikävalko and Brunila 2019; Myyry 2022). In general, schools draft their equality promotion policy on the grounds of the gender inequalities, which school community find out by surveys addressed to pupils (FNAE 2015). Previous studies have examined the equality planning in upper secondary education (Ikävalko 2016), working life (Ylöstalo 2012; Ikävalko and Brunila 2011), and a diversity planning in universities (Ahmed 2012). These studies on equality tools have shown that the equality planning can offer a stage for institutional discussions on gender equality, but unfortunately the plan and the planning process are often truncated into technical performances of fulfilling the requirements. Additionally drafting a document requires time and effort from every-day school practices and thus after completing the formal document, there is no time left to critically ponder and raise awareness of inequal structures (Ikävalko & Brunila 2011, 328-329). Thus, despite the step forward in equality promotion, policy researchers have shown that bureaucratic logics of equality techniques depoliticise feminist approaches, because then feminist knowledge becomes mainstreamed and equality work is audited from the viewpoint of efficiency and effectiveness (Prügl 2011; Ikävalko 2016; Ahmed 2012; Ylöstalo 2012). From the critical viewpoint, equality planning represents an auditing culture of education, and then the plan is a document in which schools perform their equality (see Ball 2000).

However, due to the novelty of the gender equality tool in basic education, there is no information yet on how the equality plan succeeds in challenging binary inequalities. In this study, I show how equality planning as an equality tool discursively fix, shrink, stretch, and bend meaning of gender equality and what happens to problematisation of gender binarism in the process of functional equality planning. In particular, I will show that drafting a document does not itself problematise gender binarism, but instead it can be harmful for equality promotion, if the meaning of gender equality is stretched and bended to other premises or fixed to some depoliticised questions (see Lombardo, Meier and Verloo 2009).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data and methods

The data of the study consists of 140 school-specific functional equality plans from six municipalities representing all Finnish regional state administration areas. I received the functional equality plans from the schools between years 2021-2022. The length and the structure of the plans varied. The shortest plan comprised of five rows of text and the longest included six pages of text contributed by a school. Some plans represented a specific illustration of equality planning process and reports of a surveys, and equality measures, but some only described values and general principles of the school.
In the analysis of functional equality plans, I understand language usage as a relative action which together with discourses and social practices construct and reflect social reality (Fairclough 1992), and as Ahmed (2007, 607) has advised I do not read ‘documents as doing what they say’. I view the equality planning tool as a process and a text, that shapes and reflects a meaning of gender equality. Prior (2003) has argued that analysis of documents should not focus only content of the documents but additionally to take account the context of the text manufactory and consumption. To be able to make text manufactory visible I analyse processes, in which gender equality was shaped in the different parts (problems and measures) of the documents and illuminate the potential influences of the meaning shaping in the schools’ social practices.
In the process analysis of the documents, I apply idea of the discursive shaping of the meaning of equality from Lombardo, Meier, and Verloo (2009) and examine, how equality plans discursively fix, shrink, stretch, and bend meaning of gender equality. The analysis focuses on the two main elements of equality plans: determined equality problems of the schools and equality measures set by the schools. I pay attention, how gender equality is 1) fixed in different concepts and depoliticised goals, 2) stretched towards wider meanings or 3) bent to fit a variety of other goals or 4) shrunk to a particular issue, in represented equality problems and measures (Lombardo, Meier and Verloo 2009). After analysing the discursive shaping of gender equality, I take a closer look at discursive practices of equality plans and examine what happens to problematisation of gender binarism in the discursive process of functional equality planning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Outcomes

This study shows that equality planning as an equality promotion tool fails to problematise binary gendered power relations at schools. The discursive shaping of gender equality in the equality plans was repeatedly bent to other goals such as bullying and support of learning, fixed to depoliticised measures, such as mixed groups and gender neutrality or stretched to resource distribution according to pupils’ conviction or immigrant background. This kind of bending, stretching, and fixing did not put equality promotion into movement, and they obscured the existing equality problems. Thus, it seems that schools only perform their equality and a fulfilment of requirements in equality plans.

Equality planning guidelines direct schools to shrink recognised equality problems to easily handled measures. However, shrinking was a marginal discursive shaping of equality in the plans analysed in this study. Marginality of shrinking is explained by the fact, that it requires schools to determinate their equality problems, but only 48 of 140 schools had conducted surveys on pupils. When recognised structural equality problems (e.g. gender and sexual harassment) were shrunk to some specific goals the measures were targeted to pupils behaviour, language usage or lacking knowledge. Then equality promotion was not targeted to gender binary structures maintained in school’s everyday practices but was constructed as an issue of pupils’ misbehaviour.  

This study shows that the equality planning process emphasises auditing problems and measures no matter how they fixed, shrunk, stretched, or bent meaning of gender equality. Despite gender equality was discursively shaped diverse ways, equality plans constructed together one discourse: The discourse of equal school which self-evidently maintains equality. Thus, it seems that the obligation to document school specific equality policies alone do not challenge the binary gendered structures.    

References
Act on Equality between Women and Men. (609/1986; amendments up to 915/2016 included) https://www.finlex.fi/en/laki/kaannokset/1986/en19860609_20160915.pdf (read 23.1.2023).
Ahmed, S. 2012. On Being Included. Racism and Diversity in Institutional Life. Durham: Duke University Press.
Ahmed, S. 2007. “‘You end up doing the document rather than doing the doing’: Diversity, race equality and the politics of documentation.” Ethnic and Racial Studies, 30 (4): 590–609.
Ball, S.J. 2000, “Performativities and fabrications in the education economy: Towards the performative society?", Australian Educational Researcher, vol. 27, no. 2, pp. 1-23.
Fairclough, N. 1992. Discourse and Social Change. Cambridge and Maiden: Polity.
FNAE, 2015. “Tasa-arvotyö on taitolaji. Opas sukupuolen tasa-arvon edistämiseen perusopetuksessa.” Gender quality work is a skill. A guide to promoting gender equality in basic education. Guides and handbooks. https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/173318_tasa_arvotyo_on_taitolaji_0.pdf
Ikävalko, E. and K. Brunila. 2019. “Coming to Discursive-Deconstructive Reading of Gender Equality.” International Journal of Research & Method in Education 42 (1): 33–45. doi:10.1080/1743727X.2017.1413085.
Ikävalko, E. 2016. Vaikenemisia ja vastarintaa : Valtasuhteet ja toiminnan mahdollisuudet oppilaitosten tasa-arvosuunnittelussa. University of Helsinki.
Ikävalko, E. and K. Brunila. 2011. “Tasa-arvosuunnittelu managerialistisen hallinnan tekniikkana”. Sosiologia 48 (4), 323–337.
Kreitz-Sandberg, S., and E. Lahelma, 2021. “Global Demands – Local Practices: Working towards Inclusion of Gender Equality in Teacher Education in Finland and Sweden.” Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 5(1): 50–68. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.4052
Lahelma, E., E. Öhrn and G. Weiner, 2021. “Reflections on the emergence, history and contemporary trends in Nordic research on gender and education.” In Marie Carlson, Brynja E. Halldórsdóttir, Branislava Baranović, Ann-Sofie Holm, Sirpa Lappalainen, & Andrea Spehar (Eds.), Gender and Education in Politics, Policy, and Practice – Transdisciplinary Perspectives. Springer: 17–33.
Lombardo, E., P. Meier, and M. Verloo. 2009. “Stretching and Bending Gender Equality. A Discursive Politics Approach.” In E. Lombardo, P. Meier and M. Verloo (eds.) Discursive Politic of Gender Equality. Stretching, Bending and Policy-Making. New York: Routledge, 1–18.
Myyry, S. 2022. “Designing the Finnish basic education core curriculum: the issue of gender binarism.” Gender and Education, 34 (8): 1074-1090, DOI: 10.1080/09540253.2022.2126443
Prior, L. 2003. Using Document in social research. Sage, London.
Prügl, E. 2011. “Diversity Management and Gender Mainstreaming as Technologies of Government.” Politics & Gender, 7(1), 71–89. doi:10.1017/S1743923X10000565
Ylöstalo, H. 2012. Tasa-arvotyön tasa-arvot. Tampere University Press, Tampere.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 C: Teacher Education Research
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Relationship Between Design and Regulation in Action at the Time of Emergency

Lorenza Maria Capolla, Francesca Gratani

University of Macerata, Italy

Presenting Author: Capolla, Lorenza Maria; Gratani, Francesca

The emergencies of the last period, the COVID-19 pandemic, the environmental crises, the war in Ukraine, and the resulting socio-economic crisis, have accentuated, in education, the differences already existing among students (Save the Children, 2021; Giorgino, 2020) and produced new ones. These differences are also related to distance education (Ballarino et al, 2020; Torre et al, 2022) due to issues of economic, social, and cultural inequality.

To cope with the situation that has resulted and for a more democratic and equitable school, there are two levers on which to act: on one hand, flexible planning that helps with dealing with the unexpected, and on the other hand, fostering greater student autonomy. It has been studied in the literature how teachers, in order to cope with the unexpected, are forced to make fast decisions (Perrenoud, 1999), and this often favors the reproduction of embodied methods of operation (Magnoler, 2017) that reproduce worn-out patterns that do not fit the current situation and the changes taking place. Linear and instructivist methodologies often prevail, which are only effective in appearance but in essence do not meet the criteria of equity that are essential today. If regulation in action can no longer be based only on the practices incorporated by teachers, it becomes essential to rethink design models and to understand whether it is viable a "design for the unexpected" that can prepare many possibilities and support the teacher in making decisions in action amid unexpected situations. Regulation in action in the past was seen as teacher improvisation. Our hypothesis, on the other hand, sees regulation as a design in action that opts among the various possible paths identified in the design. In other words, we hypothesize that in order to cope with the unexpected and to implement equitable educational practices, it is necessary to both activate implicit intelligence and explicit intelligence (Damasio, 2021) while having to operate at speed.

The research we are describing attempts to answer the previous problems. It started from the analysis of 200 teaching sessions of Primary Education students that made us verify how the unexpected impacts on (1) the spatiotemporal conditions of teaching action and (2) the way pupils respond to the devices proposed by teachers.

Spatiotemporal conditions also result from students' different modes of working and learning. The need to activate multiple channels and engage students on authentic tasks results in different work times for each. The use of technologies to activate different processes introduces new possible sources of uncertainty. Different student responses also result from the increased differences present. Today, each student arrives in the classroom with a personal and multivariate store of knowledge, and this depends not only on the individual cultural background but also on the experiences and vicissitudes he or she has gone through.

"Designing for the unexpected" uses certain strategies: modularity, which is designing self-consistent lessons; redundancy, which is proposing activities that pursue the same objectives with different devices; deviation, that is activities that pursue different objectives but are more adherent to contingent needs; anticipation, that is predicting what will happen in the classroom (Rossi et al., 2021); and hierarchy, that is being clear about which activities are unavoidable and which can be added or changed. Some of the above strategies are derived from Berthoz's (2011) studies on simplexity and how complex systems respond to crises.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was conducted during the teaching of Design and Assessment Theories and Methods collocated in the third year of the Primary Education Master’s degree program. It consists of lectures, workshops, and placement in schools. Design Based Research (DBR) methodology was adopted (Anderson et al., 2012; Fishman et al., 2013). The artifacts produced by the students were then analyzed using the a posteriori text coding system (Trinchero, 2004; Braun et al., 2006) with a semantic approach, and two researchers coded the artifacts and then compared the analysis.
The research was organized in 3 steps. Within the course, students were asked to design a lesson and then carry it out during the internship. In the first step (academic year 2021-22), the design artifacts and post-action reflections of future teachers were analyzed. Several issues emerged from the analysis: difficulty in managing time following unexpected events and ending the session unfinished, poor attention to emerging differences, and a state of anxiety.

Based on this analysis, the design method was organized using the previously presented strategies, and a training module on "designing for the unexpected" was introduced into the curriculum (academic year 2022-23).
Finally, design artifacts and student reflections from the academic year 2022-23 were analyzed.

The required artifacts are:
- the pre-action artifact that contains a detailed sequence of activities (narrative section), and objectives, constraints, and purpose of the educational intervention (descriptive section) (Laurillard, 2014). The narrative artifact also contains the simulation of what they think might happen in the classroom and possible dialogues;
- a post-action artifact in which the lesson that took place is narrated, reporting the dialogues that actually took place (after obtaining the necessary authorizations for privacy protection) and the post-action reflections.

As indicated in the hypotheses, students had to include in the design artifact:
- redundancy. That is, a. activities to be activated in place of the basic ones, b. activities to be included if the basic ones were not practicable or did not achieve their purpose or different work times emerged among different students.
- hierarchy. The planned activities should be classified as either strictly necessary or as additional. In this way students know in action what to perform should unexpected events alter the time available. Additional activities to be implemented with groups of students can also be included.
- the simulation of activities, i.e., predicting students' dialogues and behaviors to anticipate possible problems and estimate the time needed for activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the 230 designs showed that in most cases having provided for possibles in the design helped future teachers deal with different kinds of unexpected events. Primarily, having talked about the unexpected prepared them for uncertainty and allowed them to better control anxiety. The presence of redundant activities allowed them to articulate in multi-modal ways the session promoting inclusion and enabling to accommodate diverse students' needs. In particular, in 23% of the designs, it emerges how redundant activities favored overcoming problems encountered by students with the first device proposed. In 46% of cases, the presence of redundant activities allowed to offer the same content through different paths, promoting greater participation for all. Finally, in 31% of cases, the hierarchy of activities made it possible to overcome the space-time problems generated by unexpected events.
During final exams future teachers were asked to share their impressions of the usefulness they had detected from the inclusion of the strategies for the unexpected and almost all of them confirmed the positive effects that this change on the design model had on classroom management, time and anxiety. Although we are aware of the bias due to the implicit teaching contract for which students may have shared only positive impressions, we believe that the results were indeed interesting. In fact, comparing the reflections on these issues with those made by students in the previous academic year we noticed a more clearheaded attitude in making choices even in a state of anxiety, greater self-confidence, and, above all, better management of time and unexpected events. One element that supports our hypothesis is that students introduced changes other than those planned or used differently redundant activities, or inserted new ones accepting solicitations from pupils, highlighting how attention to the unexpected initiates a divergent and generative posture.

References
Anderson, T., & Shattuck, J. (2012). Design-based research: A decade of progress in education research?. Educational researcher, 41(1), 16-25.
Ballarino, G., & Cantalini, S. (2020). Covid-19, scuola a distanza e disuguaglianze. La rivista delle politiche sociali, 2020(1), 205-216.
Berthoz, A. (2011). La semplessità. Torino: Codice.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Damasio A. (2021). Feeling and Knowing: Making Minds Conscious. New York: Pantheon Book.
Fishman, B.J., Penuel, W.R., Allen, A., & Cheng, B.H. (Eds.). (2013). Design-based implementation research: Theories, methods, and exemplars. National Society for the Study of Education Yearbook, 112(2). New York: Teachers College Record.
Giorgino F., Il coronavirus e l’erosione del ceto medio, 30 maggio 2020. Retrieved from: https://open.luiss.it/2020/05/30/il-coronavirus-e-lerosione-del-ceto-medio/
Laurillard D. (2014).  Insegnamento come progettazione, Milano: Franco Angeli.
Magnoler, P. (2017). Formare all’imprevisto: una sfida per la professionalizzazione degli insegnanti. In Ulivieri, S. (ed.) Le emergenze educative della società contemporanea. Progetti e proposte per il cambiamento, pp. 357-361. Lecce: Pensa Multimedia.
OECD, Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Parigi, 2021. Retrieved from journal URL: https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/69096873-en.
Perrenoud, P. (1999). Gestion de l’imprévu, analyse de l’action et construction de compétences. Éducation permanente, 140(3), 123-144.
Rossi, P. G., & Pentucci, M. (2021). Progettazione come azione simulata: didattica dei processi e degli eco-sistemi. FrancoAngeli.
Save the children, Accessed 29 gennaio, 2023. Retrieved from: https://www.savethechildren.it/blog-notizie/un-anno-pandemia-le-conseguenze-sull-istruzione-italia-e-mondo
Torre, E. M., & Ricchiardi, P. (2022). Accoglienza dei minori e delle famiglie ucraine nelle scuole e nei servizi educativi. Lifelong Lifewide Learning, 18(41), 133-153.
Trinchero, R. (2004). I metodi della ricerca educativa (pp. 1-198). Laterza.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Becoming-Activist: A Teacher’s Journey of Engaging with the Activist Approach in School-based Physical Education

Cara Lamb1, Dillon Landi1, Kimberly L. Oliver2, David Kirk1

1The University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2New Mexico State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Lamb, Cara

Introduction

There has been a plethora of research within physical education that outlines the multiple barriers that young women and girls face to participation (see Flintoff & Scraton, 2006). Importantly, young women and girls are often constructed as the ‘problem’ within physical education settings by being labelled as ‘disengaged’ (Vertinsky, 1992). Yet, this dominant narrative has not held up to scrutiny because of the structural factors including content (Stride & Flintoff, 2018), uniforms and clothing (Fitzpatrick & Enright, 2016), gendered stereotypes (Oliver, 2001), curriculum (Oliver & Kirk, 2015), amongst many others, that work to limit girls’ engagement. Rather than just critiquing physical education, more recently researchers have shifted their focus in order to explore how we can transform physical education to be more equitable toward young women and girls. This paper continues in this line of scholarship.

There have been multiple initiatives in order to transform physical education into a more equitable place for young women and girls. Much of this work has examined how to (re-)engage young women and girls in physical education by actively changing the environment. Within this, Oliver and Kirk (2015) have developed a pedagogical model, the activist approach, to working with girls in physical education. This work has been used across multiple settings (e.g. USA, Brazil, Australia, Scotland). Further, much of this work has examined pre-service teachers experiences of engaging with the Activist approach (Luguetti & Oliver, 2019; 2021; Oliver et al., 2018). To build on this scholarship, it is important to consider the experiences of current in-service teachers that are using this novel approach in school-based physical education settings.

Physical education teachers are part of schools, communities and professional cultures that are steeped in conventional ways of thinking. Within these spaces, there are dominant practices that often limit the pedagogical creativity of teachers as they rely on traditional approaches to physical education (see Kirk, 2010). Physical education teachers, therefore, that undertake transformative approaches are often ‘at the margins’ of the field and struggle to enact new forms of teaching (Fitzpatrick, 2013). In order to empower teachers to experiment with different forms of pedagogies in physical education, it is important to understand the challenges they may face in schools. Of further importance is to understand how these teachers experience these challenges as well as how it affects their ability to enact new pedagogies in physical education.

Purpose and Research Questions

The purpose of this paper was to examine the experiences of an in-service teacher who is engaging with the activist approach in physical education. The purpose was explored using the following research questions:

  1. What are some of the challenges that a teacher may face when they are enacting an activist approach in physical education?
  2. How do these challenges affect the teacher’s experiences of enacting an activist approach in school-based physical education?

Paradigm

The paper is grounded in a critical and transformative paradigm of qualitative research in physical education (Landi, 2023). Within this paradigm, the goal is to not merely critique social inequitable structures but also to transform them. As such, this paper draws on the Girls Activist Approach of Physical Education in order to transform physical education practices within Scotland to be more equitable for young women and girls. This study’s aim, of understanding a teacher’s journey to become-Activist, was underpinned by an approach to learning that was student-centred, embodied, inquiry-based, and emphasised listening to students (Oliver & Kirk, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design

The study was a 10 month-long intervention comprised of two phases. The first phase was a ‘Building the Foundation’ portion where five teachers did an induction with their students in order to start a student-centred inquiry (Oliver & Oesterreich, 2013). The second phase consisted of the teachers using student feedback from the ‘Building the Foundation’ section to develop lessons based on student interest. This particular study focuses on the experiences of one teacher, and her students, in the second phase that developed and enacted an activist approach with her all-girls physical education class.

Setting and Participants:

This particular research paper is centred around the experiences of Kate, a secondary school physical education teacher in Scotland. Kate works at a co-educational Catholic high school that is comprised of pupils that are geographically based in low socio-economic status areas. Kate’s class is made up of 25 girls between the ages of 15 and 16 years old. Kate was a principal teacher of physical education with over 10 years of teaching experience.

Data Generation and Analysis:
 
Data were generated over a 9-month period from August 2016-April 2017. The main researcher produced data drawing on multiple methods. This included semi-structured individual interviews (Marshall & Rossman, 2012) with the teacher, group interviews (Rubin & Rubin, 2005), lesson observations and field notes (Emerson et al., 2011), unstructured debriefing with the teachers, classroom artefacts (Marshall & Rossman, 2012), as well as reflective discussions with the third and fourth authors.

To analyse the data, the first author worked with the second author to undertake different ‘modes of thinking’ (Freeman 2017). First, data were coded using versus coding (Saldana, 2013) where we looked for dichotomis in the data that were at conflict (e.g., teacher expectations v. student expectations). After versus coding took place, these codes were then considered in relation to concept coding (Saldana, 2013). This is where the original versus codes and data were then compared to ‘big ideas’ and broader meaning. In this case, several ‘big ideas’ were developed like ‘structural restrictions in relation to student needs’. After, these two rounds of coding took place, the first author created a narrative analysis (Freeman, 2017) to re-construct stories from the research that highlighted the above conflicts and concepts. They were then re-presented and unpacked for meaning around becoming-Activist.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Kate began her unit with a foundational audit that explored the girls’ experiences in PE. Jenny, said ‘I really don’t like it when teachers keep telling you to work harder but you’re doing your best’. Maeve added ‘Yeah, when you’re running with someone who is faster and you can’t keep up and the teacher tells you to keep going but you can’t go faster’. Kate recognised this and acknowledged Jenny and Maeve by saying, ‘maybe it’s about the teacher being more aware of your individual strengths and weaknesses’.

A few weeks later, Kate co-created a lesson based on a spin class. She assumed the girls would like it based on discussions. In the beginning she emphasised ‘going at your own pace’ and ‘judging their own ability’. Once instruction started, Kate forgot about what she stated. Her bike, at the front of the class, faced her students as she barked orders:

‘keep pushing hard on the pedals’

‘Girls you should be going at the same pace as me’

‘Last wee bit keep pushing’

Despite good intentions, Kate resorted to ‘traditional forms’ of physical education that were teacher-centred and performance-based. Halfway through the semester, Kate and I reflected on this activity and she noticed the girls did not need her to push them. Rather, they were enjoying the activist approach without her orders. Then she taught another spin lesson, this time trusting her students. She taught ‘from the floor’ and gave students options of different activities and to go at their pace. She was ‘at the same level’ as students, moving between groups doing different tasks that were led by students. The girls were working hard, engaged, and encouraging one another. It took reflection, but using an activist approach was not an ‘end point’. It is filled with errors, reflection and experimentation.

References
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago press.

Fitzpatrick, K. (2013). Critical pedagogy, physical education and urban schooling. Peter Lang.

Fitzpatrick, K., & Enright, E. (2016). Gender sexuality and physical education. In Routledge handbook of physical education pedagogies (pp. 337-349). Routledge.

Flintoff, A., and Sheila S. 2006. “Girls and Physical Education.” In The handbook of physical education, edited by David Kirk, Doune Macdonald, and Mary O’Sullivan, 767-783. London: Sage.

Freeman, M. (2016). Modes of thinking for qualitative data analysis. Routledge.

Kirk, D. (2009). Physical education futures. Routledge.

Landi, D. (2023). Thinking qualitatively: Paradigms and design in qualitative research. In KAR Richards, M.A. Hemphill and P.M. Wright (Eds.) Qualitative Research and Evaluation in Physical Education. SHAPE America.

Luguetti, C., & Oliver, K. L. (2021). A transformative learning journey of a teacher educator in enacting an activist approach in Physical Education Teacher Education. The Curriculum Journal, 32(1), 118-135.

Marshall, C., & Rossman, G. B. (2011). Designing qualitative research (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications

Oliver, K. L. (2001). Images of the Body from Popular Culture: Engaging Adolescent Girls in Critical Inquiry. Sport, Education and Society, 6(2), 143–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573320120084245

Oliver, K. L., & Oesterreich, H. A. (2013). Student-centred inquiry as curriculum as a model for field-based teacher education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(3), 394–417. doi: 10.1080/00220272.2012.719550

Oliver, K. L., & Kirk, D. (2015). Girls, gender and physical education: An activist approach. Routledge.

Oliver, K. L., Luguetti, C., Aranda, R., Nuñez Enriquez, O., & Rodriguez, A. A. (2018). ‘Where do I go from here?’: learning to become activist teachers through a community of practice. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(2), 150-165.

Rubin, H. J., & Rubin, I. (2005). Qualitative interviewing: The art of hearing data. London: SAGE Publications.

Saldaña, J. (2013). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (2nd ed.). London: SAGE Publications

Stride, A., & Flintoff, A. (2018). Girls, physical education and feminist praxis. The Palgrave handbook of feminism and sport, leisure and physical education, 855-869.

Vertinsky, P. A. 1992. “Reclaiming Space, Revisioning the Body: The Quest for Gender sensitive Physical Education.” Quest 44 (3): 373-396.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning To Be a Teacher of Mathematics, What Makes the Difference? Reflections From First Year Primary Education Student Teachers.

Lucy Westley

University of Northampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Westley, Lucy

This research focuses on the relationship that student teachers have with mathematics and how this relationship develops and evolves to create their identity as a mathematics educator during their first year of initial teacher training (ITT) at a University in England. The impetus for the research has stemmed from witnessing first hand, as a mathematics lecturer in Initial Teacher training, the relationship that undergraduates have with mathematics as subject that they must study but also one that they must teach. Research has found that teachers with higher levels of self- efficacy are less likely to suffer from burn out and leave the profession early. Less well understood is the development of attitudes towards mathematics in correlation with teaching experiences (Patkin and Greenstein, 2020). Many students entering university may have had 10 or 12 years of learning formalised school-based mathematics, but their subject knowledge is weak. Reasons for this may be that they have disconnected pockets of knowledge and what they perceive to be mathematics bares little correlation with how mathematicians perceive it.

For ITT students who have had a successful past relationship with mathematics and have achieved well in formal school testing such as GCSE and ‘A’ level, it might be assumed that they will have a strong perception of competence and confidence in the subject. However, an erroneous view of the way in which mathematics is presented and viewed as a subject persists amongst these students. This has also been confirmed through Rowland et al., (2009) who have suggested that formal qualifications are not a reliable indicator of sufficient subject knowledge to teach primary mathematics.

There is the suggestion of a cycle from learner through to teacher whereby perceptions of mathematics are formed by a child through cultural, family and social interactions including through their experiences in school. The weak subject knowledge and poor mathematical pedagogical knowledge held by some teachers can reinforce the negative experiences of the learner. As the learner moves through school further disengagement occurs and shallow learning takes place. I argue that the following elements have an impact on their perceptions of mathematics and self-efficacy: The teaching approach of the school, the relationship with the mentor and how the mentor is teaching them, the relationship that the mentor has with mathematics themselves, the experiences the student teacher gains in teaching across the different strands, the academy approach to mathematics and the use of schemes in general.

Drawing on a theoretical framework of Bandura’s (1977) theory of the development of self-efficacy I argue that for many student teachers the understanding of the equal value given to the how and the why of teaching may be problematic for them, as it is a different experience to the one in which they experienced as a learner of mathematics themselves. Traditional teaching practices experienced over formative school years lead to beliefs and attitudes being formed about mathematics and how it should be both taught and experienced (Gainsburg, 2012).

Further to this, the influence of the diversity of teaching approaches of any school-based placement and how decisions regarding the value of mathematical knowledge and the curriculum have an impact on the developing self-efficacy of the student teacher are established. Mentoring also plays a significant role in the student teachers’ developing self-efficacy as does the relationship between the student and the mentor. How this supports or develops positive perceptions of the subject and therefore higher levels of self-efficacy is established.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research will draw on an explanatory case study approach. The case study approach was selected as it allows for the in-depth study of a problem which then leads to ‘fuzzy generalisations’ (Bell and Waters, 2018, p.30). The ‘case ‘is the formed through the 2021- 2024 cohort of 74 students who have entered the BA Primary Education with QTS which provides ITT university-based training at a university in England. The generalisations may be criticised here as too generalised as they relate to a specific issue within one university however as the teaching approach to mathematics is similar to other universities the generalisations may be identified as relatable. Bassey considered that the use of the case study may be classified as relatable if they are aimed at the improvement of education and if the research is carried out systematically and critically (Bassey cited in Bell and Waters, 2018 p. 30).
The data set was collected through the use of a focus group after the completion of the students first year at university.   During this time the students have completed two placements, a module on mathematics teaching and submitted their first assignment concerning mathematics subject knowledge and pedagogy.  
Using a qualitative approach, and drawing on the research from an ongoing project, an online focus group consisting of five students was conducted and then analysed using reflexive thematic analysis. The research collection forms part of a larger study which aims to follow the students through out the course of their degree.
The research questions for this study are as follows:
1) What perceptions of their own competence do student teachers hold about mathematics on entry to the BA primary Education degree.?
20 How might students be effectively supported to develop their personal self-efficacy as a mathematics educator?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this research is to establish the diversity of experiences that student teachers start initial teacher training with and the impact on developing self-efficacy. It will establish how the combination of placement and university experiences allows the development of subject and pedagogic knowledge of mathematics and if the same approach for all should be used. The process of becoming a teacher is complex (Flores and Day, 2006); it is multidimensional, personal, context driven and presents conflict. It is the combination of previously experienced worlds with the new world being entered and the relationships and norms that must be adhered to (Holland et al., 1998). In a study by Akkoc and Yesildere-Imre (2017) students whose perceptions of mathematics teachers remained stable, were those where the pedagogical ideas espoused by university were matched by those on placement. Where identities were unstable differences were seen between the pedagogies advocated by the institution and those seen in practice.
Guskey (2010) stated that for a teacher to change practices, attitudes and beliefs they must first experience a successful impact on the pupils.  The student teacher may come into ITT with little experience of the classroom. The contention between university, research-based practice and school contextualised practice may be different. The student needs to navigate differences alongside learning their craft thus experiencing conflict in the development of self-efficacy towards mathematics teaching. Student teachers of the primary phase have a limited time to experience the teaching of mathematics. Guskey (2010) states that the quality of the initial training is crucial to change the attitudes and beliefs of teachers. I argue that this notion needs to be reflected in ITT mathematics programmes through reflection and critical questioning of the content of the mathematics teaching programme at university alongside what student teachers experience and teach whilst on placement.


References
Akkoç. H, and Yesildere-Imre. S.(2017)  Becoming a Mathematics Teacher: The Role of Professional Identity. International Journal of Progressive Education 13 (2) pp. 48-59
Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioural change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191-215
Bell, J. & Waters, S. (2018) Doing your research project : a guide for first-time researchers. Seventh edition. London, England ;: McGraw-Hill Education.
Flores, M. A, and Day, C. (2006) Contexts Which Shape and Reshape New Teachers’ Identities: A Multi-perspective Study. Teaching and Teacher Education 22(2) pp. 219-32.
Gainsburg, J. (2012) Why new mathematics teachers do or don’t use practices emphasized in their credential program. Journal of mathematics teacher education. [Online] 15 (5), 359–379.
Guskey, Thomas R. (2010) Lessons of Mastery Learning. Educational Leadership 68(2): pp.52-57
Holland, D. (1998). How cultural systems become desire: A case study of American romance. In R. D’Andrade & C. Strauss (Eds.), Human motives and cultural models (pp. 61–89).
Patkin, D, Greenstein, Y. (2020) Mathematics Anxiety and Mathematics Teaching Anxiety of In-service and Pre-service Primary School Teachers. Teacher Development 24(4) pp. 502-19.
Rowland.T. ( 2009) The Knowledge Quartet: The Genesis and Application of a framework for Analysing Mathematics Teaching and Deepening Teachers’ Mathematics Knowledge. Sisyphus. 1 (3) pp. 15-43
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 D: Identity and Agency in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Mhairi Beaton
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

An Exploration of Teacher Agency for Inclusive Education: a Qualitative Analysis of Italian General and Special Education Teachers’ Perspective

Marco Andreoli1, Luca Ghirotto3, Jennifer A. Kurth2, Angelo Lascioli1

1University of Verona, Italy; 2University of Kansas; 3USL-IRCCSi Reggio Emilia,

Presenting Author: Andreoli, Marco

Objectives

Teacher agency is a rather abstract concept, and it has been extensively theorized (e.g. Aiello & Sibilio, 2018; Eteläpelto, 2013; Priestley et al., 2015a; 2015b), yet its practical unfolding in an actual inclusive school setting remains largely unexplored. Recent literature reviews on teacher agency for inclusive education have shed light on the phenomenon (Miller et al., 2020; Li & Rupper, 2020; Andreoli et al, 2022). However, a comprehensive empirically based theorization is still lacking. The purpose of this study is to explore teacher agency for inclusive education at work, by collecting and analyzing teachers' experiences and perspectives. To this end, we have tried to respond to the following research questions: 1) How does teacher agency for inclusive education unfold in inclusive school settings? 2) How can teachers “make a difference” and contribute to more equitable opportunities for all students? 3) What strategies are employed in this process? 4) Is teacher agency enacted differently by general and special education teachers?

Theoretical Framework

According to Pantić (2015; 2017a), Pantić and Florian (2015) teacher agency is a transformative process aimed at fostering social justice in schools, which are more and more characterized by increasing cultural and social diversity. When enacting teacher agency, teachers act strategically, removing the risks of school failure and social marginalization, promoting academic achievements, and ensuring better opportunities for all students (Pantić, 2015).

School systems and teachers as change-makers are mutually constituted, meaning that teachers act not only in but also through a particular school context. As Biesta and Tedder (2007) put it, “the achievement of agency will always result from the interplay of individual efforts, available resources, and contextual and structural ‘factors’ as they come together in particular and, in a sense, always unique situations” (pp.137). In this vein, several environmental elements have emerged in the literature as relevant factors impacting teacher agency for inclusive education. Pantić (2017b) notes that teacher agency is influenced at the micro level by personal factors, i.e., teacher attitudes and beliefs, at the meso level by school/context-specific ideologies and practices, and at the macro level by educational policies, curriculum, etc. The most critical factors lie at the meso level and concern relationships and cooperation among different school actors. They are, nonetheless, also more "malleable" and unlike structural elements, they can be modified by new practices. Other factors facilitating or hampering teacher agency for inclusive education have been mapped in three different literature reviews (Miller et al., 2020; Li & Rupper, 2020; Andreoli et al, 2022). Barriers include the absence of structural resources, the dominant ableist culture, the perceived inadequacy in the relationship with the students with disability, the special education teacher's unpreparedness on specific learning contents, the marginalization of the special education teacher, the absence of shared planning, and the lack of school administration support. On the other hand, teachers proved they can change existing practices thanks to resilience, teamwork, and student-centered ideologies (Andreoli et al., 2022). Yet, how do they do that? What actions do they take? What happens when teachers make a change and make enhanced educational opportunities for all students possible? Miller et al. (2020) and Li & Rupper (2020) argue that for a better understanding of the phenomenon, researchers should identify specific “actions” informing teacher agency. Building on these premises, we collected a large body of empirical data to gain practical knowledge on transformative actions and agency-driven outcomes in existing inclusive school settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data Sources  

This paper draws from 614 responses to the following open-ended question: Do you feel you have ever made a difference in inclusive school settings? Can you recall one or more episodes? This question was included in an online questionnaire administered via Google Forms, as part of the “Special Education Teacher Agency Project” carried out by the University of Verona (Italy).  After receiving ethical approval from the Ethics Committee of the University of Verona, an invitation was sent to 6000 Italian teachers and 614 participated in the study. The sample includes 124 in-service general education teachers and 490 special education teachers working in inclusive settings. Participants vary according to the school level, years of experience, subject area, and certifications.  

Data Analysis
The framework method (Gale et al., 2013) was utilized to analyze the dataset. This allowed for thematic analyses of teachers’ experiences about change-making for inclusive education. Researchers identified and compared descriptive labels, developed working themes, and then grouped and organized the themes into a matrix. The process was reiterated until a consensus was reached. The matrix design is conceived in a way to respond to the research questions and to capture the practical unfolding of teacher agency for inclusive education as a phenomenon.  


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
614  Italian teachers responded to the question. Framework analyses allowed for the identification of four inter-related categories: enabling conditions, strategies, outcomes, and levels. Enabling conditions refer to contextual and personal factors that place teachers in a better position for taking impactful actions that enhance inclusive  education. Outcomes refer to accomplishments achieved by teachers with their students  and actual changes produced in the school context. Strategies are actions carried out by teachers that, along with enabling conditions, make changes in school possible. Lastly, levels capture the direction taken by teachers actions when impacting the school, including different school stakeholders inside and outside the school, i.e.,  school personnel, student population, parents, professionals and the community.
These four categories are in relationship with one another, forming a matrix. Thanks to the application of specific strategies and/or by virtue of enabling conditions, teachers produce educational, relational, and context-related outcomes, impacting different subjects’ groups. This matrix provides insights into how teacher agency unfolds in inclusive school settings and it suggests a number of strategies employed by teacher when enacting teacher agency for inclusive education.



References
Andreoli, M., Zaniboni, L., Ghirotto, L., & Lascioli, A. (2022). A Scoping Review on Teacher Agency for Inclusive Education: Mapping Existing Evidence and Conceptual Frameworks, Form@are, 22(3), 9-29. https://doi.org/10.36253/form-13288
Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661545.
Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65.
Gale, N.K., Heath, G., Cameron, E. et al. (2013). Using the framework method for the analysis of qualitative data in multi-disciplinary health research. BMC Med Res Methodol 13, 117. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-13-117
Li, L., & Ruppar, A. (2020). Conceptualizing teacher agency for inclusive education: a systematic and international review. Teacher Education and Special Education, 44(1), 42–59. https://doi.org/10.1177/0888406420926976.
Miller, A. L., Wilt, C. L., Allcock, H. C., Kurth, J. A., Morningstar, M. E., & Ruppar, A. L. (2020). Teacher agency for inclusive education: an international scoping review. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1789766.
OECD (2005). Teachers matter: attracting, developing and retaining effective teachers. OECD: Paris.
Pantić, N. (2015). A model for study of teacher agency for social justice. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 759–778. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044332.
Pantic, N. (2017a). An exploratory study of teacher agency for social justice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 66, 219–230.
Pantić, N. (2017b). Reconciling rigour and impact by collaborative research design: study of teacher agency. International Journal of Research and Method in Education, 40(4), 329–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2015.1113250.
Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 333-351. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015a). Teacher Agency: an ecological approach. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015b). Teacher agency: what is it and why does it matter? In R. Kneyber, & J. Evers (Eds.), Flip the system: changing education from the bottom up. (pp. 134–148). London: Routledge.
UN (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.
UNESCO (2000). The right education. Towards Education for All throughout life. Paris: UNESCO.
UNESCO (2005). Guidelines for inclusion: ensuring access to Education for All. Paris: UNESCO.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Role of History Teachers’ Agency and Self-Efficacy in Teaching Historical Thinking Introduction

Latife Eda Kuzuca

university of reading, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kuzuca, Latife Eda

There is increasing attention paid to improving students’ historical thinking (HT) competences in the UK. With this, there are several definitions and understanding of HT in the literature from all around the world. Among British history educators and researchers, for instance, HT refers to several aspects of disciplinary-based history teaching, In the United States, Wineburg (2001) defined HT as a systematic recognition process that the past is different from the present, and it has several distinctive and disciplinary procedures to make meaning about the past. In the present study, this term has been framed as teaching history in a way that equips young people with a set of abilities such as asking perceptive questions, weighing evidence, thinking critically, sifting arguments and judgement. Teaching HT had gained considerable interest in history teaching communities because of what it entails and its potential benefits. As HT involves processes such as examining historical sources, negotiating different perspectives, and resolving historical values with present judgements, it is essential for students’ cognitive development (Lee, 2011). From a social perspective, learning HT may equip and sensitise young people to understand the differences around them and to learn how to live with them peacefully and respectfully (Levesque, 2016). The roles of teachers’ self-efficacy and agency have been oftentimes found to be decisive factors in their decisions of teaching HT.

Although the popularity of HT within the history teaching circles, existing literature gives very little considerations to the conceptions and ideas of history teachers of teaching historical thinking and its influences on their practices. However, teachers play a vital role in this process as they are the meditators who are responsible for interpreting and enacting the curriculum (Harris & Reynolds, 2018; Monte- Sano et al., 2014). Although teachers’ role in this process is highly critical, the literature is quite limited in terms of how history teachers adopt the demands of official policies into their school curricula (Harris & Reynolds, 2018). Thus, it will be important to focus on the perspectives and behaviours of teachers associated with HT to provide further insights in this field. One of a few comprehensive studies exploring history teachers' thinking was conducted by Husbands et al. (2003). However, since then, the field of history teaching has seen many changes. Therefore, a new and updated study exploring history teachers' perspectives, specifically for teaching HT, can make an important contribution to the field.

This study, therefore, aims to investigate the perspectives and approaches of history teachers towards teaching HT by raising and evaluating the question of what influences the decisions teachers make in terms of teaching historical thinking. Teachers' decision-making processes involves the process of taking action according to the specific intentions (Seixas, 2012). Therefore, at this point, the concept of teacher agency and self-efficacy become important aspects of teacher decision-making processes (Biesta &Tedder, 2007; Robinson, 2012). In this research, teacher agency is associated with their decisions and actions in relation to improving their teaching based on the new ideas and changes – more specifically HT. Teachers’ self-efficacy also affects their decisions for the selection of curriculum, teaching strategies, and their general behaviours in the classroom (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). Teachers’ sense of efficacy may shape their goals and their level of effort and desire that they invest in teaching in the classroom (Hoy, 2004). Therefore, teachers with higher self-efficacy are more likely to choose to apply classroom enquiries and student- centred teaching methods (which are very beneficial for teaching HT) to improve students’ learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research has been conducted with the qualitative approach by adopting constructivist and interpretivist paradigms. Ten history teachers have been chosen by using convenience sampling and were interviewed twice using online applications.
During the first interviews, semi-structured questions and mind map approaches have been used.  Additionally, the mind map approach utilised by asking ‘how do you go back teaching historical thinking in your classroom’ was helpful in this study to obtain diverse data. This approach was beneficial to gather insight about the ways participants see and construct their classroom practices such as reflecting their beliefs, experiences, and prejudices as well as understanding the subject (Kinchin et al., 2000).
In the second round of interviews, the narrative approach has been utilised by asking ‘how is your understanding of historical thinking has been developed over your career’. The decision to use narrative approach as a data collection method in this research is based on the features that Cole and Knowles (2001) explained for research designs exploring people life histories and their change and progress in their lives. In the present study, it is intended to "advance understanding about the complex interactions between individuals' lives and the institutional and societal contexts in which they are lived" (Cole & Knowles, 2001:126). This method was beneficial for understanding the participants' experiences and motivations over time, by considering their individual, educational, professional, and social contexts. This method mainly helped to answer the third research question, as participants try to explain processes related to the influential factors on their decisions which lead them to teach HT or not. The analysis of data has been done manually by using deductive and inductive coding approaches.
To determine teachers' level of agency, it is elaborated if they reflected their ideas on historical thinking in their teaching through the analyses of the schemes of work (when applicable) and the interview discussions. If not, then they were asked if they have any future plans or aspirations to do so. In terms of self-efficacy, teachers’ comments, and discussions related to the extent of their happiness with their current practice and the schemes of works have been associated with their level of self-efficacy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this study, a direct proportion was found between the level of agency and self-efficacy of the history teachers and their willingness and attempts to teach HT in their lessons. While teachers with a high level of agency and self-efficacy tend to engage with HT, teachers with a lower level of agency and self-efficacy were found to be hesitant to teach HT. Four categories were identified in which teachers were able to manifest their agency in teaching HT in the current educational climate amongst history teachers in England; and they are innovators, practitioners, exam-oriented teachers, and content coverers. The reason behind these different categories seemed to be related to the strong and iterative relationships between teachers' individual mechanisms (i.e., beliefs, values, purposes, self-efficacy etc.) and external contexts (i.e., accountability, performativity workload, time issues etc.). Although particular external mechanisms (i.e., accountability, performativity) negatively impacted the content coverer and exam-oriented teachers' decisions for teaching HT, innovators and practitioners were able todetach themselves from these negative factors and showed a good engagement with HT.

Findings showed that particular positive external contexts (such as supportive and collaborative working environments and sustainable relationships with their professional community of practices) and their internal systems (i.e., beliefs, self-efficacy) influenced teachers positively to be able to act more agentic in bringing change and improvement. However, this did not apply to the content coverer and exam-oriented teachers. The data showed that these teachers' external contexts (i.e., unsupportive, and isolated working environment, lack of professional network and guidance) led them to adopt a low level of efficacy and this reduced their agency while shaping their practices for teaching HT. These factors affected teachers’ decisions, in particular content and pedagogy, in their practice. This study highlighted the importance of teacher training, sustainable professional development activities and professional networks for helping teachers to become forward-thinking, innovative, and professional teachers.

References
Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132-149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661545
Cole, A. L., & Knowles, J. G. (2001). Lives in context: The art of life history research. AltaMira Press. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2002-00023-000
Harris, R., & Reynolds, R. (2017). Exploring teachers’ curriculum decision making: Insights from history education. Oxford Review of Education, 44(2), 139-155. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2017.1352498
Husbands, C., Kitson, A., & Pendry, A. (2003). Understanding history teaching (1st ed.). Open University Press.
Hoy, H. W. (2004). What Preservice teachers should know about recent theory and research in motivation? [Paper presentation] American Educational Research Association, San Diego, CA.
Kinchin, I. M., Hay, D. B., & Adams, A. (2000). How a qualitative approach to concept map analysis can be used to aid learning by illustrating patterns of conceptual development. Educational Research, 42(1), 43-57. doi:10.1080/001318800363908
Lee, P. (2011). The future of the past: Why history education matters. L. Perikleous & D. Shemilt (Eds.). Association for Historical Dialogue and Research.
Levesque, S. (2016). Why should historical thinking matter to students? Agora, 51(2), 4-8. https://doi.org/10.3316/ielapa.101510871640270
Monte-Sano, C., De La Paz, S., & Felton, M. (2014). Implementing a disciplinary-literacy curriculum for US history: Learning from expert middle school teachers in diverse classrooms. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(4), 540-575. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.904444
Robinson, S. (2012). Constructing teacher agency in response to the constraints of education policy: Adoption and adaptation. The Curriculum Journal, 23(2), 231-245. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2012.678702
Seixas, P. (2013). Historical agency as a problem for researchers in history education. Antíteses, 5(10). https://doi.org/10.5433/1984-3356.2012v5n10p537
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783-805. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0742- 051x(01)00036-1
Wineburg, S. S. (2001). Historical thinking and other unnatural acts: Charting the future of teaching the past (Critical perspectives on the past). Temple University Press.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teacher Agency in Digital Age: A Systematic Review of Technology-integrated Teaching

Qiandong Zhou

durham university, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Zhou, Qiandong

Digital technology, as a form of infrastructure, has greatly facilitated sharing of knowledge and information. However, these technologies were not invented for education but can be appropriated for it because researchers, including Henry Jenkins (Jenkins, 2006; Squire & Jenkins, 2003), have observed that learning can be developed through engagement in such platforms. Selwyn points out that the introduction of technology in education is often approached in a deterministic way, which leads to the polarisation of debates and practices. The role of teachers in such transformation is increasingly examined. They are acknowledged as having the capacity to practice agentively in their classroom for educational change (Severance et al., 2016; Van der Heijden et al., 2015), and they are considered the most important agent affecting the implementation of digital education. Teacher agency is commonly referred to as teachers' capacity to make choices and implement actions to realise changes (e.g., Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Eteläpelto et al., 2013). Although the number of publications on teacher agency has increased significantly in recent years, there is a lack of scholarly consensus on the relationship between digital technology and teacher agency, and mediating factors in shaping teacher agency within technology-integrated teaching. In order to address these gaps, a systematic review was conducted with the following objectives:

● Explore a comprehensive and clear understanding of the relationship between digital technology and teacher agency.

● Summarize factors that have been identified to impact teacher agency for implementing digital education.

The research questions of the review were:

1. What teacher agency has investigated in empirical research of digital education?

2. What factors influence the improvement of teacher agency for digital education?

3. How has the effectiveness of digital technology for teacher agency been measured?

-What is the impact of digital technology on teacher agency?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As it found that empirical studies on teacher agency regarding digital education are limited in scope, this review purposefully determined a broad search, there was no restriction on the time and place of publication. Studies conducted in any country and English publications were selected to gain a broad understanding of the topic. Moreover, this review is also conducted for a PhD project focusing on China. Therefore, as a subset of this review, the Chinese literature was searched. The process and methodology adopted in this study adhered to the PRISMA model (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) (Moher et al., 2009), and specifically focused on systematic review. The process was guided by Kitchenham (2004). Keywords and themes were concluded from relevant literature, including "teacher agency", "digital education", and "technology-integrated education". Then, based on these choosing keywords, search terms were further selected from three thesaurus: the UNBIS (United Nations Bibliographic Information System) Thesaurus; the UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation) Thesaurus; and the ERIC (Education Resources Information Center) Thesaurus. The concept of "teacher agency" were included by referring to the search strings "agency", "agent*", and "Teacher Decision-Making".  The "digital education" was addressed by searching for "Digital classroom", “ICT (Information and communication technology) for education”, "Educational technology", etc.
In addition, these terms were combined with operators such as AND and OR to refine the search with more relevant results. The search strategies were adapted from search instructions of selected databases: ERIC, Web of Science, and CNKI (China National Knowledge Infrastructure). A set of inclusion and exclusion criteria was utilised to screen for eligible studies to answer the review questions (Newman & Gough, 2020). In order to make the search more precise, filters were used to optimise search results further.

Data about participants, definitions, outcomes, and quality of the studies were extracted from all the included papers using a standard template. The collected data were analysed by a thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2012). The process of data analysis is both inductive and deductive. It is inductive in that the emerging themes are selected from the analysis of the collected papers. A checklist was used for the assessment of the quality of selected studies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As yet, there has been no systematic review of teacher agency regarding the digital transformation of education, the expected outcome is to explore a comprehensive and clear understanding of the relationship between digital technology and teacher agency. It is also expected to develop a conceptual framework to explain this relationship.
References
Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023.

Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65.

Jenkins, H. (2006). Fans, bloggers, and gamers: Exploring participatory culture. nyu Press.
Kitchenham, B. (2004). Procedures for performing systematic reviews. Keele, UK, Keele University, 33(2004), 1–26.

Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group*,  the. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264–269.

Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, & K. Buntins (Eds.), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (pp. 3–22). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1


Severance, S., Penuel, W. R., Sumner, T., & Leary, H. (2016). Organizing for teacher agency in curricular co-design. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 25(4), 531–564.
Squire, K., & Jenkins, H. (2003). Harnessing the power of games in education. Insight, 3(1), 5–33.

Van der Heijden, H., Geldens, J. J., Beijaard, D., & Popeijus, H. L. (2015). Characteristics of teachers as change agents. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 681–699.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 E: Research in Higher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Construction and Development of Student Identity of College Students Whose Parents Do Not Have University Degree

Taťána Škanderová

Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Škanderová, Taťána

Within the extension of accessibility of higher education concerning its transfer from massive to almost universal phase (Trow, 1973), the number of non-traditional students attending higher education is increasing (U.S. Department of Education, 2002). One of the results of this growing demographic diversity is the substantial amount of so-called first-generation college students whose parents had not achieved more than a high-school education (Pascarella et al., 2004). In the Czech Republic, first-generation students make up more than 50 % of all university students (Hündlová & Šmídová, 2020).

However, it is known from several studies that first-generation college students have a higher drop-out rate than their second-generation peers (Ishitani, 2006). As in several other countries, Czech tertiary education is experiencing a high rate of university student academic failure (OECD, 2023). According to Tinto (1975), the effective way how to reduce the number of students leaving university before its completion is their appropriate academic and social integration. Reportedly, first-generation students have some difficulties with that integration process (Soria et al., 2013). It has started to be considered the importance of structural and sociocultural factors that may influence student retention and success and shape experiences of the underrepresented groups of students coming from a broader range of family and school backgrounds (Naylor & Mifsud, 2020).

The findings of some researchers show that these students have limited financial, social and cultural resources, receive less parental support in decision making, and more often attend less prestigious institutions (Reay et al., 2005). Futhermore, they are less in contact with the faculty members, less willing to ask for help and rely more on themselves (Yee, 2016). They also earn lower grades, spend more time on paid work, and are less involved in extra-curricular activities (Pascarella et al., 2004). Generally, first-generation college students struggle more with fitting in to a new study environment and identifying with the role of a student due to the incompatibility of their family and institutional habitus (Reay et al., 2005).

Only a few studies highlight that first-generation students may also have a supportive family background (Gofen, 2009), could be motivated good learners and excel at elite universities (Reay et al., 2009), are encouraged to achieve their educational goals by strict work ethic (Lehmann, 2009a) and career potential of university (Lehmann, 2009b) or bring to the higher education their unique cultural knowledge and wealth (Jehangir, 2010) which is the aim of this research as well.

This paper provides an exploration of the meanings, factors, resources, actors, and identities entering and influencing the process of construction and development of student identity of university students whose parents do not have a university degree. It is focused on the process of transition which is accompanied by a change in one's identity and uncertainty in one's social and cultural world (Crafter & Maunder, 2012). Theoretically anchored in a postmodern approach, identity is perceived from the perspective of social constructivist psychology (Burr, 2015; Gergen, 2009).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Within a longitudinal research design, in-depth semi-structured interviews with research participants were taken and complemented by participants choosing photographs taken by them on the topic: “What does it mean to you to be a university student?”. One to three years later, the same participants have been interviewed to find out how the process of construction of their student identity develops during their university studies. The obtained data are processed qualitatively within an interpretative framework using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The studied sample consists of 15 first-generation university students between 20 and 28 years of age (8 female and 7 male) attending various universities in the central and southern part of the Czech Republic and studying at different stages of their university programs, with a particular focus on students who have chosen prestigious fields of study such as medicine and law.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The empiric research study has permitted us to show the multiplicity of students' classed and gendered identities which in various ways influence and intersect with their student (even future professional) identity. Two main categories were created during the analysis of the empirical material: “academic path” and “professional orientation”. Within the first of these two, the empirical data has allowed us to explore how first-generation students resist adopting the identity of a motivated good student and create for themselves the identity of a student “on the periphery”. It has allowed as well to underline students' emphasis on their independence accompanied by the fear of failure and the effort to avoid mistakes that are influenced by the experience of success increasing confidence in one's abilities. At the same time, the construction of student identities is supported by involvement in extra-curricular activities that help them construct an identity of an advanced student who has access to insider knowledge. Last but not least, the empirical data has brought to light the importance of other actors in students' surrounding such as parents, teachers, partners, and peers who operate as sources of support in developing educational aspirations and help students in constructing their (future) student identity.
The second category dealing with students' orientation to the future profession, has provided insight into students' construction of the meaning of education which is perceived by them mostly as professional training or as preparation for their future profession. Based on that students stress the importance of practice in real work situations that strengthen their identification with the field of study. Their motivation is also increased by the prospect of social mobility and higher social status. In summary, students' construction of student (and future professional) identity is affected by their uncertainty of identification and (in)compatibility of their multiple identities.

References
Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage.
Burr, V. (2015). Social constructionism (3rd edition). London: Routledge.
Crafter, S., Maunder, R. (2012). Understanding transitions using a sociocultural framework. Educational and Child Psychology, 29(1), 10-18.
Gergen, K. J. (2009). An invitation to social construction (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks: SAGE.
Gofen, A. (2009). Family capital: How first-generation higher education students break the intergenerational cycle. Family Relations, 58, 104–120.
Hündlová, L., Šmídová, M. (2020). Netradiční studenti a studentky vysokých škol: studie z šetření EUROSTUDENT VII. Praha: CSVŠ.
Ishitani, T. T. (2006). Studying attrition and degree completion behavior among first-generation college students in the United States. The Journal of Higher Education, 77, 861–885.
Jehangir, R. (2010). Stories as knowledge: Bringing the lived experience of first-generation college students into the academy. Urban Education, 45(4), 533–553.
Lehmann, W. (2009a). Becoming middle class: How working-class university students draw and transgress moral class boundaries. Sociology, 43, 631–647.
Lehmann, W. (2009b). University as vocational education: Working-class students’ expectations for university. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 30, 137–149.
Naylor, R., Mifsud, N. (2020). Towards a structural inequality framework for student retention and success, Higher Education Research & Development, 39:2, 259-272.
OECD. (2023). Tertiary graduation rate (indicator). doi: 10.1787/15c523d3-en
Pascarella, E. T., Pierson, C. T., Wolniak, G. C., Terenzini, P. T. (2004). First-generation college students: Additional evidence on college experience and outcomes. The Journal of Higher Education, 75, 249–284.
Reay, D., David, M. E., Ball, S. J. (2005). Degrees of choice: social class, race and gender in higher education. London: Trentham Book.
Reay, D., Crozier, G., Clayton, J. (2009). ‘Strangers in Paradise’? Working-class Students in Elite Universities. Sociology, 43(6), 1103–1121.
Soria, K. M., Stebleton, M. J., Huesman, jr., R. L. (2013). Class counts: Exploring differences in academic and social integration between working-class and middle/upper-class students at large, public research universities. J. COLLEGE STUDENT RETENTION, 15(2) 215-242.
Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education: A theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89–125.
Trow, M. (1973). Problems in the Transition from Elite to Mass Higher Education. Carnegie Commission on Higher Education Berkeley, Calif.
U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, Nontraditional Undergraduates, NCES 2002–012, by Susan Choy. Washington, DC: 2002.
Yee, A. (2016). The Unwritten Rules of Engagement: Social Class Differences in Undergraduates' Academic Strategies, The Journal of Higher Education, 87:6, 831-858.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Social and Ecological Responsibility of Higher Education? Diverse Roles of Higher Education Lecturers Regarding Sustainability Topics

Ann-Kathrin Schlieszus, Johanna Weselek

Heidelberg University of Education, Germany

Presenting Author: Schlieszus, Ann-Kathrin; Weselek, Johanna

Higher education institutions, as societal educational institutions, are always subject to processes of change: Educational questions and research questions are oriented towards current societal values, challenges, problems and expectations (Becker 2017). Changing societal demands also require responses and constant adaptation from higher education lecturers.

These find themselves between multiple roles and expectations: In many countries, they are not only lecturers, but also researchers and/or must fulfil additional tasks in administration, student examination, supervision of student theses, etc. (Billot 2010). Furthermore, within their role of lecturers, they need to respond to diverse expectations: On the one hand, they must convey fact knowledge to students, on the other hand, they are increasingly expected to promote competences for acting in a rapidly changing world (Öhman & Östman 2019). And especially when it comes to complex societal topics which contain controversial and normative questions, they sometimes need to choose their position between freedom of research and freedom of teaching and societal responsibility (Müller-Christ et al. 2018).

Sociological role theory offers a fruitful frame for understanding the diverse expectations university lecturers assume in their daily job life. Sociological role theory refers to socially pre-formed positions and culturally pre-formed patterns of behaviour and understands social structures as a connection between positions and roles. The socially pre-formed positions are referred to as positions, the behavioural patterns associated with them as roles. Ralph Linton is considered the founder of sociological role theory, which was expanded by Robert K. Merton and Ralf Dahrendorf. Dahrendorf refers to social roles as "bundles of expectations that attach to the behaviour of the bearers of positions in a given society." (Dahrendorf, 2006 [1958]: 37) A social position is related to several other social positions. The position of the teacher is related to the positions of the student, the parents, the colleague, the headmaster, etc. Consequently, a position holder has several role partners, each of whom directs certain bundles of behavioural expectations towards him or her and demands different role actions from him or her to a certain extent (Schulz-Schaeffer 2018: 388). If different reference groups address diverging expectations to an individual, this may cause role conflicts.

It is especially interesting to observe diverse roles and role conflicts of lecturers in the field of teaching sustainability topics. Such topics, as for example climate change, loss of biodiversity and increasing global disparities, often contain multiple actors and can therefore not be treated by just showing one perspective. The so-called “wicked problems” consist of complex entanglements and there are often no simple solutions. The solutions which are chosen strongly depend on the perspective and values of an individual and therefore are controverse in themselves (Miller et al. 2011).

Education for sustainable development (ESD) is a concept which aims at enabling present and future generations for tackling such “wicked problems” and acting responsibly in an intertwined world. The concept not only aims at conveying knowledge and skills, but also values and attitudes linked to sustainability topics (UNESCO 2020). According to policy makers on all political scales, ESD should be implemented at all levels of educational systems (e.g. UNESCO 2020). Higher education institutions are important leverage points for societal change, as the future decision makers and experts are trained there.

How do university lecturers understand their roles in teaching sustainability topics? Which challenges and other fields of tension do they face? These questions shall be discussed in the paper presentation. In a first step, the questions will be examined by a theoretical approach through sociological role theory. In a second step, the theoretical reflexions will be translated to a practical level with examples from a qualitative reconstructive study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical data used to shed light on the above-mentioned questions is based on a qualitative, reconstructive interview study designed and evaluated based on Constructivist Grounded Theory (Charmaz 2014). The participants are university lecturers with different subject and discipline affiliations. They are recruited among participants in professional development workshops on ESD and they therefore already have basic knowledge of the concept of ESD. The workshops are carried out in the context of the project “How to teach sustainability. Promotion of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in higher education – Setting up professional development structures across higher education institutions with a focus on teacher training at selected higher education institutions in Germany”. The project is located at Heidelberg University of Education.

The problem-centered interviews based on Witzel (2000) are part of a PhD thesis examining how higher education lecturers deal with normativity in the context of ESD. The interviews shall shed light on the lecturers’ challenges and coping strategies when dealing with controversial and normative topics in their teaching in higher education institutions – not only, but also in the context of ESD. They allow insights in how the lecturers define themselves as teaching persons, how they position themselves in relation to their students and how they understand their roles and responsibilities in teaching.

Corresponding to the methodology of Grounded Theory, the study is developed in an iterative, cyclic process. This means that the analytical focus emerges during the research process: The research questions and the topics dealt with are constantly adapted to the new insights gained by preliminary analyses. The conduction of interviews and of analyses alternate. According to the principle of theoretical sampling, the characteristics of further interview partners are chosen successively. By now, five interviews have been led with lecturers working in the fields of business studies, mechanical engineering, and regional sciences. They work in two different universities in Germany. The analytical insights which will be presented at the conference are gained from this first cohort. In sum, we estimate that 10 to 15 interviews will be conducted until theoretical saturation is achieved.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Role conflicts can arise either from incompatible demands of different role relations of a social position or also from incompatible demands of roles that the actor assumes as the holder of different social positions (Schulz-Schaeffer 2018: 388). Using the example of university lecturers, we would like to show that dealing with and teaching sustainability issues can lead to personal role conflicts, which can then also be transferred to the professional context. There is the position as a university lecturer, as a consumer, as a traveller, as an energy consumer, etc. The different positions can lead to role conflicts, the discussion of sustainability goals contains many such conflicts or even contradictions. In teaching sustainability issues, university teachers face the challenge of dealing comprehensively with the issues and problems that are based on both individual and structural behaviours and mechanisms that underlie our current unsustainable lifestyles in the global North.  

The publication aims at illuminating the diverse roles higher education lecturers (are expected to) assume in their professional life and elaborating possible role conflicts especially in the field of sustainability education. The findings can also be transferred to societal challenges in other fields and on other scales. They could support the lecturers’ self-reflexion of their roles and their sensitization to antinomies and contradictions. This could help them to adopt more reflexive positionings in their teaching activities, which might open up a space for a more controversial discussion culture in university teaching and deeper learning processes in students becoming responsible citizens in our future world.

References
Becker, Rolf (2017): Bildungssoziologie – Was sie ist, was sie will, was sie kann. In: Becker, Rolf (Ed.): Lehrbuch der Bildungssoziologie (3rd edition). Wiesbaden: Springer VS, pp. 1-32.

Billot, Jennie (2010): The imagined and the real: Identifying the tensions for academic identity. In: Higher Education Research and Development 29 (6), pp. 709-721.

Charmaz, Kathy (2014): Constructing grounded theory. Los Angeles; London; New Delhi; Singapore; Washington DC: Sage.

Dahrendorf, Ralf (2006 [1958]): Homo Sociologicus. Ein Versuch zur Geschichte, Bedeutung und Kritik der Kategorie der sozialen Rolle (16th edition). Wiesbaden: Springer VS Verlag.

Miller, Thaddeus R.; Muñoz‐Erickson, Tischa; Redman, Charles L. (2011): Transforming knowledge for sustainability: towards adaptive academic institutions. In: International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education 12 (2), pp. 177-192.

Müller-Christ, Georg; Tegeler, Merle Katrin; Zimmermann, Carry Luise (2018): Rollenkonflikte der Hochschullehrenden im Spannungsfeld zwischen Fach- und Orientierungswissen – Führungstheoretische Überlegungen. In: Leal Filho, Walter (Ed.): Nachhaltigkeit in der Lehre. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer, pp. 51-68.

Öhman, Johan; Östman, Leif (2019): Different teaching traditions in environmental and sustainability education. In: Van Poeck, Katrien; Östman, Leif; Öhman, Johan (Eds.): Sustainable development teaching. London: Routledge.

Schulz-Schaeffer, Ingo (2018): Rolle, soziale. In: Kopp, Johannes; Steinbach, Anja (Eds.): Grundbegriffe der Soziologie. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, pp. 387-390.

UNESCO (2020): Education for Sustainable Development. A roadmap. Paris.

Witzel, A. (2000): Das problemzentrierte Interview [25 Absätze]. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung 1 (1), http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0001228.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Academics in Performative Ethos: A Comparative Education Study of Finland and South Korea

Yoojin Kim

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Kim, Yoojin

The study examines the academics’ perception and experiences of performative ethos in research universities in Finland and South Korea. It is in the process of analysing the interview data questioning academics’ practical matters (tasks and roles), governing mechanism (assessment and incentives), and value of academics and universities in the performative regime. Based on a doctoral dissertation planned to be written in a monograph, this paper will present a brief of the whole research and preliminary ideas of findings and discussion parts.

The study investigates how academics in Finnish and Korean research universities have experienced and perceived performance-based management (PBM) in the name of effectiveness, efficiency and competitiveness. It embraces academic life and challenges in performative ethos; academic autonomy, assessment, and incentives which are core techniques of PBM on academics; academics’ roles, views on students, and university roles in both countries. A total of 28 academics (researchers, lecturers, and professors in hard and soft sciences) in research universities of two countries participated in the semi-structured interviews.

The main research question is how the globally promoted ideas of PBM in universities get interpreted and translated into socio-culturally different (local) contexts. It is inquired through perceptions and experiences of academics in research-based universities in Finland and South Korea. Along with it, there are four sub-questions: 1) practice: similarities and differences of academics' tasks, working environment and challenges in performative ethos in two countries 2) governance: similarities and differences of impact and effect of PBM (assessment and incentives) on academics in two countries. 3) engagement: similarities and differences of responding to performative ethos in two countries 4) core value: similarities and differences of academics' views on themselves, students, and universities.

The fundamental purpose of the study is to propose the direction and implications for the further comparative education research of Finland and South Korea concerning the academics’ subjectification through their academic lives and work in the performative regime. In addition, to comprehend this global phenomenon, actively respond to the changes and rethink policy borrowing or education export issues, this comparative education study considering socio-cultural aspects can play a pivotal role.

According to Deem (2001), the ‘local dimension can make a difference to how universities respond to global forces because local conditions or a lack of overall national policies can affect the extent to which academic capitalism or entrepreneurialism develop’ (18). Thus, it can shed light on how neoliberal education tendency (policy) in HE, such as research funding scheme and salary system, can have similar effects on academics in contrasting cases despite the different degrees.

Performance-based management is the disciplinary technique (power) which is optimised for neoliberalism based on freedom and flexibility (Son, 2016, p. 9). PBM is in the same line as university marketisation: enhancing efficiency, effectiveness (productivity and responsiveness) and quality by shouldering more accountability and receiving rewards (economic or social incentive) (Brown, 2013). Performativity is pursuing the effective usage of resources by measuring and determining true value (Tolofari, 2005, p. 86), which sophistically permeates the mindset and behaviour of actors. Value, judgement, display, incentives and self-controlling for the performance secured the justification to actors through the discourse of efficiency found on competition and accountability (Ball, 2003; Gunter, 2012, p. 76). These are ‘disciplinary techniques for taking charge of the behaviour of individual day by day and in its fine detail is exactly contemporaneous with the age of freedom’ (Foucault, 2008, p. 67).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Academics’ experiences and views on performative ethos will be analysed and compared between Finnish and South Korean contexts by employing thematic analysis.
The purposive sample for this study included twenty-eight interviewees, which consisted of fourteen in Finland and fourteen in S.Korea. The interviewees were lecturers, researchers, or professors in research universities in two big cities.  
The criteria for selecting samples are as follows: 1) Who is working in the public research university (top university and regional university) as a lecturer, researcher, or professor; 2) Who is working in soft or hard disciplines ; 3) Considering diversity according to gender, age, and position.
Given this stance, four research universities are considered from two regions of Finland and Korea, all public or national and comparably similar in size and academic status for the equivalence of comparison between the two countries.

In practice, the order of questions was flexible and modified according to the respondents' answers. These specific questions were classified into three broad themes: practice (task, time, ethos), governing(autonomy, measuring and displaying, incentives), and essence (roles of academics and university, views on students).

The interviews with the Korean academics were arranged face to face and most were in their own offices. Interviews were conducted from the 8th of October to the 1st of November 2019. All Korean academics were interviewed in Korean. In Finland, interviews were conducted from the 25th of November 2019 to the 5th of March 2020. All Finnish participants fluently spoke English. The interviews with the Finnish academics were arranged face-to-face in their offices. The duration of the interview was generally between 90 minutes and 120 minutes. Each interview was recorded, based on the interviewees’ permission, and the recorded data was transcribed into the spoken language for analysis.

Thematic analysis firstly was chosen as a method to analyse the interviews, to ‘minimally organise and describe the data set in detail, and interpret various aspects of the research topic’ (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The process of the analysis followed the guide to the six phases of conducting thematic analysis, as noted by Braud and Clarke (2006); 1) becoming familiar with the data, 2) generating initial codes, 3) searching for themes, 4) reviewing themes, 5) defining and naming themes, and 6) producing the report.  
This study will use deductive and inductive approaches for the analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By synthesising literature review and interview data analysis, PBM's impacts on academics’ work were thematically analysed: competition vs competitiveness; transparency vs opaqueness; fairness vs inequality; autonomy vs accountability; Responsiveness vs loss of creativity (diversity). In addition, the academics’ responses to PBM regarding moral and social-emotional issues were discussed. Thus, it illustrates the impacts of performance-based management (PBM) on academics’ work and ethos in Finland and South Korea. In addition, it explores the challenges and dilemmas the academics in the two countries have encountered.
Secondly, it will discuss the socio-cultural aspects (such as individualistic vs. collectivistic culture or social democratic vs economic capitalistic) of the two countries to scrutinise how to practise PBM in university and academics.
Thirdly, it will also look into historical and political contexts of performance ethos in the two countries, which can clue in on understanding the governing techniques (a mechanism) university.  
The fundamental purpose of the study is to propose the direction and implications for the further comparative education research of Finland and South Korea concerning the academics’ subjectification through their academic lives and work in the performative regime.

References
Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228.

Deem, R. (2001). Globalisation, New Managerialism, Academic Capitalism and Entrepreneurialism in Universities: is the local dimension still important?. Comparative Education, 37(1), 7-20.

Gunter, H. M., Fitzgerald, T., & White, J. (2012). Hard Labour? Academic Work and the Changing Landscape of Higher Education, 65-85.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 F: Gender and Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Gender Perspective on School Engagement Structure and Relations

Jenni Tikkanen

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Tikkanen, Jenni

Across the European Union, countries are reporting alarming levels of “education poverty”, and many education systems have become less successful in ensuring that all students acquire all the skills that they need to thrive in the 21st century economies (Herrera-Sosa et al., 2018). At the individual level, relational educational poverty manifests as a lack of formal qualifications, which severely restricts participation in a number of areas of social life (Glaesser, 2022). When discussing young people’s skills development and learning outcomes in the context of formal education, school engagement is a centrally important concept.

Generally speaking, school engagement refers to the quality of students’ connection or involvement with schooling (Skinner et al., 2009). In scholarly literature, school engagement is treated as a multi-dimensional concept consisting of cognitive (e.g., investment in learning), emotional (e.g. sense of belonging and positive feelings), and behavioural (e.g., participation in class) aspects (e.g., Blondal & Adalbjarnardottir, 2012) each influencing the others (Virtanen, 2016). School engagement is essential to learning: it correlates with higher achievement and reduces the likelihood of dropping out of school (Fredricks et al., 2004). Higher level of school engagement is associated with better academic competence and performance, staying in school longer and participating in further education, fewer problem behaviours, psychological and social difficulties. Thus, it is highly important for learning outcomes and educational pathways, but also for more general wellbeing (e.g. Virtanen 2016). Moreover, student engagement is associated with a lack of adjustment problems, such as low levels of delinquency involvement, depression, and substance abuse (e.g., Li & Lerner, 2011).

One persistent research finding regarding school engagement – as well as achievement – is the gender difference with girls on average displaying higher levels of school engagement and scoring better than boys (Van Houtte, 2020). However, much less is known about whether the mechanisms of school engagement work the same way for both genders; for instance, whether family’s socioeconomic background (the effects of which on engagement have also been established in several studies; e.g., Linnakylä & Malinen, 2008) is associated in the same way with boys and girls’ engagement, or whether the level of engagement contributes in the same way to their achievement levels.

In this paper, the focus is on the school engagement of Finnish lower secondary school students, particularly on whether there are differences in the associations of school engagement with family socioeconomic status and parental education as well as academic achievement and educational aspirations based on students’ gender. In other words, the study aimed to answer the following three research questions:

1) Is the association of family background with school engagement mediated through parents’ investment in child’s schooling and their aspirations for child’s future education among lower secondary school students?

2) Does school engagement predict students’ academic achievement and educational aspirations?

3) Are there gender differences in the ways in which family background is associated with students’ school engagement or in the ways school engagement predicts students’ academic achievement and educational aspirations?

As school engagement is argued to be more malleable than educational achievement (Virtanen, 2016), it has the potential to narrow the gap between low- and high-achieving students (Woolley & Bowen, 2007) and even to lessen socio-economic disparities in education (Abbott-Chapman et al., 2014; Gorard & See, 2011). Thus, the better we understand the factors contributing to and stemming from school engagement among different groups of students in different educational contexts, the better are our chances to reach these goals of narrowing achievement gaps and socio-economic disparities in Europe and beyond by promoting students’ engagement in schooling – which highlights also the significance of this study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data were collected within an international research project International Study of City Youth (ISCY; Lamb et al., 2015). Based on the results of a quantitative analysis of the ISCY pilot survey data, a thorough literature review, and various existing models and taxonomies, the project developed the questionnaire that was used to survey the 15-year-old students in order to assess, for instance, their school engagement, academic dispositions, achievement levels, and future aspirations. The participants of this study were Finnish lower secondary school ninth graders living in the Turku sub-region (overall response rate 42.5%), which consists of eleven municipalities and has 307.000 inhabitants of which 176.000 are living in Turku, the capital city and economic centre of the region. Altogether 12 of the region’s 27 lower secondary schools from eight municipalities participated in the ISCY survey in 2014. A sub-sample of 840 (51.4% girls) was used here as they had responded to a sufficient extent to the questionnaire items required for the analyses.

To answer the research questions, a hypothesised model of the relations was constructed based on theory and previous research. Firstly, the hypothesis was that the association of family background (family’s SES and parental education) and school engagement is mediated through parents’ investment in child’s schooling and their aspirations for child’s future education. Secondly, it was hypothesised that students’ school engagement is linked to their academic achievement in literacy and mathematics as well as to their own educational aspirations.

The analysis methods applied in testing the hypotheses and, thus, answering the research questions included second-order multidimensional factor approach with confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), assessment of measurement invariance (multigroup SEM procedure and Chi-square-difference testing), and structural equation modelling (SEM). All analyses were carried out using the Mplus 8.0 software with the Maximum Likelihood estimator (Muthén & Muthén, 2006).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that the association of family background with school engagement is partly mediated through parents’ investment in child’s schooling and particularly through parents’ aspirations for child’s future education. Parental investment and aspirations for child’s future education were associated with school engagement: the more students felt that their parents monitored their homework, attended school meetings, and had high educational aspirations for them, the higher was students’ level of school engagement. However, the pressure students felt from their parents regarding their school achievement was a negative predictor of school engagement.

As hypothesised, student’s school engagement was positively related to their educational aspirations and achievement level in mathematics and literacy – the higher their level of engagement, the higher was their aspirations for future education and the better their level of achievement.

The analysis of the invariance of the model across gender showed no statistically significant difference between the baseline model and the fully constrained model indicating that the connections between the variables were similar for the two groups. Thus, there were no gender differences in the ways in which family background was associated with students’ school engagement or in the ways school engagement predicts students’ academic achievement and educational aspirations.

These results and their practical implications will be discussed in the broader contexts of current and highly topical European discourses of young people’s skills development and learning outcomes.

References
Abbott-Chapman, J., Martin, K., Ollington, N., Venn, A., Dwyer, T., & Gall, S. (2014). The longitudinal association of childhood school engagement with adult educational and occupational achievement: Findings from an Australian national study. British Educational Research Journal, 40(1), 102–120.

Blondal, K.S., & Adalbjarnardottir, S. (2012). Student Disengagement in Relation to Expected and Unexpected Educational Pathways. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 56 (1), 85–100.  

Fredricks, J.A., Blumenfeld, P.C., & Paris, A.H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74 (1), 59–109.

Glaesser, J. (2022). Relative educational poverty: conceptual and empirical issues. Quality & Quantity, 56, 2803–2820.

Gorard, S., & See, B. H. (2011). How can we enhance enjoyment of secondary school? The student view. British Educational Research Journal, 37(4), 671–690.

Herrera-Sosa, K. M., Hoftijzer, M. A., Gortazar, L., & Ruiz Suarez, M. (2018). Education in the EU: diverging learning opportunities? – an analysis of a decade and a half of skills using the Program for International Student Assessment (PISA) in the European Union. World Bank Group.

Lamb, S., Jackson, J., & Rumberger, R. (2015). ISCY Technical Paper: Measuring 21st Century Skills in ISCY. Technical Report. Victoria University, Centre for International Research on Educational Systems, Melbourne, Victoria. Retreived from http://vuir.vu.edu.au/31682/

Li, Y., & Lerner, R. M. (2011). Trajectories of school engagement during adolescence: Implications for grades, depression, delinquency, and substance use. Developmental Psychology, 47(1), 233–247.

Linnakylä, P., & Malinen, A. (2008). Finnish Students’ School Engagement Profiles in the Light of PISA 2003. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 52(6), 583–602.

Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. (2006). Mplus user’s guide (version 4). Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén.

Skinner, E. A., Kindermann, T. A., & Furrer, C. J. (2009). A motivational perspective on engagement and disaffection: Conceptualization and assessment of children's behavioral and emotional participation in academic activities in the classroom. Educational & Psychological Measurement, 69(3), 493–525.

Virtanen, T. (2016). Student Engagement in Finnish Lower Secondary School. Jyväskylä: University of Jyväskylä.

Van Houtte, M. (2020). Understanding the gender gap in school (dis)engagement from three gender dimensions: the individual, the interactional and the institutional. Educational Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2020.1842722.

Woolley, M. E., & Bowen, G. (2007). In the context of risk: Supportive adults and the school engagement of middle school students. Family Relations, 56(1), 92–104.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Dialogic Gatherings with High School Boys to Promote New Alternative Masculinities’ Behaviours which Create Safer Spaces

Guillermo Legorburo-Torres, Oriol Rios-González

University Rovira i Virgili (Tarragona), Spain

Presenting Author: Legorburo-Torres, Guillermo

Peer and gender violence in educational spaces is a worrying reality (1). Specifically, high schools are unsafe spaces for many students and members of the community, especially for vulnerable people, such as women or LGBTI+ youth, who suffer violence in very different forms. For instance, 25% of young women experienced digital violence in the past five years (2); and most LGBT cannot express themselves freely because they suffer more harassment (3). Ending this violence is a European and international priority, as the Fundamental Rights Agency and the Sustainable Development Goals 5 and 4 state.

For decades, a line of research on the eradication of gender-based violence has analysed three ideal models of masculinity. The first two belong to a traditional model: first, there are boys and men of Traditional Dominant Masculinities (DTM) attitudes and behaviours of disdain, taunt, dominance, superiority; among these DTM there are all those who perpetrate violence; second, and in a complementary way, there are those non-violent boys who nonetheless lack self-confidence and strength to step up to violence, following a model of Oppressed Traditional Masculinity (OTM). Research has found that there is a social dominant coercive discourse (4) that passes on the idea that dominant boys and men who follow a DTM model are exciting and fun, while, in parallel, pressures people so that egalitarian men are seen as boring. However, research also recognises the existence of a third model, New Alternative Masculinities (NAM): these are egalitarian, courageous, strong, confident and attractive boys and men, who have a transformative role in the prevention and eradication of gender-based violence because they are brave to stand up against injustice and besides desire and therefore create free, safe, and exciting relationships wherever they go (5).

These NAM boys and egalitarian boys and people in general are promoted in dialogic educational spaces (6), where the type of person who is valued are those who help others and show solidarity. Dialogic gatherings is a Successful Educational Action identified by the INCLUD-ED project of the 6th European Framework program which consists in the previous reading of a text by each participant with the aim of sharing at least one paragraph with the group explaining why they have chosen it, after which an open dialogue is collectively created. Some impacts of dialogic gatherings include improvement in relationships or in academic results (7, 8). Among the different types of dialogic gatherings, the feminist or scientific dialogic gatherings differ in that the text provided needs to show scientific rigour (9, 10).

Within this framework, the present research arose from the question: what impact can dialogic gatherings on New Alternative Masculinities and overcoming violence have on a group of boys and their environment? We found a gap in the literature about this educational action, which has never been investigated worldwide.

To this end, a high school teacher, along with a researcher, decided to start a voluntary dialogic gathering in a high school of Valencia, Spain, in which boys from Secondary Education (from 12 to 17 years old) participate. The moderator of the discussion group is this teacher, who is close to them and with scientific knowledge about dialogic gatherings, NAM, and preventive socialisation of gender violence. This group has met over two periods for the last year every 2-3 weeks to debate different texts related to NAM and the prevention of gender-based violence extracted from The Feminist Diary (El Diario Feminista) (11), whose articles always have a rigorous and scientific evaluation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To research the impact of the intervention, the Communicative Methodology was followed (12), a research approach prioritised by the European Commission for its efficacy in social sciences research aimed at finding solutions to inequalities and injustice, such as gender-based violence (13).

A communicative focus group was designed (14) as part of a larger study. This technique consists of a natural group of people who engage in dialogue around topics brought up by the researcher. A key element of this methodological approach is that the researcher also shares, within the conversation, the scientific evidence available regarding those topics, so that the participants can confront it with their personal experience.

The objectives were:
1. To gather data on the impact that participation in the non-mixed NAM discussion group is having on themselves and their environment, and they think it may have in the future.
1.1. To identify which elements of the intervention are key to these impacts.
1.2. To know if there are impacts on NAM attitudes and positions.

Some of the questions were the following: Do you remember any intervention by a peer of this group that you liked for its courageous, confident, attractive, egalitarian stance? In what way is being a boys-only space helping you? Have you had NAM behaviours that you think are motivated by this space? The group lasted 1:45h and 10 boys of ages 12 to 17 participated, as well as the moderator.

Ethical aspects were taken into consideration. First of all, an Advisory council for the largest study validated the sense and approach of the investigation, the most relevant topics for reading and dialogue in the gatherings, and the questions for the communicative focus group.

The analysis of the data showed several inspiring results. The boys highlighted that: the text provided and read before helped them direct the interactions to a common and more productive conversation. They state that the group is a safe space to share violent situations suffered or witnessed, and also to challenge one another to become upstanders in face of conflicts or violence. Participants also shared having signs and behaviours connected to NAM thanks to this space, such as being more self-confident, more egalitarian, and solving conflicts better. The boys express that other participants show New Alternative Masculinities’ (NAM) attitudes (5): they share this with the group and therefore contribute to increasing their social value.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The impacts of this intervention go beyond its participants. The boys expressed having shared the texts or conversations around the group with family and friends. Linked to that, participants who are friends outside of the gathering shared having continued the dialogues around the topics discussed.

Dialogic gatherings of boys-only, around NAM, can be an alternative for boys’ and men’s socialisation that they enjoy, where values and goodness are combined with fun, freedom, and spontaneity. It can become a space where they can have these confident attitudes so that they will later come out more easily in difficult everyday situations. It also shows to be a space for learning about scientific evidence on the prevention of gender-based violence and on the actions that work to stop and prevent it. When this dialogic gathering is combined with more dialogic spaces, such as other dialogic literary gatherings, the impact on them is increased.

These dialogic gatherings can be fostered in formal and non formal educational contexts, from schools to leisure time groups or youth organisations, and in all cultures and countries. The results presented will be deepened thanks to the individual interviews with boys who voluntarily ask for it, as well as with the insights from the moderator, to whom an interview is also scheduled. Furthermore, this research is not considered finished. More dialogic gatherings will take place during the next months and another focus group and interviews will be carried out four months from these ones, to better assess the longer-term impacts of the group. Some insights will be shared in that regard at the presentation of this paper in Glasgow.

References
1. Puigvert, L., Soler-Gallart, M., & Vidu, A. (2022). From Bystanders to Upstanders: Supporters and Key Informants for Victims of Gender Violence. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19 (4), 8521

2. European Union. Agency for Fundamental Rights. (2014). Violence Against Women: An EU-wide Survey: Results at a Glance. European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights.

3. EU-LGBTI, I. I. (2020). A long way to go for LGBTI equality. European Union Agency For Fundamental Rights.

4. López de Aguileta, A., Melgar, P., Torras-Gómez, E. & Gutiérrez-Fernández, N. (2021). The Consequences of Disdainful Hook-Ups for Later Egalitarian Relationships of Girls. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18, 9521.

5. Flecha, R., Puigvert, L., & Rios, O. (2013). The New Alternative Masculinities and the Overcoming of Gender Violence. International and Multidisciplinary Journal of Social Sciences, 2(1), 88–113.

6. Ugalde, L., Racionero-Plaza, S., Munté, A., & Tellado, I. (2022). Dialogic reconstruction of memories of violent sexual-affective relationships via dialogic gatherings of “Radical Love”. Children and Youth Services Review.

7. Khalfaoui-Larrañaga, A.; Alvarez, P.; Gutiérrez-Esteban, P. & Flecha, R. (2021) “I Also Like it that People Care about Me.” Children’s Dialogues on Values, Emotions and Feelings in Dialogic Literary Gatherings.  Journal of Language, Identity & Education.

8. García-Carrión, R., Villardón-Gallego, L., Martínez-de-la-Hidalga, Z., & Marauri, J. (2020). Exploring the Impact of Dialogic Literary Gatherings on Students’ Relationships With a Communicative Approach. Qualitative Inquiry.

9. Puigvert, L. (2016). Female University Students Respond to Gender Violence through Dialogic Feminist Gatherings. International and Multidisciplinary Journal of Social Sciences, 5(2), 183-203.

10. Racionero, S., Ugalde, L., Puigvert, L. & Aiello, E. (2018). Reconstruction of Autobiographical Memories of Violent Sexual-Affective Relationships through Scientific Reading on Love. A Psycho-Educational Intervention to Prevent Gender Violence. Frontiers in Psychology, 9(1996).

11. El Diario Feminista (s.f.). https://eldiariofeminista.info/nam/

12. Gómez, A., Padrós, M., Ríos, O., Mara, L.C. & Pukepuke, T. (2019). Reaching Social Impact Through Communicative Methodology. Researching With Rather Than on Vulnerable Populations: The Roma Case. Frontiers in Education, 4(9).

13. Ruiz-Eugenio, L., Puigvert, L., Ríos, O., & Cisneros, R. M. (2020). Communicative Daily Life Stories: Raising Awareness About the Link Between Desire and Violence. Qualitative Inquiry.

14. Gómez, J., Latorre, A., Sánchez, M., & Flecha, R. (2006). Metodología comunicativa crítica. El Roure.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Learning to Be: Performing Working Class Masculinities in Vocational Educational Training in Spain

Esperanza Meri1, Almudena A. Navas2

1University of Valencia, Spain; 2University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Meri, Esperanza

The research we present assumes that we are living at a global level an agonistic moment (Mouffle, 2013) for the dispute to establish the meanings that will be considered hegemonic (Gramsci, 1995), where gender and feminist discourses are being central.

While the feminist project (Walby, 2011) and its desire to change everything (Gago, 2019), during the last decade, have been central in the restructuring of social relations that advocate for a democratic transformation in a way that produces effects on state public policies, the reactionary ghosts of the past have once again taken on materiality through increasingly sophisticated devices that produce and reproduce neopatriarchal and neocapitalist subjectivities and discourses (Brown, 2019).

According to Mark Fisher (2014) the overlapping of past eras is now so pervasive that we do not even notice it. The politics of nostalgia (Tanner, 2021) seek to renew the old through the disguise of the ecstasy of novelty. In this context, the slow cancellation of the future (Fisher, 2014) solidifies the distribution of social inequalities.

Education and educational organisations interest us as contexts of transmission of the social world we live in (Arendt, 1996), allowing us to understand how the macro level intervenes in the micro, and vice versa. Among the different educational organisations, the context of Vocational Training and, specifically, the professional family of Vehicle Transport and Maintenance in Valencia (Spain) is chosen in order to understand the ways in which society distributes, classifies and orders that knowledge, physical and symbolic, which it considers valuable, in a way that generates different social groups (Bernstein, 1990).

The vocational family of Vehicle Transport and Maintenance, historically and culturally associated with working-class masculinities, has been used to analyse the characteristics of gender and social class relations The main research question is: what and how are the ideals and representations of gender held by young people studying Vocational Training in Transport and Vehicle Maintenance in Valencia (Spain)?

Out theory is based on gender as a regulatory apparatus of society that operates within social practices by defining the parameters by which some subjects are considered intelligible and others unintelligible in a given context (Butler, 1990). Masculinities are one of the possibilities of performativising gender, being linked to the history of institutions and economic structures. Following Raewyn Connell (1993), they are a social position, a place in gender relations, which has effects on social practices, culture, bodies and subjectivities.

We understand that those who access Vocational Training in Vehicle Transport and Maintenance are learning to be - or to performativise - a certain social position that involves not only learning manual and technological skills, but also a pedagogical form of cultural assimilation and a form of self-representation (Rajan-Rankin, 2017) that materialises in the social life and bodies of young people at the liminal moment of transition to the world of work in the automotive industry in a historical context of deindustrialisation (Nayak, 2003) and crisis in the sector.

Under the neoformulations of patriarchal capitalism and in the face of the loss of control over the production of existence, many young people are left with only the neoliberal fantasy of a future projection where they have access to material and symbolic goods, while at the same time they are wary of being lucky enough to find a paid job. In the words of Michael Kimmel (2019, p. 111):

"(...) in a way, their bloated expectations may be a response to the very different economic climate in which they're coming of age (...) they know that corporations are no longer loyal to their employees (...) So why should they be loyal to the company?"


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research was designed on a qualitative basis thus we can analyse particularities and shared characteristics.
To answer the main research question, what and how are the gender ideals and representations held by young people studying vocational training in transport and vehicle maintenance in Valencia?  A triangulation of data has been carried out which, methodologically, accounts for the different levels of transmission of the pedagogical device (Bernstein, 1990):
- Analysis of public policies on gender in Vocational Training in Valencia.
- Analysis of the social corporeality of the profile of young people studying Vocational Training in Transport and Vehicle Maintenance in Valencia.
- Ethnographic analysis of multiple single case and biographical interviews during two school years (2020-2021; 2021-2022) in a TMV VET in València.
o Direct observation (open)
o Semi-structured interviews with teachers and school management (10)
o Interviews with students of Vocational Training in Transport (18).
In addition, the necessary socio-statistical analysis of the profile of young people studying VET in Valencia has been carried out (project funded by the Generalitat Valenciana "Itinerarios de éxito y abandono en Formación Profesional de nivel 1 y 2 del sistema educativo de la provincia de Valencia" (GV/2018/038).
Analysis of the qualitative data was undertaken through the use of MAXQDA software using following an abductive approach where we applied theoretical codes, with ad hoc codes emerging from the empirical material (Verd y Lozares, 2016). We have adapted, through the abductive method, the theoretical frame of reference according to the empirical findings, finally focusing on the question of subjectivities. We then have use the method of discourse analysis and interpretation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the research indicate that young people, who study this professional branch, have found in it a job training that becomes an allegory of their adult life; an adult life in which they wish to feel included and citizens in their own right with access to a social position that allows them to demonstrate that they are worthy of being, worthy of being considered, in short, adults.
In this sense, it should be borne in mind that the current crisis situation in the automotive sector, together with the climate crisis we are experiencing on a planetary scale, confronts them with a training for work that they easily come to consider as training for unemployment, or for intermittently precarious employment.
In conclusion, we believe that what is really at stake in vocational training in this productive branch is the very meaning of work for young people. These young people do not consider mechanics to be a relevant vortex from which to construct their identity, but rather a necessary issue in today's society that allows them to access a form of subsistence. Few subjects today can expect a life with a stable job, or an amiable entry into mercantile productive relations and, for this reason, work as the axis of masculinities has ceased to have the relevance it had in the moments of industrial expansion; satisfaction does not now reside in work and work is a way of obtaining money, but not the only one (hooks, 2004).


References
Arendt, Hannah. (1996). The crisis in education.Entre el pasado y el futuro, 185-208.
Brown, Wendy. (2019). In the Ruins of Neoliberalism: The Rise of Antidemocratic Politics in the West. New York: Columbia University Press
Bersntein, Basil (1990). The Structuring of Pedagogic Discourse. London: Routledge.
Butler, Judith. (1990) Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York: Routledge.
Connell, Raewyn. (1993). Masculinities. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Fisher, Mark. (2014).Ghosts of my life: Writings on depression, hauntology and lost futures. London: John Hunt Publishing.
Gago, Verónica. (2019). La potencia feminista o el deseo de cambiarlo todo. Madrid: Traficantes de Sueños.
Gramsci, Antonio. (1995). Further Selections from the Prison Notebooks. London: Lawrence and Wishart.
hooks, bell (2004). The will to change: men, masculinities and love. Washington: Washington Square Press.
Kimmel, Michael. (2016). Guyland: gendering the transition to adulthood. In Pascoe, Cheri J. and Bridges, Tristan. (Eds). Exploring masculinities. Identity, inequality, continuity and change. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Martínez, José Saturnino & Merino, Rafael (2011). Formación Profesional y desigualdad de oportunidades por clase social y género. Témpora: revista de historia y sociología de la educación, (14), 13-37.
Mouffe, Chantal. (2013). Agonistics. Thinking the world politically. London: Verso Books.
Nayak, Anoop. (2003). 'Boyz to Men': masculinities, schooling and labour transitions in de-industrial times.Educational Review,55(2), 147-159.
Rajan‐Rankin, Sweta. (2018). Invisible bodies and disembodied voices? Identity work, the body and embodiment in transnational service work.Gender, Work  &Organization,25(1), 9-23.
Tanner, Grafton. (2021).The Hours Have Lost Their Clock: The Politics of Nostalgia. Watkins Media Limited.
Van Dijk, Teun A. (2008).Discourse and Power. London: Macmillan Education.
Verd, Joan M. & Lozares, Carlos. (2016). Introducción a la investigación cualitativa: fases, métodos y técnicas. Barcelona: Síntesis.
Walby, Sylvia. (2011). The future of feminism. Cambridge: Polity Press.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 G: Research in Digital Environments
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Children’s and Families’ Perspectives on Learning With Digital Technologies at Home

Amanda Levido1, Sandy Houen1, Sarah Matthews1, Emma Cross2

1Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 2Curtain University, Australia

Presenting Author: Levido, Amanda

Children increasingly have access to digital technologies at home from a young age. Despite differing views on the affordances of technology use by young children, research has found that children aged two to six years of age are spending on average 25.9 hours a week using screen-based media, and just over a third of preschool aged children ‘own’ a smartphone or tablet device (Rhodes, 2017). Further research indicates that parents believe technology can be a useful tool for learning, although they generally equated learning with traditional subject areas relating to numeracy and literacy (Huber, Highfield, & Kaufman, 2018). While in education settings, technology is yet to reach a point of integrated ubiquity, the boundaries of digital and analogue are often blurred when it comes to technologies in the lives of children (Edwards, 2016).

This study is situated in the notion that children live in post digital times, where digital technology and media and the worlds they create are not separate, to but are rather part of, our everyday lives (Jandrić et al., 2018). The aim of this research is to investigate family perspectives on learning with digital technologies at home. The research question ‘What are parent/caregiver’s and children’s perspectives on learning with digital technologies at home?’ seeks to address the nuanced ways both parents/caregivers and children understand learning with digital technologies, and explore how perspectives within the same family may converge and diverge.

For this study's purposes, we will not define the terms learning or technologies for families. Instead, we will be led by parents/caregivers and children. As researchers, we recognise that our own understandings of learning and digital technologies may be different to the study's participants. We aim to explore families' understandings of these concepts, noting that this will likely look different between and among family members and families.

This research is founded in sociomaterial perspectives (e.g., Burnett & Merchant, 2020; Fenwick & Edwards, 2010). What kinds of perspectives on learning and how they are stabilised or disrupted in the home are of interest. The relationship between the ‘things’ within the home space and how these shape understandings of learning and digital technology is brought into focus, which as Fenwick and Edwards (2011) contend, can invite, exclude and/or regulate participation. ‘Things’ in the home can include people, technologies, space but also extends to things such as technology guidelines or recommendations.

This paper focuses on the research design and methodology. Early findings from selected cases will be presented to highlight initial thinking and how this contributes to the international perspectives of learning at home with digital technologies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A case study methodology will be utilised in this research project. Six studies of diverse families with at least one child aged 4-8 years will be conducted. The context of each case will be unique and will offer various insights into the research question.
Parent/caregiver perspectives
Semi-structured interviews and cultural probes will be conducted over two home visits. Parents/caregivers will determine the types of technologies we discuss and be asked to share their perspectives on what learning means and looks like in their home context. Cultural probes (Wyeth & Diercke, 2006) will be used as a design method to gather insights into cultural groups in an unobtrusive way (Gaver, Boucher, Pennington, & Walker, 2004). Cultural probes are useful tools in that they can be deployed without needing a researcher present, providing ownership to how participants represent themselves in a particular context, through a range of activities such as drawings, photos and storytelling.
Children’s perspectives
Two home visits will be conducted at times negotiated with families to observe the child/ren using digital technologies for learning. During Home Visit 1, researchers will observe children using digital technologies for learning. Images and detailed field notes will be taken. Alongside this, a short semi-structured interview will take place as children play or after, depending on the preference of the child. Researchers will ask questions about what kind of learning they are doing as they engage with digital technologies. Home Visit 2 will involve the child taking the researcher on a child-led ‘tour’ to show the researchers the type of technology they have in their home and explain how they use those technologies (Plowman & Stevenson, 2013; Scott, 2022).
Data analysis
The data will be analysed using a sociomaterial perspective (Fenwick & Edwards, 2010; Burnett & Merchant, 2010) to question how materials, both human and non-human, come together. For this study, we will consider how and why materials come together in intra-actions (Fenwick, 2015), intentionally or unintentionally, to consolidate or challenge common understandings of what it means to learn with digital technologies in the home. Each case study will be bounded and analysed separately although once all case studies have been collected, findings from across the cases will be synthesised to consider how materials in home settings produce particular notions around learning and digital technologies. As this is an ECR paper, we will share initial findings from the data analysis undertaken from one or two case studies.    

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary case study findings from one or two case studies will be presented at the conference. We expect to find different perspectives, both within families and across the cases, of what it means to learn at home with digital technologies. We expect perspectives among adults and children to converge and diverge at different times. Adults and children within the same family might have different understandings about learning and also about what constitutes digital technology.

Examination of the data from sociomaterial perspectives will offer understandings of how materials in each case impact the perspectives of both caregivers and children.  Additionally, we anticipate that there will be opportunities to examine the unexpected translations that occur as materials are used in unforeseen or disruptive ways. This examination will likely offer a range of findings, including a) how notions of learning and technology are stable between caregivers and children as the materials come into relation, b) how notions of learning and technology are disrupted by families and most interestingly, c) where within the same family, materials both stabilise and disrupt notions of learning and technology by different parties. For example, caregivers may have a set of apps children are allowed to use that are specifically for learning, but children only use the chat function to talk with their friends online. These findings will inform future research in this field.

References
Burnett, C., & Merchant, G. (2020). Undoing the digital: Sociomaterialism and literacy education. London: Routledge Falmer.

Edwards, S. (2016). New concepts of play and the problem of technology, digital media and popular-culture integration with play-based learning in early childhood education. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 25(4), 513–532. doi:10.1080/1475939X.2015.1108929

Fenwick, T. (2015). Sociomateriality and Learning: A Critical Approach. In SAGE Reference - The SAGE Handbook of Learning. Retrieved from https://sk.sagepub.com/reference/the-sage-handbook-of-applied-memory/n15.xml?PageNum=265%0Ahttp://sk.sagepub.com/reference/the-sage-handbook-of-learning

Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2010). Actor – Network Theory in Education. Routledge. Retrieved from https://doi-org.ezp01.library.qut.edu.au/10.4324/9780203849088

Gaver, W. W., Boucher, A., Pennington, S., & Walker, B. (2004). Cultural probes and the value of uncertainty. Interactions, 11(5), 53–56.

Huber, B., Highfield, K., & Kaufman, J. (2018). Detailing the digital experience: Parent reports of children’s media use in the home learning environment. British Journal of Educational Technology, 49(5), 821–833. doi:10.1111/bjet.12667

Jandrić, P., Knox, J., Besley, T., Ryberg, T., Suoranta, J., & Hayes, S. (2018). Postdigital science and education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(10), 893–899. doi:10.1080/00131857.2018.1454000

Plowman, L., & Stevenson, O. (2013). Exploring the quotidian in young children’s lives at home. Home Cultures, 10(3), 329–347. doi:10.2752/175174213X13739735973381

Rhodes, A. (2017). Screen tme and kids: What’s happening in our homes? Australian Child Health Poll. https://www.rchpoll.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/ACHP-Poll7_Detailed-Report-June21.pdf.

Scott, F. L. (2022). Family mediation of preschool children’s digital media practices at home. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(2), 235–250. doi:10.1080/17439884.2021.1960859

Wyeth, P., & Diercke, C. (2006). Designing cultural probes for children. In Proceedings of the 18th Australia Conference on Computer-Human Interaction: Design: Activities, Artefacts and Environments (pp. 385–388). doi:10.1145/1228175.1228252


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Influence of ICT-BASED Instruction On The Academic Performance And STEM Literacy Of Chemistry Students of Nazarbayev Intellectual School

Mary Joy Bejerano, Gulsim Kimatova, Ishanova Gulsezim

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Uralsk, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Bejerano, Mary Joy; Kimatova, Gulsim

Introduction

The current educational system in Kazakhstan has seen a significant shift in the use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) as a tool to facilitate learning. The need has called for this shift to move away from traditional teaching methods to more effective and efficient teaching methods (OECD, 2017). Additionally, ICT-based instruction is seen as a way to improve the quality of instruction and provide students with the skills they need to be successful in the 21st century. As such, using ICT-based instruction has become increasingly common in Kazakhstan (Oralbekova et al. 2016).

Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) is one of the leading educational institutions in Kazakhstan, and it has been at the forefront of the shift towards ICT-based instruction. NIS has implemented a range of ICT-based instructional practices, including the use of online learning platforms and the incorporation of ICTs into the classroom (e.g., Bilimland, Twig, Mektep and iTest). Additionally, NIS has implemented a range of initiatives to promote using ICT-based instruction in teaching chemistry, such as using virtual reality simulations and interactive whiteboard technologies, as well as the provision of specialized training for teachers in using ICT-based instruction (Lewis, 2004). Moreover, according to research conducted by Nechypurenko et al. (2022), "ICT-based instruction can help to create an environment where collaboration and dialogue among teachers and students can be improved, and this can ultimately lead to a more meaningful learning experience." Similarly, ICT-based instruction can also provide teachers with an opportunity to differentiate instruction, allowing them to customize the learning experience for each student (Jung & Lim, 2021). The success of NIS ICT-based instruction is a testament to the potential of technology to improve teaching and learning in the classroom (Krause et al., 2017). As the use of ICT continues to grow and evolve, it is important to continue exploring the potential benefits of ICT-based instruction to maximize its potential to improve student learning outcomes.

The primary objective of this research is to assess the influence of ICT-based instruction on the academic performance and STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering and Math) literacy of chemistry students at NIS. This study seeks to determine the effectiveness of ICT-based instruction in helping students understand and apply chemistry concepts, as well as its impact on their academic performance and STEM literacy. Specifically, it aims to answer the following questions:

  1. How does ICT-based instruction impact the academic performance of Chemistry students at NIS?
  2. What is the effect of ICT-based instruction on the STEM literacy of chemistry students at NIS?
  3. Does ICT-based instruction improve student engagement and motivation in Chemistry classes at NIS?
  4. What are the perceived benefits and drawbacks of ICT-based instruction for chemistry students at NIS?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Design:
This research will employ a quasi-experimental design with a pre-test post-test control group to measure the influence of ICT-based instruction on the academic performance and STEM literacy of chemistry students at NIS. The sample will consist of 60 chemistry students in the 8th grade NIS. The sample will be divided into two groups: an experimental group (n = 30) and a control group (n = 30). At the beginning, middle, and end of the 10-week period, participants will be given a standardized test to assess their academic performance and STEM literacy. The examination will consist of multiple-choice questions and focus on chemistry concepts and STEM literacy-related knowledge and skills. The questionnaire will be designed to assess the students' knowledge of chemistry concepts, their ability to apply this knowledge to problem-solving tasks, and their overall STEM literacy, and will be adapted to the participants' age and level. In addition, questionnaires and semi-structured interviews will be conducted to gain insight into their perspectives and experiences with ICT-based instruction, student engagement, and motivation.
 
Procedure:
The research study would begin with a comprehensive literature review to determine the current state of ICT-based instruction and its effect on academic performance and STEM literacy. After the literature review, the process of data collection would commence. We will conduct interviews with students, teachers, and administrators to learn about their experiences with the current ICT-based education program. During the 10 weeks of the experiment, the experimental group will receive ICT-based instruction while the control group will not. After 10 weeks, the academic performance and STEM literacy of both groups will be evaluated to determine any differences. During the experiment, questionnaires, interviews, and lesson observations will be administered to further investigate the study's aims. In order to evaluate the efficacy of ICT-based instruction, student recordings of ICT-based instruction will be conducted.
 
Data Analysis:
The data should be analyzed using a combination of descriptive and inferential statistics. Descriptive statistics such as means, medians, and standard deviations can be used to get an overall picture of the data, while inferential statistics such as t-tests and ANOVA can be used to draw conclusions about the differences between the control and experimental groups.
 
Ethical Concerns:
All participants will provide informed consent prior to their participation in the study. All data will be collected and analyzed in accordance with ethical principles. All data will be kept confidential.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes of this research are multifaceted, as they relate to the impact of ICT-based instruction on the academic performance, STEM literacy, motivation, and engagement of chemistry students at NIS.

Firstly, it is anticipated that implementing ICT-based instruction for chemistry students will improve their academic performance. This is because using interactive technology and audio-visual aids will benefit students in comprehending the material and maintaining their interest. In addition, online tools such as simulations, virtual labs, and interactive quizzes can aid in enhancing students' problem-solving abilities and conceptual understanding.

Secondly, it is anticipated that ICT-based instruction will promote improved STEM literacy among chemistry students, as it can provide access to digital resources and learning tools that can help students gain a better understanding of concepts and develop critical thinking and problem-solving abilities. This can lead to a better understanding of the concepts of chemistry, and other STEM subjects, as well as a greater ability to apply the knowledge to real-world scenarios, resulting in an increase in STEM literacy.

Thirdly, this study will likely demonstrate that students who utilize ICT-based instruction in chemistry classes are more likely to be engaged, motivated, and able to comprehend the material. This is due to the use of visual aids and interactive activities, which keep students engaged and give them a sense of achievement.

Lastly, the research will reveal that using ICT-based instruction in chemistry classes has some disadvantages. For instance, using ICT-based instruction may require additional time and effort from the teacher, who must be prepared to offer students guidance and support regarding technology use. Also, using ICT-based instruction may necessarily require additional financial resources for the purchase and upkeep of equipment and software.

References
Bridges, D. (2014). Education Reform and Internationalisation: The Case of School Reform in Kazakhstan. Cambridge University Press.

Jung, S., & Lim, K. Y. (2021). Factors affecting middle school teachers’ use of ICT in class: Focusing on ICT teaching efficacy and perceived ICT usefulness. In Korean Association For Learner-Centered Curriculum And Instruction (Vol. 21, Issue 24, pp. 1099–1118). https://doi.org/10.22251/jlcci.2021.21.24.1099

Kopzhassarova, U. I., Sultanova, Z. Y., Akhmetova, D. R., Akhmetzhanova, A. I., & DeVereaux, С. (2020). Development of senior school students’ independent work skills through the use of virtual learning environment. Цифровые трансформации в образовании (E-Digital Siberia’2020), 90–97.

Krause, M., Pietzner, V., Dori, Y. J., & Eilks, I. (2017). Differences and developments in attitudes and self-efficacy of prospective chemistry teachers concerning the use of ICT in education. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics Science and Technology Education, 13(8), 4405–4417. https://doi.org/10.12973/eurasia.2017.00935a

Lewis, S. (2004). Using ICT to Enhance Teaching and Learning in Chemistry. Royal Society of Chemistry.

Nechypurenko, P. P., Semerikov, S. O., Selivanova, T. V., & Shenayeva, T. O. (2022). How can the principles of learning be used to select the best ICT tools for computer-based chemistry instruction in high school? Educational Dimension. https://journal.kdpu.edu.ua/ped/article/view/4738

OECD. (2017). OECD Reviews of Innovation Policy: Kazakhstan 2017. OECD Publishing

Oralbekova, A. K., Arzymbetova, S. Z., Begalieva, S. B., Ospanbekova, M. N., Mussabekova, G. A., & Dauletova, A. S. (2016). Application of information and communication technologies by the future primary school teachers in the context of inclusive education in the Republic of Kazakhstan. The International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 11(9), 2813–2827. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1114631.pdf


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Two Worlds Collide : Digitally Proficient but Disconnected from the Outdoor Environment ?

Pavla Boulton

University of South Wales, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Boulton, Pavla

Within Higher Education (HE) Early Years (EY) undergraduate students are trained using a range of knowledge and experiences to support their learning. This in turn influences how the students support children’s learning. This paper focusses on the experiences of both tutor and student as the collision between the pedagogies of digital technology and outdoor learning and play are explored, in order to support a holistic curriculum.

The focus of this study is a BA (Hons) Early Years Education and Practice undergraduate degree, in a large UK University. Over the three years of the course students engage in a breadth of modules, including “Children Learning through Landscapes” which is a specific module teaching students about the importance of the outdoor environment and how to provide children with regular opportunity to engage with it, connect with nature and learn through the use of all their senses. This experiential, active learning is critical in children’s brain development as well as their holistic development (Palmer, 2006), helping them to make sense of the world around them. This pedagogy is an integral element of EY practice and follows the pioneering work of Montessori, Steiner and Froebel, who first advocated the importance of an outdoor space to play and learn, as well as a rich environment for healthy growth and development (Pickering, 2017). Welsh Government (WG), (2020) expect all children to have regular access to the outdoor environment as part of their curriculum.

Thus, in order for EY students to understand and to be “able” in this teaching pedagogy, they also need regular access to the outdoors. This affords them opportunities to embrace the natural environment in order to promote their own knowledge and understanding, enabling them to become role models for future generations.

However, the introduction of the Digital Competency Framework (DCF), has become a compulsory part of the Welsh Curriculum. This means that EY students also need to be digitally competent to develop their own academic skills as well as to support and develop children’s digital skills; this has become an area of priority within the curriculum. Therefore, as an education professional in HE and as part of “innovative learning and teaching”, the need to present and role model digital practices blended with traditional outdoor pedagogy is now greater, and significantly challenging for ‘digital immigrants’(Sakr, 2020; Edwards, 2016; Prensky, 2001) ,encouraging students to confidently apply the relevant skills in their own practice.

Nonetheless, within the context of the Welsh curriculum the two approaches appear to conflict with one another as it seems that they are competing for the “attentions” of practitioners as well as the children they teach. They each look to develop skills for life as part of a new progressive Welsh curriculum (WG, 2020).

Therefore, blended pedagogies need to be modelled by the HE tutor so that students can confidently demonstrate and apply these skills in their own practices, making them self reflective learners and professionally ready for the demands of the work environment, allowing skills to be transferred and employability to be enhanced.

Thus, the questions that inform this case study are:

(1) Can digital technology be blended with traditional outdoor pedagogies to support a

holistic curriculum?

(2) What are the effects of blended pedagogies on student learning experiences?

(3) What lessons are learnt from the perspective of the HE tutor in attempting to model

the blended pedagogies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A reflective case study approach was applied to practice in situ as part of an outdoor learning project within a Level 5 module. One Higher Education (HE) tutor and 24 EY female students participated in the study.
Choosing a case study approach was considered a suitable method for this reflective study as it was undertaken in situ, as part of the module. It aimed to offer information on relationships and any changes to behaviours between students and tutor and to explore the effects of any changes to the traditional processes of teaching and learning (Denscombe, 2014). Case studies are not “methods” of collecting data but more an approach that can use a variety of instruments to gather information and offer more flexibility. However, they can be limited in how the findings might be applied to a general population and may not always be easily replicable due to the narrow focus often studied (Gilbert, 2008) as applied in this case study. Nonetheless, case studies allow the reader to understand more about the general phenomenon (Johnson and Christensen, 2012, p. 408) and due to being highly qualitative in nature, the researcher can participate in the research.

Insights gained by using a case study to look at blending teaching pedagogies can cause
us to rethink our position on a certain practice or topic (Mukerji and Albon, 2018), which is the basis of this case study, and which are fundamental processes in reflective practice. Additionally, having ecological validity (Tobin et al., 1989) means that the findings reflect what happens in real life, allowing student behaviours to be observed more holistically.

A digital app called “Seesaw”  was introduced to the students.  It is  a secure digital platform and allows participants to share their content. Students were given a task to complete  whilst on ‘placement’ and this involved using their own iPads or iPhones to take photographs or videos (with ethical consent)  of their outdoor lessons, activities, spaces and resources which they then needed to upload into seesaw in order to share with their peers. Students used the app at times that suited them, could provide feedback, messages, comment or ‘likes’ on the content that each had posted and the tutor could also do the same. Embedding this digital approach to outdoor learning was a new approach to teaching and learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This case study reveals the advantages and discomfort of role modelling a practice as HE tutor that has not been applied before in this context and as such is considered an innovative pedagogy(Koros-Mikis, 2009). Issues around modelling pedagogies that depict 21st century learning are highlighted for “digital immigrant” (Prensky 2001) HE teaching staff members, and require a paradigm shift in thinking. However this case study has provided a new lens on blended pedagogy and the positive outcomes that it has brought to this practice.
EY students engaged in the blended pedagogy, applying digital technology for educational purposes in an outdoor learning context and this resulted in enhanced collaborative learning between students and tutor, affecting attendance and confidence to try new approaches in their practice. For some students it ignited a connection to their natural environment and thus improved their own knowledge in teaching children. From the tutor’s perspective this was an unexpected outcome (Hughes, 2011)  .
Reflecting on this practice has revealed that pedagogical thinking can be transformed when we share ideas in ways that appear non-judgemental and new approaches can be applied where the right environment affords such opportunities. Belk (2013 p.1599) supports this stating, ‘you are what you share’.
The implications of this case study raises questions around the appropriateness of training and development for “digital immigrant” staff members, understanding student digital competency, blending pedagogical approaches, as well as the debate around digital technologies being part of young children’s learning within a reformed curriculum in Wales. These challenges present questions that require social consideration as well as arguments as to why they cannot be overlooked.

References
Belk, R. (2013), “You are what you can access: sharing and collaborative consumption online”, Journal of Business Research, Vol. 67 No. 8, pp. 1595-1066.

Denscombe, M. (2014), The Good Research Guide for Small Research Projects, 5th ed., Open University Press, Maidenhead.

Edwards, S. (2016), “New concepts of play and the problem of technology, digital media and popular culture integration with play based learning in early childhood education”, Technology, Pedagogy and Education, Vol. 25 No. 4, pp. 513-532.

Hughes, B. (2011), Evolutionary Playwork, 2nd ed., Routledge, London.

Mukherji, P. and Albon, D. (2018), Research Methods in Early Childhood: An Introductory Guide, 3rd ed., SAGE, London.

Pickering, S. (2017), Teaching Outdoors Creatively, Routledge, Oxon.

Prensky, M. (2001), “Digital natives, digital immigrants”, On the Horizon, Vol. 9 No. 5, pp. 1-6.

Sakr, M. (2020), Digital Play in Early Childhood, SAGE, London.

Seesaw (2017), “How does seesaw keep student data safe”, available at: https://help.seesaw.me/hc/enus/
articles/203258429-How-does-Seesaw-help-keep-student-data-safe-

Wales. Welsh Government (WG) (2016), The Digital Competency Framework (DCF), Crown copyright,
Cardiff.

Wales. Welsh Government (WG) (2020), A Curriculum for Wales, Crown copyright, Cardiff.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Institutional approach to the development of Digital Competence in Teaching: An international validation with experts.

Virginia Viñoles Cosentino, Anna Sánchez-Caballé, Francesc M. Esteve-Mon, María Ángeles Llopis-Nebot

Universitat Jaume I, Spain

Presenting Author: Viñoles Cosentino, Virginia; Sánchez-Caballé, Anna

One of the main challenges of Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) is the development of the teaching digital competence (TDC) of their academic staff. TDC development has been on the European agenda for at least a decade and several frameworks and initiatives have arisen to address it. One example that stands out is the DigCompEdu framework developed by the Joint Research Center of the European Commission to generate a common understanding of what TDC is (Redecker, 2017). The HEIs, for their part, have started to develop multiple digitisation strategies and plans to promote it (Castañeda et al., 2023). However, despite these efforts, the COVID-19 pandemic evidenced that there is still a gap, particularly in the pedagogical aspects of this competence. This is not surprising, given the lack of implementation of evidence-based initiatives that effectively address it (Castañeda, et al., 2023). The development of this competency is a complex process that requires approaches that go beyond the individual perspective, which focuses exclusively on teacher training (Coles, et al.,2020). For this competence to be deployed, it is necessary to generate the institutional conditions that enable it (Esteve et al., 2022).

This paper is part of a research project with the aim of designing a proposal on what a HEI could do to develop the TDC of its teaching staff. This project is carried out at a Spanish public University with about 1700 academic staff. We have designed and iterated the prototypes with different stakeholders during 2021 – 2022 and this prototype has been validated in the local Spanish context in a satisfactory way (Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2021; Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2022).

The prototype is structured in 3 main axes: Policy level, Training level and Communication level (Esteve et al., 2022).

Among the aspects that stand out in the policy level: It has been a participatory process, involving groups of teachers, technical experts in teacher training and university managers at all stages: from the diagnosis to the evaluation of the prototypes. Thus, different levels (macro/micro) and perspectives of the main actors involved have been considered (Hostins & Rochadel, 2019). A framework (DigCompEdu) has been integrated to serve as a guide (Redecker, 2017). In addition, the strategic documents have been reviewed and aligned with the digitisation plan and the DigCompEdu framework (Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2021).

At training level: Broaden the offer to provide open, accessible, flexible courses with different levels of progression (basic, intermediate, advanced). Training topics aligned with teaching needs, taking as a reference the areas of the DigCompEdu framework. Creation of an introductory course on TDC to guide and serve as an umbrella for the training pathways (Viñoles-Cosentino et al., 2022).

At communication level: Working with aspects of building language around TDC and the institutional approach to it, to ensure that the strategy is understood and disseminated to all the actors (Century & Cassata, 2016). Design and deliver of an awareness-raising course on TDC focused on working on attitudinal aspects, beliefs, and knowledge on the subject. A platform to centralise communication and as a space for the exchange of teaching experiences (Spillane et al., 2002).

In this last phase, the objective is to evaluate the prototype proposal and preliminary design principles in the international context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Project has been developed with the Design Based Research (DBR) methodology. A study carried out with the DBR methodology is characterized as a systematic process for the design, development and evaluation that intends to give a concrete answer to a complex reality (McKenney & Reeves, 2018). This type of study is divided into three phases: (1) preliminary research phase; (2) development and prototyping phase - in which the different prototypes are elaborated, revised and improved; and (3) final evaluation phase (Plomp & Nieveen, 2009).
In this paper, the work presented is the last phase, corresponding to the final evaluation. To carry out this evaluation, an international validation of the prototype was developed. A meeting was held with educational technology experts (N=8) from a Digital Education Centre at a Danish university. The expert session was attended by 2 managers (Director of the centre and Project manager of the university's digital plan), 3 postdocs (research and teacher training), 1 associate professor, 1 research assistant and 1 PhD student.
The evaluation was carried out by the aforementioned experts through the organization of a focus group in which both the prototype and the design principles obtained at the end of the development and prototyping phase (the previous phase of the DBR methodology) were analysed. The criteria taken as a reference in this process are:
• Relevance - Is the proposal necessary/relevant for this context?
• Consistency - Is the proposal logically and coherently designed?
• Practicality - Can the prototype be realistically applied in your context?
• Effectiveness - Does the intervention deliver the expected results (promoting the development of TDC) in the context for which it was designed (academic staff)?
For the analysis, the session was recorded, transcribed and coded using a concept-based deductive approach based on the research questions (Saldaña, 2015). Verbatim excerpts were extracted to reflect the participants' perspective on the topics presented. The results are presented through a narrative analysis, accompanied by participants quotations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Experts agreed that the prototype meets the quality criteria of being relevant, consistent, and effective. On practicality, context-specific adjustments would be necessary, however they agreed that this was covered in the proposed design principles.
Regarding the design principles, the main insights are:
1. Design institutional and multi-level strategies (Dearing & Kee, 2012).
They considered appropriate to address the complexity of the process by deploying strategic actions at macro/micro level.
“Working at different levels helps us take concrete actions, maintaining complexity but moving forward without oversimplification.”
2. Create a link between the institutional strategy and teaching practice (Century & Cassata, 2016).
The relevance to ensure that strategies permeate and not remain on paper was highlighted.
“The link between the macro-level strategy and the teaching practice is key. There are institutional dynamics beyond a static policy that we need to consider to make things happen.”
3. Build meta-language around digital competences (Spillane et al., 2002).
The use of an existing and extended framework (DigCompEdu) as a basis was positively valued.
“It is important to work on the construction of the metalanguage, but sometimes a lot of time is wasted trying to define and agree, ending in fruitless discussions. Having an extended framework that can be adapted facilitates the work.”
4. Consider situated and contextualised approaches (Heimans, 2012).
The relevance of strategic approaches adapted to the culture and organisational differences of the university was noted.
"From one university to another there are organisational and cultural differences, the structure is horizontal, decentralised, with several campuses and little connection between them".
These results complete a new iteration of the TDC improvement proposal from an institutional perspective. Having an international and European vision is enriching in order to review and consolidate the key aspects that can be transferable to other HE institutions.

References
Castañeda, L., Viñoles, V., Concannon, F., Pedersen, A., Al-Hmiedat P. & Lobato, N. (2023). The CUTE CANVAS: developing a design tool for planning strategic actions for institutional of digital competencies. Journal of Decision Systems, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/12460125.2023.2167274
Coles, S., Martin, F., Polly, D. & Wang, C. (2020). Supporting the digital professor: Information, training, and support. Journal of Applied Research in Higher Education, 13(2), 633-648. https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-09-2019-0236
Century, J., & Cassata, A. (2016). Implementation Research: Finding Common Ground on What, How, Why, Where, and Who. Review of Research in Education, 40(1), 169-215. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X16665332
Dearing, J. W., & Kee, K. F. (2012). Historical roots of dissemination science. In R. Brownson, G. Colditz, & E. Proctor (Eds.), Dissemination and implementation research in health: Translating science to practice (pp. 55–71). Oxford.
Esteve-Mon, F. M., Postigo-Fuentes, A. Y., & Castañeda, L. (2022). A strategic approach of the crucial elements for the implementation of digital tools and processes in higher education. Higher Education Quarterly, 00, 1– 16. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12411
Fernández-Batanero, J. M., Román-Graván, P., Montenegro-Rueda, M., López-Meneses, E., & Fernández-Cerero, J. (2021). Digital teaching competence in higher education: A systematic review. Education Sciences, 11(11), 689. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11110689
Heimans, S. (2014). Education policy enactment research: disrupting continuities. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 35(2), 307-316, https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2013.832566
Hostins, R. C. L., & Rochadel, O. (2019). Stephen Ball's contributions to the education policies. Revista on Line de Política e Gestão Educacional, 23(1), 61-84. https://doi.org/10.22633/rpge.v23i1.11947
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research. Routledge.
Plomp, T., & Nieveen, N. (2009). An introduction to educational design research. Netherlands Institute for curriculum development (SLO).
Redecker, C. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. JRC Research Reports, Joint Research Centre.
Saldaña, J. (2015). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. SAGE.
Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B. J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy Implementation and Cognition: Reframing and Refocusing Implementation Research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387-431. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543072003387
Viñoles-Cosentino, V., Esteve-Mon, F.M., & Sánchez-Caballé, A. (2021). Validación de un prototipo de propuesta institucional para la mejora de la competencia digital docente en el profesorado universitario. XXIV Congreso Internacional de Tecnología Educativa EDUTEC2021, Buenos Aires.
Viñoles-Cosentino, V., Llopis-Nebot, M.A., Sánchez-Caballé, A. & Esteve-Mon, F.M. (2022). Diseño de una propuesta formativa para desarrollar la competencia digital docente en el ámbito universitario. Jornadas Internacionales Universitarias de Tecnología Educativa, Valencia.

This communication is part of a research project funded by the Dávalos-Fletcher Foundation in 2021.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 H: Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Franz Kaiser
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Diversity of Pathways for Beneficiaries of an Integration Scheme: the Example of the Garantie Jeunes

Oceane Vilches

Université de Bourgogne, France

Presenting Author: Vilches, Oceane

On January 1, 2020, INSEE counted 73.6 million young people aged 18 to 29 in Europe. This usual categorization of youth within the 15-29 age group does not meet with consensus in the literature. Indeed, defining what is meant by the term "youth" is not easy (Dubet, 1996). Since 2008, the economic crisis has had a real impact on young people, worsening their conditions of access to employment and particularly for the least qualified among them (Batard et al., 2012; Galland, 2012; Di Paola et al., 2018). Thus, despite a slight decrease, youth unemployment remains a concern. Yet, taking an interest in youth unemployment, and more broadly in their standard of living appears to be a real societal issue (Blaya, 2012; Schoeneberger, 2012). Indeed, not being employed would have both psychological and social consequences on the individual (Demers, 1983). Also, their situation would be correlated to the risks of delinquency (Fougère et al., 2005). As a result, many public policies have targeted youth. Thus, the interest in educational, professional and social integration is part of the development of the Missions locales with the Bertrand Schwartz report in 1981. Since then, we have observed a juxtaposition of measures in favor of this category of the population (Labadie, 2020). Our paper proposes to focus on the Garantie jeunes(GJ). The GJ corresponds to the declination of the European strategy deployed in the face of youth unemployment and was largely inspired by the Nordic countries (Wargon & Gurgand 2013). Indeed, youth guarantees were first created in the 1980s and 1990s in Scandinavian countries: first in Sweden (1984), then in Norway (1993), Denmark (1993) and Finland (1996) (Can, 2015). Introduced in 2012 in France as part of the National Conference against Poverty and for Inclusion, the main objective of this scheme is to support beneficiaries towards autonomy for one year (Wargon & Gurgand, 2013). The proposed follow-up is initially collective, then based on professional immersions in a "work first" logic (Farvaque et al., 2016). The Garantie jeunes targets vulnerable NEET youth, i.e., young people who are neither in school, nor in employment, nor in training, and who do not receive any support from their parents. However, the NEET category includes a variety of youth profiles. On this subject, Eurofound (2012) identifies five sub-categories: "young people registered as job seekers", "young people unavailable on the labour market", "the disengaged", "opportunity seekers" and "voluntary NEET". Our research problem is set in this context. More specifically, three major studies have been conducted on the Garantie jeunes and have considered the changes induced within the Missions locales, the target reached, and the effect generated on its beneficiaries (Farvaque et al., 2016; Loison-Leruste et al., 2016; Gaini et al., 2018). We propose to differentiate ourselves by considering the professional and social insertion of youth as well as their social skills. Thus, we first ask what is the profile of the young people who enter the GJ scheme? What are their past educational and professional experiences? What are their motivations? The answers to these questions will show that the profile of these young people is based on a diversity of situations. Based on this observation, we will look at their pathways after their support in the program. We will then see that three profiles can be identified.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is the result of a thesis work conducted between 2019 and 2022. The methodology adopted is "qualitative". Indeed, it is based on the questioning of beneficiaries of the Garantie jeunes through semi-structured interviews. This was the most appropriate way to understand the pathways of young people because it is part of a search for meaning (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2003). These interviews took place in three stages: at the beginning of the support, at six months and at the end of the program, in order to understand the continuity of the pathways. In total, fifty-five semi-structured interviews were conducted, lasting from twenty minutes to one hour.  It was possible to reconstruct the life course of 16 young people. The first interview focused on the youth's previous experience, with questions about their professional and educational experiences and their social skills. The second interview questioned the young person's opinion on the group phase and their first professional experiences in the program. And the third interview was based more on an assessment of the support in order to gather their opinion on the Garantie jeunes. In addition, about twenty days were devoted to direct observation and participation in the workshops offered to the young people. In total, thirty-five of them were observed one or more times and consisted, for example, of having the young people work on their cover letters, job interviews or oral expression. During these moments, we annotated our observations in a field journal. These notes could be descriptive, analytical, methodological or personal. At the end of each day, we took the time to write a report of our observations. All of the data was analyzed thematically using NVivo software.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Several results can be presented. First, concerning the profile of the beneficiaries of the program, we can say that their backgrounds are relatively varied. Indeed, even if their situations are precarious, they have different educational and professional experiences. Thus, some of them have a level 3 diploma, either a CAP or a BEP. As for the others, they finished their schooling early and can be considered as "school dropouts". These young people had early learning difficulties, had repeated a year or had been bullied at school. Also, the professional experiences before entering the program are more or less long. Some of them had completed internships as part of their studies, while others had obtained permanent contracts. In addition, several of them have had civic experiences such as volunteering in associations. Their entry into the program is based on various motivations: a desire to be supported in their search for a job, a professional project, but also financial motivations. All of these results demonstrate the diversity of the profiles that are involved in an integration program, in this case the Garantie jeunes. Secondly, we propose to present the situation of these young people at the end of their support in the scheme. It appears that the Garantie jeunes has a different impact on its beneficiaries. Three profiles are identified: one for whom the program acted as a springboard, a second as a transitional stage and a third as a temporary halt. The professional and social integration of these three groups differed, as did the development of their social skills. Thus, we will see that it is the first group that has developed the skills most expected on the job market.
References
Batard, P.-É., Ferrari, N., & Saillard, E. (2012). Le chômage des jeunes : Quel diagnostic ? Économie & prevision, 200 201(2), 207 215. https://doi.org/10.3917/ecop.200.0207

Blaya, C. (2012). Le décrochage scolaire dans les pays de l’OCDE. Regards croisés sur l’economie, 12(2), 69 80. https://doi.org/10.3917/rce.012.0069


Can, S. (2015). La garantie européenne pour la jeunesse. Courrier hebdomadaire du CRISP, 2263, 5 45. https://doi.org/10.3917/cris.2263.0005

Eurofound. (2011). Young people and NEETs in Europe : First findings. European Foundation for the Improvement of Living and Working Conditions. https://movendi.ngo/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/NEET-and-youth-unemployment.pdf

Farvaque, N., Kramme, C., & Tuchszirer, C. (2016). La Garantie jeunes du point de vue des missions locales : Un modèle d’accompagnement innovant, mais source de bouleversements organisationnels (Rapport de recherche No 102; p. 137). Le cnam ceet.

Gaini, M., Guillerm, M., Hilary, S., Valat, E., & Zamora, P. (2018). ‪Résultats de l’évaluation quantitative de la Garantie jeunes‪. Quels publics, quels accompagnements et quelles trajectoires des bénéficiaires ? Travail et emploi, 153(1), 67 88. Cairn.info. https://doi.org/10.4000/travailemploi.7933‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬

Galland, O. (2012). Une jeunesse française divisée. Entretien avec Olivier Galland. Études, 416(1), 33 43. https://doi.org/10.3917/etu.4161.0033

Loison-Leruste, M., Couronné, J., & Sarfati, F. (2016). La Garantie jeunes en action : Usages du dispositif et parcours de jeunes (p. 134) [Rapport de recherche]. CEET - Centree d’études de l’emploi et du travail. https://hal-cnam.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-02306050/file/101-garantie-jeunes-en-action-usages-du-dispositif-et-parcours-de-jeunes.pdf

Paillé, P., & Mucchielli, A. (2012). L’analyse qualitative en sciences humaines et sociales. Armand Colin. https://www.cairn.info/l-analyse-qualitative-en-sciences-humaines--9782200249045.htm

Schoeneberger, J. (2012). Longitudinal Attendance Patterns : Developing High School Dropouts. The Clearing House, 85, 7 14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00098655.2011.603766

Wargon, E., & Gurgand, M. (2013). Garantie jeunes : Synthèse des travaux du groupe AD HOC (p. 20). Délégation générale à l’Emploi et à la Formation professionnelle. https://www.federationsolidarite.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Synth%C3%A8se_des_travaux_Garantie_Jeunes_Version_du_5_juin_2013_final.pdf


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Young People at Risk in Vocational Education: the Social Ecology of Risk Factors for Vocational Students

Inna Bentsalo

Tallinn University, Estonia

Presenting Author: Bentsalo, Inna

Current topic focuses on at-risk youth and the role of vocational education institutions –the social ecology of risk factors for vocational students. Combating social exclusion and supporting risk groups (early school leavers, low-skilled workers, immigrants, unemployed) has been a high priority in European Union (EU) policy for the last decade. There are not many studies focusing on the Estonian context about the role of vocational education and workplace training (VET) on the social inclusion of at-risk youth. (OECD 2016) The students in VET institutions tend to be increasingly diverse in terms of educational and professional background, motivations and competence levels. Vocational education tends to be a second-choice solution for graduates of the general education institutions with lower educational outcomes and often tends to be an attractive choice for young people from less economically secure families. (Loogma et al, 2019). Therefore, vocational teachers ́ professional roles have diversified and teachers perceive the social work as forming an increasingly big part of their workload (Ümarik & Rekkor, 2013; Sirk et al., 2019). According to an interview study conducted among vocational teachers (Sirk et al., 2019) Even among the graduates of vocational schools the low level of generic skill, including social skills has been outlined as a problem by employers. (Nestor & Nurmela, 2013) and also as a most important risk factor for becoming NEET youth.Different projects targeted to risk youth, NEETs or young people with potential risk of dropping out from school have been carried out with the support of European Social Fund or government funding, but these initiatives have often been related to youth work providers, open youth centers or general education schools. But the problem is that VET institutions are rarely involved in these projects. Therefore, too many young people leave education or vocational education too soon (Cedefop, 2017). Youth at risk who dropout from school and early leavers are at greater risk of long-term unemployment, poverty and crime, and cost the European economy. (Reiska, 2018) Social ecology is treated not as the established and consistent theory, but rather as a methodological approach to analyze complex phenomena (e.g Weaver-Hightower, 2008, Evans et al, 2011, Evans, 2020). In the case of social ecological analysis, two main analytical directions can be distinguished. Bronfenbrenner’s ecological system theory (1979). Another option of applications of the socio-ecological approach is more related to macro-level analysis, the analysis of organizations and different social groups (Evans et al, 2011, p. 356) Both approaches share the idea of dynamic and multi-level interdependencies that enable ecology to function and sustain itself.

The aim of the research is to find out the social and individual factors that increase and/or decrease the risk factors of at-risk youth in initial vocational education and their interactions in the context of an individual learning path.Based on this, the risk factors of young people at risk of dropping out of vocational education are discussed from a socio-ecological approach, paying attention to the limitations and opportunities experienced in their individual learning paths and the role of vocational education in preventing risk factors.

RQ1. How do young people at risk of dropping out themselves describe their individual learning path and understand how different social and institutional environments and communities have supported or hindered them? RQ2. What are the experiences and perceptions of institutional and personal risk factors in vocational education and possible support measures and their effectiveness in vocational education? RQ3. What practices and methods are implemented in vocational education institutions and the community that increase the social inclusion of young people at risk of dropping out and reduce the risk of dropping out of vocational education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical framework for research instruments consist of socio-ecological approach (Evans, Waite, Kersh, 2010) and resilience approach (Zimmermann, 2013). The social ecology approach means that individuals are learning, developing, and acting in a complex system of various social environments and structures, actors, and interrelationships (Jacobson, Wilensky, 2006; Evans et al, 2011). The socio-ecological approach is aligned with the resiliency approach, which emphasizes positive factors in young people’s lives as the basis for positive change strategies (Zimmermann, 2013). The social ecology approach will be at the basis for the analysis of the data, enabling understanding of the role of various social environments that young people at risk have been involved in, their learning and development paths, as well as identifying the factors enabling the development of their competences and exercising of their agency. The focus in the study is on identifying and promoting the positive personal strategies and factors supporting the strengths of young people. The idea is to understand the transitions between different levels of schooling as presenting possibilities for change and transformation in term of young people’s self-understanding regarding educational strategies. The interview guide is scripted to the notion of a semi-structured interview following Kvale and Brinkmann (Kvale, 2007; Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). For the semi-structured type of interview, the guide will include an outline of topics to be covered, with suggested questions (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). The interviews in narrative study will not follow a strictly predetermined sequence but will instead be determined by the local context, as well as “the interviewer’s judgment and tact that decides how closely to stick to the guide and how much to follow up the interviewee’s answers and the new directions they may open up. The interview is based on the chronology of narrative research, in which the questions will be about past - present – future, but the topics are not given in a specific order. (Bruner, 1990, 1996, 1997; Riessman, 2008)
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show that the life and learning path of at-risk youth is mainly influenced by the primary school experience prior to vocational school, and the influences have been teachers and peers. In turn, the primary school experience can be influenced by family background and related bullying in primary school. Thus, as a result of the confluence of many unfortunate circumstances such as lack of family support, school bullying, negative labeling in elementary grades, the self-esteem and self-confidence of at-risk youth drop, which has long-term effects in their learning. This can be interrupted by the systematic implementation of intervention methods that can support the self-confidence of at-risk students. In summary, the expected research results are as follows:
- as a result of the integration of student interview data, a self-regulating social ecology model of the risk situation of vocational students will be described;
- as a result of the inductive analysis of the texts of student interviews, the roles and activities of individuals belonging to the social ecology of the main risk students in vocational education are clarified;
 - finding out the factors under the control of vocational schools and discussing the possibilities and limitations of empowering at-risk students in the context of vocational education.

References
Andersen,D., Ravn, S., & Thomson, S. (2020). Narrative sensemaking and prospective social action: Methodological challenges and new directions. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 23(4) 367-375. doi: 10.1080/13645579.2020.1723204
Bruin, M., & Ohna, S.E.(2015) Negotiating Reassurance: Parents' Narratives on Follow-Up after Cochlear Implantation. European Journal of Special Needs Education, p 518-534
Chase, S.E. (2011) Narrative Inquiry: Still a field in the making. In N.K Denzin and Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.) The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, 4th edn. Thousand Oaks: Sage, 421-434
Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry & research design. Choosing among five
approaches. London. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications Ltd.
Evans, K., Waite, E. (2010) Stimulating the innovation potential of ‘routine’ workers through workplace learning. https://doi.org/10.1177/1024258910364313
Evans K. , Waite E. , and Kersh N. ( 2010) Towards a Social Ecology of Adult Learning in and Through the Workplace. The Sage Handbook on Workplace Learning. London: Sage.
Jacobson, M. J., & Wilensky, U. (2006). Complex Systems in Education: Scientific and Educational Importance and Implications for the Learning Sciences. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 15(1), 11–34. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls1501_4
Loogma, K., Ümarik, M., Sirk, M., & Liivik, R. (2019). How history matters: The emergence and persistence of structural conflict between academic and vocational education: The case of post‐Soviet Estonia. Journal of Educational Change, 20, 105–135. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-018-09336-wNestor,
Ümarik, M., & Rekkor, S. (2013). Diversification of students and professional roles of
vocational teachers: Teachers’ individual approaches to negotiate work identities. In J. Mikk, M. Veisson, & P. Luik (Eds.), Change in teaching and learning, 5 (pp. 9−26). Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.
Thomson, R. (2009). Unfolding lives: Youth, gender and change. Bristol: Policy Press.
Zimmermann, M., (2013) Resiliency Theory: A Strengths-Based Approach to Research and Practice for Adolescent Health. Health Education & Behavior 40(4): 381-3. Doi:10.1177/1090198113493782
Collins, S.L, Carpenter, S.R., Swinton, S.M., Orenstein, D.E., Childers, D.L., Gragson, T.L., Grimm, N.B., Grove, M.J., Harlan, S.L., Kaye, J.P., Knapp, A.K., Kofinas, G.P.,  Magnuson, J.J., McDowell, W.H., Melack, J.M., Ogden, L.A., Robertson, G.P., Smith, M.D and Whitmer, A.C. (2010). An integrated conceptual framework for long-term social–ecological research. Frontiers in Ecology Environment, 2011; 9(6): 351–357, doi:10.1890/100068
Evans, K., Waite, E., Kerch, N (2014).  Towards a Social Ecology of Adult Learning in and through the Workplace. In: The Sage Handbook of Workplace Learning
Evans, K (2020). Learning Ecologies at Work. Ronald Barnett and Norman Jackson (eds). Ecologies for Learning and Practice. Emerging Ideas, Sightings, and Possibilities, pp 163-176


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Why Children Are Out of School in Rautahat, Nepal?

Sweta Adhikary1,2

1Kathmandu University School of Arts, Nepal; 2The Global Partnership for Education Knowledge and Innovation Exchange (KIX) for Effectiveness and Scalability of Programs for Children Who Are Out of School and at Risk of Dropping Out in Bangladesh, Bhutan and Nepal

Presenting Author: Adhikary, Sweta

Despite increased enrollment, dropout rates remain a problem in the education system in Nepal. 36 out of 100 students who enrolled in grade one had dropped out by the time they reached grade ten (Ministry of Finance, 2021). According to another study published by the Government of Nepal, UNESCO, and the United Nations Children's Fund in 2016, dropout rates sharply increase after grade five and are highest in grade eight, with only 74.6% of students progressing from grade 5 to grade 8.

CEHRD (2021) reports that there are 3,780 children between the ages of 5 and 12 in Rautahat district of Nepal who do not attend school. In Rautahat, it is common for students to not attend school or drop out easily, partly because they can easily find work in India, which borders the district (Islamic Relief Worldwide, 2020).

Rautahat has the lowest literacy rate among all 75 districts in Nepal, and it is estimated that about one third of children in the district do not go to school. Despite the accessibility of schools nearby, many children in the district do not attend school (Thakur, 2013). Rautahat district has the lowest school performance rating in Nepal and this is often attributed to the high poverty rate in the district (Bhattarai, 2019).

During the 2018/19 academic year, over 100 children from Chetnagar Village in Chandrapur, Rautahat enrolled at the local Sindhure Ghari Secondary School. However, after only six months, none of these children are attending school. Instead, they can be seen playing in the village on school days (Puri, 2019).

There are several efforts made by the government, such as; free education for all up to the age of 16, free distribution of books and stationeries, scholarship provisions, mid-day meals, offer different training sessions to teachers and headteachers, and also sometimes support building of classrooms in required places. Moreover, the government has also worked with different stakeholders to improve the WASH facilities of the schools, make schools more accessible, and create a conducive learning environment for students. Furthermore, the government also initiates different campaigns to encourage students to go to school. It conducts enrollment campaigns every year at the beginning of the session (Ministry of Education, Nepal, 2020).

Despite all these efforts, the existing data on the numbers of out of school children and dropout suggests that, there is still room of more efforts and improvements to be made. Hence, this study aims to uncover some reasons as to why are students dropping out of schools and not attending schools despite schools being proximal in Rautahat district of Nepal.

The ecological systems theory will be used as a theoretical foundation for the research, which aims to understand the multiple factors influencing school attendance in children and their interrelationships between those factors. It identifies five environmental systems that an individual interacts with: the microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem, macrosystem, and chronosystem. The microsystem refers to the immediate institutions and groups that impact an individual's development, including their family, school, and community. The mesosystem consists of connections between microsystems, such as the relationship between the family and the school. The exosystem involves links between social settings that do not directly involve the child, such as a parent's work environment or earning. The macrosystem refers to the overarching culture that influences the child, and the chronosystem includes elements that can change over time, such as historical events and transitions (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). The research tries to comprehend the many aspects that affect children's school attendance by taking into account all of these systems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Paradigm
This study has been guided by interpretive paradigm. This is because this paradigm allows the researcher to closely engage with the respondents to deepen the understanding and perceive things and issues from their point of view. Interpretive paradigm aims to bring the practices of the participants and their reality. Additionally, the issues dealt by this research paradigm are normally subjective therefore this study is a qualitative research study.

Population, Study Site and Sampling
The data from the UNESCO report "Literacy Status in Nepal" showed that the district of Rautahat has the lowest literacy rate in Nepal. Therefore, the study was conducted in Rautahat using judgmental sampling. Out of the 18 municipalities in the district, only two were rural, and one of those named ‘Durga Bhagwati’ was randomly selected for the study. All of the17 public schools in the municipality were included in the study.

The participants in the study included the headteachers along with two teachers from each school, 210 students in grades five to eight from all 17 schools, 13 parents of students attending any of the 17 schools, 5 community representatives from communities near the schools, and the municipality head and education officer of the rural municipality. The teachers, parents, and community representatives were all chosen using convenience sampling. The students were purposefully chosen to maintain best gender balance possible for focus group discussions.

Data Collection Tools and Procedure
Tools used for primary data collection was observation checklist, probing questions for focus group discussions, and semi-structured questionnaire for interviews. Preparation of these tools was guided by the knowledge generated from literature review, and research purpose.
The observations were recorded through written descriptions, and the focus group discussions and interviews were conducted by the researcher using the questionnaire as a guide to ask relevant questions. The responses to the interviews and discussions were recorded in writing. The data collection took place over a period of six months, through multiple interactions with various groups of respondents.

Ethical Considerations
In order to remain ethical and stay strong on moral grounds, the sample school and the participants were informed about the study and its procedures. Also, the study was conducted only after receiving proper consent from them. Also, they were assured about confidentiality of the information provided and their identity. Furthermore, an ethical and comfortable behavior was maintained during interaction and communication too.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The major outcomes are analyzed and understood through different systems of Bronfenbrenner's ecological systems theory.
At the microsystem, the child's negative attitude towards the school system and the teachers' teaching methods can be seen as a result of the child's direct experiences within the school. Additionally, the norm of migrating abroad for work at a very young age has also been contributing to this negative attitude because the children have been seeing their peers succeeding and improving their lives through migration, leading them to view the education system as less valuable.
At the mesosystem level, the negative perspective of parents towards the school, its management, and teachers have also influenced the child's attitudes towards the school. The children and their parents, are very concerned about their future because they feel that their school is not adequately preparing them for it. They have therefore started preparing themselves for their future in their own way based on their individual knowledge and capacity.
At the exosystem, the government's policy of; liberal promotion is leading to children being promoted without ensuring learning, and sanctioning of deficient budget is impacting the student's proper learning experience at school.
At the macrosystem, factors such as not sending children to school during festivals and seasons of harvesting and the opportunity cost of sending the child to school instead of farm or other wage work, can be seen as cultural and societal factors that impact the education system.
At the chronosystem, the local level leaders at Durga Bhagwati Rural Municipality still haven’t taken a prominent step for the reform in education system. Additionally, the understanding of contribution towards school is still limited to resources distribution rather than focusing on improving the quality of education.
Hence, it seems crucial to improve school performance, instead of just encouraging students’ school attendance.

References
Bhattarai, S. (2019). The last and least in Rautahat. Rautahat: Nepali Times.

Bronfenbrenner , U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Carney, S., & Bista, M. B. (2009). Community schooling in Nepal: A genealogy of education reform since 1990. Comparative Education Review, 53(2), 189-211.

CEHRD. (2021). Flash I report 2077 (2020-2021). Sanothimi, Bhaktapur: Ministry of

Education, Science and Technology and Center for Education and Human Resource Development Nepal.

Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications.

Darling, N. (2007). Ecological systems theory: The person in the center of the circles. Research in Human Development, 203-217.

Ettekal, A., & Mahoney, J. (2017). The SAGE encyclopedia of out-of-school learning. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications, Inc.

Finn, J., & Cox, D. (1992). Participation and withdrawal among fourth-grade pupils. American Educational Research fournal, 141-162.

Islamic Relief Worldwide. (2020). Hidden in plain sight: A study of child labour and human trafficking in Rautahat, Nepal. Washington DC: Islamic Relief Worldwide.

Lenski, G. (2015). Ecological-evolutionary theory: Principles and applications. Routledge.

Lincoln, Y. S., Lynham, S. A., & Guba, E. G. (2011). Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences, revisited. The Sage handbook of qualitative research, 4(2), 97-128.

Literacy mapping study team. (2013). Literacy status in Nepal (Literacy rate by age group 5 +) . Kathmandu: UNESCO.

Ministry of Finance. (2021). Economic Survey 2020/21. Kathmandu: Government of Nepal.

MoE, UNICEF, & UNESCO. (2016). Global initiative on out of school children – Nepal country study. Kathmandu, Nepal: UNICEF.

MoEST. (2021). Nepal Education Sector Analysis. Kathmandu: Ministry of Education, Science and Technology.

Puri, S. (2019). A majority of Musahar children in a Rautahat village don’t go to school. Rautahat: The Kathmandu Post.

Roy, R. R., & Sharma, B. P. (2019). Economic cost of absentee and dropout students in public schools of Nepal. The Economic Journal of Nepal, 1-11.

Rumberger, R. (2008). Why students drop out of school: A review of 25 years of research. Santa Barbara: California Dropout Research Project, University of California.

Shoultz, J., Oneha, M. F., Magnussen, L., Hla, M. M., Brees-Saunders, Z., Cruz, M. D., & Douglas, M. (2006). Finding solutions to challenges faced in community-based participatory research between academic and community organizations. Journal of interprofessional care, 20(2), 133-144.

Thakur, M. (2013). Rautahat: The most child-illiterate district in Nepal. Kathmandu: Republica.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 I: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Global Citizenship Education and Diversity: Ontological and Axiological Connections

Francisco Parrança da Silva, Ana Isabel Andrade, Mónica Lourenço

Centro de Investigação em Didática e Tecnologia na Formação de Formadores, University of Aveiro

Presenting Author: Parrança da Silva, Francisco

To speak about Global Citizenship is to speak about Diversity. This means that to speak about Global Citizenship Education is to speak about pedagogical approaches that aim to sensitize citizens to the value of diversity as a shared common; to prepare citizens to live with the linguistically and culturally distinct Other (through otherness and alterity); to educate critical citizens active in the defense, assurance, and protection of Universal Linguistic and Cultural Rights, in particular, of systematically marginalized and exploited individuals and communities (UNESCO, 1996, 2002, 2005; Council of Europe, 2000). Therefore, we could argue for intercultural education (Vavitsas & Nikolaou, 2021), an educational approach that aims for citizens mindful of diversity, and one of many educational approaches closely linked to global citizenship education, also as an adequate way to educate global citizens (Lourenço, 2018; Faas et al.,2014).

In this paper, we present the findings from a critical literature review whose objective was to identify ontological and axiological connections between global citizenship and diversity through the analysis of pedagogical practices of intercultural education in the formal context reported in the literature.

As Tarozzi and Torres (2018) affirm, diversity can be understood as “the most important conundrum of the new global scenarios” (p.18) that “help to design a new cultural horizon, set in new terms regarding otherness and diversity” (p.18). This new cultural horizon sways education in new (global) directions. Namely, in formal education, as it brings diversity forward to the front stage of teaching and learning, requiring (particularly) teachers to support students’ development of plural and multiple identities. Global citizenship can represent one of those plural and multiple identities, and so, consequently, global citizenship education can represent a way for its development.

Although its multiple and plural interpretations (Goren, H. & Yemini, M., 2017; Oxley, L. & Morris, P., 2013; Pashby et al., 2020) global citizenship education represents an educational approach that emphasizes the development of critical citizens engaged in addressing global issues. It aims to empower citizens to become responsible, informed, and active global citizens who can actively participate in creating a more just and sustainable world. As so, global citizenship education recognizes the interconnectedness of people and issues across the world calling for action toward more equitable solutions, especially, to social and economic inequality. Furthermore, global citizenship education promotes a critical understanding of diversity, particularly for the interest of this study, as it encourages citizens to examine their values, beliefs, and cultural biases, engage in intercultural dialogue, and critically analyze systematic inequalities and challenge systems of oppression (Tarozzi & Torres, 2018). Despite all this, in formal education, teachers and educators find it difficult to understand what global citizenship means.

In the field of intercultural education two concepts that show potential as pedagogical approaches to tackle global citizenship education-related issues in formal education are intercomprehension (Silva, 2018) and linguistic landscapes (Lourenço et al., 2022; Gorter & Cenoz, 2015).

To put it briefly, we understand Intercomprehension as an educational goal to be achieved, at the relational and communicative level which, in a social context marked by complexity and fragmentation, becomes a political and social concept (Pinho & Andrade, 2008). As to linguistic landscapes, what is relevant to say is that as a principle they represent possibilities for global citizens to have quotidian interaction with linguistic and cultural diversity. Regarding the promotion of intercultural education, linguistic landscapes promote greater awareness and openness to linguistic and cultural diversity, encouraging the development of skills and attitudes required from global citizens to participate in multilingual and intercultural contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a study of exploratory nature. As so, this paper presents a critical review of the literature (Grant & Booth, 2009) that discusses (education for) diversity within global citizenship education. This work intends to unveil ontological and axiological understandings of global citizen(ship) (XXX), global citizenship education (XXXX), and diversity, through its linguistic and cultural expression, that underpin reported educational practices in formal education. For that purpose, to describe, analyze, and summarize patterns and themes identified in our data, content analysis with a heuristic function was selected for data analysis.
A critical literature review (Grant & Booth, 2009) was selected as it correlates with the objectives of an exploratory study. This particular type of literature review aims to demonstrate the result of extensive literature research, providing the researcher with the opportunity to build upon the previous body of work, being its conclusion “the starting point for further evaluation, not an endpoint in itself” (Grant & Booth, p.97, 2009).
Since this study intends to unveil ‘non-apparent’ knowledge being reproduced by teachers and educators, content analysis (Bardin, 2016) was selected as a method for data analysis, since it allows researchers to draw inferences about the underlying meaning of data. Our understandings of what being human means and what values sustain our actions are not always explicit, and so are our understandings of what being a citizen means and what values sustain our educational practices, namely in formal education. Thus, a thematic content analysis was developed as a way to account for the presence of codes that concern, as Bardin (2016) puts it, qualities or flaws related to ontological or axiological orientations.
The cohort of documents in review is still being determined since multiple searches are being done in different scientific databases and repositories (Scopus, Web of Science, Scielo, ERIC, RCAAP, Redalyc, and Dialnet). Four search terms were selected, plus two more for safeguard, respectively: “global citizenship education”, “diversity”, “Intercomprehension”, “linguistic landscapes”, “intercultural”, and “plurilingualism”. Furthermore, it was decided beforehand that all documents need to fall into a set of criteria previously defined, namely: peer-reviewed articles and book chapters, published from 2015 onward, written in Portuguese, Spanish, or English, and available in open-access.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As depicted above, within the field of global citizenship education there are “multiple ideological constellations overlapping and even contradicting one another” (Pashby et al., p.1, 2020). Accordingly, in some way expected, some literature reports that teachers and educators find the concepts of global citizenship, and thus, global citizenship education, evasive, and sometimes confusing (Lourenço, 2021; Lourenço & Andrade, 2023). One of the expected outcomes of this critical literature review (Grant & Booth, 2009) is to infer from our findings possible principles to support teachers and educators in developing their understanding of the concept of global citizenship education. In this sense, as stated above, the link between global citizenship education and diversity is deliberate since through the interaction with linguistic and cultural diversity in citizens’ everyday life, which has become ordinary (especially in the Global North), one can begin or better understand how global citizenship education topics and themes impact our individual life’s and how possibilities for action exist, for example, as we like to argue, in the valorization, defense and struggle for cultural and linguistic universal rights for marginalized and exploited communities which existence, unfortunately, also became more ordinary, particularly, in the European context (EUAFR, 2019).
Consequently, from our findings, upon our theoretical framework, we intend to present arguments to support the relevance of diversity within global citizenship education. Specifically, through the pedagogical use of plural approaches like intercomprehension and Linguistic Landscapes as they have shown, from previous research, potential in the education of citizens aware of the presence and value of diversity in their lives and the life of their communities.

References
Bardin, L. (2016). Análise de Conteúdo. Edições 70.
EUAFR, (2019). Fundamental rights report 2019. EUAFR.
Faas, D., Hajisoteriou, C. & Angelides, P. (2014). Intercultural education in Europe: policies, practices and trends. British Educational Research Journal, 40(2), 300-318. 10.1002/berj.3080
Goren, H. & Yemini, M. (2017). Global citizenship education redefined – a systematic review of empirical studies on global citizenship education. International Journal of Educational Research, 82, 170-183. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.02.004
Gorter, D. & Cenoz, J. (2015). The linguistic landscapes inside multilingual schools. In B. Spolsky, M. Tannenbaum & O. Inbar (Eds.), Challenges for language education and policy: Making space for people (pp. 151-169). Routledge.
Lourenço, M. (2018). Global, international and intercultural education: Three contemporary approaches to teaching and learning. On the Horizon, 26(2), 61–71. doi:10.1108/OTH-06-2018-095
Lourenço, M. (2021). From caterpillars to butterflies: exploring pre-service teachers’ transformations while navigating global citizenship education. Frontiers in Education, 6, 1-17. 10.3389/feduc.2021.651250
Lourenço, M., Brinkmann, L. M., McMonagle, S. & Melo-Pfeifer, S. (2022). Guidelines for introducing linguistic landscapes in (foreign) language learning and teacher education. Universität Hamburg. 10.25592/UHHFDM.10241
Lourenço, M. & Andrade, A. I. (2023). Educating for sustainability and global citizenship in uncertain times: a case study with in-service teachers in Portugal. In J. Madalinska-Michalak (Ed.), Quality in teaching and teacher education: international perspectives from a changing world (pp. 180-202). Brill.
Oxley, L. & Morris, P. (2013). Global citizenship: a typology for distinguishing its multiple conceptions. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(3), 301-325. 10.1080/00071005.2013.798393
Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S. & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 1-21. 10.1080/03050068.2020.1723352
Pinho, A. S. & Andrade, A. I. (2008). Programme de formation et parcours personnels d’apprentissage professionnel. Les langues modernes, 1, 53-61.
Silva, F. & Andrade, A. I. (2018). Educação para a cidadania global e intercompreensão: reflexões em torno de um projeto desenvolvido no 1º ciclo do ensino básico. Indagatio Didactica, 10(1), 83-97. 10.34624/id.v10i1.11403
UNESCO (1996). Universal Declaration on Linguistic Rights. UNESCO.
UNESCO (2002). Declaração Universal sobre a Diversidade Cultural. UNESCO.
UNESCO (2005). Convenção sobre a Proteção e a Promoção da Diversidade das Expressões Culturais. UNESCO.
Tarozzi, M. & Torres, C. A. (2018). Global citizenship education and the crisis of multiculturalism. Bloomsbury.
Vavitsas, T. & Nikolaou, G. (2021). Highlighting the critical elements of interculturalism: towatds a critical intercultural education. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 19(2), 296-314.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Critical Pedagogies in Neoliberal Times: the Voices of Rural Teachers in Peru

Silvia Espinal Meza

University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Espinal Meza, Silvia

Over the previous three decades, social justice in education has become increasingly relevant to debates on globalisation, capitalism, and inequalities around the world (Rawls, 1971; Young, 1990; Fraser, 1997; Greene, 1998; Zajda, 2006; Rizvi, 2009; Taylor et al, 1997). In the Latin America context, neoliberalism has become hegemonic in the last 30 years with Peru adopting this model in 1990. However, neoliberalism has affected communities in distinct ways, creating further disparities between a minority who have benefitted from this model and more than one third of the population still living in poverty and exclusion in countries like Peru. Moreover, the neoliberal model has served to marginalise the voices of rural teachers and their practices of social justice in Peru.

Although previous educational research in the country has made important contributions in terms of quality education and educational inequalities, the voices of rural teachers from a social justice perspective have not been sufficiently incorporated into these studies. A social justice framework encompasses a set of ideal theories with which to analyse social contexts like the Peruvian case where disparities persist. The praxis of social justice in education is expressed through critical pedagogies.

Thus, the research will explore how do a group of secondary school teachers in rural Peru conceptualise and practice their commitment to social justice through critical pedagogies in a neoliberal context. In particular, the research will delve into the implementation of these critical pedagogies from the voices of seven rural teachers. The theoretical framework discusses distinct social justice traditions (liberal individualist, market-individualist and social-democratic) and the main concepts from critical pedagogy as a praxis of social justice in education. Through the review of authors like Rawls, Fraser, I.M. Young, Freire, Giroux, McLaren, Darder, among other scholars, the theoretical framework presents the implications of social justice and critical pedagogies through the concepts of dialogue, problem-posing and critical consciousness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research uses a narrative inquiry perspective within the tradition of qualitative studies. The study of narratives refers to the plural ways humans experience the world (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990). Narrative inquiry embraces narrative as both the method and phenomena of study (Pinnegar & Daynes, 2007). Within the educational field, there are experiences and stories from teachers and learners that illuminate larger scale social narratives. For this research, the use of narratives aims to bring the micro level (teachers’ stories) and the macro level (educational policies in neoliberal times) into dialogue.

The research applied in-depth interviews to grasp the teacher’s stories about their experiences in social justice and critical pedagogies. Following this, seven teachers in rural Cusco and Ayacucho (highlands of Peru) were interviewed. These teachers are working at primary and secondary levels in rural Peru and have at least five years of teaching experience working with critical pedagogies in rural areas of Peru. Furthermore, they have a trajectory not only as teachers but also activities or leaders working in line with social justice in education.

Regarding narrative analysis, a paradigmatic analysis is applied to identify the categories that emerge from these stories and establish relationships among these categories of social justice practices (Polkinghorne, 1995).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a work-in-progress, the first analysis reveals the important role of native language (Quechua) as fundamental to reappraising the local culture. Through creative methodologies that include arts, dance and drawings, teachers seek to empower the native culture through Freirean concepts such as critical consciousness and problem-posing. To achieve these objectives, the teachers acknowledge the role of parents and the community in supporting their critical pedagogy practices in schools. Thus, for most of the teachers interviewed, social justice in education is addressed by valuing the native culture in dialogue with western knowledges. Consequently, they seek to empower native knowledge to place both cultures on the same level. Finally, these narratives are emerging from rural teachers who are making their voices heard from a social justice approach.  
References
Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of Experience and Narrative Inquiry. Educational Researcher, 19(5), 2–14

Darder, A. (2014). Freire and Education (1st ed.). Routledge.

Fraser, N. (1997). Justice Interruptus: Critical Reflections on the "Postsocialist" Condition (1st ed.). Routledge.

Freire, P (1970) Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York, Continuum

Freire, P (1974) Education for Critical Consciousness. New York, Continuum, 1974

Freire, P (1998) Pedagogy of Freedom: Ethics, Democracy and Civic Courage. Lanham: MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Freire, P & D. Macedo (1995) A dialogue: culture, language and race. In: Harvard Educational Review (1995) 65 (3): 377–403.

Giroux H (2010). Rethinking Education as the Practice of Freedom: Paulo Freire and the Promise of Critical Pedagogy. Policy Futures in Education. 8(6):715-721. doi:10.2304/pfie.2010.8.6.715

Giroux, H.A. (2013). Critical Pedagogy in Dark Times. Praxis Educativa, 17, 27-38.

Greene, Maxine (1998). Introduction: Teaching for Social Justice in: Ayers, William, Hunt, Jean Ann and Quinn, Therese (eds.) Teaching for Social Justice, pp. xxvii-xlvi. New York: Teachers College Press.

McLaren, P. (2002). Critical pedagogy: A look at the major concepts. In Antonia Darder et al. (Eds.), The critical pedagogy reader (pp. 69-96). New York and London: Routlege/Falmer

Pinnegar, S., & Daynes, J. G. (2007). Locating Narrative Inquiry Historically: Thematics in the Turn to Narrative. In D. J. Clandinin (Ed.), Handbook of narrative inquiry: Mapping a methodology (pp. 3–34). Sage Publications

Polkinghorne, D (1995) Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 8:1, 5-23, DOI: 10.1080/0951839950080103

Rawls, John. 1971. A Theory of Justice. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press
Rizvi, F. (2009). International perspectives on social justice in education. In: Ayers, W. et al. Handbook of social justice in education. Routledge.

Rizvi, F & Engel L. (2009) Neo-Liberal Globalization, Educational Policy, and the Struggle for Social Justice. In: Ayers, W. et al. Handbook of social justice in education. Routledge
Taylor, S., Rizvi, F., Lingard, B., & Henry, M. (1997). Education Policy and the Politics of Change. London: Routledge

Young, I. M. (1990). Justice and the politics of difference. Princeton University Press

Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (2006) Education and Social Justice: Issues of Liberty and Equality in the Global Culture. In: Zajda J., Majhanovich S., Rust V. (eds) Education and Social Justice. Springer, Dordrecht


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Role of Racial Literacy in Pedagogies for Social Justice

Margaret Lovell

University of South Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Lovell, Margaret

Racism is a global phenomenon affecting many of the world’s peoples across all continents including Europe and Australia, with experiences such as prejudice and discrimination well-documented (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA), 2018). With the 2020 renewal of, and global interest in, USA’s Black Lives Matter movement, white Australian and European peoples have begun to become more cognizant of our dichotomous positioning as both ‘multicultural’ and highly racialised societies. Immigrants to Australia and Europe experience racisms through the systems of the dominant, neo-liberal, white, patriarchal, capitalist culture. These systems of Whiteness are invisible and ubiquitous, normative, and performative (Ball et al., 2022; Moreton-Robinson, 2015) and result in similar experiences of racisms for many individuals identified as not belonging to the white social. Although the targeted groups may differ, “race…as a technology of power” (Lentin, 2020, p. 82) and the “hierarchy of different races with White people (men) at the top” (Ball et al., 2022, p. 3) drives racisms across multiple facets of society in both the European Union and in the country now known as Australia.

The 2021 report from the European Commission Against Racism and Intolerance (ECRI) provides an example of the similarity between experiences of racisms on the European and Australian continents. The experiences of racism in interactions with policing in Europe harms many non-white people, including Roma and people of African descent (Ball et al., 2022), with “discriminatory profiling by the police…a common reality” (FRA, 2018, p. 1). Racial profiling and targeted incarceration (in both adult and juvenile systems) are common experiences for Aboriginal Australian Peoples also. Changes to policy and systems at government levels have failed to demolish institutional/systemic racisms, address white privilege, or deliver substantive improvement to disparities in the wellbeing, life expectancy, and social opportunities afforded non-white peoples globally.

Experiences of racisms in pedagogies, curricula and policy continue to impact educational outcomes for many students of colour around the world, including Roma and Aboriginal Australian students (Ball, 2022; Moodie et al., 2019). The consequent “critical education gap” between Aboriginal peoples and other Australians is mirrored globally. The impact of a lack of cultural safety (Bin-Sallik, 2003) within classrooms on this “education gap” has garnered little attention in mainstream Australia, with student outcomes in education such as attendance, literacy and numeracy and year 12 completion remaining the most common measure of the impact of education on students (Burgess et al., 2019). These outcomes remain consistently unequal when compared to non-Aboriginal students, regardless of unceasing guidance from Aboriginal Peoples (Morrison et al., 2019) and decades of change to Australian federal and state policy and educational practice.

My PhD research is grounded in the need for non-Aboriginal Australian teachers to develop an understanding of the ongoing colonisation of the place now known as Australia, and the detrimental impact this continues to have on Aboriginal students, families, and communities. It seeks to explore how the concept of “racial literacy”, first posited in 2004 by British scholar France Winddance Twine and American scholar Lani Guinier, could provide a bridge for teachers to understand and address the euphemistically described “race relations” (Lentin, 2020) within Australian education. It draws on Decoloniality and Critical Whiteness Theory as frameworks to guide a critical qualitative research study in three phases.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Theoretical framework
The PhD research is framed by Decoloniality (Patel, 2016), recognising the global impact of colonial processes as still present. A decolonial approach allows for Critical Whiteness Theory (CWT) (Moreton-Robinson, 2015) as an analytical device. CWT aligns with Critical Race Theory’s fundamental precept that racisms are ordinary and usual at both individual and systemic levels (Crenshaw et al., 1995). CWT turns the theoretical lens onto white people and Whiteness in particular. It strives to interrogate the normative invisibility of Whiteness, pointing to the ways this invisibility is embodied through Education systems and teachers’ knowledges and practices.
Data collection in three phases
In the first phase Aboriginal secondary students will be invited to share their experiences of racisms at school. Participants will be supported to share what they choose regarding their experiences of racisms in schools and what they wish their teachers knew, felt, could do through a method of their own choosing. Inviting student participants to engage in coding and analysis of their own data acknowledges the ownership of stories, and students can control their narrative all the way through the research process. Privileging Aboriginal Australian students’ voices strives to position experiences of racisms at the centre of the study, as “we need to design research…in which accounts of racism can be solicited and represented” (Swan, 2017, p. 557).
Phase two explores white teachers’ racial literacy, based on six criteria outlined by Twine and Steinbugler (2006). The narrative approach of Appreciative Inquiry will be utilised in this phase of the project, providing opportunity for open reflection upon current thoughts, feelings, values, processes, and policies (Leeson et al., 2016).
Finally, a small group of white teachers from a single education site will be supported through Critical Action Research to explore the effect of developing racial literacy on their pedagogies. This approach allows teachers to explore issues of social justice through working together to consider the impact of their professional practices.
Thematic analysis will be utilised to code data from all phases. As an iterative process, thematic analysis supports the fundamental responsibility of researcher reflexivity in this project. Further, thematic analysis incorporates critical frameworks to investigate phenomena within socio-cultural constructs, supporting the application of Decoloniality and Critical Whiteness Theory to the data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students’ experiences of racisms in education are well-documented globally, and increasingly within Australia (see Moodie et al., 2019). This ontological (Moreton-Robinson, 2015) and pedagogical (personal communication, K. Sinclair, 2022) violence has a detrimental impact on the short-term cultural safety of students in education settings, and correspondingly longer-term impacts across a wide range of life domains.
Teachers cannot defer pedagogical responsibility because the systemic nature of racisms is evident. Zembylas (2018, p. 94) insists that this “…is political work that needs to be done to confront the consequences of white supremacy rather than the narcissistic and sentimentalised illusion of constructing emotionally safe spaces for Whites.” Teachers must be educated about Australia’s hegemonic education system to drive educated, professional choices in their practice. Teachers’ lack of knowledge about ‘race’ and racisms, including the institutional Whiteness of education and the structural privilege of being white in highly racialised societies, delimits teachers’ roles in working in Anti-racism to decolonise the institutional racisms experienced in education.
This PhD research aims to contribute to global Antiracism praxes by exploring the benefits of increasing awareness of race, racisms and Whiteness for teachers who do not experience racisms. The research methods aim to privilege the voices of students experiencing racisms in schools to honour the counter-narrative, making space for voices that are often not heard within Australian schools. White teachers need support in the essential work of delivering culturally safe education. This PhD study aims to explore whether racially literate praxes becoming central to teaching and learning can scaffold the perspective shift required to support teachers’ commitment to social justice and enable an activist teacher identity.

References
Ball, E., Steffens, M.C., & Niedlich, N. (2022). Racism in Europe: characteristics and intersections with other social categories. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, DOI: 10.3389/fpsyg.2022.789661.

Bin-Sallik, M. (2003). Cultural safety: Let’s name it!. Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 32, 21-28.

Burgess, C., Tennent, C., Vass, G., Guenther, J., Lowe, K., & Moodie, N. (2019). A systematic review of pedagogies that support, engage and improve the educational outcomes of Aboriginal students. Australian Educational Researcher, 46, 297–318.

Crenshaw, K., Gotanda, N., Peller, G., & Thomas, K. (Eds.). (1995). Critical race theory: the key writings that formed the movement, The New Press.

European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights (FRA). (2018). Being Black in the EU: second European Union minorities and discrimination survey summary. https://fra.europa.eu/en/publication/2018/being-black-eu.

Guinier, L. (2004). From racial liberalism to racial literacy: Brown v. Board of Education and the interest-divergence dilemma. Journal of American History, 91(1), 92–118.

Leeson, S., Smith, C., & Rynne, J. (2016). Yarning and appreciative inquiry: the use of culturally appropriate and respectful research methods when working with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women in Australian prisons. Methodological Innovations, 9, 1–17.

Lentin, A. (2020). Why race still matters. Polity Press.

Moodie, N., Maxwell, J., & Rudolph, S. (2019). The impact of racism on the schooling experiences of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students: a systematic review. Australian Educational Researcher, 46, 273–295.

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2015). The white possessive: property, power and Indigenous sovereignty. University of Minnesota Press.

Morrison, A., Rigney, L-I., Hattam, R., & Diplock, A. (2019). Toward an Australian culturally responsive pedagogy: a narrative review of the literature. University of South Australia.

Patel, L. (2016). Decolonizing educational research: from ownership to answerability. Routledge.

Swan, E. (2017). What are white people to do? listening, challenging ignorance, generous encounters and the ‘not yet’ as diversity research praxis. Gender, Work and Organization, 24(5), 547–563.

Twine, F.W. (2004). A white side of black Britain: the concept of racial literacy. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 27(6), 878–907.

Twine, F.W., & Steinbugler, A.C. (2006). The gap between whites and whiteness: interracial intimacy and racial literacy. Du Bois Review, 3(2), 341–363.  

Zembylas, M. (2018). Affect, race, and white discomfort in schooling: decolonial strategies for ‘pedagogies of discomfort’. Ethics and Education, 13(1), 86–104.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 J: Philosophy of Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Xavier Rambla
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Constructing and the harnessing the Intuitive Mind

Robin Sturman-Coombs

The University of Northampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sturman-Coombs, Robin

This research paper explores how academics construct and teach intuitive reasoning to undergraduate and post graduate students studying to enter Social Work.

As a qualified and experienced Child Protection Social Worker, now working as an academic, I have developed a keen interest in how the habitus and fundamentals of knowledge of Social Work are taught to aspiring students. This paper specifically examines how academics construct and teach intuitive reasoning to their students. According to numerous scholars, intuition is regarded as a “below awareness” method of reasoning information which is then brought to the consciousness, allowing for rapid judgements (Cook, 2014 and Fook, 2012). It is viewed as a pillar of human thought and action, and is a profound aspect of decision making across a range of professional boundaries. Social Workers are uniquely situated at the forefront of working with children, young people and families where there can often be high levels of stress, high risk and profound vulnerabilities. As such, accessing and being taught a broad range of knowledge is critical. Whilst the literature presents convincing theories on methods, approaches, and evidence-based theories for working with individuals, little has been written on how aspiring students are taught to employ System 1 thinking (Kahneman, 2012), ergo intuitive reasoning.

According to literature the work of Social Workers has attracted a significant amount of attention, emphasised by tragic high-profile child death cases, observed across counties and countries. Indeed structural, sociological, and economical changes have resulted in many aspects of Social Work being based on objective, observable facts as “evidence” (Samson, 2015). Furthermore, Social Workers present with a greater level of confidence when they have concrete objective evidence, with many dismissing intuitive cues as improper to “evidence based Social Work” (Sicora, 2010., Sicora et al, 2021 and Ferguson, 2021). This notion has permeated into the teaching on Social Work programmes. This often brings into question how and what students are taught on their courses and how well they are taught about utilising intuition. Whilst this may be the case it would be erroneous to suggest that the answer to enhancing the rigor of Social Work decision making lies simply in the teaching of intuition.

Evidence suggests that Social Workers often feel uneasy about drawing on and listening to intuitive reasoning (Sicora, 2010; Sicora et al, 2021), opting for more analytical reasoning, particularly noticed within Social Work practice (Ferguson, 2021). And yet, access to “more and better information about the problem situation… meaning social workers are more easily able to recognise crucial patterns and critical situations” de Groot (1992). Indeed, Lannello et al. (2011) argue that intuition can enable individuals to overcome the limitations of the simplicity of analytical thinking. Nevertheless key themes emerging from historical Serious Case Reviews and the more recent Child Safeguarding Practice Reviews have continue to demonstrate missed opportunities for professionals to think and act in different ways that may have identified risks earlier on, thus potentially preventing the harm incurred by children (Rawlings et al, 2014). This has brought into question how Social Workers are taught to develop intuition and draw on a range of sources of knowledge from the moment they enrol on their courses.

I report on the findings from phase 2 of the study


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
There were 2 phases to the collection, with Phase 2 of the study specifically focused on n=18 Social Work academics from 3 different UK Based Universities. Data collection stages of the study consisted of 3 focus groups and 5 interviews.
Focus groups (McLaughlin, 2012), provide a unique opportunity to gather large amounts of data, with very little time or financial outlay. They offer the facilitator and participants space to discuss a “specific set of issues” and “encourage theorisation” of ideas and constructs organically. Such an approach enables the construction of concepts based on an individual’s reality (Crotty, 2014). Focus groups,howver can lack the generalisability that one would typically hope to be able to demonstrate (Mclaughlin, 2012).  Furthermore, they can often fall prisoner to the insider/outsider dilemma in which roles can be indistinct and cause issue with the reliability and authenticity of the research (Kanuha, 2000). Such a positionality is supported by longstanding views presented by Rose (1985), who asserted that there is no such thing as neutrality.
 The interviews conducted for this research project were deemed to be unstructured by nature in that they are keen to explore an individual’s perspective, are free flowing and involve a large degree of flexibility (Bryman and Bell, 2016). In contrast structured interviews are much more concerned with measuring and the quantification of the data produced, where the structure is relatively rigid, will follow a prescribed format and are preoccupied with demonstrating reliability.  This research project was not concerned with the rigidity often found within quantitative research methods. Therefore, it seemed logical to use unstructured interviews given their free flowing nature and emphasis on being driven by the interests and experiences of the interviewee (Bryman and Bell, 2016).

Data from 3 focus groups and 5 interviews were transcribed by the author, verbatim, and then uploaded to Nvivo. Fairclough's model of Critical Discourse Analysis was employed due to its an analysis of power relations and  “dialectical relations between discourses and other objects, elements or moments” (p.1) . Indeed Fairclough (2010) argues that CDA is an essential element of any “crucial social analysis” and it offers indications as to which discourses are ideological.

All academics were known to the principal researcher and recruited through convenience sampling. Ethical approval was obtained through the University Research Ethics Committee. There are no conflicts of interest noted.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research concludes that there are several factors that influence and shape the way academics construct and teach intuitive reasoning. There are 4 dominant themes indicating there to be multiple inter-connected factors influencing how academics construct and teach intuition. These are the four distinct discourses to arise from the research:

Discourses of the individual
Discourses of bias
Discourses of system control and measurement
Discourses of teaching.

This paper concludes that the process by which academics construct and teach their students the concept of intuitive reasoning is a complex and contested one. This paper has implications for those teaching students entering Social Work. Education Institutions should prioritise the teaching of system 1 thinking , intuitive thinking, as much as they do for evidence-based teaching. Reflexivity should be critically important for students and academics. Social Work, specifically, should consider focusing more attention on the co-creation of developing diverse practice and research methods.
It is noteworthy, however, that academics must be cautious in employing the teaching of intuitive reasoning for several reasons. Firstly, Intuition is located in the same place as our prejudgments of others, that is within the subconscious mind – so it is automatic (Fook, 2012). Secondly, environment and culture can inhibit intuitive reasoning Bernard et al, (2014). This has certainly emerged from the data sets. Thirdly Kahneman et al, (1982) suggested that intuitive reasoning, unchecked, can result in “large and persistent biases with serious implications for decision-making” (pp.464). Further limitations to this study are concerned with potentially reductionist nature of the study, in so much that the target audience is entirely a UK cultural demographic. Secondly there cannot and must not be a tendency to reduce the issue with developing intuitive reasoning to simply a lack of high-quality training. There may well be other explanations not yet fully appreciated.

References
De Groot, A. D. (1992). Intuition as a dispositional concept. Heymans Bulletins Psychologish Instituut R. U. Groningen, HB-92-1055-EX.

Fairclough, N. (2013) Critical Discourse Analysis: the critical study of Language. London: Routledge  

Ferguson, H.(2018)How social workers reflect in action and when and why they don’t: the possibilities and limits to reflective practice in social work,Social Work Education, 37, 4,415-427. Ferguson, H. (2021). The death of Arthur Labinjo-Hughes raises hard questions – we must address them all . Accessed 25 June 2022 at https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2021/dec/03/the-death-of-arthur-labinjo-hughes-raises-difficult-questions-we-must-address-them-all]

Fook, J. (2010). Social Work: A Critical Approach To Practice.  SAGE: New York
Isenman, L. (2018) Understanding Intuition:  A Journey in and Out of Science  Academic Press: London

Kahneman, D., Slovic, P. and Tversky, A. (1982) Judgment under Uncertainty: Heuristics and Biases. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Lannello, P. Colombo, B., Germagnoli, S. and Antoniettei, A. (2011). Enhancing intuition in problem solving through problem finding. Edward Elgar : New York

Samson, P. (2015) Practice wisdom: the art and science of social work, Journal of Social Work Practice, 29:2, 119-131, DOI: 10.1080/02650533.2014.922058

Rawlings, A. Paliokosta, P. Maiesy, D. Johnson J. Capstick, J and Jones, R. (2014).  A study to investigate the barriers to learning from Serious Case Reviews and Identify ways of overcoming these barriers. Department for Education : London

Schon, D. (1983) The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action. London: Temple Smith.

Sicora (2010). Self-evaluation of social work practice through reflection on professional mistakes. Practice makes “perfect”?. Revista de Asistenta Sociala, 4,4,153-164

Sicora, A., Taylor, B., Alfandari, R., Enosh, G., Helm, D., Killick, C., Lyons, O.,

Mullineux, J., Przeperski, J., Rölver, M., & Whittaker, A. (2021).Using intuition in social work decision making.European Journal of Social Work,24 5, 772-787  

Thompson, N. (2017). Theorising practice. 2nd Ed. Palgrave Macmillan.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Care As The Basis For Emancipatory Education: Hermeneutic Analysis Of Literature Review

Amanda Aliende da Matta

Universitat de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Aliende da Matta, Amanda

This communication argues that education in care is a necessary element of emancipatory education. To this end, we engender a dialogue between recognition theory and critical pedagogy in light of the ethics of care. We conclude by arguing that an emancipatory education is an education that has relationships at its core and care as its foundation.

Cortina (2007) proposes that the notion of justice - as rights and duties - is insufficient for the society to reach its main ethical goals. This justice ethics need to be complemented by a cordial ethics, that emerges from the heart and established bonds that unite one person to the other, to their care and happiness: an ob-ligatio. The recognition of this ob-ligatio between people, and consequently acting based on care, would be the goals of an ethical education that’s coherent to our times.

Care paradigm determines that we are all part of one indivisible all and that, as a consequence, one’s ill is everyone’s ill. It proposes a care ethics: for the spiritual and material, the close and the distant, the recognised and the incomprehensible. And, for that, it is necessary we actively search for the Other.

For Levinas (2002), the existence of the Other is the condition for rationality. Without our relationship to the Other, we would be forever submerged in a bubble of selfishness, unable to access anything but our own equalities. The Other questions us and introduces to us what we did not know before. The Other also invites us to responsibility, to ethics.

Only by listening to the Other is it possible to build situated ethical practices, in which concrete decisions take into account contextual reality. Warren (according to Rosendo, 2012, p. 66) defends theory as a quilt, a single piece constructed by many hands from the union of different fabrics, which arrives at a unity. Grosfoguel also presents, in the same sense, the questioning walk of democracy of the Tojolabal people, where a concrete universalism is built from the inclusion of "the particular demands of all subjects and epistemes" (2007, p. 75).

Care ethics is a hot topic nowadays, especially after the appearance of global events that affect everyone's lives but especially the lives of vulnerable communities, such as climate change and the emergence of epidemics and pandemics. However, the relationship between ethics of care and education does not seem to be on the agenda yet, despite the fact that the need for a transformative education is already a common agenda.

Freire (1970) explains how conventional education is a form of cultural reproduction, of inculcating, for example, passivity through a banking form. The only way, for him, to create a transgressive, humanizing, and emancipatory education is by drastically changing the relationships established in the educational context: the person who educates, educates with, and never stops; he accomplishes his mission when the person being educated critically interprets the world and even his own educational process.

Part of this inculcation, though, is that of a detached relationship to others. There is no way to think of human development without considering relationships, and that dehumanization is what takes the person out of the neutralizing and anesthetized state, of a "mere succession of instantaneous gifts that leave no marks" (Horkheimer & Adorno, cited in Ferrarese, 2021, p. 35, own translation). Care (Adorno, quoted in Ferrarese, 2021) is an attitude of breaking with the everydayness of barbarism.

bell hooks (2008), in other words, argues that love is what breaks the oppressive and colonizing dynamics of traditional education. An emancipatory education, therefore, is not only, but is necessarily, an education in care.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is a part of a doctoral research about care and vulnerability. It aims to study the meaning structures of caring in vulnerability, as well as the meaning and significance of this phenomenon. For this, qualitative methodology will be used; specifically, the proposed method is Applied Hermeneutic Phenomenology. It is expected to extract conceptual contributions on the phenomenon studied, as well as methodological contributions on the use of the FHA and educational contributions for working with caregiving as vulnerable adolescents and/or young people, based on the experiences of vulnerable adolescents and young people.

The first phase of the study, of practical phenomenology, has the general objective to give an account of the lived experience of caring in vulnerability. The second phase, of meta reflection of RRI, has the general objective to contribute to the application/reflection of the RRI (specifically in its ethical dimension). And the third phase, of meta reflection on practical phenomenology, has the general objective to contribute to the systematized reflection on the application of the applied hermeneutic phenomenological methodology (FHA).

Currently, the project is in its first phase: clarifying the studied phenomenon, collecting lived experience descriptions and analyzing it through a phenomenological thematic analysis tool.

This communication presents a part of the literature review on care and vulnerability, and an hermeneutic analysis of the main literature. Our objective was to find a relationship between care ethics, education in care and emancipatory education.

We have summarized our findings in three topics: moral recognition as care; care as a basic human need; and care for emancipation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Moral recognition as care

According to Honneth, "human subjects can develop an intact self-relation only by virtue of being affirmed or recognized according to the value of certain capacities and rights" (2007, p. 138). The origin of social pathology, the key node of the problems we encounter as a society, lies in moral disrespect, or in other words, the lack of moral recognition of all subjects (Honneth, 2007).

As explained by Houston and Dolan (2008), the actions that promote moral recognition in its three dimensions, and those actions are actually actions of care that enable people’s full development as subjects and members of a healthy society.

Care as a basic human need

Being-there, the human condition of always being and being already in the world, in relation to the environment, makes the natural condition of the human being subject to care, and it is necessary for the being to continue in care (Suassuna Martins Costa, 2006). The permanent attitude of care is a process of physical and spiritual remodeling, avoiding indifference, apathy or illness.

From the ethics of care, we understand that care is what defines relationships in which concern for the Other and the relational are central and determine the actions to be taken. This concern for how bonds are formed is crucial for the development of individuals and of society.

Care for emancipation

Emancipation comes from latim ēmancipāre, giving independence to a child. Emancipation is an act of giving and maintaining freedom. In the same sense, to care is to act anticipating other’s needs to allow them their agency.

Care is a basic human need, necessary for the full development of each person, and for a healthy society. Therefore, for education to be emancipatory, it has to be in care.

References
Cortina, A. (2007). Ética de la razón cordial. Educar en la ciudadanía en el siglo XXI. Oviedo: Ediciones Nobel.

Ferrarese, E. (2021). The fragility of concern for others. Adorno and the Ethics of Care. Edinburgh: University Press.

Freire, P. (1970) Pedagogia do oprimido. Paz e Terra.

Grosfoguel, R. (2007). Descolonizando los universalismos occidentales: el pluri-versalismo transmoderno decolonial desde Aimé Césaire hasta los zapatistas. In: Castro-Gómez, S. y Grosfoguel, R. (orgs). El giro decolonial: reflexiones para una diversidad epistémica más allá del capitalismo global. Bogotá: Siglo del Hombre Editores.

HarperCollins Publishers. ēmancipāre. En Dicionário Collins Concise English, etimology, 17th century. Accessed in january, 2023.

hooks, bell. (2008). Outlaw culture. Routledge.

Honneth, A. (2007). Disrespect: the normative foundations of Critical Theory. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Houston, S. y Dolan, P. (2008). Conceptualising Child and Family Support: The Contribution of Honneth’s Critical Theory of Recognition. In: Children & Society volume 22, (2008), pp. 458-469.

Levinas, Emmanuel. (2002). Totalidad e infinito. Ensayo sobre la exterioridad. Tradução de Daniel E. Guillot do original francês Totalité et infini. Ediciones Sígueme.

Rosendo, D. (2012). Ética sensível ao cuidado: Alcance e limites da filosofia ecofeminista de Warren. Máster in Philosophy, UFSC.

Suassuna Martins Costa, V. E. (2006). Fenomenologia do cuidado. Revista da Abordagem Gestáltica: Phenomenological Studies, Vol. XII(1), pp. 67-73. Disponible en <https://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=357735503005>.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

In Search of Features of a Modern Holistic Education Paradigm in Lithuanian Primary Education.

Brigita Miseliunaite

Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Miseliunaite, Brigita

As climate change accelerates, the vulnerability of our planet is becoming more evident and many societies are in crisis due to inequality, social exclusion and political extremism (UNESCO, 2016). Guattari (2000) refers to the link between the 'Three Ecologies' - mental, social and environmental - arguing that changing one ecology requires changing the others. Hence, to solve environmental and social problems, it is necessary to change people's mindsets. UNESCO (2016) proclaims that tackling global challenges requires a new approach to education: "comprehensive, holistic, ambitious and universal, inspired by a vision of education that transforms the lives of individuals, communities and societies, leaving no one behind" ( p. 24). However, what does holistic education mean?

Holistic education is a movement that began to emerge as a recognised field of study and practice in North America in the mid-1970s (Mahmoudi et al., 2012). Holistic education has been defined as transformative, postmodern, ecological, cosmic and spiritual education that addresses global issues (G.A.T.E., 1990). The basic principle of holistic education is the development of the whole child (physical, intellectual, social, emotional, aesthetic, spiritual), with a balance between the different domains of education (Miller 1988, 2005, 2010, 2016, 2019, 2021). In this study, modern holistic education is defined as a purposeful process of developing the whole person through the principles of interconnectedness, balance, inclusivity and spirituality, through holistic teaching, an integrated curriculum, in a holistic school with holistic teachers.

Holistic education has been extensively described at a theoretical level around the world (J.P. Miller, 1988, 2005, 2010, 2019; R. Miller, 1991; 2000; Heshusius, 1989; Hutchison, Bosacki, 2000; Nava, 2001; Taggart, 2001; Clark, 2005; Hare, 2006; Giraldo, 2007; Oberski, 2007; Andrzejewski, 2009; Ergas, 2011; Mahmoudi et al., 2012; Lovat, 2011, 2020; Di, 2020; Pang et al., 2021). A systematic literature review conducted by Miseliunaite et al. (2022) found that there is a lack of quantitative and comparative empirical research on holistic education. Moreover, Miseliunaite et al. (2022) found that holistic education is most extensively researched on the North American and Asian continents, with only a few isolated studies in Europe. It is recommended that comprehensive quantitative or mixed-methods studies be carried out to draw generalised conclusions about holistic education's prevalence, need and benefits.

This study aims to determine what and how the features of a modern holistic education paradigm are manifested in Lithuanian primary schools.

The case of Lithuania was chosen because 'The Lithuanian General Framework for Primary Education' (2008) states that primary education is organised according to the following educational principles: 'child-centred; integral, holistic; differentiated and individualised; contextual; oriented towards interpretive rather than reproductive thinking; the process of education is active; and the process of education is attractive and joyful' (p. 13). What is more, in Lithuania, holistic education is also discussed more on a theoretical level, highlighting its benefits for the spiritual and value education of individuals and society in the context of globalisation and the ecological crisis. A review of empirical work by Lithuanian researchers (Stulpinas, 1997; Aramavičiūtė, 2003; Kvieskienė and Vyšniauskaitė, 2017) leaves unclear how much and what features of holistic education are present in the Lithuanian education system. This raises a scientific problem - how and which features of a modern holistic education paradigm are manifested in Lithuanian primary schools?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will use a mixed-methods research design to gather all relevant information about the features of modern holistic education in Lithuania. The methodological rationale is complementarity: 'to obtain more comprehensive findings by using quantitative and qualitative methods to obtain complementary results about different aspects of a phenomenon' (Plano Clark, Ivankova, 2016, p. 81). The choice of a mixed-methods study was made for several different reasons: 1) Miseliunaite et al.  (2022) argue that there is a lack of comprehensive quantitative and mixed-methods studies that reveal the prevalence of holistic education; 2) no mixed-methods studies have been found in Lithuania that examine the features of holistic education; 3) to provide aggregated data reflecting the Lithuanian situation.
The study will use a convergent design, which involves the separate collection and analysis of quantitative and qualitative data, followed by the merging and interpretation of the results of the quantitative and qualitative data analysis (Creswell, 2015).
To ensure the reliability of the study, a triangulation approach will be used, as four different methods of data collection will be used:
1) The document analysis - aims to reveal which modern features of holistic education are described in the updated primary education curricula in Lithuania. Qualitative thematic content analysis will be carried out in MAXQDA software.
2) An anonymous online survey - will be used to collect quantitative data on which modern holistic education methods are used by Lithuanian primary education teachers and which holistic education teacher qualities Lithuanian primary education teachers possess. The data will be processed statistically in SPSS. A questionnaire is being developed and validated for the survey.
3) The observation - will be carried out in selected primary schools in Lithuania according to pre-defined criteria. The aim of this phase is to identify the characteristics of a modern holistic school in Lithuanian primary education institutions. The study will use an observation table and reflection notes. The data will be analysed quantitatively and qualitatively using Excel and MAXQDA.
4) Semi-structured expert interviews - are an additional step before the final synthesis and interpretation of the data collected. The aim of this phase of the study is to determine the views of education policy makers on the phenomenon of holistic education, the feasibility of its implementation and the results of the interim study.
The study has received approval from the KTU Research Ethics Committee.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study aims to substantiate a model of the features of modern holistic education.
Develop and validate a quantitative questionnaire on the features of modern holistic education for primary school teachers.
Identify the features of modern holistic education in Lithuanian primary education institutions.
Identify examples of modern holistic education in Lithuanian primary education institutions.
Identify the features of a modern holistic teacher.
Develop recommendations for education policymakers on how to shift primary education in Lithuania towards a more holistic approach.
This study is useful for Europe and the world, as it will show how much holistic education exists in the national education system by analysing the example of Lithuania. The debate will focus on how to move the general education system towards a more holistic approach. Other researchers will be able to apply the model of modern holistic education in their own countries.  

References
UNESCO (2016). Futures of Education. The initiative. Available online: https://en.unesco.org/futuresofeducation/initiative (accessed on 21 May 2022)
UNESCO (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. Available online: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656 (accessed on 21 May 2022), p.p. 24 – 29.
Guattari, F. (2000). The Three Ecologies; London; New Brunswick, N.J: Athlone Press. Available online: https://monoskop.org/images/4/44/Guattari_Felix_The_Three_Ecologies.pdf (accessed on 29 May 2022).
Mahmoudi, S., Jafari, E., Nasrabadi, H. A., & Liaghatdar, M. J. (2012). Holistic education: An approach for 21 century. International Education Studies, 5, 178 – 186.
The Global Alliance for Transforming Education (G.A.T.E.). The Chicago Statement & Education 2000. A Holistic Perspective. Available online: https://www.ties-edu.org/gate/ (accessed on 24 February 2022).
Miller, J. P. (2019). Holistic Curriculum. In The Holistic Curriculum, 3rd ed.; Toronto: University of Toronto Press, Canada, p.p. 5-21.  
Miller, J. P. (2010). Whole Child Education. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, Canada, p.p. 3-117.
Miller, J.P., Nigh, K., Binder, M.J., Novak, B., & Crowell, S. (2019). International Handbook of Holistic Education. London: Routledge.
Miller, R. (1992). What are schools for: Holistic education in American culture (2nd ed.), Brandon, VT: Holistic Education Press.
Miller, R. Beyond reductionism: The emerging holistic paradigm in education. The Humanistic Psychologist, 2000, 28, 382-393.
Taggart, G., (2001). Nurturing Spirituality: A rationale for holistic education, International Journal of Children's Spirituality, 6:3, 325-339, DOI: 10.1080/13644360120100496
Nava, R. G. (2001). Holistic Education: Pedagogy of Universal Love. Kindle Edition.
Hutchison, D., & Bosacki, S. (2000). Over the Edge: Can Holistic Education Contribute to Experiential Education? Journal of Experiential Education, 23(3), 177–182. https://doi.org/10.1177/105382590002300310
Clark, J. (2005). Curriculum studies in initial teacher education: The importance of holism and project 2061. Curric. J. 16, 509–521.
Miseliunaite, B., Kliziene, I., & Cibulskas, G. (2022). Can Holistic Education Solve the World’s Problems: A Systematic Literature Review. Sustainability, 14(15), 9737. MDPI AG. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/su14159737
Creswell, J. W. (2015). A Concise  Introduction to Mixed Methods Research (Sage Mixed Methods Research) (Kindle Locations 538-539). Kindle Edition.
Ivankova, & Clark, V. L. P. (2016). Mixed Methods Research: A Guide to the Field. In Mixed Methods Research: A Guide to the Field (Vol. 3). SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483398341
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 K: Participatory Experiences in Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jana Strakova
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

How children create and justify Human Kinds

Agnese Desideri

University of Florence, Italy

Presenting Author: Desideri, Agnese

This contribution aims to present results from a three-year research project. The theme of the study is how children understand and justifies Human Kinds. For the definition of Human Kinds, we refer to Mallon (2016) for which Human Kinds correspond to various types of human groupings, on the basis of characteristics considered similar.

During childhood, different ways of being, of doing and thinking are progressively acquired and structured (Lignier, Lomba & Renahy, 2012), inside various institutions. More generally, the schemes of classification and categorization of social reality used by social agents (whether adults or children’s) correspond to essential elements through which it is possible to define some aspects of social reality. These schemes contributing to respond to the human need to make order in the chaos of the surrounding world (Lévi-Strauss, 1984). Social agents use these also in order to create Human Kinds.

We consider that this subject corresponds to an important subject that need to be studied. There is also an historical series of studies dealing with the processes of categorization at a more general level (Cousineau, 2017; Edelman, 2018; Hacking, 1986; Jenkins, 2000; Liberman et al., 2017), but, the empirical field relating to how children categorize social reality remains little explored. It is possible to find some researchers carried out on this subject in France (Zarca, 1999; Ligner&Pagis, 2017) and in England (Connolly et al. 2009; Sutton, 2007; Kustatscher, 2017), but, this issue still remains little explored in Italy.

For these reasons, a case study has been carried out in 2019 Italy in order to explore the definition and justification of Human Kinds by children aged seven and by their parents. 96 families have been traced in three contexts, with different socio-economic level (High, medium and low).

One of the objectives of this research project is to observe whether the acquisition of the practice of social categorization (or of making Human Kinds) can be different depending on the socio-economic level of the school context. Secondly, if children practice can be similar to the adult’s one. Another dimension has been that have been studied, is the comparison of the children’s way of justification of Human Kinds with those of their parents.

That is possible to refer to Bourdieu’s (1980) theory of practice, especially his notion of practical sense, to explore what happens when children from different socio-economic and socio-demographic backgrounds bring their dispositions to the description and justification of human kinds.

The practical sense corresponds to the mechanism that underlies the selection of social categories and that becomes tangible when the individual is called to exercise it. The practical sense is configured as a sort of pre-logical thought that orients an individual in the action and in the formulation of judgments on others. The "practical sense" as well as the "social sense" endows social agents with "coordinates" through which to perceive, evaluate and act in the social world.

Therefore, the Bourdieu's notion of practical sense has been intersected with the neurological notions of “automatic cognition” and “deliberate cognition” (D'Andrade, 1996; DiMaggio, 1997; Kahneman, 2011).

At first, some findings will be presented in order to demonstrate how children and adults describe Human Kinds. Secondly, some findings will be presented in order to compare how children’s and parents justify their use of the “automatic cognition” during the social practice of grouping people.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical study has been carried out in the city of Florence and in its metropolitan area in 2019. The sample includes 232 individuals: 96 children’s, 48 fathers, 88 mothers, from three different schools. The three schools have been selected for their socio-economic levels: upper, middle, and middle-lower according to the ESCS-level (Economic, Social and Cultural Status) openly provided by the Italian Ministry of Education. Children, aged seven, as well as their parents have been interviewed using photo elicitation interviews (PEIs) (Clark-Ibáñez, 2004; Epstein et al., 2006). The parents have been also interviewed with a survey concerning the family socio-economic and socio-demographic status.
The images show people that differ in gender, age, ethnicity, and exhibiting different religious, socioeconomic, and socio-professional characteristics. The pictures have been selected ex-ante by the researcher. Some of these have been selected on the basis of the main ethnic minorities, ethno-religious and on the main socio-professional groups present in Italy in 2019. The selection process has been made by the researcher in order to be able to compare children’s and adults’ answers. 18 photos presented in the same sequence of presentation to children’s and to adults. Pictures have been collected mostly using the Google image archive.
The research project revolves around the following questions: 1) Which are the main social categories used by children aged seven, once they have been interviewed using photo-elicitation? (Compared to those used by adults?) 1.1) What are the main discursive justifications advanced to mention social categories? (Compared to those used by adults)?
A pilot study has been carried out in order to verify the study feasibility and in order to check the scientific credibility of the selected photos. Children’s and adults’ answers have been audio-recorded and transcribed later. For the analysis of the empirical material, the Nvivo12 program has been used. Through this program the answers have been coded ex-post in categories. The selected categories have been named on the basis of the review of the literature on social categories and human kinds.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some findings will be presented. There are some social categories used by children at the age of seven (regardless of the socio-economic level of the school) that have not been discovered before. For example, children aged seven are able to create grouping based on the “familiar role”, or the “religion”, or the “politic” or some others groupings based on the “social role and hierarchy” of the person represented in the picture. These issues were not documented before, for this reason, explanation for these findings have been traced as well as in anthropology and in sociology.
Therefore, that will be possible to demonstrate that a study on the acquisition of social categories at an "incomplete" stage in the formation as social individuals (as well as the child aged seven) testifies the existence of a "stratified" embedding of those. In other words, children learn to make Human Kinds, in a progressive and extensive way, compared to adults (i.e. at first, they start to make some categorization using gender, then sexuality, then age, ethnicity, socio-economic positioning, etc.). That can be explained because the individual social trajectory affects in different ways the knowledge about social categories (not only from an anagraphic standpoint). That will be possible also to show some finding’s on how children justify their use of Human Kinds, compared to adults’ justifications. Children, as well as adults, use mostly “corporality” and the “material culture” in order to justify their making of Human Kinds. Some sociological explanations will be presented in response to these findings.

References
Bourdieu P. (1980). Le sens pratique. Éditions de Minuit.
Clark-Ibáñez, M. (2004). Framing the Social World with Photo-Elicitation Interviews. The American Behavioral scientist, 47(12), pp.1507-1527 Doi:10.1177/0002764204266236.
Connolly, P., Kelly, B., & Smith, A. (2009). Ethnic habitus and young children: A case study of Northern Ireland. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 17(2), pp.217-232 Doi: 10.1080/13502930902951460.
Cousineau, MJ. (2017). Revisiting the sociology of identities and selves with discursive resources. Sociology Compass. 11, 12541. Doi:10.1111/soc4.12541.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1996). The Development of cognitive anthropology. Cambridge University Press.
DiMaggio, P. (1997). “Culture and cognition”, Annual Review of Sociology, 23, 263–287. Doi: 10.1146/annurev.soc.23.1.263.
Edelmann, A. (2018). Formalizing symbolic boundaries. Poetics, 68, 120-130. Doi : 10.1016/j.poetic.2018.04.006.
Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo elicitation inter-view (PEI): Using photos to elicit children's perspectives. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5(3), pp.1-11 Doi: 10.1177/160940690600500301.
Hacking, I. (1986). Making up people. In Reconstructing individualism: Autonomy, individuality, and the self in Western thought. in T.C. Heller, M. Sosna, & D. E. Wellbery. Standford: Standford University Press.
Jenkins, R. (2000). Categorization: Identity, Social Process and Epistemology. Current Sociology, 48(3), 7–25. Doi: 10.1177/0011392100048003003.
Kahneman, D. (2011). Thinking, Fast and Slow. Penguin Books.
Kustatscher, M. (2017). Young children’s social class identities in everyday life at primary school: The importance of naming and challenging complex inequalities. Childhood, 24(3), 381-395. Doi:10.1177/0907568216684540.
Lévi-Strauss, C. (1969). The elementary structures of kinship, Beacon Press, Boston.
Liberman, Z., Woodward, A. L., & Kinzler, K. D. (2017). The Origins of Social Categorization. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 21(7), 556-568. Doi: 10.1016/j.tics.2017.04.004.
Lignier, W., Lomba, C., & Renahy, N (2012) La différenciation sociale des enfants. Politix, 99, pp. 9–21. Doi: 10.3917/pox.099.0009.
Lignier, W., & Pagis, J. (2017). L'enfance de l’ordre : Comment les enfants perçoivent le monde social. Paris : Seuil.
Mallon, R. (2016). The construction of human kinds. Oxford University Press. Doi.org/10.1093/acprof: oso/9780198755678.001.0001
Sutton, L., Smith, N., Dearden, C., & Middleton, S. (2007). A child's-eye view of social difference, York : Joseph Rowntree Foundation.
Zarca, B. (1999). Le sens social des enfants. Sociétés contemporaines, 36, 67-101.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Life, Meaning and Education

Chang Liu

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Liu, Chang

The current educational agenda is highly focused on qualifications and measurable outcomes (c.f. Biesta, 2009). It is argued that this strong emphasis on qualification and measurement culture for preparing the future workforce might hinder students from living meaningfully (c.f. Schinker, De Ruyter, and Aviram, 2016). The assumption that attaining high grades, attending prestigious universities, and securing decent jobs ensures students' good lives appears to be uncritically accepted. Through the process of qualification and neo-liberal discourse, education seems to promote this narrowed concept of valid life. Furthermore, the question of life's meaning has attracted insignificant notice across both educational practice and educational research (c.f. White, 2009; Kronman, 2007; Lewis, 2006). Based on those issues, this research intends to explore the question of meaning in life and how education could help students live more meaningful lives.

In the first stage, I explored the question of what a meaningful life is by investigating key philosophical and psychological literature on life's meaning in the last thirty years. It cements an explanatory framework for the meaning of life by outlining its difference from the meaning of life (c.f. Seachris, 2009), whether it pertains to the subject or the objective (c.f. Wolf, 2015; Metz, 2013), whether life in its totality or elements delivers this meaning (c.f. Kauppinen, 2015; Brannmark, 2003), and the coherence, purpose and significance as three central aspects in sensing meaning in life as argued by psychologists (c.f. Martela and Steger, 2016; Baumeister, 1991; Frankl, 1985). Those theories provide conceptual knowledge about the structure of meaning; however, they might be neither sufficient nor necessary conditions for people to lead meaningful lives and it is difficult to draw meaningful implications for education.

I then consider the Confucian approach as an alternative and explore both the content and the form of the Confucian texts to bring insights into how education could help students to live more meaningful lives. In this section, I explain his key concepts and argue his understanding of education centres on how to live. His concept of Ren (仁) establishes the necessity for developing ideals and an ultimate purpose in life - elements that contemporary education ignores. His concept of Xue (学 learning) indicates the paths to Ren (仁) which is characterized by enactment, embodiment, and a continual and proactive learning process towards Ren (仁). The lifelong learning process for Ren (仁) constitutes a way to live meaningfully. His concepts of Dao (道 the Way), Yi (义 Rightness), and Ming (命 Fate) demonstrate the importance of self-endeavour under the acknowledgement of the limitations of human conditions. In this way, people learn what to be concerned about and what worries could be settled. It is argued that such an education could bring about meaningful lives. It is noticed that Confucian texts differ in style and format from those of analytical philosophers. The use of short, contextual dialogic aphorisms instead of long, clear philosophical arguments create a different relationship between the texts and the reader. It summons the hermeneutics of the reader, speaks to the reader, allows a space for the subject to think and come, and promotes the practical process of realizing the wisdom in the classics in each one's life. The artistic character of the form might inform a pedagogy for cultivating meaningful lives. While the theorising approach focuses on the theoretical question of "what is the meaning in life?" The Confucian approach focuses on the practical question of "how to live?" This raises the contentious inquiry of which of these questions is better to ask to bring about meaningful lives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the first stage of this project, the traditional philosophical analysing approach was taken to clarify questions and concepts, identifying the main elements and structure of certain concepts. This approach serves to build generalizable knowledge to understand life’s meaning. After summarizing the theories, the research implies autobiographical and Socratic inquiry to critique this traditional approach to knowing-- scientific, linear approach to know the fact first to solve the problem. However, this approach of acquiring “what is meaningful life” did not lead to the answers to the "how to lead a meaningful life" question.
A turn to the Confucian approach has been adopted as an alternative. This approach is argued to be different from the traditional theorizing approach but is more in alignment with art-based research. Both the content and the form of Confucian texts are considered to work as art that provides non-linear insights into how to lead meaningful lives. Veering from carefully controlled parameters of traditional research practice, art-based research is encompassed by the dynamic assessment of experiences through the lens of artistic expression seeing an exploration of finalized product and its fabrication. The necessity for this alternative vehicle of research is inherent in the unrecognized limits of the traditional approach though it need not be antagonized. Arts-based research, rather than reconfiguring an inquiry into the boundaries of a conventional research method, seeks to address the issue directly and tailor itself to it accordingly. The research should be defined by a simple and replicable methodology seeing a clearly defined structure that allows for the researcher's liberation and for it to be of use to others even if there is an embracing of the multiplicity of subsequent outcomes (McNiff, 2008). The artistic thread to Confucius lies in how the Confucian structure, unlike that of Western contemporaries, is directed towards immediate conclusions seeing interpretations of the conclusions feature the elaborative structure of logic and argument to back the conclusion’s existence. Furthermore, Confucian responses to the same questions - though connected by a unifying thread - vary across distinct contexts and surrounding environments. Thus, the endlessly interpretive nature of Confucian directives parallels the infinitely meaningful nature of artistic mediums like painting and poetry, which derive rich meaning from their timeless nature. In positioning Confucius as a dynamic literary art medium, arts-based research methodology can decipher the deeper and more mystical understandings of the inquiry of education and the meaning of life.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The potential outcomes of the thesis might be the following: (1) an argument that education should help students to live more meaningful lives and, thus, shift the focus on educational aims, research, and practice to a more holistic and meaningful end for both individuals and society. (2) A critique of the analytical philosophy and positive psychology that utilize the theorizing approach to bring about a meaningful life and why adding a new course about the theory of meaning in life in the school curriculum would not be well-served for an educational purpose. (3) The implications drawn from both Confucian texts' content and form for education to bring about meaningful lives (in comparison with the theorizing approach) might require an education which ignites and guides students to establish their (normative/significant) ideals/lifelong purpose/directions in life; an education that emphasis lifelong striving for growth, down-to-earth practice in daily life, realizing wisdom and embodiment under the recognition of human limits. A pedagogy informed by the writing style that creates space and dialogue to evoke thinking and action for oneself. These discussions will set the foundation for education in terms of (4) the kind of educational questions, knowledge, contents, pedagogy, and research methods to bring about meaningful lives.

References
Baumeister, R. F. (1991). Meanings of life. Guilford press.
 
Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9
  
Brännmark, J. (2003). Leading lives: On happiness and narrative meaning. Philosophical Papers, 32(3), 321–343. https://doi.org/10.1080/05568640309485130
 
Deresiewicz, W. (2015). Excellent sheep: The miseducation of the American elite and the way to a meaningful life. Simon and Schuster.
 
Frankl, V. E. (1985). Man's search for meaning. Simon and Schuster.
 
Kauppinen, A. (2015). Meaningfulness. In G. Fletcher (Ed.), The routledge handbook of philosophy of well-being (pp. 297-307). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315682266
 
Kronman, A. T. (2008). Education’s end: Why our colleges and universities have given up on the meaning of life. Yale University Press. https://doi.org/10.12987/9780300138160
 
Martela, F., & Steger, M. F. (2016). The three meanings of meaning in life: Distinguishing coherence, purpose, and significance. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 11(5), 531–545. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2015.1137623
 
Metz, T. (2013). Meaning in life. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199599318.001.0001

McNiff, S. (2008). Art-based research. In J. G. Knowles & A. L. Cole (Eds.), Handbook of the Arts in Qualitative Research: Perspectives, Methodologies, Examples, and Issues. SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452226545

Schinkel, A., De Ruyter, D. J., & Aviram, A. (2016). Education and life's meaning. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 50(3), 398-418. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12146

Seachris, J. W. (2013) General Introduction. In T. Metz, J. G. Cottingham, G. Thomson, E. J. Wielenberg & J. M. Fischer (Eds.), Exploring the meaning of life: An anthology and guide (pp.1-20). Wiley-Blackwell.
 
White, J. (2009). Education and a meaningful life. Oxford Review of Education, 35(4), 423-435. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980902830134
 
Wolf, S. (2015). The variety of values: Essays on morality, meaning, and love. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195332803.001.0001


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Participatory Planning: Preparing for Adulthood as an autistic person.

Catherine Murray

Trinity College Dublin, PhD in Philosphy, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Murray, Catherine

Topic: Autistic life trajectories resulting from transition effectiveness

Research Question: Investigating the barriers and facilitators contributing to a successful transition from school to adulthood as an autistic person/student (AP), highlighting gender differences.

Objectives:

1) To investigate and complete a comparative analysis of the roles of transition services in Northern Ireland (NI) and the Republic of Ireland (ROI), assessing the extent responsibilities are implemented.

2) To examine student and familial expectations/experiences of transition planning/implementation prior, during and post transition from school to adulthood. The trajectory of wellbeing outcomes for students and families (e.g., mental, and physical health, relationships, finance, accommodation, education, and work), with focus on gender outcome differences, will be mapped longitudinally.

My research sets out to compare NI and the ROI (Europe) using a comparative approach. I aim to create a comprehensive overview of the issues related to an AP transitioning to adulthood and the impact of this on their life trajectories, affecting individuals in both countries. The comparison between a European country and one which has since left the European Union will also provide insight on the differences between the two contexts from the policy, legislation, and practice perspective.

Framework:

The impact of gender inequalities/disparities as AP transition to adulthood will be further understood, as an aim of this research and will be underpinned by three main theories. Bronfenbrenner’s bioecological systems theory (1) and the related model Process – Person – Context – Time will enable recognition of how trajectories of AP can be predetermined based upon gender-based issues and the quality of their transition process on life outcomes in adulthood. The framework considers developmental outcomes as a consequence of interactions between an individual and context throughout life. The Bioecological systems theory lens aptly supports us to understand the lived experiences and the effects of this most impactful transition, on AP, particularly when underpinned by longitudinal data (1).

The Schlossberg Transition Theory (2) is also pertinent; this theory argues transitions are as such if perceived so by each individual. The negative effects of transitions can be intermediated by the “4 S’s”, situation, self, support, and strategies. Situational supports include prior experience, timing, levels of stress and the duration of the transition. Self-support includes positive individual psychological well-being, emotional resilience, and personal and demographical assets. Access and disposal to external support and effective coping strategies impact the success of this transition. External support in the form of parental involvement is critical to life outcomes (3).

The self-determination theory identifies the necessity of providing opportunities throughout childhood and adolescence for AP to self-advocate developing autonomy. Self-determination should guide the transition process, reducing anxiety (4) and providing people with ownership over their lives. The precursor of self-awareness, that being understanding of one's own strengths, accommodation needs, self-belief, autonomously set goals and supportive parents is significant to transition success. The lens of self-determination theory, values self-determination as the causal link between making choices and those being heard and acted upon which is related to a quality of life, free from external intrusion (5).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data will be collected through a mixed method participatory approach, including quantitative questionnaires and qualitative semi-structured interviews.

Participatory research provides autistic participants (APP’s) meaningful input, leading the direction of research. This research is led by an autistic researcher, will partner with APP’s as co-creators and consult with community autism advocates. An inclusive research environment, methodologies and dissemination will ensure open access engagement for everyone.

Within project 1 quantitative questionnaires created through deductive and participatory techniques tested through a pilot study, will triangulate perspectives from transition services, AP, and their families.  

A minimum of five settings in NI and five in ROI, which support transition planning will be recruited specifically. The demographic will include secondary/special schools and transition support autism charities, from rural and urban communities of various economic, political, and religious status. The questionnaire will be completed by the lead transition staff member in each setting. Cross-border research will enable open, critical, and constructive research across the island, analysing current issues, promoting a collaborative response.

From each setting, a minimum of two APs, will report on transition support awareness and what is provided from the setting they attend via a questionnaire. Student inclusion criteria includes a formal diagnosis of autism at any age prior to participation, resident in NI/ROI, without an intellectual or other disability, aged between 14-18 years, with English language fluency. Parents/guardians of each AP will also complete a questionnaire.

Once data saturation has been achieved, through content and thematic analysis, no further participants will be recruited.


Project 2 entails a longitudinal interview schedule, created through inductive and participatory techniques, piloted to ensure inclusive methodologies, and completed through qualitative semi-structured interviews with APP’s and parents.

A minimum of five APP’s and their families in the ROI and five in NI will be recruited. Five interviews will occur during the transition period per APP/family (i.e., 1 prior, 2 during, 2 post-transition) (ten interviews per household). Data saturation acquired through content analysis will signal recruitment completion.

Inclusion criteria listed in project 1 will apply to project 2 family demographics and APP’s, exceptions being an older age range between 17-20 and an even distribution of APP genders. Families should include those who have one AP and families who have experienced autism transition with an older sibling.

I will conduct interviews, transcribe audio recordings verbatim, anonymise data reducing bias during analysis, completed through NVivo software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Project 1 expectations entail unsystematic approaches and ambiguous stakeholder’ responsibilities regarding transition planning (6). Lack of evidence-based transition support for AP may exist. The role of planning and responsibilities may be indiscriminately managed by differing staff within settings. Planning arbitration may contribute to parents’ uncertainty of their role/feeling ill-prepared to support their AP (2) impacting health and wider familial issues.  Lack of planning consultations with AP may lead to autonomy/self-determination regression (7), endorsing mental ill health/disempowerment and negative self-fulfilling prophecy (8).

Project 2 predictions comprise prior transition parental expectations, based on previous/lack of experience undertaking the process with an autistic/disabled sibling/s (9). Lack of transition experience may be beneficial; low expectations may encourage parental planning/advocacy, advantageous to AP’s outcomes. Contrastingly, knowledge limitations regarding support provided by settings may lead to unfulfilled planning, accumulating parental/familial stress, negatively impacting AP life outcomes.

During transition planning, familial expectations (10) and gender (11) may influence AP outcomes. Familial expectations regarding their AP’s life capabilities/ambitions may influence the direction the AP takes. Expectations could support the AP to reach their potential or infantize due to lack of resources/knowledge, irrespective of capabilities, wants, or needs. The birth gender of AP may influence support provided. Males may have acquired an earlier diagnosis, been privy to early support leading to higher levels of self-awareness/self-determination. Equally, males may have experienced victimisation (bullying/lack of beneficial support). Females comparatively may have avoided stereotyped bias/discrimination due to camouflaging/masking/lack of diagnosis but experienced mental ill health, lacked support and have lower self-awareness.

Self-awareness of strengths, accommodation needs and being able/having an advocate to communicate needs may heighten life quality post transition. Self-awareness may impact accommodation, securing an inclusive career, attendance and completion of higher education, social interest participation, management of physical and mental health needs. A poor transition likely leads to disadvantage (12).

References
1.Lindsay, S., Duncanson, M., Miles-Campbell, N., McDougall, C., Diederichs, S., & Menna -Dach, D. (2018). Applying an ecological framework to understand transition pathways to post-secondary education for youth with disabilities. Disability and Rehabilitation, 40(3), 277-286.

2.Anderson, M. L., Goodman, J., Schlossberg, N. K., & Ebrary, L. (2006). Counselling adults in transition: Linking practice with theory. New York: Springer Pub, Co.

3.Crane, L., Davies, J., Fritz, A., O’Brien, S., Worsley, A & Remington, A. (2014). Autistic young people’s experiences of transitioning to adulthood following the Children and Families Act 2014.

4.Chandroo, A., R. (2018). A systematic review of the involvement of students with autism spectrum disorder in the transition planning process: Need for voice and empowerment. Research in Development Disabilities.

5.Howard, I. L., Bureau, l., Guay, F., Chong I, X. Y., Ryan, R., M. (2021). Student motivation and associated outcomes: A meta-analysis from self-determination theory. Perspectives on Psychological Science. Advance online publication.

6.Bruck, S., Webster, A. and Clark, T., 2022. Transition support for students on the autism spectrum: a multiple stakeholder perspective. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs. 22(1):3-17.

7.Ankeny, EM., Wilkins, J and Spain, J. Mothers experiences of transition planning for their child with disabilities. Journal of exceptional children. 2009; 41(6): 28-36

8.Gaona, C., Castro, S & Palikara, O. (2019a). “I’m ready for a new chapter”: The voices of young people with autism spectrum disorder in transition to post-16 education and employment, British Educational Research Journal, 45(2), 340-355.

9.Wong, C., Odam, S.L., Hume, K.A., Cox, A.W., Fettig, A., Kucharczyk, S., et al., (2015). Evidence-based practices for children, youth and young adults with autism spectrum disorder: A comprehensive review. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 45(7), 1951-1966.

10.Seery, M. D., Holman, A. E & Cohen-Silver, R. (2010). Whatever does not kill us: cumulative lifetime adversity, vulnerability and resilience. Journal of personality and social psychology, 99(6), 1025.

11.Kirby, A., Diener, M., Dean, E., Darlington, A., Myers, A. and Henderson, J. Autistic Adolescents’ and Their Parents’ Visions for the future: How Aligned Are They? Autism in Adulthood. March 2022. 32-41.

12.Oredipe, T., Kofner, B., Riccio, A., Cage, E., Vincent, J., Kapp, S. K., Dwyer, P., & Gillespie-Lynch, K. (2023). Does learning you are autistic at a younger age lead to better adult outcomes? A participatory exploration of the perspectives of autistic university students. Autism, 27(1), 200–212.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 L: International Perspectives in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Nicola Walshe
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Socioeconomic Status, Parenting Factors and Educational Motivations Among 12-15 Years Old in China: How Do They Relate?

Fang Xu

University of Oxford, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Xu, Fang

Motivation is widely acknowledged as a strong predictor of academic achievement (Cambria, Eccles & Wigfield, 2012). Educational motivation predicts attitudes toward school, class participation, homework completion, test performance, attendance, and grades. It is particularly salient in high school because educational decisions made during high school are consequential as students position themselves in further education and their specific interest in certain subjects (Dweck & Leggett, 1988; Manganelli, et al., 2021). According to self-determination theory, motivation is able to play an important role in helping students from low-wealth situations break out of poverty by raising certain behaviours to overcome the inequality barrier (Ryan & Deci, 2017). However, previous studies have demonstrated that low-socioeconomic status (SES) students endorse lower levels of achievement motivation than high-SES students (Manganelli, et al., 2021). Nevertheless, some low SES students obtain high educational motivations in China, albeit it “against the odds”, and achieve high academic achievements afterwards (e.g. Xie, 2015). Underlining the cultural background of filial piety in China, Guo and his colleagues (2021) also emphasise the role of parenting factors, including parental control and support, on adolescents’ motivations. Thus, it may be that parenting factors, are especially key for young people from low SES backgrounds to be highly motivated. For example, Leung and Shek (2016) have identified that parent-child discrepancy in perceived parental sacrifice influences the motivation of poor Chinese adolescents based on their study of 275 adolescents and their families in Hong Kong. Therefore, it is worthwhile to explore how the parenting factors associate with the SES-academic motivation relationship in China. Moreover, empirical evidence of how disadvantaged adolescents can be more motivated academically could supplement studies of social justice.

Led by the theoretical framework of Coleman’s social capital theory in the family (Coleman, 1988), this study regards educational motivation as a non-cognitive ability outcome, which is considered to be closely related to future academic achievement (Ames, 1992). Coleman’s theory of social capital in the family suggests that financial capital, human capital and social capital all affect educational outcomes jointly and intercorrelate with each other (Coleman, 1988). Following this framework, this study aims to explore the association of parenting factors, SES and educational motivations among 12 to 15 years old adolescents in China using a nationally representative secondary dataset, the China Education Panel Survey (CEPS). This secondary data was collected from around 20,000 secondary school students from 112 schools in 28 counties in mainland China (National Survey Research Centre at Renmin University of China, 2015). Through conducting quantitative analysis, the article aims to answer the following research questions:

1. What is the educational motivation pattern of adolescents in China? What is the difference in educational motivation patterns between Grade 7 (Age 12 to 13) and Grade 9 (Age 14 to 15) students?

2. How do different kinds of parental capital, including occupation, education and home possessions, relate to students’ educational motivations?

3. How do parental capitals incorporate parenting factors as a form of social capital in the family, including parental involvement, parenting styles and parental aspiration, relate to students’ educational motivation?

This study offers empirical evidence from China to further explain Coleman’s theory of social capital, joining the international theoretical conversation from a different country background. Moreover, it includes a broader range of SES and parenting factors and a wider age range than similar studies that have used large-scale data from China. Furthermore, it explores the patterns of educational motivation of adolescents in mainland China and its relationship with SES and parenting factors, which have not been jointly identified in previous large-scale quantitative educational research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data of this study is from the 2013-2014 wave (Wave 1) of the China Education Panel Survey (CEPS), including around 10,000 students from Grade 7 and 9,000 students from Grade 9. Regarding the ethical approval, the participants and their parents have provided a written informed consent to the National Survey Research Centre (National Survey Research Centre at Renmin University of China, 2015). The descriptive statistics and correlation matrix have been calculated to understand (1) the differences in forms of parenting factors between families of different SES in China and (2) how the SES and parenting factors correlate with educational motivations. Factor analysis will then be conducted on SES and parenting factors to create the scale for further analysis. To understand the relationship among SES, parenting factors and educational motivations, hierarchical regression models have been completed. All variables have been z-score standardised in the analyses. All the analytical procedure was completed using IBM SPSS Statistics (Version 29) software.

•Dependent Variables: Educational Motivation
Following the measurement of educational motivations from Liu and Chiang (2019), the indicators for educational motivation are students’ self-reported motivations in three main subjects: Chinese, Math and English. The 4-point Likert scale of the three responses (“Chinese/Math/English is highly useful for my future”) ranged from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree).

•Independent Variables:
1. SES: This research followed previous research (e.g Strand,2014) and create a single composite measure of SES derived from the three variables- parental occupational status, parental educational attainment and home possessions (including family self-reported income, family poverty and family assets).

2. Parenting Factors: Following the conceptualisation of the parenting factors, this research selected 21 parental response items. The parenting style items follow Zhang et al. (2020)’s selection of CEPS indicators of parenting style selection and evaluation. For parental involvement indicators, the research takes into consideration of Hill and Tyson’s (2009) conceptualisation of parental involvement, described previously, and the indicators of parental involvement that Li et al. (2020) adopted in their studies using the CEPS dataset. This research also includes parental educational aspiration as part of parenting factors, which has been widely acknowledged to be a correlated and significant predictor of academic achievement in both the Chinese and Western literature.

•Control Variables: This study’s control variables include hukou, gender, ethnicity, whether the student is an only child and parental absence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis can identify the different motivation patterns for adolescents in different age groups and grades. Considering that those Grade 7 students are freshers for secondary school and Grade 9 students are facing Zhongkao (senior high school entrance exam), choosing whether they would continue to study academically, their educational motivations varied. The study also reveals how parental occupation, parental educational attainment and home possessions are correlated with educational motivations. Moreover, the study also identifies which parenting factor could play a substantial role in the formation of educational motivations. Following Zhang et al. (2020)’s approach using the demandingness and responsiveness scale created by the factor analysis, this research also aims to discover a pattern of the parenting styles’ association with educational motivations. As for the relationship among the SES, parenting factors and educational motivations, the research is expected to claim whether parenting factors can act as mediators or moderators for the SES-educational motivation relationship. In other words, the study is hoping to explore which kind of parenting factors could have positive consequences on motivations for specific SES groups of adolescents. This research can raise important implications for further policy, underlining the importance of certain kinds of parenting factors for educational motivation.
References
Ames, C. (1992) Classrooms: Goals, structures, and student motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 84(3), 261-271.

Cambria, Jenna, Eccles, Jacquelynne S, & Wigfield, Allan. (2012). Motivation in Education. In The Oxford Handbook of Human Motivation (Oxford Library of Psychology, The Oxford Handbook of Human Motivation, 2012). Oxford University Press.

Coleman, James S. (1988). Social capital in the creation of human capital. The American Journal of Sociology, 94, S95

Dweck, C. S., & Leggett, E. L. (1988). A social-cognitive approach to motivation and personality. Psychological Review, 95, 256-273.

Guo, Mingchun, Wang, Long, Day, Jamin, & Chen, Yanhan. (2021). The Relations of Parental Autonomy Support, Parental Control, and Filial Piety to Chinese Adolescents' Academic Autonomous Motivation: A Mediation Model. Frontiers in Psychology, 12.

Hill, N. E., & Tyson, D. F. (2009). Parental Involvement in Middle School: A Meta-Analytic Assessment of the Strategies That Promote Achievement. Developmental Psychology, 45(3), 740–763.

Leung, Janet T. Y., & Shek, Daniel T. L. (2016). Parent–Child Discrepancies in Perceived Parental Sacrifice and Achievement Motivation of Chinese Adolescents Experiencing Economic Disadvantage. Child Indicators Research, 9(3), 683-700.

Li, X., Yang, H., Wang, H., & Jia, J. (2020). Family socioeconomic status and home-based parental involvement: A mediation analysis of parental attitudes and expectations. Children and Youth Services Review, 116(February)

Liu, Ran, & Chiang, Yi-Lin. (2019). Who is more motivated to learn? The roles of family background and teacher-student interaction in motivating student learning. The Journal of Chinese Sociology, 6(1), 1-17.

Manganelli, Sara, Cavicchiolo, Elisa, Lucidi, Fabio, Galli, Federica, Cozzolino, Mauro, Chirico, Andrea, & Alivernini, Fabio. (2021). Differences and similarities in adolescents' academic motivation across socioeconomic and immigrant backgrounds. Personality and Individual Differences, 182.

National Survey Research Center (NSRC) at Renmin University of China. (2015). China Education Panel Survey [Dataset]. http://ceps.ruc.edu.cn/English/Home.htm

Ryan, R., & Deci, E. (2017). Self-determination theory : Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. New York, New York ; London, [England.]

Strand, S. (2014). Ethnicity, gender, social class and achievement gaps at age 16: Intersectionality and “getting it” for the white working class. Research Papers in Education, 29(2), 131–171.

Xie, A. (2015). Inside the College Gate: Rural Students and Their Academic and Social Success.

Zhang, Haochen, Qin, Xuezheng, & Zhou, Jiantao. (2020). Do tiger moms raise superior kids? The impact of parenting style on adolescent human capital formation in China. China Economic Review, 63.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Understanding Virtual Internationalisation: Perspectives from academic members in higher education

Aysun Caliskan, Zhengwen Qi, Chang Zhu, Ngoc Bich Khuyen Dinh, Yujie Xue

Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium

Presenting Author: Caliskan, Aysun; Qi, Zhengwen

From the beginning of the 21st century, especially after the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the digitalization process of higher education has been accelerated worldwide, and the inclusion of virtual dimension in internationalisation actions has also gained momentum in academic practices and discussions (Woicolesco et al., 2022) thereby emerging different definitions and exerting a multifaceted impact on internationalisation practices. While the academia kept monitoring the approaches, rationales, activities or stakeholders of internationalisation of higher education, the most accepted definition of internationalisation of higher education was put forward by J. Knight (2004) as ‘the process of integrating an international, intercultural and global dimension in the purpose, functions, delivery of postsecondary education.’ This definition was later revised and enriched by de Wit et al. (2015), with emphasis on the ‘intentional’ process as well as its benefit for ‘all students and staff’ instead of the mobile few. Based on the Knight’s definition, Bruhn et al., (2020) has proposed to view virtual internationalisation as ‘the process of introducing an international, intercultural, or global dimensions into the delivery, purpose or functions of higher education with the help of ICT’. Recently, Liu (2020) also scrutinized Knight's (2004) definition under Chinese context, and highlighted the Chinese national goal as the purpose and functions of Chinese higher education universities for internationalisation.

In addition to varying definitions of virtual internationalization, the digital age has also embraced changes and brought new possibilities for future internationalisation efforts in many areas (Rajagopal et al., 2020). In terms of virtual course delivery, researchers highlighted the enriched access to unprecedented wealth of online information, tools and services and global knowledge in the digital age, which brought benefits both for education and research (Bruhn et al., 2020; Kobzhev et al., 2020; Moore & Kearsley, 2012; Saykili, 2019). Meanwhile, researchers stressed the addition of an international dimension to educational experiences and more possibilities and forms for internationalisation at home or internationalisation of curriculum in the virtual environment (Bruhn, 2017; de Wit & Hunter, 2015; Kobzhev et al., 2020; Woicolesco et al., 2022). However, as Saykili (2019) quoted, knowledge access and dissemination roles are shifting away from higher education at social level. Amirault & Visser (2010) observed the lack of recognition of virtual internationalisation, which made the virtual mobility programs difficult to benefit from the same advantages as in the offline environment, such as recognition of credits, credits transfer, accreditation, etc.

While previous studies have abundant discussion on the possibilities provided by the digital age for internationalisation, new initiatives continue to emerge and thrive globally, especially after the COVID-19 pandemic. However, relevant studies in the post-pandemic period are still in scarcity. Meanwhile, De Wit & Jones (2022) called for a global cooperative strategy to better understand the multifaceted aspects of internationalisation by involving higher education stakeholders in various contexts. Academic members, as major components of the higher education system, have crucial role for the successful initiation and implementation of virtual internationalisation. This indicates a need to understand the various perceptions of virtual internationalization theoretically and practically from academic members in higher education from various contexts. To provide more up-to-date data for future studies as well as a response to this call, this study aims to explore the perceptions of academic members from a diverse context about virtual internationalization

The research objectives that guided this study are:

(1) What is virtual internationalisation as perceived by academic staff members in higher education?

(2) What are the new possibilities for internationalisation in this digital age as perceived by academic staff members in higher education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study applied a qualitative research approach to examine virtual internationalisation from the perspectives of academic staff members in higher education institutions. In this study, focus group was adopted as the research method and eight focus groups (five virtual, three face-to-face) were conducted with 46 participants from five countries. The participants are not randomly sampled as this research was conducted under the framework of an EU Erasmus project. The participants were coming from the project partner institutions and related HEIs. The 8 focus groups consisted of participants from five countries (namely Belgium, Portugal, Austria, Turkey and China). All participants were academic members from higher education institutions, including academic leaders (such as head of research groups, director of research centers, rector/dean/vice dean), teaching staff (professor/associate professor/lecturer), or researchers. Among the focus groups, three were conducted face-to-face; and five  were conducted online. Each focus group interview lasted about 50-60 minutes.

All the sessions were audio-recorded with the permission of the participants and later transcribed verbatim. The authors created a coding frame to transform the data into meaningful, manageable, and smaller units as known as codes (Schreier, 2014). This is followed by the processes of structuring main categories and generating the subcategories for each main category (Mayring, 2014). Linked to that, the authors had frequent meetings to discuss the coding frame to analyse the data correctly and comprehensively (Miles, Huberman & Saldana, 1994). They also reached a consensus on themes, sub-themes and codes and resolved any disagreements (Wigginton, Meurk, Ford, & Gartner, 2017).
  
To ensure the inter-rater reliability, the first two authors read all the transcripts on multiple occasions with a view of performing a content analysis on the data. They also coded the data individually and then checked the extent to which they agree (Erlingsson & Brysiewicz, 2017). This assisted with assessing any potential discrepancies in the coding (of which none were identified) and to develop further codes (Campbell et al., 2013). Additionally, all the authors were involved in this study to reach multiple observations and conclusions so that investigator triangulation could be achieved. This kind of triangulation provided not only confirmation of the findings from different perspectives, but also an in-depth understanding of the phenomenon of interest (Denzin, 1978).




Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a response to the call of the previous studies (Bruhn, 2017; Kobzhev, et al., 2020; Villar-Onrubia & Rajpal, 2015), this study makes several contributions to understand Virtual Internationalisation in a comprehensive framework. Thus, it conceptualises a framework that includes the various ways in which ICTs can be used for internationalisation of HE. Among those are the conceptualisation of VI and the changes in the digital age. The findings provided empirical evidence on the definition of virtual internationalisation by moving beyond that of Bruhn (2017); Knight (2013) and Kobzhev et al., (2020). In addition to the international, intercultural, and global dimensions in those studies, the results of this study present the importance of the sustainable development as perceived by academic leaders and staff.  This comprehensive definition could be used in future research to better assess the possibilities of intersecting internationalisation and ICT. With a deeper investigation of the recent studies (Reimers, 2021), this study presents that higher education institutions in the digital era are playing some crucial roles for the success of international competitiveness and technological development of societies. As digitalisation, and an expansion of flexible distance provision continue to be popular trends, it would be worthwhile further investigating the changes in internationalisation. With its diverse context including countries such as Belgium, Portugal, Austria, Turkey and China, this paper serves as a steppingstone for social inclusion, which the combined forms of course delivery, accessibility to different resources and new cultural environment expand the possibilities for virtual internationalisation.
References
Altbach, P. G., & Knight, J. (2007). The Internationalization of Higher Education: Motivations and Realities. Journal of Studies in International Education, 11(3–4), 290–305.
Amirault, R., & Visser, Y. (2010). The impact of E-learning Programs on the Internationalization of the University. In The Impact of E-Learning Programs on the Internationalization of the University (pp. 1–58).
Bruhn, E. (2017). Towards a Framework for Virtual Internationalization. International Journal of E-Learning & Distance Education, 32(1).
Bruhn, E., Zawacki-Richter, O., & Kalz, M. (2020). Virtual internationalization in higher education. wbv Media.
de Wit, H., & Hunter, F. (2015). The Future of Internationalization of Higher Education in Europe. International Higher Education, 83, Article 83.
Erlingsson, C. & Brysiewicz, P. (2017). A hands-on guide to doing content analysis. African Journal of Emergency Medicine, 7(3): 93–99.
Knight, J. (2004). Internationalization remodeled: Definition, approaches, and rationales. Journal of Studies in International Education, 8(1), 5–31.
Kobzhev, A., Bilotserkovets, M., Fomenko, T., Gubina, O., Berestok, O., & Shcherbyna, Y. (2020). Measurement and Assessment of Virtual Internationalization Outcomes in Higher Agrarian Education. Postmodern Openings, 11(1Sup1), 78–92.
Liu, W. (2020). The Chinese definition of internationalisation in higher education. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2020.1777500
Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. & Saldana, J. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd Edition). New York: SAGE Publications.
Moore, M. G., & Kearsley, G. (2012). Distance education: A systems view of online learning (Vol. 72). Wadsworth Cengage Learning.
Rajagopal, K., Firssova, O., Op de Beeck, I., Van der Stappen, E., Stoyanov, S., Henderikx, P., & Buchem, I. (2020). Learner skills in open virtual mobility. Research in Learning Technology, 28(0).
Saykili, A. (2019). Higher Education in The Digital Age: The Impact of Digital Connective Technologies. Journal of Educational Technology and Online Learning, 1–15.
Woicolesco, V. G., Cassol-Silva, C. C., & Morosini, M. (2022). Internationalization at Home and Virtual: A Sustainable Model for Brazilian Higher Education. Journal of Studies in International Education, 26(2), 222–239.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teacher Characteristics and Student Math Achievement the Case of Saudi Arabia

Ahmad Abotalib

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Abotalib, Ahmad

Teacher effectiveness has been one of the most common topics in education for several decades. There has been a noticeable increase in studies examining teacher effectiveness during the past 20 years. One way to examine teacher effectiveness is by investigating the correlation between teacher characteristics as independent variables and student performance in standardised tests as a dependent variable. This study aims to add to existing knowledge by exploring the relationship between teacher characteristics and student math achievement in Saudi Arabia. This study examines teacher characteristics including gender, age, formal education, degree major, experience, and professional development. TIMSS 2019 is the primary data source for this study. The strategy for examining the correlation between teacher characteristics and student achievement in Saudi Arabia relies on including several student and school controls by utilising the Ordinary Least Squared (OLS) to explore this relationship for fourth and eighth-grade students. The findings of this study show that, on average, students with female teachers performed better than those with male teachers in both grades. Also, teachers' age and professional development are positively and significantly correlated with student math achievement in both grades. In addition, teacher major is positively and significantly associated with student achievement only in 4th grade. The estimations for teacher experience were very close to zero in both grades. Furthermore, it was not applicable to examine teacher formal education due to the small sample size. One explicit limitation arises due to missing data, which could bias the results of this study. One way to deal with it is to rerun the model after excluding variables that present high missing values. This model presents the same results. These findings are relevant to education policy discussion since teachers are hired and paid based on these characteristics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The primary data source is the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Studies (TIMSS 2019) dataset. Since 1995, TIMSS has been conducted in several countries every four years, which makes TIMSS 2019 the seventh version of TIMSS. In Saudi Arabia, five types of questionnaires were administered: home, school, teacher, student, and curriculum questionnaires. TIMSS uses stringent school and classroom sampling methodologies to estimate student achievement accurately. They use a two-stage random sample design, with a first stage of selecting a sample of schools and a second stage of choosing one or more intact classes from each sampled school (Martin et al., 2020). As part of the first stage, each sampled school is pre-assigned two substitute schools.
All fourth and eighth-grade students in Saudi Arabia are the target populations for TIMSS 2019. Before identifying the sample, TIMSS divides schools in Saudi Arabia based on gender (boys & girls) and school type (public, private & international). There are two types of exclusions from the sample: at the school level and within schools. Exclusion at the school level comprises very small schools, special needs schools, non-Arabic or non-English speaking schools, and schools in three different cities: Jizan, Najran, and a portion of Asir. Within schools, students with intellectual or functional disabilities and non-native language speakers were excluded from the sample. The final sample includes 5,453 students from 220 schools in fourth grade and 5,680 students from 206 schools in eighth grade.
TIMSS 2019 uses five plausible values to estimate the performance of students. These five plausible values are "random draws from a conditional normal distribution." (Martin et al., 2020, p. 546). For this study, the average score of the five plausible values will be used as an indicator of student performance. TIMSS 2019 includes student variables such as gender, birth location, age, attending pre-primary education, parents' level of education, number of books at home, absence, home support, and extra lessons. Also, TIMSS 2019 provides several school variables such as class size, socio-economic status, area of location, degree of teacher absenteeism, principals' experience at the same school, and principals' level of education.
Following the model used by Hanushek & Luque (2003), I will use Ordinary Least Square (OLS) to examine the correlation between teacher characteristics and student math achievement in fourth and eighth grades in Saudi Arabia. The model is as follows:
Y_ij^PV=β_0^PV+β_1^PV 〖stu〗_ij^PV+β_2^PV 〖tea〗_ij^PV+β_3^PV 〖sch〗_ij^PV+ε_ij^PV

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study explores the relationship between several teacher characteristics and standardised student achievement in mathematics in Saudi Arabia. TIMSS 2019 is secondary data that is used to examine this relationship. The strategy of this study is to include as many control variables as possible. Including several student variables reduce the bias caused by omitted variables (Clotfelter et al., 2006). In addition, it eliminates the bias that might occur because of using a cross-sectional dataset since prior student achievement is unavailable. It is essential to notice that the level of the model used in this study is inferior to the value-added model that includes data on prior student achievement (Hanushek & Luque, 2003). The findings of this study show some variations in student achievement that could be attributed to teacher characteristics. One explanation for female superiority over male students could be attributed to the same-gender effect since education in Saudi Arabia is segregated by gender. Some studies show that female students perform better when female teachers teach them (see Paredes, 2014 & Lee et al., 2019). Also, the small estimations for experience might be due to measuring experience as a continuous variable (linear relationship). The literature shows that examining the non-linear relationship between experience and student achievement produces higher estimations than a linear relationship (e.g., Ladd & Sorensen, 2017; Canales & Maldonado, 2018; Bhai & Horoi, 2019; Toropova et al., 2019). Due to the tendency of the Ministry of Education in Saudi Arabia during the past years to raise the level of education by raising the academic degree for teachers (bachelor), the diversity of teachers' educational degree has been confined to a certain degree. Therefore, testing the relationship between teacher formal education and student achievement was not feasible.
References
Bhai, M., & Horoi, I. (2019). Teacher characteristics and academic achievement. Applied Economics, 51(44), 4781-4799.
Canales, A., & Maldonado, L. (2018). Teacher quality and student achievement in Chile: Linking teachers' contribution and observable characteristics. International Journal of Educational Development, 60, 33-50.
Clotfelter, C. T., Ladd, H. F., & Vigdor, J. L. (2006). Teacher-student matching and the assessment of teacher effectiveness. Journal of Human Resources, 41(4), 778-820.
Hanushek, E. A., & Luque, J. A. (2003). Efficiency and equity in schools around the world. Economics of Education Review, 22(5), 481-502.
Ladd, H. F., & Sorensen, L. C. (2017). Returns to teacher experience: Student achievement and motivation in middle school. Education Finance and Policy, 12(2), 241-279.
Martin, M. O., von Davier, M., & Mullis, I. V. (2020). Methods and Procedures: TIMSS 2019 Technical Report. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement.
Toropova, A., Johansson, S., & Myrberg, E. (2019). The role of teacher characteristics for student achievement in mathematics and student perceptions of instructional quality. Education Inquiry, 10(4), 275-299.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 M: Multicultural Perspectives in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Erich Svecnik
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Creating an Inclusive Play Environment for Children from children and teachers' perspectives: a Cross-cultural Study in Vietnam and Spain

Tú Anh Hà

FPT University, Vietnam

Presenting Author: Hà, Tú Anh

Children spend a great amount of time playing at school. Through play, they explore the world around themselves, discover their instincts, form survival skills and knowledge, step by step build relationships with other people. Play, therefore, plays an imperative role in children’s development (Smith & Roopnarine, 2018). Mentioning play also refers to a play environment which is the condition that can either support or impede and pose a threat to children’s play (Kyttä, 2003).

Children are not only the object of research in different fields such as psychology or education. They are actually the agents of their development; and they have their own opinions, thoughts and feelings when interacting with the world surrounding them (Corsaro, 2012; Kustatscher, 2017). Corsaro (2012) argues that ‘children do not simply internalise society and culture, but they actively contribute to cultural production and change. From the perspective of interpretive reproduction, however, children are always participating in and are part of two cultures - their own and adults’- and these cultures are intricately interwoven’ (Corsaro, 2012, p. 489). Similarly, Kusatscher (2017) also found out that children not only reproduce but also challenge the already established opinions of the society. Therefore, research on inclusive play environments for children needs to take into account children’s voice as children are the agent of their own development and they know what is appropriate and imperative for their own growth.

We are living in the world of globalization where, however, discrimination based on social-cultural and economic backgrounds is still a chronic issue. This happens not only in adulthood but also in childhood, which can impact children's development negatively. Therefore, it is necessary to build an inclusive play environment for children in order to support sustainable development as equity and inclusion are two sustainable development goals related to education that the United Nations promoted in 2015 (UN General Assembly, 2015, p.17).

Promoting an inclusive play environment requires teachers’ awareness, knowledge and skills. Therefore, exploring teachers’ perspectives of an inclusive play environment and the specific training or support which teachers need to be provided with is an initial step to create an inclusive play environment for children.

This research will be conducted in Spain (Andalusia) and Vietnam, which are two countries which follow different educational systems. While the former bases on Western-individualistic culture, the latter develops with the foundation of Eastern-collectivism. Both countries are diverse and rich in culture, where different social groups co-exist. The comparison between the two countries can bring a multi-cultural perspective to address a global issue of promoting inclusive play environments for children to ensure equality and equity in education. It is also noteworthy that it does not mean they are seen as two solid cultures as Dervin (2011) argues that it is necessary to move away from solidified, separate and objectivist perspectives of cultures; instead, it is imperative to have a liquid approach to intercultural discourses, which takes into account discursive choices and manipulations of speakers that often sink below speakers’ speech. In addition, culture does not cause behaviours, but summarises an abstraction from it (Dervin, 2011).

With the aforementioned aims, research questions of this study are the following:

  1. Research question 1: What is the teachers’ perception of an inclusive play environment as well as the strategies that can promote such inclusive play environments?
  2. Research question 2: What are children’s needs and their perspectives of an inclusive play environment?
  3. Research question 3: What are the differences between Spanish and Vietnamese teachers, regarding their habits and beliefs of an inclusive play environment for children?
  4. Research question 4: What training / support do teachers need to create inclusive play environments?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will apply qualitative research by interviewing Vietnamese and Spanish (Andalusian) teachers as well as observing teachers’ work with children’s play at schools in order to identify what teachers need to be trained or support to offer children with an inclusive play environment and form the concept of inclusive play environments from both teachers and children's perspectives.

Subjects:

The subjects of this research will be Early Childhood Education teachers from Spain (Andalusia) and from Vietnam (15 teachers for each country). All ethical procedures are conducted to collect the data from the two countries.

Instruments:
Qualitative data will be gathered by applying a semi-structured interview for the teachers and an observation template to observe teachers’ work with children’s play at schools. The semi-structured interview aims to explore teachers’ perspectives of an inclusive playful environment for children, its attributes and requirements in order to construct a list of criteria to identify and build an inclusive playful environment for children. In addition, the interview also aims to investigate what support that teachers need from policy makers to create more inclusive play environments. The data collected from the interview will be coded with the support of the software MAXQDA. The interview questions include:
- What do you think of the diversity in your class? (where does it come from? their influences on your practice and the children themselves?)
- What do you think of an inclusive play environment for children? (in terms of design, work with children, toys, tools, their importance)?
- Is it important to promote diversity and inclusion in your class? Why?
- If the teacher answers yes for the previous question, then what are some ways to promote diversity and inclusion in your class?
- Do you need any support (training, policy) to address the issue of diversity in your class?  

An observation template is built to observe and assess teachers’ work with children’s play. The observation aims to evaluate teachers’ competence of building inclusive play environments for children so as to find out appropriate support for teachers. It also provides another view to assess teachers’ competence, besides the interview with teachers. The observation focuses on finding out what children need to express themselves in their play and be included in the play environment as well.  

Photos, narratives and other artistic forms of expression are applied to collect students' thoughts of inclusive play environments.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study expectedly finds out attributes and requirements of an inclusive play environment for children as well as identify training support to help teachers of Andalusia (Spain) and Vietnam to create a more inclusive play environment, taking into account the perspectives of teachers and children from both Global North and Global South worlds. In addition, the study will also build an observation instrument as a tool for educational managers to evaluate teachers’ competence to integrating equity and inclusion in children’s play environment. Furthermore, the project also points out some policy suggestions to help policy makers impose laws to support equality and equity in children’s play environments.
References
Corsaro, William A. (2012). Interpretive Reproduction in Children’s Play. American Journal of Play 4:488–504
Kilinc, S., Farrand, K., Chapman, K., Kelley, M., Millinger, J., & Adams, K. (2017). Expanding opportunities to learn to support inclusive education through drama-enhanced literacy practices. British Journal of Special Education, 44, 431-447. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12186
Kustatscher, M. (2017): “Young children’s social class identities in everyday life at primary school: The importance of naming and challenging complex inequalities”, in Childhood, 24(3), 381–395. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568216684540
Kyttä, M. (2003). Children in Outdoor Contexts. Affordances and Independent Mobility in the Assessment of Environmental Child Friendliness. Helsinki University of Technology.
Lynch, H., Moore, A., & Prellwitz, M. (2018). From policy to play provision: Universal design and the challenges of inclusive play. Children, Youth and Environments, 28(2), 12-34. http://www.jstor.org/action/showPublication?journalCode=chilyoutenvi
Lynch, K. (2000). Research and Theory on Equality in Education. In M. Hallinan (ed.), Handbook of Sociology of Education (pp. 85-105). Plenum Press.  
Lynch, K., & Baker, J. (2005). Equality in education: An equality of condition perspective. Theory and Research in Education, 3(2), 131–164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878505053298.
OECD. (2007). No More Failures: Ten Steps to Equity in Education. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/45179151.pdf.
OECD. (2005). The Definition and Selection of Key Competences. Executive Summary. https://bit.ly/1goiOUO.  
Smith, P. K. (2010). Children and play: Understanding children's worlds. Wiley Blackwell.
Smith, P. K., & Roopnarine, J. L. (2018). The Cambridge handbook of play: Developmental and disciplinary perspectives. Cambridge University Press.
UN General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1.  https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html.
Van Melik, R., & Althuizen, N. (2020). Inclusive play policies: disabled children and their access to Dutch playgrounds. Tijds. voor econ. en Soc. Geog. https://doi.org/10.1111/tesg.12457.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Chinese Students’ Intercultural Experience in the UK and Reflections on Interculturality

Yuanjing Ye

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ye, Yuanjing

Topic & Objective:

By investigating the intercultural engagement of Chinese students in the UK as well as the ‘reverse cultural shock’ experienced by students who return to China after studying in the UK, this research identifies learning and social activities that effectively help students engage in intercultural communication and navigate the challenges these may cause, as well as their reflections of the culture of origin as former international students.

Research questions:

1. What intercultural communicative strategies do Chinese students adopt to deal with communicative difficulties in the UK?

2. What do returnee Chinese students think of Chinese culture through intercultural communication practices in the UK after moving back to China?

Theoretical framework:

This study adopts and blends a social constructivism alongside theand interpretivistm paradigm to guide the methodology due to the way I understand the social issues and the main concerns of this study. Social constructivism views cultural knowledge not as an object to be acquired but to be collectively identified, represented and interpreted through individuals’ experience and communication (Guilherme, 2002). From a constructivist perspective, knowledge is constructed by existing structures of foundation, that is human’s beliefs about realities through social interaction (Hollandar & Gordon, 2006), and influenced by the culture in a specific context and by personal reflections of experiences. Besides, In social constructivism, the world is interpreted through language and culture. That is, the world and its elements inside are not seen only as social constructions, but full of meanings made by ‘crucial participants’ (Crotty, 1998). Consequently, I am mainly interested in investigating human’s subjective understanding of the interrelations of cultures, strategies to handle cultural shock and how their knowledge and reactions to their culture of origin have been co-constructed and interpreted among all social elements.

Conceptual framework:

According to Bourdieu (1986), an individual’s cultural taste is related to acts of social positioning, so their preference for social practice is somehow decided by their social belonging and personal experience, reconciling with external social structures. That suggests if a human’s identity has been changed due to their social status, their choice of social behaviour will change. Besides, an individual’s prior knowledge has also an impact no matter how a human’s social identity changes. Cobern (1993) states that individual’s prior conceptions and self-positioning contribute significantly to their understanding of social events. When human’s new gaining of social beliefs contradicts with their prior knowledge, the decision has to be made whether to keep one side or abandon the other or objectively criticise both and choose the appropriate ones from both sides. Another thing that has to be noted is that humans’ ongoing learning experiences and social and physical milieu have an impact on their previous knowledge, which may be consistent, or against, or even fill in the gaps of ‘knowing’. This interchange of social impacts contributes to creating a different understanding of culture and interculturality, and also it keeps changing with the ongoing process.

Intercultural communicative competence (ICC) is regarded as an ability to communicate and interaction across cultures (Byram, 2012). As competence is a subjective term, since it depends on people’s personality, life experience, attitudes, learning styles, etc., the definition of ICC in academia is contested. Many studies focus on individuals, and regard ICC as an internal capacity of an individual. For example, Byram (ibid.) regards ICC as a set of intercultural skills (to interpret, relate, discover, and interact), knowledge about culture and interaction, attitudes and self-awareness of different cultures and education about critical issues in the host culture.. Among all ICC models, Byram’s (ibid) is the most recognised which divided IC competence into knowledge, skills, attitudes and awareness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project will collect ethnographic data from 35 Chinese students over a period of one year through a multiple-method approach: participant-led photography, ‘photo interviews’, researcher’s reflective journal and an online photo ‘exhibition’. The reasons for choosing the above methods are the following:  

Participant-led photography - This method uses images as data to provide participants’ subjective understanding that record the real situations on-site which reflects the real situation (Norman, 1991) that include the details of how Chinese students react to intercultural encounters; Second, it allows to handle control and freedom of data selection to participants which enhances their engagement (Richards, 2011). This is an essential quality of a method for capturing participants’ inner feelings and self reflections which are not often open to the public.

‘Photo interviews’ -This method can increase interviewees’ engagement through the visual data and offer a closer insight to what is considered important for interviewees, because visual data can facilitate longer and more comprehensive communication due to less fatigue and repetition (Shaw, 2021). Considering the main goal of this project is to gather data from participants’ descriptions of their intercultural understanding and social practices, photo interviews build trust between the interviewer and interviewees, help participants expand their views through follow-up questions and produce more in-depth data for the researcher (Li & Xie, 2020).

Researcher’s reflective journal - This method during data collections is significant as it is useful develop my critical thinking, reflective, analytical ability by comparing the views between my own and research subjects, which may influence my interpretation of visual data as a researcher. The main purpose is to deal with the complexities of various data and make connections between disparate sets of information, and contribute to new perspectives being taken on issues (Jasper, 2005).

Online photo ‘exhibition’ - The ‘exhibition’ will be only open for participants and organised at the end of the data collection process on an online password protected platform (e.g. Padlet) for a week. Participants are invited to choose two images of what they have taken that best represent their understanding of briefs to be displayed and all participants will be free to make comments on the images and common experiences sharing. This method allows each participant to reflect on images taken by other students and has the potential to lead to a rise of intercultural awareness and greater in-depth Chinese cultural reflections that address research questions of this project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation demonstrates Chinese students’ reflections on some intercultural activities which they were part of during and after their study in the UK, looking at the development of their knowledge, awareness, skills and critical looking back on their intercultural encounters. Suggested by the cultural adjustment theory, this presentation follows three stages: honeymoon, struggling and positioning through self-reflection. Findings show that students have gone through the excitement to the new environment, and suffering from more intensive cultural shock and ended up with the locating their own position in the complex intercultural world, either being open to adapt to the new culture or staying closer to the culture of origin. There is also a trend for a few returnee students that they have to reduce their intercultural characteristics to adjust to the dominant culture in locality since the local environment does not respond actively to international returnees. Regardless of student actions, students' choices for intercultural experiences demonstrate the unequal social forces of subordinate and dominant cultures in societies where international students drift and wander as cultural sojourners.

The significance of this project is twofold: it will aid UK educational institutions to support the intercultural interactions of Chinese students; it will also on enhance returnee students’ awareness of cultural and communicative differences after studying in the UK and help prevent ‘return culture shock’ upon their return to China. Moreover, European higher educational institutions can also benefit from its implication. European higher education institutions need to consider the issue of how to integrate international students into the host culture because they serve as a significant hub for students from all over the world. The integration of international students and consideration of their needs are of great importance for maintaining an environment of institutional diversity in higher education.

References
Bourdieu, P., 1986. The aristocracy of culture. Consumption, critical concepts in the social sciencies, pp.239-245.
Byram, M., 2012. Language awareness and (critical) cultural awareness–relationships, comparisons and contrasts. Language awareness, 21(1-2), pp.5-13.
Cobern, W.W., 1993. Constructivism. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 4(1), pp.105-112.
Crotty, M.J., 1998. The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. The foundations of social research, pp.1-256.
Guilherme, M., 2002. Critical citizens for an intercultural world: Foreign language education as cultural politics (Vol. 3). Multilingual Matters.
Hollander, J.A. and Gordon, H.R., 2006. The processes of social construction in talk. Symbolic Interaction, 29(2), pp.183-212.
Norman, W.R. 1991, "Photography as a research tool", Visual anthropology (Journal), vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 193-216.
Jasper, M. A. (2005). Using reflective writing within research. Journal of research in nursing, 10(3), 247-260.
Li, Y. & Xie, Y. 2020, "Is a Picture Worth a Thousand Words? An Empirical Study of Image Content and Social Media Engagement", Journal of marketing research, vol. 57, no. 1, pp. 1-19.
Richards, N. (2011). Using participatory visual methods.
Shaw, P.A., 2021. Photo-elicitation and photo-voice: Using visual methodological tools to engage with younger children’s voices about inclusion in education. International journal of research & method in education, 44(4), pp.337-351.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Adapting Grounded Theory Methodology for Transcultural Research. Methodological Considerations for International Research on Diversity in Education.

Eva Kleinlein

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Kleinlein, Eva

Researching diversity in education requires diversity-informed research methods and methodologies. Research methodologies must therefore be sensitive toward diversity in its variety of forms and peculiarities. Moreover, great adaptability of research approaches and researchers is necessary. Pre-given categories and structures thus may not allow for a sufficiently open and flexible capturing of the field’s characteristics. Hence, qualitative, inductive approaches that respect and reflect the circumstances and features of the field and the respondents are especially intriguing.

In light of international (comparative) research especially, some more aspects that require sensitivity must be taken into account. Here, three layers of reflection appear to be of relevance: Firstly, it is important to consider which terms and concepts are being used to describe the field. So, for instance, do we talk about cultures, contexts, or nations, and what is the underlying understanding of the corresponding notion that is applied (e.g., Dilley, 2002)? Secondly, it is important to consider how these concepts will be related to each other in the context of the research project. So, for example, do we apply an Inter-, Trans-, Multi-, or Cross-cultural research approach (e.g., Adick, 2010)? Based on this, it must thirdly be considered whether the research will rather focus on generalisations or observations of differences across fields (e.g., Dinkelaker et al., 2011)?

A critical reflection of these questions and considerations is crucial, especially as borders, nations, and cultures become increasingly blurry through migration, globalisation, and the ease of travel and information exchange across contexts (e.g., Fritzsche, 2012). Therefore, the Grounded Theory Methodology (Glaser/Strauss, 1967) appears as one promising methodology in this regard. Building on Falkenberg’s statement that Grounded Theory Methodology (GTM) can be a valuable extension for international educational research (2018), the paper will engage in the question of how transcultural research on diversity in education can be conducted with GTM. To start with, the opportunities of GTM will be demonstrated by elaborating on two essential characteristics: Its sensitivity towards diversity and culture.

Firstly, the method allows for developing a theory that builds upon people’s diverse realities. Instead of applying pre-given theories and structures to the research field, GTM “is particularly helpful for uncovering processes or patterns of behavior that remain hidden in society” (Nayar/Wright-St Clair, 2020, p. 132). Thus, GTM allows us to conduct meaningful, qualitative research in complex, diverse, and so far, under-explored research fields. Under-explored fields can on the one side refer to thematic fields that have so far been rarely studied (e.g., tabooed research questions), but on the other side also to under-represented geographical fields (e.g., remote areas and communities). GTM, therefore, enables research in fields where little is yet known and the researcher must react and adapt to the unpredictable peculiarities of the field. Especially in light of diversity and international research, this feature is greatly important.

Secondly, the possibility to do culturally-sensitive research with GTM is essential. While in ethnography, culture is one of the concepts at the centre of attention, Nayar and Wright-St Clair (2020, p. 133) highlight that within GTM “it is the social process that is central to the study. Yet, this social process unfolds within a context, which means that culture cannot be ignored”. In addition to these culture-sensitive possibilities of GTM, Charmaz (2014, p. 1082) also explicitly mentions that “international researchers can adopt grounded theory strategies and adapt them to fit their cultural and research practices”. Especially in light of conducting research in diverse and multicultural settings with differing research traditions and realities and moreover, with regard to possibly uneven power relations, this is of great relevance (e.g., Robinson-Pant/Singal, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Despite these opportunities of applying GTM in international research, it can be recognized that “there is a dearth of research using grounded theory methods with participants from multiple ethnic communities” (Nayar/Wright-St Clair, 2020, p. 131). In recent years, however, a few corresponding studies have been carried out. In research conducted by Falkenberg (2018), GTM was for instance applied in an international comparative study, and Nayar and Wright-St Clair (2020) describe their implementation of GTM in a cross-cultural research project. While within comparative research, cultural differences are considered as differences between rather homogenous units (e.g., Fritzsche 2012), in cross-cultural research overlaps and differences between these units are at the centre of attention (e.g., Nayar/Wright-St Clair 2020).

Within transcultural research, however, it is intended to move away from comparing pre-given entities or units such as cultures, contexts, or nations. Instead, the diversity within the fields is aimed to be reflected in research (e.g., Hummrich/Rademacher, 2013). In light of increasing migration, globalisation, and diversification, transcultural research approaches that reflect and address the complexity and intersectionalities of the fields thus strongly gain relevance. However, it can be recognized that so far, transcultural research approaches still lag behind comparative or cross-contextual studies (e.g., Fritzsche 2012).

The presentation aims to highlight and discuss methodological aspects that must be considered when conducting transcultural research on diversity in education with GTM. Following the methodological considerations of GTM researchers such as Glaser and Strauss (1967), Charmaz (2006), Bryant and Charmaz (2007), Birk and Mills (2011), Breuer, Muckel, and Dieris (2019), and Tarozzi (2013) as well as of Falkenberg (2018) and Nayar and Wright-St Clair (2020), this presentation intends to carve out the possibilities and challenges of applying GTM in transcultural research on diversity in education.

Alongside an ongoing dissertation project on Inclusive Schooling Practices of Teachers Worldwide (InSpots), the presentation demonstrates arising risks and opportunities of applying GTM to a transcultural research project. The InSpots project itself addresses the question of how teachers from different contexts around the world handle diversity in their classrooms and how their strategies and interventions can be systematised in a way so that they can also be applied meaningfully in other contexts (Kleinlein, 2021). Even though these educational solutions may "have a strongly local flavour" (Artiles/Dyson, 2005, p. 37), it is aimed "to learn in one country from practices and forms of provision developed elsewhere" (ibid., p. 42).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following these remarks, the presentation offers a methodological contribution for researching diversity in education alongside a corresponding ongoing research project in the area of inclusive education. This focus is particularly today extremely crucial, "[a]s people of different national identities and ethnic groups continue to migrate across the world and diversity becomes more commonplace, [and] a move away from the logic of exclusion, towards an acceptance of difference as an ordinary aspect of human development is needed” (Florian 2019, p. 702).

In order to explore and understand this increasingly complex and entangled world, researchers are thus challenged to find ways to study these new developments and realities. While GTM is especially promising for researching diversity in all its forms due to its practice orientation, transcultural approaches are particularly valuable for researching complex fields and contexts. The transcultural grounded theory methodology (T-GTM) thus seeks to build upon the experiences of other researchers who applied GTM in international contexts and to thereby provide a methodological approach that can be valuable for international researchers studying diversity in education. Within the presentation, possible challenges and opportunities of including and researching diversity with T-GTM will be discussed.

References
Adick, C. (2010). Inter-, multi-, transkulturell: über die Mühen der Begriffsarbeit in kulturübergreifenden Forschungsprozessen. In A. Hirsch & R. Kurt (Eds.), Interkultur - Jugendkultur: Bildung neu verstehen (Vol. 11, pp. 105–133). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92601-8_6

Artiles, A., & Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive education in the globalization age. The promise of comparative cultural-historical analysis. In D. Mitchell (Ed.), Contextualizing inclusive education: Evaluating old and new international perspectives (pp. 37–62). Routledge.

Birk, M. & Mills, J. (2011). Grounded Theory. A Practical Guide. London: SAGE Publications.

Breuer, F., Muckel, P., & Dieris, B. (2019). Reflexive Grounded Theory. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-22219-2
Bryant, A., & Charmaz, K. (Eds.). (2007). The SAGE handbook of grounded theory. Sage.

Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide Through Qualitative Analysis. Sage. http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0657/2005928035-d.html

Charmaz, K. (2014). Grounded Theory in Global Perspective. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(9), 1074–1084. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800414545235

Dilley, R. (2002). The problem of context in social and cultural anthropology. Language & Communication, 22(4), 437–456. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0271-5309(02)00019-8

Dinkelaker, J., Idel, T.‑S., & Rabenstein, K. (2011). Generalisierungen und Differenzbeobachtungen: Zum Vergleich von Fällen aus unterschiedlichen pädagogischen Feldern. Zeitschrift Für Qualitative Forschung, 12(2), 257–277.

Falkenberg, K. (2018). Permanenter Vergleich. Methodologische Überlegungen zu einer an der Grounded-Theory-Methodologie orientierten international vergleichenden Forschung. Tertium Comparationis, 24(1), 107–134.

Florian, L. (2019). On the necessary co-existence of special and inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 691–704. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622801

Fritzsche, B. (2012). Das Andere aus dem standortgebundenen Bilde heraus verstehen: Potenziale der dokumentarischen Methode in kulturvergleichend angelegten Studien. Zeitschrift Für Qualitative Forschung, 13(1-2), 93–109.

Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Aldine de Gruyter.

Hummrich,M. & Rademacher,S. (Hrsg.). (2013). Kulturvergleich in der qualitativen Forschung. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18937-6

Kleinlein, E. (2021). InSpots - Inclusive Schooling Practices of Teachers. How teachers worldwide overcome challenges of inclusive teaching. Verfügbar unter: https://medium.com/@evakleinlein/inspots-inclusive-schooling-practices-of-teachers-b26e5241580

Nayar, S., & Wright-St Clair, V. (2020). Multiple Cultures – One Process: Undertaking A Cross Cultural Grounded Theory Study. American Journal of Qualitative Research, 4(3), 131–145. https://doi.org/10.29333/ajqr/9310

Robinson-Pant, A., & Singal, N. (2013). Researching ethically across cultures: issues of knowledge, power and voice. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 43(4), 417–421. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2013.797719

Tarozzi, M. (2013). Translating and Doing Grounded Theory Methodology. Intercultural Mediation as an Analytic Resource. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 14(2). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-14.2.1429
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 N: Language Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Volker Bank
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Academic Identity Reconstruction of Chinese International Students During the Pandemic in the UK

Chufan Qiu

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Qiu, Chufan

In order to get in-depth information about the participants, the study took an ethnographic approach where semi-structure interviews, informal conversations and audio diaries were used to collect data. Using the concepts of investment (Norton, 2013), imagined identity (Norton & Toohey, 2011) and imagined community (Norton, 2013) as the analytical lens, the findings showed that all participants experienced academic identity reconstruction and during this process, the role of their L1 is unignorable. There was a significant shift on their academic identity as their aims of studying abroad changed. Before they started their studies in the UK, their imagined identity of an international student focused on promoting their English linguistic competence such as pursuing native like accents, becoming global citizens and emerging into the new community. However, as they began their study in the UK, they started to vague the concept of native speakers and began to view English as lingua franca where they now focused more on the knowledge itself rather than the L2 (English) skills.

Unlike some previous studies (Chang, 2016; Gao, 2011; Crowther, 2020) where improving one’s English linguistic competence and adapting into the new environment are the target goals for international students in an English-speaking country, the participants showed low investment both in promoting their L2 (English) linguistic skills as well as adapting into the new environment. Though their investments in the destination country and English linguistic skills seemed to be limited, they managed to use their L1 (such as using translation tools or working with co-nationals) to integrate into the local community and at the same time, achieved satisfactory academic outcomes. For some participants who self-defined as inadequate L2 learners, they managed to use their L1 competence to make friends with non-Chinese which unexpectedly, benefited their L2 learning. It is also interesting to find that their naming practices in the UK also reflected the reconstruction of their academic identities as well. Some participants stopped using English names but began to use their Chinese names to reflect their Chinese international students’ identities. Some continued to use English names but the Chinese names are revealed under the coats of certain English names.

When it comes to the factors that affected their academic identity (re)construction, the Pandemic was just part of the reason why some of the participants had limited interaction with other non-Chinese in academic work and had low investments in promoting their L2 linguistic skills. The most important reason was affected by their imagined identity—potential job hunters in Chinese labour market. As most of them planned to back to China to seek for jobs, they had little interest to invest in promoting their L2 competence as Chinese labour market values more of their study abroad experience rather than their English competence. Also, unlike previous studies where language barrier (Fang & Baker, 2018) is the main cause of limited interaction with non-Chinese peers, my study discovered something different. The participants’ imagined future identity also affected their interaction with other non-Chinese as they had little possibilities to work in the UK after graduation, they found it less necessary to invest in maintaining friendship with other non-Chinese peers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The duration of my study lasted about six months which consisted a pilot study (two months) and a formal study (four months). The study invited 11 participants in total which are all from a University in Scotland. The study is a mini-ethnographic study where semi-structure interviews, informal conversations and audio diaries are used to collect data. As the study was conducted in 2022 and considering of the Pandemic, interviews and informal conversations were conducted both online and offline. I recruited the participants through snowball sampling through my friends. After the ethical approval, I sent consent forms to all the target participants and began my study after I received their consents. At the first stage, an one-to-one semi-structure interview was conducted to each of the participants to get the background information of my participants. Each interview lasted about one hour. After the semi-structure interviews, my participants and I had informal conversations on a weekly basis (around every five to ten days), the time of each informal conversation varied from 5 minutes to 30 minutes and participants were welcomed to share anything related to their daily life or school life. In order to stay as close as I can with the participants, I also joined some of their daily activities together such as went to supermarkets or had dinners together. In order to get richer information about my participants, I introduced them the method of doing audio diaries (Dangeni et al., 2021), which was a flexible way for them to record any thoughts or feelings and they could send the recordings to me at their convenience. During the last stage where the study was about to end, I had another one-to-one semi-structure interview with each of them again. The interviews and informal conversations were all recorded and transcribed before the analysis started. As all oral communications were conducted in Mandarin, the transcriptions were in Mandarin and important sections for further analysis were translated into English then. Thematic analysis (Nowell et al., 2017) were used to analyse the data with the help of Nvivo 12.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study provided some new findings which are quite different from previous studies. International students’ identities may not emphasise either on becoming successful L2 learners or becoming global citizens. Rather, for many participants, the study abroad experience emphasised more on earning qualifications which turned them into competitive job hunters in home country’s labour market. Moreover, international students’ imagined identities should also be taken into consideration when it comes to analyse international students’ identity reconstruction as imagined identities affected their present identities. Unlike some previous findings where language barriers (Fang & Baker, 2018) limited Chinese international students interaction with the new local community, some of my participants showed agency of choosing not to emerge into the new environment because of their imagined identities of back to China after graduation. However, it needs to be admitted that the Pandemic is also an important factor in their academic identity reconstruction as it affected their interaction with the local community. By the time when the study was conducted, most of my participants were still having both online and offline courses which in reality limited their interactions with non-Chinese peers. What’s more, the Pandemic also affected their future identities as most of them decided to back to China rather than stay in the UK which in turn, affected their current academic identities.
References
Baker, V. L., & Lattuca, L. R. (2010). Developmental networks and learning: Toward an interdisciplinary perspective on identity development during doctoral study. Studies in higher education, 35(7), 807-827. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070903501887
Chang, Y.-c. (2016). Discourses, Identities and Investment in English as a Second Language Learning: Voices from Two U.S. Community College Students. International journal of education and literacy studies, 4(4), 38-49. https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.ijels.v.4n.4p.38
Crowther, D. (2019). Language Investment during University Adjustment: The Divergent Path of Two International Chinese Freshmen. Journal of language, identity, and education, 19(4), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2019.1672075
Dangeni, Lazarte, E. D., & MacDiarmid, C. (2021). Audio diaries: A creative research method for higher education studies in the digital age. In Exploring Diary Methods in Higher Education Research (pp. 44-57). Routledge.
Fang, F., & Baker, W. (2018). ‘A more inclusive mind towards the world’: English language teaching and study abroad in China from intercultural citizenship and English as a lingua franca perspectives. Language Teaching Research, 22(5), 608-624. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168817718574
Frick, B. L., & Brodin, E. M. (2019). A return to Wonderland: Exploring the links between academic identity development and creativity during doctoral education. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 57(2), 209-219. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2019.1617183
Gao, F. (2011). Exploring the Reconstruction of Chinese Learners' National Identities in Their English-Language-Learning Journeys in Britain. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 10(5), 287-305. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2011.614543
Holley, K. (2015). Doctoral education and the development of an interdisciplinary identity. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 52(6), 642–652. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2013.847796
Kanno, Y., & Norton, B. (2003). Imagined communities and educational possibilities: Introduction. Journal of language, identity, and education, 2(4), 241-249. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327701JLIE0204_1
Norton, B. (2013). Identity and Language Learning: Extending the Conversation. Bristol, Blue Ridge Summit: Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783090563
Norton, B., & Toohey, K. (2011). Identity, language learning, and social change. Language Teaching, 44(4), 412-446. doi:10.1017/S0261444811000309
Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International journal of qualitative methods, 16(1), 1609406917733847.
Sung, C. C. M. (2019). Negotiating participation and identity in a second language: Mainland Chinese students’ English learning experiences in a multilingual university in Hong Kong. Research papers in education, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2019.1677760


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Impacts of Bilingual Education and Parents on Immigrant Students’ Identities

Yishun Liu

University of Kansas, United States of America

Presenting Author: Liu, Yishun

Globalization is a dynamic process that affects different cultures around the world in different ways. It permeates cultural borders and in the process leads to the spread of Western ideologies and values around the world(Jensen et al., 2011). The Census Bureau's monthly Current Population Survey (CPS) shows that the total foreign-born or immigrant population in the U.S. hit 47.9 million in September 2022, and there are about 3,000 dual-language programs nationwide. With the development of the global connection, many individuals around the world are becoming members of multiple language and sociocultural networks(García, 2011), more and more immigrants’ parents would like to send their children to accept the bilingual education.

However, the different culture mixed to educated students may influence immigrant students’ identity. In 2020, Bu has studied the Asian students in the larger context of Asian immigrants to analyze how American education has historically shaped the racial and ethnic identity of Asian Americans as a minority group and the cultural meaning of being a member of that minority group during different times(Bu, 2020). Besides, the languages in bilingual education has a significant function, we assume that the languages classroom to be a key site for the construction of learners’ linguistic and multilingual identities.(Forbes et al., 2021)

Therefore, such student will face more than two different culture and language between home and school. In my opinion, both parenting environment and school environment are important for students to construct their identity and development. As for school, promoting students’ identity exploration in school within the curriculum and in relation to the academic content should be adopted as an important educational goal.(Kaplan et al., 2014). As for parents, there was research explored the experiences of immigrants in Canada, the results indicated that youth reported that their parents played a direct role in transmitting culture and influencing their identity in five different ways.(Glozman & Chuang, 2019)

This research will focus on the following questions: For the immigrant students, (1) Will the student choose one of their parents’ cultural identities or both or neither of them? (2) Whether the education change students’ identity? If yes, how does bilingual education change students’ cultural identity?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this article, we use literature analysis to find some answers to the above research questions from two aspects: cultural identity and bilingual education. In terms of cultural identity, we analyzed what cultural identity is, what affects cultural identity, and the influence of parents and others on children's cultural identity through previous studies. For bilingual education, we focused on finding literature on whether students' cultural identity is affected in bilingual education and the effect of bilingual education on immigrant students.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After analyzing the available literature, we can conclude that the identity of students is indeed influenced by their parents. In terms of social culture, children are more influenced by their mothers, and mothers also have a certain influence on their children's identities. In addition, children receive influence from other people in society. The establishment of bilingual education promotes equality in education for minorities, while at the same time gives minorities a place to identify with their own language and to tolerate the freezing of the national language. Bilingual education, with certain pedagogical and educational concepts, can change the identity of students in a purposeful and directed way.
References
Bu, L. (2020). Confronting race and ethnicity: Education and cultural identity for immigrants and students from Asia. History of Education Quarterly, 60(4), 644–656.
Choi, T.-H. (2017). Identity, transnationalism, and bilingual education. Bilingual and Multilingual Education, 10, 175.
Downes, S. (2001). Sense of Japanese cultural identity within an English partial immersion programme: Should parents worry? International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 4(3), 165–180.
Forbes, K., Evans, M., Fisher, L., Gayton, A., Liu, Y., & Rutgers, D. (2021). Developing a multilingual identity in the languages classroom: The influence of an identity-based pedagogical intervention. The Language Learning Journal, 49(4), 433–451.
Francis, B., Archer, L., & Mau, A. (2010). Parents’ and teachers’ constructions of the purposes of Chinese complementary schooling:‘culture’, identity and power. Race Ethnicity and Education, 13(1), 101–117.
García, O. (2011). Bilingual education in the 21st century: A global perspective. John Wiley & Sons.
García-Mateus, S., & Palmer, D. (2017). Translanguaging pedagogies for positive identities in two-way dual language bilingual education. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 16(4), 245–255.
Glozman, J., & Chuang, S. S. (2019). Multidimensional acculturation and identity of Russian-speaking youth in Canada: The role of parents. Journal of Adolescent Research, 34(4), 464–488.
Hall, S. (2015). □ Cultural Identity and Diaspora. In Colonial discourse and post-colonial theory (pp. 392–403). Routledge.
Inman, A. G., Howard, E. E., Beaumont, R. L., & Walker, J. A. (2007). Cultural transmission: Influence of contextual factors in asian indian immigrant parents’ experiences. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 54(1), 93.
Jensen, L. A., Arnett, J. J., & McKenzie, J. (2011). Globalization and Cultural Identity. In S. J. Schwartz, K. Luyckx, & V. L. Vignoles (Eds.), Handbook of Identity Theory and Research (pp. 285–301). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-7988-9_13
Kanno, Y. (2000). Bilingualism and identity: The stories of Japanese returnees. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 3(1), 1–18.
Kaplan, A., Sinai, M., & Flum, H. (2014). Design-based interventions for promoting students’ identity exploration within the school curriculum. In Motivational interventions. Emerald Group Publishing Limited.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Barriers and Enablers of International Second Language Acquisition Students in Higher Education

Yao Xie

University of Galway, Ireland

Presenting Author: Xie, Yao

The rise of international migration has led to a growing number of students studying in a second-language environment. Although these students are often seen as having weaker language skills (Sharma, 2016; Kuo, 2011), language proficiency is crucial for their academic success and social integration (Akanwa & Emmanuel, 2015). In addition to language barriers, international students also face a range of challenges such as cultural differences, social adaptation difficulties, health concerns, educational obstacles, housing problems, insufficient institutional support, and financial hardships, therefore, it is important for universities to provide additional resources and more specific support to meet their academic and social needs (Akanwa & Emmanuel 2015). However, the exact support needed is still unclear due to the diverse backgrounds and complexities faced by international students, including cultural and linguistic adjustments and immigration policies. The term "international" fails to accurately represent this group's diverse subgroups and can lead to overgeneralization or fragmentation (Valdez, 2016; Sharma, 2016). To better understand these challenges, this study categorises subgroups of international students studying in a second language as ‘ISLA students’ (International Second Language Acquisition students) and seeks solutions.

This forms the basis for the the following objectives:

1) to identify the challenges and existing supports of International students who study in a second language context, also referred as International Second Language Acquisition (ISLA) Students;
2) to provide a sustainable and implementational solution for ISLA students;and
3) to develop the formal definition of ISLA Students.

Research Questions:

  1. What is the definition of international second language acquisition (ISLA) students?

  2. What are the barriers and enablers of ISLA students in higher education ?

To this end, four research aims are set:

  • to raise awareness of challenges experienced by ISLA students with regard to knowledge acquisition at higher education;

  • to support and enhance international students learning experience through participation in research informed transformative approach;  

  • to inform higher education educators’ continuing professional development with regard to the specifics of engagement with ISLA students;

  • to contribute to the sustainable development of a transformative learning environment at higher education for all.

Theoretical Framework:

The study will be informed by a combination of Bronfenbrenner's Bioecological System Theory (2005), Lave and Wenger's (2009) Situated Learning theory, and Wenger's Communities of Practice (2011), specifically the concept of legitimate peripheral participation. This conceptual framework provides a comprehensive and integrated lens for examining the complex experiences of ISLA students and their facilitators in higher education. Communities of Practice offer an understanding of ISLA students’ learning in practice through participation in these communities at the higher education level and the challenges faced in such processes (Wenger, 2011). This framework also aids in the development of a formal definition for ISLA students Bronfenbrenner's theory allows for the assessment of ISLA students' barriers and enablers through a holistic system context, as it outlines the various interrelated environmental factors that shape their learning experiences. It also provides a means of understanding how the environment surrounding ISLA students either hinders or facilitates their growth and development, using the microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem, macrosystem, and chronosystem (Bronfenbrenner & Cole, 1981).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study follows a design-based research methodology. The current phase aims to investigate barriers and enablers that will support the next phase. To achieve this, an integrative review has been chosen to examine the status quo and any gaps holistically, while an informative review will be conducted throughout the project to update the background and context. Following Onwuegbuzie & Frels’s (2016) guidance, a  protocol has been developed to guide this investigation, outlining the steps of review, such as search, sources, criteria, and documentation. To formulate a formal definition of ISLA students, the review of literature will be the method and 20 peer researchers from multidisciplinary backgrounds will be invited to review the definition.

Additionally, the ISLA society, serving as a bridge between theory and practice, has been established at the University of Galway to facilitate collaboration between stakeholders and provide a basis for stakeholder participation in design and change. This will inform next phase interviews and lead to novel educational interventions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The overarching aim of this research project is to inform the work of higher education institutions that seek to develop meaningful support for international students who study in a second language context, referred to here as International Second Language Acquisition (ISLA) students. A particular focus of this work is on helping to understand how ISLA students can successfully achieve learning outcomes through a positive and transformative experience that is founded upon equity and equality of access to academic engagement at higher education - a challenge that is prevalent at higher education across Europe. Currently, this research is focused on uncovering the barriers and enablers that ISLA students experience at higher education, also to provide a formal definition of ISLA students. This work will inform the development of an evidence based educational intervention.  
References
Akanwa, E. E. (2015). International Students in Western Developed Countries: History, Challenges, and Prospects. Journal of International Students, 5(3), 271–284. https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v5i3.421
Bista, Krishna, Charlotte Foster, and IGI Global, Publisher. Campus Support Services, Programs, and Policies for International Students. Hershey, Pennsylvania (701 E. Chocolate Avenue, Hershey, PA 17033, USA): IGI Global, 2016. Web.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005) Making human beings human : bioecological perspectives on human development. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications (The Sage program on applied developmental science).
Bronfenbrenner, U. and Cole, M. (1981) The Ecology of Human Development. Austin: Harvard University Press.
Creswell, J. W. (2019). Educational research : planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (6th ed.) (T. C. Guetterman & T. C. Guetterman, Eds.; Sixth edition.). New York, NY : Pearson.
Jones-Devitt, S., Austen, L., & Parkin, H. (2017). Integrative Reviewing for exploring complex phenomena. Social Research Update, 66.
Lave, J. and Wenger, E. (2009) Situated learning : legitimate peripheral participation. 20th print. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (Learning in doing).
Miao, R. (2015). Second Language Acquisition: An Introduction. International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences: Second Edition, 360–367. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.92096-8
OECD. (2022). International Migration Outlook 2022. https://doi.org/10.1787/30fe16d2-en
Onwuegbuzie, A. J., & Frels, R. (2016). Seven steps to a comprehensive literature review: A multimodal and cultural approach.
Philippakos, Z.A. (2021) Design-based research in education theory and applications. New York: The Guilford Press.
Toronto, C. E., & Remington, R. (2020). A step-by-step guide to conducting an integrative review. Springer.
Wenger, E. (2011). Communities of practice: A brief introduction. https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1794/11736/A%20brief%20introduction%20to%20CoP.pdf
Wenger, E. (2008) Communities of practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (Learning in doing. social, cognitive, and computational perspectives).
Wenger, E., McDermott, R. and Snyder, W.M. (2002) Cultivating communities of practice. Boston: Harvard business school press.
Whittemore, R., & Knafl, K. (2005). The integrative review: updated methodology. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 52(5), 546–553.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 O: Research in Sports Pedagogy
Location: James McCune Smith, 529 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Shosh Leshem
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

How Social Relationships Influence Pupils' Embodied and Emplaced Experiences in Physical Education

Iselin Aartun

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Aartun, Iselin

Decades of previous research has addressed the need for changes in physical education where embodied experiences and learning are emphasized (Wrench and Garrett 2015; Wright 2000). Accordingly, we align with the ongoing call for a ‘corporeal turn’ (Smith 2007, 66) in physical education, towards a more holistic understanding of learning and experience as embodied and emplaced (Pink 2011).

The concept of embodiment has roots in phenomenological philosophy. As such, understanding the body as the ground of subjective experiences (Standal 2020) deconstructs the notion of a mind/body divide. We come to know ‘in relation to the other elements of the environment’ (Pink 2011, 348, italics in orginal). Viewing learning as embodied and emplaced means that learning is a social activity, situated in the relationships between persons and with the environment around us, and that learning has tacit dimensions (Polanyi 1983) which cannot easily be put into words.

Physical education is a social arena where most experiences are characterized by the social aspect of collaboration and group activities. Relationships with peers form an integral part of pupils’ experiences in physical education (Wellard 2013). Previous research has shown the importance of friendship and social support in school physical activity, e.g., greater enjoyment when participating with friends (Owen et al. 2019), and feelings of a sense of belonging and a positive affective climate made pupils enjoy and value the physical activity more (Wright and Li 2009). In this study, I expand these existing contributions by exploring friendships in physical education by making use of data from a sensory ethnographic fieldwork. The research question for this presentation is “How do social relationships influence pupils’ embodied and emplaced experiences in physical education?”

Theories of embodied affect will be used to interpret the findings. Embodied affectivity can be described as the bodily resonance (sensations, postures, expressive movements, or movement tendencies) to affective qualities or affordances in the environment (Fuchs and Koch, 2014). Building on phenomenological theories of embodiment, emplacement and intersubjectivity, where the body is both subject and object at the same time (Merleau-Ponty 2010), and we constantly interact with our environment, we can talk about interaffectivity, where we continuously move and are being moved by others (Fuchs and Koch 2014). A greater focus on the affective perspectives in educational research have resulted in a call for an ‘affective turn’ when it comes to how we understand teaching and learning (Garrett 2022; Dernikos et al. 2020) and thus development of pedagogies of affect (e.g., (Kirk 2020; Ingulfsvann, Moe, and Engelsrud 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sensory ethnography is a way of doing ethnography ‘that takes as its starting point the multisensoriality of experience, perception, knowing and practice’ (Pink 2015, xi). Sensory ethnography is not a study of the senses, rather what we get access to through studying how and what the participants see, hear, smell, feel and taste.
The study occurred in one 10th grade class, for a 5month semester in an urban school in Oslo, Norway. 23 pupils (15 female, 8 males; 14-16 years) participated in the study. I was a participant observer in all physical education lessons (36 lessons, 54 hours) and collected data via fieldnotes (100 pages) and semi-structured interviews (17 pupils, average 23 minutes per interview). Observation focused on recording the pupils’ action (and inaction), body language, engagement, reactions to sensory perceptions, responses to other’s sensory perceptions, what they seemed to like and dislike. The interviews were audio recorded and transcribed verbatim by me and a research assistant. The interviews revolved around the participants’ experiences from the activities that I had participated in. Interviews therefore involved an opportunity to validate the observations and preliminary findings.
I chose to be an active participant observer and to take on the role of a pupil (as best as I could) as an attempt to be as close as possible to the pupils’ embodied and emplaced experiences. To minimize the impact on the research, I always let pupils take the lead and be the initiators of activity. I focused on asking open, descriptive questions so that the pupils could decide what they wanted to share. Still, I acknowledge and highlight that no researcher is ever neutral, and the presence is noticed and felt by the participants.
During the interpretation process, I have followed what Pink (2021) calls the ethnographic hunch. This can be described as the moments in research when we encounter something ‘that deepens what I think I know, sparks an ethnographic-theoretical dialogue, turns around my thinking, and creates a stand of investigation through my research, analysis, or both’ (Pink 2021, 30). I have combined the meaning making of my ethnographic hunch with an abductive approach to data analysis (Tavory and Timmermans 2014). I have alternated between inductively coded the data and deductively coding the data based on the theoretical concepts previously presented.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings and expected outcomes
The preliminary findings indicate that the participants in this study highlight the importance of group activities and being physically active together with friends. They describe how they experience positive bodily affects during group activities:
- Group activities are more interesting and fun than individual activities
- They are excited to be part of the team and get a “kick” in competitive settings
- They are curious and expect fun things to happen, they look forward to being surprised
- They feel safer, more protected from the external gaze, more comfortable and relaxed when being part of a group, especially if they have friends in their group/team.
The preliminary findings also show how participants describe experiences of negative bodily affects in physical education. What seems to be the worst experience and/or their fear is the thought of failing or look stupid in front of others. It could be as part of a group/team or in individual activities. They seem to fear the social consequences of being humiliated, disgusted or for others to be angry with them. None of the participants describe the social environment as poor or unsafe, so I interpret that this fear as hypothetical, not necessarily based on previous experiences (in this class). Other negative bodily affects described is frustration or anger when the levels of effort or skills vary within the group, or when something is unfair.
The findings will be discussed using phenomenological theories regarding embodied affectivity. First, I will discuss how shared affective experiences may contribute to building relationships and a sense of belonging. Second, I will discuss how social support can be important for creating a safe space characterized by a positive affective climate to facilitate pupils’ movement exploration in physical education. Hopefully, this study can suggest implications that may inform pedagogies of affect.

References
Dernikos, Bessie P, Nancy Lesko, Stephanie D McCall, and Alyssa D Niccolini. 2020. Mapping the affective turn in education, Theory, research, and pedagogies.
Fuchs, Thomas, and Sabine C. Koch. 2014. "Embodied affectivity: on moving and being moved."  Frontiers in Psychology 5. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2014.00508.
Garrett, Robyne. 2022. "‘They can show you with their body’: affect, embodiment and access to learning."  Sport, Education and Society:1-13. doi: 10.1080/13573322.2022.2102603.
Ingulfsvann, Laura Suominen, Vegard Fusche Moe, and Gunn Engelsrud. 2020. "The messiness of children’s voices: An affect theory perspective."  International Journal of Qualitative Methods 19:1609406920958601.
Kirk, David. 2020. Precarity, Critical Pedagogy and Physical Education. Edited by David Kirk, Routledge Studies in Physical Education and Youth Sport. Oxon: Routledge.
Merleau-Ponty, M. 2010. Phenomenology of Perception. Translated by D. Landes: Routledge.
Owen, Michael, Charlotte Kerner, Lisa Newson, Robert Noonan, Whitney Curry, Maria-Christina Kosteli, and Stuart Fairclough. 2019. "Investigating Adolescent Girls' Perceptions and Experiences of School-Based Physical Activity to Inform the Girls' Peer Activity Intervention Study."  Journal of School Health 89 (9):730-738.
Pink, Sarah. 2011. "From embodiment to emplacement: re-thinking competing bodies, senses and spatialities."  Sport, Education and Society 16 (3):343-355. doi: 10.1080/13573322.2011.565965.
Pink, Sarah. 2015. Doing sensory ethnography. 2nd ed. ed. Los Angeles, Calif: Sage.
Pink, Sarah. 2021. "The Ethnographic Hunch."  Experimenting with Ethnography: A companion to analysis:30-40.
Polanyi, Michael. 1983. The tacit dimension. Glouchester, Mass: Peter Smith. Original edition, 1966.
Smith, Stephen J. 2007. "The First Rush of Movement: A Phenomenological Preface to Movement Education."  Phenomenology & Practice 1 (1):47-75.
Standal, Ø. F. 2020. "Embodiment: philosophical considerations of the body in adaptive physical education." In Routledge Handbook of Adapted Physical Education, edited by S. R. Hodge, Justin A. Haegele and Deborah R. Shapiro, 227-238. New York, NY: Routledge.
Tavory, Iddo, and Stefan Timmermans. 2014. Abductive analysis: Theorizing qualitative research. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press.
Wellard, I. 2013. Sport, fun and enjoyment: An embodied approach, Sport, Fun and Enjoyment: An Embodied Approach: Taylor and Francis. Book.
Wrench, Alison, and Robyne Garrett. 2015. "PE: It's Just Me: Physically Active and Healthy Teacher Bodies."  International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education (QSE) 28 (1):72-91.
Wright, Jan. 2000. "Bodies, Meanings and Movement: A Comparison of the Language of a Physical Education Lesson and a Feldenkrais Movement Class."  Sport, Education & Society 5 (1):35-49.
Wright, Paul M., and Weidong Li. 2009. "Exploring the relevance of positive youth development in urban physical education."  Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 14 (3):241-251.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Influence of Physical Education Teachers on the Practice of Out-Of-School Physical Activity/Sports according to University Students

Maria Teresa Pascual Galiano, Andreea Vidaci, Lilyan Vega-Ramírez, Maria Alejandra Avalos Ramos

University of Alicante, Spain

Presenting Author: Pascual Galiano, Maria Teresa; Vidaci, Andreea

The study carried out by WHO (2018) indicates that 23% of adults and 81% of teenagers do not follow the global recommendations in terms of physical activity (PA). It is recommended to engage in 150-300’ of moderate aerobic activity per week for all adults, and 60’ of moderate aerobic daily for teens and children. In this sense, we must value the importance of Physical Education (PE) when it comes to instilling healthy lifestyle habits, considering aspects as motivation and enjoyment to promote the development of physically active citizens (Trigueros-Ramos et al., 2019; De Vargas et al., 2020). In addition, it must be considered that there is a relationship between rewarding experiences in PE sessions and affinity towards them (Aibar et al., 2015). Likewise, part of the students who practice PA after school continuously have a greater interest and affinity for PE, yet it provides positive attitudes towards sports practice. This fact is highlighted by the differences between gender in the sport practice, where is needed to seek equity in practice to avoid stereotypes and sedentary lifestyles (Gutiérrez, 2017).

PE faces many challenges due to constant concern for the quality of education and the effectiveness of teaching and learning methods, pointing out that student achievement depends on the teachers’ techniques (Herrera and Almonacid, 2019). The methodology nowadays present 5 blocks of content that form the PE curriculum: I. Physical conditioning and health; II Games and Sports (collective, individual, and traditional sports); III Natural Environment; IV Body Expression and Comunication; V Transveral Elements. All these blocks possess great importance into the development of the PE curriculum, teacher training and everything related to the methodology used in the sessions. Thus, the attitudes, interests and motivations of the students must also be taken into account, in order to provide appropriate spaces and didactic materials. Therefore, one of the key links in this chain is the PE teacher, defining himself as an active, responsible person, with a high self-concept and intrinsic motivation, high initiative, and the ability to adapt, innovate, communicate, and make decisions (Benítez et al., 2017).

It should be noted that during the last two decades there has been a massive emergence of innovative proposals in the PE area, which, depending on their application will significantly affect the way of understanding education. These programmes might influence the approach of the E-A processes, the development of the practice, the typical structure of the sessions, the methodology, the evaluation, and attention to diversity, among others (Pastor and Fernández, 2010; Pastor et al., 2016). These can mean progress towards what we consider to be the key challenges in education, and should respond positively to the following questions:

Can our students transfer the learning they acquire at PE to their daily life, during and after school time? Are the learning and knowledge that we currently generate in PE authentic, and do they have a connection to real life? And does PE currently contribute to the social transformation the school? (Pastor et al., 2016, p. 185).

There are several studies that cover the quality of the PE teacher in their classes, specifically, is analysed the opinion of the secondary school students (García et al., 2015). However, no scientific evidence was found over students’ perception once that period was finished and the role that PE and their teacher had in their adherence to sports practice.

The aim of the study was to analyse the perception of first-year university students over their PE teachers from Secondary School, as well as its influence on adherence to sports practice of the student, according to the gender.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is descriptive and with a quantitative methodology. The sample consisted of 50 students (24 women and 26 men) belonging to the first year of several university degrees (Primary Education Teacher, Physical Activity and Sports Sciences, Philology and Engineering), with an average age of 18,6  3,18 years.
The instrument to collect the data was created from the "Questionnaire of Attitudes of School children towards Physical Education" by Moreno et al. (2003) and the "3CEF Questionnaire" by García et al. (2015).
The final questionnaire consisted in 9 questions that collected sociodemographic information about the students and the teacher, and 12 questions related to the most worked content in PE classes, the classroom climate and the associated motivation. Said contents have been assessed using the 5-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree, to 5 = strongly agree), which obtained a Cronbach's Alpha = 0.73 (acceptable).
The procedure followed was, in the first place, the adaptation of the questionnaire. Secondly, the questionnaire was applied using the Google Drive form to be completed online by the selected students, who were informed of the confidentiality and anonymity of the responses. In addition, it should be noted that the questionnaire could only be filled one time per user. This questionnaire was enabled the last two weeks of September 2020.
The data were structured and analysed using the statistical package SPSS version 26 for Windows, using descriptive statistics, means, standard deviation, and cross tables. For the comparison of means, the Mann Whitney U statistic was used.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the results related to curricular matter, it was observed that in general terms, 90% of teachers tend to do use more content of Block II Games and sports. On the other hand, it was noted that Block IV was the least used.
The items related to motivation stand out because they present significant differences between genders. This way 50% women were motivated to participate in PE classes in comparison to men who were engaged in these activities more than 65%.
On the items referring to the teacher profile the opinions were similar, all of them tending towards a positive value. Despite there being no significant differences, the men scored higher (92.3%) in the items related to empathy and example than woman (79.2%). On the other hand, training and updating is equally valued by both genders between 70.2 to 80.5%.
Once the data was analysed a question has arisen:
Does the affinity for PE and the practice of sport on a personal level have a close relationship with the vision that students have about the work of the PE teacher?
• 58% of women and 73% of men showed affinity for PE, that they value the teacher's work positively and that they practice PA personally.
• 25% of women and 23% of men had no affinity for PE, therefore, they do not value the teacher's work as positive, despite practicing PA.
• 17% of the women and 4% of the men state that they had no affinity with PE, do not value the teacher's work positively and do not practice PA.
It was observed that 90% of the participants practice PA nowadays.
To sum up the overall perception towards PE and the work carried out by the teacher was positive. However, men perceived a higher motivation induced by the teacher than women.

References
1. Aibar, A., Julián, J. A., Murillo, B., García-González, L., Estrada, S., & Bois, J. (2015). Physical activity and autonomy support: The role of the physical education teacher. Sport Psychology Journal, 24(1), 155-161.
2. Benítez, J. E. M., Cabay, L. C. C., & Encalada, V. D. G. (2017). Initial training of physical education teachers and their professional performance. EmásF: Digital Magazine of Physical Education, (48), 83-95.
3. De Vargas Viñado, Javier Feliz, & Mor, E.M.H. (2020). Motivation towards physical education and habitual physical activity in adolescents. Agora for Physical Education and Sports, 22, 187-208.
4. Garcia, S., Merino, J., & Valero, A. (2015). Analysis of student opinion on the quality of physical education classes taught by secondary school teachers. Journal of Sport & Health Research, 7(3).
5. Gutierrez, M. (2017). Effect of attitudes towards physical education on the reasons for practicing sports outside school hours. Sportis, 3(1), 123-140.
6. Herrera, J.D.C.P., & Almonacid, J.H. (2019). Initial teacher training in physical education teachers. survey of specific competencies based on the needs of the educational environment. Challenges: New Trends in Physical Education, Sports and Recreation, (35), 61-66.
7. Moreno, J. A., Rodríguez, P. L., & Gutiérrez, M. (2003). Intereses y actitudes hacia la Educación Física. Revista Española de Educación Física, 11(2), 14-28.
8. Pastor, V. M. L., Brunicardi, D. P., Arribas, J. C. M., & Aguado, R. M. (2016). The challenges of physical education in the 21st century. Challenges. New Tendencies in Physical Education, Sports and Recreation, (29), 182-187.
9. Pastor, V. L., & Fernández, J. G. (2010). Innovation, discourse and rationality in physical education. review and prospective. International Journal of Medicine and Science of Physical Activity and Sport/International Journal of Medicine and Science of Physical Activity and Sport, 10(38), 245-270.
10. Trigueros-Ramos, R., Gómez, N. N., Aguilar-Parra, J. M., & León-Estrada, I. (2019). Influence of the physical education teacher on confidence, fun, motivation and the intention to be physically active in adolescence. Psychology Notebooks Sport, 19(1), 222-232.
11. World Health Association. (2018). No title. Physical Activity for Health: More Active People for a Healthier World: Draft Global Action Plan on Physical Activity 2018-2030: Report of the Director-General.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Sport as a vehicle for Character Education: Analysis of the Intervention Programs in Physical Education. A systematic Review.

Alejandro Ramón Rebolloso

Universidad Internacional de la Rioja, Spain

Presenting Author: Ramón Rebolloso, Alejandro

In recent years, education is no longer understood as a simple transmission of knowledge. Nor is it identified exclusively with learning certain essential skills such as communication, writing, etc. There is a global academic consensus where education is understood from a holistic perspective that encompasses all dimensions of the human person. Following a neo-Aristotelian perspective, education must reach the essence of the acting person on being, and not exclusively on knowing or doing. If not, otherwise it would be a superfluous or incomplete education. Let us give an example for your better understanding. In the case of educating in justice, education would not consist of knowing what justice is, nor knowing how to carry out acts of justice, but would consist of being fair (Aristotle, 2003). Knowing and doing can only be understood as previous steps of the ladder.

James Arthur defines character as a set of abilities that guides a person’s usual way of behaving (2019), that’s to say, his way of being. The way someone behaves is how he is, and it is reflection of his character. For example, one person is considered cheerful when he usually smiles, and as a consequence, he’s said to have a cheerful character. Therefore, it can be deduced that educating character makes impact in what me mean as real educaction, the way of being, and and hence the importance of character education in order to achieve a comprehensive holistic education.

Character is a set of virtues that a person acquires, which enables him to do good and be good (Kristjanson, 2019), and, character education is the process in which young people know and do the good (Jubilee Centre for the Character and Virtues, 2017).

Sport is widely considered as an ideal practice for the person’s character development (Rudd, 2005). There are numerous colloquial expressions that we can find in which sport is positively related to the character and virtudes development: “sport forges character”, “sport is a virtues’ school”, etc. However, how much of the previously said is based on scientific evidence? Is sport really a medium to achieve character education?

In fact the discussion about the influence of the sport practice on the person’s character is completely open (Giroux 2020; Kirk, 2018). Although it seems true that physical education correlates especially with the development of the performative virtues (Likona, 2009; Shields, 2011), the knowledge is more diffuse in the rest of the character’s dimensions: intellectual, moral and civic (Baehr, 2013; Lickona, 2009).

From a theoretical point of view, sport gathers the necessary characteristics to think that educational sport and physical education can positively impact on the character development (Brunsdon & Walker, 2021; Weiss & Bredemeier, 1990), but it’s actually that way in the practical standpoint?

In the present project we will do a systematic review of the experimental programmes about character education taught in the subject of physical education in order to shedd more light about the relationship between physical education and character education. We will stand out the different proposals, methodologies, programmes implemented in schools, as well as the main investigated virtues in the physical education area.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The search of the papers which are part of this study were taken by the data base Web of Science (WOS) and Scopus owing to their rigorous inclusion criteria, making sure the relevance and quality of the found papers. The search strategy and later analysis are based on the PRISMA declaration 2020.(Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and MetaAnalyses). The included articles in the revision are due on December 1st in 2022.

The search protocol was applied independently in each data base. The used key concepts to identify the papers about the topic were (“physical education” AND (character OR virtue)). The search was applied to the title, summary and each one of the subsections of the papers or the key words (Topic, TITLE-ABS-KEY). 324 WOS papers and 351 Scopus papers were found.

For the selection of the review papers, in the first place, a first phase was carried out simply scanning the titles, discarding those that were not related to physical education. Secondly, an in-depth reading of the summary (abstract) was carried out applying the inclusion and exclusion criteria shown below:
Exclusion criteria: a) Not relevant to physical education or the field of sport. b) Written in a language other than English or Spanish. c) Book chapters or books.
Inclusion criteria: d) Quasi-experimental studies. e) Measurement of any of the groups of the educational community: students and/or teachers. f) Assessment of a virtue

The information from the included articles are the following ones:
Basic information: authors, year, country, published journal and areas of knowledge.
Methodology: qualitative/quantitative study, division into experimental, quasi-experimental, pre-experimental, correlational, ex post facto, with or without a control group, pretest-posttest, transversal-longitudinal, and measurement instruments.
Analyzed sample: number of participants, age, sex, geographic location.
Physical education: purpose, sport(s) or activities, theoretical basis or framework underlying the program, duration of the program; and quantity, duration and frequency of the sessions, as well as the results obtained.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Several conclusions can be drawn. First, the predominance of the theoretical approach in the papers on character education and physical education and the need to develop new empirical research.

Secondly, the need to unify terminology. The concept of character education or virtue are umbrella concept that overlaps with other similar terms, dispersing knowledge and making difficult further analysis. Virtue is confused with value, quality, strength of character, etc. And character education with moral education, positive education, civic education, etc.

With this study it is expected to uncover the large number of benefits that physical education provides for the development of character in each of its dimensions: intellectual, performative, moral and civic; based on scientific evidence. We will try to unify diferent perpective: phylosophical, psicological, etc. And also we will try to relate the different methodologies with the development of each one of the categories of virtue. And finally, we hope to highlight the most studied sports to develop character.

References
Aristóteles. (2003). Ética a Nicómaco. El Cid Editor S. A.
Arthur, J. (2019). The formation of character in education: From Aristotle to the 21st century. Routledge.
Baehr, J. (2013). Educating for intellectual virtues: From theory to practice. Education and the growth of knowledge: Perspectives from social and virtue epistemology, 106-123.
Brunsdon, J. J., & Walker, D. I. (2022). Cultivating character through physical education using memetic, progressive and transformative practices in schools. Journal of Moral Education, 51(4), 477-493.
Ciapponi, A. (2021). La declaración PRISMA 2020: una guía actualizada para reportar revisiones sistemáticas. Evidencia, actualizacion en la práctica ambulatoria, 24(3), e002139-e002139.
Giroux, H. (2020). Critical pedagogy (pp. 1-16). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Jubilee Centre for Character and Virtues. (2017). A Framework for Character Education in Schools. University of Birmingham. https://www.jubileecentre.ac.uk/userfiles/jubileecentre/pdf/character-education/Framework%20for%20Character%20Education.pdf
Kirk, D. (2018). Precarity and physical education. The Journal of the Latin American Socio-Cultural Studies of Sport (ALESDE), 9(1), 15-28.
Kristanjánsson, K. (2015). Aristotelian character education. Routledge.
Kristjánsson, K. (2019). Flourishing as the aim of education: A neo-Aristotelian view. Routledge.
Lickona, T. (2009). Educating for character: How our schools can teach respect and responsibility. Bantam.
Shields, D. L. (2011). Character as the aim of education. Phi Delta Kappan, 92, 8-53.
Rudd, A. (2005). Which" character" should sport develop?. Physical Educator, 62(4), 205.
Weiss, M. R., & Bredemeier, B. J. L. (1990). Moral development in sport. Exercise and sport sciences reviews, 18(1), 331-378.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 P: Early Childhood and Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 508 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Joanna Madalinska-Michalak
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Early Childhood Education Teachers’ Perspectives on Adult-Child Interactions at Outdoor Spaces with Young Children in Portugal

Ana Sofia Lopes1, Gabriela Portugal1, Maria Figueiredo2

1Centro de Investigação em Didática e Tecnologia na Formação de Formadores, Departamento de Educação e Psicologia, Universidade de Aveiro, Portugal; 2Instituto Politécnico de Viseu, Escola Superior de Educação, Portugal

Presenting Author: Lopes, Ana Sofia

There has been growing interest in the use of outdoor spaces in school institutions and in outdoor learning (Dinkel et al., 2019; Kalpogianni, 2019). Also in Portugal, research has pointed to the growing relevance of being and playing outside at an early age (Bento & Portugal, 2019). Still, there isn’t a widespread use of the outdoor space in creches (0-3 years old). Several factors influence this situation. A study conducted in some European countries, including Portugal, states that weather conditions and aversion to risk are considered by parents and teachers as the main reasons to prevent outdoor time (Sandseter et al., 2020). McClintic and Petty (2015) claim that although positive thoughts about the use of outdoor spaces are associated with childhood memories (space to express creativity, imagination, and time to explore), that vision is not incorporated in daily practice, where the adult assumes a supervisor role, responsible for maintaining the security and conflict resolution.

The adult’s role is central to the educational experience of the children, not only outdoor but as an important indicator of quality. Research on quality in early childhood education highlights how quality contexts are essential for assuring long-term benefits for children (Cash, Ansari, Grimm & Pianta, 2019). In Portugal, studies conducted in early childhood institutions raised concerns about quality at the creche level (Barros et al., 2018) reinforcing the importance of the adult role as a quality indicator (adult-child interactions), also referring space organization, including the outdoor spaces of the institutions.

In Portugal, the creche is supervised by the Ministry of Labour, Solidarity and Social Security and not by the Ministry of Education, so there are no curriculum guidelines for early childhood education teachers who work with these ages (only for 3 to 6 years old which are included in the educational system as the first stage of basic education). Kalpogianni (2019) refers that in the absence of such a document, the early childhood education teachers’ opinions and personal experiences gain more value regarding decision-making concerning the use of outdoor spaces, reinforcing that the adult role is strongly affected by teachers’ conceptions.

Acknowledging the centrality of the adult-child relationships, this study looks into the outdoor space learning experience for children by focusing on the adult’s role or profile: what dimensions of the adult’s role/profile are considered important by early childhood teachers in their interactions with children from 3 months up to 3 years old in outdoor spaces aiming at a quality practice. For the adult’s role/profile we have combined dimensions from Laevers’ framework on Experiential Education (Portugal & Laevers, 2018) with dimensions from the CLASS Infant (Jamison et al., 2014) and CLASS Toddler (La Paro et al., 2014).

In this paper, we present part of our study by analysing the results of a survey that has been answered by early childhood education teachers in the centre region of Portugal. This survey aimed to: a) Describe spaces, practices, and routines at outdoor creche spaces; b) Identify problems associated with the use of outdoor space, and c) Design a profile of the use of the outdoor space at creche’s settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study assumes an interpretative paradigm (Cresswell, 2014) that seeks to understand the meaning that different experiences and/or interactions have for the participants. An online survey was developed based on an integrative literature review. This review aimed to understand how adult-child interactions were studied through the analysis of 21 papers focusing on quality assessment instruments and their application in early childhood education contexts. The collected data referred to instruments such as Classroom Assessment Scoring System, CLASS-Toddler (La Paro et al., 2014), CLASS-Infant (Jamison et al., 2014); Adult Involvement Scale (Portugal & Laevers, 2018); Infant/Toddler Environment Rating Scale-Revised (ITERS-R) (Bjørnestad & Os, 2018); Caregiver Interaction Scale (CIS) (Jamison et al, 2014); Sustained Shared Thinking and Emotional Wellbeing Scale (SSTEW) (Howard et al., 2020) and Caregiver Interaction Profiles (CIP) (Helmerhorst et al., 2014). From the corpus analyses, we identified adults' key actions at early childhood education centres revealing quality interactions and educational action. We also identified instruments assessing outdoor spaces and their use, such as the Preschool Outdoor Environment Measurement Scale (POEMS) (Larrea, et al, 2019); Go-Exterior (Bento, 2020) and the Outdoor Play Rating Scale (OPRS) (Hu et al, 2015) which reinforce the adult’s role as a curriculum co-constructor. Through these analyses, we defined the following three dimensions: characterization of the participants, characterization of creche institutions, and characterization of the adult’s role in the outdoors.  The construction process was engaging and debated, ending in the validation process. First, the survey was revised by experts in three areas of early childhood education concerning outdoor space use, adult-child relations, and quality practices. In the second phase, a group of early childhood education teachers working at the creche piloted the survey. After both feedbacks, the survey was re-check. Both groups agreed with the main topics and approved the survey.
The final version of the survey focus on the three dimensions allowing for a profiling of the institutions and the use of outdoor spaces, including the adult’s role. It also includes open questions for teachers to express their perspectives. Accordingly, the analysis will combine statistics with content analysis.
The survey was launched in the second week of January and is still underway. It was sent to all 122 creches in the centre region of Portugal.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study is still underway, so at this moment, conclusions are yet to be obtained. By the time of the Emerging Researchers Conference, we will be able to present the results of the survey analysis.
 We expect that the collected data will enable us to trace a profile of the use and practices developed at outdoor spaces in creche with particular attention to the adult’s role/profile. The discussion of these results together with the dimensions of quality, studied mainly indoors, will be relevant for supporting practices in the outdoor.
The survey was launched in the second week of January 2023, focus groups and interviews will follow. Focus group and “go-along” interviews will help us to go deeper in the subject connecting with the early childhood education teachers’ conceptions at real contexts.

This work is financially supported by National Funds through FCT – Fundação para a Ciência e a Tecnologia, I.P., under the project UIDB/00194/2020.


References
Barros, S., Cadima, J., Pinto, A.S., Bryant, D., Pessanha, M., Peixoto, C. & Coelho, V. (2018). The quality of caregiver-child interactions in infant classrooms in Portugal: The role of caregiver education. Research Papers in Education, 33(4), 427-451
Bento, G. & Portugal, G. (2019). Uma reflexão sobre o processo de transformação de práticas pedagógicas nos espaços exteriores em contextos de educação de infância. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 32(2), 91-106
Bjørnestad, E., & Os, E. (2018). Quality in Norwegian childcare for toddlers using ITERS-R*. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 26(1), 111–127.
Cash, A.H., Ansari A., Grimm, J.K. & Pianta, R.C. (2019) Power of Two: The Impact of 2 Years oh High Quality Teacher Child Interactions, Early Education and Development, 30:1, 60-81
Helmerhorst, K. O. W., Riksen-Walraven, J. M., Vermeer, H. J., Fukkink, R. G., & Tavecchio, L. W. C. (2014). Measuring the Interactive Skills of Caregivers in Child Care Centers: Development and Validation of the Caregiver Interaction Profile Scales. Early Education and Development, 25(5), 770–790.
Howard, S. J., Siraj, I., Melhuish, E. C., Kingston, D., Neilsen-Hewett, C., de Rosnay, M., Duursma, E., & Luu, B. (2020). Measuring interactional quality in pre-school settings: introduction and validation of the Sustained Shared Thinking and Emotional Wellbeing (SSTEW) scale. Early Child Development and Care, 190(7), 1017–1030.
Hu, B. Y., Li, K., De Marco, A., & Chen, Y. (2015). Examining the Quality of Outdoor Play in Chinese Kindergartens. International Journal of Early Childhood, 47(1), 53–77.
Jamison, K., Cabell, S., LoCasale-Crouch, J., Hamre, B., Pianta, R. (2014). CLASS-Infant: An Observational Measure for assessing teacher-child interactions in centre-based child care. Early Education and Development, 25:553-572
Kalpogianni, D. (2019). Why are the children not outdoors? Factors supporting and hindering outdoor play in Greek Public day-care centres, International Journal of Play, 8:2, 155-173
La Paro, K. M., Williamson, A. C., & Hatfield, B. (2014). Assessing Quality in Toddler Classrooms Using the CLASS-Toddler and the ITERS-R. Early Education and Development, 25(6), 875–893.
McClintic, S., & Petty, K. (2015). Exploring early childhood teachers’ beliefs and practices about preschool outdoor play: A qualitative study. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 36(1), 24–43
Portugal, G. e Laevers, F. (2018). Avaliação em Educação Pré-escolar. Sistema de Acompanhamento das Crianças. Porto. Porto Editora
Sandseter, E., Cordovil, R., Løge Hagen, T., & Lopes, F. (2020). Child Care in Practice Barriers for Outdoor Play in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) Institutions: Perception of Risk in Children’s Play among European Parents and ECEC Practitioners.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Observation as a Professional Tool: Exploring Early Childhood Teachers’ Experiences

Gamze Nur İnönü, Sema Çelebi, Meryem Gulhan, Selda Aras

Hacettepe University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Gulhan, Meryem

Observation is a necessary professional tool that all early childhood teachers should have for understanding and assessing children’s development and learning and their professional acts (Wortham & Hardin, 2019). When the importance of teacher quality is considered, observation skills have a critical position among teachers’ capabilities (Halpin & Kiehler, 2015). Systematic observation for intentional teaching can be administered in various formats, including visual and written records, children’s narratives, and checklists (Bruce et al., 2014; Dunphy, 2010; MacDonald, 2007; Wortham & Hardin, 2019). Before starting the observation, the teacher should determine the objective and purpose, the time to be allocated, the place, and the form in which the observation will be made and recorded (Peterson & Elam, 2020; Wortham & Hardin, 2019). Based on their observations, teachers decide how the learning environment will be organized to support children’s development. The analysis during and after the observation informs the teacher about what children need, which materials and learning environments are preferred by children most or least, and the ways to support children’s learning and participation. Moreover, by analyzing children’s interactions during observation, they decide how to give them feedback and guide their learning experiences (Aras, 2019). Thus, teachers make educational decisions to improve their acts and children’s development by considering data-driven observation. With the increasing importance of evidence-informed practice, recent studies show the need for systematic observation and recording of children’s learning processes, which can provide information about the teachers’ acts regarding teaching quality. Concurrently, this need has brought an increasing responsibility to observe the children in the classroom in a qualified and systematic way (Damjanovic & Blank, 2018; Goldhaber & Smith, 1997; Peterson & Elam, 2020; Seitz & Bartholomew, 2008). Moreover, it can be understood how teachers use the data they obtained from observation (Gullo, 2005; Hatch et al., 2001). For this reason, early childhood teachers need to know what they do with which purpose, called intentional teaching, and make decisions based on the data they collect. However, there is less research on teachers’ perspectives on observation as a professional tool and their observation experiences with the purpose of their acts based on the data they collect (Birkeland et al., 2020).
Considering all these, the current study aims to contribute to the literature by examining teachers’ perspectives and self-reported practices regarding observation as a professional tool. As it is claimed, a clear understanding and interpretation of the issue of observation are crucial to achieving assessment goals (Alvestad & Sheridan, 2015; Aras, 2019; Goldhaber & Smith, 1997; Knauf, 2020; Lindh & Mansikka, 2022; Yılmaz et al., 2021) as at the center of assessment in early childhood education (Wortham & Hardin, 2019), there is a lack of knowledge about the early childhood teachers’ experience as a professional tool. Therefore, the current study seeks to answer the following research questions:

1. How do early childhood teachers define observation as a professional tool?
2. What are early childhood teachers’ experiences with observation as a professional tool?
3. How do early childhood teachers use the data obtained from observations as a professional tool?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study was designed as a qualitative research methodology via Interpretative Phenomenological Approach (IPA) to get how and what participants experience a particular issue (Smith & Osborne, 2007). Hence, IPA was used to get information for interpreting participants’ experiences deeply from their point of view (Smith & Osborne, 2007). Due to trying to achieve participants’ detailed experience and view regarding observation as a professional tool, IPA was selected as an appropriate method in the current study.
Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) studies require a long and detailed process to analyze the participants’ transcripts. Besides, the study should include an in-depth examination of the perceptions and understandings of the group rather than making general judgments. The participants of the current study consist of a total of five early childhood educators. IPA studies try to create a homogeneous sample. Random sample selection does not contribute much to the study. Instead, selecting a purposive sample is recommended (Smith & Osborne, 2007).
For the current study, three-interview series was used to investigate and understand the experiences of teachers. The semi-structured interview forms created by the researchers consists of three steps with open-ended questions designed to explore the experiences of early childhood teachers. Dolbeare and Schuman (1982) designed the three-interview series to enrich and contextualize the participant’s experience with this approach. The current study was based on some evaluation criteria to ensure trustworthiness. For a qualitative study to be valid and reliable, Lincoln and Guba (1985) emphasize that the confidence in the truth of the findings (credibility), their applicability in different contexts (transferability), their consistency and repeatability (dependability), and their independence from the researcher’s bias, motivation, and interest (confirmability) should be ensured. In this sense, to establish trustworthiness and credibility, researchers spent enough time with them to understand their phenomenon related to observation as a professional tool. So much so that they conducted interviews with them over one month. Lincoln and Guba (1985) called this technique prolonged engagement. Moreover, analyst triangulation (Patton, 1999) is used; thus, three researchers reviewed the findings. These researchers also reflect their understanding of study situations during the analysis (reflexivity).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The proposed research aimed to make sense of teachers’ experiences of using observation as a professional tool. Overall, the study can broaden the current understanding of using observation as a professional tool. In this context, the preliminary findings of the data obtained using IPA demonstrated that teachers experience observation as a decision mechanism for their acts and practices. They use observation for evidence-based practice. On the other hand, teachers stated that they develop their observational understanding according to the dynamics in the classroom. Other preliminary and descriptive analyzes remain to be analyzed. In this way, the research contributes to the assessment literature, especially in early childhood education, by making sense of experiences related to observation as a professional tool.
References
Aras, S. (2019). Improving early childhood teachers’ formative assessment practices: Transformative role of collaborative action research. Uluslararası Eğitim Programları ve Öğretim Çalışmaları Dergisi, 9(2), 221–240. https://doi.org/10.31704/ijocis.2019.010
Birkeland, J., Baste, V., & Eriksen Ødegaard, E. (2020). Observation as a professional tool in Norwegian kindergartens and kindergarten teacher education. Cogent Education, 7(1), 1789381. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2020.1789381
Bruce, T., Louis, S., & McCall, G. (2014). Observing young children. Sage.
Damjanovic, V., & Blank, J. (2018). Building a Professional Learning Community: Teachers’ Documentation of and Reflections on Preschoolers’ Work. Early Childhood Education Journal, 46(5), 567–575. https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&AuthType=ip&db=eric&AN=EJ1185745&site=eds-live&authtype=ip,uid
Dunphy, E. (2010). Assessing early learning through formative assessment: key issues and considerations. Irish Educational Studies, 29(1), 41–56. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323310903522685
Goldhaber, J., & Smith, D. (1997). “You look at things differently:” the role of documentation in the professional development of a campus child care center staff. Early Childhood Education Journal, 25, 3–10. https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&AuthType=ip&db=eue&AN=507598492&site=eds-live&authtype=ip,uid
Gullo, D. F. (2005). Understanding assessment and evaluation in early childhood education. (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press. https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&AuthType=ip&db=cat06966a&AN=metu.b2016290&site=eds-live&authtype=ip,uid
Hatch, J. A., Grieshaber, S., Halliwell, G., & Walsh, K. (2001). Child Observation in Australia and the USA: A Cross‐National Analysis. Early Child Development and Care, 169(1), 39–56. https://doi.org/10.1080/0300443011690103
MacDonald, M. (2007). Toward formative assessment: The use of pedagogical documentation in early elementary classrooms. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 22(2), 232–242. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2006.12.001
Peterson, G., & Elam, E. (2020). Observation and assessment in early childhood education. Zero Textbook Cost.
Seitz, H., & Bartholomew, C. (2008). Powerful Portfolios for Young Children. Early Childhood Education Journal, 36(1), 63–68. http://10.0.3.239/s10643-008-0242-7
Wortham, S. C., & Hardin, B. (2019). Assessment in Early Childhood Education (8th ed.). Pearson Education.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

STEM Education In Early Childhood : Investıgatıng Teachers’ Conceptions And Practices

Sebnem Soylu1, Volkan Şahin2

1Abdullah Gul University, Turkiye; 2Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Soylu, Sebnem

Purpose of the study and the research questions

In this study, it is aimed to investigate inservice early childhood teachers’ conceptions of STEM education in early childhood and to understand how do they implement STEM activities in their classrooms.

This study aims to investigate and describe the conceptions regarding STEM education and classroom practices of a small group of preschool teachers in Turkey. For this purpose inservice early childhood teachers’ conceptions of STEM education will be investigated through interviews and their implementations will be observed, recorded, and documented.

In addition, it is aimed to reveal the similarities and differences between STEM conceptions and clasroom practices of early childhood teachers working in public and private schools.

Correspondingly with these purposes, the study aimed to respond to the following research questions:

1. What are STEM education conceptions of early childhood teachers working in public schools?

2. What are STEM education practices of early childhood teachers working in public schools?

3. What are STEM education conceptions of early childhood teachers working in private schools?

4. What are STEM education practices of early childhood teachers working in private schools?

5. What are the similarities and/or differences between the STEM education conceptions and practices of teachers working in public and private pre-schools?

Conceptual Framework

In this research it is known that there is no one way of conceptualizing STEM education for early childhood teachers. Although the description of STEM education are varied (Brown et al., 2011; Bybee, 2013; English, 2016; Herschbach, 2011; Johnson, 2012), the definition of STEM conceptualization is defined for this study as, “the ability to identify, apply, and integrate concepts from science, technology, engineering, and mathematics to understand complex problems and to innovate to solve them” (Balka, 2011, p. 7). This definition highlights STEM education as different from traditional learning in two key areas: content integration related to the disciplines of STEM and an approach to innovative problem-solving that we understand as including the use of the 21st Century skills of creativity, critical thinking, communication, and collaboration (Bellanca & Brandt, 2010).

Also STEM education should promote the 21st Century skills which are creativity, critical thinking, communication, and collaboration (Bellanca & Brandt, 2010) and lead to innovative problem-solving in authentic contexts. These skills, along with adaptability, literacy, systems thinking, self-management, and self-development have been identified as supportive of STEM education (National Research Council, 2010). STEM education is then, upholds the idea that teachers who embrace these 21st Century skills as important for student-learning and who use pedagogies that teach them can support the comprehensive thinking required of students in STEM education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research design:
This study is designed as a qualitative study and multiple case study method is used. The qualitative approach is choosen for the study because it is necessary investigate the  STEM education perceptions and the clasroom practices of the teachers in its own nature to uncover its nature. Depending on this need, qualitative methodology would be appropriate for the study. Qualitative research focus on the phenomena in order to collect profound information and detailed description (Merriam, 2009).
Participants and setting of the study :
Merriam (2009) claims that a qualitative inquiry should provide an in-depth description of the setting and the participants of the study. Therefore, the schools that the study will be conducted in and the participants should be well described in order to acknowledge the boundaries and details of the study.  The study will be conducted in two public preschool in Kayseri. Both of the public preschools are chosen as the pilot schools for STEM education in Kayseri. The participants of this study will be two teachers from each preschool, preferably teaching 60-72 month-old preschool children. There will be approximately 20 children in each class. All of the teachers have been working in the current schools at least for three years and all of them received in-service training about STEM education and had carried out various activities, projects and collaborations about STEM education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Since the study is not yet conducted, we do not have any findings. Proposing expected outcomes will not be appropriate for the qualitative structure of the study.
References
Augustine, N. R. (2005). Rising above the gathering storm: Energizing and employing America for a brighter economic future.
Brown, R., Brown, J., Reardon, K., & Merrill, C. (2011). Understanding STEM: Current perceptions. Technology and Engineering Teacher, 20(6), 5-9.
Bybee, R. W., & Fuchs, B. (2006). Preparing the 21st century workforce: A new
reform in science and technology education. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 43(4), 349-352.
Bybee, R. W. (2010). What is STEM education? Science, 329(5995), 996‐996.
Bybee, R.W. (2013). A case for STEM education. Arlington, VA: NSTA Press.
Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Fraenkel, J. R., Wallen, N. E., & Hyun, H. H. (2011). How to design and evaluate research in science education. New York: McGraw-Hill
Gelman, R., & Brenneman, K. (2004). Science learning pathways for young children. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 19(1), 150‐158.
Johnson, C.C. (2012). Four key premises of STEM. School Science and Mathematics,
 112(1), 1-2.
Katz, L. G. (2010). STEM in the early years. SEED (STEM in Early Education and Development) Papers. Retrieved from http://ecrp.uiuc.edu/beyond/seed/katz.html.
Kelley, T.R., Knowles, J.G. (2016). A conceptual framework for integrated STEM
education. International Journal of STEM Education, 3(11).
 Kumtepe, A. T. , Kumtepe, E. G., (2013). STEM in early childhood education: We talk the talk, but do we walk the walk?. In Z. Yang, H. H. Yang, D. Wu, S. Liu (Eds.). Transforming K-12 classrooms with digital technology (pp. 140‐163). Hershey, PA: IGI Global.
Merriam, S.B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Moomaw, S. (2013).Teaching STEM in the early years: Activities for integrating science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. St Paul, MN: Redleaf Press.
Nadelson, L. S., Callahan, J., Pyke, P., Hay, A., Dance, M., & Pfiester, J. (2013). Teacher STEM perception and preparation: Inquiry-based STEM professional development for elementary teachers. The Journal of Educational Research, 106(2), 157-168.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 Q: Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Location: James McCune Smith, 408 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Edwin Keiner
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Student's Voice In Development Processes In Higher Education

Kristin Haugen1, Randi Beate Tosterud2, Sigrid Wangesteen3, Marit Honerød Hoveid4

1Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 3Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 4Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

Presenting Author: Haugen, Kristin

This paper is a part of the PhD project “Educational leadership and development processes at a study programme level”. The project aims to provide knowledge about study programme leaders' and students’ contributions to development processes in higher education (HE) and consists of three studies. This paper addresses study III in the project: “The student's voice in development processes in higher education: A qualitative study exploring how students experience involvement in development processes in health profession study programmes”.

Introduction

European guidelines for HE emphasises that students are crucial co-actors in shaping HE policy and practice (Borch, 2020; EHEA, 2015). Student involvement occurs at different organisational levels and comes in various forms. This study limits its focus to students’ involvement in development processes at the study programme level. More precisely, we (me as a PhD student and 3 supervisors) explore how students experience being involved in the development of the programme, including the various courses, the teaching and learning activities and ongoing educational development projects. Additionally, we examine how they experience student partnership with study programme leaders in these development processes.

Active participation and collaboration of students with study programme leaders and teaching staff in designing, implementing, and evaluating their education are essential for enhancing educational quality. Examples include developing comprehensive, coherent, and relevant programmes as well as increasing students' learning (Ashwin, 2014; Borch, 2020; EHEA, 2015; Ministry of Education and Research, 2017; Mulford et al., 2004; Stensaker et al., 2018). Previous research emphasises that study programme leaders play a key role in facilitating student involvement in such development processes, but it points out that there is a demand for more knowledge about how students experience being involved in these processes (Cahill et al., 2015; Frisk et al., 2021; Haugen et al., 2023; Stensaker et al., 2018). Additionally, gaining insight into how students experience collaboration with study programme leaders in such processes is required (Stensaker et al., 2018), as it can provide valuable perspectives for enhancing student learning, fostering inclusive environments, and developing high-quality study programmes (Gravett & Winstone, 2022; Lygo-Baker et al., 2019; Trowler, 2010).

The current paper explores how students participate in developing Norwegian health profession study programmes. Norwegian HE is internationally relevant, as it has undergone quality reforms in recent years as part of the Bologna Process, similar to other European countries (Stensaker et al., 2018). All study programmes in Norwegian HE conform to general European quality assurance principles and credit measurement systems (Elken and Stensaker, 2018; Tellmann et al., 2021; EHEA, 2015). Moreover, student involvement in development processes in health profession study programmes is interesting because these programmes admit varying numbers of students, ranging from 25 to 600, and have close ties to the field of practice and national/international networks (Tellmann et al., 2021). We assume that knowledge from the current study can be transferable to study programmes in general since health profession study programmes adhere to standard European HE guidelines (EHEA, 2015).

Given this introduction, this paper aims to describe and explore how students experience involvement in development processes in health profession study programmes. The following research question is addressed: How do students experience involvement in development processes in their health profession study programmes?

Theoretical perspectivesThis study utilises an inductive analysis approach, where theoretical perspectives will be selected after analysing the data thoroughly. We will then use these perspectives to explore and discuss our findings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design: This qualitative study employs a descriptive and exploratory design with a phenomenographic approach (Marton, 2007). We aimed to explore how students experience the phenomenon: students' involvement in development processes. Phenomenography is appropriate since it takes a second-order perspective, focusing on the various ways to understand the phenomenon (Dahlgren & Fallsberg, 1991; Marton, 2007).

Participants: Altogether, 26 students were interviewed through five mono-professional group interviews. Variation was ensured through purposeful sampling. One university and one university college from different geographical areas of Norway, offering at least three health profession bachelor's programs (180 ECTS credits), were chosen. The inclusion criteria involved being a final year bachelor student in one of these institutions and having experience in development work during their study period, such as curriculum development or course evaluation. The sample represents variation concerning age (ranging from 21–45 years), gender (22 women and 4 men) and health profession (Bachelor's in Learning Disability Nursing, Nursing, Occupational Therapy and Radiography). Both full-time (three years) and part-time (four years) bachelor's degree programmes are included (providing 180 ECT).
Data collection: Face-to-face group interviews were conducted with five student groups (five, four, seven, eight, and two students) from November 2021 to June 2022. Group interviews were chosen to capture various perspectives, allowing participants to share their unique experiences and viewpoints during group discussions. Together, they could reflect on how they understand, interpret and respond to the phenomena of interest (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015). The first author had the primary responsibility for conducting the interviews. A senior researcher participated as a mentor. Open-ended questions were performed, such as "How did you experience the development processes in your study programme?" and follow-up questions, like "Can you please tell me more about it?" were employed to gain deeper insights. This way, the dialogue alternated between the student's reflection and the interviewers' questions.

Data analysis: will be carried out during the spring of 2023, drawing inspiration from the steps proposed by Dahlgren & Fallsberg (1991) for analysing phenomenography studies: a) Familiarisation, b) Condensation, c) Comparison, d) Grouping, e) Articulating, f) Labelling, and g) Contrasting.

Ethical approval: was obtained from the Norwegian Centre for Research Data (NSD, 2022: reference number 733507).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At present, we are in the first step of the analysis process: familiarisation (Dahlgren & Fallsberg, 1991). Based on where we are in the process, we have sorted out some preliminary interpretations (expected findings):

- Varied descriptions of how student involvement takes place and how it works: from good examples to students experiencing it as useless.

- Description of various experiences of student partnership with study programme leaders and the teaching staff in development processes: from lack of relationships to helpful dialogue.

- What's in it for me? The students state that involvement in development processes must be meaningful. They describe varying experiences and examples of whether they are perceived as meaningful.

- The students give concrete examples of how they think they can contribute to developing processes.

- Some students say they avoid giving feedback due to fear of sanctions from the teaching staff.

- What do study programme leaders do, and who are they? There are variations in how the students cooperate with the study programme leader. Some students say they do not know what a study programme leader is, and their responsibility and role in partnership with the students are unclear. In contrast, others have a regular dialogue with the study programme leader.

- Where and to whom can we turn when communication with teachers breaks down and feedback does not lead to progress? There is different knowledge and experience about the students' options and reporting lines when they perceive not being heard.

- Student representatives participating in reference groups to evaluate a course experience are important connectors between fellow students and the leaders in the programme.

- Students emphasise the importance of relationships, availability and physical meetings in the dialogue with teachers and leaders in the programme. They have experienced that digital communication between students and teachers can create distance.

References
Ashwin, P. (2014). Knowledge, curriculum and student understanding in higher education. The International Journal of Higher Education Research, 67(2)

Borch, I. H. (2020). Lost in translation: from the university's quality assurance system to student evaluation practice. Nordic journal of studies in educational policy, 6(3).

Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews : learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (3rd ed. ed.). Sage.

Cahill, J., Bowyer, J., Rendell, C., Hammond, A., & Korek, S. (2015). An exploration of how programme leaders in higher education can be prepared and supported to discharge their roles and responsibilities effectively. Educational Research, 57(3)

Dahlgren, L.-O., & Fallsberg, M. (1991). Phenomenography as a qualitative approach in social pharmacy research. Journal of social and administrative pharmacy: JSAP, 8(4)

Standards and guidelines for quality assurance in the European higher education area (ESG), (2015). Standards and guidelines for quality assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG)

Frisk, S., Apelgren, B.-M., & Sandoff, M. (2021). Leadership for teaching and learning: Exploring a department-level educational leadership role at a Swedish comprehensive university. Educational management, administration & leadership,

Gravett, K., & Winstone, N. E. (2022). Making connections: authenticity and alienation within students’ relationships in higher education. Higher Education Research & Development, 41(2)

Haugen, K., Tosterud, R. B., Wangensteen, S., & Honerød Hoveid, M. (2022). An interpretation of study programme leaders' mandates in higher education Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research

Lygo-Baker, S., Kinchin, I. M., & Winstone, N. E. (2019). Engaging Student Voices in Higher Education:Diverse Perspectives and Expectations in Partnership (1st 2019. ed.). Springer International Publishing : Imprint: Palgrave

Marton, F. (2007). Phenomenography: A Research Approach to Investigating Different Understandings of Reality. In R. R. Sherman, Rodman, B Webb (Ed.), Qualitative Research In Education. Routledge. (1988)

Ministry of Education and Research. (2017). White paper 16. [Quality Culture in Higher Education]. Oslo

Mulford, W., Silins, H., & Leithwood, K. A. (2004). The Critical Role of Leadership for Organizational Learning and Improved Student Outcomes. In Educational leadership for organisational learning and improved student outcomes (pp. 1-22). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.

Mårtensson, K., & Roxå, T. (2016). Leadership at a local level – Enhancing educational development. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(2),

Stensaker, B., Frølich, N., & Aamodt, P. O. (2018). Policy, Perceptions, and Practice: A Study of Educational Leadership and Their Balancing of Expectations and Interests at Micro-level. Higher Education Policy.

Trowler, V. (2010). Student engagement literature review. The Higher Education Academy, 11(1),


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Efficient Use of Online Learning Platforms For Feedback

Gulnaz Dihambayeva, Ainur Kurakbayeva, Yelnur Ospanova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Dihambayeva, Gulnaz; Kurakbayeva, Ainur

In this research, we compared the effectiveness of different learning platforms to provide effective online learning feedback for 7th and 8th grade physics students. One of the most difficult tasks is to test the ability of students to solve problems during online learning. Therefore, we conducted a study using the effectiveness of several of the most convenient and accessible to everyone in order to control the student's work when performing group, pair and individual work and give him effective feedback.

The importance of applying the act in feedback

Most of us think that mistakes are bad and are evidence of major failures. To maximize our academic achievement, we should ask "How can we make the most of all our mistakes?".

In modern times, the accurate functioning of feedback is a necessary condition for an effective learning process. When studying the research of scientists on this issue[8], we identified some aspects, defined as, in particular, feedback - this is a tool that gives an idea of ​​how the learning process works, informs the teacher about the achievements and problems of students, allows you to achieve the goal and solve educational problems.

John Hattie believes that feedback is a source of information to determine the level of student performance, to fill the cognitive potential and determine the next steps in action; In a study by Juve (2004), this creates a result between action and result. Dinnen (2011) suggests that feedback is a way to help the other person consider changes in their actions and learn about their impact on others

[9]

. More precisely, feedback is a method of examining the effect and outcome of student information

[10]

. Bill Gates - The power of feedback is enormous because this mission produces effective results. It is emphasized that effective feedback is more important than learning itself. Scientific papers describe such characteristics of feedback as purposefulness, constructiveness, usefulness, timeliness, clarity and reliability

[8]

. The purpose means that feedback should be given taking into account the individual abilities and interests of students, it should increase the value and significance of self-assessment, and not reduce it

[11]

.

  • Constructiveness: in case of feedback it is necessary to express one's position on the information heard without judging the person;
  • usefulness: the information provided in the feedback form should help solve problems;
  • timeliness: the sooner the feedback, the better;
  • clarity: this should be done in specific, unambiguous phrases;
  • Reliability: the information provided by the feedback should be reliable and reflect the real situation of the case[1].

Speaking about the features of effective feedback, one cannot fail to mention such tasks as monitoring and evaluation, stimulation, development, confirmation of the past, and the formation of responsibility in the student. Stages of behavior change - resistance, emotional anger, implementation, acceptance of a new model. We do not notice some feedback errors, for example, embellishment, taking into account the advantages of the past, combination with demand, subjectivism, negative emotional background, assumptions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
There are three ways of feedback: to determine the mood and emotional state, to the activity in the lesson, to the content of the educational material. Since we conducted the process of online learning in our school, it is necessary to check the knowledge gained by students during the lesson[3]. We used various learning platforms to determine the level of knowledge gained. More precisely, we used the https://coreapp.ai/app platform to determine how well students learned the content of the educational material. By making the tasks small, we completed them in less time during the lesson and received immediate feedback on the effective content of the lesson. On the https://coreapp.ai/app platform, you can create quizzes, put appropriate terms in place of multiple dots, complete a sentence, open questions, and create auto-answer quizzes. Also, instead of writing on traditional paper, students are more engaged in the lesson if they complete the assignment online. What is the advantage of working on this platform?
What are the opportunities for teachers:
• mobilize the whole group to work at the same time;
• determine the level of performance of tasks by students;
• allow the teacher to immediately check the student's assignment;
• save time spent on checking;
• to see from the monitoring in which tasks the students made mistakes, and immediately give effective feedback;
• create a task bank in the future;
• to complete previous tasks.
DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS
First of all, we will copy the link to the assignment for the students. By clicking on the link, students open the platform and complete tasks. In the picture below, the teacher can keep track of the tasks completed by each student, as well as who does or does not do it. Thanks to the answers of the students, he also identifies the mistakes made and gives timely feedback. This platform also allows the teacher to identify their shortcomings during the lesson and determine what points should be addressed in the next lesson. Defects can define the stage of a lesson and effectively change teaching methods. The second method of feedback is feedback on the activities in the lesson. We used the https://app.conceptboard.com platform to provide feedback on the action during the lesson. Assignments, reports, formative evaluation work, creation of a poster are given to confirm the topic covered in the lesson. There are 100 worksheets on this board.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The effectiveness of the board for the teacher:
• All students in the class can complete the task at the same time;
• The teacher can control the performance of the task by each student;
• Can notice mistakes made by students in time and give effective, constructive feedback;
• Students will not be able to copy from each other because everyone is doing the assignments at the same time;
• Tasks on the board are saved, so you can return to them at any time.
The picture below shows the moment of completing the tasks given to students in grade 8 to repeat the topic "Electric field". On each sheet, the student writes his name.
 
 
The picture above shows the moment students of grade 8 completed tasks on the topic "Permanent Magnet".
Why is feedback important?
Feedback is an important part of effective learning. This helps students understand the revised text of the topic being studied and provides clear recommendations for improving their learning. Bellon et al argue that "academic feedback is more strongly associated with academic performance than any other pedagogical behavior ... this association holds regardless of class, socioeconomic status, race, or school environment"[5].
Feedback can increase a learner's confidence, self-awareness, and motivation to learn. Effective feedback in online learning facilitates learning and promotes student progress. Timely feedback from students effectively improves the quality of education.

References
1. Teacher's Guide. First (advanced) level. 2nd edition. Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, 2012
2. Problems of using interactive methodology in universities. Askhat Alimov. Educational tool. Almaty 2013
3. From the experience of introducing the lesson study method into the teaching process. PSO library. Astana 2016
4. Action research in teacher practice. PSO library. Astana 2018
5. Studying the lesson is a way to improve the teaching experience of the teacher. PSO library. Astana 2017
6. Effective feedback: content, structure, types. PSO library. Astana 2018
7. Methods of developing the ability to provide effective feedback. PSO library. Astana 2016
8. Training and leadership with the help of mental abilities. Edited by Artura L. Costa and Beny Kallik
9. Reflection in education. Bo Chang. Journal of online learning - Volume 23, issue 1 - March 2019. 595.
10. Training on the basis of the research base of knowledge: the process of development and updating. Bellon, J. J., Bellon, E. K. and Blank, M. A. (1991) Facsimile edition. Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA.
11. Academic failure: a retrospective view of students who have not completed their studies. York, M. (2002) In: Dropout students in higher education (ed. Peelo, M & Wareham, T). SRHE and Open University Press, Mendenhead.
12. Using feedback to help students learn. Race, P. (2001) Academy of Higher Education.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Resilient Classrooms: Students and Teachers’ Perceptions of the Classroom Climate

Lavinia-Ioana Verdeș, Mușata-Dacia Bocoș-Bințințan

Universitatea Babeș-Bolyai Cluj-Napoca, Romania

Presenting Author: Verdeș, Lavinia-Ioana

By resilience we are referring to an individual's ability to bounce back despite the adversities to which they are exposed, by analogy to what we mean by the resilience of physical materials recovering from shock or breakage. If in psychology the concept of psychological resilience is used with the meaning of

“positive adaptation, or the ability to maintain or regain mental health, despite experiencing adversity” (Herrman, et al., 2011, p. 259), in educational sciences, we define academic or educational resilience as “the heightened likelihood of success in school and other life accomplishments despite environmental adversities brought about by early traits, con[1]ditions, and experiences” (Wang, Haertal, & Walberg, 1994, p. 46).

Internationally, the importance of resilience in the training and development of learners and in lifelong learning is increasingly highlighted. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development has introduced resilience education as a key policy direction for education in 2021 (OECD, 2021) and the World Economic Forum has included resilience in its list of 10 key competences for 2025 (World Economic Forum, 2020).

Martin & Marsh (2006) developed the a 5-C theoretical model of academic resilience, which describe the main protective factors (personal resources) that students may use in order to overcome the difficulties that occur in the learning procces. These predictors of educational resilience are: confidence (self-efficacy), coordination (planning), control, composure (low anxiety), and commitment (persistence). Based on this model, we aim to develop a short and simple scale assessing resilience at the classroom level. This tool can be useful for teachers to evaluate and reflect on the level of resilience of the educational climate.

Usually, educational climate is characterised as positive or negative (Hamlin, 2021), even though it involves multiple dimentions referring to "the relational, social, psychological, affective, intellectual, cultural, and moral environment that characterizes educational activity" (Bocos, Răduț-Taciu, & Stan, 2016, p. 207). Doll et al. (2010) developed the ClassMaps Survey, that is a tool for describing the learning environment from the perspective of students. The items of the scale target the 5 factors that describe a positive educational climate: teacher-student relationship, peer relationship, academic efficacy, self determination, behavioral self-control (Doll, 2013). The second objective of our research is to verify if the students' perceptions of the educational climate correspond to teachers' perceptions of it.

Lastly, when we are reffering to resilient classroom, an important role is played by the teacher-student and peer relationships that are established. Therefore, we decided to investigate whether is the quality of the teacher-student relationship or the quantity (time spent together) that matter the most in building up resilient classrooms?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to measure the level of resilience of the educational climate, we formulated sentences that describe noticeable behaviours that theachers may observe during educational activities in their classrooms. The items were formulated in general terms, thus they targets teachers' general perception of classroom resilience. Also, each item was formulated in order to describe one of the predictors of educational resilience proposed by Martin & Marsh (2006) in the 5-C theoretical model of academic resilience. After consulting with specialist practitioners, primary school teachers, we eliminated some items, resulting in the final form of the 10-item scale for measuring the level of resilience of the educational climate:
1. My students meet my expectations (academic efficacy)
2. I can say my students are persistent (commitment)
3. My students are not easily distracted during the learning process (control)
4. When I get a more complicated work task, my students don’t give up (composure)
5. Some students learn, solve extra exercises or read on their own initiative (confidence)
6. When they encounter difficulties, my students ask for help (coordination)
7. My pupils know their strengths and weaknesses and know how to identify learning opportunities (coordination)
8. My students do not get discouraged and work until they get the results they want (commitment)
9. When they encounter a problem, my students don’t expect me to provide a solution (confidence)
10. There is a possibility that some of the students I teach may fail (academic efficacy)
We created an online survey using these items and asked primary school teachers (N=111) to respond using a 5-point Likert scale (Never, Rarely, Sometimes, Often, Always). The responses were coded with a value of 0 for Never and 5 for Always. From statistical analysis we obtained an internal consistency coefficient Cronbach's alpha = 0.78 for our 10 items-scale measuring the resilient educational climate.
             We aimed to test whether time spent during extra-curricular activities influence in some way the level of the resilience of the educational climate. We therefore tested the hypothesis according to which the number of hours allocated monthly by teachers to organize extracurricular activities correlates with the level of resilience of the educational climate measured by the scale developed by us. Following statistical processing of the data obtained from the questionnaire survey (N=111), we did not find a statistically significant correlation between the two variables.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
         In the next phase, we intend to evaluate the degree to which pupils perceptions of classroom climate are similar to the perceptions of teachers. Therefore we will use the ClassMaps Survey for three classes of pupils: 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade in order to evaluate the perception students' perceptions of the educational climate and in the parralel we will ask the teachers of this classes to complete our 10 items-scale measuring the resilient educational climate. Afterwards, we will verify if the students' perceptions of the educational climate correspond to teachers' perceptions of it.
References
-Bocoș, M.-D., Răduț-Taciu, R., & Stan, C. (2016). Dicționar Praxiologic de Pedagogie (Vol. I). Pitești: Paralela 45.
-Doll, B., Spies, R. A., LeClair, C. M., Kurien, S. A., & Foley, B. P. (2010). Student perceptions of classroom learning environments: Development of the ClassMaps Survey. School Psychology Review, 39(2), 203-218.

-Doll, B. (2013). Enhancing resilience in classrooms. Handbook of resilience in children, 399-409.

-Hamlin, D. (2021). Can a positive school climate promote student attendance? Evidence from New York City. American Educational Research Journal, 58(2), 315-342.


-Herrman, H., Stewart, D. E., Diaz-Granados, N., Berger, E. L., Jackson, B., & Yuen, T. (2011). What is resilience? The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 56(5), 258-265.
-Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2006). Academic resilience and its psychological and educational correlates: A construct validity approach. Psychology in the Schools, 43(3), 267-281.
-OECD. (2021). Education Policy Outlook 2021: Shaping Responsive and Resilient Education in a Changing World. Paris: OECD Publishing. doi:https://doi.org/10.1787/75e40a16-en

-Wang, M.C., Haertal, G.D., & Walberg, H.J. (1994). Educational resilience in inner cities. In M.C. Wang & E.W. Gordon (Eds.), Educational resilience in inner-city America: Challenges and prospects (pp. 45–72). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum
-World Economic Forum. (2020). Future of Jobs Report 2020.
 
12:00pm - 12:45pm00 SES 00: ECER Opening Ceremony
Location: Gilbert Scott, Bute [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Joe O'Hara
Opening Ceremony
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events

ECER Opening Ceremony

Joe O'Hara1, Stephen McKinney2, Frank Coton3, Baillie Kerr4, Angela Jaapp5

1EERA President, Ireland; 2Conference Coordinator, EERA representative; 3University of Glasgow - Senior-Vice Principal/Deputy Vice Chancellor; 4City of Glasgow - on behalf of the Lord Provost of Glasgow; 5President of SERA

Presenting Author: O'Hara, Joe; McKinney, Stephen; Coton, Frank; Kerr, Baillie; Jaapp, Angela

EERA and the Local Organizers of ECER 2023 would like to formally welcome you to ECER 2023 “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research”

This year's ECER is a joint collaboration, organised by the University of Glasgow and EERA.

 
12:30pm - 1:30pm99 ERC SES 08.5: Lunch Break with Local Academics (sign up required)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Atrium
Session Chair: Saneeya Qureshi
Lunch Break Event (sign up required)
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Lunch Break with Local Academics

Saneeya Qureshi

The University of Liverpool, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Qureshi, Saneeya

The Local Organising Committee and the Convenors of the Emerging Researchers' Group are delighted to inform you about a unique opportunity as part of the social programme that will take place at lunchtime 12:30 to 13:30 on Tuesday 22 August during the Emerging Researchers' Conference 2023.

The “Lunch Break with Local Academics” promises to be an engaging opportunity for participants. Emerging researchers who pre-register will have the unique chance to discuss and exchange ideas around a focused topic with local academics. This will be the perfect way for participants to share a meal and to get to know, meet, connect and network both with and their peers and local academics, sharing the latest ground-breaking insights on topics of their interest.

“Lunch Break with Local Academics” is an attractive informal opportunity for emerging researchers to socialise and to take part in the scientific community. The event is intended to give an informal opportunity in a designated location for networking, creating global connections and knowledge exchange during lunch time.

You are invited to register for this event on the first day of the ERC 2023, i.e Monday 21 August 2023. You can register near the EERA Desk where there will be some sign-up lists to which you can add your name. Please note that this opportunity is offered on a limited capacity, first-come, first-serve basis.

We look forward to seeing you in Glasgow!


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm01 SES 01 A: Research on Mentoring (Part 1)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sally Windsor
Paper Session to be continued in 01 SES 02 B
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How Can Mentoring in School be Improved?

Laura Baitokayeva, Sholpan Samenova, Azima Suinaliyeva

Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktau, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Baitokayeva, Laura; Samenova, Sholpan

Around 50% of young professionals who choose teaching careers around the world drop out within the first five years of school for various reasons. In most cases, young professionals face physical, mental and emotional exhaustion. That is why it is so important to provide help and support to any inexperienced teacher in the early years of their career (McKinley, 2021). The mentoring process is carried out every year in every school in Kazakhstan. However, monitoring how much this process affects the professional development of young professionals at school is neglected. Duse et al. (2017) provide several definitions of mentoring in their article. First, there is the relationship between a teacher with more mentoring experience and a teacher with less experience. Secondly, within this process, an experienced teacher develops certain skills and knowledge to contribute to the professional and personal growth of a less experienced teacher. In addition, Duse et al. (2017) note that mentoring is a major responsibility for schoolteachers and school administrators. The articles on this topic show that the mentoring process has many benefits not only for the mentee, but also for the mentor. Gilles and Wilson (2004) state that the mentor develops confidence and professional courage, opening the way to leadership opportunities, while Lopez-Real and Kwan (2005) note that mentors' professional growth occurs through reflection and mutual collaboration. Hudson (2013) found in her research that mentors can improve their interpersonal skills and pedagogical knowledge in addition to their leadership roles.

This study was conducted in one of the schools in the western region of the country. The mentoring process has been introduced in the school since 2015. Every year, experienced teachers are appointed as mentors for young professionals or new teachers. In general, mentoring is mandatory for all teachers, that is, 90-95% of schoolteachers participate in this process every year. However, over the years,
it began to be noticed that teachers do not take mentoring very seriously. This means that there are situations when mentors do not provide adequate support to young professionals, and mentees do not learn much from them. In order to increase the responsibility of teachers, the school has drawn up a special letter of agreement between the mentor and the mentee. In the agreement letter, both the mentor
and the mentee promised to participate responsibly in the process and even put their signatures. However, this measure did not show any results. The agreement remained only on paper.

Since the beginning of the academic year, 67 senior teachers of our school have worked with 67 young professionals. Throughout the year, the mentors conduct various forms of work with the mentees: professional interviews, feedback, lesson observation and joint analysis of the lesson, counseling and monthly reflection on the experience.

The main goal of this research work is to determine the effectiveness of the mentoring process at the school and to propose solutions to the obstacles encountered during mentoring.

Research questions: 1. What do young professionals learn from their mentors during the mentoring process? 2. What are the barriers to mentoring? 3. What actions should be taken to eliminate the identified obstacles?

The importance of the research work: the lack of research on the effectiveness of the mentoring process in the context of Kazakhstan, the opportunity of the research results to give ideas to mentors and school administrators about the effective organization of the mentoring process in their schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To ensure triangulation, we used three research methods: interviews, analysing mentees’ reflexive reports and mentors’ yearly reports.
4 mentors and mentees participated in the interview. The experience of mentors in mentoring was different: one was engaged in mentoring for only 2 years, while the other had 6 years of experience in this work. The interview questions with the mentors were aimed at obtaining information about the advantages of mentoring, the difficulties encountered and how they were solved. The interviews revealed the following beneficial aspects: the mentor's help in preparing for the external summative assessment, sharing various methods, support in open lessons, help with assessment and help in planning the learning process. The interview results with mentors show that the mentoring process was conducted at a good level. This can be evidenced by the information provided by mentors. However, a common problem for all mentors is that the goals set in the annual plan are not fully realized. Various factors influenced this situation. One of the mentors made a plan without determining the needs of the mentee, while the other one saw the mentee's non-participation in the planned activities as a problem. One of the obstacles encountered during mentoring is that the mentor and the mentee often cannot attend each other's classes. However, this problem could find its solution by some mentors: mentees were required to record their lessons and the mentor could give feedback by watching the videorecording of the lesson.
To monitor the mentoring process, a monthly reflective report was collected from the mentors. The reflective report consisted of 8 questions and was initially presented to learners as a Microsoft Word document. To make this process easy, the reflective questions were sent to the mentees as a Google forms questionnaire. Based on the results of the analysis of the monthly report, the difficulties in the mentoring process can be attributed only to insufficient time. Mentees stated that this difficulty was caused by the fact that many teachers were busy with the lessons, and they had lessons at the same time in the timetable.
The mentor's annual report, the mentors’ work plan made at the beginning of the year and the mentees’ annual reports were compared. It became clear that there were cases when the mentor was indifferent to the mentoring process, that is, the measures and activities set in the annual plan were not reflected in the annual report.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the study, it was clearly observed that this process has a great contribution to the professional development of young professionals, because mentees can receive valuable information necessary for teaching from their mentors. There are experienced teachers who have been able to influence the professional development of a young specialist, taking responsibility for the mentoring work assigned to him. Although there were some difficulties in monitoring each other's lessons, the solution to this problem was quickly found with the help of technology. The fact that some of the mentors' planned actions are not carried out requires a great deal of responsibility on the part of the mentor and the mentee.
It is planned to introduce the following recommendations:
1. To increase the responsibility of mentors and increase their interest in the process, at the end of the year, to identify the most active mentors and award them with diplomas of the school director.
2. To create criteria for identifying the best mentor.
The criteria: controlling the quality of the mentee's teaching: regular participation in the lesson (at least 3 lessons), the evident connection between the lessons and the teacher's professional development goal, providing constructive feedback and methodological assistance according to the mentee's needs, conducting professional conversations and various educational events by the mentor (seminar, webinar, coaching, training, master class), being involved in Lesson Study, participation in conferences.
3. To monitor the progress in the professional development of mentees, regularly monitor the classes throughout the academic year, and for this purpose, create a special commission made up of school teachers.
At the end of the school year, the best mentors will be determined based on specially created criteria. We hope that this innovation will bring even a small positive change to the mentoring process.

References
1. Brondyk, S., & Searby, L. (2013). Best practices in mentoring: Complexities and possibilities. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education.
2. Cornu, R. L. (2005). Peer mentoring: Engaging pre‐service teachers in mentoring one another. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 13(3), 355-366.
3. Duse, C. S., Duse, D. M., & Karkowska, M. (2017). How important is mentoring in education?. In MATEC Web of Conferences (Vol. 121, p. 12005). EDP Sciences.
4. Gilles*, C., & Wilson, J. (2004). Receiving as well as giving: Mentors' perceptions of their professional development in one teacher induction program. Mentoring & tutoring: partnership in learning, 12(1), 87-106.
5. Hudson, P. (2013). Mentoring as professional development:‘growth for both’mentor and mentee. Professional development in education, 39(5), 771-783.
6. Lopez‐Real, F., & Kwan, T. (2005). Mentors' perceptions of their own professional development during mentoring. Journal of education for teaching, 31(1), 15-24.
7. McKinley, D. (2021, March 5). The importance of mentoring new teachers. Incompassing Education. Retrieved from https://incompassinged.com/2017/07/14/the-importance-of-mentoring-new-teachers/.
8. Ozcan, K., & Balyer, A. (2012). Negative factors affecting the process of mentoring at schools. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 46, 5414-5419.
9. Patterson, S. C. M. (2013). Educative mentoring: Challenges and enablers of implementation in an intermediate school context.
10. Sundli, L. (2007). Mentoring—A new mantra for education?. Teaching and teacher education, 23(2), 201-214.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Growing Through Mentoring: An Activity-based Inquiry into Mentor Teachers’ Knowledge and Practices.

Sally Windsor, Ali Yildirim, Irma Brkovic, Anna Maria Hipkiss, Ilona Rinne

Gothenburg University, Sweden, Sweden

Presenting Author: Windsor, Sally

The supervision and guidance that student and beginning teachers receive from mentor teachers is a critical aspect of starting in the profession which, when done well, has been shown to lower teacher attrition rates (Geiger & Pivovarova, 2018), and positively impact teacher retention (Cobia, Stephens,& Shearer, 2015).

But how does taking on the role of mentor benefit mentors themselves in a professional capacity?

The purpose of this study is to investigate the knowledge, processes and conditions involved in mentorship practices that lead to professional growth for mentor teachers. We have developed and are in the process of testing a model of mentoring practices and outcomes around these specific research questions:

1.What mentoring competencies (tools) are critical in establishing reciprocal professionally developing mentor-mentee relationship in school practicum?

2.What are the mentorship practices (processes) that lead teachers to deconstructing their own teaching practices?

3.What are the factors (conditions) that support teachers ́ professional growth during mentoring?

4.What professional knowledge (outcomes) does the act of mentoring produce and to what extent does it contribute to teachers professional growth?

Engström’s (1999) “Activity theory” establishes the general basis for our study's conceptual framework within which the “Communities of Practice” perspective (Wenger, 1998) informs mentoring activities and situated learning that occurs in schools amongst groups of teachers. Finally we draw upon Trevethan and Sandretto’s (2017) research on the educative possibilities of mentoring to test our model.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research has used a quantitative survey design in order to identify the relationships between indicators of a variety of variables related to the mentoring context, activities, processes, and the professional knowledge developed as an outcome. A nationwide sample of mentor teachers has been included in the data collection in order to study mentor teacher practices at different teacher programs in higher education institutions in Sweden.
Before designing the main questionnaire, an exploratory interview study was conducted. Six interviews with experienced mentors were undertaken, which informed the themes and items in the final questionnaire.
A questionnaire has been developed with themes representing the mentoring components that form the conceptual model. In line with Engeström ́s (1999) activity theory, the questionnaire addresses the following elements of mentoring work: tools, rules, contexts/conditions, community and division of labour. Additionally, we have attempted to measure attitudes towards student mentoring, self-perceived benefits for students, obstacles to profiting from student mentoring, job satisfaction, perceived preparedness for mentoring role, self-efficacy beliefs related to mentoring students and perceived professional growth related to mentoring.
We have at this point in time completed a preliminary interview study, piloted a survey, and distributed the questionnaire to mentors linked to all teacher education programs throughout Sweden. We anticipate to begin data analysis during February 2023. The survey data will be analysed through descriptive and inferential statistics with a particular emphasis on investigating the roles that different elements proposed by activity theory have in predicting mentor teacher professional growth. These factors will be grouped to distinguish determinants at institutional and individual levels.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings from the exploratory interviews, and pilot phases of the survey show that mentors are generally positive to mentoring, and believe it is a professional responsibility to help others entering teaching. However, it is not clear to them how taking on the role helps their professional growth. This aligns with what Clarke and Mena (2020) show in their comparative study of mentoring motivations: mentors take on the role as they find the promise that it will be a way of “improving their own teaching practice...compelling but not excessively so” (p.12). We expect to have more findings to report in Glasgow.
References
Clarke, A., & Mena, J. (2020). An international comparative study of practicum mentors: Learning about ourselves by learning about others. Teaching and Teacher Education, 90, 103026. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103026
 
Cobia, D., Stephens, C., & Sherer, G. (2015). FOCUS: A state-wide initiative to select and retain transition teachers. Journal of the National Association for Alternative Certification, 10(2), 17-31.  

Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In Y. Engeström, R. Miettinen, & R. Punämaki (Eds.), Perspectives on activity theory. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Geiger, T., & Pivovarova, M. (2018). The effects of working conditions on teacher retention. Teachers and Teaching, 24(6), 604-625. doi:10.1080/13540602.2018.1457524
 
Trevethan, H. & Sandretto, S. (2017). Repositioning mentoring as educative: Examining missed opportunities for professional learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 68, 127-133.

Wenger, E. (1998). Learning in communities of practice. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Research-Practice Partnerships: Drawing out the Lessons from Contrasting School Improvement Networks

Christopher Chapman1, Mauricio Pino-Yancovic2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Chile, Chile

Presenting Author: Chapman, Christopher; Pino-Yancovic, Mauricio

As educational systems around the world continue to seek new approaches to tackle educational inequities and to promote social justice, the role of the university as a 'civic partner' to the communities they serve has become an interesting and potentially important driver for social change and knowledge generation.

In part this has led to the increased interest in developing 'Research Practice Partnerships' (RPPs) between resesarchers and professionals and other stakeholders. Albeit diverse in nature, RPPs have often focused on generating knowledge (for the academy) and improving professional practice (to generate social change). This type of activity is gaining significant interest across many educational systems around the globe including in European countries.

Within the education sector, it is becomming increasingly recognised that school networks and collaboration can play an important role to support the development of practices that promote systemic improvement in schools and education systems (Ainscow et al., 2012; Chapman and Hadfield, 2010; Stoll et al., 2006). Furthermore, in the context of SARS COVID-19, it has been argued that school networks are a relevant strategy to support schools facing multiple challenging circumstances to mitigate the impact of the global pandemic (Azorín, 2020; Chapman and Bell, 2020). Increasingly public educational systems are tending to mandate and promote the development of networked practices among schools, in both competitive and more collabortive contexts across different systems (Pino-Yancovic et al., 2020).

This paper draws on two cases, one from Scotland and the other from Chile. Each case involves school-school networks to support professional learning, build leadership capacity and impact on student achievement in challenging school contexts.

The objective of this paper is to draw on the two cases as diverse examples of RPP school-to-school networks to illuminate the possibilities and pitfalls of university initiated partnerships to initiate and sustain school-to-school improvement networks in contrasting cultural and policy contexts. In doing so, the the paper will unpack the complex intersection between key considerations of leadership, trust and relationships, power, autonomy and collective agency within and across professional boundaries and organisational settings. The overarching research questions that frame the argument are:

  • what lessons can be learned from university-initiated RPPs between university and school-based staff?

and

  • what do RPPs look like in centralised higher trust settings and in decentralised lower trust settings?

Socio-cultural theory (Douglas, 1982) applied to public service organisations (Hood, 1998) suggests that the Chilean system is primarily characterised by an individualised culture where market-based organisations tend to dominate the educational landscape. Conversely in Scotland hierarchical culture and bureaucratic organisations are viewed as the primary characteristics.

The two cases also have contrasting policy narratives. The Chilean context has a history of a miltary dictatorship in the Pinochet era. Bachelet's two terms of government shifted the political narrative and introduced policies designed to promote collaboration and networks. More recently, government shifted back to a stronger neoliberal agenda until the election of the most recent government that has attempted to introduce a new consitution with education and principles associated with social justice at its core. In Scotland the establishment of a Scottish Perliament throgh the Scotland Act in 1988 signalled further devolution of powers to Scotland to fall behind the Scottish education system.

The Scottish approach to education, and indeed public and social policy has continued to promote universal provision, collaboration and partnership working as key planks of policy policy. In many ways the two systems could not be more different. This is what makes them such interesting cases to explore.

These contrasting positions and their associated policy discourses have significant implications for the development of RPPs and collaborative/networked approaches in diverse systems, not least across Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopted a case study approach (Yin, 1992). The methodology underpinning this paper is based on a range of data sources. These include mixed methods evaluations and research papers from Scotland (c.f Chapman and Donaldson, 2023; Chapman and Ainscow, 2022; Bell et al., 2022). Annual surveys of school leaders and key stakeholders undertaken across eight school districts responsible for the education of 33% of all of Scotland's children, combined with semi-structured interviews and focus groups triangulated with documentary evidence, observations and field notes (see Bell et al., 2022 for details) form the evidential base for the analysis and subsequent claims made. From a Chilean perspective a range of data were collected via surveys and interviews. Data  from a survey validated in Chile (Pino-Yancovic et al., 2020) applied with 412 participants (headteachers and teachers) from 59 networks of 6 Local Services of Public Education. These were followed up with semi-structured interviews with key personnel in the networks.

The two cases were then subjected to an analysis to identify key patterns, themes and trends within and across the two cases that illuminated key similarities, differences, issues, tensions and dilemmas between the cases.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the cases highlights the importance of:

For building successful university -initiated RPPs between university and school staff:
1. Building leadership capacity at all levels
2. a focus on learning and teaching and commitment to improving education for children and young people
3. the importance of negotiating with local and middle tier actors
4. Mitigating the influence of national policy mandates
5. Securing buy-in from all partners
6. Planning for sustainability

Analysis relating to the second research question remains on-going. However, emerging findings suggest that in addition to an enhanced focus on relational trust (still remains problematic). For example, in the Chilean context the findings of this research show that participants highlighted that the main activities of the networks are related to a significant role of the facilitators of the networks and networks members to present and debate about educational practices.  Nevertheless, networks still face trust issues among their members, as 37.7% of its members’ state that never or almost never describe their failures or practices that have not worked. Finally, the majority of the networks have been useful for its member to address educational challenges of their students (82.7%).

The two cases also have contrasting policy narratives.  The Scottish approach to education, and indeed public and social policy has continued to promote universal provision, collaboration and partnership working as key planks of policy policy whilst in Chile the system is in a constant fight to mitigate the forces of neoliberalism. In many ways the two systems could not be more different. This is what makes them such interesting cases.

These contrasting positions and their associated policy discourses have significant implications for the development of RPPs and collaborative/networked approaches in diverse systems, not least across Europe.

 

References
Ainscow, M., Dyson, A., Goldrick, A. and West, M. (2016). Using Collaborative Inquiry to Foster Equity Within School Systems: Opportunities and Barriers.  School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 27 (1), 7–23. doi:10.1080/09243453.2014.939591.

Azorín, C., Harris, A., and Jones, M. (2020). Taking a Distributed Perspective on Leading Professional Learning Networks. School Leadership and Management, 40 (2-3), 111–127 DOI:10.1080/13632434.2019.1647418.

Bell, I et al., (2022). Evaluation Report to the WEST Partnership. Glasgow: University of Glasgow/WEST Partnership

Chapman and Donaldson (2023). Where Next for Scottish Education: Learning Scotland's Future? Unpublished working paper.

Chapman, C. and Ainscow, M. (2022). Educational Equity: Pathways to success, Abingdon/New York: Routledge

Chapman, C., & Hadfield, M. (2010). Realising the potential of school-based networks. Educational research, 52(3), 309-323.

Chapman, C. and Bell, I. (2020). Building back better education systems: equity and COVID-19. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5 (3/4), 227-236. DOI: 10.1108/JPCC-07-2020-0055

Douglas, M. (1982). In the active voice. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Hood, C. (1998). The Art of The State, Culture rhetoric and public management. Oxford: Clarenden Press.

Pino-Yancovic, M., Gonzalez Parrao, C., Ahumada, L., & Gonzalez, A. (2020). Promoting collaboration in a competitive context: School improvement networks in Chile. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(2), 208-226.

Pino-Yancovic, M. and Ahumada, L. (2020). Collaborative inquiry networks: the challenge to promote network leadership capacities in Chile. School Leadership and Management, 40(2/3), 221-241. DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2020.1716325

Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature

Yin, R. (1992). Case Study Research: Design and methods, Thousand Oaks: CA
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm01 SES 01 B: Leadership in Early Childhood Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Sahlin
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Learning in Early Years: Lessons from Leadership?

Amanda Ince1, Lizbeth Bullough1, Susanne Sahlin2

1UCL IOE, United Kingdom; 2Mid Sweden University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ince, Amanda

Europe has a strong history of development in early years which is reflected in its history and influence in leading the world in early education and childcare through its pioneers and policies (Cohen and Korintus, 2017). Within international policy drivers one area of attention has been professional learning and development for the sector (OECD, 2012). This has led to discussion about the qualifications, status and professionalization debate for early years sector (Kay et al. 2021, Oberheumer, 2015).

In England the context for professional learning and more specifically the early years sector is complex and the diversity of terminology and qualification with constant change, both confusing and unhelpful ( Nutbrown, 2021). The Covid 19 pandemic highlighted both the importance of early years and the challenges facing the sector (Pascal et al. 2020). Subsequently, there have been several policy initiatives to address aspects of the issues raised. These include the sector being incorporated within the government’s response to teacher retention and recruitment which is affecting much of Europe (Nutbrown, 2021). This response, known as “The Golden Thread” (DfE, 2021) sees professional learning as a continuous thread from initial qualification and has created new early years professional learning opportunities as a response. European countries such as Sweden have established professional learning for leadership (Forssten Seiser, 2022), and are held up as exemplars of best practice in early years. Their national leadership programme is a mandated requirement of leaders in all phases to complete within four years of their appointment as principal (Norberg, 2019, Skolverket, 2015, Skolverket, 2020).

This paper critically reviews the English policy making in early years professional learning through the framework of the National Professional Qualification of Early Years Leadership (NPQEYL ) alongside the Swedish model for leadership development. It analyses the design and implementation of these programmes as aligned to the process of enacting government initiatives, with view of offering lessons for future policies on professionalisation through leadership professional learning. This leads to our research question:

How are policies for developing leadership in Early Years contributing to the wider professional learning for professionalisation?

The scope of this critical review is to examine exant literature on leadership professional development in early years. Underpinned by Giddens (1984) structural theory we adapt the developments and critique of Whittington (2015) to create a conceptual framework. This argues that equal attention should be paid to structure and agency. In our interpretation we have identified the three following themes:

  • Curriculum
  • Professionalization/Professionalism
  • Agency

The rationale for this choice is that to understand activity we must attend to institutional embeddedness for example: in policy initiatives. Agency is enhanced by control over resources and this links to how we look at policy development and the ways in which implementation of initiatives is enhanced by leadership agency (Whittington, 2015). Effective change interventions have to take both structure and practice into consideration. This resonates with the implementation of both the Swedish and English leadership initiatives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A two stage process was adopted. Stage 1 was a literature review on publications and policy documents for leadership professional development with a focus on the Swedish National Principal programme and English National Professional Qualification in Early Years Leadership.  Stage 2  is the analysis of these documents according to three key themes identifed within the conceptual framework adapted from the work of Whittington (2015), based upon the orginal ideas from Gidden (1984).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From this analysis and review we expect to present suggestions on how leaders mediate the social systems against societal influences on organisations within a policy landscape.  
References
Cohen, B.J., & Korintus, M., (2017) Making connections: reflections on over three decades of EU initiatives in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC), Early Years, 37:2, 235-249, DOI: 10.1080/09575146.2016.1181050
Forssten Seiser,A., (2022) The Impact of the Swedish National Principal Training Programme on Principals’ Leadership and the Structuration Process of School Organisations. Sweden Research in Educational Administration & Leadership Volume: 7, Issue: 4 / December 2022
Giddens, A., (1984) The constitution of Society,  Cambridge: Polity
Kay, L., Wood, E.,  Nuttall, J., & Henderson, L. (2021) Problematising policies for workforce reform in early childhood education: a rhetorical analysis of England’s Early Years Teacher Status, Journal of Education Policy, 36:2, 179-195, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2019.1637546
Norberg, K. (2019) The Swedish national principal training programme- a programme in constan t change Journal of educational administration and history 51-1 pp5-14
Nutbrown, C., (2021) Early childhood educators’ qualifications: a framework for change, International Journal of Early Years Education, 29:3, 236-249, DOI: 10.1080/09669760.2021.1892601
Oberhuemer, P. (2015) Parallel discourses with unparalleled effects: early years workforce development and professionalisation initiatives in Germany, International Journal of Early Years Education, 23:3, 303-312, DOI: 10.1080/09669760.2015.1074560
Pascal, C., Betram, T., Cullinane, C., Holt-White, E., (2020) Covid- 19 and social mobility impact brief #4 -early years Research Brief July 20220 Sutton Trust
Skolverket. (2015). Rektorsprogrammets måldokument. [The National Principal Training Program]. Stockholm: Skolverket.
Skolverket. (2020). Rektorsprogrammet. Måldokument 2021-2027 [The National Principal Training Program 2021-2027]. https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=7660)
UCL (2022) NPQEYL: National Professional Qualification for Early Years Leadership. UCL Centre for Educational Leadership. Webpage. Accessible from: https://www.ucl.ac.uk/ioe/departments-and-centres/centres/ucl-centre-educational-leadership/national-professional-qualifications/npqeyl-national-professional-qualification-early-years-leadership   [Accessed October 2022]
Whittington, R. (2015) Giddens, structuration theory and strategy as practice. Cambridge University Press


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teachers’ Leadership – Towards Responsible Professionalism and a New Theoretical Understanding

Ebba Hildén, Annica Löfdahl Hultman

University of Karlstad, Sweden

Presenting Author: Hildén, Ebba

Recently, educational practices in many countries has undergone policy changes (Hardy et al., 2019), which highlights the need for developing pedagogical skills in leadership. One of the main policy changes deals with teachers’ leadership, both leadership in the classroom as well as collegial leadership. Previous research within the field of leadership in education has hitherto mostly focused on formal leadership and the role of principals as well as primary and secondary school teachers’ leadership (Håkansson & Sundberg, 2018). However, there is a lack of research focusing on teachers’ leadership in the ECE.

The current focus on teachers’ leadership in ECE seems to be an international phenomenon (Zulkifly et al., 2020). The Nordic council of ministers stress teachers’ competence, ‘an increased demand on pedagogical skills in leadership to lead and develop education in the ECEC’ (Hännikäinen & Lipponen, 2017, p. 27). In the Nordic countries, ECE teachers are responsible for teaching, which means leading other professional categories (childminders) and taking responsibility for pedagogical decisions. In Sweden, teaching must be conducted under the guidance of the ECE teacher (Education Act). Leadership tasks have proven to be problematic as the historical organization of the ECE holds horizontal distribution of tasks with ‘anyone can do anything’, continue to be of great importance (Catucci, 2021; Hildén, 2021; Olsson et al., 2020; Vallberg Roth, 2020). Overall, there seems to be a lack of theoretical concepts that can clarify and guide ECE teachers in the new task of enacting leadership when guiding childminders in teaching.

The aim of this presentation is to explore ECE teachers’ professionalism and ability to achieve agency related to leadership. In order to describe, understand and discuss ECE teachers’ leadership, we use two related theoretical concepts that are both anchored in pragmatism. We believe that how leadership is enacted, relates to different kind of professional logics prevailing in the specific ECE context. We rely on the concept of teacher professionalism according to Solbrekke and Englund (2011), which in our study means the pedagogical quality of how ECE teachers enact their leadership (how) and with what content (what).

Our research questions guiding the analysis are

  • What professional logics appear when ECE teachers are guiding childminders in teaching? and
  • How does these different professional logics affect teachers’ agency when guiding childminders in teaching?

The analysis was conducted within the theoretical framework of professionalism as responsible or accountable (Solbrekke & Englund, 2011). Professional responsibility emphasizes an autonomous teacher who can act in the present and assess a situation based on their competence, who trusts their colleagues and can act proactively. On the other hand, an accountability professionalism, where adherence to guidelines and standardized norms for teaching, controlling and allowing predefined assessment criteria to determine what is considered to be teaching of good quality. Within this professionalism, the teacher acts reactively in relation to decisions made by employers and politicians.

To further interpret and describe ECE teachers’ leadership, we have based our analysis on theories of teacher agency (TA) (Priestley et al., 2015). TA can be described as an ecological approach with temporal dimensions of past, present and future, in which experiences are central and where cultural, structural and material aspects are considered vital when enacting leadership in the ECE setting.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data consists of short written descriptions collected from 18 ECE teachers and 3 childminders. All of them work at three schools under the leadership of the same principal, whose approach consists of specifically arranged learning environments. In addition, all schools work with pedagogical documentation as a procedural approach to plan, analyse and follow up teaching. Relevant ethical guidelines have been followed.

These 21 research participants make up just over half of those who were asked to, via e-mail, provide us with a description based on the following question:
• What do you think about the phrase "teaching under the guidance of ECE teachers"? How is it done today? What experiences do you have of leading and of being led?

Altogether, the texts comprises of a total amount of 5108 words. The analysis have been conducted through several steps. As a first step, we have searched for words and concepts connected to ECE teachers’ leadership, both when it comes to leading as well as to be led. As a second step, we have interpreted the described leadership actions in terms of professionalism as professional responsibility or accountability (Solbrekke & Englund, 2011).

Finally, the results of the different professional logics have been related to the theory of teacher agency (Priestley et al., 2015). We have looked for specific experiences in the descriptions of leadership and to what extent we could distinguish visions and ideals of future leadership. Above all, the cultural aspects in terms of tradition within the school’s way of organizing leadership and teaching activities have been our analytical tool.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the descriptions of ECE teachers’ leadership over the teaching of childminders, four central concepts emerge: Children, collegiality, learning environment, and documentation. These four concepts have been taken into account in the analysis of the professional logics that data has generated.

The results of ECE teachers’ professional logics are described as three fields of tension around ECE teachers’ leadership while guiding the childminders in teaching. These relate to the professional mandate and the predetermined governance, trust and control, and proactive and reactive actions of ECE teachers. Children and collegiality appear to be more strongly linked to professional responsibility, while the learning environment and documentation are more strongly linked to accountability.

ECE teachers’ agency, which is built up from both experiences and visions, is made visible in the dimension of the present in what they themselves describe as learning environments. Agency in this dimension is based on experiences and visions of children’s development and learning. However, ECE teachers’ agency when guiding the childminders in teaching is almost non-existent as their own experiences are based on collegiality and trust, which is reinforced by the cultural resources in the form of historical and traditional organization in work teams where anyone can do anything. It prevents ECE teachers from actively guiding childminders in the teaching and documenting processes, as stressed in the governing documents (structural resource). The cultural and structural resources counteract each other and in this way prevent ECE teachers from acquiring agency regarding leadership. Finally, in this presentation, we will present and discuss a theoretical model holding aspects of a responsible leadership that will help and guide ECE teachers in their new task of enacting leadership when guiding childminders in teaching.

References
Catucci, E. (2021). Undervisningsuppdraget i förskolan ur ett didaktiskt perspektiv [The teaching task in preschool from a didactic perspective] [Doctoral disseration, Mälardalens universitet]. DiVA. http://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:mdh:diva-55720

Hardy, I., Rönnerman, K., & Beach, D. (2019). Teachers’ work in complex times: the ‘fast policy’ of Swedish school reform. Oxford Review of Education, 45(3), 350–366. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1546684

Hildén, E. (2021). Uppdrag undervisning. Bland ärtpåsar och lagtexter i förskolan [Teaching in preschool : Managing the concept and the mission] [Doctoral disseratation, Karlstads universitet]. DiVA. http://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:kau:diva-83502

Håkansson, J., & Sundberg, D. (2018). Utmärkt ledarskap i skolan: Forskning om att leda för elevers måluppfyllelse [Excellent leadership in schools: Research on leading for student achievement]. Natur & Kultur.

Hännikäinen, M., & Lipponen, L. (2017). The Nordic ECEC pedagogy: Current challenges and good practices – and key areas for development in the future. In K. Kristi, E. Johansson, A-M. Puroila, M. Hännikäinen & L. Lipponen (Ed.), Pedagogy in ECEC: Nordic challenges and solutions (pp. 26–36). Nordic Council of Ministers.

Olsson, M., Lindgren Eneflo, E., & Lindqvist, G. (2020). Undervisning i förskolan: En företeelse i rörelse [Teaching in ECE: A phenomenon in motion]. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 25(4), 30–56.

Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloombury Academic.

Solbrekke, T. D., & Englund, T. (2011). Bringing professional responsibility back in, Studies in Higher Education, 36(7), 847-861. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2010.482205

Vallberg Roth, A-C. (2020). What May Characterise Teaching in Preschool? The Written Descriptions of Swedish Preschool Teachers and Managers in 2016, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1479301

Zulkifly, N. A., Ismail, I. A., & Asimiran, S. (2020). Collegial and distributed leadership: two sides of the same coin? International Journal of Leadership in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1804623


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

"The Leadership of Development for Democratic Practice in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) and Schools"

Kjersti Sandnes Haukedal1, Astri Øydvin1, Gila Hammer Furnes2, Nina Grieg Viig1

1Western Norway University of Applied Sciences; 2NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Haukedal, Kjersti Sandnes; Viig, Nina Grieg

The starting point for this study is implementing a continuous professional learning module, Leading Development and Change (LDC), for ECEC and school leaders. The study is based on student-active methods applied to empower and utilize students' capacity in a democratic direction, both in their studies and at their workplace. Problem-based learning (PBL) is a key method used throughout the module, and there is a clear connection between the teaching and the final assessment. It is a goal that the final assessment should represent a learning process with transfer value to the students' leader activities rather than a control. In the module, we also involve the students in the design of assessment criteria for the final assessment (exam).

Democracy, according to Dewey (1966), exists primarily as lived experience. His thoughts on the democratic "way of life" are an approach in which democracy is more than governance mechanisms and the right to participation; it is an idea of equal coexistence characterized by dialogue and cooperation. Democracy is a process that must be constantly created, recreated, and realized anew in all the living relations between autonomous people and the systems of which human beings are a part (Dewey, 1966). Biesta (2006) also points out that although individuals have democratic knowledge, skills, and dispositions, it is primarily through actions responded to by others that they become democratic subjects.

Student-active learning methods allow students to actively contribute to their and their fellow students' knowledge production. In the LDC module, this takes place in dialogue with students who have different backgrounds and perspectives by being leaders from ECECs and schools. Thus, PBL provides the potential to support and promote student learning so that they can better acquire, activate and apply the theoretical knowledge to practical tasks and challenges both in the study program and their professional practice (Pettersen, 2017).

Various assessment forms can be grouped into two main categories: summative and formative assessments (Raaheim, 2016). It is a challenge that the forms of assessment are often disconnected from the learning activities and take place in situations distant from the students' professional contexts (Raaheim, 2016). In this study, we argue that learning and assessment are closely linked, and in the LDC module, we have developed a final assessment in a formative direction through the use of PBL as an examination method.

We investigate the students' experiences and perceptions of how exam preparation through PBL as a working method and participation in the assessment criteria design has impacted their learning outcomes. Furthermore, we examine how the students express that education has left its mark on their practice. On this basis, our research question is:

How can problem-based learning (PBL) and assessment be included in the LDC module when the goal is to promote democratic leadership in ECECs and schools?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The article is structured around a qualitative examination of students' written texts and evaluations during the course of the module. The study is methodologically based on analyses of student texts and various evaluations, including written evaluations after each session and final evaluation (qualitative and quantitative). We also make use of external examiners' written assessments. Two cohorts have so far (as of spring 2023) completed the continuing education module (academic years 2021-22, 2022-23) (N = 26).
The student's texts and evaluations are systematically analyzed from a theoretical perspective. We investigate how the work methods affect the students' academic independence through Bakhtin's dialogism (Bakhtin & Holquist, 1981). We also examine what consequences this has for their leadership and their perception of democratic practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We will analyze the data and discuss the findings in light of the theoretical framework. Our goal is to develop a module that can have an impact on leadership practices in the educational field. Through theoretical perspectives, we will pursue reasoning about how the learning and assessment methods in the module are related to the student's active participation and the consequences of their practice. Furthermore, we discuss whether defining the academic content of the module and the module's various learning and assessment methods can help develop a study program that contributes to democratic practices in ECECs and schools.
Our preliminary findings show that the students describe PBL as an educational but also demanding way of working. One of the students expresses the following: "The working method can be tiring, but it is the best way to learn because we get to knead and discuss and reflect on theory and practice with a much broader perspective than when doing it alone." Several students point to the transfer value of their leadership work and that becoming familiar with PBL as a method has been a useful tool that can be "implemented in one's leadership practice." Several students also state that using cases and relevant issues/challenges proximity them to their working day.

References
Bakhtin, M., & Holquist, M. (1981). The dialogic imagination: four essays. University of Texas Press.
 Biesta, G. J. (2015). Beautiful risk of education. Routledge.
Dewey, J. (1966). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. Free Press.
Pettersen, R.C. (2017). Problembasert læring for studenter og lærere. Introduksjon til PBL og studentaktive læringsformer (3 utg.). (Problem-based learning for students and teachers. Introduction to PBL and student-active learning methods) Universitetsforlaget.    
Raaheim, A. (2016). Eksamensrevolusjonen. (The exam revolution). Gyldendal Akademiske.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm01 SES 01 C: Initial Teacher Education in Various Contexts
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Daniela Mercieca
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Narrowing the Theory-Practice Divide: An Evaluation of Teaching Psychological Theories in the Educational Psychology Professional Training Programme.

Daniela Mercieca, Sarah Hulme

University of Dundee, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Mercieca, Daniela; Hulme, Sarah

An important aspect of Educational Psychology (EP) practice is the ability to apply theoretical knowledge to practice. We, the authors, are part of an academic team on a training programme for educational psychologists in Scotland. Our presentation concerns the recent revision of the manner in which we ‘teach’ key developmental theories in educational psychology. In the past, these theories were imparted as discrete pieces of knowledge, with students then required to integrate theory and practice by presenting an assessment of how a particular theory can be applied in practice. The discrete ‘teaching’ that this approach necessitated was identified by the programme team as being a major limitation as it did not reflect the often messy and complex interplay of theories that real life practice often presents.

Following our evaluation of this, we sought to engage with the question of what students are expected to learn and decided to come to the theories of development through real life scenarios which reflect the complexity that EPs in practice face on a daily basis. We now approach this teaching by starting from such a vignette, which we then seek to unpick by discussing (in a co-teaching format) how different aspects of the vignette reflects a variety of theories, some of which interact with each other. Stories can bring abstract principles to life by giving them concrete form and tends to have more depth than a simple example (Green, 2004).

Research question: How can we “reimagine” the teaching of developmental theories in educational psychologists’ professional training?

This approach reflects the humanising drive which we seek in the professional training of EPs, where we actively position ourselves, in our role as practitioners as well as teachers, as subjects rather than objects. And as subjects engaging in the contradictions and tensions in a complex social world, we develop our “critical awareness and willingness to engage in transformative action” (Roberts 2008, 2). Using the problem-posing andragogy, seen by Paolo Freire as ‘liberating education’, we start from the posing of problems rather than the giving of answers, and its dialogical nature means that teachers and students learn from each other. Our planning also involved a graduated approach, where trainees would first see us, as members of academic staff, have a discussion about the psychological theories in a story, after which we would then gradually support the trainees to do the same with other casework vignettes. This graduated approach to having the trainees work on the vignettes independently was aimed at supporting their thinking and their self-efficacy in a process of conscientisation as the trainees’ (indeed even that of academic staff) understanding of the social world is deepened through the dialogue.

This approach, we believe, contributes to increasing the trainees’ capacity for critical reflection and engaging in praxis, both ethical processes which are inherent in the formation of a professional. This is important for educational practitioners as it highlights the interaction that is needed between theorising and acting in order to critically reflect on reality and therefore create change through action. This ties in with our previous work phronêsis, the capacity ‘to see’ and be sensitive to a situation, discern, deliberate, reflect, judge and act (see Carr, 2006). The suggestion that trainees are viewing the more experienced lecturers deliberate and uncover complexities in the stories is in line with Joseph Dunne’s (1993) work that trainees need to experience this virtue to enable them to embed it in their character, in both their thinking and their practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This change was partly brought about because of a long-standing dissatisfaction felt by the academic team about our teaching of psychological theories, and a perceived confusion on the part of the trainees as to how these theories are applicable to practice. The precipitating factor which prompted the academic team to make the change was the sudden need to alter the delivery of the sessions due to restrictions caused by the pandemic. We embarked on an action research project and went through the stages of Assessment and Planning, followed by Doing through lecture delivery.

In our assessment we considered how teaching the theories in a sterile neatly packaged manner was not enabling our students in their first semester of training to gain a sense of the function of theories in practice. Instead we planned our lectures using vignettes from practice as a starting point, and planned to then model to the trainees how to see theories of psychology work in these stories through our delivery of the lectures. Our planning also involved a graduated approach, where trainees would first see us, as members of academic staff, have a discussion about the psychological theories in a story, after which we would then gradually support the trainees to do the same with other casework vignettes.

We are now in the Reviewing phase of this action research project and carried out a qualitative survey of the views of trainees about this manner of delivery. Through a short questionnaire asking open-ended questions, we encouraged the trainees to anonymously provide feedback around the teaching of psychological theories in their professional training programme.  Those who agreed to participate were asked to reflect on
- What they think about the teaching of this area was approached
- Whether this had an impact on the way they are embedding theory in practice into their thinking and assessment.  

Responses were analysed using a reflexive thematic analysis approach which aligns with the teaching methodology itself.  This allowed us as lecturers and researchers to position ourselves as an integral part of the interpretation of the data. This review phase was also supported by colleagues in the academic team who participated in the assessment of the trainees’ submitted work.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This project will inform and develop teaching practices to ensure that students on a professional training programme experience teaching and learning that minimises the distance between theory and practice.  This will ultimately inform discussion around effective pedagogies for professional training programmes.  The evaluative data gathered about this newly implemented teaching and learning practice provides further information as to the effectiveness of this methodology.  
References
Freire, P. (2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (30th anniversary ed.). New York: Continuum.
Ledwith, M. 2018. Paulo Freire and the Politics of Disposability: Creating Critical Dissent Dialogues. (Eds) A. Melling, R. Pilkington. Paulo Freire and Transformative Education. Palgrave Macmillan: Uk.
Lewis, M. K., and Lee, A. K. (2009). Critical Consciousness in Introductory Psychology: A Historically Black University Context. Pedagogy and the Human Sciences, 1 (1), 50-60.
Roberts, P. (2008) Teaching as an ethical and political process: a Freirean Perspective. In (Eds) Carpenter, V., Jesson, J., Roberts, P. and Stephenson, M. Nga Kaupapa Here: Connections and Contradictions in Education. Melbourne: Cengage.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How can Multiculturalism be Celebrated Through Teacher Training?

Noa Shapira1, Meital Amzalag2

1Kinneret Academic College, Israel; 2Holon Institute of Technology, Isreal

Presenting Author: Shapira, Noa; Amzalag, Meital

The current study examines teachers' processes throughout an online teachers' professional development (TPD) program and an interactive activity, where 68 teachers shared their cultural components with teachers from other cultures.

People within countries are diverse in many aspects, such as race, ethnicity, origin, gender, age, family, and disabilities (Aylward and Mitten 2022; Banks and Banks 2019; Dhiman et al. 2019; Ghazaie, Rafieian, and Dadashpoor 2021). For example, Israel has a diverse and multifaceted society, and its public education system is divided into multiple cultures and, sometimes, deep social-cultural rifts (Sabbagh and Resh 2014; van de Weerd 2020). Particularly, Israel’s public education system is divided into a Jewish system, which is again divided into several subsystems (secular schools, religious schools, and independent ultra-religious schools), and an Arab system (Abu-Saad 2019; Agbaria 2018). As a result, secular, religious ultra-orthodox, and Arab teachers rarely meet or work together. Further, students from these groups do not meet or know each other.

Under such circumstances, managing diversity effectively is crucial for societies worldwide and in Israel. For example, celebrating diversity is the key to greater productivity, increased creativity, and heightened workplace morale and motivation (Dhiman, Modi, and Kumar 2019). Urban areas and cities can break segregation and turn diversity into a creative force for innovation, growth, well-being, and safe places for the residents (Ghazaie, Rafieian, and Dadashpoor 2021; Fincher et al. 2014). Within this, social inclusion in schools is an important goal, supporting social-emotional and academic success for all students (Hymel and Katz 2019; Walsh, Fogel-Grinvald, and Shneider 2015; Pizmony-Levy and Kosciw 2016).

Indeed, it is possible to improve intergroup relations and celebrate diversity and societal multiculturalism through the contact hypothesis by encouraging meetings between cultures under appropriate conditions, face-to-face and online (Dovidio, Eller, and Hewstone 2011; Amzalag and Shapira 2021; Vezzali et al. 2014; Pettigrew et al. 2011). Thus, we based the current research on the assumption that we can foster a multicultural approach and celebrate diversity in the Israeli educational system through meetings and discussions between teachers from different cultures as the first phase before meetings between the students. Another assumption is that the meetings themselves are not enough. The teachers should meet, discuss, and learn about other teachers’ core cultural components (Hidalgo, 2013; Sever, 2014, 2016; Spencer-Oatey, 2012). Moreover, these meetings and discussions can occur online considering the separation in the Israeli educational system and the promise by scholars that online contact improves intergroup relations (Amzalag and Shapira 2021).

To foster meaningful meetings and discourses between teachers in Israeli society, we designed a Teachers Professional Development (TPD) program called ‘educators for shared society.’

The online TPD program aimed to accompany teachers who wanted to promote a shared society through:

  • meaningful meetings and discourses among teachers from different cultures
  • creating pairs of teachers from different cultures
  • planning a shared program for students
  • implementing the program in the classrooms

The current research presents the whole process of the TPD program. It focuses on the first phase of the program: a meeting that was conducted through an interactive presentation. On the first slide of the presentation, an explanation was presented outlining what culture is and what the core and peripheral components of culture are. Each teacher was asked to add a picture representing their culture, write about the picture and respond to two teachers from other cultures.

The research questions guiding our research are:

  1. What changes occurred in the teachers’ attitudes regarding multiculturalism before and after the TPD program?
  2. What cultural characteristics appeared in the interactive activity during the TPD program?
  3. What characterizes the connection between the teachers during the TPD program?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study combines quantitative and qualitative data to provide a rich and comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon investigated (Cohen et al. 2018). We conducted our research as part of an online TPD program from October to January (20212022). This program was published at the Center for Educational Technology (CET) in Tel Aviv, Israel.
Participants

Ninety-one teachers started the TPD program and 68 completed the program (14 men and 54 women). The average participant age was 40.12 years (S.D = 9.8). Most of the participants teach in Jewish state schools (74%), 15% teach in Arab state schools, 6% teach in religious public schools, 2% in orthodox schools, and 3% in other kinds of schools. Thirty-one participants teach in elementary schools and the remainder in middle and high schools. Twenty-five participants teach science or mathematics and 43 teach humanities. Most participants (56%) have a bachelor’s degree, 38% have advanced degrees, and all the others have a teaching certificate.
Data-collection and data-analysis methods
We used quantitative data from 68 respondents on the pre-and post-questionnaire and qualitative data from 86 participants’ slides in a collaborative presentation.
Research tools

Questionnaire
We used a pre-and-post-questionnaire which consisted of two parts: 1) Demographic background and 2) Attitudes toward Multiculturalism.
 All the items are the same in the pre-and post-questionnaire. The items are based on Maruyama et al., 2000; Pohan and Aguilar, 2001, and Holladay et al., 2003. All the items except demographic background used a Likert scale (1=not true at all; 5=very true).

Slide content analysis:

We analyzed the slides using Narralizer software (http://www.narralizer.com). The content analysis was based on core and peripheral cultural components (Sever 2016; Spencer 2012).  


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teachers who signed up for the TPD program had positive attitudes toward multiculturalism. Therefore, there was no significant change in their attitudes following the TPD program. Simultaneously, one factor significantly changed: Social connections between people from different cultures. Considering the complex situation and the lack of opportunities to meet different groups in Israeli society and the educational system (Sabbagh and Resh 2014; Agbaria 2018b), the online TPD program allowed the teachers to meet other teachers they usually do not meet. These meetings and connections occurred despite the tensions and social rifts in Israeli society.
Moreover, the teachers mainly shared their core cultural components, such as identity, values, family, food and the story behind it, history, and language, in the pictures they chose and the text they wrote. Also, in pictures that present visible artifacts (Sever 2016), they added the stories behind them or how they interpret them (Banks and Banks 2019). Indeed, multicultural societies should wish to learn about and accept these diverse core cultural values (Sever 2016). The current research demonstrates how it is possible to learn about core cultural values through an online TPD program and an interactive activity that foster meaningful intercultural meetings among teachers from various groups.
The teachers looked for similar characteristics and commonalities and tried to avoid controversial issues, mentioning that everyone is connected as human beings. Indeed, teachers in diverse societies tend to look for commonalities when they meet each other (Amzalag and Shapira 2021).
Despite the social-cultural rifts (Sabbagh and Resh 2014) and the division in Israel’s public education system (Abu-Saad 2019; Agbaria 2018a), the teachers expressed positive emotions and identification with each other. Thus, we argue that distant groups can be brought together through an online acquaintance and an interactive presentation, which encourages the sharing of core cultural components

References
Abu-Saad, Ismael. 2019. “Palestinian Education in the Israeli Settler State: Divide, Rule and Control.” Settler Colonial Studies 9 (1): 96–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/2201473X.2018.1487125.
Agbaria, Ayman K. 2018. “The ‘Right’ Education in Israel: Segregation, Religious Ethnonationalism, and Depoliticized Professionalism.” Critical Studies in Education 59 (1): 18–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2016.1185642.
Clauss-Ehlers, Caroline S., David A. Chiriboga, Scott J. Hunter, Gargi Roysircar, and Pratyusha Tummala-Narra. 2019. “APA Multicultural Guidelines Executive Summary: Ecological Approach to Context, Identity, and Intersectionality.” American Psychologist 74 (2): 232–44. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000382.

Dhiman, Satinder, Sanjay Modi, and Varinder Kumar. 2019. “Celebrating Diversity through Spirituality in the Workplace: Transforming Organizations Holistically.” Journal of Values-Based Leadership 12 (1). https://doi.org/10.22543/0733.121.1256.
Dovidio, John F., Anja Eller, and Miles Hewstone. 2011. “Improving Intergroup Relations through Direct, Extended and Other Forms of Indirect Contact.” Group Processes and Intergroup Relations 14 (2): 147–60. https://doi.org/10.1177/1368430210390555.

Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. (Eds.). 2019. Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives. John Wiley & Sons.‏
Hidalgo, Nitza M. 2013. “Multicultural Teacher Introspection.” Freedom’s Plow: Teaching in the Multicultural Classroom, 99–106. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315021454-6.
Jennings, P. A., and Mark T. Greenberg. 2009. “The Prosocial Classroom: Teacher Social and Emotional Competence in Relation to Student and Classroom Outcomes.” Review of Educational Research 79 (1): 491–525. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308325693.

Pettigrew, Thomas F, Linda R Tropp, Ulrich Wagner, and Oliver Christ. 2011. “International Journal of Intercultural Relations Recent Advances in Intergroup Contact Theory ଝ.” International Journal of Intercultural Relations 35 (3): 271–80. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2011.03.001.

Sabbagh, Clara, and Nura Resh. 2014. “Citizenship Orientations in a Divided Society: A Comparison of Three Groups of Israeli Junior-High Students-Secular Jews, Religious Jews, and Israeli Arabs.” Education, Citizenship and Social Justice 9 (1): 34–54. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197913497662.
Sever, Rita. 2014. “Diversity-Managemet Strategies ( DMS ) and Their Implications for Social Cohesion and Immigrants ’ Integration,” no. March.
Sever, Rita. 2016. “Preparing for a Future of Diversity - a Conceptual Framework for Planning and Evaluating Multicultural Educational Colleges” 10 (1): 23–49.

Weerd, Pomme van de. 2020. “Categorization in the Classroom: A Comparison of Teachers’ and Students’ Use of Ethnic Categories.” Journal of Multicultural Discourses 15 (4): 354–69. https://doi.org/10.1080/17447143.2020.1780243.
Vezzali, Loris, Miles Hewstone, Dora Capozza, Dino Giovannini, and Ralf Wölfer. 2014. “Improving Intergroup Relations with Extended and Vicarious Forms of Indirect Contact.” European Review of Social Psychology 25 (1): 314–89. https://doi.org/10.1080/10463283.2014.982948.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

‘Moving In’ - Students' And Teachers' Experiences Of New School Buildings

Hans Petter Ulleberg, Ellen Saur

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Ulleberg, Hans Petter; Saur, Ellen

This study investigates user experiences with newly built school environments by capturing experiences from Norwegian students and teachers. The school's physical environment is important for students' learning, well-being, and participation, and the physical environment outside and inside schools affects both learning and the working environment (Plotka, 2016; Niemi et al., 2022). Over the past twenty years there has been an effort to modernize schools and education, which has led to changes and new thinking in the design of school buildings and learning spaces (Deed & Lesko 2015; Rönnlund et al., 2021). In parallel there has been an international focus on skills needed for the 21st century and on inclusive education (eg. OECD, 2013). New school buildings, often named as innovative learning environments, are designed with flexible learning spaces, modern technology, and equipment to create room for a more adaptable and varied curriculum and to facilitate reformed practises of teachers’ work and students learning (Benade & Jackson, 2017). Innovative learning environments can be seen as a physical and pedagogical move to change educational culture and restructure educational practices (Page et al., 2021). Traditional classrooms, with rows of desks and teachers as instructors and mediators in front of the students, are nowadays described as outdated (Benade & Jackson, 2017). Flexible and extended learning spaces for larger student groups are thought to better support and improve teaching and student-active learning (Frelin & Grannäs, 2022). These environments are introduced with the aim of facilitating innovative forms of teaching and learning which in turn will promote future-oriented competences. However, little is known about how well the new school buildings support educational goals, and whether the physical environment and equipment are used as intended, are experienced as appropriate for the users, or live up to the ambitions, assumptions and intentions put forward regarding changes in teaching and learning (Mulcahy et al., 2015). In many cases, the design and use of new schools have revealed significant challenges for practical use and studies have shown such problems to be costly, when new schools must be rebuilt, rearranged, or re-aligned to become more appropriate for educational practice (Tse et al., 2019; Saltmarsh et al., 2015). Thus, the design of schools must be carefully assessed, and several considerations and factors come into play on how well a school building meets users’ needs (Byers et al., 2018; Dovey & Fisher, 2014). The design of new school buildings has met some resistance, and challenges with noise, unrest and concentration problems among students have characterized the debate (Everatt et al., 2019; Mealings et al., 2015; Shield et al., 2010). How teachers work in and respond to innovative and flexible school buildings can influence educational practice (Saltmarsh et al., 2015). Research on flexible learning environments and teachers' work points to different types of opportunities and challenges teachers face in new learning environments (Campbell, 2020; Young et al., 2020, Niemi, 2021; Vidergor, 2021). There is much evidence that teachers being able to experiment with teaching activities and organization is important to be comfortable and safe using new school buildings in an appropriate way (Vidergor, 2021). Today's school life has evolved from controlled timetables to an increase in students’ self-management through daily and weekly plans, and from having a clear and regulated school environment, to many children experiencing learning environments arranged for project and group work. The schools have to be inclusive both by design and educational practice for a varied diversity of students. Knowledge about teachers and students’ interactions, relations and experiences with the school’s physical environments may contribute to understanding how to and what supports both teachers' and students’ practices and well-being at school


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted using a qualitative research design with photovoice and group interviews. Students and teachers are acting individuals who interact with and use the physical surroundings at school. Thus, our purpose was to obtain rich descriptions of how students and teachers experience the school's physical environment. We chose to use photovoice (Wang & Burris, 1997; Sutton-Brown, 2014; Ihlebæk et.al, 2021) to facilitate the participants' voices and to enable the participants to gain greater ownership over the interaction with us researchers. This method gives hold of what the participants themselves are concerned with and is less governed by what we researchers have defined in advance. Thus, photovoice can help provide information that might otherwise be missed and gives the participants greater influence in the research than a traditional interview or questionnaire, where the questions are to a greater extent defined in advance. Kile (2021) highlights photovoice as a method suitable for researching how design is experienced, what challenges facing others can arise and how to improve situations. Thus, photovoice can prove useful for design researchers and practitioners alike as they seek to understand the challenges. The method shows applicability in different contexts (eg. Zuch et al., 2013; Ihlebæk et al., 2021), and we used photovoice by having teachers and students taking photos according to a description they had received in advance. In the description, emphasis was not placed on specific rooms they were to take photos of, but places where they felt it was best to learn/teach, where it was safe/unsafe, quiet/noisy, etc. Nevertheless, they were free to photograph and talk about what they thought was important to pass on. Based on the participants' photographs, we conducted conversation-based group interviews at the schools with students and teachers separately. Using photovoice, the participants have had a great influence on which themes became central in the conversations and interviews, and which rooms and what kind of interior they have highlighted through the photos. We had a total sample of 12 groups: 5 teacher groups and 7 student groups. Both primary and secondary school levels were represented. In beforehand, we had participated at interviews with principals and municipal school planners, as well as in guided tours at the school’s premises. The interviews were recorded digitally and produced a rich empirical material which was transcribed into text and analysed thematically and discussed in the context of research on education and physical school environments.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our aim was to explore users’ experiences with relatively newly built school environments. Results show that moving into new school premises was experienced by most, both students and teachers, as positive. They appreciated new materials, exciting designs and being surrounded by good colours. Even though the schools in our sample were different in both design and size, there were still some recurring themes that can be described as a form of "pain points". A recurring theme among students and teachers was that the changing rooms were perceived as small and/or poorly furnished in relation to the number of students. This led to an increased level of conflict and stress. Likewise, the need for break-out rooms or alternative learning spaces and rest rooms was a consistent theme.  To practice before moving into new premises was seen by the teachers as positive: those who got to train in new learning areas or mock-ups before moving from a traditional school into a more open and flexible school was beneficial. Several teachers were calling for better collaboration with planners, and to be explained why specific furniture or building solutions had been chosen, or frustration at not being heard when having specific wishes. Several informants felt that the outdoor environment was somewhat forgotten when new schools were built. Safety was important to the students: safe toilets and changing rooms, and the health nurse’s office with a cosy, shielded waiting area outside were highlighted by several students as a safe and good place. In general, the study provides knowledge concerning relations and interactions between users and the physical environment useful for discussions and plannings of future school environments. Knowledge of how physical environments of schools supports both students and teachers can be a valuable contribution to the fields of diversity, inclusive education, and teachers’ professional development.
References
Benade, L. & Jackson, M. (2017). Intro to ACCESS special issue: Modern learning environments, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49:8, 744-748, DOI:10.1080/00131857.2017.131798

Campbell, L. (2020). Teaching in an Inspiring Learning Space: an investigation of the extent to which one school’s innovative learning environment has impacted on teachers’ pedagogy and practice, Research Papers in Education, 35:2, 185-204, DOI: 10.1080/02671522.2019.1568526

Deed, C., & Lesko, T. M. (2015). ‘Unwalling’ the classroom: Teacher reaction and adaptation. Learning Environment Research, 18, 217–231.

Dovey, K. & Fisher, K. (2014). Designing for adaptation: the school as socio-spatial assemblage, The Journal of Architecture, 19:1, 43-63, DOI: 10.1080/13602365.2014.882376

Everatt, J., Fletcher, J. & Fickel, L. (2019). School leaders’ perceptions on reading, writing and mathematics in innovative learning environments, Education 3-13, 47:8, 906-919, DOI: 10.1080/03004279.2018.1538256


Ihlebæk, C.; Castellan, C.; Flobak, J.; Ese, J. (2021). The School as an Arena for Co-Creating Participation, Equity, and Well-Being—A Photovoice Study from Norway. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 2021, 18, 8252. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18168252  


Kile, M. (2021) Uncovering Social Issues Through Photovoice: A Comprehensive Methodology. HERD: Health Environments Research & Design Journal, Volume 15, Issue 1


Mulcahy, D., Cleveland, B. & Aberton, H. (2015). Learning spaces and pedagogic change: envisioned, enacted and experienced, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2015.1055128  

Niemi, K. (2021). ‘The best guess for the future?’ Teachers’ adaptation to open and flexible learning environments in Finland, Education Inquiry, 12:3, 282-300, DOI:10.1080/20004508.2020.1816371

Niemi, K., Minkkinen, J. & Poikkeus, A-M. (2022). Opening up learning environments: liking school among students in reformed learning spaces, Educational Review.  DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2022.2098927

OECD. (2013). Innovative learning environments. Paris: OECD. Retrieved from  https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/innovativelearningenvironmentspublication.htm

Plotka, E. (2016). Better Spaces for Learning. London: Royal Institute for British Architects RIBA

Saltmarsh, S., Chapman, A., Campbell, M. & Drew, C. (2015). Putting 'structure within the space': Spatially un/responsive pedagogic practices in open-plan learning environments. Educational Review, 67(3), 315-327


Sutton-Brown, C. A. (2014) Photovoice: A Methodological Guide, Photography and Culture, 7:2, 169-185, DOI: 10.2752/175145214X13999922103165

Tse, H. M., Daniels, H. & Stables, A. (2019). School design matters. In: Hau Ming Tse, Harry Daniels, Andrew Stables & Sarah Cox (Eds.): Designing Buildings for the Future of Schooling. 2019. London: Routledge

Vidergor, H. E. (2021). Coping with teaching in innovative learning spaces: challenges, insights and practices. Learning Environments Research (2022) 25:707–724. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-021-09396-5

Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, Methodology, and Use for Participatory Needs Assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369–387. http://www.jstor.org/stable/45056507
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm02 SES 01 C: VETNET Opening Session
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 2 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Christof Nägele
Panel Discussion. Invited Speakers. More information to follow.
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Panel Discussion

VETNET Opening Session

Christof Nägele1, Barbara E. Stalder2, Natasha Kersh3, Andrea Laczik4

1University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland; 2University of Teacher Education Bern; 3UCL; 4The Edge Foundation

Presenting Author: Nägele, Christof; Stalder, Barbara E.; Kersh, Natasha; Laczik, Andrea

The opening session will welcome all the participants to VETNET and ECER 2023 in Glasgow. The Opening Session of VETNET is planned to be on VET in Scotland, with keynote speakers from work-related associations and the world of work.

This session continues a long-standing tradition of inviting local people and organisations to present and speak on important VET issues.

You will get updated information shortly before the conference.

This is against the background of VETNET as a network of researchers interested in exploring different aspects of VET-related research and practice, including initial VET, continuing vocational education and training, school-based and workplace-based learning provisions. VETNET members are committed to stimulating and fostering VET and lifelong learning debates, aiming to consider fresh perspectives and critical discussion of emerging issues, thus contributing to multidisciplinary research and implications for policy and practice both in Europe and worldwide. This session will offer a valuable opportunity to connect with researchers, practitioners and policy-makers. As a research community, VETNET aims to sustain and develop active interaction and communication within the network’s research community, and beyond.


References
-
Chair
Christof Nägele & Barbara E. Stalder
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm03 SES 01 A: Curriculum Making
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum Making as Relational Practice: Reflexivity and a Qualitative Ego-network Approach

Sinem Hizli Alkan

Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hizli Alkan, Sinem

There has been a strong emphasis internationally on teachers’ professional communities and teachers being reflective practitioners to leverage the quality of education, and subsequently a recent call for a fine-grained analysis of how these relationships may explain teachers’ educational practices. This paper offers a response to this by examining how teachers’ personal reflexivity and ego-networks play a role in mediating curriculum making practices.

Reflexivity enables people to consider themselves and their social environment to navigate their way in their social contexts (Archer, 2007). Although all people practise reflexivity, the kind of internal conversations and the way reflexivity leads to action are not universal. Archer proposes four distinctive modes of reflexivity, which are multifaceted and contextually dependent, to contribute to our understanding of why people act in certain ways. The other key theoretical construct in this study is ego-network which is a personal network that focuses on the individual actors and their connections to other people with a particular purpose (Bellotti, 2015). These two key constructs provide an account of how teachers’ internal and external conversations as well as their interplay act as a mediatory role in curriculum making practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is designed as a multi-case study by utilizing an embedded-mixed method. Eight secondary school teachers, of six from Scotland and two from Wales, with different subject backgrounds, participated in this research over one semester during 2018-2019. Data generation process involved non-participant observations, semi-structured interviews, producing reflective diaries, completing the Internal Conversation Indicator and ego-network interviews. Critical realism as a philosophical framework was used to make sense of the data and explain the interplay between the two constructs (Danermark, Ekström, Jakobsen, & Karlsson, 2002). One of the main arguments of critical realism is that the social world is stratified by distinguishing what we can observe at the empirical and the unobservable ‘real’ world. In other words, critical realism holds the idea that the objective world exists independently and even without our knowledge of it (Bhaskar, 1998). The ultimate aim of social research is to identify underlying mechanisms at the real world, that are unobservable but generate the events that we can empirically observe.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings suggest that the role of reflexivity and ego-networks shed light on why teacher mediation of curriculum making practices occur differently at different times and contexts. This paper argues that there are three relational and transformative mechanisms underlining curriculum making practices: modes of reflexivity; national and organizational context; and relational goods and evils that emerge from the networks. To summarise each of these mechanisms briefly, a dynamic understanding of the modes of reflexivity is necessary to explain the distinctive ways of teachers’ actions. National and organizational context has a strong potential to shape the structure and culture of teachers’ networks and influence how teachers transfer the ideas offered from the networks. Relational goods indicate, for example, the existence of collegial trust, emotional support, and a sense of community, whereas relational evils refer to the absence of relational goods, conflicting ideas and negative connections perceived in the network. Although this research highlights the importance of the relational dimension of curriculum making and offers a conceptual and analytical framework to understand teachers’ social practices, there is a need for further research to investigate how subject background, social networks at the school level and previous experience with curricular work and professional life stories may contribute our understanding of curriculum making as social and relational practice.
References
Archer, M. (2007). Making our Way through the World. Human Reflexivity and Social Mobility. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bellotti, E. (2015). Qualitative networks: Mixed methods in sociological research. Abingdon: Routledge.
Danermark, B., Ekström, M., Jakobsen, L., & Karlsson, J. (2002). Explaining Society: Critical Realism in Social Sciences.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teacher Agency for Curriculum Innovation: One small step for Irish Education, one giant leap for Irish teachers

Conall O Breachain1, Ciaran Sugrue2

1Dublin City University, Ireland; 2University College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: O Breachain, Conall; Sugrue, Ciaran

The imminent redevelopment of Ireland’s national curriculum promises to promote agency by giving teachers the autonomy to make significant decisions regarding the content, sequence and pace of instruction in their classrooms (NCCA, 2020a). While the explicit positioning of teachers as ‘change-agents’ (Fullan, 2016; NCCA, 2009, 2020) is welcome, international studies which focus on the phenomenon of teacher-agency with regard to curriculum reform are only recently beginning to emerge (Biesta et al., 2017; Pantić, 2017a; Priestley et al., 2013; Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015; Priestley & Drew, 2019a; Pyhältö et al., 2018). A review of this burgeoning pool of empirical investigations reveals a tendency to theorise agency at the level of overarching national curriculum frameworks. This is not to suggest that these studies were limited in their own terms but to emphasise the fact that they had a particular focus. A more fine-grained exploration of agency, which embraces the disciplinary-specifics of curriculum reform-measures, awakens the possibility of a more refined analysis of the phenomenon. This therefore presents the next logical phase for empirical study.

Building on the conceptualisation of Emirbayer and Mische (1998), the current work proposes a definition of agency as ‘teachers’ capacity to critically shape their responsiveness to curriculum change’. Set against the backdrop of the recent introduction of the Primary Language Curriculum - the first of a series of major national curricular reforms - the study presented in this paper draws its conceptual framing from both ‘ecological’ and ‘sociocultural’ approaches to theorising teacher agency (Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Pantić, 2017a; Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015). Agency is concieved as a situated achievement, an emergent phenomenon, which arises at the confluence between an individual and their particular contexts for action. Three dynamic, interrelated dimensions comprise the conceptual backbone of this theory of agency: the ‘iterative’ (which delineates an orienation towards the past), the ‘practical-evaluative’ (with a focus on the present context within which an individual is 'acting' and the ‘projective’ dimensions (with its focus on the future). Each dimension has a complex internal structure, each with its own orientation towards the past, present and future. Emirbayer and Mische refer to this as the ‘chordal triad of agency within which all three dimensions resonate as separate but not always harmonious tones’ (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998, p. 972). Although analytically separate, each can be found to a greater or lesser degrees in any given instance of action.

The study presented in this paper intends to address the following overarching research question: In what ways do teachers achieve agency in the context of engaging with the new Primary Language Curriculum? This overarching question was supported by a number of subordinate questions:

  • How is the phenomenon of teacher agency understood by significant actors in the national policy and practice arena?
  • How do teachers describe their engagement with the Primary Language Curriculum?
  • In what ways does a professional learning community influence teachers’ agency in the context of engaging with the Primary Language Curriculum

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study presented in this paper employed an exploratory, sequential, multi-methods design (Morse, 2009, 2010b), which incorporated focus groups with key stakeholders (n=10), phenomenological interviews (n=12) across four school contexts and a single-site case study of teacher agency for curriculum enactment in a professional learning community (n=6).  The sequential, multi-methods design aims to move beyond a potentially reductive ‘snapshot’ in time perspective (Sugrue, 2014), as it cumulatively adds colours to the canvas of agency-understanding.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This Irish ‘case’ points to the centrality of teachers’ ‘knowledgeability’ (Giddens, 1984) regarding the reform-effort, and highlights the sustained, supported, collaborative and incremental manner in which this needs to be developed in order for vistas of agentic possibilities to be revealed and realised for teachers.  The influence of ‘mediating artefacts’ (Vygotsky, 1987) on agency’s dynamic emergence highlights another important contribution.  The potential for agency, it is argued, is influenced by the material infrastructure which scaffolds the reform measure.  In this regard, existing planning templates were shown to infuse the leaden feet of change with calcified reluctance.  The importance of teachers’ ‘existential feelings’ (Ratcliffe, 2005, 2008) in orienting themselves to the particular reform provides a final insight of particular consequence.  Arguably the curriculum-reform/agency nexus underestimates the significance of these feeling and in doing so, is in danger of relegating reform to the realm of superficial adoption or, more worryingly, teacher burn-out.  
Considered in their totality, the findings suggest that agency for curriculum innovation emerges across a series of settlements, or ‘new accommodations’ and the paper presents a model for understanding the phenomenon in such terms.  Appreciating how the emergence of teachers’ agency can be supported by professionals in the educational arena is the primary focus of this paper.  It will present an Irish perspective on this international phenomenon.  In doing so, it offers significant potential to contribute to this gradually burgeoning field of study and to support policy-makers, teachers and learners into the future.  

References
Biesta, G.J.J., & Tedder, M. (2007). How is Agency Possible? Towards an ecological understanding of agency-as-achievement.
Dyrdal Solbrekke, T., & Sugrue, C. (2012). Professional Responsibility: New Horizons of Praxis. Routledge.
Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What Is Agency? The American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294
Kelly, A.V. (2009). The Curriculum: Theory and Practice (6th ed.). Sage.
Fullan, M. (2016). The New Meaning of Educational Change (5th ed.). Routledge.
Morse, J. M. (2010). Simultaneous and sequential qualitative mixed method designs. Qualitative Inquiry, 16(6), 483–491. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800410364741
Nieveen, Nienke, & Kuiper, W. (2012). Balancing Curriculum Freedom and Regulation in the Netherlands. European Educational Research Journal, 11(3), 357–368. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2012.11.3.357
Ó Duibhir, P., & Cummins, J. (2012). Towards and Integrated Language Curriculum in Early Childhood and Primary Education (3-12 years). NCCA. http://www.ncca.ie/en/Publications/Reports/Towards_an_Integrated_Language_Curriculum_in_Early_Childhood_and_Primary_Education_.pdf
Pantić, N. (2015). A model for study of teacher agency for social justice. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 759–778. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044332
Priestley, M., Biesta, G.J.J., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. Bloomsbury.
Priestley, M., & Drew, V. (2019). Professional Enquiry: an ecological approach to developing teacher agency. In An eco-system for research-engaged schools: Reforming education through research (pp. 154–170). Routledge.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Qualifications Reform and Teachers’ Curriculum-making Conceptions in Shanghai

Xin Miao

University of Stirling, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Miao, Xin

This paper concerns reform to Shanghai’s Gaokao, a university entrance qualification, and its effects on curriculum making by teachers. In 2014, the Shanghai government launched a reform to allow students to complete the geography examination one year earlier than other academic subjects. For those who took geography as a subject for their university qualification examinations, the test took place at the end of Year 11 from May 2016. The sudden reform changed geography’s status from a marginal subject with around 4,800 examinees to a subject with over 34,000 examinees. The numbers of examinees kept rising. Over 52,000 examinees took the geography exam in May 2022. The dramatic rise in students opting for the subject also brought an increased demand for geography teachers.

This study, therefore, asks: How does qualifications change influence teachers’ curriculum making conceptions in Shanghai? This study investigates Shanghai geography teachers in two cohorts: teachers who entered before the 2014 reform, known as the Pre-Reform cohort; teachers who entered after the reform as the Post-Reform cohort. This study uses an existing framework of geography curriculum making (Lambert and Morgan, 2010; Lambert, Solem and Tani, 2015) but applies it to the Chinese context. This framework started off as a product of Action Plan for Geography in England, and travelled to American and European countries through international GeoCapabilities Project partners. It depicts teacher choices, student experiences and school geography as a Venn diagram, and locates them in the context of the discipline of geography, then stressing that discipline-oriented teaching is situated within the context of broad educational aims.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this study, Lambert’s framework provides five elements for teachers to play with when drawing out their conceptions of curriculum making: teachers, students, school geography, academic geography and education. Instead of presenting the Lambert model to participant teachers, this study offers teachers the five elements and invite them to use their own words to describe the relationship. This diagram-making process was at the end of two one-to-one interviews with each participant. In previous semi-structured interviews, teachers had talked about their work as a teacher, including their work besides teaching geography, their students, their experience of teaching the subject and studying the discipline at universities. These interview topics laid a foundation to prepare teachers to comfortably talk about their conceptions of the role that they and their students play in relation to school geography, academic geography and education. This data collection process was conducted online via Teams. I first presented the same slide which had the five elements in same size. Teachers then instructed me to draw out their conceptions by asking me to move around these elements or change their shapes, and sometimes add arrows. This process also brought up deep conversations about why they prefer to organise the elements in particular ways, and how they justify their arrangement of locating and connecting the five elements.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The result reveals a homogeneity within the Post-Reform cohort, contrasting with the heterogeneity inside the Pre-Reform cohort. For example, the post-Reformers tend to view them and students as being connected by the curriculum. Only one of the pre-Reform teachers holds this view, the others either view the student-teacher relationship as direct interactions or triadic interactions between teachers, students and the curriculum. The heterogeneity between the two cohorts helps to explain teachers’ different curriculum-making conceptions.

The diagram-making process serves as a dialogical tool for teachers and teacher educators to visually imagine and interpret their understanding of teacher roles. The finding stresses the cross-cultural communicative potential for the existing geography curriculum making framework and its limitations. While Lambert’s framework shows a researcher’s optimal vision of teacher choices in curriculum making, teachers draw diagrams to reflect their choices at work. Their different starting points as well as the difference between English and Shanghai context brought diversity to interpret teachers’ curriculum making process. This research finds that a static diagram may not fully reflect teachers’ growth in different stages of their careers, nor showing the influence of their accessible resources.

To conclude, the Lambert framework provides a lens to analyse teachers’ diagrams, identifying aligned patterns and differences. It is inappropriate to import the Lambert framework to Shanghai directly. Teachers’ diagrams clearly show that their cultures and the social structures create particular conditions which necessitates a modification of the Shanghai model. Nevertheless, using the Lambert framework helps to communicate geography curriculum making in same terms across cultural contexts. It visualises the shrink of diversity when the exam orientation overrides the subject by showing two cohorts’ different interpretations on how the five elements are connected. Overall, the qualifications change has hindered Shanghai geography teachers’ imaginations of their role as curriculum makers.

References
Lambert, D. and Morgan, J. (2010) Teaching Geography 11-18 – A Conceptual Approach. MaidenHead: Open University Press.
Lambert, D., Solem, M. and Tani, S. (2015) ‘Achieving Human Potential Through Geography Education: A Capabilities Approach to Curriculum Making in Schools’, Annals of the Association of American Geographers, pp. 1–13. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/00045608.2015.1022128.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm04 SES 01 A: Technology at the Service of Inclusive Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marianne Matre
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Music for all: Contributions of Technology for Inclusion in Music Learning in Portugal

Davys Moreno1, António Moreira1, Oksana Tymoshchuk1, Carlos Marques2

1University of Aveiro; 2Artistic School Conservatory of Music Calouste Gulbenkian, Aveiro

Presenting Author: Moreno, Davys

In Portugal, inclusive education is considered fundamental as recommended by the current legislation of the country. Despite this, in Artistic Education Programmes, most teachers do not have adequate training to work with children with Special Needs. For this reason, and in order to promote inclusion in Arts Education Programmes of Music, in the year 2018 we started an action-research project, entitled: Inclusion of Children with Special Needs in Arts Education Programmes: From Research to Action.

Through this research, we intend to find solutions so that children with motor disabilities arising from Cerebral Palsy can attend the Art Education Programmes in Primary Education, to develop their potential and musical skills, with possible use of Digital Technologies.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Work financed by FCT – Foundation for Science and Technology, within the scope of the PhD scholarship with reference 2020.07331.BD, and by National Funds through FCT - Foundation for Science and Technology, IP, within the scope of the UIDB/00194/2020 project, referring to CIDTFF - Research Center in Didactics and Technology in the Training of Trainers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the development of this research, we adopted the Action-Research Methodology.
The work plan consists of three major research cycles: a Diagnosis Cycle, a Preparation Cycle, and an Intervention Cycle. Each of these cycles considers planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation actions in an inclusive and change-oriented perspective.
As a result, these Cycles lead us to the practical development of a Training Programme for Arts Education Programmes of Music teachers as well as an Intervention Programme in a Portuguese Artistic School.
Throughout this study, a flexible participant observation posture was adopted, assuming a "technique based on observation, focused on the researcher's perspective, in which the researcher observes directly and in person the phenomenon under study" (Coutinho, 2018, P.370)". In this context, for the development of this study, we chose to use a "flexible approach that involves performing a naturalistic observation of the different environments, using Participant Observation and the Field Diary, conducting interviews and analysing different documents" (Amado, 2017, p. 150).
All the information compiled by this action-research was organized and studied through software-supported content analysis in the webQDA platform (https://www.webqda.net). webQDA is a web-based qualitative data analysis software for all researchers and practitioners who conduct qualitative research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this research work, the following actions have already been carried out:
(i) Approval with favourable opinion to carry out this study, by the Ethics and Deontology Council and the General Regulation of Data Protection, of the University of Aveiro; (ii) Characterization of the child with Cerebral Palsy that gave origin to our study; (iii) different bibliographic reviews in different contexts, in order to know what has been done by science so far; (iv) 18 interviews with parents of children with Cerebral Palsy and 18 interviews with professionals who work with children with Special Needs, in order to know their Needs and the Good Practices developed in favour of children; (v) different Short Duration Training Workshops in different establishments in Portugal, in order to raise awareness for Inclusion in Music - music for all; (vi) a PhD internship in the Department of Music Informatics of the Faculty of Computer Science at the University of Milan, Italy, to get to know the different technologies they are working on, which can also be used to promote music learning for users with specific special needs.
At this moment we are ready to develop the Long-Term Training Programme and the Intervention Cycle is taking place in the Artistic School where the child with Cerebral Palsy has already entered.
The results obtained so far show that teachers are not yet prepared for the challenges posed by Inclusion in Artistic Education Programmes. We highlight the need for specific training, focused on the use of Technologies, involving the educational community in an active and collaborative way. Thus, it will be possible to stimulate the potential of children and adults to transform Music Education into Inclusive Education for all.


References
Amado, J. (2017). Manual de Investigação Qualitativa em Educação 3ª edição. Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra/Coimbra University Press. ISBN: 978-989-26-1389-5
Coutinho, C. P. (2018). Metodologia de investigação em ciências sociais e humanas: Teoria e Prática. Coimbra: Almedina. Ministério da Educação/Direção-Geral da Educação (DGE). ISBN: 978-972-40-5137-6.
Costa, A. P., & Amado, J. (2018). Análise de conteúdo suportada por software. Aveiro (PRT): Ludomedia
Davanzo, Nicola (2022). Accessible Digital Musical Instruments for Quadriplegic Musicians, Dipartimento di informatica "Giovanni Degli Antoni"(Doctoral Thesis), Università degli studi di Milano, Itália. https://hdl.handle.net/2434/920339
Frid, E. (2018). Accessible Digital Musical Instruments: A Survey of Inclusive Instruments Presented at the NIME, SMC and ICMC Conferences. In Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Daegu, South Korea, 5–10 August 2018; pp. 53–59.
Frid, E. (2019). Accessible digital musical instruments—a review of musical interfaces in inclusive music practice. Multimodal Technologies and Interaction, 3(3), 57. https://doi.org/10.3390/mti3030057
Moreno, D., Maia, A. (2022). Accessible Music for Everyone: Discovering Resources. In: Mesquita, A., Abreu, A., Carvalho, J.V. (eds) Perspectives and Trends in Education and Technology. Smart Innovation, Systems and Technologies, vol 256. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-5063-5_73
Moreno, D., Moreira, A., Tymoshchuk, O., Marques, C. (2022). Studying Inclusion in Music Education - An Integrative Literature Review as a Support in the Choice of Methodology, Using WebQDA. In: Costa, A.P., Moreira, A., Sánchez‑Gómez, M.C., Wa-Mbaleka, S. (eds) Computer Supported Qualitative Research. WCQR 2022. Lecture Notes in Networks and Systems, vol 466. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-04680-3_12  
Moreno, D. & Maia, A. (2021).  Descobrindo Tecnologias Facilitadoras da Inclusão na Aprendizagem da Música. In Transformación digital e innovación tecnológica en la Educación. Thomson Reuters, Aranzadi. Pamplona, 427-440.
Moreno, D., Moreira, A., Tymoshchuk, O., Marques, C. (2021). A Child with Cerebral Palsy in Arts Education Programmes: Building Scaffoldings for Inclusion. In: Costa, A.P., Reis, L.P., Moreira, A., Longo, L., Bryda, G. (eds) Computer Supported Qualitative Research. WCQR 2021. Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing, vol 1345. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-70187-1_13  
Moreno, D., Moreira, A., Tymoshchuk, O., & Marques, C. (2021).  Children with special needs in music Arts education programmes: challenges. In String teaching in 21st Century: Bridges between research and practice (pp. 60-74). Edições Politema. https://ria.ua.pt/handle/10773/32444  
Moreno, D., Moreira, A., Tymoshchuk, O., & Marques, C. (2021).  Finding solutions to promote the inclusion of children with Cerebral Palsy in Arts Education Programmes of Music: an integrative literature review using webQDA. Indagatio Didactica, 13(3), 537-558. https://doi.org/10.34624/id.v13i3.25599


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Analysis of Technological Barriers with Visually Impaired Students at the University of Ghana

Esmerlinda Kokor Ofoe

University of Ghana, Ghana

Presenting Author: Ofoe, Esmerlinda Kokor

In 2020 when Covid19 struck, about 89% of the world's students were affected by the school shutdown and 24 million of these students are likely to drop out of school (UNESCO, 2020). Further report by UNESCO (2020) expounded the migration of teaching and learning to online has disproportionately affected Student with Disability(SWDs), therefore they are least likely to benefit from online learning.

The challenge with the use of digital technologies is that students with disabilities, face several barriers accessing digital learning platforms. According to Fichten, Olenik-Shemesh, Asuncion, Jorgensen & Colwell (2020) there is a stark incompatibility between software used by universities and the students as a result, most websites for learning are inaccessible with student not knowing the use of these technologies. Even though much has improved in recent decades, there are still technological, structural and attitudinal characteristics that make it difficult for this SWDs to fully participate in society (Dirks, Bühler. Edler, Miesenberger& Heumader,2020)

In Ghana, few studies conducted in higher education have focused on identifying physical barriers (Akoto et al., 2022; Odame et al., 2020; ) and socio-cultural barriers (Adom-Opare, 2022; Ocran, 2022) as the major contributors of barriers to education with no specific mention of the barriers to the use of classroom technology initiatives by student with hearing and visual impairment . In light of this, there is a need to investigate these barriers to inform policy and practice. This study, therefore, fills the gap in research by exploring the widely used classroom technology by students with hearing and visual impairment at the University of Ghana. The study focused on the following to achieve its goal.

What are the widely used digital technologies for visually impairment?

How are these technologies a barrier to students with visual impairment?

What support services are available to visually impaired for use

This study was guided by transformative learning and life course theory. Merriam and Caffarella (1999) define transformative learning as “dramatic fundamental change in the way we see ourselves and the world in which we live”. It describes one’s learning transformation occurring as a result of a 10-stage process that begins with a “disorienting dilemma” which leads to self-examination, planning and some experimentation with new roles and ultimately reintegration. By this, learning is achieved through critical self-reflection on one’s experiencesThis is useful in explaining the changes coping strategies to the use of technology. The study thus draws on the concepts of Transition, Meaning Making and Critical Discourse to explain the changes students face and how they cope


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Underpinning Philosophy: This study adopts an interpretivist paradigm, which views reality as relative and subjective (Schwant, 1994; Reason, 1996). Using snowball sampling, 30 students with different categories of hearing and visual impairments at the university of Ghana were sampled. Data was collected through in-depth interviews and observation and analysed thematically (Merriam,1998).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Thematic analysis revealed  a variety of assistive technology available to students with visual impairment. Auditory-based technologies such as Read Aloud.Natural Reader  Speechify.and computer magnifiers are used  by students with visual impairment in their academic work. All students used (JAWS- Job Access with Speech), Non Visual Desktop Access (NVDA) and the university learning management(SAKAI) These findings show that assistive technology is an important tool in the inclusion process and can promote independence and autonomy of students with visual impairment. The education of students with visual need for technological  infrastructure and pedagogical support.

References
Fichten, C., Olenik-Shemesh, D., Asuncion, J., Jorgensen, M., & Colwell, C. (2020). Higher education, information and communication technologies and students with disabilities: An overview of the current situation. Improving accessible digital practices in higher education: Challenges and new practices for inclusion, 21-44.
Merriam, S B., Caffarella, R.S., & Baumgartner, L. (1999).  Learning in adulthood.  San Francisco, Jossey-Bass.
Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative Research and Case Study Applications in Education. Revised and Expanded from" Case Study Research in Education.". Jossey-Bass Publishers, 350 Sansome St, San Francisco, CA 94104.
Mezirow, J. (2000). Learning as Transformation: Critical Perspectives on a Theory in Progress. The Jossey-Bass Higher and Adult Education Series. In ERIC. Jossey-Bass Publishers, 350 Sansome Way, San Francisco, CA 94104. Retrieved from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED448301
Miesenberger, K., Dirks, S., Bühler, C., & Heumader, P. (2022, July). Cognitive Disabilities and Accessibility: Introduction to the Special Thematic Session. In Computers Helping People with Special Needs: 18th International Conference, ICCHP-AAATE 2022, Lecco, Italy, July 11–15, 2022, Proceedings, Part I (pp. 409-416). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Reason, P. (1996). Reflections on the Purposes of Human Inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 2(1), 15–28. https://doi.org/10.1177/107780049600200103
Schwandt, T. A. (1994). Constructivist, interpretivist approaches to human inquiry. Handbook of qualitative research, 1(1994), 118-137. UNESCO. (2020, March 4). 290 million students out of school due to COVID-19:
UNESCO releases first global numbers and mobilizes response. Retrieved April 17, 2020, from UNESCO: https://en.unesco.org/news/290-million-students-out-school-due-covid-19unesco-releases-first-global-numbers-and-mobilizes


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Speech Technology for Improved Literacy, an Exploratory Study of Speech-to-Text Technology as an Inclusive Approach in Lower Secondary Education

Marianne Matre, David Lansing Cameron

Universitetet i Agder, Norway

Presenting Author: Matre, Marianne

Speech-to-text (STT) technology enables pupils to write using their voice and has been presented as an alternative to handwriting and typing for pupils who struggle with writing as it reduces the constraints of transcription (Arcon et al., 2017). Baker, Gersten and Graham (2003) posit that dictation allows pupils to spend less effort on lower-order skills, such as spelling, punctuation and grammar, and enables them to devote more attention to higher-order skills, such as planning content, creating a good structure, and text coherence.

Research indicates that students with learning difficulties are able to produce higher quality compositions when dictating texts to a scribe compared to writing by hand or typing (De La Paz & Graham, 1997; Gillespie & Graham, 2014). Similar outcomes have been observed among children without writing difficulties. For example, Hayes and Berninger, (2009) found that primary school students in grades 2, 4, and 6 showed an increase in the number of ideas generated, as well as both the quantity and quality of texts produced when dictating to a scribe compared to writing texts by hand or on a keyboard. However, the approach was not as effective for older students who have already developed solid handwriting and transcription skills (Hayes & Berninger, 2009).

Given the sensitive emotional development and attitudes of pupils in lower secondary school, the social implications of using STT technology among this age group is an important consideration with respect to creating inclusive classroom environments. Inclusive education has been described as a response to diversity, aiming to empower all learners, celebrate differences in dignified ways and improve participation of all students (Barton, 1997). Access to speech technology may provide several advantages to segregated one-to-one instruction or writing with a scribe. For example, the technology may enable pupils to take part in a greater range of writing activities than would otherwise be available to them (Quinlan 2004). Though, there is a risk that these instructional adaptations may create new forms of exclusion when only provided to individual students. As a student may experience feelings of inferiority or low self-esteem when they are permitted to use resources that are not accessible to their classmates (Polgar, 2011).

To address this issue, researchers in the Speech Technology for Improved Literacy (STIL) project have explored how teachers and school leaders at a Norwegian lower secondary school introduce STT technology as an option for all students during writing activities. Schools are now in a position where they must decide whether STT technology should be accepted as an assistive tool available only to a certain group of students, in certain contexts, or as a tool for all learners. Very little research has been conducted on STT as an inclusive approach.

The STIL project comprises three studies, a scoping review study (study 1), a qualitative interview study (study 2) and a stimulated recall study (study 3). The aim of the scoping review is to assess the size and scope of available empirical research on the use of STT in a lower secondary context and identify the nature and extent of evidence. The second study explores teachers’ experiences with introducing STT as an inclusive approach in a full class environment. While the third study aims to explore how pupils with low writing achievement experience writing a reflective text with STT technology and keyboard.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The STIL project employs an exploratory research design with a sample of six teachers and six pupils from a rural lower secondary school in Norway. The use of more than one data collection method, also known as methodological triangulation (Noble & Heale, 2019) was chosen to enrich and validate findings. According to Denscombe (2017) the aim of an explorative research design is to generate insight and information from a little explored area of research. Exploratory studies are often small-scale and employ qualitative research methods (Denscombe, 2017). The explorative design was considered applicable for the STIL project as there had been conducted little previous research on the use of STT in lower secondary school.
Study 1 is a scoping review aiming to identify empirical studies on the use of STT for adolescents with learning difficulties, published between January 2000 and April 2022. Searches for peer-reviewed articles were conducted in databases ERIC, PsycINFO and Scopus, while grey literature searches were conducted in Google, Google Scholar, the NDLTD (Networked Digital Library of Theses and Dissertations) and ProQuest Dissertations & Theses Global. The PRISMA-ScR checklist (Tricco et al., 2018) was used to guide the reporting of findings.
Study 2 is a qualitative interview study where six teachers comprise the sample. The setting was a lower secondary school with 92 pupils in grades 8–10, situated in southern Norway. A team of researchers and the Norwegian National Service for Special Needs Education (Statped) collaborated on the project. The researchers were responsible for gathering data, and Statped employees developed the digital course and led training sessions with teachers and pupils. All 14 teachers at the school took part in the digital course and were invited to participate in the study, to which six teachers agreed.
Study 3 is a stimulated recall study with data from screen recordings, pupil texts and interviews. The pupils had previously been introduced to STT technology by their teachers (in study 2) and had practiced using STT with their classmates for approximately four hours per week for 10 weeks. Six pupils in grades 9 and 10 (M = 14.98 years) were invited to write a text using STT and keyboard. The pupils performed in the lower levels of the national reading test for grade 8, scored in the 30th percentile or lower on a standardized Norwegian spelling test (Skaathun, 2013), and were considered writers with low achievement based on teacher nominations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The scoping review shows that little research has been conducted on the use of STT for adolescents with learning difficulties in secondary education. It identifies 8 peer-reviewed studies and 5 publications of grey literature. Areas of interest mainly regard five topics: writing related skills, text assessment, writing processes, accuracy of the technology, and participants’ experiences. Findings indicate that writing performance among students with learning difficulties tends to improve when using STT and that parents, teachers, and pupils report positive experiences with the technology.

The study of teachers’ experiences of STT as an inclusive approach shows that implementation of STT technology challenges different aspects of inclusion. The teachers primarily considered SST to be an assistive technology useful for pupils with writing difficulties. Yet, they noted that STT offers opportunities for all pupils to participate in collaborative writing tasks, discuss norms for formal and informal language, and produce first drafts without having to worry about spelling. Findings show that STT provides academic opportunities for most learners; at the same time, it is described as a disruptive and embarrassing element in whole-class environments. The conflict of interest between fulfilling pupils’ social and academic needs became evident when teachers argued that pupils could benefit from being placed in smaller groups and more private locations when using STT.

Preliminary findings from study 3 contest the hypothesis that STT allows pupils to spend less effort on lower-order skills and enables them to devote more attention to higher-order skills. The video and interview analyses show that pupils could not rely on STT to be 100% accurate and provide correct orthography and syntax in Norwegian. The findings suggest that technological issues need to be addressed and sufficient instruction is necessary before STT can be a truly beneficial tool for adolescents with low writing achievement in Norwegian secondary education.

References
Arcon, N., Klein, P. D., & Dombroski, J. D. (2017). Effects of dictation, speech to text, and handwriting on the written composition of elementary school English language learners. Reading & Writing Quarterly, 33(6), 533–548. https://doi.org/10.1080/10573569.2016.1253513

Baker, S., Gersten, R., & Graham, S. (2003). Teaching expressive writing to students with learning disabilities: Research-based applications and examples. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 36(2), 109–123. https://doi.org/10.1177/002221940303600204

Barton, L. (1997). Inclusive education: romantic, subversive or realistic? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1(3), 231-242. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360311970010301

De La Paz, S., & Graham, S. (1997). Effects of dictation and advanced planning instruction on the composing of students with writing and learning problems. Journal of Educational Psychology, 89(2), 203. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.89.2.203

Denscombe, M. (2017). The good research guide: For small-scale social research projects. McGraw-Hill Education (UK).

Gillespie, A., & Graham, S. (2014). A meta-analysis of writing interventions for students with learning disabilities. Exceptional Children, 80(4), 454–473. https://doi.org/10.1177/0014402914527238

Hayes, J. R., & Berninger, V. W. (2009). 13 relationships between idea generation and transcription. Traditions of Writing Research, 166.

Noble, H., & Heale, R. (2019). Triangulation in research, with examples. Evidence-based nursing, 22(3), 67-68.

Polgar, J. M. (2011). The myth of neutral technology. In Design and use of assistive technology (pp. 17-23). Springer, New York, NY. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-7031-2_2

Quinlan, T. (2004). Speech recognition technology and students with writing difficulties: Improving fluency. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96(2), 337. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.96.2.337

Skaathun, A. (2013). The reading test by the Norwegian reading centre [Lesesenterets staveprøve]. Stavanger: University of Stavanger.

Tricco AC, Lillie E, Zarin W, et al. (2018) PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): checklist and explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine. 169(7) 467-473.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm04 SES 01 B: Gifted Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Margaret Sutherland
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in Gifted Education Using the Renzulli Learning System

Connie Phelps1, Michael Shaughnessy2, Martina Brazzolotto3, Joyce Miller4, Audrey Warrington1

1Emporia State University, United States of America; 2Eastern New Mexico University, United States of America; 3Talent Education Center, Italy; 4Texas A&M University-Commerce

Presenting Author: Shaughnessy, Michael

This international study investigated teacher perceptions toward systemic racism and online distance learning within the context of the COVID-19 as a dual pandemic. Teachers from three locations in Europe and the United States participated in 18 hours of virtual live professional learning lectures using a diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) conceptual framework and Schoolwide Enrichment Model pedagogical model in Gifted Education. Given tragic events of systemic racism viewed globally during the pandemic combined with a sudden change from face-to-face traditional learning in buildings to online learning platforms, teachers faced challenges with instructional delivery but gained opportunities to address DEI issues in their virtual classrooms. Despite the pedagogical and societal hardships of COVID-19, teachers with little or no training or experience forged pathways in online distance education. The study provided professional learning as online Professional Learning Institutes to equip P-12 teachers with knowledge, skills, and dispositions to effectively create differentiated curricula based on DEI concepts.

Professional literature supported positive aspects of online teaching and DEI concepts during this dual pandemic. For example, socialization in online learning connects online teaching and learning and issues of diversity, equity and inclusion (Siemens, 2004). Teacher performance with technology and technology training impacted student learning (Lei & So, 2021). Teaching style, preparation, and feedback impacted student learning (Bolliger & Martindale, 2004). Teacher perceptions of online instruction effectiveness compared to face-to-face instruction showed no statistically significant difference (Lei & So, 2021). Freshmen and sophomore interviews found students completed third and fourth college years with “color-blind racism” ideology (Bonita-Silva, 2015).

The researchers asked participants to complete a nine-hour online course on the Schoolwide Enrichment Model (SEM; Renzulli, 1986) as a self-paced Pre-Institute professional learning intervention. The SEM knowledge and skills proposed enrichment for all students and provided foundational methods and practical strategies. Participants practiced using the Renzulli Learning System (RLS) components during the Pre-Institute that included the Renzulli Profiler, Differentiation Engine, Project Wizard, Super Starter Templates, Project Showcase, and the Cebecci Test of Creativity.

Prior to the four-week Professional Learning Institutes, participants signed consent forms, The researchers adapted published surveys on DEI (Pohan & Aguilar, 2001) and online distance education (Çelen et al., 2013), and participants completed pretests to establish a baseline of teacher knowledge, skills, and dispositions toward the dual pandemic areas of DEI concepts and online distance education pedagogy.

The four-week Professional Learning Institutes consisted of nine hours of DEI concepts with three lecture hours during the first three weeks. Week 1 focused on SEM Type 1 enrichment designed to introduce learners to the diversity concepts. During Week 2, lectures addressed SEM Type II enrichment learning focused on real world skills and inclusion concepts. Week 3 addressed SEM Type III in-depth enrichment learning and equity concepts. The fourth week provided additional time to complete enrichment curriculum tasks posted in Google Classroom. Each of the three locations worked in separate online classrooms with the same tasks.

All live lectures included translation and captioning to support the international collaboration between a European country and the United States. At the end of each live lecture, participants asked questions in their own language with explanations translated for non-English speaking participants. Participants unable to attend lectures could view recorded lectures hosted on a dedicated YouTube channel. Following the four-week Professional Learning Institutes, participants completed the DEI and online distance education surveys.

The researchers asked two questions: (a) How does a virtual Enrichment Camp impact teacher perceptions of systemic racism during the dual pandemic, and (b) How does a virtual Enrichment Camp impact teacher perceptions of teaching during the dual pandemic? The online Professional Learning Institutes served as the virtual enrichment camps.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The quasi-experiment study used a pretest/posttest design with three iterations of four-week online Professional Learning Institutes. Each institute consisted of 18 lectures hours of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) conceptual learning and pedagogical training in the online Renzulli Learning System (RLS) based on the Schoolwide Enrichment Model (Renzulli, 1986; 2021). Thirty-five primary and secondary level teachers completed teacher perception surveys on diversity, equity, and inclusion (15 items) and online distance education (20 items) as pretests to establish a baseline of teachers perceptions toward DEI concepts and online distance education pedagogy. Researchers in three locations invited P-12 teachers from professional organizations and university courses related to Gifted Education to participate in the study. Participants could complete the Professional Learning Institute for university credit hours with additional assignments and supervised interactions with gifted children recorded through Zoom.

The RLS professional learning coordinator delivered Zoom lectures on SEM Types I, II, and III enrichment using the RLS platform to demonstrate DEI concepts. University professors with expertise in Gifted Education and Graduate Assistants presented lectures on DEI concepts with specific exemplars related to SEM Types I, II, and III enrichment learning. Participants complete The Profiler in the RLS to determine strengths, interests and preferred learning and expression styles. The RLS then generated matched enrichment activities with participant Profile results categorized as Virtual Field Trips and How-to Books as examples of Type I enrichment to introduce diversity concepts. Enrichment categories included Critical Thinking and Creativity Training as Type II real world skills and Independent Study and Contests and Competitions to demonstrate Type III in-depth learning. A graduate research assistant tracked participant progress and posted announcements through Google Classroom.

Participants used the RLS to create individualized enrichment activities based on their RLS Profiler results. Some participants worked with P-12 students to enhance their learning experience with RLS pedagogy and DEI concepts. Both English-speaking and non-English participants attended live lectures as a group during two week days and one Saturday. Research from each location hosted separate Google Classrooms to manage projects and post announcements. After the four-week intervention, participants completed the DEI and online distance education surveys as posttests to provide a comparison with their pretest responses. Participants used codes to preserve anonymity and confidentiality. Participants who completed the intervention lectures and both surveys received signed completion certificates. Participants also received professional learning certificates upon completion of the SEM training during the Pre-Institute phase of the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The researchers combined pretest and posttest perception survey data from the three institutes for group analysis. Demographics of the 35 teachers measured experience teaching, geographic location, and gender. Online Distance Education survey statements clustered together as 10 positive and 10 negative statements. Examples of pretest/posttest that changed from negative to positive perceptions included, "Lessons cannot be offered through distance education" DEI item and "Instructors in distance education are inadequate in terms of knowledge and skills." DEI survey pretest/posttest statements of agreement that changed to fewer who agreed included, "Many women in society continue to live in poverty because males still dominate the major social systems in America," and "People with physical limitations are less effective as leaders than people without disabilities."

The study found teacher perceptions changed in a favorable direction on 14 of 15 DEI survey statements with lower ratings on the mixed racial parenting item (item #1). Similarly, teacher perceptions toward online distance education shifted in a favorable direction on 19 of 20 survey statements from the pretest to the posttest with a lower rating on distance education as an instructional delivery system in the future (item #12). These results indicated the online Professional Learning Institute intervention changed participant perceptions toward online distance education pedagogy and DEI concepts in a favorable direction.

Recommendations from the study include follow-up on pretest/posttest results through structured interviews with attention to outlier DEI item #1 and online distance education item #12. Controlled sample size in different locations could provide comparisons between groups. Increased posttest results in all locations would strengthen study results. Further analysis of  self-reported online teaching proficiency responses could provide insight on pretest/posttest results. Online Professional Learning Institutes with low or no cost to participants as in this study can target specific content, skills, and dispositions deemed needed during crises.
 

References
Bolliger, D., & Martindale, T. (2004). Key factors for determining student satisfaction in online courses. International Journal on e-learning, 3, 61-67.https://www.learntechlib.org/primary/p/2226/

Bonilla-Silva, E. (2015). The structure of racism in color-blind, “Post-Racial” America. American Behavioral Scientist. 59(11), 1358-1376. https://doi.org/10.1177/0002764215586826
    
Çelen, F. K., Çelik, A, Seferoğlu, S. S. (2013). Analysis of teachers’ approaches to distance education. Procedia Socia and Behavioral Sciences, 82, 388-392.

Lei, S. I., & So, A. S. I. (2021). Online Teaching and Learning Experiences During the COVID-19 Pandemic – A Comparison of Teacher and Student Perceptions,Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Education,33(3),148-162. https://doi.org/10.1080/10963758.2021.1907196

Pohan, C., & Aguilar, T. E. (2001, March). Measuring educators’ beliefs about diversity in personal and professional contexts. American Educational Research Journal, 38(1), 159-182. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312038001159

Renzulli, J. S. (1986). The three-ring conception of giftedness: A developmental model for creative productivity. In R.J. Sternberg, J. E. Davidson (Eds.), Conceptions of giftedness (pp. 53-92). Cambridge University Press.

Renzulli, J. (2021). Scale Renzulli. Scale per l'identificazione delle caratteristiche comportamentali degli studenti plusdotati. Trad. It. Sorrentino, P., Pinnelli, S. Erickson.

Siemens, G. (2004). Connectivism: A learning theory for the digital age. International Journal of Instructional Technology and Distance Learning, 2, 1-7. https://bit.ly/3zj2GO9


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

"More to Gain? A Study of Norwegian Teachers' Perspectives on Gifted Education"

Gila Hammer Furnes, Gunnvi Sæle Jokstad

NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Furnes, Gila Hammer; Jokstad, Gunnvi Sæle

The education act in Norway states that education should be inclusive and that all students receive a high-quality education that meets their individual needs. Furthermore, education should enable students to develop their abilities and talents. However, the responsibility falls on the individual schools and municipalities regarding gifted education, resulting in considerable discrepancies in practices and praxis between schools. The governmental report NOU 2016:14 (2016) "More to Gain. Children with higher learning potential" reveals that there is a lack of Norwegian research that focuses on gifted children and that teachers lack the competence to identify and facilitate education for gifted students. Therefore, according to the report, teachers do not promote sufficiently adapted education. The report recommends that more research in the Norwegian context be conducted to generate knowledge concerning gifted education. This study investigates teachers' perspectives on gifted students and gifted education. The study examines how teachers describe teacher education concerning gifted students and their competence and practices with gifted education.

Theoretical framework: In Norway, little research has been published on gifted students since the 1970s, and the lack of research seems to have had implications on teachers' and schools' practices and praxis. Research shows that gifted education has had a relatively low priority among researchers in Norway, although it is slowly increasing in recent years (Furnes & Jokstad, 2023; Lenvik et al., 2021). Studies show that a lack of research seems to impact gifted students' opportunities for equal education (Idsøe, 2014; Idsøe & Skogen, 2011; Nissen et al., 2011; Smedsrud, 2018; Straube, 2003). Moreover, gifted students are more likely to feel socially isolated, have low self-efficacy, and struggle with their self-identity resulting in a higher risk of school dropout.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study investigates Norwegian teachers' utterances concerning their competencies, practices, and praxis in gifted education. A mixed methods  (Creswell, 2007; Johnson et al., 2007) digital survey is mailed to schools and published in teachers' groups on social media, targeting teachers in primary schools. The quantitative results will be analysed through SPSS, and the qualitative results will be explored through a Bakhtin-inspired dialogic analysis informed ( Bakhtin & Holquist, 1981). The study examines the voicedness in teachers' utterances and the layers between them. This article is based on findings from the digital survey.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some of our preliminary findings:  The survey will be concluded before the schools take summer leave, in June 2023. So far 85 teachers have answered the survey. Teachers in the study report that teacher education did not focus on gifted education and are uncertain about how to cater to these students. Furthermore, approximately 80 percent report little or no knowledge of the governmental report NOU 2016:14 (2016) "More to Gain. Children with higher learning potential". Roughly 25 percent report that they have been trained to cater to gifted students, and around 13 percent state that their schools have guidelines concerning gifted education. The qualitative results show so far that there is a broad understanding among teachers in the study that gifted students are perceived as a challenge but not a priority. Only a few teachers in the study perceive gifted students as a valuable resource, while the majority seem to have a problem-oriented view of this student group.
References
Bakhtin, M., & Holquist, M. (1981). The dialogic imagination: four essays. University of Texas Press.
Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry & research design: choosing among five approaches. Sage.
Furnes, G. H., & Jokstad, G. S. (2023). Evnerike barn – begreps- og verdimangfold til besvær? Fagbokforlaget.
Idsøe, E. C. (2014). Elever med akademisk talent i skolen. Cappelen Damm akademisk.
Idsøe, E. C., & Skogen, K. (2011). Våre evnerike barn: en utfordring for skolen. Høyskoleforl.
Johnson, R. B., Onwuegbuzie, A. J., & Turner, L. A. (2007). Toward a definition of mixed methods research. Journal of mixed methods research, 1(2), 112-133.
Lenvik, A. K., Hesjedal, E., & Jones, L. Ø. (2021). “We Want to Be Educated!” A Thematic Analysis of Gifted Students’ Views on Education in Norway.
Nissen, P., Kyed, O., & Baltzer, K. (2011). Talent i skolen: identifikation, undervisning og udvikling. Dafolo.
NOU 2016:14. (2016). Mer å hente. Bedre læring for elever med stort læringspotensial.  Retrieved from https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/15542e6ffc5f4159ac5e47b91db91bc0/no/pdfs/nou201620160014000dddpdfs.pdf
Smedsrud, J. (2018). Forsering og akselerasjon for evnerike elever-Det dårligste av de beste alternativene. Psykologi i kommunen, 53(3), 5-9.
Straube, E. (2003). Enhetsskolens glemte barn: en studie om tilrettelegging av undervisning for evnerike elever i grunnskolen.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Development of Efficacy for Inclusive Practice: Initial Teacher Education to Early Career Teacher

Jacqueline Specht1, Evan Chalres1, Klajdi Puka2

1Western University, Canada; 2Government of Canada

Presenting Author: Specht, Jacqueline

To implement inclusive practices effectively, teachers need the right combination of knowledge, skills, and educational foundation. They must also believe in their own abilities and have confidence that they can bring about the changes that they wish to see in the classroom. In other words, they must have a strong sense of self-efficacy for teaching within inclusive classrooms. Teachers who have a strong sense of self-efficacy in their teaching abilities provide lessons of higher instructional quality (Miesera et al., 2019), pay more attention to the needs of individual students (Colson et al., 2017), are more flexible in their instruction and are more likely to involve students in decision making processes (Goddard & Evans, 2018). Due to the numerous benefits of a high level of self-efficacy, it is paramount that by the end of teacher education programs, pre-service teachers feel ready and confident to enter the workforce. However, it is equally as important that levels of self-efficacy remain stable into the first years of the teaching career. Once firmly established, self-efficacy beliefs are thought to be relatively unchanging (Bandura, 1997). A teacher who has a solid cognitive representation of their abilities is unlikely to have that concept changed, even when presented with evidence to the contrary.

Research has increasingly focused on identifying the factors that contribute to high levels of self-efficacy for inclusive teaching practice. Results of studies that have included gender as a variable when examining pre-service teachers’ self-efficacy have been relatively mixed, with the different findings being largely attributed to cultural factors (e.g., Specht & Metsala, 2018; Shaukat et al., 2019) Those teaching in elementary grades have higher levels of self-efficacy for teaching within inclusive classrooms when compared to their contemporaries who are preparing to teach secondary grades (Sharma et al., 2015). Teachers who have more experiences with diverse populations, either professional or personal, tend to have higher levels of self-efficacy for teaching within inclusive classrooms than pre-service teachers who have fewer experiences (Peebles & Mendaglio, 2014; Specht & Metsala, 2018). Although the literature surrounding the factors that contribute to self-efficacy for teaching is relatively rich, research into the predictive capabilities of these factors is scarce. For example, Specht and Metsala (2018) found that for pre-service teachers preparing to teach elementary grades, significant predictors of higher self-efficacy were gender, having friends with diverse learning needs, the amount of experience that they had teaching students with diverse learning needs, and if they had more student-centred patterns of educational beliefs. For those preparing to teach secondary grades, significant predictors were gender, the amount of diverse teaching experience, their beliefs regarding the stability of academic ability, and their beliefs toward the use of extrinsic rewards to motivate learning.

Additionally, only a handful of studies have investigated the longitudinal development of self-efficacy for the inclusive practice of teachers into their first years of in-service teaching. George et .al., 2018 examined efficacy for inclusive practice in year 1 and 5 of teaching and found a significant increase; Mintz, 2019 found stability from leaving preservice to the first year of teaching.

The current study adds to our understanding of the development of self-efficacy from the beginning of initial teacher education through to the first 2 years of teaching by asking the following questions:

1. What is the trajectory for self-efficacy for teaching within inclusive classrooms from the pre-service period into in-service teaching?

2. What quantitative factors influence the trajectory for self-efficacy?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants

Participants in this study were a sample of 378 (301 women; 77 men) pre-service teachers from 11 faculties of education across Canada, followed from the beginning of their pre-service period into their second year of teaching.  Two-hundred and twenty-six were  preparing to teach elementary while the other 152 planned to teach in secondary school.

Measures

Participants provided information on their gender, level of personal and professional experience ranging from none to extensive experience, and number of weeks on practicum prior to their first class on inclusive education.  They completed two questionnaires. The Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practice questionnaire (TEIP; see Sharma et al., 2012), assessed their feelings of: Efficacy in Collaboration, which measures the participants’ self-perceptions of working with parents and colleagues in the schools; Efficacy in Managing Behaviour, referring to sense of competence in dealing with disruptive behaviours in the classroom; and Efficacy to Use Inclusive Instruction, which refers to the use of teaching strategies consistent with the inclusion of all learners. Each scale has been found to have high internal reliability, with Cronbach’s alpha of 0.85, 0.85, and 0.93, respectively (Sharma et al., 2012). The Beliefs About Learning and Teaching Questionnaire (BLTQ, see Glenn, 2018) measured beliefs related to: Student-Centred Instruction, with high scores representing beliefs that students’ needs and the learning process are the focus of teachers’ instruction-based decisions; Teacher-Controlled Instruction, for which high scores indicate beliefs that a teacher’s focus is on transmitting information; Entity- Increment, with high scores1 indicating beliefs that students’ learning ability is a fixed rather than a malleable trait that is relatively impervious to good instruction; and Attaining Standards, for which high scores represent beliefs that external rewards, such as high grades, are primary motivators for students. A perspective consistent with a positive outlook on inclusion would include high scores on the Student-Centred scale, and low scores on and Entity-Increment, Teacher Controlled, and Attaining Standards scales. Cronbach’s alpha for the four scales are: .66, .73, .64, and .70, respectively (Glenn, 2018).

Procedure

Participants completed the measures at four points in time approximately one year apart: before participants took their first course on inclusive education, toward the end of their time in their faculties of education, and into their first, and second year of in-service teaching.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The trajectories of inclusive instruction, managing behaviour, and collaboration over time were jointly estimated using multigroup latent class growth models.  This approach aims to identify unique subgroups of participants that share similar trajectories across multiple outcomes. A probability of belonging to each group is assigned to each participant, and the participant is assigned to a group based on the highest probability value (Nagin et al. 2018).

Trajectories of Self-efficacy

The three domains of self-efficacy were best modeled using two groups. The first group qualitatively labelled “low-increasing”, was composed of 43% of the sample who had relatively low scores on each self-efficacy domain in Year 1 and showed significant, though modest improvements over time; the mean improvement per year ranged from 0.05 (for Collaboration) to 0.08 (Managing Behavior). The second group, qualitatively labelled “high-stable”, was composed of 57% of the sample, who had relatively high scores on each self-efficacy domain in Year 1 that remained stable over time; notably, scores of Inclusive Instruction and Managing Behavior showed a quadratic trajectory, showing some improvement in Year 2 and 3 but similar scores in Year 1 and 4.

Characteristics Associated with Each Trajectory

Characteristics in Year 1 of participants in each trajectory group were compared using unadjusted and adjusted modified Poisson regression; adjusted models controlled for the demographic, experience, and BLTQ scores. People with high efficacy trajectories were more likely to plan to teach in the elementary panel, had extensive experience with people with disabilities, and a belief that ability is malleable and student need should be the focus of teacher instruction. Results will be discussed with reference to early teacher education.

References
Bandura, A. (1997) Self-Efficacy: The exercise of control. W.H. Freeman and Company, New York.
Colson, T., Sparks, K., Berridge, G., Frimming, R., & Willis, C. (2017). Pre-service teachers and self-efficacy: A study in contrast. Discourse and Communication for Sustainable Education, 8(2), 66–76. https://doi.org/10.1515/dcse-2017-0016
George, S. V., Richardson, P. W., & Watt, H. M. G. (2018). Early career teachers’ self-efficacy: A longitudinal study from Australia. Australian Journal of Education, 62(2), 217-233.
Glenn, C. V. (2018). The measurement of teacher’s beliefs about ability: Development of the Beliefs About Learning and Teaching Questionnaire. Exceptionality Education International, 28, 51-66.
Goddard, C., & Evans, D. (2018). Primary pre-service teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion across the training years. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(6), 122–142. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2018v43n6.8
Mintz, J. (2019). A comparative study of the impact of enhanced input on inclusion at pre-service and induction phases on the self-efficacy of beginning teachers to work effectively with children with special educational needs. British Educational Research Journal, 45(2), 254-274.
Miesera, S., DeVries, J. M., Jungjohann, J., & Gebhardt, M. (2019). Correlation between attitudes, concerns, self-efficacy and teaching intentions in inclusive education evidence from German pre-service teachers using international scales. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 19(2), 103–114. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12432
Nagin, D., Jones, B., Passos, V., & Tremblay, R. (2018). Group based multi-trajectory modeling. Statistical Methods in Medical Research, 27(7), 2015-2023.
Peebles, J. L., & Mendaglio, S. (2014). The impact of direct experience on preservice teachers self-efficacy for teaching in inclusive classrooms. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(12), 1321–1336. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.899635
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2012). Measuring teacher efficacy to implement inclusive practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-3802.2011.01200.x
Sharma, U., & Sokal, L. (2015). The impact of a teacher education course on pre-service
teachers' beliefs about inclusion: an international comparison. Journal of Research in
Special Educational Needs, 15(4), 276-284.
Shaukat, S., Vishnumolakala, V. R., & Al Bustami, G. (2019). The impact of teachers’ characteristics on their self-efficacy and job satisfaction: a perspective from teachers engaging students with disabilities. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 19(1), 68-76.  
Specht, J., & Metsala, J. (2018). Predictors of teacher efficacy for inclusive practice in pre-service teachers. Exceptionality Education International, 28(3), 67-82
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm04 SES 01 C: Teacher attitudes Towards Inclusive Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 132 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Damaris Pungila
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Education according to Teachers' Attitudes in the Greek School

Konstantia Polyzopoulou1, Helen Tsakiridou2

1External Academic Fellow, Department of Public and One Health, University of Thessaly, Greece; 2Professor of Applied Statistics and Research Methodology, Department of Regional and Cross Border Development Studies, University of Western Macedonia, Greece

Presenting Author: Polyzopoulou, Konstantia

Teachers are playing a vital role in the education process and their attitudes toward inclusion have a significant effect on the implementation and success of inclusion (Cook, 2011). Teachers possess positive attitudes toward inclusive education but they express their concerns related to inadequate education process and the means of educating students with special educational needs (Scruggs & Mastropieri, 1996). Other research (Saloviita, 2018) showed that teachers develop neutral to negative attitudes toward the inclusive education. Furthermore, men teaching in the mainstream school adopt positive attitudes in a lower level than women, teacher in a low self-efficacy level expressed positive attitudes in a low degree, but teachers who participated in special education seminars or completed a special education master, formed positive attitudes toward the inclusion policy (Vaz et al., 2015). Other study concluded that going aged teachers are characterized by positive attitudes toward the education for all (Monsen, Ewing & Kwoka, 2014). Teachers who work in primary education express positive attitudes toward the inclusion of students with low to mild degree of disability and express their beliefs to the effectiveness to the inclusion education practices (Ćwirynkało et al., 2017). Secondary education teachers support the inclusive education, especially for those who have taught a student with special needs and those who are qualified in special education (Bhatnagar & Das, 2014). This result was verified by another study (Yuen & Westwood, 2001) but teachers develop negative attitudes toward to the inclusion of students with behavioral problems, severe sensory impairments and mental retardation and their positive attitudes are referred to the inclusion of students with physical disabilities and mild speech and health problems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the current study participated 154 teachers who work in general education. The questionnaire used was the Multidimensional Attitudes toward Inclusive Education Scale (MATIES) (Mahat, 2008). It consists of 18 items, scored in a 6-point Likert scale. The items are equally organized in the three attitude subscales: cognitive, affective, behavioral. Three of the items of cognitive domain and all the items of behavioral domain are reverse coded, in order for the higher score to state a more positive attitude toward to inclusive education. Total Cronbachs' a ranges from 0.77 to 1.30 and item loading higher than 0.50. For the three subscales Cronbachs' a resulted as follow: cognitive, a = 0.77, affective, a= 0.78, behavioral, a = 0.91. Second part is consisted of demographics variables, such as, teaching school (primary-secondary school), teaching lessons, qualification level, years of teaching in public and private education, attending special education seminars, previous teaching experience with students with special needs, cognition of special education law, gender, age (Tsakiridou & Polyzopoulou, 2014).
The adaptation of the instrument followed the same procedure as previous research
 (Tsakiridou and Polyzopoulou, 2019).
The questionnaires were created in a Google form type and the responses were recorded on a sheet from where they were collected for further process (Lao et al., 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Greek version of questionnaire consists of 18 items. According to confirmative factor analysis, there emerged the three factors of the original instrument (KMO = 0.86, Bartlett's test of sphericity = 1213.816, p < 0.001) that explains the 72.56% of the total dispersion.
The results showed differences concerning family member with disability, attending special needs training, seminars topic, previous teaching experience, knowledge about special education law, primary and secondary level education, general and technical high school, teaching lesson, years of teaching in public and private education, age.
Findings may have a reasonable degree of generalizability to teachers groups and they could be used as base so that they can expand in an national and international level (Boyle et al. 2013).

References
Bhatnagar, N., & Das, A. (2014). Regular School Teachers' Concerns and Perceived Barriers to Implement Inclusive Education in New Delhi, India. International Journal of Instruction, 7(2), 89-102.
Boyle, C., Topping, K., & Jindal-Snape, D. (2013). Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion in high schools. Teachers and teaching, 19(5), 527-542.
Cook, B. G. (2001). A comparison of teachers' attitudes toward their included students with mild and severe disabilities. The journal of special education, 34(4), 203-213.
Ćwirynkało, K., Kisovar-Ivanda, T., Gregory, J. L., Żyta, A., Arciszewska, A., & Zrilić, S. (2017). Attitudes of Croatian and Polish elementary school teachers towards inclusive education of children with disabilities. Hrvatska revija za rehabilitacijska istraživanja, 53, 252-264.
Lao, K. A. C., Lao, H. A., Siason, V. A., Cabangcala, R. B., Cadapan, E. D., & Alieto, E. O. (2022). Attitude towards Inclusive Education (IE) among Prospective Teachers: Is there Gender Polarization?. International Journal Of Special Education, 37(3).
Monsen, J. J., Ewing, D. L., & Kwoka, M. (2014). Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion, perceived adequacy of support and classroom learning environment. Learning environments research, 17(1), 113-126.
Scruggs, T. E., & Mastropieri, M. A. (1996). Teacher perceptions of mainstreaming/inclusion, 1958–1995: A research synthesis. Exceptional children, 63(1), 59-74.
Tsakiridou, H., & Polyzopoulou, K. (2014). Greek teachers’ attitudes toward the inclusion of students with special educational needs. American Journal of Educational Research, 2(4), 208-218.
Tsakiridou, H., & Polyzopoulou, K. (2019). Educators’ attitudes concerning teaching of students with special educational needs in the mainstream Greek school. International Journal of Innovation Education and Research, 7 (7), 317-337.  

Vaz, S., Wilson, N., Falkmer, M., Sim, A., Scott, M., Cordier, R., & Falkmer, T. (2015). Factors associated with primary school teachers’ attitudes towards the inclusion of students with disabilities. PloS one, 10(8), e0137002.
Yuen, M., & Westwood, P. (2001). Integrating students with special needs in Hong Kong secondary schools: Teachers' attitudes and their possible relationship to guidance training. International journal of special education, 16(2), 29-84.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Attitudes of Romanian Teachers Towards Inclusive Education

Damaris Pungila, Simona Sava

West University of Timisoara, Romania

Presenting Author: Pungila, Damaris

Ensuring an effective inclusive education of all students, irrespective of their background, is the strive of any school. Each school needs to learn ongoingly to improve and innovate its practices in this regard, as the learning needs of their diverse students are to be addressed in the most appropriate manner. This is an ongoing, transversal concern, irrespective of the country or of the cultural context.

Inclusive education involves providing educational opportunities to all students, regardless of disability or group, but valuing all aspects of human diversity. To achieve this desiderata, attitudinal, structural, relational and environmental changes are needed (Cologon & Mevawalla, 2018). Although the general meaning of the concept refers to all categories of students, in this study we narrow the meaning to the inclusion of students with disabilities in mainstream education.

One of the most researched topics in the field of inclusive education is the theme of teachers' attitude (Mieghem, Verschueren, Petry & Struyf, 2018). This is due, on the one hand, to the fact that the teachers’ influence on students' progress is one of the largest (Hattie, 2014, Mincu, 2015) and on the other hand, due to the fact that teachers are key social actors able to support quality and equity (Mincu, 2022). The teacher's attitude has a direct impact on his behavior in the classroom and indirectly affects the educational experience the student with disabilities has in the school (Monsen, Ewing, & Kwoka, 2014). Thus, the research of teachers' attitude towards inclusive education is of crucial importance for finding the most suitable solutions to support teachers in planning and carrying out educational activities adapted to each student.

Attitude is defined as a "relatively durable and general evaluation of an object, person, group, problem or concept on a scale ranging from negative to positive" (Van den Bos, 2015, p.88). Attitude is defined by three components: cognitive, affective and behavioral (Eagly & Chaiken, 1993). In this paper, we rely on the mentioned definitions.

Attitudes towards inclusive education have been investigated in countries across Europe and beyond. The most recent systematic literature review on this topic carried out on studies published between 2000 and 2020 highlights that the general attitude of teachers is a favorable one and that over the years it has progressed (Guillemot, Lacroix & Nocus, 2022).

The relationship between various factors and the way teachers see inclusive education has been investigated in different studies in Romania. They demonstrated that there is a link between teachers' stereotypes and inclusive education (Pachița & Gherguț, 2021), and between the perspectives that they have towards inclusive education (Marin, 2016). The aspects identified in these studies from Romania with regarding inclusive education, as well as recommendations on which they do, point to the need for more detailed research on this topic in Romania.

Our specific purpose is to establish whether Romanian teachers are in favor of inclusion or not. We also want to investigate how the attitude towards inclusive education differs according to factors such as professional training in the field of inclusive education, experience in education, the level of education at which he/she teaches, previous experience in including students with SEN.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was carried out on a group of 1038 pre-university teachers from all levels of education. The research was conducted online. The questionnaires were sent to schools and regional school centers in the country to be completed between October 1 - 17, 2022.
To identify their attitudes towards inclusive education was used ‘The Multidimensional Attitudes toward Inclusive Education Scale’ (MATIES) (Mahat, 2008). This scale was chosen because it follows the definition approached by us in the research and evaluates attitudes on three dimensions: cognitive, affective and behavioral with 6 items on each dimension. The response is measured on a Likert scale from 1 to 6 in which 1 means strongly disagree and 6 means agree strong. The scale has good internal consistency for all the three dimensions: for the cognitive Cronbach alpha= 0.77, for the affective one, cronbach alpha =0.78, and for the behavioral one, cronbach alpha =0.91 (Mahat, 2008).
The MATIES scale has been used so far both in the European space (Desombre, Delaval & Jury, 2021), as well as in that of the United States (Barnes & Gaines, 2015), in the African one (Butakor, Ampadu,  Suleiman,  2018) and in Asia (Jun et al,  2022, Hassanein,  Alshaboul & Ibrahim, 2021), and showed both the direction teachers' attitudes, as well as influencing factors of their attitude.
The scale was translated by the reverse translation method and culturaly adapted for the Romanian space, obtaining an internal consistency similar to the original scale: for the cognitive Cronbach alpha = 0.78, for the affective one, cronbach alpha =0.83, and for the behavioral one, cronbach alpha =0.90.
Also, the participants completed a questionnaire with demographic data regarding gender, experience in education, level of education at which they teach, training in inclusive education, previous experience in activities with students with SEN, the presence of a student with SEN among the people close to them.
The collected data will be statistically analyzed to identify the averages and correlations between the investigated factors and the attitude of the teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The attitude of teachers plays an important role in achieving the goal of inclusive education. In this perspective, the purpose of the present study was to identify whether Romanian teachers have favorable attitudes or not towards inclusive education. The preliminary results show that Romanian teachers have favorable attitudes, and one of the most important factors influencing their attitude is extent of dedicated training they have for inclusive education. On the second place comes the infrastructure of support the benefit from once attempting to include students with SEN in their classroom.
Another purpose of the present study was to investigate how the attitude towards inclusive education differs according to factors such as professional training in the field of inclusive education, experience in education, the level of education at which he teaches, previous experience in including students with SEN. For this, we carry out the statistical analyzes to identify the correlations between the factors investigated with the help of the questionnaire with demographic data and the scores obtained on the MATIES scale on each dimension and in general. Likewise, the averages obtained on the MATIES scale for each factor will be compared to identify whether those with more experience have more favorable attitudes or not. These analyzes will be performed for all the factors considered. Following the analysis, we expect to identify the factors that most influence the teachers' attitude and the demographic characteristics of the teachers who reported more favorable attitudes. It is still a work in progress.

References
Barnes, M. C., & Gaines, T. (2015). Teachers’ Attitudes and Perceptions of Inclusion in Relation to Grade Level and Years of Experience, Electronic Journal for Inclusive Education, 3 (3).
Butakor, P. K., Ampadu, E., Suleiman, S.J. (2018). Analysis of Ghanaian teachers' attitudes toward inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24 (11), 1237-1252. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1512661
Cologon, K., & Mevawalla, Z. (2018). Increasing Inclusion in Early Childhood: Key Word Sign as a Communication Partner Intervention. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28, 20, 902–920.
Desombre, C., Delaval, M. & Jury, M. (2021). Influence of Social Support on Teachers' Attitudes Toward Inclusive Education. Educational Psychology. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.736535
Eagly, A.H. & Chaiken, S. (1993). The nature of attitudes, în Eagly, A.H.& Chaiken, The psychology of attitudes. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace College, 1-21.
Guillemot, F., Lacroix, F. & Nocus, I. (2022). Teachers' attitude towards inclusive education from 2000 to 2020: An extended meta-analysis. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2022.100175
Hattie, J. (2014). Învățarea vizibilă: Ghid pentru profesori. Editura Treri: București.
Hassanein, E.A., Alshaboul, Y.M., Ibrahim, S. (2021). The impact of teacher preparation on preservice teachers' attitudes toward inclusive education in Qatar, 7, (9). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2021.e07925
Jun, A.J. Ai, Jihong, Z., M., Horn, E., Hao, L., Jingjing, H., Yanjuan M. (2022). Examination of Chinese Teachers' Attitudes Towards Inclusive Education. Journal of international special needs educational http://dx.doi.org/10.9782/JISNE-D-21-00004
Mahat, M. (2008). The development of a psychometrically-sound instrument to measure teachers' multidimensional attitudes toward inclusive education (MATIAS). International Journal of Special Education, 23(2), 82-92).
Marin, E. (2016). Teachers’ perspective towards the implementation of inclusive education, Journal of Educational Sciences.
Mieghem, A.V., Verschueren, K., Petry, K. & Struyf, E. (2018). An analysis of research on inclusive education: a systematic search and meta review. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 6, 675-689.
Mincu, M. (2015) The Italian middle school in a deregulation era: modernity through path-dependency and global models. Comparative Education, 51 (3), 446-462.
Mincu, M. (2022). Inovație și evaluare la momentul crizei educaționale. În Păun, E. (coord.). Școala viitorului sau viitorul școlii? Perspective asupra educației postpandemice. (p. 159-174). București: Polirom.
Monsen, J. J., Ewing, D. L., & Kwoka, M. (2014). Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion, perceived adequacy of support and classroom learning environment. Learning Environments Research, 17, 113-126.
Pachița, I.C. & Gherguț, A. (2021). Inclusive education and stereotypes among teachers from mainstream schools. Journal of Educational Sciences, XXII, 1(43)
VandenBos, G. R. (2015). APA Dictionary of Psychology. Washington: Maple Press.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm04 SES 01 D: Wellbeing, schools and COVID19
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Joan G Mowat
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School Principals’ Perspectives on the Way(s) Schools as Organizations Responded to Disabled Students Needs During COVID-19 Pandemic

Anastasia Vlachou1, Anastasia Toulia2, Lia Tsermidou1, Stavroula Kalaitzi1, Filippos Papazis1, Aristea Fyssa3

1Department of Educational Studies, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece; 2Department of Special Education, University of Thessaly, Greece; 3Department of Educational Sciences and Early Childhood Education, University of Patras, Greece

Presenting Author: Vlachou, Anastasia

The outbreak of COVID-19 has had unprecedented, serious effects on global healthcare systems with chain reactions on every aspect of human life, including socioeconomic and education (Armitage and Nellums, 2020). Upon the WHO declaration of COVID-19 as a global pandemic (World Health Organization (WHO), 2020), countries around the world locked down to minimize the disease’s spread potential and applied unparalleled draconian measures, including school closures affecting more than 1.5 billion learners and 630 million school teachers all over the world (UNESCO, 2022). Different countries introduced various policies, ranging from complete closure in Germany, and Greece to targeted closure in the United Kingdom (Nicola et al., 2020). Overall, more than 100 countries imposed a nationwide closure of educational facilities at all levels of the educational system. Within the pandemic aftereffects’ context, socially disadvantaged populations, such as disabled people, have experienced an exacerbation of existing social inequalities (Ahmad et al., 2020; Dorn et al., 2020). 2020). In particular, disabled students have been disproportionally affected by the lockdown-related measures; for example, they have been forced rather than by own choice to interrupt or to have no access to quality education and to experience the disruption of community support networks (Karagianni, 2020).

In Greece, disabled students were extremely affected at an educational, pedagogical and social level. In particular, 7.8% of the Greek disabled students attend state educational settings; that is, 105,970 students suffered from the pandemic implications (Rellas, 2020). The majority of disabled students are educated in mainstreaming and fewer students are educated in segregated educational environments (Kassianos, 2018). However, in both cases, there was no preparation or measures taken to support them and their families at homeschooling (E.S.A.meA. – Observatory of Disability Issues, 2021). Furthermore, no measures were taken on educational and therapeutic personnel attendance, individualized support, and adaptive educational resources (Rellas, 2020).

Albeit the policy responses that were undertaken to address the implications of the COVID-19 pandemic, the organizational preparedness and response planning of educational organizations has been found poor and non-disability inclusive (efsyn.gr, 2020). However, in terms of policy and strategic planning, the pandemic preparedness and response has been acknowledged to be a starting point for reforms in established systems such as schools (Guterres, 2021). The WHO described pandemic preparedness as “a continuous process of planning, exercising, revising and translating into action national and sub-national pandemic preparedness and response plans” (World Health Organization (WHO), 2011). The policy and decision makers are aligned with this approach and argue over the need for a system thinking change approach guided by organizational pandemic preparedness plans (Aronson, 1996; Arnold and Wade, 2015). This implies the need to address the pandemic preparedness gap in educational organizations to respond to the needs of more vulnerable groups of students such as disabled students (Papazoglou, 2020). Thus, it seems of crucial importance to focus on organizational preparedness for education, including identifying the main areas (domains) of preparedness that guide the process of organizational preparedness and the sub-themes (indicators) per domain that help educational organizations to evaluate their level of preparedness and to identify potential gaps and set priorities for planning. In order to explore and understand the abovementioned challenges, the current study aims to examine the role of school settings in managing the educational crisis that emerged from the global pandemic. Specifically, the study explores the perceptions of primary and secondary school principals over the level of preparedness of the schools for supporting disabled students during the global pandemic. The study aims to identify ways and processes followed at different domains when addressing disabled students’ educational and psycho-social needs during the global pandemic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample
The sample of the study consisted of 166 school principals (52 males, 114 females) of preschool (n=66), primary (n=65) and secondary (n=35) education. The majority of the participants were between 51-60 years old (66.9%), they had between 21-30 or more than 30 years of working experience (48.2% and 28.9 respectively) while half of them worked in middle sized schools (between 50 up to 100 students)
Instrument
Survey development was based on the existing literature. The questionnaire survey was comprised of three main sections. The first section included questions focusing on collecting information about the participating schools [i.e. type of school (regular or special), level of education provided (preschool-primary-secondary education), school location (urban or rural), size of school, e.c.t] and demographic characteristics of school principals.  The second section focused on eliciting principals’ perspectives regarding the degree of preparedness of the schools in terms of ways and procedures employed to respond to the educational and psycho-social needs of disabled students during the COVID-19 pandemic crisis. Specific information was required focusing on six main domains of schooling: a. resources, b. human resources, c. pedagogical processes, d. educational practices, e. collaboration-communication, and f. policy-practices for monitoring and assessing the degree of preparedness. The third section involved questions related to the challenges school principals faced in responding to the needs of disabled students and their recommendations. The questionnaire survey contained a combination of questions. Most questions (84 out of 87 questions) were closed questions answered through a 5-point Likert type scale (1=strongly disagree and 5=strongly agree).
After obtaining an ethical approval by the Ethics Committee, the survey questionnaire was send electronically via google form  to 500 state preschool, primary and secondary regular and special education settings in different parts of Greece. The survey started at September 2022 and is still in progress.
The quantitative data were analyzed by using the SPSS package version 27. Firstly, descriptive analyses were performed (means, frequencies, and percentages) to explore basic trends in responses. Next, the Spearman’s rho and Mann-Whitney criteria were applied to explore relations among respondents’ responses and their demographic characteristics as well as the characteristics of the school. Besides answering closed questions, the participants were also given the opportunity to elaborate on their views in three open-ended questions focusing on students’ educational needs that remained uncovered during the pandemic. Their answers were analyzed qualitatively with the aim to create categories deriving from the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study is still in progress, however, the preliminary quantitative analysis of collected questionnaires highlighted among others i) the critical aspects of preparedness for school settings, ii) the participation of disabled students in their learning and the practices that affected their participation, iii) challenges students experienced and strategies employed by schools to overcome those challenges/barriers, iv) employed educational practices during the global pandemic, v) educators’ role, vi) collaboration between educators and parents/carers of disabled students. According to the principals who participated in the study, at the beginning of the global pandemic a need emerged for educators to attend professional development workshops/be professionally trained in the use of ICT to support disabled students in their learning; counselling skills to be able to support students and their families; differentiated educational practices that could advance/improve the learning moving beyond the physical space of classrooms; collaboration practices with students with disabilities and their families aiming towards the development of responsive to each family’s needs educational program; development and adoption of collaborative processes/practices among key stakeholders in the educational practice during the global pandemic. Furthermore, results supported the lack of social and political capacity to respond to the needs and demands of disabled students, thus transferring the responsibility for the education of disabled students to their families. The results of this study can provide the opportunity for further discussion on the reflection and re-development of responsive policies and practices to the needs of disabled students in times of crisis like the global COVID-19 pandemic.
References
1.Ahmad, A., Chung, R., Eckenwiler, L., Ganguli-Mitra, A., Hunt, M., Richards, R., et al.  (2020). What does it mean to be made vulnerable in the era of COVID-19? Lancet 395, 1481–1482. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30979-X
2.Armitage, R., and  Nellums, L. B. (2020). The COVID-19 response must be disability inclusive. Lancet Public Health 5:e257. doi: 10.1016/S2468-2667(20)30076-1
3.Arnold, R. D., and Wade, J. P. (2015). A definition of systems thinking: a systems approach. Procedia Computer Science. 44, 669–678. doi: 10.1016/j.procs.2015.03.050
4.Aronson, D. (1996). Overview of Systems Thinking. Available at: https://www.fwsolutions.net/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/Overview ST article .pdf  (Accessed August 2,2022)
5.Dorn, A. V., Cooney, R. E., and Sabin, M. L. (2020). COVID-19 exacerbating
inequalities in the US. Lancet, 395, 1243–1244. doi: 10.1016/
S0140-6736(20)30893-X
6.efsyn.gr [Η Εφημερίδα των Συντακτών] (2020). Reflections of Disability in the narrative of the Pandemic. https://www.efsyn.gr/nisides/ 245802_antanaklaseis-tis-anapirias-sto-afigima-tis-pandimias (Accessed October 27, 2022)
7.E.S.A.meA. – Observatory of Disability Issues (2021). The Constitution [Έρευνα: Μεγάλες πληγές η έλλειψη υποστήριξης των μαθητών με αναπηρία στη β’ βάθμια και η  επαγγελματική τους εκπαίδευση].  https://www.esamea.gr/pressoffice/press-releases/5294-ereyna-megales-liges-i-elleipsi-ypostirixis-ton-mathiton-me-anapiria-sti-ba-bathmia-kai-i-epaggelmatiki-toys-ekpaideysis (Accessed October 27, 2022)
8.Guterres, A. (2021). An evidence-based quest to protect human health. The Independent Panel for Pandemic Preparedness and Response.  https://theindependentpanel. org/ (Accessed July 12, 2022)
9.Karagianni, Y. (2020). “Success story” Without Disabled People. Disability and Covid19: The global impacts. iHuman. Accessed 25th February 2021.  https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/ihuman/covid-19-blog/disability-and-covid-19-global-impacts/success-story-without-disabled-people (Accessed July 2, 2022)
10.Kassianos, P. (2018). “Statistics on the education of students with special educational needs and/or disabilities,” in Center of Educational Policy Development-G.S.E.E. & National Confederation of Disabled People Conference, Athens, Greece. https://www.kanep-gsee/wp-content / uploads / 2018 / 10 / (Accessed May 19, 2022)
11.Nicola, N., Alsafi, Z., Sohrabi, C., Kerwan, A., Al-Jabir, A., Iosifidis, C., et al. (2020). The socio-economic implications of the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19): a review. International Journal of Surgery 78, 185–193. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsu.2020.04.018Nicola et al., 2020
12.Papazoglou, M. (2020). For a substantial distance education. [Για μια ουσιαστική εξ’ αποστάσεως εκπαίδευση]. Kathimerini J. https://www.kathimerini.gr/society/1078577/gia-mia-oysiastiki-ex-apostaseos-ekpaideysi/ (Accessed July 22, 2022).
13.Rellas, A. (2020). Disabled individuals are also excluded from the pandemic response measures. http://epohi.gr/atoma-me-naphria-kai-covid-9-apokleismena-kai-apota-metra-antimetwpishs-ths-pandhmias/ (Accessed July 20, 2022).
14.United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (2022).COVID-19 Recovery. Education: from School Closure to Recovery.  https://en.unesco.org/covid19/educationresponse (Accessed March 20, 2022).
15.World Health Organization (2022). Disability. https://www.who.int/health-topics/disability#tab=tab_1 (Accessed January 30, 2022).


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Student Well-being During COVID-9 And Willingness to Return Back To School

Amalia Bjornsdottir1, Gudlaug Palsdottir2, Gudrun Ragnarsdottir1

1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2Sudurnes Comprehensive College

Presenting Author: Bjornsdottir, Amalia

The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic in the spring of 2020 had a profound impact on education in Iceland and worldwide and presented many challenges to schoolwork. In upper secondary schools in Iceland all teaching was converted to emergency remote teaching (ERT, Bozkurt & Sharma, 2020) in middle of March and teachers and students worked from home. In the fall schoolwork was organized as classroom-based or a mixture of classroom and remote teaching but school buildings were closed to students again after few weeks. Already a number of studies have shed a light on schoolwork during the pandemic (see e.g., Huber, 2021; Jóhannsdóttir & Jakobsdóttir, 2020; Khanal & al., 2021; Van der Spoel & al., 2020) but the aim of this paper is to look at how the uncertainty and constant changes impacted students.

Not being able to see friends, participate in extra-curricular activities, or attend social events during the pandemic was a source of distress for some students (Magson et al., 2021) and they felt lonely and distressed. Several other studies showed that students missed having face-to-face communication with their schoolmates (Esposito et al., 2021; Niemi og Kousa, 2020; Pelikan o.fl., 2021; Sofianidis o.fl., 2021). While other studies indicated that student communication during lessons did not decrease, and that new technology may have changed the way young people communicate (Ferraro et al., 2020).

Upper-secondary schools in Iceland offer a variety of study programs defined at different qualification levels. The academic track aims at preparing students for university education, vocational training prepares students for regulated professions, and general upper secondary education is for those who did not meet the requirements for first two tracks (Ministry of Education, Science and Culture, 2011). The students in the upper-secondary schools are a diverse group with different needs who were effect by the pandemic in different ways and to a different degree. Some studies revealed that students experienced severe anxiety related to the pandemic (Ningsih et al., 2020; Thahir et al., 2021), while others found a decrease in anxiety among students during the pandemic (Ferraro et al., 2020). In the US the pandemic widened achievement gaps, increased drop-outs, and impacted well-being of students (Dorn et al., 2021); the same might be true elsewhere. Then there is the question of how students cope with resuming their studies in school buildings how it is to return to what was normal before.

The aim of this study was to investigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on Icelandic upper-secondary students. We examined which groups felt the most negative effects of the pandemic and if some students found it more difficult than others to resume traditional studies within the walls of the school after the pandemic. In order to evaluate this, we will look at which factors in the students' background predicted a) more anxiety in distance learning compared to traditional on-site learning b) more loneliness in distance learning compared to traditional on-site learning c) and what factors predicted that students felt difficult return to school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An online questionnaire was administered to students in four upper-secondary schools in the spring semester of 2021. Three of these were comprehensive schools, offering both academic tracks and vocational training, and the fourth was a traditional academic school (grammar school). The number of participants was 1,306, and of those 55% were women. About 59% were on an academic track, 20% were in vocational training, and 16% were in general upper secondary education (only offered in the comprehensive schools) for those who did not meet the academic requirements for the first two tracks. Participants answer question about conditions that they they believed affected their learning (ADHD, dyslexia, anxiety, depression, social anxiety, disability and so forth). They also answered question about how they felt about returning to traditional learning when schools finally reopened, if they experience more or less anxiety and loneliness in distance education compared to traditional studying in classroom. Data were analyzed with SPSS using odd ratio and regression.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the study indicate that most students perceived online teaching as effective. About half of the students experienced less anxiety with distance learning, but almost a quarter reported more anxiety.  Students with university educated parents reported more anxiety compared to students with parents without university education. Students in general education where less likely to report increases anxiety in distance education compared to students on academic track. Students with dyslexia, social anxiety and depression reported less anxiety in distance education compared to their counterpart without those conditions.
About 54% of participants felt good about returning to school but 22% felt bad about it. Students that reported social anxiety, depression, having an immigrant background and were in general education where less likely than other to report that they felt good about returning to school.  The result seem to indicate that groups that frequently are thought of as vulnerable had more difficulty returning to school. It seems possible that the long-time consequences of COVID-19 could be greater for these groups and therefore special support is needed for them.

References
Bozkurt, A.  & Sharma, R.C. (2020). Emergency remote teaching in  a time of global crisis due to CoronaVirus pandemic.  Asian Journal of Distance Education  15(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3778083  

Dorn, E., Hancock, B., Sarakatsannis, J., & Viruleg, E. (2021). COVID-19 and education: The lingering effects of unfinished learning. McKinsey. https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/public-and-social-sector/our-insights/covid-19-and-education-the-lingering-effects-of-unfinished-learning

Esposito, S., Giannitto, N., Squarcia, A., Neglia, C., Argentiero, A., Minichetti, P., Cotugno, N.,& Principi, N. (2021). Development of psychological problems among adolescents during school closures because of the COVID-19 lockdown phase in Italy: A cross-sectional survey. Frontiers in Pediatrics, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fped.2020.628072

Ferraro, F. V., Ambra, F. I., Aruta, L., & Iavarone, M. L. (2020). Distance learning in the COVID-19 era: Perceptions in Southern Italy. Education Sciences, 10(12), 355. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10120355

Huber, S. G. (2021). Schooling and education in times of the COVID-19 pandemic: Food for thought and reflection derived from results of the school barometer in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. International Studies in Educational Administration, 49(1), 6–17.

Jóhannsdóttir, Þ.J. & Jakobsdóttir, S. (2020). Fjarkennsla og stafræn tækni í framhaldsskólum á tímum farsóttar vorið 2020: Sjónarhóll kennara og stjórnenda. Netla – veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Sérrit 2020 – Menntakerfi og heimili á tímum COVID-19. https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2020.26

Ministry of Education, Science and Culture. (2011). The Icelandic National Curriculum Guide for Upper Secondary Schools – General Section. https://www.government.is/library/01-Ministries/Ministry-of-Education/Curriculum/adskr_frsk_ens_2012.pdf

Niemi, H. M., & Kousa, P. (2020). A case study of students’ and teachers’ perceptions in a Finnish high school during the COVID pandemic. International Journal of Technology in Education and Science, 4(4), 352–369. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijtes.v4i4.167

Ningsih, S., Yandri, H., Sasferi, N., & Juliawati, D. (2020). An analysis of junior high school students’ learning stress levels during the COVID-19 outbreak: Review of gender differences. Psychocentrum Review, 2(2), 69–76. https://doi.org/10.26539/pcr.22321

Pelikan, E. R., Lüftenegger, M., Holzer, J., Korlat, S., Spiel, C., & Schober, B. (2021). Learning during COVID-19: The role of self-regulated learning, motivation, and procrastination for perceived competence. Zeitschrift Für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(2), 393–418. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-021-01002-x

Sofianidis, A., Meletiou-Mavrotheris, M., Konstantinou, P., Stylianidou, N., & Katzis, K. (2021). Let students talk about emergency remote teaching experience: Secondary students’ perceptions on their experience during the COVID-19 pandemic. Education Sciences, 11, 268. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11060268

Thahir, A., Sulastri, Bulantika, S. Z., & Novita, T. (2021). Gender differences on COVID-19 related anxiety among students. Pakistan Journal of Psychological Research, 36(1), 71–83. http://dx.doi.org/10.33824/PJPR.2021.36.1.05


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Approaches to Supporting the Wellbeing of The School Community in the Recovery Phase of Covid-19 – Challenges and Dilemmas

Joan G Mowat

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Mowat, Joan G

This paper builds on a paper presented at ECER 2021 which drew on the first phase of a small-scale longitudinal study examining how current and former students on the Into Headship (IH) programme in Scotland supported their school communities during the first lockdown in the UK, with a particular emphasis on children and young people (CYP) considered to be vulnerable through disability, poverty, being looked after or otherwise disadvantaged. Its starting point derives from Ainscow, Booth and Dyson’s (2006) typology of inclusion – ‘inclusion as a principled approach to education and society,’ concerned with the inclusion of all children.

It has been well documented that global inequalities, as identified by Wilkinson and Pickett (2018), have been magnified through the pandemic. An extensive range of commentators highlights the catastrophic global impact of the restrictions and disruption to schooling posed by the pandemic on the mental health and wellbeing of children and on their learning (Lee, 2020; Mowat, in press, 2023a, 2023b; Shum, Skripkauskaite, Pearcey, Waite, & Creswell, 2021; UNESCO et al., 2020; UNICEF, 2021; UNICEF Data, 2020; World Health Organisation, 2020). A substantial number of children in Europe were living in homes that lacked the resources to support home learning and were living in poorly heated homes (Mowat, in press, 2023a; Van Lancker & Parolin, 2020).

Whilst much attention has been devoted to losses in learning brought about by the pandemic and to learning recovery, increasingly attention is turning towards the socio-emotional wellbeing of CYP (Lee, 2020; Mowat, in press; OECD, 2020; Wang, Zhang, Zhao, Zhang, & Jiang, 2020). UNICEF (2021) highlights the fragility of support systems for children and how the hardships experienced fall disproportionally on the most disadvantaged (p. 16). Even when restrictions were eased in the UK, children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) and those from low-income families continued to show elevated health symptoms (Shum et al., 2021; Mowat 2023a). In England, the lack of face-to-face contact with children at risk of abuse and neglect led to a reduction in referrals to social services (a finding mirrored globally (UNICEF, 2020b)) and the anxiety brought about by disrupted relationships with staff and peers led to increasing incidences of self-harm in some children within the care system (OFSTED, 2021; Mowat 2023a). This highlights the key role that schools play as places of learning but also places of safety and belonging.

The quality of school leadership is an essential element in creating schools which are equitable, inclusive, and compassionate in their approach. This requires a focus on the whole school community and on responsive and adaptive leadership which has at its heart inclusive practice and social justice (Mowat, 2023a). School leaders have had to navigate an unprecedented landscape of complex and rapid change and therefore the quality of headship preparation programmes becomes crucial in ensuring that prospective headteachers can rise to the challenge.

This small-scale empirical study is supported by a BELMAS grant and focusses on Into Headship, a masters-level programme delivered within a single academic year in partnership with Education Scotland. Through examination of the ways in which IH students supported their school communities during and in the aftermath of lockdown (with a specific, but not sole, focus on more vulnerable CYP), the study seeks to ascertain the degree to and ways in which engagement with the IH programme had prepared them to meet the challenges in order to inform the development of headship programmes globally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper focusses on the second phase of a longitudinal, qualitative study, with phase one being an online survey based on an open-ended questionnaire administered to two cohorts of Into Headship students conducted in June 2020 towards the end of the first lockdown in the UK. 46 students responded to the survey. Phase 2, conducted in Dec 2022/Jan 2023, focusses on the period beyond the initial lockdown and, drawing from the findings of phase 1, has a specific focus on the wellbeing of the school community – pupils, staff and families. It has been conducted via. individual interviews with eight respondents to the initial survey, drawn from the secondary, primary and special education sectors. In addition to reflecting on how they had supported the wellbeing of their school communities beyond the initial lockdown, participants were provided with their response to the survey (phase 1) and asked to reflect on how close to reality their initial perceptions of the challenges to be faced as schools emerged from lockdown had been and whether there were challenges that had not been anticipated. Three focus group discussions have also been held with participants from each of these sectors. The focus group discussion had a broader focus, examining the response of the Scottish Government to Covid recovery; insights about leading in times of crisis; and insights to inform the development of the IH programme nationally. Whilst at an early stage of analysis, the initial interviews and focus group discussions seem to largely corroborate, but add greater depth, to the findings from phase 1.

Participants within the 2nd phase of the study were drawn from respondents to the survey who had indicated a willingness to participate. An open invitation was sent, and criteria were drawn up to select the sample, such that it was representative of respondents to the survey as a whole: the SIMD (Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation) status of the school; urban/rural; sector (primary, secondary/special education); and gender of the participant. Participants attended a short briefing and informed consent was gained. Whilst the initial intention had been to conduct data-gathering face-to-face, this proved to be too complex to organise and interviews and focus group discussions were held via. Zoom and Microsoft Teams. Data is being analysed via. thematic analysis, drawing on a framework of King and Horrocks, generating, initially, descriptive and analytical codes and then over-arching themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings will reveal the challenges that prospective headteachers (some of whom will have, in the interim, taken up a headship post) have faced in meeting the demands of a rapidly shifting policy landscape in the midst of a pandemic and the means by which they have sought to support their school communities (staff, families and children) in the recovery period. In particular, the findings will identify barriers to the inclusion of CYP facing adverse circumstances, whether through disability, poverty, being care experienced or marginalised in any shape or form, and affordances. It will provide insight into the approaches that they have adopted and their perceived efficacy which should inform the work of senior leadership teams in Scotland and beyond. It will demonstrate how priorities may have changed over time as schools have moved into the recovery phase. It will enable insights to emerge regarding the national response to recovery and will also identify those aspects of the Into Headship programme which have provided IH students with the knowledge, understanding, skills-set, confidence and resilience to address the needs of their school community and areas in which the programme could be strengthened, insights which can inform the development of headship preparation programmes more widely. The findings will be disseminated through conference presentations, academic papers and a research brief for practitioners.
References
Ainscow, M., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2006). Improving Schools, Developing Inclusion. Routledge.
Lee, J. (2020). Mental health effects of school closures during COVID-19. The Lancet Child and Adolescent Health, 4(6), 421.
Mowat, J., G. (2023a). Building Community to Create Equitable, Inclusive and Compassionate Schools through Relational Approaches. Routledge.
Mowat, J. G. (2023b). Working collaboratively with the school community to build inclusion for all. In R. J. R. Tierney, F. Erkican, K. (Ed.), International Encyclopaedia of Education Researching Disability Studies & Inclusive Education (3rd ed., pp. 85-97). Elsevier.
Mowat, J. G. (in press). Establishing the medium to long-term impact of Covid-19 constraints on the socio-emotional wellbeing of impoverished children and young people (and those who are otherwise disadvantaged) during, and in the aftermath of, Covid-19. In M. Proyer, F. Dovigo, W. Veck & E. A. Seitigen (Eds.), Education in an Altered World: - Pandemic, Crises and Young People Vulnerable to Educational Exclusion. London: Bloomsbury.
OECD (2020), "Coronavirus special edition: Back to school", Trends Shaping Education Spotlights, No. 21, OECD Publishing, Paris.
OFSTED. (2021). The Annual Report of Her Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Education, Children’s Services and Skills 2020/21. London.
Shum, A., Skripkauskaite, S., Pearcey, S., Waite, P., & Creswell, C. (2021). Report 10: Children and adolescents’ mental health: One year in the pandemic Co-Space Study: Covid-19: Supporting Parents, Adolescents and Children during Epidemics (Vol. 10). Oxford: University of Oxford.
UNESCO, UNICEF, & The World Bank. (2020). What Have We Learnt?  Findings from a survey of ministries of education on national responses to COVID-19. Retrieved from https://data.unicef.org/resources/national-education-responses-to-covid19/
UNICEF Data. (2020a). How COVID-19 is changing the world: a statistical perspective (Vol 1 & 2). Retrieved from https://data.unicef.org/resources/how-covid-19-is-changing-the-world-a-statistical-perspective/
UNICEF. (2021b). The State of the World's Children 2021. On my mind: Promoting, protecting and caring for children's mental health (Executive Summary). Retrieved from https://www.unicef.org/reports/state-worlds-children-2021
Van Lancker, W. V., & Parolin, Z. (2020). COVID-19, school closures, and child poverty: a social crisis in the making (Comment). The Lancet Public Health 2020, 5(5), 243-244.
Wang, G., Zhang, Y., Zhao, J., Zhang, J., & Jiang, F. (2020). Mitigate the effects of home confinement on children during the COVID-19 outbreak (Correspondence). The Lancet, 395(March 21, 2020), 945-946.
Wilkinson, R., & Pickett, K. (2018). The Inner Level: How more equal societies reduce stress, restore sanity and improve everyone's wellbeing. UK: Penguin Random House
World Health Organisation. (2020). Mental health and psychosocial considerations during the COVID-19 outbreak. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/mental-health-considerations.pdf
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm04 SES 01 E: A Systematic Approach
Location: Gilbert Scott, 134 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Rory Mc Daid
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

How is Wellbeing Perceived and Applied/implemented by Support Services for Children with ADHD: a Systematic Literature Review?

Sultana Ali Norozi, Anne Torhild Klomsten, Thomas Szulevicz, Torill Moen, Solvor Solhaug, Magnus Rom Jensen

Norwegian University for Science and Technology, Norway

Presenting Author: Norozi, Sultana Ali; Klomsten, Anne Torhild

Wellbeing in education has gained increasing attention in recent years as a vital factor in the overall success and happiness of all students (Spratt, 2017; Norwich, Moore, Stentiford, & Hall, 2021). Wellbeing for children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is equally important as it is for other children´s overall development and quality of life. Children with ADHD often need specialized support services to meet their unique needs and experience holistic wellbeing. Psychological and educational counseling, hereafter termed ‘support services’ are labeled and organized differently in various countries. Albeit the various labeling and organizations, the main objective of support systems globally is to help schools and teachers to develop supportive and inclusive learning environments for all children with a distinctive focus on children with special needs. The study aims to offer a review of how support services understand, perceive, and approach the concept of wellbeing. There are different reasons why a focus on wellbeing in relation to support services is important. First, children with special needs are globally known to suffer from lower levels of wellbeing compared to the general student population (Moreira. et al., 2015). Second, support services are also increasingly expected to help schools develop inclusive learning environments for all learners. So, there is a need to investigate how support services perceive and approach the concept of wellbeing in their work. This study seeks to contribute by providing a comprehensive, systemic, and unbiased overview of the current state of knowledge on the topic. Further, the study contributes to identifying gaps in the literature that may inform future research.

Theoretical framework: Holistic and comprehensive wellbeing

well-being is a complex construct (Ryan and Deci, 2017). Although the meaning of wellbeing has not been adequately worked out in education (Dodge, Daly, Huyton, & Sanders, 2012)., and there is little consensus on the definition of wellbeing (Hooker et al., 2020), wellbeing theories do generally agree that wellbeing is multidimensional with the number of wellbeing dimensions ranging from 3 to 12 (Roscoe, 2009). The consistency that exists in describing the nature of wellbeing in most of the models and definitions, presents common threads. First, most authors base their definition on WHO´s definition that wellbeing is not merely the absence of sickness and infirmity (Roscoe, 2009). Second, according to Roscoe, wellbeing is described as multidimensional in terms of various factors that interact in a complex, integrated and synergistic fashion. Each dimension is integral to the whole and no one dimension operates independently. They are eight dimensions that are reviewed by major theories so far (Hooker et al., 2020). They are social, physical, psychological, intellectual, spiritual, emotional, environmental, and financial (Roscoe, 2009; Adams et al, 2000; Linton, et al., 2016; Hooker, et al., 2020; Montoya, et al., 2021). Holistic and comprehensive wellbeing approach allows students to maintain a level of psychological balance that impacts their physical, social, emotional, and spiritual dimensions. A focus on strengths and personal responsibility rather than dependence or problems and a belief in the capacity to exert personal control in managing total needs. The notion of holistic and comprehensive wellbeing approach is distinct due to its focus on students’ interests, skills, strengths, abilities, and potential to achieve personal goals (Hargreaves, & Shirley, 2021). This approach engenders a positive attitude rather than focusing only on problems and issues. This perspective sparks internal motivation and strengthens an optimistic attitude. This approach offers a holistic framework in which to view a child as a whole being (physical, emotional, social, intellectual, environmental, psychological, cultural, and spiritual dimensions). This approach capitalizes on strengths, abilities, and personal aspirations to take on and fulfill meaningful roles in their learning and development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Search strategy
A comprehensive search of academic databases and journals was conducted using a systematic literature review (SLR). The reason for choosing SLS is as it is a methodical, rigorous, and transparent way of finding, collecting, appraising, and synthesizing all relevant research on a specific research question (Newman, & Gough, 2019). It involves a pre-defined protocol, explicit inclusion and exclusion criteria, and an assessment of the risk of bias in the studies included (Xiao, & Watson, 2019). The available sources included academic databases such as the Education Resource Information Center (ERIC), Web of Science (WoS), Education Source (ES), APA PsychInfo, and Scopus.
Inclusion and exclusion criteria
The quality of studies was assessed using established criteria of inclusion of only peer-reviewed journal articles and doctorate dissertations published in the last 10 years. Terms used to define wellbeing and support system are challenging as they greatly vary in usage and meaning. A list of key search words (terms) for inclusion and exclusion was developed. All possible terms were included that are used in the existing literature. The electronic search returned a total of 9261 articles. This is followed by screening the titles and abstracts of all articles to determine candidacy for inclusion in the review by using Rayyan. Rayyan is a web-based platform for systematic literature review that allows users to search, filter, screen, and double-screen articles from various databases. An article was excluded if the title or abstract contained words that aligned with the exclusion criteria. For example, it contained the word “university students”. If the title and abstract did not include any of excluded words, the method section was scanned to determine if the article satisfied one or more of the inclusion criteria. The double screening was carried out to settle the “conflict” and “maybe” categories in Rayyan. Using this process 9 abstracts were identified to be considered to get the full text. Another round of screening will be carried out by reading the full text of 9 articles. Although Rayyan allows users to collaborate during the screening process (with the categorization of live chatting, maybe, conflict, included, excluded, and undecided), 3 of the studies were difficult to decide by reading their titles, abstracts, and keywords only. The purpose of this additional screening of full texted articles is to make sure that these articles meet the pre-defined criteria.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This review aims to highlight the research, policy, and implication for practice from the existing literature. For this, selective articles will be considered for extracting and summarizing the data. Synthesizing and summarizing the main findings of the selective studies included in the review may help to understand and explore how wellbeing is perceived and applied by support services for children with ADHD. Considering the risk of bias assessment at this point, data will be extracted from the included studies, checked, and agreed upon by all the researchers in the study. The perception and implementation of wellbeing by support services within each respective wellbeing dimension will be described and findings within these wellbeing dimensions will be grouped into themes for discussion. The quality and limitations of the included studies will be reported. It is also expected to identify gaps in the literature that need to be addressed in future research and practice, such as the need for more research to consider holistic wellbeing for children with other special needs for example autism. The review identified studies across a range of ages, thus this review considers children and adolescents of school age (6- 18 years old). A systematic review of literature considering children younger than 6 years, kindergarten group, is necessary to be considered to have a comprehensive understanding of the perception and implementation of wellbeing by support services for children with ADHD. Reporting the methodology, and systematic literature review, clearly and transparently in the research paper may inspire other researchers to use this comprehensive methodology in other areas of research including special education.
References
Adams, T. B. et al., (2000). Conceptualization and measurement of the spiritual and psychological dimensions of wellness in a college population. Journal of American College Health, 48(4), 165- 173.
Dodge, R., Daly, A. P., Huyton, J., & Sanders, L. D (2012). The challenge of defining well- being. International Journal of Well-being, 2(3), 222-235.
Hooker, S. A. et al., (2020). Multiple dimensions of wellness: Development and psychometric properties of the Anschutz Wellness Evaluation 360 (AWE 360). Journal of Well-being Assessment, 4(2020), 95- 119.  
Linton M-J., Dieppe P., Medina-Lara A. (2016). Review of 99 self-report measures for assessing wellbeing in adults: exploring dimensions of well-being and developments over time. BMJ Open, 6, doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015- 010641
Montoya, A. L. & Summers, L. L. (2021). 8 dimensions of wellness for educators. The Learning professional, 42(1), 50- 62.
Moreira et al., (2015). Subjective wellbeing in students with special educational needs. Cognition, Brain, Behavior: An Interdisciplinary Journal, XIX(1), 75–97.
Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2019). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives, and application. In O, Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerrs, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, K. Buntins (Eds.). Systematic reviews in educational research: methodology, perspectives and application. Springer
Norwich, B., Moore, D., Stentiford, L., & Hall, D. (2021). A critical consideration of ´mental health and wellbeing´ in education: thinking about school aims in terms of wellbeing. British Educational Research Journal, 1-18. DOI: 10.1002/berj.3795
Roscoe, L. J. (2009). Wellness: A review of theory and measurement for counselors. Journal of Counseling and Development, 87, 216- 226.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. The Guilford Press.
Spratt, J. (2017). Wellbeing, Equity and Education; A Critical Analysis of Policy Discourses of Wellbeing in Schools. Switzerland: Springer.
Xiao, Y., & Watson, M. (2019). Guidance on conducting a systematic literature review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39(1), 93-112.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Teachers’ Attitudes Towards Inclusive Education: A Systematic Review Of The Literature

Donatella Camedda, Giampiero Tarantino

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Camedda, Donatella; Tarantino, Giampiero

An inclusive and equitable education is at the core of democratic societies. Over the past decades, the educational landscape has been reshaped by numerous societal changes, with the most recent pandemic highlighting educational inequalities for disadvantaged students in unprecedented ways. Mid-way through the Global Goals 2030 agenda, ensuring inclusive and equitable education for all (SGD#4) is still pivotal for promoting social democracy.  

Traditionally, research in inclusive education has addressed diversity and equality from multiple stances, with a particular interest in the school contexts and the way that teachers respond to the increasingly diverse student population. Teachers’ attitudes have been identified as one of the main elements to create an inclusive environment within mainstream school settings (EADSNE, 2010) and research on this topic is one of most prolific in the field of inclusive education (Hernández-Torrano et al., 2020).  Attitudes have been defined by Eagly and Chaiken as “a psychological tendency that is expressed by evaluating a particular entity with some degree of favour or disfavour” (1993, p.1). In the school context, teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education can determine the level of inclusive practice in the classroom, where positive attitudes correspond to a higher level of inclusion for all learners (Avradimis & Norwich, 2002).

Over the past two decades, several reviews of the literature on teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion have provided an overview of the factors influencing educational practice (Guillemot et al., 2022). However, since 2002 (i.e., since the publication of the literature review conducted by Avramidis and Norwich), reviews published in this field have not adopted systematic methods or have solely focused on synthesising one type of research method design. For example, Van Steen and Wilson (2020) quantitatively summarised the individual and cultural predictors that influenced teachers’ attitudes, whereas Ewing et al. (2018) systematically reviewed the questionnaires used to explore teachers’ attitudes vis-á-vis inclusive education.

In the context of inclusive education, a mixed methods approach to investigate teachers’ attitudes, albeit limited to physical education, has been used to comprehensively synthesise empirical research evidence (Tarantino et al., 2022) and results offered an extensive view on physical education teachers’ attitude towards inclusive education. As researchers encourage the employment of mixed-methods systematic reviews to produce evidence synthesis of direct relevance to policy makers and practitioners (Pearson et al., 2015; Stern et al., 2020), this paper presents the first mixed-methods systematic review of the literature on teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education.

The aim of this review is to comprehensively synthesise quantitative and qualitative research evidence on teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education in mainstream primary and secondary schools published over the past two decades. The primary objective is to identify what influences teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education in mainstream schools. Illustrating evidence from qualitative and quantitative research designs will provide corroborating evidence for stakeholders, policy makers, and teachers educators.

Setting to be the most up-to-date comprehensive review of the literature on teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education in mainstream primary and secondary schools, this paper will offer a valuable contribution to the conference and will inform researchers and policy makers working in the field of inclusive education highlighting the implications for inclusive educational practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The protocol of this mixed-methods systematic review was registered with PROSPERO (CRD42023382025) and the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines were followed. Five electronic databases (ERIC, PubMed, PsycINFO, Scopus, and Web of Science) were searched for articles published between January 1st 2002, and December 31st 2022. The search strategy was developed around three main concepts: (1) schoolteachers; (2) attitudes; and (3) inclusive education. The articles yielded by the search strategy were imported into Covidence, and the duplicates automatically removed.  

Eligibility criteria

The records obtained through the database search were deemed eligible for inclusion in this systematic review if they (i) were focused on in-service general teachers; (ii) investigated attitudes; (iii) employed an empirical research design; (iv) were conducted within primary or secondary settings; and (v) were written in English and peer-reviewed. Articles that were excluded from this systematic review if they investigated: (i) pre-service teachers; (ii) teaching assistants/support teachers; (iii) self-efficacy, perceptions, or beliefs; and (iv) preschool or university settings. Any discrepancies were resolved through consensus.  

Study Quality

Considering that this systematic review seeks to summarise evidence from both qualitative and quantitative research, the quality of the studies was independently assessed by the two authors using a mixed-methods appraisal tool. The Mixed-Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) Version 2018 (Hong et al., 2018) has been widely used for quality assessment in similar mixed-methods systematic reviews (Clifford et al., 2018; Mey et al., 2017). This tool permitted the evaluation of the quality of five categories of studies: qualitative research, randomised controlled trials, non-randomised studies, quantitative descriptive studies, and mixed methods studies. The quality of each study was assessed using a score of 1 (if the criterion was met) or 0 (if the criterion was not met) for 5 items. This resulted in a total score for each study ranging from 0 (poor quality) to 5 (high quality).

Data Extraction, Analysis, and Synthesis

The two authors independently extracted the data from the qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods studies and exported it in an Excel spreadsheet. Data reported in the quantitative articles were meta-analysed to estimate the overall attitudinal levels among teachers (namely, if teachers hold positive, neutral, or negative attitudes towards inclusive education). If data was not suitable for inclusion in the meta-analysis, the results were synthesised in a narrative way. Data gathered through qualitative research designs was categorised into themes and narratively synthesised.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings

The search strategy yielded 4,912 studies, of which 2,359 were removed as duplicates. Of the remaining 2,553 studies, 578 articles were retrieved for the full-text screening against the inclusion and exclusion criteria. A total of 307 studies were deemed eligible for inclusion in this systematic review.  

 

Expected outcomes

The systematic review is still ongoing; however, the authors expect to summarise the data using two different approaches.  

 

Quantitative studies

Data extracted from studies that employed a quantitative design will be synthesised in two ways: (1) data that were gathered using questionnaires will be meta-analysed to estimate the overall attitudinal levels among teachers (namely, if teachers hold positive, neutral, or negative attitudes). Moreover, this data will be also used to investigate the extent to which teachers’ attributes (i.e., age, gender, teaching experience) and schools’ characteristics (i.e., class size, level) influence teachers’ attitudes toward inclusion. (2) If data will not be suitable for inclusion in the meta-analysis (namely, the original authors did not report all the information required for the meta-analysis), it will be converted into standardised effect sizes (e.g., Cohen's d for evaluating mean differences between groups, and correlation coefficient for evaluating the correlation between continuous variables) by the authors and synthesised in a narrative way.

 

Qualitative studies

Data retrieved from the studies that employed qualitative research designs will be categorised into broader higher-order themes based on whether they had been reported across multiple studies. If the themes were generated and identified by the original authors, the themes will be grouped and categorised into broader higher-order themes. If the original authors did not generate and identify themes, the two authors will independently read the studies and identify the themes using an inductive/bottom-up approach. The new themes that will emerge will be subsequently grouped into the higher-order categories previously identified.

References
Avramidis, E., & Norwich, B. (2002). Teachers' attitudes towards integration/inclusion: a review of the literature. European journal of special needs education, 17(2), 129-147.

Clifford, B. K., Mizrahi, D., Sandler, C. X., Barry, B. K., Simar, D., Wakefield, C. E., & Goldstein, D. (2018). Barriers and facilitators of exercise experienced by cancer survivors: a mixed methods systematic review. Supportive Care in Cancer, 26, 685-700.

European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education (2012). Teacher Education for Inclusion.  

Ewing, D. L., Monsen, J. J., & Kielblock, S. (2018). Teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education: a critical review of published questionnaires. Educational Psychology in Practice, 34(2), 150-165.

Guillemot, F., Lacroix, F., & Nocus, I. (2022). Teachers' attitude towards inclusive education from 2000 to 2020: An extended meta-analysis. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3, 100175.

Hernández-Torrano, D., Somerton, M., & Helmer, J. (2022). Mapping research on inclusive education since Salamanca Statement: a bibliometric review of the literature over 25 years. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(9), 893-912.  

Hong, Q. N., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., ... & Pluye, P. (2018). The Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) version 2018 for information professionals and researchers. Education for information, 34(4), 285-291.

Mey, A., Plummer, D., Dukie, S., Rogers, G. D., O’Sullivan, M., & Domberelli, A. (2017). Motivations and barriers to treatment uptake and adherence among people living with HIV in Australia: a mixed-methods systematic review. AIDS and Behavior, 21, 352-385.

Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. International journal of surgery, 88, 105906.

Pearson, A., White, H., Bath-Hextall, F., Salmond, S., Apostolo, J., & Kirkpatrick, P. (2015). A mixed-methods approach to systematic reviews. JBI Evidence Implementation, 13(3), 121-131.

Stern, C., Lizarondo, L., Carrier, J., Godfrey, C., Rieger, K., Salmond, S., ... & Loveday, H. (2020). Methodological guidance for the conduct of mixed methods systematic reviews. JBI evidence synthesis, 18(10), 2108-2118.

Tarantino, G., Makopoulou, K., & Neville, R. D. (2022). Inclusion of children with special educational needs and disabilities in physical education: A systematic review and meta-analysis of teachers’ attitudes. Educational Research Review, 100456.

Van Steen, T., & Wilson, C. (2020). Individual and cultural factors in teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion: A meta-analysis. Teaching and teacher Education, 95, 103127.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm05 SES 01 A: Addressing School Absence and Drop-out
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Smoothening Transitional Risks for Students Struggling to Stay in School

Ivan Tokheim, Solvejg Jobst

HVL, W. Norway University of Appl. Sci., Norway

Presenting Author: Tokheim, Ivan

During the course of their educational path, children are subjected to a series of critical transitions between one academic level to the next. These include the transition from kindergarten to lower primary school, from upper primary school to lower secondary school and from vocational studies through apprenticeship and into the labour force (Bragdø & Austad, 2022).

Students’ transitional experiences play an important role in dictating their later social, emotional and intellectual development (Hanewald, 2013; Waters et al., 2012). Students with specialized needs are particularly vulnerable to critical transitions and have a higher risk of transitions leading to a negative social, academic or behavioural development (Cantali, 2015; Symonds, 2015). Thus, it is imperative that teachers are conscious of critical transitions and the effect they may pose on some students.

Norway along with the other Scandinavian countries, are repeatedly used as a good example on the path towards an inclusive school and equal participation for all people (e.g. Frønes et al., 2020). The Nordic welfare state model provides free education for all, free parental leave and comprehensive sickness benefits. Still the economic inequality in Norway is rising (e.g. Akerbæk & Molnes, 2021). Repstad (2021) refers to different kinds of inequality. He claims that while the Norwegian society experiences little inequality of opportunity and inequality of treatment, it is still lacking in inequality of outcome – A level playing field does not necessarily lead to an egalitarian society. In the case of public education, it is not enough to accommodate for equal opportunity and treatment as long as the cultural capital of the students is not being taken into consideration.

Both the Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research (Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020)) and legal regulations for the Norwegian teacher education highlight the importance of strengthening the bonds between the different academic levels in the educational trajectory. Despite this, there are no clear guidance document on how to strengthen these transitions and there are barely any Norwegian studies considering the transition between primary and secondary school (Strand, 2022, s. 18).

Through a case study, carried out in the context of an EU-funded research project, PIONEERED – aimed at pioneering practices tackling educational inequalities in Europe, – we examine an alternative educational program which aids upper primary and lower secondary students, struggling to stay in school. Once a week, students are brought away from school to conduct non-formal outdoor activities, focusing on mastery and personal development, significantly reducing their chance of dropping out. The instructors teach the students practical vocational tasks, with the eventual goal being regular employment and a satisfactory quality of life.

One of the most striking and successful enterprises of this practice is their ability to prepare at-risk students for potentially difficult educational transitions, namely upper primary to lower secondary school, and lower secondary to upper secondary school. This leads to the following research question: Which tools and techniques used for smoothening transitional risks can be identified in a Norwegian alternative educational program?

Further research objectives include:

  1. arguing for the value of researching transitional tools and techniques for vulnerable students.
  2. identifying tools and techniques utilised by an alternative educational program.
  3. reflecting on how these techniques can be applied to the ordinary school system in the Norwegian educational context and may serve as incentive for other European contexts as well.

We assume a sociocultural perspective on education, which asserts that learning is a social process mediated through communication with a more knowledgeable other (Vygotsky, 1978). We also assume a Bourdieuan sociological perspective, contending that educational qualifications are domestically inherited and thereby reproduced in the form of cultural capital (Bourdieu & Richardson, 1986).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study follows a qualitative methodological approach, based on a hermeneutical interpretation of the data material (e.g. Brown, 1994). The data material is comprised of two expert interviews, two stakeholder discussions, a set of field observations and one focus group interview. In addition, PIONEERED has during the course of the project conducted several workshops, communicating results and sharing ideas with members of other partner countries undergoing parallel case studies in their own national contexts. An important aspect of the PIONEERED project has been participatory research and the inclusion of invested stakeholders in the research process (Hollenbach & Tillmann, 2011) – educational workers and non-academics from the alternative educational program being studied have actively participated in these workshops and have thus contributed with their invaluable experiences and perspectives on how to reduce educational inequalities and smoothen transitional risks for vulnerable students. These experiences have been carefully documented and also serve as part of the data material. We maintain an ongoing dialogue with the stakeholders, quality assuring the reliability of our research process.

This particular pioneering practice is interesting because it typically follows students from upper primary through lower secondary school, and in that regard is able to guide the students through-out their transitional experience in a way which ordinary teachers and other communal child services cannot. They are especially concerned with children of various behavioural difficulties, school reluctancy, anxiety, mental health issues, neurodevelopmental disorders and students being involved in illicit activities. In addition, the practice has an outspoken focus on preparing vulnerable students for difficult life course transitions and more than 20 years of experience working with children with various difficulties.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Early effort invested in keeping young people in school and preparing vulnerable students especially prone to dropping out, for critical transitions, may be of help in reducing the number of students with zero points from compulsory primary education as well as reducing the drop-out rate in upper secondary school.

The practice being studied has shown promising outcomes in decreasing school absence and increasing students’  academic results, confidence and general well-being through a number of years. Still, their methods have not been formally documented. This study will try to preserve this important piece of information while also contributing to the gap in research on critical life course transitions for Norwegian upper primary school students.

The long-term ambition of this alternative educational program is to formalise their philosophy and expand their practice onto other municipalities. Research and precise documentation are thus needed to achieve recognition from educational researchers and garner interest from policy makers.

References
Akerbæk, E., & Molnes, G. (2021, September 8). Hvor stor er den økonomiske ulikheten i Norge? [How big is the economic inequality in Norway?]. Faktisk.no. https://www.faktisk.no/artikler/z5m6y/hvor-stor-er-den-okonomiske-ulikheten-i-norge
Bourdieu, P., & Richardson, J. G. (1986). Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education. The forms of capital, 241, 258.
Bragdø, A., & Austad, M. H. (2022). I skole, på vei til jobb: gode overganger mellom skole og arbeidsliv [In school, entering the labour force: smooth transitions between school and working life]. Fagbokforlaget.
Brown, T. (1994). Towards a Hermeneutical Understanding of Mathematics and Mathematical Learning. In P. Ernest (Ed.), Constructing Mathematical Knowledge: Epistemology and Mathematics Education (pp. 152-161). The Falmer Press.
Cantali, D. (2019). Moving to secondary school for children with ASN: a systematic review of international literature. British Journal of Special Education, 46(1), 29-52.
Frønes, T. S., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education—Contributions from Large-Scale Studies. In T. S. Frønes, A. Pettersen, J. Radišić, & N. Buchholtz (Eds.), Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education (pp. 1-10). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61648-9_1
Hanewald, R. (2013). Transition between primary and secondary school: Why it is important and how it can be supported. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 38(1), 62-74.
Hollenbach, N., & Tillmann, K.-J. (2011). Teacher research and school development. German approaches and international perspectives. Die Schule forschend verändern. Klinkhardt, Bad Heilbrunn.
Meld St. 6 (2019-2020). Tett på - tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO [Following closely – early effort and inclusive community in ECEC, school and after-school programs].  Retrieved from https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-6-20192020/id2677025/
Repstad, P. (2021). Norway: an egalitarian society? In E. Maagerø & B. Simonsen (Eds.), Norway: Society and culture (3 ed., pp. 138–157). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Strand, G. M. (2022). Overgangen til ungdomstrinnet: elevenes opplevelser og hvordan vi kan støtte dem [The transition to secondary school: Students’ experiences and how we can support them]. Universitetsforlaget.
Symonds, J. (2015). Understanding school transition: What happens to children and how to help them. Routledge.
Waters, S. K., Lester, L., Wenden, E., & Cross, D. (2012). A theoretically grounded exploration of the social and emotional outcomes of transition to secondary school. Journal of Psychologists and Counsellors in Schools, 22(2), 190-205.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

School Absence Trajectories and their Consequences for Achievement

Jascha Drager, Markus Klein, Edward Sosu

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Drager, Jascha

This study examines the effect of absence patterns over the course of a pupil’s entire academic career on achievement in the final year of compulsory schooling in England. There is abundant evidence of the negative consequences of school absenteeism on children’s achievement (Aucejo & Romano, 2016), which subsequently translates into lower educational attainment and poorer labour market outcomes (Cattan et al., 2022). However, most existing research consider the effects of absences over a single year and the limited studies exploring absences across time only examine whether yearly changes in absences result in varying achievement progress. Additionally, existing studies disregard the cumulative measurement of dynamic absence trajectories over time, which may conceal meaningful differences between pupils and likely results in an underestimation of the degree to which absences influence achievement. A holistic measurement of pupils’ absences across their academic careers is crucial to assess whether the timing of absence severity matters for achievement.

Theoretically, there are arguments for early absences being more important for achievement as well as arguments for late absences being more important. On the one hand, we could assume that early absences are more harmful to children’s achievement because skill formation is path dependent: children who lack basic skills will have difficulty acquiring more advanced skills. On the other hand, we could assume that late absences have a greater impact on children’s achievement, given that the content being evaluated on tests is the content taught in the last few years before the test. Existing research overwhelmingly concludes that later absences are more important for academic success (Ansari & Pianta, 2019).

The extent to which absence trajectories influence achievement may not only be influenced by the frequency of absences but also by the type of absence. For instance, unauthorised absences become much more prevalent during later school stages (Department for Education, 2011) and seem to be more detrimental to school performance than authorised absences (Gottfried, 2009). This could be due to teachers being less motivated to support pupils with numerous unauthorised absences (Wilson et al., 2008). Nonetheless, the larger effect of unauthorised absences may also reflect differences in pupils’ school-related attitudes (Hancock et al., 2013), which are rarely measured by surveys. This claim is supported by Klein et al. (2022), who found that sickness absences and absences due to exceptional domestic circumstances are just as damaging to achievement as truancy.

Some studies have examined trajectories of overall absences (Benner & Wang, 2014; Simon et al., 2020) or truancy (Schoeneberger, 2012), but none have jointly investigated type and temporal dynamics across children’s schooling. Moreover, the research on absence trajectories is largely limited to the United States, only considers absences over a few years of schooling, and does not account for all pertinent school absenteeism risk factors which likely also affect academic achievement.

Our study draws on linked school administrative and survey data from England to examine the association between absence trajectories and achievement. Specifically, we address two research questions that enable us to overcome the limitations of previous studies:

  1. Which absence trajectories emerge across entire school careers?
  2. How do these absence trajectories affect achievement?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use linked administrative data on absences and standardised achievement tests from the National Pupil Database (NPD) with survey data from the Millennium Cohort Study (MCS), which enables us to identify pupils’ joint trajectories of authorised and unauthorised absences throughout the entire mandatory school career in England (Years 1 to 11) while simultaneously controlling for a comprehensive set of confounders of the association between absence trajectories and achievement. Linked NPD-MCS data is available for 8,438 pupils.
We use the percentage of authorised and unauthorised absences out of all possible sessions in each year for our analysis. Authorised absences are absences with permission from a teacher or other authorised representatives of the school, which is only given if a satisfactory explanation for the absence has been provided, e.g., illness. Unauthorised absences are absences without the permission of the school.
As outcomes, we evaluate differences in performance measures on standardised tests at the end of year 11 (key stage 4): 1) Whether pupils passed at least five exams with grades A*-C, including English and Math, 2) The average performance on the eight best exams, 3) Grade in English, 4) Grade in Math.
We use multiple imputation for missing values in absenteeism risk factors and weight pupils by the inverse of the probability that they gave consent to data linkage and have complete absence and achievement data to account for selection effects.
We use k-medians clustering for longitudinal data to identify clusters with similar joint trajectories on authorised and unauthorised absences from years 1 to 11 (Genolini et al., 2013).
To estimate the effect of absence trajectories on achievement, we exploit the fact that the MCS contains all identified risk factors of school absenteeism (Gubbels et al., 2019). Since we evaluate the effect of entire absence trajectories as opposed to absences in a single year, we must appropriately control for time-varying confounders, which have been frequently overlooked in the existing literature. We accomplish this by employing a regression-with-residuals technique, which enables us to condition on time-varying confounders that may be affected by earlier absences without introducing overcontrol bias (Wodtke & Almirall, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results indicate that most pupils fall into a cluster with both low authorised absences and very low unauthorised absences throughout their entire school careers. Other clusters are defined by either higher authorised absences, higher unauthorised absences, or high authorised and high unauthorised absences or differ in terms of the persistence and the timing of absences. There are substantial differences in achievement between absence trajectory clusters, even when accounting comprehensively for risk factors. The cluster of pupils with low authorised and very low unauthorised absences throughout their entire school career perform best, but there are also marked differences between different high absences trajectories. (Exact results are subject to the statistical disclosure review of the UK Data Service and will be presented at the conference).
References
Ansari, A., & Pianta, R. C. (2019). School absenteeism in the first decade of education and outcomes in adolescence. Journal of School Psychology, 76, 48–61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2019.07.010
Aucejo, E. M., & Romano, T. F. (2016). Assessing the effect of school days and absences on test score performance. Economics of Education Review, 55, 70–87. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2016.08.007
Benner, A. D., & Wang, Y. (2014). Shifting attendance trajectories from middle to high school: Influences of school transitions and changing school contexts. Developmental Psychology, 50(4), 1288–1301. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0035366
Cattan, S., Kamhöfer, D., Karlsson, M., & Nilsson, T. (2022). The Long-term Effects of Student Absence: Evidence from Sweden. The Economic Journal. https://doi.org/10.1093/ej/ueac078
Department for Education. (2011). A profile of pupil absence in England (DFE-RR171; Research Report).
Genolini, C., Pingault, J. B., Driss, T., Côté, S., Tremblay, R. E., Vitaro, F., Arnaud, C., & Falissard, B. (2013). KmL3D: A non-parametric algorithm for clustering joint trajectories. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, 109(1), 104–111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmpb.2012.08.016
Gottfried, M. A. (2009). Excused Versus Unexcused: How Student Absences in Elementary School Affect Academic Achievement. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 31(4), 392–415. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373709342467
Gubbels, J., van der Put, C. E., & Assink, M. (2019). Risk Factors for School Absenteeism and Dropout: A Meta-Analytic Review. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 48(9), 1637–1667. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-019-01072-5
Hancock, K. J., Shepherd, C. C. J., Lawrence, D., & Zubrick, S. R. (2013). Student attendance and educational outcomes: Every day counts (Report for the Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations).
Klein, M., Sosu, E. M., & Dare, S. (2022). School Absenteeism and Academic Achievement: Does the Reason for Absence Matter? AERA Open, 8, 233285842110711. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584211071115
Schoeneberger, J. A. (2012). Longitudinal Attendance Patterns: Developing High School Dropouts. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 85(1), 7–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00098655.2011.603766
Simon, O., Nylund-Gibson, K., Gottfried, M., & Mireles-Rios, R. (2020). Elementary absenteeism over time: A latent class growth analysis predicting fifth and eighth grade outcomes. Learning and Individual Differences, 78, 101822. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2020.101822
Wilson, V., Malcolm, H., Edward, S., & Davidson, J. (2008). ‘Bunking off’: The impact of truancy on pupils and teachers. British Educational Research Journal, 34(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701492191
Wodtke, G. T., & Almirall, D. (2017). Estimating Moderated Causal Effects with Time-varying Treatments and Time-varying Moderators: Structural Nested Mean Models and Regression with Residuals. Sociological Methodology, 47(1), 212–245. https://doi.org/10.1177/0081175017701180


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Risk Factors for Dropping out of Upper Secondary Education in Finland of Young People with Psychological Disabilities

Taina Heinonen

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Heinonen, Taina

The paper presents some of the results of my upcoming dissertation about young mental health rehabilitants’ school experiences and educational trajectories in Finland. This paper focuses in school dropout at the upper secondary education from the viewpoint of young people with the background of psychological disability. A psychological disability refers to a spectrum of mental disorders or conditions that influence our emotions, cognitions and/or behaviors.

Transition from comprehensive school to the upper secondary level is associated with several challenges (Hjort et al 2016). For vulnerable groups, e.g. adolescents with psychological disabilities, these challenges are even more difficult (Lamb 2011). Especially depression affects the psychosocial and school-related development of adolescents in a major way (Dupere et al 2017; Schulte-Körne 2016). They increase the risk of having to dropping out of school before achieving any qualification, which is a serious problem both at an individual and societal level (Ramsdal et al 2018). Depressive disorders are also one of the most significant contributors to work disability and premature exit from the labor market (Maynard, Sala-Wright & Vaughn, 2015). Mental health problems are increasing worldwide. In Finland, about 20 % of all young adults are diagnosed with a psychological disorder, of which diagnoses of depression and anxiety are most usual (OECD 2019).

The purpose of this study, framed within a mixed design, concern to one part quantitative aspect of the associations between mental health problems and school dropouts, especially factors that increase the risk to drop out of school were explored. Another area of interest was to explore the experiences of dropping out of upper secondary education (qualitative aspect). The data consisted of quantitative survey data (n=121) as well as qualitative data from interviews (n=28) and open-ended survey responses (n=113). The analyses were conducted with logistic regression analysis and qualitative content analysis. When analyzing the data, a special interest was paid to school dropouts. The data were categorized into three essential categories (individual, family and institutional) according to Vincent Tinto’s explanatory model of the dropout process (Tinto 1973; Tinto 1975; Tinto 1997).

Both, quantitative and qualitative findings show that school dropout and mental health problems are strongly connected to each other. About one-fifth of the respondents had dropped out of upper secondary school. Based on the data, diagnosed mental health disorders by age 18, loneliness in upper comprehensive school, lack of social support and family background significantly increased likelihood of dropping out.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of the study was to examine 1) the associations between mental health problems and school dropouts, and 2) the experiences of dropping out of school. The data was collected through survey and interviews. The survey and the interviews included questions about their school experiences, educational paths, psychological disability, socioeconomic background and plans about the future. The survey was targeted at 18–34 year old mental health rehabilitants living in Finland. Altogether 121 respondents, who had received physical, psychological or social support to their mental health problems, from 14 counties, participated in the study. Survey data were collected in 2017. Overall, 28 persons of those 121 respondents were interviewed in 2018 and 2019.

The study followed a mixed-method approach (e.g. Creswell et al. 2011; Fetters et al. 2013). Regarding the course of my research, I followed a multiphase model (e.g. multiphase iterative design, multistage mixed methods framework) in terms of both data collection and analysis as well as reporting and utilization of the results. Practically, I used multiple stages of data collection that include various combinations of explanatory sequential and convergent approaches (e.g. Fetters et al 2013). In the first stage, I collected and analyzed some of the quantitative data. In the second stage, I used quantitative findings to build individual interview questions for each participant. After preparation, I conducted semi-structured interviews with mental health rehabilitants to explore further these quantitative findings. In the third stage, I collected and analyzed some of the qualitative data. In the fourth stage, I used quantitative findings and qualitative findings iteratively in multiple phases. After that, I merged quantitative findings with qualitative findings using narrative approach for reporting results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of this study was to explore the school dropout from the viewpoint of young people with the background of psychological disability. Based on the results, school dropout and mental health problems were strongly connected to each other. Results also show that recent depression symptoms with lack of social support often leads to dropping out of upper secondary education.

These findings suggest that early identification of problems and social support received from teachers are important factors for reaching desired learning outcomes. Consequently, providing school-based psychosocial services could be the key to identify mental health problems at an early stage. In sum, the early identification of mental health problems and the existence of school-based psychosocial services would enable the completion of studies.


References
Creswell, J. & Plano Clark, V. (2011) Designing and conducting mixed methods research. London: Sage.

Dupere, V. & Dion, E. & Nault-Briere, F. & Archambault, I. & Leventhal, T. & Lesage, A. (2017) Revisiting the link between depression symthoms and high school dropout: Timing of exposure matters. Journal of Adolescent Health 62 (2018), 205–211.

Fetters, M. & Curry, L. & Creswell, J.(2013) Integrating mixed methods in health services and delivery system research: Achieving integration in mixed methods designs -Principles and practices. HSR: Health Services Research 48:6, Part II.

Hjort, C. & Bilgrav, L. & Frandsen, L. & Overgaad, C. & Torp-Pedersen, C. & Nielsen, B. & Böggild, H.(2016) Mental health and school dropout across educational levels and genders: a 4.8-year follow-up study. BMC Public Health 16:976.

Lamb, S. 2011. School dropout and inequality. In S. Lamb, E. Markussen, R. Teese, N. Sandberg & J. Polesel (toim.) School dropout and completion: International comparative studies in theory and policy. Dordrecht: Springer, 369–390.

Maynard, B. R., Sala-Wright, C. P., & Vaughn, M. G. (2015) High school dropouts in emerging adulthood: Substance use, mental health problems, and crime. Community Mental Health, 51.
OECD (2019) Health at a Glance 2019 - OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris.

Ramsdal, G. H. & Bergvik, S. & Wynn, R. (2018) Long-term dropout from school and work and mental health in young adults in Norway: A qualitative interview-based study. Cogent Psychology, 5:1.

Schulte-Körne, G. (2016) Mental Health Problems in a School Setting in Children and Adolescent. Dtsch Arztebl Int. 2016 Mar; 113(11): 183–190.

Tinto, V.& Cullen, J. (1973). Dropout in higher education: a review and theoretical synthesis of recent research. Office of Education (DHEW), Contract OEC-0-73-1409, 99.

Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education: a theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89-125.

Tinto, V. (1997) Classrooms as Communities: Exploring the Educational Character of Student Persistence. The Journal of Higher Education, 68 (6), 599–623.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm06 SES 01 A: Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures. Diversity and Inclusion Policies and Practice
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Digital Media’s Role in Everyday Life, Upbringing, and School Education of Ukrainian Refugee Women

Henrike Friedrichs-Liesenkötter1, Anna-Maria Kamin2, Jeannine Teichert3, Dorothee M. Meister3, Liudmyla Ponomarenko4

1Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany; 2Bielefeld University, Germany; 3Paderborn University, Germany; 4Taras Schewtschenko Nationale Universität Kyiw, Ukraine

Presenting Author: Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, Henrike; Kamin, Anna-Maria

The article links refugee migration with the importance of digital media use as one of the central challenges of the 21st century by referring to Ukrainian refugee families in Germany. In contrast to the so-called ‘refugee crisis’ of 2015, when millions of people from the Middle East fled the war in their home countries intending to settle in Europe for a more extended period, many Ukrainians are currently travelling back home – despite the ongoing war (BBC News 2022). The constant balancing act between their safety in Germany and the permanent fear for the survival of their family members and friends left behind in the war zone puts a strain on the psychological resilience of the refugees. Against this background, Ukrainian refugees are particularly challenged to organise not only their everyday life in Germany but also their children’s (mediated) well-being in the best possible way. Digital media play a central role in the lives of refugees in Germany, among other things, for communication purposes, information retrieval, and orientation (Kaufmann 2018), as well as for coping with their new everyday life in the context of learning and educational participation (Friedrichs-Liesenkötter/Hüttmann forthcoming; Kutscher et al. 2022). Overall, few empirical studies to date have focused on the significance of digital media in everyday life and the educational contexts of refugees in Germany. In addition to positive aspects, these also show negative ones, such as an intensification of inequalities in the course of an increase in digitality (cf. on distance learning Fujii et al. 2021) or that news media underline the precarious situation in the home country and thus reinforce refugees’ fears. There is a research desideratum on the media use of current Ukrainian refugees in the context of everyday life, upbringing, and school education and on (media) educational support that may be needed (GMK et al. 2022). The group of authors addresses these issues using an exploratory study. The study pursues the following research questions:

- What is the significance of digital media in everyday life and media education of Ukrainian refugee women and their children and grandchildren? (Among other things, to what extent is the topic of disinformation via digital media taken up in media education)?

- What role do digital media play in educational contexts in schools (especially in lessons) and non-school contexts of the refugees?

Furthermore, indications for possible necessary (media) educational support services can be derived from this study.

This paper presents central results against the theoretical background of mediated co-presence in transnational families’ and friends’ lives (Francisco 2015; Teichert 2021). Further theoretical references are the role of digital social networks’ potential acceleration and distribution of disinformation (Stark et al. 2019) and the challenge of media education in families under the framework of unequal life situations (Paus-Hasebrink & Sinner 2021). It becomes evident that the research topic of digital media’s influence on refugees’ live abroad cannot be separated from migration and education policy decisions. The topic of diversity of the ECER conference is thus addressed in multiple aspects: First, regarding origin and migration and refuge; second, with respect to the results of the present study which gives an insight into the media use of a previously understudied group of refugees; third, according to new challenges and implications for school and media education arising from refugee children attending German schools. The latter particularly requires greater diversity and flexibility in learning opportunities regarding policy regulations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analysed consists of a two-hour group discussion (Bohnsack et al. 2010) conducted in August 2022 with six women between the ages of 32 and 63 who previously fled Ukraine and have been living in shared accommodation in a large city in Germany for several weeks. All but one of the women fled to Germany without their husbands, accompanied by their children or grandchildren aged between 8 and 17. In the group discussion, three central themes were identified employing qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz 2016). The analysis was conducted along the following categories :(1) the role of digital media in everyday life, communication and education; (2) school requirements and the importance of digital media for schools; and (3) dealing with disinformation in digital media. The group discussion was conducted by a Ukrainian refugee scholar who also contributed validating the results and is one of the paper’s co-authors.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study shows the ambivalent significance of digital media for everyday life, upbringing and school education and the specifics of the life situation of Ukrainian refugee women and children.
The refugees maintain a close communication network with their home country through various digital media messenger. At the same time, the women receive a great deal of disinformation, primarily through social media via Russian and pro-Russian channels (Die Bundesregierung 2022), which the women identify as a problem. It is particularly challenging for them to deal with relatives and acquaintances/friends who spread disinformation via social networks.
The Ukrainian women’s everyday life is heavily burdened by organisational requirements, worries about their relatives who stayed behind and missing familiar structures in the host country. Regarding media education, it should be noted that the women do not exchange or interact with their children or grandchildren about media content and media use due to the more significant problems they experienced while taking refuge. The results can be understood as a challenge of actively accompanying media education in families under emotionally stressful, unequal living conditions (Paus-Hasebrink/Sinner 2021).
With regard to school education, the Ukrainian refugee families face the issue that their children are required to be educated simultaneously by German schools in person and Ukrainian schools online. This confronts the Ukrainian women with the decision of having to prioritise the school requirements of both school systems while at the same time having unclear prospects of staying in the host country. However, the results impressively show that digital media can take on a central supporting function through distance learning and digital learning opportunities, especially concerning the desire to return.
Implications concerning educational policy and (media) pedagogy will be discussed at the conference.

References
BBC News (2022). How many Ukrainian refugees are there and where have they gone?. https://www.bbc.com/news/world-60555472

Das deutsche Schulportal (2022). Wie Schulen geflüchtete Kinder aus der Ukraine aufnehmen. https://deutsches-schulportal.de/bildungswesen/ukraine-wie-schulen-gefluechtete-kinder-aufnehmen/

Deutscher Gewerkschaftsbund (2022). Geflüchtete aus der Ukraine in Deutschland: Prekäre Beschäftigung vermeiden, in gute Arbeit vermitteln. https://www.dgb.de/themen/++co++1d95467a-a3aa-11ec-8010-001a4a160123

Die Bundesregierung (2022). Russische Desinformationskampagnen. Wie aus Narrativen eine Desinformation wird. https://www.bundesregierung.de/breg-de/themen/umgang-mit-desinformation/aus-narrativen-desinformation-2080112

Francisco, V. (2015) ‘The Internet Is Magic’. Technology, Intimacy and Transnational Families’. CriticalSociology,41(1), 173–190. https://doi.org/10.1177/0896920513484602

Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, Henrike/Hüttmann, Jana (forthcoming). Bedingungen zur Ermöglichung von Bildung und Teilhabe junger Geflüchteter im Kontext digitalisierter Bildungsarrangements: Eine Fokussierung mit Blick auf Mediendidaktik sowie Handlungsbefähigung im Alltag. In: Ganguin, Sonja/ Elsner, Anneke/ Kühn, Jessica/ Wendt, Ruth/ Naab, Thorsten/Rummler, Klaus/ Bettinger, Patrick/ Schiefner-Rohs, Mandy/ Wolf, Karsten D. (eds.), Jahrbuch Medienpädagogik Volume 19.

GMK/Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, Henrike/Kamin, Anna-Maria/Meister, Dorothee. (2022). GMK fordert verstärkte medienpädagogische Initiativen in Forschung und Praxis für Geflüchtete. https://www.gmk-net.de/2022/06/02/gmk-fordert-verstaerkte-medienpaedagogische-initiativen-in-forschung-und-praxis-fuer-gefluechtete/

International Organization of Migration (2022). Ukraine internal displacement report. General population survey. Round 5. https://displacement.iom.int/sites/default/files/public/reports/IOM_Gen%20Pop%20Report_R5_final%20ENG%20%281%29.pdf

Kutscher, N., Hüttmann, J., Fujii, Michi S., Engfer, N. P. & & Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, Henrike (2022) Educational participation of young refugees in the context of digitized settings, Information, Communication & Society, 25:4, 570-586, DOI: 10.1080/1369118X.2021.2021268

Paus-Hasebrink, Ingrid/Sinner, Philip (2021). 15 Jahre Panelstudie zur (Medien-)Sozialisation. Wie leben die Kinder von damals heute als junge Erwachsene? Baden-Baden: Nomos.

Stark, Birgit (2019). Filterblase geplatzt? Politische Meinungsbildung in digitalisierten Öffentlichkeiten. In: Wilhelmi, Volker/Theveßen, Elmar/Pfeil, Florian (Hrsg.), Geographien der Gewalt: Fake News und Desinformation. Dimension und Auswirkungen auf Gesellschaft und Schule. Mainz: Mainzer Kontaktstudium Geographie.

Teichert, Jeannine (2021). Mediating Close Friendship Intimacy in Times of (Social) Distance. Networking Knowledge: Journal of the MeCCSA Postgraduate Network, 14(1), 51–66. https://doi.org/10.31165/nk.2021.141.648


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Understandings of inclusion in the OER-movement – a omparative analysis of OER repositories in Germany, Czech Republic, Sweden and Luxembourg

Marlene Pieper, Michaela Vogt

Bielefeld University, Germany

Presenting Author: Pieper, Marlene

Internationally, the potentials of Open Education for diverse learning groups are being explored. Herein, the use of Open Educational Resources (OER), materials in any medium published under an open license allowing for free access and adaptation, is being promoted globally. Due to their accessibility and adaptivity, OER are being associated with inclusion and the aim to value the diversity of learners. Thus, OER represent a central aspect in the process of valueing diversity. This process takes place simultaneously on a variety of repositories, digital spaces dedicated to the distribution of materials and participation in the OER discourse. It is likely that a wide variety of understandings of diversity and inclusion will develop within these spaces. Hence, educational research must be responsive to these communities, their spaces and practices. The UNESCO promotes the use of OER in order to contribute to social inclusion, and quality education that is equitable, inclusive, open and participatory (UNESCO 2012 Paris OER Declaration; Ljubljana OER Action Plan 2017). The postulate of inclusion sensitivity on a global scale will encounter divergent understandings of inclusion both nationally and, even more so, internationally. This complexity is multiplied in the context of digitality, in which new forms of inclusion sensitivity are explored and recognition of diversity is postulated, while at the same time new challenges in terms of barriers and exclusion are raised. At the same time, a large number of actors are involved in OER and thus explicitly or implicitly in the discussion about diversity and inclusion in educational settings. This complexity raises the question of how well-founded the affiliation between Open Education, OER and inclusion really is. Up until recently (i.e. Bozkurt, Koseoglu & Singh 2019), the concept of openness in education as a whole lacked a philosophical and theoretical basis (Deimann & Farrow 2013), which was subsequently criticised as “weakly theorised" (Knox 2013). Postulating openness and thus OER as conducive to participation and inclusion could even obscure social inequalities (Otto & Kerres 2022) and even have an exclusionary effect (Funes & Mackness 2018). Given these tensions, it is important to gain clarity about how inclusion is commonly understood in the context of OER. In order to assess this, OER repositories as the digital infrastructure rendering learning content accessible (McGreal 2011) are being analysed. Since these repositories should not merely be considered a facilitator for materials but a support for educators and learners embracing practices corresponding to the ideals of OER (Atenas & Havemann 2014), they serve as an access point to assessing understandings of inclusion in the OER communities and movement.

The paper poses the research question: Which understandings of inclusion can be traced on OER repositories? This overarching question is answered focusing on following questions in order to narrow down the multitude of approaches to digital portals and platforms: 1) Self-conception: How is inclusion and inclusion sensitivity referred to on the repository? 2) configurations: In what ways do the structure and functions of the repository explicitly address the facets of OER that are postulated as inclusion-sensitive, e.g. adaptivity? 3) Quality criteria: To what extent do quality rubrics for OER on the platforms refer to inclusion sensitivity? These questions are being answered from an international-comparative perspective (e.g. Phillips & Schweisfurth 2007). By bringing four European nations’ perspectives into view (Germany, Czech Republic, Sweden, Luxembourg), whereby e.g. German-language offers can also be applied in Austria and Switzerland, a broad trans-European perspective can be applied. Simultaneously, international comparisons allow for identifying local context-specific frameworks relevant for varying approaches to diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The posed questions are being investigated on the basis of 20 OER repositories from four European countries (Germany, Czech Republic, Sweden, Luxembourg).
The selection criteria amounted to the thematic scope (primary education), target groups, access, language and providers. Following the approach of theoretical sampling, it was aimed to differentiate the sample for each focused country and, thus, open up the topic area as broadly as possible not only in terms of transnational perspectives but involved groups (volunteers, enterprises, associations).
Qualitative Content Analysis (Mayring 2010) offers a structured, qualitative approach to data which allows for bigger amounts of data to be analyzed effectively by simultaneously being responsive to latent significations (Mayring & Fenzel 2019). Evidently, digital platforms can be analysed in a multitude of ways, so that deductive categories grounded in the existing theory are needed to guide the way repositories will be looked at in detail. Siegel and Heiland (2019) have presented an analysis of OER platforms that focuses on the multi-layered provider landscape of platforms. They have reviewed OER repositories in terms of their offers, target groups and goals, contributors and forms of use.
At the same time, it is important to remain sensitive to inductive categories that can be extracted from the data material. For this reason, an abductive procedure is chosen, which represents a middle ground between deduction and induction. Due to different definitions of abduction, one particular approach (Kelle & Kluge 2010) was chosen which is able to create theoretically informed but empirically founded new hypotheses.
 In order to compile a body of data, descriptions of goals and aims of the repository, as well as, if existent, statements or rubrics regarding quality criteria have been substracted. This material is available in text form. In order to process the overall configurations and functions of the repository, relevant sub-pages (e.g. addressing adaptations or modes of participating in the community), of the website have been converted into a digitally printed file. This allowed for a reliable comparability of a momentary record of the website and prevented the accumulation of screenshots.  
The results were first broken down for the individual countries in order to then be contextualised in an international comparison (Schriewer 2009, Waterkamp 2006, Hilker 1962) and to evaluate on how OER communities deal with inclusion issues at a transnational level.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The international-comparative perspective was able to show that the repositories as digital landmarks of the OER movement do not sufficiently reflect questions of diversity and inclusion. There is a discrepancy between the ideals and claims of the OER movements and deeper understandings of diversity. Additionally, educational research has a blank spot for OER at the level of its communities and platforms, which is addressed in this paper. The examined repositories do reference inclusion to varying degrees. This referencing however is met with constraints to far-reaching inclusion-sensitive practices or support thereof. For example, repositories which explicitly hightlight the potential of OER for inclusion-sensitive teaching and learning contexts simultaneously exhibit limited participation possibilities or lack transparency regarding quality criteria. The postulated interrelation between inclusion and OER is not characterised by the existence of different understandings. Much rather, a de-centering of the discourse on inclusion can be identified. This implies a misrecognition of the dimensionality of inclusion. In this context, the question arises as to how diversity and inclusion can achieve deeper recognition in the field of OER and corresponding Open Educational Practices.
In the context of OER, a wide variety of actors and interest groups encounter each other. The transnationality of this topic further increases the complexity within the field. This level of complexity prevalent in the field of OER hinders its further development as a driver for social change on an international scale. As an outlook it will be asked if the Delphi method (Brady 2015) enabling a structured, anonymous and multilayered (as well as multilingual) communication process between different communities provides the needed framework to help education research to contribute to a more substantial discussion of inclusion-sensitivity of OER and Open Eduation.

References
Atenas, J. & Havemann, L. (2014). Questions of quality in repositories of open educational resources: a literature review. Research in Learning Technology, 22. https://doi.org/10.3402/rlt.v22.20889
Brady. S. R. (2015). Utilizing and Adapting the Delphi Method for Use in Qualitative Research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 1–6. DOI: 10.1177/1609406915621381
Deimann, M. & Farrow, R. (2013). Rethinking OER and their Use: Open Education as Bildung. International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 14(3), 344–360. https://doi.org/10.19173/irrodl.v14i3.1370
Funes, M. & Mackness, J. (2018). When inclusion excludes: a counter narrative of open online education. Learning, Media and Technology, 43:2, 119–138. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2018.1444638
Hilker, F. (1962). Vergleichende Pädagogik: Eine Einführung in Geschichte, Theorie und Praxis. München: Hueber.
Kelle, U. & Kluge, S. (2010): Vom Einzelfall zum Typus. Wiesbaden.
Knox, J. (2013). Five Critiques of the Open Educational Resources Movement. Teaching in Higher Education, 18(8), 821–832. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2013.774354
Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken. Weinheim: Beltz (1st edition, 1983).
Mayring, P., Fenzl, T. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Eds.) Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21308-4_42
McGreal, R. (2011) ‘Open educational resource repositories: an analysis’, The 3rd Annual Forum on e-Learning Excellence, Dubai, UAE, Dubai, [online] Available at: http://elexforum.hbmeu.ac.ae/Proceeding/PDF/OpenEducationalResource.pdf
Otto, D., & Kerres, M. (2022). Deconstructing the Virtues of Openness and its Contribution to Bildung in the Digital Age. In D. Kergel, Garsdahl, J., Paulsen, M., & Heidkamp-Kergel, B. (Hrsg.), Bildung in the Digital Age (S. 17). London: Routledge. doi:10.4324/9781003158851-5
Phillips, D. & Schweisfurth, M. (2007). Comparative and International Education. An Introduction to Theory, Method, and Practice. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Schriewer, J. (Ed.) (2009). Discourse Formation in Comparative Education. Frankfurt am Main: Internationaler Verlag der Wissenschaften. 3rd ed.
Siegel, S., & Heiland, T. (2019). Open Educational Resources – Onlineplattformen unter der Lupe: Eine explorative Analyse. In E. Matthes, T. Heiland & A. von Proff (Hrsg.), Open Educational Resources im Lichte des Augsburger Analyse- und Evaluationsrasters (AAER). Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven und Anregungen für die Lehramtsausbildung und Schulpraxis (S. 50-66). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
UNESCO, Second World Open Educational Resources Congress (2017). Ljubljana OER Action Plan. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000260762?posInSet=1&queryId=aaab3055-b1a6-4be0-b96e-b2ea38aed037 Accessed on 23.01.2023.
UNESCO, World Open Educational Resources Congress, Paris (2012). 2012 Paris OER Declaration. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000246687 Accessed on 23.01.2023.
Waterkamp, D. (2006). Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft. Ein Lehrbuch. Münster: Waxmann.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Diversity as an Opportunity and Challenge for a Digital Education Ecosystem

Johannes Bonnes, Eik Gädeke, Paula Goerke, Sandra Hohues, Stefan Klusemann, Paul Weinrebe

FernUniversität Hagen, Germany

Presenting Author: Bonnes, Johannes; Klusemann, Stefan

The provision of quality education and equal opportunities for lifelong learning for all are key objectives of international and European education policies (European Commission 2021; United Nations 2020). One of the key points is the development of a powerful and productive digital education ecosystem, which includes not only high-quality learning content and digital educational media and tools, but also a secure platform that supports learning, is user-friendly and respects current data protection laws (European Commission 2020).

For this reason, the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) has initiated the development of such an educational ecosystem - the "Nationale Bildungsplattform". The "Bildungsraum Digital" (BIRD), which has been under development since 2021, is a prototype of this educational ecosystem. BIRD enables the testing of data transfer structures, the interoperability of different types of platforms and the implementation of standards. This contribution to the European educational space aims to provide a way to connect existing and new educational platforms across all sectors of education. It is an important step towards the creation of an educational ecosystem that recognises the diversity and federal structure of the German education system, as well as the associated independence of actors and platforms.

Diversity, however, does not only apply to the different fields of education, but also to the diversity of potential users who could benefit from the educational space. Some important dimensions are the different ages, personal circumstances, educational experiences, and financial and time resources of potential learners. Social inequalities (Verständig et al. 2017) can be considered in addition to the approach of Gardenswartz and Rowe (2003). However, the diversity of people can also complement and enrich BIRD. Incorporating the creative ideas of users not only allows the digital infrastructure to evolve in perpetuity, but also keeps it open to innovation through community participation.

The development of BIRD is supervised by FernUniversität Hagen. Two research questions are addressed: 1) how people appropriate digital platforms as technologies, and 2) how social practice already shapes or will shape them in the future. Against the background of these project goals and the challenges and opportunities of diversity, the talk will have three objectives:

(1) While the educational ecosystem BIRD is still in its planning stage, one can already discern central functions of the platform. In our talk, we will look at the BIRD platform in the context of current political and scientific debates on strengths and limitations of educational platforms.

(2) As a second objective, we will address the question of how decision-makers‘ (Macgilchrist et al. 2020) practices within BIRD’s subprojects form or preform the future educational ecosystem. Here we do not focus on the technological side of it but on practices (decisions, goals, self-perceptions etc.) of all decision-makers that are involved in BIRD’s subprojects.

Part of our concern here is also the topic of future users and their ‘adoptions’ of the platform, including how they can be (or are) taken into account in the making of BIRD’s projects. Ultimately, this entails the question: how we can do research at all about future users (and their possible adoptions of the platform) and hence judge potentials or limitations of the platform and its subprojects.

(3) Actors from different educational fields will be using the BIRD ecosystem. In our presentation we will therefore address the relationship between structural conditions of the platform and practices and orientations of actors from different educational segments. Since BIRD targets all educational fields, the practices and perspectives from different segments should be reflected in the making of the platform.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our presentation provides insights into the challenges involved in developing a national digital education ecosystem. Chief concern is to provide insights into the ‘making’ of projects that constitute BIRD; we do so by studying practices of all decision-makers involved in inventing, shaping, moulding – making – projects that will constitute a core part of the platform. In our project, we study comparatively decision-makers from different educational fields (schools, higher educational institutions, vocational training, further education). We do so based on a qualitative research design with 12 group-discussions to discern similarities and divergences between the educational segments. They are collected through group discussions and evaluated using the documentary method (Helbig et al. 2021).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The focus of the accompanying research is to explore the digital practices of the designers and the expected practices of the target groups of BIRD. Based on these findings, the connection between the digital structure of an educational ecosystem and the digital practices of the designers and users will be in focus. The overall aim of the presentation is to discuss the media pedagogical and educational conditions and possibilities that a digital educational ecosystem should fulfil in order to promote lifelong learning for as many members of society as possible, across educational sectors and age groups. According to the three stated aims of the lecture, (1) the potentials and limitations of nationally and Europe-wide available educational platforms will be discussed in order to identify central design options for practice.  Different facets of educational platforms can be considered. In addition to the basic technical requirements, dimensions of a diversity-sensitive digital educational space that need to be taken into account in the design of platforms will be highlighted. (2) Furthermore, insights for research in this digital educational ecosystem will be generated, which should be useful for as many members of society as possible. (3) Finally, first empirically inspired findings will be presented and discussed, which can be linked to discourses of professional and organisational learning, e.g. with regard to the professionalisation of media pedagogy or the digital transformation of organisations, both in terms of professional theory and organisational pedagogy.
References
European Commission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. Retrieved 10 January 2023. https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/deap-communication-sept2020_en.pdf
European Commission (2021). The European Pillar of Social Rights Action Plan. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Gardenswartz, L., & Rowe, A. (2003). Diverse Teams at Work (2nd edition). Society for Human Resource Management.
Helbig, C., Hofhues, S., & Bence Lukács (2021). Multi-Stakeholder Dialogues as Instrument for Design and Qualitative Research in Educational Organisations. In D. Ifenthaler, S. Hofhues, M. Egloffstein & C. Helbig (ed.), Digital Transformation of Learning Organziations (pp. 23-40). Cham: Springer.
Macgilchrist, D., Allert, H., & Bruch, A. (2020). Students and society in the 2020s. Three future ‘histories’ of education and technology. Learning, Media and Technology, 45:1, 76-89, DOI: 10.1080/17439884.2019.1656235.
United Nations (2020). SDG Indicators – Global indicator framework for the Sustainable Development Goals and targets of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD). Retrieved 6 August 2020. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/indicators/indicators-list/
Verständig, D., Klein, A., & Iske, S. (2016). «Zero-Level Digital Divide : neues Netz und neue Ungleichheiten». SIEGEN:SOZIAL – Analysen, Berichte, Kontroversen, 50-55.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm07 SES 01 A: Scottish Discourse on Migration and Social Justice in Education - Opening Session of Network 7 'Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Seyda Subasi Singh
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Meetings/ Events

Social Justice in Europe - commonalities and contextualisation; tension and synergies

Louisa Dawes1, Carl Emery1, Deniz Ortactepe Hart2, Pinar Aksu2

1University of Manchester, United Kingdom; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dawes, Louisa; Emery, Carl; Ortactepe Hart, Deniz; Aksu, Pinar

1. Introduction

Title: “Local Matters a Social Justice case study of commonality and contextualization”

Louisa Dawes, University of Manchester

Carl Emery, University of Manchester

2. Social Justice in the Scottish Context

Title: “Education, languages and internalisation: Bridging the local and global”

Deniz Ortactepe Hart, University of Glasgow

Title: “Art and law in Migration: art practices for social change and access to Justice'”

Pinar Aksu, University of Glasgow

3. Table top activity

Discussion and reflections on social justice; commonalities and contextualisation across Europe, based on the following questions:

  • Drawing from your knowledge, what are the specific features of Social Justice in your country?
  • What issues are currently being addressed?
  • What are the key themes emerging?

Moderation: Louisa Dawes, University of Manchester; Carl Emery, University of Manchester

4. Q&A running into a short pause/networking opportunity


References
.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm07 SES 01 B: Refugee Education (Part 1)
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Henrike Terhart
Paper Session to be continued in 07 SES 02 B
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Adolescent Asylum-seeking Students Caught Inbetween: when the Grammar of Schooling Intersects with the Coloniality of Migration

Melanie Baak1, Joanna McIntyre2, Sinikka Neuhaus3

1University of South Australia; 2University of Nottingham; 3Lund University

Presenting Author: Baak, Melanie; McIntyre, Joanna

The importance of education for those who have experienced forced displacement is recognised in international law, human rights doctrines and national education policies (Benhura & Naidu 2021; de Wal Pastoor 2016; Dryden-Peterson 2017;). Education enables forcibly displaced young people to regain a sense of normalcy, develop language competence and relationships in their new contexts and work towards aspirations, all which help short and long term wellbeing (Dryden-Peterson et al. 2019; Keddie 2012; Ratković et al. 2017).

Countries in the global north, such as Sweden, the UK and Australia have grappled with accommodating increasing numbers of young forced migrants. These countries have a range of policies that govern not only how young forced migrants should be treated legally and supported socially and economically but also their education provision. These differ for those on recognised resettlement schemes and those who are not. National and regional education departments and schools have a range of policies which apply to all students, including policies regarding the admissible age of students and pathways through schooling systems and beyond. There are additional policies that specifically relate to recently arrived students regarding access to schooling, language learning support and access to additional supports and resources. This constellation of educational and settlement policies results in a complex landscape for schools and forcibly displaced students particularly those who arrive in their mid- to late teens.

This presentation focuses on people aged 16-21 who have not been granted permission to stay in the host country indefinitely. In Australia they are those on temporary protection, bridging and Safe Haven Enterprise (SHEV) visas, commonly referred to as ‘asylum seekers’ despite their recognition in international law as refugees (Refugee Council of Australia 2020). In the UK they are those who are seeking refugee status but who for different reasons do not have ‘leave to remain’ (https://www.gov.uk/settlement-refugee-or-humanitarian-protection). In Sweden, they are those seeking asylum whose right to education, assistance and accommodation changes at 18. We describe this group of young people as inbetweeners. These young people aged 16-21 who are still awaiting decisions on whether they can stay permanently in the countries they are living across the three national jurisdictions repeatedly fall through policy and service gaps, literally and figuratively falling through gaps in between.

To understand how these students are positioned by the constellation of policies and practices operating on them, we draw together two conceptual ideas. Firstly, the ‘grammar of schooling’ (Tyack & Tobin 1994) which is understood as ‘the regular structures and rules that organize the work of instruction…for example, standardized organization practices in dividing time and space, classifying students and allocating them to classrooms, and splintering knowledge into “subjects”’ (ibid, p 454). These aspects of schooling are ‘typically taken for granted as just the way schools are’ (ibid, p 454). We identify a range of ‘grammars of schooling’ that are operating to marginalise or exclude inbetween students from schooling, including age-graded classrooms, time progression through school and language use and expectations within schools. We argue that the grammars of schooling are utilised as a tool in the governing of migration control. To augment this,we mobilise the concept of ‘coloniality of migration’ (Gutiérrez Rodríguez, 2018) through which ‘colonial legacies of the construction of the racialized Other are reactivated and wrapped in a racist vocabulary, drawing on a racist imaginary combined with new forms of governing the racialized Other through migration control’ (ibid, pp. 17-18). We argue that through the ‘grammar of schooling’ the structures of schooling which have become internalised and assumed as unchangeable, inbetween students are pushed out, with further implications for migration and settlement outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The authors met at the 2019 ECER conference, where we were presenting on schooling opportunities and barriers for refugee background students and how policies shape these.  In our conversations, we realised that there were significant opportunities to learn from and with each other about the schooling context in each country.  While this paper does not stem from a shared research project, it results from many hours of discussion and online collaboration which enabled us to bring together data from three different research projects to consider cross-national similarities in educational experience and access for asylum seeking students who find themselves ‘in-between’ policy gaps.  The three projects on which the data draws are all qualitative studies with a brief overview presented below of each project.

In the English context, data is drawn from empirical work underpinning a study of policy and practice of inclusion for refugee and asylum-seeking learners in English schools and colleges (McIntyre and Abrams 2021) and on data from the Art of Belonging project (2022). This comparative place-based study of creative programmes for newly arrived teenagers in England and Sweden observed the various challenges faced by this cohort as they navigated the bureaucracies of life in their new context.

The Swedish data are also drawn from the Art of Belonging project and from an ongoing interview project with teachers working with students from refugee backgrounds with various legal status depending on age.

The Australian data is taken from The Refugee Student Resilience Study (RSRS), a large, multi-staged Australian Research Council Linkage study, conducted across two Australian states from 2018-2022.  The data in this paper is drawn from Phase 2 of the study which interviewed school leaders and staff in seven secondary schools across two Australian states about the ways that these schools interacted with, developed and enacted policies and practices to promote resilience and positive outcomes for refugee-background students. A significant number of these schools reflected on the unique challenges of education and future planning for young people entering schools in their mid- to late teens after prolonged periods of forced migration and educational disruption.  

We utilise case studies from each country to identify the ways in which the grammar of schooling intersect with the coloniality of migration for young asylum seeking students, who get caught in between various policy gaps in relation to schooling.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The case studies from UK, Sweden and Australia illustrate the ways in which the grammar of schooling operate to constrain education access and experiences for young asylum seeking students.  The case study from the UK centres the experience and outcomes of schooling access from the perspective of a young asylum seeking student, Alan.  Alan’s experience demonstrates how age-based classrooms, testing and time related progress in schools alongside migration policies which move unaccompanied asylum seeking youth to different regions of the UK ultimately limited Alan’s education options. The Swedish case study presents the perspective of a teacher who struggles with the constraints to supporting asylum seeking adolescent students.  This case illustrates how education and the schooling is deeply affected and reproduces, or at least risks reproducing, a simplistic view on migration and education.   A composite narrative combined from two schools in Australia (to assist with ensuring the anonymity of these schools and staff) illustrates the strategies school staff were using to overcome barriers that were very specific to this cohort of ‘in-between’ students but also emphasises the sometimes powerlessness they felt and the limited options post-schooling available for these students. The Australian context illustrates how the migration policies and education policies sometimes intersected to push asylum seeking students out of formal schooling systems, but this narrative also illustrated the agency of school staff in seeking ways to circumvent these policies.
References
Benhura, AR & Naidu, M 2021, 'Delineating caveats for (quality) education during displacement: Critiquing the impact of forced migration on access to education', Migration Studies, vol. 9, no. 2, pp. 260-78.

de Wal Pastoor, L 2016, 'Rethinking refugee education: Principles, policies and practice from a European perspective', Annual review of comparative and international education 2016.

Dryden-Peterson, S 2017, 'Refugee education: Education for an unknowable future', Curriculum Inquiry, vol. 47, no. 1, pp. 14-24.

Dryden-Peterson, S, Adelman, E, Bellino, MJ & Chopra, V 2019, 'The purposes of refugee education: Policy and practice of including refugees in national education systems', Sociology of Education, vol. 92, no. 4, pp. 346-66.

Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E 2018, 'The coloniality of migration and the “refugee crisis”: On the asylum-migration nexus, the transatlantic white European settler colonialism-migration and racial capitalism', Refuge: Canada's Journal on Refugees/Refuge: revue canadienne sur les réfugiés, vol. 34, no. 1.

Keddie, A 2012, 'Refugee education and justice issues of representation, redistribution and recognition', Cambridge journal of education, vol. 42, no. 2, pp. 197-212.
McIntyre, J. and Abrams, F. 2021. Refugee Education: Theorising practice in schools. Abingdon:  Routledge

McIntyre, J., Neuhaus, S. Blennow, K. 2022. The Art of Belonging: Social interacration of young migrants in urban contexts through cultural place-making. (Final Report). Available at  https://www.nottingham.ac.uk/research/groups/cracl/documents/art-of-belonging.pdf

Ratković, S, Kovačević, D, Brewer, C, Ellis, C, Ahmed, N & Baptiste-Brady, J 2017, 'Supporting refugee students in Canada: Building on what we have learned in the past 20 years', Ottawa, Canada: Social Sciences and Humanities.

Tyack, D & Tobin, W 1994, 'The “grammar” of schooling: Why has it been so hard to change?', American educational research journal, vol. 31, no. 3, pp. 453-79.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Refugee Education for all? Lessons from ethnographic research with Unaccompanied Minors in Greece

Eugenia Katartzi

University of Nottingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Katartzi, Eugenia

In recent years we have been witnessing an unprecedented scale of forced migration, with 89,3 million forcibly displaced people (UNHCR, 2022) of whom almost half were children under the age of 18. However, this group remains overlooked, with pleads by scholars (Suarez-Orozco, 2019) for children to be placed more centrally in the research and policy fields. The present paper will report on a British Academy funded project (2022-2023) that ethnographically documented the lived experiences of Unaccompanied Asylum-seeking children (UASC) in a major host, yet under-researched Southern European country, Greece.

The study aims at shedding light into forced migration through unaccompanied asylum-seeking children’s (UASC) narratives of their lived experiences in Greece. The study’s key objective is to explore unaccompanied minors’ negotiations of agency and structure in their accounts of post-migration experiences.More specifically, it examines their encounters with the host society, their access (or lack thereof) to education and social and health care; their educational and professional aspirations and plans, and how these are affected by their experiences and responses to open-ended waiting.

The paper seeks to contribute to the growing field of refugee education. As other studies have found, refugee children tend to have interrupted learning trajectories, with irregular patterns of educational participation, often both in the country of origin and in the countries of transit and asylum. According to Dryden-Peterson (2016) key to conceptualising refugee education at global, European and national levels, are the conditions of conflict, the types of schools that are available to refugee children (camp-based schools or mainstream) to attend and the rates of access (Dryden-Peterson, 2016). In an attempt to expand this conceptualisation, it will be argued that the impact of the uncertain legal status is also very important, albeit under-researched (see for a notable exception Homuth et al 2020). The state-induced legal liminality and prolonged temporariness provide the backdrop of UASC’s lives, having an impact of their mental health (Giannopoulou et al 2022) and directly or indirectly on their engagement with the educational process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An ethnographic design has been employed that involved two phases of intensive fieldwork in reception centres with high numbers of UASC in Northern Greece. Further, the study, placing at its core UASC as co-creators of knowledge, utilised a child-centred methodology that included observations, in-depth interviews, focus groups with  60 children living in two Shelters for Unaccompanied Minors.  
Mindful of the ethical tensions and complexities inherent in the empirical study with UASC, the overall research process was conducted with sensitivity, tactfulness and in the best interests of the children involved (Alderson&Morrow, 2020) . In addition to the principles of ‘no harm and distress’, informed consent,  anonymity and confidentiality, utmost attention was paid to overcoming distrust and suspicion, with which the research with refugees is fraught (White&Bushin, 2011). This necessitated flexibility and malleability in the research process, whilst enabling the UASC to participate via opting for the methods in the research framework that they felt more comfortable with (Hopkins, 2008).
Interpreters who worked in the Shelters where the participants lived and had a close day-to-day relationship with the children were recruited to translate from their native languages.  Qualitative thematic analysis was  used to identify the narrative-discursive themes permeating the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In exploring the role of  education in the lives of unaccompanied minors the presentation will unpack how UASC narrate their educational experiences in Greece. Although access to public education for all children irrespectively of legal status is enshrined in Greek Law, in practice the educational integration of UASC is hindered by number of barriers. First, due to institutional, financial and cultural factors the reception of these children in Greek schools has been jeopardized by the chronic lack of funding, under-stuffing and bureaucratic inertia, along with an often anti-immigrant, hostile attitudes and responses by the local communities where reception classes were allowed to operate. A further hindrance to the participation in the educational process is the language barrier, with the vast majority of asylum-seeking children not being able to communicate in Greek, along with the limited opportunities for structured language instruction and the almost non-existent second language education (Crul et al 2019). These findings are keeping with other studies (Dreyden-Peterson 2016) that have documented refugee children’s educational experiences in countries of first asylum and reported the role of language barriers and discrimination in school settings. Yet an additional important barrier that the current study identified is the impact of UASC’s uncertain legal status and the ambivalence it seems to generate towards education. Participants expressed how much they valued education, yet living in legal limbo, awaiting their asylum decisions and being ‘trapped’ in a country, city and a reception facility they did not choose to be make them feel less inclined to invest in the educational process that in turn requires  investment in learning the host society’s language. It is argued that further research is needed to explore the educational trajectories of refugee and the effects of their uncertain legal status on their educational outcomes (see also Homuth et al 2020).  

References
Alderson, P. and Morrow, V. (2020) The ethics of research with children and young people: A practical handbook. Sage.

Crul, M., Lelie, F., Biner, Ö., Bunar, N., Keskiner, E., Kokkali, I., ... & Shuayb, M. (2019). How the different policies and school systems affect the inclusion of Syrian refugee children in Sweden, Germany, Greece, Lebanon and Turkey. Comparative Migration Studies, 7(1), 1-20.

Dryden-Peterson, S. (2016). Refugee education in countries of first asylum: Breaking
open the black box of pre-resettlement experiences. Theory and Research in
Education, 14(2), 131–148. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878515622703

Giannopoulou, I., Mourloukou, L., Efstathiou, V., Douzenis, A., & Ferentinos, P. (2022). Mental health of unaccompanied refugee minors in Greece living “in limbo”. Psychiatriki [ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΨΥΧΙΑΤΡΙΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ] 33(3), 219.

Homuth, C., Welker, J., Will, G., & von Maurice, J. (2020). The impact of legal status on different schooling aspects of adolescents in Germany. Refuge: Canada’s Journal on Refugees, 36(2), 45–57. https://doi.org/10.25071/1920-7336.40715

Hopkins, P. (2008). Ethical issues in research with unaccompanied asylum-seeking children. Children's Geographies, 6(1), 37-48.


Stalford, H., & Lundy, L. (2022). Children’s rights and research ethics. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 30(4), 891-893.

Suarez-Orozco, M. (Ed.). (2019). Humanitarianism and mass migration: Confronting the world crisis. Univ of California Press.

White, A., & Bushin, N. (2011). More than methods: Learning from research with children seeking asylum in Ireland. Population, Space and Place, 17(4), 326-337
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm07 SES 01 C: Intersectional Perspectives on Sex Workers, Same-Sex Families and Women's Stories
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Isabella Pescarmona
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Attitudes of Taiwanese Heterosexual Older Adults Toward Same-sex Families

Alexander MacDonald, Hung-Che Wang, Te-Sheng Chang, Romi Aswandi Sinaga

National Dong Hwa University, Taiwan

Presenting Author: MacDonald, Alexander; Chang, Te-Sheng

Introduction

Policies and laws regarding child adoption in some countries have created barriers for gay and lesbian couples in the adoption process (Shelley-Sireci & Ciano-Boyce, 2002). Taiwan was the first country in Asia to legalize same-sex marriage in 2019; yet, the Legislative Yuan has not legalized the adoption of children by same-sex couples. One of the main reasons for the child adoption barrier in Taiwan is that most older adults insist that children adopted by same-sex families oppose the traditional Chinese culture.

According to Herek (2002), older adults express less favorable generic attitudes toward sexual minorities than younger participants. Moreover, being a man, older, and highly religious predicted higher levels of sexual prejudice regarding same-sex parenting (Costa & Salinas-Quiroz, 2018). In addition, people with traditional gender beliefs tend to have more negative attitudes toward same-sex couples (including lesbian, gay, and bisexual persons) and same-sex parenting than people who hold beliefs in equal roles across gender (Jewkes et al., 2015; Webb et al., 2017). Negative beliefs about children raised by same-sex families are commonly characterized by unfounded fears related to children’s development, such as social rejection, homophobic bullying, and confusion about sexual orientation or gender identity (Gato & Fontaine, 2013). Moreover, negative attitudes toward gays and lesbians are one of the significant influences on public disapproval of parenting in same-sex families.

These previous studies on prejudice against gay and lesbian individuals among heterosexual adults or older adults were from the U. S. or other western countries. Comparatively, few empirical studies have been devoted to attitudes toward same-sex parenting within the context of the society in Asian countries. Since Taiwan became the first country in Asia to legalize same-sex marriage in 2019, it is very important to understand the attitude toward same-sex parenting among older Taiwanese adults, the generation most resistant to change (Lee & Lin, 2020). What is the nature of Taiwanese heterosexual older adults’ attitudes toward same-sex parenting? Is there any significant relationship between Taiwanese heterosexual older adults’ background variables and their attitudes toward same-sex parenting? Without answering these questions, the prejudice against same-sex parenting cannot be solved and the goals of social justice for same-sex families cannot be achieved. Therefore, this study seeks to contribute to the limited literature on the effect of gender, age, educational background, gender role beliefs, and attitudes toward gay men and lesbians on attitudes toward same-sex families of Taiwanese heterosexual older adults.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
Participants
The participants were 352 Taiwanese older adults aged between 56-84 with an average of 66.6. The participants consisted of 87 (24.70%) men and 265 (75.30%) women. All study participants selected “heterosexual” for the “sexual orientation” item at the beginning of the questionnaire. This paper refers to these older adults who self-identified as heterosexual as “Taiwanese heterosexual older adults.”

Measures
Beliefs in gender roles were measured by the Beliefs in Gender Role scale (adapted from Costa & Davies, 2012) with 10 five-point Likert items. The 10 items were divided into three subscales: traditional beliefs in masculinity, traditional beliefs in femininity, and beliefs in equal roles. The three factors accounted for 59.16% of the total variance for the scale, and the coefficient of internal consistency reliability was .73.
Attitudes toward gay and lesbian people were measured by the Attitudes toward Gay scale and the Attitudes toward Lesbian scale which were modified from Morrison and Morrison’ study (2011). Each scale has two subscales: Modern Prejudice toward gay people and Heterosexual Hegemony toward gay people for the gay scale and Modern Prejudice toward lesbian people and Heterosexual Hegemony toward lesbian people for the lesbian scale. The two factors accounted for 65.44% and 67.16% of the total variance for the gay scale and the lesbian scale. The coefficients of internal consistency reliability were .85 and .88 for the gay scale and the lesbian scale, respectively.
Attitudes toward same-sex families were measured by the Attitudes toward Gay Family Scale, and Attitudes toward Lesbian Family Scale (adapted from Frias-Navarro & Monterde-i-Bort, 2012). Each scale has two subscales: Opposition of same-sex parenting and opposition of children adjustment. The two factors accounted for 66.77% and 74.04% of the total variance for the gay family scale and the lesbian family scale. The coefficients of internal consistency reliability were .88 and .92 for the gay family scale and the lesbian family scale, respectively.

Analytic Strategies
A t-test was used to explore the gender difference in gender role beliefs, attitudes toward gays and lesbians, and attitudes toward same-sex families. A Pearson’s product-moment correlation analysis was conducted to investigate the correlation between demographic backgrounds, gender role beliefs, attitudes toward gays and lesbians, and attitudes toward same-sex families. Moreover, a hierarchical multiple regression analysis was applied to analyze the direct and indirect effect of predictors and mediators of attitudes toward same-sex families.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusion
This study did not find that gender, age, and educational background predicted attitudes toward same-sex families. Both males and females had similar attitudes toward gay and lesbian people, gay and lesbian parenting, and their children’s adjustment, thus indicating that Taiwanese heterosexual adults have similar attitudes toward gay and lesbian families. This finding was in contrast with previous studies that sampled undergraduate students or younger participants were more likely to have different perceptions; males were more negative than their female counterparts.
Regarding attitudes toward gay parenting, traditional beliefs in masculinity and femininity factors were not significant, while modern prejudice and heterosexual hegemony toward gay people significantly predicted attitudes toward gay parenting. For children’s adjustment to gay families, participants’ beliefs in equal roles factor were not significant. In contrast, modern prejudice and heterosexual hegemony toward gay attitudes significantly predicted attitudes toward children’s adjustment on gay families.  
Traditional beliefs in masculinity and femininity factors did not significantly predict attitudes toward lesbian parenting, while modern prejudice and heterosexual hegemony attitudes significantly predicted attitudes toward lesbian parenting. For children’s adjustment to lesbian families, no factors regarding belief in gender roles were significant. Modern prejudice and heterosexual hegemony attitudes significantly predicted attitudes toward children’s adjustment on lesbian families.
This study contains several limitations regarding sampling. First, the researchers used a convenience sample. Second, there was a possible effect of social desirability as there always is when data is collected using self-report questionnaires. Third, the research did not consider the relevance of the variables that can counter stress and may help mediate the relationship between gender beliefs and attitudes toward same-sex families. Future studies investigate how homonegativity affects Taiwanese heterosexual older adults and if this correlates with resilience factors, such as personality characteristics and family environments.

References
Costa, P. A., & Davies, M. (2012). Portuguese adolescents' attitudes toward sexual minorities: Transphobia, homophobia, and gender role beliefs. Journal of Homosexuality, 59(10), 1424-1442. https://doi.org/10.1080/00918369.2012.724944

Costa, P. A., Salinas-Quiroz, F. (2018). A comparative study of attitudes toward same-gender parenting and gay and lesbian rights in Portugal and in Mexico. Journal of Homosexuality, 66(13), 1909-1926. https://doi.org/10.1080/00918369.2018.1519303

Frias-Navarro, D., & Monterde-i-Bort, H. (2012). A scale on beliefs about children's adjustment in same-sex families: Reliability and validity. Journal of Homosexuality, 59(9), 1273-1288. https://doi.org/10.1080/00918369.2012.720505

Gato, J., & Fontaine, A. M. (2013). Anticipation of the sexual and gender development of children adopted by same-sex couples. International Journal of Psychology, 48(3), 244-253. http://doi.org/10.1080/00207594.2011.645484

Herek, G. M. (2002). Gender gaps in public opinion about lesbians and gay men. Public Opinion Quarterly, 66(1), 40-66. https://doi.org/10.1086/338409

Jewkes, R., Morrell, R., Hearn, J., Lundqvist, E., Blackbear, D., Lindegger, Quayle, M., Sikweyiya, Y., & Gottzén, L. (2015). Hegemonic masculinity: Combining theory and practice in gender interventions. Culture, Health & Sexuality, 17(2), 96-111. https://doi.org/10.1080/13691058.2015.1085094

Lee, I. C., & Lin, W.-F. (2020). Us versus Them: The Debates on the Legislation of Same-Sex Marriage (1994 – 2015) in Taiwan. Journal of Homosexuality, 1-22. doi:10.1080/00918369.2020.1848148

Morrison, M. A, & Morrison T. G. (2011). Modern homonegativity scale. In Handbook of Sexuality-Related Measures (3rd ed.) (pp. 392-394). Routledge.
        https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315881089


Shelley-Sireci, L., & Ciano-Boyce, C. (2002). Becoming lesbian adoptive parents: An exploratory study of lesbian adoptive, lesbian birth, and heterosexual adoptive parents. Adoption Quarterly, 6(1), 33-43. http://doi.org/10.1300/J145v06n01_04

Webb, S. N., Chonody, J. M., and Kavanagh, P. S. (2017). Attitudes toward same-sex parenting: An effect of gender. Journal of Homosexuality, 64(11), 1583-1595.         https://doi.org/10.1080/00918369.2016.1247540


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Rethinking Inclusion: empowering the children of sex workers in Kalighat, Kolkata India

Khaleda Gani Dutt

Department of Special Education Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Dutt, Khaleda Gani

In South Asia, the intersection of culture, class, gender, and access to education
addresses the unique interpretations of disability which is related to the social
environment. The metanarratives encased in the study elicit global concerns of social
exclusion, stigmatisation, marginalisation as well as exploitation of the weak and the
vulnerable. The red-light district of Kalighat is located in a neighbourhood of south
Kolkata and comprises of migrant women, not only from the nearby villages but also
from Bangladesh and Nepal. Most of the women and children are sold into prostitution
by their families and friends, whilst others come into the city to seek work and are forced into the flesh trade. The city of Kolkata has emerged as a hub for the trafficking of girls. The study explores the pivotal role of inclusion that is transforming the lives of
children living in the red -light district of Kalighat in the city of Kolkata, India. The
‘safe space’ provided by the stakeholders enables the children of Kalighat to complete
their education. This ensures that the children are not harvested back into the human
trafficking industry. The qualitative enquiry sheds light on the lived-in realities of the
informants. The findings from the study reinforces that ‘inclusion’ is imperative
towards realising dreams, aspirations and building bridges within societies to attain
equality for every person everywhere. Education is a great leveler only if societal
conditions are conducive for children to reach their potential. Hence, inclusion is
symbiotic to social justice and imperative for accessibility to education. The success
stories reinforce that there must be sustainable human resources to create opportunities for women and children who live in the shadows and are often overlooked. It signals that intervention needs to be contextualised in order to meet, address and overcome the challenges that hinders the realisation of human rights.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative enquiry based on constructive-interpretive approach to enable us to comprehend the tensions present and help in the attempt to interpret the socio-structuralworld (Law, 2004). The ontological positioning underpins the social constructions in which race, class and the socio-economic background play a critical role in the life of the informants.
Semi-structured interviews with both informants and stakeholders was conducted to capture the emerging world-view of the informants and the new ideas that are generated through the interviews (Merriam, 1997). The field work was carried out in Kolkata in 2017-2018.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results underpins that inclusion is symbiotic to social justice and imperative for accessibility to education. It is not only about each learner being valued and respectedbut each individual person valued for irrespective of their socio-economic background,race, ethnicity, caste and religion is not discriminated. Hence, inclusion can be seen tantamount to social justice which in turn entails the absolution of stigmatizing labels.
Therefore, inclusion is a process and not an end result. If we are to ensure that education is a developmental right for all then it is imperative to tackle the root problems, hindrances and challenges. This study reveals that poverty is the common denominator which often restricts the social and economic benefits of
education reaching especially those who are deprived of three-square meals a day or fall below the poverty line. In order for inclusive education to work its magic one has to ensure that basic needs off every man, woman and child are met i.e. food, clothing and shelter. The safe space offered by the Kalighat Morning Club was a springboard for the children to reach out to their dreams, aspirations and give vent to their aesthetic skills.

References
Bhalla, N. (2016, May 12). South Asian nations unite over anti-child trafficking drive, helpline planned. U.S. https://www.reuters.com/article/us-indiachildren-
trafficking/south-asian-nations-unite-over-anti-child-trafficking-drivehelpline-
planned-idUSKCN0Y31EO
Carter, B. (2015). Benefits to society of an inclusive societies approach (revised version).GSDRC Applied Knowledge Services. Helpdesk Research Report. https://gsdrc.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/HDQ1232.pdf.
Mcdermott, R. F., & Kripol, J. J. (2003). Encountering Kali: In the Margins, at the center in the West. Motilal Banarsidass.
Gill, H. (2014). Living in the Shadows: An exploration of life in the red light districts of Kolkata. http://porterfolio.net/uploads/article/file/6273/Al_Jazeera__Living_in_the_Shadows.pdf
Patton, M.Q. (2002). Qualitative Research and Evaluation Methods Third Edition SagePublications.
Rao, S & Kalyanpur, M. (2015). South Asia and Disability Studies: Time for a
Conversation. In Rao, S & Kalyanpur Ed. South Asia & Disability Studies
Redefining Boundaries & Extending Horizons M Peter Lang Publishing Inc.
New York
Stonehill, A. (2006). Sex Workers in the City of Joy. The Independent.
https://indypendent.org/2006/06/sex-workers-in-the-city-of-joy/
Shakespeare, T. (2006). The Social Model of Disability. In Davis, L.J. (red.) (2006).The disability studies reader. (2. ed.) London: Routledge.
UNESCO. (2020). Inclusion and education: All means All. https://en.unesco.org/gem-report/report/2020/inclusion
UN. (1948). Universal Declaration of Human Rights. New York, NY
Walker, M. (2006). Towards a capability‐based theory of social justice for education policy‐making In Journal of Education Policy. Taylor & Francis.
http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/02680930500500245?scroll=top
&need Access=true.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Intercultural Stories. Women’s Voices in Educational Contexts

Isabella Pescarmona, Giulia Gozzelino

University of Turin, Italy

Presenting Author: Pescarmona, Isabella; Gozzelino, Giulia

The fulfilment of the Human Rights of women is still lagging in Europe. Discrimination on the grounds of gender and sex remains widespread and has been further exacerbated by the economic crisis and ensuing austerity measures adopted in some European States, which have impacted on women disproportionately (COE, 2023). Recognising that intersectionality refers to a situation in which several grounds of discrimination (based on i.e. gender, colour, socio-economic status, age, migrant background, or disability) operate and interact with each other in a way that is inseparable and produces specific types of oppression, many women face intersecting inequalities in the European countries and intersectional policies cannot be implemented without centring racialised people (UE, 2023). European guidelines underline the need to recognise how racialised women are at a heightened risk of violence and how intersecting forms of discrimination exacerbate the consequences of gender-based inequalities, including due to the persisting biases and stereotypes.
Within the current international debate that calls for action to reduce inequalities (ONU, 2015) and to promote spaces for dialogue in our complex societies (Besley&Peters, 2012), our research project “Female voices, plural perspectives” (Authors, 2023) intends to open a perspective which is less explored in the intercultural educational discourse. It aims to engage women with a migrant background that are active constructors of relationships and positive actions in family and social-educational contexts and create safe meeting spaces, where they can take the floor and overturn the stereotypes and prejudices that accompany the representations and the educational interventions often aimed at them.
Following this direction, our project wants to promote the visibility of these women from diasporas in our multicultural societies, by highlighting their contribution in innovation-making professional roles and in countering discrimination and harassment and by analysing bias, stereotypical representations and missing representations in educational and social services.
By crossing their stories, we recognise the crucial role of racialised women in the changing process of Italian educational contexts and promoting equality, gender equality, respect, awareness-raising, non-discrimination, intercultural sensitivity and inclusiveness in social systems.
In the frame of critical, feminist, and decolonial pedagogy studies (Ngũgi, 1986; hook, 1990; Adichie, 2006), we would like to create a space where to encourage storytelling, recognize the educational value of these women's experience, and foster the processes of speaking out. Listening to and entering into dialogue with these women's voices can allow us to educate ourselves to a plural gaze and to cultivate narratives for a more inclusive and equal society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project requires the choice of a methodological approach sensitive to the encounter with otherness and capable of unhinging an ethno-centric research perspective, by adopting a non-binary and non-static vision of identities as well as putting the researcher “in relation” and “in dialogue on an equal footing” with other voices. Thus, in order to give back to the women interviewed the right and power to narrate their version of individual and collective history, we developed a qualitative research employing professional life history (Goodson & Sikes, 2001) as a core method.
As already experimented in other research (Scheffler 1991, Riessman, 2008; Wolcott, 1994; Gobbo, 2004, 2017), the emphasis on narratives and stories is peculiar to an intercultural discourse (Bhatti et al., 2007) which, by making the voice of researcher’s interlocutors heard, provides access to how people understand themselves, develop and interpret events in their professional and personal lives, and express their point of view. Such a research approach has its roots in the reflections developed by the sociology of deviance, the feminist movement, and the anthropology of education, which are inspired by the concepts of agency and social protagonism and recognised in narrative methods the opportunity of rendering justice, legitimacy and dignity to often unspoken realities, like racial, social and gender discrimination.
Over the course of one year, we have encountered many women with a migrant background actively working in the socio-educational field (as teachers in school; cultural mediators; project managers in extra-school contexts; educators in advocacy activities for other women; journalists and writers committed to educational social justice issues) in Turin, North of Italy, and the surrounding area.
We conducted twenty in-depth interviews. These conversations started with a question-stimulus and then investigated in more depth some thematic areas, such as: the motivations, underlying values and objectives of professional project of these women; the transformation of their own professional role; the stereotypes and discriminations that emerge in their own working contexts and the strategies they implemented to deal with those; how and to what extent their own experience as women comes into play at the intersection of ethnic group belonging, personal history and professional role.
The interviews were analysed for recurring themes and patterns, according to the principles of Grounded Theory (Glaser & Strauss, 2009), taking care to identify the singularity and uniqueness of each personal path.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the voices of some of these women, we highlight how they construct their complex professional identities in relation to situated contexts in an original way. Starting from their experience “on the margins” (hooks, 1990) as women, mothers, members of a certain ethnic group and social class, professionals engaged in care and education, they put themselves back “at the centre” by becoming promoters of educational and social innovations, without giving up any of their identity dimensions. In the attempt to re-create spaces of equity and fight against discrimination, they take back the right to imagine themselves differently (Appiah, 1996). By doing so, they prompted the people they work with to imagine themselves as complex persons and often disrupted (at least a little) an predetermined social and political order.
These women offer an unprecedented position from which to articulate knowledge and give meaning to the world, challenging educational research to go beyond dominant discourses and calling on the researchers to re-position themselves as women, educational professionals, and activists.
Thus, entering into dialogue with these women becomes an opportunity to create a space for intercultural conversation between researchers, communities and institutions and construct new personal and collective stories.

References
Adichie, C. N. (2006, October). The danger of a single story. TED Conferences.
Appiah, K. A. (1996). Race, Culture, Identity: Misunderstood Connections. In K.M. Appiah & A. Gutmann (Eds.), Color Conscious. The political morality of Race (pp. 30-105). Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Authors, 2023. Voci femminili, sguardi plurali. Bari: Progedit
Bhatti et al (Eds.) (2007) .Social justice and intercultural education: An open-ended dialogue. London: Trentham Books.
Besley T., & Peters M. (2012) (Eds.). Handbook of Interculturalism, Educa- tion and Dialogue. NY: Peter Lang.
COE (2023). Women’s Rights and Gender Equality. At: https://www.coe.int/en/web/commissioner/thematic-work/women-s-rights-and-gender-equality
Glaser, B., & Strauss, A. (2009). La scoperta della Grounded Theory. Roma: Armando (Ed. or. 1967).
Gobbo F. (2004), “Cultural Intersections: the life story of a Roma cultural mediator”, in European Educational Research Journal, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 626-640.
Gobbo, F. (2017). Bringing Up the Babies: Men Educators in a Municipal Nursery School of an Italian Town. In W. Pink, G. W. Noblit (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Urban Education (pp. 1263-1289). Dordrecht: Springer.
Goodson, I. F., & Sikes, P. (2001). Life History Research in Educational Settings. Learning from lives. Buckingham: Open University.
hook, b. (1990). Yearning : race, gender, and cultural politics. Boston, MA: South End Press.
Ngugi, w.T. (1986). Decolonising the mind. London: Portsmouth, N.H
Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences, London: SAGE.
Scheffler I. (1991), “Four Languages of Education”, in I. Scheffler, In Praise of the Cognitive Emotions, New York: Routledge, pp. 118-125.
United Nation (2015). Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. New York
UE (2022). European Parliament resolution of 6 July 2022 on intersectional discrimination in the European Union: the socio-economic situation of women of African, Middle-Eastern, Latin-American and Asian descent. At: https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/TA-9-2022-0289_EN.html
Wolcott, H. F. (1994). Transforming qualitative data: Description, Analysis, and Interpretation. London: SAGE.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm07 SES 01 D: Belonging at Risk
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Sara Ismailaj
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Pupils’ Construction of Sense of Belonging in Various Educational Contexts: The Case of Supplementary Schooling

Julia Steenwegen, Emma Carey Brummer

University of Antwerp, Belgium

Presenting Author: Steenwegen, Julia; Brummer, Emma Carey

Sense of belonging benefits children of all ages as it gives them emotional security, boosts relationships with others, shapes their identity and agency (Halse, 2018). Over the past decades, a growing body of literature has focused on what it means for students to have a sense of school belonging and how this relates to academic outcomes and well-being. Although children’s learning and wellbeing is often the central focus of these claims, little is known about young children’s own perspectives and understanding of the concept of belonging. Also, literature on the experiences of different ethnic minoritized groups and how they feel like they belong or don't belong in school is scarce and mainly focuses on how schools foster a sense of belonging (DeNicolo et al., 2017; Di Stefano, 2017) and not on how the children experience it.

Studies have found that minoritized children’s sense of belonging is at risk in mainstream school and that monolingual bias and assimilationist practices significantly affect the feelings of belonging of ethnic minority youth in mainstream schools (Van Der Wildt et al., 2017). Next to these mainstream schools a large part of minoritized pupils attend supplementary schools, which are organized by volunteers in the weekend ( 45% in Flanders see Coudenys et al, under review). In these schools the pupils usually learn their heritage tongue, get acquainted with cultural traditions and meet up with peers (Burman & Miles, 2018; Creese & Martin, 2006). Within the supplementary school the mainstream narratives are displaced, and pupils’ heritage language is central to the pedagogical project (Simon, 2018) . Simultaneously, in these surroundings all their classmates share a migration background and initial research has shown that such schools can foster a sense of belonging when mainstream schools cannot (Kayama & Yamakawa, 2020). Therefore, supplementary schools are interesting spaces to dissect how minoritized children experience sense of belonging in both their mainstream and supplementary school context.

In this study, we examine how children conceptualize and articulate their sense of belonging from their own viewpoints. We aim to identify the contextual and layered experiences of belonging of children attending both mainstream and supplementary education. We interview primary schoolchildren in their supplementary school. We selected two cases: A Russian language heritage school and an Arabic school in the superdiverse setting of the city of Antwerp, in Flanders. Flanders has a strong monolingual tendency in its mainstream schools (Agirdag, 2010; Pulinx et al., 2017) whereas in the supplementary schools bilingualism is encouraged and heritage language is nurtured. The Russian and Arabic language school were chosen because they both welcome pupils from varying background, which makes them interesting to study sense of belonging against a background of ethnic diversity and linguistic diversity.

The research question we hope to answer is:

How do minoritized pupils conceptualize sense of belonging against their experiences of attending both supplementary and mainstream schooling in Flanders?

We move away from static and essentialist ideas of belonging and define belonging as dynamic and highly contextualized. This means that students experience belonging in diverse ways and that these experiences may vary from place to place (e.g., in the mainstream school and the supplementary school), depending on interactions between teachers and students, participation in certain activities and linguistic and cultural policies and practices. The purpose of this study is to understand the contextual and layered experiences of belonging of minoritized children attending both mainstream and supplementary education in Europe, in which these topics to a large extent remain underresearched. These findings can give us insight in how children construct belonging which can impact future policies aimed at enhancing sense of belonging for all children.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We conducted thirteen semi structured (group) interviews with 29 students in total in their supplementary school. The students were free to decide to come to the interview alone, or together. Most of the students came in pairs, some came alone and sometimes three students came together. That the students could decide to take part and in which constellation was important to ensure that they would feel most comfortable. Open ended interviews are best suited for explorative approach which includes the students’ nuanced perceptions. In working with minoritized pupils who have varying Dutch (reading) skills, an explorative qualitative approach is the most inclusive. The students were aged between 9 and 13 and all went to a regular Flemish elementary school throughout the week. Some students were relatively new to the supplementary school and other had been coming for years. In the interviews the students were asked about their experience and their perception of belongingness in each school. The interviews were transcribed and anonymized.

Case selection
Both supplementary schools were selected because of their diverse character. Both schools teach heritage language classes in Russian and Arabic respectively. The Russian school hosts pupils from Ukrainian, Belarusian, Chechen descent. In the Arabic schools there are Syrian, Moroccan, and Sudanese descent. The schools, contrary to Flemish mainstream schools, have a bilingual focus and their goal is to nurture pupils’ multiple identities.

Coding tree
For the data analysis we used reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke).  In a first phase of familiarization, we immersed ourselves in the data while keeping the research question in mind. Each researcher then generated codes inductively after which these codes were compared and refined. Subsequently, we created candidate themes by clustering codes of similar meaning. Focusing on the central concept of belongingness we then reevaluated the themes and defined them, adding both subthemes and overarching themes.

Class climate (Bullying, Conflicts, Tabu topics)

Class organization (Class size, Discipline, Intervention)

Negative Experiences (Exclusion, Othering)

Friendship (Making friends, Shared History, Homophily)

These are the codes and subcodes we used in the last coding stage.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We find that for young children, who have not often been interviewed about their experience of sense of belonging that shared background did not play a great role. Rather, language use and homophily in interests impacted their friendships and therefore also their sense of belonging. Overall, for these young pupils’ sense of belonging is entangled with a sense of friendship. More than the need to feel connected to the school or the teachers the need for connectedness to their peers made that they felt a sense of (non)-belonging.  Specifically, the sense of being accepted was related with belonging. Suggesting a more passive approach towards the concept than expected. For the pupils the feeling of being accepted was enough to feel that they belonged. This feeling of acceptance is closely related to language. For the children whose first language was Dutch a sense of belonging came more easily in the mainstream school. For the children whose first language was Arabic or Russian, sense of belonging was more prevalent in the supplementary school.
These findings should be understood in a context in which language and school language especially is highly politicized. For Dutch learners, who might struggle with a sense of belonging in mainstream schooling, a strict monolingual approach, as is common in schools in Flanders, might harbor an even more alienating climate.  

References
Agirdag, O. (2010). Exploring bilingualism in a monolingual school system : insights from Turkish and native students from Belgian schools. 5692. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425691003700540
Burman, E., & Miles, S. (2018). Deconstructing supplementary education: from the pedagogy of the supplement to the unsettling of the mainstream. Educational Review, 72(1), 3–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1480475
Creese, A., & Martin, P. (2006). Interaction in complementary school contexts: Developing identities of choice - An introduction. Language and Education, 20(1), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500780608668706
DeNicolo, C. P., Yu, M., Crowley, C. B., & Gabel, S. L. (2017). Reimagining Critical Care and Problematizing Sense of School Belonging as a Response to Inequality for Immigrants and Children of Immigrants. Review of Research in Education, 41(1), 500–530. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X17690498
Di Stefano, M. (2017). Understanding How Emergent Bilinguals Bridge Belonging and Languages in Dual Language Immersion Settings. ProQuest LLC.
Georgiades, K., Boyle, M. H., & Fife, K. A. (2013). Emotional and Behavioral Problems Among Adolescent Students: The Role of Immigrant, Racial/Ethnic Congruence and Belongingness in Schools. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 42(9), 1473–1492. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-012-9868-2
Halse, C. (2018). Interrogating Belonging for Young People in Schools. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-75217-4
Kayama, M., & Yamakawa, N. (2020). Acculturation and a sense of belonging of children in U.S. Schools and communities: The case of Japanese families. Children and Youth Services Review, 119(June), 105612. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105612
Pulinx, R., Van Avermaet, P., & Agirdag, O. (2017). Silencing linguistic diversity: the extent, the determinants and consequences of the monolingual beliefs of Flemish teachers. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 20(5), 542–556. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2015.1102860
Simon, A. (2018). Supplementary Schools and Ethnic Minority Communities. In Supplementary Schools and Ethnic Minority Communities. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-50057-1
Van Der Wildt, A., Van Avermaet, P., & Van Houtte, M. (2017). Multilingual school population: ensuring school belonging by tolerating multilingualism. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 20(7), 868–882. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2015.1125846


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Tracking and immigrant and non-immigrant students’ school belonging: A Difference in Difference Approach

Nora Huth-Stoeckle1, Janna Teltemann2, Maximilian Brinkmann2

1University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2University of Hildesheim, Germany

Presenting Author: Huth-Stoeckle, Nora

Despite the well-known positive effect of students’ sense of school belonging for various educational outcomes, empirical research exploring the sources of school belonging is still sparse. Particularly, the question of how education system characteristics might contribute to immigrant-nonimmigrant student differences in their sense of school belonging remains unexplored. Since students' sense of school belonging is shaped by their experiences at school, we assume that the education system characteristics significantly impact their sense of belonging (c.p. Allen & Kern, 2017: 54ff.). This study focuses on a central feature of education systems: between-school tracking (shortly: tracking; e.g. Allmendinger 1989: 233). Specifically, we ask whether tracking, i.e. the grouping of students into different types of secondary schools according to ability (e.g. Betts 2012), affects ethnic inequality in school belonging.

School belonging has been defined as “the extent to which students feel personally accepted, respected, included, and supported by others in the school social environment” (Goodenow and Grady 1993, p. 80). It has been found to positively affect students’ educational outcomes by increasing their academic motivation, reducing the risk of school absenteeism, and enforcing more positive academic self-efficacy (Allen et al., 2018).

Previous studies suggest that immigrant students often tend to have a lower sense of school belonging than nonimmigrant students (Allen et al., 2021; Chiu et al., 2012; Chiu et al., 2016; Ham et al., 2017). In contrast, other studies find no differences between minority and majority students (Ma, 2003) or even a higher sense of belonging among minority students (De Bortoli, 2018; Pong & Zeiser, 2012).

We hypothesize that education system characteristics, i.e. tracking, may explain these mixed findings. Due to social differences in scholastic achievement (i.e., primary effects, Boudon, 1974), the sorting process in tracked education systems is expected to lead to more pronounced school segregation of immigrants and a higher proportion of immigrant students in the lower educational tracks. School segregation as a result of tracking may have different - and at times counteracting - effects on the sense of school belonging of immigrant students.
Higher-track students benefit from the prestige of their school, resulting in a positive attitude towards school and a stronger sense of belonging (the "basking in reflected glory effect". Cialdini et al., 1976). By contrast, lower-track students may perceive school as a source of failure and low status, causing them to oppose it (stigmatization, e.g., Van Houtte, 2006). Since immigrant students are more likely to attend lower tracks, the stigma of the lower track would cause a lower feeling of school belonging among immigrant students as compared to nonimmigrant students. Thus, tracking would lead to higher inequality in school belonging.
In contrast to the effects of stigmatization, the homophily principle (McPherson et al., 2001) suggests that school homogeneity in ethnicity could also positively affect the sense of school belonging. According to the homophily principle, relationships between similar people regarding various social characteristics are more likely to occur, and peer relationships in turn are a key factor in the sense of school belonging (Allen et al., 2018). This effect applies to immigrant and non-immigrant students. However, the often higher educational aspirations of immigrant students could result in a more positive attitudinal climate and higher levels of school belonging in schools with a higher share of immigrant students.
Together, tracking might have counteracting effects on the inequality in students’ sense of school belonging between immigrant and nonimmigrant students. It thus remains an empirical question which of these counteracting effects has more weight in determining inequality in the sense of school belonging.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To examine the role of tracking for explaining differences in the sense of school belonging between nonimmigrant and immigrant students, we draw on several waves from the large-scale assessment studies PIRLS (2011, 2016), TIMSS 4th grade and 8th grade (2011, 2015, 2019), and PISA (2015, 2018). These datasets are especially suited for our research question because they provide rich information on students’ family backgrounds and sense of school belonging and cover both tracked and non-tracked education systems. This enables us to investigate how tracking affects immigrant and nonimmigrant students’ sense of school belonging while controlling for a range of relevant individual-, school- and country-specific characteristics. Our analyses are based on 52 countries, of which ten countries track students in grade between 5 and 8 (early-tracking countries), and 42 countries track students at a later age or do not track at all (late-tracking countries).
Our dependent variable – the sense of school belonging – is based on a single item asking about the students’ feeling of belonging at school. The question reads as follows: “I feel like I belong at [this] school” (answer categories ranging from 1 “strongly disagree” to 4 “strongly agree”). To obtain students’ migration status, we relied on an item asking for the language spoken at home most of the time. Students who speak the test language most of the time were coded 0 (majority-language students), and students who speak another language most of the time were coded 1 (minority-language students).
In order to identify the effect of tracking on school belonging, we employed a Difference-In-Differences (DiD) approach (Wing et al., 2018). The main advantage of the DID approach is that effects are estimated only by using change within units of interest, in our case, countries (Jakubowski, 2010). Thus, we can investigate differences in the school belonging between early-tracking and late-tracking education systems by comparing differences between the education systems before (among 4th-grade students) and after the tracking took place (among secondary school students).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary Results
Our preliminary results suggest that immigrant students tend to have a lower sense of school belonging than nonimmigrant students. Furthermore, we find a compensatory tracking effect for differences in the sense of school belonging between immigrant and nonimmigrant students. Put differently, these preliminary findings indicate that tracking may reduce inequality in school belonging between immigrant and nonimmigrant students. In the next steps, we aim at a more differentiated operationalization of students’ migration status. In addition, we address possible mechanisms through which tracking could affect the sense of school belonging of immigrant and nonimmigrant students. In particular, migration-specific school segregation and differences in the school’s resources between high and low education tracks are promising points of departure.
Conclusions
The present research aims at advancing our understanding of sources underlying immigrant students’ sense of school belonging as follows: By theorizing and testing how educational tracking might shape immigrant students’ sense of school belonging, our study underlines the importance of education system characteristics for inequalities in students’ emotional wellbeing. In doing so, we  explicitly acknowledge the contextual conditions in which individual education processes occur. The broad multilevel data sources and the DiD approach used in this paper allow generalizable conclusions about the sources underlying immigrant students’ sense of school belonging. Our preliminary results suggest that immigrant students tend to have a lower sense of school belonging than nonimmigrant students. Furthermore, the DiD model results suggest that tracking may mitigate the inequality in school belonging between immigrant and nonimmigrant students. This is an important result for future research, as it highlights the relevance of education system characteristics in understanding ethnic inequality in students’ well-being. However, the mechanisms explaining this positive tracking effect are yet to be elucidated and are the starting point for our more in-depth analyses.

References
Allen, K.-A., Fortune, K. C., Arslan, G. (2021): Testing the social-ecological factors of school belonging in native-born, first-generation, and second-generation Australian students: A comparison study. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 835-856. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-021-09634-x
Allen, K.-A., Kern L. M., Vella-Brodrick, D., Hattie, J., Waters, L. (2018): What Schools Need to Know About Fostering School Belonging: A Meta-Analysis. Educational Psychological Review, 30(1), 1-34. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-016-9389-8
Allen, K.-A., Kern, M. L. (2017): School belonging in adolescents: Theory, research and practice. Singapore: Springer.
Allmendinger, J. (1989): Educational Systems and Labor Market Outcomes. European Sociological Review, 5(3), 231-250. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.esr.a036524
Betts, J. R. (2011): The economics of tracking in education. Handbook of the Economics of Education. 3, Amsterdam: North Holland.
Boudon, R. (1974): Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in western society. New York: Wiley.
Chiu, M. M., Pong, S., Mori, I., & Chow, B. W.-Y. (2012). Immigrant Students’ Emotional and Cognitive Engagement at School: A Multilevel Analysis of Students in 41 countries. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 41(11), 1409–1425. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-012-9763-x
Chiu, M. M., Chow, B. W.-Y., McBride, C., Mol, S. T. (2016). Students’ Sense of Belonging at School in 41 Countries: Cross-Cultural Variability. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 47(2), 175-196. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022022115617031
De Bortoli, L. (2018). PISA Australia in Focus Number: Sense of belonging at school. Australian Council for Educational Research (ACER). https://research.acer.edu.au/ozpisa/30
Ham, S.-H., Yang, K.-E., & Cha, Y.-K. (2017). Immigrant integration policy for future generations? A cross-national multilevel analysis of immigrant-background adolescents’ sense of belonging at school. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 60, 40–50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2017.06.001
Jakubowski, M. (2010): Institutional Tracking and Achievement Growth: Exploring Difference-in-Differences Approach to PIRLS, TIMSS, and PISA Data. In: J. Dronkers (Ed.): Quality and Inequality of Education. Cross-National Perspectives. 41-81. Dordrecht: Springer.
Wing, C., Simon, K., Bello-Gomez, R. A. (2018): Designing Difference in Difference Studies: Best Practices for Public Health Policy Research. Annual Review of Public Health, 39, 453-469. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-publhealth-040617-013507


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Normative Whiteness in Lecture Halls and Seminar Rooms of Finnish University Education

Anne-Mari Souto1, Sirpa Lappalainen2

1University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland, Finland

Presenting Author: Souto, Anne-Mari; Lappalainen, Sirpa

As a Nordic welfare state Finland shares a collective self-image as forerunners of equality, democracy, and social justice. Education is seen as a key instrument for social justice, and education policies in Finland still largely reflect this principle, also concerning the highest level of education, the academia. Historically, Finnish academic education has distinctively been a national project, aimed at educating Finnish citizens to work as professionals in the national labour market and promoting development of the welfare state (Buchardt, Markkola & Valtonen 2013). State-funded university education has been seen as an instrument for promoting social mobility and overcoming class conflict (Lund 2020; Kaarninen 2013). Still, as the Finnish Higher Education system is one of the most competitive in the OECD countries (OECE 2019) it can be regarded as a site of privilege. Admission to university is based on grades in matriculation exams and/or entrance exams. In a formally meritocratic admission system, there are groups that are statistically under-represented, such as students with migrant (FINEEC 2019) or working-class backgrounds (Nori 2011) or disabilities (Nurmi-Koikkalainen 2017). In addition, national education statistics do not provide figures on students of colour or oppressed national minorities (e.g., Finnish Roma). As these groups enter university, they share positions that are marked by differences in relation to normative expectations and structures that tend to prioritise whiteness, able-bodiedness, and middle-classness. Their lived realities and experiences in academia have been theorised as the examples of subjection to institutional violence or misrecognition (Burke 2018), which refers to processes of treating particular groups of students as “out of place”, potentially causing encounters that are disruptive, require negotiation, and invite complicity (Puwar 2004; Mirza 2018).

The aim of our study in progress is to analyse how normative whiteness is established and reproduced in Finnish university education. Within the tradition of Critical race and whiteness studies, it has been emphasised that the analyses of racialisation should not only be targeted to the processes of racial othering and exploitation, but also to the locus of hegemonic power and privileged positions in society (Keskinen et al. 2017). Our study conceptualises whiteness as a normativity that often acts invisibly but constantly operates as a racialised touchstone for belonging in Finnish universities. Whiteness is understood here as a hegemonic power structure and a set of norms against which ‘others’ are defined. (Keskinen & Andreassen 2017). This means that whiteness is approached as a structural position of privileges that is produced and reproduced through racialising practises that take place in various encounters, procedures, conventions, routines, and meaning-making processes, both in official and informal space in the university. Racialising practices do not necessarily manifest as explicit exclusion but as taken-of-granted expectations of the adequate student and ways of being, easily experienced as inadequacy and not belonging by those who do not effortlessly meet these expectations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our data consist of 16 interviews of university students, who represent various disciplines and several universities. They have all grown up in Finland, still their belonging to the hegemonic white, Finnish- or Swedish-speaking population majority is continuously questioned by racialisation on the basis of skin colour and/or other physical features. In Finnish university, which is strikingly white even compared with other Nordic countries, they never have privilege to bend into the crowd (Puwar 2004). In interviews, students reflect their experiences on studying in study programmes run in the national languages. We focus on those sections of data, where students describe the incidents in teaching and learning situations like lectures and seminars.

The analysis included three different phases of reading the interviews. First Anne-Mari conducted overall reading, highlighting the descriptions of incidents, where colour did matter. The second phase was a thematic reading, where we divided these descriptions into the two layers of university space (Gordon, Holland, and Lahelma 2000). The official layer refers to pedagogical practices, learning materials, curriculum, teaching interaction etc. Informal layer refers for example to peer relations, leisure activities, and social gatherings such as student parties, coffee breaks etc. Based on the thematic reading, we chose data examples, which we recognised as ‘thickenings’ of shared experiences. The third phase was an analytical reading, in which we read the examples through the theoretical lenses provided by Critical race and whiteness studies (i.e., Ahmed 2012; Puwar 2004, Keskinen & Andreassen 2017).

In our research, our ethical aim has been to commit to the anti-racist ethos that means to think and act in ways that confront and eradicate racial oppression (Lloyd 2002). It means also turning a critical lens on ourselves as researchers and on our positionality in the production of knowledge (Haraway, 1988). As researchers racialised as white, we do not have embodied experience on racism, However, research and activism in the field of anti-racist action and education have helped us in reaching students for the interviews and establishing trusting relations with them. We agree with Seikkula (2020, 42), who argues that the researcher’s position should not determine one’s capacity to produce critical work. It is our duty to conduct analysis that challenges hegemonic whiteness or, at the very least, recognises the existence of multiple perspectives.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to our preliminary analysis, the normativity of whiteness manifests by treating interviewed students as exceptions, in Puwar’s (2004) terms as space invaders. For instance, they have frequently been asked to tell their personal narratives of their background: You must have your own story ready to justify your existence at the university, this is always asked. Standing out from the crowd is also produced in those recurring occasions in lectures where these students are offered to speak of diversity issues. These requests underline how they, unlike students racialised as whites, are mainly perceived to be representatives of their phenotype and skin colour: it is assumed that themes related to diversity are their main interests (see ibid).

Furthermore, the normativity of whiteness is produced via the restricted perspectives of teaching, particularly by “the white gaze” (Yancy 2017) that ignores the influence of colonial history and Eurocentrism on the way different groups are presented or educational contents approached. It also means how “the audience”, here students in the lecture halls, are assumed to be white. For example, teaching staff do not seem to realize that there might be also other types of Finnish university students than those positioned as white and that the content of the teaching may touch some students personally. What is more, several students have encountered negative and even hostile reactions when they have raised these issues with teachers. These incidents also demonstrate how a critical discussion about racism easily evokes the affective side of race relations and how these “fragile reactions” are for white people a strategy for distancing themselves from confronting and eradicating the normativity of whiteness (Page & Tate 2018). Thus, the responsibility for questioning these norms seems to rest on students' shoulders.


References
Ahmed, S. (2012) On being included. Racism and diversity in institutional life. London: Duke
University Press.
Keskinen, & Andreassen, R. (2017) Developing Theoretical Perspectives on Racialisation and Migration. NJMR, 7(2), 64–69.
Puwar, N. (2004) Space invaders: race, gender and bodies out of place. Berg.
Buchardt, M., Markkola, P., Valtonen, H. (2013). Education and the making of the Nordic
welfare states In Buchardt, M., Markkola, P., Valtonen (Eds.) Education, state and citizenship.
Helsinki: Nordic Centre of Excellence Nordwell.
FINEEC (2019) Background matters. Students with an immigrant background in higher
education. Finnish Education Evaluation Centre, publications 22:2019.
Gordon, T., J. Holland, and Lahelma, E. (2000). Making Spaces: Citizenship and
Difference in Schools. London: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin’s Press.
Haraway, D. (1988) Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies. 14:3, 575–600.
Kaarninen, M. (2013) Higher education for the people: The School of Social Sciences and the
modern citizen in Finland. In Buchardt, M., Markkola, P., Valtonen, (Eds.) Education, state and
citizenship. Helsinki: Nordic Centre of Excellence Nordwell.
Keskinen, & Andreassen, R. (2017) Developing Theoretical Perspectives on Racialisation and Migration. NJMR, 7(2), 64–69.
Lloyd, C. (2012) Anti-racism, social movements and civil society. In F. Anthias & C. Lloyd (eds.) Rethinking Anti-Racisms. From Theory to Practice. London: Routledge.
Lund, R. (2020) The social organisation of boasting in the neoliberal university. Gender and
Education 32:4, 466-485.
Nurmi-Koikkalainen, Päivi et al. (2017). Tietoa ja tietotarpeita vammaisuudesta. Analyysia THL:n
tietotuotannosta. THL.
OECD (2019). ‘Population with tertiary education (indicator)’. doi: 10.1787/0b8f90e9
Seikkula, M. K. (2020) Different antiracisms: Critical race and whiteness studies perspectives on activist and NGO discussions in Finland. University of Helsinki, Faculty of Social Sciences.
Tate, S.A.  & Page, D. (2018) Whiteliness and institutional racism: hiding behind (un)conscious bias, Ethics and Education, 13:1, 141-155, DOI: 10.1080/17449642.2018.1428718
Yancy. (2017). Black bodies, white gazes: the continuing significance of race in America (Second Edition.). Rowman & Littlefield.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm08 SES 01 A: Students' participation in research and practice of wellbeing promotion
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Venka Simovska
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Adolescents' Participation Opportunities in School. Consequences for Student Well-being Separated by Gender

Martina Ott, Katharina Meusburger, Gudrun Quenzel

University of Education Vorarlberg, Austria

Presenting Author: Ott, Martina; Meusburger, Katharina

Whether students feel comfortable at school has become a key indicator for successful teaching (Hagenauer & Hascher, 2018), a cooperative school climate conducive to learning (OECD, 2017), and a factor influencing the further success of students' educational careers (Bücker et al., 2018). In recent years, studies have also increasingly focused on opportunities for participation and co-determination in schools and lessons (Anderson et al., 2022; Graham et al., 2022). Through active participation in school and lessons, students can experience basic democratic skills; they learn to articulate their own concerns and interests and to be taken seriously with them (Quenzel et al., 2023). The political self-efficacy experienced in this way strengthens the concrete sense of belonging to the (experienced) community and the abstract confidence in the legitimacy of democratic decision-making processes (Johnson, 2015).

Different studies also find evidence that participation opportunities have a positive impact on student well-being (Sykas & Peonidis, 2022). Quantitative studies on the relationship between participation and well-being, however, are rare to date. Additionally, participation in school includes a wide range of possible actions and can range from talking to student representatives to actively involving as many students as possible in the lessons and in all matters relevant to school. Studies on whether these various forms of co-determination (such as whether students are asked for their opinions or whether they can actively shape school and lessons) also have a different impact on well-being are still outstanding. Since participation also demands time and commitment, for example when differences of opinion are openly discussed and solutions have to be worked out, it is also theoretically conceivable that participation can reduce well-being. The research findings listed above and theoretical considerations suggest that it is important to investigate the question of whether and when student well-being is related to the opportunities for participation in schools. In this paper, we intend to address this question.

When analyzing the relationship between participation opportunities and student well-being, it seems central to take into consideration the gender of adolescents. Numerous studies show that girls suffer more frequently from physical and psychological complaints from puberty onwards and have lower life satisfaction than boys (Potrebny et al., 2019). In turn, the frequency of experiencing discomfort and life satisfaction is closely related to student well-being (Löfstedt et al., 2020). Although the relationship between health and student well-being is well established, a range of studies find little evidence of a relationship between gender and student well-being (Ott, 2021). In contrast, other studies do suggest differences between female and male adolescents in terms of their well-being (Palsdottir et al., 2012). Consequently, the findings on gender-specific student well-being are ambiguous. Simultaneously, the perceived participation opportunities are also assessed differently in the group of girls and boys. For example, Müller-Kuhn et al. (2021) were able to show that there is a correlation between the gender of the students and the assessment of participation opportunities, whereas girls feel that they can participate more in school. We will therefore discuss the relationship between participation opportunities and well-being separately by gender in order to examine whether the available participation opportunities in school influence the well-being of girls and boys differently.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this paper, data from the international project "Education and Participation" (Quenzel et al., 2023) of pupils from Vorarlberg (Austria) are used. The data was collected via online survey. The survey took place between March and June 2020 and was administered by the class teachers. The students are approximately 14 to 17 years old and are either at the end of lower secondary school or at the beginning of upper secondary school. This representative random sample was drawn by the Vorarlberg Regional Statistical Office. Despite COVID19-related school closures in spring 2020, the response rate is just under 65 percent. The realised sample comprises 1,526 young people from 92 classes. The data was weighted according to school type and gender. Student well-being is measured by two emotional aspects (school happiness, absence of school stress) and one cognitive aspect (school satisfaction). The student well-being scale is formed from the mean values of the variables school satisfaction (How satisfied are you overall with your situation at school?), school happiness (I actually like going to school.), and school stress (How do you feel about your everyday school life?). Based on these three components the scale student well-being (Cronbach's Alpha 0.68) is formed. For the analyses the following variables are included: (non-)involvement in decisions, pseudo-participation, active co-design, and conveying democratic values. In addition, we control for effects of language spoken at home, socioeconomic background, and educational background.
The analysis consists of three steps: In a first step, the mean values of female and male participants are compared for the scales student well-being and different forms of participation. The second step involves analysing the correlations between the variables presented. The third step of analysis is also conditioned by the structure of the data. Because of the clustered data structure, we estimate gender-separated multilevel models in which students are clustered within school classes. This analysis includes testing the empty model and the mixed model with two level (individual and class level).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses show that there are minor differences between girls and boys when comparing the mean values. Boys feel more often than girls that they are not involved in decisions at all or only in an illusory way. In the area of active participation opportunities, there are no statistically significant differences between boys and girls. Female and male adolescents perceive with roughly equal frequency that they can actively participate in designing their school.
The teaching of democratic values at school and the well-being of pupils are clearly related for girls and boys. This means that students who experience their school as democratic also tend to feel more comfortable there. For girls, feeling that they have an active role in shaping their school is relevant to their student well-being. For boys, there is also a connection here, but it is somewhat less pronounced. Boys, in contrast, seem to react more sensitively to pseudo-participation.
Through the analyses in the mixed model it becomes clear that conveying democratic values at school is the dominant predictor and explains student well-being most strongly for both gender. In addition, it is evident that for girls the opportunity for active co-design has a slightly higher influence on well-being than for boys. For male adolescents, student well-being is more negatively influenced by the perception of pseudo-participation.
Students who have a voice in their school feel more comfortable. However, students are obviously sensitive to whether they are really participating or whether this is pseudo-participation. Positive effects on school well-being can therefore only be achieved if young people can really participate actively.  This requires further research projects to gain a more precise understanding of successful participation processes.

References
Anderson, D. L., Graham, A. P., Simmons, C., & Thomas, N. P. (2022). Positive links between student participation, recognition and wellbeing at school. International Journal of Educational Research, 111, 101896. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2021.101896
Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83–94. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2018.02.007
Graham, A., Anderson, D., Truscott, J., Simmons, C., Thomas, N. P., Cashmore, J., & Bessell, S. (2022). Exploring the associations between student participation, wellbeing and recognition at school. Cambridge Journal of Education, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2022.2031886
Hagenauer, G., & Hascher, T. (Hrsg.). (2018). Emotionen und Emotionsregulation in Schule und Hochschule. Waxmann.
Johnson, C. (2015). Local Civic Participation and Democratic Legitimacy: Evidence from England and Wales. Political Studies, 63(4), 765–792. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9248.12128
Löfstedt, P., García-Moya, I., Corell, M., Paniagua, C., Samdal, O., Välimaa, R., Lyyra, N., Currie, D., & Rasmussen, M. (2020). School Satisfaction and School Pressure in the WHO European Region and North America: An Analysis of Time Trends (2002–2018) and Patterns of Co-occurrence in 32 Countries. Journal of Adolescent Health, 66, S59–S69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2020.03.007
Müller-Kuhn, D., Herzig, P., Häbig, J., & Zala-Mezö, E. (2021). Student participation in everyday school life—Linking different perspectives. Zeitschrift Für Bildungsforschung, 11(1), 35–53. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-021-00296-5
OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students’ Well-Being. OECD Publishing.
Ott, M. (2021). Wie beeinflussen familiär-soziodemografische, unterrichtliche und individuell-schulbezogene Faktoren das Wohlbefinden von Schüler/innen? Annäherung mittels eines allgemeinen linearen Modells. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-020-00285-0
Palsdottir, A., Asgeirsdottir, B. B., & Sigfusdottir, I. D. (2012). Gender difference in wellbeing during school lessons among 10–12-year-old children: The importance of school subjects and student–teacher relationships. Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 40(7), 605–613. https://doi.org/10.1177/1403494812458846
Potrebny, T., Wiium, N., Haugstvedt, A., Sollesnes, R., Torsheim, T., Wold, B., & Thuen, F. (2019). Health complaints among adolescents in Norway: A twenty-year perspective on trends. PLOS ONE, 14(1), e0210509. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0210509
Quenzel, G., Beck, M., & Jungkunz, S. (Hrsg.). (2023). Bildung und Partizipation. Mitbestimmung von Schülerinnen und Schülern in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Sykas, T., & Peonidis, F. (2022). Direct democracy in high school: An experiment from Greece. JSSE - Journal of Social Science Education, 21(3). https://doi.org/10.11576/jsse-4959


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Student Participation as a Key Aspect of Wellbeing in Irish Primary and Post-primary Schools.

Shivaun O'Brien, John O'Hara, Sharon Hogan, Jerrieann Sullivan, Peter Tobin, Fiona Joyce

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Brien, Shivaun

Student participation in schools and its link to a student's sense of belonging and wellbeing is a increasing concern among mainstream education providers in many jurisdictions and has been focus of numerous research studies internationally. Research studies focus on various aspects of student participation such as its link to antisocial behaviour, academic performance and well being (Gonzalez et al. 2020) or student participation in decision making (Cheng et al. 2020). Similar to education policy in most European countries, the Irish Department of Education aims to ensure that the experience of students throughout their primary and post primary education will be one that enhances, promotes, values and nurtures their wellbeing. The Wellbeing Policy Statement and Framework for Practice (Government of Ireland, 2018) highlights the importance of student participation and the inclusion of students in the life of the school in a manner that will enhance their sense of belonging, security and connectedness to school. This case study aims to explore student perceptions in terms of how they participate in classrooms, at a whole school level, and in decision making in relation to matters that affects them. Students were also asked about thier own sense of belonging in the school. This research was carried out by Dublin City University in conjunction with Educate Together (School Patron Body) and teachers in four Educate Together schools. The study was partly funded by the Teaching Council of Ireland under the John Coolahan Research Fund.

The key findings of the study highlight the classroom and whole school activities in which students participate most and least, the factors that students’ claim prevents their participation, student perception of the degree to which they are involved in decision making in the school and their level of influence on decision making. The findings also highlight students’ perception of belonging in the school and what helps them to feel a sense of belonging in the school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The purpose of the research project is to explore the perception of students in relation to their participation at both a classroom and whole schools level and their sense of belonging in the school. Literature on student participation informed the development of a survey that was circulated to students in 4 Educate Together schools (2 primary (under 13 yrs)  and 2 post-primary(13-18 yrs)). A teacher in each of the participating schools is a member of the research team and these teachers coordinated the distribution of surveys at a local level. A total of 201 students participated in the survey (125 primary and 76 post-primary) which was completed in 2022. The key research questions include: How do students perceive their level of participation in school at a classroom and whole school level?  In which activities at the classroom and at a whole school level do students feel they participate in most and least? To what degree are students involved in decision making in the school? How do students perceive their sense of belonging to the school? Students completed a survey on Google Forms which was divided into 4 themes and included a series of Likert style statements about participation and belonging to which participants indicated their level of agreement. Each section also included open ended questions in order to explore examples of participation and supporting factors. The research project received approval from Dublin City University Ethics Committee, and required students to sign an assent form and their parents to sign a consent form should they agree to take part in the research/ agree their child may take part in the research.
Number of items for each section of the survey:

Participation inside the classroom (20 items);
Participation outside the classroom (13 items);
Participation in making decisions that affect students (20 items);
Overall experience of belonging in the school (18 items).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A large volume of data arose from the study, and a number of key findings are outlined as follows: The majority of students felt that they have various opportunities to participate in activities in the classroom such as working with others, speaking in class, answering questions. Lower number of students feel that they have a voice in how the classroom is organised, in what activities they engage and classroom rules. Although the majority of students agree that there are activities and clubs (such as sports)  that they can participate in outside of class, almost half of the students surveys do not participate in such activities and less that a third have participated in any kind of school committee or council. The majority of students feel that their school provides a safe space in which they can express themselves, and that their opinions are heard on matters that affect them. In comparison, less than half of the students agreed or strongly agreed that they are involved in the school self-evaluation process,  are given feedback on how their opinion influenced decisions, or meet with staff about the running of the school. In terms of belonging the vast majority of students agreed or strongly agreed that they have friends at school and enjoy talking to others in school. Additionally, the vast majority of students feel good in school, are happy in school, and have fun in their schools. By contrast, over half of respondents agreed or strongly agreed that they feel bored at school.
References
Ahmadi, S., Hassani, M. and Ahmadi, F., 2020. Student- and school-level factors related to school belongingness among high school students. International journal of adolescence and youth, 25(1), pp. 741-752.

Akar Vural, R., Yilmaz Özelci, S., Çengel, M. and Gomleksiz, M., 2013. The Development of the "Sense of Belonging to School" Scale. Eurasian journal of educational research, (53), pp. 215-230.

Cheng, E.C.K., Leung, Y.W., Yuen, W.W. and Tang, H.H.H. (2020), "A model for promoting student participation in school governance", International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. 34 No. 4, pp. 737-749. https://doi-org.dcu.idm.oclc.org/10.1108/IJEM-06-2019-0186

Fielding, M. (2012). Beyond student voice: Patterns of partnership and the demands of deep democracy. Revista de Educación, 359, 45–65.

Fielding, M., 2004. Transformative approaches to student voice: theoretical underpinnings, recalcitrant realities. British educational research journal, 30(2), pp. 295-311.
Flutter, J., 2006. 'This place could help you learn': student participation in creating better school environments. Educational review (Birmingham), 58(2), pp. 183-193.

Frost, R. and Holden, G., 2008. Student voice and future schools: building partnerships for student participation. Improving schools, 11(1), pp. 83-95.

Gilleece, L. and Cosgrove, J., 2012. Student civic participation in school: What makes a difference in Ireland? Education, citizenship and social justice, 7(3), pp. 225-239.

González, C., Varela, J., Sánchez, P.A. et al. Students’ Participation in School and its Relationship with Antisocial Behavior, Academic Performance and Adolescent Well-Being. Child Ind Res 14, 269–282 (2021). https://doi-org.dcu.idm.oclc.org/10.1007/s12187-020-09761-5

Ryan, A. M., & Shin, H. (2018). Peers, academics, and teachers. In W. M. Bukowski, B. Laursen, & K. H. Rubin (Eds.), Handbook of peer interactions, relationships, and groups (2nd ed., pp. 637–656).


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Children’s Perspectives on Wellbeing in Schools: Qualitative Study

Venka Simovska1, Else Nyborg Christensen2

1Aarhus University; 2Public School, Herning, Denmark

Presenting Author: Simovska, Venka

Wellbeing in schools is a field characterized by the proliferation of research over the last decade. Wellbeing is often used as a measure of quality of life, referring to a wide range of phenomena, socioeconomic indicators or subjective experiences. The conceptualizations draw upon different disciplines – from psychology and philosophy to childhood studies, economics, social welfare studies and political science. A recent systematic review focusing on bibliometric and network analysis of the research on wellbeing in educational contexts published in the years 1978-2018 identifies a pattern of an emerging discipline, with an initial 15-year inception period followed by a 10-year consolidation period and a decade of rapid exponential growth (Hernández-Torrano, 2020). The same review reveals that the most influential research is conducted in predominantly English-speaking countries dominated by the US, followed by the UK, Australia and Canada, while European and specifically Scandinavian research is scarce. This article engages with wellbeing in schools in the context of the Danish ‘Folkeskole’ (public primary and lower secondary schools, students aged 6-16 years).

Wellbeing has become a core issue in educational reforms and related scholarship, both internationally and in Denmark (e.g., Thorburn, 2018; McLellan, Faucher & Simovska, 2022). In the literature, wellbeing is typically defined as ‘being well’, or having an optimal psychological experience and functioning, positively associated with students’ motivation, learning and academic achievement (Adler, 2017; Bücker et al., 2018). Consequently, educational research, policy and practice have mostly endorsed the ‘transformative’ potential of the concept—that is, its potential to inform school development and interventions conducive to the thriving, inclusion and engagement of students (e.g.McCallum & Price, 2016). However, research has suggested that the (over)use of the concept can easily swing from being transformative to being ‘tyrannical’ (Simovska & Kousholt, 2021), excluding certain subjectivities and entailing the dominance of simplified ‘feel-good’, ‘positive thinking’ or similar individualistic agendas in schools (cf. Watson et al.). Furthermore, the aspirations of measuring and promoting school wellbeing are characterized by inconsistent and often contradictory uses of social and educational theory (Wright & McLeod, 2015; Spratt, 2017; Simovska & O'Toole, 2021) and a scarcity of children’s and young people’s perspectives.

Against this background and with an ambition to contribute to amplifying children’s voices related to wellbeing at school and refining the concept theoretically, in this article, we explore children’s perspectives on wellbeing in school.

For the analysys, we deployed the model of student wellbeing developed by Simovska and colleagues (Simovska, 2016; Simovska & Kousholt, 2021; O’Toole & Simovska, 2022). The model builds on the key theoretical assumptions originating in neurocognitive science, specifically the 4E approaches (Varela, Thompson & Rosch, 1991). In this theorizing, wellbeing is construed as Enactive, Embodied, Embedded and Extended. In other words, the mind and the body are treated as inextricably connected (enactive and embodied) and intertwined with the social, physical and material worlds (embedded and extended). Accordingly, conceptualizing school wellbeing entails accommodating students’ lived experience in the context of the material and discursive (power) relations, (in)equalities and opportunity/adversity dynamics they encounter in a specific historical, political and sociocultural setting of the school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted at a Danish public primary school attended by 236 students in Years 0-6 and with 39 staff members. To access the diverse perspectives of differently aged children, three classes were recruited for the study: a year 2 class (8 years of age), a year 4 class (10 years) and a year 6 class (12 years). A total of forty-seven children and their teachers took part in the study.
In the planning and conducting of the research, we were guided by the notion of ethical reflexivity (Guillemin & Gillam, 2004), observing both ‘procedural ethics’ (informed consent and personal data protection) and ‘ethics in practice’ or situated, emergent ethics focusing on trust and care for vulnerability in all phases of the research. Aligned with the Danish code of conduct for research integrity, we followed the principles of honesty, transparency and accountability. All the participants in the study were pseudonymized.
Different data generation methods were used with a view to accommodating the age, individual communicative competences and preferences of different children. The children were given more or less free rein with regard to both the form and content of their accounts of wellbeing. As a result, some children produced drawings or paintings, while others wrote stories or poems, built Lego models, or recorded films or audio narratives. All this was treated as data records and analysed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis showed that the children see wellbeing at school as a complex phenomenon that cuts across lessons, breaks and both school and leisure time. They take a critical stance toward certain aspects of the institutionalized frameworks and culture of schooling, such as the length of the schooldays, the workload and the time schedules, the layout and furnishing of classrooms and the affordances provided by other physical spaces in and around school.
The separation between the physical and the intellectual, or rather the marginalization of the body at school, is also something that the children experience as hindrance to their wellbeing at school.
Further, the analysis points to the students’ desire for more opportunities for engagement and influence on decisions made at school—both everyday matters and more substantial decisions at the organizational level.
They experience wellbeing as closely linked to a sense of togetherness, doing things together with classmates, and having friends at school. However, the children also stated that the sense of belonging is not a given; many examples emerge in the data where the children portray situations in which they feel out of place and express a desire for a more inclusive school environment that is sensitive to diversity and conducive to subjectification.
Relationships with adults, both teachers and other school staff, are also viewed as important for wellbeing at school.
According to the dimensions of the deployed conceptualization of wellbeing in schools, it is clear that the children often refer to the agency dimension when discussing the other dimensions categorized as being, belonging or becoming, indicating that being engaged and having meaningful influence over school matters is vital to children’s wellbeing at school.
In conclusion, we argue that research that treats children as experts in their school wellbeing and takes their voices seriously has a better potential to inform and improve school-based wellbeing promotion.

References
Adler (2017). Well-Being and Academic Achievement: Towards a New Evidence-Based Educational Paradigm. In: White, M. A., Slemp, G. R., & Murray, A. S. (Eds.) Future Directions in Well-Being. (pp. 203-208) Springer, Cham.
Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83-94.
Biesta, G. (2015). What is Education For? On Good Education, Teacher Judgement,
Hernándes-Torrano, D. (2020). Mapping Global Research on Child Well-Being in School Contexts: A Bibliometric and Network Analysis (1978–2018). Child Indicators Research13: 863–884.
McCallum, F., & Price, D. (2016). Nurturing wellbeing development in education: from little things, big things grow. Abingdon: Routledge.
McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (eds.) (2022). Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives. Springer.
O'Toole, C. & Simovska, V. (2022). Wellbeing and Education: Connecting Mind, Body and World. In: McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (eds.) Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives. Springer.
Simovska, V., & O'Toole, C. (2021). The Making of Wellbeing Measurement: A (Kind of) Study Protocol. Outlines: Critical Practice Studies, 22(1), 170-194. https://tidsskrift.dk/outlines/article/view/125608/172609
Simovska, V., & Kousholt, D. (2021). Trivsel - et befordrende eller tyrannisk begreb? Skitsering af et udvidet begreb om skoletrivsel. [Wellbeing – a transformative or tyrannical concept? Outlining an extended concept of school wellbeing]. Pædagogisk Psykologisk Tidsskrift, [Educational Psychology Journal], 58(1), 54-64.
Skovraad-Jensen, S. & Reimer, D. (2021). The effect of COVID-19-related school closures on students’ well-being: Evidence from Danish nationwide panel data. SSM - Population Health, 16, [100945]. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssmph.2021.100945
Spratt, J. (2017). Wellbeing, Equity and Education, Inclusive Learning and Educational Equity. Springer.
Thorburn, M. (Ed.) (2018). Wellbeing, Education and Contemporary Schooling. New York: Routledge.
Varela, F. J., Thompson, E., and Rosch, E. (1991). The embodied mind: Cognitive science and human experience. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Watson, D., Emery, C., Bayliss, P. with Boushel, M., & Mclnnes, K. (2012). Children’s social and emotional wellbeing in schools: A critical perspective. Bristol: The Policy Press.
Wright & J. McLeod (Eds.) 2015). Rethinking Youth Wellbeing: Critical Perspectives. Springer.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm08 SES 01 B: Subjective Wellbeing and Relations to Career Resources - Reflecting on 7 Studies Across Country Contexts
Location: Joseph Black Building, A504 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Simon McGrath
Symposium
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Symposium

Subjective Wellbeing and Relations to Career Resources - Reflecting on 7 Studies Across Country Contexts

Chair: Belgin Okay-Somerville (University of Glasgow)

Discussant: Simon McGrath (University of Glasgow)

In this symposium we draw on a 2023 global collection where seven international longitudinal studies investigate the relations between young people’s career engagement and subjective wellbeing in their own national systems. While there is danger in international studies, perhaps particularly of career engagement, of over-simplifying policy contexts from around the globe and not attending to national and contextual factors that are inherent in individual education systems (Watts & Sultana, 2004) we temper this by drawing on international literature and evidence-based studies.

We trace the urgent and critical task of ensuring career activities and wellbeing are aligned in both ways and exhort research and practice to extend ways of measuring, understanding and implementing these around the world. The group’s core aims were to:

  • improve understanding of the determinants of young people’s career engagement and wellbeing during education-to-work transitions;
  • examine the impact of wellbeing and careers interventions on young people’s experience of education, career management and employment outcomes;
  • extend our understanding of young people’s education-to-work transitions from an interdisciplinary perspective; and
  • develop a conceptual model and recommendations for careers and wellbeing-oriented prevention and intervention programmes to assist young people as they transition into the world of work.

Across the globe, young people find it increasingly difficult to attain and maintain jobs. Moreover, young people often lack human and social capital and career competencies, and are, therefore, vulnerable to labour market instabilities, such as economic downturns. Lack of employment opportunities allowing young people to build skills and experience progress is a major social problem faced by many industrialised nations over the last few decades, especially in the COVID-19 context. Within such uncertain and ambiguous work context, nurturing young people’s career competencies and wellbeing is crucial for maintaining and sustaining their involvement and resilience in labour markets and to achieve happy, healthy and productive careers. Wellbeing must not be seen just as ‘surplus value’ but in a modern world focused on decent work there is real importance to go beyond job matching.

There has been previously little research investigating the relation between career engagement and either subjective or objective wellbeing. While a similar collection of international studies has not been found, there is a wealth of data on wellbeing and career activities captured all across the world at a point of compulsory schooling and later in the transition to work (e.g., career aspirations at the age of 15 or longitudinal measurements of life satisfaction). This has meant data was available in longitudinal cohort studies across the world, e.g., Longitudinal Survey of Australian Youth (Australia), Education Longitudinal Study (USA) and Understanding Society (UK), as well as the International Study of City Youth. Making use of longitudinal data from nationally representative datasets, this collection has aimed to highlight theoretical common grounds for understanding the relevance of career resources for young people’s subjective wellbeing. There were three major similarities across the practice and policy findings of the chapters which we have understood as the following: taking a whole person approach, wide understanding of where and how career support is received by young people and, perhaps most strikingly, multiple opportunities to engage with career guidance and education activities.Overall, the contributions highlight the importance of (i) sensemaking role of time; (ii) resource-based approaches to careers; as well as (iii) acknowledging systematic barriers in the labour market. Having thus illuminated some new understandings about how career engagement is relevant for wellbeing, this symposium aims to consider how young people transition into labour markets and to draw contextualized policy recommendations.


References
Watts, A. G., & Sultana, R. G. (2004). Career Guidance Policies in 37 Countries: Contrasts and Common Themes. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 4(2–3), 105–122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-005-1025-y
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Occupational Aspirations and Wellbeing of Young People in the UK

Jennifer Craik Nicholl (University of Glasgow), Lesley Doyle (University of Glasgow), Belgin Okay-Somerville (University of Glasgow)

The initial career choices that young people make can shape the course of their working lives. These choices are influenced by their occupational aspirations and goals as well as the opportunities that are available to them. Whether a person’s occupational aspirations are achieved or not can have an impact on their sense of wellbeing. We know from existing research that a person’s wellbeing is enhanced when they are able to fulfil their goals (Pavot & Diener, 2008). However, failing to achieve their goals can result in disappointment, frustration or social withdrawal. The overall aim of the research was to understand how occupational aspirations and outcomes affect young people’s wellbeing in the UK. We investigate the occupational aspirations of young people when they were aged 16 to 18 and their achievements five years later, assessing their levels of wellbeing (measured as satisfaction with job, income, leisure time, health and overall life satisfaction) at each age. Two main questions are addressed: 1. To what extent do young people achieve their occupational aspirations? 2. Are young people’s occupational aspirations and achievements associated with their wellbeing? We draw on goal setting theory to help us interpret the findings from our research and examine a potential relationship between career aspirations, outcomes and wellbeing. Data were drawn from Understanding Society, which is the largest longitudinal household panel survey of its kind in the UK and includes questions on life changes, education and wellbeing. The sample of 208 (59% female, 82% British) was derived from respondents aged 16 to 18 in Wave 3 of the survey (covering Jan 2011 to Jul 2013), and then matched with their responses five years later. The outcome variables included changes in each of the measures of wellbeing between the two time points, and hierarchical regression analyses were conducted to investigate any possible relationship. We found that just over half of the young people in this study either achieved the occupational aspiration they held at the age 16-18 or overachieved (52.3%). Furthermore, the data showed no significant relationship with individual levels of wellbeing and the fulfilment of their occupational aspirations. However, those who did not fulfil their aspirations reported lower levels of financial wellbeing compared to those who achieved their occupational aspirations. Overall, it appears that young people’s wellbeing is not impacted by achieving or failing to achieve occupational aspirations.

References:

Pavot, W., & Diener, E. (2008). The Satisfaction With Life Scale and the emerging construct of life satisfaction. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 3(2), 137–152. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760701756946
 

Significant Others as Environmental Resources. Towards a Sociological Refinement of Social Cognitive Career Theory

Jannick Demanet (Ghent University), Mieke Van Houtte (Ghent University)

Life satisfaction among students, a positive global cognitive appraisal of their lives, boosts mental and physical health and scholastic achievement. It is thus important to understand its determinants. Social cognitive career theory (SCCT) stresses outcome expectations – the career-goals students set – and goal efficacy – students’ self-perception about their goal-related competences. SCCT only sketchily addresses the sources of goal efficacy and outcome expectations as ‘environmental resources’. We suggest that sociological frameworks might enlighten the role of significant others as environmental resources. Specifically, teachers, parents, and peers are important sources for goal efficacy and outcome expectations. This study set three goals. First, we investigate whether SCCT is valid in Flanders, a rigidly tracked educational system. Tracks cater to different futures, with academic tracks preparing for higher education and vocational tracks preparing for entry into the labor market. It is possible that goal efficacy and expectations are more consequential for life satisfaction in a comprehensive than in a tracked system. The second goal is to explore the role of significant others as environmental resources. We highlight the peer and teacher expectation culture – respectively, the shared expectations students and teachers have about students’ futures – and we distinguish between parental support – positive parental involvement – and parental pressure – parents pushing children towards academic or vocational goals. The third research goal is to test this elaborated SCCT longitudinally, by differentiating between the short-term and long-term effects of significant others, on goal efficacy, expectations and ultimately life satisfaction. Multilevel analyses on the ISCY dataset, gathered from 2013-2014 onwards from 2,346 students in 30 secondary schools in Ghent, showed that significant others’ career-related thoughts are associated with life satisfaction. In the short term, teachers with higher expectations boost students’ goal efficacy and life satisfaction. Higher parental support, but lower parental pressure relates to higher life satisfaction. In the long term, parental support and goal self-efficacy increase students’ life satisfaction. Moreover, students who expect to continue studying had a larger increase in life satisfaction than those who were still undecided, and this is due to undecided students having lower goal efficacy. Moreover, parental academic pressure reduces life satisfaction, but only for undecided students. We conclude that it is fruitful to add students’ significant others as environmental resources to SCCT. Policy-wise, we advise to support all students, but particularly undecided students, so the socioemotional side implications of career choice in this life phase are softened.

References:

Lent, R. W. (2005). A Social Cognitive View of Career Development and Counseling. In Career development and counseling: Putting theory and research to work (pp. 101–127). John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 

Preparing for Career-Related Wellness: Understanding the Determinants of Occupational Well-being in the United States

Jay Plasman (Ohio State University), Caleb Thompson (Ohio State University)

In the United States, there is an increasing focus on preparing students earlier in their educational studies for specific careers through skill training and career exploration. Schools are providing more and different types of work-based learning experiences, vocational coursework, career preparation opportunities, and postsecondary support to students in hopes of improving their employability. These experiences may encourage students to engage in more purposeful and focused career thought and enhance their wellbeing. While wellbeing is a multi-dimensional construct, this study focuses on occupational wellbeing as it relates to career thought and the educational supports and experiences offered by schools. Social cognitive career theory provides a lens by which to understand the development of career thought and wellbeing through work-based learning (WBL) activities in secondary school. SCCT identifies three factors that help individuals develop career thought: self-efficacy, outcome expectations, and personal goals. Using a nationally representative dataset—the Education Longitudinal Study of 2002 (ELS)—this study responds to the following research questions linking WBL participation to well-being as measured by career-goal alignment and job satisfaction in early career: 1. What factors influence participation in work-based learning experiences in high school? 2. How do WBL experiences in high school influence individuals’ feelings about the relationship between early career occupation and long-term goals? 3. How do WBL experiences in high school influence job satisfaction in early career? Using school-fixed effects models to account for unobserved between-school differences as well as a robust set of additional student covariates, we find the SCCT variables of self-efficacy and expectation of school to develop skills for employment to be significant predictors of participation in WBL. We find that only certain types of WBL are significantly related to this career-goal alignment: cooperative education, and completion of a predetermined sequence of vocational courses. Meanwhile, only cooperative education was significantly linked to higher job satisfaction, while mentorship was associated with significantly associated with lower job satisfaction in early career. These findings present some implications worth considering. First, WBL appears to be beneficial with respect to occupational outcome, though this is dependent on type of WBL. Second, WBL participation is relatively even across student demographics and academic histories. Finally, school and family contexts have relatively little influence on occupational well-being. All told, promoting career thought and development for secondary students is likely to have significant benefits later in life. Work-based learning is one avenue by which to achieve these goals.

References:

Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc.
 

Reimagining the Relationship Between Career Transitions and Well-being: studying the UK and Italy

Daria Luchinskaya (University of Strathclyde), Dorel Manitiu (Alma Laurea), Charikleia Tzanakou (Oxford Brookes University), Giulio Pedrini (Kore University of Enna)

The dominant discourse about the role of higher education (HE) in the UK is focused on its suitability for preparing graduates for employment, measured by labour market outcomes such as graduate-level employment or wages. However, graduates’ wellbeing, values and broader ideas about the role of HE warrant further attention. This paper investigates how strength of career clarity throughout the university experience affects graduates’ wellbeing after graduation, and highlights individual and structural barriers to graduate employment in the UK and Italy. In the UK analysis they use the rich, nationally representative, longitudinal Futuretrack survey, which followed entrants to full-time HE in the UK in 2005/06 through their HE experiences and through to their early post-graduation outcomes. This part of the paper makes two contributions. First, we found that students’ ideas about their careers change over the course of their HE journeys, and higher career clarity scores at the beginning of the HE journey mattered less for graduates’ wellbeing after graduation than career clarity scores later in the HE journey and after graduation. Second, we found that certain structural factors (socioeconomic background, ethnicity, disability, but not sex) were negatively associated with wellbeing even after controlling for career clarity. This suggests that while career clarity can still be a useful resource for students and graduates for improving their wellbeing, it alone may not be able to entirely mitigate the impact of structural barriers. The Italian contribution to the paper investigates the young graduates’ job and career satisfaction, intended as two complementary indicators of work-related well-being and career thoughts, through the analysis of the cohort of graduate workers who entered the Italian labour market in 2014. Relying on a rich and unique dataset on Italian graduates’ early career paths (made available by AlmaLaurea), we examine the level of graduates’ satisfaction with their jobs, careers and earnings five years after graduation along with the relevant determinants. Our findings suggest that young graduates’ expectations and well-being evolve over time in an adaptive way. Italian graduates, initially declare that one of the most important reasons for their participation in higher education is the desire for career improvement. However, when such expectations are curtailed by first work experiences impacted by poor quality of the labour market, it comes out that the relatively high level of job satisfaction reported by Italian graduates does not stem from satisfaction with career and earnings, but it depends on non-monetary factors.

References:

Agovino, M., Busato, F. (2017). From college to labor market: a transition indicator for Italian universities. Quality & Quantity, 51(6), 2577-2604.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm09 SES 01 A: Getting Started with R in RStudio
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Monica Rosén
Research Workshop
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Research Workshop

Getting started with R in RStudio

Monica Rosén, Erika Majoros

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rosén, Monica; Majoros, Erika

The School of Quantitative Research Methods in Education (QRM, https://www.gu.se/en/qrm) is a research school and an emerging network funded by the Swedish Research Council. QRM aims to contribute to rebuilding of the competence of quantitative methodological knowledge in educational research in Sweden and elsewhere. The proposed workshop contributes to this aim by training basic competence in using the statistical environment, R, which is a widely used, open source project. However, using R is still relatively new in educational sciences.

R is an increasingly used statistical environment maintained by an international team of developers. The proposed workshop is intended for analysts and researchers who do not have yet the knowledge and experience using R. Working knowledge of basic statistics is required.

The workshop will begin with a brief overview of the R environment based on Venables, et al. (2014). Then, based on Grolemund (2014), the workshop leader will assist the participants to download R as well as RStudio, a software application that makes R easier to use.

Afterward, basic data management tasks will be demonstrated and practiced, including importing and exporting data. Then basic statistical analyses will be demonstrated and practiced using several R packages, including plotting the data. Exporting outputs will be also practiced. Finally, based on the workshop participants’ interest and pace of work, advanced statistical analyses will be demonstrated and practiced.

The workshop will end with informing the participants about resources to further develop their knowledge in R and commonly used R packages for working with international large-scale assessment (ILSA) data. Participants should bring a laptop. The workshop leaders will hand out the presentation slides beforehand and the R scripts in case of inquiry afterward.

Draft agenda:

  • Introduction
  • Downloading and installing R and RStudio
  • Data management
  • Basic statistical analyses
  • Creating plots
  • Advanced statistical analyses (Optional)
  • Summary and further avenues and resourses

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data
Practical tasks will be performed using publicly available data from the Second International Mathematics Study (1980) will be retrieved from the Center for Comparative Analysis of Educational Achievement (COMPEAT) website: https://www.gu.se/en/center-for-comparative-analysis-of-educational-achievement-compeat/studies-before-1995/second-international-mathematics-study-1980#Data---Population. COMPEAT is an infrastructure project with the general aim to build databases of international large-scale studies in educational achievement conducted by IEA and OECD before the year 2000 and to support secondary analyses of these data.

Methods
Basic statistics and optionally advanced statistical methods, such as regression analysis or item response theory modeling will be used.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By the end of the workshop, the participants are expected to have gained the following learning outcomes
• Install R and Rstudio
• Download and apply an R package
• Effectively use the documentation of an R package
• Perform basic data management tasks, such as computing or recoding variables, subsetting data in RStudio
• Perform basic statistical analyses, including basic plots

References
Center for Comparative Analysis of Educational Achievement (nd). https://www.gu.se/en/center-for-comparative-analysis-of-educational-achievement-compeat
Grolemund, G. (2014). Hands-On Programming with R: Write Your Own Functions and Simulations. https://rstudio-education.github.io/hopr  
Venables, W. N., Smith, D. M., & R Core Team (2014). An Introduction to R. https://cran.r-project.org/doc/manuals/r-release/R-intro.pdf
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm09 SES 01 B: COVID-19 and Education: Assessing Impacts, Methodologies, and Policy Responses
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Jana Strakova
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

EPIC - Education Preparedness Index in COVID-19: Methodology and Research

Arusyak Aleksanyan1, Mariam Muradyan2, Anna Malkhasyan3, Anna Arustamyan4, Narek Yenokyan5, Arayik Tsaturyan6

1YSU, Armenia; 2YSU, Armenia; 3World Bank, Armenia; 4Teach for Armenia; 5Armenian Lawyer's Association, NGO; 6KPMG Armenia

Presenting Author: Aleksanyan, Arusyak

The Education Preparedness Index in Covid-19 (EPIC) is one of the outputs of the project Enabling Learning to Happen for All Children in Emergency Crisis. The project is funded by the Global Campus of Human Rights in partnership with the Right Livelihood Award Foundation. In 2019, people all over the world were faced with new realities and adopted new rules of life. One of those realities also affected the education system. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, many countries in the world initiated emergency remote education applications and platforms to continue providing education without interruption, aiming for students to continue their learning. Under the crisis of COVID-19 remote/distance learning became a viable alternative to ensure the continuity of the educational process. Under these circumstances, the research aimed at studying the preparedness of the education system to adapt to new realities and to act in crisis conditions. To this end, a group of Armenian experts took the initiative to develop a model for assessing the education system in emergencies - Education Preparedness Index in COVID-19 (EPIC). EPIC assessment of preparedness for education in emergencies is a set of indicators, tools, and methods aimed at measuring education system readiness for emergencies and analyzing the effectiveness of education policy responses in times of crisis. The four main thematic areas that the framework covers are as follows:

• Policy and Legal Framework

• Coordination and Cooperation

• E-readiness

• Capacities and Resources

Each thematic area incorporates a set of indicators and sub-indicators that allow uncovering the level of achievements and the efficiency level of preparedness within each recommended section.

EPIC is applicable in all emergencies entailing physical distancing and education through online means. The emergency context was retrieved from the conditions and limitations appeared through COVID-19 period combined with other crises such as war, internal unrest, context of disability and some other characteristics. The framework is flexible to changes of individual country cases and these are specific characteristics are considered during the assessment.

The research question of this study is as follows:

What is the level of preparedness of the country/countries in provision of education in emergency entailing rapid shift from conventional education to distant/ online education?

EPIC basis on the international principles of child rights. Among them the framework of 4As, Availability, Accessibility, Acceptability and Adaptability of Education of the UN Human Rights Office of the High Commissioner is the corner stone of the study. The methodology is based on the UN CRC Commentary N13 description and statements of the 4As framework. Furthermore, the EPIC grounds its target group that primarily on children of 6-14 age group following the CRC General Comments N13, World Declaration on Education for All, as well as on SDGs, the Minimum Standards for Education in Emergencies, the Global Study of Children Deprived of Liberty (Nowak, 2019), Chronic Crises and Early Reconstruction (2004). the Dakar Education for All (EFA) framework, and the Sphere Project’s Humanitarian Charter.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve the research goals, the triangulation strategy was employed. The purpose of the triangulation approach is to use diverse methods to assist each other in explaining and interpreting the data. Thus, the calculation and analysis of the index are based on three data sources: 1. Quantitative survey of teachers and students; 2. Expert interview; 3. Statistical data.
1. The quantitative research includes conducting a representative quantitative survey among students and teachers of secondary schools to assess and calculate the e-Readiness sub-index. The survey covers the following three thematic areas, indicating the readiness of schools for distance education:
• Technological readiness for distance learning
• Social-psychological readiness for e-learning
• Cognitive readiness for online education
Each of the above-mentioned areas has its sub-indicators and a series of relevant questions for teachers and students. We adopted an online standardized questionnaire hosted on Google, the link to which is provided to school administrators who further ensured the dissemination of the data among students and teachers via private messaging systems. The questionnaire includes questions, mainly designed by using a Likert scale. On average, it took the respondents 20 minutes to complete the survey. The responses to these questions were initially collected by the Google drive excel database. After fully completing the survey, all answers were directly exported into an SPSS file and analyzed.
2. As a qualitative method, interviews with experts was distinguished. The experts were involved based on the relevant experience in policy/strategy developing experience, skills in implementation and monitoring. The expert interview questionnaire covers questions related to the existing regulations and policies, capacities, coordination of involved parties, technological availability, and delivered models of e-learning in an emergency. To this end, interviews with representatives of the Government, independent experts, involved CSOs and international organizations were conducted. An important approach is the application of the saturation method when the number of experts is determined by the collected information.
3. Statistical data collection stage of the study involves the collection of statistical data. In case of missing data for the reporting year, the most recent available data can be collected.
In the final stage, all the data are standardized, on the basis of which the INDEX is calculated on a scale from 0 to 100, where 0 is the lowest level of preparedness and 100 is the highest.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Finally, an emergency situation such as the Covid-19 pandemic has raised awareness of the need for schools and education systems to be prepared for different emergencies. This global crisis made it clear that countries should develop and have a coping strategy for mitigating the adverse impact of the pandemic as well as identify and provide additional support to the most vulnerable groups. This challenge is an opportunity for those schools not having a strategy for emergency situations to develop one and to use it during such eventualities. School closures have shown that online teaching and learning preparedness is not only a trend but also a must to achieve success in the educational process. The effectiveness of distance learning and educational process in general mostly depend on the relevant professional-pedagogical skills of the teaching community, the willingness of teachers to constantly improve and develop, on teachers’ creative thinking, motivation to teach at school, etc. Different international studies have shown that in order to have an effective education system, it is important to have a highly qualified pedagogical community. The effectiveness of the education system is largely measured by the achievements of the students. And the achievements of the students significantly depend on the high professional and pedagogical skills and capacities of teachers. Thus, education systems successfully meet the challenges of emergencies if they regularly evaluate and monitor the system's preparedness for emergencies.
References
1.Bensalah, Kacem. 2002. “Guidelines for education in situations of emergency and crisis: EFA strategic planning”. UNESCO.
2.Çağatay, İhsan Ulus. 2020. "Emergency Remote Education vs. Distance Education". European Commission.
3.Chebib, Kinda. 2020. “Education For All in the Time of COVID-19: How EdTech can be Part of the Solution”.
4.Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. 2020. "Statement on the Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Pandemic and Economic, Social and Cultural Rights".
5.Fernando, M. Reimers, Andreas Schleicher. 2020. “A framework to guide an education response to the Covid-19 Pandemic of 2020”. Harvard Graduate school of education.
6.Humanitarian Practice Network. 2006. “Implementing minimum standards for education in emergencies: lessons from Aceh”.
7.INEE (Inter-Agency Network for Education in Emergencies). 2010. “Minimum Standards for Education: Preparedness, Response, Recovery”. Accessed March 8, 2021.
8.INEE. 2004. “Minimum Standards for Education in Emergencies, Chronic Crises and Early Reconstruction”. DS Print.
9.Lasi, Masri bin Abdul. 2021. “Online Distance Learning Perception and Readiness During Covid-19 Outbreak: A Research Review”. International Journal of Academic Research in Progressive Education and Development. 28 February.
10.Nicolai, Susan. 2003. “Education in Emergencies A toolkit for starting and managing education in emergencies”. Save the Children.
11.OECD. 2020. “Education Response to Covid-19: Implementing a Way Forward”. Working Paper No. 224. 9 July.
12.Penna, Maria Pietronilla, Vera Stara. 2007. “The failure of e-learning: why should we use a learner centred design”. Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society. January.    
13.Phan, Thanh Thi Ngoc, Ly Thi Thao Dang. 2017. “Teacher Readiness for Online Teaching: A Critical Review”. June.
14.UN. 2020. "Policy Brief: Education during COVID-19 and beyond", August.
15.UNESCO. 2016. “Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning”.
16.UNESCO. 2020b. “COVID-19 Education Response, How Many Students are at Risk of not Returning to School”. Advocacy paper, 30 July.
17.UNESCO. 2020c. “Covid-19 Education Response. Education Sector Issue Notes. Supporting teachers and education personnel during times of crisis”. Issue note no. 2.2, April.
18.UNESCO. 2020а. “COVID-19 Education Response, Distance learning strategies in response to COVID-19 school closures”. Issue note no. 2.1, April.
19. UNICEF. 2020. "Education and COVID-19 report".
20.World Bank. 2021. “Urgent, Effective Action Required to Quell the Impact of COVID-19 on Education Worldwide”.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Assessing Distance Learning in Primary Education of Kazakhstan during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Evidence from PIRLS-2021

Nazym Smanova

JSC “Information-Analytical Center”, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Smanova, Nazym

The COVID-19 pandemic has led to near-universal closing of schools at all levels worldwide, remaining negative consequences for all participants in the educational process. School support plays a key role in mitigating the negative effect of school-closure during the pandemic period on student learning achievement. The present study assesses the possible mediating role of school support in the effects of COVID-19 disruption on primaty students learning achievement through analysis of data collected through the IEA’s Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS 2021).

In Kazakhstan, as in many countries, regular schooling was disrupted since the COVID-19 pandemic broke out in March 2020. In 2021, 77% of all school students started the new academic year via distance learning. In response to the pandemic, the government of Kazakhstan undertook set of systemic measures: distance learning was implemented using online platforms and services, as well as using audio and telework; computer equipment and Internet cards were presented freely to students in need; professional development courses on distance learning were offered for about 347 thousand teachers.

So far, some studies have pointed to significant losses in students' knowledge in Kazakhstan during school-closures led by the pandemic (IAC, 2020; Dzhaksylykov, 2020). Researchers in the USA found that many children in Year 2 and Year 3 in their study lost momentum on fundamental skills such as reading, with the difficulty in creating a language-rich environment on Zoom being one of the primary reasons (Domingue et al., 2021). In another study conducted in the UK, attainment gaps were found for both Year 1 and Year 2 students, with the most profound effects on students from a disadvantaged background (Rose et al., 2021).

The following research questions will guide the study:

  1. How is the school closure during the pandemic period resulted in reading achievement of Kazakhstani primary grade students?
  2. Does school support (providing access to digital devices, delivering printed and online learning materials, organizing online activities, providing technical and methodological support for teachers) mediate the relationship between school closure due to COVID-19 and reading achievement?
  3. Does the mediation effect of school support vary across different socio-demographic groups?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The quantitative research method will be employed to evaluate the impact of the selected parameters on student performance by using multilevel modelling techniques. The data for this study will be from the Kazakhstan sample in the IEA PIRLS 2021 database. PIRLS 2021 is an only international large-scale assessment conducted during the COVID-19 school disruption. It provides contextual information about how remote instruction was organized in schools, including information about distance learning resources available for students, methodological and technical support for teachers, etc.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result, it is expected to find out how school resources could mediate the relationship between school closure and academic performance across SES groups using the national questionnaire data from PIRLS 2021. The study will inform an ongoing process of developing an effective mechanism for designing and implementing the educational recovery program in Kazakhstan.
References
1. JSC Information and Analytical Center. (2020). Analytical report on the monitoring of learning using distance technologies in general schools in the framework of emergency distance learning in Kazakhstan [Unpublished research]. https://iac.kz/
2. Bokayev, B., Torebekova, Z., Abdykalikova, M., & Davletbayeva, Z. (2021). Exposing policy gaps: The experience of Kazakhstan in implementing distance learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Transforming Government: People, Process and Policy, 15(2). Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1108/TG-07-2020-0147
3. Dzhaksylykov, S. (2020). Distance learning diaries: How was the “distance” school term from students and parents’ point of view. Retrieved from https://drive.google.com/file/d/1a-wo91IsG_puveH2mUVCU9XliZIcC8_2/view
4. Domingue, B. W., Hough, H. J., Lang, D., & Yeatman, J. (2021). Changing Patterns of Growth in Oral Reading Fluency during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Policy Analysis for California Education, Working Paper. Retrieved from https://edpolicyinca.org/sites/default/files/2021-03/wp_domingue_mar21-0.pdf


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Capturing the Educational and Economic Impacts of School Closures in Poland

Tomasz Gajderowicz1, Maciej Jakubowski1, Sylwia Wrona1, Harry Patrinos2

1University of Warsaw, Poland; 2World Bank

Presenting Author: Wrona, Sylwia

COVID-19 led to strict lockdown measures, which included school closures in most countries. As a result, more than 1.5 billion students were out of school for weeks or months (UNESCO, 2022). The loss of schooling is expected to negatively impact children's cognitive development, even if distance learning modes are enacted. The loss of in-person teaching could also lead to inequality since the only remaining relevant input is parental involvement during school closures (Agostinelli et al., 2022). Most studies document significant learning loss. In Europe, the average learning loss is almost a quarter of a school year, but the estimates are available mainly for Western European countries (Donnelly and Patrinos, 2021). Worldwide the loss is even greater, especially in lower-income countries (Patrinos et al., 2022). Poland is an interesting case because it represents countries in Eastern Europe where school closures lasted longer, and research on learning loss is scarce.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To properly estimate the effect of school closures and to distinguish it from the effect of the 2016 structural changes, we compare the expected and actual achievement of three cohorts of students in secondary schools. We assume students should gain a minimum of 0.1 standard deviation (SD) during one year of education. That is a safe assumption but in line with previous studies comparing 15, 16, and 17-year-old student results on the PISA scale in Poland (Jakubowski et al., 2022). International evidence indicates the gains should be larger, around 0.2 SD, which would make our
results more significant as they increase the expected achievement (Avvisati and Givord, 2021). We also assume students tested in autumn (10th grade in TICKS 2021) have a similar achievement to those tested one grade below in the spring (9th-grade assessment in PISA 2003-2018). Assuming any achievement progress between spring and autumn makes our results even more significant.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Polish success story of rapid social and economic progress relied strongly on human capital improvement. Unfortunately, this factor is now under significant distress. Significant learning losses have been experienced by Polish students due to the COVID-19-induced school closures. In mathematics and science, the learning losses are equal to more than a year's worth of schooling, even though schools were closed for only part of an academic year. In addition, we show that the
2016 reforms also had a negative impact on student learning. These skills losses are likely to affect the future economic success of the students as well as the country as a whole. Future earnings are projected to decline by PLN 74,693 (more than US$15,000) per year for the affected students. The country would then lose the equivalent of 7.2% of GDP over time.

References
Avvisati, F., Givord, P. (2021). How much do 15-year-olds learn over one year of schooling? An
international comparison based on PISA. OECD Education Working Papers No. 257.
Carlana, M., La Ferrara, E. (2021). Apart But Connected: Online Tutoring and Student Outcomes
During the COVID-19 Pandemic. CEPR Discussion Paper No. DP15761.
Donnelly, R., Patrinos, H. A. (2021). Learning loss during COVID-19: An early systematic review.
Prospects 1-9.
Drucker, L.F., Horn, D. & Jakubowski, M. (2022). The labour market effects of the polish
educational reform of 1999. Journal of Labour Market Research 56, 13.
Fryer Jr, R.G., Howard-Noveck, M. (2020). High-dosage tutoring and reading achievement:
evidence from New York City. Journal of Labor Economics 38(2): 421-452
Hanushek, E. A., & Woessmann, L. (2010). The high cost of low educational performance: The
long-run economic impact of improving PISA outcomes. OECD Publishing, France.
Jakubowski M., Gajderowicz T., Wrona S. (2022). Achievement of Secondary School Students
after Pandemic Lockdown and Structural Reforms of Education System. Evidence Institute
and City of Warsaw research report.
Jakubowski M., Patrinos H., Porta E., Wisniewski J. (2016), The Effects of Delaying Tracking in
Secondary School: Evidence from the 1999 Education Reform in Poland. Education
Economics 24(6).
Patrinos, H.A., Vegas, E., Carter-Rau, R. (2022). An Analysis of COVID-19 Student Learning
Loss. Policy Research Working Paper No. 10033, World Bank.
Psacharopoulos, G., Collis, V., Patrinos, H.A. and Vegas, E. (2021). The COVID-19 cost of school
closures in earnings and income across the world. Comparative Education Review 65(2):
271-287.
Electronic copy available at: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4298822
9
UNESCO (2022). UNESCO map on school closures. Retrieved at https://covid19.uis.unesco.org/
on March 2022.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm10 SES 01 A: Systematic Reviews, Evidence & Traditions
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susann Hofbauer
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Long Paper

Building on Problematic 'Evidence Relations' - Findings from a Recent Systematic Review of Innovation in Teacher Education Research

Keith Turvey1, Viv Ellis2

1University of Brighton, England; 2Monash University, Australia

Presenting Author: Turvey, Keith; Ellis, Viv

Building on problematic ‘evidence relations’ - some findings from a recent systematic review of innovation in teacher education research.

Presenters:

Professor Viv Ellis, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia

Dr Keith Turvey, University of Brighton, Brighton, England

This long paper is adapted from a completed systematic review:

Ellis, V., Correia, C., Turvey, K., Childs, A., Andon, N., Harrison, C., Jones, J., & Hayati, N. (2023). Redefinition /redirection and incremental change: A systematic review of innovation in teacher education research. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, [103918].

The paper has been adapted to respond to the NW10 Teacher Education Research Network call “The Diversity of ‘Evidence-Relations’ in Teacher Education, Politics and Research”

NB Please see uploaded word document of whole paper as required.

Abstract:

In a recent systematic review of innovation in teacher education research (Ellis, Correia, Turvey, Childs, Andon, Harrison, Jones, & Hayati, 2023) the problematic nature of ‘evidence relations’ between theory, policy and practice were evident in a number of different ways. Firstly, policies framing the concept of innovation have led to critiques of innovation as merely a buzzword in the field. Secondly, the meaning of theorisations of some types of innovation (Sternberg, 2003) were found to be too open to subjective interpretations to be of use. Thirdly, innovation as a concept in teacher education research is often undefined and disconnected from wider social scientific theories of change. The inherently problematic character of evidence in teacher education, we suggest is indeed a factor that can lead to political and ideological exploitation if evidence becomes a disconnected ‘rationalized myth’ and used merely to justify policy as Helgetun and Menter, 2020 document. However, our systematic review of innovation in teacher education research also highlighted new opportunities to challenge the ideological exploitation of constructs such as innovation, through reconstructing the governance of evidence (Stilgoe et al., 2013; Owen et al., 2013) as a process of responsible innovation in the field, where a genuine commitment to centring issues of value, purpose and ethical deliberation could be given more priority. This paper will present key findings from our systematic review and also open the discussion to how responsible innovation in teacher education research might enable more agentic and meaningful engagement with evidence.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Long Paper: Please see uploaded paper
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Long Paper: Please see uploaded paper
References
Ellis, V., Correia, C., Turvey, K., Childs, A., Andon, N., Harrison, C., Jones, J., & Hayati, N. (2023). Redefinition /redirection and incremental change: A systematic review of innovation in teacher education research. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, [103918].

Helgetun, J .B., & Menter, I. (2022). From an age of measurement to an evidence era? Policy-making in teacher education in England, Journal of Education Policy, 37(1), 88-105.

Owen, R., Bessant, J. R., & Heintz, M. (2013). Responsible innovation: Managing the responsible emergence of science and innovation in society. Wiley.

Sternberg, R. J., Pretz, J. E., & Kaufman, J. C. (2003). Types of innovations. In L. V. Shavinina (Ed.), The international handbook on innovation (pp. 158e169).
Elsevier Science.

Stilgoe, J., Owen, R., & Macnaghten, P. (2013). Developing a framework for responsible innovation. Research Policy, 42(9), 1568 - 1580.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Intellectual Traditions and Research Fronts in International Teacher Education Research

Sverker Lindblad1, Katarina Samuelsson1, Gustaf Nelhans2

1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2University of Borås, Sweden

Presenting Author: Lindblad, Sverker; Samuelsson, Katarina

In this review, we map international research on teacher education indexed in the Web of Science citation database. Previously, we have developed a way of organizing knowledge in and on teacher education (Lindblad et al., 2021) and thereafter more specifically mapped research on Swedish teacher education (Lindblad, Samuelsson & Nelhans, submitted). We found a fragmented research field and argued for a need for increased knowledge of this as well as increased conversations between researchers of these various aspects of teacher education research.

This paper intends to explore research communication and arguments in international teacher education research, given an overall late-modern globalized interest in education and a globalized research community. Ananin & Lovakov (2022) took a bibliometric perspective of research on teacher education, but this review also considers teacher education as a space where different actors meet and interact, thus asking how teacher education research and its role is understood in the teacher education agora.

The review is based on the observation that research on teacher educationis changing in tandem with professional and societal developments, and that such changes in return might have an impact not only on the research society but also on politics and policymaking. Both the educational and societal importance of teacher educations are, for different reasons, frequently emphasized in for instance political, medial, and professional discourses, and connected with both hopes and fears (see e.g., Barber & Mourshed, 2007; Clandinin, & Husu, 2017; Lagemann, 2000; Popkewitz, 2017, Author, 2020). Following this, teacher educations – with all their differences – are often described as highly problematic or as the solution to problems in education and society at large (Bacchi, 2012; Cochran-Smith & Zeichner, 2009). Thus, in this review, we want to explore and understand such changes and relations by analysing patterns in research publications on teacher education. We aim at describing an international research field of teacher education through its conversations and thereby gain insights into one component of the international teacher education agora. In accordance with Czarniawska (2022) we are interested in research as conversations rather than hierarchy and status. Therefore, we analyze how teacher education research is organized intellectually and socially in terms of research communication. What does these conversations, or lack of them, tell us about the intellectual traditions and research fronts in research on teacher education? How is research on teacher educations located in time and space, and how does this correspond to interests in, and problems ascribed to teacher education? We will discuss our results in relation to matters of research communication, globalization, and uses and abuses of bibliometrics in educational research. Like other scholars studying science-society interactions (see e.g., Nowotny et al., 2003), we also wonder if research on teacher education might have a performative capacity.

Thus, the research is based on two complementary approaches. First, we are interested in the dynamics of the intersection of science and society as an agora in Science and Technology Studies (Nowotny et al, 2003). These dynamics are based on the interplay between different agents (here, educational research, policymaking, and professional work), serving as preconditions for academic organization (Whitley, 2000). Here, we are focusing on the organization of the educational research community in terms of research communication. Second, we use citation analysis (Garfield, 1972; Persson, 1994) in mapping organizing patterns and social networking in international teacher education research communities including their intersection with other fields.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is inspired by bibliometric methods and resources. Almost 24 000 articles indexed in Web of Science made up our database (“teacher educ*” in abstract OR titles OR author keywords), which we described and to which we thereafter applied bibliometric citation analyses (Garfield, 1979). Following Gough et al. (2012), we differentiate between different types of research reviews: aggregative (what works or how effective are certain actions) or configurative (theory generating or interpretative) ones. These two added meta-reviews were carried out “… in order to understand the development of research on an issue within and across different research traditions.” (Gough et al., 2012, p. 4). In that sense, our study is also a kind of meta-review.
We used techniques of bibliometrics and citation analyses as presented by Persson (1994). This approach analyses publications and their citations in a matrix, where the identified publications and their references are listed in rows. Correspondences between these publications in terms of what they are citing are used to form clusters which identify different research fronts, while correspondences between the cited references (their co-citation) form clusters of intellectual bases. Persson (1994., p 31) stated: "In bibliometric terms, the citing articles form a research front, and the cited articles form an intellectual base". Added techniques deal with differences in the number of references and terms of mapping techniques. The visualizations that are the outcome of these algorithms are used for exploring the material, implying a quali-quantitative approach where patterns found in the algorithmically constructed maps are evaluated by visual interpretation. For all analyses and visualizations of the data, the software application VOSviewer is used (Van Eck & Waltman, 2010).
Using this framework for bibliometric analysis we present structures of publications and their communication in terms of citing research patterns on teacher education as research fronts and intellectual bases. This translation of our research questions into bibliometrics gives us possibilities to map a broad field of research in terms of publications, and authors of references. This mapping provides us with patterns in the intellectual and social organizing and conversations of TEDU research that differ from distinct knowledge contributions presented in specific publications.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results highlighted that publications were increasingly published after 2010, often with an Anglo-Saxon origin. A diversified teacher education research field appeared, related to different societal interests (see also Cochran-Smith & Villegas, 2015). We argue that as researchers in a globalized research community an overall knowledge of the field is acquired so that critical conversations between and across fronts and traditions can be developed.
We found that today’s international communication mainly existed within and not across different research areas. Four overall positions – or ideal types - in teacher education research are put forwards (i) oriented towards problems concerning the political and policy such as Apple (2001); (ii) oriented towards the teaching profession and its training (Zeichner 2010); (iii) oriented towards opportunities for education policy to improve or develop teacher education, for example to bring about a better teacher education system (see, for example, texts from the OECD); and finally (iv) oriented towards the opportunities for teacher education and the development of prospective teachers' insights and abilities (e.g. Shulman, 1986).
A more general note is that the field is shaped by a dominating orientation to implement changes or improvements in teacher education. Here, the researchers often draw from various intellectual traditions such as social constructivism, theories of language and performativity, or resistance to racism and oppression. In conclusion, we see knowledge of the structure of the research field as important for understanding the social and intellectual organization of teacher education research (cf. Whitley, 2000) and how it interacts with its surroundings. Given such reflections on the interaction between research and the outside world, we hope to provide better opportunities to understand differences in various hopes and fears regarding teacher education as well as the problems and tasks assigned to them, aiming at a vital conversation based on known arguments.

References
Ananin, Denis., & Lovakov, Andrey. (2022). Teacher education research in the global dimension: Bibliometric perspective. Teaching and Teacher Education,118, 103801.
Apple, Michael. W. (2001). Markets, standards, teaching, and teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 52(3), 182-196.
Bacchi, Carol. (2012). Why study problematizations? Making politics visible. Open Journal of Political Science, 2(01), 1.
Barber, Michael., & Mourshed, Mona. (2007). How the World's Best-Performing School Systems Come Out on Top. McKinsey & Co.
Clandinin, D. Jean., & Husu, Jukka. (2017). Mapping an international handbook of research in and for teacher education.In: The Sage Handbook of Research on Teacher Education, Eds DJ Clandinin and J. Husu . Sage. 1-23.
Cochran-Smith, Marilyn., & Zeichner, Ken. M. (Eds.). (2009). Studying teacher education: The report of the AERA panel. Routledge.
Cochran-Smith, Marilyn., & Villegas, Ana Maria. (2015). Framing teacher preparation research: An overview of the field, part 1. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(1), 7-20.
Czarniawska, Barbara. (2022). On reflective referencing. In: How to Write Differently (pp. 108-118). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Garfield, Eugene. (1979). Citation indexing. Wiley.
Gough, David., Thomas, James., & Oliver, Sandy. (2012). Clarifying differences between review designs and methods. Systematic reviews, 1(1), 1-9.
Lagemann, Ellen Condliffe. (2000) An Elusive Science: The Troubling History of Education Research. The University of Chicago Press.
Lindblad, Sverker., Nelhans, Gustaf., Pettersson, Daniel., Popkewitz, Thomas. S., Samuelsson, Katarina., & Wärvik, Gun-Britt. (2021). On Knowledge Organization and Recognition of Research in and on Teacher Education: ECER conference, Geneva, September 6-10, 2021.
Lindblad, Sverker., Samuelsson, Katarina., & Nelhans, Gustaf. (submitted). Om Kartläggning och analys av social och intellektuell organisering inom lärarutbildningsforskning i Sverige och Internationellt i svenskt och internationellt perspektiv.
Nowotny, Helga., Scott, Peter., & Gibbons, Michael. (2003). Introduction:'Mode 2'revisited: The new production of knowledge. Minerva, 41(3), 179-194.
Persson, Olle. (1994). The intellectual base and research fronts of JASIS 1986–1990. Journal of the American Society for Information Science, 45(1), 31-38.
Popkewitz, Thomas. S. (2017). Teacher education and teaching as struggling for the soul: A critical ethnography. Routledge.
Shulman, Lee. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4-14.
Van Eck, Nees Jan., & Waltman, Ludo. (2010). Software survey: VOSviewer, a computer program for bibliometric mapping. Scientometrics, 84(2), 523-538.
Whitley, Richard. (2000). The intellectual and social organization of the sciences. Oxford University Press.
Zeichner, Ken. (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm10 SES 01 B: STEAM, STEM and Professional Development
Location: Rankine Building, 108 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lea Ann Christenson
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Developing Primary Education Through A STEAM Model

Jo Trowsdale1, Richard Davies2

1University of Suffolk, United Kingdom; 2University of Central Lancashire

Presenting Author: Trowsdale, Jo; Davies, Richard

Evidence from an earlier five-year study (see Author 2020; Authors, 2019; 2021; Authors 2022) of a project was judged by teachers to have had a significant impact on pupils’ learning in Science and Design Technology. The project, however, depended on the skills of artists and engineers and was expensive unless funded by external grants. Teachers wanted to see how a similar approach could be embedded in mainstream schools. This paper explores the development of the T*** approach based on the experience of the teachers involved and the previous research project.

Teacher interviews identified a lack of experience in curriculum design, a lack of confidence in design technology and using art-making practices to develop learning. Teachers revealed a desire to give children freedom to express themselves, take some responsibility for and enjoy their learning, but that this was in tension with concerns to cover a packed curriculum, so was often not realised.

This project was a process of responding to teachers’ questions and discussing their successful use of the elements of the T*** model, which was developed in response to their practice. We sought to ensure the approach was faithful to the insights from the professional work of the art-makers, responsive to the needs of the mainstream classroom, and attuned to the theoretical insights gleaned from previous research. The process was iterative and messy with the model emerging from the ongoing discussions. Through trialling different pedagogies, adopting practice from the previous project and becoming familiar with ‘community of practising art-makers’ (CoP) (Lave and Wenger, 1991) and ‘commission’, teachers planning changed, and they developed an understanding of and confidence in the approach. In addition to the foundational CoP and commission, the model embeds a range of characteristics identified from the professional culture and practices of the art-makers (Ingold, 20130; 2017) summarised in, what teachers saw as, a helpful visualisation.

Teachers designed their schemes of work over 18 months (albeit with interruptions due to the pandemic), trialling elements in their settings, with regular discussion and feedback from educationalists and artists. Their developing understanding of the model, its educational implications and how it could inform their classroom practice was not an easy process. In the end of project interviews, one teacher talked about coming to a session with what they thought was a really good idea only to for it to be ‘picked apart by you [the educationalists]’. Whilst initially, such moments were disheartening, they were later acknowledged as vital to teacher understanding of the model and having the confidence use it.

As an example, in one school, by inducting children into a community of environmental activists, children were required to engage with issues related to the physical world and how humans engage with it, requiring multiple subject knowledges, but also to think and behave like a member of this community of environmental activists. The commission, situated in the real-world, generated a series of real-world tasks that the community needs to address and through which the majority of the learning occurs; learning-by-doing and/or educative conversations whilst being supervised to address the task; or at moments by direct teaching. In this example, the community’s commission was to improve the ecology of their school grounds by designing and making homes for wildlife. It required not just the development of scientific, design, geographical and communicative knowledge and understanding but the ability to empathise, listen, think critically, imagine, negotiate ideas, be responsible for particular tasks, practice particular skills, persist with ideas – in short to see themselves as a necessary and valued member of this community by practising and behaving like environmental activists.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project involved 14 teachers from 7 schools and 5 professional art-makers with specialisms in theatre and design. The project also drew on the experience and practice of 2 engineers. It lasted two-years during the covid-19 pandemic. Teachers engaged in 10 professional development days lead by the art-makers and researchers, and in 8 Design Technology skills sessions. Art-makers also met with teachers from each school for planning and support sessions at least 4 times. The sessions took place at a number of venues but predominantly at a purpose-built makerspace which provided a large range of resources which teachers could use. All sessions were designed to illustrate the T*** approach, that is they were active, investigative and utilised art-making as a mode of learning. Teachers designed and delivered a scheme of work in their schools and evaluated sing a modified form of ‘Lesson Study’.  
The study was participatory and collaborative by design. Both authors were involved in the development sessions with teachers and artists and at least one was involved in each skills development sessions. The researchers collected fieldnotes, lesson plans, talked informally with participants and led more structured discussions on the impact of the project on teachers’ planning and classroom practice, and outcomes for pupils. Semi-structured interviews (average time 40 mins) were conducted with the teachers just before the project, after one year and at the end of the project. We interviewed the artists twice (average time 60 mins) and kept notes on artist development meetings throughout the project. We also interviewed senior leaders from each of the 7 schools at the beginning and end of the project. Interviews were transcribed and thematically coded. All participants gave fully informed consent and ethical approval for the research was given by the UCLan’s research ethics committee. Here we report on the teachers’ interviews and structured discussion comments, supplemented by reflections from fieldnotes.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers valued having a structured approach which had identifiable elements and clarity about the relationships between those elements. The visualisation of the T*** showing its two primary principles: the art-making community of practice and the commission, framed teachers thinking about the process and reminded them of the key characteristics (active and embodied learning, different spaces, situated knowledge, maker-educators). Whilst it framed planning, the visualisation did not dictate; different teachers found a different balance between the elements in response to their own values and confidence, and the characteristics of their class.
The most immediate impact on teachers was an opportunity to critique and develop additional pedagogical tools as they learnt from the artists and engineers on the project. However, they also have the confidence and skills to consider and implement a different approach to planning, which they recognised improves pupils’ learning, their motivation to learn, develops important transversal skills and children’s enjoyment of learning. Significantly for teachers, this motivated them to allow more freedom and co-learning with their pupils. For most teachers this was at times a difficult journey as they had to engage with arts-rich activities in which they were under confident and where they engaged in a series of critical dialogues with the researchers, a process that required an extended period of time.  

References
Author (2020)
Authors (2019)
Authors (2021)
Authors (2022)
Ingold, T. (2013) Making. London: Routledge.
Ingold, T. (2017), Anthropology in/as Education. Routledge, Abingdon.
Lave J. and Wenger, E. (1991), Situated Learning: legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Frontiers Physics Teachers' Collaborative Online Professional Development

Margaret Farren, Yvonne Crotty, Sean Manley

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Farren, Margaret; Manley, Sean

A severe shortage of teachers in physics has been reported across Europe. In Ireland the STEM Education Policy consultation report (2017) stated that this shortage has resulted in school students not having access to specialist physics teachers and high-quality learning experiences. This shortfall of highly-trained teachers of physics is argued to be directly contributing to the deficit of skilled STEM workers required by industry.

Given the recognised shortage of qualified physics teachers, many teaching roles are filled by out-of-field teacher from other science or maths backgrounds. Highlighting this practice, studies have found that 20-30% of physics teachers had not studied physics at university (Price et al., 2019; Cadis, 2017; Banilower, Trygstad, Smith, et al.. 2015). With under-qualifed teachers filling these roles, aspects of specialised knowledge needed to teacher student in effective ways have been shown to be underdeveloped. (Hobbs, Torner et al., 2019; Riordain, Paolucci and Lyons et al., 2019; Carpendale and Hume, 2019)

Given the highlighted shortfalls in physics education, exploring ways to support the professional development needs of physics teachers, including those out of field teachers, is worthwhile. On way to address this issue according to Ogodo (2017) is to provide targeted in-service professional development to help out-of-field physics teachers to improve their content knowledge and pedagogical skills.

To address the issues outlined in physics education, the Frontiers Erasmus+ project aimed to demonstrate how teachers can be supported in bringing Nobel Prize winning science into the classroom. Following the development of series of educational resources, the project partners ran three international online professional development events. The purpose of these professional development events was to enhance the pedagogical content knowledge of physics teachers, adopting a collaborative community of practice with the support of expert physicists from large-scale research infrastructures.

This study focuses on the participant experience of the Winter e-School event that took place over 6 days between the 29th of January and the 7th of February 2021. To facilitate teachers attending during the normal academic year and to avoid further class disruption, the Winter School took place over 2 weekends with meetings scheduled between both weekends. In total there were 203 participants in flexible attendance, with 30 teachers chosen to participate in workshops groups to develop teaching resources.

This study investigates the effectiveness of the Winter e-School in developing the pedagogical content knowledge and self-efficacy of physics teachers. Hosted through Zoom, these synchronous online training events targeted science teachers who were motivated to introduce Nobel prize winning physics in their classroom. The events sought to develop the pedagogical content knowledge of physics teachers through the exploration of specially developed inquiry-based learning resources and by supporting teachers to collaboratively development their own resources. Further collaborative teacher workshops were also facilitated with additional support of asynchronous engagement through Google Slides.

Focusing on the effectiveness of the collaborative online platforms and applications used to deliver the professional development events, this study captures the participant perspective of the event through focus group data.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was collected from the online professional development event participants through a focus group. The questions asked of the focus group participants focused on the collaborative elements of the online training event. These included:
1. The collaborative online tools used
2. The collaboration with other teachers
3. The international collaboration of teachers and experts

A six-phase model of thematic analysis (Braun et al., 2016) was used to analyse the qualitative data from the focus group. This six phase model included (i). familiarisation, (ii). coding, (iii). theme development, (iv). writing up, (v). naming, (vi). revision. The recording was listened to before transcription to become familiar with the data. Coding was done manually by highlighting words and phrases that were similar with different colour highlighters. The coding phrases were then placed beside quotes to mark them. Themes were then developed by organising the codes into higher level patterns that formed “candidate themes” (Braun et al., 2016, p.200).

After the candidate themes were recognised, they were reviewed to make sure they represented the data appropriately and addressed the research question. The themes that emerged were named and placed and formed into a thematic map.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the focus group findings, the standout element that participants enjoyed and felt that they benefitted from most was the opportunity to collaborate with other teachers who share a passion for physics. This was reflected in the comments of most of the focus group participants. All the participants of the focus group felt that the collaboration with teachers and having the time to work through questions they had to solve in the working groups was beneficial as it would help them prepare for when their own students asked questions.

As the International e-Schools were held virtually, online collaborative tools had to be used to facilitate the teacher engaging with the content and each other. This brought about several challenges but also opportunities to work differently yet effectively.
Although local internet connection issues for participants were mentioned, several of the collaborative tools employed by the Frontier Project were subject to praise. The use of Zoom to host the live events and sharing of resources by email was functional and accessible to all participants. In the working groups, Google Slides received considerable praise.

The organisation of the International e-School was given much praise. Although it was generally felt that participants would have benefitted from having face-to-face engagement, there were a number of benefits to the online nature, including virtual tours of research facilities and collaborating this an international cohort of teachers.

One of the main reasons given for taking part in the Winter School by some of the focus group participants, was that they wanted the opportunity to learn from teachers from other countries. Learning about different national physics curriculums was very valuable. Although there were a lot of differences discovered between national curriculums, the teachers found it interesting and exciting working to find common ground.


References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE.

Carpendale, J., & Hume, A. (2019). Investigating Practising Science Teachers’ pPCK and ePCK Development as a Result of Collaborative CoRe Design. In A. Hume, R. Cooper, & A. Borowski (Eds.), Repositioning Pedagogical Content Knowledge in Teachers’ Knowledge for Teaching Science (pp. 225–252). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-5898-2_10

Ogodo, J. A. (2019). Comparing Advanced Placement Physics Teachers Experiencing Physics-Focused Professional Development. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 30(6), 639–665. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2019.1596720

Price, A. (2019). Teaching out-of-field internationally. In L. Hobbs & G. Torner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of teaching out-of-field (pp. 55–83). Springer Berlin Heidelberg.

Riordain, M. N., Paolucci, C., & Lyons, T. (2019). Teacher professional competence: What can be learned about the knowledge and practices needed for teaching? In L. Hobbs & G. Torner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of teaching out-of-field (pp. 129–149). Springer Berlin Heidelberg.

STEM Education Policy consultation report 2017 (2017). Department of Education and Skills. https://assets.gov.ie/43633/247675c4e9f944aa8b8c357aa7668c06.pdf


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Enhancing Internationalisation Through a Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL) STEM Challenge, with Social Media as Medium of Participatory Pedagogy

Gabriella Rodolico1, Neeraja Dashaputre2, Rhona Brown3, Abimbola Abodunrin1

1University of Glasgow-School of Education, United Kingdom; 2Indian Institute of Science Education and Research, Pune; 3University of Bristol, School of Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Rodolico, Gabriella; Dashaputre, Neeraja

This paper discusses the impact that social media had on a series of Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL) workshops designed for the enhancement of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) education between two Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) namely, the School of Education (SoE), University of Glasgow (UoG), Scotland and the Indian Institute of Science Education and Research (IISER) Pune, both involved in Teacher Education.

Internationalisation of Higher Education has exacerbated the demand for educationalists who can function in cross-cultural settings over the last two decades (Esche, 2018). Increasingly, HEIs are looking to recruit teachers/academics that are interculturally competent and capable of working successfully in a cross-cultural context.

While experiential learning and study abroad programmes (requiring students’ mobility) are effective approaches to acquiring these intercultural competencies (De Castro, 2019), they are often limited by the significant resources required (Purvis, Rodger & Beckingham, 2020).

Consequently, cost-effective approaches such as Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL) are increasingly being utilised. With the use of technology, COIL serves as a pedagogical approach for fostering the development of intercultural competencies in students across classrooms located in various parts of the world (Appiah-Kubi & Annan, 2020) including open-mindedness, international-mindedness, thinking flexibility, second language competence, tolerance and respect for other people and their cultures (Chan & Dimmock, 2008). This implies that for a classroom to benefit fully from COIL, virtual learning spaces must involve students in geographically distinct regions with differences in language and cultural backgrounds but with a common experiential learning tool or technology. While COIL is typically designed to run for a short span it offers a unique opportunity for programme developers (usually faculty members) to co-create a shared syllabus or course material and mentor students on how to collaborate (Appiah-Kubi & Annan 2020). Broadly aimed at getting students to become global thinkers, it enables them to develop the ability to work on projects collaboratively with students from different cultural backgrounds.

Although the COIL experience is widely believed to be highly beneficial to the development of students’ intercultural competencies (De Castro et al., 2019; Appiah-Kubi & Annan, 2020), the success or failure of the pedagogical process, to a large extent, is determined by the adopted experiential learning tool (Purvis, Rodger & Beckingham, 2020), which is social media in this case. While a growing body of research is investigating the use of social media in collaborative learning and analysing students’ interaction and its impact on the learning process, especially in the wake of pandemics (Chan et al., 2020; Khan et al., 2021), there is no known study, to our knowledge, that specifically examines how social media could impact COIL experiences and what pedagogical approaches might facilitate this process.

This study aims to explore the impact of social media on a COIL experience for Newly Qualified Teachers (NQT) and In-Service teachers from India and Scotland who worked together through a series of international workshops on a STEM challenge based on participatory pedagogy. Specifically, we are seeking to address the question of: How does social media impact the learning experience of NQTs and in-service teachers participating in a series of COIL-based STEM workshops through the lens of participatory pedagogy?

To answer this question, we analysed the wider context and the definition of the term internationalisation of Higher Education (HE) and the process of COIL. We reflected on our previous experience and research on the elements required to enhance the experience of Internationalisation at Home and at a Distance, adding emphasising on the importance of participatory pedagogy in this process. Finally, we collected data by looking at tutors’ and participants’ experiences through tutors’ reflective journals, participants’ feedback and focus groups.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
•Four NQT, Alumni Post-graduate Diploma in Education Primary 2020-21 UoG, SoE
•Ten in-service teachers practicing in different schools across Pune region. These teachers have been a part of various previous outreach programs delivered by IISER Pune.

International sessions
The teaching team comprised of four tutors: two from Scotland, UoG SoE, and two from India IISER Pune (including two of the authors of this paper: Rodolico and Dashaputre), as well as both countries’ experts in Renewable Energy, engineering, and architectural companies.
The workshops contents were based on a STEM challenge piloted in Scotland by Dr Rodolico (Rodolico, 2021). Modifications were co-curated based on both cultural contexts, curricula and educational priorities (such as internationalisation, critical thinking, and STEM) with a balance of teaching strategies and pedagogical approaches from both countries. Given participants’ work commitments the sessions ran mainly on weekends and at 10 am UK time (15.30 pm India time). The sessions were spread over four weeks allowing time for interaction, communication, and reflection within and beyond the synchronous sessions (delivered via ZOOM platform).
Workshops were shaped around the key elements of participatory pedagogy (Simpson, 2018). For example, learning outcomes, objectives, and contents were discussed and finalised with participants as an ongoing collaborative process. Workshop timelines and deadlines for submission were also discussed with the participants. Enthusiastic participation was achieved when participants were invited to co-author a paper for the Learning in Higher Education Conference hosted by the Universities of Glasgow and Strathclyde in December 2021 and for a peer reviewed journal (Rodolico et al., 2022a) .
Workshops were also built by following the definition of exploratory, learning, and creative workshops suggested by Sufi et al. (2018) and by creating content in line with the four key aspects identified by Rodolico et al. (2022b): A topic of common interest, Mutual Enrichment, Active Participation and Remote Cooperative Teaching.

Data Collection
Tutors/researchers’ reflections: Journals written by participants or researchers are an important source of data in narrative research (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990) Tutors’ reflections are embedded in the discussion.

Participants’ feedback and focus groups: Feedback on the impact of social media was collected through text messages exchanged in the WhatsApp group, the contribution that participants prepared for the Social Media in HE conference and two focus groups.

Ethical approval
Ethical approval was granted by both: the UoG College of Social Sciences ethics committee and by the IISER’s Ethics Committee for Human Research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show that social media play a significant role in enhancing communication and active participation as well as in facilitating knowledge exchange across Scotland-Indian cross-cultural contexts. Three main themes emerged

Engagement in Professional Learning
“… I was really interested in learning more about it, and the opportunity to work with colleagues in India and Scotland and have that dialogue with them. I think that added to the engagement and it was such a lovely experience to be able to share our ideas using social media to do that.”

Leadership of own learning
Participants agreed that the collaborative learning experience offered them the unique opportunity of learning through interaction with colleagues within virtual platforms without instructors’ pressure and the rigid demands typical of more ‘traditional’ classroom settings.

Feelings: belongings, valued friendship, trust, respect
Participants’ thoughts were consistent. They were generally pleased with the outcome of the STEM workshops and collegial interactions over social media. Words such as ‘confidence’, ‘engaging’, ‘enjoyable’, ‘knowledge exchange’, ‘sense of belonging’ and ‘friendship’ were among the most repeated words.

Engaging in professional dialogue and practice via social media with international partners, as well as with colleagues from other local authorities’ schools has been considered hugely beneficial to the professional development of all teachers involved, with a focus on expanding knowledge and practice from other schools, institutions, curricula, and countries.

Additionally, most participants (79% of the 14 participants) described the participatory pedagogical design of the COIL workshops as effective and enhanced by the ease of communication across the used social media platforms. We believe these findings, can contribute to the studies of the impact of social media and participatory pedagogy on building effective COIL experience in HE and to the  development of related praxis aimed at collaborative engagement and knowledge exchange in STEM Education.

References
Appiah-Kubi, P., & Annan, E. (2020). A review of a collaborative online international learning. International Journal of Engineering Pedagogy, 10(1).
 https://doi.org/10.3991/ijep.v10i1.11678

Chan, A. K., Nickson, C. P., Rudolph, J. W., Lee, A., & Joynt, G. M. (2020). Social media for rapid knowledge dissemination: early experience from the covid-19 pandemic. Anaesthesia 75 (12), 1579–1582. https://doi.org/10.1111/anae.15057

Chan, W. W., & Dimmock, C. (2008). The internationalisation of universities: Globalist, internationalist and translocalist models. Journal of research in international education, 7(2), 184-204. https://doi.org/10.1177/1475240908091304

Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational researcher, 19(5), 2-14. https://doi.org/10.2307/1176100
 
De Castro, A. B., Dyba, N., Cortez, E. D., & Genecar, G. (2019). Collaborative online international learning to prepare students for multicultural work environments. Nurse educator, 44(4)

Esche, M. (2018). "Incorporating Collaborative Online International Learning (COIL) into Study Abroad Courses: A Training Design," ed: Capstone Collection. 3096. Available at: https://digitalcollections.sit.edu/capstones/3096 (Accessed: 21/01/2023)

Khan, M. N., Ashraf, M. A., Seinen, D., Khan, K. U., & Laar, R. A. (2021). Social media for knowledge acquisition and dissemination: The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on collaborative learning driven social media adoption. Frontiers in Psychology 12, https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.648253

Purvis, A. J., Rodger, H. M., & Beckingham, S. (2020). Experiences and perspectives of social media in learning and teaching in higher education. International Journal of Educational Research Open 1, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2020.100018

Rodolico, G. (2021). Bringing STEM and the social sciences together. Teaching Scotland  88, pp. 50-51. Available at: http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/244769/ (Accessed: 21/01/2023)

Rodolico, G. , Dashaputre, N., Brown, R. & Abodunrin, A. (2022a) Enhancing internationalisation through a remotely delivered hands-on stem challenge. A case study of collaborative online international learning with social media as medium of participatory pedagogy. Giornale Italiano di Educazione alla Salute, Sport e Didattica Inclusiva, 6(1)  https://doi.org/10.32043/gsd.v6i1.610

Rodolico, G. , Breslin, M.  & Mariani, A. M. (2022b) A reflection on the impact of an internationalisation experience via digital platform, based on views, opinions and experiences of students and lecturers. Journal of Perspectives in Applied Academic Practice, 10(1), pp. 30-41.  https://doi.org/10.56433/jpaap.v10i1.513

Simpson, J. (2018). Participatory Pedagogy in Practice: Using effective participatory pedagogy in classroom practice to enhance pupil voice and educational engagement. Global Learning Programme Innovation Fund Research Series Paper 5. Available at: https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10124364 (Accessed: 21/01/2023)

Sufi, S., Nenadic, A., Silva, R., Duckles, B., Simera, I., de Beyer, J. A., ... & Higgins, V. (2018). Ten simple rules for measuring the impact of workshops. PLOS Computational Biology, 14(8),  https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1006191


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Pre-Service Early Childhood Teachers as Agents of Change: High Quality Early Literacy Lessons Integrated with STEM for ALL Students

Lea Ann Christenson

Towson University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Christenson, Lea Ann

Introduction

This study sought to understand if Early Childhood teacher education programs in universities have the power to transform the practice of mentor teachers.

Aims/ Outcomes

Often professors in the area of early childhood are on the cutting edge of the field due to their research agendas and continual examination of the body of research. Since not all mentors can go back to university, this study investigated the possibility that knowledge gained by university students can be passed on to mentors.

This presentation will share how pre-service teachers used technology effectively and appropriately with Pre-K and Kindergarten (4 and 5 year olds) Dual Language Learners (children learning english as a second language) students to develop oral language and critical thinking skills. The interns were placed in Professional Development Schools that had been in partnership with the university over several years. A strong partnership of respect and trust between the university and school administrators and teachers was developed over those years. Most of the mentor teachers were excellent teachers and models for their pre-service teachers. In recent years one school in particular had sudden grow in their Dual Language Learner (DLL) population.

1. A understanding of early childhood teacher preparation programs

2. A conceptual understanding of how STEM standards of practice can be made to be developmentally appropriate for young children and be optimal tool for developing emergent literacy skills for native speakers of English as well a those learning English as a second language.

3. Specific examples of how pre-service teachers used STEM integrated literacy lessons with all students in Pre-K and Kindergarten classrooms (4-6 year olds) and how they assisted Mentor teachers to replicate replicated these concepts.

This transfer of knowledge was made possible by the trusting partnership was developed over time.

In this case, pre-service teachers showed mentor teachers how to plan STEM lessons which developed early literacy skills for all young children: native speakers of English as well as those learning to speak English as a second language.

The mentors they were placed with were selected by the principal to be mentors because they were successful teachers. However, the mentors had limited experience with and/or course work related to DLLs. As a result there were times when instruction was not as appropriate as it could have been for DLLs. Through regular course assignments pre-service teachers planned and delivered whole class lessons on STEM topics including technology which also included differentiation for DLL students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using ethnographic methods (Corbin & Strauss, 2008; Strauss & Corbin, 1998), this retrospective-reflective descriptive case study triangulated multiple sources of data resulting in a richer description (Creswell, 2013; Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014, Yin, 2014) Data sources included field notes, interviews of university students and their mentors and student lesson plans and reflections. In addition, the case study methodology described by Merriam (2009) was employed to create descriptive accounts of the planning, context, and episodes of professional development as “phenomenon…occurring in a bounded context” (Miles & Huberman, 1994, p. 25). The bounded context was one university semester of 16 weeks. Multiple methods that are common in qualitative research as we advanced our inquiry (Borman, Clarke, Cotner, & Lee, 2006). For example, through open coding overarching themes emerged (Patton, 2003; Ryan, 2011; Stake, 2003) and helped us to understand how the experiences affected the participating university students and mentor teachers. (Merriam, 2009).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It was illuminated that university students can serve as conduits to professional development for their mentor teachers. Most of the mentors reported they never had course work on second language acquisition theory or knew how to integrate STEM with literacy lessons. The students learning was the result of the mentor teachers working with the university students while previewing, critiquing, debriefing lessons.

Participants will gain an understanding of teacher preparation programs in generalizable contexts and of integrated STEM/literacy lessons for young children.

References
Arghode, V., Yalvac, B., & Liew, J. (2013). Teacher empathy and science education:  A  collective case    
     study. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science & Technology  Education, 9(2), 89-99. doi:    
      10.12973/eurasia.2013.921a

Cochran-Smith, M. (2003). Teaching quality matters. Journal of Teacher Education, (2), 95.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.14507/epaa.v8n1.2000

Christenson, L. & James, J. (2015). Building bridges to understanding in a preschool classroom: A morning in the block center. YC Young Children, 70(1). 26-28,31.

Christenson, L. &  James, J. (2020). Transforming our community with STEAM.  YC Young Children, 75(2), 6-14.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). Teacher quality and student achievement. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 8(1), 1-44.
Gardner, H. (1983). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligences. New York: Basic    
      Books.
ISTE (n.d.). Standards for Students. https://www.iste.org/standards/for-students
Jang, H. (2016).  Identifying 21st century STEM competencies using workplace data.  Journal of Science Education and Technology, 25(2), 284-301. https://www.jstor.org/stable/43867797
Johnson, T., & Reed, R. (2012).  John Dewey. Philosophical Documents in Education (4th ed., pp. 101-119), Pearson.
Lindeman, K. W., Jabot, M., & Berkley, M. T. (2013). The role of STEM (or STEAM) in the
     early childhood setting. In L. E. Cohen & S. Waite-Stupiansky (Eds.), Learning across the
     early childhood curriculum (Vol. 17, pp. 95–114). Bingley, England: Emerald Group.

Moomaw, S. (2012). STEM begins in the early years. School Science & Mathematics, 112(2),
     57-58.

    

Stoll, J., Hamilton, A., Oxley, E., Eastman, A. M., & Brent, R. (2012). Young thinkers in  motion: Problem solving and physics in preschool. Young Children, 67(2), 20-26.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm10 SES 01 C: Opportunities to Learn in Teaching Quality
Location: Rankine Building, 107 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

One Concept of Teaching Quality? On the Transferability of Teaching Quality in Schools to the Context of Adult Education

Jessica Fischer1, Dörthe Herbrechter2

1German Institute for Adult Education, Germany; 2Heidelberg University

Presenting Author: Fischer, Jessica

Introduction

Recently the participation in formal and non-formal teaching-learning settings has increased around the world (OECD, 2021). Organised teaching and learning also is a central issue in international adult education (AE) research (Rubenson & Elfert, 2014). Hence, it is astonishing that the quality of organised AE-courses has hardly been studied so far (for quality dimensions of Web-based AE see Harroff & Valentine, 2010). The Adult Education Survey, for instance, accounts for the quality of AE-courses via the participants’ subjective satisfaction. However, a more differentiated analysis of various quality aspects, which also includes the teachers’ perspective, has hardly been carried out so far.

This contrasts with classroom-research in schools, which is characterized by a large body of research on teaching quality. Various studies and theoretical frameworks consistently point towards three generic dimensions of teaching quality, namely classroom management, supportive climate, and cognitive activation (e.g., Klieme, Pauli, & Reusser, 2009). The three dimensions have been positively linked to student outcomes (e.g., Fauth et al., 2014) and measures have been administered in multiple assessments (e.g., the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS), OECD, 2019 or the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), OECD, 2014).

Thus, this proposal aims to provide first evidence regarding the transferability of the teaching quality dimensions to the context of organised AE-courses with a focus on measurement and influencing factors. This is particularly relevant as initial studies investigate the quality of AE-Courses by drawing upon the three teaching quality dimensions (e.g., The German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS), Blossfeld, Roßbach, & von Maurice, 2011). Considering the lack of validated measures, our first research question (RQ1) is: Can scales that have been developed to measure teaching quality in school classrooms be used to validly measure the quality of AE-courses?

To investigate the quality dimensions of AE-Courses one cannot disregard the teachers’ educational and occupational background. The teachers’ background is expected to influence the competence development, which in turn is expected to impact the teaching quality (Terhart, 2012). In Germany, for instance, AE is mainly characterized by a low regulation with hardly any systematic and institutionalized influence on the development of teachers’ competencies (Autorengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung, 2022). Furthermore, teacher education research shows that a simple increase in experience does not necessarily go hand in hand with improved teaching quality. Rather, it is important to link the experience gained with existing knowledge and, above all, to reflect on it systematically (Hascher, 2005; Schön, 1983). Against this background, the course quality dimensions are expected to vary, which we address by the second research question (RQ2): Which characteristics of teachers’ background predict high quality of AE-courses?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Instruments and Sample

These questions are answered with statistical analysis, which for RQ1, are combined with the analysis of cognitive probing interviews. The quantitative and qualitative analysis are based on different samples (quantitative analysis: N=191, qualitative analysis: N=12 german AE teachers).
In both samples, the teaching quality dimensions are measured using scales from two of the most frequently cited educational large-scale assessments, namely PISA (2012) and TALIS (2013, 2018). The teachers’ background measures include age, a university degree in pedagogy, teaching experience, preparation and teaching hours, pedagogical training, type (e.g., self-employed) and organizations of employment (e.g., publicly funded), and reflective behavior.

Analysis Methods

To answer RQ1, we first checked scale reliability to investigate the psychometric quality of the teaching quality items for data of AE-Teachers. Afterwards, we applied confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) to test if the theoretically expected three dimensions and their subdimensions are supported empirically. Finally, we analysed the interview data with Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz, 2018) to gain first insights on how to adapt potential problematic teaching quality items to fit the context of AE more adequately. The data-driven coding system was iteratively developed by three independent coders.
To answer RQ2, we estimated three separate multilevel regression models one each with classroom management, supportive climate, and cognitive activation as dependent variable and the teachers’ background characteristics and reflective behaviour as predictors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results/Expected outcomes

RQ1. Values of Cronbach’s alpha indicate good scale reliability for all teaching quality dimensions (α = .79 for classroom management, α = .89 for supportive climate, and α = .77 for cognitive activation). For cognitive activation, CFA supported the theoretically expected subdimensions. For the other dimensions, however, the number of subdimensions and the pattern of indicators vary.
The ratings of the interviewed teachers indicate a medium fit for specific teaching quality items to adequately measure course quality. The medium fit, however, can be mitigated with small adaptations in item wording. For instance, according to the interviewees, disruptions (a subdimension of classroom management) only take a short amount of time in AE-Courses. The original items, however, refer to “quite a lot of time”. Moreover, they highlight that there is hardly any “disruptive noise” in adult education, disruptions are rather caused by inattentive participants.
RQ2. Based on results of Marx and colleagues (2018), we expect a) a positive effect of the teachers’ participation in AE-Courses, b) a negative effect of age and an interaction between teaching experience and hours of participation in AE-Courses, and c) no effects of teaching experience, preparation and teaching hours, and a university degree in pedagogy on course quality. Furthermore, we assume a positive effect of teachers´ reflective behaviour on course quality (Szogs et al., 2019).

Conclusion

This proposal provides first evidence that, after a few adaptions to measurements and theoretical considerations, teaching quality is transferrable to the AE context in a moderate manner. These and the regression-analytical findings indicate that course quality and possible influencing factors need to be discussed context-specifically.

References
Autorengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung (Eds.). (2020). Bildung in Deutschland 2020. Ein indikatorengestützter Bericht mit einer Analyse zu Bildung in einer digitalisierten Welt. https://www.bildungsbericht.de/de/bildungsberichte-seit-2006/bildungsbericht-2020/pdf-dateien-2020/bildungsbericht-2020-barrierefrei.pdf

Blossfeld, H.-P., Roßbach, H.-G., & von Maurice, J. (Eds.). (2011). Education as a lifelong process: The German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS) [Special Issue]. ZfW, 14.

Fauth, B., Decristan, J., Rieser, S., Klieme, E., & Büttner, G. (2014). Student ratings of teaching quality in primary school: Dimensions and prediction of student outcomes. Learning and Instruction, 29, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2013.07.001

Harroff, P. & Valentine, T. (2006). Dimensions of Program Quality in Web-Based Adult Education. American Journal of Distance Education, 20, 7-22. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15389286ajde2001_2

Hascher, T. (2005). Die Erfahrungsfalle [The experience trap]. Journal für Lehrerinne- und Lehrerbildung, 5, 39-46.

Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The Pythagoras study: Investigating effects of teaching and learning in Swiss and German mathematics classrooms. In T. Janik & T. Seider (Eds.), The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom. Waxman.

Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung [Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practices, computer-based analysis]. Beltz Juventa.

Marx, C., Goeze, A., Kelava, A., & Schrader, J. (2018). Lehrkräfte in der Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildung – Zusammenhänge zwischen Vorbildung und Erfahrung mit dem Wissen über Lehr-Lernmethoden und -konzepte. [Teachers and trainers in adult and further education: relations between their educational background and teaching experience with their knowledge about teaching methods]. ZfW, 41, 57–77. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-018-0108-6

OECD. (2014). PISA 2012 technical report. OECD Publishing.

OECD. (2019). Teaching and learning international survey TALIS 2018: Technical report.
OECD Publishing.

OECD (2021). Bildung auf einen Blick 2021: OECD-Indikatoren [Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators]. wbv Media. https://doi.org/10.3278/6001821ow

Rubenson, K., & Elfert, M. (2015). Adult education research. Exploring an increasingly fragmented map. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 6, 125–138. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:11451S

Schön, D. A. (1983). The Reflective Practitioner. How Professionals Think in Action. Basic Books.

Szogs, M., Krüger, M., & Korneck, F. (2019). Veränderung der Unterrichtsqualität durch kollegiale Reflexion [Change in teaching quality based on reflexion with colleagues]. In: C. Maurer (Eds.), Naturwissenschaftliche Bildung als Grundlage für berufliche und gesellschaftliche Teilhabe. Gesellschaft für Didaktik der Chemie und Physik, Jahrestagung in Kiel 2018. Universität Regensburg.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Opportunities to Learn and Competence Development in Teacher Education

Herbert Altrichter1, Katharina Soukup-Altrichter2, Christoph Weber2

1Johannes Kepler University, Austria; 2University of Education Upper Austria, Linz, Austria, AT

Presenting Author: Altrichter, Herbert; Soukup-Altrichter, Katharina

In the past decade, teacher education research has developed various models to explain the development of teachers, their qualifications and their ability to act ethically and effectively ("professionalization") (Cramer, 2020). One of these models, the so-called competency-based approach (e.g., Bauer et al., 2010), focuses its attention on "competencies" that describe both "individual prerequisites of learners [and] their learning outcomes - achieved in the context of, in particular, institutionalized learning and educational processes" (König, 2020, p. 163). Competencies are "context-specific cognitive performance dispositions that functionally relate to situations and requirements in specific domains" (Klieme & Leutner, 2006, p. 879); this concept refers to "the cognitive abilities and skills available in individuals or learned by them to solve specific problems, as well as the associated motivational, volitional, and social readiness and skills to be able to use the problem solutions successfully and responsibly in variable situations" (Weinert, 2001, pp. 27), i.e., in addition to professional knowledge, to other job-related characteristics, such as values, attitudes and beliefs, motivational orientations, or self-regulation.

Competency-theoretical models are often invoked when examining the impact of teacher education on teacher qualifications and actions. In this context, teacher education is understood as a series of opportunities to learn (OTL; Klemenz, König & Schaper, 2019; Kunina-Habenicht et al., 2013) that are offered to students and that they have to actively use for their professional development (Fend, 1981; Helmke, Rindermann & Schrader, 2008).

OTL can be described according to different characteristics: while initially much attention was paid to the weight of different curricular contents (subject, subject didactics, education) and their influence on competence development (cf. Schmidt et al., 2011), currently different formats of teacher education (university courses versus internships) or task elements of teachers (lesson planning, performance assessment, etc.) are frequently examined (Klemenz, König & Schaper, 2019).

In the proposed paper, we will use data of the Linz Longitudinal Study of Teacher Education (L3; Weber et al., 2021), to ask how OTL experienced by students (in the secondary teacher education programme ‘Secondary General Education‘ in the region of Cluster Mitte/Upper Austria) are related to their learning outcomes (in terms of dimensions of professional competence). In particular, we will examine the following research questions:

1. Which OTL do secondary teacher education students experience in the central profession-related university courses and internships in the third year of their studies?

1a. Which of these OTL do students experience more frequently in university courses, which more frequently in internships?

2. What is the relationship between the OTL experienced and self-reported competence growth in various dimensions of professional competence?

2a. Is there a differential relationship between OTL experienced and self-reported competence growth in university courses as opposed to internships?

2b. Is there a differential relationship between various task-related types of OTL and self-reported competence growth in various dimensions of professional competence?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, data from the Linz Longitudinal Study of Teacher Education (L3; Weber et al. 2021) will be used. Students of the first cycle of the new bachelor's degree programme in secondary education (general education) in the region of Upper Austria were surveyed (online) five times during their studies. For this paper, data from 119 students who participated in the L3 study at measurement time t3 around the middle of their 5th semester and at measurement time t4 at the end of their 6th semester are used.
Specifically, we want to focus on the 3rd year of study and students’ experience 2 central profession-oriented university courses in their teacher education programme and 2 internship phases. The diversity of OTL is reflected (1) by different formats (university course or internship), and (2) by the frequency of students’ experience of OTLs related to typical teacher tasks (Gröschner, 2009). Competence growth is measured in different dimensions (self-concept with respect to various teacher tasks, self-efficacy, professional beliefs; Schmitz & Schwarzer, 2002; Sharma, Loreman & Forlin, 2012; Retelsdorf, Bauer, Gebauer, Kauper & Möller, 2014) and indicated by the difference between measurements at the middle of the 5th semester and at the end of the 6th semester is presented.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that OTL referring to formative and summative performance assessment are experienced least frequently in both university courses and internships of the 3rd year of study. Not surprisingly, students say that they experience teaching preparation and classroom management OTLs more often in internships than in university courses, while there are no significant differences with respect to OTLs reflecting teaching.
With respect to relationships of OTL and competence dimensions we found among other results: The more OTLs (particularly in internships) are experienced by students, the better their self-concept in “interdisciplinary collaboration”. Furthermore, OTLs in university courses are associated with self-concept increases in the area of “innovation”. Contrary to expectations, a negative correlation between learning opportunities in the internship and the development of self-concept in “media use” is found.
Moreover, competence growth in different competence dimensions can be associated differentially to specific OTLs: For example, students’ self concept in “innovation” is the higher, the more often they experience OTLs with respect to “reflection of teaching”, “teaching planning and teaching” and “classroom management” (all three dimensions in university courses).
These and other findings are discussed in terms of their potential significance for teacher education research and for further developing teacher education curricula.
Although the analyzed data come from a single European country, the results may be of broader European relevance, as similar formats and task-related features of OTL recur in many European teacher education curricula (cf. Symeonidis, 2021). Furthermore, the specific perspective and the limitations of the competency-based approach in teacher education research with regard to both research and curriculum as well as potential complements are critically discussed (Cramer, 2020; Heinrich et al. 2019).

References
Bauer, J., Drechsel, B., Retelsdorf, J., Sporer, T., Rösler, L., Prenzel, M. & Möller, J. (2010). Panel zum Lehramtsstudium – PaLea. Beiträge zur Hochschulforschung, 32(2), 34–55.
Cramer, C. (2020). Meta-Reflexivität in der Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. In C. Kramer, J. König, M. Rothland & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (pp. 204-214). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Fend, H. (1981). Theorie der Schule. München: Urban & Schwarzenberg.
Gröschner, A. (2009). Skalen zur Erfassung von Kompetenzen in der Lehrerausbildung. Jena: Friedrich-Schiller-Universität.
Heinrich, M., Wolfswinkler, G., van Ackeren, I., Bremm, N., & Streblow, L. (2019). Multiparadigmatische Lehrerbildung. Die Deutsche Schule, 111(2), 244–259.
Helmke, A., Rindermann, H. & Schrader, F.-W. (2008). Wirkfaktoren akademischer Leistungen in Schule und Hochschule. In W. Schneider & M. Hasselhorn (Eds.), Handbuch der Pädagogischen Psychologie (PP. 145–158). Göttingen: Hogrefe.
Klemenz, S., König, J. & Schaper, N. (2019). Learning opportunities in teacher education and proficiency levels in general pedagogical knowledge. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 31, 221–249.
Klieme, E., & Leutner, D. (2006). Kompetenzmodelle zur Erfassung individueller Lernergebnisse und zur Bilanzierung von Bildungsprozessen. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52, 876–903.
König, J. (2020). Kompetenzorientierter Ansatz in der Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. In C. Kramer, J. König, M. Rothland & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (pp. 163-171). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Kunina-Habenicht, O. et al. (2013). Die Bedeutung der Lerngelegenheiten im Lehramtsstudium und deren individuelle Nutzung für den Aufbau des bildungswissenschaftlichen Wissens. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 59(1), 1–23.
Retelsdorf, J. et al. (2014). Erfassung berufsbezogener Selbstkonzepte von angehenden Lehrkräften (ERBSE-L). Diagnostica, 60, pp. 98-110. https://doi.org/10.1026/0012-1924/a000108
Schmidt, W. H., Cogan, L., & Houang, R. (2011). The role of opportunity to learn in teacher preparation: an international context. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(2), 138–153.
Schmitz, G. S. & Schwarzer, R. (2000). Selbstwirksamkeitserwartung von Lehrern. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 14, 12–25.
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, C. (2012). Measuring teacher efficacy to implement inclusive practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21.
Symeonidis, V. (2021). Europeanisation in Teacher Education. London: Routledge.
Weber, C., Altrichter, H., Reitinger, J., Bergmann, J. & Himmelsbach, M. (2021). Kompetenzentwicklung und Studienerleben in der Ausbildung von Lehrpersonen. In D. Kemethofer, J. Reitinger & K. Soukup-Altrichter (Eds.), Vermessen? Zum Verhältnis von Bildungsforschung, Bildungspolitik und Bildungspraxis (pp.127–141). Münster: Waxmann.
Weinert, F. E. (2001). Vergleichende Leistungsmessung in Schulen – eine umstrittene Selbstverständlichkeit. In F. E. Weinert (Ed.), Leistungsmessungen in Schulen (pp. 17-31). Weinheim: Beltz.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Pre-service and In-service Teachers Situating Themselves in Inclusive Classrooms with Gifted Students: Gaps Between Teacher Thinking and Evidence-Based Practices

Erkki T. Lassila1, Eeva Kaisa Hyry-Beihammer2, Oktay Kızkapan3, Angela Rocena4, Manabu Sumida5

1Kobe University, Japan; 2University of Education Upper Austria, Austria; 3Nevşehir Hacı Bektaş Veli University, Turkey; 4University of the Philippines, the Philippines; 5Ehime University, Japan

Presenting Author: Lassila, Erkki T.; Hyry-Beihammer, Eeva Kaisa

Our research focuses on gifted education as an often neglected dimension in teacher’s work. We highlight the necessity of acknowledging the gifted students as a learner group with special needs when differentiating teaching in inclusive classrooms. To achieve this, teachers need to develop a base of theoretical knowledge and a positive attitude for an in-depth understanding and meaningful educational responses towards the gifted (van Gerven, 2021). The nature of giftedness is a contested issue, but here, gifted are understood as those who are above their age peers in one or more subjects, show creativity and a tendency to immerse themselves in topics of interest (Renzulli & Reis, 2021).

World Council for Gifted and Talented Children (2021) has published global principles for professional learning in gifted education for improving teacher education globally. However, how giftedness is understood and reacted to are strongly conditioned not just by culture, socio-historical and socio-political realities, but also by organizational practices in educational institutions (Cross & Cross, 2021). Unpacking these aspects is important when planning the education of both the gifted students and their teachers. Our research is informed by sociocultural theories where meaning is seen as situated but not situation-bound (Ellis et al., 2010).

In our research, we ask:

  1. How do pre-service and in-service teachers thinking about giftedness in an inclusive classroom differ when using the method of empathy-based stories as a data collection method?

  2. How does this pre-service and in-service teachers’ thinking relate to evidence-based practices and recommendations in gifted education research?

Through examining our recent empirical research on pre-service and in-service teacher thinking on giftedness inclusive classrooms in five countries (Finland, Austria, Turkey, Philippines and Japan), we identify gaps between the participating teachers’ knowledge and latest research-based knowledge. “Teacher thinking” refers here to knowledge and concepts that teachers use to plan, interact with, and reflect on teaching; that are intertwined with teachers’ beliefs and attitudes (Levin, 2015); and that influence their pedagogical choices and actions.

We also consider the culturally situated differences in teacher thinking and discuss implications of our findings on teacher education in terms of curricular content, policies and teaching practices. For example our results suggest how in some contexts this could take the form of critically unpacking the teacher’s position as an authority or the one who knows the right answer to everyhing.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We have employed method of empathy-based stories(Wallin et al. 2019) for studying teachers’ thinking and beliefs about specific educational phenomena such as moral imagination in ethically challenging situations (Hyry-Beihammer et al. 2020) and teaching gifted students in inclusive classrooms (Lassila et al. manuscript). In this method, the researcher gives participants a premise (called a frame story), on which they continue writing their story freely. The premise is for participants to imagine themselves in an inclusive regular classroom and write about what they would think and feel, and how they would act in a when faced with few intellectually gifted and very capable students to whom the pace of the teaching is too slow and the content unchallenging. This has started to show in the gifted students’ behavior in the class and toward the teacher. Thus one key interest was to find out what kind of  solutions do pre-service teachers imagine they would employ with gifted students in an inclusive regular classroom setting.

To achieve this, we use pre-service teacher data collected in five countries, around 25 participants in each country and in-service teacher data collected/to be collected in the same five countries. First the national data were/will be analysed using categorical content analysis of stories (Lieblich et al. 1998) and then thematised horizontally across cases, thus making a cross-case analysis between the data from five countries (Miles, Huberman & Saldana 2020, p. 95; Riessman 2008).

Since we understand the production of narrative research knowledge as a co-construction process and our educational practices grounded in narrative pedagogies (Hyry-Beihammer, Lassila & Uitto, 2021), we will reflect on the kind of role the teacher educator / researcher plays regarding the process. As a pedagogical tool, the empathy-based method connects with the idea of a “third space” as a site for challenging each others’ thinking,  melding together practical and theoretical knowledge and helping reconfigure the power balance between teacher educator and pre-service teacher knowledge (e.g. Ellis & Maguire, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First results show how pre-service teachers mentioned the most common and often recommended solutions for responding to the needs of the gifted, starting with giving more challenging tasks and encouraging peer-learning and having gifted students act as teaching assistants. They also suggested more communication with gifted students. Our results indicate that the pre-service teachers as a whole (group) do come up with a wide range of solutions even if individual pre-service teacher’s thinking can be somewhat limited in scope.

Preliminary analysis of collected in-service teacher data suggests that solutions were highly similar to those in the pre-service teacher data. However, the amount of details and depth of their answers reveals greater capacity for pedagogical reflection. There were also some solutions that were not present in pre-service teacher data such as varying the pace of teaching for the gifted.

Since the participants of this research came mostly from non-gifted-education-specialist programs, their thinking is reflective of general pedagogical practices and existing values with the corresponding merits and demerits. While most solutions are based on sound pedagogical reasoning, the lack of theoretical knowledge of gifted education may lead to inadvisable use of various means of differentiation and holding bias against solutions, such as acceleration (i.e. increasing the pace of instruction, skipping grades or curriciculum content already mastered), which are supported by research but against which there is resistance within teachers in many countries.

Our results suggest collaborative and dialogical activities where participants share their ideas with each other and where the teacher educator acts as a commentator adding to the already existing (tacit) knowledge and raising to discussion differences with evidence-based practices. Furthermore, we recommend organizing educational opportunities between pre-service and in-service teachers for sharing of different perspectives and enabling novel examination of the relationship between theoretical and practical knowledge (see Max 2010).

References
Cross, T. L., & Cross, J. R. (2021), A School-based conception of giftedness: Clarifying roles and responsibilities in the development of talent in our public schools. In R. J.
Sternberg & D. Ambrose (Eds.), Conceptions of giftedness and talent (pp. 83–98). Cham: Palgrave Macmillan. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-030-56869-6_6

Ellis, V., Edwards, A., & Smagorinsky, P. (Eds) (2010). Cultural-historical perspectives on teacher education and development: Learning teaching. London: Routledge.

Hyry-Beihammer, E.K, Lassila, E.T., Estola, E. & Uitto, M. (2020). Moral imagination in student teachers’ written stories on an ethical dilemma. European Journal of Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1860013  

Hyry-Beihammer, E.K., Lassila, E.T. & Uitto, M. (2021). Narrative pedagogies in cultivating the professional development of teacher educators. In: Exploring professional development opportunities for teacher educators: Promoting faculty-student partnerships (pp: 179-193).
London:  Routledge, Taylor & Francis.

Lassila, E.T., Hyry-Beihammer, E.K., Kızkapan, O., Rocena, A., & Sumida, M. (manuscript). Giftedness in inclusive classrooms: A cross-cultural examination of pre-service teachers’ thinking in Finland, Austria, Turkey, the Philippines, and Japan.

Levin, B. (2015). The development of teachers’ beliefs. In H. Fives & M. Gregoire Gill (Eds.), International handbook of research on teachers’ beliefs (pp. 48–65). New York and London: Routledge. Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203108437

Lieblich, A., Tuval-Mashiach, R. & Zilber, T.B. (1998). Narrative research: Reading, analysis and interpretation. Thousand Oaks, Sage.

Max, C. (2010). Learning-for-teaching across educational boundaries: An activity-theoretical analysis of collaborative internship projects in initial teacher education. In V. Ellis, A. Edwards & P. Smagorisnky (Eds), Cultural-historical perspectives on teacher education and development: Learning teaching. London: Routledge.

Miles, M., Huberman, M. & Saldana, J. (2020). Qualitative data analysis: A Methods sourcebook (4th ed). Thousand Oaks, Cal.: Sage.
Renzulli, J. S., & Reis, S. M. (2021). The three-ring conception of giftedness: A change in direction from being gifted to the development of gifted behaviors. In R. J. Sternberg & D. Ambrose (Eds.), Conceptions of giftedness and talent (pp. 335–356). Palgrave Macmillan.

Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Los Angeles, California: Sage.

Wallin, A., Koro-Ljungberg, M., & Eskola, J. (2019). The method of empathy-based stories.  International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 42(5), 525–535. DOI: 10.1080/1743727X.2018.1533937

van Gerven, E. (2021). Raising the bar: The competencies of specialists in gifted education. Diepenbeek: Uhasselt.

World Council for Gifted and Talented Children. (2021). Global principles for professional learning in gifted education. https://world-gifted.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/professional-learning-global-principles.pdf
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm10 SES 01 D: Mentor Teachers
Location: Rankine Building, 408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Itxaso Tellado
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Relation Between the Teacher Habitus and the Habitus of a Teacher Trainer – Reconstructed Orientations of Experienced Mentor Teachers

Julia Kosinar, Simone Meili

Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Kosinar, Julia; Meili, Simone

For some years now, the discourse on professionalization theory has been revitalized by explanations and reflections on the teacher habitus (Helsper 2018, 2019). In his concept Helsper has mapped the importance of school biography and family milieu for the later genesis of the teacher habitus. Following this theory, school experiences form a first “silhouette of a teacher habitus” (Helsper 2018, 125) or "raw forms and images of the teacher" (Kramer and Pallesen, 2019, p.81), including orientations towards school, teachers and learning that are mostly implicit and not reflected.
Thinking this theoretical idea further, as we do in our project „Mentor teachers as teacher trainers – identifying the requirements for a dual Professional task“, we postulate the connection between one's own teacher training experience and the development of a teacher trainer habitus. In doing so, we are following a research desideratum, because so far there are only a few reconstructive studies that empirically examine the mentor teachers‘ implicit orientations and understanding of training (Leineweber 2022, Zorn, 2020, Kosinar & Laros, 2019, Fraefel, Bernhardsson-Laros & Bäuerlein, 2018). Their results illustrate the differences in training between the mentor teachers which range from demonstration to enabling experience, from close support to co-constructive cooperation.
In our project we try to find out more about the biographical backgrounds that lead to these different ideas and implicit orientations. Our own preliminary interview studies with 12 mentor teachers in primary schools confirm a connection between their own experiences with mentor teachers during their training, whose approach is set as a positive and negative counter-horizon (e.g. forms of giving feedback, helping in difficult situations, preparing lessons etc.). These experiences served as a blueprint for their own training activities (Laros et al., i.p.). Considering that mentor teachers during internships are of great importance for the teacher students, and that their orientations influence future teachers immensely (Oelkers, 2009) it is all the more important to set an eye on these relations.
In our current project, the sample of the experienced mentor teachers is part of a larger sample in a project consisting of two sub-studies. As a second research interest we try to find out to what extent the orientations of experienced mentor teachers were connected to their teacher habitus. We examine experienced mentor teachers (N = 12) through interviews and different training situations (1. lesson debriefing, 2. lesson planning, 3. feedback and assessment) that were audiographed.
In our presentation, we will first introduce the theoretical concept of the teacher habitus by using a model (Kosinar, 2023) to better describe the connections of the different habitus figures (Helsper 2018) and processes. Two contrastive cases will be introduced to show how the connections to one's own teacher training experience become empirically verifiable and visible. With the results, we strive for concrete insights into the influence of training experiences and put them in relation to the concepts of the university. As mentioned, the orientations of the mentor teachers are very different, but also very stable, as Leineweber (2022) found in a longitudinal study. This is followed by questions about the quality of training and opportunities to reflect on one's own action-guiding orientations and norms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The mentioned project contains a longitudinal study that accompanies mentor teachers over a period of 2 years. T1/2 is an interview in which one's own school experiences and training as a teacher are discussed. The interviewees talk about their class and how they support their pupils in their learning processes. Further Questions follow about the experiences with teacher students doing internships in their own class. Here, concrete situation reports, dealing with difficult situations and challenges, are used to try to find out as much as possible about the practice of the participating mentor teachers. Questions are asked about supportive people and particularly lasting experiences. In the final interview (t4), the importance of the cooperation with the university and the support from the school principal is discussed. In addition, the task as a mentor teacher should be contextualized. Both interviews are analysed regarding their leading norms and common-sense theories and role models as well as regarding the implicit action-guiding orientations. In addition to interviews, one observation during an internship takes place in the classroom, followed by audio recordings of the interaction with the teacher students after the lessons. The feedback and assessment discussion takes place in the absence of the researchers; the audio recording is sent to us afterwards.
All data were analyzed with the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2017). This method distinguishes between explicit knowledge (e.g. norms) and implicit knowledge (orientations), which is mostly not reflexively accessible to the actors and is reflected in their practices of action (t3) as well as in their narratives (t1/2, t4). In a multi-step process, both norms and explicit orientations as well as the implicit orientations that lead to the (training) habitus are reconstructed. The comparison of cases is central in order to work out similarities and differences and to typify the sample. The longitudinal perspective in turn enables the reconstruction of the individual cases regarding a possible change over time (Kosinar & Laros, 2021). With the different data, we can also work out possible differences between what the interviewees say is relevant for the development process of students and their actual learning support in the interaction with the teacher students. It is quite an innovative methodological turn in the documentary method to combine reconstructions of narratives and in-situ-situations. Thus, our project would like to contribute to examining the extent to which this relation promotes empirical access to the habitus of the participating teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As our first results show, the orientations as a mentor teacher seem to merge over the years of activity with the learning support orientations as a teacher. Depending on the type, this connection is reflected as a conscious use of knowledge and experience or unquestioned as a matter of course. Only a few cases show a clear separation between supporting the learning process of pupils and of teacher students. In that case they treat them as adult learners, for which it is necessary to find adequate methods and discussion formats. Only this type shows a clear difference between the teacher habitus and a teacher trainer habitus.
Concerning the triangulation of the data at this moment a congruence between the speaking about the practice and the in-situ-interaction can be demonstrated on first cases, but has to be far more carefully researched, especially with regard to the analysis of norms refound in practice.
Our results lead to further questions about the quality and qualification of mentor teachers and the teacher training in general.
1. regarding the reflection of mentor teachers on their role and orientations
2. regarding the implementation of biographical reflection on one’s own school experiences to as a mandatory part of teacher education.
Both shall be discussed with the audience.

References
Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Opladen: Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.1515/srsr-2018-0060
Fraefel, U., Bernhardsson-Laros, N. & Bäuerlein, K. (2017). Partnerschulen als Ort der Professionali- sierung angehender Lehrpersonen. In U. Fraefel & A. Seel (Hrsg.), Konzeptionelle Perspektiven Schul- praktischer Studien: Partnerschaftsmodelle – Praktikumskonzepte – Begleitformate (S. 57–75). Münster: Waxmann.
Helsper, W. (2019). Vom Schüler- zum Lehrerhabitus – Reproduktions- und Transformationspfade. In R-T. Kramer & H. Pallesen (Eds.), Lehrerhabitus. Theoretische und empirische Beiträge zu einer Praxeologie des Lehrerberufs (pp. 49-72). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Helsper, W. (2018a). Lehrerhabitus. Lehrer zwischen Herkunft, Milieu und Profession. In A. Paseka, Keller-Schneider, M. & A. Combe (Eds.), Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln (pp. 105–140). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-17102-5_6
Kosinar, J. (2023). Theoretische und empirische Betrachtungen eines Studierendenhabitus. In Kowalski, M. et al. (eds.). Dokumentarische Professionalisierungsforschung im Kontext des Lehramtsstudiums. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt (in press).
Kosinar, J. & Laros A. (2021). Dokumentarische Längsschnitt-Typologien in der Schul- und Lehrer*innenbildungsforschung – Umsetzungsvielfalt und methodologische Herausforderungen. In A. Geimer, D. Klinge, S. Rundel & D. Thomsen (Eds.). Jahrbuch Dokumentarische Methode (pp. 221-248). Berlin: ces. https://doi.org/10.21241/ssoar.78276
Kramer, R.-T. & Pallesen, H. (2019). Der Lehrerhabitus zwischen sozialer Herkunft, Schule als Handlungsfeld und der Idee der Professionalisierung. In R.-T. Kramer & H. Pallesen (Eds.). Lehrerhabitus. Theoretische und empirische Beiträge zu einer Praxeologie des Lehrerberufs (pp. 73-100). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Leineweber, S. (2022). Partnerschulen als Professionalisierungsraum für an-
gehende Primarlehrpersonen – Rekonstruktionen von Ausbildungsmilieus. In BEITRÄGE ZUR LEHRERINNEN- UND LEHRERBILDUNG, 40 (2), S. 254 – 267
Oelkers, J. (2009). "I wanted to be a good teacher…" Zur Ausbildung von Lehrkräften in Deutschland. Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung. Berlin. Zugriff am 2.7.2020. Verfügbar unter: https://library.fes.de/pdf-files/studienfoerderung/06832.pdf
Zorn, S. K. (2020). Professionalisierungsprozesse im Praxissemester begleiten: Eine qualitativ-rekonstruktive Studie zum Bilanz- und Perspektivgespräch. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

School-based Mentors Experiences of Collaboration in Field Practice

Karen Birgitte Dille, Lise Sandvik, Even Einum

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Dille, Karen Birgitte

The aim of this study is to get a deeper understanding of how Norwegian school-based mentors experience collaboration in field practice. Teacher education takes place at two learning arenas: campus and practice schools (Dahl et al., 2016). A close collaboration between these arenas is crucial for pre-service teachers´ professional development (Lillejord & Børte, 2014; Munthe et al., 2020; Zeichner, 2010). “Third space” is used when the activity with the involved parts is described (Zeichner, 2010). A successful third space involves actors with different competencies that are willing to merge their cultures (Zeichner, 2010). Despite good intentions, both national and international studies shows that pre-service teachers struggle to find coherence between the arenas (Canrinus et al., 2017; Smith, 2016; Ulvik et al., 2021).

Also, in Norway the weak coherence has been offered attention, and several changes have been done to improve Norwegian teacher education (Klemp & Nilssen, 2017). One example is when the Norwegian government in 2010 decided that school-based mentors should have at least 15 European Credit Transfer Credits [ETC] in mentoring to be qualified as teacher educators in schools (Ministry of Education and Research, 2016). Another example is that the school-based mentor, campus-based mentor, and principals together are responsible for assessing the pre-service teachers (Ministry of Education and Research, 2010). In addition, national guidelines for partnerships for stable and mutually developing collaborations between school and university are developed (Ministry of Education and Research, 2017).

Guided by the research question How does school-based mentors experience collaboration in field practice? this case study is a contribution to get insight of the situation of school-based mentors at two study programs at one university in Norway. A mixed method approach gave insight in how the participants experienced the collaboration in field practice. The factor analysis revealed four factors of importance: general attitudes towards the schoolyear, being part of a field-based practice school, the assessment, and the collaboration with the university. These factors give directions for the discussion, where the qualitative results contribute with in-depth information of what the school-based mentors think will help reducing the gap. First: the school-based mentors were experienced, both as teachers and school-based mentors. Most of them worked at schools with two or more school-based mentors. They were overall satisfied with their own effort, and they highly valued their own mentoring competence. Nevertheless, less than half of them had the required ECTs in mentoring. Second: The results revealed a broad variation on how the school-based mentors experienced collaboration about field practice at their schools. While some described tight collaboration with their colleagues preparing for field practice, others longed for school-leaders that could prioritize being leader of a practice school.

Third: Even if they were standing alone with the assessment, they did not critically evaluate the situation. The participants found this part of the job easy. Fourth: the collaboration with the university. This category consists of two parts: collaboration with administrative tasks and the campus-based mentor. Even if a major part of the participants were satisfied with the information they received, the results were clear that there is no collaboration between campus and the school-based mentors. Campus controls which and when information is delivered, and the school-based mentors become passive recipients. In addition, the school-based mentors also put attention on technological programs that are used in field practice, highlighting the importance of programs that should be easily accessible. The results showed a variation of how the school-based mentors collaborated with campus-based mentors. If the collaboration with campus-based mentor should work out, this person must be interested in field practice and have a relationship with the pre-service teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study uses a case study design (Yin, 2009) with a mixed-method approach (Tashakkori & Creswell, 2007). Data were collected from school-based mentors representing two programs at one Norwegian university. The survey was conducted digitally in spring 2020, where all school-based mentors (N= 372) in two programs received an email with invitation to conduct a survey evaluating field-based practice the schoolyear 2019/2020. In total, 242 (n=242, 65%) answered the questionnaire. The items in the survey covered several areas related to evaluating field-based practice during the schoolyear 2019/20. The questionnaire consisted of closed questions and open responses. Most of the items was using a five-point Likert scale (1 strongly disagree – 5 strongly agree) was used in addition to “I have not reflected about this”. Based on research questions and previous research, items describing four arenas was chosen for further analysis.
Data were also collected through reflection logs with 21 new school-based mentors who participated in an online teacher professional development (OTPD) program in mentoring (Dille, under review). During the schoolyear 2019/2020 they wrote 6 reflection logs about different aspects of becoming teacher educators. The new school-based mentors were also asked to answer the survey. The study has been approved by NSD (The Norwegian Center for Research Data).
The quantitative data direct the analysis of qualitative data within the framework of the research question. The quantitative data were analysed through descriptive and inferential statistics, and through factor analysis using SPSS (Clark & Creswell, 2014; IBM, n.d.). Descriptive statistics were used to provide contextual information on participants and general response trends. The qualitative analyses of the open responses and the reflection logs were analysed separately, but followed the same procedures inspired by the constant comparative method of analysis (Strauss & Corbin, 1998). In the first phase preliminary codes were developed through line-by-line coding uniting simple sentences and longer phrases concerning the same topic. Through axial coding and by scrutinizing characteristics and dimensions, the categories became clearer (Charmaz, 2014). As the next step, the categories were compared with the quantitative results. The qualitative data gave opportunities to elaborate and go further in-depth to attain a better understanding of the results from derived from the quantitative analysis.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this study, we have provided the perspectives from school-based mentors and how they experience collaboration about field practice. Even if some of the participants describe a positive development, the results revealed the two learning arenas are not working as intended in a shared third space. The low attention of assessing in a community and collaboration, both inside own school and together with the campus-based mentors, indicates that as much as half of the school-based mentors stands alone with the responsibility. The broad variation within the responses indicates that the quality of field practice is not equal. A stronger collaboration between the two learning arenas must be prioritized, and in these processes’ teacher education is main responsible (Dille, under review; Raaen, 2017). Despite these results, the school-based mentors are satisfied with their own effort and think they have the skills needed. Interestingly, only half of the participants have the required ECTs in mentoring. Even if this study joins the ranks of other studies presenting a gap between the two learning arenas, it adds valuable insight in what school-based mentors find important in their job as teacher educators. This study represents two Norwegian teacher education programs, at the same time the results should be interesting for all program that include practical components, both national and international.
There are limitations to this study. Even if more than half of field practice were fulfilled before COVID-19 resulted in lockdown, the answers are probably affected of the situation. Another limitation is that the participants are connected to one university. Nevertheless, the results are in line with previous research conducted at other teacher educations, both national and internationally. It would be of interest for further research to replicate this study in other contexts, both in other countries and in other Norwegian cohorts.

References
Canrinus, E. T., Bergem, O. K., Klette, K., & Hammerness, K. (2017). Coherent teacher education programmes: Taking a student perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), 313-333.
Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage.
Clark, V. L. P., & Creswell, J. W. (2014). Understanding research: A consumer's guide. Pearson Higher Ed.
Dahl, T., Askling, B., Hegge, K., Kulbrandstad, L., Lauvdal, T., Qvotrup, L., Salvanes, K., Skrøvseth, S., Thue, F., & Mausethagen, S. (2016). Ekspertgruppa om lærerrollen. Om lærerrollen: et kunnskapsgrunnlag. Fagbokforlag.
Dille, K. B. (2022). An online teacher professional development programme as a boundary artefact for new school-based mentors. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 11(4), 381-397.
IBM, C. (n.d.). SPSS Statistics for Windows. In (Version 24) https://www.ibm.com/
Klemp, T., & Nilssen, V. (2017). Positionings in an immature triad in teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(2), 257-270.
Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2014). Partnerskap i lærerutdanningen–en forskningskartlegging–KSU 3/2014. Oslo: Kunnskapssenter for utdanning. Hentet fra https://www. forskningsradet. no/siteassets/publikasjoner/1254004170214. pdf.
Ministry of Education and Research. (2010a). Nasjonale retningslinjer for grunnskolelærerutdanningen 1.-7. trinn. https://www.uhr.no/_f/p1/i53d3c7277ee14e9c8acbffd8e1dbdb8f/retningslinjer_grunnskolelaererutdanningen_1_7_trinn_fire_rig.pdf
Ministry of Education and Research (2016). Regulations relating to the framework plan for primary and lower secondary teacher education for years 1-7.
Ministry of Education and Research. (2017). Teacher Education 2025. Natonal strategy for quality and cooperation in teacher education. Oslo. Teacher Education 2025. National Strategy for Quality and Cooperation in Teacher Education (regjeringen.no)
Munthe, E., Ruud, E., & Malmo, K.-A. S. (2020). Praksisopplæring i lærerutdanninger i Norge; en forskningsoversikt (KSU 1/2020). Kunnskapssenter for utdanning. https://www.uis.no/sites/default/files/inline-images/mlZHTpKpRyQ6V5sACwmIbYYIumQcSBDtRx7gNEc7vqO8JSmxTG.pdf
Raaen, F. D. (2017). Placement mentors making sense of research-based knowledge. Teacher Development, 21(5), 635-654. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2017.1308429
Smith, K. (2016). Partnerships in teacher education-going beyond the rhetoric, with reference to the Norwegian context. ceps Journal, 6(3), 17-36.
Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research techniques. Sage publication.
Tashakkori, A., & Creswell, J. W. (2007). The new era of mixed methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1(1), 3-7. DOI: 10.1177/2345678906293042
Ulvik, M., Eide, L., Helleve, I., & Kvam, E. K. (2021). Praksisopplæringens oppfattende og erfarte formål sett fra ulike aktørperspektiv. Nordisk tidsskrift for utdanning og praksis, 15(3).
Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (Vol. 5). Sage.
Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college-and university-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

First Experiences of New Mentor Teachers and Biographical Experiences in Their Own Teacher Training–Coherence, Tensions, and New Framings

Anna Laros, Tamina Kappeler

Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Laros, Anna; Kappeler, Tamina

In the context of the Swiss single-phase pre-service teacher training, student teachers transition into working as fully qualified primary and secondary classroom teachers after three and five years of studies respectively. Internships in schools form the central basis of their practical experience for their future teaching and are accompanied by mentor teachers, who play a crucial role in students’ professional development. On the other hand, mentor teachers must navigate their various professional roles and balance their obligations to their schools and the teacher education institutions, which is a complex situation.

For quite some time now, The Swiss Conference of Cantonal Ministers of Education (EDK) has been calling for a paradigm shift that leaves the concept of “master and apprentice” behind and focuses on a co-constructive and scientific-based approach to the collaboration between mentor-teacher and intern (Leder, 2011). Depending on the canton and university, new mentor teachers complete specific qualification programs, which prepare them for their new professional role and strive to initiate this paradigm shift. Nevertheless, empirical studies (Fraefel, Bernhardsson-Laros, Bäuerlein, 2017, Leineweber, 2022) show that most participants tend to reproduce traditional practices of mentor teaching. This may be related to the fact that their implicit orientiations are deeply anchored in individual biographical experiences and thus not easily malleable.

This is where our SNF-funded research project “Mentor teachers as teacher trainers” (PraLeB) comes into play as a longitudinal study aimed to reconstruct such implicit orientations. New mentor teachers (N=20) from two Swiss universities are followed over a period of several years from the beginning of the qualification program during several phases of accompanying internships. xxx

In our contribution we will look at (future) mentor teachers at different points in time as they take on a second professional role as teacher trainers – in addition to their first professional role as classroom teachers. Using contrastive case studies, we will first shed light on mentor teachers’ retrospective biographical experiences during their own pre-service training as students: What do they refer to as central for their own professional development? What role models in terms of mentor teachers guide their thinking? We will give an insight into their preconceptions and anticipated role of themselves as mentor teachers before they start working with interns for the first time. What is their understanding of professional development? What do they expect from students and what benefits do they expect for themselves? We will then reconstruct their first experiences as new mentor teachers. What do they see as crucial in their first experiences with students? In what ways were their expectations challenged?

In our discussion we will outline connections that can be drawn between their own biographical experiences with mentor teachers and their newly experienced professional role. We will reconstruct in what ways their existing frames of thinking were confirmed as well as challenged during their first experiences working with students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our contribution is part of a larger longitudinal study. The data basis for our contribution consists of semi-structured interviews which are collected at two different points in mentor teacher careers: The first interview (t1) is conducted before or during the qualification program. The second interview (t2) takes place after their first experiences with training student teachers.
The interviews are analysed using the documentary method. This method distinguishes between communicatively generalized, explicit knowledge and conjunctive, implicit knowledge, which is mostly not reflexively accessible to the actors, but is reflected in their practices of action as well as in their narratives (Bohnsack, 2017). This way, the orientation frameworks guiding mentor teachers’ actions, can be reconstructed. It will become clear whether these orientation frameworks are held stable or whether mentors are adapting their orientation frameworks over time and professional experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our contribution is located within the larger SNF-funded longitudinal research study “Mentor teachers as teacher trainers” (PraLeB). In our contribution we will shed light on the connection that can be drawn on (future) mentor teachers’ biographical experiences during their own practical trainings and their newly experienced professional role as a teacher trainer. We will begin by looking at their existing frames of thinking before they start the qualification program as mentor teacher. We will then outline their first experiences with students and how their expectations were confirmed or challenged during that time. By using contrastive case studies, we will give an insight into the diversity of preconceptions that then guide the way in which they fulfill their role as mentor teachers.
References
Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Opladen: Barbara Budrich.
Fraefel, U., Bernhardsson-Laros, N. & Bäuerlein, K. (2017): Partnerschaftliches Lehren und Lernen angehender und erfahrener Lehrpersonen im Schulfeld. Aufbau von Professionswissen mittels Peer-to-Peer-Mentoring in lokalen Arbeits- und Lerngemeinschaften. In: Kreis, A. & Schnebel, S. (Eds.): Peer Coaching in der praxissituierten Ausbildung von Lehrpersonen. Landau: Verlag Empirische Pädagogik, pp. 30-49
Leder, Ch. (2011). Neun Thesen zur Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. In Ambühl, H. & Stadelmann, W. (Eds.). Wirksame Lehrerinnen – und Lehrerbildung – gute Schulpraxis, gute Steuerung (pp. 13-37). Bilanztagung II der EDK, Studien und Berichte 33A. Bern.
Leineweber, S.: Partnerschulen als Professionalisierungsraum für an gehende Primarlehrpersonen – Rekonstruktionen von Ausbildungsmilieus - In: Beiträge zur Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung 40 (2022) 2, pp. 254-267 - URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-253780 - DOI: 10.25656/01:25378
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm11 SES 01 A: Teaching/Learning Methodologies and Approaches for Diverse Needs
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Rita Birzina
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Online Teaching and the Ensuing Challenges While Promoting Quality Inclusive Education

Heidi Flavian1, Dana Barak-Harel2

1Achva Academic College, Israel; 2Oranim Academic College

Presenting Author: Flavian, Heidi; Barak-Harel, Dana

Methods for teaching online were developed and gradually implemented in schools over the last two decades, but because of the COVID-19 pandemic that broke at the beginning of 2020, the development and adoption of all educational methods had to be carried much faster than planned (Kaur & Manroshan, 2020). Likewise, whereas educators and scholars continually search for innovative ways to improve inclusion processes, the pandemic added another challenge, since most teachers began teaching online rather than face-to-face in class (Flores & Swennen, 2020; Kaur, 2020). Likewise, educators had to reconsider the inclusion of learners with special needs in online lessons. Generally, teachers’ concerns relate to two main issues: the challenges of conducting online and hybrid teaching while not all learners have proper internet access, and the need to focus on new learning skills more than on the material content of the (Korkmaz & Toraman, 2020). Zhao & Watterston (2021), emphasized the teachers’ need to develop flexible curricula that allow learners with different learning abilities to cope with the materials, but at the same time, to define basic outcomes that all learners must meet. These educational changes and challenges highlight the need to better understand teachers’ perspectives regarding the processes they should conduct when including learners with special needs in online lessons.

Among the variety of learners with special needs that study in inclusive environments, the most common ones are those with Learning Disabilities (LD), given their high frequency in society, estimated as 5%-17% of the population (Grigorenko et. al., 2020). Accordingly, their inclusion takes place in many schools worldwide through the implementation of a variety of teaching strategies (Flavian & Uziely, 2022).

This study was initially developed out of the desire to better understand primary-school teachers’ perspectives, challenges, and advantages of teaching online during the lockdowns to heterogenous groups that included learners with LD, while also aiming to maintain high quality educational processes. There is no doubt that the role of teachers who include learners with LD in their classes is complex and challenging since they must adapt their teaching and learning for all learners. When teaching in person in schools, one can develop learning adjustments for all learners according to the learning environment, get help from other teachers and apply group learning. However, when teaching online via zoom and other similar platforms, this is not the case.

Aiming to contribute to quality online-teaching in inclusive classes with learners with LD, three main questions led this study throughout the interviews and the data analysis:

  1. How do including teachers with pupils with LD in their class perceive their role as disciplinary teachers during online teaching?
  2. How do including teachers with pupils with LD in their class perceive their role as disciplinary teachers promoting inclusion during online learning?
  3. What is the sense of self-efficacy among including teachers working remotely regarding their ability to optimally include pupils with LD?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on the qualitative-narrative approach, according to which researchers seek to learn about participants perspectives and beliefs (Ganzevoort, 2012). The participants of this study were 45 primary-school teachers, who were individually interviewed via Zoom technology. Following the qualitative approach for online interviewing (Salmon, 2014), all interviews were recorded and were immediately professionally transcribed. This method allowed researchers to gain relevant information to better understand the participants’ perspectives regarding the challenges they experienced and the teaching strategies they used to enable the inclusion of learners with LD while teaching online.
Data analysis was conducted in two stages, looking for main themes and ideas that reveal new and practical knowledge: first, the two researchers analyzed the transcripts separately. At this stage, the researchers mainly followed core themes from previous literature, while also highlighting other themes that emerged from the transcripts. In the second stage of data analysis, the researchers compared their results, discussed the new themes they had found and any minor differences that were found.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the participants’ answers, researchers found that online teaching challenges inclusion processes in general, but even more so when teachers aim to promote quality inclusion of learners with LD. Initial data analysis revealed that primary-school teachers believe that to promote quality inclusion in their classes, they need to teach in face-to-face sessions. They explained their attitude by emphasizing the importance of collecting data about their learners through unofficial ways, mainly based on their learners’ body-language. A common example that reoccurred in various ways was the fact that learners could mute themselves or turn off their cameras during online sessions, which was extremely challenging for teachers who wished to follow all their learners’ learning actions. On the other hand, teachers also emphasized the benefits of teaching and including learners with LD in online sessions, by referring to the virtual workspaces. They explained that these spaces allowed quiet learning areas for peer-learning and individual learning alongside one-on-one teaching, without distracting the other members of the class.
Promoting quality education is an ongoing process that should be based on stable educational theories, updated studies, and innovated learning procedures. There is no doubt that online teaching and learning provide teachers the opportunities to apply learning tools, but at the same time, there are challenges that need to be considered as well. Furthermore, teachers should be professionally prepared how to teach online learners with LD, because of the unique learning processes they require.  

References
Flavian, H., & Uziely, E. (2022). Determinants of teachers' attitudes towards inclusion of pupils with ADHD: The role of teacher education. Frontiers in Education. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.941699
Flores, M. A., & Swennen, A. (2020). The COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 453-456.‏
Ganzevoort, R. R. (2012). Narrative approaches. In: B. Miller-McLemore (Ed.) The Wiley-Blackwell companion to practical theology, 214-223.‏
Grigorenko, E. L., Compton, D. L., Fuchs, L. S., Wagner, R. K., Willcutt, E. G., & Fletcher, J. M. (2020). Understanding, educating, and supporting children with specific learning disabilities: 50 years of science and practice. American Psychologist, 75(1), 37.‏
Kaur, N. & Manroshan, S.B. (2020). The face of education and the faceless teacher post COVID-19.  Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences Research, Horizon, 2(S), 39-48.‏
Korkmaz, G., & Toraman, Ç. (2020). Are we ready for the post-COVID-19 educational practice? An investigation into what educators think as to online learning. International Journal of Technology in Education and Science, 4(4), 293-309.‏
Salmon, J. (2014). Qualitative online interviews, Strategies, design, and skills (2nd edition). Sage.
Zhao, Y., & Watterston, J. (2021). The changes we need: Education post COVID-19. Journal of Educational Change, 22(1), 3-12.‏


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Teaching/Learning Methodologies for Solving Intergenerational Communication Problems in Tourism and Hospitality Enterprises

Ineta Luka1, Valerija Drozdova1, Gita Šakytė-Statnickė2, Laurencija Budrytė-Ausiejienė2

1Turiba University, Latvia; 2Klaipeda State University of Applied Science, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Luka, Ineta

Communication is a complex, social and never-ending process which takes place in a definite socio-cultural environment. Prior research shows various definitions of communication. It has been defined as a ‘verbal interchange of a thought or idea’ (Hoben, 1954, 77), ‘the transmission of information’ (Berelson, Steiner, 1964, 254), ‘the primary process by which human life is experienced’ (Craig, 1999), ‘a factor that helps develop, maintain, and change cultures’ (Littlejohn, Foss, 2008,4), an everyday ‘information exchange’ (Amaritei, 2013, 279), ‘the way in which people send to each other information and messages, inevitably with different intentions’ (Dragan, 2019, 176), ‘the evolution of physical, biochemical, cellular, community, and technological information exchange’ (Gontier, 2022). Although there are differences in how various scholars define communication, all of them underline that it is an information exchange between people and/or groups of people (Dragan, 2019). Thus, for an efficient communication the relationship between people is significant, including in organisational communication. However, in practice tourism enterprises face communication problems which stem from different cultures, generations, language skills.

Theoretical Framework of the research is formed by the theories of adult learning, generational differences and intergenerational communication specifics.

Nowadays, four different generations as described by Howe and Strass (2000) – Baby Boomers (born in 1943-1960), Generation X (born in 1961-1981), Generation Y (born in 1982-2000), Generation Z (born after 2000) are participating in the labour market. Generational differences are demonstrated in the way how people work, communicate and learn. Baby Boomers are hard-working (de Oliveira Lopes Melo, de Faria, Magri Lopes, 2019), work efficiently, prefer teamworking and in-person communication (Bejtkovsky, 2016). Generation X are autonomous but ‘less patient with activities demanding time’ (de Oliveira Lopes Melo, de Faria, Magri Lopes, 2019), cautious, conservative and value direct and immediate communication (Bejtkovsky, 2016). Generation Y easily accept changes, have good digital skills (Bencsik, Horváth-Csikós, Juhász, 2016), are realistic, confident, multi-tasking and use e-mail and voice-mail in communication (Bejtkovsky, 2016). Generation Z are practical, rather intelligent, brave and like online communication (Bencsik, Horváth-Csikós, Juhász, 2016), their interpersonal communication skills are at a low level (Bejtkovský, 2016).

Generational differences exist not only in communication, but also in their attitude towards learning. In general, adults are characterized by maturity, self-confidence, autonomy, decision-making, purposefulness, but they are less open-minded and receptive to change than children (Pappas, 2013; Kraus, 2016; Luka et.al, 2020). Therefore, specific teaching/learning methods must be applied, and the teaching/learning process has to be implemented in a dialogical manner, considering learners needs and specific requirements, including generational differences.

Baby Boomers highly value traditional education system, base their learning on their vast experience (Bencsik, Machova, 2016; Bencsik, Horváth-Csikós, Juhász, 2016), have a sense of urgency and learning must be meaningful to them (Rothwell, 2008). Generation X give preference to flexibility, short-time trainings, active participation and interactivity (Bencsik, Machova, 2016; Bencsik, Horváth-Csikós, Juhász, 2016), but they are not especially fond of teamworking (Kerry, Myron, 2009), so the learning process must be flexible and active. Generation Y like learning which incorporates IT skills. They have to see immediate result in attaining their learning outcomes (Bencsik, Machova, 2016; Bencsik, Horváth-Csikós, Juhász, 2016). Generation Z are not perfect listeners and lack interpersonal skills (Kirchmayer, Fratricová, 2020), they are always online (Bencsik, Horváth-Csikós, Juhász, 2016) and like to learn individually (Seemiller, Grace, 2016) and apply digital tools.

In ECER2022 the authors presented intergenerational communication problems discovered in tourism enterprises in Latvia, Lithuania and Sweden.

The aim of the research presented in ECER2023: identify generational differences in tourism and hospitality organisations and differences in communication and offer teaching/learning initiatives and methodologies to develop adult learners’ competences to solve intergenerational communication problems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research was conducted in Nordplus Adult Development project „NordTourNet-3: Solving Communication Problems of Different Generations in Tourism Companies” (NPAD-2020/10015; 2020-2023) implemented in Lithuania, Latvia and Sweden. The aim of the project: study communication differences among employees and customers of four different generations in tourism companies and create an educational game facilitating intergenerational communication problem solution in tourism enterprises and compile a training material package for educators of adult learners.
The research uses interpretivism paradigm to understand ‘individual cases and situation’ and meanings ‘that different actors bring to them’, and social phenomena are understood holistically (Coe, 2017, 6).
Qualitative exploratory research (Collis, Hussey, 2009) applying 12 semi-structured interviews conducted face-to-face onsite or using Zoom and Cisco Webex platforms and 9 unobtrusive social observations in tourism companies was done (Aurini, Heath, Howells, 2016). Data analysis: qualitative content analysis by implementing inductive coding process (Croucher, Cronn-Mills, 2019, 162).
Research question: What are the main generational differences and differences in communication in tourism and hospitality organisations and what teaching/learning initiatives and methodologies may be applied to develop adult learners’ communication competences to eliminate intergenerational communication problems?
Research sample: criterion sample (Aurini, Heath, Howells, 2016) was created for interviews – owners and top-level management representatives of tourism and hospitality enterprises with having at least five years of work experience in working with people of different generations, at least two years at a managerial position, and there were at least two employees from different generations in their enterprise. Opportunistic sample was created for observations.
The research period: January 2021 – June 2022.
Research limitations: None of the informants belonged to Generation Z. The employees of the enterprises selected for an analysis belonged to two or three generations only with Generation X represented in 11 tourism enterprises and Generation Y – also in 11 enterprises.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
All informants are directly confronted with generational differences in their organisation: responsibility, communication efficiency, stress management, self-esteem and self-confidence, loyalty to organisation, freedom and openness, attitude to work.  Baby Boomers and Generation X are more responsible and more loyal to their organisation and value work more than younger generations. Lack of language skills and digital skills hinders communication efficiency. Generation X can operate in stressful situations better than other generations. Generation Y has higher self-confidence and self-esteem level than other generations. Generation Z appreciate freedom and openness more than other generations.
The identified generational differences in communication process: 1) language barrier (younger generations don’t speak Russian, older generations don’t speak English); 2) different interests leading to insufficiently effective communication with other generations; 3) the need to follow a hierarchy (Baby Boomers have the largest respect for hierarchy, Generation X has the lowest); 4) differences in communication (Baby Boomers and Generation X prefer communication by phone or face-to-face; Generation Z – electronic communication; Generation Y uses all three types of communication); 5) different use of virtual space (Generation Y initiated a more active transition to a virtual space during the pandemic); 5) different use of IT (Generations X, Y, Z tend to find information on Internet); 6) different communication channels (Baby Boomers use face-to-face communication, Generation X – e-mails, Generation Y – e-mail, social media, Internet sites, Generation Z – social media and Internet sites more often than other channels); 7) different cultures (the cause for most communication problems).
Such teaching/learning initiatives may be applied to develop adult learners’ communication competences: Specific training that meets the specifics of the company's activities; Digital literacy competencies (including management of communication in social networks); Public speaking courses; Foreign language courses; Marketing and sales courses; Face-to-face courses in personal communication with customers.

References
*Amaritei, N.-C. (2013). Communication. International Journal of Communication Research, 3(3), pp.279-281.
*Aurini, J.D., Heath, M., Howells, S. (2016). The How to of Qualitative Research. LA: Sage.
*Bejtkovský, J. (2016). The Employees of Baby Boomers Generation, Generation X, Generation Y and Generation Z in Selected Czech Corporations as Conceivers of Development and Competitiveness in their Corporation. Journal of Competitiveness, 8(4), pp.105-123.
*Bencsik, A., Horváth-Csikós, G., Juhász, T. (2016). Y and Z Generations at Workplaces. Journal of Competitiveness, 8(3), pp.90-106.
*Bencsik, A., Machova, R. (2016). Knowledge Sharing Problems from the
Viewpoint of Intergeneration Management. In ICMLG2016 - 4th International Conference on Management, Leadership and Governance: ICMLG2016, pp.42-50.
*Berelson, B., Steiner, G.A. (1964). Human Behavior: An Inventory of Scientific Findings. NY: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
*Coe, R.J. (2017). The nature of educational research. R.J.Coe (Eds.), Research Methods & Methodologies in Education, (5-14), London: Sage.
*Collis, J., Hussey, R. (2009). Business Research. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
*Craig, R.T. (1999). Communication Theory as a Field, Communication Theory, 9(2), pp.119-161.
*De Oliveira Lopes Melo, M.C., de Faria, V.S.P., Magri Lopes, A.L. (2019). Building professional identity: a study with female managers who are baby boomers, generation Xers, and millennials. Cad. EBAPE.BR, 17(Special Issue), pp.832-843.
*Croucher, S.M., Cronn-Mills, D. (2019). Understanding Communication Research Methods. NY: Routledge.  
*Dragan, A. (2019). Defining Managerial Communication, Limitations and
Challenges. Annals of “Dunarea de Jos” University of Galati Fascicle I. Economics and Applied Informatics, 3, pp.176-180.
*Gontier, N. (2022). Defining Communication and Language from Within a Pluralistic
Evolutionary Worldview. Topoi, 41, pp.609-622.
*Hoben, J.B. (1954). English Communication at Colgate Re-examined. Journal of Communication, 4(3), pp.76-83.
*Howe, N. and Strauss, W. (2000) Millennials Rising: The Next Great Generation. NY: Vintage.
* Kerry, G., Myron, E. (2009). Interaction among Undergraduate Students: Does Age Matter? College Student Journal, 43(4), A, pp.1125-1136
*Kirchmayer, Z., Fratričová, J. (2020). What motivates generation Z at work? Insights into motivation drivers of business students in Slovakia. Proceedings of the Innovation management and education excellence through vision, 6019-6030.
*Kraus, A. (2016). Perspectives on Performativity: Pedagogical Knowledge in Teacher Education. Münster: Waxmann.
* Littlejohn, S.W., Foss, K.A. (2008). Theories of Human Communication. USA: Thomson Wadsworth.  
*Luka, I., et.al. (2020). Quality Assurance in Adult Education in Latvia. In Flavian, H. (Ed.). From Pedagogy to Quality Assurance in Education: An International Perspective, Emerald Publishing, 155-174.
*Pappas, C. (2013). 8 Important Characteristics of Adult Learners.
*Rothwell, W.J. (2008). Adult Learning Basics. Alexandria, Virginia: ASTD Press.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Using Diversity and Related Statistics in Educational Intervention Studies

Hermann Astleitner

Paris-Lodron-University of Salzburg, Austria

Presenting Author: Astleitner, Hermann

Diversity represents a major issue in all fields of educational theory and practice (e.g., Conners & Capell, 2021). From a social research perspective, it has been defined as “the distribution of population elements along a continuum of homogeneity to heterogeneity with respect to one or more variables” (Teachman, 1980). In educational intervention research, we have, for example, “interventions for diverse people” (e.g., Tincani et al., 2009), diversity as a “research strategy” (e.g., Bent-Goodley, 2021), or “design specifications” for diversity interventions (Vinkenburg, 2017). Diversity in educational intervention research is related to different facets like a research agenda, an evidence-based orientation, exploration and innovation, expanded effectiveness, interdisciplinary focus, error reduction, or statistical quality. For example, as a general social research strategy on diversity, multiple more or less stable personality characteristics should be measured that correlate with the dependent variables (control variables), that are related to the independent variables (interactions) or that might be related to alternative explanations (validation, exploration). In respect to data analysis and statistics, diversity has to be described, controlled, structured, and tested. Although diversity and related variability as well as variance represent the nucleus of statistical analyses in social research, strategies on how diversity can systematically be integrated into data analysis processes in educational intervention studies are still missing (e.g., Astleitner, 2020). Our goal in this paper is to identify, collect, and evaluate statistical concepts related to diversity which are essential in educational intervention research. Our perspective is one of quantitative social researchers who have comprehensive experience in the field of educational intervention studies. Our theoretical focus is based on the concept of diversity in social research settings (Schuelka et al., 2019) and on (methodological) models of educational intervention research (McBride, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our method is a review of statistical methods (e.g., Tipton & Osen, 2018). First, we have reviewed literature and collected statistical concepts which are relevant for diversity and educational intervention research. Second, we have conceptually structured these concepts based on statistical procedures, definitions and goals, software for computations as well as potential use in intervention research. Third, we have formulated implications that allow to guide research and statistical analysis in educational intervention research in the future.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We have found statistical concepts (as well as statistical software) on diversity related to dispersion indices (e.g., range), outliers (e.g., multivariate outliers), diversity indices (e.g., Simpson´s diversity index), or social cohesion indices (e.g., Herfindahl-Hirschman Index), analysis of covariance, aptitude-treatment-interaction-analysis, recursive partitioning methods, cluster analysis, latent class (clustering) analysis, and homogeneity of variance tests (e.g., Budescu & Budescu, 2012; Doove et al., 2014; Huitema, 2011; Kent et al., 2014; Leys et al., 2013; Schaeffer, 2016).
Using these concepts in a review of literature allows to identify numerous significant implications which can guide future activities in educational intervention research. We discuss issues related to educational interventions like changes in variances as side effects of interventions, disequalizing effects, handling outliers, diversity indices as sources for theory building, discovering different effectiveness patterns in different people, exploring participants who were particularly responsive or finding groups of people with similar characteristics before and after an intervention.
Within this paper, we present, up to our knowledge for the first time, a collection of well and less well-known statistical concepts and related implications that are important for handling diversity in educational intervention research. We have promoted a constructive, methodologically critical view of educational intervention research based on the concept of diversity (e.g., Mellenbergh, 2019). Our work aims to encourage the reflection and use of diversity-related tests as a standard in educational intervention studies as has been the case in other research disciplines (e.g., Magurran, 2003).

References
Astleitner, H. (Ed.). (2020). Intervention research in educational practice. Waxmann. https://www.waxmann.com/index.php?eID=download&buchnr=4197
Bent-Goodley, T. (2021). Diversity in interpersonal violence research. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 36(11-12), 4937-4952. https://doi.org/10.1177/08862605211013003
Budescu, D. V., & Budescu, M. (2012). How to measure diversity when you must. Psychological Methods, 17(2), 215-227. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0027129
Conners, B. M., & Capell, S. T. (Eds.). (2021). Multiculturalism and diversity in applied behavior analysis. Bridging theory and application. Routledge.
Doove, L. L., Dusseldorp, E., Van Deun, K., & Van Mechelen, I. (2014). A comparison of five recursive partitioning methods to find person subgroups involved in meaningful treatment–subgroup interactions. Advances in Data Analysis and Classification, 8(4), 403-425. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11634-013-0159-x
Huitema, B. (2011). The analysis of covariance and alternatives: Statistical methods for experiments, quasi-experiments, and single-case studies. Wiley.
Kent, P., Jensen, R. K., & Kongsted, A. (2014). A comparison of three clustering methods for finding subgroups in MRI, SMS or clinical data: SPSS TwoStep Cluster analysis, Latent Gold and SNOB. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 14(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-14-113
Leys, C., Ley, C., Klein, O., Bernard, P., & Licata, L. (2013). Detecting outliers: Do not use standard deviation around the mean, use absolute deviation around the median. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 49(4), 764-766. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2013.03.013
Magurran, A. E. (2003). Measuring biological diversity. Blackwell.
McBride, N. (2016). Intervention research. Springer.
Mellenbergh, G. J. (2019). Counteracting methodological errors in behavioral research. Springer.
Schaeffer, M. (2016). Diversity erfassen: Statistische Diversitätsindizes [Capturing diversity: Statistical diversity indices]. In P. Genkova & T. Ringeisen (Hrsg.), Handbuch Diversity Kompetenz (pp. 47-60). Springer.
Schuelka, M. J., Johnstone, C. J., Thomas, G., & Artiles, A. J. (Eds.). (2019). The SAGE handbook of inclusion and diversity in education. Sage.
Teachman, J. D. (1980). Analysis of population diversity. Sociological Methods & Research, 8, 341-362. https://doi.org/10.1177/004912418000800305
Tincani, M., Travers, J., & Boutot, A. (2009). Race, culture, and autism spectrum disorder: Understanding the role of diversity in successful educational interventions. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 34(3-4), 81-90. https://doi.org/10.2511/rpsd.34.3-4.81
Tipton, E., & Olsen, R. B. (2018). A review of statistical methods for generalizing from evaluations of educational interventions. Educational Researcher, 47(8), 516-524. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X18781522
Vinkenburg, C. J. (2017). Engaging gatekeepers, optimizing decision making, and mitigating bias: Design specifications for systemic diversity interventions. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 53(2), 212-234. https://doi.org/10.1177/0021886317703292


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Defeating a Protean Enemy: Red Tape in Education

Jeroen Lauwers

Flemish inspectorate of education, Belgium

Presenting Author: Lauwers, Jeroen

Red tape may arise at work when an authoritative entity – whether a school leader, a legislator, an inspector or a pedagogical school supporter – installs certain conventions, procedures or types of administration with the clear purpose of improving the quality of the work, yet reaches the opposite result. If the eventual executors of these measures – teachers, school leaders, administrative personnel – fail to perceive the purpose of what they are doing, even the best ideas may soon turn into a perception of red tape and provoke feelings of frustration, stress and tedium.

Red tape is all but unfamiliar in the field of education. Yet, as a topic for scholarly inquiry, it is relatively poorly studied. Nevertheless, the fruits of addressing this topic are quite clear. The less time teachers spend on red tape and the more time they get to spend on meaningful (inter)actions with their students, the more chances these students get to realize their optimal learning potential. Moreover, it has been evidenced that teachers who perceive a high rate of red tape in their job are more likely to quit their profession altogether.

Tackling the dynamics of red tape is not so easy. Its forms and sizes are very diverse. A very fine procedure at one school may turn out to cause a lot of frustration in another school. Red tape thus presents itself as a protean enemy, lurking in several areas of the school organization and constantly threatening to undermine people’s motivation to give it their all in the classroom.

To add to the problem, the origins of red tape are often hard to trace. Some red tape is produced by the interventions of the government, while other instances may be installed by a school leader or a coordinator at school. Some may even stem from the particular IT-tools used by the school to facilitate the work, or by the expectations of the students and their parents. Red tape may thus metaphorically be conceived of as an onion, of which one needs to peel quite a lot of layers before its core shows itself.

The Flemish inspectorate of education is determined to help school fight this common enemy. In a recent survey it held among over 7000 professionals, it was evidenced that while school leaders feel that they address the topic of red tape in several ways, teachers respond that they feel few results of these efforts. What seems to be lacking, thus, is a clear and precise dialogue at schools about where red tape is to be found, what the actual requirements of the government are, and how the school itself may deal with these requirements in a more functional and less patronizing fashion.

The ignite talk for this conference aims to highlight the importance of having a nuanced understanding of red tape. It addresses three essential questions:

  • What is red tape precisely?
  • What should schools do and avoid in tackling red tape?
  • How can an online tool as developed by the Flemish inspectorate improve the quality of dialogue and policy about red tape in Flemish schools? (more on that tool in the section about methodology)

By demonstrating how the tool is conceptualized, this talk aims to inspire researchers and practitioners in education to come up with novel and diverse methods to assist school world-wide in their battle against red tape. I thus hope to make a humble contribution to the overall quality of education and the job satisfaction of teachers, school leaders and other practitioners in the field of education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Red tape revolves around the balance between effort and (positive) effect. When this balance is distorted, people feel frustrated with the poor effects of their efforts. Tackling red tape is thus not only about reducing people’s efforts, but also about raising the effects of their work.
In developing and launching the online tool called the ‘red tape calculator’, the Flemish inspectorate applied the following procedures:
1. On the basis of focus groups and extant secondary literature, we identified 34 areas in the school organization where red tape is most likely to occur. These 34 areas form the content of the questionnaire on which the red tape calculator is based.
2. School principles can ask for access to a personalized dashboard, from which they can invite the members of their particular school to participate in this survey.
3. We developed a functional grid in which school participants can mark the amount of effort they put into a certain area and the resulting effect of these efforts.
4. We programmed the calculator so that it can calculate the average balance between effort and effect for each of the areas as perceived by each member of the school community.
5. The calculator then provides a school report of the areas where the balance between effort and effect is quite sound, and areas where this balance is distorted.
6. This overview enables school leaders to address the causes of red in a more precise and strategic fashion.
The relevance of this online tool extends beyond individual schools, for the Flemish inspectorate also has access to the average scores of all participating Flemish schools. On the basis of this wider overview, the inspectorate is able to report on broader red tape tendencies in the schools to the Flemish government. This in turn allows for a more precise and purpose-driven political discussion about the actual need for certain decrees and other legal measures. The ultimate goal is, of course, to come to a legislative and practical framework that allows for the clear articulation of societal expectations towards the schools, but also for a maximum of autonomy in how teachers and school leaders deal with these expectations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the ignite talk’s main purpose is to inspire listeners to address red tape in their local context, I will not dwell as much on the eventual results of this research in Flanders, but rather demonstrate how we devised the tool and how it assists us in tackling red tape in the different layers of the Flemish education system.
What we expect as an outcome from our engagement, is that schools will feel encouraged to claim the freedom they receive from the government to organize themselves in a functional way. At the aforementioned survey among over 7000 professionals in education, it was evidenced that more than 80% of the participants indicates that the level of red tape in Flemish education has increased in the past three years. It is to be expected that the combined effort from school leaders, inspectorate and legislators will result in a marked change of that trend (as we will measure again in a new survey in three years from now).
In the end, we hope that this purposeful effort to reduce red tape in education will also be positively linked to student performance, job satisfaction among school professionals and the attractiveness of working in education in Flanders.

References
Bozeman, B. (2000). Bureaucracy and Red Tape. Prentice Hall.
Campbell, J. W. (2017). Red tape and transformational leadership: An organizational echelons perspective. Journal of Organizational Change Management, 30(1), 76-90.
DeHart-Davis, L., Davis, R. S., & Mohr, Z. (2015). Green tape and job satisfaction: Can orga nizational rules make employees happy? Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory, 25(3), 849-876.
Department of Education Flanders (2016). Report: Operatie Tarra. www.onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/operatie-tarra/rapport-operatie-tarra (in Dutch).
Eggers, W. (2007). Government 2.0: Using technology to improve education, cut red tape, reduce gridlock, and enhance democracy. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Kenis, P. et al. (2013). Report: Kom op tegen planlast. www.onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/operatie-tarra/rapport-kom-op-tegen-planlast-2013. Antwerp Management School (in Dutch).
Muylaert, J., Decramer, A. & Audenaert, M. (2022). How leaders’ red tape interacts with employees’ red tape from the lens of the job demands-resources model. Review of Public Personnel Administration, 1-26.
Struyven, K., & Vanthournout, G. (2014). Teachers’ exit decisions: An investigation into the reasons why newly qualified teachers fail to enter the teaching profession or why those who do enter do not continue teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 43, 37-45.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm13 SES 01 A: Invited Symposium
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: David Lewin
Session Chair: Gert Biesta
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium

What Does Moral Education Mean in Scotland Today?

Chair: David Lewin (University of Strathclyde)

Discussant: Gert Biesta (University of Edinburgh)

If education is an intrinsically normative exercise, then the ethical question of how we arrive at those norms cannot be avoided. Educational theorists often address this as a question of educational aims, but also of moral education. In either case, it demonstrates the foundational nature of educational theory and philosophy.

Scotland’s contribution to educational theory and philosophy is significant. One important aspect of this symposium is to reflect on the past to imagine possible futures for philosophy of education for Scottish education and society. Aspiring to establish the significance of the discipline, we then turn to the concept of moral education to consider different aspects of moral formation, from the civic and political to the personally formative. While the concept of moral education lies at the heart of many theories and philosophies of education it is an explicit dimension of contemporary Scottish schooling through the obligatory school subject: Religious and Moral Education. And yet the phrase Moral Education might seem out of kilter with contemporary Scottish sensibilities. On the one hand it can be simply defined as helping children and young people to acquire beliefs, values and dispositions concerning right and wrong. On the other hand, the phrase might seem like a paternalistic anachronism. Does moral education belong to a bygone era in which one of the primary functions of public education was to inculcate explicit moral virtues that reflected a singular moral vision? If we no longer consider moral education to be shaped by the religious culture of Scottish Presbyterianism, how do we understand moral influence today? How are we to reimagine moral formation when we struggle to take account of our own social and political realities, when we can’t fully reflect on our past and present? How are we to expect children to explore and discover moral and ethical values?

Such questions are longstanding. But contemporary contexts raise these issues in novel ways: from the transformation of social relations through modern technology, to repeated climate and ecological breakdowns; from the erosion of democratic and liberal values to crises in global health; from discourses of justice and human rights in an era of so-called post-truth. Such contexts highlight the urgent need for serious normative debate about the nature and future of education, in Scotland and the world.

This symposium invites reflections from philosophers of education at the University of Glasgow whose career-long interests in philosophical and normative educational issues make them well placed to initiate novel reflections on the state of moral education in Scotland today.


References
.
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Futures for the Philosophy of Education?

Nicki Hedge (University of Glasgow)

Locating moral education in the broader field of philosophy of education, I offer a series of provocations for the future. Building on Tesar’s (2021:1235) claim that the foundations of philosophy of education ‘are no longer valued by managers and educational leaders’ unless ‘serving ‘managerial purposes and desired outcomes’, I explore what a ‘new key’ (Tesar et al, 2021) might entail. That new key pertains not only to philosophers of education in HE in Scotland, but for all educational researchers attending this ECER conference with its theme of ‘The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research’. My argument rests on the claim that while ‘we need to draw on the rich and diverse research traditions that make up our educational community’ with a ‘commitment of educational researchers and educational research to address and include diversity in all aspects of what we do’ (ECER, 2023[i]), the philosophy of education is simultaneously thriving and under threat. Thriving is suggested in the 2021 UK REF report[ii] in which, ‘Educational research drawing on philosophy and history was mainly of very high quality, and the sub-panel noted its clear contribution to contemporary debates about core epistemic questions in educational practice, especially around its purposes and responsibilities’. However, concerns about the relative paucity of philosophy in teacher education at all levels are paralleled by a common dismissal of philosophy of education as research or, perhaps more obviously, by a dismissal of philosophers of education as researchers. These concerns are not new, but I suggest that philosophers of education need now to participate more volubly in the ‘ongoing dialogue about what it means to “do” educational research in the 21st century’ (ECER, 2023i). I shall suggest possible futures for philosophy that might stem the tide of our demise. Firstly, we can and should talk about our methods without slipping into methodolatry (see Ruitenberg, 2010). Secondly, we have a key role as both users of and contributors to empirical research (see de Ruyter, 2019). Thirdly, we should teach and so include philosophy of education in all teacher education programmes, including research methods courses and, finally, we should work together in and beyond Scotland to articulate our contributions to educational research. That this colloquium is part of a special interest group for philosophers of education likely not to attract many ECER participants outwith our field is, itself, a challenge we will also discuss.

References:

Heyting, Frieda, Lenzen, Dieter & White, John (2001) Methods in Philosophy of Education, Routledge. Oancea, Alis & Bridges, David.. (2009) Philosophy of education in the UK: The historical and contemporary tradition, Oxford Review of Education, 35(5), 553-568. Ruyter, Doret de (2019) Does a Theory of Moral Education Need the Input of Empirical Research?,Journal of Philosophy of Education, 53, (4):642-648. Ruitenberg, Claudia (ed.) (2010) What Do Philosophers of Education Do?: And How Do They Do It?, Wiley-Blackwell. Tesar, Marek, Hytten, Kathy; Hoskins, Te Kawehau; Rosiek, Jerry; Jackson, Alecia Y; Hand, Michael; Roberts, Peter; Opiniano, Gina A; Matapo, Jacoba; St. Pierre, Elizabeth Adams; Azada-Palacios, Rowena; Kuby, Candace R; Jones, Alison; Mazzei, Lisa A; Maruyama, Yasushi; O'Donnell, Aislinn; Dixon-Román, Ezekiel; Chengbing, Wang; Huang, Zhongjing; Chen, Lei; Peters, Michael A; Jackson, Liz (2022) Philosophy of education in a new key: Future of philosophy of education, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 54(8), 1234-1255.
 

Philosophy, Ethics and the Scottish Educational Heritage

Robert Davis (University of Glasgow)

The argument of this paper is that the indigenous histories of education in early modern Scotland, and their expression in the distinctive public institutions of schools and universities, created conditions in the Scottish Enlightenment for the rise across the nation of several diverse influential philosophical movements at the centre of which was a shared concern for the educated person and the educated polity. This civic impulse, operative across otherwise often strongly contrasting styles of philosophical reasoning and political outlook, placed a defining emphasis on the promotion of a deliberative public ethics: one that was to be fostered by the extension of popular, moral education and the embrace by universities and schools of their accompanying social and cultural responsibilities. The paper charts these important historic trends and their living legacies. It starts from their shared origins in the Scottish Enlightenment moral systematics of Francis Hutcheson, the Common Sense School of Thomas Reid, Adam Ferguson and Dugald Stewart, and the qualified educational populism associated with Adam Smith and William Hamilton. It then attends to the ‘democratic intellect’ radicalisation of this heritage in the 20th century thought of George Elder Davie, John Macmurray and Stanley Nisbet, who in their various revisions sought to renew and extend from its own deep sources the Scottish tradition of educational critique and ethical exchange. The paper concludes that the moral educational purposes of education in Scotland retain to this day the imprint of these philosophical values and civic expectations.

References:

Allan. D. (2020). Virtue, Learning and the Scottish Enlightenment. Edinburgh: EUP. Bow, C. B. (2022). Dugald Stewart's Empire of the Mind: Moral Education in the late Scottish Enlightenment. Oxford: OUP. Graham, G. (2015). Scottish Philosophy in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. Oxford: OUP. MacAllister J. and Macleod, G (2016). Philosophy in Scotland and Scottish Education, Ethics and Social Welfare, 10:3, 197-210. Mirayes, J. R. V. (2005) The Prejudices of Education: Educational Aspects of the Scottish Enlightenment, Atlantis, 27.2 (Diciembre 2005), 101-118. Robertson, R. (2020). The Enlightenment: The Pursuit of Happiness, 1680-1790. Harmondsworth: Allen Lane.
 

Philosophy of Education in Scotland and the Postcolonial Ethics of Universalism

Penny Enslin (University of Glasgow)

How should philosophy of education in Scotland address the postcolonial moment? Among the recent calls made across the academy is for all disciplines to be decolonised: to consider ways in which they have been historically implicated in colonialism, as well as possible reparatory obligations. Such calls are likely to claim that philosophy as a colonised discipline is heavily dominated by Western philosophers, whether in the Anglo-American or Continental traditions – and hence in need of decolonisation. Such claims could well be made by alluding to Scotland’s role in the history of the British Empire, to its continuing material gains from that history and so to an as yet incomplete reckoning with complicity in colonialism. Under particular scrutiny in the decolonial literature is the Enlightenment tradition, which among its alleged flaws is seen to suffer from a tendency to universalism and hence a failure to recognise and respect particularity, especially the experiences and traditions of societies colonised by European powers. Decolonial challenges pose important critical questions for philosophy in Scotland, and for philosophers of education who value the tradition of the Scottish Enlightenment. In a preliminary response to this set of criticisms I will explore the distinction between hegemonic, abusive universalism on the one hand and pluralist, critical universalism on the other, defending the latter as offering a necessary contribution to a postcolonial ethics in philosophy of education. My primary example will be the Scottish Enlightenment philosopher, Adam Smith, drawing on recent reassessments of his work.

References:

Benhabib S (1999) ‘Nous’ et ‘les Autres’ The Politics of Complex Cultural Dialogue in a Global Civilization. In Joppke C & Lukes S (eds) Multicultural Questions Oxford University Press, 44-63 Carey D & Trakulhun S (2013) Universalism, diversity, and the postcolonial enlightenment. In Carey D & Festa L (eds) The Postcolonial Enlightenment: Eighteenth-Century Colonialism and Postcolonial Theory Oxford University Press, 240-280 Gordon L (2019) Decolonizing philosophy. The Southern Journal of Philosophy 57 Supplement, 16-36 Muthu S (2008) Adam Smith's critique of international trading companies: Theorizing "globalization" in the Age of Enlightenment. Political Theory 36(2), 185-212 Rothschild E (2012) Adam Smith in the British Empire. In Muthu S (ed) Empire and Modern Political Thought Cambridge University Press, 184-198
 

The Perils of Politicising Pedagogy

James Conroy (University of Glasgow)

In February 2022, and in response to the experience of an increasingly fraught discourse in the public spaces (actual and virtual) the Department for Education in England issued guidance on ensuring political impartiality. In his introduction to the Guidance the, then Secretary of State, observed that ‘Legal duties on political impartiality ultimately help schools command the confidence of our whole diverse and multi-opinioned society’. The Guidance then proceeds to suggest that while a teacher might legitimately encourage pupils to applaud the National Health Service they could not legitimately suggest to the same pupils that they might question the levels of funding and by extension the commitment of the Government. The grounds for such a distinction would appear to be that the latter displayed political bias but the former didn’t! The intervention, in its entirety, might be considered ill-conceived from an Arendtian perspective, given its deliberate intent to manipulate the boundaries of political discourse in the classroom. And, as I have argued elsewhere the impulse of governments and other political agencies to use schools as sites for the establishment of political preferences is as injurious as it is ubiquitous to the objects of good education. However, once the intervention is present what are we to make of it both educationally and philosophically. In this paper I will attempt to illustrate why the intervention was ill-conceived from the outset on not only Arendtian grounds but also on the basis of conceptual mis-steps (the injunction to foreground the celebratory is not apolitical in the way in which the advice seems to suggest) In doing so I will suggest that linguistic and para-linguistic moves such as clapping are no less performative than explicit questioning of resource allocation and because they are implicit potentially more harmful to the cause of education. Moreover, I will illustrate that the elision of the distinctions (evident in the advice) between the irrational, non-rational and rational leads not to more desirable educational and social outcomes but to undermining a key morally educative imperative – judgment.

References:

Conroy, J.(2020) Caught in the Middle: Arendt, childhood and Responsibility, Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54:1, 23-42. Taylor, D. (2002) Hannah Arendt on Judgment: Thinking for Politics, International Journal of Philosophical Studies, 10:2, 151-169. The Department for Education (2022) Political Impartiality in Schools https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/political-impartiality-in-schools, downloaded 18th March 2023. The Department for Education (2022) Extra Support to Safeguard Political Impartiality in schools https://www.gov.uk/government/news/extra-support-to-safeguard-political-impartiality-in-schools
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm14 SES 01 A: Communities, Families and Schools
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Robyn Henderson
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Bringing Out-Of-School Children Back to the Education System through Parents’ Involvement

Salpa Shrestha, Megh Raj Dangal

Kathmandu University, Nepal

Presenting Author: Shrestha, Salpa

The importance of parental involvement in education is becoming increasingly recognized in education policies at both the local and global levels. Linkages between parental involvement and academic achievement (Mapp, 2013) have been well articulated in education literature. Parents' values regarding the importance of schooling affect the school attendance of their children (Irwin, et al., 1978) whereas their partnership with the school has been proven to be effective in order to reduce chronic absenteeism (Sheldon & Epstein, 2004). Parents can hold the schools accountable for their child’s learning by putting pressure on schools and influencing schools and policies informally and formally (OECD, 2021). This puts parents in a pivotal role in improving both the school and home learning environment. This study explores how these parents if brought together in a common forum could also influence the educational landscape of their community.

Community schools in Nepal are the largest provider of Basic education with 76 percent of schools in Nepal as community schools (GoN, 2021). The National Education Policy, 2076, links good governance of Community schools to active participation and representation of community members in school management (GoN, 2020). It indicates a policy-level improvement in the effective participation of community members in the School Management Committee (SMC) and meaningful participation in the Parent Teacher Association (PTA). The newly amended Education sector plan 2021 – 2030 postulates ‘maintaining the attraction and trust of parents towards community school’ as one of the main challenges of the educator sector in Nepal (GoN, 2021). However, Community schools in Nepal are considered to be government entities although education acts and policies devolve the responsibility to the community itself. The reluctance of community schools to involve the parents in the decision-making process (CERID, 2009) and parents oblivious about their roles and responsibilities has widened the gap between the two. The existing deficit discourse has negatively affected the students in terms of their academic achievement, school regularity, and school enrollment. (Pherali, 2021). One of the strategies to overcome this challenge is to increase parents’ involvement and engagement in education through regular dialogues.

This study focuses on children aged 6 to 14 years, officially at the age of attending the Basic Education system (Grades 1-8) of Nepal but is Out of school. These students are either not enrolled in school, are school dropouts, or chronic absentees (absent for more than 1 month in a row). The study brings parents of these students together forming Action groups. The groups are then sensitized about the value of education, involved in the process of regular Conscientization (Freire, 1970), and encouraged to be more engaged with other parents in the community and community schools.

Through participatory action research (Bennet, 2004, Bergold & Thomas, 2012; Heyman, 2011), narrative inquiry (Clandinin, 2006), and secondary data analysis, the research objective is to develop a systematic approach to parent engagement that would serve as a prototype that is replicable in a similar context.

The research questions include,

  1. How do the parents understand, value, and use the out-of-school data to formulate effective action plans, implement the action plans and reflect on them leading to further action?
  2. How will the values, beliefs, and behaviors of participants regarding the education of their children change as a result of participating in the study?
  3. How does the meaningful engagement of parents in the action groups improve the education status of out-of-school children in the community?

The study includes the development, implementation, analysis, and interpretation of the impact of this participatory approach.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participatory action research can be regarded as a methodology that argues in favor of the possibility, significance, and usefulness of involving research partners in the knowledge-production process (Bergold, 2007 as cited in Bergold & Thomas, 2012). The participatory worldview is articulated using subjective-objective ontology (Heron & Reason, 1997) and epistemology of experiential, presentational, propositional, and practical ways of knowing (Lincoln, Lynham, & Guba, 2013). The methodology is characterized by collaboration between parents of out-of-school children and academic participants at each stage of the research, mutual learning, and resulting social as well as personal action. The axiology asserts the importance of practical knowledge for a Just society.

This paper uses narrative inquiry as a complementary research methodology to present the “lived experience” (Clandinin, 2006) of the participants during the course of the research. A three-dimensional space comprising of personal and social (interaction), present and future (continuity), and place (situation) are used in the study where the researcher inquires into participants’ experiences, their own experiences as well as the co-constructed experiences developed through the relational inquiry process (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000 as cited in Clandinin, 2006). Participants' experience with the action research and its impact on their belief system is explored. Photographs, field notes, conversations & interview transcripts are recorded from the field in response to research questions 1 and 2.

Research question 3 requires a holistic understanding of the impact of systematic parent engagement on parents’ out-of-school children (OOSC), so, an analysis of secondary school data is also included along with the qualitative inquiry. The data comprises School attendance data reflecting the six months before and after the program (i.e. patterns of attendance, enrolment, dropout, and general student demographics over the time of the study). Both secondary quantitative data and qualitative information is used to supplement each other and also for triangulation purposes where relevant.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through regular meetings and reflection, the parents are able to develop action plans directed towards -the improvement of home learning environment and negotiation with the community school for quality education. Regular dialogue on employment opportunities increased the educational aspiration of parents for their children. The evaluation result shows a positive impact on student attendance and dropout rates. The action group members have a cordial relationship with the parents of OOSC in the community through regular home visits and interactions. Community members have formed a system to identify out-of-school children in the community; the list of which is provided to the school during the annual door-to-door enrollment campaigning activities. The school focuses on identified families during the campaigning and takes the support of the action group for counseling. However, there were also some challenges.

Few of the participants participated in the action research with the motive of penalizing the schools for their autocracy. It took a considerable amount of time for the action group to expand their focus from their own children to other out-of-school children in their community. Some school management did not permit the visits of action groups in the schools and acted with resistance. Due to the heavy political influence, the local education department halted the formation of SMC and PTA in community schools. Despite this, the parents are hopeful that they will be able the transform the current status of basic education in their community through continuous dialogues aided by the process of Conscientization. The systematic engagement of parents in action groups provided a hopeful, potentially transformative approach to reducing the number of out-of-school children in the community. However, enabling policies/ practices to place parents and their voices in schools is required to realize this potential.

References
Bennet, M. (2004). A review of the literature on the benefits and drawbacks of participatory action research.
First Peoples Child & Family Review, 1(1), 19-32. https://doi.org/10.7202/1069582ar
Bergold, J., & Thomas, S. (2012). Participatory Research Methods: A Methodological Approach in
Motion. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 13(1).
https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-13.1.1801
Clandinin, D. J. (2006). Narrative inquiry: A methodology for studying lived experience. Research studies
in music education, 27(1), 44-54. https://doi.org/10.1177/1321103X060270010301
Freire, P. (1970). Cultural action and conscientization. Harvard Educational Review, 40(3), 452-477.
https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.40.3.h76250x720j43175
Government of Nepal. MoEST (2020). National Education Policy 2076. Kathmandu: Government of
Nepal, MoEST.
Government of Nepal, MoEST. (2021). Education Sector Plan, 2021-2030. Kathmandu: Government of
Nepal, MoEST.
Government of Nepal, MoEST. (2021). Flash I Report 2077 (2020-021). Kathmandu: Government of
Nepal, MoEST.
Heyman, A. (2011). An exploration of factors which may influence how teachers perceive participatory
action research tools being employed in schools. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 14(5), 369-378. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2011.554226
Heron, J., & Reason, P. (1997). A participatory inquiry paradigm. Qualitative inquiry, 3(3), 274-294.
https://doi.org/10.1177/107780049700300302
Irwin, M., Engle, P. L., Yarbrough, C., Klein, R. E., & Townsend, J. (1978). The relationship of prior ability
and family characteristics to school attendance and school achievement in rural Guatemala. Child
Development, 415-427. https://doi.org/10.2307/1128706
Lincoln, Y.S., Lynham, S.A., & Guba, E.G. (2013). Paradigmatic Controversies, Contradictions and
Emerging Confluences, Revisited. In Denzin, N.K., & Lincoln. Y. S. (Eds.), The Landscape of
Qualitative Research (4th ed., pp. 199-267). SAGE publications.
Mapp, K. (2013). Partners in education: A dual capacity-building framework for family-school
partnerships. Washington, DC: Southwest Educational Development Laboratory.
Retrieved December 20, 2022, from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED593896.pdf
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2021). Parent involvement. Education GPS.
Retrieved December 20, 2022, from
https://gpseducation.oecd.org /revieweducationpolicies /#!node=41727&filter=all  
Pherali, T. (2021). The World Bank, Community Schooling, and School-based Management: A Political
Economy of Educational Decentralization in Nepal. In L. Parajuli, D. Uprety & P. Onta (Eds.),
School Education in Nepal (pp. 241-262). Kathmandu: Martin Chautari.
Research Centre for Educational Innovation and Development [CERID]. (2009). Community managed school: An innovative approach to school management (Study Report 33): Tribhuvan University
Secretariat, C. A., & Durbar, S. (2015). Constitution of Nepal 2015. Kathmandu: Constituent Assembly
Secretariat. Retrieved December 29, 2022, from
https://www.equalrightstrust.org/ertdocumentbank/Constitution%20of%20Nepal%202015.pdf
Sheldon, S. B., & Epstein, J. L. (2004). Getting students to school: Using family and community
involvement to reduce chronic absenteeism. The School Community Journal, 14, 39–56. Retrieved
December 17, 2022, from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ794822.pdf


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Unified Educational Centre as Public Policy: Considerations on Space and Schools-communities Relationships in the Periphery of Sao Paulo, Brazil

Elizabeth dos Santos Braga

University of Sao Paulo, Brazil

Presenting Author: dos Santos Braga, Elizabeth

The Unified Educational Centres (CEUs) in the city of São Paulo, Brazil, have been an important intersectorial public policy with continuity throughout different administrations since its inauguration in 2003 that aims the promotion of public spaces in the periphery, reducing criminality and social exclusion. According to several studies about the effects of the implementation of CEUs, they take an important part in the rearrangement of the urban fabric.

Our collective action research is held at one of the 46 CEUs of São Paulo, CEU Uirapuru, in order to analyse the production of this space, its surroundings and its architecture, as well as the modes of interaction with local communities. The interdisciplinary and collaborative research, in an attempt of dialogue between areas of pedagogy, psychology, architecture, geography and environmental education, focuses on the following aspects: space, architecture and school organization; forms of appropriation and signification by the communities - uses and memories. Our work is divided into three subgroups: Memory and Education; Architecture; and Environmental Education. With this investigation and intervention, we intend to promote more inclusive school and cultural practices, to foster the culture of participation and citizenship and to contribute to increasing quality education, considering the importance of the defense of this policy at the present moment, when serious threats to its public and intersectorial character have been occurring.

In our analysis of CEU Uirapuru, we try to bring to discussion the importance of concepts such as space, place and territory, as well as appropriation, culture and history. We consider the analysis of authors such as Escolano (2001), about the importance of considering the location and disposition of schools in the urban plot of the cities, as an element of the curriculum, in taking into account the problems we have to face in Brazilian schools. According to Faria (2012), the conception of education that underlies their architecture has not managed to enter the 21st century and the classroom is still seen as the central place of knowledge production. But we would mainly mention the poor quality of buildings of public schools, from the 1960s on, when there were growing in school demand, showing the little importance given to education for popular classes (Lima, 1994). From the 1980s, a new conception in terms of school environment emerged and many proposals for renewal were made in some Brazilian states, according to Braga (2008). In attempts such as CEUs, we consider the importance of architectural complex as a place of social, cultural and symbolic dimension, as well as the importance of the social relationships established there in the constitution of the subjects. To do so, the study is based on the concepts of mediation (Vygotsky, 1995) and appropriation (Wertsch, 1994; Smolka, 2000) as well as on ideas developed by Daniels et al. (2015) about of the architectural design and its appropriation by the school staff for the students' learning. Haesbaert (2011), in dialogue with Lefebvre (2006), states that every identity is spatial, due to the fact that it is not performed in an abstract way, but contextualized in space-time, geographically, historically and symbolically perceived / lived. In this sense, the research deals with memories of the agents of CEU, and how they compose the daily life and the relationships with the space and of the subjects among themselves, based on authors such as Halbwachs (1990), Pollak (1992), Bosi (1994), among others.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research has been carried out according to a qualitative, collaborative, action-research approach. To this end, a study of the environment is being conducted, with attention to the microprocesses involved in social and individual actions (Marques, 2016), to meanings that subjects attribute to spaces and to experiences in them, trying to make a "dense description" (Geertz, 1978) and document the undocumented in their history (Ezpeleta and Rockwell, 1986), such as conflicts and meanings produced and  not necessarily explicit in everyday relations. This process will take the form of "action research", with the emancipation of the subjects involved, the development of critical-reflexive procedures on reality and collective re-signification of the groups' understandings (Franco, 2005). Moreover, in a collaborative approach, the subject in the researched environment comes to be seen as a partner for the research, as a participant in the research process (Ibiapina, 2008).
To this extent, special attention is given to the stories and other types of documents capable of reporting on the interactions between numerous agents, from their everyday uses to those related to the insertion of the equipment in dimensions or situations that go beyond the scale of the neighbourhood. The aim is to offer social and historical visibility to public policy agents who are generally neglected in the documents that support the policies. By doing so, it becomes possible to recognize the series of actions and representations that contribute to the configuration and materialization of public policies that, although they are not usually transformed into statistical data, they are central to the effectiveness and success of actions of this nature. Mapping these actions becomes, therefore, a fundamental strategy for investigating the impact of CEU in people's lives in the communities. The subjective, affective and material marks will allow us to conclude about the constitution (or not) of this space as a place for the subjects that relate to it.
Through procedures such as participant observation and semi-structured interviews, locus for the emergence of narratives of life and experience (Bertaux, 2010) will be created, such as discussion circles with the community; in addition to walks through the neighborhood, guided by the residents, accompanied by field recording.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As this is an ongoing research, what we could observe and at the same time collaborate in, so far, are initiatives such as: projects carried out by the school community itself, related to sustainability, such the planting of several species of trees; functioning of collegiate and management council formed by residents and local leaders, in addition to representatives of the school community; cultural initiatives involving music, theatre, reading; sports and healthy practices for students and communities; pedagogical work aiming at a greater participation of families in the school and the growth of the feeling of belonging to CEU, to the schools and to the communities themselves; activities in the schools and in the library around the themes of inclusion, afro and indigenous culture. Even in the year 2023, the special action plans of the schools will focus on ethnic-racial issues and we intend to hold several cultural workshops involving professionals from the university, local communities and CEU itself, so that practices and conceptions towards greater diversity and inclusion can be discussed and rethought.
Our observation, interviews, training activities with the teachers will be in the sense of building together with the agents of this space possibilities of its renovation and expansion of affective, educational and citizen use. The patron of Brazilian education, Paulo Freire (1996), brings, in his conception of socio-cultural and critical-humanizing education, elements to understand how the subject as a historical being that, from social relations, can interact with the world and with other human beings, as well as perceiving himself as in constant construction.
We believe that this Brazilian experience can dialogue with European experiences that aim at the increment of policies for childhood and youth in areas of great vulnerability such as the researched territory.

References
BERTAUX, D. Narrativas de vida: a pesquisa e seus métodos. Trad. Z. A. C. Cavalcante; D. M. 2010.
BOSI, E. Memória e sociedade: lembranças de velhos. 3. ed. São Paulo: Companhia das Letras, 1994.
BRAGA, L. Projeto de creches e pré-escolas municipais e o papel do arquiteto no serviço público: estudo de caso em Florianópolis. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Engenharia Civil, UFSC, 2008.
DANIELS, H. et al. Learning from pupils and teachers. In: CLEGG, P. (org.) Learning from schools. London: Artifice, p. 155-161, 2015.
ESCOLANO, A. Arquitetura como programa, espaço-escola e currículo. In: ESCOLANO, A.; FRAGO, A. V. Currículo, espaço e subjetividade: a arquitetura como programa. 2. ed. Rio de Janeiro: DP&A, 2001.
EZPELETA, J.; ROCKWELL, E. Pesquisa participante. São Paulo: Cortez: Autores Associados, 1986.
FARIA, A. B. G. Por outras referências no diálogo arquitetura e educação: na pesquisa, no ensino e na produção de espaços educativos escolares e urbanos. Em Aberto, v. 25, n. 88, jul./dez., p. 99-111, 2012.
FREIRE, P. Pedagogia da autonomia: saberes necessários à prática educativa. 50. ed. Rio de Janeiro: Paz e Terra, 1996.
GEERTZ, C. A Interpretação das Culturas. Rio de Janeiro: Zahar Editores, 1978.
HAESBAERT, Rogério. O espaço importa: dilemas da construção identitário-territorial na contemporaneidade, In: BASTOS, Liliana Cabral; LOPES, Luiz Paulo da Moita. (Org.). Estudos de identidade: entre saberes e práticas. Rio de Janeiro: FAPERJ, 2011.
HALBWACHS, M. Memória coletiva. São Paulo: Vértice, 1990.
IBIAPINA, I. M. L. M. Pesquisa colaborativa: investigação, formação e produção de conhecimentos. Brasília: Líber Livro, 2008. KOWALTOWSKI, D. C. C. K. Arquitetura escolar: o projeto do ambiente de ensino. São Paulo: Oficina de Textos, 2011.
LEFEBVRE, H. A produção do espaço. Paris: Éditions Anthropos, 2006.
LIMA, M. W. S. A criança e a percepção do espaço. Cadernos de Pesquisa. São Paulo, n. 31, p. 73-80, 1979.
MARQUES, J. P. A Observação participante na pesquisa de campo em Educação. Educação em Foco, ano 19, n. 28, p. 263-284, 2016.
POLLAK, M. Memória e Identidade Social. Estudos Históricos. Rio de Janeiro, vol. 5, n. 10, p. 200-212, 1992.
SMOLKA, A. L. B. O (im)próprio e o (im)pertinente na apropriação das práticas sociais. Cadernos CEDES. Campinas, n. 50, p. 26-40, 2000. 24
VYGOTSKI, L. S. Obras Escogidas. Tomo III. Madri: Visor, 1995.
WERTSCH, J. V. Vygotsky and the social formation of mind. 5. ed. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1994.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm14 SES 01 B: Learning and Teaching in Pandemic and Post-Pandemic Times
Location: McIntyre Building, 201 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Maria Papathanasiou
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Learning During the COVID-19 School Closures in the Rural Global South: Experiences of Children and Communities in Sierra Leone

Aimee Smith, Dympna Devine, Ciaran Sugrue, Elena Samonova, Seaneen Sloan, Jenny Symonds

University College Dublin, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Smith, Aimee

The 2020 COVID-19 pandemic caused global disruption to everyday life, including the closing of businesses and schools. For children, the pandemic has had impacts beyond health (United Nations, 2022) and posed challenges to meeting the Sustainable Development Goals with relation to education (Ellanki et al., 2022). Due to school closures, an estimated 1.5 billion children worldwide were out of school (Goulds, 2020). Since the early days of the pandemic there has been awareness of the impacts of school closures on the learning experiences of students around the world, including concerns relating to learning loss (Donnelly and Patrinos, 2022). In addition, the pandemic has brought formal education into homes and shifted family involvement in children’s education (Hoskins et al., 2022), although the international literature highlights the uneven distribution and access to ‘remote’ formal learning (Simba et al., 2020). Within Europe for example, Blasko et al. (2022) found differences between children’s access to quality distance learning materials such as a lack of access to the internet, books and parental support. They argue that home-learning resources – particularly for younger children – were already important before the pandemic, with this importance increasing during the school closures.

In comparison with the Global North, children in the Global South faced particular challenges during this time. School closures were also associated with learning loss (Kusumaningrum et al., 2021) and although in some instances this was mediated by the turn to online learning, disparate access to technology meant this solution was unequal (Outhred et al., 2020; Simba et al., 2020). There was a significant urban/rural divide in access to technology compounded by remote locations (Srinivasan et al., 2021; Asadullah and Bhattacharjee, 2022). Of particular importance to rural communities, where parental education and literacy is often low, is the continuation of contact and interaction with teachers (Wangdi and Rai, 2022; Wang et al. 2021). The growing literature on children’s learning during the school closures in the rural Global South is mostly focused on experiences of teachers and secondary school students, with limited focus on the experiences of primary school children in these remote locations. This paper contributes to this gap by focusing on primary school children, as well as the experiences of their teachers and families, in rural communities in Sierra Leone. It draws on a longitudinal mixed-methods study, with a particular focus on data collected both during and after the country’s school closures and highlights the strategies undertaken to support children’s learning in the absence of technological solutions.

Sierra Leone is one of the poorest countries in the world, and has low levels of adult literacy and intergenerational education (UNESCO, 2018). Since the end of a brutal civil war in 2002, there has been efforts made to improve access to primary education for all school-age children. The COVID-19 pandemic caused a significant disruption to learning due to schools being closed from March-October 2020. Sierra Leone has also had previous experience in dealing with disease outbreaks, having seen a devastating Ebola epidemic from 2014-2016, six years prior to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. One of the outcomes for the Sierra Leone government from this experience was ensuring children could continue to learn in future emergencies (MEST, 2018). This paper highlights the strategies taken by schools, communities and families to support children’s continued learning during the COVID-19 school closures, as well as discussing the challenges faced as a result of extreme poverty and rurality.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To explore children’s experiences with their learning during the school closures, we draw on data from a longitudinal mixed methods study. This study, which ran from 2018-2021 explored children’s experiences during their first three years of primary school  in 100 communities in a rural district of northern Sierra Leone. The data for this paper is primarily drawn from two phases of this data collection. The first phase was conducted during the school closures in June and July 2020, and consisted of a survey with 77 headteachers, and semi-structured interviews with four headteachers in four case study communities. The survey and interviews focused on how the schools responded to the closures and what support was in place for children’s continued learning. The second phase was conducted in November 2020 after schools reopened and includes a survey of approximately 2000 children across the 100 communities, as well as semi-structured interviews with 16 caregivers, 14 children and 8 teachers in each of the four case study communities. The survey asked children what they did during the school closures, while interviews with caregivers and children focused on the impact of the pandemic on family life, as well as children’s activities during this time. These interviews formed part of an ongoing in-depth exploration with 16 families across the multiple years of the study and altogether give a vivid picture of everyday life in these communities, both pre- and post-pandemic. Interviews with teachers focused on their experiences as rural educators and what they were able to do to support children’s continued learning.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research found that there was a rapid closure of schools following the official government notice, and that previous experience of dealing with school closures during the Ebola epidemic helped somewhat to prepare school staff for this period of school closures in the rural communities. Although nationally there were programmes in place for online and radio learning for children out of school, these were mostly unavailable for children in our study. Most children reported only studying at home, sometimes with the help of family members, particularly older siblings, with limited access to their teachers. Our paper illustrates the strategies undertaken to continue children’s learning as well as highlighting challenges faced as a result of being located in an extremely poor rural community. It highlights some ways that schools and families, particularly in the rural global south, can continue to provide access to quality education for children in emergency or challenging circumstances without the use of technology.
References
Asadullah, M. N. and A. Bhattacharjee (2022). "Digital Divide or Digital Provide? Technology, Time Use, and Learning Loss during COVID-19." The Journal of Development Studies 58(10): 1934-1957.

Blasko, Z., P. da Costa, S.V Schnepf (2022) Learning losses and educational inequalities in Europe: Mapping the potential consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. Journal of European Social Policy, 32(4) 361-375

Donnelly, R., and H.A. Patrinos (2022) Learning loss during Covid-19: an early systematic review. Prospects, 51, pp. 601-609

Ellanki, R., M. Favara, D. Le Thuc et al. (2021) Assessing the potential impact of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) on the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) outcomes: evidence from telephone surveys in the four Young Lives countries. Emerald Open Research

Goulds, S. (2020). Living Under Lockdown: Girls and COVID-19. Plan International: Woking.

Hoskins, K., Y. Xu, J. Gao and J. Zhai (2022). "Children and young people's perspectives on and experiences of COVID ‐19 in global contexts." Children & Society 37(1): 1-7.

Kusumaningrum, S., C. Siagian and H. Beazley. (2022) Children during the COVID-19 pandemic: children and young people’s vulnerability and wellbeing in Indonesia. Children’s Geographies, 20 (4): 437-447

Minister of Education, Science and Technology [MEST] (2018) Education Sector Plan 2018-2020. Government of Sierra Leone
Outhred, R., L. Marshall and R. Moore (2020). Interrupted Education in Ethiopia: Support for Students During the COVID-19 School Closures. Young Lives.

Simba, J., I. Sinha, P. Mburugu, A. et al. (2020). "Is the effect of COVID-19 on children underestimated in low- and middle- income countries?" Acta Paediatrica 109(10): 1930-1931.

Srinivasan, M., D. Jishnu and R. Shamala. (2021). "COVID-19 and online education: Digital inequality and other dilemmas of rural students in accessing online education during the pandemic." World of Media. Journal of Russian Media and Journalism Studies 4(2021): 34-54.

UNESCO (2018). Sierra Leone. https://uis.unesco.org/en/country/sl

United Nations. (2020). Policy Brief: The impact of COVID-19 on children. UN

Wang, J., Y. Yang, H. Li and J. Aalst (2021). "Continuing to teach in a time of crisis: The Chinese rural educational system’s response and student satisfaction and social and cognitive presence." British Journal of Educational Technology 52(4): 1494-1512.

Wangdi, T. and A. Rai (2022). "Teaching Online During the Covid Pandemic in Rural Bhutan: Challenges and Coping Strategies." South Asia Research, 43 (1): 1-14


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Parental Strategies and Agency of Children Engaged in Extracurricular Activities in the Context of the Covid-19 Pandemic

Mikhail Goshin, Dmitry Grigoriev, Pavel Sorokin

Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Goshin, Mikhail

In the 21st century, new trends in socio-economic development pose new challenges to the education system. The issue of developing the so-called "transformative agency", understood as the ability to proactively influence a person on the surrounding social environment, including the creation of new communities and forms of interaction in various spheres of public life, is highly relevant (Udehn, 2002; Sorokin, Froumin, 2022). Agency can be understood as an umbrella concept combining such constructs as subjectivity, autonomy, independence, initiative, self-determination, self-regulation, and proactivity. Proactive behavior underlying agency is a useful characteristic in the context of social transformations (Sorokin, Froumin, 2022). Agency allows the subject to regard stress or a difficult situation as an incentive to self-development and helps the individual "accept the challenge of fate" by making relatively free choices and taking responsibility for the events (Schwarzer, 2001).

Academic literature suggests that extracurricular activities (ECA) have a high potential in terms of the formation and development of relevant personal qualities and behavioral patterns. Participation of schoolchildren in ECA contributes to the formation of perseverance, independence, cognitive motivation, self-confidence, creativity, and social activity of children and youth (Farkas, 2003; Fletcher, Nickerson, Wright 2003; Baker, 2008). There are two main reasons underlying the importance of ECA for the agency issues. Firstly, it is an initiative choice of programs and a relatively high degree of freedom choice and action, in comparison with a basic school curriculum (Lareau, Weininger, 2008). Secondly, it is the content features of ECA, which are characterized by an emphasis on the creation of educational products, including projects, which allows the student to develop and show the "agent potential" to a greater extent.

Against the well-researched studies on the effects of ECA for various aspects of individual development, the study of the contribution of ECA to the formation and development of the ability to engage in proactive action is limited (Carbonaro, Maloney, 2019). The factors and conditions for the formation of this ability, including the influence of the family and the peculiarities of parental participation in the education of schoolchildren have not been sufficiently explored. Questions about the agency of children in the field of education and the role of parents in its formation are still on the periphery of both the discourse about agency and mainstream education research.

As a result of the covid-19 pandemic, the role and responsibility of students and their families in the educational process have increased (Kalil, Mayer, Shah, 2020; Weaver, Swank, 2021). New and unique conditions have emerged for the manifestation of independence (agency) and, therefore, for their study and analysis. In these conditions, the study of the issues of agency in children engaged in extracurricular activities, in conjunction with strategies reflecting the participation of parents in education, are of particular relevance.

Research questions:

- How did the interaction of schoolchildren with their parents change during the pandemic?

- What was the proportion of families in which rules were developed to adapt to new conditions? How did this proportion differ from families that applied different strategies of interaction between children and parents? If new rules were worked out, what were their sources?

- What is the proportion of students in families with different strategies of interaction with parents, who created collectives, groups on the Internet on issues related to education, or other topics in quarantine?

- What difficulties did students from families with different parental strategies face and what prospects did they see for themselves in the new situation? Which strategies proved to be the most successful in terms of effective adaptation to changed conditions, assessed through the child's perception of new opportunities and challenges?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were obtained from the results of a survey of students (N=16 666) and their parents (N=19 431) on the transition to a remote form of education during self-isolation. It was conducted in May 2020 by the Pinsky Centre of General and Extracurricular Education of the HSE Institute of Education together with the federal operator of extracurricular activities navigators "Inlearno". The sample includes representatives from all federal districts. The level of Internet penetration in Russia is high and relatively homogeneous with more than 80% of the population covered. Taking into account the large sample size, the survey results can be considered representative for Russia.
The questionnaire included 22 questions, covering such issues as the development of rules in the family that help to adapt to quarantine conditions and their sources and the child's social-agent activity assessed through such an indicator as the creation of collectives, groups on the Internet dedicated to  issues related to education, or other topics. The emphasis on online communities and groups is associated with the increased relevance of digital forms of communication in remote conditions. The questionnaire also assessed the respondents' effects of extracurricular classes in new conditions and changes in interest and desire to engage in extracurricular activities.
To assess the changes in the nature of respondents' interaction with parents and strategies of parental participation in children's education during the quarantine, a corresponding question was included in the questionnaire evaluating various options for joint actions and their dynamics.
To analyze the data, our study used one of the techniques within the so-called "bottom-up methodological approach" (data-driven approach), which is called latent profile analysis (LPA; Grigoryev, van de Vijver, 2017). LPA is an exploratory technique that allows using the maximum likelihood method to establish an internal latent structure in the sample, determining the observed nature of the responses, and classifying the study participants based on certain initially implicit characteristics. LPA does not have the disadvantages inherent in cluster analysis, which could solve a similar task of grouping respondents, since the composition and number of clusters (profiles) does not depend on the selected partitioning criteria, and the evaluated models can be selected based on special quality indicators. In our case, LPA allowed us to group the respondents regarding the answers to the question about changes in the nature of interaction with parents due to self-isolation during the pandemic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The nature of children’s interaction with parents underwent various changes in the conditions of the pandemic and the transfer of education to a distance format. As a result, the LPA divided the respondents into five categories, namely "weakly involved parenting" (12%); "controlling parenting” (10.4%); "total engagement" (48.2%); "support for individual project activities" (4.3%); and "complex increased involvement" (25.1%).
The study showed that the strategies of children's interaction with parents on education issues and their changes during the pandemic demonstrate a significant relationship with the manifestations of proactive behavior (agency) in children. The strategy focused on the joint activities of children and parents is associated with cooperative forms of agency. The provision of freedom to children along with facilitating support is associated with autonomous agency. We are much more likely to observe the development of rules that help to structure life, adapt to new conditions, and continue education in quarantine in those families where parents were maximally involved in interaction with children, and especially in cases when various forms of joint activities became more frequent. More often than others, such students created collectives on the Internet, demonstrating a strategy of cooperative agency activity together with their parents. The least likely to show such activities were children who were experiencing parental control to the maximum extent. It was also found that the complete lack of interaction with parents, as well as the manifestation of strict control by parents, did not contribute to the formation of proactive behavior and successful adaptation in crisis conditions. Finally, the third important conclusion of this study is that discussing with parents the prospects of participating in educational projects and research is of key importance both from the point of view of proactive behavior and expanding opportunities in new, albeit stressful conditions.

References
Baker C. N. (2008) Under-Represented College Students and Extracurricular Involvement: The Effects of Various Student Organizations on Academic Performance. Social Psychology of Education, 11(3), 273-298.
Carbonaro B., Maloney E. (2019). Extracurricular Activities and Student Outcomes in Elementary and Middle School: Causal Effects or Self-selection? Socius Sociological Research for a Dynamic World, 5(5).
Farkas, R. (2003). Effects of Traditional Versus Learning-Styles Instructional Methods on Middle School Students. The Journal of Educational Research, 97(1), 42-51.
Fletcher A. C., Nickerson P., Wright K.L. (2003). Structured Leisure Activities in Middle Childhood: Links to Well‐Being. Journal of Community Psychology, 31(6), 641– 659.
Grigoryev, D., van de Vijver, F. (2017). Acculturation Profiles of Russian-Speaking Immigrants in Belgium and Their Socio-Economic Adaptation. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 38(9), 797-814.
Kalil A., Mayer S., & Shah R. (2020). Impact of the COVID-19 Crisis on Family Dynamics in Economically Vulnerable Households. Harris School of Public Policy Studies University of Chicago.
Lareau A. & Weininger E.B. (2008). Class and the Transition to Adulthood. Social class: How does it work.
Schwarzer R. (2001) Stress, Resources, and Proactive Coping. Applied Psychology, 50, 400-407.
Sorokin P. S., Froumin I. D. (2022) Education As a Source for Transformative Agency: Theoretical and Practical Issues. Voprosy Obrazovaniya / Educational Studies Moscow, 1, 116-137.
Udehn L. (2002) The Changing Face of Methodological Individualism. Annual Review of Sociology, 28(1), 479–507.
Weaver J. L., & Swank J. M. (2021) Parents’ Lived Experiences With the COVID-19 Pandemic. The Family Journal: Counseling and Therapy for Couples and Families, 29(2), 136-142.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Post-Covid Parent-School Relationship & Partnership

Maria Papathanasiou

university of Thessaly, Greece

Presenting Author: Papathanasiou, Maria

When Covid-19 put people into widespread physical and interpersonal isolation, we already know from experience the change would create additional, only partially predictable needs. Lagging behind of heretofore real local school community—parent–teacher–school, or even intra-parent—came to the surface (Epstein et al, 2019). In the absence of both psychologic as well as physical Community, people began to appreciate what the lack of such Community would entail—above all a deficit of relational trust—one essential to supporting close collaboration, secure bonding, honest positive relationships, and relatively harmonious interaction amidst increasing surfacing of strong, polarizing, personal, developmental, cultural, and/implicit or obvious diversities.

R.Q.: What are the main /principal elements/features that constitute a successful parent-school relationship & partnership.

I hoped to gain insight, 1) into how much enthusiasm and participation parents in my sample had had for intense involvement with their children’s school pre-Covid-19, 2) whether such interest and intention had been retained, augmented, or diminished by the difficulties, or the opportunities for connection revealed by the necessity for parents to somewhat become co-teacher-collaborators in their children’s education, and 3) whether any perhaps previously unrecognized or previously unappreciated factors had been introduced into the parent-teacher-school relational mix.

International research (Epstein, 2005, Henderson & Mapp, 2002) has shown how reinforced parent’s collaboration with the school community, seems to have positive effects in children’s academic success (Aronson, 1996) as it improves attitude and school performance (Bradley, Caldwell, & Rock, 1988). Numerous ideas, proposals, and models that seek to enhance parent-school partnership, have been proposed from time to time, which attempt to organize the different ways in which the interaction of school and family can best be maintained. In the context of my intent to strengthen the effectiveness of an innovative parent’ engagement model, the theoretical territory most productive to explore lay at the intersection of transformative learning (Mezirow, 2012), from Adults’ Learning Theories, and the principles of philosophy for children- P4C (Lipman &Sharp, 1994) that fosters a community-based reflection and dialogue and could be an applicable educational proposal for adult learners. Both stances are grounded on the proposition that personal and social growth are fostered by dialogue in intrapersonal thought as well as by interpersonal verbal communication that is increasingly liberated from the constraints of personal (sometimes society-wide) assumptions that confine thought and action to patterns that have become or were always dysfunctional.

When Covid-19 changed the conditions for and demands on the entire educational system, the gap in the relationship & partnership between teachers, parents, (and implicitly children) has become increasingly apparent (Mapp & Bergman, 2019). For the construction and maintenance of such a foundation there were things that research hadn’t earlier recognized as particularly important that turned out to be quite essential. New knowledge of their existence was of concern because, the widespread burgeoning of online learning is to be expected because of an increasing dearth of funds worldwide and exponentially expanding technology, even if an environmental mortal threat was absent.

Therefore, extending the Parents’ Community of Inquiry model (Papathanasiou, 2022) to bridging the gap, it would necessitate building a coherent Community of Inquiry with an overarching influence strong enough that it could leverage disparate people out of concrete thinking, and/or affiliation-based mindsets. As developmental psychologist Robert Kegan often says about why developmental change occurs: it’s the environment that mandates and then either supports or bars new ways of thinking and change. In this case, community must encompass a group of people—maybe initially disparate—to the point where there can be a sense of belonging (Galbraith, 2004). A sense of belonging that does not just include, but fully respects, values, and eventually welcomes diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This has been a comparative study related to the topic and in combination with the emergency of the Pandemic. The idea for a comparative study of a social phenomenon, has been explored as a tool used for the researcher to compare parents- school relationship and partnership before and during the Pandemic because of its enormous effect in education worldwide.
A questionnaire was created in order to search for data related to the topic among a five-country (Spain, Italy, Greece, USA, Costa Rica) international sample of parents of school-age children who had experienced schooling under both “normal” face-to-face conditions and then the online-learning constraints imposed by the Pandemic. This questionnaire was built in such a way that with the help of a specialized statistical and qualitative research tool (MAXQDA 2020) to be coded and process mainly a qualitative but also a minimal descriptive quantitative analysis of the data. Personally selected non-random groups of parents in the five countries listed above were asked via the survey that was distributed via email and social media to share insights on their relationship with their children as well as on a number of factors concerning their family relationship with their child/ren’s school they considered wanting or positive both before and during the Pandemic. The survey questions were constructed in a way that I hoped would elicit answers that would be relevant to improving parents’ relationship with their child(ren), their teachers, and the school in a post-Covid world.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Improvement, if needed—or lack of it—would be expected to have an impact on the future implementation and success of the proposed P4C-based model dependent on implementing tripartite parent-teacher-child engagement in a teacher-facilitated Community of Inquiry engaged in development of reasoning-skills-enhancing reflective dialogue.
The adult learning theory that seemed to promise an important contribution to model refinement was Jack Mezirow’s Transformative Learning, particularly including its discourse circles that substantially mirror the concept and execution of P4C for adults.
The results of the conceptual study and analysis, seem to support the relevance of the researcher-identified connection between Mezirow’s transformative learning and Lipman and Sharp’s P4C principles (Lipman, 2009) in that the responses of the international participants favored communication and dialogue as factors in improving their relationship with their children’s school (Survey Question 18) and socio-emotional learning as a factor that had assumed increased importance for them because of the stresses imposed by the Covid shutdown and online learning (Survey Question 21).
At the same time the relevance of Marsick and Watkins’ model (1999) of organizational learning, embodied in their “Learning Organization” is also potentially relevant to the task of building a unified community of Parents, Teachers, Children, and School-as-a-whole that must co-operate and learn together. That in connection to Lipman and Sharp’s principles regarding the Community of Philosophical inquiry are sui generis in their common need, to keep learning continually to the point that it can transform itself, and its members as individuals, as a group—in sum, as an organization characterized by trusting relationships and robustness of knowledge as a common good to be sought.

References
Aronson, J.Z., (1996). How schools can recruit hard-to-reach parents. Educational Leadership. 53(7), 58-60.
Bradley, R. H., Caldwell, B. M., & Rock, S. L. (1988). Home environment and school performance: A ten-year follow-up and examination of three models of environmental action. Child Development, 59, 852–867.
Epstein, L.J. (2005). Links in a Professional Development Chain: Preservice and Inservice Education for Effective Programs of School, Family, and Community Partnerships. The New Educator 1, no. 2: 125-41.
Epstein, L.J., Jung, S.B. & Sheldon, B.S. (2019). Toward Equity in School, Family, and Community Partnerships. In Sheldon, B., S. & Tammy, A. (Eds.), The Wiley Handbook of Family, School, and Community Relationships in Education. John Wiley & Sons.
Galbraith, W.M. (2004). Adult Learning Methods: A Guide for Effective Instruction (3rd.ed.). Krieger Publishing Company.
Henderson, T. A. & Mapp, L. K. (2002). A New Wave of Evidence: The Impact of School, Family, and Community Connections on Student Achievement (Annual Synthesis 2002). Austin, TX: National Center of Family and Community Connections with Schools, SEDL, Southwest Educational Development Laboratory.
Lipman, M. (2009). Philosophy for Children: Some assumptions and implications. In Marsal, E., Dobashi, T., Weber, B. (eds.), Children Philosophize Worldwide. Frankfurt: Peter Lang.
Lipman, M. & Sharp, A.M. (1994). Growing up with Philosophy. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall Hunt Publishing Company.
Mapp, K. L. & Bergman, E. (2019). Dual capacity-building framework for family-school partnerships (Version 2). Retrieved from: www.dualcapacity.org
Marsick, V. & Watkins, K. (1999). Facilitating learning organizations: Making learning count. Aldershot: Gower Press.
Mezirow, J. (2009). An overview on transformative learning. In K. Illeris (ed.), Contemporary Theories of Learning: Learning Theorists: In Their Own Words. Routledge.
Mezirow, J. (2012). Learning to think like an adult. In E. W. Taylor & P. Cranton (Eds.), The handbook of transformative learning: Theory, research, and practice. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Papathanasiou, M. (2022). Enhancing Parents’ Engagement to Enhance Children’s Learning. In Handbook of Research on Family Literacy Practices and Home School Connections, (Eds). IGI Global. ISBN13: 9781668445693
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm15 SES 01 A: Getting Started: Research-Practice Partnerships in Education
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sarah McGeown
Research Workshop
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Research Workshop

Getting Started: Research-Practice Partnerships in Education

Sarah McGeown

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: McGeown, Sarah

There is growing interest in the use of research-practice partnerships (RPPs) in education, in an attempt to narrow the widely recognised gap between educational research and practice. Research-practice partnerships (RPPs) are collaborative approaches to research which seek to improve children and young people’s educational experiences and outcomes, by drawing upon the collective knowledge, expertise and experience available from both research and practice. This approach to research recognises two equally important sources of knowledge: that of the researcher and the practitioner (Snow, 2015). RPPs ensure that University led research is more likely to align with the needs, interests and priorities of teachers and other stakeholders, ensuring research is more educationally relevant and increasingly likelihood of use (McGeown et al., accepted). In RPPs, practice partners are essential in terms of contributing to the development of knowledge, rather than simply being consumers or users of generated knowledge (Bevins & Price, 2014). In this way, RPPs can democratise the research system (Sjölund et al., 2022a).

The number of RPPs in education has increased considerably over recent years (see Sjölund, et al., 2022a, for a recent systematic review), with examples of different forms (e.g., Arce-Trigatti et al., 2018; Penuel & Hill, 2019) characterised by different durations, sectors, compositions, contributions, intensities, agendas and processes (McGeown et al., accepted). Furthermore, there is considerable scope for researchers and practice partners to take on different roles in the process (Sjölund et al., 2022b), and examples of both short-term researcher-teacher collaborations (Scanlon et al., 1994; Steel et al 2021) or more sustained research-practice partnerships (Arce-Trigatti et al., 2018; Coburn & Penuel, 2016) are evident. While there is growing research literature of RPPs (Sjölund, et al., 2022a), the majority of RPP research is from the US (Sjölund, et al., 2022a) and there is far less literature from other international contexts.

In this research workshop I aim to:

1) Provide an overview of the benefits and methodological considerations associated with RPPs, drawing upon examples from RPPs in the UK, but also referencing other examples from different international, including European, contexts.

2) Provide a structure and opportunity for all those attending the workshop to consider how their own research could be informed by involving practice partners.

3) Signpost attendees to research literature and resources to support them to initiate and develop RPPs.

4) Create an inclusive context for those attending the workshop to be able to share and discuss their own experiences with each other.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Drawing upon multiple research-practice partnership projects from the University of Edinburgh’s Literacy Lab (https://blogs.ed.ac.uk/literacylab/) (McGeown et al., 2022) in this workshop I will share experiences of: a) RPP projects with different community, education, and third-sector organisations, b) co-designing educational resources and programmes with teachers, and 3) how other professionals (e.g., Educational Psychologists) can make an important contribution to the research process.  

The methodology underpinning the Love to Read project (https://blogs.ed.ac.uk/lovetoread/) will be used to exemplify this collaborative approach to research.  Love to Read (Sept 2021 – June 2023) is a project between researchers from three UK Universities, one education organisation (Education Scotland), two literacy organisations (Scottish Book Trust and National Literacy Trust), eight teachers (3 Scotland, 5 England), a team of professionals (Educational Psychologists) and ~60 children, to co-design a programme to inspire and sustain a love of reading among primary school children.  The development of the programme had four phases: 1) Theory and research input, 2) Inclusion of children’s perspectives, 3) Teacher co-design, 4) Practice partner input and review.  The evaluation of the co-designed programme will complete by March 2023, in a complex mixed methods evaluation which includes standardised assessments, surveys, interviews, observations and teacher diaries, to evaluate both programme effectiveness and process/implementation outcomes.  Teachers and researchers’ perspectives of this collaborative process have already been evaluated (McGeown et al., accepted) and insights will be shared during the workshop.

In the workshop, I will provide details of the methodological approach used in this project, and others, to encourage non-hierarchical inclusive collaboration which draws optimally upon the research, professional and pedagogical knowledge, experience and expertise of different individuals.  I will discuss the importance of evaluating RPPs from practice partners perspectives, as well as researchers, and different methodological approaches to do this.  Finally, I will share how open research practices (specifically preregistration, open materials, open analysis) have supported our RPPS, ensuring participation from all, across all stages of the research process (i.e., design, execution and dissemination).  While the workshop will draw upon experiences of RPPs in the UK, references to European (Sjouland et al., 2022) and other international examples (e.g., Donovan et al., 2003; Penuel & Hill, 2019) will also be provided.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
RPPs have considerable potential to improve children and young people’s educational experiences and outcomes, by drawing upon the cumulative depth and breadth of research and pedagogical knowledge, experience and expertise available.  However, researchers need insight, guidance and training if they are to initiate and sustain effective partnerships with those outside of University contexts.

In terms of expected outcomes, it is expected that all those attending this research workshop will complete it with a clear understanding of the benefits and methodological considerations associated with research-practice partnerships, different models of RPPs, different ideas for practice partners, and insights into the ethical considerations and practicalities associated with RPPs in educational research.  All attending the workshop will also have time to reflect on, and discuss, how their own educational research may benefit from RPPs, and how the opportunity to engage in RPPs may be shaped by their own national context (e.g., specific enablers or challenges associated with incentives, infrastructure, funding, etc).  Finally, all those attending will be signposted to relevant academic literature and other resources to support them to initiate and develop new RPPs to support their own educational research.  

References
Arce-Trigatti, P., Chukhray, I., & López Turley, R. N. (2018). Research–Practice Partnerships in Education. In B. Schneider (Ed.), Handbook of the sociology of education in the 21st century. Springer Berlin Heidelberg.
Bevins, S., & Price, G. (2014). Collaboration between academics and teachers: A complex relationship. Educational Action Research, 22(2), 270–284. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2013.869181
Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–Practice Partnerships in Education: Outcomes, Dynamics, and Open Questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750
Donovan, S., Wigdor, A. K., & Snow, C. E. (2003). Strategic Education Research Partnership. National Research Council.
McGeown, S.,  Oxley, E., & Steel, J.  (2022).  Collaboration and co-design:  Learning from literacy interventions co-created by researchers and teachers.  Psychology of Education Review, 46(2), 4-9.
McGeown, S., P., Oxley, E., Love to Read Practice Partners, Ricketts, J., & Shapiro, L.  (accepted).  Working at the intersection of research and practice: The love to read project.  International Journal of Educational Research. Preprint available from: https://osf.io/mj5fd/
Penuel, W. R., & Hill, H. C. (2019). Building a Knowledge Base on Research-Practice Partnerships: Introduction to the Special Topic Collection. AERA Open, 5(4), 233285841989195. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858419891950
Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022a). Using research to inform practice through research‐practice partnerships: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 10(1). https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3337
Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022b). Mapping roles in research-practice partnerships – a systematic literature review. Educational Review, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2023103
Scanlon, D., Schumaker, J. B., & Deshler, D. D. (1994). Collaborative Dialogues Between Teachers and Researchers to Create Educational Interventions: A Case Study. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 5(1), 69–76. https://doi.org/10.1207/s1532768xjepc0501_5
Snow, C. E. (2015). 2014 Wallace Foundation Distinguished Lecture: Rigor and Realism: Doing Educational Science in the Real World. Educational Researcher, 44(9), 460–466. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X15619166
Steel, J, Williams, J., & McGeown, S. (2022) Teacher-researcher collaboration in animal assisted education: Co-designing a reading to dogs intervention. EducationalResearch. 10.1080/00131881.2021.2016061
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm15 SES 01 B JS: Transforming Organizational Learning towards Diversity
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
Joint Paper Session, NW 32 and NW 15

Full information in the programme of NW 32 SES 01 A JS (set the filter to Network 32) or follow the link below.
1:15pm - 2:45pm16 SES 01 A: Computer Science and Computational Thinking
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Ed Smeets
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Justifications for Computer Science/Coding on the Curriculum: Neo-Vocational Ideology Veiled in Progressive Educational Terminology?

Oliver McGarr1, Bård Ketil Engen2

1University of Limerick, Ireland; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: McGarr, Oliver; Engen, Bård Ketil

The study of Computer Science (CS)/coding in schools has gained renewed interest in recent decades after the early optimism of the late 1970 and 1980s abated because of the rise of interest in the integration of ICT across the curriculum in schools in the 1990s (Brown et al., 2014). This resurgence of interest has since accelerated (Yadyav et al, 2016; Williamson et al, 2019). These initiatives are often in the form of ‘learning to code’ courses or specific CS subjects (Ottestad & Gudmundsdottir, 2018). Analysis by Heintz et al (2016) and Keane and McInerney (2017) suggests that this interest has mainly materialised as standalone subjects on the curriculum rather than being integrated within existing subjects. Williamson et al (2019) argue that such is the level of attention afforded to CS/coding it has become a transnational policy movement. They also remark that despite the relatively quick materialisation of CS/coding in schools as a major policy agenda, the area remains under-researched.

Despite the interest and attention afforded to CS/Coding in schools, the rationales for its introduction vary ranging from explicit economic rationales concerned about national economic competitiveness (Tucker, 2003; McGarr & Johnston, 2020) to broader social and educational justifications aimed at addressing inequalities of opportunity or developing specific cognitive skills for students such as problem solving and analytical skills. These different agendas and rationales are a product of the messiness of the policy making process where multiple stakeholders elbow for influence (Williamson et al, 2019).

When one considers how CS/Coding is materialised in schools, as a stand-alone subject rather than being integrated across the curriculum, it appears to contradict the rationales put forward for its integration in schools. There appears to be a disconnect between the policy rhetoric for a coding for all agenda and how it is ultimately realised in schools as an optional discrete subject.

To explore the rationale for this ‘gap’, this paper explores the recent interest in CS/Coding in schools through the lens of curriculum ideologies (Ross, 2000). Viewing the recent attention in this area as an example of a contemporary curriculum change, this paper aims to undertake a theoretical exploration of the literature surrounding the history of CS/coding in schools using the theoretical lens of curriculum ideologies. It therefore aims to use this historical exploration to help explain past and present rationales for its study in schools. In doing so it aims to highlight the contradictions in current policies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To undertake this study, the paper presents the results of a theoretical exploration of the literature exploring early justifications for CS/Coding in schools from the first wave of interest in this area in the 1970s and 1980s.  It then uses the lens of curriculum ideologies to critique the rationales underpinning this phase of interest that emerge from the literature at this time.  Following this, the paper explores the more recent second wave of interest in CS/coding from more contemporary sources and again examines these recent developments through the lens of curriculum ideologies. The paper then aims to explain some of the factors that have led to this renewed interest and explores the insights gained from using this theoretical lens to make sense of recent rationales and practices in the area of CS/Coding.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the use of this theoretical lens to explain current curriculum developments in the area of CS/Coding in schools, a gap between the reported intentions of a curriculum innovation and the actualities of its realisation is evident. The analysis highlights the malleable use of curriculum ideologies to achieve particular agendas – even if they contradict contemporary education developments.  Neo-vocational ideology underpins much of the discourse in relation to its introduction in schools but it appears masked by a more progressive educational ideology that draws on contemporary discourses around transferrable skills and competencies.  This analysis also highlights the continuing resilience of subject boundaries within national curricula and that for status, prestige and longevity, the realisation of CS/Coding as a standalone subject is the most effective outcome within this environment despite being presented as a skill for all students. At a time when national curricula shift towards more skills-based learning outcomes that lessen the significance of traditional canons of subject knowledge, it is important to recognise that subject sub-cultures and traditional demarcations of content on the curriculum remain powerful influencers over attempts to introduce new content and skills across the curriculum.
References
Brown, N. C. C., Sentance, S., Crick, T. & Humphreys, S. (2014) Restart, ACM Transactions on Computing Education, 14(2), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1145/2602484
Heintz, F., Mannila, L. & Färnqvist, T. (2016) A review of models for introducing computational thinking, computer science and computing in K-12 education, in: 2016 IEEE Frontiers in Education Conference (FIE) (Erie, PA, IEEE), 1–9.
Keane, N. & McInerney, C. (2017) Report on the provision of courses in computer science in upper second level education internationally (Dublin, NCCA).
McGarr, O., & Johnston, K. (2020). Curricular responses to Computer Science provision in schools: current provision and alternative possibilities. The Curriculum Journal, 31(4), 745-756.
Ottestad, G. & Gudmundsdottir, G. (2018) ICT Policy in Primary and Secondary Education in Europe, in: J. Voogt, G. Knezek, R. Christensen & K.-W. Lai (Eds) Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education (Cham, Switzerland, Springer). ISBN 978-3-319-71053-2. XIII. s1343–1363.
Ross, A. (2000). Curriculum; Construction and Critique. Falmer Press.
Tucker, A. (2003). A model curriculum for K-12 computer science: Final report of the ACM K-12 task force curriculum committee. Association for Computing Machinery, Inc (ACM) Http://Csta.Acm.Org/ Curriculum/Sub/K12final1022.Pdf. https://ci.nii.ac.jp/naid/10020213769/  
Williamson, B. B. R., Annika, Player-Koro, C., & Selwyn, N. (2019). Education recoded: policy mobilities in the international ‘learning to code’ agenda. Journal of Education Policy, 34(5), 705-725. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1476735
Yadav, A., Gretter, S., Hambrusch, S., & Sands, P. (2016). Expanding computer science education in schools: understanding teacher experiences and challenges. Computer Science Education, 26(4), 235-254.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

A Model for Computational Thinking in School and Teacher Education

Thomas Frågåt1, Louise Mifsud2, Per Øyvind Sollid2, Yurdagül Boğar3, Trude Sundtjønn2

1Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences; 2Oslo Metropolitan University; 3University of Helsinki

Presenting Author: Frågåt, Thomas; Mifsud, Louise

Computational Thinking (CT) regained interest from researchers, policymakers, and educators in the aftermath of Wing’s (2006) position article where CT was defined as a fundamental skill that “includes a range of mental tools that reflect the breadth of the field of computer science” (p. 33). However, despite the apparent consensus that CT is a crucial skill that has been implemented in school curricula in several countries (Hsu et al., 2019), there is limited consensus as to how CT is defined. Brennan and Resnick’s (2012) definition divides CT into three key dimensions: computational thinking concepts which are understanding fundamental programming concepts like loops, operators, and conditionals; computational practices which are about the processes of thinking and learning; and computational perspectives which are about how the person understand themselves, the connection with others, and the technical world surrounding them and how these understandings evolve. However, Brennan and Resnick’s (2012) understanding of CT is closely connected to the Scratch environment which might introduce constraints to their framework. Based on their review of the state of the field, Grover and Pea (2013) described CT as comprising abstractions and pattern generalizations; systematic processing of information; algorithmic notions of flow of control; structured problem decomposition; conditional logic; efficiency and performance constraint; debugging and systematic error detection; and iterative, recursive, and parallel thinking. Weintrop et al.’s (2016) CT definition focuses on four main categories: data practices, modelling and simulation practices, computational problem-solving practices, and systems thinking practices, aiming at developing a nuanced understanding of CT in mathematics and science. Shute et al. (2017) proposed a model for CT that aimed at being useful between disciplines and instructional settings. They defined “CT as the conceptual foundation required to solve problems effectively and efficiently (i.e., algorithmically, with or without the assistance of computers) with solutions that are reusable in different contexts” (p. 151). Consequently, they understood CT as a logical way of thinking. Further, they categorized CT into decomposition, abstraction, algorithms, debugging, iteration, and generalization.

Tang et al. (2020) argued that an essential difference between the various definitions of CT is whether the definition focuses on CT as programming and computing, and those that focus more on CT as competencies needed in both domain-specific knowledge and general problem-solving. Shute et al. (2017) raised an important issue in their definition of CT, namely the need to define CT across different contexts. Yadav et al. (2022) pointed out the lack of studies that focus on CT in initial teacher education, highlighting the need to develop not necessarily a consensual definition of CT, but rather a working framework that can span both school and teacher education.

Consequently, this study aims to develop a flexible model for CT competencies that can be used across different education levels, by teachers, teacher educators and student teachers. To do this, we investigate the following research questions:

RQ1: What characterizes the definitions and operationalizations of CT used in empirical studies of CT?

RQ2: What are the converging and diverging understandings of CT used in empirical studies of CT?

In our study, we view CT as a ‘boundary object’, drawing on Star and Griesemer (1989). As a boundary object, CT is viewed as an ‘ill-structured’ concept that has resulted in a tug-of-war. However, from a boundary object perspective, it is this very lack of consensus that can contribute to developing a model that is flexible and adaptable in different contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To create an overview of the characteristics of definitions and operationalizations of CT, we make use of a systematic review, guided by the seven-step procedure proposed by Fink (2019) to ensure independently reproducible results. 1) We identified the research questions by conducting a systematic umbrella review (Authors, 2022); 2) we identified search terms including inclusion and exclusion criteria; 3) the results from the database searches were screened using Rayyan; 4) a pilot review was conducted; 5) the systematic review was conducted with two coders coding each article based on a codebook that was agreed upon in advance; 6) the results were synthesized drawing on the directed content analysis approach described by Hsieh and Shannon (2005); and 7) a descriptive review was performed that led to the CT framework. The database searches were run in selected databases (Scopus, ProQuest, Web of Science, ACM Digital Library, ERIC, EBSCO, IEEE Xplore, and JSTOR) which were selected based on the experiences from the umbrella review (Authors, 2022). The search terms were combinations of computational thinking, algorithmic thinking, problem-solving, programming, coding, and different levels of education ranging from primary school to teacher education including abbreviations and synonyms. The search was limited to journal articles published in English between 2012 and 2022. The database searches gave us 2253 articles, including duplicates. After removing duplicates, 1526 articles were imported into Rayyan for screening. The screening process where two researchers screened each abstract reduced the included number of articles to 179. In this process articles that were not empirical, focused on special education or non-compulsory education, or pure computer science in higher education were excluded. After the screening, the articles were each coded by two coders, ensuring inter-coder reliability. The codes were decided on in advance based on the research questions. The results were cross-checked and discussed between coders. Some of the articles were excluded during the coding process based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Where there were disagreements between the coders, the first and second authors made a final decision. After this step, 113 articles were included. The data were synthesized and further analysed to answer the research questions.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The 113 empirical articles used a wide variety of CT definitions, often with a generic viewpoint. Interestingly, most of the empirical articles included in our review were published after 2017, supporting the claim of increasing interest in CT. Our preliminary results indicate that Brennan and Resnick’s (2012) understanding of CT is the most used framework. However, this could be an obstacle as Brennan and Resnick’s definition is based on the environment Scratch. Although Shute et al. (2017) claimed that their framework is adaptable between different disciplines and instructional settings, it seems to be less used. However, further analysis might inform if there are some contextual differences between the various frameworks. Furthermore, there are indications that the operationalization of CT revolves around constructs such as abstraction, decomposition, pattern recognition, algorithmic design, evaluation, and generalization.

Based on these preliminary findings, there is a need for a model for CT competencies that encompasses different CT perspectives. Identifying the different indicators of CT, collecting the most frequent, and dividing them into subject-specific or generic approaches to CT, we divided CT into several dimensions of competencies. These competencies take into account the perspectives of students, student teachers, teacher educators, and teachers, aiming to ensure the flexibility of the CT competencies model in terms of education level. Furthermore, the CT competencies model is targeted towards both generic and subject-specific approaches.

References
Authors (2022)
Brennan, K., & Resnick, M. (2012). New frameworks for studying and assessing the development of computational thinking [Paper presentation]. Annual American Educational Research Association Meeting, Vancouver, BC, Canada (pp. 1–25). https://doi.org/10.1.1.296.6602
Fink, A. (2019). Conducting research literature reviews: From the internet to paper. Sage publications.
Grover, S., & Pea, R. (2013). Computational Thinking in K–12:A Review of the State of the Field. Educational Researcher, 42(1), 38-43. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x12463051
Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277-1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687
Hsu, YC., Irie, N.R. & Ching, YH. Computational Thinking Educational Policy Initiatives (CTEPI) Across the Globe. TechTrends 63, 260–270 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-019-00384-4
Shute, V. J., Sun, C., & Asbell-Clarke, J. (2017). Demystifying computational thinking. Educational Research Review, 22, 142-158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2017.09.003
Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional Ecology, `Translations' and Boundary Objects: Amateurs and Professionals in Berkeley's Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387-420. https://doi.org/10.1177/030631289019003001
Tang, X., Yin, Y., Lin, Q., Hadad, R., & Zhai, X. (2020). Assessing computational thinking: A systematic review of empirical studies. Computers & Education, 148, 103798. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103798
Weintrop, D., Beheshti, E., Horn, M., Orton, K., Jona, K., Trouille, L., & Wilensky, U. (2016). Defining computational thinking for mathematics and science classrooms. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 25(1), 127-147. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10956-015-9581-5
Wing, J. M. (2006). Computational thinking. Communications of the ACM, 49(3), 33–35. https://doi.org/10.1145/1118178.1118215
Yadav, A., Caeli, E. N., Ocak, C., & Macann, V. (2022, July). Teacher Education and Computational Thinking: Measuring Pre-service Teacher Conceptions and Attitudes. In Proceedings of the 27th ACM Conference on Innovation and Technology in Computer Science Education Vol. 1 (pp. 547-553).


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Assessing Subject-specific Computational Thinking - Framework for Formative and Summative Assessment

Katarina Pajchel1, Thomas Frågåt2, Louise Mifsud1

1OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2INN - Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences

Presenting Author: Frågåt, Thomas; Mifsud, Louise

Within the last decade, several national curricula have introduced computational thinking (CT), either through a dedicated subject or integrated within existing subjects (Bocconi et al., 2022) Several reviews of CT highlight the lack of a unified definition e.g. Weintrop et al. (2016) which in turn percolates to a disparity in the assessment of CT. Nevertheless, there is a consensus that CT includes concepts and practices which are foundational in computing and are crucial in a wide range of problem-solving. With the ever-growing use of digital tools in schools and in all kinds of professional practices, it becomes relevant to introduce CT in learning contexts.

CT frameworks vary from more generic to subject-specific. Examples of more generic frameworks are Brennan and Resnick (2012), and Grover and Pea (2013) which overlap on aspects like decomposition, abstraction, algorithms, and debugging. The more subject-specific frameworks relevant to the integration of CT into mathematics and science highlight approaches like formulating problems, gathering and analysing data, and modelling e.g. Weintrop et al. (2016). Integration of CT in curricula will affect the learning processes and, therefore, should have implications for assessment.

Only a few of the CT frameworks are operationalized as assessment frameworks. There are numerous assessment tools, but many are focused on programming practices or as part of a computer science subject. Furthermore, the tools are often automatized providing summative assessment. Many frameworks are targeted towards intervention studies rather than assessment criteria for educators. As CT is a growing educational field, there is a need for a CT framework which can be applied by teachers and inform their design of teaching and assessment. Such guidelines for both teachers and students can be understood as shared learning intentions and criteria (Wiliam, 2011) and measures that may enable educators to evaluate the effectiveness of incorporating CT in curricula (Grover & Pea, 2013).

Discussions regarding the assessment of CT have frequently focused on CT as a generic skill e.g. Román-González et al. (2019) or assessments of students’ programming or computing skills (Tang et al., 2020). There is a need for developing an assessment framework providing formative and summative assessment relevant for integrating CT into subjects (Tang et al., 2020).

CT was included in several subjects in the Norwegian curriculum in 2020. In mathematics, students are introduced to the basic concepts of programming like variables, loops, and conditions. Building on the skills developed in mathematics, the students are expected to use programming in science, arts and crafts, and music. Although the curriculum uses the term programming, it is broadly understood as a concept close to CT. Through programming, the students should explore the subject matter enhancing their learning outcome (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2019).

The aim of this study is to explore the assessment constructs aligned with the relevant CT definitions and with the subject-matter knowledge. Thus, in this study we raise the following research question:

RQ1: What constructs inform a framework for the assessment of CT?

RQ2: How can a set of CT assessment constructs support practitioners’ teaching and assessment?

Formative and summative assessment are related and they play an important role in students learning (Wiliam, 2011). CT is complex and therefore it is recommended to develop rich and complementary systems of assessment (Grover, 2017; Román-González et al., 2019). To create the framework, we draw on a literature review, teacher interviews as well as on classroom observations. The framework is furthermore tested in close collaboration with teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The overall study was designed to examine the use of CT in primary and secondary education. This paper focuses on the assessment of CT. The overall research design is design-based research (Juuti & Lavonen, 2006). The project [blinded] is a longitudinal study that addresses the emerging needs for a CT assessment framework which may support teachers’ practice as well as teacher education.

During the initial phase, a literature review of CT assessment strategies was made. Concurrently, observation sessions in classrooms were conducted in order to map the status quo and understand teachers’ needs in addition to semi-structured teacher interviews. In phase two, a criteria framework for the assessment of CT was developed, based on the results from the review and the needs identified. In the third phase, an intervention was designed together with teachers, which was conducted in 2 classrooms and 2 schools over a period of 2 semesters (phase one spring 2022 and phase two spring 2023), primarily in mathematics and science lessons. Results from the interventions were then evaluated.

Data were collected by means of focus group interviews with all the teachers in the study prior to data collection, observations (one video camera focusing on the teacher as well as Go-Pro cameras strapped to the students), and interviews with the teachers and group interviews with students at the end of each trial.  Integration of assessment principles into the teaching units was a central design principle throughout the intervention.  

The data corpus includes video and interview material which were first content logged and then categorized. The categories were developed first through screening the literature review.  These were later further elaborated. A subset of these categories was transcribed and analysed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, we advance a framework for both formative and summative assessment of CT within the mathematics and science. The review of literature yielded 46 articles, where 31 was included. Several assessment constructs emerged from the review of literature. A substantial part of the articles took Brennan and Resnick (2012) framework as their point of departure. The review also indicated that there is more focus on generic formative assessment, in line with Tang et al.’s  (2020) findings. Grover (2017) recommends “systems of assessment” and Román-González et al. (2019) use of multiple means of assessment. Drawing on and extending on Tang et al.’s  (2020) and Grover's (2017) findings and their directions for further research, we focus on assessment constructs that align with corresponding CT definitions as well as the subject-matter knowledge in order to highlight the integration between CT and subject domains.

The framework developed in this study operationalises the identified CT assessment constructs such that they inform both formative and summative assessment across different subject contexts and spanning both schools and teacher education. The aim is to contribute to better integration between CT and subject domains as well as a tighter coupling between subject domain assessment and CT assessment.

References
Bocconi, S., Chioccariello, A., Kampylis, P., Dagienė, V., Wastiau, P., Engelhardt, K., Earp, J., Horvath, M., Jasutė, E., & Malagoli, C. (2022). Reviewing computational thinking in compulsory education: state of play and practices from computing education (No. JRC128347). Publications Office of the European Union
Brennan, K., & Resnick, M. (2012). New frameworks for studying and assessing the development of computational thinking. (Ed.),^(Eds.). Proceedings of the 2012 annual meeting of the American educational research association, Vancouver, Canada.
Grover, S. (2017). Assessing Algorithmic and Computational Thinking in K-12: Lessons from a Middle School Classroom. In P. J. Rich & C. B. Hodges (Eds.), Emerging Research, Practice, and Policy on Computational Thinking (pp. 269-288). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-52691-1_17
Grover, S., & Pea, R. (2013). Computational thinking in K–12: A review of the state of the field. Educational researcher, 42(1), 38-43. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X12463051
Juuti, K., & Lavonen, J. (2006). Design-based research in science education: One step towards methodology. Nordic Studies in Science Education, 2(2), 54-68.  
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2019). Curriculum for Natural science. https://www.udir.no/lk20/nat01-04?lang=eng
Román-González, M., Moreno-León, J., & Robles, G. (2019). Combining assessment tools for a comprehensive evaluation of computational thinking interventions. Computational thinking education, 79-98.  
Tang, X., Yin, Y., Lin, Q., Hadad, R., & Zhai, X. (2020). Assessing computational thinking: A systematic review of empirical studies. Computers & Education, 148, 103798. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103798
Weintrop, D., Beheshti, E., Horn, M., Orton, K., Jona, K., Trouille, L., & Wilensky, U. (2016). Defining Computational Thinking for Mathematics and Science Classrooms. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 25(1), 127-147. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-015-9581-5
Wiliam, D. (2011). What is assessment for learning? Studies in Educational Evaluation, 37(1), 3-14. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2011.03.001
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm17 SES 01 A: Intersectional Approaches and Boundaries of Diversity
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Geert Thyssen
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Towards an Intersectional Genealogy in the History of Education: the Case of Girls’ Education in the Belgian Congo (1908-1960)

Serena Iacobino

Université Libre de Bruxelles et KULeuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Iacobino, Serena

Since the 1990s, controversial debates on colonial facts have been held in Belgian universities and have focused in particular on Belgium's responsibilities in relation to the colonization of the Congo (the current DRC). Various reports (United Nations, 2019; Parliamentary Commission, Experts' Report, 2021) show the increase of research on these issues and the need to make them more complex. Indeed, most studies still seem to focus on aspects related to "race" without also introducing "gender" or "class" relations in the history of the colonization of Congo (Parliamentary Commission, Experts' Report, 2021). Inspired by the work of intersectional scholars (Crenshaw, 2005), the interest of this presentation is to show how intersectionality can reshape the work on colonial history in Congo, and in particular on the history of education of Congolese girls. In addition to the intersectional lens, the presentation will focus on how a genealogical approach might be of interest to scholars whose goal is to deconstruct past and present (post)colonial discourses and practices. More precisely, the objective of this presentation is to retrace the framework of literature that led to thinking about an intersectional genealogy of educational devices for girls, during the Belgian Congo (1908-1960). Indeed, both genealogy and intersectionality are approaches that open up a new dialogue in the History of education (Coloma, 2011; Rogers, 2019). They allow for the articulation of multiple relations of domination relating to “class”, “gender”, “race” and “age” in order to problematize their historicity within various educational settings addressed to girls. Following Michel Foucault's (1997) methodological lead, combined with intersectionality, this research is structured around the following concern: to understand how schools for Congolese girls, between 1908 and 1960, did rely on an entangled multiplicity of subjugations such as “age”, “class”, “gender” and “race”.

In this respect, research on the history of education of girls has identified a social project addressed to Congolese women developed throughout the first half of the 20th century: girls should be educated in schools to become good Christian mothers, to take care of their children and the households, and to be capable of civilizing their own “African” family and social environment (Kita, 2004; Lauro, 2020). Compared to White middle-class women, perceived as the moral guardians of education and their family, racialized women in Belgian Congo were seen as “illegitimate” mothers and in need of being “educated” to 'Europeanness' (Stoler, 2013). This raises several questions: how have women been implicated in the maintenance of colonial discourse? What are the specificities of the colonial society of Belgian Congo in the representation of women, in terms of “gender”, “race”, “class” and “age”? And what role did educational devices play?

Therefore, the idea of educating a woman who could meet the standards of “motherhood” and “Europeanness” became the issue of 20th century of colonial women's education which reproduced the pattern of civilizing ideology (McClintock, 1995). Such is an ideology that justifies violence against those considered “unadapted” (working classes) and “savage” (colonized classes), in the name of progress (André & Poncelet, 2013). It is precisely this vision of progress that we can relate to and deal with in the contemporary school curricula (Parliamentary Commission, experts' report, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Foucauldian genealogy introduces us to a detailed study of power and its metamorphoses, based on the discontinuities between the various periods, with back-and-forth movements between past and present (Revel, 2002).  In order to make Foucauldian genealogy more complex and respond to its controversies (Coloma, 2011), I have combined it with the theory of intersectionality, which allows for an analysis of multiple co-imbrications of power relations. Indeed, focusing on Congolese girls allows us to think jointly about the intersection of the question of childhood ("age"), of women ("gender"), of the social milieu ("class"), and of the colonial relationship ("race"). More precisely, the question is to identify and analyze the technical instruments of the schools (programs, places, etc.) that make these forms of power possible.

The sources used have mainly been the colonial archives in Belgium (archives: MRAC of Tervuren, Archives Federal Public Service of Foreign Affairs, KADOC archives of Leuven, General Archives of the Kingdom of the Joseph Cuvelier Depot) which show an interesting corpus on how the girls' schools were run in practice, on the colonial administration of the schools and on the teaching work of the missionary nuns. In addition to archives, the other materials used are the writings of Michel Foucault (1975; 2003) on the history of the school, but also of childhood and the family. However, Foucault did not include feminist or postcolonial studies in his analyses, thus presenting an un-gendered and un-racialized history of educational settings. To address these shortcomings, I have taken up the research of Silvia Federici (2015; 2019) which extends Foucault's analysis by establishing a genealogy of forms of women's subjugation throughout the history of Western societies. In addition, postcolonial studies, especially those of Ann L. Stoler (2002; 2013), show the impossibility of thinking about the genealogy of Western societies without thinking about colonial situations: pedagogical and governmental discourses and practices have been constituted by multiple back-and-forths between the “metropoles” and the “colonies”. The devices of European Empires and States are thus mutually and historically constitutive in the construction of relations of domination (Stoler, 2013).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the intersection of archives and literature, specific aspects of girls' education in Belgian Congo have emerged: a correlation between the arrival of White women, the disappearance of “ménagère” (forms of "concubines"), and a more institutionalized women's education (1924). In this respect, the archives show that the word housework appears most often in the school curricula of girls, in particular from 1928 until the decolonization. This shows the birth of a new social place for most of the Congolese women in colonial society: the housewife. The encounter between the colonial situations and the strong influence of the Catholic Chruch underlines the intersection of domination(s), entailed in schools' curricula, to which girls were subject: because of their being women, Black, and belonging to a lower class, girls had to exclusively learn the arts of the household and how to properly take care of their children. The Congolese girl must be educated in “Europeaness”, but she is out of step with the Belgian girl: she is racialized by colonial society, and she suffers oppression a century later than the Belgian one. In fact, towards the second half of the 19th century, while in Belgium both lower- and middle-class women began to have access to secondary and higher education (Di Spurio, 2019), in the 20th century girls in Congo still continued to have very little schooling or stopped at middle school level, where the main orientation remains the household school (Depaepe, & Lembagusala Kikumbi, 2018). All these discontinuities and conjunctures show the interest to problematize an intersectional genealogy of girls' education in Belgian Congo. It is interesting to question how the history of the education of “Diversity” in the colonies (in this case "racialized" girls in the Congo) is ontologically constitutive of the European history of education.
References
- ANDRE, G. & PONCELET, M. (2013). Héritage colonial et appropriation du «pouvoir d’éduquer»; Approche socio-historique du champ de l’éducation primaire en RDC. Cahiers de la recherche sur l’éducation et les savoirs, 12, 271-295.
- CHAMBRE DES REPRESENTANTS DE BELGIQUE (2021).Commission spéciale chargée d’examiner l’état indépendant du Congo et le passé colonial de la Belgique au Congo, au Rwanda et Burundi, ses conséquences et les suites qu’il convient d’y réserver. Rapport des experts, 26 octobre 2021.
- COLOMA, R. (2011). Who’s afraid of Foucault? History, theory, and becoming subjects. History of education Quarterly, Vol 51,n°2.
- CRENSHAW, K. (2005). Cartographies des marges: intersectionnalité, politique de l'identité et violences contre les femmes de couleur.Cahiers du Genre, 39(2), 51-82.
- DEPAEPE, M. & LEMBAGUSALA KIKUMBI, A. (2018) « Educating girls in Congo: An unsolved pedagogical paradox since colonial times ? », Policy Futures in Education 16, n° 8 (2018): 936-952.
- DI SPURIO, L. (2019). Du côté des jeunes filles. Bruxelles: Editions de l’Université de Bruxelles.
- FEDERICI, S. (2015). Calibano e la strega. Le donne, il corpo e l’accumulazione originaria. Milano: Mimesis.
- FOUCAULT, M. (1997). Il faut défendre la société: Cours au collège de france, 1975- 1976. Paris: Gallimard. (2004).Sécurité, territoire, population. Cours au Collège de France. 1977-1978. Paris: Gallimard (2003). Le pouvoir psychiatrique. Cours au Collège de France. 1973-1974. Paris: Gallimard/Seuil
- HAUT COMMISARIAT DROITS DE L’HOMME DES NATIONS UNIES (2019). Déclaration aux médias du Groupe de travail d'experts des Nations Unies sur les personnes d'ascendance Africaine sur les conclusions de sa visite officielle en Belgique du 4 au 11 février 2019.
- KITA, P. (2004). L'éducation féminine au Congo belge, Paedagogica Historica, 40, 479-508
- LAURO, A. (2020). « Women in the Democratic Republic of Congo », Oxford Research Encyclopedia of African History. 29 Mai 2020.
- MCCLINTOCK, A. (1995). Imperial leather: Race, gender, and sexuality in the colonial contest. New York: Routledge.
- ROGERS, R. (2019). «Gender, Class and Race», quelle intersectionnalité dans l’histoire de l’éducation aux Etats-Unis? Entretien avec Kate Rousmaniere. Travail, genre et sociétés, Vol 41, n°1.
- STOLER (2013). La Chair de l’empire. Savoirs intimes et pouvoirs raciaux en régime colonial. Paris: La Découverte. (2002). « Colonial Archives and the Arts of Governance », Archival Science 2, n1–2: 87,109.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Negotiating Boundaries of Diversity in a School for All!

Anna Ahlgren1, Christian Lundahl2

1Stockholm university, Sweden; 2Örebro university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ahlgren, Anna; Lundahl, Christian

In the mid 19th century Europe, an increased belief in a democratic, equal education for all was ground for extensive educational reforms. In the Nordic countries, the Welfare model, with ideological as well as pedagogical interconnections to parliamentary democracy, shaped the development of the Nordic school systems (Ydesen & Buchardt, 2020). The overall purposes of education within these systems were to offer equal education, free-of-charge for all, as well as to form a welfare state mentality within the population. The main idea was that this uniform and free education for all children, regardless of background and social conditions, would lead to equality, justice and social cohesion (Arnesen & Lundahl, 2006). With the implementation of the nine year compulsory and comprehensive school, enhetsskolan, the Swedish school system brought about a school-for-all, where all children entered the same school form, where no ability - or intellectually based differentiation were to take place until after the fourth or fifth grade, and then only in terms of second language choice. Many European countries implemented early educational choices and concentration, and well as early grades. In Sweden, it was argued that a later point for differentiation would benefit the students, specifically the ‘less pronounced academic talents’. It is thus a common understanding that in Sweden, as well as in other Nordic countries, educational differentiation took place relatively late in a school child’s life (cf. Tveit & Lundahl, 2022).

We suggest, however, that comprehensive methods for early differentiation of students were used already at the time of school entry. Testing for school readiness was a pronounced form of sorting, which took place in most Swedish municipalities between 1946 and 1975. These tests were motivated as help for the individual child, and as means to identify the right time to start school and to receive educational content. At the same time, there was a widespread ambiguity concerning the concept of school readiness, with different connotations and uses, on national as well as international levels (Ljungblad, 1965; Winter & Kelley, 2008). We here try to understand precisely how the ambiguities of the concept can be seen as a prerequisite for the implementation of the tests. We argue that the concept of school readiness, and the political debates and decisions behind the tests, can be understood as a way to reframe early differentiation to work better with the overall political ambition of the comprehensive school reform.

In order to better understand processes of educational reforms, and in particular the seemingly contradictory positions concerning sensitive topics like diversity and differentiation, we will look at various motives, arguments and actions when it comes to testing for school readiness. Our study is delimited particularly to the political debate in Sweden between 1946-1975, when school readiness was debated in the parliament and put into use through various reforms, to finally become abandoned. Our overarching questions concern how school readiness was conceptualized and put into use, despite it seemingly being in conflict with the idea of a diversified comprehensive school for all. In this respect we treat school readiness as a boundary object.

Theoretically we argue that the concept of school readiness, and different attempts to understand and apply it, became a way to ‘make sense of the world’, but, and this is the main point here, with a fair amount of ambiguity (Strang & Meyer, 1993, p. 499; see also Lundahl & Waldow, 2009). This ambiguity actually contributes to the attractiveness of ‘school readiness’, as advocates of different positions can unite behind it. Analytically we will treat school readiness as a boundary object (Star & Griesemer, 1989).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to understand the shifting conceptualizations and uses of school readiness we have designed a study based on government documents and protocols from the Swedish parliament. These data are available through an advanced search engine called Riksdagssök (riksdagsdata.oru.se). Riksdagsök has been developed by one of the applicants, integrating data from The Swedish parliament and the National Library (KB) in a joint database of parliamentary records ranging back to the year 1521. This database includes transcripts of parliamentary debates, roll-call voting records, as well a wide range of documents from parliamentary proceedings. Riksdagssök is a user-friendly Graphical User Interface (GUI) for searching, filtering, exporting and analyzing data from the Swedish parliament. This GUI makes it possible to conduct advanced searches of all open data from the Swedish Parliament and export data in different formats. From here we can easily extract all mentions of school readiness during the selected time period, and also connect them with different political actors and processes (cf Lundahl & Serder 2020). Our searches give us appr. 150 uses of school readiness in various government texts such as bills, investigations and propositions 1944-1975, that we will base our analyses on.
 
In broad terms, the data searches is followed by data reduction and a content analysis (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2007, p. 466ff), which we use as a point of departure for a further analysis where we look in particular at who said what about school readiness.The basic principle in the content analyses is to find statements in which school readiness is used. Each kind of usage is then classified, using NVivo 12. The findings will be analyzed departing from the concept of boundary object in that we will look for 1), is there an interpretive flexibility: does school readiness have different meanings among different political actors, and 2) are these meanings negotiated over time (Van Pelt et al. 2015, 2). 3) Is there a standardization of concept, methods and measures as the object moves between political settings and over time, 4) Is there a dynamic between ill-structured and more tailored uses (Star and Griesemer 1989).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The comprehensive school reforms, that incrementally developed across Europe and the US after WWII, were intended to strengthen values of democracy and equal rights through equivalent education for all. This mass schooling often required that children started school at the same age. Even though this entry age could vary between the age of 5-7 between different countries, the arising questions around children’s different “developmental stages” actualized new discussions around diversity. Although Sweden, like other Nordic countries, chose a strategy with late differentiation, our results show a widespread debate on school readiness, and suggestions of testing all children at age 6-7, with the results making it possible to hold back and/or reposition some children. This testing was politically contested from the start, but the ambiguity of the concept of school readiness allowed various actors to use it with flexibility, avoiding both conflict with each other, and the risk of opposing the overarching ideals of the school reform. There may be many different ways of understanding and using the concept of school readiness and the apparatuses, such as the tests, it brings forward (e.g. Neuam, 2016; Snow, 2006) ). This makes policy work easier since various actors do not (think they) need to decode it. It therefore works perfectly well as a boundary object (Star & Griesemer, 1989). In our data, we see tendencies to use school readiness in arguments both for and against early differentiation. Since the multifaceted understanding of school readiness has led to different practices in different national settings, we suggest that the view of school readiness as a boundary object is useful in international discussions of early differentiation. In the political engineering of the tension between diversity and differentiation, our historical analysis shows that the vagueness of certain concepts becomes necessities in reform processes and implementations.

References
Arnesen, A. & Lundahl, L. (2006). Still Social and Democratic? Inclusive Education Policies in the Nordic Welfare States. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 285–300.

Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2007). Research methods in education. London: Routledge.

Crnic, K., & Lamberty, G. (1994). Reconsidering school readiness: Conceptual and applied perspectives. Early education and development, 5(2), 91-105.

Ljungblad, T. (1965). Skolmognad. Lund: Uniskol.

Lundahl, C. &  Serder, M. (2020). Is PISA more important to school reforms than educational research? The selective use of authoritative references in media and in parliamentary debates, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6:3, 193-206.

Lundahl, C. & Waldow, F. (2009): Standardisation and ”quick languages”: The shape-shifting of standardised measurement of pupil achievement in Sweden and Germany. Journal of Comparative Education, vol 45, no 3, 365-385.

Neaum, S. (2016). School readiness and pedagogies of competence and performance: theorising the troubled relationship between early years and early years policy. International Journal of Early Years Education, 24(3), 239-253.

Snow, K. L. (2006). Measuring school readiness: Conceptual and practical considerations. Early education and development, 17(1), 7-41.

Star, S., & Griesemer, J. (1989). Institutional Ecology, 'Translations' and Boundary Objects: Amateurs and Professionals in Berkeley's Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387–420.

Strang, D., & Meyer, J. W. (1993). Institutional conditions for diffusion. Theory and Society, 22(4), 487–511.

Tveit, S. & Lundahl, C. (2022). The struggles over grading and testing in Norwegian and Swedish basic education. Tröler, D., Hörmann, B., Tveit, S. & Bostad, I. The Nordic Education Model in Context: Historical Developments and Current Renegotiations, Routledge, 217-235.

van Pelt, S. C., Haasnoot, M., Arts, B., Ludwig, F., Swart, R., and Biesbroek, R. (2015). Communicating climate (change) uncertainties: simulation games as boundary objects. Environmental Science and Policy 45:41-52.

Whitebread, D., & Bingham, S. (2011). School readiness: A critical review of perspectives and evidence. TACTYC Occasional Paper, 2.

Winter, S. M., & Kelley, M. F. (2008). Forty years of school readiness research: What have we learned?. Childhood Education, 84(5), 260-266.

Ydesen, C. & Buchardt, M. (2020). Citizen Ideals and Education in Nordic Welfare State School Reforms. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm18 SES 01 A: Health, Fitness and the Body in Physical Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Oliver Hooper
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Exploring Teachers’ Attitudes and Experiences of Fitness Testing in Physical Education in UK Secondary Schools

Naomi Harte1, Chris Spray1, Laura Alfrey2, Lorraine Cale1

1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2Monash University, Victoria, Australia

Presenting Author: Harte, Naomi

There are growing concerns related to child and youth physical activity and health within and beyond the UK. Therefore providing opportunities for children and young people to learn about health is considered a global health priority (World Health Organisation, 2018). Schools, and particularly Physical Education (PE), have been identified as an appropriate context within which to educate children about health (Hooper, Harris and Cale, 2022) and the area is a component of the PE curriculum in most English speaking countries. This includes, for example, teaching children how to be healthy, developing positive associations with being physically active, and encouraging and developing pupils’ confidence to continue to be physically active outside of PE (Cale and Harris, 2009). Within the current National Curriculum for Physical Education (NCPE) in England, health features in the overarching ‘purpose of study’ and ‘ensuring that all pupils: lead healthy, active lives’ represents one of the four aims for the subject (Department for Education, 2013).

Despite the above, researchers within the field have highlighted that the teaching of health within PE has a narrow focus with some key aspects such as ‘health benefits’ and ‘activity promotion’ being afforded less attention (Harris, 2009). It has been contested that although teachers adopt a ‘fitness for life’ philosophy (promoting physical activity to retain and enhance health), teachers generally enact a ‘fitness for performance’ philosophy in practice, teaching health in reductive, performance focused ways and emphasising measurable outcomes (Harris and Leggett, 2015; Stirrup and Damant, 2022). One such example is the practice of fitness testing.

Fitness testing has been identified as one of the most common practices to teach about health within PE across the globe (O’Keeffe, MacDonncha and Donnelly, 2020; Alfrey and Landi, 2023). Yet, it has also been one of the most fiercely debated topics within the field. Proponents advocate various educational purposes for testing whilst others contest the practice can lack meaning and be a negative, embarrassing, and demotivating experience for some pupils.

Good practice recommendations for physical educators regarding how to teach in, through and about fitness testing, to enhance its educational experience for pupils have been offered for some time (recent examples include those by Phillips, Marttinen and Mercier, 2017; Huhtiniemi et al., 2021). Although recommendations differ, they are largely underpinned by the same broad principles. For example, they recommend deemphasising the public nature of fitness testing, avoiding comparison and competition and preparing and encouraging pupils to independently participate in physical activity outside of school. Whilst welcomed, the extent to which such recommendations are reaching teachers and influencing fitness testing practice is unclear, with some researchers highlighting a gap between the recommendations and practice (Mercier, Phillips and Silverman 2016; Cale, Harris and Chen, 2014).

Considering the reported widespread prevalence of fitness testing as a PE-for-health practice, yet the long standing concerns regarding its educational purpose, and the apparent gap between recommendations and practice, an exploration of current thinking and practice surrounding fitness testing is needed. This study therefore aimed to i) determine the prevalence of fitness testing; and ii) explore teachers’ experiences and attitudes of the practice. To the authors’ knowledge, a study of this nature has not been conducted in the UK before.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Prior to the commencement of the study, ethical approval was granted by the University’s research ethics committee. An online survey was developed to explore fitness testing practices in PE departments and teachers’ experiences of fitness testing. The following previously utilised and published surveys and scales were drawn on to inform the survey design and questions: the ‘Health, Activity and Fitness Monitoring’ survey (Chen, 2010), ‘Health Related Physical Fitness Testing in Physical Education: A National Review’ (O’Keeffe et al. 2020) and ‘Physical Education Teacher Attitudes toward Fitness Tests Scale (PETAFTS) (Keating and Silverman, 2004).

The survey was centred on 6 themes: (1) The frequency and nature of fitness test use, (2) The place of fitness testing in the broader PE curriculum, (3) The design of fitness testing lessons, (4) The recording, monitoring and use of fitness test results, (5) Attitudes towards fitness testing, and (6) Factors influencing the implementation of fitness testing in PE. The survey contained mostly closed but also some open-ended questions, with the latter giving teachers the opportunity to describe their intentions, practices and reasoning behind implementing fitness testing. Further, Likert-type scales were included to measure teachers’ attitudes towards different aspects of fitness testing. Participants answered each item on a 5-point scale, ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). The survey was designed using Qualtrics (an online platform).

The survey was sent to PE teachers in secondary schools across the UK (n=4138). It was directed to the Head of Physical Education (HOPE) because they are responsible for the design and delivery of the PE curriculum in their schools. However, it was explained that the survey could be completed by another PE teacher in the department and that only one response was required per school. In total, 260 responses to the survey were obtained, representing an overall response rate of 7%. The response rates by country were as follows: England (6%), Wales (13%), Scotland (3%) and Northern Ireland (9%).  

Once the survey closed, all quantitative responses were exported from Qualtrics into an excel spreadsheet for descriptive analysis. Qualitative data were uploaded to NVivo and then thematic analysis was employed, following Braun and Clarke’s ‘6-phase guide’ (Braun and Clarke, 2006). This included coding the data and identifying common themes in relation to the teachers’ responses to the open-ended questions.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the survey revealed that fitness testing is a common practice in secondary school PE in both core and examination lessons. Nonetheless, there was an unclear picture surrounding ‘why?’ and ‘how?’ teachers fitness tested, with varied attitudes and pedagogical practices evident.

Teachers’ attitudes towards fitness testing were mixed. For example 60% agreed that ‘fitness testing should be part of the curriculum in all schools’, whereas 40% were uncertain or disagreed. A range of learning intentions for fitness testing lessons were put forward, ranging from intentions of a performative nature, focusing heavily on scores to those where scores were referred to as ‘irrelevant’. Concerningly, some teachers commented that there were no learning intentions underpinning their fitness testing lessons.  

The survey revealed varied pedagogical practices to be employed by teachers when fitness testing with only a few recommendations being adopted. Two thirds of teachers reported to be either unsure about or unaware of fitness testing recommendations and it is therefore no surprise that they weren’t implementing them. Some teachers showed awareness of the sensitivities surrounding fitness testing and the potential negative outcomes from testing. Over 60% of teachers (62%) were uncertain or agreed that fitness testing can have a negative impact on pupils’ psychological health, with only a small minority (2%) strongly disagreeing. These latter findings need serious consideration given the popularity of testing and if the practice is to continue in PE.

The study concludes that future research should explore pupils’ experiences and outcomes of fitness testing and additionally, create time and space for teachers to share their experiences of fitness testing further.


References
Alfrey, L. and Landi, D. (2023) ‘Fitness Testing as a Debated and Contested PE-for-Health Practice’, in Cale, L. and Harris, J. (eds) Physical Education Pedagogies for Health. Oxon: Routledge.

Cale, L. and Harris, J. (2009) ‘Fitness testing in physical education – a misdirected effort in promoting healthy lifestyles and physical activity?’, Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy, 14(1), pp. 89–108. doi: 10.1080/17408980701345782.

Cale, L., Harris, J. and Chen, M. H. (2014) ‘Monitoring health, activity and fitness in physical education: its current and future state of health’, Sport, Education and Society, 19(4), pp. 376–397. doi: 10.1080/13573322.2012.681298.

Chen, M.-H. (2010) Healthy, physical activity and fitness monitoring within the secondary physical education curriculum in England. Loughborough.

Harris, J. and Leggett, G. (2015) ‘Influences on the expression of health within physical education curricula in secondary schools in England and Wales.’, Sport, Education and Society, 20(7), p. 908–923.

Hooper, O., Harris, J. and Cale, L. (2022) ‘Health-related learning in physical education in England’, in J, S. and Hooper, O. (eds) Critical Pedagogies in Physical Education, Physical Activity and Health, pp. 88–102.

Huhtiniemi, M. et al. (2021) ‘The relationships among motivational climate , perceived competence , physical performance , and affects during physical education fi tness testing lessons’, Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy, 26(1), pp. 1–15. doi: 10.1177/1356336X211063568.

Keating, X. D. and Silverman, S. (2004) ‘Teachers’ use of fitness tests in school-based physical education programs’, Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science, 8(3), pp. 145–165. doi: 10.1207/s15327841mpee0803_2.

Mercier, K., Phillips, S. and Silverman, S. (2016) ‘High School Physical Education Teachers ’ Attitudes and use of Fitness Tests’, The High School Journal, 99(2), pp. 179–190.

O’Keeffe, B. T. et al. (2020) ‘Health-related fitness monitoring practices in secondary school-based physical education programs’, Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 39(1), pp. 59–68. doi: 10.1123/jtpe.2018-0336.

O’Keeffe, B. T., MacDonncha, C. and Donnelly, A. E. (2020) ‘Students ’ attitudes towards and experiences of the Youth-fit health- related fitness test battery’, European Physical Education Review, 27(1), pp. 41–56. doi: 10.1177/1356336X20917416.

Phillips, S. R., Marttinen, R. and Mercier, K. (2017) ‘Fitness Assessment : Recommendations for an enjoyable student experience’, Strategies, 30(5), pp. 19–24. doi: 10.1080/08924562.2017.1344168.

Stirrup, J. and Damant, E. (2022) ‘Health, Physical Education And The Curriculum’, in Stirrup, J. and Hooper, O. (eds) Critical Pedagogies in Physical Education, Physical Activity and Health. Routledge, pp. 14–26.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Chinese Young People’s Experiences of High-Stakes Fitness Testing in School Physical Education

Jing Yang1, Gillan Bartle2, David Kirk1, Dillon Landi1

1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2University of Dundee, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Yang, Jing

Introduction

High-stakes fitness testing has become a dominant form of assessment used in China that is administered to young people in schools (Chen & Brown, 2013). These assessments are used to evaluate teachers’ effectiveness (Supovitz 2009), motivate students (Göloglu Demir & Kaplan Keles, 2021), and carry considerable weight on secondary and university admissions (Chen & Brown, 2013). In China, there are two ‘high-stakes’ assessments that carry important consequences for young people. One of the tests, the Gaokao, is a senior high school assessment that counts towards university admission. The focus of this paper is on the Zhongkao, an assessment for junior high school students whereby the results are used to inform admission decisions for entry into senior high school (Wu, 2015). Thus, the use of ‘high-stakes’ assessments is not a ‘neutral’ tool to simply measure student learning (Farvis and Hay 2020) but rather is a social and political process that has material consequences for many young people’s lives (Ryan 2002).

As part of the Zhongkao, the physical education section is comprised of a physical fitness test. Physical fitness tests are a polemical issue within physical education (e.g., Alfrey & Gard, 2019). On the one hand, some have argued that fitness testing has some benefits including an association with increased motivation amongst young people (Jaakkola et al. 2016; Simonton, Mercier, and Garn 2019). On the other hand, there has been growing body of evidence illustrating not so positive experiences with fitness testing. This includes research on motivation (Jaakkola et al. 2016) and attitudes (Goudas, Biddle, and Fox 1994), young people more broadly (Hopple and Graham 1995; Wrench and Garrett 2008), young women (O’Keeffe, MacDonncha, and Donnelly 2021), as well as Black, Latinx and LGBTQ young people (Safron & Landi, 2022). Within this debate, there is an overarching belief that has pervaded the physical education research community that it is ‘not the test’ that is bad, but rather the approach to teaching the test (Silverman et al., 2009).

WithinChinese culture,high value is placed on assessment and this increases pressure on young people, parents, teachers and schools (Chen and Brown 2013; Wu 2015). Within physical education (and fitness testing), such competitive practices have been shown to produce negative experiences amongst young people in schools (Aggerholm, Standal, and Hordvik 2018). We believe China is an interesting place to examine the ‘approach’ debate because high-stakes fitness testing is mandated for teachers and young people to follow. Further, there is a lack of research with Chinese young people about their fitness testing experiences. Therefore, the purpose of this paper is to explore Chinese young people’s experiences of the physical education component of the Zhongkao. The specific research questions that informed this research were:

(1) What are Chinese young persons’ reflective perceptions of the physical education assessment in the Zhongkao?

(2) What were the Chinese young persons’ reflective experiences of participating in the physical education assessment in the Zhongkao?

Paradigm

The paper is grounded in a pragmatist paradigm of research (Morgan, 2014). The pragmatist paradigm informs its background, methods and interpretation of the results drawing on previous insights from an epistemic community (Lawson, 2009). As such, this paper was informed not by an overarching theory, but rather the contextual factors and disciplinary traditions within physical education research. Yet, we were reflexive in our own thinking process in order to be critical of the dominant and discursive power structures within physical education research so we did not un-wittingly reproduce the inequities caused by epistemic dominance within the field (Landi, 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design
The overarching design of this research project was a qualitative exploratory study drawing on conversational inquiry (Leavy 2017). Given the purpose of the study, to understand perceptions and experiences of young people, a conversational (Leavy 2017) approach was chosen because it is meant to discuss, unpack and contextualize lived events. For this paper, a conversational approach was used to better understand the experiences of high-stakes physical fitness assessments in physical education in China.
Setting and Participants:
This study took place at Sheng Wang School (pseudonym) a private secondary school in Shanghai. The study participants comprised of 24 students enrolled in Year 11 physical education. These students were chosen based on ‘convenience sampling’ because they were enrolled in physical education. Further, the lead author is a former teacher at this school and used ‘insider’ status to gain access. The students in this study were aged between 16-17 years old at the time of interviews. Each student participated in the physical education component of the Zhongkao assessment two years prior to the interview.
Data Generation and Analysis:
Data were generated using four semi-structured group interviews (Kvale 1996). Each interview was comprised of six students and lasted between 40-50 minutes. Given that events may be forgotten (Marshall and Rossman 2006), the use of groups were used to produce dialectic encounters (Rubin and Rubin 2005) that ‘jar’ participants’ memories based on other students responses. Interviews were conducted via Teams and were audio-recorded as well as transcribed from verbal data (Mandarin) into transcripts (Chinese). They were then translated from Chinese into English by the first author and reviewed by another person.
For data analysis, the first and last author first went through a process of ‘concept coding’ (Saldaña 2013). After this first round of concept coding, the first and last author undertook a round of conceptual mapping  where they mapped codes in relation to one another. Using grouped data excerpts that were conceptually mapped, the first and fourth author used each cluster to write up the initial results. This draft acted as analytical memos (Marshall and Rossman 2006) where the second and third authors read and provided critical feedback. The critical feedback challenged the results in relation to the literature. The first and fourth author then conducted two additional revisions connecting findings to make a unique contribution (presented below).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Finding/Conclusion
Most students valued physical education and believed it was an important part of the curriculum. Students believed the inclusion of physical education in the Zhongkao assessment is necessary because it shows the subject holds equal importance. One student stated this:
I think the physical education test is necessary. After all, students should develop morally, intellectually, physically, aesthetically and comprehensively.
Physical education was seen as a subject that taught unique and important topics. The students believed physical education represented a different way of learning. Physical education was also fun and enjoyable, and even acted as a break from the monotony of schooling. Therefore, teachers know how to teach physical education to make it enjoyable and valued by students.
As a result of the physical fitness assessment, however, teachers would change their teaching practices for the 2-3 months leading up to the exam. This had a negative affect on young people’s experiences. One student said:
Two or three months before the PE test, went for an intensive training. Personally, I think it's a bit of a torture…
Students believed the over-emphasis on test scores led to a shift in teaching by teachers. What was previously a fun and enjoyable experience turned into a ‘training session’ to prepare for the test. The shift in teaching instigated by the test led young people to dislike physical education. They argued it was ‘boring’, ‘painful’, ‘torture’, amongst many negative adjectives. Young people claimed the high-stakes test was bad for learning. So, whilst the fitness testing debate has been a dominated by blaming teachers’ for their approach to fitness testing, the insights from this study illustrate that physical educators know how to make class valuable for students. It is the test, however, that instigates a change in their approach – not the other way around.

References
Alfrey, L., & Gard, M. (2019). Figuring out the prevalence of fitness testing in physical education: A figurational analysis. European Physical Education Review, 25(1), 187–202.
Chen, J., & Brown, G. T. (2013). High-stakes examination preparation that controls teaching: Chinese prospective teachers’ conceptions of excellent teaching and assessment. Journal of Education for Teaching, 39(5), 541–556.
Farvis, J., & Hay, S. (2020). Undermining teaching: How education consultants view the impact of high-stakes test preparation on teaching. Policy Futures in Education, 18(8), 1058–1074.
Göloglu Demir, C., & Kaplan Keles, Ö. (2021). The Impact of High-Stakes Testing on the Teaching and Learning Processes of Mathematics. Journal of Pedagogical Research, 5(2), 119–137.
Goudas, M., Biddle, S., & Fox, K. (1994). Achievement Goal Orientations and Intrinsic Motivation in Physical Fitness Testing With Children. Pediatric Exercise Science, 6, 159–167.
Hopple, C., & Graham, G. (1995). What children think, feel, and know about physical fitness testing. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 14(4), 408–417.
Jaakkola, T. T., Sääkslahti, A., Yli-Piipari, S., Manninen, M., Watt, A., & Liukkonen, J. (2016). Student Motivation Associated with Fitness Testing in the Physical Education Context. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 32(3), 270–286.
Landi, D. (2023). Thinking qualitatively: Paradigms and design in qualitative research. In KAR Richards, M.A. Hemphill and P.M. Wright (Eds.) Qualitative Research and Evaluation in Physical Education. SHAPE America.
Marshall, C., & Rossman, G. B. (2011). Designing qualitative research (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications
O’Keeffe, B. T., MacDonncha, C., & Donnelly, A. E. (2020). Students’ attitudes towards and experiences of the Youth-fit health-related fitness test battery. European Physical Education Review, 1–16.
Rubin, H. J., & Rubin, I. (2005). Qualitative interviewing: The art of hearing data. London: SAGE Publications.
Ryan, K. (2002). Assessment validation in the context of high‐stakes assessment. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 21(1), 7–15.
Saldaña, J. (2013). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (2nd ed.). London: SAGE Publications
Silverman, S., Keating, X. D., & Phillips, S. (2008). A lasting impression: A pedagogical perspective on youth fitness testing. Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science, 12(3), 146–166.
Simonton, K. L., Mercier, K., & Garn, A. C. (2019). Do fitness test performances predict students’ attitudes and emotions toward physical education? Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 24(6), 549–564. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2019.1628932
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm19 SES 01 A: Field Relations in Educational Ethnography: Entangled Theories, Emotions, Materialities and Practices
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger
Session Chair: Juana M Sancho-Gil
Symposium
 
19. Ethnography
Symposium

Field Relations in Educational Ethnography: Entangled Theories, Emotions, Materialities and Practices

Chair: Gisela Unterweger (Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich)

Discussant: Juana Maria Sancho Gil (University of Barcelona)

Our symposium focuses on field relations, a classic and often discussed topic of ethnographic methodology. We explore the relationships we build as ethnographers in the field: concrete, tangible relationships with practitioners and other people in local sites. How do we initiate and form them, how do we nurture them, which meanings do we attribute to them – and which meanings do vice versa people in the field attribute to us and our projects? We also take a closer look at the notion of ‘relations’ and expand the subject beyond a narrow focus on human interaction. Ethnographers of all shades have continually stressed the importance of considering material relations, discursive relations, and power relations for producing rich and insightful ethnographies (Appadurai 1990, Marcus 1998, Desmond 2014). The ethnographic construction of scientific objects and research questions commonly relates to processes and practices, contacts and conflicts, doings and sayings (Schatzki 1996), entanglements (Haraway 2008, 20) and boundary-making, all of which occur in shifting configurations of relations.

Ethnography recognizes these shifting configurations in its field work strategies, and requests researchers to articulate the ways in which a social relation between ethnographer and participants is established. These social relations are massively formed by circulating ideologies and discourses, by materialities, technical opportunities, bodies and by non-human life present in the field. We ask: how are these processes of relationing interwoven with our research interests and the theoretical and methodological frameworks of our research? We also want to illuminate how the relationships in the field enable our insights and findings. We draw on a substantial body of work on ethnographic field work about relations and roles, and the challenges and opportunities they present. One prominent position is that of the ethnographer as a "professional stranger" (Agar 1996) whose analytical distance from the field makes the familiar strange (Delamont and Atkinson 1996), which also affects field relations and how they are shaped (Sieber Egger, Unterweger & Maeder 2019; Dennis 2010). Another position is rather represented in cultural and social anthropological ethnography, where ‘making the familiar strange’ is less an issue than truly understanding “other” forms of being in the world in their own terms (i.e. Strathern 2020).

Based on this exploration, we will discuss a series of questions that revolve around our multiple relationships in and with the field: How do we conceptualize field relationships with different field actors in terms of research interests and theoretical frameworks? How do the research interests affect our relationships with people in the field?

How pervasive and constitutive is the culture of the field – its set of possible roles, social positions, and social orders, but also its materiality, ideologies, discourses, practices – when trying to establish field relations, and how do we reflect this? What relationships could we establish and maintain in our projects, and what was their significance for the projects, but also within the diversity of other field relations? Asking questions like these we try to shed light on the complexity of the current thinking about establishing and maintaining field relations.


References
Agar, Michael H. 1996. The Professional Stranger. An Informal Introduction to Ethnography. London, New York: Academic Press.
Appadurai, Arjun, Hrsg. 2013. The Social Life of Things: Commodities in Cultural Perspective. 11. print. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
Delamont, Sara, und Paul Atkinson. 1996. Fighting Familiarity. Essays on Education and Ethnography. Cresskill: Hampton Press.
Dennis, Barbara. 2010. «Ethical Dilemmas in the Field: The Complex Nature of Doing Education Ethnography». Ethnography and Education 5 (2): 123–27.
Desmond, Matthew. 2014. «Relational Ethnography». Theory and Society 43 (5): 547–79.
Schatzki, Theodore. 1996. Social Practices. A Wittgensteinian Approach to Human Activity and the Social. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Marcus, George E. 1995. «Ethnography in/of the World System: The Emergence of Multi-Sited Ethnography». Annual Review of Anthropology 24: 95–117.
Sieber Egger, Anja, Gisela Unterweger, und Christoph Maeder. 2019. «Producing and Sharing Knowledge with a Research Field. In Doing Educational Research: Overcoming Challenges in Practice, 72–88. London: Sage.
Strathern, Marilyn. 2020. Relations: an anthropological account. Durham: Duke University Press.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Relational Fields and Field Relations: Entanglements in the Process of Common Worlding

Anja Sieber Egger (Zurich University of Teacher Education), Gisela Unterweger (Zurich University of Teacher Education), Georg Rissler (Zurich University of Teacher Education), Felizitas Juen (Zurich University of Teacher Education)

This presentation is based on the research project "Negotiating NatureChildhoods. An Ethnography of Relations with Nature in Kindergartens of the Anthropocene". We investigate how children build and entertain relations with their surroundings in the local common worlds of their kindergartens, how relational agency is established in interaction with the material, human and non-human world. In the traditional dichotomic western worldview, often-discussed as the nature-culture-gap (Latour 1993; Haraway 2008), younger children tend to be positioned on the side of "nature", whereby in their educational process and based on intensive contact with nature they are ultimately supposed to develop a "culture" of human responsibility towards the natural environment. Following recent developments in childhood theory with the posthumanist / neo-materialist common worlds concept (Taylor 2013, Taylor & Pacini-Ketchabaw 2019) though, relations of children with and within their environments are understood as profoundly shaped by materialities and "more-than-human"-connections. Accordingly, with the use of the common worlding concept, our research interest is directed more strongly towards the in-between of separations, towards the power of materiality and all connections of humans and more-than-humans which repeatedly transgress these dichotomic orders. Our talk revolves firstly around the question of how these "entanglements" (Haraway 2008) of people/children, objects, plants, animals, meanings and spaces in the process of becoming (composed) together (Latour 2011) can be captured, and how the relationship between childhood and nature can be discussed from this perspective. Secondly, following the idea of the symposium to shed light on the enactment of relationships in the field, we want to take a close look on the relationships between field participants and researchers through the lens of the common worlds concept. This means that we see these relations evolving out of a process of relationing in which, according to Marilyn Strathern (2020, 3), relations are ‘held in place by relations’. We specifically look at how materialities and people, but also ideas and non-human beings come into play when we as researchers try to form and manage our relationships with the researched. We see our task in tracing these relations, or rather webs of relations. Methodologically, we are guided by the approach as described by George Marcus (1995) in his classic text: “Follow the people / thing / metaphor / story …”, by quite literally following connections and putative relationships (Marcus 1995, 97), also within one local field, and not (as was Marcus’ concern in the 1990ies) in a multi-sited setting.

References:

Haraway, Donna Jeanne. 2008. When Species Meet. Posthumanities 3. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Latour, Bruno. 1993. We Have Never Been Modern. Übersetzt von Catherine Porter. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press. Latour, Bruno. 2011. «Il n’y a pas de monde commun. Il faut le composer». Multitudes 45 (2): 38–41. Marcus, George E. 1995. «Ethnography in/of the World System: The Emergence of Multi-Sited Ethnography». Annual Review of Anthropology 24: 95–117. Strathern, Marilyn. 2020. Relations: an anthropological account. Durham: Duke University Press. Taylor, Affrica. 2013. Reconfiguring the Natures of Childhood. Routledge. Taylor, Affrica, und Veronica Pacini-Ketchabaw. 2019. The Common Worlds of Children and Animals. Relational Ethics for Entangled Lives. London, New York: Routledge.
 

Sharing Emotions Through Video Diaries to Build Relationships of Trust in Educational Ethnography

Clemens Wieser (Danish School of Education, Copenhagen)

Video diaries enable ethnographers to build relationships of trust with participants, because they create empathic encounters between ethnographers and participants (Pink 2017). In our project on the professional development of teachers, video diaries created encounters with teachers and their entanglements with teaching, reflecting institutional roles, personal professional values, and the processes in which these aspects are negotiated. This paper elaborates on what we have found to be three core elements of our video diary approach (Wieser 2015): (1) Video diaries decenter participants as objects of inquiry through technological means, and create a space for self-representation in which participants can actively document their lives (Bates 2013). Video diaries can be described as “unselective inscription devices” (Pinchevski 2012), which capture streams of consciousness over time, but also tacit knowing beyond consciousness (Zundel et al. 2018). Even though researchers remain co-producers of video diaries, participants gain autonomy with respect to the focus they set in their diaries, which allows researchers to co-experience the often open, leaky, and emergent entanglements of practice. (2) Video diaries give insights into the tacit experiences of participants within the continuous flow of everyday life. While conventional fieldwork strategies such as casual conversations and interviewing give participants a vis-à-vis, video diaries create a more private space of sharing, and may provide a channel to say what cannot be said in social encounters (Cashmore et al. 2010). Video diaries thus allow insights into private spheres, and into fragments of the self that are revealed through glimpses into homes, private workspaces, or gardens, in which participants process experiences and relate their selves to professional decisions. (3) Video diaries create a way of empathizing with participants, becoming closely familiar with their point of view beyond observing and participating (Jones 2015). Empathising here refers to the generative outcome of a relationship of trust with participants that was built over time through an affective engagement with their experiences and perspectives. Video diaries create continual communication with participants, across fields, and give access to unmitigated comments on field relations and tensions, in which teachers can elaborate on their professional roles. The presentation draws on our fieldwork experiences and theoretical reflections on video diaries to initiate a conversation on the benefits and possibilities and risks of video diaries and their possible uses in educational ethnography.

References:

Bates, Charlotte. 2013. «Video Diaries: Audio-Visual Research Methods and the Elusive Body». Visual Studies 28 (1): 29–37. Cashmore, Annette, Paul Green, und Jon Scott. 2010. «An ethnographic approach to studying the student experience: The student perspective through free form video diaries. A Practice Report». The International Journal of the First Year in Higher Education 1 (1): 106–11. Jones, R.L., J. Fonseca, L. De Martin Silva, G. Davies, K. Morgan, und I. Mesquita. 2015. «The Promise and Problems of Video Diaries: Building on Current Research». Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 7 (3): 395–410. Pinchevski, Amit. 2012. «The Audiovisual Unconscious: Media and Trauma in the Video Archive for Holocaust Testimonies». Critical Inquiry 39 (1): 142–66. Pink, Sarah, Shanti Sumartojo, Deborah Lupton, und Christine Heyes LaBond. 2017. «Empathetic Technologies: Digital Materiality and Video Ethnography». Visual Studies 32 (4): 371–81. Wieser, Clemens. 2015. «Technology and Ethnography – Will It Blend? Technological Possibilities for Fieldwork on Transformations of Teacher Knowledge with Videography and Video Diaries». Seminar.Net - International Journal of Media, Technology and Lifelong Learning 11 (3): 223–34. Zundel, Mike, Robert MacIntosh, und David Mackay. 2018. «The Utility of Video Diaries for Organizational Research». Organizational Research Methods 21 (2): 386–411.
 

The Significance of Languages and Multilingualism for Field Relations in Ethnography

Nadja Thoma (University of Innsbruck)

Situated in the wider framework of an ethnographic research project on multilingualism in preschools in the officially trilingual region of South Tyrol (Italy), this paper focuses on the role of language(s) and multilingualism in field relations. Theoretically, it combines critical educational and sociolinguistic theories on language and power. In these theories, language is understood as “ideology and practice” (Heller 2007), and as a socially and institutionally situated practice which can (re)produce, negotiate, shift or irritate powerful relations between speakers. Methodologically, it consistently links ethnographic and sociolinguistic approaches (Blackledge/Creese 2010; Tusting 2020). In South Tyrol, there are three separate educational systems, each with one of the officially recognized languages (Italian, German, Ladin) as main language of instruction. It has been shown that educational spaces set up for the protection of a recognized linguistic minority have to strike a balance between the protection of the minority group by which they are legitimated, and the need for inclusive and equitable education for all, including speakers of the majority language and speakers of languages of migration (Heller 2011: 12). In South Tyrol, the presence of differently linguistically minoritized individuals and groups leads to a “hierarchization of educational rights of minorities” (Thoma 2022), which also plays a role in ethnographic research in general and for field relations more specifically. Not least for this reason, South Tyrol is a particularly interesting site to study how language becomes relevant both in the educational system and in ethnographic research. Since field relations, especially in multilingual migration societies, are strongly framed by language ideologies and language policies, it is crucial to understand the connections between different language policies and the language ideologies behind them. The paper combines fieldnotes and transcripts of interviews to reconstruct how language policies and ideologies impact field relations and how they are (re)produced, negotiated, or irritated in interactions. Special attention will be paid to the linguistic repertoires and language choices of the researchers (Gallego-Balsà 2020) and how they are relevant to reveal power in field relations.

References:

Blackledge, Adrian; Creese, Angela (2010): Multilingualism: a critical perspective. London: Continuum. Gallego-Balsà Lídia (2020): Language Choice and Stance in a Multilingual Ethnographic Fieldwork. Applied Linguistics Review 11(2): 233–250. Heller, Monica (2007): Bilingualism as Ideology and Practice. In: Heller, Monica (Ed.): Bilingualism: A Social Approach. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 1–22. Heller Monica (2011): Paths to post-nationalism: A critical ethnography of language and identity. New York: Oxford University Press. Knoll, Alex (2016): “Kindergarten as a Bastion. On the Discursive Construction of a Homogeneous Speech Community and National Identity.” Zeitschrift für Diskursforschung (2): 137–53. Thoma, Nadja (2022): The Hierarchization of Educational Rights of Minorities. A Critical Analysis of Discourses on Multilingualism in South Tyrolean Preschools. In: Zeitschrift für erziehungswissenschaftliche Migrationsforschung, 02/2022, 134-150. https://doi.org/10.3224/zem.v1i2.04 Tusting, Karin (2020): The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Ethnography. Milton Park: Routledge.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm20 SES 01 A: International students and community development
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

International Online Exchange for Improving Global Citizenship Education Among Student Teachers

Julia Resnik1, Claudia Bergmueller-Hauptmann2, Gregor Gregor Lang-Wojtasik2, Lucy Bell3, Yifat Kolikant1, Mirjam Hitzelberger2

1Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2Weingarten University, Germany; 3Nantes University, France

Presenting Author: Resnik, Julia; Bergmueller-Hauptmann, Claudia

Against the backdrop of the erosion of foundational democratic values as well as increasing societal polarization and extremism, teachers are given an important role in enhancing the democratic competences of students. Due to the passing of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) seven years ago (UN, 2016), this perspective has gained even more importance – now also in a global dimension: with regard to SDG 4.7, education shall “ensure that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development, including, among others, through education for sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality, promotion of a culture of peace and non-violence, global citizenship and appreciation of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development” (UN, 2021). In a selection of European countries, this perspective meanwhile has been included into the national curricula, so teachers have to be qualified to meet this perspective in their educational work.

The interpretation of global citizenship varies largely among practitioners as well as researchers). Among the different interpretations: open global citizenship that emphasizes the interdependency in the global world and the possibilities it offers for cultural diversity; moral global citizenship based on moral categories like equality and human rights, that recognises responsibility for the global as a whole; social political global citizenship aimed at changing political power relations towards more equality and in the appreciation of cultural diversity (Veugelers 2011). A well-known categorization of global citizenship education (GCED) relates to the difference between soft and critical GCED (Andreotti 2006; 2016). Researchers warn that education needs to take into account issues of power, culture and economics, as a tool to understand and further develop ideas about GCED. As such, preparing teachers to facilitate GCED requires engaging with socially and politically loaded subjects globally. Nevertheless, the literature notes that teachers refrain from emphasizing the socio-political context while focusing on the moral aspect (Veugelers 2011). In order to assist teachers in overcoming their reluctance, “the pedagogical and didactical approaches should focus on dialogue; time and space must be devoted to conversations with students about the global world that surrounds them, to jointly reflect on it, and to explore the bigger framework. Paying attention to the personal signification process of every individual is necessary. Gaining knowledge, explorative thinking and acting, and development of attitudes, these all deserve attention” (Veugelers 2011:482). Through our research focusing on professionalization processes in the course of international student-teachers’ dialogues, we expect to contribute to the incipient literature on the acquisition of professional global competencies of teachers (cf. Ortloff et al., 2015; Bergmüller et al., 2021; Vare et al., 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research, drawn on an Erasmus+ Key Action 2 Programme Cooperation Partnerships in Higher Education (2021-2024) project entitled “Global Sense. Developing Global Sensitivity Among Student-Teachers”, includes five partner universities – Nantes University, the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Weingarten University of Education, the Brussels Free University, and Temple University in Philadelphia. The question that triggered our research is a timely topic: how to best prepare future teachers to teach global citizenship (Pashby et al., 2020). The project aims at studying how an international dialogue between student-teachers of various countries (France, Germany, Israel, Belgium and USA) with different cultural views on citizenship and a variety of citizenship education approaches can contribute to an open-minded citizenship perspective. GCED is "a disputed educational terrain that admits conflicting visions" (Estellés & Fischman, 2020, p. 2). Therefore, our study intends to assess to what extent the dialogical experience between student-teachers on “hot topics” (Pollack & Ben-David Kolikant, 2012) such as migration can provide teachers with tools to overcome their reluctance of discussing socio-political topics and convey a critical global citizen education to their students.
For this purpose, a four-stage collaborative activity was designed and implemented, in which currently 220 student-teachers participated. First, participants prepared lesson plans based on prompts related to global migration, which were provided online and discussed in class locally with their instructors. Secondly, participants were sorted into small international groups and engaged in online interaction (via zoom) in English. During these exchanges, lesson plans were presented, further interpreted and discussed regarding participants’ impressions, different perspectives, etc. Thirdly, 140 participants filled an open questionnaire regarding their personal reflexions on their experience, and on the influence of the online interaction upon their future teaching. Fourthly, 62 teacher-students participated in 13 focus groups conducted in Germany, France and Israel to evaluate the impact of the international on-line exchanges.
The following key questions lead our analysis: How do the international online interactions between student-teachers from the five participating countries influence their perceptions on teaching global citizenship? How do student-teachers recontextualize their understanding of “Global Sense” into learning arrangements for their students? How do the student-teachers cope with the diversity of opinions or pedagogical approaches within the international exchanges?
The online exchanges and focus groups’ recordings will be transcribed and along with the written documents (personal data, lesson plans, open questionnaire) analysed through a qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2019) following Creswell's (2013) model of spiral data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings from the first two out of four semesters of the project could be presented during the conference. These results already point towards a two-fold learning process among the students in the sense that learning results can be distinguished in being on a personal level, but also on a professional level.
The preparation of the lesson plans on migration and the online interactions with student-teachers from other countries forced participants to reflect on their views on global issues and raised student-teachers awareness of these issues by forcing them to make personal connections. A number of student-teachers declare that the online exchange opened their mind to new perspectives on the place of migration and citizenship in different societies and whom is regarded as a migrant or a citizen in each country.
At the professional level, student-teachers learnt about pedagogical approaches to global citizenship education, which differ largely between countries: from a teacher-centred approach to a more student-centred approach, from a lesson focusing on knowledge transmission to an emotionally focused one, from a lecturing type of lesson to a dialogical mode. The online exchange and the discussions around the lesson plans encouraged participants to reflect on their future roles as teachers and highlighted participants' thinking about their future classroom teaching. Building such pedagogical awareness may equip future teachers with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to promote a more inclusive approach to GCE.
At this stage, one of the conclusions we can already point out at is that international exchanges (online are more feasible) as part of teacher education programs can influence future teachers' global knowledge, values, and dispositions to prepare and to better equip them to address pedagogic challenges involved in teaching global citizenship.





References
Andreotti, V. (2006). Theory without practice is idle, practice without theory is blind': the potential contributions of post-colonial theory to development education. Development Education Journal, 12(3), 7.
Andreotti, V. (2016). The educational challenges of imagining the world differently. Canadian Journal of Development Studies/Revue canadienne d'études du développement, 37(1), 101-112.
Bergmüller, C.; Höck, S.; Causemann, B.; Krier, J.-M. & Quiring, E. (2021). Quality and Impact in Global Education. Empirical and Conceptual Perspectives for Planning and Evaluation. Münster: Waxmann. Creswell, J. (2013). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methodsapproaches. Sage.
Estellés, M., & Fischman, G. E. (2020). Who needs global citizenship education? A review of the literature on teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education,
0022487120920254. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487120920254

Gaudelli, W., & Heilman, E. (2009). Reconceptualizing geography as democratic globalcitizenship education. The Teachers College Record, 111(11), 2647–2677.

Ortloff, D. H., et al. (2015). Teacher Conceptualizations of Global Citizenship. Global Immersion Experiences and Implications for the Empathy / Threat Dialectic. In B. M. Maguth, et al. (Eds.), The State of Global Education. Learning with the World and Its People (pp. 78-91). New York, London: Routledge.
Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 56(2), 144–164.

Pollack, S., & Ben-David Kolikant, Y. (2012). Collaboration amidst disagreement and moral judgment: The dynamics of Jewish and Arab students’ collaborative inquiry of their joint past. International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 7, 109-128.
United Nations (UN) (2016). Transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/21252030%20Agenda%20for%20Sustainable%20Development%20web.pdf [26.10.2022].
United Nations (UN) (2021). Goal 4: Quality Education. https://unric.org/en/sdg-4/ [25.10.2022].
Vare, P., et al. (2019). "Devising a competence-based training program for educators of sustainable development: Lessons learned." Sustainability 11(7): 1890.
Veugelers, W. (2011). The moral and the political in global citizenship: Appreciating differences in education. Globalisation, Societies and Education,9(3-4), 473-485. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2011.605329
Yemini, M., Tibbitts, F., & Goren, H. (2019). Trends and caveats: Review of literature on
global citizenship education in teacher training. Teaching and Teacher Education,
77(1), 77–89.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Key Considerations in Redesigning an MEd Programme to Include the Lived Experiences of Culturally Diverse International Students

Laurie Walden, Charis Manousou, Jayakumar Chinnasamy, Nidia Aviles Nunez, Gray Felton, Amanda Henshall

University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Walden, Laurie; Manousou, Charis

The University of the West of Scotland’s School of Education & Social Sciences currently delivers a full-time Master of Education postgraduate taught degree at London campus, titled MEd Education Studies, with bracketed specialisms in Inclusion, Leadership, and Early Years Pedagogy. The degree has three intakes per year; one per term.

In the current 22/23 session, the cohort size is above 150. While these recruitment figures represent a significant success for the University, the School has identified challenges with the student experience and academic design of the programme that it proposes to address through a redesign of the programme. The programme largely resembles the part-time MEd delivered from our Scottish campuses, and therefore responds to the priorities and imperatives around Scottish teacher education. The London MEd is catering to a global cohort of educators rather than contributing to Scottish teacher educator development, so the focus of the London programme should be better directed to the priorities of the distinctive student cohort on London campus. Many graduates choose to stay in the UK and would thus benefit from a programme with a broader European context; however, with a focus on intercultural perspectives, students who choose to return to their home countries will have had the opportunity to learn how different types of pedagogy and practice can be applied to their context.

The London MEd attracts a global cohort of scholars, all of whom are international students from East Asian, Southeast Asian, and African countries. This classroom diversity should be a huge strength, but the programme as it is currently designed does not make a feature of this. Through a commitment to social justice and inclusion principles, the redesigned MEd programme aims to include the diverse experiences of the international cohort into the teaching, learning, and research contexts. All courses will be designed through a critical intercultural lens that allows for the discussion and research of diverse perspectives around issues of education.

The London MEd team have undertaken extensive consultation with current and past students and community partners to ensure the redesigned programme addresses the priorities of its key participants. We have drawn on the diverse range of expertise to inform the proposed programme redesign. Underpinning the entire process has been a detailed engagement with the UWS Curriculum Framework. The resulting programme is a hybrid focus with some on-class modules with online content, as well as fully online modules. The process has highlighted the need for more authentic assessment, with less emphasis on written essays. In addition, seminars have been designed to be more engaging and relevant for our diverse cohorts. We are also offering an alternative to the traditional dissertation so that students can draw on their experience as educators and create proposals for teaching practice and pedagogy that reflect the social justice and inclusive principles embedded in the programme. Finally, we have been developing relationships with external social justice organisations around London to offer students a chance to learn about the history of their communities in and around London and to potentially engage in research projects. We believe that this personal connection to their culture will help further their inclusive education practice.

With over 600,000 non-EU students undertaking postgraduate degrees in the UK, it will be vital for universities to understand the intersection of identities of international students and provide evidence-based opportunities to enhance their practice in relation to their own context, rather than solely focusing on the UK context. Through our example of redesigning a programme to better serve culturally diverse students, we hope to share our successes and challenges with other universities engaging in similar work.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Through the use of planning documents, student surveys, Padlets, meeting minutes, observations, and engagement with current literature, this ‘Ignite Talk’ demonstrates how the team of lecturers and instructional designers at UWS London have created a successful proposal for our new programme, MEd Intercultural Perspectives in Education.  

Since September 2022, the team has met regularly to discuss different aspects of the redesign.  A Critical Theory framework with a focus on intersectionality was used to respond to the identified issues around cultural diversity that seem to impact the students.  Individual team members worked on active learning strategies, authentic assessment, inclusive practice, dissertation options, community engagement partners, and overarching themes and principles.  This presentation will showcase the processes involved in such a redesign including how we aligned existing curricular frameworks with culturally relevant considerations for each aspect of the programme.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The new programme is set to launch with the first cohort in September 2023.  The previous January 2023 and May 2023 cohorts will still be participating in the former programme, which does present some challenges around consistency of messaging and programme engagement.  To mitigate those challenges, the London MEd team has been transparent in its redesign process, ensuring that all students are aware of the transitions and changes to the programme.  Moreover, the current students are already benefitting from planned changes such as more active learning strategies, alternative assessments, and a focus on social justice and inclusion.    

  

With a stronger and more prolonged emphasis on research skills, we aim to improve the quality of dissertations and equivalent projects. In addition, through the shared principles of social justice and inclusion underlying the new modules, we hope to provide our culturally diverse cohorts with the critical knowledge and understanding of how to reduce inequities in education.

  

The London MEd team will go through a revalidation process in late March 2023 with external examiners, students, and colleagues in the School of Education and Social Sciences.  We look forward to their feedback to strengthen the new programme in line with UWS values.  

We aim to engage in a comprehensive mixed-methods research project over the coming years to hear the perspectives of current and former students around the effectiveness of the programme, with a focus on engagement with global social justice issues, interaction with on-campus and external learning communities, and preparation for future roles.

References
Blau, I., Shamir-Inbal, T. Digital technologies for promoting “student voice” and co-creating learning experience in an academic course. Instr Sci 46, 315–336 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-017-9436-y

Ruth Matheson & Mark Sutcliffe (2017) Creating belonging and transformation through the adoption of flexible pedagogies in masters level international business management students, Teaching in Higher Education, 22:1, 15-29, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2016.1221807

Montenegro, E. and Jankowski, N.A. (2017) ‘Bringing Equity into the Heart of Assessment’, Assessment Update, 29(6), pp. 10–11. doi:10.1002/au.30117.

Palmer, Y.M. (2016) ‘Student to Scholar: Learning Experiences of International Students’, Journal of International Students, 6(1), pp. 216–240. doi:10.32674/jis.v6i1.489.

Skaife, S., & Reddick, D. (2017). Issues facing postgraduate international students: a view from an international students’ group on a Masters programme in Art Psychotherapy. Journal of Research in International Education, 16(3), 279–292. https://doi.org/10.1177/1475240917746030

 

Skedsmo, G., Huber, S.G. Culturally responsive student assessment and quality work in higher education. Educ Asse Eval Acc 32, 1–4 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-020-09317-9


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Marginally Fannish: Fan Podcasts as Sites of Public Pedagogy and Intersectional Literacy

Parinita Shetty

Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shetty, Parinita

Stories in mainstream media are important because they shape ideas about different cultures (Adichie, 2009; Gatson and Reid, 2012). The ways in which popular culture represents people and issues both reflect and shape dominant ideologies and stereotypes (Giroux, 2004; Rossing, 2015; Wright and Wright, 2015). Popular media narratives privilege the experiences of some groups and exclude countless others. This plays a powerful role in influencing how people – from both dominant and marginalised groups – think about themselves and others. At the same time, while media can reify existing ideologies, people can also challenge them. There is no monolithic experience of engaging with cultural texts, especially ones which are shared globally across different contexts (Savage, 2013).

This paper draws on my PhD project to explore how fan podcasts act as informal sites of public pedagogy, specifically focusing on how these spaces offer opportunities for fans to express and access intersectional perspectives. I developed a research/fan podcast called Marginally Fannish where my co-participants and I used the fictional framework of popular media to co-create an alternative site of education. Popular media provided a communal context to explore our various intersections and interpretations of race and ethnicity, gender and gender diversity, social class, sexuality, religion, geographic origin, physical and mental disability, and age. Fans from diverse cultures – both marginalised and dominant in different contexts – use globally popular media as a shared language to learn about each other’s real-world experiences. By explicitly making connections between fictional worlds and real-life structures, fans explore the limitations and possibilities of both.

The feminist theory of intersectionality investigates how multiple and complex social privileges and inequalities interact with each other (Cho et al., 2013; Choo and Ferree, 2010; Collins, 2015; Davis, 2008; Jordan-Zachery, 2007; Romero, 2018). The internet has played a significant role in popularising the concept of intersectionality in non-academic spaces (Hancock, 2016; Kanai, 2019). In online spaces, people bring their diverse intersectional identities and experiences with them.

In the case of globally popular media, the diversity of fans present in online fan communities means that fans encounter ideas which they may otherwise not have considered. Fans engage in a collaborative learning process where knowledge is negotiated together and people contribute different forms of expertise (Sandlin et al., 2017; Savage, 2010). In these public pedagogical spaces, people's interactions can help challenge default social, cultural, political and educational scripts (Burdick and Sandlin, 2010).

The paper examines how conversations among fans from diverse backgrounds bring together multiple knowledges and diverse priorities. Through their analyses and critiques about how diverse cultures are represented in their favourite media, fan podcast episodes create knowledge about intersectional identities and promote alternative viewpoints about different experiences (Dittmar and Annas, 2017). This intersectional literacy can challenge and expand mainstream norms and representations, resulting in a more complex and nuanced understanding of different identities.

Fan conversations use fictional characters, themes and events as a cultural shorthand to articulate arguments about diverse identities and real-world social, political and economic structures. Parallels from popular media can draw attention to these issues in new contexts. Since popular media tend to attract fans from a diverse range of backgrounds, these elements can speak to a wide range of interests. By bringing diverse priorities and perspectives to the forefront, such conversations allow others to learn about different cultures and contexts as well as other ways of being in the world.

The paper proposes that whereas many people’s imaginations are formatively influenced by mainstream media and society, collective and public discussions in the context of fan podcasts can reshape the architecture of these imaginations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My primary research data comprises of Marginally Fannish the research/fan podcast, the text transcripts for these episodes, and blog posts with my autoethnographic fieldnotes and reflections – all of which are available on my research website (marginallyfannish.org). Existing fan podcasts and other fan texts acted as important sources of multimodal intersectional scholarship (McGregor, 2019). A combination of academic and non-academic sources helped me analyse how fans engage in a valuable form of intersectional education in informal, digital spaces (Blount and Grey, 2019).

In order to develop a more participatory project, I drew on interdisciplinary literature to develop a hybrid methodology; one which is also inspired by fandom’s collective knowledge-making culture. I borrowed elements from online ethnography (Ardévol and Gómez-Cruz, 2012; Hine, 2015; Kozinets, 2015; Pink et al., 2015; Robinson and Schulz, 2009), collaborative ethnography (Lassiter, 2005), autoethnography (Bochner and Ellis, 2006; Evans and Stasi, 2014; Kahl Jr, 2011), and feminist participatory and dialogic research methodologies (Hannell, 2020; Burdick and Sandlin, 2013; Dentith et al., 2013; Stacey, 1988).

In the podcast, I was both a researcher and a participant. Together, my co-participants and I used podcasting as a publicly accessible research method. We planned our episode themes and formats, curated diverse sources of literature, and chose our analytical lenses based on the themes that most resonated with us. Our episode conversations represented both data and collective form analyses as we explored different intersectional themes in some of our favourite media and their fandoms.

The podcast became a way to include a diverse range of fan voices both within and beyond academic and Eurocentric contexts. My 18 co-participants and I came from a wide range of worldviews and backgrounds – both marginalised and privileged in different contexts. My co-participants included people from India, England, Scotland, the US, the UAE, Israel, Singapore, the Philippines, Greece, Japan, Bulgaria, and Canada. I recorded a total of 22 episodes over 10 months in 2020 to study how fans – including myself – used the fictional framework of popular media to learn about each other’s real-world experiences and perspectives.

In this interactive research, my co-participants and I came to the episodes with our own ideas, experiences, theories, interpretations and insights. There was no one-way transfer of knowledge – I was engaged in critical pedagogy as much as my co-participants. My thinking became much stronger thanks to this conversational and collaborative knowledge-making.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Intersectional fan podcasts use people’s shared interest in media and fandom to co-create knowledge about different identities. By analysing how diverse identities are represented and/or erased in media and fandom, fan podcasts offer opportunities for a critical intersectional education. Conversations about the politics of representation draw real-world social, cultural and political parallels to fictional characters and narratives. Such analogies allow people to learn about the nuances and complexities of different cultural experiences in diverse contexts, many of which they may never have otherwise encountered. As fans share and encounter multiple interpretations and perspectives, different kinds of intersectional literacies and conclusions emerge.
 
Popular media and fandom provide people from diverse backgrounds a shared, accessible language to interact with each other. People highlight experiences which draw on their own individual priorities and interests in both media and the real world that it reflects. While discussing and critiquing the media they love, fans foreground various aspects of their own personal experiences. Such reflections place personal identities in conversation with cultural representations. This allows fans from other identities to consider lives which don’t mirror their own. Fans from both dominant and marginalised groups can learn from these new encounters and discuss issues from different viewpoints.

Fandom’s collective intelligence helps people consider, question and expand preconceived notions about different identities both in the fictional and real world. As fans examine media through the lenses of different identities – including and beyond their own – they are able to share and learn different ways of seeing and being in the world.

References
Adichie , C.N. 2009. The Danger of a Single Story. [Online]. [Accessed 01 January 2022]. Available from: https://www.ted.com/talks/chimamanda_adichie_the_danger_of_a_single_story/transcript?language=en.
Blount, J. and Grey, L. M. 2019. Witch Please Meets The Gayly Prophet: An Interview with Hannah McGregor. The Gayly Prophet. [Podcast]. [Accessed 31 December 2021]. Available from: https://hashtagruthless.com/listen/witchpleasemeetsthegaylyprophet.
Burdick, J. and Sandlin, J.A. 2010. Inquiry as Answerability: Toward a Methodology of Discomfort in Researching Critical Public Pedagogies. Qualitative Inquiry. 16(5), pp.349-360.
Cho, S., Crenshaw, K.W. and McCall, L. 2013. Toward a Field of Intersectionality Studies: Theory, Applications, and Praxis. Signs. 38(4), pp.785-810.
Choo, H.Y. and Ferree, M.M. 2010. Practicing Intersectionality in Sociological Research: A Critical Analysis of Inclusions, Interactions, and Institutions in the Study of Inequalities. Sociological Theory. 28(2), pp.129-149.
Collins, P.H. 2015. Intersectionality’s Definitional Dilemmas. Annual Review of Sociology. 41(1), pp.1-20.
Davis, K. 2008. Intersectionality as Buzzword: A Sociology of Science Perspective on What Makes a Feminist Theory Successful. Feminist Theory. 9(1), pp.67-85.
Dittmar, L. and Annas, P. 2017. Introduction: Toward Public Pedagogies: Teaching Outside Traditional Classrooms. Radical Teacher. 109(1), pp.1-3.
Gatson, S.N. and Reid, R.A. 2012. Race and Ethnicity in Fandom. Transformative Works and Cultures. 8.
Hancock, A.-M. 2016. Intersectionality: An Intellectual History. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Jordan-Zachery, J.S. 2007. Am I a Black Woman or a Woman Who Is Black? A Few Thoughts on the Meaning of Intersectionality. Politics and Gender. 3(2), pp.254-263.
Kanai, A. 2019. Between the Perfect and the Problematic: Everyday Femininities, Popular Feminism, and the Negotiation of Intersectionality. Cultural Studies. pp.1-24.
McGregor, H. 2019. Yer a Reader, Harry: HP Reread Podcasts as Digital Reading Communities Participations Journal of Audience & Reception Studies. 16(1), pp.366-389.
Romero, M. 2018. Introducing Intersectionality. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Rossing, J. 2015. Emancipatory Racial Humor as Critical Public Pedagogy: Subverting Hegemonic Racism. Communication, Culture & Critique. 9(4), pp.614-632.
Sandlin, J.A., Burdick, J. and Rich, E. 2017. Problematizing Public Engagement within Public Pedagogy Research and Practice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. 38(6), pp.823-835.
Savage, G., 2013. Chasing the Phantoms of Public Pedagogy: Political, Popular, and Concrete Publics. In: Burdick, J., Sandlin, J.A. and O'Malley, M.P. eds. Problematizing Public Pedagogy. Routledge, pp. 103-114.
Wright, R.R. and Wright, G.L. 2015. Doctor Who Fandom, Critical Engagement, and Transmedia Storytelling: The Public Pedagogy of the Doctor. In: Jubas, K., et al. eds. Popular Culture as Pedagogy. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers, pp.11-30.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm21 SES 01 A
Location: Hetherington, 216 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: David Zimmermann
Paper Session
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

The Consolidation of Different Dimensions of Diversity and the Neglect of Educational Tasks: Relations between Social Exclusion and Institutional Defence

Wilfried Datler1,2, Margit Datler1,3

1University of Vienna, Austria; 2Austrian Association of Individual Psychology (ÖVIP); 3Wiener Arbeitskreis für Psychoanalyse (WAP)

Presenting Author: Datler, Wilfried; Datler, Margit

Educational institutions sometimes emphatically declare that they are working on particular tasks with a lot of effort and energy. A closer look, however, shows sometimes that in reality the opposite happens. The presenters discuss the question of how this phenomenon can be understood.

In doing so, they refer to an example of a school that initially welcomes unaccompanied young refugees. Subsequently, however, the school does not succeed in fulfilling its educational tasks.

The discussion of a teacher’s reports lead to the assumption that the school failed in dealing with two dimensions of diversity: (a) the diversity among the pupils and the other children and (b) the diversity the school situation has been experienced within a broad spectrum between proclaimed intentions and conscious as well as unconscious anxieties. This assumption is developed with reference to psychoanalytic theories, especially with reference to the psychoanalytic theory of human relations and theories about the unconcious dynamics in organisations. Subsequently, the assumption is presented that - and in which way - institutionalised defence dynamics are significantly involved in the emergence of such processes. Finally implications for education and training as well as for the administration (leadership) of educational institutions are outlined.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The case material has been presented and discussed in a Viennese work discussion group. According to the process of analysing observational case material in three phases, the work discussion protocols and accounts written after each work discussion session were discussed again in several national and international contextes. With reference to psychoanalytic theories concerning organisational dynamics case material and theory based assumtions were developed and compared with results of similar case studies which were published in Great britain, Germany and Austria.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the case study support these powerful findings on the influence of unconscious dynamic processes that negatively affect the work on primary educational tasks in institutions. In addition to other publications, not only processes of splitting but also processes of isolation are examined. New references to dealing with diversity are highlighted and linked to considerations concerning training and development of educational organisations.
References
Amstrong, David/Rustin, Michael (eds.) (2014): Social Defences against Anxiety. London: Routledge.
Boger, Mai-Anh/Rauh, Bernhard (Hrsg.) (2021): Psychoanalytische Pädagogik trifft Postkoloniale Studien und Migrationspädagogik. Schriftenreihe der DGfE-Kommission Psychoanalytische Pä-dagogik, Bd. 12. Opladen et al.: Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Datler, Wilfried/Datler, Margit (2014): Was ist Work Discussion? https://phaidra.univie.ac.at/view/o:368997 [Zugriff: 12.1.2023]
Datler, Wilfried/Tomandl, Christine (2015): Psychagogik in der Schule: Über ein Subsystem zur Be-treuung von Schülerinnen und Schülern mit erheblichen emotionalen und sozialen Problemen. In: Biewer, Gottfried/ Böhm, Eva Theresa/Schütz, Sandra (Hrsg.): Inklusive Pädagogik in der Se-kundarstufe. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, S. 75-93.
Heilmann, Joachim/Krebs, Heinz/Eggert-Schmid Noerr, Annelinde (Hrsg.) (2012): Außenseiter in-tegrieren. Perspektiven auf gesellschaftliche, institutionelle und individuelle Ausgrenzung. Psy-choanalytische Pädagogik, Bd.39. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag.
Holtmann, Sophie/Pierre-Carl Damian Link (2020): Psychoanalytische Pädagogik im Kontext von Flucht und Traumatisierung. In: Zimmermann, David/Wininger, Michael/Finger-Trescher, Urte (Hrsg.) (2020): Migration, Flucht und Wandel. Jahrbuch für Psychoanalytische Pädagogik 27. Gie-ßen: Psychosozial-Verlag, S. 241-262.
Jung, Carl Gustav (1954): Über die Archetypen des kollektiven Unbewussten. In: Jung, Carl Gustav: Bewusstes und Unbewusstes. Frankfurt: Fischer, 1971, S. 11-53.
Lohmer, Mathias/Möller, Heidi (2014): Psychoanalyse in Organisationen. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.
Müller, Christoph (2020): “Es gibt keine Sprachklassen mehr, weil man gesagt hat, nein, die Kinder sollen wirklich inklusiv beschult werde.“ Die (pseudo-)inklusive Schule im sequenziell traumati-schen Prozess. In: Zimmermann, David/Wininger, Michael/Finger-Trescher, Urte (Hrsg.) (2020): Migration, Flucht und Wandel. Jahrbuch für Psychoanalytische Pädagogik 27. Gießen: Psychoso-zial-Verlag, S. 221-238.
Rohr, Elisabeth (2020): Flucht als Trennungserfahrung und der pädagogische Umgang mit unbeglei-teten minderjährigen Geflüchteten. In: Zimmermann, David/Wininger, Michael/Finger-Trescher, Urte (Hrsg.) (2020): Migration, Flucht und Wandel. Jahrbuch für Psychoanalytische Pä-dagogik 27. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag, S. 107-122.
Rustin, Margaret/Bradly, Jonathan (Ed.) (2009): Work Discussion: Learning from Reflective Practice in Work with Children and Families. London: Karnac
Steinhardt, Kornelia/Datler, Wilfried (2005): Organisation und Psychodynamik. Psychoanalytische Überlegungen zur Wahrnehmung von Leitungsaufgaben. In: Fasching, H., Lange, R. (Hrsg.): sozi-al managen. Bern u.a.: Haupt Verlag, S. 213-23.
Zimmermann, David (2012): Die subjektive und soziale Fremdheit. Das Erleben traumatisierter Ju-gendlicher mit Zwangsmigrationshintergrund. In: Heilmann, Joachim/Krebs, Heinz/Eggert-Schmid Noerr, Annelinde (Hrsg.) (2012): Außenseiter integrieren. Perspektiven auf gesellschaft-liche, institutionelle und individuelle Ausgrenzung. Psychoanalytische Pädagogik, Bd.39. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag, S .347-363.
Zimmermann, David/Wininger, Michael/Finger-Trescher, Urte (Hrsg.) (2020): Migration, Flucht und Wandel. Jahrbuch für Psychoanalytische Pädagogik 27. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag.


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Long Paper

Face-to-face or Online Clinical Interview for Research in Education: Diversity Issues

Patrick Geffard1, Arnaud Dubois2

1Paris 8 University, France; 2Rouen Normandy University, France

Presenting Author: Geffard, Patrick; Dubois, Arnaud

The long paper focuses on diversity issues encountered in the context of research in education made during the 3rd lockdown – April 3 to May 19, 2021–, when COVID-19 infection was increasing.

The pandemic crisis led many researchers used to conduct clinical interviews for purpose of research in a face-to-face situation to continue their research in a new way by using online interviews through communications platforms. That unusual situation brought some interrogations on the methodical level as well as it sometimes brought uncertainty or anxiety about the process of the clinical interviews and the effects that an experience never made before could have on the research results, on the analysis produced.

First, we will define what a clinical interview is in our research, how we usually organise the ‘apparatus’ of our interviews and what is our positioning as researcher.

In a second time, we will come back to an experience of online clinical interviews with music teachers and, more specifically, the experience made with one of them. From this, we will evoke some new questions emerging in that unusual context.

The research concerned by this presentation has been built on clinical interviews made with music teachers in training in a higher education institution in the field of artistic practices in the performing arts.

At the request of the director of the institution, who wish to enrich the courses delivered with contributions of research in Education Sciences, a team of five researchers has been organised, each of the researcher having to conduct some clinical interviews with the music teachers in training. Trying ‘to do the best of a bad job’ (Bion, 1979), the first movement of the researchers has been to try to stay as close as possible from a so-called classic situation by making the choice of analysing only the audio recordings without taking into account what had been seen on the screen during the interviews.

Therefore, the working document on which the analysis was supposed to be produced was the transcription of what the interviewee had said during the clinical interview. That point in itself questions the positioning of the researchers more than the nature of the collected data. In the aftermath of the research, it has conducted researchers to realise there was a necessity to think more carefully about what they tried to keep from their previous experiences of clinical interviews or what kind of mechanism of defence could have been at stake with such a choice.

In the paper we come back more specifically to one of the interviews, made with a music teacher in training called here Myriam who surprised the interviewer by the way she introduced her very young baby in the situation of the interview. The interview framework allowed her to do so since nothing had been said before about the possibility or not to continue the interview while breastfeeding a child… The baby’s presence was then perceived through non-verbal elements.

While in a more usual context, researcher and interviewee are living in what J. Puget called ‘fragments of the world’ (Puget and Wender, 2021), quite isolated from each other. It seems that during this pandemic, the irruption of ‘data and problems that belonged to the external reality of the moment’ brought the two in presence closer from each other in ‘overlapping worlds’ (Ibid.). In this paper, we’ll examine the parts of fantasies possibly at stake around the question of ‘feeding’ for someone who is both a mother and a successful music teacher in training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our approach takes place within the framework of the ‘psychoanalytically orientated clinical approach in education and training’ (Blanchard-Laville, Chaussecourte, Pechberty and Hatchuel, 2005). According to this perspective, our listening aims above all to initiate a process of understanding some psychological mechanisms at work in ordinary teaching or training situations.
But the research process itself can sometimes be an object of research. In our case, it’s the setting of the clinical interviews for the purpose of research which is examined. Due to the specific circumstances of the pandemic crisis, like many other researchers we experienced a kind of diversity we didn’t have imagined before. To be interviewing someone in a face-to-face situation is quite different to trying to do an interview through an application, seeing the other on a screen.
This research on the online clinical interview has been helped by the collaboration we have since a few years with colleagues in Europe who are also engaged in works which make links between education and psychoanalysis (Strategic Partnership EducEurope with colleagues from Milano Bicocca University, University College London, Luxembourg University, 2017-2020 – Works in Network 21 with colleagues of Humboldt University Berlin and Vienna University).
By confronting our ways to organise clinical interviews, the references we use in that specific methodology, we’ve learned about how European history in the 20th century has led to various ways of practice even when the first sources were the same or very close to each other. But also our attention has been driven to how the specific setting put in place, the frame of the interview influences what we collect as data and how we proceed at the moment of the analysis of the data. Our paper will focus on some questions or issues referring to the frame of a research clinical interview.
Trying to think what had happened during those online clinical interviews, we had to conduct without much time of preparation, we base our own reflection on the work of some psychoanalysts who have practised and theorised in different geographical areas (J. Bleger and J. Puget, Argentina; T. Ogden and T. Bibby, U.K.; J. Godfrind, Belgium, R. Roussillon and P. Chaussecourte, France). Despite the differences between these authors, we use their works on mainly two points: what kind of attention for who conducts a research clinical interview and what is the relationship between its frame and the transference phenomena?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first finding in our research on the online clinical interviews we organised during the COVID-19 crisis is how the specific frame we had to put in place at this specific occasion seems to have been some kind of an ‘attractor’ for psychic investments, for transferential movements. The psychoanalyst José Bleger saw the frame as the repository of primitive symbiotic bonds, as ‘the most primitive part of the personality’ (Bleger, 1967, 248).
In our analysis of the clinical research interview presented in this paper, we propose the hypothesis that Myriam could have transferred onto the medium constituted by the connected devices, the video conferencing application and the researcher himself, the most primitive part of her personality represented by the baby she introduced in the situation, keeping him in her arms after a short break when she breastfeed him.
In an approach related to Bleger’s, the Belgian psychoanalyst Jacqueline Godfrind has suggested an interesting distinction between two types of frames, the one she calls the ‘inanimate frame’ and the one she calls the ‘embodied frame’. The inanimate frame is ‘the set of material arrangements included in the initial contract: schedule, fees, place [...] of the analytic meetings. The embodied frame concerns the analyst and his/her psyche’ (2021, 156).
In the case of research-based clinical interviews transformed by the lockdown, this distinction appears useful to us when analysing what may have been at stake, for the interviewer as well as for the interviewee, on the side of the inanimate frame and the side of the embodied frame.
The experience of the online interviews has reinforced our interest for the notion of ‘transference on the framework’ suggested by René Roussillon (2007) and we consider it as a heuristic tool for thinking the transference and countertransference issues in a clinical research interview.

References
Bibby, T. (2011). Education – an ‘impossible profession’? Psychoanalytic explorations of learning and classrooms. Routledge.
Blanchard-Laville, C. & Nadot, S. (2000). Malaise dans la formation des enseignants. L’Harmattan.
Blanchard-Laville, C., Chaussecourte, P., Hatchuel, F. et Pechberty, B. (2005). Recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique dans le champ de l’éducation et de la formation. Note de synthèse. Revue Française de Pédagogie, 151, 111-162.
Blanchet, A. et coll. (1985). L’entretien dans les sciences sociales. Dunod-Bordas.
Bleger, J. (1967) Psicoanálisis del encuadre psicoanalítico. Revista de Psicoanálisis, 24, 241-258.
Bourguignon, O. (1995). Le processus de recherche. Dans O. Bourguignon et M. Bydlowski (dir.) La recherche clinique en psychopathologie. Perspectives critiques (p. 35-51). PUF.
Cahn, R. (1999). Psychothérapies des névroses et des psychoses. Dans A. de Mijolla et S. de Mijolla-Meilor (dir), Psychanalyse (p. 579-602). PUF.
Castarède, M.-F. (2007). L’entretien clinique à visée de recherche. In C. Chiland (dir.), L’entretien clinique (p. 118-145). PUF.
Chaussecourte, P. (2022). Entretien clinique de recherche et prise en compte des phénomènes insus. In B. Albero & J. Thievenaz (Eds). Enquêter dans les métiers de l’humain. Traité de méthodologie de la recherche en sciences de l’éducation et de la formation (p. 213-222). Éditions Raison et Passions.
Devereux, G. (1967). From Anxiety to Method in Behavioral Sciences. De Gruyter Mouton.
Godfrind, J. (2021). Quand le cadre chavire. Revue belge de psychanalyse, 78, 153-167.
Markakis, K. (2022). Écrire-rêver le rapport à la pratique professionnelle d’un coordonnateur d’ULIS collège : la répétition d’une réalité inrêvée. Estilos da Clínica, 27/3, 451-465.
Ogden, T. (2005). This Art of Psychoanalysis: Dreaming Undreamt Dreams and Interrupted Cries. Routledge.
Puget, J. & Wender, L. (2021). Analyste et patient dans des mondes superposés. In Monica Horovitz et Piotr Krzakowski (Eds), Écrits intimes de psychanalystes pendant la pandémie. Journal de voyage en confinia (p. 31-47). L’Harmattan.
Roussillon, R. (2007). Le cadre psychanalytique. PUF.
Yelnik, C. (2005). L’entretien clinique de recherche en sciences de l’éducation. Recherche et formation, 50, 133-146.


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Group Analysis in Educational Research and Practice – Practice Experiences

Lars Dietrich, Petra Weber

Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Dietrich, Lars; Weber, Petra

Today, psychoanalysis looks back on a long-lasting tradition of impacting educational theory and practice. In fact, from its very inception psychoanalytic thinking has been applied to educational settings (e.g., Freud, 1914; Freud, 1960). However, despite a long and very rich tradition, psychoanalysis in education remains a niche area in educational research and practice in Europe (Taubman, 2011). In academia, it has been almost entirely pushed out of the mainstream of educational research, with the exception of special needs education.

In this presentation, we argue that today there is an opportunity opening up for psychoanalytic thinking to (re-)emerge from the margins of educational research and practice. In the course of the past two decades, there has been a growing acknowledgment that social-emotional learning and development is a crucial part of a modern educational experience (CASEL, 2023), and an essential precondition for more effective academic/cognitive learning, and the advancement of meta-cognitive skills (Pianta, 2012). At the same time, meta-analyses of social-emotional learning/development program evaluations, based on theories and methods of the educational sciences’ mainstream, show only small effects (Corcoran et al., 2018). From a psychoanalytic perspective this is hardly surprising, because most of these programs resort to behavioral condition strategies that ignore latent/unconscious factors impacting human development. Hence, an opportunity is opening up for psychoanalysis in education to show that it can deliver better results.

However, in order to be successful, psychoanalysis in education needs to accept the methods and quality standards, which currently dominate the mainstream of educational sciences, despite their obvious limitations. Specifically, psychoanalysis in education needs to work with and show appreciation for the methods and contributions of quantitative empiricism with its focus on social ecological factors impacting development, and integrate them – which is not the same as giving up its traditional focus on qualitative and in-depth analyses of the unconscious. Initial successful and encouraging steps in this direction have been made in clinical psychoanalysis (Fonagy & Bateman, 2013).

This presentation focuses on our first attempts to bridge the gap between psychoanalysis in education and quantitative empiricism in educational research and practice. From our point of view, group analysis (Foulkes, 1983; Bion, 1991), which combines psychoanalytic and social-ecological/sociological theory and thinking, is the best-suited practice and methods framework for this endeavor. In early 2022, we began working as group analytic coaches in schools. Specifically, we have provided group analytic supervision sessions in two schools in the greater Berlin metropolitan area. In the course of this work, we have also developed a new student survey instrument, which has been theoretically derived from psychoanalytic and group analytic theory (e.g., Hirblinger, 2017; Naumann, 2014). The purpose of this instrument is to support teachers' self-reflective practices in the context of group analytic school coaching and professional development training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our group analytic coaching with schools is mainly based on theories from Foulkes (1983) and Bion (1991).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
-This presentation summarizes our first year and a half of highly encouraging practical experiences as group analytic coaches in schools in the greater Berlin metropolitan area.
-The results of the newly developed survey instrument will be presented in detail in a different network.

References
Bion, W. R. (1991). Experiences in groups and other papers. New York, NY: Routledge.
Corcoran, R. P., Cheung, A. C. K., Kim, E., & Xie, C. (2018). Effective universal school-based social and emotional learning programs for improving academic achievement: A systematic review and meta-analysis of 50 years of research. Educational Research Review, 25, 56-72. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2017.12.001
Fonagy, P., & Bateman, A. (2013). A brief history of mentalization-based treatment and its roots in psychoanalytic theory and practice. In M. B. Heller & S. Pollet (Eds.), The work of psychoanalysts in the public health sector (pp. 168-188). New York, NY: Routledge.
Foulkes, S. H. (1983). Introduction to group-analytic psychotherapy: Studies in the social integration of individuals and groups. New York, NY: Routledge.
Freud, A. (1960). Psychoanalysis for teachers and parents. Boston, MA: Beacon Press.
Freud, S. (1970). Zur Psychologie des Gymnasiasten (1914). In A. Mitscherlich, A. Richards, & J. Strachey (Eds.), Sigmund Freud Studienausgabe (Band IV): Psychologische Schriften. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag.
Hirblinger, H. (2017). Lehrerbildung aus psychoanalytisch-pädagogischer Perspektive [teacher education from a psychoanalytic-pedagogical perspective]. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag.
Naumann, T. M. (2014). Gruppenanalytische Pädagogik: Eine Einführung in Theorie und Praxis [group analytic pedagogy: An introduction to theory and practice]. Gießen: Psychosozialverlag.
Pianta, R. C., Hamre, B. K., & Allen, J. P. (2012). Teacher-student relationships and engagement: Conceptualizing, measuring, and improving the capacity of classroom interactions. In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of research on student engagement. New York, NY: Springer Science + Business Media.
Taubman, P. M. (2011). Disavowed Knowledge. Psychoanalysis, Education, and Teaching. New York, NY: Routledge.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm22 SES 01 B
Location: Adam Smith, LT 915 [Floor 9]
Session Chair: Paul Wakeling
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Job-ready Graduates? A Case Study of the Tensions and Silences Within University Employability Agendas

Sally Patfield, Leanne Fray

The University of Newcastle, Australia

Presenting Author: Patfield, Sally

While universities have always been concerned with producing graduates with the necessary skills and knowledge to enter the labour market, a discourse of employability now pervades the higher education sector of many Western nations (Bathmaker, 2021; Boden & Nedeva, 2010; Healy, Hammer, & McIlveen, 2022; Succi & Canovi, 2020; Tomlinson, 2012). As part of the neoliberalisation and globalisation of higher education, performance matters more than ever, and universities are expected to not only develop the next generation of future workers, but ensure they are employable subjects.

Such discourses are increasingly controlled by the state, evidenced in governments developing employability agendas, identifying what constitutes employability traits and attributes, and measuring institutional performance vis-à-vis ‘employability’ (Boden & Nedeva, 2010). As a case in point, in Australia, the federal government’s Job-ready Graduates Package released in 2020 explicitly embraced employability within its new performance-based funding model for universities, aiming to encourage participation in degrees based on perceived employer demand (Department of Education, 2021) and simultaneously fixating on graduate employment outcomes as the largest determinant of institutional funding. These changes are significant as they represent the first time the federal government has attempted to influence course choice (Norton, 2020), reducing the cost of degrees deemed to be of ‘national priority’ and increasing fees in areas believed to not directly benefit the labour market, particularly in the arts and humanities. In so doing, these changes reflect the ongoing transformation of universities from social institutions into businesses (Connell, 2019), similarly seen in policy narratives that primarily position students as ‘future workers’ (Brooks, 2018; Brooks, Gupta, & Jayadeva, 2021).

While what actually constitutes ‘employability’ remains a key area of debate, in this paper we join others in maintaining that employability can now be seen as a legitimising discourse (Allen, Quinn, Hollingworth, & Rose, 2013; Boden & Nedeva, 2010), constructing and reinforcing particular kinds of student identities, practices, and actions. That is, students must ‘better themselves’ in order to become ‘employable subjects’ and ‘ideal workers’ (Allen et al., 2013; Bathmaker, 2021), so much so that it “no longer enough just to be a graduate, but instead [one must now be] an employable graduate” (Tomlinson, 2012, p. 415; emphasis in original). In this way, employability agendas arguably involve a form of self-management, self-maximisation, and development of an enterprising self (Bathmaker, 2021; Korhonen, Siivonen, Isopahkala-Bouret, Mutanen, & Komulainen, 2023), with students needing to develop an identity formed around the ‘employable graduate’ – to be seen as a person who is worthy of being employed and who can succeed in the competitive and increasingly precarious labour market.

Framed within this context, this paper investigates how current university students construct themselves as employable subjects, with a particular focus on how the legitimising discourse of employability is negotiated, adopted, transformed or rejected. Given the recent introduction of the Job-ready Graduates reforms within Australian higher education, our aim was to examine the formation of student subjectivities against renewed efforts to both enforce and enable employability, with the reforms presenting a unique opportunity to understand how university students discursively construct their identity against a pervasive systemic culture which now aims to make students ‘job ready.’

In 2022, interviews were conducted with 44 students at one Australian public university which had implemented a new strategic policy of ‘Work-ready Students’ as part of the Job-ready Graduates reforms. Framed through a post-structuralist lens, this paper draws on Foucault’s (1970) theorisation of membership categorisation, normalisation and naturalisation to examine how students occupy particular ways of being in the academy against norms of the ‘employable student,’ analysing student’s talk about their post-university aspirations and their negotiation of the university’s employability agenda.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The interview data reported on in this paper were generated through a larger study which set out to investigate: (1) issues of employability; and, interrelatedly, (2) the future employment aspirations of Australian university students. Adopting a case-oriented approach (Yin, 2013), the larger study was centred on one Australian public university which had recently introduced a new strategic focus on ‘Work-ready Students’ in tandem with a new policy of ‘Work-integrated Learning For All’ – mandating that all students, regardless of their degree, must now complete a set number of hours of work-integrated learning before graduating. The university is located in a large city and has a strong commitment to equity.

The larger study involved an online survey, held on the platform QuestionPro, in combination with in-depth interviews conducted with a sub-sample of survey participants. Given our sole use of the interview data in this paper, we focus our attention on detailing the methodology of the qualitative strand, with other details provided for context.

After securing institutional ethics approval in early 2022, recruitment involved three concurrent processes. First, a link to the online survey, accompanied by a short overview of the study, was published regularly on social media. Second, posters about the study with a QR code linking to the survey were distributed around campus, such as in lecture theatres, libraries, and cafeterias/coffee hubs. Third, course coordinators were contacted directly by the research team and asked to place a survey link and/or QR code, accompanied by information on the study, on their course intranet channels. At the end of Semester 1, 2022, survey responses were received from 199 students, including both undergraduate and postgraduate students, and those enrolled as domestic and international students.

As part of the survey, students were asked to indicate their willingness to be contacted to participate in a follow-up interview. All students who selected ‘yes’ were invited, resulting in a sub-sample of 44 interview participants. Interviews took place either via Zoom, phone, or face-to-face on-campus, with the mode of engagement determined by each participant, taking into account the ongoing impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Interviews were semi-structured in nature and lasted for 40-60 minutes. Each interview was transcribed verbatim and each participant was emailed a copy of their transcript for member checking. Prior to analysis, each participant was allocated a pseudonym to protect their identity. Interviews were coded using the NVivo 12 software program.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analysis demonstrates how dominant discourses of employability and notions of the employable subject conflict with particular kinds of student subjectivities, so much so that employability agendas can actually be held in tension with the formation and negotiation of many student identities. First and foremost, while employability is often grounded in instrumentalist and entrepreneurial ideals (Korhonen et al., 2023), we found that students often speak about personal meaning, societal worth and forms of morality as they imagine their future careers, cultivating a different version of success in complete opposition to the neoliberal versions of selfhood promoted within employability agendas.

Our findings also show how the ‘employable student’ acts as a form of category maintenance that reinforces and legitimises a narrow view of the ‘universal student’ that discounts age, gender, race, discipline, and enrolment status. In this way, our interviews illustrate the ways in which students who don’t fit the mould of the ‘traditional entrant’ can actively reject the need to constrain to such limiting views, seeing employability as problematic and questioning its perpetuation of structural and systemic inequality. Alternatively, other students sought out ways to conform, striving to fit in within the institution in ways that were sometimes detrimental to their own wellbeing and identity development.

We argue that employability discourses normalise a vision of the employable student that is not accessible to all, nor of interest to all, creating tropes that legitimise narrow ways of being and forms of exclusion in the academy. Given the ubiquitous nature of employability discourses internationally, our research offers important implications for research and practice, highlighting the discursive silences around who is deemed to be normal, natural or deviant within employability agendas as well as the deliberating effects of the pressure to become, and be seen as, employable.

References
Allen, K., Quinn, J., Hollingworth, S., & Rose, A. (2013). Becoming employable students and 'ideal' creative workers: Exclusion and inequality in higher education work placements. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(3), 431-452. doi:10.1080/01425692.2012.714249
Bathmaker, A.-M. (2021). Constructing a graduate career future: Working with Bourdieu to understand transitions from university to employment for students from working-class backgrounds in England. European Journal of Education, 56(1), 78-92. doi:10.1111/ejed.12436
Boden, R., & Nedeva, M. (2010). Employing discourse: Universities and graduate ‘employability’. Journal of Education Policy, 25(1), 37-54. doi:10.1080/02680930903349489
Brooks, R. (2018). The construction of higher education students in English policy documents. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39, 745–761. doi:10.1080/01425692.2017.1406339
Brooks, R., Gupta, A., & Jayadeva, S. (2021). Higher education students’ aspirations for their post-university lives: evidence from six European nations. Children's Geographies, 1-14. doi:10.1080/14733285.2021.1934403
Connell, R. (2019). The good university: What universities actually do and why its time for radical change. London, United Kingdom: Zed Books.
Department of Education, Skills and Employment. (2021). Job-ready graduates package. Canberra, Australia: Department of Education, Skills and Employment Retrieved from https://www.dese.gov.au/job-ready/improving-higher-education-students
Foucault, M. (1970). The order of things: An archeology of the human sciences. London: Tavistock.
Healy, M., Hammer, S., & McIlveen, P. (2022). Mapping graduate employability and career development in higher education research: A citation network analysis. Studies in Higher Education, 47(4), 799-811. doi:10.1080/03075079.2020.1804851
Korhonen, M., Siivonen, P., Isopahkala-Bouret, U., Mutanen, H., & Komulainen, K. (2023). Young and/but successful: Business graduates performing themselves as valuable labouring subjects. Journal of Youth Studies, 1-17. doi:10.1080/13676261.2022.2161355
Norton, A. (2020). 3 flaws in Job-Ready Graduates package will add to the turmoil in Australian higher education. Retrieved from https://theconversation.com/3-flaws-in-job-ready-graduates-package-will-add-to-the-turmoil-in-australian-higher-education-147740
Succi, C., & Canovi, M. (2020). Soft skills to enhance graduate employability: Comparing students and employers’ perceptions. Studies in Higher Education, 45(9), 1834-1847. doi:10.1080/03075079.2019.1585420
Tomlinson, M. (2012). Graduate employability: A review of conceptual and empirical themes. Higher Education Policy, 25(4), 407-431. doi:10.1057/hep.2011.26
Yin, R. (2013). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

A Study of Higher Education Students’ Competences and the Role of Universities in Preparing Students for the Labor Market

Zsófia Kocsis

University of Debrecen, Hungary

Presenting Author: Kocsis, Zsófia

Higher education is constantly facing new challenges and, apart from fulfilling its intellectual role, has to meet broader economic and societal expectations, which makes it increasingly important to educate professionals with specific knowledge who are most likely to meet the requirements of the labor market (Castro-Levy 2001, Hurtado 2007, Teichler 2011). Adaptation to these challenges and changes is reflected in policy decisions that continue to call upon higher education institutions to shape their curriculum and qualification offer to meet more directly the skills needs of a knowledge economy (Elliott 2017). The rapid development of technology and the digital world, as well as major changes coming with globalization, have significantly transformed the labor market, the content of the tasks to be performed and the expectations of employers (Pogátsnik 2019). Doing work requiring non-cognitive skills have not been automated, i.e. tasks and processes that require interpersonal skills, high levels of cooperation or emotional intelligence. Robotization and artificial intelligence do not affect soft skills. In the labor market, non-cognitive (soft) skills are particularly important alongside cognitive abilities and skills, the so-called hard skills. As the share of non-automatable work tasks increases, the demand for soft skills also grows (Nagy 2022). Globalization and digitalization have also brought about major changes in the labor market, transforming the content of jobs and employers’ demands. Continuous changes in the labor market and technological development in the 21st century also affects higher education institutions, and the literature suggests that competence development based on labor market needs will play an increasingly important role. In the 21st century, the need to develop competences has gained significance. Most education systems equip graduates with the cognitive skills needed to enter the world of work. However, it is soft skills that enable young graduates to become potential employees (Harrison 2017, Pogátsnik 2019).

In Hungary, there is a characteristic contradiction: while one of the tasks of higher education is to prepare students for work, higher education institutions often transmit a culture that is different from that of workplaces (Györgyi 2012). Whereas internationally, increasing emphasis is laid on improving the quality of education and on the real function of teaching and learning, Hungarian higher education is characterized by a teacher- and theory-centered approach, which means that knowledge is imparted through lectures and teacher presentations, but these methods do not allow for the development of non-cognitive, soft skills (Kovács 2016). Higher education curricula are still not reflective enough of labor market needs, and the skills acquired in education are far removed from what is needed in work situations (Óbuda University 2018, STEM-Hungary report). Employers’ experience is that it is not enough for new entrants to have adequate qualifications, but that they also need to have soft skills that enable them to adapt to labor market changes (Ailer 2017). While in international practice, many projects focus on the match between competences on the supply and demand side of the labor market (SAKE25, OntoHR26), in Hungary there is no common framework for measuring competences (Balogh 2014).

The gap between labor market needs and the competences possessed by graduates can be reduced through continuous measurement, student and employer feedback and the identification of relevant skills. The aim of our study is to explore the role of higher education in preparing students for the labor market and to examine how it helps students to acquire the skills that are indispensable in the 21st century. Furthermore, our research investigates graduates’ competences and the extent to which their skills are in alignment with the requirements of the workplace.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Since 2010, the Hungarian Graduate Career Tracking System has been collecting data through its online questionnaire survey module on the status and labor market situation of recent graduates. Our Research Group submitted a data request, in response to which the Education Office provided the data to the research center. The survey is compulsory for all graduates (including graduates of traditional university and college programs as well as those of bachelor, master and undivided master courses) who completed their courses or obtained their degrees in 2015 or 2019, and optional for graduates of higher education-level vocational education and training courses.
The questionnaire consists of four major sets of questions, namely on studies, competences, current labor market status and demographics. Each thematic unit contains detailed questions related to the labor market. The data for secondary analysis were processed using SPSS 22.0.
During the data collection, respondents were asked to rate the skills and competences listed in the questionnaire according to how much they were needed in pursuing the profession they qualified in. The competences were placed on a five-point Likert scale, with 5 indicating that they were very much needed in the profession in question and 1 indicating that they were not needed at all. Respondents were then asked to rate the same competences according to the extent to which they possessed them at the time of graduation. The Likert scale scores were the same as before. If the respondent had not yet been employed in a job corresponding to their qualification, the questions on competences were not included in the online questionnaire.
Given the limitations of the database used for the secondary analysis, we also used qualitative methods to find answers to our research questions, for which purpose we conducted semi-structured interviews with graduate students. We investigated the role of universities in preparing students for the labor market and students’ perceptions of their competence development. The exploratory interview phase of the research addressed these questions from the perspective of expected and existing competences. We interviewed six graduate students who had graduated from a university of arts and sciences in Eastern Hungary in the previous three years. A heterogeneous focus group was formed according to field of study, age and labor market status in order to give us a deeper insight into the students’ experiences of the issue under study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our investigation has focused on the role of higher education in preparing students for the labor market, based on the perceptions of graduates. This analysis confirms that the possession of soft skills has become increasingly valued in the labor market, but students’ self-reported possession of these competences is limited. The order of importance of expected competences does not always coincide with the competences possessed by students. Our quantitative research shows that there is a considerable gap between expected and existing competences in the following areas: problem solving, time management, planning skills, practical expertise and conflict management. Although these skills are highly important in the labor market, graduates were less likely to have them. These results are nuanced by the interview findings that university provides a good foundation, but there is not always enough emphasis on the development of soft skills that are important at work. In this respect, the contribution of the university is less evident, while interviewees emphasized the role of student work, mentoring programs and family in the development of competences.
One of the challenges for higher education is to meet employers’ needs by developing students’ competences. The analysis of similar large sample databases is of paramount importance as feedback. The significance of our research is also reflected by the fact that we have complemented these quantitative data intended for feedback with the personal experiences of graduates, which further nuance the role of university education in preparation for working life and competence development. During their years in higher education, students should be equipped with a set of competences that will ensure their integration into the labor market. Our current research contributes to this goal by mapping the expected and existing competences areas, pointing out where there is room for development which can contribute to graduates’ success at work.

References
Ailer, P. (2017): Duális képzés – tapasztalatok, eredmények. https://www.mkt.hu/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Ailer_Piroska.pdf. Retrieved December 22, 2021.
Castro, C. M.; Levy, D. (2001): Four Functions in Higher Education. International Higher Education, (23), https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2001.23.6594
Elliott, G. (2017): Introduction to the special issue on ‘Learning for Work’, Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 22(1), 1-6.
Györgyi, Z. (2012). A képzés és a munkaerőpiac. Találkozások és töréspontok. Budapest, Új Mandátum Könyvkiadó, 70-78
Hurtado, S. (2007): The Study of College Impact. In Gumport, P. J. (eds.): Sociology of Higher Education: Contributions and their Contexts. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press, 94-113.
Kovács István (2016). Country Background Report Hungary, prepared for the HE Innovate Hungary country review, unpublished report submitted to the OECD.
Nagy, Á. (2022): Hardware-software: hard skill-soft skill –
az okokra épülő tervezés kudarca. Elméleti háttér. In: Steklács, János; Molnár-Kovács, Zsófia (szerk.) 21. századi képességek, írásbeliség, esélyegyenlőség. Absztraktkötet: XXII. Országos Neveléstudományi Konferencia. Pécs, Magyarország: MTA Pedagógiai Tudományos Bizottság, PTE BTK Neveléstudományi Intézet, 255-256.
Óbuda University (2018). STEM-Hungary - STEM-végzettséget szerzett pályakezdők és fiatal munkavállalók helyzetére vonatkozó nemzetközi kutatások másodelemzése [online]
Teichler, U. (2011): International Dimensions of Higher Education and Graduate Employment. In Teichler, U. (eds.): The Flexible Professional in the Knowledge Society: New Challenges for Higher Education. Netherlands, Springer, 177-197.  
 Pogátsnik, M. (2019): The Impact of Dual Higher Education on the Development of Non-Cognitive Skills. In: In search of excellence in higher education edited by G. Kováts, Z. Rónay.
Budapest, Magyarország, 179-190.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm22 SES 01 C
Location: Adam Smith, 717 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Jani Ursin
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Remote and in Person Teaching for HE Students with Dyslexia Post Covid -starting the Conversation

Maria Reraki1, Vikki Anderson2

1Edge Hill University - Ormskirk Lancs, United Kingdom; 2University of Birmingham

Presenting Author: Reraki, Maria

In March 2020, the COVID-19 global pandemic forced universities to close their campuses and change their delivery from in-person to remote teaching (e.g. Crawford et al., 2020; Zhao et al., 2020). When reopening following lockdown, many universities were inclined to use a blended model of learning and teaching (Chigeza & Halbert, 2014) more regularly than in the past. This new mode of learning has been found to make education more accessible and student-focused, with teachers becoming more engaged with students (Kintu et al., 2017). On the other end of this field of research, some researchers have shown that the increased workload resulting from online learning can lead to higher learner dropout (Park and Choi, 2009). More recently, Sriwichai (2020) found that the effectiveness of remote learning was influenced by limited access to online sessions; difficulties with online interaction with teachers and peers; lack of experience and skills (both staff and students) in using digital tools and time management. This, in combination with the abrupt and radical changes to the academic lives of Higher Education students due to the pandemic calls for more research into the experiences of blended learning for Higher Education students. The present study will focus on HE learners with learning difficulties whose academic achievement and motivation can be challenged in remote learning environments (Zawadka et al., 2021). As blended learning and teaching is becoming the norm in the post-Covid era, this presentation will discuss the implications of remote learning learners with learning difficulties and explore measures for the provision of appropriate inclusion and support practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our initial identification of key issues will facilitate further investigation (by means of focus groups and/or interviews), enabling us to collaborate with students to identify strategies for overcoming barriers and getting the most out of blended learning, thus contributing to a more inclusive and enabling learning environment. Our survey aims to answer the following research question:
What are the challenges and advantages of remote learning for students with learning difficulties?
Second year undergraduate students from the disciplines of Psychology, Business Studies and Nursing within the University of Birmingham will be asked to complete an anonymised questionnaire which gathers demographic information (including details of SpLDs, disability, EAL etc. where appropriate) and asks questions about perceived advantages of, and difficulties associated with, online learning and teaching, and how this compares with the in-person experience.  Second year students have been chosen as they will have experience of remote (first year) followed by blended learning and teaching. Participants will be reimbursed with shopping vouchers of up ten pounds.
Questionnaire
The questionnaire will use a combination of Likert scale and open text responses, focussing on students’ experiences of on-line teaching & learning and assessment post Covid.  Questions include level of digital literacy and confidence and explore the aspects of on- line learning that they find challenging, as well as those which they consider beneficial. The questionnaires will be analysed to identify common themes and sub-themes using a structured approach to thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Continuing the research
Identifying the key issues for neurodivergent students will provide a starting point for research into predictors of remote learning and the barriers encountered by neurodivergent (and neurotypical) students. These results will support a grant application to a major funder (e.g., British Academy), allowing us to conduct focus groups and interviews, focusing on the learner voice and thus provide suggestions that could be used to improve inclusive practice in HE.

References
Aristovnik, A., Keržič, D., Ravšelj, D., Tomaževič, N., & Umek, L. (2020). Impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on life of higher education students: A global perspective. Sustainability, 12(20), 8438. https:// doi. org/ 10. 3390/ su122 08438
Barnett-Queen, T., Blair, R., & Merrick, M. (2005). Student perspectives of online discussions: Strengths and weaknesses. Journal of Technology in Human Services, 23(3-4), 229-244. https:// doi. org/ 10.1300/J017v23n03_05.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Callens, M., Tops, W., & Brysbaert, M. (2012). Cognitive Profile of Students Who Enter Higher Education with an Indication of Dyslexia. Plos One, 7(6). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0038081
Chigeza, P., & Halbert, K. (2014). Navigating e-learning and blended learning for pre-service teachers: Redesigning for engagement, access and efficiency. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 39(11), 8. https:// doi. org/ 10. 14221/ ajte. 2014v 39n11.8
Crawford, J., Butler-Henderson, K., Rudolph, J., Malkawi, B., Glowatz, M., Burton, R., ... & Lam, S. (2020). COVID-19: 20 countries’ higher education intra-period digital pedagogy responses. Journal of Applied Learning and Teaching, 3(1), 1–20. https:// doi. org/ 10. 37074/ jalt. 2020.3. 1.7


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Covid 19 Pandemic impact on Students expectations about transition from Upper Secondary to Higher Education

Graça Fernandes1,2, Margarida Chagas Lopes1,3

1ISEG - ULISBOA, Portugal; 2CEMAPRE-REM; 3SOCIUS-CSG

Presenting Author: Fernandes, Graça

The COVID 19 pandemic heavily affected the education system regardless of grade level. The impact on lower grade levels, Primary and Secondary was heavier than in Higher Education (HE).

All over the world, the main effect of the pandemic on education system was to trigger a transition from on-site classes to online classes or a hybrid system. Furthermore, this transition had to take place fast. In Portuguese education system for grades lower than HE it took place in just one month. Teachers had to learn how to use the online platforms to teach online.

To implement this transition, students needed to have computerslaptopscell phones and internet access to be able to follow classes online. For students from poorer and lower level of education families, this could only have led to serious failures in learning, lack of motivation.

The impact of Covid 19 pandemic most probably affected students’ expectations to enroll HE in post Covid 19 pandemic times leading to a step back on the trajectory to overcome the gap in HE graduates between Portugal and EuroArea average levels [28,3% against 30,4% in 2021 (EUROSTAT DATABASE)] and the Millenium Sustainable Goals (Goal 4) subscribed by Portugal.

Literature survey shows that expectationsmotivation are important factors in the decision making process related to transition to Higher Education and that Covid 19 pandemic had a great negative impact on expectations [Chaturvedi, K. et al (2021)] .

The OCDE PISA results 2015 (OECD 2017) emphasizes that expectations and motivation matter in the transition to Higher Education. This study showed that performance during Upper Secondary trajectory determines expectations and motivation. It also found that parents’ and peers’ expectations have impact on students’ones as well as age, sex, type of course followed in Upper Secondary in line with studies from Heagney & Benson 2017; Pinxten et al 2014; Brandle 2016; Mitchall & Jaegaer 2018; Goldrick-Rab et al (2007).

The positive influence of anticipation and temporal consistency of expectations is also corroborated by Sá e Tavares (2017), Britton et al (2019) and Toledo & Martinez (2018); The positive influence of motivation is mentioned as decisive by several authors [Martinez & Toledo (2018), Schlesinger, et al. (2016)].

In a previous study we looked at the impact of economic cycle on expectationsmotivation regarding transition from Upper Secondary to Higher Education.

We also analyzed how expectations were conditioned by individual and family’ socioeconomic background. Now we intend to see to what extent the impact of COVID -19 pandemic has reinforced these previous results.

Literature review shows us a strengthening of inequality in access to HE, due to the impact of COVID 19 on household income, mainly for those that had not recovered from the 2011 crisis, as in Greece, as well as difficulties in accessing essential ICT to follow classes, etc. (Aristovnik et al 2020; Kara 2021; Tsolu et al 2021).

It also reveals an increase in the levels of anxiety and depression in students in USec as well as in HE, which is enhanced by the aforementioned situations of inequality (Aristovnik et al, op cit, 2020, Schmits et al 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We will use data bases collected by the Statistic Department of the Ministry of Education trough surveys launched at the end of Upper Secondary (USec) and fourteen months after its end. These surveys allow us to follow student’s school trajectory from USec enrolment until the transition to HE.
They gather information about thousands of youngsters and several variables covering individual and family’s socio-economic status, expectations about further schooling and the type of studies to do, reasons for not proceeding studies after USec graduation and expected professional trajectories.
 Because we want to compare the impact on expectations of economic cycle and the pandemic times, we have data for 2013, 2017 and 2021.
We will use multi variable analysis, ACP and cluster analysis, contingency and discriminant analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect to confirm that Covid 19 pandemic had stronger negative impact than the economic crisis on expectations/motivation about HE enrolment.
We also expect to show that Covid 19 pandemic impact on expectations change with individual characteristics, previous school trajectory, family socioeconomic background, own employment etc…  We also intend to compare the weight of these determinants with the ones during the crisis period.

References
•Aristovnick, A., et al. (2020)Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Life of Higher Education Students: A Global Perspective, Sustainability 12(20)8438; https://doi.org/10.3390/su12208438.


•Britton, T. (2019). The Best Laid Plans: Postsecondary Educational Expectations and College Enrollment in Massachusetts. The Journal of Higher Education, vol. 90, issue 6.


•Chaturvedi, K. et al (2021). COVID-19 and its impact on education, social life and mental health of students: A survey, ELSEVIER, Children and Youth Services Review Volume 121, February.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105866


•Goldrick-Rab, S., Carter, D. & Wagner, R. (2007). What higher education has to say about the transition to college. APAPsycNet. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2009-00673-004.

Kara, A. (2021). COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND POSSIBLE TRENDS INTO THE FUTURE OF HIGHER EDUCATION: A REVIEW, Journal of Education and Educational Development (iobmresearch.com), Maasai Mara University
         https://doi.org/10.22555/joeed.v8i1.183


•Macfarlane, B. & Tomlinson, M. (2017). Critical and Alternative Perspectives on Student Engagement. Higher Education Policy, vol. 30.


•Mäkinen, M., Olkinuora, E. & Lonka, K. (2004). Students at risk: Students’ general study orientations and abandoning/prolonging the course of studies. Higher Education, vol. 48, issue 2.


•Mitchall, A. & Jaeger, A. (2018). Parental Influences on Low-income, Firs- generation Students’ Motivation on the Path to College. The Journal of Higher Education, vol. 89, issue 4.

•OECD (2012), Grade Expectations: How Marks and Education Policies Shape Students’ Ambitions, PISA, OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264187528-en.

•OECD (2017). PISA 2015 Results (III): Students Well-Being. (www.oecd.org).

Sá, C. & Tavares, O. (2018). How student choice consistency affects the success of applications in Portuguese higher education. Studies in Higher Education, vol. 43, issue 12.

•Schmits et al (2021), Psychological Distress among Students in Higher Education: One Year after the Beginning of the COVID-19 Pandemic 1,*PublicHealth 2021, 18(14),7445; https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18147445

•Tsolu et al, The Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Education: Social Exclusion and Dropping out of School,Creative Education, Vol.12 No.03(2021), Article ID:107598,16 pages
10.4236/ce.2021.123036.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Factors Influencing Learning Design at a Higher Education Institution during Covid-19 Pandemic

Sercan Çelik1,2, Yeşim Çapa-Aydın2

1TEDU, Turkey; 2METU, Turkey

Presenting Author: Çelik, Sercan

While technology is already transforming many fields, educational institutions are typically conservative, so they are still resisting its affordances in many aspects, as was seen with the Covid-19 outbreak. For instance, Conole and Fill (2005) state that few academic staff have the expertise to design and implement courses in new mediums, despite technology's ubiquity of time and space removal. It became even more critical to possess these skills during times such as the Covid-19 pandemic, when not only did education materials have to be designed but lessons needed to be delivered almost exclusively online.For many educators, this was a new way of teaching, posing certain challenges, including creating pedagogically sound lessons in this medium. The ways in which teachers design have not been widely studied, and researchers have examined design practices, design processes, and supports when designing learning and factors affecting the design thinking of both novice and experienced academic staff at universities (Goodyear, 2005; Bennett, Agostinho & Lockyer, 2017; Agostinho, Lockyer & Bennett, 2018).

Taking into account these factors, the study aims to understand the factors that influence faculty members' designing courses during Covid-19 pandemics at a private university in Turkey. The sample of the study consisted of 12 faculty members selected through purposive sampling, who represent 5 faculties at the university the study was conducted at. A qualitative methodology was used in this study in order to understand the factors that played a role in course-design processes in relation to Covid-19 pandemic in depth. The data was collected through semi-structured interviews in 2020-2021 Spring semester. The data in this study were analyzed following Bronfenbrenner's (1979) multi-level ecological model. The analysis of the first interviews reveal that a number of factors were at stake for faculty members when it comes to course design during Covid-19 pandemic. In other words, as a response to Covid-19, in the format of Emergency Remote Teaching, faculty members had to consider a number of factors. What's more, in order to create pedagogically-sound designs for online courses during pandemics or other emergencies, faculty members need to be informed and provided trainings that cater their needs. Therefore, the study might have implications for teaching personnel at higher education institutions as well as instructional designers, policy makers within and outside universities, curriculum developers and other support personnel at the universities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative methodology was used in this study in order to understand the phenomenon, how faculty members designed their courses during Covid-19 pandemic, in detail. For this purpose, a set of interview questions was developed and the data were collected through semi structured interviews. In total, 12 interviews were held with 12 participants, which lasted up to 100 minutes. To analyze the data, Bronfenbrenner's (1979) ecological model was used. This framework was particularly selected in that it allows analyzing the data at various levels, namely, a) meso level, b) macro level, and c) micro level factors. The interview data were coded and analyzed using a qualitative data analysis software.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results reveal that a number of factors played a role in course design processes of faculty members during Covid-19 pandemic. Some of them are related to institutional requirements, teacher and student characteristics as well as support mechanisms. One example for institutional requirements theme can be that "active learning" policy is frequently taken into consideration by faculty members while designing their courses as it is a univeristy-wide policy regardless of the faculties or programs. Likewise, one example for teacher characteristics theme is about "digital self-efficacy" as it was reported to be one of the determining factors by faculty memebers while creating and adapting digital materials during emergency remote teaching period.

This study might have some implications for various stakeholders. Firstly, academicians teaching at higher education institutions can benefit from the findings in this study, for taking the factors outlined in this study into consideration while developing courses to be delivered in times of emergencies such as Covid-19. Secondly, depending on the organizational structure, support personnel including instructional designers, curriculum developers, assessment specialists as well as educational technology coordinators might benefit from the findings in this study to create or assist the instructor of the course in creating pedagogically-sound courses. Moreover, policymakers at various levels might use such data to make informed decisions during times of emergencies.

References
Agostinho, S., Lockyer, L., & Bennett, S. (2018). Identifying the characteristics of support Australian university teachers use in their design work: Implications for the learning design field. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 34(2).

Bennett, S., Agostinho, S., & Lockyer, L. (2017). The process of designing for learning: Understanding university teachers’ design work. Educational Technology Research and Development, 65, 125-145.

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Harvard University Press.

Conole, G., & Fill, K. (2005). A learning design toolkit to create pedagogically effective learning activities. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, (1).

Conole, G., & Wills, S. (2013). Representing learning designs–making design explicit and shareable. Educational Media International, 50(1), 24-38.

Goodyear, P. (2015). Teaching as design. Herdsa review of higher education, 2(2), 27-50.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Examining the Motivational Shift on Motivation and Satisfaction of the Basic Psychological Needs in Higher Education due ERT

Anouk Lepinoy1, Ruben Vanderlinde2, Salvatore Lo Bue1

1Royal Military Academy, Belgium; 2University of Ghent, Belgium

Presenting Author: Lepinoy, Anouk

The first part of the worldwide lockdown starting in March 2020 forced teachers in higher education to implement emergency remote teaching (ERT) in an online learning environment. ERT is a kind of online instruction delivered in pressing circumstances, which contrasts with deliberate and well-planned online learning education (Daniel, 2020; Hodges et al., 2020; Huang, & Wang, 2022; Murphy, 2020). Some students appreciated the autonomy they acquired and the appeal to their self-discipline. Other students, preferring structure and guidelines, perceived these new learning circumstances as ambiguous and unclear. Pressing circumstances, such as a pandemic forcing students into a new learning environment, pose a challenge to their academic motivation. In this study, we used one of the leading theories on motivation, the self-determination theory (SDT; Deci & Ryan, 2000). Deci and Ryan (2000) contributed to the field of motivation theory by making a distinction between two types of motivation regulation, i.e. controlled motivation and autonomous motivation. We used SDT to highlight the processes of motivation within the learning environment (Deemer, & Smith, 2018). Following the self-determination theory, one could promote autonomous motivation by fulfilling the three basic psychological needs of students: the need for autonomy, relatedness and competence. The learning environment is one of the most important factors of learning that affects motivation to learn (Wang, Haertel, & Walberg, 1990). Students are more likely to experience positive outcomes when the learning environment responds to their needs (Gutman & Eccles, 2007). According to Moos (1974, 2002), the learning environment is a psychosocial situation with three dimensions of experience: the relationship dimension, the growth dimension and the change dimension. The dimensional framework of Moos (1974) closely aligns with Basic Psychological Needs Theory (BPNT; Vansteenkiste, Ryan, & Soenens, 2020) (Deemer, & Smith, 2018). During the pandemic, a more autonomously regulated learning environment was introduced, in the form of ERT-learning: students needed to appeal more to their self-discipline to decide when and how to study (autonomy), find new ways to relate to their peers (relatedness) and to feel that they had learned effectively (competence). On that premise, this study suggests that the sudden change of learning environment following ERT has had an impact on the fulfilment of the basic psychological needs of learners and consequently, on their motivation. The level of motivation will steer behavior, hence students’ activities to learn, develop their competences, and succeed in their academic curriculum. In this embedded mixed method study, motivation was measured among students from the Royal Military Academy (RMA), a Belgian university, before the WHO’s declaration of the pandemic (December 2019) and during the pandemic (June 2020). We found that the first college year students’ motivation was the most negatively affected, followed by that of the second college year students. In addition, we found that ERT affected perceived competence suggesting that lower perceived competence contributes to a lower academic motivation. Based on these results, this study underlines the importance of assessing learners’ sense of competence before immersing them into an online learning environment or changing their learning environment in any other way.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we used an embedded mixed method (Behmanesh, Bakouei, Nikpour, & Parvaneh, 2020). This study comprised two phases. The first phase assessed motivation and the satisfaction of basic needs by a quantitative approach, with only closed questions. The second phase explored the students’ perception and experiences towards new issues that were not captured in the first phase. Here we used quantitative and qualitative approaches, including closed and one open-ended question. We invited the 303 college students of the RMA to participate in a survey regarding their academic motivation once before the WHO’s declaration of the pandemic (T1, December 2019) and once during the pandemic (T2, June 2020). The questionnaire at T1 included the SRQ-L and was implemented in Google Forms and the questionnaire at T2 included the SRQ-L, the BPNSFP, and the open-ended question, and was implemented in the learning management system of the RMA (ILIAS®). In this study, 155 students completed the questionnaires at T1 and T2. First, the properties of the variables were explored. Second, a repeated-measure ANOVA was used to test the hypotheses, as we have two dependent measurements (at T1 and at T2). The independent variables are: a) TIME (T1 vs. T2), and b) Year (BA1 vs. BA2 vs. BA3); the dependent variables are: a) RAI and b) BPNSFP. We controlled for a) Faculty (SMS vs. ENG), b) Language (Dutch speaking vs. French speaking) and c) Gender (male vs. female). To determine which differences were the most relevant, we calculated the effect size using Cohen’s d (Cohen, 1994). Third, to determine the effect of one (or more) explanatory variable(s), such as the need for autonomy, for competence, and for relatedness on a dependent variable such as RAI at T2, we used a regression analysis. A Chi-square test of independence was performed to examine the relation between year and the satisfaction of the need autonomy, the need competence and the need relatedness. For the analysis of the content of the responses to the open-ended question, we tailored our approach on the three steps to O'Cathain & Thomas (2004): 1) reading a sub-set of the comments 2) assigning a coding frame to describe the thematic content of the comments and 3) assigning a selected code to all comments.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found a drop in motivation from December 2019 to June 2020 possibly due to the sudden introduction of ERT. This drop in motivation was more marked in the first-year college, followed by the second-year college. Students confronted with uncertainty of the first year in higher education, could not compensate their lack of learning skills and probably use an external type of regulation in tackling their studies (Williams, & Hellman, 2004). In addition, we found that ERT did affect perceived competence, more specifically in the first and the second college year. This may suggest that lower perceived competence is associated to a lower academic motivation. During online learning education, higher education should focus extra on transversal competence acquisition for students through exercises, assignments, reflection and digital literacy for teachers (Salas Velasco, 2014) to keep the autonomous motivation as high as possible.
References
Behmanesh, F., Bakouei, F., Nikpour, M., & Parvaneh, M. (2020). Comparing the Effects of Traditional Teaching and Flipped Classroom Methods on Midwifery Students’ Practical Learning: The Embedded Mixed Method. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 1-10.
Daniel, S. J. (2020). Education and the COVID-19 pandemic. Prospects, 1–6 .
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The" what" and" why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological inquiry, 11(4), 227-268. doi:10.1006/ceps.1999.1020
Deemer, E. D., & Smith, J. L. (2018). Motivational climates: assessing and testing how science classroom environments contribute to undergraduates’ self-determined and achievement-based science goals. Learning Environments Research, 21(2), 245-266.
Gutman, L. M., & Eccles, J. S. (2007). Stage-environment fit during adolescence: Trajectories of family relations and adolescent outcomes. Developmental Psychology, 43(2), 522–537.
Hodges, C., Moore, S., Lockee, B., Trust, T., & Bond, A. (2020). The difference between emergency remote teaching and online learning. EDUCAUSE Review. https://er.educause.edu/articles/2020/3/the-difference-between-emergency-remote- teachingand-online-learning
Huang, Y., & Wang, S. (2022). How to motivate student engagement in emergency online learning? Evidence from the COVID-19 situation. Higher Education, 1-23.
Moos, R. H. (1974). Evaluating treatment environments: A social ecological approach. Wiley-Interscience.
Moos, R. H. (2002). 2001 INVITED ADDRESS: The mystery of human context and coping: An unraveling of clues. American journal of community psychology, 30(1), 67-88.
Murphy, M. P. A. (2020). COVID-19 and emergency eLearning: Consequences of the se- curitization of higher education for post-pandemic pedagogy. Contemporary Security Policy. 10.1080/13523260.2020.1761749.
O'Cathain, A., & Thomas, K. J. (2004). " Any other comments?" Open questions on questionnaires–a bane or a bonus to research?. BMC medical research methodology, 4(1), 1-7.
Salas Velasco, M. (2014). Do higher education institutions make a difference in competence development? A model of competence production at university. Higher Education, 68(4), 503-523.
Vansteenkiste, M., Ryan, R. M., & Soenens, B. (2020). Basic psychological need theory: Advancements, critical themes, and future directions. Motivation and emotion, 44(1), 1-31.
Wang, M. C., Haertel, G. D., & Walberg, H. J. (1990). What influences learning? A content analysis of review literature. The Journal of Educational Research, 84(1), 30-43.
Williams, P. E., & Hellman, C. M. (2004). Differences in self-regulation for online learning between first- and second-generation college students. Research in Higher Education, 45(1), 71–82. https:// doi. org/ 10.1023/B: RIHE. 00000 10047. 46814. 78
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm22 SES 01 D
Location: Adam Smith, 711 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Cristina Sin
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Teacher Professional Development in Project-Based Learning: a train the trainer’s process for the development of Engineering Thai teachers

Diana Mesquita1, Rui M. Lima2

1Research Centre for Human Development (CEDH), Faculty of Education and Psychology, Universidade Católica Portuguesa, Portugal; 2Algoritmi Research Centre/LASI, Department of Production and Systems, School of Engineering of University of Minho, Portugal

Presenting Author: Mesquita, Diana

Engineering teachers are not prepared to be teachers. In fact, most of them never had a formal course in education before teaching (Wankat, 2015). Besides that, there is a wide range of challenges in teaching practice, such as students’ engagement, the complexity of the demands of professional practice, didactic transposition, technological advances, amongst others. Thus, it is not surprising that teachers’ professional development is of growing interest in Higher Education Institutions, by providing initiatives to promote excellence in teaching. According to Kennedy (2014), it is possible to identify different approaches to enhance teachers’ professional development, namely, training, coaching and mentoring, learning communities, action research, and transformative approaches.

This work is part of an ongoing ERASMUS + project entitled ‘Reinforcing Non-University Sector at the Tertiary Level in Engineering and Technology to Support Thailand Sustainable Smart Industry’. This project intends to enhance the capacity and ability of Thailand teachers for the effective delivery of engineering and technology knowledge and skills related to Industry 4.0, to support Thailand’s sustainable smart industry. This implies a training program designed for engineering teachers in Thailand and includes 10 modules organized in two parts: the first part includes five modules related to Industry 4.0 knowledge (e.g. Data Analytics, Digital Manufacturing); the second part includes other five modules related to Teaching Skills to Enhancement Learning Experience-Focused Course Design and Development (e.g. Innovative Teaching and Learning Methods, Problem and Project-Based Learning). The training program demands 15 training hours per module and focuses on the cascade model (Kennedy, 2014). First, a group of twelve engineering teachers from four Thai universities attends the training courses to be trainers. After the training, a total of 30 hours of coaching/mentoring is provided to support the twelve participants in their teaching practice. At the end of this process, it is expected that they deliver these modules to other engineering teachers from all over Thailand.

Considering this context, this work will describe the training experience of “train the trainers” in the “Problem and Project-Based Learning” module, considering its design, development, and final evaluation. The preliminary results will be also presented and discussed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The context of this study focuses on the Problem and Project-Based Learning module that was designed in the first year of the project, in which a syllabus was developed by three Engineering Education experts from Portugal. The syllabus describes the expected competences, learning outcomes, assessment, contents, learning activities, and materials. The module development 15 hours of training were delivered face to face, in September 2023. During the training, the participants were able to foster their competences by developing an initial PBL proposal to apply in their own teaching contexts. After that, the participants had the opportunity to have 24 hours of coaching/mentoring online (October 2022 to January 2023), during which they shared the final version of the PBL proposal. Over time the sessions focus more on their PBL implementation process in the classroom. The coaching/mentoring sessions are intended to support them in terms of the constraints and difficulties identified in practice. Plus, these sessions also provided a space and a time in which they were encouraged to reflect critically on the use of PBL in their teaching context. At this point, the participants will start to prepare themselves as trainers to deliver this module to other Thai universities. A total of 6 hours of coaching/mentoring are also expected to be conducted with a special focus on preparing the trainers to deliver training in Thai HE institutions. The final output of the training, plus the coaching/mentoring process, is an individual portfolio.  
Thus, this study intends to understand the impact of the training experience of “train the trainers” in the Problem and Project-Based Learning module, considering the perspectives of the twelve engineering teachers.
Based on a qualitative methodological approach, data collected in this study includes two phases. In the first phase, document analysis was carried out, taking into account the diaries and observations from the training experts at different moments of the process, as well as the content of the teachers’ portfolios developed during the training and coaching/mentoring.  In the second phase, a questionnaire is going to be applied in the middle of February 2023 regarding the training experience. This questionnaire will be designed based on the inputs of the previous phase.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main results of this study are focused on phase two of data collection. It is expected to have inputs from the participants about the impact of the training experience in terms of 1) experience in implementing PBL; 2) changes in teaching practice and mindset; 3) challenges in being a PBL trainer. The results will be discussed considering the research implications for teacher professional development in Higher Education.

Acknowledgments:
This work was developed in the context of project 619325-EPP-1-2020-1-TH-EPPKA2-CBHE-JP, “Reinforcing Non-University Sector at the Tertiary Level in Engineering and Technology to Support Thailand Sustainable Smart Industry” which has been funded with support from the European Commission. This publication reflects the views only of the authors, and the Commission cannot be held responsible for any use which may be made of the information contained therein.

References
Wankat, P. C., & Oreovicz, F. S. (2015). Teaching Engineering, Second Edition. Purdue University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv15wxqn9
Kennedy, A. (2014). Models of Continuing Professional Development: a framework for analysis. Professional Development in Education, 40(3), 336-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2014.929293


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

An Exploratory Study of Academics' Satisfaction with the Criteria for Evaluating their Professional Activity.

Javier Mula-Falcón1, Katia Caballero1, María-Jesús Rodríguez-Entrena2, Elena Girela-Trujillo1

1University of Granada, Spain; 2University of Murcia, Spain

Presenting Author: Rodríguez-Entrena, María-Jesús

Neoliberalism is an ideology that, although it was born in the economic sphere and developed in the political field, soon began to permeate different sectors such as health and education (Rodgers, 2018). This ideological trend is characterised by principles such as the free-market economy or the privatisation of public sectors, among other aspects (Olssen and Peterson, 2005). In general terms, we can understand neoliberalism as a doctrine whose main objective is to make agencies and entities much more economically efficient (Dougherty and Natow, 2019). In the case of Higher Education, the effect of neoliberalism has been particularly significant for several reasons. First, because of the long tradition of university-market relations (Brunner, 2008). Secondly, because of the enormous impact that universities have on societies. And thirdly, for conceiving the university itself as an important market good, i.e., understanding higher education as a key element for economic development (Tomicic, 2019).

According to Ball and Youndell (2007), the impact of neoliberalism on Higher Education has materialised in two parallel processes: (1) privatisation processes; and (2) the adoption of private (market) practices by the public education sector. However, in addition to these changes, new forms of accountability that have been justified as an instrument of transparency and democratic legitimacy, as well as a means of controlling the quality, autonomy and performance of universities have also spread (Macheridis and Paulsson, 2021). In this sense, the last decades have witnessed a considerable increase in evaluation processes focusing on different elements of higher education (teaching, curricula, mobility schemes, etc.), on the results of which the development of the institution partly depends (obtaining incentives, increasing social prestige, etc.).

In the specific case of university teaching staff, this governance has materialised in the form of professional performance evaluations characterised by giving priority to the quantification of scientific production over other functions, and on whose results depends the achievement of benefits such as grants, funding, research projects or even salary supplements (San Fabián, 2020). This evaluation system is not a unique phenomenon, but rather a reality that is widespread throughout the world. International examples include: Excellence in Research for Australia (Australia); Research Assessment Exercise (Hong Kong); Research Excellence Framework (UK), Initiatives d'Excellence (France), STAR METRICS (USA), Excellenzinitiative (Germany), Academia and PEP (Spain), etc.

This whole system generates important consequences on academics, not only affecting their professional practices but also their social and family relationships and their health status (Saura and Bolívar, 2019; Shams, 2019; Mula-Falcón et al., 2022; McCune, 2020). But how satisfied are academics in relation to this system? Therefore, the main objective of this study is to analyse the degree of satisfaction of academics with these systems that evaluates their professional activity. Secondary objectives are, on the one hand, to determine the existence of differences in the degree of satisfaction according to different variables and, on the other hand, to investigate the reasons for these differences.

This paper is part of a broader line of research, addressed through two research projects, titled "The influence of neoliberalism on academic identities and the level of professional satisfaction" (PID2019-105631GA-I00/AEI/10.13039/501100011033), and "New teaching staff in Andalusian universities: quantified and digitized academic identities" (B-SEJ-534-UGR20), granted by the State Research Agency of the Ministry of Science and Innovation and the Andalusian Agency for Knowledge and Universities of the Andalusian Ministry.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to achieve the proposed objectives, a combined and complementary study of quantitative and qualitative methodologies was developed. Therefore, this study presents a descriptive and interpretative approach using a mixed CUAN-QUAL design. The quantitative part was developed through the application of a questionnaire, while the qualitative part was developed through the development of semi-structured in-depth interviews.

The questionnaire used is entitled "Perceptions and satisfaction of academics regarding the development and evaluation of their professional activity" (PSPU). The aim of this questionnaire is to assess how academics perceive the context in which they carry out their professional work marked by the evaluation systems, and to find out how satisfied they are with it. In this case, the questionnaire was subjected to validity and reliability analyses. For content validation, an expert judgement was carried out; and for construct validation, it was calculated by means of a confirmatory factor analysis. However, this study only focuses on one of the dimensions that make up the questionnaire, i.e., the one that focuses on the satisfaction of academics in relation to the evaluation criteria of their professional activity.

Quantitative data were analysed by descriptive analysis and analysis of significant differences according to the variables professional category, age and sex. The SPSS software was used for this purpose. In relation to the qualitative data, an illustrative approach was used. This consists of extracting quotations, fragments or paragraphs that help to show and/or illustrate certain aspects of interest. In this way, it was used as a means to give meaning and understanding to the results obtained from the quantitative analysis. In this case and with the aim of systematising and objectifying the process, the qualitative software Nvivo12 was used.

Finally, in relation to the study sample, a total of 2183 Spanish academics from the 9 Andalusian public universities participated in the quantitative part of the study. This final sample represents 12.4% of the population. In relation to the qualitative part, the sample consisted of a total of 25 subjects selected from two types of non-probabilistic sampling: convenience sampling and snowball sampling.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From these analysis processes, low levels of satisfaction (3.90 out of 7) are expected among university teaching staff in relation to the evaluation criteria of their professional activity, as well as significant differences in relation to the three variables analysed (gender, professional category and scientific discipline). In these variables, the highest levels of satisfaction are observed in men (3.972), the most advanced professional categories (4.004) and the branches of science (4.021) and health sciences (3.949). Possible reasons include: maternity/inequality criteria (not taking into account certain periods in a woman's life (pregnancy), the job stability of certain professional categories and the greater benefit of certain disciplines (for example, a greater number of better indexed journals or a greater tradition in the world of scientific publication).
References
Ball, S., and Youndell, D. (2007). Hidden privatisation in public education. Education International.
Macheridis, N., and Paulsson, N. (2021). Tracing accountability in higher education. Research in education, 110(1), 78-97. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034523721993143
McCune, V. (2019). Academic identities in contemporary higher education: sustaining identities that value teaching. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2019.1632826
Mula-Falcon, J. and Caballero, K. (2022). Neoliberalism and its impact on academics: A qualitative review. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 27(3), 373-390. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2022.2076053
Olssen, A., and Peterson, M.A. (2005). Neoliberalism, higher education and the knowledge economy: from the free market to knowledge capitalism. Journal of Education Policy, 20(3), 313-345. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930500108718
Rodgers, D. (2018). The uses and abuses of ‘neoliberalism’. Dissent, 65(1), 78–87. https://doi.org/10.1353/dss.2018.0010  
San Fabián, J. (2020). El reconocimiento de la actividad investigadora universitaria como mecanismo de regulación del mercado académico. Márgenes, Revista de Educación de la Universidad de Málaga, 1(1), 23-4.  http://dx.doi.org/10.24310/mgnmar.v1i1.7208
Saura, G., and Bolívar, A. (2019). Sujeto académico neoliberal: Cuantificado, digitalizado y bibliometrificado. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 17(4), 9-26. http://dx.doi.org/10.15366/reice2019.17.4.001
Shams, F. (2019). Managing academic identity tensions in a Canadian public university: the role of identity work in coping with managerialism. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 41(6), 619-132. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2019.1643960  
Tomicic, A. (2019). American dream, Humboldtian nightmare: Reflections on the remodelled values of a neoliberalized academia. Policy Futures in Education, 17(8), 1057-1077. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210319834825
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm22 SES 01 E
Location: Adam Smith, LT 718 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Ana Luisa Oliveira Pires
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Engineering Graduate Programme Directors’ Quality Perception

Anna Korchak, Tatiana Khavenson

Higher School of Economics, Moscow, Russia

Presenting Author: Korchak, Anna; Khavenson, Tatiana

Research motivation

The Bologna process, with its primary goal to unite universities, led to creating the range of standards, among which were quality regulations (Kehm, Huisman, & Stensaker, 2009). They gradually evolved into accreditation entities, like the European Consortium for Accreditation in Higher Education with external control functions. Engineering programmes are supposed to be more open and flexible due to high demand on the labour market in both developing and in developed nations (WEF 2016; 2017). Professional mobility of engineers was firstly supposed to be facilitated via unified standards across the countries (Reyes, 2008). Nowadays, there are some concerns about the standards being an obstacle to globalisation of the engineering profession due to a surplus of regulations (Sánchez-Chaparro, 2022). Therefore, there is a tendency to lift at least part of the regulations, which will supposingly increase the quality of engineering educational programmes (Hakeem et al, 2014; Kans, 2021). In case if regulations are removed, quality culture will be operationalised on programme level, the basis of which is a programme directors’ quality perception.

However, the dynamic micro-level of programmes is more flexible than the slower meso-level of university (Celis et al, 2022). In engineering programmes, interaction with industrial partners is one of the central points of implementation. Industry in its turn is a source of rapid changes for programmes (Jackson et al, 2022). Programme directors’’ are those who are in touch with industry and know what potential employers need, embedding these needs into curriculum design, quality assurance and other aspects (Kans, 2021). This may lead to a situation when quality frame on the programme level is not in line with the one offered by university.. The underpinned quality perception, previously shaped by existing standards and regulations, in situations of attention shift from external regulation to internal quality work, is at a risk of quality concepts to be interpreted in a naive, non-structured way. Whether it’s good or bad - is a point of further discussion. Considering this possibility, analysing the case where quality is not well-defined by regulatory bodies, we can trace the evolution of naive quality perception via bottom-up approach to see if it matches the overall conceptual understanding of quality in general.

Russia is an example of the country where the regulatory paradigm in education is blurry and excessive (Knyaginina et al, 2022), and quality work is not institutionalised per se. Analysing quality perception of Russian programme directors’ might provide some insights into how the quality landscape may look once the regulations are lifted.

Objective

The aim of the study is to grasp the program directors’ quality perception. We then intend to see if the perception models preliminary derived are in line with conventional European quality interpretation. The latter is supposed to provide some insights into whether quality work without external regulations will still be constructed in conventional ways.

Theoretical framework

The frame of conventional quality understanding we mean to use is the most recent frame, where everything published on the topic of quality interpretation in European terms before is gathered (Schindler, 2015). The concept of quality, according to (Schinlder et al, 2015) can be broken into four main types: excellence, transformation, fit for purpose and accountability.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sampling
The study is based on 15 in-depth interviews with graduate programme directors in engineering in 6 leading Russian universities. Convenience sampling was employed. We first contacted the university leaders in official and semi-official ways to reach out for the directors of chosen programmes. Then team members got in touch with prospective interviewees to agree on a date and time of the interview. All the respondents received a letter with a brief description of the research prior to the interview. The average timing of the interview was between 40 and 60 mins.
Methods
The interview guide consisted of 9 parts: factual information, enrollment process, general managerial scheme, content of the programme, structure of the programme, quality assurance, project work, faculty, role of industrial partners.
In the part related to following topics were covered:  
Programme directors’ overall quality understanding
Quality assurance system (present/not present)
Internal and external quality assurance practices
Quality assurance and decision-making processes connection
Students’ role in quality assurance
Alumni’s role in quality assurance
Data analysis:
The method we used to analyse the data was phenomenological analysis, which aims to find out how in a certain context a particular concept is perceived (Creswell, 2013).
Step 1
Identifying everything that was said on the topic of quality in interview transcripts. Other parts of interviews, initially not directly related to the quality issues.  We then generalised the data selected into raw quality perception models.
Step 2
Matching raw perception models to quality conceptualisations offered by Schindler et al, 2015 to see how the quality perceptions reflected in the interviews correlates to the conventional quality interpretation.  


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings
As the result of our study, we made a provisional generalisation of the data and organised it into 4 models of programme directors’ quality perception:
Student-centred approach  
Career-oriented approach
Mixed approach
Evidence-based approach
All approaches include the elements of internal quality assurance. In two of them there is evidence of external quality assurance.
We preliminary identified the correspondence of quality perception models to the quality conceptualisation framework of (Schindler et al, 2015) as follows:
Student-centred approach -  fragments of  excellence and transformation
Career-oriented approach - fragments of excellence, transformation, accountability
Mixed approach -  fragments of excellence, fit for purpose and  accountability
Evidence-based approach - fragments of excellence and transformation
The most widespread quality conceptualisations are excellence and transformation. There are no cases of using a single conceptualisation in quality perception models, it’s normally a certain combination of them, a conceptual mix.
Conclusion
There was no solid focus on quality and quality assurance in programme management identified. Each model of quality perception is based on a certain combination of quality conceptualisations, and normally does not cover all the elements conceptualisation consists of (Schindler et al, 2015). A conclusion is that there are some traces of conventional European quality understanding, even though it seems to be fragmentary. Thus, lifting unnecessary regulations in the context where initially those regulations were heavy and quality is not institutionalised, is a strategy worth trying. A step that might contribute to structured quality interpretation on micro-level is a flexible frame imposition from university, with enough space for manoeuvre and common outlines to follow at the same time.
There are also some practical implications of the study: solid quality work has a potential to make programme stand out from other engineering programmes. It is a valuable competitive advantage, considering that the amount of programs is growing significantly from year to year.

References
1. Celis, S., Véliz, D. (2022). A Decade of Chilean Graduate Program Accreditation: A Push for Internationalization and Issues of Multidisciplinarity. Higher Education Policy, 35, 133-154. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-020-00198-7
2. Creswell, John W. 2013. Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches. Third edition. Washington DC: Sage.
3. Jackson D. & Rowe A. (2022) Impact of work-integrated learning and co-curricular activities on graduate labour force outcomes, Studies in Higher Education, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2022.2145465
4. Hakeem, M. A., and Thanikachalam. V (2014) ‘A multi-dimensional approach in developing a framework for internal quality assurance of second cycle engineering programmes”, European Scientific Journal
5. Kans, M. (2021), "Engineering education development – a business modelling approach", Higher Education Evaluation and Development, Vol. 15 No. 1, pp. 53-77. https://doi.org/10.1108/HEED-02-2020-0003
6. Kehm, B. & Huisman, J.  & Stensaker, B. (2009). The European Higher Education Area: Perspectives on a Moving Target. 10.1163/9789087907143.
7. Knyaginina, N., Jankiewicz, S. and Tikhonov, E. (2022) ‘Principles of the "regulatory guillotine" and methods of computational law used to analyze the requirements for the quality of higher education’, Public Administration Issues, 4, pp. 78 – 100 (in Russian)
8. Reyes, N R, Candeas P Vera, Cañadas F , Reche P, and García Galán S . ‘Accreditation and Quality Assurance of Engineering Education Programs in the European Higher Education Area’, n.d.
9. Sánchez-Chaparro, T.,  Remaud B., Gómez-Frías, V.,  Duykaerts C. & Jolly A-M. (2022) Benefits and challenges of cross-border quality assurance in higher education. A case study in engineering education in Europe, Quality in Higher Education, 28:3, 308-325, DOI: 10.1080/13538322.2021.2004984
10. Schindler, L., Puls-Elvidge, S., & Crawford, L., Welzant, H., (2015). Definitions of quality in higher education: A synthesis of the literature. Higher Learning Research Communications, 5 (3).DOI:10.18870/hlrc.v5i3.244
11. World Economic Forum. 2016. The Global Competitiveness Report 2016–2017 . https://www.weforum.org/reports/the-global-competitiveness-report-2016-2017- 1
12. World Economic Forum. 2017. The Africa Competitiveness Report 2017: Addressing Africa’s Demographic Dividend. Geneva: World Economic Forum. http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_ACR_2017.pdf.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Burden on Program and Department Heads in Israeli Higher Education Institutions During a Change Period of the Covid-19

Emanuel Tamir

Tel Hai academic college, Israel

Presenting Author: Tamir, Emanuel

The rapid expansion of the Covid-19 pandemic throughout the world including in Israel had unprecedented consequences for all life domains, including the higher education system. The crisis triggered by this pandemic challenged academic institutions, because within a few days they were forced to continue to operate during a physical lockdown of their campuses and transit to digital learning, with all the implications involved. (Donitsa-Schmidt & Ramot, 2021; Draxler-Weber, Packmohr & Brink,2022).

Program and department heads (PDHs), the academic leaders of these institutions, coped with the crisis trying to conduct regular activity as well as possible. Their work environment changed, and they had to deal with their own personal hardships and the students' difficulties and cope with the teaching staff's needs in the programs they managed. This confrontation exposed them to complexities they had not encountered previously.

PDHs perform one of the most essential and challenging posts in the higher education system (Tietjen-Smith, Hersman & Block, 2020). They develop social networks and manage relationships and resources connected to the program/department under their management. In this way they enable their subordinates to function in a competitive arena of academic institutions under conditions that have been described as quasi-market, to attract students and obtain research budgets (Bobe & Kober, 2015; Deem, 1998)

Heavy workloads impair the necessary match between the individual's characteristics and workplace demands and negatively affects the employee's satisfaction and effectiveness (Kirmeyer & Dougherty, 1988). A study examining how academic leaders coped with work in European universities found that faculty members and holders of senior academic positions have an administrative burden stemming from tasks unrelated to teaching or research. This engenders feelings of harm to the academic leaders' family and social life (Pace et al, 2021). However, overload of academic work also causes stress and decreases academic productivity (Janib et al, 2021).

The research questions examined how PDHs viewed various aspects of the influence of the pandemic on: distance learning, internal organizational processes, and departmental interactions with their environment, how their research was affected, and the characteristics of their planning processes during this period. The main question was: How did the PDHs of higher education institutions in Israel perceive the challenges facing them as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research used mixed methods. A qualitative-interpretive study was followed by a quantitative survey and finally another qualitative part to hone the themes that arose from the findings.
The qualitative part utilized semi-structured interviews, on the Zoom platform: performed with 27 interviewees – PDHs in higher education institutions in Israel (from 22 different colleges and universities). 59.2% of the PDHs were from the social sciences, 14.8% from the humanities, 14.8% from the natural sciences and medicine, and 11.1% from the exact sciences and engineering. The interview protocol included more than 25questions about components of their role, implications during the Covid-19 period and how it differed from the pre-crisis period; how the department was managed during the pandemic period; characteristics of the transition to distance learning in their academic institution during Covid-19, including challenges and difficulties; how the interviewee perceived the institution's preparedness for the crisis, the processes and steps that helped to cope with the crisis; the organizational processes and administrative tasks that made coping more difficult then; characteristics of PDH ties with their subordinate lecturers/students before and during the crisis.
The quantitative part comprised a survey constructed and validated after the interviews, based on aspects that emerged in those interviews. The sample included 113 program and department heads from academic institutions in Israel, 46% women and 54% men, ages 30-80. In terms of their rank, 5.3% were lecturers, 45.1% were senior lecturers, 23.9% associate professors, 25.7% full professors. Each PDH was responsible, academically, for three to 200 faculty members. Most of the PDHs (51.3%) worked in the social sciences 14.2% in exact sciences and engineering, 12.4% in humanities, 8.8% in life sciences and medicine and 13.3% in other disciplines (not including law). The survey included 37 questions that examined how in their opinions, the PDHs had coped with the crisis, focusing on frequencies of activities, the connection of demographic variables, characteristics of the disciplinary departments, the type of response given by the department and the effectiveness of the response.
The survey data were analyzed statistically in a prolonged process including sharpening aspects that arose from the initial qualitative analysis and issues that required further depth from among the emergent themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The lecturers found it difficult to perform optimal transition to distance learning and the PDHs who were partly familiar with the concept of distance learning were forced to try to find personal and systemic solutions for difficulties that arose. Students experienced many difficulties due to the need to adapt to the intensiveness of distance learning, and find access to the infrastructure and digital equipment, experiencing financial and mental hardship and also distress which they communicated to the PDHs. In the uncertain economic situation prevailing in the country, the PDHs felt they had to support the students. PDHs with the rank of senior lecturer invested more time and effort in this aspect than their colleagues with the rank of full professor.
A few more aspects of the PDHs workload increased: dealing with lecturers' hardships, increased administrative tasks, and family or personal problems.
PDHs were obliged to cope with pedagogic issues involved in the transition to distance teaching, Zoom fatigue that the students underwent sometimes leading to students' closing the camera, that greatly frustrated the lecturers. The PDHs feared that "conventional academic norms were disintegrating", they worried about overt and covert dropout. Therefore, they invested time in the students and lecturers.
The crisis period experience challenged and was often stressful for the PHDs, when the boundary between work and their private and personal space at home was violated. Dealing with the Covid-19 crisis and especially with many aspects of the transition to distance teaching, entailed dealings with students, lecturers, and exhausting administration.
Despite the PDHs` efforts, most lacked the training to deal with these administrative situations, especially in crisis situations. The academic system did not prepare them with an organized plan to deal with a crisis such as the Covid-19 epidemic.

References
Bobe, B. J., & Kober, R. O. (2015). Measuring organizational capabilities in the higher education sector. Education and Training, 57(3), 322-342.‏
Deem, R. (1998) 'New managerialism' and higher education: The management of performances and cultures in universities in the United Kingdom, International Studies in Sociology of Education, 8:1, 47-70.
Donitsa-Schmidt, S., & Ramot, R. (2020). Opportunities and challenges: teacher education in Israel in the Covid-19 pandemic. Journal of Education for Teaching, 46(4), 586-595.‏
Draxler-Weber, N., Packmohr, S., & Brink, H. (2022). Barriers to Digital Higher Education Teaching and How to Overcome Them—Lessons Learned during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Education Sciences, 12(12), 870.‏
Janib, J., Rasdi, R. M., Omar, Z., Alias, S. N., Zaremohzzabieh, Z., & Ahrari, S. (2021). The Relationship between Workload and Performance of Research University Academics in Malaysia: The Mediating Effects of Career Commitment and Job Satisfaction. Asian Journal of University Education, 17(2), 85-99.
Kirmeyer, S.L. & Dougherty, T.W. (1989). Work load, tension, and coping: Moderating effects of supervisor support. Personnel Psychology, 41, 125-139.
Pace, F., D’Urso, G., Zappulla, C., & Pace, U. (2021). The relation between workload and personal well-being among university professors. Current Psychology, 40(7), 3417-3424.
Tietjen-Smith, T., Hersman, B., & Block, B. A. (2020). Planning for succession: Preparing faculty for the kinesiology department head role. Quest, 72(4), 383-394.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Perceptions and Responses of University Academic Leaders on Performance-based Funding: A case study of two universities in Mainland China

Yueyang Zheng, Manghong Lai

the Chinese University of HongKong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Zheng, Yueyang

In an increasingly competitive global economy driven by knowledge and innovation, higher education (HE) is critical to the success of a country. In recent decades, a range of social, economic and political factors have led to a dilemma for the HE system, where the cost of HE continues to rise in the face of tight public finances. In contrast, expectations of HE outcomes continue to rise. Policymakers and legislators are facing how to effectively use taxpayer funds to improve the productivity of HE and respond to escalating demands for accountability. PBF is a strategy to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of HE and has been one of the most crucial reform mechanisms in the last few decades. Many countries have begun to use PBF to allocate resources to HEIs.

In 2015, the Chinese government promulgated the ‘Double First-Class’ plan, which will play a leading role in the future of government funding for HE in China. The ‘Double First-Class' plan explicitly states that government funding for selected universities will dynamically adjust according to performance. More support will give to high-performing universities and less to low-performing ones. Senior and middle leaders' role in universities has become more complex in the face of the accountability pressures from PBF. The perceptions and application of PBF by academic leaders primarily affect the effectiveness of PBF implementation. Therefore, this study examines how university academic leaders perceive and respond to PBF in Mainland China's ‘Double First-Class’ universities.

This study used sense-making as the conceptual framework. Sense-making aims to create a holistic picture of the ambiguous event through three interrelated processes: creation, interpretation and enactment. First, ‘creation' can be seen as the process by which individual leaders generate their creative activities out of the practices of everyday activities that are constructed in response to changing realities. Secondly, school leaders rely on previous tools and materials from their work experience with past policies and apply them to new contexts. Through interaction with what they know and new demands, they create their interpretations of reform demands. Finally, 'policy enactment' describes educational reform as a process that is open to different interpretations. More specifically, policy enactment conveys 'the creative processes of interpretation, that is, the recontextualisation - through reading, writing, and talking - of the abstractions of policy ideas into contextualised practices'. This highlights school leaders’ active role in creatively shaping a particular policy into a specific set of circumstances.

This study adopts a qualitative approach based on the conceptual framework of sense-making. The specific research questions are as follows: (1) how do university academic leaders understand the requirements of the PBF? (2) how do university academic leaders make sense of their leadership roles by combining experience with the requirements of the PBF? (3)how can academic leaders in universities encourage and facilitate sense-making among academics in PBF?

Preliminary findings indicate that, firstly, regarding the understanding of PBF implemented by universities, most academic leaders consider the policy's requirements reasonable to a certain extent, as the cultivation of talents and doing scientific research are the work universities or academics should do. Secondly, regarding how academic leaders respond to PBF, they use their existing knowledge, values and social context to make trade-offs with policy messages. Finally, there are several ways in which academic leaders encourage and facilitate sense-making by academics. In formal settings, such as regular staff meetings, academic leaders may publicly recognise or reward high-performing academics or teams as a way of spurring low-performing ones. In informal settings, academic leaders may also take an active interest in academic performance and assist them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study adopted a qualitative research approach to investigate how university academic leaders understand and respond to PBF. The specific research questions are as follows.
(1) How do university academic leaders understand the requirements of the PBF?
(2) How do university academic leaders make sense of their leadership roles by combining experience with the requirements of the PBF?
(3) How can academic leaders in universities encourage and facilitate sense-making among academics in PBF?

This study interviewed 32 university academic leaders and academics in four academic areas (Physics, Social sciences, Business, and Engineering) from two ‘Double First-Class’ research universities in Mainland China. A purposive sampling method was used to select the interviewees, and semi-structured interviews were used for data collection, supplemented by some textual analysis. The data were analysed using three-level coding with the help of Nvivo12.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are several preliminary observations.

Firstly, regarding the understanding of PBF implemented by universities, most academic leaders consider the policy's requirements reasonable to a certain extent, as the cultivation of talents and doing scientific research are the work universities or academics should do. For example, an academic leader said, ‘Teaching is a job for academics and must be done well. Publishing articles and applying for projects are also good assessment indicators; otherwise, there is no better way to judge a scholar's academic level.’

Secondly, regarding how academic leaders respond to PBF, they use their existing knowledge, values and social context to make trade-offs with policy messages. For example, some academic leaders, drawing on their years of experience in academic circles, have judged the importance of 'talent' in improving performance. Therefore, with the university's resources and their personal connections, they hire academicians or Changjiang scholars at high salaries to head their disciplines, thus attracting a group of outstanding scholars and slowly forming a strong research team that brings security to the performance of the university.

Finally, there are several ways in which academic leaders encourage and facilitate sense-making by academics. In formal settings, such as regular staff meetings, academic leaders may publicly recognize or reward high-performing academics or teams as a way of spurring low-performing ones. In informal settings, academic leaders may also take an active interest in academic performance and assist them. For example, an academic said, ‘Occasionally, when the Dean passed by my office, he would come in and care how my latest paper was published. Asking if I needed help or urging me to hurry up with my thesis.’

References
Bell, D. A. (2005).Changing organizational stories: The effects of performance-based funding on three community colleges in Florida. University of California, Berkeley.
Braun, A., Maguire, M., & Ball, S. J. (2010). Policy enactments in the UK secondary school: Examining policy, practice and school positioning.Journal of education policy,25(4), 547-560.
Dougherty, K. J., & Reddy, V. T. (2011). The impacts of state performance funding systems on higher education institutions: Research literature review and policy recommendations. Community College Research Center.1-64.
Favero, N., & Rutherford, A. (2020). Will the tide lift all boats? Examining the equity effects of performance funding policies in US higher education.Research in Higher Education,
61(1), 1-25.
Fleming, P., & Amesbury, M. (2013).The art of middle management: A guide to effective subject, year and team leadership. Routledge.
Fullan, M. (2014).The principal: Three keys to maximizing impact. John Wiley & Sons.
Hagood, L. P. (2019). The financial benefits and burdens of performance funding in higher education.Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis,41(2), 189-213.
Jones, S. (2015). The game changers: Strategies to boost college completion and close attainment gaps.Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning,47(2), 24-29.
Jacob, W. J., Neubauer, D., & Ye, H. (2018). Financing trends in Southeast Asia and Oceania: Meeting the demands of regional higher education growth.International Journal of Educational Development,58, 47-63.
Koyama, J. (2014). Principals as bricoleurs: Making sense and making do in an era of accountability.Educational Administration Quarterly,50(2), 279-304.
Ministry of Education of the People's Republic of China. (2015). Notice of the State Council on the Issuance of the General Plan for Coordinating the Construction of World-Class Universities and First-Class Disciplines. Retrieved from http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_xxgk/moe_1777/moe_1778/201511/t20151105_217823.html
Ness, E. C., Deupree, M. M., & Gándara, D. (2015). Campus responses to outcomes-based funding in Tennessee: Robust, aligned, and contested.Final report to Tennessee Higher Education Commission and Ford Foundation.
Schaller, J. Y. (2004).Performance funding in Ohio: Differences in awareness of Success Challenge between student affairs administrators and academic affairs administrators at Ohio’s public universities[Doctoral dissertation, Ohio University].
Teixeira, P., Biscaia, R., & Rocha, V. (2022). Competition for Funding or Funding for Competition? Analysing the Dissemination of Performance-based Funding in European Higher Education and its Institutional Effects.International Journal of Public Administration,45(2), 94-106.
Weick, K. E. (1995).Sensemaking in organizations(Vol. 3). Sage.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm23 SES 01 A: Datafied Temporalities and Temporal Modalities of Data Practices: Emerging Concepts in Educational Governance Research. (Part 1)
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Berit Karseth
Session Chair: Mathias Decuypere
Symposium to be continued in 23 SES 02 A
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Datafied Temporalities and Temporal Modalities of Data Practices: Emerging Concepts in Educational Governance Research. Part 1

Chair: Berit Karseth (University of Oslo)

Discussant: Mathias Decuypere (KU Leuven)

Educational data, including test data and other types of performance data, as well as accounting data, register data, and survey data, have for a long time been used to compare students, schools, and countries (Grek, 2009; Sellar & Lingard, 2018). Contemporarily, the use of educational data and data technologies in the governance of public education is changing, if not rising. These data are now subject to algorithmic processing and modelling, such as clustering and forecasting. Measurements of progression over time, prolongations or projections of the past into the future (Adams, Murphy, & Clarke, 2009), and the identification of future risks all seek to control the future via timely policy or management responses in the present. Data are furthermore used to create institutional aspirations (Lewis, 2018) or policymaking rooted in fear of the future (Webb & Gulson, 2012), and to constitute imagined communities and common pasts (Piattoeva & Tröhler, 2019). In other words, the public governance of education via data is permeated by temporalities such as progression and potentiality in relation to the formation of societies, populations, and individuals.

This double symposium explores the temporal dimensions of the use and impact of educational data in the governance of education theoretically, conceptually, and methodologically (Lingard, 2021). The symposium theorizes time and temporality in relation to the use of data in educational governance by drawing on post-structuralist, socio-material, and new materialist concepts of time as enacted in policy and data practices and as productive of educational realities (Adam, 1998; Decuypere, Hartong, & van de Oudeweetering, 2022; Ratner, 2020). The symposium problematizes conventional understandings of time and temporality by discussing both embedded policy conceptions of time, power struggles over and in time, shifting temporalities of educational governance, the production of futures and pasts through various knowledge practices, temporal practices of control and optimization with reference to the future, and time as a mechanism of governance.

By presenting historical and contemporary case studies spanning across education policy, educational organization and management, and teacher practices, the symposium unpacks various aspects of the temporality of educational governance with data. These include for example the promissory futures of datafication and digitalization; the role of data displaying risky futures as a mobilizer for urgent and/or cautious policy and management decisions; the politics of time aided by the datafication of time; and the temporalities of performance measurement and teacher practices, encompassing both simultaneity, acceleration, immediacy, and hesitation. Through these case studies, time in educational governance with data emerges as both an object or asset that can be possessed and managed in the everyday practices of education, a structuring mechanism that education can be managed and govern through, and an analytical lenses for the study of temporalized modalities of educational governance.

Methodologically, the case studies include historical and ethnographic methodologies as well as policy studies and discourse analysis, and the methods used encompass interviews, observations, platform walkthroughs, and document studies. The case studies span across Denmark, Norway, Finland, Estonia, and transnational policy contexts. Through this polyvalent approach, the symposium aims at exploring the temporal dimensions of governing education with data from a variety of contexts and perspectives, with the aim of generating synthesizing conceptualizations that may push the research field forward. These include ‘datafied temporalities’, indicating how data are used to create temporalities with governing effects in education, and ‘temporal modalities of data practices’, indicating how data practices in educational governance affect temporalities of governance and teacher practices. With these conceptualizations, the double symposium unpacks an emerging research agenda in educational governance research.


References
Adam, B. (1998). Timescapes of Modernity: The Environment and Invisible Hazards. London: Routledge.
Adams, V., Murphy, M., & Clarke, A. E. (2009). Anticipation: Technoscience, life, affect, temporality. Subjectivity, 28(1), 246-265.
Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European educational research journal EERJ, 147490412210763.
Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: the PISA 'effect' in Europe. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 23-37.
Lewis, S. (2018). PISA 'Yet To Come': governing schooling through time, difference and potential. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(5), 683-697.
Lingard, B. (2021). Multiple temporalities in critical policy sociology in education. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 338-353.
Piattoeva, N., & Tröhler, D. (2019). Nations and numbers: The bana nationalism of education performance data. International Journal for the Historiography of Education, 9(2), 245-249.
Ratner, H. (2020). Topologies of Organization: Space in Continuous Deformation. Organization Studies, 41(11), 1513-1530.
Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2018). International large-scale assessments, affective worlds and policy impacts in education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 31(5), 367-381.
Webb, P. T., & Gulson, K., N. (2012). Policy prolepsis in education: Encounters, becomings, and phantasms. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 33(1), 87-99.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Data Futures Past: Rupture and/as Repetition in Education Research and Governance

Antti Saari (Tampere University)

Datafication discourses in education regularly present themselves as radical game changers in education policy and research arenas. Fueled by advances in digital technologies, a more differentiated, personalized and widespread acquisition of data, its accumulation, storage, analysis and distribution seems imminent. As datafication is widely understood as a topical phenomenon (see for example Jarke & Breiter, 2019: 1), studies of datafication mostly focus on developments since the turn of the millennium, rarely covering the history of datafication. Using Finnish educational research and governance as a case example, I explore the under-studied data futures past in educational research and governance. I ask how educational research and governance in the 20th century have become organized around notion of quantitative, statistical data and future promises of increasing personalization, prediction and control of learning. As methodology, the paper employs Foucauldian archaeology of knowledge. It involves studying research and policy texts as discourses; series of statements organizing objects, subjects, and modes of reasoning (Foucault, 2002). The data consists of a) Finnish academic texts (articles, monographs) characterizing the nature and future development of educational research and its practicality; and b) policy texts characterizing the nature and governmental uses of scientific, statistical knowledge. The timeline for data is 1900–1980 which covers the early emergence of Finnish educational research and its subsequent stabilization and key role in the government of the national education system. The analysis focuses on three interrelated discursive strategies (Foucault 2002), i.e., continuing ways of assigning and legitimating the future role of educational research and scientific data in education policy: a) For the first time in history capturing the true reality of education, which enables b) treating pupils according to their developmental stage and individual traits, which then c) makes teaching and governing education effective. As an outcome, the paper argues that the shared history of educational research and data driven education policy involves repetitive gestures of promissory futures. Time and time again, detaches from the past of and promises future personalization and prediction, which is also prominent in contemporary datafication discourses. However, the prevailing focus on developments from the current millennium inhibits from seeing such repetition.

References:

Foucault, M. (2002). Archaeology of knowledge. London: Routledge. Jarke, J., & Breiter, A. (2019). Editorial: the datafication of education. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 1-6. doi:10.1080/17439884.2019.1573833
 

The OECD's Construction of the Future Imaginaries for Curriculum Reform

Simona Bernotaite (University of Oslo), Berit Karseth (University of Oslo)

Policy texts construct imaginaries of the future by explicitly or implicitly criticising past policies and promoting the movement beyond the present to a more hopeful future (Lingard, 2021). Williamson (2013) claims that curriculum reforms as solutions for a different and better future are promoted through the fabrication of educational crises, disinformation, myths and half-truths. Policymakers utilize governance instruments based on past data to tame the future associated with “affectivities of risk and urgency” (Madsen, 2022). The OECD project Future of Education and Skills 2030 (hereafter Education 2030) places such affectivities under the future challenges characterised as volatile, uncertain, ambiguous and complex (VUCA) and proposes curriculum (re)design for a better future (OECD, 2020). Policymakers negotiate the meaning and legitimacy of future imaginaries, engage stakeholders and create trust through techniques of futuring (Oomen et al., 2022). Among these techniques, a presentation of “a particular storyline about the future” is utilised to identify, construct and circulate imaginaries of the future (p. 261). Such imaginaries contribute to an illusion that even an uncertain future is predictable and manageable through provided policy instruments or solutions (Nespor, 2016). The OECD is an essential actor contributing to educational transformation by composing future-oriented policies. In this paper, we focus on the OECD project Education 2030 and specifically thematic reports concerning curriculum (re)design and aim to explore storytelling about the future based on past data, country examples and comparisons. We pose the following questions: - What stories of the futures do the OECD thematic reports on curriculum (re)design issue? - How do the OECD thematic reports construct curriculum as a tool for taming these futures? To answer these questions we take inspiration from Asdal’s (2015) discussion about the modifying work of documents. We approach the OECD thematic reports as transforming rather than describing futures. Preliminary findings demonstrate that the thematic reports construct the imaginary of the future through storytelling about contemporary issues that are transformed into the imaginary of a volatile, uncertain, ambiguous and complex future. The future of the thematic reports is an entanglement of digital, social and sustainable futures. In this manner, the imaginary of an unknown and complex future is broken down into manageable stories and advice to reach prosperity in the future. Such construction of reachable, tangible goals is an important factor of governance through future imaginaries (Lewis, 2018). Moreover, through curriculum (re)design the thematic reports transform crises and challenges into opportunities of the future.

References:

Asdal, K. (2015). What is the issue? The transformative capacity of documents. Distinktion (Aarhus), 16(1), 74–90. https://doi.org/10.1080/1600910X.2015.1022194 Lewis, S. (2018). PISA ‘Yet To Come’: Governing schooling through time, difference and potential. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(5), 683–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2017.1406338 Lingard, B. (2021). Multiple temporalities in critical policy sociology in education. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 338–353. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2021.1895856 Madsen, M. (2022). Competitive/comparative governance mechanisms beyond marketization: A refined concept of competition in education governance research. European Educational Research Journal EERJ, 21(1), 182–199. Nespor, J. (2016). Future imaginaries of urban school reform. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 24(2), 2. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.24.2179 OECD. (2020). What Students Learn Matters: Towards a 21st century curriculum. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/d86d4d9a-en Oomen, J. J., Hoffman, J. G., & Hajer, M. A. (2022). Techniques of futuring: On how imagined futures become socially performative. European Journal of Social Theory, 25(2), 252–270. https://doi.org/10.1177/1368431020988826 Williamson, B. (2013). The future of the curriculum: School knowledge in the digital age. MIT Press.
 

When the School Goes to You: Datatime and Dataspaces in Dominant Media Discourses of Personalised Learning Pathways

Kristjan Kikerpill (University of Tartu), Andra Siibak (University of Tartu), Katrin Kannukene (University of Tartu)

The “governance by numbers” logic has become the dominant mode of governance in the education sector (Neumann, 2021), turning it into “one of the most noticeable domains affected by datafication” (Jarke & Breiter, 2019: 1). In the recent years, many scholars have further argued for the need to adopt a precision education approach (Luan & Tsai, 2021) that would allow to remedy obsolete and dysfunctional education systems (Davies, Eynon, & Salveson, 2021). In 2020, Estonia announced that it has started building AI-driven personalised learning path infrastructure in an effort to become the first country, where personalised education is enabled as a public system. The Estonian Education Strategy for 2021-2035 envisions that the personalised learning infrastructure would provide teachers with detailed diagnostics about their students, and provide students with an active role in crafting their futures by allowing them to choose what, when and with whom they learn. Considering that news media outlets act as governing actants of meaning, and play a prominent role in setting the agenda of any public discourse, the present study systematically maps dominant media discourses surrounding the national personalised learning pathways initiative. Our goal was to explore how different agents involved in the process – teachers, students, school officials, policy makers, representatives of the educational technology industry and governance of education – promote, justify or problematise this infrastructure initiative. In our analysis, we applied the critical discursive psychology approach (Locke & Budds, 2020) to news articles (N= 127) published in national media from 2019 to 2022. Our preliminary findings raise three main points of consideration. Firstly, the attitudinal shift towards what we call datatime reflects a speeding up of communication within the school ecosystem. This often discursively relegates central school agents – students and teachers – to secondary roles in comparison with their datafied representations. Secondly, whilst promoting a shift towards datatime, inadequate consideration is given to consequences from relevant school agents’ rapidly expanding dataspaces, i.e., the information about individuals to become available for mass-scale processing. Thirdly, the combination of promoting a shift towards datatime and the ensuing expansion of indviduals’ dataspaces, personal learning paths increase the extent to which the meta-agentic ‘school’ follows students around both outside and beyond the school itself. With this purview extension in mind, we conclude that, with respect to personalised learning paths, ‘the school goes to you’.

References:

Davies, H. C., Eynon, R., & Salveson, C. (2021). The Mobilisation of AI in Education: A Bourdieusean Field Analysis. Sociology (Oxford), 55(3), 539-560. doi:10.1177/0038038520967888 Jarke, J., & Breiter, A. (2019). Editorial: the datafication of education. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 1-6. doi:10.1080/17439884.2019.1573833 Locke, A., & Budds, K. (2020). Applying critical discursive psychology to health psychology research: a practical guide. Health psychology & behavioral medicine, 8(1), 234-247. doi:10.1080/21642850.2020.1792307 Luan, H., & Tsai, C.-C. (2021). A Review of Using Machine Learning Approaches for Precision Education. Educational technology & society, 24(1), 250-266. Neumann, E. (2021). Setting by numbers: datafication processes and ability grouping in an English secondary school. Journal of Education Policy, 36(1), 1-23. doi:10.1080/02680939.2019.1646322
 

Conceptualizing the Intersections of Time, Data and Practices in Educational Organizations

Ronni Laursen (Aalborg University), Ruth Jensen (University of Oslo)

There are ranges of natural timescales in education settings, such as semesters, school days, and lessons (Lemke, 2001). In the process of establishing a suitable rhythm of time in institutions, temporal patterns for participation emerge and become known to managers, teachers, and students. Such patterns are utilized by politicians and local authorities to bolster efficiency and standardization (Ball, 2013; Gilbert, 2021). Recent research has demonstrated that digital tools are used to enhance students’ learning through ‘learnification’ programs (Ball & Grimaldi, 2022). Using such programs may involve data surveillance and data use to accelerate the individual students learning progress (Ball & Grimaldi, 2022; Manolev et al., 2019). In the present study, we aim to conceptualize how time management and data use through a learning management system (LMS) play out in the situated practices of teachers, school managers, and administrators. The analysis is inspired by the original Foucauldian concepts of discipline, power, surveillance and governmentality and recent development related to education (Ball, 2013; Ball & Grimaldi, 2022; Foucault, 1979, 2010; Manolev et al., 2019; Peters, 2007). Thus, we analyze how the LMS is enacted in managers’ and teachers’ practices and how the LMS discipline and shapes managers’ and teachers’ time management and data use through its design. Denmark is an exciting context for analysis because using an LMS was made mandatory enactment for all primary and secondary public schools since the school year 2016/17 (KL, 2015). Furthermore, the case is interesting, because policy analysis (Laursen, 2022) has revealed a political vision of data use and time efficiency. The empirical case for the present study draws on 31 interviews with teachers, school managers and administrators. The managers, administrators and teachers were employed at four schools situated in three municipalities. Our main argument is that the combination of the specific enactment and the architecture of surveillance disciplines managers’ and teachers’ practices to be in accordance with the political vision related to the benefits of using the platform. Furthermore, the collection of data offers enhancements of the optimization of individual students’ schooling. The process also automates the teachers’ work in time structures. In that respect, our analysis demonstrates that the discipline of practice underpins standardization, leaving little room for professional judgment. The paper seeks to contribute to the critical educational literature by showing how to think with Foucauldian concepts in relation to empirical data to go beyond the immediate reality in a given data set.

References:

Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, power, and education. New York: Routledge. Ball, S. J., & Grimaldi, E. (2022). Neoliberal education and the neoliberal digital classroom. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(2), 288-302. doi:10.1080/17439884.2021.1963980 Foucault, M. (1979). Discipline and punish : the birth of the prison. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Foucault, M. (2010). The government of self and others : lectures at the Collège de France 1982-1983. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Gilbert, C. (2021). Punching the clock: a Foucauldian analysis of teacher time clock use. Critical Studies in Education, 62(4), 439-454. doi:10.1080/17508487.2019.1570531 KL. (2015). Notat: Brugerportalsinitiativet. Retrieved from https://www.kl.dk/media/7122/yvsxdbbzb2wyghupyxvr.pdf Laursen, R. (2022). Struggle as a precondition for changes in educational policy: A Bourdieusian text analysis of a conflict between legislators and the Danish teachers’ union. Journal of educational change. doi:10.1007/s10833-022-09474-2 Lemke, J. L. (2001). The Long and the Short of It: Comments on Multiple Timescale Studies of Human Activity. The Journal of the learning sciences, 10(1-2), 17-26. doi:10.1207/S15327809JLS10-1-2_3 Manolev, J., Sullivan, A., & Slee, R. (2019). The datafication of discipline: ClassDojo, surveillance and a performative classroom culture. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 36-51. doi:10.1080/17439884.2018.1558237 Peters, M. A. (2007). Foucault, biopolitics and the birth of neoliberalism. Critical Studies in Education, 48(2), 165-178. doi:10.1080/17508480701494218
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm23 SES 01 B: Deepening Europeanisation: European Union Governance of Education and Training in the 2020s
Location: James Watt South Building, J7 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Tore Bernt Sorensen
Session Chair: Jaakko Kauko
Symposium
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Deepening Europeanisation: European Union Governance of Education and Training in the 2020s

Chair: Tore Bernt Sorensen (Hertie School)

Discussant: Jaakko Kauko (Tampere University)

22 years since the ambition to build a “European space of education” was first stated (Hingel, 2001), there is now a new programme on the creation of a European Education Area. This includes a new set of strategic goals for the 2021-2030 period (Council of the European Union, 2021), underpinned by the EU’s multiannual financial framework for 2021-27. A step change in the scope of EU education governance, these developments have implications for policy and practice in member states.

The entry point of this ECER symposium is that education governance in the EU context has entered a new phase, characterised by an unprecedented capacity to bring about Europeanisation in education sectors across Europe. Europeanisation refers to policy definitions at the EU level, the EU as a distinctive system of governance, and the different ways policies are diffused and incorporated within policy making in member states, changing domestic policy priorities and discourses (Lange & Alexiadou, 2010; Radaelli, 2008).

While education sectors across Europe continue to be very diverse, the evolution of EU governance over the recent decades has gradually brought education and lifelong learning policy into the centre of the EU integration project. In the process, education has increasingly been opened up for influences from other policy domains, especially economic and social policy, and vice versa (Pépin, 2011).

In this respect, one major development has been the introduction of the European Semester as a main mechanism of socio-economic governance in 2011. The Semester has substantially strengthened the monitoring role of the European Commission and the Country-specific Recommendations issued as part of the Semester process have had consequences for policies on education and training in many member states. In addition, EU governance is increasingly characterised by cross-sectoral coordination linking technical work with strategic priorities, for instance evident in the ways that the European Semester has been linked with new targeted investments through the European Social Fund and other funding schemes. Still, EU governance of education and training is of a ‘soft’ (non-legal) nature. It is consensus-driven and relies primarily on policy learning, cooperation, and knowledge exchange, with funding still a relatively minor incentive for policy change in most member states (Graf & Marques, 2022; Milana et al. 2020; Sorensen et al. 2021).

These developments raise several questions of interest to education policy analysts. For instance, how do the European Commission and the Council of the EU – the most important EU institutions in education governance – shape the direction of education and training policy at multiple scales? How does the increasing array of EU policy instruments seek to influence the (very diverse) national and local approaches to education policies in member states? Are some member states more affected by EU education governance than others? Vice versa, how do different member states attempt to shape the EU agenda on education? What are the most prominent areas of policy learning, and how are knowledge(s) exchanged and used as a tool of governance in different areas of education and training? How does EU education governance in the post-pandemic environment differ from that of earlier decades?

This symposium provides comparative research insights into these pertinent questions. It examines processes of Europeanisation of education policy within a broader public policy perspective, drawing on research that considers the multilevel nature of EU governance as well as a variety of member state contexts.


References
Council of the European Union (2021). Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030). 2021/C 66/01.
Graf, L., & Marques, M. (2022). Towards a European model of collective skill formation? Analysing the European Alliance for Apprenticeships. Journal of Education Policy, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2022.2097317
Hingel, A. (2001). Education policies and European governance – contribution to the interservice groups on European governance. European J. for Education Law and Policy 5: 7-16.
Lange, B., & Alexiadou, N. (2010). Policy learning and governance of education policy in the EU. Journal of Education Policy 25(4): 443–463.
Milana, M., Klatt, G., & Vatrella, S. (Eds. 2020). Europe’s Lifelong Learning Markets, Governance and Policy: Using an Instruments Approach. Palgrave Macmillan.
Pépin, L. (2011). Education in the Lisbon Strategy: Assessment and prospects. European Journal of Education 46(1): 25-35.
Radaelli, C. (2008). Europeanisation, policy learning, and new modes of governance. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis 10(3): 239–254.
Sorensen, T.B., Grimaldi, E., & Gajderowicz, T. (Eds. 2021). Rhetoric or game changer: Social dialogue and industrial relations in education midst EU governance and privatisation in Europe. ETUCE.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Governing European Adult Learning Through Political Mobilization, Advocacy Coalitions and Policy Learning

Marcella Milana (University of Verona)

Along with major developments in European socio-economic governance, adult learning has acquired higher EU political authority (Milana & Klatt, 2019). Since 2011, gaining a new specialization in this substantial policy area (Sabatier & Weible, 2007), the Council of the EU has been able to set Communitarian agendas on adult learning (CEU, 2011; CEU, 2021). Over time, the core belief about adult learning of the Council of the EU has changed, adapting to broader socio-political circumstances and new EU strategic priorities. If a decade ago the Council believed that (targeted) adult learning could potentially support economic and social progress, by 2021 it trusts the learning of adults as a lifelong endeavour for the whole population in support of resilient and sustainable communities, and digital and green transitions. Accordingly, the mechanisms foreseen to implement a communitarian agenda on adult learning have developed to include a whole-of-government approach and higher emphasis on data, monitoring, and evidence-based policy. Thus, new actors are brought into this policy sub-system (e.g., EUROSTAT, the EU agency EUROFOUND, the Standing Group on Indicators and Benchmarks) (Milana & Mikulec, 2022). Previous research has shown that the visibility of adult learning rose under COVID-19, an ‘exogenous shock’ to both European and national systems (Bussi & Milana, forthcoming), which crisis narrative has the potential to prompt change in education policy (e.g., Morris, Park & Auld, 2022). But it is social dialogue and advocacy coalitions that helped to strengthen the alignment among different actors in the setting of a new European agenda for adult learning (2021-2030) under the Slovenian Presidency of the Council of the EU (Milana & Mikulec, 2023). Drawing on a triangulation of data (documents, expert interviews, and participant observations), this contribution furthers this line of research by exploring how members of one specific coalition at EU level work together and learn from each other in their advocacy and lobbying for adult learning.

References:

Bussi, M., & Milana, M. (forthcoming). The ideational policy trajectory of EU adult learning and skills policies up to COVID-19. In M. Milana, P. Rasmussen, & M. Bussi (Eds.), Research Handbook on Adult Education Policy. Edward Elgar. CEU (2011). Council resolution on a renewed European agenda for adult learning. OJ No. C 372/1, 20.12.2011. CEU (2021). Council Resolution on a new European agenda for adult learning 2021-2030. OJ No. C 504/9, 12.12.2021. Milana, M., & Klatt, G.(2019). Governing Adult Education Policy Development in Europe. In S. McGrath, M. Mulder, J. Papier, & R. Suart (Eds.), Handbook of Vocational Education and Training. Springer. Milana, M., & Mikulec, B.(2022). EU policy work under external shocks: Re-orienting the European agenda on adult learning under the COVID-19 pandemic. Paper presented at ECER 2022, 23-25 August, Yerevan. Milana, M., & Mikulec, B.(2023). Setting the new European agenda for adult learning 2021-2030: Between political mobilization and advocacy coalitions (unpublished, under review). Morris, P., Park, C., & Auld, E. (2022) Covid and the future of education: global agencies ‘building back better’. Compare 52(5): 691–711. Sabatier, P.A., & Weible, C.M. (2007). The Advocacy Coalition Framework. In P. A. Sabatier (Ed.), Theories of the Policy Process. Westview Press.
 

The European Semester: Education Governance Through Policy Instrumentation

Xavier Rambla (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona), Nafsika Alexiadou (Umeå University)

This paper discusses the European Semester as a particular form of policy instrumentation that has achieved a shift in both the intensity and nature of EU involvement in education policy. The literature on the Europeanisation of education explores the regulatory power of the EU most often through an analysis of policy discourses, the use of numbers as policy instruments, and the construction of framework programs (Alexiadou, 2016; Gornitzka, 2018; Grek, 2013), as well as through economic allocations (Souto-Otero, 2016). The main focus so far has been on the European Education Area and its predecessors, ET2010 and ET2020, and on the policy ideas and institutions that operationalize them (Alexiadou & Rambla 2022; Papanastasiou, 2020). Comparatively less attention is paid to policies organized through economic and employment governance that have direct effects on education (for exceptions see Eeva, 2021; Stevenson et al. 2017). Our presentation uses the concept of a ‘policy instrument’ as a device that has distinct technical as well as political and social properties that “organize specific social relations between the state and those it is addressed to” (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007:4). We view the Semester as a policy instrument that intends to shape the direction of policy and reform in member states and constitutes a particular ‘technology of governance’ employed in parallel to the more conventional policy making in the EU (Le Galès, 2016:510). This approach can shed light on EU decision making in the field of education policy, including the interactions between the different policy actors involved (ibid.). Following these ideas, our research has two key objectives. First, we examine the evolution of the Semester process as one of the instruments employed to steer education policy change, through (a) an analysis of interviews with European Commission and Council of the EU policy actors; and (b) an analysis of documentary material. Second, we analyse and compare the Country Specific Recommendations, issued as part of the Semester process, for the countries of Spain and Sweden over the period 2011-2021. Our research describes the logics of instrumentation embedded in the Semester, as well as the tensions and struggles that characterize the process of education policy making. In addition, our research sheds light into the conditions under which EU policy has consequences for education policy in Spain and Sweden.

References:

Alexiadou, N. (2016). Responding to ‘crisis’: Education policy research in Europe. Research in Education 96(1): 23–30. Eeva, K. (2021). Governing through consensus? The European Semester, soft power and education governance in the EU. European Educational Research Journal, https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211055601 Gornitzka, Å. (2018). Organising Soft governance in hard times–The unlikely survival of the OMC in EU education policy. European Papers 3(1): 235-255. Grek S. (2013). Expert moves: International comparative testing and the rise of expertocracy. Journal of Education Policy 28(5): 695-709. Lascoumes P., & Le Galès, P. (2007). Understanding public policy through its instruments – from the nature of instruments to the sociology of public policy instrumentation. Governance 20: 1-21. Le Galès, P. (2016). Performance measurement as a policy instrument. Policy Studies 37(6): 508-520. Papanastasiou, N. (2020). The politics of generating best practice knowledge. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space, https://doi.org/10.1177/2399654420962108 Souto-Otero, M. (2016). Policies that speak discourses? Neo-liberalism, discursive change and European education policy trajectories. In Lendvai, N., & Kenneth-Bainton, P. (Eds.) Handbook of European Social Policy. Edward Elgar. Stevenson H., Hagger-Vaughan, L., Milner, A.L., & Winchip, E. (2017). Education and Training Policy in the European Semester. Public Investment, public policy, social dialogue and privatisation patterns across Europe. ETUCE.
 

The Erasmus+ Teacher Academies - A Case of Europeanisation via Experimentalist Governance?

Tore Bernt Sorensen (Hertie School), Lukas Graf (Hertie School)

Over recent decades a distinctive European Union (EU) agenda has developed related to the complex issues of improving the attractiveness of the teaching profession and the quality of teacher education and professional development (Sorensen et al. 2021; Symeonidis, 2021). Since the EU’s jurisdiction is limited in education, EU governance relies on soft modes of enhancing cooperation that seeks to mobilise and encourage national and sub-national actors to experiment when addressing education policy issues (Graf & Marques, 2022; Héritier & Rhodes, 2011). In this respect, the recent policy initiative of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies provides an intriguing case for policy analysis. A flagship initiative forming part of the current EU strategy to create a European Education Area, these teacher academies are associated with the Europeanisation of teacher education and training, an area of education which remains particularly embedded in the governance logics of member states (Menter, 2022). This paper has the objective to analyse and discuss the extent to which the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies represent a case of experimentalist governance (Eckert & Börzel, 2012; Sabel & Zeitlin, 2012), and the ways in which the policy initiative potentially contributes to Europeanisation (Lange & Alexiadou, 2007; Radaelli, 2008). Our entry point is based on the observations that the teacher academies involve the creation and financial support of networks of teacher education and training providers in order to modernise teacher training with a view to green and digital skills, inclusion, and expanding international mobility. Network partners are meant to work together in innovative ways, whereas the European Commission appears to represent a hub monitoring and distributing knowledge and experiences gained in the projects. Our analysis involves tracing the key ideas, actors and mechanisms driving the policy initiative, the roles of project partners, and the workings and outcomes of their interaction, including the roles and influence of the European Commission as a hub orchestrating the academy networks. We draw on comprehensive desk research, review of the academic literature on experimentalist governance, and an empirical inquiry of key policy documents and interviews with professionals with first-hand knowledge about the development of the policy initiative so far. The paper contributes to the empirical study of this recent EU policy initiative as well as the theoretical discussion around modes of experimentalist governance in a particular area of higher education and skills development that is deemed central for the well-being of education systems and societies overall.

References:

Eckert, S., & Börzel, T.A. (2012). Experimentalist governance. An introduction. Regulation & Governance 6(3): 371–377. Graf, L., & Marques, M. (2022). Towards a European model of collective skill formation? Analysing the European Alliance for Apprenticeships. Journal of Education Policy, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2022.2097317 Héritier, A., & Rhodes, M. (2011). New Modes of Governance. London: Palgrave Macmillan UK. Lange, B., & Alexiadou, N. (2007). New Forms of European Union Governance in the Education Sector? A Preliminary Analysis of the Open Method of Coordination. European Educational Research Journal 6(4): 321–335. Menter, I. (2022). Teacher education research in the twenty-first century. In I. Menter(Ed.), The Palgrave handbook of teacher education research. Palgrave Macmillan. Radaelli, C.M. (2008). Europeanization, Policy Learning, and New Modes of Governance. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and Practice 10(3): 239–254. Sabel, C.F., & Zeitlin, J. (2012). Experimentalist Governance. In D. Levi-Faur(Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Governance. New York: Oxford University Press. Sorensen, T.B., Grimaldi, E., & Gajderowicz, T. (Eds. 2021). Rhetoric or game changer: Social dialogue and industrial relations in education midst EU governance and privatisation in Europe. Brussels: ETUCE. Symeonidis, V. (2021). Europeanisation in Teacher Education: A Comparative Case Study of Teacher Education Policies and Practices. Routledge.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm23 SES 01 C: Addressing Teacher Shortages: A Social Justice Issue
Location: James Watt South Building, J10 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Martin Mills
Session Chair: Geert Kelchtermans
Symposium
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Addressing Teacher Shortages: A Social Justice Issue

Chair: Martin Mills (Queensland University of Technology)

Discussant: Geert Kelchtermans (University of Leuven)

Teacher attraction and retention in the face of teacher shortages is a global issue (Craig, 2017). The literature provides multiple reasons for this shortage. They include work/life balance, increased surveillance of teachers, deficit constructions of the profession in the media and by government, school culture and climate, school leadership, access to high quality professional development, requirement to teach out of field, student-teacher relationships and lack of preparation for working with high need students (see for example, Schaefer, Long & Clandinin, 2012; Towers & Maguire, 2017; De Neve & Devos, 2017; Vale & Drake, 2019). Building on this literature, the symposium will explore this shortage from the perspectives of those working in ‘hard-to-staff’ schools, and from the perspective of those at different stages in their careers.

Underpinning this symposium is a recognition that schools are not just places of learning but also workplaces and the issue of teacher attraction and retention is a social justice issue that affects the nature and context of teachers’ work. Whilst the symposium is principally concerned with teachers and their well-being in relation to matters of social justice, teacher attraction and retention also has equal social justice implications for students in terms of continuity and quality of teacher-student relationships and quality of pedagogy (Allen & McInerney, 2019; White, 2021). Most schools that are hard-to-staff are in marginalised communities where the lack of a stable teaching staff can compound educational disadvantages. Unfortunately, many of these communities suffer from stigmatisation that makes teaching in them seem like an unattractive proposition. As Allen and McInerney (2019, p.5) say in relation to England and the deficit views of certain communities held by many, ‘reputation matters’ for teacher recruitment.

The symposium consists of papers from four projects, three based in Australia and one located in England, concerned with teacher shortages. The papers are all shaped by theoretical considerations of social justice. The global significance of the issue will ensure that the symposium has international and European relevance beyond the country locations of the different studies. Two of the Australian studies are focussed on ‘hard to staff’ schools located in marginalised communities. One project examines the issue from the perspective of those teachers who remain in schools located in these communities. The other has a focus on early career teachers in these locations. The third Australian study focus is on the induction policies for teachers in precarious employment (casual and short-term contracts), especially as they relate to student behaviour. The English study draws on the importance of linking high quality teaching with teacher retention and recruitment.

Kelchtermans (2017), in a response to a special issue of the journal Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, on teacher attrition and retention, argued that many concerns about teacher attrition and retention are ‘meaningless’ if they do not also address ‘what constitutes good education or good teaching’. He defines the problem as ‘the need to prevent good teachers from leaving the job for the wrong reasons’. A key focus of this symposium then will be to address questions related to teachers’ motivations and reasons for remaining in or leaving the profession, what they understand to be good education and appropriate professional practice, and their attitudes towards students, families and communities.


References
Allen, B. & McInerney, L. (2019). The recruitment gap: Attracting teachers to schools serving disadvantaged communities. London: The Sutton Trust.
Craig, C. (2017). International teacher attrition: Multiperspective views, Teachers and Teaching, 23(8): 859-862.
De Neve, D. & Devos, G. (2017). Psychological states and working conditions buffer beginning teachers’ intention to leave the job, European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1): 6-27.
Kelchtermans, G. (2017) ‘Should I stay or should I go?: Unpacking teacher attrition/retention as an educational issue, Teachers and Teaching, 23(8), 961-977.  
Schaefer, L., Long, S, & Clandinin, J. (2012). Questioning the research on early career teacher attrition and retention Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 58(1): 106-121.
Towers, E. & Maguire, M. (2017). Leaving or staying in teaching: A ‘vignette’ of an experienced urban teacher ‘leaver’ of a London primary school, Teachers and Teaching, 23(8): 946-960.
Vale C. & Drake P. (2019). Attending to out-of-field teaching: Implications of and for education policy. In: Hobbs L., Törner G. (eds) Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-field”. Springer, Singapore.  
White, S (2021) Exploring the interplay of the rural and community in and for teacher education, in P. Roberts & M. Fuqua, (Eds) Ruraling Education Research: Connections Between Rurality and the Disciplines of Educational Research, Singapore: Springer, pp 47-60.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Global Teacher Shortage: Problem Representations in Policy Responses

Martin Mills (QUT), Theresa Bourke (QUT), Reece Mills (QUT), Simone White (RMIT)

Teacher shortages are affecting multiple countries. In Europe, it has been reported that France, Germany, Portugal, Sweden and Italy are all facing major recruitment issues that are only going to get worse (Euronews, 2022). The issue is not solely European, education systems in the US, Canada, Australia and New Zealand are having to confront similar problems. Shortages are not uniform across each jurisdiction though – within each there are areas where schools can be regarded as ‘hard to staff, these tend to be in rural, regional, remote and low socio-economic areas. Such issues are not new, as indicated by the OECD’s (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, developing and retaining effective teachers. However, globally there have been many recent and urgent policy responses to these shortages, some have sought to improve the number of people entering and staying in the teaching profession generally, others more targeted at improving the attraction and retention of teachers in specific schools and locations (e.g., rural and remote schools), and others have been multi-purposeful. This paper provides document analyses of three diverse international approaches and responses to this policy problem: England’s DfE (Department for Education) (2019) Teacher recruitment and retention strategy; the Australian Commonwealth Government’s (2022) The National Teacher Workforce Action Plan: December 2022; and the US Whitehouse (2022) set of Actions to Strengthen Teaching Profession and Help Schools Fill Vacancies. The analyses of these documents contain lessons for all countries facing issues of teacher recruitment and retention.   The documents are analysed through Bacchi’s (2009) ‘What’s the problem represented to be?’ approach. This methodology, drawing on a Foucauldian genealogy, works to identify the presuppositions or assumptions underlying a representation of a problem, how the problem has come into being, the effects of a problem representation, what has been left unsaid about a problem and how it can be thought about differently (Bacchi 2009, p. 2). The analyses of these documents demonstrate how the problem has been variously represented as, amongst other representations, a problem of ‘teacher education’, ‘student behaviour’ and/or ‘school leadership’. A glaring silence across all of these documents is an understanding of social justice. The paper argues, drawing on the work of Nancy Fraser (e.g., 2009), that the teacher shortage problem needs to also be seen as a social justice problem, and that that will provide new insights into potential policy solutions.

References:

Bacchi, C. (2009) Analysing Policy: What’s the problem represented to be? Frenchs Forest, Pearson . Commonwealth Government (2022). The National Teacher Workforce Action Plan: December 2022. Canberra, Australian Government. DfE (Department for Education). (2019). Teacher recruitment and retention strategy. London: HM Government. Euronews (2022) Teacher shortages worry countries across Europe. https://www.euronews.com/my-europe/2022/11/30/teacher-shortages-worry-countries-across-europe. 30th November, 2022. Accessed 23/1/23 Fraser, N. (2009). Scales of justice: Reimagining political space in a globalizing world. New York: Columbia University Press. OECD. (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, developing and retaining effective teachers. Paris: OECD. US Whitehouse (2022) FACT SHEET: Biden-⁠Harris Administration Announces Public and Private Sector Actions to Strengthen Teaching Profession and Help Schools Fill Vacancies. https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/statements-releases/2022/08/31/fact-sheet-biden-harris-administration-announces-public-and-private-sector-actions-to-strengthen-teaching-profession-and-help-schools-fill-vacancies/ 31st August, 2022. Accessed 23/1/23
 

Last One Standing: Initial interviews with Three Australian Teachers who Remain Teaching in High Turnover Schools

Jo Lampert (Monash University), Amy McPherson (ACU), Bruce Burnett (ACU)

While extensive research has already been done on why teachers leave the profession (See et. al., 2020) very little research has been conducted on the consequences or impact of teacher attrition on the school leaders and teachers who are left behind in schools that have high teacher turnover or ‘teacher churn’. These consequences relate to areas such as well-being and emotional labour (Day & Hong, 2016), workload issues including teaching ‘out of field’ (Du Plessis 2019), the future and changing nature of teachers’ work (Stacey et. al., 2020), teacher burn-out (Rajendran et al., 2020), teachers’ job satisfaction and career aspirations and trajectories. Each of these areas relates in some way to teachers’ retention and allows us to examine more closely a topic of both great urgency and one that is currently under-researched. In this paper we examine the impact of teaching shortages on three teachers who have remained in their jobs while many of their colleagues have left. These initial interviews form part of a larger study collecting work stories from teachers in schools that have experienced more than 10% teacher turnover over a period of twelve months to understand how teaching shortages have impacted on their daily work including the flow-on effect of teacher shortages on individual teachers, their classroom practice and on system functions, such as their abilities to teach effectively, their sense of efficacy and satisfaction, curriculum, human resources, workforce planning, relationships, well-being, and accountability, and how and why, despite these conditions, they have stayed. When combined and brought together these interviews constitute “purposeful conversations” (Edwards, 1999) and give a sense of a ‘day in the life’ of these teachers in high-turnover schools. As such they enable us to look beyond merely the classroom practices of those interviewed for these teachers were invited to interpret their daily work through narrative and the introspective provision in the form of “telling and retelling experiences they have lived, and are living” (Clandinin et al., 2011 p. 34). The use of narrative analysis (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990, Huber et al 2013) is critical in this process for this enabled us to closely analyse these teachers’ discourses, their own retelling of daily movements and practices and their work habits in and out of the classroom and allow us to document their retelling/enactment of their work in challenging high-turnover school settings.

References:

Clandinin, J., Huber, J., Steeves, P. , Li, Y. (2011). Becoming a Narrative Inquirer. In S. Trahar (Ed.) Learning and Teaching Narrative Inquiry. John Benjamins Publishing Company. Connelly, F.M., & Clandinin, D.J. (1990). Stories of experience and narrative inquiry. Educational Researcher, 1(5), 2-14. Day, C., & Hong, J. (2016). Influences on the capacities for emotional resilience of teachers in schools serving disadvantaged urban communities .Teaching and Teacher Education, 59, 115-125. Edwards, J. (1999). Stories from the field: reflections on conducting interviews as “purposeful conversations.” Opinion, 28(2), 15–28. Du Plessis, A., Gillies, R., & Carroll, A. (2015). Out-of-field teaching and professional development: A transnational investigation across Australia and South Africa. International Journal of Educational Research, 66, 90 - 102. Rajendran, N., Watt, H.., & Richardson, P. W. (2020). Teacher burnout and turnover intent. Australian Educational Researcher, 47(3), 477–500. See, B. H., et al.. (2020). What works in attracting and retaining teachers in challenging schools and areas? Oxford Review of Education, 46(6), 678 Stacey, M., Wilson, R., & McGrath-Champ, S. (2020). Triage in teaching: the nature and impact of workload in schools. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 1–14.
 

The Experiences of Substitute Teachers: An International Review

Andrea Reupert (Monash University), Anna Sullivan (University of South Australia), Neil Tippett (University of South Australia), Simone White (RMIT)

This paper reports on a systematic review of academic literature examining the experiences and needs of substitute teachers, also known as casual or relief teachers. This occupational group are an essential part of education systems, allowing release time for other teachers to participate in professional learning, complete administrative duties, and attend to personal matters (Liu et al., 2022). However, little is known about their work conditions, motivations, experiences, and support. As the focus of dedicated research, substitute teachers have been largely neglected, mirroring what Collins (1982) described as the “awkward” positioning of substitute teachers in the education community. This review brings together international research which has examined the experiences and needs of substitute teachers. Through synthesising findings, this process allowed the research team to go beyond single studies to highlight the breadth of experiences and conditions reported by substitute teachers, thereby providing policy makers and other relevant stakeholders with some degree of cumulative knowledge (Davies, 2000). We employed a mixed-methods research synthesis approach (Heyvaert et al., 2013), where data came from published qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods research. Thirty-one peer-reviewed studies and dissertations that examined the experiences and needs of substitute teachers in primary/elementary, middle, and secondary/high schools were examined. Our research questions included determining who substitute teachers are, the nature of their work, and how they experience substitute teaching, including the types of supports provided and other supports they might need. The findings provide three important insights into the experience of substitute teaching. Firstly, they clarify the terms and definitions used when describing teachers who are working in this way, including their employment conditions, and who substitute teachers are (e.g., early career teachers). Secondly, the findings outline the varying experiences of substitute teachers, including the professional reality of substitute teaching, the behavioural and relational issues faced within the classroom, and the marginalisation and sense of invisibility they feel within the school community. Thirdly, the findings explore the supports which are provided to substitute teachers, including: resources, induction, professional learning, documenting accreditation status and mentoring. The study concludes that, although substitute teachers are a heterogeneous group, their conditions and experiences are less than satisfactory, and this is often exacerbated by a lack of targeted support. Education systems should consider professionalising this occupational group further. In addition, systems should develop policies and practices that improve substitute teachers’ work and provide the support they need to work effectively in the classroom.

References:

Collins, S. H. (1982). Substitute teaching: A clearer view and definition. Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 55(5), 231–232. Davies, P. (2000). The relevance of systematic review to educational policy and practice. Oxford Review of Education, 26(3–4), 365–378. Heyvaert, M., Maes, B., & Onghena, P. (2013). Mixed methods research synthesis: Definition, framework, and potential. Quality & Quantity, 47, 659–676. Liu, J., Loeb, S., & Shi, Y. (2022). More than shortages: The unequal distribution of substitute teaching. Education, Finance and Policy, 17(2), 285–308.
 

Addressing the Challenge of Teacher Recruitment and Retention in Disadvantaged Schools: Findings from a Rapid Evidence Review

Becky Taylor (University College London), Mark Hardman (University College London), Sal Riordan (University College London), Claire Pillinger (University College London)

Research suggests that teacher quality is a key influence on pupil attainment (Coe et al., 2020), second only to pupil background (OECD, 2015) and that sustained access to high quality teachers is a significant challenge. In England 30% of teachers leave the profession within the first five years and 40% leave within 10 years (Long & Danechi, 2022). Recruiting and retaining high quality teachers in disadvantaged schools is a particularly urgent need (see also Tereshchenko et al., 2020 and House of Commons, 2017). Recent systematic reviews of quantitative studies of teacher quality (Bradford et al., 2021) and on ‘what works in attracting and retaining teachers in challenging schools and areas’ (See et al., 2020) have evaluated where the strongest evidence currently exists. In this paper, we will present findings of a conceptual review that set out to scope opportunities for new research in this area and to find and recommend promising leads for future studies. The review takes a Rapid Evidence Assessment approach, focusing on recent grey literature and review articles, and peer-reviewed articles identified from a targeted search of relevant databases. The review identified 25 proxies or measures for teacher quality used in the literature. These proxies were categorised as Professional Capital, Qualification and Training (8 proxies), Interpersonal and psychosocial (8 proxies), and those to do with School and Environment (9 proxies). 28 factors associated with recruitment and/or retention of teachers in disadvantaged schools were identified and classified as being system-level (5 factors), school-level (15 factors) or individual-level (8 factors). Key messages from the review include the importance of manageable workload, induction support and mentoring, effective principals, relationships within and beyond the school and teacher agency and autonomy. Challenges for this area include the lack of high quality research relevant to the English context and the limited amount of research addressing both high quality teachers and recruitment or retention of teachers in disadvantaged schools.

References:

Bradford, K., Pendergast, D., & Grootenboer, P. (2021). What Is Meant By ‘Teacher Quality’ In Research And Policy: A Systematic, Quantitative Literature Review. Education Thinking, 1(1), 57–76. Coe, R., Rauch, C. J., Kime, S., & Singleton, D. (2020). Great Teaching Toolkit Evidence Review. Evidence Based Education. https://assets.website-files.com/5ee28729f7b4a5fa99bef2b3/5ee9f507021911ae35ac6c4d_EBE_GTT_EVIDENCE%20REVIEW_DIGITAL.pdf?utm_referrer=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.greatteaching.com%2F House of Commons. (2017). Recruitment and retention of teachers fifth report of session 2016-2017. HCC 199. Long, R., & Danechi, S. (2022). Teacher recruitment and retention in England. House of Commons Library. OECD (2018), Effective Teacher Policies: Insights from PISA, PISA, OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264301603-en See, B.H., Morris, R., Gorard, S. & El Soufi, N. (2020) What works in attracting and retaining teachers in challenging schools and areas?, Oxford Review of Education, 46:6, 678-697, DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2020.1775566 Tereshchenko, A; Mills, M; Bradbury, A; (2020) Making progress? Employment and retention of BAME teachers in England. UCL Institute of Education: London, UK.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm25 SES 01 A: Perspectives on the Right to Education
Location: Adam Smith, 706 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Ann Quennerstedt
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Theorizing a Political Economy of Parental Rights, Children's Rights, and Education Choice Discourses Across Four Anglosphere Countries

Bridget Stirling

University of Alberta, Canada

Presenting Author: Stirling, Bridget

This paper examines the political economy of education choice discourses and seeks to theorize the roots of claims to parental rights in countries generally associated with the Anglosphere and with similar political, legal, and philosophical traditions: the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. Across these countries, similar discourses of parental rights are grounded in three forces shaping education politics: a strong orientation towards property rights, a socially conservative understanding of the role of the family, and neoliberalism and the privatization of publicly funded systems. Education reform is globalized and entrenched in a network of international organizations such as UNESCO and the OEDC among others (Sahlberg, 2016). As such, trends in education policy discourses move across jurisdictions, particularly those with similar models of education and shared legal, political, and cultural roots. Tracing the roots of these shared discourses represents an opportunity to interrogate the theoretical underpinnings of parental rights claims that supersede the rights of the child.

Parental duty of care for the child in the British common law tradition has roots dating back to the Roman empire’s legal restrictions on the powers of patria potestas (the legal rights of the father as pater familias). This duty of care was grounded in ideas of the child as chattel of the household (McGillivray, 2011), with duties towards children and restrictions on abuse similar to those regarding other living possessions under a heteropatriarchal understanding of the family. This principle enters into British common law tradition via canon law.

In his Two Treatises on Government, seventeenth-century British philosopher John Locke framed the idea of “natural rights.” However, he believed social rights did not exist within persons whose reason was not developed enough to pursue the self-preservation of those rights (Wall, 2008). Parents became the fiduciaries of the rights of the future person, responsible for the care of the child until they could assert their rights as adult rational actors.

This model informed legal decisions regarding children’s capacity for self-determination and the rights of parents through the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with recognition of the rights of children coming largely in the area of protection rights, viewing children generally as human rights objects rather than as human rights subjects (Wall, 2008; McGillivray, 2011). As the role of the state grew, protection for children’s wellbeing shifted from patria potestas ­to parens patriae – the fiduciary power of the state over those needing protection (McGillivray, 2011). This shift underpinned changes in custody, child welfare, and other state interventions in the life of the family and brought the child into the public sphere as a semi-citizen afforded the protection of the state but not the liberties of an adult person.

A further shift can be traced in the evolution of international conventions. The 1924 Geneva Declaration of the Rights of the Child set out a series of duties that humanity owed to children. Under the 1959 United Nations Declaration of the Rights of the Child, protections expanded and included the principle that decisions regarding children should represent the best interests of the child.

The 1989 Convention on the Rights of the Child shifted substantially and added participatory rights such as freedom of thought, expression, conscience, and religion distinct from those of their parents. However, the boundaries of parental rights and children’s rights continued to be contested within and beyond the UNCRC. In the neoliberal era in which education is increasingly privatized, the prioritization of property rights merges with continuing beliefs in children as the property of parents, shaping education reform discourses in which parental rights override children’s rights as the primary rights in education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This historical sociology uses existing historical data to trace the relationship between parental and children’s rights discourses in the UK, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. These data are analyzed to identify shared trends in education reform discourses to develop a political economy of parental rights in education and theorize the political and social roots of shared parental rights discourses.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The ideological roots of parental rights are shared across the UK, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. These discourses emerge from British political, legal, social, philosophical, and religious traditions to shape abiding beliefs about the rights and role of children that are often at odds with contemporary constructions of children’s rights. These conflicting beliefs, in a system of power in which adults hold decision making control over the lives of children, lead to children’s interests and needs being overwritten by the desires of parents and other adults in shaping education law, policy, curricula, and school systems. Within this structure, children are the objects, not the subjects, of education discourses. If a society believes strongly in the idea that parental rights are the primary rights in education, and they believe that individual choice within a market is the best way to organize a society, then they will arrive at the place of ever-increasing educational choice where government’s role is to act as a service provider to individuals, rather than government as something in which we all participate as citizens whose role is to provide for and protect the public good.
References
Apple, M. W. (2006). Understanding and interrupting neoliberalism and neoconservatism in education. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 1(1), pp. 21-26.
Convention on the Rights of the Child, United Nations (1989). 1577 U.N.T.S. 3.
Davies, B. & Bansel, P. (2007). Neoliberalism and education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 20(3), pp. 247-259.
Giroux, H. (2011). Education and the crisis of public values. Peter Lang.
Kachur, J., & Harrison, T. (1999). Contested Classrooms: Education, Globalization, and Democracy in Alberta. Edmonton, AB: University of Alberta Press, xiii-xxxv.
Kjørholt, A. T. (2013). Childhood as Social Investment, Rights and the Valuing of Education. Children & Society, 27(4), 245–257. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12037
Locke, J. (1690). Second Treatise of Government. Project Gutenberg eBook edition. Retrieved from https://www.gutenberg.org/files/7370/7370-h/7370-h.htm
McGillivray, A. (2011). Children’s rights, paternal power and fiduciary duty: From Roman law to the Supreme Court of Canada. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 19: 21-54.
McGillivray, A. (2013). The Long Awaited: Past Futures of Children’s Rights. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 21, 209–232.
Qvortrup, J. (2009). Are children human beings or human becomings? A critical assessment of outcome thinking. Rivista Internazionale Di Scienze Sociali, 117(3/4), 631–653.
Rosenbury, L. A. (2015). A feminist perspective on children and law: From objectification to relational subjectivities. In T. Gal & B. F. Duramy (Eds.), International Perspectives and Empirical Findings on Child Participation: From Social Exclusion to Child-Inclusive Policies. Oxford University Press.
Sahlberg, P. (2016). The global education reform movement and its impact on schooling. In Karen Mundy, Andy Green, Bob Lingard, and Antoni Verger (eds.), The Handbook of Global Education Policy. Chichester, UK: Wiley & Sons, 128-144
Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948). Retrieved from https://www.un.org/en/about-us/universal-declaration-of-human-rights
Wall, J. (2008). Human Rights in Light of Childhood. International Journal Of Children's Rights, 16: 523-543.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Diversifying the Concept of Schooling to Value the ‘Common Good’

Yvonne Stewart Findlay

University of Southern Queensland, Australia

Presenting Author: Findlay, Yvonne Stewart

This paper considers that education is for the ‘common good’ and explores the ways in which the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) can be both a motivator and guide as to how this might be achieved. In particular three SDGs relating to human rights, education and the environment will be explored and developed to illustrate how they might form the basis for developing an education environment in which the ‘common good’ is paramount rather than the need for school league tables and standardised testing of students. The premise that schooling is about preparing our children and young people to take their place as responsible adults in the wider world is the underpinning paradigm for this paper.

The concept of the ‘common good’ is explored to reveal that while the term may be considered as an ideal to attain, it can also be used to allow for persecution and division in an autocratic and inward looking society. It raises the need for a global understanding of the term if the educational ideal is to be achieved.

The UNESCO publication (2015) asserts that there is a need to consider the guiding principles of education “as a human right and as a public good” (p. 11). Hollenbach (2002) considered the common good as being “the good realised in the mutual relationships in and through which human beings achieve their well-being” (p. 81). The perception of the ‘common good’ in today’s world would appear to be directed by governments who formulate policies and give directives to state agencies to direct how they work within society to both overtly and covertly meet the underlying principles of the political party in power.

Governments taking such power to themselves may argue that this is the only way to protect its citizens, but it has the potential to open the door to misuse of such power under the guise of being for the ‘common good’. The neo-liberal zeitgeist of standardisation would dictate that schools are about attainment targets for students, leading to school curricula and teaching strategies being about making sure that students can pass tests rather than learning for life. In this model, there is no place for the development of critical thinking skills, nor of deep inquiry strategies. In contrast, Rennie, Venville and Wallace (2012) regard schools as having the “social role of preparing our youth to be responsible adults and sensible citizens” (p.viii). The authors see the starting point of this approach as the “proposition that we live in a global community” (p.viii). Alderson (2016), in discussing citizenship education and its possible dilemmas, asserts that knowledge about rights should be a crucial inclusion in school curricula. She comments that “…rights serve as powerful structures that can help to prevent and remedy wrongs, and they work as enduring high standards and aspirations” (p.1).

The three SDGs under consideration link to the world in which we live and the ways in which they can influence our concept of what might make the basis for schooling that values the ‘common good’. The concept underlying this thinking is that we have a common dwelling place on a planet revolving in orbit around our sun. As such, each of us has a responsibility to care for our dwelling and look out for the interest of others. Each abuse of this world has an effect on all of us. The author contends that by diversifying the concept of schooling and the nature of school curricula to emphasise these three goals then we have the opportunity to have education systems that have the overarching aim of being for the ‘common good’ of society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The issue of how the ‘common good’ might be achieved through education was examined through a focussed review of the literature found within UN documents, contemporary texts and academic journal articles. The review searched for the key words ‘common good’ and how they are linked to human rights, education and the environment. In particular, literature that expands on and exemplifies the SDGs under consideration. The principal researched texts include the following:
1. The Universal Declaration on Human Rights (UDHR, 1948) is the basis for any consideration of Human Rights and is relevant to the consideration of the ‘common good’ because of its emphasis on respect and care for each other.
2. The United Nations Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training (UNDHRET, 2011) provided the basis on which to build a curriculum with a focus on an education that promotes “universal respect for and observance of all human rights and fundamental freedoms for all, in accordance with the principles of the universality, indivisibility and interdependence of human rights” (Article 1.2).
3. SDG 16 links to human rights with its intent of promoting peaceful and inclusive societies that provide justice for all through effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels. SDG 4 aims at the establishment of inclusive and equitable education and to promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. SDG11 has the intention of creating an environment in which all human living communities are inclusive, resilient and sustainable. The common theme across all three SDGs is the establishment of societies in which all people can fulfil their potential as citizens in their community.
4. The Alice Springs (Mparntwe) Education Declaration (2019) is an important document within the Australian context particularly for young Australian Aboriginal students and its provisions matched to the outcomes of the three SDGs.
5. The prescient Delors Report (1996),  Learning: The treasure within indicated the way in which education could be fashioned to meet the ‘common good’ and was scrutinised to search for links to the research topic.
6. Education 2030, Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action (2015) was referenced to highlight the specific aims of SDG 4 although many of its comments also apply to SDG 16 and SDG 11.
7. The Forum for a new World Governance drafted a Charter of Emerging Human Rights in a Globalised World (2012) that adds to the original UDHR (1948) by reviewing the way in which emerging nation states and digital technologies influence the global community.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this research was to clarify the ways in which the goals of SDG 16, SDG 4 and SDG 11 can together provide a framework for a curriculum that enables students to understand their place in the world and the affects and effects that actions have on others in their society. That society might be the school or classroom group of students of which they are a part. Starting with the concept of society being in the school or classroom, the students can be encouraged to consider:
1. How they regard each other as evidenced through personal interactions that have a positive negative affect on members of their social group.
2. Physical actions such as careless littering of the outside spaces or wasting of water can have an adverse effect on the environment as a whole.
3. Relating each seemingly small action to its wider impact can reinforce the overarching goals of the three SDGs.
4. Translating that learning to their wider world beyond the school or classroom can enable the students to consider the ‘common good’ as a motivator for personal interactions and the wider environment.
5. Diversifying the school curriculum from a limited focus on academic outcomes leading towards developing a generation of young people who will work towards meeting the targets of the Sustainable Development Goals.
A children’s rights environment within the school should encouraged all staff to:
1. Create an atmosphere within the school community that embraces diversity of ethnicities, language, cultural background, physical and cognitive abilities.
2. Develop learning and teaching approaches that encompass the diverse learning styles of  students and a variety assessment modes through which they can present their knowledge and understanding.
3. Encourage all students to develop their individual personalities and have a sense of personal worth.

References
Alderson, P. (2016). International human rights, citizenship education, and critical realism. London Review of Education, 14(3), 1-12. doi:10.18546/LRE.14.3.01
Alice Springs Declaration 2019: Council, E. (2019). Alice Springs (Mparntwe) education declaration. Carlton South, Australia: Education Council Secretariat
Delors Report 1996: Delors, J. (1996). Learning: The treasure within. Paris, France: United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization.
Hollenbach 2002: Hollenbach, D. (2002). The common good and Christian ethics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Institut de Drets Humans de Catalunya (2012). Charter for Emerging Human Rights. Barcelona https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&q=institut+de+drets+humans+de+catalunya
Rennie, Venville & Wallace 2012: Rennie, L., Venville, G., & Wallace, J. (2012). Knowledge that counts in a global community. Abingdon , UK: Routledge
UDHR 1948: United Nations (1948) Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Online. www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/
UNDHRET 2011: United Nations (2011). United Nations Declaration on human rights education and training. Retrieved from: http://www.ohchr.org/EN/Issues/Education/Training/Compilation/Pages/UnitedNationsDeclarationonHumanRightsEducationandTraining(2011).aspx
UNESCO (2015). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and framework for action. https://iite.unesco.org/publications/education-2030-incheon-declaration-framework-action-towards-inclusive-equitable-quality-education-lifelong-learning/   accessed 19/01/23
United Nations (2015). The Millennium Development Goals Report 2015. Retrieved from New York: https://www.unicef.org/sowc2016/


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Noncompliance with Education Law as Institutional Maintenance: The Case of Haredi Boys Schools’ Decisions Regarding Core-Curriculum Regulations

Lotem Perry-Hazan1, Netta Barak-Corren2, Gil Nachmani1

1University of Haifa, Israel; 2Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Presenting Author: Perry-Hazan, Lotem; Nachmani, Gil

Schools comprise a critical arena in which liberal states and ultra-religious communities compete over normative superiority. A prominent manifestation of this contest is the repeating conflicts over the scope of secular education (SE) in Haredi (Jewish ultra-Orthodox) boys schools, which sanctify religious studies and prepare students to become religious scholars, outsiders to the workforce (Author 1, 2015). Recent events put conflicts over Haredi education at the forefront of public and legal discourse. A New York Times investigation revealed serious concerns regarding the quality of SE in New York Haredi schools (Shapiro & Rosenthal, 2022). In the UK, a new Schools Bill seeking to revoke the exemptions accorded to unregistered Haredi schools (Rocker, 2022) met with mass Haredi protests (Bloch, 2022). In Israel, a fierce struggle over a new policy that incentivizes Haredi schools to teach SE nearly dismantled a Haredi political party and could impact the outcome of the national elections (Rabinowitz, 2022).

Despite the enduring conflict over the regulation of ultra-religious education, we have scant empirical knowledge on the role of such regulations in ultra-religious schools’ decision-making processes. We study this question in the context of Haredi elementary schools for boys that are obliged to implement Israel’s core-curriculum regulations.

Theoretical Framework

The conflict over the regulation of ultra-religious education manifests a tension between the acceptability and adaptability features of the right to education (UN Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, 1999). The right to acceptable education emphasizes the development of the children’s personality, talents, and mental and physical abilities (UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, 1989, Article 29(1)(a)). The right to adaptable education entails the adaptability of education to children’s cultural affiliations (UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, 1989, Article 29(1)(c)), and the protection of minority children’s cultural rights (Article 30). The conflict over the regulation of ultra-religious education also pertains to parental rights (Lundy, 2005) and state interests in a strong democracy (Guttmann, 1999) and optimal workforce participation (Robeyns, 2006).

Balancing the competing rights and interests is a complex task that concerns policymakers worldwide (e.g., Author, 1, 2014, 2015; Lichtenstein, 2022; Rocker, 2022). A common form of balancing is a universal “core” curriculum that reflects basic educational standards (Beane, 2016). Studies exploring Haredi schools in different countries (Author 1, 2015) and Islamic schools in Singapore (Tan, 2010) concluded that mandatory core curriculum policies are ineffective due to communal resistance and the state’s reluctance to use drastic measures such as school closing. These studies were mainly based on documents. Two small-scale studies addressing conditional funding curricular policies provided data regarding the implementation of such policies (Author 1, 2014, 2019). Another study suggested that ultra-religious communities may be open to implementing core curricula if these programs communicate respect for their identity (Author 2, 2021). These studies laid the foundations for the present study. To date, however, no studies have systematically explored the reality of (non)compliance with the core curriculum in Haredi schools and empirically mapped the factors shaping schools’ decisions regarding SE.

To explore how Haredi schools respond to the core-curriculum regulations, we draw on institutional theory, which offers a framework for analyzing the competing sources that influence organizational decision-making processes. A significant thread in institutional theory has focused on the external sources that influence separate organizations within a field to act in similar ways, a phenomenon termed isomorphism (DiMaggio & Powell, 1983). Another thread is institutional work, which highlights the role of agency within institutional theory and explores the purposive action of individuals and organizations aimed at creating, maintaining and disrupting institutions (Lawrence & Suddaby, 2006; Lawrence et al., 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our study is based on qualitative and quantitative methodologies, building on in-depth semi-structured interviews and documents drawn from the largest and most systematic sample to date of Haredi schools. We designed and collected a heterogeneous purposive sampling that represents the variation between groups of schools in their curricular requirements and legal status and provides proportionate representation of socio-geographic clusters and affiliations in the Haredi society. Overall, we conducted 88 semi-structured interviews with 48 principals and 34 teachers of Haredi boys schools, providing detailed information on 62 schools serving about 18,000 students; and six state inspectors, each supervising dozens of Haredi schools. We also collected various documents from the schools, including school guidelines, timetables, results of standardized exams, official reports to the state, and weekly letters to parents.
All interviews were conducted between 2019-2021. Thirty-seven interviews were conducted in person in the interviewees’ offices or homes. Forty-four interviews were conducted via telephone and one on Zoom due to Covid-19 restrictions. Interview questions addressed the day-to-day teaching of SE at different grade levels, including the number of weekly hours devoted to SE at each grade level and subject, the decision-making process regarding teaching SE subjects, and the relationships between the schools and various figures, such as the state, the municipalities, the parents, and the rabbis. We also queried the educators regarding their personal opinions. The ethical procedures were approved by Author 1’s university IRB and the Ministry of Education.
The interviews and documents were analyzed in several steps. First, in line with our interest in the factual patterns of SE teaching, we created a dataset of the quantifiable information that principals and teachers provided regarding the subjects and the number of weekly hours taught at each grade level. This process drew on specific questions about these issues in each interview and on relevant documents. Based on this information, we compared the schools’ SE curricula with the regulations. We then sought similarities and variations between the schools.
Second, in line with our interest in the factors shaping schools’ decisions, we developed a qualitative coding scheme. During the first analysis phase, we outlined factual patterns and general themes emerging from the interviews. At this stage, we decided to draw on institutional theory and focus on the sources of schools’ decisions. We designed another coding scheme differentiating between these sources. We used Dedoose to analyze the data according to the final coding scheme.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings show that schools subject to stricter legal requirements are more compliant than schools with looser requirements. Nonetheless, the law’s overarching role was in tension with its under-enforcement. The findings indicate that all groups of schools fall short of full compliance with curricular regulations. Noncompliance was typically explicit, appearing even in formal reports principals submitted to the state; Indeed, state inspectors were aware that most schools were not compliant.
This tension we found between the overarching role that the law plays in schools’ curricular compliance and the widespread noncompliance appears to maintain the relationships of the Haredi community with the state. On the one hand, the Haredi community has a growing participation in public spheres, including politics and higher education (Hakak, 2016; Novis-Deutsch & Rubin, 2019). Participation requires accommodating public structures. On the other hand, the relationships of the Haredi community with the state are characterized by noncompliance, resistance to state authorities, and exemptions from generally applicable laws, such as secondary school SE education and army service (Authors 1-2, 2021).
Practices of institutional maintenance typically involve supporting, repairing, or recreating the social mechanisms that ensure compliance or reproduce existing norms and belief systems (Adler & Lalonde, 2020; Heaphy, 2013; Lawrence & Suddaby, 2006; Sapir, 2021). In contrast, breaching rules is typically defined as a disruptive attack on institutions (Heaphy, 2013). Our findings challenge this conventional classification. In contexts where noncompliance and resistance to state authorities is the social norm, such as the case of Haredi education in Israel (Authors 1-2, 2021; Author 1, 2015a, 2015b), noncompliance can be best understood as institutional maintenance.
We also identified multiple sources of schools’ decisions, uncontrolled by prevalent templates of noncompliance. These spaces offer new paths for regulatory efforts to improve SE and fulfill the educational rights of Haredi students.

References
Adler, C., & Lalonde, C. (2020). Identity, agency and institutional work in higher education: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management, 15(2), 121-144.
Beane, J.A. (2016). Curriculum integration: Designing the core of democratic education. Teachers College Press.
Bloch, B. (2022). Charedi parents say children might be sent to Belgium if schools bill passes. The Jewish Chronicle. https://www.thejc.com/news/community/charedi-parents-say-children-might-be-sent-to-belgium-if-schools-bill-passes-2Q6IPIYFykLVtde73pZ76y
DiMaggio, P.J., & Powell, W.W. (1983). The iron cage revisited: Institutional isomorphism and collective rationality in organizational fields. American Sociological Review, 48, 147–60.
Guttmann, A. (1999). Democratic education. Princeton University Press.
Hakak, Y. (2016). Haredi masculinities between the Yeshiva, the army, work and politics: The sage, the warrior and the entrepreneur. Brill.
Heaphy, E. D. (2013). Repairing breaches with rules: Maintaining institutions in the face of everyday disruptions. Organization Science, 24(5), 1291-1315.
Lawrence, T. B., & Suddaby, R. (2006). Institutions and institutional work. In S.R. Clegg, C. Hardy, T.B. Lawrence, & W.R. Nord (Eds.), Handbook of Organization Studies, 2 (pp. 215- 254). Sage.
Lawrence, T., Suddaby, R., & Leca, B. (2011). Institutional work: Refocusing institutional studies of organization. Journal of Management Inquiry, 20(1), 52-58.
Lichtenstein, M. (2022). Legitimizing tactics: Hasidic schools, noncompliance, and the politics of deservingness. American Journal of Sociology, 127(6), 1860-1916.
Lundy, L. (2005). Family values in the classroom? Reconciling parental wishes and children’s rights in state schools. International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family, 19, 346-372.
Novis-Deutsch, N., & Rubin, O. (2019). Ultra-Orthodox women pursuing higher education: Motivations and challenges. Studies in Higher Education, 44(9), 1519-1538.
Rabinowitz, A. (2022). Progress reported in talks on joint run of ultra-Orthodox parties Degel Hatorah and Agudat Yisrael. Haaretz. https://www.thejc.com/family-and-education/all/new-schools-bill-introduces-move-to-regulate-yeshivot-69CkyWZ7VHltmUyuJImA5Q
Robeyns, I. (2006). Three models of education: Rights, capabilities and human capital. School Field, 4(1), 69-84.
Rocker, S. (2022). New schools bill introduces move to regulate Yeshivot. The Jewish Chronicle. https://www.thejc.com/family-and-education/all/new-schools-bill-introduces-move-to-regulate-yeshivot-69CkyWZ7VHltmUyuJImA5Q
Sapir, A. (2021). Brokering knowledge, monitoring compliance: Technology transfer professionals on the boundary between academy and industry. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 43(3), 248-263.
Shapiro, E., & Rosenthal, M. (2022). In Hasidic enclaves, failing private schools flush with public money. New York Times. https://www.nytimes.com/2022/09/11/nyregion/hasidic-yeshivas-schools-new-york.html
Tan, C. (2010). Contesting reform: Bernstein’s pedagogic device and Madrasah education in Singapore. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 42(2), 165–182.
UN Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (1999). General comment no. 13. U.N. Doc. E/C.12/1999/10.
UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989). U.N. Doc. A/RES/44/25.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm26 SES 01 A: Valuing the Context: External Consultancy as a Resource for School Leaders and Schools in Challenging Situations
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

Valuing the Context: External Consultancy as a Resource for School Leaders and Schools in Challenging Situations

Chair: Jana Gross Ophoff (University College of Teacher Education Vorarlberg)

Discussant: Esther Dominique Klein (TU Dortmund University)

Topic

Schools identified as being in 'challenging circumstances' face multiple and often interwoven challenges. This means, for example, that low levels of student achievement are not due to one factor alone, but are the result of the interaction of, for example, external contextual conditions and internal processes (Bremm, Klein & Racherbäumer, 2016). In line with the conference theme (‘The Value of Diversity’), it is particularly important to provide schools with support that is appropriate to their needs (Ainscow & Southworth, 1996).

Since the late 1960s, school effectiveness studies have investigated how schools succeed in influencing student learning (e.g. Scheerens, 2000). They have identified several characteristics of effective schools, such as high-quality teaching and school leaders who are responsible for creating a positive learning culture (Leithwood, Harris & Strauss, 2010). Especially for schools serving disadvantaged children, leadership styles that help teachers to feel responsible for their student success and reduce deficit thinking play an important role (Klein & Bremm, 2019). However, despite being aware of these characteristics, schools often fail to take action. To address this issue, educational policy initiatives in many countries have provided schools with external support, usually in the form of school improvement consulting (Meyers & Murphy, 2007, Dean et al., 2021).

Objectives

Examples from three European countries will be analysed, where school leaders have experienced the support of consultants. In particular, different interventions will be described and compared, and the consultancy approaches discussed.

The symposium will address the following questions:

  • What are the similarities and differences between the programmes for external advisory support?
  • At which level do the interventions operate?
  • What was the impact?

Theoretical framework

As a theoretical framework, the organisational capacity model (Marks, Louis & Printy, 2000) proved to be empirically useful. The approach identifies different capacities, such as a participatory organisational structure, collaborative approaches, knowledge and skills of school actors, that schools need to have in order to develop. A central capacity in the model is attributed to school leadership. This model serves as a reference to reflect the different approaches and areas of improvement addressed by the consultants.

Methodology and methods

The research teams used a variety of methods to explore the research questions. The contribution from Austria analyses interviews with school principals (n=26) and discusses the perspective of the principals. The contribution from Germany uses a mixed method approach, where findings from a quantitative survey of school leaders are triangulated with data from qualitative interviews with school improvement consultants. The contribution from England focuses on the perspective of consultants within a national improvement strategy (Ainscow, 2020). These were collected through observations and informal focus group discussions.

By taking the perspectives of different stakeholders in the context of school improvement consultancy, the symposium will give the opportunity to critically reflect the on dynamics of counselling in education and the assumed vs. the actual need for support in this context.

Conclusions, expected outcomes

Preliminary findings indicate that the programmes differ in their approach to school support in terms of whether school leaders participated voluntarily or were required to do so. This had an impact on the acceptance of the measures proposed. It was also observed that the issues addressed by the consultants were both at the individual level (i.e. the actions of the school leaders) and at the organisational level (analysis and change of processes at the school level). However, initial data using the capacity model shows that the consulting addresses often only selected areas. In all settings, it became clear that without the commitment of school leaders, transformation processes could not be initiated in schools. The implications of these findings will be discussed.


References
Ainscow, M. (2020) Promoting equity in education through system change: lessons from the United Kingdom. In C. McLaughlin and A. Ruby (Eds.) Implementing Educational Reform: cases and challenges. Cambridge University Press
Bremm, N., Klein, E. D., & Racherbäumer, K. (2016). Schulen in „schwieriger “Lage?! Begriffe, Forschungsbefunde und Perspektiven. DDS–Die Deutsche Schule, 108(4), 323-339.
Dean, I., Beckmann, L., Racherbäumer, K., & Bremm, N. (2021). Obligatory coaching in the context of the model project “Talent Schools”: a means for educational equity and improvement of achievement outcomes?. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 10(4), 466-485.
Elmore, R.F. (2004): School Reform From the Inside Out. Policy, Practice, and Performance. Cambridge: Harvard Education Press.
Klein, E.D. & Bremm, N. (2019). ‚It's almost as if I treat the teachers as I want them to treat the students’. Caring als Facette von Führung an Schulen in sozial deprivierter Lage. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 9/1, 89-108.
Marks, H.M., Louis, K.S. & Printy, S.M. (2000): Th e Capacity for Organizational Learning: Implications for Pedagogical Quality and Student Achievement. In: Leithwood, K. (Hrsg.): Understanding Schools as Intelligent Systems. Stamford, CT: JAI Press, S. 239-265.
Murphy, J./Meyers, C.V. (2008): Turning Around Failing Schools. Leadership Lessons From the Organizational Sciences. Th ousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.
Scheerens, J. (2000): Improving School Eff ectiveness. Paris: Unesco Internat. Inst. For Educational Planning.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Multi-professional Consulting Teams as Catalyst for Schools’ Turnarounds from the Perspective of Austrian School Leaders at Schools facing Challenging Circumstances

Livia Jesacher-Roessler (Friedrich-Alexander University Erlangen-Nuremberg), Gabriele Rathgeb (University College of Teacher Education Tirol), Christine Reiter (University College of Teacher Education Tirol), Bettina Dimai (University College of Teacher Education Tirol)

In 2017, the Austrian Ministry of Education launched an initiative called "securing basic competences" (SBC), which targeted a total of 500 schools in which at least 20% of students did not achieve the basic competences in several cycles of the national educational tests (Altrichter, Kemethofer, Soukup-Altrichter, 2021). The educational policy measure "SBC" provided for these schools to receive compulsory counselling from a multi-professional team (school development consultant, subject expert, school psychologist; MPT) over a period of two years. The role of the MPTs is to support school leaders and teachers in analysing the reasons for their pupils' underachievement and to advise them on an individual improvement process. While the design of the SBC required schools to focus on issues related to their students' performance based on their standard results, preliminary studies (Jesacher-Roessler et al., 2021) show that other topics were often addressed. To this end, this paper examines the consultation processes from the perspective of school leaders, analysing which actions were addressed together with the MPTs. In a further step, we discuss these actions in the context of effective leadership practices for 'turnaround' schools (Duke, 2014; Klein, 2017, Brauckmann & Böse, 2018). In addition, we assess the perceived impact of the MPT on the school development process from the perspective of school leaders. As a reference model for key leadership practices that influence student achievement, we refer to Hitt and Tucker (2016). Based on a systematic review, the study defines 28 action areas in five domains (establishing and communicating the vision, facilitating a quality learning experience for students, building professional capacity, creating an organisation that supports learning, and connecting with external partners). To answer the questions, we conducted interviews with school principals (n=26) from one Austrian province. The interviews were semi-structured and were analysed using content analysis (Kuckartz, 2018). The formation of categories was deductive on the basis of the framework used. Preliminary findings show that many school leaders are looking at instructional processes for the first time and that the consulting helps them to address effective actions. However, there are also examples of school leaders choosing actions that are not related to the five domains. In these schools, the external consultancy and the SBC-project are often given a low priority.

References:

Altrichter, H., Kemethofer, D., & Soukup-Altrichter, K. (2021). Grundkompetenzen absichern–Hintergrund und Programmlogik eines evidenzbasierten Entwicklungsprogramms. D. Kemethofer, J. Reitinger & K. Soukup-Altrichter (Hg.), Vermessen, 177-193. Brauckmann, S., & Böse, S. (2017). Picking up the pieces? Zur Rolle der Schulleitung beim Turnaround–Ansätze und empirische Erkenntnisse. Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen, 85-103. Duke, D. L. (2014). A bold approach to developing leaders for low-performing schools. Management in Education, 28(3), 80-85. Hitt, D. H., & Tucker, P. D. (2016). Systematic review of key leader practices found to influence student achievement: A unified framework. Review of educational research, 86(2), 531-569. Jesacher-Rößler, L, Altrichter, H., Kemethofer, D. & Wölbitsch, L. (2021). Schulische Entwicklungsbegleitung durch Multiprofessionelle Teams [School development support through multiprofessional teams]. Journal für Schulentwicklung, 25 (3). Klein, E. (2017). Bedingungen und Formen erfolgreicher Schulentwicklung in Schulen in sozial deprivierter Lage. Eine Expertise im Auftrag der Wübben Stiftung. In SHIP Working Paper Reihe, No. 1. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.17185/duepublico/44384 Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. 4. Aufl. Beltz Juventa.
 

School Improvement Consultancy at Schools serving Disadvantaged Communities in Germany: Design and Perceptions of Collaboration between School Leaders and Consultants

Isabel Dean (University of Siegen), Laura Beckmann (University of Duisburg-Essen), Kathrin Racherbäumer (University of Siegen)

School improvement consultancy becomes increasingly important for schools in challenging circumstances, and a growing number of schools in Germany seek the help of external coaches in their school improvement efforts (Dedering et al., 2013: 13). Researchers have, however, only recently begun to systematically study the specific conditions under which schools serving disadvantaged communities (SSDC) can improve. From the perspective of school ‘capacity-building’ (Marks et al., 2000), leadership plays an important role for schools to successfully initiate change (Leithwood et al., 2006; Sun & Leithwood, 2015). Such associations have also been documented for SSDC (e.g. Muijs et al., 2004). However, it remains largely unclear how external consultants can best help schools, and particularly their leaders, achieve their goals and become professional learning communities (Giles & Hargreaves, 2006). Extant research points out that the combination of teams from inside and outside the school system is particularly promising (Dedering, 2017), while being sensitive towards the schools’ unique structural and cultural conditions (Ainscow & Southworth, 1996: 247). We seek to answer the following research questions with specific reference to a model project that is currently conducted among 60 SSDC in one federal German state: (1) How and with what goals is school improvement consultancy designed and implemented at the schools? (2) How do school leaders and external consultants perceive their collaboration with each other at the start of the project?, and (3) How do school leaders evaluate the effect of the external consultancy one year later? Data were collected by 19 guideline-based interviews with external consultants and 15 interviews with school leaders that were conducted at the beginning of the project. In addition, we conducted a standardized online survey among the school leaders at the start of the project and in the following year. The interviews were analyzed using qualitative content analysis and typifying structuring of the interview material (Mayring, 2003). First results show that the consultants initially did not feel welcome at the schools, which may partly be attributed to the obligatory nature of their work in the project. As they showed only little orientation towards the specific situation of the SSDC, school leaders were overwhelmingly convinced that they could not be sufficiently supported by the external consultants. The contribution aims at a better understanding of the role of external consultants for improvement activities at SSCD, and sheds more light on how collaboration with school leaders may affect longer-term processes of school improvement.

References:

Ainscow, M., & Southworth, G. (1996). School Improvement: A Study of the Roles of Leaders and External Consultants. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 7(3), 229–251. https://doi.org/10.1080/0924345960070302 Dedering, K. et al. (2013), Wenn Experten in die Schule kommen. Schulentwicklungsberatung – empirisch betrachtet, Springer VS, Wiesbaden. Dedering, K. (2017), “Externe Schulentwicklungsberatung als Unterstützungsansatz”, Manitius, V. and Doppelstein, P. (Ed.s), Schulentwicklungsarbeit in herausfordernden Lagen, Waxmann, Münster, pp.159-175. Giles, C. and Hargreaves, A., 2006. The sustainability of innovative schools as learning organizations and professional learning communities during standardized reform. Educational administration quarterly, 42 (1), 124–156. doi:10.1177/0013161X05278189 Leithwood, K., R. Aitken, and D. Jantzi. 2006. Making Schools Smarter. Leading With Evidence. 3rd ed. Thousand Oaks: Corwin Press. Marks, H. M., K. Louis, and S. Printy. 2000. “The Capacity for Organizational Learning. Implications for Pedagogical Quality and Student Achievement.” In Advances in Research and Theories of School Management and Educational Policy: v. 3. Understanding Schools as Intelligent Systems, edited by K. Leithwood, 239–265. Stamford, CT: Jai Press. Mayring, P. (2003), Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken, Beltz, Weinheim. Muijs, D., Harris, A., Chapman, C., Stoll, L., and Russ, J. (2004). Improving schools in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas – a review of research.
 

The Role of Advisers in Supporting Schools in Challenging Circumstances: Some Lessons from England

Mel Ainscow (University of Glasgow and Manchester)

Promoting equity is a challenge facing education systems throughout the world, not least in England where there are continuing concerns about the progress of learners from disadvantaged backgrounds. This paper draws on the experience of a large-scale improvement initiative to address this agenda. A key feature of the project was the presence of what were known as challenge advisers. Gathering evidence City Challenge began in 2003, first of all in London and later in two other cities. A distinctive feature of the project was the particular attention given to schools in challenging circumstance, with advisers providing them with support. As the project developed over a period of eight years, evidence was collected about the work of the advisers. This included attendance at their fortnightly team meetings. It was also possible to shadow some of them as they visited their ‘Keys to Success’ schools; that is, schools designated as requiring more intensive support. There was evidence of an overall pattern of activity to these interventions. This involved the development of a bespoke improvement package for each of the schools, often with an element of support from other schools. Important here was the skill of the challenge adviser in working with a school’s senior staff to assess the context. What was also important was the freedom the advisers were given to act quickly and decisively, albeit within a context in which they were held accountable for their schools’ progress. Key tasks These experiences point to the importance of three tasks: Task 1. Knowing the schools – Whilst this starts with a thorough scrutiny of statistical data, it has to go much deeper. Specifically, it requires advisers to work with head teachers in reviewing their schools regularly, through observation, scrutiny of pupils’ work, and by listening to the views of different stakeholders. Task 2. Brokering partnerships – These same review processes also enable advisers to develop a deeper knowledge of the schools. In this way, they can pinpoint areas of concern, as well as human resources that can be drawn on to address these challenges. Task 3. Monitoring the impact – As these interventions develop, advisers monitor what happens, since there is a danger that they lead to the proliferation of meetings that result in no actions being taken. It is important to recognize that these tasks are likely to require significant changes in the thinking and practices of all those involved.

References:

• Ainscow, M. (2010) Achieving excellence and equity: reflections on the development of practices in one local district over 10 years. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 21 (1), 75-91 • Ainscow, M. (2016) Towards self-improving school systems: lessons from a city challenge. London: Routledge (particularly Chapter 3) • Ainscow, M., Chapman, C. and Hadfield, M. (2020) Changing education systems: a research-based approach. London: Routledge • Ainscow, M. and Howes, A. (2007) Working together to improve urban secondary schools: a study of practice in one city. School Leadership and Management 27, 285–300
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm26 SES 01 B: School Improvement and Development Through the Lens of Educational Leadership
Location: Joseph Black Building, C407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Joan Conway
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Autonomy in Educational Leadership: Elements Opening and Closing Decision-making in Quality Assessment and -Development

Rikke Axelsen Sundberg

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Sundberg, Rikke Axelsen

The concept of quality in education is an important framing for both policy and practice, spanning through international, national and local levels of policymaking and school leadership (Kauko et al., 2018). In a European context, there has been a move towards more output-control of schools in many countries (e.g. Sweden and Ireland), often combined with decentralised governing systems where school districts and schools are given extended autonomy, and in turn opening up for more diverse schooling. In these systems, quality control focus on the end “product” of schooling through for instance standardized testing or examinations rather than on processes, giving school leaders the possibility to take local context into account when making decisions on quality development (Wermke & Salokangas, 2021). However, quality imperatives defined externally might in some cases differ from professional standards, ethics or beliefs held by the diversity of professionals working within education. This means that school leaders face and are expected to make decisions based on at times contesting ideas of what constitutes quality and how to assess and work towards this, both in long term strategic work and in day-to-day decisions (Brauckmann et al., 2023).

The aim of this study is thus to gain more knowledge about which and how different elements might inform educational leaders’ decision-making processes on an institutional level by focusing on the opening and closing of decision-making related to quality assessment and quality development. While granted extended autonomy, school leaders’ scope of action is nevertheless regulated by many different elements like policy events, administrative systems, and negotiations between different groupings and levels both within and outside of schools. As an example, an explicit expectation from local policymakers to increase interdisciplinarity and collaboration across subjects with the aim to enhance the quality of schooling might collide with some teachers’ professional stance against the idea of interdisciplinarity and collaboration revealing different professional understandings of what constitutes quality in education. While research on autonomy in education has increased the last decades, there is still a need for more empirical research on leadership autonomy that considers the dynamic and multidimensional character of the phenomenon (e.g., Wermke et al., 2023). Taking a particular interest in the distribution of autonomy between local schools and county municipalities, the exploration in this paper is guided by the following research questions:

Which elements inform or regulate decision-making processes related to quality assessment and -development in local education leadership, and further How is leadership autonomy distributed and negotiated between schools and county municipalities?

The study is framed by a conceptual understanding of autonomy in schools as a multidimensional and context dependent phenomenon made up of several levels and domains (Gobby et al., 2022; Salokangas & Wermke, 2020). Understanding policy as enacted and organising normative discourse (Ball et al., 2012; Levinson et al., 2020) this paper zooms in on leadership autonomy on an institutional level (i.e. schools and county municipalities) (Cribb & Gewirtz, 2007) and focus on the domains of development and administration (Salokangas & Wermke, 2020). While exploring the phenomenon of leadership autonomy in a Norwegian context, the regulation of school leaders’ decision-making by many different elements is not unique to Norway. This indicates that findings from this study is important far beyond the Norwegian context, particularly to countries with decentralised governance systems where local autonomy plays a central role in achieving high quality education. The study also contributes to deepening our understanding of the development of school leadership as a profession in its own right.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Taking an abductive approach to the topic, the study is designed as a small-scale ethnographic exploration of the everyday work of 17 school leaders in two upper secondary schools and one county municipality in Norway (Erickson, 1986; Sandler & Thedvall, 2017). During a time span of one schoolyear, nearly 100 hours of meeting observations and field conversations, as well as documents like meeting agendas and minutes, local and national policy documents actively used by the leaders were collected and analysed. Data material from the local education authority include semi-structured interviews, as well as documents. Inspired by the “zooming in” and “zooming out” of micro-process studies (Little, 2012), observations were guided by questions on leaders’ situated and enacted collective decision-making in matters concerning quality assessment and quality development, who or what informed or impacted decisions as well as what documents or artefacts were important in the process.
The two schools participating in this study were chosen through convenience sampling. As a result of a research- and development collaboration between the university and these schools, the author was invited to follow the leader-groups of the two schools over a full schoolyear. School 1 (Ibsen) is a large upper secondary school primarily offering university-preparatory programmes while school 2 (Haaland) is a smaller upper secondary school primarily offering vocational education programmes. During the school year in question, Ibsen was focusing particularly on a project of restructuring their study programmes on offer, whereas Haaland had chosen adapted education as a particular area for quality enhancement. While the two schools are located in two different (but neighbouring) municipalities, they are administered by the same school owner, which in the case of public upper secondary schools in Norway is the county municipality. This local education authority particularly stressed enhancement of professional learning communities in local schools through their policy documents. All data material was transcribed and organised in NVivo and analysed using thematic analysis in order to identify areas of decision-making as well as the diversity of actors, ideas and artefacts informing these decisions (Ball et al., 2012; Braun & Clarke, 2006).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Reflections on preliminary findings indicate that leaders’ decision-making in schools related to quality assessment and -development, while largely framed and initiated by local and national policy events and documents, is particularly challenged by aspects of teachers’ professional, social, and emotional needs. As an example, the initial idea of restructuring the study programmes at Ibsen to enhance interdisciplinary work was largely moderated due to a group of teachers arguing emotionally for the importance of collaborating closely with other teachers within the same subject area. Administrative structural elements like scheduling, and physical elements like school buildings also restricted the leaders’ decisions to a large extent. While possibly always precent in school leadership autonomy, findings also indicate that conflicting elements rise to the surface when larger changes to practice are required, i.e. when implementing new curricula reforms or reorganising institutions. At Haaland, the leaders’ attempts to develop formative assessment practices as a result of changes to the national curricula, was met with resistance particularly amongst maths-teachers. When several large development processes take place in parallel, communication between institutional leadership levels seem to be crystallised. This might generate more room to manoeuvre within the institutions as a result of reducing elements informing decision-making, but can at the same time cause a feeling of “being left to ourselves” (school leader, Haaland) and being more exposed to risk when external elements are not there to guide or restrict decision-making.  
References
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge.
Brauckmann, S., Pashiardis, P., & Ärlestig, H. (2023). Bringing context and educational leadership together: fostering the professional development of school principals. Professional Development in Education, 49(1), 4-15.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Cribb, A., & Gewirtz, S. (2007). Unpacking autonomy and control in education: Some conceptual and normative groundwork for a comparative analysis. European educational research journal EERJ, 6(3), 203-213.
Erickson, F. (1986). Qualitative Methods in Research on Teaching. In M. Wittrockk (Ed.), Handbook of Research on Teaching (3rd ed., pp. 119-161). MacMillan.
Gobby, B., Wilkinson, J., Keddie, A., Blackmore, J., Eacott, S., MacDonald, K., & Niesche, R. (2022). Managerial, professional and collective school autonomies: using material semiotics to examine the multiple realities of school autonomy. International journal of leadership in education (ahead-of-print), 1-17.
Kauko, J., Takala, T., & Rinne, R. (2018). Comparing politics of quality in education. In J. Kauko, T. Takala, & R. Rinne (Eds.), Politics of Quality in Education: A Comparative Study of Brazil, China, and Russia (pp. 1-17). Routledge.
Levinson, B. A., Winstead, T., & Sutton, M. (2020). An Anthropological Approach to Education Policy as a Practice of Power: Consepts and Methods. In G. Fan & T. S. Popkewitz (Eds.), Handbook of Education Policy Studies: Values, Governance, Globalization, and Methodology (Vol. 1, pp. 363-379). Springer.
Little, J. W. (2012). Understanding Data Use Practice among Teachers: The Contribution of Micro-Process Studies. American journal of education, 118(2), 143-166.
Salokangas, M., & Wermke, W. (2020). Unpacking autonomy for empirical comparative investigation. Oxford Review of Education, 46(5), 563-581.
Sandler, J., & Thedvall, R. (2017). Introduction: Exploring the Boring. An Introduction to Meeting Ethnography. In J. Sandler & R. Thedvall (Eds.), Meeting Ethnography: Meetings as Key Technologies of Contemporary Governance, Development, and Resistance (pp. 1-23).
Wermke, W., Nordholm, D., Anderson, A. I., & Kotavuopio-Olsson, R. (2023). Deconstructing autonomy: The case of principals in the North of Europe. European educational research journal EERJ, 147490412211386.
Wermke, W., & Salokangas, M. (2021). The Autonomy Paradox: Teachers’ Perceptions of Self-Governance Across Europe. Springer, Cham.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Exploring the Relationship between Principal Retention and School Improvement: First Evidence from Public Schools in Chile

Sergio Galdames1, Gonzalo Ruz1, Paulina Morales2, Alvaro Gonzalez3

1Universidad de Santiago, Chile; 2Universidad de Chile, Chile; 3Universidad Catolica Silva Henriquez, Chile

Presenting Author: Galdames, Sergio

Previous research has highlighted the fundamental contribution of leadership to educational improvement (Leithwood et al., 2020). Although there are different conceptual approaches to leadership, the evidence is conclusive in identifying the crucial role of principals in school success (Day et al., 2010). During the last decades, studies on the importance of school leaders have been accompanied by a growing global concern about a shortage of people willing to lead schools. There is a common agreement across most educational systems that school leadership has lost popularity, generating a scenario where fewer people are interested in applying, and more leaders are leaving the position (Hancock et al., 2019). As Towers points out, the challenges of recruitment and retention has generated "a leadership crisis" (2022, p. 206). This crisis is not new (Gajda & Militello, 2008) as evidence of this difficulty could be found as early as the 1980s (Simpson, 1987), with a spike at the turn of the century (Earley et al., 2009) and consolidation during the last decade (DeMatthews et al., 2022). Even though retention studies have increased in recent years, this area is still in "its infancy" (Hansen, 2018, p. 88).

Previous research has been categorical in explaining the negative consequences of rapid and disorganised principal change (Bartanen et al., 2019). While a certain level of rotation could be seeing as a positive element in schools with severe difficulties, ineffective leadership or communities seeking innovation (Davis & Anderson, 2020), the evidence is conclusive in identifying negative consequences when the change of directors occurs suddenly and repeatedly. As Mascall and Leithwood point out, "While principal turnover is inevitable in every school, too rapid turnover—or succession—is widely thought to present significant challenges to districts and schools" (2010, p. 368). Frequent leadership changes are associated with cycles of decline in school performance (Béteille et al., 2012), which can be explained by the loss of trust in the educational community, reconfiguration of collective memory, changes in school cultures, reallocation of resources, and restoration of visions (Pendola & Fuller, 2021).

In Chile, massive changes have been introduced during the last decade to enhance principals' performance, including a professional framework framing practices and responsibilities and an investment in professional development for current and future principals (Campos et al., 2019). In 2011, law 20.501 reshaped the selection process for principals, focusing the responsibilities of leaders on school improvement and instructional change through a 5-year performance agreement between principal and the local authority. Each selected principal must implement an improvement plan, setting goals and objectives around student’s learning (Montecinos et al., 2015). Yet, after a decade of implementation, little is known about the policy's success, particularly in selecting and retaining principals, and even less about the relationship between principals' retention and improvement. Building upon a decade of data, this paper aims to contribute to the global and local debate about principals' career path and school improvement. The main questions this paper seeks to answer are:

  • What is the percentage of retention of school principals?
  • What is the probability of retention of a female principal compared to a male principal with the same characteristics (age, region, and type of school)?
  • Is there a significant difference in retention analysing principals by age, region, or type of school? If so, where is the difference?
  • Is there a relationship between principal retention and school improvement? If so, how is the relationship?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Under a quantitative paradigm, we explore the last decade of principal selection and retention. Using a publicly available database from the Civil Service, we analysed all the hiring decisions in primary and secondary public schools in Chile, from the first selection in January 2012 to the last in December 2021. Particular attention is given to the cases in which principals were hired for two consecutive terms to lead the same schools.
Over 6.520 selection processes were analysed, where 4.242 principals were selected. To answer the research questions, first we use descriptive analysis and Multinomial Logistic Regression (MLR) to estimate the probability of retention of a female principal using a linear combination of the previously identified independent variables (age, region, and type of school). For the MLR, initially we identify the equation for the nominal dependent variable, and then we will estimate the probability of retention of a female principal. We will also use the Wald test to determine if the coefficients in the MLR are significantly different than zero. If the coefficient is different than zero, we will assume that its contribution is significant. Finally, we estimate the odds ratio of retention of a female principal compared to male principals.
To estimate if the differences are statistically significant, we will use a 3-way ANOVA followed by post-hoc tests. The 3-way ANOVA will allow us to determine if there is a three-way relationship among the independent variables (age, region, and type of school) and principal retention. If the F value is statistically significant, we will follow the analysis with post-hoc test to determine where the difference is.
Finally, we explore the relationship between principal retention and school improvement. We used two points of data (2016 and 2019) from the Quality Agency (similar to England’s OFSTED), which categorise schools on four levels of performance (insufficient, medium-low, medium, and high), to establish the direction of improvement. We organised the schools following the model initially proposed by Stoll and Fink (1996). We test this relationship using a Chi-Square test of independence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Even though our focus is on principal retention, we notice massive problems in selection. More than 1/3 of the selection process concluded without having selected a principal. This frequency is relatively stable across years and locations. This finding suggests administrative district-level challenges or professional development difficulties that might spill over into retention.
Only 20% of the principals selected got a principalship in the same schools for a second term, 6% obtain a similar position in the same municipality (district), 10% in the same region, and 5% in a different region. Most principals (58%) were selected only once.
Female principals have a significantly higher probability of retention (p < 0.001), where the odd of retention for a female principal is 1.217 higher than for males. We also notice that men tend to migrate longer distances (move across Chile) when securing a second principalship, whereas females tend to stay more often in the same school or district.
Our initial findings strongly suggest a positive relationship between retention and improvement. Using the performance categorisation of the national Quality Agency, our analysis indicates that more frequently improving schools are the ones retaining principals; while strolling and declining schools tend to change principals more rapidly. More work is needed to establish the characteristics of this relationship.

References
Bartanen, B., Grissom, J. A., & Rogers, L. K. (2019). The Impacts of Principal Turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 41(3), 350-374.
Béteille, T., Kalogrides, D., & Loeb, S. (2012). Stepping stones: Principal career paths and school outcomes. Social Science Research, 41(4), 904-919.
Campos, F., Valdés, R., & Ascorra, P. (2019). ¿Líder pedagógico o gerente de escuela? Evolución del rol del director de escuela en Chile. Calidad en la Educación, 51, 53.
Davis, B., & Anderson, E. (2020). Visualising differential principal turnover. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(2), 177-198.
Day, C., Sammons, P., Leithwood, K., Hopkins, D., Harris, A., & Gu, Q. (2010). Ten strong claims about successful school leadership. En N. C. for L. of S. and C. Services (Ed.), National College for Leadership of Schools and Children’s Services.
DeMatthews, D. E., Childs, J., Knight, D., Cruz, P., & Clarida, K. (2022). More than Meets the Eye: Rural Principal Turnover and Job-Embeddedness before and during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 1-24.
Earley, P., Weindling, D., Bubb, S., & Glenn, M. (2009). Future leaders: The way forward? School Leadership and Management, 29(3), 295-306.
Gajda, R., & Militello, M. (2008). Recruiting and Retaining School Principals: What We Can Learn from Practicing Administrators. AASA Journal of Scholarship & Practice, 5(2), 14-20.
Hancock, D., Müller, U., Wang, C., & Hachen, J. (2019). Factors influencing school principals’ motivation to become principals in the U.S.A. and Germany. International Journal of Educational Research, 95(April), 90-96.
Hansen, C. (2018). Why Rural Principals Leave. The Rural Educator, 39(1), 41-54.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22.
Mascall, B., & Leithwood, K. (2010). Investing in Leadership: The District’s Role in Managing Principal Turnover. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 9(4), 367-383.
Montecinos, C., Ahumada, L., Galdames, S., Campos, F., & Leiva, M. V. (2015). Targets, threats and (dis)trust: The managerial troika for public school principals in Chile. education policy analysis archives, 23(1), 1-24.
Pendola, A., & Fuller, E. J. (2021). Adapt or Abandon: Demographic Shocks and Principal Turnover. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 20(4), 704-726.
Simpson, T. (1987). Headteacher stress. School Organisation, 7(3), 281-285.
Stoll, L., & Fink, D. (1996). Changing Our Schools: Linking School Effectiveness and School Improvement. Open University Press.
Towers, E. (2022). Why do Headteachers Stay in Disadvantaged Primary Schools in London? Leadership and Policy in Schools, 21(2), 206-221.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leading school development: A systematic review

Fred Carlo Andersen1, Marit Aas1, Kirsten Vennebo1, Erlend Dehlin2

1Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2The Norwegian University of Science and Technology

Presenting Author: Andersen, Fred Carlo; Aas, Marit

Leading school development has emerged as one of the key areas within school leadership research (Kovačević & Hallinger, 2019), and in recent decades there has been a growing interest in school leadership, both from institutions, in research and in policy-making. In particular, the interest has been linked to identifying what successful school leadership is in the sense of being effective in improving students' learning outcomes. A recent review of research (Hallinger & Kovačević, 2019) identified leading school change and improvement (LSCI) as one of the key themes or Schools of Thought that have emerged in the evolution of educational administration (EA) as a field of study. Moreover, Kovačević and Hallinger (2019) quantitatively document and synthesize the knowledge base on leading school change and improvement (LSCI) from 1960 to 2017. They show that there has been a largely increasing interest in the research field, LSCI, in particular the last four decades. Their analysis revealed four distinct and partly overlapping directions, or research traditions. Although these four traditions have their own characteristics, they complement and overlap each other. One, Instructional leadership for school improvement (ILSI) is defined by its focus on instructional leadership, influenced by principals' leadership related to that of students learning outcomes. Two, Transformational leadership for school improvement (TLSI) draws inspiration from transformational leadership that has been developed within private sector. This direction focuses on how leaders, primarily principals, create organizational conditions that can promote school development. Three, Shared leadership for change (SLC) direction shares a similar focus on how management can develop and maintain the same organizational conditions that create change. In contrast to TLSI and ILSI as researchers with a focus on distinct leadership styles, SLC researchers tend to adopt a less "uniform" conceptualization of the "source" to management. Four, School improvement (SI) is mainly associated with British and Northern European researchers and has been heavily influenced by school effectiveness studies. Writers within the SI direction seem to focus somewhat less on management but focuses more on school improvement.

Research based on reviewes largely contributes to theorizing within the field. But like Kovačević & Hallinger (2019) point out, the theoretical ideas must be tried out and tested empirically. This implies a great need for more empirical research within the field of LSCI. Thus, the current study aims to produce expanded knowledge within the field through examining empirical research contributions that in the period 2010–2020 are published in a selection of the most influential international journals in the field, in addition to central Nordic journals. The following research question is examined in 45 included articles: What are the characteristics of leadership in the development of schools, and what implications do the findings have for school leadership? Based on the included articles, there seems to be a consensus that the hallmark of leading school development is that leadership can be characterized as a collaborative activity. The articles are categorized into five leadership categories that represent various characteristics of leadership, new leadership tasks and various leadership expectations: Distributed leadership, leadership for learning, leadership in learning organisations, democratic leadership and leadership of organizational development. The categories have grown out of the empirical material. This means that the articles use the terms in their research presentation, either to describe theoretical features of leadership or as analytical concepts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The review can be described as a Rapid Review (Khangura et. Al, 2012) which is designed to create reviews in line with certain procedures. A strength of the science mapping methodology is its ability to handle large amounts of data extracted from an existing database of studies. A rapid review has limitations. However, the format has nevertheless been developed in a way that the same requirements for systematics and transparency that apply to any systematic review also apply to this. This review has three limitations: 1) it includes articles published in selected peer-reviewed journals; 2) it is limited to studies published between 2010 and 2020; and 3) languages are limited to English and the Scandinavian languages. The process of selecting articles for review was conducted through several steps. In the first step, we sorted out relevant studies based on title and abstract. In the second step, the 81 publications with potential relevance were read in full text. Six researchers assessed, independently of each other, the studies' quality and relevance. After step two, 45 studies remained, which are included in the review. As a basis for synthesis, the articles were categorized into five categories, which were described and prepared for a configurative synthesis (Gough et. Al, 2017). Configuration is about bringing the findings from the studies together so that they can show us potential connections and develop new knowledge. Each category is introduced by a brief definition.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In sum, the 45 articles show a clear shift towards what Kovačević and Hallinger (2019) describe as shared leadership for change. We wanted to draw attention to leadership that takes place in the school organization or between levels in the education system, with the aim of obtaining knowledge that can help us to understand connections between leadership and school development.
Studies show the connection between different leadership styles such as instructional leadership and transformational leadership and students' learning outcomes. Instructional Leadership provides knowledge about how successful leaders should lead to improve students' learning outcomes (Hallinger, 1990; Hallinger & Heck, 1996). Similarly, transformational leadership emphasizes how successful leaders should interact with their employees (Leithwood & Jantzi, 2005). The reviewed articles show that many researchers are now concerned with gaining knowledge about how leadership takes place in practice, and why, and not least how leadership can be understood from a different perspective than from the individual leader. This does not mean that the individual leader is less important than before, but that the research is more concerned with studying how leadership takes place within different school contexts. Acknowledging that society is changing fast requires, according to the OECD report "School Leadership for 21st century learning", school leaders who are both innovative and collaborative (OECD, 2013). It involves a shift in research focus from what school leaders ought to do to what they can do. A consistent finding seems to show that there is a clear shift in the direction of schools being developed through collaborative activities and development processes between leaders and teachers, and that leading the collective processes appears to be the most prominent leadership challenge.

References
Dalin, P. (1994). Skoleutvikling: teorier for forandring. Universitetsforlaget.
Dalin, P. (1995). Skoleutvikling: strategier og praksis. Universitetsforlaget.
Fullan, M. (2002). The latest ideas on school reform. Leading and learning for the 21stC, 1(3).
Gough, D., Oliver, S. & Thomas, J. (Red.). (2017). An Introduction to Systematic Reviews.
Hallinger, P. (1990). Principal Instructional Management Rating Scale. Sarasota, FL:
Leading Development Associates.
Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. (1996). The principal's role in school effectiveness: a review of
methodological issues, 1980-1995. In K. Leithwood, J. Chapman, D. Corson, P. Hallinger, &
Weaver, Hart (Eds.), The International Handbook of Educational Leadership and Administration. Kluwer.
Hallinger, P. & Kovačević, J. (2019). A Bibliometric Review of Research on Educational
Administration: Science Mapping the Literature, 1960 to 2018. Review of Educational Research 89(3), 335–369.
Khangura, S., Konnyu, K., Cushman, R., Grimshaw, J. & Moher, D. (2012). Evidence summaries: the evolution of a rapid review approach. Systematic Reviews,10(1), 1-10.
Kovačević, J. & Hallinger, P. (2019). Leading school change and improvement. Journal of Educational Administration 57(6), 635-657.
Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (2005). A Review of Transformational School Leadership Research 1996-2005. Leadership and policy in Schools.  Special issue on "International Perspectives on Leadership for Social Justice", 4(3), 177-1999.
OECD. (2013). Leadership for 21st Century Learning, Educational Research and Innovation. OECD Publishing.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Principal’s Visionary Commitment to Action: One School System Case Study

Joan Conway, Dorothy Andrews

University of Southern Queensland, Australia

Presenting Author: Conway, Joan

This paper reports on a partnership research project between a large Catholic School System in Australia and the Leadership Research International (LRI) team at the University of Southern Queensland (UniSQ), Australia. The university researchers built on the premise that strengthening leadership contributes to successful and sustained school improvement and focused on a selection of successful or effective schools as deemed by the School System in partnership.

The research project was stimulated by the work of Hallinger and Heck (2010) who maintained that leadership is a catalyst for enhanced student learning outcomes: “studies of school improvement must assess change (i.e. improvement or decline) in the school’s academic processes and learning outcomes over a period of time. . .[and]. . .that school improvement leadership is directed towards growth in student learning” (p. 96). Additionally, this study also noted their qualification that “Effective leadership styles and strategies are highly contextualised. . .school’s culture, or capacity for educational improvement. . .[and]. . .collaborative [school] leadership, as opposed to leadership from the principal alone” (p. 107). Thus, the study explored, How does an understanding of the impact of context, culture, and collaboration contribute to the strengthening of leadership for school improvement?

The study drew on a definition of sustainable school success from previous school-based school improvement case study research (Andrews, Crowther, Morgan, & O’Neill, 2012; Andrews & USQ-LRI Research Team, 2009) where school success was constituted as:

. . .enhanced school achievements in agreed high priority goal areas, based on documented evidence of those achievements and teachers’ expressed confidence in their school’s capacity to extend and sustain those achievements into the future. (Andrews & USQ-LRI Research Team, 2009, p. 4)

And then reviewed the literature around the factors contributing to school success: context, culture, collaboration, system-school alignment or coherence, and effective leadership.

The work of Owens and Valesky (2015) addressed the importance of Complex Adaptive Systems as “dealing with participants in ways that bring about desirable changes in the structure . . . [and] in the character and quality of the social environment in which people work” (p. 98). It was realised that this view of individual schools being part of a school system needed to accommodate the notion of being an organisational system with subsystems where activities they carry out are related to each other. However, as many (Harris & Jones, 2018; Leithwood, 2010) have revealed, all schools are not the same and are required to be responsive to their unique communities as complex adaptive systems within systems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted in two phases with a mixed methods sequential research design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) where quantitative data formed the initial basis for the selection of “successful” schools, and a qualitative data collection of leadership perspectives focused on leadership for sustainable school improvement. Relevant data from the School System Office was used to select the participant schools where “success” was measured of student outcomes using a mix of standardised tests and final year 12 results. This database informed a purposive sampling of schools that were deemed to be successful. As context was an important aspect in this study, the following criteria were used for selection of participant schools: a mix of Primary/Elementary (4) and Secondary/High schools (4); School enrolment (98-1200); Socio-economic status (below and above the ICSEA (Index of Community Socio-Educational Advantage) mean (https://docs.acara.edu.au/resources/About_icsea_2014.pdf)); nature of the student cohorts (co-educational and single sex); and experienced and inexperienced principals (new and longer term). All schools were long-established with a strong link to their foundational religious order.
In the qualitative phase, each selected school was visited by LRI/UniSQ researchers who interviewed the leadership team and then the principal, followed by an interview with each school’s School System support person. Throughout this data collection, the following questions were used to guide the semi-structured interviews: (1) What is meant by ongoing school success for this school? (2) What evidence is available? and (3) What factors contribute to ongoing school success? Analysis of the data included a cross-case analysis followed by a workshop where principals scrutinised the findings and discussed their understandings of effective leadership for successful school improvement. The guiding questions of the multi-phased analysis were: (1) What emerges in understanding the impact of context, culture, and collaboration contributing to the strengthening of leadership? and (2) What other factors might contribute to the reported outcomes?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants acknowledged indicators of school success as the quantitative markers of external testing results but also valued student and staff wellbeing, and the community perception of the school. Factors identified as contributing to this success varied across the schools reflecting the context and the culture of the school and their interrelatedness, and the principal’s leadership experience and expectations within their current context. Responses related to their perspectives about effective leadership included: focus on the importance of learning; building relational trust; a strong vision for school improvement articulation; and building staff capacity.
 Overall, each principal expressed in their personal and professional ways, A Visionary Commitment to Action with a notion of presence as one who is ready, fresh, supported, and trusting characterised by image, impression, and connection within their context. Of note, was the manner in which the effective principal manoeuvred and managed the dynamics of interrelationships in the school community, both within schools and with the school system personnel. The principal’s effectiveness was enhanced by a collaborative, contextual, and collegial relationship between themselves and school system personnel. This study highlighted the imperative of collective responsibility for school improvement in the development of an organisational culture of collaborative leadership building on the skills sets and emotional intelligence levels of collaborative leadership in situ.
Finally, a model theorising the Effective School Leader in Action: A System-School Relationship was developed. It is anticipated that this model might be suitable for adaptation in many schools and might be of assistance in developing strong ties between principals and their system support personnel. Of extended interest will be the explicit detail of the culture, the context, and the degree of collaboration experienced in each site of study and how further consideration of such emergent understandings might contribute to the strengthening of leadership for school improvement.

References
Andrews, D., & USQ-LRI Research Team. (2009). A research report on the implementation of the IDEAS Project in Victoria, 2004-2008. Toowoomba, Australia: Leadership Research International, University of Southern Queensland.
Bryk, A., & Schneider, B. (2003). Trust in schools: A core resource for improvement. Educational Leadership, 60(6), 40-46.
Cranston, N., Ehrich, L. C., & Kimber, M. P. (2006). Ethical dilemmas: The bread and butter of educational leaders' lives. Journal of Educational Administration, 44(2), 106-121.
Creswell, J., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research, 3rd Ed. Sage.
Crowther, F., & Associates. (2011). From school improvement to sustained capacity: The parallel leadership pathway. Corwin.
Davis, B., Sumara, D., & D'Amour, L. (2012). Understanding school districts as learning systems: Some lessons from three cases of complex transformation. Journal of Educational Change, 13, 373-399. doi:10.1007/s10833-012-9183-4
Deal, T. E., & Peterson, K. D. (2016). Shaping school culture (3rd ed.). Jossey-Bass.
Ford, J., Harding, N. H., Gilmore, S., & Richardson, S. (2017). Becoming the leader: Leadership as material presence. Organizational Studies, 38(11), 1553-1571. doi:10.1177/0170840616677633
Fullan, M. (2005). Leadership and sustainability: System thinkers in action. Corwin Press.
Gu, Q., & Johansson, O. (2012). Sustaining school performance: School contexts matter. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 16(3), 301-326. doi:10.1080/13603124.2012.732242
Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. (2010). Collaborative leadership and school improvement: Understanding the impact on school capacity and student learning. School Leadership & Management, 30(2), 95-110.
Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2018). Why context matters: A comparative perspective on education reform and policy implementation. Educational Research for Policy & Practice. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1007/s10671-018-9231-9
Mitchell, C., & Sackney, L. (2016). School improvement in high capacity schools: Educational leadership and living systems ontology. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(5), 853-868.
Murphy, J. (2013). The architecture of school improvement. Journal of Educational Administration, 51(3), 252-263.
Owens, R. G., & Valesky, T. C. (2015). Organizational behavior in education: Leadership and school reform (11th ed.). Pearson Education, Inc.
Schein, E. H. (2010). Organizational culture and leadership (4th ed.). Jossey-Bass.
Senge, P. (2011). Schools that learn: A fifth discipline fieldbook for educators, parents, and everyone who cares about education. Doubleday.
Sutton, P. S., & Shouse, A. W. (2016). Building a culture of collaboration in schools. Ph Delta Kappan, 97(7), 69-73. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/0031721716641653
Uhl-Bien, M., & Arena, M. (2017). Complexity leadership: Enabling people and organizations for adaptability. Organizational Dynamics, 46(2017), 9-20. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.orgdyn.2016.12.001
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm27 SES 01 A: Science and Scientific Literacy
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Catherine Milne
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Fostering Scientific Literacy in Physics Experimenting with an Accessible Online Learning Environment

Martina Graichen, Silke Mikelskis-Seifert

University of Education Freiburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Graichen, Martina

Scientific literacy is one prerequisite for social participation in science education and can be fostered through adaptive learning environments with students conducting scientific experiments independently. To be effective, experimental environments need to be designed in a way to abolish physical, cognitive, linguistic, social, or other barriers to ensure access and participation for all students. The demand for accessibility is oriented towards adequate experimental instructions. We refer to the science for all framework (Stinken-Rösner et al., 2020) and a recently developed instrument to measure accessibility of experimental instructions on three dimensions (action, visibility, language) (Graichen et al., in preparation). Additionally, it is crucial for science learning environments not to foster stereotypes (Brotman & Moore, 2008; Hoffmann, 2002). Against the background that girls and boys have different self-concepts in the natural sciences and thus develop different interests (Brotman & Moore, 2008; OECD, 2016). Gender differences play an important role in the way how girls and boys perceive learning environments. Generally, in science girls have a lower self-concept of ability (Hoffmann, 2002).

Hence, we developed a digital learning environment about magnetism for grades 5 to 6 including accessibility and stereotype-free aspects. Largely, it was designed in comic style, hence by learning through storytelling(Kromka & Goodboy, 2019; Laçin-Şimşek, 2019). Moreover, comics can foster motivation and enhance learning processes (Jee & Anggoro, 2012). The text-picture combination accommodates for the students’ visual thinking abilities, especially for example for pupils with autism spectrum disorders (Schirmer, 2019). Moreover, a suitable text-image combination reduces the cognitive load and further load-reducing aspects can be included, like segmentation, signaling, individualizing, or accommodating pupils’ spatial imagination (Mayer, 2010). To enhance scientific literacy, the developed environment is well-structured, includes videos and two hands-on experiments.

Aim of the present study was to gain insights of the newly developed adaptive learning environment in medium-track secondary schools in Germany. Our research interest was to inquire how students perceive the accessibility and motivating quality of the learning environment with its comic-based storytelling and hands-on experiments. Moreover, we wanted to find out if there were gender-related differences regarding accessibility, interest and competency with comics, cognitive load, and knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Overall, 71 students (33 female = 46,5%) of three classes participated. In average they were 11.9 (SD = 2,57) years of age and went to grade 5 (n = 23, 32,4%) and grade 6 (n = 46, 64,8%).

On an iPad, the pupils worked themselves through the learning environment which consisted of an introductory comic concerning basics about magnetism and the historical development on the topic Then the pupils conducted two experiments during which they tested objects for magnetism. During experiment 1 pupils tested materials like screws, metal plates, or test tubes, during experiment 2 they tested Euro-coins. Hence, the experiments are conductible with simple, non-dangerous materials and are viable independently at school, homework at home or for distance learning. After the experimental part, pupils received concluding information and were able to print of a summary sheet including each pupils’ own answers given throughout the learning environment. Overall, the pupils worked about 30-45 minutes on the online learning environment.

After the learning environment the pupils answered questions as a follow-up task (self-evaluation), and a week later responded to a knowledge-test (delayed performance test: 7 items, Cronbach α = .58) on the topics covered within the learning environment. The self-evaluation test included items about the comic (comic interest: three items, Cronbach α = .89 and experienced competence: three items, Cronbach α = .79), cognitive load (seven items, Cronbach α = .79), perceived accessibility within three dimensions (action: eight items, Cronbach α = .90, visibility: four items, Cronbach α = .68, language: three items, Cronbach α = .73; Graichen et al., in preparation) for both experiments. Moreover, the pupils answered questions about themselves (e.g., age, gender, …).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary analyses showed significant differences between boys and girls regarding comic interest and comic competence, and their perception of accessibility (dimension: language) in experiment 1, favoring girls. However, we found no gender differences regarding cognitive load, all other accessibility scales, and results of a delayed performance test. It can be regarded as positive, that girls found comic-style instructions more motivating than boys, as this could show one possibility to foster girls’ motivation on science topics.
ANOVAs with repeated measures (experiment 1 vs. 2), one for each accessibility dimension (action, visibility, language), and gender as between-factor revealed significant effects for the repetition-factor. This indicates that experiment 2 was perceived more accessible than experiment 1. This could be either due to training effects, because of the repeated experimental process (Greene, 2008; Wiggins et al., 2021), or due to the Euro-coins of experiment 2 being more familiar to the pupils. However, the descriptive values indicate a high accessibility of both experiments.
These results of the present study highlight that magnetism as a topic of science can effectively be support by accessible online learning environments and can be communicated in a motivating way, especially to girls. Online learning environments are thus an accessible tool to introduce basic concepts of scientific literary in a way that pupils can conduct experiments independently.

References
Brotman, J. S., & Moore, F. M. (2008). Girls and science: A review of four themes in the science education literature. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 45(9), 971–1002. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20241

Graichen, M., Oettle, M., Mikelskis-Seifert, S., Rollet, W., & Scharenberg, K. (in preparation). Evaluating the Accessibility of Experimental Instructions in Inclusive Science Classrooms – Developing and Validating a Measurement Instrument.

Greene, R. L. (2008). Repetition and Spacing Effects. In J. H. Byrne (Ed.), Learning and memory: A comprehensive reference. Cognitive Psychology of Memory. (1st ed, Vol. 2, pp. 65–78). Elsevier.

Hoffmann, L. (2002). Promoting girls’ interest and achievement in physics classes for beginners. Learning and Instruction, 12(4), 447–465. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0959-4752(01)00010-X

Jee, B. D., & Anggoro, F. K. (2012). Comic Cognition: Exploring the Potential Cognitive Impacts of Science Comics. Journal of Cognitive Education and Psychology, 11(2), 196–208. https://doi.org/10.1891/1945-8959.11.2.196

Kromka, S. M., & Goodboy, A. K. (2019). Classroom storytelling: Using instructor narratives to increase student recall, affect, and attention. Communication Education, 68(1), 20–43. https://doi.org/10.1080/03634523.2018.1529330

Laçin-Şimşek, C. (2019). What Can Stories on History of Science Give to Students? Thoughts of Science Teachers Candidates. International Journal of Instruction, 12(1), 99–112. https://doi.org/10.29333/iji.2019.1217a

Mayer, R. E. (2010). Nine Ways to Reduce Cognitive Load in Multimedia Learning. Educational Psychologist, 38, 43–52.

OECD [Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development] (Ed.). (2016). PISA 2015 results. OECD.

Schirmer, B. (2019). Nur dabei zu sein reicht nicht: Lernen im inklusiven schulischen Setting [Just being there is not enough: learning in an inclusive school setting] (V. Bernard-Opitz, Ed.; 1. Auflage). Verlag W. Kohlhammer.

Stinken-Rösner, L., Rott, L., Hundertmark, S., Baumann, T., Menthe, J., Hoffmann, T., Nehring, A., & Abels, S. (2020). Thinking Inclusive Science Education from two Perspectives: Inclusive Pedagogy and Science Education. RISTAL, 3, 30. https://doi.org/10.23770/rt1831

Wiggins, B. L., Sefi-Cyr, H., Lily, L. S., & Dahlberg, C. L. (2021). Repetition Is Important to Students and Their Understanding during Laboratory Courses That Include Research. Journal of Microbiology & Biology Education, 22(2), e00158-21. https://doi.org/10.1128/jmbe.00158-21


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Mastering Online Searches: How students Find Science Information

Anna Lodén, Johanna Lönngren, Christina Ottander

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Lodén, Anna

Introduction and background

Young people spend a large part of their time in digital environments, for example searching for information using search engines. Search engines have also been used in to facilitate fact-finding in school teaching but learning to use search engines to increase one's understanding has received less attention (Haider & Sundin, 2019). Easy access to information online can also affect our ability to remember information and Kang (2022) has shown that many people are more likely to remember how to access information online (e.g., remembering keywords used in a search engine) than detailed content they retrieved through online searches. Different types of online search activities present different challenges to the searcher: simple searches, so-called lookup searches, can be successful without high levels of subject expertise, but more extensive searches may require more formalized approaches employing subject-specific concepts (Marchionini, 2006). Unfortunately, many policy documents and teaching practices have been slow to adapt to the rapidly changing internet landscape (McGrew, 2020).

In Sweden, just under half of all school students do not know how to use keywords for online searches or the information provided under links displayed in search results (OECD, 2021). These findings are worrying since we know that certain online search practices can lead to selective exposure where users only encounter information that aligns with their beliefs (Flaxman. 2016, Sunstein, 2009), leading to filter bubbles (Pariser, 2011) or echo chambers (Gescheke, 2019). Research has also shown that many secondary school students have insufficient knowledge about algorithms, filter bubbles and echo chambers and their effects on search results (Otrel-Cass & Fasching, 2021).

Didactic research has further shown that subject knowledge plays an important role in online information retrieval (Nygren, 2019). For example, to be able to assimilate scientific subject content, one needs to be able to read, write and talk about the content (Lemke, 1998). To demonstrate an understanding of a scientific concept, one also needs to be able to describe the concept in one’s own words, find a metaphor for it, or translate it into a mental or physical model (Kampourakis, 2018, Konicek-Moran, 2015). In the Swedish school context, educational policy documents for the natural sciences do not mandate teachers to work with online search strategies (The Swedish National Agency for Education2011), but researchers have argued that school teaching should develop students’ abilities to search (Haider & Sundin, 2022), communicate and produce information online, as well as students' critical awareness of, for example, how algorithms work, selective exposure, filter bubbles, and the ways in which conspiration theories spread online (Haider & Sundin, 2016, Otrel-Cass & Fasching, 2021, Sundin, Lewandowski & Haider, 2022).

Acknowledging the importance of teaching online search strategies in all school subjects, this study focused specifically on natural science education, where digital competencies in general have received less attention than in the social sciences. The aim of the study was to explore what upper secondary school students' search strategies looked like, how students and teachers reasoned about students’ search strategies, and how search strategies could be linked to scientific subject knowledge.

The following research questions were addressed:

1. What do secondary school students' search strategies look like when they search for scientific information online?

2. How do the students reason about subject-specific search strategies?

3. How do pedagogues reason about students’ search strategies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

To generate data for this study, the first author collaborated with a science teacher and an educator in information technology (we will refer to this constellation of teacher-researchers as “pedagogues”). Together, they developed an intervention on online search strategies, based on their own experiences of science teaching and their previous insights into students' search strategies. For example, the pedagogues discussed situations during which students demonstrated low persistence in online searches and how this lack in persistence has led students to prioritizing simple and superficial information in search results. They also discussed how the intervention could be directly connected to the Swedish natural science curriculum. The resulting intervention was then carried out in two classes over a period of seven weeks, again in collaboration between the three pedagogues.

The following data types were collected: (1) video recordings of pairs of students searching for information online during a collaborative online search exercise focusing on specific science concepts (protein synthesis, body-building, resilience, biodiversity); filming the students from behind made it possible to record both what the students did (i.e., what happened on the screen) and their verbal reflections on their search processes; (2) students’ written reflections collected during a teacher-led lesson about online search strategies linked to scientific content, and (3) written notes and audio-recordings from discussions between the pedagogues as they were planning the intervention. The intervention and data collection were carried out in two natural science classrooms in different upper secondary school programs (one vocational program and one higher education preparatory program) in Sweden. Altogether, 30 students provided informed consent and participated in the study.

All data was analysed using abductive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, Kvale, 2014). The aim of the analysis was to identify prominent themes in students’ and pedagogues’ reasoning about search strategies in science.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary Result and Discussion

The preliminary results indicate that students used different strategies to search for scientific information online. In our first analysis, we identified three themes focusing on (1) search processes, (2) science content, and (3) students’ reactions to search results. The first theme related to students’ search processes. We could observe many messy and unsystematic processes and how some students seemed to have difficulties keeping track of their what they were doing. Other students, however, were able to navigate more easily by keeping tabs with results from previous searches open in their browsers, which allowed them to revisit specific pages several times. We could also see how students often returned to familiar, easily understandable pages. The second theme was about ways in which students discussed science concepts during their searches. Overall, most students expressed a belief that scientific knowledge is necessary for conducting more precise online searches. They also suggested that using several similar concepts ¬or synonymous concepts – may help. The third theme focused on students' reactions to search results, where many students did not persist for a long time if they struggled to find results they are satisfied with. Rather, they often chose the first option that appeared on their screens, leading to rather superficial information retrieval.

These preliminary findings support the need to improve teaching to develop students’ search strategies in general and in science education in particular. Our analysis is still ongoing, and during the conference we will also present the findings based on data from the in-class lesson on search strategies (research question 2) and findings about educators' experiences of students' search strategies (research question 3). We will also present conclusions regarding how teachers can help students develop the abilities and attitudes they need to manage the ever-increasing amounts of science-related information online through effective search strategies.

References
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psycology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa  
Flaxman, S., Goel, S., Rao, J. (2016). Filter bubbles, echo chambers, and online news consumption. Public Opinion Quarterly, 80, 298-320. doi:10.1093/poq/nfw006
Geschke, D., Lorenz, J., Holtz, P. (2019). The triple-filter bubble: Using agent-based modelling to test a meta-theoretical framework fort he emergence of filter bubbles and echo chambers. British Journal of Social Psychology, 58, 129-149. doi:10.1111/bjso.12286
Haider, J., Sundin, O. (2016). Algoritmer i samhället. Regeringskansliet  
Haider, J., Sundin, O. (2019). Invisible Search and Online Search Engines: The Ubiquity of Search in Everyday Life. doi:10.4324/9780429448546
Haider, J., Sundin, O. (2022). Paradoxes of media and information literacy: The Crises of Information. doi:10.4324/9781003163237
Kampourakis, K. (2018). On the Meaning of Concepts in Science Education. Science & Education, 27,591–592. doi:10.1007/s11191-018-0004-x
Kang, E. (2022). Easily accessible but easily forgettable: How ease of access to information online affects cognitive miserliness. Journal of Experimental Psychology. Doi:10.1037/xap0000412
Konicek-Moran, R. a. (2015). Teaching for Conceptual Understanding in Science. National science teachers association. Virginia
Kvale, S., Brinkman, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Lund
Lemke, J. L. (1998). Multiplying meaning: Visual and verbal semiotics in scientific text. Reading Scinece.
Marchionini, G. (2006). Exploratory search: from finding to understanding. Communications of the ACM, 49(4), 41-46.
McGrew, S. (2020). Leraning to evaluate: An intervention in civic online reasoning. Computers & Education. 145. doi:10.1016/j.compedu.2019.103711
Nygren, T. (2019). Fakta, fejk, fiktion, källkritik, ämnesdidaktik, digital kompetens. Stockholm
OECD (2021), 21st-Century Readers: Developing Literacy Skills in a Digital World, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/a83d84cb-en.
Otrel-Cass, K., & Fasching, M. (2021). Postdigital Truths: Educational Reflections on Fake News and Digital Identities. Postdigital Humans: Transitions, Transformations and Transcendence (pp. 89-108). Savin-Baden
Pariser, E. (2011). The Filter Bubble: What the Internet is Hiding from You. New York: Penguin Press.
Schwarts, D. L., Tsang, J., & Blair, K. P. (2016). The ABCs of how we learn: 26 scientifically proven approaches, how they work, and when to use them. London
Sundin, O. Lewandowski, D., Haider, J. (2022). Whose relevance? Web search engines as multisided relevance machines. Journal of the Association for Information Science and Technology, 73(5), 637-642
Sunstein, C. R. (2009). Republic.com 2.0. New Jersey
The Swedish National Agency for Education. (2011). https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/gymnasieskolan


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Science Student Teachers’ Assignments for Special Education Needs Students

Kari Sormunen, Anu Hartikainen-Ahia

University of Eastern Finland, Finland

Presenting Author: Sormunen, Kari

Science learning is the right of every child and young person. This right is particularly emphasised today, with school education in almost all European countries being inclusive. Students who participate in science education may have different Special Education Needs (SEN; cf. Villanueva, Taylor, Therrien & Hand 2012).

In science education, students may find it difficult to understand the relationship between theoretical and conceptual knowledge or between practical knowledge and the processes of producing knowledge. The students may also experience difficulties in writing, written and spoken language used in science. The mathematical and numerical presentations are characteristic in science, and they can cause problems for some students. Academic performance is also influenced, for example, by the limitations of working memory, socio-emotional challenges, or mental symptoms (Authors 2021). We must remember that there are Highly Able Students (HAS, cf. Ireland, Bowles, Brindle & Nikakis 2020) in science classrooms who need teachers’ attention, too. It is also important to identify the need for supporting students who come from different social, cultural, or ethnic backgrounds. Challenges can then relate, for example, to differences in world views, a new study language or cultural backgrounds (Authors 2021).

The learning of pupils in need of support in science has been studied relatively little and the changes required by an inclusive school have not been adequately considered in the teaching of science in teacher education. This has become increasingly necessary in Europe and worldwide as teaching of SEN students in inclusive science classroom settings has become more preliminary in many educational contexts (cf. Kang & Martin 2018).

Science education has been considered to be beneficial for improving functioning in specific disability areas (Taylor & Villenueva 2017). For instance, inquiry-based science education is considered suiting very well for the diversity of learners: “Science taps into a different way of thinking and exploring — an excellent way for students who may struggle with other academic subjects to experience success” (Melber 2004).

One solution to adjust the various needs of diverse science learners is differentiated instruction. This kind of instruction means changes in content, product, and process: taking into account “how students respond to information presented, and the choice of particular methods, strategies, or approaches to teach content/skills” (Tobin & Tippet 2014). Intentional differentiated instruction for SEN or diverse students has mostly seemed to take place in reading, writing and mathematics classrooms and is seldom applied, for instance, to science (cf. Pablico, Diack & Lawson 2017).

The need for differentiated science instruction has led us to include the topic in science teacher education. We have implemented a course of 3 ECTS on inclusive practices in science education in which one task for student teacher teams of 3-4 participants was to differentiate one textbook and one inquiry-based assignment to SEN students in two different ways. At an earlier phase of the course, the student teachers familiarised themselves with the following special needs: dyslexia, spatial learning disabilities, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and problems with executive functions. Our research question in this study is: What kinds of assignments did the science student teachers design for SEN students?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The context of our study consists of a course (3 ECTS) belonging to Subject Teachers Pedagogical Studies (60 ECTS) at University of Eastern Finland. There were altogether 28 Master Level science student teachers (SSTs) of whom 26 students gave permission for using their products in this study. The target group were formed into ten teams of 2-3 students: students in five teams (altogether 13 students) were majoring in biology or geography and five teams majoring in chemistry or physics (13). All of them had experiences from at least one teaching practice period at University Training School.

There were five meetings of 2-3 hours (totally 12 hours) and around 50 hours for independent teamwork. During the course, the SST teams got acquainted with the concept of inclusion by pondering the diversity of students there are in general science classes and what kinds of demands it is causing for science teaching at lower and upper secondary schools. Then they familiarised themselves with the following special needs: dyslexia, spatial learning disabilities, ADHD, and problems with executive functions. Each team also interviewed two teachers, preferably a science teacher and a special teacher on the inclusive practices in their schools. Furthermore, there was an online lecture given by a special education researcher who spoke about equity in education and the basis of inclusion in Finnish schools. She emphasised the meaning of instructional planning for implementing teaching in inclusive classes.

In the final part of the course, the SST teams were given a task to differentiate one textbook and one inquiry-based assignment to SEN students in two different ways; the original assignments were chosen for the most used science textbooks by each team. The teams created altogether 40 variated assignments, of which 20 were textbook-like and 20 instructions for inquiries. The teams were asked to describe what kind of special needs were the assignments differentiated for and how they had modified the original ones.
 
Based on the inductive content analysis, we first read through all the differentiated assignments with the modification descriptions. Then looked for the different ways to modify the assignments and categorised them. Finally, we compared the modifications to the needs of diverse learners.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the descriptions of ten SST teams, it was found that 7 of the textbook-like assignments (TLAs) were differentiated for the students with executive function problems, 5 for supporting students with dyslexia, and 3 for spatial learning disabilities. Furthermore, 5 TLAs were differentiated for HAS, to whom was not paid attention during the course instruction. Within inquiry instructions (IIs) there were 7 modified instructions for supporting the students with executive function problems, 6 instructions differentiated for HAS, 4 for the support with dyslexia, 3 for spatial learning disability support, and 2 for the students with ADHD. One chemistry/physics team described that the same modification suits well for both students with executive function problems and ADHD, and another, biology/geography team wrote that the same differentiated instruction supports the students with dyslexia and problems with executive functions.

The differentiation means within TLAs were classified into the following categories regarding SEN: visualisation, clarification, text resolution, segmentation, closed questions, and ICT-support. For HAS, the differentiation categories: more (applied) tasks, more advanced context, and supporting free time interest in science. The categories for supporting SEN in the ILLs: text resolution, clarifying learning environments, more closed inquiry instructions, precise steps for inquiry, oral instructions, visualisation, use of videos, safety precautions, and personal support. For HAS, the teams differentiated the IIs to be more open in their nature.

Our results show that the SSTs took into their account various special education needs in differentiating both TLAs and IIs in many ways. They deliberately paid attention to HAS needs, too, showing that there is a need to extend curricular differentiation for gifted students in science classrooms (Ireland et al. 2020). Some teams recognised that the same modification of assignments may support different kinds of SEN, giving an important message of the usefulness of curricular differentiation for all students.

References
Authors. (2021).

Ireland, C., Bowles, T. V., Brindle, K. A., & Nikakis, S. (2020). Curriculum differentiation’s capacity to extend gifted students in secondary mixed-ability science classes. Talent, 10, 40-61
.
Kang, D. Y., & Martin, S. (2018). Improving learning opportunities for special education needs (SEN) students by engaging pre-service science teachers in an informal experiential learning course. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 38, 319-347.

Pablico, J., Diack, M. & Lawson, A. (2017). Differentiated Instruction in the High School Science Classroom: Qualitative and Quantitative Analyses. International Journal of Learning, Teaching and Educational Research, 16, 30-54.

Melber, L. (2004). Inquiry for everyone: Authentic science experiences for students with special needs. TEACHING Exceptional Children Plus, 1, Article 4.

Taylor, J. C. & Villenueva, M., G. (2017). Research in Science Education for Students with Special Education Needs. In M. Tejero Hughes & E. Talbott (Eds.) The Wiley Handbook of Diversity in Special Education, (pp. 231-252). London: Wiley.

Tobin, R. & Tippet, C., D. (2014). Possibilities and Potential Barriers: Learning to Plan for Differentiated Instruction in Elementary Science. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 12, 423-443.

Villanueva, M.G., Taylor, J., Therrien, W. & Hand, B. (2012). Science education for students with special needs. Studies in Science Education,48, 187–215.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm27 SES 01 B: Technology in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Anne Kjellsdotter
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Technology In a Inclusive Learning Environment with Room for All

Atle Kristensen1, Bente Forsbakk2

1Nord universitet, Norway; 2Nord universitet, Norway

Presenting Author: Kristensen, Atle; Forsbakk, Bente

McLoughlin & Lee (2008) describe that in a society, which is increasingly adopting a variety of high-speed technologies, students have access to a variety of resources, ideas and communities to support their learning environment. In order for individuals to participate and engage in democracy and citizenship, they should be able to use relevant digital tools (UtdanningsdirektoratetNorwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2017). To allow students to become active and engaged in their own learning, teachers need to understand how technology can support communication, creativity and innovation. In addition, teachers need to be aware of the opportunities, limitations, effects and risks of using technology (European Commission, 2019). Students digital competence is expressed as knowledge, skills and attitudes through coincident technology in school and in leisure time (Vuorikari et al., 2022).

In teacher's selection of learning resources, an understanding of technology as part of the students' learning environment should be based on the same understanding of how digital technology can add value to the students' learning. Kolb (2017) refers to three main reasons for adopting digital technology. Technology must engage and help students stay focused on tasks or activities. Furthermore, technology can contribute to increased motivation and learning outcomes. By changing view from passive receiving to active contributing in their own learning, Technology also give students opportunities to learn in new ways beyond their typical school life through changing their role from passive receiver to active contributors in their own learning. Learning with technology does not happen because a particular tool, or application, revolutionizes education, but when teaching and learning are connected to technology.

Through the lens of The Tree P's of pedagogy for the Networked society (McLaughlin & Lee, 2008), students’ learning is driven by personal needs, ability to collaborate with others, and active participation in their own learning. More engaging, socially based learning is needed to replace the traditional classrooms, which emphasize the institution and the instructor. Customized learning refers to the idea that learning should be tailored to each student's individual needs, interests, and abilities. This can be achieved by selected use of technology, which can adjust the content and pace of learning, based on the student's prerequisites, gender, cultural and linguistic affiliation. Overall, there are a plethora of learning resources that support user autonomy, increased levels of socialization, interactivity, and creativity. Different resources provide access to open communities and peer-to-peer networks to move beyond instructor-centered classroom environments. This is in contrast to prescribed curricula and content that are often restricted through learning management systems.

Norwegian municipalities report that they encounter a jungle of digital learning resources, which is largely based on analog formats, from both national and international providers. 36 % of schools in Norway lack a systematic plan for competence enhancement in digital competence (Kunnskapsdepartemenet, 2020). The emergence of digital learning resources has made access to learning materials unclear and challenging for the teacher when choosing and using technology in the students' learning environment. Without expertise and competence on what is to be purchased, the purchases risk becoming random (Kunnskapsdepartemenet, 2020).

The challenge for teachers is therefore judging the quality and choosing appropriate technology. The teacher should have knowledge of how technology changes and expands the subject's content, the pedagogical methods and have an overview of how technology can add value in the students' learning environment (Koehler & Mishra, 2014).

The study has the following research question: What do teachers emphasise when choosing digital learning resources in a learning environment with room for all students?

The issue is operationalized into three areas:

  • the teacher's awareness of digital learning resources based on the students' learning assumptions and resources (individualization)
  • gender
  • cultural and linguistic affiliation.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative interview study is designed in the understanding that knowledge is a social construct created between people. Through language, a representation of reality is created, a socially constructed representation (Wadel & Wadel, 2007). Understanding and knowledge is developed in an interaction between researchers and teachers in the interview situation. Thus, this study is placed within the social constructionist tradition, where knowledge, and all meaningful reality, is based on interactions between people in a context (Crotty, 1998). The study is inspired by a phenomenological starting point where we as researchers are concerned with issues and delimitations. The emergence of teachers' descriptions will primarily provide experiential material that is rich and detailed (Van Manen, 2014, p. 316).
Through interviews with experienced teachers, we seek knowledge and understanding of teachers' selection of digital learning resources for the students' learning environment. The study follows guidelines for research ethics and has been approved by NSD (Norsk senter for forskningsdata). Through question triggers (Krumsvik, 2014) based on topics from our theoretical framework, an interview guide was designed and semi-structured research interviews planned to be conducted (Postholm & Jacobsen, 2018). In interviews, teachers will have the opportunity to refer to their own experiences through retrospective descriptions of experiences and opinions related to these (Giorgi, 1985).
The order of topics and questions in a semi-structured interview may vary from interview to interview (Johannessen, et.al., 2016), which is also common in the semi-structured interview. The interviews are therefore intended in an informal style so that the informants can supplement with their own input (Krumsvik, 2014). In this way, we move back and forth in the interview guide to get answers to the questions "what" and "how"; what is experienced in consciousness, and how or under what conditions, is the phenomenon or event experienced (Van Manen, 2014).
In the analysis of the empirical data, we are using Kolb (2017)'s Triple E model. Our  empirical data will be coded and thematized in meaningful findings on the basis of this framework.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes/results

Results of the study are expected to be concentrated on developing knowledge about three main areas:

1) Knowledge of teachers' choice of digital learning resources based on principles related to differentiated instruction. In particular, we expect the study to construct knowledge about teachers' conscious choices related to the individual pupil's aptitudes for learning through personalization.

2) Knowledge of teachers' selection of digital resources to create a flexible, personal and inclusive learning environment when technology is adopted. Students have different needs and teachers can meet the needs of all students and provide differentiated instruction by using different digital learning resources that take into account the students' gender, cultural and linguistic affiliation.

3) Knowledge of teachers' awareness of digital resources that can create activity and creativity in flexible learning groups based on students' needs and interests.
 
Descriptions from teachers through semi-structured interviews are assumed to provide insight and knowledge about different qualities within the chosen areas of study. It is assumed that the study will be able to provide sufficient results from the empirical material based on interpretations in light of the theoretical framework from Kolb (2017) and McLaughlin & Lee (2008).

References
References

European Commission (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Publications Office of  
the European Union.  https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540
 
Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. SAGE  

Giorgi, A. (1985). Phenomenology and psychological research: essays. Duquesne University Press.

Johannessen, A., Christoffersen, L. & Tufte, P. A. (2016). Introduksjon til samfunnsvitenskapelig metode (5. utg.). Abstrakt.

Koehler, M. J. & Mishra, P. (2014). The Technological Pedagogical  
Knowledge Framework. I J. M. Spector (Red.), Handbook of Research on Educational Communications and Technology (s. 101-111). Springer. https://www.punyamishra.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/TPACK-handbookchapter-2013.pdf  

Kolb, L. (2017). Learning First, Technology Second: The Educator's Guide to Designing Authentic Lessons. International Society for Technology in Education.

Krumsvik, R. J. (2014). Forskningsdesign & kvalitativ metode -en introduksjon. Fagbokforlaget.

Kunnskapsdepartementet (2020). Handlingsplan for digitalisering i grunnopplæringen (2020-2021).  https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/44b8b3234a124bb28f0a5a22e2ac197a/handlingsplan-for-digitalisering-i-grunnopplaringen-2020-2021.pdf

McLoughlin, C. & Lee, M. J. W. (2008). The Tree P’s of pedagogy for the Networked society: Personalization, participation and productivity. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 20, 10-27. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/284125788_The_three_P's_of_pedagogy_for_the_networked_society_Personalization_participation_and_productivity

Postholm, M. B. & Jacobsen, D. I. (2018). Forskningsmetoder for masterstudenter i lærerutdanningen. Cappelen Damm akademisk.

Utdanningsdirektoratet Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=nob

Van Manen, M. (2014). Fenomenologi av praksis: meningsgivende metoder i fenomenologisk forskning og skriving. Left Coast Press.

Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Publications Office of the  European Union. doi:10.2760/490274

Wadel, C. C. & Wadel C. (2007) Den samfunnsvitenskapelige konstruksjonen av virkeligheten. Cappelen Damm.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Aesthetic Experience in Technology Education – A Case Study of Robotic Programming

Maria Andrée1, Per Anderhag1, Sebastian Björnhammer1, Niklas Salomonsson2

1Department of Teaching and Learning, Stockholm university, Sweden; 2Education and Administration, City of Stockholm, Sweden

Presenting Author: Andrée, Maria; Anderhag, Per

This study focuses on the aesthetic dimensions of the learning of technology; taking the stance that the doing of technology - in and out of schools - is inseparable from aesthetic experiences. In technology education, aesthetics has been emphasized as foundational to design and appreciation of aesthetical qualities in technological artifacts related to personal identity and lifestyle (DeVries, 2016). Previous research has however primarily attended to aesthetics in technology education in terms of student attitudes and motivation towards different aspects of the technology subject based on student reports in surveys (Potvin & Hasni, 2014). The studies are usually motivated by the important relation between student interest and learning (del Olmo-Muñoz et al., 2021; Witherspoon et al., 2016), observed gender differences in attitudes (Virtanen et al., 2015), the need of a qualified workforce and societies need of technological literate citizens (Ardies et al., 2015). Since most of previous research on student attitudes builds on Likert-type questionnaires, such as the PATT-survey, the knowledge of the role of aesthetics and taste for student learning technology is largely based on students’ recollections of their experiences of technology class. To our knowledge, only rarely have attitudes and identity work been contextualized as situated and so describing aesthetic experiences as constituted in classroom action. What role aesthetics has for student learning and identity work in technology class is thus little investigated. The aim of the study is therefore to explore aesthetics and technology education, and more specifically we ask: What role has aesthetics for learning when students are programming robots in technology class? The study thus focuses on programming activities where aesthetic experiences are not so much related to exterior design features but more with the processes designing functional programming solutions. In the Swedish technology syllabus, programming is part of the core content methods for developing technological solutions and in years 1-3 (age 7-9) the students are supposed to learn to control objects, such as a robot, using programming. In years 4-6 (age 10-12) the students should learn to control their own constructions or other objects by using programming, and in years 7-9 (age 13-15), the students are supposed to use programming for controlling and regulating their own constructions. Programming is thus primarily a tool for controlling objects and a progression in terms of knowledge in programming is not formulated in the technology syllabus.

The study is grounded in a pragmatic and anti-representational perspective on meaning-making (eg. Kelly et al., 2012), words and actions are thus not understood as ready-made once for all but rather approached as gaining their meaning through their use and consequences as part of activities. Here we primarily draw on previous studies within the pragmatic perspective that have approached the teaching and learning of a school subject as constituting a process in which cognition, norms and values (aesthetics) are intertwined (eg. Wickman, 2006)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for the study comes from two lower secondary technology classrooms in Stockholm, Sweden. One of the authors was the teacher of one of the student groups participating. The students (year 9, ages 15-16) were working with a task of pair-programming Lego robots that should perform specified movements, such as following a curved line. Every group screen recorded while they were coding which resulted in films showing how the program gradually emerged. This in situ programming activity and associated student talk constitutes the data of the study. In total 7 screen recorded films, 4 from School A and 3 from school B, were transcribed verbatim and analyzed. The length of the films varied from 30 to 60 minutes. The transcribed films were initially analyzed to identify aesthetic situations, primarily evident when students made taste distinctions (Author et al., 2015) and aesthetic evaluations while they were programming. These situations were categorized and further analyzed using Practical Epistemological Analysis (PEA) (Wickman & Östman, 2002). PEA is grounded in a situated perspective on meaning making and learning is operationalized as discourse change as part of an activity (Kelly et al., 2012). We primarily used three of the analytical concepts of PEA, stand fast, gap and relation, to identify the role of aesthetics for student learning. Relations are established by the participants in an activity between the words and action that make sense, that is stand fast, in the situation and what is not. Analytically, this is described as the participants establishing a relation to fill a gap. A gap is evident in student talk and actions as they ask questions or acknowledge that there is something that they do not understand, such as for example what a loop is or why the use of a loop may solve a certain coding dilemma. Here we are primarily interested in situations where taste distinctions and/or aesthetic judgements are used by the students and the teachers to acknowledge or fill gaps.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that aesthetics contribute to student learning in several ways, for example were aesthetic judgements used by the students and their teacher for evaluating distinctions on ways to proceed and so orienting learning towards the purpose of the activity. The students and their teacher negotiated and aesthetically evaluated norms concerning what constitutes functional code but also ways-to-be to be in the programming activity. The aesthetic language thus played an important part in socialization and how the students would position themselves as programmers or as non-programmers. Throughout the activity, expectations and evaluations of the code's construction and the robot's behavior became visible through students' expressions of frustration, anger, resignation, laughter, joy, and humor. An interesting finding was that student talk and doings revolved around the construction of the code in terms of its functionality. This became evident when the students executed their programs and used aesthetic expressions evaluating the extent to which the robot behaved as anticipated. Through aesthetic expressions, the students thus continuously evaluated the functionality of their programs (did the codes do what was intended, i.e. moving the robot in a specific way). Our findings contribute to the understanding of aesthetic experiences in technology education as contributing to the processes of learning and meaning-making and not only connected to design features of the artifacts produced.
References
Author et al., 2015
Ardies, J., De Maeyer, S., Gijbels, D., & van Keulen, H. (2015). Students attitudes towards technology. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 25, 43–65
del Olmo-Muñoz, J., Cózar-Gutiérrez, R. & González-Calero, J.A. (2022). Promoting second
graders’ attitudes towards technology through computational thinking instruction. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 32, 2019–2037
Kelly, G. J., McDonald, S., & Wickman, P.-O. (2012). Science learning and epistemology. In K. Tobin, B. J. Fraser & C. J. McRobbie (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Science Education (pp. 281–291). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
Potvin, P., & Hasni, A. (2014). Interest, motivation and attitude towards science and technology at
K-12 levels: a systematic review of 12 years of educational research. Studies in Science Education, 50(1), 85-129.
Virtanen, S., Räikkönen, E. & Ikonen, P. (2015). Gender-based motivational differences in
technology education. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 25,197–211
Vries, M.J. de (2016). Teaching about Technology an Introduction to the Philosophy of Technology
for Non-philosophers. (2nd ed. 2016.) Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Wickman, P.-O. (2006). Aesthetic experience in science education: learning and meaning-making as
    situated talk and action. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Wickman, P.-O. & Östman, L. (2002). Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism.
    Science Education, 86, 601-623.
Witherspoon, E.B., Schunn, C.D., Higashi, R.M. & Baehr, E.C. (2016). Gender, interest, and prior
experience shape opportunities to learn programming in robotics competitions. International Journal of STEM Education, 3, 18, 1-12


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Developing Student’s Skills in Creating Technological Start-Up Projects Based on the Thinking Design Algorithm.

Ibaly Toktamyssova1, Laura Bekeshova1, Damir Yerkmaliev2

1Aktau NIS, Kazakhstan; 2Almaty NIS, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Toktamyssova, Ibaly; Bekeshova, Laura

The main purpose of the study is to teach high school students how to prepare their Start-Up projects in accordance with modern requirements. Through the design thinking algorithm, you can develop the skills of preparing a startup project. In the empathy stage, teams were formed among the students, in the analysis and synthesis section, each team identified a problem that needs to be solved in the future, and in the third stage of design thinking, each group identified ways to solve the problem and started preparing a prototype (MVP). During the tests of the created prototype, the teams were able to find a timely solution to the identified obstacles. And in the last stage, each startup team presented their products at a fair held inside the school and received feedback from the audience. As a result, each team participates in various competitions and presents its products in the direction of a business idea.

The main goal of the research work is to use the thinking design algorithm to guide students in grades 9-11 to develop technological startup projects, identify the obstacles encountered and offer solutions.

Research questions:

- What do startup projects teach students in grades 9-11?

- What are the obstacles to improving the project and what actions have been taken to eliminate them?

- What is the effectiveness of the thinking design algorithm in developing technological startup projects for students?

In order not to lose motivation and interest in learning, it is important for teachers not only to conduct interesting lessons, but also to lead them to research projects. In order to implement modern business ideas, students ' desire to engage in startup projects is developing rapidly. In the process of developing startup projects, students develop skills of communicative, constructive thinking, problem solving through the accumulation and analysis of information. Therefore, in this study, an algorithm for thinking design was selected to train students to engage in startup work. D. Kelly states that thinking design relies on the natural ability to be intuitive, find patterns, and come up with ideas that are not only emotionally attractive but functional, so thinking design is an effective tool for developing creativity and skill [1]. The design of thinking is based on the ability of a person to feel intuitively, to create ideas that have not only a functional, but also an emotional component [2]. Thinking design is good for everyone because it goes beyond simple things, stereotypes, and patterns to solve and, as a result, helps open up new paths, opportunities [3]. Using 6 stages of the thinking design algorithm in the development of technological startup projects, you can hone students ' love for the complex and creative skills.

Methods of startup development. A startup is a way to test new product ideas with real customers and constantly adjust the business model to get started. In 2011, Eric Rees proposed the Lean Startup approach in his book business from scratch [4].


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Three startup teams of three students participated in this research work with different topics. One group studied and prepared their technology startup project for two years, the other two groups developed it for a year and presented the results to competitions of different levels. Three research methods were selected for this study: interviewing students, monitoring the process of creating a startup project, and analyzing the rational and irrational aspects of each group's project [5]. The questions of interviews with students were aimed at obtaining information about the rational points of the thinking design method in the preparation of students ' startup projects and the difficulties that occurred during the process and their solution. And the development of students ' technological startup projects was controlled using a thought design algorithm. It was based on interviewing members of the group and analyzing the project, developing students ' critical thinking skills, communication skills, and information collection and analysis found in startup projects. The development of these skills was aimed at students ' positive results in competitions using the thought design algorithm selected during the analysis of the study. During the project control, the difficulties identified in testing the prototype (MVP) at the sixth stage of thinking design were analyzed and the rational aspects of the project were proposed solutions to the difficulties [6]. These selected methods can be used at the beginning of the process of preparing startup projects, in the middle, and in the final sections of the study to achieve results, helping to assess the growth of students ' research skills.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the initial stage of empathy, students ' shared interests in the field of technology were identified and teams were formed depending on the project directions. Since it is important to identify the problem, as Williamson said in his 2015 study of starting and running start-up projects, as a result of Interview Questions aimed at identifying the problems, the consistency of the preparatory process of students in the design of the project, ways to make improvements to the project through the analysis of new information, and the strengthening of a cooperative environment between students were identified as rational points of this method [7]. Research environment in the process of monitoring the team activities of students, the third stage of thought design was the presentation of ideas aimed at solving the problem by team members. In an interview, students noted that with the help of an algorithm of thinking design, students were rational in identifying the problem that motivated their business ideas, determining the consistency and role of each team member in proposing solutions, and contributing to the formation of a system in dealing with research. At the stage of prototyping, we distributed tasks according to the abilities of each student and monitored the timely completion of the work. During the testing of the created prototype, problems were identified in each team, for example, in the startup project "Blind Klavish" for blind people, created by a team of 11th grade students, the size of the prototype was too large to cause problems in use. We decided to reduce the size of the keyboard by conducting an analysis. At the final stage of thought design, students used their communication skills to defend their projects, defended them in a limited time, and each group achieved the desired result.
References
1.Kelly, D. (2015). Creative confidence.: How to release and realize your creative powers. ABC-Atticus, 278-282.
2.Goldman, S., & Zielezinski, M. B. (2016). Teaching with design thinking: Developing new vision and approaches to twenty-first century learning. Connecting science and engineering education practices in meaningful ways: Building bridges, 237-262.
3.Kashitsyn, A. S., Belov, S. V., & Bezmenov, A. A. (2013). Development of students' research skills in physics lessons. Bulletin of the Nizhny Novgorod University. NEITHER Lobachevsky, (5-2), 76-80.
4.Ros, B. (2017). The Habit of achieving: How to apply design thinking to achieve goals that seemed impossible to you. "Mann, Ivanov and Ferber", 188.
5.Ris, E. (2014). Business from Scratch: A Lean Startup method for quickly testing ideas and choosing a business model. Alpina Publisher, 45-54.
6.Wilson, J. R., & Pritsker, A. A. B. (1978). A survey of research on the simulation startup problem. Simulation, 31(2), 55-58.
7.Williamson, B. (2018). Silicon startup schools: Technocracy, algorithmic imaginaries and venture philanthropy in corporate education reform. Critical studies in education, 59(2), 218-236.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm28 SES 01 A: Educating Europe: Diversity, Commonality and the enduring question of Europeanisation
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Romuald Normand
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Educating Europe: Diversity, Commonality and the enduring question of Europeanisation

Sotiria Grek

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Grek, Sotiria

The lecture will discuss commonality and diversification in education through a focus on the story of Europeanisation. This is a story which, much like most accounts narrating this old continent, is one of difference and commonness. On the one hand, diversity is integral to Europe, since most of what we identify with a degree of ‘Europeanness’ has always connected diverse people and ideas through movement and mobility; education, either in its institutionalised or in its less formal guises, has always been central in the distinctiveness -but also unity- of cultures, practices and peoples around Europe.

Paradoxically however, the national education ‘system’ has always been relatively closed off; seen as a bounded entity in itself, it became one of the last fortresses of the nation-state against the predicament of ‘global’ dictates and shifts. Despite borrowings and ‘policy lessons’, education has been one of the main pillars of building the ‘national’, as national stereotyping would continually separate and therefore define ‘us’ from ‘them’. At the same time, and despite its inherent fluidity and changeable nature, another relatively bounded entity was being formed: that is ‘Europe’, which in disciplinary and broader political terms emerged as an entity defined predominantly as the effort to unite the European peoples -despite divergences- in the common European ‘project’.

Therefore, this lecture will explore the dialectical relationship between commonality and difference and show its potential for a more productive analysis of the governing of Europe. It will suggest that this antithetical relationship -which has to a large extent shaped European history- between a desire to move, travel, get to know one another, yet routinely, almost subconsciously finding those ‘others’ as different and hence unintelligible, is a particularly productive setting in which to investigate the production of Europe itself. The lecture will aim to move beyond top-down accounts of the transfer of European education policy from Brussels to the national, towards more attention to the interaction of diversity and commonness as key Europeanising forces.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper will be based on research in the field of Europeanisation of education over the last 15 years, and in particular the last 5, as part of an ERC project. The methods have predominantly been qualitative, and specifically case studies, interviews and discourse analysis
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
please see the abstract above
References
None
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm28 SES 01 B: Educational pathways and class differences
Location: Gilbert Scott, Melville [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Benjamin Mulvey
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Social Mobility and Shame – The Emotional Experience of Social Class in Education

Flora Petrik

University of Tübingen, Germany

Presenting Author: Petrik, Flora

Feelings of shame appear as a central dimension in the experiences of working-class students (Loveday, 2016; Skeggs & Loveday, 2012). Literature shows that those, who – against statistical odds (Hauschildt et al., 2021) – are the first in their family to attend university are frequently accompanied by feelings of shame in academic spaces. In his analysis, German Sociologist Sighard Neckel exposes feelings of shame as deeply connected with social hierarchy and thus always related to the social biography of subjects (Neckel, 2020). Nevertheless, the significance of shame in social mobility tends to remain a side note in empirical studies (e.g. Hinz, 2016). Rather, these studies focus on the experience of foreignness, the lack of fit and coping with habitual differences (Bathmaker et al., 2016; Lehmann, 2013; Hurst, 2010; Reay, Crozier & Clayton, 2009). However, shame seems to be of particular importance looking at the current state of education: According to the meritocratic logic, disadvantage, dropouts, and lack of fit in educational institutions are discursively interpreted as individual failures, as collective patterns of interpreting of social inequality lose their significance (Neckel, 2020). Feelings of shame are thus necessarily produced in the educational institutions of an increasingly individualised society. The university acts as an accomplice in the social production of shame – and shame becomes a fundamental pedagogical problem (Magyar-Haas, 2020). Still, the question of how shame unfolds in concrete empirical contexts of class transitions has yet to be answered.

Against this background, the paper poses the questions: What role do feelings of shame play in processes of social mobility in the context of university? How is 'class shame' coped with in the process of social mobility? To answer these questions, I will draw on exploratively collected data from a research project that aimed at gaining better understanding of the lived experiences of working-class students regarding their navigation of their course of education (“Becoming Academic – First-Generations Students in Austrian und German Higher Education”, 2019-2023). This in-depth qualitative research was formulated as a biographical inquiry (Merrill, 2020), with data having been collected via biographical-narrative interviews and through written accounts. The aim of this paper is to use in-depth empirical research to gain insight into the emotional experience of social class in education and outline systematic reflections the role of shame in these processes. As an example, the autobiographical accounts of an education studies student are brought into the centre of the analysis and questioned regarding shame and its representation.

Particularly when debating social closure and education, shame needs to be conceptualised in relation to the reproduction of social inequality. Thus, the theoretical framework of this study combines Pierre Bourdieu’s idea of social reproduction (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990) and his work on habitus, milieu and field (Bourdieu, 1984) with Neckel’s concept of shame as a social emotion (Neckel, 2020). Neckel differentiates between moral and social shame: unlike moral shame, which is linked to guilt, social shame has a specific societal function (ibid.). Shame is thus considered both a product and a producer of class relations in that it devalues the shamed, legitimates the subordination of one subject to another in the experience of shame, and thus contributes to the self-participation of the shamed subjects in the maintenance of the social order. The feelings of inferiority expressed in social shame are not individual, but bound to membership of certain social groups, collective identities, and social classes (ibid.). Feelings of shame in the context of higher education are therefore not simply personal, they are rather profoundly social since the symbolic relations of violence are reflected in the subjective experience of shame (Bourdieu, 2001).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this paper, I draw on a qualitative research project that aimed at analysing university education and its practices and expectations from the perspectives of first-generation students. Led by the assumption that the examination of life histories can generate insights into social conditions (Bron & Thunborg, 2017), different biographical data has been generated between February 2019 and January 2022: 17 biographical-narrative interviews and 7 autobiographical stories of one's educational path have been selected in a process of theoretical sampling (Strauss & Corbin, 1990), constructing 24 case studies of first-generation students across universities in Austria and Germany (n=4). The generally increasing, comparable rates of educational participation in Austria and Germany led to a growing number of students whose parents did not attain tertiary education (Hauschildt et al. 2021). However, most students at Austrian and German universities come from academic-experienced families, leading to a diverse student body in terms of social class and thus calling for an investigation on emotional practices.
For the empirical investigation, first-generation students of Bachelor, Master or Doctorate programmes in the humanities and social sciences were selected. In focussing on these subject areas, the subject-specific cultures which shape the process of university socialisation were paid regard to. The students were invited for biographical narrative interviews or to share written stories of their educational path. Whilst biographical interviews have been extensively described as a valuable approach to understanding student experiences in higher education (West, Bron & Merrill 2014), written stories prove to be a worthwhile addition to engage narratively with students. The interviews ranged around two hours and were transcribed verbatim, the autobiographical written stories are between 5 and 20 pages long. The sampling strategy, the logic of data collection and the data analysis were developed in the style of grounded theory methodology (Strauss & Corbin, 1990) to generate new hypotheses on the phenomenon of the emotional experience of social mobility. Thus, the focus of the methodology lied on reconstructing the students' emotional experience relating to university, their studies, and their interactions with their friends and families. Shame proved to be a viable core variable for further theorisation in the coding process of the data material. Through a comparative analysis of how upward mobility is experienced among the study participants, patterns of experiencing and dealing with shame can be traced.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Informed by an understanding of shame as a social and societal emotion, different roles of shame in class transitions can be reconstructed. I have developed two concepts based on the empirical analysis: shame as affective pattern (1) and shame as affective drive (2).
Shame unfolds not only as a subjectively experienced and at the same time interactively produced experience of class differences, but also as a recurring affective pattern. The retrospective narratives open a resonance space for shameful feelings; in the biographical reflections of shame, shame once again is experienced. Reacting to (past) shame with (present) shame points to the structuring role shame in the biographical process of social mobility. Shame seems to congeal into an affective disposition in class transition, which structures and shapes the ways of dealing with painful experiences.
Based on the empirical analysis, shame is not only to be understood as a 'negative', regressive emotional practice, but also considered as creative, affective force. Feelings of shame prove to be ambivalent: they are the painful experience of class differences, but paradoxically foster reflexivity and thus benefit the upward movement. Feelings of shame possible kindle an eagerness to leave a restricting environment behind and create the vague desire for a different life. These considerations seem particularly interesting in reference to the state of research and the open question of the complex role of feelings of shame in educational processes. Shame thus proves to be a fundamentally ambivalent emotion within educational class transitions.
Certainly, shame is not the only emotion involved in social mobility: feelings of guilt, anger, sadness and melancholy, but also lust, pride, joy and enthusiasm are also of particular relevance in the collected narratives. The relationship between these emotions and their specific significance in class transitions will be investigated in future studies.

References
Bathmaker, A-M., Ingram. N., Abrahams, J., Hoare, A., Waller, R. & Bradley, H. (2016). Higher Education, Social Class and Social Mobility. The Degree Generation. Palgrave Macmillan.
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (2001). Masculine Domination. Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (2nd ed.). Sage Publications.
Bron, A., and Thunborg, C. (2017). Theorising biographical work from non-traditional students' stories in higher education. International Journal of Contemporary Sociology, 54 (2), 111-128.
Hauschildt, K., Gwosć, C., Schirmer, H. & Wartenbergh-Cras, F. (2021). Social and Economic Conditions of Student Life in Europe. EUROSTUDENT VII Synopsis of Indicators 2018-2021. wbv.
Hinz, S. E. (2016). Upwardly mobile: Attitudes toward the class transition among first-generation college students. Journal of College Student Development, 57 (3), 285 299.
Hurst, A. (2010). The burden of academic success: Loyalists, renegades, and double agents. Lexing-ton Books.
Lehmann, W. (2013). Habitus transformation and hidden injuries: Successful working-class university students. Sociology of Education, 87 (1), 1 15.
Loveday, V. (2016). Embodying deficiency through ‘affective practice’. Shame, relationality, and the lived experience of social class and gender in higher education. Sociology, 50 (6), 1140-1155.
Magyar-Haas, V. (2020). Shame as an anthropological, historical and social emotion. In L. Frost, V. Magyar-Haas, H. Schoneville & A. Sicora (eds.), Shame and Social Work. Theory, Reflexivity and Practice (p. 55-77). Policy Press.
Merrill, B. (2020). Biographical Inquiry. In B. Grummell & F. Finnegan (eds.), Doing Critical and Creative Research in Adult Education (p. 15-24). Brill.
Neckel, S. (2020). Sociology of Shame: Basic Theoretical Considerations. In L. Frost, V. Magyar-Haas, H. Schoneville & A. Sicora (eds.), Shame and Social Work. Theory, Reflexivity and Practice, Bristol 2020: Policy Press, S. 39-54
Reay, D., Crozier, G. & Clayton, J. (2009). 'Strangers in paradise’? Working-class students in elite universities. Sociology, 43 (6), 1103 1121.

Skeggs, B. & Loveday, V. (2012) Struggles for value: Value practices, injustice, judgment, affect and the idea of class. British Journal of Sociology 63(3), 472-490.
Strauss, A. & Corbin, J. (1990). Basics of Qualitative Research. Grounded Theory Procedures and Techniques. Sage.
West, L., Bron, A. & Merrill, B. (2014). Researching Student Experience. In F. Finnegan, B. Merrill & C. Thunborg (eds.), Student Voices on Inequalities in European Higher Education (p. 25-36). Routledge.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

A Study Of Educational Pathways Into, And Within, Retail Careers

Marianne Høyen

Aarhus Universitet, Denmark

Presenting Author: Høyen, Marianne

Although the current trend is to shop online supermarkets still have customers, especially around rush hour. In Denmark, when we shop in person, we meet just a few junior (often young) staff members who perform the routine but essential retail tasks like stocking shelves, arranging displays, working on the tills, cleaning counters, and sweeping the floor. Such work seems simple but behind it there exists a complex, increasingly technological, global chain of markets, production, and transportation. To function within these challenging spheres requires skills that must be learned and further developed within a commercial, organisational framework, yet how these are acquired is rarely studied. So, this project sets out to examine and analyse internal training and educational practices in retail, focusing on the basic workforce up to mid-level management.

At the conference I will present preliminary findings and ideas for further research.

The background for the project is that the public education system, since WWII, has been part of an extensive education project (Imsen et al., 2017) which ensures that as citizens in the welfare state we in Denmark share a common view of society and consequently of how education should be understood and performed. Within this unilinear perspective, other forms of educational activities become invisible, particularly those that increasingly take place outside the welfare state's value framework, such as internships and training within the retail area. Even when it is acknowledged that the public and business sectors are not two separate worlds but interact and rely on each other at many points (Pedersen, 2011), training activities remain shrouded, for the educational activities of floor workers and management are not a fundamental part of a business’s daily activities. Dealing with specific competencies together with liberal and commercial values and attitudes requires worldviews that differ from those embedded in public education.

The overarching framework for this project is an analysis of how cultural worlds that traditionally are categorically apart, meet. Attitudes towards the other – a possibly unknown world – shape our ideas about ourselves even while we enhance our understanding of the unfamiliar. Taking a sociological perspective, and inspired by Bertaux & Bertaux-Wiame (1981), the study will seek to capture values and attitudes related to working in the business area from both within and outside retail. Furthermore, it will study young people who work and have careers within large retail chains: for personal, familial, and social reasons, significant numbers of retail employees have earlier opted out of public education programmes and are hence seen as individuals with 'No education'. However, this label often obscures other forms of educational activity: partly completed educational programmes, study undertaken outside Denmark, or informal learning from participation in civic society.

The questions the project will seek to answer are: What leads to the choice of a career in retail and which dynamics within families, school, society, and companies propel the young into retail? What are the young employees’ stories about their working life, and their understandings of possibilities in the organisational field they act within? Do discontinued studies or civic educational engagement influence the choice to work in retail and, if so, how? Moreover, what can we learn from this encounter between the cultural worlds in business and the public school system?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Phase I: Ethnographic observation and biographical interviews. Later phases: questionnaire and register data.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the project is in a preliminary phase - none yet
References
Bertaux, D., & Bertaux-Wiame, I. (1981). Artisanal Bakery in France. In F. Bechhofer & B. Elliott (Eds.), The Petite Bourgeoisie.
Imsen, G., Blossing, U., & Moos, L. (2017). Reshaping the Nordic education model in an era of efficiency. Changes in the comprehensive school project in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden since the millennium. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(5), 568–583.
Pedersen, O. K. (2011). Konkurrencestaten. Hans Reitzels Forlag.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Precarious Finances, Precarious Lives: A Survey of International Students in Australia

Benjamin Mulvey, Alan Morris, Luke Ashton

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Mulvey, Benjamin

The number of international students in Australia has expanded rapidly over the past three decades, in line with a trend towards global expansion in the number of globally mobile postsecondary students: there were more than 5.3 million people studying for a tertiary qualification outside of their home country as of 2017 (UNESCO, 2021). Australia has benefitted from this migratory flow, having developed a highly lucrative higher education export industry. In 2021, despite the Covid-19 pandemic, there were 570,626 students enrolled in Australian tertiary institutions, making it the fourth most popular destination country for globally mobile students.

In this paper, based on data from a mixed-methods study, first, we seek to understand how levels of financial precarity vary within this group, responding to calls to reverse the socioeconomic homogenization of the international student migrant in existing academic work (e.g. Lipura & Collins, 2020; Raghuram et al., 2020). Secondly, we explore the ways in which financial precarity seeps into the ‘intimate spheres’ of international students’ lives. In doing so, we aim to centre and refine ‘precarity’ as a conceptual framing for the study of international student mobility. As such, although this study is focused on the Australian context, we seek to discuss the wider implications of increased precarity among international students globally, including in Europe. We posit the use of precarity as a bridge or ‘relational nexus’ (Neilson, 2019), anchored in structural conditions but connecting these to the broader lived experiences of students, focusing on time poverty, social isolation, and negative impacts on physical and mental wellbeing, as facets of precariousness understood as ‘a socioontological dimension of lives and bodies’ (Lorey, 2015, p.11). In sum, rather than defining precarity exclusively as an economic condition, we propose that it is useful to explore the connections between financial precarity and precarious life (Strauss & McGrath, 2018).

The precarity and precariousness of international student migrants remains underexplored. They are generally framed as a relatively homogenous group, through consumption-based metaphors, as privileged members of the nascent ‘global middle class(es)’ (Robertson, 2015). This is reflected in the fact that a significant portion of the empirical research on internationally mobile students has been concerned with the ways in which this form of migration is employed as a means of middle-class social reproduction. As a result, research in this area, especially that focused on major destinations in the Global North, has only rarely acknowledged the full diversity of socio-economic backgrounds within this group. However, there is increasing recognition of a critical need to acknowledge the vulnerability and precarity faced by many international students, progressing beyond the aforementioned ‘flattening’ of the socio-economic dimensions of international student mobility (Lipura & Collins, 2020; Raghuram et al., 2020). The findings that we present in this paper contribute to understandings of precarity among international student migrants by highlighting the high level of variation between this group.

Survey respondents are divided into four groups of financial deprivation, according to results from a baseline survey which collected information on financial stress indicators – none, moderate, high, and extreme. This enables an exploration of the ways in which economic insecurity, and other facets of broader lived experience – wellbeing, free time, and relationships – interact with each other and shape migrants’ experiences differentially along lines of financial vulnerability.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data used in this paper was collected as part of a mixed methods project focused on housing precarity among international students in Australia’s private rental sector. In this paper, we draw on an initial survey conducted between August and December 2019 in Sydney and Melbourne, and semi-structured interviews conducted with 48 international students. The survey focused on students’ experiences of the private rental sector, and also included items related to student wellbeing, social capital, and a range of indicators of financial stress. Central to this article is an understanding of students experiences of varying levels of financial stress in Australia, a country ranked as among the most expensive to live in for international students. A modified version of the Australian Bureau of Statistics’ (ABS) financial stress questionnaire was employed in order to capture levels of financial stress experienced by students within the sample. The survey was sent to all students across 43 tertiary education institutions, and received 7,084 valid responses from international students at 10 universities, 24 vocational education providers, 7 English Language Colleges and 2 foundation colleges in the two fieldwork sites. The survey was available in either English or Mandarin Chinese in order to ensure a high response rate among the Chinese students, as China represented the largest source of international students in Australia at the time the survey was conducted.This data is supplemented by insights from 48 in-depth semi-structured interviews. The interviews covered a wide range of themes including friendship and social ties, loneliness, paid employment, financial stress, finding accommodation, housing insecurity and housing quality. They were conducted via Zoom, as they were undertaken during the pandemic when face-to-face meetings were not possible. A shortlist of 120 contacts who indicated willingness to be interviewed was developed based on the composite precarity score, with an aim of selecting students with varying experiences of precarity. The interviews were analysed through both deductive and inductive coding, using NVivo qualitative data analysis software.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We seek to make two key points. First, the data presented contributes to a fuller recognition of the socio-economic dimensions of international student mobility, and thus to a contesting of the (still) prevailing framing of the international student migrant as a privileged, discerning, consumer of a service export. In effect, we demonstrate that there exists a significant hierarchy of privilege and risk among international students in Australia. This has relevance to all major international student destination countries, including those in Europe.

Second, we seek to move beyond the discussion of precarity in the economic domain among international students in Australia by employing the concept of precarity as a ‘relational nexus’ that links ‘questions of political economy to matters of culture, subjectivity, and experience’ (Neilson, 2019, p. 571). We found that the students experiencing greater levels of financial precarity were more likely to express anxiety that the number of hours they need to work would impact their academic performance. These students were also more likely to go without necessities such as food and to have difficulty making close friends.

The interviews highlight a number of mechanisms through which financial precarity shapes these facets of broader wellbeing, and through which these facets of personal precariousness may become mutually reinforcing. For example, we emphasise how the need to work, and housing affordability stress contribute to time poverty, anxiety, and difficulties developing close friendships among the most precarious students. Further to this, we explored the ways in which these forms of precarity create a vicious circle wherein, as an example, a lack of free time may negatively impact wellbeing, which in turn may exacerbate financial precarity.

References
Lipura, S. J., & Collins, F. L. (2020). Towards an integrative understanding of contemporary educational mobilities: A critical agenda for international student mobilities research. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 18(3), 343–359. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2020.1711710

Lorey, I. (2015). State of Insecurity: Government of the Precarious. Verso Books.

Neilson, B. (2019). Precarious in Piraeus: On the making of labour insecurity in a port concession. Globalizations, 16(4), 559–574. https://doi.org/10.1080/14747731.2018.1463755

Raghuram, P., Breines, M. R., & Gunter, A. (2020). Beyond #FeesMustFall: International students, fees and everyday agency in the era of decolonisation. Geoforum, 109, 95–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2020.01.002

Robertson, S. (2015). Contractualization, depoliticization and the limits of solidarity: Noncitizens in contemporary Australia. Citizenship Studies, 19(8), 936–950.
https://doi.org/10.1080/13621025.2015.1110286

Strauss, K., & McGrath, S. (2017). Temporary migration, precarious employment and unfree labour relations: Exploring the ‘continuum of exploitation’ in Canada’s Temporary Foreign Worker Program. Geoforum, 78, 199–208. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2016.01.008

United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (2021) Global flow of tertiary-level students. http://uis.unesco.org/en/uis-student-flow.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm29 SES 01 A: Approaches to Different Artistic Fields in Educational Research
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Tal Vaizman
Paper Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Methodological and Context-Sensitive Characteristics of Research in Tertiary Dance Education. A Systematic Literature Review of the Recent Research Literature

Anita Lanszki, Adrienn Papp-Danka, Agota Tongori

Hungarian Dance University, Hungary

Presenting Author: Lanszki, Anita; Tongori, Agota

Dance can be examined by many research methods in many disciplines, such as psychology, pedagogy, ethnography, and cultural anthropology. In most cases, the target group of those studies is adolescent professionals or pupils in K-12 education. Therefore, recent research focuses especially on dance research in higher education. We hypothesized that besides the description of best practices and qualitative studies, quantitative empirical studies could also be found in tertiary education because of the research activities of higher education.

There is a lack of empirical research in tertiary dance education, especially in Europe. Studies from countries whose first language is English are overrepresented. The advantage of the present research is that the actual state of the multidisciplinary dance research in higher education is mapped regarding (1) the most frequently examined dance types in dance research; (2) the countries most typically represented in dance research in higher education contexts, and the local characteristics of dance research in the given context; (3) the tendencies in research design; (4) the types of research instruments; (5) the most highlighted research topics in dance research in the last ten years.

According to P21’s skills map on arts (Dean et al., 2010) and Scheff et al.’s Dance and 21st Century Skills Poster (2014), the skill set to date involves identical components such as critical thinking and problem solving, communication, collaboration, creativity, innovation, information literacy, ICT literacy, flexibility and adaptability, initiative and self-direction, social and cross-cultural skills, productivity, accountability, leadership and responsibility, as well as interdisciplinary themes. The question arises, to what extent the latest research in the field of dance in higher education contexts covers the range of desirable 21st century knowledge domain, and where there may be gaps.

In the research related to dance, there are mostly case studies and action research with the reflection of the trainer about good practices in dance classes (Baran, 2020; Petsilas et al., 2019; Rimmer, 2017; Roe, 2017; Stevens et al., 2020), and the empirical studies following a quantitative research paradigm seem to be underrepresented. These research are Motion Notation studies (Dilek & Muhsin, 2017) or related to dancers’ health state (DiPasquale et al, 2021).

With the present literature review, we intend to provide an overview of the current knowledge about research in dance education with the aim of finding out what is already known from previous research. Nevertheless – according to Newman & Gough (2020) –, this research method could not only be used to answer questions about what we know but also for what we do not know about the chosen phenomenon. In our systematic review, we use the common set of processes described in Systematic Reviews in Educational Research. Methodology, Perspectives and Application (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019).

According to that, our research questions were:

  • Is there a dance type that is better represented by empirical research?

  • Are there geographical patterns in dance research?

  • Which research design is more frequently utilized in dance research – quantitative or qualitative?

  • Are there any validated instruments for research in dance, or rather measuring instruments of other disciplines are used in dance-related research as well?

  • What are the main topics of recent dance research?

Objective:

The present study aims to explore, through a systematic literature review, what research has targeted dance students in tertiary dance education in the last 10 years and what kind of emerging research methods and instruments are used and developed in this area and where the possible gaps are.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research method of recent research was a systematic literature review. We conducted a comprehensive review protocol and synthesized research data from the last ten years focusing on our key questions of tertiary dance education.
In our research, we used purposive sampling. We searched relevant papers in the EBSCO, ERIC, DOAJ, and Scopus databases with the keywords “dance”, “higher education”, and “research”. The examined sources were selected by the following criteria: the paper must have been peer-reviewed, written in English, and has been published in the last 10 years (2013 - 2023). In EBSCO, ten results could be found based on our search terms and only three of them were relevant. In ERIC, there were 71 results but only 58 of them proved to be relevant. ResearchGate database did not prove to be appropriate for machine search as filtering of peer-reviewed papers was not possible.  
After the duplicate screening, four papers were removed from the sample because they did not connect to dance or dance research or the research was not conducted in a higher education environment. The rest of the sources were prioritized after the weight of the evidence. At the end of the selection process, the sample of our systematic review consisted of 69 research papers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the systematic review, we examined 69 articles focusing on dance research in higher education. The results showed that more than 50% of the research was carried out in the United States and the United Kingdom. 10 research was conducted in Australia and Asia, and only 9 in European countries. Our hypothesis was only partially confirmed. We indeed found a few studies with mixed and quantitative methodologies, but most of the research on dance in higher education is mainly related to the qualitative paradigm. 67% of the research used thematic analysis of participants' narratives about educational dance experiences. Of these studies, 12 were action research, in which a trainer facilitated a training improvement and observed the process. Data for the thematic analysis was based on the researchers' experiences and the experiences of the interviewed participants. In these studies, interviews and surveys with open-ended questions were involved as research instruments. Only seven studies followed the quantitative methodology and validated measurement tests could only be found in 3 studies about dance students’ mental and physical well-being. Most research thematized traditional local and folk dances, classical ballet and contemporary dance, and also marginal dance styles, such as several street dance forms, like hip-hop are examined in two papers. In the focus of recent dance research are topics like dance method-centered experimental and reflective action studies, intercultural inclusivity in dance classes, (auto)ethnographic roots of different dance styles, dancers’ life and health management skills, and the use of dance in physical education, but not the topic of 21st Century Skills.
References
Baran, A. I. (2020). Sneaking Meditation. Journal of Dance Education, 22(1), 23–31. https://doi.org/10.1080/15290824.2020.1765248

Dean, C. H., Ebert, C. M. L., McGreevy-Nichols, S., Quinn, B., Sabol, F., Schmid, D., Shauck, R. B., & Shuler, S. (2010). 21st Century Skills Map: The Arts. Partnership for 21st Century Skills.

Dilek, C. E., & Muhsin, H. (2017b). Comparison of movement notation (Laban) and traditional methodological learning success in teaching folk dances. Educational Research and Reviews, 12(7), 425–431. https://doi.org/10.5897/err2016.3118

DiPasquale, S., Wood, M. C., & Edmonds, R. (2021). Heart rate variability in a collegiate dance environment: insights on overtraining for dance educators. Research in Dance Education, 22(1), 108–125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14647893.2021.1884673

Partnershipfor21st CenturySkills(2009). P21 Framework Definitions.  http://www.21stcenturyskills.org.

Petsilas, P., Leigh, J., Brown, N., & Blackburn, C. (2019). Creative and embodied methods to teach reflections and support students’ learning. Research in Dance Education, 20(1), 19–35. https://doi.org/10.1080/14647893.2019.1572733

Rimmer, R. (2017). Negotiating the rules of engagement: exploring perceptions of dance technique learning through Bourdieu’s concept of ‘doxa.’ Research in Dance Education, 18(3), 221–236. https://doi.org/10.1080/14647893.2017.1354836

Roe, S. (2017). Chasing ambiguity: critical reflections on working with dance graduates. Research in Dance Education, 18(2), 205–216. https://doi.org/10.1080/14647893.2017.1354842

Scheff, H., Sprague, M., & McGreevy-Nichols, S. (2014, October 10). Dance and 21st Century Skills Poster.

Stevens, K., Pedro, R. A., & Hanrahan, S. J. (2019). Building an authentic cultural curriculum through tertiary cultural dance. Arts and Humanities in Higher Education, 19(3), 264–284. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474022219833648

Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., & Buntins, K. (2019). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. Springer Publishing.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

The Connection between Savoring Art and Personal Growth among University Students from the UK, USA, Canada, and Israel

Tal Vaizman, Gal Harpaz

The Open University of Israel, Israel

Presenting Author: Vaizman, Tal; Harpaz, Gal

In the current study savoring art, self-efficacy, and subjective well-being, were measured among students as possible predictors of personal growth. Although studies have shown correlations between subjective well-being, self-efficacy, and savoring art, no study has examined the relationship between these characteristics and personal growth among students, taking into account students’ characteristics such as diagnosis of learning disabilities or ADHD, and time spent learning versus the time devoted to paid work. Thus, the aim of this study is twofold. First, to explore the predictive association between students’ characteristics and personal growth. Second, to provide evidence regarding the relationship between personal characteristics (e.g. subjective well-being, self-efficacy, and savoring art) and students’ personal growth.

Studies were done over the years in an attempt to profile an effective learner, by examining learning strategies, best applied for a certain goal (Chamot, 2014), or focusing on teaching strategies and flexibility in adapting them to the need of the times (Vaizman, 2022). Psychological aspects of the learner were examined in an attempt to point to desired qualities and conduct while facing academic challenges (Vaizman & Harpaz, 2022). This study places personal growth in the focus in the attempt to fill the gap around self-improvement characteristics of an effective learner.

Personal growth refers to an evaluation of the self in the search for continuing growth, attaching life's meaning to personal development (Ryff, 1995), involving an active and intentional action towards its fulfillment (Robitschek, 1998). Though personal growth was linked to the Big-5 (Schmutte & Ryff, 1997), studies most commonly explored its effect on other variables, and rarely was the way to achieve it examined. The need for a continuing growth and for the consumption of art are close in nature, and considering the implications of COVID-19 on art consumption, performances, and well-being, this study focused on savoring art as a possible predictor of personal growth, a quality presumably less effected during social distancing than art consumption, and therefore measurable despite changes in social conditions.

The positive connection between personal growth and savoring art was pointed to before (Lee et al., 2021). Savoring art, unlike art consumption, is the joy and appreciation one has towards art (ibid.). leaning on selected items from the openness to experience scale, (DeYoung et al., 2007), Lee et al. (2021) coined the term savoring art, and also found a positive connection between it and subjective well-being. This connection is consistent with the positive relation between openness to experience and well-being (Strickhouser et al., 2017).

Additional two personal characteristics were examined: self-efficacy – a key quality in learning strategies, and subjective well-being, which was shown to be affected by COVID-19 (Foa et al., 2020). Subjective well-being estimates a person's satisfaction with their life (Seligman, 2002), leaning on their personal, cognitive, and affective, evaluation of it (Diener, 1994). Both subjective well-being and self-efficacy are personal characteristics that were previously associated with achievements and success (Bandura, 1997). Self-efficacy is considered a key quality in coping with challenges and sustaining an academic course (Pajares & Urdan, 2006). Defined as one's belief in their ability to successfully complete a task (Bandura, 1997), self-efficacy is considered among a person's coping resources while facing challenges and is associated with active approaches toward achieving a goal (Van den Brande et al., 2016). Self-efficacy was linked to academic success (Roick & Ringeisen, 2017), to other coping resources like grit and help-seeking orientation (Vaizman & Harpaz, 2022) as well as to well-being (Karademas, 2006).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample consisted of 351 participants between the age of 18 and 62 (M = 27.95, SD = 8.82), 91 males and 260 females, 183 were from Anglophonic countries (USA, Canada, and the UK) and 168 were Israeli participants. Testing for sample differences in both groups it was found that the Israelis were older (Israeli’s M = 31.49, SD = 9.55; Anglophonic’ M = 24.68, SD = 6.59) (t(293.59)=-7.70, p < .001, Cohen’s d = 0.83). No difference in Gender was found (χ2(1)=.11, p = .74). Moreover, Israelis reported more LD and/or ADHD (24.4%) than Anglophonic participants (10.4%) (χ2(1)=12.15, p < .001). Furthermore, Israelis reported studying for shorter periods of time per week (less than 9 hours (62.5%)) in comparison to Anglophonic participants (less than 9 hours (36.1%)). Anglophonic participants, on the other hand, reported studying for longer periods of time per week (10-19 hours (41.6%) and more than 20 hours (22.3%)) than the Israelis (10-19 hours (26.8%) and more than 20 hours (10.7%)) (χ2(4)=25.64, p < .001). Weekly hours spent working exhibited an opposite pattern, with Anglophonic participants reporting fewer hours of work (e.g. less than 5 hours (50.3%) in comparison to Israelis (less than 5 hours - 14.9%)) while Israelis reported more weekly work hours (e.g. more than 20 hours - 60.7%) in comparison to the Anglophonic (more than 20 hours - 24.6%) (χ2(4)=61.47, p < .001).

All participants answered the following questionnaires:  
Background Questionnaire included a diagnosis of LD or ADHD, study time, and payment employment per week.
Savoring Art Questionnaire Lee et al., (2021), to measure enjoyment of art in daily life, a six-items scale running on 7-point Likert-scale, the higher score indicates stronger art savoring. Cronbach’s α=0.71.
New General Self-Efficacy Scale (Chen et al., 2001) – an eight-items scale running on a 5-point Likert-scale. The higher score represents high self-efficacy. Cronbach’s α=0.91.
The Satisfaction with Life Scale (Diener et al., 1985) as a measure of subjective well-being. It’s a five-items scale running on a 7-point Likert-scale. The higher score represents high subjective well-being. Cronbach’s α=0.90.
Personal Growth measured by sub-scale from Ryff and Keyes (1995). It’s a 3-items scale on a 5-point Likert-scale. The higher score represents stronger personal growth. Cronbach’s α=0.70.
All the participants answered the questioners online, filled out an informed consent form prior to participating in the study, in which the purpose of the study was explained and anonymity was guaranteed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
Initially, to account for sample differences of the demographic variables in personal growth, a moderation analysis was conducted, using the PROCESS addon to SPSS. Results indicated a main effect for sample (b= .23,se= .08,p= .004,95%CI [.07,.39]), the Israelis had higher personal growth than the Anglophonic sample. However, no main effect was found for age (b= -.01,se= .01,p= .19,95%CI [-.02,.003]), or for gender (F(1,346)=.02,p=.89,η^2=.00). Moreover, no main effect was found for LD and/or ADHD on personal growth (F(1,347)=.68,p=.41,η^2=.00), or for learning hours (F(4,341)=.43,p=.79,η^2=.01) and working hours (F(4,341)=1.27,p=.28,η^2=.02). Moreover, no significant interactions were found between these variables and sample.
Secondly, Pearson correlation coefficients indicate positive correlations between personal growth and savoring art (r=.32;p<.001), self-efficacy (r=.48;p<.001), and subjective well-being (r=.36;p<.001).
Lastly, a hierarchical ordinary least-squares (OLS) regression was conducted, to test the effects of IVs on personal growth. In the first step the sample (Israeli vs. Anglophonic) was inserted into the model since it was found to have a significant effect on the DV. In the second step, savoring art, self-efficacy, and subjective well-being were added as subsequent IVs.
The results indicated that the step 1 accounted for 1.9% of the variance in personal growth (R^2=.019) and that the model was significant (F(2,347)=3.34, p = .04). Furthermore, the second step accounted for 32% of the variance in personal growth (R^2=.321) and the model was significant (F(5,344)=32.53, p < .001). Importantly, the difference between the models was also significant and accounted for approximately 30% of the variance (ΔR^2=.30,ΔF(3,344)=51.03,p<.001). The model coefficients indicated significant positive effects for savoring art, self-efficacy, and subjective well-being with no significant effects for sample.
In conclusion, in order to cultivate personal growth among students with diverse background populations, universities should invest in cultivating the students' savoring art, self-efficacy, and well-being.

References
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman and Company.
Chamot, A.U. (2014). The role of learning strategies in second language acquisition. In: M. Breen (ed.), Learner contributions to language learning, pp. 25-43. Routledge.‏
DeYoung, C.G., Quilty, L. C., & Peterson, J. B. (2007). Between facets and domains: 10 aspects of the Big Five. Journal of personality and social psychology, 93(5), 880-896.
Diener, E. (1994). Assessing subjective well-being: Progress and opportunities. Social indicators research, 31(2), 103-157.‏
Diener, E.D., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S. (1985). The satisfaction with life scale. Journal of personality assessment, 49(1), 71-75.‏
Foa, R., Gilbert, S. & Fabian M. O. (2020). COVID-19 and subjective well-being: Separating the effects of lockdowns from the pandemic. SSRN 3674080.‏
Karademas, E. C. (2006). Self-efficacy, social support and well-being: The mediating role of optimism. Personality and individual differences, 40(6), 1281-1290.‏  
Lee, S.S., Lee, S.-H., & Choi, I. (2021). Do art lovers lead happier and even healthier lives? Investigating the psychological and physical benefits of savoring art. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts. Advance online publication.  
Robitschek, C. (1998). Personal growth initiative: The construct and its measure. Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development, 30, 183–198.
Roick, J., & Ringeisen, T. (2017). Self-efficacy, test anxiety, and academic success: A longitudinal validation. International Journal of Educational Research, 83, 84-93.‏
Ryff, C.D. (1995). Psychological well-being in adult life. Current directions in psychological science, 4(4), 99-104.‏
Schmutte, P.S., & Ryff, C.D. (1997). Personality and well-being: reexamining methods and meanings. Journal of personality and social psychology, 73(3), 549.‏
Seligman, M.E. (2002). Authentic happiness: Using the new positive psychology to realize your potential for lasting fulfilment. Simon and Schuster.‏
Strickhouser, J.E., Zell, E., & Krizan, Z. (2017). Does personality predict health and well-being? A metasynthesis. Health Psychology, 36(8), 797-810.‏
Vaizman, T. (2022). Teaching musical instruments during COVID-19: teachers assess struggles, relations with students, and leveraging. Music Education Research, 24(2), 152-165.‏
Vaizman, T., & Harpaz, G. (2022). Retuning music teaching: Online music tutorials preferences as predictors of amateur musicians’ music self-efficacy in informal music learning. Research Studies in Music Education.
Van den Brande, W., Baillien, E., De Witte, H., Vander Elst, T., & Godderis, L. (2016). The role of work stressors, coping strategies and coping resources in the process of workplace bullying: A systematic review and development of a comprehensive model. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 29, 61-71.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Drawing the Game - An A/r/tography Approach to the Body and its Movements in Sport

Paulo Luís Almeida

i2ADS - University of Porto, Portugal, Portugal

Presenting Author: Almeida, Paulo Luís

In sports, as in other areas of Higher Education, drawing activities are rarely seen as a teaching and research method capable of producing knowledge, sustaining arguments or addressing theoretical content. And yet, visualization methods such as time-motion analysis, motion capture or performance analysis rely on visual-spatial content that we apprehend as a drawing skill: diagrams of movement, free-body diagrams, visual models, and graphic notation. The same cognitive processes of selecting, organizing and integrating information regarding the movement in sports are the basis of drawing activities (Wu & Rae, 2015, p. 5).

Since 2021, we have been studying the use of drawing activities within sports training and research in the Faculty of Sports of the University of Porto (FADEUP) in Portugal and the Porto Biomechanics Laboratory (LABIOMEP). We intend to contribute to the visibility of drawing as a skill in sports education and to develop a framework to promote research and implementation of drawing activities in dynamic sports situations.

Can the visual and performative properties of drawing activities produce a new knowledge of the physical and collective body in sports? What kind of perceptions about the game and human movement in sport are constituted in the drawing activity that could not be constituted in any other way?

Using an a/r/tographic approach to the learning processes in sports, our presentation proposes a reflection on the intersection of two territories: sports sciences and drawing-based practices. We intend to discuss distinct ways of representing the body in motion as weight, flow, space and time. Beyond drawing as an observational and visualization process, recent literature has shown that drawing in sports also opens up a space for introspection in which we can understand the limits of our bodies and the emotional and physical contours that we create between ourselves and the world (Namkung, 2016; Gravestock, 2010).

Despite their differences, there are significant parallels between sports performance and drawing-based performance practices that can benefit from a common approach to the different layers of the physical body in motion. As Bernard Suit argued in his provocative statement, sport is "the voluntary attempt to overcome unnecessary obstacles" involving physical activity with a comprehensive level of stability. Sport is also a field where social norms and values are embodied, and the ideologies that permeate our culture materialize as effects in the representation of athletes' bodies (Mahon, MacDonald & Owton, 2017). By intertwining different modes of perception, such as vision or touch, body movement and introspection (Kantrowitz, 2012, p. 4), drawing can be a means of accessing the awareness that athletes, coaches and scientists have of the states and emotions of the body in sport. These states are rarely represented only by verbal language or statistical data (Theron et al., 2011, p. 19).

This background implies advocating for an expanded sense of observation and motion in sports, with an impact on the assessment of movement in qualitative/formal sports, the development of reflective practices in exercise and sports for social change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research combines ethnographic research with an a/r/tography approach to sports' observational practices and performance analysis.
We reviewed previous research that relates sport, visual representation, notation and drawing. In this review, we identify three major concerns regarding drawing in sports: data visualization and creation of interpretive models, qualitative assessment of movement in qualitative/formal sports, self-knowledge and social change. We have privileged articles from the sports sciences focused on drawing activities that involve performance analysts, scientists, coaches and students. We have also included studies in drawing research publications, which addressed sports performance, intertwining natural sciences, social sciences and the humanities. This epistemological triangle is a critical lens to identify the angles from which the body's physical movements become expressions of the field we call sport (Jönsson, 2019).
A second moment of this study focused on the representations accompanying publications in sport sciences, particularly in biomechanics and notational analysis. We intend to find out if drawing, in its various modalities, is used as evidence and demonstration of research results and what relationships it establishes with text and other visual forms of representation.
In the third moment, we relate this review with the drawing activities observed between 2021 and 2022 at the Porto Biomechanics Laboratory (LABIOMEP) and the Faculty of Sports of the University of Porto (FADEUP). These activities stem from pedagogical contexts associated with different modalities. They also refer to the investigation and biomechanical analysis of hyper-performance situations – focused on improving the body's response in high competition – and hypo-performance, which results from injuries or conditioned systems. Different forms of mediation are therefore involved: the digital, the performative and the hand-made drawing. To help synthesize these different activities, we applied the model proposed by Ainsworth and Scheiter (2021, p. 61) to distinguish the different forms of cognitive engagement through drawing: the interactive, constructive, active and passive modes (ICAP).
Along the research process, we have undergone an interdisciplinary practice blending motion capture in a biomechanics laboratory, performance in a natural environment and drawing in the studio. Informed by my training as an artist, my work as a drawing teacher and my research on drawings for sport, an exploratory experiment was staged as a performance in response to the provocative statement of Bernard Suit: the game as "the voluntary attempt to overcome unnecessary obstacles". Combining different visualization and notational processes, we have explored aesthetic approaches as possibilities to figure movement analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Developing a shared framework between sports visualization procedures and drawing-based methodologies can enhance a wider understanding of the moving body both in sports and in the arts. As a cognitive tool that facilities memory and thinking, drawing can allow sport students to assess their own performances and the performance of others.
As the art historian David Rosand recalled, drawing is, in its essence, the projection of a performing body, and especially when viewing a representation of a human figure, we are inevitably reminded of that.

References
Ainsworth, S. & Scheiter, K. (2021). Learning by Drawing Visual Representations: Potential, Purposes, and Practical Implications. Current Directions in Psychological Science. 30(1), pp. 61-67.
Anderson, G. (2017). Drawing as a Way of Knowing in Art and Science. Bristol: Intellect.
Bredekamp, H. & Dünkel, V. & Schneider, B. (2015). The Image - A Cultural Technology: A Research Program for a Critical Analysis of Images. In The Technical Image - A History of Stlyles in Scientific Imagery. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Drucker, J. (2020). Visualization and Interpretation – Humanistic Approaches to Display. Cambridge: MIT Press.
Gravestock, H. (2010). Embodying Understanding: drawing as research in sport and exercise. Qualitative Research in Sport and Exercise, 2(2), pp. 196-208.
Jönsson, K. (2019). Situated Knowledge, sports and the sport science question. Sport in Society. 22(9), pp. 1528-1537.
Kantrowitz, A. (2012). The Man behind the Curtain: What Cognitive Science Reveals about Drawing. The Journal of Aesthetic Education. Vol. 46(1), pp. 1-14.
McMahon, J. & MacDonald, A. & Owton, H. (2017) A/r/tographic inquiry in sport and exercise research: a pilot study examining methodology versatility, feasibility and participatory opportunities. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health. 9(4), pp. 403-417.
Namkung, M. (2016). Drawing for Sport. Drawing: Research, Theory and Pactice, 1(2).
Quillin, L. & Thomas, S. (2015). Drawing-to-Learn – A Framework for Using Drawings to Promote Model-Based Reasoning in Biology. CBE–Life Sciences Education. 14(1), pp. 1-16.
Rosand, D. (2002). Drawing Acts – Studies in Graphic Expression and Representation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Simmons III, Seymour (2021). The Value of Drawing Instruction in the Visual Arts and Across Curricula – Historical and Philosophical Arguments for Drawing in the Digital Age. New Yor: Routledge.
Theron, L.; Mitchell, C.; Smith, A.; Stuart, J. (Eds.) (2011). Picturing Research ‒ Drawing as Visual Methodology. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Tversky, B. (1999) What does drawing reveal about thinking? In Gero, J.S. & Tversky, B. (Eds.). Visual and Spatial Reasoning in Design. Sydney: Key Centre for Design Computing and Cognition pp. 93-101.
Wu, S. & Rau, M. (2019). How Students Learn Content in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) Through Drawing Activities. Educational Psychology Review, 31(1), pp. 87–120.
Parry, J. (1989). Sport Art and the Aesthetic. Sport Science Review. 12. 15-20.
Forde, S. (2022) Drawing your way into ethnographic research: comics
and drawing as arts-based methodology. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health. 14:4, pp. 648-667.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm30 SES 01 A: Climate Change Education
Location: Hetherington, 130 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marcia McKenzie
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Towards a Pedagogy of Hope: Intergenerational and Intercultural Learning for Living With and Adapting to Climate Change

Lisa Jones1, Katie J. Parsons1, Florence Halstead2, Hue Le3, Thu Thi Vo3, Alison Lloyd Williams1

1University of Hull, United Kingdom; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3Central Institute for Natural Resources and Environmental Studies, Vietnam National University, Vietnam

Presenting Author: Jones, Lisa

Scientific evidence unequivocally shows that human activity is warming the planet and that without drastic efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions, the impacts on societies around the world will be catastrophic, including extreme weather, famine and rapid biodiversity loss (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change – IPCC, 2021). In 2015, 196 countries signed up to the Paris Agreement that set out a clear goal to limit global warming to 2°C, and preferably 1.5°C compared to pre-industrial levels (UNFCCC, 2022). However evidence shows current actions are neither sufficient or rapid enough as we head dangerously close to surpassing 1.5°C of warming (IPCC, 2021), leading the UN Secretary-General to label this “a code red for humanity” (UN, 2021).

The climate crisis is underpinned by injustice. This injustice is at least three-fold. Those least responsible for the climate crisis are often most at risk of its impacts, whilst having the fewest resources to make the required adaptations whilst also having the least power to make the necessary systemic changes in hierarchically and generationally ordered societies (Islam and Winkel, 2017; UNICEF, 2015). This injustice includes children and young people and is both between and within countries, with poorer nations and communities, along with Indigenous peoples, particularly at risk (Givens et al., 2019). Issues of inequality and poverty are also compounded by, and intersect with, social categories and identities such as ethnicity, age, social class and gender (Pellow, 2016).

As we navigate through a changing and increasingly unpredictable world, the importance of education cannot be underestimated. The importance of learning with as well as learning from diverse community perspectives, especially those already facing the injustices, of the climate crisis also becomes central in understanding how we mitigate against and adapt to this new world. This is made all the more pertinent by the widespread disconnect amongst many citizens where even those with an awareness of climate change are often likely to feel that its impacts are happening to somebody else and in a distant future (McAdam, 2017).

This paper presents important insights from an international research collaboration using participatory action research along the Red River in Northern Vietnam. Here, climate change is significantly impacting on the lives and livelihoods of its citizens through a number of hydrological extremities including droughts, landslides due to heavy rains and enhanced soil erosion upstream, flooding in mid-stream and rising sea levels, sinking land and accelerating saltwater intrusion in downstream. The project supported youth to both learn about climate change and to become researchers in their own communities. This provided youth with an opportunity to engage in climate action utilising an approach underpinned by Freire’s understanding of praxis, that is ‘reflection and action upon the world in order to transform it’ (Freire, 2005: 51). In particular, youth were encouraged to seek out stories of ‘action’ over issues (De Meyer et al., 2021) through critical dialogue, that is people adapting to living with climate change thus recognising that diverse people’s lived experiences are an important asset (Freire, 1970). Youth were then supported to develop creative ways to share these stories this with both their own and other communities. The focus on youth action is particularly important because it equips youth with a sense of agency and ‘hope’ that can help support youth in dealing with climate anxiety (Hickman et al., 2021). As Freire argues in the Pedagogy of Hope, ‘hopelessness and despair are both the consequences and the cause of inaction and immobilism’ (Freire, 2004: 3) and with that, seeking out these opportunities for hope is one of most important tasks for the progressive educator.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using a youth-focused participatory action research approach (Thew et al., 2022; Cahill and Dadvand, 2018), the project worked with 18 youths (ages 15 to 30) from the Ho Chi Minh Communist Youth Union in Vietnam. The 18 participants were selected from over 370 applicants, and came from diverse socio-economic, educational, and cultural backgrounds. The youths came from and worked in three distinct provinces (in teams of six), each facing different issues relating to hydrological extremes exacerbated by climate change along the Red River. Youth focused on the following core questions within their communities: What impact is climate change having on these diverse regions/communities? What are people doing (or not doing) to mitigate and adapt to these climate change impacts? To facilitate this, youth engaged in a programme of group activities and workshops aimed at supporting their knowledge of climate change and the development of research skills including engaging in empathy mapping activities to identify and be sensitised to community stakeholders. Equipped with this, youth drew upon community-based intergenerational and indigenous knowledges, by engaging in critical dialogue through qualitative methods, including informal interviews and focus groups, as well as citizen inquiry approaches. The youth were then supported by the interdisciplinary research team (containing social and natural scientists and applied arts-based researchers) to understand their research findings before identifying key climate stories that they would turn into creative outputs for sharing within their communities and beyond (Bloomfield and Manktelow,2021). The stories from the provinces also informed the development of an original water puppetry performance (an important but at-risk cultural art form in the Delta region of the Red River) debuted at showcase and policy exchange event at the Vietnam Museum of Ethnology in Hanoi in December 2022.
Such an approach as utilised throughout is always developmental as it learns from the young people we work with and this informs our future action as we engage in ongoing praxis (Freire, 1970) and ‘an internal loop’ (Trajber et al., 2019: 91) reflecting backwards and forwards including previous and simultaneous projects focused on climate action with youth. The project also included an international Youth Advisory Board made up of youth engaged in climate/environmental social action who advised both the project team and the youth engaged in the project throughout.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project has highlighted the importance of education and learning as we navigate the uncertain futures brought about by climate change. The project has demonstrated the significant role of youth in contributing towards community resilience in climate change mitigations and adaptations, both as researchers and communicators of diverse intergenerational and intercultural perspectives. In addition to youth, the project also demonstrated how other community actors benefited from such an approach. As the project foregrounded lived experience as an asset, community members welcomed and actively engaged with youth to share important stories relating to their own lives/practices. The intergenerational critical dialogue between youth and community members also directly inspired youth/community collaborations to address challenges encountered during the research but independent of the research team thus supporting community climate action. The creative outputs developed directly by the youth (including storybooks, vlogs, cartoon strips, flipbooks) and shared via a digital storymap, along with the water puppetry performance the youth stories inspired have also played a central role as part of the ‘action’ of youth, raising awareness of climate change and its impacts to new and diverse audiences. Engagement with these methods and outputs has already inspired further community action. For instance, the water puppetry troupe have now committed to continuing to perform the performance created specifically for the project. Having only performed traditional stories previously during their long history, the troupe have noted a raised consciousness of climate change and now see raising awareness of the issues and the need to protect the environment as something they see as a duty. The project offers important evidence that participatory, and action-focused research work including using creative storytelling methods with an affective framing to support further climate action is part of a pedagogy of hope (Freire, 1992; Bourn, 2021) that is much needed.
References
Bourn, D. (2021) Pedagogy of hope: global learning and the future of education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning Vol. 13(2): 65-78.
Bloomfield, E.F. and Manktelow, C., (2021) Climate communication and storytelling. Climatic Change, 167(3), .1-7.
Cahill, H. and Dadvand, B., (2018) Re-conceptualising youth participation: A framework to inform action. Children and Youth Services Review, 95: 243-253.
De Meyer, K., Coren, E., McCaffrey, M. and Slean, C. (2021) Transforming the stories we tell about climate change: from ‘issue’ to ‘action’ Environmental Research Letters, 16(1),:015002
Freire, P. (2005 (1970)) Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York, Continuum.
Freire, P. (2004 (1992)) Pedagogy of Hope. London: Continuum.
Givens, J.E., Huang, X. and Jorgenson, A.K. (2019), ‘Ecologically unequal exchange: A theory of global environmental justice’, Sociology Compass, 13(5): e12693.
Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R.E., Mayall, E.E., Wray, B., Mellor, C. and van Susteren, L., (2021) Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12): pp.e863-e873
IPCC (2021) Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.  Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Islam, N. and Winkel, J. (2017), Climate change and social inequality. New York, United Nations.
McAdam, D. (2017), ‘Social movement theory and the prospects for climate change activism in the United States’, Annual Review of Political Science, 20(1), 189-208.
Pellow, D. (2016), ‘Towards a critical Environmental Justice Studies: Black Lives Matter as an Environmental Justice Challenge’, Du Bois Review, 13(2): 221–36
Thew, H., Middlemiss, L. and Paavola, J., (2022), “You Need a Month’s Holiday Just to Get over It!” Exploring Young People’s Lived Experiences of the UN Climate Change Negotiations. Sustainability, 14(7): 4259.
Trajber, R., Walker, C., Marchezini, V., Kraftl, P., Olivato, D., Hadfield-Hill, S., Zara, C. and Fernandes Monteiro, S. (2019), ‘Promoting Climate change Transformation with Young People in Brazil: Participatory action research through a looping approach’, Action Research, 17(1) 88-107.
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC) (2022) The Paris Agreement. https://unfccc.int/process-and-meetings/the-paris-agreement/the-paris-agreement. (accessed 30/1/23).
United Nations (UN). (2021), Secretary-General Calls Latest IPCC Climate Report ‘Code Red for Humanity’, Stressing ‘Irrefutable’ Evidence of Human Influence. UN Press Release, 09/08/21. Available from: https://www.un.org/press/en/2021/sgsm20847.doc.htm  (accessed 17/08/22).
UNICEF (2015), Unless We Act Now. The impact of climate change on children. (New York, UNICEF).


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

How Lower-Secondary Students Portray Global Issues

Stefanie Rinaldi, Fabio Schmid, Janine Kaeser

University of Teacher Education Lucerne, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Rinaldi, Stefanie

The paper presents findings from a three-years research project funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation, addressing the question of how student beliefs on global issues are dealt with in lower-secondary schools. Whereas this paper will focus on recurring belief patterns that emerged in focus group discussions with students, Fabio Schmid will submit a second paper looking at teachers’ practices and motivations.

“Global issues“ can be defined as challenges of global relevance which affect “a large number of people on different sides of national boundaries”, are “of significant concern, directly or indirectly, to all or most of the countries of the world”, and have “implications that require a global regulatory approach”, whereby “no one government has the power or the authority to impose a solution, and market forces alone will not solve” the problem (Bhargava, 2006, p. 1). Global issues are linked with environmental and sustainability concerns in myriad ways. This is exemplified by the United Nations framework Education 2030, which combines Education for Sustainable Development and Global Citizenship Education. While such educational concepts addressing societal challenges have been critiqued in the past as “instrumentalist” (Marshall, 2011, p. 418) and too action-oriented (Kürsteiner & Rinaldi, 2019; Pais & Costa, 2020; Wettstädt & Asbrand, 2016), it is almost uncontested that global issues need to be addressed in formal schooling.

Global issues are complex, controversial, and dynamic. This presents several challenges for teachers. On the one hand, the complexity of global issues and the speed with which they develop requires teachers to constantly work on their (pedagogical) content knowledge – and to accept that their own knowledge will never be complete. On the other hand, due to the controversiality of the issues, teachers must engage with their own beliefs and, potentially, with how they might or might not be reconciled with their mandate as a teacher, and the beliefs of their students (e.g. Rinaldi, 2017). Consequently, being aware of student beliefs, which are considered to be part of teachers‘ pedagogical content knowledge (Shulman, 1986), is important for pedagogical practice.

Student beliefs about global issues have been addressed in various contexts and forms. A number of studies has focused on concepts such as politics and democracy (for a collection of methods and empirical studies cf. Lange & Fischer, 2011), sustainability (Holfelder, 2018), globalisation (Fischer et al, 2015; Uphues, 2007) and world views (Krogull, 2018). Student beliefs on specific topical issues, including climate change (e.g. Chang & Pascua, 2016) and migration (e.g. Budke & Hoogen, 2017) have also been studied. What is missing so far is a study that focuses on global issues more broadly. Against this background, the study addresses the following research question: Which beliefs do lower secondary students in Switzerland have about global issues? It is divided into the following sub-questions.

  • Q1: How do they conceptualise global issues specially (locally, nationally, regionally, globally) and temporally (past, present and future-related)
  • Q2: How do they link global issues with human rights and child rights?
  • Q3: In how far do they feel affected by global issues? Which emotions do global issues cause? In how far are they prepared to act themselves?
  • Q4: Which conceptions do they have of political processes and their own agency (self-efficacy) when dealing with global issues?

The study aims to develop a typology of beliefs across different global issues.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study presented is part of a bigger research project which uses a multiple methods design, combining semi-structured interviews with teachers, classroom observations and focus group discussions with students in lower secondary classes in the German-speaking part of Switzerland.

The research question outlined above will be addressed using focus group discussions. 40 discussions were conducted with groups of 3-4 participants each. The discussions focused on one of five topics each: climate change, war/peace, migration/flight, poverty/wealth, and equality. In a first part, students were asked to sketch their own conceptualisations of the topic at three different levels (local, national, global), as well as the emotions they link to the topic. In a second part, the students participated in a semi-structured focus group discussion, in which they first presented and then discussed the sketches as well as additional questions (e.g. link to human/child rights, political processes, agency). Focus group discussions were chosen instead of individual interviews so as to encourage debate among peers and to create a more natural environment for the participants. The sketches were added to the setting after extensive testing, which showed that some students found it difficult to start discussing without any preliminary time for individual reflection. Also, the combination of different methods (sketching, discussion) was intended to accommodate different personalities. The entire design, grounded in qualitative methodology, was expected to bring forward various aspects of and potentially conflicting beliefs about global issues.

The data is documented as follows: sketches, video-/audiotapes (transcribed), and post-scripts. All data is analysed using thematic and type-building qualitative text analysis (Rädiker & Kuckartz, 2020). The software MAXQDA is used. In a first step, summaries and memos are written for each case (group) individually. These memos serve as a basis for the category system, which will be developed in the second step. The main categories will be developed deductively. Two coders will code the available material (consensual coding). All text passages coded within the same main category as well as the memos written in the first phase will be used to create sub-categories inductively. The entire data set will then be coded again (second-cycle coding). Once all the material is systematised, further analysis will be done using cross-category analysis and type-building. This process aims to fulfil criteria of both openness and structured approach. Selected parts of the data, the category system, and findings are discussed with various experts on several occasions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study expected to contribute to the debate about how teachers can be strengthened in their capacity to address global issues in their classrooms. Although it focuses on lower secondary students in the German-speaking part of Switzerland and student beliefs generally vary between contexts, the results are expected to be of relevance to other contexts both in Europe and beyond, as teachers across the world face the challenge of how to deal with global issues in their classrooms. With regards to broader social impact, the study will hopefully contribute to the ongoing debates about educational concepts dealing with societal challenges, and inform teacher training in the area of globally competent teaching.

The analysis focuses on cross-thematic student beliefs. It will, however, also provide insights into the five chosen topics. Recurrent beliefs that have emerged so far, to name but a few, binary conceptualisations of „North-South relations“, a romanticisation of the state of affairs in Switzerland and its position in international affairs, a deep sense for (social) justice, and a high degree of personal affect combined with a low degree of perceived self-efficacy and empowerment to participate in political processes.

References
Bhargava, V. (2006). Global Issues for Global Citizens: An Introduction to Key Development Challenges. Washington, DC: World Bank. Retrieved from https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/7194.
Budke, A., & Hoogen, A. (2017). Migration durch das "Nadelöhr" – wie visuelle Darstellungen von Grenzüberschreitungen in Geographieschulbüchern die Schülervorstellungen von „illegaler“ Migration beeinflussen. In H. Jahnke, A. Schlottmann, Antje und M. Dickel (eds). Räume visualisieren (pp. 3–17). Münster..
Chang, C.-H. & Pascua, L. (2016). Singapore Students’ Misconceptions of Climate Change. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 25(1), 84–96, DOI: 10.1080/10382046.2015.1106206.
Fischer, S. (2013). Rechtsextremismus – Was denken Schüler darüber? Untersuchung von Schülervorstellungen als Grundlage nachhaltiger Bildung. Wochenschau Verlag.
Fischer, S., Fischer, F., Kleinschmidt, M. & Lange, D. (2015). Globalisierung und Politische Bildung. Springer VS.
Holfelder, A.-K. (2018). Orientierungen von Jugendlichen zu Nachhaltigkeitsthemen. Zur didaktischen Bedeutung von implizitem Wissen im Kontext BNE. Springer VS.
Krogull, S. (2018). Weltgesellschaft verstehen. Eine internationale, rekonstruktive Studie zu Perspektiven junger Menschen. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Kürsteiner, B. & Rinaldi, S. (2019). Reconfiguration of Values: Posthumanist Approaches to Education for Sustainable Development in Higher Education. VSH-Bulletin, 45(2), 24–32.
Lange, D., & Fischer, S. (Eds.) (2011). Politik und Wirtschaft im Bürgerbewusstsein. Untersuchungen zu fachlichen Konzepten von Schülerinnen und Schülern in der Politischen Bildung. Wochenschau Verlag.
Marshall, H. (2011). Instrumentalism, Ideals and Imaginaries: Theorising the Contested Space of Global Citizenship Education in Schools. Globalisations, Societies and Education, 9 (3–4), 411–426, DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2011.605325.
Pais, A. & Costa, M. (2020). An Ideology Critique of Global Citizenship Education. Critical Studies in Education, 61(1), 1–16, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2017.1318772.
Rädiker, Stefan & Kuckartz, Udo (2020). Focused analysis of qualitative interviews with MAXQDA: Step by step. MAXQDA Press. https://doi.org/10.36192/978-3-948768072
Rinaldi, S. (2017). Challenges for Human Rights Education in Swiss Secondary Schools from a Teacher Perspective. Prospects, 47, 87–100, DOI: 10.1007/s11125-018-9419-z.
Sant, E., Davis, L., Pashby K. & Schulz, L. (2018). Global Citizenship Education: A Critical Introduction to Key Concepts and Debates. Oxford University Press.
Shulman, L.S. (1986). Those Who Understand. Knowledge Growth in Teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4–14.
Uphues, R. (2007). Die Globalisierung aus der Perspektive Jugendlicher. Theoretische Grundlagen und empirische Untersuchungen. Geographiedidaktische Forschungen, 41, Selbstverlag des Hochschulverbandes für Geographie und ihre Didaktik.
Wettstädt, L. & Asbrand, B. (2014). Handeln in der Weltgesellschaft. Zum Umgang mit Handlungsaufforderungen im Unterricht zu Themen des Lernbereichs Globale Entwicklung. ZEP: Zeitschrift für internationale Bildungsforschung und Entwicklungspädagogik, 37(1), 4–12.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Monitoring and Evaluating Climate Communication and Education (MECCE): The MECCE Project’s Interactive Data Platform

Marcia McKenzie1, Stefanie Mallow1, Diego Posada3, Stefan Bengtsson2, Aaron Redman4

1The University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Uppsala University, Sweden; 3Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy; 4The Monitoring and Evaluating Climate Communication and Education (MECCE) Project

Presenting Author: Mallow, Stefanie; Posada, Diego

Climate change communication and education (CCE) is increasingly becoming important. Within international educational agendas, it is primarily embedded within the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) Article 6 and Paris Agreement Article 12 as Action for Climate Empowerment (ACE). ACE is divided into six elements: education, training, public awareness, public access to information, public participation, and international cooperation.

At COP27 in 2022, Parties adopted the Action Plan under the Glasgow work Programme on Action for Climate Empowerment. The Action Plan focuses on short-term goals for the next four years regarding ACE, encouraging Parties and other stakeholders to take concrete action. One of the four thematic priorities countries agreed on is monitoring, evaluation, and reporting (MER). Activity D2 of the Action Plan calls for “Enhancing understanding of what constitutes high-quality and effective evaluation of ACE activities, according to national circumstances”.

The Monitoring and Evaluating Climate Communication and Education (MECCE) Project is a six-year Project funded by the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council (SSHRC) Canada. The Project’s goals are to enhance the quality and quantity of CCE globally. Partners include over 100 leading scholars and agencies, including UNESCO and UNFCCC.

To cover the different aspects of CCE, the MECCE Project is developing and collecting different kinds of data. Axis 1 collects primarily qualitative data, such as Case Studies and Country Profiles. To date, we funded 12 Case Studies, with another round of 10 Case Studies to be underway by mid-2023. Further, we published 50 Country Profiles jointly with UNESCO’s Global Education Monitoring Report, with plans to add 20-30 Country Profiles ahead of COP28 in November 2023. Axis 2 focuses on quantitative data, developing global indicators for the different ACE-Elements. We follow a phased approach, meaning new indicators are being published as they become available. The MECCE Project presented the first nine indicators at COP27 in 2022. All three different kinds of data sources form part of Interactive Data Platform (IDP), a visualization tool to make the data and its findings more accessible to the public.

This presentation will focus on the intersections between the different elements presented on the MECCE Project’s IDP. Specifically, the presentation will look at the data available for European countries and how they compare. We will compare nine European countries that we have Countries Profiles written for (Sweden, Germany, Malta, Portugal, Italy, Lithuania, France, Czechia, and Albania) and analyze them together with data from Axis 2 data. This analysis shows how different kinds of data can be used to advance MER from a country-driven approach as called-for in the Action Plan.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation draws on the work done by the MECCE Project’s Country Profiles team and Axis 2.
The Country Profiles analyze national-level materials from relevant sectors. Where possible data collected from prior UNESCO studies that have conducted similar document analysis were used as a starting point (UNESCO 2019; UNESCO 2021). Additional materials with a connection to government strategies are collected to get a fuller picture of national-level policy on CCE. We distinguish between self-reported national data(e.g., National Communications, Voluntary National Reviews) and non-self-reported data (e.g. strategic plans, subject curricula). A Data Collection Spreadsheet is used to compile and analyze relevant data on each country’s CCE engagement following the steps below. The spreadsheet includes sections of rows for specific categories of materials and/or rows that provide prompts on how to review those materials to elicit relevant information. A separate spreadsheet is completed for each country. After the first drafting process, Country Profiles are reviewed by the UNESCO GEM Report and country experts who validate the information provided.
As per our envisioned lifecycle approach to indicator development, our aim is to develop indicators that meet as many of the defined selection criteria as possible. These include, but are not limited to, providing data on a range of different learning dimensions, having a geographical range of at least 79 countries (40% of the world’s countries), and including a transparent and replicable data collection process. Key targets for our indicator development work are to provide indicators and datasets for benchmarking and target-setting in intergovernmental processes of the UNFCCC (as per Article 6, and Article 12 of the Paris Agreement), as well as supplementing the SDG indicator set (both thematic and global indicators), the latter of which currently includes only input and output sustainability education indicators, non-specific to CCE/ACE.
This presentation will combine the findings from the nine indicators currently available on the MECCE’s Project IDP and in addition combine it with findings from the country profiles on nine European Country Profiles. We will analyze, if and how the findings of the different indicators are correlated and how they match with the qualitative data from the country profiles. Where available, we will compare our data with indicators developed by countries through their own ACE-Strategies, Climate Change Plans, Adaptation Plans, or similar.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings will help with the MER priority of the Action Plan under the Glasgow work Programme on Action for Climate Empowerment, as we provide ways on how to measure the quality and quantity of CCE in selected countries. European countries are to a large extent Annex I, or industrialized, countries under the UNFCCC. This means, they have to follow different rules and provide specific data in their National Communications and other documentations to the UNFCCC. Providing an external, neutral MER mechanism can provide new insights into not only effective MER, but also effective CCE in general. The focus on Europe, due to its population density, large number of countries, and history provides an interesting angle into assessing the MECCE Project’s IDP and showcasing how the data can be used.
References
UN General Assembly. (1994). United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change: resolution/adopted by the General Assembly, 20 January 1994.
UNESCO. (2019). Educational content up close: examining the learning dimensions of Education for Sustainable Development and Global Citizenship Education.
UNESCO. (2021). Learn for our planet. a global review of how environmental issues are integrated in education. .
UNFCCC. (2021). Glasgow Work Programme on Action for Climate Empowerment. Glasgow
UNFCCC. (2022). Action Plan under the Glasgow Work Programme on Action for Climate Empowerment. Sharm El-Sheik
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm30 SES 01 B: Action competence and ESE
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Action Competence Developed Through Student Designs for Sustainable Development in Real-Life Settings

Birthe Lund

Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Lund, Birthe

Sustainability education researchers have argued for a pedagogy aiming at fostering students' action competence. Teaching action-oriented knowledge brings about didactical challenges as it involves the ability to shape students’ experiences through designing student learning processes and the environment as transformative learning.

This paper addresses the didactical work and student responses based on a pedagogical experiment, and it analyses the pedagogical and educational challenges that arise from putting such principles into work. The research is based on a recent experiment in a humanistic master program at a Danish PBL University.

The educational intentions were - among others - to create a framework for students to recognize themselves as value-conscious actors, as designers for learning and changing processes. The experiment involved interdisciplinary collaboration with students and faculty from Applied Philosophy and the department of Student Entrepreneurship.

The paper evaluates and analyses how students’ outcome and engagement is related to their conceptualization of sustainability, assessment of the course, and professional significance in the subject. In short, how they create meaning of their experiences based on empirical data from papers written by the students; student evaluations; questionnaires and focus group interviews.

The research indicates that students and lectures found sustainability to be a complex issue to address as it involves habits, power relations, cultural as well as ethical issues, etc. Actions to support sustainable development can be both contradictory and have unintended consequences and the interconnected nature of the challenges and issues calls for external collaboration to accomplish sustainable solutions. To address this complexity, the experiment included student’s practice /internship experiences to support their development of action competence. It was compulsory for the students to create a design, which explicitly addressed sustainability issues based on their internship. Students design served as an assessment criterion for their examination.

The students investigated and reflected on the difference they experienced between the “exposed theories” about sustainability and “theory in use” at the workplace. They selected this gap as a starting point and chose primarily to incorporate design strategies aimed to motivate employees and/or managers to develop their interest and engagement in change processes. Student designs often mirrored theories and experiments they had experienced in class.

The research is informed by critical-constructivist didactics (Klafki) and by pragmatism (Dewey and Mezirow). They emphasize, from different perspectives, the educational and didactical impact of content selection, students' experiential actions and reflections, which together may contribute to the fostering of sustainability education ideals. Klafki’s educational philosophy has a clear democratic and critical approach: For Bildung to take place, the acquisition of knowledge and subsequent problem solving concerning the object must involve student engagement and active opening and its being opened for a content in the Klakian sense. ( Klafki, W. (2002).

Action Competence Approach´ frames an ideal approach to students Bildung because students must be able, willing, and qualified to act. ( Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010)( Breiting, S. & Schnack, K. (2009) Especially willingness to act is a challenge to address within higher education, as students are primarily expected to focus on gaining skills and measurable qualifications.

The development of action competence cannot be reduced to a cognitive dimension of knowledge as emotions are involved in creating a desire to change conditions (Katrien Van Poeck et.other 2023) (Lund, B. 2017) (Lund, B. 2021). Thus, from an ethical and didactical point of view, developing sustainable action competence is open to criticism, as will act implies transformative learning processes with the risk of ruining student’s self-determination.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is inspired by Wolfgang Klafki's critical-constructivist pedagogy, which is concerned with the "current educational reality and context of meaning" (Klafki, 2002, p. 29). In this understanding, didactics is closely linked to action research, as the goal of any pedagogical experiment is to change/improve a given pedagogical/didactic practice. Methodologically, I am inspired by pragmatics and its problem-oriented approach and integrate several methodological approaches. As a researcher in my own practice, I have a special position.  This implies a research advantage in terms of familiarity with the subject, but it may also cause a blindness.

The basic assumption in this study is that students must experience learning as meaningful and therefore didactics must be concerned with students' meaning-making - both contextually and normatively, as a condition for the development of action competence.

Content analysis addresses the following questions:

Which concepts do students choose to incorporate into their design and how does it influence their understanding?
What does the concrete interaction with their environment mean for the development of their competence to act and how does it influence their reflections on their own possibilities to act and to learn?

To understand how students create meaning of their experiences in this context, mixed methods are used.

The empirical data

The empirical material in this study consists of both questionnaires and written material, including student assignment answers and group interviews.

The number of students in the study amount to 46 (first cohort) and 48 (second cohort). A survey conducted in 2021 (first cohort) and 2023 (second cohort) and the course's semester evaluations (Semester Evaluation 2021 and Semester Evaluation 2023) constitute the quantitative part, while 18 exam papers in anonymized form constitute the qualitative part (2021) as well as a number of focus group interviews (2023). The response rate was 42%.  In addition to assessments of questions in categories, the survey also contains responses in the form of text. The semester evaluation of the study is a standard evaluation of modules in the semester. It has a response rate of 52%. Based on the distributions, I judge that the data from both survey is representative of the first cohort.

The tasks consist of an individual written assignment of between 8 and 10 standard pages. Here students must describe how sustainability is addressed in their design practice, and based on a problem formulation, come up with a theoretically well-argued design for addressing the problem.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The requirement to thematize sustainability in their practice as a basis for a design requires students to concretize the concept and form their own ideas about how the sustainability requirements could be met.  

The aim of this teaching activity was to substantiate, anchor and make sense of an abstract concept such as sustainability. Some students were not able transfer experience from internship into their design and missed the learning associated with reflecting in depth on authentic sustainability challenges. This is problematic in relation to the development of action competences, as they further miss an evaluative response to their own initiatives and thus also a possible re-examination and transformation of their own understanding.

The students address and discuss value issues particularly related to ethical and moral action based on the forward-looking premise of the Brundtland Report. They also highlighted a process-oriented approach leading to changes in behavior, attitudes and values, for the benefit of both the climate and one's own life.

Critical reflection on possible asymmetrical power relations between actors is rarely thematized.
They aim to develop and support democratic and co-creative processes in which all stakeholders are equally involved in a common problem identification and problem definition. This approach can be justified by a professional and academic socialization at a PBL-based university with the ideal of a participant-led and problem-defined project work.

Participating in this mandatory course gave some students the opportunity to broaden their understanding of further reflection on the concept of sustainability, including what impact it has or can have on their professional practice and on their future. Thus, most respondents considered sustainability as a relevant topic for their future practice and indicated that they gained new knowledge about sustainability.


References
Breiting, S. & Schnack, K. (2009): Uddannelse for Bæredygtig Udvikling i danske skoler – Erfaringer fra de første TUBU-skoler i Tiåret for UBU. Forskningsprogram for Miljø- og Sundhedspædagogik DPU – Danmarks Pædagogiske Universitetsskole, Aarhus Universitet

Klafki, W. (2002). Skoleteori, skoleforskning og skoleudvikling i politisk-samfundsmæssig kontekst.  Århus: Klim   (Schultheorie, Schulforschung und Schulentwicklung im politisch-gesellschaftlichen) Kontex

Lund, B. (2021). Is Character Quality essential to the development of a “sustainability pedagogy” within a PBL learning community? I: Scholkmann, A., Telléus, P. K., Ryberg, T., Hung, W., Andreasen, L. B., Kofoed, L. B., Christiansen, N. L. S., & Nielsen, S. R. (Eds.) (2021). Transforming PBL Through Hybrid Learning Models: Timely Challenges and Answers in a (Post)-Pandemic Perspective and Beyond. Aalborg Universitetsforlag. International Research Symposium on PBL

Lund, B. (2020). Bæredygtighedspædagogik og handlekompetence – et velkommen tilbage til 70erne? Forskning og Forandring. 3, 2, pp. 47 -68.

Lund, B. (2017). Managing student`s emotion in order to foster innovation: View on entrepreneurship education in school. I T. Chemi, S. Grams Davy & B. Lund (Red.), Innovative pedagogy: recognition of emotions and creativity in education. (pp. 91–105). Rotterdam: Sense Publisher

Mezirow, J. (2003). Transformative learning as discourse. Journal of Transformative Education 1(1), pp. 58-63.

Mezirow, J. (2006). An overview of transformative learning. In P. Sutherland & J. Crowther (Eds.), Lifelong learning: Concepts and contexts (pp. 24-38). New York: Routledge

Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The Action Competence Approach and the “New” Discourses of Education for Sustainable Development, Competence and Quality Criteria. Environmental Education Research, 16, 59-74.

Van Poeck , K et al (2023) Teaching action-oriented knowledge on sustainability issues, Environmental Education Research. (Latest article not yet published in a volume/issue)


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

An Action-Oriented Approach to ESD – Students Influencing Society and Its Relationship with Action Competence

Ane Eir Torsdottir1, Daniel Olsson2, Astrid Sinnes1

1NMBU - Norwegian University of Life Scie, Norway; 2Karlstad University

Presenting Author: Torsdottir, Ane Eir

Education for sustainable development (ESD) is becoming increasingly important as a response to the urgent societal and environmental problems the world is facing. ESD is considered as a holistic concept as complex issues can only be effectively addressed by integrating multiple perspectives and relationships (Mogren et al., 2018; UNESCO, 2014). Recognizing this, UNESCO (2020) recommends a whole school approach (WSA), which is a way for schools to transform their practice towards ESD (Shallcross & Robinson, 2008).

Students cannot just learn about sustainable development, they should get to experience and take part in concrete and authentic actions for sustainability (Sinakou et al., 2019). By improving students' own environments, the WSA aims to enhance students' learning about societal needs (Mogren et al., 2018). Because of this there should be an action-oriented approach to ESD, where students get experiences with performing concrete actions to contribute to solutions to concrete and authentic, local sustainability issues through the ESD teaching at their schools (Sinakou et al., 2019).

Schools are responsible for empowering students to address the world's extensive and complex societal challenges. Consequently, ESD provide students opportunities to develop their action competence for sustainability (Sass et al., 2020). There are many interpretations of what action competence is (Sass et al., 2020). In their definition, Sass et al. (2020) argue that action competence consists of three main elements: 1) Knowledge of the problem and its action possibilities, 2) Confidence in one’s own influence, and 3) Willingness to act. For students to develop action competence around sustainable issues, they should be allowed to take responsibility for their own learning and tackle sustainable development problems (Sinakou et al., 2019).

In the face of difficulties, people have little motivation to act if they do not believe they can perform the task, or if they believe the task will not yield the desired result (Sass et al., 2020). Thus, the experience of participating and having an impact at school and in society can help students develop action competence. This was supported by Torsdottir et al. (In manuscript) who found that student participation and influence can be important for developing action competence. However, their research looked at student participation as a way of influencing within the school setting, and not on how students school experiences in participating in society can help students develop action competence.

Although the literature suggests that an action-oriented approach can help students develop action competence, few studies have focused on this aspect of the teaching when measuring action competence as a outcome of ESD (e.g. Olsson et al., 2022). Because of the importance of action-oriented approaches to ESD, the current study focuses on an action-oriented approach with students getting experiences in influencing society. For small children this should be about actions towards their schools or schoolyards, but as they get older they can take a more active role in society (Chawla & Cushing, 2007). Chawla and Cushing (2007) argue that teaching is not only about how to teach young people to act favorably to the environment, but also how to teach them to do it in an effective and strategic way. Strategic actions can be pressuring businesses or municipality departments to become more environmentally friendly, as that has a much larger effect that what you can contribute through private actions. Due to this, the current study will focus on one part of action-orientation, namely school experiences in influencing society.

The research question is:

What is the relationship between students’ school experiences in participating in society and their self-perceived action competence for sustainability?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on a questionnaire conducted on 902 upper secondary school students in three upper secondary schools in Norway. All schools in the study were part of a larger project called ‘ESD in Practice’, a collaboration between the teacher education at the Norwegian University of Life Sciences, a county municipality and four upper secondary schools working together to develop a focus on ESD throughout the whole school. In the current study, we collected questionnaire data to investigate the effects on students’ school experiences in influencing society and their self-perceived action competence.

Two scales have been used in the study. The School Experiences in Influencing Society (SEISS) scale is a single-factor model developed by the authors to tap into if students got to experience how to affect for example politicians or businesses through the school work. The self-perceived action competence for sustainability (SPACS) scale was developed by (Olsson et al., 2020) and was created to catch the three factors in the definition of action competence made by  Sass et al. (2020).
The participants answered to the items in both scales on a five-point Likert scale that ranged from completely disagree to completely agree.

We first imported the dataset to IBM SPSS Statistics version 27, where we performed the data preparation and analyzed the data using descriptive statistics. Then the confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) for our two theoretical models was performed in Mplus 8. Lastly, we performed a structural equation modelling (SEM) to investigate the relationship between the latent factor measuring school experiences in influencing society and the three latent factors in the self-perceived action competence for sustainability model. The CFAs and SEM-analysis were performed using a robust maximum likelihood (MLR) estimator, and missing data were handled using full information maximum likelihood (FIML) methodology (Graham, 2009). To evaluate the CFA models, we looked at the chi-square values and four goodness-of-fit indices with the cut-off values recommended by Hu and Bentler (1999), that is (RMSEA) < 0.06, CFI and TLA > 0.95 and SRMR < 0.08.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The CFA had good model fit for both the SEISS model and the SPACS. All standardized loadings in the latent factors were higher than 0,6. The SEM analyses used to test for a relation between the two models also had good model fit (χ2 (98, N = 902) = 306.615, p < .001, RMSEA = 0.049 [.042, .055], SRMR = 0.045, CFI = 0.963, and TLI = 0.955). The SEM-analysis between school experiences in influencing society and the students self-perceived action competence showed a significant positive relation of 0.397 for Knowledge of action possibilities, 0.344 for Confidence in one’s own influence, and 0,186 for Willingness to act.

The results support previous research saying that an action-oriented approach where students can act on sustainability issues can help students develop action competence (Olsson et al., 2022; Sinakou et al., 2019). Through participatory approaches, participants can get opportunities on several fronts, including exercising their democratic rights and participating in decision-making and actions that promote justice, equality, and well-being for all (Reid et al., 2008). Thus, it might not always be enough to participate within the school. Participating in participatory action-oriented approaches in the students’ local communities can help students be engaged in defining what sustainability means to them in their local contexts (Fischer, 2012). By giving students opportunities to participate in and influence society, they can develop a belief that their actions matter, and help them develop action competence. At ECER in Glasgow, we invite to discussions on the relation between self-perceived action competence and the school experiences in influencing society as well as benefits and shortcomings of our findings.

References
Chawla, L., & Cushing, D. F. (2007). Education for strategic environmental behaviour. Environmental Education Research, 13(4), 437-452. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701581539
Fischer, D. (2012). Framing Student Participation in Education for Sustainable Development. In.
Graham, J. W. (2009). Missing data analysis: making it work in the real world. Annu Rev Psychol, 60, 549-576. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.58.110405.085530
Hu, L. t., & Bentler, P. M. (1999). Cutoff criteria for fit indexes in covariance structure analysis: Conventional criteria versus new alternatives. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 6(1), 1-55. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705519909540118
Mogren, A., Gericke, N., & Scherp, H.-Å. (2018). Whole school approaches to education for sustainable development: a model that links to school improvement. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 508-531. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1455074
Olsson, D., Gericke, N., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2022). The effectiveness of education for sustainable development revisited – a longitudinal study on secondary students’ action competence for sustainability. Environmental Education Research, 1-25. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2033170
Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: the theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742-760. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1736991
Reid, A., Jensen, B. B., Nikel, J., & Simovska, V. (2008). Participation and Learning: Developing Perspectives on Education and the Environment, Health and Sustainability. In A. Reid, B. B. Jensen, J. Nikel, & V. Simovska (Eds.), Participation and Learning: Perspectives on Education and the Environment, Health and Sustainability (pp. 1-18). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6416-6_1
Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of environmental education, 51(4), 292-305. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2020.1765132
Shallcross, T., & Robinson, J. (2008). Sustainability Education, Whole School Approaches, and Communities of Action. In A. Reid, B. B. Jensen, J. Nikel, & V. Simovska (Eds.), Participation and Learning Perspectives on Education and the Environment, Health and Sustainability (pp. 299-320). Springer.
Sinakou, E., Donche, V., Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2019). Designing Powerful Learning Environments in Education for Sustainable Development: A Conceptual Framework. Sustainability (Basel, Switzerland), 11(21), 5994. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11215994
Torsdottir, A. E., Olsson, D., & Sinnes, A. (In manuscript). Student participation in a whole school approach as a way for developing action competence for sustainable development.
UNESCO. (2014). UNESCO Roadmap for Implementing the Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development.
UNESCO. (2020). Education for Sustainable Development. A roadmap (UNESCO, Ed.). https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802.locale=en


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Assessing and Fostering Students' Action Competence to Sustain Insect Biodiversity

Peter Lampert, Daniel Olsson, Niklas Gericke

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Lampert, Peter

The decline of insect biodiversity is a current environmental issue, which is also highly relevant for education. The observed rapid decline is alarming, due to insects’ critical role for the functioning of most ecosystems (Sánchez-Bayo & Wyckhuys, 2019). The decline affects humans directly through ecosystem services provided by insects, such as pollination. Despite several ongoing initiatives, we have not solved the problem of insect declines yet and urgent calls persist to educate a broad public about these declines and to engage people in taking actions that sustain insect biodiversity (Cardoso et al., 2020). Mitigating insect decline is key to reach the UN Sustainable Development Goals. Educating about insect declines and about ways to sustain insect biodiversity is therefore highly important for environmental education and education for sustainable development.

Unfortunately, social and educational research in the field of insect conservation is limited (Knapp et al., 2021; Ruck & Mannion, 2021), despite several ongoing initiatives to support pollinating insects. Existing research does not consider the complexity of the problem and the diversity of insects sufficiently, but focus often on specific groups of pollinators such as honeybees (Schönfelder & Bogner, 2018). In particular, we lack educational research on learners’ competences to support insects, and research on how these competences develop through education. However, such research is paramount to provide evidence for the design and advancement of educational settings in formal and informal environmental education.

The framework of Action Competence could provide a promising way forward for educational research and for the design of approaches focusing on individual competences. The idea of Action competence origins from the fields of environmental and health education (Jensen & Schnack, 1997) and describes peoples’ ability to act toward solving controversial problems. It combines the three dimensions of action-oriented knowledge, the confidence to take actions, and the willingness to take actions. Action competence was recently applied to the issue of sustainable development (Sass et al., 2020), which fits well to sustaining insect biodiversity as an integral part for achieving a sustainable future. However, the existing action competence framework is more general in its focus and has not been applied to the specific topic of sustaining insect biodiversity before.

Therefore, the presented educational research project aims to apply this idea of action competence to the issue of sustaining insect biodiversity, and eventually investigate and foster learners’ competences to take actions. The project includes four interrelated research objectives (RO); (1) the development of a theoretical framework of action competence for insect conservation; (2) the development of research instruments to investigate the self-perceived action competence; (3) the design of an intervention to foster learners’ action competence; and (4) the investigation of changes of the self-perceived action competence through the designed intervention. The presentation at ECER will provide a short overview on the results from all four objectives, with a focus on RO (3) and (4).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project uses Educational Design Research (Van den Akker et al., 2006) as an overarching theoretical approach to integrate all four objectives. To reach RO 1, the general concept of action competence (Sass et al., 2020) is combined with the results from an analysis of current papers and initiatives in the field of insect conservation. The resulting new framework builds the basis for the development of a corresponding quantitative scale to measure the self-perceived level of action competence to sustain insect biodiversity (RO  2). The scale asks respondents to rate their personal agreement to statements on knowledge, confidence and willingness to take specific actions on a 5-point Likert-type scale ranging from fully disagree (1) to fully agree (5). The reliability and the validity of the scale were piloted as part of the project and analyzed using established methods, such as assessing Cronbach’s α and performing Confirmatory Factor Analysis (Field, 2018; Hair et al., 2010). The scale was piloted with 180 students from grades 7 and 8 in Sweden (age 13-15), and the analysis showed a high reliability of the scale (Cronbach’s α = 0.964 for the full scale and Cronbach’s α > 0.89 for the subscales of knowledge, confidence, and willingness). The confirmatory factor analysis underlined the good quality of the research instrument (RMSEA=0.05; CFI=0.985; TLI=0.984).

Eventually, this scale was used to assess the impact of a newly developed teaching intervention in grade 7 (age 13-14) of compulsory schools in Sweden (RO 3 & 4) in a pre-post design. The intervention builds on the new theoretical framework and aims to develop learners’ action competence for insect conservation. The initial theory-based design of the intervention builds on the approach of Sinakou et al. (2019) to design powerful learning interventions to develop action competence for sustainability. Following the idea of educational design research, the intervention is tested and adapted in a cyclic approach. A first cycle took place in 2022 with 12 school classes from grade 7. The focus of the investigation is on the development of the self-perceived action competence, but students’ attitudes towards insects are investigated as well using a semantic differential (Schönfelder & Bogner, 2017). Data analysis is ongoing until spring 2023, but results of the performed paired samples t-test from a subsample of students (n=102) are already available at time of submission.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
RO 3 – Intervention: The resulting intervention includes a variety of materials and lesson plans focusing on four core topics: 1) the importance of insects, 2) insect decline and its causes, 3) actions to sustain insect biodiversity, and 4) observing insects as citizen scientists. A central part of the intervention is that students plan and conduct their own actions to help insects. A second core aspect is the use of the citizen science platform iNaturalist that provides students’ with the possibility to track insect diversity in their environment.

RO 4 – Assessing changes of the self-perceived action competence and attitudes towards insects: The paired sample t-tests show a positive significant difference in the self-perceived action competence between pre-test (M = 3.143, SD = 0.611) and post-test (M = 3.771, SD = 0.715); t(101) = 10.028, p < 0.001 with a large effect size (Cohen’s d = 0.937). The biggest effects were related to the self-perceived knowledge, which was rather low in the pre-test. This indicates that students lack the relevant knowledge to take specific action, even when they are willing to do so. Students’ attitudes changed significantly as well, leading to more positive attitudes in the post-test. The biggest changes were observable in items connected to the importance of insects.

All outcomes from the project (framework, scale, intervention, outcomes from the pre-post analysis) are transferable and applicable for other European countries and educational settings. The findings show that students are in need of specific knowledge on taking actions to support insects and that a corresponding teaching intervention can contribute to raise learners self-perceived levels of competence to take actions. The developed framework and scale contribute to advance educational research in the underexplored field of education about insect biodiversity decline as a relevant part of environmental and sustainability education.

References
Cardoso, P., Barton, P. S., Birkhofer, K., Chichorro, F., Deacon, C., Fartmann, T., Fukushima, C. S., Gaigher, R., Habel, J. C., & Hallmann, C. A. (2020). Scientists' warning to humanity on insect extinctions. Biological Conservation, 242, 108426.
Field, A. (2018). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics 5th ed. In: Sage.
Hair, J. F., Black, W. C., Babin, B. J., & Anderson, R. E. (2010). Multivariate data analysis (7th ed.). Pearson.
Jensen, B. B., & Schnack, K. (1997). The action competence approach in environmental education. Environmental education research, 3(2), 163-178.
Knapp, J. L., Phillips, B. B., Clements, J., Shaw, R. F., & Osborne, J. L. (2021). Socio‐psychological factors, beyond knowledge, predict people’s engagement in pollinator conservation. People and Nature, 3(1), 204-220.
Ruck, A., & Mannion, G. (2021). Stewardship and beyond? Young people’s lived experience of conservation activities in school grounds. Environmental education research, 27(10), 1502-1516. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1964439
Sánchez-Bayo, F., & Wyckhuys, K. A. G. (2019). Worldwide decline of the entomofauna: A review of its drivers. Biological Conservation, 232, 8-27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.01.020
Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292-305.
Schönfelder, M. L., & Bogner, F. X. (2017). Two ways of acquiring environmental knowledge: By encountering living animals at a beehive and by observing bees via digital tools. International Journal of Science Education, 39(6), 723-741.
Schönfelder, M. L., & Bogner, F. X. (2018). How to sustainably increase students’ willingness to protect pollinators. Environmental education research, 24(3), 461-473.
Sinakou, E., Donche, V., Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2019). Designing powerful learning environments in education for sustainable development: A conceptual framework. Sustainability, 11(21), 5994.
Van den Akker, J., Gravemeijer, K., McKenney, S., & Nieveen, N. (2006). Educational design research (Vol. 2). Routledge London.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm31 SES 01 A: Language Attitudes In Teacher Professional Development: From Monolingual Bias to Multilingual Teaching Practices
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Suzanne Dekker
Session Chair: Suzanne Dekker
Symposium
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium

Language Attitudes In Teacher Professional Development: From monolingual bias to multilingual teaching practices

Chair: Joana Duarte (NHL Stenden)

Discussant: Joana Duarte (NHL Stenden)

Research has persistently indicated that multilingual pupils thrive academically and socio-affectively when their home languages are included in education (e.g., García & Baetens Beardsmore 2009; Sierens & Van Avermaet 2014). As teachers’ attitudes and beliefs are seen as the basis of their pedagogical actions (Biesta et al. 2015), it is necessary to examine teachers’ attitudes, knowledge, and the practical skills surrounding multilingualism (Barros et al. 2020). Since teachers are in a crucial position to influence the enactment of language policies in their classrooms (Haukås 2016) and overcoming the achievement gap between linguistically diverse pupils and their peers (OECD, 2020), it is vital they have multilingual competences, show positive attitudes towards home languages, and implement multilingual pedagogies (Barros et al., 2020).

Although teachers indicate enthusiasm for the concept of multilingualism, pupils’ home languages are often considered an obstacle for learning school languages (Pulinx et al. 2017). However, research has shown that teachers’ attitudes towards and understanding of multilingual pupils improve when they participate in opportunities to learn about the benefits of multilingualism (Markos, 2012). Similarly, teachers who have participated in teacher professional development (TPD) with a focus on bi- or multilingualism appear to be more likely to view multilingualism as an asset in teaching and learning (Lee & Oxelson, 2006). However, an implementation of inclusive multilingual practices, for example practices based on “pedagogical translanguaging” (Cenoz & Gorter 2021) requires additional teacher TPD to provide resources and knowledge needed to support teaching in linguistically diverse settings (Kirsch et al., 2020).

In this symposium, we will approach recent developments in the field of language attitudes and multilingual practices in education. We will focus on the practices of teachers who have participated in TPD in order to implement sustainable multilingual pedagogies and view their attitudes and their classroom interaction. With this symposium, researchers working in the context of Finland, Norway, and the Netherlands convene to critically appraise the implications that their research has for teaching in linguistically diverse classrooms across European countries.

The first paper will discuss the use of linguistically responsive teaching practices in Finland. The paper covers four types of teacher’s self-reported linguistically responsive practices five years after the introduction of linguistically responsive teaching in the country’s core curriculum, and examines the link between background factors and reported linguistically responsive practices.

The second paper will present Multilingual Approach to Diversity in Education as a viable model for TPD for teachers working with linguistically and culturally diverse learners. The paper will provide a research-based rationale for the model and illustrate how it can be implemented in TPD to help teachers examine their language attitudes and undergo a shift from monolingual ideologies to multilingual teaching practices.

the last paper will focus on attitudes towards the use of multilingualism expressed through classroom interaction. The paper will take a longitudinal view of the quality and quantity of interaction in primary schools in multilingual Friesland, the Netherlands. Hereby, we will show the development of translanguaging practices alongside a TPD program.


References
Barros, S., Domke, L. M., Symons, C., & Ponzio, C. (2020). Challenging Monolingual Ways of Looking at Multilingualism: Insights for Curriculum Development in Teacher Preparation. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2020.1753196
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325
García, O., & Baetens Beardsmore, H. (2009). Bilingual education in the 21st century: a global perspective. Wiley-Blackwell.
Haukås, Å. (2016). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism and a multilingual pedagogical approach. International Journal of Multilingualism, 13(1), 1–18.
Kirsch, C., Aleksić, G., Mortini, S., & Andersen, K. (2020). Developing multilingual practices in early childhood education through professional development in Luxembourg. International Multilingual Research Journal, 14(4), 319–337. https://doi.org/10.1080/19313152.2020.1730023
Lee, J. S., & Oxelson, E. (2006). “It’s Not My Job”: K–12 Teacher Attitudes Toward Students’ Heritage Language Maintenance. Bilingual Research Journal, 30(2), 453–477.
OECD. 2020. PISA 2018 Results (Volume VI) Are Students Ready to Thrive in an Interconnected World. Paris: OECD.
Sierens, S., & Van Avermaet, P. (2014). Language diversity in education: Evolving from multilingual education to functional multilingual learning. Managing diversity in education: Languages, policies, pedagogies, 204-222.
Pulinx, R., Van Avermaet, P., & Agirdag, O. (2017). Silencing linguistic diversity: The extent, determinants and consequences of the monolingual beliefs of Flemish teachers. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 20(5), 542–556.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

: Linguistically Responsive Practices in Finland after curricular reform in 2016

Leena Maria Heikkola (Åbo Akademi University), Jenni Alisaari (University of Turku)

The current Finnish core curriculum (EDUFI, 2014) requires all teachers in basic education to be linguistically responsive. However, studies conducted during the previous curricula show that linguistically responsive practices are still scarce (Author 1 et al., 20XX). In this study, we analyze what kind of practices teachers report using after the curriculum has been in use for five years. The data for the study was collected via an online survey in fall 2021. In this study, we analyze teachers’ responses (N = 1030) to 28 Likert scale statements regarding the use of linguistically responsive practices (1 = never, 2 = rarely, 3 = once a week, 4 = 2–3 times a week). The preliminary results indicate that the three most used practices are: I use visual aids (M=3.69, SD=.64) I give instructions on paper or on the board (M=3.55, SD=.72) I give instructions both orally and in writing (M=3.74, SD=.58). These results are in line with previous research regarding the use of linguistically responsive practices (Author 1 et al., 20XX) with teachers being most comfortable in using semiotic scaffolding to support multilingual learners in their classrooms. Data will also be analyzed using factors previously found in a similar study conducted before the current core curricula (Author 1 et al., 20XX). We investigate how teachers’ report using four types of linguistically responsive practices, namely, identifying language demands, linguistic scaffolding, explicit attention to language, and additional semiotic systems scaffolding. In addition, we will examine whether teachers’ background factors are linked to their reported practices. The results will be discussed more extensively during the presentation, as well as the need for more training in linguistically responsive teaching practices for in-service teachers. Although the current Finnish national core curriculum (EDUFI, 2014) requires all teachers to be linguistically responsive, Finnish teachers’ reported practices seem not to have changed in the 5 years after the curriculum came into force. The teachers still report using easily accessible pedagogical practices, with no special focus on taking multilingualism into consideration. The results of this study benefits teacher educators in the European context in understanding the need for development for both pre-service and in-service teachers’ professional development in order to optimally develop their linguistically responsive practices.and maximize teachers’ skills in supporting their linguistically diverse students’ learning.

References:

Author 1 et al. (20XX) EDUFI (2014). Perusopetuksen opetusuunnitelman perusteet. Available at: https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/perusopetuksen_opetussuunnitelman_perusteet_2014.pdf (referred 29.1.2023)
 

Multilingual Approach to Diversity in Education (MADE) in Teacher Professional Development: An Example from Norway

Anna Krulatz (Norwegian University of Science and Technology), MaryAnn Christison (University of Utah), Yaqiong Xu (Norwegian University of Science and Technology)

With classrooms around the world becoming increasingly linguistically and culturally diverse, there is a clear need to support teachers in making a transition from monolingual ideologies and pedagogies to multilingual teaching practices (MTPs) that soften the boundaries between languages and draw on learners’ full linguistic repertoires as a valuable resource (Alisaari et al., 2019; Blommaert, 2010; Cenoz & Gorter, 2013). Multilingual Approach to Diversity in Education (MADE) is a comprehensive, holistic instrument designed to aide teachers, teacher educators, and administrators in designing and implementing optimal pedagogical practices for linguistically and culturally diverse learners in multilingual contexts. The model consists of seven research-based indicators, each with a set of observable and measurable features: 1. Classrooms and Schools as Multilingual Spaces, 2. Developing and Using Teaching Materials, 3. Interaction and Grouping Configurations, 4. Language and Culture Attitudes, 5. Metacognition and Metalinguistic Awareness, 6. Multiliteracy, and 7. Teacher and Learner Language Use. This paper aims to give an overview of MADE and explain and illustrate how it can be implemented as a tool in teacher professional development (TPD). TPD plays a crucial role in supporting teachers in designing and implementing MTPs. It can help raise teachers’ awareness of the strengths and weaknesses of their teaching practices, provide opportunities for teachers to gain knowledge about multilingualism and the supportive role that learners’ existing linguistic repertoires can play in learning processes, allow teachers to assess and alter their attitudes towards multilingualism, and support teachers in the process of developing MTPs that are most suitable for their specific teaching context (Krulatz & Christison, forthcoming). In Norway, due to a rapid increase of linguistically and culturally diverse learners in schools, there have been calls and initiatives for TPD with a focus on multilingualism (e.g., Lorenz et al., 2021; Ministry of Children and Families, 2012-2013). The paper will first present an overview of MADE and provide a research-based rationale for each indicator and its features. Focusing on indicator 4. Language and Culture Attitudes, the presenters will then supply a concrete example of how the model was implemented in TPD for teachers at a multilingual, elementary school in Norway, and how it changed three EAL teachers’ beliefs and attitudes towards leveraging their multilingual learners’ home languages in linguistically diverse classrooms. The paper will conclude with general implications for TPD in multilingual settings.

References:

Alisaari, J., Heikkola, L. M., Commins, N., & Acquah, E. O. (2019). Monolingual ideologies confronting multilingual realities. Finnish teachers’ beliefs about linguistic diversity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 80(1), 48-58. Bloomaert, J. (2010). The sociolinguistics of globalization. Cambridge University Press. Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2013). Towards a plurilingual approach in English language teaching: Softening the boundaries between languages. TESOL Quarterly, 47(3), 591–599. Krulatz, A., & Christison, M.A. (Forthcoming). Multilingual Approach to Diversity in Education: A methodology for linguistically and culturally diverse learners. Palgrave Macmillan. Lorenz, E., Krulatz, A., & Torgersen, E. N. (2021). Embracing linguistic and cultural diversity in multilingual EAL classrooms: The impact of professional development on teacher beliefs and practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105, 103428. Ministry of Children and Families. (2012-2013). Meld. St. 6. Melding til Stortinget. En helhetlig integreringspolitikk. Mangfold og felleskap [Report to the Parliament. A comprehensive integration policy. Diversity and community]. Det Kongelige Barne-, Likestillingsæ og Inkluderingsdepartementet.
 

More Than a Few Words? Examining Translanguaging Interactions and Dialogic Empathy in Frisian Primary Schools

Suzanne Dekker (NHL Stenden University of Applied Sciences), Laura Nap (NHL Stenden University of Applied Sciences), Hanneke Loerts (University of Groningen), Joana Duarte (NHL Stenden University of Applied Sciences)

In order to ascertain the success of implementing pedagogical translanguaging practices (Cenoz & Gorter, 2021), it is imperative to also examine specifically how the dialogue surrounding these activities is constructed in the classroom (Rabbidge, 2019). In situations wherein classroom interaction is primarily teacher-dominated (Mercer & Dawes, 2014; Walsweer 2015), pupils’ opportunities to participate and co-construct knowledge are often limited (Rabbidge, 2019). Similarly, Author 2 et al. (20XX) showed that translanguaging practices in classroom interaction are often restricted to the symbolic function of translanguaging (Duarte, 2020), such as asking for one-word translations into the home languages but not deepening the conversation based on pupils’ responses. In this paper, we will examine the actions of teachers surrounding the implementation of multilingual activities at the level of classroom interaction. Building on the work of Author 2 et al. (20XX), we examined case studies of three teachers following a TPD trajectory and measured eventual didactic changes based on increasing familiarization with multilingual pedagogies. The current study investigated what changes occur in the teachers’ implementation of translanguaging strategies in primary classrooms as a result of their participation in the 3M Project. It also examined to what extent the quantity and quality of the interaction and multilingual language use evolved, and the presence of dialogic empathy (Macagno et al. 2022). We measured the frequency and quality of translanguaging interactions throughout three measurement points. An in-depth analysis based of recorded video-data of several lessons per teacher (N=123:06 minutes) revealed how opportunities for dialogic interaction arose with symbolic translanguaging. Although these opportunities were not always seized, they provided opportunities for active pupil participation.

References:

Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2021). Pedagogical translanguaging. Cambridge University Press. Duarte, J. (2020). Translanguaging in the context of mainstream multilingual education. International Journal of Multilingualism, 17(2), 232-247. Macagno, F., Rapanta, C., Mayweg-Paus, E., & Garcia-Milà, M. (2022). Coding empathy in dialogue. Journal of Pragmatics, 192, 116–132. Mercer, N., & Dawes, L. (2014). The study of talk between teachers and students, from the 1970s until the 2010s. Oxford Review of Education, 40(4), 430–445. Author 2 et al. (20XX). Rabbidge, M. (2019). The Effects of Translanguaging on Participation in EFL Classrooms. The Journal of AsiaTEFL, 16(4), 1305–1322. Walsweer, A. P. (2015). Ruimte voor leren: Een etnografisch onderzoek naar het verloop van een interventie gericht op versterking van het taalgebruik in een knowledge building environment op kleine Friese basisscholen. Rijksuniversiteit Groningen.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm32 SES 01 A JS: Transforming Organizational Learning towards Diversity
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
Joint Paper Session, NW 32 and NW 15
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Diversity in the Context of Organization and Discourse

Linda Maack, Inga Truschkat

Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Maack, Linda; Truschkat, Inga

The negotiation of diversity can be seen as a fundamental dynamic and structural feature of social orders. In the meantime, diversity has also become an integral part of organizational pedagogical debates (see, among others, Göhlich et al. 2012; Engel 2014). In most cases, diversity is simultaneously understood as a challenge and an opportunity for organizational learning processes. Following this difference-theoretical approach, different concepts of diversity management have been established and diversity is understood as a fundamental dynamic of organizational processes. For example, Göhlich (2012) emphasizes that from an organizational pedagogical perspective, "the further development of organizations related to cultural difference as an organizational learning process, but also, conversely, the participation of organizations in the design of dealing with cultural difference" is of interest. However, the resulting importance of organizations in societies characterized by diversity and their almost natural self-evidence in the co-creation of social reality (cf. Maack and Truschkat) remains to some extent unnoticed. In this context, the emergence of organizations and their constant change can be traced back to social transformation processes and, connected to this, the materialization and reproduction of certain social (problematization) practices. Following this understanding, diversity can than not only be seen as a dynamic in organizational learning and ordering processes, but organizational practices can also be understood as reproducers of difference.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to make this connection clear, the article discusses in a first step the powerful recursive relationship between discourse and organization. For this purpose, it is shown that organizations are formed as constitutions and materializations of discursive knowledge as powerful practices. Thus, organizations can be understood as sites of discursive entanglements, whereby they are permeated by and constituted through power-knowledge relations (cf. Weber and Wieners 2018). Building on this, in a second step, this developed discourse-theoretical view of organizations as a power-knowledge complex (cf. Diaz-Bone and Hartz 2017) is used to look critically at diversity in organizations. This can highlight the "meaning content of diversity (management) and the potential inclusions and exclusions of practices corresponding to it" (Dobusch 2014: 270).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This is exemplified by the type of organization, a nursing home for the elderly with a 'culturally sensitive concept', and illustrates how diversity-relevant discursive practices are inscribed in the organization and have an inclusive and exclusive effect there. Overall, the article shows that organizations in the context of diversity are both a manifestation of discursive knowledge and power formations and a producer of powerful discursive practices.
References
Diaz-Bone, R. & Hartz, R. (2017): Einleitung. Dispositiv und Ökonomie. In: R. Diaz-Bone & R. Hartz (Hrsg.): Dispositiv und Ökonomie. Diskurs- und dispositivanalytische Perspektiven auf Märkte und Organisationen. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 1-38.

Dobusch, L. (2014). Diversity (Management-)Diskurse in Organisationen. Behinderung als "Grenzfall"? Soziale Probleme, 25(2), 268-285.

Engel, N. (2014): Die Übersetzung der Organisation. Pädagogische Ethnographie organisationalen Lernens. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Göhlich, M. (2012): Organisation und kulturelle Differenz. Eine Einführung aus pädagogischer Sicht. In: Göhlich, M., Weber, M. S., Öztürk, H. & Engel, N. (Hrsg.): Organisationen und kulturelle Differenz. Diversity, Interkulturelle Öffnung, Internationalisierung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 1-22.

Göhlich, M., Weber, M. S., Öztürk, H. & Engel, N. (2012) (Hrsg.): Organisationen und kulturelle Differenz. Diversity, Interkulturelle Öffnung, Internationalisierung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Maack, L./Truschkat, I. (i.E.): Diskurs und Organisation – Theoretische Reflexionen eines rekursiven Verhältnisses. In: Sonderheft zum 10. Jubiläum der Zeitschrift für Diskursforschung.

Weber, S. M. & Wieners, S. (2018): Diskurstheoretische Grundlagen der Organisationspädagogik. In: M. Göhlich, A. Schröer & Weber, S. M. (Hrsg.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 211-223.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

What next? After Accountability, Education Needs an Infrastructure for Learning

Kristin Børte, Sølvi Lillejord

University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Børte, Kristin; Lillejord, Sølvi

This paper argues for the need of an educational infrastructure to strengthen the teaching profession and its leaders. We understand infrastructure as interlinked resources that support school development, such as a knowledge base with data, research and validated experience, administrative, physical, and technological support structures, feedback mechanisms and professional learning communities (Børte et al, 2020, Lillejord & Børte, 2020). The 1983 report A Nation at Risk, ignited a global discourse of mistrust in education and resulted in accountability reforms that ignored the complexity of education (Lillejord, 2020). As these reforms are currently waning, we need knowledge about how to strengthen the teaching profession’s research-informed, knowledge-building, professional learning processes (Lillejord, 2023) and how leaders can facilitate the co-construction and synthesizing of knowledge from various sources.

Researchers have argued that school leaders are, next to classroom teaching, the most important factor for students’ learning (Leithwood, Harris & Hopkins, 2008). There is, however, little research on what school leaders do to accomplish this (Leithwood, Harris & Hopkins, 2020), little research on school leaders’ workplace learning (Veelen, Sleegers, & Endedijk 2017) and little research on support structures for learning at organizational level. In schools, argued Weick (1976), two ‘systems' worked separately. One consisted of teachers, parents, students and curriculum, another of the principal and middle leaders. While the two systems are somehow attached, there is little transfer of knowledge. We draw on Shirell & Spillane (2020) who described education as a complex, learning-intensive enterprise, requiring educators to work together to improve practice and Gurr, Longmuir and Reed (2021) who suggested that a context view of schools helps us understand how school leaders influence various contextual factors to develop schools.

Due to educational institutions’ inherent complexity, leading and organizing schools for learning and development is challenging, partly because decades of neoliberal policies fixated the idea that the knowledge needed for school development and improvement was to be found outside school. External experts and consultancy firms supposedly knew more about how schools should improve than teachers and school leaders. When efforts to get this external knowledge into schools failed, teachers were often blamed (Sarason, 1998). Schools’ internal knowledge is diverse and includes how students experience teaching and learning, what teachers discuss and agree on in their professional learning communities and how school leaders organize for learning.

An Expert Group (Lillejord et al., 2021) on schools’ contribution to students’ learning found that in schools with a substantial contribution to students’ learning, school leaders systematically used the schools’ internal knowledge to improve practices. Student participation was systemic, and teachers used their professional learning communities to discuss how they could use student feedback to improve practice. While these school leaders took for granted that the knowledge needed to improve practice was in the school, leaders in low performing schools were oriented outwards, to external, knowledgeable experts. Based on these findings, an important first step in the development of an educational infrastructure is to understand how school leaders perceive and develop educational knowledge (Brezinka, 1992). Teachers and leaders must understand the schools’ internal knowledge processes and develop a meta-perspective on their knowledge work (Lillejord, 2023).

Norwegian policy documents (Ministry of Education, 2017; 2019) and evaluations of reform initiatives in schools, claim that school leaders lack analytical competence and that schools lack a support structure for development efforts. As this can be considered barriers for learning at organizational level, we will present data that allow us to explore how school leaders understand such key concepts. Our research question is:

How do school leaders understand “analytical competence” and “support structure” in relation to an infrastructure for school development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports from a qualitative exploratory descriptive study (Hunter et al., 2019). We wanted to unveil how school leaders understand key concepts that are in research and policy claimed/reported to affect their ability to organize for learning and development in schools. A qualitative open-ended questionnaire was developed to elicit school leaders’ understanding of analytical competence and show their perceived need for support structures for school development. The following open-ended questions were formulated:
• How do you understand the concept analytical competence?
• What kind of analytical competence do you/your school need?
• How do you understand the concepts support systems and support structures?
• Which support structures/systems do your school need?

Data collection and analytical strategy
The first data collection was conducted during spring 2022. A web-based questionnaire with four key questions was distributed to 30 school leaders (middle leaders and principals) who attended a post-secondary school leadership master course called “Leadership of learning and curriculum work in schools”. Participants were encouraged to answer the questionnaire within a time slot of about 10 minutes during the last day of the leadership program. Fifteen of the participants answered the questionnaire.
  
The second data collection is scheduled in February 2023. This will supplement and strengthen our initial findings and allow us to further explore aspects of interest unveiled in the first data set. The questionnaire is therefore expanded with three questions related to school leaders’ perceived needs for what it will take to systematically utilize the diversity of the schools’ internal knowledge resources. The questionnaire will be distributed to 22 school leaders who attend the same post-secondary school leadership master course “leadership of learning and curriculum work in schools” and will include principals and middle leaders.
 
Results from the first and second data collection will be analyzed using thematic analysis, to identify diversity within the group of leaders, strengths and weaknesses related to the school leaders’ understanding of and need for analytical competence and support structures in development work.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the first data set shows that school leaders perceive the concepts “analytical competence” and “support structures” differently. Their reported needs could be grouped in three categories: 1) School leaders with weak understanding and high need. Common denominators in this category were their outwards orientation, their stated need for external knowledgeable experts or programs that can support and help them organize and manage school development processes. 2) School leaders with moderate understanding and high need. The answers in this category indicated a moderate understanding of what analytical competence is and how it can be used in school improvement processes. Common denominators were the orientation outwards in terms of support structures. 3) School leaders with high understanding and low need. Leaders in this category aligned their descriptions of support structures to the school’s existing infrastructures and ways of organizing and improving practice. All leaders in this category were oriented inwards i.e., on how to use, improve and strengthen the school’s existing knowledge. They also referred to how they could strategically use professional learning communities as support structures and build internal systems for collaboration.

The study has revealed that school leaders differ in how they perceive their needs for support. They also think differently about their knowledge needs (i.e., believe that the necessary knowledge is in school or outside the school). These differences probably influence how they understand what it takes to be a leader to manage, organize and develop complex organizations such as schools.

Like all professions, the teaching profession needs an infrastructure that can be used to synthesize the diversity of knowledge and various knowledge sources through processes of assessing and improving educational practice. An infrastructure for systematic knowledge work enables leaders to organize schools in ways that shield them from future potentially counter-productive policy initiatives and reforms.

References
Brezinka, W. (1992): Philosophy of Educational Knowledge. Dorderecht, Boston, London. Kluwer.
Børte, K., Nesje, K., & Lillejord, S. (2020). Barriers to student active learning in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-19.
Gurr, D., Longmuir, F., & Reed, C. (2021). Creating successful and unique schools: Leadership, context and systems thinking perspectives. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(1), 59-76.
Hunter, D., McCallum, J., & Howes, D. (2019). Defining exploratory-descriptive qualitative (EDQ) research and considering its application to healthcare. Journal of Nursing and Health Care, 4(1).
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership. School leadership and management, 28(1), 27-42.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School leadership & management, 40(1), 5-22.
Lillejord, S. (2020). From" unintelligent" to intelligent accountability. Journal of Educational Change, 21(1), 1-18.
Lillejord, S., Bolstad, A. K., Fjeld, S-E., Lund, T., Myhr, L. A., Ohm, H. (2021). En skole for vår tid (A school for our time). En skole for vår tid - regjeringen.no
Lillejord, S. (2023). Educating the teaching profession. In: Tierney, R.J., Rizvi, F., Erkican, K. (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education, vol. 5. Elsevier, pp. 368–374. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630- 5.04049-5.
Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2020). Trapped between accountability and professional learning? School leaders and teacher evaluation. Professional development in education, 46(2), 274-291.
Ministry of Education. (2017). Report to the Storting no. 21 (2016–2017). Lærelyst–tidlig innsats og kvalitet i skolen [The Wish to Learn–Early Effort and Quality in School].
Ministry of Education (2019). Report to Storting no. 6. (2019). Tett på–tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO. [Early intervention and inclusive community in kindergarten, school and after-school programs].
Sarason, S. B. (1998). Some features of a flawed educational system. Daedalus, 127(4), 1-12.
Shirrell, M., & Spillane, J. P. (2020). Opening the door: Physical infrastructure, school leaders’ work-related social interactions, and sustainable educational improvement. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102846.
Veelen, R. V., Sleegers, P. J., & Endedijk, M. D. (2017). Professional learning among school leaders in secondary education: The impact of personal and work context factors. Educational administration quarterly, 53(3), 365-408.
Weick, K.E., 1976. Educational organizations as loosely coupled systems. Adm. Sci. Q. 21 (1), 1–19.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Learning To Change: Redefining Organisational Learning To Meet The Needs Of The Community In Times Of Unprecedented Challenge.

Kevin Lowden1, Stuart Hall1, Kath Crawford2, Paul Beaumont2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2PK Partners

Presenting Author: Lowden, Kevin; Hall, Stuart

This paper reports on the findings from a four-year research project that evaluated the organisational re-orientation of a major science centre in Scotland, Glasgow Science Centre (GSC), to develop its culture and systems to use science engagement as a platform to promote equity, inclusion and diversity and learning and skills in local communities.

The GSC is recognised as a leading science centre in the UK and beyond. In 2018, it set out an ambitious organisational change plan in its Connect programme. This encompassed improving its physical spaces, facilities, comprehensive staff development and learning, revised recruitment strategies, widening access and developing its community-based learning programme and outreach work. The Connect programme quickly evolved to influence a wider and holistic organisational change strategy which aimed to,

  • Inspire and empower people of all ages, abilities, and social backgrounds to develop the skills, attitudes, and confidence to fully participate in a society.
  • Connect people and communities with industry, academia, and policy makers; becoming a highly visible and trusted hub of activity; facilitating discussion, fostering understanding and participation.
  • Create a diverse, inclusive, and supportive organisational culture.
  • Create a financially stable and sustainable organisation.

This strategy was designed to enable GSC to play a key role within the local region and wider science learning sector, including aligning with various national social, educational, economic and wellbeing strategies.

A programme of organisational change underpinned the Connect programme. This included creating policies and practices that embed inclusion, diversity and equity within the organisation’s business planning and management processes and strengthen its learning programmes. Part of this organisational transformation involved promotion of organisational values and a culture that embraces equity of opportunity both within and outwith the Centre. In addition, the Connect programme included expanding and enhancing the GSC’s Community Learning and Development Team to build science capital within communities to promote their wellbeing, educational and economic development. Particular focus was placed on working with groups and communities who were,

  • socially and economically disadvantaged, and/or
  • marginalised cultural populations.

This paper provides important insights on how organisations embark on change using professional learning, technology, physical space, and partnership working to enhance their relevance to the wider community and achieve their development objectives. This often takes place in the context of a shifting policy landscape and developing social priorities, revised values, and ethical responsibilities as well as demographic change. Such organisational transformation and the learning processes involved drew on a range of knowledge and resources and, in the case of the example in this paper, the Glasgow Science Centre (GSC), benefited from co-constructed research and evaluation to inform and assess change.

The paper contributes to the European and international field of organisational education and change and to the debate within the EERA Network on Organisational Education. Our example of the GSC reflects the challenges facing science centers and similar organisations across Europe as they work to empower citizens to make a difference regarding global challenges including the climate and biodiversity crisis, misinformation, and trust in science, 21st century skills, inclusion and equity and health and wellbeing. Such challenges underpin the work of the European Network Science Centres and Museums (Ecsite) network of over 320 organisations, of which the GSC is a member. Ecsite highlights the need for such centres to contribute to European society to empower citizens to engage and participate in all aspects of science to benefit them and their communities.

The paper further reflects on the strategy underpinning the organisational change pursued by GSC and the unforeseen challenges affecting the process of change to inform concepts of organisational change and learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper draws on research evidence gathered as part of an external evaluation (2019-2023) to explore the impact and the process of organisational change within Glasgow Science Centre to radically revise its ability to engage more equitably with the public and benefit wider communities and other partner organisations.

The research adopted a multi-method approach, involving,
• An extensive programme of in-depth interviews and focus group discussions conducted periodically during the research programme. Interviewees included: strategic managers; human resource officers and wider staff within the GSC; the GSC’s new Community Learning and Development team; community organisation coordinators/leaders; community members; and other relevant organisational partners.
• Participant observation of GSC events, science festivals and meetings.
• Adopting a critical friend/ collaborative approach to provide feedback on organisational data and HR data recording systems.
• Online surveys with GSC staff, representatives of community groups and partner organisations.
• Analysis of organisational policy documentation and internal organisational relevant data and evidence.

The research design was co-constructed with GSC colleagues. It was adapted in light of the impact of COVID-19 on the working methods of GSC as well as the evaluation methodology and utilised online methods extensively for a considerable period of the project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings reveal,

• Consensus across informants that there have been positive developments in organisational structure and culture, including enhanced inclusion, diversity, and collegiality.
• The need to adapt to challenges. Both the pandemic and COP26 acted as catalysts for change and innovation.
• The Connect programme principles, structure and operationalisation provided a framework for positive developments and facilitated agility and empowered employees to address challenges.
• The commitment and skills of GSC personnel has emerged as key factors in driving progress. The Centre’s leadership played a key role in reflecting on internal and external evidence and data to inform the changes needed to adapt activity to meet transformational objectives.
• Driving the organisation to better reflect local communities stimulated internal change and prompted an increase in a range of successful methods of working to engage with and benefit local communities and particularly target groups.
• The GSC developed agile and appropriate professional and adult learning for staff that reflected the strategic aims and rapidly shifting challenges.
• Among GSC target audiences we witnessed increased knowledge of science and its relevance for community members lives, this was particularly the case when climate change and recycling were part of the programme. We also recorded; growth in community members confidence, increased interest and use of community services and institutions, as well as interest in engaging with education and employment related to STEM.

The findings reveal the limitations of mechanistic concepts and highlights the need for models that reflect the complex and emergent nature of organisations and the contingent nature of the social, economic, and political environment (Morgan, 1997; Stacey 2007). Findings also highlight the importance of organisational cultures (Schein 1996) and processes of employee empowerment and learning to effect change and adapt to challenges must be recognised in any conceptual framework (Senge, 1992; Argyris and Schon 1996; Peacock, 2008).

References
Argyris, C. and Schon, D.A. 1996. Organizational learning II: Theory, method and practice, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Morgan, G. 1997. Images of organization, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Peacock. D (2008) Making Ways for Change: Museums, Disruptive Technologies and Organisational Change, Museum Management and Curatorship, 23:4, 333-351,
Schein, E.H. 1996. Culture: The missing concept in organization studies. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41: 229–40.
Senge, P.M. 1992. The fifth discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization, London: Century Business.
Stacey, R. 2007. Strategic management and organisational dynamics: The challenge of complexity, Harlow: Pearson Education.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm33 SES 01 A: The Experiences of LGBTQ+ Secondary School Students
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Oriol Rios-Gonzalez
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

The Experiences of High Ability LGBTQ Post-Primary Students in Ireland

Orla Dunne1,2

1Centre for Talented Youth, Ireland; 2Dublin City University

Presenting Author: Dunne, Orla

This paper will discuss the findings from a recent research study exploring the experiences of high ability lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer (LGBTQ) post-primary students in Ireland, in particular the factors which create a positive or negative educational environment. The study also examines how this environment influenced overall identity development for the study participants. While previous studies exist on the experiences of high ability LGBTQ young people (see references), this is the first set of data outside of the United States.

The participant sample (n=155) was derived from current and former students of the Centre for Talented Youth, Ireland programme at Dublin City University. This is an enrichment summer programme for high ability young people that takes place on the university campus. The mean age for study participants was 18.4 and all attended post-primary school in Ireland. This was a mixed methods study, with quantitative data collected via an anonymous questionnaire and qualitative data collected via a series of interviews and focus groups. The majority of participants identified as LGBTQ (76.7%). The study found that the climate of an environment plays a key role in prevention of bullying, increased feelings of safety and overall social and emotional growth. Participants had a mixed experience at school, reporting a high frequency of anti-LGBTQ language, a low frequency of intervention when such language occurred, incidents of bullying and varying levels of peer and teacher support. Participants reported a positive experience at CTYI, with low levels of anti-LGBTQ language, higher levels of intervention and a higher overall perception of support from peers and staff. LGBTQ leadership and extra curricular activities were also singled out as key positive factors.

The study also explored the experiences of identity development for high ability LGBTQ young people. With no predetermined labels for gender or sexuality, participants were allowed complete self-identification in terms of their gender and sexual orientation. Overall, participants used 14 different labels to describe their gender and 17 different labels to describe their sexual orientation, with some using multiple labels and writing thick descriptions of their identity. Identity development was analysed under the themes of social and emotional development, gender norms, coming out as LGBTQ, friendships, identity rejection and identity affirmation. Each interviewee had very different experiences coming out at school, leading to either identity rejection or affirmation, both internally and externally.

At the end of the session, actionable items for educators will be discussed, in particular the factors which can create a positive learning environment for all LGBTQ young people.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This mixed methods study explores the experiences of high ability LGBTQ students in Ireland and the factors that create a positive, or negative, environment for this population. Participants spoke about their experiences at their post-primary school and at an enrichment summer programme for high ability young people. Quantitative data was collected via an anonymous questionnaire. The GLSEN (Gay, Lesbian & Straight Education Network) Local Climate Survey’s (LCS) questions formed the basis for the questionnaire, with some adaptations and new questions added. The GLSEN survey has been used and adapted by other researchers and advocacy groups (Adelman and Woods, 2006; Kosciw and Pizmony-Levy, 2016; Gato et al., 2020), including by BeLonG To, the largest youth LGBTQ advocacy group in Ireland (BeLonG To Youth Services and Pizmony-Levy, 2019). GLSEN’s LCS is an abridged version of the organisation’s National School Climate Survey, which aims to map the climate or environment of school for LGBTQ students. The qualitative data was collected over a series of interviews and focus groups with high ability LGBTQ young people.

Using descriptive statistics, the study examined the frequency of hearing negative remarks regarding LGBTQ people, the frequency of interventions regarding such remarks and the correlation between each of these items and overall perception of staff and peer acceptance. The study yielded rich qualitative data, which was explored using thematic analysis. This included descriptions of the nuanced content of the anti-LGBTQ remarks heard, the factors which affect participants’ willingness to intervene in situations of harassment or bullying and the general perception of LGBTQ support in each environment. Overall, there were 155 participants across the anonymous questionnaire (n=142), two focus groups and eight interviews.

The research design was significantly influenced by queer theory and the transformative paradigm Mertens, 2009), in particular the focus of turning research into direct action.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Attendees will learn that the climate for high ability LGBTQ post-primary students in Ireland is mixed. At school, participants reported a high frequency of anti-LGBTQ language, along with limited support from school leaders and some negative interactions with peers. The majority of respondents indicated that teachers and school staff members very rarely intervene in instances of negative language regarding sexual orientation and/ or gender identity. Participants reported a more positive environment at the enrichment summer programme. An overwhelming majority of participants stated that they felt very supported by staff (88%) and peers (95.8%). Participants spoke about the value of having not only supportive leadership, but also openly LGBTQ leadership. Affirming extra curricular activities were discussed as having a positive impact. This paper will also discuss how each educational environment affected identity development for the study participants, including the experience of coming out as LGBTQ, social and emotional development and peer relations.
References
Adelman, M., & Woods, K. (2006). Identification Without Intervention: Transforming the Anti-LGBTQ School Climate. Journal of Poverty, 10(2), 5–26. https://doi.org/10.1300/J134v10n02_02
Dunne, O. (2021). A Guide for Counselors Working with Gifted Transgender and Gender Nonconforming Students. In T. L. Cross & J. R. Cross (Eds.), Handbook for Counselors Serving Students with Gifts and Talents. (2nd ed., pp. 215–230). Prufrock Press. 10.4324/9781003235415-14
Hutcheson, V. H., & Tieso, C. L. (2014). Social Coping of Gifted and LGBTQ Adolescents. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 37(4), 355–377. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162353214552563
Kosciw, J. G., Zongrone, A. D., Clark, C. M., Truong, N. L., & Gay, L. and S. E. N. (GLSEN). (2020). The 2019 National School Climate Survey: The Experiences of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Youth in Our Nation’s Schools. Gay, Lesbian and Straight Education Network (GLSEN). https://www.glsen.org/sites/default/files/2020-11/NSCS19-111820.pdf
Laffan, D. A., Slonje, R., Ledwith, C., O’Reilly, C., & Foody, M. (2022). Scoping Bullying and Cyberbullying Victimisation Among a Sample of Gifted Adolescents in Ireland. International Journal of Bullying Prevention. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42380-022-00134-w
Lo, C. O., Hu, S.-F., Sungur, H., & Lin, C.-H. (2021). Giftedness, Gender Identities, and Self-Acceptance: A Retrospective Study on LGBTQ+ Postsecondary Students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1177/00169862211029681
Mertens, D. M. (2009). Transformative Research and Evaluation. Guilford Press.
Peterson, J. S., & Rischar, H. (2000). Gifted and Gay: A Study of the Adolescent Experience. Gifted Child Quarterly, 44(4), 231–246. https://doi.org/10.1177/001698620004400404
Sedillo, P. J. (2013). A Retrospective Study of Gay Gifted, Young Adult Males’ Perceptions of Giftedness and Suicide [University of New Mexico]. https://digitalrepository.unm.edu/educ_spcd_etds/12
Tuite, J., Rubenstein, L. D., & Salloum, S. J. (2021). The Coming Out Experiences of Gifted, LGBTQ Students: When, to Whom, and Why Not? Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 44(4), 366–397. https://doi.org/10.1177/01623532211044538
Wikoff, H. D., Lane, E. M. D., & Beck, M. J. (2021). “We Need to Feel Safe”: Experiences of Gifted LGBTQ+ Students and Implications for School Counselors. Journal of LGBTQ Issues in Counseling, 15(3), 268–289. https://doi.org/10.1080/15538605.2021.1914277


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Gender and Sexual 'Otherness' in Finnish Secondary Education: Political Contestations in a Turbulent Era

Keith O'Neill1,2, Jenni Alisaari2,3, Anna Kuusela2, Anuleena Kimanen2, Aleksi Seger2, Samaneh Khalili2

1Åbo Akademi University; 2University of Turku; 3University of Stockholm

Presenting Author: O'Neill, Keith

Schools can be important sites for advancing peoples ability to build respectful relationships with one another, especially when the students come from diverse backgrounds (Schwarzenthal et al., 2020). However, the presence of diverse students in the environment does not alone lead to realizing competence but can lead to either positive, or in the worst case, negative attitudes towards diversity (Schmid et al., 2014; Schwarzenthal et al., 2020). Thus, there is a need to study how students in a diverse school position themselves in relation to rights of minoritized people which is the central aim of this study. Additionally, an aim of this research is to bring awareness to educators, researchers and practitioners involved in education and policy, in order to create counter educational opportunities to challenge problematic LGBT+ narratives that are now omnipresent throughout online social media content and quickly filtering into the contemproary Finnish school environment.

While there have been enermous gains regarding the rights of LGBT+ in previous decades in Finland and accross most Western contexts, there clearly remains more work to be done in education for social justice in order for people to interact in a way that avoids deficit perspectives (Mikander et al., 2018; Sleeter, 2014). Despite the growing awareness of minority rights for inclusion there remains at the same time exclusion and stigmatization of LGBT+ (Vijlbrief et al., 2019; Rosen & Nofziger). Studies show that LGBT+ youth are significantly more likely to experience higher levels of exclusion and higher levels of victimization (Birkett et al., 2009). Additionally, experiences of discrimination at school has increaingly been shown to be grounded in hegemonic masculinity, predicated on heterosexuality, physical dominance, normalization of violence and how gender intersects with other social locations such as ethnicity and social class (Rosen & Nofziger, 2019). Therefore, there is a clear need for active work against inequalities (Freire, 1973) through questinong power relations that hegemonic norms might produce (Alemanji, 2016; Hoskins & Sallah, 2011).

As difference is increasingly accepted in the mainstream, it seems that division is becoming more polarized at the extreme ends of the debate. Amid strong gains made by women's movements and social movements, a counter-revolution has emerged, one with no finite geographical or national boundaries, which is truly global in its reach - an epitome of technological globalization. The push back against now dominant mainstream narratives surrounding rights and justice comes from outside of the status-quo, from fringe actors who exploit fears and anxieties, capitalizing on male alienation, and bolstering a male victimhood narrative. Masculinities, understood as hegemonic (Connell & Messerschmidt, 2005), are ordered as such by creating symbolic value associated with dominant masculinities over subordinated ones. In other words, those reproducing and embodying hergemonc masculinity seem to be less suseptible to discrimination and exclusion. It is therefore important to provide education for social justice which could enable students’ mutual positive attitudes and the absence of discrimination in the surrounding context (Hoskins & Sallah, 2011), which could support the well-being of students from diverse background (Yeasmin & Uusiautti 2018).

Thus, there is a need to take a critical stance and go beyond simply getting along and instead focus on structural inequalities and overcoming inequities inherent in current social structures that marginalize non-dominant students and systematically prevent them from achieving their full potential (see e.g. Mikander et al., 2018). Hence, this study will investigate how students negotiate inequalties and the rights of minoritized people in the Finnish lower secondary environment, and how do they position themselves in relation to sexual and gendered "othereness".

.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data for this study was collected in Autumn 2022 using semi-structured group-interviews. The participants (N= 55) were diverse students, 15-16 years old, from two different schools in Finland.The students came from diverse ethnic and linguistic backgrounds.

The data was collected during English classes. All the students and their guardians were informed about the study by sending them a letter including the purpose of the study, information on the interviews, the ethical procedures and the possibility either to participate or not in the study.

In the group-interviews, there were 4 – 6 students and 2 interviewers in each group. The discussions were recorded and then transcribed by one of the researchers. Up to this point, the transcribed data were used for a content-driven thematic analysis, however the subsequent phase will implement a discourse analysis.

To code the data, author 2 read the responses to gain an initial understanding of the data and identify sub-categories for coding the data. Author 1 used NVivo software to make initial codes. The suggested categories were then discussed among authors 1 and 2; categories were decided upon. Categories relevant to this research paper that arose from the data were (1) belonging, (2) school climate, (3) social justice; (4) LGBT+ (5) Gender (6) identity. The more exact coding as well as discourse analysis will be presented and discussed during the presentation. .

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings of this study indicates that there are polarized positions in relation to sexual and gendered "othereness". Some of the students interviewed were openly telling how they do not accept LGBT+ issues in any form, and they also questioned the relevancy of the freedom and rights to gender and sexuality minority expression. On the contrary, those who identified themselves as belonging to the LGBT+ community were highly supportive of unilateral  social justice, regardless of their backgrounds. They also reported that they had experienced discrimination and that they implemented strategies to conceal parts of their identity in order not to be victimized. In some cases, students spoke of how the perpetrators of discrimination justified their behaviors on the basis of their religious values, counter to non hetero normative behavior.

Paradoxically, students who identified themselves as LGBT+ spoke about how physical environment, in the form of providing gender neutral facilities, created a safe space for them to allow them to express their identity in a more suitable, desirable fashion whereas their social environment threatened their identities.In short, physical environment was supportive, yet the social environment was not.

This research, after thoroughly examining the data,  expects to find that hegemonic masculinity remains an important deterministic factor in social reproduction, one which promotes status elevation at a cost of discrimination against minority categories.

This study provides valuable insights on how to target education for social justice which may be applicable to many contemporary school environments in the age of technological globalization, where the students with superdiverse backgrounds encounter each other, in a context of increasing political constestations in the arena of political rights.
  

References
Alemanji, A. A. (2016). Is there such a thing. . .? A study of antiracism education in Finland (Dissertation). University of Helsinki.

Birkett, M., Espelage, D.L. & Koenig, B. (2009). LGB and Questioning Students in Schools: The Moderating Effects of Homophobic Bullying and School Climate on Negative Outcomes. Journal of Youth and Adolescence 38, 989–1000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-008-9389-1

Connell, R. W., & Messerschmidt, J. W. (2005). Hegemonic Masculinity: Rethinking the Concept. Gender and Society, 19(6), 829–859. http://www.jstor.org/stable/27640853

Freire, P. (1973). Education for Critical Consciousness. Seabury.

Hoskins, B., & Sallah, M. (2011). Developing intercultural competence in Europe: The challenges. Language and Intercultural Communication, 11(2), 113–125

 
Mikander, P., Zilliacus, H., & Holm, G. (2018). Intercultural education in transition: Nordic perspectives. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 40–56.

Rosen, N.L., Nofziger, S. (2019). Boys, Bullying, and Gender Roles: How Hegemonic Masculinity Shapes Bullying Behavior. Gender Issues 36, 295–318. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12147-018-9226-0

Schmid, K., Ramiah, A. A., & Hewstone, M. (2014). Neighborhood Ethnic Diversity and Trust: The Role of Intergroup Contact and Perceived Threat. Psychological Science, 25(3), 665–674. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797613508956

Sleeter, C. (2014, February). Deepening social justice teaching. Journal of Language & Literacy Education. Retrieved from: http://jolle.coe.uga.edu/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/SSO_Feb2015_Template.pdf

Vijlbrief, A., Saharso, S. & Ghorashi, H. (2020). Transcending the gender binary: Gender non-binary young adults in Amsterdam, Journal of LGBT Youth, 17:1, 89-106, DOI: 10.1080/19361653.2019.1660295

Watts, R. J., Diemer, M. A., & Voight, A. M. (2011). Critical consciousness: Current status and future directions. New directions for child and adolescent development 134, 43–57.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm33 SES 01 B: Gendered Digital and Media Skills
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Kathryn Scantlebury
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Gendered Digital and Media Skills of Parents from the Perspective of Children and Young People

Veronika Tasner, Nika Šušterič, Katja Koren Ošljak

University of Ljubljana, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Tasner, Veronika; Koren Ošljak, Katja

An increasingly mediatized childhood (Drotner, 2005; Livingstone & Drotner, 2008) and coming of age can no longer be thought of outside of highly digitized social contexts (Green et al., 2021; Mascheroni & Siibak, 2021). Children and adolescents need digital and media skills to function autonomously in these contexts, which they acquire in different social spaces - most frequently and first and foremost at home, followed by peer groups, school, and extracurricular activities. Studies show that media use in leisure time is more advanced than use in school, making family and peers important spaces for acquiring "informal media skills" (Drotner, 2005, pp. 47-48). When it comes to the use of technologies and the different modalities of their use, the relationships of connections and disconnections of the mentioned spaces are also interesting, e.g., school and home. Since children's and young people's everyday practices of information, knowledge, and media use, and of course learning, reading, homework, seminar, and project work, as well as self-expression, socializing, playing, etc., are constructed alongside mass media or increasingly through social media, it is necessary to understand what role the sources mentioned above and spheres of activity play for children and adolescents in shaping both their diverse media repertoires and their subjectivities more generally.

Particular attention should also be paid here to the question of gendered digital and media practices. As we know from existing research, despite equality and gender mainstreaming, women and girls still have fewer opportunities to use ICT effectively, even though access to and availability of new technologies has increased significantly. Moreover, gender gaps in digital inclusion likely lead to gender inequalities in other areas, such as labour markets, fair-paying jobs, etc. (Mariscal et al. 2019).

If we are to achieve gender equality as proposed in objective five of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (United Nations, 2015), we must work to eliminate gender inequality, including the gaps in media and digital literacy (Buckingham, 2011; Livingstone and Bovill, 2013).

Regarding education, girls are, on average, more successful than boys. Data show that girls outperform boys at all levels of education. In recent decades, they have also advanced into prestigious disciplines such as medicine and law, which were historically male strongholds (Bourdieu, 2001). However, despite this success of girls and women in the educational field, a closer look at the available data shows that we are still witnessing gendered educational choices; i. e., young women show more interest in humanities, social sciences, education, nursing professions like social and health care, or administrative work; on the other side, young men choose computer science, mathematics, natural sciences, engineering, construction, and production and technologies) (Tašner & Rožman, 2015).

The reasons for this lie in the conventional images of masculinity and femininity (Bourdieu, 2001) that contribute to our expectations of boys and girls, which essentially also shape expectations of and perceptions of their parents, including their digital and media skills and abilities. The socialization of boys and girls is gendered not only because their parents' expectations of them are gendered but also because mothers and fathers have different skills and capitals or are perceived differently by their children. One of the contexts in which gender and generational differences appear to have a strong influence relates to digital and media literacy (Buckingham, 2003; Buckingham et al., 2005; Livingstone & Bovill, 2013). Our findings from a qualitative part of a Slovenian research project suggest that there appear to be gendered views of parental technology literacy among school children. Several gendered positions on parental use of technology and media emerge from semi-structured in-depth interviews conducted online with 67 primary and secondary school students across Slovenia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our paper presents selected partial results from a Slovenian research project on youth's media repertoires. The project focuses on studying how media forms an integral part of young people's everyday lives and how the conglomerate of various media, different media uses and practices, tastes, skills, etc., is integrated into their lives. The project has several sub-foci, including digital and media literacy and gender differences.

For the project, we adopted the definition of critical media literacy (Kellner & Share, 2005), which according to Ranieri and Fabbro (2019), demands a four-dimensional educational approach: 1. material and cognitive access to the media, 2. familiarity with the mechanisms that govern the media landscape, 3. productive-creative competencies, and 4. environment that is promoting learning opportunities aimed at reflection and participation in the digitized everyday live (2019, p. 57). Furthermore, we base our work on a Bourdieusian framework and understand digital and media literacy as developing in interaction with different social arenas. For our research, the three most important were peers, school, and family, especially the latter, as the family represents the primary arena of socialization - the formation of media repertoires and media literacy, which depends heavily on the culmination of different forms of family capital.

We conducted 67 semi-structured in-depth interviews with primary and secondary school students throughout Slovenia. Thirty-seven of them were women, and 30 were men. Twenty-seven attended elementary school, 16 attended vocational school, and 24 attended high school (gymnasium). They were between 12 and 19 years old and were from urban, suburban, and rural areas.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our interviewees' responses give us an insight into their parents' gender-specific digital and media skills. While fathers are generally seen as more tech-savvy, they consider their mothers less interested and less competent in using media, except for social media. In a way, this is similar to some findings on boys' and girls' media use, which show that girls are more likely to engage with the social aspects of digital than boys, while boys are seen as more competent in dealing with the technical aspects.

However, this finding raises more questions than it answers. First, knowing, for example, that in most families, mothers are still the principal caregivers this raises the question of gender-specific media regulation, not only in terms of different rules for boys and girls but also in terms of approaches to regulating media use in general and teaching media and digital skills to their children. If mothers are, as our insights suggest, less interested in media use and less knowledgeable about the workings of media and devices, how do they regulate their children's media practices? Is this a new area that provides unique opportunities for fathers as caregivers? Second, with media shaping more and more of our everyday lives, including family lives, how does this impact the parental and gendered division of labour, and what are the implications of this division for labour for boys and girls and their media and digital literacy?


References
Bourdieu, P. (2001). Masculin Domination.Polity Press
Buckingham, D. (2003). Media education : Literacy, learning and contemporary culture. Polity Press.
Buckingham, D., Banaji, S., Carr, D. B., Cranmer, S., & Willett, R. (2005). The media literacy of children and young people: a review of the research literature.
Drotner, K. (2005). Mediatized Childhoods: Discourses, Dilemmas and Directions. In J. Qvortrup (Ed.), Studies in Modern Childhood: Society, Agency, Culture (pp. 39-58). Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230504929_3
Green, L., Holloway, D., Stevenson, K., Leaver, T., & Haddon, L. (Eds.). (2021). The Routledge companion to digital media and children. Routledge.
Kellner, D., & Share, J. (2005). Toward Critical Media Literacy: Core concepts, debates, organizations, and policy. Discourse, 26(3), 369-386. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596300500200169
Livingstone, S., & Bovill, M. (2013). Children and their changing media environment: A European comparative study  [Book]. Elsevier Scopus. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781410605184
Livingstone, S., & Drotner, K. (2008). Editor's introduction. In K. Drotner & S. Livingstone (Eds.), The international handbook of children, media and culture (pp. 1-16). SAGE Publications.
 Mariscal, J., Mayne G., Aneja, U.&Sorgner, A. (2019). Bridging the Gender Digital Gap. Economics: The Open-Access, Open-Assessment E-Journal, 13 (2019): 1-12. http://dx.doi.org/10.5018/economics-ejournal.ja.2019-9
Mascheroni, G., & Siibak, A. (2021). Datafied childhoods: Data practices and imaginaries in children's lives. Peter Lang Publishing.
Ranieri, M., & Fabbro, F. (2019). Theorising and designing media and intercultural education : A framework and some guidelines. In M. Ranieri (Ed.), Media education for equity and tolerance : Theory, policy, and practices (pp. 51-82). Aracne editrice.
Tašner, V., & Rožman, S. (2015). The influence of changes in the field of education on the position of women in Slovenian society and politics. In Gender Structuring of Contemporary Slovenia (Vol. 9, pp. 37-54). Elsevier Scopus. https://doi.org/10.3726/978-3-653-05498-9


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Digital Communication and Inclusive Language: How Teachers Foster Diversity in an Online Educational Community

Francisco Núñez-Román, Alejandro Gómez-Camacho, Coral I. Hunt-Gómez

University of Seville, Spain

Presenting Author: Núñez-Román, Francisco

In times of increased writing, social networks have become new forums for discussion in which current affairs are debated and opinions are disseminated. Twitter is one of the most popular networks, with more than 400 million users per day (Tankovska, 2022), which positions it among the first forums for the exchange of opinions, debate and discussion today. Many authors have criticized the role of social networks as media for the dissemination of ideas that promote inequality, leading to the perpetuation of traditional gender roles, racism or hate towards certain groups (Fox et al., 2015; Ging and Siapera, 2019). However, Twitter has also exercised a fundamental role in the social struggle with movements in favor of gender equality (Baer, 2016; Baker-Plummer and Baker-Plummer, 2017). The intentional use of inclusive language is one of the forms of feminist activism that, at times, must confront a conservative and academicist attitude that is promoted from linguistic institutions, perpetuating stereotypical gender roles (Iranzo-Cabrera and Gozálvez-Pérez 2021). It is amply demonstrated that inclusive language serves to force social change from a linguistic change and, therefore, the effectiveness of its use against discrimination is proven (Horvath et al., 2016; Koeser et al., 2015).

The language used in these new platforms to communicate is known as digitalk (Turner, 2010), a specific code for digital communications with characteristics that differ from the standard written norm. Within this new form of communication, textisms are common, i.e., contractions and different spellings to the standard that are used intentionally and have been developed to save time and space when writing (De Jonge and Kemp 2012,). Among them, the use of -@ or -x as an inclusive gender marker, which have a strong presence in digital communication in Spanish, especially among communities of learners, stand out (Salinas, 2020). In this situation between inclusive innovations and respect for the indications from the academies, teachers are a key element. Several investigations confirm that teachers have a privileged position to favor inclusion and that they are a model for their students (Sarrasin et al., 2012).

Considering its importance, many researchers have focused on the study of the promotion of inclusive language in physical teaching spaces (Mitton et al., 2021; Vervecken et al., 2015), however, there are few studies that examine the influence of the use of inclusive language by teachers when using new forms of digital communication. The role of social networks and their high capacity to disseminate ideas and content, turn spaces such as Twitter into a channel where teachers can collaborate, share experiences, train and establish new professional contacts (Xing and Gao, 2018), search for new ideas or procedures (Staudt Willet, 2019), acquire a sense of community (Carpenter and Krutka, 2014) or develop their teaching identity (Carpenter et al., 2016).

Once the background of the proposed study has been established, the research objectives are the following: First, how often do teachers use textisms as inclusive language procedures in their digital communications on Twitter? Secondly, what relationship exists between these textisms with inclusive value and their frequency of appearance in the corpus analyzed; thirdly and finally, what statistical significance (keyness) do the textisms used as inclusive language mechanisms present in the corpus under study, that is, what social relevance do these terms acquire, and consequently, the inclusive language mechanisms they use, among the community of speakers analyzed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An exploratory study was conducted on the use of inclusive language procedures in Spanish language that teachers use in virtual communities on Twitter. The sample was selected on Twitter because it is the social network most used by teacher educational communities (Marcelo and Marcelo 2021). A mixed methodology based on public data mining and semantic content analysis was used to conduct this study. This methodology involves the use of digital tracking data with the aim of collecting, organizing, and analyzing more efficiently generalizable samples of data representing people in virtual communities (Kimmons et al., 2018).
Through the Twitter v2 API search tool, tweets containing the keywords "education", "primary" and "secondary" in Spain were searched for, and the hashtags #claustrovirtual and #soymaestro were identified as widely used content by teacher education communities. Collectively, 25570 tweets were obtained between the months of January 2018 and July 2021. Next, textisms that are commonly used as inclusive language procedures in digitalk were individualized, specifically, the use of -@ and -x as non-binary gender morphemes.
Using the Sketch Engine (SE) program, the existing grammatical relations and collocational patterns were identified (Pérez-Paredes, 2021) and the keyness parameter was measured, which indicates the statistical significance of the frequency with which a word or multiword expression appears in the corpus analyzed in relation to a reference corpus.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this research allow us to verify that teachers in their professional digital communications make extensive use of inclusive language procedures based on digitalk textisms, confirming in the digital environment trends already observed in previous research in other discursive genres.
Moreover, despite a certain balance in the use of these textisms with inclusive function, it should be noted that the use of -@ is still prevalent over -x, mainly due to its greater tradition as an inclusive mark in digital contexts. Nevertheless, a consistent presence of -x as an inclusive mark is observed in the corpus analyzed, which indicates that the acceptance of this new procedure is strengthening in the virtual communities of teachers.
Finally, the analysis of the keyness index provides us with a very significant finding. The teachers give great social relevance to the inclusive procedures analyzed in this study, given that this index, which measures the statistical significance of the terms in a corpus, is always much higher in those terms that incorporate textisms as marks of inclusive language compared to their variants in generic masculine, a procedure that is rejected outright by the defenders of inclusive language.
The data from our research, based on the analysis of teachers' interactions in their professional virtual communities, offer a vision of a social group that is highly sensitive to inclusive language and that adopts certain linguistic procedures that take into consideration all groups, even if these same procedures are rejected by academic norms. Teachers, therefore, present themselves as at the forefront of linguistic innovations in favor of inclusion and equality, thus becoming models of linguistic and social inclusion in the development of their students' digital writing.

References
Baer, H. (2016). Redoing feminism: digital activism, body politics, and neoliberalism. Feminist media studies, 16(1), 17-34. https://doi.org/doi: 10.1080/14680777.2015.1093070.
Baker-Plummer, B., & Barker-Plummer. D. (2017). Twitter as a Feminist Resource: #YesAllWomen, Digital Platforms, and Discursive Social Change. En J. Earl, & D. A. Rohlinger (Eds.), Social Movements and Media (pp.91-118). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2050-206020170000014010
Carpenter, J. P., Tur, G., & Marín, V. I. (2016). What do U.S. and Spanish pre-service teachers think about educational and professional use of Twitter? A comparative study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 131-143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.08.011
De Jonge, S., & Kemp, N. (2012). Text-message abbreviations and language skills in high school and university students. Journal of Research in Reading, 35(1), 49-68. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9817.2010.01466.x
Horvath, L. K., Merkel, E. F., Maass, A., & Sczesny, S. (2016). Does gender-fair language pay off? The social perception of professions from a cross-linguistic perspective. Frontiers in Psychology, 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2015.02018
Koeser, S., Kuhn, E. A., & Sczesny, S. (2015). Just Reading? How Gender-Fair Language Triggers Readers’ Use of Gender-Fair Forms. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 34(3), 343-357. https://doi.org/10.1177/0261927X14561119
Marcelo, C., & Marcelo, P. (2021). Educational influencers on Twitter. Analysis of hashtags and relationship structure. Comunicar, 68, 73-83. https://doi.org/10.3916/C68-2021-06
Mitton, J., Tompkins, J., & Kearns, L. L. (2021). Exploring the Impact of an anti-Homophobia and anti-Transphobia Program on a Teacher Education Program: LGBTQ+ Pre-Service Teachers Identify Benefits and Challenges. AlbertaJournalofEducationalResearch,67(1),32-52. https://doi.org/10.11575/ajer.v67i1.56915
Salinas, J. C. (2020). The complexity of the “x” in Latinx: How Latinx/a/o students relate to, identify with, and understand the term Latinx. Journal of Hispanic Higher Education, 19(2), 149-168. https://doi. org/10.1177%2F1538192719900382
Sarrasin, O., Gabriel, U., & Gygax, P. (2012). Sexism and attitudes toward gender-neutral language: The case of English, French, and German. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 71(3), 113-124. https://doi.org/10.1024/1421- 0185/a000078
Staudt Willet, K. B. (2019). Revisiting how and why educators use Twitter: Tweet types and purposes in# Edchat. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 51(3), 273-289. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.20 19.1611507
Tankovska, H. (2022a). Most popular social networks worldwide as of January 2022, ranked by number of active users. Statista. https://bit.ly/3IDsBGt
Turner, K. H. (2010). Digitalk: A new literacy for a digital generation. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(1), 41-46. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200106.
Xing, W., & Gao, L. (2018). Exploring the relationship between online discourse and commitment in Twitter professional learning communities. Computer and Education, 126, 388-398. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. compedu.2018.08.010
 
1:30pm - 2:30pm99 ERC SES 09 A: ERC Keynote Rosemary Deem: Diversity and doctoral education – dream or reality?
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
ERC Keynote
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

ERC Keynote Deem: Diversity and doctoral education – dream or reality?

Rosemary Deem

Royal Holloway (University of London), United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Deem, Rosemary

The presentation will explore aspects of doctoral education diversity in European higher education, consider how we identify when the level of diversity is sufficient to significantly reduce inequality and also discuss the extent to which diversity is linked to inclusivity, without which it is unlikely that much transformation will take place. The presentation will and try to assess how close to real inclusion the field is (dream versus reality). There are several ways in which diversity can be present in doctoral education and these will be explored one by one. The mere existence of diversity does not mean it has reached its highest possible level, whether in an HE system or in one institution. Similarly, it cannot be assumed that diversity is always the result of formal policies (whether external, such as national legislation, or internal to universities), as this varies considerably within and between institutions and HE systems. Diversity related to student admissions is often connected to formal policies but other forms of diversity may be accidental or serendipitous (such as diversity in relation to available supervisors). Use is made of Thomas and Ely’s (2001) model of workplace diversity which suggests three possible perspectives that can be used to encourage diversity in organisations – discrimination and fairness, access and legitimacy and integration and learning – of which they commend the last-named. Key forms of diversity include admission of a variety of doctoral researchers, by virtue of varied gender and ethnicity, disadvantage, neurodiversity, disability and candidates with social, cultural and linguistic differences. Diversity in thesis topics, methods, theory, knowledge production and thesis writing is also important, including indigenous knowledge and knowledge from the global south as well as the global north but is a project far from complete. Doctoral programmes in Europe already demonstrate considerable variation in content and curricula, methodology and transversal skills training, both within and across multiple disciplines. Diversity is also potentially visible in less formal activities like reading groups and social events. Supervision practices vary considerably, in content, regularity, solo and/or group supervision and consistency of supervision practices, especially for part-time students. Diversity amongst supervisors is a challenge, since its absence can lead to delayed thesis submission or dropout. Finally, the career routes that doctoral researchers follow may not be very diverse in some disciplines but given the precarity of many academic roles, further diversification into jobs outside higher education is really critical. It will be argued that, overall, there is much more to be done before doctoral education in Europe is fully diverse and inclusive. At the moment, it is best described as part dream, part reality. Referring to discrimination and fairness, access and legitimacy and integration and learning are all relevant ways in which universities, directors of graduate/doctoral schools and doctoral programmes can increase both diversity and inclusivity. They do not need to resort to isomorphism to do this because the same equality outcomes can be achieved in diverse ways.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
2:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 10 A: ERC Closing Ceremony
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Saneeya Qureshi
Session Chair: Satu Perälä - Littunen
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Meetings/ Events

ERC Closing Ceremony

Saneeya Qureshi1, Joe O'Hara2

1The University of Liverpool, United Kingdom; 2EERA President, Ireland

Presenting Author: Qureshi, Saneeya; O'Hara, Joe

ERC Closing Ceremony

 
3:15pm - 4:45pm00 SES 02 A: The Allure of Identity as a Challenge to Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Humanities [Floor 2]
Session Chair: James Conroy
Session Chair: James Conroy
Symposium
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Symposium

The Allure of Identity as a Challenge to Education

Chair: James Conroy (University of Glasgow)

Discussant: James Conroy (University of Glasgow)

This symposium addresses, from somewhat different perspectives, the rise of identity as a shaping feature of not only the discursive politics of education but, increasingly, the spaces of pedagogy and curriculum. The claims to the import of identity are driven by often competing ideological perspectives. Hence, one element has seen the resurgence of nationalisms while another, the emergence of an assumed right to not be offended by others opinions and beliefs. Allied to these twin concerns is the role of the State and its agencies (including education) in facilitating a closure of disagreement. The elision of the respective responsibilities of childhood and adulthood, the emerging primacy of of the post-anthropocene orthodoxy, the State's preference to promote certtain kinds of progressive discourse over more traditional or conservative forms all serve to reduce the import of dissonance to the maintenance of a healthy liberal democracy. None of the presentations intend to deny the significance of myriad progressive views on educational purpose and practice but do wish to lay bare some of the inconsistencies and unintended consequences that might flow from the two easy adoption of liberal nostrums while exposing their significant if attenuated links to regressive forms of educational endeavour.

In this the presenters here will take seriously the post Second World War concern to see education as a critical partner in the maintenance of the social contract and, in turn, a means for securing liberal democracy. They will examine the State’s role with respect to the private spaces of the family and identity preferences.

In all of this, the presenters will explore the necessity of a more public questioning of, what may be considered the increasingly interventionist nostrums of the state/the institutions of educated opinion. Amongst other lenses the presenters will draw upon Arendt, Levinas and Lysgaard to draw a critical eye on the homogenising impulses of so many different features in and of education. Many of these impulses produce forms of self-regulation that may both educationally and politically be counterproductive with respect to liberal democracy.

At the heart of this endeavour is a wish to expose,explore and analyse the myriad contradictions and confusions that have emerged in recent decades with regard to human identity and difference and attempt to offer some suggestions by way of a corrective to what the presenters, in their different ways, consider to be educational and cultural cul de sacs.


References
Sally Findlow (2019) ‘Citizenship’ and ‘Democracy Education’: identity politics or enlightened political participation?, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 40:7, 1004-1013
Olúfẹ́mi O. Táíwo (2022) Against Decolonialisation: Taking African Agency Seriously, London, C Hurst and co

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Rise of Identity and the Fracturing of the Social Contract in Education

James Conroy (University of Glasgow)

The daily contributions of online readers to the Financial Times offer a window into one of the most fracturing features of contemporary educational politics - the impulse to pit generations and communities against each other. 'Baby boomers' have squandered the future'; 'Gen Z are spoiled and mentally fragile...', so the arguments go. With a glance to neither the past nor the future, readers are quite content to pillory and vilify a demographic of which they are not a part as, in some way, morally, intellectually, culturally and/or politically deficient. Sub-group identification has become an increasingly common feature of our social life. Paradoxically, in education this impulse to foreground factional identity is often and increasingly manifest in the claim of a 'Right' not to have one's personal or group identifier subject to what is considered by such persons as an offence in attitude, word or behaviour. A third feature of these tendencies, which prima facie appears to be different but which, I hope to illustrate, has a number of important commonalities in education, is the collapse of the distinction between childhood and adulthood. All three of these cases are connected in that, I will suggest, 1. they gradually dissolve the fabric of the social contract which underpins liberal democracy. 2. they distract and deflect attention from a crucial concern for securing the social contract- class and poverty. Of course economists, such as Minouche Shafik consider that the social contract is secured by the redistribution/targeting of resources though even here she is aware of the centrality of education to facilitating and securing such redistribution. But, education after the post War liberal democratic settlement in Europe was, amongst other things, concerned to promote and secure a legitimate space for dissonance and disagreement. Consequently I will go on to argue that these contradictory impulses to erase the spaces of disagreement and dissolve legitimate difference in kind and responsibility undermines education in support of a social contract in the service of liberal democracy. If we are to maintain the social contract and its attendant liberal democratic consensus we need to refurbish our educational conversation (inc. in the curriculum) so that it reduces the import of identity, allows for the promotion of disagreement and recognises the limits of the State.

References:

Kristiina Brunila & Leena-Maija Rossi (2018) Identity politics, the ethos of vulnerability, and education, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50:3, 287-298 Minocuhe Shafik, (2022) What We Owe Each Other: A New Social contract, NJ, Princeton. James Conroy (2004) Betwixt and Between: The Liminal Imagination, Education and Democracy, New York and Bern, Peter Lang. James Conroy (2019) Caught in the Middle: Arendt, Childhood and Responsibility, Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(1)23-42
 

Questioning the Equality of Children

Sharon l Hunter (University of Strathclyde)

The existence of the UNCRC is premised upon the inequality or not-sameness of children and adults: protection and provision rights are necessary because of children’s different vulnerability, dependence and needs; participation rights are circumscribed by stipulations regarding their age and maturity. The field of childhood studies challenges the distinctions made between adults and children to test the boundaries of the categories. The radical wing of this important task explores the elimination of age-based discrimination altogether. A case in point is the notion of ‘Childism’ as formulated by Professor John Wall and promoted by the Childism Institute at Rutgers University. Wall’s Childism is a fascinating attempt to engage Ricoeurian phenomenology to establish the absolute equality of adults and children. The argument turns on the idea ghat children are indistinguishable from adults in their relation to the world, and second, adults are the same as children in terms of their vulnerability to harm or being subject to change. In other words, children and adults are indistinguishable from one another in relation to their agency and vulnerability, leading to an assertion of ethical symmetry and reciprocity of responsibility. Losing any meaningful distinction, equality loses the normal presumption of difference and collapses into identity. I propose that this is a faulty and harmful move, which removes warranted discrimination and misrepresents the primordial relation of mother (parent) and child. I suggest that we would be better with Levinas than Ricoeur in understanding the adult-child relation.

References:

Levinas, E. (1969). Totality and infinity: An essay on exteriority. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania: Duquesne University Press. Ricoeur, (1992). Oneself as another. P Chicago: Chicago University Press. Wall, J. (2010). Ethics in light of childhood. Washington D.C.: Georgetown University Press
 

The Normativity of the (Post)-Anthropocene in Educational Conversations- Some Quiet Concerns

Robert Davis (University of Glasgow)

Spanning the sectors from pre-school to universities and lifelong learning, the discourse of ‘the Anthropocene’ and ‘the Post-Anthropocene’ has emerged in recent years across Europe as a powerful driver in the variously-labelled projects for supporting learning for sustainability and the collective educational response to the climate crisis. Originating in post-War scientific assessments of the adverse human impact on the global ecosystem, the Anthropocene has been taken up enthusiastically in areas as varied as the arts and humanities, the life sciences, post-colonial historical enquiry, radical green politics and, increasingly, environmental education, everywhere as a tool for historicising and critiquing anthropocentric human predation. The broad critical vocabulary that it furnishes is now mainstreamed into much learning and teaching in schools and universities as part of the mobilisation of the young in the active creation of sustainable futures. This paper seeks to step back from the normative concepts of the (Post)-Anthropocene in order better to evaluate them and to highlight certain unrecognised perils for education within them. From a detailed inventory of these, the paper spotlights in particular the growing danger of a fatalistic anti-humanism epitomised in the recurrent (Post)-Anthropocene repudiation of human exceptionalism, human privilege, and human transcendence of nature––elements that are repeatedly condemned in this analysis as the root causes of modern humanity’s unconstrained exploitation and destruction of the planetary ecosystem. Questioning what it suggests is the flawed historical reasoning and the defective philosophical, anthropological and theological calculations propelling this argument––including the often highly selective and misleading uses of indigenous epistemologies––the paper concludes by calling for a rehabilitation in our educational institutions of the global humanist heritage of critical reasoning in which the recognition of human primacy is inseparable from its ethical responsibilisation.

References:

Bonneuil, C. (2016). The Shock of the Anthropocene: The Earth, History and Us. London: Verso Green, J. (2021). The Anthropocene Reviewed. London: Dutton Lysgaard, J. L et al. (2019). Dark Pedagogy: Education, Horror and the Anthropocene. New York: Springer Nørreklit, L. & Paulsen. M. (2022). To Love and Be Loved in Return: Toward a Post-Anthropocene Pedagogy and Humanity. In M. Paulsen et al, Pedagogy in the Anthropocene. London: Palgrave, 217-240. Scranton, R. (2015). Learning to Die in the Anthropocene. London: City Lights. Vetlesen, A. J. (2019). Cosmologies of the Anthropocene: Panpsychism, Animism and the Limits of Posthumanism. London: Routledge
 

Questioning Sincerity and Authenticity in Education

Lovisa Bergdhal (Soderton University)

After the Second World War, rituals and ritualistic practices were met with distrust and resistance both in society more generally and in education, for good reasons. Later in the twentieth century, advocating ritualistic practices was seen as incompatible with the development of a school for differentiated, pluralistic societies and their homogenizing function was met with skepticism among the foremothers and forefather of progressive, liberal education. Today, the scene is both different and more complex and on the one hand we are witnessing a “return of ritual” in schools (partly fueled by the marketization of education and the desire among private actors in the sphere of education to enhance order and discipline in the classroom) and, on the other, there seems to be an almost sacred focus on the veneration of the individual for which ritualistic, collective practices are counterculture. Drawing on ritual theorist with psychoanalytical and anthropological perspectives, the claim is made that rituals create a subjunctive, an “as if” or “could be” mode of relationality that makes imagined communities and shared worlds possible whilst recognizing the ambiguity and plurality that is always already at play in human relationships. The paper explores the consequences of ritual and the potential of the “subjunctive form” for pedagogical settings, and it is argued that the main obstacle for putting the subjunctive into play is the modern, protestant, concern for sincerity and authenticity – two ways of framing human experience that have been (and still are) dominant in both contemporary culture and modern education but stand in tension with the form of ritual. Hence, in a Europe that seems to be losing its sense of community, this paper explores the possibility to rejuvenate the pedagogical potential of rituals and ritualized practices in and for educational settings.

References:

Anderson, B. (1983/2006). Imagined Communities: reflections on the origin and spread of nationalism (Rev. and extended ed.). London: Verso. Arendt, H. (2006). Between past and future: eight exercises in political thought. New York: Penguin Books. Bernstein, B. et al. (1966) ‘Ritual in Education’, in Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, 251.772, pp. 429–36. Masschelein, J and Simons, M. (2021). Looking after school: a critical analysis of personalisation in education. Leuven: E-ducation, Culture & Society Publishers. Peters, R. S. (1966) Ethics and Education. London: George Allen & Unwin. Seligman, A.B. (2008). Ritual and its consequences: an essay on the limits of sincerity. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm01 SES 02 A: Action Research (Part 1)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Amanda Ince
Paper Session to be continued in 01 SES 03 A
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teachers’ Action Research as a Case of Social Learning: Exploring Learning in between Research and School Practice

Peter Johannesson, Anette Olin

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Johannesson, Peter; Olin, Anette

Although action research has a history of bridging gaps between research and school practice, challenges emerge when aligning a scientific approach with development work in schools and in collaboration between research and school practice. Previous research has problematised aspects such as power relations, epistemologies and changes that might occur in partnerships where teachers collaborate with different partners. However, there is a need to better understand how the process of learning emerges and is affected by the different partners involved in the collaboration. The Swedish Education Act states that all education in Sweden should rest on science and proven experience and this has led to increased demands on schools to undertake research-based activities and apply scientific methods to their development work. However, research show that teachers and principals find it difficult to interpret the policy and struggle to enact it. To facilitate this work, collaboration with and support from researchers and critical friends have been suggested, which in turn pose difficulties in overarching power relations and differences in epistemologies and in what counts as valuable knowledge (cf. Aspfors et al., 2015; Bevins & Price, 2014; Bruce et al., 2011; Olin et al., 2021; Somekh, 1994).

In this study, we follow two teachers conducting action research in an upper secondary school in Sweden, in collaboration with other teachers and a professional development (PD) leader. In this context, teacher learning in situ as teachers develop their classroom practices through action research is explored. Theoretically, a framework about value creation (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2020; Wenger-Trayner et al., 2017) is used to describe and understand teachers’ action research as social learning. With this framework, the values enacted and expressed by the participants come into focus and allow us to create narratives about the learning trajectories that occur in practice. Additionally, Wenger’s concepts of boundary objects and brokering help explain how different participants engaged in the collaboration contribute to the learning trajectories. Our aim is to deepen the knowledge on teachers’ action research as social learning in collaboration with a research-based PD leader. Our research questions are: (1) What are the critical aspects of teachers’ action research as a social learning process undertaken together with a PD leader?, and (2) How do boundary objects and brokering contribute to that process?

The primary focus of the theory of Communities of Practice (CoP) is on learning as social participation, and participation refers in his case, to being active participants in the practices of social communities and constructing identities in relations to these communities. A CoP can be described and analysed by three dimensions: shared repertoire, mutual engagement and joint domain. The social dimension – mutual engagement – has been further elaborated and “theorized as value creation in social learning spaces” (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger-Trayner, 2020, p. 6). The notion of ”social learning spaces” allows us to study social learning processes where knowledge and competence from multiple CoPs can be found within a specific social structure in a CoP. To understand social learning systems, Wenger proposes three structuring elements, defined as 1) CoPs, 2) identities shaped by participation in CoPs and 3) boundary processes between communities. Boundaries between CoPs can be used to identify differences in ways of working in CoPs and to serve as bridges between them. Boundary objects are characterised by their ability to enable communication and coordination, as well as align activities between practices, not necessarily forcing consensus. Since competence and knowing within this framework are defined by the members of a community, the process of crossing boundaries can be problematic, why we explore brokering taking place that leads to increased possibilities for learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design of this study can be described as a case study involving an upper secondary school in Sweden with an approach to school development through action research. Founded in 2014 as an independent school, from the start, it created an organisation to support professional development, including the appointment of a PD leader. The teachers in this school attend weekly meetings (the so-called learning groups) where they, supported by the PD leader, work together using an action research approach – best described as classroom action research (Kemmis et al., 2014) – to improve teaching practices. The study is viewed as both first- and second-order action research (cf. Feldman, 2020) because it contains examples of teachers’ and the PD leader’s collaboration in teachers’ action research (first order) and at the same time, it is the study of their collaboration and doing of action research (second order). Thus, the study contributes with knowledge about the conditions that either facilitate or obstruct learning in this context
To explore action research as a case of social learning, the data have been selected through the abductive approach of combining theoretical concepts with the first author’s knowledge as a researcher from the inside (cf. Kaukko et al., 2020). The evidence has been selected from a larger dataset, generated throughout the academic year 2017/2018, to be able to write value-creation stories (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger Trayner, 2020; Wenger-Trayner et al., 2017). The value-creation framework is a theoretical elaboration on the concept of mutual engagement and is also suggested (Wenger-Trayner & Wenger Trayner, 2020) as a method of evaluating social learning. In our analysis, the value-creation framework was adapted and integrated with the action research process to describe the latter as a case of social learning and to identify critical aspects of the collaboration throughout the process The stories and the analysis are based on data from the PD leader/researcher log, transcribed extracts from audio recordings from the learning groups, video recordings of the two teachers’ presentations of their action research and empirical evidence generated by the teachers and combining these data enabled the writing of the value-creation stories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We highlight three critical aspects in the social learning process; (1) the negotiations on competing sets of norms and values: school’s local development area, the action research approach and the teachers’ individual values in relation to classroom practice, (2) adaptations of scientific methods, and, (3) the range of research questions that require a broad knowledgeability of (and access to) a variety of analytical tools and theoretical perspectives to be used in the empirical work. Further, the findings illustrate how boundary objects supported the connection between research and school practice and illustrate in particular how the collaboration in the learning group functioned as a boundary process where two sets of practices (classroom and academic) coordinate and contribute to the study participants’ social learning within the PD practice, bridging gaps between research and school practice.
We argue that for action research implemented as a method for PD to be sustainable, participants should be given recurrent opportunities to define values themselves and develop their agency. From the social learning perspective, supporting and facilitating teachers’ action research imply a focus on agency and the emancipatory dimensions of action research. In conclusion, viewing action research as a case of social learning entails creating personal experiences in social interplay and through participation in CoPs. Consequently, for schools that struggle to enact the policy of working on a scientific foundation, one way to ease the struggle is to consider PD through action research, not as a group of teacher researchers making generalisable knowledge claims, but as a group of learning partners creating values that make a difference to themselves and their students. This point of view is also beneficial in terms of avoiding a focus on solutions and ‘what works for whom’, an issue of power that if left unresolved, decreases teachers’ opportunities to develop their agency.

References
Aspfors, J., Pörn, M., Forsman, L., Salo, P., & Karlberg-Granlund, G. (2015). The researcher as a negotiator – exploring collaborative professional development projects with teachers. Education Inquiry, 6(4), Article 27045. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27045
Bevins, S., & Price, G. (2014). Collaboration between academics and teachers: A complex relationship. Educational Action Research, 22(2), 270–284. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2013.869181
Bruce, C. D., Flynn, T., & Stagg-Peterson, S. (2011). Examining what we mean by collaboration in collaborative action research: A cross-case analysis. Educational Action Research, 19(4), 433–452. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2011.625667
Kaukko, M., Wilkinson, J., & Langelotz, L. (2020). Research that facilitates praxis and praxis development. In K. Mahon, C. Edwards-Groves, S. Francisco, M. Kaukko, S. Kemmis, & K. Petrie (Eds.), Pedagogy, education, and praxis in critical times (pp. 39–63). Springer.
https://doi-org.ezproxy.ub.gu.se/10.1007/978-981-15-6926-5_3
Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner (2014 ed.). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-67-2
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press.
Wenger, E. (2000). Communities of practice and social learning systems. Organization, 7(2), 225–246. https://doi.org/10.1177/135050840072002
Wenger-Trayner, E., Fenton-O’Creevy, M., Hutchinson, S., Kubiak, C., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2015). Learning in landscapes of practice: Boundaries, identity, and knowledgeability in practice-based learning. Routledge.
Wenger-Trayner, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to make a difference: Value creation in social learning spaces. Cambridge University Press.
Wenger-Trayner, B., Wenger-Trayner, E., Cameron, J., Eryigit-Madzwamuse, S., & Hart, A. (2017). Boundaries and boundary objects: An evaluation framework for mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 13(3), 321–338. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689817732225
Olin, A., Almqvist, J., & Hamza, K. (2021). To recognize oneself and others in teacher-researcher collaboration. Educational Action Research, Ahead-of-print (Ahead-of-print), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2021.1897949
Somekh, B. (1994). Inhabiting each other’s castles: Towards knowledge and mutual growth through collaboration. Educational Action Research, 2(3), 357–381. https://doi.org/10.1080/0965079940020305


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Engaging Teacher Students in Productive Collaboration during Practicum

Kristin Børte, Sølvi Lillejord

University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Børte, Kristin; Lillejord, Sølvi

This paper reports from a study where a new digital learning design tool (the ILUKS planner) was tested. The ILUKS-project, financed by the Norwegian Directorate for Higher Education and Skills, aims to support teacher students’ active learning and productive collaboration during their practicum. The ILUKS planner allows students to plan lessons in a flexible and dynamic way, by constructing and co-constructing knowledge (van Schaik et al., 2019), share designs and receive feedback on their learning designs from school mentors, university supervisors or peers.

ILUKS is designed as a boundary object (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011), where students can work inquiry based, create digital learning designs, and receive feedback on these designs before and after their classroom teaching. We present data from student evaluations and interviews and describe how the tool supports teacher students’ active learning and professional development.

Across Europe, there are different training models for aspiring teachers, such as work placement and training schools and the quality of collaboration between key actor varies (Maandag et al., 2007). Several collaborative models exist, such as clinical partnerships (Potter et al., 2020), Professional Development Schools (Darling-Hammond, Cobb, & Bullmaster, 2021), Research-Practice-Partnerships (RPP) (Coburn, Penuel, & Farrell, 2021), and Professional Learning Networks (Poortman, Brown, & Schildkamp, 2022).

Partnership models in teacher education emerged in the mid-1980s with the intention to strengthen both schools and teacher education institutions. However, a research mapping revealed that partners often struggle, partly due to asymmetric relations (Lillejord & Børte, 2016). Some problems are related to the historic dominance of teacher education institutions, schools do not feel included on equal terms. Studies report disagreements between supervisor and mentor – with the student as an unwilling observer to debates. Characteristics of successful partnerships is that partners have a mutual knowledge interest, shared engagement and/or a joint project that is beneficial for both parties. Ideally, partnerships should aim at counteracting asymmetric relations and identify a shared object of collaboration.

In this paper, we use the ILUKS planner as a joint object for knowledge development. In the design process, teacher students learn how to plan their teaching. ILUKS serves as a model for professional learning dialogue where both school mentors and university supervisors must relate to knowledge from practice (experience) and knowledge from research, as is typically the case in the education of professions (Lillejord & Børte, 2020). This more democratic approach (Zeichner, Payne, & Brayko, 2015) will make teacher education programs more productive, as teacher students learn to produce knowledge with relevance for the teaching profession and expand the profession’s knowledge base.

Digital technology has the potential to facilitate collaboration in partnerships. Online tools, such as wikis allow for dialogue about professional practice (Lewis, 2012) and online backchannel platforms allow for discussion of issues observed during classroom practice (Howell et al., 2017). Research on computer-supported collaborative learning has focused on supporting students as collaborative learners and emphasized the importance of dialogical interactions among learners (Stahl et al., 2014). However, for student dialogues to be productive, the depth and quality of peer interactions, conflict resolution, mutual regulation and explicit argumentation is important (Asterhan & Schwarz, 2016). Therefore, how digital environments are designed to support inquiry, collaborative learning and productive collaborative knowledge building is important (Yang et al., 2022). The present study reports from the first test period of the ILUKS planner where the tool was used as a collaborative digital platform and a joint object for knowledge development for teacher students who learn how to teach. The following research question was formulated:

How can technology support productive collaboration between teacher students, university supervisors and school mentors during student’s practicum?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports from the research and development project ILUKS – Innovative teacher students: Learning designs for student active teaching. The project’s main goals are to contribute to more student active learning in teacher education programs, and improved practicum period for teacher students. To accomplish this, ILUKS was developed to support collaboration between teacher students, university supervisors and school mentors. The learning design tool – the ILUKS Planner – allows users to create learning designs in a collaborative, flexible and dynamic manner, by sharing their learning designs, give and receive feedback on the design to improve it.

The learning design tool was tested in a teacher education program at the University of Bergen, Norway in collaboration with four schools in Bergen Municipality, fall 2022 and were subject to research. Participation was voluntary and in the first trial eight teacher students and five schoolteachers from four different schools participated. The use of the ILUKS planner was integrated in the course “Teaching design for student active learning” where university supervisors used the tool to facilitate teacher students’ active learning processes when learning how to plan a lesson. The teacher students used the ILUKS planner to create learning designs for lessons they were going to teach during practicum and shared the design with their school mentor. The school mentor commented on the designs in advance, so the students could improve their design before teaching in class. The ILUKS Planner provides possibilities to enhance students’ learning through productive collaboration, knowledge production, and inquiry about teaching practices.

Data collection and analysis
Data was gathered throughout the trial and includes students’ and schoolteachers’ evaluations, user experiences of the ILUKS planner and interviews with teacher students. A web-based open-ended questionnaire was used to collect teacher students’ experiences and evaluation of the seminars and a standard usability scale (Brooke, 1996) was used to measure students’ user experience with the ILUKS planner (N=8). The schoolteachers answered a web-based questionnaire at the end of the students’ practicum (N=3). In addition, the eight teacher students were interviewed about their experiences using the ILUKS planner as a digital platform to facilitate contact with their mentors during practicum.

The data analyzed for this paper are answers from the web-based questionnaires and qualitative interviews with the teacher students. A qualitative thematic analysis was conducted to identify the underpinning principles of teacher students productive collaborative learning processes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show that the ILUKS planner supported students’ productive collaboration for creating and co-creating knowledge and served as a shared knowledge object for inquiry and collaboration during practicum. The shared learning design facilitated productive learning dialogues, and students acted as knowledge producers. This gave students and school mentors a joint point of departure for deliberations and feedback.

For students, feedback on their learning design prior to teaching was important as this allowed them to improve designs before entering the classroom. One student said, “feedback made me reflect more on how the class wanted it rather than how I wanted my lesson to be”. Another student said, “I am now more aware of my pedagogical and didactic approach, what I need to practice more, a reality check on the practical pitfalls of teaching.”

For teachers, the learning designs was a valuable basis for mentoring and feedback. It provided insight into how students reflected on teaching and planned a lesson. Also, students appeared better prepared and ready to discuss issues related to their learning design and teaching. One teacher said “ILUKS forces students to plan their teaching in an orderly and comprehensive manner. Awareness of various issues that must be considered when planning teaching is an advantage in the reflective dialogue we have with the students after their teaching. ILUKS makes communication easier as it provides opportunity for direct input and comments on learning designs before the teaching. If all students use ILUKS, it will lead to a more equal opportunity for feedback/communication.”

University supervisors shared theoretical perspectives and didactical models with the students, school mentors provided valuable experience-based knowledge for how to plan for teaching. The ILUKS planner provided a digital support structure for professional collaboration between teacher students, school mentors and university supervisors, teaching teacher students how to teach.

References
Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of educational research, 81(2), 132-169.
Asterhan, C. S., & Schwarz, B. B. (2016). Argumentation for learning: Well-trodden paths and unexplored territories. Educational Psychologist, 51(2), 164-187. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2016.1155458
Brooke, J. (1996). SUS-A quick and dirty usability scale. Usability evaluation in industry, 189(194), 4-7.
Coburn, C. E., Penuel, W. R., & Farrell, C. C. (2021). Fostering educational improvement with research-practice partnerships. Phi Delta Kappan, 102(7), 14-19.
Darling-Hammond, L., Cobb, V., & Bullmaster, M. (2021). Professional Development Schools as Contexts for Teacher Learning and Leadership 1. In Organizational learning in schools (pp. 149-175): Taylor & Francis.
Howell, P. B., Sheffield, C. C., Shelton, A. L., & Vujaklija, A. R. (2017). Backchannel discussions during classroom observations: Connecting theory and practice in real time. Middle School Journal, 48(2), 24-30.
Lewis, E. (2012). Locating the third space in initial teacher training. Research in Teacher Education, 2(2), 31-36.
Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2016). Partnership in teacher education–a research mapping. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 550-563.
Lillejord, S., & Børte, K. (2020). Trapped between accountability and professional learning? School leaders and teacher evaluation. Professional development in education, 46(2), 274-291.
Maandag, D. W., Deinum, J. F., Hofman, A. W., & Buitink, J. (2007). Teacher education in schools: An international comparison. European Journal of Teacher Education, 30(2), 151-173.
Poortman, C. L., Brown, C., & Schildkamp, K. (2022). Professional learning networks: a conceptual model and research opportunities. Educational research, 64(1), 95-112.
Potter, K. M., Fahrenbruck, M. L., Hernandez, C. M., Araujo, B., Valenzuela, T. C., & Lucero, L. (2020). Strengthening collaborative relationships in teacher education. International Journal of Collaborative-Dialogic Practices, 10(1), 1-15.
Stahl, G., Cress, U., Ludvigsen, S., & Law, N. (2014). Dialogic foundations of CSCL. International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 9(2), 117-125. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s11412-014-9194-7
van Schaik, P., Volman, M., Admiraal, W., & Schenke, W. (2019). Approaches to co-construction of knowledge in teacher learning groups. Teaching and teacher education, 84, 30-43.
Yang, Y., Zhu, G., Sun, D., & Chan, C. K. (2022). Collaborative analytics-supported reflective Assessment for Scaffolding Pre-service Teachers’ collaborative Inquiry and Knowledge Building. International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 1-44. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s11412-022-09372-y
Zeichner, K., Payne, K. A., & Brayko, K. (2015). Democratizing teacher education. Journal of teacher education, 66(2), 122-135.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Development of Elementary Teachers’ Beliefs about History and History Education in a PD Programme.

Yolande Potjer2,3, Marjolein Dobber1, Carla van Boxtel2

1Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Netherlands, The; 2university of Amsterdam; 3Iselinge Hogeschool

Presenting Author: Dobber, Marjolein

For elementary teachers, history is only one of many subjects they teach. Beliefs teachers hold about the nature of history and the construction of historical knowledge significantly influence what they perceive as relevant content and how they teach the subject (Stoel et al., 2022). Elementary teachers’ beliefs, mental conceptualisations and constructs of history are usually formed by how history is presented in movies, books, museums and the textbooks they read as a student (Gibson & Peck, 2020). In general, elementary teachers have not engaged in historical inquiry themselves. This is problematic, because history education researchers have emphasized the importance of historical reasoning activities in teaching history (e.g., Levstik & Thornton, 2018). Teachers can only teach students a disciplinary way of working with history if they themselves master these disciplinary skills to a certain extent.

In the Netherlands, historical reasoning is not commonly part of the history curriculum for elementary schools. Teachers teach a ten-era framework illustrated with events and persons from the Dutch Canon (Kennedy, 2020). In schools that experiment with inquiry-based learning in history, a common practice is that students are encouraged to gather information on the internet and present this, but due to no or limited modelling, real historical inquiry and historical reasoning are lacking and students’ understanding of historical events remains limited (Béneker et al., 2021). This can reinforce the naïve belief, both in teacher and students, that history is a single story, based on a series of facts (Van Boxtel et al., 2021).

Helping teachers develop beliefs about history and teaching history that foster inquiry into historical sources and historical reasoning can take place through a professional development (PD) programme in which teachers are informed about and experiment with historical inquiry and reasoning. In their Interconnected model of teacher professional growth, Clarke and Hollingsworth (2002) suggest that change in knowledge, beliefs and attitude triggers change in teachers’ practice when they engage in professional experimentation. A reversed influence is also possible: that teacher beliefs change by experimenting with new approaches and reflecting on the effects on student learning and learning outcomes.

In previous research on teacher beliefs about history, attention has been paid to how epistemic beliefs of teachers in middle and secondary schools influence their choices in teaching history (Voet & de Wever, 2016) and how pre-service teachers’ beliefs about history develop (Gibson & Peck, 2020; Wansink et al., 2017). Maggioni et al. (2004) describe developments in elementary teachers’ epistemic beliefs in the course of a PD programme on content and method of teaching American history. In their study, the shifts in epistemic beliefs after the programme were limited and suggested relative stability in teacher beliefs.

To prepare teachers in grade 3-6 (students 8 to 12 years old) to engage students in historical inquiry and reasoning, we developed a two-year PD programme. The programme aims to develop participants’ own historical thinking and reasoning skills and their skills in designing inquiry-based history lessons that encourage students to reason historically. We aim to contribute to knowledge on how participation in a PD programme influences teachers’ beliefs about history and inquiry-based history teaching, and to the discussion of effective elements of teacher PD that enhance development in subject-specific beliefs.

We address two research questions.

1. How does a PD programme, in which elementary school teachers learn to reason historically and develop skills to design inquiry-based historical reasoning lessons, influence participants’ epistemic beliefs about history and pedagogical beliefs about history teaching?

2. Which elements of the PD programme do participants consider as sources of growth for their professional development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study included nine teachers from six elementary schools in the Netherlands, who enrolled in a two-year PD programme on historical reasoning in inquiry-based history lessons. The ethics committee of the university of Amsterdam approved the data collection. All participants hold a Bachelor’s Degree in Education. In addition, one teacher holds a Master’s Degree in History. Participants teach in grade 3 to 6 and their mean years of experience is 11 years. The teachers chose to participate voluntarily.

The programme consisted of fourteen 2,5-hour meetings spread over two school years. The first author was the facilitator and actively participated in the meetings. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic during the first year, meetings three to six were online. Table 2 summarizes the content of the meetings. During each meeting, theoretical background about historical reasoning and inquiry was offered. Topics were chosen by the facilitator or requested by participants. In every meeting participants received historical source material and engaged in historical inquiry. This inquiry involved collaboratively corroborating sources, comparing sources and coming to a substantiated conclusion about the question at hand. In some cases, participants were encouraged to search for additional historical sources themselves.

To identify development in participants’ beliefs about history and history education we collected data using two instruments, which enables methodological diversity and will be discussed in the presentation: individual in-depth interviews and the Beliefs about Learning and Teaching of History (BLTH-) questionnaire (Maggioni et al., 2004, Dutch version adapted by Havekes, 2015).

The semi-structured interview contained questions about teachers’ beliefs of general goals of history education, the nature of history, knowing versus doing history, inquiry-based learning activities and their sense of agency. These questions were based on previous research on epistemic beliefs about history (Voet & de Wever, 2016).

We used a Dutch translation of the BLTH-questionnaire (Maggioni et al., 2004) that consists of 22 questions (Havekes, 2015). Participants filled in the questionnaire individually immediately after the premeasurement interview and at the end of the final meeting of each year (seventh and fourteenth meeting).

All interviews were fully transcribed. The transcriptions were coded using a coding scheme based on our theoretical framework, supplemented with themes that were derived from the answers in the pre-interviews. The transcriptions were coded using a coding scheme based on our theoretical framework, supplemented with themes that were derived from the answers in the pre-interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Even though more naïve beliefs about history remain, teachers developed more nuanced beliefs. Pedagogical beliefs of all participants became more crystallized and more nuanced in nature. Epistemic beliefs about history, on the other hand, remained less crystallized or developed in a different direction. This is anticipated, as elementary teachers generally do not think about the nature of history, but do think about how best to teach history.
The development that teachers in our programme show, matches the description by Wansink et al. (2017) how individuals can simultaneously hold opposite beliefs and switch between stances, especially when beliefs about teaching history are discussed as opposed to beliefs about the nature of history.
We describe two development profiles. Teachers that fit the first profile come to understand how difficult history is, epistemically. They develop richer and more nuanced ideas in the course of the PD programme, but risk development of misconceptions about historical narratives all being equally valid. Considering their pedagogical beliefs, teachers in this group developed towards more explicit ideas about doing inquiry in history lessons. Teachers that fit the second profile tended to develop richer beliefs about the nature of history and explicit ideas about inquiry by students in history lessons.
Participants indicated that their pedagogical beliefs about teaching history and performing historical inquiries changed because of the programme. It was the combination of engaging in historical inquiry, modelling by the facilitator, group discussions about historical inquiry, searching for historical sources themselves and developing and discussing their own lesson designs and putting them to practice that made participants see the possibilities of inquiry-based history learning and also helped develop their beliefs. This is in line with earlier findings about professional development for inquiry learning in history (Williamson McDiarmid, 1994, in Van Boxtel et al., 2021; Voet & De Wever, 2018).

References
Béneker, T., Van Boxtel, C., De Leur, T., Smits, A., Blankman, M., & De Groot-Reuvenkamp, M. (2020). Geografisch en historisch besef ontwikkelen op de basisschool. https://hdl.handle.net/11245.1/39bbcabc-b3b3-4415-b0d3-747b97e51984

Clarke, D., Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth.  Teaching and teacher education, 18(2002), 947-967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7

Gibson, L., & Peck, C. (2020). More than a Methods Course: Teaching Preservice Teachers to Think Historically. In Ch. Berg & Th. Christou (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of History and Social Studies Education (Vol. 1, pp. 213-251). Palgrave MacMillan.

Havekes, H. (2015). Knowing and doing history. Learning historical thinking in the classroom [Doctoral dissertation]. Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen.

Kennedy, J. (2020). Open vensters voor onze tijd. De canon van Nederland herijkt. Rapport van de Commissie Herijking Canon van Nederland. Amsterdam University Press.

Levstik, L., & Thornton, S. (2018). Reconceptualizing history for early childhood through early adolescence. In S. A. Metzger & L. McArthur Harris (Eds.), The Wiley International Handbook on History Teaching and Learning (Vol. 1, pp. 409-432). Wiley Blackwell.

Maggioni, L., Alexander, P., & VanSledright, B. (2004). At the crossroads? The development of epistemological beliefs and historical thinking. European Journal of School Psychology 2, no. 1-2, 169-197.

Stoel, G., Logtenberg, A., Wansink, B., Huijgen, T., Van Boxtel, C., & Van Drie, J. (2017). Measuring epistemological beliefs in history education: An exploration of naïve and nuanced beliefs. International Journal of Educational Research 83, 120-134. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2017.03.003

Van Boxtel, C., Voet, M., & Stoel, G. (2021). Inquiry learning in history. In R. Golan Duncan & C. Chinn (Eds.), International Handbook of Inquiry and Learning (Vol. 1, pp. 296-310). Routledge.

Voet, M., & De Wever, B. (2016). History teachers’ conceptions of inquiry-based learning, beliefs about the nature of history, and their relation to the classroom context. Teaching and Teacher Education 55, 57–67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.12.008

Wansink, B., Akkerman, S., Vermunt, J., Haenen, J., & Wubbels, T. (2017). Epistemological tensions in prospective Dutch history teachers’ beliefs about the objectives of secondary education. Journal of Social Studies Research, 41(1), 11–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jssr.2015.10.003
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm01 SES 02 B: Research on Mentoring (Part 2)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Polychronis Sifakakis
Paper Session continued from 01 SES 01 A
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Mentoring as Route for Teacher's Professional Development

Rinat Arviv Elyashiv, Michal Levi-Keren

Kibbutzim College of Education, Israel

Presenting Author: Arviv Elyashiv, Rinat

Mentoring is a central component in the induction period of beginning teachers (BTs). It serves as a stepping-stone by which newly qualified teachers can get a foothold in the profession. In its earlier stage, mentoring was practiced in its traditional form, namely, experienced teachers were appointed to provide one-on-one dyadic assistance to BTs from the same discipline. Recently, new approaches to mentoring based on collaborative models have been introduced. These models challenge the basic conception of mentors as knowledge transmitters and instead, highlight collaborative knowledge construction, generating peer and group knowledge (Pennanen et al, 2018).

The study is based on a theoretical framework focused on developmental theories (Dominguez & Hager, 2013). These theories analyze career stages during the professional development of employees. According to the theory’s underlying assumption, mentors are perceived as supporters of such development. The professional literature mentions four dimensions of support that mentoring provides to BTs to help meet their needs during the induction period: professional-pedagogical assistance, the construction of a professional identity, socio-organizational support, and emotional support (Kelchtermans & Deketelaere, 2016; Orland-Barak & Wang, 2020; Richter et al., 2013). The supporter role of mentoring is articulated via organizational practices conducted largely through encounters of various kinds. Their presence depends upon administrative support from the school principal and in the allocation of the resource of time in the institutional curriculum (Roberson & Roberson, 2009).

Mentoring also serves as a professional anchor for the mentor himself/herself. Drawing on developmental career theories, for teachers interested in developing further in the teaching profession, it appears that this track opens up another channel for advancement and status acquisition in the organization. Nevertheless, we know very little about teachers' motivations to choose to become a mentor. Studies found that the reasons to become a mentor are similar to the factors to become teachers. These factors refer to the desire to help and support students, development of knowledge and skills and personal and professional growth (Nikolovska, 2016). Another study among Arab teachers in the Israeli education system reported that responding to the request of school administrators, such as principals or inspectors, was the main motivation to choose to become a mentor (Mahajana et al., 2013).

One of the ways to anchor the professionalism of mentoring is to participate in professional training. Participation in this type of training has been found to foster the professional identity of the mentors, increases their commitment and promotes a better response to the needs of BTs (Sandvik et al., 2019).

Previous studies explored the contribution of mentoring to the professional development of the BTs. Less attention was paid to the contribution of mentoring to the professional development of the mentors themselves. The present research seeks to study the mechanism propelling both processes from the perspective of the mentors. Specifically, the study focuses on the mentors’ perception of the contribution of mentoring to fostering professional development of teachers, beginners and veteran. This issue is garnering increasing interest in many education systems (Crutcher & Naseem, 2016; Olsen et al., 2020), although in the Israeli context it has been examined only to a limited extent (Arviv-Elyashiv et al., 2021).

Research Questions

  1. How do mentors perceive the contribution of mentoring to the professional development of BTs and the mentors themselves?
  2. To what extant the motivations to become a mentor are associated with the contribution of mentoring to the professional development of BTs and the mentors themselves?
  3. To what extant are there differences in this regard between mentors who have participated in a professional training, and mentors who have not participated in professional training?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The context: Mentoring constitutes an inseparable part of the induction program in the Israeli educational system. In line with the Ministry of Education’s director general’s instructions, a mentor should be an experienced colleague with at least five years of experience in teaching who participated in a mentor-training course. Mentoring for beginning teachers is conducted mainly in the traditional framework. Over the last two decades, the Ministry of Education (MoE) in Israel has invested significant financial and other resources for the development of mentoring programs. Nevertheless, the professional status of mentoring in the Israeli educational system remains questionable. First, approximately 50% of active mentors have not participated in professional training workshops designated for mentors. Second, mentoring is not perceived as a leading position in school (Arviv-Elyashiv et al., 2021). Third, BTs perceive principals' involvement and support more significant than mentors’ support regarding their satisfaction and retention (Donitsa-Schmidt et al., 2021). Yet, comprehensive discussion on mentoring as a reciprocal developmental process and life -long learning and of professional development is still in its initial stages.
Participants: The present study is part of an international project, Proteach, supported by the European Union Erasmus+ program, which aims to develop new program to support BTs socialization into the teaching profession. The dataset is based on a quantitative study conducted among mentors providing mentoring to BTs at the institutions participating in the project. During the course of data collection, emphasis was placed on obtaining the participation of mentors in a manner reflecting their distribution in mentoring frameworks in the population (Imanuel-Noy, 2021). In total, 474 mentors (86.9% women) participated in the survey.
Research instrument: The study included a self-report questionnaire. The questionnaire related to the perceived contribution of the mentoring to the professional development of the mentees and the mentors as well; the intrinsic motivations and the extrinsic motivations to become mentors, and background characteristics, including having professional training. The statements on the questionnaire were measured on a Likert scale which ranged from 1 (do not agree at all with the statement) to 5 (agree to a great extent with the statement). The questionnaire began by presenting the aim of the research and by guaranteeing anonymity to the respondents.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show that mentoring is perceived as an important component of the socialization process of BTs (M=4.15, SD=.60), while it was perceived as a step for the mentors' professional development to a moderate extent (M=3.51, SD=.82), with significant difference between the means (t=17.46; p<.001). The most dominated factor that motivated teachers to become mentors was personal growth (M=4.23, SD=.64). Other motivations, i.e., professional development (M=3.67, SD=.97), principal encouragement (M=3.04, SD=1.48) and school support (M=3.77, SD=1.09), were ranked on a moderate level.
Mentors who have participated in a professional training perceived mentoring as a step forward in their professional development process more than their colleagues, mentors who did not participated in a professional training (t=4.27, P<.001). Moreover, among mentors who participated in a professional training, the intrinsic (professional and personal growth) as well as extrinsic (principal encouragement and school support) motivations to become a mentor were positively associated with the perception of mentoring as a professional developing path for BTs and for mentors. Among those who did not participate in such training, the ambition to find routes for professional growth and school support were found to nurture the perception of mentoring as a professional developing path for mentors. The ambition to achieve personal growth and principal encouragement were found non-significant in this regard.
To sum, mentoring opens a new promotional channel for teachers who wish to personally and professionally developed. Teachers who turn to this direction do so out of an aspiration to improve their professional competences. School support is also important factor in this regard. These motivations are more dominated among mentors who have participated in a training program. Implications of these results will discuss in the presentation.  

References
Arviv-Elyashiv, R., Levi-Keren, M, Tzabari, A. & Mecdossi, O. (2021). Professional development of mentors: Comparison between two tutoring frameworks in the educational arena. Dapim, 76,149-172. [Hebrew]
Clark, S. K., & Byrnes, D. (2012), Through the eyes of the novice teacher: Perceptions of mentoring support. Teacher Development,16(1),43-54.
Crutcher, P.A. & Naseem, S. (2016) Cheerleading and cynicism of effective mentoring in current empirical research. Educational Review, 68(1),40-55.
Dominguez, N., & Hager, M. (2013). Mentoring frameworks: Synthesis and critique. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 2(3),171–188.
Donitsa-Schmidt, S., Zuzovsky, R. & Arviv-Elyashiv, R. (2021). The Contribution of Different Support Mechanisms Provided during the Induction Year to the Satisfaction and Retention of Beginning Teachers. Paper was presented at the annual ECER conference, Geneva, Switzerland.  
Imanuel-Noy, D. (, 2021), "Training mentors in incubators for novice teachers in the Promentors project: A look at accreditation processes", Paper presented at the Coherence in the continuum of teacher training, internship and professional learning conference, March, MOFET Institute. [Hebrew]
Kelchtermans, G. & Deketelaere, A. (2016), The emotional dimension in becoming a teacher, in Loughran, J., & Hamilton, M.L., (Eds), International handbook of teacher education, Springer (pp.429-461): https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-0369-1_13
Mahajana, S., Yassin, A, Wated, A, & Mohsen, M. (2013). Teaching against their will: Difficulties and motives of mentor in the professional development schools (PDS). Dapim, 56,171-193 [Hebrew].
Nikolovska, A. (2016). Mentoring pre-service English teachers: Mentors' perspectives. International Journal of Scientific and Research Publications, 6(5), 741-744.
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E.M. & Heikkinen, H.L.T.  (2020), “New teachers in Nordic countries: Ecologies of mentoring and induction”, Cappellen Damm Akademisk,
Orland-Barak, L. & Wang, J. (2020), “Teacher mentoring in service of preservice teachers' learning to teach: Conceptual bases, characteristics and challenges for teacher education reform”, Journal of Teacher Education, 1(1),1-14.
Pennanen, M., Heikkinen, H.L.T. & Tynjälä, P. (2018): Virtues of Mentors and Mentees in the Finnish Model of Teachers’ Peer-group Mentoring, Scandinavian. Journal of Educational Research, 64(3),355-371.
Richter, D., Kunter, M., Lüdtke, O., Klusmann, U, Anders, Y & Baumert, J. (2013), “How different mentoring approaches affect beginning teachers’ development in the first years of practice”, Teaching and Teacher Education, 36(2),166-177.
Roberson, S. & Roberson, R. (2009), “The role and practice of the principal in developing novice first-year teachers”, Clearing House, 82(3),113-118.
Sandvik, L. V., Solhaug, T., Lejonberg, E., Elstad, E., & Christophersen, K.-A. (2019), “Predictions of school mentors' effort in teacher education programmes”, European Journal of Teacher Education, 42(5),574-590.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Designing a Peer-induction Programme for New Teachers Based on Mentoring: The European Funded LOOP Project as Applied in Greece

Konstantinos Dimopoulos, Polychronis Sifakakis

University of Peloponnese, Greece

Presenting Author: Sifakakis, Polychronis

The Council of the European Union (E.U., 2020) draws attention to the urgency of a complementary and comprehensive approach at all levels and in all parts of teacher and trainer professional development aiming to face the challenge of attracting a growing number of new teachers in the coming years and continuously having to support the professional development of those who are already in the career system. To strengthen the professional development of teachers, teacher education needs to be considered as a continuum of lifelong learning, starting with initial training, continuing into the initial phases of the profession, through induction programmes and quality mentoring, and then into career-long development of teachers (European Commission, ET2020, Working Group mandates, 2018-2020). Meanwhile, the results of TALIS survey (OECD, 2014; 2019; 2020) show that an induction programme, as a "bridge" (Earley & Bubb, 2004) for the smooth transition of teachers from their initial basic and pre-service training to their training and professional development, is needed but does not exist or is almost inaccessible in most of the countries surveyed.

It is important to clarify that induction is a concept that addresses not only the support that must be given to newly qualified teachers at the beginning of their careers but also those who are facing new school realities, reducing professional abandonment and prolonged absenteeism (Gu & Day, 2007; OECD, 2019; 2020). One strategy often used in teachers’ induction programmes is mentoring, understood as a specialized program of guidance and reflection, promoted among peers, on teaching practices centered on the learning of students and in schools, which is the most positive intervention in professional development for both sides (Kram, 1983, Frydaki & Mamoura, 2014). Today, structured mentoring programs are being planned, at many countries around the world , in order to improve the quality indicators of the education provided to students (Stanulis & Floden, 2009).

In September 2022 the Greek Ministry of Education established the mentoring process by forming the framework and regulating the terms and conditions for its implementation in all the Primary and Secondary schools in the country but without any special provisions for the training of mentors and for any specific induction program for new teachers in the profession. Meanwhile, the LOOP, an ERASMUS+ KA3 project, has been developed since 2020 by a consortium of 13 entities from seven European countries aiming to contribute to the shift towards a comprehensive teaching profession policy that spans all stages of teaching careers. It also aims to measure the impact and scalability of formal training of mentors’ programme and teacher’s induction programme to improve the career paths in the teaching profession (LOOP, 2021a). The project has started in 2021 planning the development of the best strategies and resources to implement induction activities. During this first phase the consortium analysed the current landscapes and their reflexes in the educational systems, as well as the existence of mentoring (formal or informal) programmes for teachers. During the data collection stage, the partners highlighted practices that had the potential to be used as good practices and set a common body of knowledge that could enable the subsequent phases.

In this paper we will present data from the national report for Greece (LOOP, 2021b) that was submitted from the research team of the University of Peloponnese as a partner of the consortium of LOOP in 2022. This presentation includes the findings from the desk research of existing legislation and the context of induction and mentoring in Greece, as well as from the field research about the best strategies and resources to implement induction activities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the data collection stage, and for the Greek National Report needs, we produced a deep analysis of the national legislation, policy reports (e.g. Eurydice reports, annual reports of the Center for Educational Policy Development/KANEP), personal communications with high-ranking education officials (e.g. regional directors, Ministry of Education officials, advisors of the Institute of Education Policy) and an extensive literature review of published papers and relevant PhD and Master theses.
To enhance this research, we conducted field research (surveys, interviews and focus group), addressing school directors, experienced teachers and new/recently graduated teachers to better understand their perspectives and perceptions related to the expectations and needs of new/recent teachers and establish the key features and contents to be considered in the induction programme to be designed, as well as  the “desirable” profile of a mentor to support and guide new/recent teachers throughout the induction programme, and the key features, form and contents to be included in the mentoring programme allowing experienced teachers to support and guide new/recent teachers throughout the induction programme.
The data were collected from:
1. 199 questionnaires (56 submitted from school leaders, 89 from experienced and 54 from new teachers);
2. 8 interviews, promoting a deep analysis and discussion of the results from the surveys collected; and
3. 1 focus group with a total of 13 participants to promote a joint analysis and discussion between teachers (experienced and new graduate).
The questionnaires of the 3 surveys include 5 different themes/topics:
• Perception, Satisfaction & Motivation
• Initial Teacher Training
• Induction Programmes
• Mentoring
• Induction Programmes at the School (applicable to school leaders)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There seems to be a consensus among school directors and experienced teachers that new teachers (usually substitutes) need to be supported when first placed in a school through organizing a school-based induction programme addressing the needs and challenges faced by them.
Referring to the duration of an induction programme, the experienced teachers determine at one school year while the new teachers estimate that two school years are needed. Additionally, the majority of all groups believe that a beginning teacher could devote 3-4 hours per week for various induction activities.
With regards to the content an induction programme should have the participants (with some differentiations among the groups) prioritized topics, such as
• Didactical-pedagogical domain: the inclusion of “different” groups of students; “dealing with students that exhibit problematic behaviour”; “managing group/collaborative work in the classroom”.
• Subject matter to be taught domain: “curriculum and students’ readiness”; “updating scientific knowledge”; “curriculum and teaching strategies”.
• Bureaucratic and administrative domain: “legal duties and rights”; “class management administrative procedures”.
• Emotional domain: dealing with fears and insecurities related with student’s misbehavior and other groups (parents, colleagues, school leaders).
• Social and cultural domain: “interacting with students”, “interacting with parents” and “dealing with students with diverse cultural background”.
All participants have a very positive attitude towards mentoring as a tool for enculturating new teachers into the profession.
All participants pay particular importance in the communication and interpersonal skills that an ideal mentor should have, also considering his/her motivation to become a mentor as a very crucial characteristic but the new teachers, as reasonably expected, seem also highly interested in skills related to a mentor’s technical and professional capacity to communicate his/her expertise and experiences to them.

References
Earley, P. & Bubb, M. S. (2004). Leading and managing continuing professional development: Developing people, developing schools. Sage.
E.U., (2020). Council conclusions on European teachers and trainers for the future, (2020/C 193/04).
Frydaki, E & Mamoura, M. (2014). Mentoring as a Means for Transforming Mentor-Teachers’ Practical Knowledge: A Case Study from Greece. International Education Research, 2(1), 1-16.
Gu, Q., & Day, C. (2007). Teacher’s Resilience: A Necessary Condition for Effectiveness. Teaching and Teacher Educations, 23(8), 1302-1316.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.06.006
Kram, K. E. (1985). Mentoring at work: Developmental relationships in organizational life. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.
LOOP (2021a). Empowering teachers personal, professional and social continuous development through innovative peer-induction programmes. Link for the project sheet at the Erasmus+ platform: https://cutt.ly/ez8Zkvy
LOOP (2021b). The national research report on the state-of-the-art. National report – (Greece). Available on https://empowering-teachers.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/National-Report-template-Greece.pdf
OECD (2014), TALIS 2013 Results: An International Perspective on Teaching and Learning, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264196261-en
OECD (2019), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris. http://doi.org/10.1787/1d0bc92a-en
OECD (2020), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers as valued Professionals, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris. http://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en
Stanulis R.N. & Floden R.E. (2009). Intensive Mentoring as a Way to Help Beginning Teachers Develop Balanced Instruction, Journal of Teacher Education, 60, 2, 112 – 122.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Marginalising Diverse Mentor Experiences and Contexts: Compliance and Mediation

Lisa Murtagh1, Louisa Dawes1, Elizabeth Rushton2, Claire Ball-Smith3

1University of Manchester, United Kingdom; 2University College London, United Kingdom; 3University of York, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dawes, Louisa; Rushton, Elizabeth

Entering the teaching profession is one of the most influential stages in a teacher’s professional life, with the first few years in particular determining career length and job satisfaction (Ingersoll and Strong 2011). However, research evidence, nationally and internationally indicates that some countries seem to continue to experience extensive proportions of Early Career Teacher (ECT) attrition within five years of entry. Ingersoll et al. (2018), for example, report retention rates of 45% in the United States. This is echoed in England, where teacher retention is a persistent and seemingly intractable challenge with just over two-thirds remaining in the profession after 5 years (DfE 2019). In response to poor teacher retention, the Department for Education, with jurisdiction in England, published two documents relating to the work of ECTs: The ‘Early Career Framework’ (ECF, DfE 2019a) and ‘Reducing workload: supporting teachers in the early stages of their career’ (DfE 2019b). The ECF reforms were launched as part of the Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy (Hinds 2019) with the intention of supporting ECTs through the provision of a government funded entitlement to a structured 2-year package of professional development. As part of the ECF, schools can choose from six training providers known as ‘lead providers’ to access funded training for both mentors and ECTs. Such a focus on mentoring and mentor training is to be welcomed, especially as research underlines the lack of formalised mentoring programs in schools, which results in inconsistent mentoring opportunities and support for new teachers (Beutel et al. 2017, Lofthouse 2018, Murtagh and Dawes 2020,). However, a recent article in Schools’ Week (April 2022) reported damning results in response to a Teacher Tapp survey, with half of the respondents claiming that the ECF does not sufficiently meet the individual needs of teachers. Given its anticipated £130 million annual, it was deemed important to explore the perspectives of those at the heart of the ECF delivery package from the outset. As such, this paper reports the findings of a small-scale qualitative study designed to access the voices of ten mentors who are at the forefront of implementing the ECF in Secondary Schools in England (pupils aged 11-16).

Creswell (2013, p. 296) refers to the importance of a theoretical case study. Adopting a theoretical perspective provides an overall orienting lens that: “...becomes an advocacy perspective that shapes the types of questions asked, informs how data are collected and analysed, and provides a call for action or change.” The research underpinning this paper is premised on a case study whose theoretical lens is that of phronesis. Phronesis is generally defined as practical wisdom or knowledge. It involves deliberation that is based on values, concerned with practical judgement and informed by reflection, and is pragmatic, variable, context-dependent, and oriented toward action (Kinsella et al. 2012).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the field of qualitative research methodology, case study is discussed as a significant qualitative strategy or tradition.  It is considered a robust research method, particularly in providing holistic and in-depth explanations of the social and behavioural problems in question (Creswell 2013). A case study approach was therefore chosen for its appropriateness in exploring the perceptions of mentors working to support ECTs based in Secondary Schools (Pupils aged 11-18) during their statutory induction period in England. This paper reports on data collected from an opportunity sample of ten ECT mentors aligned with Initial Teacher Education provision across three Higher Education Institutions located in three distinct geographical areas in England: London, York and Manchester.  Data were collected via semi-structured interviews, each lasting 30-40 mins during October 2021 - September 2022. Due to the geographical locations of the participants, the interviews were conducted online and were audio and video-recorded.  All data were collected by the four members of the research team and transcribed by an independent transcriber.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper outlines the contradictions facing ECT mentors when they are required to deliver mandated training that is not sufficiently flexible in responding to either the diverse contexts of school communities, or related to specific subject or age phase matters.  It highlights that the development of evidence-based and authorised approaches to mentoring have contributed to a new version of mentor professionalism, whereby mentors comply with the procedural requirements of the mere technician mentor, confirming their positions as mentors mentoring in the ‘right’ way regardless of their context.  Concomitantly, they draw on their contexts and experiences, which reveals an affinity between understanding, practice and phronesis (Kinsella et al 2012).  We argue that this case study illustrates the potential for the international sector to challenge postulated solutions of homogenised mentoring curricula and practices to the recruitment and retention of ECTs.
References
Beutel, D, Crosswell, L, Willis, J., Spooner-Lane, R., Curtis, E, and Churchward,P.,  2017. Preparing teachers to mentor beginning teachers: an Australian case study. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 6, (3), 164-177.

Creswell, J. W. 2013. Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. London: Sage

Department for Education, 2019a. Early Career Framework. January 2019. London: HMSO.

Department for Education, 2019b. Reducing workload: supporting teachers in the early stages of their career. March 2019. London: HMSO.
 

Hinds, D., 2019. Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy. London:DfE

Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M., 2011. The impact of induction and mentoring pro-
grams for beginning teachers. A Critical Review of the Research, 81(2), 201-233.

Ingersoll, R.M., Merrill, E., Stuckey, D. and Collins, G., 2018. Seven Trends: The Transformation of the Teaching Force. Updated October 2018. CPRE Research Report# RR 2018-2. Consortium for Policy Research in Education.

Kinsella, E.A. and Pitman, A. eds., 2012. Phronesis as professional knowledge: Practical wisdom in the professions (Vol. 1). Springer Science and Business Media.Rotterdam: Sense Publishers

Lingard, B. 2007. Pedagogies of indifference. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 11 (3), 245-266.
Lofthouse, R.M., 2018. Re-imagining mentoring as a dynamic hub in the transformation of initial teacher education: The role of mentors and teacher educators. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 7 (3), 248-260.

Murtagh, L. and Dawes, L., 2020. National Standards for school-based mentors: the potential to recognise the “Cinderella” role of mentoring?. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education.10 (1), 31-43.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm01 SES 02 C: Digital Tools and Competences
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Frauke Meyer
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Profession of Change and New Ways of Working: Introducing a Digital Quality Tool in Preschool Education

Amelie Elm

University of Gavle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Elm, Amelie

Abstract

Reflecting on what happens when a digital quality tool is introduced in a preschool setting, a system owner expresses: “[I]t’s a process in itself, it becomes a new way of working really. It may be that you work with the systematic quality work on paper today, or in another digital product, however, you do it, it changes things” (Quote from an interview with a system owner). The quote is a description of what happens when a digital tool for quality is introduced. Things change and new ways of working appear. The quote above is also representative of how different processes of digitalization seem to challenge professional knowledge, e.g. how to work with quality in preschools, and how this leads to processes of sensemaking (cf. Weick, 1995) among practitioners. Thus, introducing a digital quality tool affects professional settings and challenges traditional ways of working. The specific digital tool investigated in this study, consisting of an integrated app and a web interface, has an outspoken aim to organize and develop the work with quality. As such, the new digital quality tool has the intention to create new ways of working as well as change. Thus, the introduction of a digital quality tool does things and it needs to be made sense of by organizations and individuals. The following is as such an investigation of these new ways and changes related to how pre-schools work with issues of quality and how they are made sense of within their professional context.

Based on these initial observations the research questions in this study address:

  • How is an introduction of a digital quality tool carried out in a Swedish pre-school setting?
  • How do pre-school actors make sense of the digital quality tool?

In relation to the above, it can be stated that implementing a digital quality tool is not a simple transport from one situation to the next one. Thus, the implementation is to be considered a challenge. It affects both preschool actors (teachers, children, parents, principals, etc.) as well as Education technology (EdTech) company's digital products on how to digitalize different aspects of education. Digitalization of education thus functions at the very hub of education where desires, ambitions, and practices are formulated and acted on (see for instance SALAR, 2019). The present study engages in this phenomenon and provides knowledge on how an introduction of a digital tool is carried out, what kind of intentions, purposes, and experiences appear, and how education is made sense of by involved actors when a digital quality tool is introduced.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
The study was designed as a qualitative case study with the digital quality tool as framing the case (Denzen & Lincoln, 2018; Yin, 2018; Simons, 2009; Stake, 2006). It was conducted in four Swedish municipalities and four different preschools. Methods in use were focus group observations of the introduction meeting and semi-structured interviews with follow-up questions (Denzen & Lincoln, 2018; Edward & Holland, 2013). The collection of data comprises observations from August and September, and interviews taking place from September until November 2021. The observations took place in conjunction with four introduction meetings held by the system owner of the observed digital quality tool. After the introduction, semi-structured interviews at all four preschools were performed. These interviews were audio-recorded with a total time of eight hours and fifty-one minutes. The interviews were held with a focus on how the participants experienced the introduction of the digital quality tool. The questions were circulating about what experiences the participants had during and after the introduction and if they considered anything missing, and if any questions occurred afterward.  

The data analysis is based on an approach of reflexive thematic analysis (see for instance Braun et al., 2019). With this approach, thematic analysis is understood as a reflexive and recursive open coding process. The work with reflexive and open coding can be considered an ongoing and critical conscious process where data content is interpreted by the researcher to reflect on the participants meaning. Data were generated into a thematic coding, organized by the same and coherent content (Emerson et al., 2011) visualizing different aspects of sensemaking of the digital quality tool by preschool actors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings
The study visualizes that, how the introduction is carried out makes a difference for the preschool actors. These differences entail nuanced variations in sense-giving; meaning how the introduction is performed, but also with what intentions the digital quality tool is presented. Differences in the length of the introductions were rather small, but it resulted in substantial variances in giving sensemaking opportunities; especially in the form of peer discussions and opportunities to ask questions for the participants. Another difference that was evident in the collected data was the rhetoric about opportunities for enhancing professional development. For instance, the presenting system owner frequently referred to the digital tool as a new way of working with quality. Among the preschool actor, this rhetoric of change and new ways of working is in no way that evident.
Another result emanating from the data was that sensemaking among the practitioners seems to be dependent on receiving the information and being given opportunities to discuss in small groups. This is because making sense in small groups was considered to give opportunities for interaction, to stop for questions, understand each other’s needs, and stepwise introduce different functions in the digital quality tool. Another observation worth mentioning is that teachers were ambiguous concerning how much time they were willing to invest in learning. A reason for this was that for the teachers it did not seem clear how long the digital tool would stay. Thus, the pre-school teachers reflected on the introduction of new techniques as something uncertain and changing and by that investing time in learning was seen as risky.

References
References
Braun, V, Clarke, V, Hayfield, N, Terry, G. (2019). Thematic Analysis. In P. Liamputtong (ed.), Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences. Singapore: Springer.
Denzen, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. Fifth edition (2018). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. Edwards, R., & Holland, J. (2013). What is qualitative interviewing?. A&C Black.
Emerson R M, Fretz R I, & Shaw L L. 2011. Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
SALAR. (2019). Lägesbeskrivning november 2019: Nationell handlingsplan för digitalisering av skolväsendet. Retrieved from
Swedish Ministry of Education. (2017). Nationell digitaliseringsstrategi för skolväsendet. (Diarienummer: U2017/04119/S ).
Simons, H. (2009). Case Study Research in Practice. Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
Stake, Robert E. (2006). Multiple Case Study Analysis. New York. London: The Guilford Press.
Yin, K, Robert. (2018) Case study research and applications: Design and methods. 6th edition. Thousand Oak, London and New Delhi: SAGE Publications.
Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations (Vol. 3). Sage


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Signs of Professional Vision in Teachers' Dicussions of their Professional Digital Competence

Apostolia Roka, Annika Lantz-Andersson, Ewa Skantz-Åberg

Göteborgs universitet (Göteborg), Sweden

Presenting Author: Roka, Apostolia

The teaching profession is becoming increasingly digitized. The educational policies and curriculum address the technology-oriented changes. It is paramount that there is support for the digitalised citizen to ensure a democratic and accessible society. Teachers serve as the main facilitators of students learning. More precisely, teachers are expected to develop the necessary competences to teach in technology-mediated activities in order to support students’ digital competence (Starkey, 2020). Teachers’ professional digital competence (PDC) addresses the complexity that is specific to the teaching profession (Erstad et al, 2021; Skantz-Åberg et al., 2022) through the transitional role of technologies in shaping learning in a digitalized age (Danish et al., 2021). Therefore, the transformative character of technology positions teachers as agents in reshaping their emerging professional competence and calls for changes in the way in which teachers understand and articulate their changed profession and practice. However, teachers’ perspectives and reflections on their understanding of their changing classroom practices through their experience of technology-mediated teaching activities remain less focused (Reeves & Lin, 2020). Based on sociocultural approaches (Säljö, 2010; Wertsch, 1998) this study takes a particular analytical interest in teachers’ ability to look at their practice in professionally relevant ways, indicating signs of professional vision (Goodwin, 1994). The concept of professional vision involves discursive practices to see and understand central phenomena within a professional community (Goodwin, 1994), which in this study concerns aspects of PDC.

In this paper, preschool class teachers, working in pairs, in collaboration with a team of researchers participated in educational design-based research (McKenney & Reeves, 2014) in which teachers and researchers together discussed and reflect on the competences that come into play in technology-mediated teaching activities. The discussions were elicitated by video clips from the classroom activities. These discussions, which are also video documented, are named reflective discussions (Lantz-Andersson et al., 2022) understood as first-hand, situated, and collaborative deliberations in interactive situations.

The aim of this study is to explore how teachers elaborate on the competence that comes into play in technology-mediated classroom activities and what signs of professional vision are shown in the reflective discussions in terms of how we analytically understand their utterances as coding, highlighting and articulating (Goodwin, 1994) key aspects of competence that come into play in their teaching. The following question frame our interest: What signs of teacher professional vision in relation to a digitalized early years classroom can analytically be identified in the reflective discussions between teachers and researchers?

The concept of professional vision as introduced and described by Goodwin (1994) suggests that there are professional ways of seeing, understanding, and talking about things that are connected to the specific tools that professionals use within their professional community. We therefore use professional vision as a concept for scrutinising events in our study, where shared collective practices are discussed. In addition, professional vision provides a framework that brings together ways of seeing and examining individual skills “within a community of competent practitioners” (p. 626). In educational settings, focusing on how teachers learn to code and highlight remarkable events among the simultaneous events that occur during classroom activities is linked to the development of teachers’ professional vision. In this study, the elicited video clips are used as a starting point for teachers to comment on their practice with the researchers’ central questions and inputs supporting the organisation of “the perceptual field” (Goodwin, 1994, p.620). Therefore, teachers’ professional vision is informed and shaped by balancing the individual and collective skills that structure and organize a professional field of expertise through joint reflections.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Underpinned by educational design-based research (McKenney & Reeves, 2019) the study involves nine teachers of early years education and a team of five researchers. The design involves video-documented technology-mediated teaching activities, followed by collaborative discussions, elicitated by videoclips from the classroom.
The discussions are also video-documented and constitute the main data. The researchers selected video clips of instructional sequences involving so-called critical incidents that include some kind of tension, i.e., instances where the teachers encountered a challenge, such as instructional difficulties in explaining the technology-mediated tasks to the pupils, and situations when they experienced insufficient knowledge of the functioning of a digital tools. In that sense, such critical incidents that are shown in the video sometimes are immediately noticed by the teachers, or sometimes they become obvious and further elaborated on by the researchers’ questions and points.
It is important to take into consideration the use of video in the reflective discussions and the role of the researchers’ questions, comments, and inputs. We use video to analyze teachers' practices as the video makes visible representations of their practices to them and others allowing a detailed examination and repetition of sequences of talk and embodied work practices performed in the actual settings of practice. Moreover, the collaborative video analysis approach could enable teachers to work together with the researchers to distinctly articulate and strive toward their professional vision.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest that signs of professional vision are shown by the teachers’ highlighting of technological and pedagogical issues. The highlighting is articulated and represented through speech and gestures related to the technology-mediated activities as displayed in the video clips. The use of gestures along with the talk allowed the teachers to highlight the problematic situation of lack of adequate technical skills. The close access to the teacher's own reflections and understandings, offered by the video, enabled a more detailed analysis, and made it possible to see the specific challenges of the technological shift. An analysis of selected excerpts showed that video-based discussions are treated as an invitation to develop teaching practices and offer teachers new insights and ways of teaching with digital technology. The reflective discussions increased the teachers' focus on noticing aspects of their teaching, which included fostering the notion of ‘learning together' which the teachers problematized (highlighted). However, teachers demonstrated an awareness of the social and institutional practices of their profession, which also included their duties and responsibilities as teachers, so that they are not completely unprepared for class. In addition, when teachers talked about their insufficient use of digital tools, they emphasized teaching strategies such as flexibility, previous pedagogical knowledge, and experiences as compensatory factors. Therefore, teachers’ PDC is understood as an evolving and complex set of skills that involves both technical and pedagogical competences.



References
Danish, J. A., Johnson, H., Nicholas, C., Francis, D. C., Hmelo-Silver, C. E., Rogers, M. P., ... & Enyedy, N. (2021). Situating video as context for teacher learning. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 30, 100542.
Derry, S. J., Pea, R. D., Barron, B., Engle, R. A., Erickson, F., Goldman, R., ... & Sherin, B. L. (2010). Conducting video research in the learning sciences: Guidance on selection, analysis, technology, and ethics. The journal of the learning sciences, 19(1), 3-53.
Erstad, O., Kjällander, S., & Järvelä, S. (2021). Facing the challenges of ’digital competence’: A Nordic agenda for curriculum development for the 21st century. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 16(2), 77. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1891-943x-2021-02-04
Goodwin, C. (1994). Professional vision. American Anthropologist, 96, 606–633. https://doi.org/10.1525/aa.1994.96.3.02a00100.
Jordan, B., & Henderson, A. (1995). Interaction analysis: Foundations and practice. The journal of the learning sciences, 4(1), 39-103.
Lantz-Andersson, A., Skantz-Åberg, E., Roka, A., Lundin, M., & Williams, P. (2022). Teachers’ collaborative reflective discussions on technology-mediated teaching: Envisioned and enacted transformative agency. Learning Culture and Social Interaction, 35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2022.100645
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research (2nd ed.). Routledge.
Reeves, T. C., & Lin, L. (2020). The research we have is not the research we need. Educational Technology Research and Development, 68, 1991-2001.
Starkey, L. (2020). A review of research exploring teacher preparation for the digital age. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(1), 37-56.
Säljö, R. (2010). Digital tools and challenges to institutional traditions of learning: technologies, social memory and the performative nature of learning. Journal of computer assisted learning, 26(1), 53-64.
Tripp, T., & Rich, P. (2012). Using video to analyze one's own teaching. British Journal of Educational Technology, 43(4), 678-704.
Wertsch, J. V. (1998). Mind as action. Oxford university press.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Potential Of Virtual Reality To Combat Teacher Bias And Increase Empathy

Frauke Meyer, Jo Smith, Gabriella Foreman-Brown

University of Auckland, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Meyer, Frauke

It is well-documented that educators’ prejudices surface in interactions with students and as a result influence students’ learning, academic beliefs, and attitudes toward school (Brophy, 1983; Cheng & Starks, 2002; DeCuir-Gunby, & Bindra, 2022; Meissel et al., 2017; Rubie-Davies, 2006). Prejudice is generally defined as “a negative bias toward a social category of people, with cognitive, affective, and behavioral components” (Paluck et al., 2012, p. 534). While explicit (conscious) biases are easier to identify and address because we are more aware of them, implicit (unconscious) biases tend to impact our behaviour more when we are tired, stressed, act under time constraints, or are faced with ambiguous or incomplete information (Staats, 2016).

Policymakers have increasingly called for anti-bias training for educators, however, most research on such efforts has shown that they have little sustained effects (Bezrukova et al., 2016; Carter et al., 2020; Paluck et al., 2021). As Carter and colleagues (2020) note, training often merely raises awareness of bias and in some cases triggers defensive reactions when participants are confronted with their biases without being given strategies to move forward.

With the technological advances in virtual reality (VR), the ability to immerse participants into different worlds and embody other personas has given rise to a new avenue of anti-bias training and research. VR interventions to combat bias have shown some promising results (Hatfield et al., 2022), however, these have been mainly experimental studies documenting bias in psychology or in the medical field. Only a few intervention studies exist, and these have mostly been light touch (i.e., under ten minutes) and conducted in labs with graduate students, thus their applicability to real-life contexts is uncertain (Paluck et al., 2021). Hatfield and colleagues (2022) conducted a systematic review of VR intervention research regarding racial bias and noted that 61 out of 68 studies reviewed only examined whether prejudices existed but did not explore solutions. These studies often used VR to enable participants to have contact with avatars presenting an out-group (e.g., avatars of a different race). More recently, studies have experimented with participants embodying a different race or skin colour avatar to enable perspective-taking (Groom et al., 2009), however, if the avatar lacked a real context or persona, biases seemed perpetuated. Hatfield and colleagues (2022) described this form of embodiment as ‘virtual Blackface’ (p.6). VR experiences in which the avatar has a name and history, and offers views into their experiences of prejudice, have shown more positive results in facilitating prejudice reduction (for one example, see Banakou et al., 2020).

Most research has been conducted in psychology or the medical field and few studies exist in education. Haghanikar and Hooper (2021) describe a preservice course aiming to build knowledge and awareness about homelessness. One assignment involved a VR experience embodying a homeless person. However, the impact of the VR experience or the course on students was not evaluated. A couple of small studies have explored the design of a virtual classroom for teacher training and had a small but positive impact on teachers’ empathy towards diverse students (Stavroulia et al., 2018; 2019).

We present a preliminary study exploring the potential of VR to combat teacher prejudice and increase empathy. In our study, educational leaders engaged in the VR experience and were subsequently interviewed to answer the following research questions: (1) What are educational leaders’ perceptions of the potential of a virtual reality scenario to increase feelings of empathy? (2) What are educational leaders’ perceptions of whether virtual reality scenarios from outside of education could be adapted as a professional learning tool in educational contexts?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We invited education leaders from a state in the Northwest of the US to participate in the study. Participants were asked to watch two five-minute VR scenarios and participate in an interview about their experience. The VR scenarios were aimed at creating empathy by embodying a homeless man at work and at a shelter, and a woman of colour in a health care setting, both experiencing biased behaviour from others. Participants were able to look around the scenario and move their avatar’s arm and head, however, they could not interact with the environment (i.e., move around or move objects). Participants could hear the avatars’ conversations with people in the scenarios and their inner monologues about their experiences. Both VR scenarios also included short audio clips of people experiencing such situations alongside their photos.
Nine educational leaders participated in the study. They held a range of roles, including at a university, in school districts, and school level. Six participants were female, and three were male; they ranged in age from 30s to 50s and included a range of racial/ethnic identities. Interviews of around 1 hour were conducted using a semi-structured interview guide and follow-up prompts to collect rich data about participants’ experiences. The interviews focused on participants’ feelings in and perceptions about the VR experience, factors that helped and hindered feelings of embodiment and empathy. Further, participants were asked how the VR could be adapted for an education context as professional development. The interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed by the researchers.
Thematic analysis of the interview transcripts was conducted using an inductive approach by one researcher (Braun & Clarke, 2013). The initial broad code list with related data excerpts was shared with the team and reviewed in view of the data to refine the themes and definitions. A second coding iteration tested the discussed themes. A discussion of any discrepancies involved all researchers to ensure inter-rater reliability. A third and final coding iteration ensured the application of the final list of themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings highlight important aspects for consideration in the design of VR scenarios and their use in anti-bias training with educators. Overall, participants saw great potential in the use of VR due to its ability to capture and immerse users and its novel nature. Participants noted several technical aspects that enabled or hindered feelings of embodiment, including the quality of the graphics, the level of interactivity, and time for familiarisation for participants without prior VR experience. Participants also felt VR had great potential to increase empathy but noted several aspects to consider in the design of the scenarios. These included the type of biased behaviours displayed, the proximity of scenarios to educators’ own experiences, and ways to display the impact of ongoing and/or systemic bias. To adapt the VR scenario for anti-bias trainings for educators, participants noted that the experience should be embedded in training that included awareness raising before as well as debriefing after the VR experience. Another important aspect was the inclusion of strategies to change behaviour, with ideas that the VR could be used to show different – negative and positive - behaviours and their consequences for students.
As highlighted in the conference call, in Europe and globally, there is an increasing acknowledgement of diversity, and educators and educational researchers need to reflect this diversity in their values and practices. VR experiences in which educators embody a student experiencing bias can raise educators’ awareness of their own biases, increase empathy, and lead to critical engagement with their beliefs and behaviours. However, considerable care needs to be taken in the design and use of VR scenarios to be able to reduce or break down participants’ defensiveness and enable participants to acknowledge deep-seated beliefs and engage in open discussions of how to embrace diversity in their classrooms.

References
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage.
Bezrukova, K., Spell, C.S., Perry, J.L., & Jehn, K.A. (2016). A meta-analytical integration of over 40 years of research on diversity training evaluation. Psychological Bulletin, 142(11), 1227–1274.
Carter, E.R., Onyeador, I.N., & Lewis, N.A. (2020). Developing & delivering effective anti-bias training: Challenges & recommendations. Behavioral Science & Policy, 6(1), 57–70
Cheng, S., & Starks, B. (2002). Racial differences in the effects of significant others on students’ educational expectations. Sociology of Education, 75(4), 306–327.
DeCuir-Gunby, J.T., & Bindra, V.G. (2022). How does teacher bias influence students? An introduction to the special issue on teachers’ implicit attitudes, instructional practices, and student outcomes. Learning and Instruction, 78, 101523.
Groom, V., Bailenson, J.N., & Nass, C. (2009). The influence of racial embodiment on racial bias in immersive virtual environments. Social Influence, 4(3), 231–248.
Haghanikar, T.M., & Hooper, L.M. (2021). Teaching about homelessness through multicultural picture books and virtual reality in preservice teacher education. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 49(3), 355-375.
Hatfield, H.R., Ahn, S.J., Klein, M., & Nowak, K.L. (2022). Confronting whiteness through virtual humans: a review of 20 years of research in prejudice and racial bias using virtual environments. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 27(6), zmac016.
Lai, C.K., Marini, M., Lehr, S.A., Cerruti, C., Shin, J.-E. L., Joy-Gaba, J.A., …Nosek, B.A. (2014). Reducing implicit racial preferences: A comparative investigation of 17 interventions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 143(4), 1765–1785.
Meissel, K., Meyer, F., Yao, E.S., Rubie-Davies, C.M. (2017). Subjectivity of teacher judgments: Exploring student characteristics that influence teacher judgments of student ability. Teaching and Teacher Education, 65, 48–60.
Paluck, E.L., Porat, R., Clark, C.S., & Green, D.P. (2021). Prejudice reduction: Progress and challenges. Annual Review of Psychology, 72, 533-560.
Rubie-Davies, C.M. (2006). Teacher expectations and student self-perceptions: Exploring relationships. Psychology in the Schools, 43(5), 537–552.
Staats, C. (2016). Understanding implicit bias: What educators should know. American Educator, 39(4), 29–43.
Stavroulia, K.E., Baka, E., Lanitis, A., & Magnenat-Thalmann, N. (2018). Designing a virtual environment for teacher training: Enhancing presence and empathy. Proceedings of Computer Graphics International (pp. 273-282).
Stavroulia, K.E., Christofi, M., Baka, E., Michael-Grigoriou, D., Magnenat-Thalmann, N., & Lanitis, A. (2019). Assessing the emotional impact of virtual reality-based teacher training. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm02 SES 02 A: Diversity in VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre A [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Lea Remmers
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Diversity-oriented Teachers for Vocational Education. Analysis and Modelling of Competence Requirements for Teacher Education and Training.

Daniela Moser1, Nicole Kimmelmann2, Susanne Miesera3, Silvia Pool Maag4

1University of Teacher Education Styria; 2Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg; 3Technische Universität München; 4Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich

Presenting Author: Moser, Daniela; Kimmelmann, Nicole

Changes in the European labour market, such as the number of vacant positions, new findings concerning the interdependence between social background and educational success, as well as new target groups resulting from the influx of refugees in recent years and the programmatic claim of inclusion of people with disabilities (Euler & Severin, 2020) pose societal challenges connected to diversity for European VET. International comparative VET research can make a decisive contribution here by sharing proven approaches and learning from each other (Pilz, 2017). At this point, ambiguous conceptual understandings in the context of diversity as well as a multitude of different approaches in dealing with diversity prove to be difficult.

Dealing with diversity is taken up by different concepts that either address individual diversity factors (e.g. disability, ethnic-cultural background) or diversity as a whole (e.g. broad understanding of inclusion, diversity management). The perspective on diversity, the distribution of roles in dealing with diversity as well as the associated changes in VET institutions and structures are also seen differently, depending on the concept and the understanding behind it. The authors (Kimmelmann et al, 2022; Pool Maag et al, submitted) suggest international comparative analysis focusing the wider interpretation of inclusion in dealing with diversity.

Common to all concepts is the goal of achieving equal opportunities for all learners, regardless of diversity factors. This presupposes the use of the learners' potential (potential orientation instead of deficit orientation) and requires a fundamental sensitisation and professionalisation of VET staff (Zoyke, 2016; Bach 2018) with a view to the challenges and opportunities of diversity as a cutting-cross category. However, this requires more research on diversity-oriented professionalisation of VET staff. In particular, there is a lack of analyses of competence requirements for vocational school teachers and student teachers connected to diversity in a broad sense, taking into account specific competences for dealing with individual diversity characteristics. This is where the present study comes in and investigates the following research question:

How to model competence requirements for an inclusive approach to diversity in teacher education for vocational schools?

Based on this question, the aim of the paper is to formulate recommendations/frameworks for teacher education for VET schools in the context of diversity-orientation, in order to contribute to inclusive, equitable and quality education.

For this, a discussion of competences and their modelling in teacher education must first take place. The understanding of competence is subject to various conceptualisations. Many models refer to Weinert's concept of competence (2001), which integrates cognitive abilities and motivational, volitional, and social skills. Competency models on professional action competencies have been developed since the 2000s, which structure the skills and abilities of (prospective) teachers in different competency facets and thus make them accessible to a detailed empirical investigation (Baumert & Kunter, 2011; Blömeke et al, 2010). The theoretical construct of action competence comprehensively combines those cognitive and noncognitive aspects into a complex system. Acting competent means to mobilise individual resources and orchestrate them in a complex situation (Rychen & Salganik, 2003).

Existing curricula, standards and competence models in teacher education addressing diversity can be differentiated whether they focus diversity and inclusion comprehensively or specific diversity factors only. In order to integrate the topic into teacher education and training on a most holistic level, the study incorporate broad and specific patterns at the same time.

Based on Weinert's tripartite understanding of competences as well as an analysis of general and diversity-related competence models/standards/curricula, a competence model was elaborated by four researchers from DACH countries (Germany, Austria, Switzerland) within the framework of the presented study, which anchors diversity as an integral part of a future-oriented teacher education for VET.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research is oriented towards social reality and provides methods to better understand complex processes and structures (Flick et al, 2019). This article deals with the constructs of diversity, competence models and teacher training in VET, the complexity of which can be found in different conceptual understandings on the one hand and appears even more complex in their relational contexts on the other. A qualitative literature analysis was chosen as the research method, the systematics of which were mapped in four steps.
In a first step (1), a literature search was conducted on the keywords competence, competence models, teacher education in general and for VET, diversity, diversity management, focusing on current literature from the year 2000 onwards. In addition, (2) the quality of the sources was checked in collaborative online sessions of the research team. For this purpose, the criteria system proposed by Döring & Bortz (2016) was adapted to the objectives of the article and the intersubjective comprehensibility, relevance, consistency and limitations of the studies were used as review criteria. The data obtained in this way were summarised in a table. Subsequently, (3) content analysis (Mayring, 2010) was applied by deriving categories inductively from the existing material. This step was carried out by paraphrasing, generalisation to a previously defined level of abstraction and a multi-level reduction of the text passages. From the analysis of the competence models, the categories "attitudes", "knowledge" and "skills" proved to be target-oriented for the assignment of competence requirements. In a parallel analytical step, (4) competences connected to dealing with diversity and inclusion were derived in a comparable analysis from curricula/standards/models in teacher education and training. Identified competences were paraphrased and summarized into units within the three-categorial structure.  Both general education and vocational training models were included.
Comparisons in the sense of interpersonal validation are recommended as a quality criterion of qualitative research (Döring & Bortz, 2016). Here, the communicative validation of the document analysis forms the process to check the validity of the analysis (Flick et al, 2019; Lamnek, 2010). This process took place with the involvement of the researchers and thus represents a form of expert validation. The results of the document analysis were evaluated with regard to their suitability, value and validity within the research group.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The result of this study is a model for teacher education and training in VET that maps competence requirements in the context of diversity along the three areas of attitudes, knowledge and skills. In the presentation of the results, a distinction is made as to whether the competence requirements are directed at teachers in all VET contexts, activity profiles and development levels (from novice to expert).  
While attitudes and internalised values/convictions influence the basic motivation to participate in diversity-oriented education, readiness to act, self-efficacy and self-regulation are decisive for a sustainable implementation of corresponding strategies in one's own actions as a teacher. The basis of the knowledge acquisition of teachers are fundamental areas of knowledge in connection with a diversity-oriented implementation of individual didactic approaches. More complex knowledge areas, on the other hand, pick up complementary knowledge that is crucial in key positions, such as diagnosis competences. The share of special educational knowledge (in the sense of knowledge about certain diversity characteristics, areas of support or concepts for dealing with it) is at the top of the competence model and can be counted among the expert knowledge of individual actors. Necessary skills and abilities of teachers can be located along three areas of action in connection with the implementation of an inclusion-oriented approach to diversity in vocational schools: 1. diversity-oriented organisational development and anchoring of structures, 2. cooperation with internal and external partners in the sense of an inclusion-oriented approach to diversity and 3. diversity-oriented methodology and didactics.
The results can be an occasion for a European discussion and corresponding projects dealing with the competences and their promotion (joint curricula development) as well as their evaluation.

References
Bach, A. (2018). Inklusive Didaktik und inklusionsbezogene Professionalisierung von Lehrkräften in der gewerblich-technischen Berufsbildung. In T. Tramm, M. Casper, T. Schlömer, & B. B. f. Berufsbildung (Eds.), Berichte zur beruflichen Bildung, Didaktik der beruflichen Bildung: Selbstverständnis, Zukunftsperspektiven und Innovationsschwerpunkte (1st ed., pp. 155–173). W. Bertelsmann Verlag.
Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2011). Das Kompetenzmodell von COACTIV. In M. Kunter, J. Baumert, W. Blum, U. Klusmann, S. Krauss, & M. Neubrand (Eds.), Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Ergebnisse des Forschungsprogramms COACTIV (pp. 29–53). Waxmann.
Blömeke, S., Kaiser, G. & Lehmann, R. (Hrsg.) (2010). TEDS-M 2008. Professionelle Kompetenz und Lerngelegenheiten angehender Mathematiklehrkräfte für die Sekundarstufe I im internationalen Vergleich.Waxmann.
Döring N., & Bortz J. (2016). Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Sozial- und Humanwissenschaften. (5. Aufl.). Springer.
Euler, D. & Severing, E. (2020). Heterogenität in der Berufsbildung – Vielfalt gestalten. Bertelsmann Stiftung (Hrsg.). Verfügbar unter: www.chance-ausbildung.de/heterogenitaet/hintergruende
Flick, U. Kardorff, E. & Steinke, I. (2019). Was ist qualitative Forschung? Einleitung und Überblick. In U. Flick, E. Kardorff & I. Steinke (Hrsg.), Qualitative Forschung (13. Aufl., S. 13–29). Rowohlt.
Kimmelmann, N., Miesera, S., Moser, D., & Pool Maag, S. (2022). Inclusion for all in VET? A comparative overview of policies and state of research about migration, integration and inclusion in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. In H. Moreno, Herrera et al. (Eds)., Migration and Inclusion in Work Life – The Role of VET. Emerging Issues in research on vocational Eduction & Training Vol. 7., (pp. 117–165).
Lamnek, S. (2010). Qualitative Sozialforschung. (5. Aufl.). Beltz Verlag.
Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. (11. Aufl.). Beltz Verlag.
Pilz, M. (2017). Typologien in der international-vergleichenden Berufsbildungsforschung. Funktionen und ein neuer Ansatz. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 63(6), 761–782.
Pool Maag, S., Kimmelmann, N., Miesera, S. & Moser, D. (submitted). Inklusionsorientierter Umgang mit Diversität. Analyse von Kompetenzanforderungen an Lehrkräfte für berufliche Schulen. Tagungsband der 7. Österreichischen Berufsbildungsforschungskonferenz. Bertelsmann.
Rychen, D. S., & Salganik, L. H. (Eds) (2003). Key competencies for a successful life and a well-functioning society. Hogrefe & Huber Publishers.
Weinert, F. E. (2001). Concept of competence: A conceptual clarification. In Defining and Selecting Key Competencies, 45–65.
Zoyke, A. (2016). Inklusive Berufsbildung in der Lehrerbildung für berufliche Schulen. Impressionen und Denkanstöße zur inhaltlichen und strukturellen Verankerung. In A. Zoyke & K. Vollmer (Eds.), Berichte zur beruflichen Bildung: Vol. 18. Inklusion in der Berufsbildung: Befunde – Konzepte – Diskussionen (1st ed., pp. 207–237). W. Bertelsmann Verlag.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Considerations on Diversity-Sensitive Approaches in Youth Vocational Assistance regarding Non-Fittings and Resistance of Participants and Teachers

Songuel Cora1, Paula Matthies2, Lea Remmers2, Dr. Natalie Pape2, Prof. Dr. Helmut Bremer1

1University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany; 2Leibniz-Universiy of Hannover, Germany

Presenting Author: Cora, Songuel; Remmers, Lea

Even though Germany is an industrialized country, it continues to have low levels of basic literacy skills. According to the results of the Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC) in 2012, adults in Germany have lower literacy proficiency than the OECD average (Rammstedt et al. 2013). Moreover, 6.2 million adults or 12% of the working-age population in Germany are considered "low literate" by the leo. – Level-One Study (Grotlüschen & Buddeberg 2020), which focuses on the lowest competence level of the International Adult Literacy Survey (IALS). Based on the New Literacy Studies (Barton & Hamilton 1998) and ethnographic approaches, literacy can be defined as a social practice which is integrated into people's living environment and ascribed with subjective meaning. Therefore, it is important, "to distinguish dominant literacy from vernacular" (Street 1992, p. 51). With reference to Bourdieu's theoretical concept of habitus and field (1982, 1987), the diversity of literacy practices also results from different habitus- and milieu-specific approaches to written language (Pape 2018). These practices can show up in plural forms and are also embedded in power structures. Beside "legitimate literacy" (Grotlüschen et al. 2009) proficiency various areas of life and competence, such as media, health, finance, or politics, determine opportunities for participation in society. This perspective ties in with an extended concept of basic education, which opposes a more functional understanding of basic education that is limited to written language (Duncker-Euringer 2017).

Within the German National Decade for Literacy and Basic Education various development projects are being promoted (BMBF, 2018), which also encompass 'unconventional' places of learning or learning formats. For instance, concepts of work-oriented basic education use 'outreach' strategies, whereby the place of learning is shifted towards the vocational world and work-related learning processes are initiated (Frey & Menke 2021). Moreover, young people in youth vocational assistance show low literacy levels (BAG OERT 2015) and thus can be taken into consideration as a new target group of work-oriented basic education. Since these young people do not directly enter the working world after leaving school and initially find themselves in the so-called ‘transition system’ being accompanied by teachers e.g., concerning their traineeships for orientation and job applications. The support of those participants is linked to specific labour market needs, which criteria are described in the catalogue for training maturity of the federal employment agency (Bundesagentur für Arbeit 2009) and refer to the German activation policy of 'carrot and stick'. Peoples’ self-determined career prospects are then often marginalized or 'cooled down' by the agency in favour of increasing opportunities on the labour market as well as the goal of gainful employment (Walther 2014). Coming back to Bourdieu’s field theory, one could regard people who criticize the labour market conditions and, hence, oppose the field’s “doxa” (Bourdieu), as resistant preservers of their own agency. Our presentation therefore outlines these strategies of resistance: How is resistance expressed by participants in youth vocational assistance and related to their own biography and social background? Considering plural educational settings, it is intended to focus on the diversity of participants and, subsequently, explore how their diverse resistant practices are recognised by teachers with (potentially) different biographic and social background. Finally, we will relate to what extent resistance and its assumed emancipatory potential are being supported in the terms of youth vocational assistance. Our joint research project GABO (German abbreviation for Basic Education in the Context of Work and Vocational Orientation) provides the basis for these considerations, in which the perspectives of participants and teachers in their daily practice in youth vocational assistance are captured and intertwined.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample of the qualitative research consists of both, teachers working in youth vocational assistance and of participants in these particular settings. To collect our data, we conducted interviews gaining insights into the individuals’ biography and subjective meaning of the specific educational context. The collected data is being analysed with an interpretive-reconstructive approach called habitus hermeneutics (Bremer & Teiwes-Kügler 2013). This analysis method is based on the habitus-field theory of Bourdieu (1982) who states that the habitus as a "unifying principle" (of patterns of perception, conception, and action) is dialectically linked to social milieus: the habitus is acquired as a part of socialization in the social milieu of origin while the latter is shaped by the habitus bringing forth social practices of the subjects located within the social milieu. Among others, these practices refer to the conduct of life on the subjective level and the social position (education decisions, occupation, etc.) or capital configuration on the objective level. This approach is compatible with the concept of literacy as a social practice (Street 1992). It enables to highlight milieu-specific differences in literacy practices and corresponding valuations in relation to these practices. By means of this methodology, we aim to reconstruct the milieu-specific habitus of the subjects within the sample in order to draw conclusions about fitting dynamics between participants and teachers, as well as gaining insight about possible structural inequalities being reproduced within educational settings. Referring to a wide understanding of basic education we furthermore aspire to unveil the emancipatory potential within educational settings based on milieu-specific practices of resistance.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Considering the methodological procedure described above, individual habitus patterns of participants and teachers are being reconstructed and analysed regarding their fitting dynamics. Hence, non-fittings and discrepancies concerning the field and its inherent requirements bear the potential for resistance and can be a starting point for a wide understanding of basic education. Further results show that participants explicate and defend their interests and wishes for a career correlating with high aspirations instead of anticipating the allocation mechanisms associated in the field of youth vocational assistance. This issue ties in with the transition research in Switzerland by Luca Preite (2022), who examined the struggle of participants for their scope of action. Due to their habitus, some teachers tend to create educational 'free spaces' and therefore contribute to the participants’ self-determination and emancipation. At the same time, they are prone to have a certain proximity to the field-specific expectations, which can conflict with the needs and interests of the participants. Overall, our findings offer an insight to diverse practices of resistance related to the habitus and based on that, suggest sensitivity for inequities. Finally, emphasising the ability to criticise and judge as resources becomes a relevant focus to elaborate a wide concept of basic education.
References
BAG OERT (2015). Expertise funktionaler Analphabetismus bei Jugendlichen in Einrichtungen der Jugendberufshilfe. Dresden: BAG OERT.  https://www.bbg-lauda.de/files/bbg-lauda/Downloads/Alpha_Expertise__final.pdf (access on: January 29th, 2023)
Barton, D. & Hamilton, M. (1998): Local Literacies. London: Routledge.
BMBF (2018). Grundbildung fördern – Chancen eröffnen: Die Nationale Dekade für Alphabetisierung und Grundbildung. Bielefeld: wbv Media.
Bourdieu, P. (1987). Sozialer Sinn. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp.
Bourdieu, P. (1982). Die feinen Unterschiede. Kritik der gesellschaftlichen Urteilskraft. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp.
Bundesagentur für Arbeit (2009): Nationaler Pakt für Ausbildung und Fachkräftenachwuchs – Kriterienkatalog zur Ausbildungsreife. Nürnberg: Bundesagentur für Arbeit. https://www.arbeitsagentur.de/datei/dok_ba015275.pdf (access on: January 24th, 2023)
Bremer, H. & Teiwes-Kügler, C. (2013). Zur Theorie und Praxis der „Habitus-Hermeneutik“. In A. Brake, H. Bremer & A. Lange-Vester (Hrsg.), Empirisch arbeiten mit Bourdieu Theoretische und methodische Überlegungen, Konzeptionen und Erfahrungen (pp. 93-129). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
Duncker-Euringer, C. (2017). Was ist Grundbildung? In B. Menke & W. Riekmann (Hrsg.), Politische Grundbildung. Inhalte – Zielgruppen – Herausforderungen (S. 13-33), unter Mitarbeit von A. Frey. Schwalbach/Ts.: Wochenschau Verlag.
Frey, A. & Menke, B. (Hrsg.). (2021). Basiskompetenz am Arbeitsplatz stärken. Erfahrungen mit arbeitsorientierter Grundbildung. Bielefeld: wbv.
Grotlüschen, A. & Buddeberg, K. (Hrsg.). (2020). LEO 2018. Leben mit geringer Literalität. Bielefeld: wbv.
Grotlüschen, A., Heinemann, A. M. B. & Nienkemper, B. (2009). Die unterschätzte Macht legitimer Literalität. In REPORT Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 2009(4), pp. 55-67.
Pape, N. (2018). Literalität als milieuspezifische Praxis. Eine qualitative Untersuchung aus einer Habitus- und Milieuperspektive zu Teilnehmenden an Alphabetisierungskursen. Münster: Waxmann.
Preite, L. (2022). Widerstand als Selbstbehauptung. „Gefährdete“ Jugendliche im Berufsbildungs- und Übergangssystem. Bielefeld: transcript Verlag.
Rammstedt, B. et al. (Hrsg.). (2013). Grundlegende Kompetenzen Erwachsener im internationalen Vergleich: Ergebnisse von PIAAC 2012. Münster: Waxmann. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-360687 (access on: January 19th, 2023)
Street, B. V. (1992): Sociocultural Dimensions of Literacy: Literacy in an International Context. In: UNESCO-Institut für Pädagogik (Hrsg.): The Future of Literacy and The Literacy of the Future. Report of the Seminar on Adult Literacy in Industrialized Countries (Hamburg, Germany, December 4-7), pp. 41-53.
Walther, A. (2014). Der Kampf um „realistische Berufsperspektiven“. Cooling-Out oder Aufrechterhaltung von Teilhabeansprüchen im Übergangssystem? In U. Karl (Hrsg.), Rationalitäten des Übergangs in Erwerbsarbeit (pp. 118–135). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm02 SES 02 B: Access to VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre B [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Anett Friedrich
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Between Myth and Reality: the True Inclusive Impact of the Dual Model

Lorenzo Bonoli1, Fernando Marhuenda-Fluixá2

1Swiss federal university for VET, Switzerland; 2University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Bonoli, Lorenzo; Marhuenda-Fluixá, Fernando

In recent years, VET in its dual organization model has attracted extraordinary interest worldwide (Markowitsch and Wittig, 2020). The resistance of countries such as Germany and Switzerland to the 2008 financial crisis placed their dual apprenticeship model at the center of international debates, making it a kind of “miracle recipe” that would not only provide skilled workers, but also help to control youth unemployment. The dual model is often referred to as an “anti-unemployment recipe” that could be transposed from Switzerland or Germany to other countries to solve the problem of youth unemployment (Jäger et alii 2016, Gessler 2019), including Spain (Cámara de Comercio de España, 2015; Carrasco et al. 2021).

But beyond these exciting declarations and glittering promises, we must ask what the true impact of the dual model on youth unemployment is. More precisely, the questions we would like to address in our contribution are the following:

- To what extent is it possible to establish a direct causal relationship between the development of the dual model and low youth unemployment?

- To what extent can the dual model actually be considered as a form of organization of VET that ensures a high level of integration of those who would otherwise be at risk of becoming unemployed?

- To what extent, according to given socio-economic conditions, school-based forms of VET are able to ensure the integration of young people in upper secondary education.

The questions asked here are complex and require nuanced responses (Stolz Gonon 2012). If we compare national data on youth unemployment and participation in dual-track programmes, we can see a certain correlation. However, further analysis requires caution in interpreting this correlation, as there are many factors influencing the youth unemployment rate (national economic situation, availability of full-time schools at upper secondary level, staying in the family etc.). (Marhuenda-Fluixá, 2018; Wolter et alii, 2018, p. 116)

At the same time, the dual model relies heavily on the participation of companies, which are more concerned with identifying motivated young people with strong profiles for training than with responding to social policy issues. Considering this aspect, it is questionable whether dual model is a better instrument to integrate as many young people as possible and in particular also young people with weaker profiles then full-time schools. (Imdorf 2016, Marhuenda 2019)

To better understand this apparent paradox, we will analyse in depth the integrative scope of VET in Switzerland and Spain. Switzerland is a country with a long tradition of the dual model and is currently the European country with the highest rate of young people in this type of training and at the same time it is among the countries with the lowest youth unemployment rates (Wettstein, Schmid, Gonon 2014). Spain is a country with a vocational training system organized around full-time schools, but for a decade now initiatives to develop dual VET have been taking place in order to react, officially, to the high rate of young unemployment (Martìnez-Morales & Marhuenda 2020, Marhuenda 2019).

It will therefore be interesting to ask whether, on the one hand, the Swiss dual apprenticeship model appears to be an effective tool for the integration of young people into upper secondary education and whether, on the other hand, data of the laste decade about VET in Spain suggest that the already well established full-time vocational schools have a hight capacity to integrate even without being dual. Two issues deserve our attention here: the contrast between dual and non-dual VET, and the labor market and active employment policies, including specific form of apprenticeship contracts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our presentation, we will base on an analysis of the literature available on this subject in Switzerland and in Spain. (For Switzerland, see in particular: Imdorf 2016, Meyer 2018, Bonoli L. 2021, Bonoli G. & Emmenegger 2020, Bolli et alii 2015. For Spain see in particular: Martínez-Morales & Marhuenda 2020, Marhuenda 2019, Martínez-Morales and Marhuenda 2022).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our presentation will allow us to temper the enthusiasm around the integrative capacity of the dual model. Our analysis shows that for the dual system to work properly, it is essential that training companies are able to select young apprentices themselves, from among motivated young people with relatively strong academic profiles. The demands of companies for strong profiles mean that young people with weak profiles are at great risk of not finding an apprenticeship place.  
The situation in Switzerland shows this very clearly. Every year about 12% of young people do not find an apprenticeship place after leaving the lower secondary education and have to wait a year in transitional solutions before starting a vocational training (Meyer 2018). And, at the same time, recent studies show how the measures adopted to improve the inclusiveness of the Swiss system are limited to measures external to the system, which try to improve the profiles of young people so that they can find an apprenticeship place, but without touching the selective structure of the system (Bonoli G. & Emmenegger 2020).
The conclusions are similar also for Spain. Even if the dual model is younger and involves a smaller number of young people, the first experiences show a clear tendency of this model to privilege the strongest profiles and to exclude the weakest ones, and this despite the initial intentions of these initiatives which aimed at a better integration of boosting employability of youth at risk of exclusion (Vila and Chisvert 2018). Furthermore, data show that the school-based VET has increased its popularity and attractiveness in the past decade, even without the expansion of the dual modality (Martínez-Morales and Marhuenda-Fluixá 2020, 2022).

References
Bolli, T., & et alii. (2015). Für wen erhöhte sich das Risiko in der Schweiz, arbeitslos zu werden? KOF Studies 65, 1-86.
Bonoli, G., & Emmenegger, P. (2020). The limits of decentralized cooperation: promoting inclusiveness in collective skill formation systems? Journal of European Public Policy, 1-18.
Bonoli, L. (2021). Tensions et compromis du « modèle suisse » de formation professionnelle. In N. Lamamra, et alii (Eds.), Finalités et usages de la formation professionnelle (pp. 57-77). Antipode.
Cámara de Comercio de España (2015). Factores de éxito de la formación profesional dual. Cámara de España.
Jaeger, M., Maurer, M., & Faessler, M. (2016). Exportartikel Berufsbildung? Internationale Bildungszusammenarbeit zwischen Armutsreduktion und Wirtschaftsförderung. HEP.
Wolter, S., & et alii (Eds.). (2018). L’éducation en Suisse. Rapport 2018. CSRE. Aarau.
Gessler, M. (2019). Concepts of apprenticeschip: Strengths, Weaknesses and Pitfalls. In S. Mc Grath & E. alii (Eds.), Handbook of VET : Developments in the Changing World of Work (pp. 2-28). Springer.
Imdorf, C. (2016). Diskriminierung in der beruflichen Bildung. In A. Scherr, A. El-Mafaalani, & E. Gökcen Yüksel (Eds.), Handbuch Diskriminierung (pp. 1-14). Springer.
Marhuenda-Fluixá, F. (2018). La formación profesional dual en los sistemas europeos. En Valcarce, M.; Diz, M.J. y Rial, A.F. (eds.) A formación profesional dual: Dúos ou duetos?, 17-36. Santiago de Compostela: USC.
Marhuenda-Fluixà, F. (Ed.). (2019). The School Based Vocational Eduaction and Training System in Spain. Achievements and Controversies. Springer.
Markowitsch, J. & Wittig, W. (2020). Understanding differences between apprenticeship programmes in Europe: towards a new conceptual framework for the changing notion of apprenticeship. Journal of VET.
Martínez-Morales, I., & Marhuenda-Fluixà. (2020). Vocational education and training in Spain: steady improvement and increasing value. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1-20.
Martínez-Morales, I., & Marhuenda-Fluixá, F. (2022). Redefining education and work relations: vet overcoming the financial crisis in spain. In M. Malloch et alii  The SAGE handbook of learning and work (pp. 602-619). SAGE Publications Ltd,
Meyer, T. (2018). Vers une sociographie des apprenti(e)s en Suisse : Réflexions à partir des données TREE. In L. Bonoli, et alii (Eds.), Enjeux de la formation professionnelle en Suisse. (pp. 129-155). Seismo.
Stolz, S., & Gonon, P. (Eds) (2012). Challenges and Reforms in Vocational Education. Aspects of Inclusion and Exclusion. Peter Lang.
Vila, J. & Chisvert, M.J. (2018). Luces y sombras de la formación profesional dual en el sistema educativo español. Tirant.
Wettstein, E., Schmid, E., & Gonon, P. (2014). Berufsbildung in der Schweiz. HEP.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

School Leaving Certificates and Dual Vocational Education and Training - The Role of Firms as Gatekeeper in Germany

Anett Friedrich

Federal Institute for Vocational Educati, Germany

Presenting Author: Friedrich, Anett

Firms are important gatekeepers for the transition from school to dual VET (Kohlrausch 2012). The hiring decisions of firms structure the transitions and determine which youths enter the dual VET system. In recent years, two trends can be observed in the transition from school to vocational training in Germany: On the one hand, the transition is becoming increasingly difficult for young people with a lower secondary school leaving certificate or less (Kleinert/Jacob 2012), and on the other hand, the number of young people starting vocational training with Abitur (highest German school-leaving certificate which acts as university entrance certificate) is rising (Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung 2022, p.177).

So far, little is known about the role of firms in these trends. This study addresses this gap. The aim is to investigate which firm characteristics contribute to the fact that graduates with Abitur or lower secondary school graduates are hired as apprentices.

The results of my analyses are of interest for all European countries with a VET system since it widens the knowledge about the mechanism driving inequality between apprentices. My findings help to understand how firms influence the inequalities between young people with different school-leaving certificates which are often linked to the individual social and migration background.

The qualification structure of a firm should influence which school-certificates newly hired apprentices have. Firms with higher levels of human capital are more productive (Crook et al., 2011) and should have higher requirements for the human capital resources and thereby productivity of their hired apprentices. Youngsters with Abitur who spend more time in school invested more and acquired more human capital (Becker, 1964), can signal with their certificate a higher productivity (Spence, 1973) and hence are more likely to meet the high requirements of highly productive firms.

Furthermore, firms search for apprentices who fit into their team, e.g. concerning their age (Imdorf, 2012) or their migration background (Imdorf, 2010). The fit between employees concerning their qualification background and hence their productivity might be a further dimension firms keep in mind when hiring apprentices. Employees with a university degree and apprentices with Abitur share the same school-leaving certificate and are more equal than employees with a university degree and apprentices with a lower or medium school-leaving certificate. Taking both argumentations together, I argue that firms with a share of employees with a university degree hire more apprentices with Abitur.

Recently firms in Germany suffer under unfilled training positions which makes it more difficult for them to secure their demand for skilled labour (Leber and Schwengler, 2021). Firms can meet this problem by withdrawing from dual training and hiring skilled employees from the external labour market. However, this startagy implies that the firms loos the advantage of dual VET and only works if enough skilled labour is available on the external labour market. Another possibility of firms is reducing the requirements for the school-leaving certificate.

The training strategy of firms influences training decisions. Theoretically one can distinguish two strategies: the production- and investment-oriented strategy (Lindley, 1975; Merrilees, 1983). I argue that firms following an investment-oriented strategy depend on apprentices not leaving the firm after training to secure their investments. However, apprentices with Abitur might leave the firm after training to study at an university. So, I assume firms following an investment-oriented strategy to hire less apprentices with Abitur. In contrast, firms following a production-oriented strategy are not dependent apprentices staying in the firm after their graduation. Instead that they prefer to hire school-leavers with Abitur because they are more productive, need less instructions and hence generate higher returns for the firms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study uses data from the BIBB Training Panel, which is based on a random sample and is representative of German firms with at least one employee subjected to social security contributions  (cf. Friedrich and Lukowski, 2023 (im Erscheinen)). I use a longitudinal data set covering the years 2011 to 2019 (cf. Friedrich et al., 2022). Even though the data of the BIBB Training Panel is also available, I have decided to not include later years because of the Corona Pandemic which also effected the VET system in Germany (cf. Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung, 2021) and may bias the effects I am interested in.
To analyse changes in VET within one firm I only keep firms which at least trained apprentices twice during this period. The final data set includes 12,890 observations from 3,622 training firms with between 792 and 2,124 observation per year. Their firms participated on average in 3.5 und up to 9 waves of the BIBB Training Panel.
I use fixed-effect models to estimate the effects of my dependent variables which are the share of high qualified employees, unfilled training-positions (with a time lack of two years) and training motives of the firm. Since I use a fixed-effect models the effects I found can be interpreted causally.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results indicate that the higher share of high qualified employees, the higher is also the share of newly hired apprentices with Abitur. In contrast, the higher the amount of unfilled training positions, the higher is the share of newly hired apprentices with a lower secondary school-leaving certificate. Concerning the training motives, I find that firms following an investment-oriented strategy higher more apprentices with a lower secondary school-leaving certificate.
My results show that firm characteristics influence the chances young people with different school-leaving certificates to enter a dual VET in Germany. For further research it would be interesting if the same is true for other countries with a VET system such as Switzerland.
In addition, my analyses help on the one hand to identify why young people with a lower secondary school leaving certificate have problems finding a training place and on the other hand which firms give them a chance. Since these young people often have a migration background and a lower socioeconomic status, integrating them via dual vocational training could help increase diversity in firms. This knowledge might not only help to improve the German but also other VET systems.

References
Autorengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung (2018), Bildung in Deutschland 2018. Ein indikatorengestützter Bericht mit einer Analyse zu Bildung in einer digitalisierten Welt, wbv Publikation, Bielefeld.
Becker, G.S. (1964), Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education, National Bureau of Economic Research, New York.
Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (2022), Datenreport zum Berufsbildungsbericht 2022. Informationen und Analysen zur Entwicklung der beruflichen Bildung, Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung, Bonn.
Crook, T.R., Todd, S.Y., Combs, J.G., Woehr, D.J. and Ketchen, D.J. (2011), “Does human capital matter? A meta-analysis of the relationship between human capital and firm performance”, Journal of Applied Psychology, Vol. 96 No. 3, pp. 443–45
Friedrich, A., Gerhards, C., Mohr, S. and Troltsch, K. (2022), BIBB Training Panel – An Establishment Panel on Training and Competence Development 2011 to 2019 long. GWA_1.0, Bonn.
Friedrich, A. and Lukowski, F. (forthcoming), “BIBB Establishment Panel on Training and Competence Development – The longitudinal data set”, Soziale Welt.
Imdorf, C. (2010), “Wie Ausbildungsbetriebe soziale Ungleichheit reproduzieren: Der Ausschluss von Migrantenjugendlichen bei der Lehrlingsselektion”, in Bildungsungleichheit revisited, VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, 259–274.
Imdorf, C. (2012), “Zu jung oder zu alt für eine Lehre? Altersdiskriminierung bei der Ausbildungsplatzvergabe”, Zeitschrift für Arbeitsmarktforschung, 45(1), 79–98.
Jacob, M. and Solga, H. (2015), “Germany’s vocational education and training system in transformation: Changes in the participation of low-and high-achieving youth over time”, European Sociological Review, 31(2), 161–171.
Kleinert, C. and Jacob, M. (2012), “Strukturwandel des Übergangs in eine berufliche Ausbildung”, in Becker, R. and Solga, H. (Eds.), Soziologische Bildungsforschung. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie. Sonderheft 52, Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden, 211–233.
Kohlrausch, B. (2012), “Betriebe als Gatekeeper”, Sozialer Fortschritt, pp. 257–265.
Leber, U. and Schwengler, B. (2021), Betriebliche Ausbildung in Deutschland: Unbesetzte Ausbildungsplätze und vorzeitig gelöste Verträge erschweren Fachkräftesicherung, IAB-Kurzbericht, Nürnberg, available at: http://hdl.handle.net/10419/234216.
Lindley, R.M. (1975), “The Demand for Apprentice Recruits by the Engineering Industry, 1951-71”, Scottish Journal of Political Economy, Vol. 22 No. 1, pp. 1–24.
Merrilees, W.J. (1983), “Alternative models of apprentice recruitment: with special reference to the British engineering industry”, Applied Economics, Vol. 15 No. 1, pp. 1–21.
Spence, M. (1973), “Job market signaling”, The Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 87 No. 3, pp. 355–374.
Thurow, L.C. (1975), Generating inequality, Basic books, New York.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm02 SES 02 C: Assessment and Feedback in VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 2 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Ann Karin Sandal
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Zooming in on Assessment: an Analytical Model for Investigating Changes in Assessment in VET

Karin Luomi-Messerer, Monika Auzinger

3s, Austria

Presenting Author: Luomi-Messerer, Karin; Auzinger, Monika

As education in general and VET systems in particular are influenced by and responsive to external drivers as well as policy or ideological considerations, assessment practices are also influenced by various factors and trends, such as social, demographic, economic, environmental, and technological trends and developments. Assessment is in particular influenced by changes related to educational principles and practices. Some factors that potentially shape the evolution of assessment in VET include, for example, the broadening of the skills and competence base of VET with a strengthened emphasis on general subjects and an increased focus on transversal skills and competences as well as changes in the organisation and delivery of VET (such as an increased focus on work-based learning). Also the growing emphasis on accountability can influence how assessment is organised and shaped. Additional contributing factors include the vast technological developments and digitalisation as well as the upskilling and reskilling needs of adults that are gradually driving authorities and providers to open up to new groups of learners.
Examining assessment approaches in VET in different countries and how they have developed over time can provide important insights into how learners’ competences and achievement of intended learning outcomes are determined, how evidence on an individual’s progress and achievement of learning goals is collected and judged and for what purposes the results are used.

The key research question underpinning this paper therefore is as follows: Which are the prevalent assessment forms applied in initial VET in Europe, how have these evolved during the past 25 years and what future trends can be identified?

This research applies an analytical framework that builds on Cedefop's (2020) ‘Three Perspectives Model for VET’, which comprises an epistemological and pedagogical perspective, an education system perspective and a socioeconomic perspective. This model includes diachronic (referring to changes over history within a country) and synchronic (comparisons between countries) analyses of VET systems and the development of corresponding patterns or profiles based on the interplay of characteristics.

While the original model includes assessment as one of the features of the epistemological and pedagogical perspective, a more detailed analysis of assessment approaches and their evolvement requires further differentiation of this dimension. This paper therefore ‘zooms in on assessment’ and identifies the following key areas to be explored for gaining insights into the changes in assessment: (a) main purposes and functions of assessment, (b) scope, focus and content of assessment, (c) reference points and criteria for assessments, (d) methods, tools and context of assessment and stakeholders involved, (e) alignment between intended learning outcomes, delivery of programmes and assessment criteria, (f) key technical characteristics ensuring quality of assessment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, several research methods and datasets were used, including desk research for conducting a comprehensive literature review for refining the analytical framework, specifying the key areas to be explored and identifying changes in assessment over time as well as future trends. Input from various experts across Europe and results of a survey among European VET providers were also used. The main source of information, however, were seven thematic case studies in seven countries (each focussing on specific features of assessment and related change processes) that were conducted based on desk research and interviews with relevant key stakeholders. The countries featured in the case studies include Austria, Croatia, Estonia, Finland, Lithuania, the Netherlands, and Poland. The research was conducted in 2021 and 2022.
The analytical framework provided the basis for both the design of the research instruments and the analysis of the data collected. Although the analytical model has some limitations (e.g. some of the dimensions refer to dichotomous characteristics and variants while others do not, and the model applies an artificial separation and differentiation of some dimensions that are actually closely related), the approach used in this study generally allowed for the identification of changes and trends in assessment.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings show that assessment approaches in VET are continuously being reformed in many countries, indicating their importance in improving the quality and value of VET. The way in which assessment has evolved during the period of study is closely related to changes in the way qualifications and curricula are described and organised. The shift towards learning outcomes and the increased focus on flexible learning pathways has led to the introduction of new approaches to assessment. Closer links to the labour market and employer involvement in all aspects of VET can be seen as driving the introduction of assessment methods that are also closely related to the labour market (in terms of locations, tasks to be solved or stakeholders involved in the assessment).
The developments that can be observed in European countries often do not follow a a linear process. In some cases, it is a matter of striving for an improved approach that is modified repeatedly, and at the same time there may be opposing tendencies. A kind of pendulum effect can be observed in some cases. For example, traditionally there has been a strong emphasis on summative assessment, while overall, an expansion of assessment functions, including formative assessment, can be observed. The latter aims at supporting learning and seems to be strengthened in several countries as a kind of countermeasure to the strong focus on summative assessment. There is also an increasing focus on standardised and external assessments, which are often used to ensure a high level of reliability of assessment, alongside an increasing use of workplace demonstrations of competence which can ensure authenticity and validity. However, trying to achieve different goals with assessment at the same time can lead to tensions (e.g. when accountability and reliability on the one hand and validity and authenticity on the other are to be achieved).

References
Cedefop (2020). Vocational education and training in Europe, 1995-2035: Scenarios for European vocational education and training in the 21st century. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop reference series, No. 114.
Cedefop (2022). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: volume 3:  the influence of assessments on vocational learning. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper, No 90.
Coates, H. (2018). Assessing learning outcomes in vocational education. In: S. McGrath, S. et al. (eds). Handbook of vocational education and training:  developments in the changing world of work, pp. 1-17.
Field, S. (2021). A world without maps? Assessment in technical education: a report to the Gatsby Foundation.
Gulikers, J.T.M., et al. (2018). An assessment innovation as flywheel for changing
teaching and learning. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, Vol. 70, No 2, pp. 212-231.
Michaelis, C. and Seeber, S. (2019). Competence-based tests: measurement challenges of competence development in vocational education and training. The future of vocational education and training in Europe. Volume 3, In: Handbook of vocational education and training: developments in the changing world of work, pp. 1-20.
Nyanjom, J. et al. (2020). Integrating authentic assessment tasks in work integrated learning hospitality internships. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, pp. 1-23.
OECD (2013). Synergies for better learning: an international perspective on evaluation and assessment. Paris: OECD Publishing.
Panadero, E. et al. (2018). Self-assessment for learning in vocational education and training. In: Handbook of vocational education and training: developments in the changing world of work, pp. 1-12.
Pellegrino, J.W. et al. (2016). A framework for conceptualizing and evaluating the validity of instructionally relevant assessments. Educational Psychologist.
Psifidou, I. (2014). Redesigning curricula across Europe: implications for learners’ assessment in vocational education and training. In: Empires, post-coloniality and interculturality. Brill Sense, pp. 135-150.
Räisänen, A. and Räkköläinen, M. (2014). Assessment of learning outcomes in Finnish vocational education and training. Assessment in Education, Vol. 21, No 1, pp. 109-124.
Siarova, H. et al. (2017). Assessment practices for 21st century learning: review of evidence: analytic report. NESET II report, Luxembourg: Publications Office.
Tveit, S. (2018). Ambitious and ambiguous: shifting purposes of national testing in the legitimation of assessment policies in Norway and Sweden (2000-2017). Assessment in Education, Vol. 25, No 3, pp. 327-350
Winch, C. (2016). Assessing professional know‐how. Journal of Philosophy of Education, Vol. 50, No 4, pp. 554-572.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

A Tool for the Self-Assessment of Informal Learning for Workers in the Metal and Electrical Industry

Martin Fischer

Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Germany

Presenting Author: Fischer, Martin

One of the earliest practical attempts in Germany towards the recognition of informally acquired competences was a sector specific one in the metal and electrical industry of the German state Baden Württemberg. Although the relevance of the formal VET system in Germany has often been highlighted there is a remarkable number of employees who do not have a formal qualification and cannot prove their competences (in Baden-Württemberg 13.65 % of all employees in 2020).

It is a generally shared assumption that many competences - and especially work-relevant competences - are acquired through learning in the process of work (Boreham et al. 2002, Fischer et al. 2004). However, informally, non-formally and formally acquired competences are difficult to distinguish from each other. The same competence, e.g. mastery of a certain machine, may have been acquired informally (e.g. by "copying" from colleagues), non-formally (e.g. in a course) or formally (e.g. in initial vocational training). And competences are also acquired informally in formal settings, e.g. teamwork skills when learning in groups, or foreign language skills in specialised training. Formal/informal/non-formal learning are therefore – in contrast to many definitions (CEDEFOP 2009, OECD 2006, BMBF not discrete categories that can be completely separated from each other, but attributes that have been assigned to learning by the state and society (Colley et al. 2003). It follows from this: If one wants to record informally acquired competences, one cannot exclude anything from the spectrum of relevant competences from the outset.

The task of recording competences of employees in the metal and electrical industry was posed in several projects funded by the state of Baden-Württemberg and supported by the social partners. Against this background, an online tool was to be developed and then made available to any person interested in taking stock of their competences. Under such a premise, it quickly became apparent in an empirical study involving ten companies that employees in the metal and electrical industry have little use for the competence designations discussed in vocational education (Fischer et al. 2014) - at least as a means of self-assessment.

What people can give more information about are the tasks they perform or have performed and mastered in gainful employment. However, one encounters the fact that these tasks are described differently from person to person: What for one person means "maintaining machines and equipment" is for another "repair” and for a third "keeping the machines running". Therefore, task descriptions as a structure for classification and a framework for self-reflection must be presented in a generally understandable form so that people can express themselves in terms of "I can" or "I can't" and so that these statements can then be compared. This is done through so-called task inventories (Frieling et al. 2000), whereby work tasks in a professional field of activity are described and presented in a structured form. In the presentation it will be described how such task inventories were developed and transposed into an online tool, which is now freely available and translated into five languages. Advantages and disadvantages of using such a tool for the recognition of prior learning will be discussed in a final conclusion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The instrument for making informally acquired competences visible was developed and tested in a participatory technology development process (cf. Fischer 2000, p. 249 et seq.) with the involvement of social partners, personnel managers, works councils, chambers, employment agencies, scientists and those affected.
In order to identify work tasks in the metal and electrical industry, an interview study and workplace observations were carried out. The project involved 75 interviews in 10 companies. The analysis of work activities focused mainly on semi-skilled and unskilled workers, but also on skilled workers. Technical supervisors were also interviewed where they could provide information on the nature, extent and systematisation of the work involved. It was important to include in the study people who were actively involved in the work activities, i.e. who either carried them out themselves or were supervisors of those who carried them out. Human resources staff, managers and works councils were also involved, as these are the people involved in personnel decisions.
Regardless of whether competences have been acquired through learning in the process of work or in institutional learning environments, it always requires a separate reflection on what kind of skills have emerged from the respective learning process. If it is and should be the subjects themselves (as in our projects) who document and make visible their skills, then a framework must be provided that simultaneously offers a stimulus for reflection and a structure for classification. This framework is provided by a task inventory.
However, such an inventory of tasks did not exist for the metal and electrical industry. We had to develop it first. All kinds of information were used for this purpose (training regulations, framework curricula, (company) qualification profiles, job advertisements, German Industrial Standards and the collective wage agreement).
Expert surveys were conducted to validate the task inventory. Furthermore, interested workers were able to test the competence tool for the recognition of informally acquired competences in a participatory pre-test phase and thus help to optimise the usability of the tool. These tests were accompanied scientifically and served to further develop, test acceptance and validate the task inventory.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The developed tool AiKomPass (www.aikompass.de) is available online in five languages (German, English, French, Italian and Swedish) and can be used free of charge. With AiKomPass, users can select from a structured list those tasks that they are able to perform and/or that they are currently still performing. The tasks come from the fields of work preparation, production, maintenance and production and warehouse logistics in the metal and electrical industry. So-called digital competences have been added in the meantime. This specialist task inventory is expanded to include activities that are important in their free time, as well as the option to store a CV including references, certificates, etc. The result is an individual overall profile that can be used for personal and professional development and in the validation of informally acquired competences. However, the validation of self-assessed competences requires further analysis and interpretation by relevant experts.
The test phase and subsequent pilots have shown that interested people (even without a formal vocational qualification) can use AiKomPass and create an individual competence profile for themselves. However, the problem with this type of competence diagnostics qua self-assessment is that the possible scope of mastered work tasks alone says little about the quality of task processing. But at least information is provided on the scope of an individual competence profile, and this scope can be compared with the scope required in a training occupational profile, whereas all known procedures of vocational competence diagnostics in Germany attempt to derive statements for the overall vocational qualification from a more or less small section of competences tested in greater depth (cf. Fischer 2018).
For future research and development, the question therefore arises as to how self-assessment procedures can interact with "objective" procedures of competence diagnostics.

References
BMBF - Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (2020): Weiterbildungsverhalten in Deutschland 2020. Ergebnisse des Adult Education Survey — AES-Trendbericht. https://www.bmbf.de/SharedDocs/Publikationen/de/bmbf/1/31690_AES-Trendbericht_2020.pdf.
Boreham, N. C., Samurcay, R., & Fischer, M. (eds.) (2002). Work Process Knowledge. London, New York: Routledge.
CEDEFOP – European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (2009). European guidelines for validating non formal and informal learning. Luxembourg. http://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/Files/4054_EN.PDF.
Colley, H., Hodkinson, P., & Malcolm, J. (2003): Informality and Formality in Learning. Learning and Skills Research Centre. University of Leeds. http://www.uk.ecorys.com/europeaninventory/publications/concept/ lsrc_informality_formality_learning.pdf.
Fischer, M. (2000). Von der Arbeitserfahrung zum Arbeitsprozeßwissen. Rechnergestützte Facharbeit im Kontext beruflichen Lernens. Opladen: Leske + Budrich, unchanged new edition: Berlin et al.: Springer.
Fischer, M., Boreham, N. C., & Nyhan, B. (eds.) (2004). European Perspectives on Learning at Work: The Acquisition of Work Process Knowledge. Cedefop Reference Series. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications for the European Communities.
Fischer, M., Huber, K., Mann, E. & Röben, P. (2014): Informelles Lernen und dessen Anerkennung aus der Lernendenperspektive – Ergebnisse eines Projekts zur Anerkennung informell erworbener Kompetenzen in Baden-Württemberg. In: bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online, Ausgabe 26, pp. 1–21.
Fischer, M. (2018): Verfahren der Messung beruflicher Kompetenzen/ Kompetenzdiagnostik. In: R. Arnold/A. Lipsmeier/M. Rohs (Hrsg.): Handbuch Berufsbildung. Springer Reference Sozialwissenschaften. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 263–277. DOI https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-19372-0_22-1.
Frieling, E./Kauffeld, S./Grote, S. (2000): Fachlaufbahnen für Ingenieure – Ein Vorgehen zur systematischen Kompetenzentwicklung. In: Zeitschrift für Arbeitswissenschaft, 54, pp. 165–174.
OECD – Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2006). New OECD Activity on Recognition of non-formal and informal Learning. Guidelines for Country Participation. http://www.oecd.org/edu/skills-beyond-school/recognitionofnon-formalandinformallearning-home.htm.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Self-regulation and Formative Feedback in Vocational Education and Training

Ann Karin Sandal, Kjersti Hovland

Western Norway Univ of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Sandal, Ann Karin; Hovland, Kjersti

The renewal of the Norwegian curricula in 2020, named Knowledge Promotion 2020, aims to strengthen relevance in school subjects and with specific priorities and consequently “prepare the students for the future” (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2020). The Overall part of the curricula presents overarching aims related to student agency and highlights especially students` in-depth learning, critical thinking, and learning strategies, as a foundation for life-long learning (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2020). Similar skills, such as cognitive and meta-cognitive skills, critical and creative thinking, learning-to-learn and self-regulation, are presented in the OCED Learning Framework 2030 (2018) and the Conceptual Learning Framework (OECD, 2019), reflected in the Norwegian curricula. Reflection on learning, learn to formulate questions, seek answers, and express their understanding will lay ground for student agency and learning strategies (Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2020). The overarching aims, values ​​and principles formulated in the Overall part of the curricula comprise primary school and upper secondary education, including vocational education and training (VET). VET in Norway is part of the formal upper secondary education system (age 16-19). In the main model, VET is organised as two years in school (including practice placement periods) and two years in apprenticeship, also denounced as the 2+2 model.

Along with the educational policies and aims for future education in many countries, inspired by OECD, there is an extensive body of research in self-regulation (SR) and learning strategies. Self-regulation, as a trait related to motivation and assessment for learning (Smith et al., 2016), is related to how the learner sets goals and learn to monitor, regulate, and control cognition, motivation, and behavior to reach their goals (Andrade, 2010; Smith et al., 2016). Zimmerman (2000) emphasise feedback from the self (self-assessment) and significant others as important for the development of SR skills, and an elaboration of the interplay and dialogue between self-regulation and feedback is also found in Hattie and Timperley’s` work (2007). In their feedback model, student’s agency and SR will be stimulated and supported by dialogues related to learning goals and specific and timely feedback during the learning process, including information about the next step. Feedback thus can be defined as information provided to the learner about performance and aiming to promote further learning (Hattie & Timperley, 2007; Shute, 2008). Such feedback functions formative if the student can use the feedback (Black & Wiliam, 1998; Wiliam, 2011).

Formative feedback is included in the assessment regulations since 2006 and have been implemented at all levels in the school system. In the renewal of the curricula 2020, student agency in assessment is emphasized and related to self-regulation and learning strategies.

However, the concepts of SR and formative feedback are not to a substantial extent contextualized in VET (Panadero, 2017; Panadero et al., 2018). In the Norwegian VET, interpretation and implementation of the overarching aims in the curricula and assessment regulations in upper secondary school is often dominated by the traditions and methods in the general study subjects, including assessment practices (Sandal, 2021). The study this paper report from therefore was established, aiming to investigate how VET student develop of SR through formative assessment. Research question: How do VET students perceive and experience formative feedback as promoting self-regulation skills? An underlying premise for the study is formative feedback as an approach to and potential for stimulating SR skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data is collected through three qualitative focus group interviews (Liamputtong, 2011) with VET students (N=11) in the VET program Health and Youth Development in an Upper Secondary School in Norway. The students were recruited from three classes through their teachers, who had participated in a professional development program in assessment. We used a semi-structured interview guide with the themes: feed up-phase/ discussions of learning goals and criteria, formative feedback practices, self-assessment and peer assessment, feed forward/ discussions of next step in the learning process, drawing on these concepts in literature (e.g., Andrade, 2010; Black & Wiliam, 1998; Hattie & Timperley, 2007; Zimmermann, 2000). The learning contexts for themes was mainly the school-based part of the vocational education, that is teaching in classroom and workshops/laboratories. The interviews were recorded, transcribed, and analyzed, using Nvivo as a tool (QSR International). The initial coding of the transcripts made basis for meaning condensation and categories (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). However, since the research question is directed to the relation between formative feedback and SR skills, the analysis had a deductive approach when establishing categories. The study is conducted according to ethical guidelines in research (NSD-Norwegian centre for research data).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings show a structure and teaching design in the classrooms and workshops that enables formative feedback at all stages in the learning processes, although to varying degrees. The students report that the teachers put emphasis on discussing the learning goals with the students, for example what to learn and why, how they are going to work, as well as assessment criteria and success criteria. However, the learning goals are decided by the teachers and the students are not invited into processes of formulating individual learning goals. During the learning processes, the students both receive and seek feedback from the teacher and peers. They report that they receive detailed and specific feedback, and, in some classes, they are given time to practice and try again, for example take a test twice. Simultaneously, we also find that the students are preoccupied with grades and summative assessments and do not by themselves use the summative feedback to learn further. Student agency is found in for example teachers engaging the students in discussions of methods, cooperation in on work tasks, engaging the students in design assignment questions and work tasks. Stimulating student agency and SR is also found in the frameworks for self-assessment where teachers invite the students to assess their learning achievement, effort, and results, and articulate their need for support and feedback.
By analyzing the data through a conceptual framework of formative feedback, the findings indicate formative assessment activities supporting students` development of SR skills. However, there are several weaknesses with this perspective. The teachers` intentions with formative feedback is not clearly expressed and whether development of SR skills is embedded in their reasoning and practice. There is also a need for in-depth analysis of the learning methods, especially in the workshops to understand SR in VET.

References
Andrade, H.L. (2010). Students as the definitive source of formative assessment: Academic self-assessment and the self-regulation of learning. In H. Andrade & G. J. Cizek (Eds.), Handbook of formative assessment (pp. 90–105). New York, NY: Routledge
Black, P. & Wiliam, D. (1998). Inside the Black Box: Raising Standards through Classroom. Phi Delta Kappan (92)1, 81-90
Hattie, J. & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81–112.
Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interview. Introduktion til et håndværk. 2. udgave. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) København: Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Liamputtong, P. (2011). Focus Group Methodology. Principles and Practice. London: Sage Publications.
Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training (2020). Core curriculum – values and principles for primary and secondary education, chapter 2.4. Oslo.
OECD (2018). The future of education and skills. Education 2030. http://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf. Retrieved 26.02.2019.
OECD (2019). Future of Education and Skills 2030. Conceptual learning Framework Skills for 2030. https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5e26d2d6fcf7d67bbd37a92e/t/5e411f365af4111d703b7f91/1581326153625/Education-and-AI.pdf
Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. REVIEW article. Frontiers in Psychology, 28 April 2017. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422
Panadero, E., Garcia, D., & Fraile, J. (2018). Self-Assessment for Learning in Vocational Education and Training. In S. McGrath, M. Mulder, J. Papier, & R. Suart (Eds.), Handbook of Vocational Education and Training: Developments in the Changing World of Work (pp. 1-12). Cham: Springer International Publishing
QSR International. WHAT IS NVIVO? Software that supports qualitative and mixed methods research. http://www.qsrinternational.com/nvivo/what-is-nvivo.
Sandal, A.K. (2021). Vocational teachers` professional development in assessment for learning, Journal of Vocational Education & Training
Shute, V. (2008). Focus on formative feedback. Review of educational research, 153-189.
Smith, K., Gamlem, S.M., Sandal, A.K. & Engelsen, K.S. (2016). Educating for the future: A conceptual framework of responsive pedagogy. Cogent Education, 3(1), 1-12.
The Norwegian Directorate for Education (2018). Fagfornyelsen. https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/lareplanverket/fagfornyelsen/.
Wiliam, D. (2011). What is assessment for learning? Studies in Educational Evaluation, 37(1), 3-14.
Zimmerman, B.J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P.R. Pintrich & M. Zeider (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation. New York: Academic
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm03 SES 02 A: Student Voice and Curriculum Development
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Co-creation and Decision-making with Students about Teaching and Learning: a Systematic Literature Review

Esther Geurts1,2, Rianne P. Reijs1,2, Hélène H. M. Leenders3, Maria W. J. Jansen1,2, Christian J. P. A. Hoebe1,2

1Maastricht University, The Netherlands; 2Public Health Service South Limburg, The Netherlands; 3Fontys University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Geurts, Esther

Introduction – Seeking and listening to student perspectives can be worthwhile since it provides unique insights into the complexities of teaching and learning. Despite the fact that students are increasingly recognised as primary stakeholders in education, the majority of studies continues to position students as mere information providers and therefore fails to provide them with more active roles (Pinter, Mathew & Smith, 2016). One of the areas where students have had few opportunities to express their perspectives, let alone be involved in decision-making, is teaching and learning. Especially the curriculum is rarely seen as a suitable arena for student voice initiatives (Brooker & MacDonald, 1999; Rudduck & Flutter, 2000). This systematic literature review provides an overview of studies which have gone beyond positioning students as subjects or information providers by recognising them as knowledgeable partners. Thus far, such studies either targeted traditional student council topics and/or focused on university students. This review, therefore, examines the few existing empirical studies which focus on how secondary and vocational education students are involved in co-creation and decision-making in the context of teaching and learning. We focus on how student voice is embodied as well as relevant factors for implementation and the impact of student voice projects on students’ personal development and school connectedness.

Methods – Relevant studies were identified through a systematic search in ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science and PubMed. For each included study, references and citations were checked for additional relevant studies. Studies were included which focus on actively involving students in co-creation and decision-making and which go beyond influencing their individual learning processes. We discuss qualitative empirical studies which focus on 12-20 year-old students participating in student voice initiatives in the context of teaching and learning. In order to analyse the extracted data, content analysis in combination with the Action Research cycle and the Theoretical Domains Framework were used.

Results – The 15 included studies indicate that students were involved in various phases and were assigned multiple roles and responsibilities. Although students were involved in the planning phase in almost every study, participation was predominantly limited to advising. During the acting/observing phase, students had more profound roles and responsibilities. Many studies organised activities with the aim of engaging students as co-researchers. Students were least involved in reflecting and if they were involved at all, their role was limited to sharing their perspectives and experiences at the end of the project. Knowledge and skills were important factors for implementation. We also found that provoking radical shifts in social/professional roles and identities is not only a time consuming endeavour, but may result in all kinds of emotions. Many teachers had low levels of optimism or even concerns about inviting students to participate in educational development. Therefore, it should come as no surprise that initially student participation activities led to anxiety and chaos among teachers. Students were often hesitant at the start and lacked beliefs about their capabilities. However, as they got used to being more involved, their confidence grew. Teachers were vital in increasing students’ perceived competences by offering guidance, support, encouragement and insights. Apart from learning and practicing a wide range of skills, students’ sense of confidence, ownership and empowerment grew, which resulted in increased beliefs about their capabilities. Lastly, relationships between students and teachers improved.

Conclusions – We should look for ways to expand and improve the intensity, nature and quality of student voice activities. Students should be presented with various opportunities for taking diverse roles in each research phase. Future research should include working collaboratively with students in vulnerable positions as well as in more diverse school settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Study design – Relevant studies were identified through a systematic search in ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science and PubMed. Three groups of keywords were used: doing research with students; concerning teaching and learning; and in schools. References and citations were checked for additional studies. The inclusion criteria were: (1) empirical studies with qualitative design; (2) focus on secondary or vocational education students between 12 and 20 years old; (3) set in high income countries; (4) focus on student voice initiatives in the context of teaching and learning and which go beyond influencing students’ individual learning processes; and (5) peer-reviewed articles published in English.
Search process and outcome – Initially, a total of 4,420 articles were found. Titles and abstracts were screened by the first author. When in doubt, the decision about including or excluding the study in question would be postponed until a later phase. During the eligibility phase, 57 studies were assessed by two authors. The main reasons for exclusion were: not focused on teaching and learning, students’ influence was limited to individual learning process and unsuitable research approach.
Data extraction – These data were extracted: aim and context, participant characteristics, data collection and analysis methods, description of student participation in research phases, key findings and implications.
Data analysis – Content analysis in combination with the Action Research cycle and the Theoretical Domains Framework (TDF) were used. The Action Research cycle starts with participants determining the focus of inquiry, deciding on the desired improvement and crafting a plan for observing and recording the activities (i.e. planning). Next, these activities are implemented and subsequently observed and monitored (i.e. acting/observing). This phase is then followed by critically reflecting on the outcomes of the action and, when necessary, revising the activities based on what has been learned (i.e. reflecting) (Creswell, 2015; Koshy, 2009; Pardede, 2019). Although the TDF consists of 14 domains, we focus on those domains which emerged most prominently during the analysis: knowledge, skills, beliefs about capabilities, optimism, emotions, social/professional role and identity, and social influences (Cane, O’Connor, & Michie, 2012; Michie et al., 2005). These domains provide a theoretical lens for determining cognitive, affective, social and environmental factors influencing behaviour (Atkins et al., 2017). In our case, the TDF could contribute to determining which factors influence the implementation of student voice initiatives in teaching and learning as well as assessing the impact on students’ development and their school connectedness.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
No studies were identified which worked collaboratively with vocational education students and even though we gained a deeper understanding of how secondary students participated in student voice initiatives, their involvement in co-creation and decision-making in the context of teaching and learning was quite limited. Also, those subjects that were opened up to co-creation and decision-making were mainly “low-stakes” curriculum areas, such as physical, sexuality and arts education. Therefore, these initiatives cannot be expected to be transformative. Most teachers did not possess the necessary competences to work collaboratively with their students, which prevented them from sufficiently guiding their students. Nonetheless, few studies provided training to either teachers or students. Students were often hesitant at the start and lacked beliefs about their capabilities. However, in those instances when they succeeded in being more involved, their confidence grew. Teachers were vital in this process of increasing their students’ perceived competences by offering guidance, support, encouragement and insights. This underlines all the more the significance of appropriately preparing, training and supporting teachers in their role of promoting student voice. Even though student voice initiatives were flawed, the results of the few studies assessing the impact on students’ personal development and school connectedness seem to be hopeful. When implemented adequately, student voice initiatives are likely to positively impact the personal development and school connectedness of students. Therefore, these findings should encourage us to continue promoting and improving student voice initiatives in the context of teaching and learning.
Future research should include working collaboratively with students in vulnerable positions as well as in more diverse school settings, for example in vocational or technical education. Lastly, research should concentrate on assessing the long-term impact of participating in student voice activities regarding teaching and learning on students’ development, but also their health, well-being and social position.

References
Atkins, L., Francis, J., Islam, R., O’Connor, D., Patey, A., Ivers, N., . . . Grimshaw, J. M. (2017). A guide to using the Theoretical Domains Framework of behaviour change to investigate implementation problems. Implementation science, 12(1), 1-18.
Brooker, R., & Macdonald, D. (1999). Did we hear you?: Issues of student voice in a curriculum innovation. Journal of curriculum studies, 31(1), 83-97.
Cane, J., O’Connor, D., & Michie, S. (2012). Validation of the theoretical domains framework for use in behaviour change and implementation research. Implementation science, 7(1), 1-17.
Creswell, J. W. (2015). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (Vol. (5th ed.)): Boston, MA: Pearson Education.
Koshy, V. (2009). Action research for improving educational practice: A step-by-step guide: Sage.
Michie, S., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Lawton, R., Parker, D., & Walker, A. (2005). Making psychological theory useful for implementing evidence based practice: a consensus approach. BMJ Quality & Safety, 14(1), 26-33.
Pardede, P. (2019). Seeing Action Research Process in a Practice.
Pinter, A., Mathew, R., & Smith, R. (2016). Children and teachers as co-researchers in Indian primary English classrooms. ELT Research papers, 16(03).
Rudduck, J., & Flutter, J. (2000). Pupil participation and pupil perspective:'carving a new order of experience'. Cambridge journal of education, 30(1), 75-89.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Democracy and Participation in Innovative Schools: A Case Study

Jordi Feu, Albert Torrent i Font, Òscar Prieto-Flores

University of Girona, Spain

Presenting Author: Torrent i Font, Albert; Prieto-Flores, Òscar

This conference paper is part of an ongoing investigation (The Fourth Impulse of Pedagogical Renewal in Spain: A case Study in Infant-Primary Schools in the Autonomous Communities of Andalusia, Madrid, Catalonia and Valencia, project I+d+i, PID2019-108138RB-C21, 2020-2023) whose objective is to study the processes of educational transformation of schools that, in an integrated and integral manner, propose a renewal of fundamental aspects that define them (Tyack and Cuban, 1995). The paper focuses on studying some issues related to democratic practice in a unique innovative school: a private (non-elitist) school self-managed by a group of teachers who have the occasional support of the families.

In this paper, we first explain what we mean by innovative schools, we then address some basic issues focused on the conceptualization of democratic practice in schools and, finally, in the conclusions, we analyse how this practice is implemented in the school under study.

The term “pedagogical renewal” is, as has been shown on several occasions (Costa, 2011; Esteban, 2016; Pericacho, 2016) is a complex and polysemic term that has a long history in Spain and that, internationally, has many similarities with the concept “educational renewal” (Goodlad, 1994; Carlson,2005). Our research team (Demoskole) has decided to define it as the direct opposite of traditional education in its classical conception (disciplinary and authoritarian with differentiated and hierarchical roles and a system of teaching based on pure transmission and the textbook) and of aseptic innovation that changes the forms and appearances but not the substance since it only hides the harsher expressions typical of uncomplicated] traditional pedagogy, replacing them for more friendly guises. In any case, innovative schools are characterized by: i) being centres with progressive educational goals (opposed to what is imposed by the market and the neoliberal way of thinking); ii) making use of active methodologies (opposed to fundamentally rote and acritical methodologies); iii) having an open and flexible organization of time and spaces; iv) teaching a curriculum that is as little compartmentalized as possible and conveyed through methodologies that integrate diverse knowledge; v) embodying educational roles that, despite being different, are not hierarchical, facilitate participation and foster trust; vi) implementing a transversal, qualitative, formative and continuous evaluation of the learning processes; vii) having shared leadership; viii) being clearly committed to participation and democratic practice; and ix) having a close relationship with the physical and social environment (Feu and Torrent, 2020; Feu et al., 2021; Feu and Torrent, 2021a; Feu and Torrent, 2021b).

The democratic and participatory issue, despite being presented as the eighth characteristic, is central to any innovative school – a democracy and participation that, like the other elements previously mentioned, can be graduated. In the case at hand, and following authors such as Fielding (2012), Mabovula (2009) and Santizo Rodall (2011), this graduation can be done through three key variables: a) frequency of the democratic practice (regularity of meetings aimed at making decisions on collective issues); b) democratic intensity (type and relevance of the aspects to be debated and agreed upon); and c) agents who are called on to participate (students, teachers, families and local agents or institutions), among others.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This scientific contribution is based on a case study: a primary school that complies with the nine items of pedagogical renewal mentioned above and that pedagogically has many elements of ‘free education’. The school is eight years old, has five full-time and one part-time accompanying adults (teachers) and 53 children between 6 and 11 years old, and it is located in a rural area that is very close to a county capital in the province of Girona (Catalonia, Spain).

One important feature to highlight is that the school works in a similar way to how a ‘unitary school’  (where boys and girls are mixed by age, without having a specific classroom for each of the levels) works. The school has five different spaces where specific activities are carried out (for example, art, psychomotor skills and workshop) or where there is material grouped according to the curricular function it fulfils (for example, literacy, logic and mathematics and environment).

The research perspective is qualitative and the materials and instruments that were used to collect the data were as follows: i) Educational Project of the School (where the goals, purposes, organization and pedagogical line are explained); ii) in-depth interview with the person who works as director (and teacher of the school); iii) discussion group with the team of teachers; iv) discussion groups with parents; iv) a five-day observation at the school.

All these instruments were designed by a committee of the research team and, prior to the final step, they were tested in a pilot school. The definitive script of the survey, the discussion groups and the observation were structured in similar blocks (the nine key areas of pedagogical renewal). In addition, aspects related to integration, diversity and questions related to ideological and political issues were included.

The data collection was carried out between January 2021 and January 2023 by a member of the research team; it was recorded (with prior authorization from teachers and families) and the material derived from the observation was recorded in the field diary. All the data was transcribed verbatim and analysed using the qualitative data programme Atlas.ti.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although the Educational Project (a public and open access programmatic document) defines this school as a democratic, in view of the material collected we can say that it is from the inside but not from the outside.

The participatory spaces of this school focus mainly on the students and accompanying adults - teachers. The students have fortnightly assemblies with compulsory attendance in which they can talk, and in fact do talk, about whatever issue concerns or interest them. Issues related to conflicts between the children or between them and their accompanying adults, or related to the uses and functions of the spaces and the activities they do or would like to do are discussed, and rules are agreed upon that the children and accompanying adults must comply with scrupulously.

The accompanying adults participate through weekly meetings held at the school. In the meetings, which are compulsory, pedagogical, organizational and operational issues are addressed, based on the principles of equality, trust and maximum respect.

Families, although they formally make up the third leg of the educational community, have gradually experienced a process of reducing their functions at the same time that their presence and participation have been encapsulated through classic forms similar to those found in schools of all types, including those with traditional pedagogy.

In short, and considering what we have explained in relation to the analysis of democratic graduation, we can state that the analysed school has a fairly high degree of democracy in terms of the frequency of democratic practice and intensity between students and teachers. But not in relation to the families who, as agents of the educational community, have seen how they have been occupying a more peripheral position in order to safeguard the educational approach towards the children and, above all, the subsistence of the project.

References
Carlson, D. (2005) Hope without illusion: telling the story of democratic educational renewal, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 18:1, 21-45, DOI: 10.1080/09518390412331318414

Costa, A. (2011). Los movimientos de renovación pedagógica y la reforma educativa en España. A Celada Perandones, P. (Ed.), Arte y oficio de enseñar. Dos siglos de perspectiva histórica. Universidad de Valladolid, vol. 2, 89-98.

Esteban, S. (2016). La renovación pedagógica en España: un movimiento social más allá del    didactismo. Tendencias Pedagógicas, 27, 259-284. https://doi.org/10.15366/tp2016.27.012


Feu, J.; Torrent, A. (2020). Aproximació al tercer impuls de renovació pedagògica, entre l'adapació inevitable i la resistència transformadora. Temps d'Educació, Núm. 59, p. 237-254.

Feu, J. y Torrent, A. (2021a). Renovación Pedagógica, innovación y cambio en educación ¿de qué estamos hablando? en Feu, J.; Besalú, X.; Palaudàrias, J.M. (coords.) La Renovación Pedagógica en España: una mirada actual y crítica p. 11-46. Morata.

Feu, J.; Torrent, A. (2021b). The Ideal Type of Innovative School That Promotes Sustainability: The Case of Rural Communities in Catalonia. Sustainability, 1-17.

Feu, J., Besalú, X, y Palaudàrias, J.M. (Coords.) (2021). La renovación pedagógica en España. Una mirada crítica y actual. Morata.

Goodlad, J.I. (1994). Educational Renewal: Better Teachers, Better Schools. Jossey-Bass Inc., Publishers.

Mabovula, N. (2009). Giving voice to the voiceless through deliberative democratic school governance. South African Journal of Education, 29(2), 219-233.

Pericacho, F. J. (2016). Actualidad de la renovación pedagógica. Editorial Popular.

Santizo Rodall, C. (2011). Gobernanza y participación social en la escuela pública. Revista Mexicana de Investigación Educativa, 16(50), 751-773.

Tyack, D.; Cuban, L. (1995). Thinkering toward utopia. A Century of Public School Reform. Harvard University Press


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Social media as a Tool for Recruiting and Empowering a Diverse Mix of Student Participants in Curriculum Research

Kerri Garrard, Rebecca Cairns

Deakin University Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Garrard, Kerri; Cairns, Rebecca

Abstract

Research indicates student voices are largely under-represented in the processes of curriculum reform (Flynn, 2021). When school students are invited to share their views on their experiences of curriculum, they often do not respond in large numbers or are only invited to do so from within classroom contexts, which may constrain their responses. This paper reports on our success using social media (SM) as a method to recruit Australian senior secondary student participants for a national online survey about their experiences of school history. Finding that this method attracted a high level of student participation, a demographically diverse sample and generated rich data, we advocate for using social media as a key element of survey methods for adolescents. In Australia, as in other international settings, the role of students is often seen to sit within the nano site of curriculum making, that is within the context of classrooms or other learning spaces and in relation to teachers (Priestly, 2021). Accessing students and giving them a platform to have conversations about their experiences of curriculum outside of this nano site, expands possibilities for including students as curriculum actors across the macro and meso sites of curriculum making (Priestly, 2021)(Priestley et al., 2021). Through the dissemination of research findings that foreground their voices, students are valued as curriculum actors that contribute to curriculum discourse at the state and national levels, which can encourage other curriculum actors to engage students in a wider range of curriculum making activities across sites. The paper explores how this student-centred approach opens the possibilities for curriculum inquiry researchers in other learning areas and jurisdictions, as well as across education research more broadly.

It also engages with a topical area emerging from research methods literature worldwide. The popularity of the student surveys to capture student perspectives has been widely documented, both in Australia and internationally, as an effective way of measuring student engagement to inform whole school and curriculum reform (Campbell-Phillips, 2020; Jensen, 2011; Mayes, 2020). The global crisis in education, exposed by the impact of the pandemic across the world made it more urgent for researchers to recognise a significant shift in the nature of student-centred research and develop the capacity to access curriculum conversations with an already difficult to reach group (Dusek, Yurova, & Ruppel, 2015). Research that values and responds to student voices is also vital at a time when young people are feeling isolated and disconnected from their schooling following Covid-19 related disruptions.

Recruitment via SM is increasingly popular, however, a lack of ‘empirical literature investigating the ethics of engaging participants via SM’ (Hokke, Nicholson, & Crawford, 2020, p. 12) deters researchers from taking up the opportunity, particularly for the recruitment of young people (Mackenzie et al., 2021). Not without its challenges and limitations, the generative experience we had using SM to recruit young people of their own volition prompted us to ask: What methodological diversity can the use of social media bring to educational research that looks to represent student voice? We address this question by using our online survey project that investigated possible reasons for declining enrolments in senior secondary History subjects as a case study. The paper outlines the methodological approach taken and evaluates the efficacy of utilising Instagram and Twitter as sites for both recruiting and reporting back to students. Despite the context being Australian, we argue SM has potential to support student-centred methodological approaches in ways that are globally relevant, innovative and inclusive. We contribute to literature that assesses the potential of recruitment via SM while offering unique insight into the possibilities for empowering students as research participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
By 2018, Instagram was the most popular social media app among young people around the world. More than 70% of people between the ages of 12 and 24 are Instagram users (Huang & Su, 2018). Based on anecdotal evidence and cross sectional studies conducted in other fields, which show a decline in the use of Facebook by youth (Ford et al., 2019), we made a decision not to use Facebook. This was further supported by studies that showed paid advertising is often used for recruitment on this platform (Amon, Campbell, Hawke, & Steinbeck, 2014).
After gaining ethics approval for the study (19th May 2022, Ref: HAE-22-034) we employed an age appropriate consultant to ensure the attractiveness of the Instagram page to target the specific age group. Understanding the psychology of Instagram to gain maximum success with the site was imperative in the design of the Instagram page. For example, noted in other fields such as tourism management, ‘color psychology plays important roles in product packaging’ (Yu, Xie, & Wen, 2020). Informed by our consultant, our product required a mix of red, purple, particular shades of green, which are popular with teenagers, combined with the use capitals in the font was essential. We also planned the placement and timing of seventeen posts during the life of the survey–taking into consideration the time of year for senior secondary students to avoid exam times and school holidays¬–and the construction of language. Anonymity and consent was ensured by ‘using a two-question process’ (Mackenzie, Berger, Holmes, & Walker, 2021, p. 226) to enter the survey; demonstrating they had read the PLS and giving Consent. This strategy met ethical compliance which required participants to demonstrate that they understood the consent process (Mackenzie et al., 2021).  As a result of this student-centred method, between March and October 2022, 292 participants were recruited for the online survey. Our method also included, five Twitter posts to attract interested parties who might pass on the link and some snowballing was done through professional and personal networks.
The limitation of this research with regard to its methodology is that we were not able to identify percentages of through which channel or platform the link to the survey was accessed. However, the Instagram page showed consistent and popular access over the life of the survey, indicating it was a significant draw card.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on our experience, the use of social media combined with targeted snowballing is an effective means of recruitment for the online survey underpinned by student-centred research. The closed questions of the survey showed, by demographic, that recruitment was from a diverse range of students and schools. For example, 39 Catholic schools, 94 from government schools and 109 from private schools. All States and Territories were represented with the exception of Northern Territory. The open-ended questions elicited candid and thoughtful responses, suggesting students felt safe to express themselves.
Despite ethical and practical considerations, we argue the most significant advantages of using social media for this study, was its provision to tap into an unfettered student voice away from the formalities of the regulatory classroom environment and the direction from other curriculum actors.  Further, as Mackenzie et al (2021) showed in their study, it is a method that, with ethical considerations in place, ensures that adolescents make their own choice about participating in educational research (p.226), which means greater opportunity to take them seriously as curriculum actors.  

References
Amon, K. L., Campbell, A. J., Hawke, C., & Steinbeck, K. (2014). Facebook as a Recruitment Tool for Adolescent Health Research: A Systematic Review. Academic Pediatrics, 14(5), 439-447.e434. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.acap.2014.05.049
Campbell-Phillips, S. (2020). Education and Curriculum Reform: The Impact They Have On Learning Budapest International Research and Critics in Linguistics and Education (BirLE) Journal, 3 (2), 1074-1082.
Dusek, G., Yurova, Y., & Ruppel, C. (2015). Using Social Media and Targeted Snowball Sampling to Survey a Hard-to-reach Population: A Case Study. International Journal of Doctoral Studies, 10. Retrieved from http://www.informingscience.com/ijds/Volume10/IJDSv10p279-299Dusek0717.pdf
Flynn, P. H., N. (2021). Student Voice in Curriculum Reform: Whose Voices, Who’s Listening? In D. J. Murchan, K. (Eds.) (Ed.), Curriculum Change within Policy and Practice. (pp. 43–59): Palgrave.
Ford, K. L., Albritton, T., Dunn, T. A., Crawford, K., Neuwirth, J., & Bull, S. (2019). Youth Study Recruitment Using Paid Advertising on Instagram, Snapchat, and Facebook: Cross-Sectional Survey Study. JMIR Public Health Surveill, 5(4), e14080. doi:10.2196/14080
Hokke, S. N. J. H., N.J., Bennetts, S.K.,, Nicholson, J. M., Keyzer, P., Lucke, J., Zion, L.,  , & Crawford, S. B. (2020). Ethical Considerations in Using Social Media to Engage Research Participants: Perspectives of Australian Researchers and Ethics Committee Members. Journal of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics, 15(1-2), 12-27.
Huang, Y.-T., & Su, S.-F. (2018). Motives for Instagram Use and Topics of Interest among Young Adults. Future Internet, 10(8), 77. doi:10.3390/fi10080077
Jensen, B. a. R., J. (2011). Better teacher appraisal and feedback: Improving performance. Grattan Institute.
Mackenzie, E., Berger, N., Holmes, K., & Walker, M. (2021). Online educational research with middle adolescent populations: Ethical considerations and recommendations. Research Ethics, 17(2), 217-227. Retrieved from https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/1747016120963160
Mayes, E. (2020). Student voice in an age of ‘security’? Critical Studies in Education, 61(3), 380-397. doi:10.1080/17508487.2018.1455721
Priestly, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making in Europe: Emerald Publishing Limited
Yu, C.-E., Xie, S. Y., & Wen, J. (2020). Coloring the destination: The role of color psychology on Instagram. Tourism Management, 80, 104110. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tourman.2020.104110
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm04 SES 02 A: Technologies for Inclusive Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Alison Power
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

‘Engaging’ with Education through Technology: Supporting At Risk Young People with their Next Steps.

Alison Power, Emma Whewell

University of Northampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Power, Alison; Whewell, Emma

Alternative provision is employed when school-based education is considered unsuitable for a young person; it can offer more individualised care that is therapeutic in nature, including small group teaching, and high staff ratios; aiming to reduce the long-lasting impact of exclusion from school including criminal activities, low educational attainment, unemployment and physical and mental ill health (Owen et al., 2021). There are disproportionate numbers of children in alternative provision with one or more of the following characteristics:

  • Special Educational Need or Disability;
  • at risk of or have been permanently excluded from school;

  • school refusal, school phobia and poor attendance and record of truancy.

Research that discusses the children's voice in relation to their experiences of alternative provision cites its importance in enabling them to tackle their feelings of low self-worth and build an understanding of the world (Owen et al., 2021).

‘Engage' offers an innovative approach in alternative education provision from the Northampton Saints Foundation (NSF), working with students aged 10-18 to increase confidence and self-esteem and support them in the next steps of their journey. NSF evaluates their students’ journeys via a ‘paper passport’ which measures the success of the delivery outputs of the programme. It provides key statistical data to enhance the progressions of young people. Within the 2019/20 academic year NSF had a 93% progression rate, this refers to the progression to employment, education or training, or an improvement in soft skills.

We present the outcomes of a consultation and pilot with the young people and NSF staff, using the online platform Padlet, to explore how they would like to record their reflections, the look and feel of a digital passport platform (e-Passport), and how it could address the issue of disliking committing their feelings and emotions to paper. Initially, the Student e-Passport was piloted with one ‘Hub’ group from the Foundation’s programme, using participatory action research (PAR) involving the NSF staff and researchers at the University of Northampton (UON). The pilot aimed to consult with staff and students to evaluate its effectiveness and scalability. Version 2 is co-designed with NSF staff and based upon the theoretical premises of the Universal Design for Learning (CAST, 2018) that values multi-modal engagement, representation and expression in learning design. Version 2 will see the evaluation of the digital artefacts produced by the students on their e-Passport and their learning behaviours and engagement.

This session will take the form of an oral presentation, sharing the findings of our research project, looking at how we are using Padlet to shape the future of inclusive teaching. UON uses Padlet as part of its active digital education pedagogical approach (ADE). This concept has been developed at UON to complement their pedagogical approach of Active Blended Learning (ABL). The ADE approach recognises that digital tools can be harnessed to facilitate the co-construction of knowledge through technology-enabled exchanges of ideas. Such active co-creation has the potential to build employability skills consistent with the transformative ambitions of the Sustainable Development Goals, most notably number 4, Quality Education. It engages individuals in knowledge construction, reflection and critique, the development of learner autonomy and the achievement of learning outcomes using digital tools.

Padlet offers a range of opportunities for expressing learning, co-creation between students and staff and the building of shared digital artefacts that can be used synchronously and asynchronously. This session would benefit individuals who are looking at ways of engaging with learners that are across time zones and locations as well as those with a diverse set of learners, for example students with diagnosed learning needs, neurodiversity and students identified as needing support with access and participation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aims to evaluate the usability, effectiveness and impact of a digitised Student Passport (Student e-Passport). The study is anticipated to last for 8 months and completes in May 2023. This study employs a participatory action research (PAR) approach that sees the NSF staff integral to the design, usage, evaluation and ongoing development and refinement of the Student e-Passport. PAR is recognised in the field of education as a collaborative methodological approach dedicated to social change (Vivona and Wolfgram, 2021), focussing on achieving social justice and addressing social problems.  The fundamental premise of PAR is self-reflection, inquiry, community and empowerment.  This proposal suggests that the process of co-creation will be completed using feedback from the NSF staff to understand the impact of the student e-Passport on children's engagement, learning and behaviours.  

The sampling technique is deemed to be critical case sampling where the research is based upon a small group of participants who have experienced the same phenomenon (Guetterman, 2015). The sample is a ‘closely defined group’ (Newby, 2014:255) and critical case sampling is appropriate as the data needed can only be provided by the staff at NSF and the students who are attending the 'Engage’ project between the dates of October 2022 and May 2023. NSF granted permission for this project to be conducted with their staff and consented to supporting the research team to conduct focus groups.  All staff members who will be using the e-Passport to work with young people will be invited to participate.  Secondly, the research team will conduct a visual analysis of the student e-Passports   All students who will be using the e-Passport will be invited to participate. The focus group data will be analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six step structure of thematic analysis. The students’ digital artefacts from the e-Passport will be analysed using a visual analysis to elicit common themes of content and common ways of expressing learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The real challenge of the encouraging young people to engage with the passport is they do not like committing their feelings and emotions to paper. Three themes emerged from the findings of the pilot study: technology, student engagement and communication and support which informed the development of the Padlet for Phase 2.

By digitising the passport (e-Passport) staff report an increase in the young people's involvement within the sessions. Staff also found that the e-Passport was easy and engaging to use with the young people, and that the young people enjoyed the variety of ways to upload their work and the use of a stylus pen with the iPad added to the experience.  

The staff described the need for a set of structured activities that they could complete with the young people, along the themes of ‘getting to know you’, ‘my family’, and ‘regulating my emotions’.  Feedback has seen version 2 including activities that can be completed one to one or independently by the young people, plus a more comprehensive range of resources for staff and young people, grouped by age (under 16 and 16+).

Finally, staff found the process of being involved in a PAR project to co-create the Padlet for Phase 2 supportive, engaging and empowering.

Focus groups for Phase 2 will take place in June 2023, with findings being embedded in the presentation and discussed at conference.

References
CAST (2018) About Universal Design for Learning. CAST [online].  Available from: CAST: About Universal Design for Learning [Accessed 12.01.23]

Clarke V, Braun, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology.  Qualitative Research in Psychology 3 77-101 

Guetterman, T. (2015). Descriptions of sampling practices within five approaches to qualitative research in education and the health sciences. Forum, Qualitative Social Research, 16(2), 23–16:2<23.  Available from: https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-16.2.2290 [Accessed 20.11.22]
 
Newby, P. (2014) Research Methods for Education. Oxon: Routledge.

Owen, C., Woods, K., Stewart, A.(2021) A systematic literature review exploring the facilitators and barriers of reintegration to secondary mainstream schools through ‘alternative provision’, Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties 26(3) 322-338

Vivona, B and Wolfgram, M. (2021) Conducting Community Based Participatory Action Research. Human Resource Development Review 20(4). Available from: https://doi.org/10.1177/15344843211044003 [Accessed 01.12.22]
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm04 SES 02 B: Individual Education Plans (IEPs)
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Ines Alves
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Documenting the Principles of Inclusive Education in the Finnish Learning and Individual Education Plans (IEP)

Tanja Vehkakoski

University of Jyvaskyla, Finland

Presenting Author: Vehkakoski, Tanja

Inclusive education aims at the social inclusion of all students, that is, their equal access and right be involved in a mainstream school (UNCRPD Art 24 2008) and to contribute to all classroom activities (Bates & Davis 2004). Although also Finland has committed to the neighborhood schools as the first educational option for all children (Basic Education Act 2010; Basics of the National Core Curriculum 2014), merely sharing placement in the same classroom environment does not automatically result in all students’ social inclusion (Petry 2018; Vetoniemi and Kärnä 2021).

This paper comes to grips with the topic of inclusive education by focusing on how the aims and principles of inclusive education appear in the learning and individual education plans (IEP) documents. These documents are a key to promote inclusive education in practice, since they define and justify students’ learning aims and contents as well as the need for necessary support measures, and modifications of the classroom environment the student will need to succeed.

The quality of IEPs has not been found to vary by students’ educational placement whether in inclusive or separate learning environments (Kurth et al. 2022), but teachers in inclusive classrooms seem to emphasize social IEP objectives more than teachers in segregated classrooms (Kwon, Elicker & Kontos, 2011). However, earlier research has showed that the general quality of pedagogical documents such as IEPs is often poor. This appears in vague or even missing descriptions of learning aims or pedagogical solutions in the documents (Boavida et al. 2010; La Salle et al., 2013; Ruble et al.; Räty et al. 2019) as well as in the lack of coherent continuity when describing the support measures or pedagogical solutions in the sequential pedagogical documents over the years (Heiskanen et al. 2019). In addition, the documents typically focus on describing children’s challenges rather than planning ways to eliminate barriers in learning environment or planning appropriate support measures for all students (Andreasson et al. 2013; Heiskanen et al. 2018; Isaksson et al. 2007; 2010; Kurth et al., 2022).

There is also a risk that IEPs do not provide concrete guidance for mainstream teachers on how to meet the individual learning needs of students in inclusive classrooms (Bray & Lin Russell, 2018). Therefore, it is of great importance to examine how the aims of inclusive education are advocated in learning and individual education plans and how the transparency in support provision appear in the documents. The research questions are the following: 1) What kinds of meanings of inclusive education are constructed in the learning and individual education learning plans? and 2) How are the aims of inclusive education justified in these documents?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research data consisted of 140 learning plans and individual education plans (IEP) drawn up in the Finnish pre-primary and basic education. In Finland, providing educational support is based on the three-tier support model. The learning plans had been drawn up for students receiving intensified support, and IEPs for students receiving special support. Part of the students studied most of the time in a general education group, whereas part of them studied in special education group. Written informed consent to the use of the documents was received from principals, teachers, and parents.

The analysis of the data will be based on discourse analysis (see e.g. Wetherell, Taylor & Yates 2001a, 2001b). The analysis has been started by identifying all the mentions of inclusive education from the data whether they were related to integrative or segregated school placements, aims of social inclusion, or pedagogical solutions meant for supporting students’ participation in inclusive classroom. The analysis focused on two sections of the documents: goals and pedagogical solutions/support measures.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show that students’ need for support and school placement either in inclusive or segregated class settings were justified in four different ways in the documents.  The most dominant way in which to justify or oppose the placement of students in general education was to lean on their developmental results or learning outcomes. Then, the critical point was whether students deserve admission to school on the basis of their progress and for what kind of school they are eligible. The other ways in which the school placements were justified were by assessing the efficiency of previous support measures, by describing the financial resources, or by considering students’ or their parents’ own perspectives. The classroom observations, different test results or the views of specialists were also used as evidence for the justifications.

What is noteworthy was that social inclusion as a goal was only seldom mentioned in the documents. However, learning and individual education plans contained several mentions of differentiation as an academically responsive instruction and as a means to promote inclusive education in practice by adapting instruction to individual differences in heterogeneous classrooms. The quality of the learning and individual education plan documents will be discussed from the viewpoint of inclusive education.    

References
Andreasson, I. etc. 2013. Lessons Learned from Research on Individual Educational Plans in Sweden: Obstacles, Opportunities and Future Challenges. European Journal of Special Needs Education 28 (4), 413–426.
Bates, P. & Davis, F. A. 2004. Social Capital, Social Inclusion and Services for People with Learning Disabilities. Disability & Society 19 (3): 195–207.
Bray, L. & Lin Russell, J. 2018. The dynamic interaction between institutional pressures and activity: an examination of the implementation of IEPs in secondary inclusive settings. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis 40 (2), 243-266.  
Heiskanen, N. etc. 2018. Positioning children with special educational needs in early childhood education and care documents. British Journal of Sociology of Education 39 (6), 827-843.
Heiskanen, N. etc. 2019. Recording Support Measures in the Sequential Pedagogical Documents of Children with Special Education Needs. Journal of Early Intervention 41 (4), 321-339.
Isaksson, J. etc. 2010. ‘Pupils with special educational needs’: as study of the assessments and categorising process regarding pupils’ school difficulties in Sweden. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(2), 133–151.
Kurth, J. etc. 2022. An investigation of IEP quality associated with special education placement for students with complex support needs. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities 47 (3).
Kwon, K-A. etc. 2011. Social IEP objectives, teacher talk, and peer interaction in inclusive and segregated preschool settings. Early Childhood Education Journal 39, 267–277.
La Salle T. etc. 2013. The relationship of IEP quality to curricular access and academic achievement for students with disabilities. International Journal of Special Education 28 (1), 135-144.  
Petry, K. 2018. The Relationship Between Class Attitudes towards Peers with a Disability and Peer Acceptance, Friendships and Peer Interactions of Students with a Disability in Regular Secondary Schools. European Journal of Special Needs Education 33 (2): 254–268.
Ruble, L. etc. 2010. Examining the quality of IEPs for young children with autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 40(12), 1459–1470.
Räty, L. etc. 2019. Documenting pedagogical support measures in Finnish IEPs for students with intellectual disability. European Journal of Special Needs Education 34 (1), 35-49.  
Wetherell, M. etc. 2001a. Discourse as data. A guide for analysis. Sage.
Wetherell, M. etc. 2001b. Discourse theory and practice: A reader. Sage.  
Vetoniemi, J. & Kärnä, E. 2021. Being Included – Experiences of Social Participation of Pupils with Special Educational Needs in Mainstream Schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education 25 (10): 1190–1204.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

TOP PLAN - Connecting Individual Education Plans and Class Planning in Inclusive Primary Classrooms

Heidrun Demo1, Petra Auer1, Silver Cappello1, Rosa Bellacicco2, Anna Frizzarin1

1Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy; 2Università di Torino, Italy

Presenting Author: Demo, Heidrun; Cappello, Silver

For special and inclusive education policies and practice in most of the Western Countries, Individual Education Plans (IEPs) play a crucial role at the point that Mitchell, Murton and Hornby (2010) in their review write that “IEPs are ubiquitous”. Interestingly, IEPs exist both in countries with special schools or special classes and in more inclusive school systems like Norway, Italy or Portugal. They are called with different names and take different forms in different countries and school systems, but they all have in common the aim to define formal plans for special provisions in schools understood as necessary not for all, but for some pupils, in many countries those identified as having SEN (Alves, 2018).

Previous literature that reflects the use of IEPs within the framework of the development of inclusive education shows that the tool is connected with several challenges. Some of them are related to difficulties in its implementation, like for example accessibility of IEPs in terms of language and communication, the lacking professionals’, parents’ and/or students’ participation in the IEP-elaboration, or the perception of the IEP as an administrative rather than pedagogical tool (Alves, 2018; Andreasson & Carlsson, 2013; Blackwell & Rossetti, 2014; Cioè-Peña, 2020; Elder, Rood & Damiani, 2018; Müller, Venetz & Keiser, 2017; Breitenbach, 2019).

Others, and this are those we focus on in this work, relate to the essence of the IEP structure in being a tool for special provisions for somehow identified “special” student. On one side, IEPs mark pupils that for some reasons are identified not to fit the norm, with special educational needs for which it is assumed that general provision is not responding, on the other side, the simple abolishment of IEPs risks of flattening differences and making educational offer insensitive to individual differences (Alves, 2018; Ianes and Demo, 2021).

Moreover, IEPs can, on one side, design ways to reconnect so called special needs with the learning paths of a class that also implies the risk of a “normalizing” pressure. On the other side, IEPs can design separate curriculum and instructional strategies distinct from those for the whole class, with the risk of segregation (Andreasson, Asp-Onsjö and Isaksson, 2013; Bhroin and King, 2020; Martinez and Porter, 2020).

Finally, additional and specialized professionals (e.g. special education teachers) are linked directly to IEPS and connected with the risk that class teachers and subject teachers to do integrate students with IEPs in their planning and delegate to specialized professionals the responsibility for them, (Mitchell et al., 2010; King, Bhroin and Prunty, 2017; Bhroin and King, 2020; Martinez and Porter, 2020)

In Italy, in contrast to other European countries where separate curricula are formulated for certain categories of students with so called special educational needs, the IEP represents a tool which aims to guarantee all pupils access to the national curriculum and the curriculum of the school (Ianes & Demo, 2021). Despite the almost three decades long practice in the use of IEPs, problems and dilemmas are still arising (e.g., Associazione TreeLLLe, Caritas Italiana & Fondazione Giovanni Agnelli, 2011).

On this background, this paper aims at analyzing the way class teachers and support teachers describe the relationship between IEPs and class planning in Italian primary school classes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper presents some of the first results of the study TOP PLAN that is investigating (1) how teachers and parents describe the elaboration of the IEP, (2) how teachers describe, and parents perceive the implementation of the IEP in the everyday school practice and (3) how teachers describe, and parents perceive the relationship between the IEP and the class planning. The project is conceived as multiple case study (Yin, 2014), in which the case is built of a primary school class and data are collected by means of document analysis of the IEP and three semi structured interviews, one with a class teacher, one with the support teacher and one with one parent of the child with the IEP. Overall, 18 second and fifth grade primary school classes with at least one student with an IEP from three different Italian provinces (Bozen-Bolzano, Torino, Roma) participate to the study.
In this paper, the results of the qualitative content analysis (Schreier, 2012) of the 36 teacher interviews on the main category “Relationship between IEPs and class planning” will be presented.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In terms of results, the paper will present the elaborations of teachers around four main issues: (1) the role played by IEPs in class planning, (2) the role played by class planning in the elaboration and implementation of IEPs, (3) the challenges and (4) facilitators in connecting IEPs and class planning.
Results will then be discussed form the perspective that IEPs can be considered an embodiment of the “dilemma of difference” (Norwich, 2010). On one side, teachers describe how IEPs support a deep understanding of individual talents, preferences and interests and impact class planning making it sensitive to those characteristics, which enable participation and learning on a high-quality level. On the other side, teachers also describe planning practices that make the IEP an “othering” tool, a marker of difference, in similar ways also previous literature showed (Martinez & Porter, 2020; Andreasson & Carlsson, 2013).

References
Associazione TreeLLLe [TREELLLE], Caritas Italiana & Fondazione Giovanni Agnelli (2011). Gli alunni con disabilità nella scuola italiana: bilancio e proposte. Erickson.
Alves, I. F. (2018). The transnational phenomenon of individual planning in response to pupil diversity: A paradox in educational reform. In Critical Analyses of Educational Reforms in an Era of Transnational Governance (pp. 151-168). Springer, Cham.
Andreasson, I., Asp-Onsjö, L., & Isaksson, J. (2013). Lessons learned from research on individual educational plans in Sweden: obstacles, opportunities and future challenges. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(4), 413-426.
Bhroin, O. N., & King, F. (2020). Teacher education for inclusive education: a framework for developing collaboration for the inclusion of students with support plans. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 38–63.
Blackwell, W. H., & Rossetti, Z. S. (2014). The development of individualized education programs: Where have we been and where should we go now?. Sage Open, 4(2), 2158244014530411.
Breitenbach, E. (2019). Module Erziehungswissenschaften: Vol. 5. Diagnostik: Eine Einführung. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-25150-5
Cioè-Peña, M. (2020). Planning Inclusion: The Need to Formalize Parental Participation in Individual Education Plans (and Meetings). In The Educational Forum (Vol. 84, No. 4, pp. 377-390). Routledge.
Elder, B. C., Rood, C. E., & Damiani, M. L. (2018). Writing strength-based IEPs for students with disabilities in inclusive classrooms. International Journal of Whole Schooling, 14(1), 116-155.
Ianes, D., & Demo, H. (2021). Per un nuovo PEI inclusivo. L’integrazione scolastica e sociale, 20(2), 34–49. DOI:10.14605/ISS2022103
Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice. SAGE.
Ianes, D., & Demo, H. (2017). Il Piano Educativo Individualizzato: luci e ombre di quarant'anni di storia di uno strumento fondamentale dell'Integrazione Scolastica in Italia. L'integrazione scolastica e sociale, 16(4), 415-426.
Martinez, Y. M., & Porter, G. L. (2020). Planning for all students: promoting inclusive instruction. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(14), 1552-1567.
Mitchell, D., Morton, M., & Hornby, G. (2010). Review of the literature on individual education plans. New Zealand Ministry of Education. https://www.educationcounts.govt.nz/__data/assets/pdf_file/0012/102216/Literature-Review-Use-of-the-IEP.pdf
Müller, X., Venetz, M., & Keiser, C. (2017). Fachbeitrag: Nutzen von individuellen Förderplänen: Theoretischer Fachdiskurs und Wahrnehmung von Fachpersonen in der Schule. Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete, 86(2), 116-126.
Norwich, B. (2010). Dilemmas of difference, curriculum and disability: International perspectives. Comparative education, 46(2), 113–135.
Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice. SAGE.
Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm04 SES 02 C: The Role of Feedback in Inclusive Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 132 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Philipp Nicolay
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Feedback-Memory: An Approach to Promote the Social Acceptance of Students Rarely Receiving Positive Teacher Feedback?

Markus Spilles, Christian Huber, Philipp Nicolay

Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany

Presenting Author: Spilles, Markus

Being socially included is a basic psychological need of human beings. However, a considerable amount of international school research has shown that not all students have positive relationships with their classmates. In the past, a large number of international studies focused on student characteristics (e.g. behavioral problems, learning problems, special educational needs, social insecurity) to explain decreased social integration (e.g. Weber et al., 2022; Krull et al., 2014; Lindsay, 2007; Chang, 2004). Furthermore, some recent field studies revealed that teacher feedback (TF) might be an important aspect that influences how students are accepted by their peers, too (Hendrickx et al., 2017; Wullschleger et al., 2020; Spilles et al., accepted). The theoretical background of these findings is the social referencing theory (Feinman, 1992) indicating that in classrooms teachers operate as an important social referent for students (Huber, 2019). Interventions that focus on the enhancement of social acceptance based on a modification of TF are not developed to date. The current study tries to close this research gap for the first time by evaluating a novel intervention that was especially developed to enhance the social acceptance of students rarely receiving positive TF: The Feedback-Memory approach.

Feedback-Memory was conceptualized as a multi-component intervention and was inspired by the implications of the Positive Behavior Support (Anderson & Kincaid, 2005) which focuses on the development of individuals’ positive behaviors and associated interventions like Tootling (Skinner et al., 1998). Every component aims to maximize the classmates’ perception of the class teacher giving positive TF towards students rarely receiving positive TF in class. The Feedback-Memory intervention contains 4 elements: 1) Identifying students rarely receiving positive TF (target students), 2) giving positive TF to students (especially to the target students) at the end of every lesson, 3) asking classmates to remember positive TF at the end of the school day, and 4) rewarding students for remembering the TF content by an interdependent group reward contingency system. A detailed description of the intervention is given in the method section below.

Since Feedback-Memory is an approach that was recently developed and therefore not evaluated to date the present study aims to deliver first empirical indications whether that intervention could be promising to enhance the social acceptance of students rarely receiving positive TF.

The research questions of the present study are therefore as follows:

1.Does playing Feedback-Memory increase the frequency of classmates-perceived positive TF towards students rarely receiving positive TF?

Based on the social referencing theory the classmates’ perception of TF influences the social acceptance of the feedback-receiving student (Huber, 2019). In a field study Spilles et al. (accepted) found out that the classmates’ perception of positive TF is slightly stronger correlated with social acceptance than negative TF. For this reason, Feedback-Memory was created to increase the classmates’ perception of positive TF. In order to enhance the social acceptance enhancing classmates’ perception of positive TF frequency towards target students TF should be found at least.

2. Does playing Feedback-Memory increase the social acceptance of students rarely receiving positive TF?

If an intervention effect regarding the frequency of perceived positive TF could be found it might be also assumed that social acceptance of students rarely receiving positive TF can be increased by Feedback-Memory following the previous field studies on the correlation of positive TF and social acceptance (e.g. Hendrickx et al., 2017; Wullschleger et al., 2020; Spilles et al., accepted).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
N = 25 classes (fourth grade) and N = 531 students participated in a study implemented in German elementary schools. In every intervention and control class 5 students least likely receiving positive TF were identified based on the perceptions of their classmates. Before the intervention was implemented teachers of the intervention classes participated in a digital input on the theoretical background of the study (social referencing theory) and the practical implementation of Feedback-Memory (about 1 hour). After that, teachers implemented the Feedback-Memory intervention for 4 weeks.

Positive TF was rated for each student by his or her classmates on a single Likert-scaled item (How often does your class teacher praise your classmates? 0 = very rare, …, 4 = very often). After that, all peer ratings in a class were aggregated to an individual mean for each student. The procedure was based on the study of Spilles et al. (accepted). Social acceptance was also rated for each student by his or her classmates on a single Likert-scaled item (How much do you want to sit beside that child in class? 0 = not at all, …, 4 = very much). After that, all peer ratings in a class were aggregated to an individual mean for each student, too. The procedure was based on the sociometric method (Moreno, 1934).

Since the data of the present study is hierarchically structured (students nested in classes as well as measuring points nested in students), multilevel models (random intercept) were calculated. We calculated a regression model respectively for research question 1 (positive TF) and research question 2 (social acceptance). In both models all control variables (gender, behavior problems, learning problems) were included as well as the main effects of measuring point (1 = t1: before the intervention, 2 = t2: after the intervention), group membership (0 = control classes, 1 = intervention classes) and target students (0 = classmates, 1 = target students) as well as the statistical interactions of the last 3 variables. In order to answer both research questions, the statistical interaction of group*time*target students is taken into account. To correct for classroom-level tendencies, all control-variables were group-mean centered (Enders & Tofighi 2007). Analyses were conducted using the R packages lme4 (Bates et al., 2015) and lmerTest (Kuznetsova et al., 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It can be seen that the target students of the Feedback-Memory group received a higher frequency of classmates-perceived positive TF after the intervention than before (t1: M = 1.49, SD = 0.50, t2: M = 1.99, SD = 0.55) while the means of the potential target students of the control group before and after the 4 weeks do not differ (t1: M = 1.65, SD = 0.49, t2: M = 1.62, SD = 0.54). Taking a look at the results of the multi-level analysis the statistical interaction of group membership, measuring point and target students (B = 0.54) is significant.

With regard to social acceptance there was also a descriptive increase of the students of the Feedback-Memory group (t1: M = 1.04, SD = 0.45, t2: M = 1.25, SD = 0.55) while the means of the potential target students of the control group are slightly decreasing (t1: M = 1.15, SD = 0.49, t2: M = 1.07, SD = 0.49). The results of the multi-level analysis reveal a significant statistical interaction of group membership, measuring point and target students (B = 0.21).

These effects suggest that Feedback-Memory could be in fact a promising approach to support the social acceptance by enhancing the classmates-perceived positive TF what goes along with the findings of Spilles et al. (accepted) who found a correlation of both variables in their cross-sectional study. It is remarkable that in the short interval of only 4 weeks has led to an increase in both variables.

References
Anderson, C. M., & Kincaid, D. (2005). Applying behavior analysis to school violence and discipline problems: School wide positive behavior support. The Behavior Analyst, 28, 49–63. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03392103

Bates, D., Mächler, M., Bolker, B. M., & Walker, S. C. (2015). Fitting linear mixed-effects models using lme4. Journal of Statistical Software, 67, 1–48. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v067.i01

Chang, L. (2004). The role of classroom norms in contextualizing the relations of children’s social behaviors to peer acceptance. Developmental Psychology, 40, 691–702. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.40.5.691

Enders, C. K., & Tofighi, D. (2007). Centering predictor variables in cross-sectional multilevel models: A new look at an old issue. Psychological Methods, 12, 121–138. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.12.2.121

Feinman, S. (1992). Social referencing and conformity. In S. Feinman (ed.), Social Referencing and the Social Construction of Reality in Infancy (pp. 229–267). Boston, MA: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2462-9_10

Hendrickx, M. M. H. G., Mainhard, T., Oudman, S., Boor-Klip, H. J., & Brekelmans, M. (2017). Teacher behavior and peer liking and disliking: The teacher as a social referent for peer status. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109, 546–558. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000157

Huber, C. (2019). An integrated model to foster social acceptance in inclusive education – socio-psychological foundations, empirical findings, and implications for everyday school life. Vierteljahresschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete, 88, 27–43. https://doi.org/10.2378/vhn2019.art06d

Krull, J., Wilbert, J., & Hennemann, T. (2014). Social rejection of first-graders with special educational needs in general education classrooms. Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 6, 59–75.

Kuznetsova, A., Brockhoff, P. B., & Christensen, R. H. B. (2017). lmerTest Package: Tests in linear mixed effects models. Journal of Statistical Software, 82, 1–26. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v082.i13

Lindsay, G. (2007). Educational psychology and the effectiveness of inclusive education/mainstreaming. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 1–24. https://doi.org/ 10.1348/000709906x156881

Skinner, C. H., Skinner, A. L., & Cashwell, T. H. (1998). Tootling, not tattling. Paper presented at the twenty-sixth annual meeting of the Mid-South Educational Research Association. New Orleans: LA.

Spilles, M., Huber, C., Nicolay, P., König, J., & Hennemann, T. (accepted). The relationship of rule compliance and teacher feedback with the social acceptance of primary school children. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaften.

Weber, S., Nicolay, P., & Huber, C. (2021). The social integration of students with social insecurity. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie. https://doi.org/10.1024/1010-0652/a000316

Wullschleger, A., Garrote, A., Schnepel, S., Jaquiéry, L., & Moser Opitz, E. (2020). Effects of teacher feedback behavior on social acceptance in inclusive elementary classrooms: Exploring social referencing processes in a natural setting. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 60, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101841


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Role of Teacher Feedback in the Victimization of Students with Behavioral Problems

Philipp Nicolay1, Christian Huber1, Markus Spilles1, Corinna Hank1, Johanna Krull2

1University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2University of Cologne, Germany

Presenting Author: Nicolay, Philipp

Numerous studies show that students with special educational needs (SEN) in inclusive school classes are less socially included than their peers without SEN (Avramidis, 2013; Pijl et al., 2008). This is especially true for students with behavioral problems (Monchy et al., 2004). Based on social referencing theory, several studies in recent years already showed that the relationship quality between the teacher and a student is predictive for being accepted by peers (Farmer et al., 2011; Hendrickx et al., 2017). In this context, teachers’ relationships with individual students can be understood as a reference for the remaining students who to choose as future interaction partners. One way teachers provide information about their relationship with a specific student is through public feedback (Huber et al., 2018).

Conceptually, victimization and bullying can also be considered dimensions of social inclusion (Koster et al., 2009). Accordingly, studies found that students with behavioral problems are more likely to be victims of bullying by their peers (Jenkins et al., 2017). Furthermore, teachers and their relationships with students were shown to be linked to bullying and victimization in their classrooms (Dietrich & Cohen, 2021; Marengo et al., 2021), suggesting that social referencing processes might be present here as well.

Based on these considerations, the teacher would represent a social reference in the classroom that promotes or inhibits bullying and victimization processes through their public feedback behavior. Accordingly, students who receive a lot of positive and little negative feedback from teachers would be less likely to be bullied by peers than classmates who receive little positive and a lot of negative public feedback.

Drawing on the findings on the importance of teacher feedback for the social inclusion of students, the aim of this study was to examine to what extent these findings can also be applied to bullying processes. Accordingly, we first investigated if behavioral problems are related to victimization by bullying. In a second step, we tested if this relationship is mediated by teacher feedback.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on cross-sectional data on 849 students in 37 third and fourth-grade primary school classrooms. As social referencing processes are inherently subjective, we used peer ratings to measure positive and negative teacher feedback. Behavioral problems were assessed by teachers on a five-point Likert scale. Victimization by bullying was measured with the children's version of the Bullying and Victimization Questionnaire (BVF-K; von Marées & Petermann, 2010).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found that behavioral problems were significantly related to self-reported victimization by bullying (β = 0.196, p < .001). To test the proposed mediation effect a multilevel path model was specified using Mplus. Results indicate that the association of behavioral problems and self-reported victimization by bullying is fully mediated by peer-perceived positive (indirect effect = 0.043; total effect = 0.050) and negative teacher feedback (indirect effect = 0.041; total effect = 0.048).

These results suggest that students with behavioral problems are at a higher risk of being bullied by their peers. In this context, teacher feedback seems to be a crucial protective as well as risk factor mediating this relationship. Thus, this study sheds further light on the importance of teachers for peer ecologies in their classrooms and raises the question to what degree teacher feedback can be utilized to prevent bullying.

References
Avramidis, E. (2013). Self-concept, social position and social participation of pupils with SEN in mainstream primary schools. Research Papers in Education, 28(4), 421–442.
Dietrich, L. & Cohen, J. (2021). Understanding Classroom Bullying Climates: the Role of Student Body Composition, Relationships, and Teaching Quality. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 3(1), 34–47.
Farmer, T. W., McAuliffe Lines, M., & Hamm, J. V. (2011). Revealing the invisible hand: the role of teachers in children's peer experiences. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 32(5), 247–256.
Hendrickx, M. M. H. G., Mainhard, T., Oudman, S., Boor-Klip, H. J. & Brekelmans, M. (2017). Teacher behavior and peer liking and disliking. The teacher as a social referent for peer status. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(4), 546–558.
Huber, C., Gerullis, A., Gebhardt, M. & Schwab, S. (2018). The impact of social referencing on social acceptance of children with disabilities and migrant background. An experimental study in primary school settings. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(2), 269–285.
Jenkins, L. N., Demaray, M. K. & Tennant, J. (2017). Social, Emotional, and Cognitive Factors Associated With Bullying. School Psychology Review, 46(1), 42–64.
Koster, M., Nakken, H., Pijl, S. J. & van Houten, E. (2009). Being part of the peer group. A literature study focusing on the social dimension of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 13(2), 117–140.
Krull, J., Wilbert, J. & Hennemann, T. (2014). Soziale Ausgrenzung von Erstklässlerinnen und Erstklässlern mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf im Gemeinsamen Unterricht. Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 6(1), 59–75.
Marengo, D., Fabris, M. A., Prino, L. E., Settanni, M. & Longobardi, C. (2021). Student-teacher conflict moderates the link between students’ social status in the classroom and involvement in bullying behaviors and exposure to peer victimization. Journal of Adolescence, 87, 86–97.
Monchy, M. d., Pijl, S. J. & Zandberg, T. (2004). Discrepancies in judging social inclusion and bullying of pupils with behavior problems. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 19(3), 317–330.
Nicolay, P. & Huber, C. (2021). Wie Schulleistung und Lehrkraftfeedback die soziale Akzeptanz beeinflussen: Ergebnisse einer Experimentalstudie. Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 13(1), 1-10.
Pijl, S. J., Frostad, P. & Flem, A. (2008). The social position of pupils with special needs in regular schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 52(4), 387–405
von Marées, N. & Petermann, F. (2010). Bullying- und Viktimisierungsfragebogen (BVF). Göttingen: Hogrefe.


04. Inclusive Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Effective Feedback as a Strategy to ensure Service-Learning for all

Celina Salvador-Garcia1, Maria Maravé-Vivas2, Teresa Valverde-Esteve1, Carlos Capella-Peris1

1University Jaume I of Castellón, Spain; 2University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Salvador-Garcia, Celina; Valverde-Esteve, Teresa

Service-Learning (SL) is a methodological approach that combines learning and community service. As a result, it emerges as an educational experience through which students participate in a community service activity that is closely connected to the curriculum of a subject. SL favours the necessary interrelationship between university and society while creating a genuine link between theory and practice (Chiva-Bartoll et al., 2021). However, putting SL to work is not an easy task, since every student is different as well as their way of learning (Strom & Martin, 2017).

SL has been applied many times in the teacher education field, and previous literature highlights it numerous benefits among which we may mention: the promotion of attitudes, values and practices that support inclusive educational approaches in schools (Carrington et al., 2015; Maravé-Vivas et al., 2022), the development of a deeper understanding of inclusion, functional diversity and confidence in their ability to manage inclusive educational experiences (Ashton & Arlington, 2019; Chambers, 2017), or developing positive attitudes towards special educational needs (Barton-Arwood et al., 2016; Wilkinson et al. 2013), among others.

Nevertheless, for SL to work, proper guidance must be provided to ensure pre-service teachers’ learning and making the most of the experience. Pre-service teachers are diverse. Each of them possesses diverse strengths and weaknesses that will inevitably influence the way they approach, engage in and learn from the SL experience. As a result, teacher educators applying SL have the duty to attempt to ensure that all students make the most of their learning experience.

Reflection is considered as a fundamental pillar of SL, given that it enables students to establish connections between the service provided and the contents of the subject (Dubinsky, 2006; Hatcher et al., 2004). To include it effectively, the role of teacher educators is of utmost importance. Among other issues, providing effective feedback to the pre-service teachers may greatly favour the achievement of the pre-established objectives (Schartel, 2012; Winstone & Carless, 2019), given that effective feedback may work as a formative, regulatory, pedagogical and communicative tool. Consequently, providing effective feedback when applying SL may not only ensure proper reflection on the part of pre-service teachers, but also help ensure that teacher educators attend to the diversity of the students, since they will be constantly guided through the learning and experiential process.

Against this backdrop, this communication aims at presenting an educational innovation project that aspires to properly attend to diversity by providing effective feedback when applying SL in teacher education courses. Particularly, it displays how effective feedback will be included in a SL programme. To do so, the programme will incorporate the three types of feedback that, according to Cano et al. (2020), encompass effective feedback: feed-up (given at the beginning to let students know where they should direct their efforts), feedback (given along the process to enable learners to adjust the learning process) and feed-forward (given during and at the end of the process to promote to reflection on how to use learning in future tasks).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Objectives of the innovation project
The general objective of this innovation project is to improve some of the subjects applying SL of the teacher education Degree at the Universitat Jaume I. This main aim is divided into the specific objectives presented below:
-To propose innovations and improvements in the organization of SL in different subjects of the Degree.
-To improve SL by incorporating effective feedback to promote reflection and proper attention to diversity.
-To establish specific guidelines for SL management that are generalizable, regardless of the content to be worked on and the type of subject.
Service-Learning organization
Pre-service teachers will be grouped, and each group will design and implement their respective SL projects. To do so, the phases established by CLAYSS (2016) will be followed. This means that pre-service teachers will have to identify a social need, propose an action plan to tackle, put this plan into action and share what they have done. In addition, there will be a constant process of reflection, systematization and assessment that will be accompanied by teacher educators’ feedback.
Innovation project stages
Phase 1:
o Meeting with different social groups to listen to their needs so that teacher educators know different options they can present to the students.
o Feed-up to provide pre-service teachers with clear ideas of what they are expected to do and how to carry it out.
o SL seminars aimed at explaining what this pedagogical approach consists of.
o Brainstorming ideas for the SL projects, bearing in mind the needs expressed by the social groups with which contact was made.
Phase 2:
o Evaluation of the SL proposals through participatory discussion.
o Contact and communication with the participating social groups to validate the proposals.
o Determination of strengths, opportunities, threats and weaknesses of the different projects.
o Providing pre-service teachers with feedback so that they can adjust their projects considering the information collected.
o Adjustment and implementation of SL projects.
o Establishment of dialogue among groups to share experiences, clarify doubts, as well as provide feedback and guidance to the groups.
o Follow-up with regular meetings to provide feedback and feed-forward and carry out a systematized analysis of the situation of each one of the projects.
Phase 3:
o Organization of a final session as a way to provide feed-forward to share the experiences of each group.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
SL has been shown to be an effective pedagogical approach to promote inclusive skills among pre-service teachers (Carrington et al., 2015; Chiva-Bartoll et al., 2020). However, literature reports that teachers themselves may struggle to implement SL for all students (Dunbar & Yadab, 2022), given that there are not magic recipes in education, that will be appropriate for every single learner. Despite this, teacher educators may make use of a range of strategies to enhance the process of guidance when pre-service teachers are engaged in a SL project to promote proper reflection while attending to their students’ diversity.
In this sense, integrating effective feedback strategies to SL may be of great value to foster deep reflections and ensure proper attention to diversity. Therefore, this innovation project will be applied in several subjects of a teacher education Degree in order to address the issues aforementioned. To examine whether the present innovation project has achieved its aims or not, an ad hoc rubric will be created and applied. If the integration of effective feedback strategies in the SL programme is successful, the phases and steps of this innovation project might be extrapolated to other Degrees, as long as they are adjusted to their specificities and particular contexts. As a result, the present innovation project might become a SL model that helps educators of different fields to properly attend to diversity in their teaching practices.

References
Acknowledgments
This work was supported by the Universitat Jaume I through the CIGE/2021/019, USE (18G002-770) and UJI-A2022-11 projects.
References (400 words)
Ashton, J. R., & Arlington, H. (2019). My fears were irrational: Transforming conceptions of disability in teacher education through service learning. International Journal of Whole Schooling, 15(1), 50-81.
Barton-Arwood, S., Lunsford, L., & Suddeth, S. W. (2016). University-community partnerships in teacher preparation: Changing attitudes about students with disabilities. Journal of Public Scholarship in Higher Education, 6, 4-20.
Cano, E., Pons-Seguí, L., & Lluch, L. (2020). Feedback a l'educació superior. Universitat de Barcelona.
Carrington, S., Mercer, K. L., Iyer, R., & Selva, G. (2015). The impact of transformative learning in a critical service-learning program on teacher development: Building a foundation for inclusive teaching. Reflective Practice, 16(1), 61-72.
Chambers, D. J., & Lavery, S. (2012). Service-learning: a valuable component of pre-service teacher education. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 37(4), 128-137.
Chiva-Bartoll, Ò., Capella-Peris, C., & Salvador-García, C. (2020). Service-learning in physical education teacher education: Towards a critical and inclusive perspective. Journal of Education for Teaching, 46(3), 395-407.
Chiva-Bartoll, O., Maravé-Vivas, M., Salvador-García, C., & Valverde-Esteve, T. (2021). Impact of a Physical Education Service-Learning programme on ASD children: A mixed-methods approach. Children and Youth Services Review, 126, 106008.
Clayss (2016). Manual para docentes y estudiantes solidarios. Latinoamericana. Buenos Aires: CLAYSS.
Dubinsky, J. (2006). The role of reflection in service learning. Business Communication Quarterly, 69(3), 306-311.
Dunbar, K., & Yadav, A. (2022). Shifting to student-centered learning: Influences of teaching a summer service learning program. Teaching and Teacher Education, 110, 103578.
Hatcher, J. A., Bringle, R. G., & Muthiah, R. (2004). Designing Effective Reflection: What Matters to Service-Learning?. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 11(1), 38-46.
Maravé-Vivas, M., Gil-Gómez, J., Moliner García.,O., & Capella-Peris, C. (2022). Service-Learning and Physical Education in preservice teacher training: toward the development of civic skills and attitudes. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education. Ahead of Print) https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2022-0094
Schartel, S. A. (2012). Giving feedback–An integral part of education. Best practice & research Clinical anaesthesiology, 26(1), 77-87.
Strom, K. J., & Martin, A. D. (2017). Becoming-teacher: A rhizomatic look at first-year teaching. Springer.
Wilkinson, S., Harvey, W. J., Bloom, G. A., Joober, R., & Grizenko, N. (2013). Student teacher experiences in a service-learning project for children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy, 18, 475-491. doi:10.1080/17408989.2012.690385
Winstone, N., & Carless, D. (2019). Designing effective feedback processes in higher education: A learning-focused approach. Routledge.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm04 SES 02 D: Inclusive Education is not Dead, it just Articulates Differently. Discussing Approaches and Pitfalls to the International Comparison
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Michelle Proyer
Research Workshop
 
04. Inclusive Education
Research Workshop

Inclusive Education is not Dead, it just Articulates Differently. Discussing Approaches and Pitfalls to the International Comparison

Robert Aust1, Julia Gasterstädt2, Andreas Köpfer3, Michelle Proyer4, Raphael Zahnd5

1University Leipzig, Germany; 2University Kassel, Germany; 3University of Education Freiburg, Germany; 4University of Vienna; 5University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland

Presenting Author: Aust, Robert; Gasterstädt, Julia; Köpfer, Andreas; Proyer, Michelle; Zahnd, Raphael

Inclusive education can be described as an international paradigm that focuses on participation as well as processes of inclusion and exclusion in educational contexts – and the barriers and discrimination embedded therein. On the one hand, this paradigm has been incorporated into the policies of international (educational) organizations, such as the European Union, the OECD, UNESCO or the World Bank, while on the other hand, it has gained significant visibility through international agreements, such as the Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education of 1994, the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities of 2006 and the UN Sustainable Development Goals of 2018. The political normative (pro)positions and goals in inclusive education associated with this are currently adopted in national and regional education policies and, subsequently, specific steering processes in education systems are being initiated. Thereby, inclusion needs to be adapted, at both the national and regional level, into different educational systems with differing historical developments, distinct cultures, normative and legal foundations, and then be transferred into practice and specific conditions. Against this backdrop inclusive education is discussed to be a fuzzy or slippery concept, meaning that it is difficult to define or operationalize it in a clear and precise way.

As this fuzziness might be very well a problem for developing inclusive education systems, it also presents a specific challenge for international comparative research regarding inclusive education. Therefore the DFG-funded scientific network "Inclusive Education: International and Comparative Perspectives" (2020-2024), researchers from Germany, Austria and Switzerland explore how these processes, reaching from global to local levels, can be studied in an internationally comparative manner. In the framework of the joint work within the network, different theoretical and/or methodological approaches are compared and discussed with scientists from the international arena. The aim is to analyze the potentials and limitations of these approaches for international comparative (educational) research.

One of many possible examples concerning fuzziness is represented in the terminology “Inklusive Didaktik” - we will use this example as a case during our research workshop. The terminology, literally translated as ‘inclusive didactic’ represents an interesting case for international comparative research. In the German speaking discourse, the terminology is at the core of the discourse surrounding the implementation of inclusive education and the question “how to teach well, in an inclusive manner”. Framing the debates about teaching practices in the context of inclusive education - “didactics” as a concept refers to the “art of teaching”. Even though German speaking countries are only representing a small part of the world, conceptualizations of “inclusive didactics” are diverse and contradictory (Moser Opitz 2014, Zahnd 2021). This is a challenging situation to situate and contrast the specific discourse of “inclusive didactics” against other discourses of e.g. the English-speaking dominating debates and gets even worse because there is no conceptual counterpart to “didactics”. Thus, it remains unclear how to compare and connect two discourses if a core concept of one discourse does not even exist in the other or presents itself in many shapes and forms or interpretations, such as inclusive instruction, inclusive teaching, inclusive pedagogy etc.

Within the research workshop we like to present our ongoing discussion in connection with the case “Inklusive Didaktik” and open it up for a broader discussion within network four.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the sense of a research workshop, we aim to initiate a theoretical and methodological discussion and to provide the basis for it. Therefore, the analytical focus of the research workshop is rather put on the development process regarding the international comparative research discourse on inclusive education than on the implementation process. Hence, the question is asked how inclusive education is articulated in the research discourse and which symbols of un/belonging and de/classification are made. In addition, we aim to explore which strands of discourse in educational as well as other sciences are connected to the thematic complex of inclusive education, and how, against this background, knowledge production processes, such as data production. The aim is not to evaluate approaches in the sense of a best practice, but to make clear which scope of knowledge are connected with the respective approaches and what they mean in regards of inclusive education. Therefore, the research workshop provides the opportunity to discuss options and opportunities to conduct international comparative research on inclusive education and theoretical and methodological challenges involved in such research designs.
To do so, we will firstly present results (e.g. own research from different scientific backrounds and field experience concerning inclusive education) of our network regarding the following aspects:
• the diversity of understandings of inclusion and synonymous concepts that deal with inclusive education as well as their theoretical foundations
• translating inclusion between “global-national-local” levels and the problem of translation and context-dependence of researcher perspective(s)
• classification, categories and the problem of normativity and reification
Secondly, we like to exemplify these aspects using a case study of inclusion dynamics regarding the terminology "Inklusive Didaktik".
After presenting the theoretical and methodological considerations and the case, this research workshop aims to enable debate about the mentioned aspects with the audience to value the diversity of research perspectives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The workshop rather likes to open a discussion about the diversity of ways to develop knowledge about inclusive education than to present empirical findings. Especially in the context of this European conference, where different country-specific theoretical and methodological approaches come together, an exchange can be considered extremely fruitful. In addition to productive lines of connection, areas of tension should also be addressed and the question should be continually asked as to which understanding of inclusion is invoked with which approach. Reading inclusion divergently (Amrhein & Naraian 2022) can be seen as a necessary prerequisite for the European and international analysis of inclusive education. At the same time, a methodological discussion is necessary - e.g. using the example of inclusive didactic - which tertium comparationis are tangible, workable and comparable.
References
Amrhein, B. & Naraian, S. (2022). Reading Inclusion Divergently. Emerald Publishing Limited.
Moser Opitz, E. (2014). Inklusive Didaktik im Spannungsfeld von gemeinsamem Lernen und effektiver Förderung. Ein Forschungsüberblick und eine Analyse von didaktischen Konzeptionen für inklusiven Unterricht. In K. Zierer (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch für Allgemeine Didaktik (S. 52–68). Schneider Verlag Hohengehren.
Zahnd, R. (2021). Inklusion als Schulkritik. Überlegungen zum Zusammenspiel von Fachdidaktik und inklusiver Pädagogik. In K. Resch, K.-T. Lindner, B. Streese, M. Proyer, & S. Schwab (Hrsg.), Inklusive Schule und Schulentwicklung. Theoretische Grundlagen, empirische Befunde und Praxisbeispiele aus Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz: Bd. Beiträge zur Bildungsforschung (S. 231–237). Waxmann.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm04 SES 02 E: Teachers, Teacher Education and Diversity
Location: Gilbert Scott, 134 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ann-Kathrin Arndt
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Examining Educator Awareness of Diverse Student Populations in Scottish Council Secondary Schools

Ruth-Terry Walden

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Walden, Ruth-Terry

Purpose:

The purpose of this Ignite Talks presentation is to examine and discuss teacher awareness and methods of addressing various student achievement gaps and issues in Scottish secondary council schools. Emphasis will be placed on discussing those acknowledged variables that are recognized by Scottish educators as tangible factors to inhibiting student achievement at the secondary levels. This presentation will also present possible solutions currently being used globally by other educational entities with similar diverse student populations.

Current Policies in Place:

The Scottish Educational System is a devolved one in which the Scottish Government has delegated authority and autonomy to local authorities to determine catchment or district improvement plans for their local student populations. These improvement plans may vary from district to district. This is seen globally and reflects the current educational policies of the United Nations G4 Right to a Quality Education. Scotland recognizes that its students are diverse yet marginalized through various inequities. There is an acknowledged commitment to address these inequities through the educational system. The methodology used to do so is yet to be determined or implemented at this time.

Stakeholders in the Educational Process:

The presentation will also discuss the importance of the intersection of recognition and participation of all educational stakeholders (parents, community partners, teachers, therapeutic support and head teachers) in a child’s life. While it is globally acknowledged that this is a global best practice in education, the Scottish educational framework will be examined through this presentation for tangible evidence of a framework to achieve this intersection of educational stakeholders.

Teacher Agency and Activism:

The current educational climate in the United kingdom underscores that teacher agency and activism for positive educational change is visibly evident. Teachers are currently requesting that working conditions, curriculum, assessments and therapeutic support for students must be reviewed for restructuring and tangible change. Teacher preparation at the university level is also being reviewed and revised to meet the needs of a diverse and marginalized student population. Potential teachers are questioning the current status quo with respect to methodology, curriculum content and teacher practice. All of which will be discussed in this presentation.

Student Agency and Participation:

There appears to be no student agency and activism at the secondary level in Scottish Schools. How are educators empowering students to take ownership over their learning process? Do educators in Scotland see this as viable as global educators? How Can Scottish teachers empower their students to become classroom leaders and thus create sustained student learning engagement in their classrooms?

Parental Engagement and Empowerment:

Marginalized parents in an educational environment may be so for a number of reasons: they may have come through the very system their children are in and were marginalized themselves causing systemic educational trauma for them and their children. Language may be a barrier. And socio-economic constraints may be a factor. None of this precludes meaningful participation in their children’s education. How do educators in Scottish council schools partner with community stakeholders to empower parents to effectively advocate for their children’s education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Methodologies: (K. Taber; University of Cambridge 2015.)
The researcher will use the Observation Technique of information gathering and analysis: That is she will use any and all of the below to obtain data:
Student Assessment
Closed Ended Questionnaires
Diary/Journal
Supporting Documents
Interaction Schedules
Interviews
Learning Inventories
Open Ended Questionnaires
Diagnosis of Student Conceptions
Triangulation
The researcher is seeking to obtain both formal and informal data results from conducted research to determine her findings.
For the purposes of this presentation, observations will be defined as the intuitive and internal reflections of the researcher  in the normal classroom and school environment. The Nature of this Technique is

 1. Observation of the classroom and or school environment, Students’ Body language, their classroom (peer to peer) and (pupil to teacher) social interactions and activities that allows for the promotion of the interview
2. Observations that are coded using a standardized measure
 3. Observations that result in the production of a running record of the internal observation Assumptions underpinning the Technique
4. Accurate interpretation of the behavior in the classroom and school environment
5. Researcher’s ability to notice everything I need to observe Practical Issues that a novice researcher should be aware of and corresponding examples
5.  Note taking needs to be done quickly so that the researcher does not miss substantial data o Use shorthand for noting down observations
6. The presence of the researcher may alter the typical behavior of the participants, therefore
7. To Have an initial introductory period that allows both the researcher and the participants to get acquainted so as to better facilitate a less threatening environment
8. Be prepared for unexpected occurrences
9.  Allowing extra time in research design
 Reflection of the Strengths and Limitations
Strengths: Eye witness into the details of the natural environment •
Limitations: Bias as a result of researcher interpretation, time constraints
(Dr Keith Taber; Professor of Science Education at the University of Cambridge.) 2015.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusions:
The current educational research in Scotland supports that Scottish council schools recognize a primary perceived and tangible variable for student achievement and that may be socio-economic class. While researchers and educators may be cognizant of other variables such as lack of perceived parental agency to effectively advocate for their children, environmental trauma; cultural displacement (language acquisition) , domestic violence, substance abuse, lack of on-site therapeutic support as well as the need for meaningful curriculum reform to meet the changing needs of a diverse student population, these are not balanced with the socio-economic status of council school students.
The current global research supports that educators globally are understanding that they must be the empowerment for positive educational change at the local, regional and national levels. It is the hope of these research findings that Scottish educators are cognizant of their role but do not yet perceive the educational avenues they must navigate in order to effect positive educational change in Scottish council schools.
Current data indicates that from an informal perspective teachers in Scotland are aware of all of the constraints that impact their teaching and they are actively and collectively demanding reform in their schools. The research hopes to examine the effectiveness of these demands for reform and the ways in which teachers will galvanize at the local level to begin the collective educational reform process. Many new and veteran teachers are using their classrooms as platforms for educational change. This research seeks to assess the impact of local initiatives on the broader educational scheme.
The research has yet to be conducted but will be completed well before the conference with Ignite Talks slides submitted beforehand.

References
References:
https://www.gtcs.org.uk/news/teachers-recognised-as-pioneering-spirits-in-equality-and-diversity-share-gtc-scotlands-saroj-lal-award/ (January 31, 2023).
https://www.gov.scot/publications/blueprint-fairness-final-report-commission-widening-access/pages/4/ (January 31, 2023).
Sheila Riddell (2009) Social justice, equality and inclusion in Scottish education, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 30:3, 283-296, DOI: 10.1080/01596300903036889
https://www.eppenetwork.org/post/the-scottish-curriculum-and-minority-representation (January 31,2023).
https://www.interculturalyouthscotland.org/ (January 31, 2023).


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Engaging with Teacher Education Students’ Diversity in Teacher Education for Inclusion: Insights based on a Biographical Research Approach

Ann-Kathrin Arndt1, Isabel Sievers2, Bettina Lindmeier2

1Bielefeld University, Germany; 2Leibniz Universität Hannover, Germany

Presenting Author: Arndt, Ann-Kathrin; Sievers, Isabel

Widening perspectives of inclusive education in schools from predominately focusing on students with disability or special needs to broader notions of diversity (Claiborne & Balakrishnan, 2020), is connected to an increasing interleave between discourses on inclusion and diversity (Resch et al., 2021, 11). With regard to teacher education for inclusion, Florian and Camedda (2020, 6.) emphasize the “need to develop programmes that enable class teachers to deliver high quality inclusive education in diverse classrooms”. However, referring to a general and special education dual-degree teacher education programme, Pugach and Blanton (2012, 254) indicate that despite its goal of preparing teachers for “the full range of diversity in their student populations”, diversity was “defined more frequently as disability” (ibid., 262). Taking into account multiple, intersecting “difference categories” (Plösser & Mecheril, 2012, 797), Pugach et al. (2021, 237) emphasize the need to “complicate disability” by strengthening intersectional perspectives.

Questions of diversity also arise with regard to (future) teachers: Recently, diversity or rather the “lack of diversity within the teaching profession” (Heinz et al., 2022, 229) received more attention (e.g. on European level: Donlevy et al., 2016). Keane et al. (2022, 5) refer to the “international phenomenon” of “teaching bodies predominantly drawn from majority-group socio-demographic backgrounds”. They emphasize that “representation matters” without considering “the diversification of teaching profession as a social justice panacea” (Keane et al., 2022, 7.). Previous research on experiences of “teachers from under-represented groups” problematized “the essentialisation of minority and ‘working class’ teachers and their high levels of stress and over-burdening” (ibid.). Heinz (2015) emphasizes broadening perspectives to challenge “highly normative debates often surrounding (student) teacher’s job motivations” and to stop treating teacher education students “as one homogenous group”. This implies not only to include different “’dimensions’ of diversity” (Keane et al., 2022, 13) in research, but also questioning essentialist, often binary notions of difference: For instance, Rosen and Jacob (2021) problematize the reference to “migration background” in research on minority teachers. As pairing of ‘inclusion’ and ‘diversity’ often remains vague, Shure (2017, 649) calls for perspectives on diversity which engage with complexities, ambiguities and multiple belonging. Diversity as an analytical perspective (Sievers et al., 2013) sheds light on (re)production of “structures of power and inequality” (Ploesser & Mecheril, 2012, 799). This implies critical reflection on “perils of reification” (Kertzer, 2017) in research.

Biographical research approaches empirically analyze educational stories, understandings of belonging and positions in a contextualized way, which emphasizes complexity and ambiguity (Dausien, 2009). We present results from the ongoing project „Pathways to Teaching – (Educational) Biographies of Teacher Education Students”. Based on a reconstructive biographical research approach (Rosenthal, 2018), teacher education students’ life-historical constructions form a starting point for the overall aim to gain a deeper understanding of diversity in teaching and teacher education. The main research question is: What are the specific pathways and experiences as well as orientations of teacher education students? In this context, we are interested in the specific relevance of intersecting ‘dimensions’ of diversity and questions of (multiple) belongings as well as experiences of exclusion. Our biographical study focuses on teacher education students in the German context. Referring to Neary’s (2022) work on LGBTQI+ teachers in Ireland, Mc Daid et al. (2022, 216) point out that this reflects “a very particular social and legislative context”, while raising more general questions. By thus, taking a closer look at teacher students’ biographies in one national context, contributes to ongoing discussions on diversity and diversification concerning the (future) teaching workforce at both European and international level.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the project “Pathways to Teaching” various strategies were applied to reach out to a broader range of possible interviewees. We deliberately made no reference to diversity or certain ‘dimensions’ of diversity. Nevertheless, (potential) interviewees might connect the study to this area of interest based on our previous research and teaching in this field. Four special education Master’s students participated in data collection and analysis within a research-oriented study project or their Master’s thesis. Their participation contributed to broadening the sample. Heinz’ (2015) critique of constructing student teachers as a homogenous group in research calls for including different sub-groups related to different teacher education programmes as well as stages in the initial teacher education. While some federal states or universities have more integrated teacher education programmes, overall teacher education programmes or “types of teaching careers” (KMK, 2019, 196) reflect the structure of the selective school system in Germany. Initial teacher education consists of a Bachelor’s and Master’s phase. The interviewees in our sample studied different teacher education programmes in general education (for primary education or upper secondary education), special education or vocational education. Both Bachelor’s and Master’s students were interviewed.
Interviews were based on principles of  the biographical-narrative interview which aims to provide space for interviewees to freely talk about their own experiences. Especially in the initial phase of the interview, the interviewer focuses on maintaining the “flow” of the interviewee’s narration without “substantial interventions” (Rosenthal, 2018, 133ff). With our initial narrative question, we encouraged teacher education students to talk about their life story.  Based on a “global analysis” (Rosenthal, 2015, 82), we choose six interviews for closer analysis. This analysis is guided by principles of biographical case reconstruction which draws attention to “biographical meaning of the past experiences” and to “the meaning of the self-presentation in the present” (Rosenthal, 2018,. 167). As biographical approaches consider the interrelatedness of individuals and society, analyzing teacher education students’ narrations is linked to understanding the relevant “discourses” (Rosenthal, 2018, 165). In the context of risks of reification (Kerzter, 2017) and essentialization in studies on diversity, a reflective research approach is emphasized (Bührmann, 2020). As Wojciechowicz (2017, 137) points out ‘isolated’ forms of reflection, e.g. on sampling, do not suffice to reflect on the complex situatedness of research. In this regard, collective formats of reflecting both within our research team and with other colleagues is essential for supporting this reflective approach.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Mc Daid et al. (2022, 211) note “significant absences in teacher diversity research to date”. They call for expanding views on schools as not only “sites of learning”, but also as sites of work and “cultural (re) production, in which teachers who perform their identities in a countercultural manner, must navigate and negotiate heteronormative, racist, classist, ablest, and other discourses and practices” (ibid., 217f). Focusing on teacher education students’ biographies, we explore the relevance of different, intersecting ‘dimensions’ of diversity, complexities of (multiple) belonging as well as exclusion by reconstructing meanings of past experiences and present self-presentation. In teacher education for inclusion, broader notions of diversity stand in contrast to distinct teacher education programmes and their emphasis on “different kinds of learners” (Florian & Camedda, 2020, 5). This is pertinent with regard to the selective school structure in Germany. While underlining previous results on the relevance of positive school experiences for choosing a teaching career (Heinz, 2015), our biographical study also draws attention to negative school experiences: For instance, teacher educations students refer to depreciation by teachers who ascribed them a lack of ability in school subjects or the German language as well as to not fitting in with the ‘rich kids’. Presenting e.g. as a ‘role model’ for upward mobility, reflects constantly ‘working for proof’ (Wojciechowicz, 2017, 399). While this is situated in specific understandings of difference in local school contexts (Claiborne & Balakrishnan, 2020, 1), it emphasizes going beyond simplistic notions of role modeling and diversity in teaching in European and international discourses (Heinz et al., 2022, 233). With regard to developing teacher education for inclusion, our results raise questions on “case studies about educators from diverse backgrounds” (Heinz et al, 2022, 233) and biographical work in initial teacher education (Junge & Siegert, 2021).
References
Claiborne, L., & Balakrishnan, V. (2020). Introduction. In L. Claiborne & V. Balakrishnan (Eds.),  Moving towards Inclusive Education. (pp. 1–15).
Donlevy, V.; Rajania, A.; Meierkord, A. (2016). Study on the diversity within the teaching profession with particular focus on migrant and/or minority background: final report.
Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4–8.
Heinz, M. (2015). Why choose teaching? An international review of empirical studies exploring student teachers’ career motivations and levels of commitment to teaching. Educational Research and Evaluation, 21(3), 258–297.
Heinz, M., Keane, E., & Mc Daid, R. (2022). Charting Pathways towards a More Diverse, Equitable and Inclusive Teaching Profession. In E. Keane, M. Heinz, & R. Mc Daid (Eds.), Diversifying the Teaching Profession (pp. 226–240).
Keane, E., Heinz, M., & Mc Daid, R. (2022). Diversifying the Teaching Profession: Representation Matters. In Keane et al. (Eds.). (pp. 3–21).
Kertzer, D. I. (2017). The Perils of Reification: Identity Categories and Identity Construction in Migration Research. In F. Decimo & A. Gribaldo (Eds.), Boundaries within: Nation, Kinship and Identity among Migrants and Minorities (pp. 23–34).
Mc Daid, R., Keane, E., & Heinz, M. (2022). Diversifying the Teaching Profession. In Keane et al. (Eds.). (pp. 211–225).
Ploesser, P. M., & Mecheril, P. P. (2012). Neglect – recognition – deconstruction. International Social Work, 55(6), 794–808.
Pugach, M. C., & Blanton, L. P. (2012). Enacting Diversity in Dual Certification Programs. Journal of Teacher Education, 63(4), 254–267
Pugach, M. C., Matewos, A. M., & Gomez-Najarro, J. (2021). Disability and the Meaning of Social Justice in Teacher Education Research. Journal of Teacher Education, 72(2), 237–250.
Resch, K., Proyer, M., & Schwab, S. (2021). Aktuelle Beiträge zur inklusiven Schule in Österreich, Deutschland und der Schweiz. In K. Resch, K.-T. Lindner, B. Streese, M. Proyer, & S. Schwab (Eds.), Inklusive Schule und Schulentwicklung. (pp. 11-18).
Rosen, L., & Jacob, M. (2021). Diversity in the teachers’ lounge in Germany – casting doubt on the statistical category of ‘migration background’. European Educational Research Journal, 1-18.
Rosenthal, G. (2018). Interpretive social research: An introduction.
Sievers, I., Robak, S., & Hauenschild, K. (2013). Einleitung. In K. Hauenschild, S. Robak, & I. Sievers (Eds.), Diversity Education (pp. 15–35).
Shure, S. (2017). Was fokussieren (schul-)pädagogische „Inklusionsperspektiven“ (eher nicht)? In K. Fereidooni & M. El (Eds.), Rassismuskritik und Widerstandsformen (pp. 643–656).
Wojciechowicz, A. A. (2017). Erkämpfte Hochschulzugänge in der Migrationsgesellschaft.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Teacher Education: An Opportunity to Extend Understandings of Diversity and Inclusion Education

Kirsten Petrie, Patsie Frawley, Kate Kernaghan

The University of Waikato, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Petrie, Kirsten

Social and education legislation and policy internationally are underpinned by the expectation that educators remove barriers to learning, emphasize inclusion, and improve access for all learners (e.g. European Union, European Education Area; UNESCO, Sustainable Development Goal 4). Research on inclusive education (Ainscow, 2022; Bešić, 2020) highlights that a shift is required from ideas of inclusive education that focus on disability, to more broadly encompassing perspectives associated with diversity framed by social justice and underpinned by theories of intersectionality and equity. Extensive investment has provided support to assist teachers to adopt these inclusive education approaches, and yet institutional (government, school) systems and traditions, along with public discourse can undermine the intent and efforts of teachers (Florian, 2021; Jensen 2018). For teachers tensions exist where on the one hand policies advocate for ‘education for all’ yet the system reflects a ‘deficit’ model through funding approaches that are focused on the individual student and their particular needs.

As initial teacher educators we, like colleagues internationally (see European Journal of Teacher Education, Vol43, 2020, Special Issue on Inclusive Education), are responding to the challenge to consider inclusive education in its broadest sense. We have a professional responsibility to ensure pre-service teachers can “respect the diversity of [learners] heritage, language, identity, and culture; … and… promote inclusive practices to support the needs of all learners” (Education Council, 2017, p.10). This aligns with the requirements to become (provisionally) registered teachers and is paralleled across European contexts and in the rhetoric of education policies. Our aim is to develop student’s critical thinking and awareness about diversity, engage students in self-reflection of their privilege and positionality within a diverse society, and present pedagogical practices that enable equitable education ‘for all’. To do this we have developed a paper/course Diversity, Inclusion and Wellbeing that is framed by intersectionality and Universal Design for Learning (UDL). As Banks (2023) notes teachers need access to ‘the conversation’ about diversity and inclusion to develop inclusive practices and to change systems that segregate students. This reflects the systemic approach that Guðjónsdóttir & Óskarsdóttir (2020) note is needed given that ‘teachers alone cannot be held responsible for inclusive practices’ when the conditions of schools and broader educational frameworks do not reflect diversity in the broadest sense.

The redevelopment of the 1-year (graduate/postgraduate) initial teacher education programmes offered at the University of Waikato, the Graduate Diploma in Teaching (GDipT) and parallel Postgraduate Diploma of Teaching (PGDipT), provided the opportunity to examine what teaching and learning opportunities support teaching students to enact diversity/intersectionality as inclusive and differentiated practice and pedagogies. Broadly we are framing our work as developing activist (Sachs, 2001), transformative (Mockler, 2005) professionals who are aware and able to work effectively towards developing schools that are places of diversity and are inclusive ‘of all’. Underpinned this is a commitment to social justice as a goal and a process (Bell, 2016), we drew on socio-cultural perspectives (Wenger, 1998) in acknowledging that knowing, doing, and thinking does not reside with the individual student teacher, but is site specific, temporal, and distributed across the ecological arrangements in which pre-service teachers learn and practice.

In line with the work of Florian (2012), who examined on course reforms for a similar one-year Postgraduate ITE programme in Scotland, the aim of this study was to better understand ‘How ITE curriculum and pedagogical practices (including assessments) focused on diversity, intersectionality, and differentiated practice, support pre-service teachers to develop as critical, activist, transformative professionals (effective disruptors) who can enact inclusive education in their practices as teachers?’


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports on a case study designed to better understand how the course titled Diversity, Inclusion and Wellbeing supported pre-service teachers in ways that positioned them to enact inclusive education in their practices as teachers, both in their own classes and in the school more widely. Data were drawn from collegial conversations between the teaching team, student paper evaluations, field notes and student responses generated during workshop interactions (responses recorded on Padlet forums, through Zoom chats, and as dialogue), and course materials including paper planning and student assessments.

The participants included the staff that made up the teaching team (as participant researchers) and students enrolled in the GradDip and Postgrad Dip Teaching, at a University in Aotearoa New Zealand, during 2022/23. The student cohort was made up of pre-service post graduate primary and secondary students, who were studying in face to face, as well as distance (online) iterations of the programmes. The research was approved by the University of Waikato’s Human Research Ethics Committee.

Thematic analysis was used for developing, analysing, and interpreting patterns across a data set (Braun & Clarke, 2022), and viewed and reviewed as part of peer debriefing (Lincoln & Guba, 1985). Thematic analysis was support by inductive approach to the case study to identify important themes and patterns within the data (Joffe, 2012). Throughout the data analysis process, we maintained an audit trail through analytic memos in a shared researcher journal to document the process through which themes were developed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found that the paper Diversity, Inclusion and Wellbeing has been a ‘beginning’ for many students in their development as activist, transformative professionals. This was evidenced by their ability to recognise diversity amongst their peers, and the students they were teaching. While most students were able to enact inclusive education in regard to gender, and academic level, using modifications to their pedagogical practices, the ability to plan for inclusion associated with other ways of thinking about diversity (sexuality, culture/ethnicity, impairment, neurodiversity, or social class) was less evident. Adopting an intersectional lens was challenging when the attitudes of our colleagues across the ITE programme, along with mentor teachers and school leaders reflected less inclusive approaches, which left pre-service teachers feeling unable to challenge the ableism, sexism, and racism behaviours they observed. Equally a UDL approach, while embraced by this student cohort, was difficult to consider enacting when school systems, programmes, and assessment practices continue to be framed by traditions of practice, and therefore limited opportunities to utiliseUDL alongside planning focused on the localised and differentiated needs of the learners.

While challenged by the learning opportunities and assessment task presented in the paper, this cohort of students appeared to have a limited ability to enact diversity at anything more than a superficial level making their pursuits to generate a more socially just educational experience for all learners a long-term goal. While it would be easier to prioritise a focus on practices and pedagogies narrowly framed on specific pedagogies of inclusion (aligned with special education) in ITE papers, it is more pressing to create spaces for critical dialogue, contesting of ideas, and promotion of social justice and intersectionality framed approaches like UDL in ITE courses, as a way to recognise the change agents new teachers can be.

References
Ainscow, M. (2023). Making Sense of Inclusion and Equity in Education: A personal journey. In The Inclusion Dialogue (pp. 6-22). Routledge.

Banks, J. (2023). The Inclusion Dialogue: Debating Issues, Challenges and Tensions with Global Experts. Routledge.

Bell, L. A. 2016. “Theoretical Foundations for Social Justice Education.” In Teaching for Diversity and Social Justice, edited by M. Adams, L. A. Bell, D. J. Goodman, and K. Y. Joshi, 3–26. Abingdon: Routledge.

Bešić, E. (2020). Intersectionality: A pathway towards inclusive education? PROSPECTS, 49(3-4), 111-122.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. Sage.

Education Council. (2017). Our Code Our Standards: Code of Professional Responsibility and Standards for the Teaching Profession. Wellington: Education Council, New Zealand, Matatū Aotearoa

Florian, L. (2012). Preparing teachers to work in inclusive classrooms: key lessons for the professional development of teacher educators from Scotland's inclusive practice project [Report]. Journal of Teacher Education, 63, 275+

Florian, L. (2021). The Universal Value of Teacher Education for Inclusive Education. In A. Köpfer, J. J. W. Powell, & R. Zahnd (Eds.), Handbuch Inklusion international / International Handbook of Inclusive Education: Globale, nationale und lokale Perspektiven auf Inklusive Bildung / Global, National and Local Perspectives (1st ed., pp. 89–106). Verlag Barbara Budrich.

Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8.

Guðjónsdóttir, H., & Óskarsdóttir, E. (2020). ´Dealing with diversity´: debating the focus of teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 95-109.

Jenson, K. (2018). Discourses of disability and inclusive education. He Kupu the Word, 5(4), 52–59.

Joffe, H. (2012). Thematic analysis. In D. Harper & A. Thompson (Eds.), Qualitative research methods in mental health and psychotherapy: An introduction for students and practitioners (pp. 209–223). Wiley-Blackwell.

Mockler, N. (2005). Trans/forming teachers: New professional learning and transformative teacher professionalism. Journal of In-service Education, 31, 733–746.

Sachs, J. (2001). Teacher professional identity: competing discourses, competing outcomes. Journal of Education Policy, 16(2), 149-161.

Wenger, E. 1998. Communities of practice: learning, meaning and identity, New York: Cambridge University Press
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm04 SES 02 F: Children’s Values in Early School Education: Evidence of Value Transmission from Classrooms in Switzerland, the UK, and Israel
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Elena Makarova
Session Chair: Anna K. Döring
Symposium
 
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium

Children’s Values in Early School Education: Evidence of Value Transmission from Classrooms in Switzerland, the UK, and Israel

Chair: Elena Makarova (Institute for Educational Sciences, University of Basel, Switzerland)

Discussant: Anna K. Döring (Psychology, School of Social Sciences, University of Westminster, London, United Kingdom)

While values play a key role in formal education, as highlighted in policies at European level (Council of Europe (CoE), 2016) as well as worldwide (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), 2019; The international Group of Seven (G7), 2016; United Nations (UN), 2015) very few empirical studies have collected data from children and their teachers. This gap in research is particularly wide in preschool and early primary school years. The four presentations in this symposium are aiming to help close this gap, analysing data from five-to-eight-year-old children and their teachers across three countries. Schwartz’s (1992) theory of human values with its ten key values of universalism and benevolence (self-transcendence values), achievement and power (self-enhancement values), tradition, conformity, and security (conservation values), and hedonism, stimulation, and self-direction (openness to change values) forms the theoretical framework. This framework has been particularly strong in facilitating approaches to the assessment of children’s values, explaining dynamics of value development and value change in social and educational contexts, and understanding how values direct children’s actions (Döring et al., 2016). Thus, gaining empirical evidence on children`s value development in an early school education has a particular importance for pedagogical practice in an increasingly diverse educational settings where values has been recognized as a pathway to inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2002; Booth, 2011).

The contribution of the symposium maps the diversity of value research in early school education with particular focus on value transmission in classrooms of three different countries (Switzerland, the UK, and Israel).

Scholz-Kuhn and colleagues are presenting a multi-level study with 952 Swiss children in primary schools, showing how children’s self-reported values of self-transcendence versus self-enhancement and openness to change versus conservation are systematically related to their supportive versus performance and learning-oriented versus disciplined behavior in the classroom as observed by their teachers.

The following presentation by Jones and colleagues gives voice to ten British primary school teachers and applies deductive content analysis as well as inductive thematic analysis to interview data. The emerging themes speak to the different routes to value transmission inside and outside of the classroom and facilitators of value change (see Bardi & Goodwin, 2011), such as identification, adaptation, and priming.

The third presentation by Habermann and colleagues explores data from both countries, Switzerland and the UK and reflects the reality of today’s primary school classrooms in Europe, which is often multilingual. The findings show how children’s value priorities (the importance children give to specific values) are systematically related to language as well as cultural background.

The fourth presentation by Elizarov and colleagues adds data from a new country, Israel, and lowers the age range to kindergarten age. In the same vein as the first presentation, it demonstrates how children’s values predict their prosocial behaviour, but it adds a potential mediating mechanism via social information processing as well as children’s feelings toward school.

The discussion by Döring will review these novel insights in view of children’s developmental background during these early stages of formal education, focusing on how values predict children’s actions and vice versa.


References
Bardi, A., & Goodwin, R. (2011). The dual route to value change: Individual processes and cultural moderators. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 42, 271-287. https://doi.org.1177/0022022110396916

Booth, T. (2011). The name of the rose: Inclusive values into action in teacher education. Prospects, 41, 303-318. https://doi.org.10.1007/s11125-011-9200-z.

Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for Inclusion: Developing learning and participation in schools. Brisol: The Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE). http://www.eenet.org.uk/resources/docs/ Index%20English.pdf

Council of Europe (2016). Competences for democratic culture: Living together as equals in culturally diverse democratic societies. Strasbourg Cedex: Council of Europe. Accessed from https://rm.coe.int/16806ccc07, [15.01.2018].

Döring, A. K., Daniel, E., & Knafo-Noam, A. (2016). Value development from middle childhood to early adulthood: New insights from longitudinal and genetically-informed research. Special section. Social  Development, 25, 571- 671. https://doi.org10.1111/sode.12177

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: Conceptual Learning Framework. Accessed from http://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass 2030/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_ concept_note.pdf, [26.3.2019]

The International Group of Seven (G7) (2016). Ise-Shima Leaders’ Declaration: Ise-Shima Summit, 26-27 May 2016. Accessed from http://www.mofa.go.jp/files/000160266.pdf, [20.10.2021]

United Nations (UN) (2015). Transforming Our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. New York: UN Publishing.

Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the Content and Structure of Values: Theoretical Advances and Empirical Tests in 20 Countries. In Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol. 25). Elsevier Science & Technology.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Relationship Between Young Children’s Personal Values and Their Teacher-Rated Behaviors in the Classroom

Ricarda Scholz-Kuhn (Institute for Educational Sciences, University of Basel, Switzerland), Elena Makarova (Institute for Educational Sciences, University of Basel, Switzerland), Anat Bardi (Department of Psychology, Royal Holloway University of London, United Kingdom), Anna K. Döring (Psychology, School of Social Sciences, University of Westminster, London, United Kingdom)

There has been little research on the relationships between children's personal values and the behaviors that express such values in the school context. Hence, the promotion of prosocial values of children in school could be a mean to encourage a positive school climate, an effective learning environment and especially an approach to reduce negative and disruptive behaviours in class, which has always been one of the predominant challenges to effective teaching-learning processes (Turhan & Akgül, 2017). Previous research indicates the association between disruptive behavior and individual demographics such as gender and ethnicity (Kellam et al., 1998; Pas et al., 2010; Pas et al., 2011). Furthermore, it has been shown that process characteristics (e.g., the quality of relationships within a classroom) are more important than structural characteristics (e.g., percentage of girls in class) to explain behavior problems (Schönbächler et al., 2011). In the present study, we examined for the first time with children at this young age, the relations between values and their value-related behaviors, i.e., supportive, disciplined, learning-oriented and achievement-oriented, in the primary school context. The sample consisted of 952 primary school children (51.5 % boys; Mage: 7.93, SD=.35). Data used in this study were collected in 2022 in Switzerland. A multilevel analysis confirmed the hypothesis that systematic relationships between values and teacher-rated behaviors can be demonstrated with young children. However, gender was the strongest predictor of teacher-rated children’s classroom behaviors. The results highlight the significance of understanding children’s value-behavior relations, teachers’ possible gender stereotypes of children’s behaviors and its practical importance in the school context. Overall, this study strengthens the idea that focusing on value theory, understanding, development and education might be a way out to reduce disruptive behavior and to create a positive school climate to foster children’s learning.

References:

Kellam, S. G., Ling, X., Merisca, R., Brown, C. H., & Ialongo, N. (1998). The effect of the level of aggression in the first grade classroom on the course and malleability of aggressive behavior into middle school. Development and Psychopathology, 10(2), 165-185. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579498001564 Pas, E. T., Bradshaw, C. P., Hershfeldt, P. A., & Leaf, P. J. (2010). A multilevel exploration of the influence of teacher efficacy and burnout on response to student problem behavior and school-based service use. School Psychology Quarterly, 25(1), 13-27. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0018576 Pas, E. T., Bradshaw, C. P., & Mitchell, M. M. (2011). Examining the validity of office discipline referrals as an indicator of student behavior problems. Psychology in the Schools, 48(6), 541-555. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.20577 Schönbächler, M.-T., Herzog, W., & Makarova, E. (2011) 'Schwierige' Schulklassen: Eine Analyse des Zusammenhangs von Klassenzusammensetzungen und wahrgenommenen Unterrichtsstörungen. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 39 (4), 310-327. Turhan, M., & Akgül,T. (2017). The Relationship between Perceived School Climate and the Adolescents' Adherence to Humanitarian Values. Universal Journal of Educational Research, 5(3), 357-365. https://doi.org/10.13189/ujer.2017.050308
 

Giving Voice to Educators: Primary School Teachers Explain How They Promote Values to Their Pupils

Emma Jones (Psychology, School of Social Sciences, University of Westminster, London, United Kingdom), Thomas Peter Oeschger (Institute for Educational Sciences, University of Basel, Switzerland), Anna K. Döring (Psychology, School of Social Sciences, University of Westminster, London, United Kingdom)

Values are the trans-situational goals guiding human attitudes and behavior (Schwartz, 1992). As education has a responsibility to equip individuals with democratic values of citizenship, attitudes and beliefs, teachers play an active role in promoting and transmitting values, in order to create a more inclusive, fair and sustainable society (OECD, 2019). Despite being the earliest socialization agents outside the home, little empirical evidence exists on the important role that primary school teachers play in value transmission. By facilitating social cognitive development through social interactions, the school setting helps to spark curiosity, leading to reflection and adaptation (Goswami, 2015). Teachers use a range of strategies (including imitation and modelling, priming and discussion) to help children to make sense of the world (Oeschger et al, 2022) which they apply across a range of subjects and in a range of ways. The present study aims to give voice to educators through the personal experiences of 10 UK primary school teachers, with between 7 and 28 years of primary teaching experience. Semi-structured interviews were conducted lasting between 50 and 90 minutes. Data was analyzed in two stages. First, a deductive content analysis was conducted to identify how values, as defined in Schwartz’s (1992) model, were reflected in the interview data. Next, questions were analyzed using an inductive thematic analysis. The following themes emerged: the mechanisms of values transmission (modelling, priming, discussion, social stories and questioning); the implicit and explicit ways that values are promoted across the school setting and curriculum; values which are more difficult to teach (power values, self-direction values); value transmission through taught lessons (including PSHE, Maths, PE and Geography); opportunities for value transmission in the wider school environment (lunch and play times, Forest School and collective worship); and the role that a school culture and ethos (including the Head Teacher) play on the transmission of values. Future studies might consider comparing qualitative data from teachers with quantitative data or observations of pupils in the school setting in order to understand how pupils interpret the values taught.

References:

Goswami, U. (2015) Children’s Cognitive Development and Learning (CPRT Research Survey 3), York: Cambridge Primary Review Trust. ISBN 978-0-9931032-2-3. Oeschger, T., Makarova E., & Döring, A. K. (2022). Values in the School Curriculum from Teachers‘ Perspective: A mixed-methods Study. International Journal of Educational Research Open, Volume 3. https://doi:10.1016/j.ijedro.2022.100190. Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: Conceptual Learning Framework. http://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass-2030/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_concept_note.pdf, [26.3.2019]. Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the Content and Structure of Values: Theoretical Advances and Empirical Tests in 20 Countries. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology 25(25), 1-65. https://doi.org 10.1016/S0065-2601(08)60281-6
 

Do Bilingual and Monolingual Children Have Different Values Priorities? A Study Among Primary School Children in the UK and Switzerland

Stefanie Habermann (Department of Psychology, Royal Holloway University of London, United Kingdom), Elena Makarova (Institute for Educational Sciences, University of Basel, Switzerland)

One of the biggest challenges for the educational systems in our constantly changing world is managing ever increasingly diverse classrooms, and creating equal learning opportunities for multilingual, multicultural, and multi-competent students. According to the UN, ”education (…) shall be directed to the development of respect for the child’s (..) language and values” (Convention on the rights of the child, 1989). However, little is known about the influence of multilingualism on the ten basic human values (Schwartz, 1992). Gross and Dewaele (2017) found that multilingualism was linked to higher scores on conservation, and that children with a migrant background scored higher on conservation and self-enhancement, and lower on openness to change. When comparing monolingual and bilingual children in the United Kingdom and Switzerland, we would therefore expect to find similar patterns in value priorities. The present study investigates how speaking two languages is related to the ten basic human values of 6- to 8-year-old children in the UK and Switzerland. 537 primary children in the UK, 1103 in Switzerland primary children in Switzerland completed a comprehensive questionnaire on children’s values, including the Picture Based Value Survey for Children (Döring et al., 2010). More than half of the children were monolingual, and almost all of the monolinguals were born in their country of testing, compared to only two thirds of the bilingual children. Similar to Gross and Dewaele (2017), the results showed that bilingual children score higher on conservation and self-enhancement, and lower on self-transcendence and openness to change, compared to their monolingual peers. Bilingual children with a migrant background did not score differently than bilinguals without a migrant background. The findings of this study provide valuable conclusions for teachers in diverse classrooms.

References:

Convention on the rights of the child (1989) Treaty no. 27531. United Nations Treaty Series, 1577, p. 13. Available at: https://treaties.un.org/doc/Treaties/1990/09/19900902%2003-14%20AM/Ch_IV_11p.pdf (Accessed: 8 January 2023). Döring, A., Blauensteiner, A., Aryus, K., Drögekamp, L., & Bilsky, W. (2010). Assessing values at an early age: The picture-based value survey for children (PBVS–C). Journal of Personality Assessment, 92(5), 439-448. https://doi.org/10.1080/00223891.2010.497423 Gross, B., & Dewaele, J.-M. (2018). The relation between multilingualism and basic human values among primary school children in South Tyrol. International Journal of Multilingualism, 15(1), 35-53. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2017.1318885 Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theory and empirical tests in 20 countries. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1-65). New York: Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0065-2601(08)60281-6
 

Personal Values and Social Behavior in Kindergarten: The Mediating Role of Social Information Processing and Attitudes

Einat Elizarov (Department of Counseling and Human Development, Faculty of Education, University of Haifa, Israel), Maya Benish-Weisman (School of Social Work and Social Welfare, Hebrew University Jerusalem, Israel), Yair Ziv (Department of Counseling and Human Development, Faculty of Education, University of Haifa, Israel)

The value-behavior relationships are evident in different contexts and age groups and include a wide range of behaviors (Benish-Weisman et al., 2022; Schwartz et al., 2010). However, much remains to be learned about the mechanism underlying these relationships. In our study, we introduce a possible socio-cognitive mechanism that may play an important role in this context, which involves kindergarten children’s social information processing and attitudes toward class acting as mediators between the children’s values orientations and their social behavior in kindergarten. Study participants included 121 children (59 girls; Mage = 67.45 months, SDage = 6.56 months). Children’s values were obtained via the Animated Values Instrument (Lee et al., 2017). Children’s values-oriented SIP patterns were measured using a new measure entitled The Social Information Processing and Values Interview (SIP-VI) which is based on The Social Information Processing Interview for Preschoolers (SIPI-P; see Ziv & Sorongon, 2011). Children’s attitudes toward class were examined using the Feeling About School scale (FAS; Valeski & Stipek, 2001). Lastly, children’s social behaviors were reported by teachers using the Strength and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ, Goodman, 1997). As hypothesized, this study’s overall model fitted the data (NFI = .93, CFI = .98, RMSEA = .06, SRMR = .04; Kline, 2016). Specifically, children’s preferences of self-transcendence values over self-enhancement values were positively linked to their prosocial behaviors and negatively linked to their antisocial behaviors, and these associations were mediated by the children’s bias toward more self-transcendence-oriented SIP patterns (over self-enhancement-oriented SIP) and their subsequent more positive attitudes toward Kindergarten.

References:

Benish-Weisman, M., Oreg, S., & Berson, Y. (2022). The contribution of peer values to children’s values and behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 48(6), 844-864. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F01461672211020193 Goodman, R. (1997). The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: a research note. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38(5), 581-586. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7610.1997.tb01545.x Kline, R. B. (2016). Principles and practice of structural equation modeling (4th ed.). The Guilford Press. Lee, J. A., Ye, S., Sneddon, J. N., Collins, P. R., & Daniel, E. (2017). Does the intra-individual structure of values exist in young children? Personality and Individual Differences, 110, 125-130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2017.01.038 Schwartz, S. H., Caprara, G. V., & Vecchione, M. (2010). Basic personal values, core political values, and voting: A longitudinal analysis. Political Psychology, 31(3), 421-452. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9221.2010.00764.x Valeski, T. N., & Stipek, D. J. (2001). Young children's feelings about school. Child Development, 72(4), 1198-1213. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8624.00342 Ziv, Y., & Sorongon, A. (2011). Social information processing in preschool children: Relations to sociodemographic risk and problem behavior. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 109(4), 412-429. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2011.02.009
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm05 SES 02 A: Session Empty, papers moved
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Lars Dietrich
Paper Session
3:15pm - 4:45pm06 SES 02 A: Focussing Media Literacies and Competencies: Data Privacy, Fake News and Algorithms
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Theo Hug
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Preparing Elderly Adult Communities for the Digital Culture: Understanding the Role of a Mediator for Data Privacy

Tobias Hölterhof, Daniela Thomas

Catholic University of Applied Science, Germany

Presenting Author: Hölterhof, Tobias; Thomas, Daniela

The everyday life is becoming increasingly interwoven with digitally shaped practices. Digitalisation meanders through every part of society by connecting people, building networks and offering opportunities for social participation (Klenk et al 2020). In order to prepare the society for fruitful and safe digital practices, the development of digital competences must be complemented with issues of data privacy and security. Especially elderly people are supposed to be vulnerable in this concern, as they are often untrained and show security-related reservations (Rathgeb et al., 2022). This vulnerability leads to reduced social participation and quality of life, as well as it increases isolation and loneliness (Rathgeb et al., 2022; Chopik 2016). Related to other demographic developments, like a growing number of chronic diseases and singularisation, preoccupation with digital vulnerability becomes more relevant. But typical educational offerings for data privacy are not focused on the particular demands of elderly adult communities (Doh et al. 2018).

A few educational design projects address digital competences of elderly adult communities, emphasising peer learning mostly in Germany. Projects like “FUTA” (Doh et al 2015), “KommmIT” (Doh et al 2021), “QuartiersNetz” (Stiel 2021) and “Gemeinsam in die digitale Welt” (Barczik 2020) are all characterised by an indirect and mediator resp. peer oriented approach, but without a deep reflection on the particular role of mediators resp. peers for this community. These projects use metaphors like ambassadors or companions to describe the particular role of persons mediating aspects of digital culture in elderly communities. Beside other issues, they provide and evaluate workshops to prepare mediators to act as agents of a digital culture in their communities. Interestingly, the workshops are often complemented with textbooks or handbooks. Further, the underlying concept of cultural ambassador resp. educational companions is returned to the educational psychology of peer learning, or to the methodology used in the project “Medienscouts NRW” (Kerres et al 2012), which was one of the first informal educational projects to address digital competences in Germany, here with a focus not on elderly persons but on school kids. But what it means for an elderly peer to be a mediator for aspects of the digital culture often remains uncertain and imprecise. This conceptual gap is of importance because beside developing digital practices, these projects also aim at preparing elderly adults for being mediators.

In order to introduce elderly adults into a digital culture and to prepare for secure digital practices, the understanding of being a mediator within that specific community is of importance. To develop a deeper understanding of that role, the current study follows both a conceptual as well as an empirical approach and is embedded in the project “CrossComITS”, funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research. The project aims at training mediators for data privacy of elderly adults and develops a digital platform for their mediating practices in their communities. Beside drawing on similar projects, the conceptual part consists of an analysis of media philosophical and theoretical educational concepts of mediators. Here, Sybille Krämers ideas of a messenger-model (Krämer 2016) has been superimposed with the perspective of educational psychology and here especially with Kolb’s theory of experiential learning (Kolb 2015). The empirical part consists of analysis of 4 interviews with adults acting as mediators in different contexts. The analysis aims at developing typical characteristics of being a mediator in order to derive design principles for workshops to prepare elderly adults to act as mediators for secure digital practices in their communities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research question focuses on the development of a conceptual and evidence based understanding of mediation with regard to an educational design project to develop data privacy of elderly adults communities. Therefore, the methodology comprises 1. a conceptual analysis of mediation, 2. an analysis of similar educational projects and 3. guideline-based interviews with elderly mediators in different contexts about their motivations and understandings of the role of mediation. We analysed 4 similar projects and conducted 4 interviews so far. The findings are incorporated into the development of a pedagogical concept. Furthermore they lead to a deeper understanding of a theoretical framework on peer education and the notion of a mediator.

The conceptual analysis (1.) draws on concepts from educational psychology and media philosophy. Krämer's messenger model and Kolb's multi-contextual understanding of the role of the educator were analysed. Krämer classifies media as heteronomous and aims to shed light on the conditions and contexts of media and the phenomenon of transmission (Krämer 2016). Kolb's holistic model of education discusses various roles of educators in everyday life as well as their community aspects (Kolb 2015). Both emphasise, among other things, trustworthiness and the ability to bridge a difference through the adoption of an individual's abilities as key messenger characteristics.

The literature review of similar projects (2.) revealed 4 projects in Germany. "FUTA" (Doh et al. 2015) and "KommmIT" (Doh et al. 2021) focus on elderly people as users or potential users of digital devices with peer learning in private communities. "QuartiersNetz" (Stiel 2021) aims at describing a profile of media-savvy volunteers and developing media training for elderly communities. "Gemeinsam in die digitale Welt" (Barczik 2020) aims at the mediation and enhancement of digital competences of older people through peer-to-peer learning. The literature provides insights into the content structure of mediator training, different mediator metaphors (technology ambassador, facilitator) and descriptions of mediator characteristics such as trustworthiness, credibility and the ability to adapt input to the individual needs of the recipient. A deeper reflection on mediator and peer education approaches is missing.

The guideline-based interviews (3.) are selected with respect to adults with experience of volunteering as mediators in informal adult learning communities. Following an interpretative approach to unveil the mediator role, experiences and understandings of mediating in informal contexts, the results sketch their understandings of being successful, of disseminating innovations into a community and motives for being a volunteer. Further interviews are planned.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Peer education seems to be in principle a suitable format to develop digital competences and to minimise digital vulnerability in communities of older adults. However, the analysis of similar projects shows that there is a lack of general conceptual understanding and reflection on the role of mediators and peer education in the field. Peer education still seems to be an umbrella term as mentioned by Shiner (1999).
In order to deal with the concept of the mediator in depth, the reflection from a media philosophical (Krämer) and pedagogical (Kolb) perspective has proven to be supportive. It aligns the empirical findings as analysed projects and interpreted interviews to theoretical concepts and hereby constitutes a deeper understanding. This leads to the conclusion that mediators take on different roles while mediating. In order to increase digital literacy in elderly communities, it is necessary to be responsive to individual needs and to be seen as trustworthy and reliable. On the other hand, it enables the mediator to create a learning environment that meets the individual's daily needs and to moderate, facilitate and empower older adults in order to introduce them to a digital culture and prepare them for safe digital practices.

References
Barczik, K. (2020). Stärkung der digitalen Medienkompetenz bei Älteren im ländlichen Raum: Qualifizierung von Technikbotschaftern und Anwendung der Peer- to-Peer Didaktik Bericht zum Projekt „Gemeinsam in die digitale Welt“ an der Volkshochschule Zwickau (Projektbericht Heft 14; Edition VHS Aktuell - Beiträge zur Weiterbildung). VHS Sachsen. https://vhs-sachsen.de/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Barzcik_Zwickau_Projektbericht_gesamt.pdf

Chopik, W. J. (2016). The Benefits of Social Technology Use Among Older Adults Are Mediated by Reduced Loneliness. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking, 19(9), 551–556. https://doi.org/10.1089/cyber.2016.0151

Doh, M., Schmidt, L., Herbolsheimer, F., Jokisch, M. R., Schoch, J., Dutte, A. J., Rupprecht, F., & Wahl, H.-W. (2015). Neue Technologien im Alter Ergebnisbericht zum Forschungsprojekt „FUTA“ Förderliche und hinderliche Faktoren im Umgang  mit neuen Informations- und Kommunikations-Technologien im Alter Neue Technologien im Alter - Ergebnisbericht zum Forschungsprojekt „FUTA“

Doh, M., Jokisch, M. R., Rupprecht, F., Schmidt, L., & Wahl, H.-W. (2018). Förderliche und hinderliche Faktoren im Umgang mit neuen Informations- und Kommunikations-Technologien im Alter. In: C. Kuttner & C. Schwender (Hrsg.), Mediale Lehr-Lern-Kulturen im höheren Erwachsenenalter (Bd. 12, S. 223–242). kopaed.

Doh, M., Jokisch, M. R., Jäkh, S., Scheling, L., & Wahl, H.-W. (2021). KommmIT. Kommunikation mit intelligenter Technik. Ergebnisbericht der wissenschaftlichen Begleitung. https://www.lfk.de/medienkompetenz/seniorinnen-und-senioren/kommmit

Kerres, M., Rohs, M., & Heinen, R. (2012). Evaluationsbericht Medienscouts NRW (Band 46/Online; LfM-Dokumentation, S. 54). https://www.medienscouts-nrw.de/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/L131_Medienscouts_Evaluation980472252.pdf

Klenk, T., Nullmeier, F., & Wewer, G. (2020). Auf dem Weg zum Digitalen Staat?: Stand und Perspektiven der Digitalisierung in Staat und Verwaltung. In: T. Klenk, F. Nullmeier, & G. Wewer (Hrsg.), Handbuch Digitalisierung in Staat und Verwaltung (S. 3–23). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.

Kolb, D. A. (2015). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development (Second edition). Pearson Education, Inc.

Krämer, S. (2016). The Messenger as a Model in Media Theory.  Reflections on the Philosophical Dimensions  of Theorizing Media. In N. Friesen (Hrsg.), Media Transatlantic: Developments in Media and Communication Studies between North American and German-speaking Europe (S. 197–213). Springer International Publishing 
       https://link.springer.com/content/pdf/10.1007/978-3-319-28489-7.pdf?pdf=button

Rathgeb, T., Doh, M., Tremmel, F., Jokisch, M. R., & Groß, A.-K. (2022). SIM-Studie 2021Senior*innen. Information, Medien Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang älterer Personen ab 60 Jahren (Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest (mpfs), Hrsg.). https://www.mpfs.de/fileadmin/files/Studien/SIM/2021/Web_SIM-Studie2021_final_barrierefrei.pdf

Stiel, J., Brandt, M., & Bubolz-Lutz, E. (2018). Technikbotschafter*in für Ältere werden. Lernformate im freiwilligen Engagement ,Technikbegleitung’. In: C. Kuttner & C. Schwender (Hrsg.), Mediale Lehr-Lern-Kulturen im höheren Erwachsenenalter (S. 201–221). kopaed.

Shiner, M. (1999). Defining peer education. Journal of Adolescence, 22, 555–566.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

"But Wait, That Isn’t Real”: Evaluating ‘Project Real’, a Co-created Intervention Which Helps Young People to Spot Fake News Online

Yvonne Skipper1, Daniel Jolley2, Joe Reddington3

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Nottingham; 3eQuality Time

Presenting Author: Skipper, Yvonne

Fake news is an intentionally fabricated news article that is verifiably false, and which could mislead the audience (Tandoc, et al, 2018). The World Economic Forum (2013) ranked the spread of misinformation as one of the top risks facing the world today. The “fake news pandemic” (Rajan, 2020) impacts public views on topics as varied as climate change and vaccines reducing the perceived seriousness of these issues and undermining both science and society (Lewandowsky, et al., 2017; van der Linden, et al. 2017). Fake news spreads six times faster online than the truth and therefore can reach more people quicker (Vosoughi, et al., 2018). Furthermore, people believe in fake news around 75% of the time (Silveman & Singer-Vine, 2016), meaning that many millions of people may have been fooled by fake news (Allcot & Gentzkow, 2017). Indeed, YouGov (2017) found that while many people believe they can tell the difference between real and fake news, only 4% of those surveyed could systematically differentiate the two. People across Europe are concerned about misinformation in their information environment (Hameleers, Brosius, De Vreese, 2021). Furthermore, fake news impacts not only people’s views but also their behaviour. Gunther and colleagues (2018) found that fake news affected how individuals voted during the 2016 USA elections. Therefore, it is vital that we take steps to develop people’s confidence and skills in recognising fake news and that we help young people to develop these skills early.

Whilst great strides are being made in the fight against online misinformation, much of the research on fake news is focused on adults and less is known about young people. This is a notable blind spot as many young people seek out their news via social media; around 54% say they get their news from social media (Common Sense Media, 2019). Young people report using social media as a source of news because they find traditional news boring and difficult to understand (Marchi, 2012). However, social media is notorious for spreading fake news, for example, Facebook leads to referrals to untrustworthy news sources over 15% of the time compared to authoritative news sources 6% of the time (Guess, Niham & Reifler, 2020). As more than 71% of adolescents have a social media profile (Ofcom, 2019) and more than 60% of 12-15-year-olds report that they do not think about the credibility of news stories when on social media (Ofcom, 2018), it has been suggested that digital media literacy should be a pillar of education (Select Committee on Communications, 2017). In fact, the Commission on Fake News and Critical Literacy in Schools, National Literacy Trust (2018) found that only 2% of young people had the skills needed to ascertain whether news was true and 60% reported that they trusted news less because of fake news. Furthermore, Herrero-Diz et al., (2020) found that young people cared less about the accuracy of news than its novelty or uniqueness and may not realise the damaging effect of sharing fake news. Thus, it is vital to increase young people’s awareness, confidence and skills to help them recognise fake news online.

Therefore, we co-created a fake news intervention ‘Project Real’, in collaboration with young people and influencers, alongside support from teachers. We hypothesised that participating in Project Real would lead participants to:

H1: become more confident in their ability to recognise fake news.

H2: show increased ability to recognise fake news.

H3: intend to make more checks about news stories before sharing them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
One hundred and twenty-six participants completed both the pre and post-test, 13 (aged 11), 45 (age 12) and 68 (age 13). Seventy-five were female, 42 were male, and 3 were nonbinary, six preferred not to state their gender. Seventy-three were White, 28 were Asian or Asian British, 10 were Black, 11 were Mixed or from multiple ethnic groups, and 4 were from other ethnic groups. Participants for the focus groups were 27 pupils from two schools. Five teachers from two schools participated in the interviews. Two had engaged in the co-creation and three had not.
Materials
Intervention co-creation
Pupils and teachers from three schools in Glasgow, social media influencers and academics co-created the intervention. Each school group discussed fake news and developed general ideas about what topics should be covered in the project and the format it should take. They created hour-long sessions with Powerpoint slides, short videos from the influencers and interactive activities. The topics were fake news, fake people, fake photos, fake stories (conspiracies) fake videos and finally keeping it real (where participants developed materials to teach other young people about fake news).  
Pre- and post- questionnaire
To understand young people’s use of social media to access news, we asked what websites they used for news. There were options such as Youtube and Instagram, as well as space to give their own answer or to state they did not use social media for news.
To examine how confident participants were in identifying fake news, we asked participants to answer three questions including: “Generally speaking, how confident do you feel in identifying fake news?”
To examine participants’ ability to identify fake news, we took a task from Maertens et al., (2021). Participants were shown 4 news headlines in the format of a ‘Tweet’ and asked how accurate and trustworthy the news was, how confident they were in this belief and whether they would share it.
We then asked participants what checks they would make before sharing a news story to ascertain their current behavioural practices. This was answered by selecting options such as “check if it was a trustworthy website”.
Focus groups and interviews
Semi-structured interview schedules were developed for teachers and pupils, which included questions about whether and how Project Real had impacted their behaviours and confidence in recognising fake news, for example “Did Project Real help you to feel more confident in recognising fake news?”.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After completing Project Real, participants rated themselves more confident in recognising fake news (H1). They also intended to make more checks on news before sharing it (H3). However, their ability to recognise fake news did not significantly improve (H2). Qualitative data from teachers and pupils indicated that Project Real subjectively increased their confidence in recognising and their awareness of fake news. They also valued that the project had been co-created with young people and influencers.  
Our findings show that Project Real increased participants’ confidence in recognising fake news and intentions to make more checks before sharing news. This builds on previous research, which suggests that analytical thinking (Pennycook & Rand, 2020) and warnings about fake news (e.g., Ecker et al., 2010) can make people less likely to share misinformation. However, Project Real did not increase participants’ ability to recognise fake news. One potential reason for this was a measurement issue, as participants could not do any checks before responding to the questionnaire. The intervention was built around using a checklist to help participants identify fake news, but our measure did not allow them to do this. Had we allowed participants to make checks before giving their answers or asked what their behavioural intentions were, we may have found improvements in their ability to recognise fake news. Indeed, we found that they intended to make more of these checks before sharing news after the intervention.
In the last 10 months, the Project Real website had been visited by 33,000 users and 15% of those visitors have downloaded all resources.  While most users have been in the UK, there has been interest internationally including in Ukraine. Therefore, those considering the development of similar interventions may also want to utilise co-creation to maximise their reach and impact.

References
Guess, A., Nyhan, B., & Reifler, J. (2018). Selective exposure to misinformation: Evidence from the consumption of fake news during the 2016 US presidential campaign. European Research Council (Working Paper). Retrieved from http://www.dartmouth.edu/~nyhan/fakenews‐2016.pdf
Gunther, R., Beck, P. A, & Nisbet, E. C (2018).“Fake news” and the defection of 2012 Obama voters in the 2016 presidential election. Electoral Studies, 61, DOI: 10.1016/j.electstud.2019.03.006
Lawandowski, S., Ecker, U. K., & Seifert, C. M. (2012). Misinformation and Its correction: continued influence and successful debiasing.  Psychological Science in the Public Interest 13, 106– 131. DOI: 10.1177/1529100612451018
Lewandowsky, S., Ecker, U. K. & Cook, J. (2017). Beyond misinformation: understanding and coping with the “Post-Truth” era. Journal of Applied Research in Memory and Cognition, 6, 353–369. DOI: 10.1016/j.jarmac.2017.07.008
Marchi, R. (2012). With Facebook, blogs, and fake news, teens reject journalistic “objectivity”. Journal of Communication Inquiry, 36, 246–262. DOI: 10.1177/0196859912458700
Rajan, A. (2020, March 14). Coronavirus and a fake news pandemic—BBC News. BBC. https://www.bbc.com/news/entertainment-arts-51858555
Tandoc, E. C., Lim, Z, W., Ling, R. (2018). Defining “fake news.” Digital Journalism, 6, 137-153. DOI:10.1080/21670811.2017.1360143
van der Linden, S., A. Leiserowitz, S. Rosenthal, and E. Maibach. (2017). Inoculating the Public Against Misinformation About Climate Change. Global Challenges, 1, 1600008. DOI:10.1002/gch2.201600008.
World Economic Forum (2013). Outlook on the Global Agenda 2014. Retrieved from: http://reports.weforum.org/outlook-14/.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Making Sense of Video Recommendations. A Qualitative Study on Children’s Algorithm Literacy in German-Speaking Switzerland

Julian Ernst

Justus-Liebig-Universität Gießen, Germany

Presenting Author: Ernst, Julian

Algorithms are a central structural element of digitalized environments. In particular, so-called recommendation engines are a key type of algorithm that is especially relevant to everyday media use (Schrage, 2020): They are implemented in platforms such as YouTube, Instagram or TikTok, which are routinely accessed by many children in German-speaking Switzerland (Waller et al., 2019). The output of these systems are recommendations that suggest and continuously adapt the retrieval of specific content, for example videos, to the user (Louridas, 2020). Recommendation systems are not only used for the selfless reason of paving paths through the unmanageable number of possible retrieval options. Algorithmic recommender systems are closely intertwined with commercial interests (Beer, 2017), reflect dominant social categories (Noble, 2018), and can shape how users construct reality (Just & Latzer, 2017).

From a media educational perspective, therefore the ability to critically reflect on algorithms, to self- determinedly act in relation to them and thus to constructively shape the societies in which they are embedded has become increasingly important: algorithm literacy. Sharing basic assumptions of the digital and media literacy approach such as proposed by Hobbs (2021), algorithm literacy refers to “the ever-changing set of knowledge, skills, and habits of mind” (ibid., p. 4) in relation to algorithms. On this basis, an ideal "algorithm literate" person demonstrates an awareness of the operation of algorithms, has knowledge of how algorithms work, is able to critically evaluate algorithms or their results, and has skills to actively engage with them (Dogruel et al., 2022; Swart, 2021). Becoming literate in algorithms must not only be understood as an effect of pedagogical efforts. Based on socio-phenomenological assumptions about the importance of everyday experience for the formation of competencies (Berger & Luckmann, 2016), the acquisition of algorithm literacy can also be seen as rooted in everyday interaction with algorithm-driven platforms. Although algorithms are not directly visible to people in everyday use, they make sense of their output – even without knowing the mathematical-technical details or the term "algorithm" (Bucher, 2018). In this sense, several empirical studies have addressed aspects of algorithm literacy in adolescents and adults (Bell et al., 2022; Brodsky et al., 2020; Swart, 2021). However, while the role of algorithms, including recommender systems, in children's digital "ecosystems" has been extensively discussed (Cotter & Reisdorf, 2020), there are few empirical studies that contribute to knowledge about children's algorithm literacy.

Against this background, I conducted a qualitative study on children's algorithm literacy in primary school. The aim of the present study is to address this desideratum by empirically investigating children's algorithm literacy based on the following research questions:

  • What are children's everyday experiences with algorithmic recommendations? (RQ1)
  • In which ways do they explain algorithmic recommendations? (RQ2)
  • How and to what extent do they criticize algorithmic recommendations? (RQ3)

The presentation will cover key findings of the study and implications for the teaching of algorithms in the context of media education in primary schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To investigate children’s algorithm literacy, I chose a qualitative research approach. In total, I have conducted about 26 group discussions with 120 children between the ages of 11 and 13. The groups have been recruited in cooperation with different primary schools in the canton of Zurich. To create a diverse sample with respect to the region, the schools have been selected from urban, sub-urban as well rural districts.
In the absence of empirical research specifically on children's algorithm literacy that would have allowed the formulation of falsifiable hypotheses, and in the absence of a suitable instrument for quantification, this study is exploratory. Instead of deductively applying a set of skills, algorithm literacy was analyzed from the bottom up, starting with children's everyday experiences and their life-world situated assessments.
Understanding the acquisition of algorithm literacy as located in everyday media usage, was reflected in the design of the focus groups: Conceptualizing algorithms as “experience technologies” (Cotter & Reisdorf, 2020), the discussions focused on a specific phenomenon where algorithmic systems appear in users' daily lives: video recommendations on the platform YouTube, which continuously enjoys great popularity among the majority of children in German-speaking Switzerland (Waller et al., 2019). This included authentic screenshots of recommendations as well as recommendation bars. Furthermore, in contrast to other studies (e.g. Bell et al., 2022; Dogruel et al., 2020; Gran et al., 2021), the moderators did not explicitly ask about "algorithms". Instead, the focus groups discussed everyday experiences with the phenomenon of video recommendations, possible explanations for their genesis, and wishes for change related to these. All focus group sessions have been video-taped. The analysis is carried out through a combination of open coding of the video material and ethnomethodologically oriented fine analysis of selected sequences transcribed for this purpose (Garfinkel, 1984).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presentation will outline the results of the study. So far, the analysis has revealed the following key experiences that children have with algorithmic recommendations on a daily basis (RQ1): First, children in all groups report experiencing both pleasant and unpleasant emotions when interacting with algorithmic recommendations. While pleasure and fun are described when recommendations match one's interests and situational motives for use, negative emotions occur when recommendations do not match expectations. Second, children report that they observe certain quasi-algorithmic "logics" of recommendations: Orders and hierarchies in the way recommendations relate to each other on the surface of a platform. These experiences are described as platform specific. Children's explanations of algorithmic recommendations (RQ2) focus on the activities of different actors: The appearance of a recommendation is explained in terms of (a) their own media use, (b) the use of parents or siblings, or (c) the actions of more vague 'others' such as 'YouTube'. In the discussion of algorithmic recommendations, criticism also arises (RQ 3): On the one hand, negative effects of age-inappropriate video recommendations on children were discussed. In addition to "better" personalization through the platform, there was also a discussion about regulation and the platform's responsibilities. On the other hand, the entanglement of one's own time and attention with the commercial functionality of the platforms also became an issue.
Overall, the results point to a variety of manifestations of algorithm literacy. In the focus groups children show awareness not only for algorithmic operations, but also for the affects that recommendations might trigger. Also, children demonstrate knowledge on how recommendation algorithms might work, especially their socially intertwined character. Furthermore, the questions raised in the discussions about the attention economy of platforms and the protection of children from harmful effects also demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate algorithms in societal contexts.

References
Beer, D. (2017). The social power of algorithms. Information, Communication & Society, 20(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2016.1216147
Bell, A. R., Tennfjord, M. K., Tokovska, M., & Eg, R. (2022). Exploring the role of social media literacy in adolescents’ experiences with personalization: A Norwegian qualitative study. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, n/a(n/a). https://doi.org/10.1002/jaal.1273
Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (2016). Die gesellschaftliche Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit: Eine Theorie der Wissenssoziologie (M. Plessner, Trans.; 26th ed.). Fischer.
Brodsky, J., Zomberg, D., Powers, K., & Brooks, P. (2020). Assessing and fostering college students’ algorithm awareness across online contexts. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 12(3), 43–57. https://doi.org/10.23860/JMLE-2020-12-3-5
Bucher, T. (2018). If...Then. Algorithmic Power and Politics. Oxford University Press.
Cotter, K., & Reisdorf, B. C. (2020). Algorithmic Knowledge Gaps: A New Horizon of (Digital) Inequality. International Journal of Communication, 14(0), Article 0.
Dogruel, L., Facciorusso, D., & Stark, B. (2020). ‘I’m still the master of the machine.’ Internet users’ awareness of algorithmic decision-making and their perception of its effect on their autonomy. Information, Communication & Society, 25(9), 1311–1332. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2020.1863999
Dogruel, L., Masur, P., & Joeckel, S. (2022). Development and Validation of an Algorithm Literacy Scale for Internet Users. Communication Methods and Measures, 16(2), 115–133. https://doi.org/10.1080/19312458.2021.1968361
Garfinkel, H. (1984). Studies in Ethnomethodology (1st ed.). Polity.
Gran, A.-B., Booth, P., & Bucher, T. (2021). To be or not to be algorithm aware: A question of a new digital divide? Information, Communication & Society, 24(12), 1779–1796. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2020.1736124
Hobbs, R. (2021). Media Literacy in Action. Questioning Media. Rowman & Littlefield.
Just, N., & Latzer, M. (2017). Governance by algorithms: Reality construction by algorithmic selection on the Internet. Media, Culture & Society, 39(2), 238–258. https://doi.org/10.1177/0163443716643157
Louridas, P. (2020). Algorithms. MIT Press.
Mascheroni, G., & Siibak, A. (2021). Datafied Childhoods. Data Practices and Imaginaries in Children’s Lives.: Vol. Vol. 124. Peter Lang.
Noble, S. U. (2018). Algorithms of Oppression. How Search Engines Reinforce Racism. New York University Press.
Schrage, M. (2020). Recommendation Engines. MIT Press.
Swart, J. (2021). Experiencing Algorithms: How Young People Understand, Feel About, and Engage With Algorithmic News Selection on Social Media. Social Media + Society, 7(2), 20563051211008828. https://doi.org/10.1177/20563051211008828
Waller, G., Gregor, W., Lilian, S., Jael, B., Céline, K., Isabel, W., Nicolas, M., & Daniel, S. (2019). Ergebnisbericht zur MIKE-Studie 2019.
Willson, M. (2019). Raising the ideal child? Algorithms, quantification and prediction. Media, Culture & Society, 41(5), 620–636. https://doi.org/10.1177/0163443718798901
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm07 SES 02 A: The Need to Decolonise Higher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sara Ismailaj
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Scholars of Color in the German and Austrian Academia

Alisha M.B. Heinemann1, Vildan Aytekin2

1University of Bremen/ITB, Germany; 2University of Bielefeld

Presenting Author: Heinemann, Alisha M.B.; Aytekin, Vildan

When diversity in education is discussed, the subjects focussed on are usually the student population in universities, schools, youth organizations etc. and the challenges educators face, when dealing with the diverse classrooms. Less research is done on the question, what it means for scholars, teachers and educators who are themselves marked as ‘diverse’ to work in an environment, where most of their colleagues are white, able-bodied, speak the national language as their first language, and do not have any own or family-based experience with migration. Drawing on Pillay (2015) it can be argued that: “Being at the heart of epistemic violence, the university is [...] not simply [...] a conveyor belt of automatons, or robots or ideological zombies of the dominant interests and order. The modern university is also that site of constant invention, contestation, negotiation, subversion and potentially, reinvention.” Hence, the university being a significant site where social discourses are formed and influenced, it is vital to guarantee a maximum of participation of different groups in society ̶ and especially of those who are marginalized. To understand how participation is possible or what the obstacles are, it is not only important to identify discriminatory practices the marginalized academics face, but also to identify strategies to build safer spaces inside.

The topic is not a new one; however, most of the existing research is related to the US-American and Canadian context (cf. Niemann & Gutiérrez y Muhs, Gabriella, Gonzalez, Carmen G., 2020; Settles et al., 2018; Willie-LeBreton, 2016) and therefore, does not reflect the situation of educators in the German speaking environment. Even though a few studies exist in Germany, Austria and other European countries, particularly in England, their focus is more on the experiences of discrimination inside academia and less on the strategies of resistance (cf. Ahmed, 2012; Akbaba et al., 2022; Arghavan et al., 2019; Caceres et al., 2017; Puwar, 2004). That is why the project to be presented: “Scholars of Color in the German and Austrian Acadamia” pays special interest on questions of resilience and resistance (cf. Ahmed et al., 2022).

Based on the theoretical background of post- and decolonial approaches that aim at intervening in the epistemic violence and exclusion(re-)produced in westernized academia (Bhambra et al., 2018; Mignolo & Walsh, 2018), the central questions asked in the study are: “How do scholars of color deal with their various experiences of discrimination and which strategies and resources they come up with to stay inside academia?” Even though the main focus is on discrimination through racism, other forms of structural discrimination like (hetero-)sexism, ableism, linguicism and classism are taken into account from an intersectional perspective (Crenshaw, 1991).

An important aspect of understanding university as a space where counter-hegemonic knowledge, resistance and resilience can be formed, is to understand the university classroom as an interface to society. Working with students means to have the possibility to teach them a critical diversity literacy (Steyn, 2015) that they will continue to develop and use outside the constraints of the academic institutions. Therefore, for the study to be presented, the criteria for choosing interview partners were not only that they should be teachers of color with teaching experience inside a university in a German speaking environment but that they also consider a critical approach to power-relations in the disciplines they are teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative study, was conducted in 2020 but ̶ due to the pandemic ̶ could not be presented yet. An interdisciplinary team of four researchers of color (2 from the field of Educational Science, 1 from the Islamic studies, 1 from the Legal studies) conducted interviews with eight Scholars of Color who identify themselves as Black and/or Scholars of Color. All of them were experienced with teaching in the German speaking academia. Furthermore, they were all able to reflect theoretically on the questions of power-relations inside the academia as they taught these issues. A common interview guide was used to keep the interviews consistent, asking about own experiences, coping-strategies, resources and claims.

Even though the researchers, who led the interviews, limited themselves to the role of the interviewer, they did not suggest any 'neutrality' with regard to the subject. Rather they made their own involvement transparent. Probably, because of this attitude, the conversations were characterized by a striking openness. Conducting the interviews, enabled the researchers not only to broaden their own perspectives and experiences. Rather, the field phase, the interviewing itself, led to experiences of solidarity and mutual strength, reverberating even today after the project officially ended.

The interviews were recorded, transcribed and analysed with the help of MaxQDA2020 on the basis of the Grounded Theory (Strauss & Corbin, 1996). After coding the material with three main categories: a) experiences b) consequences c) resistance/resilience, all three categories were sub-coded. So further coding was created, from which some examples are presented her: a) experience: ‘everyday racism’, ‘de-thematizing racism’, ‘experiences of devaluation’, b) consequences: ‘exhaustion’, ‘pressure to prove legitimate presence inside the academy’, ‘questioning of authority’ and c) resistance: ‘taking on the role model function’, ‘informal mentorships’, ‘widening horizons’, communicating one’s own value’, ‘playing a theatrical role’, ‘Politics of Fit’, ‘keeping the formal distance’, ‘focus on agency’, ‘networks and solidarity’.

These codes will be elaborated on in the presentation. As the study is a qualitative one, it neither claims to be representative nor objective. But it hopefully serves to understand one more piece in the complex relations inside the western academia, which is necessary to go further in creating an environment for more equal participation in the scientific discourse.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Scholars of Color who stay inside academia pay a high ‚inclusion tax‘ (Melaku, 2019). If there is a serious interest in keeping them inside the white, capitalist and Eurocentric institution, universities have to work on deconstructing their own racist structures. While this is a process, perhaps never to be completed, there is also a need to provide resources to build networks, where marginalized scholars can find a safer space, to gain strength and to get a break from the permanent pressure of legitimizing their existence.

Much of the feminist work done to get a legitimate space inside universities for queer and female bodies can be used as a point of reference for the steps that have to be taken to open up the space: for bodies who do not conform to the expectations of whiteness, gender, sexual-orientation, ability, and/or are socialized in a working-class family.

Through presenting the paper, I hope to open up the academic space of the conference for joint reflections and discussions about how to create a more equal space inside academia. With conservative right-wing movements getting stronger every day, we need to engage with the challenges, options and responsibilities that we have as academic educators in a changing Europe, that cannot build on its long-told stories of a homogenous, superior, white identity anymore.

References
Ahmed, S [Sara]. (2012). On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Duke University Press; Combined Academic.

Ahmed, S [Sarah], Aytekin, V., Heinemann, A. M. & Mansouri, M. (2022). Hör mal wer da spricht“ - Lehrende of Color an deutschen und österreichischen Hochschulen. Rassismuserfahrungen, mögliche Konsequenzen und Praxen des Widerstand. In Y. Akbaba, T. Buchner, A. M. B. Heinemann & Pokitsch, Doris, Thoma, Nadja (Hrsg.), Lehren und Lernen in Differenzverhältnissen: Interdisziplinäre und Intersektionale Betrachtungen. Springer VS.

Arghavan, M., Hirschfelder, N., Kopp, L. & Motyl, K. (Hrsg.). (2019). Culture and Social Practice. Who can speak and who Is heard/hurt? Facing problems of race, racism and ethnic diversity in the humanities in Germany. Transcript.

Bhambra, G. K., Gebrial, D. & Nişancıoğlu, K. (Hrsg.). (2018). Decolonising the university. Pluto Press; Knowledge Unlatched.

Caceres, I., Utikal, S. & Mesquita, S. (Hrsg.). (2017). Anti*colonial fantasies: Decolonial strategies by a group of BPOC students and lecturers in Vienna (1. Auflage). Zaglossus.
Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the Margins: Intersectionality, Identity Politics, and Violence against Women of Color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. https://doi.org/10.2307/1229039

Melaku, T. M. (2019). You don’t look like a lawyer. Black women and systemic gendered racism: Black women and systemic gendered racism. Perspectives on a Multiracial America. Rowman & Littlefield Publ.

Mignolo, W. D. & Walsh, C. E. (2018). On decoloniality: Concepts, analytics, and praxis. On decoloniality. Duke University Press.

Niemann, Y. F. & Gutiérrez y Muhs, Gabriella, Gonzalez, Carmen G. (2020). Presumed incompetent II: Race, class, power, and resistance of women in academia. Utah State University Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctvzxxb94

Pillay, S. (2015). Decolonizing the University. University of Cape Town. https://www.africasacountry.com/2015/06/decolonizing-the-university

Puwar, N. (2004). Space invaders: Race, gender and bodies out of place. Berg.

Settles, I. H., Buchanan, N. T. & Dotson, K. (2018). Scrutinized but not recognized: (In)visibility and hypervisibility experiences of faculty of color. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 113, 62–74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2018.06.003

Steyn, M. (2015). Critical Diversity Literacy. In S. Vertovec (Hrsg.), ProQuest Ebook Central. Routledge international handbook of diversity studies (S. 379–389). Routledge; Taylor & Francis Group.

Strauss, A. & Corbin, J. (1996). Grounded theory: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung (Unveränd. Nachdr. der letzten Aufl.). Beltz Psychologie Verl.-Union.

Willie-LeBreton, S. (Hrsg.). (2016). Transforming the academy: Faculty perspectives on diversity and pedagogy. Rutgers University Press.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Discomfiting Reflexivities in Qualitative Research: Autoethnographic Understandings of Researcher Positionality as a Female Migrant Academic of Colour in Australian Academe

Reshmi Roy

Deakin University, Australia

Presenting Author: Roy, Reshmi

I am a mature age South Asian woman currently undertaking a second PhD at a university in Victoria, Australia. My qualitative study straddles education and sociology, broadly focusing on the academic journeys and experiences of inclusion and exclusion of women of colour within Victorian universities. I have unpacked the data collected to critically reflect upon my own biases and reactions to the semi-structured interviews I undertook with the study participants, who like me are migrant women academics of colour from Commonwealth countries.

Fieldwork was undertaken during the pandemic (December 2020-21) and ongoing lockdowns in Melbourne. The contextual background was of Australian universities announcing almost daily redundancies. Several of the participants expressed their precarity, echoing my own fears of loss of work and income. Some clearly expected to be made redundant while others were more cautious in voicing their concerns. A couple of participants had been made redundant and claimed racial discrimination; further stoking my fears of being excluded as a woman of colour within Australian academe.

As a qualitative researcher I am mindful of the tense and vibrant understanding of intersubjectivity inherent in the practice of personal, epistemological, and feminist self-reflexivity (Palaganas 2017 et. al.). Reflexivity is not a straightforward uncomplicated process (Koopman et al 2020) requiring comprehension of the politics and environment surrounding the researcher (Hand 2003). Acknowledging reflexivity as “paying attention to and engaging with one’s own experience and noticing one’s movement of thought over an extended period of time, and by doing so noticing how this in turn affects one’s practice with others” (Warwick & Board 2012, p.4), I accept Pollner’s (1991 as cited in Warwick & Board) emphasis on the intimate connection between reflexivity and researcher experience, and consideration of such practice as unsettling and discomforting.

I identified with my study participants’ experiences in diverse ways, not just as an academic. Allen’s (2004) exhortation that the actual practice of reflexivity avoids tick boxing of academic rigour encouraged me to address the effects of this reflexivity on my own positioning as a minoritised academic of colour in a neoliberal space. Yet I am aware that my socio-economic and citizenship status, education, and able bodied self, render me less vulnerable than some participants.

The politics of my location inveigles itself while ‘doing’ reflexivity from a feminist standpoint. Researchers have concomitantly advocated caution in academic women tending to speak for Others (Alcoff 2009) yet insisted that their voices cannot be silenced. As a woman of colour working within the Australian tertiary sector, I designate myself as an inside researcher (Wohlfart 2020) yet am conscious how similar yet dissimilar I am to my study participants.

I exercise intersubjectivity turning the critically reflexive lens inwards in relation to the impact of my research. This leads to complicated queries on my own minority status. Do I measure my minoritisation and those of the study participants by social class, caste, race, gender, citizenship etc. and if so, how? Concomitantly where do my own pre-conceptions fit into this? Through autoethnography and journalling I work my own learning/unlearning in the process of conducting my fieldwork. As Finlay (2002) states, “we no longer seek to eradicate the researcher’s presence – instead subjectivity in research is transformed from a problem to an opportunity” (p.212). The current dilemma is how to ‘do’ reflexivity rather than why. However, researchers agree that the practice of the same is ambiguous, often a slippery slope and rarely uncomplicated being essentially subjective, relational, and dialogic (Gemignani 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper, I use a blend of Autoethnography and Reflective Journalling/Diarying to progress my reflexivities. I found a personal journal incredibly useful for noting down impressions and thoughts immediately after the semi-structured interviews with the research participants. It helped capture impressions which were often so fleeting that they felt like bits of cotton candy which dissolved on the tongue before the taste could be absorbed. A lifetime diarist, who views it “as an opportunity for reflection and inner dialogue” (Engin 2011, p.297) I found the research journal both a guide and a solace. It offered a space for not only noting down my observations but also outlining my own experiences of connectivity, distress, joy, discomfort, and recognition, affording scope for emotional reflexivity.  As Nadin and Cassell (2006) observe, the research journal/diary helps the researcher document the social encounters during their fieldwork while simultaneously keeping the researcher aware of their epistemological positioning, thereby greatly aiding the reflexive process. De Sales (2003) advocates for Bildung, a concept signalling openness to meaning. This is crucial for researchers who aim to understand others and must first understand themselves as part of the qualitative research process. Here, like De Sales (2003), I too maintain a journal to unpack my own attitudes, prejudices, and certain pre-conceived notions regarding my research.
The journal/diary is part of my ‘voiced reflections’ which are scrutinised through a critically reflexive approach. Autoethnography as method comprises a crucial part of this approach. In my scrabbling of materials (as contained in the journal) and scribbling of thoughts, often privately and furtively, I continued albeit one-sidedly the ‘human conversations’ (Badley 2022) I had previously had with my research participants during the interviews.

There is a paucity of guidelines when considering how to ‘do’ reflexivity for academic research (Wohlfart 2020, Koopman et al 2020). Researchers advocate for diverse means of reflexivity be they visual, arts based, psychological or story based (Gemignani 2016, Riddick 2022) and the choice ultimately rests with the researcher. Hence, I have chosen to work with autoethnography as it offers scope for starting with a story as an entry point (Riddick 2022). Being human and Indian, I am a teller of tales. Autoethnography provides voice especially to those marginalised in academia (Lahiri Roy et. al. 2021) concomitantly aiding reflection and the ability to share my own story alongside my participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Riddick (2022) states that without stories we cannot heal. Delving into the story of my own reflexivity, I found the process not a cure but cathartic (Pillow 2003), albeit this catharsis contained elements of shock. Shock at acknowledging the ubiquitous encrustation of elements of my Brahmin caste identity visible after my interaction with an academic from a common background. Embarrassment reared its head when I heard stories of challenges which went beyond my own experiences of exclusion. My dismay that I was not bereft of envy of women of my age group who had ‘made it' opened another muddy trail (Finlay 2002). Confronting as these reflexivities were, I concur that bias is inherent in qualitative research (Galdas 2017). However, I refuse to become an apologist as in this very subjectivity lies the strength of interpretive work. Therefore, I endeavour to be one of “those researchers who begin their research with the data of their experience and seek to ‘embrace their own humanness as the basis for psychological understanding’ (Walsh, 1995, p.335).

I found the reflexive process emancipatory. My triangulated framework of personal, epistemological, and feminist reflexivity helps map my route through the swamp of this research journey (Finlay 2002). A crucial aspect of this research is the reflexive questioning which emerged as a woman of colour, in empathy with my participants. What am I doing here in this environment? Why do I not go back where I come from? But where do I come from? I have not yet sorted out that question. If I speak of the place of origin –the barriers existed there as well . . . So, like many of my participants, where do I go from here? The responses will need further immersion in the data.

References
Alcoff, L. M. (2009). The problem of speaking for others. In A. Y. Jackson & L. A. Mazzei
(Eds.), Voice in qualitative inquiry: Challenging conventional, interpretive, and
critical conceptions in qualitative research (pp. 117-135). London: Routledge.
Allen D. (2004). Ethnomethodological insights into insider-outsider relationships in nursing ethnographies of healthcare settings. Nursing inquiry, 11(1), 14–24.
Badley, G. F. (2022). Autoethnography as Practice and Process: Toward an Honest Appraisal? Qualitative Inquiry, 0(0).
de Sales, T. (2003). Horizons Revealed: From Methodology to Method. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 2(1), 1–17.  
Engin, M. (2011). Research Diary: A Tool for Scaffolding. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 10(3), 296–306.  
Finlay, L. (2002). Negotiating the swamp: the opportunity and challenge of reflexivity in research practice. Qualitative Research, 2(2), 209–230.  
Galdas, P. (2017). Revisiting Bias in Qualitative Research: Reflections on Its Relationship With Funding and Impact. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1).
Gemignani, M. (2017). Toward a critical reflexivity in qualitative inquiry: Relational and posthumanist reflections on realism, researcher’s centrality, and representationalism in reflexivity. Qualitative Psychology, 4(2), 185–198.  
Hand, H. (2003). The mentor's tale: A reflexive account of semi-structured
interviews. Nurse Researcher (through 2013), 10(3), 15-27.
            
Koopman, W.J., Watling, C., & LaDonna, K.A. (2020). “Autoethnography as a  
Strategy for Engaging in Reflexivity.” Global Qualitative Nursing Research. 7, 1–9.

Lahiri-Roy, R., Belford, N., & Sum, N. (2021) Transnational women academics of colour enacting pedagogy of discomfort: Positionality against a pedagogy of rupture. Pedagogy, Culture &Society.

Nadin, S.J. & Cassell, C. (2006). The use of a research diary as a tool for reflexive practice: Some reflections from management research. Qualitative Research in Accounting & Management, 3, 208-217.
Palaganas, E. C., Sanchez, M. C., Molintas, M. P., & Caricativo, R. D. (2017). “Reflexivity in Qualitative Research: A Journey of Learning.” The Qualitative Report, 22(2), 426-438.
Pillow, W. S. (2003). Confession, catharsis, or cure? Rethinking the uses of reflexivity as methodological power in qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 16(2), 175–196.  
Riddick, B. (2022). Searching for Home: Autoethnographic Reflections of a Black Girl. Qualitative Inquiry, 28(10), 1087–1091.  
Walsh, R.A. (1995) ‘The Approach of the Human Science Researcher: Implications
for the Practice of Qualitative Research’, The Humanistic Psychologist, 23
333–44.
Warwick, R. & Board, D. (2012). Reflexivity as methodology: an approach to the necessarily political work of senior groups. Educational Action Research, 20(1), 147-159.
Wohlfart, O. (2020). “Digging Deeper?”: Insights From a Novice Researcher. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Decolonising Higher Education: Deconstructing a higher education course through voices from the Global South

Preeti Dagar, Bonnie Slade

University of Glasgow

Presenting Author: Dagar, Preeti; Slade, Bonnie

Despite the increase in decolonising Western universities, pedagogies and curriculum initiatives, the voices of participants from the Global South are still at the periphery, searching for a space to get involved in such efforts. Decolonial theory and literature have widely acknowledged the need to include perspectives of marginalised groups from the Global South in projects of decolonisation (Hickling-Hudson, Mathews & Woods, 2003; Mignolo, 2009; Santos, 2014; Smith, 1999; Spivak, 1994). However, there are limited examples of such practices. This paper aims to tackle epistemic injustice in the decolonising efforts by highlighting the voices from the Global South.

In this paper, we deconstruct an Erasmus Mundus programme, International Masters in Adult Education for Social Change (IMAESC), taught in four European countries over the course of two years. The programme first began in 2016 and has enrolled more than 100 students, most of whom are from the Global South. We examine IMAESC as a decolonial project through the hegemonic and subaltern lenses and analyse the curriculum, pedagogical approaches, and experiences of the participants of this programme. We do so not only through our own experiences as adult learners, researchers and practitioners but also through the inclusion of perspectives of our peers from the Global South.

This article further includes the testimonies of our educators in Global North institutions who have designed and implemented this international programme with a decolonising approach. In this paper, we explore to what extent this critical adult education programme successfully provided an experience of decolonised higher education and the challenges faced by the participants and the educators involved.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper builds on empirical research that included semi-structured interviews with nineteen participants from seventeen countries in Global South. The study explored their experiences at a Russel Group university in the United Kingdom. The interviews further investigated the interaction of higher education curriculum and pedagogies with the prior experiences and expectations of these students from the Global South. The paper acknowledges and involves the experiences of all three authors as adult learners, practitioners and researchers. The data was analysed through thematic analysis, and three broad themes are covered in this paper: self-reported critical awareness, opportunities created, and barriers remaining. In particular, we want to highlight challenges such as Eurocentrism in curriculum and pedagogical approaches.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper argues that decolonising efforts of universities should be rooted in the reflection and experiences of those directly affected by them. In order to achieve a holistic decolonial praxis, higher education courses in Global North institutions need to hear, acknowledge, appreciate, and include the voices of their participants.
References
de Sousa Santos, B. (2014). Epistemologies of the South: Justice against epistemicide. Routledge.
Hickling-Hudson, A., Matthews, J., & Woods, A. (2004). Disrupting preconceptions: Postcolonialism and education. Flaxton, QLD: Post Pressed.
Mignolo, W. D. (2009). Epistemic disobedience, independent thought and decolonial freedom. Theory, culture & society, 26(7-8), 159-181.
Smith, L. T. (1999). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Spivak, G. (1994). Can the subaltern speak? In P. Williams, & L. Chrisman (Eds.), Colonial discourse and post-colonial theory: A reader (pp. 66–111). Columbia University Press.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm07 SES 02 B: Refugee Education (Part 2)
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Kerstin von Brömssen
Paper Session continued from 07 SES 01 B, to be continued in 07 SES 03 B
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Integration on Whose Terms - The Case of Civic Orientation for Newly Arrived Adult Migrants in Sweden

Simon Bauer1, Tommaso Milani2, Kerstin von Brömssen3, Andrea Spehar1

1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Pennsylvania State University, USA; 3University West, Sweden

Presenting Author: Bauer, Simon

Over the last few decades an increasing number of countries in the Global North have introduced so called Civic Integration programmes, often referred to as ‘the Civic Turn’ (Joppke, 2007; 2017). These are a form of educational provision that aims to through teaching integrate migrants into what is presented as the country of arrival’s ‘culture’, ‘values’, and laws (Jensen et al, 2017). As such, it is expected that those who take part will internalise a loyalty towards ‘democratic and liberal values’ (Mouritsen et al. 2019). The programmes vary in form, but do not seem to have an observable effect on neither social nor economic integration (Wallace Goodman & Wright, 2015). Therefore, it may rather be understood as a form migration governance (Mouritsen et al. 2019). In Sweden this form of education has been conducted since 2010 (SFS 2010: 1138), and currently involves 100 hours of teaching, and is referred to as Civic Orientation for Newly Arrived Migrants. It is offered in migrants’ ‘mother tongues’, and according to policy documents, should be based on dialogue and respect (SFS 2010:1138). Previous research on this has shown that the classes seem to be working to discipline the participants (Abdulla & Risenfors, 2014), in order to change the participants’ views and behaviours (Åberg & Mäkitalo, 2017; Milani et al. 2021). This is in tension with the expressed aim of Civic Orientation to give participants “ability to shape not only their own lives, but to also take part in the shaping of Swedish society” (SOU 2010:16: 14). However, as argued elsewhere in the Swedish context: “adult education (as education in general) becomes a site for the normalization of students, aiming at adapting individuals into what is deemed desirable in terms of how a citizen should be and act” (Fejes et al. 2018). In a diverse setting such as Civic Orientation, this tension is evermore palpable.

In line with the ‘social justice turn’ in the social sciences and humanities, in this paper we investigate inclusion and participation in the context of classes in civic orientation for adult migrants in Sweden. Theoretically, we draw upon the work of American political philosopher Nancy Fraser, who famously argued that “justice requires social arrangements that permit all (adult) members of society to interact with one another as peers” (Fraser 1998: 5). Analytically, this means investigating “whether institutionalized patterns of interpretation and valuation impede parity of participation in social life” (Fraser 1998: 4). We apply Fraser’s theoretical ideas to an analysis of interviews with “key actors” involved in civic orientation, ethnographic data collected in 6 civic orientation classes (3 in English and 3 in Arabic) in three large Swedish municipalities, as well as focus group interviews with former participants. More specifically, we illustrate a tension between a genuine commitment on the part of the Swedish state to create multilingual and multicultural spaces for dialogue and reflection about Swedish society, on the one hand, and problematic monolithic views about how migrants are expected to behave in order to ‘fit in’, on the other. Ultimately the question is: on whose terms are migrants expected to integrate and participate in Swedish society?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper draws on a number of qualitative research methods in order to paint a rich picture of the complex relations between policy and bureaucrats, the teaching in classrooms, and the experiences of those who have been taught. Firstly, we draw on 14 semi-structured interviews with ‘key actors’ involved in organizing Civic Orientation locally in three large Swedish municipalities. These were conducted in the fall of 2019 and provide a plethora of views and understandings of the purpose of Civic Orientation, its challenges, as well as how it is conducted in various settings, seen from different perspectives.
Secondly, we draw on ethnographic data from six different civic orientation classes in English (three) and in Arabic (three) from three large Swedish municipalities. These were conducted over four months in the spring of 2020, around the onset of Covid-19. Therefore, about a third of the data was collected in person, but then the rest had to be obtained online through Zoom and Skype. As those conducting the ethnographies speak English and Arabic, there was no need for interpreters. Within the ethnographies we took the position as participant observer, meaning that whilst we did not interrupt the class we spoke when asked to and actively participated in break times. The ethnographic fieldnotes were taken by hand and anonymized before analysis. In total about 600 pages of fieldnotes were compiled. The data was then analysed thematically (cf. Emerson et al. 2011). Through this data we get a rich illustration of Civic Orientation in practice within different classes.
Lastly, we draw on focus group interviews with former participants conducted in the spring of 2023. In these, the participants reflect and discuss their experiences of Civic Orientation as well as how this compares to their own experiences of living in Sweden. These were organized as casual discussions where the participants were encouraged to lift their own perspectives and discuss their experiences in a neutral environment.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through comparing and contrasting the results from the various forms of data, we hope to put forward a granular analysis of how inclusion and diversity play out in practice through Sweden’s Civic Orientation. Analytically, we investigate “whether institutionalized patterns of interpretation and valuation impede parity of participation in social life” (Fraser 1998: 4) from the institutions’ patterns of interpretation through the individual interviews, into practice in the classes, and out into wider society through the focus group interviews. As such, it is expected that both aspects of inclusivity and desires to promote multiculturalism as well as aspects of social cohesion and assimilationist views will come forth in the tensions between expectations, practice, and experiences as suggested in previous research on welfare and integration programmes in Sweden (cf. Dahlstedt & Nergaard, 2019; Milani et al. 2021).
The paper hopes to contribute to debates on Civic Integration in Europe, which at its core lies in utilizing civic and citizenship education as a tool to create avenues for migrants to integrate and become part of society, as well as discussions on social justice more broadly. Going back to the research question, “on whose terms are migrants expected to integrate and participate in Swedish society”, the paper will both outline on the one hand the terms outlined by the organizers of Civic Orientation and on the other those the migrants themselves face on a daily basis in Sweden.

References
Abdullah, A and Risenfors, S. 2013. Kursen samhällsorientering för nyanlända: Mobilisering och integration för deltagare. In: Eriksson, L, Nilsson, G and Svensson, LA (eds.), Gemenskaper: Socialpedagogiska perspektiv, 117–138. Göteborg, Sweden: Daidalos.
Dahlstedt, M. & Neergaard, A. 2019. Crisis of Solidarity? Changing Welfare and Migration Regimes in Sweden. Critical Sociology 45(1), 121-135.
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I. & Shaw, L. L., 2011. Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. 2nd ed. London: The University of Chicago Press.
Fejes, A., Dahlstedt, M., Olson, M. 2018. Adult education and the formation of citizens: A critical interrogation. London: Routledge.
Fraser, N. (1998). Social justice in the age of identity politics: redistribution, recognition, participation. Discussion Papers, Research Unit: Organization and Employment, FS I 98-108, WZB Berlin Social Science Center.
Jensen, K. K., Fernández, C. & Brochmann, G., 2017. Nationhood and Scandinavian Naturalization Politics: Varieties of the Civic Turn. Citizenship Studies, 21(5). 606-624.
Joppke, C. 2007. Beyond national models: Civic integration policies for immigrants in Western Europe. West European Politics, 30(1): 1–22.
Milani, T, Bauer, S., von Brömssen, K., Spehar, A., Carlson, M. 2021. Citizenship as status, habitus and acts: Language requirements and civic orientation in Sweden. Citizenship Studies, 25(6): 756–772.
Mouritsen, P, Kriegbaum Jensen, K and Larin, SJ. 2019. Introduction: Theorizing the civic turn in European integration policies. Ethnicities, 19(4): 595–613.
Mouritsen, P., Faas, D., Meer, N. & de Witte, N., 2019. Leitkultur debates as civic integration in North-Western Europe: The nationalism of 'values' and 'good citizenship'. Ethnicities, 19(4). 632-653.
Samhällsorienteringsutredningen (2010). Sverige för nyanlända: Värden, välfärdsstat, Vardagsliv (SOU: 2010:16). Stockholm: Integrations- och Jämställdhetsdepartementet.
SFS 2010:1138. Förordning om Samhällsorientering för vissa nyanlända invandrare. Arbetsmarknadsdepartementet.
Åberg, L. & Mäkitalo, Å., 2017. Integration work as situated communicative practice: Assuming, establishing and modifying cultural differences. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 15. 56-68.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Perceptions and Experiences of Newly Arrived Immigrant Parents Collaborating with Schools in Norwegian Context.

Sultana Ali Norozi, Nassira Essahli Vik

Norwegian University for Science and Technology, Norway

Presenting Author: Norozi, Sultana Ali; Essahli Vik, Nassira

Educational institutions such as schools and Early Childhood Education and Care-institutions are important meeting places for children, families, and adults from different backgrounds. Yet, the parents are the children's most important caregivers. Parents are also the schools´ most significant partners in the work to ensure children's education and development. The home-school relationship is considered important by educators, teachers, parents, and researchers. Parents' involvement is one of the most important predictors not only for academic achievement but also for the whole child's development. Thus, parental involvement has become the center of attention of teachers, researchers, and policymakers. Earlier research points out that it is difficult to establish a good home-school relationship, particularly in schools serving newly arrived immigrant children (Lea, 2012; Sibley and Brabeck, 2017). In the face of the constantly increasing number of immigrant children, newcomer parents’ perceptions and experiences are exceptionally important to take into account for a successful and holistic education of immigrant children. Newcomer parents want their children to become well-educated as they see education as a way to a successful life in a new society (Lea, 2012; Sibley and Brabeck, 2017; Norozi, 2022). Newly arrived immigrant parents grapple with challenges related to a new language, and culture, and adjusting to a new and different lifestyle and society. It appears that newcomer parents are dubious about the values in the schools, especially regarding religion as part of their identity and culture (Barry, 2001; Vogt, 2016; Spernes, 2018). Newly arrived immigrant parents´ perceptions and experiences of collaboration with schools are under-researched in the Norwegian context. This study aims to get insights into newcomer parents’ perceptions and experiences of collaboration with schools in the Norwegian context. Thus, the two guiding questions are: How do newly arrived immigrant parents perceive and experience collaborating with schools in the Norwegian context? And what kind of support and challenges do newly arrived immigrant parents face in their involvement in children´s education? The theoretical framework is based on theories on inclusive education; Biesta (2011) states that inclusion is a central – if not the most important – value in democracy. On another level, we address how newcomer parents, and school staff, apply different strategies to develop a relationship with each other (Ericsson & Larsen, 2000; Sand, 2020; Essahli Vik, 2022). The relationship between parents and schools is dependent on many factors. For example, how parents are invited and involved in their children's schooling. Yet, it is significant to understand how both parents and staff's strategies affect the relationship between the school and the newcomer parents.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the qualitative paradigm, the method that was employed to collect data was in-depth semi-structured interviews with newcomer immigrant parents. The schools were contacted to reach out to newcomer parents. Screening of participants was done by in-person meetings with them to ensure that they satisfy the criteria e.g., they have recently arrived in Norway and have a school-aged child/ren. Informed consent from each participant was obtained and a detailed explanation of the purpose, procedures, potential risks, and benefits of the study was shared written and verbally. In-depth, semi-structured interviews with each participant were conducted. Interviews were audio-taped, and each interview lasted a maximum of I hour. Since the newcomer parents can not speak Norwegian, interviews were conducted in either English (those who can) or in their mother tongues. Both the researchers are multilingual and can speak the mother tongue of the participants i.e., Arabic, Dari, Pashto, and Farsi. Professional interpreters were arranged for Ukrainian participants. This was mentioned in the consent form. The data will be transcribed and analyzed by identifying themes and patterns. This will involve coding the data, creating the coding scheme, and using qualitative data analysis software e.g., NVivo. The confidentiality and anonymity of the participants would be ensured by using pseudonyms, keeping data secure, and destroying data once it is no longer needed. The research project is approved by the Norwegian Social Science Data Services (NSD).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study may uncover common barriers that newcomer parents face in collaborating with schools, such as language barriers, cultural differences, and lack of understanding of the school system. The study may highlight the importance of clear and effective communication between schools and newcomer parents, including the need for effective and quick arrangements for translation services, regular meetings, and accessible information. The study may reveal the extent to which newcomer parents are involved in their children´s education and the factors that influence their level of involvement. Furthermore, the study's preliminary analysis recognizes the role that cultural awareness and sensitivity play in facilitating collaboration between schools and newcomer parents. The study is expected to provide some recommendations for improving collaboration between schools and newcomer parents, including the need for better resources and support for newcomer parents. Last but not least, this study will contribute to increase understanding of the perspectives and experiences of newcomer immigrant parents in collaboration with schools and inform the development of policies and practices that support newcomer parents’ involvement in their children´s education.
References
Barry, B. (2001). Culture and equality: An egalitarian critique of multiculturalism. Cambridge: Polity.
Biesta, G. J. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge.
Epstein, J. L. (2010). School, family and community partnerships: Caring for the children we share. Kappan 92, 81–96. doi: 10.1177/003172171009200326
Epstein, J. L. (2018a). School, family, and community partnerships in teachers’ professional work. J. Educ. Teach. 44, 397–406. doi: 10.1080/02607476.2018. 1465669
Epstein, J. L. (2018b). “Use the framework to reach school goals- stories from the field,” in School, family and community partnership: Your handbook for action, 4th Edn, ed. J. L. Epstein (Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin), 63–84. doi: 10.1016/j.shpsa. 2021.06.003
Ericsson, K. & Larsen, G. (2000). Skolebarn og skoleforeldre: Om forholdet mellom hjem og skole. Oslo: Pax Forlag
Essahli Vik, Nassira (2022). Familieformer og foreldresamarbeid i barnehagen i et mangfoldsperspektiv. I Bjerklund, Monica & Nassira E. Vik (2022b). Familiemangfold og profesjonsutøvelse i barnehagen. Universitetsforlaget.
Lea, Martha. (2012). Cooperation between migrant parents and teachers in school: A resource? CPES Journals. 2. 105-124.
Norozi, S. A. (2023). The Important Building Blocks of Newcomer Immigrant Students’ Education in the Norwegian Context. Frontiers in Education, 7(2023), p. 1040.
Sand, S. 2020. Ulikhet og fellesskap. Flerkulturell pedagogikk i barnehagen. Oslo: Cappelen Damm AS.
Sibley, E., and Brabeck, K. (2017). Latino Immigrant students’ school experiences in the United States: The importance of family-school-community collaboration. School Community Journal. 1:27. 137-157.
Spernes, K. (2018). Den flerkulturelle skolen i bevegelse: teoretiske og praktiske perspektiver [The multicultural school in motion: theoretical and practical perspectives], 231- 243. Oslo: Gyldendal.
Vogt, A. (2016). Rådgiving i skole og barnehage: mange muligheter for hjelp til barn og unge [Counseling in school and Kindergarten: many opportunities for help for children and young people]”, 348- 361. Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

When Asylum is Denied and Return is Not an Option: Children’s Rights and Enactment of Childhood and Parenthood in Deportability

Helena Korp1, Kerstin von Brömssen1, Tove Samzelius2

1University West; 2Malmö University

Presenting Author: von Brömssen, Kerstin

This paper concerns children and families in Sweden whose application for asylum has been rejected but who are not eligible for deportation, and who remain in the country for an indefinite time with formal status neither as asylum-seekers, refugees, irregular or residents. In the international literature this group is sometimes referred to as Non removed rejected asylum seekers (NRAS), a term that will used hence forward (Atac, 2019). While there is a body of important critical research on refugee children’s political rights, agency (or lack thereof) and vulnerabilities in regard to/produced by Swedish asylum politics (c.f. Josefsson, 2017; Karlsson, 2019; Wahlström Smith, 2021; Lind, 2019; Lundberg, 2020), an initial review of literature showed that NRAS, and particularly children in families, is a group that has received little attention in migration-research, both in a European and a Swedish context. The latter was noted also by experts that we talked with at the Swedish Migration Agency (SMA) and DELMI (the Delegation for Migration studies). Rejected asylum seekers are however often targeted in the migration-critical political discourse of the new right wing coalition that came into power in Sweden in October 2022, supported by a far right radical ethno-nationalist party (cf. Rothstein, 2023). Recent policy propositions include that rejected asylum-seekers should be detained and closely surveilled until deportation. In this context, investigating how deportability affect NRAS children is urgent from the perspective of children’s human rights as declared in the UN Child Rights Convention (CRC), which was made Swedish law 2020-01-01. As children’s rights and agency are tightly connected to the situation of the family and to parents’ capacities to see to their needs, and as for NRAS parents these capacities are constrained by extreme legal and economic vulnerability (Samzelius, 2023), the study will also highlight parenthood and family-life in the context of deportability.

Research questions

  • What is known about NRAS children in Sweden and their situation
    • through statistics from the Migration Agency, e.g. their age, country of origin, time in Sweden, household, housing?
    • by experts in authorities (e.g. Migration Agency) and civil society know about the situation of NRRA children and their families?
    • through research (also international research and NRAS children generally)
    • How are childhood and parenthood enacted in the context of deportability for NRAS families in Sweden, and how do children and parents understand and cope with deportability, as a part of their every day-lives?
    • How does deportability affect NRAS children’s agency and rights directly, as well as indirectly through the parents’ positions as NRAS?

Objective

The objective of the study is to highlight the situation of NRAS children in Sweden, and how deportability affects their everyday lives, rights and agency, both directly in regard to e.g. education, well-being and relations, and indirectly, through their parents’ positions as NRAS. We thus want to contribute to the critical discussion of asylum-politics and their effects on children in regard to CRC and social justice from the perspective of NRAS, but also to sensitizing institutional practice to children’s and parents’ perspectives on their situation and needs in their position as NRAS.

Theoretical and conceptual framework

The study will combine theories and concepts from different fields, mainly from sociology of childhood and migration studies, but also policy studies may be relevant as part of the theoretical framework. Central concepts include agency, children’s rights, lived rights, deportability, migration regimes and vulnerabilities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study will be organized in two work packages:
1. Mapping
1 a) Collection and analysis of statistics concerning NRAS to map the group in regard to available data on age, nationality, time since asylum-application, family constellation and housing.
1 b) Interviews with experts and officers at SMA, and NGO:s that meet NRAS (possibly also professionals such as teachers/head masters and social workers) about how they perceive the children’s situation and needs.
1 c) A scoping literature review including research and reports from authorities and civil society, focused on studies that include NRAS, but also more generally childrens’s rights and ageny in deportability and extended precarious migration situations, and studies about parenting in these conditions.
2. Ethnographic studies
We plan to involve 10-12 NRAS families in ethnographic field studies that include shadowing in their everyday life during approximately three days (ideally focusing at one family-member each day), taking field-notes, having field conversations, but also suggesting a range of creative art-based methods depending on the age and interest of the children (cf. Lenette, 2019; Nunn, 2022). We will also interview the children on two occasions based on a time line, and on material from the above, and on a time-line starting with their first memory of migration and reaching to an imagined adulthood. We will include families who live in asylum accomodations as well as other housing, single- two parent families and families in rural and urban settings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the research about childhood and parenthood in the context of deportability generally is very scarce, and especially related to NRAS we hope by the mapping and synthesizing existing research and reports to fill an important knowledge gap concerning the situation for this group, and the policies that condition their lives and access to human rights, but also identify need for further, empirical studies. Through seeking to use and develop participatory, creative methods and decolonializing ways of representation, we further hope by our ethnographic studies to get close to the lived experience of doing childhood and parenhthood under protracted conditions of deportability, and how rights and agency are enacted and constrained in different instances.
References
Ataç, I. (2019) Deserving Shelter: Conditional Access to Accommodation for Rejected Asylum Seekers in Austria, the Netherlands, and Sweden, Journal of Immigrant & Refugee Studies, 17:1, 44-60, DOI: 10.1080/15562948.2018.1530401
Josefsson, J. (2017). Children's Rights to Asylum in the Swedish Migration Court of Appeal. I International Journal of Children's Rights, 25 (2017) 85-113

Karlsson, S. (2019) ‘You said “home” but we don’t have a house’ – children’s lived rights and politics in an asylum centre in Sweden, Children's Geographies, 17:1, 64-75, DOI: 10.1080/14733285.2018.1474173
Lenette, C. (2019). Arts-based Methods in Refugee Research: Creating Sanctuary. Springer Singapore.
Lind, J. (2019). Governing vulnerabilised migrant childhoods through children’s rights. Childhood, 26(3), 337–351. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568219847269
Lundberg, A. Undocumented children, In Cook, Thomas D. (eds), The SAGE Encyclopedia of Children and Childhood Studies : Sage Publications; 2020. ISBN: 9781473942929
Nunn, C. (2022). The participatory arts-based research project as an exceptional sphere of belonging. Qualitative Research, 22(2), 251-268.
Samzelius, T. (2023). Starka mammor-Trygga barn: En rapport om asylsökande och nyanlända ensamstående mammors situation i Sverige.
Wahlström Smith, Å. (2021) Challenging the deportation regime: reflections on the research encounter with undocumented refugee children in Sweden. Children's Geographies 19:1, pages 101-112.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm07 SES 02 C: Diversity Education in Multicultural Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

“Why is There a Pride Flag over There” – Perceptions of Inclusion and Exclusion in a Culturally Diverse Finnish Secondary School

Jenni Alisaari1,2, Keith O'Neill3, Anna Kuusela1, Anuleena Kimanen1, Aleksi Seger1, Samaneh Khalili1

1INVEST, University of Turku, Finland; 2University of Stockholm; 3Åbo Akademi University

Presenting Author: Alisaari, Jenni

School climate has an impact on how students with a migration background both succeed and experience a sense of belonging at school (Schachner et al., 2019). Students with a migration background often experience a lower sense of belonging than the majority population (Borgonovi, 2018). Importantly, perceptions of a positive diversity climate buffer against personal experiences of discrimination and predict better belonging (Baysu et al, 2016; Heikamp et al., 2020). In this study, we investigate how school climate, students’ sense of belonging, and perceptions of inclusion and exclusion are perceived through the narratives of culturally diverse students in Finland. The research questions are as follows:

RQ1 How do students from diverse backgrounds perceive inclusion and exclusion at their school?

RQ2 What aspects (of identity) are related to inclusion and exclusion in the narratives of diverse students?

With a large and culturally diverse school as its research site, the research attempts to uncover and assess the pluralities of belonging among the student body. This study is a part of a larger research project, which aims to advance understanding of how to develop more inclusive education for all students, especially for those with migration backgrounds.

Being part of a group is a basic need: a sense of belonging positively affects students’ well-being (Anderson & Graham, 2016) and school success (Schachner, et al., 2019). However, studies have shown that some students, especially those with a migration background, have a lower sense of belonging than the majority population in OECD countries in general (Borgonovi, 2018), and in some countries especially if they speak a language other than the language of instruction at home (Author 1 & Author X, 2021).

Sense of belonging is related to the experience of being accepted and belonging to a group (Lambert et al. 2013). The feeling of belonging is influenced by the experience of security, for example, that it feels good to come to school (Antonsich, 2010). However, belonging can also be viewed as discourses and practices of exclusion or inclusion, influenced by the values of different communities and groups (Juutinen, 2018; Yuval-Davis, 2011). Students’ well-being and sense of equality are further supported by their perceptions regarding their possibilities to participate at school, and being respected and listened to (Anderson & Graham, 2016). Students with a migration background often experience feelings of discrimination (Saarinen & Zacheus, 2019), which may affect their experience of school and lead to a weaker engagement in learning (Heikamp, ​​et al., 2020).

Students’ sense of well-being is associated with their perceptions of school climate (Aldridge et al., 2018). A positive school climate is safe, caring, participatory and encouraging, and it is associated with positive academic achievement (Cohen et al. 2009). Positive interactions between teachers and students promote an inclusive climate at school (Mælan, et al., 2020) and students’ well-being (Anderson & Graham, 2016). It is important that the school climate values diversity (Schachner et al., 2019), and actively challenges and works against inequalities (Freire, 1973). This is also essential for social justice (Mikander et al., 2018; Sleeter, 2014). The wellbeing of people with a migration background seems to be optimal when there are mutual positive attitudes as well as the lack of discrimination in the surrounding context (Berry, 1997). When students experience that the school climate values diversity, they have a higher sense of belonging to school, which is associated to better learning outcomes (Schachner et al., 2019). Intercultural education and education for social justice aims to promote these aforementioned issues (Deardorff & Jones, 2012; Freire, 1973; Hoskins & Sallah, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We collected data for this study through semi-structured group-interviews. The participants (N=55) were diverse students from two different schools in Finland. The participating students were approximately 15-16-years of age from diverse ethnic and linguistic backgrounds.

The participants were recruited with an open call to both students and teaching staff. The researchers visited the schools’ all lower-secondary 8th grade and upper-secondary 2nd grade classes (students approximately aged 15 or 17) and presented the study and its purpose to investigate students’ perceptions on their sense of belonging and engagement at school. Especially students who speak other languages than the language of schooling were invited to participate in the study. One of the teachers offered her English classes to be the sites of the research interviews. All the students and their guardians were informed about the study by sending them a letter including the purpose of the study, information on the interviews, the ethical procedures and the possibility either to participate or not in the study.

The group-interviews were organized in autumn 2022 during the English language classes. There were 4 – 6 students and 2 interviewers in each group. The discussions were recorded and then transcribed by one of the researchers. The transcribed data were used for the content-driven thematic analysis (Krippendorff, 2012).

To code the data, author 2 read the responses to gain an initial understanding of the data and identify sub-categories for coding the data. The suggested categories were then discussed among authors 1 and 2; categories were decided upon. Categories relevant to this research paper that arose from the data were 1. belonging, 2. school climate, and 3. social justice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary analysis indicates that the school climate was experienced as highly positive but also simultaneously chaotic, and there were narratives of both inclusion and exclusion. Furthermore, in the narratives, strong presence of discrimination and bullying came up. Interestingly, the students perceived diverse ethnicity as accepted and a marker of inclusion, whereas non-binary gender identity was reported as a reason for exclusion. As an important aspect behind a sense of belonging (see e.g. Anderson & Graham, 2016), the students emphasized that in their school, everyone was accepted when it comes to ethnic position. However, students with non-binary gender identity were perceived as other (both by themselves and by students belonging to mainstream). Thus, it seems that there is a lack of social justice awareness from these marginalized students.

Based on the interviews, it was clear that the students perceived that negative issues were to stay at school and students had to accommodate accordingly. However, more research is required to investigate in detail, how does the agency of students and teaching staff contribute to creating reality. The preliminary results of this study indicate that even though a school climate would value some aspects of diversity (see also Schachner et al., 2019), it does not automatically result in valuing all aspects of identities. Thus, in order to promote social justice at school, there is a need to actively challenge and works against inequalities that arise among the students (see also Freire, 1973). Although the study was conducted in Finland, the results are relevant in improving school climate in global contexts: better understanding of the aspects related to student’s experiences on inclusion and exclusion will help to build more inclusive school environments in many contexts.

References
Aldridge, J., McChesney, K., & Afari, E. (2018). Relationships between school climate, bullying and delinquent behaviours. Learning Environments Research, 21(2), 153–172. doi:10.1007/s10984-017-9249-6
Anderson, D. L., & Graham, A. P. 2016. Improving student wellbeing: Having a say at school. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 273, 348–366. doi:10.1080/09243453.2015.1084336
Author 1 & Author X (2021)
Berry, J. W. (1997). Immigration, acculturation, adaptation. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 46(1), 5–68.
Borgonovi, F. (2018). How do the performance and well-being of students with an immigrant background compare across countries? PISA in Focus, No. 82, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/a9e8c1ab-en.
Cohen, J., McCabe, L., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers College Record, 111(1), 180–213.
Deardorff, D. K., & Jones, E. (2012).  Intercultural  Competence: An Emerging Focus in Post-Secondary Education.  In D.K. Deardorff, H. de Wit, J. D. Heyl & T. Adams (Eds.). The Sage Handbook of International Higher Education (pp. 283–303). SAGE Publications.
Freire, P. (1973). Education for critical consciousness. Seabury.
Juutinen, J. (2018). Inside or outside? Small stories about the politics of belonging in preschools. Dissertation.  http://jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526218816.pdf
Hoskins, B., & Sallah, M. (2011). Developing intercultural competence in Europe: The challenges. Language and Intercultural Communication, 11(2), 113–125
Krippendorff, K. (2012). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology (3rd ed.). Sage Publications.
Mælan, E. N., Eikeland Tjomsland, H., Samdal, O., & Thurston, M. (2020). Pupils’ Perceptions of How Teachers’ Everyday Practices Support Their Mental Health: A Qualitative Study of Pupils Aged 14–15 in Norway. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(7), 1015–1029, DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2019.1639819
Mikander, P., Zilliacus, H., & Holm, G. (2018). Intercultural education in transition: Nordic perspectives. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 40–56.
Saarinen, M., & Zacheus, T. (2019). “En mä oo samanlainen”. Maahanmuuttotaustaisten nuorten kokemuksia ulkopuolisuudesta. In M. Jahnukainen, M. Kalalahti & J. Kivirauma (Eds.), Oma paikka haussa: Maahanmuuttotaustaiset nuoret ja koulutus. (pp. 170–199). Gaudeamus.
Schachner, M. K., Schwarzenthal, M., van de Vijver, F. J. R., & Noack, P. (2019). How all students can belong and achieve: Effects of the cultural diversity climate amongst students of immigrant and nonimmigrant background in Germany. Journal of Educational Psychology, 111(4), 703–716. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000303
Sleeter, C. (2014, February). Deepening social justice teaching. Journal of Language & Literacy Education. Retrieved from: http://jolle.coe.uga.edu/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/SSO_Feb2015_Template.pdf
Yuval-Davis, N. (2011). The politics of belonging. Intersectional contestations. London: Sage.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Implementing LGBT-inclusive Curriculum in Multicultural Contexts: Comparing the US and UK

Naomi Moland

American University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Moland, Naomi

Recent years have seen increasing global attention to the experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) students (Kosciw and Pizmony-Levy 2016; UNESCO 2021). As one strategy for making schools more inclusive, activists have advocated for LGBT themes to be included in curriculum (Camicia 2016). Accordingly, some governments have passed LGBT-inclusive curriculum mandates. For example, the 2010 Equality Act in the United Kingdom mandates that schools teach about same-sex relationships as part of students’ Relationship and Sex Education curriculum (U.K. Department for Education 2014). In the United States, seven states have passed LGBT-inclusive history education mandates, which require, for example, that schools “accurately portray political, economic, and social contributions” of LGBT people (New Jersey Senate Bill 1569 2019).

Like many curriculum reform laws, these mandates have been controversial—particularly in diverse communities. In 2019, predominantly Muslim parents in Birmingham, England protested daily for 12 weeks in response to curriculum that taught about same-sex parent families (Parveen 2019). Also in 2019, in the U.S. state of New Jersey, more than 700 parents—including Coptic Christians, Muslims, Orthodox Jews, and Evangelicals—signed a petition protesting NJ 1659, which mandates teaching LGBT history. Amidst these larger protests, this study seeks to understand how educators are navigating these complex disagreements in their everyday teaching and interactions. Accordingly, we are conducting a comparative case study of two LGBT-inclusive curriculum mandates implemented in 2019: one nation-wide mandate in the United Kingdom, and one state-wide mandate in New Jersey. Our research questions are as follows:

RQ #1: What do educators include in LGBT-inclusive curriculum, and why?

RQ #2: How do teachers navigate potentially competing goals: teaching about diversity and equality on one hand, and being culturally responsive to their communities on the other hand?

In order to explore these questions, we use curriculum document analysis and educator interviews (see below). Comparing these dynamics in the U.S. and U.K. will enable us to analyze how differing political, demographic, and historical contexts shape the implementation of LGBT curriculum.

Protest against inclusive curricular reforms is nothing new (Figueroa 2003; Petrzela 2015; Zimmerman 2022). The protests against LGBT-inclusive curriculum, however, take a different tone. Rather than debating whether certain minority groups should be included in the national narrative, protesters against LGBT-inclusive curriculum often claim that the reforms violate their religious rights, that they seek to “make kids gay,” or that they inappropriately expose children to sexually explicit content (Nash and Browne 2021). Another key difference is that while majority populations cannot deny the existence of ethnic minority groups in their country (although they may downplay their importance), some anti-LGBT protesters deny the existence of LGBT peoples or claim that they have chosen a transgressive lifestyle that should not be recognized (Camicia 2016; Collins 2006). This case reveals a complex example of competing claims for state recognition by minorities (King and Samii 2020; Kymlicka 2007). While LGBT populations seek recognition via inclusion in the curriculum, some religious groups claim that learning LGBT history violates their rights.

In the midst of these debates, it is crucial to understand how educators—including curriculum writers, administrators, and teachers—grapple with these contradictions. Educators serve as intermediaries between the state and students, translating broad mandates into daily lesson plans. By investigating their thought processes and decision making, this study can provide insights into the possibilities and constraints of diversity and inclusion-based curricular mandates. As such, it aligns well with the ECER conference theme of “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research” by delving into the contradictions of teaching pluralist ideals in diverse societies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use a comparative case study methodology (Bartlett and Vavrus 2016) to examine how educators navigate LGBT curriculum reforms in two settings: Birmingham, England and Jersey City, New Jersey. We have chosen these cities strategically to examine how teachers who work with diverse groups of families—which vary by immigrant status, ethnicity, and religion—are navigating the complex debates related to new LGBT curriculum. The U.S. and U.K. are at the forefront of LGBT curricular reform; comparing them will allow us to better understand how different contexts shape curricular implementation and community responses. Moreover, the timing of our study will capture the important first years of these curriculum mandates, as educators are translating policies into lessons and community members are responding to changes.

Document Analysis
In order to understand how educators are translating LGBT curriculum mandates into specific classroom lessons, we collected 89 LGBT-related lesson plans from the U.S. and 42 from the U.K. (total = 131). The lesson plans are created by outside organizations, which teachers often rely on to implement new curriculum mandates (e.g., in the U.S., GLSEN, History Unerased; and in the U.K., No Outsiders, Schools OUT). To gain an overall picture of the lesson plans, we organized them by country, intended age group, and main topic. Using the qualitative software Dedoose, we coded lesson plans by topic categories, such as role models; legal cases; social movements/protests; PRIDE events; symbols/flags; art, literature, and media; civic spaces; families; and self-expression/identity. Additionally, we are currently coding the narratives that are woven through lesson plans, such as persecution, resilience, progress, individualism, celebration, differences and commonalities, erasure, and so on.

Semi-structured Interviews
To understand the goals and perspectives of various educators, we are interviewing curriculum writers, school administrators, and teachers (interviews are currently in progress). We aim to interview 30 individuals in each city (60 total): five curriculum writers; five administrators; and 20 teachers. In these interviews, we are exploring educators’ goals, successes, and challenges related to implementing LGBT-inclusive curriculum. We also hope to learn what kinds of community responses they are receiving, and how they are navigating disagreements that arise. We will also use Dedoose to analyze our interviews. To create deductive codes, we rely on existing literature about how teachers navigate controversial curriculum (Binder 2002; Petrzela 2015; Zimmerman 2022). We will then inductively add codes as our data reveals additional themes (LeCompte and Schensul 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our research is in progress, and our findings are preliminary. In our analysis of lesson plans, we find interesting trends in the topics. Both countries contain numerous lesson plans on individual role models, possibly reflecting American and British individualistic values and beliefs in meritocracy. British lesson plans focus somewhat more on social movements and transnational LGBT issues, while American lesson plans are focused more locally. Both countries seem to espouse narratives of progress—suggesting that serious discrimination against the LGBT community is a thing of the past, and societies are moving towards tolerance.

As we conduct interviews, we are hearing how curriculum writers seek to balance narratives of LGBT history—acknowledging past persecutions and injustices while also presenting narratives of resistance and empowerment. They grapple with potentially contradictory goals of telling a more accurate history, while simultaneously helping LGBT students to “see themselves” represented in curriculum in ways that improve self-image. We also hear how teachers, intimidated by backlash against LGBT issues, often censor themselves and stick to a more traditional history curriculum. Teachers grapple with how to respect the beliefs of their local communities, even when local communities want to eliminate the teaching of LGBT history.

This research is significant for three reasons. First, investigating LGBT curriculum mandates can help us better understand the benefits and drawbacks of curricular mandates as tools for making schools more inclusive (Camicia 2016). Secondly, this research will help us understand education policy implementation more broadly, by illuminating how policies and curricula shift—sometimes in response to backlash—in different communities (Honig 2006; Moland 2020). Finally, this study will bring important insights into the complexities of multiculturalism and globalization. Because both pro-LGBT advocates and conservative minorities draw on pluralist rights-based frameworks (Binder 2002; Collins 2006), this case illustrates the contradictions inherent in pluralist ideologies.

References
Bartlett, Lesley, and Frances Vavrus. 2016. Rethinking Case Study Research: A Comparative Approach. 1st edition. New York: Routledge.

Binder, Amy J. 2002. Contentious Curricula: Afrocentrism and Creationism in American Public Schools. Princeton University Press.

Camicia, Steven P. 2016. Critical Democratic Education and LGBTQ-Inclusive Curriculum : Opportunities and Constraints. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315885254.

Collins, Damian. 2006. “Culture, Religion and Curriculum: Lessons from the ‘Three Books’ Controversy in Surrey, BC.” The Canadian Geographer / Le Géographe Canadien 50 (3): 342–57. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1541-0064.2006.00145.x.

Figueroa, Peter. 2003. “Multicultural Education in the United Kingdom: Historical Development and Current Status.” In Handbook of Research on Multicultural Education, edited by James A. Banks and Cherry A. McGee Banks, 2nd edition. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Honig, Meredith I. 2006. “Street-Level Bureaucracy Revisited: Frontline District Central-Office Administrators as Boundary Spanners in Education Policy Implementation.” Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis 28 (4): 357–83. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737028004357.

King, Elisabeth, and Cyrus Samii. 2020. Diversity, Violence, and Recognition. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kosciw, Joseph G., and Oren Pizmony-Levy. 2016. “International Perspectives on Homophobic and Transphobic Bullying in Schools.” Journal of LGBT Youth 13 (1–2): 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/19361653.2015.1101730.

Kymlicka, Will. 2007. Multicultural Odysseys: Navigating the New International Politics of Diversity. New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

LeCompte, Margaret D., and Jean J. Schensul. 2012. Analysis and Interpretation of Ethnographic Data: A Mixed Methods Approach, Second Edition. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Moland, Naomi A. 2020. Can Big Bird Fight Terrorism?: Children’s Television and Globalized Multicultural Education. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press.

Nash, Catherine J, and Kath Browne. 2021. “Resisting the Mainstreaming of LGBT Equalities in Canadian and British Schools: Sex Education and Trans School Friends.” Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space 39 (1): 74–93. https://doi.org/10.1177/2399654419887970.

New Jersey Senate Bill 1569. 2019. https://legiscan.com/NJ/bill/S1569/2018.

Parveen, Nazia. 2019. “Birmingham Anti-LGBT Protesters Banned from School by Injunction.” The Guardian, June 11, 2019. https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2019/jun/11/birmingham-anti-lgbt-protesters-banned-school-injunction.

Petrzela, Natalia Mehlman. 2015. Classroom Wars: Language, Sex, and the Making of Modern Political Culture. 1st edition. New York: Oxford University Press.

U.K. Department for Education. 2014. “The Equality Act 2010 and Schools: Departmental Advice for School Leaders, School Staff, Governing Bodies and Local Authorities.”https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/315587/Equality_Act_Advice_Final.pdf.

UNESCO. 2021. “Don’t Look Away: No Place for Exclusion of LGBTI Students.” Policy Paper 45. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000377361.

Zimmerman, Jonathan. 2022. Whose America?: Culture Wars in the Public Schools. Second edition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Social Justice Leadership for Resilient Students at Schools with Low-Socio Economic Level by Considering Centralized Education System

Neşe Börü1, Sadife Demiral2

1NEVSEHIR HACI BEKTAS VELI UNIVERSITY, Turkiye; 2TURKISH NATIONAL EDUCATION MINISTRY

Presenting Author: Börü, Neşe; Demiral, Sadife

Students with low socio-economic backgrounds (SES) often have extenuating circumstances that interfere with their academic performance (Gardner, 2021). For example, students with low SES are slower to develop academic skills because of the underresourced school systems, the home literacy environment, the number of books owned, and parent distress (Aikens & Barbarin, 2008; Bergen, Zuijen, Bishop, & Jong, 2016) students with low SES often have fewer experiences that facilitate the development of basic skills such as phonological awareness, vocabulary, oral language and reading (Buckingham et al., 2013; McCracken (2013). In addition to reading, these students often struggle with science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) subjects (Banajeer, 2016). According to Jeynes' (2011) research, parents who are particularly well-educated, have key positions at work or earn a high salary are more concerned with their children's academic growth than parents who are from lower socioeconomic standing. Moreover, the last research shows that assignments are also beneficial in favor of students with high SES levels in terms of academic development (Calarco, 2022.) Children who attend schools in underprivileged areas also experience higher rates of drug use, homelessness, and violence than students attending wealthy schools. Social services must do more to assist students in these areas (Jeynes, 2011; Wilson, 1987, 1996). Another problem for schools in regions with low socio-economic status is the school budget. Schools in economically weaker areas have more limited budgets than those in wealthier areas (Şirin, 2005). Schools in Turkey are all managed by a centralized administration. This means that the budget that is allocated for each school is the same. However, according to regulations from the parent-teacher association, these organizations can provide financial and moral support to individual schools (Börü, 2019). This function of the school-parent union creates a socio-economic difference in schools in Turkey. In consequence, students may fall behind in academic development due to the lack of budget in schools with low SES levels in Turkey.

Considering the social justice leadership of school principals in this context, it is thought that the instructional leadership practices of school principals in low-voice schools should differ from those of high-voice ones. In this instance, the aim of this study is to determine how the instructional leadership practices of school principals should be for the development of social justice in schools with low SES and to evaluate the functionality of The MoNe regulations in practice. Accordingly, the research questions:

1. What are the requirements of students at low SES schools?

2. What should be the practices of school principals in schools with low SES?

3. How is the functionality of the MoNE applications in low SES schools?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Through a case study based on the qualitative research methodology, this study aimed to understand the phenomenon of " School Leadership for Resilient Students at Schools with Low-Socio Economic Level by Considering the Centralized Education System in Turkey." According to Yin (2009), a case study is an up-to-date research method that is used to answer how and why questions when the researcher scale does not have dimensions on variables. In addition, a case study is an in-depth description and examination of a limited system and serves as an illustration of the many aspects and how they combine to affect the phenomenon under consideration. (Merriam, 2009). Although personal experiences and perceptions may show relativity between individuals, individuals working under similar conditions for the same purpose may cause the meanings attributed to the facts to be similar. Therefore, the use of a case study design was deemed appropriate for this research. This study focuses on the role of school managers in students learning in a school located in a region with a low socioeconomic level, resisting the difficulties they face in order to achieve academic success.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teachers' enthusiasm was low, and the class culture was detrimental to the advancement of academic achievement in this school, which had pupils coming from poor social-economic levels. The school budget and the building were inadequate for developing social activities. There were no teachers of fine arts, athletics, or music in this school. These subject teachers play a crucial role in creating social activities that can be used to modify troublesome student behavior. The school counselor was also understaffed, which meant that he was not sufficiently concerned with the students’ issues. Teachers expected the principal to be success-oriented, decisive, fair, and able to prevent the negative effects of parents on teachers and ensure school discipline. These behaviors play an important role in teachers’ motivation and the management of class culture. A negative classroom culture negatively affects the development of students, those who focus on academic success. The principals look for donations to expand social programs at schools. School principals ought to promote parental education.
The school's principal believed that to fulfill these obligations under a centralized management system, they lacked sufficient authority, particularly when it came to enforcing school rules and controlling parents' behavior. Due to the various challenges with school discipline and student issues, this type of school requires dedication and additional counselors. The school's facilities, financial situation, and parents’ perception particularly concerning social activities all need to be improved. Students with poor socioeconomic status who are focused on academic success have an opportunity because of free weekend classes and course materials. Free weekend classes are useful; however, the printed course materials are considered inadequate owing to their quality, and the digital course materials are also deemed inappropriate because the students' homes lack adequate Internet infrastructure. In addition to public books, schools also need money to purchase printed course materials. MoNe emphasizes that these subjects provide social fairness.

References
Calarco, J. M. (2022). ‘There’s only so far I can take them’ – why teachers give up on struggling students who don’t do their homework.
https://theconversation.com/theres-only-so-far-i-can-take-them-why-teachers-give-up-on-struggling-students-who-dont-do-their-homework-187896
Jeynes, W. (2011). Parental involvement and academic success. New York, NY: Routledge.
https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203843444
Oplatka, I. (2014). The Place of “social justice” in the field of educational administration: A journals-based historical overview of emergent area of study. In International handbook of educational leadership and social (in) justice (pp. 15-35). Springer, Dordrecht.
Sirin, S. R. (2005). A Meta-Analytic Review of Research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417-453.
https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543075003417
Wilson, W. J. (1987). The hidden agenda. In W. J. Wilson (Ed.), The truly disadvantaged: The inner city, the underclass and public policy (pp. 140–164). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
https://press.uchicago.edu/ucp/books/book/chicago/T/bo13375722.html
Van Ewijk, R. and Sleegers, P. (2010), “The effect of peer socioeconomic status on student achievement: a meta-analysis”, Educational Research Review, Vol. 5 No. 2, pp. 134-150.
Wilson, W. J. (1996). When work disappears: The world of the new urban poor. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
https://scholar.harvard.edu/wwilson/publications/when-work-disappears-world-new-urban-poor
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm07 SES 02 D JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education I: Diversity of Methods in Research on Diversity – Perspectives of Qualitative Research on Questions of Power
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dorothee Schwendowius
Session Chair: André Epp
Joint Symposium, NW 07, NW 20, NW 31
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium

Diversity of Methods in Research on Diversity – Perspectives of Qualitative Research on Questions of Power

Chair: Dorothee Schwendowius (University Magdeburg)

Discussant: André Epp (University of Education Karlsruhe)

The study of diversity is not only about difference in the sense of colourfulness, but also about power relations, since relations of difference are often embedded in those. Researching these power relations in qualitative approaches still poses a challenge that is controversially discussed methodologically (cf. Diehm et al. 2017; Frers/Meier 2022). Since power relations develop and establish themselves historically as macrostructures over a long period of time, it is of interest, how their impact on the micro level can be empirically recorded and which methodological approaches are suitable for this.

Where and how can power be 'discovered' in the material and/or in the research process? What does a methodology of inequality look like? What approaches are advocated from different perspectives? Where are the respective potentials and where are the blind spots? Which methodological developments are necessary and conceivable in order to track down aspects of power?

The symposium brings different methodological approaches used in studying diversity into conversation with each other in order to approach the questions raised. The symposium will focus on what is understood by "(re)construction" and which aspects of power become visible (or remain hidden) in this way. In addition to the question of the empirical (re)construction of power relations, we are also interested in discussing the power inherent in research and its methodologies and the possibilities of uncovering it (Spivak 1988) – for example, regarding normativity, location-boundness and methodological nationalism (Wimmer/Glick Schiller 2003).

Since a variety of power structures emerge in the context of qualitative research, the symposium will focus with each paper on different aspects, which are further discussed in their relational references:

  • Following current methodological discussions in the context of qualitative inequality research, Hinrichsen and Vehse deal with discourse-analytically informed positioning analysis in the context of biographical research. In their contribution, they show how discourse-analytically informed positioning analysis can be productive employed to trace power and domination relations regarding racism and racialisation in the German school system.
  • Thoma highlights in her presentation that linguistic ethnography is predestined for the study of language and power in multilingual migration societies. She combines fieldnotes and transcripts of interviews to reconstruct how language education policies and language ideologies (re)produced, negotiated, or irritated in preschools in South Tirol (Italy).
  • The paper of Chamakalayil focuses on the data collection. She illustrates, how societal power relations are discussed, shaped, and negotiated, when biographers of colour narrate experiences of racism with regard to school in Switzerland in biographical interviews – while the interview is conducted by an interviewer of colour. Further, she discusses how researchers can work towards a more reflective methodology regarding power.

The perspectives mentioned contribute to continue working together on a reflexive methodology of qualitative educational and social research that not only focuses on the production of difference itself, but also takes the power relations into account.


References
Diehm, I./Kuhn, M./Machold, C. (eds) (2017): Differenz - Ungleichheit - Erziehungswissenschaft. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Frers, L./Meier, L. (2022): Hierarchy and inequality in research: Practices, ethics and experiences. Qualitative Research, 22(5), 655-667.
Spivak, G. C. (1988): Can the Subaltern Speak? In: Nelson, C./Grossberg, L. (eds): Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture. London: Macmillan, 271-313.
Wimmer, A./Glick Schiller, N. (2003): Methodological Nationalism, the Social Sciences and the Study of Migration: An Essay in Historical Epistemology. The International Migration Review. Transnational Migration: International Perspectives 37(3), 576-610.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Structures of Meaning and Power Structures: Positioning Analysis

Merle Hinrichsen (University Frankfurt), Paul Vehse (University Flensburg)

In qualitative inequality research, the question arises whether and how one encounters structures of power and domination in the study of diversity and difference in educational contexts by means of narrative interviews or whether these only become visible when they are brought to the empiricism by the research. For what qualitative research strives for, at least in the tradition of Schütz (1971), is a re-construction of the meaning structures of the researched and not of power structures. Whether and to what extent power structures are embedded in these structures of meaning is something that has so far remained methodologically unresolved. So far, the problem has been treated primarily as a problem of the discrepancy between micro- and macrostructures, which is bridged by increasingly supplementing the traditions of reconstructive procedures with discourse-analytical elements (Spies/Tuider 2017; Völter et al. 2005). Through the reference to social discourses, references to power structures can then be identified in the structures of meaning. The traditionally more German-speaking reconstructive approaches have strongly connected to international research and positioning analysis (Bamberg 2004; De Fina 2013; Deppermann 2015). Positioning analysis refers not only to explicit acts of positioning oneself or others, but to complex positioning activities. Discourse-analytically informed positioning analysis is currently well established in biographical research, which sees itself as research into socialization and subjectivation processes (Thon et al. 2022). Although and precisely because the two speakers work with the approach of positioning analysis, they would like to highlight its suitability for researching power and domination relations, but also to put it up for discussion. The article pursues this concern methodologically and empirically with regard to the study of racism and racialisation in the German school system. It asks specifically where and at what points the positioning analysis makes power visible in the material. For this purpose, two individual case studies from different research projects are examined comparatively: a biographical interview with a white teacher and a biographical interview with a racialised pupil of colour. The aim is to explore the possibilities and limitations of reconstructing power (structures) by means of positioning analysis and to promote an empirically grounded discussion of methodological issues in the study of diversity in educational contexts.

References:

Bamberg, Michael (2004): Positioning with Davie Hogan. Stories, Tellings and Identities. In: Daiute, C./Lightfoot, C. (eds.): Narrative analysis. Studying the development of individuals in society. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications, pp. 135–157. De Fina, Anna (2013): Positioning level 3. Connecting local identity displays to macro social process. In: Narrative Inquiry 23, 1, pp. 40–61. Deppermann, Arnulf (2015): Positioning. In: De Fina, A./Georgakopoulou, A./Fina, A. de (eds.): The handbook of narrative analysis. Blackwell handbooks in linguistics. Chichester, West Sussex, UK: Wiley Blackwell, pp. 369–387. Schütz, Alfred (1971): Wissenschaftliche Interpretation und Alltagsverständnis menschlichen Handelns. In: Schütz, A. (eds.): Gesammelte Aufsätze I. Das Problem der sozialen Wirklichkeit. Springer eBook Collection. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands, pp. 3–54.
 

Linguistic Ethnography as a Concept to Understand Diversity and Power in Education

Nadja Thoma (University of Vienna)

Situated in the wider framework of an ethnographic research project on multilingualism in preschools in the officially trilingual region of South Tyrol (Italy), this paper focuses on the role of language(s) and power in education. More concretely, it explores the added value of linguistic ethnography (Tusting 2020) as a “methodology of inequality” for the study of language and power in multilingual migration societies. The theoretical relevance of linguistic ethnography for educational research lies in its interest in language as "ideology and practice" (Heller 2007, S. 1) in educational institutions, as it sees language as a socially and institutionally situated practice which can (re)produce, negotiate, shift or irritate powerful relations between speakers. Methodologically, its value lies in the consistent linking of ethnographic and sociolinguistic approaches (Blackledge und Creese 2020). In South Tyrol, there are three officially recognized languages (Italian, German, Ladin). Analogously, there are separate educational systems with respective languages of instruction. This separation does justice to social multilingualism only to a limited extent, because it is oriented towards the idea of a ‘natural’ monolingualism of children and, moreover, does not sufficiently take multilingualism in migration societies into account. The 'distribution' of children with certain linguistic repertoires among these three systems is the subject of socio-political discourses that lead to a "hierarchization of minority rights" (Thoma 2022). In this context, preschools with German as the language of instruction are given the role of a "bastion" (for Switzerland: Knoll 2016) against the supposed threat to 'German' identity in the national Italian context, which is characterized by migration-related multilingualism. The paper combines fieldnotes and transcripts of interviews to reconstruct how language education policies (Jaspers 2018) and language ideologies (Jaffe 1999) are (re)produced, negotiated, or irritated in educational practice and discourse. Special relevance will be given to interactions during the ethnography, both on the level of language repertoires and language choice of all actors (children, teachers, parents, researchers) involved. The results will show how linguistic ethnography is suited to explore the enactment of language (education) policy in practice, and the relevance of (national, regional, and institutional) language ideologies for relations between individuals and groups at the micro level.

References:

Blackledge, Adrian; Creese, Angela (2020): Heteroglossia. In: Karin Tusting (Hg.): The Routledge Handbook of Linguistic Ethnography. London: Routledge, S. 97–108. Heller, Monica (2007): Bilingualism as Ideology and Practice. In: Monica Heller (Hg.): Bilingualism. A social approach. Basingstoke England, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, S. 1–22. Jaffe, Alexandra (1999): Ideologies in Action. Language Politics on Corsica. Berlin: De Gruyter (Language, power and social process, 3). Jaspers, Jürgen (2018): Language Education Policy and Sociolinguistics. Toward a New Critical Engagement. In: James W. Tollefson und Miguel Pérez-Milans (Hg.): The Oxford Handbook of Language Policy and Planning. Oxford: Oxford University Press, S. 704–724.
 

“Can I say that?” “You Know what I Mean”–Narrations on Racism by Biographers of Colour with an Interviewer of Colour

Lalitha Chamakalayil (University Nordwestschweiz)

Society is permeated by multiple relations of power and inequality. Children and young people with a migration history or from socioeconomically disadvantaged families in Switzerland face an unequal education system, as national as well as European comparative studies demonstrate (cf. SKBF, 2014; Becker 2013; Heath, Rothon, & Kilpi, 2009). In pedagogical institutions, these relations of power and inequality manifest themselves especially when it comes to families and parents who are positioned as not conforming to a hegemonically presupposed normality. Such notions of normality are reflected as a hegemonic image of a 'normal family' that is "conceptualized and partly naturalized as bourgeois, white, heterosexual, cisgender, monogamous, sedentary, healthy, and capable" (Fitz-Klausner/Schondelmayer/Riegel 2021: 7). Research on these contexts of inequality takes place within these contexts of inequality, and in the face of dominant social and institutional contexts, processes of devaluation, othering, and inclusion and exclusion, can be reinforced, cemented, or even constructed by research. Mecheril, Scherschel, and Schroedter (2003: 109) call for being aware of the "productivity of the research process for the continuation of difference-constituting relations". The focus therefore should not be on the (unavoidable) avoidance of repetition, but on "reflecting on the question of how this repetition takes place." (ibid., p. 109). Within the framework of a now concluded Swiss National Science Foundation project on parents and schools in the context of societal inequality (cf. Chamakalayil, Ivanova-Chessex, Leutwyler & Scharathow 2022), narrative biographical interviews (cf. Schütze 1983) with mothers and fathers were conducted. In this context, biography is understood as a construct, «where both the subjective acquisition and construction of the social reality as well as the societal constitution of subjectivity» take place (Dausien, 1994: 152). This paper aims at exploring, how societal power relations are discussed, shaped, and negotiated, when biographers of colour narrate experiences of racism with regard to school in biographical interviews – while the interview is conducted by an interviewer of colour. Differing ways of biographers of broaching the topic, what is said and what remains unsaid, careful, or angry explorations, addressing or involving the interviewer and being involved and reacting to being addressed by the interviewer are explored and analysed with regard to making societal power relations visible. Pointers as to how researchers can work towards a more reflective methodology are discussed.

References:

Becker, R. (2013). Bildungsungleichheit und Gerechtigkeit in der Schweiz. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 35 (3), 405-413. Chamakalayil, L., Ivanova-Chessex, O., Leutwyler, B. & Scharathow, W. (Hrsg.) (2022). Eltern und pädagogische Institutionen: Macht-und ungleichheitskritische Perspektiven. Weinheim u. a.: Beltz Juventa. Dausien, B. (1994). Biographieforschung als Königinnenweg? In A. Diezinger (ed.), Erfahrung mit Methode: Wege sozialwissenschaftlicher Frauenforschung (pp. 129-153). Freiburg i.Br.: Kore. Fitz-Klausner, S., Schondelmayer, A., Riegel, C. (2021). Familie und Normalität. Einführende Überlegungen. In: Schondelmayer, A., Riegel, C., Fitz-Klausner, S. (Hrsg.): Familie und Normalität: Diskurse, Praxen und Aushandlungsprozesse. Opladen: Barbara Budrich, S. 7–23. Heath, A. F., Rothon, C., & Kilpi, E. (2009). The second generation in Western Europe: Education, unemployment, and occupational attainment. Annual Review of Sociology, 34, 211–235. Mecheril, P./Scherschel, K./Schrödter, M. (2003): „Ich möchte halt von dir wissen, wie es ist, du zu sein“. Die Wiederholung der alinierenden Zuschreibung durch qualitative Forschung. In: Badawia, T./Hamburger, F./Hummrich, M. (Hg.): Wider die Ethnisierung einer Generation. Beiträge zur qualitativen Migrationsforschung, Frankfurt: IKO, 93-110. Riegel, C. (2016). Bildung – Intersektionalität – Othering: Pädagogisches Handeln in widersprüchlichen Verhältnissen. Bielefeld: transcript. Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis, 13 (3), 283-293. SKBF (2014). Bildungsbericht Schweiz 2014. Aarau: Schweizerische Koordinationsstelle für Bildungsforschung
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm08 SES 02 A: Perspectives on mindfulness and bullying in schools
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Monica Carlsson
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Dispositional Mindfulness Plays a Major Role in Adolescents’ Active and Passive Responding to Bully-Victim Dynamics

Yael Malin

The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Presenting Author: Malin, Yael

Bullying – a subset of aggressive behaviors characterized by repetition and an imbalance of power – is a cross-cultural worldwide phenomenon that causes harm and even trauma to many children and youth (Nielsen et al., 2015). Peer bystanders in schools provide an audience in 85% of bully-victim incidents but intervene to prevent the bullying only in 10% of them (Jeffrey, 2004). In their silence, they confirm the norm of bullying. While the vast majority of bystanders passively or actively encourage bullying, it is important to understand what the predictors of bystanding and defending behaviors are.

Empirical research showed that the presence of other bystanders leads to the diffusion of responsibility and reduces helping behaviors among children (Plötner et al., 2015). Past research focused only on the bully and the victim roles, however, current theory suggests a broader perspective including three bystander participant roles – outsider, pro-bully, and defender (Salmivalli, 2014). Among the intrapersonal parameters that are associated with these roles are empathy (Pozzoli et al., 2017), moral disengagement (MD; Thornberg et al., 2013), self-regulation (Valdés-Cuervo et al., 2021), and awareness of bystanders of their own role (Salmivalli, 2014). Specifically, mindfulness, as a present-moment awareness, is a protective factor in relation to bullying behavior (Georgiou et al., 2020) and may be relevant in relation to the other participant roles.

Empathy – the ability to identify and understand how someone is feeling and to respond appropriately (Davis, 2018) – was found to be negatively correlated with aggression and positively correlated with defending behavior among children (Nickerson et al., 2008). However, empathy does not always lead to prosocial action (Davis, 2018), and children often act in a manner that is not in line with their internal moral standard, known as moral disengagement (MD). MD plays a role in antisocial behaviors and is an important parameter in research on bullying in schools. Adolescents who scored high on MD self-reports were less likely to take the defender role and more likely to act as passive bystanders (Thornberg et al., 2013). Self-regulation, which is the ability to understand and manage one’s behavior and reactions to feelings and incidents happening around, may constitute a protective factor in relation to bullying behavior (Georgiou et al., 2020). Self-regulation is associated with healthy social relationships, while dysregulation is associated with aggressive tendencies (Valdés-Cuervo et al., 2021). Although the relationships of these three factors with aggressive behavior are well-established, much less is known regarding their association with the other participant roles.

Mindfulness – awareness of everyday life in a non-judgmental and non-reactive manner (Brown & Ryan, 2003) – was recently examined in relation to aggressive behavior among school children. This body of research shows that individuals who scored high in dispositional mindfulness, are less aggressive and that this relationship may be mediated by MD (Georgiou et al., 2020). Nonetheless, the relationship of mindfulness with the other participant roles is unknown.

The main goal of the present study is to examine whether empathy, MD, self-regulation, and dispositional mindfulness are related to the participant roles in the bully-victim dynamic amongst middle and high-school students. Since mindfulness, empathy, and self-regulation can be cultivated by mindfulness practice (Bishop et al., 2004), this understanding may have implications.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total of 429 adolescents between the age of 13 and 18 without mindfulness experience were recruited through social networks. The final set compromised 394 participants (139 males, 255 females; mean age = 16.81 years, SD = 1.62). An a-priori power analysis was performed using G*Power software and indicated that a sample size of 119 participants is appropriate to detect a small-to-medium effect size (f2=.10), with a power of .95, meaning that our study is well-powered.
Due to the Covid-19 pandemic and lockdowns, data collection was conducted online via Qualtrics software (https://www.qualtrics.com). In order to examine the association of empathy, MD, self-regulation, and mindfulness with the participant roles, participants completed a battery of questionnaires, as follows –
Empathic Responsiveness Questionnaire (ERQ; Olweus & Endresen, 2001) – 12 items that measure empathy through three subscales – empathic concern towards girls, empathic concern towards boys, and empathic distress.
Moral Disengagement Scale (MDS; Bandura, 2011) – 14 items that assess MD through four mechanisms – cognitive restructuring, minimizing one’s agentive role, distorting the consequences, and dehumanizing the victim.
Brief Self-control Scale (BSCS; Tangney et al., 2004) – 13 items that measure control over thoughts, emotional control, impulse control, performance regulation, and habit breaking.
Mindfulness Attention Awareness Scale Adolescents (MAAS-A; Brown & Ryan, 2003) – 14 items that measure mindfulness by items concerned with automatic behavior in contrast to mindful behavior in daily life.
Student Bystander Behavior Scale (SBBS; Thornberg & Jungert, 2013) – 12 items that measure three participant roles - defender, bystanders, and pro-bullying, in which the student evaluates his own typical behavior in situations of bullying.
In accordance with IRB requirements, the participants and their parents gave informed consent before participating. In return for their participation, ten gift vouchers were raffled.
All instruments were analyzed for their psychometric properties through Mcdonald’s omega and confirmatory factor analyses (CFA). The main analysis included structural equation modeling (SEM) in which empathy, MD, self-regulation, and mindfulness were entered as exogenous variables, and the three participant roles— outsider, defender, and pro-bully—
were entered as endogenous variables. Gender and age were entered as observed variables. To evaluate model fit, various indices were examined including the χ2 goodness of fit statistic, the comparative fit index (CFI), the Tucker-Lewis index (TLI), and the mean squared error of approximation (RMSEA).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the model first showed a medium fit to the data, Χ²(8)=8.81, p=.030, RMSEA=.09 [.03 - .18], CFI=.92, and TLI=.56. Therefore, modification indices were examined in which several weak relationships were excluded – self-regulation and pro-bullying, self-regulation and bystanding, empathy and pro-bullying, empathy and bystanding, MD and bystanding, age and pro-bullying, age and bystanding, gender and pro-bullying, and gender and bystanding. The modified model was a good fit to the data Χ²(12)=15.38, p=.017, RMSEA=.03 [.00, .08] , CFI=.95, and TLI=.92  (see Figure 2). In the new model, empathy was associated with defending behavior, MD was associated with pro-bullying and defending behavior, self-regulation was associated with defending behavior, and mindfulness was associated with all three roles. All the model coefficients were in the expected direction and were associated with reasonable standard error.
It is noteworthy that mindfulness was the only independent variable that was associated with all the participant roles. This fact may suggest that individuals’ awareness of their role in stopping bullying incidents is stronger than feelings of empathy, self-regulation abilities, and MD tendencies. In addition to this theoretical contribution, this understanding might have practical implications. The current research examined mindfulness as a disposition but mindfulness can be cultivated by meditation practice (Bishop et al., 2004). Moreover, mindfulness recently has been suggested as a practice that was originally aimed at promoting morality and prosociality, which should be also the main core of education (Malin, 2022). From this point of view, mindfulness meditation can be used at school not only in preventing bullying but more important than that, in bringing the silent audience to defend the victim and show that aggression is unacceptable.


References
Bandura, A. (2011). Moral Disengagement. In The Encyclopedia of Peace Psychology. John Wiley & Sons,
Bishop, S. R., Lau, M., Shapiro, S., Carlson, L., Anderson, N. D., Carmody, J., Segal, Z. V., Abbey, S., Speca, M., Velting, D., & Devins, G. (2004). Mindfulness: A proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 11(3), 230–241.
Brown, K. W., & Ryan, R. M. (2003). The benefits of being present: Mindfulness and its role in psychological well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(4), 822–848.
Davis, M. H. (2018). Empathy: A Social Psychological Approach (M. H. Davis, Ed.; 1st ed.). Routledge.
Georgiou, S. N., Charalambous, K., & Stavrinides, P. (2020). Mindfulness, impulsivity, and moral disengagement as parameters of bullying and victimization at school. Aggressive Behavior, 46(1), 107–115.
Jeffrey, L. R. (2004). Bullying Bystanders. Prevention Researcher, 11(3), 7–8.
Malin, Y. (2022). Humanistic Mindfulness: A bridge between traditional and modern mindfulness in schools. Journal of Transformative Education, 15413446221084004.
Nielsen, M. B., Tangen, T., Idsoe, T., Matthiesen, S. B., & Magerøy, N. (2015). Post-traumatic stress disorder as a consequence of bullying at work and at school. A literature review and meta-analysis. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 21, 17–24.
Olweus, D., & Endresen, I. M. (2001). The Importance of Sex-of-Stimulus Object: Age Trends and Sex Differences in Empathic Responsiveness. Social Development, 7(3), 370–388.
Plötner, M., Over, H., Carpenter, M., & Tomasello, M. (2015). Young Children Show the Bystander Effect in Helping Situations. Psychological Science, 26(4), 499–506.
Pozzoli, T., Gini, G., & Thornberg, R. (2017). Getting angry matters: Going beyond perspective taking and empathic concern to understand bystanders’ behavior in bullying. Journal of Adolescence, 61(1), 87–95.
Salmivalli, C. (2014). Participant Roles in Bullying: How Can Peer Bystanders Be Utilized in Interventions? Theory Into Practice, 53(4), 286–292.
Tangney, J. P., Baumeister, R. F., & Boone, A. L. (2004). High Self-Control Predicts Good Adjustment, Less Pathology, Better Grades, and Interpersonal Success. Journal of Personality, 72(2), 271–324.
Thornberg, R., & Jungert, T. (2013). Bystander behavior in bullying situations: Basic moral sensitivity, moral disengagement and defender self-efficacy. Journal of Adolescence, 36(3), 475–483.
Valdés-Cuervo, A. A., Alcántar-Nieblas, C., Parra-Pérez, L. G., Torres-Acuña, G. M., Álvarez-Montero, F. J., & Reyes-Sosa, H. (2021). Unique and interactive effects of guilt and sympathy on bystander aggressive defender intervention in cyberbullying: The mediation of self-regulation. Computers in Human Behavior, 122, 106842.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Outcomes of a Teacher-led Mindfulness Intervention in Primary Schools: A Cluster Randomised Controlled Trial

Jon Quach1,3, Ben Deery1, Magaret Kern1, Lisa Gold2, Janet Clinton1, Emma Sciberras2

1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Deakin University, Australia; 3Murdoch Childrens Research Institute, Australia

Presenting Author: Quach, Jon

Objectives

This paper presents findings from the Minds@Play cluster randomized controlled trial. We aimed to determine whether:

  1. Compared to controls, children who receive a mindfulness intervention within the first years of primary school have better outcomes in the areas of attention, executive functioning, social-emotional well-being, emotional regulation and behavior;
  2. There are sustained changes in teacher practice and classroom interactions; and
  3. The implementation predicts the efficacy of the intervention and the cost effectiveness relative to outcomes.

Theoretical Framework

The importance of the early years of primary school: It is well established that the first three years of school are a critical period for later school success.(Cohen & Syme, 2013) The skills learned during these years include both traditional academic skills (e.g., reading) and cognitive and non-cognitive life skills (e.g., attentional control, self-regulation and social-emotional competence; Gutman & Schoon, 2013) Although these skills begin to emerge during the preschool years, these skills are further developed, reinforced and established during the primary school years.(Cohen & Syme, 2013; Duncan et al., 2007)

Impact of social isolation related to distance learning during COVID-19: Internationally, many jurisdictions introduced remote learning periods in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. This dramatically limited the number of social interactions these children could have with their peers, at a period which is critical for their development not only academically, but also socially. Recent international reports have highlighted the substantial negative impacts on children’s mental well-being due to the COVID-19 pandemic. (Liu et al., 2020; Wang et al., 2020) Therefore, research needs to focus on the outcomes of these students once they recommence physically attending school. Focus is needed on both immediate and long-term outcomes.

Mindfulness as an approach for life skill development: Mindfulness is broadly defined as the ability to pay purposeful attention to a present moment focus, non-judgmentally, with acceptance or curiosity, bringing attention back if distracted.(Kabat‐Zinn, 2003) Numerous programs have been developed for both children and adults to build sustained attention, self-monitoring, self-regulation, switching attention, and selective attention(Lutz et al., 2008) as well as mental flexibility, engagement, openness, and creativity.(Pirson et al., 2012) Such programs propose that individuals can become more ‘mindful’ (characterized by improved attention, self-regulation and executive functioning) by learning and practicing these skills. It is possible that providing children with a mindfulness intervention that directly targets the skills required to make a successful transition back to physical schooling may have significant immediate and long-term outcomes.

Evidence and limitations for mindfulness-based interventions in primary school children: The rapidly growing interest in mindfulness-based interventions has been matched with a growing number of studies, reviews, and meta-analyses (Hwang et al., 2017; Maynard et al., 2017; Sedlmeier et al., 2012; Vøllestad et al., 2012). A systematic review by Dunning et al. (2019) found that across 35 studies, mindfulness interventions had positive effects on cognitive (effect size = 0.25), socio-emotional (effect size = 0.22), behavioral (effect size = 0.14) and academic (effect = 0.27) outcomes (Maynard et al., 2017). However, similar to other reviews, the review raised concerns about the quality of current studies on which existing evidence is based (Maynard et al., 2017). Control groups are often weak or non-existent, selective samples are used, measures are limited and rely on self-report, and methods are inconsistent. In addition, few studies have examined the use of mindfulness in young students during the primary school years. The lack of robust research can expose individuals to unintended and adverse consequences which may result from poorly or incorrectly implemented interventions focused on mindfulness.(Van Dam et al., 2018) There is a clear gap between interest and investment in mindfulness-based interventions in schools in early childhood.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design: This is a cluster RCT with an embedded implementation and economic evaluation. This enables findings to inform the benefits of the intervention compared to current practice, identify for whom and under what conditions the intervention is beneficial, and indication of the intervention's cost-benefits.

Participants: 19 primary schools from disadvantaged areas were recruited due to the higher prevalence of social-emotional difficulties reported for students in these areas. All school entry students (age 6-7 years) were approached to participate, with a final sample of 706 children. Consent was explicitly forcused on participation in the data collection, with the intervention provided to all students in the classes.

Randomization: After baseline data collection, schools, stratified by school sector, were randomized to control or intervention by a researcher independent of the study team, and group allocation was concealed from research team members involved in data collection.

Mindfulness Intervention: Children were exposed to the intervention across two consecutive academic school years in 2021 and 2022.

In the schools randomized to intervention, teachers in each year received professional learning delivered via a self-directed online module, as well as a two-hour virtual workshop. The professional learning focused on the theoretical and practical foundations of the program and instructions for implementing the program. The teachers were asked to embed the 12-week intervention into their classrooms, using the manual to help them to learn, practice, incorporate, and reflect on the activities and strategies. The mindfulness program involved three core practice components, (i) mindful games/activities; (ii) mindful routines/transitions/moments; and (iii) use of props/books/music/art, which can be used within the classroom and integrated with normal teaching activities.

Outcome data: Outcome data was collected after the first (October 2021) and second year of the intervention (October 2022). On each occasion, data collection was conducted by research assistants blinded to the school’s group allocation.

Measures: Student, teacher and parent-reported measures were chosen to measure proximal and distal outcomes that align with our intervention’s theory of change (Dawson et al., 2019; Dunning et al., 2018; Maynard et al., 2017).  Constructs included student social-emotional, executive functioning, attention and self-regulation, as well as teacher and parent mindfulness practice and well-being.  

Statistical Analysis: Statistical analysis will follow standard methods for cluster randomized trials and the primary analysis will be by intention to treat. Multiple imputation will be conducted separately in the two groups using chained equations applied to all outcomes simultaneously, including baseline measures as auxiliary variables.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The final outcome data is currently being analysed and will be presented at the ECER annual meeting. This project is significant and innovative in that it:
• Trains teachers, providing a theoretical and practical foundation to the program, enabling the program to be integrated directly into classroom practices
• Tests the efficacy of a teacher-led mindfulness program.
• Targets at risk communities, local government areas which have a high proportion of children starting school with teacher-reported emotional and social difficulties that impact on their learning, providing early intervention and support for those at risk for poor academic and social outcomes.
• Uses a cluster randomized control design, addressing calls for more robust studies.
• Is provided across two years, providing a sustainable approach to developing attention, self-regulation and executive functioning skills.
• Considers the implementation, identifying for whom and under what conditions the intervention may be beneficial.
• Includes a cost-effectiveness analysis, providing the first economic evaluation of mindfulness interventions in primary schools.

Mindfulness has been proposed as one potential approach to meet these needs. Yet even as the use of mindfulness interventions appears to be beneficial in adults and growing in popularity, there are limited robust studies during the primary years. If our cluster RCT concludes that the intervention is effective, we expect the following outcomes:
• The best evidence yet that teacher-led mindfulness practices can be delivered in a whole-class approach to improve early school functioning and adjustment.
• A ready-to-use intervention that focuses on building teacher practice in primary school settings.

References
Cohen, A., & Syme, S. (2013). Education: a missed opportunity for public health intervention. Am J Public Health, 103(6), 997-1001.
Dawson, G., Clinton, J., & Quach, J. (2019). Editorial Perspective: Mindfulness: how do I describe thee? Let me synthesise the ways. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 60(7), 822–824.
Duncan, G., Dowsett, C., Claessens, A., Magnuson, K., Huston, A., Klebanov, P., Pagani, L., Feinstein, L., Engel, M., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (2007). School readiness and later achievement. Devel psych, 43(6), 1428.
Dunning, D. L., Griffiths, K., Kuyken, W., Crane, C., Foulkes, L., Parker, J., & Dalgleish, T. (2018). Research Review: The effects of mindfulness‐based interventions on cognition and mental health in children and adolescents–a meta‐analysis of randomized controlled trials. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry.
Gutman, L., & Schoon, I. (2013). The impact of non-cognitive skills on outcomes for young people. Education Endowment Foundation.
Hwang, Y.-S., Bartlett, B., Greben, M., & Hand, K. (2017). A systematic review of mindfulness interventions for in-service teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 64, 26-42.
Kabat‐Zinn, J. (2003). Mindfulness‐based interventions in context: past, present, and future. Clin psych: Science and practice, 10(2), 144-156.
Liu, J. J., Bao, Y., Huang, X., Shi, J., & Lu, L. (2020). Mental health considerations for children quarantined because of COVID-19. The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health, 4(5), 347-349.
Lutz, A., Slagter, H. A., Dunne, J. D., & Davidson, R. J. (2008). Attention regulation and monitoring in meditation. Trends Cog Sci, 12(4), 163-169.
Maynard, B., Solis, M., Miller, V., & Brendel, K. (2017). Mindfulness-based interventions for improving cognition, academic achievement, behavior and socio-emotional functioning of primary and secondary students. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 13.
Sedlmeier, P., Eberth, J., Schwarz, M., Zimmermann, D., Haarig, F., Jaeger, S., & Kunze, S. (2012). The psychological effects of meditation: A meta-analysis. Psych Bul, 138(6), 1139.
Van Dam, N., van Vugt, M., Vago, D., Schmalzl, L., Saron, C., Olendzki, A., Meissner, T., Lazar, S., Kerr, C., & Gorchov, J. (2018). A critical evaluation and prescriptive agenda for research on mindfulness. Perspect Psychol Sci., 13(1), 36-61.
Vøllestad, J., Nielsen, M., Nielsen, G., & Høstmark. (2012). Mindfulness‐and acceptance‐based interventions for anxiety disorders: A systematic review and meta‐analysis. Br J Clin Psychol, 51(3), 239-260.
Wang, G., Zhang, Y., Zhao, J., Zhang, J., & Jiang, F. (2020). Mitigate the effects of home confinement on children during the COVID-19 outbreak. The Lancet, 395(10228), 945-947.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm08 SES 02 B: Issues of classification, screening and assessment of mental health and bullying
Location: Joseph Black Building, A504 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ros McLellan
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Development and Testing of a Self-assessment Tool to Measure Schools’ Preparedness to Prevent and Respond to Bullying and Cyberbullying

Nina Van Dyke1, Fiona MacDonald1, Rachael Bajayo2, Chinh Duc Nguyen1, Cynthia Leung1, Sophie Francis2

1Victoria University, Australia; 2Alannah & Madeline Foundation, Australia

Presenting Author: Van Dyke, Nina

Bullying, which includes cyberbullying and face-to-face bullying, is amongst the most pervasive threats to the wellbeing of children and young people. Schools are important social environments, at the forefront of managing bullying behaviours. The rapidly changing and complex nature of bullying requires schools to put in place and maintain systems to prepare for and respond to such activities. Schools must also continually test and refine these systems to ensure optimal performance. Despite this clear need, there is a lack of school level, self-assessment tools that enable schools to assess and measure their preparedness to deal with bullying and other disruptive activities.

This study draws from the Social Ecological Theory of bullying and victimisation, in which bullying is seen as embedded in a larger social context that includes peer groups, schools, families, neighbourhoods, communities, etc. (Bauman & Yoon 2014). In addition, the study is informed by school climate literature, which draws from multiple theories, including behaviourism, social learning theory, prevention science, and systems change (Bosworth & Judkins 2014).

The aim of this study was to describe the development and reliability and validity testing of a systems-level, self-assessment tool. The tool can be used by schools to evaluate their level of preparation to prevent and respond to bullying and cyberbullying, and other events that negatively disrupt the social cohesiveness of their school. This work forms part of a larger project conducted with the Alannah & Madeline Foundation to evaluate their eSmart Schools program. eSmart is a long-term change program designed to educate, track, monitor, and prevent bullying and cyberbullying.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The initial generation of items to include was based on a review of the relevant Australian and international literature (academic and grey), Australian government guidelines, and input from eSmart staff at the Alannah & Madeline Foundation.  This foundational work identified five “focus areas” with a total of 40 items developed.  The five focus areas were: Gathering, Analysis, and Use of Data; Gateway Behaviours; Response; Reporting; and School Climate.  In addition to these 40 items, schools were asked to respond to two “global” questions that asked schools to rate their overall systems-level preparation to: (a) prevent, and (b) respond to bullying and cyberbullying.  These questions were asked immediately prior to, and immediately after, the more specific 40 items.  Prior to being asked the first global question, participants listened to a short audio vignette depicting a bullying scenario.  Participants were asked to respond to all questions with this scenario in mind.  The second set of “global” questions was followed by three questions evaluating the audio vignette.  Finally, participants were provided with the opportunity to provide any additional comments or feedback.

The initial tool was piloted with 12 school principals.  Participating schools included primary, secondary, and combined schools, from all three Australian school sectors – government, Catholic, and Independent.  Feedback from the pilot resulted in minor changes to the tool.  

A further 36 school principals then completed the tool.   The original target sample size was 50 schools; however, COVID-19 negatively affected participation rates.  Both classic Item Response Theory and Rasch Analyses were used to examine and refine the 40-item instrument.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
An examination of individual items for very high mean values (>3.5 on the 4-point scale), coupled with small standard deviations (<.70), low Corrected-Total Item Correlation scores (<.4), and increase in Cronbach’s alpha if item deleted, resulted in a reduction of the original 40-item tool to 24 items. Rasch Analysis of the 24-item tool suggested the deletion of two additional items and a reduction of response options from a four-point to a three-point scale.

The final instrument consisted of 22 items.  It demonstrated good internal reliability, discriminant validity, convergent validity, and unidimentionality.

Schools may use the SSAT-22 in several ways.  They may, for example, use it as a monitoring tool – to track progress over time – overall and/or in each of the five Focus Areas.  In its current format, the tool is designed to be used by schools once a year.  They may also wish to examine individual SSAT-22 items within Focus Areas, to identify at a more granular level their strengths and challenges.  In this study, the SSAT was completed by one person at each school – usually the Principal or eSmart Advisor.  However, schools may find it useful to have multiple staff complete the tool, including the health and wellbeing advisor, and discuss any discrepancies in responses.  Finally, as part of a broader school consortium, schools may want to compare results with other schools, and collaboratively explore ways to improve.

Recognising the small sample size used to test and validate the instrument, it is hoped that a larger administration will be conducted in subsequent years, with additional analyses to further refine the instrument.  Future research should test the usefulness of the tool for schools outside Australia.

References
Chalmers, C., Campbell, M. A., Spears, B. A., Butler, D., Cross, D., Slee, P., & Kift, S. (2016). School policies on bullying and cyberbullying: perspectives across three Australian states. Educational Research, 58(1), 91-109. doi:10.1080/00131881.2015.1129114

Cook, S. (2021). Cyberbullying facts and statistics for 2018 – 2021.   Retrieved from https://www.comparitech.com/internet-providers/cyberbullying-statistics/

Craig, W., Boniel-Nissim, M., King, N., Walsh, S. D., Boer, M., Donnelly, P. D., . . . Pickett, W. (2020). Social media use and cyber-bullying: A cross-national analysis of young people in 42 countries. Journal of adolescent health, 66(6), S100-S108. doi:10.1016/j.jadohealth.2020.03.006

Farrell, A. D., Sullivan, T. N., Sutherland, K. S., Corona, R., & Masho, S. (2018). Evaluation of the Olweus Bully Prevention Program in an urban school system in the USA. Prevention science, 19(6), 833-847. doi:10.1007/s11121-018-0923-4

Gaffney, H., Farrington, D. P., & Ttofi, M. M. (2019). Examining the efectiveness of school-bullying intervention programs globally: a meta-analysis. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 1(1), 14-31. doi:10.1007/s42380-019-0007-4

Hall, W. J., & Chapman, M. V. (2018). The Role of school context in implementing a statewide anti-bullying policy and protecting students. Educational Policy, 32(4), 507-539.

Hong, J. S., & Espelage, D. L. (2012). A review of research on bullying and peer victimization in school: An ecological system analysis. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 17(4), 311-322. doi:10.1016/j.avb.2012.03.003

Jadambaa, A., Thomas, H. J., Scott, J. G., Graves, N., Brain, D., & Pacella, R. (2019). Prevalence of traditional bullying and cyberbullying among children and adolescents in Australia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 53(9), 878-888. doi:10.1177/0004867419846393

Nikolaou, D. (2017). Do anti-bullying policies deter in-school bullying victimization? International Review of Law and Economics, 50, 1-6. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.irle.2017.03.001

Pennell, D., Campbell, M., & Tangen, D. (2020). What influences Australian secondary schools in their efforts to prevent and intervene in cyberbullying?. Educational Research, 62(3), 284-303.

Slee, P., Sullivan, K., Green, V. A., Harcourt, S., & Lynch, T. E. (2016). Research on bullying in schools in Australasia. In P. K. Smith, K. Kwak, & Y.

Toda (Eds.), School bullying in different cultures : Eastern and Western perspectives (pp. 55-72). Cambridge Cambridge University Press.

Tiller, E., Greenland, N., Christie, R., Kos, A., Brennan, N., Di Nicola, K., & Yáñez-Marquina, L. (2021). Youth Survey Report 2021. Sydney, NSW: Mission Australia.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Conceptualizing adolescents’ everyday stressors using the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) classification system

Lisa Hellström1, Madeleine Sjöman1, Karin Enskär2

1Malmö University, Sweden; 2Uppsala University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Hellström, Lisa

Recent research indicates that there is uncertainty among children as well as among adults of where to draw the line between everyday stressors and mental health problems that could indicate a need for a common terminology and language regarding mental health (Wickström & Lindholm, 2020; Hellström & Beckman, 2021). The increased prevalence rates of self-reported mental health problems such as bad mood, difficulty sleeping, headaches or stomachache among youth shows a worrying trend in Sweden as well as internationally (Hagquist et al., 2019; Potrebny et al., 2017). At the same time, mild symptoms of mental health problems can be relatively common and be an expression of everyday challenges (Hellström & Beckman, 2021; Wickström & Lindholm, 2020). This contradictory trend is confirmed in the largescale cross-national survey Health Behavior in School-Aged Children, showing reports of very good health and quality of life among young people in Sweden as well as an increase in self-reported mental health problems (Public Health Agency of Sweden, 2018).

Adolescence is a period that involve many changes in different areas such as increasing academic demands and academic competition, a decrease in teacher-student relationship closeness or school safety, rearrangement of relationships with parents and peers including an increase in social comparison, identity issues, as well as thoughts about the future (Bremberg, 2015; Brown, 2009; Tetzner et al., 2017). In addition, the increased emphasis on high-stakes testing, assessment and grading due to recent school reforms in Sweden have shown potentially negative effects on Swedish pupil’s health (Högberg et al., 2021). There is a need to identify what causes stress in the everyday life of adolescents as they could potentially develop into mental health problems (ref). Studies show that when adolescents and young adults put it into their own words, the most pronounced everyday stressors include academic failures, relationship problems, negative self-evaluations through social comparisons, and other performance-oriented tasks (Gustafsson et al., 2010; Hellström & Beckman, 2021).

To be able to design interventions to decrease mental health problems and increase mental wellbeing for youth a common language is needed. The International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) provides a conceptual framework and terminology for describing health and functioning in everyday life and can serve as a common framework for developing comparable concepts (WHO, 2001). According to ICF, participation is defined as involvement in life situations promoting health and wellbeing (WHO, 2001). The ICF defines components of health included as domains described from the perspectives of the body, the individual and society. Developing a common language will make it easier to interact, discuss and plan health interventions based on young people’s perceptions (Adolfsson et al., 2018; Augustine et al., 2021; Klang Ibragimova et al., 2011; WHO, 2007). The current study investigates how youth explain stressors in their everyday life that could be conceptualized as everyday challenges and possibly symptoms of mental health problems. Hence, the aim of this study is to conceptualize adolescents’ experiences of everyday stressors, using the ICF as an analytic tool.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is a part of a wider project aiming to test and evaluate an intervention to enhance mental wellbeing among school students using an experience-based co-design. The sample includes 65 adolescents (45 girls and 20 boys) in grades 7–9 at seven schools in southern Sweden. Data collection took place during the autumn of 2020. The youth were identified through a purposive sampling procedure, by a gatekeeper assigned by the principal at each school, with the intention of obtaining a wide distribution of experiences to gain transferability of the results. At each school, eight to twelve participants were included. The participants were told to discuss perceived everyday stressors in pairs/smaller groups and documented words from the discussion on post-it notes. The documented words constitute the empirical data in this study. A data analysis with both manifest and latent elements, inspired by a deductive reasoning approach has been adopted. We have aimed to stay close to the text, describe what the adolescents actually say and describe the visible and obvious in the text. To make the manifest linking processes systematic and consistent, the process of coding the documented words/concepts to ICF codes (e.g., “Handling stress and other psychological demands”, “Global psychological functions” and “Emotional functions”) followed established linking rules based on the ICF (Cieza et al., 2005). To ensure that the latent interpretation could lean on a multidisciplinary background knowledge about child functioning, all three authors with different professional backgrounds conducted individual coding (Fayed et al., 2012). In cases were the authors’ linking processes resulted in different ICF codes, a latent procedure with interpretation of the underlying meaning of the content on the post-it notes were conducted by two of the authors (LH and MS). The meaning of the content on each post-it note were thoroughly discussed until consensus was achieved. 39 number of linkages were discussed jointly by the two researchers in relation to the coding scheme. When consensus was obtained, the exact agreement was 94 percentage inter-coder agreement on the 2nd ICF-level. The study was approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority (reg.no. 2019-06430 / 2020-04-07).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings raise awareness about the concept of everyday stressors among adolescents. The aspects of everyday life that adolescents find challenging and stressful can be conceptualized and guide conversations with and about young people and guide supportive actions. The adolescence in this study expressed high psychological demands in combination with a lack of support, mainly from parents, and a lack of resources, mainly time restraints as great challenges. These demands can most often be related to performing well in school or in social contexts. Demands and their effect on wellbeing are essential aspects in the lives of young people when it comes to everyday stressors that needs to be considered in everyday conversations. For parents, school personnel or other adults this could mean talking to adolescents and young people about overwhelming demands and help them sort out what demands they can influence and what demands are hard for them to tackle alone. Here, the relation between demand and control may be a useful theoretical framework and efforts to strengthen a sense of coherence could be a useful coping strategy providing adolescents and young people with a greater sense of control. In addition to demands, how they are perceived by others and how they compare to others are other sources of stress among the adolescents. Social comparisons can function as tools for self-evaluation and self-enhancement in young people’s identity development. However, when these comparisons become stressful and potentially harmful, parents, school personnel or other adults can talk to young people about alternative strategies for identity development. Based on the results in this study in combination with previous research showing a lack of knowledge surrounding mental health, examples of relevant theoretical frameworks to enhance adults’ and young people’s mental health literacy could be demand/control model, sense of coherence and social comparison theory.
References
Adolfsson, M., Sjöman, M., & Björck-Åkesson, E. (2018). ICF-CY as a framework for understanding child engagement in preschool. Frontiers in Education, 3, 36.  
Cieza, A., Geyh, S., Chatterji, S., Kostanjsek, N., Ustun, B., & Stucki, G. (2005). ICF linking rules: an update based on lessons learned. J rehabil med, 37(4), 212-218.
Fayed, N., Cieza, A., & Bickenbach, J. (2012). Illustrating child-specific linking issues using the Child Health Questionnaire. American Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 91(13), S189-S198.
Gustafsson, J.-E., Allodi Westling, M., Alin Åkerman, B., Eriksson, C., Eriksson, L., Fischbein, S., Granlund, M., Gustafsson, P., Ljungdahl, S., & Ogden, T. (2010). School, learning and mental health: A systematic review. Stockholm: Kungl. Vetenskapsakademien.
Hagquist, C., Due, P., Torsheim, T., & Välimaa, R. (2019). Cross-country comparisons of trends in adolescent psychosomatic symptoms–a Rasch analysis of HBSC data from four Nordic countries. Health and quality of life outcomes, 17(1), 1-13.
Hellström, L., & Beckman, L. (2021). Life Challenges and Barriers to Help Seeking: Adolescents’ and Young Adults’ Voices of Mental Health. International journal of environmental research and public health, 18(24), 13101.
Högberg, B., Lindgren, J., Johansson, K., Strandh, M., & Petersen, S. (2021). Consequences of school grading systems on adolescent health: evidence from a Swedish school reform. Journal of education policy, 36(1), 84-106.
Klang Ibragimova, N., Pless, M., Adolfsson, M., Granlund, M., & Björck-Åkesson, E. (2011). Using content analysis to link texts on assessment and intervention to the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health-version for Children and Youth (ICF-CY). Journal of Rehabilitation Medicine, 43(8), 728-733.
Potrebny, T., Wiium, N., & Lundegård, M. M.-I. (2017). Temporal trends in adolescents’ self-reported psychosomatic health complaints from 1980-2016: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLOS one, 12(11), e0188374.
Public Health Agency of Sweden, (2018). Skolbarns hälsovanor i Sverige 2017/18 [The Public Health Agency. Health Behaviour in School-aged Children, Swedish report 2017/18].
Tetzner, J., Becker, M., & Maaz, K. (2017). Development in multiple areas of life in adolescence: Interrelations between academic achievement, perceived peer acceptance, and self-esteem. International journal of behavioral development, 41(6), 704-713.
WHO. (2001). International Classification of Functioning, DIsability and Health. W. H. Organization.
WHO. (2007). International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health for Children and Youth (ICF-CY). W. H. Organization.
Wickström, A., & Lindholm, S. K. (2020). Young people’s perspectives on the symptoms asked for in the Health Behavior in School-Aged Children survey. Childhood, 27(4), 450-467.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm09 SES 02 A: Innovations in Higher Education Admission and Student Support Programs: Enhancing Access and Success
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Jana Strakova
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Developing a Standardized Eligibility Test for Tertiary Education in Sweden

Gudrun Erickson1, Jan-Eric Gustafsson1, Frank Bach2, Jörgen Tholin1

1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; Dept of Education and Special Education; 2University of Gothenburg, Sweden; Dept of Pedagogical, Curricular and Professional Studies

Presenting Author: Erickson, Gudrun

The paper focuses on the development of a basic eligibility test for admission into tertiary education in Sweden, a test aimed to provide opportunities for a wider group of applicants than today, thereby increasing inclusion and diversity in higher education. This is an emerging type of test, reflecting increasing national and international needs for documented competences required for access to higher education (e.g., the HiSET exam; ETS 2021).

To be allowed to apply for tertiary education in Sweden, basic entry requirements must be met. This corresponds to a leaving certificate from upper secondary level, comprising a combination of core subjects, in particular Swedish/Swedish as a second language, English and mathematics, but also a number of generic/key competences embedded in the national curricula, as well as in corresponding documents, e.g., in the European context (European Commission, 2018). Examples of such generic competences are problem solving, critical thinking and inferencing.

Traditionally, individual students who lack the formal requirements for tertiary education may have their competences evaluated by the university to which they apply. However, this is normally done in relation to a single course and is not generalizable, neither to other courses nor to other universities. These local evaluations are based on a central ordinance (UHRFS 2021:4) that defines the basic components required but not the extent or methods of the validation procedures. Hence, certain variability is self-evident.

To create a standardized alternative to local validation, a suggestion for a test of basic eligibility was made in a governmental investigation concerning entrance into higher education (SOU 2017:20). This resulted in a political decision to conduct a three-year trial round for a basic eligibility test (SFS 2018:1510). It was made clear that the test was intended for people from 24 years of age lacking formal, basic qualifications. In addition, it was decided that the result of the test should not be used for competition but for eligibility purposes only.

In 2020, the Swedish Council for Higher Education (UHR) formed a group of experts within different educational fields to discuss the development of a basic eligibility test. Three members of this group were given the task to develop a tentative framework for the activity. This work was conducted in close collaboration with the larger group, which lead to gradual revisions of the text. The final document was officially approved in January 2021 (UHR, dnr. 00012-2020). It consisted of some 40 pages and comprised subsections focusing on aims and background, including references to different international studies, e.g., PISA (OECD, 2018), test components, quality measures and control, as well as guidelines for use and future changes and developments.

The assignment to conduct the trial was given by the National Council/UHR to [university], which has a long tradition of large-scale educational assessment, regarding test development as well as analyses of results at national and international levels (Author 2 et al.; Author 2 et al.; Author 1 et al., Author 3 et al.) A three-year contract was signed in March 2021, after which the operative developmental phase started. The first, large-scale trial test was administered in October 2022, comprising a wide range of tasks: dichotomous, selected response items within different domains, English listening comprehension, integrated tasks also including graphs, tables etc., and two tasks targeting written production in Swedish and English.

The aim of the current presentation is to briefly

  • describe and discuss the rationale and methodology of the test development process,
  • present and reflect on some results of the process, and to
  • look forward into, and discuss, possible future uses of the test being developed.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Initially, a decision was made to form a project steering group of four people, the intention being twofold: to broaden competences and to decrease vulnerability. It was also essential to establish the basic character of the envisaged product, namely a unified test, where only one standard was to be set, namely the pass level. In addition, the cut-off point was to be determined based on a holistic assessment, not on partial requirements for individual components of the test. It was also emphasized that the generic competences were seen as overarching concepts, however with working groups linked to different competence domains. These groups were directed towards Swedish L1/ L2, English, mathematics, natural and social sciences, and methodology. Closely linked to this structure were also so-called go-betweens (gb:s), i.e., people with competence in two or more of the domains.

There were basic requirements for each working group, namely three types of, often overlapping, competences and experiences: subject matter knowledge including pedagogical/teaching experience, experience of large-scale testing, and research competence. Furthermore, a specification matrix was developed for the different groups, on the basis of which they documented gradually information for the material developed, e.g., intended construct/competence, amount and type of input, format, estimated time, estimated/intended difficulty, etc.

The working groups followed internal plans when developing items and tasks. The members of the steering group, several of them with a domain-related background, kept in regular touch. Roughly once a month there were meetings for the whole group, approx. 25 people, in which different issues were discussed.

Piloting of material, item-based as well as productive writing tasks for Swedish and English, was conducted in a four-step, anonymous process: (1) mini trials per domain in smaller groups; (2) trials including material from two domains; (3) trials of a mix of tasks from different domains; and (4) pre-testing rounds aiming for a large number of participants, representing as wide a range as possible of individuals. In the latter case, tasks were always accompanied by a set of background questions and anchor items. In addition, extensive collection of test-taker feedback was made, using Likert-scales and open comments.

Standard setting is a self-evident aspect of test development, also in this trial project. This is always a challenge, not least for tests comprising both dichotomous item data and ratings of productive tasks. A short account of this will be given, including reactions to the first large-scale trial round.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The test development process focused upon in the current proposal is indeed work in progress, with continuous documentation undertaken. Hence, the conclusions drawn at this stage are tentative, and should partly be regarded as observations, which, however, will be combined into final conclusions at the end of the trial. Furthermore, they emanate from distinctly different data. One such observation is related to pre-testing and clearly shows the difficulty of finding the intended, large groups of test takers. Another aspect that needs constant attention is the nature of the test as unified, not consisting of independent parts. This is even more emphasized by the fact that two of the subtests, in particular, have a general character, including and integrating different competences in a way that makes them closely related to the overarching, generic purposes. Also, the rating of productive tasks is a multi-facetted activity that needs lots of consideration and re-consideration, especially when combined with other types of data and analyses. In addition, it can be concluded that anchor items are crucial for standard-setting purposes in making comparisons at different levels possible. Finally, it is obvious that test-taker feedback adds considerably to the quality of the process, as such, by giving the necessary perspective of the users, but also as a complement to analyses of performance.

We sometimes characterize the assignment to carry out the trial of this test as a task entailing building a boat while sailing it. This is obviously far from uncomplicated but still works quite well, much thanks to the distinct and positive collaboration that takes place in the process, between different actors: the national council and the university department, disciplines and groups within the project, and with potential users of what we hope will be a future national entrance test for tertiary education.

References
Author 2 et al. (year 1)
Author 1 et al. (year 3)
Author 2 et al. (year 2)
Author 3 et al. (year 4)

Educational Testing Service (2021). 2020 Annual Statistical Report. https://hiset.org/s/pdf/HiSET_2021_Annual_Statistical_Report.pdf

European Commission (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2018.189.01.0001.01.ENG&toc=OJ:C:2018:189

OECD (2018). PISA 2018 Assessment and Analytical Framework. https://doi.org/10.1787/b25efab8-en

Regeringskansliet (2017). SOU 2017:20. Tillträde för nybörjare – ett öppnare och enklare system för tillträde till högskoleutbildning [Admission for beginners – a more open and accessible system for entrance into tertiary education]. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2017/03/sou-201720/

Sveriges Riksdag (2018). Förordning om försöksverksamhet med behörighetsprov för tillträde till högskoleutbildning [Ordinance on trial activities with eligibility tests for admission to higher education]. (SFS 2018:1510). https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/forordning-20181510-om-forsoksverksamhet-med_sfs-2018-1510

Universitets- och högskolerådets författningssamling (UHRFS 2021:4). Föreskrifter om ändring i Universitets- och högskolerådets föreskrifter (UHRFS 2013:1) om grundläggande behörighet och urval [Regulations regarding change in UHR’s regulations on basic eligibility and selection] . https://www.uhr.se/globalassets/_uhr.se/publikationer/lagar-och-regler2/uhrfs/2021/uhrfs-2021-4.pdf

Universitets- och Högskolerådet (2021). Ramverk för det nationella behörighetsprovet [Framework for the national eligibility test]. (UHR, dnr. 00012-2020)


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

A Controversially Received Reform: The 2018 Reform of Finnish Higher Education Student Admission

Sirkku Kupiainen, Risto Hotulainen, Irene Rämä, Laura Heiskala

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Kupiainen, Sirkku

Upper secondary exit exams are common in education systems worldwide, marking the passing of upper secondary education and acting as gatekeeper for higher education (Noah & Eckstein, 1992). This double role of the exam is especially salient in countries where the share of the age-cohort passing academic upper secondary education exceeds that of students accepted to higher education. If the exam plays a prominent role in admission, the high stakes of the exam are especially acute. This sets specific requirements to the comparability of the examination results across the exams of the different subjects if the examination is so constructed, and across years if delayed entering to higher education is common (cf. Beguin, 2000). Both clauses are relevant in Finland, the focus of the present study.

While an upper secondary exit exam is an integral part of the education systems of most European countries, both stratified and comprehensive, the form of the exam and the share of students sitting for it vary widely. Despite these differences, the academic track of upper secondary education usually comprises some form of an exit examination or final grades taken into account in tertiary student selection as a sole factor or in addition to an entrance examination, unless access is open to all or the selection happens later based on students’ study performance. In Finland, both academic and vocational upper secondary education provide a qualification for higher education (Orr et al., 2017), meaning that even if a 2018 reform decreed half of students to be accepted into higher education based solely on their matriculation examination results, Finland cannot fully abandon the entrance examinations, which earlier regarded all applicants.

Orr and colleagues (2017) classify the European Union member states according to upper secondary tracking and higher education institutions’ autonomy on student intake. In Finland, the state decides in collaboration with universities the number of students admitted to different programs and the outlines for admission policy, while universities decide the details for the latter. In 2018, a student admission reform in Finland mandated half of students to be accepted on matriculation examination results with universities deciding in collaboration how credit for the different subject-specific exams would be awarded. The main goal of the reform was to speed Finnish students’ slow transit from secondary to tertiary education, a problem that also the OECD has pointed out as one of the weak points of the Finnish education system. Due to a backlog of older matriculates vying for a place, two thirds of new matriculates are left yearly without a place in higher education. The reform was backed by research on the drawbacks of the earlier entrance examination-based student selection (Sarvimäki & Pekkarinen, 2016) and tied the credit to the number of courses covered by each subject-specific exam. Yet, the reform has raised vocal criticism. The second chance offered by an entrance exam has been dear to many, but the focus of criticism has been that due to its biggest course-load, advanced mathematics brings most credit even in fields where proficiency in it might appear of less value. An earlier reform of medical faculties’ student admission in 2014 increased the weight given to advanced mathematics, with the positive consequence of increasing the share of girls sitting for the exam. We expect the present reform to have a similar impact despite the current critique.

In this presentation, we explore the impact of the reform on upper secondary schools – on students’ course choices and attainment, on their plans for the exams to include in their matriculation examination, on student wellbeing and possible burnout, and on students’ and teachers’ views on the reform.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data is drawn from an ongoing (spring 2022 – spring 2023) study on the effect of the 2018 student admission reform on upper secondary schools and students, compiled to inform a re-writing of the respective admission criteria in 2023 due to the presumed negative impact of the reform on upper secondary students’ width and depth of studies (choice of subjects in the relatively free syllabus), and on their wellbeing. The data comprise questionnaires for students (n = 8,000), teachers, principals and guidance counsellors in sixteen upper secondary schools, register data on the sampled students‘ course choices and attainment, and additional focus-group interviews of students and teachers in five upper secondary schools. Furthermore, the data comprises national matriculation examination data of 2016–2022 to investigate possible changes in students’ exam choices across the implementation of reform.

Reflecting the cross-sectional survey data and the largely descriptive research questions, the results for the quantitative data will be mainly presented at the descriptive level, using ANOVA for variable-based profile analysis (e.g., math-oriented vs. humanistic-subjects- oriented students, high vs. low achievers, etc.) and group-level (e.g., gender, home background) comparisons. Due to the wide variability of students’ study paths within the relatively free upper secondary syllabus (of the 75 courses required for matriculation, only 45/52 are mandatory for basic/advanced mathematics) and students’ free choice for the order in which they study the different subjects (only advanced mathematics requires having a course in all of the five periods across the year), multi-level analysis is expected to be a valid option for only some specific questions. The interview data will be used at this point to just provide ‘real-life’ examples of how the students and teachers see and talk about the issues brought up by the quantitative data used as the bases for the focus-group discussions.    

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary data of 4,000 students suggest that, on average, students prefer the earlier practice of entrance examinations, still in use for half of new students. There were statistically significant but weak (p<.001, ƞ2 < .01) differences in this, related to students’ gender and choice of advanced vs. basic mathematics, with students of advance mathematics who perform, on average, better in all exams (Kupiainen et al., 2018) more in favor of the matriculation examination-based student admission. They were also more confident in being accepted to university on the basis of their examination results. Yet, most students predicted that they will prepare for the entrance examination once the matriculation exams are over (a necessity for many as the results from the matriculation examination-based selection come only just before the entrance examinations), a problem contrary to the goals of the reform and brought up also by the study on the impact of the reform from the universities’ point of view (Karhunen et al., 2022).  As expected, the larger credit awarded for advanced mathematics was criticized especially by students of basic mathematics (5.46 vs. 4.43 on a seven-point Likert scale, p<.001, ƞ2=.068). While public discussion has blamed the reform for leading students to choose courses based on the credit awarded for the different exams in the admission process, according to the survey, students still see personal interest in the subject as a clearly stronger incentive for their choice of the exams they plan to sit for (mean 5.67 vs. 4.58 on a seven-point Likert scale). Even if the majority of students (58.6%) expected to be admitted to university based on their matriculation examination results, a much greater majority (82.5%) was ready to use the possibility allowed by the reform to take the exams anew if they were not.
References
Béguin, A. A. (2000). Robustness of equating high-stakes tests. Thesis, University of Twente, Enschede, Netherlands.

Karhunen, H., Pekkarinen, T., Suhonen, T. & Virkola, T (2022). Opiskelijavalintauudistuksen seurantatutkimuksen loppuraportti (The final report of the follow-up study of the student selection reform). VATT Muistiot 67.

Kupiainen, S., Marjanen, J. & Ouakrim-Soivio, N. (2018) Ylioppilas valintojen pyörteessä (Students at the whirlwind of choices). Suomen ainedidaktisen tutkimusseuran julkaisuja. Ainedidaktisia tutkimuksia 14. https://helda.helsinki.fi/handle/10138/231687

Noah, H. & Eckstein, A. (1992). The two faces of examinations: A comparative and international perspective. In Noah and Eckstein (eds.), Examinations: Comparative and International Studies.  Pergamon Press: pp.147-170.

Orr, D., Usher, D., Haj, C., Atherton, G., & Geanta, I. (2017). Study on the impact of admission systems on higher education outcomes. Executive summary. European Commission, Education and Training. Publication Office for the European Union.

Sarvimäki, M., & Pekkarinen, T. (2016). Parempi tapa valita korkeakouluopiskelijat (A better way to choose higher education students). VATT Policy Brief.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Impact on students' retention rates of a Progression Support System Program (SiAP) in a Post-Secondary Technical Education in Chile

Cristian Cardenas, Jose Cancino, Carolina Barrientos, Fernando Alvarez

INACAP, Chile

Presenting Author: Cardenas, Cristian; Cancino, Jose

The International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED-11) has labeled post-secondary technical education as a short-cycle tertiary education program (5B). Chile, following OECD standards, has defined Tertiary Technical Education (from now on TTE) as oriented to give the necessary capacities and knowledge to perform as a professional in different areas of the labor market (Ley 21.091, 2018). Additionally, it has emphasized the opportunity to enhance successful trajectories, especially for the population that has been historically excluded from higher education and skilled jobs. In this sense, access to TTE is seen as an instrument of social mobility that seeks to reduce inequality (Brunner et al., 2022).

In turn, retention and dropouts, particularly for low-income students, have been a policy concern and a challenge to the technical educational system (Hällsten, 2017; Sarra et al., 2018; Brunner et al., 2022). The adverse effect of dropping out is dramatic and affects students and families in many ways, including greater marginalization and future lower labor market outcomes (Sosu & Pheunpha, 2019; Voelkle & Sander, 2008; O'Neill et al., 2011). Therefore, retention and dropout affect the goal of inclusion and equity that Chilean policymakers have tried to insert at the core of the TTE Chilean regulation since 2010 (Brunner et al., 2022).

As such, TTE has a disproportionate share of low-income students (Mountjoy, 2022; Sotomayor, 2018). In Chile, these institutions have more extensive participation of students from quintiles 1-3 of income. Namely, close to 50% of the enrollment of these institutions comes from the poorest 60% of the Chilean population (SIES, 2022). In this regard, a 2022 study of the Higher Education Information Service of Chile (SIES) indicates that the retention rate for first-year students of tertiary education is higher for universities (85%) compared to TTE institutions (70%) (SIES, 2022). The statistics are consistent with the study of the determinants of retention and dropout in TTE. When examining which factors influence the probability of student retention, evidence from across the globe indicates four main groups of variables: i) the sociodemographic background of the family, ii) the student's previous academic results, iii) accessibility or financing restrictions, and iv) institutional factors (Behr et al., 2020; Li & Carroll, 2017; Millea et al., 2018; among others).

The Professional Institute INACAP is one of the largest TTEs in Chile, with 15% (N=76781) of the total enrollment of the Chilean technical college system (SiES, 2022). Since 2014, INACAP has developed new and different mechanisms to support a successful trajectory of students through a program called the Progression Support System (SiAP). The program has at its core an inclusion and equity framework that has allowed a comprehensive set of initiatives articulated through a tutor that provides academic, psychosocial, and extracurricular support to students (particularly at risk) to help them successfully navigate their career pathways. The program's ultimate impact indicator is to increase first-year students' retention rates and avoid dropouts.

However, questions about the program's effectiveness have been raised, especially during the covid-19 pandemic. In this regard, we determined to measure the effect of the SiAP-program at INACAP on the first-year student retention rate for the cohorts 2017-2021. Additionally, the study sought to describe changes in the program policies and implementation during the pandemic (2020-2021) that might affect results. Finally, given the large enrollment of INACAP, findings will give insights into the institution and the Chilean tertiary education system about to what extent tutoring programming, as the core of a student system of academic progression support, facilitates retention in the educational system for vulnerable students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The INACAP SiAP-program is composed of different initiatives for all first-year students. The objective is to facilitate active and self-managed insertion into higher education. In this way, all students are assigned to an INACAP-SiAP tutor whose role is to support the development of academic skills and self-management of learning through academic monitoring and psychosocial accompaniment to identify support needs and activate internal and external networks promptly. Tutors must follow an order of priority for contact and accompaniment of students based on a student-risk predictor model.

The SiAP-program has reached an average coverage of 70% (n=37.523 students) and above of the total enrollment of first-year students for cohorts 2017-2021. As a first step to evaluate its effectiveness, we decided to develop its theory of change with the SiAP team (Weiss & Connell, 1995) to establish the causal relationship between the program's multiple actions and its expected impact (retention rate of first-year students).

From it, institutional data were gathered to analyze previous analyses' top results and limitations (2014-2016). Thus, selection biases generated by the multiple mechanisms through which students can be referred to each program’s components were identified. On one side, students who decide to participate in the different components of the SiAP voluntarily generate a self-selection bias. Besides, there is an endogeneity behind being referred to the program’s components, either due to having a low score in diagnostic evaluations (where academic performance would affect participation in the program) or by the tutor’s decision (where participation would be correlated with the error term).

From this, the method used was the quasi-experimental propensity score matching (PSM) (Caliendo & Kopeinig, 2008), representing the best impact evaluation tool to minimize biases and thus isolate the effect of treatment on the probability of retention.

The Kernel algorithm was used to take advantage of the information of all the observations located within the standard support to build a more precise counterfactual, applying a weighted average where greater weight was given to those observations that have a score closest to the treatment group and vice versa (Caliendo & Kopeinig, 2008). Additionally, policy and implementation changes in the program were tracked and analyzed to understand changes in the program better.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The effects of the INACAP-SiAP-program on the retention rate of first-year students are positive and statistically significant. Participation in the program increases the probability of retention for the 2017 cohort by an average of 6.3 percentage points (pp) and 10 pp for the 2018 and 2019 cohorts.

For the cohorts of 2020 and 2021, the magnitude of the effect increases dramatically to 40 pp and 58 pp, respectively. However, these 2020-21 estimates should be carefully analyzed due to external validity problems because of the pandemic, changes in the SiAP guidelines program during the Covid-19 pandemic, and the lower sample number of the control group due to the trend towards universal treatment.

Due to the above, heterogeneous analyzes in subgroups of interest was limited to the 2017-2019 cohorts. For these cohorts, the program's impact on retention rates is substantially more significant in students enrolled in evening programs hours, particularly for the 2018 and 2019 cohorts (6.8 vs. 16.6%; 7.5 vs. 17.6%. respectively). The impact is 135% higher than that obtained in daytime students for the 2019 cohort. This magnitude difference is similar to that reported in the 2018 cohort. Accordingly, the impact on working students (vs. non-working students) is higher by approximately 50% in the magnitude of the effect between the two groups for cohorts 2017-2019, which makes this a consistent result over time.

The study highlights the importance of student support systems (like the INACAP-SiAP) to help students stay on their career pathways. This effort is aligned with the equity and inclusion framework that educational policy in Chile has tried to enhance for students that see tertiary short-cycle education as an opportunity for professional jobs that allows them better opportunities in the labor market. Nonetheless, it is imperative to study the extent to which the program helps students graduate (on-time).

References
Behr, A., Giese, M., Teguim K. & Theune, K. (2020). Dropping out from Higher Education in Germany an Empirical Evaluation of Determinants for Bachelor Students. Open Education Studies, 2(1), 126-148.

Brunner, J., Labrana, J., Alvarez, J. (2022). Educación superior técnico profesional en Chile: perspectivas comparadas. Santiago de Chile: Ediciones Universidad Diego Portales. https://vertebralchile.cl/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/Educacion-superior-tecnico-profesional-en-perspectiva-comparada.pdf

Caliendo, M. & Kopeinig, S. (2008). Some Practical Guidance for the Implementation of Propensity Score Matching. Journal of Economic Surveys, 22(1), 31-72. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-6419.2007.00527.x

Faas, C., Benson, M. J., Kaestle, E. C., and Savla, J. (2018). Socioeconomic success and mental health profiles of young adults who drop out of college. J. Youth Stud. 21, 669–686. doi: 10.1080/13676261.2017.1406598

LEY 21091, 2018. Sobre educacion superior. 11 de mayo 2018 (Chile)

Li, W., & Carroll, D. (2017). Factors Influencing University Student Satisfaction, Dropout and Academic Performance. National Centre for Student Equity in Higher Education.

Millea, M., Wills, R., Elder, A. & Molina, D. (2018). What Matters in College Student Success? Determinants of College Retention and Graduation Rates. Education, 138(4), 309-322.

Mountjoy, J. (2022). Community Colleges and Upward Mobility (Working Paper No 29254). National bureau of economic research. https://www.nber.org/papers/w29254

O'Neill, L. D., Wallstedt, B., Eika, B., and Hartvigsen, J. (2011). Factors associated with dropout in medical education: a literature review. Med. Educ. 45, 440–454.

Ortiz, E. A., and Dehon, C. (2013). Roads to success in the Belgian French community's higher education system: predictors of dropout Bruxelles. Res. High. Educ. 54, 693–723.

Sarra, A., Fontanella, L., and Di Zio, S. (2018). Identifying students at risk of academic failure within the educational data mining framework. Soc. Ind. Res. 1–20.

Servicio de Información de Educación Superior (SIES) (2022). Ministerio de Educación. Matricula en Educación Superior en Chile. https://www.mifuturo.cl/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Matricula_Educacion_Superior_2022_SIES_.pdf

Sosu EM and Pheunpha P (2019) Trajectory of University Dropout: Investigating the Cumulative Effect of Academic Vulnerability and Proximity to Family Support. Front. Educ.

Sotomayor, C.; Valenzuela, J. P. (2018). Rentabilidad de la educación superior técnica entregada por los Centros de Formación Técnica Estudios de Políticas Públicas (pp., 120-133.).

Voelkle, M. C., and Sander, N. (2008). A structural equation approach to discrete-time survival analysis. J. Individ. Dif. 29, 134–147.

Weiss, C.H. and Connell, J.P. (1995) Nothing as Practical as Good Theory: Exploring Theory-Based Evaluation for Comprehensive Community Initiatives for Children and Families. In: New Approaches to Evaluating Community Initiatives: Concepts, Methods, and Contexts, The Aspen Institute, 65-92.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm09 SES 02 B: Exploring Mathematical Development, Self-Concept, and Achievement in Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Trude Nilsen
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Development of Mathematical Thinking Skills and Mathematical Self-concept from the Third Grade to the End of Basic Education

Natalija Gustavson1, Satu Koivuhovi2, Mari-Pauliina Vainikainen3, Mikko Asikainen1

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Gustavson, Natalija

One of the basic skills for success in the knowledge society is the ability to learn. The Finnish national learning to learn (L2L) assessment program was launched in the mid-1990s as a result of a worldwide interest in the measurement of cross-curricular competences (Hautamäki et al., 2013).

The Learning to learn longitudinal assessment brings significant value and gathers sufficient information about learning outcomes and monitor changes in students’ competence during the basic education (Hoskins & Deakin Crick, 2010).

In Finland, L2L is assessed by administering cognitive tasks measuring general reasoning and thinking skills, and self-evaluation scales measuring beliefs and attitudes towards learning (Hautamäki & al., 2002). The concept of mathematical thinking is a traditional part of Learning to learn assessment.

Children’s learning-related beliefs, self-concept and interest in a particular subject play an important role in their school performance, particularly in mathematics. In educational research, academic self-concept has been defined as students' perception of themselves within the academic environment (Marsh, 1990, Marsh and Scalas, 2010).

In this regard, it is of interest how the development of mathematical thinking occurs in schoolchildren during schooling and what other factors can influence the development and improvement of mathematical thinking.

Of particular interest in presented study was the development of mathematical thinking skills and mathematical self-concept (Marsh et al.,1988), as part of learning-related beliefs from the third grade to the ninth grade during the completion of basic education.

The main purpose of this study is to answer the following questions:

  1. How do pupils` mathematical thinking skills and mathematical self-concept develop during the comprehensive school years from the third to the ninth grade?
  1. Do mathematical self-concept on the third and the sixth grade predict the level of mathematical thinking skills on the sixth and the ninth grade?
  2. How do gender and mother’s education explain the level differences and change of mathematical self-concept?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data (=2200) were drawn from a longitudinal Learning-To-Learn study in which a whole age cohort of third graders from the capital area of Finland were followed up until the end of the comprehensive school.  Data collection consisted of three measurement points (i.e. year 2016 when pupils were at third grade, year 2018 when pupils were at sixth grade and year 2021 when pupils were at ninth grade).
Measures that were used based on the framework of Finnish learning to learn test (Hautamäki et al., 2002).
Mathematical thinking skills were measured with two task types. The first task type, the Hidden Arithmetical Operators task (Arithmetical Operations for short) was developed by Demetriou and his colleagues (Demetriou et al., 1991). In each item there were one to four hidden operators (e.g., [(5 a 3) b 4 = 6).
In the second task sections of invented mathematical concepts (Sternberg et al., 2001), two invented mathematical concepts, lag and sev, were conditionally defined (for example, if a > b, lag means subtraction, otherwise multiplication, etc.). After this, the student was given a problem to solve (for example, how much is 4 lag 7 sev 10 lag 3), where the definitions had to be applied.

Mathematical self-concept was measured with a scale based on Marsh’s work on academic self-concept (Marsh et al., 1988).  The scale consisted of three items on a seven-point Likert scale ranging from one (not true at all) to seven (very true).
Data were analysed with SPSS24 for descriptive statistics and Mplus 7.2 for linear growth curve models. First, we analysed the development of mathematical thinking skills and mathematical self-concept at the level of the whole data, after which differences in development depending on the gender and mother’s education level were examined.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary analyses showed that students’ mathematical thinking skills improved over time whereas self-concept in mathematics decreased statistically significantly from the third to the ninth grade.  This result aligns with earlier international findings of the decline of self-beliefs by age.
The linear growth curve model fitted the data well (RMSEA = .035; CFI = .992; TLI = .973).
The initial level of self-concept in the third grade statistically significantly predicted the student's success in the sixth-grade mathematical thinking test. Sixth grade’s mathematical thinking skills test score correlated significantly with the slope of mathematical self-concept indicating that the development of pupils’ mathematical self-concept differed depending on their performance in mathematical thinking skill test. Students who did well in the test of mathematical thinking skills at sixth grade experienced a milder decrease in their mathematical self-concept than other students.

Mathematical thinking skills test score at sixth grade, initial level of mathematical self-concept at third grade as well as the slope of mathematical self-concept predicted statistically significantly the test result in mathematical thinking skill test at ninth grade.  Overall, the model explained about 38% of the variance of ninth grade mathematical thinking skills test result.  
Gender was a statistically significant predictor of children’s mathematical self-concept. Boys' mathematical self-concept was stronger than that of girls. In addition, girls experienced a stronger decline in their self-concept over time than boys did.

References
Bong, M., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2003). Academic self-concept and self-efficacy: How different are they really? Educational Psychology Review, 15(1), 1–40. Hox, J. J.
Demetriou, A., Platsidou, M., Efklides, A., Metallidou, Y., & Shayer, M. (1991). The development of quantitative-relational abilities from childhood to adolescence: Structure, scaling, and individual differences. Learning and Instruction, 1, 19–43.
Guay, F., Marsh, H. W., & Boivin, M. (2003). Academic self-concept and academic achievement: Developmental perspectives on their causal ordering. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95(1), 124–136. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.95.1.124
Hautamäki, J., Arinen, P., Eronen, S., Hautamäki, A., Kupiainen, S., Lindblom, B., & Scheinin, P. (2002). Assessing learning-to-learn: A framework. National Board of Education, Evaluation 4/2002.
Hautamäki, J., Kupiainen, S., Marjanen, J., Vainikainen, M.-P., & Hotulainen, R. (2013). ). Oppimaan oppiminen peruskoulun päättövaiheessa: Tilanne vuonna 2012 ja muutos vuodesta 2001 [Learning to learn at the end of basic education: Situation in 2012 and change from 2001]. University of Helsinki. Department of Teacher Education Research Report 347. Unigrafia.
Hoskins, B., & Deakin Crick, R. (2010). Competences for learning to learn and active citizenship: Different currencies or two sides of the same coin? European Journal of Education, 45(1), 121–137. Crossref. ISI.
Marsh, H. W., Byrne, B. M., & Shavelson, R. J. (1988). A Multifaceted Academic Self-Concept: Its Hierarchical Structure and Its Relation to Academic Achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(4), 623–636. https://doi/10.1037/0022-0663.80.3.366
Marsh, H. W. (1990). The structure of academic self-concept: The Marsh/Shavelson model. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(4), 623–636. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.82.4.623
Marsh, H. W., Scalas, L. F., & Nagengast, B. (2010). Longitudinal tests of competing factor structures for the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale: Traits, ephemeral artifacts, and stable response styles. Psychological Assessment, 22(2), 366–381. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0019225
Sternberg, R., Castejon, J.L., Prieto, M.D., Hautamäki, J., & Grigorenko, E. (2001). Confirmatory factor analysis of the Sternberg Triarchic Abilities Test in three international samples. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 17, 1-16.
Vainikainen , M-P & Hautamäki , J 2022 , Three Studies on Learning to Learn in Finland :Anti-Flynn Effects 2001-2017 ' , Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research , vol. 66 , no. 1 , pp. 43-58 . https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1833240


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Tracking in English and Mathematics: Consequences for Compulsory School Students’ Self-Concept

Thea Klapp, Jan-Eric Gustafsson, Stefan Johansson

University of Gothenburg

Presenting Author: Klapp, Thea

The study's overall purpose is to explore the formation of student academic self-concept (ASC) in the subjects of English and mathematics. ASC is commonly defined as self-perceived academic ability and is related to cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes such as academic engagement, goal-setting, task choice, persistence and effort, intrinsic motivation, strategy use, academic achievement, and future career selection (Bong & Skaalvik, 2003; Marsh et al., 2019). When students perceive their previous experiences of academic activities to be positive and when they perceive that they are capable of managing future academic activities, it is thus an advantage that goes beyond immediate academic success. Rather, ASC has been shown to have prolonged effects (Marsh et al., 2001).

Because ASC frequently has been shown to be important for student success, much research has been dedicated to explaining how it is formed. The main explanation is the big-fish-little-pond effect (BFLPE), which posits that equally abled students perceive their abilities differently depending on their context (Marsh et al., 2008). A student in a high-achieving context would rate their ability to be lower than a student in a lower-achieving context, even if both students have the same abilities.

In 1962, tracking was introduced in the subjects of English and mathematics in all secondary schools in Sweden (Grades 7-9). With recommendations from teachers, students were to choose between advanced and general courses in the two subjects (Marklund, 1985). The general courses were easier and given at a slower pace than the advanced courses and tended to have lower class-average achievement. Tracking is no longer a formal practice in Swedish compulsory education, but it commonly occurs when teachers organise education in Sweden and internationally (Trautwein et al., 2006).

ASC is a well-researched area, but so far, only a few studies have conducted longitudinal analyses to investigate effects over time. There is also a need for studies that look at how ASC is affected by school systems with some form of tracking (i.e., ability stratification, ability grouping etc.). The specific purpose of the study is to explore the effects of non-tracking and tracking in secondary school on ASC in upper secondary schools. With longitudinal data from the 1980s and 90s, ASC will be measured in Grade 6 (pre-tracking) and Grade 10 (post-tracking).

Previous Research

In a longitudinal study, Marsh et al. (2001) compared students from former East and West Germany (N = 2 778). They found that when East and West Germany reunited and the schools merged, the students who had attended the selective and ability-stratified schools in West Germany were more strongly affected by the negative BFLPE when compared to the East German students. Before the reunification, East German students had not experienced an ability-stratified school system. The difference between the merged students decreased with time when the former East German students became integrated with the more selective school system. Overall, the findings of Marsh et al. (2001) indicate that school policies and systems may have an impact on the formation of student ASC.

Similarly, Liem et al. (2013) found that compulsory school students in low-ability streams in English and mathematics had higher self-concepts than students in high-ability streams when student achievement was controlled for. However, Herrmann et al. (2016) investigated the German within-school track system (N = 1 330) and found that the negative BFLPE for students in the advanced mathematics track disappeared when they controlled for positive assimilation effects. The positive assimilation effect is similar to the basking-in-reflected-glory (BIRG) effect, which both refer to the notion that attending a high-achieving class or school positively affects ASC.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants and procedure

   Data will be retrieved from the Swedish longitudinal project Evaluation through Follow-up (UGU), compiled by Statistics Sweden (Härnqvist, 2000). The sampling was a two-step stratified procedure, where municipalities were selected in the first step and classes in the second step. The UGU samples are nationally representative of their respective populations. Four birth cohorts will be used in the study, 1967 (N = 9 104), 1972 (N = 9 498), 1977 (N = 4293), and 1982 (N = 8 805). Cohorts 1967, 1972, and 1977 experienced tracking and will be merged to get a bigger sample. Cohort 1982 did not experience ability-streamed courses and will function as a control group.

   UGU consists of register, survey, and test data. Survey data was first collected in Grade 6 and then for a second time in upper secondary school. For cohorts 1967, 1972, and 1977 the second data collection occurred in Grade 10 and for cohort 1982 it occurred in Grade 12. Survey data from Grades 6 and 10/12 will be used to measure ASC pre- and post-tracking.
To deal with missing data, calibration weights and full information maximum likelihood (FIML) estimation will be used to correct for bias due to non-participation.

Measures and variables
  
   Cohorts 1967, 1972, and 1977 answered identical questions in Grade 10, while cohort 1982 answered similar but not identical questions as the other three cohorts. Measures of ASC will be constructed to be as similar as possible between the three earlier cohorts and cohort 1982. Factors will be created with indicators of students’ ASC, for example, “What kind of arithmetic skills do you think you have?” and “Did you experience any problems with arithmetic in secondary school”.
Achievement will be operationalized by grade point average (GPA) from Grade 9 and by cognitive ability from Grade 6. Cognitive ability will be measured with three tests measuring students’ verbal, spatial, and inductive abilities. Gender and parental education will also be included.

Method of Analysis

   First, descriptive analyses will be calculated. Measurement models will then be constructed in Mplus with confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), to create latent variables for ASC in Grades 6 and 10/12. Lastly, longitudinal structural equation modelling (LSEM) will be used. The tracking system enables a quasi-experimental research design, that in turn makes it possible to investigate the effect of tracking on subsequent ASC with LSEM and the control group that did not experience tracking.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
    Regarding the possible outcomes of the study, two contradictory effects are relevant to consider. It concerns the previously mentioned BFLPE as well as the basking-in-reflected-glory (BIRG) effect. The BIRG effect predicts that when students perceive their school or class (i.e., their reference group) to have high status, it affects their self-concepts positively (Marsh et al., 2000). The glory of attending a high-status group thus reflects on the individuals in the group, regardless of individual achievement level. In contrast, the BFLPE predicts that attending a high-achieving group affects students’ self-concept negatively, because of negative social comparison processes. Even if both effects concern the formation of self-concept, research has indicated that the BFLPE is the most dominant effect of the two (Marsh et al., 2000). I.e., the negative social comparison effect tends to have a greater impact on students’ self-concept than the positive effect of attending a high-status group.
  
   In the present study, the BFLPE hypothesis would be that students who attended the advanced courses in English and mathematics reported lower ASC in Grade 10 because their ASCs were negatively affected by the comparisons with high-ability peers in secondary school. However, it may also be that the BIRG effect is present rather than the BFLPE, which would mean that students in the advanced courses express higher ASC due to reflected glory.

References
Bong, M., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2003). Academic Self-Concept and Self-Efficacy: How
   Different Are They Really? Educational Psychology Review, 15(1), 1–40.

Herrmann, J., Schmidt, I., Kessels, U., & Preckel, F. (2016). Big fish in big ponds:
   Contrast and assimilation effects on math and verbal self‐concepts of students in
   within‐school gifted tracks. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 86(2), 222–
   240.

Härnqvist, K. (2000). Evaluation through follow-up. A longitudinal program for
   studying education and career development. In C.-G. Janson (Ed.), Seven
   Swedish longitudinal studies in behavioral science (pp. 76–114). Stockholm:
   Forskningsrådsnämnden.

Liem, G. A. D., Marsh, H. W., Martin, A. J., McInerney, D. M., & Yeung, A. S.
   (2013). The Big-Fish-Little-Pond Effect and a National Policy of Within-School
   Ability Streaming: Alternative Frames of Reference. American Educational
   Research Journal, 50(2), 326–370.

Marklund, S. (1985). Skolsverige 1950-1975 D. 4 Differentieringsfrågan.
   Stockholm: Liber Utbildningsförlaget.

Marsh, H. W., Köller, O., & Baumert, J. (2001). Reunification of East and West
   German School Systems: Longitudinal Multilevel Modeling Study of the Big-Fish-
   Little-Pond Effect on Academic Self-Concept. American Educational Research
   Journal, 38(2), 321–350.

Marsh, H. W., Kong, C., & Hau, K. (2000). Longitudinal multilevel models of the
   big-fish-little-pond effect on academic self-concept: Counterbalancing contrast
   and reflected-glory effects in Hong Kong schools. Journal of Personality and
   Social Psychology, 78(2), 337–349.

Marsh, H. W., Pekrun, R., Parker, P. D., Murayama, K., Guo, J., Dicke, T., & Arens,
   A. K. (2019). The murky distinction between self-concept and self-efficacy:
   Beware of lurking jingle-jangle fallacies. Journal of Educational Psychology,
   111(2), 331–353.

Marsh, H. W., Seaton, M., Trautwein, U., Lüdtke, O., Hau, K. T., O’Mara, A. J., &
   Craven, R. G. (2008). The Big-fish–little-pond-effect Stands Up to Critical
   Scrutiny: Implications for Theory, Methodology, and Future Research.
   Educational Psychology Review, 20(3), 319–350.

Trautwein, U., Lüdtke, O., Marsh, H. W., Köller, O., & Baumert, J. (2006). Tracking,
   Grading, and Student Motivation: Using Group Composition and Status to Predict
   Self-Concept and Interest in Ninth-Grade Mathematics. Journal of Educational
   Psychology, 98(4), 788 – 806.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Influence of Mathematics Self-concept and Self-efficacy on Mathematics Achievement: Comparison between the Public and Independent Schools in Sweden

Yi Ding, Alli Klapp, Kajsa Hansen

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ding, Yi

Achievement gaps in mathematics can be found among education systems all over the world in international large-scale assessment studies (ILSAs). In almost all education systems, students’ socioeconomic status (SES) has been documented as one of the most important factors associated with achievement, known as the “socioeconomic achievement gap” (Chmielewski, 2019), while in other education systems, achievement gaps can be accounted for by gender, immigration background, ethnicity and/or urban-rural locations of schools and students (e.g., Bondy et al., 2017; Brozo et al., 2014; Song et al., 2014). In Sweden, remarkable differences can be observed between public and independent schools and the differences might be explained by a larger share of students with well-educated parents in independent schools than in public schools (Klapp Lekholm, 2008). Taking mathematics as an example, students in independent schools perform better than students from public schools in Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), even after controlling the background variables, and the crucial difference in achievement holds consistent from PISA 2003 to PISA 2012 regardless of the sharp decline, and the advantage of independent schools has emerged over time (OECD, 2019).

The types of schools (private or public as categorised in PISA) are generally differentiated by the ownership of schools. Private schools refer to schools managed directly or indirectly by a non-government organisation (such as a church, trade union, business or other private institution), while public schools are managed by a public education authority, government agency, or governing board appointed by the government or elected by a public franchise (OECD, 2020). In the Swedish context, instead of private schools, it would be more accurate to use the term independent schools, which can be run by private organisations to operate educational activities through a publicly funded voucher system (Yang Hansen & Gustafsson, 2016) and could be running for profit (Wiborg, 2015).

Research also indicates that students’ motivational beliefs seem to be important for academic achievement in the Swedish education system (Klapp, 2018). Previous research has established that student self-beliefs could predict and impact academic achievement, among which self-concept and self-efficacy are the most identified ones (Bong & Skaalvik, 2003; Multon et al., 1991). Mathematics self-concept is an individual’s perceived competence in mathematics (OECD, 2013), and was found strongly related to students’ general mathematics achievement (Bong & Skaalvik, 2003; Ma & Kishor, 1997). Mathematics self-efficacy measures students’ expectations and conviction of what can be accomplished when they need to solve pure and/or applied mathematics tasks. Students’ mathematics self-efficacy had a strong direct effect on mathematics problem-solving despite their general mental ability (Pajares & Kranzler, 1995).

It is well established that mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy to a varying degree are associated with students’ mathematics achievement. It has also been observed for many decades that student gender, socioeconomic status and immigration background influence academic achievement, directly and indirectly (e.g., Bondy et al., 2017; Schleicher, 2006). There is still uncertainty, however, regarding how the relations among mathematics self-concept, self-efficacy, student characteristics (SES, gender, immigrationbackground) and mathematics achievement may vary for students in different types of schools (public or independent) in the Swedish education system and over the years.

The main aim of the study was to investigate the relative importance of student mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy for mathematics achievement across Swedish public and independent schools over time, concerning student characteristics such as SES, gender and immigration background.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study consists of students from Sweden who participated in PISA 2003 (N=4624, n=186 from independent schools) and PISA 2012 (N=4736, n=787 from independent schools). Mathematics self-concept (MSC) was measured by five items, where the students were asked how they feel when studying mathematics. They were supposed to report whether they strongly agree, agree, disagree or strongly disagree with the statements, such as “I get good marks in mathematics” and “I learn mathematics quickly”. Mathematics self-efficacy (MSE) was measured by eight items, indicating the perceived mathematical abilities. The students were asked to report whether they feel very confident, confident, not very confident or not at all confident in facing pure and applied mathematical tasks, such as “calculating TV discount” and “understanding a train timetable”. Mathematics achievement, as defined as mathematical literacy in PISA, captures student capability in formulating, employing and interpreting mathematics in diverse contexts (OECD, 2013). Five plausible values were generated to represent student mathematics achievement. Students were categorised into males and females in PISA. In this study, students were grouped into natives (students born in Sweden and whose at least one parent was also born in Sweden) and non-natives (students born in Sweden with non-Sweden-born parents, and students born outside Sweden as well as their parents). Student economic, social and cultural status (ESCS) is an index in PISA reflecting student family educational, occupational and cultural status.
Descriptive statistics were first investigated, giving an overview of all the variables. Secondly, multi-group confirmatory factor analyses (MGCFA) were performed to examine the factor structure and measurement invariance across the two PISA cycles and across the school types (the independent and public schools) in Sweden. Then, concerning the cluster sampling strategy in PISA and the intention of making comparisons in this study, multi-group multi-level structural equation modelling (MGSEM) was applied to study the relations between mathematics self-concept, self-efficacy and mathematics achievement, concerning students’ gender and immigration background.
SPSS 28 were used for data management and Mplus 8 for analyses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As mentioned earlier, Swedish students in independent schools achieve higher than those in public schools despite the extraordinary decline from PISA 2003 to PISA 2012. The overall results suggest that students with high levels of mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy tend to have better performance in mathematics. Students with better economic, social and cultural status are possibly to have stronger mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy and perform better in mathematics. Immigrant students perform considerably worse than non-immigrant students in mathematics and yet they perceive themselves as having higher mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy. Girls who, although performed equally well or even better than boys, hold nevertheless weaker mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy. At the school level, mathematics achievement is positively associated with economic, social and cultural status. Schools with larger portions of immigrant students seem to have lower economic, social and cultural status and mathematics achievement.
Compared to independent schools, the influence of mathematics self-efficacy is stronger than mathematics self-concept in both PISA 2003 and 2012 in public schools. Economic, social and cultural status plays a relatively less important role in mathematics self-concept, self-efficacy and achievement in public schools. Conversely, the effect of immigration background seems to be stronger in independent schools. Girls are found to have even lower levels of mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy in independent schools.
The study has significant implications for researchers and practitioners in the educational and psychological fields. Positive self-beliefs are significant representative constructs in educational psychology (Marsh et al., 2019). The results and findings from this study highlighted the important role of mathematics self-concept and self-efficacy in mathematics achievement across Swedish public and independent schools. It is important to raise teachers’ awareness of promoting students’ self-concept and self-efficacy in mathematics learning, for girls, immigrant students and students with lower SES in particular.

References
Bondy, J. M., Peguero, A. A., & Johnson, B. E. (2017). The children of immigrants’ academic self-efficacy: The significance of gender, race, ethnicity, and segmented assimilation. Education and Urban Society, 49(5), 486–517.
Bong, M., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2003). Academic self-concept and self-efficacy: How different are they really? Educational Psychology Review, 15(1), 1–40.
Brozo, W. G., Sulkunen, S., Shiel, G., Garbe, C., Pandian, A., & Valtin, R. (2014). Reading, Gender, and Engagement. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 57(7), 584–593.
Chmielewski, A. K. (2019). The Global Increase in the Socioeconomic Achievement Gap, 1964 to 2015. American Sociological Review, 84(3), 517–544.
Klapp, A. (2018). Does academic and social self-concept and motivation explain the effect of grading on students’ achievement? European Journal of Psychology of Education, 33(2), 355–376.
Klapp Lekholm, A. (2008). Grades and grade assignment: Effects of student and school characteristics. rapport nr.: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis 269.
Ma, X., & Kishor, N. (1997). Attitude toward self, social factors, and achievement in mathematics: A meta-analytic review. Educational Psychology Review, 9(2), 89–120.
Marsh, H. W., Pekrun, R., Parker, P. D., Murayama, K., Guo, J., Dicke, T., & Arens, A. K. (2019). The murky distinction between self-concept and self-efficacy: Beware of lurking jingle-jangle fallacies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 111(2), 331.
Multon, K. D., Brown, S. D., & Lent, R. W. (1991). Relation of self-efficacy beliefs to academic outcomes. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 38(1), 30.
OECD. (2013). PISA 2012 assessment and analytical framework: Mathematics, reading, science, problem solving and financial literacy.
OECD. (2019). Sweden - country note - PISA 2018 results.
OECD. (2020). PISA 2018 results (volume v): effective policies, successful schools.
Pajares, F., & Kranzler, J. (1995). Self-efficacy beliefs and general mental ability in mathematical problem-solving. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 20, 426–426.
Schleicher, A. (2006). Where immigrant students succeed: A comparative review of performance and engagement in PISA 2003. Intercultural Education, 17(5), 507–516.
Song, S., Perry, L. B., & McConney, A. (2014). Explaining the achievement gap between Indigenous and non-Indigenous students: an analysis of PISA 2009 results for Australia and New Zealand. Educational Research and Evaluation, 20(3), 178–198.
Wiborg, S. (2015). Privatizing Education: Free School Policy in Sweden and England. Comparative Education Review, 59(3), 473–497.
Yang Hansen, K., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2016). Causes of educational segregation in Sweden – school choice or residential segregation. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(1–2), 23–44.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm10 SES 02 A: Diversity of 'Evidence relations' in Teacher Education (Research)
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anna Beck
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

EDENlab. Interdisciplinary Research-Action on EDucational ENvironments with Schools

Beate Weyland, Giusi Boaretto

Free University of Bolzano, Italy

Presenting Author: Weyland, Beate; Boaretto, Giusi

This contribution presents some methodological and operational reflections on a research path started in 2012 at the Free University of Bozen/Bolzano on the relationship between pedagogy and architecture in the design process of school buildings (Weyland, Prey 2020; Weyland, 2022; Weyland & Falanga, 2022), now interpreted by the interdisciplinary laboratory EDEN, Educational Environments with Nature. The laboratory acts along two trajectories: the training of future kindergarten and primary school teachers and the in-service teacher training in a lifelong lifewide learning perspective.
With regard to the first trajectory, a participatory pathway aimed at qualifying the common spaces of the Brixen campus of the Free University of Bolzano-Bozen started in 2017, which led in 2020 to the creation of two Green classrooms, with 100 plants, to carry out teaching activities also in order to comply with the objectives of the 2030 Agenda.
With respect to the second path, between 2016 and 2018 a consultative support activity for schools came into being, combining the need to qualify the school's physical spaces with the need to update teaching practices and develop school organisation. These experiences gave rise to the idea of conveying through the university proposals to support "school development" (Schratz & Steiner-Löffler, 1999) through research-action paths financed by the schools themselves. We work together on the pedagogical-didactical and architectural design process of the environments in which the educational relationship is staged, sharing the perspectives of professionals in education, educational research, architecture and design. Between 2019 and 2022, as many as 24 school communities have entered into research-action agreements with our university. In these processes, school authorities themselves become research commissioners and place teachers in the role of co-researchers in the field, in order to overcome the well-known gap between academic research outcomes and their impact in school-institutional contexts (Zanniello, 2016; Vannini, 2018, Calidoni 2021), With the establishment of the interdisciplinary research laboratory EDENLAB, the intention is to develop this type of research for its methodological flexibility and its ability to affect the motivational (the whys of the research) and relational aspects (the reports, communications, dissemination of results). In addition to sensitising teachers on what Luigina Mortari (2007) defines as the "posture of the researcher" in her daily practice, the effort being developed is in fact to elaborate a research programme that makes the data collected by the different collaborations converge on the three moments that Elisabetta Nigris (2018) describes as central: co-siting the research; identifying the design; discussing and co-constructing the analysis and synthesis of the data, in order to establish the effectiveness of the actions of change undertaken.
The objectives that the LAB pursues are multiple: the first is to document, accommodate and stimulate teaching activities, research and implementation on the subject of educational environments in which plants are also included as mediators that allow us to question the quality of spaces and at the same time to modify teaching and learning in favour of actions of care, well-being and active exploration. Furthermore, we consider it essential to provide scientific validity and widespread recognition to the virtuous encounter between theory and practice in a process of experimentation in which all parties are involved in the creation of beneficial learning landscapes in which plants are also present.
The question that the EDEN project aims to answer is how to better facilitate the co-participative and interdisciplinary design of formal, non-formal and informal educational environments in a lifelong, lifewide, lifedeep learning perspective in order to promote a paradigm shift: from the concept of the traditional school to the development of educational spaces in which to grow through creativity, cooperation, sensory in connection with plants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The considerations with which this contribution was initiated are necessary to understand the motivations behind the approach and methodology of action identified by the EDENLAB research team.  Our methodology is based on a research-training model founded on the implementation of circular reflexivity by all participants. The focus is on the co-construction of pedagogical knowledge not only from an academic point of view, but in accordance with practical-concrete experience. In other words, the heart of the Research-Training work lies in the desire to lay the foundations for a democratic school through the shared rethinking of learning spaces and educational and training relations (Weyland, Leone, 2020).
Specifically, this research takes the socio-cultural constructivist paradigm (Denzin, Lincoln, 2017) and stands at the crossroads between the directions from Educational Action Research (Mertler,2019) and Participatory Action Research (PAR) (Ozer, 2017).  The choice of instruments identified for data collection refers to the Participation Choice Point (Vaughn, Jacquez, 2020) and falls into the levels Inform (information is provided to community), consult (input is obtained from community), and involve (researchers work directly with community).
More specifically, our EDENLAB laboratory develops ad hoc tools relating to the identification of needs, the mapping of processes and the verification of results in a combination of quantitative (questionnaires) and qualitative (logbook, thematic padlets, interviews) methods. The starting point of the action-research paths is a starter-kit, which uses the padlet platform, to document the different meetings, collect semi-informal information, define tasks and to nimbly get teachers into a field data collection perspective. This tool makes it possible to flexibly adapt inputs, information and requests to different contexts. It is accompanied by a logbook for both personal reflection and documentation of the proposed organisational and teaching activities. Monitoring of the research process and sharing are ensured through rhythmic check/check meetings - in accordance with the schedule (every 4-6 weeks). The technique used to conduct this monitoring is coaching, thanks to which the educating community involved can confront each other and have the support of the research group that offers feedback and stimulates reflection and the co-construction of new practical knowledge. It is precisely this posture of the LAB group that enables the realisation of participatory planning and the understanding of how professional competence has a mobile and open and social or intersubjective nature.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The EDENLAB laboratory aims to offer an operational, customisable model of co-participatory and interdisciplinary design of formal, non-formal and informal educational environments in a lifelong, lifewide, lifedeep learning perspective in which plants become mediating and educating subjects.
Through the involvement of the entire community in an exploratory process on the qualities of indoor environments, this is implemented with the aim of achieving greater well-being and appropriation. As indicated by several scholars (Barrett 2015, Huges et al. 2019, Weyland 2022), these are, in fact, the factors that contribute to making schools more effective and capable of affecting the future of new generations.
This contribution aims to present the evidence, corresponding to the above-mentioned directions, gathered during a decade of exploratory research. First and foremost, the analysis of the effectiveness of the methodology used which, although referring to specific frameworks, was customised and enriched by the use of techniques and tools co-constructed by the research team and the research community. Secondly, the analysis of the materials produced by the school-academic community ( principals, teachers, parents, student body) in the research-action. Last but not least, it intends to present the data collected during the EDEN GREEN MIND SET event held on 11-12 November 2022 to launch the laboratory. The conference brought together teachers, managers, architects and designers from the international scene who discussed the possibility of thinking about schools capable of accommodating new educational perspectives and sustainability experienced also through the presence of plants in interior spaces.
The results of these analyses will form the basis for the promotion of systematic research aimed at identifying methodological guidelines and flexible tools that can be used throughout the national and international context.

References
Armstrong, F; (2019) Social Constructivism and Action Research: transforming teaching and learning though collaborative practice. In Armstrong, Felicity and Tsokova, Diana, (eds.) Action Research for Inclusive Education: Participation and Democracy in Teaching and Learning. (pp. 17-30). Routledge.
Barrett, P. (2015). Clever Classroom. Retrieved October 26, 2021 from https://www.cleverclassroomsdesign.co.uk/results.
Calidoni, P., Felini, D., Bobbio, A. (eds.). (2021). Cesare Scurati. Sguardi sull’educazione. FrancoAngeli.
Denzin N.K., Lincoln Y.S. (2017). The Sage handbook of Qualitative Research. London: Sage.
Hughes H., Franz J., Willis J. (2019). School spaces for Student Wellbeing and Learning. Singapore: Springer.
Mertler, C. A. (Ed.). (2019). The Wiley handbook of action research in education. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. doi: 10.1002/9781119399490
Mortari, L. (2007). Cultura della ricerca e pedagogia. Prospettive epistemologiche. Carocci.
Nigris, E. (2018). L'evoluzione della ricerca pedagogico-didattica fra teoria e pratica. Quali i ruoli e quali i compiti di ricercatori e insegnanti nella Ricerca-Formazione? In Asquini, G. (ed.), La Ricerca-Formazione. Temi, esperienze, prospettive. FrancoAngeli: 27 – 40.
Ozer, E. J. (2017). Youth-Led Participatory Action Research: Overview and Potential for Enhancing Adolescent Development. Child Development Perspectives, 11(3), 173– 177. doi: 10.1111/cdep.12228
Schratz, M., & Steiner Loffler, U. (2001). La scuola che apprende. Strutture e processi di sviluppo formativo, Brescia: La Scuola.
Vannini, I. (2018). Introduzione. Fare ricerca educativa per promuovere la professionalità docente. Il “qui ed ora” del Centro CRESPI. In Asquini, G., (ed.), La Ricerca-Formazione, 13 – 24.
Vaughn, L. M., & Jacquez, F. (2020). Participatory Research Methods – Choice Points in the Research Process. Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 1(1). doi: 10.35844/001c.13244.
Weyland B., Prey K. (2020). Ridisegnare la scuola tra didattica archiettura e design. Milano:
Guerini.
Weyland B., Leone T. (2020). Laboratori attivi di democrazia. Milano: Guerini.
Weyland, B., Falanga, M. (2022). Didattica della scuola: spazi e tempi per una comunità in ricerca. Guerini.
Weyland B. (2022). Eden. Educare (ne)gli spazi con le piante. Milano: Corraini
Zanniello G. (2016). La didattica tra storia e ricercar. Roma:Armando


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Toward a ‘New’ Standard of Dissensus for Teacher Education

Stephen Heimans1, Matthew Clarke2

1University of Queensland, Australia; 2University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Heimans, Stephen; Clarke, Matthew

In this paper we put forward a ‘standard for dissensus’ that seeks to identify the consensus about what counts in and as education and look for ways to think again about these matters. We will delineate what the contents of such a standard might be. Why would we do this? In common with a range of international contexts, some European teacher education systems have embraced teacher professional standards as vehicles for codifying and developing the work of teachers (Koster & Dengerink, 2015; Page, 2015; Pedaste, Leijen, Poom-Valickis & Eisenschmidt, 2019). The putative rationale for developing professional standards is that they provide a shared language for talking about teachers, teaching and learning, and thus serve as a common reference point for pedagogical, professional and promotion-related conversations. At the same time, critical questions have been raised about the potential of standards as vehicles, not just for professional development, but for monitoring and controlling teachers (Sachs, 2003; Taylor, 2022). Concerns have also been raised regarding the degree to which standards inhibit professional autonomy and creativity - as Taubman pithily puts it (2009, p. 117) in his aptly named book, Teaching by numbers, “standards serve to standardize work”. Professional standards can also be seen as part of a trend to turn teaching from a moral, ethical and politically informed practice to a technical matter of implementing official knowledge and curriculum, thereby de-contesting, de-intellectualising and de-educationalizing education (see Biesta, 2021 on the rise of the discourse of learning). Standards also suggest that there is a consensus about what is important in education; that the purposes and practices of education are widely agreed upon and as a result it seems that they cannot easily become subject to debate. In this paper our goal is to offer a resource for teacher educators to be able to question this consensus and to consider what it is that standardised approaches to education are asking of us (and our students)- remembering that standards are designed to be met, not to be brought into question.

We join in the critique of standardisation in education, but we do so taking an ‘additive’ approach (see Savransky and Stengers, 2018) where we develop resources for use with teacher education students that may open up new lines of thinking about the purposes and practices of education. To this end, we also enter into the ongoing discussion about what counts as education and who it is that decides this (see Biesta, 2011; Yosef-Hassidim, 2021). Our work here supports an approach to standardisation ‘from below’ where it is the people whose work is the subject of standards who decide what is to be standardised and how this is to be enacted (with what outcomes, and so on) (see Heimans et al, 2021).

A ‘new’ standard of educational dissensus

1. Knowing the system

Whose interests does it serve?

Who is systemically marginalised?

2. Knowing ‘education’

Where are the ‘edges’ of knowledge about education?

(How) Can you speak about education from an education point of view?

3. Knowing how to change the system

What, where, how and who has been able to change the system before?

How can you organise safe resistance to the system?

4. Knowing education in relation to other governed entities

How is education known about?

Who has control over this and how can this control be contested?

5. Knowing what is sensible and what is not in education

What are the ways in which sense is distributed?

Who is it whose only part in this distribution is none?

How might the part of the no part take one? (Where, when, who- how named?)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a conceptual paper. We base our suggestions for a ‘new’ standard on conceptualisations of dissensus. Our goal is to investigate how we might enter into the relations of governance that standardisation enacts in order to have an effect on and in these relations. Specifically, standardisation in education enacts social orders that, we argue, should not be taken for granted and the resources that we develop and enumerate are designed to fracture the sense of such orders, revealing in the process the arbitrariness of their constitution (see Rancière, 2013).   We draw on Rancière (2010) and Verran’s (2015) thinking to inform the development of a standard that teacher educators might use with their students to unsettle what is valorised when education has been standardised. From Rancière, we utilise three concepts; 1. The part of the no part, 2. The (re)distribution of the sensible), 3. The presupposition of equality. From Verran (2015) (whose scholarship involves investigating confrontations between Australian Indigenous, and ‘Western’ ‘scientific’, epistemic practices), we draw on an approach to dissensus which involves “thinking of objects of governance [for example teacher/ teaching practices and their standardisation] as events, as expressions of a collective going-on together in a particular here and now”, which “offers a means to consider the ethics and politics of a particular going-on doing difference together” (Verran, 2015, p. 52). Verran (2015) suggests, “A politics of dissensus, like any politics is concerned with ‘What particular choices present in this here and now?’, ‘What is at stake in those choices?’ ‘How might those choices be made?’” (p. 54). “Unlike the politics of consensus where those questions are ruled out of play after a consensus has been agreed, in dissensus those questions continue to remain active. Assenting here and now in going on together doing this, is limited and contingent. There is shared recognition that what we do together is subject to a continuing and active deferral of the always hovering possibility of withdrawing assent, of stopping things in their tracks” (Verran, 2015, p. 54).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We do not intend to propose how such a standard might be used, but instead offer it as a way to invite speculation about what (and who) counts in, and as, education and why. As Bowker and Starr (1999) remind us “[E]ach standard and each category valorizes some point of view and silences another. This is not inherently a bad thing-indeed it is inescapable. But it is an ethical choice, and as such it is dangerous-not bad, but dangerous”. (1999, p. 5-6). In this paper we have proposed resources for investigating the valorization of some points of view in education and the silencing of others. Our goal rather has been to open up thought about the contemporary desire for practices of standardization in education and suggest a resource that takes the danger of such work seriously.
References
Biesta, G. (2011). Disciplines and theory in the academic study of education: A comparative analysis of the Anglo-American and Continental construction of the field. Pedagogy, culture & society, 19(2), 175-192.

Biesta, G. (2021). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. Routledge.

Bowker, G. C., & Star, S. L. (1999). Sorting things out: classification and its consequences. MIT Press.

Heimans, S. (2014) Education policy enactment research: disrupting continuities, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 35(2), 307-316.

Heimans, S., Biesta, G., Takayama, K., & Kettle, M. (2021). How is teaching seen? Raising questions about the part of teachers and their educators in the production of educational (non) sense. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 49(4), 363-369.

Jessop, B. (2003). Governance and Metagovernance: On Reflexivity, Requisite Variety, and Requisite Irony, published by the Department of Sociology, Lancaster University: http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/sociology/papers/JessopGovernance-and-Metagovernance.pdf .

Koster, B., & Dengerink, J. (2008). Professional standards for teacher educators: how to deal with complexity,
ownership and function. Experiences from the Netherlands. European Journal of Teacher Education, 31(2), 135-149.

Page, T. M. (2015). Common pressures, same results? Recent reforms in professional standards and
competences in teacher education for secondary teachers in England, France and Germany. Journal of Education for Teaching, 41(2), 180-202.

Pedaste, M., Leijen, Ä., Poom-Valickis, K., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2019). Teacher professional standards to support
teacher quality and learning in Estonia. European Journal of Education, 54(3), 389-399.

Rancière, J. (2010). Dissensus: on politics and aesthetics. Continuum.

Rancière, J. (2013). The Politics of Aesthetics. New York: Bloomsbury.

Sachs, J. (2003). Teacher professional standards: controlling or developing teaching? Teachers and Teaching,
9(2), 175-186.

Savransky, M., & Stengers, I. (2018). Relearning the Art of Paying Attention: A Conversation. SubStance 47(1), 130-145.

Taubman, P. (2009). Teaching by numbers: Deconstructing the discourse of standards and accountability in
education. New York: Routledge.

Taylor, A. J. (2022). A Foucauldian Analysis of Teacher Standards. In The Palgrave Handbook of Educational
Leadership and Management Discourse (pp. 1-23): Springer.

Verran, H. (2015). Governance and land management fires understanding objects of governance as expressing an ethics of dissensus. Learning Communities: International Journal of Learning in Social Contexts, (15), 52-59.

Yosef-Hassidim, D. (2021), Advancing Education's Autonomy through Looking Educationally at Philosophy. Educational Theory, 71, 53-73.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Evidence Inside Out: Bridging the Gap between Theory and Practice through Informal Learning

Cheng-Yu Peter Pan

NLA Høgskolen, Norway

Presenting Author: Pan, Cheng-Yu Peter

‘Mind the gap’, an automated announcement on the London underground, is often used to highlight the discrepancy between the theory in preservice teacher education and the practice facing teachers in reality. How to better bridge theory and practice has been one critical issue discussed by teacher education institutions and researchers internationally (Beauchamp, 2015; Greenwood & Mabeady, 2021; Kumazawa, 2013; Lohmander, 2015; Pan, 2020).

The existing body of research suggests that, through quality preservice teacher education (evidence from outside), the gap between theory and practice within this context can be better bridged (Ortlieb, 2011; Sharma & Mullick, 2021; Spronken-Smith & Walker, 2010). To date, however, very little attention has been paid to the relation between (student) teacher him/herself (evidence from inside) and competence required for the teaching profession.

In the field of special needs education (SNE), the gap between theory and practice has led special educational needs (SEN) teachers to be more exposed to burnout than their colleagues working for mainstream classes (Lavian, 2012). The conflict between “a sense of idealism” and “the harsh reality” inevitably also leads the SEN teaching profession to a pressing problem with teacher attrition. Based on the two abovementioned contexts, one purpose of this study was to examine the significant role informal learning (teacher lived experience) can play and contribute to in better preparing preservice SEN teachers to work resiliently in the future.

The conceptual starting point applied in this research is the teacher-as-a-person (Goodson, 1991; Hargreaves, 1994; Kenyon, 2017). This perspective highlights the cruciality of informal learning in teacher professionalism. In other words, the teacher-as-a-person places emphasises upon how teachers’ professional competence can be developed through and benefitted from their lived experiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative approach was chosen to allow a deeper insight into the interplay and interweaving of teacher professionalism and informal learning. Eleven SEN teachers across Finland were interviewed. Interview data was further analysed via thematic analysis (Guest, MacQueen & Namey, 2011).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the current study show that the teachers’ lived experiences had various considerable positive influences on their professionalism. More specifically, the relevant professional competence required in the teaching profession was developed and improved through what the teachers had learned informally in their previous vocational careers, current workplace and other aspects of private life. For instance, in the realm of private life, romantic partnership or child-raising experience contributed to building up and maintaining better professional relationships with colleagues, pupils and pupils’ caretakers. Furthermore, competences regarding know-why, know-how and know-whom were cultivated through pervious work experiences.
The findings imply that “evidence” can be accumulated, obtained, and demonstrated not merely via reformed structure/content in preservice teacher education but also through exploring, identifying, and transferring from/in (student) teacher him/herself. This study sheds new/alternative light and provides a more all-round view on bridging the gap between theory and practice in teacher education.

References
Beauchamp, C. (2015). Reflection in teacher education: issues emerging from a review of current literature. Reflective Practice: International and Multiplinary Perspective, 16(1), 123-141.
Greenwood, C. T. & Mabeady, L. (2021). Are future teachers aware of the gap between research and practice and why should they know? Teacher Education and Special Education, 24(4), 333-347.
Goodson, I. F. (Ed.). (1992). Studying Teachers' lives. Routledge.
Guest, G., MacQueen, K. M. & Namey, E. E. (2011). Applied Thematic Analysis. SAGE Publication.
Hargreaves, A. (1994). Changing Teachers, Changing Times: Teaches' Work and Culture in the Postmodern Age. Continuum.
Kumazawa, M. (2013). Gaps too large: Four novice EEL teachers' self-concept and motivation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 33, 44-45.
Lavian, R. H. (2012). The impact of organisational climate on burnout among homeroom teachers and special education teachers (full classes/individual pupils) in mainstream schools. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 18(2), 233-247.
Lohmander, M. K. (2015). Bridging 'the gap' - linking workplace-based and university-based learning in preschool teacher education in Sweden. Early Years, 35(2), 168-183.
Ortlieb, E. (2011). Improving teacher education trhough inquiry-based learning. International Education Studies, 4(3), 41-46.
Pan, C.-Y. (2022). Special Educational Needs Teachers in Finnish Inclusive Vocational Education and Training. [Doctoral dissertation, University of Jyväskylä]. JYX Digital Repository. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-39-8335-2
Sharma, U. & Mullick, J. (2021). Bridging the gaps between theory and practice of inclusive teacher education. In U. Sharma, & S. Salend (Eds.), Oxford Encyclopedia of Inclusive and Special Education (pp. 107-120). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1226
Spronken-Smith, R. & Walker, R. (2010). Can inquiry-based learning strengthen the links between teaching and disciplinary research? Studies in Higher Education, 35(6), 723-740.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm10 SES 02 B: Problem Based Cases In Teacher Education
Location: Rankine Building, 108 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: ML White
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Development of Students' Analytical and Formulation Skills through Problem-Based Learning

Gulmira Syzdykova, Bates Sydykova, Aigerim Abzal

Nazarbayev intellectual schools, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Sydykova, Bates; Abzal, Aigerim

In the article, the extent to which problem-based learning (PBL) contributes to the development of students' analytical and conceptual skills in mathematics, physics and English language classes is carried out on the basis of action research, and the results of the research are presented. The purpose of this action research was to contribute to the development of reasoning skills by creating a problem in the classroom. Tasks: implementation of educational goals, use of teaching methods, consideration of individual abilities of students, monitoring of lessons, reflection, re-planning, differentiation. The research was conducted from 2021 until 2023 with the participation of students from grades 9-12, curators, parents, teachers, psychologists. In order to solve practical situations, the student needs to be able to effectively use the previous knowledge and skills formed on the basis of certain laws[1;139]. Therefore, each teacher used practical situations to achieve the expected results. Students, especially with difficulty in analyzing, were considered as experimental and control groups. Innovations of research: implementation of interdisciplinary communication; student's creative work; long-term knowledge retention; 11-12th graders are more inclined to research.

PBL is the principle of differentiation that contributes to the development of students' cognitive and creative abilities. Students search, predict, compare, analyze and conclude while solving situations. Based on research[3], PBL in pedagogy includes three stages: activation of learning, research method, problem-based learning. In 1909 J.Dewey considered PBL as "problem solving" in his book "How I Think". The concept of value is the five stages of reflective thinking, which are: all possible solutions; difficulties in finding a solution; formulation of the problem; the use of assumptions that define observations and data as hypotheses; demonstration of correctness of hypotheses in practice. J.Bruner's concept: the structural role of knowledge in the learning process; the need for the student's readiness to study; development of quick thinking through intuition; the importance of motivation in learning. J.Dewey considers PBL through reflective thinking, and J.Bruner through intuitive thinking. D.Poya, O.Zelts, K.Dunker developed this method and formed foreign pedagogy[3;11-13]. A.M.Matyushkin compiled a model of the problematic situation, presented its conditions and solutions [3;56].

V.Okon considers PBL as a method and pays attention to the stability of knowledge, the development of cognitive interest, and the educational value of it. Taking into account the non-universality of the method, it is intended to be used together with other methods. It is important that it is not immediately after a new topic, but that it leads to the development of the student's cognitive interest in the formation and use of skills[2;69]. M.I.Makhmutov explains: students' acquisition of new knowledge includes their own, the teacher's explanation, students' reproductive actions, setting tasks, and students' performance[1;299]. H.J.Elaine, K.Goh say that PBL has an impact on the student's long-term retention of knowledge, and the use of it. It is concluded that, compared to traditional teaching, the activity in class increases since they analyze and create[4]. Lerner I.Ya.: having a creative atmosphere in the classroom, PBL requires new and high-quality requirements from the teacher. Therefore, the teacher should master the research situations in their field and master the cognitive methodology[5]. It turns out that this method is effective in activating thinking, and the implementation of PBL organizes a collaborative environment and leads to the planning of teaching strategies accordingly[6]. O.V.Minovskaya clarifies the effectiveness of problem teaching: student's ability to search, analytical thinking skills development; analyze and conclude; acquired knowledge is long-lasting and can be used; confidence is strengthened. K.A.Arapov[6], M.Yu.Soloshchenko[7], R.I.Molofeev[8], S.M.Kaupenbaeva[9], B.M.Utegenova[10], based on the research, reveal the influence, implementation, and effectiveness of PBL in class.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
NIS-Programme, which is used in our school, is aimed at the development of critical thinking, the development of functional literacy, in-depth teaching of mathematics and natural sciences, and the formation of trilingual education[11].
Questionnaires were taken from 75 students using Google Forms, conducted conversations with parents, and used reflections of our lessons. The results of the Eysenck test, Gardner's type of intelligence, G.V.Rezapkin's types of thinking and temperament offered by psychologists were effective in the use of differentiation, in the development of tasks and grouping.
According to V.Okon PBL in mathematics are: setting a problem, solving it, checking the solution. By using acquired knowledge, checking the correctness of predictions in solving the situation, students can practice the skill of analytical thinking[2;80-85]. A differentiated task was developed for 11th graders to compare the logarithmic function graph using the graph of the exponential function with the graph in Geogebra, and formulate its properties, uses knowledge of angles in space to find angles between lines, lines and planes, and between planes, respectively, through vector and parametric equations.
The third stage of solving the problem considered by R.I.Malafeev is the method of checking the forecast, in different ways. There are two main methods: the theoretical concept of prediction; experimental evidence[10;22]: In order to study the problem "The relationship between the potential energy of a spring and its’ use" for the 9 graders, they should first make a hypothesis and perform an experimental test in a group to prove their hypothesis. Innovation: each student in the group presents their ideas, which is effective in providing a theoretical concept of the prediction and determining what equipment is needed.
It was evident that for 10 graders PBL is an effective way to enhance language proficiency, including grammatical accuracy, vocabulary development, and pragmatic skills. As Millis[24] suggests PBL can be challenging to implement in the classroom and requires proper preparation. Teachers should consider the proficiency levels, the availability of resources, and the need for scaffolding. It is important to keep in mind that PBL is demanding for the teacher and requires proper planning and preparation.
12th graders make predictions and determine the ways to check their accuracy in performing tasks in physics, provide proofs, conduct experiments, observations, analyze and differentiate the obtained results[8;20]. In this regard, the method of problem-based teaching showed another evidence of its effectiveness in promoting students' academic language learning and development of high-level skills.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The classrooms involved in the study were provided with integrated and traditional lessons. The results of using PBL were higher, than during traditional learning. Through the result of feedback from students "Effectiveness of problem-based learning", it was promoted to increase the learning activity of students, to pay attention to the academic language at its level by searching for information, and creatively increase cognitive interests. Achieving the expected results, we made sure that interdisciplinary connections were implemented, students' confidence increased, and knowledge acquired on the basis of PBL was long remembered. It is clear that the indicator is high during PBL and the tendency of 11-12th-graders to solve the problem when a problemic situation arises.
According to the results, we clarify PBL with three conclusions: educational-problematic tasks set by the teacher, which create a problematic situation for students; the use of general methods in learning new knowledge by understanding, accepting and solving the problem; use of appropriate methods in solving specific tasks.
In conclusion, we think that using the method of PBL, we have influenced the development of the cognitive interests and activities in class, searching for information individually, in pairs and in groups, predicting, analyzing and drawing conclusions, conducting a small research, and the acquisition of academic language.
Disadvantages of the problem-based teaching method: it is not possible to create a problem for all learning objectives; students should have basic knowledge and skills in solving problems; It takes more time to learn new knowledge than other methods.
Despite these shortcomings, the PBL method of teaching is firmly established in modern pedagogy. Therefore, we offer the following recommendations: justify the choice of topic or section; systematization of preliminary quality preparation period; development of guidelines; use differentiation during the selection of educational forms.

References
1. Makhmutov M.I. (1977). Problem learning. Selected works, Enlightenment.
2. Okon V. (1968). The basis of problem-based learning. M., Enlightenment.
3. Matyushkin A.M. etc. (2010). Problem learning. Book 1. Izd-vo Nizhnevartovsk.
4. Elaine H.J., Karen G. (2016). Problem-Based Learning: An Overview of its Process and Impact on Learning. Health Professions Education 2, 75-79.
5. Lerner I. Ya. (1974). Problem learning.: M. https:/lerner-i-ya-problemnoe-obuchenie
6. Arapov K.A, Rahmatullina GG. (2012). Problem learning as a means of developing the intellectual sphere of schoolchildren, scientific article. "Young student", ISSN 2072-02977, No. 8, Volume II, page 290.
7. Skibina N.G., Soloshchenko M.Yu. (2015). Problem learning in mathematics lessons in secondary school. International student scientific journal, No. 6.
8. https://eduherald.ru/ru/article/view?id=13857
9. Malafeev R.I. (1980). Problem teaching of physics in secondary school. Enlightenment.
10. https://cep.nis.edu.kz/nis-programme/o-programme/
11. Koylyk N.O., Kaupenbaeva S.M. (2019). Effectiveness of problem teaching in the educational process. Methodological guide.
12. Utegenova B.M., Smagliy T.I. (2017). The basis of differentiation of teaching and learning in a modern school. Study guide, 98 p.
13. Malov N.N. (1968). Tasks on physics with the application of the law of conservation of energy. M., Enlightenment.
14. Razumovsky V.G. (1966). Creative tasks in physics in secondary school. M., Enlightenment.
15. Gritsyanov A.A. (2003). New Philosophical Dictionary: 3rd ed., corrected, Mn.: Knizhnyi Dom, 1280 p.
16. Ilyina T.A. (1976). Problem learning - concept and content//Vestnik vysshey shkoly.
17. Pilipets L.V., Klimenko E.V., Buslova N.S. (2014). Problem-based learning: from Socrates to the formation of competences//Fundamentalnye issledovaniya.
18. Sarbasheva Z.M., Kurdanova H.M. (2009). Problem learning in the process of individualization of learning//Vestnik TGPU.
19. Sitarov V.A., 2009. Problem learning as one of the directions of modern educational technologies // Znanie. Understanding. Skill.
20. Kudryavtsev V.T. (1991). Problem learning: origins, essence, perspective, M.: Znanie, 80 p.
21. Hurd S. (2008). Problem-based learning in an English for academic purposes course: Enhancing critical thinking skills. English for Specific Purposes 27(3), 315-334.
22. Bowers J.M., Dheram P. (2011). Problem-based learning in mathematics education: A review of the literature. Journal of Research in Mathematics Education, 42(3), 233-262.
23. Smith J.A., MacGregor, J.T. (2001). Problem-based learning in a high school English curriculum. English Journal, 90(4), 92-97.
24. Millis B.J., Cottell P.G. (1998). Problem-based learning for English as a second language. TESOL Journal, 7(2), 9-16.
25. Millis B.J. (2010). Problem-based learning for the 21st century: Skills for the future. Journal of College Reading and Learning, 40(2), 34-48.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Bridging the Gap - Working with Problem-based Cases to Develop Student Teachers’ Professional Identity

Nina Helgevold, Marianne Sandvik Tveitnes, Vegard Moen

University of Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Helgevold, Nina; Sandvik Tveitnes, Marianne

Many student teachers (STs) experience a gap between theory and practice and find ‘theories’ irrelevant to professional development (Laursen 2014). Darling-Hammond (2014) describes the ‘presumed divide’ between theory and practice as one of the core dilemmas of teacher education. A Norwegian study (Smeplass, 2018) points to contradictions between educational policy and the challenges STs face during practical training periods and as recent graduates. Students struggle to bridge the gap between a theoretical focus in their education and practical challenges they meet in schools and classrooms.

Menter (2016) argues that future teachers need to be ‘research literate’, being able to read, evaluate and use the research findings that are relevant to their work and have the capacity and skills to engage in research if context and conditions are appropriate. Hermansen (2018) outlines two metaphors for teacher professionalism, the teacher as a craftsperson and the teacher as a professional scientist. The teacher as a craftsperson emphasises teaching as a practical activity based on personal experience and reflections, while the teacher as a professional scientist emphasises teaching as research-based knowledge, where general principles and guidelines should be the basis for teachers’ teaching. The two metaphors can be interpreted as descriptions of professional identities and relate to the ongoing discussion on what kind of teachers we need for the future[1]. Hermansen (2018) argues that the two metaphors should not be seen a dichotomy, rather the interaction between these are of importance.

Professional identity is developed in interaction with others (Wenger 1998). Haslam (2017) identifies five ‘I’s, ‘Identification’, ‘Ideation’, ‘Interaction’, ‘Influence’ and ‘Ideology’ as significant for social identity and education. Identification relates to group membership shaping an individual’s behaviour to the extent that their social identity derived from this group membership is incorporated into their sense of self. Ideation or what people identify with is as important as mutual identification. Interaction is what develops and galvanises social identities. Influence is what makes identification, ideation and interaction possible. Important is that leadership is only made possible by perceptions of shared identity between leaders and followers. Ideology is inherent in policies and educational processes, and educational experience is usually characterised by several.

Previous studies (Patrick & McPhee 2014, Preston et al. 2015) has introduced cases as inquiry-, or problem-based approaches in academic courses in ITE. They found that the majority of the STs experienced that problem-based cases enabled them to make links between theory and practice. Increased engagement and enhanced learning outcomes for most students are reported in both studies, while they point to the construction of the cases as important, as well as the need for instructional scaffolding. In this study digital cases related to central themes or content of the course were developed in collaboration between teacher educators at campus and practice teachers in schools. The aim was to develop practice-based cases that would open for discussions of different perspectives and to “bridge the gap” between theory and practice.

In this study we see student teachers’ professional identity as constructed through social interaction in engagement with problem-based cases and research-based literature. The following research questions guide the study:

  1. In which ways do working with digital problem-based cases influence student teachers’ professional identity?
  2. How does problem-based cases bridge the gap between theory and practice?

[1] 10. Teacher Education Research | EERA (eera-ecer.de).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is conducted at one Norwegian teacher education institution spring 2022 with a follow up study spring 2023.  The context of the study is a 15 ECTs course in the subject pedagogy and pupil knowledge  . Problem-based video-cases are used as introduction to central themes in the course and the cases are made subject for inquiries and further analysis considering theoretical perspectives and research-based knowledge. The cases are introduced at campus, but also discussed with practice teachers in schools. Based on the 2022 study, some changes in organization were made in the 2023 course. Students were divided into smaller groups and reading and discussing relevant literature before meeting at campus were scaffolded more by teacher educators.
Participants in the study are STs (N=102) in their fourth year of a 5 yrs master program for primary education, including some of the practice teachers (N=6). The study is a mixed-method study. Quantitative surveys on STs experiences with relevance of the subject PEL in general are conducted in the beginning of the course (pre-course survey). Quantitative surveys on STs experiences with problem-based cases are conducted at the end of the course (post-course survey). In addition to the surveys, qualitative focus-group interviews with STs (N= 10) and 2 focus-group interviews with practice teachers (N= 6) in schools will be conducted spring 2023. (Due to Covid 19, these were not conducted in 2022). The surveys have questions with graded answers.  For each of the graded questions, STs are asked to elaborate on their answers. Open-ended comments are analysed to identify common categories and patterns across the responses, using conventional content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005).  Focus groups interviews 2023 will be analysed following Braun and Clarks’ (2006/2019) phases of thematic analysis. Haslams’ (2017) five I’s will serve as an analytical framework to study student teachers’ professional identity.
Three teacher educators are responsible for the research project. Participation is voluntarily with written consent. The project is approved by SIKT

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings from the 2022 and -23 pre-course survey show that a large majority (90%) of the STs find the subject relevant for their future jobs as teachers. Even though they find the subject relevant, only 38% report that they see a link between theoretical perspectives and everyday situations in schools.  Most STs (69%) underline that what is taught at campus needs to be relevant for their practice, supporting them in their future jobs by offering them tools to use to be used in practical situations. Analyses point to STs understanding their professional identity mostly in line with the teacher as a craftsperson. In the post-course survey 2022, 76 % av the STs find the problem-based cases very relevant for the future work in schools, and 53% report that working with problem-based cases have supported them in linking theoretical perspectives with everyday situations in schools. This have widened their understanding, made them aware of the complexity in situations and given them different perspectives on how to understand and deal with situations. Analyses point to STs understanding their professional identity not only as a craftsperson, but also in line with the teacher as a professional scientist/researcher. The STs point to fellow-students as important for their motivation for their own engagement. They especially highlight group discussion related to the problem-based cases, as engaging and necessary in developing knowledge and professional identity. Haslam (2017) five ‘I’s , ‘Identification’, ‘Ideation’, ‘Interaction’, ‘Influence’ and ‘Ideology’ will be further elaborated on in the presentation, where focus group interviews will be part of the analyses.
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597.

Darling-Hammond, L. (2014). Strengthening Clinical Preparation: The Holy Grail of Teacher Education, Peabody Journal of Education, 89(4), 547-561.
Haslam, S. A. (2017). The social identity approach to education and learning: Identification, ideation, interaction, influence and ideology. In K. I. Mavor, M. J. Platow, & B. Bizumic (Eds.), Self and social identity in educational contexts (pp. 19–52). Oxford: Routledge.
Hermansen, H. (2018) Kunnskapsarbeid i Lærerprofesjonen [Knowledgework in Teacher Profession]. Universitetsforlaget.
Hsieh, Hsiu-Fang & Shannon, Sarah E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15 (9), s. 1277–1288.

Laursen, P.F. (2014) Multiple bridges between theory and practice. In (eds). J.C. Smeby, M. Sutphen, Vocational to Professional Education Educating for social welfare (p.89-104). New York: Routledge.

Menter, I. (2016). Helga Eng lecture 2015: What is a teacher in the 21st century and what does a 21st century teacher need to know? Acta Didactica Norge, 10 (2), 11-25

Patrick , F. & McPhee, A. (2014) Evaluating the use of problem-based learning in a new initial teacher education degree. Teacher Education Advancement Network Journal (TEAN), 6 (2), 3-12.

Preston, L., Harvie, K. & Wallace, H. (2015) Inquiry-based Learning in Teacher Education: A primary Humanities Example. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 40 (12), 73-85.

Smeplass, E. (2018). Konstruksjonen av den problematiske lærerutdanningen Lærerutdanningen i et institusjonelt og politisk
landskap. (PhD). NTNU, Trondheim. Retrieved from https://ntnuopen.ntnu.no/ntnu-
xmlui/handle/11250/2571199
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice. Learning, meaning, identity. New York: Cambridge University Press.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Professional Judgement Formation in Student Teachers’ Discussions of Ethically Themed Case Stories

Øyvind Wiik Halvorsen, Kjersti Lea, Ida Bukkestein, Line Torbjørnsen Hilt

University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Halvorsen, Øyvind Wiik; Lea, Kjersti

Previous studies have pointed to ethical language and ethical knowledge as a weak point in teacher professionalism (see for example Tirri & Husu 2002, Ohnstad 2008, Bullough jr. 2011 Shapira-Lishchinsky 2011, Mosvold & Ohnstad 2016, Davies & Heyward 2019, Lindqvist, Thornberg & Colnerud 2020), where a main finding is that moral justifications seldom go beyond an intuition of “the best interest of the child” (Ohnstad 2008). However, teachers also experience their profession as being fraught with ethical issues, woven into relational work, questions of aims and means, and adherence to policy priorities. This may indicate that teacher education does not succeed in preparing teachers for the ethical challenges they encounter in schools.

The overall aim of the paper is to explore how case studies in teacher education can promote intellectual virtues, especially practical wisdom (phronesis), necessary for the formation of sound professional judgements aimed at good practice (eupraxia). Following an Aristotelian perspective, virtues are character traits that predispose a person to do the right thing. Moral virtues, such as courage and honesty, are developed through habituation, while intellectual virtues are mainly cultivated through formal education. This paper concentrates on the cultivation of intellectual virtues and presents findings from a qualitative study of student teachers’ discussions of ethically themed case stories.

The research question for the paper is:

How is professional judgement formed in student teachers’ discussions of ethically themed case stories?

Following the antinomic nature of pedagogical practice (Oettingen 2012), our theoretical point of departure is a pluralistic view of the good in teaching. Because of the complexities and uncertainties of the institutionalized pedagogical domain, teachers face a manifold of normative responsibilities. Examples include upholding the integrity of the profession, expressing loyalty to democratic decisions, engaging in critical inquiry into teaching’s knowledge base and values, promoting justice in distribution of educational goods and recognition, and showing care for students’ well-being and interests. These and similar responsibilities are what we can call prima facie (Ross 2002), meaning they all at first sight seem equally right and valuable. Consequently, they may come into conflict and produce ethical dilemmas. Moreover, it may be unclear exactly what a specific responsibility entails, and how one should live up to it in a concrete situation, for example delimiting care in a professionally apt way. Nevertheless, relying on a virtuous purposive disposition, teachers can sense, deliberate, and form a professional judgement that wisely navigates the dilemma and the actions that follows from them. In this manner, virtues aid professional judgement in clarifying a teacher’s actual responsibility in a particular situation.

However, this requires student teachers to be provided opportunities to cultivate appropriate intellectual virtues for the teaching profession, such as practical wisdom. This involves working systematically with (1) moral perception, an awareness of the prima facie responsibilities as well as other ethically salient features present in situations, and (2) moral justification, the ability to give normative reasons for decisions and actions. Both moral perception and moral justification are necessary constituents for sound professional judgement. Furthermore, the process involves exercising (beginning) intellectual virtues. One possible way of facilitating this in teacher education is by using the artifact case story and the form group discussion. Written case stories can mediate some of the real-world complexity of ethical dilemmas, while group discussions benefit from multiple perspectives in sensitizing perception towards normative features and negotiating shared grounding for justifications. Together they may create a zone of proximal development (Vygotsky 1978, Eun 2019) for students.

Accordingly, we have focused our analysis on student teachers’ discussions of ethically themed case stories to explore how professional judgement, through moral perception and justification, is formed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is grounded in a qualitative research design, encompassing audio recording of students’ discussions, observation from course teachers, and inductive, conventional content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon 2005).

The empirical material consists of transcripts of student discussions and field notes from course teachers. The student teachers who participated in the recorded discussions, represent a sample from two cohorts in the university’s teacher education program. One consists of groups of first-year students and the other of fourth-year students. The two samples were analyzed separately and then discussed comparatively in light of the research question. The choice of students from their first and fourth year as our sample was based on an interest in having students at the beginning and the end of their teacher education.

The procedure for data collection was the following: Students attended a lecture on ethics, relevant to their overall pedagogical coursework, followed by a seminar where case stories were to be discussed in groups. Before the seminar students had received information about the research project and what participation in it entailed. Students who consented to participation were organized in their own groups in separate classrooms from the rest of the seminar. The student groups were given two case stories and their discussion was audio recorded. Course teachers also took field notes during the discussion and afterwards in a brief evaluation session with the students. From the first-year cohort there were nine groups with five students in each and in the fourth-year cohort we expect approximately five groups with four-five students in each (this round of data collection is set for early February).        

Following our theoretical perspective, the main categories used in the analysis of the student discussions were a) perceptions, encompassing identification of value, ethical relevance, and responsibilities in the dilemma-situations depicted in the case stories and b) justifications, encompassing negotiation over action-guiding reasons. Reasons that were analyzed as part of a moral justification were respectively consequences (e.g., this is the greatest good for the greatest number), rules (e.g., this is possible to will as a universal law or this is treating people as ends, not merely as means), and character (e.g., this is what a just teacher would do). Reasons that were part of a non-moral justification were respectively epistemic-scientistic (e.g., this is what research says is right), pragmatic-technical (e.g., this is what works), and legal-political (e.g., this is what the authorities want).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, we expect our results to provide insight into the process of judgement formation among student teachers and examine how practical wisdom is activated and possibly enhanced in the zone of proximal development created by the case story and group discussion. Secondly, a central hypothesis of this study is that systematic teaching of ethics in lectures and seminars, combined with case stories and group work, may improve student teachers’ professional judgment. We expect to find that student teachers’ group-conversations on ethical cases will develop their ethical knowledge, as well as their ethical language. A preliminary finding that supports this expectation, is that the relationship between moral and non-moral justification changes throughout the teacher education program. When we compare first year students group conversations with the conversations of those students that are in their last semester, we see that newcomers primarily employ non-moral (especially pragmatic-technical and legal-political) justifications, while last semester students employ a combination of moral and non-moral justifications. This indicates that student teachers develop a more complex ethical vocabulary throughout their studies. Finally, case-stories as didactic artefacts (Vygotsky 1978), due to their narrativity, may have the potential for student engagement with ethics in a way that can contribute to the constitution of “the world of teaching” as primarily normative in a thick sense. It thus seeks to counteract an instrumental picture from becoming the naturalized point of departure for students.
References
Bullough jr., R. V. 2011. Ethical and moral matters in teaching and teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education 27:1, 21-28, doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.09.007

Davies, M & Heyward P. 2019. Between a hard place and a hard place: A study of ethical dilemmas experienced by student teachers while on practicum. British Educational Research Journal, 45:2, 372–387, DOI:10.1002/berj.3505

Eun, B. 2019. The zone of proximal development as an overarching concept: A framework for synthesizing Vygotsky’s theories. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51:1, 18-30, doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2017.1421941

Hsieh, H.-F. & Shannon, S. E. 2005. Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15:9, 1277-1288, doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687

Kirsi, T. & Husu, J. 2002. Care and Responsibility in 'The Best Interest of the Child': Relational voices of ethical dilemmas in teaching. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 8:1, 65-80, DOI:10.1080/13540600120110574.
Lindqvist, H. Thornberg, R. & Colnerud, G. 2020. Ethical dilemmas at work placements in teacher education. Teaching Education, 32:4, DOI:10.1080/10476210.2020.1779210.

Mosvold, R. & Ohnstad, F. O. 2016. Profesjonsetiske perspektiv på læreres omtale av elever. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 1, 26-36.

Oettingen, A. 2010. Almen pædagogik. Pædagogikkens grundlæggende spørgsmål. Gyldendal.  

Ohnstad, F. O. 2008. Profesjonsetiske dilemmaer og handlingsvalg blant lærere i lærerutdanningens praksisskoler. PhD Thesis. University of Oslo. DUO Research Archive.  https://www.duo.uio.no/handle/10852/48319.

Ross, W. D. 2002. The Right and the Good. (Ed. P. Stratton-Lake). Oxford University Press.

Shapira-Lishchinsky, O. 2011. Teachers’ critical incidents: Ethical dilemmas in teaching practice, Teaching and Teacher Education, 27:3, 648-656, DOI: doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.11.003

Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes (Ed. M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Souberman). Harvard University Press.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm10 SES 02 C: Exploring Care and Support in Teacher Education
Location: Rankine Building, 107 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Itxaso Tellado
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

SEL in Teacher Education - Self-Study of Emotional-Support in Teacher-Education During COVID

Orit Schwarz-Franco‬‏

Beit Ber Academic College, Israel

Presenting Author: Schwarz-Franco‬‏, Orit

The self-study described here was inspired by an event during the COVID-19 pandemic, involving a high school student, a preservice teacher, the preservice teacher’s pedagogical instructor (PI), and a school counselor. This is how it unfolded: Lian (pseudo name) , a 10th-grade student, sent a WhatsApp text to Amy, her philosophy teacher, after a lesson taught via Zoom during the first COVID-19 lockdown. The lesson’s contents had aroused her anxiety. The teacher recognized suicidal hints in the text and sent me (her PI) a message, asking for advice. In turn, I called Rona, a senior educational counselor. She supported me over the phone and made suggestions. I passed these on to the teacher and guided her response to the child, we also involved the school’s counselor. This chain of support was empowering and hopeful despite its remote, non-face-to-face interaction.

In this self-study, I reflect critically on my response to the situation, the professional choices involved (prior and during the event), and the interpersonal contexts in which the situation occurred. With the help of a critical friend, I examine the particular challenges and new opportunities granted to this professional and personal chain of response and responsibility under the conditions of remote learning.

The theoretical background of the study is based on the growing awareness of social emotional learning (SEL) as central to teaching and learning (Walker & Weidenbenner, 2019).SEL has developed substantially in recent decades and is advocated by leading organizations (MGIEP, 2020). Additionally we hear of the importance of investing in the SEL competence of teachers during teacher training (Jennings & Frank 2015), however, it was found that SEL is still not getting enough attention in teacher education programs.

The COVID-19 crisis has deepened the need for emotional support for children and youths, with a worrying growth of depression, anxiety, and other expressions of emotional distress (Racine et al., 2021). At the same time, the educational circumstances have magnified educators’ challenge to express their own social emotional skills in class and to cultivate those skills among their students (Hadar et al., 2020). Yet this new reality has also created new opportunities to meet old objectives, as I show herein.

The school counselor is responsible mainly for students’ emotional well-being in school. A main duty is indirect support through guidance of “significant others” in students’ lives, mostly parents and teachers. Teachers and counselors see collaboration as an essential aspect of a counselor’s work (Gibbons et al., 2010, Slijepčević,& Zuković, 2021). However, cooperation is a complex issue, even in normal school routines (LaBoskey, 2004ewa et. Al. 2016) In the case studied here, I examine this challenge in light of two additional obstacles: remote learning and the work of a preservice teacher.

My research questions are: What can I learn from this case about my work and about the is and the ought of teacher-educators’ work, in guiding teacher-students during their practical training? How are these tasks affected by remote learning? What adjustments must be made to meet challenges and to enjoy opportunities under these conditions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Self-study enables teacher-educators to learn by critically reflecting on their practical experience (Samaras, 2002; LaBoskey, 2004; Kitchen et al., 2020). Therefore, this approach was appropriate, given my wish to retrospectively examine the choices I made in the case under discussion, and thus improve my work (Kitchen, 2020). A self-study based on a single case (Poyas, 2016) allows the practitioner to focus the reflective gaze on a unique educational situation and to attempt to encompass its total complexity.
To enhance the study’s trustworthiness (LaBoskey, 2004), I consulted formal documents, including the school-counselor's role description and instructions for educators concerning recognition of warning signs from teenagers. I also used personal texts written during the event: WhatsApp messages from Lian to Amy and from Amy to me. I requested and received IRB approval to use these (under pseudonyms of course) and to interview the adult participants. To enhance the study’s interactivity (LaBoskey, 2004), I interviewed the two figures who shared my experience: Amy, the preservice teacher, and Rona, the school counselor. Due to the lockdown, interviews were performed via Zoom, recorded, and transcribed. Both interviews lasted approximately one hour. The interview with the student helped me to include her point of view in my analysis, and the counselor taught me about counselors' role in guiding teachers to recognize signs of dangerous behaviors.
The interviews were semi-structured. The pre-planned questions for Amy  were:
1. Please tell me about your experience with Lian.
2. Please tell me about your relationship with Lian before the case.
3. In your opinion, what made Lian choose you as the teacher to turn to for help?
4. What made you recognize Lian's message as requiring special care?
5. What did you learn from the case?
The pre-planned questions for Rona were:
1. What are the ‘red’ signs of danger from teenage students?
2.What guidance do subject-matter teachers receive around this subject?
3. How are all these issues affected by social distancing?
Additional questions came up during both interviews.
To analyze the data, I conducted open and preliminary coding. Across these three relationships (teacher – high-school student, teacher – counselor, and preservice teacher–PI)., I spotted two dimensions: working in normal conditions and working in the unique situation of remote learning. The three relationships on two dimensions gave me six categories. Finally, I turned to a critical friend who could offer an alternative point of view on the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The chain of support that was activated in the event included three dyadic relations: teacher–pupil, teacher–counselor, and preservice teacher–PI. Analysis of the three relationships led me to highlight two objectives of teacher-education: integration of SEL within subject-matter contents to guide and support teacher-students in their relationships with their pupils; and good integration of preservice teachers into team relations with school staff during practical training. The two issues are one: good handling of team relations is one of the conditions that allows SEL to be integrated into regular work and during periods of high risk.
Remote learning was recognized as a loss of opportunity to establish a supportive teacher–pupil relationship.  However, the pandemic also gave teachers and teacher educators new opportunities for social communication in digital channels that are sometimes more intimate and safer.
we need further research to establish a solid foundation for these insights. First, there should be an evaluation of how PCK, SEL, and team relations are treated in teacher education programs. Second, we must try to integrate them into holistic programs and then accompany these trials with research. In both cases, there should be a focus not only on the experiences of the lecturers and PIs but also on the learning experiences and impressions of the teacher-students.
Concerning remote learning I suggest that teacher-educators, as other educators, should recognize three aspects of teaching in conditions of social distancing: the greater need for emotional support, the unique obstacles to giving support, and the new ways to overcome these obstacles. Finally, we should embrace the new possibilities that digital channels offer us for creating intimacy and accessibility in our relationships with our students.

References
Cholewa, B., Goodman-Scott, E., Thomas, A., & Cook, J. (2016). Teachers’ perceptions and experiences consulting with school counselors: A qualitative study. Professional School Counseling, 20(1), 1096–2409. https://doi.org/10.5330/1096-2409-20.1.77

Flores, M.A., & Swennen, A. (2020). The COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 453-456.

Gibson, M.M., Diambra, J.F., & Buchanan, D.K. (2010). School counselors’ perceptions and attitudes about collaboration. Journal of School Counseling, 8(34), 1-28.

Hadar, L., Ergas, O., Alpert, B., & Ariav, T. (2020). Rethinking teacher education in a VUCA world: Student teachers’ social-emotional competencies during the COVID-19 crisis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 573–586. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1807513

Jennings, P.A., & Frank, J.L. (2015). In-service preparation for educators. In J.A. Durlak, C.E. Domitrovich, R.P. Weissberg, & T.P. Gullotta (Eds.), Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp. 422-437). The Guilford Press.

Kitchen, J. (2020). Self-study in teacher education and beyond. In J. Kitchen, A. Berry, S. Bullock, A. Crowe, M. Taylor, H. Guðjónsdóttir, & L. Thomas (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 1023–1044). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-6880-6_34

LaBoskey, V.K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In J.J. Loughran, M.L. Hamilton, V.L. LaBoskey, & T. Russell (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 817-870). Kluwer.

MGIEP. 2020. Rethinking learning: A review of social and emotional learning for educational systems. https://rethinkinglearning.paperform.co/
Poyas, Y. (2016). ’Don’t sell me the enemy’s literature’: A self-study of teaching literature in politically fraught contexts. Studying Teacher Education, 12(3), 267-283.

Racine, N., McArthur, B.A., Cooke, J.E., Eirich, R., Zhu, J., & Madigan, S. (2021). Global prevalence of depressive and anxiety symptoms in children and adolescents during COVID-19: A meta-analysis. JAMA Pediatrics, 175(11), 1142–1150. doi:10.1001/jamapediatrics.2021.2482


Samaras, A.P. (2002). Self-study for teacher educators: Crafting a pedagogy for educational change. Counterpoints. Peter Lang.‏

Shulman, L.S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational researcher, 15(2), 4-14.

Slijepčević, S.D., & Zuković, S.N. (2021). School counsellor-teacher collaboration in student counselling. The New Educational Review, 63, 237-247.

Walker, G., & Weidenbenner, J.V. (2019). Social and emotional learning in the age of virtual play: technology, empathy, and learning. Journal of Research in Innovative Teaching & Learning, 12(2). https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/JRIT-03-2019-0046/full/html


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teachers‘ Social Media Support Network During COVID-19 Pandemic

Zuzana Terry

Faculty of Humanities,Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Terry, Zuzana

Digital platforms in education have experienced a considerable rise of interest in many different types of studies about distance learning and teaching; studies on the impact on teachers (Klapprofth et al. 2020; Yao 2021; Stachteas, Stachteas 2020; Marek et al. 2021), educational and digital inequalities (Oliviera et al. 2021; Gillis, Krull 2020; Dudová 2021), but also teachers’ work conditions (Mouralová, Hejzlarová 2022; Pirro et al. 2021). The COVID-19 pandemic drew the attention of social researchers as it caused sudden and, in the European context, unprecedented measures of protection against it. The conditions of social life changed from day to day, and individuals, groups, organisations and institutions had to change. This includes how teachers used social networks and how they functioned in virtual environments. Yet, little attention has been paid to the role of digital platforms in providing space for self-support/self-help for teachers´ communities (see Mouralová, Hejzlarová 2022).

The paper aims to fill in the blind spot and describe the dynamics of one particular (but immensely popular) Facebook public group gathering teachers in the Czech Republic called Ucitele + (Teachers +) and analyze the topics raised there in the first phase of the pandemic, in the period 2/2020 - 6/2020, in order to answer the following research questions: What sort of issues did the teachers raise in the Facebook group? How can we understand the selection of the issues in terms of particular roles a virtual platform can play - i. e., peer support, self-help, empowerment, micropolitics? Answering the questions enriches the scholarship focusing on teachers´ needs and the ways of covering their needs, not just during the times of pandemic.

Social media use increased enormously all over the world during COVID-19 as people searched for ‘just-in-time’ news, information, social connections, and support in their daily lives (Greenhow et al. 2021). Teachers’ professional peer grouping was no exception. Teachers needed the support of one another during the unprecedented change in their teaching lives. This was not possible anymore in the space of school staff rooms. A more instant, open and comprehensive source was searched. The teachers reached out for teaching support in the online ‘teaching staff room’. Facebook public peer group for teachers Ucitelé + was established in 2017, a few years before COVID-19 spread, but enlarged enormously during it. The more people reached out and joined, the more valuable the network was. The group gained prominence and power during COVID-19 and created micro-politics that managed to put a force on the policymakers. I draw upon Greenhow et al. (2021, p 1451), who researched teachers’ tweets in the US and Canada during that time and who argue that during the COVID-19 pandemic, teachers reached to social media for personal “just-in-time” professional development like other times; however, the importance of the utility of teachers’ questioning discourse in emerging situations as is the COVID-19 is crucial.

In my paper, I show the research in the specific situation of the Czech Republic. The schools in Czechia are very decentralised and separated. There is no professional chamber to unite all schools and teachers, although there are many small professional social networks which have limited support. Town councils govern Czech primary and lower secondary schools (in the Czech Republic, one institution). Still, upper secondary schools are governed by a county, making connections and cooperation across the school levels even more difficult. Social media networking is a logical consequence of the lack of support and networking across schools in the Czech Republic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address the above research questions, I use mixed design research, which is based on a qualitative approach with some partial quantitative elements. I obtained the data from the administrators of the Facebook group Ucitele+ who downloaded a dataset of entries in a particular Facebook public peer group for teachers, the download was for the period starting February 2020, during which the Czech schools were closed up to June 2020, when they were reopened and running in special after first phase’ mode. The created data was analysed focusing on entries issues, their frequency, the volume of the reactions on it, and their patterns. I also conducted semi-structured interviews with the five administrators of the group, tracing the dynamic of the group during the COVID-19 lockdown and its micropolitics. I used the methods of digital ethnography (Pink et al. 2016).
Theoretically, I draw upon the concept of the micropolitics of educational change as in Blasé (1998) or Kalchtermans, Ballet (2002) and Švaříček (2009). I also build on the literature about the COVID-19 pandemic Klapprofth et al. (2020); Yao (2021); Stachteas, Stachteas 2020; Marek et al. (2021); Oliviera et al. (2021); Gillis, Krull (2020); Dudová (2021); Mouralová, Hejzlarová (2022); Pirro et al. (2021) and use of the internet as a source of teachers professional development Greenhow et al. (2021), Alwafi (2021) or Cavanaugh, DeWeese (2020).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research is still in progress, and final analyses are not available at present. However, the significant increase in membership and intensity of communication in the Facebook public group Ucitele + during the COVID-19 pandemic was clearly fulfilling an essential function of just-in-time answers (Greenhow et al. 2021) that the teachers needed and had not been saturated elsewhere. The preliminary analyses of the data revealed four categories of the entries in the group: 1) asking for help with a specific teaching task, asking for ideas, tips, and experiences of others; 2) sharing specific materials and tips, trying to help others; 3) responding to and dealing with school or higher politics, both personally and in a systemic/organized way; 4) psycho-hygiene - sharing difficulties, relieving oneself. The issue of responding to and dealing with school and higher politics is reviling micropolitics issued of the group. The other categories show the increasing need for just-in-time tools for the professional development of the teachers and school staff currently during the COVID-19 pandemic but perhaps more permanently as well.
References
Blase J. 1998. „The Micropolitics of Educational Change.“ Pp. 544-557 in International Handbook of Educational Change. Dordrecht: Springer.
Dudová, R. (2021). Péče jako individuální odpovědnost a prohloubení ekonomického znevýhodnění sólo matek v pandemii covid-19. Gender a výzkum, 22(2), 110-138.
Gillis, A., & Krull, L. M. (2020). <? covid19?> COVID-19 remote learning transition in spring 2020: class structures, student perceptions, and inequality in college courses. Teaching Sociology, 48(4), 283-299.
Greenhow, C., Staudt Willet, K. B., & Galvin, S. (2021). Inquiring tweets want to know:# Edchat supports for# RemoteTeaching during COVID‐19. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52(4), 1434-1454.
Kelchtermans G., K. Ballet 2002. „The micropolitics of teacher induction. A narrative biographical study on teacher socialisation.“ Teaching and Teacher Education 18 (1): 105–120.
Klapproth, F., Federkeil, L., Heinschke, F., & Jungmann, T. (2020). Teachers' Experiences of Stress and Their Coping Strategies during COVID-19 Induced Distance Teaching. Journal of Pedagogical Research, 4(4), 444-452.
Marek, M. W., Chew, C. S., & Wu, W. C. V. (2021). Teacher experiences in converting classes to distance learning in the COVID-19 pandemic. International Journal of Distance Education Technologies (IJDET), 19(1), 89-109.
Mouralová, M., & Hejzlarová, E. M. (2022). Proč učitelky nechodí na ošetřovačku? Emoční strategie, mikropolitiky a sebepojetí učitelek s malými dětmi v době pandemie. Sociologický časopis/Czech Sociological Review, 58(5), 477-507.
Oliveira, G., Grenha Teixeira, J., Torres, A., & Morais, C. (2021). An exploratory study on the emergency remote education experience of higher education students and teachers during the COVID‐19 pandemic. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52(4), 1357-1376.
Pink, S. (2016). Digital ethnography. Innovative methods in media and communication research, 161-165.
Pirro, F., Toscano, E., Di Nunzio, D., & Pedaci, M. (2022). When school ‘stayed home’. A sociology of work approach on the remote work of teachers during the lockdown for the COVID-19 pandemic: the case of Italy. International Review of Sociology, 1-12.
Stachteas, P., & Stachteas, C. (2020). The psychological impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on secondary school teachers. Psychiatrike= Psychiatriki, 31(4), 293-301.
Švaříček R. 2009. „Pomluvy jako mikropolitická strategie učitelů základní školy.“ Studia paedagogica 14 (1): 87-108
Yao, S., Li, D., Yohannes, A., & Song, H. (2021). Exploration for network distance teaching and resource sharing system for higher education in the epidemic situation of COVID-19. Procedia Computer Science, 183, 807-813.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Humanizing Teacher education: Exploring Praxis for Care, Resistance, and Agency in Performative Times.

Filipa Soares1,2, Amélia Lopes1, Carla Serrão2, Elisabete Ferreira1

1Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences, University of Porto Portugal; 2inED, School of Education, Polytechnic of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Soares, Filipa

Teacher education is a place of tension: political, epistemological, pedagogical, relational, and personal. Successive reforms in teacher education bring new accommodation, to these tensions, changing not only what people do in educational institutions, but also who people are (Ball, 2015). The tensions in education are lived at an internal level: sensed in the body and felt in the heart of the teachers, influencing their practices and the meanings given to their experiences (Palmer, 2007). Mental health issues, professional dissatisfaction and turnover, erosion of democracy in schools, are ripple effects of unaddressed tensions (Lopes, 2001). Avoiding the tensions with rush, the need to get things fixed, elaborated spreadsheets, and by blaming the unnamed other, are the strategies of a performative culture. Bringing awareness and allowing time to turn toward, to go deep and to become closer is the call of a human culture. Humanization of education is not only a utopia. It is a call for agency in performative times. It is a call for silence in loud times. It is a call for collective care and freedom. Humanizing teacher education is a form of resisting education reform toward performativity and managerialism. This instrumental approach risks turning teacher education into a list of competence and knowledge achievements to be accomplished in the shortest time possible, losing sight of the depth and complexity of educational aims and purpose (Biesta, 2008) and compromising the development of professional agency (Biesta, 2015). Humanizing teacher education is about addressing the depth and complexity of becoming a teacher, including the emotional, relational, and ethical dimensions of teaching, as an explicit experiential and reflexive process that is part of the pathway of teacher education. Humanization refers to the process of awareness and reflexion toward becoming some(one) with some(body), as Esquirol (2021) suggests in his essay “Human more human”. It is an act of integrity and 'intimate resistance' (Esquirol, 2015) to the instrumental tendencies of neoliberalism, inviting the time and space to feel and find the who of teacher education. Humanization would be, in this sense, the movement of approaching, through awareness and reflection, the depth of the experience of becoming someone who is also a teacher. It recognises the need for teachers to become authors of their profession and citizens in their practices. To develop “good teachers” (Korthagen, 2004), there is a need to go beyond teacher performance and competence, addressing deeper dimensions of teacher identity and ethical purpose in a virtue-based approach to teacher education (Biesta, 2015), to develop educationally wise professionals. A mindfulness-based approach is a promising pathway to support teachers in this path. Firstly, as a strategy for social-emotional development, promoting teacher skills for emotional regulation and stress reduction (Emerson et al., 2017; Lomas et al., 2017); secondly, as means to bring teacher self as an object of education (Ergas, 2017), addressing the subjectivity and inner dispositions of the teacher as an explicit part of the curriculum; and thirdly, as an in-depth reflective process, supporting educational judgment and teacher agency (Ergas & Hadar, 2021).

This communication proposal is part of larger research project about humanizing teacher education. Exploring ways to develop a praxis for humanization in teacher education is the social and scientific contribution expected with this research. Approaching subjectivity as a place of care, struggle, and resistance in teachers’ daily life is the challenge that lies ahead.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The exploratory study that will be presented, intends to understand the contributions of a mindfulness-based reflective community of practice to teachers' training and professional development. It aims at a) recognizing contributions and tensions in the integration of a mindfulness-based approach in the context of teacher education; b) exploring teachers’ experience of mindfulness-based approach in its personal, relational, and ethical dimensions. This study is part of an emancipatory and participatory action-research (Elliot, 1991; Fals-Borda, 1991; Kemmis & McTarggart, 2005; Lopes, 2001) with in-service teachers. Fifteen teachers voluntarily enrolled in a mindfulness-based program (MBCT-L) developed by the Oxford Mindfulness Centre and delivered by a qualified teacher. This Program included 9 weekly sessions of 2 hours and an intensive session of 4 hours. The Program was delivered online via zoom. With this Program it is intended the development of mindfulness-based reflective skills that will support the development of the mindfulness-based reflective community of practice. The participants (N=12) voluntarily enrolled the community of practice after the MBCT-L Program ended. It included a weekly meditation session of 30 minutes and a monthly 2-hour session following the methodology of participatory action-research where the areas of research/reflection on professional practice in school contexts, were continuously redefined, remembered and dialogically explored in its multiplicity and depth. The data collection includes the self-narrative of the researcher, teachers’ reflexive reports (N=8), the recording of the community of practice sessions and focus group in the end of the mindfulness program (N=8) and after 5 sessions of the community of practice.

A rhizomatic narrative approach, inspired by Deleuze and Guattari (2007) and Polkinghorne (1995) will support data analysis. The aim is to address the emerging cartography of teachers’ subjectivity, experienced in the process of a mindfulness-based community of practice.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Exploring the person of the teacher, his/her subjectivity and its relations is like diving into the depth of the ocean. From the ever-changing weather in the surface, the invitation is to move into the depth, into the stillness, where no light can guide us, and spacious emptiness may become the space for knowledge. The mindfulness-based approach allowed teachers to inhabit the unknown, the uncertain, the unsure and to explore resisting the temptation to rush to the surface, to the doing and fixing of a daily life. It provided a time and space to welcome the body and emotion as wisdom, finding the (he)art of the teacher in this process.  The sessions of the community of practice are just in the beginning. A first narrative analysis of the reflective journal and focus group after the mindfulness program reflects the role of the mindfulness-based approach in triggering awareness, attention, presence, and self-knowledge. There is the sense of releasing unnecessary tension and regaining inner space to meet the present moment with acceptance, empathy, and tolerance. The group found a new kind of place to be among other teachers: a place of both individual and collective intimacy where there is time to stop, to share experiences in a new depth and for reflexive insights.  The role of the body, emotion, and the quality of attention and acceptance that is developed throughout the 9 weeks is transformational at personal and professional level. Resources to deal with stress and reactivity are developed. Reperceiving experience from a different perspective becomes more common. This is path of struggle and resistance: with expectations, with self-judgment, with the time, with the discomfort, with habits. It requires courage, discipline, and a friendly group of peers to keep moving into the depth of being and becoming a teacher.  
References
Ball, S. (2015). Subjectivity as a site of struggle: refusing neoliberalism? British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(8), 1129-1146.

Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (2007). Mil planaltos: capitalismo e esquizofrenia 2. Assírio e Alvim

Biesta, G. (2008). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33-46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9

Biesta, G. (2015). How does a competent teacher become a good teacher? On judgement, wisdom and virtuosity in teaching and teacher education. In R. Heilbronn & L. Foreman-Peck (Eds.), Philosophical perspectives on the future of teacher education (pp. 3-22). Wiley Blackwell.

Elliott, J. (1991). El cambio educativo desde la investigación-acción. Ediciones Morata.

Emerson, L. M., Leyland, A., Hudson, K., Rowse, G., Hanley, P., & Hugh-Jones, S. (2017). Teaching Mindfulness to Teachers: a Systematic Review and Narrative Synthesis. Mindfulness (N Y), 8(5), 1136-1149. doi:10.1007/s12671-017-0691-4

Ergas, O. (2017). Reclaiming “self” in teachers’ images of “education” through mindfulness as contemplative inquiry. Journal of Curriculum & Pedagogy, 14(3), 218-235. https://doi.org/10.1080/15505170.2017.1398698

Esquirol, J. (2015). A Resistência íntima: ensaio de uma filosofia da proximidade. Almedina.

Esquirol, J. (2021). Humano, más humano. Acantilado.

Fals-Borda, Orlando e Rahman, Muhammad (1991). A self-review of PAR. In  Fals-Borda, Orlando e Rahman, Muhammad (eds). Action Knoweldge: breaking the monopoly with participatory action-research. The Apex Press.

Kemmis, Stephen e McTaggart, Robin. (2005) Participatory Action Research: comunicative action in the public sphere.  In: Denzin, Norman K., and Lincoln, Yvonna S., (eds.) The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, California, USA, pp. 559-603.

Korthagen, F. (2014). Promoting core reflection in teacher education: Deepening professional growth. In L. Orland-Barak & C. J. Craig (Eds.), International Teacher Education: Promising pedagogies (Part A), (pp. 73-89). Emerald.

Lopes, A. (2001). Libertar o Desejo, Resgatar a Inovação: a construção de identidades profissionais docentes. Instituto de Inovação Educacional.

Lomas, T., Medina, J. C., Ivtzan, I., Rupprecht, S., & Eiroa-Orosa, F. J. (2017). The impact of mindfulness on the wellbeing and performance of educators: A systematic review of the empirical literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 61, 132-141. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2016.10.008

Palmer, P. (2007). The courage to teach: Exploring the inner landscape of a teacher’s life (10th Edition). Jossey-Bass.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Exploring the ITE, Induction and Post-Induction Experiences of Scottish Physical Education Teachers: A Phenomenological Inquiry

Denise McGee-Dewar

Edinburgh University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: McGee-Dewar, Denise

Teacher effectiveness has become an increasing concern as education is viewed politically as a measure of social and economic capital, therefore, teacher effectiveness and by extension teacher education have become key areas of focus for policymakers worldwide (Rauschenberger et al. 2017). Despite career-long professional learning being a well-established feature in Scottish education, ITE programmes are still under pressure to produce “classroom ready teachers” (MacDonald and Rae, 2018 p841). Furthermore, they are criticised for failing to adequately prepare new teachers for the rigors of an increasingly complex teaching profession (ibid).

The transition from ITE into the teaching profession is acknowledged as a challenging and precarious time for new teachers. Faced with issues relating to workload, role conflict and behaviour management (Loughran et al., 2001), new teachers can experience what Veenman (1984) terms “reality shock” (p143). All new teachers in Scotland are supported during this transition through the Teacher Induction Scheme (TIS). This guarantees one year of paid employment for graduating teachers and provides structured support. Despite these features, concerns have been raised about the variability of support available during induction (Shanks, 2020).

A gap exists in the literature for qualitative research that brings together the learning experienced during the ITE, induction and post-induction phases. This study focussed on graduates of a physical education teacher education (PETE) programme within Scotland. The aim of this study was to explore the lived experiences of new teachers during the early career phase and was guided by the question:

What are the lived experiences of PE teachers during ITE, induction and post-induction?

Phenomenology seeks to gain a deeper understanding of the nature of experience (Van Manen, 2001), by gathering and interpreting accounts of lived experiences of a phenomenon (Vagle, 2018). This study employed hermeneutic phenomenology which focuses on concrete lived experiences and the meanings that we make of these experiences (Van Manen, 2014). The phenomenological principles of intentionality and the hermeneutic circle underpinned the design of this study.

Intentionality denotes the essential relationship between the conscious subject and the world (ibid). In this relationship between the subject and the object of consciousness is an active relationship in which consciousness is shaped by the object and the object is also shaped by consciousness (ibid). The purpose is to orient the participants to their lived experiences as they experienced them rather than how they have conceptualised them (Adams and Van Manen, 2017). During data collection, questions were asked in a way that engaged the participants with their pre-reflective experiences. Therefore, four existentials or phenomenological themes underpinned the data collection and analysis process. These principles are considered to belong to the fundamental structure of the lifeworld: lived space (spatiality), lived body (corporeality), lived time (temporality), and lived human relation (relationality) (Van Manen, 2014). To ensure that the data was experiential in nature, any data that did not relate to at least one of the existentials was disregarded during analysis (Sloan and Bowe, 2013).

The hermeneutic circle explains that individuals do not come to a phenomenon blankly, but start with vague preunderstandings and prejudices, and these are historically and culturally shaped (Gadamer, 1987). As a phenomenon is encountered, some of these preunderstandings will be challenged and others reinforced. Through the engagement with the phenomenon, the experiencer is transformed and will approach future engagements with new preunderstandings in an ongoing cycle (ibid). Therefore, understandings are dynamic and temporal (Dall 'Alba, 2004). As data was collected at two key stages, I acknowledged that the participants’ interpretations of their experiences would be dynamic, and this would be reflected in their new understandings of their ITE and induction experiences when they were revisited post-induction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Purposeful sampling was utilised to recruit seven graduates of a four-year undergraduate PETE programme. Phenomenology starts with first-hand, lived experience therefore phenomenological interviews should produce rich lived experience descriptions and should be conducted to facilitate participant’s recollections of these experiences (Van Manen 2014). Therefore, the conversation was kept open and flexible to allow the participants to raise and discuss the experiences most meaningful to. However, a loose structure was planned to ensure that elements of interest were covered so the interviews may be deemed to be semi-structured, but towards the unstructured end of that continuum (Kvale, 1996).  
This study had a longitudinal design, interviews took place at two key stages: during induction and post-induction. In phase 1 each participant was interviewed individually towards the end of their induction year. The aim was to gain a deep understanding of the participants’ experiences of PE as a pupil, their experiences of ITE as a student teacher and then as a new teacher during induction. Individual interviews were deemed most appropriate as the intention was to gather a deep insight into each participant’s experiences. In phase 2, three focus groups were conducted one year later, during the post-induction phase. The aim of this phase was to explore the post-induction experiences of the participants, but also to revisit their ITE and induction experiences to explore ongoing impact. Focus groups were deemed most appropriate as having collected in-depth experiential data in the first phase, I felt that interactions between the participants may deepen the discussions around the issues raised (Cohen et al, 2018). The focus groups began with an overview of the main findings from the initial interviews before engaging in the group discussion.
The process of data analysis or phenomenological reduction requires the researcher to enter the hermeneutic circle, cycling between ‘thinking in terms of part to whole’ (Vagle, 2018). Writing and rewriting are crucial steps to gain a fuller understanding of the phenomenon (Van Manen, 2014).  Within this study, moving from ‘part to whole’ meant both: engaging with the whole text for each participant (whole) and undertaking detailed line-by-line readings of each transcript (part) as well as circling between the account of each individual (part) and what was shared by the participants (whole) (Vagle, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It was apparent from the individual interviews and focus groups that the participants had encountered a wide range of experiences across the ITE, induction and post-induction stages. Though a number of themes were generated the theme of relationships and support was most prominent and recurrent across the three phases. Using a longitudinal approach allowed for connections to be made between the learning that occurred at each stage. There was evidence that learning experienced during ITE and induction continued to impact upon practice post-induction however this was often subtle and by revisiting their previous learning experiences, participants were able to recognise these connections. The research design also captured the non-linear nature of teacher learning as the participants’ highlighted breakthroughs in their learning at different stages.
The main finding of this study is that early career teacher learning in all settings is highly dependent on relational factors. The importance of sustained connections within school settings in fostering strong, supportive relationships was highlighted across all phases. This has implications for how placements and induction are organised. This suggests that by allowing students to experience a sustained connection with a department may allow more supportive relationships to be developed and a greater sense of belonging. This could be achieved through extended placements or linked placements which allowed students to build on pre-established relationships with staff, pupils and university tutors.  Similarly, a longer induction period may allow new teachers time to develop stronger relationships with pupils and staff. It could also allow new teachers to experience tapering support and gradual increases in responsibility (Dewhurst and McMurty, 2006). This could mitigate the impact of reality shock which was intensified by the simultaneous increase of demands at the same time as induction supports were withdrawn.

References
Cohen L, Manion L and Morrison K (2018) Research methods in Education (8th edition), Routledge, Oxton.
Dewhurst, Yvonne Anne Neilson, and David Charles McMurtry (2006). "The effectiveness of school placements in facilitating student teacher learning and professional development." Scottish Educational Review .
Loughran, J., Brown, J., & Doecke, B. (2001). Continuities and discontinuities: the transition from pre-service to first-year teaching. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 7(1), 7–23.
MacDonald, Ann, and Ann J. Rae. "Initial teacher education in Scotland." In Scottish education, pp. 836-846. Edinburgh University Press, 2018.
Rauschenberger, E., Adams, P. & Kennedy, A. (2017). Measuring Quality in ITE: A literature review for Scotland’s MQuITE study. Edinburgh: Scottish Council of Deans of Education. Available at http://www.scde.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/MQuITE-Lit-Review-FINAL-Oct-2017.pdf (accessed 21 June 2019)
Shanks, Rachel (2020) Teacher induction in Shanks, Rachel (2020) Teacher preparation in Scotland, Emerald publishing, Bingley p151-164.
Sloan A and Bowe B (2013) Phenomenology and hermeneutic phenomenology: the philosophy, the methodologies, and using hermeneutic phenomenology to investigate lecturers’ experiences of curriculum design, Qual Quant, 48:1291-1303.
), 164–180.
Vagle, Mark (2018) Crafting phenomenological research, 2nd edition, Routledge, New York
), 164–180.
Vagle, Mark (2018) Crafting phenomenological research, 2nd edition, Routledge, New York
Van Manen, Michael A. "On ethical (in) decisions experienced by parents of infants in neonatal intensive care." Qualitative Health Research 24.2 (2014): 279-287.
Veenman, S. (1984) Perceived problems of beginning teachers, Review of Educational Research, 2, pp. 143–178.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm10 SES 02 D: Addressing Diversity: Attitudes, Knowledge and Practices
Location: Rankine Building, 408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: A.Lin Goodwin
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Students’ diversity and inclusive education: a Transformative Learning Community (TLC) case study

Luis Tinoca

University of Lisbon, Portugal

Presenting Author: Tinoca, Luis

In this project we intend to promote the creation and development of one Transformative Learning Community (TLC), in a school cluster where it still do not exist. Thus, our research problem is: how does the development of one TLC, around the issue of diversity, promote an inclusive school?

To study this problem, we focused on three main goals: (1) analyze the development process of inclusive education through the present policy framework; (2) identify the perspectives and practices of teachers and students; (3) understand the influence of a TLC, focused on issues of inclusion and diversity, in teachers’ professional development.

Diversity in schools takes many different forms: learning styles, readiness for learning, interests, linguistic and sociocultural resources (Kaldi et al., 2018; Pinho et al., 2011; Szelei et al., 2019) and diverse values/expectations towards school and education (Booth & Ainscow, 2002). Inclusion requires building collaborative communities that welcome diversity and promote the success of all students, requiring a deep restructuring of schools’ cultures, policies and practices (Booth & Ainscow, 2002; Ainscow & Messiou, 2018; Florian, 1998).

The involvement of students in these collaborative processes will make schools more aware of what is going on within their borders, identifying barriers to students’ participation and learning (Ainscow, 2020; Caetano et al., 2020), improving school environment and students’ engagement with the school (Keisu & Ahlström, 2020). Besides this, OECD results (Ainley & Carstens, 2018) indicate that most teachers who participate in formal professional development initiatives, addressing issues related to these, reported improvements in self-efficacy regarding teaching in diverse environments. Therefore, it is essential to create continuing development opportunities for professionals to discuss and reflect on their practices towards diversity, and to develop specific knowledge and skills for facing the challenges associated with inclusion and diversity (Szelei et al., 2019). This is a central issue in the development of inclusive schools (Ainscow, 2020).

According to Mezirow’s transformative learning theory, “the process involves transforming frames of reference through critical reflection of assumptions, validating contested beliefs through discourse, taking action on one’s reflective insight, and critically assessing it” (Mezirow, 1997, p. 11). It involves sharing dialogue and experiences in collaborative processes, crossing the boundary of experiential and theoretical knowledge, making invisible learning visible and building the unknown through co-authorship and networking (Wenger et al., 2014).

Systemic school based intervention have been gaining strength (Admiraal et al., 2019), particularly, the development of learning communities in the school, involving not only teachers, but also students and other members of the educational community (Pinho et al., 2011). Transformative Learning Communities (TLC) appear here as a proposal to create collaborative contexts, supported by a socio-reconstructionist and emancipatory philosophy, that can respond to needs felt by schools, giving rise to transformative learning empowering all community participants. Indeed, TLC can promote shared research and critical reflection within the community, facilitating change in conceptualizations and practices (Wenger et al., 2014), the creation of relationships and the transformation of school culture towards greater equity, with significant gains in behaviour and student learning. To this end, it is essential to create participation structures, which include the organization of meeting spaces and times, the development of productive interdisciplinary teams and of effective collaborative processes (Admiraal et al., 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Given the project's participatory nature we adopted a Design-Based Research (DBR) approach, blending empirical educational research with theory-driven design of learning environments. This an innovative research approach that “integrates the development of solutions to practical problems in learning environments with the identification of reusable design principles” (Herrington et al., 2007, p. 2), adding the advantages of qualitative and quantitative methodologies. In this context, the design process, and interactive and cyclical reformulation, characteristic of DBR, are fundamental to promote transformative learning, creating usable knowledge and develop contextualized teaching/learning theories in complex school environments in order to foster their transformation
Considering that DBR protocols require intensive and long-term collaboration between researchers and practitioners, instruments were collaboratively developed within the community. 3 types of instruments were used: questionnaires; focus group interview protocols; and observation field notes. The applied questionnaires where adapted and validated for the Portuguese population from the works of Admiraal et al. (2019) – focusing on the development of the proposed learning community; and Booth and Ainscow (2002) – focused on the educational inclusion issues and strategies being used.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through a socially responsible process we expect to (1) produce usable knowledge sensitive to the differentiation of stages of development of the TLC (Admiraal et al., 2019; Messiou et al., 2016; Mezirow, 1997); (2) encourage and support the development of inclusive practices and foster greater student participation in the educational process; (3) promote reflection on the issues of diversity (Ainscow, 2020; Szelei et al., 2019) to promote the inclusion of all students (Booth & Ainscow, 2002), contributing to their success and, consequently, for the teachers’ professional development and the improvement of the school (Ainscow, 2020).
The results point to the students' positive recognition of the affective environment they experience at school, highlighting the role of the network of friendships they establish. On the other hand, classroom management emerges as a barrier to inclusion. In the case of teachers, there is a dichotomy regarding the devices supporting inclusion: on the one hand, they identify them as an asset in the school and, simultaneously, as an area that needs to be strengthened. Furthermore, teachers recognize that “the vision is very much to work on diversity issues. Inclusion as a way for the school to organize itself to meet the challenges posed by the diversity of students” (teacher 4, interview) and to “create school and partnership contexts that end up translating into culture [...]. And for something to become culture, we have a repeated, accepted, participated and collaborative practice” (teacher 2, interview). Participating teachers recognize the potential of the TLC to foster their willingness to organize a culture of research, innovation and exploration (Admiraal et al, 2019; Wenger-Trayner et al., 2014)

References
Admiraal, A.; Schenke, W.; De Jong, L.; Emmelot, Y. & Sligte, H. (2019). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers?. Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1665573

Ainley, J. & Carstens, R. (2018). Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018. Conceptual Framework. OECD.

Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587.

Ainscow, M., Messiou, K. (2018). Engaging with the views of students to promote inclusion in education. Journal of Educational Change, 19, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-017-9312-1.

Booth, T. & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for Inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education.

Caetano, A. P., Freire, I. P., & Machado, E. B. (2020). Student voice and participation in intercultural education. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 9(1), 57-73. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2020.1.45.

Kaldi, S., Govaris, C., & Filippatou, D. (2018). Teachers’ views about pupil diversity in the primary school classroom. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 48(1) 2-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2017.1281101.

Keisu, B. & Ahlström, B. (2020). The silent voices: Pupil participation for gender equality and diversity, Educational Research, 62:1, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1711436.

Messiou, K., Ainscow, M., Echeita, G., Goldrick, S., Hope, M., Paes, I., Sandoval, M., Simon, C. & Vitorino, T. (2016). Learning from differences: a strategy for teacher development in respect to student diversity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 27(1), 45-61. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2014.966726.

Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 74, 5–12. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.7401.

Pinho, A. S., Gonçalves, L., Andrade, A. I., & Araújo e Sá, M. H. (2011). Engaging with diversity in teacher language awareness: teachers’ thinking, enacting and transformation. In S. Breidbach, D. Elsner & A. Young (Eds.), Language Awareness in teacher education: Cultural-political and socio-educational dimensions (pp. 41-61). Peter Lang.

Szelei, N.; Tinoca, L. & Pinho, A.S. (2019) Professional development for cultural diversity: the challenges of teacher learning in context. Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1642233.

Wenger-Trayner, E.; Fenton-O'Creevy, M.; Hutchinson, S.; Kubiak, C. & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2014). Learning In Landscapes Of Practice: Boundaries, Identity, And Knowledgeability In Practice-Based Learning. Routledge.


10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

A Paradox of Intolerance? Equity, Equality and Social Justice in Dutch Initial Teacher Education

Tessa Mearns, Albert Logtenburg

Leiden University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Mearns, Tessa; Logtenburg, Albert

There is growing recognition in the Netherlands of the need for a more equitable and inclusive educational system (Hosseini et al., 2021). In spite of these developments, however, equity, diversity and inclusion (EDI) are not addressed directly in the legal qualification criteria for secondary school teaching (Rijksoverheid, 2005), and often have no formal position in teacher education curricula. Also missing in this context, is a shared language among educators regarding the goals of and approaches to inclusion (Hosseini et al., 2021). In international contexts such as the USA, the more critical, political and activistic concept of social justice-oriented teacher education (Cochran-Smith, 2004; Gorski & Dalton, 2020) has developed following decades of awareness-raising and research (Leeman & Reid, 2006). In the Netherlands, this movement is still unknown to many educators, and may be considered “radical” (Hosseini, et al. 2021: 18).

Research has shown that having teachers with whom they can identify contributes to learners’ chances of school success (Figlio, 2017) and that a diverse teacher population can enhance the learning of all students (Wells et al., 2016). Teaching staff in schools in the Netherlands – as in many countries – do not reflect the diversity of the communities they serve (Grootscholte & Jettinghoff, 2010). Thus, the teaching profession does not have enough opportunity to benefit from a broad range of experiences and backgrounds among teaching staff (Bijlsma & Keyser, 2021), which can serve to perpetuate systems of inequity and social injustice. As emphasized in Banks’ (2004) model of multicultural education, inclusive and equitable education takes place within a diverse and inclusive environment that has empowering and equitable social structures. Among factors identified as contributing to the lack of diversity among teachers in the Netherlands are low recruitment rates and high levels of attrition among culturally diverse teachers and student teachers (Grootscholte & Jettinghoff, 2010). In order to promote inclusive teaching and provide diverse teachers with access to the profession, therefore, it is necessary for ITE to be inclusive itself. This is in line with the ‘teach as you preach’ principle within many teacher education programmes, and also with conceptualisations of social justice-oriented teacher education that emphasise multilayered goals affecting student teachers’ practice as well as the environment in which they learn (Cochran-Smith, 2004).

Research has shown that EDI in teacher education is best addressed as an integral aspect of teaching and learning to teach, rather than in electives or standalone courses (Civitillo et al., 2018). Thus, not only a handful of specialists, but the whole team of teacher educators should ideally be involved. Teacher education for inclusion is likely to be heavily influenced by teacher educators’ beliefs, and the goals they ascribe it (Hosseini et al., 2021). The question is therefore, in a setting where widespread attention for EDI is a relatively recent development, what are the starting points of teacher educators and their students with regard to inclusive education? And how can we build upon their beliefs and experiences in order to design and implement an inclusive teacher education curriculum?

The study presented in this ignite talk is situated in the context of a university-based initial teacher education (ITE) master degree programme in the Netherlands. Carried out during a process of curriculum revision, the study aimed to explore the beliefs and experiences of students and teacher educators regarding EDI and its role in (teacher) education. Through examining the ‘starting point’, the aim was to inform and inspire the further development of the programme in ways that involve meaningful change while maintaining space for colleagues’ beliefs and perceptions of their role.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project took the form of a small-scale, exploratory study carried out by a team of nine teacher educators in the role of participant-researchers. The team had been issued the assignment to develop the topic of diversity and inclusion as part of a larger curriculum revision in the ITE master programme. The team, guided by two team-members who were also researchers, collaborated to formulate the research questions, plan and carry out the data collection, and conduct preliminary analysis of the data.
The research questions identified by the research team were:
1. Which beliefs on EDI in teacher education are expressed by teacher educators and student teachers?
2. What are experiences of teacher educators and student teachers regarding EDI in teacher education?
The research team developed an interview protocol, based on the heuristic goal system laddering method (Janssen et al. 2013). In total, the team conducted 21 interviews with each other (n=9), their colleagues (n=5) and their students (n=7). Interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed (with informed consent), and a summary of each interview was produced by the interviewer. The summaries produced by the interviewers fueled a discussion among the research team, during which broad initial analysis of the data was conducted. The team discussion was audio-recorded and later analysed along with the interview data.
Following initial data analysis, a third research question was added, which will be the focus of this ignite talk:
3. How can the beliefs and experiences of student teachers and teacher educators be classified under the categories of equality, equity and social justice?
For the in-depth analysis, a core team of teacher educator/researchers conducted thematic content analysis of the interview transcripts and team discussion. The analysis for RQ3 focused on the characterisation of the teacher educators’ and students teachers’ beliefs according to the three perspectives on equal opportunities presented by Hosseini et al. (2021): ‘equality’ (equal opportunities are created when everyone receives the same treatment); ‘equity’ (equal opportunities are created by compensating for the fact that different groups have different starting points); and ‘social justice’ (equal opportunities are created by reflecting critically on the societal structures that create inequality, and teaching learners to do the same).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings suggest that Hosseini et al.’s (2021) framework can be useful in highlighting and making sense of interviewees’ beliefs and experiences of inclusion. Examples were also found of areas in which the lines between the perspectives appeared to be blurred. Some views leaned towards a social justice perspective, for example arguing for awareness-raising regarding discriminatory language and firm positioning of EDI across the curriculum, based on the potential impact on the future of the profession. Elsewhere, emphasis was on valuing diversity, and responding to individual needs. While reflecting the equity principle of unequal treatment for equal opportunities (Hosseini et al., 2021), there was little attention here for the compensation of societal inequities.
A dilemma raised pertained to concerns about censorship and academic freedom. This echoes an equality perspective, emphasizing providing equal space for all opinions, without reflecting on the influence of power or positionality on which voices are most likely to fill that space. The underlying argument, however, was that differences of opinion should be engaged with critically, as promoted in a social justice approach. Interviewees recognized this “paradox of intolerance” (Popper, 1945) and did not all feel confident about how to approach it or where to draw the line in order to maintain a safe and inclusive learning environment.  
The findings and methodology of this study have implications for locally and can serve as inspiration for international contexts where social justice is not yet part of the common educational vocabulary. The participatory methodology sparked motivation among the whole teacher education team to and place EDI firmly on the agenda for professional development and curriculum renewal. A move towards social justice will require attention for the roles of privilege, power and positionality. This will likely involve a lengthy and at times uncomfortable process, but may not be out of reach.

References
Banks, J. A. (2004) Multicultural education: Historical development, dimensions, and practice. In J. A. Banks & C. A. M. Banks (Eds.). Handbook of research on multicultural education (2nd ed., pp. 3-29). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Bijlsma, H. & Keyser, M. (eds) (2021) Erken de ongelijkheid. De kracht van diversiteit in onderwijsteams [Recognise inequality. The power of diversity in teaching teams]. Huizen: Pica.
Civitillo, S., Juang, L. & Schachner, M. (2018). Challenging beliefs about cultural diversity in education: A synthesis and critical review of trainings with pre-service teachers. Educational Research Review. 24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.01.003.  

Cochran-Smith, M. (2004) Walking the Road: Race, Diversity, and Social Justice in Teacher Education. Teachers College Press.

Figlio, D. (2017) The importance of a diverse teaching force. Brookings. Retrieved from https://www.brookings.edu/research/the-importance-of-a-diverse-teaching-force/.
Gorski, P. & Dalton, K. (2020) Striving for Critical Reflection in Multicultural and Social Justice Teacher Education: Introducing a Typology of Reflection Approaches. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(3), 357–368. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487119883545.

Grootscholte, M. & Jettinghoff, K. (2010) Diversiteitsmonitor: Cijfers en feiten over diversiteit in het po, vo, mbo en op lerarenopleidingen. Een stand van zaken [Diversity monitor: Figures and facts on diversity in primary, secondary, further and teacher education]. Den Haag: Sectorbestuur Onderwijsarbeidsmarkt (SBO). Retrieved from https://vmbogroen.nl/_data/_archive/kieskleuringroen.nl/Onderzoek/Diversiteitsmonitor_SBO%201%20.pdf

Hosseini, N., Leijgraaf, M., Gaikhorst, L. & Volman, M. (2021) Kansengelijkheid in het onderwijs: een social justice perspectief voor de lerarenopleiding [Equal opportunities in education: a social justice perspective for teacher education]. Tijdschrift voor Lerarenopleiders 42(4) Tijdschrift voor Lerarenopleiders 42(4), pp15-25. https://hdl.handle.net/11245.1/ef3aa0ea-ce66-433d-92ac-6dd7d7c573e9.
Janssen, F.J.J.M., Westbroek, H.B., Doyle, W., & Van Driel, J.H. (2013). How to make innovations practical. Teachers College Record, 115(7), 1-43. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811311500703.

Yvonne Leeman & Carol Reid (2006) Multi/intercultural education in Australia and the Netherlands, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 36:1, 57-72. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920500382325.
Popper, Karl (2012) [1945]. The Open Society and Its Enemies. Routledge. p. 581.
Rijksoverheid (2005) Besluit bekwaamheidseisen onderwijspersoneel [Qualification requirements for teachers]. Retrieved from https://wetten.overheid.nl/BWBR0018692/2018-08-01
Wells, A. S., Fox, L., & Cordova-Cobo, D. (2016). How racially diverse schools and classrooms can benefit all students. Education Digest, 82(1), 17–24. Retrieved from https://www.proquest.com/openview/fb50b0955e27bccd50ca20d87073704b/1.pdf?cbl=25066&pq-origsite=gscholar.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Diversity in Teacher Preparation: Views and Practices in an Urban Teacher Education Institute in England

Sabine Severiens1, Caroline Daly2

1Erasmus University Rotterdam, Netherlands, The; 2Institute of Education, UCL, London, England

Presenting Author: Severiens, Sabine; Daly, Caroline

Demands for initial teacher education (ITE) to address learner diversity and inequitable opportunities for pupils is a global concern (Grudnoff et al, 2017; Herzog-Punzenberger et al, 2022). However, Rowan et al (2020)’s systematic review of international research on teacher education and equity concludes that most research focuses on student teachers; more insight into the views of teacher educators and their critical epistemic reflexivity is needed. This paper aims to address this by asking: What are the views and practices of teacher educators regarding diversity and equity in ITE, and what contextual factors influence these?

The study presents the results of a case study in an ITE institute in a large urban area in England. The data from policy documents and 11 interviews with primary phase teacher educators and programme management were analysed employing content analysis.

A tripartite distinction (Rowan et al. 2020) of ‘knowledge claims’ was used to analyse views of teacher educators: 1) teaching about diversity (teaching about migration and equity), 2) teaching to diversity (catering to the needs of diverse learners) and 3) teaching for diversity (ITE as a place for achieving social justice). All interviews showed evidence of teaching for diversity. There was often explicit reference to advancing diversity through ITE in combination with justice and fairness, addressing unconscious bias and countering the damaging effects of stereotypes. Some interviewees had explicit critical agendas, with ITE being ‘a site for change’ and the need for more advocacy for ‘minority students’. ‘We-ness’ was strongly present, focusing on the need for collective articulation of values and practices, questioning with 'risky talk' (Eraut, 2000) what needs to be talked about, with students and within the teacher educator community. Teaching to diversity views mainly focused on the importance of getting to know the pupils, their attitudes, behaviour, interests and home situation. Inclusive pedagogy and the importance of realizing that pupils are not at an equal starting point was emphasized. Teaching about diversity was less evident, and mostly referred to the importance of student teachers having awareness of diversity and equity issues.

Recent sources (Grudnoff et al, 2017; Cochran-Smith, et al 2016; Brown-Jeffy & Cooper, 2011) have described possible equity practices, from which we distilled six relevant categories: funds of knowledge; high expectations; adaptive teaching; relationships; inquiry as stance; addressing inequity. All practices surfaced in our data, indicating variety in the ways in which teacher educators address equity. Notably, most respondents indicated a hesitation in implementing practices. Talking about equity and diversity was often considered difficult; respondents noted tthe need for a framework to support focused dialogue. Most respondents also suggested that teacher education can do more to help student teachers to resist deficit concepts of learners in order to develop inclusive pedagogies.

Finally, the hindering effect of national regulations was evident in the data. Most respondents referred to insufficient time due to the constraints of mandatory programme content. Some stated the difficulties of paying attention to diversity and equity, when this is not a government priority. Moreover, the considerable influence of partnership arrangements was noted. School cultures, values and ethos are important influences on being able to achieve programme aims. Conversely, the university Equity Diversity and Inclusion (EDI) policy and leadership and the role of the programme director were considered to be stimulating factors.

The results with regard to views, practices and contextual factors suggest the challenges of arriving at a shared, deep understanding and practice - that praxis is complex in this area, is embedded in teacher educators’ values and autobiographical dimensions and multiple contextual factors. Collective responsibility to bring about change requires critical dialogue among teacher educators.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design: We developed a qualitative case study of one teacher training institute in a large urban area in England, consisting of analysis of 11 interviews with teacher educators, course descriptions and relevant policy documents.
Instrument: Semi-structured interviews were conducted exploring ways of preparing student teachers for diverse classrooms, participants’ views on diversity, goals of teacher preparation and supporting and constraining contextual factors.  Interviews were conducted using a topic list that explored:
• ways of preparing student teachers for diverse classrooms
• participants’ views on diversity and goals for ITE
• perceptions of supporting and constraining contextual factors.

Analysis: The interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed using a coding scheme (see below) drawn from the literature. This was collaboratively conducted by both authors. After agreement was reached on all codes, all segments were summarised per code and thematic analysis was conducted resulting in themes within each code.

Coding scheme

Views
Teaching on diversity: Learning about characteristics of national population with regard to migration and related aspects such as culture and religion, values, differences in pathways and academic success, achievement and opportunity gap, attainment gap.
Teaching to diversity: Catering to the needs of diverse learners
Teaching for diversity Teacher education is a place for change, achieving social justice, reflexivity

Practices
Funds of knowledge: Using interests and experiences of pupils, languages, connecting to their homes
High expectations: Setting the bar high for pupils, challenging them, offering learning opportunities
Adaptive teaching: Tending to pupils’ needs, reckoning with their stage of development, and/or their backgrounds, in terms of pedagogy, work formats, or ways of communication
Relationships: Building relationships with pupils, between teachers and pupils and among pupils
Inquiry as stance: Inviting student teachers to reflect and think, personal reflection (who am I, who do I want to be as a teacher), reflection using theory and research
Addressing inequity: Discussing sensitive topics and societal issues (e.g., poverty, discrimination, prejudice, bias, deficit thinking)

Contextual factors
ITT Core Content Framework (CCF) (mandatory government curriculum): CCF, Ofsted (national inspection body), standards, statutory requirements, lack of time
HEI: The university as a context, institutional culture, whiteness of the staff, school placement

Document analysis was applied to the ITE programme and policy documentation to examine the context of the study, provide supplementary data and produce additional insights. Overall findings were identified following synthesis of both types of data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show the complex nature of addressing diversity in initial teacher education.  
A teaching for diversity view, reflecting teacher education as a place for societal change, was dominant. Teacher education can make a big impact on the lives of children, and the general stance was that that diversity and equity should underpin pedagogical practice, policy and curriculum design. Teaching to diversity was also clearly present: the need for inclusive pedagogy was often emphasised. ‘We-ness’ was strongly present, focusing on the need for shared articulation of values and practices, highlighting the need to increase talk about diversity, with students and among teacher educators.
All six practices described in the literature surfaced in the interviews, showing multiple ways of addressing diversity and equity. Some respondents noted hesitation in implementing practices: talking about diversity was not considered an easy conversation. At the same time, frustration was visible. Many teacher educators felt ITE should do more to help student teachers to resist deficit concepts of learners in order to develop inclusive pedagogies.
Contextual factors hindered the implementation of practices, referring to: national regulations (e.g. the CCF and Ofsted); differences between school views and institutional views; the influence of partnership arrangements and the policy emphasis that promotes schools as main sites of teacher learning. Conversely, the EDI policy and the role of the programme director and the EDI policy expert were considered to be supporting factors.
The results suggest the challenges of arriving at a shared, deep understanding and practice - that praxis is complex in this area, is embedded in teacher educators’ values and autobiographical dimensions and multiple contextual factors. Collective responsibility to bring about change requires critical dialogue that can build ‘we-ness’ among teacher educators.

References
Brown-Jeffy, S., & Cooper, J. E. (2011). Toward a Conceptual Framework of Culturally Relevant Pedagogy: An Overview of the Conceptual and Theoretical Literature. Teacher Education Quarterly, 38, 65-84.
http://www.jstor.org/stable/23479642
Cochran-Smith, M. & Ell, F. & Grudnoff, L. & Haigh, M., Hill, M. & Ludlow, L. (2016). Initial teacher education: What does it take to put equity at the center? Teaching and Teacher Education, 57, 67-78. 10.1016/j.tate.2016.03.006.
Eraut, M. (2000), “Non-formal learning, implicit learning and tacit knowledge in professional work”, in Coffield, F. (Ed.), The Necessity of Informal Learning, Policy Press ESRC Learning Society Programme, Bristol, 2-27.
Grudnoff, L., Haigh, M., Hill, M., Cochran-Smith, M., Ell, F. & Ludlow, L. (2017). Teaching for equity: Insights from international evidence with implications for a teacher education curriculum. The Curriculum Journal. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2017.1292934
Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Brown, M., Altrichter, H. & Gardezi, S. (2022) Preparing teachers for diversity: How are teacher education systems responding to cultural diversity – the case of Austria and Ireland. Teachers and Teaching, DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2022.2062734
Rowan, L., Bourke, T., L’Estrange, L., Lunn Brownlee, J., Ryan, M., Walker, S., & Churchward, P. (2021). How does initial teacher education research frame the challenge of preparing future teachers for student diversity in schools? A systematic review of literature. Review of Educational Research, 91(1), 112–158. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654320979171


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion in Teacher Preparation: Teacher Educator Perspectives, Contexts and Practices

A.Lin Goodwin1, Elyse Hambacher2, Andrew Pau Hoang3, Rachael McKinnon1, Emilie Reagan4, Laura Vernikoff5

1Boston College, United States of America; 2University of Florida, United States of America; 3University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong SAR, China; 4Claremont Graduate University; 5Touro University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Goodwin, A.Lin; Hoang, Andrew Pau

This study investigates how teacher educators conceptualize/operationalize teacher-educating for Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) in university-based teacher preparation programs in different geographical and institutional contexts. It speaks to the value—and challenge—of diversity in educational research (ECER 2023) to understand teacher educators’ professional knowledge for teacher preparation in/for an evolving world.

While DEI is not a new concept, it is visible in contemporary education goals. A scan of websites of European universities reveals commitment to DEI. For example, “Inclusivity as a core value” (University of Helsinki https://www.helsinki.fi/en/about-us/university-helsinki); “diversity is celebrated and everyone is treated fairly regardless of gender, age, race, disability, ethnic origin, religion, sexual orientation, civil status, family status, or membership of the travelling community” (University College Dublin https://www.ucd.ie/equality/about); “nurturing an inclusive culture…strength lies in diversity” (Maastrich University https://www.maastrichuniverisyt.nl/about-um/diversity-inclusivity).

These commitments undoubtedly guide teacher preparation in these and other higher education institutions across Europe, especially since the European Commission has “established ‘inclusive education, equality, equity, non-discrimination and the promotion of civic competences’ as priority areas for European cooperation in the field of education and training” (https://education.ec.europa.eu/, para.4). This commitment is also reflected in U.S. institutions where preparing teachers for equitable education is an “animating force” (Cochran-Smith & Fries, 2005, p.45). Yet, such commitments are fast becoming imperative given significant global-level events (Author, 2021). Chief among them is unprecedented global migration resulting from war, adverse climate events, and persecution. 2021 saw 89.3 million people forcibly displaced; that number burgeoned to 101+ million in 2022 stemming from the Russian-Ukrainian war. Alarmingly, children account for 41% of migrants (UNHCR, 2022). This massive movement of young people has dramatically increased the presence of culturally and linguistically distinct newcomers in classrooms across Europe (Bryant et al., 2022) and the U.S. (UNHCR, 2022), urgently requiring teachers to become more responsive to changing social conditions and diverse student populations (Author, 2021; European Commission, 2017). Global social movements (#BlackLivesMatter, #MeToo, the Schools Strike movement…) amidst growing intolerance, political malfeasance, white supremacy, and nationalism, ignited demands for justice, sharpening the need for social justice-oriented teachers/teaching. Finally, the COVID-19 pandemic exacerbated endemic educational inequities, disproportionately affecting children of color (Bryant et al., 2022). International attention to preparing teachers to serve the educational needs of all children has never been more urgent, even as teachers continue to express a lack of preparedness to do this critical work (European Commission, 2017; OECD, 2018; 2019).

This reveals a gap between teacher educators’ DEI commitments and the capabilities of the teachers they prepare. Research on teacher educators internationally has shown that “rhetoric surrounding this issue is much more robust than actual practice” (Author, 2019, p.64), and “there are multiple discourses that educators draw upon” (Hytten & Bettez, 2011, p.8). Thus, despite embrace of the concept, a common understanding of what DEI means remains unclear. Our study examines these multiple discourses surrounding DEI teacher preparation and seeks to gain insight into teacher educators’ enactments—barriers, practices and affordances—by learning from teacher educators across different contexts. We report on a pre-pilot study in preparation for a large-scale study of international teacher educators. We drew upon North’s Social Justice Education Spheres—Redistribution/Recognition; Macro/Micro Levels of Power; Knowledge/Action (2008), to theoretically ground our thinking and inform our research questions:

1. Numerous terms are used in thinking about teacher preparation for Diversity, Equity and Inclusion/DEI: social justice, equity, multiculturalism, anti-racist, decolonizing, emancipatory, etc. Which term(s) do teacher educators choose/use? Why?

2. In varied institutional/geographical contexts, how is DEI teacher preparation operationalized? What supports/structures are(not) in place to forward articulated goals?

3. What are some key practices teacher educators have implemented in DEI work with teacher candidates?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study of how teacher educators conceptualize and operationalize teacher preparation for Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI), using a phenomenographic approach (Marton, 1986). Phenomenography is a research orientation characterized by “the [focusing] on and describing of conceptions,” (Svensson, 1997, pp. 161) and the “assumption…that knowledge and conceptions have a relational nature” (p. 165) such that “knowledge fundamentally is a question of meaning in a social and cultural context” (p. 163). Thus, it is a relevant framework to explore how teacher educators define, experience and apply their individual understandings of DEI teacher preparation because phenomenography “allows the (respondents) to account for their actions within their own frame of reference, rather than one imposed by the researcher views” (Entwistle, 1997, p. 132). Consequently, “[k]nowledge is seen as dependent upon context and perspective” (Svensson, 1997, p. 165) and affords rich and varied interpretations according to “the individual's understanding of something in terms of the meaning that something has to the individual” (Svensson, 1997, p. 163).

We have completed phase one of our study—a pre-pilot for the purpose of refining our research questions, testing our research design and engaging in open-ended exploration of concepts in relation to DEI work in teacher preparation. Given a phenomenographic approach, our research team engaged in a focus group interview which supports dialogic exchange across participants as they freely speak to the research questions from their position, perspective and experience. Five of the team, all of whom have substantive experience with university-based educator preparation programs and represent distinct geographic and institutional contexts, participated as respondents in the focus group. One member of the team unfamiliar with teacher preparation but experienced in research, facilitated the focus group interview; a seventh member took notes.

The focus group interview took place online to accommodate the different locations and time zones of team members. This was intentional since we aim to recruit widely for the larger study across the U.S. as well as from different countries across Europe and Asia. The interview lasted about an hour and began with a brief survey of some of the various terms related to DEI. Each respondent anonymously selected their top term from the list; these selections were used to initiate discussion around our research questions which began with definitions of DEI concepts. The interview was recorded and transcribed. Post interview, the team debriefed the discussion in terms of methods and findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our pre-pilot study allowed us to reach some conclusions about research design/methods, and to gather some data and initial findings.

Design/methods:
1) Focus groups are appropriate for our aims, but for an hour, no more. While the discussion could have gone on for longer, we felt an hour suits busy academic schedules and 20 minutes per research question would ensure sufficient coverage.
2) The initial survey as well as forced choice of one term helped to focus the discussion.
3) Five in a group seemed optimal—enough diversity to be generative, but contained enough for every respondent to have sufficient air time.
4) RQ3 will be revised to ask respondents to bring one concrete practice/activity/material versus leaving it open-ended. This will heighten the likelihood that our study will gather specific implementation ideas.

Findings:
Initial findings were interesting, even provocative. Regarding preferred terminology, social justice was selected by 3 respondents; 2 selected equity. The discussion revealed that neither term was considered satisfactory, but was selected for reasons of accessibility—they are terms familiar to most teacher educators; and practicality—they are terms most frequently referenced by educator preparation programs and literature. As expected, context matters, but the contextual differences we found were often unexpected. For instance, politics and polices undoubtedly influence DEI discourse and implementation, but surprisingly, we found that conservative state policies seemed to galvanize teacher educators, motivating them to collaborate and explicitly articulate ways to subvert oppressive mandates. More progressive state policies supposedly supported DEI work without fear of sanction, yet the openness seemingly encouraged laissez faire attitudes with little coordination among teacher educators or programs. Finally, institutional contexts shaped how DEI commitments were realized. For instance, public institutions seemed more likely to acquiesce to public policies in order to retain (often minimal) public funding.

References
Bryant, J.,…Woord, B. (2022, April 4). How COVID-19 caused a global learning crisis. Retrieved from https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/education/our-insights/how-covid-19-caused-a-global-learning-crisis

Cochran-Smith, M., & Fries, K. (2005). The AERA panel on research and teacher education. In M. Cochran-Smith & K. Zeichner (Eds.), Studying teacher education: The report of the AERA panel on research and teacher education (pp. 37-68). Lawrence Erlbaum.  

European Commission. European Education Area; Quality education and training for all. Retrieved Jan. 27, 2023 from https://education.ec.europa.eu/

European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2017). Preparing teachers for diversity: the role of initial teacher education : executive summary in English. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/061474

Forghani-Arani, N., Cerna, L., & Bannon M. (2019, March 20). The lives of teachers in diverse classrooms. OECD Education Working Papers #198. OECD. https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/8c26fee5-en

Hytten, K., & Bettez, S. (2011). Understanding Education for Social Justice. Educational
Foundations, 25(1), 7–24.

North, C. (2008). What Is All This Talk About “Social Justice”? Mapping the Terrain of
Education’s Latest Catchphrase. Teachers College Record, 110(6), 1182–1206.

OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development). (2018). Equity in education: Breaking down barriers to social mobility<https://dx.doi.org/ 10.1787/9789264073234-en>. OECD Publishing.

OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development). (2019). TALIS 2018 results: Vol. I. Teachers and school leaders as lifelong learners<https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/1d0bc92a- en>. OECD Publishing.

UNHCR. (2022 June). Global trends report 2021. Retrieved January 20, 2023 https://www.unhcr.org/62a9d1494/global-trends-report-2021
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm11 SES 02 A: School Improvement in Challenging Contexts
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Ineta Luka
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

What Factors Lead to School Improvement in Challenging Contexts? Contributions from a Case Study

Amelia Morales-Ocaña1, María José Latorre-Medina2

1University of Cádiz, Spain; 2University of Granada, Spain

Presenting Author: Morales-Ocaña, Amelia

In recent times, the study and analysis of schools located in socioeconomically challenging contexts have gained special attention. Improving schools in disadvantaged areas is today one of the most important issues on the agenda of researchers and policymakers, both nationally and internationally (Clarke & O'Donoghue, 2016; Harris & Chapman, 2002a, 2002b; Lupton, 2005; Maden, 2001; Muijs, 2003; Torres, Moncusí and Osvaldo, 2015; Olmo et al., 2021).

Research developed by Maden (2001) in the United Kingdom provided descriptions of good practices in schools with high vulnerability scenarios. With a similar research objective, Harris & Champan (2002a, 2002b) also highlighted the importance of distributed leadership in these contexts. Later, Lupton (2005) investigated the characteristics of these schools and established several characteristic elements. Among them, she highlighted the existence of continuous unpredictability together with the presence of low expectations. In addition, the author revealed that schools in difficult contexts have more problems taking on the same educational challenges than those in more favourable circumstances. On their side, Torres, Moncusí & Osvaldo (2015) showed that living in an unfavourable environment has a direct influence on the lives of the school population. Clarke & O'Donoghue (2016) also delved into the study of vulnerable schools located in the most challenging neighbourhoods.

Although the evidence from research on this subject shows that schools located in vulnerable contexts are characterized by being unstable and having students with low performance, low self-esteem and expectations (Lupton, 2005), there are also studies that reveal the ability of some schools to overcome and cope with adversity (Marujo et al., 2003; Olmo et al., 2021).

The works located within this second approach focus their attention on schools that have led to a transformation towards school improvement. Some of the key issues that have motivated this research field are as follows: how has the change been possible? what/who has brought it about? what does this school improvement materialise? how do they work in these schools? what kind of leadership is needed? How do they overcome adversities? (Day y Gu, 2015; Muijs, 2003; Hargreaves; 2007; Stoll, 2009).

The present study is part of this line of research, which has been developed within the framework of two larger research projects: I+D+i project "Communities of professional practice and learning improvement: intermediate leadership, networks and interrelationships. Schools in complex contexts" (Reference: PID2020-117020GB-I00), funded by the Agencia Estatal de Investigación of the Spanish Ministry of Science and Innovation (MCIN/AEI/10.13039/501100011033/) and I+D+i Project "Communities of professional practice and learning improvement: intermediate leadership, networks and interrelationships" (Reference: P20_00311), funded by the Andalusian Plan for Research, Development and Innovation of Spain.

The purpose of this study is to know, understand and analyse the factors that have allowed a school, located in Spain, to transform its circumstances in order to achieve educational quality and equity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To understand the school in depth, we opted for the case study methodology (Stake, 2010), from the biographical-narrative approach (Bolívar, 2002).

The case was intentionally selected. We were looking for schools which despite having difficult circumstances (e.g. low socioeconomic index or previous low student engagement) were undergoing processes towards educational improvement. Taking these characteristics into account, the Provincial Directorate of the Ministry of Education and Vocational Training in Ceuta (Spain) suggested the school that is the subject of this case study.

It is a school run by the government that welcomes children from 3 to 12 years old. It is located in a low socioeconomic area in Ceuta (Spain) and is achieving increasingly better educational results in relation to other schools in similar contexts.

Data collection

We carried out two group interviews with the principal, the head of studies and three teachers selected as key informants. The interviews revolved around how an educational community is built and developed in a challenging framework, in order to gain more quality and equity.

We used the dialogic-communicative approach (Elboj and Gómez, 2015) trying to create a climate where participants could feel free to express and share their perceptions. In this regard, it should be noted that ethical considerations were taken into account. The participants' consent to collaborate in the study was provided and confidentiality was guaranteed.

Data analysis

A thematic content analysis was carried out (Díaz, 2018), using an inductive procedure, characterized by the construction of emerging categories from the content. This type of analysis allowed for an accurate and in-depth understanding of the interviews.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The content analysis has made it possible to identify a set of ten central axes or thematic categories: "challenging context", "motivation for change", "origin of change", "change process", "leadership characteristics", "work team", "external support and resources", "teacher training", "achievements", "the school today". These emerging categories are the basis for future themes. So far they have allowed us to understand:

a) Why this school can be considered to have a challenging context
b) What has been the leitmotiv for the school to get involved in a transformation process
c) What situations and factors have promoted the transformation process
d) What leadership style exists in the school as well as its implication in the transformation process
e) What the change process consisted of and what achievements have been made as perceived by the participants
f) How the school is moving forward today to be more fair and equitable.  

The above information allows us to draw a current portrait of the case study which provides an answer to the main question posed for this research proposal.

References
Bolívar, A. (2002). “¿De nobis ipsis silemus?”: Epistemología de la investigación biográfico-narrativa en educación. Revista Electrónica de Investigación Educativa, 4(1). Recuperado de http://redie.uabc.mx/redie/article/view/49
Clarke, S. & O’Donoghue, T. (2016). Educational Leadership and Context: A Rendering of an Inseparable Relationship. British Journal of Educational Studies, 65(2), 167-182. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2016.1199772
Day, C. y Gu, Q. (2015). Educadores resilientes, escuelas resilientes. Construir y sostener la calidad educativa en tiempos difíciles. Narcea.
Díaz, C. (2018). Investigación cualitativa y análisis de contenido temático. Orientación intelectual de revista Universum. Revista General de Información y Documentación, 28(1), 119-142. http://dx.doi.org/10.5209/RGID.60813
Elboj, C. y Gómez, J. (2015). El giro dialógico de las ciencias sociales: hacía la comprensión de una metodología dialógica. Acciones e investigaciones sociales, 12, 77- 94. Recuperado de https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=206415
Hargreaves, A. (2007). Sustainable learning communities. In L. Stoll & K. S. Louis (Eds.), Professional learning communities: Divergence, depth and dilemmas (pp. 181-195). McGraw Hill (Open University Press).
Harris, A. & Chapman, C. (2002a). Democratic leadership for school improvement in challenging contexts. International Electronic Journal for Leadership in Learning, 6(9).
Harris, A. & Chapman, C. (2002b). Leadership in schools facing challenging circumstances. Management in Education, 16(1), 10-13.
Lupton, R. (2005). Social justice and school improvement: improving the quality of schooling in the poorest neighbourhoods. British Educational Research Journal, 31(5), 589-604. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920500240759
Maden, M. (Ed.) (2001). Success Against the Odds: Five Years On. Routledge.
Marujo, H. A., Neto, L. M. y Perlorio, M. F. (2003). Pedagogía del optimismo: guía para lograr ambientes positivos y estimulantes. Narcea.
Muijs, D. (2003). La mejora y la eficacia de las escuelas en zonas desfavorecidas: resumen de resultados de investigación. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 1(2), 0. Recuperado de:  https://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=55110203
Olmo, M., Sabino, I. M. y Domingo, J. (2021). Construir resiliencia en las escuelas desde la acción de liderazgo. DEDiCA. Revista de Educação e Humanidades, 18, 69-90. http://doi.org/10.30827/dreh.vi18.17002
Stake, R. E. (2010). Qualitative research: Studying how things work. The Guilford Press.
Stoll, L. (2009). Connecting learning communities: Capacity building for systemic change. En A. Hargreaves, A. Lieberman, M. Fullan, & D. Hopkins (Eds.), Second international handbook of educational change (pp. 469-484). Springer Heidelberg.
Torres, F., Moncusí, A. y Osvaldo, E. (2015). Crisis, convivencia multicultural y “efectos de barrio”. El caso de dos barrios de Valencia. Migraciones, 37, 217-238.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

The Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Turning Around Underperforming Schools

Stefan Arora-Jonsson, Ema Kristina Demir, Axel Norgren, Karl Wennberg

Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden

Presenting Author: Demir, Ema Kristina; Wennberg, Karl

Research on school improvement has accumulated an extensive list of factors facilitating the potential to turn around poorly performing schools (Leithwood et al., 2010; Murphy & Meyers, 2007). However, limited attention has been paid to contextual differences across schools, districts, and educational systems with distinct traditions and prerequisites. At the core of the problem lies the ever-present need to make trade-offs. While, in theory, it would be ideal to improve schools on all conditions identified as desirable for turnaround, this may not be feasible due to organisational capacity and resource constraints. Earlier empirical research on school turnaround relies either on qualitative case studies of one or several schools (Duke & Salmonowicz, 2010; Hallinger & Kantamara, 2001), or traditional regression methods (Boyne & Meier, 2009; Heissel & Ladd, 2018). What is missing is a case-oriented approach that addresses the complex causality related to school turnaround (van Der Steen et al., 2013). This study aims to address these contextual and complex causal patterns by making a systematic comparison of schools that do and do not make a turnaround across different school contexts (although generally within a Swedish intitutional context).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using qualitative comparative analysis (QCA), we study 77 schools in Sweden over 10 years to unearth the existence of necessary and sufficient conditions for turnaround. The QCA analysis allows for analysing complex causal combinations as well as equifinal solutions (multiple paths to turnaround) (Ragin, 1987). We study conditions that could explain school turnaround as identified in the turnaround literature (Meyers & Smylie, 2017; Murphy & Meyers, 2007) as well as in Swedish school improvement studies (Jarl et al., 2017).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We find that there are multiple paths to school turnaround, but we do not find evidence of a generalisable “silver bullet”. No single condition can solely explain school turnaround, but it is possible to turn schools around without ticking every box on the list. We however find two types of common turnaround processes, the first of which is bottom-up turnaround where teachers actively cooperate with each other and there is a principal who strongly focuses on the school’s core operations. This kind of turnaround however, seems to be conditional on the school being visibly underperforming. The second type we call a bypass-turnaround primarily driven by the school the organiser (the school district, i.e., the municipality) working actively with quality assurance of their schools in combination with high expectations at the school level. This type of turnaround takes place despite the absence of a principal focusing on core operations and regardless of whether teachers actively cooperate or not. The context also moderates the possible paths to a successful turnaround. While leadership from either the school principal or school district appears important across all contexts, schools in non-urban contexts could make quick gains by improving the collaborative culture among teachers. Schools in urban contexts face greater challenges in achieving such a collaborative culture and could require even more tailored solutions. We discuss implications for these findings for research on school improvement and education policy.
References
Boyne, G. A., & Meier, K. J. (2009). Environmental change, human resources and organizational turnaround. Journal of Management Studies, 46(5), 835-863.
Duke, D., & Salmonowicz, M. (2010). Key decisions of a first-year ‘turnaround’principal. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(1), 33-58.
Hallinger, P., & Kantamara, P. (2001). Exploring the cultural context of school improvement in Thailand. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 12(4), 385-408.
Heissel, J. A., & Ladd, H. F. (2018). School turnaround in North Carolina: A regression discontinuity analysis. Economics of Education Review, 62, 302-320.
Jarl, M., Blossing, U., & Andersson, K. (2017). Att organisera för skolframgång: strategier för en likvärdig skola. Natur & Kultur.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Strauss, T. (2010). Leading school turnaround: How successful leaders transform low-performing schools. John Wiley & Sons.
Meyers, C. V., & Smylie, M. A. (2017). Five myths of school turnaround policy and practice. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 16(3), 502-523.
Murphy, J., & Meyers, C. V. (2007). Turning around failing schools: Leadership lessons from the organizational sciences. Corwin Press.
Ragin, C. C. (1987). The comparative method: Moving beyond qualitative and quantitative strategies. JSTOR.
van Der Steen, M., van Twist, M., Fenger, M., & Cointre, S. L. (2013). Complex causality in improving underperforming schools: A complex adaptive systems approach. Policy & Politics, 41(4), 551-567.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

School Supervisors’ Beliefs on the Implementation of All-Day Schools in Germany – A Way of Supporting Heterogeneous Students?

Nicole Zaruba, Raphaela Porsch

Otto-von-Guericke-Universität Magdeburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Zaruba, Nicole; Porsch, Raphaela

For years, educational researchers and policymakers in Germany have strongly supported the idea of transforming schools into all-day schools. The leading argument for the reform is that all-day schools can foster heterogeneous students better than half-day schools. Research from large-scale assessment studies has shown – the latest study provided by Henschel et al. (2022) based on data from the IQB National Assessment Study in Year 4 – that students from families with a migrant background achieve lower proficiency scores than students from non-migrant families. The same results have been shown for students from families with a low socio-economic background (SES; e.g., Sachse et al., 2022). Both findings can be explained by the situation that parents provide different qualitative and quantitative support for their children. In addition, studies have demonstrated that parental homework involvement is significant for learning success (e.g., Dettmers et al., 2019). Thus, there is a higher probability that parents speaking German as their L1 and with a high SES are better suited to provide numerous learning opportunities outside school and help with homework and school preparation than parents with a migrant background and/or with a low SES.

In order to establish more equality, the reform for all-day schools is being pushed forward. The assumption is that all-day schools provide more learning opportunities for all students. Furthermore, instead of the traditional homework format, alternative concepts regularly exist at all-day schools, thus students are supposed to learn primarily in school. In this respect, the reform can contribute to greater educational equity. School development projects such as the transformation to an all-day school require that schools collaborate with multiple stakeholders. In Germany, in addition to principals, school supervisors play an important role in the management of schools. As representatives of the state, they legally have to supervise schools and, secondly, they have an advisory function. They advise principals, for example, on the implementation of reforms and give schools support in carrying out school development projects. Despite an extensive body of research on all-day schools (e.g., their effectiveness, see overview in Fischer & Kuhn, 2022), the role of school supervisors in the all-day school reform has not yet been considered. Since all-day schools are not compulsory in Germany yet (unlike Denmark, e.g., see Holm, 2015), the successful introduction highly depends on the various stakeholders and their beliefs on the innovation. Against this background, this study aims at exploring the beliefs of school supervisors on the implementation of all-day schools as one form of extended education. We focus on the concept of beliefs as they are considered to have a guiding function when it comes to the implementation of “new pedagogical approaches and reforms” (Fives & Buehl, 2012). Following Pajares (1992), we understand beliefs as an “individual’s judgment of the truth or falsity of a proposition” (p. 316). With regard to the reform under study, we ask whether school supervisors share the general positive assumption on the effects of all-day schools. In addition, we are interested in the factors that enable, facilitate or impede implementation of the reform from the perspective of school supervision.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the context of schools, beliefs are usually assessed using self-report measures and interview techniques (Schraw & Olafson, 2015). Interviews are especially useful to assess individual and detailed perspectives on a topic allowing for “context sensitivity” and “conversational flexibility” (Brinkmann, 2018, p. 1000). To investigate the school supervisors’ perspectives, we conducted structured interviews with open questions. We asked for narrative accounts on the school supervisors’ job experiences regarding their task of advising schools in the reform processes to become all-day schools. The leading question was: “The all-day school reform is a challenge for all those involved in the process. Which role does the topic play in your job?”. We interviewed 12 school supervisors, half of them being female. We conducted the interviews from May to August 2022 via video conference system. They lasted from 45 to 100 minutes. The interviews were then recorded and transcribed. The methodology employed is based on a content analysis approach (Schreier, 2012), a method to analyse texts by categories. These categories allow a structured analysis of data and comparisons between different texts representing different cases. Using a consensual approach, a coding scheme was developed by the two authors that includes definitions, examples, and coding rules for all categories. Subsequently, we structured the transcripts by coding all transcripts using a combination of deductive and inductive categories that allow for a summary of the beliefs, opinions and topics across all interview cases.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the data, two main categories emerged during the inductive coding process: (1) school supervisors’ beliefs on the all-day school reform and their (2) perspectives on impeding, enabling and facilitating factors regarding the implementation of all-day schools. These broader concepts are structured by various subconcepts. Five subcategories could be assigned to the broader category (1) school supervisors’ beliefs on all-day schools. The first subcategory beliefs on the “right” concept of all-day schools encompasses opinions and explanations on what school supervisors believe is the most effective all-day school concept. All interviewees shared the opinion that all-day schools should have compulsory morning and afternoon lessons, i.e., a concept that does not only offer child-care and free-time activities after lessons in the morning but includes, for instance, lunch times together, school lessons in the afternoon and times for other pedagogically planned activities throughout the entire school day. Another subcategory describes the belief that all-day schools are a tool to support heterogenous students individually and to foster the competencies they need to succeed in school. In short, all-day schools are considered to be a tool to achieve more educational equity. Three more subcategories will be presented. Regarding the second broader category (2) perspectives on impeding, enabling and facilitating factors regarding the implementation of all-day schools six subcategories emerged in the coding process. They encompass views on the role of human and monetary resources, organizational challenges and the thoughts on professional cooperation and external support. All subcategories will be illustrated by quotations we considered representative for the school supervisors’ accounts. We discuss implications of the school supervisors’ beliefs in the context of their role in the all-day school reform with a special focus on the potential all-day schools can have in supporting heterogeneous students.
References
Brinkmann, S. (2018). The interview. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (pp. 997–1038). SAGE.
Dettmers, S., Yotyodying, S., & Jonkmann, K. (2019). Antecedents and Outcomes of Parental Homework Involvement: How Do Family-School Partnerships Affect Parental Homework Involvement and Student Outcomes? Frontiers in psychology, 10, 1048. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01048
Fischer, N., & Kuhn, H. P. (2022). Ganztagsschulforschung. In H. Reinders, D. Bergs-Winkels, A. Prochnow & I. Post (Eds.), Empirische Bildungsforschung (pp. 595–617). Springer Fachmedien.
Fives, H., & Buehl, M. M. (2012). Spring cleaning for the “messy” construct of teachers’ be- liefs: What are they? Which have been examined? What can they tell us? In K. R. Harris, S. Graham, T. Urdan, S. Graham, J. M. Royer & M. Zeidner (Eds.), APA educational psychology handbook, Vol 2: Individual differences and cultural and contextual factors (pp. 471–499). American Psychological Association.
Henschel, S., Heppt, B., Rjosk, C., & Weirich, S. (2022). Zuwanderungsbezogene Disparitäten. In P. Stanat , S. Schipolowski, R. Schneider, K. A. Sachse, S. Weirich & S. Henschel (Eds.), IQB-Bildungstrend 2021 (pp. 181–219). Waxmann.
Holm, L. (2015). Researching extended schooling ethnographically – with Danish all-day schools as examples. International journal for research on extended education, 3(1), 39–51.
Pajares, M. F. (1992). Teachers’ beliefs and educational research: Cleaning up a messy construct. Review of educational research, 62(3), 307–332.
Sachse, K. A., Jindra, C., Schumann, K., & Schipolowski, S. (2022). Soziale Disparitäten. In P. Stanat, S. Schipolowski, R. Schneider, K. A. Sachse, S. Weirich & S. Henschel (Eds.), IQB-Bildungstrend 2021 (pp. 151–180). Waxmann.
Schraw, G., & Olafson, L. (2015). Assessing teacher’s beliefs. Challenges and solutions. In H. Fives & M. Gregoire Gill (Eds.), International handbook of research on teachers’ beliefs (pp. 87–105). Routledge.
Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm13 SES 02 A: Improvised collaborative inquiry, wisdom, and the Hellenistic tradition of philosophy as therapy
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Ian Munday
Long Papers Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper

Love of Wisdom: Exploring Improv as Method for Collaborative Philosophical Inquiry

Aline Nardo1, Ramsey Affifi1, Sara Hardman2

1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2Teachers College, Columbia University

Presenting Author: Nardo, Aline; Affifi, Ramsey

In this paper we present reflections from our philosophical and experimental investigation of Improv as a method for collaborative philosophical inquiry and begin to explore its implication for educational practice.

Academic conferences create opportunities for a variety of different actions and interactions – some individualistic, others collaborative; some combative, others marked by openness and curiosity. At the same time, how we ‘do philosophy’ with others in institutionalised contexts is also limited by many factors, such as the cultural norms of academia and deeply established, habitual forms of interaction. These norms lay out an implicit curriculum (in Eisner’s 1979 sense) that enables and constrains particular kinds of knowing, interacting and learning. For example, typically, ‘doing philosophy’ together often implies debate, and tends to be competitive; we seek flaws in our opponent’s arguments and focus on defending rather than changing our own points of view.

We believe that philosophy understood as a “a game of wits” (147) and “epideixis - an exhibition” made up of an audience, strategy and clear goals for demonstration, as described by Huizinga in Homo Ludens (1949), is educationally and philosophically disabling. It sets certain limitations on our ability to learn from and with each other, and generate new ideas in the pursuit of philosophy understood as the “love of wisdom". While forming nuanced arguments in favour of one’s position can deepen an idea, it can also close off potential symbioses, disruptions, and cross-pollination. Similarly, through years of cultivating certain ways of thinking, we can get straightjacketed by our cherished concepts, either through force of habit, attachment to professional capital we believe they bring, a simple fear of change, or some other limitation.

Our premise is that when overemphasised, this way of doing philosophy, runs counter to playful and exploratory approaches to philosophising that have occurred historically, and continues to occur in informal contexts, other cultures, and in children (Huizinga 1949; Kline Hunnicutt 2009). Importantly, we believe it also runs counter to philosophy in its original meaning. Philosophy, as we all know, has as its etymology the “love of wisdom.” If loving wisdom is worth pursuing, and indeed loving the very pursuit, are our current practices optimised for such aims? Or do we foreground values, practices and relationships that divert personal and collective attention from such pursuits? We investigate Improv as a complementary kind of ‘game’ that foregrounds an understanding of philosophy as the collective pursuit of wisdom, and prioritises this aim.

Improv, as we understand it here, is a particular kind of playful transactional relationship that is both productively disruptive and generative. Its guiding principle is ‘yes, and…,’ which means participants have to respond affirmatively to what their fellow collaborators do. They are challenged to find a way to take on board whatever is offered, and to contribute an offering in turn as a new point of departure for subsequent responses. Through their contribution, each participant sets the possibilities of what will follow, and yet the process remains open-ended and capable of evolving in indeterminate ways. Improv asks us to set fixed habits, concepts of self, other beliefs and epistemological commitments aside, and adopt a more open orientation towards others and their experiences and ideas.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Improv itself presents certain potential hurdles relevant for participation, that emerge experientially, in Improv practice, rather than through theory alone. Therefore, in this paper we combine philosophical inquiry with practical experimentation.

In our experimental investigation into Improv, we observed a range of features and issues relevant for engaging in collaborative philosophical inquiry. We have summarised these into three themes: structure in improv; relationality in improv; and individual dispositions in improv.

As is to be expected in philosophical inquiry, our results are often themselves new questions, alongside attempts to develop clarifications, distinctions, and generalisations. We have separated our general observations from our specific reflections and questions for philosophical method in the context of pursuing a love of wisdom.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our aim is to explore, both theoretically and practically, the potential of Improv to inform new ways of ‘doing philosophy’ collectively, in the spirit of an understanding of philosophy not as simply the burrowing in on truth, nor an exhibition of knowledge or demonstration of intellectual prowess, but as the love and collective pursuit of wisdom. This occurs against a backdrop where we recognise an implicit curriculum (Eisner, 1979) in philosophical academic spaces, and that the pursuit of wisdom sees philosophical method as always also a potential educational act. Because wisdom has a practical dimension, Improv functions as method in two interconnected senses, opening philosophical spaces theoretically and pedagogically.

Based on our improv practice, we identified and described a range of aspects of Improv and reflected on how they might productively disrupt established and habitual forms of philosophy and their social, cultural, emotional, ethical, conceptual, logical, epistemological limitations. These reflections showed potential pathways for the fruitful integration of Improv practices in philosophy (and the accentuation of such practices already present in professional/institutionalised contexts, such as academic conferences). In addition, our practical experimentation with Improv has brought to the fore otherwise potentially under-acknowledged aspects of transactional relationships. Both Dewey and Gadamer fault ways of interacting with our surroundings in which we impose ways of acting or interpretation on the world such that it cannot respond. They both recommend a relational and more playful approach, but give less to work with practically. Based on our experimentation with Improv, our sense is that transactional engagement has particular emotional, relational, cultural, ethical dimensions lacking in their accounts, and our research set out to more deeply understand such factors and their import on the process of philosophising.  

References
●Affifi, R. (2022). Ecologising education beyond angels and villains. Environmental Education Research. DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2022.2108768
●Bateson, G. (1972). Steps towards an ecology of mind. Chicago: University of Chicago Pess.
●Caillois, R. & Meyer, B. (2001). Man, Play, and Games. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
●Dewey, J. (1929/1998). Experience and Nature. Minneola, NY: Dover.
●Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education. New York: Free Press.
●Eisner, E. (1979). The Educational Imagination. New York: MacMillan.
●Gadamer, H-G. (1975). Truth and Method. New York: Continuum.
●Huizinga, J. (1998). Homo Ludens: a Study of the Play-Element in Culture. London: Routledge.
●Kline Hunnicutt, B. (1990). “Leisure and play in Plato's teaching and philosophy of learning,” Leisure Sciences 12(2), 211-227.
●Nachmanovitch, S. (1990). Free play: Improvisation in life and art. Penguin Putnam.


13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper

Rethinking Philosophy In Schools: How The Hellenistic Tradition of Philosophy as Therapy Includes Wisdom and Critical Thinking

Chien-Ya Sun

UCL, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sun, Chien-Ya

The introduction of philosophy into schools has taken a particular tradition of philosophy as its only model. A.C. Grayling in his forward to a justly influential book looking at aspects of this movement contrasts philosophy as ‘love of wisdom’ with ‘reflective and critical enquiry’ and dismisses the first as inspiring but unhelpful and that latter as the way to go (Hand et al, 2009: xviii). Much philosophy in schools has followed this approach. This paper does not seek to challenge the benefits of understanding philosophy as Grayling and his fellow travellers, but rather proposes that in the context of the increased interest on ‘well-being’ and mental health in schools other traditions of philosophy, including those dismissed as ‘wisdom loving’ might actually be beneficial. An example of an alternative is Hellenistic therapeutic philosophy. I contrast two approaches to understanding this tradition to show that Grayling’s contrast is ill-informed because ‘wisdom’ traditions include critical thinking.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper adopts a philosophical method to examine two contemporary philosophers’ works, on the topic of the role of argumentation in Hellenistic philosophy. It uses methods of analysing, comparing and contrasting to acquire an insight on the topic in discussion.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both Nussbaum and Hadot think that the practical aspect of Hellenistic philosophy does not exist in modern philosophy anymore. Nussbaum focuses on philosophy’s ‘commitment to reason’ and argues that this is at the core of Hellenistic philosophy. For Nussbaum, it makes philosophy the way human beings can discern the problems and injustices of the society they live in, and the way that they can search for effective ways to make improvement. Hadot also notices the differences between Hellenistic philosophy and other contemporary arts of life such as shamanism, stressing philosophy’s commitment to rationality. However, among these arts of life, Hadot focuses more on the difference between philosophers and Sophists, rather than that between philosophy and religion as Nussbaum does. For him, philosophy is, in essence, a way of being and doing, not just philosophical discourse. With the concept of ‘spiritual exercises’, Hadot also reveals that his understanding of ‘rationality’ is broader than that of Nussbaum’s. Finally, in terms of Hellenistic philosophy and Socratic philosophy, Nussbaum poses questions about the seriousness of any ‘commitment to reason’ on the part of Hellenistic philosophers. Hadot, on the other hand, once again presents a broader understanding of philosophical methods, which includes so-called dogmatic forms of teaching and spiritual exercises. This broader concept of philosophical teaching also generates a tension between authoritarian guidance and developing the ability to think critically.
The Philosophy in Schools movement has so far been interested in developing one type of philosophical practice. The history of philosophy is full of many different practices. By looking at Hellenistic philosophy through the prism of Nussbaum and Hadot I suggest that the philosophy for schools should broaden out and consider other traditions rather than taking for granted that Grayling’s ‘reflective and critical enquiry’ excludes philosophical traditions pursuing wisdom.

References
Hadot, P. and Davidson, A. I. (1995) Philosophy as a Way of Life: Spiritual Exercises from Socrates to Foucault. Chichester, West Sussex, UK, Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.
Hadot, P. (2002) What is Ancient Philosophy? Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press.
Hand, M. and Winstanley, C. (eds.) (2009) Philosophy in Schools. London: Continuum.
Nussbaum, M. C. (1986) The Fragility of Goodness: Luck and Ethics in Greek Tragedy and Philosophy. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press.
Nussbaum, M. C. (1994) The Therapy of Desire: Theory and Practice in Hellenistic Ethics. Princeton, N.J: Princeton University Press.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm13 SES 02 B: TikTok attention, the pandemic and political education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 355 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe
Long Papers Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper

Being-in-TikTok. A Phenomenological Analysis of Attention, Temporality and Education

Vasco d'Agnese

University of Campania Luigi Vanvitelli, Italy

Presenting Author: d'Agnese, Vasco

Starting from its launch in China in 2016 as Douyin, the social media TikTok has become a worldwide success. According to a statistical report conducted in January 2022, TikTok is available in over 150 countries and 75 different languages and is the fastest growing social media application worldwide (Southern, 2021; TikTok Statistics, 2022).

Such a phenomenon, as expected, has given rise to a huge scientific literature, spanning from medical studies to sociology, from psychology to communication, from computer studies to anthropology. Within the boundaries of educational studies, scholarship has primarily focused on questions of TikTok usefulness—or lack thereof—to share specific learning contents (Escamilla-Fajardo, Alguagil, Lopéz-Carrill, 2021; Lee, 2022; Rach and Lounis, 2020), while the peculiar phenomenology of TikTok engagement remains, at least to my knowledge, still unaddressed. In this paper, I attempt to fill the gap by going deep in the phenomenology of engagement TikTok arouses, thus attempting to sketch out some educational remarks about experience, time, and attention in education. Specifically, I shall ask a) which kind of temporality and attention is constituted through this social media, b) which kind of experience girls and boys undergo when being-in-TikTok, and c) which the role of education may be when dealing with TikTok engagement. Central to my analysis is Stiegler’s insight that “technics, far from being merely in time, properly constitutes time.” (1998/1994, 27)

And here we come to TikTok specific temporality. The continuity between past, present and future which one is supposed to maintain when paying attention and dealing with others and things is, conversely, continuously disrupted when being-in-TikTok. The user, given the functioning of the platform, has no memory of videos being watched, nor expectations about videos to come are being formed. With its continuous change of fast-paced videos one has no time to feel and appreciate—let alone reflecting on—the emotions elicited by a video that the subsequent one has already started. While being-in-TikTok the subject has no need to act and think, while the relationship with one’s emotions and feelings is left aside, too, interrupted again and again by the flow of videos.

In this way TikTok, I argue, creates a peculiar temporality, one that momentarily erases both past and future—thus erasing, at the very same time, the weight of memory and the task and burden of future projecting. It is a kind of uniform, suspended time, with no pause, no hollow, no change in speed. When being-in-TikTok both one’s projecting and one’s “being-together-with things at hand” (Heidegger, 1996/1927, 374) are suspended, deferred to a time and space yet to come.

However, while, drawing from Stiegler’s analysis of new social media, it may be tempting to label TikTok as a threat to anything of value “the family, the school, the totality of teaching and cultural institutions” (2010a, 184) can produce, I believe something more is going on here. This is so not because TikTok—or others social media, for that matter—cannot be a threat—indeed, they can. Rather, this is so for a) we have to make sense of how TikTok works, in order to understand and deal with such a potential harmfulness and threat; and b) TikTok is not just harmful; being-in-TikTok also involves a rupture of temporality which is worth analysing educationally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My attempt is a conceptual one and is phenomenologically developed. Specifically, I shall ask which kind of temporality and attention is constituted through this social media, and which kind of experience girls and boys undergo when being-in-TikTok. To pursue my attempt, I shall draw on a number of sources. Specifically, in the first step, I focus on the phenomenology of being-in-TikTok drawing from a) Augustine discussion of time as memory, direct experience and expectation (2004/397); b) Heideggerian questions of “projecting” and “making present” (1996/1927); and c) Stiegler’s conception of technics and attention (1998/1994; 2010). In the second step, with the help of Dewey and his analysis of the relationship between knowledge and experience(1917; 1929/1925), I put forth the educational import of the sheer, radical undergoing TikTok induces. In the third section, by drawing from a rather underestimated Heideggerian essay—The Concept of Time—and current educational literature, I attempt to develop some further remarks about the relationship between suspension, experience and education.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Given this background, in my proposal I shall ask what is—if any—the educational import of the suspended, deferred temporality TikTok creates. The conclusions I draw are twofold. On the one hand, I argue that when being-in-TikTok one’s attention is captured in a flow, which erases any past—and any future as well. The temporality created, then, is that of a continuous consumption of a series of videos, which cut any possible connection with past feelings and future projections. TikTok, in a sense, freezes the time and all that comes with time: change—and with change uncertainty—the need for decision—and with decision responsibility—movement—and with movement risk. The subject has no need to act and think, while the relationship with one’s emotions and feelings is left aside, too, interrupted again and again by the flow of videos.
However, on the other hand, being-in-TikTok is not just this. Along with the analysis of the sheer undergoing TikTok produces, in this proposal I attempt to also develop a tentative hypothesis: the swinging from the state of suspension and coming back to the world TikTok produces may allow us to see a phenomenon that is in and of itself educational, namely, being suspended from familiar, accustomed patterns of understandings, thus making room for moments of disclosure which seem irreducible to current educational mainstream, and yet are essential for education to happen (Conroy, 2004; Todd, 2014). It is exactly such a suspension which may allow for a different sensitivity, a fresh look over others and things. When returning to the world, the subject is more porous, vulnerable, if you wish, exposed to others and things. In a sense, when coming back to the world, one is offered the conditions by which to begin anew, to look at things with fresh eyes.

References
Augustine (2004/397). Confessions. Grand Rapids, MI: Christian Classics Ethereal Library.
Balleys, C., and Coll., S. (2017). Being Publicly Intimate: Teenagers Managing Online Privacy. Media, Culture and Society, 39(6), 885–901.
Conroy, J. C. (2004). Betwixt and Between: The Liminal Imagination, Education and Democracy. New York: Peter Lang.
De Leyn, T. De Wolf, R. Vanden Abeele, M., De Marez, L. (2021). In-between child’s play and teenage pop culture: tweens, TikTok & privacy, early view, 1-18.
Dewey, J. (1917). The Need for a Recovery of Philosophy. In J. Dewey et al., Creative Intelligence. Essays In the Pragmatic Attitude (pp. 3-69). New York: Henry Holt and Company.
Dewey, J. (1929/1925). Experience and Nature. London, George Allen & Unwin.
Escamilla-Fajardo, P., Alguagil, M. Lopéz-Carrill, S. (2021). Incorporating TikTok in Higher Education. Journal of Hospitality, Leisure, Sport & Tourism Education, 28, 1-4.
Heidegger, M. (1992/1924). The Concept of Time. Oxford: Blackwell.
Heidegger, M. (1996/1927). Being and Time. Albany: State University of New York Press.
Jing Zeng, J. and Abidin, C. (2021). ‘#OkBoomer, time to meet the Zoomers’: studying the memefication of intergenerational politics on TikTok. Information, Communication & Society, 24(16), 2459-2481.
Lee, Y. (2022). Language learning affordances of Instagram and TikTok. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, early view, 1-16.
Mitchell Vaterlaus, J. and Winter, M. (2021). TikTok: an exploratory study of young adults’ uses and gratifications, The Social Science Journal, early view.
Rach, M., and Lounis, M. (2020). The Focus on Students’ Attention. Does TikTok’s EduTok Initiative Propose an Alternative Perspective to the Design of Institutional Learning Environments? Integrated Science in Digital Age, edited by T. Antipove, 241–251. Cham: Springer.
Southern, M.G. (2021). TikTok Beats Facebook in Time Spent Per User. Available at https://www.searchenginejournal.com/tiktok-beats-facebook-in-time-spent-per-user/392643/. Accessed December 10, 2022.
Stiegler, B. (1998/1994). Technics and Time. The fault of Epimetheus. Stanford, CA, Stanford University Press.
Stiegler, B. (2010). Taking Care of Youth and the Generations. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
TikTok Statistics (2022). Available at https://wallaroomedia.com/blog/social-media/tiktok-statistics/. Accessed December 10, 2022.
Todd. S. (2014). Between Body and Spirit: The Liminality of Pedagogical Relationships. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 48(2), 231-245.
Zeng, J., Abidin, C., Shafer, M.S. (2021). Research Perspectives on TikTok and Its Legacy Apps. International Journal of Communication, 15, 3161–3172.


13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper

Children in the Pandemic: Political and Ethical Issues

Ping Su

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Su, Ping

Covid-19 is an emergency that has changed people's behaviour, their way of life, and even political agendas, in almost all corners of the world. Listening to and capturing the experiences and perspectives of all citizens on the pandemic seems consistent with our sense of an inclusive, democratic society, but the voices of children are often left out. Research led by the University of Central Lancashire shows that, of the 95 professionals, from 16 sectors and 20 countries across Europe, surveyed in April 2020, there is little evidence of children’s views informing public decision-making (Larkins, 2020). Around seventy per cent of survey participants said that there is no attempt was made to take the child's perspective in making policy (local or national) relevant to children (Larkins, 2020).

In the UK, the Prime Minister announced to close schools to control the pandemic on 18th March 2020. Instead of giving priority to children's welfare and opinions, stopping schooling is to "make sure the critical parts of the economy keep functioning and public services keep functioning." (Prime Minister’s statement on coronavirus (COVID-19), 2020) And also, schools open for key workers' children because "we need health workers who are also parents to continue to go to work. And we need other critical workers with children to keep doing their jobs too – from police officers who are keeping us safe to the supermarket delivery drivers, social care workers who look after the elderly and who are so vital".

In this way, children are not only unheard of in coronavirus political and ethical discussions but are often seen in a deficit manner - as the burdens that prevent parents from working for society, or as potential carriers of the virus and need to be protected and restricted to protect themselves and others. For instance, many policies, such as school closures, are developed based on the model's assumption that children's presence in school accelerates the spread of the virus (Panovska-Griffiths et al., 2020).

From children’s perspective, children may accept this kind of adult view, seeing political and ethical issues as irrelevant and distant, therefore, rarely thinking and saying about them. However, children are a part of society and a significant component of citizens. Although children do not have as many political responsibilities and obligations as adults, they share social welfare. Also, children are future voters and legal participants in politics. Thus children's political and ethical education is also a political issue. I suggest that, on the one hand, adults are supposed to pay attention to children's role in the community; on the other hand, it would be valuable for children to think about their position in the community, take responsibility and ask for rights.

The pandemic could be a valuable opportunity for children to realise the necessity of their engagement in political and ethical discussions. Many of these issues may seem to arise from the pandemic, but they are, in fact, issues that are rooted in our society. Before the pandemic, they already existed in society, but may be distant and vague to most children. The pandemic has made them more visible and more relevant to a wider range of children, so I discuss those issues in the context of the pandemic and post-pandemic era.

In this paper, I will introduce several political and ethical issues that might be related to children in terms of the pandemic: the distribution of social resources, the debate between individual freedom and collective responsibility, and the technology divide in education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Theoretical paper in Philosophy of Education
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The pandemic could be a valuable opportunity for children to discuss many political and ethical issues since, compared with passive learning or the discussion of less relevant and abstract issues, children's experience about the pandemic as a part of the social members provides evidence of debate and resource of communication.
References
de Albuquerque, T.R., Macedo, L.F.R., de Oliveira, E.G., et al. (2022) Vaccination for COVID-19 in children: Denialism or misinformation? Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 64: 141–142. doi:10.1016/j.pedn.2022.01.015.
Bowie, L. (2000) Is There a Place for Death Education in the Primary Curriculum? Pastoral Care in Education, 18 (1): 22–26. doi:10.1111/1468-0122.00150.
Dijk, J. van (2020) The Digital Divide. John Wiley & Sons. (Google-Books-ID: 6DvKDwAAQBAJ).
Fukumoto, K., McClean, C.T. and Nakagawa, K. (2021) Shut Down Schools, Knock Down the Virus? No Causal Effect of School Closures on the Spread of COVID-19. p. 2021.04.21.21255832. doi:10.1101/2021.04.21.21255832.
Goolsbee, A. and Syverson, C. (2021) Fear, lockdown, and diversion: Comparing drivers of pandemic economic decline 2020. Journal of Public Economics, 193: 104311. doi:10.1016/j.jpubeco.2020.104311.
Kaposy, C. and Bandrauk, N. (2012) Prioritizing Vaccine Access for Vulnerable but Stigmatized Groups. Public Health Ethics, 5 (3): 283–295. doi:10.1093/phe/phs010.
Larkins, C. (2020) Building on Rainbows: Supporting Children’s Participation in Shaping Responses to COVID-19. University of Central Lancashire. Available at: https://www.uclan.ac.uk/cypp (Accessed: 4 August 2022).
McBurnie, C., Adam, T. and Kaye, T. (2020) Is there Learning Continuity during the COVID-19 Pandemic? A Synthesis of the Emerging Evidence. Journal of Learning for Development, 7. doi:10.56059/jl4d.v7i3.461.
Ofcom (2020) Technology Tracker 2020. Available at: https://www.ofcom.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0037/194878/technology-tracker-2020-uk-data-tables.pdf (Accessed: 4 August 2022).
Prime Minister’s statement on coronavirus (COVID-19) (2020). Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-on-coronavirus-18-march-2020 (Accessed: 5 October 2022).
Rocha, Y.M., de Moura, G.A., Desidério, G.A., et al. (2021) The impact of fake news on social media and its influence on health during the COVID-19 pandemic: a systematic review. Journal of Public Health. doi:10.1007/s10389-021-01658-z.
Sheather, J. (2006) Ethics in the face of uncertainty: preparing for pandemic flu. Clinical Ethics, 1 (4): 224–227. doi:10.1258/147775006779151201.
Slovic, P. (2010) The Feeling of Risk: New Perspectives on Risk Perception. Routledge. (Google-Books-ID: 63oCQ1BFk8wC).
Tanveer, F., Khalil, A.T., Ali, M., et al. (2020) Ethics, pandemic and environment; looking at the future of low middle income countries. International Journal for Equity in Health, 19 (1): 182. doi:10.1186/s12939-020-01296-z.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm14 SES 02 A: Schooling in Challenging Situations. Theoretical and Empirical Exploration of Spatiality and the Schools Community Surroundings
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Matthias Forell
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Theoretical Explorations of Socio-Spatial Dimensions of School. Structural Constitution and School-Cultural Shaping of Pedagogical (Im)Possibilities as a School Development Approach

Matthias Forell

Carl von Ossietzky University Oldenburg

Presenting Author: Forell, Matthias

Space and spatiality are constitutive dimensions of educational activity. Accordingly, questions about the socio-spatial constitution and design of social spatiality inevitably become virulent in the school context. In the last two decades, there has been a clear shift in the social sciences from absolute to relational conceptions of space, focusing more on the appropriation of social space by the actors involved and less on its local dimension as a static and predetermined structure (Kessl & Reutlinger, 2022; Dirks & Kessl 2012; Löw, 2001). Accordingly, social spaces are only produced through the individual and collective use (appropriation) of reified places by interacting actors. Nevertheless, the community surrounding a school is characterised by the infrastructure of its (geographical) catchment area, i.e. the living spaces of the respective pupils as well as their personal characteristics. These can be divided into groups and distinguished from one another, for example, on the basis of differences in parental income, the distribution of families receiving transfer payments or the proportion of single-parent households. Bourdieu (1991) speaks in this context of a "distribution structure of the various types of capital [...] in an ensemble of subspaces" (p. 28). The advantage of this perspective is that the schools community surroundings can be clearly described and operationalised, for example by calculating social indices (Schräpler & Forell, 2023). In this way, the challenges faced by schools can be made transparent and targeted for support. Determining social indices and making them transparent carries the risk of the so-called identification dilemma and thus of stigmatisation (Norwich, 2013). The aim of this contribution is to develop a recognition-theoretical approach to the schools community surroundings that moves away from a one-dimensional view of pupils as a product of their (social) origins (and accompanying performance limits) towards a bond-oriented focus on their strengths and potentials that creates a culture of diversity (Stojanov, 2011). On the basis of a multi-level modelling of the single-schools community surroundings, the structural condition of school is expanded by its interactive moment through the interweaving of their objective and subjective dimensions. As a result, social practices move to the centre of the consideration of schools community surroundings, which - shaped by the attitudes and patterns of the involved actors and their milieus - can be understood as a space of (im)possibility (Helsper 2009). Finally, in the tension filed between relations of recognition and experiences of disregard, a recognition-oriented paradigm of school culture is presented and discussed with regard to its potential for empirically developing a resource-oriented adaptation of the schools community surrounding.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Schools in a challenging situation are schools under socio-spatial pressure (e.g., high unemployment rate, low average income) (van Ackeren et al., 2021). In doing so, this and the two subsequent contributions are guided by findings from school effectiveness research (based on Mortimer, 1991), according to which good student performance can be achieved at schools despite unfavorable location conditions, provided certain factors are taken into account (e.g.,positive and shared school culture, data generation and use, external support structures) (Harris & Chapman, 2010). On this basis, the article approaches the concept of social space first from a systems-theoretical and finally from a recognition-theoretical perspective. The focus is on the interaction in subjectively and objectively intertwined dimensions of school social space.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Against this background, the single-school can be understood as a social space within a social space insofar as the school social space can be defined by the various networks of interaction within and outside the school, which are framed and influenced by site-specific conditions (Forell, 2023). In understanding the fundamental conceptual, theoretical, and empirical interconnectedness and conditionality of the school with its surrounding community, a context-sensitive and social space-oriented school and classroom development can thus be linked to the Anglo-American discourse on school-community partnerships and community schools (Becks, 2023). Considering the frequently cited finding of a (close) link between students’ socio-economic background and their educational success at school, it seems indispensable to deal decisively with the social space at school to break down the structural conditions that promote the reproduction of social inequality. From this, the research question that overarches this and the two subsequent contributions can be derived: How can a context-sensitive interaction between involved actors at schools in challenging situations be promoted?
References
Becks, C. (2023). Schooling As Community Service: Schule und Sozialraum in der U.S.-amerikanischen Tradition. In M. Forell, G. Bellenberg, L. Gerhards; & L. Schleenbecker (eds), Schule als Sozialraum im Sozialraum. Theoretische und empirische Erkundungen sozialräumlicher Dimensionen von Schule. Münster: Waxmann (189-208)

Bourdieu, P. (1991), Physischer, sozialer und angeeigneter physischer Raum, in: Wentz, Martin (eds.) Stadt-Räume, 25-34.

Dirks & Kessl (2012). Räumlichkeit in Erziehungs- und Bildungsverhältnissen. In U. Bauer (eds.), Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag.

Forell, M. (2023). Zur theoretischen Verfasstheit des schulischen Sozialraums. Kartierungen sozialräumlicher Dimensionen von Schule. In M. Forell, G. Bellenberg, L. Gerhards, & L. Schleenbecker (eds.), Schule als Sozialraum im Sozialraum. Theoretische und empirische Erkundungen sozialräumlicher Dimensionen von Schule. Münster: Waxmann (13-26)

Kessl, F., & Reutinger, C. (eds.) (2022). Sozialraum. Eine elementare Einführung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Löw, M. (2001). Raumsoziologie. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp.

Norwich, B. (2013). Dilemmas of difference and the identification of special educational needs/disability: International perspectives. British Educational Research Journal Volume 35, Issue 3, 447-467.

Schräpler & Forell, M. (2023). Konstruktion eines Sozialindex für die
SchuMaS Schule. In M. Forell, G. Bellenberg, L. Gerhards, & L. Schleenbecker (eds.), Schule als Sozialraum im Sozialraum. Theoretische und empirische Erkundungen sozialräumlicher Dimensionen von Schule. Münster: Waxmann (61-80)

Stojanov, K. (2011). Bildungsgerechtigkeit Rekonstruktionen eines umkämpften Begriffs. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Harris, A. & Chapman, C. (2010). Improving schools in difficult contexts: Towards a differentiated approach. British Journal of Educational Studies, 52(4), 417–431.

Helsper, W. (2009): Schulkultur und Milieu – Schulen als symbolische Ordnungen pädagogischen Sinns. In: Melzer, W., & Tippelt, R. (eds.), Kulturen der Bildung. Opladen: Barbara Budrich.

Mortimore, P. (1991). School Effectiveness Research.: Which Way at the Crossroads? School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 2(3), 213–229.

van Ackeren, I., Holtappels, H. G., Bremm, N., & Hillebrand-Petri, A. (eds.) (2021). Schulen in herausfordernden Lagen – Forschungsbefunde und Schulentwicklung in der Region Ruhr. Das Projekt "Potenziale entwickeln – Schulen stärken". Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Preservice Teachers' Cultural Stereotypes and Individual Constructions of Difference in Relation to Different Forms of Poverty

Oscar Yendell1, Carolina Claus2, Meike Bonefeld3, Karina Karst1

1University of Mannheim; 2Europa University Flensburg; 3University of Freiburg

Presenting Author: Yendell, Oscar

School-based studies have revealed predominantly negative stereotypes held by (preservice) teachers toward students from lower classes (Dunkake & Schuchardt, 2015; Lange-Vester, 2015). Dunkake and Schuchart (2015) revealed in their study, that preservice teachers in Germany perceive students from low-class backgrounds as more aggressive, lazy, undisciplined, and unmotivated compared to students from middle-class origins. In another study, Glock and Kleen (2020) showed that preservice teachers in Germany were more likely to associate students with high SES with high language skills, high ability, and good working habits. These negative stereotypes contribute to biased performance expectations (Tobisch & Dresel, 2017). Accordingly, teachers' actions can be understood as pedagogical communication that is pre-structured by classification, evaluation, and judgment (Bourdieu, 1992). Following this theoretical perspective, class-specific stereotypes of (preservice) teachers can lead to a reproduction of educational inequality (Lange-Vester, 2015). Focusing on preservice teachers is important because university teaching approaches can help reduce negative stereotypes among preservice teachers (Kumar & Hamer, 2013).

Among individuals with low-class origins, a distinction can be made between welfare recipients, who receive welfare, and the working poor, who live below the poverty line without welfare support (Marx, 2020). Extracurricular studies show that welfare recipients face even more negative stereotypes compared to the working poor (Suomi et al., 2022). The more negative stereotypes refer, among other things, to a perceived lower conscientiousness and competence. To date, no studies exist that survey stereotypes of (preservice) teachers in relation to these two groups. Given the lack of studies investigating stereotypes of (preservice) teachers towards different low-class origins, this exploratory mixed-methods study aims to examine cultural stereotypes (Eagly & Mladinic, 1989) and individual stereotypes in the form of constructions of difference (West & Fenstermaker, 1995) of preservice teachers towards the working poor and welfare recipients.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To determine if preservice teachers have different stereotypes on the working poor and welfare recipients, we conducted a convergent mixed-methods study with different samples (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2011). In the quantitative sub-study, preservice teachers (N=196) used an open-ended production task to write down cultural stereotypes (Eagly & Mladinic, 1989) for both groups. Two raters assigned these stereotypes to inductively formed content categories (Kappa = 0.82) and negative, neutral, and positive valences (Kappa = 0.88). Finally, a multi-factorial ANOVA with repeated measures with the factors group (welfare recipients vs. working poor), content category (social status vs. consumption & material goods vs. education vs. commitment vs. family conditions vs. social behavior vs. emotional state vs. health vs. sense of responsibility vs. outward appearance), and valence (positive vs. neutral vs. negative) was calculated. In the qualitative sub-study, we conducted problem-centered interviews with preservice teachers (N=10) and analyzed them according to grounded theory (Strauss & Corbin, 1998; Witzel, 2000) to examine individual constructions of difference between both groups.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the multi-factorial ANOVA with repeated measures indicate that both groups are associated with negative stereotypes. However, preservice teachers mention more cultural stereotypes about welfare recipients compared to the working poor, F(1, 195) = 11.27, p < .001, η2 = .06. Additionally, they express more negative and fewer positive stereotypes towards welfare recipients than the working poor, F(1.27, 248.23) = 56.1, p < .001, η2 = .22. Negative stereotypes primarily revolve around individual characteristics such as commitment, sense of responsibility, and social behavior. The qualitative study reveals that all interviewees perceive welfare recipients as having more negative public connotations than the working poor, often attributing individual failures like laziness to them. Preservice teachers who follow this public connotation differentiate cause-orientated between the two groups by attributing individual failure to welfare recipients and highlighting structural failures for the working poor. Preservice teachers, on the other hand, who referred to personal contact with welfare recipients, contradicted this public opinion. They only described a societal disadvantage of welfare recipients compared to the working poor.

Overall, it is evident that preservice teachers tend to adopt negative cultural stereotypes unless countered by personal experience and professional knowledge. Consequently, the importance of social space-sensitive teacher training is discussed, aiming to foster an understanding of the social context and living conditions of welfare recipients, thereby reducing negative stereotypes.

References
Bourdieu, P. (1992): Homo academicus. 1. Auflage. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Taschenbuch Verl. (Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch Wissenschaft, 1002).

Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2011). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (2. ed.). Sage Publications.  

Dunkake, I., & Schuchart, C. (2015). Stereotypes and teacher characteristics as an explanation for the class-specific disciplinary practices of pre-service teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 50, 56–69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.04.005

Eagly, A. H., & Mladinic, A. (1989). Gender stereotypes and attitudes toward women and men. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15(4), 543–558. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167289154008  

Glock, S., & Kleen, H. (2020). Preservice teachers’ attitudes, attributions, and stereotypes: Exploring the disadvantages of students from families with low socioeconomic status. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 67, 100929. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2020.100929

Kumar, R., & Hamer, L. (2013). Preservice teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward student diversity and proposed instructional practices. Journal of Teacher Education, 64(2), 162–177. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487112466899

Lange-Vester, A. (2015). Habitusmuster von Lehrpersonen - auf Distanz zur Kultur der unteren sozialen Klassen [Stereotypes of Teachers’ Habitus – depreciating lower class culture]. ZSE - Zeitschrift für Soziologie der Erziehung und Sozialisation, 35(4), 360–376.

Marx, I. (2020). The working poor. In B. Greve (Ed.), Routledge international handbooks. Routledge international handbook of poverty (pp. 245–255). Routledge.

Strauss, A. L., & Corbin, J. M. (1998). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (2. Aufl.). Sage Publications.  

Suomi, A., Schofield, T.P., Haslam, N., & Butterworth, P. (2022). Is unemployment benefit stigma related to poverty, payment receipt, or lack of employment? A vignette experiment about Australian views. Analyses of Social Issues and Public Policy, 22(2), 694–711. https://doi.org/10.1111/asap.12313

Tobisch, A., & Dresel, M. (2017). Negatively or positively biased? Dependencies of teachers’ judgments and expectations based on students’ ethnic and social backgrounds. Social Psychology of Education, 20(4), 731–752. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-017-9392-z

West, C., & Fenstermaker, S. (1995). Doing difference. Gender & Society, 9(1), 8–37. https://doi.org/10.1177/089124395009001002  
 
Witzel, A. (2000). The problem-centered interview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(1), 22. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-1.1.1132


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Habitus Sensitivity in Schools: Experiences of Using Quantitative Data to Enable Teachers to Access Students' Social Space

Jakob Schuchardt, Jörn Michael Richter

Ruhr-University Bochum

Presenting Author: Schuchardt, Jakob; Richter, Jörn Michael

Cross-national educational studies of student performance regularly show that socioeconomically disadvantaged students perform worse on average than their socioeconomically advantaged peers (OECD 2019; Stubbe et al. 2020). Bourdieu's theory of 'habitus' can be used as an approach to explain the reproduction of such social inequalities: while privileged groups of students inherit the cultural preconditions for successful adaptation to the educational system from their parents' homes, the familial habitus of non-privileged students may deviate from school values and requirements, so that it is often not performance but the "socially conditioned attitude" that is judged (Kramer, 2013). According to this, there is a lack of "habitus sensitivity" in everyday school life (Vester & Teiwes-Kügler, 2014), which is expressed in the fact that the lifeworlds of students and teachers are sometimes far apart, which can lead to conflicts and misunderstandings in class or when dealing with each other. In order to strengthen this "habitus sensitivity", it may be possible to provide teachers with appropriate knowledge about the social space of their students. As part of the Germany-wide educational project "SchuMas" (Schule macht stark), we developed an R-based tool that provides geo-referenced social space analyses based on small-scale social space data. Designed as a digital tool for social space exploration, the tool offers teachers the possibility to visualise different social indicators within the catchment area of schools on a city map. These indicators include, for example, the unemployment rate, the purchasing power or the educational level of the inhabitants. The representation at this area level makes it possible to get a differentiated picture of the social situation in the vicinity of the schools and thus to identify possible challenges and potentials within this social area on a quantitative basis. The distributions of the social indicators can be visualised on the basis of choropleth maps, for which various classification options are available (e.g. quantiles, "natural breaks"). Further possibilities for quantitative exploration of social space arise from the visual representation of the respective social indicators in the form of box plots, diagrams and in tabular form. In addition to a detailed description of the tool, our contribution will report on practical experiences of co-constructive collaboration with schools in challenging social spaces, where we have used our tool to offer teachers in the respective schools a workshop and an opportunity to reflect on the social space and the habitus of their students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The geo-referenced social space maps generated with the R-based tool are based on data from the company microm and offer the possibility of combining data from small-scale neighbourhoods (approx. 500 households) to create a representative overall picture of the social space or school environment. The data was collected as part of the SchuMaS project for those schools with which intensive cooperation took place over a year in a so-called workshop phase in order to design a social space-oriented school and teaching development process.  Based on the location of the school, the application allows to look at social space related indicators in a radius of 20 kilometres. In addition to descriptive analyses and visual representations of classified social space indicators, the application also offers the possibility of a multivariate analysis of the social situation in the school environment using a multiple deprivation index. This index is methodologically based on the British model of the Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) (DCLG 2019) and represents the extent to which small-scale neighbourhoods deviate from the citywide average.

In addition to information on the usage of the R-based tool, the contribution also discusses how teachers can be made aware of the living conditions of their students using quantitative data. From a methodological point of view, we will discuss the workshop concept and experiences in the exchange with teachers and other pedagogical staff.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presentation will give an insight into the possibilities of linking scientific work and everyday life in schools. On the one hand, it will show how social space data can be processed in a comprehensible and theory-based way for school administrators, teachers and other pedagogical staff, and how it can be related to everyday school practice. On the other hand, the approach chosen in the collaboration also emphasises the great relevance of a co-constructive exchange between science and practice, in which both parties meet at eye level.
 
The experiences in the cooperation with the schools also show that although teachers have immanent knowledge about the social space and the social background of their students, discussions and reflections under guidance and with consideration of the actual social space data can help to improve habitus sensitivity and thus increase the probability of reducing misunderstandings and conflicts due to different life worlds.

References
Kramer, R.-T. (2013). Kulturelle Reproduktion und symbolische Gewalt. Pierre Bourdieus Beitrag zur Bildungssoziologie. In B. Dippelhofer-Stiem & S. Dippelhofer (eds.), Enzyklopädie Erziehungswissenschaft Online. Erziehungs- und Bildungssoziologie. Historische Verortungen und Impulse von Klassikern. Beltz Juventa. Weinheim und Basel. https://www.doi.org/10.3262/EEO20130287

Lange-Vester, A., & Teiwes-Kügler, C. (2014). Habitussensibilität im schulischen Alltag als Beitrag zur Integration ungleicher sozialer Gruppen. In Sander, T. (eds.) Habitussensibilität. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-06887-5_8  

Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government (MHCLG) (2019). The English Indices of Deprivation 2019 (IoD2019). London.

OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. PISA, OECD Publishing Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en

Stubbe, T.C., Krieg, M., Beese, C., & Jusufi, D. (2020). Soziale Disparitäten in den ma-thematischen und naturwissenschaftlichen Kompetenzen von Viertklässlerinnen und Viertklässlern. In Schwippert, K., Kasper, D., Köller, O., McElvany, N, Selter, C., Steffensky, M., & Wendt, H. (eds). TIMMS 2019 Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Kompetenzen von Grundschulkindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich, 263-290. Münster: Waxmann. doi: 10.31244/9783830993193
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm14 SES 02 B: Early Childhood and Schools
Location: McIntyre Building, 201 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: M. Nutsa Kobakhidze
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Intimate Partner Violence Against Women and Children’s Early Education Attendance

Huilin Li1, Arnab Dey1, Abhishek Singh2, Anita Raj1

1University of California, San Diego, United States of America; 2International Institute for Population Sciences, India

Presenting Author: Li, Huilin

Intimate partner violence (IPV) remains a major concern for women in India, with more than one in four married women reporting physical and/or sexual violence from their husbands1. Higher levels of IPV are more prevalent in rural, less educated, poorer, and marginalized populations and geographies with lower health and education access1-4. Households affected by IPV, which are more likely to be lower-resourced households,1-3 may be less likely is have their children enter early childhood education. However, even beyond resources, IPV-affected households may be less invested in supporting children’s education, or mothers in the household may be less able to manage early and even timely enrollment of young children in school. These types of maternal vulnerabilities have negative impacts on children aged 0-6 years, causing poor health outcomes and developmental delays5-7, including delayed language and delayed social-emotional development. However, research also documents the value of early childhood education and intervention to help mitigate the negative effects of IPV exposures on children. Early childhood education is not widespread in India, but the recent National Education Policy update (2020) places importance on it and focuses on developing children's intellectual and socio-emotional abilities 8-9. However, research on early childhood education in India and the impact of IPV on children's enrollment is lacking. The study uses data from India to examine if children aged 3 to 6 years in households affected by intimate partner violence (IPV) are less likely to be enrolled in school. The study considers two indicators of IPV: 1) married women's direct experiences of physical IPV and 2) married women's witnessing of physical IPV against their mothers. The study also considers the interaction of these two indicators to consider multi-generational IPV.

Results from this study show that: 1) Before adjusting for women-level covariates in our logistic regressions, women’s experience of physical IPV(OR range: 0.89-0.90) in the household was found significantly associated with school enrollment of children aged 3 to 6 years; Women’s witnessing of IPV against their mothers was significantly associated with children’s school attendance (OR range: 1.03-1.19); 2) After further adjusting for women-level predictors, women's physical IPV experience did not have a significant effect on children’s early school attendance (OR = 0.91, 95%CI[0.83, 1.01]). In the households with women who witnessed IPV against their mothers, children aged 3 to 6 years were more likely to attend school (OR = 1.17, 95%CI[1.03,1.32]); 3) We additionally explored whether there was a significant interaction between our two primary predictors, but the interaction term was found to be insignificant (p>.7); 4) Additional significant household-level covariates positively associated with children’s enrollment in early childhood education include greater versus lesser wealth, scheduled and general caste versus scheduled tribe, Hindu compared with other religions, higher versus the lower number of children, and female versus male-led households. Significant women-level variables were older age, higher education, work for pay, and exposure to media. Child-level variables associated with the outcome were older age and female sex; 5) The year of the interview was a significant correlate with our outcome, which is not surprising as the COVID-19 pandemic did not affect 2019 data but was likely highly affecting 2021 data.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this study, we used the fifth round of India's Demographic and Health Survey (DHS). 26,990 children in the age group of 3-6 years who belonged to a household sampled for the domestic violence module were considered in our analytic sample.
The primary outcome of our study was the early education enrollment of children aged 3 to 6 years. We constructed a binary variable to capture that and coded it “1” if the child ever attended school in the year 2019-2020 and “0” if the child never attended school in the year 2019-2020.
We considered two independent variables in our analysis: 1) women’s experiences of physical IPV and 2) women’s witnessing of IPV against their mothers. We captured women’s experience of physical IPV as a binary variable using questions in the survey that asked women if they had ever been a) pushed or shaken, b) slapped, c) punched, d) kicked or dragged, e) strangled or burnt, f) threatened with a knife/gun g) arm-twisted or hair-pulled by their husband in the past 12 months. We also created a binary variable to capture women’s witnesses of IPV between parents. In the survey, women were asked “As far as you know, did your father ever beat your mother?”
We included a number of variables that could potentially confound the relationship between our independent variables and our outcome. At the household level, we included household wealth, place of residence, caste, religion, sex of household head, number of preschool-age children, and the year of interview. Variables related to women included age, the highest level of education, paid work in the past 12 months, exposure to media, and exposure to the internet. Finally, variables related to children included their age and sex.
Both crude and multi-predictor logistic regressions were conducted. We performed all analyses using survey weights accounting for the primary sampling unit, and strata to restore the representativeness of the data and to get reliable estimates of standard errors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study contributes to not only research on IPV but also its effect on children’s early education enrollment, which has never been discovered in the context of India. The current study tests the association between physical IPV experiences of women and early education entry of children in the same household. After adjusting for women-level covariates, there is no significant association between physical IPV experiences and children’s enrollment in early education. However, our results indicate that children from households where women experienced physical IPV are less likely to enroll in early education. Results from both the crude and bivariate logistic regressions show a strong negative relationship between women’s physical IPV experience and children’s early education attendance. After adjusting for household- and child-level covariates, the significance decreases drastically, but still meets statistically significant thresholds. Household factors, such as wealth, religion, caste, and the number of preschool-age children in the household, may affect children’s school entry. After adjusting for women-level indicators, such as women’s education level, age, compensation, and media exposure, the significant effect disappears. These findings may indicate that women’s empowerment facilitates early entry in early childhood education programs and affecting women’s control may delay entry.
Women witnessing IPV between parents is surprisingly related to higher odds of children, in the same household, entering early education programs. Within women who have witnessed parental IPV, the percentage of them who reported experiencing physical IPV is higher. One possible explanation for this can be that women who witnessed IPV between their parents as children may be more willing to advocate for children’s well-being in the households to prevent them from traumatizing by the experience eventually.

References
1. IIPS. National Family Health Survey-5 (NFHS-5). Mumbai, India, 2022.
2. Chowdhury S, Singh A, Kasemi N, Chakrabarty M. Decomposing the gap in intimate partner violence between Scheduled Caste and General category women in India: An analysis of NFHS-5 data. SSM - Population Health 2022; 19: 101189.
3. Maher CA, Hayes BE. Association Between Disabilities, Educational Attainment, Literacy, and Intimate Partner Violence: Findings from the Indian National Family Health Surveys. Asian Journal of Criminology 2022.
4. Kothari R, Husain Z, Dutta M. Understanding the Geography of Victimization: A Spatial Analysis of Intimate Partner Violence in India. Journal of Interpersonal Violence 2022: 08862605221120898.
5. Alemann C, Daga G, Leer J, Boo L. Intimate Partner Violence and Early Childhood DevelopmentViolência por parceiro íntimo e desenvolvimento na primeira infância. Revista Panamericana de Salud Publica= Pan American Journal of Public Health 2022; 46: e195-e.
6. Geffner R, Igelman RS, Zellner J. The effects of intimate partner violence on children: Routledge; 2014.
7. Carpenter GL, Stacks AM. Developmental effects of exposure to Intimate Partner Violence in early childhood: A review of the literature. Children and Youth Services Review 2009; 31(8): 831-9.
8. Gautsch L, Singh AK, Caduff A, Singh A, McDougal LP, Raj A. Understanding Sex and Geographical Differences in School Non-Attendance in India: The Need for Greater Focus on Rural Girls. San Diego, CA, 2019.
9. Gupta A. Global and local discourses in India’s policies for early childhood education: policy borrowing and local realities. Comparative Education 2022; 58(3): 364-82.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Living Well In The Aftermath Of Separation And Divorce: The Role Of Teachers, Schools And Early Childhood Services

Linda Mahony

University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia

Presenting Author: Mahony, Linda

Divorce has become a common phenomenon across the world (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2021; Gähler et al., 2009; Office for National Statistics, 2022; Statistics New Zealand, 2022; United States Census Bureau, 2022) and affects a substantial proportion of children. While some children readily adjust to their parents’ separation and divorce, other children exhibit difficulty adjusting emotionally, socially, and demonstrate poorer academic outcomes when compared with children with married parents (Amato, 2001; Amato & Keith, 1991; Anthony et al., 2014; Eriksen et al., 2017; Fergusson et al., 2014; Schaan & Vogele, 2016; Sigle-Rushton et al., 2014; Song et al., 2012).

Separation and divorce have consequences beyond the family and those consequences may involve teachers. This study addresses this gap in the literature by examining the perspectives of separated and divorced parents of what living well means for them and their family in the context of their separation and divorce, and the role of teachers, schools and early childhood services in assisting them to realise these aspirations.

While there is much research about the emotional, social, behavioural, and academic effects of separation and divorce and diverse family composition, there is a paucity of research focusing on the nexus with education and how teachers work with children and their families. Studies have revealed teachers valued communication and collaboration with parents experiencing separation and divorce which enabled teachers to support their children (Cottongim, 2002; Ellington, 2003; King, 2007; Mahony et al., 2015a). The few studies with teachers investigating their work with children and families experiencing separation and divorce showed that when teachers had knowledge of the unique family circumstances, they adjusted their practices to suit the individual needs of children and families (Lee & Walsh, 2004; Mahony et al., 2015a, 2015b; Øverland et al., 2012; Webb & Blond, 1995). Teachers see children for a greater proportion of time each day than any other adult other than children’s parents. Therefore, teachers, schools and early childhood services are in a strategic position to promote wellbeing and learning in children experiencing parental separation and divorce.

Relevant to this study is the influence teachers and families can have on children. Teachers may be able to serve the children in their care and their families if they understand them better. Teachers, schools and early childhood services endeavour to uphold the aspirations families have for their children and their family and readily support children and families as needed. However, teachers, schools and early childhood services need to be confident that their practices enable all children and families to flourish regardless of their family circumstance. In some instances, these practices may need adjusting to suit the needs of children and families experiencing parental separation and divorce. First, teachers, schools and early childhood services need to develop an understanding of what children and families experiencing parental separation and divorce need and want so that they can work with them in ways that support them and promote wellbeing and learning (Mahony et al. 2015a).

The aim of this study was to understand the perspectives of separated and divorced parents of what living well means for them and their family in the context of their separation and divorce, and the role of teachers, schools and early childhood services in assisting them to realise these aspirations.

The research questions guiding this chapter are:

  • What are parents’ aspirations for their children and themselves to live well in the aftermath of separation and divorce?
  • What practices of teachers, schools and early childhood services enable and constrain families’ ability to live well during the process of separation and divorce and into the future?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
Twelve parents were purposefully selected to participate in the project (Warren, 2002). Parents were recruited by advertising through Government family organisations and services dedicated to keeping families safe, well, strong and connected (e.g. Family Relationships Australia and Family Services Australia) and by snowball sampling whereby participants referred other potential participants to the study.
Semi-structured interviews
Parents were asked to reflect on the past to inform their vision of the future for themselves and their children. Parents were asked what it means for them to live well, and what they consider is a world worth living in for all.  Parents were also asked a series of questions about the practices of teachers, schools or early childhood services to explore what parents considered their children’s teachers could have done to help their children and family, and what they considered teachers could have avoided that was not helpful for their children and their family at this time.
Data analysis
The research questions created a lens for data analysis. First, data were analysed using thematic analysis to identify themes related to the first research question to understand parents’ aspirations for their children and themselves to live well in the aftermath of separation and divorce. Data were analysed using two phases of coding: initial and intermediate coding (Corbin & Strauss, 2008). During initial coding, interview transcripts were read, and all possible categories were listed. During intermediate coding, these initial categories were grouped together with similar categories to form themes (Corbin & Strauss, 2008). These themes focused on emotional and social wellbeing.
Next, the interview data were analysed to explore the second research question, which was to identify those practices of teachers, early childhood services and schools that enabled and constrained these family’s ability to live well during the process of separation and divorce. Themes identified from the first research question focused analysis to identify practices that aligned to the themes of emotional and social wellbeing. Elements of the theory of practice architectures were used to better understand those practices of teachers, schools and early childhood services that parents considered helpful to promote wellbeing and learning and realise their aspirations for their children and family. To be specific, those practices that ‘enabled’ or had an adverse effect or ‘constrained’ wellbeing and adjustment to their changed family circumstances were identified.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Separated and divorced parents talked holistically with a particular focus on emotional and social wellbeing of their children and themselves.  Parents were overwhelmingly concerned with their children being happy. Parents reported several aspects that contributed to them realising their aspirations for their children and themselves.
• Parents considered promoting and maintaining open communication between themselves and teachers, and between teachers and children to be imperative to realising optimal emotional and social wellbeing where they and their children felt safe, happy, supported, respected and accepted, and socially connected.
• Parents felt that school sites and early childhood services had potential to create sites where families can meet, connect, share, and learn. One role of these sites would be to provide support for children and families during the process of separation and divorce.
• Positive relationships were imperative to build and maintain communication and collaboration between parents; children; and teachers, schools and early childhood services.
This study has potential to transform how schools and teachers interact with children and families experiencing separation and divorce so that wellbeing and learning are maximised. It is considered that when we understand the intricacies of practices, we can focus on transforming practices to replicate those practices that enable wellbeing and learning, and work towards adjusting those practices that constrain or pose as a barrier to children and families realising their aspirations to live well in the aftermath of parental separation and divorce. This study has implications for the development of school-wide and system wide policy, processes, and procedures for working with children and families experiencing separation and divorce and other social diversity.

References
Amato, P. R. (2001). Children of divorce in the 1990s: An update of the Amato and Keith
 (1991) meta-analysis. Journal of Family Psychology, 15, 355–370. https://10.1037/0893-3200.15.3.355.
Amato, P. & Keith, B. (1991). Parental divorce and the wellbeing of children: A meta-
analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 110(1), 26-46. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.110.1.26
Anthony, C., DiPerna, J., & Amato, P. (2014). Divorce, approaches to learning, and children’s
achievement: A longitudinal analysis of mediated and moderated effects. Journal of School Psychology, 52(3), 249-261. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2014.03.003
Australian Bureau of Statistics. (2021). Marriages and Divorces, Australia, 2020.
https://www.abs.gov.au/statistics/people/people-and-communities/marriages-and-divorces-australia/latest-release  
Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2008). Basics of qualitative research (3rd ed. ). Thousand Oaks,
 CA: Sage.  
Erikson, H., Hvidtfeldt, C., & Lilleor, H. (2017). Family disruption and social, emotional and
behavioural functioning in middle childhood. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 26(4), 1077-1089. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-016-0631-2
Fergusson, D., Mcleod, G., & Horwood, L. (2014). Parental separation/divorce in childhood
and partnership outcomes at age 30. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 55(4), 352-360. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.12107
Mahony, L., Lunn, J., Petriwskyj, & Walsh, K. (2015a). The decision-making processes of early childhood teachers when working with children experiencing parental separation and divorce. Early Child Development and Care, 185(7), 1088-1108. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2014.980405
Mahony, L., Walsh, K., Lunn, J., & Petriwskyj, A. (2015b). Teachers facilitating support for
young children experiencing parental separation and divorce. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 24(10), 2841-3852. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-014-0088-0
Office for National Statistics. (2022). Divorces in England and Wales: 2020.
https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/birthsdeathsandmarriages/divorce/bulletins/divorcesinenglandandwales/latest#what-percentage-of-marriages-end-in-divorce
Øverland, K., Thorsen, A. A., & Størksen, I. (2012). The beliefs of teachers and daycare staff
regarding children of divorce: A Q methodological study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(3), 321-323. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.10.010
Schaan, V., & Vogele, C. (2016). Resilience and rejection sensitivity mediate long-term
 outcomes of parental divorce. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 25(11), 1267-1269. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-016-0893-7
Statistics New Zealand. (2022). Marriages, civil unions, and divorces: Year ended December
2021. https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-releases/marriages-civil-unions-and-divorces-year-ended-december-2021#:~:text=Divorces-,In%202021%3A,2011%2C%20and%208%2C748%20in%202001.
Sigle-Rushton, W., Lyngstad, T., Andersen, P., & Kravdal, O. (2014). Proceed with caution?
Parents’ union dissolution and children’s educational achievement. Journal of Marriage and Family, 76(1), 161-174. https://doi.org/10.1111/jomf.12075
Song, C., Benin, M., & Glick, J. (2012). Dropping out of high school: The effects of family
structure and family transitions. Journal of Divorce & Remarriage, 53(1), 18-33. https://doi.org/10.1080/10502556.2012.635964
United States Census Bureau. (2022). Marriage and Divorce.
 https://www.census.gov/topics/families/marriage-and-divorce.html
Webb, K., & Blond, J. (1995). Teacher knowledge: The relationship between caring and
knowing. Teacher & Teacher Education, 11(6), 611-625. https://doi.org/10.1016/0742-051X(95)00017-E


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Early Childhood Tutoring and the Kindergarten Admission Rat Race Abstract

M. Nutsa Kobakhidze1, Janisa Hui2

1The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2The University of Maryland (USA)

Presenting Author: Kobakhidze, M. Nutsa; Hui, Janisa

Objectives and Research Questions

This presentation focuses on a phenomenon of kindergarten admission preparation which is a commercial education market offering training in social skills, mock interview, CV editing and parent consultation. Although this study is contextualized in in Hong Kong, it has wider relevance internationally and in Europe because high competition to get to best schools and accompanying private tutoring market exists almost everywhere. This literature review demonstrated that early tutoring is not an exotic phenomenon and nor is it exclusive to Asia; it exists in USA (Green, 2007) and the UK (Ang,2014).

Through a qualitative study, this paper explores what drives kindergarten admission competition by studying the characteristics of the education market and perspectives from the stakeholders. Two main research questions are addressed: (1) How do parents prepare their children for kindergarten admission? (2) What contributes to the competitive nature of kindergarten admission?

Theoretical framework

Educational outcomes are closely related to early educational experiences (Reynolds et al., 2018; Taggart et al., 2015). Many studies have been done to explain parents’ behaviors in investing on their children’s future from a social, economical and cultural perspective (Brown et al., 2011; Vincent & Maxwell, 2016). Given that kindergarten admission is a highly selective process, parents often turned to the private commercial market and get support from preparation services. Although the concept of private tutoring, also known as shadow education, has been widely studied in the education field (e.g. Bray et al., 2014; Entrich, 2020), early childhood tutoring is an understudied area.

Early tutoring can be considered as a part of the global phenomenon of private tutoring (Bray, 2021; Zhang, 2021). In 2026, it is predicted that the global private tutoring market will reach US$200 billion in value (Global Industry Analysts, 2022). Kindergarten admission preparation services is a form of “early tutoring”.

Early childhood education is undeniably crucial to child development; yet, scholars questioned whether tutoring young children is developmentally appropriate. The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989) remarked that being able to play and relax are critical to children. Being tutored at a young age could be problematic since it adds activity-related stress (Brown et al., 2011) and reduces play time (Halpen, 2002). Furthermore, commercialized education services, including kindergarten interview admission services, creates an equity and access issue.

Parents are concerned about their children would be missing out if they do not receive tutoring at a young age. Some parents believe that offering tutoring means “good parenting”. Vincent and Maxwell (2016) coined the term “responsibilization” of parenthood, which refers to parents’ perceived responsibilities as parents are responsible for children’s problems. Take South Korea as an example, early tutoring is a social norm and parents see it as a responsible investment on their children (Woo & Huges, 2015). Although early tutoring is common in the society, scholars tried to understand the impact of early tutoring in the realm of child development and mental health. Early tutoring can be seen as an extra curricular activities that is correlated with school readiness, but it also has a negative correlation with children’s enjoyment of those activities (Chiu & Lau, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using qualitative methods, we conducted 78 semi-structured interviews from June to September 2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic. Participants included 29 parents, 24 kindergarten teachers, 10 tutors and 15 early childhood scholars from local universities and non-government organizations. The sample also included policy-makers from the Hong Kong Education Bureau. Given the local government’s advice on COVID-19 protocols, participants were offered options to participate the interviews on phone (n=39), on Zoom (n=27) and face-to-face (n=10). In total, 40 interviews were conducted in Cantonese and 38 were conducted in English. We adapted our research plan due to the pandemic, and made methodological modification concerning recruiting research participants, redesigning instruments, streamlining of data collection approaches and optimizing existing data sources. Our approached echoes the AERA theme of pushing traditional modes of collecting and sharing findings in pursuit of truth with consequences. As a team of women researchers, we juggled multiple responsibilities brought by the changing environment in the pandemic. Responsibilities included managing children’s’ online schooling, moving abroad and changing jobs alongside doing this study amid the pandemic. In the process of intensive data collection, we paid special attention to the mental well-being of both researchers and respondents.

The audio-recorded interviews served as the main data source of this study and each interview lasted for about 0.5 to 1.5 hour. The recordings of the interviews were transcribed in verbatim and Cantonese transcripts were translated to English by research assistants who were fluent in English and Cantonese. The transcripts were coded using NVivo (release 1.6.1) following the steps of thematic analysis (Nowell et al., 2017). Considering the access of participants due to COVID-19, we also diversified our data sources by including market materials and websites of educational centers to inform our answers to the research questions. We also tried to recruit participants in multiple ways, such as sending standardized recruitment messages via WhatsApp messenger, as well as using hashtag to search for related content and contacting the content creator, who are parents, teachers and tutors. For data validation purposes, we conducted member checking by organizing a webinar and presenting our findings to the research participants. Our participants shared feedback and asked questions to help finalize the conclusions.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study is one of the first to explore the emerging market for kindergarten admission preparatory services in Hong Kong and internationally. We traced admission-related competition through the eyes of parents, teachers, company tutors, and early childhood educators, finding that there is a fierce competition for limited slots in “good” kindergartens as perceived by parents.

First, the findings of this study demonstrated that there are hierarchies among kindergartens within the school system in Hong Kong which favors middle-class families. The kindergarten admission preparation services represent a market that is tailored for benefiting the middle class. It would be crucial to consider fairness and equity by ensuring that good education is accessible to all children despite their socioeconomic background. This study may be particularly helpful for policymakers and advocates who are passionate about improving educational inequalities and the related negative consequences. Our findings signal marketization of education at early childhood age which needs more scholarly attention. By ignoring how the education market is targeting kindergarten admissions and shaping parents’ decisions, beliefs, and perceptions, we risk ignoring the hidden mechanisms of inequalities maintained and perpetuated by education institutions, commercial market, and family practices.  


This kindergarten rat race is found in many parts of the world and this paper aims to draw both scholarly and policy attention on the level of competition in early childhood.  Our study offers new evidence about the relatively new phenomenon on kindergarten admission preparation services and knowing these factors that drive the commercial market on kindergarten admission helps researchers to better understand the impacts of early tutoring when children are further along in their education trajectory.

References
Ang, L. (2014). Preschool or prep school? Rethinking the role of early years education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 15(2), 185-199.

Bray, M., Zhan, S., Lykins, C., Wang, D., & Kwo, O. (2014). Differentiated demand for private supplementary tutoring: Patterns and implications in Hong Kong secondary education. Economics of Education Review, 38, 24-37. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2013.10.002

Brown, S. L., Nobiling, B. D., Teufel, J., & Birch, D. A. (2011). Are kids too busy? Early adolescents’ perceptions of discretionary activities, overscheduling, and stress. Journal of School Health, 81(9), 574-580. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1746-1561.2011.00629.x

Chiu, C. Y., & Lau, E. Y. H. (2018). Extracurricular participation and young children's outcomes in Hong Kong: Maternal involvement as a moderator. Children and Youth Services Review, 88, 476-485. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2018.03.051

Entrich, S. R. (2020). Gender- and SES-specific disparities in shadow education: Compensation for boys, status upgrade for girls? Evidence from the German life study. Orbis Scholae, 14(2), 13-38. https://doi.org/10.14712/23363177.2020.10

Green, E. (2007, September 10). Documentary chronicles city kindergarten admissions. The New York Sun. https://www.nysun.com/new-york/documentary-chronicles-city-
kindergarten/62248/

Global Industry Analysts (2022). Private tutoring: World market report. StrategyR. https://www.strategyr.com/market-report-private-tutoring-forecasts-global-industry-analysts-inc.asp

Halpern, R. (2002). A different kind of child development institution: The history of after-school programs for low-income children. Teachers College Record, 104(2), 178-211. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9620.00160

Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406917733847

Reynolds, A., Ou, S., & Temple, J. (2018). A multicomponent, preschool to third grade preventive intervention and educational attainment at 35 years of age. JAMA Pediatrics, 172(3), 247-256. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2017.4673

Taggart, B., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E., Sammons, P., & Siraj, I. (2015). Effective pre-school, primary and secondary education project (EPPSE 3-16+): How pre-school influences children and young people's attainment and developmental outcomes over time.

Vincent, C., & Maxwell, C. (2016). Parenting priorities and pressures: Furthering understanding of ‘concerted cultivation’. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 37(2), 269-281. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2015.1014880

Woo, H., & Hodges, N. N. (2015). Education fever: Exploring private education consumption motivations among Korean parents of preschool children. Family and Consumer Sciences Research Journal, 44(2), 127-142. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-26647-3_43

Zhang, W. (2021). Non-state actors in education: The nature, dynamics and regulatory implications of private supplementary tutoring. Background Paper for the Global Education Monitoring Report. UNESCO.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm15 SES 02 A: Area-Based Education Partnerships and Equity: International Perspectives
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Craig Skerritt
Session Chair: Álvaro González
Symposium
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Symposium

Area-Based Education Partnerships and Equity: International Perspectives

Chair: Craig Skerritt (University of Manchester)

Discussant: Álvaro González (Universidad Católica Silva Henríquez)

Creating education systems that are both equitable and excellent has become a preoccupation for many systems internationally. A recent UNESCO Global Monitoring Report (UNSECO, 2020) concluded that inequality in education has increased, with the poorest and most disadvantaged shouldering the heaviest burden. One approach to addressing this issue is through collaborative approaches to school improvement. This involves strengthening relationships between schools to increase support and challenge (Armstrong & Ainscow, 2018), while also eliminating system-level practices that inhibit inclusivity. This symposium will draw lessons from five distinct country contexts (China, Austria, Scotland and England) to throw light on how collaborative activity between schools can be used as a mechanism to build capacity and facilitate knowledge mobilisation between classrooms and schools to promote equity and inclusion. At the same time, it will explore the challenges in establishing and sustaining collaborative practice between schools. Such challenges should not be underestimated. School collaboration requires building a shared purpose and common understanding and not just securing ‘buy in’. It involves driving collective work through common interest despite, and often within, cultures that promote competition, personal incentive, and introspection. In this way it entails confronting the tension between collective responsibility and individual accountability. This does not necessarily mean schools doing more, but it does imply partnerships beyond the individual school, where partners multiply the impacts of each other’s efforts. The cases we present here will explore these issues whilst also paying attention to the dangers of placing too much faith in such activity as a solution to the many and complex problems facing education systems (Kerr et al, 2014).

To align with the conference theme, the papers in this session will individually and collectively speak to the Sustainable Development Goals 4 (Quality Education) and 10 (Reduced Inequalities). In doing so, the symposium builds on evidence suggesting that collaboration between schools has potential for fostering the capacity of education systems to respond to learner diversity (Ainscow, 2010) and help to reduce the polarisation of schools within a local area, to the particular benefit of marginalised children whose performance and attitudes to learning cause concern (Muijs et al, 2011). There is also research which suggests that the development of education systems that are effective for all children will only happen when what happens outside as well as inside a school changes (Raffo, 2011). Indeed, there is encouraging evidence of what can happen when what schools do is aligned in a coherent strategy with the efforts of other actors within a locality. In short, context matters. This might be the context of the system, the network, and/or the neighbourhood to which a school belongs, or it might be the institutional context of the school itself. Indeed, it is probably a combination of all these elements. However, it is also important to understand the ways in which context matters, by which we mean the challenges and opportunities, the culture(s), beliefs and values, the demographics, and geographies in a particular setting and the ‘niches of possibility’ with these settings where purposeful activity is most likely to happen (Hatch et al, 2021).

The papers within this symposium will explore these issues from different vantage points of the four contexts within which each is set including the school (micro) level (Austria), the state/regional (meso) level (England and Scotland) and the system (macro) level (China). In so doing they will reveal the importance and multifaceted nature of context in furthering our understanding of collaboration as a mechanism to address inequity and support development in education.


References
Ainscow, M. (2010). Achieving excellence and equity: reflections on the development of practices in one local district over 10 years. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 21(1), 75-92.

Armstrong, P., & Ainscow, M. (2018). School-to-school support within a competitive education system: Views from the inside. School Effectiveness, School Improvement, 29(4), 614–633.

Kerr, K., Dyson, A., & Raffo, C. (2014). Education, disadvantage, and place: Making the local matter. Bristol: Policy Press.

Hatch, T., Corson, J. and van den Berg, S.G. (2021). The Education We Need for a Future We Can't Predict. California: Corwin.

Muijs, D., Ainscow, M., Chapman, C. and West, M. (2011) Collaboration and networking in education. London: Springer

Raffo, C. (2011). Educational equity in poor urban contexts–exploring issues of place/space and young people's identity and agency. British Journal of Educational Studies, 59(1), 1-19

United Nations Educational, Cultural and Scientific Organisation (2020) Inclusion and Equity: All Means All. Paris: UNESCO:

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Area-Based School Partnerships and Equity in England: Why Context Matters

Paul Armstrong (University of Manchester), Bee Hughes (University of Manchester), Mel Ainscow (University of Manchester), Stephen Rayner (University of Manchester)

The last twenty years have seen two significant strands of education-policy reform in England: an increased emphasis on the power of market forces as a strategy for school improvement and the development of new governance structures that may not be based around local areas or communities (Ainscow et al, 2020). These policy moves are both positioning schools in a competitive market and loosening the links between schools and their local communities. Various forms of area-based partnerships have emerged, where schools are encouraged and enabled to work together with neighbouring schools and community partners (Armstrong & Ainscow, 2018). In this paper, we report on the Area-Based Partnerships Project (ABPP), which investigates examples of collaborative working in eight regions in England. Our case-study research is framed by the following questions: What are the conditions that facilitate the establishment and sustainability of area-based school partnerships? What are the features and benefits of these partnerships? What barriers do they face and how are these being addressed? And, what are the implications for the creation of effective forms of local coordination within education systems? Data were generated through documentary analysis followed by interviews and focus-group seminars with key actors, including governors and Trust members, Chief Executive Officers, local-authority representatives and school principals. We identify key factors underpinning the purposefulness of such partnerships, including the establishment of strong professional networks, often led by experienced school leaders; the contribution of local-authority officers; a commitment to collaborative working; and a clearly-articulated statement of principles. Our findings underline the importance of context, specifically the histories, demographics, cultures, and conventions that characterise local systems and communities in which each case is situated. This serves to highlight the importance of localised policy enactment and decision (Braun et al, 2011). Notably, these partnerships have no formal status or mandate, instead drawing their influence from soft power and the social capital of the collective capacity of local educational leaders and professionals. While the extent to which these partnerships can be seen as ‘successful’ and/or sustainable is variable between different regions, there are lessons we can draw from this project that will inform thinking around how we structure our school systems in ways that promote equity and excellence. This paper addresses the role of partnerships in improving the quality of education in order to alleviate disadvantage and reduce inequalities (Sustainable Development Goals 4 and 10; see Kerr et al, 2014).

References:

Ainscow, M., Chapman, C. and Hadfield, M. (2020). Changing education systems: a research-based approach. Abingdon, UK: Routledge. Armstrong, P.W. & Ainscow, M. (2018). School-to-school support within a competitive education system: Views from the inside. School Effectiveness, School Improvement, 29(4), 614–633. Braun, A., Ball, S. and Maguire, M. (2011). Policy enactments in schools introduction: towards a toolbox for theory and research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 581-583. Kerr, K., Dyson, A. & Raffo, C. (2014). Education, disadvantage and place: Making the local matter. Bristol, UK: Policy Press. Raffo, C., Dyson, A., Gunter, H.M., Hall, D., Jones, L. and Kalambouka, K. (2007). Education and Poverty: A Critical Review of Theory, Policy and Practice. York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation
 

Focus on Transition: The Impact of School Location and Collaboration on Students' Expectations of Transition

Livia Jesacher-Roessler (Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nuremburg), Claudia Schreiner (University of Innsbruck), Fred Berger (University of Innsbruck), Wolfgang Hagleitner (University of Innsbruck)

In school systems with early tracking of pupils, such as Austria or Germany, the transition to lower secondary school (age 10) is often a critical life event (Filipp, 1995). In addition to the pressure to perform well in order to transit to, for example, a Gymnasium, pupils are often confronted with other changing factors such as longer distances to the new school, unfamiliar new classmates, teachers and subjects. Studies show that these changes can cause anxiety and concerns (Koch, 2006). Cooperation between different types of schools, for example, can help to ensure that the coordination and management of transitions is sustainable (Benz, 2007). A study conducted by van Rens et al. (2018) show that a positive relationship between different stakeholders can help to better address transition challenges. This can include sharing information about students' academic progress as well as coordinating activities. For example, primary schools may invite secondary schools to visit (Cauley & Jovanovich, 2006). Against this background, this paper examines the expectations and experiences of students from two different contexts. While cohort A experiences the transition in a rural region where only one form of secondary school (middle school) can be chosen after primary school and where primary schools cooperate closely with secondary schools, cohort B experiences the transition in an urban environment. In this particular urban area, there is strong segregation and little institutionalised cooperation between primary and secondary schools, especially at the interface. In order to map the two environments, qualitative data from school leader interviews (n=13) as well as documents on the cooperative measures (trainins, networking initiatives, etc.) were analysed. Furthermore, analyses are based on survey data from pupils in the fourth grade (prior to transition) in both rural (n=295) and urban (n=412) areas. All data were collected in the school year 2020-2021. The survey was conducted using paper-pencil questionnaires, including scales on social integration in class (Eder, 2007), teacher support (based on OECD, 2004), parents’ responsiveness (Fend & Prester, 1986), and anxiety regarding the future school (based on Sirsch, 2000). The data were analysed using SPSS (version 27). First results show that pupils from urban contexts are more worried about their future school than pupils from the networked rural contexts (t(675.1) = 1.96; p<.05). A linear regression (F(675)=18.05; p<.001; r²=.14) points at students’ migration background to have an increasing influence whereby higher levels of social integration and parental responsiveness moderate anxieties regarding the future school.

References:

Cauley, K. M., & Jovanovich, D. (2006). Developing an effective transition program for students entering middle school or high school. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 80(1), 15-25. Eder, F. (2007). Das Befinden von Kindern und Jugendlichen in der österreichischen Schule. Befragung 2005. Innsbruck: StudienVerlag. Fend, H. & Prester, H.-G. (1986). Dokumentation der Skalen des Projekts "Entwicklung im Jugendalter". Universität Konstanz. Filipp, S.-H. (Hrsg.) (1995): Kritische Lebensereignisse. Weinheim: Beltz Psychologie Verlags Union. Koch, K. (2006). Der Übergang von der Grundschule in die weiterführende Schule als biographische und pädagogische Herausforderung. Jahrbuch Jugendforschung, 69-89. OECD (2004). Learning for Tomorrow’s World. First Results from PISA 2003. OECD. Sirsch, U. (2000). Probleme beim Schulwechsel. Die subjektive Bedeutung des bevorstehenden Wechsels von der Grundschule in die weiterführende Schule. Waxmann. van Rens, M., Haelermans, C., Groot, W., & Maassen van den Brink, H. (2018). Facilitating a successful transition to secondary school:(how) does it work? A systematic literature review. Adolescent Research Review, 3, 43-56.
 

Children’s Neighbourhoods Scotland: Drawing out the Lessons

Christopher Chapman (University of Glasgow), Jennifer McLean (University of Glasgow), Kevin Lowden (University of Glasgow)

Place-based approaches including the Harlem Children’s Zone, City Connects in Boston and Strive Partnership in Cincinnati in the USA and Children’s Communities in England and other similar approaches in Europe and elsewhere have attempted to create a pipeline of support from birth to adulthood in the most challenging communities and to achieve collective impact (Henig et al., 2015). This paper articulates well with ideas, developments and concerns across the European context where persistent regional inequality is increasing social division, reducing acceptance of diversity and promoting mistrust of conventional political processes. Such inequalities reduce people’s substantial freedoms or capabilities (Sen 2009) in three general domains: economic: income, labour quality and private wealth; social: access to and quality of essential services and common wealth, and recognition: of one’s values, norms, role and aspirations. The paper explores the development and use of the Capabilities approach (Sen, 2009; Nussbaum, 2011; Burchardt and Vizard, 2011) to frame the key issues and opportunities related to children and young people growing up in high poverty neighbourhoods. This strikes a balance between locally developed, participative and grounded definitions of capabilities and capabilities derived from the academic literature. This paper will also draw out the lessons learned, challenges and opportunities from the design, implementation and legacy of the design-based research programme Children’s Neighbourhoods Scotland (CNS). Research undertaken with young people as co-researchers and professionals during the build up to, widespread lockdown and subsequent aftermath of the pandemic provide the contexts for exploring the impact of the pandemic on communities and professional practice, the legacy of the pandemic and ultimately the lessons learned including the challenges and opportunities faced in the design, implementation and sustainability during and beyond the lifespan of the funding. The paper concludes by reflecting on potential of adopting a capabilities framework in order include children and young people’s voices at the centre of a strategy to promote their wellbeing and achievement (Biggeri, 2007) and the potential for capabilities to support and empower young people to play a meaningful role in democratic decision-making processes. It explores the challenges and potential of the model including: importance of collaborative and distributed leadership, the role of reticulists (Sullivan & Skelcher, 2002); the need for actors from both academic and practice backgrounds to work across complex political, professional and geographical boundaries, and the time required to build authentic and trusting relationships within and across neighbourhoods.

References:

Biggeri, M. (2007) ‘Children’s Valued Capabilities’ in Walker, M. and Unterhalter, E. (Eds.) (2007) Amartya Sen’s Capability Approach and Social Justice in Education, 1st edn, Palgrave Macmillan, Basingstoke; New York, NY. Burchardt, T. & Vizard, P. (2011) 'Operationalizing' the Capability Approach as a Basis for Equality and Human Rights Monitoring in Twenty-first-century Britain. Journal of Human Development and Capabilities, 12(1): 91-119. City Connects (2014) The impact of City Connects: Progress report 2014. Chestnut Hill, MA: Center for Optimized Student Support Henig, J. R., Riehl, C. J., Rebell, M. A., & Wolff, J. R (2015) Putting collective impact in context: A review of the literature on local cross-sector collaboration to improve education. New York, NY: Teachers College, Columbia University, and Department Nussbaum, M. C. (2003) Capabilities as fundamental entitlements: Sen and social justice, Feminist Economics, 9:2-3, 33-59, DOI: 10.1080/1354570022000077926 Nussbaum, M. C. (2011) Creating capabilities: the human development approach. Cambridge: Belknap Press Sen, A. (2009) The idea of justice. London: Penguin Sen, Amartya (1985). Commodities and capabilities. Amsterdam New York New York, N.Y., U.S.A: North-Holland Sole distributors for the U.S.A. and Canada, Elsevier Science Pub. Co. ISBN 9780444877307. Sullivan, H. & Skelcher, C. (2002). Collaborating Across Boundaries. London: Palgrave.
 

Mapping Formal School-To-School Collaboration: Education Collectives in China

Pinyan Lin (University of Manchester)

“Equity” and “Quality” have been mentioned many times in this reform of China’s education system (Yu, 2020; Qian and Walker, 2020). However, there has been an increasing recognition that it is hard to achieve these two goals only by relying on a school’s individual strength. Policymakers, therefore, turned their eyes on the whole “system” changes (Qian and Walker, 2020). The reform of the entire system involves the improvement of all schools in the system, usually focusing mainly on narrowing the gap between high-performance and low-performance schools (Hopkins et al., 2014). School-to-school collaboration is regarded as an effective way to raise the standard of regional education systems, reduce the gap between schools and facilitate the redistribution of resources in Chinese context (Du and Duan, 2020), and education collectivisation is one of the widely practiced forms of school-to-school collaboration. Many scholars have conducted research on the purposes and achievements of education collectives (see Wu, 2013; Gu et al., 2017; You, 2021; Liu, 2021 et al.), yet there is little acknowledgment about its differentiated forms, thereby it is important to unpack this complexity. To fully map the education collective’s terrain, I first answer the question that what do education collectives in China look like and how can they be conceptualised? I then elucidate a description of the typology of education collectives. I employ the metaphor of Chinese landscape painting to inform my overall approach and methodology. Further, I borrow the concept of three distances in Chinese landscape painting to structure this typology. The different dimensions of typologising education collectives mainly concern legal status, power relations and external engagement. This research innovatively uses metaphor of Chinese landscape painting and its characteristics to reveal the complex terrain of Chinese education. This typology helps to place education collectives within the broader landscape of Chinese compulsory education and system reform, provides a foundation for understanding network and partnership diversity among inter-school collaboration, and offers insights about classifying education collectives of other education systems.

References:

Du, L., L. and Duan, P., Y. (2020). Review and Prospect of Basic Education School District System and School Group in China: Forum on Contemporary Education, 12 (3), pp.1-11. Gu, M., Y., Ma, J. and Teng, J. (2017). Portraits of Chinese schools. Singapore: Springer. Hopkins, D., Stringfield, S., Harris, A., Stoll, L. and Mackay, T. (2014). School and system improvement: A narrative state-of-the-art review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 25(2), pp.257-281. Liu, J. (2021). ‘Building education groups as school collaboration for education improvement: a case study of stakeholder interactions in District A of Chengdu’. Asia Pacific Education Review, pp.1-13. Qian, H. and Walker, A. (2020). System Reform in China: Mobilising and Sharing Resources Across Schools. In Leading and Transforming Education Systems. Singapore: Springer. Wu, Y. (2013). A study on the collectivization of running a School in basic Education. Masters level. Shaanxi Normal University. You, Y. (2021). Run by others: school autonomy in Shanghai’s entrustment management reform. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 41(3), pp.594-608. Yu, M., Y. (2020). Practical dilemmas and strategies for cracking the problem of group schooling in basic education — A Research Analysis in Jiangsu Province. Journal of The Chinese Society of Education, 12 (11), pp.13-19
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm16 SES 02 A: Professional Competences and Professional Development
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Ed Smeets
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Exploring the Sociotechnical Imaginary of Professional Digital Competence: Unpacking ‘the Problem’ with Teachers

Erik Straume Bussesund

OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Bussesund, Erik Straume

The use of technology in education has been a topic of interest for policymakers for many years, as is alleged to have significantly benefits for the learning experience for students. With the rapid implementation of digital technology in education in recent years, there has been a focus on the role of teacher qualifications in preparing students for a digital society and utilise the potential of a datafyed and digitised education system. The teacher is commonly portrayed to play a critical role in integrating technology into classroom and ensuring that students can effectively use it to learn and acquire new skills.

The focus has been on providing teachers with the necessary training and professional development to effectively integrate technology into their teaching practice. A common means of achieving such qualifications is the development of teachers’ professional digital competence often presented as qualification framework. While the incorporation of technology in education and the professional development of teachers is often presented as a depoliticized and objective improvement project, this paper critically analyses the conception of a digitally competent teacher as constructed in this policy. It argues that the conceptualization of a digitally competent teacher is not a neutral, apolitical construct, but rather one that is shaped by the political, economic, and social context in which it is developed. The study examines the ways in which the problematisation of teachers need for digitally competent is used to justify certain policy decisions and how the definition of digital competency is used to shape the role of teachers. By taking a critical perspective, this study aims to uncover the veiled power dynamics and potential consequences of these policies on teachers and the education system.

This paper conducts a critical analysis of the Norwegian Professional Digital Competence Framework for Teachers (the ‘PDC framework’) using Bacchi's (2009) ‘What's the problem represented to be?’ approach. The WPR approach involves analysing policy documents to uncover the underlying assumptions and policy imagination that shape the problem representation and subsequent solutions proposed in the document. In this case, the analysis aims to uncover the assumptions and representations of digital competency for teachers as constructed in the PDC framework, and the potential consequences of these representations on the role of teachers and the education system in Norway. The paper's focus is on the PDC framework as it is a governing the development and implementation of technology in education and the professional development of teachers in Norway.

This paper argues that the PDC framework is used as a policy instrument to stabilize and legitimize the use of digital technologies in the classroom. The PDC framework is informed by a sociotechnical imaginary that digital technology is the driving force for pedagogical development and that teachers are deficient when facing a digitized education. The paper discusses the potential consequences of the PDC framework on the role of teachers and the education system in Norway. Specifically, it argues that the PDC framework may lead to an unintended process of de-professionalization, in which teachers' autonomy is weakened. This is because the framework reinforces the idea that digital technology having inherent powers that teacher needs to use in the classroom, and that they need to be trained and regulated to do so. As a result, teachers may be less able to exercise autonomy and make decisions about how to use technology to support student learning, ultimately weakening their professional status.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The purpose of a WPR analysis is to critically scrutinise governmental problematisations by examining taken-for-granted ‘truths’ and analysing policy assumptions (Bacchi, 2012), in this case the Norwegian qualification framework for teachers PDC. The analysis is based on the notion that policies do not respond to problems; rather, problems are ‘created’ through the very policies that purport to ‘solve’ them (Bacchi, 2000, p. 48). This leaves researchers the task to ‘determine’ the problem representation from the proposed solution (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2018).  Policy’s problematise and shape subjects and influence.
The aim of the WPR analysis is to understand which conditions and assumptions are necessary for the PDC. The WPR method involves studying how problems are questioned, analysed, classified and regulated at specific times and under specific circumstances (Bacchi, 2012). We use problem representations as a springboard to analyse what visions of teacher work and schooling that underpin current digitalisation policy in Norway. In that regard we focus on the PDC framework as it is illustrative of wider trend of constructing qualification framework for education as a policy tool (Young & Allais, 2016) and a focus on teacher competency with regard to successful digitalisation of education (McGarr & McDonagh, 2019; Spante et al., 2018). The analysis of the PDC framework is based on  Bacchi and Goodwins (2018 p 42)  six analytical questions:  
We use these six questions to analyse the underlying problem representation of the PDC framework. The first question is a clarifying exercise to identify the problem representation within a given policy. The second question is to uncover the conceptual logics or discourses behind the problem representation. The third question reveals the conditions or contexts that enable the problem representation to form and influence. The fourth question highlights the issues and perspectives that are silenced in the dominant discourse, while the fifth question identifies the effects of the problem representation. The sixth question focuses on the public policy debate or discourse and how the present representation can be challenged. According to Bacchi and Goodwin, the questions does not follow in a sequential analytical order, or that all the questions should be a part of the analysis. In this paper, we will focus on the first three questions to analyse the underlying values framing the problem that the PDC framework is meant to solve, followed by discussing what effects are produced by the problem representation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Digital technology is portrayed as engaging, promoting democracy, and qualifying students for the knowledge economy. This should be understood as a sociotechnical imaginary that produces distinct subjects, spaces, and objects. In our analysis, we focused on how teachers’ professionalism is reimagined in the face of this sociotechnical imaginary that emphasises competitive and learning advantages in the face of an uncertain future. The framework seeks to solve the issues emerging in the digitalisation of the education system by prescrib-ing the knowledge, skills and competence that teachers are apparently lacking.
At first glance, the purpose of the PDC framework is to serve as a guideline for fostering teachers’ professional development and digital competence. It ends up problematising teachers’ competence based on the assumed benefits of digital technology. Based on our reading of the problem representation of the PDC framework, professional development becomes a matter of technical compliance. This way of framing teachers as lacking competency ends up de-professionalising the teacher profession (Evetts, 2013; Gore et al., 2022; McGarr et al., 2022). Teachers are made responsible to deliver on the promises of a digital educational system.  
Given the level of policy borrowing and international convergence in this arena, it is reasonable to assume that similar findings can be found in other qualifications frameworks and policies concerning teacher qualification. Our analysis shows the use of qualification frameworks a tool that frames teachers as deficient and need of upskilling, there in producing an image of teachers lagging the demands of the future. There by delegitimising professional autonomy in favour accountability, measurement and educational effectiveness threw up-skilling.

References
Bacchi, C. (2000). Policy as discourse: What does it mean? Where does it get us? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 21(1), 45–57.
Bacchi, C. (2012). Why study problematizations? Making politics visible. Open Journal of Political Science, 2(01), 1.
Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2018). Poststructural Policy Analysis: A Guide to Practice. New York: Palgrave Macmillan US.
Evetts, J. (2013). Professionalism: Value and ideology. Current Sociology, 61(5–6), 778–796.
Gore, J., Rickards, B., & Fray, L. (2022). From performative to professional accountability: Re-imagining ‘the field of judgment’ through teacher professional development. Journal of Education Policy, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2022.2080274
McGarr, O., & McDonagh, A. (2019). Digital Competence in Teacher Education. Output 1 of the Erasmus + funded Developing Student Teachers’ Digital Competence (DICTE) project. (No. 1). https://ulir.ul.ie/handle/10344/7700
McGarr, O., Passy, R., Murray, J., & Liu, H. (2022). Continuity, change and challenge: Unearthing the (fr)agility of teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2022.2100249
Spante, M., Hashemi, S. S., Lundin, M., & Algers, A. (2018). Digital competence and digital literacy in higher education research: Systematic review of concept use. Cogent Education, 5(1), 1–1. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2018.1519143
Young, M., & Allais, S. M. (2016). Implementing national qualifications frameworks across five continents. Routledge.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Training in the Use of Digital Media of Teachers in Schools with Special Difficulties

Ana Cristina Blasco-Serrano, Natalia Sobradiel Sierra

Universidad de Zaragoza, Spain

Presenting Author: Blasco-Serrano, Ana Cristina

Today's society has experimented major changes due to the incorporation of digital technology into everyday life, especially in recent times, and schools have not remained oblivious to these changes (Barberá-Gregori and Suárez-Guerrero, 2021; Zhao et al., 2021). The inclusion of technological media does not replace non-digital media, but they can be a great complement to teaching strategies. In this framework, the inclusion of digital technology in initial teacher education is necessary (Delgado-García and Toscano, 2021). In addition, senior teachers need to renew their teaching practices to incorporate digital media, in an integral way, in the teaching/learning processes (Barberá-Gregori and Suárez-Guerrero, 2021; Cabero-Almenara and Palacios, 2020; Gudmundsdottir and Hatlevik, 2018). The DigCompEdu Report (Redecker, 2017) is the scientific reference framework guiding education and training policies in European Union countries.

In this context, the use of digital media is considered from a didactic-pedagogical perspective and in a professional educational context (Cabero-Almenara and Palacios, 2020) rather than from a technological point of view. So, teachers who are not proficient in ICT are at a disadvantage in many learning situations and areas compared to those who are, and there is a mismatch between teacher and student (Arenas, 2016). Being competent in the use of technology as a medium for the teaching/learning process entails a critical attitude in didactic planning and in the selection of digital resources in accordance with the context and the characteristics and needs of the students. It is necessary to focus on how the cultural, affective and spiritual aspects of individuals and groups interact with digital technology (Castañeda and Selwyn, 2018). Schools have to face the challenge of teaching in a society that is changing at dizzying speeds and, therefore, can no longer or should no longer reproduce the teaching practices of previous years and decades (Cabero-Almenara and Valencia-Ortiz, 2019; Engen, 2019). In this sense, digital technology makes it possible to address classroom diversity from an inclusive perspective, considering the different paces and levels of curricular competence of all students, enabling new learning scenarios and different opportunities for interaction (Cámara et al., 2017).

The inclusion of ICT in classrooms and educational centres implies that students are the protagonists of their development and learning process, which may sometimes require changes in attitudes and roles between teachers and students (Méndez and Delgado, 2016). Along the same lines, changes are necessary in relation to the didactic planning of the classroom and the organisation of the centre (Méndez and Delgado, 2016) from a critical perspective, reflecting on the why of the changes, why, how, how, who, where and when. In other words, the use of digital technology in the teaching-learning process implies a deep reflection on the teaching practice itself, as well as the context, culture and resources of the centre, promoting participation and interaction between students and teachers, without forgetting the families and the educational community (Méndez and Delgado, 2016; Vigo-Arrazola and Dieste-Gracia, 2019).

The general objective of our study is to find out about the training in the use of digital media of teachers in schools with special difficulties.

The specific objectives are:

  • To identify who organises the training received on digital media.

  • To describe the main thematic cores addressed in this training.

  • To find out the teachers' assessment of the training resources used to develop their educational practices with digital media.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper focuses on the first phase of a R+D+i research project "Challenging stigma. Creative and inclusive discourses and practices with digital media in schools of 'special complexity' (DesEi) (PID2020-112880RB-I00)", developed in Spain.This first phase is descriptive and transversal, from a quantitative methodological perspective.
An ad hoc questionnaire was designed to collect information, validated by experts in creative practices and digital media. The first part of the questionnaire collects the socio-demographic data of the respondents. The data is anonymous, respecting the ethical and data protection aspects of the participants. The second part of the questionnaire sets out a series of questions concerning four basic dimensions related to digital media: 1) the school and its resources, 2) the digital competence of teachers, 3) the organisation of the school, and 4) the teaching and learning processes.
The questionnaire was sent to schools considered to have special difficulties in all the Spanish regions, and we received replies from 126 of them. Thus, 212 pre-school and primary school teachers from schools categorised as particularly difficult throughout Spain took part in the study. The sampling carried out is incidental. 75.9% of the teachers were female, 21.2% were male and 2.8% preferred not to report this information. 6.6% (14) are between 20-30 years old, 26% (55) between 31-40 years old, 42% (89) between 41-50 years old, 22.6% (48) between 51-60 years old and 2.8% (6) are over 60 years old.
In terms of years of teaching experience 21.7% (46) had between 1-9 years, 37.3% (79) between 10-19 years, 28.7% (61) between 20-29 years and 12.3% (26) more than 30 years.
The participating teachers belong to cities with more than 10,000 inhabitants (40.6%), municipalities between 2000 and 10,000 (16.5%) and localities with less than 2000 inhabitants (42.9%).
Finally, for the statistical analysis, frequencies have been used to describe the qualitative variables of the study. The chi-square test and Spearman's correlation test were used to test the statistical significance of the relationship between variables. Statistical analyses were conducted using SPSS 26.0.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings inform 96.3% of teachers have participated in training activities in relation to digital competence: 81.5% have received it at Teacher Training Centres and 56.9% at their own school. University is little considered as a training center (6%). This reinforces the importance of both initial and lifelong learning (Gudmundsdottir and Hatlevik, 2018).
Respecting the core themes of the training, the most common are the use of digital media as a communication tool (68.8%), for the creation, search and modification of curricular content (56%) and as a tool for management and organization (57.8%). Only 39% of teachers have received training to improve inclusion, and 31.2% to encourage students to make creative use of digital media. Just 36.2% of teachers have received training in use of digital technologies to improve assessment throughout the teaching-learning process. Thus, the importance of reflecting on one's own educational practice for inclusion and participation highlight  (Méndez and Delgado, 2016).
There is a significant relationship between gender and some thematic cores. Women have received more training in communication (ꭓ2=9.513; p<0.01), however, men receive more training about curriculum content creation (ꭓ2=9.362; p<0.01) and evaluation (ꭓ2=7.611; p<0.05).
Years of teaching experience show a negative correlation with some place of training, with school itself (-0.195; p=0.01) and at teacher training center (-0.186; p=0.01). We could conclude that teachers with more professional experience have had little training after university related to digital media. On the contrary, teachers with less teaching experience have been trained after initial training. This reinforces the need of inclusion of digital technology in initial teacher education (Delgado-García and Toscano, 2021) and the need of renewal of teaching practices to incorporate digital media (Barberá-Gregori and Suárez-Guerrero, 2021).

References
Arenas, C. (2017). ICT as pedagogical resources for an inclusive professor. Revista de Educación Inclusiva, 9(2). https://revistaeducacioninclusiva.es/index.php/REI/article/viewFile/53/48  
Barberà-Gregori, E. & Suárez-Guerrero (2021). Assessing Online Learning and the Digitalization of Assessment. RIED. Revista Iberoamericana de Educación, 24(2), 33-40. https://doi.org/10.5944/ried.24.2.30289
Cabero-Almenara, J. & Valencia-Ortiz, R. (2019). ITC for inclusion: a look from Latin America. Aula Abierta, 48(2), 139-146. https://doi.org/10.17811/rifie.48.2.2019.139-146
Cabero-Almenara, J. & Palacios-Rodríguez, A. (2020). Marco Europeo de Competencia Digital Docente «DigCompEdu». Traducción y adaptación del cuestionario «DigCompEdu Check-In». EDMETIC, 9(1), 213-234. https://doi.org/10.21071/edmetic.v9i1.12462
Cámara, Á.M., Díaz, Elena M. y Ortega-Tudela, J.M. (2017). Aprendizaje-Servicio en la universidad: ayudando a la escuela a atender a la diversidad a través de las TIC. Bordón, 69 (3), 73-87, DOI: 10.13042/Bordon.2017.51320
Castañeda, L. & Selwyn, N. (2018). More than tools? Making sense of the ongoing digitizations of higher education. Int J Educ Technol High Educ 15, 22, https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-018-0109-y
Delgado-García, M. & Toscano, M.O. (2021). Construcción de la identidad profesional del futuro docente de Secundaria. Profesorado, Revista De Currículum Y Formación Del Profesorado, 25(1), 109-130. https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v25i1.8372
Engen, B.K. (2019). Comprendiendo los aspectos culturales y sociales de las competencias digitales docentes. Comunicar: Revista científica iberoamericana de comunicación y educación, 61, 9-19.
Gudmundsdottir, G.B., & Hatlevik, O.E. (2018). Newly qualified teachers’ professional digital competence: implications for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(2), 214-231. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1416085
Méndez, J.M., & Delgado, M. (2016). Las TIC en centros de Educación Primaria y Secundaria de Andalucía. Un estudio de casos a partir de buenas prácticas. Digital Education Review, 134-165. https://doi.org/10.1344/der.2016.29.134-165
Redecker, C. & Punie, Y. (2017). Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. European Union. http://bit.ly/39yohbE  
Vigo-Arrazola, B. y Dieste-Gracia, B. (2019). Building virtual interaction spaces between family and school. Ethnography and Education, 14(2), 206-222. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2018.1431950
Zhao, Y., Pinto, A.M., & Sánchez, M.C. (2021). Digital competence in higher education research: A systematic literature review, Computers & Education, 168, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104212


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

ICT Use In Classes And Professional Development Needs In Primary Schools

Ed Smeets

KBA Nijmegen, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Smeets, Ed

Information and Communication Technology (ICT) may fit into a spectrum of instructional approaches. There is an ongoing debate about pedagogical practices that provide an optimum basis for learning. Many educationalists have been promoting learner-centred learning environments which stimulate pupils to engage in active knowledge construction (Jonassen et al., 1999). Others have challenged this constructivist approach by pointing out that guided instruction is much more efficient and effective (Kirschner et al., 2006). Klahr and Nigam (2004) found that many more young children learned from direct instruction than from discovery learning. Cronjé (2006) and Aylward and Cronjé (2022) argued that constructivist approaches and behaviourist approaches to teaching and learning should not be regarded as opposite to each other, but should be considered as two dimensions that should be plotted as orthogonal, resulting in a four-quadrant matrix of learning paradigms. Apart from these paradigms, other topics are of interest with regard to the use of ICT in education, e.g. addressing ICT literacy (Wu et al., 2022), and the use of ICT in assessment.

At the teacher level, the teacher’s pedagogical competences are a significant predictor of the teacher’s use of ICT in education (Liu et al., 2017; Petko, 2012; Suárez-Rodríguez et al., 2018). Cheng et al. (2021) found that teachers’ competence beliefs moderated the effect of traditional pedagogical beliefs on technology integration.

Studies have shown that significant differences between schools may arise with respect to the nature and frequency of ICT use. Vanderlinde et al. (2014) found that 14 percent of the variance in ICT use by teachers was due to differences between schools, and pointed at teachers’ ICT competences, teachers’ developmental educational beliefs, ICT professional development, and the school’s ICT vision and policy as relevant factors at the school level. Inan and Lowther (2010) concluded that ICT integration by teachers is a complex process that is influenced by teacher characteristics as well as by the teachers’ perception of the school environment. Teachers’ beliefs and readiness appeared to be positively affected by three school-level factors: the availability of computers, technical support, and overall support. Chou et al. (2019) concluded that an organisation’s innovation climate is significantly related with innovative teaching using ICT. Eickelmann (2011) found that the role of the principal is crucial in schools that are successful in implementing ICT.

The focus of the present study is on ICT-related pedagogical practices in primary schools, on factors that influence these practices, on the expected future use of ICT in classes and on professional development needs, as perceived by teachers. In addition, school level factors are addressed. The research questions are as follows:

1) What types of ICT-related pedagogical practices are applied by teachers in primary schools?

2) What factors at the teacher level are linked to a high frequency of ICT use in classes?

3) What factors at the school level are linked to a high frequency of ICT use in classes?

4) What do teachers expect with respect to their future use of ICT in classes?

5) What are teachers’ professional development needs in order to be ready for future ICT use?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Web surveys were administered to teachers and to school leaders in The Netherlands. A call for participation was placed on the website of an organisation that supports school boards in primary education and on the website of a foundation that promotes and supports the use of ICT in education. School boards and schools were promised school-specific feedback if they participated in the study. School leaders were provided with school-specific web links to the surveys. The two datasets consist of survey data from 1542 teachers from 322 schools and 357 school leaders. In addition, a joint dataset was created in order to carry out multilevel analyses.

Likert scales were applied and factor analyses and reliability analyses were carried out in order to obtain reliable scale variables. Cronbach Alpha scores of all scales were sufficient, with ranges between .72 and .94 at the teacher level and between .67 and .92 at the school level.

In the teacher survey the following topics were addressed:
- background variables
- type and frequency of present and future ICT use in classes: 10 scales
- self-rating of ICT-related competences: 2 scales
- preconditions with respect to ICT use at school: 1 scale
- professional development needs with respect to future ICT use

With respect to the type and frequency of ICT use the following scales were constructed: Teacher directed ICT use, Learner centred ICT use, Preparing students for living and learning in a digital era, Use of digital learning materials, and Testing and assessment with ICT. In addition a ICT use index score was calculated with a potential range from 0 to 100. Based on the scores of the present use index, all teachers were attributed to a quartile.

In order to gain insight into the professional development needed to prepare teachers for the future, the discrepancy between the reported present use of ICT in classes and the expected future use was calculated in real time for all single items. Before completing the questionnaire, the teachers were presented with the 10 items that showed the largest discrepancies. Subsequently, they were asked whether they would need professional development regarding those specific ICT-related teaching activities.  

Variables in the school leader survey included some background variables and several scale variables: the scales regarding present and expected future use of ICT, the school leaders’ views on the ICT-related competences of the teachers, and their views on the preconditions with respect to ICT use at school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, focus was on teacher directed ICT-related activities, and less on learner centred activities. This applies to teachers in all quartiles. There was a fair amount of attention for preparing students for living and learning in a digital era. The teachers’ self-rated ICT-related pedagogical competences accounted for 39% of the explained variance in the index of present ICT-use in classes. Differences between schools accounted for 21% variance.  

Based on teachers’ expectations the conclusion can be drawn that differences between teachers in the intensity of ICT use in classes will decrease in future. Teachers in the lower quartiles expected a larger increase than teachers in the higher quartiles. There were differences between teachers from different quartiles with respect to professional development needed to prepare them for future ICT use in education.

At the conference, more detailed outcomes will be presented, including outcomes of the multilevel analyses. Implications for school policy on ICT use in education and for teacher professional development will be discussed.

References
Aylward, R. C., & Cronjé, J. C. (2022). Paradigms extended: how to integrate behaviorism, constructivism, knowledge domain, and learner mastery in instructional design. Educational technology research and development, 70(2), 503-529.

Cheng, S. L., Chen, S. B., & Chang, J. C. (2021). Examining the multiplicative relationships between teachers’ competence, value and pedagogical beliefs about technology integration. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52(2), 734-750.

Chou, C. M., Shen, C. H., Hsiao, H. C., & Shen, T. C. (2019). Factors influencing teachers’ innovative teaching behaviour with information and communication technology (ICT): The mediator role of organisational innovation climate. Educational Psychology, 39(1), 65-85.

Cronjé, J. (2006). Paradigms regained: Toward integrating objectivism and constructivism in instructional design and the learning sciences. Educational technology research and development, 387-416.

Eickelmann, B. (2011). Supportive and hindering factors to a sustainable implementation of ICT in schools. Journal of Educational Research Online, 3, 75-103.

Inan, F.A., & Lowther, D.L. (2010). Factors affecting technology integration in K-12 classrooms: a path model. Educational Technology Research and Development, 58, 137–154.

Jonassen, D.H., Peck, K.L., & Wilson, B.G. (1999). Learning with technology: a constructivist perspective. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merrill.

Liu, F., Ritzhaupt, A. D., Dawson, K., & Barron, A. E. (2017). Explaining technology integration in K-12 classrooms: A multilevel path analysis model. Educational Technology Research and Development,
65(4), 795–813.

Kirschner, P.A., Sweller, J., and Clark, R.E. (2006). Why Minimal Guidance During Instruction Does Not Work: An Analysis of the Failure of Constructivist, Discovery, Problem-Based, Experiential, and Inquiry-Based Teaching. Educational Psychologist, 41, 75-86.

Klahr, D., & Nigam, M. (2004). The equivalence of learning paths in early science instruction: Effects of direct instruction and discovery learning. Psychological Science, 15, 661–667.

Petko, D. (2012). Teachers’ pedagogical beliefs and their use of digital media in classrooms: Sharpening the focus of the ‘will, skill, tool’ model and integrating teachers’ constructivist orientations. Computers & Education, 58(4), 1351-1359.

Suárez-Rodríguez, J., Almerich, G., Orellana, N., & Díaz-García, I. (2018). A basic model of integration of ICT by teachers: competence and use. Educational technology research and development, 66, 1165-1187.

Vanderlinde, R., Aesaert, K., & Van Braak, J. (2014). Institutionalised ICT use in primary education: A multilevel analysis. Computers & Education, 72, 1-10.

Wu, D., Zhou, C., Li, Y., & Chen, M. (2022). Factors associated with teachers' competence to develop students’ information literacy: A multilevel approach. Computers & Education, 176, 104360.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm17 SES 02 A: Constructing Otherness in Formal and Informal Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Iveta Kestere
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

The Sound of Educational Reform: Disability, Special Education and the History of Reform Pedagogy from 1880 till 1940

Pieter Verstraete

KULeuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Verstraete, Pieter

Towards the end of the nineteenth century Western education became exposed to new international ideas about how to organize a school, how to arrange a classroom and how to teach children (Depaepe, 2000). These reform pedagogical or progressive educational ideals were centered around the child, societal life and progress (Reese, 2001). In this presentation we want to expose the existing histories about progressive education to ideas and perspectives coming from new disability history and sound studies.

In line with the new cultural history of education historians of education started to reconsider the existing historical narratives about progressive education. If throughout the twentieth century historians of education often (implicitly) praised progressive educational reforms, new cultural scholarship emphasized the need to critically invest these reform pedagogical undertakings. (Depaepe, 2000; Oelkers, 1995; Stolk, 2015). Recently historians of education have also become interested in issues of diversity when examining the history of reform pedagogy. Weiler, for instance, has looked at the American history of progressive education through the lens of gender (2006). In this presentation we want to take up the new cultural history of education’s critical interest in the history of progressive education from a disability perspective.

Reform educational methods have often been developed on the basis of experiences with the education of children with disabilities (for instance Decroly and Montessori). Strangely enough, both progressive educators have received a lot of attention from historians of education (Wagnon, 2013; Van Gorp, 2005; Stewart-Steinberg, 2007; Moretti, 2011), but up till now no studies do exist that have thoroughly examined the impact of their educational methods on the history of special education for children with sensorial disabilities.

Besides looking at the history of reform pedagogy from a disability perspective, I also would like to examine the history of new education from an acoustic point of view. In a recent special issue published by Paedagogica Historica we have argued that historians of education can and should include the notion of soundscapes in their historical toolboxes as it is helpful in reconstructing and disentangling the complex ways in which education has shaped human beings (Verstraete, Hoegaerts & Goodman, 2017). Zooming in on educational soundscapes indeed enables historians of education to better identify and grasp shifting world views and societal expectations towards teachers and pupils. In this research proposal we aim to apply the notion of educational soundscapes in combination with disability to the history of progressive education. That a combination of sound and disability is a fruitful way to explore historical research questions has been proven by Scales and Sykes. Rebecca Scales, for instance, has pointed towards the intriguing role played by the radio in the rehabilitation of French blinded soldiers of the First World War (Scales, 2008). Ingrid Sykes created awareness for the important place occupied by the literal voices of blind beggars in the history of the Paris institute for blind beggars called Quinze-Vingts (Sykes, 2011).

What I will do concretely in this presentation is to present the work of Alexander Herlin. Alexander Herlin was a Belgian special educator who worked in one of the existing institutes for “deaf-mutes” that existed around 1900. Inspired by the work of Ovide Decroly Herlin developed what he called a demutisation method. It is this method – its origins, emergence and development – and its impact on the special educational soundscapes that I would like to analyse in this presentation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
While analyzing how progressive educational ideals were included in the discussions about and practical organization of special educational initiatives attention will be paid to the political presence of sound. The research will integrate both literal as well as metaphorical interpretations of sound. The former refers to actual sounds that can be heard. The latter refers to the reality of voices being suppressed and resulting in discriminatory silences. During the research period that we’ll focus on the deaf children were forced to produce sounds, to use their voice (cf. oral method and conference of Milan). An important methodological issue is related to the criteria for the presence and instrumentalization of particular sounds being used in special education. Where possible the PhD student will make use of literal historical sounds (sounds that were, for instance, registered on tape) and linguistic or visual representations of sounds (Thomson, 2004; see also: Müller, 2011; Rosenfeld, 2011; Walraven, 2013). Examples of sounds that will definitely be encountered are for instance the ticking of the glass bottles used in the sensorial education of the Brothers of Charity or the sound of pupils breathing in and out in a class where the teacher tries to de-mute (cf. méthode de démutisation) his or her pupils. What also needs to be stressed is the fact that we will not focus on sounds in an isolated way. In line with David Howes’ concept of intersensoriality, we therefore will be sensitive for the way that hearing and sounds interact with the other senses of touch and sight (Howes, 2011). Taste and smell will be taken up wherever possible but will not occupy a central place in this research proposal.  

I will make use of national archival material found in the collections of the Alexander Herlin institute and the institutes of the Brothers of Charity. Both archives are well ordered and accessible. Contacts have already been made with the archivists responsible for the collections. The archival source material will consist of written correspondence, personal documents, published books and book chapter. In particular the source material will contain the following 5 already identified journals that were published by the adult organisations of and by persons with sensorial disabilities:

1. L’Alexandre Rodenbach
2. Vers la Lumière, Algemeen Blindenverbond van Vlaanderen
3. Sint-Lutgardisblad
4. De Witte stok, Onder ons: informatieblad van de vereniging voor hardhoorenden
5. Onze vriend: Vlaams tijdschrift voor doven en vrienden

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I still have to do the research, but I expect the outcomes to indeed demonstrate that reform pedagogy impacted upon the concrete educational soundscapes in Belgian special education. In this way I would like to highlight that new educational ideas absolutely where progressive, but that this did not prevent them to als entail discriminatory attitudes towards people who for one reason or another did not fit within the dominant ideas about how a human being had to look or sound like.
References
Bender, D., Corpis, D. J., Walkowitz, D. J. (2015). Sound Politics: Critically Listening to the Past. Radical History Review 121, 1-7;
Branson, J., & Miller, D. (2002). Damned for their difference: the cultural construction of deaf people as" disabled": a sociological history. Gallaudet University Press
Burke, C. (2016). Quiet stories of educational design. In: K. Darian-Smith & J. Willis (2016). Designing Schools: Space, Place and Pedagogy. Taylor & Francis;
; Burke, C., & Grosvenor, I. (2011). The Hearing School: an exploration of sound and listening in the modern school. Paedagogica Historica, 47 (3), 323-340
Depaepe, M. (2012). Between educationalization and appropriation: Selected writings on the history of modern educational systems. Leuven University Press;
Friedner, M., & Helmreich, S. (2012). Sound studies meets deaf studies. The Senses and Society, 7 (1), 72-86;
Hendy, D. (2013). Noise: a human history of sound and listening. Profile Books;
Moretti, E. (2011). Recasting Il Metodo: Maria Montessori and Early Childhood Education in Italy (1909-1926). Cromohs, 16;
Oelkers, J. (1996). Reformpädagogik: eine kritische Dogmengeschichte. Juventa-Verlag;
Ott, K. (2018). Material culture, technology and the body in disability history. In: M. Rembis, C. Kudlick & K. Nielsen (Eds.). The Oxford handbook of disability history (pp. 125-140). Oxford: Oxford University Press.  Pinch, T., & Bijsterveld, K. (Eds.). (2012). The Oxford handbook of sound studies. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Popkewitz, T. S., Franklin, B. M., & Pereyra, M. A. (Eds.). (2001). Cultural history and education: Critical essays on knowledge and schooling. Psychology Press;
Scales, R. (2008). Radio Broadcasting, Disabled Veterans, and the Politics of National Recovery in Interwar France. French Historical Studies, 31(4), 643-678; Schafer, R. M. (1977). The tuning of the world. Alfred A. Knopf;
Sterne, J. (Ed.). (2012). The sound studies reader. Routledge;
Verstraete, P., Hoegaerts, J., & Goodman, J. (2017). Educational soundscapes: Sounds and silences in the history of education. Paedagogica Historica 53 (5);
Walraven, M. (2013). History and Its Acoustic Context: Silence, Resonance, Echo, and Where to Find Them in the Archive. Journal of Sonic Studies, 4(1)
Weiler, K. (2006). The historiography of gender and progressive education in the United States. Paedagogica historica, 42(1-2), 161-176;


17. Histories of Education
Paper

The Cinema’s Moralization Campaign in Portugal and its' Effects: Cinephilia and the Subjectivation on Otherness (1937-1950’s).

Ana Luísa Paz

UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Paz, Ana Luísa

Cinema became part of the culture of the 20th century all over the world and its educational potential was soon recognized. In Portugal, the cinephilia of António Ferro, Secretary of National Propaganda/Information (1933-1949), was decisive in providing cinema with strong symbolic support, which only materialized in financial support after the end of World War II (Ó & Paz, 2022). Although cinema had been part of the violence prevention strategy (Rosas, 2019), and the leader of the Estado Novo, António de Oliveira Salazar, owed the cult of his personality to the creation of his image (Matos, 2004), his disgust for cinema was well-known (Piçarra, 2006) and he himself was recognized for his iconophobia (Gil, 2017). It's just that Salazar originally militated on the Catholic fronts, which were adamantly opposed to the advance of the dictatorship of the image.

In line with Catholic countries, although with fewer resources, conditions were also being created in Portugal for national cinematography and for the reception of films from all over the world. But the attraction for American fiction films was undeniable and unstoppable. Within the Catholic action movement led by Cardinal Cerejeira, a personal friend of Salazar, the [Catholic School Youth] Juventude Escolar Católica (JEC) organized in 1935 (and renamed later in 1980 Movimento Católico de Estudantes) soon became aware of the urgency of acting in the face of the so-called immorality of everyday life. JEC organized to respond to Pius XI's encyclical Vigilantis Cura (1936), which sought to understand the phenomenon of cinema attraction and invited a screening of films, highlighting the educational potential of the seventh art.

From the outset JEC's official magazine Flama (1937-2009) raised a Campaign for the Moralization of Cinema, as a form of pressure on the government. Several journalists, chroniclers and readers considered that the censorship schemes on national foreign filmography were insufficient and lenient, and that even the films sponsored by the Propaganda Secretariat were remiss to Catholic principles. In this cause, a new profile of cinema spectators is created, active, knowledgeable, and intervening (Paz, 2020).

However, the unexpected happens. Similar to what happened in France with young people around Action Catholique by promoting the joint viewing of films, the creation of a nominal file of films and the support of a solid opinion, Catholic youth quickly ended up forming the first active and interventionist film buffs, some of whom later emerged as film critics (Vezyroglou, 2004/5; Leveratto & Montebello, 2011).

In this paper I propose, to question the subjectification processes in which this attraction for the different and otherness was built, which was initially rejected outright. It is necessary to ask which films are recommended and rejected and on which arguments are based these statements. But the main question is: how does Flama discuss this approach and establish this approach to what is different, whether in culture, habits or religion, does allowing for a specific subjectification of education through cinema.

This approach derives from cultural history as Peter Burke (2008) conceives it, also from a settling of the visual turn (Burke, 2001; Miezner, Myers & Peim, 2005). If the history of the moving image has been the prerogative of research all over the world (Dussel & Priem, 2017), in Portugal the relationship with cinema has been mainly explored from the intentions of the government (Torgal, 2000) and in creation of a differential abyss with the colonial other (Piçarra, 2016). This work is expected to contribute to filling a gap in knowledge of cultural practices towards diversity and inclusion, whereas understanding how can an approach to otherness emerge within a strong Estado Novo’s politics for sameness (Rosas, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Starting from the magazine Flama, which exists on deposit in different libraries, we immediately chose to use the collection of the National Library of Portugal, the only one that is complete. This series of sources will also intersect with another strategy of overlapping sources, in which the identified journalistic articles will be compared with the different films, not necessarily as a source for confirming truth, but certainly as an inspiration to understand the different positionings (Miezner, Myers & Peim, 2005).
On a first level, the identification of the Cinema Moralization Campaign in Flama magazine seems to take place in a strict time frame from 1937 to 1939, although it is necessary to understand its effects throughout the 1950s' since this campaign is omitted in the historiography. Apparently, this battle for morality continues, although it starts in the hardest moment of the Salazar regime, as a result of the (Civil) War in Spain that swept the Peninsula between 1936 and 1939.
Understanding if the Cinema Moralization Campaign had long-term effects is important to define and extend this chronology through the 1950’s. Indeed, the end of the II World War and the consequent end of film-to-film rationing will allow production to increase and, in all respects, there is an increase in production and reception conditions for filmography (Piçarra, 2006).
On second level, we will undertake the triangulation of press, film and other sources.The contents (textual and visual) of the magazine will be, whenever possible, contextualized and placed in appreciation with other sources of the time, but in methodological terms, we can speak of three differentiated and independent sources. The research, although centered on the JEC magazine, is based on the investigation, collection and content analysis of three main sources, which will be understood in triangulation (Burke, 2001): i) the Flama magazine, with a selection of all the materials relating to cinema (opinion articles, reviews, advertisements); ii) the films themselves, such as the main films set at Flama; iii) another written or filmic production by experts, such as the defense of cinema by Paiva Boléo – partially inscribed in the pages of Flama, but with its own original production.
Finally, on a third level the content and image/ filme analysis ill be carried out from the systematic organization of material and, in the case of films, taking into account their audio-visual dimension (Gómez & Casanovas, 2017; Miezner, Myers & Peim, 2005).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Still in an exploratory phase of this investigation this work unfolds on two different steps. On a first phase, it is necessary to identify contextually and with some factual elements what it consisted of and how to delimit the campaign to moralize cinema launched by JEC and to understand the relationship with other groups of Catholic action in the definition of these objectives, to understand in what way he effects of this campaign in fact subjected the Catholics into the cinephilia. From the outset, it is possible to verify that the campaign's initiators are not the main authors of the film critics and chronicles, those became experts inside Flama’s editoral board.
On a second level, a core of films recommended by the core of Catholic thought is evident, such as “Going My way” (1944), Bells of Saint Mary (1945) and “San Antonio” (1945), as well as a series of actors which represent a nucleus that the Catholic press allows itself to explore down to the level of intimacy (interviews, chronicles about holidays or family life), for example, Bing Crosby or Ingrid Bergman. Much less focused are national or European films. It is then from this homogeneous set of films that education through cinema could proceed, according to Catholic youth. setting an education for correct moral conduct in the midst of an immoral and uncontrolled world. This process built in a way that different but somewhat similar characters are praised and highlighted.  
Apparently, the great attraction is in fact exerted by North American films, fiction, comedy with content deemed appropriate for family life. Physically well-groomed men and women stand out, in particular women, and in particular women with very specific physical characteristics: blonde, white-skinned and thin. A total opposition to national daily life and colonial desire (Piçarra, 2016).

References
Burke, P. (2001). Eyewitnessing. Reaktion.
Burke, P. (2008). What is cultural history. Polity.
Collelldemont, E. & C. Vilanou (coords.) (2020). Totalitarismos europeos, propaganda y educación (pp. 243-260). TREA.
Dussel, I. & Priem, K. (2017). The visual in histories of education. Paedagogica Historica, 53(6): 641-649.
Gil, I.C. (2017). Celluloid consensus: A comparative approach to film in Portugal during World War II. In J. Munoz-Basols, M. Delgado-Morales e l. Lonsdale (ed.), The Routledge Companion to Iberian Studies (p. 501-515). Routledge.
Gómez, A. & Casanovas, J. (2017). Orientaciones metodológicas para el análisis fílmico. Revista Iberoamericana do Patrimônio Histórico-Educativo, 3(1), 34-48.
Leveratto, J.M. & Montebello, F. (2011). L'Église, les films et la naissance du consumérisme culturel en France. Les temps des médias, 2(17), 54-63.
Martins, C., Cabeleira, H. & Ó, J.R. (2011). The Other and the Same: images of rescue and salvation in the Portuguese documentary film Children’s Parks (1945). Paedagogica Historica, 47(4), 491-505.
Matos, H. (2004). Salazar: A propaganda (1934-1938). Temas & Debates.
Miezner, U., Myers, K. & Peim, N. (2005). Visual History. Images of Education. Peter Lang.
Paz, A.L. (2020). A educação artística no Estado Novo. Investigar em Educação, 2.ª série, (12-13), 83-94.
Paz, A.L. & Ó, J. R. (2022). “O espectador de cinema é um ser passivo”: António Ferro, a educação pelo cinema, a censura e a propaganda em Portugal, 1917-1949. Historia y Memoria de la Educación, 16, 105-139.
Piçarra, M.C. (2006). Salazar vai ao cinema. Minerva.
Piçarra, M.C. (2016). Empire Cinema: Propaganda and censorship in colonial films during the Portuguese Estado Novo. Journal of African Cinemas, 8(3), 283-297.
Pius XI (1936). Encyclical letter of pope Pius XI on the motion picture. http://www.vatican.va/content/pius-xi/en/encyclicals/documents/hf_p-xi_enc_29061936_vigilanti-cura.html
Vezyroglou, D. (2004/5). Les catholiques, le cinéma et la conquête des masses : le tournant de la fin des années 1920. Revue d’Histoire Moderne et Contemporaine, (51-4), 115-134.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

A British Teacher Negotiates the Boundaries of Acceptable 'Otherness' Following the Second World War

Kay Whitehead

University of South Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Whitehead, Kay

In recent years historians of education have been employing a transnational lens to study women educators whose lives and work extended beyond national boundaries. Briggs McCormick and Way (2008, 633) propose that a 'transnational sensibilty lets scholars see the movement of goods, individuals and ideas happending in a context in which gender, class and race operate simultaneously'. Women educators transnational careers feature in recent edited books as well as special editions of historical jounrals but mostly focus on the nineteenth and early twentieth century (Fitzgerald and Smyth 2014, Mayer and Arrendondo 2020). Following th Second World War, the increasing professionalisation of transnational humanitarian organisations provided a new field of work for women teachers and public health and social work professionals: Fielden (2015) states that nearly 200 new child welfare agencies were working overseas between 1945 and 1949 alone, but little is known about women teachers in these organisations.

Fitzgerald and Smyth's (2014) edited collection highlights solidarity, collegiality and leadership among women educators working to influence social change. However, social change is not always progressive. Some educators imposed and cultivated cultural and educational practices in their host countries (Briggs, McCormick and Way 2008; Fielden 2015; Mayer and Arrendondo 2020). Although the complexities of female agency are highlighted in the aforementioned research, insifficuent attention has been paid to the ways in which nationla identity mediates women educators' work at home and aboraod. Grosvenor (1999, 244) posits that 'there is a constant interpaly between Self and Other in the construction of national identity'. Continuing in thie vein, my presentation explores Minette jee's working life as a progressive educator across multiple sites in Britian, Morocca and Australia from the late 1930s to the 1980s.

The presentation is framed as a transnational history and explores three specific periods of Jee's transnational work, each of which is located in its temporal, geographic and socio-politcal context. The first section focuses on Jee as a teacher educator at the Malayan Teachers Training College on the outskirts of Liverpool in 1950s Britain. The second section interrogates her work as a 'daycare consultant' in Morrocco from 1959-1962 when she was employed with a transnational humanitarian organisation called the American Joint Distribution Committee. The fianl section shifts ot Jee's works as an administrator in the Kindergarten Union of South Australia from 1976-1978.

Jee's working life was enmeshed in national and international politics and I demonstrate that there was a constant struggle between Self and Other in her work. She subscribed to a hierarchical world view that some peoples and nations were more 'backward' than others, and her assumptions carried over into her relationships and work in Britian and overseas. Jee's decision-making about progressive education was intertwined with her national identity in each context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation is based on archival research and the traditional historical method of combing documents, following leads from one source to another, examining clusters of associated themes and judging their relative significance. In keeping with feminist methodology, the context in which the documents were produced, their ideological underpinnings and purpose will be taken into account. All records are shaped by the political contexts in which they were produced and by the cultural and ideological assumptions that underpin them.
The archival sources for this paper are both sparse and diverse. Like many women educators, Minette Jee left no personal papers but glimpses of her career are recorded in newsletters of her Alma Mata, Gipsy Hill Training College in England. her annual reports to the American Joint Distribution Committee between 1959 and 1962 provide insights into her understandings of child development and progressive education, as well as the operation of day care centres in Morocco. Likewise, her offical reports were located in the archives of the Kindergarten Union of South Australia. Finally, she wrote a chapter on early childhood education in England which was published in 1983, and canvassed her  of progressive education and pedagogical practices in the British Context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main outcome of this presentation will be to add to our understandings of transnationalism in the history of education with particular reference to the work of women educators. The paper will also shed light on the dynamics of progressive education in a range of contexts including a voluntary organisation which is an area in need of much more research. In relation to Minette Jee, I highlight how the struggle between Self and Other was intimately related to national identity in the post war decades.
References
Briggs, McCormick and Way, 2008, 'Transnationalism: A category of analysis', American Quarterly 60/3: 625-648.
Fielden, 2015. Raising the world: Child welfare in the American century, Harvard University Press.
Fitzgerald and Smyth, 2014. Women educators, leaders and activists, 1900-1960, Palgrave.
Grosvenor, 1999. 'There is no place like home: Education and the making of national identity, History of Education 28/3: 235-250.
Mayer and Arrendondo 2020. Women, power relations and education in a transnational world, Palgrave.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm18 SES 02 A: Promoting Inclusion in Sport and Physical Activity
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Göran Gerdin
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Playing by the Rules in British University Sport: A Multi-Institution Case Study of Student-Athlete Experiences of Racism and White Neutrality

Joanne Hill1, Gavin Ward2, Ronnie Richards2, David Scott3, Alun Hardman4, Lisa Edwards4

1University of Bedfordshire; 2University of Wolverhampton; 3Abertay University; 4Cardiff Metropolitan University

Presenting Author: Hill, Joanne

This paper summarises the findings of a twelve-month research project commissioned by British University and Colleges Sport (BUCS) to explore race and equality among non-white student-athletes, participants in university recreational physical activity, and staff leading, coaching, and managing university sport.

The experience of racism continues across all areas of peoples’ lives and its consequences are destructive. Inequalities attributable to racial identity are consistently reported across key social intuitions, not least education. Debate concerning race has consistently challenged ‘post-race’ narratives that rationalise racism down to individual prejudices and explains racial inequalities through poor individual decision-making (Hylton, 2005, 2021). Post-race narratives are often set into ideas of societal meritocracy that believe everyone has equal access to resources and influence, and individual talent and hard work is equally rewarded (Bimper, 2017). In university sport, the educational achievements, athleticism and professionalism of Black student-athletes are viewed through ostensibly neutral and meritocratic lenses rather than considering institutional inequalities (Bimper, 2017; Singer, 2005). Much of this research on student-athletes analyses US institutions; in the UK, recent examination of university sport in regard to LGBTQ+ inclusion notes ‘tokenistic’ policies within a culture of homophobia and misogyny (Phipps, 2020).

Two research questions were posed:

  1. What are the experiences of non-white students and staff of university sport?
  2. How are the sport and physical activity experiences of non-white students considered strategically and operationally by universities?

This paper reports on analysis and conclusions relating to the first research question, specifically experiences of university sport among non-white students. Non-white was chosen as a term to focus attention upon the voices of those who do not share the racial majority of those who lead, coach, and participate in university sport (Long and Hylton, 2022).

The data were approached from a Critical Race Theory and Intersectional perspective. CRT promotes seeing race and racism as central features of society; critiques colour-blind approaches; and centres marginalised voices (Hylton, 2005; Solorzano and Yosso, 2001). People’s experiences are spread across different contexts and are experienced through different intersecting identities including gender, class, race, and ethnicity (Collins, 1986). This spread also means that it is not easy for participants to compartmentalise their lives before, during and beyond university. Deep explorations of personal experiences and looking to recruit participants who may not respond to a survey became key requirements of the research methodology.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative research approach was considered the most feasible means to explore the nuances of participants’ experiences and how their identities are produced through and within different contexts. The commissioned research tender was based on a partnership of researchers geographically spread across the UK. Over an eight-month period, a research team of staff and student researchers explored the experiences of 66 staff and students across five universities. These case studies captured insight into a range of university and student populations. In-depth interviews were used to explore experiences of being a student-athlete in university sport and/or recreational physical activity at their home campus and when playing fixtures at other universities.
Student participants were interviewed by student researchers recruited from each institution’s student body. Student researchers were employed to lower the power differential that can occur between staff and students. Training was provided to student researchers by the research team, through regular meetings and reviews of interview transcripts. These interactions also functioned to support monitoring and care of both participants and student researchers. To avoid racialising the research participants, they were asked how they identified themselves in relation to race and ethnicity. Snowball sampling was used to recruit research participants, plus calls via institution and student union communication channels.
Initial analysis began with research teams from each case study analysing data from a small sample of student and staff transcripts drawn from one case study. Key analytical questions were drawn from the research questions and used to develop an initial analysis and themes. The lead researchers from each of the collaborating universities then shared the meta-analysis framework with their local research team to analyse their own student-athlete data set. During this phase there was a strong emphasis on assessing and identifying similarities and differences in interpretations within the local research team, as well as critical assessments of the overall effectiveness of that framework. The core research team then met to share their interpretations, and discussions focussed upon how to achieve parity across the case studies. The use of a mixture of analytical questions and themes supported both a broad and contextual analysis of the data and similar patterns of analysis were developed from the sample data. Each case study was developed using a common framework and this served to draw together the key findings of the research across the multiple case studies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The student data produced two core themes of ‘Play by the Rules’ and ‘Keep You Guessing’, characterised by negotiating whiteness.
Racism and racial bias were present risks for non-white student-athletes, requiring them to constantly negotiate Whiteness and white sporting spaces (Bimper, 2017). All students engaged in additional labour to seek a sense of belonging. For instance, non-drinkers were distanced from the social ties built around a partying culture that created a challenge to feeling an equally respected member of a squad. There was no consistent approach to collating demographic data about students who participate in sport and recreational programmes; a colour-blind or passive approach to inclusion reinforced White-centric assumptions about experiences in sport (Hylton, 2021).
Explicit racism occurred as isolated incidents and did not have a regular pattern. Racial abuse could be very subtle, camouflaged in comments and actions by players and teams that happened momentarily; such abuse was implausible to capture and evidence. Racial abuse was used by opponents to try to gain advantage by ‘fishing’ for an explicit response and adverse judgement from competition officials. Lines of explicit responsibility for the management of crowd behaviour are not clearly established. The search for evidence becomes prioritised over care for the victim. Thus, the perpetrator is privileged, and responsibility placed upon the victim to seek justice. Findings resonate with other enquiries into British university sport (Phipps, 2020) that equality and inclusion are not viewed as requiring ongoing enactment.
We draw conclusions relating to robust mechanisms of reporting racial abuse and supporting non-white student-athletes’ participation, including tackling a white-centric culture and assumptions about student needs. Higher education institutions should collate data about inclusion in sport and physical activity ‘offers’, listen to experiences of imbalances in power, and commit to proactive equality practices and action plans.

References
Bimper, A. Y. (2017). Mentorship of Black student-athletes at a predominately White American university: critical race theory perspective on student-athlete development. Sport, Education and Society, 22(2), 175–193.
Collins, P. (1986). Learning from the outsider within: The sociological significance of Black feminist thought. Social Problems, 33, S14–S31.
Harper, S. (2012). Race without racism: How higher education researchers minimize racist institutional norms. The Review of Higher Education, 36(1S), 9–29.
Hylton, K. (2021). Black Lives Matter in sport…? Equality, Diversity and Inclusion, 40(1), 41–48.
Hylton, K. (2005). “Race”, sport and leisure: Lessons from critical race theory. Leisure Studies, 24(1), 81–98.
Long, J. & Hylton, K. (2002). Shades of white: an examination of whiteness in sport, Leisure Studies, 21, 87-103
Phipps, C. (2020). “We already do enough around equality and diversity”: Action taken by student union officers to promote LGBT+ inclusion in university sport. Sociology of Sport Journal, 37(4), 310–318.
Singer, J. N. (2005). Understanding racism through the eyes of African American male student‐athletes. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8, 365–386.
Solorzano, D. and Yosso, T., (2001), Critical Race and Latcrit Theory and Method: Counter-Storytelling, Qualitative Studies in Education, 14(4), 471–495.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

The Global Design Challenge for Sport and Physical Activity and its impact: An Evaluation

Fiona Chambers

University College Cork, Ireland

Presenting Author: Chambers, Fiona

Introduction

The university-led Global Design Challenge for Sport and Physical Activity (GDC) was founded by author in April 2020 and is now entering its fourth year. It enjoys UNESCO patronage. The GDC is a global, online innovation challenge, designed initially in response to the pandemic's impact on sport and physical activity. The challenge set is fully informed by a desk study, which surfaced the most relevant challenges facing sport and physical activity (O’Neill et al, 2021). The GDC crowdsources ideas which hack this challenge, using design thinking for incubation and impact.

The GDC vision is a world where everyone has the right to enjoy the health and wellbeing benefits of being physically active across their lifespan. The GDC mission is to support the creation and development of new innovative ideas from around the world that enable people of all ages and abilities to lead active healthy lives. In particular, the GDC strives to promote and support the Kazan Action Plan 2017 which calls out seven United Nations Sustainable Development Goals which pertain to physical education, physical activity and sport. The GDC goals are:

Goal 1: To support innovation in sport and physical activity;

Goal 2: To support the achievement of the sustainable development goals through life-long engagement in sport and physical activity;

Goal 3: To promote evidence-based solutions and sustainable behavioral change in respect of engagement in sport and physical activity;

Goal 4: To establish a global competition and platform for new ideas in sport and physical activity to emerge;

Goal 5: To support the progression, piloting, and scaling of new ideas in sport and physical activity that can be tailored to local contexts;

Goal 6: To bring individuals and organisations together globally to create sustainable engagement in physical activity throughout life;

Goal 7: To close the gap between policy and grassroots in sport and physical activity;

Goal 8: To promote and teach design thinking as a means of addressing complex global problems.

The underpinning theoretical framework for the GDC leans on the following three interconnected pillars: A Human-Centred Approach to Innovation (Brown, 2008); The paradigm of design thinking (Laursen & Tollestrup, 2018); and The Social Innovation Ecosystem Model (Audretsch, Eichler & Schwarz 2022, p.234 adapted from Isenberg, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The GDC impact study uses a mixed methodology i.e., both quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis. As an evaluation tool, it utilises an indicator-based approach called the Theory of Change Logic Model (TOCLM) (Weiss, 1995) to check the impact of the GDC in relation to its eight goals. The TOCLM unpacks these impacts at a meta level under the following categories: cultural, economic, educational, environmental, health, political, social and technological, and within time horizons (short, medium, long-term). The declared impacts are underpinned by specific metrics i.e., (a) Engagement and Attribution, and (b) Reach and Significance. In addition, the annual submissions to the GDC online platform are harvested as living case studies to showcase the ideas being submitted by teams and the journey of those who enter the incubator(s).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings show the attainment of all eight GDC goals. Here are findings pertaining to two of these goals:

GDC Goal 4: To establish a global competition and platform for new ideas in sport and physical activity to emerge. This shows strong evidence of Engagement and Attributions and Reach and Significance:
(i) GDC 2020 (https://global-design-challenge.devpost.com/): 187 participants from 40 countries, 38 projects from 25 countries.
(ii) GDC 2021 (https://gdc2021.devpost.com/): 256 participants from 53 countries, 58 team submissions from 16 countries, 10 projects furthered through funding and support.
(iii) GDC 2022 (https://gdc2022.devpost.com/): 136 participants from 25 countries, 36 team submissions from 14 countries.

GDC Goal 5: To support the progression, piloting, and scaling of new ideas in sport and physical activity that can be tailored to local contexts. We can see movement of GDC ideas to incubation i.e., the GDC judging panel has identified ideas worthy of investment and incubation. Since July 2020, over 20 GDC team ideas have entered the incubator programme. From these, five are being tested and scaled intensively in a university incubator, one in an international accelerator, and two within our international partner organisations.

Finally, in terms of the relevance of the GDC story to this conference,  it is clear that the GDC imbues diversity at every level - (i) The GDC fosters the design thinking mindset in teams which relies on diversity of thought and disposition; (ii) The GDC Management Team is diverse being comprised of academics, leaders of non-governmental organisations and business-leaders and incubator leaders; and (iii) the makeup of competing GDC teams themselves, which cut across gender, time-zone, expertise, sector, etc. These three characteristics of the GDC show how it embodies the theme of ECER 2023 i.e., the value of diversity in education and educational research.

References
Audretsch, D.B., Eichler, G.M. &  Schwarz, E.J. (2022). Emerging needs ofsocial innovators andsocial innovation ecosystems 1International Entrepreneurship and Management Journal (2022) 18: 217-254
Isenberg, D. (2011). The entrepreneurship ecosystem strategy as a new paradigm for economic policy: Principles for cultivating entrepreneurship.Presentation at the Institute of International and European Affairs,1(781), 1-13.
Laursen, LN & Tollestrup, C. 2017. Design Thinking - A Paradigm. DS 87-2 Proceedings of the 21st International Conference on Engineering Design (ICED 17) Vol 2: Design Processes, Design Organisation and Management, Vancouver, Canada, 21-25.08. 2017
Weiss, C. (1995). Nothing as Practical as Good Theory: Exploring Theory-Based Evaluation for Comprehensive Community Initiatives for Children and Families in Connell, J, Kubisch, A, Schorr, L, and Weiss, C. (Eds.) ‘New Approaches to Evaluating Community Initiatives’. Washington, DC: Aspen Institute.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Gendered Movement Learning: an Analysis of the Women’s Spanish Olympic Karate Team Styles of Fighting

Fabiana Turelli1, Alexandre Vaz2, David Kirk3

1University of Manitoba, Canada. Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain; 2Federal University of Santa Catarina, Brazil; 3University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom. University of Queensland, Australia.

Presenting Author: Turelli, Fabiana

Our purpose was, in an analogy with Young’s (1980) ‘throwing like a girl’, to investigate what it means to learn ‘to fight like a girl’ and if there is a feminine fighting style evident among women karate elite athletes. We adopt a critical feminist position, taking inspiration from the work of Iris Marion Young on the feminine within physical pursuits such as throwing or fighting like a girl, and Nyberg’s contributions to the development of learning theories in physical education and sport.

Karate, organized by weight categories, has room for different body types. Starting with Young’s (1980, 144) writing, ‘one can nevertheless sensibly speak of a general feminine style of body behaviour and movement’, we described main features for each female weight. Such description allowed the observation of general characteristics of the fighting styles. We structured findings in first, ‘fighting like a girl’, presenting the analysis of the criteria, and second, ‘specificities of girls’ embodied knowing in movement’, focusing on movement capability and embodied learning as background for the learning and development of fighting styles (Nyberg 2015; 2021).

Regarding the analysed criteria, Use of space, expansive male movements, and restricted female movements make the first set trying to say that women fighters present inferior performance in comparison to men fighters. The comparisons are constant. We, however, neither agree with the inferiority that mainly karateka men attribute to women, nor consider the comparison itself worthwhile. Social burdens count for female and male resourcefulness, the former being given a position of object in a wide range of environments, and the latter of subject. Considering the normative context of karate, women could keep a position of self-consciousness about their bodies and ways to move diminishing their possibilities for performance, while men could build their embodied awareness relatively more easily (Mason 2018; Standal and Bratten 2021).

A second set of criteria Less risk taking, less aggressive, and difficulty in complex time-gesture coordination can be summarised to a matter of perspective. This is so that often athletes and coaches present opposite views about same issues. For example, women athletes consider themselves to be aggressive, while for coaches that should be highly improved.

Less projection work, sweeps, melee work was the third set of criteria, since women are considered by coaches to present a natural inability to perform these complex movements. Traditional martial pedagogy (Cynarsky, Obodynsk, and Zeng 2012) proposes the achievement of an elevated moral level through the development of the character of practitioners (Funakoshi 2003). However, in the gender binary organization followed by this pedagogy, men and women correspond to different places in terms of morality. Once the environment is built on hierarchy and a stream of tradition that is passed on, teachings received are going to be retransmitted with priority over formal pedagogy. Then, the common position given to women in the field, that of inability to perform some movements is spread and passed on, and (often) embodied by the women.

A fourth set of criteria, tactical work, more careful and assertive, do the basics necessary to score, showed different perspectives. Coaches tend to consider that women ‘think too much’ to carry out good tactical work, and athletes understand they are very attentive and this is a good thing. This presents itself as part of social-karateka construction, building women fighters normatively following the traditional martial pedagogy, but expecting them to perform non-normatively. It seems to be of fundamental importance to achieve embodied self-knowledge (Standal and Bratten 2021) in order to develop movement capability (Nyberg 2015) and be sure of the person’s own potentialities in a mixture of resisting and giving in.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper refers to a part of a broader study. We have carried out an ethnography project with autoethnographic elements. For the specific content reported here, we have carried out a video analysis in order to observe and analyse the gendered martial-sportive movement learning and performance of women elite karate fighters. We developed a series of criteria to carry out this task supported by the literature, coaches’ perspectives and athletes’ views. We used these criteria qualitatively to describe and discuss the fighting styles of the women, looking for the obvious and not so obvious aspects of combat in karate from a gender perspective.
We have interviewed twice each both the women’s Spanish Olympic karate athletes team and their male coaches in preparation for the Tokyo Games 2020 (2021). Participants in the study reported here included ten women practitioners of kumite, the modality within karate that corresponds to the fight and is organized in weight categories, and four men coaches. For this analysis, their interviews were considered as well as 20 videos of the women athletes displaying, according to their own judgements, their best athletic performances. They were asked to send us two videos in competitions, and they did so.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In karateka environment, to fight like a girl means, for men practitioners, not only to fight differently due to social feminine construction of girls as Young explains but also to keep the childish condition of a girl through life and not be able to throw the opponent at all. For them, to fight like a girl means inferior performance in comparison with men. However, for us, it means ‘to fight’, not just on the mat. The perpetual comparisons between male and female sport position the former hierarchically higher when the comparison itself is unworthy, promoting a feeling of superiority on an unequal basis, supported on a traditional and normative pedagogy.
Regarding a fighting style, there is a feminine way of fighting, but only with generalized characteristics, since there is a rich plurality of styles. The gendered embodiment, cultivated throughout life, cannot be easily annulled. Even though women are magnificent in the execution of karate techniques, they perform under both sportive and traditional martial pedagogy that they are taught, scenarios where the binary conception of gender is hegemonic and severely challenges them. Notwithstanding, while karateka women face several difficulties to perform in the traditional and normative karate environment, they challenge the environment too by being there. The very beginning of karate is narrated as being a way of resistance (White, 2014). Men started to fight to defend their lives or property. Currently, perhaps it can be said that women assumed this position, fighting to resist, discovering ways of resisting domination. Even though they are often invited to leave the martial-sportive field, their action of remaining is creating space, no matter how slow the process. This picture gives a historical perspective, where the structure as much as the agents, once we keep fighting, may be redesigned, hopefully in a more just way.

References
Cynarsky, W. J., K. Obodynsk, and H. Z. Zeng. 2012. Martial Arts Anthropology for Sport Pedagogy and Physical Education. Revista Romaneasca pentru Educatie Multidimensionala, 4:2: 129-152.
Funakoshi, G. 2003. The Twenty Guiding Principles of Karate. Tokyo: Kodansha International.
Mason, K. 2018. “Gendered embodiment.” Handbook of the Sociology of Gender, Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-76333-0_7
Nyberg, G. 2015. “Developing a “somatic velocimeter” – the practical knowledge of freeskiers.” Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 7(1): 109-124, DOI: 10.1080/2159676X.2013.857709
Nyberg, G., D. Barker, and H. Larsson. 2021. “Learning in the educational landscapes of juggling, unicycling, and dancing.” Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26(3): 279-292. DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2021.1886265
Nyberg, G., and I. Carlgren. 2015. “Exploring capability to move – somatic grasping of house-hopping.” Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 20(6): 612-628. DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2014.882893
Reich, W. 1995. Análise do Caráter. São Paulo, Martins Fontes.
Roth, A., and S. A. Basow. 2004. “Femininity, Sports, and Feminism: Developing a Theory of Physical Liberation”.  Journal of Sport & Social Issues, 28(3): 245-265. DOI: 10.1177/0193723504266990
Standal, O. F., and J. H. Bratten. 2021. ““Feeling better”: embodied self-knowledge as an aspect of movement capability.” Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2021.1886268
White, L. 2014. Lau Kar-leung with Walter Benjamin: Storytelling, Authenticity, Film Performance and Martial Arts Pedagogy. Jomecjournal. 1-20.
Young, I. M. 1980. “Throwing Like a Girl: A Phenomenology of Feminine Body Comportment Motility and Spatiality.” Human Studies, 3: 137-156.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Facilitating Diversity in Sports: Immigrant Women’s Pathways into Sports Leadership

Jennie Ryding1,2, Krister Hertting1, Linn Håman1, Eva-Carin Lindgren1

1Halmstad University, Sweden; 2University West, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ryding, Jennie; Hertting, Krister

Sports, with its strong network of volunteer-based clubs, is often highlighted as a possible way of including newcomers in a new society (Spaaij et al., 2019). Participation in sports can, in addition to physical training, create a sense of belonging and an insight into the new society for newcomers (Walseth, 2008). However, studies point out that clubs and leaders generally require more intercultural knowledge and a readiness to understand the different cultural backgrounds of participants (Spaaij et al., 2019). This is in line with other studies (Dowling, 2020; Hertting & Karlefors, 2021; Flensner et al., 2020), that question voluntary sports clubs’ ability to meet culturally diverse participants. Previous research on female immigrants as participants in sport exists (e.g., Painter & Price, 2021). However, more research needs to focus on female leadership (e.g., Dadswell et al.,2022), forming the rationale for the present research project investigating this matter from different perspectives.

In Sweden, almost 70% of children and youth participate in sports clubs. Differences in representation do, however, exist where girls with immigrant backgrounds are the least represented group. This difference is also reflected in leadership, where representation of gender is skewed and even more skewed the higher up in the leadership structure. In general, more men than women are leaders, and the least represented group in leadership is women with immigrant backgrounds (Fundberg, 2017). To promote inclusion in sports and increase gender equality, representation needs to be addressed and prioritized to a greater extent. One way forward is to strengthen and increase diversity in leadership. An increased number of female leaders with immigrant backgrounds have the potential to create leadership role models who appeal to one of the most underrepresented groups of members in sport, that is girls and women with immigrant backgrounds.

Aim and objectives

By investigating female immigrants’ experiences of their path to participation and leadership in sports, the aim of the study is to explore experiences and turning points that have enabled women with immigrant backgrounds to enter and develop leadership in Swedish sports.

Theoretical framework

This study is based on the assumptions of so-called turning points; unforeseen events of different character that might influence immigrant women's life and possible career development (Hodkinson & Sparkes, 1997). Turning points can be forced, self-initiated, or structural (Hodkinson & Sparkes, 1997), with the potential to offer immigrant women opportunities to be included in contexts supporting inclusion in sports and a new society. Turnings points might be life events that cannot be predicted. To study the role of career development and turning points in immigrant women’s sports leadership, Hodkinson and Sparkes (1997) model of career paths is used. The model is useful since it is argued to avoid two possible pitfalls: social determinism and considering immigrant women as free agents. The model, thus, considers the tension between individuals' unequal life chances connected with and structured by gender, class, and ethnicity, and assumptions about the individual's free choice in relation to market forces. The model includes three basic concepts: horizons for action, turning points, and routines. The concepts are closely linked to each other and to learning, and when a decision is made within a turning point, the person's habitus is changed (Hodkinson & Sparkes, 1997).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study follows a multiple case study design (Yin, 2018), which enables a close examination of women's individual life stories to explore different and specific narratives of turning points and critical life events, as well as potential relationships between the women's life stories.

Participants were recruited by using snowball sampling. The selection criteria for participation were made up to be first-generation female immigrants holding a leadership position within the Swedish sports community. Primarily, women who were club- or confederation leaders (boards and similar) were requested. Additional inclusion criteria were experienced forced migration from non-Western European countries (excl. U.S./other Western countries) and to be able to express themselves and to describe their experiences in Swedish. In total, 11 women participated in the interviews. The women shared different backgrounds and experiences of the sports movement. Participants were recruited from all of Sweden, with an age range of 21 to 49 years. Due to recruitment difficulties, flexibility regarding inclusion criteria was needed. For example, some participants were engaged in leadership through their work, rather than non-profit/civic engagement.  

Data were produced using semi-structured interviews following the life history principle and a biographical survey (Barker-Ruchti, et al., 2015). Biographical mapping is a tool for developing and deepening the interviews and is useful for reconstructing life stories in relation to social, personal, and developmental aspects. Biographical mapping also helps to obtain data that enables the "identification of important life transitions, critical events, and turning points" (Parry et al., 1999, p. 2), thus enabling participants to mark their career path in sports alongside other central life events on the accompanying grid. The visualization of the turning points in terms of importance and time helped to create additional discussion points (Barker-Ruchti, et al., 2015).

The data analysis has not yet been conducted but an abductive approach will be used. Depending on insights from the initial phase of the analysis, one or more scientific articles will be produced, based on the study’s overall aim. The analysis will start with identifying how immigrant women entered, participated, and became leaders in sports, reflecting an inductive analytical procedure. In the following phase, Hodkinson and Sparkes’s (1997) theory of career paths will be used to identify critical events and turning points according to the different types (structural, forced, and self-initiated) described in theory (Hodkinson & Sparkes, 1997). Finally, turning points will be analyzed in relation to the aim and specific research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By the time of writing this abstract, data analysis has not been conducted. However, some general patterns can be discerned in the participants’ stories. Just a few participants had an experience of exercising leadership in their home country. Similarly, few expressed a previously held vision or goal of becoming a leader in sports. Coincidence instead seemed to be a reason behind becoming engaged in leadership. Another pattern among the shared life stories is participants’ experiences of people in their vicinity playing an essential role in being where they are today, in life in general, and in reaching their leadership positions. Participants shared stories of specific persons who had shown trust and belief in them. These persons were argued to have infused the participants with confidence and courage, believing that they could do whatever they wanted and with the capacity to reach their goals.  Although a supportive environment seems important, individual motivation and goals can also be discerned, with participants’ life stories indicating a high degree of self-motivation. Furthermore, participants shared stories that indicate confidence and purposefulness, making up what appear to be essential characteristics for finding and taking place in a “new” society and culture, reaching a position within sports, and a possible sense of belonging.
One’s attitude and approach to the situation, to see opportunities, enabled by individual attributes such as independence, courage, and curiosity, was also described as important for finding a way into and taking place in a new society. A central aim of the analysis is to identify turning points in the participants’ lives, essential for becoming a leader in sports, as well as to reach insight that can promote further recruitment of immigrant women into leadership in sports.

References
Barker-Ruchti, N., Lindgren, E.C., Hofmann, A.R., Sinning, S. & Shelton, C. (2015). Tracing the career paths of top-level women football coaches: Turning points to understand and develop sport coaching careers. Sports Coaching Review, 3(2), 117-131. https://doi.org/10.1080/21640629.2015.1035859

Dadswell, K., Mandicos, M., Flowers, E. P., & Hanlon, C. (2022). Women from Culturally Diverse Backgrounds in Sport Leadership: A Scoping Review of Facilitators and Barriers. Journal of Sport and Social Issues, 1-30. DOI: 10.1177/01937235221134612

Dowling, F. (2020). A critical discourse analysis of a local enactment of sport for integration policy: Helping young refugees or self-help for voluntary sports clubs? International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 55(8), 1152-1166. DOI: 10.177/1012690219874437

Fundberg, J. (2017). Idrottsrörelsen och samhällsnyttan - fokus på etnisk mångfald och integration. I: Idrottens samhällsnytta. En vetenskaplig översikt av idrottsrörelsens mervärden för individ och samhälle. [The sports movement and social benefits - focus on ethnic diversity and integration. In: The social benefit of sport. A scientific overview of the sports movement's added value for individuals and society] Research Report 2017:1. Stockholm: Swedish Sport Confederation.

Hertting, K., & Karlefors, I. (2021) “We can’t get stuck in old ways”: Swedish sports club’s integration efforts with children and youth in migration. Physical Culture and Sport. Studies and Research, 2021. DOI: 10.2478/pcssr-2021-0023

Hodkinson, P., & Sparkes, A. C. (1997). Careership: A sociological theory of career decision making. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 18, 29–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142569970180102

Flensner, K. K., Korp, P., & Lindgren, E. C. (2021). Integration into and through sports? Sport-activities for migrant children and youths. European Journal for Sport and Society, 18(1), 64-81.DOI: 10.1080/16138171.2020.1823689

Painter, E., & Price, M. (2021). Creating social capital on soccer fields: Immigrant opportunities and gendered barriers in adult soccer leagues. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 47(7), 1631-1648. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2019.1602030

Parry, O., Thompson, C., & Fowkes, G. (1999). Life course data collection: qualitative interviewing using the life grid. Sociological research online, 4(2), 102-112.

Spaaij, R., Broerse, J., Oxford, S., Luguetti, C., McLachlan, F., McDonald, B., Klepac, B., Lymbery, L., Bishara, J., & Pankowiak, A. (2019). Sport, Refugees and Forced Migration: A Critical Review of the Literature. Frontiers in Sport and Active Living, 1, 1-18.

Walseth, K. (2008). Bridging and bonding social capital in sport—experiences of young women with an immigrant background. Sport, education and society, 13(1), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573320701780498

Yin, R.K. (2018). Case study research and applications: design and methods. (Sixth edition). SAGE.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm19 SES 02 A: A Multi-cities Ethnography Challenging Child Poverty in School-communities: The Idea of Synchronicity (Part 1)
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lori Beckett
Symposium to be continued in 19 SES 03 A
 
19. Ethnography
Symposium

A Multi-cities Ethnography Challenging Child Poverty in School-communities: The Idea of Synchronicity Part 1

Chair: Lori Beckett (Bangor University)

Discussant: Richard Watkins (GWe Gogledd Cymru)

This symposium, in two parts, reports on city-based teams forging a multi-cities ethnography focussed on child poverty and the challenges for schooling future generations. This takes a cue from a local place-based action study on Trem y Mynydd, the pseudonym given to a housing estate adjacent to the city of Bangor in Wales. The first set of four papers discusses the ethnographic approach forged on Trem y Mynydd in the face of damage done by de-industrialisation, unemployment, exploitation of the working poor, Universal Credit, benefit cuts and Brexit, to focus on children’s lived experiences of poverty. The second set of four papers interrogates this ethnographic work and the ways it might inform other city-based teams with a view to inter-connecting across international borders with the express purpose of raising a common voice on what is required of research-informed schools/social policies, ostensibly a hallmark of democratic governments.

The action study on Trem y Mynydd was initiated by a Welsh Government sponsored Children First needs assessment, which was conducted in 2017-2018 (see Lewis, 2023). Lewis, who won the contract after submitting a competitive tender, interrogated publically available data and then embarked on fieldwork to identify needs but also the strengths and assets of the local geographically defined school-community. In her endeavour to engage in critical analyses of both quantitative and qualitative data, Lewis organised a multi-agency group of workers employed on the estate and invited academic partners, who recognised her work as a first ethnographic sketch of the lived experiences of child poverty.

As Lewis’s fixed-term work drew to a close, the group made it clear that given the findings, they did not want to disband and called for further research. This provoked a core group to reconvene as the Bangor Poverty and Learning in Urban Schools (PLUS) team of school staff, multi-agency workers and academic partners along with resident families and critical friends. Lewis also joined this team, who continued to meet in two series of six monthly seminars (2019-2020) geared to mentor and support participants to become research-active, all sponsored by Professor Carl Hughes (Bangor University). At the outset they agreed on a twin purpose: to follow through on the needs assessment and work towards an ‘ethnography that makes a difference’ (see Mills and Morton, 2013), which included critical discussion of definitions of child poverty and human rights, inspired by former UN Special Rapporteur Philip Alston’s (2018) probe into Extreme Poverty in the UK, which involved Wales.

They also resolved to contribute to a multi-cities ethnography, which was then being planned to include four cities in the UK, apropos a recommendation from the BERA Research Commission on Poverty and Policy Advocacy (2017-2019), and four in Australia given liaison with the AARE Equity network. While those eight city-based teams made good progress towards coordination, the first Covid lockdown in early 2020 put paid to that project. The Bangor PLUS team re-grouped in early 2021 and proceeded to develop a school-community-university partnership that gave rise to a participatory ethnography as a model way of working in Wales, recognised as a small European nation-state that espouses a social democratic social imaginary, which in some portfolios contrasts markedly to consecutive UK Westminster governments' neoliberal project. This is all showcased in Beckett’s (2023) edited book to be launched at conference, while the task for this two-part symposium is to explore the possibility of a research partnership in a multi-cities ethnography, inviting other city-based teams active in school-communities to join: building clout on child poverty, sharing insights, synchronising findings, joining forces and ultimately lobbying through our networks including the ECER, ACER, the OECD, UN and UNESCO.


References
Alston, P. (2015) Report of the Special Rapporteur on Extreme Poverty and Human Rights, Philip Alston United Nations available online at: https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/798707?ln=en
Beckett, L. (ed) (2023) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff

Lewis, C. (2023) Children First – A place-based approach to addressing poverty & inequalities in Beckett, L. (ed) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff
Mills, D. & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in Education Sage

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Mise-en-scene: What’s the Story With Child Poverty?

Lori Beckett (Bangor University)

This paper sets the scene for critical discussion of the Bangor Poverty and Learning in Urban Schools (PLUS) team’s place-based action study to date in a school-community on the Trem y Mynydd housing estate, to use its pseudonym, to push back against child poverty, especially its ongoing influence on schooling success. Concerned to realise an ‘ethnography that makes a difference’ (see Mills and Morton, 2013), it opens with some points for debate about the relationship between scholarship and politics, notably Hammersley’s (2000) concerns about research and its neutrality. It is informed by our compilation of case stories (see Beckett, 2023) but also shared ideas about inequality, social exclusion, unmet needs, values, powerlessness and degraded life chances (see Child Poverty Action Group, 2017, p.2). As CPAG noted, how you define it has a lot to do with what you think ought to be done about it. This paper is concerned with poverty and values, notably Piachaud’s view that poverty carries a moral imperative that something should be done, and Alcock’s view that poverty is a political concept that implies action to remedy it (see Piachaud, 1981, and Alcock, 1993, both cited by Child Poverty Action Group, 2017, p.22). Our sober approach in seeking to influence government decisions about schools/social policies can be aligned to the ‘worldly ambitions’ named by Mills and Morton (2013, p.142). This is both necessary and problematic going by Ball’s mapping of the new transnational policy networks and their connections (see Ball, 2008; Nambissan and Ball, 2010; both cited by Mills and Morton, 2013, p.142). It is evident in the tensions between successive UK government neoliberal policy choices like de-industrialisation, austerity and Brexit and devolved Welsh governments’ social democratic policies such as the 2015 Well-being and Future Generations (Wales) Act, the 2018 Children First needs assessment, and the 2022 Curriculum for Wales. This complex policy field, underpinned by party political ideology, requires concerted efforts to strengthen participatory and collaborative approaches to democratise policies, their roll-out and resourcing, all built on a constructive analysis of the present, including the history in the present, and of possible and probable futures. These efforts are strengthened by synchronising with other city-based teams working in school-communities voicing the practical-political realities of child poverty charted in their own localities, sharing values, findings and research intelligence about their respective cultural, political, and social contexts. Of interest are local solutions prefiguring national systemic and structural changes.

References:

Child Poverty Action Group (2017). Poverty: The Facts. Ivinson, G., Thompson, I., Beckett, L., Wrigley, T. Egan, D., Leitch R., & McKinney, S. (2018) The research commission on poverty and policy advocacy A report from one of the BERA Research Commissions BERA available online at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/132212039.pdf Ivinson & Thompson (2020) Poverty and Education Across the UK. Bristol: Policy Press. LappaLainen, S., Hakala, K., Lahelma, E., Mietola, R., Niemi, A.M., Sallo, U.M., and Tolonen, T. (2022) Feminist ethnography as ‘Troublemaker’ in educational research: analysing barriers of social justice. Ethnography and Education, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/17457823.2022.2122855 Mills, D. & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in Education Sage Thompson, Ivinson, Beckett, Egan, Leitch, McKinney (2017) Learning the Price of Poverty across the UK. Policy Futures in Education, 16, 2, https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1177/1478210317736224
 

Supporting Teachers’ Work: Child Poverty as an Organising Principle

Pauline Taylor-Guy (ACER)

This paper describes a research initiative conducted in 2021- 2022 with the Queensland Department of Education, Australia that resulted in an evidence-based practice framework to complement ACER’s National School Improvement Tool (2016). The initiative focussed on the importance of the relationship between student wellbeing and engagement and learning success ensuring all students make good progress. It was driven by a persistent policy and practice challenge regarding inequality and poor educational outcomes for a growing number of students, exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic (Masters, Fraillon, Taylor-Guy & Chase, 2020; Dabrowski, Nietsche, Taylor-Guy & Chase, 2020) and real concerns that the most vulnerable learners in the education system would be forever lost as a result of school closures (Watterson & O’Connell, 2019). Whilst poverty was not a major focus of the project, there are indications from our work in school improvement over a decade that poverty can be contributory and/or risk factor in disengagement from schooling and poor wellbeing outcomes. What is certainly clear is that wellbeing and engagement interventions can make a difference. Everything schools do to support student wellbeing counts, but some strategies are more effective than others. Student wellbeing has been defined as: “a sustainable state of positive mood and attitude, resilience, and satisfaction with self, relationships and experiences at school”. (Fredricks, Blumenfeld, & Paris, 2004). Broadly speaking, this is a concept that covers a holistic range of psychological, physical, social, spiritual and cognitive dimensions. Research identifies that student engagement is multi-faceted, consisting of three domains: cognitive engagement, including motivation to learn and resilience and persistence to achieve; emotional engagement, including the nature of a student’s relationship with learning, and connectedness to others; and behavioural engagement, including a student’s level of participation in all areas of schooling, including academic, social and extracurricular activities (Dix, Carslake, Sniedze-Gregory et al., 2020).. Importantly, a student’s level of engagement is not a ‘fixed state’ and will respond to external factors such as their relationships and classroom environments. Sustained interventions are needed to impact academic outcomes and disadvantaged students benefit most from tailored support. This paper concludes with the suggestion that this initiative could provide a template for a city-wide study of child poverty, as it relates to wellbeing and student engagement although this remains relatively under theorised. By drawing together propositions around the research/practice nexus in relation to child poverty in the Brisbane context, it sketches a possible contribution to a multi-cities ethnography.

References:

ACER’s National School Improvement Tool (2016) https://research.acer.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1019&context=tll_misc Masters, G., Taylor-Guy, P., Fraillon, J., Chase, A. (2020) Ministerial Briefing Paper on Evidence of the Likely Impact on Educational Outcomes of Vulnerable Children Learning at Home during COVID-19. Australian Government Department of Education, Skills and Employment. https://research.acer.edu.au/learning_processes/24/ Dabrowski, A., Nietschke, Y., Taylor-Guy, P., & Chase, A. (2020). Mitigating the impacts of COVID-19: Lessons from Australia in remote education. Australian Council for Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.37517/978-1-74286-618-5 Dix, K., Ahmed, S. K., Carslake, T., Sniedze-Gregory, S., O’Grady, E., & Trevitt, J. (2020). Student health and wellbeing: A systematic review of intervention research examining effective student wellbeing in schools and their academic outcomes. Main report and executive summary. Evidence for Learning. https://www.evidenceforlearning.org.au/assets/Uploads/Main-Report-Student-Health-and-Wellbeing-Systematic-Review-FINAL-25-Sep-2020.pdf Fredricks, J.A., Blumenfeld, P.C., & Paris, A.H. (2004) School Engagement: Potential of the Concept, State of the Evidence. Review of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074001059 Watterson & O’Connell (2019) Those who disappear: The Australian education problem nobody wants to talk about. https://education.unimelb.edu.au/mgse-industry-reports/report-1-those-who-disappear
 

WITHDRAWN Co-producing Research Intelligence: Working with Community

Gwen Thirsk (Mantell Gwynedd), Jess Silvester (Mantell Gwynedd)

This paper highlights the assets-based community development perspective we brought to working with the Bangor PLUS team following up on the Welsh Government’s Children First needs assessment on the Trem y Mynydd housing estate, to use its pseudonym (see Thirsk, 2023; Silvester and Joslin, 2023). We are adamant this means working with and supporting local resident families and children as a matter of principle (a better way of working) as well as a way to ameliorate some of the child poverty effects by improving health and well-being in the local community (through an empowering and sustainable way of working). We also share the view that as the cost of living crisis bites harder, notably over this last winter, those in poverty are disproportionately carrying the greater burden and suffering the most. This paper expounds an argument for community development workers being part of the Bangor PLUS team, which connects with a more ethnographic approach to co-producing local knowledge (see Banks et al, 2019) about this school-community. The aim is to hammer home the point that the local community be given mentoring and support on their terms to, firstly, define and critically understand their needs, assets and strengths, then the challenges facing them, and finally to co-develop local solutions to the challenges. These processes, especially ownership of the local solutions, is where school staff and academic partners prove useful, linking to external expertise, resources and support. Here the focus is on our working with them to help identify children’s learning needs, the circumstances that impact on children’s futures, and what is required to ensure the goals for their health and well-being but also their prosperity (see Welsh Government, 2015, 2019). This means connecting with the local community, including those who can help deliver our identified local solutions to child poverty, as they too can positively impact upon children’s experience of schooling and education and ultimately employment and training. For example, the Hive community garden and café, growing food and serving it up (via volunteers) to families, has seen children embracing new ideas about food production and supply. This way of working would of course also potentially strengthen the school’s relationship with resident families, their elected representatives, multi-agency workers, and beyond into government as this in itself can bring several benefits to supporting the school’s aims. We conclude with what it really takes to forge a city-based team for a multi-cities ethnography.

References:

Albon, D. & Huf, C. (2021) What matters in early childhood education and care? The contribution of ethnographic research, Ethnography and Education, 16:3, 243-247, DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2021.1916978 Banks, S., Hart, A., Pahl, K., and Ward, P. (2019) Co-producing research. A community development approach. Bristol: Policy Press. Silvester, J. M. & Joslin, P. (2023) Hungry kids: families’ food insecurity further exposed by the pandemic in Beckett, L. (ed) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff Thirsk, G. (2023) ‘It takes a Village’ to realise school-community development in Beckett, L. (ed) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm20 SES 02 A: From distance to virtual diversity in classroom
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Roberta Ricucci
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Discourse on Identities and Multiculturalism in SEL-Based Distance Learning

Doly Levi, Rivka Hillel Lavian, Sigal Chen, Galya Semo, Ella Sarel-Machlev

Lvinsky college of education, Israel

Presenting Author: Semo, Galya

The Corona crisis forced people all over the world to stay away and posed new challenges to the education system and higher education institutions. These are required to encourage new and creative thinking and make learning accessible in the online space. Quickly and suddenly, a transition to distance learning in a synchronous and asynchronous online environment was required while meeting the academic, social and emotional needs of the learners. This reality might accompany us in the future academic years.

Among the scientific community in the world there is an agreement that the integration of social emotional teaching (= SEL) may have a positive effect on academic, emotional and behavioral abilities in the learning space such as: self-awareness, self-control, responsible decision-making, teamwork, conflict management, communication and relationship management (Jones and Bouffard, 2012).

Also, SEL has close connection with being a responsible citizen in a democratic country based on values ​​of equality, human dignity and social justice. It also contributes to the cultivation of intercultural competence, empathy, community involvement and the ability to deal with situations of ambiguity and uncertainty (Jones & Kahn, 2017; Mahoney, Durlak & Weissberg, 2018).

To achieve this goal, five researchers, who taught in five different courses at a college of Education have developed a comprehensive curriculum on SEL.

The five courses taught by the researchers are

(1) language (B.Ed degree) - an annual seminar on discourse research;

(2) Bible (B.Ed degree) - Book of Isaiah;

(3) Language (B.Ed degree) - alternatives in language assessment;

(4) special education (master's degree) - annual seminar on multi-professional team work;

(5) Special Education (B.Ed Degree) - Annual seminar on promoting mental well-being and preventing suicide in the education system.

The researchers formulated together outlines for the various courses they were going to teach, integrating SEL skills in the various courses, creating a common professional language as part of establishing a culture that promotes SEL in the college, and research accompaniment of these actions. The planning of the courses was characterized by a flexible online learning environment that includes encouraging group interaction, openness to ideas of others, inclusion and many opportunities for collaborations.

This teaching framework allowed and encouraged the students to look inside and outside themselves and their colleagues. Studies and surveys (Johnson & Aragon, 2003; Becker et al., 2018; District RSN, 2016; Pane et al., 2015) prove that a flexible online learning environment that includes encouraging group interaction, peer assessment and feedback, helps strengthen the relationship between teachers and learners, between the learners and their colleagues, to improve the quality of learning and to provide an accurate response to the learners' needs.

The aim of this research was to examine how students experience distance learning in courses based on SEL principles in multicultural contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
• The research approach is qualitative-interpretive, looking at social reality as a product of interpretive processes, influenced by personal structures (Denzin & Lincoln, 2000(
• Participants are 130 students from undergraduate and Master's programs. The students are from diverse social, cultural, national backgrounds and represent multiculturalism in Israeli society.
• Research tool is a collaborative blog that allows participants to expose and be exposed to perceptions, thoughts, and beliefs, share knowledge, and respond to other participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings revealed four spaces of learning experience: Space that looks inward; Supporting space; Space for self-management; Space for teaching insights. The four spaces revealed a process of developing abilities such as: awareness of strengths and weaknesses, understanding social situations, ability to understand different and unfamiliar attitudes, stress management, self-discipline and problem solving. It was also found that the lectures were characterized by flexibility, gave way to autonomy, to choose between alternatives, to broaden the multicultural point of view and to look in and out while examining the individual, professional and group process.
These elements are in line with the findings of Jones and Bouffard (2012) which included in SEL three central dimensions of skills and abilities:
(1) cognitive self-regulation - control of attention, inhibitory control, work planning and working memory, cognitive flexibility;
(2) emotional processes - emotional awareness, emotional expression, regulation of behavior, empathy, ability to hold different perspectives;
(3) Social/interpersonal skills – understanding of social cues, conflict and conflict resolution, pro-social behavior.
We also found that the cultural diversity helped the complex process of expanding the students' point of view. From a personal, narrow and egocentric perspective towards a holistic view that allows not only to deal with diversity, but also to enjoy the socio-cultural richness of the group and learn from it. Such a process encouraged the students to express different opinions and respond to other opinions, to introspection and debate with colleagues. In this way, the lecturers called for listening to others, managing a communication discussion that encourages multicultural vision and educational organization to achieve common goals. This is how we link the collaborative learning process to the study content that requires enthusiasm and joint discussionץ

References
Becker, S., Brown, M., Dahlstrom, E., Davis, A., DePaul, K., Diaz, V., & Pomerantz, J. (2018). NMC Horizon Report: 2018 Higher Education Edition.  EDUCAUSE.
Denzin, N. & Lincoln, Y. (2000) The Discipline and Practice of Qualitative Research. In: Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln, Y.S., Eds., Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 1–32). Sage.
District Reform Support Network (RSN). (2016). Transforming the Culture of Teaching Learning: Four Race to the Top–District Grantees’ Implementation of Personalized Learning. https://rttd.grads360.org/services/PDCService.svc/GetPDCDocumentFile?fileId=21503
Johnson, S.D. & Aragon, S.R. (2003). An Instructional Strategy Framework for Online Learning Environments. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 100, 31–43.
Jones, S.M. & Bouffard, S.M. (2012). Social and emotional learning in schools: From programs to strategies. Social Policy Report, 26(4), 1-33.
Jones, S.M. & Kahn, J. (2017). The evidence base for how we learn: Supporting students' social, emotional, and academic development. Washington, DC: Aspen Institute Commission on social, Emotional, and Academic Development.
Mahoney, J.L., Durlak, J.A., & Weissberg, R.P. (2018). An update on social and emotional learning outcome research. Phi Delta Kappan, 100(4), 18–23.
Pane, J.F., Elizabeth D. S., Matthew D. B., & Hamilton, L.S. (2015). Continued Progress: Promising Evidence on Personalized Learning: Executive Summary. RAND Corporation. https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1365z1.html


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Addressing Classroom Diversity in Distance learning – First-year Teachers’ Perceptions

Anat Reuter1, Dolly Eliyahu-Levi2

1David Yellin College of Education, Israel; 2Levinsky College of Education

Presenting Author: Reuter, Anat; Eliyahu-Levi, Dolly

Diversity, perceived as positive and harmless (Burner et al., 2018), is not a new phenomenon in education. Classrooms have always been quite diverse, and differences have been found among children within the same age group in readiness for learning, in their areas of interest, learning styles, experiences, background, and social status. Significant differences between children impact what they need to learn, the pace at which they need to know, the way they need to learn, and the support they need from teachers (Hjörne & Säljö, 2014). Studies have shown that classroom educators respond practically to differences and take a concrete pedagogical approach while addressing cultural minorities, adapting teaching methods, cognitive abilities, and language adjustment (Bruner & Biseth, 2016).

Distance learning: synchronous and asynchronous is one of the virtualization approaches that provides learners with an environment where basic needs are met through technology, and teachers are required to adopt new approaches and teaching methods (Burdina et al., 2019). It requires integrating technological tools, diversifying resources, and allowing a choice from a wide range of activities and flexibility in time, space, and pace (Johnson et al., 2015). In distance learning, teachers provide emotional support and security, maintain a routine, and have a sense of partnership. Creating remote interactions with students is much more challenging than classroom learning (Kundu & Bej, 2021). Moreover, teachers are required to provide opportunities for quality distance learning and to adapt the technology, pedagogy, and content to their students' needs—all planned while knowing that the ability to improvise and use body language is limited (Kundu & Bej, 2021).

Another challenge in distance learning is to leverage learning processes and create a personalized learning experience to provide children with learning tailored to their diverse needs and thus allow them to develop according to their pace, abilities, and preferences. Equally important in this type of teaching is children's autonomy and ability to choose, as both elements allow a sense of ownership of learning and better adaptation to areas of interest, increasing motivation. According to this approach, teaching is differential, refers to the learner's status, learning content, teaching methods, and the interaction between the individual and society, and allows each child to learn regardless of ability gaps (Lucas & Claxton, 2010).

In-class teachers perceive differential teaching as a very complex task, and some argue that in busy classrooms, this is an almost impossible task. Differential teaching in the 21st century should include knowledge of teaching and learning to respond to the learning needs of diverse students (Tomlinson, 2014). Previous research (Russo & Hopkins, 2019; Ridwan, Retnawati & Hadi, 2022) has found that teachers are not enthusiastic about giving different tasks to different students in the class because they need time and expertise in planning such tasks.

New teachers in their first-year teaching remotely are required to deal with knowledge and skills, while it is not sure that they have been systematically trained for this as part of the teaching training. In distance learning, the new teachers are required to show flexibility. The challenge is to plan teaching-learning moves that change according to the order of the hour, to the learners, to the resources available or not available in their home, to strengthen the interpersonal relationship with the students and their parents, and to adapt the teaching to the student's personal needs (Kwok, 2018)

The research questions are: (1) What are the first-year teachers' perceptions of diversity in distance learning classes? (2) What actions did the teachers take to address diversity in class in distance learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on the phenomenological qualitative approach. It seeks to understand the phenomena being studied holistically for their complexity from within its environment and from the unique context, together with examining its subjective construction rooted in its environment (Pietkiewicz & Smith, 2014; Brubaker, 2016). Phenomenology deals with the essence of human experience. Its focuses on understanding the meaning of the phenomenon from the individual point of view of the participants. Understanding how the reality of the personal experience perceives and interpreted (Eatough & Smith, 2008). The phenomenological approach allowed researchers to examine how teachers in their first year derive meaning from their teaching experience (Smith, Flower & Larkin, 2009) and gather first-hand data about the teaching experience (Langdridge, 2007) in addressing classroom differences.
The study involved 20 teachers (19 female and one male) in their first year of teaching in elementary school. The teachers are graduates of two colleges of education in Israel, all native-born Israelis, secular, and native Hebrew speakers, ranging from 25 to 32 years old and teaching first to sixth grade in public schools in the Tel Aviv and Jerusalem districts. As part of the study, they analysed the distance learning-teaching processes they experienced while developing critical-reflective thinking about group and classroom management. The teachers shared their experiences with their feelings, thoughts, and educational perceptions during the interview. They reported on difficulties and actions they took in distance learning to address diversity among children in the classroom.
The research tools are interviews with all the participants and pictures they chose. Throughout the interviews, the participants explained their choice of pictures. They shared their stories regarding the connection between the picture and the pedagogical perceptions, the difficulties they encountered, and the teaching actions they performed in distance learning.
Data analysis was conducted in three stages: In the first stage, the researchers read the narrative passages and collected comprehensive data on the perceptions and actions of the teachers. In the second stage, we analysed the interviews to understand how the distance-learning processes affected the teachers. In the third stage, we coded excerpts from the data that characterize conceptions and actions that promote social-emotional and cultural aspects of addressing classroom differences.
In this study, we maintained all accepted rules of ethics. We received approval from the college's ethics committee (no. 2020102501).





Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings show that teachers revealed educational perceptions that indicate great importance in providing an adapted response and acted in distance learning according to two pedagogical aspects: (1) personal-emotional learning, (2) learning environment which tight the connection between the classroom and the home.
The new teachers, as responsible adults, despite having little teaching experience, forged relationships with students, addressed their different needs, gathered information about the students, and adapted the learning processes to their needs. In addition, it was found that differential teaching in distance learning aroused interest and motivation among the students.
It can also be stated that the education system in Israel and the world is required to find pedagogical-technological solutions for the long term and to consider the importance of investing in infrastructures that can assist in distance learning. It is possible that thinking is required about the design of new school spaces that provide solutions for online learning that will allow students to come and study in them even in times of crisis and closure - all of these may promote equal education and increase student well-being.
The findings suggest valuable ideas for teacher training programs and future interventions mainly due to the coronavirus. New teachers in the system must know how to get organized at short notice so they can seamlessly integrate online platforms, websites, and digital applications into teaching-learning processes. They must also be able to incorporate the educational and teaching methods and social-emotional aspects adapted to different students, and that helps them cultivate resilience and mental well-being.
It is possible that thinking is required about the design of new school spaces that provide solutions for online learning that will allow students to come and study - all of these may promote equal education and increase student well-being.






References
Burdina, G. M., Krapotkina, I. E., & Nasyrova, L. G. (2019). Distance learning in elementary school classrooms: An emerging framework for contemporary practice International. Journal of Instruction, 12(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.29333/iji.2019.1211a.
Burner, T., & Biseth, H. (2016). A critical analysis of an innovative approach: A case of diversity in Norwegian education. Sage Open, 6(4) 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244016680689
Burner, T., Nodeland, T. S., & Aamaas, Å. (2018). Critical perspectives on perceptions and practices of diversity in education. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 2(1), 3–15. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.2188
Eatough, V., & Smith, J.A. (2008). Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis. In C. Carla Willig, & W. Stainton-Rogers, (Ed.), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research in Psychology (pp. 179-195). London: SAGE.
in contexts of learning and instruction. International Journal of Educational Research, 63, 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2012.10.001
Johnson, L., Adams Becker, S., Estrada, V., & Freeman, A. (2015). NMC horizon report: 2015 higher education edition. The New Media Consortium.
Kundu A., & Bej, T. (2021). COVID 19 response: An analysis of teachers' perception on pedagogical successes and challenges of digital teaching practice during new normal. Education and Information Technology, 18, 1–24. doi: 10.1007/s10639-021-10503-5
Kwok, A. (2018). Promoting “Quality” Feedback: First-Year Teachers’ Self-Reports on their Development as Classroom Managers. The Journal of Classroom Interaction, 53(1), 22–36. http://www.jstor.org/stable/45373100.
Langdridge, D. (2007). Phenomenological psychology. Theory, research, and method. Harlow, England: Pearson Education Limited.

Lucas, B., & Claxton, G. (2010). New kinds of smart: Teaching young people to be intelligent for today's world. Open University Press.
Pietkiewicz, I., & Smith, J. A. (2014). A practical guide to using interpretative phenomenological analysis in qualitative research psychology. Psychological journal, 20(1), 7-14.‏
Russo, J., & Hopkins, S. (2019). Teachers’ perceptions of students when observing lessons involving challenging tasks. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 17(4), 759-779.‏
Smith, J. A., Flower, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method, and research. London: Sage.
Tomlinson, C. A. (2014). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners. Ascd.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

The Use of Virtual Exchanges on Graduate Student Development

Katherine Aquino1, Elizabeth Tobin2

1St. John's University, United States of America; 2National College of Ireland, Ireland

Presenting Author: Aquino, Katherine; Tobin, Elizabeth

The importance of internationalisation in learning is well established, with increased value being placed on how college students are able to navigate the challenges associated with the development of intercultural competencies (Villar-Onrubia & Rajpal, 2016). As society becomes more global, questions have been raised about how postsecondary institutions integrate global thinking into student identity development to prepare students for their futures in a global society (Chickering & Braskamp, 2009). Traditionally, intercultural learning activities such as study abroad experiences have been identified as high-impact practices that support postsecondary student global and identity development (AAC&U, n.d.; Dresen et al., 2019). However, the Covid-19 pandemic disrupted those traditional in-person learning experiences that foster cross-cultural exchanges (Fabuer, 2022). Additionally, graduate students often experience unique personal circumstances including full-time employment, family responsibilities, and finances that act as barriers for participating in traditional study abroad programmes (Nicklin et al., 2019). Taking these barriers into consideration, there are now increased investments in virtual exchange programs to create more inclusive educational opportunities for all university students, while simultaneously supporting their development of global and intercultural competencies.

While there is great benefit for graduate students to develop their intercultural competencies and engage in more equitable global learning opportunities, limited research currently exists on graduate students engaged in global online collaborations, as well as how this potentially impacts their identity development as students and professionals. Student development theory highlights how students grow holistically and with increased complexity during their time in tertiary education (Patton et al., 2016). Graduate students are often contending with the development of multiple identities, as their new identity as an academic researcher grows and intersects with other parts of their identity such as gender, sex, age, profession, and nationality (Nygaard & Savva, 2021). Therefore, the aim of our research sought to understand how participating in a global online learning exchange contributed to graduate student identity development and transformation.

This research was guided by Chickering's (1969) Seven Vectors of College Student Development. In his understanding of student development, he proposed that students experience and evolve by seven vectors - building competence, managing emotions, establishing autonomy, developing identity, assessing interpersonal relationships, and constructing purpose and integrity - that impact the psychological development of the student within the higher education environment. While the original theoretical framework was focused on the traditional student experience, subsequent research has expanded Chickering's theory, creating a more expansive understanding of the current student profile (McDowell & Higbee, 2014), as well as how it can apply in global learning opportunities (Kahn & Agnew, 2015). For this study, participation in virtual exchange experiences, including active collaboration with local and international peers, provides the opportunity to further develop oneself within the higher education setting. Specifically, use of virtual exchanges including engaging with new peer groups, participating in new interactions and developing relationships, and continuing towards an engaged and trustworthy understanding of the global landscape are compelling opportunities for one's postsecondary student development. McDowell and Higbee (2014) noted that "students sometimes have to reconsider how they perceive themselves and others as they engage in new relationships and gain new perspectives" (p. 229). Thus, as virtual exchanges emerge as a global learning tool, participating in virtual exchanges provide a unique opportunity for students to participate in academic experiences that lend to the development of their postsecondary student selves. Furthermore, unlike other student development theories, Chickering identifies that student development may not occur in a linear progression, rather students can develop within each vector at various times.

Thus the current study sought to understand: How does participating in a global online learning exchange contribute to graduate student identity development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study used qualitative approach, collecting data (e.g, semi-structured interviews) from American and Irish doctoral education students who participated in a five-week embedded global online learning exchange in winter 2021. This “virtual exchange” included 25 students - nine U.S. students (four women and five men) and 16 Irish students (all women). The U.S. students were enrolled in an educational leadership doctoral program and the Irish students were completing educational psychology doctoral degrees. Of this group, six students (three from the U.S. and three from Ireland) consented to be interviewed about their experience during the exchange. Prior to conducting the virtual exchange, both participating institutions underwent and were approved through a rigorous ethical approval process by their university human research ethics committees. All participating students were provided with study information and consent forms prior to conducting the interviews. Data were collected through audio-recorded semi-structured interviews in spring 2021 following the completion of the four-week virtual exchange.

The current study used thematic analysis to explore student experiences of identity development during the virtual exchange. Analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-step thematic analysis process to identify patterns and themes within our data by familiarising, coding, searching, reviewing, and naming themes. Within this process, we used a deductive approach and started with a priori codes informed by Chickering’s seven vectors of student development. Initial coding remained closely aligned to the seven vectors and their definitions, with consistent reference back to these definitions in relation to student identity development throughout the coding process. Transcripts were then reviewed line by line with significant aspects related to the seven vectors coded under each theme. These codes were then reviewed, organised, and collapsed into relevant sub-themes related to our research question. Both authors reviewed each code and theme ensuring the patterns emerged authentically and accurately from the data. The analysis resulted in several sub-themes within the seven vectors, which highlighted the unique ways in which the virtual exchange contributed to graduate student identity development. These included: the development of technical and intellectual competencies, managing emotions among competing responsibilities, expressing needs to improve the learning experience, navigating individual tasks and collaborative efforts, establishing a new peer network through collaboration, how cultural identity shaped communication and interactions, the impact of external identity on student identity, and recognition of how the exchange impacts their career trajectory and vocational beliefs.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As society becomes increasingly global, it is important that as students develop their identity, they begin to internalize a global and intercultural perspective into their thinking, relationships, and identity (Chickering & Braskamp, 2009). Thus, the current study aimed to understand how participating in a virtual exchange contributed to graduate student development by using Chickering’s seven vectors of college student development.

Preliminary findings indicated that the exchange contributed to graduate identity development in unique ways, particularly as they navigated the online learning environment, and the challenges and growth that occur in a collaborative environment across different time zones, and distinct cultural communication patterns. Initial findings further elicited differing experiences of the exchange, which potentially impacted the ways in which it contributed to identity development. Findings indicated that some students were simultaneously managing conflicting emotions as they processed the present frustrations of participating in the exchange alongside an already demanding degree programme, with the recognition of potential future learning benefits to their own career development.  The findings are not without limitations. Our study is exploratory in nature and makes no claims of generalisability. While all students participated in the virtual exchange, only six students participated in the optional student interviews detailing their experiences of the collaboration. Additional interviews could have yielded more information about the virtual exchange experience.

References
Association of American Colleges & Universities. (n.d.). High-impact educational practices. https://www.aacu.org/node/4084
Braun, V. & V. Clarke. 2006. “Using thematic analysis in psychology.” Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2): 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Chickering, A. W. (1969.) Education and identity. Jossey-Bass.

Chickering, A., & Braskamp, L. A. (2009). Developing a global perspective for personal and social responsibility. Peer Review, 11(4), 27-31.

Chickering, A. W., & Reisser, L. (1993). Education and identity (2nd ed.). Jossey-Bass.

Dresen, C. K., Wilmes, M. L., Sullivan, K. R., & Waterbury, T. A. (2019). Building resilience through strengths-based learning during graduate study abroad: An exploratory study. Journal of Experiential Education, 42(3), 297-310.
El-Ghoroury, N. H., Galper, D. I., Sawaqdeh, A., & Bufka, L. F. (2012). Stress, coping, and barriers to wellness among psychology graduate students. Training and Education in Professional Psychology, 6(2), 122–134. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0028768

Kahn, H. E., & Agnew, M. (2017). Global learning through difference: Considerations for teaching, learning, and the internationalization of higher education. Journal of Studies in International Education, 21(1), 52-64.

McDowell, A. M., & Higbee, J. L. (2014). Responding to the concerns of student cultural groups: Redesigning spaces for cultural centers. Contemporary Issues in Education Research, 7(3), 227-236.

Nicklin, J. M., Meachon, E. J., & McNall, L. A. (2019). Balancing work, school, and personal life among graduate students: A positive psychology approach. Applied Research in Quality of Life, 14(5), 1265-1286.
Nygaard, L.P. & Savva, M. (2021). Becoming and belonging in academia: a conceptual framework. In M. Savva & L.P. Nygaard (Eds.) Becoming a Scholar: Cross-cultural reflections on identity and agency in an education doctorate (1st ed., pp. 10-26). UCL Press.

Patton, L.D., Renn, K.A., Guido, F.M. & Quaye, S.J. (2016). Student development in college: Theory, research, and practice. John Wiley & Sons.

Reisser, L. (1995). Revisiting the seven vectors. Journal of College Student Development, 36(6), 505–511.

Villar-Onrubia, D., & Rajpal, B. (2016). Online international learning: Internationalising the curriculum through virtual mobility at Coventry University. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 20(2–3), 75–82. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603108.2015.1067652
Witkowsky, P., & Mendez, S. L. (2018). Influence of a short-term study abroad experience on professional competencies and career aspirations of graduate students in student affairs. Journal of College Student Development, 59(6), 769-775.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm20 SES 02 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education I: Diversity of Methods in Research on Diversity – Perspectives of Qualitative Research on Questions of Power
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dorothee Schwendowius
Session Chair: André Epp
Joint Symposium, NW 07, NW 20, NW 31, Full information in 07 SES 02 D JS
3:15pm - 4:45pm21 SES 02 A
Location: Hetherington, 216 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Paper Session
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Between Jouissance and Desire, Knowledge and Truth. Work with a Student who Suffers from "School Phobia"

Jean-Marie Weber

University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg

Presenting Author: Weber, Jean-Marie

This paper deals with the problem of the so-called "school phobia" and school failure. Based on my research so far, I have been able to show that the desire for knowledge of school dropouts is often blocked by psychological challenges, existential questions and anxiety. In this paper I would like to illustrate this with a clinical case of phobia.

It is about a young university student from France who decided to work through his suffering. I have been accompanying him for about two years at the rate of one session per week.

The student complains of numerous situations of social phobia, bullying, exam anxiety, fears during train or car rides, or fear of speaking in front of others in class.

His school phobia begins in kindergarten. The separation from his mother is very difficult. Especially since the teacher grumbles a lot with him, he is afraid of being penetrated by the teacher's gaze and words.

In the first school year he playfully enjoys doing the math work in advance. The teacher, however, insinuates that he has copied from his schoolmate and calls him a "freeloader". The student reacts to this misunderstanding and disregard with "laziness, doing nothing"at school : "je m'en fou". He adheres less and less to limits and rules. He is diagnosed as hyperactive and is prescribed Ritalin. In some subjects, however, he shows his excellent knowledge. Several teachers predict that he will get nowhere.

He is teased, tracked down in his hiding places, chased around the schoolyard and is even seriously injured once. He does not succeed in his school career the way he wants; whether it is through poor grades in math or obscure institutional rules.

Nevertheless, he retains the desire to learn what he likes. In some subjects, he aims for perfection. Despite completing an apprenticeship, he is unable to find a job, probably because of his shyness. After a two-year absence, he returns to school and manages to get a certificate for university entrance.

I will show how the analytical process has worked so far. Working through signifiers, situations of fear and dreams, the occupation of " finding a secured place for himself" shows up. His phobic phantasm is characterized by mistrust. Because of the "gaze" and the course introduction of some professors he is "already sure" that he will not pass the exam. Here it becomes apparent that the imaginary has the upper hand and is not sufficiently dialectized with the real.

Similar to "little Hans", the student is concerned with a "more" of enjoyment. (Freud, 1909) However, when the analysand encounters someone who seems too intrusive, panic attacks occur. They are not an expression of castration anxiety ( Lacan 1994), but precisely of the lack of separation by a third party and thus of the fragile symbolic network. When the mediation of the symbolic law of impossibility works, a transformation from enjoyment to desire occurs and the protagonist can better manage the panic moments.

Meanwhile, the analysand can develop strategies to prepare for exams in a more organized way and be less driven by anxiety. He can set limits to his rampant drive for knowledge. Education occurs through a loss of enjoyment, writes Lacan (2001, 364). In parallel, the analysand presents numerous dreams, thanks to which he cautiously - without losing too much control - approaches the truth of his own desire. In this way, he makes contact with his own strangeness, the real and thus also with his split as a subject. Only the future will show whether he can also drop his gaze as an object (little) a.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on a still ongoing psychoanalytic cure. According to the basic Freudian rule, I listen to the analysand with free-floating attention so that the otherness of the Other finds its place. My questioning, interpretating and scanding have the goal to open the analysand to his unconscious knowledge.

The verbatim are written down after each session and reflected on them between sessions. They are regularly discussed in the control analysis. This helps to question myself, to reflect on my narcissistic security and depressiveness regarding my knowledge. It is also a matter of analyzing the moments when I am deaf as analyst and of discussing questions about the psychic structure and of recognizing aspects of transference as well as analyzing my own counter-transference. In the transference of the student, it became apparent that his fear of encountering the external "stranger" was related to his fear of the "internal alterity," the Other as the treasure of the unconscious.

Working on this analytical process, I am interested in the evolution of the students’ position regarding his complaint and the responsibility he sees in using his symptom.

It is also about uncovering the basic phantasm and, if possible, crossing it, i.e., dropping the object (little) a. For this I support the associating by interpreting and analyzing the linking of the signifiers to chains of signifiers.

The analysis demands from the analysand to deconstruct as far as possible his imaginary ego  and to leave the field to the unconscious knowledge. As a subject he should be able to live his singular way more freely and to organize his studies more free of fear. I therefore support him to assume the split between the imaginary and the real in order to trace his singular desire.

The accompaniment is arranged in such a way that the analysand first assumes knowledge to the analyst as imagined subject.  Then the analyst as Other is to help that the symptom can be verbalized as a message and opened to ambiguity, and finally he must help the analysand to see the recognition of dependence on the object (little) a. Insofar as the analyst figures the object a, I am particularly attentive to how the analysand relates to me.

All this is considered as a prerequisite for him to respect the law of the impossible and thus to form himself by also being able to limit the jouissance. (Lacan,2001, 364)


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some life experiences are so destabilizing that eventually they led young people to resume school. School phobia or dropping out of school is an addressed symptom. It's a means of situating oneself as subject. (Weber, Voyonva, 2021) It is a subjective construction regarding the question of the desire of the Other and a response to the lack of a definitive answer. As in the clinical case described, some have no confidence in life and think they must fight for everything themselves or must steal it from life. They are afraid that someone will see through this. If someone takes a gaze at this subjective attitude, they get scared and can react quite aggressively and close themselves off to the gaze of the other person. Often trapped in their ideas of a certain self-will without allowing alterity, they hardly face their unconscious knowledge nor speaking. As in the clinical case described, it takes a long analytical work to arrive as a split subject, to accept the "lack of being", the otherness, to detach oneself from the disregard and the lies of another, from the "gaze" as object little a.

A clinical work like this is an example for me in teacher education. It seems important to me that teachers recognize the relation to learning has to do fundamentally with the unconscious relation of the respective subject, to the Other as well as to the contingency of life. Of course, it is also about showing how intrusive and destructive the power of the teacher can be and how he or she has to deal with students as subjects.

This is an ethical challenge that is itself related to the unconscious desire of the teacher.




References
Blanchard-Laville, C. Au risque d'enseigner. Paris, Puf

Douville, O. (s. direct.) (2006). Les méthodes cliniques en psychologie, Paris, Dunod

Fink, B. (2007). Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic Technique. A Lacanian Approach for Practitioners, W.W. Norton & Company, New-York, London

Freud, S. (1909). Analyse der Phobie eines fünfjährigen Knaben. GW. VII, Frankfurt am Main, Fischer, p. 241- 377

Imbert, F. (1997). Vivre ensemble, un enjeu pour l'école. Paris, ESF

Lacan, J. (1994). Le Séminaire, Livre IV, La relation d'objet, Paris, Seuil

Lacan, J. (2004). Le Séminaire, Livre X, L'angoisse, Paris, Seuil

Lacan, J. Autres écrits, Paris, Seuil

Menès, Martine (2012). L'enfant et le savoir. D'où vient le désir d'apprendre, Paris, Seuil

Nougué, Y. (2003). L'entretien clinique. Paris, Anthropos

Weber, J.-M. & Voynova, R. (2021). Le décrochage scolaire, le rapport au savoir et la pulsion de mort. Nîmes: Champ social.


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

How To Deal With the Other in a Co-teaching Situation : a Clinical Approach

Marc Guignard

université lyon 2, France

Presenting Author: Guignard, Marc

This paper is based on a research conducted in France in isolated rural elementary school in the Ardèche department where a co-teaching arrangement has been set up. In these one-classroom schools, two teachers are thus brought to teach in the same class during a school year. Co-teaching is defined by Tremblay (2012) as "joint pedagogical work, in the same group and at the same time, by two or more teachers sharing educational responsibilities to achieve specific objectives. ». Situations where co-teaching occurs have been studied in other research (Tremblay and Toullec-Therry, 2020), particularly from a didactic perspective (Prevel and Buznic-Bourgeac, 2020) or in connection with inclusive education (Tremblay, 2011).

After presenting the context of the research, this paper proposes to grasp, in a psychoanalytically oriented clinical approach (Blanchard-Laville et al., 2005), some of the psychic issues wich may be specific to co-teaching situations. In such a situation, each teacher is required to teach in the presence of another. This other is sufficiently close (he or she is also a teacher) but also sufficiently distant in terms of his or her teaching style, background and pedagogical references. In some situations, this other, constituted by the second teacher, could be the mirror of an otherness present in oneself, and a vector of the « uncanny » (Freud, 1919). Consequently, teaching "under the gaze of another" can constitute a test for the teacher that leads to certain psychological reorganizations, for example, defensiveness.

Moreover, teaching in the presence of another person is a situation that can call into question the links that the teacher forges with his or her students, but also the way in which he or she updates his or her own relationship to knowledge during the teaching sequence. These two dimensions of the link to the pupil and the link to the knowledge taught shape the psychic space of the classroom and constitute what Claudine Blanchard-Laville calls the teacher's didactic transfer (Blanchard-Laville, 1997). Thus, is it possible to extend the notion of didactic transfer, initially thought by its author in "classic" teaching situations, to situations where two teachers teach together? What modalities of didactic transfer of each teacher find expression within the class which constitutes a single psychic space?

Furthermore, I have proposed the notion of internal psychic parenthood (Guignard, 2017) to try to capture a modality of how didactic transfer unfolds in the classroom. In a co-teaching situation, in the ordeal that teaching with another can constitute, how is this internal psychic parentality reorganized? being two teachers could thus strongly refer each of them to psychic arrangements specific to the couple and to parenthood. In such a situation, wouldn't the paternal and maternal functions that are articulated during a lesson tend to be split up and taken in charge separately by each of the two teachers?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper will link some vignettes from the research with theoretical contributions from the field of psychoanalysis.
The methodology used for this research is based on two types of material. On the one hand, observations were carried out in the classes where co-teaching was implemented. On the other hand, interviews were conducted with the two teachers participating in the co-teaching scheme. Out of a corpus of 24 interviews, 3 were conducted by the author of this paper and can be considered as clinical research interviews (Yelnik, 2005). It is these interviews, coupled with observations conducted in the teachers' classrooms, that constitute the bulk of the material used in this paper. However, the other interviews were taken up in the preparation of this paper.
The vignettes presented will therefore be based on this research material.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The co-teaching situation leads to question the notion of didactic transfer initially forged in a teaching situation where the teacher is alone in front of his class. It also activates psychic processes, some of which may be linked to the professional part of the internal psychic parenthood of education professionals.

References
Blanchard-Laville, C. (1997). L’enseignant et la transmission dans l’espace psychique de la classe. Recherches En Didactique Des Mathématiques, 17(3), 151–176.
Blanchard-Laville Claudine, Chaussecourte Philippe, Hatchuel Françoise, Pechberty Bernard. (2005). Recherches cliniques d’orientation psychanalytique dans le champ de l’éducation et de la formation. Revue française de pédagogie, 151, 111-162.
Freud, S. (1919). L’inquiétante étrangeté. Essais de psychanalyse appliquée. Gallimard, 1976.
Guignard, M. (2017). Vers une prise en compte d’une part professionnelle de la bisexualité psychique dans l’étude des modalités du transfert didactique de l’enseignant. Cliopsy, 18, 9-22.
Prevel, S. et Buznic-Bourgeacq, P. (2020). Des rôles didactiques pour les sujets du coenseignement. Ajustements et variations identitaires d'une enseignante surnuméraire au sein de trois binômes. Éducation et francophonie, XLVIII (2), 139-159.
Tremblay, P. (2011). Co-formation entre professionnels collaborant dans deux dispositifs d’intervention auprès d’élèves ayant des troubles d’apprentissage. Nouvelle revue de l’Adaptation scolaire. 55 (3), 175-190.
Tremblay, T et Toullec-Théry, M. (2020). Le coenseignement : théories, recherches et pratiques. INSHEA.
Yelnik C. (2005). L’entretien clinique de recherche en sciences de l’éducation. Recherche & Formation, 50, 133-146.


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

The Didactic Triangle from Sign-Theoretical Perspectives to Deepen the Pedagogical Situation

Christian Wiesner, Kerstin A. Zechner, Simone Breit

University College of Teacher Education, Austria

Presenting Author: Wiesner, Christian; Zechner, Kerstin A.

An essential form for understanding world-building through teaching is the figure of thought of the so-called "didactic triangle" (the learning triangle) by Heimann (1947), which is based on Herbart's "educational theory" ("Erziehungslehre"; 1814). According to Heimann (1947), the didactic triangle creates the pedagogical situation, which is shaped in particular by the "interpersonal encounter". This phenomenon can be described as a "primal phenomenon" as well as a phenomenon of interaction and communication and whereby learning is fundamentally based on the "interpersonal relationship". Herbart's (1814) approach, however, is theoretically more profound and also highly relevant to practice: "I require of the educator above all that he orients himself most carefully in this distinction, and practise relating all teaching and learning to it. Whoever does not do this may be an excellent empiricist, but in my eyes he is not a theoretician".

The objective of this presentation is therefore to theoretically ground the didactic triangle through different theories of sign theory in order to be able to point out new insights that result from the triadic structure. This presentation therefore attempts to open up broad range of theoretical perspectives, hence the paper combines the didactic triangle in particular with the sign theory of Bühler (1918, 1926, 1934), Cassirer (1923, 1925, 1929) and Peirce (1873, 1903, 1988) in order to open up new, different insights into pedagogy, and in particular to look at the relevance of relationship and attachment (Bowlby, 1969, 1973, 1980).

Different emphases and colourings of learning and being-in-relationship can thus be shown, enabling a broad spectrum and diversity of practices. The didactic triangle experiences a new depth of diversity through the phenomenological foundation. This variety of possibilities of learning can be connected with theories and models of communication and interaction (Wiesner, 2023b), with attachment theory (Gebauer & Wiesner, 2022; Wiesner & Gebauer, 2022, 2023) also with traditional learning theories, based on different forms of sign theory.

The research questions are based on what the didactic triangle provides and brings to pedagogy, but also how this triadic structure changes by incorporating new, different foundations and how the pedagogical relevance can thus be increased and deepened. At the same time, many connections with psychoanalytic, integrative and psychodynamic pedagogy and psychotherapy can be shown (Wiesner, 2023a). This also creates links to the concepts of being a guiding role model, being a directive role model or being an ideal role model (Bittner, 1964).

The theoretical framework thus draws on the theoretical differentiation of the didactic triangle by Herbart (1814), Heimann (1947), Gruschka (2002), Zierer (2022) and substantiates the triadic structures structurally-phenomenologically through various sign-theoretical foundations by Bühler, Cassirer and Peirce. The Vienna School of Gestalt Perception by Bühler (1912, 1926, 1934), Brunswik (1929, 1934, 1947) and Popper (1928) is also an important source for making the results and findings clearly visible in the sense of Arnheim's visual thinking (1969).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation follows the structural-phenomenological method, such a procedure is characterised with reference to Fink (1957) and Loch (1983) and determined by the systematic exploration of different forms (description of phenomena), in the process it is not the information or the meaning in modes of expression that is "interpreted" (Loch, 1983), but "the meaning 'inserted' in the first place" so that the phenomena become comprehensible and understandable. Thus, it is not about an "interpretation of interpretation" (Fink, 1957) as in hermeneutics, i.e. the interpretation and interpretation of meaning, but about the "insertion (introjection or attribution)" (Loch, 1983a) and the character of "ascription": "Scientific insight is, as such, insight from the reason (as basement and foundation). To recognise the reason for something is to recognise the necessity of it behaving in such and such a way" (Husserl, 1900).
Structural phenomenology "tries to work its way into the inner structure of things" (Rombach, 1994) in order to show new, different theoretical views or new perspectives and points of view from the known and familiar. The focus is on finding "constant structures" (Danner, 2006) across theories and models and through multiple variations. According to Rombach (1994), the special "approach of structural phenomenology" is when "it succeeds" in capturing structures that "underlie" one or more theoretical worldviews as well as life: Basic configurations of structures "can confirm and reinforce each other [... as well as] imitate, perhaps [vividly evident via shape perception] even repeat". At the same time, phenomenology as a theory, method and "doctrine of phenomena" (Loch, 1983) also pays attention to the human being "who relates to the world in an acting and suffering, feeling and sensing, perceiving and thinking, creating and consuming way" and thus shows the "multiplicity" and "diversity" which - in order to gain form and meaning - must in turn be expressed, represented and symbolised (Cassirer, 1942; Rombach, 1980). The method thus has similarities with the morphology and anatomy, which are dealing with the study of the form and structure of theories and models.
This presentation is based on the structural-phenomenological method and analyses models and theories in terms of facts and contents in order to gain new, different insights into existing theoretical entities. For this purpose, various already published papers are consulted and re-analysed as well as theoretical connections in the sense of structural phenomenology are used as sources.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presentation can show on several levels and perspectives that the didactic triangle can be connected with different pedagogical theories by means of sign-theoretical approaches. This opens up new, different insights into pedagogical topics, but also into the relevance of relationship and attachment for and in pedagogical processes and situations.
Many results are based on Gestalt perception, which is useful for the structural-phenomenological method and theory and with which many insights can be gained. However, this method needs direct showing to enable visual thinking. Therefore, the presentation shows both insights into the didactic triangle as a foundation of the pedagogical, at the same time the structural-phenomenological method can be shown through the approach.
The deepening insights into the didactic triangle trough diverse theoretical foundations and the possible connections with exceedingly different pedagogical concepts and theories is the objective of the entire contribution as a conclusion.

References
Arnheim, R. (1969). Anschauliches Denken: Zur Einheit von Bild und Begriff. DuMont.
Bittner, G. (1964). Für und Wider die Leitbilder. Quelle & Meyer.
Bowlby, J. (1973). Attachment and Loss. Volume II: Separation Anxiety and Anger. Basic Books.
Bowlby, J. (1980). Attachment and Loss. Volume III: Loss Sadness and Depression. Basic Books.
Brunswik, E. (1929). Prinzipienfragen der Gestalttheorie. In E. Brunswik, C. Bühler et al.(Hrsg.), Beiträge zur Problemgeschichte der Psychologie (S. 78–149). Gustav Fischer.
Brunswik, E. (1934). Wahrnehmung und Gegenstandswelt: Grundlegung einer Psychologie vom Gegenstand her. Deutike.
Bühler, K. (1926). Die Krise der Psychologie. Kant-Studien, 31(1–3), 455–526.
Bühler, K. (1934). Sprachtheorie: Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache. Ullstein.
Cassirer, E. (1923). Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache. Cassirer.
Cassirer, E. (1925). Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil. Das mythische Denken. Felix Meiner.
Cassirer, E. (1929). Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis. Meiner.
Cassirer, E. (1942). Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaft. Meiner.
Fink, E. (1957). Operative Begriffe in Husserls Phänomenologie. Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung, 3(11), 321–337.
Heimann, P. (1947). Die pädagogische Situation als psychologische Aufgabe. Pädagogik, 7(2), 59–83.
Herbart, J. F. (1814). Replik gegen Jachmanns’ Recension. In K. Kehrbach (Hrsg.), Sämtliche Werke. In Chronologischer Reihenfolge. Zweiter Band. (Ausgabe 1885, S. 197–210). Veit & Comp.
Husserl, E. (1900). Logische Untersuchungen. Theil 1, Prolegomena zur reinen Logik. Niemeyer.
Loch, W. (1983). Pädagogik, phänomenologische. In D. Lenzen (Hrsg.), Pädagogische Grundbegriffe. Band 2. (Auflage 1998, S. 1196–1219). Rowohlt.
Peirce, C. S. (1873). Logik als die Untersuchung der Zeichen. In H. Pape (Hrsg.), Charles S. Peirce Semiotische Schriften. Band 1 (Auflage 2000, S. 188–190). Suhrkamp.
Peirce, C. S. (1903). Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen (Auflage 1983). Suhrkamp.
Peirce, C. S. (1988). Naturordnung und Zeichenprozess. (Auflage 1988). Suhrkamp.
Popper, K. R. (1928). Zur Methodenfrage der Denkpsychologie (Dissertation; eingereicht bei Karl Bühler und Moritz Schlick). In T. E. Hansen (Hrsg.), Frühe Schriften (Auflage 2006, S. 187–260). Mohr Siebeck.
Rombach, H. (1980). Phänomenologie des gegenwärtigen Bewusstseins. Alber.
Rombach, H. (1994). Phänomenologie des sozialen Lebens: Grundzüge einer phänomenologischen Soziologie. Alber.
Wiesner, C. (2023a). Somatische Belastungsstörungen (Somatic Stress Disorders). In C. Cubasch-König, A. Jobst, & M. Böckle (Hrsg.), Kreative Medien in der Psychotherapie. Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
Wiesner, C. (2023b). Kommunikations- und Interaktionsräume: Einsichten aus der Pädagogik der Kommunikation, Interaktion und Interpunktion. R&E-SOURCE, 1(10), 21–104.
Wiesner, C., & Gebauer, M. (2022). In-Beziehung-Sein mit dem Natur-Sein. In C. Sippl & E. Rauscher (Hrsg.), Kulturelle Nachhaltigkeit lernen und lehren (S. 435–458). Studienverlag.
Zierer, K. (2022). Der Sokratische Eid. Waxmann.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm22 SES 02 A
Location: Adam Smith, 1115 [Floor 11]
Session Chair: Vesa Korhonen
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

An Uncomfortable Journey: from Internationalisation of the Self (Sanderson, 2004) towards Decolonisation of the Self

Caroline Burns

Northumbria University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Burns, Caroline

This paper is a critical reflection on a chapter from my EdD thesis, entitled Developing a sense of self-in-the-world: staff and student narratives from a post-1992 university in the North of England, completed in 2018. The chapter in question, Reflective Narrative, provides a reflection on my personal and professional development gained throughout the research process and particularly through the co-construction of the narratives with my student participants, which were framed around a Freirean-inspired dialogical approach (Freire, 2000). Meanwhile this paper looks at my ongoing personal and professional learning in the context of internationalisation of higher education, and specifically at how this has been influenced by societal change at local and global level. Change which has impacted my thinking include the global protests in support of Black Lives Matter (BLM) which followed the killing of George Floyd in the USA in 2020 which has brought questions of race to the fore and energised the calls for decolonisation requiring many of us question our ‘white privilege’, the covid 19 pandemic which disrupted mobility, which – rightly or wrongly- was so central to internationalisation, and the effects of Brexit and the ‘levelling up’ agenda which is important to a post 1992 university where many students are from underrepresented backgrounds, and which is committed to regional development.

My study was framed by internationalisation at home (Beelen and Jones, 2015). Here, the focus on ‘domestic environments’, ‘all students’ overlaps with the wider issues of Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (EDI). The emphasis is on the curriculum rather than mobility as a more equitable way of achieving desired outcomes. The synergy was recognised by Caruana and Ploner (2010) yet it has been cast into the spotlight in recent years, not least by the BLM protests which have exposed racial inequalities in UK society including higher education (Advance HE, 2021). The intersections between internationalisation and EDI are being explored in the literature, notably within Critical Internationalisation Studies (Stein, 2021) and Inclusive Internationalisation (De Mol and Perez-Encinas, 2022). Within Internationalisation at Home, Kim (2021) looks at the identities of ‘home’ students through an intersectional lens to identify invisible social inequalities which might create barriers between them. However, this is a new area of research, and many questions remain at both a theoretical level, and in practice where conversations between university teams leading on policy in these areas remain in silos (Jones and Stein, 2022).

Wimpenny et al (2022) point to the tensions between internationalisation and decolonisation from the perspectives of three individual academics across three universities in Europe. Drawing on Sanderson’s (2004) process model of ‘internationalisation of the self’ they assert that changes to the curriculum start with changes in the individual. In line with Wimpenny et al (2002), this paper takes the individual as the starting point for curriculum change. It critically analyses my Reflective Narrative chapter, written six years ago and extends it to include my personal and professional learning since, as influenced by the societal challenges outlined above. It seeks to trace a journey fraught with tensions from internationalisation of the self (Sanderson, 2004) towards decolonisation of the self (Fakunle, Kalinga and Lewis, 2019) in the light of the challenges outlined above. The aim is to start a conversation among network 22 about how as HE professionals, we learn and unlearn to embrace the challenges we face on what may be an uncomfortable journey to create a curriculum which tackles existing inequalities enables equality of outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology:
This paper will present a critical reflection and extension of a chapter located within a broader narrative inquiry. Narrative inquiry takes many forms, but the shared focus is on the meanings people ascribe to their experiences, particularly on how participants impose order on the flow of experience to make sense of events and actions in their lives (Trahar, 2011).
Within this narrative approach the chapter in question is influenced by autoethnography (Ellis and Bochner, 2000), in which the researcher is the object of inquiry. Ellis and Bochner’s model celebrates personal, passionate, reflexive writing, which allows readers to feel the moral dilemmas, and consider how their own lives can become a story worth telling. It will be used to frame my personal and professional journey and to inspire the audience of network 22 to share on the challenges they face as we towards decolonising our academic selves (Sanderson; 2011). Narratives are able to connect personal and societal issues (Kincheloe, McLaren and Steinberg, 2011) and we will explore how our stories might benefit the wider community.
Theoretical framework:
I will take Sanderson’s (2004) theory of the ‘internationalisation of the self’ as a starting point. Underpinned by existentialism and post-colonial studies (Said, 1979), it represents a process by which we come to know ourselves in relation to others. It posits that fear of the unknown, rooted in colonial relations, presents a barrier to acceptance of the cultural other, which, Sanderson argued that the era of globalisation was forcing us to revisit and which I will argue is even more pressing now, particularly with the calls for decolonisation of education.
I will draw on more recent sources calling for the decolonisation of the self, primarily a personal narrative offered by Samia Chasi (2021) who emphasises that decolonisation comes from within, in a personal narrative illustrating how (de)colonisation impacts on her/ their personal and professional life, bringing a European/ African perspective to the discussion.
I will then refer to Sanderson’s later work (2008; 2011) which focuses on the development of the academic self and the vital role it plays in developing an internationalised outlook in students, suggesting that the two are interdependent. I ask how Sanderson’s theory be developed to theorise the decolonisation of the academic self and the role it might play in decolonising the curriculum, for the benefit of all students as well as to local and global communities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome is that the paper presents a narrative which inspires the audience to share their personal and professional experiences from different contexts as they navigate the sometimes uncomfortable journey from internationalisation of the self towards decolonisation of the self. Tensions may surround positionality, use of appropriate terminology, revealing of colonial assumptions or unconscious bias, dealing with racism in the classroom. The discussion will go on to consider how the decolonised self may impact on the curriculum and in turn on wider society.
References
Advance HE (2021) 'Highlighting opportunities and challenges regarding the promotion of Equality Diversity and Inclusion (EDI) in UK Higher Education'. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/news-and-views/equality-higher-education-statistical-reports-2021
Beelen, J. and Jones, E. (2015) ‘Europe calling: A new definition for Internationalisation at Home’. International Higher Education, Vol.12, pp.12-3
Caruana, V. and Ploner, J. (2010) ‘Internationalisation and equality and diversity in HE: Merging identities’. Equality Challenge Unit. Available at: http://www.ecu.ac.uk/publications/internationalisation-and-equality-and-diversity-in-he-merging-identities/ Accessed: 26th September, 2017.
Chasi, S. (2021) 'Decolonisation: Who we are and from where we speak’ University World News: https://www.universityworldnews.com/post.php?story=20210602073055329
De Mol, C. and perez-Encinas, A. (2022) 'Inclusive internationalisation: do different (social) groups of students need different internationalisation activities?' Studies in Higher Education, 42, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/03075079.2022.2083102
Ellis, C. and Bochner, A. (2000) ‘Autoethnography, personal narrative, reflexivity: Researcher as subject.’ In Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln, Y.S. (Eds.) Handbook of Qualitative Research. (2nd edn.) pp. 733-768.
Fakunle, O., Kalinga, C. and Lewis, V. (2019) Internationalisation and decolonisation: Are we there yet? https://www.universityworldnews.com/post.php?story=20220429105628369
Freire, P. (2000) Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Continuum.
Jones, E. & Stein, S. (2022). In conversation – The interface between decolonisation, indigenisation and internationalisation.. Retrieved from https://youtu.be/D-sqkaMjQsw.
Kincheloe, J. McLaren, P. and Steinberg, S.R. (2011) ‘Critical pedagogy, and qualitative research: Moving to the bricolage’. The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research (4th edn.) pp. 163 -179
Sanderson, G. (2004) ‘Existentialism, Globalisation and the Cultural Other’. International Education Journal, Vol. 4 (4), pp. 1-20.
Sanderson, G. (2008) ‘A foundation for the internationalisation of the academic self’. Journal of studies in international education. Vol. 12 (3), pp. 276-307.
Sanderson, G. (2011) ‘Internationalisation and teaching in higher education’. Higher Education Research and Development. Vol. 30 (5), pp. 661-676.
Trahar, S. (2011) Developing Cultural Capability in International Higher Education. Oxon: Routledge
Wimpenny, K., Beelen, J. Hindrix, K, King, V. (2022) Curriculum internationalization and the ‘decolonizing academic’ Higher Education Research and Development , 41 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/07294360.2021.2014406


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Attractiveness of Embedded Mobility in Higher Education. Students’ Perspective

Romiță Iucu, Alexandru-Mihai Carțiș

University of Bucharest, Romania

Presenting Author: Iucu, Romiță; Carțiș, Alexandru-Mihai

The freedom of learning and the possibility for students to access a much wider educational offer are key elements for reshaping the European higher education landscape. Students are more mobile than ever, and new formats for teaching and learning readdress the need to rethink how academic curriculum is designed and developed. New tendencies and innovative approaches to education, such as micro-credentials, embedded mobility, digital credentialing, and flexible learning pathways open the way for true ‘universities without walls’ (EUA, 2021) across Europe. The global academic community is constantly changing; cooperation among universities grew in the past 20 years, facing a significant increase in student mobility, in Europe mainly due to Erasmus+ funding and mobility schemes and other Bologna Process tools (de Wit & Hunter, 2015, p. 1). Moreover, European universities intensified cooperation not only with partners from other European countries, but at an international level also, with partner from other continents (Claeys-Kulik, 2020, p. 10).

In such a global educational context, universities and policy makers can ask whether the increase in mobility can represent a tool for designing new curricular models, creating new educational programmes in which mobility and cultural exchanges become functional components and in which all graduates become international students. Such an approach could be done through academic degrees and programmes where mobility is embedded in the curriculum, in the shape of small mobility windows (up to one semester), taking advantage of new mobility schemes such as the Blended Intensive Programmes (European Commission, 2022, p. 49) or modular approaches, such as the ones proposed by some European Universities Alliances (Iucu et al., 2022, p. 26), based on a `micro-credentials philosophy`.

While setting up such a process can require significant changes in legislation, funding, pedagogical design, and administrative practices, the real impact of these changes need to be addressed to the potential beneficiaries, the students. In fact, the importance and relevance of physical mobility has been several times mentioned by students, stating the “physical mobility should be accessible to all students, and should not exclude certain groups” (ESU, 2020, p. 2), emphasising that reaching the 50% mobile students need to remain a constant desiderate of higher education policies across Europe.

In this regard, our research aims at understanding what is the students’ perception on embedded mobility in higher education programmes. The research proposes an exploratory analysis on how students view mobility as part of their educational pathway and possible downsides of transforming mobility as an opportunity to mobility as a necessary experience. Motivations for studying abroad by European exchange students have been addressed in a range of studies (Bryntesson et al., 2018; European Commission, 2017; Hovdhaugen & Wiers-Jenssen, 2021; Krzaklewska, 2008; Lesjak et al., 2015; Maiworm & Teichler, 2002; Murphy-Lejeune, 2002), the present research aiming to see, on top of motivational aspects, if differences appear when changing the scope of mobility and its relation with the degree. Different types of students will be included in the research, both junior students prior any mobility experience during their academic studies, as well as students who already participated in different mobility opportunities during their studies. Also, the research will focus on understanding what students value most in a mobility experience, to understand what aspects need to be intensified further in developing new mobility models and opportunities for higher education students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The dependent variable of the analyses will be a 20-30 item survey battery, starting from a similar version had been used in a previous study (Wiers-Jenssen, 2003), with items ranging from `very important` (4) to `not important` (1). The model will not be a Likert scale, but a scale measuring the importance of a particular item, in relation with personal perceptions of the respondents. The data collected will be used in descriptive analyses and analyses of average scores. Other variables will be collected thorough the survey, such as the students’ gender, level of study, field of study, parents’ level of education (highest graduated level), foreign language proficiency, and mobility capital (differentiating from students with previous foreign travel / living experience and those with none). For data analysis, three statistical methods will be used: factor analysis or correlations between items to explore latent variables influencing motivation for studying abroad, t-tests to investigate statistical significance between group means on summative indexes based on the factor analysis, and linear regression analysis on the factors extracted from the factor analysis, to investigate the influence of several background variables at the same time.
For in-depth qualitative information on the students’ perception on embedded mobility, several focus-groups will be conducted with several students that responded to the survey. For organising the focus-groups, students will be asked to mention if they are open to take part in further discussions on the topic and accept to be contacted by the research team after filling the survey. The focus-groups will consist of 10-12 participants which will be guided in discussions based on a set of 5-7 open questions. The meetings will be recorded, and the data will be coded, and the information will be corroborated with the results of the survey.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Considering the novelty of mobility embeddedness in academic curricula and the mobility gap caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, it is difficult to foresee what will the students’ perceptions will be, as well as what are the motivations for students’ participation to learning mobilities and new educational experiences. Whereas the academic mobility numbers constantly increased before the pandemic, we are now witnessing a new start, in which students’ expectations and needs are changing, and new models for designing mobility opportunities appear. The present research will provide a valuable input in the discussions on reshaping academic curricula through embedded mobility, bringing the perspectives of potential beneficiaries, the students, and a clearer image on what is expected and needed from their side. Such information is valuable for any decision-maker and any decision in this direction must be built to respond to the needs of students and society at its whole.
References
Bryntesson, A., Börjesson, M., & Haru, A. (2018). From Sweden with ERASMUS+: The experiences, practices and preferences of outgoing exchange students (UHR Report Series 13). Swedish Council of Higher Education. http://uu.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid=diva2%3A1297943&dswid=6655

Claeys-Kulik, A-L., Jorgensen, T., & Stöber, H. (2020). International strategic institutional partnerships and the European Universities Initiative. Results of the EUA survey. European University Association. https://eua.eu/resources/publications/925:international-strategic-institutional-partnerships-and-the-european-universities-initiative.html

de Wit, H., & Hunter, F. (2015). The Future of Internationalization of Higher Education in Europe. International Higher Education, 83, 2-3. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2015.83.9073

ESU. (2020). New European Universities and the old challenges. European Students’ Union. https://esu-online.org/?policy=new-european-universities-and-the-old-challenges

European Commission. (2022). Erasmus+ Programme Guide. Version 2 (2023). Publications Office of the European Union. https://erasmus-plus.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-01/ErasmusplusProgramme-Guide2023-v2_en.pdf

European Commission. (2017). The Erasmus impact study: effects of mobility on the skills and employability of students and the internationalisation of higher education institutions. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/75468

EUA. (2021). Universities without walls: A vision for 2030. European University Association. https://eua.eu/resources/publications/957:universities-without-walls-%E2%80%93-eua%E2%80%99s-vision-for-europe%E2%80%99s-universities-in-2030.htm

Hovdhaugen, E., & Wiers-Jenssen, J. (2021). Motivation for full degree mobility: analysing sociodemographic factors, mobility capital and field of study. Educational Review. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1912712

Iucu, R., Ciolan, L., Nedelcu, A., Zus, R., Dumitrache, A., Carțiș, A., Vennarini, L., Fernández de Pinedo, N., & Pericică, A. (2022). Digitally enhanced mobility. CIVIS Handbook on Virtual Mobility. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6090251

Krzaklewska, E. (2008). Why study abroad? – An analysis of Erasmus students’ motivations. In M. Bryam & F. Dervin (Eds.), Students, staff and academic mobility in higher education (pp. 82-98). Cambridge Scholars Press.

Lesjak, M., Juvan, E., Inteson, E. M., Yap, M. T. H., & Axelsson, E. P. (2015). Erasmus student motivation; Why and where to go. Higher Education, 70(5), 845-865. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9871-0

Maiworm, F., & Teichler, U. (2002). The students’ experience. In U. Teichler (Ed.), Erasmus in the Socrates programme (pp. 83–116). Lemmens.

Murphy-Lejeune, E. (2002). Student mobility and narrative in Europe. Routledge.

Wiers-Jenssen, J. (2003). Norwegian Students Abroad: Experiences of students from a linguistically and geographically peripheral European country. Studies in Higher Education, 28(4), 391-411. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0307507032000122251


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

International Students in German Higher Education: How Characteristics of the Study Program Relate to Student Satisfaction

Theresa Thies, Susanne Falk

Bavarian State Institute for Higher Education Research and Planning, Germany

Presenting Author: Thies, Theresa

International student mobility has increased worldwide in the past ten years. Among OECD countries, Germany is the non-English speaking country with the highest number of incoming international students. In 2021/22, eleven percent of all students studying at German universities were international students (DZHW & DAAD, 2022). Due to refugee flows the numbers will further increase and underline the need to explore the success of international students in non-English speaking countries in Europe.

International students tend to rely on university rankings when choosing a course of study (Koenings, Di Meo, & Uebelmesser, 2020). Individual satisfaction with different study aspects is often the basis of universities’ reputations or rankings in Germany (e.g., CHE-Ranking). Moreover, satisfaction with studies is an important indicator of study success from an individual and institutional point of view. For international students in Germany, results show that a higher satisfaction with studies or the content of studies relates to a higher socio-cultural adaptation and a lower dropout intention (Zimmermann et al., 2021) and better study grades and faster study progress (Thies, 2022). The estimated dropout rates among international bachelor’s and master’s students are substantially higher than among German students (DZHW & DAAD, 2022). Consequently, the question arises about the factors influencing international students’ satisfaction with their studies.

Many theoretical student success models have seen the course characteristics, academic performance, social integration and environmental conditions as important predictors of satisfaction (e.g., Astin, 1999; Bean & Metzner, 1985). Astin (1999) asks how policies and programs (e.g., class attendance) and non-academic issues (e.g., financial situations) relate to student success. He sees student involvement (e.g., academic study, interaction with faculty) as a mechanism leading to satisfaction, achievement, and development. Bean and Metzner (1985) see background characteristics (e.g., ethnicity) and academic and environmental variables (e.g., course availability, finances) as predictors of psychological outcomes, such as satisfaction. The psychological outcomes subsequently affect academic outcomes, such as the grade point average or student dropout.

Previous studies have explored the determinants of study satisfaction for international students. In the international context, the results show that learning experience (e.g., quality of lectures, lectures expertise) affects overall satisfaction (Alemu & Cordier, 2017). Other predictors for satisfaction are cultural distance, language skills, the universities’ communication before arrival, living arrangement and the financial situation (Alemu & Cordier, 2017). Moreover, studies highlight that academic and social integration affect study satisfaction (Merola, Coelen, & Hofman, 2019). In the German context, studies showed that feeling a sense of belonging (Yildirim, Zimmermann, & Jonkmann, 2021), specific learning strategies (Yildirim, Zimmermann, & Jonkmann, 2020) and better language skills (Yildirim et al., 2020) relate to higher levels of student satisfaction.

We build on previous research and ask how and whether perceived characteristics of the study program (e.g., the internationality of the student body, overcrowded courses, frequency of exams, performance standards, teaching quality) affect the study satisfaction of international bachelor’s and master’s students in Germany.

In doing so, our study differs from previous studies as follows: We can look at the influence of course characteristics for international students over two years using panel regression analyses. We analyse both bachelor’s and master’s students. Moreover, we are the first to investigate how the perceived internationality of the student body in the chosen study program affects student satisfaction. Consequently, implications for the design of study programs can be derived from our research findings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use panel data on international students that have gained their university entrance qualification abroad, have a foreign nationality and migrated to Germany to participate in a bachelor’s or master’s degree program (Falk & Thies, 2022). The online surveys were sent to students who started their studies in the winter semester of 2017/18 at over 100 higher education institutions. 14 % of all international students at German higher education institutions registered for the study (N=4,751). We analyse data of students that were collected between the second and fifth semesters (summer semester 2018 – winter semester 2019/20) and thus focus on four time points during studies. We exclude all missing waves and keep students with at least two waves. We exclude a few students with missing values in completed waves (N=23) to keep the models simple. We impute missing values in completed waves via multiple chained equations as a robustness check. A sample of N=2,500 students remains. Our sample includes students from the humanities, economics, legal and social sciences (non-STEM), natural sciences, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM).
We measure student satisfaction using a scale developed by Westermann, Heise, Spies, and Trautwein (1996). The scale entails items on the satisfaction with the contents and conditions of the study program and study-related burden coping (e.g., “I really enjoy what I’m studying”) that were combined to an index measure (αt1=0.72).
Concerning study characteristics, students assessed whether their study program was characterized by high performance standards, overcrowded classes, a high frequency of academic assessments and an international mix of students on a scale of one to five (NEPS, 2018). The teaching quality was evaluated with three items (e.g., “The teaching staff explain the content in a clear and understandable manner”) that were combined to an index (αt1=0.81).
We run hierarchical fixed effects regression analyses with robust standard errors to evaluate whether changes in the perception of program characteristics relate to changes in the study satisfaction over time. Fixed effects regression analyses focus on variations within individuals over time only (intra-individual changes). By applying a transformation called demeaning, all time-constant observed and unobserved heterogeneity is removed from the model. A Hausmann’s test showed that the fixed effects model is preferred over the random effects model. We check for heterogeneous effects by field of study (STEM/ non-STEM) and type of degree (bachelor’s/ master’s).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expected that overcrowded courses, a high frequency of exams and high performance standards in a program relate to lower satisfaction levels. A high internationality of the student body and teaching quality are expected to relate to higher satisfaction levels.
The first results show that the internationality of the student body and high performance standards do not significantly relate to higher satisfaction. Perceiving courses to be overcrowded (ß=-0.03; p<0.001) and a high frequency of exams (ß=-0.02; p<0.05) relate to lower satisfaction levels. However, the effects are small. Increasing teaching quality has a larger and significant positive effect on student satisfaction over time (ß=0.1; p<0.001). We additionally controlled for a subject change, study-related language skills, integration with regard to students and teachers, the semester grade point average, financial difficulties and general life satisfaction, which all had significant and positive effects on study satisfaction. However, over time, the general study satisfaction declined.
Between STEM and non-STEM students and bachelor’s and master’s students, we do not find differential effects by group characteristics that are robust across different model specifications.
The results show that improving student satisfaction is an individual requirement and an institutional task, as the teaching quality, course size and exam density affect satisfaction. Faculty representatives have leeway to increase the satisfaction of international students. In particular, the decline in student satisfaction over time makes it necessary to develop convincing didactic teaching concepts, offer didactic training to teachers, teach in smaller groups, and offer a lower examination density or alternative examination formats, even in higher semesters. Training for improving students’ learning strategies and resilience could help them to deal better with exam stress. Increasing the number of international students in the degree program, e.g., by fostering credit mobility such as ERASMUS, does not improve the satisfaction levels of degree-mobile students.

References
Alemu, A. M., & Cordier, J. (2017). Factors influencing international student satisfaction in Korean universities. International Journal of Educational Development, 57(3–4), 54–64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2017.08.006
Astin, A. W. (1999). Student involvement: A developmental theory for higher education [Originally published in 1984]. Journal of College Student Development, 40(5), 518–529.
Bean, J. P., & Metzner, B. S. (1985). A Conceptual Model of Nontraditional Undergraduate Student Attrition. Review of Educational Research, 55(4), 485–540. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543055004485
DZHW, & DAAD (Eds.) (2022). Wissenschaft weltoffen 2022: Facts and Figures on the International Nature of Studies and Research in Germany and Worldwide. Bielefeld: wbv Media; wbv Publikation.
Falk, S., & Thies, T. (2022). Non-Response in Student Surveys: The Example of International Students in German Higher Education Institutions. In G. Brandt & S. de Vogel (Eds.), Higher Education Research and Science Studies. Survey-Methoden in der Hochschulforschung (pp. 425–475). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-36921-7_15
Koenings, F., Di Meo, G., & Uebelmesser, S. (2020). University rankings as information source: Do they play a different role for domestic and international students? Applied Economics, 52(59), 6432–6447. https://doi.org/10.1080/00036846.2020.1795075
Merola, R. H., Coelen, R. J., & Hofman, W. H. A. (2019). The Role of Integration in Understanding Differences in Satisfaction Among Chinese, Indian, and South Korean International Students. Journal of Studies in International Education, 23(5), 535–553. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315319861355
NEPS (2018). Erhebungsinstrumente (SUF-Version). NEPS Startkohorte 5 – Studierende. Hochschulstudium und Übergang in den Beruf. Wellen 1, 2, und 3 – 3.0.0. Bamberg.
Thies, T. (2022). International students in higher education: the effect of student employment on academic performance and study progress. Higher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00950-5
Westermann, R., Heise, E., Spies, K., & Trautwein, U. (1996). Identifikation und Erfassung von Komponenten der Studienzufriedenheit. Psychologie in Erziehung und Unterricht, 43, 1–22.
Yildirim, H. H., Zimmermann, J., & Jonkmann, K. (2020). Lernerprofile bei Bildungsausländer*innen und längsschnittliche Zusammenhänge mit Studienzufriedenheit und Abbruchintention. ZeHf – Zeitschrift für empirische Hochschulforschung. (1), 32–54. https://doi.org/10.3224/zehf.v4i1.04
Yildirim, H. H., Zimmermann, J., & Jonkmann, K. (2021). The importance of a sense of university belonging for the psychological and academic adaptation of international students in Germany. Zeitschrift für Entwicklungspsychologie und Pädagogische Psychologie, 53(1-2). https://doi.org/10.1026/0049-8637/a000234
Zimmermann, J., Falk, S., Thies, T., Yildirim, H. H., Kercher, J., & Pineda, J. (2021). Spezifische Problemlagen und Studienerfolg internationaler Studierender in Deutschland. In M. Neugebauer, Daniel H.-D., & A. Wolter (Eds.), Studienerfolg und Studienabbruch (pp. 179–202). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-32892-4_8


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Écoles Normales Supérieures in the Process of Reorganisation of the Higher Education Landscape: Discourses of Self-Construction and -Positioning

Anne Schippling

Iscte-Instituto Universitário de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Schippling, Anne

The traditional system of elite education in France, which could be considered as a “French exception” (Lazuech 1999), is challenged by processes of internationalisation and globalisation of the field of higher education. The grandes écoles – the French elite colleges – with their two-year preparatory classes (classes préparatoires) at some prestigious lycées can be considered as unique in the severity of the selection processes (the concours), on which is grounded the great symbolic weight of these institutions of elite education, even more than the universities in France.

The ongoing reorganisation of the French field of higher education, which Musselin (2017: 226) designates “fusion mania”, has led to the formation of greater research units such as the “Communautés d’universités et d’établissements” (COMUES) [Engl. Communities of universities and institutions]. These have recently been transformed into "universities”, which are new higher education formations that include the former universities, but also the grandes écoles and other research institutions.

Against the backdrop of these transformations of the former power relations in the academic field in France, our paper focuses on the processes of reconfiguration of the traditional identities of the very nationally anchored institutions in elite education: the grandes écoles. Our research question is how discourses of self-construction and -positioning of the grandes écoles – in our study the Écoles normales supérieures – as well as their social constructions of an ideal student have evolved in the context of the reconfiguration of the higher education field in France. These constructions and positionings are understood as constituting elements of institutional habitus (Schippling 2018), a concept that develops the fruitful potential of the Bourdieusian theory of habitus for an organisational sociological perspective.

From the theoretical perspective, our paper is situated within critical research on the education of elites (e.g., Bourdieu 1989; Hartmann 2002; Maxwell et al. 2018) and can be understood as a contribution to continuing research on the field of French elite education in line with the work of Pierre Bourdieu and his colleagues on La noblesse d’État (Bourdieu 1989). Our work refers mainly to the triad of the concepts, ‘habitus’, ‘field’ and ‘capital’. These concepts function as heuristic elements which are developed and, if necessary, modified within the research process.

Our study includes two Écoles normales supérieures: the ENS de la rue d’Ulm and the ENS de Cachan (since 2016 École normale supérieure Paris-Saclay): two prestigious grandes écoles in France, which regard themselves as institutions forming the future research elite (ENS / PSL 2023). Bourdieu (1988: 19) designates these colleges “the apex of the whole academic hierarchy” in France. Our aim is to ascertain how these traditionally small and internationally less visible institutions, strongly founded in a national culture, react to the transformation of the field of French higher education in the construction of their institutional habitus.

On the whole, our focus is on contributing to an update of the theory of social reproduction of the field of power – in this case the academic power field – which was developed in La noblesse d’État, taking into account processes of internationalisation and globalisation in the field of the grandes écoles: this perspective was not considered in Bourdieu’s work. In parallel, we open up comparative perspectives with other international contexts of elite education in the higher education system that are also affected by global transformations, but react in different ways (e.g., Verhoeven et al. 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our study on the French elite colleges is based on a qualitative-empirical research design. We carried out semi-directed expert interviews with in total 18 lecturers that have or had representative functions at the two Écoles normales supérieures. These interviews approach thematic fields as, for example, the institutional image of these colleges, the recent transformation processes, the selection procedures and the constructions of an ideal student. Moreover, the data corpus consists of representational documents of the institutions on the internet (websites) or in brochures as well as participant observation of culture-related events (e.g., welcome events for new students, graduation ceremonies, other festive events, etc.).

The data analysis relies on the methodology of the documentary interpretation method (e.g., Nohl 2017; Bohnsack 2021). This method allows, on the one hand, an analysis of the topics related to the self-constructions and -positionings of these elite colleges – based on the expert interviews as well as representational documents and participant observations. On the other hand, it offers a reconstruction of the underlying implicit knowledge which is the basis of these topics. The method is appropriate for the analysis of text material as well as images that can be found, in this case from websites or print media.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our paper firstly offers new insights in the French field of elite education and the processes of social reproduction as it focuses on the transformation of the institutional habitus of the Écoles normales supérieures in the context of internationalisation and globalisation processes: a perspective that does not play any role in the classical works of Pierre Bourdieu and his colleagues on La noblesse d’État.

Secondly, our qualitative-empirical study responds to a desideratum in the field of research on French grandes écoles, which since the 1990s has mainly concentrated on the social selectivity of these institutions with a quantitative research design (e.g., in an overview: Bonneau 2021). Our work is aligned with more recent qualitative studies that focus on the internationalisation of this elite education field (e.g., Darchy-Koechlin & Draelants 2010; Darchy-Koechlin et al. 2015; Bian 2017). For the first time, we analyse the perspectives of professors in their function as representatives of these grandes écoles on the reorganisation of the French academic power field, focusing on the role of the Écoles normales supérieures.

We contribute thirdly to reworking the research tools of La noblesse d’État – the triad of habitus, field and capital – that Bourdieu developed on the basis of a paradigm of methodological nationalism (Schmitz & Witte 2020, pp. 104–106) and, subsequently, we open fruitful analytical frameworks for researching elite education within a global comparative perspective.  

References
Bian, C. (2017). International students in French universities and grandes écoles: A comparative study. Singapore: Higher Education Press & Springer.

Bohnsack, R. (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung. Einführung in qualitative Methoden. 10th Ed. Opladen/Toronto: Barbara Budrich.

Bonneau, C., Charousset, P., Grenet, J., & Thebault, G. (2021). Quelle démocratisation des grandes écoles depuis le milieu des années 2000? Rapport IPP, 30 (pp. 1–300). Paris: Institut des Politiques Publiques.

Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo academicus. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Bourdieu, P. (1989). La noblesse d’État. Grandes écoles et esprit de corps. Paris: Éditions de Minuit.

Darchy-Koechlin, B., & Draelants, H. (2010). “To belong or not to belong?” The French model of elite selection and the integration of international students. French Politics, 8(4), 429–446.

Darchy-Koechlin, B., Draelants, H., & Tenret, E. (2015). National and international student’s definitions of merit in French grandes écoles. In A. van Zanten, S. J. Ball & B. Darchy-Koechlin (Eds.), Elites, privilege and excellence. The national and global redefinition of educational advantage. World Yearbook of Education 2015 (pp. 140–152). London/New York: Routledge.

ENS / PSL (École normale supérieure / Paris Sciences et Lettres) (2023). Une formation d’exception. Retrieved January 30, 2023, from https://www.ens.psl.eu/une-formation-d-exception.

Hartmann, M. (2002). Der Mythos von den Leistungseliten. Frankfurt a.M.: Campus Verlag.

Lazuech, G. (1999). L'exception française. Le modèle des grandes écoles à l'épreuve de la mondialisation. Rennes: Presses universitaires de Rennes.

Maxwell, C., Deppe, U., Krüger, H.-H., & Helsper, W. (Eds.). (2018). Elite education and internationalisation. From the early years to higher education. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan.  

Musselin, C. (2017). La grande course des universités. Paris: Presses de Sciences Po.

Nohl, A.-M. (2017). Interview und dokumentarische Methode. Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. 5th Ed. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Schippling, A. (2018). Institutional habitus of French elite colleges in the context of internationalisation: an in-depth look at the Écoles normales supérieures. In C. Maxwell, U. Deppe, H.-H. Krüger & W. Helsper (Eds.), Elite education and internationalisation. From the early years to higher education (pp. 279296). Cham: Palgrave Macmillan.  

Schmitz, A., & Witte, D. (2020). Vom nationalen zum globalen Feld der Macht. In C. Schneickert, A. Schmitz & D. Witte (Eds.), Das Feld der Macht. Eliten – Differenzierung – Globalisierung (pp. 103-152). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Verhoeven, M., Draelants, H., & Ilabaca Turri, T. (2022). The role of elite education in social reproduction in France, Belgium and Chile: Towards an analytical model. Journal of Sociology, 58(3), 304–323.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm22 SES 02 B
Location: Adam Smith, LT 915 [Floor 9]
Session Chair: Paul Wakeling
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Elite General Upper Secondary School Students’ Admission-Seeking to Higher Education: Questions of Privilege and Educational Reproduction

Linda Maria Laaksonen

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Laaksonen, Linda Maria

The importance of studying elite education lies in that social classes are always relational and need to be contextualized to wider social hierarchies. Therefore, to understand educational inequalities we also need research on how privilege and power are (re-)produced in education (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977). Privilege can be understood referring to individuals but also to being part of an exclusive elite school. Previous studies on elite education have illustrated how the school as an institution and its position within the field of education shapes students’ orientations towards their future education and beyond (forber & Lingard, 2915; Maxwell and Aggleton, 2014). Gaztambide-Fernández and Maudlin (2015, p.62) have described this as envisioning, where the “sense of entitlement is then projected into the future through the ability to envision elite futures” and when the students apply to an elite school, they already need to be able to envision themselves as students who can fit that particular school. In this presentation we use ethnographic research data to explore (re)production of privilege in Finnish elite general upper secondary school and its relation to admission-seeking to higher education. More specifically we ask: how elite status is being (re-)produced and maintained (1) in the everyday life of an elite general upper secondary school and (2) in relation to admission-seeking to higher education.

Elite is not typically linked to Nordic education, known for its egalitarian ideals and tuition free public education. Yet, there are schools that are known as elite general upper secondary schools in Finland. The students who wish to continue to general upper secondary education can choose the school they want to apply. Students are then selected based on their comprehensive education grades and the general upper secondary schools that have the highest entrance limits nationwide are the ones referred as elite general upper secondary schools (see Magnusdottir & Kosunen, 2022; Laaksonen & Niemi, 2022; Tervonen, et. al. 2018). As the elite status is constructed on academic achievement rather than on economic means, previous research conducted in the Nordic context has described institutions like this as “meritocratic elite schools” (see e.g., Halvorsen, 2021). However, previous research exploring elite education has also illustrated how the discourse on meritocracy can be used to blur social distinctions and explain privileged positions within education (e.g. Törnqvist, 2021; Kahn & Jerolmac, 2013). Bourdieu (1998; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977) engaged in the deconstruction of the meritocratic myth of social mobility to illuminate how education is not a neutral field, but as a field that consists of several options for different people (Skeggs, 2013). The starting point for this presentation is how social inequalities do not lie only in the processes of (non-)access to higher education, but also in the patterns of how students’ educational paths are formulated and, in admission-seeking strategies that are available for them when making higher education choices. Rather than understanding the application process to higher education as an equal, similar process for every applicant, it can be seen as a distinctive process, where students have very different admission-seeking strategies available for them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research data was produced during an ethnographic fieldwork period in an elite general upper secondary school in the Helsinki Metropolitan area. Data production took place between January 2019 and February 2020. The data comprises ethnographic field notes and interviews with students (N=17) and educators (N=4). The school selected had an entrance limit which was one of the highest in the whole country and it is known as an elite general upper secondary school in Finland (see Tervonen et. al., 2018). The students enter the school with high grade point average from comprehensive education and graduate with one of the highest grades nationwide. This presentation draws from a wider Privatisation and access to higher education -research project with a focus on student admission reform and the related privatisation processes.

Access to the school was first negotiated within the research project: formal permissions by the municipality and school were obtained. Yet more importantly, access was constantly negotiated with individual educators and students on an everyday level (see Gordon, Holland, Lahelma and Tolonen, 2005, p. 116). All data production was based on voluntary informed consent, and the data was carefully pseudonymized. During the fieldwork period we participated in the everyday life of the school, school events, meetings, and lessons for all age groups. Special emphasis was on following the work of the guidance counsellors and guidance counselling courses at the school. In the ethnographic interviews we discussed students’ educational history and prospects as well as their experiences and thoughts on general upper secondary schooling, guidance counselling, admission-seeking to higher education and their leisure time and family. In the educators’ interviews we discussed themes considering everyday life at the schools, guidance counselling and the organizational practices of the school. Ethnographic interviews were conducted during fieldwork and participation in interviews was voluntary.

The analytical interest lies in mechanisms of educational reproduction, but also in the contradictions and ambivalence between elite and egalitarian in the Finnish context. What especially intrigued us was the discrepancies between saying and doing in the everyday life at the school. We conducted qualitative ethnographic analysis (e.g. Coffey & Atkinson, 1996) and the analytical section of this presentation is a result of several read-throughs in a dialogue of theory and empirical findings. Drawing on the analysis we discuss our preliminary results concerning elite status in education and its relation to admission-seeking to higher education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Drawing on the analysis based on the interview and observation data, we discuss preliminary findings: both students and educators made distinctions to presumed other general upper secondary schools and described how they had chosen both their previous and current schools as they had good reputation, quality teaching and a preferable peer-group. The students described a sense of entitlement but addressing the school directly as “an elite school” was avoided by most students and teachers as it was “uncomfortable labelling”. However, the elite status of the school was discussed and reproduced on the everyday level constantly, as the students and educators discussed and often mentioned how “other people call this an elite school”.  When seeking access to higher education the students had many admission-seeking strategies available to them due to high educational attainment. The students were encouraged and expected to succeed, and the school had practices supporting this. Besides high grades many students at the school also had extensive amounts of economic, social and cultural capital to mobilise. Yet we propose that even for students with the highest amounts of capital, admission-seeking to higher education is somehow limited as educational choices were related to what the students think were “suitable for elite general upper secondary school students” and where they felt they could fit in (Ball et al., 2002; Bourdieu, 1990; Reay et al., 2001).  
References
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste. Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1998). The state nobility: Elite schools in the field of power. Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage.
Coffey, A., & Atkinson, P. (1996). Making sense of qualitative data: Complementary research
strategies. Sage.
Forbes, J., and B. Lingard. 2015. “Assured Optimism in a Scottish Girls’ School: Habitus and the (Re) Production of Global Privilege.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 36(1), 116–136.
Gaztambide-Fernández, R., & Maudlin, J. G. (2015). ‘Private schools in the public system’: School choice and the production of elite status in the USA and Canada. In Elite Education (pp. 55-68). Routledge.
Gordon, T., Holland, J., Lahelma, E., & Tolonen, T. (2005). Gazing with intent: ethnographic practice in classrooms. Qualitative Research, 5(1), 113-131.
Halvorsen, P. (2022) A sense of unease: elite high school students negotiating historical privilege, Journal of Youth Studies, 25:1, 34-49.
Khan, S., & Jerolmack, C. (2013). Saying meritocracy and doing privilege. The Sociological Quarterly, 54(1), 9-19.
Laaksonen, L. M., & Niemi, A. M. (2022). “It Is Not All About Studying”. General Upper Secondary Schools’ Institutional Habitus Shaping Students’ Educational Choice Making. In Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Education in the Nordic Countries: Access and Fairness (pp. 155-174). Cham: Springer.
Magnúsdóttir, B. R., & Kosunen, S. (2022). Upper-Secondary School Choices in Reykjavík and Helsinki: The Selected Few in the Urban North. In Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Education in the Nordic Countries: Access and Fairness (pp. 77-95). Cham: Springer.
Maxwell, C., & Aggleton, P. (2014). The reproduction of privilege: Young women, the family and private education. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 24(2), 189-209.
Reay, D., David, M., & Ball, S. (2001). Making a difference?: Institutional habituses and higher
education choice. Sociological Research Online, 5(4), 14–25.
Skeggs, B. (2013). Class, self, culture. Routledge.
Tervonen, L., Kortelainen, M., & Kanninen, O. (2017). Eliittilukioiden Vaikutukset Ylioppilaskirjoitusten Tuloksiin [The Effects of Elite General Upper Secondary Schools on the Results of the Matriculation Examination]. VATT Institute for Economic Research: Helsinki, Finland.
Törnqvist, M. (2019). The making of an egalitarian elite: School ethos and the production of privilege. The British Journal of Sociology, 70(2), 551-568.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Social capital and career resources among Higher Education students

José Palhares, Leonor Torres, Sílvia Monteiro

Research Centre on Education, University of Minho, Portugal

Presenting Author: Monteiro, Sílvia

Recent economic, social and educational changes in contemporary societies have had a considerable impact on how the relationship between the worlds of education and training and work is perceived. In the case of European Higher Education, which in recent years has become massified and, to a certain extent, democratised, it is interesting to investigate to what extent educational and labour pathways are conditioned by the sociocultural conditions of origin. It has been increasingly evidenced that having a higher education degree is no longer a sufficient condition for securing a job. Labour market changes occurred over the last few years, largely as a result of technological development and globalization, have made job perspectives less defined and predictable over time, whilst the transitions between jobs tend to be more frequent and difficult (Savickas, 2013). Young adults who have just entered the labour market, even if graduates, are the ones who suffer the most, with higher unemployment rates (ILO, 2017). In this context, additional forms of capital, which go beyond generic skills, have been identified as important predictors of employability, namely those related to social background, gender and ethnicity (Reay et al., 2006; Tomlinson, 2017). This may give rise to social inequalities, resulting from different educational and cultural biographies that will affect dispositions towards employability (Tomlinson, 2017).

Taking a comprehensive definition of employability, that not only focuses on individual attributes, but that considers it as resulting from the dynamic and evolving interactions between governmental and educational policies, organizational strategy, individual characteristics, and the social, economical, cultural and technological context (Guilbert, Bernaud, Gouvernet & Rossier, 2016), this study will explore the relationship between contextual factors, namely social capital, and career resources of higher education students. This proposal is grounded on the framework for career success (Hirschi et al., 2018). Taking the concepts of capital, Hirschi, Nagy, Baumeler, Johnston and Spurk (2018) propose, on the basis of a meta-analytic research, a comprehensive framework to assess key predictors of career success. Four types of career resources integrate this model: (i) human capital resources – referring to knowledge, skills, abilities and other characteristics considered relevant to achieve performance expectation for an occupation; (ii) social capital resources – including resources external to the individual, such as networks, mentors, and social support; (iii) psychological resources – integrating positive psychological traits and states; and (iv) career identity resources - referring to conscious awareness of oneself as worker and to the subjective meanings linked with the professional role. Career resources are here defined as “anything that helps an individual attain his or her career goals” (p. 4, Hirschi et al., 2018). Despite the positive and promising results of this theoretical framework, there is not much empirical research on this yet. In this scope, one of the open questions that this study will address is: how do career resources are affected by the social conditions of origin, namely, social class, gender and participation in extracurricular activities?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is framed in a broader project entitled “(Re)Search for Career: Distance career intervention, employability and social equity in the access to the labour market” (PTDC/CED-EDG/0122/2020), funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology. This project was approved by the Ethical Committees of both universities engaged in the project (CEISCH 076-2021).
The participants of this study are 2353 higher education students, from two public Portuguese universities. 66.1% of the participants are female, 33.1% are male, and 0.8% are identified with another gender or prefer not to respond. The average age of participants is 23.65 (SD= 8.67). Data were collected during the academic year of 2021/2022, both in face-to-face and online classroom contexts, by completing an online questionnaire made available through LimeSurvey.
The protocol for data collection included a sociodemographic questionnaire and three assessment scales. For the specific purpose of this study, we used the sociodemographic questionnaire, which included questions such as gender, age, professional status, parental education and professional situation, and extracurricular activities. The Career Resources Questionnaire, originally developed by Hirschi and colleagues (2018) and adapted and validated for Portuguese Higher Education students (Monteiro & Almeida, 2021), was the instrument used for career resources assessment. The instrument is composed by a total of 38 items, aggregated in twelve dimensions: (i) Occupational expertise; (ii) Job market knowledge; (iii) Soft skills; (iv) Organizational career support; (v) Job challenge; (vi) Social career support; (vii) Career involvement; (viii) Career confidence; (ix) Career clarity; (x) Networking; (xi) Career exploration; (xii) Learning. A 5-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 (completely false) to 5 (completely true), was presented for participants respond to each item. Confirmatory analysis evidenced adequate indicators of validity (χ2/df= 1.93, p< 0.001; CFI=0.966; TLI= .960; RMSEA= 0.38) and reliability analysis indicated good to excellent values (all the 12 factors presented Coefficient Cronbach’s alpha (α) and by the Composite Reliability ranging between .78 and .93).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The topics of social inclusion and employability represent current priorities on political agendas, namely the 2030 agenda for sustainable development of the United Nations: "to promote inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all”(BCDS Portugal, 2020). With this study, we expect to contribute to the identification of specific needs that Higher Education institutions need to recognize and address in the scope of their social responsibility (Harvey, 2000). The results and conclusions from the statistical analysis that will be presented are expected to deepen the understanding of the relationship between students’ career resources and social capital, taking particularly the variables of gender, social class and participation in extracurricular activities. Taking previous evidence that career resources are malleable and can be developed throughout higher education studies (Monteiro et al., 2023), such knowledge is relevant for the understanding of how and what specific needs higher education institutions should address in order to potentiate a widen and more democratic participation in higher education (Boliver, Stephen and Siddiqui, 2017).  
References
BCDS Portugal. (2020). https://www.ods.pt/. https://www.ods.pt/
Boliver, V., Gorard, S., & Siddiqui, N. (2017). How can we widen participation in higher education?  The  promise of contextualized admissions’. In H. Eggins & R. Deem (Eds.), The University as a Critical University Sense Publishers.
Harvey, L. 2000. “New Realities: The Relationship between Higher Education and Employment.” Tertiary Education and Management 6: 3–17
Hirschi, A., Nagy, N., Baumeler, F., Johnston, C. S., & Spurk, D. (2018). Assessing key predictors of career success. Journal of Career Assessment, 26(2), 338–358. https://doi.org/10.1177/1069072717695584
ILO. (2017). Global employment trends for youth 2017 : Paths to a better working future. ILO.
Monteiro, S., Almeida, L. S., Sánchez, T. G., Quintela, N. R., & Uzquiano, M. P. (2023). Career resources among higher education students: a mixed-methods study. Educacion XX1, 26(1), 93–115.
Reay, D., Ball, S. J., & David, M. (2006). Degree of Choice: Class, Gender and Race in Higher Education. Trentham Books.
Savickas, M. L. (2013). Career construction theory and practice. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Eds.), Career development and counseling: Putting theory and research to work (pp. 147–183). Wiley.
Tomlinson, M. (2017). Forms of graduate capital and their relationship to graduate employability. Education and Training, 59(4), 338–352. https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-05-2016-0090


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Term-time Employment and Student Retention - First-in-Family Students’ Perceptions of Going to University and Working While Studying

Franziska Lessky

University of Innsbruck, Austria

Presenting Author: Lessky, Franziska

Student employment has become a widespread phenomenon across many European countries and a common practice among university students in general (Broadbridge and Swanson 2005; Darolia 2014; König 2018). According to EUROSTUDENT data, the percentage of working university students in European countries has risen to about 70% in the Netherlands, the Czech Republic and Germany.

A highly relevant question for scholars and policy makers in this context is how working while studying affects student retention. Previous research on term-time employment in the U.S. (Darolia 2014), Australia (Hall 2010), New Zealand (Richardson et al. 2013), the UK (Callender 2008) and Germany (Bacher and Wetzelhütter 2014) has shown that time-consuming student employment (i.e. more than 10 hours per week) has an overall negative effect on academic success with regard to final year marks, degree results or credits, and that they are more likely to struggle with combining work and study (Broadbridge and Swanson 2005).

As far as the subjective well-being of working students is concerned, studies have shown that students entering time-consuming employment are more likely to report increased likelihood of illness and sleeping problems (Broadbridge and Swanson 2006; Robotham 2013). Previous research also indicates that less privileged students are more likely to be affected negatively by term-time employment (Darolia 2014; König 2018). An example for such a student group are students who are the first in their families to attend university (i.e. First-in-Family students).

However, little attention has been paid to explore the role of term-time employment in First-in-Family students’ lives and its link to student retention. Qualitative in-depth analyses are needed to illuminate the complex role of term-time employment within the everyday lives of students. By drawing on narrative interviews with 14 First-in-Family students from three universities in Austria, I investigate the following research question: How does term-time employment shape the everyday lives of First-in-Family students and how is it related to student retention?

From a theoretical perspective, I draw on the conduct of everyday life concept (Schraube & Højholt 2016) that is a subject-oriented sociological concept which attempts to grasp society from the everyday lives of people performing actions in the various areas of their lives. Its basic premise is that people have to tackle all of the different – in some cases contradictory – demands that they encounter in the various spheres of everyday life (ebd.).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address the aim of this study a qualitative research design was chosen. The empirical data consists of 14 interviews with First-in-Family students of three different fields of study (education, business administration and medicine) at three universities in Austria. Austria is an interesting national context due to its high proportion of working students (Unger et al. 2020). Additionally, it is not possible to study part-time at Austrian universities, which goes along with a lot of disadvantages for working students.
The study participants were chosen in regard of their study progress, regional background, university entrance qualification and the dimension and nature of their employment. The interviews ranged between 90 and 240 minutes in length and were transcribed in their full extend. The qualitative data are analysed by following a hermeneutical approach (fine and sequential analysis according to Lueger 2010). Due to that analysis, the interconnections of the different spheres of the student’s lives – e.g. studying, work, family, friends, leisure and living situation – were explored.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings show that the biographical experiences of the interviewed First-in-Family students are shaping their perceptions of going to university and working term-time. Choosing to work while studying is strongly shaped by the familial history and the habitual structures within the family. The interviewed First-in-Family students have often started working at an early age. They perceive it as an integral part of their identity and as an important component of their lives. Especially, when students have worked prior to their studies, their employment can have stabilising effects during their transition to university. In this scenario, term-time employment represents a life sphere where students are able to gain self-confidence and experience a sense of belonging. Having a sphere in one’s life where belongingness and stability is experienced, helps to overcome the barriers that are experienced in another life sphere (i.e. study).
In addition, findings show that students use term-time employment as a moderating element between university and family life. For example, students used employment to minimise conflicts with their parents. By working while studying, students were able to juggle the expectations of their family (e.g., gaining income through paid work instead of going to university) and their own desires (e.g., attending university). Some students, whose parents paid for their studies, also used term-time employment to minimise feeling guilty for spending their parents’ money on their education. By working while studying, they were also able to minimise their parents’ influence on their everyday lives and to experience a greater amount of autonomy.
This findings echo in research showing that term-time employment can have a high subjective status within students’ everyday lives (Broadbridge and Swanson 2005, 2006; O’Shea 2020). Measures aimed at improving student retention therefore need to address this complex role of term-time employment.

References
Bacher, J., and D. Wetzelhütter. 2014. “Erwerbstätigkeit von Studierenden und Schwierigkeiten der Vereinbarkeit von Studium und Beruf Ergebnisse der JKU-Studierendenbefragung 2012/2013.” WISO 37 (Sonderheft): 113–141.
Broadbridge, A., and V. Swanson. 2005. “Earning and Learning: How Term-Time Employment Impacts on Students’ Adjustment to University Life.” Journal of Education and Work 18 (2): 235–249.
Broadbridge, A., and V. Swanson. 2006. “Managing Two Roles.” Community, Work & Family 9 (2): 159–179.
Callender, C. 2008. “The Impact of Term-Time Employment on Higher Education Students’ Academic Attainment and Achievement.” Journal of Education Policy 23 (4): 359–377.
Darolia, R. 2014. “Working (and Studying) Day and Night: Heterogeneous Effects of Working on the Academic Performance of Full-Time and Part-Time Students.” Economics of Education Review 38: 38–50.
Hall, R. 2010. “The Work–Study Relationship: Experiences of Full-Time University Students Undertaking Part-Time Employment.” Journal of Education and Work 23 (5): 439–449.
König, R. 2018. “Studienbegleitende Erwerbstätigkeit – ein Hindernis auf dem Weg zu einem erfolgreichen Studienabschluss?” In Dimensionen studentischer Vielfalt: Empirische Befunde zu heterogenen Studien- und Lebensarrangements, edited by K. Becker, and S. Heißenberg, 251–268. Bielefeld: wbv.
Lueger, M. (2010). Interpretative Sozialforschung: Die Methoden (1st ed.). Vienna: Facultas.
O’Shea, S. 2020. ‘Mind the Gap!’ Exploring the Postgraduation Outcomes and Employment Mobility of Individuals Who Are First in Their Family to Complete a University Degree. Final Report. Perth: National Centre for Student Equity in Higher Education.
Richardson, J., S. Kemp, S. Malinen, and S. Haultain. 2013. “The Academic Achievement of Students in a New Zealand University: Does It pay to Work?” Journal of Further and Higher Education 37 (6): 864–882.
Robotham, D. 2013. “Students’ Perspectives on Term-Time Employment: An Exploratory Qualitative Study.” Journal of Further and Higher Education 37 (3): 431–442.
Schraube, E., & Højholt, C. (Eds.). (2016). Psychology and the Conduct of Everyday Life. London: Routledge.
Unger, M., D. Binder, A. Dibiasi, J. Engleder, N. Schubert, B. Terzieva, B. Thaler, S. Zaussinger, V. Zucha. 2020. Studierenden-Sozialerhebung 2019: Kernbericht. Vienna: Austrian Institute of Advanced Studies (IHS).
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm22 SES 02 C
Location: Adam Smith, 717 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Johanna Annala
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Interdisciplinary Teamwork: How Does the Magic Happen?

Ela Sjølie1, Stephen Kemmis2

1NTNU, Norway; 2Charles Sturt University, Australia

Presenting Author: Sjølie, Ela

There is a strong and increasing push for interdisciplinarity and interdisciplinary learning in higher education. It has gained impetus from the urgent need to equip future generations with competencies that will empower them to contribute to sustainable development. One pedagogy to support such learning is project-based learning (PjBL), which is increasingly becoming a mandatory part of curricula in higher education (Elken et al., 2020). Project-based learning is a form of student-centric, collaborative learning whereby students work on projects with real-world problems, often together with or for external stakeholders (Guo et al., 2020; Krajcik & Blumenfeld, 2006). As a pedagogical approach, it is associated with interdisciplinarity (Braßler & Dettmers, 2017), and one of the main expected learning outcomes is that students learn to work in and as a team.

However, despite its increased popularity, empirical studies on interdisciplinary PjBL are scarce and we know little about the complex ecosystems that surrounds and support interdisciplinary learning in higher education (Johnsen et al., forthcoming). One challenge seems to be to achieve “broad” interdisciplinarity with courses across several disciplines and professions. Studies are largely contained within specific educational disciplines (such as engineering, medicine or teacher education), involving only students within those disciplines. Furthermore, literature on PjBL, and student collaboration more generally, is dominated by “course description studies” (studies that describe a particular course design together with “the lessons learned” from a teacher perspective) and individually oriented, ‘effect-oriented’ research. The latter focuses on the benefits of pedagogical approaches on a range of individual student variables, such as academic achievement, student satisfaction or skill development. However, what these studies miss is a holistic, ecological view that reveals what enables and constrains students’ learning both within a course and in the wider university, industry, and community ecosystems that support learning in the course.

This paper is the first part of a research program that takes an analytic and ecological approach to exploring what enables and constrains students’ interdisciplinary collaboration and learning. The research program uses the case of a university wide interdisciplinary PjBL course including 3200 students from across all faculties at a large Norwegian university. The course has been developed, crafted, and scaled up over 20 years, and studies on the course have shown positive effects on students’ learning (Johnsen et al., forthcoming) and also emphasized the importance of a course design that supports student teams’ reflection on their collaboration as it happens (Sjølie et al., 2022; Sjølie et al., 2021; Veine et al., 2020). The aim of this paper is to reveal some of the key conditions that enable and constrain the practices that compose the course (practices of students, teachers, and others) within the institution and beyond. We deploy the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis, 2022; Kemmis et al., 2014; Mahon et al., 2017) to identify and describe a range of the key conditions that shape the course and the practices of students, teachers, and others as they work in/on the course. We also use Bernstein’s theory of pedagogical discourse (especially instructional discourse and regulative discourse) to show the kinds of pedagogical rules that enable and constrain student’s interdisciplinary work and learning.

The paper explores the conditions that enable and constrain interdisciplinary work and learning in a particular course, asking: what are the sayings, doings and relatings that constitute students’ practices of interdisciplinary teamwork and what practice architectures (arrangements, conditions) make these practices possible? It demonstrates a way of understanding the complex ecosystems of support that sustained interdisciplinary learning in this case, and by doing so demonstrates an approach to analysing and interpreting university courses and practices more generally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The course that is used as the case in this paper is mandatory for almost all graduate students at the university. Each year, approximately 3,200 students from all eight faculties are divided into 110 classes of 20-30, comprising teams of 5–7 students. The teams work on real-world problems and define their own projects within a broad topic that is different for each class. The teaching staff for each class comprises one faculty member and two learning assistants who have been trained in team facilitation. The students are assessed as a group based on two exam reports, each accounting for 50% of the final grade: one team process report with reflections on situations from their collaboration and one team product report outlining and discussing the project results. One of the main characteristics of the course is its explicit focus on collaboration skills as a learning outcome in its own right. The learning assistants’ primary role is to stimulate reflection on situations that occur within the teams throughout the project life cycle. Since it operates across the whole university, the course is ‘owned’ by the Rector but it is organizationally located within the different departments. On behalf of the Rector, one academic unit coordinates the course. This unit coordinates the distributed practices of managing, administering, and teaching the course, as well as the student assessment. The unit is also responsible for training the staff and facilitating collaboration between teachers and learning assistants (as one teaching team) and between teaching staff across the 110 classes.


The study investigates the conditions that enable and constrain interdisciplinary work and learning in the course, based on course documentation, interviews with students and teachers, and ethnographic observation of one class of student teams. In the analysis, we deploy the theory of practice architectures to identify the sayings, doings and relatings that constitute students’ practices of interdisciplinary teamwork and what practice architectures that make these practices possible. We also use Bernstein’s (1996) theory of instructional and regulative discourse to investigate the explanatory power of these discourses among the practice architectures that shape the unfolding of students’ work in the course.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the presentation, we provide: (1) a more detailed description of the course, (2) an account of key conditions that support the practices that compose the course, and (3) an analysis of aspects of the ecosystem conditions that enable and constrain the practices of students, teachers, and others. On the basis of these findings we suggest an approach to understanding and interpreting practices of teaching, learning, and course development in higher education more generally.

Our preliminary analysis shows that the theory of practice architectures helps to reveal the composition of practices of interdisciplinary teamwork and the kinds of arrangements that make those practices possible. It shows that instructional and regulative discourses are among the powerful practice architectures that shape the practices of students and others in this particular course. The analysis has also allowed us to identify interdependencies among practices that form ecologies of practices that shape students’ practices.  

The study has several implications. For policy makers and academic staff in a time of increasing pressure on implementing interdisciplinary courses, the study demonstrates a way of understanding the complex ecosystems of support that sustains such courses. Theoretically, the study contributes to a growing body of literature in higher education using the theory of practice architectures to analyse and interpret university courses and practices more generally. Finally, the study has practical implications for faculty and students. First, it exemplifies some key conditions to be considered in course design beyond the case of this particular courses. Second, it shows that the theory of practice architectures is a promising tool in course design, as a tool to help students and teachers become more aware of the sayings, doings and relatings that compose their practices while, at the same time, extending their grasp and control of the conditions that make those practices possible.

References
Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control, and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. London: Taylor & Francis.
Braßler, M., & Dettmers, J. (2017). How to Enhance Interdisciplinary Competence—Interdisciplinary Problem-Based Learning versus Interdisciplinary Project-Based Learning. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 11. doi:10.7771/1541-5015.1686
Elken, M., Maassen, P., Nerland, M., Prøitz, T. S., Stensaker, B., & Vabø, A. (2020). Quality Work in Higher Education: Springer.
Guo, P., Saab, N., Post, L. S., & Admiraal, W. (2020). A review of project-based learning in higher education: Student outcomes and measures. International Journal of Educational Research, 102. doi:10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101586
Johnsen, M. M. W., Johansen, V., & Sjølie, E. (forthcoming). Learning Collaboration skills in a Graduate Course: Course format and Group matters more than Gender, Academic achievement, and Field of study. Revision of review with Research in Higher Education.
Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming practices: Changing the world with the theory of practice architectures. (1 ed.). Singapore: Springer.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education: Springer.
Krajcik, J. S., & Blumenfeld, P. C. (2006). Project-based learning: na.
Mahon, K., Francisco, S., & Kemmis, S. (2017). Exploring Education and Professional Practice: Through the Lens of Practice Architectures. Singapore: Springer Singapore.
Sjølie, E., Espenes, T. C., & Buø, R. (2022). Social interaction and agency in self-organizing student teams during their transition from face-to-face to online learning. Computers & Education, 189, 104580. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2022.104580
Sjølie, E., Strømme, A., & Boks-Vlemmix, J. (2021). Team-skills Training and Real-time Facilitation as a Means for Developing Student Teachers’ Learning of Collaboration Teaching and teacher education.
Veine, S., Anderson, M. K., Andersen, N. H., Espenes, T. C., Søyland, T. B., Wallin, P., & Reams, J. (2020). Reflection as a core student learning activity in higher education - Insights from nearly two decades of academic development. International Journal for Academic Development, 25(2), 147-161. doi:10.1080/1360144X.2019.1659797


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Teamwork Experiences of International Students in a Project-Based Learning at a Kazakhstani University

Guldana Akhmetova

Medical University of Karaganda, Karaganda, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Akhmetova, Guldana

Adopting the innovative learning approaches originating from the parameters enacted by the Bologna Process have become widespread within the Kazakhstani education system. One of these learning technologies is project-based learning, which was launched in 2019 in a Kazakhstani Medical University. Previous studies on innovative learning approaches conducted among international students at this university reflect their opinions and views about their experiences (Akhmetova & Alieva, 2022; Akhmetova & Makoelle, 2022; Akhmetova & Sciala, 2021). We found that these students have enjoyed the process, have gained knowledge, and have deemed such experiences to be exciting. This particular study aimed to explore another aspect of project-based learning, which is conducting tasks in teams.

Dividing students into teams and guiding them towards working collaboratively entail certain challenges. Research conducted among students in Russia, for example, has revealed four different attitudes that exist among students working in groups such as dictators, procrastinators, complainers and freeloaders (Zav’yalova & Saginova, 2017). In fact, these titles provoke thoughts of unequal contribution to the tasks completed by a group, implying that there are group members that take responsibility over the work of others, other members that lack a sense of accountability, while some complain that nobody is working. These kinds of attitudes are not exceptional in the Kazakhstani context as it is a post-Soviet country with Soviet tendencies. Nevertheless, this state of affairs also depends on students’ backgrounds as in this study we focus on international students from South Asia studying in Kazakhstan.

The benefits of working in teams have been discussed among scholars worldwide and is predominantly examined in the context of project-based learning. Students find working with their peers to be inspiring and supportive compared to traditional learning (Elsamanoudy et al. 2021). They presume that it is possible to employ the skills gained in completing research projects together beyond academia (Balleisen & Chin, 2022). In addition, their self-assessment and peer-assessment about contributing to projects with their peers indicated positive feelings (Bayer et al. 2022). In the medical field, students highlighted an improvement of their communication skills (Castro et al. 2021). In addition, the fostering of teamwork has been noted while testing a framework for examining students’ computational thinking through the balanced scorecard frame (Chang & Lin, 2022). Furthermore, the advantages of project-based learning and its facilitation of teamwork among students have been pointed out in collaborative projects between countries (Fang et al. 2021; Logemann et al. 2021). These studies among different countries were conducted online due to COVID-19 issues worldwide. Even though most of the studies refer to improvements generated by teamwork, a single approach to assess its success is as yet unforeseen. Nevertheless, to maintain the quality of groupwork Norwegian scholars have developed the Teamwork Indicator which helps to assess students’ performance in group work through three vantage points social cooperation, work commitment, and management” (Holen & Sortland, 2022). However, scholars state drawbacks to students working in groups, such as students’ lack of preparedness to self-express in teamwork (Jaiswal et al. 2021). Hence, they suggest guiding teamwork right from the beginning of the project (Jaiswal et al. 2021).

Being able to work in a team is a significant skill for the 21st century. Despite the abovementioned studies conducted on project-based learning declaring an improvement of teamwork skills, it requires digging deeper into the phenomenon to understand the nature of its success. This study embodies students from a homogeneous cultural background cultivated in a traditional learning environment, yet who represent different social classes in their country. Hence, for this study, it was significant to explore how the students’ South Asian background impede or support teamwork.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study comprises a survey (Creswell, 2012) That has been designed to provide the opinion of students on their performance during group work.  The total number of students in the cohort were 204. They were asked to complete a survey three times. First, after the completion of three lectures when they were asked to share their expectations from the course. Second, halfway through their project work before the data collection process. Here, they were asked to share information regarding their current experiences of dealing with assigned tasks within their groups as well as their creativity and that of the group’s. In this respect, it was necessary to help the students to comprehend their own roles and opinions in terms of project-based learning. Finally, after the completion of the course and subsequent to their presenting their projects, they were asked to list any items they had learned. The students’ responses were collected anonymously, confidentially, and voluntarily through Google Forms. Hence, in the first survey 113 responses were collected; in the second survey there were 163 responses; and the final survey produced 200 responses. The inductive approach within qualitative analysis was employed to analyze the data (Thomas, 2003). The open responses provided by the students were divided into themes and coded accordingly. Additionally, the survey responses were triangulated with observations of students’ in-class activities and the document analysis of their projects submitted after their presentations.  
Regarding ethical principles, students were given informed consent forms before proceeding to the survey. During the class they also developed an informed consent form for their own studies. Hence, they were familiar research ethics and its importance for social studies. They were also informed that their responses will not affect their final grade.
The limitation of the study was the limited number of students from just one university and a single group of students with a homogeneous cultural background.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To conclude, according to our observations, there were two major obstacles: first, students found it challenging to work in teams due to their coming to their groups with different capacities and capabilities; second, their place of birth in South Asia reflected the way they divided themselves into groups and the manner in which they treated each other. Nevertheless, the survey results revealed that 39% (77) of the students mentioned teamwork as a gained skill, and 33% (66) stated that they learned to interact with people during the data collection process. The three stages of survey collection results revealed the following:
The first survey results provided small data; students wrote their expectations about obtaining a degree and the skills they would obtain according to what was mentioned during the lecture. As a consequence, they believed that they possessed the necessary skills, like confidence and dedication, to complete the assigned tasks.
In the second survey, information concerning students’ statements on their and their groupmates’ creativity was provided. This was crucial to the learning process as it prompted students to consciously avoid plagiarism and to understand that project-based learning requires creating new work from scratch.
The final set of survey questions contained many positive views on the part of students  they had completed the course. Teamwork was important, yet individual contributions played a major role in the completion of tasks. It is important to highlight that these tasks were constructed in such a manner in that everyone was expected to conduct an individual interview, and then to transcribe and analyze it before combining the results with those of others’. It was significant to reflect each respondent’s data as they appeared in charts. A similar pattern was employed in the survey of peers.

References
Akhmetova, G. & Alieva, M. (2022). Zhobaga negizdelgen bilim: meditsyna universyteti studentterinin tazhirybesi [Knowledge-Based on Projects: Medical University Students’ Experiences], Al-Farabi Kazakh National University. Journal of Educational Sciences, 1 (70), 138-146. [In Kazakh]
Akhmetova, G., Makoelle, T. (2022). Exploring Constructive Learning Through Grounded Theory: Experience Of First-Year International Students At A Kazakhstani University. Bulletin of Kazakh National Pedagogic University named after Abai, Pedagogical Sciences Series, 3(75), 12-26
Akmetova,G. & Sciala, M. (2021). Challenges in online learning of International Students at the Medical University of Karaganda. Kazakh National University. Bulletin Psychology and Sociology, 3(78), 4-15.
Balleisen, E., & Chin, R. (2022). The Case for Bringing Experiential Learning into the Humanities. Summer, 151(3),  138-152.
Bayer,R., Turper, S., & Woods, J. (2022). Teamwork within a Senior Capstone Course: Implementation and Assessment. The Teacher, 828-833. https://doi:10.1017/S1049096522000476  
Castro, M., Calthorpe, L., Fogh, Sh., McAllister,S., Johnson, Ch., Isaacs, E., Ishizaki, A., Kozas, A.,
Lo, D., Rennke, S., Davis, J., and Chang, A. (2021). Lessons From Learners: Adapting Medical
Student Education During and Post COVID-19. Academic Medicine, 96 (12), 1671-1679.
https://doi:10.1097/ACM.0000000000004148
Chang,L.-C., & Lin, W.-C.(2022).Improving Computational Thinking and Teamwork by Applying Balanced Scorecard for Sustainable Development. Sustainability, 14 (11723), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.3390/su141811723
Elsamanoudy, A.Z., Fayez, F.A. Alamoudi, A., Awan, Z., Bima, A.I., Ghoneim, F.M.Hassanien, M. (2021). Project-based learning strategy for teaching molecular biology: a study of students’ perceptions. Education in Medicine Journal, 13(3), 43-53.
Fang, M., Jandigulov, A., Snezhko, Z., Volkov, L. (2021). New Technologies in Educational Solutions in the Field of STEM: The Use of Online Communication Services to Manage Teamwork in Project-Based Learning Activities. International Journal of Educational Technologies, 16(24), 4-19.  https://doi.org/10.3991/ijet.v16i24.25227
Holen,A., & Sortland, B. (2022). The Teamwork Indicator-a feedback inventory for students in active group learning or team projects. European Journal of Engineering Education, 47(2), 230-244, https://doi:10.1080/03043797.2021.1985435
Jaiswal, A., Karabiyik, T., Thomas, P., Magana, A.J. (2021). Characterizing Team Orientations and Academic Performance in Cooperative Project-Based Learning Environments. Educ. Sci., 11,520.
https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11090520
Logemann, M., Aritz, J., Cardon,P., Swartz,S.,Elhaddaoui, T., Getchell,K., Fleischmann,C.,Helens-Hart,R., Li,X.,Palmer-Silveira,J.C., Ruiz-Garrido,M., Springer,S., and Stapp,J. (2021). Standing strong amid a pandemic: Howa global online team project stands up to the public health crisis. British Journal of Educational Technology, 53, 577-592. https://doi:10.1111/bjet.13189
Zav’yalova, N.B. and Saginova, O.V. (2017). Proyektnaya rabota studentov: kak uluchit resultat [Project work of students: how to improve the results]. Kreativnaya economika, Creative Economy, 11(9), 943-952. https://doi:10.18334/ce.11.9.38328
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm22 SES 02 D
Location: Adam Smith, 711 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: László Horváth
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Higher Education Teachers’ Ways Of Being And Acting: An Exploration Using Visual Narratives

Mariana Gaio Alves, Ana Sofia Pinho

Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Gaio Alves, Mariana; Pinho, Ana Sofia

Higher education and the teaching profession have been facing increasing challenges in recent decades. Take, for example, the phenomena associated with the information society and the massification of higher education. At the same time, a convergence of trends regarding policies for higher education have led to the creation of the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), in which 48 countries have been implementing reforms on the basis of common key values intended to make higher education systems more compatible and strengthening their quality assurance mechanisms.

The EHEA officially started in 1999 with the signing of Bologna declaration. Given that political framework, the countries involved started processes of curriculum restructuring in higher education, and changes within academics' professionalism were advocated, with a strong appeal to interrupt the hegemony of the instructional paradigm, emphasizing the need to adopt the learning paradigm. This paradigm transition is particularly underlined in Portugal across the implementation of the Bologna process that started in 2006 (Esteves, 2010).

Within this context, the need to reject the conception of a teacher who holds and transmits knowledge has been emphasised, demanding the reconfiguration of teachers’ ways of being and acting with inevitable implications for pedagogical practices. Such a change is not intended to take place only at the most superficial level with the occasional resource to more active methodologies or with the incorporation of digital technologies in teaching. In fact, a deeper transformation in the core of the professionalism and professionality of the teacher is expected, reaching the level of teachers' beliefs, conceptions and implicit theories.

However, despite the enormous pressure on higher education teachers to change its practices, it has been observed that this type of change does not necessarily follow from political pressure or normative imposition. Instead, it is suggested that pedagogical training might contribute to the reconfiguration of teaching and to improve its quality (Inamorato et all., 2019; Postareff et all, 2007), even if this idea is not fully embedded within higher education institutions, which restricts opportunities for the professional development of academics.

One previous qualitative study with Portuguese higher education teachers suggests, on the one hand, the presence of a dominant professional conception inscribed in the artisanal paradigm and matched with a teaching conception based on the transmission of knowledge, but, on the other hand, indicates that formal pedagogical training might support changes in teachers’ conceptions about the meaning of teaching and learning, with effects on teaching practices and on the quality of student learning (Almeida, Viana, Alves, 2022). This is in line with the assumption that, throughout their professional development process which can be enriched by pedagogical training, teachers structure a personal interpretative framework corresponding to "a set of cognitions, mental representations that work as a lens through which they look at their profession, giving it meaning and acting in it” (Ketchermans, 2009, p.72).

Against this background, the aim of the research reported in the proposed paper is to deepen knowledge about higher education teachers’ personal interpretative frameworks, paying special attention to the dynamic nature of such frameworks when teachers are involved in formal pedagogical training directed to their professional development. Namely, two main questions guide the research: 1) Which are the teachers’ conceptions about ways of being and acting as higher education teacher? 2) Are these conceptions reconfigured across the attendance of a post-graduation degree on pedagogy in higher education that lasts one academic year? The participants are a group of 19 Portuguese academics enrolled on a post-graduation degree on pedagogy in higher education at Instituto de Educação – Universidade de Lisboa in 2022/2023.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Narrative approaches in education have long been used to access and make teachers’ interpretative frameworks and lived experiences understandable (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). Particularly, visual narratives, such as drawings, are signaled as strategic mediation tools in such process, due to their dual dimension: on the one hand, as a way of mediating professional learning regarding conceptions and images about teaching in professional development initiatives; on the other hand, as research artifacts, which due to their multimodality features, provide the researcher with the most salient representations teachers experience at a specific moment in time (Orland-Barak & Maskit, 2017).
Considering the purpose of the current piece of research, a visual narrative approach was adopted and a set of 19 drawings and their corresponding explanations were collected in the context of the above mentioned post-graduation degree attended by higher education teachers from different institutions and disciplinary domains. Such degree lasts one year and the participants were invited to draw themselves as teachers in the 2nd class of the 1st semester of the degree (in the beginning of October 2022). As this is an ongoing study, this first dataset will be complemented by a new round of data collection at the end of the 2nd and last semester of the degree (in the end of June 2023), where the participants will be asked to revise their initial drawing, and to either re-draw it/update it or to draw a new one, according to what they consider to be more aligned with their interpretative frameworks at the time. This new process of data collection will be supplemented with an expanded written account by each teacher.
A content analysis will be applied to both datasets, thus following what Barkhuizen (2011) describes as analysis of narrative content, which consists in looking for similarities and grouping them into categories, through processes like coding for themes, categorization, and pattern finding among them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results based on content analysis of the first dataset  (the 19 drawings and their corresponding explanations collected in October 2022)  point out to the centrality of the classroom context and organization, as well as of the pedagogical interaction between teacher-student(s); but it also reveals classroom diversity and the role of emotions and professional values. Interestingly, despite common trends in the teachers’ drawings, the disciplinary field as a teacher seems to play a significant role in the participants’ interpretative frameworks, when they refer to the type of lessons and field work. So, it will be important to deepen the analysis and debate whether changes within academics' professionalism reveal a tension between the instructional paradigm and the learning paradigm in what concerns teachers’ ways of being and acting.
The collection of the second dataset of drawings and their corresponding explanations in June 2023 will be fundamental to examine if and how the attendance of the post-graduation in pedagogy in higher education might result in the reconfiguration of teachers’ ways of being and acting.
More broadly, the results of the study will contribute to deepened awareness about the teaching work of academics exploring ways of being and acting as teachers, as well as how these might be changed across formal pedagogical training, based on a qualitative original approach. Given that research  about teaching academic work, namely using qualitative approaches, is not an issue sufficiently developed in the research field on higher education (Tigh, 2019; Kwiec, 2019), the paper is expected to contribute to fill in this gap.

References
Almeida, M.; Viana, J.; Alves, M. G. (2022). Exploring teaching conceptions and practices: a qualitative study with higher education teachers in Portugal, https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2022-2-2.

Barkhuizen, G. (2011). Narrative knowledging in TESOL. TESOL Quarterly, 45(3), 391-414.

Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative Inquiry. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Esteves, M. (2010). Sentidos da inovação pedagógica no ensino superior. In C. Leite (Ed.). Sentidos da Pedagogia no Ensino Superior (pp.45-62). CIIE/Livpsic.

Inamorato dos Santos, A., Gausas, A., Mackeviciute, R., Jotaytyte, A., & Martinaitis, Z. (2019). Innovating Professional Development in Higher Education: an analysis of practices. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.

Kelchtermans, G. (2009). O comprometimento profissional para além do contrato: Auto-compreensão, vulnerabilidade e reflexão dos professores. In M. A. Flores & A. M. Simão (Eds.). Aprendizagem e desenvolvimento profissional dos professor

Kwieck, M. (2019). Changing European Academics - a comparative study of social stratification, work patterns and research productivity. London and New York: Routledge.

Orland-Barak, L., & Maskit, D. (2017). Methodologies of Mediation in Professional Learning. Cham: Springer.
Postareff, L.; Lindblom-Ylänne, S.; & Nevgi, A. (2007). The effect of pedagogical training on teaching in higher education. Teaching and Teacher Education 23 (2007) 557–571

Tigh, M. (2019). Higher Education Research – the developing field. Bloomsbury Academic.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Postcards of Practice: Capturing the Shifting Work of Teaching in Higher Education

Mark Selkrig, Catherine Smith, Nicky Dulfer

The University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Selkrig, Mark; Smith, Catherine

Globally, Higher Education has undergone fundamental changes through massification, globalisation and marketization (Hil, 2014), and more recently through the impact of COVID 19. We have also seen an emergence of the discourse of quality teaching through various compliance and monitoring regulations (European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education, 2015; Tertiary Education Quality and Standards Agency, 2021). Although in spite of these requirements (Bormann et al. 2021), we have seen trust related to quality, accountability and scholarship within higher educational intuitions suffer. For example while promoted in the academy as good practice, opportunities for academics to interrogate, discuss and reflect on praxis (their practices related to teaching and learning and theoretical aspects that inform these) can be problematic for a number of reasons (Mackay & Tymon, 2013).

Along with the aforementioned forces of change and regulation impacting teaching and learning in Higher Education, the perpetual emergence of new, more complex technologies and the disruptive innovation that can result from these technologies has also colonised the field of education and learning (Christensen et al., 2008). Similarly, it is also apparent that teaching academics have diverse levels of skills and familiarities in digital pedagogies creating a digital divide between those who are comfortable or uncomfortable in an online setting (Marioni et al., 2020).

In light of these challenges and shifts, our aim was to explore how learning and teaching approaches are changing in the current higher education climate from the perspective of those who are involved in this work. We engaged with academic staff, who work in a faculty of education in a creative process to explore and share understandings about their prior, current and imagined future approaches to learning and teaching. The following research questions were adopted to guide our project.

  • In what ways have academics involved in teaching in a HE setting approached learning and teaching in the past?
  • What are the current learning and teaching approaches being enacted in one HE setting?
  • What do academics envisage as approaches to teaching and learning that will be practised in three years’ time?
  • How do academics’ small narratives, produced and shared via text and image, relate to the meta narratives about pedagogical work in HE?

In addition, we included the following methodological question based on our experimental approach:

  • How effective are arts- based and participatory approaches in opening up new possibilities for academics to collaborate and to consider complex notions of identity and collegiality within an academic community?

We draw on Brookfield’s (2017) perspectives and lenses related to critical reflection to interrogate assumptions about our practice, in combination with Bourdieu’s concepts of habitus (the ingrained skills, habits, and dispositions we possess due to our life experiences) and field (arenas of practice that have distinct knowledges and rules) as ‘bundles of relations’ (Bourdieu & Waquant, 1992) to focus on what we can learn about the practices of teaching in higher education. In this presentation, habitus helps us to understand the developments and changes in practice and relationships in teaching through analysing the data and reflections of the participant. Habitus provides a way of understanding how the relationality and understanding of students and teaching context inform teaching through teaching relationships, as well as the course of a teaching career.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our project is situated within a supercomplexity paradigm, where reality is seen as dynamic, frames of reference are shifting, conflicted and requires embracing fragility, insecurity, the unknown and strangeness, it involves problematizing and disturbing existing understandings (Ling & Ling, 2020). This paradigm sits well with the reflexive phenomenological approach we adopted for this project to provide participants with opportunities to reflect and adapt their practices.  By drawing on a theoretical perspective that recognises the importance of people’s own interpretations of their experiences, our research recognises that participants’ experiences with the same phenomenon are informed by that person’s individual circumstances and worldview, including their pedagogical priorities and values.

After obtaining appropriate ethics approval from our university, we invited all teaching academics in the faculty, via a personalised email with a plain language statement attached and posters located in strategic locations, to become involved in the research.  Their willingness to participate was obtained through a brief online (Qualtrics) survey which asked for some rudimentary data such as how long they had been teaching in the faculty.  A follow up online survey was sent out approximately three weeks later that included three stem prompts that related to their approaches to teaching and learning; (a) pre-covid (about two years ago); (b) what they currently do; and (c)what they might be like in three years’ time.  They were asked to provide a short textual response (no more than 40 words) and an image (they had self-made or sourced from the web) for each of the stem prompts.  In total we had 27 colleagues respond to the prompts.

The inclusion of visual imagery as a data source to understand complex circumstances is well established in areas such as arts-based research (Leavy, 20150), visual phenomenology and photovoice (Wang & Burris, 1997) to elicit creative multi modal responses from participants. Bourdieu also espouses the benefits of imagery/ photography to illuminate aspects of habitus. (Bourdieu, 1990). The data (both image and text) were analysed by the three researchers and involved using inductive approaches to identify emergent themes. The process involved analysing each type of data separately to ascertain if there were themes within the text only, as well as sorting images by content and form to identify groupings and then together, with images and text collated in the form of a poster, to explore the relationships between text and images.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The images and text that the participants provided vividly reveal the impact and a/effects of the changed work/life circumstances and how particular dispositions of habitus inform practice over a period of massive disruption.  Reflecting on past/present while engaging with explicit conceptualisation on what their teaching may be in the future, highlight aspects of Brookfield’s four critically reflective lenses of autobiographical analysis; student perspectives, conversations with colleagues; and educational literature.  From the data we were able to identify themes that positioned reflexivity around educational and pedagogical theories, a concern and care for their students, the significance of relationality and the increased presence of technologies.   Participants used imagery in a range of ways to provide literal representations of their text response for example images of classrooms and people or blank zoom screens to emphasize the importance of interaction or as metaphorical depictions that show sunsets and patterns to capture the ‘bundles of relations’ and disruptions in practice that represent a particular temporal moment in a way that may not so easily be captured in words.    In many of the responses we also see representations shift from images of togetherness, often represented by interaction either of human or non-human objects, to the present where the machine, screen and tensions were depicted, while in considering the future participants emphasized aspects of growth, reconciliation and integration of past practices with technologies to that have either emerged or are yet to emerge.

By encouraging academics to share experiences related to their teaching we have illuminated both individual and shared narratives about pedagogic work in higher education. Their representations also traverse a spectrum of metaphorical and literal perspectives that capture the nuances involved, while also providing opportunities for academics to develop reflexive practice and agency in relation to their own and their colleagues’ praxis.

References
Assunção Flores, M.; Gago, M.(2020) Teacher education in times of COVID-19 pandemic in Portugal: National, institutional and pedagogical responses. Journal of Education for Teaching.  46, 1–10 .https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2020.1799709
Aucejo, E.M.; French, J.; Ugalde Araya, M.P.; Zafar, B. (2020). The impact of COVID-19 on student experiences and expectations: Evidence from a survey. Journal of Public Economics.  191, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpubeco.2020.104271.
Bormann, I., Brøgger, K., Pol, M., & Lazarová, B. (2021). COVID-19 and its effects: On the risk of social inequality through digitalization and the loss of trust in three European education systems. European Educational Research Journal, 20(5), 610–635. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211031356
Bourdieu, P. (1990)  In other words : essays towards a reflexive sociology,  Polity Press.
Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. J. D. (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology. University of Chicago Press.
Brookfield, S. D. (2017). Becoming a critically reflective teacher (2nd ed.). San Francisco, CA: Jossey Bass
Christensen, C. M., Horn, M. B., & Johnson, C. W. (2008). Disrupting class: How disruptive innovation will change the way the world learns. McGraw-Hill.
European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education (ENQA). (2015). Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area. Brussels. Retrieved from https://www.enqa.eu/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/ESG_2015.pdf
Leavy, P. (2015). Methods meet art: Arts-based research practice (2nd ed.). Guilford.
Ling, P., & Ling, L. (2020). Introduction: Employing paradigms in scholarship and education research. In L. Ling & P. Ling (Eds.), Emerging methods and paradigms in scholarship and education research (pp. 1–21). Hershey, PA: IGI Global
Mackay, M., & Tymon, A. (2013). Working with uncertainty to support the teaching of critical reflection. Teaching in Higher Education, 18(6), 643-655. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2013.774355
Marinoni, G., Van't Land, H., and Jensen, T. (2020). The Impact of Covid-19 on Higher Education Around the World. IAU Global Survey Report. Available online at: https://www.iau-aiu.net/IMG/pdf/iau_covid19_and_he_survey_report_final_may_2020.pdf, Accessed 19 January, 2023.
Navickiene V, Dagiene V, Jasute E, Butkiene R, Gudoniene D. (2021). "Pandemic-Induced Qualitative Changes in the Process of University Studies from the Perspective of University Authorities" Sustainability (13)17: 9887. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13179887
Tertiary Education Quality and Standards Agency (TEQSA). (2021). Higher Education Standards Framework (Threshold Standards). Canberra: Australian Government Retrieved from https://www.teqsa.gov.au/how-we-regulate/higher-education-standards-framework-2021
Wang, C. C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education & Behavior, (3), 369-387.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Local Innovation, Transformation for Future-oriented Learning or Knowledge About Discipline-specific Teaching? Aims of the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning

Alexa Kristin Brase, Eileen Lübcke

University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Brase, Alexa Kristin; Lübcke, Eileen

The Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) is an opportunity for appreciating and using diversity in higher education: The research-based and systematically reflective engagement with one’s own teaching and the students’ learning offers room for dealing with the learning prerequisites and different resources of students as well as colleagues’ perspectives. Since its first naming in the 1990s, SoTL practices evolved and differentiated, making it difficult to define SoTL (Fanghael et al., 2016; Simmons & Marquis, 2017). There are not only diverse practices and focuses, but also different normative demands: While most SoTL work is oriented to students’ understanding within the disciplines, Kreber and Kranton suggest a broader view on SoTL including a critical perspective and transformative learning of both teachers and students (Kreber & Kranton, 2000; Kreber, 2022). The international discussion is very lively, showing a development towards the acknowledgement of teaching and learning’s socio-political purposes (Kreber, 2022).

The SoTL discussion in the German speaking world is not parallel to the English speaking one: while SoTL took off in the United States in the 1990s (Huber & Hutchings, 2005; Kreber, 2022), there was little visible activity in German-speaking countries for some time and basic discussions are still caught up with (Fahr, 2021; Huber, 2018). This raises the question of whether international developments are having an impact in Germany: Do scholars in Germany use SoTL for their transformative learning to support students better or to involve them more? Do they orient their interest towards socio-political purposes or are they striving for discipline-specific knowledge on teaching and learning? Are there even specificities that might be inspiring for other contexts?

To explore German scholars’ aims and place them against the background of the international development, the question guiding our study is: What are the aims that can be identified in current German SoTL publications? We take an empirical approach by conducting a literature review and subsequently discuss our findings against international claims and developments, including developments in other European countries.

At the conference, we are particularly interested in other European perspectives. The presentation can also encourage an overarching normative discussion on SoTL and its support in universities: Is SoTL supposed to relate to specific aims and values or a process in which each scholar is to set his/her/their own goals and priorities? Can normatively charged academic development programs result in a contradiction to academic freedom?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our analysis is based on the review of 68 journal, book and handbook articles from SoTL outlets and outlets which university teachers use for an exchange about teaching. All articles are peer- or editorial-reviewed and are subject to a selection process with regard to SoTL criteria. We join a “big tent” (Huber & Hutchings, 2005, p. 4) understanding and relate to basic aspects found in most SoTL descriptions: scholars undertake systematic or methodical inquiry into their teaching related to the students’ learning and share their results to give impulses for the improvement of teaching beyond their own practice (Kern et al., 2015). Since the sharing aspect is obviously fulfilled when there is a publication, we concentrate on the foundation in the authors’ own teaching practice resp. in their students’ learning and the inquiry character. In a broad understanding, inquiry means that theoretically informed reflection is included as well as empirical investigation.

We do not use data bases but the archives of specific journals and edited volumes. The selection process in several stages (title review, abstract review, full paper review) is guided not only by the broad SoTL term, but also by intentionally set geographic and time limitations: authors are working in a German higher education institution and the article has been published in 2021 or 2022. This way we can ensure that the results are up to date. We cannot provide a development study over a longer period. The identified full papers are read, coded and analysed by both authors using Citavi’s knowledge management and thought features (used analogously to MAXQDA, Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2019).  

Our approach is accompanied by limitations: by analyzing only papers published in full articles, we cannot represent the breadth of SoTL in Germany. There is much valuable informal exchange that should be considered in further studies. In addition, topics and types of analysis are influenced by calls for papers or specific SoTL support programs. Nevertheless, they reflect SoTL in Germany.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, it is a challenge to identify SoTL work as such in the first place. Many authors distance themselves linguistically from their own teaching and present SoTL projects in an objectified style.  Moreover, some authors are publishing with co-authors from higher education or education departments. These papers are characterized by sound theoretical concepts of teaching and an elaborate empirical methodology deeply rooted in educational research.  

The analysis is still running, but will be completed before the conference. We give an outlook here  based on the preliminary analysis of 20 coded articles meeting SoTL criteria. In terms of methodology, most of the articles have an empirical focus, few are making use of a theoretical research approach. Due to a focus on innovation, the research approach often has an evaluative character. This shows that some observations by Huber (2014) are still valid for current SoTL in Germany: reports on teaching innovation are dominant. However, some of the evaluation of these innovations is complex; scholars focus on student learning and use mixed method designs. Regarding the proclaimed aims of the SoTL projects, further teaching development and discipline-specific knowledge are mentioned in addition to the evaluation of innovations, but socio-political considerations only play a role in a few individual cases. There, too, they represent an overarching framework rather than a specific development goal or they are clearly connected to the discipline, which encompasses topics with socio-political relevance like teacher education or social pedagogics. Lecturers' commitment to transformative learning is undoubtedly there, but might still often remain below the radar of the - in Germany still few - SoTL groups and publications.

References
Fahr, U. (2021). Probleme und Entwicklungspotenziale des Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. Die Erforschung der eigenen Lehre als professionelle Herausforderung. In U. Fahr, A. Kenner, H. Angenent & A. Eßer-Lüghausen (Hrsg.). Hochschullehre erforschen: Innovative Impulse für das Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. Springer VS.

Fanghanel, J., Pritchard, J., Potter, J. & Wisker, G. (2016). Defining and supporting the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL): A sector-wide study. Literature Review. Higher Education Academy. https://s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/assets.creode.advancehe-document-manager/documents/hea/private/literature_review_1568037331.pdf  

Huber, L. (2014). Scholarship of Teaching and Learning: Konzept, Geschichte, Formen, Entwicklungsaufgaben. In L. Huber, A. Pilniok, R. Sethe, B. Szczyrba & M. Vogel (Eds.), Forschendes Lehren im eigenen Fach: Scholarship of Teaching and Learning in Beispielen (2nd edition, p. 19–36). wbv.

Huber, L. (2018). SoTL weiterdenken! Zur Situation und Entwicklung des Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) an deutschen Hochschulen. Das Hochschulwesen, 66(1-2), 33–41.

Huber, M. T. & Hutchings, P. (2005). The Advancement of Learning: Building the Teaching Commons. Jossey-Bass.

Kern, B., Mettetal, G., Dixson, M. & Morgan, R. K. (2015). The role of SoTL in the academy: Upon the 25th anniversary of Boyer’s Scholarship Reconsidered. Journal of the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 15(3), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.14434/josotl.v15i3.13623

Kreber, C. (2022). The Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. In G. Reinmann & R. Rhein (Hrsg.), Wissenschaftsdidaktik I: Einführung (S. 222–243). transcript.

Kreber, C. & Cranton, P. A. (2000). Exploring the Scholarship of Teaching. The Journal of Higher Education, 71(4), 476. https://doi.org/10.2307/2649149

Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2019). Analyzing Qualitative Data with MAXQDA. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15671-8

Simmons, N. & Marquis, E. (2017). Defining the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. The Canadian Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 8(2). https://doi.org/10.5206/cjsotl-rcacea.2017.2.2


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The ‘Persona Vignette’: A Hermeneutic Phenomenological Method for Reflecting on Educators' Lived Experiences

Felicity Healey-Benson

University of Wales Trinity St David

Presenting Author: Healey-Benson, Felicity

This paper presents a novel method, known as the "persona vignette" developed during a doctoral hermeneutical phenomenological study of the lived experiences of educators facilitating higher-order thinking skills (HOTS) in Higher Education (Healey-Benson, 2022). The study employed an interpretive phenomenological approach which aims to understand and interpret participants' experiences (Ary et al., 2006). This is an approach characterized by the lack of formal analytical methods, with the context of the phenomenon dictating how data is analyzed (Langdridge, 2007). The primary objective of the study was to gain an in-depth understanding of the experiences of educators engaged in the phenomenon. To operationalize the research, a 5-part "persona vignette" method was developed by the researcher to capture an interpreted mimetic representation of each of the 12 educator study participants drawn from five countries. The final collection of persona vignettes provides readers with imaginative and evocative stimuli that invite reflection on one's own unique representation and experience of the phenomenon and aims to provide guidance to Higher Education educators of all contexts on the challenges of their HOTS development day-to-day practice

The theoretical framework

The paper is informed by the researcher’s doctoral hermeneutical phenomenological investigation of the lived experiences of educators facilitating HOTS in Higher Education. The study included participants from five countries: Australia, Canada, India, the UK, and the USA. The hermeneutic phenomenological methodology provided "direct access to a solid base of pure knowledge" (McIntosh & Wright, 2019, p. 451) by tapping into people's experiences, while an existential lens provided a focus on relationality, intersubjectivity, and otherness.

To protect participant anonymity while still inviting readers into the disclosed world of the research participants, the researcher developed an imaginative persona vignette framework as a form of interpreted mimesis. In this context mimesis is an act of poiesis, abringing-forth’ (Heidegger, 1971) rather than imitation. The decision to capture in detail the representation of the variation of the educator experiences was made by the researcher as their 'wholeness' was too rich to omit from the summary findings which were primarily focused on the phenomenological (essential) themes. Consequently, the researcher resolved to consider the hermeneutic 'mimetic dimensions' of the individual stories as means to bring a form of "evocation of experience in its reflection of and distinction to reality" (Gosetti-Ferencei, 2014, p. 4). The researcher worked with an illustrator to enhance the evocative quality of the personas, a process fully informed by the ongoing analytic process and refined through a series of conversations and iterations. The resultant persona illustrations help attune to the voice of the participants in the transcripts and to surface details that may otherwise be overlooked or taken for granted.

The persona vignette format is a five-part structure that includes a bespoke imaginative persona label that captures the life-world of the participant HE educator, an opening statement that reflects the overarching ontological experience of the phenomenon, a persona image drawn by a professional illustrator to bring the participant's lifeworld evocatively to life, an anecdote formed by a collection of selected and edited quotes from the original transcript, and a succinct researcher interpretative analysis. The 'persona vignette' format blends anecdote, metaphor, and imagery aiming to bring the wholeness of the lived experience to life, to share the nuances of contextualized experiences to re-presence and provoke further thinking and action. The researcher aims to "illuminate and evoke lived meanings beyond immediate tangible experience" (Nicol, 2008) by drawing on interview transcripts of metaphor descriptions and emotionally expressive language.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Vignettes, written or visual, are often used during data collection as a tool to elicit responses, foster conversation, and explore participants' perceptions, emotions, opinions, attitudes, and values related to the research topic of interest (Skilling & Stylianides, 2020). They are useful for gaining deeper insights into participants' beliefs and attitudes and useful in allowing certain kinds of questions to be asked without imposing any viewpoints (Richard & Mercer, 2002). The persona vignette method crafted for this study combines the disciplines of van Manen's Phenomenology of Practice, Heideggerian, and Gadamerian philosophy and makes use of imagery, metaphor, and anecdote to evoke the lived experiences of a shared phenomenon. The researcher used van Manen's phenomenological heuristic reduction (2014) as a guide in their analysis of audio-recorded interview transcripts. This hermeneutic phenomenological method involves the use of two reductions, the epoché-reduction and the reduction-proper.The researcher specifically focused on identifying evocative metaphor descriptions and expressive language in the transcripts to "illuminate and evoke lived meanings beyond immediate tangible experience" (Nicol, 2008).

From 1-2 hours of transcribed text, individual participant experiences were shaped into one-page interpreted summaries which allowed for persona identities to show themselves. This approach was aligned with Gadamer’s view of mimesis as a phenomenological act (1975) and made clear the “created personas would be seen not as imitating an objective reality, but…a creation to foreground a lived experience” (Hardwicke & Riemer, 2018, p. 3).

The persona vignette illustrations were developed in collaboration with a professional illustrator, Vanessa Damianou, to provide a visual representation of the participants' lived experiences. These illustrations are not a literal depiction of the participants' physical appearance, but rather an embodiment of the researcher's interpretation of the participants' experiences, emotions, and feelings. They are an imaginative representation of the participant's subjective experiences and provide a holistic understanding. Informed by the researcher’s draft vignette material and digital images made from icons and clipart, and through detailed researcher/illustration conversations and several iterations, a set of original persona illustrations were drawn to evoke the presence of each of the participants.

The method produced 12 persona vignettes which were an evocative capture of the interpreted mimetic representation of each of the 12 participants. Furthermore, as a collection, they invite readers to personally reflect on their own experience of the phenomenon and to consider their own unique representation of their current or aspired persona.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper describes the use of the persona vignette method in a hermeneutic phenomenological study of higher education (HE) educators. The method, which was developed in compliance with ethical commitments and collaborated with a professional illustrator, allows for a deeper understanding of the subjective experiences of educators and how individual differences shape their perceptions and interpretations. Each persona vignette brings the wholeness of the lived experience to life and shares the nuances of the contextualized experiences to re-presence and provoke further thinking and action. The vignettes present a paradox by evoking individuality while highlighting common themes among participants' experiences of the phenomenon. The study shows that the persona vignette method provides a deeper understanding of educators' subjective experiences and how individual differences shape their perceptions and interpretations. Unlike traditional typology methods, which focus on objective characteristics and fail to capture individual complexities and nuances, the persona vignette emphasises that individuals cannot be reduced to predetermined categories.

The persona vignette method has provided a way to investigate the phenomenon of HOTS development facilitation among HE educators in different countries, providing structure to discussion on aspects of HOTS development work that may be difficult to express. The study has revealed insight that has made a valuable contribution to the existing literature on HOTS development with implications for the preparation, guidance, and support of higher education educators in their day-to-day practices.

The paper presents specific examples of research insights and also addresses the limitations and areas for future research. Ongoing research examines the practical uses of persona vignettes as prompts for practice, reflection, and discussion for educators and educational management.

Overall, the method may be adapted for use in other research contexts and can contribute to a deeper understanding of the complexities of teaching and learning in higher education across the world.

References
Ary, D, Jacobs, L. C., Razavieh, A., & Sorensen, C. (2006). Introduction to Research in Education (7th ed.). Thomson Wadsworth, Belmont, CA.

Gadamer, H-G. (1975). Truth and Method (J. Weinsheimer & D.G. Marshall trans.). New York: Seabury Press. (Originally published in German in 1960 by J.C.B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), Tübingen, Germany).


Gosetti-Ferencei, J. (2014). The Mimetic Dimension: Literature Between
Neuroscience and Phenomenology. British Journal of Aesthetics, 54 (4), 425-448. https://doi.org/10.1093/aesthj/ayu003

Hardwicke, N., & Riemer, K. (2018). Do You Understand Our Understanding? Personas as Hermeneutic Tools in Social Technology Projects. 29th Australasian Conference on Information Systems (ACIS) 2018, Sydney: Australasian Conference on Information Systems. https://doi.org/10.5130/acis2018.dn

Healey-Benson, F. (2022). A Hermeneutic Phenomenological Investigation of the Lived Experiences of Educators Facilitating Higher-order Thinking Skills in Higher Education (Published doctoral thesis). University of Wales Trinity St. David. Repository.

Heidegger, M. (1971). Poetry, Language, Thought (A. Hofstader, Trans.). Harper & Row, New York, NY. (Original work published 1954).

McIntosh, I., & Wright, S. (2019). Exploring what the Notion of “Lived Experience” Offers for Social Policy Analysis. Journal of Social Policy, 48(3), 449–467. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0047279418000570

Nicol, J. J. (2008). Creating Vocative Texts. The Qualitative Report, 13(3), 316-333. https://doi.org/ 10.46743/2160-3715/2008.1581

Richman, J., & Mercer. J. (2002). The Vignette Revisited: Evil and the Forensic Nurse. Nurse Researcher, 9 (4): 70–82.

Skilling, K., Stylianides, G.J. (2020). Using vignettes in educational research: a framework for vignette construction. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 43(5), 541-556. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2019.1704243

Van Manen, M. (2014). Meaning-Giving Method In Phenomenological Research And Writing. Routledge, London.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm22 SES 02 E
Location: Adam Smith, LT 718 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Katerina Machovcova
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Examining the Market Orientation of Irish Higher Education Institutions

Tomás Dwyer

South East Technological University

Presenting Author: Dwyer, Tomás

This paper develops a framework for the measurement of the market orientation (MO) of higher education institutions (HEIs) and implements said framework in measuring the nature of MO in HEIs.

Market orientation (MO), a foundational concept in the discipline of marketing, can be understood as the degree to which a firm undertakes behaviours in generating and responding to information about customers and competitors to create value (Bhattarai et al., 2019). Ample evidence supports the benefits of MO on customer, performance and employee-related outcomes (Modi and Sahi, 2018).

The link between a MO and HEI performance has also been empirically established (Abou-Warda 2014). For example, research on the relationship between MO and the performance of academic staff (Kűster and Avilés-Valenzuela, 2010), on student satisfaction (Tran et al., 2015) as well as on a range of subjective assessments of HEI performance (Hammond and Webster, 2014) appears quite strong. This MO HEI performance relationship has been confirmed across a range of European HE contexts, for example Assad et al. (2015) in the United Kingdom, Tanrikulu and Gelibolu (2015) in Turkey, Nagy and Beracs (2012) in Hungary and Flavian and Lozano (2007) in Spain.

However, the transposition of a MO into a HEI context, while argued as warranted, is far from straightforward (Llonch at al., 2016; Rivera-Camino and Molero Ayala 2010; Akonkwa, 2009). The context specific aspects of implementing a MO in a HEI context requiring consideration are significant, namely the treatment of students, types of stakeholders including academic staff, relationship to competitors and the measurement of HEI performance. That is the MO concept needs to be ‘context-specific’ to HEIs (Akonkwa, 2009, p. 312).

A review of literature across European and International contexts serves as a guide for conceptualising MO in a HEI context (Llonch J. et al., 2016; Rivera-Camino and Molero Ayala 2010; Pavicic et al., 2009; Voon, 2008). Thus in a HE context MO is a culture with resulting behaviours, across all departments of the institution, that seeks to understand and respond to; students, collaborating/partner institutions, competitors, parents, employees, employers, funders, other stakeholders as well as wider society and the environment in an innovative and sustainable way. A framework consistent with this conceptualisation is presented as a tool to examine the nature of MO in HEIs. This framework informs the subsequent aim of this research to measure the nature of MO in HEIs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A content analysis categorising the manifest content of the strategic plans of six Irish HEIs using a deductive approach took place to measure the nature of MO in HEIs.
  
Content analysis is a systematic and rigorous method for making replicable and valid inferences from texts with the purpose of providing new insights (White and Marsh, 2006; Elo and Kyngäs, 2008; Bengtsson, 2016). Described as the dominant method for the analysis of ‘corporate narrative documents’ (Merkl-Davies et al., 2011) it allows categorising of textual information in an unobtrusive manner (Vaismoradi et al., 2013). These categories describing the phenomenon in turn provide knowledge and understanding of said phenomenon (Hsieh and Shannon, 2005; Elo and Kyngäs, 2008).

In line with a positivist research paradigm the study took a deductive approach to the content analysis using a priori content categories derived from framework developed (Merkl-Davies et al., 2011).

Irish HEIs have a legislative requirement to produce strategic plans – these plans provide insight into the strategic decision-making processes of the senior management of HEIs and would have the explicit approval and or involvement of the governing bodies of HEIs, their academic councils or legislature, presidents, registrars and development officers as well as being the result of some form of engagement and consultation with HEI staff and stakeholders.  

These strategic plans would not have been developed for the purpose of setting out the long-term direction of the organisations thus avoiding a respondent bias but providing an insight into the MO of these organisations.

The strategic plans from two types of Irish HEIs were analysed - three from universities and three from institutes of technology - reflecting an educational and geographical diversity in a national context in understanding the phenomena in question – the MO of HEIs.

NVivo software was utilised in the four stages of the data analysis process: the de-contextualisation, the re-contextualisation, the categorisation, and the compilation with each stage performed several times to enhance quality and trustworthiness (Bengtsson, 2016). The resulting analysis was a textual, numeric, “graphic and tabular presentation” (White and Marsh, 2006, p. 39).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings examine the MO of six HEIs across eleven dimensions reflective of the conceptualisation of MO; student orientation, employee orientation, sustainable innovation orientation, employer orientation, parent orientation, resource orientation, stakeholder orientation, societal orientation, competitor orientation, environment orientation, inter-functional coordination. Furthermore, the HEI type, geographical context, HEI size, research focus, degree of internationalisation and management of the HEIs were examined as part of this analysis.  

The research provides an examination of the MO of HEIs in an Irish context - which to date has not been undertaken. Furthermore, the research provides a framework for educational managers to implement and measure the MO of HEIs that has an applicability for HEIs across European contexts.  

References
Abou-Warda, S. H., (2014). A synthesis model of sustainable market orientation: conceptualization, measurement, and influence on academic accreditation–a case study of Egyptian-accredited faculties. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 24(2), 196-221.

Akonkwa, D. B. M. (2009). Is market orientation a relevant strategy for higher education institutions? Context analysis and research agenda. International Journal of Quality and Service Sciences, 1930, 311-333.

Asaad, Y., Melewar, T. C., & Cohen, G. (2015). Export market orientation behavior of universities: the British scenario. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 25(1), 127-154.

Bhattarai, C.R., Kwong, C.C. and Tasavori, M., 2019. Market orientation, market disruptiveness capability and social enterprise performance: An empirical study from the United Kingdom. Journal of Business Research, 96, pp.47-60.

Flavián, C., & Lozano, J. (2007). Market orientation of Spanish public universities: A suitable response to the growing competition. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 17(1), 91-116.

Hammond, K. L., & Webster, R. L. (2014). Informant characteristics as moderators in higher education research. Marketing Intelligence & Planning, 32(4), 398-412.

Küster, I. & Elena Avilés-Valenzuela, M. (2010). Market orientation in university: a case study. International Journal of Educational Management, 24(7), 597-614.

Llonch, J., Casablancas-Segura, C. and Alarcón-del-Amo, M.C., 2016. Stakeholder orientation in public universities: A conceptual discussion and a scale development. Spanish journal of marketing-esic, 20(1), pp.41-57.

Modi, P. and Sahi, G.K., 2018. Toward a greater understanding of the market orientation and internal market orientation relationship. Journal of Strategic Marketing, 26(6), pp.532-549.

Nagy, G. & Berács, J. (2012). Antecedents to the export market orientation of Hungarian higher education institutions, and their export performance consequences. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 22(2), 231-256.

Pavičić, J., Alfirević, N., & Mihanović, Z. (2009). Market orientation in managing relationships with multiple constituencies of Croatian higher education. Higher Education, 57(2), 191-207.

Rivera-Camino, J. and Molero Ayala, V., 2010. Market orientation at universities: Construct and exploratory validation. Innovar, 20(36), pp.125-138.

Tanrikulu, C., & Gelibolu, L. (2015). The Impacts of Perceived Market Orientation in Higher Education: Student as a Customer. Revista de Cercetare si Interventie Sociala, 49(2015),  156-172.

Tran, T. P., Blankson, C., & Roswinanto, W. (2015). Market orientation: an option for universities to adopt?. International Journal of Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Marketing, 20(4), 347-365.

Voon, B. H. (2008). SERVMO: A measure for service-driven market orientation in higher education. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 17(2), 216-237.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The dynamics of HE differentiation in Kazakhstan

Gulzhanat Gafu

Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Gafu, Gulzhanat

Different governments deal with restructuring their higher education systems in different ways, aiming for different outcomes. One of the growing tendencies in the national HE policy arena in different contexts has been an attempt to differentiate HE institutions into ‘teaching only’ and ‘research only’, as differentiating the academic system and drifting mission has been considered a primary factor in advancing research (van der Wende, 2014; Altbach, 2009). This paper explores recent reforms in HE system in Kazakhstan with regard to differentiating HEIs drawing upon perceptions of public universities and state-level policy document analysis through addresses the following questions:

  • What is the rationale behind the government’s differentiation policies?
  • How are the government’s differentiation policies perceived and responded to by HEIs?

This study was conducted as part of doctoral research at the University College London in 2016-2019.

During the early Independence period when the country’s efforts to transition from the dominant Soviet communist agenda of universities as teaching only with limited access to Western market-oriented ideology gave rise to private providers making HE more accessible and provoking massification. After the first decade of the 2000s, the government started seeking to optimise the number of HEIs by merging and/or closing some institutions that failed to meet state standards (OECD, 2017) and transform the system by creating research universities in order to encourage research and innovation development (parlam.kz, 2011). The government’s intention was to concentrate research capacity in selected research universities, giving them more budgetary funding for generating new technologies and innovation, while the rest of the HEIs were recommended to strategize their operations for advancing regional-level research (Canning, 2017). With diverse missions and differentiated by their scope for research and teaching, HEIs are stratified with research universities being at the top of the system and whose main focus is the generation and transfer of new knowledge through research and innovation.

As part of the broader differentiating policies with the focus on developing selected universities into research-intensive institutions, the government implemented a change in the organizational system of public HEIs from state enterprise to a non-commercial joint-stock company type with 100% state ownership, as well as introducing a board of trustees and various councils who will be engaged in governing the university collectively. This reform is carried out in order to provide legal opportunities for enlarging academic and governance autonomy of HEIs which is a completely new phenomenon for the HE system of Kazakhstan. However, what participants conveyed is that while there is an awareness of differentiation policies and drivers behind the emphasis towards developing research in HE, there is no particular effect is observed in relation to their work so far. This might be due to the state policies remaining at a documentary level with no further actions or processes of implementation being carried out or accentuated so far.

While differentiating HEIs might be considered as “tidying up the mess in the system” (policy-maker respondent), it inevitably creates vertical stratification between them. As such, in the case of Kazakhstan with large territories and the system is yet between Soviet legacy and the global hegemony of competition and global positioning (Deem, Mok and Lukas, 2008; Ishikawa, 2009), stratification caused by inequalities of resources in the condition of scarce funding, raises the question of excellence versus equity, and a danger of creating more marginalised institutions while the elites prosper (Halfmann and Leydesdorff, 2010). Such a scenario might be highly probable with institutions located regionally already suffer from insufficient financial and human resources while being pressurised by various state performance-based requirements.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative semi-structured interviews and documentary analysis were employed to answer the following questions:
• What is the rationale behind the government’s differentiation policies?
• How are the government’s differentiation policies perceived and responded to by HEIs?
A total of 29 interviews with key administration and academic staff including senior members of staff in charge of strategic development at three regional public universities, NU and Ministry were conducted. The data gathered from the interviews were triangulated through the analysis of state-level and institutional policy documents. Data was analysed using thematic analysis.
Three public universities were selected from the list of public universities from three regions that have similar characteristics. All three universities are multiversities training specialists in a range of specialities in art, humanities, social sciences and sciences. State universities have always been a bedrock of the higher education system in Kazakhstan, and, being under the centralised governance of the Ministry of Education and Science, have a high level of accountability, and are expected to follow the governmental line. All state universities have the same status in the higher education legislation and are not stratified by their legal standing. Additionally, due to the vast territory of Kazakhstan, the regions were selected for the travel convenience.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of this study convey to us a differentiation story in Kazakhstan that is largely based on two perspectives. Firstly, as most of the existing research in the field acknowledged the idea of diversity and differentiation based on the re-structuring of HE due to expansion and massification (Meek et al, 2000; Douglass, 2007), differentiation in Kazakhstan has also been dictated by the expansion of HE after Independence and by the growth of private providers. Secondly, what seems clear is that differentiation policies are largely dictated by a rhetoric of universal globalisation and the benefits of a knowledge economy (Dakka, 2015) and the global challenges faced by national systems (Palfreyman and Tapper, 2009). The importance of research promoted by league tables is another drive behind national governments striving to create and support research universities (Hazelkorn, 2011; 2012). This largely explains the Kazakhstan government’s emphasis on encapsulating the notion of the ‘Research University’ in policy documents, while it gives an impression of a de-jure differentiation from other categories of HEIs which exist only on paper. Moreover, it is not clear from the policy documents how research universities will be developed further from the existing institutions.
At this stage of development, the government’s changing ideas about how to categorize institutions to make the system more effective and quality sustainable, might not be advantageous for the systems in middle-income economies, like Kazakhstan, with scarce funds available for public universities. Moreover, in centralized systems where HEIs are not yet autonomous differentiating by categories causes stratification separating institutions into mass and elite, as resource dependency and central regulation likely limit public universities' activities while private universities prosper. Rather, with less state intervention and more freedom, universities might better navigate healthy competition among themselves and better tailor their teaching and research.

References
Altbach, P. (2009). Peripheries and centers: research universities in developing countries. Asia Pacific Education Review, 10(1), 15-27.
Canning, M. (2017). The context for higher education development in Kazakhstan. In M. Hartley and A. Ruby (Eds.), Higher education reform and development: the case of Kazakhstan, pp.65-82. Cambridge University Press.
Dakka, F. (2015). Differentiation without diversity: the political economy of higher education transformation. In J. Huisman et al (Eds.), The Palgrave international handbook of higher education policy and governance, pp.323-341. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Deem, R., Lucas, L. and Mok, K. (2008). Transforming higher education in whose image? Exploring the concept of the ‘world-class’ university in Europe and Asia. Higher Education Policy, 21(1), 83.
Douglass, J. (2007). The conditions for admission access, equity, and the social contract of public universities. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.
Halfmann, W. and Leydesdorff, L. (2010). Is inequality among universities increasing? Gini coefficients and the elusive rise of elite universities. Minerva, 48(1), 55–72.
Hazelkorn, E. (2011). Measuring world-class excellence and the global obsession with rankings. In R. King, S. Marginson and R. Naidoo (Eds.), Handbook on globalisation and higher education, pp.497-516. Cheltenham, UK; Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar.
Hazelkorn, E. (2012). Restructuring the higher education landscape. University world news. No 240.
Ishikawa, M. (2009). University rankings, global models, and emerging hegemony: critical analysis from Japan. Journal of Studies in International Education, 13(2), 159-173.
Meek, L.V. (2000). Understanding diversity and differentiation in higher education: an overview. Higher Education Policy, 13(1), 1-6.
OECD, (2017). Higher education in Kazakhstan (reviews of National Policies for Education). Paris: OECD.
Palfreyman, D. and Tapper, T. (Eds.). (2009). Structuring mass higher education: the role of elite institutions. New York and London: Routledge.
Wende, M. van der (2014). Trends towards Global excellence in undergraduate education: taking the liberal arts experience into the 21st Century. International Journal of Chinese Education, 2(2), 289-307.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Exploring Consumerism in UK Higher Education: Student Complaints as Empowerment?

Rille Raaper

Durham University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Raaper, Rille

Drawing on the ideas of consumer activism, this paper discusses the student as consumer complaints as an important but often overlooked mode of political agency in marketised universities. The paper starts with unpacking the notions of consumer choice as they relate to the process of boycotting and buycotting. I will then discuss how consumer rights and complaints intersect in marketised higher education (HE) and introduce a number of prominent student complaints from the UK context. The focus of this paper is centred around the question: To what extent can consumer rights provide students with political agency in marketised HE? While this paper is centred around the UK context, it argues that the rise of student complaints is also characteristic of many other European countries.

From a neoliberal perspective, consumers are seen empowered when they have enough choice to exercise their economic interest. Consumption from such perspective involves agency and can be viewed as ‘a free choice to be exercised by individual consumers who are at liberty to pursue their own private needs’ (Shaw et al., 2006, 1054). Many (e.g., McShane & Sabadoz, 2015; Shankar et al., 2006), however, argue that the idea of empowerment through mere consumer choice is misleading. It raises questions about who is engineering the choice, or what privileges are needed to have any actual choice in an economic market.

I argue that to view consumption as a political act, it demands that consumers recognise existing market structures that privilege the corporate profit-seeking and make critical links between their own consumption patterns and broader social issues. When consumers act as citizens, the process of consumption gets intersected with moral and political elements of production and distribution.

It is interesting to consider the extent to which students engage in consumer activism. It is likely that they do so as regards their consumption practices on campuses and beyond as existing research on students’ food preferences has highlighted. The difficulty, however, emerges when we try to consider how students practise boycotting and buycotting in relation to their university choices. Some may use the word of mouth to favour certain universities over others, depending on their political or ethical practices. Or it could be that some actively opt out from studying in Oxbridge or Ivy league due to their exclusionary practices or colonial history. Such choices related to rejecting certain universities should be seen as political acts. These acts, however, are not available to all, and for most students studying in the highest tariff universities is not an option they could consider at all.

Arbel and Shapira (2020a, 2020b) introduce a concept of ‘nudnik’ to capture consumers who are complaints focused and whose actions lead to various legal and reputational sanctions for businesses and corporations. Unlike the usual consumer activists who place their energy on pre-consumption choice making, a nudnik’s agency reflects in demanding that their expectations are met after consumption has taken place (Arbel & Shapira, 2020a). Furthermore, nudniks pursue action even in cases where most consumers remain passive; for them, to complain is a right thing to do even if it relates to something rather minor or does not result in direct individual benefit (Arbel & Shapira, 2020a, 2020b; Furth-Matzkin, 2021).

The idea of consumer as nudnik is an important avenue for exploring consumer agency in HE. It enables us to consider how the student as consumer position can become empowering after the student has entered or exited HE. This is particularly important in marketised universities where students are increasingly positioned as self-interested, focused on value for money and demanding of individual employment outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper forms a chapter in my forthcoming book, titled ‘Student Identity and Political Agency: Activism, Representation and Consumer Rights’. The paper centres around the UK setting, and it will provide a rigorous account of how UK students have been defined as consumers by British laws and what are the procedures that exist for students to raise complaints. While the first half of the paper is built on theories and legal frameworks, the second part draws on media cases as well as reports from the Office for Independent Adjudicator (OIA), to outline various exemplary cases of student complaints.

UK universities are required to comply with the consumer protection law, set by the Consumer Rights Act 2015. The Act formalises student-university relations in terms of information provision, terms and conditions, and complaints handling (Competition and Markets Authority, 2015) To certain extent, the system is built around students as consumers being permitted and even encouraged to complain when the service they receive does not meet their expectations.

The UK Government has also introduced an important actor of the Office of the Independent Adjudicator for Higher Education which is the main adjudicator for reviewing and overseeing consumer rights related complaints. Their function is to review the unresolved complaints from students about their HE provider. Furthermore, the OIA produces and disseminates annual reports on complaints handled to inform policies and practices across the HE sector, bringing reputational damage who do not comply with OIA’s recommendations.

The OIA annual reports indicate that there has been a significant rise in student complaints in the UK. The OIA received 2763 complaints in 2021 which was an overall rise by more than 70% between 2016 and 2021 (OIA, 2021). The majority of complaints were declared to be ‘Not Justified’, and only 27% of cases were assessed in favour of the student (OIA, 2021). The OIA made recommendations of final compensation totalling £792,504 from which the highest financial compensation was just over £68,000, and 63 students received amounts of or over £5,000 (OIA, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper will demonstrate that most student as consumer complaints tend to relate to either academic provision and programme delivery (e.g., teaching, supervision, feedback), deficiencies in facilities or the behaviour of individual staff members.

The paper will also argue that while the UK HE is possibly an extreme example of consumerist policy discourses, similar tendencies are likely to occur elsewhere in relation to student rights to complain, and questions around value for money. As HE scholars and practitioners, we often refuse to consider any positives of consumerism as it applies to universities, and perhaps fairly so, given that the policy discourses are so brutal about constructing students as consumers. Viewing students as consumers is likely to go against all established academic understandings of what education is for and how students are expected to engage with curricula, academics, or even the university as a place. However, this does not mean that there could not be an important agency involved in cases where students engage with consumer complaints procedures.

As student complaints are on the rise, it seems pertinent to consider student positioning as nudnik who exercises their political agency through consumer rights, individual complaints and reputational damage caused to universities. Many (e.g., see Buckton, 2008; Fulford & Skea, 2019; Harris, 2007; Jones, 2006; McGregor, 2016) would argue that the student awareness of consumer rights has increased over the years which can be credited to tuition fee increases as well as students’ increased knowledge of their rights in HE. Examining student complaints processes can therefore reveal the power of students as consumers and agency they have in relation to prevailing market forces. It is also an opportunity to add nuance to the concept of student agency in marketised HE where collective forms of student organising have become less frequent and more fragmented.

References
Arbel, Y. A., & Shapira, R. (2020a). Theory of the nudnik: the future of consumer activism and what we can do to stop it. Vanderbilt Law Review, 73(4), 929-988.
Arbel, Y. A., & Shapira, R. (2020b). Consumer activism: From the informed minority to the crusading minority. DePaul Law Review, 69(2), 223-268.
Buckton, L. (2008). Student complaints and appeals: the practitioner’s view. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 12(1), 11-14.
Competition and Markets Authority. (2015). UK higher education providers – Advice on consumer protection law. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/higher-education-consumer-law-advice-for-providers
Fulford, A., & Skea, C. (2019). 3. Student Complaints: Performative or Passionate Utterances? Philosophy and Theory in Higher Education, 1(2), 55-74. doi:10.3726/ptihe.2019.02.03
Furth-Matzkin, M. (2021). The Distributive Impacts of Nudnik-based Activism. Vanderbilt Law Review En Banc, 74, 469-488.
Harris, N. (2018). Resolution of student complaints in higher education institutions. Legal Studies, 27(4), 566-603.
Jones, G. (2006). ‘I wish to register a complaint’: the growing complaints culture in higher education. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 10(3), 69-73.
McGregor, S. L. T. (2016). Framing consumer education conceptual innovations as consumer activism. International Journal of Consumer Studies, 40(1), 35-47.
McShane, L., & Sabadoz, C. (2015). Rethinking the concept of consumer empowerment: recognizing consumers as citizens. International Journal of Consumer Studies, 39(5), 544-551.
Office of the Independent Adjudicator for Higher Education (OIA). (2021). Annual report 2021. Retrieved from https://www.oiahe.org.uk/media/2706/oia-annual-report-2021.pdf
Shankar, A., Tiu Wright, L., Cherrier, H., & Canniford, R. (2006). Consumer empowerment: a Foucauldian interpretation. European Journal of Marketing, 40(9/10), 1013-1030.
Shaw, D., Tiu Wright, L., Newholm, T., & Dickinson, R. (2006). Consumption as voting: an exploration of consumer empowerment. European Journal of Marketing, 40(9/10), 1049-1067.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm23 SES 02 A: Datafied Temporalities and Temporal Modalities of Data Practices: Emerging Concepts in Educational Governance Research. (Part 2)
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Berit Karseth
Session Chair: Anna Hogan
Symposium continued from 23 SES 01 A
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Datafied Temporalities and Temporal Modalities of Data Practices: Emerging Concepts in Educational Governance Research. Part 2

Chair: Berit Karseth (University of Oslo)

Discussant: Bob Lingard (University of Queensland)

Educational data, including test data and other types of performance data, as well as accounting data, register data, and survey data, have for a long time been used to compare students, schools, and countries (Grek, 2009; Sellar & Lingard, 2018). Contemporarily, the use of educational data and data technologies in the governance of public education is changing, if not rising. These data are now subject to algorithmic processing and modelling, such as clustering and forecasting. Measurements of progression over time, prolongations or projections of the past into the future (Adams, Murphy, & Clarke, 2009), and the identification of future risks all seek to control the future via timely policy or management responses in the present. Data are furthermore used to create institutional aspirations (Lewis, 2018) or policymaking rooted in fear of the future (Webb & Gulson, 2012), and to constitute imagined communities and common pasts (Piattoeva & Tröhler, 2019). In other words, the public governance of education via data is permeated by temporalities such as progression and potentiality in relation to the formation of societies, populations, and individuals.

This double symposium explores the temporal dimensions of the use and impact of educational data in the governance of education theoretically, conceptually, and methodologically (Lingard, 2021). The symposium theorizes time and temporality in relation to the use of data in educational governance by drawing on post-structuralist, socio-material, and new materialist concepts of time as enacted in policy and data practices and as productive of educational realities (Adam, 1998; Decuypere, Hartong, & van de Oudeweetering, 2022; Ratner, 2020). The symposium problematizes conventional understandings of time and temporality by discussing both embedded policy conceptions of time, power struggles over and in time, shifting temporalities of educational governance, the production of futures and pasts through various knowledge practices, temporal practices of control and optimization with reference to the future, and time as a mechanism of governance.

By presenting historical and contemporary case studies spanning across education policy, educational organization and management, and teacher practices, the symposium unpacks various aspects of the temporality of educational governance with data. These include for example the promissory futures of datafication and digitalization; the role of data displaying risky futures as a mobilizer for urgent and/or cautious policy and management decisions; the politics of time aided by the datafication of time; and the temporalities of performance measurement and teacher practices, encompassing both simultaneity, acceleration, immediacy, and hesitation. Through these case studies, time in educational governance with data emerges as both an object or asset that can be possessed and managed in the everyday practices of education, a structuring mechanism that education can be managed and govern through, and an analytical lenses for the study of temporalized modalities of educational governance.

Methodologically, the case studies include historical and ethnographic methodologies as well as policy studies and discourse analysis, and the methods used encompass interviews, observations, platform walkthroughs, and document studies. The case studies span across Denmark, Norway, Finland, Estonia, and transnational policy contexts. Through this polyvalent approach, the symposium aims at exploring the temporal dimensions of governing education with data from a variety of contexts and perspectives, with the aim of generating synthesizing conceptualizations that may push the research field forward. These include ‘datafied temporalities’, indicating how data are used to create temporalities with governing effects in education, and ‘temporal modalities of data practices’, indicating how data practices in educational governance affect temporalities of governance and teacher practices. With these conceptualizations, the double symposium unpacks an emerging research agenda in educational governance research.


References
Adam, B. (1998). Timescapes of Modernity: The Environment and Invisible Hazards. London: Routledge.
Adams, V., Murphy, M., & Clarke, A. E. (2009). Anticipation: Technoscience, life, affect, temporality. Subjectivity, 28(1), 246-265.
Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European educational research journal EERJ, 147490412210763.
Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: the PISA 'effect' in Europe. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 23-37.
Lewis, S. (2018). PISA 'Yet To Come': governing schooling through time, difference and potential. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(5), 683-697.
Lingard, B. (2021). Multiple temporalities in critical policy sociology in education. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 338-353.
Piattoeva, N., & Tröhler, D. (2019). Nations and numbers: The bana nationalism of education performance data. International Journal for the Historiography of Education, 9(2), 245-249.
Ratner, H. (2020). Topologies of Organization: Space in Continuous Deformation. Organization Studies, 41(11), 1513-1530.
Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2018). International large-scale assessments, affective worlds and policy impacts in education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 31(5), 367-381.
Webb, P. T., & Gulson, K., N. (2012). Policy prolepsis in education: Encounters, becomings, and phantasms. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 33(1), 87-99.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Mundane Governance of Education through Time: The Case of National Testing in Norway

Ida Martinez Lunde (University of Oslo), Nelli Piattoeva (Tampere University)

National tests in Norway are part of the National Quality Assessment System, and the tests are mandatory in Norwegian, English and Mathematics at 5th, 8th and 9th grade. They have a dual function: increasing quality in schools and enabling insight into educational output (Skedsmo, 2009). The Norwegian school system is widely dispersed. In this context, national tests attempt to align the diverse policies and practices in Norwegian schools, and to clarify and (re)distribute responsibilities between local, municipal, and national levels in ways that also involve temporal dimensions. We draw from the theoretical strands that are ontologically embedded in the assumption of the mundaneness of governance and the active role of non-humans in its enablement (Woolgar & Neyland, 2013). The approach of policy instrumentation focuses on the mechanisms through which “authorities … [seek] to shape, normalise and instrumentalise the conduct, thought, decisions and aspirations of others in order to achieve the objectives they consider desirable” (Miller & Rose, 1990: 8). Looking at national tests as policy instruments, we then zoom further onto their functioning in two intertwined ways: as instruments governing time and governing through temporal elements. Here we bring together perspectives from the sociology of time that emphasise the sociomaterial and technoscientific construction of time and temporality, and time as a resource of governance (Adam, 2004; May & Thrift, 2001). We examine how these temporal elements, together, enable governance by the central authorities as a performative effect. The main research question we ask is: How do national assessments govern (through) time? Empirically, we analyse policy documents from the Directorate for Education and Training that outline specific recommendations and guidelines for the preparation, execution and interpretation of national tests. We also draw from ‘Statistikk’, a branch of the Directorate’s webpage that offers visualizations of national testing data. Whereas policy analysis is habitually concerned with flashy policy papers, such as strategies, programmes and decrees, we argue for the importance of looking at the gray and dull manuals, instructions, recommendations and similar mundane documents to disentangle the operations of governance through policy instruments and temporal processes specifically. We start the analysis by identifying three rhythms (yearly, processual and digital) as analytical entry points into the data, and look closely into how each of them governs time and through temporal processes. We argue that governance (through) time incites different actors across the country and across scales (schools, municipality) to align their practices.

References:

Adam, B. (2004). Time. Cambridge, UK ;: Polity. May, J., & Thrift, N. (2001). Timespace : geographies of temporality. London: Routledge. Miller, P., & Rose, N. (1990). Governing economic life. Economy and Society, 19(1), 1-31. doi:10.1080/03085149000000001 Skedsmo, G. (2009). School governing in transition? Perspectives, purposes and perceptions of evaluation policy. University of Oslo, Oslo. Woolgar, S., & Neyland, D. (2013). Mundane governance : ontology and accountability (1. ed. ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 

Governing Education through Graphs, Charts, and Diagrams: Visualizing the Past, Present, and the Desirable Future

Tatiana Mikhaylova (University of Gävle), Daniel Pettersson (University of Gävle)

Data visualization has become an integral part of governing education, greatly expanding its reach and influence in the digital age. From tracking the performance of individual students to monitoring the overall success of educational systems, data visualization serves as a powerful tool for informing policy and decision-making on both global and local levels. By providing an easy-to-understand representation of numerical data, it helps governments to quickly identify patterns and trends over time, make calculations about the future and communicate complex information in ways that are both informative and aesthetically pleasing. While there has recently been an increased interest in understanding the role of numbers in shaping education policy (e.g., Pettersson, 2020), visual representations have so far received little attention. Given the importance attached to data in education governance (Williamson, 2016), this gap is surprising. The aim of this paper is, therefore, to contribute insights on how images, words and numbers work together to produce knowledge that makes educational systems amenable to analysis, comparison, and governance (Decuypere & Landri, 2021; Williamson, 2016). More precisely, we explore how quantitates are transformed into geometric shapes, arrows, bars, and vectors to create persuasive accounts of what ‘works’ and what needs to be fixed. We do so by analyzing abstract non-representational pictures employed by international education agencies (such as OECD and UNESCO) in their reports from the last three decades. Inspired by Science and Technologies Studies (Daston & Galison, 2007; Latour, 2012; Lynch & Woolgar, 1990), we consider data visualization a specific technique of knowledge production that structures our understanding of educational spaces and temporalities (cf. Decuypere & Simons, 2020). Although data visualization is often assigned the role of ‘cognitive aid’, the preliminary results of our study indicate that it is not as transparent and self-evident as it is widely believed. By allowing the viewer to ‘see’ the past and present and to imagine the future, graphs, charts, and diagrams convey the impression as if they were entirely devoid of politics. With this promise of objectivity visual representations turn invisible phenomena into ‘noisy’ but ‘beautiful’ evidence (Halpern, 2015; Lynch, 1991). Nevertheless, data visualization presupposes filtering of what can be seen, in what ways and for what purposes. As such, it operates as a mode of preemptive governance (cf. Massumi, 2007), whereby the visualized pasts and projected (un-)desirable futures are brought into and organize the present.

References:

Daston, L., & Galison, P. (2007). Objectivity. New York: Zone Books. Decuypere, M., & Landri, P. (2021). Governing by visual shapes: university rankings, digital education platforms and cosmologies of higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 17-33. Decuypere, M., & Simons, M. (2020). Pasts and futures that keep the possible alive: Reflections on time, space, education and governing. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 640-652. doi:10.1080/00131857.2019.1708327 Halpern, O. (2015). Beautiful Data: A History of Vision and Reason since 1945. Durham: Duke University Press. Latour, B. (2012). Visualisation and Cognition: Drawing Things Together. Avant (Toruń)(3), 207-257. Lynch, M. (1991). Pictures of Nothing? Visual Construals in Social Theory. Sociological Theory, 9(1), 1-21. doi:10.2307/201870 Lynch, M., & Woolgar, S. (1990). Representation in scientific practice. Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press. Massumi, B. (2007). Potential Politics and the Primacy of Preemption. Theory & event, 10(2), N_A. Pettersson, D. (2020). A comparativistic narrative of expertise: International large-scale assessments as the encyclopaedia of educational knowledge. In G. Fan & T. S. Popkewitz (Eds.), Handbook of Education Policy Studies: School/University, Curriculum, and Assessment, Volume 2. Singapore: Springer Singapore Pte. Limited. Williamson, B. (2016). Digital education governance: data visualization, predictive analytics, and 'real-time' policy instruments. Journal of Education Policy, 31(2), 123-141.
 

Entangled Temporalities of Teaching with Digital Data Visualizations: An Ethnographic Study of Multiple, Contrasting, and Competing Temporalities in Danish Schools

Maria Birch Rokoguniwai (Aarhus University)

The shift from analogue to digital learning materials in Danish primary and lower secondary schools introduces new technologies to teachers’ work lives and experiences. This paper pays attention to data visualizations in digital learning materials. They provide teachers with instant overviews about student performance or learning. Data visualizations are graphic representations often categorizing learners through colors like red, green, and yellow or comparing learners in classrooms, across municipalities, nationwide, or to previous performance scores through progression curves. Data visualizations are mostly used as part of teachers’ assessments practices. I conceptualize data as more-than-human phenomena invested with diverse forms of vitalities (Lupton, 2020), and they thus have worldmaking abilities. Based on ethnographic fieldwork at two Danish primary and lower secondary schools, I explore the entanglement of multiple temporalities present when teachers (dis)engage with data visualizations. Drawing on feminist philosopher Karen Barad’s concept of spacetimemattering (2007) and feminist scholar Sarah Sharma’s notion of the politics of time (2014), the aim of the article is to pay attention to how multiple temporalities entangle, differentiate, contrast, and compete (Plotnikof & Mumby, 2023). Examining the influence of data visualizations in teachers’ work, I ask: What particular time constructs entangle and compete when teachers meet data visualizations? What are the different logics entailed in the multiple temporalities? And how does the entanglement of temporalities reconfigure teachers’ practices? Through empirical material generated through participant observations, I explore three different temporalities and examine how they differ, contrast, compete, and how they reconfigure and organize teachers’ work practices. The first temporality is present in the data visualizations and has characteristics of instantaneity and immediacy. The second temporality is present in teachers’ assessment practices, which are based on careful consideration, deliberation, and hesitation. I argue that while the temporalities embedded in digital data visualizations are characterized by speed, they do not necessarily speedup teachers’ assessment practices. However, teachers’ work experiences are affected by different temporal orders. This is evident in the third temporality, which unfolds through digital learning materials automating the teachers’ task of assessment through data visualizations. The digital learning materials promises teachers to ‘save time’ on the “unimportant” and “boring” task of assessing and correcting (some) student material. Not having the bodily experience of spending time assessing student material affects teachers’ in various ways.

References:

Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Lupton, D. (2020). Data selves: More-than-human perspectives. Polity. Plotnikof, M., & Mumby, D. K. (2023). Temporal multimodality and performativity: Exploring politics of time in the discursive, communicative constitution of organization. Organization, 13505084221145648. https://doi.org/10.1177/13505084221145649 Sharma, S. (2014). In the meantime: Temporality and cultural politics. Duke University Press.
 

Temporal Justice, Temporal Politics and Temporal Hierarchies: School Networks, School Transport and Dynamics of Educational Policy-making and Politics in Finland

Tommi Wallenius (University of Lapland), Saija Volmari (University of Helsinki)

In many EU countries, urbanization and aging of population present significant challenges for arranging welfare system services including education (EC, 2018). In Finland, the demographic transition has already dramatically shaped the national school network especially in the depopulated rural areas. During the last 20 years, the number of Finnish basic education schools (ISCED 1 &2) has dropped to a half and the average number of pupils per school has doubled (Vallinkoski, 2017). In terms of school transport, particularly pupils in the rural areas spend longer hours commuting to and from basic education. In the population scenarios for future decades, a similar or even an accelerating development is anticipated (FNAE, 2020; MDI, 2022). Social equality, including regional equality, is one of the corner stones of the Nordic welfare state. In Finnish basic education, this take on equality can be witnessed in the ideal of equal education for all regardless of e.g. geographic origin (Kalalahti, 2021). The starting point of this article is that regional and geographical equality is a matter of both spatial (Soja, 2010) and temporal justice (Tyssedal, 2021). By using the recent governmental, regional, and local reports and policy papers as data, the article examines the dynamics of Finnish basic education politics and governance in school network planning and school transport policies. The key theoretical concepts employed in this article are the concept of temporal justice (Tyssedal, 2021) and temporalized politics (Goetz, 2009; Palonen, 2008). Furthermore, the use of a sense of urgency in decision-making and time as a limited resource, are discussed. The authors assert that temporality plays a significant role in the complex dynamics of education policymaking and politics. Limitations posed by time and the urgent solutions needed to ensure the survival of welfare state, are central technologies of modern education governance. At the same time, regional and local politicians need to cater for the needs of their local community to ensure re-election. Finally, the authors argue that an unintended consequence of the school transport and school network policies is a hierarchy in which rural families and children spend most of their time commuting and “quality time” (Tyssedal, 2021) is a privilege reserved to families living in urban areas. Nevertheless, the rural families are by no means powerless. Their agency lies in their freedom and ability to choose a residence that best serves their families´ needs and fits their perceptions of what constitutes a good life.

References:

European Commission, D.-G. f. E. a. F. A. (2018). The 2018 ageing report: economic & budgetary projections for the 28 EU Member States (2016-2070). Retrieved from FNAE. (2020). Future Outlook for Basic Education and the School Network. Reports of Finnish National Agency of Education. Retrieved from https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/Perusopetuksen_ja_kouluverkon_tulevaisuudennakymia.pdf Goetz, K. H., & Meyer-Sahling, J.-H. (2009). Political time in the EU: dimensions, perspectives, theories. Journal of European public policy, 16(2), 180-201. doi:10.1080/13501760802589198 Kalalahti, M., & Varjo, J. (2021). Revisiting universalism in the Finnish education system. Finnish Journal of Social Research, 13, 25-40. doi:10.51815/fjsr.110792 MDI. (2022). Population Scenario in Finland. Powerpoint-presentation. Retrieved from https://www.mdi.fi/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/MDIn-vaestoennuste-2022_300922.pdf Palonen, K. (2008). The Politics of Limited Times. The Rhetoric of Temporal Judgment in Parliamentary Democracies. Baden-Baden: Nomos. Soja, E. W. (2010). Seeking spatial justice. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Tyssedal, J. J. (2021). The Value of Time Matters for Temporal Justice. Ethical theory and moral practice, 24(1), 183-196. doi:10.1007/s10677-020-10149-1 Vallinkoski, A. (2017). Koulujen kato [Disappearence of Schools]. Yliopisto-lehti, 2017(8).
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm23 SES 02 B: Evidence
Location: James Watt South Building, J7 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Maria Vieites Casado
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Evidence-Based Teaching Interventions: a Critical Discourse Analysis of their Impact on Teachers’ Abilities to Develop Diverse Pedagogies

Jacklyn Barry

University of Plymouth, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Barry, Jacklyn

The movement ‘toward the use of evidence in education in Europe’ (Pellegrini and Vivanet, 2021) is ubiquitous in England. Despite the ongoing and polarising debate about the value and meaning of evidence-based policy and practice, schools attempt to fulfil the expectations set out by policy makers who promote the use of scientific evidence (Wiseman et al., 2010:1). In doing so, school leaders often allocate a portion of their limited funds to evidence-based teaching interventions with many time-poor settings turning to commercially available packaged products. These are bought with the intention of making education more effective, or doing ‘what works’ in the classroom (Biesta, 2020:51), a concept made prevalent by the view that the medical-model can provide the solution to all of the problems in education (Biesta, 2010:492).  

As a result, to ‘affect a scientific legitimacy’, intervention products can often draw on neuroscience, cognitive science and/or psychology (Geake, 2009:1) as is the case with products such as Building Learning Power and the Thrive approach (Claxton, 2002; Thrive, 2021).   

In the past, intervention products such as these have been added to teacher pedagogy, only to find that the theories on which they rely have later been questioned. For example, it is argued that the mandated method of teaching phonics in early years and primary education ‘is not sufficiently underpinned by research evidence’ (Wyse & Bradbury, 2022:1). This situation is not uncommon. A further example is the wide-spread practice in the 2000s of tailoring teaching to support students’ individual learning styles, the basis of which is now considered to be a neuromyth and is widely discredited (Kirschner, 2016). While the teaching of learning styles has abated, the effects, mainly the misconception that one has a particular mode of learning, remain (Sumeraki and Kaminske, 2020).  It is important that we consider the possible effects that readily adopting evidence-based strategies such as these can have, not just on students and their learning but, on teachers and their teaching. 

This problem is especially topical as in recent years, the government in England has allocated more than a billion pounds ‘catch up funding’ for learning interventions in primary and secondary schools across the country (DfE,2020b).  The use of such interventions is expected to help address the many hours of lost teaching time experienced during the Covid-19 pandemic (DfE, 2020a; DfE,2020b). ​ Given the instability in which education has been operating, more knowledge is needed to better understand how these evidence-based products, in which our schools both trust and invest, come to be used.​ Understanding the processes through which learning science makes its way from the research into teaching practice could help us to understand the incentive for its use and, if deemed appropriate, implement it more effectively. 


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I am currently in the final stage of my doctoral study, in which I have been investigating the relationship between evidence and teaching pedagogy, specifically through how information is presented and changed. Within a critical discourse analysis methodology, I have drawn on Bernstein’s theories on the structuring of pedagogic discourse, specifically the process of recontextualization (Bernstein, 1990), to explore the notion of evidence-based practice as it applies to teacher knowledge and identity.  
 
I questioned the use of ‘brain-based’ (Geake, 2009) interventions and what their use might suggest about the evidence that is perceived as valuable and how that might be being transferred in schools in England. To investigate this process, I conducted key informant interviews with four members of staff involved in converting research into practice in four primary schools. I spoke to teaching assistants, teachers, curriculum leads, governors and special education needs coordinators. Following these interviews, I have drawn on Fairclough’s discourse analysis framework to consider each participant’s ‘relation to knowledge, their relation with others, and their relation with themselves’ (Fairclough, 2003:29).   

It is argued that ‘to research meaning-making, one needs to look at interpretations of texts as well as texts themselves’ (Fairclough, 2003: 15) and so I have also collected and analysed ten pieces of documentary data which gives insight into evidence-based interventions which have been, or are currently being, used in English schools.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Currently, I am well positioned to prepare a presentation which details my initial findings around the effects of evidence-based interventions on the perceptions of teachers’ profession, professionalism, and professionality.  

Early indications are that the reliance on these types of evidence-based interventions is a form of ‘complexity reduction’ (Biesta, 2020:40), one which draws from a specific form of knowledge and which arguably seeks to provide certainty in education. At this point, I am considering how policymakers’ emphasis on evidence-based practice and interventions could be leading to ’a narrowing of what counts as educational knowledge’ with the effect of potentially ‘deprofessionalising teachers’ (Hordern, 2019:2).  A possible result is that in reducing complexity, the range of pedagogies available to teachers is limited. With fewer strategies from which to draw there is an impact on teachers' ability to adapt to the unique contexts and diverse students which they support.

References
Bernstein, B. (1990) Class, Codes and Control Volume IV: The Structuring of Pedagogic Discourse, Routledge, New York.   

Biesta, G. (2010) Why ‘what works’ still won’t work: from evidence-based education to value-based education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 29, pp. 491-503.   

Biesta, G (2020) Educational research: An Unorthodox Introduction, Bloomsbury, London. 

Claxton, G. (2002) Building Learning Power, TLO Limited, Bristol.  

Department for Education, (2020a) Guidance: Coronavirus (Covid-19) catch-up premium, available at:  https://www.gov.uk/guidance/coronavirus-covid-19-catch-up-premium [accessed 18/09/2020].   

Department for Education, (2020b) Billion pound Covid catch-up plan to tackle impact of lost teaching time, available at: Billion pound Covid catch-up plan to tackle impact of lost teaching time - GOV.UK (www.gov.uk) [accessed 15/01/2022].   

Fairclough, N. (2003) Analysing Discourse: Textual analysis for social research, Routledge, Oxon.  

Geake, J. (2009) The Brain at School: Educational Neuroscience in the Classroom. Berkshire: Open University Press.   

Hordern, J. (2019) Knowledge, Evidence, and the Configuration of Educational Practice, Education Sciences, 9(70), pp. 1-11.   

Kirschner, P.A. (2016) Stop propagating the learning styles myth, Computers & Education, 106 (1), pp. 166-171.  

Pellegrini, M. and Vivanet, G. (2021) Evidence-Based Policies in Education: Initiatives and Challenges in Europe, ECNU Review of Education, 4(1), pp. 25-45.

Thrive (2021) About Thrive, Available at: About Thrive and our approach to wellbeing - The Thrive Approach [Accessed on 18/05/2021].  

Wisemen, A., Whitty, G., Tobin, J. and Tsui, A. (2010) The use of evidence for educational policymaking: global contexts and international trends. Review of Research in Education, 34, pp. 1-24.   

Wyse, D. and Bradbury, A. (2022) Reading wars or reading reconciliation? A critical examination of robust research evidence, curriculum policy and teachers’ practices for teaching phonics and reading, Review of Education, 10, pp. 1-53. 


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Exploring the Use of Evidence in Education Reform: The Case of Colombia’s 20-Years Pathway Towards School Autonomy With Accountability

Tomás Esper

Teachers College, Columbia University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Esper, Tomás

Over the last two decades, a new reform agenda towards School Autonomy with Accountability (SAWA) has spread globally, transforming school governance around the world (Verger et al., 2019). The SAWA agenda aims to transfer decision-making from central levels to schools while establishing accountability mechanisms and common standards as monitoring instruments of school performance (Verger et al., 2019). Advocated by OECD (2011) and the World Bank (Arcia et al., 2011), both developed and developing countries have progressively adopted the main tenets of this reform. In this context, Colombia arises as one of the few Latin American countries that has transformed its system along the SAWA agenda. However, what differentiates Colombia's case from others is its piecemeal and incremental approach: the reform was progressively adopted over the last 20 years and throughout three different waves marked by three presidential administrations: under Álvaro Uribe (2002-2010), Juan Manuel Santos (2010-2018) and Iván Duque (2018-2022).

The study of policy diffusion has gained large scholarly attention across different disciplines, as globalization has accelerated the spread of global reforms (Wimmer, 2021). What puzzles scholars researching traveling reforms is why countries from different regions, with divergent institutional trajectories or inscribed in varying contexts seem to adopt similar policies (Steiner-Khamsi, 2004). Policy diffusion has been explained by different and sometimes overlapping mechanisms, such as competition among countries, coercion from international organizations, normative emulation of global scripts, or policy learning from ‘best practices’ (Dobbin et al., 2007). In particular international organizations have been central to diffusion studies in education, considered carriers of global templates (Ramirez, 2012), or been responsible for transformations due to aid conditionality (Hossain, 2022).

At the same time, policymaking has moved towards evidence-based regulation, which means showing that decisions are not purely politically driven but also evidence-based (Maroy, 2012). A growing body of literature has looked into the knowledge architecture behind policy reforms (Baek et al., 2020), as well as the role of international organizations as knowledge brokers for policy diffusion (Waldow & Steiner-Khamsi, 2019). Arguably, the choice of certain evidence and knowledge sources is indicative of important dimensions of the policy process, such as the problem-framing and selection of potential solutions (Haas, 1992), neglected by scholars who have focused on policy coalitions (Kingdon, 1984), actors' motivations, and interests (Howlett & Ramesh, 2003) or supranational coercion or emulation (Dobbin et al., 2007) when studying reforms adoption. Clearly, what sources are chosen from all available data and what actually counts as evidence and knowledge can uncover the ideological affiliation, sources of legitimacy, and policy preferences behind a policy reform adoption.

In this particular case, the first question I explore is what type of knowledge has Colombia used through the years to justify the adoption of SAWA? In other words, what has been, if any, the linkage between the different administrations when planning and implementing changes in education? Secondly, in the context of a global movement towards evidence-based policy, how has the use of knowledge changed during the last 20 years? To answer these questions, I aim to explore the knowledge sources used by Colombia’s policymakers over the years to justify and inform the reform adoption as well as how these sources have shaped the Colombian policy discourse around education. By studying the use of knowledge and the authorship of those sources, I intend to contribute to the understanding of a key dimension behind the policy diffusion process like the role of ‘reference societies’ (Steiner-Khamsi, 2016) and ‘sources of legitimacy’ (Edwards et al., 2018), as well as their role in the context of global policy diffusion. often steered as key determinants of reform adoption.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Colombia's policymaking is a highly technical and hierarchical procedure, where different government agencies create policy and research reports, long-term planning documents, and policy programs. Hence, to answer the research questions, I looked into all the education-related documents from Colombia’s government for the 2002-2022 period and analyzed their respective citations. In this case, similar to Baek et al., (2018), I focused on ‘official policy knowledge’, using documents published by the National Council of Social and Economic Policy, the National Planning Department, and the National Ministry of Education. In total, I retrieved 25 documents. From each of the documents, I coded all the references and authors into a single database. I entered a total of 1233 citations divided into three reform waves linked to the different administrations: 552 citations from wave I, 177 from wave II, and 504 from wave III. In addition to the quantitative analysis of measuring the frequency of citations, I coded different attributes for all documents: (i) year of publication, (ii) publisher or institutional affiliation of the author, (iii) location of publication, and if authors or publishers were international government organizations (IGOs). From the database, I have created a text-based network analysis (Borgatti et al., 2013) to examine both the social structure of policy discourse and to interpret the different resulting knowledge networks.
To analyze the data, I used the software program UCINET 6.289 (Borgatti, Everett, & Freeman, 2002) to create the database and generate descriptive statistics. Then, the program NetDraw 2.097 enabled me to visualize the relationships between the documents in the data set. I created a 2-modes network of documents and their references, followed by a 2-mode network of documents and authors. The rationale for going beyond documents and creating an authors-documents network lies in the key role actors have in policy discourse formation. In the context of Colombia’s incremental adoption of the SAWA agenda advanced by the OECD and the World Bank and the fact that Colombia became an OECD member in 2018, one would expect a growing presence of these IGOs throughout the documents. Yet, the interest is not just the frequency with which these or other authors are cited, but also how important they are in the context of the knowledge architecture of Colombia’s ecosystem. For this, I calculated an ‘in-degree’ centrality measure from both authors and documents. This measure captures the total of incoming citations for a given author or document.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In line with the movement towards evidence-based regulation (Maroy, 2012), Colombia’s policy documents relied more frequently on citations across the reform waves. Where in the first wave (2002-2010) each document had on average 45 citations, whereas on the third wave (2018-2022), the citations average was 126. In addition, all documents in the last reform wave had a separate reference list section on top of footnotes, which didn’t happen in the two first periods.
The network of the source-documents and their respective cited documents shows an incohesive network with clusters of sources and cited documents in each reform wave. First, this means that each reform period draws knowledge from highly specialized sources. Second, only a few citations bridge the different reform waves. In spite of the lack of connexions across reform periods, Colombia’s overall direction moved towards the incremental adoption and consolidation of the SAWA agenda throughout different administrations.  
When compared to the network of source documents and cited authors, this network is not only more dense and cohesive but also shows a high number of authors being repeatedly cited across different source documents and reform waves. First, Colombia’s government bodies rank at the top of cited authors, showing a clear focus on its own knowledge to justify and create reforms. Second, the OECD ranks fourth as the most cited author, appearing in all reform periods and more often since 2014, after Colombia’s accession process started in 2013. Lastly, degree centrality shows the National Planning Department and the National Ministry of Education as the most central actors, followed by the OECD and the World Bank. These initial findings highlight the importance of both domestic and global sources in policy diffusion while further content analysis of most cited documents will reveal new insights about the knowledge used for SAWA adoption in Colombia.

References
Arcia, G., Macdonald, K., Patrinos, H. A., & Porta, E. (2011). School Autonomy and Accountability. World Bank. https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/21546
Baek, C., Hörmann, B., Karseth, B., Pizmony-Levy, O., Sivesind, K., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2018). Policy learning in Norwegian school reform: A social network analysis of the 2020 incremental reform. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 4(1), 24–37.
Borgatti, S. P., Everett, M. G., & Johnson, J. C. (2013). Analyzings Social Networks. Routledge.
Dobbin, F., Simmons, B., & Garrett, G. (2007). The global diffusion of public policies: Social construction, coercion, competition, or learning? Annual Review of Sociology, 33, 449–472.
Edwards, D. B., Okitsu, T., Da Costa, R., & Kitamura, Y. (2018). Organizational legitimacy in the global education policy field: Learning from UNESCO and the global monitoring report. Comparative Education Review, 62(1), 31–63. https://doi.org/10.1086/695440
Haas, P. M. (1992). Introduction: Epistemic Communities and International Policy Coordination. International Organization, 46(1), 1–35.
Hossain, M. (2022). Diffusing ‘“ Destandardization ”’ Reforms across Educational Systems in Low- and Middle- Income Countries: The Case of the World Bank , 1965 to 2020. https://doi.org/10.1177/00380407221109209
Howlett, M., & Ramesh, M. (2003). Agenda-Setting: Policy determinants, policy ideas, and policy windows. In M. Howlett & M. Ramesh, Studying Public Policy. Policy Cycles and Policy Subsystems (pp. 120–142). Oxford University Press.
Kingdon, J. W. (1984). Agendas, alternatives, and public policies. Little, Brown.
OECD. (2011). School Autonomy and Accountability: Are They Related to Student Performance? OECD.
Ramirez, F. O. (2012). The world society perspective: Concepts, assumptions, and strategies. Comparative Education, 48(4), 423–439. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2012.693374
Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Ed.). (2004). The global politics of educational borrowing and lending. Teachers College, Columbia University.
Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2016). Comparing the Receptions and Translations of Global Education Policy, Understanding the Logic of Educational Systems. In T. D. Jules (Ed.), The Global Educational Policy Environment in the Fouth Industrial Revolution (Vol. 26, pp. 35–57). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parceriza, L. (2019). Constructing School Autonomy with Accountability as a Global Policy Model: A Focus on OECD’s Governance Mechanisms. In The OECD’s Historical Rise in Education.
Waldow, F., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2019). Understanding PISA’s Attractiveness: Critical Analyses in Comparative Policy Studies. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc.
Wimmer, A. (2021). Domains of Diffusion: How Culture and Institutions Travel around the World and with What Consequences. American Journal of Sociology, 126(6), 1389–1438.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Dialogic Public Policies. Successful scale-up of evidence based educational practices in Portugal.

Aitor Gomez1, Garazi Alvarez2, Maria Vieites Casado3, Susana Leon-Jimenez4

1Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain; 2University of Deusto; 3University of Barcelona; 4University of Barcelona

Presenting Author: Vieites Casado, Maria

Scientific research shows the necessity of implement educative reforms and practices based on scientific evidence (Slavin et al., 2021; European Commission, 2007). The challenge identified by Elmore (1996) decades ago, and other authors (Cohen-Vogel et al., 2015) on successful replication of larger educational scale projects remains understudied. Top-down approaches developed by most Public educative Administrations are achieving limited deep and long-lasting transformations specially by the lack of shift in ownership (Coburn, 2003). This means that the educational policy is feel as external, controlled by the public authorities, instead of an own transformation of practices that schools are able to sustain and spread.

This contribution advances knowledge to demonstrate that on one hand, to scale-up educational practices based on scientific evidence with social impact contribute to this shift of ownership and, on the other hand, shows the benefits of dialogic policy process implementation where this evidence is recreated in egalitarian dialogue with all the stakeholders.

The objective of the research was to understand the Portuguese case of implementation of educational policies co-created with the educational community based on the best scientific evidence with social impact. And the research question was to identify the improvements for students, families, trainers and teachers involved in this dialogic co-creation and implementation.

The paper presents the case of the Ministry of Education in Portugal that has promoted the implementation of dialogic policies (Álvarez et al., 2020) based on scientific research with social impact (Sordé et al., 2020). Meaning that it has been a sustained effort to stablish an egalitarian dialogue between decision makers, centres of professional teacher development, schools, families, and other beneficiaries of the policy and that this dialogue have been based on the scientific evidence that achieves the best results.

The Directorate General of Education has promoted since 2017 the implementation of Successful Educational Actions (SEAs) and the training of trainers in those actions. SEAs were identified through the INCLUD-ED research (FP6, 2006-2011), coordinated by CREA (Community of Research in Excellence for All), which analysed case studies and European education systems in which students with low SES were achieving the best educational and socio-emotional development outcomes. These actions, based on dialogic learning and educational participation of the community (Flecha, 2015) have already demonstrated a broad social impact (Morla-Folch et al., 2022), sustained over time and transferred to many different contexts.

This paper will present, on one hand, the dialogic methods used to co-construct the scale; It will explain how the constant and equal dialogue between the different stakeholders was established both, in the training of trainers and in the implementation of the schools, to recreate these SEAs in each of the contexts (Vieites et al., 2021). On the other hand, will present evidence of social impact (improvement) in the professional and personal development of the trainers and in the teachers, students, families and communities in which those SEAs were implemented. It is worth mentioning that the Ministry of Portugal chose to scale up these actions first in schools categorised as TEIP, which stands in Portuguese for Educational Territories of Priority Intervention. Despite the complexity of the territories and the great impact of the COVID pandemic, the results are very positive and may help other policy makers to reflect on the content and the form in which reforms are implemented.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research was carried out using a Communicative Methodology (Gomez et al., 2011) in both, the research design and the collection and analysis of data, which implies an intersubjective and egalitarian dialogue among all potential participants involved in the communities and realities being studied (Roca, Merodio, Gomez & Rodriguez-Oramas, 2022). The Communicative Methodology is recognized at international level by two clear contributions. First, its orientation to social transformation and second, a research design based on a communicative organization of the research (co-creation process) between researchers, research participants, social agents and policy makers (Munte, Serradell & Sorde, 2011).

Participants and development
The Portuguese Ministry of Education started the pilot implementation in 11 School Clusters (30 schools) in 2017. Following its social and educational success, extended the project in 2019 to 41 more Clusters (157 schools) reaching more than 8,000 students and 1,300 teachers with the support of Structural reform funds of the EC. Also, 36 trainers were trained for 180 hours in SEAs by CREA.

Data collection techniques
- Official evaluation data provided by the Portuguese Ministry of Education.
- Survey of the 157 schools involved in the SEAs scale.
- Reports submitted by the 36 trainers trained in SEAs.
- Eight semi-structured interviews with a communicative orientation on the reports delivered to eight trainers who had also implemented the SEAs in the schools to which they belonged.

Communicative data analysis
The data was analysed using the transformative and exclusionary dimensions of the Communicative Methodology. Emerging categories were created and applied to categorize all qualitative data following the main obstacles and barriers detected during the work (exclusionary dimension) and the ways to overcome it (transformative dimension) (Pulido, Elboj, Campdepadrós & Cabré, 2014).

Ethics
To protect the identity of each participant, pseudonyms were used throughout the coding and analysis process. Consent forms were signed by all participants with detailed information of the research and the possibility to withdraw from the research at any time. The research passes the evaluation of the Ethics committee at CREA, that is in line with the with the Ethics Appraisal Procedure required by the EC. Finally, the research also complies with the Regulation (EU) 2016/679, the EU new General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The scale of this policy based on scientific evidence, which has been discussed in egalitarian dialogue and recreated by all stakeholders involved, has proven to generate ownership of the policy by schools, teachers, and families, with no sense of top-down imposition.
The data analysis reveals relevant results in three domains a) The dialogical methods used for scaling b) The professional and personal gains reported by the trainers c) The positive benefits for the teachers, students, families, and the community where SEAs were implemented.
In the first domain, the data analysed reveal the existence of a continuous multidirectional dialogue between all educational agents (public administration, teachers, head-teachers, trainers, researchers, educational community) at different times and in different spaces, which allows the SEAS to be re-created in each context, favouring the maintenance of the social impact previously demonstrated. A dialogue that has been identified as egalitarian, improvement-oriented and based on the discussion of the best scientific evidence of social impact.
Regarding the capacities created in the country to extend the policy, trainers reported professional improvements related to empowerment and leadership skills. Improved educational practices now based on scientific evidence and therefore on a dialogic conception of learning. Improved collaboration between teachers, and a new creation of meaning for the teaching profession. The trainers who participated in the interviews and in the report, writing was not asked about personal improvements, although these did appear as an emerging category. Thus, transformations in personal relationships, improvement of self-concept, new dreams, values, and feelings, as well as a dialogical turn in their personal lives were reported.
Finally, the promotion of this policy in the schools had a positive impact on students' academic performance, inclusion, and socio-emotional development; a reduction of conflicts in the participant´s school; and a clear increase of family and community involvement.

References
Álvarez, G., Aiello, E., Aubert, A., García, T., Torrens, X., & Vieites, M. (2020). The dialogic public policy: A successful case. Qualitative Inquiry, 26(8–9), 1041–1047. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800420938886

Coburn, C. E. (2003). Rethinking Scale: Moving Beyond Numbers to Deep and Lasting Change. Educational Researcher, 32(6),3-12. https://doi.org/10.3102%2F0013189X032006003

Cohen-Vogel, L., Tichnor-Wagner, A., Allen, D., Harrison, C., Kainz, K., Socol, A. R., & Wang, Q. (2015). Implementing Educational Innovations at Scale: Transforming Researchers into Continuous Improvement Scientists. Educational Policy, 29(1), 257-277. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F0895904814560886

Elmore, R. F. (1996). Getting to scale with good educational practice. Harvard Educational Review, 66(1), 1-26.

European Commission. (2007). Towards more knowledge-based policy and practice in education and training [Commission Staff Working Document SEC 2007.1098]. European Commission.

Flecha, R. (Ed.). (2015). Successful educational actions for inclusion and social cohesion in Europe. Springer.

Gomez, A., Puigvert, L., & Flecha, R. (2011). Critical communicative methodology: Informing real social transformation through research. Qualitative Inquiry, 17(3), 235–245.

Morlà-Folch, T., Renta A.I., Padrós, M., & Valls-Carol, R. (2022) A research synthesis of the impacts of successful educational actions on student outcomes. Educational Research Review, 37, 100482. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100482.

Munte, A., Serradell, O., & Sorde, T. (2011). From Research to Policy: Roma Participation Through Communicative Organization. Qualitative Inquiry, 17(3), 256–266. doi: 10.1177/1077800410397804.

Pulido, C., Elboj, C., Campdepadrós, R., & Cabré, J. (2014). Exclusionary and Transformative Dimensions Communicative Analysis Enhancing Solidarity Among Women to Overcome Gender Violence. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(7), 889–894. doi: 10.1177/1077800414537212.

Roca, E., Merodio, G., Gomez, A., & Rodriguez-Oramas, A. (2022). Egalitarian Dialogue Enriches Both Social Impact and Research Methodologies. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221074442.

Slavin, R. E., Cheung, A. C. K., & Zhuang (庄腾腾), T. (2021). How Could Evidence-Based Reform Advance Education? ECNU Review of Education, 4(1), 7–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/2096531120976060.

Sordé, T., Flecha, R., Rodríguez, J. A., & Condom-Bosch, J. L. (2020). Qualitative inquiry: A key element for assessing the social impact of research. Qualitative Inquiry, 26(8–9), 948–954. https:// doi.org/10.1177/1077800420938117.

Vieites Casado, M.; Flecha, A.; Catalin Mara, L. (2021). Dialogic Methods for Scalability of Successful Educational Actions in Portugal. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211020165.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm23 SES 02 C: Vocational Education and Training
Location: James Watt South Building, J10 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Antti Seitamaa
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Formation of Applicants’ Subject Positions After Educational Reforms

Alina Inkinen1, Anna-Maija Niemi2

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Turku

Presenting Author: Inkinen, Alina; Niemi, Anna-Maija

In Finland, it is seen that educational politics is solving societal problems related to inequalities concerning genders or socio-economical background by providing equal opportunities for educational paths (Tolonen & Aapola-Kari 2021). The aim of a common comprehensive education in Nordic welfare states has been to ensure that equal opportunities for educational transitions remain throughout the age group (Isopahkala-Bouret et al., 2018). Upper secondary education in Finland is divided to general upper secondary education and vocational education and training (VET). General upper secondary education has traditionally been the predominant route to higher education (HE). However, it is possible to transit to HE also from VET. The educational transition from upper secondary education to HE on is highly competitive, one of the most competitives among the OECD countries, and there are fewer study places than tho applicants who have applied for admission to HE (Kosunen et al 2020). According to OECD, the educational transition from upper secondary education to HE in Finland is slower than the OECD average: only a third of new university students have completed their upper secondary education at the same year they started their studying. In the universities of applied sciences, the corresponding number is less than a fifth (OECD 2019).

During the last two decades, OECD has increased its influence by exercising its power throughout international comparisons and benchmarking which has influence in national education policies (e.g. Volmari 2022; Grek, 2009; Mundy et al., 2016). Therefore, a leaner educational transition has been in the interest of recent education politics in Finland. Finland has conducted three educational reforms in order to promote educational transitions to HE and working life and increase the amount of population taking part in higher education. The reforms are the Higher Education admission reform, reform of vocational education and training (VET reform) and the reform of general upper secondary education (MINEDU 2018a; 2019; 2018b). These reforms have together re-shaped the politics of transition and affected educational transition from upper secondary education to HE. As a result of HE admission reform from 2020, universities started increasingly utilising the final certificate from general upper secondary education (matriculation examination) instead of entrance examinations, while universities of applied sciences started utilising the final certificate both from VET and the general upper secondary education (Government proposal 41/2018). Entrance examinations to universities are still available for students whose academic grades are not the best or VET degree

International and national research literature have repeatedly demonstrated that variation in applicants’ social background and gender are intertwined in the educational transition from upper secondary education to HE and may be involved in producing inequality (Nori 2011; Reay, Davies, David & Ball 2001; Tarabini & Curran, 2015). Selection to HE is not equal in Finland and higher education students can be seen as a selective group (Nori et al., 2021). What is not yet clear is the impact of these reforms on higher education applicants’ positions in Finland. Applicants have different premises when moving on from upper secondary education to HE is depending on their academic success and desired place to study and opens up different prospects of operation to these applicants. Our research question is what kinds of subject positions are available to the HE applicants in relation to the reformed politics of transitions when moving from upper secondary education to HE in Finland after the implementations of three educational reforms? Within this study, subject positioning is defined as a process where students’ understanding of their possibilities are shaped in relation to the social and discursive practices of education (e.g., Davies & Harré 1990, Davies 1995, Foucault 1982, Niemi & Mietola 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data consists of 22 semi-structured thematic interviews and data production took place in January and February of 2021. Interviewees were either first-year students or young adults who did not secure a study position in HE. All the interviewees have graduated from general upper secondary education.  They lived in different parts of Finland and had applied for a place in various fields of HE. Their primary goal in this data was to secure a position in universities instead of universities of applied sciences.
 
At the time, Finland was still closed due to the pandemic of Covid-19. The individual interviews were held remotely via zoom and each interview was from 40 minutes to 1.5 hours. The audio was recorded with a separate recorder and transcribed into text files that were anonymised for the analysis. The analytical process is still ongoing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The premise is that applicants have to use carefully selected tactics in their upper secondary studies in order to secure success in selection to HE. These tactics vary depending on the position that they take or are able to take in relation to the politics of transition.
References
Davies, B. (1995). Poststructuralist Theory and Classroom Practice. Deakin University.

Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA effect. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 23–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930802412669

Davies, B., & Harré, R. (1990). Positioning: The Discursive Production of Selves. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 20(1), 43-63. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-5914.1990.tb00174.x

Isopahkala-Bouret, U., Börjesson, M., Beach, D., Haltia, N., Jónasson, J. T., Jauhiainen, A., Jauhiainen, A., Kosunen, S., Nori, H., & Vabø, A. (2018). Access and stratification in Nordic higher education. A review of cross-cutting research themes and issues. Education Inquiry, 9(1). https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1429769
 
MINEDU, (2019). FAQs about the higher education institution’s student admission reform. Online: https://minedu.fi/usein-kysyttya-korkeakouluvalinnat [cited 11.8.2020]
 
MINEDU, (2018a). Reform of vocational upper secondary education: Online: https://minedu.fi/usein-kysyttya-amisreformi [cited 14.8.2020]
 
MINEDU, (2018b). Reform of general upper secondary education: Online: https://minedu.fi/en/reform-of-general-upper-secondary-education [cited 1.9.2020]

Mundy, K., Green, A., Lingard, B., & Verger, A. (2016). Handbook of global education policy. Wiley

Niemi, A-M., & Mietola, R. 2017. Between hopes and possibilities: (Special) educational paths, agency and subjectivities. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 19(3),218-229.

Nori, H., Juusola, H., Kohtamaki, V., Lyytinen, A., & Kivistö, J. (2021). Korkeakoulutuksen saavutettavuus ja tasa-arvo Suomessa ja verrokkimaissa. GATE-hankkeen loppuraportti (Valtioneuvoston selvitys- ja tutkimustoiminnan julkaisusarja 2021:12)

OECD. (2019). Investing in Youth. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/publications/investing-in-youth-finland-1251a123-en.htm

Kosunen, S., Haltia, N. and Jokila, S. (2015). Valmennuskurssit ja mahdollisuuksien tasa-arvo yliopistokoulutukseen hakeutumisessa [Prepatory courses and equity in university admission], The Finnish Journal of Education 46(4): 334–348

Reay, D., Davies, J., David, M., & Ball, S. (2001). Choices of Degree or Degrees of Choice? Class, ‘Race’ and the Higher Education Choice Process. Sociology, 35, 855-874. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0038038501008550

Tarabini, A., & Curran, M. (2015). The effect of social class on educational decisions: an analysis of young people's educational opportunities, believes and desires. Revista De Investigacion En Educacion, 13(1), 7-26

Tolonen , T & Aapola-Kari , S (2021). ' Nuorten toisen asteen koulutusvalinnat : pääomat, strategiat ja koulutuksellisen arvon muotoutuminen ' , Sosiologia , Vuosikerta. 58 , Nro 2 , Sivut 103-118 .

Volmari, S. (2022). Constellation of trajectories and fast policy worlds: A spatiotemporal reading of experts’ positions and social encounters in Finland’s and Norway’s recent curriculum reforms, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8:3, 184-195,


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Exploring VET Teacher Agency: An Investigation of Policy Work and Master Discourses in England and Scotland

Stephanie Thomson

University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Thomson, Stephanie

Teachers in Vocational Education and Training (VET) across Europe are working in challenging conditions. Reforms in relation to performance management are challenging established ideas of teacher professionalism in a range of contexts (Hautz, 2020). In the UK, Vocational Education and Training (VET) is also ‘piecemeal and fragmented’ and lacks the clear ‘narrative’ that can be found in other European systems (Winch and Addis, 2022). This long-standing problem has been argued to impact, among other things, recruitment into VET teaching (see Hanley and Orr, 2019) and overall economic competitiveness (Winch and Addis, 2022). There have been impacts of VET teachers too with some work suggesting that the combination of managerial use of targets and curricula designed without VET teacher input has led to a complete loss of agency for UK VET teachers (Lloyd and Payne, 2012). Orr (2019) suggests this is an issue in other European systems too though perhaps to a lesser extent.

In this paper, I explore the various ways that current policies are being enacted in practice in Further Education Institutions (FEIs) in the UK. Specifically, I am interested in the degree of agency that VET teachers have in their professional lives. I focus on FEIs specifically as this is where the majority of VET takes place in the UK and these are the types of institutions most subject to the kinds of managerial oversight described above. In England and Scotland, the two countries I focus on here, FEIs cater to a combined total of approximately 2 million students and offer a wide range of academic and vocational courses and apprenticeship provision (AOC, 2022; Colleges Scotland, 2022). Despite this, work focussing on the interpretation and negotiation of policy within FEIs - or what Ball et al (2012) call ‘policy work’- is relatively rare.

The theoretical framework informing this work comes from Ball et al (2012) who explored ‘policy enactment’ in secondary schools. This is slightly different to a focus on ‘implementation’ which, I suggest, only offers a limited insight into the work involved in ‘doing policy’. In contrast to a ‘normative’ approach (Ozga, 2000) which Cairney and Oliver (2020) suggest doesn’t account for decision-making taking place at sub-national levels, I focus here on practitioners’ accounts of the work they do to negotiate and work with policy priorities in their own settings.

Using Ball et al’s (2012) framework, I explored accounts of ‘policy work’ in two VET settings - one in Scotland and one in England. Policy work can be thought of as the range of activities professionals, in this case VET teachers, undertake in relation to policy (Ball et al, 2012). Some of these activities may indicate a more or less critical stance in relation to any particular policy and a more or less agentic position.

In doing this, I am seeking to answer two key questions: what agency (if any) do UK VET teachers have? And what constrains their agency?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I conducted semi-structured focus groups and interviews with a total of 6 practitioners to explore accounts of ‘policy work’ in two VET settings - one in Scotland and one in England.  The focus on policy work allowed participants to talk through their decision making, explore alternatives and explain the conditions under which their decisions were made.
In each case, I centred the discussions around a specific policy issue.  In England, my focus was entry requirements for RQF Level 3 (EQF Level 4) options - building on some earlier work (Lupton et al, 2021) where we examined options for those without the expected grades in English and Maths by age 16.  In Scotland, I examined challenges around the provision of the Curriculum for Excellence’s (CFE) ‘senior phase’ in FEIs.  During the senior phase, young people in Scotland can spend part of their time in school and part in an FEI.
In both these policy contexts, VET teachers are responsible for enacting policies that have impacts on admissions, organisation and delivery of provision and assessment.  Due to the fast moving policy context in both Scottish and English VET, all the participants were able to draw on their previous working practices and contrast these with their current circumstances.  This allowed for an even more detailed consideration of their current policy contexts and the ways in which these created or constrained agency.
I used Directed Qualitative Content Analysis (Hsieh and Shannon, 2005) to analyse the transcripts from these focus groups and interviews.  The initial codes were formed by considering the types of policy work in Ball et al’s (2012) model of policy enactments for schools and looking for evidence of agency in these accounts of VET practitioners.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I found evidence in the interview and focus group data that VET teachers did have some degree of agency in their work but that this was often constrained. Hautz (2020) suggests that governmentality and its implicit power mechanisms can explain constraints on VET teacher agency.  However, in the accounts here, the concept of ‘master discourses’ from Ball et al (2012) proved much more useful at explaining the constraints articulated by the participants in their accounts of policy work.  The ‘master discourses’ articulated by the participants focussed on the low reputation of VET routes and institutions - a common problem for VET everywhere (Orr, 2019).  The participants recognised the persuasiveness and durability of these discourses for others whilst not subscribing to them themselves.  
These overarching understandings of the place of VET in the wider education landscape were key in shaping the policy enactments of practitioners and often formed the backbone of their narratives of policy work.  Their accounts included discussions of entrepreneurial and creative actions but also detailed how participants had to carve out the spaces to act in this way.  They did this through detailed understanding of the managerial mechanisms they were subject to and through their wider knowledge of the education policy landscape. The identification of master discourses in the data helped to contextualise the narratives of practitioners and avoid an overly-simplistic reading of their accounts of their own policy work.The participants’ accounts ultimately show the possibility of professionals to exercise some agency even when working in systems, such as English and Scottish VET, with strict accountability/quality frameworks and lots of policy change - a growing characteristic of VET systems elsewhere in Europe.

References
Allain-Dupré, D. (2018), "Assigning responsibilities across levels of government: Trends, challenges and guidelines for policy-makers", OECD Working Papers on Fiscal Federalism, No. 24, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/f0944eae-en.
AOC (2022), “College Key Facts 2022/23”, Association of Colleges, London, Available here: https://d4hfzltwt4wv7.cloudfront.net/uploads/files/AoC-College-Key-Facts-2022-Web.pdf
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M. & Braun, A. (2012) How schools do policy - policy enactments in secondary school [EBook]. London: Routledge
Cairney, P. and Oliver, K. (2020) ‘How Should Academics Engage in Policymaking to Achieve Impact?’, Political Studies Review, 18(2), pp. 228–244. doi: 10.1177/1478929918807714.
Colleges Scotland (2022), “Key Facts 2022”, Colleges Scotland, Stirling, Available here: https://collegesscotland.ac.uk/key-college-facts/keyfacts2022
Hanley, P., & Orr, K. (2019). The recruitment of VET teachers and the failure of policy in England’s further education sector. Journal of Education and Work, 32(2), 103-114. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2019.1617842
Hautz, H. (2022) The ‘conduct of conduct’ of VET teachers: governmentality and teacher professionalism, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 74:2, 210-227, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2020.1754278
 Hsieh, H.-F. and Shannon, S. E. (2005). ‘Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis’, Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), pp. 1277–1288. doi: 10.1177/1049732305276687.
Lupton, R., Thomson, S., Velthuis, S., Unwin, L. (2021). Moving on from initial GCSE ‘failure': Post-16 transitions for ‘lower attainers’ and why the English education system must do better.  London: Nuffield Foundation.  Available here: https://www.nuffieldfoundation.org/project/students-who-do-not-achieve-a-grade-c-or-above-in-english-and-maths


Lloyd, C., & Payne, J. (2012). Delivering better forms of work organization: Comparing vocational teachers in England, Wales and Norway. Economic and Industrial Democracy, 33(1), 29–49. https://doi.org/10.1177/0143831X11402101
Orr, K. (2019) ‘VET Teachers and Trainers’, in The Wiley Handbook of Vocational Education and Training. [Online]. Hoboken, NJ, USA: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. pp. 329–348.

Ozga, J. (2000) Policy Research in Educational Settings: contested terrain, Buckingham, Open University Press.

Winch, C. & Addis, M. (2022). Autonomy and expertise in the English workplace, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 74:1, 146-165, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2020.1869808


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

From Hype to Weariness: National Experts Reflect on the Role of the European Union in Finnish VET Policy from 1995-2020

Antti Seitamaa

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Seitamaa, Antti

Since its inception, Finnish vocational education and training (VET) has responded to dramatic changes in its national and trans-national operational environment (Stenström & Virolainen, 2018). After Finland joined the European Union in 1995, Finnish VET has continued to undergo dramatic changes due to globalization, digitalization, and increased migration (see Avis, 2018). European integration has resulted in Member States’ national policies increasingly involving a trans-national dimension, making trans-national contrasting and comparison an integral part of understanding any national system (Nóvoa & Yariv-Mashal, 2003; Simola et al., 2017; Steiner-Khamsi, 2010). Both Finland and the EU have sought to harness VET in response to many of the political, economic, and social changes and associated crises that they have faced in recent years, including the 2009 eurozone crisis and the resulting “lost decade” of economic stagnation in Finland, and the integration of migrants into their new host societies in the wake of the 2015 refugee crisis (see Seitamaa & Hakoköngäs, 2022). Finland and other EU Member States have also pushed to improve national as well as European competitiveness in a rapidly changing world economy by re- and upskilling youth and adult learners (Niemi & Jahnukainen, 2020).

Although each Member State remains firmly in control of its own national education policy, the European Union has nevertheless developed a distinct VET policy agenda, which it seeks to promote to Member States and neighboring countries in different ways (Bartlett & Pagliarello, 2016; Cort, 2011; Powell et al., 2012). Based on critical discourse analysis of expert interviews with 32 leading Finnish VET policy actors, supplemented by key Finnish and EU policy documents, I argue that the EU has played an important role in narrowing the purpose of Finnish VET by emphasizing individualization, working life relevance and employability over VET’s broader non-technical educational and egalitarian dimensions (Nylund & Virolainen, 2018; Isopahkala-Bouret et al., 2014; Wheelahan, 2015; Wodak, 2001). Furthermore, I argue that the relationship between European Union and Finnish VET policy is complex and multidirectional, with national experts from like-minded Member States collaborating closely to push EU VET policy development in their preferred directions, while simultaneously making strategic use of the EU’s policy recommendations to help shape national policy agendas (Steiner-Khamsi, 2010).

Expert interviews are particularly useful when trying to understand the complex relations between policymakers, stakeholders, and institutions (Ozga, 2020). To adequately explain something as multifaceted and complex as national and trans-national agenda-setting and policymaking in VET, a flexible yet systematic approach to theory is necessary. This study employs a dynamics approach, viewing Finnish and EU VET policy as discursive, historical, and contingent (Kauko, 2013; Simola et al., 2017). It critically examines experts’ reflections on why certain actions related to VET policy have unfolded and how they are being constrained or enabled through institutional rearrangements (Simola et al., 2017). The research questions are as follows:

  1. How do leading national experts reflect on the role of the European Union in the development of Finnish VET policy between 1995-2020?
  2. How has the EU’s role in Finnish VET policy and vice versa changed between 1995-2020?
  3. How do Finnish VET experts see the future of European VET?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The material consists of in-depth interviews with leading policy experts and stakeholders (N = 32) in Finnish VET as well as supplementary analysis of key policy documents from Finland and the EU. Participants were identified through cross-referencing and selected based on their deep personal and professional knowledge of Finnish and its interaction with EU VET policy. The participants represented four groups: 1) key political influencers (n=8), 2) senior government officials (n=11), 3) leaders/representatives of vocational education providers (n=10), and 4) senior researchers (n=3). Experts come from organizations with different historical and political orientations and conflicting interests, which makes their insights and perspectives particularly interesting for critical discourse analysis. Experts have extensive experience in dealing with the European dimension of VET policymaking. Although most of the interview subjects would likely refrain from describing themselves as members of “the elite”, their power and influence in VET policymaking connects this study with the research tradition of elite interviews (Harvey, 2011).

Most prior research in Finnish VET tends to focus on the micro-level, often utilizing ethnographic approaches for studying students, teachers and their pedagogic interactions in specific vocational fields (e.g. Niemi & Jahnukainen, 2020). In contrast, the participants in this study work with the macro- and meso-levels of VET where political, institutional and administrative decisions about legislation, funding and steering take place (Ozga, 2020). Wodak’s (2001) discourse historical approach to critical discourse analysis will be utilized on the expert interview data in this study, which is currently undergoing preliminary analysis. First, experts’ reflections on central actors and institutions in the national and European Union VET policy fields will be analyzed, followed by an analysis of their reflections about critical events in the relationship between EU and Finnish VET policy. Key policy documents produced by central actors and institutions, corresponding to critical events, such as the Copenhagen Process, will then be critically examined to identify key discursive formations and narratives (see Cort, 2011). Careful analysis of policy documents and expert interviews will help make sense of how VET policy has transformed in Finland and the European Union between 1995-2020. Experts’ discursive formations are expected to reveal tension-laden practices and competing agendas in Finnish and EU VET policy. Analysis will concretize and situate the ideologically abstract into the politically concrete, highlighting the ways in which reforms reproduce and reconfigure national dynamics and give rise to newer transnational ones.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study fills a gap in research by showing how leading Finnish VET experts reflect on the relationship between Finnish and European Union VET policy. Critically examining Finnish VET policymaking in the context of European integration also has the potential to generate knowledge that could be beneficial to other EU Member States. The article contributes to long-standing discussions about the socio-historical formation and development of Finnish VET as well as discussions regarding its current agenda and future directions, particularly its trans-national dimension (Isopahkala-Bouret et al., 2014; Nylund & Virolainen, 2019; Wheelahan 2015). It is also expected to contribute to comparative educational research in Europe, hopefully informing future scholarly debate on how transnational policy gets taken up and applied in national contexts and vice versa (Nóvoa & Yariv-Mashal, 2003; Simola et al., 2017; Steiner-Khamsi, 2010).

This study will demonstrate that European Union VET policy has been one of the most important external stimuli guiding national policy development in Finland over the last three decades. Furthermore, it will show how Finnish national policy development has reciprocally contributed to EU VET policy and the significance of this symbiotic multidirectional relationship in policymaking. Many of the main elements in the 2018 Finnish VET reform, for example, were informed and inspired by EU policy recommendations, which themselves had been co-developed by Finnish experts working in the EU policy field. I hope to demonstrate that the handprint of the EU’s VET policy agenda is most visible in the 2018 Finnish VET reform, which created a new organizational and legislative basis for a working life based and individualized VET. The transformation of Finnish VET from a school-centered system into its current form was heavily inspired by EU VET policy, which has held up the Finnish reform as an example to other Member States.

References
Avis, J. (2018). Socio-technical imaginary of the fourth industrial revolution and its implications for vocational education and training. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 70(3): 337-363.

Bartlett, W. & Pagliarello. M. (2016). Agenda-setting for VET policy in the Western Balkans: employability versus social inclusion. European Journal of Education, 51(3): 305-319.

Cort, P. (2011). Taking the Copenhagen process apart: critical readings of European vocational education and training policy. PhD dissertation. Aarhus University.

Harvey, W. S. (2011). Strategies for conducting elite interviews. Qualitative Research 11(4): 431–441.

Isopahkala-Bouret, U., Lappalainen, S., & Lahelma, E. (2014). Educating worker-citizens. Journal of Education and Work, 27(1): 92-109.

Kauko, J. (2013). Dynamics in higher education politics: a theoretical model. Higher Education, 65(2): 193-206.

Niemi A.-M. & Jahnukainen, M. (2020) Educating self-governing learners and employees: studying, learning and pedagogical practices in the context of vocational education and its reform. Journal of Youth Studies, 23(9): 1143-1160, DOI: 10.1080/13676261.2019.1656329

Nóvoa, A. & Yariv-Mashal, T. (2003). Comparative research in education. Comparative Education 39(4): 423-438.

Nylund, M. & Virolainen, M. (2019). Balancing 'flexibility' and 'employability': The changing role of general studies in the Finnish and Swedish VET curricula of the 1990s and 2010s. European Educational Research Journal, 18 (3): 314-334.

Ozga, J. (2020). Elites and expertise. In G. Fan & T. Popkewitz (Eds.). Handbook of education policy studies (pp. 53-69). Springer.

Powell, J. W., Bernhard, N. & Graf, L. (2012) The emergent European model in skill formation. Sociology of Education, 20: 1–19.

Seitamaa, A. & Hakoköngäs, E. (2022). Finnish vocational education and training experts’ reflections on multiculturalism in the aftermath of a major reform. Journal of Vocational Education & Training DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2066559

Simola, H., J. Kauko, J. Varjo, M. Kalalahti, & F. Sahlström. (2017). Dynamics in education politics. Routledge.

Stenström, M.-L. & Virolainen, M. (2018). The modern evolution of vocational education and training in Finland (1945–2015). In S. Michelsen & M.-L. Stenström Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries: The Historical Evolution. Routledge.

Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2010). The politics and economics of comparison. Comparative Education Review, 54(3): 323-342.

Wheelahan, L. (2015). Not just skills: what a focus on knowledge means for vocational education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(6): 750-762.

Wodak, R. (2001). What CDA Is about—A Summary of Its History, Important Concepts and Its Developments. In W. R., & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of Critical Discourse Analysis (pp. 1-13). London: Sage Publications.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm23 SES 02 D: Temporality and Education
Location: Thomson Building, Anatomy 236 LT [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Simon Warren
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

A Vote on the Temporal Order of Schools. The 1959 Referendum Among Pupils on the Five-day School Week

Joakim Landahl

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Landahl, Joakim

The five-day school week with Saturdays off was introduced in Swedish schools in 1968. The decision was preceded by a debate in which the student voice was unusually present, not least through a nationwide vote among pupils in 1959. The vote was given a lot of space in the mass media, with several newspaper articles, radio and TV programs. The debate about the five-day week is thus a case that sheds light on two neglected themes in the history of education: school democracy as well as how it was represented in the media. The aim of the presentation is to discuss the conditions and features of this national campaign for/against a five-day school week. Why was it introduced at this very point in time? What does the character of the campaign say about the space for pupil voice in the late 1950s? What can the campaign reveal when it comes to understandings on temporal rhythms at this moment of time?

Theoretically, the presentation draws on the history and sociology of time (Zerubavel, 1981). Of particular relevance is the temporal rhythm that is called the week (Henkin, 2021), and how we can understand attempts to change the temporal order of societies as well as how we can understand temporal conservatism. Drawing on the history of the cultural meaning of the week as well its individual days, the study will shed light on how school weeks are given meaning, and how attempts to change the temporal order of schools have been framed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on media representations of the referendum on the five-day school week. The referendum was discussed in different media outlets – newspapers, weekly and monthly magazines, TV, radio as well as in a national magazine for pupils. The campaign also included the use of pupil constructed media in a wider sense, with posters and other means of propaganda being put to use. Rather than studying one particular media type, the study will thus study a larger media system (Harvard & Lundell, 2010) to get a fuller understanding of how different media types were interrelated and how the campaign for/against a new temporal order of schools circulated in society at large.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The vote on five-day school week was an unprecedented event as pupils for the first time on a national scale got the opportunity to vote on an issue of central importance for their life in schools. Being highly mediatised it was an example of how politics became a spectacle (Edelman, 1988). It is also an interesting case of how youth became political actors (Bessant, 2021) and how a social movement developed in symbiosis with the media (Gitlin, 2003). The result of the campaign for/against five-day school week is somewhat surprising. A large majority of the voting pupils wanted to maintain a six-day school week. Possible explanations for this result in the vote are discussed.   One can be labeled “temporal conservatism”, another has to do with the zero-sum game of school schedules, a third will be related to the role of media as opposed to national pupil organizations as arenas for democratic deliberation over educational issues.
References
Bessant, Judith (2021). Making-up people: youth, truth and politics. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.
Edelman, Murray (1988). Constructing the political spectacle. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Gitlin, Todd (2003[1980]). The whole world is watching: mass media in the making & unmaking of the New Left. [New ed.], with a new preface Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.
Harvard, Jonas & Lundell, Patrik (red.), 1800-talets mediesystem, Kungliga biblioteket, Stockholm, 2010.
Henkin, David M. (2021). The Week: A History of the Unnatural Rhythms That Made Us Who We Are. Yale University Press.
Jenkins, Richard, and Matthew Mendelsohn (2001). "The news media and referendums." In Matthew Mendelsohn & Andrew Parkin (eds.) Referendum Democracy: Citizens, elites and deliberation in referendum campaigns. New York: Palgrave.
Rosa, Hartmut (2013). Social acceleration: a new theory of modernity. New York: Columbia University Press.
Zerubavel, Eviatar (1981). Hidden rhythms: schedules and calendars in social life. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Timeliness of Policy Sociology - Multiple Temporalities, and the Possibilities of a Historical Policy Sociology

Simon Warren

Roskilde Universitet, Denmark

Presenting Author: Warren, Simon

Recently, there has been an attempt by Bob Lingard to introduce a temporal dimension into policy sociology. Lingard challenges top-down policy analyses, arguing for an appreciation of multiple temporalities and effects between global and local, much as Simon Marginson does with his use of the concept of glonacal. This builds on an earlier piece written with Greg Thomson that sought to reclaim temporality in the sociology of education in the context where the spatial had become a dominant theoretical perspective. This presentation responds positively to the interventions made by Bob Lingard and responds to this challenge by offering a different conceptualisation of temporarily, that of Reinhart Koselleck’s notion of multiple temporalities.

The presentation begins by summarising Lingard’s argument specifically that policy sociology is seen as working with the implicit future oriented character of the field of the sociology of education, particularly in its more redemptive forms where concerns for social justice direct attention to some future correction of past inequalities; as well as a certain fetishization of the present where the past is referred to in order to account for change and continuity in policy options for instance, but where the present is the privileged moment of enactment. Lingard claims that policy sociology, in its original articulation, was historically informed but that temporality had become largely absent from policy sociological work.

Next the presentation discusses some absences in Lingard’s argument, specifically the lack of engagement with discussions in historical scholarship relating to multiple temporalities. This question is particularly pertinent since Lingard and Thomson’s 2017 paper was an introduction to a special issue of the British Journal of Sociology of Education focusing on time/temporality. Within that special issue Julie McLeod (2017) dealt with the collision of temporalities and debates within historical scholarship, specifically the contribution of Koselleck, whereas the other papers all adopt sociological or social theoretical discussions of time/temporality. McLeod ends their contribution by calling for greater engagement by the sociology of education, and by implication policy sociology, with historical approaches and historical scholarship.

The last part of the presentation outlines Koselleck’s theory of multiple temporalities and proposes how both Koselleck’s conceptualisation and a specifically historical approach to policy sociology may be useful. It suggests that Koselleck’s conception of conceptual history has affinities with the tradition of policy sociology and therefore a relevant theoretical approach to foregrounding temporality. It introduces Koselleck’s ideas of the synchronicity of the non-synchronous - the interweaving of diachronic and synchronic elements in any given historical (policy) process; and layered time – processes which move at different speeds, have different durations and different rhythms, therefore critiquing modernist understandings of time. The policy sociology concept of policy trajectories is re-articulated by showing how this concept can work with the synchronicity of the non-synchronous and layered time.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation is based on a close reading of three sets of texts,
1. The original articles by Lingard and Thomson (2017) and Lingard (2021) which introduce the discussion of temporality in policy sociology/sociology of education. This set also includes three other texts that are especially referred to by Lingard in the 2021 paper, namely Julie McLeod’s 2017 article in the special issue of the British Journal of Sociology of Education focusing on time/temporality, Webb et al’s 2010 article, and Sarah Sharma’s book In the meantime: temporality and cultural politics. These additional texts are reviewed because they appear particularly important for Lingard’s formulation of temporality. McLeod’s article is important because it directly discusses Koselleck’s theory of multiple temporalities. Webb et al’s article is important because Lingard uses their typography of temporality, and Sharma’s sociological concept of lived time and that of chronologies of power frames Lingard’s own sociological and social theoretical articulation of temporality.
2. Policy sociology texts specifically referred to by Lingard such as Jenny Ozga’s (2000) Policy research in educational settings: Contested terrain, Stephen Ball’s (1994) Education reform: a critical and post-structural approach, and Fazal Rizvi and Bob Lingard’s (2010) Globalizing education policy. These are read in order to draw out the implicit or explicit conceptions of time/temporality and to identify the extent to which historical or sociological conceptions are dealt with.
3. Koselleck’s own articulation of a theory of times as well as scholarly discussions of this. Of particular importance is the work of Helge Jordheim who has not just discussed Koselleck but has operationalised his approach in relation to policy relevant issues such as European integration in ‘Europe at Different Speeds: Asynchronicities and Multiple Times in European Conceptual History’.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main argument presented is that policy sociology can be strengthened by an explicit engagement with the historical. Indeed, it argues that policy sociology has always worked with an implicit historical perspective. Kozelek’s multiple temporalities offers an important methodological and analytical strategy for approaching the policy sociology question, ‘why this particular policy and why now?’ that is different to sociological or social theoretical approaches discussed by Lingard and others. Therefore, advanced is the idea of a historical policy sociology that can bring into view the historical antecedents of dominant structures and practices of education as well as contemporary policy options. That is, current policy options are not only related to economic structures such as capitalism, and political dynamics such as the Cold War and decolonization, but historically longer structures of imperial and colonial projects. This can involve not just understanding the path-dependent qualities of policy formation but also their contingency and how policy formation, enactment, and effect are entangled historically and transnationally, alerting the researcher not only to what education policies are but also why they occur at particular moments, in particular forms, and particular places.
References
Ball, S. (1994). Education reform: a critical and post-structural approach. Open University Press.
Hellerma, J. (2020), Koselleck on modernity, historik, and layers of time. History and Theory, 59: 188-209. https://doi.org/10.1111/hith.12154

Jordheim, H. (2012). Against periodization: Koselleck's theory of multiple temporalities. History and Theory, 51(2), 151-171. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-2303.2012.00619.x

Jordheim, H. (2017). Europe at Different Speeds: Asynchronicities and Multiple Times in European Conceptual History. In Steinmetz, Willbald; Fernandéz-Sebastián, Javier & Freeden, Michael (Ed.), Conceptual History in the European Space. Berghahn Books. p. 47–62. doi: 10.2307/j.ctvw04kcs.5.

Koselleck, R., & Presner, T. S. (2002). The practice of conceptual history: Timing history, spacing concepts. Stanford University Press.

Koselleck, R., Franzel, S. & Hoffmann, S. (2018). Sediments of Time: On Possible Histories. Redwood City: Stanford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781503605978

McLeod, J. (2017). Marking time, making methods: Temporality and untimely dilemmas in the sociology of youth and educational change. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 13–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1254541

Ozga, J. (2000). Policy research in educational settings: Contested terrain. Open University Press.

Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing education policy. Routledge.

Sharma, S. (2014). In the Meantime: Temporality and Cultural Politics. New York, USA: Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822378334

Webb, P. T., Sellar, S., & Gulson, K. (2020). Anticipating education: Governing habits, memories and policy futures. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(3), 284–297. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2020.1686015

Zammito, J. (2004), Koselleck's Philosophy of Historical Time(s) and the Practice of History. History and Theory, 43: 124-135. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-2303.2004.00269.x


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Solving the Challenges of the Future Now: Aspects of Time in the Realization of the Vision of a New School

Katarina Blennow1, Ingrid Bosseldal1, Martin Malmström2

1Lund University, Sweden; 2Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Blennow, Katarina; Malmström, Martin

Futurity is central to social life (Adam, 2010). We live in a time where the powerful story of progress is breaking down (Nowotny, 2015) and the future is perceived as a threat rather than as something positive. At the same time, OECD and other organisations make it an obligation for young people to be ‘enterprising’ and ‘aspirational’ in the context of multiple crises (Goring et al., 2023). Aspiration for the future can be seen as an unequally distributed future-oriented cultural capacity (Appadurai, 2004). In complex neoliberal socio-ecologies, young people’s aspirations should be reimagined as complex and ambiguous, according to recent research on education and aspiration (Goring et al., 2023: Froerer et al., 2022).

This paper investigates how the future is anticipated and enacted at a newly established upper secondary school in Sweden. The school’s vision and slogans, clearly inspired by neoliberal ideas (entrepreneurship, challenge-based pedagogy, etc.) short-circuit the future by claiming that “we solve the problems of the future now”. The future is clearly used as a commodity/resource in the school’s marketing, positioning the students as “predecessors” and the school as the “school of the future”. The school’s entrepreneurial approach and “challenge-driven” pedagogy resonate well with ideas of transnational organisations, such as OECD (21st Century Skills and Competencies, Ananiadou & Claro, 2009) and the EU, whose eight key competences include entrepreneurship competence (Halász & Michael, 2011). This also attests to how globalisation influences national and local policies (Lingard & Rawolle, 2011).

Inspired by sociology of the future, we strive to capture aspects of time as fluid, rather than divided into stable entities as past-present-future. To do this, we use a multidirectional time perspective through the concepts future present and present future (Adam & Groves, 2007; Adam, 2010).

The two concepts signal different standpoints in relation to the future:

Present future means that the future is approached from the standpoint of the present. The future is projected as empty and open to colonisation: it is predicted, controlled and transformed in and for the present. Thus, the future is enacted in the present.

In the perspective of future present, people are responsible for the effects of their actions and failure to act. This standpoint makes it possible to follow actions to their potential impacts on future generations. This standpoint acknowledges that there is a future present that is affected by our actions and decisions.

Importantly, our present situation is our ancestors’ present future. Expectations of the future could be individual, but also collective. The collective expectations of the future may turn into taken-for-granted ideas, and importantly, they are performative, and thus guide actions (cf., Borup et al., 2006; Konrad, 2006).

The school aspires to solve future societal challenges now, which creates a complex relation between present future and future present. In relation to the school’s aspiration, the students are beings, with responsibility and power to change. But it is also the schools’ mission on a more general level to educate the workforce/citizens that are needed in the future. In relation to that task, the students are becomings, not-yets.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We have studied this particular school since its launch in 2018 as a single case study, approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority. A case study can be useful to answer how- and why- questions when examining current, new and complex events that lie outside of the control of the researcher (Yin, 2014). A particular benefit of the case study is the possibility to investigate a phenomenon in its context (p. 16). Further, a strength of case study research is its ability to trace changes over time (p. 151), which is of great value in a study following the establishment of a school over the course of several years.

The establishment of the school has been investigated through interviews with key stakeholders in the municipality and at the school, as well as through document studies, observations of both day-to-day activities and special events at the school. We have followed the school at its different temporary premises, reviewed various internal working documents and also used questionnaires and interviews with students and teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The future is enacted at the school in the vision, the marketing and thematic, interdisciplinary “project weeks”. In this process, the future is commodified and filled with the school’s (and OECD’s) desires. The students are positioned by the school as future makers and moral agents of change, which lays on them much responsibility in relation to future takers, the people who will have our future as their present. At the same time the students are the future takers, the ones who will have to endure or deal with the consequences.

There is a clear tension in the material between the school’s aspirations and enactment of the future and the students’ aspirations and enactment of the future. When the first generation of students arrived, the student group was not the expected one. According to the teachers, they needed much support, owing to a lack of study habits and motivation, as well as neurodevelopmental disorders. Instead of the entrepreneurial subjects eager to solve the problems of tomorrow, the teachers met students not too keen on challenge-based education; many were there because that was what their grades admitted.

These students resist the school’s positioning of them as moral agents of change. In the data we can trace anger at being positioned as responsible for solving problems that the adult generation has caused. The students also use humour (comedy) as resistance, for instance making jokes about them being positioned as “predecessors” when they are at the same time seen as low-achieving, low motivated and disruptive.

References
Adam, B. (2010). History of the future: Paradoxes and challenges. Rethinking History, 14(3), 361–378.

Adam, B. & Groves, C. (2007). Future matters: action, knowledge, ethics. Leiden: Brill.

Ananiadou, K. and M. Claro (2009), “21st Century Skills and Competences for New Millennium Learners in OECD Countries”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 41,OECD.

Appadurai, A. (2004). The capacity to aspire: Culture and the terms of recognition. Culture and public action, 59, 62-63.

Borup, M., Brown, N., Konrad, K., & Van Lente, H. (2006). The sociology of expectations in science and technology. Technology Analysis & Strategic Management, 18(3–4), 285–298.

Froerer P., Ansell, N. and Huijsmans, R. (2022). Sacrifice, suffering and hope: education,
aspiration and young people’s affective orientations to the future. Ethnography and Education, 17(3), 179–185.

Goring, J., Kelly, P., Padilla, D. C., & Brown, S. (2023). Young People’s Presents and Futures, and the Moral Obligation to be Enterprising and Aspirational in Times of Crisis. Futures. https://doi-org.ludwig.lub.lu.se/10.1016/j.futures.2023.103099

Halász, G., & Michel, A. (2011). Key Competences in Europe: interpretation, policy formulation and implementation. European Journal of Education, 46(3), 289-306.

Konrad, K. (2006). The social dynamics of expectations: the interaction of collective and actor-specific expectations on electronic commerce and interactive television. Technology Analysis & Strategic Management, 18(3-4), 429-444.

Lingard, B., & Rawolle, S. (2011). New scalar politics: Implications for education policy. Comparative Education, 47(4), 489–502.
 
Nowotny, H. (2015). The cunning of uncertainty. Cambridge: Polity.

Yin, R.K. (2014). Case study research: design and methods. (5. ed.) London: SAGE.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm25 SES 02 A: Children’s and Young People’s Agency in Diverse Educational Contexts – International Perspectives on the Concepts of Agency and Diversity
Location: Adam Smith, 706 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Katrin Ehrenberg
Session Chair: Di Cantali
Symposium
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Symposium

Children’s and Young People’s Agency in Diverse Educational Contexts – International Perspectives on the concepts of Agency and Diversity

Chair: Katrin Ehrenberg (Leibniz University of Hannover)

Discussant: Dianne Cantali (University of Dundee)

Both Childhood Studies and the New Sociology of Childhood revised the idea of children as passive and dependent individuals and understand them as social actors and active co-constructors of their environment (Honig, 2009) which induced an increasing consideration of children’s agency as “the will and capacity to act and to influence others or the environment” (Deakin Crick et al., 2015). This understanding relates to the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC, UN 1989) which recognises children’s participatory rights as well as their right to a voice which is heard, given a space to be expressed, listened to and acted upon (Article 12; Lundy, 2007). Despite the increasing attention for children’s voice and agency, a need for clarification in the theoretical conceptualisation of children’s agency has been identified (Priestley, 2020).

Childhood and adolescence are concepts that are constructed and shaped by normalising practices, discourses and structures. Thus, children and adolescents are constantly confronted with the demands of a complex social reality as well as societal norms (Corsaro, 2005). Educational institutions have the function to foster young people’s development into agentic, critically thinking and creative citizens for a democratic society and to empower them to develop their capacities as it is emphasised in article 29 of the UNCRC. They are, however, also places of reproducing social inequality (Ballantine & Stuber 2017).

Thus, this symposium focusses on the questions “How do children and young people who are labelled as not fulfilling societal norms or being in socially disadvantaged positions experience agency? How are they supported or restricted in achieving agency by educational institutions?”. The symposium aims to discuss children’s and young people’s agency in relation to different dimensions of diversity and social inequality from an international perspective, involving perspectives from Scotland, Estonia and Germany. The focus of the papers lies on the following questions:

  • How do children and young people experience agency within educational institutions?
  • How is children’s and young people’s agency related to different dimensions of diversity/social inequality as well as the ecological conditions of the different countries?
  • How do educational institutions and practices support or restrict agency?

The twofold comparative perspective on children’s and young people’s agency does not only involve different national perspectives but as well different dimensions of diversity. Representing an intersectional approach, the three papers address different dimensions of diversity which do not only relate to categories that are currently associated with diversity such as gender, ethnicity or dis/ability, but also focus on the diversity of children’s experiences (e.g. care experiences or experiences with individual assistance at school). Moreover, different age groups are represented which is why both the terms “children” and “young people” are used. All papers represent a methodical approach (qualitative or quantitative) which emphasises the experiences and voices of children and young people recognising them as experts of their own living realities.

Furthermore, the symposium intends to contribute to a discourse of a theoretical conceptualisation of children’s agency by discussing the theoretical implications of the different research perspectives and using a temporal-relational ecological approach as a theoretical framework to analyse and understand agency (Emirbayer & Mische 1998; Priestley et al. 2015). From this perspective, agency is conceptualised as “a temporal and relational phenomenon” and “an emergent phenomenon of the ecological conditions through which it is enacted” (Biesta et al. 2017, 40). The focus lies on how actors achieve, produce and enact agency within specific environments and under certain ecological conditions. This understanding emphasises agency being a social construct rather than being an individual capacity. Agency is therefore shaped by possibilities and restrictions of the physical and social environment (Priestley, 2020).


References
Ballantine, J. H., & Hammack, F. M. (2017). The sociology of education: A systematic analysis (8th ed.). New York: Routledge.

Biesta, G.; Priestley, M. & Robinson, S. (2017). Talking about education: exploring the significance of teachers’ talk for teacher agency, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49:1, 38-54.

Corsaro, W. A. (2005). The sociology of childhood. London: Pine Forge Press.

Deakin Crick, R., Huang, S., Shafi, A. A. & Goldspink, C. (2015) Developing resilient agency in learning: the internal structure of learning power, British Journal of Educational Studies, 63:2, 121-160.

Emirbayer, M. & Mische, A.  (1998) What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023.

Honig, M.-S. (2009). How is the Child Constituted in Childhood Studies. In: Qvortrup, J.; Corsaro, W. A. & Honig, M.-S. (Ed.): The Palgrave Handbook of Childhood Studies. London: Palgrave Macmillan, 62-77.

Lundy, L (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Con-vention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal 33 (6), 927-942.

Priestley, A. 2020. Care-experienced young people: agency and empowerment. Children and Society 34: 521– 536.  

Priestley, M., Biesta, G. & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency. An Ecological Approach. London: Bloomsbury.

United Nations (UN) (1989): Convention on the Rights of the Child. https://www.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/UNCRC_united_nations_convention_on_the_rights_of_the_child.pdf

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Developing Young People’s Agency: The Power of Networks.

Andrea Priestley (University of Stirling)

This paper explores the concept of young people’s agency, addressing the question: How can we better understand young people’s achievement of agency? Drawing on two studies (see below), I argue that educational and broader contexts have roles to play in shaping the agency that young people can achieve. An analysis using a temporal-relational ecological understanding of agency (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998), makes visible some of the enablers and constraints that young people can face in particular educational contexts. Empowerment discourses, fashionable in current policy and practice, are reflected in Scottish legislation for children and young people and evidenced by duties on public bodies to consult children and young people in policy making (see for example; Scottish Executive, 1995, 2000, 2004). The Scottish Government’s (2007) recognition of a strong association between under-achievement and unemployment is evident in increased flexibility in the senior phase of secondary education, to allow students more choice (ibid., 2010), and in the trend to encourage students to take responsibility for their own learning, something that Davies (2006) terms ‘responsibilisation’ (Davies, 2006). This policy turn suggests that the agency young people achieve is important and that education has a key role to play in fostering it. However, ecological perspectives on agency (Biesta & Tedder, 2006) would suggest that this is problematic. Whilst education can develop individual capacity, this is not the same as agency, which is also shaped by the conditions of educational and wider contexts. This paper discusses two cases, using this ecological framing of agency. The first case studies secondary school students, labelled as non-attenders, and their opportunities in the post-compulsory phase of schooling. The second explores an empowerment group for care-experienced young adults (18-21) and their experience of schooling and post compulsory education. In both cases, educational trajectories were tailored to suit performative agendas of schools, rather than educational needs; but in the second case the existence of developed social networks helped these students achieve agency despite this. The data were generated through recorded interviews. Initially simple coding or ‘descriptive’ coding was applied to the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994), and then thematic coding. The cross-case analysis of the interviews included an iterative process of engagement with the research literature, including the application of Emirbayer and Mische’s (1998) agency framing. This research followed the principles of the British Educational Research Association Ethical Guidelines (BERA, 2018).

References:

Biesta, G. J. J., & Tedder, M. (2006). How Is Agency Possible? Towards an Ecological Understanding of Agency-as-Achievement. Learning Lives: Learning, Identity, and Agency in the Life Course. Working Paper Five, Exeter: Teaching and Learning Research Programme. British Educational Research Association (BERA) (2018). Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research. Fourth Edition. Davies, B. (2006) Subjectification: the relevance of Butler’s analysis for education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 27 (4), pp. 425-438. Emirbayer, M. & Mische, A. (1998) What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. Miles, M., & Huberman, A. (1994). Qualitative data analysis. London, UK: Sage. Scottish Executive. (1995). Children (Scotland) Act. Edinburgh, UK: HMSO. Scottish Executive (2000) Standards in Scotland’s Schools etc. Act. Edinburgh, UK: HMSO. Scottish Executive. (2004). The local government in Scotland Act 2003. Community planning: Statutory guidance. Edinburgh, UK: Crown Copyright.
 

Student’s Agency as a Cultural and Gender Phenomenon

Maria Erss (Tallinn University)

Estonia is an interesting case for studying student agency due to its ethnically segregated school system. Since the Soviet occupation in 1940 the Estonian education system was segregated into Estonian and Russian language schools to accommodate an increasing number of Russian speaking immigrants. After Estonia regained its independence in 1991 the only official language became Estonian but 25% of the population speaks Russian. The segregation has created many problems: Russian schools lag behind in state exam and PISA test results (on average by 40 points). Further, the Estonian language skills of many Russophone students are not sufficient to continue their education in high school or higher education where the instructional language is predominantly Estonian. There is some evidence that teachers in Russian schools have not adopted the same student-centred educational philosophy as in Estonian schools (Carnoy, Khavenson & Ivanova 2015) and prefer using the Soviet pedagogy. As a consequence, Russian students face problems with social mobility (Kunitsõn & Kalev 2021). This study had two aims: to develop an instrument to measure student's agency for Estonian and Russian schools and to compare the agency scores of students in order to ascertain to what extent do Estonian and Russian language schools currently support the development of students into agentic, critically thinking and creative individuals and citizens for a democratic society. The student agency scale includes concepts such as: agentic engagement (Reeve & Shin, 2020), resistance to perceived injustice (Mameli, Grazia & Molinari, 2021), perceived agency support (Reeve & Shin, 2020), persistence in pursuits (Vaughn, 2021; Dweck, 2006). According to a confirmatory factor analysis they loaded in three factors. 9309 students in grades 6-12 from 55 Estonian and 4 Russian schools participated in the main study in February 2022. Four hypotheses were set: 1) Students in Estonian gymnasia report higher levels of agency than students in Russian schools; 2 there are differences in perceived agency support in Russian and Estonian language schools; 3) there are gender differences in the agency scores between boys and girls both in Estonian and Russian schools; 4) students in higher school stages report higher levels of agency both in Estonian and Russian schools. The indpendent T-tests and Anova tests proved all four hypotheses. Student's agency scores were higher in Estonian schools and boys estimated their capacity for agentic behaviour and teachers’ support for their agency higher than girls. This confirms that agency is a cultural and gender phenomenon.

References:

Carnoy, M., T. Khavenson, and A. Ivanova. 2015. ‘Using TIMSS and PISA results to inform educational policy: a study of Russia and its neighbours.’ Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 45(2): 248-271. Dweck, C. (2006). Mindset: The New Psychology of Success. New York: Random House Publishing Group. Kunitsõn, N., & L. Kalev. 2021. ‘Citizenship education policy: a case of Russophone minority in Estonia.’ Social Sciences 10 (4), 131. Mameli, C., Grazia, V. and Molinari, L. (2021). The emotional faces of student agency. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 77. Reeve, J. & Shin, S. H. (2020) How teachers can support students’ agentic engagement, Theory into Practice, 59:2, 150-161. Vaughn, M. (2021) Student agency in the classroom: honoring student voice in the curriculum. New York: Teachers College Press.
 

“…because it sometimes looks like Leon has got a butler”. Children’s Agency in German Primary School Classrooms with Paraprofessional Assistance

Katrin Ehrenberg (Leibniz University of Hannover), Bettina Lindmeier (Leibniz University of Hannover)

This paper engages with children’s agency in German primary school classrooms with paraprofessional assistance. With signing the UN-convention of the rights of persons with disabilities (UN 2006), Germany committed to create an inclusive educational system recognising the right to education for all pupils. In order to ensure the participation of pupils with special educational needs, paraprofessional assistance has been established as a resource of individual support. The structural conditions are complex, since paraprofessional assistance is a resource of social care and not of the educational system (Fritzsche & Köpfer 2021). Research indicates that the individual child-centred support and the close relationship between pupils and paraprofessionals can impact the pupils’ participation in the classroom as well as the social interaction with peers and that it can be a practice of labelling the pupils as ‘special’ (Ehrenberg & Lindmeier 2020). This raises the question of how the individual support practices affect, support or restrict the pupils’ agency. The paper discusses the findings from the PhD-project “Reconstructions of subjectivity, power and agency in the context of paraprofessional assistance in inclusive school environments”. The project uses an ethnographic design in order to reconstruct practices of subjectivation linked to ascribing or denying agency to the pupils using a theoretical perspective which links the ecological approach to agency (Biesta et al. 2017) to post-structural theory. Following the understanding of Butler (1997a, 1997b), we understand agency as the power to act emerging from processes of subjectivation and being related to subject positions in which individuals are addressed. In this understanding, agency is a performative concept in which social norms and structures are reproduced, potentially enabling individuals to resist and destabilise the social order (Butler 1993; McNay 1999). In linking the post-structural and ecological understanding of agency, we focus on how processes of ascribing or denying agency are framed by social norms, the ecological and temporal conditions and power relations from which they emerge. Within this theoretical framework, we present data from both participant observation in class-rooms environments and focus group interviews with primary school pupils that are analysed using a method which combines interaction-analytical and discourse-analytical elements. The focus lies on the following questions: • How do pupils in inclusive classrooms with paraprofessional assistance experience, achieve and negotiate agency? • How is their agency shaped by practices of individual support? Which spaces of acting are opened up to the pupils and how do they use them?

References:

Biesta, G.; Priestley, M. & Robinson, S. (2017). Talking about education: exploring the significance of teachers’ talk for teacher agency, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49:1, 38-54. Biesta, G. J. J., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an eco-logical perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39, 132–149. Butler, J. (1993). Bodies That Matter. On the Discursive Limits of Sex. London: Routledge. Butler, J. (1997a). The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Butler, J. (1997b). Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. London: Routledge. Fritzsche, B. & Köpfer, A. (2021). (Para-)professionalism in dealing with structures of uncer-tainty – a cultural comparative study of teaching assistants in inclusion-oriented classrooms. Disability and Society, 37 (6), 972-992. Ehrenberg, K. & Lindmeier, B. (2020). Differenzpraktiken und Otheringprozesse in inklusiven Unterrichtssettings mit Schulassistenz. In: Leontiy, H. & Schulz, M. (Eds.): Ethnographie und Diversität. Wissensproduktion an den Grenzen und die Grenzen der Wissensproduktion. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 139-158. Mc Nay, L. (1999). Subject, Psyche and Agency. The Work of Judith Butler. Theory Culture & Society, 16 (2), 175-193. United Nations (2006): Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html .
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm26 SES 02 A: Controversial Issues and Dilemmas in Educational Leadership (Part 1)
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Björn Ahlström
Paper Session to be continued in 26 SES 09 B
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

School Leaders' Descriptions of Challenges Linked to the Leadership of Curriculum Implementation

Anne Mette Karlsen1, Jan Gilje2

1Western Norway Univ. of Applied Sciences, Norway; 2NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Karlsen, Anne Mette

School leaders stand in a field of tension between vertical and horizontal expectations. This situation implies that a school leader must consider education policy guidelines and requirements for student results and at the same time meet the needs of students, parents and staff. This requires a "Janus perspective" which on the one hand involves keeping a vigilant eye on the current societal challenges, and on the other hand put the spotlight on which needs should be taken care of in one's own school linked to the local context that frames the institution.

In this field of tension, school leaders must lead their own staff in the work of interpreting and operationalizing the school's curriculum, which can be challenging. Not least, it requires that the leader himself sets aside sufficient time to update himself on what new reforms and guidelines entail, and in this case the Norwegian curriculum LK20.

The objective of this study is to “open a window” into school leaders’ experienced challenges concerning leading the work of interpreting and operationalizing the school's curriculum in a Norwegian context. For this purpose, we have formulated the following research question:

What challenges do school leaders point out, related to leading the curriculum work at their own school?

In this context, it is relevant to see the school as a learning organization (Senge 1991; Roald 2010). In terms of building capacity for further development of the school, the term "learning organisation" now seems to be replaced by the term "professional learning communities" (Aas & Vennebo, 2021, p. 13). Hence, In the presentation, we will elaborate theoretically on the concept of "professional learning communities". Furthermore, we will include the new curriculum’s description of the professional community and the principal's management of this. We draw on Goodlad's (1979) curriculum model since this model is a relevant analytical tool when it comes to the relationship between the "different faces" of the curriculum.

We will also draw on Ertesvåg's (2012) description of the three phases in development work: initiation, implementation and institutionalisation, which opens up the possibility of being able to analyze whether the school leaders' challenges in leading the curriculum work can be specifically linked to one or more of these phases. We will also take a closer look at ledarship literature, for example Irgens (2021), Klev & Levin (2021), as well as Brunstad (2009) and his book on wise leadership.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To gain insight into school leaders challenges, we have started to analyse 45 written exam texts delivered by school leaders in a 15 Ects school leadership module from 2019 to 2022. All the participants of this module had already finished a 30 Ects general school leadership module, and this following add-on-module (15 Ects) focuses on leading the implementation of the curriculum. The module consists of four two-day physical sessions over the course of one year, work requirements and a development text in the form of an exam text that is handed in at the end of the year. The development text is based on the school leaders' experienced challenges related to the leadership of curriculum implementation. In this article, we want to explore which issues school leaders highlight in their exam texts.
We will analyze exam texts that has been delivered the last 5 years, representing cohorts  2018/19, 2019/20, 2020/21, 2021/22, 2022/23. We will limit the selection to students in the module for which our own institutions (HVL and NLA) have been responsible, which includes approx. 45 texts. We will use thematic analysis (Thagaard 2019, pp. 171-180), combined with "cross-section analysis" (Mason, 2018, pp. 194-205). This approach means that we go "across" the data (the different exam texts) , compare the texts and go in depth on the topics that appear.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analytic processes have just started, and it is difficult to see a clear pattern yet. However, preliminary results reveal some of the main problems that the school leaders point at. One problem that emerges from the data is the issue that it is difficult to lead a teacher group -with different attitudes -towards a common understanding of the curriculum. Further, without a common understanding it is difficult to change practice, in line with the new curriculum. Another critical factor is time. The school leaders report that they are surprised that so much time is necessary for discussions regarding the implementation of the curriculum.
References
Goodlad, J. I. (1979). Curriculum Inquiry. The Study of Curriculum Practice. McGraw-Hill Book Company.  

Irgens, E.J. (2021). Profesjon og organisasjon. En bok for profesjonsutøvere og de som skal lede dem. (3. utg.) Fagbokforlaget.

Mason, J. (2018). Qualitative Researching. 3.utgave. Sage.

Senge, P. (1991). The fifth dicipline.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Controversial Issues in Preschool Principals’ Leadership

Anna Rantala, Björn Ahlström, Ulf Leo, Pär Poromaa-Isling, Magnus Larsson

Umea University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rantala, Anna; Ahlström, Björn

This paper highlights the concept of controversial issues in preschool principals’ everyday practice. Controversial issues are something that teachers and principals have to address more frequently in schools and preschools in recent years (Council of Europe, 2017). One explanation for this development might be, according to the Council of Europe, that teachers and principals are working in a rapidly changing global environment. For instance, we have had a worldwide pandemic, conflicts in the surrounding world that increase migration, an ongoing climate crisis and a fast technological development that create insecurities. This development calls for a readiness capacity on the organizational level but also a leadership that is sensitive and able to identify controversial issues that arise in preschools today and tomorrow.

When reviewing research on controversial issues in preschools and schools it is evident that the main focus is directed toward teachers and their practice, i. e. on how they teach in relation to topics that are perceived as controversial in an educational setting (see e.g. Bautista, isco & Quaye, 2018; Sætra, 2019). Further, research on how controversial issues are perceived and dealt with from a principal’s perspective is scarce. The concept of controversial issues is not easily defined and there is no uniform definition of the concept. In this study we use a definition that controversial issues are all issues that create tension or disputes on an organizational and/or societal level such as, for example, segregation, migration, equality, religion, sexuality and gender which may be difficult to know how to handle and/or respond to (Council of Europe, 2017).

As described above, controversial issues are topics that is difficult to handle and sometimes there are no easy solutions or clear paths for the principal in order to deal with or in the process of deciding what to do. In other words, these issues could be described as professional dilemmas for the principals. A dilemma can be defined as a situation where values, obligations and/or commitments collide or conflict and there is, for the involved actors, no obvious right way to do or act (Honig, 1994, 1996). In order to describe and understand these professional dilemmas the concept of dilemmatic spaces is used. A dilemmic space can be understood as a landscape of interactions between different actors within a specific social setting and where frictions in relation to societal and professional norms and values manifest (Olsson, 2022). Through the concept of dilemmatic space, actors, norms, values and action patterns can be framed which can affect how principals are positioned or position themselves, which in turn affects their leadership practice. In this paper we understand the concept of dilemmatic space as being relational and dialectic (Fransson & Grannäs, 2013). This means that not only people are positioned based on their standpoints and their moral positioning but also in relation to various norms, values, patterns of action, decisions, rules, roles and functions are related and positioned in relation to each other, and these positions creates a space, an area where dilemmas might occur that principals have to deal with (Fransson, 2012; Fransson & Grannäs, 2013).

The aim of this study, which has an exploratory point of departure, is to analyze the controversial issues and discuss in relation to dilemmatic spaces. This is done by focusing on which issues preschool principals experience and articulate as controversial in their practice. Further, why these issues are perceived as controversial and how the principals are affected by them and how they position themselves or become positioned and what space they can operate in when trying to deal with them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a larger project, CVIL (ControVersial Issues in Leadership), that aim to study controversial issues in Swedish (K-12) principals’ everyday practice. Within the project’s first stage 29 interviews with principals were conducted, seven of these were with preschool principals and are used as the data set in this paper. The interviews were semi-structured (Bryman 2012) and the principals within the study were from different contexts (in relation to socio economic context, rural/urban settings etc.). In addition, some of the interviewed principals had worked as leaders for some time and others were relatively new in their position. Five researchers, connected to the project, conducted semi-structured interviews. The two main questions in the interview guide were: Which controversial issues are most important to you right now as principal, and what are the controversial issues that you have had in the past?, Each main question was followed by probing questions such as: Why was it a controversial issue for you?, How did you handle this issue?, Who was involved?, Who was affected by it?. In what way, and so on, Each interview lasted between one to two hours

All interviews have been recorded and transcribed verbatime. The data was analyzed using content analysis (Berg 2001, Creswell, 2007) with a focus to identify dilemmatic spaces in the light of the principals' perception of controversial issues.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary analysis consists of four themes: controversial issues in relation to traditions, norms and values, laws and regulations and local political demands. The first theme, conflicting norms regarding traditions, highlights dilemmas derived from frictions on how to celebrate holidays at the preschools and if all children should or are allowed (by the parents) to participate in these celebrations. These dilemmas can be related to both religious and cultural traditions.  The second theme, conflicting norms and values tend to be a theme which is made visible when the principals describe that ideological beliefs clash between teachers and parents regarding for example the preschool´s participation in activities to support everyone´s equal value such as participating in a pride festival.  

The third theme emerges when professional norms are challenged by laws and regulations or national or local goals and assignments. One of the principals describe that the Swedish National Agency for Education promotes concepts such as evidence-based education which this principal believes is not compatible with her view on how to teach children. The law that requires all abusive treatment between children to be reported is also triggering tensions, as principals believe that this law carries a risk of young children being labeled as victims or perpetrators. The fourth and final theme is when local political demands become a controversial issue for a principal. One example of this is a political initiative focusing a reading and writing guarantee for 5- and 6-year-old children which this principal think is an unreasonable demand on all children, and teachers.  

These results are discussed in relation to dilemmatic spaces that emerges and affects the principal’s need to position him or herself in favor of one side or somewhere in between, even if the principal wish to be able to take a different position.

References
Bautista, N., Misco, T., & Quaye, S. J. (2018). Early childhood open-mindedness: An investigation into preservice teachers’ capacity to address controversial issues. Journal of Teacher Education, 69(2), 154-168.  

Berg, B.L., 2001. Qualitative research methods for the social sciences. Boston, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

Bryman, Alan (2012). Social research methods. 4. ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press

Creswell, J.W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Fransson, G. (2012). Professionalisering eller deprofessionalisering? Positioneringar och samspel i ett dilemmatic space. I C. Gustafsson & G. Fransson (red.). Kvalificerad som lärare? Om professionell utveckling, mentorskap och bedömning med sikte på lärarlegitimation. Gävle University Press.  

Fransson, G., & Grannäs, J. (2013). Dilemmatic spaces in educational contexts–towards a conceptual framework for dilemmas in teachers work. Teachers and Teaching, 19(1), 4-17.

Honig, B. (1993). Difference, Dilemmas, and the Politics of Home. Social Research. Vol. 61, no 3.

Sætra, E. (2019). Teaching Controversial Issues: A Pragmatic View of the Criterion Debate. Journal of  Philosophy of Education, 53(2), s. 323–339. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12361

Wiman, Lena (2019). Att vara chef i förskolan - villkor, drivkrafter och uttryck. I K. Malmberg & A. Arnqvist (red.). Ledning i förskola - villkor och uttryck. Malmö: Gleerups.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Influence of Multifarious Factors on Circuit Manager Support to Principals During Education Change

Chris Steyn, Molly Patricia Fuller

North-West University, South Africa

Presenting Author: Steyn, Chris; Fuller, Molly Patricia

The continuous transformation in education globally and perpetual changes in the education landscape have had an impact on many facets of the organisational structure of education, leadership and education provision (Howard et al., 2019; Tintor´e et al., 2022). Although education change is difficult, it is crucial to adapt to worldwide change and needs. Considerable investments in education have been made by many countries, in the hope of school improvement. Despite the investments made, there is still a global concern that numerous schools are not functioning optimally and achieving required throughput rates.

Circuit managers (CMs) are uniquely placed to influence education reform, quality of education and school improvement. The CM is also known as the school inspector or superintendent. CMs have many challenges to deal with that are often beyond their control or mandate (Bantwini & Moorosi, 2018a; Myende et al., 2020). The numerous transformations in education have placed CMs under tremendous pressure, as they are accountable and responsible for the performance of the schools and learners in their circuit areas (Nkambule & Amsterdam, 2018). The support role of CMs has become an integral driver for transformation in schools. CMs should support principals in managing and leading their schools and ensure that principals are capacitated in dealing with many varying disparities (Bantwini, 2018a; Ndlovu, 2018). As such, CMS are central to the success of change initiatives in education. Unprecedented education changes have had an enormous impact on the expected support CMs need to give to principals (Arar, 2020; Kaul, 2021).

Multiple diverse factors influence the support that CMs provide to principals such as required training, context, geography, culture, socio-economic gap, unionised school environment, political interference and leadership of each school (Arar, 2020; Mthethwa, 2020; Myende et al., 2020; Przybylski et al., 2018; Tamadoni et al., 2021). Not all CMs are capacitated to effectively implement the required education changes and deal with school personnel and principals who show resistance to mandatory changes (Myende et al., 2020; Zulu et al., 2021). The findings of various studies show that CMs do not provide principals and schools with sufficient support (Bantwini & Moorosi, 2018b; Kaul et al., 2021).

There is an outcry from principals to be prepared, mentored, trained and developed to deal with education change (Bantwini & Moorosi, 2018b; Myende et al., 2020). The problem is that most education districts and CMs do not provide initiatives or opportunities for principals to be developed to deal with the challenging context in which they find themselves. The responsibilities of principals for ensuring continuous quality education and school improvement rely mainly on the leadership of the CMs in education districts to implement change. The significance of the CMs support to principals during education change cannot be overemphasised and need to be researched (Myende et al. 2020).

The significance of the CM in supporting principals, improving schools, and enhancing student learning is central to achieving greater educational transformation in diverse contexts. To assist CMs in dealing with multifarious factors and enable them to provide principals with effective and sustainable support, the researchers designed a support framework for CMs to support principals during education change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main research question: How can Circuit Managers (CMs) effectively execute their support to principals during education change, guided this research. The objectives were to determine multifarious factors that influence CM support, explore the experiences, expectations and needs of school principals pertaining to support provided by CMs; and design a support framework that can be implemented by CMs to support principals during education change. A conceptual and a theoretical framework was essential to anchor the research. Deming’s organizational change theory and Lewin’s theory of change and action (three-step change model) were used as the theoretical framework that underpinned the study. The theory and model were selected as the focus was on people and how elements within a system need to work together to bring about change and to deal with change. A qualitative approach with a phenomenological research strategy, embedded in an interpretive paradigm was regarded as suitable for this research. Phenomenological research allowed the researchers to gain insight into participants’ perceptions and lived experiences regarding the research phenomenon in their natural setting. Various steps were undertaken to unsure trustworthiness of the research, The chosen method of data analysis for this study was the inductive process of content analysis.  The researchers obtained an ethical clearance number to conduct the research from the Ethics Committee of the Faculty of Education of the North-West University and abide to all ethical regulations set out by the university. Permission was granted from the director of the Department of Education and the district directors. Consent forms were signed by all the participants. Purposeful sampling was used to sample participants in the research. The researchers used an independent district official in each district to select participants. The sample consisted of 17 participants: two CMs from each district and 13 secondary school principals from South Africa. Individual semi-structured interviews provided access to the participants’ perceptions, experiences, and practices. In these interviews the participating CMs and principals were probed with general and open-ended questions contained in a planned interview schedule. Conducting interviews allowed the researchers to collect in-depth, context-specific, ethical and case-sensitive qualitative data pertaining to the support of CMs to principals during education change. The phenomenological mode of inquiry aided the researchers in the development of a support framework for CMs to ensure the effective and sustainable support to principals during education change.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The provision of CM support to school principals are critical and cannot be ignored if principals are to succeed in their leadership role during education change. The support task of CMs is overwhelming, and CMs face many challenges and must deal with multifarious factors when supporting principals during education change. The success of principals and schools are dependent on the effectiveness of leadership and the ability of the CM to provide principals with support and navigate them through the turbulence of change in the context in which they work. The researchers found that principals were not effectively supported by CMs. The findings also revealed that principals needed context-relevant professional development and training, resources, motivation and guidance through CMs’ support actions, strategies and plans to enable them to deal with education change. The significance of this study is rooted in the contribution towards enhanced support by CMs to principals. The study addressed the influence of multifarious factors in the provision of CMs support to principals. The findings of the study can be used to guide officials in assembling policies regarding the provision of CM support during education change, as current legislation is vague and unclear on the role and responsibilities of CMs. The recommendations of the study can be employed by CMs to enhance principal leadership, school management, culture and climate in their districts and circuits. Enhanced CM support may also contribute to effectiveness, capability, management motivation and participation, as well as overall school performance. The body of knowledge arising from this study will assist education departments, education districts and especially CMs in using the support framework to support principals in challenging contexts and during education change.
References
Arar, K., & Avidov-Ungar, O. (2020). Superintendents’ perception of their role and their professional development in an era of changing organizational environment. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 19(3), 462-476.
Bantwini, B. D., & Moorosi, P. (2018a). The circuit managers as the weakest link in the school district leadership chain! Perspectives from a province in South Africa. South African Journal of Education, 38(3), 1-9.
Bantwini, B. D., & Moorosi, P. (2018b). School district support to schools: Voices and perspectives of school principals in a province in South Africa. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 21(6), 757-770.
Howard, P., O’Brien, C., Kay, B., & O’Rourke, K. (2019). Leading educational change in the 21st century: Creating living schools through shared vision and transformative governance. Sustainability, 11(4109), 1-13.
Kaul, M., Comstock, M., & Simon, N. (2021). Leading from the middle: How principals rely on district guidance and organizational conditions in times of crisis. Working paper. https://journals.sagepub.com/home/ero
Mthethwa, A. (2020, 15 July). Teacher unions strengthen calls for schools to close amid Covid-19 peak. Daily Maverick. Retrieved January 17, 2022, from https://www.dailymaverick.co.za/article/2020-07-15-teacher-unions-strengthen-calls-for-schools-to-close-amid-covid-19-peak/#gsc.tab=0
Myende, P. E., Ncwane, S. H., & Bhengu, T. T. (2020). Leadership for learning at district level: Lessons from circuit managers working in deprived school contexts. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 22. doi: 10.1177/1741143220933905
Ndlovu, S. M. (2018). The role of circuit managers in the professional development of school principals. (Master’s dissertation). University of Pretoria.
Nkambule, G., & Amsterdam, C. (2018). The realities of educator support in a South African school district. South African Journal of Education, 38(1), 1-11.
Przybylski, R., Chen, X., & Hu, L. (2018). Leadership challenges and roles of school superintendents: A comparative study on China and the United States. Journal of International Education and Leadership, 8(1), n1.
Tamadoni, A., Hosseingholizadeh, R & Bellibaş, M.S. (2021). A systematic review of key contextual challenges facing school principals: Research-informed coping solutions. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 1-35, DOI: 10.1177/17411432211061439
Tintor´e, M., Cunha, R. S., Cabral, I., & Alves, J.J.M. (2022). A scoping review of problems and challenges faced by school leaders (2003-2019). Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 50(4), 536-573, DOI: 10.1177/1741143220942527
Zulu, J. K., Bhengu, T. T., & Mkhize, B. N. (2021). Leadership challenges and responses to complex township school life: Perspectives from four secondary schools in South Africa. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 24(2), 206-225.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leading Systemwide Improvement in Primary School Science Education: A Comparative Study of System Leaders Managing Dilemmas of Education System Building

James Spillane1, Emily Seeber2, Christa M. Haverly1, Xiaoyu Yin1, Weiyu Quan3

1Northwestern University, United States of America; 2University of Michigan, United States of America; 3Harvard University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Spillane, James; Seeber, Emily

Globally, reform discourses and policy texts increasingly press standardization, test-based accountability, and evidence-based approaches to decision-making in education systems. These ideas have become staples in policy discourses (Ball, 2008), pushing education leaders to engage with technically rational problem-solving approaches. Although some challenges entail problem solving, others do not. Rather, they pose dilemmas for educators to manage. Dilemmas, as distinct from problems, refer to “messy, complicated, conflict-filled situations” where the alternative solutions are roughly equally desirable (or undesirable), necessitating compromise on the part of education and school leaders on some fundamental values (Cuban, 2001, p. 10). Dilemmas pose distinctive challenges for educational leadership.

In this presentation, we focus on the dilemmas that system leaders encounter in reforming primary school science in response to the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS Lead States, 2013). Primary school science offers an interesting case for two reasons: First, reformers press for ambitious changes that will require system leaders to engage in educational system-building to support science teaching. Second, primary school science has not figured as prominently as literacy and mathematics in policy texts that advance test-based accountability. Historically science is often sidelined in the primary school curriculum (Murphy & Beggs, 2005; NASEM, 2022), with primary teachers often lacking confidence in teaching science (Klepaker & Almendingen, 2017; Murphy et al, 2007), and as a result likely poses unique challenges for system leaders.

We motivate and frame our research by bringing three distinct literatures into conversation. First, education system-building refers to the work that system and school leaders, often in collaboration with teachers, do to organize, support, and manage the core work of schooling—teaching. It involves five core domains of work, distributed across levels (e.g., local education agencies, schools, and classrooms) of the education system, including building educational infrastructures; supporting the use of educational infrastructure in practice; managing environmental relations; managing practice and performance; and developing and distributing instructional leadership (Datnow et al., 2022; Peurach et al., 2019; Spillane et al., 2022). Our analysis focuses on system leaders’ efforts to build education systems to support primary school science and the dilemmas they construct in doing that work (Peurach, Yurkofsky, & Sutherland, 2019).

Second, we take a school subject specific approach to education system-building because the available empirical evidence suggests that the school subject matters not only for how teachers think about teaching and its improvement (Ball, 1981; Siskin, 2013), but also for school and system leaders’ efforts to lead and organize instructional improvement (Spillane & Hopkins, 2013). Further, the institutional environments that form around particular school subjects differ, shaping the work leaders must engage in. For example, some subjects––notably literacy and mathematics––receive considerably more attention from policymakers and other institutional actors than others, such as science and social studies (Burch & Spillane, 2003; Murphy & Beggs, 2005).

Third, while the rise of technical rationality globally has contributed to foregrounding the problem-solving work of educational leadership, scholars have long documented the centrality of dilemmas and managing dilemmas in educational practice from classroom teaching (Lampert, 1985) to school and district leadership (Cardno, 2007; Cuban, 2001; Spillane & Sun, 2022; Spillane & Lowenhaupt, 2019). Dilemmas captured situations in which educational leaders face two or more prized values, where choosing would lead to sacrificing something else they value, potentially making matters worse. Hence, dilemmas do not lend themselves to technically-rational approaches to problem-solving; rather they must be managed – coped with – over time.

Our research questions are:

1. What are the core dilemmas that education system leaders grapple with in improving and supporting elementary science education?

2. How do education system leaders manage these dilemmas?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our analysis is based on data from a five-year study exploring the work of instructionally focused system-building to support primary school science teaching at the school system- and school-levels. We used a qualitative comparative case study design (Yin, 2014) involving 13 education systems (i.e., school districts, charter school networks) across the U.S., focusing on systems leaders’ instructional decision-making about primary science.

Our theoretical sampling approach involved two steps. First, using snowball sampling, we selected six states that had either adopted the NGSS, or developed standards based on the NGSS.  We then selected four case study school systems within each state. In deciding on a final sample of 13 education systems, we worked to maximize variation in system size, urbanicity, and student demographics, as well as diversity in approaches to system-building for primary science education.  

We conducted 116, 60-minute, semi-structured virtual interviews with 101 district leaders (some were interviewed more than once). We asked science district leaders questions on (1) their roles, responsibilities, and background; (2) state, district, and community context; (3) current priorities and visions for primary science; (4) infrastructure in place supporting primary science; (5) plans for continuing primary science reform; and (6) challenges they were experiencing in this work. For non-science system leaders, such as literacy/math coordinators, Title 1 coordinators, and data managers, the interview focused on their role and how it interfaced with science system-building efforts. We also observed district routines relating to primary science in each system.

For data analysis, we coded the interviews deductively into broad analytic categories based on the five domains of system building described above, and references to challenges and dilemmas system leaders were facing in system-building work for primary science. Then, working inductively, we coded the references within the challenges and dilemmas code to identify key themes and dilemmas across different systems (Saldaña, 2021). Having identified four central dilemmas, we approached the data in layers, coding for each dilemma one at a time, and distinguishing codes into (a) identifying the nature and origins of the dilemma and (b) the management of each dilemma. By working in layers, with some sections double or triple coded, we were able to see how the four dilemmas intersected for system leaders to write analytic memos. We used observation data to further enrich and extend our memo writing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analysis documents how system leaders’ efforts, historically and currently, to manage their environments and build structural arrangements to support teaching contribute to the preferential treatment of literacy and mathematics relative to science. For example, the availability and use of performance metrics tied to student achievement in literacy and mathematics and educators’ lack of comfort with teaching science contributed to legitimizing the prioritizing of literacy and mathematics relative to science in organizational structures such as organizational routines and formal positions. This, in turn, created a series of dilemmas for system leaders eager to reform primary school science.

In building education systems, leaders managed this dilemma using three strategies. First, the integration of science with literacy and/or mathematics to ‘double count time’ and ensure science gets taught. Second, the specialization of teachers, either by employing science specialists or by departmentalizing teachers within year groups to mitigate against the effect of primary teachers’ lack of preparation and comfort teaching science. Third, by adopting curriculum materials that could be used to manage primary science teaching, for example by making teachers accountable for using the hands-on materials provided. These management approaches were also combined in some cases. In Silverbay school district, for example, integration and the creation of instructional time were central aims of their curriculum design efforts. System leaders chose strategies based on their beliefs about and goals for science learning but were also required to manage the resulting dilemmas that emerged from their efforts.

This study contributes to literature on dilemma management by showing that the dilemmas in education system-building (1) are school-subject sensitive, (2) emerge in relation to system-building for other school subjects, and (3) are embedded in school and education systems’ structural/organizational arrangements.

References
Ball, S. J. (1981). Beachside comprehensive. Cambridge University Press.

Ball, S. J. (2008). The education debate. Policy Press.

Burch, P., & Spillane, J. P. (2003). Elementary school leadership strategies and subject matter: Reforming mathematics and literacy instruction. The Elementary School Journal, 103(5), 519–535.

Cardno, C. (2007). Leadership learning—The praxis of dilemma management. International Studies in Educational Administration, 35(2), 35–50.

Cuban, L. (2001). How can I fix it?: Finding solutions and managing dilemmas: An educator’s road map. Teachers College Press.

Datnow, A., Park, V., Peurach, D. J., & Spillane, J. P. (2022). Transforming education for holistic student development: Learning from education system (re)building around the world. The Brookings Institution.

Klepaker, T. O. & Almendingen, S. F. (2017). How confident are primary school teachers to teach science? A comparative European study. Conexão Ciência, 12(2), 176–184.

Lampert, M. (1985). How do teachers manage to teach? Perspectives on problems in practice. Harvard Educational Review, 55(2), 178-194.  

Murphy, C., & Beggs, J. (2005). Primary science in the UK: a scoping study. Wellcome Trust.  

Murphy, C., Neil, P., & Beggs, J. (2007). Primary science teacher confidence revisited: Ten years on. Educational Research - EDUC RES, 49, 415–430.

NASEM. (2022). Science and engineering in preschool through elementary grades: The brilliance of children and the strengths of educators. The National Academies Press.

NGSS Lead States. (2013). Next generation science standards: For states, by states. The National Academies Press.

Peurach, D. J., Cohen, D. K., Yurkofsky, M. M., & Spillane, J. P. (2019). From mass schooling to education systems: Changing patterns in the organization and management of instruction. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 32–67.  

Peurach, D. J., Yurkofsky, M. M., & Sutherland, D. H. (2019). Organizing and managing for
excellence and equity: The work and dilemmas of instructionally focused education       systems. Educational Policy, 33(6), 812–845.  

Siskin, L. S. (2013). Academic departments in secondary schools. Routledge.

Spillane, J. P., Blaushild, N. L., Neumerski, C. M., Seelig, J. L., & Peurach, D. J. (2022). Striving for coherence, struggling with incoherence: A comparative study of six educational systems organizing for instruction. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 44(4), 567-592.  

Spillane, J. P., & Hopkins, M. (2013). Organizing for instruction in education systems and school organizations: How the subject matters. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(6), 721–747.

Spillane, J. P., & Lowenhaupt, R. (2019). Navigating the principalship: Key insights for new and aspiring school leaders. ASCD.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm26 SES 02 B: School Leadership and Teacher Efficacy
Location: Joseph Black Building, C407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Jean-Claude Couture
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Diverse Futures Orientations of Teachers and School Leaders: A collaborative research study

Jean-Claude Couture1, Guðrún Ragarsdóttir3, Anne Looney2, Roar Grottvik4, Jón Torfi Jónasson3, Penelope Stiles1

1University of Alberta; 2Dublin City University; 3University of Iceland; 4Education Futures Partnership

Presenting Author: Couture, Jean-Claude; Ragarsdóttir, Guðrún

This paper describes an international research study undertaking a comparative analysis of the diverse futures orientations of school leaders in the context of the short and longer-term impacts of the pandemic. Based on the first phase of work undertaken by research-practitioners from Iceland, Ireland and Alberta (Canada), and Australia, this session will invite participants to engage with the survey tool and facilitation processes developed and to explore some of the detailed and rich findings that have emerged from the project over the past two years.

Despite the work of organizations such as UNESCO and the Comparative & International Education Society, the teaching profession and its organizations remain largely preoccupied by the present and find themselves largely in a reactive mode (Jónasson, 2016; Education Futures Partnership, 2022). Rather than deferring to so-called self-proclaimed “thought-leaders” (OECD, n.d.) in organizations such as the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, school leaders need to recognize how their work is influenced by “the productive power of ‘best-guesses as to the impacts and implementation of any number of policies” that “conjure anticipated futures with real effects in the present” (Sellar, 2015, 135). As well, the session will outline how the study has sustained its initial commitment to contribute to UNESCO’s Education 2050 Learning to Become initiative by taking up John Urry‘s invitation to “democratize the future“ since ultimately in our everyday lives “power should be viewed as significantly a matter of uneven future-making (Urry, 2016, p. 189).

Over the past two years the research team has engaged school leaders as co-creators of a survey instrument for comparing the variations in their experiences across a number of international jurisdictions in terms of the impact on their futures orientations. As well, it is hoped that the instrurment will act as a catalyst for empowering school leaders to have a voice in how the future is imagined and framed by increasingly influential policy actors such as the OECD and ministries of education (Zhao & Gearin, 2018) who are increasingly driven by the impulses of anticipatory governance (Flyverbom & Garsten, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Foundational to this project are the findings of recent studies concerning the impacts of the pandemic on upper secondary principals in Iceland (Gestsdóttir et al., 2020; Ragnarsdóttir & Gestsdóttir, 2022; Ragnarsdóttir & Jónasson, 2022; Ragnarsdóttir et. al., 2022). This research identifies some of the impacts of the pandemic and applies these findings to understanding how disruption can be an opportunity for rethinking conceptions of school leadership including theories of change.

Contributing to this study‘s evolution was a pilot workshop (June, 2022) that brought together 17 principals from Dublin, Ireland and Edmonton, Alberta with research practitioners from the University of Alberta and Dublin City University. In Iceland, November, 2022, a joint futures institute and graduate course (University of Iceland, 2022) further advanced the work. This institute saw the application of interdisciplinary futures thinking methodologies (Riel, 2018) to engage the 25 participants in processes that helped them to consider their pandemic experiences as an opportunity to “rethink from the future” (Murgatroyd, 2015). The institute opened spaces for participants to:

• Collectively create conditions for conversation that enable school leaders to face the disruptions and opportunities of the future.
• Offer opportunities to learn from diverse international and local contexts that shape the schooling and education systems of nations.
• Apply the tools of social innovation and design thinking to learn from their diverse local and global contexts that shape school life and educational systems.
• Critique a pilot of a survey instrument that contribute to the international comparison of the futures orientations of school leaders.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The session will conclude by offering offer initial findings from both the Iceland institute and the pilot survey regarding how respondents see themselves both in the present moment and what they anticipate moving forward. For example, in the pilot survey, principals were offered six statements currently widely circulating in educational policy spaces (e.g. Build back better; Address learning loss; The only certainty is uncertainty). Respondents were invited to respond to two questions: Have you heard of these? How impactful/important are they to your work? As the respondents indicated, while these policy mantras were often advanced as expressions by policy-makers of particular preferred futures, there were wide variations in their perceived importance and impact on school leaders’ day-to-day work and longer-term concerns.

As the study moves into year three and the research project continues to offer possibilities for school leaders to build their capacity and sense of agency:

• to reflect on their diverse experiences with colleagues across the world as they
  respond to the long-term impacts of the pandemic on their schools and communities;
• determine the degree to which they are energized or fearful of the future, given
   the volatile, uncertain, complex and ambiguous nature of the global landscape;
• consider possible futures beyond the pandemic and reflecting on the future of
  the profession and its broader role in civil society.

References
Education Futures Partnership. 2022. What are Education Futures?
https://education-futures-partnership.education/index.php/2020/01/23/what-are-education-futures/

Flyverbom, M. and Garsten, C. 2021. Anticipation and Organization: Seeing, knowing and governing futures. Organization Theory. 2: 1–25

Jónasson, J.  2016. Educational change, inertia and potential futures. Why is it difficult to change the content of education? European Journal of Futures Research 4:1, 1-14. DOI:10.1007/s40309-016-0087-z

Miller, R. (Ed.) 2018. Transforming the Future: Anticipation in the 21st Century. Oxon, UK: Routledge / UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000264644

Murgatroyd, S. 2015. How to Rethink the Future – Making Use of Strategic Foresight. New York: Lulu Press.

OECD. n.d. OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030 Thought Leaders.
https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/contact/thought-leaders/

Gestsdóttir, S. M. et al. 2020. Fjarkennsla í faraldri: Nám og kennsla í framhaldsskólum
á tímum samkomubanns vegna COVID-19 19 Upper secondary education in Iceland
during the COVID-19 pandemic. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Sérrit um
COVID-19 og menntakerfið. https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2020.25

Ragnarsdóttir, G., & Jónasson, J. T. 2022. Stofnunareðli framhaldsskóla í
faraldurskreppu. Ný reynsla og breytt umboð skólastjórnenda. Stjórnmál og stjórnsýsla
The institutional nature of upper secondary education during the COVID-19 pandemic
crisis: New experience and changed agency of school leaders.
https://doi.org/10.13177/irpa.a.2022.18.2.6

Ragnarsdóttir, G. & Gestsdóttir, S. M. 2022. Togstreita og andstæð sjónarmið: Sýn
kennara og skólastjórnenda á þróun og framtíðarmöguleika framhaldsskólans Conflict
and colliding points of view: Teacher’s and school leader’s vision of the development
and future possibilities of the upper secondary education, Netla – Veftímarit um
uppeldi og menntun. https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2022.80

Ragnarsdóttir, G., et al. 2022. Starfsumhverfi framhaldsskólakennara á fyrsta ári
COVID-19 heimsfaraldurs The working environment of upper secondary school
teachers during the first year of the COVID-19 pandemic. Netla – Veftímarit um
uppeldi og menntun. https://doi.org/10.24270/netla.2022.12

Sam Sellar. 2015. A feel for numbers: affect, data and education policy, Critical Studies in Education, 56:1, 131-146, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2015.981198

University of Iceland. 2022. Leadership in a New Era: New and Changing Issues, Challenges and Crises.
https://menntavisindastofnun.hi.is/is/forysta-nyjum-timum-ny-og-breytt-vidfangsefni-askoranir-og-kreppur?%20%20fbclid=IwAR1HakeVWIvrI_yW273_IwFCqtL4c_M2wExFCEdyCyYpi59bG23MCvCkDow

Urry, J. 2016. What is the Future? Cambridge: Polity Press.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

School Leader Trust and Collective Teacher Innovativeness - Individual and Organisational Ambidexterity as a Mediator

Marcus Pietsch1, Kathrin Dedering2

1Universität Lüneburg, Germany; 2Universität Erfurt, Germany

Presenting Author: Pietsch, Marcus

Trust is a key resource of social action, becoming necessary when moments of uncertainty must be bridged, and decisions must be made, but it remains uncertain whether expectations will be met on the individual or organisational level (Colquitt et al., 2011). Therefore, trust in others’ competence, reliability and integrity comes with a certain risk.

In education science, trust phenomena from leaders’ perspective play a minor role in general, particularly in the school context. Nevertheless, a large amount of school trust literature has revealed that trust is an antecedent to important education processes and outcomes, e.g., professional learning, instructional change and collaboration (Adams & Miskell, 2016).

In our study, we built on research that examines the relationship between trust and schools’ functioning, tying trust to schools’ innovation capacity (Louis & Murphy, 2017; Tschannen-Moran, 2009). More concretely, we focussed on school leaders and examined the effects of school leader trust in teachers on collective teacher innovativeness as a precursor of school improvement and change. In doing so, we examined individual and organisational ambidexterity’s potential role as a complementary set of activities and processes in mediating these effects, as the literature suggests that (organisational) ambidexterity – i.e., “the ability to simultaneously pursue both incremental and discontinuous innovation…from hosting multiple contradictory structures, processes and cultures within the same” (Tushman & O’Reilly, 1996, p. 24) organisation – mediates the trust-innovativeness relationship (Gibson & Birkinshaw, 2004).

Two central questions guided our research:

  1. What is the relationship between school leader trust in teachers and collective teacher innovativeness?
  2. How does individual and organisational ambidexterity mediate the relationship between school leader trust in teachers and collective teacher innovativeness?

Three concepts are key to our study: school leader trust in teachers; collective teacher innovativeness; and individual and organisational ambidexterity. Based on a literature review, we tested a mediation model which illustrates the relationships between the variables of interest in this study, namely school leader trust in teachers, school leader exploration and exploitation, school exploration and exploitation, and collective teacher innovativeness. In this conceptual framework, school leader trust in teachers is the key independent variable. Its direct effects on collective teacher innovativeness are proposed based on the very first empirical evidence concerning the relationship between both variables. School leader exploration and exploitation are viewed as micro-foundations of school exploration and exploitation, which are viewed as predictors of collective teacher innovativeness. Thus, exploration and exploitation among school leaders and schools are posited as mediators between school leader trust and collective teacher innovativeness.

With these variables in mind, the following hypotheses were tested:

H1: School leader trust in teachers affects collective teacher innovativeness directly.

H2a: School leader trust in teachers affects school leader exploration.

H2b: School leader trust in teachers does not affect school leader exploitation.

H3a and H3b: School leader exploration and exploitation are micro-foundations of school exploration and exploitation and, therefore, affect them.

H4a: School exploration affects collective teacher innovativeness.

H4b: School exploitation does not affect collective teacher innovativeness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For our research we used a unique, randomised and representative data set of N = 411 German school leaders. For gaining the data we used a questionnaire which comprised 35 item blocks, from which we used only a small part. We considered the following variables as part of our study: School leader trust was measured following Mayer at al. (1995) and Cunnigham and MacGregor (2000), School leader exploitation was measured by applying three items developed by Mom et al. (2009). School leader exploration is based on the same preliminary work as the school leader exploitation scale. School exploitation also is based on the features by which March (1991) characterised exploitation in the context of organisational learning. However, the items here do not refer to the school leader as a reference, but to the school as an organisation. Based on this and the work of Da’as (2022), three items were developed to capture the school’s exploitative orientation. School exploration was measured just like school exploitation. Again, three items were developed and used to capture the construct. Teacher innovativeness was measured with a scale from the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development’s (OECD) Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS, OECD 2019).
To test our hypotheses, we estimated mediated structural equation models in MPLUS 8.4 (Muthén & Muthén, 2017). To avoid a confounding of structure and measurement in our model, we followed the two-step approach suggested by Anderson and Gerbing (1988). As we estimated an indirect path model, a model containing mediator variables, we tested mediation effects’ robustness by applying a bootstrapped mediation analysis, providing 95% bias-corrected bootstrap confidence intervals with 1,000 bootstrap replications (Hayes, 2018). As our data stemmed from a single instrument, we also tested for common method bias by conducting Harman’s single factor test (Harman, 1960) in advance. Thus, we loaded all model variables on a single unrotated factor and tested whether these variables explained a substantial amount of the factor variance. This procedure indicated that the items collectively explained 26.7 percent of this single factor, well below the threshold of 50 percent, above which substantial bias in further estimations through common method bias is expected (Lance et al., 2010). Accordingly, we took no further action in this regard.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that school leader trust strongly affects collective teacher innovativeness. An additional effect could be achieved if school leaders, as a consequence of trusting their teachers, take more risks themselves, act exploratively and, as a result, create an explorative working environment for teachers. As school leaders’ exploitative and explorative activities impact schools on the organisational level, they are micro-foundations of organisational ambidexterity. The results provide evidence to advance an understanding of factors influencing collective teacher innovativeness and ambidexterity’s mediating role. This understanding might help promote collective teacher innovativeness that encourages change to improve schools.

References
Adams, C. M., & Miskell, R. C. (2016). Teacher Trust in District Administration: A Promis-ing Line of Inquiry. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(4), 675–706.
Anderson, J. C., & Gerbing, D. W. (1988). Structural Equation Modeling in Practice: A Re-view and Recommended Two-Step Approach. Psychological Bulletin, 103(3), 411–423.
Colquitt, J. A., LePine, J. A., Zapata, C. P., & Wild, R. (2011). Trust in Typical and High-Reliability Contexts: Building and Reacting to Trust among Firefighters. Academy of Man-agement Journal, 54(5), 999–1015.
Cunningham, J. B., & MacGregor, J. (2000). Trust and the design of work complementary constructs in satisfaction and performance. Human relations, 53(12), 1575–1591.
Da’as, R. A. (2021). The missing link: Principals’ ambidexterity and teacher creativity. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 1–22.
Gibson, C. B., & Birkinshaw, J. (2004). The antecedents, consequences, and mediating role of organizational ambidexterity. Academy of management Journal, 47(2), 209–226.
Harman, H. H. (1960). Modern Factor Analysis. University of Chicago Press.
Hayes, A. F. (2018). Partial, conditional, and moderated moderated mediation: Quantifica-tion, inference, and interpretation. Communication monographs, 85(1), 4–40.
Lance, C. E., Dawson, B., Birkelbach, D., & Hoffman, B. J. (2010). Method effects, meas-urement error, and substantive conclusions. Organizational Research Methods, 13(3), 435–455.
Louis, K. S., & Murphy, J. F. (2017). Trust, caring and organizational learning: the leader’s role. Journal of Educational Administration, 55(1), 103–126.
March, J. G. (1991). Exploration and exploitation in organizational learning. Organization science, 2(1), 71–87.
Mayer, R. C., Davis, J. H., & Schoorman, D. F. (1995). An Integrative Model of Organiza-tional Trust. Academy of Management Review, 20, 709–734.
Mom, T. J., Van Den Bosch, F. A., & Volberda, H. W. (2009). Understanding variation in managers' ambidexterity: Investigating direct and interaction effects of formal structural and personal coordination mechanisms. Organization Science, 20(4), 812–828.
Muthen, L. K. & Muthen, B. O. (2017). Mplus User’s Guide. Muthén & Muthén.
OECD (2019). TALIS 2018 technical report. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/TALIS_2018_Technical_Report.pdf
Tschannen-Moran, M. (2009). Fostering Teacher Professionalism in Schools – the Role of Leadership Orientation and Trust. Educational Administration Quarterly, 45(2), 217–247.
Tushman, M. L., & O’Reilly, C. A. (1996). The ambidextrous organization: Managing evo-lutionary and revolutionary change. California Management Review, 38, 1–23.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm26 SES 02 C: Exploring Relational, Emotional and Affective Leadership Skills in Schools: A Participative Approach
Location: Joseph Black Building, B419 LT [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Niamh Lafferty
Research Workshop
 
26. Educational Leadership
Research Workshop

Exploring Relational, Emotional and Affective Leadership Skills in Schools: A Participative Approach

Niamh Lafferty1, Hege Fimreite2, Nicolaas Blom1, Øyvind Glosvik2, Nina Grieg Viig2, Patricia Mannix - McNamara1

1University of Limerick, Ireland; 2Western University for Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Lafferty, Niamh; Fimreite, Hege; Blom, Nicolaas; Glosvik, Øyvind; Viig, Nina Grieg; Mannix - McNamara, Patricia

As schools across Europe, the UK, and beyond are increasingly diversifying in terms of student populations (Devine, 2011; Dixon et al., 2014; Dijkstra et al., 2016), it is imperative that educational practices are inclusive by nature to promote, facilitate, and achieve the social, educational, and emotional demands of all students (Sorkos & Hajisoteriou, 2021). It is the contention of the current authors that Relational, Emotional, and Affective (REA) Leadership skills and practices which facilitate a human-centred approach to school decision-making processes, are vital for the achievement of these goals as they promote collaboration, empathy, open-discussion, and trust (Maritsa et al., 2022; Messineo et al., 2021; Skerritt et al., 2022).

Inclusive education, rather than that which is segregated or integrated (Elton-Chalcraft et al., 2016), requires an understanding and consideration of all stakeholders’ positions and needs (Messiou, 2019). Education, particularly primary and post-primary education, is a system made up of multiple stakeholders including the students and their families, the teaching staff, school leaders, and the community. These stakeholders and their needs do not remain static across schools however, with each school differing based on social, economic, and geographic factors (Carey, 2018; Hall et al., 2021; Park, 2010). This highlights a number of concerns. Firstly, knowledge generation for the purpose of influencing inclusive education practices, is complex due to the wide array of voices to be considered. Secondly, a top-down approach to knowledge generation for the purpose of influencing practice, cannot hope to address individual school’s needs as it adopts a problem-solving approach for a general population of schools within a specific country or state (OECD, 2019). In acknowledging that schools and their stakeholders have their own specific needs and that schools occur not in isolation but embedded in the wider society, the question to be addressed is how can the individual needs of schools be met whilst also influencing the practices of the wider system?

It is the contention of the current authors that research involving students, pre-service and in-service teachers, and school leaders as both researchers and research participants, will allow for the generation of knowledge at the local level, from those that are currently experiencing the education system. This generated knowledge has the potential to challenge and build upon existing conceptualisations held not only in the extent literature but by those within the system (students, teachers, school leaders etc.) as they practice and experience education in the present. This research strives to explore the facilitation of stakeholder voice through relational, emotional, and affective leadership practices that promote a human-centred approach to education. It is through this facilitation of knowledge generation that the foundation for systemic change in school practices is forged.

The current authors propose an approach to achieve these goals of knowledge generation, theory conceptualisation, and influencing practice. The CELTS research group’s founding and acting partners are based in Norway and Ireland and work with a vast network of international collaborators representing policy makers, HEIs, primary and post-primary schools, and other researchers. The group work on a variety of research strands with the ultimate purpose of facilitating research with the inclusion of students, pre-service and in-service teachers, and school leaders for the facilitation of knowledge generation in a bottom-up approach beginning with stakeholders and moving towards wider systemic change. The methods to be utilised are discussed in detail in the next section.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The term workshop refers to a group of people gaining new knowledge, performing creative problem-solving, brainstorming, or innovation concerning a specific issue (Borgen & Ødegaard, 2021). For the context of this workshop, we will use the workshop as a research method to produce reliable and valid data on how a participatory approach can support and develop REA leadership theory. Understandings take place in a dialogical process, in which knowledge and meaning are created in the tension between different voices (Bakhtin, 1984).

In this workshop groups of participants will discuss critical questions related to the conceptualization and implementation of REA leadership practices. These activities can facilitate participants to consider the enactment of REA leadership in new ways and to exchanging ideas about how REA leadership can be implemented as a whole school approach in different international contexts.  

Our 90 min workshop will consist of an introduction to our research group, followed by activities which are designed to encourage open dialogues with our peers. The activities will focus on:

- Perceptions of REA Leadership within a whole school approach  

- Barriers/facilitators to implementing such a whole-school approach  

- Potential avenues for integrating REA Leadership into schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants in this workshop will be introduced to REA leadership skills which promote a human-centred approach to leadership within schools. Beyond schools, REA skills are interdisciplinary in nature and can be used in a variety of contexts for the promotion of human-centred decision-making processes.
References
Bakhtin, M. M. (1984). Problems of Dostoevsky’s poetics. University of Minnesota Press.

Borgen, J. S., & Ødegaard, E. E. (2021). Global paradoxes and provocations in education: Exploring sustainable futures for children and youth. In E. E. Ødegaard & J. S. Borgen (Eds.), Childhood cultures in transformation – 30 years with UNCRC. Brill-Sense Publication/Brill open.

Carey. (2018). “What Am I Gonna Be Losing?” School Culture and the Family-Based College-Going Dilemmas of Black and Latino Adolescent Boys. Education and Urban Society, 50(3), 246–273. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124517713112  

Devine, D. (2011) Immigration and Schooling in the Republic of Ireland: Making a Difference? Manchester: Manchester University Press.  

Dijkstra, E. M., Walraven, A., Mooij, T. & Kirschner, P. A. (2016). Improving kindergarten teachers’ differentiation practices to better anticipate student differences. Educational Studies, 42(4), pp. 357–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2016.1195719.  

Dixon, F. A., Yssel, N., McConnell, J. M. & Hardin, T. (2014). Differentiated instruction, professional development, and teacher efficacy. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 37 (2), pp. 111–27. https://d oi.org/10.1177/0162353214529042.  

Elton-Chalcraft, Cammack, P. J., & Harrison, L. (2016). Segregation, integration, inclusion, and effective provision: a case study of perspectives from special educational needs children, parents, and teachers in Bangalore India. International Journal of Special Education, 31(1), 2–9.  

Hall, K.S., Liang, Y.-W. M., & Riley, L. J. (2021). Best Practices of Principals to Increase Attendance in Low-Socioeconomic Status Rural High Schools. NASSP Bulletin, 105(2), 65–83. https://doi.org/10.1177/01926365211012453  

Maritsa, E., Goula, A., Psychogios, A., & Pierrakos, G. (2022). Leadership Development: Exploring Relational Leadership Implications in Healthcare Organizations. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(23), 15971–. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph192315971

Messineo, L., Seta, L., & Allegra, M. (2021). The relationship between empathy and altruistic motivations in nursing studies: a multi-method study. BMC Nursing, 20(1), 1–124. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12912-021-00620-4

Messiou, Kyriaki (2019). The missing voices: Students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education.” International journal of inclusive education 23.7-8768–781. Web.

OECD. (2019). Implementing Education Policies Improving School Quality in Norway The New Competence Development Model. OECD Publishing.

Park Sam-Chul. (2010). Effects of School Location on School Organizational Culture in Korea. The Review of Korean Studies, 13(3), 151–175. https://doi.org/10.25024/review.2010.13.3.007

Skerritt, C., O’Hara, J., Brown, M., McNamara, G., & O’Brien, S. (2022) Student voice and the school hierarchy: the disconnect between senior leaders and teachers, Oxford Review of Education, 48:5, 606-621, DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2021.2003189

Sorkos, & Hajisoteriou, C. (2021). Sustainable intercultural and inclusive education: teachers’ efforts on promoting a combining paradigm. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 29(4), 517–536. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2020.1765193
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm27 SES 02 A: Citizenship Education in Diverse Contexts
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: May Jehle
Paper Session
3:15pm - 4:45pm27 SES 02 B: Language Learning and Interaction
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Exploring Through Dialogue: Structured Reciprocal Peer Tutoring (‘SYKL’) in Danish L1

Kenneth Reinecke Hansen

University College Copenhagen (KP), Denmark

Presenting Author: Hansen, Kenneth Reinecke

Introduction

In school, one of the most widely applied teaching methods is the conversation in pairs in the form of peer learning or peer tutoring (Thurston et al., 2020). However, often these conversations lack sufficient structure and scaffolding, and frequently the teaching method, e.g. Cooperative Learning, is detached from the subject area (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022). This can result in unqualified and superficial pair work (Gillies, 2013).

At University College Copenhagen (UCC) we investigate how to qualify peer tutoring through an intervention project called SYKL, an abbreviation for Systematized Reciprocal Peer Tutoring. SYKL has already been developed for and implemented in science and mathematics and is currently being carried out in Danish L1 in all 4th grade classes (students aged 10-11 years) at the 7 schools in Hillerød Municipality in Denmark. This presentation is about the ongoing SYKL project, and it seeks to investigate the students’ dialogic pair work and possible benefits and challenges of SYKL in Danish L1.

Background

Research into peer tutoring in L1 has mainly focused on literacy in general and reading in particular. Several such studies have documented that peer tutoring has a positive effect on both basic reading skills, reading comprehension and self-regulated reading activities (e.g. Spörer & Brunstein, 2009; Tsuei et al., 2020). However, our knowledge is more restricted when it comes to how peer tutoring can be applied, and with what effects, when working with more complex L1 skills such as deep understanding and critical thinking.

Research suggests a close connection – and possibly even causality – between social and academic benefits of peer tutoring (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022; Thurston et al., 2020). Accordingly, in SYKL, students are paired based on social as well as academic criteria. Thus, the intent is inclusion through the subjects, which in SYKL is referred to as socio-academic inclusion (Schmidt, 2015).

Research into socio-academic inclusion is sparse. In a review of structured reciprocal peer tutoring from a combined social and academic perspective between 2011 and 2021, Tiftikci (2021) finds only two such studies with direct relevance for Danish L1, both encouraging: Tymms et al., (2011) document positive effects regarding reading for both cross-age and same-age interventions (ES = 0.2 for both). Willis et al. (2012) find in a qualitative cross-age study notable benefits, both for the literacy skills of the tutees (mentees) and the communication, problem-solving and leadership skills of the tutors (mentors).

SYKL in Danish L1

In the SYKL intervention, we view Danish L1 widely as both a language, literacy, text and Bildung subject, and we build upon contemporary research on student communication and reflection (Holmberg, et al. 2019). In this context, we seek to scaffold investigative and explicitly reflective conversation for the students, also known as exploratory talk, which is “hesitant and incomplete because it enables the speaker to try out ideas, to hear how they sound, to see what others make of them, to arrange information and ideas into different patterns” (Barnes, 2008, p. 5). The objective is that such exploratory and dialogic oracy eventually becomes part of the students’ socio-academic norms (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022), in order to strengthen the students’ social relationships as well as their deep L1 understandings and strategies.

Research Question

The research question for this presentation is thus:

RQ: What characterise the students’ (speech) acts during SYKL interactions – and what do they reveal about the establishment of socio-academic norms in Danish L1?

The terminology (speech) acts illustrates that the focus of the presentation is the students’ talk and dialogue as well as body language and gesture.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Intervention design
The teachers who participate in the SYKL intervention have received training in peer tutoring techniques, including how to support and scaffold exploratory dialogue in Danish L1. The intervention lasted 16 weeks in the autumn of 2022, each week with one SYKL lesson (45 minutes) structured in the following way:

1. The teacher’s introduction to the topic of the task (5 minutes).
2. Pair work with the first part of the SYKL-task, where one student acts as tutor, the other as tutee (15 minutes).
3. Pair work with the second part of the SYKL-task, where the student roles are reversed (15 minutes).
4. Whole class discussion, both on the academic content and the students’ collaboration (10 minutes).

The pair work is structured around 6 generic scaffolding prompt cards with headings such as “Remember to encourage your partner!” and “Think aloud!” Moreover, the tutor is provided with a task sheet, specific to the Danish L1 context, containing a brief text (excerpt), e.g. a poem, the task itself, e.g.: “Investigate how the language creates atmosphere in the poem,” and some didactic hints in the form of scaffolding questions, prompts or suggestions, e.g.: “Is there anything you wonder about in the poem?”

Data collection
Based on the socio-demographics of the schools, 4 classes at 4 schools were selected, and the following video-recorded and transcribed data were collected:
- During intervention: observations of 12 randomly selected SYKL lessons across the semester: 3 lessons in each of the 4 classes.
- Post intervention: 4 semi-structured focus group interviews with SYKL pairs: 1 randomly selected pair in each of the 4 classes.

Data analysis
Both observations and focus group interviews are to contribute to elucidate the (speech) acts that are the RQ focal point. The observations show the pair work, while the interviews contain the students’ reflections on the pair work.

All data are handled qualitatively. The students’ (speech) acts are coded thematically based on an inductive principle, “reading the transcriptions line by line using an open coding approach, noting emergent and recurring perceptions and observations that were repeated” (Willis et al., 2012, p. 178). The (speech) acts are analysed for dominant patterns in relation to their academic and social nature (cf. Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022). Selected dialogues are excerpted for close, mainly linguistic, analysis, drawing on pragmatic speech act and politeness theory (Dalton-Puffer, 2005) and the conversation analysis concepts of turn management and repair (Koole, 2013).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data have not yet been fully analysed. However, as mentioned, SYKL has already been implemented in science and mathematics.

From this research, a mainly quantitative study (Falkenberg & Petersen, 2022) shows that the students are on task approximately 90% of the time and that the work is characterized by a negative environment in only 1% of the time. Even the occasional digressions off topic are found to be, socially and academically, conducive most of the time.

A mixed study of how conversational actions foster the socio-mathematical norms during SYKL (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022) documents the intertwinement of ‘social’ and ‘mathematical’ actions as they develop over time: “Encouragements are exchanged for a general positive disposition to each other and attempts to create meaning in the tasks are exchanged for a more daring propensity to propose solutions, even if [the students] risk making mistakes along the way.” (p. 7).

Based on these findings and our preliminary analyses, we expect SYKL in Danish L1 to strengthen the students’ development of socio-academic norms through equal and exploratory collaboration. However, the preliminary analyses point to a challenge concerning the tutor’s contribution to the pair work. Because when the tutor is in possession of pre-produced hints and is also obliged to encourage the partner, how can the tutor facilitate a more critical investigation?

Finally, obvious differences between SYKL in relation to science, mathematics and Danish L1 should be noted. Regardless of subject, the task itself and the associated hints are decisive for the pair work. SYKL research finds benefits for working with concrete artifacts in science and mathematics (Falkenberg & Petersen, 2022). Danish L1, on the other hand, evolves around texts and more phenomenological-hermeneutic (speech) acts at the core of the socio-professional norms. In addition to the main results, such comparative findings will be discussed.

References
Barnes, D. (2008). Exploratory Talk for Learning. In: N. Mercer & S. Hodgkinson (Eds.) Exploring Talk in School (pp. 1-15). SAGE.
Dalton-Puffer, C. (2005). Negotiating interpersonal meanings in naturalistic classroom discourse: Directives in content-and-language-integrated classrooms. Journal of Pragmatics, 37(8), 1275-1293.
Falkenberg, L. L., & Petersen, S. K. (2022). Elevers faglige og sociale talehandlinger i SYKL. In M. C. S. Schmidt & S. Thygesen (Eds.) “Når jeg hjælper andre, kan jeg bedre forstå det selv” (pp. 25-38). UCC.
Gillies, R. M. (2013). Productive academic talk during inquiry-based science. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 8(2), 126-142.
Holmberg, P., Krogh, E., Nordenstam, A., Penne, S., Skarstein, D., Karlskov Skyggebjerg, A., Tainio, L., & Heilä-Ylikallio, R. (2019). On the emergence of the L1 research field. A comparative study of PhD abstracts in the Nordic countries 2000-2017. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 19, 1-27.
Koole, T. (2013). Conversation analysis and education. In Carol A. Chapelle (Ed.) The encyclopedia of applied linguistics, 977-982. Blackwell Publishing.
Rasmussen, K., & Schmidt, M. C. S. (2022). Together in adidactic situations – Student dialogue during reciprocal peer tutoring in mathematics. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3, 1-8.
Schmidt, M. C. S. (2015). Sociofaglig inklusion og elevfællesskaber. Til didaktiseringen af kammerathjælp i matematikundervisning på folkeskolens begyndertrin. Nordisk Matematikkdidaktikk, 20(2), 27-52.
Spörer, N., & Brunstein, J. C. (2009). Fostering the reading comprehension of secondary school students through peer-assisted learning: Effects on strategy knowledge, strategy use, and task performance. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 34(4), 289-297.
Thurston, A., Roseth, C., Chiang, T.-H., Burns, V., & Topping, K. J. (2020). The influence of social relationships on outcomes in mathematics when using peer tutoring in elementary school. International Journal of Educational Research Open.
Tiftikci, N. (2021). SYstematiseret KLassekammerathjælp (SYKL). En brief systematisk forskningskortlægning over studier, der undersøger socialt og fagligt udbytte af SYKL. UCC.
Tsuei, M., Cheng, S. F., & Huang, H. W. (2020). The effects of a peer-tutoring strategy on children’s e-book reading comprehension. South African Journal of Education, 40(2), 1-12.
Tymms, P., Merrell, C., Thurston, A., Andor, J., Topping, K., & Miller, D. (2011). Improving attainment across a whole district: school reform through peer tutoring in a randomized controlled trial. School effectiveness and school improvement, 22(3), 265-289
Willis, P., Bland, R., Manka, L., & Craft, C. (2012). The ABC of peer mentoring – what secondary students have to say about cross-age peer mentoring in a regional Australian school. Educational Research and Evaluation, 18(2), 173-185.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Developing Older Adults’ Autonomous Learning Through One-To-One Language Counselling

Emese Schiller, Helga Dorner, Zoltán, András Szabó

Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary

Presenting Author: Schiller, Emese

Baddeley and his associates (2010) outlined that the learning behavior of older adults is different from that of younger generations. The World Health Organization (2015) and the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (2017) claim that there is a continuing growth of elderly population in demography, which basically concerns citizens who are 60 years old or above. As found, for instance, altered cognitive abilities may impact their learning progress and their memory, attention, or perception (Grein, 2013). Further, their potentially negative learning experiences triggered by frontal teaching methods and a rather autocratic approach to classroom management may have also influenced their attitudes toward learning (Grein, 2018). These factors are likely to affect their ability to learn in an effective and independent way. Hence, promoting older adults’ learning by enhancing their learner autonomy should play a key role in continuing education, since the evolvement of their autonomous learning behavior can also contribute to the acquisition of skills and attitudes that play an important role in active social participation and experienced independence (Bélanger, 2016; Ciechanowska, 2015). In so doing, foreign language learning (FL) has emerged as an important developmental opportunity among senior citizens in the international context as well as in Hungary (Kaczor, 2011; Berndt, 2003).

One-to-one counselling for autonomous learning is a useful method to develop learner autonomy in adulthood (Karlsson et al., 2007; Mozzon-McPherson & Vismans, 2001). It is described as a solution-centered approach that acknowledges learners’ capacity for self-direction and focuses on promoting their self-development (Mynards & Carson, 2012). One-to-one counselling for autonomous learning specifically emphasizes the evolvement of effective teacherless learning by determining individual learning needs or purposes and enforcing possible courses of action for learning enhancement (Karlsson et al., 2007).

This exploratory study, therefore, focuses on developing English as a Foreign Language (EFL) learning autonomy of older learners through language learning counselling. The aim was to investigate the different supporting strategies applied by adult educators and to study participating older learners’ learning paths throughout the counselling program. Panel surveys were applied to explore the possible long-term effectivity of counselling on participants’ autonomous learning behavior. Hence, the research questions are (1) how EFL teachers can contribute to the development of older adults’ learner autonomy with the help of applying one-to-one counselling of autonomous learning, (2) how do older learners conceive of their learning experiences during the counselling program, and (3) how do older learners reflect on their independent learning experience over time, three and six months after the counselling program.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We collected and analyzed data by using a hybrid form of Grounded Theory Approach (GTA) (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) that consisted of a dual code system subsuming theory-based, deductive codes and subordinated inductive elements.  The software ATLAS.ti was used for the investigation, and our analysis concerned open and axial coding (Swain, 2018). The axial coding was designed to find out more about the level of interconnectedness of the coded elements by considering their quotation-based co-occurrences. Their degree of significance was based on the centrality measurement by using yEd graph-editor software. We also investigated the re-occurrence of the given inductive elements by calculating the ratio of the number of quotations of the coded construct. In order to assess the consistency of the analysis, we applied intracoder reliability by re-coding the whole set of emerging data by one of the authors two weeks after the first cycle of coding, which resulted in an f value of 0.93 (Dafinoiu & Lungu, 2003; Holsti, 1969). The results are based on the second coding phase.
The counselling program involved volunteering older EFL learners (N = 25) and their educators (N = 5) based in Hungary. The data collection was concluded in 2021. The selection was conducted by applying cluster sampling (Cohen et al., 2002). Counselling began with a needs analysis that was designed to investigate participants’ independent learning-related perceptions, that is, they first filled in a paper-based questionnaire concerning their attitudes to learner autonomy and then counselors and their counselees met three times over the ten-week-long counselling program (Authors, 2021). Participants and their counselors used reflective diaries (Hardeland, 2013; Mozzon-McPherson, 2000) to document the materials and strategies used, and their reflective accounts on the effectiveness of the counselling sessions. Participating learners filled out an open-ended questionnaire three and six months after the end of the program. The open-ended questionnaires incorporated two main parts that concerned older adults’ perception about the effectivity of language counselling on their learning behavior and on study areas other than language learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As coding revealed, the most central codes were related to metacognitive awareness (degree of interconnectedness: 0.83; ratio: 28% of all the documents within the inherent deductive unit), and cognitive stimulation (interconnectedness: 0.58; ratio: 21%), which implies that older learners’ desire to develop knowledge and effective learning management play a crucial role when developing independent learning through one-to-one counselling. The analysis of educators’ reflective diaries showed that their perceptions of learners’ increased self-awareness (interconnectedness: 1; ratio: 14%) were the most central inductive elements with a larger number of interconnections and reoccurrence. This suggests that a conscious and systematic approach to enhancing older learners’ awareness of strategies to develop independent learning is necessary, which must constitute educators’ repertoire of counselling skills.
The post hoc studies also imply that the most central inductive element which attained both high ratio and interconnectedness among coded constructs concerned learners’ perceived cognitive stimulation (interconnectedness: 1; ratio: 20%). That is, the continuous experiencing of cognitive enhancement played an important role in participants’ autonomous learning-related development in the third and sixth months past the program. Additionally, the use of online practice materials appeared as significantly useful (interconnectedness: 0.89; ratio: 18%), which highlights the importance of non-book learning materials contributing to participants’ independent learning practice even after the counselling program.

References
Selected list of references
1.Baddeley, A. D., Eysenck, M. W., & Anderson, M. C. (2010). Memory. Psychology Press.
2.Bélanger, P. (2016). Self-construction and social transformation: Lifelong, lifewide and life-deep learning. UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning.
3.Berndt, A. (2003). Sprachenlernen im Alter. Eine empirische Studie zur   Fremdsprachenpedagogik [Learning foreign languages at an old age. Empirical study concerning foreign language learning]. IUDICIUM Verlag.
4.Ciechanowska, D. (2015). The importance of autonomous self-development of adult learners. In the theory of transformative learning by J. Mezirow. Zeszyty Naukowe Wyższej Szkoły Humanitas. Pedagogika, 10, 101–110. http://cejsh.icm.edu.pl/cejsh/element/bwmeta1.element.desklight-2c8ddd77-ca8f-42e1-b97d-d5a1df913f3c
5.Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008): Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (3rd ed.). Sage Publications Inc.
6.Dafinoiu, I. & Lungu, O. (2003).Research Methods in the Social Sciences / Metode de cercetare în ştiinţele sociale. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, Europäischer Verlag der Wissenschaften.
7.Grein, M. (2013). Fremdspachenlernen im Alter [Learning at an old-age]. In E.  Feigl-Bogenreiter (Ed.), Mehrspraching statt Einsilbig: Sprachen lernen bis ins hohe Alter (pp. 5-13).  Verband Österreichischer Volkshochschulen.
8.Hardeland, H. (2013).  Lerncoaching und Lernberatung. Lernende in ihrem Lernprozess wirksam begleiten und unterstützten. Ein Buch zur (Weiter-)Entwicklung der theoretischen und praktischen (Lern-)Coachingkompetenz [Learn coaching and one-to-one learning support. Assisting and supporting leaners in their leaning process in an effective way. A book for the (further)-development of theoretical and practical coaching skills]. Schneider Verlag Hohengehren.
9.Holsti, O. R. (1969). Content analysis for the social sciences and humanities. Addison-Wesley.
10.Kaczor, A. (2011). Az ötven év felettiek nyelvtanulási motivációi és lehetőségei Magyarországon [The second language learning motivation and language learning opportunities of people over the age of 50 in Hungary]. Gerontedukáció, 2011(11), 44-66. http://foh.unideb.hu/sites/default/files/upload_documents/5.19.pdf
11.Karlsson, L., Kjisik, F., & Nordlund, J. (2007). Language counselling: a critical and integral component in promoting an autonomous community of learning. System, 35(1), 46-65. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0346251X06001187
12.Mozzon-McPherson, M. (2000). An analysis of the skills and functions of language learning advisers. Links and Letters, 7(1), 111-126. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/38997688.pdf
13.Mozzon-McPherson, M., & Vismans, R. (Eds.). (2001). Beyond language teaching towards language advising. Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research.
14.Mynard, J., & Carson, L. (2012).  Intorduction. In J. Mynard & L. Carson (Eds.) Advising in language learning: Dialogue, tools and context (pp. 3-25).  Routledge:Pearson Education.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Effects of quiz games on learning motivation of adult learners of Online DaF Courses: An Intervention Study

Amine Merve Ercan, Ping Xie

Friedrich Schiller University Jena, Germany

Presenting Author: Ercan, Amine Merve; Xie, Ping

Various studies state that quiz games like Kahoot or Quizz foster motivation in foreign language learning and are perceived as effective tools by both instructors and students (e.g. Degirmenci, 2021; Halim et al., 2020). Online quiz learning games promote specifically intrinsic motivation and get students involved in educational activities more (Iaremenko, 2017).

However those studies mostly focus on English as a foreign language (e.g. Degirmenci, 2021), handle a specific type of quiz game instead of comparing them (e.g. Dellos, 2015 ), or conducted through quantitative method (e.g. Halim et al., 2020). Therefore, this study will be a qualitative study focusing on German as a foreign language, handling three different quiz games in the same instruction. To variate the sort of games, in addition to the existing games, an online quiz game was also developed by the course instructor considering the language level of students. With this purpose, the following research questions will be examined;

  1. How do adult learners of Online DaF (German as Foreign Language) Courses perceive the effects of Gamification on their learning motivation under the conditions of distance education?
    1. How does Gamification affect the learning motivation of adult learners of Online DaF (German as Foreign Language) Courses under the conditions of distance education?

Studies about learning motivation, divide motivation into two categories as intrinsic and extrinsic motivation (Reiss, 2012). They state that intrinsic motivation does not require any prods or contingencies. Therefore, it causes autonomous or self-determined behaviors (Deci & Ryan, 2013). On the other hand, extrinsic motivation need external factors. It is the practice of activity for purposes other than its intrinsic merits and it comes in a variety of forms, each with varying levels of autonomy or self-determination. External regulation, introjected regulation, identified regulation, and integrated regulation range from low to high autonomy (Ryan & Deci, 2000).

Deci and Ryan (1993) draw a theoretical framework that relates intrinsic learning motivation with competence, autonomy, and social involvement. Studies about language learning through quiz games also demonstrate a direct relationship between competition and increased motivation (Dellos, 2015; Halim et al., 2020). Therefore, this study is based on the self-determination theory of Deci and Ryan (1993) which is a conceptual framework that contains smaller theories as an umbrella framework (Olson & Jiang, 2004). It supports the idea that all human beings bring autonomous tendencies. However, those tendencies are the sources of motivation and should be supported by the environment for the autonomous continuation of extrinsic motivation. Because of that reason, teachers should support the autonomy of students. To do that three ways were suggested; providing a rationale, acknowledging, and providing choices instead of controlling (Deci & Ryan, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative phenomenology study through which an intervention was conducted and data were through content analysis and interviews collected. During the research period, students play various quiz games. All sessions including lecturing and game-paly had been recorded throughout the semester. At the end of the semester, interviews were deployed to examine the perceptions of volunteer participants (f:4, m:2), and video records of all sessions will be analyzed to compare gameplay and lecturing sessions. Consent forms were signed to record sessions and interviews. Participants still have the right to withdraw from the study.
Convenience sampling was used by collecting data from the researcher's students for time efficiency and participants' confidence concerns.
Instruments
An observation protocol based on the self-determination theory of Deci and Ryan (1993) was developed. The protocol was reviewed and updated by an adult education expert. The final observation form is composed of 11 parts including time, phases, learning line, learning activity, social form, material and media, teacher activity, didactic-methodological commentary, competence commentary, social integration commentary, and autonomy commentary.  Both gameplay sessions and lecturing sessions of video records were watched and the observation protocol was filled by two observers to provide an agreement to increase the reliability of the observation.
The first draft of the semi-structured interview protocol was generated in light of the theoretical framework of Deci and Ryan (1993). An education expert reviewed the protocol to strengthen the content validity of the instrument. After the revision, the final interview protocol included 5 parts such as demographic questions and questions related to competence, autonomy, social integration, and feedback about gameplay. One-to-one interviews that took between 15-26 minutes were recorded with the allowance of participants. The whole interview collection process was handled by the researcher who was also the lecturer of the participants so that participants feel more comfortable. Recorded data were transcribed through an automatic transcription tool and the correctness of the transcribed data was controlled by researchers.
Data Analysis
The observation protocols will be analyzed by two observers following the content analysis method (Fraenkel, Wallen & Hyun, 2015). Both latent and manifest content in the video records will be analyzed.
20% of transcribed interviews will be analyzed by two different coders and the code books of the coders will be compared. After agreeing with more than 80% of analyzed data, one coder will continue to analyze the rest of the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Until now, 20% of interviews were analyzed by one coder, and a codebook was generated. Initial results of the interview indicated that students perceive that game-play as a way of determining their language level. Quiz games affected their perception of their language level. One student states that she felt frustrated when she lose the games. On the other hand, she also states that it helps her to understand the topic better. She became more aware of her mistakes and the game helped her to focus more on the vocabulary she could not know. At that point, the effect of the game on autonomy can be interpreted. On the other hand, one participant states that she never compared herself with others. Hence, it can be expected from the initial results that although the quiz games affect self-competence, they did not affect the competence among learners. Further results will be analyzed after the coding comparison between coders will be completed. However, in any case, it is expected that results will guide foreign language teachers in activity selection. Teachers can add or remove quiz games into their learning activities or revise their existing quiz games.
The main limitation of the study is the sampling technique. Since a convenience sampling method was used, results are not generalizable; therefore, future studies can reconduct the study under different conditions.

References
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1993). Die Selbstbestimmungstheorie der Motivation und ihre Bedeutung für die Pädagogik. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 39(2), 223-238.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2013). The importance of autonomy for development and well-being. Self-regulation and autonomy: Social and developmental dimensions of human conduct, 19-46.
Dellos, R. (2015). Kahoot! A digital game resource for learning. International Journal of Instructional technology and distance learning, 12(4), 49-52.
Degirmenci, R. (2021). The Use of Quizizz in Language Learning and Teaching from the Teachers' and Students’ Perspectives: A Literature Review. Language Education and Technology, 1(1), 1-11.
Halim, M. S. A. A., Hashim, H., & Yunus, M. M. (2020). Pupils' Motivation and Perceptions on ESL Lessons through Online Quiz-Games. Journal of Education and E-Learning Research, 7(3), 229-234.
Iaremenko, N. V. (2017). Enhancing English language learners’ motivation through online games. Інформаційні технології і засоби навчання, (59, вип. 3), 126-133.
Olson, I. R., & Jiang, Y. (2004). Visual short-term memory is not improved by training. Memory & Cognition, 32, 1326-1332.
Reiss, S. (2012). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Teaching of psychology, 39(2), 152-156.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm28 SES 02 A: Diversity and diversification (special call session): School choice and migrant students
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Romuald Normand
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

School Choice for Recently-Migrated Sudents in Stockholm, Sweden

Brendan Munhall

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Munhall, Brendan

In Sweden, students’ choice of upper-secondary school is fiercely competitive for both students and schools. In a unique quasi-market, public and charter schools compete for students with their established reputations and specialized programs (Lundahl, 2002). Grade-nine students may choose the upper-secondary school they wish to attend but they must also be accepted by those schools who rank students by their grades. In urban settings such as Stockholm, placement at high-status schools is limited and highly competitive. Stockholm itself is socially and economically segregated, a phenomenon that is similarly seen in schools and counter to the promises of the school-choice model (Alexiadou et al., 2016; Forsberg, 2018). For recent migrants and other marginalized populations residential segregation can combine with a number of other barriers to limit school choice options (Fjellman et al., 2019). Previous research has suggested that opportunities are not equally available for all students and that social and inherited assets strongly influence educational trajectories (Bunar & Ambrose, 2016; Ball et al., 2002). Unfamiliarity with a new school system and insufficient support from schools have also been identified as reasons for recently-migrated to have fewer opportunities when transitioning to upper-secondary school (Bunar, 2010; Hertzberg, 2017). However, there is a lack of research exploring recently-migrated students’ own experiences and attitudes towards school choice (Bunar, 2010; Nilsson Folke, 2017; Svensson & Eastmond, 2013). Considering the increase in migration to Europe in recent years, a better understanding of the challenges that recently-migrated students experience can contribute to education policy that better serves their needs.

The aim of this study is to investigate the influences that recently-migrated students have toward their understanding of the upper-secondary school process and the barriers that they face when acting towards their educational aspirations. To understand the experiences of these students a number of theories are used. First, careership theory (Hodkinson & Sparkes, 1997) acts as a theoretical base for the study. Horizon for action, the array of options seen as possible, is a point of departure for understanding the choice process. Relating to upper-secondary school choice, a person’s horizon for action is changeable when people or experiences influence the education trajectories that are viewed as desirable and attainable. These influences, called turning points by Hodkinson and Sparkes (1997), involve a transformation of identity that guides decision making. A number of additional theories contribute to this concept. The importance and influence of information shared in social settings are framed through the concept of the grapevine (Ball & Vincent, 1998). Parents, peers and school counsellors all act as sources of information that guide and informs students while they consider different upper-secondary schools. Theories of social capital (Bourdieu, 2002; Coleman, 1988) emphasize the importance of assets that are available from membership in social networks. Finally, the existence of boundaries shapes student preference and ability to choose upper-secondary schools in the Swedish school market (Barmark & Lund, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, twenty-six recently migrated year-nine students were interviewed about their experiences during the upper-secondary school choice process. Semi-structured interviews covered their educational backgrounds, social interactions, school experiences and academic aspirations. The students spoke a range of different languages, necessitating the use of interpreters during the interview process. Two interviews were conducted at the beginning and end of the 2019/2020 school year. Using thematic analysis, different themes were identified across the group of students that have relevance to the theoretical perspectives and previous research in the study.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The responses were wide and diverse, matching the heterogeneity of the students. However, certain themes were prevalent across the group. The findings demonstrated that the students felt isolated and alone in the school. They received little information and guidance from people in their life which left them to navigate the school-choice process independently. In some cases, advertising from the upper-secondary schools filled this gap, strongly influencing the students’ preferences. These preferences aligned with discourses relating school quality to the ethnic composition of student bodies. Finally, the students faced barriers to choosing certain schools when they were not able to accumulate the required minimum grades or because of their residence in isolated, segregated neighbourhoods. These findings are congruent with the aforementioned theories and previous research which is significant when considering the challenges of inclusion and the lack of research around recent migrants’ experiences. As a final contribution, suggestions are made regarding policies for supporting recently migrated students.
References
Alexiadou, N., Dovemark, M., Erixon-Arreman, I., Holm, A.-S., Lundahl, L., & Lundström, U. (2016). Managing inclusion in competitive school systems: The cases of Sweden and England. Research in Comparative and International Education, 11(1), 13–33. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745499916631065

Ball, S. J., Reay, D., & David, M. (2002). “Ethnic Choosing”: Minority ethnic students, social class and higher education choice. Race Ethnicity and Education, 5(4), 333–357. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332022000030879

Ball, S., & Vincent, C. (1998). ’I Heard It on the Grapevine’: ‘Hot’ knowledge and school choice. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 19(3), 377–400. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142569980190307

Barmark, M., & Lund, S. (2016). How School Choice Leads to Segregation: An Analysis of Structural and Symbolic Boundaries at Play. In E. Harvey (Ed.), Secondary Education: Persepctives, Global Issues and Challenges (pp. 67–86). Nova Publishers.

Bourdieu, P. (2002). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste (11. print). Harvard Univ. Press.

Bunar, N. (2010). Choosing for quality or inequality: Current perspectives on the implementation of school choice policy in Sweden. Journal of Education Policy, 25(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930903377415

Bunar, N., & Ambrose, A. (2016). Schools, choice and reputation: Local school markets and the distribution of symbolic capital in segregated cities. Research in Comparative and International Education, 11(1), 34–51. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745499916631064

Coleman, J. S. (1988). Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital. American Journal of Sociology, 94, S95–S120.

Fjellman, A.-M., Yang Hansen, K., & Beach, D. (2019). School choice and implications for equity: The new political geography of the Swedish upper secondary school market. Educational Review, 71(4), 518–539. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1457009

Forsberg, H. (2018). School competition and social stratification in the deregulated upper secondary school market in Stockholm. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(6), 891–907. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2018.1426441

Hertzberg, F. (2017). Swedish career guidance counsellors’ recognition of newly arrived migrant students’ knowledge and educational strategies. Nordisk Tidsskrift i Veiledningspedagogikk, 2(1), 45. https://doi.org/10.15845/ntvp.v2i1.1220

Hodkinson, P., & Sparkes, A. C. (1997). Careership: A sociological theory of career decision making. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 18(1), 29–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142569970180102

Lundahl, L. (2002). Sweden: Decentralization, deregulation, quasi-markets - and then what? Journal of Education Policy, 17(6), 687–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000032328

Nilsson Folke, J. (2017). Lived transitions experiences of learning and inclusion among newly arrived students. Department of Child and Youth Studies, Stockholm University. http://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:su:diva-136353

Svensson, M., & Eastmond, M. (2013). “Betwixt and Between”: Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 3(3), 162–170. https://doi.org/10.2478/njmr-2013-0007


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

New Educational Governance and the Reframing of the Discourse on Education and Migration in Germany

Mechtild Gomolla

University of Education Karlsruhe, Germany

Presenting Author: Gomolla, Mechtild

The so called New Educational Governance – based on the two pillars of deregulation and privatization of (formerly) welfare state responsibility for education and, at the same time, stronger central control via quantitative (output) indicators – has profoundly changed educational policies and systems in normative and structural-organisational terms in many countries. In Germany, a phase of deregulation in the 1990s was followed by the development and implementation of a new national overall strategy for the development and assurance of the quality of teaching and schools (KMK 2002), employing performance studies, national educational standards, competence-oriented instruction, indicator-based education reporting and the quest for evidence-based education (KMK 2015). The starting-point for the proposed paper is that within this new regulatory framework also the issue of educational inequality, which had been lost out of sight in the 1980s, was brought back on the agenda. In ongoing reforms, the improvement of the educational success of children and young people with a migration history and/or a socioeconomically deprived family background has been declared a priority and education became a main field of “integration work” (KMK 2006: 2). Yet tensions between the school effectiveness and egalitarian educational goals became evident in many areas of school work and in the growing institutional segregation of pupils with a (flight-)migration background (SVR 2018).

The proposed paper seeks to understand more precisely the connections between the New educational governance and the reproduction of social inequalities or the possibilities of inclusive school development in the post-migration societal context. In ideal-typical abstraction, I also refer to the heterogeneous concepts, instructions and practices of New Governance as the school effectiveness approach. The school effectiveness approach operates on different levels of the discourse simultaneously: as a scientific research paradigm in the narrower sense, as a political strategy and as a set of specific instruments and practices for dealing with school-pedagogical problems.

Including empirical results of an as yet unfinished discourse analysis, the following questions will be elicited: How are aspects of inclusion, social justice and democratic participation incorporated into the New Governance at the intersection of political school reform and migration/integration discourse in Germany between the years 2000 and 2020 and thereby (re)conceptualised, distorted or excluded? How do national, culturalising or racialising differentiations (also in intersectional entanglement with other lines of inequality) inscribe themselves in politics, institutions and society in new ways through the restructuring of educational governance - including the changed relationship between educational research, politics and school practice? And what consequences result from this for the professional actions of teachers and schools as well as for the educational access and experiences of pupils and parents? In order to be able to grasp and classify the essential aspects and interrelations of this complex of problems, I will first explore relevant theoretical points of reference: the conception of epistemological politics (Ricken 2011), theories of governance and governmentality (Amos 2016). These complementary perspectives focus on how "statehood as a field of political intervention and thus the field of the political itself" (Krasmann 2007: 285) are produced as an effect of government technologies and social practices. In connection with concepts of plurality, justice and discrimination, they open up a heuristic framework for examining the extent to which discursive inclusions and exclusions and potential gateways for discrimination or new possibilities for inclusive schooling are opened up or institutionalised within the framework of the new governance in connection with the functionalisation and functionality of scientific knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
How goals of inclusion, social justice and democratic participation are reconfigured in the discourse on schooling and migration in the FRG during the transition to output- and data-based education management can be concretised on the basis of a knowledge sociological discourse analysis (Keller 2008). In order to make continuities as well as changes visible, the discourse analysis combines a rough diachronic analysis of the school reform discourse from 1949 to 2020 with a detailed synchronic analysis for the discourse phase from 2000 to 2020. As material serve documents of central federal political bodies, above all the Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs of the Federal States (KMK), published from 1945 to 2019 in the thematic context of education and migration. These allow for the development of consensual political knowledge that goes beyond the cultural sovereignty of the Länder with their respective legal and political characteristics. Since the education sector – especially schools – has emerged as a central field of action in integration policy since 2000, key integration policy texts are also included.
In order to be able to work out the implicit normations, ambiguities, ambivalences, contradictions and omissions of the discourse, in a differentiated way, the study resorts to analytical strategies of grounded theory (Strauss/Corbin 1994) and argumentation analysis (Kopperschmidt 1989).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The discourse analysis shows that the implementation of the New School Governance institutionalised a variety of measures to improve the school success of children and young people with a migration history and/or in deprived living conditions. However, the new regulations seem to be far removed from the design of school processes in the human rights understanding of inclusion. In the primarily instrumental logic of quality improvement, justice claims are identified primarily with meritocratic performance justice; in this understanding, they are limited to rather technical concerns of the allocation of resources according to the indicated neediness of subjects and school organisations, especially for the promotion of German language skills. Activation measures motivated by integration and education policy increasingly seek to guide parents to take responsibility for the educational success of their children (and that of the school). Pupils and parents with a migration history are primarily positioned as deficit carriers. In contrast, the possibilities of opening up 'political' spaces in the understanding of Hannah Arendt (2017), in which plurality appears and students and professionals can deal with the complexities of difference, discrimination and equality and act together, seem to be systematically narrowed or closed off. The interplay of the epistemology and methodology of school effectiveness research with the managerialist and knowledge-political orientation of the New Governance forms a central hinge here. This not only corroborates the thesis of the depoliticisation and de-democratisation of school processes in the context of New Governance (Bellmann 2015; Forster 2015; Biesta 2010). Instead of dissolving institutional barriers, the school effectiveness approach in Germany contributes to the perpetuation of culturalising and racialising boundaries and exclusions at the very time when the decades-long "anti-pluralist narrowing of the integration discourse" (Bielefeldt 2007: 18) has potentially been broken by legal reforms.
References
Arendt, H. (2017 [1958]): Freiheit und Politik. Ein Vortrag. In: Arendt, Hannah: Mensch und Politik. Ditzingen: Reclam: S. 48-88.
Bellmann, J. (2015): Symptome der gleichzeitigen Politisierung und Entpolitisierung der Erziehungswissenschaft im Kontext datengetriebener Steuerung. In: Erziehungswissenschaft 26, 50, S. 45-54.
Bielefeldt, H. (2007): Menschenrechte in der Einwanderungsgesellschaft. Plädoyer für einen aufgeklärten Multikulturalismus. Bielefeld: transcript.
Biesta, G. J. J. (2010): Good education in an age of measurement. Ethics, politics, democracy. Boulder: Paradigm Publishers.
Forschungsbereich beim Sachverständigenrat deutscher Stiftungen für Integration und Migration (SVR-Forschungsbereich) (2018): Schule als Sackgasse? Jugendliche Flüchtlinge an segregierten Schulen, Berlin; SVR.
Forster, E. (2015): Zur Kritik partizipativer Wissenspolitik. In: Erziehungswissenschaft 26, 50, S. 65-73.
Krasmann, S. (2007): Gouvernementalität: Epistemologie, Macht und Subjektivierung. In: Schützeichel, Rainer (Hrsg.): Handbuch Wissenssoziologie und Wissensforschung. Konstanz: UVK Verlagsgesellschaft, S. 281-289.
KMK (2002): PISA 2000 – Zentrale Handlungsfelder. Zusammenfassende Darstellung der laufenden und geplanten Maßnahmen in den Ländern. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 17./18.10.2002.
KMK (2006): Bericht „Zuwanderung“. Beschluss vom 24.05.2002 i.d.F. vom 16.11.2006.
KMK (2015): Gesamtstrategie Bildungsmonitoring. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 11.6.2015.
Ricken, N. (2011). Erkenntnispolitik und die Konstruktion pädagogischer Wirklichkeiten. Eine Einführung. In Reichenbach, R., Ricken, N. and Koller, H.-C. (Eds). Erkenntnispolitik und die Konstruktion pädagogischer Wirklichkeiten. Paderborn: Ferdinand Schöningh, pp. 9-24.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

School Cultures for Diversity and Success: A Comparative Case Study on Migrant Students' Unexpected Success in a Lisbon School

Adriana Albuquerque

Iscte, Portugal

Presenting Author: Albuquerque, Adriana

Research has shown that migrant students in Europe tend to perform below their native peers, as well as have shorter and less successful school careers (Teltemann & Schunck, 2016). Despite this, little is known about the school characteristics which make a difference for them (Reynolds & Neeleman, 2021). This historical gap in knowledge within the school effectiveness field is partially justified by the repeated empirical verification of the theories of social reproduction, posed by educational and social class sociologists for the first time six decades ago. Schools have been shown to mainly reproduce pre-existing inequalities by making everyone’s performance progress (or regress) at the same rate, regardless of student or school characteristics (Strand, 2016).

This, according to Strand, denies the existence of differential school effectiveness, and points to a need to shift focus from between-school differences to within-school processes, in the search for equity outcomes. I propose, following Seawright’s definition of ‘exceptional cases’ (2016), that the study of schools which go against the trend by either diminishing or increasing inequalities amongst their students is crucial. Studying such deviant cases allows us to formulate new hypothesis, and test others proposed by previous research, regarding the conditions for the occurrence of sustained change at the organizational and systemic levels (Ibid.).

This paper summarizes the preliminary results of an exploratory study on the mechanisms behind (empirically) rare instances of differential school effectiveness for migrant students. In primary schools where these students’ chances of succeeding are consistently higher than usual, what aspects of the school culture are behind this unexpected success?

Generally speaking, a continually improving school should have (i) a professional learning community committed to clear and common goal setting, strategy definition and monitoring of student success; (ii) involvement of all members of the school community in decision making; (iii) spaces for reflection; iv) adequate technical, material and human resources; (v) a combination of transformational and instructional leadership (Reynolds & Neeleman, 2021). For migrant students, there seems to be other factors to consider. They benefit particularly from the trust their teachers place on them as students (Dewulf, van Braak & Van Houtte, 2017). Additionally, some qualitative studies suggest that raising student voice, promoting increased parental involvement, having a stable school leadership that sees the value in and promotes initiatives geared towards teacher acquisition of intercultural skills are essential in diverse schools (Hajisoteriou, Karousiou & Angelides, 2018).

Moreover, recent literature has placed emphasis on the impacts of different school approaches to diversity on migrant educational outcomes. Immigrants tend to experience more success and positive teacher relationships in schools with egalitarian or multiculturalist diversity approaches (Baysu et al., 2021; Celeste et al., 2019). This might be because assimilationist views create feelings of rejection and lower school belonging amongst migrant students, which are known to affect educational performance (Agirdag, Jordens & Van Houtte, 2014).

Little is still known about the conditions for developing multicultural sensibilities in diverse schools. There is some evidence suggesting that group threat theory might explain the lower resistance to these approaches in schools with a majority of immigrant students, and higher resistance in schools with a low immigrant intake (Strobbe et al., 2017). A school culture of openness to change, experimentation and reflection has also been put forward as an important factor (Van Der Wildt, Van Avermaet & Van Houtte, 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To identify the school-level causal factors of unexpected immigrant success, we chose a contextual and comparative mixed methods research approach. A comparative case study was conducted on two primary schools, located in the Lisbon Metropolitan Area. First, official educational statistics (Directorate-General of Education and Science Statistics) pertaining to all students enrolled in primary schools between 2014 and 2018 were analysed, to account for the sustainability across time of school composition and outcomes. Cluster analysis was performed, and three types of schools with similar immigrant and socioeconomic intakes were identified: privileged, mixed, and underprivileged schools. To identify unusually (un)successful schools, two main indicators of student performance were analysed for all schools and compared to the average of their respective cluster: (i) overall rates of grade repetition; (ii) difference between grade repetition of immigrant and native students.
Case selection followed the aforementioned principle of deviant case comparison (Seawright, 2016), forming an intentional sample of an underperforming school and an overperforming one. Several possible pairs were identified, where both schools had a student intake close to the average of their cluster, but student performance indicators deviated unexplainably from their cluster. Interviews were conducted with school leaderships, teachers, and community representatives from the two schools who agreed to participate in the case study (total n = 26, lasting an average of 55 minutes each). The interviews followed an intentionally ‘loose’ script, with the goal of prioritizing individuals’ own discourses regarding the school’s defining features and their experiences therein. The script contained multiple question prompts organized according to five aspects of school culture: school history and recent trends/events; strategic management; teachers and teacher work; strategies for learning; school climate. The interviews were recorded and transcribed with the individuals’ informed consent, and are currently being subject to content analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results of content analysis suggest that the general aspects pointed by school effectiveness literature to be markers of an improving school are also relevant when analysing children of immigrants’ school trajectories. Namely, the clearest differentiating aspect between the two schools was the stability of the leadership and their commitment to (i) create spaces for reflection and collaborative work amongst teachers and (ii) build a shared sense of mission that guides all decision-making processes and places student learning at the top.
A review of more recent data, however, revealed that, in recent years, these schools have dramatically shifted their success markers. This is in line with the amply verified unsustainability of most school improvement efforts, and therefore leads us to shift our focus from explaining the school facts behind the success of migrants to explaining how a school declines in the promotion of equal ethnic opportunities.
One possible explanation relates to the increasing proportion of immigrant students in the previously overperforming school, and its decrease in the underperforming one. The overperforming school might be reaching the threshold for the growth of majority group threat feelings amongst the teacher body, leading the school away from a colour-blind to a more assimilationist approach to diversity. Additionally, given the prevalence of students whose parents have a low educational level in the overperforming school, parental involvement in school processes is paramount, and the interviews revealed that this has been a neglected area in the school’s priorities prior to the pandemic. Finally, standards in the school are set assuming a low ability of most students to engage with challenging material, and there seems to be evidence of high levels of between-classroom socioeconomic segregation, which all together might increase teachers’ futility culture (Agirdag, van Houtte & van Avermaet, 2012).

References
Agirdag, O., Jordens, K., & Van Houtte, M. (2014), “Speaking Turkish in Belgian primary schools: teacher beliefs versus effective consequences”, BILIG, 70, 7–28.
Agirdag, O., Van Houtte, M. & Van Avermaet, P. (2012), “Why Does the Ethnic and Socio-Economic Composition of Schools Influence Math Achievement? The Role of Sense of Futility and Futility Culture”, European Sociological Review, 28 (3), 366–378.
Baysu, G., Hillekens, J., Phalet, K. & Deaux, K. (2021), “How Diversity Approaches Affect Ethnic Minority and Majority Adolescents: Teacher–Student Relationship Trajectories and School Outcomes”, Child Dev, 92, 367-387.
Celeste, L., Baysu, G., Phalet, K., Meeussen, L. & Kende, J. (2019), “Can School Diversity Policies Reduce Belonging and Achievement Gaps Between Minority and Majority Youth? Multiculturalism, Colorblindness, and Assimilationism Assessed”, Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45 (11), 1603–1618.
Dewulf, L., van Braak, J. & Van Houtte, M. (2017), “The role of teacher trust in segregated elementary schools: a multilevel repeated measures examination”, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28 (2), 259-275.
Hajisoteriou, C., Karousiou, C. & Angelides, P. (2018), “Successful components of school improvement in culturally diverse schools”, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 29 (1), 91-112.
Reynolds, D. & Neeleman, A. (2021), “School Improvement Capacity: A Review and a Reconceptualization from the Perspectives of Educational Effectiveness and Educational Policy”. In A. Oude, G. Beverborg, T. Feldhoff, K. M. Merki & F. Radisch (Eds.), Concept and Design Developments in School Improvement Research – Longitudinal, Multilevel and Mixed Methods and Their Relevance for Educational Accountability, Cham, Springer, 27-40.
Seawright, J. (2016), “The Case for Selecting Cases That Are Deviant or Extreme on the Independent Variable”, Sociological Methods & Research, 45(3), 493–525.
Strand, S. (2016), “Do Some Schools Narrow the Gap? Differential School Effectiveness Revisited”, Review of Education, 4 (2), 107–44.
Strobbe, L., Van Der Wildt, A., van Avermaet, P., Van Gorp, K., Van den Branden, K. & Van Houtte, M. (2017), “How School Teams Perceive and Handle Multilingualism: The Impact of a School’s Pupil Composition”, Teaching and Teacher Education, 64, 93–104.
Teltemann, J. & Schunck, R. (2016), “Education systems, school segregation, and second-generation immigrants’ educational success: evidence from a country-fixed effects approach using three waves of PISA”, International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 57 (6), 401–424.
Van Der Wildt, A., Van Avermaet, P. & Van Houtte, M. (2017), “Opening up towards children’s languages: enhancing teachers’ tolerant practices towards multilingualism”, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28 (1), 136-152.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm28 SES 02 B: Critical EdTech Studies
Location: Gilbert Scott, Melville [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Mathias Decuypere
Session Chair: Ben Williamson
Symposium
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium

Critical EdTech Studies: How to Make Them Useful for Educational Practitioners? Fostering Educationally Meaningful Adoption/Usage of EdTech in Schools

Chair: Mathias Decuypere (KU Leuven)

Discussant: Ben Willamson (University of Edinburgh)

Over the last years, the field of Critical EdTech Studies (CETS) has grown exponentially. With ‘critical edtech studies’, we denote studies that do not take educational technologies (‘EdTech’) at face value and/or merely try to improve their efficiency and effectiveness, but that rather aim to probe how they have come to increasingly shape and steer education through encoded and blackboxed logics—norms, strategies, mechanisms, and economies—invisible to schools and teachers and unaccountable to the professional sector (Macgilchrist, 2021). Prevalent in fields like media studies (e.g., van Dijck et al., 2018), data science (e.g., Daniel, 2019), and philosophy (e.g., Serres, 2014), CETS are widespread and not to be situated in one singular academic niche. However, CETS are especially prevalent and thriving in the field of sociologies of education – a broad academic discipline that has proven to provide especially fertile soil for critically analyzing the roles and impacts of digital technologies in/on the educational field [see, for instance, Castaneda & Williamson (2021), Decuypere et al. (2021), and Nichols & Garcia (2022) for recently published Special Issues on this topic]. Yet, despite this expansion and mainstreaming of CETS as an academic discipline, its highly valuable insights into how edtech invisibly reshapes education are not easily finding their way into concrete classroom practices, and are not easily used ‘to support teachers and other practitioners to rethink the ways that edtech works in their institutions and classrooms’ (Castenada & Williamson, 2021:11). To fill this gap between research and digital education in practice, this symposium addresses the following question: How can knowledge generated by CETS contribute to the conscious, responsible, and educationally valuable, implementation of EdTech by educational practitioners in schools (educators, students, ICT coordinators, data managers) and edtech developers?

To address this question, this symposium invites one discussant and three papers in the field of CETS to present practice-based (research) projects (still under development or already implemented) that are, through different approaches, committed to a shared objective of fostering responsible, conscious and pedagogically valuable adoption of EdTech in specific educational settings. Participants will discuss the design of tools that make the actions and (blackboxed) operations of EdTech platforms and apps legible for teachers and learners, the development of workshop formats in which teachers and students co-design the use of digital technologies in education, and the development of instruments that assess the impact of digital technologies on fundamental public and educational values of schools.


References
Castaneda, L., & Williamson, B. (2021). Assembling new toolboxes of methods and theories for innovative critical research on educational technology.  Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 10(1), 1-14.

Daniel, B. K. (2019). Big Data and data science: A critical review of issues for educational research. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(1), 101-113.

Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1-16.

Macgilchrist, F. (2021). What is ‘critical’ in critical studies of edtech? Three responses. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 243-249.

Nichols, T. P., & Garcia, A. (2022). Platform Studies in Education. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2), 209-230.

Serres, M. (2014). Thumbelina: The culture and technology of millennials. Rowman & Littlefield.

Van Dijck, J., Poell, T., & De Waal, M. (2018). The platform society: Public values in a connective world. Oxford University Press.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Critical Digital Infrastructures Revealed: Big Tech and Public Education Sector Issues at Stake

Annika Bergviken Rensfeldt (University of Gothenburg), Thomas Hillman (University of Gothenburg), Svea Kiesewetter (University of Gothenburg)

The so-called GAFAM big-tech companies of Google (Alphabet), Amazon, Facebook (Meta), Apple, and Microsoft are well-recognized gatekeepers to critical digital infrastructures in public sectors like education. However, the role they have as pillars within the infrastructure of the internet is commonly invisible to users, not least their “cloud-services” that adopt the so-called “as-a-service” infrastructure model (e.g. STorage-as-a-Service). These cloud-services are highly profitable. For example, in 2021 Amazon Web Services accounted for around 20% of the company's revenue, but nearly 75% of profits (Amazon, n.d.). Thus, the market and social value of these infrastructures motivates the big-tech presence (Birch et al., 2021) and as an increasingly data-intensive sector, public education is an attractive customer. Considering the incentives for expanding cloud-services and the already large infrastructurally installed bases (Star & Ruhleder, 1996) GAFAMcompanies have in schools, we set out to empirically unpack the ongoing infrastructuring that governs education (Ratner & Gad, 2019; Selwyn, 2015). For this purpose, we have developed a web-based tool, InfraReveal(infrareveal.net), for visualizing the cloud-services underlying educational platforms using techniques that reveal data-packet traffic as users access internet. The tool has been used in sessions with schoolteachers in Sweden with the purpose of enhancing their critical digital infrastructural understandings (part of the RED project focused on global digital education inequalities, edu-digitalinequality.org). While earlier critical studies have considered the influence that GAFAM have on public education through user-facing businesses and through analysis of marketing-technical documentation (Williamson et al., 2022), we set out to demonstrate and engage with schoolteachers in critical discussions on infrastructuring. Our work builds on the tradition of infrastructure studies focusing on critical infrastructural features such as “ubiquity, reliability, invisibility, gateways, and breakdown” (Plantin et al., 2018: 294), combined with computational methods. The results draw on the real-time visualisations produced by InfraReveal to unpack how and where GAFAMcompanies are involved in controlling key digital infrastructures for education and achieve market provision dominance. They illustrate the how and where of an increasing dependence on GAFAM that can be argued to be a risk as market logics supersede public sector values (van Dijck et al., 2018), an issue targeted in emerging policy regulations on digital services and markets (European Commission, 2022). Taking the visualizations produced by InfraReveal as a starting point, issues like the role of GAFAM in critical education infrastructures, global infrastructural inequalities affecting education, and the lack of public debate on Sweden’s marketized cloud-service school infrastructure are discussed.

References:

Amazon. (n.d.). Quarterly results. Amazon.com, Inc. Retrieved Jan 17 2023, from https://ir.aboutamazon.com/quarterly-results/default.aspx Birch, K., Cochrane, D., & Ward, C. (2021). Data as Asset? The Measurement, Governance, and Valuation of Digital Personal Data by Big Tech. Big Data & Society, 8(1). European Commission (2022). Regulation on Digital Services Act. http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2065/oj Plantin, J. C., Lagoze, C., Edwards, P. N., & Sandvig, C. (2018). Infrastructure Studies Meet Platform Studies in the Age of Google and Facebook. New Media & Society, 20(1), 293–310. Ratner, H., & Gad, C. (2019). Data Warehousing Organization: Infrastructural Experimentation with Educational Governance. Organization 26(4), 537–552. Selwyn, N. (2015). Data Entry: Towards the Critical Study of Digital Data and Education. Learning, Media and Technology 40(1), 64–82. Star, S.L., & Ruhleder, K. (1996). Steps Toward an Ecology of Infrastructure: Design and Access for Large Information Spaces. Information Systems Research 7, 111–134. van Dijck, J., Poell, T., & de Waal, M. (2018). The Platform Society: Public Values in a Connective World. Oxford University Press. Williamson, B., Gulson, K. N., Perotta, C., & Witzenberger, K. (2022). Amazon and the New Global Connective Architectures of Education Governance. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2), 231–256.
 

Bringing Critical EdTech Research Into Schools: The Case of SMASCH

Mathias Decuypere (KU Leuven), Sigrid Hartong (HSU Hamburg)

EdTech vendors, but equally policy actors (e.g., the European Digital Education Action Plan) worldwide, commonly attribute deep structural transformations to the digitization of education, ranging from ‘truly’ personalized or fully ‘delocalized’ learning, to a remaking of schools into networked learning organizations. At the same time, a growing number of critical edtech studies have argued for an urgent need to ‘demystify’ such revolutionary visions, pointing to various implementations of digital technologies in schools that reproduce traditional structures of formal education (inequality, assessment-oriented input learning, etc.) rather than ‘disrupting’ them (e.g., Reich, 2020; Mertala, 2020). As this literature shows, at least part of the reasons for this lie in the complex interplay between the contextual needs of schools on the one hand, and the standardized (and scalable) design of many edtech products on the other hand (ibid.). Moreover, critical edtech studies show the huge need of schools to experiment, in their local context, with various edtech products, in order to obtain a good understanding of their working operations, their pedagogical intentions and design (e.g., Brandau & Alirezabeigi, 2022). Moreover, such findings show the urgent need of bringing critical edtech research (insights) into schools, rather than chiefly circulating these insights into academic circles alone (cf. Holloway et al., 2022). In this contribution, we will present the German-Belgian SMASCH (“Smart Schools”, www.smasch.eu) research project (2021-2024); a collaboration between KU Leuven and HSU Hamburg, with 13 sample schools in both countries, around ‘pedagogically meaningful’ digitization. Drawing on insights from critical edtech research as shortly outlined above, the project aims to move beyond an instrumental understanding of digitization as technologically-induced change(s), rather working towards a systematic development of a ‘critical, research-oriented attitude’ in schools that aims to foster a nuanced (yet practical) understanding of the promises, potentials and risks of EdTech adoption in concrete school practices. In doing so, SMASCH aims to work and think together with schools with regards to how such pedagogically meaningful digitization can look like, depending on the very specific context in which each school is situated. Thus far, in the context of SMASCH, we have brought insights of critical edtech studies into schools by means of practices of critical co-design; participatory workshops with schools; the creation of study materials for teachers and/students; and the bringing together of schools over the national boundaries of the two countries present in the project – all of which will be extensively discussed during our presentation.

References:

Brandau, N., & Alirezabeigi, S. (2022). Critical and participatory design in-between the tensions of daily schooling: working towards sustainable and reflective digital school development. Learning, Media and Technology, 1-13. Holloway, J., Lewis, S., & Langman, S. (2022). Technical agonism: embracing democratic dissensus in the datafication of education. Learning, Media and Technology, 1-13. Mertala, P. (2020). Paradoxes of participation in the digitalization of education: A narrative account. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(2), 179-192. Reich, J. (2020). Failure to disrupt: Why technology alone can't transform education. Harvard University Press.
 

Safeguarding Schools’ and Teachers’ Pedagogical Autonomy: The Impact Assessment Public Values and Educational Technology

Niels Kerssens (Utrecht University)

The platformization of classrooms stands out as a significant transformational force in K12 education. Big Tech (cloud) infrastructures and educational technology (‘EdTech’) platforms are increasingly penetrating daily classroom practices (Veale, 2022), affecting the autonomy of schools (Kerssens and Van Dijck, 2022) and shaping student learning and teachers’ professional practices (Perrotta et al., 2020). This “reinstitutionalization” of K12 education around private platforms (Davies et al., 2022) fundamentally affects the public environment of schooling (Apps et al., 2022). Critical analysis of Big tech and EdTech platforms have addressed key questions around conflictual interests of for-profit platform companies and the values associated with the public or educative good (Kerssens and Van Dijck 2021; Williamson et al., 2022). Driven by economic values and corporate interests, commercial platforms in education establish new modes of value production through platform mechanisms of datafication and personalization (Van Dijck, Poell, and de Waal, 2018), which affects schools and teachers capacities to shape classroom education on their own organizational and professional values (Kerssens and Van Dijck, 2021). Yet, despite a recent upsurge of critical scholarship expressing concern about Big tech and EdTech reshaping classroom education, schools and teachers in the Netherlands have been offered little actionable guidance on how to embed these technologies responsibly, in accordance with public and educational values. To aid schools and educators in selecting and employing technologies thoughtfully in their classrooms, a consortium of critical edtech scholars from Utrecht University, Kennisnet (a public network organization for education and ICT), Teacher Education Institutions and primary schools, started collaborating on the research and development of an ‘Impact Assessment Public Values and Educational Technology’ (IAPVET). This presentation will discuss a pilot of IAPVET, its development, and first results of early implementations at Dutch schools. The aim of IAPVET is to provide a methodology supporting primary schools in the responsible implementation of digital technologies, helping them aligning the digital education environment of the school with their value-based pedagogical vision. Therefore, IAPVET intends to intertwine four procedures: Mapping (How is the digital education environment arranged?); Vision development (What are we shaping digital education for?); Assessment (What impact does digitization have on teachers and children and the core values of the school?); Professional development (How can we better equip our school and employees to responsibly use digital technologies?)

References:

Apps, T., Beckman, K., & Howard, S. K. (2022). Valuable data? Using walkthrough methods to understand the impact of digital reading platforms in Australian primary schools. Learning, Media and Technology, 1-16. Dijck, J. v., Poell, T., & Waal, M. d. (2018). The platform society: public values in a connective world. New York: Oxford University Press. Kerssens, N., & Dijck, J. v. (2021). The platformization of primary education in The Netherlands. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 250-263. Kerssens, N., & Van Dijck, J. (2022). Governed by Edtech? Valuing Pedagogical Autonomy in a Platform Society. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2), 284-303. Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2020). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 1-17. Veale, M. (2022). Schools must resist big EdTech – but it won’t be easy. In Education Data Futures: Critical, Regulatory and Practical Reflections. Retrieved from https://educationdatafutures.digitalfuturescommission.org.uk/ Williamson, B., Gulson, K. N., Perrotta, C., & Witzenberger, K. (2022). Amazon and the new global connective architectures of education governance. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2)
 

Media Constellation Analysis: An Approach connecting Research and Co-Reflection

Andreas Weich (Georg-Eckert-Institut Braunschweig), Philipp Deny (Georg-Eckert-Institut Braunschweig)

Educational media are often viewed as 'objects' or 'tools'. Practice focusses e.g. on features of tablets, their usability and their capabilities to reach the given learning objectives (e.g. Stoltenhoff 2019). Research regularly focuses on how media can support the learning processes of students (e.g. Bernard et. al., 2018). From a media studies point of view, those perspectives are problematic, since they usually leave out e.g. the medial preconditions of knowledge production, cultural practices, or power relations and the constitution of subjects (e.g. McLuhan 1964; Winkler 2004) that are also important for education / ‘Bildung’ (Allert/Richter 2018). Moreover, those perspectives reproduce the ‘invisibility of media’ that media theory problematizes and aims to overcome (Krämer 1998, Winkler 2004). Instead, our approach assumes that medial preconditions are crucial for a critical research and practice of EdTech, and that they can be heuristically analysed as 'media constellations' (Weich 2020). This implies to understand media as a mutual interplay and production of materialities, knowledge/practices, subject positions and contents, and that reflection should begin with the analysis of this interplay. Based on this understanding, one can e.g. pose questions that probe how adaptive learning systems address students and teachers as objects and subjects of (self-)optimization and (self-)surveillance; how the learning content is constituted by technological and conceptual preconditions; what power relations, discourses and practices are inscribed in the system (Weich/Deny/Priedigkeit/Troeger 2021); and how students and teachers appropriate them in classroom practices. In various workshops with schools, we use the media constellation analysis (MCA) to analyse and reflect on educational media together with teachers. Teachers name challenges or planned undertakings concerning educational media. After the group decides which of the challenges/undertakings should be worked on first, subsequently a brainstorming is conducted about elements that are crucial for the given media constellation and try to map their interplay. Based on the question which of these elements and entanglements are beneficial or problematic, the workshop finally collects and discusses possible modifications that might change the media constellation for the better. The presentation will first outline the MCA. It proceeds by some examples from our research (e.g., on the adaptive math program bettermarks. In the last step, concepts of media reflection workshops with teachers, and some of their experiences based on MCA are shown. By sharing insight into our continuous re-modelling of workshop concepts, we will also discuss recurring problems and possible pathways for adapting this concept for teacher workshops.

References:

Allert, H., Asmussen, M., & Richter C. (2018). Formen von Subjektivierung und Unbestimmtheit im Umgang mit datengetriebenen Lerntechnologien – eine praxis-theoretische Position. In: Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 21: 142–158. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-017-0778-7 Bernard, R.M., Borokhovski, E., Schmid, R.F., Tamim, R.M. (2018). Gauging the Effectiveness of Educational Technology Integration in Education: What the Best-Quality Meta-Analyses Tell Us. In: Spector, M., Lockee, B., Childress, M. (ed.) Learning, Design, and Technology. Springer, Cham. 1-25. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-17727-4_109-2 Krämer, S. (1998). Das Medium als Spur und Apparat. In: Krämer, S. (ed.): Medien, Computer, Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp, 73–94. McLuhan, M. (1964): Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man. New York: McGraw-Hill. Stoltenhoff, A. (2019). Medienbildung im kompetenzorientierten Schulsystem. Diskurs- und hegemonietheoretische Analyse des Wissensfeldes ›schulische Medienbildung‹. Tübingen: Universitätsbibliothek, dx.doi.org/10.15496/publikation-34828. Weich, A. (2020). Digitale Medien und Methoden: Andreas Weich über die Medienkonstellationsanalyse. In: Open-Media-Studies-Blog, 16.06.2020. Weich, A., Deny, P., Priedeigkeit, M. & Troeger, J. (2021). Adaptive Lernsysteme zwischen Optimierung und Kritik. Eine Analyse der Medienkonstellationen bettermarks aus informatischer und medienwissenschaftlicher Perspektive. In: Datengetriebene Schule. Themenheft der Zeitschrift Medienpädagogik, 22-51. Winkler, Hartmut. (2004). Mediendefinition. In: Medienwissenschaft – Rezensionen, Reviews, 1/04: 9–27.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm28 SES 02 C: Digital futures
Location: Gilbert Scott, Turnbull [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Gyöngyvér Pataki
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Platformised Teacher Professionalities: Configurations of Embodied Platformisation

Toon Tierens1, Samira Ali Reza Beigi1, Sigrid Hartong2, Mathias Decuypere1

1KU Leuven, Belgium; 2Helmut-Schmidt-Universität, Germany

Presenting Author: Tierens, Toon

Digital education platforms are in tremendous upsurge, where COVID-19 acted as a catalyst, and have increasingly found their way into the core of various education institutions. Critical education scholarship has extensively studied these developments and the intricate ways in which these platforms (re-)shape what it means to (be) educate(d) (Williamson, 2017) and how education itself is changing form (Decuypere et al., 2021). Recently, growing concerns have been expressed regarding the differential implications for teacher professionalism in an increasingly ‘platformised’ school environment, where digital education platforms are not only increasingly grounded as new forms of educational experts, but where the central role and expertise of teachers itself is equally destabilising and losing its self-evidence (Hartong & Decuypere, 2023). Put differently, what it means to be a teacher in a school, is increasingly becoming entangled with the presence of digital education platforms, shaping the pedagogical autonomy and labour of teachers, and the (potentially) perpetual need for professionalisation this implies (cf. Lewis & Decuypere, 2023; Selwyn et al., 2017).

Given these developments, it is crucial to articulate empirical accounts of the complexities of how teachers’ professionality is being reshaped, and how the teacher and teaching itself are being negotiated through platform logics, as well as the type of educational participation these platforms envision (Perrotta et al., 2021). Such accounts of platformised teacher professionalities are still largely absent in the literature (but see e.g. Landri, 2021), most significantly of all in relation to cases of non-proprietary and free and open-source (FOSS) platforms. That is to say, contemporary critical scholarship has predominantly based its critiques on the study of proprietary platforms such as Google Classroom or ClassDojo (e.g. Manolev et al., 2019), thereby largely sidestepping prominent ‘open’ alternatives such as Moodle. However, Moodle is increasingly being implemented across Europe in schools and other educational institutions as a central learning management system and learning platform to counter the contemporary dominance of proprietary actors exerting large amounts of power on education (Moodle, 2021; also Kuran et al., 2017). Fostering the four freedoms of FOSS (using, studying, altering, and improving the code ‘freely’), Moodle principally envisions teachers, firstly, as being technically capable of redesigning the open infrastructure of its platform and, secondly, as willing to open up their teaching practice by collaborating with other teachers internationally (https//moodle.com/about/open-source/). At present, we lack understanding of how this enforces different responsibilities and foci within teachers’ professionality.

To address this gap, this paper closely engages with the embedded Moodle infrastructure of one school, so as to understand how teacher professionalities (i.e. what it means to teach and be a teacher, and what is required to sustain this) are shaped through the platform. The objective of this study is primarily to analyse the educational consequences of such platforms regarding teacher professionality beyond often-mentioned privately induced logics. That is, this study focuses on the changing nature of pedagogy, responsibility, autonomy, and care, in the teacher’s professionality. By focusing on a platform that in essence still has to be designed by local schools because of Moodle’s open and customisable nature, we aim to go beyond a critical attitude that considers digital platformisation as a general external development affecting education in largely problematic ways. Rather, we approach Moodle as a case through which we can conceptualise the context-specificity of school platformisation: not as a process where schools and teachers are passively affected by an external development, but as an educational process itself to which actors actively relate. This contribution consequently analyses the configuration of teacher professionalities up close through one localised school platform, and the way teachers ‘inhabit’ and enact this platformised environment (cf. Perrotta, 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical and methodological framework of this study is informed by the field of Science and Technology Studies (STS). Broadly speaking, STS conceives of technologies such as digital education platforms as at once acting (that is, doing something to the world and structuring educational practices) as well as enacting (that is, making users think and act in particular and predefined manners) (Decuypere, 2019). For STS, platforms are, then, not neutral tools that are to be taken for granted; they rather performatively give shape to the world (Law, 2017), formatting new educational practices and configuring teachers and their professionality in distinct ways. Thus, platforms give form to or bring into being what it means to be a teacher and what it means to teach (cf. Woolgar, 1990).

Embedded within this framework, the methodological focus of this contribution is twofold. First, a walkthrough method has been employed to initially develop a comprehensive overview of Moodle’s vision of and engagement with school education. Studying Moodle’s website, broader documentation, and the specific documentation of one school, generated the localised environment of expected use which regulates user activity. Subsequently, a technical walkthrough has been performed to study teacher interfaces of the localised Moodle platform of this school to examine how the platform envisions teachers to use Moodle and, consequently, how the teacher is designated a very specific educational, and platformised, shape (Light et al., 2018;  Suchman, 2012). To do this walkthrough, different teacher interfaces were studied by the first author by actively navigating them as a regular user (van de Oudeweetering & Decuypere, 2022), covering a wide array of educational trajectories, each requiring distinct teaching activities (general science education, STEM education, arts education, vocational education). A protocol was designed to scrutinise the relational qualities of Moodle and the ways this digital architecture invites (inter-)actions of teachers.

Second, to not overrationalise the performative power the digital platform exerts on ‘the figure of the teacher’, tailored interviews were conducted with teachers to scrutinise how teachers are configured together with Moodle and how teacher professionality emerges within this entanglement (cf. Suchman, 2012). Combining these methodological vantage points, this contribution ventures precisely at the compromised crossroad of digital platforms’ agency subtly (re-)configuring teachers and acts of teachers un-/binding themselves within platformised environments (cf. Perrotta, 2023).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research project has a double finality. First, the study contributes to an empirical and conceptual understanding of platform-teacher configurations and the formation of teacher professionality through platformised environments. Moodle at once urges teachers to acquire and sustain new pedagogical-computational knowledge and expertise – while simultaneously shifting the locus of educational care and concern of teaching itself. Echoing a desire to remove spatiotemporal barriers between Moodle teachers all over the world and to reclaim ownership of one’s platform infrastructure, teachers are increasingly positioned as frictionless and technically proficient craftsmen in the platformised school environment. Teaching furthermore appears as at once necessarily caring for what takes place within the physical contours of the classroom while being simultaneously projected as a timeless and hypermediated endeavour. Lastly, platformised teacher professionality, and hence what it means to be a teacher, posits a politicised educational care of minimising dissent between various education actors and avoiding the risk of individual teachers’ wrongdoings. In conclusion, teachers’ pedagogical responsibility comes into being as re-spatialised (i.e. shifting boundaries of teachers’ concern and responsibility), perpetually synchronised and made present (i.e. perpetual care for pupils’ present activity), and synthetically entangled (i.e. conjunction of platformised and human agency) (cf. Gulson et al., 2022).

Second, besides contributing to the conceptual complexity of platformised teacher professionalities, this study commits to a participatory engagement premised on a critical understanding of school platformisation. Based on the conceptual findings of this paper, the researchers also think with teachers about meaningful and educationally sustainable narratives of implementing digital education platforms. Arguing for shifts in pedagogical responsibility because of school platformisation allows not only to deconstruct the entangled nature of teacher professionality, but also to reconstruct practices with teachers that make teaching in these platformised environments more ‘habitable’ (i.e. to find an educational common ground) (https://www.smasch.eu/en/).
 

References
Decuypere, M. (2019). Researching educational apps: ecologies, technologies, subjectivities and learning regimes. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(4), 414–429.
Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1–16.
Gulson, K., Sellar, S., & Webb, T. (2022). Algorithms of education: How datafication and artificial intelligence shape policy. University of Minnesota Press.
Hartong, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). Guest Editorial: Platformed professional(itie)s and the ongoing digital transformation of education. Tertium Comparationis.
Kuran, M.S., Pedersen, J.M., & Elsner, R. (2017). Learning Management Systems on Blended Learning Courses: An Experience-Based Observation.
Landri, P. (2021). To resist, or to align? The enactment of data-based school governance in Italy. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33(3), 563–580.
Law, J. (2017). STS as Method. In U. Felt, R. Fouché, C. Miller, & L. Doerr-Smith (Eds.), The Handbook of Science and Technology Studies (pp. 31–57). MIT Press.
Lewis, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). “Out of time”: Constructing teacher professionality as a perpetual project on the eTwinning digital platform. Tertium Comparationis.
Light, B., Burgess, J., & Duguay, S. (2018). The walkthrough method: An approach to the study of apps. New Media and Society, 20(3), 881–900.
Manolev, J., Sullivan, A., & Slee, R. (2019). The datafication of discipline: ClassDojo, surveillance and a performative classroom culture. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 36–51.
Moodle. (2021, September 22). Moodle myths. Https://Docs.Moodle.Org/401/En/Moodle_myths.
Perrotta, C. (2023). Afterword: Platformed professional(itie)s and the ongoing transformation of education. Tertium Comparationis.
Perrotta, C., Gulson, K. N., Williamson, B., & Witzenberger, K. (2021). Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97–113.
Selwyn, N., Nemorin, S., & Johnson, N. (2017). High-tech, hard work: an investigation of teachers’ work in the digital age. Learning, Media and Technology, 42(4), 390–405.
Suchman, L. (2012). Configuration. In C. Lury & N. Wakeford (Eds.), Inventive Methods: The Happening of the Social (pp. 48–60). Routledge.
van de Oudeweetering, K., & Decuypere, M. (2022). Navigating European education in times of crisis? An analysis of socio-technological architectures and user interfaces of online learning initiatives. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 922–945.
Williamson, B. (2017). Learning in the “platform society”: Disassembling an educational data assemblage. Research in Education, 98(1), 59–82.
Woolgar, S. (1990). Configuring the User: The Case of Usability Trials. The Sociological Review, 38(1), 58–99.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Educational Futures Unmade: Reconstructing the Design of Learning Management and Failure Prediction

Irina Zakharova1, Jarke Juliane2

1University of Bremen, ZeMKI & ifib Germany; 2University of Graz, Austria: BANDAS-Center & Department of Sociology

Presenting Author: Zakharova, Irina

This paper offers an empirical analysis of learning management systems (LMS) applying predictive analytics for risk detection in K-12 school education. Conceptually, we explore the promise of predictive analytics to function across various societal domains (e.g. education, predictive policing, digital public service provision) and how LMS configure good educational futures through risk management and mitigation. The starting point for our analysis is the observation that many design features of LMS are risk-related and future-oriented, promising educators and students to achieve success in form of good grades and high graduation rates. Appealing at first sight, this promise of successful educational futures promotes narratives of precision and efficiency inscribed in LMS design (Macgilchrist et al., 2023). Overall, design of educational technologies has been increasingly studied by sociologists of education and critical software and critical data scholars (Decuypere, 2019; Jarke & Macgilchrist, 2021; Selwyn, 2022). So far, this research focuses on the ideologies and imaginaries of technology providers inscribed in the design of educational systems (Macgilchrist, 2019; Manolev et al., 2019; Rahm, 2021; Williamson, 2017). While there are prominent discussions about the role of big tech in shaping the educational domain and the business origin of analytics in education (Davies et al., 2022; Prinsloo, 2019), the centrality of risk and failure in the design of educational technologies has yet to be addressed specifically. Attending empirically to risk prediction in LMS this paper extends on such literature, questioning what and who can be defined as ‘risk’ threatening good educational futures and in which ways.

Narratives about risk and failure, however, are not unique to educational technologies, but are widely discussed in research on predictive policing (Lum & Isaac, 2016; Egbert & Leese, 2021) and digital public service provision (Allhutter et al., 2020; Büchner & Dosdall, 2021). To understand what various ways to define ‘risk’ mean for educational futures, we draw on the concept of “spheres transgression” (Sharon, 2021) to learn about the implications of ‘risk’ inscribed in technologies in other societal domains. Sphere transgression can be understood as an advantageous encroachment of one societal domain into another, making use of distributive capacities of one domain (e.g. big tech) to advance commercially, politically, and socially in the other domains (e.g. education). We argue here that analysing LMS design features we can reconstruct how educational technologies (aim to) reconfigure the organisation of teaching and learning, course design, and interaction between teachers, learners, and administrators by mitigating risks and managing failure.

The (presumable) ability of LMS to produce big quantities of data and to quantify previously unmeasurable societal processes promise educational actors to achieve greater efficiency and more control over the everyday organisation of schooling by managing various educational risks: risk of student drop-out, students failing the course, or graduating from school altogether. To explain how such technological promises are related to actual futures, scholars of technology have connected mundane acts of design, advertising, and negotiation to future-making (Watts, 2015). In these mundane acts, the core characteristics of future-making - anticipation, aspiration, and imagination (Appadurai, 2013) – materialize in form of software design and specific features. To understand and un-make the connection between LMS features of risk prediction and educational futures this paper proposes studying what forms these anticipations, aspirations, and imaginations take in LMS design.

Overall, this paper makes a conceptual and an empirical contribution based on LMS design. Conceptually, following scholars of technology studies concerned with future-making, we shift the analytical focus to the examination of software design from past to the future. Empirically, we analyse risk-related LMS design features. Specifically, we ask how risk is defined in the design of LMS using predictive analytics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is based on a study of leading international LMS using or providing data for predictive analytics to define ‘risk’ in the context of K-12 education. LMS are designed to generate vast amounts of digital data about their users – both teachers and learners. Some of these data are produced automatically, for example by logging users’ behaviour and interactions within the system such as times spent on certain tasks, number of tasks solved, or courses taken. Other data are the result of both automated and manual labour, for example test scores, teachers’ grades, course attendance data, and uploaded solutions to given tasks. Design features are then understood as relational configurations of use practices, use situations and users that co-construct and co-produce social reality. Using these features and data, LMS configure educational futures through (automated) analysis and prediction. For example, based on current students’ data LMS make predictions about their (likely) success or failure, assigning them higher or lower ‘risk’ scores and providing recommendations to teachers and administrations regarding future pathways of learning.
In this paper, we apply the methodology of “feature analysis” (Hasinoff & Bivens, 2021) as a way to reconstruct and analyse how design features frame and configure risk in education. Feature analysis draws on the observation that technologies are designed as solutions to certain problems and aims at identifying how this problem is framed in the design. Feature analysis includes examination of marketing materials (e.g. app descriptions) and graphic user interfaces of the apps. Adopting the feature analysis to the studies of LMS, we examine LMS websites, user handbooks and documentation, available ‘best practice’ cases, and the LMS interface design. We analyse and compare LMS such as Blackboard, Brightspace, Canvas, its Learning, Moodle, Powerschool, and others to identify what these LMS identify as ‘risky’ and which educational actors pose ‘risks’. We qualitatively code the design features these LMS provide to define and predict risks, as well as the kinds of data used to do so (e.g. performance data, interaction log data, sociodemographic data), and actions LMS recommend to educators and students for risk mitigation. By relating these features and data to the three core characteristics of future-making - anticipation, aspiration, and imagination, - we show how LMS design configures educational futures by managing failure and writing out educational indeterminacy and complexity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper aims to show that LMS are designed around risk mitigation and failure management promising various actors to achieve better futures. We propose to analyse risk-related LMS design features considering their future-making capacity and shift analytical attention from studying the ideologies of software providers to the trajectories they draw for further development of education. Using the methodology of ‘feature analysis’, we identify how risk is defined in LMS according to various levels of educational actors posing ‘risks’ – i.e. district, school, student -, and according to what is considered ‘risky’ on some or every of these levels – i.e. failure, inadequacy, inefficiency – which might threaten good school education. We illustrate how the LMS-defined ‘risk’ is bound to in-system interactions (e.g. clicks, uploads, posts) and writes out the contingencies and complexities of teaching and learning processes, foregrounding only certain types of ‘risky’ behaviour over others, taking place outside the LMS. Drawing on the concept of ‘spheres transgression’ we discuss our findings together with insights from research on predictive policing and digital public service provision also concerned with various definitions of risk. So, we show that the LMS definition of ‘risk’ shifts responsibility for ‘risky’ behaviour to individuals, at the same time also foregrounding certain collective actors – schools and districts – particularly prone to include ‘risky’ individuals. Acknowledging similarities in the definitions and implications of technologically-defined ‘risk’ across various societal domains, we discuss what does it mean, when educational technologies become instruments of managing failure to aspire more successful educational futures.
References
Allhutter, D., Cech, F., Fischer, F., Grill, G., & Mager, A. (2020). Algorithmic Profiling of Job Seekers in Austria: How Austerity Politics Are Made Effective. Frontiers in Big Data, 3.
Appadurai, A. (2013). The Future as Cultural Fact: Essays on the Global Condition. Verso.
Büchner, S., & Dosdall, H. (2021). Organisation und Algorithmus: Wie algorithmische Kategorien, Vergleiche und Bewertungen durch Organisationen relevant gemacht werden. KZfSS, 73(S1), 333–357.
Davies, H., Eynon, R., Komljenovic, J., & Williamson, B. (2022). Investigating the financial power brokers behind EdTech. In S. Livingstone & K. Pothong (Eds.), Education Data Futures: Critical, Regulatory and Practical Reflections (pp. 81–92). Digital Futures Commission, 5Rights Foundation.
Decuypere, M. (2019). Researching educational apps: Ecologies, technologies, subjectivities and learning regimes. LMT.
Egbert, S., & Leese, M. (2021). Criminal futures: Predictive policing and everyday police work.
Hasinoff, A., & Bivens, R. (2021). Feature Analysis: A Method for Analyzing the Role of Ideology in App Design. Journal of Digital Social Research, 3(2).
Jarke, J., & Macgilchrist, F. (2021). Dashboard stories: How narratives told by predictive analytics reconfigure roles, risk and sociality in education. BD&S, 8(1).
Lum, K., & Isaac, W. (2016). To predict and serve? Significance, 13(5), 14–19.
Macgilchrist, F. (2019). Cruel optimism in edtech: When the digital data practices of educational technology providers inadvertently hinder educational equity. LMT, 44(1), 77–86.
Macgilchrist, F., Allert, H., Cerratto Pargman, T., & Jarke, J. (2023). Designing Postdigital Futures: Which Designs? Whose Futures? Postdigital Science and Education.
Manolev, J., Sullivan, A., & Slee, R. (2019). The datafication of discipline: ClassDojo, surveillance and a performative classroom culture. LMT, 44(1), 36–51.
Prinsloo, P. (2019). A social cartography of analytics in education as performative politics. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(6), 2810–2823.
Rahm, L. (2021). Educational imaginaries: Governance at the intersection of technology and education. Journal of Education Policy.
Selwyn, N. (2022). Less Work for Teacher? The Ironies of Automated Decision-Making in Schools. In Everyday Automation. Routledge.
Sharon, T. (2021). Blind-sided by privacy? Digital contact tracing, the Apple/Google API and big tech’s newfound role as global health policy makers. Ethics and Information Technology, 23(1), 45–57.
Watts, L. (2015). Future Archaeology: Re-animating Innovation in the Mobile Telecoms Industry. In A. Herman, Hadlaw, & T. Swiss (Eds.), Theories of the Mobile Internet (pp. 149–169). Routledge.
Williamson, B. (2017). Decoding ClassDojo: Psycho-policy, social-emotional learning and persuasive educational technologies. LMT, 42(4), 440–453.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Good Burgundy, Treason, and the Usual Suspects: A history of ILSA contracting

Camilla Addey

Autonomous University of Barcelona, France

Presenting Author: Addey, Camilla

How did International Large-Scale Assessment (ILSA) contracting emerge and develop? And what is the legacy of this history?

In studying the history of education data, research has focused on assessment practices (i.e. Hutt and Schneider 2018) and governance uses (Ozga 2009; Merry 2011; Moss 2014). Until recently, scholarship was less concerned with the making of data despite Science and Technology Studies underlining that science (this includes data) is politics by other means (Latour and Woolgar 1979; Latour 1987, 1999), thus begging for scholoarly investigation. This paper contributes to literature on the history of data, by rendering visible the history and legacy of a group of actors who have so far remained invisible. Although ILSAs are administered by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) and the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), they are mostly developed, implemented and analysed by ILSA contractors. Until today, contractors’ involvement has not been studied. This paper studies the emergence of ILSA contracting by looking into the first ILSAs at the IEA, which came under pressure to keep up with assessment developments in the USA in the 1980s. The paper then focuses on the development of new assessment approaches in the USA that were picked up in adult literacy assessments at the OECD. Finally, the paper analyses the development of the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) contracting. To show how the legacy of this history still shapes current ILSAs, the paper analyses how PISA contracting evolved. This history shows how individuals and organizations, which had previously been collaborating in academic projects at the IEA, won the first ILSA contracts by virtue of accumulated capitals and interpersonal trust that put them at an advantage over potential ILSA contractors. What comes to the surface are government interests, emotional bonds, and personal struggles.

To analyse how ILSA contracting emerged and evolved (between 1960 and 2020), I draw on Bourdieu’s (1993) concept of field - described as a dynamic social space of struggles with its own laws of functioning and unequally distributed power - to understand how contactors relate to one another; and actors’ habitus. The paper also draws on business network approach, which recognizes the importance of networks and the position of actors and changes of position within networks (Ford and Håkansson 2013). Finally, the paper draws on Huang and Wilkinson (2013) to analyse the dynamics and evolution of trust in ILSA contracting. Huang and Wilkinson describe both cognitive and affective trust as key to understanding business relationships and behaviour. Cognitive trust can be described as the ‘evaluation of the competence, responsibility and dependability’ (2013: 456) of actors, while affective trust is described as emotional bonds and ‘the belief that an exchange partner cares about your welfare, will act positively towards it and take care to avoid harming it’ (2013: 456). Trust can be interpersonal and interorganizational (Zaheer et al. 1998).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on a qualitative research design, using Ball’s (2016) network ethnography. The approach suggests mapping, following, questioning, and visiting people and nodal actors, their lives, stories, conflicts, money, and things. Junemann et al. describe it as focusing on ‘the content, nature, and meaning of the exchanges and transactions between network participants, the roles, actions, motivations, discourses, and resources of the different actors involved’ (2016: 539). For the purposes of this paper, I focused in particular on PISA, TIMSS, and PIRLS contractors. These three ILSAs were chosen because each has had multiple implementations: seven cycles of PISA plus two in progress, seven cycles of TIMSS, and four cycles of PIRLS. By juxtaposing the data from each implementation chronologically, I was able to follow the actors and identify key actors, patterns in relationships over time, changes or anomalies that might hint at significant struggles. To map the ILSA contractors, I drew on IEA and OECD ILSA technical reports between 1990 to 2020. I then used this data to visualise the ILSA contractors as a topology of nodes connected with lines (representing the actors and relationships). The choice of interviewees was developed as an iterative process, with interviewees helping to interpret information in the documents, and documents pointing to potential interviewees and struggles. Approximately 35 interviews were carried out with high-level staff at IEA, OECD and contracting organizations. Almost all interviews were carried out over online platforms (i.e. Teams) in 2020. Interviewees are identified through a combination of randomly-assigned letters, institutional affiliation, or no letter where anonymity could be compromised.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
TThe paper shows how the current ILSA contractors emerged from a loosely structured academic project at IEA (approximately from the 1960s to early 1990s) which had a lasting influence over ILSA contracting in the subsequent decades. In the early years, when a passionate network of individuals with big research ideas came together, emotional bonds and feuds were developed, theoretical and methodological choices were made, and insider knowledge and experience were accumulated. In Bourdieu terms, different forms of capitals were developed in these early years, determining how the first ILSA contracts were distributed when substantial funding became available. The individuals in this network developed cultural knowledge, competences and dispositions that were key to obtaining and carrying out contracts. The reliance on the good will of experts who were willing to donate their time suggests economic capital did not shape practices in this space, until substantial US funding was secured. When ILSAs were funded, new practices and struggles emerged. In particular, the paper highlights the importance of interpersonal, affective trust and shared history.


The IEA has continued to work as it did in TIMSS 1995, openly relying on trust and shared history, whereas the OECD does this under the guise of global competition. With PISA’s formal bidding process, former interrelationships between contractors ended and contractors regrouped, formalizing former struggles between individuals and organizations. Affective trust but also the lack of it where relationships have ended, continue to shape ILSA contracting as the structure of contractors remains mostly stable, despite ILSA developments.

Finally, the paper argues that government interests, interpersonal and interorganizational struggles, and emotional bonds are embedded in the data as they determined and continue to determine who develops ILSAs.

References
Ball, S. (2016). Following policy: networks, network ethnography and education policy mobilities. Journal of Education Policy 31(5): 549-566.

Bengtsson, M. & Kock, S. (1999). Cooperation and competition in relationships between competitors in business networks. The Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing; Santa Barbara, 14(3), 178-194.

Bourdieu, Pierre. 1993. The field of cultural production. New York: Columbia University Press.

Ford, D., & Håkansson, H. (2013). Competition in business networks. Industrial Marketing Management, 42, 1017–1024.

Moss, Gemma. 2014 “Putting literacy attainment data in context: examining the past in search of the present.”Comparative Education,50:3,357 - 373,DOI:10.1080/03050068.2014.921369

Huang, Y. & Wilkinson, I. F. (2013). The dynamics and evolution of trust in business relationships. Industrial Marketing Management, 42, 455-46

Hutt, Ethan and Jack Schneider. 2018.“A thin line between love and hate: educational assessment in the United States in Assessment Cultures – Historical Perspectives, 235 - 258. Berlin: Peter Lang.

Junemann, C., Ball, S. J., & Santori, D. (2016).Joined-up Policy: network connectivity and global education governance. In K. Mundi, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.),Handbook of Global Education Policy(pp. 535-553). Wiley-Blackwell.

Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: How to follow scientists and engineers through society. London: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B. (1999). Pandora’s hope: Essays on the reality of science studies. Cambridge, MA and Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B., & Woolgar, S. (1979). Laboratory life – The construction of scientific facts. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Merry, Sally Engle. 2011. “Measuring the World: Indicators, Human Rights, and Global Governance.” Current Anthropology, Vol. 52, No. S3, pp. S83-S95

Ozga, Jenny. 2009. “Governing education through data in England: from regulation to self‐evaluation.” Journal of Education Policy,24:2,149 162,DOI:10.1080/02680930902733121
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm29 SES 02 A: Theatre and its Potentialities in Research
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Corinne Covez
Paper Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Documentary Theatre Practice to the Service of Engineers-Students Agro-Ecological Transition Education

Corinne Covez

Institut Agro, France

Presenting Author: Covez, Corinne

The aim of this proposal is to consider the documentary theatre practice experienced through a workshop on the aim of Agro-Ecological Transition (AET). It took place a week in December 2022, near Montpellier. The partners worked at the crossroads of the National Support Disposal (NSD) for the French Agricultural Training System and the nation-wide Institut Agro (Montpellier-Rennes-Dijon) agro-engineer higher education. The documentary theatre practice was chosen in order to otherwise experiment the usual AET sessions and understand the skills development. On the one hand, the sensitive dimension of artistic practices has already been introduced (Covez, 2022; 2016) as well as the intercultural one (Covez, 2009). On the other hand, the capacity of embodying the agricultural concept through design and culinary theatre has also been demonstrated (Covez, 2017). Besides, since 2019, the agroecological transition has become the priority of the institution. The project creating a mixed documentary activity has been financed through a higher agricultural institute initiative and the ministry of agriculture through the NSD. The framework of the “human agroecology” is used so as to underline “the social representations that structure the relations between individuals, social groups, their practices and environments” (R. Audet, C. Gendron, 2012). Besides, In he actual academic t discussion on transition concept (Hervé, 2022) makes it very much valuable. Then, the systemic and critical agroecologies are not sufficient to analyse the representations and socio-cultural practices that have to change as the lecturers and teachers community attest. Then, the theatre practice mixing high-schools teachers and engineers students, represent a real educational and pedagogical opportunity to experiment a new way of learning the AET.

So the question is: “Can a documentary theatre practice be put to the service of the engineers-student AET education ?”. Actually, the definition of agroecological education does not really exist but rather focuses on teaching professional, technical and agricultural matters. Our aim is rather to consider learning it as an emotionally, bodily, individual and collective creating activity that can be put to the service of a better understanding. In fact, it is as any social activity involving human beings which is very much complex. More than that, the transition education has to be considered in the global climate change and after the Covid pandemic that makes it not only cognitive but also at a very high level of emotions and eco-anxiety.

The hypothesis is that documentary theatre partnership represents a tool for educational change in respect to transition. On the one hand, the practice may create a shared and renewed understanding of the transition notion enhanced by the final work representation. On the other hand, the artistic partnership may help creating an educational situation that can enable the embodiment of change. The practice has also been created in the aim of exploring the developed skills: cognitive, communicative, relationship, emotional, creative, intercultural, intergenerational... that can be put to the service of working as an engineer in transition. We would like to get a better understanding of the benefits for the students, as their profession will consist in change making. The difficulty would lie on the tension to get open to the sensitivity and intellectually complex dimension of Transition. Finally, we think that documentary practice methodology, based on sources and concept work, helps creating a quite integrating and balancing situation with cognitive and bodily activities. The acceptance of the sensitive process inside us and all together enriches but also provokes some unbalance and challenge we have to face to keep on sharing, acting and creating. Taking risks and improving may be put to the benefits of a transition education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The ethnographic methodological approach consists in pre and post interviews with the 5 student-engineers and 2 agricultural high-schools as well as the artist Théo actor, dramatist and director, who prepared the project one year long, having one meeting per month with the team. Our aim is to focus on the students interviews and participative observations. This action is not finished, as the 5 students should present a communication analysing their experience at the national Days of Arts and Culture in Hihger Education in April 2023. The interviews show that the question was less to understand AET but rather to transform it theatre creation and communication to the public. Actually, within the various documentary theatres ((Magris & Ali, 2019), this one is defined by its designers (Théo & Louize) as a récit fictionnel type. This means that creation made of debates, growing shared concepts and problematics lead to the definition and creation of scenes (created through mise à plat methodology that is enriched by theatre and improvisation exercises) about food injustice, social inequality, textile resale shop and clown characters !Nevertheless, the aim project was not the theatre creation in itself but the artistic living experience together. Even if the 30 minutes long representation was quite meaningful and applauded ! By the way, the students asserted that the theatre practice started on sunday when driving from Rennes in Bretagne to Montpellier, presenting it as a “real adventure”. Discovering the Cevennes mountains was very meaningful to them, as territory represents a real issue of their future work. Finally, students and teachers were very much curious to work together and participate to the action-research. At the beginning nothing on the expected skills has been said so to let them get aware fisrt and then explain what they thought they developed.
Organising an inter higherschools is not an easy task, but represents the opportunity to make people talk of their different skills representations according to IA Montpellier, Rennes or Florac and teachers or students too. The action-research is going on and will be finished at the end of the first semester. The quality research is used so as to get a comprehensive view on the expectations or representations at work from cultural, life skills, psycho-social competencies, to eight core competencies (Robinson & al, 2022). The focus is strongly on students as this experiment would allow to disseminate in a European University project.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The theatre lasted 4 days. We saw a need to express oneself, on the cognitive, socio-economical, agricultural and political point of view of transition. Eco-anxiety and eco-anger emotions were expressed. A constant critic of the way of teaching the transition was present as diminishing the wish to study on. A need for educational change raised. The mix teachers/students practice was much appreciated as an intergenerational work “surprisingly great  to make”. The expected results focus on the documentary practice but within the context of students bifurcation, the action-research is coming across deeper understanding of the students. They took freely the risk of participating and keep on asserting themselves on a very collective autonomy as a group. At the moment, the actual need is to accompany them to understand their own needs. One of them seems to be to recognise their freedom not only of speech but behaving as they think is ethical (deciding their implication level in the Arts Days). It seems that the aim of embodying the agroecological transition has been made as students came back to their establishment with the constant need of change and acting so as to make things for good ! The benefits are expected to be on a high level of political engagement. The students asserted their eco-anxiety diminished and their wish to transform that experience into reality after their exams appears to be certain. They say they’ve learnt the “know how” that institution can not offer on a theoretical teaching basis. “Revelation, happiness bubble, a caress time... and the feeling of making AET real, living it” are part of their words. A transformative process is  going on, on emotional, creative, critical skills, and the reassurance that a change can be if adults are involved. It apprears they learnt transforming, relying on themselves, adults and environment.


References
R. Audet (2015). Le champ des sustainability transitions : origines, analyses et pratiques de recherche. Cahiers de recherche sociologique, (58), 73–93.
https://doi.org/10.7202/10362

R. Audet & C. Gendron (2012). « Agroécologie systémique, agroécologie politique, agroécologie humaine », in Agroécologie : entre pratiques et sciences sociales, Dijon : Educagri, p. 281-293.

A. Boal (1996). Théâtre de l’opprimé. Paris : La découverte.

V. Bordes  (TBP). Enjeux et conflits liés à la mise en place d'une politique territoriale de jeunesse : enseignements à partir d'une recherche-action qui n'a pas pu aboutir. In Vachée, C.n Dansac, C. (dir) Association et participation citoyenne, quels engagements pour les jeunes ?

C. Covez (2022),”Theatre Practice Partnership Contribution to Ancrochage”. congrès “Education in a Changing World : the impact of global realities on the prospects and experiences of educational research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Yérevan, 22-26 août.

C. Covez (2017), “Artistic Partnership Contribution to Agroecology Education”, congrès “Reforming Education and the Imperative of Constant Change: Ambivalent Roles of Policy and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Copenhague (Danemark), 22-25 août.

C. Covez (2016), Jeunes en détention et jeux d’orchestration : à l’écoute du sensible, Sociétés et jeunesses en difficulté. n°17.https://sejed.revues.org/8264

C. Covez (2009), “If Circus Be the Food of Education to Meet English and French, then Play on !”, congrès “Theory and Evidence in Educational Research” ECER de l’ EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Vienne (Autriche), 28-30 septembre.

Centre National du Théâtre (2014) Comment le documentaire devient théâtre.https://theatre-contemporain.net/video/Rencontre-Comment-le-documentaire-devient-theatre

J. Delcuvellerie (2000). Rwanda 94, une tentative de réparation symbolique envers les morts à l’usage des vivants. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wO06-qa1ffc

N. Hervé (2022). Penser le futur : un enjeu d’éducation pour faire face à l’anthropocène. Lormont : Le bord de l’eau.

E. Magris & B. Picon-Vallin (2019). Les théâtres documentaires. Montpellier : Deuxième époque.

Manifeste pour une formation citoyenne des agronomes (2020). Ingénieurs sans frontière. Paris. Synthèse : https://www.isf-france.org/sites/default/files/ISF%20Manifeste%20pour%20une%20formation%20citoyenne.pdf

M. Morgan (2023). Réveil écologique des grandes écoles : ce que nous ont appris les discours de jeunes diplômés consulté le 23 janvier 2023.
https://theconversation.com/reveil-ecologique-des-grandes-ecoles-ce-que-nous-ont-appris-les-discours-de-jeunes-diplomes-196263?utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=La%20lettre%20de%20The%20Conversation%20France%20du%209%20janvier%202023%20-%202512225203&utm_content=La%20lettre%20de%20The%20Conversation%20France%20du%209%20janvier%202023%20-%202512225203+CID_faf32a291fe93464605cf62a8cccac66&utm_source=campaign_monitor_fr&utm_term=Rveil%20cologique%20des%20grandes%20coles%20%20ce%20que%20nous%20ont%20appris%20les%20discours%20de%20jeunes%20diplms

E. Laurent (2019). Et si la santé guidait le monde ? Paris : Editions les Liens qui libèrent.

K. Robinson & K. Robinson (2022). Imagine if Creating a Future for Us All. London: Penguin Books.

Les compétences psychosociales : définition et état des connaissances.(2015). Consulté le 28 janvier 2023.
https://www.santepubliquefrance.fr/docs/les-competences-psychosociales-definition-et-etat-des-connaissances


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

The Blank Space from theatrical creative processes: the possibility of Kairos and Otium

Ana Augusto

UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, UL, Portugal

Presenting Author: Augusto, Ana

January 2023.

Rehearsal. I'll start today with an activity transmitted to me by a director: "from 1 to 5: how do you feel?". I didn´t use the description of this exercise at any time in the thesis. I say to the actor by my side:

- The exercise researching, just as the artistic practices exist in a place that has both unrepeatable and ephemeral moments on one hand and a permanent interaction on the other.

This description contains the possibility of feeling the characteristic of an opportune moment that lives “in between” – as a dropdown time suspended in the present – and the repetition of actions that implies absence.

With this study is intended to understand how the perception of qualitative time have changed, and what place occupy, in our daily lives. The characteristics of the experience of qualitative time are based in the classical concepts of kairos and otium.

The objective is to conceive possibilities to the fruition of Blank Space (qualitative empty time to be filled significantly), through the convergence of: the analyses of the creative processes of Portuguese directors (João Brites, João Mota, Luís Miguel Cintra and Miguel Seabra); autobiographical experiences; and a theoretical construct based on the writings of various authors.

The research questions present in this study are: How is it possible to build a Blank Space in our everyday lives? – and – What tools used in creative theatrical processes can contribute to the experience of qualitative time through the construction of Blank Spaces?

The qualitative time designation contains a specific meaning that encompasses within itself the characteristics of kairos and otium. An otium that claims a contemplative action, emphasizing the dimensions of freedom and choices for personal benefit and prioritizes the particular experience and involvement (Laidlaw, 1968). A kairos that is identified when an action should take place: opportune and special time; and when a constellation of events presents us with a critical moment for which a creative response has to be given – an infinite individual critical instant (Kelman, 1968; Smith, 1969).

The concept of Blank Space is an aggregator of other ideas noted in the discourse of the directors whose creative processes I chose to study. This design eventually became the core of this thesis, as well as all the borderline concepts and practices that arise from it. Within the theoretical knowledge of the concepts associated with time (kairos and otium) are the practices of “emptiness desiring” (Onfray, 2003) that build a space-time for possibility. The instigating interventions of emptiness result from the existence of borderline concepts, that imply certain actions that can be apprehended throw the process of Theater creations, which are: “in between”, “stand by”, silence, solitude, and forgetfulness. At the base of these constructs is the availability for interiority.

The multiple concepts that this study carries had in its base several authors' thinking that allows to establish guidelines for the theoretical construct. Aristotle (2008) and Saint Augustine (1999) had created a relationship with the main concept and the thoughts of Seneca (2004) allow the definition of the experience of qualitative time. It was, nevertheless, in Blanchot (2001, 2005, 2007, 2010, 2011) that it was found what would become the basis of the practice of Blank Space, as well as their borderline concepts because of his close relationship with the idea of emptiness. The constructions of the “self” in Onfray (2003) implicates the concepts of time, kairos, idleness, emptiness, and permitted to build a vehicle of dialogue with other authors. Extracts from Crary (2018) and Han (2016) permitted an intense reflexivity about the modern way of living time.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study follows the autoethnography method. Within a qualitative approach, autoethnography constitutes a subgenre of ethnography and differs from it by placing the researcher, not only as an observer, but also as an object of investigation.
In this method "the writer speaks to himself (auto) as a subject of a broader social and cultural inquiry (ethno), face to face with an innovative and revealing way of writing (graphy)" (Amado, 2014, p. 183). It consists in a research method that constitutes an autobiography writing, in which the researcher, from the systematic description and evaluation of the personal experience, is able to understand it culturally (Adams, Jones, & Ellis, 2016).
Chang (2016) describes the triadic model of autoethnography as having:
a) a methodological orientation of ethnographic and analytical basis;
b) a cultural orientation consisting in an interpretation of: i) memory; ii) the relational aspect (researcher and subjects/research objects; iii) of the observation of social phenomena;
c) a content orientation based on reflective autobiography.
The empirical construction of this study has the following elements for its implementation:
i) Analysis of the artistic processes of creation (theater) observed in directors who value the construction from qualitative times and Blank Spaces (João Brites; João Mota; Luis Miguel Cintra; and Miguel Seabra). This takes form through the analysis of their sayings and writings, first, on the search for a direct speech, throughout documents, interviews, theater programs, or others, that could have information provided directly by the creatives. Then, the indirect discourse was also considered in the direct accompaniment of the creative processes of the directors.
ii) Through my experience in workshops of theater and training of actors and internships. Artistic creation processes observed in my professional experiences: as the director of an academic theater group and community theater of adolescents; as a teacher in public and private schools; in individual, couple, family and group artistic education sessions; in various theater work as a director or actress.
iv) Activities carried out in the academic sphere, such as the writing and reading seminar, classes, orientation meetings, study groups to which I belong.
v) Experiences of personal reflections identified in the relationship between time and the experience of the concepts developed in the thesis in everyday life.
All this analysis is done through the use of memory, written evidence and other formats (videos, images, sounds) of previous years, observation in "journal" format, analysis of showroom sheets and exhibitions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study permitted the construction of lines of action that allow the presence – and practice – of qualitative time, specifically the Blank Space, namely exploring the possibility of learning behaviors that enable it. Practices that exist in the exercise of theatrical artistic processes and provide this time-space experience, specifically the present in the borderline concepts: interiority, “in between”, silence, solitude, “stand-by” and forgetfulness.
What was observed in theatrical practices allowed us to reach conclusions about how the experience of qualitative time (kairos and otium) is still a reality in these processes: the ability to analyze expressions and postures that communicate a certain condition to which the individual transforms and accommodates; an internalizing of actions that are based on concentrated stillness; the familiarization with silence and the interiorization that arises from it; the relevance given to the "now" as representative of a present moment; the existence of a privileged space promoter of error and the time "in between" that characterizes much of the theatrical work; a patience branded by the capacity of enduring and “hold on” the instant needed to meet the comfort of suspension; the existence of a lonely creative being, a solitude that the actor cannot replace, although often this loneliness can be lived in the same physical and emotional place where the other is; a contradictory interdependence in which the presence of an ephemeral action is only possible if constructed within a cycle of repetition.
Associated with theatrical practice and artistic education, this study allows a different view of the processes – which, even being an integral part of their genesis – are now proven to promote a distinct temporality. Despite the awareness of systems of acceleration and fragmentation, also happening in this art, it is clear that theater has, in its matrix, the Blank Space itself.

References
Adams, T., Jones, S. H., & Ellis, C. (2016). Handbook of Autoethnography. Routledge.
Agostinho, S. (1999). Confissões. Apostolado da Oração
Amado, J. (2014). Manual de investigação qualitativa em educação. Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra
Aristóteles. (2008). Physics. Oxford World's Classics.
Blanchot, M. (2001). A Conversa Infinita 1: A Palavra Plural. Escuta.
Blanchot, M. (2005). O Livro por Vir. Martins Fontes.
Blanchot, M. (2007). A Conversa Infinita 2: A Experiência Limite. Escuta.
Blanchot, M. (2010). A Conversa Infinita 3: A Ausência de Livro. Escuta.
Blanchot, M. (2011). O Espaço Literário. Rocco.
Brites, J. (2009). O que fazer para conhecer melhor quem escreve na água? Sala Preta, 9, 21-26.
Brites, J. (2011). Do Outro Lado: O que Fazemos Transcende o que Pensamos. Do outro lado: Portugal, Quadrienal de Praga 2011, espaço design da performance (pp. 11-26). Direcção-Geral das Artes.
Chang, H. (2016). Autoethnography as Method. Routledge
Cintra, L. M. (1983). Oratória - Uma colagem de textos de Gil Vicente, Goethe e Brecht. Programa do Espectáculo. Teatro da Cornucópia.
Correia, Á. (2004). João Mota - Uma Metodologia de Ensino do Teatro. Escola Superior de Teatro e Cinema.
Costa, T. B. (2016). O Cego que Atravessou Montanhas: Conversas com Luis Miguel Cintra. Orfeu Negro.
Crary, J. (2018). 24/7. Antígona.
CTA (2015). Luís Miguel Cintra - Cinco Conversas em Almada. Levi Martins.
Falcão, M. (2012). João Mota: A valorização da cultura depende de uma revolução na educação. Sinais de Cena, 18, 45-60.
Han, B.-C. (2016). O Aroma do Tempo. Relógio D'Água Editores.
Kelman, H. (1968). Kairos: The Auspicious Moment. Association for the Advancement of Psychoanalysis at the New York Academy of Medicine, 59-83
Laidlaw, W. (1968). Otium. Greece & Rome, 15(1), 42-52.
Marcos, F. d. (2021). A trajetória de Miguel Seabra, entre o artístico e o pedagógico: para um "Manual do Agora". ESELx - IPL.
Martins, R. (2008). Miguel Seabra: O que fazemos aqui. Sinais de Cena, 10, 49-58.
Onfray, M. (2003). A Escultura do Eu. Quarteto.
Seabra, M. (2006). No "Star System" há muita poeira, muira areia para os olhos. Cena's, 2-5. (R. Amado, Entrevistador)
Smith, J. E. (1969). Time, Times, and the "Right Time": "Chronos" and "Kairos". The Monist. Philosophy of History, 53(1), 1-13.
Séneca (2004). Sobre a tranquilidade da Alma e sobre o Ócio. Padrões Culturais.
Smith, J. E. (1986). Time and Qualitative Time. The Review of Metaphysics, 40(1), 3-16.
Vasques, E. (2006). João Mota - O Pedagogo Teatral. Edições Colibri.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Educational Aims in Theater Pedagogy

Reinis Vejins

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Vejins, Reinis

In the 21st century, it is essential to think about the skills and abilities that students need to develop, thinking about the future. The main element of the educational process should be social skills, which from the personal level of the student will form the common good of society and the whole world (UNESCO, 2021). Social skills are characterized as a set of skills that promote and facilitate human interaction with other people (Odiņa, 2004). Theater art is a collective form of artistic expression. Theater art has social, educational and therapeutic aspects (Krušic, 2015). Theater art in its essence is based on social skills, most fundamentally - on cooperation. Theater art promotes democratic processes and cohesion processes in society.

In the study, combining the Germanic and Anglo-Saxon approaches, theater art is seen as a form of artistic expression, the main task of which is to promote the formation of the personality of students by developing the creativity of each individual. In theater arts, students can learn acting skills, stage speech, improvisation, etc. essential skills that promote and contribute to the implementation of the above-mentioned task (Skola2030 model program of theater arts).

In the study, combining the Germanic and Anglo-Saxon approaches, theater art is seen as a form of artistic expression, the main task of which is to promote the formation of the personality of students by developing the creativity of each individual. In theater arts, students can learn acting skills, stage speech, improvisation, etc. essential skills that promote and contribute to the implementation of the above-mentioned task (Skola2030 model program of theater arts). Since every pedagogical activity begins with setting goals, this issue is also relevant in the theory and practice of theater art. Studies in theater pedagogy show that educational goals have been studied so far mostly only from the perspective of one actor. In the 70s of the 20th century, in the Germanic cultural space, the educational goals, which are essential in theater pedagogy, were formulated, putting forward the socialization of students as the main educational goal of theater art. (Ritter, Nickel, 1976). At the turn of the century, one of the central educational goals of theater pedagogy is the end result, i.e. a publicly shown performance (Kempe, Winkelmann, 1998), but in the 21st century – aesthetic education (Weintz, 2008) and the influence of theater as a medium (Lille , 2013). The official goals of theater pedagogy formulated in the documents can be in confrontation with other educational goals set by the implementers of the theater art, namely teachers, directors, students, as well as parents. Therefore, the question of how to synchronize/consolidate/integrate the goals of these different groups of actors in the process of theater pedagogy remains relevant. The purpose of the study is to investigate the educational goals of various groups of actors in the operation of school theaters and to develop the methodology of consolidation/integration/synchronization of these goals, developing theater pedagogy as a sub-sector of educational sciences in Latvia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research methods: (1) theoretical: systemic literature analysis in theater pedagogy (Germanic and Anglo-Saxon approaches); (2) empirical: a survey of theater art educators with the goals: (2.1.) to find out the goals of educators' activities in theater art; (2.2.) find out how the introduction of the new subject - theater art - in the school is taking place in connection with the implementation of the set goals; (2.3.) to find out the respondents' evaluation of the introduction of theater art in the school teaching process. to find out university students' understanding of innovations, their types and innovative competence; focus group discussions with theater art educators, students.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Planned results: (1) Researched the development of theater pedagogy (in Latvia) and the status quo in Latvia; (2) Developed theoretical basis of the educational goals of theater art; (3) Reasoned and provided explanation for differences in theater pedagogy in documents, theory and practice; (3) Provided analysis of the educational goals of theater art from the perspective of different actors; (4) Reasoned use of terminology in theater pedagogy; (5) The research offers evidence-based recommendations on how to reduce the differences between the educational goals defined in the documents and their implementation in reality.
References
1.Krušić, V. (2015). Drama Education in Croatia Today - An Experience Based Story. The European Journal of Social & Behavioural Sciences, Volume 14(Issue 3), 349-361. https://doi.org/10.15405/ejsbs.176
2.Odiņa, I. (2004). Skolotāju sociālo prasmju pilnveide profesionālās tālākizglītības procesā. [Promocijas darbs, Latvijas Universitāte].
3.Streisand, M. (2011). Geschichte der theaterpädagogik. Zeitschrift für Theaterpädagogik. Heft 37, 5-8. http://www.archiv-datp.de/downloads/zft_57.pdf
4.UNESCO (2021). Pārdomas par mūsu kopīgo nākotni. Jauns sabiedriskais līgums izglītības jomā. ISBN:978-92-3-100478-0, Francija.
5.Teātra māksla 1.–9. klasei. Valsts izglītības satura centrs | ESF projekts Nr.8.3.1.1/16/I/002 Kompetenču pieeja mācību saturā., https://mape.skola2030.lv/resources/311
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm30 SES 02 A: Emotions and ESE
Location: Hetherington, 130 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Leif Östman
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Action Readiness and Motivational Theories of Emotion in Education for Sustainable Development

Marie Grice1, Olof Franck2

1Uddevalla Upper-Secondary School, Sweden; 2University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Grice, Marie

While several students are engaged in the sustainability movement, when it comes to everyday choices of food, transportation and personal purchases, it is reported by several authors that major sustainability challenges such as climate change instil feelings of fear, confusion and hopelessness, especially among young people. Despite the Decade of Education for Sustainable Development and the Global Action Program under the auspices of the United Nations, there remains a call for curricula and teachers to reflect and respond to such a focus in formal education. International environmental agreements such as the 2030 Agenda for sustainable development and the Sustainable Development Goals highlight the expectations on education for sustainable development (ESD) to develop students’ competences so that they will be motivated to act on sustainability challenges in a competent, ethically sensitive, and critically reflective manner.

Action in ESD needs to be informed by both the knowledge there is about a sustainability challenge and the knowledge we do not yet have access to. The wickedness of sustainability problems seems to resist traditional scientific means of problem definition and problem solving. When approaching the complexity of a sustainability challenge by addressing for example ecological, economic, and social aspects, there are not only epistemic but also multiple ethical conflicts that arise. Any attempt to understand the complexity of these issues means that a door is opened towards uncertainty. Thus, scientific knowledge alone does not seem to be sufficient to make change come around or to make people want to act on sustainability issues. Therefore, an alternative strand of thought is used in this paper, that of uncertainties. Rather than focussing on what we already know about how to deal with various sustainability challenges in education, it might be relevant to focus on inconsistencies and the incompleteness of knowledge in order to render actionable knowledge and progressive decision-making. Attention to the role of uncertainty, wickedness, and complexity in the epistemology of sustainability is suggested to have an important function in education in general and in ESD in particular.

While the knowledge required to make various personal decisions which will impact their carbon footprints the global sustainability injustices require students to develop their ethical sensitivity and awareness, their competence not to avoid taking action. The notion of action can presumably refer to various changes due to internal or external drivers. Rather than introducing a roadmap to a sustainable future, action readiness invites the authorship of the students to substantiate ESD-action. To further probe the element of action as well as inaction, this paper addresses the motivational role of emotions. Emotions are investigated as an impetus for action, displaying various degrees in strength and urgency. Such emotions may be guided by students developing” green virtues”. Two virtue ethicists that can inform what right and competent actions may be, are Ernest Sosa and Linda Zagzebski. Sosa addresses the performance-related concept of competence as accurate (true), adroit (competently produced) and apt (accurate because adroit). Zagzebski presents a theory of moral exemplars, who are identified by their actions. By the emotion of admiration of the actions of the moral exemplars, we may be motivated not to avoid taking action.

Ultimately the interest of the study is to influence and contribute to educational (ESD) practice, methodology and theory but specifically the study aims to answer two questions:

What constitutive elements of the concept of action readiness may influence action to a greater or lesser extent in education for sustainable development (ESD)?

How can a motivational theory of emotions be understood in relation to the notion of action and action readiness in ESD?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study applies a phronetic trail in the analysis by approaching epistemological and ethical issues related to the notion of action. Two different virtue ethicists are invited. They are mirrored by each other, and thereby questions arise regarding each theory, while concepts fundamental to understanding the notion of action in ESD are explored. Based on an analysis of current scientific literature, this paper examines the re-emerging concept of epistemically initiated, ethically and emotionally motivated action. To act responsively, ethically, and competently against unsustainable processes in the present seems to be doable, but envisaging a future society, a good society of which students will not be a material part, requires something new in education.  How students act will have implications for an envisaged future other, which seems to require developed moral imagination.

In a second cycle of philosophical reflection and explication the framework of Nancy Tuana’s concept of moral literacy is used as a heuristic tool in the interpretation. Three major components of the framework are moral sensitivity, ethical reasoning skills and moral imagination, the latter of which seems to blend affective and rational processes. This framework has a pedagogical strand, which makes it interesting to introduce to the research field of ESD. In the remainder of the paper theoretical elaborations of dimensions of uncertainty in ESD arenas provide a basis for analysing the concept of action and understanding the motivational theories of emotions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By outlining constitutive elements of the concept of action readiness through the motivational theory of emotion, new development of perspectives of various sustainability competences is expected, not least strategic and normative ones that together with sustainability pedagogy anchored in transformative and emancipative epistemology could help students and their teachers orient themselves and advance teaching methods in sustainability education. By exploring the motivational role of emotions in ESD, a broader understanding of actionable knowledge may be brought into play. This could provide guidance to educational practice and initiate empirical studies to explore the reasons students may harbour  which make them content not to take action despite existent knowledge and good intentions. The result of the study is expected to be a development of perspectives of action and inaction in ESD. The concept of action readiness will be further explored, anchored in transformative and emancipatory “green” epistemology.

The analysis will suggest pedagogical perspectives of how dimensions of uncertainty can be approached and evaluate the motivational theories of emotions in terms of coming to know and taking action, individually and collectively. The trail of moral theory can not only explain what moral beliefs and actions are, but can also offer guidance as to how teachers as well as students may relate to and structure the complex epistemic and ethical contexts of sustainability.

References
Annas, J. (2014). Why Virtue Ethics Does Not Have a Problem with Right Action. In M. Timmon (Ed.) Oxford Studies in Normative Ethics, Volume 4 Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Brook, C., Pedler, M., Abbott, C., & Burgoyne, J. (2016). On stopping doing those things that are not getting us to where we want to be: Unlearning, wicked problems and critical action learning. Human Relations, 69(2), 369-389.
Burns, H. (2015). Transformative sustainability pedagogy: Learning from ecological systems and indigenous wisdom. Journal of Transformative Education, 13(3), 259-276.
Dewulf, A., & Biesbroek, R. (2018). Nine lives of uncertainty in decision-making: Strategies for dealing with uncertainty in environmental governance. Policy and Society, 37(4), 441-458.
Doan, M. (2014). Climate Change and Complacency. Hypatia, 29(3), 634-650.
Edstrand, E. (2016). Making the invisible visible: How students make use of carbon footprint calculator in environmental education. Learning, Media and Technology, 41(2), 416-436.
Grice, M. & Franck, O. (2017). Conceptions of ethical competence in relation to action readiness in Education for Sustainable Development. Reflective Practice. 18(2).
Jonnaert, P., Masciotra, D., Barrette, J., Morel, D., & Mane, Y. (2007). From Competence in the Curriculum to Competence in Action. PROSPECTS, 37(2), 187-203.
Jordan, M., Kleinsasser, R., & Roe, M. (2014). Wicked problems: Inescapable wickedity. Journal of Education for Teaching, 40(4), 415-430.
Kollmuss, A., & Agyeman, J. (2002). Mind the Gap: Why do people act environmentally and what are the barriers to pro-environmental behavior? Environmental Education Research, 8(3), 239-260.
Kopnina, H. (2020). Education for the future? Critical evaluation of education for sustainable development goals. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 280-291.
Osbeck, C., Franck, O., Lilja, A. & Sporre, K. (2018). “Possible competences to be aimed at in Ethics Education – Ethical competences highlighted in educational research journals”, Journal of Beliefs and Values, 39(2), 195-208.
Sosa, E. (2011). Knowing full well (Soochow University lectures in philosophy). Princeton, N.J. Woodstock: Princeton University Press.
Sporre, K., Lotz-Sisitka, H., & Osbeck, C. (2022). Taking the moral authorship of children and youth seriously in times of the Anthropocene. Ethics and Education, 17(1), 101-116.
Tuana, N. (2007). Conceptualizing moral literacy. Journal of Educational Administration, 45(4), 364-378.
Wamsler, C., Osberg, G., Osika, W., Herndersson, H., & Mundaca, L. (2021). Linking internal and external transformation for sustainability and climate action: Towards a new research and policy agenda. Global Environmental Change, 71, 102373.
Zagzebski, L. (2013). Moral exemplars in theory and practice. Theory and Research in Education, 11(2), 193-206.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Care in Environmental and Sustainability Education: A Scoping Review

Charlotte Ponzelar1, Katrien Van Poeck1,2, Leif Östman1, Stefan Bengtsson1

1Uppsala Universitet, Sweden; 2Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Ponzelar, Charlotte

The word care or its semantic variations is omnipresent in everyday speech about climate change and societal issues that e.g. ‘matter’ and need to be ‘taken care of’. There is an increasing amount of academic literature debating care in relation to education and sustainability with a variety of theoretical frameworks. To date, however, there is no comprehensive examination of how care surfaces in the current ESE literature, which is aimed to be explored in this paper in form of a literature review.

Identifying various conceptualizations and manifestations is vital to go beyond an everyday understanding of ’care’. More specifically this paper explores literature on care in the research field of ESE and employs an additional focus on implications for higher education; an educational context in which care is not often attended to (Anderson et al. 2020). This review of literature elaborates on (1) the conceptualization of care and (2) the theoretical frameworks that are appealed to in ESE literature with a focus on the educational practice of teaching and learning (Didaktik) in higher education. Thus, besides providing an overview of the different conceptualizations of care in ESE research, the analysis results in an identification of motivations for care and its practical implications, including conditions for care and a reflection on its implied or observable consequences and manifestations. Furthermore, the paper does also contribute with an overview of how care is framed in ESE research by contrasting the theoretical frameworks that are commonly drawn upon.

Exploring the literature reveals that mainly two bodies of research are dealing, in one way or another, with care. The first one concerns research and writings about emotions towards climate change and sustainability-related issues coming from a place of care for the world. During the last decade we have seen numerous publications with a range of psychological interpretations and discussions of its consequences (see e.g. Verlie 2019, Ojala et al. 2021, Todd 2020, Wray 2022). Some scholars discuss how provoking specific feelings might result in higher awareness and more sustainable lifestyle choices (e.g. Kals & Maes 2002, Rakib et al. 2022). In contrast, other scholars argue that those - as ‘negative’ interpreted - feelings such as of worry and unease, prohibit the individual from getting engaged and leaving them in despair and depression (Wray 2022). Which is where the second body of literature intersects, concerning the ethical dimension of ESE that are brought about through care or result in discussions on care as a moral responsibility. Dealing with the ethical dimension of sustainability is a long-standing research interest and has been the topic of a symposium on ethics of the Environmental and Sustainability Research Network (ESER) and associated mini-collection of the contributions (Öhman 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The literature data for review includes peer reviewed literature that has been published up until February 2023 and was selected in three steps. The review began with a reviewing of content (title, keywords, abstracts) to find relevant articles in a selection of eight ESE journals (JEE, Environ. Educ. Res., SAJEE, CJEE, AJEE, Appl. Environ. Educ., JESD, Int. J. Sustain. High. Educ.). The aim of this first step was to find relevant literature on care in ESE that presented a variety of conceptualizations and theoretical frameworks in the field of research. This step was followed by a keyword search in the EBSCO database including ERIC (Education Resources Information Center), using the following search terms: “care in higher education” NOT “health care” NOT “medical care” NOT “foster care” AND “emotions”. The goal of this search was to widen the investigative lens and identify conceptions and theoretical frameworks in broader educational research literature on care outside of ESE, however, narrowed by the context of higher education and inclusion of emotional dimensions in education. After initial selection, based on title and keywords, the articles’ abstracts were reviewed with a broad view on (1) care in ESE and was complemented by literature on (2) care in higher education in order to include as many conceptualizations and signifiers as possible for the synthesis in the review process. This selection process resulted in 47 documents for qualitative content analysis and was followed by the third and final step for article selection: the reviewing of references and citations in Google scholar following the forward and backward snowballing technique (Wohlin 2014).
The above-mentioned research foci of conceptualizations of care and its underlying theoretical frameworks for further analysis, were iteratively developed during the process of this scoping review (Gutierrez-Bucheli et al. 2022). The method for analysis was an inductive qualitative content analysis (Mayring 2015). The coding of data resulted in findings of repetitions, overlaps and tensions in conceptualizations of care and its underlying theoretical frameworks. These were further analyzed by contrasting its described (1) manifestations, (2) motives, (3) conditions, (4) consequences and (5) practices of care. The whole process was accompanied and followed by discussions in the research team about identified themes in the surfacing of care in ESE and higher education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our review allowed to map different ways care is conceptualized in ESE research and points to theoretical frameworks, found in higher education research literature outside of ESE that might be valuable to take into considerations for future research. The rough description below of four partly intersecting themes found in the literature, are to be seen as preliminary findings.
The debate about evoking emotions and feelings towards sustainability and climate related issues is a major theme in the literature about the practice of caring. In this strand of literature, authors argue for creating safe teaching and learning environments, where the learning community and the creation of relationships are of high value.
Another theme in ESE research is related to pedagogical motivations to evoke feelings. This strand discusses different teaching methods with care for or about the natural environment as a learning goal. Examples of teaching methods discussed in this literature strand are place-based education based on the belief that encouraging an emotional attachment to a place will lead people to care (Gruenewald, cited in Goralnik, 2012), experiential learning, artistic explorations or education situated outside of the classroom and immersed in nature (e.g. Trott 2020, Wals & Benavot 2017, Livingston & Gachago 2020), etc.
Literature on care in higher education practices was considered to complement the discussion on conceptualizations of care not limited by a particular sustainability discourse. This resulted in two additional themes found in the literature. One theme discusses university students as mature adults and debates whether a caring practice would result in patronizing or infantilization, while the institution acknowledges its responsibility in enabling best conditions for academic success. Finally, the implementation of frameworks derived from care ethics (e.g. Noddings 1984, Tronto 1993) is discussed as a means to resist the neoliberal structures of the modern university.

References
Anderson, V., Rabello, R., Wass, R., Golding, C., Rangi, A., Eteuati, E., Bristowe, Z., & Waller, A. (2020). Good teaching as care in higher education. Higher Education.
Goralnik, L., Millenbah, K. F., Nelson, M. P., & Thorp, L. (2012). An environmental pedagogy of care: Emotion, relationships, and experience in higher education ethics learning. Journal of Experiential Education, 35(3), 412-428.
Gutierrez-Bucheli, L., Reid, A., & Kidman, G. (2022). Scoping reviews: Their development and application in environmental and sustainability education research. Environmental Education Research, 28(5), 645-673.
Kals, E., & Maes, J. (2002). Sustainable development and emotions. Psychology of sustainable development, 97-122.
Livingston, C., & Gachago, D. (2020). The elephant in the room: Tensions between normative research and an ethics of care for digital storytelling in higher education. Reading & Writing-Journal of the Reading Association of South Africa, 11(1), 1-8.
Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical background and procedures. Approaches to qualitative research in mathematics education: Examples of methodology and methods, 365-380.
Noddings, N. (1984). Caring: A relational approach to ethics and moral education. Univ of California Press.
Ojala, M., Cunsolo, A., Ogunbode, C. A., & Middleton, J. (2021). Anxiety, worry, and grief in a time of environmental and climate crisis: A narrative review. Annual review of environment and resources, 46, 35-58.
Öhman, J. (2016). New ethical challenges within environmental and sustainability education, Environmental Education Research, 22:6, 765-770.
Rakib, M.A.N.; Chang, H.J.; Jones, R.P. Effective Sustainability Messages Triggering Consumer Emotion and Action: An Application of the Social Cognitive Theory and the Dual-Process Model. Sustainability 2022, 14.
Todd, S. (2020). Creating aesthetic encounters of the world, or teaching in the presence of climate sorrow. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1110-1125.
Tronto, J. C. (1993). Moral boundaries: A political argument for an ethic of care. Routledge.
Trott, C. D. (2020). Children’s constructive climate change engagement: Empowering awareness, agency, and action. Environmental Education Research, 26(4), 532-554.
Verlie, B. (2019). Bearing worlds: Learning to live-with climate change. Environmental Education Research, 25(5), 751-766.
Wals, A. E., & Benavot, A. (2017). Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education and lifelong learning. European Journal of Education, 52(4), 404-413.
Wohlin, C. (2014). Guidelines for snowballing in systematic literature studies and a replication in software engineering. In Proceedings of the 18th international conference on evaluation and assessment in software engineering (pp. 1-10).
Wray, B. (2022). Generation dread: finding purpose in an age of climate crisis. Knopf Canada.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

“I Definitely Do Not Feel Comfortable”: Teachers' Experiences of and Attitudes towards Climate Change and Sustainability Education

Nicola Walshe

UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Walshe, Nicola

Climate change and sustainability education can be understood as broad, pluralistic approaches to education that aim to generate understanding of the wide-ranging, interconnected, environmental and social issues that are defining our time, and that support people’s capabilities for acting in response to those issues. Climate change education in particular is a ‘hyper-complex’ concept (Laessoe et al., 2009) as it brings two independently complex concepts of ‘education’ and ‘climate change’ together. Greer and Glackin set out six qualities of a meaningful educational response to climate change (2021), arguing that quality climate change education should: offer and be open to alternatives; accept and embrace complexity; develop ecological worldviews; re-orient towards justice; incorporate multiple types of knowledge and skills to tackle complex problems; and finally it should recognise and support students as agents of change, repositioning students from recipients of information, and future inheritors of climate change related problems, to action-oriented approaches that recognise them as participants in society’s response to climate change and collaborators in society’s transformation.

The need to enhance the quality and quantity of climate change and sustainability education has been widely advocated and discussed in the research literature; for example, Jickling and Blenkinsop (2020) argue that education must be at the heart of the large-scale change project that transforms people and cultures to more ecologically and socially sustainable ways of being. This is supported by a plethora of recent polling data from schools in the UK, which has identified an appetite amongst students and teachers to enhance the provision of climate change and sustainability education in schools. For example, polls undertaken by Teach the Future (2019, 2020) found 75% of teachers did not feel they have had adequate training and 92% suggested that more should be done to address climate change in schools. Research echoes these concerns; for example, Howard-Jones et al. (2021) explored teachers’ views on an action-oriented climate change curriculum, finding less than half (40%) considered they had the resources they needed to answer students’ questions about climate change, and arguing the need for an action-based curriculum which includes issues of global social justice, at all school phases.

In 2022 the Department for Education (DfE) launched the Sustainability and climate change strategy for the education and children’s services system which sets out the UK Government’s commitment to providing climate change and sustainability education for children and young people in England which “Makes a difference to children and young people all over the world” (DfE, 2022). While this is a laudable aim, research suggests teachers do not currently feel equipped to provide the climate change and sustainability education required by the strategy. With this in mind, we conducted a survey with teachers in England to deepen understanding of their practice related to climate change and sustainability, to find out how confident, prepared and supported they feel to incorporate climate change and sustainability in their teaching, and to investigate their related professional development experiences and needs.

The survey was guided by the following broad research questions: 

  1. How do teachers conceptualize climate change and sustainability education, and how does this correlate with the scholarly views on what quality climate change and sustainability education should be?
  2. What are teachers’ practices and experiences of climate change and sustainability education teaching? What factors influence these?
  3. What professional development opportunities for climate change and sustainability education do teachers in England experience?
  4. What are the implications for practice in relation to teacher professional development around climate change and sustainability education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The primary method used to answer these questions was a questionnaire. Key principles guiding the administration and layout of the questionnaire was that it would be easy to complete, attractive and uncomplicated, widely accessible, personally relevant, and (ideally) would involve some learning for the respondents. The development of the questionnaire was an iterative process that involved research team discussion, literature review, item drafting, peer review and piloting, and concurrent development of analysis methods. The questionnaire was peer reviewed by teacher education researchers with expertise across primary and secondary education. We conducted two formal pilots; the first conducted with trainee teachers (n=50), and the second with practicing teachers (n=12) to ensure coherence and useability.
The final questionnaire comprised 35 questions organized in four sections: i) teachers views on climate change and sustainability; ii) teachers experience at incorporating climate change and sustainability in their teaching, iii) teachers professional development experiences and needs; iv) demographic information. Questions included a combination of matrix, multiple choice questions and free text or open-ended questions. The final questionnaire was administered using Qualtrics software and took approximately 20 minutes to complete by either mobile or desktop. The questionnaire was open to teachers of all phases and disciplines in England for nine weeks. We used non-probability, convenience sampling; the questionnaire was promoted across a range of networks, including through teaching unions, subject associations, the Department for Education newsletter and social media channels. Incentives were offered in the form of two randomly drawn cash prizes (£100 each) for participating schools to purchase climate change and sustainability teaching resources.
This project followed BERA ethical guidelines (2018) and was awarded ethical approval by the University Ethics Committee.
Data analysis was undertaken for quantitative data using descriptive and inferential statistics. All qualitative data were transcribed and coded using thematic content analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We received 1098 responses which, following removal of duplicates, ineligible responses and empty or incomplete records, was reduced to 870 responses. Teachers varied considerably in the number of years they had spent teaching; the majority (30.3%) had spent 1-5 years teaching, whilst 24.5% had more than 20 years of experience. Teachers were able to convey their current areas of teaching, which could encompass multiple subjects across multiple educational stages. By subject, the most frequently reported subjects were geography (41.3% of those who answered the array of questions), science (37.2%), and Personal, Social, and Health Education (PSHE) including in tutor and/or form time (35.2%). By educational phases, the majority (67.7%) taught in secondary schools (age 11-19), while 33.9% taught primary-aged children (ages 4-11). In relation to the teaching of climate change and sustainability education in school, preliminary results suggest teachers expressed a desire for more sustainability actions being taken in school to reinforce student learning, more mentions of climate change and sustainability content in the National Curriculum within their particular subject area, more opportunities to collaborate with other staff to develop cross-curricula teaching materials, and more support from external organisations in developing teaching resources and strategies. However, the majority had not undertaken any professional development around climate change and sustainability education, including in their initial teacher education. As such, questionnaire data suggests a need for improved professional development opportunities for teachers of all disciplines and all phases, and at all stages of their career (initial teacher education through to senior leadership).
References
DfE (2022) Sustainability and climate change: a strategy for the education and children’s services systems. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-and-climate-change-strategy (Accessed 31 January, 2023).
Greer, K. and Glackin, M. (2021) ‘What ‘counts’ as climate education? Perspectives from policy influencers’. School Science Review, 383, p.16.
Howard-Jones, P., Sands, D., Dillon, J. and Fenton-Jones, F. (2021) ‘The views of teachers in England on an action-oriented climate change curriculum’, Environmental Education Research, 27(11), pp.1660-1680.
Jickling, B. and Blenkinsop, S. (2020) ‘Wilding Teacher Education: Responding to the Cries of Nature’. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 23(1), pp. 121-138.
Teach the Future (2019) Climate Change Education: Teachers’ Views. Available at: https://uploads-ssl.webflow.com/6008334066c47be740656954/602d3c3c704f2324e80a72b5_20191125_UKSCN%20Oxfam%20teachers%20and%20climate%20change%20survey.pdf (Accessed 31 January, 2023).
Teach the Future (2020) Teacher Training on Climate Education 2020. Available at: https://www.sos-uk.org/research/teacher-training-and-climate-education (Accessed 31 January, 2023).
Læssøe, J., Schnack, K., Breiting, S. and Rolls, S. Climate Change and Sustainable Development: The Response from Education CROSS-NATIONAL REPORT (Danish School of Education, University of Aarhus, Denmark). Available at:  http://dpu.dk/RPEHE and http://edusud.dk 2009 (Accessed 31 January 2023).
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm30 SES 02 B: Post colonialism and ESE
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Stefan Bengtsson
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Possibilities and Challenges of Critical Approaches to Global Justice Issues Teaching in Sweden: Perspectives from Upper Secondary Teachers

Louise Sund1, Ásgeir Tryggvason1, Karen Pashby2

1Örebro University, Sweden; 2Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Presenting Author: Sund, Louise; Pashby, Karen

Today’s climate changed world is marked by gender, racial and global inequalities whereby the least responsible for climate change are often the most negatively impacted. Global justice issues involve questions about “common but differentiated responsibilities” (UNFCCC, 2015) for the future of the globe and raise implications for classroom practice. UNSDG target 4.7 and the national curriculum in Sweden call for teaching of global justice issues (GJI) in ways that explicitly take-up ethical issues and that support action for structural change. Despite a general policy consensus on the importance of supporting students to deeply consider ethical and political concerns around responsibilities, there is a lack of sustained research about how teachers can engage with ethical issues of systemic inequalities in day-to-day practice in classrooms. An approach informed by decolonial perspectives (Mignolo, 2011; Mignolo & Walsh, 2018) provides theoretical and conceptual resources to make visible how educational initiatives can unintentionally reproduce the unequal power relations at the heart of the GJI. Applied pedagogically, researchers suggest decolonial frameworks can support teachers to engage critical perspectives in their framing of and didactic treatment of GJIs (Andreotti, 2014; Stein & Andreotti, 2021). However, introducing critical perspectives that directly address colonial imbalances of power in formal educational contexts also raises tensions between (normative) demands for a break with existing processes sustaining structural inequalities and unsustainable lifestyles on the one hand, and curriculum calls for objectivity and pluralistic participative approaches on the other. Engaging ethically with complex GJI, and unpacking how these are framed, studied, and solved takes time and requires a fundamental rethink of education. How/can decolonial praxis support teachers to navigate the tensions between critical and normative perspectives and a concern with balanced perspectives or plurality of perspectives in the curriculum? Building from the established expertise in pluralistic and decolonial approaches, our new project A decolonial approach to teaching global justice issues (DecoPrax 2022-2026) engages these tensions as pedagogical imperatives. DecoPrax connects teachers’ practice to emerging scholarship informed by decolonial theory in intersections of critical global citizenship and environmental and sustainability education. Working with teachers who are interested in exploring decolonial praxis, our project aim is to explore, design, and co-create with teachers an educational framework informed by decolonial perspectives and rooted in the lived realities of classrooms. Our project will work with a group of 16 upper secondary teachers over three years. We will be engaging the group with workshops on decolonial concepts and pedagogy, visiting classrooms to observe and capture teacher reflections on applying decolonial praxis, and co-developing a resource. In order to set up the workshops and to gain insight into the context of practice, the first stage of the project seeks to identify possibilities and areas of constraints in curriculum and institutional contexts, and this is the focus of our ECER 2023 paper. Specifically, this paper explores: What are teachers’ institutional possibilities and barriers related to taking on a decolonial (critical) approach to GJI?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This first stage of research is in progress having started in September 2022 and to be completed in June 2023. We seek to identify areas of possibility and constraint for decolonial praxis in the teaching of GJIs in curriculum and institutional contexts through two related data sets; curriculum documents (national and local) and focus group interviews. In this paper we focus on the latter. We have conducted four pre-workshop group interviews to identify key characteristics of the institutional contexts in which teachers experience working with GJI and their views on taking a decolonial approach to critical engagement. These focus groups allow informants to explore the subject in dialogue from many angles, capturing key aspects of the complex contexts in which they teach. The conversations generate understandings that are useful to both participants and researchers (Cameron, 2005). All the interviews are audio recorded, transcribed verbatim and analysed, with a specific attention to confrontations between the different discourses in play (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). The analysis of the interview data will begin with coding for all instances of key possibilities and tensions which characterise the institutional context within which teachers introduce a critical perspective in curriculum and pedagogy and identifying key aspects. Our analysis of these key aspects will draw on Bryan’s (2022) ‘pedagogy of implicatedness’ as a responsibility framework to promote deeper understanding of the climate crisis in a continuity perspective as we consider these findings in relation to what steps are necessary and in what order might teachers pedagogically engage students with implication. We have begun initial analyses of the data and can share some early findings. Some key findings that are similar and/or unique across the teachers and/or schools relate to the following: curriculum (national level and how taken up in schools/classrooms), institutional culture (school traditions, school leadership, teaching traditions, extra-curricular set-up), student demographics (generational opportunities and challenges), reflexive pedagogy (how pedagogy can be designed to problematise ethical concern), wider findings (relating to the nature of GJIs more broadly). At the conference these findings will be more deeply explicated with examples from the teacher interviews. We will also raise overall key implications of the findings for the next stages of the research (workshops and school visits).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teaching GJI presents unique challenges and opportunities. Our participants are teachers who are already committed to and interested in exploring decolonial praxis. We aim to co-create resourcing to support a wider engagement. In focus groups, these teachers see the national curriculum calls for teaching of GJIs as supporting explicitly taking-up ethical issues and including a plurality of perspectives, and promoting action for (structural) change. Thus, the curriculum presents a possibility for radical and critical perspectives. Yet, teachers mention that it is hard to integrate sustainability into an overcrowded subject curriculum. Teachers also indicate constraints from institutional aspects (schools with old traditions) and teaching traditions that work against more critical approaches. Across the sample, they articulate a tough balance between engaging students responsibly with GJI and avoiding doom-and-gloom. These teachers are dealing with students’ emotional responses to (the threat of) climate change and are innovating around this actively. While many students are interested in GJIs, they can disengage when increasingly urgent questions of appropriateness of responsibility become too close or too hard. Teachers are grappling with how to pedagogically engage with responsibility to take action while recognising the need for systemic change and being appropriate to students’ actual sphere of influence. Furthermore, teachers indicate it is easier to teach facts on subject content as criticality and to see different perspectives requires more preparation and takes time though they do find ways. Teachers themselves must have a complex understanding to pedagogically respond to issues students raise in class in relation to the material. The DecoPrax project represents an opportunity to respond to some of these challenges in the next stages of the project and to connect conceptual resources from decolonial theory with the expertise of these teachers.
References
Andreotti, V. (2014). Actionable Curriculum Theory: AAACS 2013 Closing Keynote. Journal of the American Association for the Advancement of Curriculum Studies 10, 1–10.
Bryan, A. (2022). Pedagogy of the implicated: advancing a social ecology of responsibility framework to promote deeper understanding of the climate crisis, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30:3, 329-348, DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2021.1977979
Cameron, J. (2005). Focussing on the Focus Group. In Iain Hay (ed.), Qualitative Research Methods in Human Geography (pp. 116–132). Oxford University Press.
Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interviews. Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. NY: Sage.
Mignolo, W. D. (2011). The darker side of Western modernity: Global futures, decolonial options. Duke UP.
Mignolo, W. D. & Walsh, C. E. (2018). On decolonialty. Concepts, analytics, praxis. Durham: Duke UP.
Stein, S. & Andreotti, V. (2021). Global citizenship otherwise. In E. Bosio (Ed.), Conversations on global citizenship education: Research, teaching and learning (pp. 13-36). Routledge.
The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). (2015). The Paris Agreement.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Envisioning an Alternative Future

Gitte Cecilie Motzfeldt1, Margaretha Häggström2

1Ostfold Univercity Collage, Norway; 2University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Motzfeldt, Gitte Cecilie; Häggström, Margaretha

The future is without doubt uncertain and in change. It does not yet exist, but it can be imagined. Children and young people are in the midst of the global crisis. Holden &Linderud (2021) addresses the idea of sustainable development and emphazise that the idea exists as notions in our heads. As humans we cannot physically touch the idea of a just and sustainable world, but we have the opportunity to imagine it, to work together on this idea through joint work on common problems (ibid). Learning how to deal with complex problems requires creativity and compassion, and the ability to imagine a tomorrow (Häggström & Schmidt, 2021). The present turbulent condition impels us to advance pedagogical theories and practices to inspire, encourage and prepare students to become active and engaged participants in future societies. Accordingly, education must be transformative and involve critical-thinking and integrate self-reflection

into the learning process, and embolden students to reflect on their values, behavior, and attitudes (Mezirow, 2000). Such learning involves the social, emotional, cognitive dimensions of a person’s abilities (Illeris, 2014). Transformative learning is hard and laborious, even grueling. Students will therefore be “forced” to challenge their comfort zone such as mainstream thinking and discourses. This comprises the consequences of globalization and related social and environmental problems, changes in human interaction, and how we create knowledge (Wals, Stevenson, Brody, & Dillon, 2013). It has been argued that transformative learning needs to be integrated in education that builds on future literacy (Häggström & Schmidt, 2021). What kind of educational approach and teaching methods may entail creativity, compassion, and abilities to envision an alternative future and at the same time prepare students to engage in transformative learning processes? During our presentation we will discuss a 60 years old cross-curricular approach that may do so.

The purpose of this research is to discuss the role of storytelling in storyline working with sustainability issues. We discuss how future literacy can help develop students' imaginations about a different future through storyline dramaturgy.

  • In what ways are the Storyline events enabling education for sustainable development?
  • In what way is Futures literacy providing a framework for transformative learning through the Storyline approach?

We have adopted futures literacy as a pedagogical framework, to discuss the interdisciplinary teaching and learning approach Storyline. Futures literacy (FL) as we comprehend it, is about imagining what the future can be, and the role the future plays in what we see and do not see, and in our actions. Anticipation is crucial for imagining, Miller (2018) points out. The form the future takes in the present is anticipation, he claims (Ibid, p. 2). Therefore, FL relies on an individual’s ability to both anticipate and imagine. The abilities to imagine and anticipate are entangled. The ability to fantasize is one of the driving forces to develop FL (Häggström & Schmidt, 2021). Key concepts for imagining different future scenarios are innovation, improvisation, and exploratory approaches. In our study, we will link these concepts to the features of the Storyline approach. We will examine students’ opportunities to discover, invent and construct an alternative world and future. Also, drawing on Liveley, Slocombe,

and Spiers (2021), who argue that FL should utilize the perceptions of narrative to reach its full emancipatory potential, we will examine the role of dramaturgy in a Storyline. Humans understand the world and human’s place in it through narratives and stories, and future scenarios and strategies are narrative fictions (ibid). Through narrative, a higher mode of FL can be achieved. This requires “not only looking at the future but also looking at how we look at the future” (Liveley et al., 2021, p. 8).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
We have used a deductive qualitative method, based on a hermeneutic loop. We move between understanding and preunderstanding and between the whole and parts. By reasoning deductively we will test the theory with its four abilitities; envision a future, identify future competances, orchestrait actions and critically examine actions. Then we will analyse the features of the Storyline approach and the future literacy abilities. That is to explore the theory and tests if that theory is valid in a given circumstance. Based on events from three different Storylines we discuss how events can act as fuel that enable the development of students' abilities to imagine a different future working with sustainable development. The three Storylines that are used as cases in this analysis and discussions are “River Delta”, “ Sea City” and World War II. The “River Delta” and the “Sea City” are both here-and-now Storylines developed and carried out among students at primary school teacher training grades 5-10 at Ostfold University College and the Oslo City University, OsloMet. The intention is that the student teachers will be able to adopt a student perspective in order to be able to work with their own Storylines as professional teachers. The “World War II” storyline is an historical Storyline and was created for and used in teaching in secondary school as well as upper secondary education. The description of the events from “River Delta” is supplemented with quotes from students which is taken from a scientific chapter “An Exploration of the “Mimetic Aspects” of Storyline Used as a Creative and Imaginative approach to Teaching and Learning in Teacher Education” (Karlsen, K. H. et al. 2020). These three Storylines contain different perspectives on sustainability which enables us to analyze and develop new understanding on how the dramaturgy is used. In addition, this allows for a critical approach to teaching and learning sustainable development.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
Based on our analysis so far, the Storyline approach offers many opportunities for working towards FL’s demands. Some of our main findings are a) New meaning creation is formed based on sensory experiences and empathy; b) Through the events in the Storyline dramaturgy students can enhance a sense of action competence as well as create hope for a fairer and more sustainable future; c) Being in an imaginary world students are able to distance themselves and gain new perspectives, assess their own ideas and current social discourses, in the light of up-to-date research.

One conclusion we draw is that teachers have a crucial role to play both regarding students’ incentives to be critical, responsible, and to act, and regarding facilitating a Storyline in a fruitful way. For example, students need support as they reflect on the impact of human activity and their own preconceptions. Storyline aims at empowering students, and our study has shed light on student’s opportunities to develop pragmatic competence and form their own opinions. Simultaneously, Storyline has shown to allow for teachers’ exploratory teaching and learning strategies. As a multimodal approach, Storyline paves the way for exploration, interpretation through creative activities e.g. painting, constructing, photographing, filming and dramatizing. These activities have been vehicles for imagining an alternative world and a different future.

References
References

Häggström, M., & Schmidt, C. (2021). Futures literacy – To belong, participate and act!
An Educational perspective. Future 132, 1-11.

Holden, E. og Linnerud, K. (2021). Bærekraftig utvikling. En ide om rettferdighet. Universitetsforlaget.

Illeris, K. (2014). Transformative learning and identity. New York: Routledge.

Karlsen, K. H., Motzfeldt, G. C., Pilskog, H. E., Rasmussen, A. K., & Halstvedt, C. B. (2020). An Exploration of the “Mimetic Aspects” of Storyline Used as a Creative and Imaginative Approach to Teaching and Learning in Teacher Education. I K.H. Karlsen & M. Häggström (Red.). Teaching through Stories. Renewing the Scottish Storyline Approach in Teacher Education, 99-123. Münster: Waxmann.

Liveley, G., Slocombe, W., & Spiers, E. (2021). Futures literacy through narrative. Futures, 125, 1–9.

Mezirow, J. (2000). Learning to think like an adult. Core concepts of transformation theory. Learning as transformation. Critical perspectives on a theory in progress (pp.
3–33). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Miller, R. (Ed.). (2018). Transforming the future. Anticipation in the 21st century. New York: Routledge.

Wals, A., Stevenson, R., Brody, M., & Dillon, J. (2013). Tentative directions for environmental education research in uncertain times. In R. Stevenson, M. Brody,

J. Dillon, & A. Wals (Eds.), Research on environmental education (pp. 542–547). New York: Routledge.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm30 SES 02 C: Gardening and ESE
Location: Hetherington, 317 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Greg Mannion
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Gardening Positive Affect on delinquent behavior of at Risk Children

Anna Iris Didas, Konstantinos Kofiatis

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Didas, Anna Iris

The purpose of this research is to study if the engagement of vulnerable 13-15 years old students in outdoor activities, such as gardening, can reduce delinquent behaviors and help them integrate to a larger extent in the educational system

School delinquency has entered the daily agenda of teachers and appears more and more frequently in today's schools at all levels of education (Panoussis, G. 2013). The forms it can take are varied and carry different weight. We recognize verbal and physical violence towards classmates and teachers as school delinquency (Bika, 2011; Artinopoulou, 2013). According to Bunia (2018), delinquency can be categorized into direct - that is, more physical - but also indirect- violence, which includes verbal violence and/or social exclusion, school bullying - from mockery to sexual harassment - as well as other negative behaviors that they deviate from the school rules. Bernardos (2003) categorizes school delinquency in school misdemeanors such as for example indiscipline regarding dress code and generally decent appearance - earrings, intense coloring, extreme haircuts - but also indiscipline in moral matters such as inappropriate behavior, swearing, impudence and lies (Bounia 2018, Ericson, 2001, Rigby 2001). Skavdis (1995) define school delinquency as any behavior that hinders the educational process from absenteeism and indifference to disturbing the classroom and using the mobile phone while prohibited. Tzifas (2005) on the other hand focuses on behavioral problems such as copying and lack of cooperation, misbehave and indifference with the aim of becoming the focus of attention.

It has been argued that certain forms of environmental education can positively affect youth’s development and well-being, including delinquency, school failure, and child maltreatment, as well as enhancing happiness, health, high quality relationships with adults (Doyle and Krasny 2003; Schusler and Krasny 2010; DuBois et al. 2017). More specifically, it is proposed that recreational, social, and stewardship activities as well as collective actions and participation in decision making, and intergenerational co-operation and support that are incorporated into environmental education projects could enhance informal socializing, trust, and associational engagement which are considered as important elements of youth’s personal and social development. These conditions can be achieved in programmes such as community gardening, tree planting, stewarding parks or urban farming (Delia & Krasny 2018; Weissman 2015). Moreover, these projects can be the means by which low-income, vulnerable and at risk youth can engage with nature and potentially learn about the environment, while fostering positive youth development as youth engage with community environmental action (Schusler and Krasny 2010). These programs may not always include a series of planned educational activities, however they warrant study as an important means by which urban youth engage with and learn about their environment

Within the above line of reasoning, the present research investigates whether highly vulnerable children can, through engagement with nature and activities outside the classroom, reduce incidents of delinquent behavior. In addition, it investigates if it is possible for these children to show examples of assimilation in the school environment and regulations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample of the specific research was initially two students, one boy studying at the first grade of the high school (13 years old) and another boy 15 years old. They both had many absences from school, low performance and experience difficult family situation including incidence of domestic violence, alcoholism and indifference. As a result, children get along very bad at school. The absences have far exceeded the permissible ones. Even when they come on time often refused to enter the classroom. After a month two more children were added to the project, both in the third grade of the high school with many absences due to expulsions because of disrespect to the teachers and various acts of violence and last but not least complete indifference to the lessons. The last two students had already failed one schoolyear and they were repeating it. The four children received coupons for snacks paid by the school and their clothes and shoes were showing negligence.
The first author of the paper was a stuff member of the Immediate Intervention Group of the Ministry of Education. The role of this group is to be in daily contact with highly vulnerable children during school hours and to intervene when necessary. The intervention often took the form of the immediate removal of the delinquent student   from the classroom and helping them to redefine their relationship with the school environment and their role within it. When this was happening the educational process followed a routine without distractions, while the delinquent children have the time to engage in more experiential activities which will help them to adapt more easily.
During their stay with the Immediate Intervention Group the students had to follow subjects such as physical education, art, and environmental education. The lessons were gradually transferred from the classroom to the school garden. At the same time it was made clear to them that to continue the program in environmental education, they would have to be consistent in the main school subjects such as mathematics, language, and physics.
The research was qualitative. A diary was kept by the first author, where daily observations, thoughts and characteristic instances were recorded. Unstructured interviews with the participating children were taken at the beginning, the end and about the middle of the programme.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Absenteeism dropped noticeably and it was now clear that the children cared about their image as students.
Arriving at exact time for school was another noticeable change. Everyone agreed to come at 7:30 instead of 10:30 and to do extra lessons so they could pass schoolexams. School before the program was a pain, now it's purposeful and interesting. The teachers thanked us as it was the first time, they had seen the specific students trying.
After Christmas holidays participating children came up with the idea to take part in contests with monetary prizes from the ministry because that way they would collect money for materials and instruments they need for gardening: Outside the classroom and in the nature, participating students relaxed, calmed down and managed to accept responsibilities, take initiatives and participate in collective tasks.
In addition, complaints from professors about inappropriate behavior and disciplinary councils that resulted in expulsion stopped. A boy began to attend math after school courses, but above all children acquired a desire for inclusion and purpose. Their gardens were on the one hand their own work and on the other hand they had the approval of everyone in the school from students who were jealous and wanted to join to teachers who really admired the effort.
Apparently many factors played a role in children's transformation, but among them, the sense of competence, cooperation and social approval, as well as the opportunity for outdoor physical activity made the difference.

References
Artinopoulou, V. (2010). School mediation. Educating students to manage violence and bullying. Athens: Law Library.
Bernados, M. (2003). The aggression of the child at school and in the family, electronic address: www.specialeducation.gr
Bika, H. (2011). Forms of Student Aggression in Middle School: A Case Study. School of Philosophy, Ioannina.
Buna, A. (2018). Gender dimensions of school violence. Pedagogical Department of Kindergarten Teachers, Ioannina.
Delia, J., & Krasny, M. E. (2018). Cultivating positive youth development, critical consciousness, and authentic care in urban environmental education. Frontiers in psychology, 8, 2340.
DuBois, Β., Krasny Μ., Smith J., (2017): Connecting
brawn, brains, and people: an exploration of non-traditional outcomes of youth stewardship programs, Environmental Education Research, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2017.1373069

Ericson, N., (2001) Addressing the Problem of Juvenile Bullying, Government Printing Office, DC
Krasny, M., Kalbacker, L., Stedman, R., Russ, A., (2015)
Measuring social capital among youth: applications in environmental education, Environmental Education Research, 21:1, 1-23

Panousis, G. (2018). What and who is behind school violence. In: Th. Thanos, I. Kamarianos, A. Kyridis & N. Fotopoulos (Eds.), Sociology of Education. Introduction to basic concepts and topics (pp. 531-631). Athens: Gutenberg.
Rigby, K. (1996). Preventing peer victimization in schools. In C. Sumner, M. Israel, M. O'Connell, & R. Sarre (Eds.), International Victimology: Selected 176 papers from the eighth International Symposium (pp. 303–309). Griffith, Australia: Australian Institute of Criminology.
Schusler, T. M., and M. E. Krasny. 2010. “Environmental Action as Context for Youth Development.” The Journal of Environmental
Education 41: 208–223.
Skavdis, D. (1995), "Compliance" and "reaction" in the Greek school of Secondary Education, New Education, 74, 36-47.
Thanos, Th. (2017). School violence, bullying and student delinquency. In: Th. Thanos, I. Kamarianos, A. Kyridis & N. Fotopoulos (Eds.), Sociology of Education. Introduction to basic concepts and topics (pp. 531-631). Athens: Gutenberg.
Tsatsakis (Eds.), School violence and school bullying. Methodological issues, dimensions, treatment (pp. 19-24). Thessaloniki: Kyriakidis
Tsifas, A. (2005). Discipline and Penalties in Education, East, no. 15003, p. 4, 10.2.05.
Weissman, E. (2015). Entrepreneurial endeavors:(Re) producing neoliberalization through urban agriculture youth programming in Brooklyn, New York. Environmental Education Research, 21(3), 351-364.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Making with Soil: Researching Research Practices for Sustainable Research.

Laura Colucci-Gray1, Alba L'Astorina2, Rita Giuffredi2, Andrea Caretto3, Raffaella Spagna3, Alice Benessia3

1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2Istituto per il Rilevamento Elettromagnetico dell'Ambiente Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche (Irea-Cnr); 3Pianpicollo Selvatico - Centre for research in the arts and sciences

Presenting Author: Colucci-Gray, Laura

Curriculum knowledge is tied to a disciplinary organization set to create ever-increasing specialization; producing knowledge that is efficient in solving disciplinary and technical problems, but often unsuitable for dealing with complex, socio-environmental issues. New ways of practicing research, and of thinking its role in society, appear necessary to overcome the empasse, and to enable the production of knowledge which is relevant, contextual and inclusive of a plurality of legitimate perspectives (Benessia et al., 2012).

This paper draws on a recent project, BRIDGES (Building Reflexivity and Response-ability Involving Different narratives of knowledGE and Science) focussed on a specific socio-ecological dimension of the current global health crisis – the fertility of soil. Since the early 2010’s, the UN has identified soil degradation as one of the most critical planetary concerns, alongside climate change and biodiversity loss; moreover, soil fertility is relevant to several SDGs (1, 2, 11, 12, 15) with SDG 15 Life on Land being an issue that is particularly relevant to the Italian context, where 14 hectares of cultivable soil per day are lost to urbanisation (Munafo, 2019). However, alternative views exist on what constitutes ‘fertile soil’ (FAO, 2019) and how it can be measured, according to different disciplines, operating at different levels and time-scales. In addition, decision-making processes about the different uses of soil will need to balance economic considerations with questions about the health of people and ecosystems. Hence, the governance of soil is a trans-disciplinary issue involving diverse fields of knowledge and practices, a plurality of languages, methods and scales.

In these circumstances, the ‘post-normal’ turn has garnered momentum in policy studies and in the scientific community itself (Waltner-Toews et al., 2020) as well as in education (Colucci-Gray, 2014) as a participatory model of decision-making advocating for an “extended peer community”, with a wider set of stakeholders, each one holding a partial but legitimate perspective. Yet, such approaches are not mainstream. For example, Meijer et al. (2016) reported that while the new "epistemology of the European identity" in policy-related science is formally requiring a full integration of all social actors in decision-making, researchers consider these as “peripheral activities” without straight-forward value for them. A “tacit hierarchy between science and society”, bearing the idea that “certain kinds of knowledge are better than others” makes on a par relationships difficult. Indeed, such contradictions are linked to dominant narratives that express wider imaginations about the world, what is to be valued and the place and agency of humans versus others more than humans. Held tacit, these narratives define and demarcate the horizons of possible and acceptable action: they project and impose classifications; they distinguish issues from non-issues, and actors from non-actors. Hence, for a change to occur both “research cultures and research practices have to be reconsidered, decoupling from the desire for control over Nature and the future, and recovering the relational dimension of “how humans ask and respond to each other, taking more seriously the experimental craft of all kinds of practitioners, not only humans” (Haraway, 2016, p. 68).

Drawing on demarcation as a powerful heuristic tool, this paper inquires into the narratives of research arising from the experiences of a group of multidisciplinary researchers involved in arts-based practices of digging in the soil. The study looks at how participants came to understand and redefine the parameters of their research work, focusing on:

1. What cultural and social norms underpin the ways in which researchers talk about and legitimise their ideas of research?

2. To what extent does the artistic dimension enable a reflection on the intrinsic values of human dependency from soil?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A group of 15 multidisciplinary researchers – all members of the project team – took part in a 3 day residential stay in the rural centre for research in the arts and sciences  “Pianpicollo Selvatico” (http://www.pianpicollo.org/pages/about). Arts-based practices engage participants across a range of communicative dimensions: from the abstract, cognitive level of classical scientific demarcation, to the aesthetic, embodied and affective level of contextualised inquiries (Barone and Eisner, 2011).
Specifically, the activity was proposed and led by two artists and involved participants in ‘digging’ in the soil across three sites: the meadow; the vegetable path and the woodland. For each dig the task was the same: to adopt a stance of attention and attentiveness (Patrizio, 2020); the archaeological gaze which collects without categorising; sets aside without judging; tells a story by keeping open the possibilities for other stories (Haraway, 2016). The process of digging being a metaphor for the wider practices of research, comparing and contrasting the more focussed and instrumental attitude of the ‘looking for’ with the exploratory and relational dimensions of looking in, order to improve one’s own way of observing and one’s own doing. Adopting artistic methods involving making with materials, we sought to overcome the classical dichotomy of ‘neutral observation’ - as a detached stance from the world - versus ‘participation’ - that presumes being a part of the world. A participatory sensory ethnography approach was adopted; each participant made soil artefacts and took photographs; discussions amongst us were audio and video-recorded, and all data was put in a shared repository. Here we draw upon the approach of Taylor et al (2022), thinking with things in order to think with theory, to recount the different stories of the dig via sharing a selection of objects, each one speaking to the particular experience of working and being with soil. Stories and photographic narrations were diffracted to bring forth the vitality and potentiality at the heart of research – to re-animate research practice, each object having potency, a vital part of the entangled web of space and time (Taylor et al., 2022). The insights from these encounters illuminate the expectations, contradictions and possibilities of changing posture and modulating one’s gaze in order to act within a transdisciplinary space.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
“An object’s vibrancy is often fugitive, ephemeral, momentary and yet an object can unleash forceful, affective, and powerful effects. Posthuman object pedagogies invite risk and discomfort, in their challenge to do research against the grain in the cracks, interstices, middles and muddles” (Taylor et al., 2022, p.219). Also in our digging,  the stories carried by our objects brought back an intensity of affect, which continued to reverberate in the memories, the voices and our own bodies. For some, digging was inevitably connected to finding something, supposed to be mysterious, difficult to get to, precious.  Research in this sense was a quest leading to a result. But  other narrations of research were also possible. Turning the gaze towards one’s hands, our stories spoke about the need to get close and into contact; the awareness of entering an entangled set of relations, even if such relations were not all immediately apparent. Each tool afforded different ways of making community with soil, whilst the different soil environments themselves called for different modes of digging. For us all involved in professional research across multiple disciplinary contexts, the central question was the same one: how do we move from data driven approaches to context-sensitive modalities, which allow openness and the possibility of the unknown? How do we cultivate the qualities of research as a practice of attention that sustains and nurture relationships within a diversity of settings and situations?  How do we continue supporting ourselves and others to take the time to dig, to make space to dig, and to bring testimonies of each other’s experiences? In the project we learnt the importance of taking time and taking time for oneself, to perceive the value of moving away from a model of expertise to making-with soil and with its stories.  
References
Barone, T. and Eisner, E.W. (2011). Arts-based research. London: Sage
Benessia, A. et al. (2012) ‘Hybridizing sustainability: Towards a new praxis for the present human predicament’, Sustainability Science. doi: 10.1007/s11625-011-0150-4.
Colucci-Gray, L. (2014) ‘Beyond evidence: a critical appraisal of global warming as a socio-scientific issue and a reflection on the changing nature of scientific literacy in school’, Cultural Studies of Science Education. doi: 10.1007/s11422-013-9556-x.
Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) (2019) Soil erosion: the greatest challenge to sustainable soil management. Rome.
Haraway, D. (2016) Staying with the trouble. Makin Kin in the Chthulucene. London: Duke University Press
Meijer, I. et al. (2016) Monitoring the Evolution and Benefits of Responsible Research and Innovation (MoRRI) – a preliminary framework for RRI dimensions & indicators - Paper for the OECD Blue Sky Forum 2016 – final version, 15, July 2016.
Munafò, M. (ed.) (2019) Consumo di suolo, dinamiche territoriali e servizi ecosistemici. Edizione 2. 08/19.
Patrizio, A. (2020). The ecological eye. Manchester: MUP
Taylor, C., Hogarth, H., Barratt Hacking, E., & Bastos, E. S. R. (2022). Posthuman Object Pedagogies: Thinking with Things to Think with Theory for Innovative Educational Research. Cultural and Pedagogical Inquiry, 14(1), 206.
 Waltner-Toews, D. et al. (2020) ‘Post-normal pandemics: Why COVID-19 requires a new approach to science – STEPS. Centre’, steps-centre.org. Available at: https://steps-centre.org/blog/postnormal-pandemics-why-covid-19-requires-anew-approach-to-science/


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Environmental Motivation of Students Participating in a School-Garden Project: A Qualitative Study with Elementary School Vulnerable Children

Anthi Christodoulou, Konstantinos Kofiatis

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Kofiatis, Konstantinos

We studied the development of environmental motivation in a group of vulnerable elementary school children who participated in a school kitchen garden project.

Within the theory of Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) motivation is an important subject of research as it is considered the condition where a person has or acquires intrinsic and extrinsic incentives (motives), to involve into pro-environmental behavior and actions (Christodoulou and Korfiatis, 2019; Darner, 2012). From an educational point of view, the aim is to support those types of motivation (intrinsic and extrinsic) who are more strongly connected with students’ personal development and well-being. Indeed, various studies in the domain of environmental and sustainability education have shown that integrated and intrinsic types of motivation for participation and action are connected with empowerment, self-efficacy and ownership, as well as with a longer sustaining of a behavior or action (Dutta and Chandrasekharan, 2017; Murakami, Su-Russell and Manfra, 2018).

The Self Determination Theory (SDT) of motivation pays particular attention to factors or conditions that enhance motivation (Ryan and Deci, 2000). Specifically, the SDT states that in order to foster motivation, the basic psychological needs of competence, autonomy, and relatedness must be supported (Ryan and Deci, 2000; Karaarslan et al., 2014). However, very few studies have analysed the actual conditions under which specific motivational projects have been implemented, i.e., if participants had indeed experienced the conditions that supposedly constitute the cornerstones of a motivational approach. Εvidence derived from those studies is quite interesting even though reveals contradictions. For example, Legault and Pelletier (2000) report that children who were part of an EE project engaged in ecological behaviors motivated less by extrinsic motives than did children who were part of a control group. Contrary to these results, Boeve-de Pauw and Petegem (2017) have found that 6th grade as well as 12th grade students participating in the well-known eco-school project developed external rather than internal environmental types of motivation. Karaarslan, Ertepınar, and Sungur (2014) argue that the various institutional EE projects promote rather non self-determined pro-environmental behaviors. In this way they emphasize the development of extrinsic motivation. As a result, Karaarslan et al. (2014) comment, many EE campaigns fail in enduring participants’ motivation toward the environment. In another study, Renaud-Dube et al. (2010) argue that elementary school children are more likely to exhibit external rather that self-determined types of environmental motivation, but it is important to increase autonomous environmental motivation at that age. Therefore, there is a need to study how psychological variables affect vulnerable young students intention to act for the environment and for sustainability (Uitto, Boeve-de Pauw, and Saloranta, 2015; Boeve-de Pauw, and Petegem, 2017).

School garden projects are considered as ideal contexts to fulfill vulnerable students psychological needs. For example, school gardens enhance students’ competence and relatedness (Pollin and Retzlaff-Fürst, 2021; Christodoulou and Korfiatis, 2019), empower their sense of autonomy, by controlling their own survival needs (e.g., food, land, tools) (Okvat and Zautra, 2011), and promote their social well-being and the quality of the natural environment (Tidball and Krasny, 2011).

Within the above line of reasoning, this study aims to answer the following questions: 1. How the development of the psychological needs of autonomy, competence and relatedness affect vulnerable students’ environmental motivation? 2. Are there other conditions – except of those three psychological needs – that influence students’ environmental motivation and future environmental intentions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Thirteen students from an urban elementary school, aged 6-12 years old, participated in the kitchengarden project. Students were characterized by medium educational level, low environmental motivation, limited interaction with nature, low socio-economic background, and high level of obesity.
Project activities were based on students’ thoughts and decisions during the implementation of the project.  Students worked in mixed capacity groups of three to four members. The project was designed with aim to enhance participating children satisfaction of their basic psychological needs, according to SDT: their sense of autonomy by making their own choices about maintaining their garden and managing their crops; their sense of competence by collecting good quality and fresh vegetables; and their sense of relatedness by discussing problem-solving activities and making group decisions (Korfiatis & Petrou, 2021).
Data were collected by: (a) pre and post-test interviews, (b) schoolteachers observations and (c) students self-reported reflective Notes.
Pre- and post – interviews aimed to identify students’ environmental motivation before and after their participation in the project.  Post interviews aimed also to identify how students perceived the various characteristics of the project and their future environmental intentions. Teachers observations and students self-reported reflective notes aimed to record data about students’ participation in project’s activities (their considerations, initiatives, worries, difficulties, emotions).
Content Analysis used to analyse the data gathered with the above-mentioned methodological tools.  The analysis of the pre- & post- interviews was based on the five SDT types of motivation (External Regulation, Introjected Regulation, Identified Regulation, Integrated Regulation, Intrinsic Regulation) and open coded analysis was used to analyse teachers observations and students self -reported reflective notes.  An interpretivism approach was adopted to compare the RT member observations and the Students Self -Reported Reflective notes, and to generate interpretations about the influence of the phycological needs on students’ environmental motivation, and other possible conditions affecting their future environmental intentions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The satisfaction of the three psychological needs according to SDT influence children’s environmental motivation.  
This is how an 8 years old girl describe the satisfaction of her needs: “I felt autonomy because we were given the choice of where to create our kitchen garden, and what we would like to cultivate…I felt relatedness because me and my team members were working together, sharing our thoughts to take care of our crops…I felt competence by seeing our goal being accomplished, or by offering veggies to the lady who prepares our lunch at school…I would certainly create a kitchen garden again in our school or in my house yard”.
However, our findings suggest that there is more about enhancing students’ environmental motives from only creating the conditions under which they will satisfy the basic psychological needs of autonomy, competence and relatedness.
An example from teachers observations: They were considered about a boy’s non-participating behavior during the project even though he stated that his three basic psychological needs were satisfied.  Personal discussions with him revealed that specific family issues (low-income, failure to cover basic survival needs) did not let him focus on his school participation in general and on the school-garden project in particular.
Another 9 years old boy stated: “I would like to create a vegetable garden, only if somebody provides me help”.  Supportive environment is emerged as an important condition affecting certain students’ environmental intentions (Patrick et al., 2007).
The present study recommends that specific personal or social conditions (Cicek-Senturk & Selvi, 2019), are important factors that influence environmental motivation. These factors might be of significant importance when vulnerable children are concerned and the theories of motivation should include them in their explanatory frameworks

References
Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2017). Because my friends insist or because it makes sense? Adolescents’ Motivation towards the Environment. Sustainability, 9(5), 750.
Christodoulou, A., & Korfiatis, K. (2019). Children's interest in school garden projects, environmental motivation, and intention to act: A case study from a primary school of Cyprus. Applied Environmental Education & Communication, 1-11.
Cicek-Senturk, O., & Selvi, M. (2019). The Development of Environmental Motivation Scale at Secondary Schools and Analysis of Different Variables of Students' Motivation towards Environment. Educational Policy Analysis and Strategic Research, 14(4), 218-236.
Darner, R. (2012). An empirical test of self-determination theory as a guide to fostering environmental motivation. Environmental Education Research, 18(4), 463-472.
Dutta, D., & Chandrasekharan, S. (2018). Doing to being: farming actions in a community coalesce into pro-environment motivations and values. Environmental Education Research, 24(8), 1192-1210.
Karaarslan, G. Sungur, S. & Ertepinar, H. (2014). Developing preservice science teachers’ self-determined motivation toward environment through environmental activities. International Journal of Environmental & Science Education, 9, 1-19.
Korfiatis, K., & Petrou, S. (2021). Participation and why it matters: children’s perspectives and expressions of ownership, motivation, collective efficacy and self-efficacy and locus of control. Environmental Education Research, 27(12), 1700-1722.
Legault, L., Green-Demers, I., Grant, P., & Chung, J. (2007). On the self-regulation of implicit and explicit prejudice: A self-determination theory perspective. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 33(5), 732-749.
Murakami, C. D., Su-Russell, C., & Manfra, L. (2018). Analyzing teacher narratives in early childhood garden-based education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 49(1), 18-29.
Okvat, H. A., & Zautra, A. J. (2011). Community gardening: A parsimonious path to individual, community, and environmental resilience. American journal of community psychology, 47, 374-387.
Patrick, H., Ryan, A. M., & Kaplan, A. (2007). Early adolescents' perceptions of the classroom social environment, motivational beliefs, and engagement. Journal of educational psychology, 99(1), 83.
Pollin, S., & Retzlaff-Fürst, C. (2021). The school garden: A social and emotional place. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 567720.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American psychologist, 55(1), 68.
Tidball, K. G., & Krasny, M. E. (2011). Urban environmental education from a social-ecological perspective: Conceptual framework for civic ecology education. Cities and the Environment (CATE), 3(1), 11.
Uitto, A., Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Saloranta, S. (2015). Participatory school experiences as facilitators for adolescents' ecological behavior. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 43, 55-65.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm31 SES 02 B JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education I: Diversity of Methods in Research on Diversity – Perspectives of Qualitative Research on Questions of Power
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Dorothee Schwendowius
Session Chair: André Epp
Joint Symposium, NW 07, NW 20, NW 31, Full information in 07 SES 02 D JS
3:15pm - 4:45pm32 SES 02 A: Towards new Infrastructures of Organizational Learning
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Pia Bramming
Paper Session
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Organizing Professional Learning Communities as an Ecology – Capacity building in science teacher education through diversity

Karina Kiær1, Thomas Albrechtsen2, Connie Svabo3

1UCSYD and SDU, Denmark; 2UCSYD, Denmark; 3SDU, Denmark

Presenting Author: Kiær, Karina; Albrechtsen, Thomas

The purpose of this paper is to discuss how an interorganizational network of professional learning communities (PLCs) can be conceptualized as an ecology. In the recent 30 years PLCs have become a certain way of organizing professional collaboration in educational institutions worldwide (Albrechtsen et al., 2022). Beginning in North America in the 1990’s and building on theories of the learning organization and organizational learning, the research primarily focused on school-based teacher collaboration. Since, the practice of and research on PLCs has expanded to also include other participants, like the whole school, the whole school district, research-practice partnerships and generally – collaboration across educational organizations (Stoll & Louis, 2007; Marzano et al., 2016: Admiraal et al. 2019). The interorganizational collaboration is also conceptualized as ‘professional learning networks’ (PLN) (Brown & Poortman, 2018; Schnellert, 2020); Handscomb & Brown, 2022). However, there is still a need for developing theoretical models of how PLCs are connected in such networks. In this paper we propose to understand multiple PLCs interacting with each other with the metaphor of an ecology. We are especially interested in understanding how it is possible for professional knowledge created in one PLC to flow to another PLC (as ‘nutrients’), how it will enhance the capacity building or growth of the participants and in what ways the diversity of the participants play a role in this regard. The background of the paper is a 4-year longitudinal study (2022-2025) of an emerging interorganization network of PLC’s in the field of science teacher education in Denmark called Naturfagsakademiet (NAFA) (English translation: Danish Academy of Natural Sciences). For a short English introduction see the homepage: About NAFA - NAFA. NAFA is a national program supported by Novo Nordisk Fonden and VILLUM FONDEN with more than 25 million Euros in the period from 1st August 2021 to summer 2028. The main objective of NAFA is to enhance knowledge sharing and knowledge creation among science teaching professionals at different educational levels, both teacher education and primary and lower secondary schools. A central part of this is the organizing of national and local PLCs at all the teacher education institutions. In this first phase of the study, we work on developing a theoretical frame for investigating NAFA as a knowledge ecology. Therefore, the research question we want to explore in this paper is:

What are the strengths and weaknesses of the ecology metaphor applied to the understanding of the circulation of knowledge in an interorganizational network of professional learning communities in science teacher education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Analyzing and understanding organizations and organizing using different metaphors as a lens is a common research practice and a method to explore new angles on a known problem (Cornelissen & Kafouros, 2008; Alvesson & Sandberg, 2021). Using the ecology metaphor to analyze and understand organizations is not new (Morgan, 1980; Hannan & Freeman, 1989), but the research has evolved throughout the years, like in the case of research on routine dynamics in the interdependence between organizations (Rosa et al., 2021). It is still limited how much the ecology metaphor has been used to understand PLCs in general and PLNs in particular (Godfrey & Brown, 2019).
As a way to conceptualize the interorganizational collaboration in NAFA as a knowledge ecology, we find the description of organizational ecology by Singh and Lumsden (1990: 162) inspiring:  "Organizational ecology focuses on the study of organizational diversity. Its key concerns are to investigate how social conditions influence (a) the rates creation of new organizational forms and new organizations, (b) the rates demise of organizational forms and organizations, and (c) the rates of change in organizational forms. The emphasis is on the evolutionary dynamics of processes influencing organizational diversity. And, in contrast to the predominance of adaptation in the study of organizations, organization ecology investigates the role of selection processes" (Singh & Lumsden, 1990, p. 162).
Especially when the objective is to organize for professional learning among teacher educators, as is the case in NAFA, it is important to find out how organizations can be more diverse, and how to organize for more diversity (Göhlich et al., 2012). Elkjær (2005) raises the question whether it is possible to account for diversity in terms of outcome of participation in learning processes in organizations and asks whether learning discriminates, supports or enhances diversity.
In NAFA, a PLC is defined as a committed and systematic inquiring community between a group of educators, who share experiences and knowledge from practice through inquiry and reflective dialogues centered on students’ learning. We will discuss how this construction may constrain or enhance diversity. Applying the ecology metaphor will enable us to analyze the intended circulation of knowledge between the PLCs and to explore what happens to this knowledge, when it moves from one environment to another.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect to come closer to a theory of professional learning communities as an ecology, discussing the strengths and weaknesses of this metaphor. A theory we will later apply and test in empirical studies of science teacher educators’ interactions in the PLCs in NAFA. As part of this theory building, we will compare our theorizing with earlier uses of the metaphor, like discourses on ecology of knowledge (Star, 2015), organization ecology (Hannan & Freeman, 1989), learning ecology (Barnett, 2017), ecology of practice (Kemmis, 2022) and routine interdependence as an ecology (Rosa et al., 2021). The paper is a contribution to the field of organizational education research with its focus on organizational learning and learning in organizations (Engel & Göhlich, 2022).
References
Admiraal; Schenke; Jong; Emmelot & Sligte (2021). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers?   Professional Development in Education, 47 (4), 684-698.
Albrechtsen, T.R.S.; Brinks, T.M.; Bennedsen, K. & Svabo, C. (2022). Professionelle
læringsfællesskaber—Et forskningsoverblik (2018-2021) [Professional Learning Communities – A Review of Research].
Alvesson, M. & Sandberg, J. (2021). Re-Imagining the Research Process: Conventional and Alternative Metaphors. London: SAGE.
Barnett, R. (2017). The Ecological University: A Feasible Utopia. Routledge.
Cornelissen, J. P., & Kafouros, M. (2008). Metaphors and theory building in organization theory: What determines the impact of a metaphor on theory? British Journal of management, 19(4), 365–379.
Elkjær, B. (2005). From digital administration to organisational learning. Journal of Workplace Learning, 17(7/8), 533–544.
Engel, N. & Göhlich, M. (2022). Organisationspädagogik – Eine Einführung. Verlag W. Kohlhammer.
Godfrey, D. & Brown, C. (Eds.).  An ecosystem for research-engaged schools: reforming education through research. Routledge.
Göhlich, M.; Weber, S.M.; Öztürk, H. & Engel, N. (Hrsg.) (2012). Organisation und kulturelle Differenz: Diversity, Interkulturelle Öffnung, Internationalisierung. Springer VS.
Hannan, M.T. & Freeman, J. (1989). Organizational Ecology. Harvard University Press.
Handscomb, B. & Brown, C. (2022). The Power of Professional Learning Networks: Traversing the Present; Transforming the Future. John Catt Educational Ltd.
Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices: Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures. Springer.
Lai, M.K. & McNaughton, S. (2022). Professional Learning Networks in Design-Based Research Interventions. Emeral Publishing.
Marzano et al. (2016). Collaborative Teams that Transform Schools – The Next Steps in PLCs. Marzano Resources.
Morgan, G. (1980). Paradigms, Metaphors, and Puzzle Solving in Organization Theory. Administrative Science Quarterly, 25 (4), 605-622.
Rosa, Kremser, & Bulgacov (2021). Routine interdependence: Intersections, clusters, ecologies and bundles. In: Pentland, M. et al. (Eds.). Cambridge Handbook of Routine Dynamics. Cambridge University Press.
Schnellert, L. (Ed.) (2020). Professional Learning Networks: Facilitating Transformation in Diverse Contexts with Equity-seeking Communities. Emerald Publishing.
Singh, J. V., & Lumsden, C. J. (1990). Theory and research in organizational ecology. Annual review of sociology, 161–195.
Star, S.L. (2015). Revisiting Ecologies of Knowledge: Work and Politics in Science and Technology. In: Bowker, G.C. et al. (Eds.). Boundary Objects and Beyond: Working with Leigh Star, (pp. 13-46). The MIT Press.
Stoll, L. & Louis, K.S. (Eds.) (2007). Professional Learning Communities: Divergence, Depth and Dilemmas. Open University Press.
Weaver-Hightower, M. B. (2008). An ecology metaphor for educational policy analysis: A call to complexity. Educational researcher, 37(3), 153-167.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

(Post)humanistic Images of Diversity. Art-based Approaches in Organisational Education

Jens Többenotke, Stefan Palaver

University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Többenotke, Jens; Palaver, Stefan

In our paper we address aesthetic and art-based research and mediation approaches to diversity in the context of organised learning. In doing so, we will present image- and art-based approaches developed in the field of teacher education, with which shifts in relation to diversity in educational organisations become visible. The global crisis situation, which causes economic, ecological and social transformations, demands from pedagogy new forms of dealing with diversity. These transformations and the associated debates are often transported via the media. These debates often revolve around certain images that evoke emotional reactions. Against this backdrop, images continue to gain massive social significance. Therefore, the background of our research is the question of how diversity in educational organisations is negotiated visually or can be negotiated by trying out aesthetic approaches. From an organisational pedagogical perspective (Göhlich et al. 2018), we focus in particular on how the relationship between diversity, pedagogical professionalisation and educational organisations is expressed in images and can be dealt with. How is the relationship between one's own situatedness and positioning in relation to socially prefigured images dealt with in pedagogical professionalisation processes and how do these relationships become visible?

The theoretical background is provided by academic debates on diversity and organisation, whereby we start with approaches to diversity based on difference theory (Mecheril 2016; Czejkowska 2018). Pedagogical ways of dealing with difference move in a "trilemmatic" relationship of empowerment, normalisation and deconstruction (Boger 2019). We classify the aesthetic treatment of these relations as an aspect of pedagogical professionalisation, which emphasises the social conditionality of education as a critical approach (Messerschmidt 2020; Heidrich et al. 2021). In addition, the view of conditions that manifest themselves as dependencies on others - humans and non-human others as well as nature and technology - changes in the light of posthumanist omens. In view of the "posthumanist situation" (Braidotti 2013), the constitution of the self can be understood as situated. Not only human diversity plays a role in this, but also the diversity of species and the interconnectedness with the manifold technical conditions that help shape the human self-understanding and its numerous ways of interconnectedness with the world.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach is based on epistemological possibilities of aesthetic thinking (Mersch 2015) and adapts participatory and image-reflexive approaches developed in two teaching and research projects. This ties in with aesthetic and art-based research approaches in Organisational Education (Weber 2018).
In the participatory teaching and research project Visualising Diversity, processes for visualising diversity in the school context are reconstructed. Through the aesthetic processing of one's own image of diversity within the framework of an image-text portfolio (Sabisch 2007; Roth 2018), the situatedness of one's own images was to be explored, while leaving room for the expression of discomfort regarding socially dominant images. The portfolios were examined for breaks and changes in the students' orientations, which can refer to reflective moments and pedagogical professionalisation processes and the role of organisations. The comic Das brüchige Selbst (The Fragile Self) (Palaver 2023) seizes on the discomfort as unease concerning a post-humanist decentering of the self, but at the same time it also offers scope for a multi-perspective view of "the" human being and the notion of diversity. Using the method of comic-based research (Sousanis 2015; Egger 2020), images of diversity are thematised at the boundaries of the organisation. The constant fragility of the medium (Frahm 2010) allows post-humanist ideas of a decentered, relational self to be addressed to a certain extent. The comic seeks a way of articulating a self-understanding that, interpreted pedagogically, inevitably affects the framework of the organisation of educational opportunities in institutions.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the visual-linguistic material shows the importance of powerful, socially prefigured and mostly digitally mediated images of diversity for learning in educational organisations. In particular, the portfolios' contradictions between text and image reveal the extent to which educational institutions reproduce, prevent, enable and negotiate certain views of diversity. The material shows that education and professionalisation in the context of diversity are primarily understood as an individualised task transferred to the subject. Diversity is thus affirmed and moralised, while structural problems associated with diversity, such as discrimination, racism and social inequality, are hardly visible.
These results reveal a humanistic conception of a sovereign subject, who is charged with the challenges associated with diversity as a pedagogical task to be overcome individually. Posthumanist conceptions of the subject, as negotiated in the contribution of comic-based research, irritate these ideas. They represent a further possibility to reflect on the shifts in the significance of diversity in educational organisations and to generate other images. By putting images of diversity up for discussion, which make views that are taken for granted questionable, they ask for possibilities of a professionalisation that consciously faces the posthuman situation as a future task in organisations.

References
Boger, M.-A. (2019): Theorien der Inklusion. Die Theorie der trilemmatischen Inklusion zum Mitdenken. Münster: edition assemblage.
Braidotti, R. (2013): The Posthuman. Cambridge: Polity.
Czejkowska, A. (2018): Bildungsphilosophie und Gesellschaft. Wien: Löcker.
Egger, B. (2020): Comic und Erinnerung. Oral History im Werk von Emmanuel Guibert. Berlin: Christian Bachmann.
Frahm, O. (2010): Die Sprache des Comics. Hamburg: Fundus.
Göhlich, M., Schröer, A., & Weber, S. M. (eds.) (2018): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden: Springer.
Heidrich, L., Karakasoglu, Y., Mecheril, P. & Shure, S. (eds.) (2021): Regimes of Belonging - Schools - Migrations: Teaching in (Trans)National Constellations. Wiesbaden: Springer.
Mecheril, P. (ed.) (2016): Handbuch Migrationspädagogik. Weinheim: Beltz.
Mersch, D. (2015): Epistemologien des Ästhetischen. Zürich: Diaphanes.
Messerschmidt, A. (2020): fremd werden. Geschlecht – Migration – Bildung. Wien: Löcker.
Roth, H.-J. (2018): Bilder und Bildordnungen von Studierenden im Themenfeld Migration und Interkulturalität. Ein Beitrag zur visuellen Migrationsforschung. In: Rass, Ch./Ulz, M. (eds.): Migration ein Bild geben. Wiesbaden: Springer, pp. 161–189.
Sabisch, A. (2007): Inszenierung der Suche. Vom Sichtbarwerden ästhetischer Erfahrung im Tagebuch. Entwurf einer wissenschaftskritischen Grafieforschung. Bielefeld: transcript.
Sousanis, N. (2015): Unflattening. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Weber, S. M. (2018): Ästhetisierung und Gestaltungsorientierung als Forschungsstrategien der Organisationspädagogik. In: Göhlich, M. & Schröer, A. & Weber, S. (eds): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden: Springer, pp. 343–354.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

“Being with Nature”: Co-creating Methodologies That Generate Participant Experience of Green Social Prescribing in a Community Garden Project

Alex Southern1, Jenny Elliott2, Jane Waters-Davies3

1Swansea University, United Kingdom; 2University of Nottingham; 3University of Wales Trinity Saint David

Presenting Author: Elliott, Jenny; Waters-Davies, Jane

This paper focuses on collaborative research undertaken in partnership with Fig Leaf (pseudonym) - a charitable organisation based in a historical allotment site, in an area of urban social deprivation. Fig Leaf manages four community projects, uniquely based on the same allotment site, and attracting four, distinct user groups.

The projects are as follows: The Community Garden, offering fun and educational activity for local families; The Growth Space, providing social and learning opportunities for the local community; City Green, a wildlife and conservation project; and The History Plot, a site of historical architectural and horticulture interest. The projects incorporate opportunities for volunteering, activities for local groups, and coordinate outreach into the local community.

The research centres on developing methodologies that can effectively generate data to gather the experiences of this diverse range of participant groups, including ‘at risk’ adults and young people, with a particular focus on exploring the benefits of participation to wellbeing.

The concept of wellbeing was identified by Fig Leaf as the focus of the study, based on their own analysis of in-house project evaluations. There is not scope here to discuss the multifarious interpretations of the term in these evaluations. However, a review of funding applications and reporting revealed the repeated reference to the ‘therapeutic benefits’ of participation, without further qualification, and the commitment to green social prescribing (Leavell et al., 2019; Fixsen and Barrett, 2022) by providing opportunities for engagement that would be of emotional, social, or physical benefit to participants.

The research aimed to address the following overarching question:

How can researchers and community garden project professionals co-construct methodologies to generate and interpret participant experience data?

And sub-questions:

What methodologies generate rich, experiential data from different groups participating in the Fig Leaf projects?

What are the ‘therapeutic benefits’ of participating in activities at Fig Leaf?

Why does this matter?

Community environmental initiatives can provide rich learning opportunities, and have the potential to positively impact communities and contribute to education for global sustainability (Christie and Waller, 2019; Flachs, 2010; Smith and Sobel, 2014)

Green social prescribing is much discussed across the charitable sector but there is limited evidence to demonstrate its efficacy or outcomes, since Social Prescribing is still a developing practice (Brandling and House, 2009; Chesterman and Bray, 2018).

However, robust methodologies that can underpin claims about the participant experience are limited and therefore the ‘impact’ of the prescription (e.g. University of York, 2015).

Urban agriculture organisations, such as Fig Leaf, are vulnerable. They exist with precarious and short-term funding (St. Clair et al., 2020), threat from development in the drive for housing and infrastructure (Fletcher and Collins, 2020), and lack sufficient expertise or time for effective project evaluation that comprises rich participant voice data (Houlden et al., 2018)

Fig Leaf is the oldest and largest allotment site in Europe. It has over 25 years’ experience of working with individuals and groups in the local community and, through externally funded project activity, has built significant expertise in working with a diverse range of users, some with significant and complex emotional, social, and learning needs.

This research into the unique site of Fig Leaf enables development of robust methodologies that can be packaged as a ‘toolkit’ for sharing across the UK and wider, international community of urban agriculture projects (Houlden et al., 2018).

These methodologies capture often marginalised voices, through participatory methods that have the capacity to empower, and to ‘decolonise’ experiential data by moving the site of the research out of the academy and into the community, both physically and intellectually (Elder and Odoyo, 2017; Igwe et al., 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The researchers worked with Fig Leaf to co-construct sensitive, participatory, and decolonising ways (Elder and Odoyo, 2017; Igwe et al., 2022) to undertake research into the charity’s activities, that would be led by the organisation’s needs and objectives and informed by the researchers’ own epistemological interests in participatory methods and participant voice.
These objectives were to:
- provide richer evidence of the benefits of their projects to the local community in their funder evaluation reports
- develop a toolkit of project evaluation strategies for Fig Leaf staff to use in future.
 
Methods:
• Overt observations of individuals engaged in activities on site
• Unstructured interviews, to generate data around participant experience with a focus on the broad a priori theme of social, emotional, and physical wellbeing.
• Field Notes – based on observations, and researchers’ experience, and including reflections on methods and methodological approaches
• Photo elicitation – individual and group discussion based on photographs of activities taken on site. This method was proposed by staff at Fig Leaf and included in the data generation plan. During the research event, the method was not used, due to lack of engagement. However, one of the support workers had brought a ‘reflection book’ which had been co-created with one of the adults with autism. It contained photos of work that the user had been involved with during their time at Fig Leaf, and reflective comments about the work that they had done. This provided the basis for one of the unstructured interviews.

Ethical approval was granted by University of Nottingham Ethics Committee. All participants were provided with information prior to participation and consented to the inclusion of their data in the research.

The methods were piloted with the following participants, who are indicative of the range of different user groups, and span the four different Fig Leaf projects:
- two school refusers and their teachers
- members of the Fig Leaf Management Committee
- users of the regular Wednesday community gardening group
- the Education Worker from the local Art Gallery, who brings a group of vulnerable women from a number of locations in England, on a fortnightly basis
- a group of predominantly speech-impaired adults with autism and their support workers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data was analysed thematically (Braun and Clarke, 2006) and themes generated inductively, and refined to produce the below overarching themes, connected to their respective sub-themes. These sub-themes illustrate the range of articulations of ‘wellbeing’ and the ‘benefits’ that are experienced by participants across the various groups.
1. Space and site (My surroundings)
2. Emotions (How I feel)
3. Health (My body)
4. Nature (Plants and animals)
5. Self-efficacy (I can)
6. Skills development/learning (I’ve learnt)

The research points to the following conclusions, and considerations for development:
• Research tools must be responsive to individuals, rather than pre-determined, in order to engage participants effectively and generate meaningful experiential data.
• Unstructured interviews are highly valuable, yet resource-heavy, methods that can support a decolonising approach to data generation
• Participatory methods are particularly effective and allow for rich, experiential data
• Some indication that green social prescribing can support wellbeing, with the caveat that this sample does not yield sufficiently conclusive data
• Further research is needed to develop robust, and transferable, participatory methodologies that can apprehend the notion of ‘wellbeing’ in ‘green’ spaces.
• Genuine co-construction involves significant commitment to an iterative, ‘trial and error’ approach that takes into consideration all expertise and experience, in a negotiated and neutral ‘third space’. At times, this runs counter to researcher-driven participant data generation in its malleable methodological approach that must respond to participant/context freely.

Phase Two is currently ongoing, and centres on working with Fig Leaf’s outreach project staff to explore participant experience in the wider community.

References
Brandling, J. and House, W. (2009) Social Prescribing in General Practice: Adding Meaning to Medicine, in The British Journal of General Practice : The Journal of the Royal College of General Practitioners, 59 (563), 454–456. doi:10.3399/bjgp09X421085.

Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Chesterman, D and Bray, M. (2018) Report on Some Action Research in the Implementation of Social Prescription in Crawley. Paths to Greater Wellbeing: 'Sometimes You Have to Be in It to Get It', Action Learning: Research and Practice, 15(2), 168-181.

Christie, B. and Waller, V. (2019) Community learnings through residential composting in apartment buildings, The Journal of Environmental Education, 50(2), 97-112, DOI: 10.1080/00958964.2018.1509289

Elder, C. & Odoyo, K. (2018) Multiple methodologies: using community-based participatory research and decolonising methodologies in Kenya, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 31(4), 293 – 311, DOI 10.080/09518398.2017.1422290

Fixsen, A. and Barrett, S. (2022) Challenges and Approaches to Green Social Prescribing During and in the Aftermath of COVID-19: A Qualitative Study, Frontiers in Psychology, DOI: 10.3389/fpsyg.2022.861107

Flachs, A. (2010) Food for thought: The social impact of community gardens in the greater Cleveland area, Electronic Green Journal, 30, 1–99.

Fletcher, E.I. and Collins, T. (2020) Urban agriculture: Declining opportunity and increasing demand—How observations from London, U.K., can inform effective response, strategy and policy on a wide scale, Urban Forestry and Urban Greening, DOI: 10.1016/j.ufug.2020.126823

Houlden, V., Weich, S., Porto de Albuquerque, J., Jarvis, S. and Rees, K. (2018) The relationship between greenspace and the mental wellbeing of adults: A systematic review. PLoS One, 13(9)

Igwe, P., Madichie, N. and Rugara, D. (2022) Decolonising research approaches towards non-extractive research, Qualitative Market Research: an International Journal, 25(,4), 453 – 468, DOI: 10.1108/QMR-11-2021-0135

Leavell, A., Leiferman, J.A., Gascon, M., Braddick, F., Gonzalez, J.C. and Litt, J.S. (2019) Nature-Based Social Prescribing in Urban Settings to Improve Social Connectedness and Mental Well-being: a Review, Current Environmental Health Reports (6),297–308.

Smith, G. A. and Sobel, D. (2014) Place- and community-based education in schools. New York, NY: Routledge.

University of York (2015) Centre for Reviews and Dissemination Evidence to Inform the Commissioning of Social Prescribing [online]. Accessed 27 January 2023. https://www.york.ac.uk/media/crd/Ev%20briefing_social_prescribing.pdf

St Clair, R., Hardman, M., Armitage, R. P., & Sherriff, G. (2020). Urban Agriculture in shared spaces: The difficulties with collaboration in an age of austerity, Urban Studies, 57(2), 350–365. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042098019832486
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm33 SES 02 A: Opportunities, Aspirations and Gender Differences
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Sigolène Couchot-Schiex
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Chinese Women Students’ Experience of Transnational Intersectionality: A Life History Creative Study

Qiao Dai

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dai, Qiao

Chinese students, the largest source of international students in Europe, particularly favour the UK as their destination for Higher Education (HE) (Soysa et al., 2018). While Chinese women dominate participation in UK HE (HESA, 2022), in light of intersectionality (Collins, 2019), they may face various challenges, stigmatization, and discrimination based on their gender, sexuality, ethnicity, nationality, culture and language throughout their university experience. So, at the intersection between Chinese international students and women students, Chinese women’s lived experience can be different from that of both Chinese men and other women students, although, very little published data has a focus on Chinese women in UK HE. I am, therefore, interested in approaching Chinese women’s lived experience in UK HE from an intersectionality perspective, to engage with literature on HE students’ experiences, particularly those of women students and international students in Europe and globally.

After 1976, China’s dual approach to modernity was based on the neoliberal-socialist regime and ideology as a result of which young adults’ embraced values of neoliberal individualism and parents’ espoused gendered expectations for their daughters. Women’s life experience was characterised by this dual burden and Chinese young women’s construction of modern and traditional womanhood (Liu, 2014). Feminism in China now faces a new structure of power, rekindled traditional discourses, the widespread anti-feminist backlash and the dominance of an institutionalized marriage market. All stress the imperative of research into the understudied subject of Chinese womanhood and the limitations of doing so in the Chinese context. I am interested in exploring whether, and how, Chinese women students’ international HE experiences and transnational mobility can contribute to disrupting and challenging the gender status quo in China.

In light of black feminist thought (Collins, 2014a), it is vital for women, especially those at the margins of society, to define themselves to counter being historically defined by their intersectional marginalization and oppression. Also, in light of internalized oppression (Williams, 2012) and notions of the ideal womanhood (McRobbie, 2015), women students’ understanding of womanhood can have a significant impact on their opportunities and achievement. Considering the widespread influence of post-feminist discourse, the interaction between the understanding of womanhood and women students' life experiences is worth studying. Chinese women students in the UK experience transnational movement and International HE, so they may experience changes in their understanding of womanhood and its interaction with their transnational experience. However, very little is known about whether and how they experience such changes over time.

So, focusing on Chinese women with experience in UK Higher Education, this research aims to explore their understanding of womanhood and its interaction with their lived experience in UK HE over time. It asks specifically:

Q1 How do they understand womanhood over time?

Q1.1 Do they perceive a difference in womanhood between Chinese women and other women in UK HE?

Q2 How does their lived experience in UK HE interact with their understanding of womanhood over time?

Shedding light on UK HE, the findings of this transnational feminist research can engage with the discussion of intersectional justice in Chinese women’s experience in HE in Europe and globally. Also, the findings can contribute to the discussion of Chinese womanhood, gender equity and feminism in China. Together, this research aims to contribute to the discussion of international HE’s role in transnational intersectionality, which is part of the global effort of fighting against interlocking systems of oppression.

This research sits in a critical research paradigm particularly grounded in feminist epistemologies, including feminist standpoint epistemology, such as situated knowledge (Haraway, 2020), double consciousness (hooks, 2000), and outsider-within status (Collins, 2014b), intersectionality (Collins, 2019), and transnational feminisms (Moghadam, 2000).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative research used life history research and creative methods online.

Firstly, 56 Chinese women with experience in UK HE participated in 11 collage-facilitated culturally responsive focus groups online, where they used public domain pictures on shared PowerPoint slides as a whiteboard to make collages together. Sense-making of womanhood can be abstract to discuss and may not be a topic that participants often talk about, so the non-linear and non-linguistic capability of collage can help the elicitation and reconceptualization of womanhood. Culturally responsive focus groups are considered suitable for this research as participants' identities are validated with a focus on gender, sexuality, ethnicity, and nationality and their collective communication styles are appreciated. These collage-facilitated focus groups allowed them to feel comfortable whilst being challenged and supported to go beyond the taken-for-granted understanding of womanhood. This sensitive design assisted participants' collective sense-making of Chinese womanhood and empowered them to validate their truth and how they arrive at it. Secondly, out of 56 focus group participants, 30 participated in timeline-facilitated life history interviews online. Timelines helped complement the research of complicated constructions (Adriansen, 2012; French & Johnson, 2016), in this case, the interplay between the sense-making of Chinese womanhood and their experience in UK HE. With narrative interviews, this visualization allowed me to examine participants’ trajectories of life events, and capture changes, particularly in these cross-cultural settings.

Participant recruitment started with convenience sampling, followed by snowball and purposive sampling to recruit more underrepresented groups and to seek diversity. With an average age of 27, around half of the 56 Chinese women were current students and half were alumnae of UK HE, at the time of data collection in 2022. I prioritized and engaged in positionality, reflexivity, and ethics throughout the research process in various ways. Guided by dialectical thinking (Freeman, 2016), I mainly used versus coding (Saldaña, 2016) to code focus group data to reveal dichotomies of power and dramaturgical coding (Saldaña, 2016) to code interviews where I brought people (their emotions, attitudes) back to the dichotomies. For example, I investigated why the dichotomies exist to examine the status quo and changes, and whether and how participants resolve conflicts they felt and to look at potential challenges and disruptions of power dichotomies. Then, I plan to do a second-round coding of all data using longitudinal coding. Intersectionality and domains of power (Collins, 2014a, 2019) is the basis for my data analysis framework.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data analysis is ongoing, but preliminary findings suggest participants’ sense-making of Chinese womanhood is characterised by a perceived self-contradiction, between traditional women restrained by the moral framework and family-hood, and modern women free to explore and develop individuality and selfhood. Their self-perception of traditional and modern women and lived experiences of patriarchal meritocracy in China are aligned with the country’s socialist-neoliberal regime (Wu & Dong, 2019). Also, as an example of the intersection of age, gender, sexuality and class in China, a social clock is found to be systemically shaping Chinese women’s life paths with perceived deadlines of the right ages of study, work, relationship, heterosexual marriage, and childbirth.

Participants considered UK HE and transnational living a chance for individual exploration due to the perceived freedom from moral framework and familyhood.  Although, to a lesser extent in the UK, they continued to experience intersectional pressure of ageism, sexism, heteronormativity, and meritocracy from China. Also, their experience of the intersection of racism, xenophobia and sexism in the UK took a specific form associated with their identity as Chinese women and was further exacerbated during COVID-19. They strategically used UK HE to accumulate academic and intercultural capital and to further transnational mobility and agency to make life choices. Many returnees back to China experienced a reverse cultural shock with a perceived lack of gender and sexuality diversity and women’s rights. However, most returnees suggested a long-lasting positive impact of UK HE on their individual autonomy and accredited it to the experience of various lifestyles and learning of critical thinking. Overall, findings suggested intersectionality of gender, age, sexuality, nationality, race, class, language, and culture in Chinese women’s lived experiences and self-perception transnationally, and the significance of UK HE in their life trajectories. These findings have implications for the increasingly internationalized HE in Europe.  

References
Adriansen, H. K. (2012). Timeline interviews: A tool for conducting life history research. Qualitative studies, 3(1), 40-55. https://doi.org/10.7146/qs.v3i1.6272

Collins, P. H. (2014a). Black feminist thought: knowledge, consciousness, and the politics of empowerment. Routledge. https://go.exlibris.link/rmM3rsjC

Collins, P. H. (2014b). Learning from the Outsider Within: The Sociological Significance of Black Feminist Thought*. Social problems, 33(6), s14-s32. https://doi.org/10.2307/800672

Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as critical social theory. Duke University Press. https://go.exlibris.link/mJy9kHMz

Freeman, M. (2016). Modes of thinking for qualitative data analysis. Routledge.

French, K. A., & Johnson, R. C. (2016). A retrospective timeline of the evolution of work-family research. In The Oxford handbook of work and family. (pp. 9-22). Oxford University Press.

Haraway, D. (2020). Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. In Feminist theory reader (pp. 303-310). Routledge.

HESA, H. E. S. A. (2022). Where do HE students come from? https://www.hesa.ac.uk/data-and-analysis/students/where-from

hooks, b. (2000). Feminist theory: From margin to center. Pluto Press.

Liu, F. (2014). From degendering to (re)gendering the self: Chinese youth negotiating modern womanhood. Gender and Education, 26(1), 18-34. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2013.860432

McRobbie, A. (2015). Notes on the Perfect. Australian feminist studies, 30(83), 3-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/08164649.2015.1011485

Moghadam, V. M. (2000). Transnational Feminist Networks: Collective Action in an Era of Globalization. International sociology, 15(1), 57-85. https://doi.org/10.1177/0268580900015001004

Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. SAGE.

Soysa, Y., Qiang, L., Jingming, L., Faist, T., Woodman, S., Cebolla-Boado, H., & Schneider, D. (2018). In Search of Excellence Chinese Students on The Move. http://brightfutures-project.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Bright-Futures-Booklet-Web-Version-1.pdf

Williams, T. K. (2012). Understanding internalized oppression: A theoretical conceptualization of internalized subordination. https://doi.org/10.7275/3527678

Wu, A. X., & Dong, Y. (2019). What is made-in-China feminism (s)? Gender discontent and class friction in post-socialist China. Critical Asian Studies, 51(4), 471-492. https://doi.org/10.1080/14672715.2019.1656538


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Gay relationships in the 21st Century: Challenges and coping strategies as Bildung

Marvin Jansen

Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Jansen, Marvin

From the 1950s until the year 2000 there are some important German and US-American sociological and psychological studies about same sex relationships especially between gay men, like Dannecker and Reiche (1974), McWhirter and Mattison (1986), Pingel and Trautvetter (1987) or Richard A. Isay (1993).

But since then, there have been only a couple of studies (Buba & Vaskovics 2001, Çetin 2012, Wagner 2014) that explored experiences of discrimination for gay couples and how homosexuality became more or less accepted in society due to changing attitudes of population and legal changes.

However, a research gap can be identified concerning the ways in which gay men arrange their relationships, in the light of discrimination and its effect on couple’s cooperation and the questions: How do social and legal changes could influence partnership’s dynamics and how do gay men cope with different personal and structural challenges? Especially considering how society has changed, former problems might have been solved (e. g. political persecution) or became easier to handle (e. g. living with the threat of HIV due to medical improvement) whereas new challenges might come up (e. g. marriage and child adoption without descent role models).

As there is a desideratum and, hence, a need for research on relationships between gay men in the 21st Century, I developed the two following research questions: What kind of challenges might gay relationships face nowadays? How do they cope with different challenges based on relationship as a couple and individually?

By summarizing most of German or English-speaking studies I realized that most of the studies include heteronormative point of views and valuations about role allocation, sexual arrangements, and general lifestyles. They also seem to be written from a white, socially and economically privileged, (hetero-)normative perspective. So, the aim was not only to have a constant heteronormative-critical perspective, but to find diverse interview partners according to age, social and family background, ethnicity and (mental) health.

I refer to a social constructivist and post-structuralist approach that became very common in educational and social research, especially in quality and biographical research (Fritzsche et al. 2001; Jäckle 2009; Kleiner 2016). Not only gender, but the norms about sexual and romantic relationships are seen as culturally and historically constructed, to have an open-minded focus and attitude on relationships between gay men free of prejudice.

From an educational point of view coping strategies (e. g. the coming out process in front of family and friends) can be seen as processes of Bildung, in which the relation between the subject (self) and its environment (world) can lead to a fundamental transformation (Koller 2018) after e. g. a coming out, when someone can not only act and live due someone’s true (sexual and romantical) identity, but can live and arrange someone’s partnership without restrictions in everyday life. In the context of social disadvantages everyday experiences of differences for having a non-normative sexuality often prevent a subject’s fundamental transformation. But the agency/capacity to act as a process of stabilization can be understood as a process of Bildung as well (Wischmann 2010; Wischmann & Jansen 2023).

This perspective does not only lead to a positive view towards gay relationships and their potential to grow (as individuals and as a couple) but make an important impact on the discourse of educational processes and educational research under consideration of social injustice and disadvantages.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically biographical research does not only consider individual life experiences but also structural challenges in the life of gay men to understand relationships and their ways of coping with couple challenges. Biographical education research can inductively focus on individual meaning and coping styles (Marotzki 2006a: 60, 2006b: 113).
The biographical narrative interview (Schütze 1977) as an appropriate method for an explorative strategy can work out different challenges gay men experience in their relationships considering also other disadvantages through varying differentiating categories (e. g. social background or ethnicity) in the biography.
To analyze the qualitative data the biographical case reconstruction (Rosenthal 2014) is an appropriate technique to collect qualitative data in a general biographical context. At the end of the qualitative analysis the achievement is a theoretical generalization about couple challenges and coping strategies (Rosenthal 2002: 8). By means of ten individual cases and a detected typology of different coping strategies the different individual cases do not lead to general, but to similar possible cases (Rosenthal 2002: 8; Lewin 1927/1967: 18). These outcomes gain knowledge about individual and couples challenges, possible coping strategies and helpful resources. But furthermore, they open a new perspective on self-education under specific circumstances. Although the research is focused on couples living in German cities, mostly grown up in Germany, and the outcomes may not be used universal, but the methodological strategy and its heteronormative-critical perspective can influence educational research on a global base.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As I analyzed half of my qualitative data so far here are three areas of conflicts that are exemplary for couple challenges. 1. Coming out: When a couple is not open about their sexuality (family, friends, work) and does not receive acceptance and appreciation as a couple, the own appreciation of a non-normative relationship can be negatively affected. If only one partner is openly gay and the other partner is (still) in the closet, there can be fundamental differences about everyday practices and ideal values, that can be questioning the whole relationship. 2. Ambivalent socialization of sexual exclusivity and openness: On the one hand, most people grow up with a heteronormative ideal of a romantic relationship, where monogamy is indispensable. On the other hand, sexual openness has always been a part of gay subculture due to historical circumstances […]. At the same time there is a “new” gay monogamous ideal of romantic relationships since the early 2000s (Buba & Vaskovics 2001). Because of outside expectations, own needs and social pressure but missing non-monogamous role models (e. g. through media or school) gay relationships depend on negotiation processes, that can be hard to cope with. If the couple does not possess relevant communication skills, a separation might be the only available coping strategy. 3. Physical or verbal assaults: When a couple is being assaulted physically or verbally in public, for instance in the darkness or in public spaces, this might affect the way they present themselves in public in the future. Not only can their presence and togetherness in public be limited. As they are less seen and get less recognition and appreciation from society, this might also harm their own validation of their partnership […].
By the time the congress takes place the outcomes and conclusions will be completed.

References
Buba, H. P.; Vaskovics, L. A. (2001). Benachteiligung gleichgeschlechtlich orientierter Personen und Paare: Studie im Auftrag des Bundesministeriums der Justiz. Köln: Reguvis Fachmedien.

Çetin, Z. (2012). Homophobie und Islamophobie: Intersektionale Diskriminierungen am Beispiel binationaler schwuler Paare in Berlin. Bielefeld: Transcript Verlag.

Dannecker, M.; Reiche, R. (1974). Der gewöhnliche Homosexuelle: eine soziologische Untersuchung über männliche Homosexuelle in der Bundesrepublik. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer.

Fritzsche, B.; Hartmann, J.; Schmidt, A.; Tervooren, A. (Hrsg.) (2001). Dekonstruktive Pädagogik. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Debatten unter poststrukturalistischen Perspektiven. Opladen: Leske + Budrich.

Jäckle, M. (2009). Schule M(m)acht Geschlechter. Eine Auseinandersetzung mit Schule und Geschlecht unter diskurstheoretischer Perspektive. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.

Kleiner, B. (2016). Komplizierte Verhältnisse: Geschlecht und Begehren in schulbiographischen Erzählungen von lesbischen, schwulen, bisexuellen und Trans-Jugendlichen. GENDER - Zeitschrift für Geschlecht, Kultur und Gesellschaft, 8(3), 12-28.

Koller, H.-C. (2018). Bildung anders denken. Einführung in die Theorie transformatorischer Bildungsprozesse (2. Auflage). Stuttgart: W. Kohlhammer.

Lewin, K. (1927/1967). Gesetz und Experiment in der Psychologie. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.

Marotzki, W. (2006a). Bildungstheorie und Allgemeine Biographieforschung. In H.-H. Krüger & W. Marotzki (Hrsg.), Handbuch erziehungswissenschaftliche Biographieforschung (2., überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage) (S. 59-70). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.

Marotzki, W. (2006b). Forschungsmethoden und -methodologie der Erziehungswissenschaftlichen Biographieforschung. In H.-H. Krüger & W. Marotzki (Hrsg.), Handbuch erziehungswissenschaftliche Biographieforschung (2., überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage) (S. 111-136). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.

McWhirter, D. P.; Mattison, A. M. (1986). Männerpaare. Ihr Leben und ihre Liebe. Berlin: Bruno Gmünder.

Pingel, R.; Trautvetter, W. (1987). Homosexuelle Partnerschaften. Eine empirische Untersuchung. Berlin: Verlag rosa Winkel

Isay, R. A. (1993). Schwul sein. Die Entwicklung des Homosexuellen. München: Piper Serie.

Rosenthal, G. (2002). Biographische Forschung. In D. Schaeffer; G. Müller-Mundt (Hrsg.), Qualitative Gesundheits- und Pflegeforschung. Bern u.a.: Huber.

Rosenthal, G. (2014). Interpretative Sozialforschung. Eine Einführung (Grundlagentexte Soziologie) (4. Auflage). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.

Schütze, F. (1977). Die Technik des narrativen Interviews in Interaktionsfeldstudien: dargestellt an einem Projekt zur Erforschung von kommunalen Machtstrukturen (Bd. 1). Bielefeld: Universitätsverlag Bielefeld.

Wagner, D. (2014). Schwule Partnerschaften: Eine vergleichsweise junge Beziehungsform zwischen Akzeptanz, Ambivalenz und Ablehnung. Hamburg. Diplomica.

Wischmann, A. (2010). Adoleszenz – Bildung – Anerkennung. Adoleszente Bildungsprozesse im Kontext sozialer Benachteiligung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Wischmann, A.; Jansen, M. (2023). Bildung als Balanceakt zwischen Transformation und Stabilisierung. In J. Lipkina, A. Epp, T. Fuchs (Hrsg.), Bildung jenseits von Krisen? Anfragen und Perspektiven der qualitativen Bildungs- und Biographieforschung. Opladen: Barbara Budrich.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Gender Differences in Upper Secondary School Students' Aspirations for Studying Abroad

Branislava Baranović, Josip Šabić

Institute for Social Research in Zagreb, Croatia

Presenting Author: Baranović, Branislava

Having high aspirations is an important factor in developing the potential of individuals, achieving their own goals and becoming productive and active citizens. In this context, the educational aspirations and choices that influence the attainments in the future professional career and the quality of life of individuals in general are of particular importance.

As many studies evidence, the educational aspirations are shaped and developed in response to many individual (e.g. academic self-efficacy, believes about education, sex) and contextual determinants (e.g. family socio-economic status, parental education, parental support, school’s support) which can hinder or facilitate the development of high educational aspirations (Gorard et al., 2012; Gutman and Akerman, 2008; Schoon et al. 2007).

Despite significant attainments in education, women still belong to those social groups that encounter obstacles in achieving their educational aspirations, and experience a gap between their educational achievements and professional career that results in lower wages for women.

According to the statistics for the year 2020, 46% of women in EU obtained tertiary education compared to 36% of men. Although women have outperformed men in achieving tertiary education, across the EU they earn less per hour than men. In 2018, the gross hourly wages of women in the EU were on average 14.4% lower than those of men (Eurostat, 2020). Similarly, in Croatia there is also a gender gap between educational achievement and economical reward of women. Women make up 57% of higher education students while men make up 43%. At the same time, women's average monthly earnings were 89.9% of the monthly earnings of men (Croatian Bureau of Statistics, 2022).

Like statistical indicators, research results, including Croatian studies, also point to gender differences in educational aspirations, indicating a consistent trend of higher educational aspirations for girls than for boys (Schoon et al. 2007; Gutman and Akerman, 2008; Jugović, 2015; Šabić and Jokić, 2021). Educational aspiration is a complex construct, associated with various individual and contextual characteristics of students that influence relationship between gender and educational aspirations. Scoon et al. (2007) show that socially disadvantaged students tend to have lower educational aspirations than their socially privileged counterparts. Additionally, girls from families with traditional gender beliefs and stereotypes also tend to have lower educational aspirations. Research findings also suggest that aspirations are related to attitudes towards education and beliefs, especially to belief in an individual's own academic abilities. (Gutman and Akerman, 2008).

From a methodological point of view it is important to emphasize that these studies show that the complexity of various interdependent influences on educational aspirations requires an intersectional approach.

The aim of our research is to explore gender differences during the COVID-19 pandemic in upper secondary school students' aspirations to study abroad, i.e. to test if gender contributes to these aspirations when contextual variables (cultural capital, economic capital and residential status) and students’ individual variables (GPE, self-efficacy for HE and estimates of the societal value of education in Croatia) are controlled for.

As we have mentioned, Croatian statistics and research indicate higher aspirations of girls to pursue tertiary education than boys, the influence of gender stereotypes on students study choices and higher aspirations of economically and culturally priviliged students to study abroad. Studying abroad proved to be an additional channel for the reproduction of a privileged status (Puzić et al., 2020).

Based on the mentioned, we hypothesize that higher educational aspirations of females will be also visible in proportion of girls who aspire to study abroad (in comparison to proportion of boys). We also assume that the aspiration to study abroad will be associated with higher cultural and economic capitals of boys and girls.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was conducted in 2021 within the project “National monitoring of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on educational system in Republic of Croatia” that was funded by the Croatian Ministry of science and education. The data were obtained from a Croatian nationally representative sample of 6350 students (58.3% females) from 77 upper secondary schools. The students attended either gymnasium or vocational programs that allowed them to enter higher education. Following the conceptualization of the educational aspiration in other studies (Šabić and Jokić, 2021; Ristić Dedić and Jokić, eds. 2019; Gorard et al., 2012;  Quaglia, 1996), we defined it as an educational goal to achieve the desired educational achievements and experiences.
The students’ questionnaire item measuring students’ aspirations for higher education (In the future, I want to pursue higher education; Yes, No, I don’t know) was used as a filter and further analyses were conducted on results of 5106 students (62.7 % females) who answered that they want to pursue higher education. The item measuring students’ aspirations for studying abroad was: If yes, which is the most desirable place for you to study?, Zagreb, Regional higher-education centre, Some other city in Croatia, Some other EU country, Some other country outside of EU; answers to this item were recoded in two categories: Croatia and abroad).
In addition, students’ questionnaire contained the following items/scales: student’s expected GPA, upper secondary school program (gymnasium or vocational), gender, location (urban or rural), indicators of cultural capital (number of books at home, parental educational level), indicators of economic capital (parental employment status, student’s possession of his/her own room), students’ self-efficacy for HE (How confident are you that you will successfully…? Pass the State Matura exams, Enroll in the desired study program, Complete the desired study program; α=.86), and beliefs about societal value of education in the Croatian society (one item: Education is valued in Croatia; from 1 - I completely disagree to 4 - I completely agree). Cultural capital was dichotomised (0–low; 1–high [student has at least one HE parent and ≥25 books in his/her home]), as well as economic capital (0–low; 1–high [if both parents were employed and student has his/her own room]).
We employed multilevel logistic regression modelling with a random intercept to take into account the hierarchical nature of the sample (i.e. students were nested in schools). Students’ aspirations for studying abroad served as the outcome variable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In line with our hypothesis, the findings indicate a small but statistically significant difference during the COVID-19 pandemic in favor of females in aspirations to study abroad. This finding is compliant with other findings that women have higher educational aspirations than males (Schoon et al. 2007; Gutman and Akerman, 2008; Jugović, 2015; Šabić and Jokić, 2021).
Students of urban residential status more often have aspirations for studying abroad than students from rural area. In addition, students of higher cultural capital also more often tend to have aspirations for studying abroad.These findings are not surprising and they are in line with other studies, including those in Croatia, which show that students from urban areas and with higher cultural capital tend to have higher educational aspirations and continue schooling at tertiary education (Gutman and Akerman, 2008; Ristić Dedić, 2019;  Puzić et al. 2020). Students who give lower estimates of societal value of education in the Croatian society are also more keen to study abroad (Puzić et al. 2020). Somewhat surprisingly, students from gymnasium programs did not differ from students from vocational programs in aspirations for studying abroad. Student’s expected GPA also did not contribute to the model and neither did economic capital and self-efficacy for HE. Studies that use other measures of educational aspirations as outcome variables usually report school type, GPA, self-efficacy and economic capital as important predictors of student aspirations (e.g. Puzić et al. 2020; Šabić and Jokić, 2021).
The analysis was repeated on a subsample of female students and the findings were similar to those reported on a whole sample. However, in the female subsample, economic capital was also a predictor of aspirations for studying abroad. On the other hand, in subsample of male students only urban residential status predicted the aspirations for studying abroad.

References
- Croatian Bureau of Statistics.  (2022). Women and men in Croatia. https://podaci.dzs.hr/media/04pff1do/women_and_man_2022.pdf

- Eurostat (2020) Gender statistics. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Gender_statistics&oldid=584079#Education

- Gorard, S., B. H. See and P. Davies (2012) The Impact of Attitudes and Aspirations on Educational Attainment and Participation. Article January 2012, York: The Joseph Rowentree Foundation.

- Gutman L.  M. and R. Akerman (2008) Determinants of aspirations. London: Centre
for Research on the the Wider Benefits of Learning.

- Jugović, I. (2015) Rodna dimenzija odabira područja studija. U: B. Baranović (ur.)
Koji učenici namjeravaju studirati? Pristup visokom obrazovanju. str. 165.-185.
Zagreb: Institut za društvena istraživanja.

- Puzić, S., J. Šabić, I. Odak (2020) To Study Abroad, in Zagreb or in Some Other
Croatian City? Social Background, Rationality of Choice and Secondary School
Students’ Aspirations Towards the Place of Studying. Croatian Sociological Review,
Vol. 50, No. 2,  285–308.

- Quaglia, R. J. and C. D. Cobb (1996) Toward a Theory of Student Aspirations.
Journal of Research in Rural Education,  Vol. 12, No.3, 127-132.

- Ristić Dedić, Z.  and Jokić B. (ur.) (2019) Što nakon srednje? Želje, planovi, i
stavovi hrvatskih srednjoškolaca. Zagreb: Agencija za znanost I visoko obrazovanje.

- Ristić Dedić, Z. (2019) Lokacijska perspektiva – Želje, planovi, stavovi učenika
završnih razreda srednjih škola o prijelazu iz srednjeg u visoko obrazovanje. U: Z.
Ristić Dedić and B. Jokić (ur.) Što nakon srednje? Želje, planovi, i stavovi
hrvatskih srednjoškolaca. str. 84-103.  Zagreb: Agencija za znanost I visoko
obrazovanje.

- Schoon, I., Martin, P. and Ross, A.  (2007) Career transitions in times of social
change. His and her story. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 70(1):78-96

- Šabić, J.  and B. Jokić (2021) Elementary school pupils’ aspirations for higher
education: the role of status attainment, blocked opportunities and school context.
Educational  Studies, 2021, Vol. 47, No. 2, 200–216.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm33 SES 02 B: LGBTQ+ Children and Young People in Educational and School Policies
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Helene Götschel
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Including the History of LGBTI People in School Curricula

Olivier Berton

Université Paris-Est Créteil, France

Presenting Author: Berton, Olivier

In 2011, the California Legislature passed the Fair, Accurate, Inclusive, and Respectful (FAIR) Education Act (California Legislature, 2011) and, in doing so, became the first state in the United States and in the world to mandate public schools to teach about the role and contribution of LGBT people to national history. Since 2019, similar legislations were adopted in six other states: New Jersey, Colorado, Illinois, Oregon, Nevada, and Connecticut. In addition, in 2018, following recommendations from the charity Time for Inclusive Education, the Scottish government issued regulations to include the teaching of the “history of LGBTI movements” in Scotland’s school curriculum (Scottish Government & Convention of Scottish Local Authorities, 2019). Indeed, since the early 2010s, the reference framework of various institutional, political and social actors has been used to construct the establishment of LGBTI inclusive school policies as a means of fighting against discrimination. These actors are:

  • advocacy organisations, whether national (GLSEN in the United States, Stonewall in the United Kingdom, Time for Inclusive Education in Scotland...) or international (International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer and Intersex Youth & Student Organisation, Global Alliance for LGBT Education, OutRight Action International…);
  • intergovernmental organisations, with either a global mission (UNESCO, United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, World Bank, OECD…) or a regional one (Council of Europe, European Parliament, European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights...).

In the case of California and Scotland, entrepreneurs have lobbied to have these recommendations transposed into local educational policies—in these specific cases, they can be considered as “norm entrepreneurs” (Sunstein, 1996, p. 909) and sometimes “identity entrepreneurs” (Martin et al., 2010, p. 85).

Anchored in the theoretical framework of the sociology of the curriculum—while borrowing elements from the sociology of social problems, on the one hand, and didactical science, on the other hand—, my paper analyses how the discourses of policy actors on LGBTQI+ issues influence not only the educational policies that are put in place, but also the teaching practices at school level. In order to characterise this influence, I propose to use the concept of regime of sexual and gender minorities’ identities, which I define as the frames within which individuals, social groups and institutions conceive the identities of individuals or groups that are socially constructed as part of “the sexual and gender minorities”.

This analysis is based on the following hypotheses:

  1. The inclusion of LGBQI+ content in the school curricula is directly correlated with the construction of a social problem, which is that of discrimination and bullying against LGBTQI+ students and its consequences on their mental health (McCormack; 2020; Rofes, 2004);
  2. Following Prathois and Biland (2022), who argue that discourses produced by policy actors organise and transform gender and sexuality, I hypothetised that the recommendations of intergovernmental organisations and the educational policies that these actors support are influenced by their conceptions of the rights of sexual and gender minorities (Langlois, 2019)—which I refer to as a liberal regime of sexual and gender minorities’ identities.
  3. In turn, discourses produced by teachers on their representations of teaching LGBTI issues, on the one hand, and their practice, on the other hand, were assumed to be influenced by this liberal regime of sexual and gender minorities’ identities. More specifically, my hypothesis was that the approach of LGBTQI+ problematics would tend to be homogenised amongst school subjects, with an emphasis on the issue of rights, and that sexual and gender categories would be essentialised (Smestad, 2018).

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My research work consisted in:

- Analysing a corpus of around 50 texts produced by intergovernmental and supranational organizations which all recommend to include LGBTQI+ issues in the school curricula. This part of my research focused on European organisations, specifically the Council of Europe, the European Parliament, the European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights and the European Commission, as well as advocacy organizations such as the International Lesbian and Gay Association Europe.

- Analysing the discourses produced by policy stakeholders in the countries that have made it mandatory to teach the history of LGBT people. This part of my research focused on several U.S. states and Scotland; comparisons were also made with countries that made this teaching optional—such as England and Norway—and liberal countries which are reluctant to such inclusion—specifically, France. The actors whose discourses were analysed were: political actors (minutes of parliamentary debates, legislative materials…); social actors (research reports from private actors, public discourses by advocacy associations…); and institutional actors (school syllabi, guidelines for teachers, administrative guidance documents for internal use, didactic resources (co-)produced by the ministry in charge of education, related executive agencies or local school authorities).

- A field survey which aimed at comparing these different discourses with teaching practices through class observations, semi-directive interviews with educational actors (teachers, teacher trainers, groups of students...), and the collection and analysis of teaching materials (school textbooks, lesson plans, course materials...) and work produced by students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My paper highlights the following findings:

- The analysis of international organisations’ discourses has confirmed that the institutional emphasis is on the rights of sexual and gender minorities. These rights are highlighted within the frame of two main fields of action: inclusive education and comprehensive sexual education. As a consequence, LGBQI+ rights tend to be associated with sexual rights and to be treated from the perspective of both biological and relationships skills, at the expense of civic and historical skills.

- At a national level, my research found that the same liberal regime of sexual and gender minorities’ identity has characterised the promotion and implementation processes of LGBTI inclusive education in Scotland. This has resulted in a dilution of the issues that are central to the history of sexuality and gender, in favour of presentist social demands.

- However, in the U.S. states that have made it mandatory to teach LGBT history, the situation has proved to be more complex. While promotional discourses from political and social entrepreneurs are distinctive of the liberal regime, the “transcoding” operation (Lascoumes, 1996)—which includes, but is not limited to, the external didactic transposition process (Chevallard, 1982)—that has been at play in the development of the new history curricula has had an impact on the regime of sexual and gender minorities’ identities at the teaching level, in favour of a historicist-epistemological regime (Dilthey, 1976). As a consequence, the making of the new curricula has led to a change of the “historiographical configuration” (Prost, 2006) of the teaching of LGBTQI+ issues, through the inclusion of gender and sexuality as useful categories of analysis—which, in the Banks model (2015, p. 156), corresponds to a transformative approach to inclusive curricula.

References
Banks, J.A. and McGee Banks, C. A. (2015). Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives (9th ed.). Wiley. (Original work published 1989.)

Chevallard, Y. (1982). Pourquoi la transposition didactique? [paper]. Actes du séminaire de didactique et de pédagogie des mathématiques de l’Institut d’informatique et mathématiques appliquées de Grenoble (pp.167–194). http://yves.chevallard.free.fr/spip/spip/article.php3?id_article=103

Dilthey, W. (1976). Selected writings (H.P. Rickman, Trans.). Cambridge University Press.

Lascoumes, P. (1996). Rendre gouvernable: de la «traduction» au «transcodage». L’analyse des processus de changement dans les réseaux d’action publique. In Centre universitaire de recherches administratives et politiques de Picardie (ed.), La gouvernabilité (pp.325–338). Presses Universitaires de France.

Langlois, A.J. (2019). Making LGBT rights into human rights. In M.Bosia, S.M.McEvoy et M.Rahman (ed.), The Oxford handbook of global LGBT and sexual diversity politics [online]. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190673741.013.21

Martin, D.-C. and Groupe IPI. (2010). Écarts d’identité, comment dire l’Autre en politique ? Dans D.-C. Martin (ed.), L’identité en jeux. Pouvoirs, identifications, mobilisations (p.13-134). Karthala.

McCormack, Mark. (2020). Advocacy research on homophobia in education: Claims-making, trauma construction and the politics of evidence. Sociology, 54(1), 89–106. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038519858585

Prauthois, L. and Biland, É. (2022). L’État des LGBTI. Comment politiques et administrations publiques ordonnent et transforment le genre et la sexualité. Gouvernement et action publique, 11(1), 11–35. https://doi.org/10.3917/gap.221.0011

Prost, A. (2006). Comment a évolué l’histoire de la Grande Guerre? Le Cartable de Clio, 6. https://ecoleclio.hypotheses.org/625/clio6

Rofes, E. (2004). Martyr-target-victim: Interrogating narratives of persecution and suffering among queer youth. In M. L.Rasmussen, E.Rofes and S.Talburt (ed.), Youth and sexualities: Pleasure, subversion, and insubordination in and out of schools (pp.41–62). Palgrave Macmillan.

Romesburg, D. (2016). When historians make help history: California’s groundbreaking new K-12 framework. Perspective on History, 54(7). https://www.historians.org/publications-and-directories/perspectives-on-history/october-2016/when-historians-help-make-history

Scottish Government & Convention of Scottish Local Authorities. (2019, May 8). Guidance Note to Education Authorities on LGBT Inclusive Education. https://www.gov.scot/publications/lgbt-inclusive-education-guidance-to-education-authorities-may-2019/

Seixas, P. (2017). Historical consciousness and historical thinking. Dans M.Carretero, S.Berger et M.Grever (dir.), Palgrave handbook of research in historical culture and education (p.59-72). Palgrave Macmillan.

Smestad, B. (2018). LGBT issues in Norwegian textbooks. Shared or fragmented responsibility? Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 2(4), 4–20. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.2208

Sunstein, C.R. (1996). Social norms and social roles. Columbia Law Review, 96(4), 903–968. https://doi.org/10.2307/1123430

Wineburg, S. (2001). Historical thinking and other unnatural acts. Charting the future of teaching the past. Temple University Press.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Australian Trans and Gender Diverse Children’s and Young People’s Experiences of Schooling: A matter of policy, pedagogy, and inclusion

Kerry Robinson1, Cristyn Davies2

1Western Sydney University, Australia; 2The University of Sydney

Presenting Author: Robinson, Kerry; Davies, Cristyn

Research Question: What are the schooling experiences of trans and gender diverse children and young people in Australia? How do these experiences compare to those of TGD children and young people in European Schools? What core educational policies across both jurisdictions impact these experiences?

Theoretical Framework:

Core to this research is acknowledging childhood as a socially constructed category and recognising children as critical, thoughtful, and agentic subjects who make valuable contributions to knowledge production. Within this context dominant discourses of childhood constitute the child and young people as white, middle-class, cisgender and heterosexual. Childhood, gender and the lived experiences of trans and gender diverse children and young people are framed within feminist poststructuralist, queer and trans theories. Theorists such as Alex Sharpe, Judith Butler, and key trans theorists are influential to the discussion and to viewing gender and how it is embodied and negotiated as a relationship between the material and discursive. Trans theory integrates this embodiment with the self and socially constructed aspects of identity through lived experiences, challenging essentialist ideas. The significance of social values and expectations about gender and how it shapes perceptions of ‘normalised’ gendered bodies is central. Schools are largely cis-heteronormative sites that perpetuate and police gender norms and bodies through schooling structures, curricula, pedagogy and the (not-so)hidden curriculum. However, schools can simultaneously be sites of resistance, in which children and young people challenge normative gender discourses.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation is based on two research projects. One is a current and ongoing qualitative pilot study, involving focus groups and interviews with trans and gender diverse children aged 7-12, and with their parents/carers. Interviews and focus groups are held either face-to-face or online. Experience of schooling is one key component of a broader study exploring TGD children’s and parents’ experiences of social gender affirmation, social networks, health and wellbeing, educational experiences and outcomes, access to support services, and perceptions of children’s future lives. This study also involves creative methods including using cultural probes and children’s arts-based activities. Cultural probes included images depicting a broad range of representations of gender and gender diversity found in popular culture, advertising, media, and children’s literature. The creative arts-based activity provides children with an alternative additional means through which to represent their experiences. A brief discussion is held with children about their artwork, and they are also given the option of providing a brief written description of their creative pieces.  

The second study informing this presentation is an Australian Research Council grant titled Gender Matters (CI’s Gannon & Robinson), which explores the changing nature of gender equity and policy in secondary schools. The experiences of TGD young people in senior secondary colleges and those attending first or second-year university, recalling their high school experiences are explored. This study also involved focus groups and interviews with students, and interviews with teachers, school executives, and key policymakers.

A Foucauldian discourse analysis is/was conducted in both studies identifying discourses arising from participants’ narratives. This critical analytical approach combines social theory and discourse analysis to describe, interpret and explain the ways in which discourse constructs and represents participants’ knowledge, beliefs and ways of constructing their social worlds. It explores the complex power relationships operating in interrelationships between text, discursive practice, and social practice, and demonstrates the extent to which the interrelationships between systems of signification (in particular, written, and visual texts) and other social systems (e.g., families, schools, healthcare settings) function in the constitution of subjectivities and the production of meanings. A thematic analysis is conducted on children’s artwork, and a discursive analysis is conducted on children’s discussions and written comments on their artwork. Children’s artwork serves as a cross reference with the children’ and parents’ focus group data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings across both studies show that TGD children and young people encounter serious discrimination and equity issues from early ages - through primary and secondary schooling. Cis-heteronormative and transphobic discourses are foundational to these experiences, which also intersect with discourses of childhood and childhood innocence, impacting interventions to these problems. Transphobia and homophobia are fuelled by broader social politics in Australia that influence school policies and practices. TGD children and young people and their families negotiate everyday practical school matters that can become stressful experiences, for example, accessing appropriate toilets, attending school camps, and pedagogical practices that reinforce binary gender. However, changing attitudes about gender amongst many young people generally, has opened up more positive and supportive spaces for TGD young people, indeed all young people, to do gender differently. Schools that have policies, structures, and practices in place to support TGD children and young people, are making important differences to their health and wellbeing and to the e/quality of schooling experiences. Supportive school leadership, teachers’ positive practices, cisgender peer support, and state and federal policies are foundational to more inclusive practices.  
References
Butler, J. 1990. Gender Trouble, London: Routledge.

Gray, S.A.O., A.S. Carter, and H.Levitt, A critical Review of Assumptions  about gender variant children in Psychological Research. Journal of Gay & Lesbian Mental
Health, 2012. 16: p.4-30.

Hill, AO et.al.,2021. Writing Themselves In 4: The health and wellbeing of LGBTQA+ young people in Australia.National Report, monograph series number 124. Australian Research Centre inSex, Health and Society, La Trobe University: Melbourne. ARCSHS

Mcbride, Ruari-Santiago, and Aoife Neary. 2021. “Trans Youth Resisting Cisnormativity in School.” Gender and Education. (Online).

Neary, A. 2021. Tran children and the necessity to complicate gender in primary schools. Gender and Education

Robinson, K.H., et al., 2014.Growing up Queer: Issues Facing Young Australians Who Are Gender Variant and Sexuality Diverse. Young and Well Cooperative
Research Centre: Melbourne.

Robinson, K.H., Innocence, Knowledge and the Construction of Childhood: The contradictory nature of sexuality and censorship in children’s contemporary lives. 2013, London: Routledge.
 
Sharpe, A., Foucault's Monsters and the Challenge of Law. 2010, London:
Routledge.

Shannon, B. (2022). Sex(uality) Education for Tran and Gender Diverse Youth in Australia. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Smith, E., et al., 2014. From Blues to Rainbows: Mental health and wellbeing of gender
diverse and transgender young people in Australia. 2014, The Australian Research Centre in Sex, Health and Society: Melbourne.
 
3:30pm - 5:30pm99 ERC SES 11 A: Workshop: The end is where you start from: how to defend your thesis and convince examiners of its merit right from the start of your doctoral journey.
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Shosh Leshem
ERC Workshop
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

ERC Workshop: How to Defend Your Thesis & Convince Examiners of Its Merit Right from the Start of Your Doctoral Journey.

Shosh Leshem

Kibbutzim College of Education, Israel a, Israel

Presenting Author: Leshem, Shosh

Assume that the thesis defense focuses on the critical criteria used by examiners to judge the merit of your thesis as they read it and create the agenda for the assessment report, or for questions to ask in the defense event. This will also determine the level of award that they will recommend to your university. So, knowing what the criteria are and what questions will possibly be asked, provides a framework from which to approach and undertake your research. Making the destination explicit should be the starting point and guide to the subsequent planning and execution for your doctoral research.

The workshop will introduce inescapable pre-requisites for a thesis to become doctoral- worthy. It will provide insights on what examiners consider to be the determinants of ‘Doctorateness’ in a thesis so that you can incorporate them right from the start of your writing. It will offer strategic practical tools to apply in your thesis and help candidates and readers appreciate:

1. The ‘whole’ and the’ parts’ that form ‘synergy’ between the account of the research that has been undertaken and the written text.

2. The high quality of conceptualisation expected from a doctoral thesis and recognized by presentation of argument and structure, which make the thesis a coherent piece of research.

The workshop will include both theory and practice where participants will be able to interact with each other and discuss issues regarding their own research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
3:30pm - 5:30pm99 ERC SES 11 B: Workshop: Writing for your Research Community, Writing for the EERJ
Location: James McCune Smith, LT 641 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Sotiria Grek
Session Chair: Paolo Landri
ERC Workshop
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

ERC Workshop: Writing for your Research Community, Writing for the EERJ

Sotiria Grek1, Paolo Landri2

1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2CNR-IRPPS, Italy

Presenting Author: Grek, Sotiria; Landri, Paolo

This session will discuss the purposes of research publications and its audiences, the process of journal selection, manuscript preparation and the issue of (blind) review procedures. The session will also include information about good practice in Open Access policy publishing and advice about the new problem of fake journals and how to avoid them.
Part of the session will be about the European Educational Research Journal (EERJ) as a medium for publishing about the changing landscapes of educational research across Europe and how to 'write' for a European audience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm00 SES 03 A: Transforming Higher Education Landscape in Europe: the Power of Diversity in University Alliances
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Lucian Ciolan
Session Chair: Ines Alves
Panel Discussion
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion

Transforming Higher Education Landscape in Europe: the Power of Diversity in University Alliances

Romiță Iucu1, Julie McAdam2, Karin Amos3, Marie Wittamer4, Luciano Sasso5, Irene Martin6

1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3Eberhard Karls University of Tubingen, Germany; 4Aix Marseille University, France; 5Sapienza University of Rome, Italy; 6University Autonoma de Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: Iucu, Romiță; McAdam, Julie; Amos, Karin; Wittamer, Marie; Sasso, Luciano; Martin, Irene

European education has been witnessing unprecedented transformations with attempts to create a ‘European Higher Education Area’ (Corbett, 2005) which includes new models of higher education (HE) forcing actors to look at both the convergence and diversity in HE (Zgaga et al. 2016) in the European Union (EU). European University Alliances are leading the way for the future of HE in the EU (Charret et Chankseliani, 2022). Transformation of learning and teaching in HE can be analysed at least at two levels: a) process level, looking at the transformation in learning approaches (e.g. diversity, multilingualism, innovative pedagogies, digitally enhanced mobilities) and b) structural level (institutional landscapes, joint programs of study, curricula, micro-certification / programs, modules). While student-centred teaching and learning remain fundamental for such changes, conceptual approaches such as innovative pedagogies (Ciolan et al., 2021), ‘micro-credentials’ philosophy (Iucu et al., 2021), and virtual (digitally enhanced) mobility (Iucu et al., 2022) act as forefront drivers for the European Universities Alliances to foster pilot processes for educational innovation in HE that consider sustainability issues. Further research in education can assist such transformative teaching and learning approaches, setting the ground for better understanding how current European educational contexts are changing and what stakeholders can do to anticipate such transitions. In this post-pandemic period, HE must also reflect on its position in relation to research, societal challenges and needs, universities becoming more and more connected with civil society, labour market, and community actors.

One of the key lenses to look at this dynamic transformative process is the diversity created by these alliances from so many perspectives: people, institutions, cultures, language, professional practices. This is an objective reality and identifying best ways to make value of it should be a priority for all the stakeholders.

  • What is the role of European University Alliances?

  • How can university alliances better represent, respond to and value its diversity?

  • How can universities respond in a balanced way to their multiple missions? (social responsibility, learning and teaching and research)

  • What is the impact of these alliances on research, and teaching and learning ecosystems?

These are some of the questions that will lead the discussion of this diverse panel, which brings together representatives from the CIVIS Alliance HE institutions, to reflect on their experiences and expertise.

CIVIS is a European Civic University formed by the alliance of leading research HE institutions across Europe: Aix-Marseille Université, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, University of Bucharest, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Sapienza Università di Roma, Stockholm University, Eberhard Karls Universität Tübingen, University of Glasgow, Paris Lodron University of Salzburg and University of Lausanne. It brings together a community of more than 470,000 students and 58,000 staff members including 35,000 academics and researchers.

In this panel we will discuss to what extent university alliances are supposed to adapt their values and principles to a new educational and professional world, characterised by adaptability, resilience, sense of belonging, and valuing diversity. At the same time, we will address the opportunity of these alliances to promote disruptive innovation and create conditions for a new landscape of the European Higher Education Area, based on cooperation and collaboration, and embedding diversity as an integral part of this construction. Early reflection and reflective research on the aims and processes of evolution of higher education under this European initiative are essential to allow further calibration of decisions and priorities for future development.


References
Charret, A., & Chankseliani, M. (2022). The process of building European university alliances: A rhizomatic analysis of the European universities initiative. Higher Education, , 1-24
Ciolan, L., Iucu, R., Nedelcu, A., Mironov, C., & Carțiș, A. (2021). Innovative Pedagogies: Ways into the Process of Learning Transformation. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6087805
Corbett, A. (2005). Universities and the Europe of knowledge: Ideas, institutions, and policy entrepreneurship in European Union higher education policy, 1955-2005. Palgrave Macmillan.
Iucu, R., Ciolan, L., Nedelcu, A., Zus, R., Dumitrache, A., Carțiș, A., Vennarini, L., Fernández de Pinedo, N., & Pericică, A. (2022). Digitally enhanced mobility. CIVIS Handbook on Virtual Mobility. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6090251
Iucu, R., Ciolan, L., Nedelcu, A., & Carțiș, A. (2021). Why micro-credentials should become educational “macro-policies” for defining the future European study programmes. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6088135
Karjalainen, M. (ed.) (2022). Engaging with Diversity in European Universities. Una Europa.Online:  [https://una-europa.imgix.net/documents/Engaging-with-Diversity-in-European-Universities-final.pdf]
Kukulska-Hulme, Agnes; Carina Bossu, Koula Charitonos, Tim Coughlan, Rebecca Ferguson, Elizabeth FitzGerald, Mark Gaved, Montse Guitert, Christothea Herodotou, Marcelo Maina, Josep Prieto-Blázquez, Bart Rienties, Albert Sangrà, Julia Sargent, Eileen Scanlon, Denise Whitelock (2022).  INNOVATING PEDAGOGY 2022. Exploring new forms of teaching, learning and assessment, to guide educators and policy makers. Walton Hall, Milton Keynes & Barcelona: Open University.
Zgaga, P., Teichler, U., & Brennan, J. (2013). The globalisation challenge for European higher education: Convergence and diversity, centres and peripheries. Peter Lang Edition.

Chair
Lucian Ciolan, lucian.ciolan@unibuc.ro, University of Bucharest
Ines Alves, ines.alves@glasgow.ac.uk, University of Glasgow
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 03 A: Action Research (Part 2)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Francisco
Paper Session continued from 01 SES 02 A
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Action Research as Professional Learning

Susanne Francisco1, Anette Forssten Seiser2, Anette Olin3

1Charles Sturt University, Australia; 2Karlstad University, Sweden; 3University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Francisco, Susanne; Forssten Seiser, Anette

In education fields action research can be undertaken for a range of purposes. Kemmis, McTaggart and Nixon (2014) argue that the purpose of critical participatory action research is to “change social practices” (p.2). Carr and Kemmis (1986) argue that improvement and involvement are the two key aims for action research (p.165). Hardy and Rönnerman (2011) identify action research as a valuable approach to professional learning that supports collaboration, an awareness of the complexity of educator learning, and a focus on site-based practices and arrangements.

For the action research projects that we discuss in this presentation, two of the presenters undertook the role of “academic action researcher” (Platteel et al. 2010, 432). As Olin et al (2016) note, “These practices are characterised by being both researchers and, at the same time, facilitators of professional development who aim to support and empower teacher participants” (p. 424). It is this professional development aspect, and how action research can support that development, that is the focus of this paper.

This paper considers two case studies of action research projects: one with Swedish principals; and the other with Australian Vocational Education and Training (VET) teachers of beauty therapy. The Swedish principals’ action research project was part of a higher education course (7,5 credits) and the AR project was undertaken over 14 months. The overall aim of the course was to support a critical approach to principals’ professional practice. The Australian VET teachers project was undertaken with four Beauty Therapy teachers, with a focus on middle-leaders supporting the development of VET pedagogy. The participants in the action research projects were not alone in their learning. Academic facilitators are also learners during these projects (Olin & Pörn, 2021; Olin, Karlberg-Granlund, & Furu; 2016). By focusing on two quite different groups of educators (eg principals and teachers; Sweden and Australia), and different arrangements for the action research projects (one part of a formal qualification and one developed together with the participants as part of a research project to develop VET pedagogy) we hope to identify broader arrangements that enabled and constrained the professional learning of educators through undertaking action research projects.

The research questions for this paper draw on both projects, and the experiences of the academic facilitators. They are:

  • What did action research team members report that they learnt as a result of undertaking action research projects?
  • What enabled and constrained that learning?
  • What did academic facilitators learn through their involvement in the action research projects?
  • What enabled and constrained that learning?

These research questions will be considered through the lens of the theory of practice architectures. With a site-based focus on practices, the theory of practice architectures holds that practices are made up of sayings, doings and relatings that ‘hang together’ in a project (Kemmis et al. 2014). These sayings, doings and relatings are prefigured (but not predetermined) by practice architectures present or brought into the site. Sayings are prefigured by the cultural-discursive arrangements in a site, doings are prefigured by the material-economic arrangements in a site; and relatings are prefigured by the social-political arrangements in a site (Kemmis et al. 2014).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on two case studies of action research projects: one undertaken in Sweden with school principals, and the other undertaken in Australia by vocational education and training teachers of beauty therapy.

Case 1 – Swedish principals and school leader education
The data in this case consist of assignments produced for a university course for school principals, in combination with observations carried out by one of the article's authors who was also one of the educators in the course. This course was undertaken over 14 months. The principals represented all school sectors (public and private) and school forms (from preschool to VET). The course was designed as action research where participating principals formed research teams based on common issues and dilemmas emerging in their professional leading practices. The course was undertaken in the form of three physical residentials of 2 days each, and two digital meetings (due to Covid). Additionally, each research team met digitally: sometimes by themselves, and sometimes inviting the educator.

Case 2 – Australian teachers of Beauty Therapy
The Australian case study involved an action research team of four Vocational Education and Training (VET) teachers of Beauty Therapy. They developed their project with the framework of pedagogical development, and the basic questions: what are the issues we would like to work on in relation to our teaching practice? What problems are we encountering? With the ongoing support of the academic facilitator the AR team undertook three cycles of action research over a period of nine months. Data collection included action research team meetings via zoom, recorded and transcribed, as well as one team meeting face-to-face; photos of the worksite; emails; documents provided by the team (surveys, survey outcomes, assessment tasks, reflections on their learning and the outcomes); field notes and reflections by the academic facilitators; and interviews with participants.
The data analysis related to the research questions addressed in this presentation will be undertaken in two stages. Thematic analysis related to the research questions (Braun and Clarke, 2006) will form the first layer of analysis. A further layer of analysis will involve the use of the theory of practice architectures to identify practice architectures that enable and constrain professional learning through action research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes relate to the research questions
• What action research team members reported that they learnt as a result of undertaking action research projects?
• What enabled and constrained that learning?
• What academic facilitators learnt through their involvement in the action research projects?
• What enabled and constrained that learning?
Initial findings suggest that specific areas of learning varied considerably between the two groups. The broader arrangements that enabled and constrained that learning have more areas of convergence, with power, trust and agency important factors.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A practical guide to understanding and doing. Sage.
Forssten Seiser, A. (2021). When the demand for educational research meets practice – A Swedish example. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 6(2), 348-376. DOI: 10.30828/real/2021.2.1
Forssten Seiser, Anette. (2020) Exploring enhanced pedagogical leadership: An action research study involving Swedish principals. Educational action research (28 (5) pp 791-806.
Forssten Seiser, A., & Portfelt, I. (2022). Critical aspects to consider when establishing collaboration between school leaders and researchers: two cases from Sweden. Educational action research, 1-16.
Francisco, S., Forssten Seiser, A., & Grice, C. (2021). Professional learning that enables the development of critical praxis. Professional Development in Education, 1-15. doi:10.1080/19415257.2021.1879228
Hardy, I., & Rönnerman, K. (2011). The value and valuing of continuing professional development: current dilemmas, future directions and the case for action research. Cambridge Journal of Education, 41(4), 461-472. doi:10.1080/0305764X.2011.625004
Jerdborg, S. (2022) Learning principalship: Becoming a principal in a Swedish context [Doctoral thesis]. University of Gothenburg. https://hdl.handle.net/2077/70566
Kaukko, M. Wilkinson, J. and Langelotz, L. (2020) Research that facilitates praxis and praxis development. In K. Mahon, C. Edwards-Groves, S. Francisco, M. Kaukko, Kemmis, S. & K. Petri. Pedagogy education and praxis in critical times. Springer.
Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming practices: Changing the world with the theory of practice architectures. Singapore: Springer.
Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C. Lloyd, A. Grootenboer, P. Hardy, I. and Wilkinson, J. (2017) Learning as being 'stirred in' to practices. In Practice theory perspectives on pedagogy and education: Praxis, diversity and contestation, edited by P. Grootenboer, C. Edwards-Groves and Sarojni Choy, 45-65. Singapore: Springer.
Kemmis, S., J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer, and L. Bristol. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer.
Mahon, K. Kemmis, S. Francisco, S. & Lloyd A.M. (2017) Introduction: Practice Theory and the Theory of Practice Architectures, In K. Mahon, S. Francisco, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Exploring education and professional practice: Through the lens of practice architectures. Springer.
Olin, A., Karlberg-Granlund, G., & Furu, E. M. (2016). Facilitating democratic professional development: exploring the double role of being an academic action researcher. Educational Action Research, 24(3), 424-441. doi:10.1080/09650792.2016.1197141
Olin, A., & Pörn, M. (2021). Teachers’ professional transformation in teacher-researcher collaborative didactic development projects in Sweden and Finland. Educational Action Research, 1-18.
Platteel, T. Hulshof, H. Ponte, P. van Driel, J. & Verloop, N. (2010) Forming a collaborative Action Research Partnership. Educational Action Research 18 (4): 429–451.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Assembling Book Club, Video Club, and Lesson Planning to Sustain an Inquiry Community of Teachers

Jingning He, Sihan Xiao

East China Normal University

Presenting Author: He, Jingning

Teacher educators and teacher education researchers have long underscored the importance of professional learning community (PLC) in facilitating teacher professional development (PD) in context (Borko, 2004; Vescio, Ross, & Adams, 2008). Recent body of scholarship discusses the ways in which PLCs promote teacher development (Zheng, Yin, & Wang, 2021), factors that influence teacher participation in PLCs (Bridwell-Mitchell & Cooc, 2016), the transformative consequences (Brennan & King, 2022), and so on. Nevertheless, while the portrayals and mechanism of productive PLCs become increasingly clear, how to sustain them in varied social and political contexts remains a difficult challenge (Hairon et al., 2017).

A growing body of scholarship stresses the local perspectives of teachers in sustaining PLCs. For example, Brodie (2021) describes the vital role of teachers’ professional agency in deciding to participate in or withdraw from PLCs. Similarly, Heikkiläa, Iiskalaa, and Mikkilä-Erdmann (2020) depict the nuances of professional agency in a group of student teachers and examine how different enactments of agency shape their participation in the community. One would assume, based on existing literature, that the more diverse the community members and the activities they engage in are, the more sustainable the PLC will be. Yet, most studies focus merely on a homogenous group of teachers (e.g., senior school teachers in Cooper et al., 2020) or regular PD activities (e.g., teacher research in Zheng, Yin, & Wang, 2021). What does a PLC with diverse participates engaging in varied activities look like and how does it sustain?

To address these problems, this study draws on the idea of “inquiry as stance” to explore how a group of in-service teachers and teacher educators in China build and sustain a PLC through an assemblage of book clubs, video clubs, and lesson planning sessions. Against the view that professional development is a time-bounded project where “what work” get shared and duplicated, Cochran-Smith and Lytle (2009) argue that inquiry is a way of generating local knowledge of practice from within. From their perspective, novice teachers do not necessarily learn from the experienced. Instead, teachers with different backgrounds and experiences work together to “pose problems, identify discrepancies between theories and practices, challenge common routines, draw on the work of others for generative frameworks, and attempt to make visible much of that which is taken for granted about teaching and learning” (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009, p. 45). In our study, thus, we see a PLC as a local organization in which teachers discuss their everyday work in school, share their experience, feelings, and reflections on their teaching practice, and make their ideas public and legitimate through noticing, discussion, and critiques (e.g., Bakker, de Glopper, & de Vries, 2022; Zhang & Wong, 2021). Our focus is not on how a teacher applies what she learns in some PD program to her classroom, but on how she makes sense of her professional learning with others and within particular contexts and how her sensemaking is consequential to herself, to others, and to her school. Following Cochran-Smith and Lytle (1999, 2009), we name such PLC “inquiry community” hereafter to stress our inquiry-as-stance lens.

Two research questions guide our study here. First, how do the teachers participate in the inquiry community? Second, how are different activities assembled to sustain the inquiry community? We use a video-based approach to documenting and analyzing the workings of an inquiry community in an urban school district in Shanghai. By focusing on the sustainability of an inquiry community, our study provides insights into one of the most serious challenges professional development and learning research faces and sheds light on the design of and support for teacher learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our data are drawn from a PD program in which a large school district in Shanghai partners with a university research group to support productive orchestration of talk in the classroom (Michaels & O’Connor, 2012). Twenty-nine teachers and teacher educators with different backgrounds with regard to schools, grade levels, subjects, and professional experiences participated in the program.

The second author designs and leads the program with two administrators of the school district. It is a one-year program comprised of a set of workshops over the 2022–2023 school year and, as of January 2023, we have just finished the first half. In particular, a book club, a video club, and regular lesson planning activities were assembled. In the book club, the participants read, discussed, and critiqued a book about classroom interactions and learned relevant ideas and theories (e.g., revoicing, the third space). In the video club, the participants observed, transcribed, and analyzed video clips from a sixth-grade science classroom, using conceptual tools they learned from the book club. The lesson planning is a regular event that teachers in Shanghai, like their colleagues around the world, discuss and co-design a particular lesson or a unit and reflect on the implementation after the lesson(s) on a weekly or even daily basis. The program will continue in Spring and Summer 2023.

We are collecting multiple sources of data for our study, including the video records of all the workshops, teacher interviews, artifacts generated in the program (e.g., teachers’ slides presented in the activities, their written analysis of the video clips, lesson plans). For this proposal, we analyze a case of one teacher, Mr. Yan, drawing mainly on the video records of the first semester (approximately 700 minutes). In the final presentation in ECER, we will present, in addition, our analysis on the interviews and the artifacts.

We followed an interaction analysis approach to the data (Erickson, 2006). First, the video records were transcribed in full. Then, all of Mr. Yan’s contribution, such as presentations and utterances, were segmented. We reviewed the marked segments in their contexts to identify how Mr. Yan participated in the activities, what he contributed to the community, and how other participants responded to him. Meaningful categories and themes were generated during the process with a focus on the shaping and sustaining of the community. Last, categories and themes were constantly compared between different activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For the first research question, we identified four iterative patterns of how Mr. Yan participated in the inquiry community: (1) positioning, in which Mr. Yan positioned himself in relation to his career path, his organizational contexts, desired teaching (e.g., argument-oriented), and his particular classroom; (2) gaining ideas, in which Mr. Yan tried to understand new concepts and ideas from literature and “experts;” (3) working the dialectic of theorizing and doing, in which Mr. Yan planned, implemented, and critically reflected on his lessons; and (4) problematizing, in which Mr. Yan interrogated his existing assumptions about teacher knowledge and practice, and started to adjust his positioning. This finding resonates and expands on existing research (e.g., So, 2013).

For the second research question, we found that different activities served varied roles in the sustaining of the inquiry community. In particular, the book club provided a source of connective concepts, ideas, and theories that the teacher could “work the dialectic on.” Throughout the program, all the teachers referred frequently to the book they co-read for elaboration, clarification, and justification. The video club, on the other hand, afforded them to find discrepancies between their beliefs, ideas from the book, and their practice. It drove Mr. Yan’s “working.” Finally, lesson planning provided structured, organizational support. We argue that these various activities altogether sustain the inquiry community.

In the next few months, we plan to continue collecting data during the second half of the program and to conduct finer-grained analyses. Specifically, we have identified another two focal teachers who differ in various aspects from Mr. Yan. A comparative analysis will delineate the nuances of participation in the community. Moreover, analyses on the interviews and artifacts will examine how teachers make sense of  their inquiry as stance. We will present our full analyses and findings in ECER.

References
Bakker, C., de Glopper, K., & de Vries, S. (2022). Noticing as reasoning in Lesson Study teams in initial teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 103656.

Borko, H. (2004). Professional development and teacher learning: Mapping the terrain. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 3–15.

Brennan, A., & King, F. (2022). Teachers’ experiences of transformative professional learning to narrow the values practice gap related to inclusive practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(2), 175–193.

Bridwell-Mitchell, E. N., & Cooc, N. (2016). The ties that bind: How social capital is forged and forfeited in teacher communities. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 7–17.

Brodie, K. (2021). Teacher agency in professional learning communities. Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 560–573.

Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (1999). Relationships of knowledge and practice: teacher learning in communities. Review of Research in Education, 24, 249–305.

Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. (2009). Teacher research as stance. In S. Noffke & B. Smoekh (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Educational Action Research (pp. 39–47). London: SAGE.

Cooper, R., Fitzgerald, A., Loughran, J., Phillips, M., & Smith, K. (2020). Understanding teachers’ professional learning needs: What does it mean to teachers and how can it be supported?, Teachers and Teaching, 26(7-8), 558–576.

Erickson, F. (2006). Definition and analysis of data from videotape: Some research procedures and their rationales. In J. L. Green, G. Camilli, & P. B. Elmore (Eds.), Handbook of complementary methods in education research (pp. 177–192). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Hairon, S., Goh, J., Chua, C., & Wang, L. (2017). A research agenda for professional learning communities: Moving forward. Professional Development in Education, 43(1), 72–86.

Heikkiläa, M., Iiskalaa, T., & Mikkilä-Erdmann, M. (2020). Voices of student teachers' professional agency at the intersection of theory and practice. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 25, 100405.

Michaels, S., & O’Connor, C. (2012). Talk Science Primer. TERC.

Vescio, V., Ross, D., & Adams, A. (2008). A review of research on the impact of professional learning communities on teaching practice and student learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(1), 80–91.

Zhang, X., & Wong, J. L. N. (2021). How do teachers perceive their knowledge development through engaging in school-based learning activities? A case study in China. Journal of Education for Teaching, 47(5), 695–713.

Zheng, X., Yin, H., & Wang, X. (2021). “Doing authentic research” with artifacts to facilitate teacher learning across multiple communities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 105, 103394.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 03 B: Issues of Teacher Agency
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hasmik Kyureghyan
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Exploring Teacher Agency in the Context of the Bottom-up Professional Development Conferences: Perspectives and Implications

Hasmik Kyureghyan

University College London

Presenting Author: Kyureghyan, Hasmik

This study looks at the interplay of teacher agency and bottom-up professional development conferences in Armenia by exploring the types of teacher agency in relation to the features of the bottom-up PD approach. The key elements of the conference are peer learning (sharing and exchanging knowledge and experience), self-directed learning (selecting topics, engaging in professional discussions), autonomous decision-making, promoting engagement, knowledge creation/building and positive communities among teachers (Carpenter, 2016, Bernstein, 2019).

While PD is a key strategy available to schools and school systems for improving teaching quality (Darling-Hammond 2021), frequently changing educational landscapes don’t leave enough time for teachers’ learning and the opportunity to embed those learnings into practice (Pachler, 2007). The available literature fails to explain how teachers learn from PD thus it seems to have little meaning for teachers and consequently for students’ learning (Opfer and Pedder, 2011). Therefore, within this context, there is a need for illumination of the agentic role of teachers in professional development, as agentic action is related to important topics like concepts of teacher professionalism and autonomy (Priestley et al., 2015). Whilst teacher agency might seem an obviously important phenomenon to consider it is an under-researched area, particularly in the context of teacher professional development. Nevertheless, the relevant studies suggest that there are two main approaches to the conceptualization of teacher agency: a traditional approach where the agency is viewed as a possession, a capability (Giddens, 1984) and the emerging ecological approach where agency is concerned with the way in which actors ‘critically shape their responses to problematic situations’ (Biesta and Tedder, 2007, p. 11). Within this conceptualization of agency, it is understood as an emergent phenomenon of the actor-situation transaction (Emirbayer and Mische, 1998 p.963).

Hence, this article argues for a model for teacher-led professional development in which teachers themselves are increasingly becoming ‘agents’ in their own and their peers’ professional development, a PD approach that utilizes a wider range of expertise and input through a bottom-up structure. In contrast to a traditional, top-down model in which ‘teachers are mostly reduced to executors of top-down prescribed ideals’ (Vangrieken, Meredith, Packer and Kyndt 2017, p. 5.2.1), a bottom-up structure implies that classroom teachers are making decisions, selecting topics, and designing workshops outside of the pressures of employers’ goals. Moreover, this type of conference serves the needs teachers feel are most relevant and can promote engagement and positive communities among teachers. It allows participants to engage in a neutral space and therefore tackle issues in an authentic manner with a diverse group of colleagues (Macias, 2017).

The current system of TPD in Armenia is top-down mandating teachers to go through training and attestation[1] every 5 years. The process of training does not allow any differentiation, teachers do not have a choice. Some essential elements of professional learning such as collaborative interaction (Hargreaves and ElHawary, 2018), self-guided learning based on individual needs and interests are missing from teachers’ experiences.

The research questions which arose from my professional experience and the literature, and which are the basis for exploring teacher agency in the context of bottom-up PD are:

What is the interplay of teacher agency and bottom-up professional development conferences?

What types of teacher agency are identified in the context of ‘bottom-up’ TPD?

What potential does the bottom-up PD conference have for practice?

This study generates new understandings of teacher agency in a new bottom-up PD context by providing new insights and implications for educators, policy makers and further research.


[1] In total 110 hours of training to get 9-11 credits. Training incudes some critical topics such as inclusive education, digital literacy, etc.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Building on some principles of the Grounded theory approach (Charmaz, 2008) by using inductive and abductive approaches and thematic analysis, this exploratory study addresses the questions of how teacher agency and bottom-up PD are linked, what types of agency can be observed within the bottom-up PD conference context and what potential the explored context might have for practice. Exploratory research is well-supported by both inductive and abductive approaches as they are mostly qualitative and do not rely on prior theory (Bryman, 2012) as in the case of this study.
The participants were teachers who participated in the bottom-up PD conferences for three consecutive years 2019, 2020, and 2021. Four different types of data collection methods were employed to gather teachers’ perspectives on bottom-up PD conferences throughout three years and understand/reveal teachers’ agentic manifestations. The data was collected through the survey and semi-structured interviews (for the years 2019 and 2020) and field notes and informal discussions (for the year 2021), therefor the study had four samples. The sample size for the questionnaire was C. 300 for the year 2019 and C. 1000 for 2020. The questionnaire was sent to all participants, and it was anonymous and voluntary. For the interview self-selection/volunteer sampling was used and seven participants who agreed to be interviewed were invited for it.

The first set of data was collected through a questionnaire which consisted mainly of quantitative questions including a few qualitative ones. The purpose of the questionnaire was to look beyond the literature and my perspectives, to identify examples of aspects of teacher agency in the context of PD and understand teachers’ motives for participating in the bottom-up TPD. Insights, feelings and other subjective meanings are evident through the discussion process (Neuman, 2011) thus interviewing was a dominant research method.

The data analysis was not theory-driven, particularly I did not have pre-identified ideas that guided my coding, I rather let the data ‘speak to me’, my concern pertained to the process of identifying ideas related to my research objectives, namely teacher agency. I used different colour coding to code my data. After assigning codes I looked for patterns and themes which become the basis for organising codes into categories or displaying data to interpret the data and draw conclusions (Cohen et al., 2011; Robson 2011).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teachers’ accounts suggest that there is great value of bottom-up PD conferences. Their perspectives about the bottom-up PD were generally the same positively emphasizing the idea of knowledge sharing amongst teachers, voluntary participation and autonomy in decision-making for their own PD, and networking and collaboration opportunities. This study’s results also reveal that there is a positive interplay between the teacher agency and bottom-up PD conference. The bottom-up PD conference features create favorable environment for teachers to exercise their agency however the premise is not straightforward. For example, teachers seem to use their autonomy of choice with a certain level of conditionality. For instance, when choosing what session to attend teachers were choosing the expert’s session even if it had a general topic and was not relevant to their professional needs. Therefore, the relationship between teacher agency and bottom-up PD conferences is complex and influenced by characteristics of the education environment, teachers’ past experiences, their orientation for the future and their current capacity to act but also their responses to opportunities and constraints.
The study identifies also four types of teacher agency, namely inquisitive agency, teachers who seek learning opportunities, autonomous agency, teachers who take advantage of their autonomy of choice and decision making, change-maker agency, teachers who are committed to making change both in their student’s learning and their peers, and recognitive agency, teachers who seek opportunities to be valued and recognized.
In sum, bottom-up teacher professional development conferences that problematise teachers’ PD practice and the context of PD are proposed as an instrument/context for exercising/building teacher agency.

References
Bernstein, J.M (2019). Can an Unconference Improve Online Pedagogy? Experiences and Expectations of Educators in the California Community College System, Community College Journal of Research and Practice, 43:7, 505-514, DOI: 10.1080/10668926.2018.1503104
Biesta, G. J. J., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39, 132–149.
Bryman, A. (2012) Social Research Methods. Oxford University Press. 4th Edition.
Carpenter, J.P. (2016). Unconference professional development: Edcamp participant perceptions and motivations for attendance, Professional Development in Education, 42:1, 78-99, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2015.1036303
Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2011). Research methods in education. 7th Edition. London: Routledge.
Charmaz, K. (2008). Grounded Theory as an Emergent Method. In S.N. Hesse-Biber and Leavy (Eds). Handbook of Emergent Methods (pp. 155-172). New York: Guilford Press.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2021). Defining teaching quality around the world, European Journal of Teacher Education, 44:3, 295-308, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2021.1919080
Emirbayer, M. and Mische, A. (1998) What is Agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103 (4), 962- 1023
Giddens, A. (1984). Constitution of society. Polity Press.
Hargreaves, E. and ElHawary, D. (2018). Exploring collaborative interaction and self-direction in Teacher Learning Teams: case-studies from a middle-income country analysed using Vygotskian theory, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, DOI: 10.1080/03057925.2018.1502609
Macias, A (2017). Teacher-Led Professional Development: A Proposal for a Bottom-Up Structure Approach. International Journal of Teacher Leadership Vol. 8, N. 1
Neuman, W.L., (2011). Social Research Methods. Boston: Pearson Education, Inc.
Opfer, V.D. and Pedder, D., (2011). Conceptualizing teacher professional learning. Review of educational research, 81 (3), 376–407.
Pachler, N. (2007). Teacher Development: A Question(ing) of Professionalism. In J. Pickering, C. Daly., and N. Pachler (Eds). New Designs for Teachers’ Professional Learning. Bedford Way Papers. Institute of Education, University of London, pp.242-268.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G.J.J. and Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: what is it and why does it matter? In R. Kneyber & J. Evers (eds.), Flip the System: Changing Education from the Bottom Up. London: Routledge.
Philpott, C and Oates, C, (2016). Teacher agency and professional learning communities; what can Learning Rounds in Scotland teach us?
Robson, C. (2011). ‘Approaches to social research’ in Real world research: A resource for users of social research, (Ch.2, pp.13-41) Chichester: John Wiley.
Vangrieken K., Meredith, Ch., Packer, T and Kyndt, E (2017). Teacher communities as a context for professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education (61), 47-59


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Traits of Agency in Portuguese Teachers: 50 Years of Teaching

Rita Tavares Sousa1, Luciana Joana1, Amélia Lopes1, Leanete Thomas Dotta2, Fátima Pereira1, Margarida Marta1

1CIIE/FPCEUP, Portugal; 2CeiED/Universidade Lusófona

Presenting Author: Sousa, Rita Tavares; Lopes, Amélia

All over the world, teachers have gone through challenging times that threaten their self-fulfilment and their collective valorisation. Educational systems all around are being affected, with the numbers of people applying to teacher education courses decreasing in several countries (Thomas Dotta & Lopes, 2021). This challenge is linked to others, such as the general shortage of teachers, the ageing of the teacher population and retention rates in the profession as a whole (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2018).

In Portugal, for instance, the education system is currently mostly composed of veteran and "superveteran" teachers (Thomas Dotta & Lopes, 2021; Robinson, 2020) that are expected to retire in the next ten years, which may generate a crisis in the system at various levels. In fact, teachers that were on the onset of their careers during 1970s are now retiring. They will take with them 50 years of social and personal history, but also knowledge about pedagogical processes and practices, school relations, teacher education, educational change and the progressive valorisation of teaching and of the teaching profession (Lopes & Thomas Dotta, 2015).

Quality teacher education involves the social valorisation of the profession (Darling-Hammond, 2017). In Portugal, as well as in other countries, the teaching profession has become less attractive, putting the renewal and general quality of the teaching staff at risk (Thomas Dotta & Lopes, 2021). The social image of the profession is a fundamental part of the symbolic dimensions that generate attraction (Darling-Hammond, 2017). In addition, “the work of teachers worldwide has undergone deep change resulting from various parallel reforms, diversified student populations, technology developments and globalization” (Goodson & Ümarik, 2019, p. 589).

Within this context, a genuine reprofessionalization of teaching (Torrance & Forde, 2017) is in order. This reprofessionalization needs to promote "teacher leadership and practitioner enquiry", as "sets of practices based on the exercise of influence and agency on the part of the teacher" (Torrance & Forde 2017, p. 123). In this sense, the need for teachers' reprofessionalization that reinforces teachers' individual and collective agency becomes vital. Although teachers’ work has become increasingly standardised under neo-liberal reforms, the educational policy is increasingly acknowledging the importance of teachers´ agency for the overall quality of education (Goodson & Ümarik, 2019; Biesta, Priestley & Robinson, 2015).

In the professional practice of teachers, teachers’ agency emerges as a differentiating element that is based on a critical and reflective attitude, an investigative stance, an ethos of engagement and collaborative work (Cong-Lem 2021; Fu & Clarke 2017) and whose development can be influenced by different factors, such as personal, social/relational and contextual factors (Cong-Lem 2021). According to Cong-Lem (2021), personal factors include personal beliefs, values, background, identities and emotions, teachers’ knowledge, skills, and prior experiences; social/relational factors include the relationships with colleagues and learners, if teachers enact agency individually or collectively, and local social discourses; and contextual factors include institutional policies, power relations, sociolinguistic backgrounds and cultural values.

In the context of the project "Fifty years of teaching: factors of change and intergenerational dialogue - FYT-ID” (PTDC/CED-EDG/1039/2021)[1], teachers and the Portuguese educational system during the last 50 years are considered an important case study, with international relevance for the elucidation of endogenous and exogenous factors of educational innovation and the recovery of intergenerational dialogue. In this sense, this paper objective is to study the evolution of the educational system in Portugal, from experienced teachers' perspectives, and to identify traits of agency and their facilitators.

[1] Funded by FCT - the Portuguese funding agency that supports science, technology and innovation, in all scientific domains, under responsibility of the Ministry for Science, Technology and Higher Education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In Portugal, where the research study is carried out, the generation of teachers that is now retiring has lived through one of the most important periods in the development of the educational system. As such, it is important to capture the accumulated experiential knowledge these teachers detain. In fact, the transformations experienced by teachers in the last 50 years are evident in several published studies (Lopes, Marta, Matiz & Thomas Dotta, 2016; Lopes, & Pereira, 2012), but it is quite rare to collect testimonies of teachers who are retiring. According to Rabin and Smith, “it is common for long-time teachers to retire or leave the profession without sharing their stories” (2012, p. 382). However, life stories related to the time span of a professional life provide information about the personal variables of career development and about the social, political, curricular and pedagogical conditions that generate and are generators of different “periods of practice” (Goodson & Ümarik, 2019, p. 592) throughout that time span. This inside knowledge allows one to identify “how teachers create educational theories within the possibilities and constraints of their circumstances - biographical, historical and political, geographical, cultural and discursive” (Middleton, 1996, p. 543).
This paper is related with the funded project FYT-ID and is based on the collection and analysis of life stories of teachers whose professional career began between 1973 and 1983. Its main objective is to study the evolution of the educational system in Portugal, from teachers' perspectives, and to identify traits of agency in experienced teachers and their facilitators factors. To accomplish this, we focused on the life stories of 25 Portuguese teachers from different educational levels, subject areas, and from different regions of origin. The professional way of being that underpins this paper is based on a profile of a teacher who is committed and open to change which is directly related with the idea of teacher agency. In this sense, data were collected through semi-directive interviews aimed at producing narratives of the interviewed teachers’ professional lives. A paradigmatic analysis was conducted, which allowed to produce knowledge about the teaching paths in everyday life and their articulation with personal and contextual aspects.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the preliminary data analysis, and considering this paper’ objective of identifying traits of agency in experienced teachers and their facilitator factors through life stories, it is possible to determine that teachers enact their professional agency differently across educational settings. Teacher agency can be defined as something that people do (Biesta et al., 2015) and the way teachers develop their agency in their professional practice is related with several factors. In this sense, Cong-Lem (2021) identify three groups of variables influencing teachers’ agency that are useful to frame our results, namely personal, social/relational and contextual factors.
The data collected through the 25 life stories show that teachers’ agency is not the result of one factor alone, but rather of an interplay between different conditions. However, the personal characteristics of each teacher and the impact they seem to have on the development of their agency seems to be a common trait to all the participants in this study. Another preliminary conclusion is that teachers exercise their professional agency in a collaborative way (with other colleagues) especially in the first years of their career. Contextual factors – such as bureaucratic work and evaluation policies – seem to have a negative impact on more collaborative ways of working among teachers.

References
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624–640.
Cong-Lem, N. (2021). Teacher agency: A systematic review of the international literature. Issues in Educational Research, 31 (3), 718-738.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291-309.
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2018). Teaching Careers in Europe: Access, Progression and Support. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Fu, G. P., & Clarke, A., (2017). Teacher agency in the Canadian context: linking the how and the what. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43 (5), 581-593.
Goodson, I. F., & Ümarik, M. (2019). Changing policy contexts and teachers´ work-life narratives: the case of Estonian vocational teachers. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 589-602.
Lopes, A., & Pereira, F. (2012). Everyday life and everyday learning: the ways in which pre-service teacher education curriculum can encourage personal dimensions of teacher identity. European Journal of Teacher Education, 35(1), 17-38.
Lopes, A., & Thomas Dotta, L. (2015). Para um novo profissionalismo docente: novos mapas e figuras da formação. In A. Lopes, F. Pereira, M. Freitas, & A. Freitas (Eds.), Trabalho docente, subjetividade e formação (pp. 157-166). Porto: Mais Leituras.
Lopes, A., Marta, M., Matiz, L., & Thomas Dotta, L. (2016). Formação de professores e primeiros anos de ensino: cruzando níveis de ensino e gerações de professores. In A. Marin & L. M. Giovanni (Eds.), Práticas e saberes docentes: Os anos iniciais em foco (pp. 55-73).
Middleton, S. (1996). Towards an oral history of educational ideas in New Zealand as a resource for teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 12(5), 543-560.
Rabin, C., & Smith, G. (2012). Stories from Five Decades: How One Teacher's Theatricality, Courage, and Creativity Shaped a Life's Work. Action in Teacher Education, 34(4), 381-391.
Robinson, J. (2020). Australian super veteran secondary school music teachers: Motivated and valuable. International Journal of Music Education, 38(2), 226–239.
Torrance, D., & Forde, C. (2017). Redefining what it means to be a teacher through professional standards: implications for continuing teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 110-126.
Thomas Dotta, L. T., & Lopes, A. (2021). O ciclo de vida dos professores e a extensão da idade da reforma: Perspetivas de estudo a partir de uma revisão de literatura. Revista Portuguesa De Educação, 34(2), 86–106.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How Curriculum Leaders Use Data to Inform and Improve Practice: Focusing on Integrated Primary and Secondary Schools

Wakio Oyanagi

Kansai University, Japan

Presenting Author: Oyanagi, Wakio

In this study, we focus on the leadership of curriculum leaders, whose responsibility comprises ensuring nine years of compulsory education for children and periodically revising the curriculum jointly developed by each secondary school district. They manage the jointly developed curriculum in each junior high school district, organise professional teacher learning, and serve as liaisons between schools. They are clear about the challenges in effectively coordinating educational activities between elementary and secondary schools. However, building initiatives that relate ‘assessment for learning’ to ‘assessment for learning’ is not easy. The practices that connect these two types of assessment are also expected to involve tools such as data-driven assessments, evidence-informed practices, and research-informed practices (Barends, Rousseau, & Briner 2014, Jones 2018, Kvernbekk 2016, Wyse, Hayward, & Pandya 2016, Brown, MacGregor, Flood, & Malin 2022 ).

We address the following two research questions in this study:(1) How do curriculum leaders use educational data and assess educational practices for improvements in each school? (2) What are the differences between successful and unsuccessful schools?

We aim to identify the curriculum leadership that builds on teachers’ professional learning to respond to uncharted situations, the work of leaders in creating an environment and culture that promotes teacher and student agency in the school, and the organisation and management of a coordinated curriculum between primary and secondary schools (Harris, & Muijs 2004, York-Barr, & Duke 2004, Zeiser, Scholz, & Cirks 2018, Leijen, Pedaste, & Lepp 2020).

City A has 15 secondary school districts and has been engaging in primary and secondary school cooperation for more than 10 years. It has been deploying integrated education for primary and secondary schools throughout the city since 2018. However, in the fifth year, differences were found in the results of their efforts and teachers’ awareness in the 15 secondary school districts in the city.

For example, in secondary school district B, the student council and the teacher team worked together to implement events for cross-grade exchanges that were originally planned to be held face-to-face and used the WWW conferencing system in 2020–2021 to publish the secondary school district news and ICT for communication and learning among students and between teachers and students. In secondary school district C, teachers from both elementary and secondary schools planned and conducted a workshop to learn how to carefully observe students who attend under such circumstances. They then discussed the image and goals of the students they intended to nurture through integrated elementary and secondary school education. They had an opportunity to discuss the contents of the classes and teaching methods, including the effective use of ICT, and proceeded with the training.

Thus, the efforts of the B and C school districts focused on the agency of teachers and children, providing them with the opportunity and information to bring them out. Interestingly, these two secondary school districts used ICT for educational data utilisation and improved their efforts based on the results of the behavioural change records and awareness surveys of the students involved in the initiatives. The utilisation of educational data in curriculum management was a distinctive feature. The workshop training in the secondary school district was likely a reason for such assessment and management.

We used questionnaires and interviews to understand the attitudes and behaviours of teachers and children and their interactions with the initiative to visualise what type of curriculum leadership was in place, how educational data were being used, and what type of workshop and teacher learning was being provided in the secondary school districts where the transformative initiative was implemented.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We focused on curriculum leadership to analyse how each secondary school district has worked voluntarily and actively during 2018–2022. We referred to previous studies as a theoretical framework for the development of the questionnaire and interview items. In particular, to understand how teachers changed in the fifth year of their professional learning, the ecological approach model was used in the analysis (Priestly, Edwards, Priestly, & Miller 2012, Leijen, Pedaste, & Lepp 2020).

We investigated elementary school children’s anxiety about attending secondary school and their interest in and satisfaction with their efforts for integrated school education before and during the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). We also investigated how teachers felt about such efforts for integrated school education and professional teacher training. We then compared and analysed the secondary school districts where the voices of the children and teachers matched and the school districts that were not aligned.

The first year of investigation using questionnaires was implemented in December 2018 following a preparatory period of one year. Subsequently, the second through fourth surveys were conducted from December 2019 to December 2022. Students (approximately 4,500 fifth- and sixth-year primary students; approximately 3,900 first- and second-year secondary students) were surveyed regarding their opinions and attitudes toward efforts for integrated school education. Primary and secondary school students were asked questions Q1 to Q18. They were asked to answer each question on a four-point scale. A total of 823 primary school teachers and 405 secondary school teachers completed the questionnaire between December 2018 and December 2022. The primary and secondary school teachers were asked questions Q1–Q12. They were asked to answer each question on a four-point scale. Each of the three schools, selected according to school size, was visited twice during the survey period and group interviews were conducted with the teachers.

We interpreted the responses as values on an interval scale, acquired averages and standard deviations, and endeavoured to investigate any changes in the children’s opinions and attitudes over the fifth year, spanning from the preparatory period through the first year of the measure.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the five-year study (questionnaires and interviews) revealed that successful middle school districts, where both teachers and students find school initiatives meaningful, demonstrate curriculum leadership in the following ways:

In the B secondary school district, the curriculum leaders encouraged teachers to guide the practice and created a professional learning community through data-driven practice. Teachers sought to work closely with the student council to create opportunities for students to generate different ideas and think about school events themselves. Teachers confirmed the meaning of the initiative through an analysis of student awareness survey results and behavioural change records.

In the C secondary school district, the curriculum leaders collected considerable information obtained from other school districts. Curriculum leaders shared information with the teachers. Many teachers participated in discussions and thought about opportunities, which created a professional learning community. Interviews with the teachers revealed that teachers in the C secondary school district had many teachers outside the school with whom they could consult, and several teachers were obtaining information from them.

Some curriculum leaders in City A used evidence-informed teaching practices to lead the creative efforts of teachers in other secondary school districts’ toward integrated school education. In other words, they conducted evidence-informed teaching practice while recognising that they would receive comments from other schools and create lessons mutually to generate ideas for better practice, rather than verifying the effects.

References
Barends E, Rousseau D and Briner R (2014) Evidence-Based Management: The Basic Principles. Amsterdam: Center for Evidence-Based Management.
   Brown C, MacGregor S, Flood J, and Malin J (2022) Facilitating Research-Informed Educational Practice for Inclusion. Survey Findings From 147 Teachers and School Leaders in England. Front. Educ. 7:890832. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2022.890832
   Harris, A., & Muijs, D. (2004). Improving schools through teacher leadership. London, UK: Oxford University Press.
   Imants,J. & Van der Wal, M. M. (2020) A model of teacher agency in professional development and school reform, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52:1, 1-14,
   Jones G (2018) Evidence-Based School Leadership and Management: A Practical Guide. London: SAGE.
   Kvernbekk T (2016) Evidence-Based Practice in Education: Functions of Evidence and Causal Presuppositions. London: Routledge.
   Leijen,Ä., Pedaste, M. & Lepp, L. (2020) Teacher Agency Following the Ecological Model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68:3, 295-310.
   Nelson, J., & Campbell, C. (2017) .Evidence-informed practice in education: meanings and applications, Educational Research, 59(2), 127-135.
   Oolbekkink-Marchand H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and Teacher Education 62, 37-46
   Priestly, M., Edwards, R., Priestly, A., & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher agency in curriculum making: Agents of change and spaces for manoeuvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42(2), 191–214.
   Rickinson,M., de Bruin, K., Walsh, L., & Hall,M. (2017). What can evidence-use in practice learn from evidence-use in policy?, Educational Research, 59(2), 173-189.
   York-Barr, J. & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74(3), 255-316.
   Wyse,D.,Hayward,L. and Pandya,J. (eds.)(2016)The SAGE Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment. London: SAGE Publications. pp.2-3.
   Zeiser, K., Scholz, C., & Cirks, V.(2018). Maximizing Student Agency. Implementing and Measuring Student-Centered Learning Practices. American Institutes for Research (AIR) . ( from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED592084.pdf )
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 03 C: National Perspectives from Latin America and Europe
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kristýna Šejnohová
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

School Principals´ Roles in Establishing Teacher Professional Learning Communities to Connect Cultures. A Comparative Study of Europe and Latin America

Denise Vaillant1, Ester Mancebo2

1UNIVERSIDAD ORT URUGUAY; 2UNIVERSIDAD DE LA REPÚBLICA

Presenting Author: Vaillant, Denise; Mancebo, Ester

Teacher´s professional development is an essential process to contribute to the improvement of student learning (Gordon, 2006). However, teacher education is based on solitary, individual training strategies, rather than models that enhance collaborative work (Vaillant & Marcelo, 2018). The collaborative dimension of the teaching activity is often not reflected in the leadership of most schools. Building spaces that promote collaborative learning and connect communities and cultures is a real challenge for today educational systems.

The main purpose of this study is to examine how principals support professional learning communities in Europe and Latin America from a comparative perspective. At present professional learning communities have become a key idea in the educational field. Principal´s leadership plays a significant role in the ability of a school to become a professional learning community that enhances student learning. This study explore what kind of principal creates a professional learning community in his/her school in Europe and in Latin America and contribute to integrate different cultures.

Research questions:

  1. What is the principals’ role to establish and develop teachers’ professional learning communities in ten European and ten Latin American countries participating in PISA 2018?
  2. What kind of leadership do principals exercise to connect different cultures and promote student-centered pedagogical practices?
  3. What differences emerge from the comparison between countries and regions?
  4. What factors contribute to explaining such differences?

Objectives:

This study is guided by two main objectives. The first one is to generate knowledge about the principals’ role to create and foster teachers’ professional learning communities. The second one looks forward to understanding the relationship between school principals’ leadership and the connection of diverse cultures in the European and Latin American countries participating in PISA 2018.

Theoretical framework:

The theoretical framework of this research is based on the accumulation of the so-called "professional learning communities." “community of practice”, “learning community” or “professional learning community” are terms that focus on the communitarian dimension of teaching activity. As Leclerc (2012) has pointed out, these terms are is based on the idea that the mutual commitment of the participants of a school constitutes a fundamental factor for the development of shared learning.

In “professional learning communities”, group meetings are held periodically - virtual or face-to-face- so as to strengthen work teams, contribute to teacher professionalization and foster the creation of a professional culture with common values ​​and priorities (Gairín, 2018). In particular, in the educational field, “profesional learning communities” aspire to build communities with a high degree of teaching professionalism and high expectations regarding student learning.

Additionally, the study is also supported by the literature on school leadership, which has grown significantly in recent years (OECD, 2013; UNESCO-IIPE-IWGE, 2012; Weinstein, Muñoz & Hernández, 2014). In the past, school leadership was synonymous with the management teams of schools. In the last decade, the conceptualization has varied and it emphasizes that leadership involves the generation of a common culture of expectations, in which all school actors are responsible for their contribution to the collective results related to student learning (Leithwood & Louis, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a multiple case study of a comparative and quantitative nature.
The main source of data is PISA 2018 in which 79 countries participated, including multiple European and several Latin American countries. As in all its editions, PISA 2018 focused on the evaluation of 15-year-old students' learning in different areas (through standardized tests) and also collected social and pedagogical data through several self-administered questionnaires (principals, teachers, students and parents).
The research will compare the information of Latin America as a whole, Europe as a whole, the 10 participating Latinamerican countries and 10 selected European countries.
Among the available forms, the analysis will privilege the questionnaire applied to school principals.  In particular, the analysis will exploit data from these questionnaires on the school system, the learning environment, the development of a school culture in continuous improvement, the promotion of teaching practices based on recent educational research and the promotion of professional development activities.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In Latin American and European countries there are school principals with a clear conviction that their role is to promote the professional development of teachers, build professional learning communities and exercise their leadership in such a way that the school contributes to socio-cultural inclusion of students and the implementation of pedagogical practices that take the student as a center.
It is expected to find both similarities and differences between Europe and Latin America, as well as among the countries of the two regions. The similarities are probably associated with the school format that has historically prevailed in schools and the scarce tradition of collaborative work in the professional teaching culture. The differences should be linked to the specificities of each of the educational systems under study.
Finally, school principals’ discourse must be confirmed through studies of effective practices in the referred dimensions.


References
Beltman S. (2020). Understanding and Examining Teacher Resilience from Multiple Perspectives. En C. F. Mansfield (Ed.), Cultivating Teacher Resilience (pp. 11-26). Springer.
British Council Argentina & Fundación Varkey (2020). Investigación y Análisis acerca del cierre de las escuelas en América 2020. British Council Argentina; Fundación Varkey.
Cuenca, R., & Pont, B. (2016). El liderazgo escolar: inversión clave para la mejora educativa. Fundación Santillana.
Dufour, R. (2011). Work together: But only if you want to. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(5), 57-61. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171109200513
Harris, A. (2020). Leading school and system improvement: Why context matters. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 143-145. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12393
Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID 19 – school leadership in disruptive times. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 243-247. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2020.1811479
Leithwood, K., & Seashore-Louis, K. (2012). Linking Leadership to Student Learning. Jossey-Bass.
OEI. (2017). Miradas sobre la Educación en Iberoamérica. Organización de Estados Iberoamericanos para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura (OEI).
OREALC-Unesco (2014). El liderazgo escolar en América Latina y el Caribe. Un estado del arte en base a ocho sistemas escolares de la región. OREALC-Unesco. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232799?posInSet=1&queryId=13f1fd96-5d24-4f23-b7cc-848bb869361b
Vaillant, D. (2017). Directivos y comunidades de aprendizaje docente: un campo en construcción. En J. Weinstein & G. Muñoz (Eds.), Mejoramiento y liderazgo en la escuela: once miradas (pp. 263-294). CEDLE; Universidad Diego Portales.
Vaillant, D. (2019a). Experiencias innovadoras en el desarrollo profesional de directivos. CAF.
Vaillant, D. (2019b). Directivos y comunidades de aprendizaje docente: un campo en construcción. Revista Electronica de Educacao, 13(1), 87-106. https://doi.org/10.14244/198271993073
Vaillant, D., & Rodríguez Zidán, E. (2016). Prácticas de liderazgo para el aprendizaje en América Latina: un análisis a partir de PISA 2012. Ensaio: Avaliação e Políticas Públicas em Educação, 24(91), 253-274. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0104-40362016000200001
Weinstein J., Muñoz G., & Flessa, J. (2019). Liderazgo directivo para la calidad de la 2educación: aprendizajes desde un campo de investigación emergente. Revista Calidad de la educación, (51), 10-14. http://dx.doi.org/10.31619/caledu.n51.793
Weinstein, J., Hernández, M., Cuéllar, C., & Fless, J. (2015). Liderazgo escolar en América Latina y el Caribe. Experiencias innovadoras de formación de directivos escolares en la región. OREALC-Unesco.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Development of Czech teachers (ISCED 2 level)

Kristýna Šejnohová1, Stanislav Michek2, Martin Chvál1

1Charles University, Czech Republic; 2University of Hradec Králové, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Šejnohová, Kristýna

From the data of the TALIS 2018 survey, we can state that the participation of Czech teachers in professional development (PD) is one of the highest in comparison with other countries, and they have a more positive attitude towards PD activities. The most common forms of PD are reading literature and attending seminars, but below-average is team teaching or mutual observation of teachers in the classroom. (Boudová et al., 2020) According to Czech School Inspectorate (CSI), in about one-fourth of the monitored schools, the CSI assesses care for the professional development of teachers as "requiring improvement" or "unsatisfactory". (Pražáková, 2021)

The importance of PD is perceived worldwide as a subject that can affect the quality of teaching or the professional motivation of the teacher (Starý et al., 2012). Current research relates to examining the process of PD in terms of its quality and effectiveness (Gore et al., 2017; Garet et al., 2001; Darling-Hammond et al., 2017), but also as a tool that has an impact on pupils' school success (Starý et al., 2012; Yoon et al., 2007). Continuous professional development is related to teacher self-efficacy and classroom climate. Teachers' self-efficacy, which affects relationships with colleagues and parents, is also an important factor that allows them to appreciate their colleagues and school management. (Caprara et al., 2006) Feedback and evaluation of teachers' work together with the overall school climate are factors that affect a teacher's confidence and job satisfaction. (Badri et al. 2017).

Our study aims to describe some characteristics of the professional development of Czech teachers on the ISCED 2 level (upper grades of primary school). For the secondary analysis, we will use data sets from the TALIS survey in 2013 and 2018 and data from the 2015 research conducted by S. Michek (2016) in cooperation with NIDV (National Institute for Further Education). We will describe how teachers in the selected datasets perceive professional development activities, how they engage in these activities, what factors are associated with them, and how they are related to the age and length of teaching practice. Due to changes in TALIS questionnaires and the fact that the 2015 sample does not meet all criteria for the representative sample is a description based on time development limited. However, we can focus our perspective on how the statements of teachers differ in individual datasets based on their age and length of teaching experience.

Our research question is: How does the teacher's length of teaching experience affect his or her active participation in professional development? What is the relationship between the length of teaching experience, the assessment of professional development activities, the influence of feedback, and school climate? What types of professional development activities do teachers choose based on the length of their teaching experience?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Czech Republic participated in the TALIS survey in 2013 and 2018. The representative sample includes approximately 200 schools in each country and 20 teachers in each school. In the Czech Republic, 220 schools and 3 219 teachers were involved in the TALIS survey in 2013, and 219 schools and 3 447 teachers in TALIS 2018. For the TALIS data set we selected only teachers from primary schools since within the ISCED 2 category in the Czech Republic there are also teachers of lower grades of secondary schools. For TALIS 2013 our sample has n = 2346, 73 % of the total set, and for TALIS 2018, n = 2517, 73 % of the total set. The third source was from the research of Michek's survey from 2015, which has n = 429, 17% of the total set. The survey was organized by the NIDV institute (Michek, 2015), and they used a questionnaire inspired by the TALIS survey, which was distributed among teachers’ contacts in their database (those contacts were teachers who already attended some of the PD activities offered by the institute).
As a main tool for the secondary analysis, we used a free version of the JAMOVI software. We created seven categories of teachers from open questions on age and length of teaching experience in all three data sets.
Secondly, we created indexes from several TALIS questionnaire items. These were formulated slightly differently in both waves of the TALIS survey. The number of items and Cronbach's alpha in the order 2013, and 2018 are given in parentheses. Professional Development Index (7, 0.81; 7; 0.70), Feedback Index (5, 0.92; 6, 0.78), and School Climate Index (5, 0.88; 8, 0.89).
Finally, to fulfill the descriptive research question, we measured the percentage of respondents participating in individual types of professional development activities across our categories. Furthermore, all three datasets contain identical batteries with scale items related to barriers to participation in professional development activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general, 2015 data have lower informative potential than the TALIS 2013 and 2018 datasets, which have a representative sample selection. However, the data can illustrate the situation in the interim period of the TALIS survey. For categories 1 and 7 in all three datasets, there is a smaller representation within the sample, therefore also a lower reliability and informative value for these two categories.
RQ1: Overall we see in the data an increasing trend in teacher participation across different types of professional development activities. All three datasets show a clear downward trend, meaning with increasing age and length of teaching experience, teachers perceive fewer obstacles to their participation in professional development activities. It is also important to mention that, overall, teachers do not perceive the mentioned obstacles as significant for overall participation in professional development.
RQ2: It was shown in TALIS data sets that older and more experienced teachers evaluate the contribution of professional development activities more positively than their younger colleagues. The benefit of feedback is generally rated as rather small across age categories. Correlation analysis between the indices showed weaker mutual but logical connections. Teachers who value the benefit of professional development activities also tend to value the benefit of provided feedback (r "2013" = 0.21; "2018" = 0.23), and these teachers also evaluate the climate of their school more positively (r with the professional development index "2013" = 0.13; "2018" = 0.17; r with feedback index "2013" = 0.27; "2018" = 0.16).
RQ3: The highest participation across all categories is declared for the activity Courses and seminars, which are one-time activities that, from the point of view of research findings, are bringing the least benefit to teachers.

References
Badri, M., Alnuaimi, A., Yang, G., Al Rashidi, A., & Al Sumaiti, R. (2017). A Structural Equation Model of Determinants of the Perceived Impact of Teachers’ Professional Development—The Abu Dhabi Application. SAGE Open, 7, 1-18. DOI:10.1177/2158244017702198.
Boudová, S., Šťastný, V., Basl, J., Zatloukal, T., Andrys, O., & Pražáková, D. (2020). Mezinárodní šetření TALIS 2018: zkušenosti, názory a postoje učitelů a ředitelů škol : národní zpráva. Česká školní inspekce.
Caprara, G., Barbaranelli, C., Steca, P., & Malone, P. (2006). Teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs as determinants of job satisfaction and students’ academic achievement: A study at the school level. Journal of School Psychology, 44, 473-490.
Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development. Palo Alto, CA: Learning Policy Institute. https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/sites/default/files/product-files/Effective_Teacher_Professional_Development_REPORT.pdf
Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What Makes Professional Development Effective? Results From a National Sample of Teachers. American Educational Research Journal, Vol. 38, 915-945. https://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/aera_designing_0.pdf
Gore, J., Lloyd, A., Smith, M., Bowe, J. J., Ellis, H., & Lubans, D. (2017). Effects of professional development on the quality of teaching: Results from a randomised controlled trial of Quality Teaching Rounds. Teaching and Teacher Education, Vol. 68, 99-113. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0742051X17304225
Michek, S. (2015). Zpráva z dotazníkového šetření ke zjištění názorů cílové skupiny učitelů pro plánování projektu IMKA (Implementace kariérního systému) – souhrn odpovědí. NIDV: Praha.
Michek, S. (2016). Využití aktivit podporujících profesní rozvoj a vnímání jejich překážek učiteli základních a středních škol. Pedagogika, 66(4). https://doi.org/10.14712/23362189.2016.316
OECD (2019). TALIS 2018 Technical Report. Paris: OECD.
Pražáková, D. (2021, 10. května). Profesní rozvoj učitelů v datech ČŠI. Řízení školy.
Starý, K., Dvořák, D., Greger, D., & Duschinská, K. (2012). Profesní rozvoj učitelů. Podpora učitelů pro zlepšování výsledků žáků. Karolinum.
Yoon, K. S., Duncan, T., Lee, S. W.-Y., Scarloss, B., & Shapley, K. (2007). Reviewing the evidence on how teacher professional development affects student achievement (Issues & Answers Report, REL 2007–No. 033). Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Regional Educational Laboratory Southwest. Retrieved from http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/edlabs


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Supporting Inclusive Science Teachers' Use of Evidence-Based Vocabulary Practices

Michael Kennedy

University of Virginia, United States of America

Presenting Author: Kennedy, Michael

In America, as is the case around the world, students with disabilities are taught in the general education (regular) classroom alongside peers without disabilities. However, content area teachers (e.g., science, history, mathematics) do not always receive ample preparation to support these students' unique behavioral and learning needs (Kahn & Lewis, 2014). As a result, students with disabilities that impact their capacity to learn such as learning disabilities, intellectual disabilities, autism spectrum disorders, and behavioral disorders may not receive the type of instruction needed to support positive academic outcomes (Kennedy et al., 2018). When younger adolescents do not succeed in content area coursework they can become turned off to the discipline, and thus potential career pathways (Blondal & Adalbjardardottir, 2012).

The purpose of this randomized control trial was to explore the impact of a multimedia professional development process on the quality and quantity of vocabulary instruction for inclusive middle school science teachers and corresponding learning of students with and without disabilities. The conceptual framework for the treatment intervention is cognitive apprenticeship (Collins et al., 1991), and the looks and sounds of the intervention components reflect Mayer's cognitive theory of multimedia learning (2020). The PD package reflects cognitive apprenticeship by scaffolding declarative, procedural, and conditional learning for teachers using three main components.

The first is a series of multimedia vignettes called content acquisiton podcasts (CAPs) (Kennedy et al., 2018). CAPs are short vignettes designed using Mayer's CTML and associated design principles and can be watched and rewatched as needed by teachers (or those in training). We produced five CAPs for this project corresponding to key evidence-based vocabulary practices known to be effective for teaching students with disabilities (e.g., using student-friendly language, using examples, conducting a demonstration, and breaking terms into morphological word parts). CAPs help build what Collins and colleagues call declarative and preliminary procedural knowledge, as each video explains the steps of the practice, and shows a model teacher implementing. An example CAP can be seen here https://vimeo.com/444031616.

The second component of the intervention is the team provides teachers with customizable instructional materials in the form of PowerPoint slides to use during vocabulary instruction. Over 100 slideshows were produced and checked for accuracy by experts in special education and science instruction. The slideshows use the instructional practices taught by the CAPs, and also adhere to Mayer's principles. These slides can be used during live instruction or recorded for student use. These slides also help build declarative and procedural knowledge of key instructional practices. Sample slides can be seen at www.vocabsupport.com.

Finally, the team developed a combination observation and feedback took called COACHED (Kennedy & Kunemund, 2020). COACHED contains the Classroom Teaching (CT) Scan observation instrument, which documents in real time instructional moves made by teachers for later reflection and identification of areas to improve. Data generated by the CT Scan is translated within COACHED into a customizable feedback template that does not give a quality score, but instead focuses on the extent to which a teacher used each practice with fidelity. COACHED is a free tool and flexible for use in a variety of formats (https://coachedweb.azurewebsites.net/). The feedback from COACHED helps develop conditional knowledge of teachers in that they receive notes on how, when, with whom practices are used.

Although science teachers are taught and reinforced for using inquiry approaches, many of these colleagues fear too much time is given to vocabulary instruction (Parsons & Bryant, 2016). While we agree the traditions of the paradigm should be honoroed (inquiry), students with disabilities are unlikely to succeed without the type of explicit instruction proposed in this study (VanUitert et al., 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Researchers used a randomized control trial design to evaluate impact of the multimedia PD on teacher and student participants.  A total of 980 sixth grade students and thirteen teachers participated.  The 13 teachers were all qualified science instructors with an average of 13.3 years in the classroom.  Amongst the students were 117 with a disability.  Students completed two measures, the Misconceptions-Oriented Standards-Based Assessment Resources for Teachers (MOSART) standardized science learning instrument, and researcher-created curriculum-based measures containing vocabulary terms.  Students took the MOSART as a pre- and posttest, and the CBM probes once per month.  The MOSART instrument had a reliability alpha of .81 in this study, and the CBM probes had a reliability of .83.  Teachers were observed using the CT Scan low-inference observation tool.  Researchers recorded which practices were used, for how much time, and with what quality using the CT Scan.  

The 13 teachers were randomly assigned to either participate in the multimedia PD (n = 7) or teach as normal (n = 6).  Each teacher was observed three times in the fall semester of the school year.  Observers were blind to which condition participants were in.  Thus, after each observation coaching notes were written, and a 3rd party not involved in the study with the master list of who was in which condition forwarded or withheld coaching notes.  Included in the coaching notes were references to the CAP vignettes to remind them to re-watch as needed to support implementation, to use the slides, and to do other practices as noticed.  Two scorers were sent to over 30% of observations to ensure inter-scorer reliability of the CT Scan data and also coaching notes.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which disability status, exposure to instruction by teachers who did or did not participate in the multimedia PD, and students' average performance on vocabulary-knowledge CBMs are associated with the student MOSART posttest performance measuring science content knowledge.  Overall, students without disabilities significantly outperformed students with disabilities on the MOSART posttest when they were from the same group (i.e., both had a teacher with access to the PD or both had a teacher with no access). Students with disabilities whose teachers had access to PD outperformed similarly classified peers whose teachers did not have access to the PD on the MOSART posttest. Likewise, students without disabilities whose teachers had access to the PD performed better on the MOSART posttest than students without disabilities whose teachers did not have access to the PD. Similar to Kennedy et al.'s (2018) study, we found that students with disabilities who had a teacher who participated in PD significantly outperformed peers whose teacher did not participate in the PD on the MOSART posttest and science CBMs; however, our analyses also indicated that students with disabilities whose teacher participated in PD scored significantly higher on science vocabulary and content knowledge measures than both students with and without disabilities who had a teacher that did not participate in PD.  A large effect size was yielded between students whose teachers participated in PD and those whose teachers did not. Students whose teachers participated in PD had an approximately two-point higher score compared to those whose teachers did not.  In consideration of this being a 15-point assessment, two points would be a considerable difference in the students' scores (over a 10% score gain).
References
Blondal, K. S., & Adalbjarnardottir, S. (2012). Student disengagement in relation to expected and unexpected educational pathways. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 56(1), 85–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 00313831.2011.568607

Kahn, S., & Lewis, A. R. (2014). Survey on teaching science to K-12 student with disabilities: Teacher prepared- ness attitudes. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 25(8), 885–910. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10972-014- 9406-z

Kennedy, M. J., Rodgers, W. J., Romig, J. E., Matthews, H. M., & Peeples, K. N. (2018). Introducing the content acquisition podcast professional development process: Supporting vocabulary instruction for inclusive mid- dle school science teachers. Teacher Education and Special Education, 41(2), 140–157. https://doi.org/10. 1177/0888406417745655

Mayer, R. E. (2020). Multimedia learning. Cambridge University. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316941355

VanUitert, V. J., Kennedy, M. J., Romig, J. E., & Carlisle, L. M. (2020). Enhancing science vocabulary knowledge of students with learning disabilities using explicit instruction and multimedia. Learning Disabilities: A Con- temporary Journal, 18(1), 3–25.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm02 SES 03 A: Students at Risk
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre A [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Tarja Irene Tikkanen
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Good Practice of Involvement of Students at Risk in Vocational Education

Biruta Sloka1, Ilze Buligina1, Ginta Tora1, Juris Dzelme1, Ilze Brante1,2, Anna Angena1

1University of Latvia, Latvia; 2Ogres Tehnikums, Latvia

Presenting Author: Sloka, Biruta; Buligina, Ilze

General description on research questions: Societies nowadays increasingly face the challenge of dealing with young people at risk. The reasons are multifold – unfavourable social or family environment, poverty, learning difficulties, psychological or emotional problems and other unfavourable circumstances. Educational systems are looking for effective solutions. It has been recognized that young people at risk often need additional stimulus and motivation to resist the challenging conditions, especially if their prior learning experiences and school environment has not been positive so far. Research also shows that many of these young people are more inclined to practice oriented activities and are not so keen on more academically oriented activities. For this reason there is a good justification to carry out a targeted research on the potential positive role of vocational education and training as a catalyst for improved motivation of students at risk to deal with their difficulties and to strive a more meaningful life modes. Moreover, apart from routine VET procedures, additional input might be necessary to make vocational education and training even more attractive to this target group. In this respect the research team has formulated research questions: 1. What are the most important findings world-wide in involvement of students at risk in vocational education and training, with a focus on innovative solutions requiring original approaches to motivate students and facilitate the work of the teaching and administrative staff? What are limiting and challenging factors for successful involvement of students at risk into vocational education and training to develop these students as successful future professionals?

Objectives: Propose research based approaches for innovative solutions in work with students at risk – by their involvement in vocational education and training, with additional incentivizing and support factors that motivate them to become valued professionals and socially active citizens, thus also contributing for economic development of the country.

Theoretical framework: Academic researchers have presented findings on improved solution of involvement of students at risk in vocational education and training, as there are several relevant aspects that need to be taken into consideration (Keijzer, et al, 2022) including additional attention to these students and special training for the teaching staff (Fix et al, 2017) with the students in focus and require not only attention but also innovative solutions (Sarceda-Gorgoso, Barreira-Cerqueiras, 2021). Researchers (Middleton, 2022; Mazin, et al, 2021) have pointed out that experience in vocational education and training has a high value, as part of compulsory education (López, Saurin, 2017), paying particular attention to the development of skills (Eegdeman, et al, 2018) including cognitive skills. It important to consider various aspects, including the gender of the student (Haro, et al, 2020; Jørgensen, 2015), and the role of the teaching staff is crucial, since various approaches can be developed and applied to address the various challenges.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To ensuring the achievement of the objective of the study and to implement a comprehensive approach, a methodology was developed using combined methods of qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis. This included also desk research and analysis of various sources of information, including the available statistical data, national legislation, policy documents and projects. A variety of statistical data analysis methods were used.  In order to obtain the material for qualitative analysis, student interviews and expert interviews were organised based on pre-prepared questionnaires. Target focus group discussions with teachers were carried out as well. In order to obtain a more in-depth view from the perspective of the practitioner, interviews and discussions were conducted also with the project leaders and specialists of targeted national level projects addressing the issues of young persons at risk. The additional discussions with project staff allowed for the development of a more focused methodological approach enabling the research team to come to unified conclusions and identification of potential measures to facilitate the positive developments in work with students at risk.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The obtained data and qualitative analysis has shown the decisive role of a systemic set of strategic approaches and interventions at national level. Also individualised approaches at institutional level are indispensable in work with the target group – young people at risk. Mitigation of former unfavourable experiences has a powerful potential for positive developments in the work with the students at risk.  Also an immediate possibility to talk and discuss ones problems and a prompt availability of advice or support may be a crucial factor for addressing the risks of the target group. Results of the research show that with adequate, timely and also innovative interventions the risk factors are reduced. Moreover,   the failing students may turn into ‘regular’ students or even high-reachers, with a strong sense of purpose in life. This clearly contributes not only to the personal and professional life fulfilment of the student but also prevents social problems and increases the economic potential of the country. At the same time professional development of the teaching and support staff at VET institutions may play a decisive role. The research shows that regular professional development of the school staff may not be sufficient, and a more targeted professional development of the staff is needed in order to succeed.  The staff working under strainful conditions need to be taken care of – with adequate remuneration and additional care for the well-being of this staff, including supervisions and similar activities. The effective innovative solutions should not remain as  temporary activities but need to be turned into sustainable mainstream strategies and measures, with adequate financial provision. Creating such comprehensive and sustainable mechanisms may contribute to improved and more inclusive environment for all learners.
References
Cedefop (2020). Skills forecast 2020: Latvia. Cedefop skills forecast.
Cedefop (2020). Vocational education and training in Europe, 1995-2035: scenarios for European vocational education and training in the 21st century.
Cedefop (2022). Teachers and trainers in a changing world: building up competences for inclusive, green and digitalised vocational education and training (VET): synthesis report. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop No 86.
Eegdeman, I., Meeter, M., Van Klaveren, C. (2018). Cognitive skills, personality traits and dropout in Dutch vocational education. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 10(1), 11.
Fix, G.M., Ritzen, H.T.M., Pieters, J.M., Kuiper, W.A.J.M. (2019). Effective curricula for at-risk students in vocational education: a study of teachers’ practice. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 11(1), 1.
Haro, B., Beranuy, M., Vega, M.A., Calvo, F., Carbonell, X. (2022). Problematic smartphone use and gender differences in vocational education and training. Educacion XX1, 25(2), 271-290.
Jørgensen, C.H. (2015). Some boys’ problems in education – what is the role of VET? Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 67(1), 62-77.
Keijzer, R., van Schooten, E., van der Rijst, R., Admiraal, W. (2022). Individual characteristics of students in vocational education moderating the relationship between school engagement and vocational identity. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 37(4), 255-1283.
López, M.A., Saurin, A.A.N. (2017). The purpose of Compulsory Education as transition or as goal. Profesorado, 21(4), 75-94.
Mazin, K.A., Norman, H., Nordin, N., Ibrahim, R. (2020). MOOC Student Learning Analytics for Automotive Technology Programme in Vocational College. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 1529(5), 052075.
Middleton, S. (2022). Secondary/Tertiary High School, Changing Student Experiences Through VET. Professional and Practice-based Learning, 34, 191-207.
OECD (2020), OECD Skills Strategy Implementation Guidance for Latvia: Developing Latvia’s Education Development Guidelines 2021-2027, OECD Skills Studies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ebc98a53-en
Sarceda-Gorgoso, M.C., Barreira-Cerqueiras, E.M. (2021). Basic vocational training and its contribution to the development of competences for educational re-engagement and labor insertion: Student perception. Educar, 57(2), 319-332.
Strode, P., Buligina, I., Šuškeviča, I. (2022). Teachers and trainers in a changing world – Latvia: Building up competences for inclusive, green and digitalised vocational education and training (VET). Cedefop ReferNet thematic perspectives series. http://libserver.cedefop.europa.eu/vetelib/2022/teachers_and_trainers_in_a_changing_worl d_Latvia_Cedefop_ReferNet
Tūtlys, V., Buligina, I., Dzelme, J., Gedvilienė, G., Loogma, K., Sloka, B.,Tikkanen, T.I., Tora, G., Valjataga, V.T., Ümarik, M. (2022). VET ecosystems and labour market integration of at-risk youth in the Baltic countries: implications of Baltic neoliberalism. Education and Training, 60(2), 190-213.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Career Development Qualitative Tools: An Analysis of its Potential with Youth at Risk

Celia Moreno-Morilla, Soledad Romero-Rodríguez, Gladys Rivodó-Muñoz

University of Seville, Spain

Presenting Author: Rivodó-Muñoz, Gladys

This research, building on the approaches of Participatory Action Research and Qualitative Career Assessment (McMahon & Watson, 2015), implements a series of new tools that share the fundamental principles of a postmodern orientation to career construction (committed to equity, social justice, individual and collective activism, and sustainability). This paper has chosen to show the procedure followed with one case, although we would like to underline that this research is consolidated with a larger sample (three Second Chance Schools participate, and a total of 22 young people). Our aim is to show the methodological procedure followed and its potential. In the following, the tools designed are described and theoretically underpinned:

§ My treasure-box (Pahl & Kelly,2005)

This tool helps us to approach the personal, social and cultural context of the participants. To do so, a symbolic box is used where the participant and the researcher/professional introduce elements that are part of their daily life (e.g., objects, sayings, QR of songs, photographs, among others).

§ A day in the life (Cameron et al., 2018, 2020)

This is a mapping exercise where, in addition to identifying actions, it is of interest to know in what context each action is situated, which people accompany you, what they do, how you feel at each moment, etc. from morning to night.

§ The eat-eat jar (Thayne & West, 2019)

The participant puts into a recycled jar those situations and events that make him/her uneasy (the person is usually told: "put in everything that makes you sleepy/eats you up/eats your jar/head"). The aim is to identify what elements in your life are disturbing you and preventing you from moving forward.

§ Emotions calling (Vacheret, 2000, 2008, 2010; Baptiste & Belisle, 1991; Rascovan, 2007)

This technique (based on photolanguage) consists of presenting a series of photographs from which the participant is asked to select the one that corresponds to their needs, perceptions, or expectations in relation to a given topic (this can be done from the viewpoint of the past, present, or future depending on the purpose of the intervention).

§ Body storytelling (Prados Mejías, 2020)

Body expression (e.g., creation of body sculptures, expressive movement, dramatisations, performance, systemic movements, among others) is another artistic form that helps the person involved in the counselling process to become aware of aspects and influencing factors in relation to his/her life and professional project. Through body storytelling, the person creates/creates with his/her body (sometimes individually, sometimes in small groups) past and present situations.

§ The 'Snap' for change (Ahmed, 2017; Thayne & West, 2019)

The researcher presents the participant with a series of actions aimed at "snapping" into a wide range of issues that may affect the development of their personal, social and cultural identities. The "'Snap' for change" aims to invite debate in relation to the public and the private, the governed and the self-governed.

§ My landscape mapping systems (Rey & Granese, 2018; Romero-Rodríguez et al., 2021)

This technique consists of visually constructing the narrative of a personal experience in relation to a specific topic. Depending on the topic, we ask the participant to take a series of photographs (photographic tour) that will help in the realisation of their visual composition. This tool facilitates reflection, communication (beyond the textual-oral mode), as well as the incorporation of spatial dimensions that undoubtedly act as defining agents of our vital and professional projects.

The presented tools are used in combination with other artistic techniques such as drawing (Taylor & Savickas, 2016), collages (Burton & Lent, 2016; Chant, 2020), free visual representations (Ronkainen & Ryba, 2018), digital storytelling (Lambert, 2013, Wu & Chen, 2020), performance development based on Design Thinking (Brown, 2009), among others.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
All the tools used in the data collection process follow the principle of researching "with" and not " about” and uphold the principle of a responsive design that seeks the empowerment and development of a critical attitude in the participants. The design of these tools is inspired by the qualitative techniques of counseling and collaborative ethnographic research. Our intention has been to "rethink" them and adapt them to the study of career guidance. Another aim has been to make them more inclusive, rejecting the exclusive use of the verbal and written code that occupies an almost hegemonic value in Western society with an average socio-cultural level. In this sense, other forms of expression are incorporated which involve the use of the body, and of each person's own skills (e.g. music, painting, sports, etc.).

The results presented here correspond to the case of Acrux. He is a 26-year-old boy with a long trajectory in a Second Chance School of the Don Bosco Foundation in Cordoba (Andalusia, Spain). He is currently studying 3rd ESO through a radio training program and wishes to become a soldier. Acrux describes a very difficult childhood marked by bullying and family disagreements (physical and verbal abuse). At the age of 15, he changed schools, where he says he became an "ogre" to everyone, hitting and insulting all his classmates and teachers, and living with a constant feeling of hatred. He spent his free time stealing from small shops and businesses.

About the analysis of the results, the format and intention of our work are to share the scope and potential of the tools. In this sense, a critical analysis of the tool's contribution to the Acrux case is carried out.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of our research show the importance and value of adopting a collaborative ("research with"), situated, and community-based intervention approach in career guidance processes. Moreover, it shows how narrative (oral, written, digital, artistic, corporal, etc.) is a tool that allows the person to play a more proactive role in the process of building their life and professional (career) projects. In the same way, shared tools have been shown to be a suitable means to improve personal and professional development and the development of personal, social, and learning to learn competences inherent to this process. We consider that they are also an opportunity for expression and reflection on emotions, which is key in any process of diagnosis, intervention, and research. The results of this work also show how the use of these tools has contributed to the construction of a collective and community projection of the career, previously interpreted by Acrux as an "individual goal". Our experience in their application shows that participants report improved mental and emotional well-being, as well as the development of more critical thinking. The repeated use of these tools also makes it easier for the person to recognise him/herself as a unique being (under construction) who has a unique potential to share with society, which also improves his/her self-esteem. In addition, empowerment is observed in the person, which translates into a greater desire for struggle and activism (individual and collective, as well as a greater capacity for adaptability).
References
Ahmed, S. (2017). Living a feminist life. Duke University Press.
Baptiste, A. & Belisle, C. (1991). Photolangage. Des choix personnels au choix professionnels. Les Editions d’Organisation.
Burton, L. & Lent, J. (2016). The use of vision boards as a therapeutic intervention. Journal of Creativity in Mental Health, 11, 52-65. https://doi.org/10.1080/15401383.2015.1092901
Brown, B. T. (2009) Change by Design. How Design Thinking transforms Organizations and inspires Innovation. Harper Collins.
Cameron, C. y Hunt, A. (2018). «A Day in the Life»: A Visual, Multimedia Approach to Research. Sage Research Methods Cases.
Cameron, C., Pinto, G., Stella, C. & Hunt, A. K. (2020). A Day in the Life of young children drawing at home and at school. International Journal of Early Years Education, 28(1), 97-113. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2019.1605887
Chant, A. (2020). Use of narratives and collage in the exploration of the self and the meaning of a career. British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 48(1), 66-77. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2019.1667479
Lambert, J. (2013). Digital storytelling: Capturing lives, creating community. Routledge.
McMahon, M. & Watson, M. (eds.). (2015). Career Development Series. Sense. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6300-034-5_29
Pahl, K. & Kelly, S. (2005). Family literacy as a third space between home and school: Some case studies of practice. Literacy, 39(2), 91–96. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-4350.2005.00406.x
Prados Mejías, E. (2020). Pensar el cuerpo. De la expresión corporal a la conciencia expresivo-corporal, un camino creativo narrativo en la formación inicial del profesorado. Retos, 37, 643-651. https://doi.org/10.47197/retos.v37i37.74256
Rascovan, S. (2007). Imágenes Ocupacionales. Set de fotografías para orientación vocacional. Edición del autor.
Rey, J. & Granese, A. (2018). La cartografía como método de investigación en Psicología. Psicología, Conocimiento y Sociedad, 9(1), 283-316. https://doi.org/10.26864/pcs.v9.n1.4
Romero-Rodríguez, S., Moreno-Morilla, C. & García Jiménez, E. (2021). La construcción de las identidades culturales en niñas y niños migrantes: Un enfoque desde la etnografía colaborativa. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 39(2), pp-pp.483-501. http://dx.doi.org/10.6018/rie.441411
Ronkainen, N. J. & Ryba T. V. (2018). Understanding youth athletes’ life designing processes through dream day narratives. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 108, 42-56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2018.06.005
Taylor, J. M. & Savickas, S. (2016). Narrative career counseling: My Career Story and pictorial narratives. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 97, 68-77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2016.07.010
Thayne, M. y West, A. (2019). «Doing» media studies: The media lab as entangled media praxis. The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies, 25(2), 186-208. https://doi.org/10.1177/1354856519834960
Vacheret, C. (2008) A Fotolinguagem: um método grupal com perspectiva terapéutica ou formativa. Psicologia: Teoria e Prática, 10(2), 180-191. https://bit.ly/3pT93oG


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

VET Teachers’ and Schools’ Capacities to Tackle the Challenges of Integration of At-risk Youth: An International Comparison

Tarja Irene Tikkanen1, Vidmantas Tūtlys2, Meril Umarik3, Biruta Sloka4

1University of Stavanger, Norway; 2Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 3Tallinn University, Estonia; 4University of Latvia

Presenting Author: Tikkanen, Tarja Irene

The purpose of this paper is to explore and compare the training and employment settings, opportunities, and scenarios of at-risk VET students in four countries from the perspective of the support provided to them by VET teachers individually and by VET schools institutionally, to meet their learning and training needs and to promote their employability/employment. The study is part of the large EEA research project Vocational education and workplace training enhancing social inclusion of at-risk young people (EmpowerVET), in collaboration between Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, and Norway.

The study builds on two research questions. First, what characterizes VET teachers’ possibilities to support at-risk students (national perspective)? To this end we will explore four factors: (i) availability of VET teachers, support staff, and trends; (ii) policies in VET teacher training; (iii) changing roles of VET teachers along with more diverse student populations, and; (iv) support available to VET teachers to deal with at risk students. Second, what characterizes the similarities and differences between the four countries, in the above regards, in the light of their different political-economic models of skills formation?

At-risk students/youth is not a homogenous group, nor easily definable. They often, but not always, need special support in the context of education, and duly special competence from the teaching staff to address their learning needs, against their often “uniquely complex” situations. Their risk of societal marginalization is often related to school dropout. In Norway, three background factors, sometimes intertwined, characterize youth at-risk for marginalization: migration, history of child welfare services, and psychological problems (Sletten & Hyggen, 2013, 23). In the Baltics economic hardship and geography often add to these.

Theoretically, the study builds on the concept of VET teacher competences (Antera, 2021) and institutional models of skills formation setting (Tūtlys, Vaitkutė & Bukantaitė, 2022).

Both the European Union (EU) and the OECD strongly relate the quality of VET provision to professional competence of VET teachers and its development (Antera, 2021, 463). Few studies have been investigating VET teachers’ competence, but both solid competence in the vocation and being a good pedagogue define a “good vocational teacher” (Mogstad Aspøy, et al., 2017). While they typically have a strong vocational identity, a large proportion of them lack formal pedagogical competence (Turmo & Aamodt 2007). Furthermore, strong focus on absence and often low school motivation are pulling teachers’ role towards being also a social worker (Lloyd & Payne, 2012; Young, 2000), as does increasing student diversity. Followingly, VET teachers often face challenges in trying to address at-risk students’ needs for learning and support. Continuous and high-quality professional development becomes a necessity to keep pace with the rapidly developing demands of their job (Psifidou & Pevec Grm, 2021).

The countries involved in this study, represent two types of strategic priorities in the development of the VET systems, with different implications to at-risk students (Cedefop, 2021). One is typical to Baltic countries, with an emphasis on fixing demand-supply skills gaps thru VET and strong focus on teachers’ vocations-related and practical skills, at the expense of broader theoretical knowledge. The other is typical to Nordic countries, emphasizing equal access and opportunities for learning skills development to all, and having a balanced view to VET teachers’ vocational and pedagogical skills and their development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on expert methodology, a qualitative approach to identify VET practices and policies in the four countries, through research and evaluations carried out in them, and to assess thru them VET teachers’ and schools’ capacities to tackle the challenges of integration of at-risk youth and their vocational and labor market integration.
The methodology comprises of three separate phases. First, VET specialists from the four countries in the EmpowerVET project prepared a joint framework to systematically explore VET teachers’ and schools’ capacities to tackle the challenges of integration of at-risk youth and their vocational and labor market integration in each country. Our initial exploration of existing research and statistics showed that accurate statistics, and especially cross nationally valid, comparative statistics on the topic and the target group of at-risk youth is not available. Research and evaluation reports in regards the target group of at-risk youth, mostly are available only on the native languages. Followingly, and second, country reports following the joint framework were produced in the English language by each national team of specialists. Third, the national accounts were analyzed and compared, and finally, the knowledge provided in them systematized to allow to answer to our research questions. The analysis is still ongoing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show wide differences in availability of VET teachers and support staff, policies, changing roles, and both in the availability of and approach to organising of support within VET systems across the countries, also across the Baltics. The support here refrs to both that to teachers in their work with at-risk students and the support to at-risk students themselves. Yet, the countries display similar trends in the increasing volume of at-risk students and their diversity, and the complexity of their need for academic and social support.

The implications of the findings to support the learning and employment of at-risk students in VET will be discussed against the two types of strategic priorities in the development of the VET systems, the Baltic and the Nordic.  

References
Antera, S. (2021). Professional competence of vocational teachers: a conceptual review. Vocations and Learning, 14: 459-479.
Meagher, L., Lyall, C., & Nutley, S. (2008). Flows of knowledge, expertise and influence: a method for assessing policy and practice impacts from social science research, Research Evaluation, 17(3), 163–173, https://doi.org/10.3152/095820208X331720
Mogstad Aspøy, T., Skinnarland, S. &, Hagen Tønder, A. (2017). Yrkesfaglærernes kompetanse. Fafo-rapport 2017:11. Oslo: Fafo.
Psifidou,I. & Pevec Grm, S. (2021). VET teachers and trainers competence creating inclusion  and excellence. In (Eds. F. Bünning, G. Spöttl, & H. Stolte) Technical and Vocational Teacher Education and Training in International and Development Co-Operation (pp. ). Springer.
Sletten, A. M., & Hyggen, C. (2013). Ungdom, frafall og marginalisering. Temanotat. Research Council of Norway.
Tūtlys, V., Vaitkutė, L., & Bukantaitė, D. (2022). Development of Competencies and Qualifications of the VET Teachers and Trainers in Lithuania. In (Eds. F. Bünning, G. Spöttl, & H. Stolte) Technical and Vocational Teacher Education and Training in International and Development Co-Operation (pp. 337–355). Springer.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm02 SES 03 B: Transitions in VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre B [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Harm Biemans
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Linking Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) with Higher Education, and possible Consequences for Development Cooperation

Steffen Entenmann1, Dieter Euler2, Dietmar Frommberger3, Junmin Li4, Johannes Karl Schmees5

1Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) GmbH, Palestine; 2Universität St. Gallen, Switzerland; 3University of Osnabrück, Germany; 4University of Cologne, Germany; 5Norwegian university of science and technology

Presenting Author: Li, Junmin; Schmees, Johannes Karl

In many countries, technical and vocational education and training (TVET) has a poorer reputation and is seen as significantly less attractive than higher education. In historical terms, in many countries the relationship between general and higher education on the one hand and TVET on the other can be seen as each side separating itself from the other. Each of the two education sectors pursues its own logic. The exclusive nature of higher education leading to a university degree for a small, privileged section of society has always contrasted with pragmatic TVET. The importance of the school leaving certificate that entitled the holder to enter university was inflated such that it became seen as a reflection of an educated person, while TVET was associated with practical skills and suffered a lower status.

Numerous approaches have been emerging in the area where TVET meets higher education. These concepts have not done away with the segmentation, but they can create new perspectives for putting the relationship between the two sectors on a new footing. The approaches represent a wide spectrum of options from creating new permeability between the two sectors and making it possible to transfer credits gained in one to the other, to the development of entire education courses that link TVET and higher education comprehensively (Wolter 2019).

The contours between the two education sectors are blurring. Vocational schools for instance are moving into the territory that was formerly the exclusive preserve of higher education institutions, while universities of applied sciences and even some universities are devising advanced TVET courses for the market, and competing with advanced TVET institutions (Dunkel/Le Mouillour 2013). In some European countries, these trends towards convergence are even more marked with universities offering advanced vocational courses, in some cases leading to well established qualifications (e.g. Executive MBAs) or even offering a vocational Ph.D. (Dunkel/Le Mouillour 2013). But also, in some countries hybrid institutions emerge. Observations in various countries indicate that new convergences and linkages are emerging between the sectors in countries with very different education structures.

The characteristics of TVET and higher education, and the borders and overlaps between the two have developed in very different ways if we compare nations. At the same time we can see a honing and differentiation of new borders being drawn and new linkages being created between TVET and higher education (see for instance Frommberger/Schmees 2021). This is the background to our question – to what extent could the status quo of this trend been analysed systematically and what objectives are pursued against the background of differing starting points? On the basis of the result this conceptual paper points out consequences for development cooperation.

We follow Euler’s approach of an area of convergence emerges between higher education and TVET (EULER 2021) to differentiate between the two education sectors outlined above, and the resulting emergence of an area of intersection or convergence. This approach shows that on the higher education side a modern version of the historic, traditional research-oriented university persists, while parallel to this, in some disciplines and faculties, higher education institutions with a stronger vocational orientation are emerging. This type of higher education tends to overlap to a significant extent in terms of goals and curriculum structure with the ‘exclusive’ end of the TVET spectrum where we find primarily training occupations in which the vast majority of trainees actually hold university entrance qualifications.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To investigate the variety of forms in different countries, we use heuristics that encompass the objectives, organizational, programme and systems dimensions. The heuristics are based on the results of an expert workshop. The objectives dimension reflects the needs of society in terms of the permeability of education systems. Combining TVET and higher education in different ways can build bridges, allowing individuals with vocational qualifications to access higher education. Another factor closely linked to this dimension are new access routes so that socially disadvantaged groups can benefit from higher education. Conversely, higher TVET can unlock new prospects for school leavers completing their education at general schools.
The systems dimension sets out the framework within which the education system in a society operates and within which the other dimensions develop. The different forms of linking TVET and higher education set out here are thus part of an existing education system that may provide for greater or lesser permeability.
In terms of the linkages between TVET and higher education, the organisational dimension looks at the education facilities offering hybrid courses. The courses may be offered by existing TVET and/or university facilities. We can also observe that organisations are broadening their profile significantly, and that part of this involves offering hybrid courses. Last, but not least, new (hybrid) education organisations can be established, that combine TVET and higher education.
The programme dimension looks at the specific form of hybrid education courses that straddle TVET and higher education. Existing TVET offerings can be supplemented by elements of general education or higher education. This aspect is particularly relevant for the permeability of education systems, that enables individuals to move up the ladder from one sub-section of the education system to another. It is also possible to incorporate relevant occupational elements in a university degree course (DEISSINGER 2015; DEISSINGER/OTT 2016); these elements can be integrated parallel to the regular course or can be sequenced.
Firstly, the heuristics provide a structure to describe the status quo in a given country in terms of the links between TVET and higher education. Secondly the heuristics enable to compare it with other systems.
We take case studies from China and the Palestinian territories to categorise forms of linkages between TVET and higher education. The study is based on the analysis of documents in the selected countries, including government reports, recommendations, regulations and requirements, but also research studies (MORGAN 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings are summarised as a conceptual paper and will be presented at the conference. Brief insights are given in the proposal.
In China, the permeability between the pillars of the secondary and tertiary level TVET system is regulated by the entrance examinations. China’s ‘modern’ TVET system includes a university entrance examination for tertiary level TVET alongside the central university entrance examination, thus giving graduates of the vocational upper secondary schools access to academic TVET. Against this backdrop, there can be seen to have been an improvement in permeability within the TVET system between upper secondary and tertiary levels.
In the case of Palestinian territories, the Al-Quds University can be taken as an example of a step-by-step-way to integrate practice-oriented dual studies into existing university structures. Institutions in all education sectors, the private sector and development cooperation are striving to achieve a stronger linkage between education programmes and practice in response to the needs of society. Establishing this link between education and practice is a higher priority than establishing stronger links between TVET and higher education. The permeability between different levels of education does not appear to be the most urgent problem in the Palestinian territories, in view of the already high rate of academisation.
As the two case studies demonstrate, an awareness is developing in individual countries that linking these two sectors of the education system can bring benefits. (The lack of) permeability does not appear to be the most urgent problem: it is more important to make all forms of education and training more practically relevant. In development cooperation there have to date been few pilot projects that have developed, tested and evaluated closer links between TVET and higher education. Initial ideas regarding the expansion of initiatives in development cooperation will be given in the presentation.

References
Deissinger, T. (2015): Verberuflichung und Verallgemeinerung – internationale Perspektiven und die Frage nach der Tertiarisierung der beruflichen Bildung [Vocational Education and Generalisation - International Perspectives and the Question of Tertiarisation of Vocational Education]. In: Ziegler, B. (Eds.): Verallgemeinerung des Beruflichen - Verberuflichung des Allgemeinen? [Generalisation of the Vocational - Vocationalisation of the General?] Bielefeld: Bertelsmann, pp. 57–80.
Deissinger, T./Ott, M. (2016): Tertiarisation of Vocational Education and Training and its implications: problems and issues in Germany and France. In: Bohlinger, S./Dang, T.K.A./Klatt, M. (Eds.). Education policy: mapping the landscape and scope. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Edition, pp. 267-296.
Dunkel, T./Le Mouillour, I. (2013): Berufsbildung auf höchstem Niveau – europäische Erfahrungen [Vocational education and training at the highest level - European experience]. In: Severing, E./Teichler, U. (Eds.): Akademisierung der Berufswelt? [Academisation of the world of work?] Bielefeld: wbv Bertelsmann, pp. 143–168.
uler, D. (2021): Shaping the relationship between vocational and academic education. Socioeconomic trends and their implications for the future of apprenticeships. In: The next steps for apprenticeship. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union, S. 39–49.
Frommberger, D./Schmees, J. K. (2021): Bridging Vocational with Upper Secondary and Higher Education: International Developments. In: Nägele, C./Kersh, N./Stalder, B. E. (Eds.): Trends in vocational education and training research, pp. 64–72.
Morgan, H. (2022). Conducting a qualitative document analysis. The Qualitative Report, 27(1), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2022.5044
Wolter, A. (2019): Abschied vom Bildungsschisma [Farewell to the educational schism]. In: Euler, D./Meyer-Guckel, V./Severing, E. (Eds.): Studienintegrierende Ausbildung. Neue Wege für Studium und Berufsbildung [Study-integrating training. New Paths for Studies and Vocational Training]. Essen, pp. 21–41


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The Decision to Combine Initial and Continuing Vocational Education and Training: Narrowing the Structure and Purpose of Finnish VET?

Antti Seitamaa, Helena Hinke Dobrochinski Candido

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Seitamaa, Antti; Hinke Dobrochinski Candido, Helena

The 2018 Finnish VET reform introduced a single legislation for initial and continuing vocational education and training (IVET and CVET, respectively). For more than 30 years prior to this, the Finnish VET system had been organized based on two separate subsystems, both with their own legislation, steering mechanisms, funding, target groups, teachers, and specialized VET providers. In this article, I argue that although the 2018 reform succeeded in resolving some of the bifurcated VET system’s structural problems, the decision to combine IVET and CVET into a single system ultimately narrowed the structure and purpose of Finnish VET. Consequently, the newly reformed VET system views students primarily as future workers-in-training rather than citizens with equal educational rights, hence deepening social inequality (see Isopahkala-Bouret, 2014; Nylund & Virolainen, 2018; Seitamaa & Hakoköngäs, 2022).

The decision to combine IVET and CVET sparked considerable controversy when it was first announced. Proponents of the decision argue that there is an inherent synergy between IVET and CVET that improves cost-effectiveness by decreasing bureaucracy and eliminating partially overlapping costs. Critics of the decision charge that it has significantly weakened the status and autonomy of CVET and made steering and provisioning adult education far more difficult. The decision to create a single legislative framework for VET also has profound pedagogical ramifications: elements that were originally developed and intended mainly for adult learners, such as competence-based personalized learning pathways and the recognition of prior learning, were expanded to all learners. The 2018 reform also made work-based learning the primary pedagogical method, thus effectively bringing an end to the era of school-based VET in Finland (Virolainen & Thunqvist, 2017; Niemi & Jahnukainen, 2020).

This qualitative research paper uses critical discourse analysis to examine expert interviews conducted with 32 leading VET policy actors in Finland, including high-ranking civil servants, key stakeholders, VET providers, senior politicians, and researchers. The interview data is complemented with key policy documents to answer the following research questions:

1) How do experts make sense of the decision to combine IVET and CVET in the 2018 VET reform, particularly in terms of its effects on youth and adult learners?

2) How do experts connect the decision to combine IVET and CVET with broader political, structural and systemic tensions in the Finnish VET system?

3) How do experts see the future of Finnish VET in terms of its structure and purpose, particularly for youth and adult learners?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The material consists of in-depth interviews with leading policy experts and stakeholders (n = 32) in Finnish VET as well as supplementary analysis of key policy documents. Participants were identified through cross-referencing and selected based on their deep personal and professional knowledge of Finnish VET policy. The participants represented four groups: 1) key political influencers (n=8), 2) senior government officials (n=11), 3) leaders/representatives of vocational education providers (n=10), and 4) senior researchers (n=3). Experts come from organizations with different historical and political orientations and conflicting interests, which makes their insights and perspectives particularly interesting for critical discourse analysis. The interviewed experts have decades of experience in working with VET on a national level. Although most of the interview subjects would likely refrain from describing themselves as members of “the elite”, their power and influence in VET policymaking connects this study with the research tradition of elite interviews (Harvey, 2011).

Most prior research in Finnish VET tends to focus on the micro-level, often utilizing ethnographic approaches for studying students, teachers and their pedagogic interactions in specific vocational fields (e.g. Niemi & Jahnukainen, 2020). In contrast, the participants in this study work with the macro- and meso-levels of VET where political, institutional and administrative decisions about legislation, funding and steering take place (Ozga, 2020). Wodak’s (2001) discourse historical approach to critical discourse analysis will be utilized on the expert interview data in this study, which is currently undergoing analysis. Using a dynamics approach, experts’ reflections on central actors and institutions in the national VET policy fields will be analyzed first, followed by an analysis of their reflections about critical events leading up to the decision to combine IVET and CVET (Simola et al., 2017; Kauko, 2013). Key policy documents produced by central actors and institutions, corresponding to critical events such as the 2018 VET reform, will then be critically examined to identify key discursive formations and narratives. Careful analysis of policy documents and expert interviews will help make sense of how Finnish VET policy has developed and how it eventually culminated in the decision to create a single system., experts’ discursive formations are expected to reveal tension-laden practices and competing agendas in Finnish VET policy concerning its optimum structure and purpose. Analysis will concretize and situate the ideologically abstract into the politically concrete, highlighting the ways in which reforms reproduce and reconfigure national dynamics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study fills a gap in research by exploring the highly consequential yet unexamined decision to combine IVET and CVET into a single system. Critically examining Finnish VET policymaking in the context the 2018 VET reform also has the potential to generate knowledge that could be beneficial to other EU Member States as they make decisions regarding the structure and purpose of VET. The article contributes to long-standing discussions about the socio-historical formation and development of Finnish vocational education and training as well as discussions regarding its current agenda and future directions (Isopahkala-Bouret et al., 2014; Nylund & Virolainen, 2019; Wheelahan 2015). It is also expected to contribute to comparative educational research in Europe, hopefully informing future scholarly and polixy debate on structural reforms in CVET and IVET.

This study will demonstrate that combining IVET and CVET was one of the most consequential decisions in Finnish VET policy in the last three decades. Furthermore, it will show how the relationship between IVET and CVET has been a central issue of contention between the Finnish leftwing and rightwing in VET policy development. Many of the main elements in the 2018 Finnish VET reform, for example, resulted from this decision, which re-politicized the Finnish policy field. I hope to demonstrate that the Finnish VET reform, which created a new organizational and legislative basis for a working life based and individualized VET, narrowed the structure and purpose of Finnish VET and that the struggle over the future of Finnish VET, both for youth and adult learners is far from over.

References
Avis, J. (2018). Socio-technical imaginary of the fourth industrial revolution and its implications for vocational education and training. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 70(3): 337-363.

Harvey, W. S. (2011). Strategies for conducting elite interviews. Qualitative Research 11(4): 431–441.

Isopahkala-Bouret, U., Lappalainen, S., & Lahelma, E. (2014). Educating worker-citizens. Journal of Education and Work, 27(1): 92-109.

Kauko, J. (2013). Dynamics in higher education politics: a theoretical model. Higher Education, 65(2): 193-206.

Niemi A.-M. & Jahnukainen, M. (2020) Educating self-governing learners and employees: studying, learning and pedagogical practices in the context of vocational education and its reform. Journal of Youth Studies, 23(9): 1143-1160, DOI: 10.1080/13676261.2019.1656329

Nylund, M. & Virolainen, M. (2019). Balancing 'flexibility' and 'employability': The changing role of general studies in the Finnish and Swedish VET curricula of the 1990s and 2010s. European Educational Research Journal, 18 (3): 314-334.

Ozga, J. (2020). Elites and expertise. In G. Fan & T. Popkewitz (Eds.). Handbook of education policy studies (pp. 53-69). Springer.

Seitamaa, A. & Hakoköngäs, E. (2022). Finnish vocational education and training experts’ reflections on multiculturalism in the aftermath of a major reform. Journal of Vocational Education & Training DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2066559

Simola, H., J. Kauko, J. Varjo, M. Kalalahti, & F. Sahlström. (2017). Dynamics in education politics. Routledge.

Stenström, M.-L. & Virolainen, M. (2018). The modern evolution of vocational education and training in Finland (1945–2015). In S. Michelsen & M.-L. Stenström Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries: The Historical Evolution. Routledge.

Wheelahan, L. (2015). Not just skills: what a focus on knowledge means for vocational education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(6): 750-762.

Wodak, R. (2001). What CDA Is about—A Summary of Its History, Important Concepts and Its Developments. In W. R., & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of Critical Discourse Analysis (pp. 1-13). London: Sage Publications.

Virolainen & Thunqvist, P. D. (2017). Varieties of universalism: post-1990s developments in the initial school-based model of VET in Finland and Sweden and implications for transitions to the world of work and higher education. Journal of Vocational Education and Training 69(1), 47-63.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Student Perceptions of Different Learning Trajectories in Dutch VET

Harm Biemans1, Hans Mariёn2

1Wageningen University, Netherlands, The; 2IVA Education Tilburg, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Biemans, Harm

In the Dutch educational system, two traditional learning pathways to higher professional bachelor (or HBO) programmes exist: the regular VET route and the general secondary education route. The VET pathway starts from lower secondary pre-vocational school-based programmes at EQF level 2 (VMBO; nominal duration 4 years) and goes via middle-management VET programmes at EQF level 4 (MBO; 3-4 years) to higher professional bachelor programmes at EQF levels 5 or 6 (HBO; 2-4 years) (Cedefop, 2016). The general secondary education route can be described as an integrated lower and upper general secondary programme at EQF level 4 (HAVO; 5 years) leading to HBO.

In addition to these traditional learning trajectories, continuing learning pathways have been designed and implemented during the last decade in the Dutch VET column that combine characteristics of the two traditional trajectories and that are aimed at accelerating students’ learning trajectory and promoting their transition to HBO programmes (see e.g. Sneyers & De Witte, 2016; Mulder & Cuppen, 2018). Continuing learning pathways can be defined as sequential educational programmes combined into a new integrated educational programme (Biemans et al., 2016; 2019; 2020).

Examples of such continuing learning pathways in Dutch VET are the Talent Development Engineering programme (TDE) and the Green Lyceum (GL), which is offered by several agricultural (or ‘green’) VET institutes. These educational programmes can be described as accelerated, continuing pathways connecting VMBO and MBO levels and are specifically aiming at students who combine a relatively high cognitive ability to reach the HBO theoretical level with an outspoken affinity for practical, vocation-oriented assignments. The Dutch trend of designing and implementing continuing learning pathways is in line with the efforts many other countries are making to make pathways to higher vocational education more flexible and, thus, to promote students’ transitions between successive educational levels (see e.g., Catterall et al., 2014; Harris & Rainey, 2012; Aarkrog et al., 2018).

The central aim of the present study was to examine and compare student perceptions of different learning trajectories to HBO: the Talent Development Engineering programme (TDE), the regular VET route in the engineering domain, the Green Lyceum (GL), the regular VET route in the agricultural domain, and the general secondary education route. Moreover, we strive to relate these student perceptions of the different learning trajectories in Dutch VET to their transition data to HBO and their study success data in the first HBO study year. After all, a successful HBO career could be considered as the ultimate goal of these learning pathways to HBO. In this way, the present study aimed to contribute to knowledge on students’ perceptions of different pathways to higher professional bachelor (HBO) programmes and to lead to deeper insights in how students’ transitions to this educational level and their study success in HBO can be promoted through learning pathways with specific educational design features.

The study aimed to answer the following research questions:

  1. How satisfied are HBO students from the different routes with their learning trajectory to HBO?
  2. To what extent do students feel prepared in their previous educational programme with respect to study skills needed in HBO?
  3. To what extent do students feel prepared for the theoretical subjects in their HBO programme?
  4. To what extent do students feel prepared for the vocation-oriented aspects of their HBO programme?
  5. To what extent do students feel supported in their previous educational programme in choosing a specific HBO programme?
  6. To what extent are student perceptions of the different learning trajectories to HBO related to their transition to HBO and their study success in HBO?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Several samples of students in their first HBO phase and coming from the five different learning trajectories to HBO mentioned above were selected from a national student database. They received a letter in which they were requested to complete a student questionnaire on their perceptions of their learning trajectory. There were two data collection rounds: a first round in spring 2022 (N=35 students from the regular VET route and 17 students from the general secondary education route) and a second round in January 2023 (students from all five different learning trajectories to HBO; data analysis still ongoing). The selected students had completed their previous educational programme before HBO in 2021 or 2022.
Students’ perceptions of their respective learning trajectories were collected through an online questionnaire. The items corresponding with the various scales were presented to the students in separate blocks. Students had to use five-point Likert scales (1=minimal score; 5=maximal score) to respond to the various items. The scales of the questionnaire were:
• Satisfaction with previous educational programme (11 items; RQ1);
• Extent to which students feel prepared in their previous educational programme with respect to study skills needed in HBO (10 items; RQ2);
• Extent to which students feel prepared for their HBO programme in their previous educational programme with respect to specific theoretical subjects (8 items; RQ3);
• Extent to which students feel prepared for the vocation-oriented aspects of their HBO programme in their previous educational programme (5 items; RQ4);
• Extent to which students feel supported in choosing a specific HBO programme in their previous educational programme (7 items; RQ5).
Mean scores of the five student groups will be compared for the scales mentioned above. At this moment, only data from the first data collection round are analysed.
In addition to the survey data, several interviews have been carried out with HBO students coming from the five different learning trajectories to HBO. These interviews were done to collect more in-depth, qualitative data on the underlying motivations and argumentations of the students.
Moreover, at ECER 2023, student perceptions of the different learning trajectories will be related to student data with respect to transition to HBO and to study success in HBO (RQ6). In this regard, e.g., percentages of students who enter an HBO programme after receiving a MBO or HAVO diploma and of students who are successful in their first HBO study year will be considered.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As mentioned above, up until now, only preliminary analyses of the data collected in the first round were carried out. As part of these first analyses, perceptions of first-year HBO students coming from the regular VET (MBO) route and students coming from the general secondary education (HAVO) route were compared. In general, former HAVO students were more satisfied with their previous educational programme than former MBO students. Moreover, former HAVO students felt more prepared in their previous educational programme with respect to several study skills needed in HBO, such as planning and independent learning, collaborating, and learning texts. Finally, former HAVO students felt more prepared for their HBO programme in their previous educational programme with respect to specific theoretical subjects such as Dutch and English language, mathematics, physics, chemistry, and economics. On the other hand, former MBO students considered their previous educational programme to be more vocation-oriented, e.g. through previous internships, and they mentioned that their previous teachers had more experience with relevant professional contexts. With respect to the support in choosing a specific HBO programme in their previous educational programme, no significant differences were found between both groups. Former HAVO students, however, reported that they had been supported in the transition from their previous educational programme to HBO to a higher extent than former MBO students. Results from the second round of data analysis will be reported at the ECER 2023 as well as relations between these student perceptions and student variables such as transition to HBO and study success in the first HBO year. Insights in student perceptions of the particular learning trajectory to HBO and the relations with transition and study success have theoretical and practical implications for the design and implementation of both the traditional routes and the new continuing learning pathways to HBO.

References
Aarkrog, V., Wahlgren, B., Mariager-Anderson, K., Gottlieb, S. & Larsen, C.H. (2018). Decision-making processes among potential dropouts in vocational education and training and adult learning. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 5(2), 111-129.
Biemans, H., Mariën, H., Fleur, E., Beliaeva, T., & Harbers, J. (2019). Promoting Students’ Transitions to Successive VET Levels through Continuing Learning Pathways. Vocations and Learning, 12(2), 179–195.
Biemans, H.J.A., Mariën, H., Fleur, E., Beliaeva, T., & Harbers, J. (2020). Students’ Experiences with Different Learning Pathways to Higher Professional Bachelor Programmes. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 1-20.
Biemans, H., Mariën, H., Fleur, E., Tobi, H., Nieuwenhuis, L., & Runhaar, P. (2016). Students’ Learning Performance and Transitions in Different Learning Pathways to Higher Vocational Education. Vocations and Learning, 9(3), 315-332.
Catterall, J., Davis, J., & Yang, D.F. (2014). Facilitating the learning journey from vocational education and training to higher education. Higher Education Research & Development, 33(2), 242-255.
Cedefop (2016). Spotlight on VET The Netherlands. Thessaloniki: Cedefop.
Harris, R., & Rainey, L. (2012). Learning pathways between and within vocational and higher education: towards a typology? Australian Educational Researcher, 39, 107-123.
Mulder, J., & Cuppen, J. (2018). Verbeterde aansluiting mbo-hbo. Wat werkt? [Improved alignment middle-management VET programmes and higher professional bachelor programmes: What works?]. Nijmegen: ResearchNed.
Sneyers, E., & De Witte, K. (2016). Doorstroom MBO-HBO en uitval in het HBO. Evidence-based aanbevelingen [Transition MBO-HBO and drop-out in HBO: Evidence-based recommendations]. Den Bosch: ECBO.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm02 SES 03 C: Democracy
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 2 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Kristina Ledman
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Democracy at VET – Thoughts and Challenges from an Organisational and Didactical Approach

Henriette Duch

VIA University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Duch, Henriette

Educating about democracy is a theme in the European and especially the Nordic educational system (Husfeldt & Nikolova, 2003; Hjort, 2013; Løvlie, 2015; Apple et al., 2022). This point implies thoughts of representative democracy at the organisational level and the didactical approach (Solhaug, 2008). Therefore, the idea of progressive pedagogy has impacted the discussions and development in the Danish educational system since the Second World War (Korsgaard, 2009; Freire, 2014). At the general upper education, the Danish gymnasium, democracy has a long history (Raae, 2009), while it is relatively new as a formal approach in the law for Danish VET. At VET, democracy has been mentioned since 2000, and the current law states that VET: ”contributes to developing the participants´ interest in and ability to participate in a democratic society actively” (Ministry of children and education, 2021). Research on democracy in Denmark often pays attention to how youth are socialised to participate in representative democracy, while other Nordic countries have a more developed tradition for research on democracy in the classroom. Some subjects, such as social science, teach about representative democracy (Christensen, 2015), while all subjects can develop students’ democratic experiences by participating in dialogues and decision-making in the classroom and, e.g. processes in group work (Børhaug, 2008; Emslie, 2009). The classroom diversity of subjects and the diversity of students - which is extensive in Danish VET - must be considered (Rönnlund et al., 2019; Nylund et al., 2020).

This paper aims to contribute to students’ experiences in democracy to encourage participation in society. Since Danish VETs offer more than 100 different courses, this paper focuses on social and health care. The research question is: how is the participants’ interest in and ability to participate in a democratic society understood and implemented in the VET colleges, workplaces and classrooms?

The Danish VETs are organised as a dual training system. This structure gives students the opportunities for experiences, enquires and reflections supporting the choice of new actions at school and work. Since school and the workplace do not always agree on solutions and discussions, the students experience the possibilities for learning through disagreement. This context creates opportunities that can be addressed in the classroom, e.g. in group work (Iversen, 2016; Collins et al., 2019).

Dewey inspires the theoretical approach in the paper. He stresses the importance of the interaction between school and the surrounding world. In his book Democracy and Education (2005) [1916], he writes that democracy is not only a way of ruling but a way of living. Understanding the effect on action contributes to reducing race and class division. However, for Dewey, education must educate human beings, not only citizens. He states that taking part in a profession creates the potential for the student to give societal benefit and achieves happiness. However, a school must not only educate the profession but also contribute to perspectives on history and how work is done. Education has to develop the students to find new perspectives on work and actions.

Dewey’s theory gives a framework for analysing organisational and didactical challenges in VET but the theory also suggest how democracy can be developed by reflection on action (Skov & Duch, 2023). Furthermore, the theory can initiate discussions about the current policy and debate of the role of VET. VET is often addressed in relation to low recruitment, high dropout rates and the lack of employees e.g. in the health care sector. However, VET also have a role in inclusion of diverse students to maintain and develop a democratic society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data collection runs from autumn 2021 to spring 2023. The starting point is one college, but the study includes other perspectives from two other colleges and workplaces. The methods used are documentary analyses, addressing policy at a national level, and interviews at an organisational level. Furthermore, action research and observation are used. Details on this research will be expanded on below.
The research project is initiated in the autumn of 2021, collecting documents and making documentary analyses on policy documents about democracy in VET. At the same time, organisational and didactical challenges and opportunities have been discussed in several meetings with a social and healthcare college. After that, semi-structured interviews are made with students at this college. Twelve students are interviewed in spring 2022. The students represent some of the diversities at VETs such as age, mother tongue, experience in the social and health care sector, educational background and the starting point at the course since some students do not have to attend the first half year at the course. The students are asked about their understanding of democracy and former experiences in family, educational settings and, e.g. spare time activities. The questions address participation at the organisational level at schools and didactical experiences in the classroom. Two researchers did participate in the interviews, and one took notes. The interviews are coded, categorised and analysed.
In autumn 2022, the organisational approaches to democracy are explored at three colleges by one interview with a manager at each college. The colleges have different geographical locations, and each college has two or more subdivisions at different locations. This information implies that students´ workplaces are at healthcare institutions in different municipalities with different policies, e.g. recruitment and support of the students during the time spent at workplaces. Therefore, three educational managers, each connected to one of the colleges representing different municipalities, are interviewed. The six interviews are transcribed, coded, categorised and analysed.
In spring 2023, action research will take place in one of the colleges. A group of teachers at the college will participate in four meetings about didactical approaches to democracy. The teachers will develop their teaching in between the meetings and get new experiences, followed by collective reflection at the meetings. The researcher will observe three different examples of teaching.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Democracy is addressed later at VET than in primary school and the gymnasium as another secondary education in Denmark. Few formal documents concretise how democracy can be addressed, organisational and didactical, even though the law has this as a goal. Analysing interviews with students shows a diversity of former experiences, with some active in society and at college and some deliberately try not to interfere and express their opinions. Their different attitudes do not correlate with the students’ different backgrounds.
At the organisational level, managers understand democracy in different ways and relate to different kinds of activities at college. They also describe democracy by using other terms such as `bildung´ and participating in the college community and the outside world. In the municipalities, the interviews with managers indicate understandings, e.g., workplace democracy, recruitment and integration.
Especially one of the managers from the first involved college addresses the didactic and teaching framework. However, it is expected that the action research and the observations can unfold and give examples from the classroom.
Summing up, students attend college with different experiences and understandings of democracy, and colleges involve students in different kinds of activities. However, the attention to the diversity of the students’ perspectives is not explicated, and it is not clear if the organisation, the teachers and the students are reflecting on the actions even though democracy is seen as an ideal in society and education. Some of the municipalities give examples of the students’ diversity and the challenges to teach and involve in democratic processes at the workplace. The observations are expected to unfold the potentials and challenges in the different subjects in the classroom.
By addressing democracy the importance of VET is stressed: to recruit and educated the required labour force and to include diverse students in the society.

References
Apple, M. W., Biesta, G., Bright, D., Giroux, H. A., Heffernan, A., McLaren, P., Riddle, S., & Yeatman, A. (2022). Reflections on contemporary challenges and possibilities for democracy and education. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(3), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2022.2052029
Børhaug, K. (2008). Educating voters: political education in Norwegian upper‐secondary schools. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(5), 579-600. doi: 10.1080/00220270701774765
Christensen, A. S. (2015). Demokrati- og medborgerskabsbegreber i grundskolens samfundsfag i Danmark, Norge, Sverige og Tyskland. Nordidactica (1), 64–92.
Collins, J., Hess, M. E.;Lowery, C. L. (2019). Democratic Spaces: How Teachers Establish and Sustain Democracy and Education in Their Classrooms. Democracy and Education, 27 (1), 1-12
Dewey, J. (2005) [ 1916]. Demokrati og uddannelse [Democracy and Education]. Klim.
Emslie, M. (2009). ‘Practise what you teach’. Journal of youth studies, 12(3), 323-336. DOI: 10.1080/13676260902810833
Freire, P. (2014). Pedagogy of Solidarity: Paulo Freire patron of Brazilian education. Left Coast Press
Hjort, K. (2013). Ny nordisk skole – fællestræk, forskelle og fremtidige dilemmaer. Dansk pædagogisk Tidsskrift (1), 7-16
Husfeldt, V., & Nikolova, R. (2003). Students’ Concepts of Democracy. European Educational Research Journal, 2(3), 396–409. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2003.2.3.6
Iversen, L. L. (2016). Uenighetsfellesskab – en inkluderende innfallsvinkel til medborgerskap. In C. Lenz, P. Nustad, & B. Geissert (ed.), Faglige perspektiver på demokrati og forebygging av gruppefiendtlighet i skolen (p. 22-33). Særtrykk fra Dembra-publikasjon.
Korsgaard, O. (2009). Demokrati som pædagogisk værdi. Vera (49), 13–17.
Løvlie, L. (2015). John Dewey, phenomenology, and the reconstruction of democracy. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, (1) 1-13. https://doi.org/10.17585/ntpk.v1.104
Ministry of children and education [Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet] (2021). Bekendtgørelse om erhvervsuddannelser BEK nr 2499 af 13/12/2021.
Nylund, M., Ledman, K., Rosvall P.-Å. & Rönnlund, M (2020). Socialisation and citizenship preparation in vocational education: Pedagogic codes and democratic rights in VET-subjects, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41 (1), 1-17. DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2019.1665498
Raae, P. H. (2008) Når demokratiet er i konflikt med sig selv? Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift. 92 300-313
Rönnlund, M., Ledman, K., Nylund, M., & Rosvall, P. (2019). Life skills for ‘real life’: How critical thinking is contextualised across vocational programmes. Educational research, 61(3), 302-318. DOI: 10.1080/00131881.2019.1633942
Skov, T. H. & Duch, H. (2023). Gruppearbejde som en demokratisk aktivitet. In H. Duch (ed.). Gruppearbejde på ungdoms- og videregående uddannelser – begrundelser og perspektiver. En studiebog til undervisere og lærerstuderende. Frydenlund
Solhaug, T. (2008). Kritiske blikk på skolens opplæring til demokrati. Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift 92 (4) 255–261


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Democracy Learning through Participation in Germany’s Dual System – a Bernsteinian Approach

Gabriela Höhns

BIBB, Germany

Presenting Author: Höhns, Gabriela

Rosvall and Nylund (2022) summarise an apparent consensus among researchers that democracy learning might more easily be addressed in school settings than in workplaces, ‘since hierarchies that might be discussed or questioned are embedded in workplace settings. Thus, workplaces may be less safe spaces for learning democracy…’. Yet from a psychologistic perspective, Schnitzler (2017) showed that in German regulated company transmission in the dual system (DS), learners acquire political skills. This presentation follows Rosvall’s and Nylund’s reference to Basil Bernstein’s conceptual language to investigate the DS’s social-structural conditions that make the acquisition of political skills or learning for and through democratic participation possible.

Drawing on Bernstein’s (2000) notion of ‘pedagogic culture’, the presentation uses a theoretical framework developed by Hoadley and Galant (2017) (henceforth: H+G) to analyse the power (and control) relations within the DS with the company as primary transmission site. Hoadley and Galant explain that Bernstein conceived of pedagogic culture as a container. Besides two other dimensions, economy and bias, which are not considered here, the shape and stability of the container are relevant for what it contains, what is being transmitted. Stability, H+G point out, is about forms of control, which are analysable as Bernstein’s framing relations. Prior research (Höhns 2018, 2022) showed that in Germany’s DS, against expectations, learners (trainees/apprentices) can and do take control over the framing relations, including also the hierarchical relation to their trainers. These findings corroborate Schnitzler’s excavation of ‘political skills’: When learners choose whom to learn from and what to learn, they have to practise political skills, in order to do so in a contextually adequate way. Shape ‘refers to the social division of labour in the school (or other educational institution, such as the DS; addition GH), the academic identity of the institution and its learners, and the basis of authority’ (H+G, p. 1189). To explain the concept ‘division of labour’, H+G refer to Ingersoll (1995), who states that the division of labour is fundamentally about power and implies a hierarchical relationship. For the possibilities of democracy learning and the acquisition of political skills, the division of labour and the basis of authority of the transmitters in the company, the primary transmission site, are key. Therefore, this presentation approaches the question: How did DS graduates experience the shape of pedagogic culture in the DS, in particular the division of labour, and on what basis did they ascribe authority to their company trainers?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical basis for this presentation is an analysis of 30 problem-centred interviews with dual system graduates about their vocational training. They had acquired different Berufe (a particular Germanic conceptualisation of occupation) in differently sized and organized companies. Problem-centred interviews (Witzel and Reiter 2012) are open interviews with some guidance to keep the narration focussed on the theoretically perceived aspects of a social problem, such as vocational learning in the company and at other sites. The interview guide drew strongly on Basil Bernstein’s (e.g., 1990, 2000) conceptual language as sensitizing concepts, but also included other questions, for instance, about learning in the VET school.
Following H+G (2017, p. 1192), who measure shape in terms of classifications (boundary strengths) between contexts and agents, this presentation investigates the boundaries between contexts and agents in the DS, as perceived by the respondents. More precisely, these boundaries concern experiences in different transmission contexts. To ensure generalisation at the level of DS, the presentation complements respondents’ narrations with references to macro-social provisions (mainly the Vocational Training Act).
Concerning the basis of authority, the presentation summarises narrations about how respondents perceived the relationship to trainers and colleagues in the company.
This exploration of classifications within the DS restricts itself to a description of empirical indicators. The development of a systematic analytical grid for the measurement of boundary strengths, as H+G did, must be left to future research, possibly with an improved data base that would include also the perspective of transmitters.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Notwithstanding the restricted data base, the findings are expected to reveal a complex division of labour within the DS between the training company and other sites which the respondents have to navigate, with experiences complementing or contradicting each other.
Concerning the company transmitters’ ascribed authority, the findings presumably will show more variance than just the position as a basis. The respondents were able to give different reasons why they turned to whom with questions, and what they appreciated about their trainers and colleagues.
For democracy learning, the expected findings will suggest that the complex division of labour in the DS challenges learners to take responsibility and, at times, to contest the transmitter’s authority. Trainees/apprentices have to make transmitters (company trainers) explain, check or practise what is not part of the usual day-to-day routine in the company, but what they need to know for the VET school and for the examination which is organised and carried out outside the training company. In other words, in relation to the construct ‘Beruf’, the authority of company transmitters may be limited. The division of labour in the DS is not hierarchical, but requires consensus, starting from the macro social level where the social partners develop, modify and change Berufe, in obligatory consensus, down to the transmission in the company, between transmitters and acquirers.
Concurrently the findings cast light on the social aspects of the construct ‘Beruf’, which overarches the complex division of labour between transmission sites and which has more to it than a knowledge dimension.
Bernstein's conceptual language, pedagogic culture and shape, together with stability, seem to be promising for further, more detailed analyses of the conditions for democracy learning also in (regulated) company transmission.

References
Bernstein, B. (1990). Class, Codes and Control, Vol. IV - The structuring of pedagogic discourse. Routledge.
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity (Revised ed.). Rowman & Littlefield.
Hoadley, U., & Galant, J. (2016). Specialization and School Organization: Investigating Pedagogic Culture. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37(8), 1187-1210.
Höhns, G. (2018). Pedagogic practice in company learning: the relevance of discourse. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 70(2), 313-333. Höhns, G. M. (2018). Pedagogic practice in company learning: the relevance of discourse. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 70(2), 313-333.
Höhns, G. (2022). The social construction of vocational education - possibilities for change towards status improvement Journal of Vocational Education & Training.
Ingersoll, R. (1993). Loosely Coupled Organizations Revisited. Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 11, 81-112. Retrieved from https://repository.upenn.edu/gse_pubs/554
Rosvall, P.-Å., & Nylund, M. (2022). Civic education in VET: concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2022.2075436
Schnitzler, A. (2017). Die Entwicklung von politischen Fertigkeiten in der beruflichen Erstausbildung [The development of political skills in vocational education and training] Dissertation. Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität. Bonn.
Vocational Training Act from 23.03.2005, 931 ff retrieved from http://www2.bgbl.de/Xaver/start.xav?startbk=Bundesanzeiger_BGBl
English version: http://www.bmbf.de/pub/BBiG_englisch_050805.pdf
Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The problem-centred interview. Sage.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Opportunities for Critical Thinking, Social Inclusion and Democratic Participation in Vocational Students' Citizenship Education

Kristina Ledman1, Katarina Kärnebro1, Christina Ottander2

1Department of education, Umeå university, Sweden; 2Department of science and mathematics education, Umeå university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ledman, Kristina; Kärnebro, Katarina

Current societal challenges such as the war in Europe, the pandemic and global warming highlight the importance of all students – regardless of age and choice of study – being prepared for their roles as democratic citizens by being given opportunities to develop their citizenship knowledge. In this context, critical literacy as a means to counteract fake news and conspiracy theories is an essential prerequisite for democracy (Barzilai & Chinn 2020; Osborne et al. 2022). In this newly started project, we focus on citizenship education for vocational education and training (VET) students in upper secondary education. In Sweden, VET students have been identified as less likely to participate in democratic processes in society. Our definition of citizenship education builds on Bernstein’s (2000, xx-xxi) Pedagogic rights, i.e., i) individual enhancement (confidence for critical understanding), ii) social inclusion, and iii) participation, which includes the ability to take part and act in democratic processes. The concept of ‘citizen’ is understood here as being situated and dependent on which other identities – such as gender and sexuality, age, social class and functional ability – are attributed to individuals and groups (see Yuval-Davis 2008). This is significant in the study, as the VET programmes to a large extent are gender-differentiated contexts. Arnot (2009) shows in her analyses of citizenship, education and gender how discourses about citizens often become gendered because different knowledge and abilities are associated with identities.

As upper secondary vocational education is organized very differently in different national contexts (Kap 2015) also within Europe and the Nordic countries (Jørgensen et al. 2018) it is difficult to make international comparisons of vocational students’ citizenship education. Generally, VET students devote only a small proportion to citizenship education (Nylund et al. 2017). VET programmes include compulsory short courses in History, Social studies, Religion and Science studies and citizenship formation is a clearly stated motive behind the inclusion of these four subjects in the VET curriculum (Ledman 2014). We refer to these subjects as citizenship oriented. Studies have shown that VET programmes are often characterised by socialisation into workplace and industry cultures, and that knowledge content is contextualised in accordance with prevailing conditions, rather than being aimed at promoting critical thinking and questions about how things could be different (Nylund et al. 2020; Rönnlund et al. 2019). Research on vocational students' citizenship formation has been done in vocational subject-teaching contexts (Rosvall et al. 2020) and in the citizenship-oriented subjects separately (e.g., Ledman 2015, Nordby 2019, Kittelmann Flensner 2015; Sigauke, 2013). However, there is a lack of knowledge about the conditions these four subjects together create for vocational students' citizenship formation and how the students themselves perceive the development of their citizen identities.

The aim is to shed light on the vocational students' citizenship formation process during their three-year education, in relation to the content made available to them through the citizenship-oriented subjects. i) How do the students perceive the content and teaching approaches of the citizenship-oriented subjects and how do these subjects promote critical thinking and social inclusion, and prepare them to act as citizens? ii) What opportunities for citizenship formation - in the form of pedagogical rights and social positions - do teachers of History, Science Studies, Social Studies and Religion create for vocational students in their teaching? iii) What overall conclusions can be drawn about the vocational students' citizenship formation process with regard to a) differences between the various VET programmes, and b) about how citizen identities are formed in relation to social positions (gender, class, ethnicity) and professional identities?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project includes longitudinal interviews with students (DS1) and teacher interviews, in combination with observations and analysis of teaching material (DS2). The programmes initially selected for the study are the Health and Social Care Programme, the Industry Programme and the Trade and Administration Programme.
DS1) Group interviews with students are conducted once a year for three years. The interviews are designed as targeted open interviews, as a tool to understand the respondents’ thoughts and to elicit their subjective experiences (Lantz, 2007). We want to capture the students' experiences of the teaching and content of each subject, and how they perceive that the different kinds of knowledge provided by the four subjects can be related to each other and implemented in other contexts. The analysis draws on Pedagogic rights (Bernstein 2000) and we will identify instances of teaching where the students perceived a) they gained critical understanding b) experienced that they were part of a group and social community and c) experienced teaching that provided knowledge and a will and perceived ability to exert influence in working life and society. In this first stage, we will use classification and framing to identify teaching content and approaches. In a second stage, we will apply a comparative analysis and focus on differences and similarities between the different programmes, student groups and subjects.
DS2) builds on interviews with teachers of social studies, history, religion and science studies, in combination with observations of their teaching and analysis of their teaching materials and teaching plans. The interviews focus on how the teachers plan and carry out their teaching of the vocational students based on the conditions provided by the steering documents, the organisation of the teaching and perceptions and expectations of the students. This is followed by observations of 2-3 lessons (cf. Adolfsson & Alvunger 2017). Overall, the empirical material provides in-depth knowledge of what the students experience in the context of citizen-oriented teaching. We highlight processes in the pedagogical recontextualisation arena (Bernstein 2000) and identify which pedagogical codes and opportunities for citizenship formation dominate the teachers’ teaching practices, and how these vary between programmes and subjects. We also use gender regimes as a model for analysing the local power order through four dimensions (Connell 2009) and by analysing the empirical evidence intersectionally (Yuval- Davies 2008), since we want to shed light on the teachers’ perceptions of citizenship education and vocational students in the different programmes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results from pilot interviews with teachers indicate that in all four subjects it is important to anchor the teaching in the contexts the students are in. Students’ response to citizenship education seems to differ depending on vocational cultures in the programmes and the different conditions of the schools and the local communities. Furthermore, all teachers acknowledge that there are differences in opportunities for citizenship formation between the various VET programmes. When comparing the Industrial programme with Health and Social Care programme, the latter programme gives the students more opportunities to practice democratic rights. In a survey we conducted in a study preluding this project, we found that the majority of the students had a positive attitude the content of the citizenship oriented subjects, and that they were likely to perform formal democratic rights, as voting. However, a significant part of the students (around 25%) did neither perceive themselves as participants in society, nor interested in or having competence to be involved (Knekta et al. forthcoming). By the longitudinal design and student interviews, we will be able to gain a deeper understanding of VET students citizenship formation, both in relation to subject education and specific programme. The focus on the students’ citizenship formation through their perspective on knowledge and how citizen identities are formed in relation to social positions (gender, class, ethnicity) and professional identities contributes to broadening the understanding of citizenship education for VET students.
References
Adolfsson, C. & Alvunger, D. (2017). The selection of content and knowledge conceptions in the teaching of curriculum standards in compulsory schooling. I Wahlström, N. & Sundberg, D. (red.) Transnational curriculum standards and classroom practices. Routledge.

Arnot, M., (2009). Educating the gendered citizen. Sociological engagements with national and global agendas. London: Routledge.

Barzilai, S., & Chinn, C. (2020). A review of educational responses to the “post-truth” condition: Four lenses on “post-truth” problems. Educational Psychologist, 55(3), 107–119.

Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Rowman & Littlefield pbl.

Connell, R. W. (2009). Om genus. Daidalos.

Kap, H. (2015).Comparative studies of vocational education and training. Stockholms univ.

Kittelmann Flensner, K. (2015). Religious education in contemporary pluralistic Sweden. University of Gothenburg.

Knekta et al (forthcoming). To actively engage in society: VET students perspectives on Civic Bildung.

Lantz, A. (2007). Intervjumetodik. Den professionellt genomförda intervjun. Studentlitteratur.

Ledman, K. (2014). Till nytta eller onytta: argument rörande allmänna ämnen i ungas yrkesutbildning i efterkrigstidens Sverige. Nordic Journal of Educational History,1(1):21-43.

Ledman, K. (2015) Navigating historical thinking in a vocational setting: teachers interpreting a history curriculum for students in vocational secondary education, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47:1, 77-93, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2014.984766

Nordby, M.S. (2019). Naturfag for yrkesfagelever – hva teller som kunnskap? Doktorsavhandling nr 2019:11, Norges miljö- og biovetenskaplige universitet, Norge.

Nylund, M. et al. (2017). The vocational–academic divide in neoliberal upper secondary curricula: the Swedish case. Journal of education policy, 32(6):788-808.

Nylund, M. et al. (2020). Socialisation and citizenship preparation in vocational education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41, (1).

Osborne, J., Pimentel, D., Alberts, D., Barzilai, S., Bergstrom, C., Coffey, J., Donovan, B., Kivinen, K., Kozyreva, A., & Wineburg, S. (2022). Science Education in an age of misinformation. Stanford University, Stanford.

Rosvall, P-Å., Ledman, K., Nylund, M., & Rönnlund, M. (2020). Yrkesämnena och skolans demokratiuppdrag. Gleerups Utbildning AB

Rönnlund, M, Ledman, K, Nylund, M & Rosvall, P-Å (2019) Life skills for 'real life': How critical thinking is contextualised across vocational programmes. Educational research. 61:3.

Sigauke, A. T. (2013). Citizenship Education in the Social Science Subjects. Australian Jour-nal of Teacher Education, 38(11).

Jørgensen, C.H., Olsen, O.J. & Persson Thunqvist, D. (red.) (2018). Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries: Learning From Diversity. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.

Yuval-Davis, N., 2008. "Intersectionality, citizenship and contemporary politics of belonging". I Siim, B. & Squires, J. (red.). Contesting citizenship. Routledge.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm03 SES 03 A: Curriculum for STEM Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Daniel Alvunger
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Nature of Science in Physics, Chemistry and Biology Curricula in England

Ebru Kaya1, Sibel Erduran2

1Bogazici University, Turkiye; 2University of Oxford, UK

Presenting Author: Kaya, Ebru

Contemporary societies face significant challenges in dealing with issues such as climate change, the Covid-19 pandemic as well as disinformation and pseudo-science. Within the European context, the importance of scientific literacy as a component of curriculum innovation has been identified as a means to deal with such challenges, for instance through equipping learners with the tools to navigate and critically address the vast amounts of information exchanged in public debate, and support democratic processes (Siarova, Sternadel & Szőnyi, 2019). Understanding different aspects of NOS has been argued to contribute to scientific literacy (Matthews, 2016). NOS is about different aspects of science such as the aims, values, methods, practices and social context of science. Aspects of NOS have been included in policy documents from the European Commission as part of particular scientific competences (O’Carroll et al., 2017). As an area of research in science education, NOS has gained much attention (Abd-el-Khalick, 2012; Allchin, 2011; Lederman et al., 2002). The paper presents an empirical investigation into the coverage of nature of science (NOS) in the physics, chemistry and biology curricula in England. It is important to investigate the curriculum content on NOS because curricula are important resources that teachers use when making these plans and preparing the lesson content. In previous curriculum analyses, researchers have used various frameworks on NOS to trace its representation in science curricula. For example, Kaya and Erduran (2016) used the Reconceptualized Family Resemblance Approach to Nature of Science (RFN) which is the current framework on the nature of science (e.g. Erduran & Dagher, 2014; Irzik & Nola, 2014). This framework considers NOS as a cognitive-epistemic and social-institutional system, and as such it is fairly broad and it can capture a wide range of aspects of science. It has been applied as an analytical framework, for example in the analysis of assessment documents (e.g. Cheung, 2020). RFN has not been applied to the analysis of physics, chemistry and biology curricula (DfE, 2013; 2014) in England. Tracing how NOS is represented in physics, chemistry and biology curricula can shed light on how such different fields of science are conceptualised in science curricula. The study was guided by the following research questions: (a) How is NOS covered in the physics, chemistry and biology curricula at Key Stage 4 level in England? (b) What are the similarities and differences in how NOS is represented in the curricula of different sciences of physics, chemistry and biology? In order to address these research questions, a content analysis method proposed by Elo ve Kyngäs (2008) was used. This method consists of 3 steps: preparation, organizing, and reporting. In the preparation step, the unit of analysis and theoretical framework are selected. The unit of analysis was selected as sentences in the curricula in this study. Furthermore, Reconceptualized Family Resemblance Approach to Nature of Science (RFN) (Kaya & Erduran, 2016) was selected as the theoretical framework of the analysis. The organizing step includes creating the analysis matrices and coding based on the categories. RFN consists of the following categories: (a) cognitive-epistemic: aims and values, methods, practices and knowledge, and (b) social-institutional: social values, scientific methods, social certification and dissemination, social organisations and interactions, financial systems and political power structures. Results and findings for each curriculum analysis is presented highlighting the trends in the coverage of the key RFN categories. A significant finding is that the social-institutional categories were underrepresented in all curricula. Furthermore, only the introductory sections of the curricula included the majority of the RFN categories which were mainly about the cognitive-epistemic aspects of NOS. They were not integrated into the sections that covered the content knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data sources are curriculum documents for Key Stage 4 (KS4) in England (Department for Education, 2014). KS4 in England involves 10th and 11th year students (from 14 to 16 years old). The curriculum document consists of 5 main sections: Introduction, Working Scientifically, Subject Content: Biology, Subject Content: Chemistry, and Subject Content: Physics. The introduction section emphasizes the aims and significance of teaching science. “Working scientifically” section includes 4 subsections which are “The development of scientific thinking”, “Experimental skills and strategies'', “Analysis and evaluation”, and “Vocabulary, units, symbols and nomenclature”. In this study, we call the ‘introduction’ and “working scientifically” sections in the curriculum as ‘Introductory’ sections. In the 3 subject-content (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics) sections, the goals and significance of each subject and the specific topics in each subject are presented. The extent to which the physics, chemistry and biology curricula in England contain NOS was analyzed qualitatively through the adapted version of a content analysis method proposed by Elo ve Kyngäs (2008) and consists of 3 steps: preparation, organizing, and reporting. The unit of analysis was selected as sentences in the curricula. Furthermore RFN (Kaya & Erduran, 2016) was selected for coding the text. For example, the biology curriculum refers to the following statements which are coded under the “aims and values” category: “The study of biology involves collecting and interpreting information about the natural world to identify patterns and relate possible cause and effect. Biology is used to help humans improve their own lives and to understand the world around them.” This episode is coded as an instance of “aims and values” of science because it points to what biology aims to accomplish (e.g. collect and interpret information) and the values it possesses (e.g. help humans to improve their lives). For example, for the “Aims and Values” category, “aim, value, objectivity, novelty, accuracy, empirical adequacy, critical examination, etc.”; for the “Scientific Practices” category, “observation, experiment, data, model, classification, prediction, argumentation, explanation, etc.”; for the “Professional Activities” category, “conference, article, presentation, writing, publication, etc.” were used as key words. For the interrater reliability, the researchers carried out coding independently. Then the results were checked in terms of consistency of analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that the curricula include more references to the categories of the epistemic and cognitive aspects of science as compared to social-institutional aspects. The social-institutional categories were the least represented. Most references to NOS were found in the introductory section of the curriculum. While the biology, chemistry and physics sections include a few references to cognitive and epistemic categories, they practically do not include any reference to the social-institutional categories. The chemistry and physics sections do not include any keyword about social-institutional categories. Moreover, there are no references to “Social Organizations and Interactions” and “Political Power Structures” categories in the curriculum. The underrepresentation of the social-institutional aspects of NOS in the English science curricula is concerning considering the imminent role that understanding such aspects are critical in contemporary socioscientific issues such as the Covid-19 pandemic and the climate change emergency. Such pressing concerns demand scientific  literacy not only in terms of the cognitive and epistemic aspects of science but also the broader societal context of science. For example, in the context of the Covid-19 informed citizenship would require understanding not only what a virus is (ie. biology) and how virus particles might be transmitted (i.e. chemistry) but also how the economic and political decision-making around the pandemic and its impact on society (i.e. social institutions). If science education is to contribute to problem-solving about such pressing issues in society (O’Carroll et al., 2017), it will need to embrace a broader vision for how NOS is treated in teaching and learning. As a broad framework, RFN affords for the identification of the current limitations of science curricula and it holds the potential to provide recommendations for curriculum reform and innovation. The present study illustrates in concrete terms which aspects of NOS can be developed further in the curriculum.
References
Abd-El-Khalick, F. (2012). Examining the sources for our understandings about science: enduring conflations and critical issues in research on nature of science in science education. International Journal of Science Education, 34(3), 353-374.
Allchin, D. (2011). Evaluating knowledge of the nature of (whole) science. Science Education, 95(3), 518-542.
Cheung, K. (2020). Exploring the Inclusion of Nature of Science in Biology Curriculum and High-Stakes Assessments in Hong Kong. Science & Education, 29, 491-512.
Department for Education (2014) The national curriculum in England: Key Stages 3 and 4 framework document. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-curriculum-in-england-secondary-curriculum (Accessed: 16 May 2022).
Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107-115.
Erduran, S., & Dagher, Z. (2014). Reconceptualizing the nature of science for science education: scientific knowledge, practices and other family categories. Dordrecht: Springer.
O'Carroll, C., Hyllseth, B., Berg, R., et al.(2017). Providing researchers with the skills and competencies they need to practise. European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation (2017).  Open Science, Publications Office, 2017, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/121253
Kaya, E. & Erduran, S. (2016). From FRA to RFN, or how the family resemblance approach can be transformed for science curriculum analysis on nature of science. Science & Education, 25(9), 1115-1133.
Irzik, G. & Nola, R. (2014). New directions for nature of science research. In: M. Matthews, International handbook of research in history, philosophy and science teaching. pp. 999-1021. Springer.
Lederman, N. G., Abd-El-Khalick, F., Bell, R. L., & Schwartz, R. S. (2002). Views of nature of science questionnaire (VNOS): toward valid and meaningful assessment of learners conceptions of nature of science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 39(6), 497-521.
Matthews, M. (2016). The Contribution of History and Philosophy of Science, 20th Anniversary Revised and Expanded Edition. New York: Routledge.
Siarova, H., Sternadel, D. & Szőnyi, E. (2019). Research for CULT Committee – Science and Scientific Literacy as an Educational Challenge, European Parliament, Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies, Brussels


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Science Education at a Forked-Road: Curricular Transition in Ireland as an Opportunity to Inform Wider European Policy around Enquiry Practices

Natalie O'Neill

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Neill, Natalie

Research question: What can Ireland offer to the wider European debate on curriculum reform in science education?

This paper will provide evidence of how changes to STEM policy documents internationally, which are grounded in current academic research around best practice in science education, have failed to translate into practice among the wider science education community (Scientix, 2018). Policy occupies one epistemological stance (that of enquiry) while practice remains firmly in another (that of knowledge-as-transmission). Teachers are expected to navigate a landscape of policy reform that does not offer pedagogical guidance or a clear definition of enquiry (Osborne, 2015), and is at odds with the cultural and epistemological beliefs teachers hold of how practical work should be taught in schools (Loughran, 2014). Indeed, there are reports of teachers believing they are teaching enquiry-based lessons, when they are actually not (Capps et al., 2013). Irish senior cycle STEM curricula are currently under review after a series of reports that have deemed learner participation in STEM education as “less than satisfactory” (DES, 2020; 2017). Unsurprisingly, one of the main issues is an over-emphasis on propositional knowledge and an under-emphasis on epistemic and procedural knowledge (NCCA, 2019). In terms of practical activities, the lack of formal training around enquiry practices during initial teacher training and in-service professional development compounds the issue and has led to a situation where practical activities are taught by recipe and examined by rote (Hyland, 2011; Burns et al., 2018).

This research study, focuses on the enactment of enquiry-based practical activities at secondary and tertiary level and identifies how curricular reform cannot occur without epistemological reform. This type of complex reform requires the development of all three outputs of DBR; thoery, professional development and design of an educational artefact:

Theoretical Framework:

  1. Theory:

A theory of enquiry, specific to practical activities, is grounded in the work of Dewey’s complete act of thinking. This offers a view of knowledge as a dynamic end-in-view, constantly reaching into the unknown as an act of inference, “going beyond what is surely known to something else accepted on its warrant” (Dewey, 1910/2012). The mind/body dualism that is recognised within recipe teaching dissipates through this lens and is replaced by a focus on consciousness, which supports the process of enquiry. An inductive and deductive process of thinking is essential, where what is learned in one situation is put to an applied use in another, leading to a learning continuum that promotes a conscious search for knowledge.

2. Professional Development:

In addition, Wenger’s (1998) concept of a Community of Practice is employed as a lens through which professional development takes place. Teachers (pre-service and in-service) are gradually brought into a community of enquiry practitioners, firstly through involvement in the three modes of learning (mutual engagement, joint enterprise, shared repertoire), followed by exposure to a nexus of perspectives (student, teacher, designer) focused on creating a sense of belonging (hence identity) to the enquiry community.

Conceptual Framework:

3. Artefact

A Framework for Teaching Enquiry Activities (FTEA) was developed for teachers to use as a sense-making artefact around which to design and teach practical activities. It’s use an inductive/deductive tool for practical activities is designed to portray the specific theoretical view of enquiry as a pedagogy of uncertainty. When used as a boundary object within a community of practice it leads to an epistemic shift in teachers’ beliefs about knowledge and fosters the “Design Mind” that is required for teachers to engage in curriculum making.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design-based research was chosen as the research methodology because of its excellent track record at providing solutions to “wicked” problems such as the policy/practice,  enquiry/recipe divide in STEM curricula (Kelly, 2013). There are three mesocycles of research within this project (McKenney and Reeves, 2012);
1. A scoping mesocycle that identified an “enquiry vacuum” in the Irish senior cycle biology curriculum
2. A design and development mesocycle that resulted in the iterative design and refinement of three outputs: a theory of enquiry as an ontological innovation, an educational artefact as a sense-making object, and a programme for professional development through a community of practice lens
3. A summative evaluation mesocycle that tested the artefact in two target settings – a university laboratory, and a second level biology classroom.
Two quality approved DBR methodologies were used to refine the three outputs of the research and to scaffold learning for teachers (in-service and pre-service) within a community of practice before testing the FTEA in its target settings (Nieveen et al., 2012):
1. Walkthrough workshops
2. Micro-evaluations
These methods provided a liminal space (Land et al., 2014) in which teachers could make the epistemological shift towards enquiry teaching, away from the everyday pressures of the biology classroom. When teachers were comfortable with the language and pedagogy of enquiry, they returned to their classrooms to teach practical activities.
Data collected through interview, survey, audio and video evidence was analysed qualitatively using template analysis (King, 2012). This inductive/deductive analysis technique complements the pragmatic nature of DBR, providing a focus on “what works” in a particular situation rather than absolute truth. In addition qualitative analysis of video recordings was conducted through Millar’s Practical Activity Analysis Inventory (2009) and a Structured Enquiry Observations Schedule developed specifically for this research project. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of the data form alternative perspectives supported the validity of the claims made here.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Theory of Enquiry developed specifically for practical activities provides a clear definition of enquiry that can suitably underpin STEM curriculum reform. It answers calls to focus knowledge on how people learn rather than on “IBL”  (Osborne, 2015; Kirschener et al., 2006). It also answers national policy calls to strike a balance between propositional, procedural and epistemic knowledge (DES,2017) and international calls for innovative approaches to STEM teaching grounded in enquiry (Scientix, 2018). Underpinning practical activities with this theory leads to a pedagogy of possibility, and reduced the need for students to have the “right” answers.
The FTEA has shown its worth as a pedagogical artefact that spans multiple levels of curriculum (junior cycle, senior cycle, third level). It focuses learning on knowledge building and critical thinking rather than transmission of content, by providing clear criteria for designing and teaching practical activities. By providing an alignment between theory and practice it promotes a set of epistemological assumptions within which teachers can make sense of enquiry. The FTEA also answers questions of how to balance “tight” (top-down) and “loose” policy, because teachers work as curriculum makers when they use it to design lessons (Zohar and Hipkins, 2018).
The Community of Practice Approach highlights the need for professional development concerning laboratory work specifically. Within an enquiry-based community of practice commonly identified issues that prevent science teachers from engaging in enquiry (lack of subject content, lack of laboratory skills) dissipate as the view of knowledge as an end-in-view becomes the norm. Teachers regain freedom from the need to “know” everything as they adopt the enquiry identity of the Design Mind, before they teach enquiry-based lessons to their students in the target setting. The FTEA acts as a boundary object in this context, around which teachers can make epistemological sense of enquiry (Wenger, 1998).

References
Burns, D., Devitt, A., McNamara, G., O'Hara, J., & Brown, M. (2018). Is it all memory recall? An empirical investigation of intellectual skill requirements in Leaving Certificate examination papers in Ireland. Irish Educational Studies, 37(3), 351-372.
Capps, D. K., & Crawford, B. A. (2013). Inquiry-based professional development: What does it take to support teachers in learning about inquiry and nature of science?. International Journal of Science Education, 35(12), 1947-1978.
DES, 2017 STEM Education Policy Statement. Retrieved January 2023. https://www.gov.ie/en/policy-information/4d40d5-stem-education-policy/#stem-education-policy-statement-2017-2026
DES, (2020).STEM Education 2020: Reporting on Practice in Early Learning and Care, Primary and Post-Primary Contexts. Retrieved: January 2023 https://www.google.com/search?q=DES+STEM+report+2020&oq=DES+STEM+report+2020&aqs=chrome..69i57j33i160j33i22i29i30.6226j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8
Dewey, J. (1910/2012). How we think. Courier Corporation.
Hyland, A. 2011. “Entry to Higher Education in Ireland in the 21st Century.” NCCA/HEA Seminar, September 21, 1–24. Dublin: Higher Education Authority.
Kelly, A. E. (2013). When is design research appropriate. Educational design research, 135-150.
King, N (2012). “Doing Template Analysis”. Symon, G., & Cassell, C. (Eds.). Qualitative organizational research: core methods and current challenges. Sage.
Kirschner, P., Sweller, J., & Clark, R. E. (2006). Why unguided learning does not work: An analysis of the failure of discovery learning, problem-based learning, experiential learning and inquiry-based learning. Educational Psychologist, 41(2), 75-86.
Land, R., Rattray, J., & Vivian, P. (2014). Learning in the liminal space: a semiotic approach to threshold concepts. Higher Education, 67(2), 199-217.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge.
Millar, R. (2009). Analysing practical activities to assess and improve effectiveness: The Practical Activity Analysis Inventory (PAAI). York: Centre for Innovation and Research in Science Education, University of York.
NCCA, (2019): Date Accessed: January 2023. https://ncca.ie/media/5387/bp-lc-pcb-sep-2019.pdf
Nieveen, N., Folmer, E., &Vliegen, S. (2012). Evaluation matchboard. Enschede: SLO.
Osborne, J. (2015). Practical work in science: Misunderstood and badly used. School science review, 96(357), 16-24.
Scientix (2018). Education Practices in Europe. Retrieved: July 2022. http://www.scientix.eu/documents/10137/782005/STEM-EduPractices_DEF_WEB.pdf/b4847c2d-2fa8-438c-b080-3793fe26d0c8
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge university press
Zohar, A., &Hipkins, R. (2018). How “tight/loose” curriculum dynamics impact the treatment of knowledge in two national contexts. Curriculum Matters, 14, 31-47.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Perspectives for Students in Education and Work – Diversity in Guidance Practices for Study Choice, Study Career and Future Orientation

Rineke Keijzer1,2, Lysanne Post2, Dineke Tigelaar2

1Rotterdam University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlands; 2Leiden University, ICLON, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Keijzer, Rineke; Post, Lysanne

Study switch (Biemans et al., 2020) and isolation due to corona (Van Mol et al., 2021) can lead to difficult intake in and transitions within education and poor future prospects for students. The twofold focus of this research project, carried out at institutions of secondary vocational education (EQF levels 3-4), higher professional education (EQF-level 6), and academic higher education (EQF-level 6), is on guidance practices and on study and work-related interests of students. The research goal is to gain insight into guidance practices with regard to study choice, study career and future orientation, so that more students can find perspective in education and work. This research builds on existing knowledge on this area with extra attention to psychological and social capital, and, additionally, the consideration of future images, interests and skills of young people themselves. In line with the need for more research on this topic, existing insights are validated with student groups from different programs at different educational levels (Slot et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, 2022).

Issues of student dropout, progression and study success have been requiring attention for some time now (Brand-Gruwel et al., 2019; Van den Broek et al., 2020). Less physical education during the covid pandemic led to study delays or feelings of isolation for some students (Van Mol et al., 2021). Although there are many job opportunities nowadays, there is also social and economic uncertainty and many students have doubts about their future. Psychological capital and social capital are important for the well-being of students (Nielsen et al., 2017) and are also positively related to future images of students about themselves as a professional and the possibilities they see for realizing their ambitions related to education and work (Keijzer et al., 2020; Weiss et al., 2019).

Learning experiences with regard to study career guidance, the support experienced and the acquisition of career competences are relevant to the extent to which students experience what they have learned as valuable and applicable (Kuijpers et al., 2011; Mittendorff et al., 2017; Wigfield et al., 2020). Skills such as curiosity, flexibility and risk-taking can help students deal with uncertainties regarding their future orientation and take action at the right time (Yang et al., 2017). In order to find perspective in education and work and to strengthen the well-being of students, it is crucial to connect with the interests of students (Draijer et al., 2020; Quinlan & Renninger, 2022). After all, experiencing interest is beneficial for well-being, learning performance and appreciation of activities at school or elsewhere (Hidi, 2006; Slot et al., 2020). Students often have broad interests, for example with regard to favorite activities and subjects they follow, which also influence their considerations for a profession or further education (Draijer, et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, et al., 2020; Quinlan & Renninger, 2022). Meaningful activities and group work can play a role in this (Renninger, et al., 2019), but also, for example, wanting to achieve a certain goal, focus on personal development, or wanting to participate substantially in a certain practice (cf. Slot, et al., 2020). Existing insights into the development of interest of students in relation to education and work can be better utilized in guiding students in their study choice and study career and can be validated with more target groups (Slot, et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, et al., 2020).

This research builds on existing knowledge with regard to guidance and support with study choice, study career and future orientation, with extra attention to the psychological and social capital of students and to their interests related to education and work, as experienced in the various contexts of their daily life.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Three large institutions take part in the study: one institution offering secondary vocational education, one offering higher professional education, and one offering academic higher education. They are all located in South Holland, a predominantly urban province in the west of the Netherlands. Participating students followed a program in Electrical Engineering or Mechatronics at secondary vocational education; a professional Bachelor in Occupational Therapy or Accountancy; or an academic Bachelor in Law or at an Honors College.
The research follows a mixed method approach with sub-questions focused on:
1. The characteristics of guidance practices with regard to study and career planning before the gate and during a study;
2. Students' learning experiences with regard to study and career planning;
3. Interests and future images of students with regard to education and work;
4. Transferable working elements with regard to study choice, study career and future orientation.
The guidance practices have been analyzed by means of an environmental scan based on documents on websites, and semi-structured interviews with fifteen student counselors and curriculum designers to obtain more insight into the guidance practices.
For sub-questions 2 and 3, data is collected with a large-scale questionnaire study and a small-scale study (N≈30) with a digital logbook. Data is collected in two periods.
We analyze the questionnaire data with descriptive statistics and (multilevel) regression analysis to provide insight into differences in initial interests and future images in relation to education and work, and possible connections with, respectively, learning experiences concerning study and career planning, perceived support, and psychological and social capital.
In a week-long digital log, students can indicate daily which interests they have worked on. In addition, daily video calls and an in-depth interview after that week take place with a selection of the participants. We analyze the logbook data by means of content analysis, social network analysis, and multilevel regression analysis to provide insight into differences in initial interest profiles in relation to education and work, and how the interests are fed within and outside the education. The in-depth interviews and video conversations are analyzed from a biographical perspective and expressed in personal stories.
Sub-question 4 is answered by analyzing advisory board meetings. Based on reflection and discussion about the findings, the advisory board members formulate design principles for guiding students in choosing a study, study career and future orientation for use in broader contexts than those studied.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that individual, personally focused attention and frequent supervision are important characteristics of the practices used by study programs to (better) guide students in their study choice, study career and future orientation. Based on the findings, case studies of guidance practices will be presented during ECER-Glasgow. The results of a questionnaire survey and an additional study with a digital logbook and in-depth interviews about students' interests, images of the future and learning experiences are presented.
The research builds on research with regard to guidance in study choice, study career and future orientation, with extra attention for the role of psychological and social capital. Existing insights into student interest development in relation to education and work are validated with more target groups (Slot et al., 2020; Vulperhorst, 2022).
The twofold focus of the research project leads to insights into student guidance as well as practically applicable outcomes, in the form of design principles or tested guidelines. The research project aims to contribute to better guidance of various groups of students in their study choice, study career and future orientation, so that more students can find perspective in education and work.

References
Brand-Gruwel, S., Bos, N. R., & van der Graaf, A. (2019). Het vergroten van studiesucces in het hoger onderwijs: belang van overtuigingen van docenten. Pedagogische Studiën, 96(1), 1-14.
Draijer, J., Bakker, A., Slot, E., & Akkerman, S. (2020). The Multidimensional Structure of Interest. Frontline Learning Research, 8(4), 18-36.
Hidi, S. (2006). Interest: A unique motivational variable. Educational Research Review, 1(2), 69-82.
Keijzer, R., Admiraal, W., van der Rijst, R., & van Schooten, E. (2020). Vocational identity of at-risk emerging adults and its relationship with individual characteristics. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 20(2), 375-410. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-019-09409-z
Kuijpers, M., Meijers, F., & Gundy, C. (2011). The relationship between learning environment and career competencies of students in vocational education. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 78(1), 21-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2010.05.005
Mittendorff, K., Faber, M., & Staman, L. (2017). A matching activity when entering higher education: Ongoing guidance for the students or efficiency instrument for the school? British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 45(4), 376-390.
Nielsen, I., Newman, A., Smyth, R., Hirst, G., Hirst, G., & Heilemann, B. (2017). The influence of instructor support, family support and psychological capital on the well-being of postgraduate students: a moderated mediation model. Studies in Higher Education, 42(11), 2099-2115. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2015.1135116
Quinlan, K. M., & Renninger, K. A. (2022). Rethinking employability: how students build on interest in a subject to plan a career. Higher Education. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00804-6
Slot, E., Vulperhorst, J., Bronkhorst, L., Van der Rijst, R., Wubbels, T., & Akkerman, S. (2020). Mechanisms of interest sustainment. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 24, 100356.
Van den Broek, A., Cuppen, J., Ramakers, C., Termorshuizen, T., & Vroegh, T. (2020). Dalende doorstroom mbo-hbo: Waarom stroomt een steeds kleiner aandeel van de mbo-studenten door naar het hbo. Nijmegen: ResearchNed.
Van Mol, C., Dekkers, S., & Verbakel, E. (2021). De impact van de coronacrisis op het subjectief welbevinden van (internationale) studenten in Nederland. Mens & Maatschappij, 96(3), 357-383.
Weiss, S., Harder, J., Bratiotis, C., & Nguyen, E. (2019). Youth perceptions of a school-based mentoring program. Education and Urban Society, 51(3), 423-437. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124517722830
Wigfield, A., Eccles, J. S., & Möller, J. (2020). How dimensional comparisons help to understand linkages between expectancies, values, performance, and choice. Educational Psychology Review, 32(3), 657-680.
Yang, N., Yaung, H., Noh, H., Jang, S. H., & Lee, B. (2017). The change of planned happenstance skills and its association with career-related variables during school-to-work transition. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 17(1), 19-38. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10775-016-9332-z
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 03 A: Leadership and Management for Inclusive Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gregor Maxwell
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Distributed Leadership For Inclusive Middle Leadership Practice: Exploring Gaps, Challenges and Opportunities

Gavin Murphy, Joanne Banks

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Murphy, Gavin; Banks, Joanne

Across global, national and local contexts, education policymakers increasingly architect and implement policies aimed at the development of “whole system” approaches to inclusive education (Ainscow, 2020; Banks, 2022). A key dimension of this policy approach according to Ainscow (2020) is administration, involving policy and school leadership (and policy and practice pertaining to school leadership), including both principals and middle leaders.

While research has been conducted focused on conceptualising inclusive school leadership/ inclusive school leaders (Óskarsdóttir et al., 2020) and the inextricable links between school leadership and the realisation of inclusive education, there are few studies that specifically highlight this as a priority in achieving inclusive education systems. The aim of this paper is to make this direct link and, by reviewing the literature, highlighting common factors in school leadership that influence inclusive schools. Óskarsdóttir et al. (2020) draw on instructional, transformational and, most relevant to this paper, distributed leadership theory. Distributed school leadership, the most commonly adopted leadership theory in educational policy making and research today (Wang, 2018), involves sharing leadership responsibilities among members of a school community, to create a more collaborative and inclusive school culture (Diamond & Spillane, 2016). This approach can help make schools more responsive to diversity and inclusion by empowering a wider range of voices and perspectives to contribute to decision-making (Harris et al., 2022). With distributed leadership, the focus shifts from a solo to a collective and shared leadership team that can more effectively address and respond to the increasingly diverse needs and experiences of school leaders, teachers and students. Theoretically, this approach can also lead to a more equitable distribution of resources and support, which can contribute to a more inclusive and diversity-responsive school environment. However, this is not without its problems given, for example, challenges to diversifying the school leadership and teacher workforce, and a lack of attention to provide effective and differentiated developmental opportunities for all on implementing distributed leadership in practice (Murphy & Brennan, 2022).

Research literature to date has focused far more on school principals and inclusive leadership practice (e.g. DeMatthews & Mueller, 2021) and it remains that far less is known about how this achieved particularly for middle leaders in schools, particularly in education systems who have adopted the aforementioned whole system approaches to inclusive education as well as distributed leadership models (e.g. the Republic of Ireland). This is despite calls from critics of the distributed leadership who cite challenges including how adoption of this theory or policy in practice (a) lack of clarity about distributed leadership (b) do not experience school leadership preparation for inclusion, (in)equity, diversity (Young et al., 2021) (c) results in unequitable (re)distribution of power (Lumby, 2013, 2019) and/ or (d) can create potential for conflict should there be failure to redress power asymmetries that emerge (Diamond & Spillane, 2016). We elaborate on these issues further in this paper.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper employs the methodology of a scoping literature review on the intersections between distributed leadership, middle leadership and inclusion. In so doing, we will focus on research publications in peer-reviewed and, as relevant, grey literatures (given the nascent research in this area) to establish (1) distributed leadership's connection to inclusive school leadership practice (2) examine middle leadership practices that are equitable and inclusive, as well as realise equity and inclusion for diverse school communities and (3) exploring gaps, challenges and opportunities for future research. Analysis will be conducted by both authors equally (initially individually and then collaboratively) and we will engage a reflexive thematic analysis in our synthesis of relevant sources.
Concurrent to this scoping review of the literature, we draw heavily on the 'case' of the Republic of Ireland to contextualise our findings given its distributed leadership model of leadership adopted nationally, as well as a concurrent focus on system-wide inclusive education. We will also refer to other comparable international contexts such as Scotland where there are similar priorities to have policy and practical findings, as well as more substantive intellectual and research findings to contribute to the dual inclusion and educational leadership literatures.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect our findings will add to the scant literature on distributed leadership for inclusive middle leadership practice in a number of ways.
* We will identify the gaps in the research literature in this area, adding to the conceptualisation of inclusive school leadership in new ways and the discourse articulated above pertaining to "whole system" approaches to inclusion.
* We will identify and discuss challenges in the realisation of distributed leadership that raise particular issues of inclusion/ equity/ diversity, despite the aims of this theoretical framing of leadership, based on analyses of practice (e.g. asymmetries of power in leadership teams). We situate this in the context of the Republic of Ireland but, as mentioned, will point to how these findings might be theoretically generalised to other international contexts.
* We will identify promising, core and intentional practices to foster inclusive middle leadership practice for system leaders, principals and middle leaders themselves.
* We will comment on the critical importance of sustained research and both system and school improvement goals in this area to ensure (i) more equitable/ inclusive pathways to the principalship and (ii) equity-centred goals to promote inclusion and respond to student diversity in school communities. Thus, we hope to chart new research directions in this space.

References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. PROSPECTS, 49(3), 123–134. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09506-w
Banks, J. (Ed.). (2022). The Inclusion Dialogue: Debating Issues, Challenges and Tensions with Global Experts (1st edition). Routledge.
De Nobile, J. (2018). Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 395–416. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2017.1411902
DeMatthews, D. E., & Mueller, C. (2021). Principal Leadership for Inclusion: Supporting Positive Student Identity Development for Students with Disabilities. Journal of Research on Leadership Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/19427751211015420
Diamond, J. B., & Spillane, J. P. (2016). School leadership and management from a distributed perspective: A 2016 retrospective and prospective. Management in Education, 30(4), 147–154. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020616665938
Goldring, E., Rubin, M., & Herrmann, M. (2021). The Role of Assistant Principals: Evidence and Insights for Advancing School Leadership. The Wallace Foundation. https://www.wallacefoundation.org/knowledge-center/pages/the-role-of-assistant-principals-evidence-insights-for-advancing-school-leadership.aspx
Harris, A., Jones, M., & Ismail, N. (2022). Distributed leadership: Taking a retrospective and contemporary view of the evidence base. School Leadership & Management, 42(5), 438–456. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2022.2109620
Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2021). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1741143220983328. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220983328
Lumby, J. (2013). Distributed Leadership The Uses and Abuses of Power. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(5), 581–597. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213489288
Lumby, J. (2019). Distributed Leadership and bureaucracy. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 47(1), 5–19. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143217711190
Murphy, G., & Brennan, T. (2022). Enacting distributed leadership in the Republic of Ireland: Assessing primary school principals’ developmental needs using constructive developmental theory. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 17411432221086850. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221086850
Óskarsdóttir, E., Donnelly, V., Turner-Cmuchal, M., & Florian, L. (2020). Inclusive school leaders – their role in raising the achievement of all learners. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(5), 521–537. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-10-2019-0190
Wang, Y. (2018). The Panorama of the Last Decade’s Theoretical Groundings of Educational Leadership Research: A Concept Co-Occurrence Network Analysis. Educational Administration Quarterly, 54(3), 327–365. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X18761342
Young, M. D., O’Doherty, A., & Cunningham, K. M. W. (2021). Redesigning Educational Leadership Preparation for Equity: Strategies for Innovation and Improvement. Routledge.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Making and Remaking the Assessment and Inclusion Agendas - Policymakers and School Leaders in Argentina, Denmark and England

Alison Milner1, Christian Ydesen1, Felicitas Acosta2

1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2Universidad Nacional de General Sarmiento, Buenos Aires, Argentina

Presenting Author: Milner, Alison

School leaders, as a result of their authoritative position, can have a significant impact on students’ academic and social development as well as the achievement of inclusive education. However, within the educational assemblage, school leaders’ work interacts with a wide range of discourses, technologies, instruments and actors, which span the boundaries of school, local and national policy spaces and can augment or diminish their latitude – their capacity to act (Deleuze and Guattari, 1987) – in students’ interests. For example, national and municipal policy documents can both restrict and extend their range of potential at the school level (Ydesen et al., 2022). Thus, in their mediatory role between the state and the school, “sensemaking” (Weick, 1995) becomes extremely significant to the nature of their policy enactment. Indeed, policy texts must be “re-made” at the school level through processes interpretation and recontextualisation (Ball et al., 2012). These mechanisms and tensions between school practices and policy makers’ political framings are very much brought to light in terms of inclusive education.

Inclusive education is broadly about finding good – and rarely entirely standardized – solutions on the ground. It is about finding spaces for the most appropriate pedagogical solutions for children and young people (Noddings, 2015; Slee, 2010; Walton, 2023; Ydesen et al. 2022). At the same time, policymakers and civil servants in the administrative echelons of education systems – both at local and national levels – are often pursuing a focus on assessment data and accountability - to guarantee efficiency and progress while also providing evidence for local and national authorities on how schools within their jurisdiction are faring (Ydesen 2023). In a wider perspective, the building of education systems has even been closely wedded to constructions of nation-states through the fabrication of the national citizen (Tröhler, 2020). In this sense, education in general and schooling in particular have always been a vehicle for transmitting and exercising power but also a vehicle for projects about moulding, changing and evolving society through the creation of the “right” kind of citizen.

In this sense, there is a field of tension between agendas of standardization – in which assessments often plays a pivotal role - and the recognition that all children and young people are valuable contributors to the pedagogical context. In other words, this is where concerns about data, standardization, and assessment may conflict with the achievement of inclusive education. The pinnacle of this dilemma emerges in the interactions between schooling, school leadership, and policymaking. It is therefore important to understand not only the policy intentions behind the development of national and municipal policy documents but also how their enactments implicate practice – i.e. school leadership and pedagogical practices – in general and inclusive education in particular.

In this paper, we compare national and local policymaker intentions with school leader experiences and perspectives of their enactment of the assessment and inclusion agendas in their school contexts. The aim is to explore how school leader enactments support or conflict with the policymakers’ interpretations of their goals and tease out the implications in terms of inclusive education. The paper springs from a larger international comparative project on educational assessment and inclusive education entitled ‘Education Access under the Reign of Testing and Inclusion’. The paper draws on data collected in that project and features a comparative analysis between contexts in Argentina, Denmark, and England. These countries have been chosen for their distinctive, and even contrasting, education policies, socio-cultural and economic circumstances, and variations in performance across supranational and national standardised student assessments. Notably, the selected countries have all introduced large-scale national assessment and inclusion reforms in the past decade.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In terms of methodology, the paper draws inspiration from comparativists Bartlett and Varvus (2017, 2018) who contend that meaning is constantly remade; it cannot be predicted or determined in advance. And yet it is essential because it fun¬damentally shapes actions. From this perspective, each case study is pragmatically and openly analyzed from different foci which emerge as empirically relevant for understanding the meanings produced.
Semi-structured interviews were conducted with national and local policymakers and school leaders in Argentina, Denmark and England. Interview data were coded to establish the principal themes of each social group. Crucially, the research team was fluent in the respective national languages of our case countries. All interviews were conducted in the mother tongue of the interviewee and transcribed verbatim in the original language. Key passages from all transcripts were made available in English.
In each case country, we selected three schools at the compulsory education level through purposive sampling. Starting from the assumption that concerns about assessment and inclusion are ubiquitous components of education, we used a very open sampling method based on existing knowledge about schools, municipalities, and national idiosyncrasies. The fieldwork does not aspire to be representative of each country case. At the same time, we did not seek to investigate “hero” schools—those educational institutions which were deemed to demonstrate exceptional inclusive practices or perform particularly well in standardised tests. Rather, we aimed for diversity among the selected schools but with a criterion that these institutions were engaged in either international and/or national large-scale assessments. The notion of diversity could vary according to each case country but might be reflected in school locality, social composition, size, or academic profile.
At the policy level, we decided that the local policymakers should be officials engaged with some of the cases schools in the areas of assessment and inclusion. Typically, these were found in local and municipal authorities. The national policymakers worked with assessment and/or inclusion policy at the national level. They were found in government ministries and departments.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through its comparative and contrasting methodology, the paper adds to our understanding of policy enactments and the workings of recontextualizations with a specific focus on as-sessment and inclusive education. In this sense, the paper points to recurring issues – and the implications associated with these issues – when it comes to finding a balance between assessment and inclusive education. A key finding is that inclusive education might be considered a ‘softer’, and to some extent more fluid agenda, which entails a risk that it will only be adopted in a limited or distorted manner in national and local education sys-tems and school practices. This may happen because policymakers and practitioners try to fit inclusion into a pre-existing national, local or school-level system that features counter-productive, or even inhospitable, technologies, practices, and modes of operation. In essence, where standardised assessments (and associated accountabilities) are prioritised, the diversity of students’ educational needs, interests, experiences and histories are reduced in number and significance.
References
Acosta, F. (2019). OECD, PISA and the Educationalization of the World: The Case of the Southern Cone Countries (s. 175–196). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-33799-5_9
Acosta, F. (2023). Between Expansion and Segmentation: Revisiting Old and New Dispari-ties in Secondary Education in Latin America, International Journal of Inclusive Education (Forthcoming)
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.
Bartlett, L., & Varvus, F. (2018). Rethinking the concept of context in compara- tive educa-tion. In R. Gorur, S. Sellar, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (Eds.), World year- book of education 2019: Comparative methodology in the era of big data and global networks (pp. 189–201). Rout-ledge.
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Rethinking case study research: The comparative case study approach. Routledge.
Caride, E. G., & Cardoner, M. (2018). Inclusion: The Cinderella concept in educational policy in Latin America. Testing and Inclusive Education. International Challenges and Opportuni-ties. Edited by Bjorn Hamre, Anne Morin and Christian Ydesen.
Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizo¬phrenia. Trans. Brian Massumi. University of Minneapolis.
Florian, L., Black-Hawkins, K., & Rouse, M. (2017). Achievement and inclusion in schools (2. edition). Routledge.
Hamre, B. Morin, A & Ydesen, C. (2018). Optimizing the educational subject between test-ing and inclusion in an era of neoliberalism - Musings on a research agenda and its future perspectives. In: Hamre, B. Morin, A & Ydesen, C. (eds.) Testing and Inclusive schooling – international challenges and opportunities, London: Routledge
Milner, A. (2023). Confronting the Disadvantage Gap: The Challenges to Transformative Leadership in a High-Stakes Assessment System, International Journal of Inclusive Educa-tion (Forthcoming)
Noddings, N. (2015). The challenge to care in schools (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press.
Tröhler, D. (2020). National literacies, or modern education and the art of fabricating na-tional minds. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2020.1786727
Walton, E. (2023) Why inclusive education falters: A Bernsteinian analysis, International Journal of Inclusive Education (Forthcoming)
Weick, K. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage.
Ydesen, C. (2023). New national tests for the Danish public school system – Tensions be-tween renewal and orthodoxy before, during, and after the COVID-19 pandemic. Assess-ment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2023.2166462
Slee, R. (2010). The Irregular School: Exclusion, Schooling and Inclusive Education. Routledge.
Ydesen, C., Milner, A. L., Ruan, Y., Aderet-German, T., Comez-Caride, E. (2022). Educational Assessment and Inclusive Education - Paradoxes, Perspectives and Potentialities, Cham: Springer International Publishing


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Narratives of Collaborative Working for Inclusion in the Context of Educational Reform in Wales

Carmel Conn1, Charlotte Greenway2, Alison Murphy2

1University of South Wales, United Kingdom; 2University of Wales Trinity Saint David, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Conn, Carmel; Greenway, Charlotte

A growing number of countries are positioning the role of learning support coordinator as an increasingly strategic one for inclusive education (Lindqvist 2013). This is often a middle leader role that requires the translation of principles of school improvement for inclusion for the purposes of classroom practice, and encompasses identifying learners who require extra support, applying resources and services, offering advice to teachers, liaising with external agencies and keeping records (Lin et al. 2022). Research into the work of learning support coordinators points to a range of challenges in the role, perhaps most notably, the balancing of accountability with developing a culture of inclusive values and responsibility (King and Stevenson 2017; Smith 2022). A particular challenge is identified in relation to the blurred boundaries of the role, specifically that coordinators seek to facilitate the pedagogical practices and relationships of others, whilst also having to intervene directly in teacher instruction and classroom activity (Struyve et al. 2018). Most essentially, current conceptualisations of inclusion mean that the role is a collaborative one (Ainscow and Sandhill 2010; Ní Bhroin and King 2020), the coordinator seen as a ‘change agent’ but one who always acts as part of a collective made up of multiple agencies (van de Putte et al. 2018).

Recent ecological perspectives on teacher agency focus on the ways in which teachers achieve agency through an interaction of their own resources with the affordances and constraints of the socio-material environment in which they work (Priestley et al. 2015). Inclusion requires a complex view of agency to reflect multiple performative agents, individual but also collective activity, discursive and material practices, and reciprocal influences within systems and subsystems (Naraian 2021). Embodiment and emotion also play an important part in the production of teaching for inclusion, since often strong feelings are associated with support for learners who experience difficulties with learning and who are at risk of school failure (Naraian and Schlessinger 2021). Research into inclusive education therefore needs to be able to provide sufficient account of interrelated discourses, affects, spaces and materialities in or connected to school environments.

The research presented here took place in schools in Wales where widespread reform of the education system is currently taking place. Included in the reform programme is change to the system for learners who require additional support for their learning, who are now designated as having ‘additional learning needs’ (ALN). Central to reform is the role of the Additional Learning Needs Coordinator (ALNCo) who has become a ‘teacher leader’ under new guidance (Welsh Government 2021). The role of the ALNCo is given prominence in policy documents, which describe it as one of overarching responsibility for the coordination of support for learners with ALN. However, guidance states it is the wider workforce, that is all staff working with children and young people with ALN, who also have responsibility for ‘ensuring that learners’ needs are identified and provided for’ (Welsh Government 2021, p. 71).

The focus of this small study is on the role of the ALNCo and how it has been shaped by recent reform. The aim it to investigate ALNCo experiences of working with others as a way of exploring the complexities of collaborative working in the context of ALN. To this end, we have developed the following research question for the study: How have school practices in relation to additional learning needs developed in response to educational reform?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the research, we seek to move beyond a focus on single subjectivities and organisational structures towards evaluation of embodied knowledge, affective responses and material practices as they relate to sites of power and resistance (Youdell and Armstrong 2011). To this end, we seek to extend traditional materialist analysis by using a method of data production and analysis that draws on new materialist social inquiry (Fox and Alldred 2015) and addresses ‘entanglements’ (Barad 2007). Of interest is the self within the landscape of practice and connections between bodies, material objects and ideas (Davies and Gannon 2012).

We are organising small focus groups to gather ‘collective biographies’ (De Schauwer et al. 2016) of ALNCos who are working in primary schools in the south Wales region. Four focus groups in total are planned, with three ALNCos invited to each group (n=12). We do not assume that narratives of practice pre-exist our encounter with ALNCos (McKenzie-Mohr and Lafrance 2017), but rather see the groups as spaces for coming together and producing narratives of collaborative working as they relate to developments in ALN in Wales. We are asking participants to bring images of their workspaces as a provocation to move away from discursive description of practice and to consider its materiality (Van de Putte 2018). Participants are given the questions below to support their choice of images, with the same questions also used to structure focus groups:

• Where do you work?
• How do you communicate with others? How do you listen?
• How do others communicate with you? How do they listen?

Within a materialist ontology, the researcher cannot view themselves as interpreters of the meaning of data, but rather as part of the apparatus of knowing (Lenz Taguchi and Palmer 2013). In this study therefore, analysis of data involves reading the data whilst ‘thinking-with-theory’ (Fox and Alldred 2015) as a way of sensing flows that emerge in between the researchers and the data (Barad 2007). Of significance we believe for the process of data production and analysis is that two of the researchers bring their own past experience of working as learning support coordinators.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest the development of school practices that were both aligned with policy reform, but also resistant to it. Educational reform was described as creating precarious conditions in terms of accountability, but also described was the ‘agentive maneuverings’ (Naraian and Schlessinger 2018) of practitioners in schools that indicate degrees of freedom. Findings from the research help to refine, therefore, what we mean by the active becoming of inclusion, illustrating both the constraints that operate but also the lines of flight that are available. We would like to note that this study is an exploratory one with further studies planned to gather views and voices beyond that of the ALNCo.

References
Ainscow, M. and Sandhill, A. (2010) Developing inclusive education systems: the role of organisational cultures and leadership. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(4), 401-416.
Barad, K. (2007) Meeting the Universe Halfway. Durham: Duke.
Davies, B. and Gannon, S. (2012) Collective biography and the entangled enlivening of Being. International Review of Qualitative Research, 5(4): 357-376.
De Schauwer, E. et al. (2016) Shildrick’s monster: exploring a new approach to difference/disability through collective biography. Disability and Society, 31(8): 1098-1111.
Fox, N. J. and Alldred, P. (2015) New materialist social inquiry: designs, methods and the research-assemblage. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 18(4), 399-414.
King, F. and Stevenson, H. (2017) Generating change from below: what role for leadership from above? Journal of Educational Administration, 55(6), 657-670.
Lenz Taguchi, H. and Palmer, A. (2013) A more ‘livable’ school? A diffractive analysis of the performative enactments of girls’ ill-/well-being with(in) school environments. Gender and Education, 25(6), 671-687.
Lin, H. et al. (2022) Constructing SENCO identities through emotions. Journal of Education for Teaching, 48(1), 89-101.
Lindqvist, G. (2013) SENCOs: Vanguards or in vain? Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 13(3), 198-207.
McKenzie-Mohr, S. and Lafrance, M. N. (2017) Narrative resistance in social work research and practice: counter-storying in the pursuit of social justice. Qualitative Social Work, 16(2), 189-205.
Naraian, S. (2021) Making inclusion matter: critical disability studies and teacher education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(3), 298-313.
Naraian, S. and Schlessinger, S. L. (2018) Becoming an inclusive educator: agentive maneuverings in collaboratively taught classrooms. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71: 179-189.
Naraian, S. and Schlessinger, S. L. (2021) Narratives of Inclusive Teaching. NY: Peter Lang.
Ní Bhroin, O. and King, F. (2020) Teacher education for inclusive education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 38-63.
Priestley, M. et al. (2015) Teacher Agency. London: Bloomsbury.
Smith A. (2022) The experiences of new primary school SENCOs. Support for Learning, 37(1), 91-107.
Struyve, C. et al. (2018) Teacher leadership in practice: mapping the negotiation of the position of the SENCO in schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(5), 701-718.
Van de Putte, I. et al. (2018) Rethinking agency as an assemblage from change management to collaborative work. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(8), 885-901.
Welsh Government (2021) ALN Code for Wales 2021.
Youdell, D. and Armstrong, F. (2011) A politics beyond subjects: affective choreographies and smooth spaces of schooling. Emotion, Space and Society, 4, 144-150.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 03 B: How Do Schools Build Collective Commitment Towards Inclusion: An International Perspective
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Umesh Sharma
Session Chair: Doris Edelmann
Symposium
 
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium

How Do Schools Build Collective Commitment Towards Inclusion: An International Perspective

Chair: Umesh Sharma (Monash University)

Discussant: Doris Edelmann (Bern University of Teacher Education)

Research on how schools become inclusive of all learners irrespective of their diversity has not yet clearly answered the question about how do schools become inclusive. The research has shown that many variables contribute towards creating highly inclusive schools and it ranges from leaders who are highly inclusive (DeMathews et.al, 2020; Woodcock & Woolfson, 2019); school staff who have positive attitudes towards inclusion; staff with high levels of teaching efficacy for inclusion (Wray, Sharma, Subban, 2022); and, availability of necessary resources (Finkelstein, 2021). While all these variables are important and do make a significant impact in influencing a school's inclusive practices, there is a lack of research that could explain how do these different variables influence each other and contribute cumulatively towards building a school's overall commitment to inclusion. We argue that one key variable that has not yet been researched enough and could perhaps be most significant in explaining how a school builds its overall commitment towards inclusion is the school staff's collective efficacy beliefs about inclusion (Subban et al, 2022).

The overall study was guided by the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 2005). Applying this theory to the field of inclusive education it is hypothesised that in a school, a teacher's actual behaviour (or the use of effective inclusive practices) could be determined if we know the teacher's intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms. The intention to teach in inclusive classrooms in turn is influenced by three interrelated variables of their attitudes towards inclusion, their competence to teach in an inclusive classroom (i.e. teaching efficacy to teach in inclusive classrooms), and the subjective norm or how the rest of the school community perceives the action of inclusion. The subjective norm for the purpose of this study was defined as collective efficacy beliefs. It is the first time we are making an attempt to measure collective efficacy beliefs and determine how it interacts with attitudes and efficacy and influences the intentions of the individual teacher in a school.

We established an international group bringing researchers from six countries (Australia, Canada, Greece, Italy, Switzerland and Germany) to undertake a series of projects in examining the role of collective efficacy beliefs in influencing a school's overall commitment towards inclusion. In this symposium, we will present findings from three interrelated projects.

The first paper of this symposium would focus on how we collaborated across different country contexts to conceptualise collective efficacy and commitments towards inclusion. The paper essentially argues that it takes a village (or everyone in the school community) to make collective efforts to make the school inclusive. The second paper of the symposium will discuss qualitative data from four countries where we interviewed principals of highly successful inclusive schools to understand how they build collective commitment to inclusion and how they support the implementation of inclusive practices. In the last paper of this symposium, we will present an analysis of quantitative data from five countries that examined the relationship between three variables of attitudes, individual teaching efficacy beliefs and teachers' intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms. An examination of this relationship is necessary as ultimately, it is school staff intention that actually is the best predictor of their teaching behaviour.

We hope the symposium will not be of value to researchers and policymakers, it will also be of value to educators. We will share new knowledge related to measuring collective efficacy beliefs and how it interacts with other variables. We will also share the key lessons learnt so far from different countries about how to build collective commitment to inclusion.


References
DeMatthews, D., Billingsley, B., McLeskey, J., & Sharma, U. (2020). Principal leadership for students with disabilities in effective inclusive schools. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(5), 539-554. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-10-2019-0177
Finkelstein, S., Sharma, U., & Furlonger, B. (2021). The inclusive practices of classroom teachers: a scoping review and thematic analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(6), 735-762. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1572232
Subban, P.  Bradford, B.,  Sharma, U.,  Loreman, T.  Avramidis, E.,  Kullmann, H.,  Lozano, C.S.,  Romano, A.,  & Woodcock, S. (2022): Does it really take a village to raise a child? Reflections on the need for collective responsibility in inclusive education, European Journal of Special Needs Education, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2022.2059632
Woodcock, S., and L. M. Woolfson. 2019. “Are Leaders Leading the Way with Inclusion? Teachers’ Perceptions of Systemic Support and Barriers Towards Inclusion.” International Journal of Educational Research 93: 232–242. doi:10.1016/j.ijer.2018.11.004.
Wray, E., Sharma, U., & Subban, P. (2022). Factors influencing teacher self-efficacy for inclusive education: a systematic literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117, [103800]. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103800

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Creating A Framework To Support Collective Inclusion

Pearl Subban (Monash University), Stuart Woodcock (Griffith University)

Inclusive education is often mandated in many countries through national legislation that is undergirded by global recommendations from recognised organisations like UNESCO (UNESCO, 2016). Student diversity within contemporary classrooms is increasing as learners adopt varied means of processing and expressing information received in the mainstream classroom. It is therefore essential to reconsider the responsibility and roles of modern educators, and of how different stakeholders located within the learning context, can best accommodate student needs (Subban & Sharma, 2021). This study proposes the adoption of more collective responsibility, drawing on the plethora of skills and knowledge vested in teachers, school leaders, paraprofessional staff and parents. In this context, Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory (1974) framed the view that classrooms, and indeed schools, are microcosms of society. If these spaces are to enhance societal functioning overall, there would need to be more socially-responsible sharing of responsibilities when attempting to include all students (Bronfenbrenner, 1974). Emanating from this premise, the study positions the contemporary classroom as a village, drawing together all stakeholders in order to foster a nurturing, compassionate space in which students with varying learning profiles are appropriately accommodated. The study draws on the cumulative wisdom of a group of collaborating academics involved in both teacher education and inclusive education. This convenient sample included experts in the field of inclusive education from Australia, Canada, Germany, Greece, Italy, and Switzerland. Their joint dialogue yielded four key themes that should be incorporated into the learning environment to promote intentional collective responsibility. These themes included the creation of a nurturing community; the development of empathetic relationships; building supportive interaction between stakeholders and designing learning programs involving targeted teaching. Creating adaptable and flexible learning contexts is fundamental to inclusive education, so dialogue of this nature will continue to inform the work of inclusive educators, researchers and educational administrators in the field.

References:

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1974). Developmental research, public policy, and the ecology of childhood. Child development, 45(1), 1-5. Subban, P., & Sharma, U. (2021). Supporting inclusive education benefits us all. The Sydney Morning Herald. Accessed from: https://www.smh.com.au/education/supporting-inclusive-education-benefits-us-all-20210219-p57439.html. UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. Education 2023. UNESDOC Digital Library., Accessed from: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656.
 

“That Is A Herculean Task”: How School Leaders Create A Community-based Culture Of Inclusion In Their Schools

Alessandra Romano (University of Sienna), Elias Avramidis (University of Thessaloniki), Stuart Woodcock (Griffith University)

Inclusion is a contested concept (Woodcock & Hardy, 2022). Research has shown the importance of teachers’ perceptions of school as well as leaders’ support for inclusion (Woodcock & Woolfson, 2019). Understanding those school systems where leaders effectively support teachers in carving out a community-based inclusive culture is vital for an equitable inclusive school for all. In this paper, we present the results of inclusive school principals’ perceptions and understandings of factors that facilitate inclusive policies and practices in their own school community. The study is an exploratory qualitative research design, collecting interviews and focus groups with 12 principals of highly ranked inclusive schools from Australia, Greece, Switzerland, Italy. The principals were selected through recognition of highly effective inclusiveness throughout the school community. The selected schools reflected a varied range of characteristics, including in relation to size (catering from approximately 100 to 750 students), class (low socio-economic situation to wealthy situation) and ethnicity (mostly white to multiracial and multiethnic schools). Interviews and focus groups were approximately 45-60 minutes each and were recorded and transcribed. T An iterative process of thematic content analysis was carried out manually from a group of three independent researchers (Saldana, 2013). They agreed to work individually and separately in a first cycle of the analysis, following a strongly inductive and “in-vivo” approach. The initial coding phase generated several inductive codes derived from the transcripts. Then, in a second phase, the three researchers confronted each other and identified the axial categories of the content analysis. Finally, in a third phase, categories were read, and additional inductive codes were generated to further compare principals’ perceptions and actions. The findings revealed five broad, key factors that affect and impact on school inclusivity. Those factors regard family cooperation, students’ engagement, commitment to inclusive practices, collaboration among peers (students, teachers, administrative staff), and inter-institutional network. We adopted the framework offered by communities of practices (Wenger et al., 2002) to depict a community-based approach to school inclusion that could encompass these key factors. While previous studies made clear that principals confront numerous challenges in creating inclusive schools, some of which are beyond their control, this study formalizes a community-based approach to school inclusion identifying key facilitation factors on which principals can rely on to navigate material, social, and political challenges.

References:

DeMatthews, D. E., Serafini, A., & Watson, T. N. (2021). Leading Inclusive Schools: Principal Perceptions, Practices, and Challenges to Meaningful Change. Educational Administration Quarterly, 57(1), 3–48. Hardy, I. & Woodcock, S. (2020). ‘Problematising’ policy in practice: principals’ perceptions of inclusion in an era of test-based accountability. Pedagogy, Culture & Society. DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2020.1801813. Hoppey, D., & McLeskey, J. (2013). A case study of principal leadership in an effective inclusive school. Journal of Special Education, 46(4), 245-256. Saldana, J. (2013). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. The Coding Manual For Qualitative Researchers(2nd ed.). London: SAGE Publications. Wenger, E., McDermott, R.A., & Snyder, W., (2002). Cultivating Communities of Practice: A Guide to Managing Knowledge; Harvard Business Press Woodcock, S. & Hardy, I. (2022). ‘You’re probably going to catch me out here’: principals’ understandings of inclusion policy in complex times. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26:3, 211-226, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1645891. Woodcock, S., Woolfson, L. (2019). Are Leaders Leading the Way with Inclusion? Teachers’ Perceptions of Systemic Support and Barriers towards Inclusion. International Journal of Educational Research, 93: 232–242.
 

How Do Attitudes And Self-efficacy Predict Teachers' Intentions To Teach In Inclusive Classrooms? A Cross-national Comparison Across Five Countries.

Caroline Sahli Lozano (Bern University of Teacher Education), Sergej Wuthrich (Bern University of Teacher Education), Harry Kullmann (Paderborn University), Margarita Knickenberg (Paderborn University)

Understanding what drives teachers to adopt inclusive practices is crucial for promoting equal educational opportunities for all students. Attitudes toward inclusive education and self-efficacy in using inclusive practices have been identified as important factors in this regard (e.g., Hellmich et al., 2019; Opoku et al., 2021; Sahli Lozano et al., 2021; Sharma et al., 2018). However, there exists considerable variability in their relative importance across studies and teacher samples, with teacher attitudes being sometimes less (e.g., Opoku et al., 2021) or more important than teacher self-efficacy (Hellmich et al., 2019; Sharma et al., 2018), and with diverging patterns across countries (Sahli Lozano et al., 2021). Country-specific differences (e.g., in school systems and in history, legislation and implementation of inclusive education) are used to explain such differences. But such interpretations must be taken with caution because of methodological issues (Davidov, et.al, 2014). This study is the first to systematically investigate the role of teacher attitudes and self-efficacy in the prediction of teachers’ intention to teach in inclusive classrooms across teacher samples from five different countries (Switzerland, Germany, Italy, Greece, and Canada; total N = 1207 teachers), while taking measurement invariance of the measured constructs into account. The results indicate that across all five countries, self-efficacy in collaboration is the most important and consistent predictor of teachers' intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms. This points to the importance of collaboration, a construct closely aligned to collective efficacy and commitment, across different country contexts. This further highlights the importance of enhancing collaboration within the school community which can lead to better inclusion in schools. In contrast, significant differences across countries were found regarding the role of attitudes toward inclusion. Accordingly, three important insights of this study are: 1) despite different national contexts, self-efficacy in collaboration is the most consistent and strongest predictor of teacher intentions’, 2) considering domain-specific aspects in teacher self-efficacy is important in the prediction of teacher intentions’, and 3) teacher attitudes seem more central in some countries than in others. Potential factors (e.g., the level of support provided to teachers in implementing inclusive practices or teacher training) that may explain these common and differential patterns across the five national contexts will be discussed.

References:

Davidov, E., Meuleman, B., Cieciuch, J., Schmidt, P., & Billiet, J. (2014). Measurement Equivalence in Cross-National Research. Annual Review of Sociology, 40(1), 55–75. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-soc-071913-043137 Hellmich, F., Löper, M. F., & Görel, G. (2019). The role of primary school teachers’ attitudes and self‐efficacy beliefs for everyday practices in inclusive classrooms – a study on the verification of the ‘Theory of Planned Behaviour’. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 19(S1), 36–48. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12476 Opoku, M. P., Cuskelly, M., Pedersen, S. J., & Rayner, C. S. (2021). Attitudes and self-efficacy as significant predictors of intention of secondary school teachers towards the implementation of inclusive education in Ghana. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 36(3), 673–691. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-020-00490-5 Sahli Lozano, C., Sharma, U., & Wüthrich, S. (2021). A comparison of Australian and Swiss secondary school teachers’ attitudes, concerns, self-efficacy, and intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms: Does the context matter? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2021.1988158 Sharma, U., Aiello, P., Pace, E. M., Round, P., & Subban, P. (2018). In-service teachers’ attitudes, concerns, efficacy and intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms: An international comparison of Australian and Italian teachers. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(3), 437–446. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1361139
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 03 C: Voice, Empowerment and Families
Location: Gilbert Scott, 132 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Michelle Proyer
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

It takes a village to build an Inclusive School: Effects of an Intervention Program with Parents

Helena Durães, Sílvia Alves, Manuela Sanches-Ferreira

inED - Center for Research and Innovation in Education, Escola Superior de Educação, Politécnico do Porto,Portugal

Presenting Author: Alves, Sílvia

An inclusive school is a school where all students are welcome, parents are involved and the educational community is valued (Paseka & Schwab, 2019). It is upon the balance between students, parents, and the educational community that educational success is reached in a dynamic process where everyone is called to participate. However, parental involvement in building an inclusive school is a lacking area (Sharma et al., 2022).

Although an ecological perspective suggests the importance of multiple levels of intervention, most inclusive education research has emphasized individual-, peers- and school-focused strategies (Nilholm, 2021). This brings into debate how parents are called to participate in inclusive education, exercising their role as main shapers of their children’s beliefs and values (Allport, 1954; Bronfenbrenner, 1993). The literature shows that there is a relationship between the attitudes of children and their parents towards inclusion (Dowling & Osborne, 2003; Innes & Diamond, 1999). Children of parents with more positive attitudes also tend to show more acceptance towards their peers with disabilities (Wilhelmsen et al., 2019). Despite the influence that parents may have in the way their children interact and communicate within educational settings, existing research involving parents focuses predominantly on the impact of family-school collaboration (e.g., Paccaud et al., 2021) and the views of parents of children with disabilities or in risk of exclusion for other reasons (e.g., Paseka & Schwab, 2019). However, the parent’s role in educating their children on values and principles of tolerance and acceptance is critical in the effort towards achieving an inclusive school, where all children feel welcome and respected (Vlachou et al., 2016).

This demand gains more significant predominance with the movement of recent years of transferring the focus of inclusion from meeting the social/academic needs of pupils with disabilities towards a broader conceptualization based on creating a school community that can nurture the qualities of equity and care (Goransson & Nilholm, 2014). According to the Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2002) promoting an inclusive culture is a key dimension for implementing inclusive education, referring to “a secure, accepting, collaborating, stimulating community, in which everyone is valued as the foundation for the highest achievements of all. It develops shared inclusive values that are conveyed to all new staff, students, governors, and parents/carers” (p.8).

Interest in exploring the role and participation of parents in building an inclusive education is shared among several countries. The different policies systems implement for the improvement of education are often affected by cultural differences – what is expected from parents’ involvement? What do parents expect from schools? With this study, we intend to contribute to this debate with insights from the implementation of a parental school-based intervention – developed on the basis of the opinion of parents of children at risk for social exclusion and a systematic review of school-based interventions with parents.

Thus, this research project aims to evaluate the effects of a school-based implemented with parents focused on enhancing their involvement in promoting inclusive educational cultures.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we developed and implemented an intervention program – It takes a village – focused on raising parents' awareness of diversity and inclusive education and increasing their direct and indirect participation in promoting inclusive cultures. This program was designed based on the results of two previous studies which consisted of: a systematic review of the literature on existing school-based interventions aimed at providing parents with knowledge and skills to promote their children's attitudes and behaviours to review the main reasons for requesting parents participation in schools (type of interventions – universal or directed to target parents; contents addressed); interviews with parents of five students at risk of social exclusion (motivated by disability or socio-cultural differences), aimed at listening to parents about their experiences and concerns about inclusive education and how they understand the influence of the parents of other students towards inclusion. The results of these two studies provided vital evidence to build the program, namely regarding the duration; teaching strategies and methods; the contents that should be part of the intervention. The program lasted 4 sessions, implemented once a week over four weeks, addressing content related to building a community; understanding the power of words; communicating with children about inclusion; being a teacher for one day.  The teaching strategies involved the active participation of parents.
Subsequently, through a quasi-experimental study, we evaluated the effects of implementing the It takes a village intervention program with 20 parents from students in 2nd grade (Experimental Group). Results were compared with outcomes from 20 parents of 2nd-grade students of other classes (Control Group). The effects were evaluated in a pre-post design, at two levels: parents - their attitudes and knowledge towards diversity and inclusive education; children - their attitudes towards inclusion. The intervention was evaluated at the end of the study through a focus group with 4 participating parents.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the results of this research project, we intend to raise awareness of the need actively involve parents in building inclusive educational cultures. This can be achieved through episodic interventions, such as the It takes a village program. The two antecedent studies brought relevant information considered in the program construction: interventions are more effective when they imply the active participation of parents – information strategies are not enough to produce changes; it is fundamental to evaluate the empirical evidence of school-based interventions – the use of valid instruments is essential to ensure the effectiveness of interventions; the use of discriminatory language in schools is an issue for parents of children at risk of social inclusion.
Results of the intervention are under analysis, but preliminary analysis show a positive effect on parents’ knowledge about inclusion. Having parents of all students aligned with the principles of an inclusive school is fundamental so that the discourse and attitudes the school intends to foster are also worked at home. This implies calling parents to the school, not just talking about their child, their potentialities and difficulties, but involving them in creating an inclusive school, a welcoming space where all students feel accepted.

References
Allport, G. (1954). The Nature of Prejudice. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for Inclusion. Developing Learning and Participation in Schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE).
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1993). Ecological models of human development. In M. Gauvain, & M. Cole, (Eds.), Readings on the development of children, 2nd Ed. (pp. 37-43). Freeman.
Dowling, E., & Osborne, E. (2003). The Family and the School: A Joint Systems Approach to Problems with Children. 2nd edition. London: Karnac
Fiona, I., & Diamond, K. (1999). Typically Developing Children’s Interactions with Peers with Disabilities: Relationships between Mothers’ Comments and Children’s Ideas about Disabilities. Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 19(2), 103–111. doi:10.1177/027112149901900204.
Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265-280, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.933545
Nilholm, C. (2021). Research about inclusive education in 2020 – How can we improve our theories in order to change practice? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(3), 358-370. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2020.1754547
Paccaud, A., Keller, R., Luder, R., Pastore, G., & Kunz, A. (2021). Satisfaction With the Collaboration Between Families and Schools – The Parent’s View. Frontiers in Education, 6. DOI: 10.3389/feduc.2021.646878
Paseka, A., & Schwab, S. (2020). Parents’ attitudes towards inclusive education and their perceptions of inclusive teaching practices and resources. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(2), 254-272, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2019.1665232
Sharma, Y., Woodcock, S., May. F., & Subban, P. (2022). Examining Parental Perception of Inclusive Education Climate. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.907742  
Vlachou, A., Karadimou, S., & Koutsogeorgou, E. (2016). Exploring the views and beliefs of parents of typically developing children about inclusion and inclusive education. Educational Research, 58(4), 384-399, DOI: 10.1080/00131881.2016.1232918
Wilhelmsen, T., Sørensen, M., Seippel, Ø. & Block, M. (2019). Parental satisfaction with inclusion in physical education. International Journal of Inclusive Education (Online ahead of print), 1-18.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Exploring Disabled Children’s Inclusion and Parental Empowerment from School Closure to School Re-opening during COVID-19

Aristea Fyssa1, Anastasia Toulia2, Filippos Papazis3, Anastasia Vlachou3, Sravroula Kalaitzi3, Theodora Papazoglou3

1Department of Educational Sciences and Early Childhood Education, University of Patras, Greece; 2Department of Special Education, University of Thessaly, Greece; 3Department of Educational Studies, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece

Presenting Author: Fyssa, Aristea; Toulia, Anastasia

In Greece, disabled pupils and their parents tend to experience many challenges because of discrimination and inequities. Educational research shows that from early years in kindergartens to secondary school settings disabled pupils struggle with many barriers in their daily educational environments and face: low to minimal opportunities to access and participate in quality educational processes in the mainstream education (1); restrictive beliefs from their teachers about inclusion (2, 3); high risks for low participation in their peer networks due to low social acceptance and a low number of friends (4); and higher victimization and feelings of loneliness and social dissatisfaction in comparison to their peers (5).

Evidence from studies with parents of disabled children examining their partnerships with teachers and educational staff, extend further the above-mentioned findings. A qualitative study conducted by Loukisas and Papoudi (2016) (6) provides illuminating outcomes from the personal blogs of five mothers of children in the autistic spectrum. The participants felt that as mothers together with their children they experience rejection and exclusion by the educational system. Also, educational professionals seem to be unwilling to promote a shift from a medical approach to education provision. As a result, the participating mothers narrated that they struggle to ensure their child’s right to education. This struggle is associated with frustration and feelings of stress, and anxiety from the mothers’ side. In their study Eleftheriadou and Vlachou (2019) (7), investigated the views of parents and teachers of primary school-aged pupils with learning difficulties about their roles as those identified by the theoretical framework of the Communities of Practice. The results are evident of parents’ low involvement in in-school practices, such as the design of their child’s individual goals, a pattern which raises serious concerns about the effectiveness of inclusive practices and parent-teacher collaboration. These concerns together with issues related to the provision of appropriate resources as well as administrative and organizational issues are themes of significant consideration for 83 parents about the inclusion of their children with intellectual disabilities as discussed in a recent study by Mavropalias, Alevriadou, and Rachanioti (2021) (8).

In light of this, the European Equality Strategy for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities 2021-2030 (European Commission, 2021) (9) and the National Plan for the Person with Disabilities (Ministry of State, 2020) (10), which are among the most recent policies that frame the policy commitments of Greece for combating discrimination and promoting the rights of disabled pupils in inclusive and equitable education, appear to be violated. It is also expected that the systemic weaknesses surfaced during the emergency of the COVID-19 pandemic in the Greek educational system has significantly widen inequities. Our hypothesis is based on evidence from other developed and developing countries which also strive to ensure quality inclusive education. Such evidence suggests that the established structures were shaken to the core, the psycho-social and educational needs of disabled students and their parents were unmet, whereas educators received minimum support to address effectively the pandemic related challenges in alignment with the principles of inclusion (11, 12). Against this background, the present study draws on survey data from 125 Greek parents exploring their beliefs about the extent to which teachers and support staff in special and regular schools responded and covered the educational and psychosocial needs of disabled children and, by extension, promoted inclusion and parental empowerment during the COVID-19 pandemic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Survey development was based on the existing literature. The questionnaire survey was comprised of two parts. The first part included questions focusing on collecting information about the demographic characteristics of parents (age, level of education, and work status including the periods during and after COVID-19 confinements) and their families (type of family, number of children, and home location). More specific questions were constructed to collect data about their disabled children, that is the type of school they attended, level of education (preschool, primary, and secondary education), type of disability and provision of any additional school support (psychosocial, therapeutic, and technical support). As far as the second part is concerned, it focused on eliciting parents’ views about the extent to which teachers and school staff responded to the educational and psychosocial needs of their families and promoted their inclusion in the following aspects: information and school organization about COVID-19, distance education and transition to learning in the school campus. Another aspect assessed was the degree to which parents gained empowerment by the schools during the COVID-19 pandemic. The questionnaire survey contained a combination of questions. Most questions (55 out of 73 questions) were closed questions answered through a 5-point Likert type scale (1=strongly disagree and 5=strongly agree).
After obtaining an ethical approval by the Ethics Committee, the survey questionnaire was shared through phone calls and/or emails to 57 advocacy organizations for parents of disabled pupils located in different parts all over Greece. The organizations informed their members personally about the survey and, when it was applicable, they made announcements to social media. The survey was active from September to December 2022.
The quantitative data were analyzed by using the SPSS package version 27. Firstly, descriptive analyses were performed (means, frequencies, and percentages) to explore basic trends in responses. Next, the Spearman’s rho and Mann-Whitney criteria were applied to explore relations among respondents’ responses and their demographic characteristics as well as the demographic characteristics of their children. Besides answering closed questions, the participants in this study were also given the opportunity to elaborate on their views in two open-ended questions focusing on the educational and psychosocial needs that remained uncovered during the COVID-19 pandemic, respectively. Their answers were analyzed qualitatively with the aim to create categories deriving from the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The survey was completed by 63 and 62 parents having a child with a disability attending a general and special school, respectively. Their responses demonstrated that staff at a minimal-level provided information and organized the school procedures during the pandemic according to their needs. The respondents also felt that only at a low-degree their children were supported to actively engage in the learning processes and their communities either when they experienced a shift to remote learning or when they returned to their schools. Of critical importance is the finding concerning the dimension of parental empowerment which gained the lowest scores. Particularly, 45,6% to 80,8% of the parents indicated that staff did not adopt or adopted at a very low-degree practices that: helped parents manage day-to-day situations with their disabled children at home during the pandemic and promoted connections between the parents as well as between parents and public services and professionals in the periphery or outside the school to find support in their family’s needs. Importantly, this study showed that parents’ beliefs about the support they gained for themselves and their children from schools during the COVID-19 pandemic was influenced by their education, the number of children in their family, the type of school and the level of education their children attended. Highly educated parents and families with more than one child rated law the parental empowerment and inclusion in distance education aspects, respectively. Also, parents of children who attended regular schools scored higher the distance education provision and so did parents of preschool and primary school-aged children together with the dimension of information provision and school organization. Lastly, through parents’ comments the needs that more frequently remained to a great extent unmet were their children’s psychosocial needs (loss of social network, social isolation and feelings of anxiety and stress).
References
1. Vlachou, A., & Fyssa, A. (2016). ‘Inclusion in practice’: Programme practices in mainstream preschool classrooms and associations with context and teacher characteristics. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 63(5), 529–544. doi:10.1080/ 1034912X.2016.1145629.
2. Coutsocostas, G. G., & Alborz, A. (2010). Greek mainstream secondary school teachers’ perceptions of inclusive education and of having pupils with complex learning disabilities in the classroom/school. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 25(2), 149-164. doi:10.1080/08856251003658686.
3. Fyssa, A., Vlachou, A., & Avramidis, E. (2014). Early childhood teachers’ understanding of inclusive education and associated practices: Reflections from Greece. International Journal of Early Years Education, 22(2), 223–237. doi:10.1080/09669760.2014.909309.
4. Avramidis, E., Avgeri, G., & Strogilos, V. (2018). Social participation and friendship quality of students with special educational needs in regular Greek primary schools. European journal of special needs education, 33(2), 221-234. doi:10.1080/08856257.2018.1424779.
5. Andreou, E., Didaskalou, E., & Vlachou, A. (2015). Bully/victim problems among Greek pupils with special educational needs: associations with loneliness and self‐efficacy for peer interactions. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 15(4), 235-246. doi:10.1111/1471-3802.12028.
6. Loukisas, T. D., & Papoudi, D. (2016). Mothers’ experiences of children in the autistic spectrum in Greece: Narratives of development, education and disability across their blogs. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 63(1), 64-78. doi:10.1080/1034912X.2015.1111304.
7. Eleftheriadou, D., & Vlachou, A. (2020). Inclusion and communities of practice: The reification of the role (s)/identities of teachers and parents of students with learning disabilities. International Journal About Parents in Education, 12(1).
8. Mavropalias, T., Alevriadou, A., & Rachanioti, E. (2021). Parental perspectives on inclusive education for children with intellectual disabilities in Greece. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 67(6), 397-405.doi:10.1080/20473869.2019.1675429.
9. European Commission. (2021). Union of equality strategy for the rights of persons with disabilities 2021-2030. Retrieved from: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_21_810.
10. Ministry of State. (2020). National action plan for the rights of persons with disabilities [in Greek]. Retrieved from http://www.opengov.gr/ypep/?p=700.
11. Dickinson, H., Smith, C., Yates, S., & Tani, M. (2020). The importance of social supports in education: Survey findings from students with disabilities and their families during COVID-19. Disability & Society. doi:10.1080/09687599.2021.1994371.
12. Singal, N., Mbukwa-Ngwira, J., Taneja-Johansson, S., Lynch, P., Chatha, G., & Umar E. (2021). Impact of COVID-19 on the education of children with disabilities in Malawi: Reshaping parental engagement for the future. International Journal of Inclusive Education. doi:10.1080/13603116.2021.1965804.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Meaningful Participation: The Voices of Learners and Families in Inclusive Education Decision-making

Anthoula Kefallinou1, Diana Murdoch1, Antonella Mangiaracina1, Simoni Symeonidou2

1European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE), Denmark; 2University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Kefallinou, Anthoula; Murdoch, Diana

An inclusive education system cannot be realised unless all stakeholders, including learners and families are actively involved in decision-making, and their diverse perspectives and experiences are recognised (UNESCO, 2021). The European Year of Youth in 2022 also encourages young people to engage in many different forms of civic and political participation (European Commission, 2021).

While the importance of learner and family voices is widely recognised, it remains unclear as to how to achieve meaningful participation in practice. In 2021-2022, a project was undertaken by the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE) with the aim to establish the theoretical background to this topic, as well as to identify effective ways in which the diverse voices of learners and their families can participate meaningfully in education decision-making processes. The project explored two main research questions:

1. What suggestions does key policy and research literature make for meaningfully engaging the voices of learners and families in decision-making?

2. In what ways can existing frameworks, approaches, and/or methodologies enable learners and families to participate meaningfully in decision-making?

To address these questions, a review of key international policy and academic literature first defined the key concepts and outlined the justification for and issues around learner and family voices. It then explored findings from research, indicating how existing theoretical models and frameworks have been used and adapted for meaningful learner and family involvement (Hart, 1992; Shier, 2001; Sinclair, 2004; Lundy, 2007; Pearce and Wood, 2019). The review also explored evidence from educational research, as well as European country examples of how participation has been achieved in practice.

The analysis indicated a number of conceptualisations of ‘voice/voices’ in the literature. The concept of voice is frequently used as a synonym for other concepts, such as autonomy, engagement, involvement, participation, or agency (Cook-Sather, 2018; 2020; Fielding, 2006; Lundy, 2005; Tiusanen, 2017). The review findings indicated that there is more research on children than on intergenerational participation. ‘Silos’ continue in research, with learners or adults who are vulnerable to exclusion being generally included in research based on a range of classifications and labels.

Several issues also emerged in relation to the processes of some empirical projects and European examples. A main concern is the lack of detailed attention to ethical issues and considerations around eliciting learners’ and families’ views and about the need for more democratic and socially just approaches to research. These are specifically in relation to the imbalance of power, where adults continue to drive the research agenda; knowledge is not shared and made accessible to all; those with the least social capital are the first to be marginalised. Although participatory approaches show positive results, the issue of impact and sustained change is not greatly evidenced.

These issues were reflected in a ‘Framework for Meaningful Participation in Inclusive Education’, developed to highlight the essential elements in future planning for participation activities with learners and families. Validation of the framework for participation was undertaken by three countries (Iceland, Malta, and Norway) that applied different approaches to projects of their own. Analysis of the different stages of their projects, together with their critical self-reflection, helped to finalise the framework and to develop practical, supporting material. This reflective tool proposes a more democratic approach to participation, aiming to enable stakeholders to address barriers and challenges of participation, adaptable to multiple contexts, levels of education, and ages of participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project ran in two phases, in 2021 and 2022 respectively. In Phase 1, the project team analysed targeted European and international policy and research literature focusing on effective ways to involve learners and families. The policy review focused on EU policy documents in English, published in the last 30 years, since the publication of UNCRC (1989). The academic literature review focused on empirical research from the past 20 years. Theoretical and conceptual work around ‘voices’ was not time limited. The analysis considered all learners, including those from vulnerable and ‘hard-to-reach’ groups. Additionally, the team analysed previous work by EASNIE that involved learners and families.
Phase 1 set out the theoretical background and culminated in the development of a framework for meaningful participation. Common elements of key theoretical models (Hart, 1992; Shier, 2001; Sinclair, 2004; Pearce and Wood, 201 9) were incorporated within Lundy’s concepts of ‘Space, Voice, Audience, Influence’ (Lundy, 2007; Lundy, McEvoy and Byrne, 2011). Those concepts were operationalised to inclusive education contexts and extended to include families, in addition to learners. The range and meaning of each element were expanded to include wider ethical considerations, identified in work around diverse voices (UNICEF, 2020).
Phase 2 focused on activities with country representatives from Iceland, Malta, and Norway, to elaborate and validate aspects of the project’s framework; and to contribute to the development of an online toolkit, a practical resource providing direction to action. The three countries used the framework for different purposes in their interactive work with diverse learners and families. In Iceland, ‘walks and talks’ were carried out in a rural school, with learners whose first language was not Icelandic, to understand their previous experiences of participation. Malta’s team evaluated the implementation of a new policy of ‘autism units’ within mainstream settings, with input from non-verbal learners in the units, and interviews with parents. In Norway, observations and short surveys were carried out with student representatives and policymakers, to evaluate established consultation processes at national level. While there were clear variations in the aims, scope, methods, and contexts of these country-based activities, common themes and insights emerged during the discussions and reflections by the countries, in relation to achieving meaningful participation, and hearing diverse voices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project has provided an overview of the conceptual background, and evidence of the ways participatory policymaking can become meaningful and sustainable. Key findings show a clear gap between policy and practice in including the voices of learners, families, and communities in decision-making processes. They highlight the importance and value of diverse perspectives, in addressing the challenges of inequities in the implementation of inclusive education.
The project concludes with key messages for facilitating the participation of all learners and their families in educational decision-making. These include systematising participation processes for shaping legislation policy; using ethical approaches and a variety of methods to include diverse and unheard voices, considering intersectionality; building capacity, and creating synergies for participation. More importantly, the findings indicate that children and their families cannot be considered a homogenous group, even within the context of a class, school, or community. Therefore, research topics and methods must reflect an openness to this diversity of ideas and means of expression.
These messages can be seen as a set of practical guidelines for those who aim to foster learner and family participation. The project provides a rich body of resources to guide policy and practice in this area. The proposed ‘Framework for Meaningful Participation in Inclusive Education’ constitutes a critical and reflective framework to work with learners and families, including concrete ways in which participatory policymaking can become meaningful and sustainable. As another means of addressing the policy-practice gap, the project calls for creating more opportunities for adults (policy-makers, families, and/or other stakeholders) and learners working together to address challenging educational issues and increase participation in education. The outcomes of the project can serve as inspiration to promote and practice such an intergenerational approach to inclusive policy-making across different contexts.

References
Cook-Sather, A., 2018. ‘Tracing the Evolution of Student Voice in Educational Research’, in R. Bourke and J. Loveridge (eds.), Radical Collegiality through Student Voice. Singapore: Springer
Cook-Sather, A., 2020. ‘Student voice across contexts: Fostering student agency in today’s schools’ Theory Into Practice, 59 (2), 182–191. DOI: 10.1080/00405841.2019.1705091
European Commission, 2021. Commission welcomes the political agreement on the European Year of Youth. Press release, 7 December 2021. [Online] ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_21_6648
Fielding, M., 2006. ‘Leadership, radical student engagement and the necessity of person‐centred education’ International Journal of Leadership in Education, 9 (4), 299–313
Hart, R.A., 1992. ‘Children’s Participation: From Tokenism to Citizenship’, Innocenti Essays, No. 4. Florence: UNICEF International Child Development Centre
Lundy, L., 2005. ‘Family Values in the Classroom? Reconciling Parental Wishes and Children’s Rights in State Schools’ International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family, 19 (3), 346–372
Lundy, L., 2007. ‘“Voice” is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child’ British Educational Research Journal, 33 (6), 927– 942
Lundy, L., McEvoy, L. and Byrne, B., 2011. ‘Working With Young Children as Co-Researchers: An Approach Informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child’ Early Education and Development, 22 (5), 714–736
Pearce, T.C. and Wood, B.E., 2019. ‘Education for transformation: an evaluative framework to guide student voice work in schools’ Critical Studies in Education, 60 (1), 113–130
Shier, H., 2001. ‘Pathways to participation: Openings, opportunities and obligations’ Children & Society, 15 (2), 107–117. doi.org/10.1002/chi.617
Sinclair, R., 2004. ‘Participation in practice: Making it meaningful, effective and sustainable’ Children & Society, 18 (2), 106–118
Tiusanen, M., 2017. ‘Pupil participation in the development of school culture’ Education in the North, 24 (1), 88–93. doi.org/10.26203/2WGX-4D05  
UNESCO, 2021. Global Education Monitoring Report 2021. Central and Eastern Europe, Caucasus and Central Asia: Inclusion and education: All means all. Paris: UNESCO. en.unesco.org/gem-report/Eurasia2021inclusion
UNICEF, 2020. Engaged and Heard! Guidelines on Adolescent Participation and Civic Engagement. New York: UNICEF. unicef.org/media/73296/file/ADAP-Guidelines-for-Participation.pdf
United Nations, 1989. Convention on the Rights of the Child. A/RES/44/25. ohchr.org/sites/default/files/crc.pdf
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 03 D: The Scottish National Framework for Inclusion – an invitation for shared reflections and experiences across international contexts
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Yuchen Wang
Research Workshop
 
04. Inclusive Education
Research Workshop

The Scottish National Framework for Inclusion – an invitation for shared reflections and experiences across international contexts

Kirsten Darling-McQuistan1, Yuchen Wang2, Stella Mouroutsou3, Di Cantali4

1University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom; 2Strathclyde University, United Kingdom; 3University of Stirling, United Kingdom; 4University of Dundee

Presenting Author: Darling-McQuistan, Kirsten; Wang, Yuchen; Mouroutsou, Stella; Cantali, Di

Ensuring inclusive and quality education and reducing inequalities are key Sustainable Development Goals for our global society. Teachers, nevertheless, may face challenges in enacting an inclusive pedagogy that responds to the increasing diversity in our classrooms (Florian and Pantić, 2017). It is observed that more and more countries have started to purposively support teachers’ professional development for inclusion (Kubacka and D’Addio, 2020).

Inclusive education is recognized as being the cornerstone of Scottish education (Scottish Government, 2017) and there is clear recognition of the important role that teachers play in ensuring that barriers to pupils’ learning are addressed. The Framework for Inclusion (Scottish Universities Inclusion Group, 2022), now in its third edition (https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/national-framework-for-inclusion/), is intended to support teachers at all stages of their career journey to develop and sustain inclusive practice within their diverse professional contexts. The Framework is internationally unique, by recognizing teachers as autonomous and creative professionals who have the capacity to critically reflect on their pedagogical decisions and identify approaches to promote learners’ inclusion. It differs from other policy and practice documentation which provides teachers with materials to deliver, and, sometimes, direction in how to teach it but without a discussion of why this direction is best practice. It is closely linked with the latest Scotland’s Professional Standards for Teachers (GTCS, 2021) and Education Scotland’s ethos of empowering teachers as autonomous, creative professionals (Scottish Government, 2019).

The Framework was first developed as an output from the Inclusive Practice Project (IPP, Rouse and Florian, 2012). The three underlying principles for the Framework, namely the Inclusive Pedagogical Approaches in Action (IPAA), were developed during the IPP, and they can be summarized as:

  • Difference is ordinary and an essential aspect of human development

  • Teachers must believe that they are capable of teaching all children

  • We must work collaboratively with others, finding creative new ways to do so (Florian and Spratt, 2013).

The Framework is comprised of reflective questions such as ‘What role do I play in ensuring my school maintains a rights-respecting culture?’ and ‘How do I ensure a holistic approach to learning and teaching for everyone?’ (SUIG, 2022). The questions are organised into the categories of Student Teachers, All Teachers, and Experienced Teachers, addressing the need of scaffolding by taking into account of the varied roles, experiences and contexts that shape teachers’ work. This new edition was also revised cognizance being taken of recent developments within Scottish education including the increased focus on sustainability and the need for diversification of the curricula.

Developing the Framework was an ambitious endeavor shared by all 11 teacher education institutions in Scotland to co-create the much-needed resources in supporting teachers’ development for inclusion. Teacher educator representatives from the Scottish Universities Inclusion Group (http://www.scde.ac.uk/networks/inclusion-group/) participated in various stages of collaborative and critically reflective discussions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This participatory and interactive workshop will appeal to teacher educators, researchers and practitioners who are interested in supporting inclusion and diversity in education. It will bring together participants from different international contexts to learn about and reflect on the Scottish experience of developing the National Framework for Inclusion (3rd edition). The workshop will start with a short presentation of the rationale and background of the Framework for Inclusion, highlighting the unique Scottish educational context. The process of co-creating the Framework will be introduced as well as some examples of the reflective questions from the Framework. Practical examples of how the Framework is used within the context of teacher education in the form of short vignettes will be shared to prompt discussions and reflections. For instance, we will share how questions, such as ‘Are some learners more valued than others, and, if so, why?’ and ‘What groups of learners may be excluded from my classroom and learning context? can be used in small-group discussions on an undergraduate MA Education course to support students’ reflections and meaning-making in relation to aspects of their inclusive practices and past and future placements experiences. The participants then will be invited to consider key ideas and questions relating to these examples on how we can support student teachers and teachers’ understandings and enactment of inclusive practices. We will encourage further dialogues about important take-away messages from this workshop that stimulate considerations of possible actions in their own contexts. Postcards will be provided for the participants to document key reflections from the workshop to travel home with.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Inclusive education is a shared global goal of our times. This workshop will usefully inform the participants’ understandings of inclusive practices, which can therefore influence policy and practice in broader international contexts to work thoughtfully towards the UN SDGs.
References
Florian, L. and Pantić, N. (2017). Teacher education for the changing demographics of schooling: policy, practice and research. In Florian, L. and Pantić, N. (eds) Teacher Education for the Changing Demographics of Schooling. 1-5. Cham: Springer. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-54389-5_1

Florian, L. and Spratt, J. (2013). Enacting inclusion: a framework for interrogating inclusive practice. European Journal of Special Needs Education 28, 119-135.  

General Teaching Council for Scotland. (2021). Professional Standards for Teachers. Edinburgh, The General Teaching Council for Scotland.

Kubacka, K. and D’Addio, A. C. (2020). Targeting teacher education and professional development for inclusion. Journal of International Cooperation in Education. 22-2/23-2: 89-106.

Rouse, M. and Florian, L. (2012). Inclusive Practice Project: Final Report. Aberdeen, The University of Aberdeen.

Scottish Government. (2019). Achieving Excellence and Equity. 2020 National Improvement Framework and Improvement Plan. Edinburgh, The Scottish Government.  

Scottish Government. (2017). Consultation on the Presumption of Mainstreaming. Edinburgh, The Scottish Government.  

Scottish Universities Inclusion Group (SUIG). 2022. National Framework for Inclusion 3rd edition. Aberdeen, The Scottish Universities Inclusion Group.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 03 E: Family-School Relationships
Location: Gilbert Scott, 134 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gemma Scarparolo
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Widening the Focus of School-Readiness for Children with Disabilities and Their Families

Paul Lynch

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lynch, Paul

Early childhood education and 'school readiness are considered to be significant phases of growth and development which influence outcomes across an individual’s entire life and provides an important period of opportunity and a foundation for lifelong learning and participation (World Health Organisation 2012). Over the past 15 years, global interest in promoting school readiness has increased significantly with emerging evidence for the effectiveness of combined sector programmes particularly if provided in the first 1000 days of life (Black et al. 2017). The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (United Nations 1989) and the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (United Nations 2006) affirm that all children have the right to develop to their full potential and that governments should guarantee that young children with disabilities receive high-quality education.

In this presentation, drawing on a systematic literature review, I will highlight the importance of the sociocultural context of development when researching children with disabilities drawing on sociocultural theorists to conceptualise the development of the young child with a disability (Skinner and Weisner (2007), Rogoff (2003), Artiles and Kozleski (2016). I will then draw on bioecological systems theory of human development (Bronfenbrenner, 2005) to help unpack the different complexities that can arise when assessing the specific learning and care needs of a child with disability. ) Results from the systematic review will be used to compare some of the tensions that exisit on the use of the construct of 'school readiness'[ in relation to early childhood disability in UK, European and international countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The review comprised a list of search terms, eligibility criteria, appraisal of included studies,  data extraction and data analysis. A  data extraction form  was used to record key background information about each study, including the location of the study, the sample size, duration of intervention as well as key findings and limitations. A  thematic matrix  was developed to ensure that all interpretations were thorough and consistent across the papers. This process ensured that the specific delineation of the categories was consistent and congruent with full agreement on the themes identified. We then carried out a thematic analysis to identify the main outcomes and contributions of the articles that made the final list for this paper on. The general framework for the review used the following procedures (Boland, Cherry, and Dickson 2017).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The review revealed that there are few papers that capture the contextual aspects of children’s early learning and development, such as their cultural background, linguistic diversity, impairment or disability (Lynch, et al. 2021). The influence of children’s culture and background are not always considered within instruments despite wide variation in global cultural values, practices and experiences. In addition, there are limited assessment instruments that examine the quality of the environment despite research (Yoshikawa et al. 2013; Ngoun et al. 2020) in many respects, the assessments did not take into account important individual and group differences in patterns of child development or allow for progression and continuity within and across different educational settings.  I will make some recommendations on how to design inclusive early childhood education and school readiness through a bioecological systems model that places an emphasis on the importance of
engaging with different levels of support to ensure appropriate solutions are offered
to families who have children with disabilities within a complex ecology.

References
Artiles, A. J., & Kozleski, E. B. (2016). Inclusive education’s promises and trajectories: Critical notes about future research on a venerable idea. Education Policy Analysis Archives. https://doi.org/10. 14507/epaa.24.1919.
Black, M. M., Walker, S. P., Fernald, L. C. H., Andersen, C. T., Di Girolamo, A. M., Lu, C., et al. (2017). Advancing early childhood development: From science to scale. The Lancet, 389(10064), 77–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(16)31389-7.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. American Psychologist, 32, 513–531.
Boland, A., M. G. Cherry, and R. Dickson. 2017. Doing a Systematic Review. London: Sage.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Lynch, P. & Soni. A.  (2021): Widening the focus of school readiness
for children with disabilities in Malawi: a critical review of the literature, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2021.1965801
Ngoun, C., P. De Meyer, K. Baesel, R. Khoeun Khanna, and L. S. Stoey. 2020. “Cambodian Developmental Milestone Assessment Tool (cDMAT): Performance Reference Charts and Reliability Check of a Tool to Assess Early Childhood Development in Cambodian Children.” Early Human Development 141: 104934.
Skinner, D., & Weisner, T. (2007). Sociocultural studies of families of children with intellectual `disabilities. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 13, 302–312.
Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. New York: UN. Retrieved from www.un.org/disabilities.
World Health Organisation (WHO). (2012). Early childhood development and disability: A discussion paper. Geneva, Switzerland: WHO. Retrieved from http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/75355/1/9789241504065_eng.pdf
Yoshikawa, H., C. Weiland, J. Brooks-Gunn, M. Burchinal, L. M. Espinosa, W. T. Gormley, and M. J. Maslow. 2013. Investing in our Future: The Evidence Base on Preschool Education. New York: Foundation for Child Development.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Family, Education and Inclusion of Deaf Children with Cochlear Implants: first results.

Deseada Ruiz-Ariza1, María Esther Prados-Megías1, Analía E. Leite-Méndez2, Pablo Cortés-González2

1University of Almería, Spain; 2University of Málaga, Spain

Presenting Author: Ruiz-Ariza, Deseada; Cortés-González, Pablo

This contribution presents the progress of a doctoral research project that aims to respond to the needs and possibilities that families have to meet and provide educational support to a son or daughter who was born with profound deafness and who has undergone cochlear implantation. According to various researchers (Bruin, 2018; Holt, Beer, Kronenberger, Pisoni & Lalonde, 2012), cooperation between different educational agents is vital for the comprehensive development of minors, with the family being a first-order entity. There are few studies in this regard, hence the importance of recovering the experiences of families to develop an inclusive education.

We can say that we are living in a unique moment in terms of medical and technological advances in the world of deafness that minimize the consequences of this disability in a society that culturally still needs to open possibilities for diversities.

One of the most notable advances is that referred to hearing. One is the hearing aid, which is an electronic device that amplifies sound and is placed behind the ear or inside the ear and is used for those who have mild or medium hearing loss. Parallel to the advances in hearing aids, in the mid-20th century important achievements were made in another type of prosthesis, the so-called cochlear implants (CI), for people with profound bilateral hearing loss. According to the Spanish Confederation of Families of Deaf People (FIAPAS), this device is recognized by the scientific community as one of the historical advances of the last century, which has changed the lives of more than half a million people in the world (... ), making it possible for deaf children to have better access to oral language at an early age and to the learning that derives from it.

Together with speech therapists, schools and health professionals, the involvement of parents with minors is considered a key to achieving the success of mentioned rehabilitation (Juan, 2016; Santana & Moreno-Torres, 2012). As Schlesinger points out (in Lutterman, 2009), the best predictor of literacy for these children is found in the linguistic interaction between parents/guardians and children, which he called the elusive “X factor”. This factor turned out to be of greater importance than social class, economic status of families or IQ.

On the other hand, article number 9 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNESCO, 2006), defines “accessibility as a necessary condition for persons with disabilities to be able to enjoy the same goods and services on equal terms. And in its article 24, it explains that "disabled people can access inclusive, quality education, on an equal footing with others and in the communities in which they live", therefore promoting access to this type of resource or interventions becomes essential to ensure the rights of people with disabilities.

Within this framework, this research seeks to deepen the understanding of the role of normal-hearing families with deaf children with CI and, in this way, attend to the different experiences, strategies and trajectories that ensure inclusion. It focuses on studying family contexts of CI users for two reasons: on the one hand, it is an autoethnographic study, since the doctoral student is the mother of an implanted child and, on the other hand, although many of the strategies and experiences can be similar to that of minors with hearing aids, many of the family knowledge networks move through different spaces since the type of prosthesis generates differences in care, in programming, and in the resources around them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main objective of this study is to recover the voices of the families that have children in their care with CI, to collect information, analyze it and make proposals for action to improve the lives of these people.
This article presents some results obtained from the first two years of research. The information is collected under different aspects: (1) in which parents have known the diagnosis of their sons and daughters; (2) the type of information and training provided by the staff who care for the families and the guidance offered to them; (3) to know the main methods that families have used to find out, how they have felt, what their needs are, how they have dealt with this disability together with the rest of the family members, what kind of difficulties they encounter on a daily basis and if these families have received training in this regard; (4) What kind of strategies do families use to communicate and educate with these boys and girls before and after the implantation of these electronic devices, and what strategies have they developed together with the teaching professionals who have been with these minors during the school stage?

This research project has its methodological basis in auto-ethnography (Denzin and Lincoln, 2012), recovering a narrative biographical approach (Clandinin, 2013), and from the approaches of inclusive research (Nind, 2017) that assumes certain principles and responsibilities towards research and co-investigators, which generates "research committed to the fight against exclusion, committed to processes of change and socio-educational improvement, participatory and collaborative with educational actors/agents and ethically committed" (Parrilla, 2013, p.7-8).

To this end, it is proposed to combine different techniques and strategies that allow us to approach the object of study, both from a panoramic dimension to the family reality of deaf children with CI in normal-hearing families, as well as a more specific approach to devices, practical experiences and their success strategies.

For this contribution, we take the first results of the autobiographical life story that will be woven with the collection of information with other families through an online questionnaire, all of this, as a first procedural phase of the project to propose a panoramic view of family experiences and thus give meaning to auto-ethnographic research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the information obtained in this first stage of this research project reveals that despite the existence of bibliographic references on strategies to improve communication with people who have these electronic devices (Juan, 2016; Santana and Moreno, 2012), families barely use them, since only 25% state that they take advice from such information. It is detected that there is a lack of information and advice from health professionals and speech therapists who are experts in the field. If the parents do not have the resources, the will, the motivation and the emotional strength to know and put into practice these strategies, the opportunities to hear and speak of these minors are reduced.

We must highlight the lack of training by professionals in the educational world to address strategies with people with IC. Currently, initial university training lacks specific training on these issues that we have been developing to inclusively address the reality of people with these devices. The information analyzed shows that families with this group of minors perceive a lack of motivation and training on the part of their sons and daughters' teachers. The family-tutor relationship is essential for improving academic and communication results with children with CI, although sometimes this depends on the level and economic resources, availability of time and family involvement, according to each family and social context.

Finally, it should be noted that, for there to truly be educational inclusion, it is considered necessary to create work teams made up of health professionals, speech therapists, programmers, teachers, and families, and these are the link between all of them, with the objective of rowing in the same direction, to generate spaces that can meet the needs of these minors.

References
Bruin, M. (2018). Parental involvement in children’s learning: the case of cochlear implantation parents as educators? Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(4), 601-616.

Clandinin, D. J. (2013). Engaging in narrative inquiry. Left Coast Press.

Denzin, N. y Lincoln, Y. (2012). Manual de investigación cualitativa. Gedisa.

Holt, R. F., Beer, J., Kronenberger, W. G., Pisoni, D. B., y Lalonde, K. (2012). Contribution of family environment to pediatric cochlear implant users' speech and language outcomes: Some preliminary findings. Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, 3, 848-864.

Juan, E. (2016). Rehabilitación en implantes cocleares. Revista Médica Clínica Las Condes, 27 (6), 834-839.

Nind, M. (2017). The practical wisdom of inclusive research. Qualitative Research, 17(3), 278–288.

Santana, R. y Moreno, I. (2012). Papel de la implicación familiar en el desarrollo del niño sordo con implante coclear. Biennale internationale de l’éducation, de la formation et des pratiques professionnelles, Paris, Francia. ffhalshs-00780718f

UNESCO, (2006). Orientaciones para la Inclusión: Asegurar el Acceso a la Educación para Todos, París, 2006, pp. 12 a 14


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Parent-Teacher Communication: What are the Experiences of Parents of Children with Specific Educational Needs?

Gemma Scarparolo

The University of Western Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: Scarparolo, Gemma

It is well established that educational outcomes and schooling experiences can be enhanced when parents are involved in and engaged in their child’s education (Wilder, 2014; Yotyodying & Wild, 2019). Communicating and working with parents is an important part of a teacher’s role, yet there is little published that shares parents’ experiences of these interactions (Ellis et al., 2015), especially the experiences of parents of children with specific educational needs (Paccaud et al., 2021). It has been reported that parents of children with disability can find it more difficult to communicate with teachers than parents of children without disability (Leenders et al., 2019); therefore, this is an important area for further research in the field of inclusive education. This aim of this qualitative study was to learn about the experiences of parents of primary school aged children with disability specifically relating to their communication, consultation and collaboration with teachers on relating to teaching and learning. The decision was made to compare the experiences of parents of children with disability in Australia and Ireland given the similar disability legislation and teacher professional standards in each country. In both countries, teachers are legally required to consult and collaborate with parents of children with disability in the educative process (Commonwealth of Australia, 1992, 2005; Houses of the Oireachtas, 2005). Furthermore, teachers in both countries are also expected to work with and communicate sensitively and effectively with parents in the educative process as part of meeting teacher professional standards (AITSL, 2017; Teaching Council, 2016). However, little information or elaboration is provided for teachers and schools about consultation or what effective communication with parents should look like. Therefore, it is understandable that communication and consultation between teachers and parents is variable given the lack of clarity and information for teachers about this important aspect of their role. While legislation and professional standards place an emphasis on teachers consulting and communicating with parents in the educative process, reviews of legislation in Australia have reported that parents often feel frustrated and excluded from decisions about their child’s education as well as feeling that their knowledge about their child and their disability is not valued by teachers or school leaders (DESE, 2021).

In this study, the decision was made to focus on the experiences of parents of children with the most common neurodevelopmental disorders (specifically autism spectrum disorder, attention hyperactivity disorder and specific learning disorders), as children with these disabilities have specific educational needs. The focus on parents of primary school aged children was chosen as it has been identified that parental involvement is especially important at this stage of schooling (Leenders et al., 2019). This study draws on literature from the fields of inclusive education, family-school partnerships, teacher professional standards, and parent voice to learn more about the experiences of parents of children with disability in both Australia and Ireland to inform teacher preparation and policy relating to this aspect of inclusive education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative research approach was adopted for this study as the aim was to learn about the different lived experiences of parents of children with disability and their interactions with their child’s teachers and school leaders. A qualitative interpretivist approach was taken in an attempt to make sense of the parents’ experiences and present a rich and descriptive account of this phenomena for the purpose of informing researcher knowledge and teacher practices relating to parent-teacher communication, consultation and collaboration in the field of inclusive education.  Semi-structured interviews were conducted with parents of children with disability in Australia and Ireland to learn about their experiences relating to communication, consultation and collaboration with their child’s teachers. Interview questions were informed by relevant literature and developed based on the requirements of disability legislation and teacher professional standards. Institutional ethics was approved and participation in the study was voluntary. Purposive sampling was employed in each context and parents were invited to participate through parent support networks and parent advocacy groups. Interviews were audio recorded for transcription purposes and reflexive thematic analysis was the approach used for data analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) given the interpretative nature of the study and the researcher's recognition of the reflexive nature of data analysis. Braun and Clarke’s (2022) six phases of analysis were followed, and both inductive and deductive analysis were used during coding, theme development and the finalisation of themes.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of this study support and enhance the literature published on family-school partnerships and inclusive education and addresses the complex and varied nature of consultation, collaboration and communication between teachers and parents of children with disability. Factors that impact consultation, collaboration and communication will be identified and discussed drawing on teacher professional standards, disability legislation and the research field of inclusive education. One of the findings of the study relates to the tension between what parents of children with disability want and expect for their child relating to learning, and what teachers say, do and are required to do. This tension will be a point for discussion in the presentation. The findings of this study will be of interest and relevance to teachers, parents, school leaders, teacher educators and researchers interested in inclusive education and family-family partnerships.
References
Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (2017). Australian Professional Standards for Teachers. https://www.aitsl.edu.au/standards

Commonwealth of Australia (1992). Disability Discrimination Act. https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/C2018C00125

Commonwealth of Australia (2005). Disability Standards for Education 2005. https://www.legislation.gov.au/Details/F2005L00767

Department of Education, Skills, and Employment (DESE) (2021). Final Report of the 2020 Review of the Disability Standards for Education 2005. https://www.education.gov.au/disability-standards-education-2005/resources/final-report-2020-review-disability-standards-education-2005

Ellis, M., Lock, G., & Lummis, G. (2015). Parent-Teacher Interactions: Engaging with Parents and Carers. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 40(5). http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2015v40n5.9

Houses of the Oireachtas (2004). Education for Persons with Special Educational Needs Act 2004. https://data.oireachtas.ie/ie/oireachtas/act/2004/30/eng/enacted/a3004.pdf

Houses of the Oireachtas (2005). Disability Act (2005). https://www.irishstatutebook.ie/eli/2005/act/14/enacted/en/pdf

Goodall, J., & Montgomery, C. (2014). Parental involvement to parental engagement: a continuum. Educational Review, 66(4), 399-410. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2013.781576

Leenders, H., de Jong, J., Monfrance, M., & Haelermans, C. (2019). Building strong parent-teacher relationships in primary education: the challenge of two-way communication. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(4), 519–533. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2019.1566442

Paccaud, A., Keller, R., Luder, R., Pastore, G., & Kunz, A. (2021). Satisfaction with the collaboration between families and schools – the parent’s view.  Frontiers in Education,6, 1-13. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2021.646878

Teaching Council (2016). The Code of Professional Conduct for Teachers. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/publications/fitness-to-teach/code-of-professional-conduct-for-teachers1.pdf

Tveit, A.D. (2009) A parental voice: parents as equal and dependent rhetoric about parents, teachers, and their conversations. Educational Review, 61(3), 289-300, https://doi.org/10.1080/00131910903045930

Wilder, S. (2014). Effects of parental involvement on academic achievement: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 66(3), 377-397. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2013.780009

Yotyodying, S., & Wild, E. (2019). Effective family-school communication for students with learning disabilities: Associations with parental involvement at home and in school. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 22, 1-12, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2019.100317
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 03 F: The Challenges of Inclusive Transitions
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Matthias Wicki
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Transition to Formal Schooling of Children with Disabilities: A Systematic Review

Daniel Then, Sanna Pohlmann-Rother

University of Würzburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Then, Daniel

For children with disabilities and their families, starting school is considered a particularly sensitive and, therefore, challenging phase: The children face the challenge to deal with changes in the support structures surrounding them. The families face the challenge to organise additional support addressing the specific needs of their children (Janus & Siddiqua, 2018). As a result, children with disabilities (Jiang et al., 2021) as well as their families (McIntyre et al., 2010) tend to find the transition to be particularly difficult. As educational disadvantages at transition to school affect a child’s whole educational career (Crosnoe & Ansari, 2016) and thus the life of the child’s family, designing an inclusive transition setting for children with disabilities is crucial both for the children’s future academic trajectories and the families’ future experiences.

Although the transition to school is such an important biographic milestone, recent research activities addressing the transition to school of children with disabilities haven’t been systematically reviewed yet. Available reviews on this topic focus on studies conducted before the adoption of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD) in 2006 (e.g., Janus et al., 2007). As a result, it is difficult to identify current research gaps and to derive future research needs in this field.

Therefore, we conducted a systematic review that focus on the transition to school of children with disabilities (Then & Pohlmann-Rother, 2023). In order to structure the research field, we developed a theoretical model of inclusive transition to school and used it as a conceptual framework of our review. According to the ecosystemic perspective on transitions (Bronfenbrenner, 1979), three levels are considered relevant for the transition within this model: The (1) individual level includes the actors in the transition process, i.e., the child; families/parents; preschool teachers; the teachers in compulsory school-based settings; the neighbourhood (Rimm-Kaufman & Pianta, 2000); and service providers such as school psychologists or therapists. The (2) process level contains the processes that moderate the successful course of the transition to school in general, i.e., the long-term and high-quality (Garber et al., 2022) adaptive support of the child; the support and active involvement of families/parents in the transition (Cook & Coley, 2017); children’s interactions at the peer level (Dockett & Perry, 2004); (multi-)professional cooperation of teachers with each other and with service providers (Ahtola et al., 2011); and the coordination of the institutions’ activities to foster alignment and continuity between the educational settings (Boyle et al., 2018). (3) Finally, on the societal level, the administrative framework of the transition (e.g., the legal provisions regarding the school enrolment process) is set.

Following this model and addressing the current need in conducting a systematic review of transition to school of children with disabilities, we focus on the following research questions:

  1. What samples and research designs are used in empirical studies on the transition to school of children with disabilities published since the adoption of the UN CRPD in 2006?
  2. What are the main research priorities on the transition to school of children with disabilities?
  3. What are the needs for future research regarding the transition to school of children with disabilities?

We use the term ‘transition to school’ to describe transitions from preschool to compulsory school-based settings. According to the biopsychosocial model of the World Health Organization (2001), we focus on ‘children with disabilities’ as a group of children who experience long-term restrictions in their social participation and in their interactions with their environment because of permanent physical, mental, or psychological exceptionalities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We conducted the review following the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021).
First, we defined the inclusion criteria of the review. Content-related criteria for inclusion were the studies’ focus on the transition to formal schooling as well as the studies’ additional focus on the group of children with disabilities. Formal criteria were the publication in English or German, the design as an empirical study, the publication in the period 2006–2022 (up to March 31th, 2022), and the publication in a peer-reviewed scientific journal.
Subsequently, we conducted a systematic literature search. In the first step, we conducted a systematic data base search in six scientific databases (PsycInfo, Web of Science, ERIC, JSTOR, BIDOK and Fachportal Pädagogik). This process yielded 4,559 studies. Afterwards, we excluded duplicates and obviously irrelevant records (e.g., studies addressing an inappropriate age group). As a result, 1,654 studies remain for abstract screening. This was performed by two independent raters according to the inclusion criteria. Non-matches were discussed for consensus validation of the results. In this way, 1,480 studies that did not meet the inclusion criteria were excluded. We proceeded by conducting a full-text analysis of the remaining 174 studies. This was performed independently by both raters before discrepancies were discussed and consensus validation was performed. Thus, 31 studies were identified to be included in the review. The second step of our search aimed at additional sources, e.g., searching the bibliographies of included studies. This step produced another 774 records, which were filtered again, e.g., by removing duplicates. We double-checked the abstracts and full texts of the remaining studies and discussed any discrepancies. This left us with 24 studies for inclusion in the review. In total, N=55 studies were included in the review. The overall rate of agreement of all assessments by both raters was 78.26%.
In order to systematize the search results, the identified studies were categorized using a coding system developed on the basis of the model of inclusive transition. For this, the three levels relevant for the transition (individual, process, and societal level) were derived from the model as main categories. Then, the main categories were deductively broken down into subcategories according to the relevant transition actors (child, families/parents, etc.) and processes (adaptive support of the child, etc.). After that, the studies were assigned to the categories according to their thematical focus. The assigning process were conducted by two independent coders (Cohen’s Kappa = .80).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
RQ 1: Samples and research designs. The analysis of the studies included in the review indicates that there are quantitative large-scale studies focusing on the transition to school of children with disabilities, but they are not distributed equally across the levels: On the one hand, all studies on societal level are large-scale. On the other hand, just one study on process level (i.e., studies focusing on the processes that moderate the transition) and no study on individual level (i.e., studies focusing on the subjective perspectives of the transition actors) are large-scale. Furthermore, studies considering the transition of children with developmental disabilities are particularly common. The research designs of the studies included in the review reflect a wide range of data collection methods with (qualitative) interview and (quantitative) questionnaire surveys predominating.
RQ 2: Research priorities. Most of the studies primarily address the individual level (N=45), especially the perspectives of parents, pedagogues, and additional service providers such as therapists. An emphasis is on the perceived facilitators (e.g., children’s school readiness skills) and barriers of a successful transition (e.g., lack of expertise of the pedagogues). However, studies concentrating on the moderating processes in the transition (N=6) (e.g., teachers’ (multi-)professional cooperation) or the administrative framework of the transition (N=4) are sparse.
RQ 3: Research needs. The review helps to identify both general and specific needs for future research. In general, future studies on the transition to school of children with disabilities need to focus the processes that moderate the transition in a more comprehensive way as these processes are main facilitators of the successful course of the transition. An additional emphasis on the institutional and administrative framework of the transition would be meaningful, too. Specifically, future studies should examine the children’s perspectives in the transition as well as the role of the peers.

References
Ahtola, A., Silinskas, G., Poikonen, P.-L., Kontoniemi, M., Niemi, P., & Nurmi, J.-E. (2011). Transition to formal schooling: Do transition practices matter for academic performance? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 26(3), 295–302.
Boyle, T., Petriwskyj, A., & Grieshaber, S. (2018). Reframing transitions to school as continuity practices: The role of practice architectures. Australian Educational Researcher, 45(4), 419–434.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Harvard University Press.
Cook, K. D., & Coley, R. L. (2017). School transition practices and children’s social and academic adjustment in kindergarten. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(2), 166–177.
Crosnoe, R. & Ansari, A. (2016). Family Socioeconomic Status, Immigration, and Children’s Transitions into School. Family Relations, 65, 73–84.
Dockett, S., & Perry, B. (2004). Starting school: Perspectives of Australian children, parents, and educators. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 2(2), 171–189.
Garber, K. L., Foster, T. J., Little, M. H., Cohen-Vogel, L., Bratsch-Hines, M., & Burchinal, M. R. (2022). Transition practices of rural pre-k and kindergarten teachers and their relations to children’s academic and social skills. Early Education and Development. Advance online publication.
Janus, M., Lefort, J., Cameron, R., & Kopechanski, L. (2007). Starting kindergarten: Transition issues for children with special needs. Canadian Journal of Education, 30(3), 628–648
Janus, M., & Siddiqua, A. (2018). Challenges for children with special health needs at the time of transition to school. In Information Resources Management Association (Ed.), Autism spectrum disorders (pp. 339–371). IGI Global.
Jiang, H., Justice, L., Purtell, K. M., Lin, T.-J., & Logan, J. (2021). Prevalence and prediction of kindergarten-transition difficulties. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 55, 15–23.
McIntyre, L. L., Eckert, T. L., Fiese, B. H., DiGennaro Reed, F. D., & Wildenger, L. K. (2010). Family concerns surrounding kindergarten transition: A comparison of students in special and general education. Early Childhood Education Journal, 38(4), 259–263.
Page, J. M., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372(71).
Rimm-Kaufman, S. E., & Pianta, R. C. (2000). An ecological perspective on the transition to kindergarten: A theoretical framework to guide empirical research. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 21(5), 491–511.
Then, D. & Pohlmann-Rother, S. (2023). Transition to formal schooling of children with disabilities: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 38, 100492.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Anxiety and Depression During Adolescence Predict a Less Successful Transition from Compulsory Education to Vocational Education and Training (VET)

Sara Lustenberger1, Matthias Wicki1,2, Caroline Sahli Lozano1, Kathrin Brandenberg1, Sergej Wüthrich1, Janine Hauser1

1Bern University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2Lausanne University Hospital and University of Lausanne, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Lustenberger, Sara; Wicki, Matthias

An inclusive school system provides equal opportunities for education and satisfaction of individual learning needs to all pupils. In recent years, the understanding of inclusion has broadened to focus on the best possible support and participation of all learners (Booth & Ainscow, 2002). The larger scope includes not only physical disabilities or learning problems, but also other aspects possibly linked with marginalization, such as mental health problems.

A relevant group of learners in the context of inclusion are children and adolescents with mental illness. Studies have shown that anxiety disorders are among the most common mental illnesses in children and adolescents, affecting about 10% (Schneider & Margraf, 2019). Depressive disorders are also very common, especially in adolescence. The prevalence rate of depression increases from less than 2% in kindergarten children to about 9% during adolescence to more than 20% by age 18 (Pössel, 2019). These disorders tend to persist into adulthood and, if left untreated, can have long-term consequences for the rest of the life course (Pössel, 2019; Schneider & Margraf, 2019).

The impact of mental illness on the transition from compulsory education to vocational education and training (VET) has been little researched to date - in particular, the recording of transition trajectories in this group of learners represents a research gap (Kranert & Stein, 2019). Research in this field is important because the transition from school to VET represents an important developmental step for young adults and lays the foundation for their professional future as well as for the further course of their lives. Early educational decisions and career transitions have long-term consequences; for example, missed vocational training is rarely compensated later on in the career and early career decisions are rarely changed (Blossfeld, 1988). In addition to performance- and aptitude-related characteristics, ascriptive characteristics such as gender, natio-ethno-cultural and social origin exert a significant influence on the transition process (e.g. Glauser, 2015).

Previous research shows that the presence of a diagnosed mental illness at lower secondary level is associated with lower educational aspirations and, consequently, more likely school failure, and can significantly complicate the transition to VET further down the line (for a review see Stein & Kranert, 2020). In addition, various studies have shown that depression and anxiety disorders can have a negative effect on VET (de Lijster et al., 2018; Wickersham et al., 2021). However, previous studies on the influence of mental illness incompletely consider performance- and aptitude-related as well as ascriptive characteristics (e.g. Baumann et al., 2018). From the literature is known that mental illnesses correlate for example with gender and natio-ethno-cultural background. The question therefore arises how large the correlation between mental illnesses and educational attainment is when adjusting for these factors.

The planned study contributes to closing this desideratum and investigates whether the presence of an anxiety disorder or depression during lower secondary level is a risk factor for three aspects of educational attainment: intellectual demands of VET, educational changes, and educational satisfaction. Additionally, it is explored, inasmuch these associations are stable when adjusting for performance, social and natio-ethno-cultural origin as well as further central ascriptive characteristics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on a prospective longitudinal study among pupils in the canton of Bern, Switzerland. The baseline assessment was completed during second or third year of compulsory secondary school (mean age: 15.3 years) and the follow-up four years later (mean age: 19.7 years).
A total of 2228 pupils participated in the baseline study, 1368 of those pupils also participated in the follow-up (retention rate overall = 61%). At baseline, standardized school achievement (standardized tests in math and language to assess academic performance level) and intelligence tests (Culture Fair Intelligence Test 20-R) were administered to the adolescents, and sociodemographic and origin-related variables (highest international socioeconomic index of occupational status; Ganzeboom, 2010) were collected. In addition, the teachers indicated for each pupil in the class, whether they received integrative school measures. At follow-up, criterion variable (level of intellectual demands of VET (Stalder, 2011), change of education and satisfaction with education) were collected for the first, second and third year after completion of compulsory education. At follow-up, the young adults were additionally asked retrospectively whether they received a clinical diagnosis for anxiety disorder, depression, or other mental illnesses at lower secondary level and with which school grades they completed lower secondary level. Mental illnesses and school performance were assessed with objective criteria as cues (clinical diagnosis, grades), therefore the bias due to the retrospective assessment is supposed to be minimal (Schmier & Halpern, 2004).
Initial analyses examined the possible association between the presence of an anxiety disorder or depression at baseline and outcome variables at the transition to vocational education stage, with stepwise regression models adding baseline context variables (age, gender, natio-ethno-cultural background, intelligence, school achievement, school level, grades, and integrative school measures). For the final version of the present study, a propensity score matching approach is expected to be used. This allows, similar to a case-control study, to compare the educational trajectories of adolescents with vs. without a diagnosed anxiety disorder or depression, with both groups being similar in terms of achievement-related, aptitude-related, and ascriptive characteristics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results:
Preliminary results on 1368 youth with complete data show that 11.3% (n = 154) of young adults reported having received a diagnosis of mental illness at lower secondary level. 5.7% (n = 78) of the total sample reported a diagnosed depressive disorder and 3.6% (n = 49) an anxiety disorder. The presence of an anxiety disorder or depression was a significant predictor of lower level of intellectual demands of VET, more frequent educational changes, and lower educational satisfaction. The same pattern of results could be found, even when adjusted for context variables (such as e.g., social origin, intelligence). Therefore, the present study shows consistently that a diagnosed anxiety disorder or depression at lower secondary level is a risk factor for the transition from compulsory education to VET.

Discussion:
The negative impact of mental illnesses, as shown here for diagnosed anxiety disorder and depression, on the transition from compulsory education to VET can have far-reaching consequences. For example, a lower level of intellectual demands of VET can make it more difficult to access certain occupational fields and positions (Glauser, 2015). Since the transition from compulsory school to VET has a central influence on the further course of life, it is of great importance to provide targeted support to young people with a mental illness at an early stage. However, care services for children and adolescents with mental illnesses are often insufficient, especially for those from psychosocially and economically distressed families. In the context of inclusion, a "good school for all" should be sensitive to mental illness in adolescence, provide early support, and thus reduce possible educational inequalities. The earlier a mental illness is diagnosed and treated, the better the prognosis for the rest of the person's life.

References
Baumann, I., Altwicker-Hámori, S., Juvalta, S., Baer, N., Frick, U., & Rüesch, P. (2018). Employment prospects of young adults with mental disorders. Swiss Journal of Sociology, 44(2), 259–280. https://doi.org/doi:10.1515/sjs-2018-0012

Blossfeld, H.-P. (1988). Sensible Phasen im Bildungsverlauf. Eine Längsschnittanalyse über die Prägung von Bildungskarrieren durch den gesellschaftlichen Wandel. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 34(1), 45–63.

Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: Developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE). https://www.eenet.org.uk/resources/docs/Index%20English.pdf

de Lijster, J. M., Dieleman, G. C., Utens, E. M. W. J., Dierckx, B., Wierenga, M., Verhulst, F. C., & Legerstee, J. S. (2018). Social and academic functioning in adolescents with anxiety disorders: A systematic review. Journal of Affective Disorders, 230, 108–117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.01.008

Ganzeboom, H. B. G. (2010). International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO-08) with ISEI-08 scores. http://www.harryganzeboom.nl/isco08/isco08_with_isei.pdf

Glauser, D. (2015). Berufsausbildung oder Allgemeinbildung. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-09096-8

Kranert, H.-W., & Stein, R. (2019). Der Übergang ins Berufsleben von Heranwachsenden mit psychischen Belastungen. Forschungsstand und weitere Entwicklungslinien. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25194

Pössel, P. (2019). Depression/Suizidalität. In S. Schneider & J. Margraf (Hrsg.), Lehrbuch der Verhaltenstherapie, Band 3: Psychologische Therapie bei Indikationen im Kindes- und Jugendalter (S. 675–696). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-57369-3_38

Schmier, J. K., & Halpern, M. T. (2004). Patient recall and recall bias of health state and health status. Expert Review of Pharmacoeconomics & Outcomes Research, 4(2), 159–163. https://doi.org/10.1586/14737167.4.2.159

Schneider, S., & Margraf, J. (Hrsg.). (2019). Lehrbuch der Verhaltenstherapie, Band 3: Psychologische Therapie bei Indikationen im Kindes- und Jugendalter. Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-57369-3

Stalder, B. E. (2011). The intellectual demands of initial vocational education and training in Switzerland. Ratings for the period 1999‐2005 [Application/pdf]. https://doi.org/10.7892/BORIS.131086

Stein, R., & Kranert, H.-W. (2020). Inklusion in der Berufsbildung im kritischen Diskurs. Frank & Timme GmbH.

Wickersham, A., Sugg, H. V. R., Epstein, S., Stewart, R., Ford, T., & Downs, J. (2021). Systematic review and meta-analysis: The association between child and adolescent depression and later educational attainment. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 60(1), 105–118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaac.2020.10.008
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm05 SES 03 A: Democracy, Citizenship, Safety and Voice
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Jenna Gillett-Swan
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

The Concept of Young People as Citizens in Discourse and Practice of Schools of Border Regions Around Citizenship Education

Nicolas Martins da Silva, Sofia Marques da Silva

CIIE - FPCEUP, Portugal

Presenting Author: Silva, Nicolas Martins da

This proposal aims to discuss the concept of youth as citizens that emanates from discourses and practices of secondary schools in border regions of Mainland Portugal around citizenship education. This is done based on the analysis of structural school documents (educational projects, annual activities plan, schools’ citizenship education strategies) and based on interviews with teachers who coordinate citizenship education in their contexts.

Citizenship education has assumed a central role in the promotion of global democratic citizenship (UNESCO, 2015), with schools emerging as a central space for the promotion of citizenship and youth participation (Biesta, 2011). These concerns are also reflected in Portugal, in the National Plan for Youth (2018, 2022) and in the National Strategy for Education for Citizenship (2017), enacted through Decree-Law 55/2018, which has as assumptions, among others, a logic of co-responsibility of young people, assuming itself as a space for the promotion of a humanistic training in the guarantee of democratic values (PORTUGAL, 2017). At the European level, the Strategy for European Youth 2019-2027 follows this vision that it is necessary to promote a culture of participation and active democratic citizenship among young people (EU, 2018).

Literature has suggested that the way citizenship is perceived influences the way citizenship education is developed in different educational contexts (Alzina, 2008). A logic that is more co-participatory and focused on students' experiences, and therefore less centred on the rhetorical transmission of values, has been advocated (Menezes, 2007; Biesta, 2011). In this, it has been argued that citizenship education presupposes the involvement of students in order to make them participate critically in the roles that are reserved to them, i.e., an involvement that recognizes them as full citizens (Nogueira, 2015; Menezes, 2007), in a vision of citizenship that is built in practice, in which the process is concerned with the conditions in which young people live (Pais, 2005; Lawy & Biesta, 2006), which contradicts an idea of citizenship as achievement (Lawy & Biesta, 2006) and often a result of a vision that is built from an adult-centred point of view (Pais, 2005).

This proposal is part of a PhD research project (Ref: SFRH/BD/143733/2019) under development that aims to study how different schools, in border regions of mainland Portugal, are developing their work on citizenship education in secondary education. Our intention is to understand how, in this work, dimensions such as the involvement and aspirations of young people and aspects related to local culture are considered in citizenship education in their schools. This PhD project is part of the GROW:UP – Grow Up in Border Regions in Portugal: Young People, Educational Pathways and Agendas project (PTDC/CED-EDG/29943/2017), also under development, which aims to study how young people construct their biographical and educational pathways and how different contexts seek to respond to young people's aspirations around these pathways.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This proposal is grounded in empirical data from the collection and analysis of school guiding documents and from empirical data from semi-structured interviews conducted with teachers that coordinate Citizenship Education in their schools. Although the border regions of mainland Portugal are composed of 38 municipalities, only 29 have Secondary Education in their educational offer (PORDATA, 2022). In this sense, the guiding documents were considered and the coordinators of these school contexts were interviewed. Among the 29 possible interviews, 24 interviews were carried out. The interviews were conducted online, via zoom and the script included as dimensions: a) the impact of the National Strategy on Citizenship Education and construction of the School Citizenship Project; b) Perceptions and priorities around citizenship education; c) CE and networking with the wider educational community; d) Valorisation of the local culture in the development of initiatives in citizenship education. The main aim of the interviews was to understand how schools appropriated the National Strategy on Citizenship Education (PORTUGAL, 2017) and what school practices resulted from this appropriation, considering the normative of this guiding document.
In addition, three structural documents that all schools have - Educational Projects, Annual Activity Plans and Schools’ Strategy for Citizenship Education – were analysed to understand the educational practices developed by each school regarding citizenship education. 26 Educational Projects, 21 Annual Activity Plans and 18 Schools Citizenship Education Strategies were analysed focusing on the following dimensions: formal aspects around citizenship education; initiatives/projects/areas valued by the school in an EC work; networking strategies around citizenship education; valorisation of local aspects; youth involvement in the citizenship strategy. Since the Citizenship Education Strategy came into force from 2018, through Decree-Law 55/2018, only documents developed by schools from that date were considered.
Content analysis procedures (Bardin, 2011) were performed resulting in 5 dimensions of analysis that contribute to understand aspects that bring together and differentiate the different contexts regarding the appropriation of educational policy: a) perceptions and priorities of the school regarding citizenship education; b) approaches to develop citizenship education (disciplinary, transdisciplinary); c) network with the surrounding community to develop CE; d) integration of local specificities and local cultural heritage in citizenship education; e) openness and inclusion of young people in decision-making processes regarding CE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data points to the fact that most schools share discourses around citizenship education and youth participation, aligned with national and international guiding documents (e.g. Forum on Citizenship Education (2008), National Strategy for Citizenship Education (2017), Global citizenship education: Preparing learners for the challenges of the 21st century (2015), which assume a citizenship education for young people that promotes an active democratic citizenship (Hoskins et al., 2006) in three key axes: Individual civic attitude; Interpersonal relationship; Social and intercultural relationship. Thus, it denotes a vision not only of young people as citizens under construction, but also a vision of citizenship focused particularly on democratic responsibility and common and social well-being (Ross, 2012), in a national perspective.
However, it can be seen in some contexts, through the coordinators' speeches or in the intentions expressed in the school guiding documents, a vision of citizenship education as a tool where young people are recognized as agents for their contexts, in a work that focuses on the resolution of problems of local order, in a vision of participatory citizenship in the community (Menezes & Ferreira, 2014), and where work takes place in a procedural way (Lawy & Biesta, 2006), in a practical dimension built with and by young people. In this co-construction, they develop projects (proposed and designed by them and based on their own priorities) that seek to solve problems not only of a local order (of the context, of the territory), but also of problems and priorities for themselves as young people (Silva et al., 2022).
In short, despite what seems to be some alignment with the guiding documents, some schools seek, for their contexts, to provide answers to local and youth needs, which seems to denote a vision of citizenship that, in contexts of global citizenship, also focuses on the local dimension.

References
Alzina, R. (2008). Educación para la ciudadanía y convivencia: El enfoque
de la Educación Emocional. Madrid: Wolters Kluwer.

European Union (EU) (2018). Estratégia da união europeia para a juventude 2019-2027,
Jornal Oficial da União Europeia.
Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70.

Biesta, G.(2011). Learning Democracy in School and Society: Education, Lifelong
Learning, and the Politics of Citizenship. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.


Hoskins, B.; Janmaat, J. G & Villalba, E.(2012). Learning citizenship
through social participation outside and inside school: An international,
multilevel study of young people’s learning of citizenship’, British Educational Research Journal, 38, 419–446.

Lawy, R. & Biesta, G.J.J. (2006) Citizenship-as-practice: the educational implications of an inclusive and relational understanding of citizenship. British Journal of Educational Studies. 54(1), 34-50.

Menezes, I. (2007). A evolução da cidadania em Portugal. Actas do 3º Encontro de
Investigação e Formação: Educação para a Cidadania e Culturas de Formação, 17-34.

Menezes, I. & Ferreira, P. (2014). Cidadania participatória no cotidiano escolar: a vez e  a voz das crianças e dos jovens, Educar em Revista, n. 53, 131-147.

Nogueira, F. (2015). O espaço e o tempo da cidadania na educação. Revista
Portuguesa de Pedagogia, 49-1, 7-32.

PORDATA (2022). Retrato de Portugal. Fundação Francisco Manuel dos Santos.

PORTUGAL (2017). Estratégia Nacional de Educação para a Cidadania.

Ross, A.(2012). Education for Active Citizenship: Practices, Policies, Promises.
International Journal of Progressive Education, vol. 8, 3, 7-14.

Silva et al. (2022). Agendas para a juventude e as suas comunidades: propostas de jovens a crescer em regiões de fronteira. Porto: CIIE.
UNESCO (2015). Educação para a Cidadania Global: Desafios para os jovens no Séc.  XXI. (Trad. P. Almeida). Brasília: UNESCO


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Student Experiences of Urban Vertical Schools: Diversity of Voices

Jenna Gillett-Swan, Prudence Miles

Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Gillett-Swan, Jenna; Miles, Prudence

New schools around the world are being built in vertical form to cope with growing populations and limited land in urban contexts. Verticality means rethinking how students move between floors to avoid crowding, find connections to light and fresh air and green spaces. Verticality brings pedagogical and physical design challenges in effectively catering for diverse learners in constrained spaces and opportunities for innovation. While urban vertical schools are not new in USA, UK, and European urban environments, they are in Australia (Swinburn 2017; Taylor & Wright 2020). There exists little research about them especially in relation to students’ wellbeing (Carroli et al 2022).

Students should be central to urban school design processes given that schools are created for them, with schools’ core business being student learning and student outcomes. Student voice is an opportunity to inform school design and empower students through inviting them to identify and examine important issues relevant to their school experience and taking these views seriously. Therefore, student voice “connect(s) the sound of students speaking not only with those students experiencing meaningful, acknowledged presence, but also with their having the power to influence analyses of, decisions about, and practices in schools” (Cook-Sather 2006:363).

Each students’ experience of school spaces is unique, so adults must find a range of inclusive ways to listen to diverse student voices and ensure students feel supported expressing their perspectives in ways comfortable and meaningful to them.

This project positions ‘voice’ in three ways; voice as process, voice as atmosphere, and voice as impact. Together, voice is positioned as a multivocal engagement through:

  • Seeking and eliciting views and perspectives, a methodological decision and action [Process]
  • Enabling students to communicate their point of view/layers of meaning more fully through student produced creative works (e.g., narration/voice-over, text on screen, camera work, editing choices) [Atmosphere]
  • Positioning voice as something with value, extending beyond a process, and committing to “voice that matters” (Couldry 2010:3). To matter, voice needs to be taken seriously and acted upon (Lundy 2007) [Impact].

Student evaluations of school learning spaces are valued in school design research as assumptions about design, construction, and use of school spaces can be challenged. However, the diversity of student voices are not often represented, with student voice usually reported in one register. For example, it is well established that children and young people consistently prefer connections to nature and fresh air, and express frustrations with crowded and stuffy classrooms (Dudzinski, 2019; Taylor & Wright 2020). Choices about where and how to collaborate, opportunities for movement, integrated technology and elements of fun are student preferences being incorporated into many new school buildings (Truong et al 2018). Rarely are student voices acted on, or represented as diverse perspectives.

There are three interrelated objectives of this study.

(1) Understand and capture diverse student experiences of school spaces through the lens of enablers or constraints for student thriving in urban vertical contexts. Franz’ salutogenic design framework (Franz 2019) offers a ‘sense of coherence’ for understanding built environments in terms of their manageability, meaningfulness, and comprehensibility. The framework provides a way for young people to communicate diverse experiences of urban vertical spaces in the language of ‘thriving’/‘not thriving’.

(2) Address the disconnect between seeking voice [Process] and doing something meaningful with the perspectives shared [Impact]. The Lundy Participation Model (2007) informed project design decisions ensuring student voice is heard by appropriate audiences, such as architects, builders, and educational decision-makers, and acted upon to influence decisions.

(3) Enable students to tell their stories of their school spaces through multiple creative methods in ways that encouraged depth and breadth of student voice [Atmosphere].


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper combines Franz’ salutogenic framework with the multivocal positioning of voice and articulates how the use of multiple modalities enabled deeper exploration of diverse student perspectives of their urban vertical school experiences.
The Thriving in Urban Vertical Schools project is a three year (ongoing) mixed-methods project funded by an Australian Government Linkage grant that seeks to understand the impacts of high-density urban schooling on student capability and wellbeing, and how these school spaces are experienced by diverse student cohorts. Occurring in three schools across three different educational jurisdictions, this project involves university researchers in five disciplines (education, architecture, design, IT, and community engaged research), high school students, educators, school designers, builders, architects, as partners and collaborators. This paper focuses on the findings from the first year of the study.
The student data collection process included students first participating in an online survey before engaging in a one-day data collection workshop. The workshop involved brainstorming sessions, student analysis of qualitative student survey responses, photo elicitation, drawings and annotations, sound experiments, construction experiments and storyboarding. Following this, students engaged in weekly lessons that were teacher /researcher co-designed and embedded in the curriculum. This timetabled class supported student’s deeper exploration and engagement with thriving in physical, social, and digital environments, and developing video productions with guidance from industry experts. These activities culminated in the production of student digital narratives that were screened and discussed during student-partner reflective conversations with school leaders, project collaborators, and students. Viewing student produced digital narratives, still images and drawings, decision makers can glean an embodied perspective of student experience of school spaces.
Alongside these student-centred activities, interviews were conducted with teachers and adult partner collaborators, as well as a post-occupancy evaluation and observational walkthrough. Two student focus groups concluded the data collection where students provided interpretive commentary on early themes. Alongside these student-centred activities, interviews were conducted with teachers and adult partner collaborators, as well as a post-occupancy evaluation and observational walkthrough. The choice and sequencing of the qualitative methods enabled depth and breadth in the exploration of student experiences over time, while the intersections between them led to the stories about students’ lived experiences of the school spaces to be told in different ways.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The inclusive and intentionally sequenced choice of methods allowed the researchers to identify deeper and layered insights that would not have been possible with isolated methods or at single timepoints. Students shared complementary and divergent aspects of their experiences that brought to the surface the sometimes conflicting ways that different school spaces either (1) enabled, (2) constrained, or (3) both enabled and constrained their capabilities. Commonalities and divergent experiences were reiterated through the different communicative mediums chosen. For example, data from the first workshop showed that the sensory experience was one of the things that was important to young people as they navigated their daily school lives. The different methods used in the workshop provided visual, verbal, and auditory depictions of diverse student perspectives of interior and exterior school spaces that they associated with an enabling and/or constraining sensory experience.
The student created video narratives captured the atmosphere and immersive/experiential look and feel of their high school spaces that were not necessarily expressed through written, drawn, or spoken word alone. The creative work of the digital narratives enabled students to share experimental stories through their use of images, text, and sound. Student focus groups allowed the research team to dive deeper into student explanations for some of the tensions or emerging dominant themes and for the students to engage with one another in conversation and debate. The combination of creative and visual qualitative methods extended the voice opportunities for children and young people and challenged the research team to extend their theoretical concepts in response to more nuanced insights into diverse student experiences of thriving in urban vertical schools with implications for broader schooling. These multivocal findings also provided decision makers opportunities to act on student voice and to create change through rethinking design, consultation, and building school spaces differently.

References
Carroli, L., Willis, J., Franz, J., et al. (2022). What conversations are evident in research and commentary about Vertical Schools? A discussion paper. Queensland University of Technology. https://research.qut.edu.au/tvs/wp-content/uploads/sites/387/2022/12/TVS-Final-Discussion-Paper-November-2022_published.pdf
Cook-Sather, A. (2006) Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform, Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359 – 390.
Cook-Sather, A. (2009) Translation: An Alternative Framework for Conceptualizing and Supporting School Reform Efforts. Educational Theory, 59(2), 217–231. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.2009.00315.x
Couldry, N. (2010) Why voice matters: Culture and politics after neoliberalism. SAGE Publications.
Dudzinski, A. (2019). Human scale in architecture of schools located in dense urban fabric. In Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing (Vol. 788). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319- 94199-8_36
Franz, J. (2019). Towards a spatiality of wellbeing. In Franz, J, Hughes, H, & Willis, J (Eds.) School spaces for student wellbeing and learning: Insights from research and practice. Springer, Singapore, pp. 3-19.
Lundy, L. (2007). ). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualizing Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33, 927-942.
Taylor, H., & Wright, S. (2020). Urban Schools: Designing for high density (H. Taylor & S. Wright, Eds.). London: RIBA.
Truong, S., Singh, M., Reid, C., Gray, T., & Ward, K. (2018). Vertical schooling and learning
transformations in curriculum research: points and counterpoints in outdoor education and sustainability. Curriculum Perspectives, 38(2), 181–186. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41297-018-0053-y
Swinburn, A. (2017). Vertical School Design: Strategising the spatial configuration of a multi-storey typology to facilitate education in dense city environments. Retrieved from https://www.architects.nsw.gov.au/download/Vertical School Design_AdamSwinburn.pdf%0A


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Group Analysis in Educational Research and Practice – Results of a New Student Survey Instrument

Lars Dietrich, Petra Weber

Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Dietrich, Lars; Weber, Petra

Today, psychoanalysis looks back on a long-lasting tradition of impacting educational theory and practice. In fact, from its very inception psychoanalytic thinking has been applied to educational settings (e.g., Freud, 1914; Freud, 1960). However, despite a long and very rich tradition, psychoanalysis in education remains a niche area in educational research and practice in Europe, North America, and beyond (Taubman, 2011). In academia, it has been almost entirely pushed out of the mainstream of educational research, with the exception of special needs education.

In this presentation, we argue that today there is an opportunity opening up for psychoanalytic thinking to (re-)emerge from the margins of educational research and practice. In the course of the past two decades, there has been a growing acknowledgment that social-emotional learning and development is a crucial part of a modern educational experience (CASEL, 2023), and an essential precondition for more effective academic/cognitive learning, and the advancement of meta-cognitive skills (Pianta, 2012). At the same time, meta-analyses of social-emotional learning/development program evaluations, based on theories and methods of the educational sciences’ mainstream, show only small effects (Corcoran et al., 2018). From a psychoanalytic perspective this is hardly surprising, because most of these programs resort to behavioral condition strategies that ignore latent/unconscious factors impacting human development. Hence, an opportunity is opening up for psychoanalysis in education to show that it can deliver better results.

However, in order to be successful, psychoanalysis in education needs to accept the methods and quality standards, which currently dominate the mainstream of educational sciences, despite their obvious limitations. Specifically, psychoanalysis in education needs to work with and show appreciation for the methods and contributions of quantitative empiricism with its focus on social ecological factors impacting development, and integrate them – which is not the same as giving up its traditional focus on qualitative and in-depth analyses of the unconscious. Initial successful and encouraging steps in this direction have been made in clinical psychoanalysis (Fonagy & Bateman, 2013).

This presentation focuses on our first attempts to bridge the gap between psychoanalysis in education and quantitative empiricism in educational research and practice. From our point of view, group analysis (Foulkes, 1983; Bion, 1991), which combines psychoanalytic and social-ecological/sociological theory and thinking, is the best-suited practice and methods framework for this endeavor. In early 2022, we began working as group analytic coaches in schools. Specifically, we have provided group analytic supervision sessions in two schools in the greater Berlin metropolitan area. In the course of this work, we have also developed a new student survey instrument, which has been theoretically derived from psychoanalytic and group analytic theory (e.g., Hirblinger, 2017; Naumann, 2014). The purpose of this instrument is to support teachers' self-reflective practices in the context of group analytic school coaching and professional development training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To evaluate the new instrument's validity and reliability, we apply hierarchical linear modeling (HLM), exploratory, and confirmatory factor analysis using Stata 17 and Mplus 8.8.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation summarizes preliminary quantiative-empirical results of the new survey instrument. We expect the variables to show significant correlations with several standardized social-emotional outcome variables: Academic and social efficacy, mentalizing, self-esteem, externalizing behavior, feelings of class belonging (e.g., Minter & Pritzker, 2015; Ha et al., 2013; Bollen & Hoyle, 1990; Veiga & Leite, 2017; Brown & Evans, 2002).
References
Bion, W. R. (1991). Experiences in groups and other papers. New York, NY: Routledge.
Bollen, K. A., & Hoyle, R. H. (1990). Perceived cohesion: A conceptual and empirical examination. Social Forces, 69(2), 479-504. doi:10.2307/2579670
Brown, R., & Evans, W. P. (2002). Extracurricular activity and ethnicity: Creating greater school connection among diverse student populations. Urban Education, 37(1), 41-58. doi:10.1177/0042085902371
Corcoran, R. P., Cheung, A. C. K., Kim, E., & Xie, C. (2018). Effective universal school-based social and emotional learning programs for improving academic achievement: A systematic review and meta-analysis of 50 years of research. Educational Research Review, 25, 56-72. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2017.12.001
Fonagy, P., & Bateman, A. (2013). A brief history of mentalization-based treatment and its roots in psychoanalytic theory and practice. In M. B. Heller & S. Pollet (Eds.), The work of psychoanalysts in the public health sector (pp. 168-188). New York, NY: Routledge.
Foulkes, S. H. (1983). Introduction to group-analytic psychotherapy: Studies in the social integration of individuals and groups. New York, NY: Routledge.
Freud, A. (1960). Psychoanalysis for teachers and parents. Boston, MA: Beacon Press.
Freud, S. (1970). Zur Psychologie des Gymnasiasten (1914). In A. Mitscherlich, A. Richards, & J. Strachey (Eds.), Sigmund Freud Studienausgabe (Band IV): Psychologische Schriften. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag.
Ha, C., Sharp, C., Ensink, K., Fonagy, P., & Cirino, P. (2013). The measurement of reflective function in adolescents with and without borderline traits. Journal of Adolescence, 36(6), 1215-1223. doi:10.1016/j.adolescence.2013.09.008.
Hirblinger, H. (2017). Lehrerbildung aus psychoanalytisch-pädagogischer Perspektive [teacher education from a psychoanalytic-pedagogical perspective]. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag.
Minter, A., & Pritzker, S. (2015). Measuring adolescent social and academic self-efficacy: Cross-ethnic validity of the SEQ-C. Research on Social Work Practice, 27(2), 1-9. doi:10.1177/1049731515615677
Naumann, T. M. (2014). Gruppenanalytische Pädagogik: Eine Einführung in Theorie und Praxis [group analytic pedagogy: An introduction to theory and practice]. Gießen: Psychosozialverlag.
Pianta, R. C., Hamre, B. K., & Allen, J. P. (2012). Teacher-student relationships and engagement: Conceptualizing, measuring, and improving the capacity of classroom interactions. In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of research on student engagement. New York, NY: Springer Science + Business Media.
Taubman, P. M. (2011). Disavowed Knowledge. Psychoanalysis, Education, and Teaching. New York, NY: Routledge.
Veiga, F. H., & Leite, A. (2016). Adolescents’ self-concept short scale: A version of PHCSCS. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 217, 631-637. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.02.079


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Diverse Learners’ Experiences and Learning Outcomes - How Does the NouHätä! Safety Programme Meet 8th Graders?

Mikko Puolitaival, Eila Lindfors, Brita Somerkoski, Emilia Luukka

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Puolitaival, Mikko

In The Finnish basic education curriculum (National core curriculum for basic education 2014, 2016), goals related to safety education are emphasized in a total of 11 different subjects at different grade levels. Safety-related goals mainly focus on prevention and preparedness in everyday life. (Puolitaival & Lindfors, 2019; Somerkoski & Lindfors, 2021.) Finnish schools have strongly relied on cooperation with authorities and organizations in safety education. Rescue services are one of the schools' essential partners. Accident prevention is a statutory task of the rescue services (Rescue Act (379) 2011).

An excellent example of long-term cooperation in the field of safety education is the NouHätä! safety training programme, which is aimed at middle school 8th graders. The main goal of the NouHätä! programme is to prevent fires and other accidents, respond to emergencies and prepare for social disruptions. In the programme, training is carried out in interprofessional cooperation between the rescue services’ personnel and school teachers (Mertsalmi & Kivelä, 2020). Even though the Nouhätä! programme has been implemented for more than a quarter of a century, it has received little scholarly attention. The success of the programme, like many others, is measured mainly by the number of participants. The aim of the study is to identify groups of learners with diverse learning outcomes and goal orientations and to find out how the materials and methods used in safety education meet the needs of diverse learners.

In addition to having different backgrounds, pupils are also oriented towards different learning goals. Individuals can have many different goal orientations simultaneously and these are formed through social interaction, for example, through the interpretation of expectations, feedback and comments. Over the years, several different classifications of goal orientation have been formulated, differing mainly in the number of goals and their justification (e.g. (Dweck, 1986; Elliot & Harackiewicz, 1996; Nicholls, 1984). In this study, achievement goal orientations are divided into mastery goal orientation, performance goal orientation, and avoidance goal orientation.

Achievement goal orientation as a concept describes an individual’s attitudes towards and expectations of their performance. Identical learning situations can be perceived differently by different students. Pupils may have multiple achievement goal orientations at play simultaneously. These vary according to students’ motivational factors, desired learning outcomes and interpretations of various situations. Specific goal orientation profiles can be generated according to specific, qualitatively different characteristics. Individual differences in goal orientation are associated with academic performance and well-being (Lerang et al., 2019; Niemivirta et al., 2019; Tuominen-Soini et al., 2008; Volet et al., 2019). Studies on goal orientation provide insight into why certain circumstances and methods have a varying impact on students. In their study, Volet, Jones and Vauras (2019) conclude that students’ favourable attitudes towards learning are more important than whether students have prior knowledge of the subject or not. They also point out that if some students in a group setting are determined to learn, they influence their peers to be proactive learners also (Volet et al., 2019). Students with different goal orientations benefit from different kinds of learning assignments and methods of instruction. Recognizing students’ goal orientations is a key factor for teachers when adapting their teaching to meet students' needs.

The research questions for the study are:

  1. What variables explain students’ learning outcomes in the NouHätä! safety education programme?
  2. What learning methods and materials of the safety education programme did students with different goal orientations prefer?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The target group of this study was 8th-grade students who participated in the NouHätä! programme during the spring term of 2020. We collected the data immediately at the end of the programme. The survey data were collected online with a Webropol questionnaire, which was sent to all the schools that took part in the programme. Participation was voluntary. The questionnaire consisted of four parts: background variable questions, goal orientation questions, a safety test measuring safety competence, and questions related to the implementation of the NouHätä! programme; such as materials and methods used in schools. The data examined in this study is part of a larger study that examined learning outcomes in a fire safety programme.  

Respondents' safety competence was measured with a set of 12 statements and their goal orientation (Volet ym., 2019), which was assessed based on a set of 20 questions. The reliability of the goal orientation questions was assessed using Cronbach's alpha, after which summary variables were constructed. In order to get a more accurate picture of the different types of students' learning abilities, we decided to group the respondents into clusters using cluster analysis. In addition to goal orientations, the clustering accounted for school performance and learning outcomes of the programme.

A quantitative research design was used in this descriptive study. As the responses were relatively normally distributed and the data were large, it was possible to use parametric methods in the analysis. In addition to basic descriptive and cluster analysis, correlation and regression analyses were performed on the data. (Tähtinen et al., 2020; Whatley, 2022)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A total of 1398 (N=1398) comprehensive school 8th grade students responded to the survey. Of all respondents, 701 reported being girls and 639 boys. The average value of the respondents' previous school report as 8.17 (scale is 4-10) and the safety test average score was 6.4 (scale is 0-12).  

The study grouped the learners into three clusters. Students in cluster one (n=706) performed well in school and got good learning results in the safety education test. They also most often had a high mastery goal orientation. This cluster included 50,5 % of all students. Students in cluster two performed weakly in school and most often had a low mastery and performance goal orientation. However, their learning outcomes in the safety education test were satisfactory. This cluster included 22,0 % of all students. Students in cluster three performed the weakest in school and had high performance and avoidance goal orientation. In the test they also performed the weakest. This cluster included 26,5 % of all students.

Overall, the results show that those who performed well in school, also did well on the safety test. The way in which teaching and learning situation was organized resulted a significant positive correlation with the learning outcomes. Thus, practical training was clearly linked to better performance in the NouHätä! programme. Moreover, the interprofessional collaboration seems to lead better results than safety teaching carried out by a school teacher or a rescue authority alone.

The results challenge teachers’ and experts’ collaboration in safety education. In addition, there is a clear demand to guide diverse learners’ towards using materials and methods that meet their needs and benefit their interest and motivation to achieve better learning outcomes.

References
Dweck, C. S. (1986). Motivational Processes Affecting Learning. The American psychologist, 41(10), 1040–1048. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.41.10.1040
Elliot, A. J., & Harackiewicz, J. M. (1996). Approach and Avoidance Achievement Goals and Intrinsic Motivation: A Mediational Analysis. Journal of personality and social psychology, 70(3), 461–475. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.70.3.461
Kolb, D. A. (2014). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Pearson.
Lerang, M. S., Ertesvåg, S. K., & Havik, T. (2019). Perceived Classroom Interaction, Goal Orientation and Their Association with Social and Academic Learning Outcomes. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 63(6), 913–934. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1466358
Lindfors, E., Lundberg, A., & Kuusisto, S. (2021). Students’ Goal Orientations During a Pedagogical Innovation Process—A study in craft, design and technology teacher education. Technology in our hands. Creative pedagogy and ambitious teacher education. 221–232. https://journals.oslomet.no/index.php/techneA/article/view/4381/3852
Mertsalmi, A., & Kivelä, E. (2020). NouHätä! Käsikirja. Suomen Pelastusalan Keskusjärjestö SPEK.
National core curriculum for basic education 2014. (2016). Finnish National Board of Education.
Nicholls, J. G. (1984). Achievement motivation: Conceptions of ability, subjective experience, task choice, and performance. Psychological review, 91(3), 328–346. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.91.3.328
Niemivirta, M., Pulkka, A.-T., Tapola, A., & Tuominen, H. (2019). Achievement Goal Orientations: A Person-Oriented Approach (ss. 566–616). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316823279.025
Nilsen, P., Hudson, D. S., Kullberg, A., Timpka, T., Ekman, R., & Lindqvist, K. (2004). Making sense of safety. Injury Prevention, 10(2), 71–73. https://doi.org/10.1136/ip.2004.005322
Pelastuslaki (379) 2011. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/2011/20110379
Puolitaival, M., & Lindfors, E. (2019). Turvallisuuskasvatuksen tavoitteiden tilannekuva perusopetuksessa – dokumenttiaineistoon perustuvaa pohdintaa. Teoksessa Tutkimuksesta luokkahuoneisiin (ss. 119–138). Jyväskylän yliopisto.
Scheerens, J. (Toim.). (2014). Effectiveness of Time Investments in Education. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-00924-7
Somerkoski, B., & Lindfors, E. (2021). Turvallisuuspedagogiikka perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteissa. Teoksessa Opetuksen ja oppimisen ytimessä. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/333969
Ståhlberg, J., Tuominen, H., Pulkka, A., & Niemivirta, M. (2021). Students’ perfectionistic profiles: Stability, change, and associations with achievement goal orientations. Psychology in the Schools, 58(1), 162–184. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22444
Tuominen-Soini, H., Salmela-Aro, K., & Niemivirta, M. (2008). Achievement goal orientations and subjective well-being: A person-centred analysis. Learning and instruction, 18(3), 251–266. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2007.05.003
Tähtinen, J., Laakkonen, E., Broberg, M., & Tähtinen, R. (2020). Tilastollisen aineiston käsittelyn ja tulkinnan perusteita (2. uudistettu painos.). Turun yliopiston kasvatustieteiden laitos.
Volet, S., Jones, C., & Vauras, M. (2019). Attitude-, group- and activity-related differences in the quality of preservice teacher students’ engagement in collaborative science learning. Learning and individual differences, 73, 79–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2019.05.002
Whatley, M. (2022). Introduction to quantitative analysis for international educators. Springer.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm06 SES 03 A: Aspects of Open Learning and Media in Teacher Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Rachel Shanks
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Going beyond Digital Technologies as Instruments: Initial Teacher Education in (Critical) Digital Competence in Quebec

Victoria I. Marín1, Gustavo Adolfo Angulo Mendoza2

1Universitat de Lleida, Spain; 2Université TELUQ, Canada

Presenting Author: Marín, Victoria I.

Digital competence is understood as a "situated multiple integrated skills and practices (conceptual, attitudinal, procedural, and ethical) that empower people (individuals and groups) to participate and communicate efficiently in society" (Marín & Castañeda, 2022, p. 5). With the notable impact from the Covid-19 pandemic, teachers are called worldwide to develop their digital competence as professionals, especially considering their role in educating (and empowering) future citizens in the digital world (Bond, 2020).

National (or even regional) mandates for teachers to develop their digital competence are usually gathered in professional reference frameworks. Reference frameworks for teachers are relevant in that they are "policy documents that define the minimum standard of professional attributes that all educators teaching within a given educational system are expected to possess, to be able to do their jobs properly" (Villar-Onrubia et al., 2022, p. 129).

Even if some countries (or regions) have also their own digital competence framework for teachers - for example, DigCompEdu in Europe has influenced the creation of different frameworks across the continent and beyond -, these do not have the same level of use, since often take the form of non-binding documents proposed as guidance. In addition, most of those frameworks do not address the critical dimension of teachers' digital competence, which would involve going beyond effectiveness and instrumental aspects of digital competence, hence being a pending issue in teacher education around the world (Castañeda & Villar-Onrubia, 2023).

Critical digital competence involves adopting a critical approach when consuming and sharing content and dealing with data, but also developing a level of awareness of the power dynamics of ICT stakeholders and their implications (Villar-Onrubia et al., 2022). Even though this competence is key to any person, it is especially important for teachers, because they are uniquely positioned to empower younger generations in that responsible, critical and ethical engagement with digital technologies (Gouseti et al., 2021; Marín et al., 2021).
In this study we explore the specific case of the Quebec province (Canada). The province counts with an action plan for digitalisation since 2018 that will be completed in 2023. The first of its measures involved establishing and implementing a reference framework for digital competence (Ministère de l'Éducation du Québec, 2019), which connects to the new version of the reference framework for professional competences for teachers (published in 2020). The Competency 12, Mobilize digital technologies, details in its scope that “it goes beyond the technical skills needed to use digital tools for pedagogical purposes in the classroom. Teachers must be aware of the impact of these changes on the nature and value of learning” and highlights as key elements, aspects such as “exercises ethical citizenship in the digital age” or “develops critical thinking with regard to the use of digital technology”. These elements coincide with the dimensions that appear in the framework for digital competence and differ from other teacher reference frameworks worldwide in the value given to critical and digital citizenship elements (Villar-Onrubia et al., 2022).

By studying the case of digital competence integration in teacher education programmes in Quebec universities, with emphasis on critical digital competence and digital citizenship, we aim at providing insights into new ways of doing that could be useful for an European context and beyond, as well as at contributing to international research in this context.

Two research questions were posed in the study:

RQ1: How is the teacher reference framework being mobilized in terms of digital competence in teacher education programmes at Quebec universities?

RQ2: How are critical digital competence and digital citizenship considered among the development of digital competence in teacher education programmes at Quebec universities?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study follows an interpretive approach, since the objective is to better understand how digital competence is integrated in teacher education programmes at the Canadian province of Quebec, as a potential worldwide referent (Villar-Onrubia et al., 2022).
To triangulate data and obtain a broader view and insights into the two research questions, two qualitative data collection methods have been used in parallel: semi-structured interviews and document analysis.

Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 7 higher education instructors in education departments with expertise in educational technology or distance education of 3 universities with teacher education programs in Quebec. The interviews were guided by three questions that led to open-ended and flexible answers by the participants with relation to: a) their vision of the development of the digital competence in teacher education, b) the elements of the digital competence (importance, emphasis, connection to practice) and critical digital competence and digital citizenship, and c) the further development of the digital competence in initial teacher education programs. The key elements of the digital competence of the reference framework for teachers was used as a prompt in b) (Ministère de l'Éducation du Québec, 2020). The interviews were recorded and transcribed before their analysis.

Document analysis involved the search and analysis of the website descriptions of digital technologies/competences courses within undergraduate and graduate teacher education programmes leading to teacher professional accreditation in educational compulsory levels in Quebec. 13 Quebec universities, out of the total of 18, had these kinds of teacher education study programs. 34 courses were found and analysed. Data was tabulated in a spreadsheet file with the different basic information about the courses and their correspondence to the elements of the digital competence framework.

Content analysis from interviews' data and the courses identified in the document analysis was conducted using two coding approaches in different steps. First, a deductive coding approach was applied based on the Quebec digital competence elements. A second inductive coding approach was carried out to identify further relevant codes. The qualitative analysis software MAXQDA2022 was used to support this process of analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show that training for digital competence in teacher education programs is covered by all Quebec universities, although there is still room for improvement in terms of critical digital competence, which may relate to the fact that the new reference framework for teachers was still being deployed at the time of the study.

The analysis of the 34 courses related to digital competence for teachers shows that the dimensions regarding harnessing of the potential of digital resources for learning and developing and mobilizing technological skills are among the most frequently present elements. Developing critical thinking regarding the use of digital technology is the third element in the list in terms of frequency, present in about half of the courses. Other dimensions such as adopting an innovative and creative approach to the use of digital technology or solving diverse problems via digital technology were barely present (in two courses). On the other hand, most of the courses included in their descriptions some connection to critical digital competence and digital citizenship.

These findings coincide partially with what interviewees stated. They mostly agreed on the digital competence elements that were more emphasised (the more instrumental ones, e.g., communication or content production), and the less emphasised (e.g., innovation and creativity or critical thinking) in the teacher education programs. Most interviewees stated that all dimensions were important and interrelated, but that developing and mobilizing technological skills was the basis. Also, they highlighted the importance of critical thinking regarding the use of digital technology.

This study contributes to the further international development of the (critical) digital competence for pre-service teachers in higher education, and involves the consideration of implications at the institutional and teaching and learning levels, e.g., approaches to digital competence that consider its cross-curricular status.

References
Bond, M. (2020). Schools and emergency remote education during the COVID-19 pandemic: A living rapid systematic review. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(2), 191-247. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.4425683

Castañeda, L., & Villar-Onrubia, D. (2023). Beyond functionality: Building critical digital teaching competence among future primary education teachers. Contemporary Educational Technology, 15(1), ep397. https://doi.org/10.30935/cedtech/12599

Gouseti, A., Bruni, I., Ilomäki, L., Lakkala, M., Mundy, D., Raffaghelli, J. E., Ranieri, M., Roffi, A., Romero, M., & Romeu, T. (2021). Critical Digital Literacies framework for educators— DETECT project report 1. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.5070329

International Society for Technology in Education (ISTE) (2019). ISTE Standards for Educators. https://www.iste.org/standards/for-educators

Marín, V. I., Carpenter, J. P., & Tur, G. (2021). Preservice teachers’ perceptions of social media data privacy policies. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52(2), 519-535. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.13035

Ministère de l’Éducation du Québec (2019). Digital Competency Framework. http://www.education.gouv.qc.ca/en/current-initiatives/digital-action-plan/digital-competency-framework/

Ministère de l’Éducation du Québec (2020). Reference Framework for Professional Competencies for Teachers. https://cdn-contenu.quebec.ca/cdn-contenu/adm/min/education/publications-adm/devenir-enseignant/reference_framework_professional_competencies_teacher.pdf?1611584651

Villar-Onrubia, D., Morini, L., Marín, V. I., & Nascimbeni, F. (2022). Critical digital literacy as a key for (post)digital citizenship: an international review of teacher competence frameworks. Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society, 18(3), 128-139. https://doi.org/10.20368/1971-8829/1135697

---

Victoria I. Marín acknowledges the support of the Grant RYC2019-028398-I funded by MCIN/AEI/ 10.13039/501100011033 and FSE “El FSE invierte en tu futuro”.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Gamification as a Didactical Method in a University Course. Reflection on Students’ Participatory Work with Digital Media.

Ulrike M. Stadler-Altmann, Susanne Schumacher

Free University of Bolzano, Italy

Presenting Author: Stadler-Altmann, Ulrike M.

Understanding participation as a general form of involving individuals or groups in democratic decision-making processes, participatory action staged by teachers when designing learning environments is finally a form of "enacted participation" (Mayrberger, 2013: 1) in systemic structured educational contexts. This critical view is supported by the research findings to reveal contradictions in staged participation and describe the resulting tensions conducted by Bonk et al. (2009) using web-based surveys, e-mail interviews and Budde (2010) analysing video protocols. Although participation in substantive decision-making is considered ambivalently in the context of university courses, procedural democratic actions can take place between learners indeed.

In our paper, the research context results from students' interaction within a first-year course in the master's programme in Primary Education at the Free University of Bolzano. The enhancing learning environment in the EduSpace Lernwerkstatt facilitates collaborative work in a range from instruction to co-construction (cf. Hildebrandt et al., 2014) as well as fairly interaction at partnership on equal terms (Rumpf & Schmude, 2021: 57). The framework is a university seminar on general didactics, in which the students translate their theoretical knowledge of general didactics into a learning game for themselves and their fellow students. A digital medium is to be actively used for this purpose.

The opted task sets the content development of a media based educational game for repeating didactic basic concepts. Therefore, nine digital game formats are offered for selection in a technical application. According to Knapp, the implementation of game elements, approaches and mechanics in a non-game context (Kapp 2013) is a central feature of gamification. Following Deterding’s et al. (2011) definition of non-game contexts, the study programme Master in Educational Sciences for the Primary Sector represents the corresponding setting. The students are encouraged to conduct a communicative negotiation on the presentation of relevant content, to agree on a suitable game format and to try out the result together with their fellow students. In this way, they interweave factual knowledge on lesson planning with their own teaching perspectives and play experiences.

Based on the model of Autenrieth, Baumbusch, and Marquardt (2020: 241), the issue whether and how media education in the university stimulates aesthetic education, democratic education, and political education is analytically reflected. Furthermore, the question is on both how the few participatory approaches find a place in the narrow structure of teacher education (cf. Grell & Rau 2011) and whether this claim can be fulfilled in a seminar, even to a certain extent.

In our contribution, we describe the participatory design process and the democratic negotiation processes within the development stages of a digital game. On the other hand, the students' work results are evaluated regarding aspects of general didactic, gamification and participation in university courses.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Initially, the students' work results and the lecturers' systematic observations are analysed and presented. Analysis criteria for the student results are: Fit between the content and the chosen game form, degree of gamification according to Kapp et al. (2013) and Deterding et al. (2011), as well as reaction and comments of fellow students to the offered game. By means of the observations, the student’s working methods can be considered. Participative possibilities and democratic negotiation processes become visible. These are even different in each student group.
Secondly, the two-step analysis is used to determine the extent to which the model of political-cultural media education according to Autenrieth, Baumbusch and Marquardt (2020: 241) becomes visible. Subsequently, the question can be answered whether their idea of a transversal competence education can be proven in media education, democracy education and aesthetic education.
Thirdly, the growth of student's knowledge achievement is recorded. If students have actually learned something in terms of subject matters by implementing the content in a digital game can be proved with results of the module examination. The formative assessment measurement instrument of the portfolio is used for this purpose. In their portfolio, the students must reflect on the development process of the digital game and describe their own learning progress. Finally, the students also have to comment on the digital tool with which they implement their game. Considering that, they also have to assess the possibilities and the usefulness of the technical tool for the primary education. The students' portfolio is evaluated following the same criteria as described above. The combination of the different survey methods results in an almost comprehensive picture of the seminar and the students' learning process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This explorative study examines the didactic setting of a seminar more closely. Van Staalduinen et al. (2011: 51) emphasise that it is important for the research design to ensure that different aspects - such as instruction, player behavior and engagement as well as user feedback - are connected and aligned. Thus, to illustrate the student's work as encompassing as possible, various analytical perspectives and approaches are combined. Given that a seminar in academic teacher education is seen as an integral part of developing future teacher's professionalism, greater attention must be paid to this element of higher educational didactic. The aim of this presentation is to show how didactic thinking can be specified. The transformation on part of students will become more apparent: their altered perspective on didactic theory, their assured handling of a digital device and their explorative attitude towards didactic methods
References
Autenrieth, D., Baumbusch, C.; Marquardt, A., (2020) «Lehren und Lernen mit und über Medien in Kooperation von Schule, Hochschule und Museen: Am Beispiel des Projekts ‹Reuchlin digital›». MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung 17 (Jahrbuch Medienpädagogik): 531–63. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb17/2020.05.21.X.
Autenrieth, D., & Nickel, S. (2022). KuDiKuPa – Kultur der Digitalität = Kultur der Partizipation?! Verschränkung von Theorie und Praxis in partizipativ angelegter Hochschullehre durch Gaming und Game Design – ein Praxisbeispiel. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung, 18(Jahrbuch Medienpädagogik), 237–265. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb18/2022.02.26.
Bonk, C. J., Mimi Miyoung L., Nari K., & Meng-Feng G. L. (2009). The tensions of transformation in three cross–institutional wikibook projects. The Internet and Higher Education 12.3–4, S. 126–135.
Budde, J. (2010). Inszenierte Mitbestimmung?! Soziale und demokratische Kompetenzen im schulischen Alltag - In Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 56(3), S. 384-401.
Deterding, S., Dixon, D., Khaled, R., & Nacke, L. (2011). From Game Design Elements to Gamefulness: Defining “Gamification”., Tampere. http://dx.doi.org/10.1145/2181037.2181040
Grell, P. & Rau, F. (2011). Partizipationslücken - Social Software in der Hochschullehre. In MedienPädagogik, (21/1), S. 1-23.
Hildebrandt, E., Peschel, M& Weißhaupt, M. (Eds) (2014). Lernen zwischen freien und instruiertem Tätigsein. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt
Kapp, Karl M.; Blair, Lucas; Mesch, Rich (2013): The Gamification of Learning and Instruction Fieldbook: Ideas into Practice. Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons.
Mayrberger, Kerstin. 2013. Partizipatives Lernen Mit Dem Social Web Gestalten. Zum Widerspruch Einer Verordneten Partizipation. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung 21, S. 1-25.
Rumpf, D., & Schmude, C. (2021). Von der Herausforderung, die Vielfalt von Hochschullernwerkstätten in einer Definition abzubilden. In B. Holub, K. Himpsl-Gutermann, K. Mittlböck, M. Musilek-Hofer, A. Varelija-Gerber, & N. Grünberger (Eds.). lern.medien.werk.statt. Hochschullernwerkstätten in der Digitalität (p. 53-69). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
van Staalduinen; Jan-Paul; Freitas, Sara de (2011). A Game-Based Learning Framework: Linking Game Design and Learning Outcomes. In M. Swe Khine (Ed.): Learning to play. exploring the future of education with video games. New York: Peter Lang, p. 29–54.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 03 A: Developing (Student) Teachers as Agents of Change for Multicultural Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sara Ismailaj
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Bilingual Teacher Education – a Contribution to Multilingual Pupils’ Academic and Social Development?

Maryann Jortveit, Lene Haugland Sirevåg

University of Agder, Norway

Presenting Author: Jortveit, Maryann

In Norwegian classrooms, as in other European classrooms, the number of multilingual pupils has risen. These individuals have a varied background, are from different parts of the world and represent different ethnicities, cultures and languages. They bring experiences and skills to school that are valuable sources for their own learning, for their fellow pupils, the school as a whole and society. For multilingual pupils, qualified bilingual teachers can be a potential support for academic and social improvement (Lillejord & Børte, 2017). The bilingual teachers’ competence can also help to level the differences between minority and majority pupils, and to maintain linguistic diversity (Banks, 2020). Berthele (2019) claims that the most common way of thinking about language is still dominated by monolingual categories, and thus bilingual teachers’ support is an important educational factor to add to a multilingual perspective.

Norway has established a bilingual education programme to qualify bilingual teachers for a profession in school. For 25 years the University of Agder has offered courses to bilingual teachers, and this has evolved into a teacher education programme awarding a Bachelor’s degree. While several hundred students have been awarded a degree, little attention has been given to the content of this education programme and role of the bilingual teacher in an educational context.

The focus of the research presented in this paper is on the intentions of the bilingual teacher education programme and its content. Our aim is to investigate and discuss the qualifications a bilingual teacher should have to support multilingual pupils in achieving learning outcome, feeling motivated and experiencing a sense of belonging (Banks, 2020).

Bourdieu (1991) conceptualises linguistic practices as forms of symbolic capital, which opens an analytical space from which to study the discourses on linguistic practices that are legitimised in education. Using this conceptual framework, we can study the way in which a monolingual versus a multilingual horizon influences the intentions behind and content of the analysed documents, the teacher education programme and, not least, the implications and socio-political elements this has in the light of the efforts to satisfy the needs of multilingual pupils.

Overarching research question:

In what way does a bilingual teacher education programme contribute to supporting the academic and social development of multilingual pupils?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method used in this research is document analysis as presented by Brinkmann & Tanggaard (2015). The analysis will be guided by research questions, and relevant, reliable and valid documents will be reviewed systematically to identify significant information about the conditions we are examining. Relevant documents in this context will be documents that affect the students (in bilingual teacher education) directly, such as course plans, semester plans and reading lists. Other documents will be course descriptions developed at the educational institution (university), and national policy documents, the national core curriculum, including values and principles for Norwegian school, and specific curricula for bilingual education. Legal texts and political background texts will also be relevant here.  
First, we intend to gain an overview of the collected material and second, we will systematize the content according to the research questions and highlight the most relevant and interesting information. Third, we will apply Bordieu’s concept of ‘cultural capital’ and interpret the content in the light of this and a wider theoretical framework.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As the paper is presenting an ongoing study, there are no clear findings at this point in time. Given the overarching research question, we expect some key topics to emerge. We intend to explore and analyse the bilingual teacher education programme and discuss different perspectives on multilingualism and educational goals. We expect that the findings will reveal whether the education is designed as a holistic teacher qualification with clear intentions to promote, recognise and contribute to a sustainable linguistic diversity for pupils.  
References
Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. (Ed’s) (2020). Multicultural education: issues and perspectives (tenth edition). Wiley & Sons.  
Berthele, R. (2021). The Extraordinary Ordinary: Re‐engineering Multilingualism as a Natural Category. Language learning, 71(S1), 80-120. https://doi.org/10.1111/lang.12407  
Brinkmann, S., & Tanggaard, L. (Eds.) (2020). Kvalitative metoder: en grundbog (3rd edition). Hans Reitzel.  
Bourdieu, P., & Thompson, J. B. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Polity Press.  
Lillejord, S. & Børte, K. (2017). Lærerutdanning som profesjonsutdanning – forutsetninger og prinsipper fra forskning. Kunnskapssenter for utdanning.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

How Do Future Teachers Represent Cultural Diversity? Investigations of Changes in Cultural Diversity Beliefs Representations After Intercultural Education Course

Lisa Bugno1, Dragana Radanovic2, Luca Agostinetto1

1University of Padua (Italy), Italy; 2KU Leuven

Presenting Author: Bugno, Lisa; Agostinetto, Luca

Throughout the last few decades, in Europe, social reality has greatly increased in complexity, and culturally diverse schools have become a reality (Bugno 2018). It is essential that formal education enhances its sensitivity and competence regarding cultural diversity in order to facilitate inclusion and well-being, as well as widespread school success and achievement (Alleman-Ghionda, Agostinetto & Bugno, 2021). Thus, teachers play a crucial role in this process.

The beliefs that teachers hold are relevant for three main reasons: they filter knowledge, influence the definition of a problem, and guide their intentions and actions (Civitillo, Juang, 2019).

According to Fives, Barnes, Chiavola, SaizdeLaMora, Oliveros & Mabrouk-Hattab (2019), beliefs' nature refers to how it is conceptualized, especially in regard to the relationship between knowledge and beliefs. Several types of belief content exist, such as general beliefs (i.e. teaching and learning) and more specific ones (i.e. about diverse student groups). Gay (2015) describes research in the area of teachers' beliefs and attitudes toward cultural diversity as both problematic and promising. Indeed, because of their ambivalent nature, it is possible to detect "a significant gap in the body of knowledge" (p. 344). Moreover, these authors affirm that teacher educators should consider the importance of teacher beliefs on teacher learning when designing and implementing learning experiences for preservice and in-service teachers.

In Italy, in order to become a primary teacher is necessary to enroll in the degree course in Primary Teacher Education: it is a combined Bachelor's and Master's degree 5 years long. One of the fundamental first year’s courses is Intercultural Education.

In the Italian context, Intercultural Education is in general understood as a pedagogical project inherent to the multicultural environment and oriented to four main proposes human rights, social justice, decentralization, and dialogue and mediation.

At the University of Padova the aim of the course is to provide the fundamental elements for understanding and framing the multicultural dimension from an educational perspective. The lectures intend to orientate towards the development of an initial intercultural competence. Moreover, the main cognitive and reflective elements relate on one hand to the theoretical constructs of intercultural education, and on the other, to the implications of cultural diversity at school.

Given these premises, the paper presents a pilot study aimed at investigating the beliefs of future teachers on the concept of cultural diversity before and after the Intercultural Education course.

The pilot research questions are: how do future teachers represent cultural diversity? What are their beliefs of cultural diversity? (How) do they evolve/change? Therefore, the main focuses are 2: future teachers' beliefs of cultural diversity and their representations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To collect data on prospective teachers' notions of cultural diversity and representations, we ask 200  students to create a multimodal (image/text) sketch of what they understand of cultural diversity at the start and conclusion of the Intercultural Education course. The students are given 20 minutes to complete the drawings and are allowed to use any material they wanted. After that students follow 30 hours of the course in which they are familiarised with the main principles of Intercultural Education.
We will examine the differences between the representational models from the beginning and the end of the course to what they express, and how and to what degree these representations differ. Building on the work of Kuttner et al. (2020), we will investigate how multimodality elicited unexpected insights and revealed information that would not have been visible if the task had been completed in only one mode (e.g. text). Based on their idea that sketching, drawing, redrawing, and inking are processes of refinement and choice, we want to determine what kinds of changes in representation choices occurred after the course (p.199). Finally, we will examine the links between modes and how, in Lewis's words (2001), they 'interanimate' with one another. Using a multimodal approach can help us gain a more comprehensive picture of the impact of the courses on teachers' perceptions of cultural diversity and representations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper will provide suggestions for multimodal methodologies for the understanding of Cultural Diversity beliefs of future teachers thanks to initial education. The goal is to complete the intersubjective analysis of the qualitative data through the definition and description of specific phases process in a context of productive team cooperation. Specifically, the difference between the data collected before and after the Intercultural Education course is considered. The representational models are already collected in the last months: they are now about to be organized and shared to become the object of analysis and reflection by the research group. The outcomes of this in-depth analysis will be shared and discussed with the audience during ECER in Glasgow in August 2023.
References
Agostinetto L., Alleman-Ghionda C., Bugno L. (2021). L’intercultura forma la scuola. Dalla teoria alla formazione in servizio come ricerca-azione. In Lisa Stillo (Ed), La scuola è aperta a tutti. Modelli ed esperienze di formazione docenti e dirigenti nel master FAMI Organizzazione e gestione delle istituzioni scolastiche in contesti multiculturali (pp. 69-86). Roma TrE-Press.
Bugno L. (2018). Clues to The Winds Directions: Sailing on Teachers' Beliefs About Cultural Diversity. Results from A Semi-Structured Interview in The Italian Context. Studia Paedagogica, 4/2018, pp. 129-144.
Causey, A. (2017). Drawn to see: Drawing as an ethnographic method. University of Toronto Press.
Civitillo S., Juang L. (2020). How to best prepare teachers for multicultural schools: Challenges and perspectives. In P. F. Titzmann e P. Jugert (Eds.). Youth in superdiverse societies: Growing up with globalization, diversity, and acculturation (pp. 285-301). London: Routledge.
Fives, H., Barnes, N.C., Chiavola, C., SaizdeLaMora, K., Oliveros, E., & Mabrouk-Hattab, S. (2019). Reviews of Teachers’ Beliefs. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.
Kuttner, P. J., Weaver-Hightower, M. B., & Sousanis, N. (2021). Comics-based research: The affordances of comics for research across disciplines. Qualitative Research, 21(2), 195-214.
Lewis, D. (2012). Reading contemporary picturebooks: Picturing text. Routledge.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Teachers and Social Cohesion in Diverse Secondary Classrooms

Sabine Severiens1, Eddie Denessen2

1Erasmus University Rotterdam, Netherlands, The; 2Radboud University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Severiens, Sabine; Denessen, Eddie

Increasing migration in combination with social problems have led to concerns about social cohesion. Schools with diverse student populations may provide for positive structural conditions for social cohesion in diverse societies. The paper aims to examine how teachers contribute to social cohesion among students in terms of the three dimensions as described by Schieffer and Van der Noll (2017): (1) the quality of social relations (including social networks, trust, acceptance of diversity, and participation), (2) identification with the social entity, and (3) orientation towards the common good (sense of responsibility, solidarity, compliance to social order).

The study focusses on the role of the teacher by asking two research questions:

1. What are teacher practices with regard to promoting social cohesion among students in culturally diverse classrooms, in terms of social relations, group identification, and students’ orientation toward the common good, and how do teachers account for these practices?

2. In what ways are teacher practices related to the diversity of the student population?

By teaching practices, we refer to behaviour in terms of teaching methods, didactics, or work formats, but also in terms of interpersonal relationships both between teachers and students, and among students. Social cohesion is relevant in any classroom, but specifically so in multicultural classrooms, given the increasing diversity, and potential accompanying processes of tension and inequity, hence the second research question on diversity.

A qualitative study was conducted using interviews with teachers and students and observations in two urban secondary schools with diverse student populations. Students, teachers, and school staff from the selected classes from three classes in each school of the second year of secondary education participated. Groups of 4 or 5 students per class were invited for a focus group interview. The homeroom teacher of each of the participating classes was also interviewed. A content analysis was conducted combining a deductive approach in the first step and an inductive approach in further steps (Cresswell & Poth, 2016).

The results showed that most teacher practices seem to address the Schiefer and Van der Noll dimension of social relations. Teachers mostly invested in their own relationship with students, for example by paying individual attention to students, such as helping individual students, asking about home and using home languages.

The main themes in the dimension identification and belonging were bridging home and school, and group formation. The existence of different subgroups in schools and classrooms were considered to be acceptable, as long as all students belong to one or two subgroups.

Dominant in the dimension of the common good were teacher practices with regard to rules, the variety of ways in which rules were created and interpreted, and whether violations were condoned or punished. Fairness was also a topic that surfaces when the rules were discussed.

The three dimensions of Schiefer and Van der Noll could clearly be distinguished in our data, but there was a strong inter-relatedness and therefore we argue that the dimensions should be considered in tandem. Furthermore, because there seemed to be little reflection on relationships among peers and creating a community as well as on the meaning of diversity in schools, we also suggest that more explicit reflection by teachers on the three dimensions of social cohesion in diverse schools is needed. If schools are committed to strengthening social cohesion, they need to consider the three dimensions alongside each other and reflect on the role of diversity. Building up more explicit teacher knowledge and skills to develop and implement practices that strengthen socially cohesive classrooms, may ultimately help to address societal concerns with regard to social cohesion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design: A qualitative research design including classroom observations, in-depth interviews with teachers and school staff, and group discussions with students.
Procedure: School leaders of urban and several diverse schools with an interest in social cohesion were invited to participate. In each of the two consenting schools, three classes of the second year of secondary education were selected.
Students, teachers, and school staff from the selected classes participated based on active informed consent (of parents for the students) separate for the observations and interviews.  
The data collection was conducted in a period of 6 months (October 2019 – February 2020).
Participants: The two schools each have a unique socio-geographical context. The first school (school A) with a total of 1358 students is located on the outskirts of a city in a post-war neighbourhood. The second school (school B) with a total of 741 students is located in the middle of a neighbourhood in an urban area. The neighbourhood mainly has inhabitants with lower socio-economic and migration backgrounds. Seven teachers were interviewed. Interviews lasted between 30 and 45 minutes. 22 students were interviewed in five small groups. The groups were formed based on diversity in terms of gender and migration background. The interviews lasted between 30 and 45 minutes. In total, 25 classroom observations were conducted. Some of the observations were followed up by an interview with the teacher, or by informal conversation in the teacher’s room.
Measures:  An observation scheme was used to make fieldnotes, which were processed into a logbook as soon as possible after the observation to retain as many details as possible.
Semi-structured interviews were conducted, since we were interested in detailed and in-depth information about opinions and experiences of the different interviewees. The interview and observation protocols were based on the three dimensions of social cohesion: social relations, belonging, and common good.
Analyses: A content analysis was conducted combining a deductive approach in step 1 and an inductive approach in step 2 and 4 (Cresswell & Poth, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The present paper followed the multidimensional conceptualization of social cohesion as proposed by Schiefer and Van der Noll (2017). A qualitative study with a focus on the role of the teacher was conducted using interviews with teachers and students and observations in two urban secondary schools with diverse student populations.
The results showed that most teacher practices seem to address the Schiefer and Van der Noll dimension of social relations. Examples are individual attention for students, such as helping individual students, asking about home and using home languages.
The main themes in the dimension identification and belonging were bridging home and school, and group formation. The existence of different subgroups in schools and classrooms were considered to be acceptable, as long as all students belong to one or two subgroups.
Dominant in the dimension of the common good were teacher practices with regard to rules, the variety of ways in which rules were created and interpreted, and whether violations were condoned or punished. Fairness was also a topic that surfaces when the rules were discussed.
The three dimensions of Schiefer and Van der Noll could clearly be distinguished in our data, but there was a strong inter-relatedness and therefore we argue that the dimensions should be considered in tandem. Furthermore, because there seemed to be little reflection on relationships among peers and creating a community, and on the meaning of diversity in schools, we also suggest that more explicit reflection by teachers is needed. If schools are committed to strengthening social cohesion, they need to consider the three dimensions alongside each other and reflect on the role of diversity. Building up more explicit teacher knowledge and skills to develop and implement practices that strengthen socially cohesive classrooms, may ultimately help to address societal concerns with regard to social cohesion.

References
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th edition). Sage Publishing.
Mickelson, R. A., & Nkomo, M. (2012). Integrated schooling, life course outcomes, and social cohesion in multiethnic democratic societies. Review of Research in Education, 36(1), 197–238. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X11422667
Schiefer, D., & van der Noll, J. (2017). The essentials of social cohesion: A literature review. Social Indicators Research, 132, 579–603. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-016-1314-5
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 03 B: Refugee Education (Part 3)
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Søren Sindberg Jensen
Paper Session continued from 07 SES 02 B, to be continued in 07 SES 04 B
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Positioning Analysis of Storys from Refugees in Education

Vibeke Solbue

Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Solbue, Vibeke

Broken relationships – a story of a boy who has lived in Norway for 7 years without residence permit.

In a narrative research project, I have followed a family who came to Norway as refugees in 2015. The family of four have two children who has been attending school since they arrived in Norway. Kalib, the oldest son, was 9 years old when he came to Norway. After a few months he started in 3rd grade. In the school year 2021/22, Kalib was in 9th grade in a new place, still without a residence permit. It was the 7th school he started at since 2015. He has moved school in the middle of the year 4 times, because the receptions center has been closed. Kalib has difficulty keeping up with school, struggles academically, and has challenges making new friends.

The paper will present a positioning analysis of the narratives. That means that the analysis seeks to look after connections between the narrator, the social context in which the activity is made, and relevant aspects of the master narrative, the wider social world.

The narrative activity can be analyzed in three different levels. The position level 1 focuses on the what in the story, how the characters are positioned to one another. The position level 2 focuses on the how in the story, the interactions between the actors int the actual situation of interactions. How do the storyteller position themselves to the audience, and how does the storyteller address the question “Who are you?”. The position level 3 focuses on how the storyteller position themselves to a wider discourse, to social and cultural processes in the situation of interactions

By analysing this family’s stories by using positioning analysis, I will seek to understand Kalib and his families’ possibilities and rights in Norway. This can give us important information about refugee children without residence permit rights in Norway. What impact can it have on a young boy’s life situation with all this changes in his life, with all those broken relationships?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data in the project consists of notes / transcripts of informal conversations at meetings, messages via mobile phone, and two longer unstructured interviews with conversations focusing on education from the home country, during the flight and schooling in Norway. The interviews were conducted in July 2017 and February 2020 at the family's home at the reception center. The parents had to decide whether the children should participate in the interview, and at the first interview, they chose to have the interview when the children were at school. The second time, the children where there. In the interviews, I had an interpreter who translated the conversation. The first interview was recorded on tape, while the second interview was not recorded by mistake. There I wrote down both during and directly after the interview. Following the interviews, the children have returned home from school, and the interpreter and I have been invited to social meals prepared by the mother.
I did not use the interview guide who led the conversations but started by talking about the research project and sharing the information letter that the parents signed. In the first interview, I asked the parents to tell me about their own schooling, without having a template or checkpoints to follow. I wanted to let the conversation flow as freely as possible, without any prior guidance other than talking about education. The interview lasted two hours, and the parents themselves chose to tell me about their concern for Kalib. In the second interview, we took up the thread about schooling in Norway, as well as what it is like to live in different asylum reception centers and to move around so much. We discussed various issues related to this, which I had noted in advance based on previous interview and conversations with the parents.
When needed, the mother and I have communicated a lot via messages on mobile. At times it has been demanding to understand the content of the messages, since she translates from Arabic to Norwegian via google translator, but gradually I have become better at asking quite directly what she means to confirm that I have understood it correctly. The messages also contain photos from documents with the rejections, anchors, and statements from a lawyer. She also documents the various receptions with photos and describes the conditions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A three-level positioning analysis (in progress)
At positioning level 1, I will show how all the characters in the narratives are positioned, the parents, the children, the school, the reception staff etc.
At position level 2, the focus is on the how in the story. How do the storyteller position themselves to the audience.
At position level 3, I seek to understand how the storyteller position themselves to a wider discourse, to social and cultural processes in the situation of interactions and narratives.

References
Bamberg, M. G. (1997). Positioning between structure and performance. Journal of narrative and life history, 7(1-4), 335-342.
Berg, B., Rose Tronstad, K. og Valenta, M. (2015). Innledning – bakgrunn og problemstillinger. I B. Berg og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s. 1 -12). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Blix, B. H., Hamran, T., & Normann, H. K. (2015). Roads not taken: A narrative positioning analysis of older adults' stories about missed opportunities. Journal of Aging Studies, 35, 169-177.
Clandinin, D. J. (2013). Engaging in Narrative Inquiry. New York: Taylor & Francis
Kjærgaard, T. K., & Jensen, N. K. (2018). Post-migratory risk factors and asylum seekers’ mental health. International Journal of Human Rights in Healthcare., 11(4), 257 – 269.
Deppermann, A. (2015). Positioning. The handbook of narrative analysis, 369-387.
Kjærgaard, T. K., & Jensen, N. K. (2018). Post-migratory risk factors and asylum seekers’ mental health. International Journal of Human Rights in Healthcare., 11(4), 257 – 269.
Lidén, H (2019). Asylum. I M. Langford, M. Skivenes & K. H. Søvig (red.) Children`s rights in Norway. (s. 332 – 360). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.
Michelsen, H. og Berg, B. (2015). Levekår og livskvalitet blant enslige mindreårige asylsøkere. I: B. Berg og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s.115 - 150). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Rose Tronstad, K. (2015). Barn og unge i asylsøkerfasen – hvem er det og hvordan går det med dem? I: B. Berg og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s. 29 – 46). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Rønningen, G. E. (2003). Nærmiljø: nostalgi - eller aktuell arena i fore- byggende og helsefremmende arbeid? I: H.A. Hauge & M. B. Mittelmark (Red.) Helsefremmende arbeid i en brytningstid: fra monolog til dialog?, ss. 52-73. Bergen: Fagbokforlaget.
Solbue, V. (2014). Dialogen som visker ut kategorier: En studie av hvilke erfaringer innvandrerungdommer og norskfødte med innvandrerforeldre har med videregående skole. Hva forteller ungdommenes erfaringer om videregående skoles håndtering av etniske ulikheter? Bergen: Universitetet i Bergen.
Søholt, S og Valenta, M. (2015). Bofohold i asylmottak. Levekår og livskvalitet. I: B. Berg  - og K. Rose Tronstad (red.). Levekår for barn i asylsøkerfasen. (s. 47 - 72). Trondheim: NTNU Samfunnsforskning.
Sørly, R., & Blix, B. H. (2017). Fortelling og forskning: Narrativ teori og metode i tverrfaglig perspektiv. Stamsund: Orkana forlag.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Developing Educational Interventions for Inclusion of Migrant and Refugee Students in Centralised Educational Systems: A study in Greek schools

Michalis Kakos

Centre for Interdisciplinary Research in Citizenship, Education and Society, Leeds Beckett University

Presenting Author: Kakos, Michalis

This paper reports on the findings from an evaluation study conducted in Greece in 2022. The focus of the evaluation was the project Schools for All which aims to assist the educational inclusion of Newly Arrived Migrant and Refugee Students (NAMRS) in Greek schools. Conceptually, the project’s approach to inclusion is based on the close association of inclusive to democratic education. This approach attributes great significance to students’ active participation, avoids targeting specific groups of students who are to be ‘included’ (migrant and refugee students in this case) and involves the total of the school community in the process of inclusion (Slee & Allan, 2001; Slee, 2010; Meziou, 2016; Kricke & Neubert, 2020). Methodologically, the project is based on the training of school staff in the development and implementation for inclusive education action plans which engage the whole school community and promote a whole—school approach to inclusion (Due, 2021).

The Greek schools which provide the context for this project operate within a heavily centralised system in which the Ministry of Education has the control of the curriculum, of the appointment of staff and it dictates to a large extent the school policies (Theotokatou, 2022). In terms of the educational provision to NAMRS, the Ministry of Education appoints teachers in temporary contracts to those schools that have sufficient number of NAMRS. These teachers staff reception classes which operate alongside the mainstream ones and follow a two-zone model of educational provision. The objective of classes in the first zone is the teaching of Greek language at basic level while the second zone is open to students who already have basic skills in Greek language. Students studying in reception classes attend some school subjects in mainstream classes, regardless of their skills in Greek language. This is particularly the case for the second-zone students who are usually registered by the schools to attend all mainstream classes that do not clash with the reception classes timetable.

Reports have already highlighted that two key issues in educational inclusion of refugee students globally are their access to National education systems (UNHCR, 2022) and the quality of provision by trained staff (Thomas, 2017). Both issues are particularly relevant in the case of migrant and refugee students in Greece, a country which has been at the forefront of the refugee crisis and the educational system of which is not easily adaptable to new realities and new challenges, (Kazamias and Roussakis, 2003). Moreover, its ethnocentric curriculum (Kakos and Palaiologou, 2014) and the lack of relevant a quality teacher training programmes (Sotiropoulou and Polymenakou, 2022) pose further challenges in the efforts to develop effective educational interventions for educational inclusion of NAMRS.

Schools participating in the programme Schools for All had responded to a relevant call by the programme team. Their selection was based on the number of NAMRS registered and on the training needs of the teaching staff as identified by the school management team. A team comprised by a member of staff (usually a teacher of NAMRS receptions classes) and a member of the management team was responsible for the development and for the coordination of implementation of an Educational Action Plan aiming to support the educational inclusion of NAMRS. In a small number of schools, the coordinating team included also a parent. The attempt by some schools to recruit students’ representatives (members of students’ councils and NAMRS) was unsuccessful.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative and quantitative data was collected for this study. Online surveys to students who were directly involved in the EAPs (native and NAMRS) examined their perspectives on the quality and level of their involvement in the EAPs and on the extent to which these EAPs have the potential to improve the cohesion of the school community and the educational inclusion of NAMRS. All participating schools were invited to identify the native languages in their student population and the surveys were translated in all these languages (14 in total). Surveys with the members of the coordinating teams focused on their perspectives about the effectiveness of the efforts of the schools to include the NAMRS, their own knowledge and level of confidence in supporting such efforts, the challenges that schools have to overcome and their training needs.
The qualitative part of the study was conducted in seven schools that participate in the project. Data was collected from individual, group interviews and informal discussions with staff. In most cases the informal discussions took place at the end of the school day in the staff room with the participation of the Headteacher and of staff who were involved in the implementation of the EAPs. All individual interviews and group interviews were audio recorded, and notes were kept during informal discussions. The focus of the qualitative part of the study was on teachers’ experience from developing and implementing EAPs for educational inclusion of NAMRS, their perspectives about the educational needs of NAMRS, the extent to which the EAPs in their schools covered these needs and the overall preparedness of the school community in hosting such educational interventions.
The discussion in this paper concentrates on the analysis of data collected from school staff which focuses in particular on the priorities of the educational provision to NAMRS and the challenges to inclusion.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that according to teaching staff, the approach to educational inclusion that informs their practice is developed in the confined space between ethnocentric policies that consider language as a condition for access to curriculum and the limited opportunities for provision of the holistic support that NAMRS require.  Within this context, language operates as a condition for inclusion and as an excuse for educational exclusion while the burden for integration is on the NAMRS (Sedmak, 2021: 17).  Reception classes, especially those of the first zone, resemble to multilingual ghettos in which students share the experience of a type of in-school exclusion (Barker et al, 2010). Teachers report that even when attending mainstream classes, language barriers prevent NAMRS from any meaningful participation and their presence is experienced often as meaningless or as nuisance. As a result, school tolerates NAMRS’ absence from these classes and language becomes a barrier not only to curriculum access but also to other two key elements of school life: communication with peers and participation in school life.
Many participants highlight the inflexibility and inefficiencies of the centralised, bureaucratic educational system as barriers to educational inclusion. However, arguably even more concerning is the effect of the above on teachers’ motivation, self- confidence and determination to exploit the undoubtedly limited spaces that this educational system allows for the development of appropriate inclusive interventions for their school communities.
The project Schools for All offered significant opportunities to teaching staff to reflect and to challenge this reality. However, long-term and sustainable changes require interventions that target several areas, including curriculum development, educational policies and teacher training. It requires also the engagement of the educational community in a continuous, critical evaluation of their educational provision as a means and as an obstacle in the right of all children to education.

References
Barker,J., Alldred,P., Watts, M. & Dodman, H. (2010) Pupils or prisoners? Institutional geographies and internal exclusion in UK secondary schools, Area, 42.3, 378–386 doi: 10.1111/j.1475-4762.2009.00932.x

Due, C. (2021) Inclusive education for students from refugee or migrant backgrounds. In: Allen, K.A., Reupert, A. & Oades, (Eds): Building Better Schools with Evidence-based Policy. Routledge: London. 162-168.

Kakos, M. & Palaiologou, N. (2014) Intercultural Citizenship Education in Greece: Us and Them. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 6(2): 69-87.

Kazamias, A. M. & Roussakis, Y. (2003) Crisis and Reform in Greek Education, European Education, 35:3, 7-30, DOI: 10.2753/EUE1056-493435037.

Kricke, M. & Neubert, S. (2020) Inclusive Education as a Democratic Challenge – Ambivalences of Communities in Contexts of Power, In: Meike Kricke & Stefan Neubert (Eds) New Studies in Deweyan Education: Democracy and Education Revisited. New York: Routledge.

Meziou, K. (2017) Research in the field of inclusive education: time for a rethink?, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21:2, 146-159, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2016.1223184.

Sedmak,  Mateja (2021) Comparative report on qualitative research: Newly arrived migrant children. MiCreate Project report. Available online: http://www.micreate.eu/wp-content/img/D5.2%20Comparative%20report%20on%20qualitative%20research%20NAM_webpage_final_feb.pdf Accessed 24th Oct 2022.

Slee, R. (2010). The Irregular School: Exclusion, Schooling and Inclusive Education (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203831564

Slee, R,  & Allan, J (2001) Excluding the included: A reconsideration of inclusive education, International Studies in Sociology of Education, 11:2, 173-192, DOI: 10.1080/09620210100200073.

Sotiropoulou, P. & Polymenakou, E. (2022)  Multicultural Initial Teacher Training in Greece: Preparing Pre-Service Teachers for Migrant Education and Social Justice. In: Boivin, J.A. and Pacheco-Guffrey, H. (Eds) Education as the Driving Force of Equity for the Marginalized. IGI Global: Hershey, PA. 90-112.

Theotokatou, I. (2022) The Leader who is not a Leader.: A Micro-political Analysis of the Leadership Style of a School Principal. Papazisis, Athens. (In Greek).

Thomas, R.L. (2016) The Right to Quality Education for Refugee Children Through Social Inclusion. Journal of Human Rights and Social Work 1, 193–201. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41134-016-0022-z.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Pedagogies of Nation in Reception Classes for Ukrainian refugees

Søren Sindberg Jensen

University of Southern Denmark, Denmark

Presenting Author: Jensen, Søren Sindberg

Due to the war in Ukraine, societies and school systems across Europe witnessed a sudden and large influx of refugee families in 2022 from March onwards. On a European level the situation gave rise to an unseen shared willingness to help and find common European solutions on this new ‘refugee crisis’. Denmark was no exception in this regard and special legislation was put in place to ensure the best opportunities possible for welcoming and accommodating the Ukrainian refugees, and, as a very concrete and visible sign of the solidarity, Ukrainian flags were soon to flow from official buildings.

This paper present preliminary findings from an exploratory case study on a reception class for Ukrainian children in a Danish school. Particularly, the paper discusses, critically, the pedagogies of nation, which occurred in the reception class. The discussion rests on the assumption that reception classes can be considered arenas saturated in pedagogies of nation, given that enrolling newcomers into the national cultural of the receiving society is part of the raison d'être of reception classes.

The paper adopts Zsuzsa Milleis notion of pedagogy of nation, which is an educational form of everyday nationalism that ‘recounts the continuity of the everyday re/production of national frameworks through countless situated activities’ (Millei 2019: 84). In educational research, nationalism in schools can be approached in a top-down perspective, where focus is on how learning about the nation and nationalism occur in the official and taught curriculum, and in a bottom-up perspective, where focus is how the nation and nationalism is impeded in everyday practices in formal and informal settings in the school (Mavroudi and Holt 2015). Focus is both on pedagogies of nation where the Danish nation or the Ukrainian nation occur in formal teacher initiated teaching activities and teaching materials and in the everyday practices in the reception classes among the children and teachers.

Using reception classes for Ukrainian children and youth as a case, the paper considers reception classes as an arena, where national sentiments and narratives are being (re)enforced and negotiated in high degree. When perceiving reception classes in a critical pedagogical perspective (McLaren 2017), the discussion rests on the presumption that reception classes are places where categorization revolving the nation prevail at the expense of other identity categories such as gender, class, religion etc., offering to children and youth a restricted site of belonging (Yuval-Davis 2006) with less opportunities for positive identification and a delimited set of social locations available.

Thus, the paper addresses the following research questions:

  1. How are ‘Denmark’ and ‘Ukraine’ discursively constructed in formal teaching activities and everyday practices in the reception classes?
  2. What characterizes the pedagogies of nation in the reception classes?
  3. What narratives of identification and positionality (Anthias 2002) are offered in the reception classes, understood as an arena for the pedagogies of nation?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical basis of the paper is generated during field work at a school in Denmark during the school year of 2022-2023 by the author together with other members of an interdisciplinary research group. The field research was child-centered (Fattore et al. 2012) and art-based methods were employed to offer to the children and youth a multitude of modes to express their sentiments and viewpoints (Busch 2012; Quiroz et al. 2014).  The empirical material consists of observation notes of everyday activities at the school both in formal and informal educational settings, interview with representatives from the municipality and school management, teachers, children and youth, and drawings created by the children and youth as part of the research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper offers a thick description (Geertz 1973) of pedagogies of nation occurring in reception classes in the school, presenting both an operationalization of Millei (2019)’s research program for studying ‘pedagogy of nation’, in the context of reception class education, as well as new knowledge on the reception class system from a critical pedagogical perspective. By adopting a child-centered perspective (Fattore et al. 2012), the paper contributes to closing a gap in the previous research where there the has been a lack of inclusion of the perspective of children and youth (Mavroudi and Holt 2015). Moreover, the paper contributes with new insights to a growing field of educational research on nation and nationalism and migration (Antonsich et al. 2016: following; Mavroudi 2010; Mavroudi and Holt 2015). Yet, by focusing on everyday nationalism in the reception class system, the paper offers new knowledge to a much understudied educational context (cf. other studies on nationalism in education: Arnott and Ozga 2010, 2016; Baumann 2013; Bonikowski 2016; Fox 2017; Haydn 2012; Kotowski 2013; Lappalainen 2006; Mitchell 2003; Sautereau and Faas 2022; Spyrou 2011; Zembylas 2021).
References
Anthias, Floya (2002), 'Where do I belong?:Narrating collective identity and translocational positionality', Ethnicities, 2 (4), 491-514.
Antonsich, Marco, Mavroudi, Elizabeth, and Mihelj, Sabina (2016), 'Building inclusive nations in the age of migration', Identities: Global Studies in Culture and Power, 24 (2), 156-76.
Busch, Brigitta (2012), 'The Linguistic Repertoire Revisited', Applied linguistics, 33 (5), 503-23.
Fattore, Tobia, Mason, Jan, and Watson, Elisabeth (2012), 'Locating the Child Centrally as Subject in Research: Towards a Child Interpretation of Well-Being', Child Indicators Research, 5 (3), 423-35.
Fox, JonE (2017), 'The edges of the nation: a research agenda for uncovering the taken-for-granted foundations of everyday nationhood', Nations and Nationalism, 23 (1), 26-47.
Haydn, Terry (2012), 'History in Schools and the Problem of “The Nation”', Education Sciences, 2 (4), 276-89.
Kotowski, JanMichael (2013), 'Narratives of Immigration and National Identity: Findings from a Discourse Analysis of German and U.S. Social Studies Textbooks', Studies in Ethnicity and Nationalism, 13 (3), 295-318.
Lappalainen, Sirpa (2006), 'Liberal multiculturalism and national pedagogy in a Finnish preschool context: inclusion or nation‐making?', Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 14 (1), 99-112.
Mavroudi, Elizabeth (2010), 'Nationalism, the Nation and Migration: Searching for Purity and Diversity', Space and Polity, 14 (3), 219-33.
Mavroudi, Elizabeth and Holt, Louise (2015), '(Re)constructing Nationalisms in Schools in the Context of Diverse Globalized Societies', in T. Matejskova and M. Antonsich (eds.), (BASINGSTOKE: Springer Nature), 181-200.
McLaren, Peter (2017), 'Critical Pedagogy: A Look at the Major Concepts', in Antonia Darder, Rodolfo D. Torres, and Marta P. Baltodano (eds.), Critical Pedagogy Reader (Ourtledge), 57-78.
Millei, Zsuzsa (2019), 'Pedagogy of nation: A concept and method to research nationalism in young children’s institutional lives', Childhood, 26 (1), 83-97.
Quiroz, Pamela Anne, Milam-Brooks, Kisha, and Adams-Romena, Dominique (2014), 'School as solution to the problem of urban place:Student migration, perceptions of safety, and children’s concept of community', Childhood, 21 (2), 207-25.
Sautereau, Adrien and Faas, Daniel (2022), 'Comparing national identity discourses in history, geography and civic education curricula: The case of France and Ireland', European Educational Research Journal, 147490412210863-undefined.
Spyrou, Spyros (2011), 'Children's educational engagement with nationalism in divided Cyprus', International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 31 (9/10), 531-42.
Yuval-Davis, Nira (2006), 'Belonging and the politics of belonging', Patterns of Prejudice, 40 (3), 197-214.
Zembylas, Michalinos (2021), 'Conceptualizing and studying ‘Affective Nationalism’ in education: theoretical and methodological considerations', Race Ethnicity and Education, 25 (4), 508-25.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 03 C: Intercultural Education in Primary Classrooms
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Making Relationships Matter in Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Primary Classrooms

Bonita Cabiles

The University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Cabiles, Bonita

Across the globe, classrooms are witnessing unprecedented student diversity that places continuous demands on schools and educators. The 2017 report from the European Commission entitled ‘Preparing teachers for diversity: the Role of Initial Teacher Education’, for instance, highlights the challenges of the changing nature of diversity in Europe brought about by international and intra-European migration. The complexity constituting this diversity is best captured through Vertovec’s (2007) notion of ‘super-diversity’ evident in intense diversity—marked by culture, language, religion, gender, class, and their intersections—among the society’s population. The report further emphasised the disadvantage experienced by students of immigrant backgrounds especially those of low socio-economic backgrounds. These students are left feeling alienated in schools against a backdrop of Eurocentric nationalism that continues to fuel polarisation and discrimination in society.

This paper engages with the challenge of educating in the context of diversity by posing the question: What matters for student participation in diverse contexts? It does so by examining the concept of ‘relationship’ as a key factor shaping student participation. This finding is taken from a research project that sought to examine the experiences and perspectives of educators and students in a culturally and linguistically diverse Australian primary classroom. Although Australia has been touted as a successful multicultural society, much of the basis for these claims rely on diversity statistics to celebrate multiculturalism or isolated stories of success that seem to emphasise the values of assimilation (e.g. Australian Government, n.d.). Literature continues to provide evidence that racism and discrimination persistently penetrate and perpetuate in culturally and linguistically diverse schooling contexts, which in turn negatively impacts on student participation and learning outcomes (Kalantzis, 2013; Rudolph, 2013).

In asserting that relationships do matter for student participation in multicultural schooling contexts, this paper seeks to problematise the dynamics and nature of ‘relationship’ and its contestations. Pedagogical frameworks that centre building relationships are traditionally tied to learner-centred approaches to teaching that emphasise developing a sense of community in the classroom (Cullen & Harris, 2009; Cornelius-White, 2007). Scholarship advocating for this approach advocates for feelings of ‘cohesion, trust, safety, interaction, interdependence, and a sense of belonging’ (Rovai & Whighting, 2005, p. 101) as pre-conditions for fostering safe spaces that enable dynamic and risky interactions. In the context of diversity and disadvantage, pedagogical approaches such as critical pedagogy and culturally responsive pedagogy also highlight the importance of relationships and community whilst contesting the dominance and privilege of Eurocentric and elite underpinnings of education—a taken-for-granted condition in learner-centred education. As such, the relationship-building in diverse contexts require educating ‘against the grain—to contest and resist the current social arrangements that constrain social justice’ (Keddie, 2012, p. 1).

In problematising the concept of relationship, I engage with Pierre Bourdieu’s (1977) notion of habitus. Habitus allows for an understanding of dispositions as culturally and socially mediated. Habitus, as explored by scholars, denote to both determinative and evolving or agentic characteristics (e.g., Reay, 2004). As such, habitus enables an understanding of how barriers to relationship-building in the context of diversity are sustained and maintained. In engaging with Bourdieusian notion of habitus, I illuminate how the dispositions of both educators and students constrain student participation and speculate on the possibilities for change and transformation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The findings and discussion in this paper draws from a qualitative inquiry of an Australian primary classroom that employed a case study design. The case study was conducted in a composite Primary 5/6 classroom (generally aged 9 – 12 years old) located in one of the most culturally and linguistically diverse suburbs in Australia. There were 11 student participants representing at least 12 cultural backgrounds and 15 linguistic backgrounds, based on self-identification. Conversely, out of the nine educators who consented to participate, 6 self-identified as Anglo-Australian with only three coming from diverse backgrounds. The fieldwork consisted of at least 3 weekly visits to the classroom during two terms, each term lasting for approximately 8 weeks.

The data gathering techniques included observations of students and educators mostly during class time, but also whilst attending other school activities. Semi-structured interviews were also conducted alongside informal chats. These were recorded using audio recorder and through field notes. Focus group activities among students were also conducted twice at the beginning and in the middle of the data collection stage. During these sessions, students were involved in writing or drawing activities.

All participants provided written consent to participate in the study. For students, consent was asked from both parents and students. The names of the suburb, school, and participants have been kept anonymous in any reports from the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Literature often emphasises the schooling structures and systems that constrain educators’ capacities to foster positive and productive relationships. In analysing with habitus, I enter this discussion and add to it by arguing that constraints can also be dispositional in nature. In doing so, I demonstrate how structures of disadvantage and discrimination, historically and socially shaped, are sustained and embedded unconscious bodily states or ways of being, thinking, and doing.

In this paper, I make three key arguments about the dynamics of relationship-building in culturally and linguistically diverse contexts. First, I argue that dispositions about diverse cultures and languages can tacitly constrain students’ participatory potentials. In relation to this, I highlight some implications to teacher education and professional development that includes considerations about a critically reflective practice that is informed by international and localised debates on educating in the context of diversity. Second, I demonstrate that students can internalise dominant deficit discourses on cultures and languages which then shapes their participatory dispositions. As such, I engage with the curricular and pedagogical potentials of approaches such as difficult knowledge, pedagogy of discomfort, and critical pedagogy. Finally, I argue that engaging with habitus as a theoretical lens provides more nuanced transformative possibilities for educating in the context of diversity. In doing so, the paper contributes to the theoretical utility of Bourdieusian notion of habitus to educational research.

Although the study is contextualised in Australia, it builds on the broader international discourses on multiculturalism, diversity, participation, and inclusion. It offers potential contributions to understanding what it means to foster productive and positive relationships in super-diverse contexts with the aim of upholding socially just and equitable educational outcomes for all students. Furthermore, the theoretical contributions build on international scholarship that examines, critiques, and extends the conceptual tools of Pierre Bourdieu.

References
Australian Government (n.d.). Multicultural Australia: United, strong, successful (Australia’s multicultural statement. Retrieved from: https://www.homeaffairs.gov.au/mca/Statements/english-multicultural-statement.pdf

Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Cornelius-White, J. H. (2007). Learner-centred teacher-student relationships are effective: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 77, 113-143.

Cullen, R., & Harris, M. (2009). Assessing learner-centredness through course syllabi. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 34(1), 115-125.

Cummins, J. (1996). Negotiating identities: Education for empowerment in a diverse society. Los Angeles, California: California Association for Bilingual Education.

Public Policy and Management Institute. (2017) Preparing teachers for diversity: the Role of Initial Teacher Education. European Commission. Retrieved from https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/48a3dfa1-1db3-11e7-aeb3-01aa75ed71a1/language-en

Freire, P. (2005). Pedagogy of the oppressed. New York: The Continuum International Publishing Group Inc.

Kalantzis, M. (2013). The cultural deconstruction of racism: Education and multiculturalism. Sydney Studies in Society and Culture, 4, 90-98.

Keddie, A. (2012). Educating for diversity and social justice. New York: Routledge.

Patchen, T. (2012). Capitalizing on participation: Latina/o adolescents and the classroom economy. Urban Review, 44(5), 511-533.

Poplin, M., & Weeres, J. (1993). Listening at the learner's level: Voices from inside the schoolhouse. Education Digest, 59(1).

Reay, D. (2004). 'It's all becoming a habitus': Beyond the habitual use of habitus in educational research. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 25(4), 431-444.

Rovai, A. P., & Wighting, M. J. (2005). Feelings of alienation and community among higher education students in a virtual classroom. Internet and Higher Education, 8, 97-110.

Rudolph, S. (2013). Whiteness in education: How are notions of educational success in Australia influenced by images of whiteness? In C. Behar & A. Chung (Eds.), Images of whiteness. Oxford: Inter-Disciplinary Press.

Vertovec, S. (2007). Super-diversity and its implications. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 30(6), 1024-1054.

Wenger, E. (2011). Communities of practice: A brief introduction. Retrieved from http://hdl.handle.net/1794/11736


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

"Assemblages of Differences in a First-grade Primary School in Norway".

Carla Ramirez

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Ramirez, Carla

This paper draws on one-year ethnographic fieldwork in a first-grade, public school, in a major Norwegian city, exploring how ethnic differences and similarities are understood and expressed by both children and teachers. The purpose of the study has been to scrutinize how ethnic diversification of pupil population transforms and modifies schools, contributing to the field of intercultural education and social justice in Norwegian Education.

The study was conducted in a first-grade classroom in a neighborhood where immigrant population prevails. In addition to ethnography, which was carried out during the entire school year 2021-2022, a focus interview of first-grade teachers was conducted at the end of the observation period. The class consists of approximately 60 six-years old pupils, of which 21 are immigrants, descendants of immigrants, children of labor migrants, and refugees.

Departing from Barad's (2007) material-discursive performativity and Zembylas (2015) White discomfort, premiliminary analyses of empirical material reveal the unquestioned and invisible hegemony of dominant Eurocentric knowledge enacted through affects, bodies, physical organization, and materiality in primary educational settings in Norwegian schools.

Preliminary analysis illustrates the existence of different assemblages in first-grade classroom. Assemblage is a philosophical approach originated from Deleuze and Guattari (1987). Assemblages embraces the ontological diversity of agency, redistributing the capacity to act from an individual to a network of bodies, things, and discourses. Assemblages disseminate agency to materiality, bodies and affects, decentering actions to include material-discursive relationality and entanglements. Material-discursive performativity refers to how human action is entangled with the physical organization and materiality surrounding assemblages, so that actions are made possible by connections in assemblages, not just by individuals.

In assemblages of children in this study, ethnic differences are played, expressed, compared, and discussed through materiality including toys, the body, touch, and talk. Children are daily concerned with their similarities and try to understand why they are different from each other. On the other hand, in teacher’s assemblages, pupils ethnic diversity seems invisible and non-present. Ethnic differences are not talked about by teachers in classrooms or taken up as a topic in teaching or other pedagogical practices. It seems that teachers understand ethnic differences as ‘cultural diversity’, a celebration of cultural expressions and material symbolism (flags, songs, food), without questioning the existence of hierarchies of power imbedded in colonial asymmetries between ethnic majority and minorities.

Leaning on new material and decolonial perspectives, this study shows how children and teachers are immersed in assemblages where school's physical organization and materiality reflects western values and whiteness as naturalized. The study also suggests the mismatch between the way differences are named, understood, and expressed among teachers and children in school settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Ethnography, participant observations, focus group interview with teachers
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There is much more going on in children’s play than teachers realize. Children enacts in assemblages where toys, dolls, affects and their bodies are important materiality in trying to understand the experienced differences between them, reproducing dominant colonial hierarchies which seem invisible for teachers. In teacher's assemblages, it seems that an underlying discomfort is enacted by the physical organization of the classroom, discourses of pedagogical learning pressure, teaching materials, and lack of time, making it difficult for teachers to address children’s wonder and questions about hierarchies, power and differences regarding ethnic differences among children.

The existence of different assemblages in one classroom puts in question what is important in education, who is recognized as normal, how children learn about ethnic differences, and who is acknowledged/valued as a good/proper pupil in first-grade classrooms in Norwegian schools.

References
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham; London: Duke University Press.


Mignolo, W. (2008). Epistemic Disobedience, Independent Thought and Decolonial Freedom. Theory, Culture & Society, vol. 26:7-8, p. 159–181. Sage Journals. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276409349275


Zembylas, M. (2018). The Entanglement of Decolonial and Posthuman Perspectives: Tensions and Implications for Curriculum and Pedagogy in Higher Education, Parallax, vol. 24:3, p. 254-267, DOI: 10.1080/13534645.2018.1496577


Zembylas, M. (2015) ‘Pedagogy of discomfort’ and its ethical
implications: the tensions of ethical violence in social justice education, Ethics and Education, 10:2, 163-174, DOI: 10.1080/17449642.2015.1039274
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 03 D JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education II
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir
Joint Paper Session,NW 07, NW 20, NW 31
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Multilingual Tutors’ Professional Reflections: An Interview Study

Brendan Munhall, Carles Fuster, Sofia Antera

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Munhall, Brendan; Fuster, Carles

When young migrants move to a new country, they face the double challenge of learning a new language as well as entering a new educational system. A bridge between their mother tongue and that of their new home has been shown to be a necessary support for academic success and social inclusion. In Sweden, there have been various forms of so-called “multilingual tutoring” that have provided this bridge informally, and since 2015 it was officially adopted as a support structure for recently-migrated students (Avery, 2017). The purpose of the role of a multilingual tutor is to support subject learning by alternating between the students’ mother tongue and Swedish in different ways, a practice that is nowadays often referred to as “translanguaging” (Reath Warren, 2017). Multilingual tutors work in a school setting and collaborate with subject teachers. There are no specific legal limits to the length of time that students can receive study tutoring but local school policies often aim on making students independent after a few years (Rosén et al., 2019; Skolverket, 2020).

The few studies that exist on multilingual tutors underline the key role that they play for recent migrants and have described them as a "language bridge" between the students and learning in the various school subjects (SOU, 2019). Multilingual tutors often lack a pedagogical degree and their working conditions vary across the country. In many cases, multilingual tutors work outside normal school planning (Skolinspektionen, 2017), which allows them to define their own role. However, it can also mean that they work with poorly defined responsibilities, deficient resources and a lack of collaboration opportunities with subject teachers (Avery, 2017; Dávila, 2018; Ganuza & Hedman, 2015; Gareis et al., 2020; Kakos, 2022; Reath Warren, 2016). Research has emphasized the importance of the role, as reiterated by Rosén et al. (2019), who showed that multilingual tutors framed it as a ‘bridge’ for recently-migrated students that made subject courses more accessible. Furthermore, Bunar and Juvonen (2021) and Nilsson and Axelsson (2013) spoke to recently-migrated students, who described multilingual tutoring as an essential part of their education.

These research contributions, as well as national policy, emphasize the critical role of the multilingual tutor role for a group of students with high needs. However, since multilingual tutoring is a relatively new endeavour, there are few studies exploring it and the practices of multilingual tutoring are not yet well understood (SOU, 2019). Therefore, the aim of this study is to explore the practices and competencies that multilingual tutors identify as essential to their role.

The study shows how multilingual tutors implement a variety of translanguaging strategies to support students’ learning in their linguistic and non-linguistic subjects. Moreover, the study identifies the multiplicity of roles multilingual tutors take on, including informal duties such as providing recently-migrated students with emotional and social support. The study also provides some insights on the role that available resources and teacher collaboration has for multilingual tutors’ professional development and fulfilment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is an exploratory case study consisting of 15 semi-structured interviews with multilingual tutors from across Sweden. A thematic analysis approach is used to deepen the understanding of the multilingual tutors’ individual experiences, which we discuss in the context of national trends and previous research. Across these interviews, themes related to practices and competencies are identified, providing insights into in the multilingual tutor role in school. The study is currently at the analysis stage. Therefore, the outcomes presented are not final or exhaustive.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest a number of interesting phenomena. The nature of the multilingual tutor position varied widely across the country, each tutor having a unique schedule, responsibilities and ability to work within the confines of their job description. Multilingual tutors also have an outsized role in their students’ lives, often supporting them beyond their job descriptions. Finally, the multilingual tutors’ own interpretations of the role are discussed through comparisons of the role from practical and idealized perspectives. There are various implications of these findings which will be discussed.
References
Avery, H. (2017). At the bridging point: Tutoring newly arrived students in Sweden. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(4), 404–415. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2016.1197325

Bunar, N., & Juvonen, P. (2021). ‘Not (yet) ready for the mainstream’ – newly arrived migrant students in a separate educational program. Journal of Education Policy, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.1947527

Dávila, L. T. (2018). The pivotal and peripheral roles of bilingual classroom assistants at a Swedish elementary school. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 21(8), 956–967. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2016.1224224

Ganuza, N., & Hedman, C. (2015). Struggles for legitimacy in mother tongue instruction in Sweden. Language and Education, 29(2), 125–139. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500782.2014.978871

Gareis, M., Oxley, S., & Reath Warren, A. (2020). Studiehandledning på modersmålet i praktiken. Skolverket.

Kakos, M. (2022). A third space for inclusion: Multilingual teaching assistants reporting on the use of their marginal position, translation and translanguaging to construct inclusive environments. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2022.2073060

Nilsson, J., & Axelsson, M. (2013). “Welcome to Sweden ”: Newly Arrived Students’ Experiences of Pedagogical and Social Provision in Introductory and Regular Classes. 1, 28.

Reath Warren, A. (2016). Multilingual study guidance in the Swedish compulsory school and the development of multilingual literacies. Nordand: Nordisk Tidsskrift for Andrespråksforskning, 11(2), 115–142.

Reath Warren, A. (2017). DEVELOPING MULTILINGUAL LITERACIES IN SWEDEN AND AUSTRALIA [Stockholm University]. https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?
dswid=5189&pid=diva2%3A1116085

Rosén, J., Straszer, B., & Wedin, Å. (2019). Studiehandledning på modersmål: Studiehandledares positionering och yrkesroll. Educare - Vetenskapliga skrifter, 3, 1–13.

Skolinspectionen, C. V. (2017). Studiehandledning på modersmålet i årskurs 7–9 (p. 29). Skolinspectionen.

Skolverket. (2020). Nyanländas rätt till utbildning. Skolverket. https://www.skolverket.se/regler-och-ansvar/ansvar-i-skolfragor/nyanlandas-ratt-tillutbildning

SOU (Ed.). (2019). För flerspråkighet, kunskapsutveckling och inkludering: Modersmålundervisning och studiehandledning på modersmål: betänkande. Norstedts Juridik.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Language Policies and Practices of Diverse Immigrant Families in Iceland: Opportunities and Challenges

Hanna Ragnarsdóttir, Kristín Jónsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Ragnarsdóttir, Hanna; Jónsdóttir, Kristín

This paper derives from the research project Language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families in Iceland and their implications for education.

The objectives of the project are to explores language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families (Curdt-Christiansen, Schwartz & Vershik, 2013), how these affect their children’s education and the relationships and interactions between these families, their heritage language communities and their teachers.

The main research question posed in this paper is: How do the families support their children in their education, navigating between two or even three languages and diverse cultures?

The theoretical framework includes writing on familiy language policies. Families face various challenges in their attempt to bring up a bilingual or a multilingual child. Schwartz & Vershik (2013, p. 1) note that there are, for example, “identity conflicts, time pressure restraints in negotiating conflicting language demands and the negative effects of macro-level social processes such as state language policy”. Even in these challenging circumstances, some families do succeed in holding on to their heritage language and using it with their children. Families are in a key position for maintaining and preserving languages. The relatively new research field of family language policy (FLP) presents “an integrated overview of research on how languages are managed, learned and negotiated within families” (King et al., 2008, p. 97). It brings together research on multilingualism, language acquisition, language policy and cultural studies. Spolsky (2004, p. 5) distinguished three components of family language policy: 1) language practices „the habitual pattern of selecting among the varieties that make up its linguistic repertoire“; 2) its language beliefs or ideology; „the beliefs about language and language use“; and 3) „any specific efforts to modify or influence that practice by any kind of language intervention, planning or management.” These have been extended further by Curdt Christiansen (2013), who notes that FLP also recognizes the relevance and influence of economic, political and social structures and processes in a given society. While early approaches to FLP emphasized language input, parental discourse strategy and linguistic environmental conditions according to Curdt-Christiansen (2013), more recently there has been a shift of focus in research towards issues such as why different values are ascribed to different languages, how parents view bilingualism from sociocultural, emotional and cognitive perspectives, and what kinds of family literacy environment and parental capital are likely to promote bilingualism. These components are different from one family to another and Schwartz (2018) notes that pro-active family language management might interact with and be influenced by the surrounding ethno-linguistic community and schools (policy-makers, teachers, and peers). When children enter a new socio-cultural community, such as a school, where a majority language is spoken, they also encounter culturally related challenges. They have to learn not only the vocabulary and grammar, but also recognize and acquire the cultural norms connected to the language use. Bi- or multilingual children, a heterogeneous group, experience the differences on a daily basis and gradually acquire insights into all languages that they are exposed to. Sometimes translanguaging, i.e. the effective communication through activating all linguistic resources of the individual, is used to achieve communicative goals (García & Wei, 2014). Wilson (2020) argues that whilst the language management of minority-language parents tends to be geared towards transmitting a linguistic heritage, often associated with their emotional bond to the home country, their children, who may be born in the country of immigration, may not share such a deep connection with the heritage culture. As a result, their language choices may differ from their parents’.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is a qualitative research study and involves altogether 16 immigrant families, who have diverse languages, and educational and socio-economic backgrounds and their children (age 2-16) of different genders, as well as the children’s teachers and principals at preschool and compulsory school levels and, where relevant, their heritage language teachers.
Data was collected in semi-structured interviews with the children‘s parents, as well as teachers and principals in the children‘s schools. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to elicit the views of the participants as clearly and accurately as possible (Kvale, 2007). The families live in four different municipalities in Iceland. Families speaking heritage languages belonging to both small (such as Philippines) and large (Polish) language groups in Iceland were selected. The municipalities are located in four different parts of Iceland and there may be important differences between the municipalities where the children are located when it comes to educational opportunities and support. This will provide understanding of various and different challenges faced by different schools. There may also be important differences in belonging to different heritage language groups which the project will shed light on.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that the families have diverse language policies that are manifested in diverse practices in their engagement with the school staff. Some families reported that teachers seemed to be rather unaware of the possibilities to encourage children to use their  heritage languages in their studies at school. The findings also reveal that the participating families value their children’s language repertoire and use diverse methods and resources to support language development. There is a difference between the small heritage language communities and the larger ones when it comes to support and access to resources. There is also a difference in access to resources and support between smaller and larger municipalities, while personal communication is more common in the smaller municipalities. Despite of good intentions, several of the participating parents experienced some kind of a struggle between them and the school staff regarding language policies.
References
Chumak-Horbatsch, R. (2012). Linguistically appropriate practice: A guide for working with young immigrant children. University of Toronto Press.
Cummins, J. (2004).Language, power and pedagogy. Bilingual children in the crossfire (3rd ed.). Multilingual Matters.
Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2013). Family language policy: sociopolitical reality versuslinguistic continuity. Language policy, 12, 1-6. DOI 10.1007/s10993-012-9269-0
García, O. & Wei, L. (2014).Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave MacMillan.
King, K. A., Fogle, L. & Logan-Terry, A. (2008). Family language policy. Language and Linguistics Compass, 2(5), 907-922.
Lanza, E. (2007). Multilingualism and the family. In L. Wei & P. Auer (Eds.), The handbook of multilingualism and multilingual communication (pp.45-67). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Schwartz, M. & Verschik, A. (2013). Achieving success in family language policy: Parents, children and educators in interaction. In M. Schwartz & A. Verschik (Eds.) Successful family language policy: Parents, children and educators in interaction (pp. 1-20). Multilingual Education 7. Springer. doi:10.1007/978-94-007-7753-8_1.
Spolsky, B. (2004). Language policy. Cambridge University Press.
Wilson, S. (2020).Family language policy: Children’s perspectives. Palgrave
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm08 SES 03 A: Sustainability, nature and wellbeing education
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Venka Simovska
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Sustainable Outdoor Education: Supporting the Mental Health and Wellbeing of Children and Young People through Arts in Nature Practice

Nicola Walshe

UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Walshe, Nicola

Although wellbeing is a complex term, it can be understood as a social model of health which places individual experience within social contexts, emphasizing the promotion of health rather than causes of illness (Atkinson et al., 2012). Critically, 18% of children and young people in England suffer a severe mental health illness (NHS, 2022), and yet 70% of those who experience mental health problems have not received appropriate support at a sufficiently early age (DfE, 2018). To combat this, schools are increasingly expected to support mental health and wellbeing, but receive few resources to do so. As such, there is a need for establishing mechanisms for supporting the health and wellbeing of children and young people which are relatively easy embedded within the school day, as well as using limited financial resource, to ensure sustainability.

Substantial benefits for wellbeing may be derived from contact with nature (WHO, 2016), and schools that promote children’s engagement with nature have reported children have fewer social, emotional, and behavioural difficulties and higher academic engagement and achievements (Browning and Rigolon, 2019). Despite this, six in ten children reported to have spent less time outdoors since the start of coronavirus and the initial lockdown (Natural England, 2020) and opportunities for outdoor learning in school are diminishing due to staff confidence in outdoor teaching and high demands in delivering the curriculum (Plymouth University, 2016). Although providing good quality greenspace within communities may begin to address this, undertaking activities outdoors which support children developing an affective relationship with nature can bring benefits for health and wellbeing ‘over and above’ those expected from visiting nature alone. One approach to addressing this is through arts and creative practice within nature.

There is a growing consensus around the importance of arts for children in schools, with evidence suggesting that arts education can aid physical, cognitive, social and emotional development, as well as improving both mental health and social inclusion (Durham Commission on Creativity and Education, 2019). Muhr (2020) argues that arts-based activities offer a powerful way for people to connect to nature because they evoke an embodied response that fosters an emotional connection. In a systematic review, Moula, Palmer and Walshe (2022) synthesised existing evidence concerning the interconnectedness between arts and nature, and their impact on the health and wellbeing of children and young people. The review suggested that engagement with arts in nature was found to increase nature connectivity with nature explicit, thereby increasing children’s broader wellbeing. However, despite the evidence as to the benefits of arts-in-nature practice for both children’s wellbeing and their nature-connectedness, it is important to consider their reach and sustainability. Such programmes are often stand alone or require significant funding for long-term engagement of external creative practitioners and organisations. There is a need for greater sustainability with implications for how creative practitioners delivering arts-in-nature practice engage and work with primary schools and how the practice is embedded in the school culture and ethos. Accordingly, this paper reports on the findings from a survey of creative practitioners delivering arts-in-nature practice with children to explore the following research questions:

RQ1: What are the perceived impacts of the arts-in-nature practice undertaken by organisations?

RQ2: In what ways do organisations work with volunteers, teachers, and schools to make their arts-in-nature practice more sustainable?

RQ3: What are barriers to greater reach and sustainability for organisations and practitioners in delivering arts-in-nature practice for children in schools?

This is part of a wider Branching Out project to establish how successful elements from an established mental health arts-in-nature programme can be scaled up from small, school-based approaches to whole school communities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This article reports on one aspect of an exploratory multi-level mixed methods approach (Creswell et al., 2011). The overall study explored how adults in the wider community can be activated as volunteers to support the practice and thus build capacity for wider implementation. To address the study questions, the research comprised two work streams: the first (reported in this paper) was a survey of national arts organisations to identify arts organisations who have or who are currently providing arts and/or nature-based activities in schools either as part of the curriculum or as extra-curricular activity. Such organisations would be required to support the wider implementation of the Branching Out model described above.
The survey comprises a series of open and closed questions which map the types of programmes the arts organisations deliver or have delivered in the past and includes questions on the aims and mission of each organisation, and sustainability issues. Specific questions for the national arts organisation survey were developed following the interviews with the teachers and artists and the survey was piloted on members of the partner organisation for face and content validity prior to dissemination. A further aim of the survey was to gather contact details of interested organisation and thus develop a national network of organisations providing arts and/or nature-based activities for children and young people, to enable future partnerships, to register interest in future involvement in the Community Artscapers project, and for dissemination purposes. There was an open call survey; we were not trying to achieve a representative sample but rather to access as many organisations or individual practitioners combining arts and nature in their practice with children and/or in schools in the UK.
The majority of data collected was qualitative, but responses were generally short and concise and content analysis informed by Bowling (2014) was conducted in order to code and categorise this data. The survey questions served as an a priori thematic framework around the characteristics of arts-in-nature activities delivered; the aims and impacts of activities; working with volunteers, teachers, and schools; and barriers to greater reach and sustainability. Codes were identified under each theme to identify patterns within the data. Importantly, the frequency of a concept does not necessarily signify its importance (Bowling, 2014) and therefore analysis involved critical reflection on the meaning within the context of responses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The final number of completed responses comprised of 47 organisations providing arts and/or nature-based activities for children and communities across the UK. For all, the combination of arts and nature was significant in providing a mechanism through which to connect children, young people and their families to nature, empower them to have a positive impact on their local environment, and support their mental health and wellbeing. While most of the activities were delivered by artists, there was involvement from both teachers and volunteers. Although engagement by teachers was a preferred model of practice as it opened up opportunities for a more collaborative and sustainable way of working between organisations and schools, it was identified as being challenging to facilitate because of a lack of pedagogical expertise on the part of teachers, and limited resource and opportunity to support their training. This was often underpinned by a lack of support by senior leadership within schools, exacerbated by a policy context of a crowded curriculum and accountability regime based on pupil achievement in a narrow range of subjects, and a lack of understanding as to how arts-in-nature practice might contribute improved educational standards, as well as more broadly to children’s mental health and wellbeing, environmental and sustainability education.
Recommendations for future policy or practice are: providing access to more and better professional development around the process of arts-in-nature practice provided for teachers; using community volunteers as a mechanism for adding capacity and supporting sustainability of impact for arts-in-nature practice; and paying greater attention to multi-agency level working where professionals work together to create more coordinated approaches to embedding arts-in-nature practice in schools and communities. Together, these have the potential to create more sustainable and impactful practice for the benefit of children and young people and the communities within which they live.

References
Atkinson, S.; Robson, M. Arts and health as a practice of liminality: Managing the spaces of transformation for social and emotional wellbeing with primary school children. Health & Place 2012 18(6), pp.1353-8292.
Bowling, A. Research methods in health: investigating health and health services. McGraw-hill education: UK, 2014. Available online:  https://books.google.co.uk/books?hl=en&lr=&id=6lOLBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PR3&dq=ann+bowling+research+methods&ots=YfJ9aw8IiD&sig=SboIQ0GtQWkaxyWjDc7QWY_LYdY&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q=ann%20bowling%20research%20methods&f=false (accessed 14 February 2022).
Browning, M.; Rigolon, A. School green space and its impact on academic performance: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 2019, 16, 3, p.429.
Creswell, J.W.; Carroll Klassen, A.; Plano Clark, V.L.; Clegg Smith, K. Best Practices for Mixed Methods Research in the Health Sciences. Office of Behavioral and Social Sciences Research (OBSSR), 2011. Available at: https://www.csun.edu/sites/default/files/best_prac_mixed_methods.pdf (accessed 14 February 2022).
Department for Education (DfE) Mental health and wellbeing provision in schools: Review of published policies and information. Research report. 2018. Available online: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/747709/Mental_health_and_wellbeing_provision_in_schools.pdf (accessed on 11 February 2022).
Durham Commission on Creativity and Education. Durham commission on creativity and education. Arts Council England & Durham University, 2019. Available online: DurhamReport.pdf (accessed 14 February 2022).
Moula, Z.; Palmer, K.; Walshe, N. A Systematic Review of Arts-Based Interventions Delivered to Children and Young People in Nature or Outdoor Spaces: Impact on Nature Connectedness, Health and Wellbeing. Front Psychol – Health Psychology, 2022, 13: 858781.
Muhr, M.M. Beyond words – the potential of arts-based research on human-nature connectedness. Ecosystems and People 2020, 16(1), pp.249-257.
National Health Service. Mental Health of Children and Young People in England 2022 - wave 3 follow up to the 2017 survey. 2022. Available online: https://digital.nhs.uk/data-and-information/publications/statistical/mental-health-of-children-and-young-people-in-england/2022-follow-up-to-the-2017-survey#:~:text=In%202022%2C%2018.0%25%20of%20children,between%202020%2C%202021%20and%202022 (accessed on 21 January 2023).
Natural England. The People and Nature Survey, 2020. Available online: https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/people-and-nature-survey-for-england (accessed on 21 January 2023).
Plymouth University. Transforming outdoor learning in schools: Lessons from the Natural Connections Project, 2016. Available online: Transforming_Outdoor_Learning_in_Schools_SCN.pdf (plymouth.ac.uk) (accessed 21 January 2023).
World Health Organisation [WHO]. Health in 2015: From MDGs millennium development goals to SDGs sustainable development goals. WHO: Switzerland, 2016. Available online: https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/200009/9789241565110_eng.pdf;jsessionid=9EA834CCAEDD7BF85310D3F04AD0FFCD?sequence=1 (accessed on 21 January 2023).


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Supporting Children and Young People’s Wellbeing and Engagement in Education through Forest School: a School-Community Partnership in England

Lucy Tiplady1, Harriet Menter2

1Newcastle University, United Kingdom; 2Scotswood Garden, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Tiplady, Lucy

A recent report by UNICEF (2021) revealed that across Europe 16.3% of children aged 10-19 years are living with a mental disorder, equating to 9 million children and young people (CYP). In England this is thought to be even higher with 18.0% of children aged 7 to 16 years and 22.0% of young people aged 17 to 24 years living with a probable mental disorder (Newlove-Delgado et al, 2022). The Covid-19 pandemic has caused many additional stresses for children and families (Crawley et al., 2020) and those already experiencing social and economic disadvantage are also more likely to experience mental health difficulties (Reiss, 2013), with concerns in the UK that the socio-economic mental health gap is widening (Collishaw et al., 2019). Poor mental health impacts on many areas of a young person’s life, including educational disadvantage and increased risk of school exclusion (Ford et al., 2018) with many young people unable to satisfactorily engage in their education and schools increasingly looking for ways in which they can support the mental health and wellbeing of their pupils.

Forest School is an outdoor educational experience, usually in a wooded area, that takes place regularly over an extended period of time (minimum of two seasons in the UK). It is facilitated by a trained practitioner, who supports the CYP to lead their own learning (Knight, 2011). Its popularity has been increasing across the UK and internationally over the past 20 years, with a developing body of research evidence of the positive benefits on young people’s emotional wellbeing and behaviour (McCree, Cutting & Sherwin, 2018; Coates & Pimlott-Wilson, 2019). Forest School sessions are designed to build confidence and wellbeing through providing enjoyable and achievable challenges in a supportive environment, developing good relationships (between young people and adults and supporting relationships between the young people) and using reflection to encourage the CYP to internalise positive self-narratives as they emerge.

Scotswood Garden is an award winning independent charity based in an urban area of the North East of England. The garden is located in one of the most deprived neighbourhoods of the UK, classified in the highest 10% for income, education, skills and training, health and crime deprivation (DCLG, 2019). The education manager (Menter) has Level 3 Forest School accreditation and extensive experience delivering sessions with local schools and delivering Forest School training. Through school-community partnerships, the Breeze project uses the Forest School approach with CYP experiencing social and emotional difficulties, including mental health concerns and difficulties engaging in education. Following a pilot year in 2017-2018, Breeze worked with four local schools from 2018 to 2021; sessions took place at the community garden and were initially co-planned and co-delivered between the Forest School practitioner and school staff for one day a week over a school year (some adaptations were necessary during school closures during the Covid-19 pandemic). In parallel two members of school staff engaged in Forest School training and accreditation and over the school year gradually took on independent delivery of sessions. After the first year, schools either continued to access the garden independently or were assisted to find suitable alternative woodland and schools were invited to join a Breeze Forest School network, which continues to develop with new schools and offers on-going support to aid long-term sustainability.

This paper will present evidence of the impact of the Breeze project for the CYP in relation to wellbeing and engagement in education, together with the processes that led to change and affordances and barriers experienced. Findings will be discussed in relation to European context and relevance in supporting CYP’s wellbeing and engagement in education internationally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research used a co-production approach, recognising the reciprocal transfer of knowledge, skills and expertise from each partner (Hatzidimitriadou et al., 2012).  The researcher (Tiplady) worked in close collaboration with Scotswood Garden and school staff to become an integrated part of the school-community project; this enabled the researcher to experience and hear the narratives told as the project developed, from both adults and CYP.  
Theory of change, proven to be particularly effective in co-producing frameworks for understanding complex change in social interventions (Dyson and Todd, 2010), supported the co-production process and was used to evaluate the impacts of the project.  A steps of change diagram was developed for each of the four schools through in-depth interviews with stakeholders (drawing upon theory, research and practice knowledge) and sought to articulate the anticipated pathways to change for the CYP.  
Data collection was decided in partnership between the researcher, schools and Forest School practitioner and sought to evidence (or not) the steps of change.  It also took account of what was reasonable and practical for each stakeholder, most notably during the Covid-19 pandemic when a number of adaptations were necessary.  Data included a range of participatory research methods, including photograph elicitation, used to facilitate discussions between the researcher, CYP and staff, researcher observations, researcher interviews with parents and carers, Forest School diaries produced by the young people and quantitative data that were part of the schools’ usual data collection processes, for example attendance records where this was deemed to be relevant.  Qualitative data was analysed thematically using Braun and Clark’s (2006) six phase process and quantitative data using descriptive statistics.  This was then used deductively, in relation to evidencing (or not) the theory of change.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We will share results from the evaluated theories of change that show where there was either: ‘substantial evidence to support’; ‘partly evidenced’; ‘not evidenced in this period but no evidence to refute’; or ‘evidence to refute’.  The range of data collected (from young people, staff, parents/carers, school data and researcher observations) allowed triangulation and confidence in findings.  The richness of the data produced helped us to understand some of the causal processes that led to impact, and understand how different parts of the Forest School approach and school-community partnerships achieved impact through creating alternative learning environments.
The environment created through the Breeze project appears to enable CYP to develop in different ways, in accordance with their individual needs and development. This includes providing an environment in which young people can develop their social skills with adults and peers, developing a connection or appreciation of nature and/or practical skills such as whittling or fire building.  This was articulated by the young people as different both in terms of the physical environment (outdoors, woodland, nature) and pedagogically (learner-led, open-ended).  This alternative environment appeared to be experienced as less stressful for many young people, enabling individuals to over-come anxieties and engage in learning through risk-taking.  A minority of CYP struggled initially, particularly in making their own decisions and interacting with peers, however, where there were high adult to CYP ratios, young people were supported to follow their own interests over time and to develop skills.
We will further reflect on the experiences of the school-community partnerships, from the perspective of the community practitioner and from school staff through interviews with the researcher.  We will discuss where and how partnerships worked well and where it was more difficult, which could ultimately lead to a reduction in impact for the CYP.  

References
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), pp.77-101.
Coates, J. K. and Pimlott-Wilson, H. (2019) Learning while playing: children’s forest school experiences in the UK.  British Educational Research Journal, 45 (1), pp.21-40.
Collishaw, S., Furzer, E., Thapar, A. K. and Sellers, R. (2019) Brief report: a comparison of child mental health inequalities in three UK population cohorts, European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, pp.1547–1549.
Crawley, E., Loades, M., Feder, G., Logan, S., Redwood, S., and Macleod, J. (2020) Wider collateral damage to children in the UK because of the social distancing measures designed to reduce the impact of COVID-19 in adults, BMJ Paediatrics Open, 4, e000701.
DCLG (2019) English Indices of Deprivation 2019. Retrieved 24.09.22.: http://dclgapps.communities.gov.uk/imd/iod_index.html#
Dyson, A. and Todd, L. (2010) Dealing with complexity: Theory of change evaluation and the full service extended schools initiative. International Journal of Research and Method in Education, 33(2), 119-134.
Ford, T., Parker, C., Salim, J., Goodman, R., Logan, S., and Henley, W. (2018) The relationship between exclusion from school and mental health: A secondary analysis of the British Child and Adolescent Mental Health Surveys 2004 and 2007, Psychological Medicine, 48(4), pp.629-641.
Hatzidimitriadou, E., Mantovani, N. and Keating, F. (2012) Evaluation of coproduction processes in a community-based mental health project in Wandsworth. London: Kingston University/St George’s University of London.
Knight, S. (2011) Forest School for All, Sage: London.
McCree, M., Cutting, R. and  Sherwin, D. (2018) The hare and the tortoise go to Forest School: taking the scenic route to academic attainment via emotional wellbeing outdoors, Early Child Development and Care, 188 (7), pp. 980-996.
Newlove-Delgado, T., Marcheselli, F., Williams, T., Mandalia, D., Davi,s J., McManus, S., Savic, M., Treloar, W. and Ford, T. (2022) Mental Health of Children and Young People in England, 2022. Leeds: NHS Digital.
Reiss, F. (2013) Socioeconomic inequalities and mental health problems in children and adolescents: A systematic review, Social Science & Medicine, 90, pp. 24-31.
UNICEF (2021) The State of the World’s Children (2021) ON MY MIND Promoting, protecting and caring for children’s mental health United Nations Children’s Fund. Available at: State of the World's Children 2021.pdf (unicef.org)


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Schools addressing Health, Wellbeing and Sustainability Challenges: a Literature Review of Educational Perspectives, Approaches and Contributions of Educational Interventions

Monica Carlsson

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Carlsson, Monica

This paper presents a literature review that highlights educational perspectives on social justice, equity and children and young peoples’ agency when schools address health, wellbeing and sustainability challenges. The study furthermore explores the approaches and contributions of interventions addressing these challenges. As pointed out in UNs Sustainable Development Goals Report 2022 and the UNESCO 2021 policy paper Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education, the crises following the COVID-19 pandemic and the ongoing global environmental and climate change has deepened the global learning crisis. The pandemic has highlighted our close links with nature and increased a long-standing concern for the physical, mental and emotional well-being of children and young people. The pandemic has also highlighted the interconnectedness of health and wellbeing challenges and broader sustainability challenges related to the degradation of nature, and environmental and/or climate change (Franzolin et al. 2022; Malqvist and Powell 2022). Research on global challenges in education’s response to the pandemic underline the critical role of education to strengthen children and young peoples’ agency, as well as the need for equitable education (Darlington et al. 2022, Hill et al. 2020). Due to the resurgence of interest in young peoples’ agency in research within the related areas of health, wellbeing and sustainability education, it has become clear that agency is understood and conceptualized in many different ways, from what we have power to do, to experiences of reflecting and deciding (Gallay, Pykett and Flanagan 2021; Lorimer, Knight and Shoveller 2022).

Global environmental changes in conjunction with substantial social justice issues related to health and wellbeing are impacting us all, raising significant concerns related to how education can address these sustainability challenges. Although they are impacting us all, we are not all of us “in this together”, as some are more afflicted by health, wellbeing and sustainability issues because of race, ethnicity, gender, economy and geographic locality (Andreotti et al. 2018). Current research findings indicate that Nordic countries typically relate to educational ideas such as democracy, and critical citizenship (Carlsson 2023), whereas other countries, such as Japan, might have more natural science or health science grounded understandings of how to address these challenges (Dean and Elliot 2022). In low and middle-income countries in regions such as Central/South America and Southern Africa, social justice issues have had a broader societal resonance conceptualized in debates about health, wellbeing and climate challenges (Lotz-Sisitka 2009; Torres and Faucher 2022). Perspectives on inequalities and social justice issues related to health, wellbeing and sustainability challenges are understood in different ways in different cultural contexts, which underlines the relevance of education research exploring and recognizing many forms of social and cultural diversity (Carlsson and Torres 2022; Dean and Elliot 2022).

Broad explorations of educational perspectives on social justice and equity in relation to how health, wellbeing and sustainability challenges are addressed in education, and the approaches and contributions of interventions addressing these challenges has been relatively absent, especially ones that takes into account the agency of children and young people. The literature review study is guided by the following research question: Which educational perspectives (on social justice, equity and young peoples’ agency), approaches and contributions of educational interventions in schools, or in collaboration with schools, addressing health, wellbeing and sustainability challenges can be identified in literature? The key findings from the analysis of the included journal articles in the study will be presented at the conference. Below I report on the methodology and primary findings from the search and selection processes in the literature review, and highlight a few selected interim findings on educational perspectives identified in the studies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic literature search of research journal articles was conducted in the PsycInfo and ERIC databases resultating in 2423 citations. These where imported to Covidence systematic review system, where a screening and selection process took place in two steps: first of title and abstract, where after the selected citations of full texts where screened and the final selection of journal articles where included in the depth analysis. Search terms included: (Health* OR Wellbeing*) AND (Children* OR "young people*" OR youth*) AND School AND Education AND ("social justice*" OR Equity) AND sustainability. The selected texts where read in full and appraised for quality using an adaptation of the Critical Appraisal Skills Programme checklist for systematic reviews. Details where extracted for the analytic matrix guided by the PRISMA 2020 statement (Page et al. 2021) which prepared the articles for critique and interpretation (including but not limited to descriptions of research aim, questions, design (methods and theories) and key findings). A table was used to collate the findings, which provided an informed basis for critical analysis and enabled presentation of results relevant to the research question.
Inclusion criteria: Journal articles published in English between January 2013 and December 2022, peer reviewed, target population aged 7–15 (primary school, middle and lower secondary school). They should explore educational perspectives (aims, values and ideals related to social justice, equity, and agency), approaches (directives, strategies, methodologies) and contributions (outcomes and impact) of educational interventions (i.e. designed for delivery through teaching-learning processes and pedagogical practices by educators).
Exclusion criteria: Studies focusing on exploring determinants of health, wellbeing and sustainability challenges and the extent of problems and issues (rather than educational interventions addressing these). Studies primarily focusing on effects or outcome of interventions (omitting educational perspectives and approaches).
Study selection: Academic databases identified 2423 records using the search string made of all combined search terms. After the removal of duplicates 1917 records where available for screening of title and abstract in Covidence. Following the exclusion of records based on titles and abstracts, 52 articles were sought for retrieval, and assessed for eligibility. Additional 12 papers were identified by a search in reference lists, of which 8 were retrieved. A total of 60 articles were thoroughly assessed. After excluding articles that did not meet the inclusion criteria described above 40 articles were eventually included for the coding and analysis processes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Health and wellbeing challenges were in focus in the studies selected for coding and analysis. The thematic focus in these studies showed a great variety of themes and topics, including, but not limited to, physical activity, food, sexuality, gender equality, oral health, special needs, disability and HIV/AIDS education, violence/abuse, substance use, pregnancy prevention, COVID-19. Educational perspectives underlined aims and values of founded in empowerment, hereunder understanding the practices and effects of power and inequality and empowering students to transform social conditions. This included perspectives emphasizing social justice and equity dimensions arguing for pedagogies addressing redistribution (of educational goods), representation (participation) and recognition (of identity), and studies highlighting social and cultural diversity as a value in and a precondition for classroom wellbeing.
Studies addressing the interconnectedness of health and wellbeing challenges and challenges related to the degradation of nature, and environmental and/or climate change included: Educational perspectives on equity and power stressing aims uncovering the multiple representations of reality constituted in language and discourse and providing counter narratives to deficit-based discourses on youth empowerment. Capability perspectives going beyond the notion of subjective and economic wellbeing, emphasizing that education should provide freedom of making choices in life caring for both people and nature. Nature-based perspectives strengthening health-equity through cultivating appreciation of the natural world and an understanding of human-nature interdependence. As pointed out in previous research exploring transformative expectations in sustainability education (Carlsson 2021), perspectives highlighting transformative forms of agency where more in focus in studies in settings where schools where collaborating with local communities than in formal education settings in schools. Whole school approaches aiming at creating opportunities for cooperative learning and engagement in addressing environmental challenges affecting health provided one example of this.

References
Andreotti, V. et al. (2018). Mobilising Different Conversations about Global Justice in Education: Toward Alternative Futures in Uncertain Times, Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, Vol. 26, 9-41.
Carlsson, M. (2023). The Twinning of Bildung and Competence in Environmental and Sustainability Education: Nordic Perspectives. In: Trifonas, P.P., Jagger, S. (eds) Handbook of Curriculum Theory and Research. Springer.
Carlsson, M. (2021). Transformative expectations in environmental and sustainability education research. Outlines, 22(1), 230-264.
Carlsson, M. & Torres, I. (2022). Exploring the idea of school meals as an element of educating for viable futures. In D. Ruge, I. Torres, & D. Powell (eds.). School Food, Equity and Social Justice: Critical Reflections and Perspectives, 215-228. Routledge.
Critical Appraisal Skills Programme. https://casp-uk.net/casp-tools-checklists/ (accessed on 13.01.2023)
Damianidou, E. & Georgiadou, A. (2022). Keeping students close or afar? Whom, how and what for, Teachers and Teaching. DOI: 10.1080/13540602.2022.2062728
Darlington, E., Fields, J., Greey, A. and Leahy, D. (2022). Guest editorial: Health education's response to the COVID-19 pandemic: Global challenges and future directions, Health Education, Vol. 122(1), 1-4.  
Dean, SN. and Elliot, S. (2022). Urgency, Equity and Agency: An Assembly of Global Concerns and Interests in Early Childhood Education for Sustainability, International Journal of Early Childhood Environmental Education, 9(2).
Franzolin, F.; Carvalho, G.S.; Santana, C.M.B.; Calegari, A.d.S.; Almeida, E.A.E.d.; Soares, J.P.R.; Jorge, J.; Neves, F.D.d.; Lemos, E.R.S. (2022). Students’ Interests in Biodiversity:Links with Health and Sustainability. Sustainability, 13, 13767.
Gallay, E.; Pykett, A.; Flanagan, C. (2021). “We Make Our Community”. Youth Forging Environmental Identities in Urban Landscapes. Sustainability, 13, 7736.
Hill. C.; Rosehart, P.; St. Helene, J.; Sadhra, S. (2020). What Kind of Educator Does the World Need Today? Reimagining Teacher Education in Post-Pandemic Canada. Journal of Education for Teaching: International Research and Pedagogy, 46(4), 565-575.
Lorimer, K., Knight, R. & Shoveller, J. (2022) Improving the health and social wellbeing of young people: exploring the potential of and for collective agency, Critical Public Health, 32:2, 145-152.
Lotz-Sisitka, H. (2009). Climate injustice. How should education respond? Kagawa, F. Selby, D. (eds.) Education and Climate Change. Living and Learning in Interesting Times.
Malqvist M, Powell N. (2022). Health, sustainability and transformation: a new narrative for global health. BMJ Global Health 2022;7:e010969, 1-3.
Page, M.J. et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ 2021, 372, n71.
Torres, I. & Faucher, C. (2022). We underestimate the impact of climate change on education. Latinoamerica21. https://latinoamerica21.com/en/we-underestimate-the-impact-of-climate-change-on-education/
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm08 SES 03 B: Trends and challenges in relation to youth wellbeing
Location: Joseph Black Building, A504 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ros McLellan
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

What Burns Up Finnish Upper Secondary Students? Relations between Student Burnout and Increased Expectations for Success

Sirkku Kupiainen, Risto Hotulainen, Irene Rämä, Laura Heiskala

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Kupiainen, Sirkku

Student burnout has been one of the most pertinent foci of discussion around Finnish adolescent’s’ wellbeing since the turn of the millennium (e.g., Salmela-Aro et al., 2009). Even if the onset of the growing unwell-being coincides with young people’s increasing dependence on social media and concern for various global problems, the nametag set on the phenomenon has been school burnout. The term has been further accentuated since a 2018 reform of higher education student admission, which shifted the emphasis from an earlier entrance examination-based policy to admitting half of new students based on their results in the national end-of-upper-secondary-school matriculation examination. The reform is seen to increase students’ stress both during their studies and in the matriculation examination (see Kupiainen et al., 2016).

The current study is part of a wider research project on the impact of the 2018 reform on upper secondary schools and on students’ study choices and wellbeing. In the present paper, we explore the validity of the emphasis on the school as the basis of student burnout (see also Kosola, 2022). For that, we enriched the instrument measuring burnout with outside-of-school topics such as climate change and the current geo-political situation expected to darken young people’s views on the world around them.

Burnout was first diagnosed in care and other human service occupations, and primarily attributed to the emotional exhaustion caused by the work (Maslach et al., 2001). Originally an ill-defined empirical concept, burnout was soon found to comprise three core dimensions: exhaustion, cynicism and reduced efficacy. The construct was soon adopted also for upper secondary and tertiary level students. While adult burnout was seen to be fueled by the rapidly changing and increasing demands of working life, students’ increasing ill-being needed a differing base for explanation. After all, unlike employees threatened by burnout under demands coming from above, students are living through a period where the focus is on the process of building their own lives. By emphasizing this difference, we do not wish to imply that the expectations set on young people in today’s world – or even school – might not feel overpowering for many. However, not all researchers in the field are disposed to use the term burnout to describe the stress and psychosomatic symptoms ailing today’s youth (e.g., Moksnes et al., 2010; Schraml et al., 2011). Regardless the terminology used, researchers in the Nordic welfare states are especially active in the field. This can be found surprising in view of the Nordic comprehensive education systems’ emphasis on equality and wellbeing with a stress on supporting everyone’s learning.

Contrary to most other countries, the best school-related trend data in Finland does not regard learning outcomes but student health and wellbeing (THL; Vainikainen et al., 2017). Since the 2018 reform of higher education student admission, upper secondary students’ wellbeing and burnout have been an especially acute topic of discussion. By increasing the role of the matriculation examination in student admission, the reform is seen to increase students’ stress regarding both their course choices during upper secondary education and, subsequently, their choices for the subject-specific exams they will include in their matriculation examination.

In this paper, we will investigate students and teachers’ views on possible reasons for the much discussed student burnout (a ready-provided list covering school and out-of-school related factors and general issues). Secondly, we will relate students’ views to their course choices and attainment, and to the choice of exams they plan to include in their matriculation examination. Thirdly, we will look at student burnout through an adapted 9-item School Burnout Inventory covering the three dimension of exhaustion, cynicism and experienced inadequacy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data is from an ongoing (2022–2023) study on the impact of the 2018 student admission reform on upper secondary schools and students. The data comprise questionnaires for students, teachers, principals and guidance counsellors, register data on the sampled (N = 8,000) students‘ study choices and attainment, and additional focus-group interviews of students and teachers in five upper secondary schools. In the present paper, we will focus on the students’ and teachers’ views on student wellbeing and burnout in their survey responses (quantitative and open response) and the interviews. The survey presented all four respondent groups with the same set of statements regarding possible reasons for student burnout. In addition, students were presented with a 9-item SBI.

Reflecting the cross-sectional survey data, the results will be mainly presented at the descriptive level, using ANOVA for analyses between groups (e.g., gender, students vs. teachers, low vs. high achievers) comparisons. The interview data will be used at this point to just provide ‘real-life’ examples of how the students and teachers see and talk about student burnout (results of the comparison of students’ and teachers’ views were used as a basis for the focus-group discussions).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary data (4,000 students, 120 teachers) support the view that school-related reasons are seen central for student burnout: stress caused by the matriculation examination, the demands of upper secondary studies, and stress caused by university admission (mean 5.50/5.29, 5.74/5.31 and 5.14/5.80, respectively, for students and teachers on a 1–7 Likert scale). The groups also agreed on the role of lack of sleep (5.26/5.98) with teachers stressing this more. Teachers and students’ views differed most regarding students’ inability to free themselves from continuous social media use and digital gaming (6.06/4.13 and 5.66/3.43). Somewhat surprisingly, teachers saw climate change as a much stronger reason for student burnout than students did (4.80/3.58). The current upper secondary student data conformed only weakly to the predicted structure of the SBI, used in Finland earlier in tertiary education (Salmela-Aro, 2009). Reasons for this will be further explored in the presentation with full data. There was, however, a statistically significant gender difference in all dimensions with girls showing higher levels of exhaustion, cynicism and experienced inadequacy than boys (mean 4.64/3.58, 3.65/3.29 and 4.51/3.64, respectively, p<.001, ƞ2=.115, .011 and .073).
References
Kupiainen, S., Marjanen, J., & Hautamäki, J. (2016). The problem posed by exam choice on the comparability of results in the Finnish matriculation examination Journal for Educational Research Online, 8(2), 87.
 Maslach, C., Schaufeli, W.B., & Leiter, M.P. (2001). Job burnout. Annual Review of Psychology, 52(1), 397-422.
 Moksnes, U.K., Moljord, I.E., Espnes, G.A., & Byrne, D.G. (2010). The association between stress and emotional states in adolescents: The role of gender and self-esteem. Personality and Individual Differences, 49(5), 430-435.
 Salmela-Aro, K. (2009). Opiskelu-uupumusmittari SBI-9 yliopisto- ja ammattikorkeakouluopiskelijoille. Ylioppilaiden terveydenhoitosäätiö.
 Salmela-Aro, K., Kiuru, N., Leskinen, E., & Nurmi, J. E. (2009). School burnout inventory (SBI): reliability and validity. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 25(1), 48.
 Schraml, K., Perski, A., Grossi, G., & Simonsson-Sarnecki, M. (2011). Stress symptoms among adolescents: The role of subjective psychosocial conditions, lifestyle, and self-esteem. Journal of Adolescence, 34(5), 987-996.
 THL (no date). School Health Promotion Study. Finnish institute for health and welfare. https://thl.fi/en/web/thlfi-en/research-and-development/research-and-projects/school-health-promotion-study
 Vainikainen, M.-P., Thuneberg, H., Marjanen, J., Hautamäki, J., Kupiainen, S., & Hotulainen, R. (2017). How do Finns know? Educational monitoring without inspection and standard setting. In Standard Setting in Education (pp. 243-259). Springer, Cham.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Chronotype, Sleep and Digital Media Use in Adolescence

Laura Kortesoja1, Ilona Merikanto2

1Centre for Educational Assessment CEA, Faculty of Educational Sciences, University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Department of Psychology and Logopedics and SleepWell Research Program, Faculty of Medicine, University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Kortesoja, Laura

Adolescent sleep has declined significantly over the past 20 years (Keyes, Maslowsky, Hamilton & Schulenberg 2015). Inadequate and poor-quality sleep appears to be associated with both reduced motivation (Zhao et al. 2019) and impaired cognitive abilities that are important for learning and academic performance (Hysing, Harvey, Linton, Askeland & Sivertsen 2016; Kuula et al. 2015).

Developmental hormonal changes shift the sleep-wake cycle towards eveningness during adolescence. Morningness starts to decline around 12 years of age, continuing until late adolescence and early adulthood (Roenneberg et al. 2007). Many adolescents have difficulty falling asleep at the desired time on school nights. A Finnish population-based study showed that the later adolescents went to bed, the lower their sleep quality and the greater their daytime sleepiness was. This in turn was reflected in lower school performance and motivation (Merikanto et al. 2013). The effects of sleep deprivation and poor sleep quality extend to all areas of life, including learning, motivation, and well-being. Moreover, inadequate and poor-quality sleep increases daytime sleepiness, which can be reflected in lower school performance and motivation.

The use of various screens in the evening is unfortunately common among young people, delaying their bedtime (Bartel, Gradisar & Williamson 2015). Digital media use affects young people through a variety of mechanisms, such as exposure to blue light (Crowley, Cain, Burns, Acebo & Carskadon 2015) and emotions which increase alertness (Scott & Woods 2019). Although circadian rhythms operate independently of environmental factors, artificial light can modify individual sleep-wake rhythms (Gooley 2008; Roenneberg, Daan & Merrow 2003). Daytime exposure to light is preferable, as exposure to light during the evening or night inhibits melatonin release in the evening, making it more difficult to fall asleep. Exposure to blue light before bedtime may also affect sleep architecture, for example by shortening REM (rapid eye movement) sleep (Higuchi et al. 2005), which is crucial for the development of the young brain and also affects the ability to learn new things (Li et al. 2017).

The use of digital media devices both during the day and at night has been associated with insufficient sleep in previous studies. It is therefore important to investigate how young people's circadian rhythms and sleep are associated with the use of digital devices and apps. This study targeted to investigate how sleep and circadian rhythms are related to digital technology use at school and during leisure time. Q1: How do sleep and fatigue during the school week differ across chronotypes? Q2: How is the amount of use of digital devices or apps during schooldays and leisure time associated with sleep and fatigue in adolescents?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data consisted of population-based longitudinal data from three measurement points (gathered in 2021-2022) and an experience-based sample from a Finnish school during one school week. The DigiVOO longitudinal study followed adolescents in grades 7-9 (n = 6522). The number of respondents in the experience sample was n = 140. The one-week data collection for the experience sample was carried out in February 2022. Adolescents received mobile questionnaires after each lesson to assess their motivation and well-being.

Circadian rhythms were assessed with a single question from the Morningness-Eveningness Questionnaire (Horne & Östberg 1976): “There are so-called morning-types and evening-types, which group do you belong to?”. A minority of respondents in the experience survey consider themselves to be definitely morning-types or more morning than evening-type compared to the other chronotypes. Day types were reported by around 20% of both the experience sample and the follow-up data. The amount of evening types was pronounced in both data sets. Almost half of the young people in the experience sample and just over a third of the young people in the follow-up data reported being more evening than morning types. Around one-fifth of the adolescents in the experience sample and just over a quarter of the young people in the follow-up sample considered themselves to be definitely evening-type.
Respondents of the experience sample (n = 140) reported their bedtimes and wake-up times for one school week. These were used to calculate the average length of sleep over the follow-up week. Fatigue in school mornings and days was measured by the question "Are you tired in school mornings/school days?" Sleep quality was measured by the question "How did you sleep last night?" School-related stress was measured by the question "Is your sleep interrupted because of school issues?". The use of digital media was measured by asking at the end of each lesson for a total of one school week whether and how many digital apps or devices were used in the lesson. Adolescents were also asked how many hours in total they spend per day playing games, watching videos, series, or movies, searching for information or following news online, connecting with friends, using social media, and creating content on social media.

As the group sizes were relatively small, differences in bedtimes and sleep duration between different chronotypes were examined using the Kruskall-Wallis H-test. Differences between chronotypes in sleep quality, fatigue, and school stress were examined using the chi-squared test.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The most important finding from the follow-up data on leisure time use of digital devices and apps was that adolescents who reported themselves as definitely evening types were at higher risk than other chronotypes for more extensive use of digital devices and apps in leisure time, especially for watching videos, series or movies, using social media and actively communicating on apps. In this study, evening-types spent most of their time on digital media use in the form of watching videos, series or movies, social media, or active communication in apps. The finding supports previous research findings. As evening types may be chronically out of sync with their circadian rhythm, they may be at higher risk for the effects of late-night digital media use, especially in terms of sleep quality. Adolescents have been reported to be particularly vulnerable to the negative effects of screen time on a good night's sleep (Quante et al. 2019). This study also confirms previous findings that sleep problems are common among evening youth (Merikanto et al. 2017; Roeser et al. 2012).

It is important to raise awareness of the importance of different circadian rhythms and sleep for young people's well-being and learning. The shift in circadian rhythms towards eveningness is most pronounced in adolescence. Most young people are naturally evening-types, which makes it particularly difficult to fall asleep at the desired time to get enough sleep before the school day begins. For this reason, evening media use is concentrated in this group.


References
Bartel, K. A., Gradisar, M., & Williamson, P. (2015). Protective and risk factors for adolescent sleep: A meta-analytic review. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 21, 72–85. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2014.08.002

Crowley, S. J., Cain, S. W., Burns, A. C., Acebo, C., & Carskadon, M. A. (2015). Increased Sensitivity of the Circadian System to Light in Early/Mid-Puberty. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 100(11), 4067–4073. https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2015-2775

Gooley, J. J. (2008). Treatment of circadian rhythm sleep disorders with light. Ann Acad Med Singapore, 37(8), 669-676.

Hysing, M., Harvey, A. G., Linton, S. J., Askeland, K. G., & Sivertsen, B. (2016). Sleep and academic performance in later adolescence: Results from a large population-based study. Journal of Sleep Research, 25(3), 318–324. https://doi.org/10.1111/jsr.12373

Keyes, K. M., Maslowsky, J., Hamilton, A., & Schulenberg, J. (2015). The Great Sleep Recession: Changes in Sleep Duration Among US Adolescents, 1991-2012. PEDIATRICS, 135(3), 460–468. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2014-2707

Kuula, L., Pesonen, A.-K., Martikainen, S., Kajantie, E., Lahti, J., Strandberg, T., Tuovinen, S., Heinonen, K., Pyhälä, R., Lahti, M., & Räikkönen, K. (2015). Poor sleep and neurocognitive function in early adolescence. Sleep Medicine, 16(10), 1207–1212. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sleep.2015.06.017

Merikanto, I., Lahti, T., Puusniekka, R., & Partonen, T. (2013). Late bedtimes weaken school performance and predispose adolescents to health hazards. Sleep Medicine, 14(11), 1105–1111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sleep.2013.06.009

Roenneberg, T., Daan, S., & Merrow, M. (2003). The art of entrainment. Journal of biological rhythms, 18(3), 183-194.

Roenneberg, T., Kuehnle, T., Juda, M., Kantermann, T., Allebrandt, K., Gordijn, M., & Merrow, M. (2007). Epidemiology of the human circadian clock. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 11(6), 429–438. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2007.07.005

Scott, H., & Woods, H. C. (2019). Understanding Links Between Social Media Use, Sleep and Mental Health: Recent Progress and Current Challenges. Current Sleep Medicine Reports, 5(3), 141–149. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40675-019-00148-9

Zhao, K., Zhang, J., Wu, Z., Shen, X., Tong, S., & Li, S. (2019). The relationship between insomnia symptoms and school performance among 4966 adolescents in Shanghai, China. Sleep Health, 5(3), 273–279. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sleh.2018.12.008


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

‘Kids These Days!’ A Cross-Temporal Meta-Analysis of Changes in Emotional and Behavioral Problems Among Population-Based Samples of European Children

Boglarka Vekety1, Tamás Kói2,6, Alexander Logemann3, John Protzko4, Zsofia K. Takacs5

1Institute of Education, Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 2Translational Medicine Institute, Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary; 3Institute of Psychology, Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 4Department of Psychological Science, Central Connecticut State University, Connecticut, United States of America; 5School of Health in Social Science, University of Edinburgh, Scotland, United Kingdom; 6Department of Stohastics, Institute of Mathematics, Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Budapest, Hungary

Presenting Author: Vekety, Boglarka

It is a common belief that new generations of children are in decline (Protzko & Schooler, 2019). However, contrary to the belief that new generations decline, children’s ability to delay gratification, measured by the famous ‘Marshmallow Test’, for example, has actually improved from the 1960s to the 2010s (Protzko, 2020). This means that (at least when it comes to food) young children today can resist rewards for a longer time than they did 50 years ago. This might be mainly due to an improvement in the living standards of families, an increase in parental educational level, the number of years children spend in education, and improvements in nutrition and healthcare services (Protzko, 2020). This increase in delay of gratification ability is similar to the ’Flynn effect’ which refers to the sustained increase in intelligence and cognitive domains worldwide during the 20th century (Pietschnig & Gittler, 2015). However, since the 2000s, stagnation or even reversal in intelligence (Dutton et al., 2016), attention, and working memory (Graves et al., 2021; Wongupparaj et al., 2017) have been observed in many countries worldwide, named as the ’negative Flynn effect’.

Along with the ’negative Flynn effect’, there have been other problematic trends reported among young adults, for example, self-reported loneliness has been increasing (Buecker et al., 2021), and emotional intelligence-related traits like well-being, self-control, and emotionality have been decreasing (Khan et al., 2021), with a similar negative trend in resilience (Zhao et al., 2022). These changes over the last decades have been proposed to be caused by complex twofold changes on the level of individuals and their environment (Buecker et al., 2021; Graves et al., 2021; Khan et al., 2021; Zhao et al., 2022). According to the mutual constitution model (Markus & Kitayama, 2010), the socio-cultural environment of different time periods is likely to shape the individual with its problems and vice-versa.

Importantly, these negative trends affecting the mental health of youth can be reversed with targeted interventions or prevention programs in education and/or healthcare. Yet, there is a lack of comprehensive research about time trend changes in childhood and adolescence regarding emotional and behavioral problems. Consequently, the aim of the present meta-analysis was to explore cross-temporal changes in the emotional and behavioral functioning of European children and adolescents and reveal if there are any specific problems that are on the rise and require immediate attention.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Studies that used the famous cross-culturally validated Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL) by Achenbach and Edelbrock (1983), or Achenbach’s Teacher-Reported Form (TRF), or the Youth Self-Reported (YSR) version of the checklist with population-based representative samples of 1-18 years old children were systematically searched in four databases (i.e., Web of Science, Scopus, Google Scholar, PubMed). For inclusion in this cross-temporal meta-analysis, studies had to report the raw means and standard deviations of the CBCL, TRF, or YSR. As the checklist has changed it’s possible maximum points in 2001, the percentage of possible maximum points (POMP) were calculated from the raw means and standard deviation (Buecker et al., 2021).
The inclusion criteria were set for only European population-based samples of youth for this analysis. The systematic search and selection procedure was performed by the main author and trained research assistants. There were more than 4000 studies screened by their title and abstract, and after the full-text selection only 58 remained for this analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For the identification of any non-linear changes due to children’s age, three age groups were set: early childhood (1-6 years), middle childhood (7-14 years), and teens (14-18 years). Mixed-gender meta-regressions showed a significant increase in somatic complaints, such as headache or stomachache without a medical cause, in early childhood (k = 5, b year = 0.385, p = .03) and middle childhood (k = 5, b year = 0.216, p = .05) over the last decades according to parents opinion, and a marginally significant increase in adolescence as well (k = 6, b year = 0.209, p = .06). Parents also reported a large increase in 1-6 years old children’s externalizing problems, more specifically aggression and attention problems, over the last 20 years (k = 10, b year = 0.626, p = .04). Among 7-14 years old children the same externalizing problem subscale, but for this age group it involves aggression and deviant behavior, showed a significant decrease (k = 22, b year = -0.375, p = .05) as reported by parents. The meta-regression analysis of teenage samples showed a significant increase in anxious-depressed problems over the last decades according to parent reports (k = 7, b year = 0.310, p = .02), but a decrease in aggression according to youth’s self-report (k = 7, b year = -0.601, p = .03).
When girls and boys were analyzed separately, mete-regression revealed an increase in 7-14 years old European boys’ attention problems (k = 10, b year = 1.087, p = .01), and a somewhat smaller increase in European girl’s attention problems (k = 10, b year = 0.884, p = .02). Gender-specific differences were found in the change of social problems in middle childhood: girls showed a significant increase in social problems over time (k = 9, b year = 0.620, p = .05), while the increase in such problems among boys was non-significant (k = 9, b year = 0.498, p = .09).

References
1.Achenbach, T. M., & Edelbrock, C. S. (1983). Manual for the child behavior checklist and revised child behavior profile. Department of Psychiatry, University of Vermont.
2. Protzko, J. & Schooler, J. W. Kids these days: Why the youth of today seem lacking. Sci. Adv. 5, eaav5916 (2019).
3.Protzko, J. Kids These Days! Increasing delay of gratification ability over the past 50 years in children. Intelligence 80, 101451 (2020).
4.Pietschnig, J. & Gittler, G. A reversal of the Flynn effect for spatial perception in German-speaking countries: Evidence from a cross-temporal IRT-based meta-analysis (1977–2014). Intelligence 53, 145–153 (2015).
5.Dutton, E., van der Linden, D. & Lynn, R. The negative Flynn Effect: A systematic literature review. Intelligence 59, 163–169 (2016).
6.Graves, L. V. et al. Cohort differences on the CVLT-II and CVLT3: Evidence of a negative Flynn effect on the attention/working memory and learning trials. Clin. Neuropsychol. 35, 615–632 (2021).
7.Wongupparaj, P., Wongupparaj, R., Kumari, V. & Morris, R. G. The Flynn effect for verbal and visuospatial short-term and working memory: A cross-temporal meta-analysis. Intelligence 64, 71–80 (2017).
8.Buecker, S., Mund, M., Chwastek, S., Sostmann, M. & Luhmann, M. Is loneliness in emerging adults increasing over time? A preregistered cross-temporal meta-analysis and systematic review. Psychol. Bull. 147, 787 (2021).
9.Khan, M., Minbashian, A. & MacCann, C. College students in the western world are becoming less emotionally intelligent: A cross-temporal meta-analysis of trait emotional intelligence. J. Pers. 89, 1176–1190 (2021).
10.Zhao, Z., Wan, R. & Ma, J. Social change and birth cohorts decreased resilience among college students in China: A cross-temporal meta-analysis, 2007–2020. Personal. Individ. Differ. 196, 111716 (2022).
11.Markus, H. R. & Kitayama, S. Cultures and selves: A cycle of mutual constitution. Perspect. Psychol. Sci. 5, 420–430 (2010).


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Popularity and the Propensity for Prosociality: The effect of Social Status on Social Behaviour

Yael Malin

The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Presenting Author: Malin, Yael

How to increase rates of school prosocial behavior is an abiding concern to society and is of considerable interest to educational scholars and stakeholders. In the last decades, research on prosociality in schools focuses on social interactions among children, from the very early stages of development onward. It was found that factors such as peer relations, group affiliation, and social status, may prevent or activate prosocial behavior (Sabato & Kogut, 2021)– with significant implications for school climate, academic success and personal well-being (Schonert-Reichl, 2017). One of the salient findings in this field of research is that higher-status children are perceived by their friends and teachers to be more helpful, cooperative, and kind (van den Berg et al., 2015), and tend to a sharing behavior more than lower-status children (Sabato & Kogut, 2021). However, this link is not straightforward (Warden & MacKinnon, 2003) and contextual variables that determine when social status encourages or hinders prosociality should be examined.

It has been suggested that the effect of social status on prosociality may be dependent on the characteristics of the beneficiary and that children are more prosaically toward their in-group members, known as in-group favoritism (e.g., Sabato & Kogut, 2021). This effect may be even more substantial when the beneficiary is from a stereotyped group (Zimmerman & Levy, 2000). Nevertheless, several contextual factors may attenuate in-group preference. For example, in-group favoritism was found to be significant only among children in the higher social status group (Newheiser et al., 2014; Sabato & Kogut, 2021). In addition, introducing specific out-group stereotypes, increased the incidents of children helping a needy out-group member more than an in-group member, although the children held a negative conception of the out-group member (Sierksma, 2022). These findings, altogether, indicate that social status and the beneficiary’s characteristics have an interaction effect on prosocial behavior.

The current study aims to understand the effect of social status on social orientation toward in-group versus out-group members, and toward stereotyped versus neutral individuals, among children between the ages of ten to eleven, since social status becomes relatively stable from the fourth grade onward (Poulin & Chan, 2010). Although previous studies pointed to the relationship between social status and prosociality, along with the effect of such situational factors, most of them are based on evaluations by peers and teachers of the children’s general tendencies of prosociality or self-report, rather than measure overt behavior. In order to examine overt behavior, we use the Social Mindfulness paradigm (SoMi; Van Doesum et al., 2013) which provides individuals with a choice between a mindful/ cooperative decision and a self-centered decision.

Several studies applied this task among adults and showed that the socially mindful person is also scored high in the HEXACO personality inventory which measures factors related to respect for others and their perspective on the world, and other-oriented intention (i.e., honesty-humility, agreeableness, fairness, sentimentality, forgiveness, flexibility). This finding supports the idea that social mindfulness is rooted in benevolent prosocial motivations (Van Doesum et al., 2013). Only one study, to date, used this task among children and examined judgments of a third party’s behavior in hypothetical scenarios (see Zhao et al., 2021). This study indicated that, by age 6, children understand the task and its meaning, and positively evaluate a character who takes a snack for herself in a way that leaves a choice for others over a character who leaves no choice. The present study will be the first to utilize the SoMi task and examine self-oriented versus other-oriented decision-making among children while considering their social status in the class.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A power analysis using G-Power (α=.05, power = 0.95) indicated that a sample of 236 participants would allow to detect a small-to-medium effect size (f2=.10). We recruited 300 fourth and fifth-grade children attending schools in Israel. The experiment includes two stages held several weeks apart, to prevent common method bias (Podsakoff et al., 2012).

First stage - Social Status Measuring
This stage takes part in a classroom setting. The experimenter writes all children’s names with serial numbers on the board. Through a questionnaire, participants indicate regarding each other child whether or not they typically play with him during school breaks, meet him after school, and tell him personal things. Each child is ranked according to the number of reported interactions with him. This measure was used and validated in previous research (see Sabato & Kogut, 2021).

Stage Two - The SoMi Task
This stage is conducted in individual settings, where trained experimenters interview each child privately. Participants are randomly assigned to one of four conditions, manipulating the beneficiary’s group affiliation (in-group—a child from their class/out-group—a child from another equivalent grade class); and stereotype (stereotyped—a child immigrant /non-stereotyped—no information provided). The experimenter introduces the SoMi as a decision task in a dyadic interaction with another child and gives them details regarding this child according to their condition, as priming to the task. Then, she explains that they choose first from several categories (e.g., cupcakes, hats, pens) one of three objects that they would get to take home, while the other child chooses from the two remaining objects. Six categories randomly appear on a computer screen; per each, two objects are entirely identical, and the third is unique in its color (colors appear randomly). Choosing the object of which there are two, and providing the other child with two options, would be scored as mindful (1). Choosing the unique option would be scored as unmindful (0). The final score is an average of all rounds, scaling between 0 (only unmindful choices) and 1 (only mindful choices).
*Editing addition - a pilot study has led us to a methodological issue with the SoMi task, therefore we made adjustments in our study and adopted the Public Goods Game that measures sharing within the group. We measure through the game whether children prefer to keep prices for themselves or share with their class to optimize their class’s benefits.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The present study aims at deepening our understanding of the association between social status and prosocial behavior among children, by proposing the intergroup and stereotype contexts as possible factors in attenuating this association. Through the SoMi task, we examine other-oriented versus self-oriented decision-making, while participants are entirely autonomous to choose for themselves.

This study is ongoing, therefore, the final data, including participants’ distribution is unavailable. Our main hypothesis is that higher social status children will tend to other-oriented decision-making, while lower social status children will tend to self-oriented decision-making. Our secondary hypothesis, in line with previous research (Sabato & Kogut, 2021) on sharing behavior, is that higher social-status children will have higher levels of in-group favoritism, relative to lower social-status children. However, the information regarding the stereotype may increase other-oriented decisions toward out-group members among both, the lower and higher social-status children.

Since people may help due to non-altruistic motives such as conforming to social norms and reducing one’s own negative arousal, known as empathic distress (Gugenishvili & Colliander, 2022), we also examine the question of the underlying motivation through subsequent questions in an interview setting after the SoMi task. Lower social-status children are expected to be motivated by self-focused considerations (e.g., fear of being excluded, identification with a child who is also in a lower social status), while higher social-status children are expected to be motivated by other-focused considerations (e.g., mutuality, empathy) (Sabato & Kogut, 2021).

Future research might use an experimental design that manipulates children’s social status situationally. This can be done through cyberbullying or imaginary tasks (see Nesdale et al., 2009) and examination of social orientation toward different beneficiaries (in-group vs. out-group, and stereotyped vs. neutral). Such manipulation would allow for more causal conclusions regarding the effect of the experience of social exclusion on social orientation.


References
Gugenishvili, I., & Colliander, J. (2022). I will only help if others tell me to do so! The simultaneous influence of injunctive and descriptive norms on donations. Voluntary Sector Review, 1(aop), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1332/204080521X16442337687557

Nesdale, D., Milliner, E., Duffy, A., & Griffiths, J. A. (2009). Group membership, group norms, empathy, and young children’s intentions to aggress. Aggressive Behavior, 35(3), 244–258. https://doi.org/10.1002/ab.20303

Newheiser, A.-K., Dunham, Y., Merrill, A., Hoosain, L., & Olson, K. R. (2014). Preference for high status predicts implicit outgroup bias among children from low-status groups. Developmental Psychology, 50(4), 1081–1090. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0035054

Podsakoff, P. M., MacKenzie, S. B., & Podsakoff, N. P. (2012). Sources of Method Bias in Social Science Research and Recommendations on How to Control It. Annual Review of Psychology, 63(1), 539–569. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-120710-100452

Poulin, F., & Chan, A. (2010). Friendship stability and change in childhood and adolescence. Developmental Review, 30(3), 257–272. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2009.01.001

Sabato, H., & Kogut, T. (2021). Sharing and belonging: Children’s social status and their sharing behavior with in-group and out-group members. Developmental Psychology, 57(12), 2082–2092. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0001260

Schonert-Reichl, K. A. (2017). Social and Emotional Learning and Teachers. The Future of Children, 27(1), 137–155.

Sierksma, J. (2022). Children’s intergroup prosocial behavior: The role of group stereotype. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/nsvfp

van den Berg, Y. H. M., Lansu, T. A. M., & Cillessen, A. H. N. (2015). Measuring Social Status and Social Behavior with Peer and Teacher Nomination Methods. Social Development, 24(4), 815–832. https://doi.org/10.1111/sode.12120

Van Doesum, N. J., Van Lange, D. A. W., & Van Lange, P. A. M. (20130506). Social mindfulness: Skill and will to navigate the social world. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 105(1), 86. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0032540

Warden, D., & MacKinnon, S. (2003). Prosocial children, bullies and victims: An investigation of their sociometric status, empathy and social problem-solving strategies. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 21(3), 367–385. https://doi.org/10.1348/026151003322277757

Wilks, M., & Nielsen, M. (2018). Children disassociate from antisocial in-group members. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 165, 37–50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2017.06.003

Zhao, X., Zhao, X., Gweon, H., & Kushnir, T. (2021). Leaving a Choice for Others: Children’s Evaluations of Considerate, Socially-Mindful Actions. Child Development, 92(4), 1238–1253. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13480

Zimmerman, B. J., & Levy, G. D. (2000). Social cognitive predictors of prosocial behavior toward same and alternate race children among white pre-schoolers. Current Psychology, 19(3), 175–193. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-000-1014-8
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm09 SES 03 A: Linking Education to Long-Term Outcomes
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Alli Klapp
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

General Matura Score as a Predictor of Personal Yearly Income more than 15 years later in Slovenia?

Gasper Cankar, Darko Zupanc

National Examinations Centre, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Cankar, Gasper; Zupanc, Darko

Every year, approximately 35% of Slovenian high school graduates who complete academically the most demanding upper secondary education take the General Matura (GM) examinations in Slovenia. The GM is comprised of five subject exams: Slovene language, Mathematics, First foreign language, and two subjects chosen by the student from a selection of over 30 subjects. The GM score in Slovenia is calculated as the sum of grades received in the five subject exams. The score can range from 10 (2+2+2+2+2), the lowest passing grade, to 34 (8+8+8+5+5), the highest possible score. Success on the GM is considered equivalent to completing upper secondary education, and in cases where university study programs have a limited number of applicants, GM scores are used as a selection criteria in the admissions process.

The use of GM scores for university admissions has been studied multiple times (Bucik, 2001; Cankar, 2000; Sočan, Krebl, Špeh & Kutin, 2016) with findings similar to research on external examinations in other countries (Kuncel, Hezlett, & Ones; 2001). However, there is a lack of research on the associations between GM scores (achieved at the age of 19) and various measures of personal success later in life and professional careers at ages 33-40 in national and international literature. In public discussions, you can often hear assertions that students’ school achievements and results on external exams have no relevance for later success on a labour market, income in their professional career, or other measures of success. Despite being a high-stakes examination, GM has not been systematically examined to determine its role and long-term value in the Slovenian educational system.

Our research aims to explore the predictive value of GM scores on socio-economic status (SES) and specifically on yearly income later in life for several cohorts of students. Our null hypothesis is that GM scores do not predict SES or yearly income of students in their professional careers.

While it is commonly assumed that success on the GM examinations at the end of upper secondary education is associated with success at university and to some extent later in professional careers, such claims are difficult to verify scientifically due to a lack of representative and valid data. This research aims to provide a deeper understanding of the associations between GM scores, socio-economic measures and personal success in professional careers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We will utilize databases of National Examinations centre that will include whole cohorts of students taking General Matura between years 1995 and 2001, linking them to databases of Slovenian Statistical Office on yearly personal income for 2016 as reported in national tax database. We will also use other databases from National Statistical Office to create socio-economic status (SES) measure for each individual using also data on completed level of education, value of real estates owned and status of occupation.

As highest GM scores (30-34) are relatively rare, we will join cohorts together for the analysis. This will also increase statistical power. If we assume that GM graduates typically needed about five more years of university studies after GM before they entered labour market, then in the year 2016 they mostly had 10-16 years of professional career behind them. This should enable us to see some long-term effects on their income in the data.

We will explore regression models predicting yearly income or SES of graduates and use R as statistical environment for most analyses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
General Matura examinations test students in many different ways and they include written and oral/internal parts, include multiple choice and open ended items, even essays and are both in form and content well aligned with curriculum. Students, who excel and achieve highest scores, most likely possess the combination of knowledge, skills, attitudes and perseverance that will enable them success in later stages of their life – at university or in the labour market.

Previous studies (Bucik, 2001; Cankar, 2000; Sočan, Krebl, Špeh & Kutin, 2016) suggest that the success at General Matura is associated with success at university. We therefore expect that it is also associated with income or SES as some of possible measures of that success later in person’s career.

Although the association should be there, expected predictive validity for selected measures of success of an individual will probably be low since individual aspirations, interests, career choices, motivation and many other factors not included in our model contribute and shape person’s career.
 
The size of associations or the lack of them will also provide insight for discussions about importance of school and school outcomes for life.  Regardless of someone’s position on engaging and often hot-tempered public discussion about meaning of GM scores or school outcomes in general this research will provide some new facts that can complement opinions and anecdotal arguments mostly present today.

With these findings in sight, the General Matura should not be seen as a goal in itself but as an indicator of person’s academic qualities that imply a success later in life.

References
Bucik, V. (2001). Napovedna veljavnost slovenske mature[Predictive validity of Slovenian Matura]. Psihološka obzorja, 10(3), 75-87.
Cankar, G. (2000). Napovedna veljavnost mature za študij psihologije [Predictive validity of Matura for Psychology Study course]. Psihološka obzorja, 9(1), 59.-68.
Kuncel, N. R., Hezlett, S. A., & Ones, D. S. (2001). A comprehensive meta-analysis of the predictive validity of the Graduate Record Examinations: Implications for graduate student selection and performance. Psychological Bulletin, 127(1), 162–81. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.127.1.162
Sočan, G., Krebl, M., Špeh, A. & Kutin, A. (2016). Predictive validity of the Slovene Matura exam for academic achievement in humanities and social sciences. Horizons of Psychology, 25, 84-93.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Long-Term Effect of Academic Resilience on Salary Development, an Autoregressive Mediation Model

Cecilia Thorsen1, Kajsa Yang Hansen2, Stefan Johansson2

1University West, Sweden; 2University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Thorsen, Cecilia

In research on educational equity, students from socioeconomically disadvantaged homes are typically depicted as low-performers and more likely to fail in school (Sirin, 2005). There are, however, students who, despite their disadvantaged backgrounds, manage to succeed in school. This capacity to overcome adversities in education and still reach successful achievements is referred to as Academic Resilience (Agasisti et al., 2018). Academic Resilience is built upon two critical conditions, namely, exposure to significant threats or severe adversity and achievement of positive adaptation despite major assaults on the developmental process (Kiswarday, 2012). Resilience is often captured by identifying protective and risk factors that predict the likelihood of achieving resilient outcomes. Risk factors are characteristics which heighten the risk of adverse outcomes, while protective factors are characteristics that function as a buffer against negative impacts and are associated with positive adaptation and outcomes (Masten, 2014). Resilient students are often characterized by high self-confidence, perseverance, willingness and capacity to plan, and lower anxiety (Martin & Marsh, 2006, 2009; OECD, 2011), strong engagement in class and academic activities (Borman & Overman, 2004). Thorsen et. al., (2021) also found that resilient students display both more perseverance and consistency of interest over time. Hence, both cognitive and non-cognitive skills are important for academic resilience.

Research on the economics of human development also highlight the value of skill formation for success in adulthood, particularly for disadvantaged children. Societal investments in strengthening both cognitive and non-cognitive skills for disadvantaged children give significant economic returns both at individual and societal levels (e.g. Heckman, 2006). More recent studies have particularly highlighted non-cognitive skill formation as an crucial enabler. Non-cognitive skills are associated with promoting both economic and social mobility, economic productivity and well-being in adulthood (e.g. Kautz et al., 2015; Soto, 2019). A wealth of studies on the labour market aligns with this reasoning, identifying positive associations with both cognitive and non-cognitive skills and labour market outcomes. Johannesson (2017) found that cognitive abilities and non-cognitive skills (academic self-concept and perseverance) predicted the risk of being unemployed via school grades. Further, personality, i.e. extraversion and conscientiousness, was demonstrated to lead to higher earnings (Fletcher, 2013). Edin et. al., (2022) found that one standard-deviation increase in cognitive skills is associated with a salary increase of 6.6 percent and an increase in non-cognitive skills is associated with a 7,9 percent salary increase after controlling for educational attainment.

Studies on academic resilience and skill formation are scarcer. Nevertheless, some studies have found that protective factors identified during childhood and youth such as self-control and ability to plan are predictive of a more successful transition into adulthood (see Burt & Paysnick, 2012 for a review). In a qualitative study following up on four resilient students a decade later Morales (2008) found that the students continued to perform at high educational levels. The participants adapted the protective factors identified at the start of the study (i.e. self-confidence and internal locus of control) and used them to meet new challenges.

Employing a resilience perspective, the present study aims to investigate the difference in salary development among individuals who have been identified as being academically resilient versus those who are not. We also want to explore if the salary development can be attributed to educational attainment (educational history) and work status as changing conditions, and cognitive and non-cognitive skills, such as, cognitive ability, perseverance and academic self-concept as time invariant prerequisites.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were retrieved from the Evaluation through Follow-up database (ETF), a longitudinal project built on 10% randomly selected national representative samples of ten birth cohorts in Sweden (Härnqvist, 2000). The sampled students were followed up in grades 3, 6, and 9 of compulsory school (the Swedish school system consists of 9 years of compulsory education from age 7), and in upper secondary school (non-compulsory). Participants are about 9000 individuals born in 1972 from the ETF database. Of these, about 2000 individuals were identified as having low socioeconomic status (i.e., student’s parents only completed compulsory or vocational upper secondary education) and of these about 700 individuals were identified as being resilient (scoring above the country mean on the national standardized test).  
Academic self-concept (ASC) in grade 6 was measured by three items (e.g. how do you feel about doing maths, reading, writing) answers were given on a three-point scale ranging from difficult to easy. In upper secondary school ASC was measured using three items (e.g. do you experience any problems in math, reading, writing) answers were given on a 4-point scale from completely without problems to very big problems. Perseverance in grade 6 and upper secondary school was measured by four items (e.g. do you give up if you get a difficult task) answers were given on a dichotomous scale. Continuous variables were created for both constructs using the factor scores generated by a principal component analysis. Cognitive ability was measured in grade 6 using tests of inductive ability, spatial ability and verbal ability (antonyms).
Information on salary was retrieved from population statistics. Information about the salary for these individuals is available between the years 1988 and 2010.
Method of analysis
To investigate the salary growth of resilient students multiple group growth model with time varying and time invariant covariates will be used. Growth modelling allows for investigating the development of salary over time for both resilient and non-resilient students, conditioned on the development of individual’s educational attainment and work status, and on their cognitive ability, and personality traits. Academic self-concept and perseverance will be used as time-invariant covariates and educational attainment as time-varying covariates.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary results revealed that the resilient group has a slower rate of change of their salary level after the upper secondary education. This may be due to the fact that majority of the individuals in this group did not enter directly into the labour market but continue to higher education. However, we observed a steeper trajectory of salary development for these individuals after completing their higher education. The individuals in the non-resilience group held a higher starting salary level but a slower growth in their salary level over time.  Additionally, we found that both cognitive and non-cognitive factors, i.e. perseverance and academic self-concept explained the salary growth for academically resilient students. The explanation power was much lower or non-significant for their counterparts. We expect even clearer difference in the salary development between resilient and non-resilient individual groups when we control for the time varying covariates such as their education level and their work status, as well as time invariant covariates such as, IQ.  
References
Agasisti, T. et al. (2018). Academic resilience: What schools and countries do to help disadvantaged students succeed in PISA. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 167, OECD Publishing, Paris.
Borman, G. D., & Overman, L. T. (2004). Academic Resilience in Mathematics among Poor and Minority Students. The Elementary School Journal, 104(3), 177-195.
Burt K.B., & Paysnick A.A. (2012). Resilience in the transition to adulthood. Development and Psychopathology, 24(2), 493-505. doi:10.1017/S0954579412000119
Edin, Per-Anders, Peter Fredriksson, Martin Nybom, and Björn Öckert. (2022). The Rising Return to Noncognitive Skill. American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 14 (2): https://www.aeaweb.org/articles?id=10.1257/app.20190199
Heckman, J. J. (2006). Skill Formation and the Economics of Investing in Disadvantaged Children. American Association for the Advancement of Science, 312(5782), 1900-1002. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1128898
Härnqvist, K. (2000). Evaluation through follow-up. A longitudinal program for studying education and career development. In C.-G. Janson (ed.), Seven Swedish longitudinal studies in behavioural science (p. 76-114). Stockholm: Forskningsrådsnämnden. Retrieved from: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/2697078-100.
Johannesson, E. (2017). The Dynamic Development of Cognitive and Socioemotional Traits and Their Effects on School Grades and Risk of Unemployment. A Test of the Investment Theory. Doctoral Thesis, University of Gothenburg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.
Kiswarday, V. (2012). Empowering Resilience within the School Context. Methodological Horizons, 7(14). https://doi.org/10.32728/mo.07.1.2012.07
Kautz, T., Heckman, J.J., Diris, R., ter Weel, B., & Borghans, L. (2014). Fostering and Measuring Skills: Improving Cognitive and Non-Cognitive Skills to Promote Lifetime Success. National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper Series, No. 20749. http://www.nber.org/papers/w20749
Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2006). Academic resilience and its psychological and educational correlates: A construct validity approach. Psychology in the Schools, 43(3), 267-281. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1002/pits.20149
Masten, A. S. (2014). Ordinary magic: Resilience in development. New York, NY: Guilford Press. https://doi.org/10.1002/imhj.21625
Morales, E. E. (2008). Academic Resilience in Retrospect: Following Up a Decade Later. Journal of Hispanic Higher Education, 7(3), 228–248. https://doi.org/10.1177/1538192708317119
OECD. (2011). Against the odds: Disadvantaged students who succeed in school. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264090873-en
Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417-453.
Soto, C. J. (2019). How Replicable Are Links Between Personality Traits and Consequential Life Outcomes? The Life Outcomes of Personality Replication Project. Psychological Science, 30(5), 711-727. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797619831612
Thorsen, C., Yang Hansen, K. and Johansson, S. (2021), The mechanisms of interest and perseverance in predicting achievement among academically resilient and non-resilient students: Evidence from Swedish longitudinal data. Br J Educ Psychol, 91: 1481-1497 e12431. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12431


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Relationship between Student Financial Aid and Degree Completion on Time in Portugal

Maria Eugenia Ferrao1,2

1Universidade da Beira Interior; 2CEMAPRE

Presenting Author: Ferrao, Maria Eugenia

Research studies on degree completion on due time are seldom in the higher education literature. Regarding the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), no study has been published so far addressing the topic of degree completion on due time (Yes/No) based on nationwide representative data. By considering an entire entrant cohort of first-time, full-time undergraduate students who attended their three-year program at the same institution, and that simultaneously considers students’ background, entrance scores and choices, eligibility for social scholarship, institutional organization characteristics and the area of study, this study explores the role of social scholarships/financial aid in overcoming the effects of students’ socioeconomic disadvantages. A previous study (Ferrão, 2023) analyzed the relationship of the aforementioned students’ characteristics on degree completion grade point average (GPA). Findings suggest that receiving (or not receiving) a social scholarship has no influence on students’ GPA, confirming recent institution research findings obtained with the Universidade of Minho data (Ferrão et al., 2021) for the 1st year GPA rating. Nevertheless, Ferrão et al. (2020) found a statistically significant fixed effect of scholarship on students’ persistence, at the level of significance of 10%. In addition, institutional research conducted at the Instituto Politécnico de Leiria points out that providing solutions for financial limitations may contribute to decrease the risk of dropping out. In fact, Carreira and Lopes (2021) report that the “main motives for dropping out referred were ‘financial difficulties’ (27% of the students) and ‘work-school incompatibility’ (20%), while ‘low academic performance’ (11%), ‘health reasons’ (8%) or migration (2%), for example, were less mentioned, confirming the importance of financial assistance to reduce dropout risk (for traditional students) […]” (p. 1353). Given that the financing of higher education in Portugal has progressively shifted from the state’s responsibility to that of the students' and their families, as in many other countries (Marginson, 2018; Tight, 2020), this calls for a more accountable evaluation of private/public funding and demands more effective social justice policies (Pitman et al., 2019). Thus, this study investigates the effect of receiving social scholarships/financial aid on degree completion on due time. Its specific objective is to estimate the fixed effect of receiving or not receiving a social scholarship on the probability of degree completion on due time. The study contributes to the themes of students’ success (degree completion), equity (financial aid), system evaluation and resource allocation. Since Portugal is one of the European countries where the costs of higher education are supported primarily by taxpayers, this topic of research matters not only for public policy regarding the increase of equity, but also for the efficiency of public resources allocation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The population under study consists of students who entered undergraduate programs of 180 European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) by the national competition and who obtained (or not) their diploma three years later. The survey “Register of students enrolled in and graduated from higher education” (RAIDES) was used. The administrative RAIDES data (DGEEC - Direção-Geral de Estatísticas da Educação e Ciência, 2020), primarily collected for official statistics, offer great potential for secondary analyses such as quantitative based scientific research. The survey RAIDES is annually carried out in Portugal within the scope of the National Statistical System which is mandatory. Data were collected by higher education institutions and exported in XML format to the DGEEC twice a year (January and April; December 31 and March 31 as time reference, respectively), throughout the “Plataforma de Recolha de Informação do Ensino Superior” [Platform of Data Collection in Higher Education] (PRIES). Details on data collection, data processing and information about the agreement for data privacy protection may be found in previous studies such as Ferrão (2023) or Ferrão et al. (2022). For the purpose of this study, students’ data enrolled in the academic year 2013–14 and graduates’ data in the academic year 2016–17 were paired. Records of students who were not enrolled in their 1st year for the first time or whose access to higher education was different from the national competition are not considered.
Random coefficient models are well grounded in the literature on higher education and success measurement. In this study, multilevel logistic models are applied considering two hierarchical structures at two levels with dependent variable representing degree completion on due time (DC, Yes/No). Preliminary results were obtained with the statistical computing software MLwiN  (Rasbash et al., 2017), and the estimation procedure was the penalized quasi-likelihood of second order, PQL2 (Goldstein & Rasbash, 1996).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results show that, at the level of 5%, there is a statistically significant fixed effect of receiving a social scholarship on degree completion on time. The magnitude of the fixed effect depends on the set of controlling variables in the model. The odds ratio varies from 1.2 to 1.5. Other independent or controlling variables included in the linear predictor of the model are as follows: Entrance score, 1st choice programme-institution, gender, age at enrollment, parents’ education, area of study, non-local institution attended, type of institution, interaction between age and entrance score.
References
Carreira, P., & Lopes, A. S. (2021). Drivers of academic pathways in higher education: traditional vs. non-traditional students. Studies in Higher Education, 46(7), 1340–1355. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2019.1675621
DGEEC - Direção-Geral de Estatísticas da Educação e Ciência. (2020). Documento técnico da plataforma de recolha de informaçao do Ensino Superior– RAIDES. DGEEC.
Ferrão, M. E. (2023). Differential effect of university entrance scores on graduates’ performance: the case of degree completion on time in Portugal. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 48(1), 95–106. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2022.2052799
Ferrão, M. E., Almeida, L. S., & Ferreira, J. A. (2021). Higher Education equity in Portugal: On the relationship between student performance and student financial aid. World Education Research Association (WERA) 2020+1 Focal Meeting.
Ferrão, M. E., Prata, P., & Fazendeiro, P. (2022). Utility-driven assessment of anonymized data via clustering. Scientific Data, 9(456), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41597-022-01561-6
Goldstein, H., & Rasbash, J. (1996). Improved approximations for multilevel models with binary responses. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. Series A (Statistics in Society), 159(3), 505–513. https://doi.org/10.2307/2983328
Marginson, S. (2018). Global trends in higher education financing: The United Kingdom. International Journal of Educational Development, 58, 26–36. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2017.03.008
Pitman, T., Roberts, L., Bennett, D., & Richardson, S. (2019). An Australian study of graduate outcomes for disadvantaged students. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 43(1), 45–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2017.1349895
Rasbash, J., Browne, W., Healy, M., Cameron, B., & Charlton, C. (2017). MLwiN 3.05. Centre for Multilevel Modelling, University of Bristol.
Tight, M. (2020). Student retention and engagement in higher education. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 44(5), 689–704. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2019.1576860
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm09 SES 03 B: Exploring the Relationship Between Student Wellbeing and Academic Resilience
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Jan-Eric Gustafsson
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Does Social Well-Being Predict Academic Resilience? An Analysis of Swedish PISA 2018 Data

Deborah Elin Siebecke, Kajsa Yang Hansen, Maria Jarl

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Siebecke, Deborah Elin

Recent studies indicate that Sweden faces issues of decreasing educational equity (Siebecke & Jarl, 2022; Yang Hansen & Gustafsson, 2019), suggesting that the impact of socioeconomic background on achievement has increased. However, some students achieve high despite disadvantages in their socioeconomic background that place them at risk for low achievement. These students are often referred to as academically resilient and yield hope for a more equitable future. In general terms, resilience is grounded in the recognition that individuals’ responses to adversities differ (Rutter, 2012). While some struggle or fail in the face of adversity, others seem to adjust just fine. Those, who demonstrate positive adaptation despite being exposed to adversities, are usually considered resilient (e.g., Masten & Obradovic, 2006). The identification of supportive and risk factors can help socioeconomically disadvantaged individuals in becoming academically successful and, thus, improve educational equity.

Previous studies have indicated that individual and external resources, such as supportive adults and peers (Fergus & Zimmerman, 2005) and a student’s sense of belonging at school (Gonzalez & Padilla, 1997) can promote a student’s resilience. According to a framework by Borgonovi and Pál (2016), these indicators - that is a student’s sense of belonging at school and their relationship with their teachers, parents, and peers – also act as subdimensions of social well-being. This may imply a relationship between academic resilience and social well-being. Yet, research on the (social) well-being of academically resilient students is scarce, especially in Sweden. While the relationship between social well-being and academic resilience is underexplored, previous research does indicate a positive albeit small relationship between well-being and achievement (Bücker et al., 2018; Kaya & Erdem, 2021). However, this relationship is not straightforward and a multidimensional conceptualization of well-being is needed to assess which aspects are particularly important for achievement (Clarke, 2020). In general, well-being is hypothesized to be a multi-dimensional construct consisting of social, physical, and mental/psychological dimensions, which can further be structured in subdimensions (Colombo, 1984). The social dimension of well-being, for instance, can be measured by including subdimensions such as the students’ relationship with peers, parents and teachers and their sense of belonging at school (Borgonovi & Pál, 2016). These subdimensions have been found to be interrelated. For instance, a student’s sense of belonging is closely related to their relationship with peers and teachers (Govorova et al., 2020).

Thus, the main objective of the present study is to investigate whether and how students’ social well-being predicts their academic resilience. The present study focuses on social well-being, as one important dimension of student well-being, and attempts to capture its complexity by not only modeling its’ possible relationship to academic resilience but by also considering the interrelationship between subdimensions of social well-being. The study is anchored in Bronfenbrenner’s ecological theory and specifically focuses on the students’ microsystem, that is their close interaction with their immediate environments, as well as the mesosystem, which describes the interrelation among the environments in which the student participates (Bronfenbrenner, 1979).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Making use of data from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) from 2018, the study investigates the relationship between academic resilience and the social well-being of 15-year-old students in Sweden. After weighing the advantages and disadvantages of different approaches to operationalizing academic resilience, we decided to apply a definition-driven approach, which is said to reflect academic resilience "in its most literal sense: academic achievement despite adversity" (Rudd et al., 2021, p. 5). Thus, academically resilient students are defined as those who achieve at or above Level 3 in the PISA domains reading, mathematics, and science, despite falling in the bottom quartile of Sweden’s distribution of the Index of Economic, Social and Cultural Status (ESCS) (Agasisti et al., 2018). Level 3 corresponds to a median achievement level that is said to prepare students “for success later in life” (Agasisti et al., 2018, p. 8). This study only focuses on socioeconomically disadvantaged students, leading to a total sample size of 1337 students, 358 of whom were considered resilient. A dichotomous variable measuring academic resilience is used as a dependent variable in the present study.
The measure of social well-being is based on a well-being framework proposed by Borgonovi and Pál (2016) and adapted to the newer measures in PISA 2018 (for an overview, see Borgonovi, 2020). According to this framework, the social dimension of well-being can be measured using students’ self-reported data on the sense of belonging at school, exposure to bullying, teacher support, teacher feedback, and parental emotional support. Each of these subdimensions of social well-being was measured as a latent variable consisting of three to six indicators.
Data analyses were run in SPSS 29 and Mplus 8. First, confirmatory factor analysis was used to test whether the data fit the measurement models. Secondly, structural models based on an extensive literature review were built. The models reflect the interrelation of subdimensions of social well-being as well as their relation to academic resilience. Due to the nested data structure (i.e., the clustering of individual data in schools) but small intraclass correlations, a single-level model was used. Standard errors of the SEM parameters were adjusted by using the TYPE = COMPLEX command in Mplus, accompanied by the robust maximum likelihood estimator, cluster, and student weights. To evaluate model fit, local and global fit indices were consulted.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary analyses resulted in well-fitting measurement models for all tested well-being subdimensions (i.e., sense of belonging at school, exposure to bullying, teacher support, perceived teacher feedback, and parental emotional support). A structural model linking these subdimensions with each other, as well as with the dichotomous endogenous measure of academic resilience resulted in an overall good global and local model fit. Model results confirm the interrelation of subdimensions of social well-being that was highlighted in previous research. For instance, parental support and students’ exposure to bullying significantly predict their sense of belonging at school. Yet, preliminary results suggest that only the students’ perceived support by their teachers significantly predicts their academic resilience while other subdimensions of well-being did not indicate any significant relationship with academic resilience.
The presentation of results includes a discussion of the study’s possible limitations due to cross-sectional data, reduced statistical power by cause of group sizes, and the necessary but rather artificial dichotomization of resilient vs. nonresilient students.
Even though the study focuses on academic resilience and well-being in Sweden, results can be of importance beyond the Swedish context. Issues of educational inequity and the importance of fostering student well-being are topical and prominent across Europe. For instance, in countries such as Austria, Belgium, France, and Germany, more than 15% of the variation in science performance can be explained by the student’s socioeconomic background alone (OECD, 2018). Research on the group of academically resilient students can shed light on the reasons why some students seem to defeat the odds and show positive adaptation despite adversity. Thus, more research on academic resilience and well-being is needed – in Sweden and beyond.

References
Agasisti, T., Avvisati, F., Borgonovi, F., & Longobardi, S. (2018). Academic resilience: What schools and countries do to help disadvantaged students succeed in PISA. OECD Publishing.
Borgonovi, F. (2020). Well-being in international large-scale assessments. In T. Nilsen, A. Stancel-Piątak, & J.-E. Gustafsson (Eds.), International handbook of comparative large-scale studies in education: Perspectives, methods and findings (pp. 1–26). Springer International Publishing.
Borgonovi, F., & Pál, J. (2016). A framework for the analysis of student well-being in the PISA 2015 study: Being 15 in 2015. OECD Education Working Papers, 140. OECD Publishing.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83–94.
Clarke, T. (2020). Children’s wellbeing and their academic achievement: The dangerous discourse of ‘trade-offs’ in education. Theory and Research in Education, 18(3), 263–294.
Colombo, S. A. (1984). General well-being in adolescents: Its nature and measurement. ProQuest Dissertations & Theses Global. https://search.proquest.com/dissertations-theses/general-well-being-adolescents-nature-measurement/docview/303323578/se-2?accountid=11162
Fergus, S., & Zimmerman, M. A. (2005). Adolescent resilience: A Framework for Understanding Healthy Development in the Face of Risk. 24.
Gonzalez, R., & Padilla, A. M. (1997). The Academic Resilience of Mexican American High School Students. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 19(3), 301–317.
Govorova, E., Benitez Baena, I., & Muñiz, J. (2020). Predicting Student Well-Being: Network Analysis Based on PISA 2018. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17, 4014.
Kaya, M., & Erdem, C. (2021). Students’ Well-Being and Academic Achievement: A Meta-Analysis Study. Child Indicators Research, 14(5), 1743–1767.
Masten, A. S., & Obradovic, J. (2006). Competence and Resilience in Development. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1094(1), 13–27.
OECD. (2018). Equity in education breaking down barriers to social mobility. OECD Publishing.
Rudd, G., Meissel, K., & Meyer, F. (2021). Measuring academic resilience in quantitative research: A systematic review of the literature. Educational Research Review, 34, 100402.
Rutter, M. (2012). Resilience as a dynamic concept. Development and Psychopathology, 24(2), 335–344.
Siebecke, D. E., & Jarl, M. (2022). Does the material well-being at schools successfully compensate for socioeconomic disadvantages? Analysis of resilient schools in Sweden. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 10(11), 11.
Yang Hansen, K., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2019). Identifying the key source of deteriorating educational equity in Sweden between 1998 and 2014. International Journal of Educational Research, 93, 79–90.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Student Well-Being in School and Academic Achievement by TIMSS in Finland

Timo Salminen, Jonna Pulkkinen, Jenna Hiltunen, Jenni Kotila, Piia Lehtola, Juhani Rautopuro

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Salminen, Timo; Pulkkinen, Jonna

Student well-being in school can be considered as a condition that enables positive learning outcomes but also as an outcome of successful learning and students’ satisfaction at school (Morinaj & Hascher, 2022). Students’ well-being in school refers to an emotional experience characterized by the prevalence of positive feelings and cognitions towards school, persons in school and the school context over the negative ones towards school life (Hascher, 2003). According to Hascher (2003), it consists of six dimensions, three positive, i.e., positive attitudes to school, enjoyment in school, and positive academic self-concept, and three negative, i.e., worries in school, physical complaints in school, and social problems in school, that can be used as indicators of well-being.

In Finland, the trends in students’ academic well-being (e.g. Helakorpi & Kivimäki, 2021; Salmela-Aro et al., 2018, 2021) and learning performance (e.g. OECD, 2019; Mullis et al., 2020) have been descending in the last decade. For example, grade 4 students’ performance in mathematics and science has decreased from 2011 to 2019 as evidenced by the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) (Mullis et al., 2020). The performance in mathematics declined by 10 points from 2011 to 2015 and by three points from 2015 to 2019. In science, the decrease from 2011 to 2019 was 15 points. When examining the international mathematics and science benchmarks (Mullis et al., 2020), these declines in learning outcomes mean that the percentage of high achievers has dropped from 49% to 42% in mathematics and from 65% to 56% in science during this period. Meanwhile, the percentage of the students below the low international benchmark has grown from 2% to 5% in mathematics and from 1% to 3% in science.

Previous research has detected the interrelation between student well-being and learning performance but also the need for examining this relation with possible associated factors in more detail (e.g. Bücker et al., 2018; Nilsen et al., 2022; Pietarinen et al., 2014). For example, the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) shows the relationship between students’ socio-economic status (SES), well-being and achievement (OECD, 2017). Further, the study using TIMSS data by Nilsen, Kaarstein and Lehre (2022) shows that a safe environment, as an aspect of school climate, and student self-concept, both indicating students’ well-being in school, declined from 2015 to 2019 and mediates the changes in mathematics achievement over time in Norway.

The above statements point out that both students’ well-being in school and academic achievements may have declined in the last decade in Finland. Thus, in this study, we ask the following research questions, using the TIMSS fourth grade assessment data:

1) How has students’ well-being in school changed, if any, from 2011 to 2019?

2) What is the relationship between students’ SES, well-being and achievement in mathematics and science?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study is based on the three cycles of curriculum-based TIMSS assessment in Finland. The data includes the 4th graders who participated in TIMSS 2011 (N = 4,638), TIMSS 2015 (N = 5,015) and TIMSS 2019 (N = 4,730). In this study, we use school climate and safety, and students’ attitudes as indicators of well-being. School climate and safety include the scales of Students’ Sense of School Belonging (3 items) and Bullying (6 items). Students’ attitudes include the scales of Students Like Learning Mathematics (5 items) and Science (4 items), and Students Confident in Mathematics (7 items) and Science (6 items). These four-point scales are from TIMSS student questionnaires. From each scale, we selected those items that were the same in all three cycles of TIMSS assessment. As an indicator of students’ SES, we used Home Resources for Learning scale which is scored based on the number of books at home, the number of home study supports, and the parents’ educational level as well as the level of occupation. In TIMSS data, the Home Resources for Learning scale is divided into three categories. In this study, we recoded it into two categories: (1) students with many resources, and (2) students with some or few resources. In addition to the above-mentioned scales, the variables of our study include mathematics and science achievement scores.  

The analysis was performed in three phases. First, we conducted a confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) to examine the validity of the variables that measure well-being. Second, to answer the first research question, we computed mean variables and studied the average changes in students’ well-being from 2011 to 2019 using these mean variables. The values of mean variables ranged from 1 to 4 (the highest value indicating the most positive view). Third, to answer the second research question, we investigated the relationship between students’ SES, well-being and achievement using the structural equation modelling (SEM) approach. This analysis was conducted for mathematics and science separately for each of the three TIMSS data sets. Five plausible values representing students’ proficiency in mathematics and science (see Martin et al., 2020) were used in the analyses. A two-stage sampling design used in the TIMSS assessment (Martin et al., 2020) was considered in the analyses.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of CFA confirmed the validity of the latent variables (i.e., sense of belonging, bullying, like learning and confidence) that are used to measure students’ well-being in this study. Overall, the students’ well-being was relatively good. Examination of the trends of means showed that there are some changes in students’ well-being from 2011 to 2019. After 2011, students’ sense of belonging increased and bullying decreased slightly. With respect to students’ attitudes, the trends between 2011 and 2019 were not so explicit. Between 2011 and 2015, students liking mathematics grew to some extent, whereas confidence in mathematics remained unchanged. Students liking science, instead, increased from 2011 to 2015 but decreased again from 2015 to 2019. In addition, students’ confidence in science declined between 2015 and 2019.  

The preliminary results of SEM showed that students’ SES is related both to well-being and achievement. As expected, students with higher SES (i.e., students with many resources for learning) also feel better and achieve higher results in mathematics and science. Students’ SES seemed to be related to achievement not only directly but also indirectly via confidence. However, there was no indirect effect via other well-being variables than confidence. This study supports earlier research on the meaning of students’ well-being for learning.  

In further studies, we will examine the relationship between student well-being and academic achievement also by PISA and PIRLS (Progress in International Reading Literacy Study) data collected not only before but also after the COVID-19 pandemic, which has affected, mostly negatively, students’ schooling, learning and well-being all over the world (e.g. OECD, 2021).

References
Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83–94.

Hascher, T. (2003). Well-being in school – why students need social support. In P. Mayring & C. von Rhöneck (Eds.), Learning emotions – the influence of affective factors on classroom learning (pp. 127–142). Bern u.a Lang.

Helakorpi, S., & Kivimäki, H. (2021). Well-being of children and young people – School Health Promotion study 2021. Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare, Statistical Report 42/2021. https://urn.fi/URN:NBN:fi-fe2021112557144

Martin, M. O., von Davier, M., & Mullis, I. V. S. (2020). Methods and procedures: TIMSS 2019 technical report. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).  

Morinaj, J., & Hascher, T. (2022). On the relationship between student well-being and academic achievement: A longitudinal study among secondary school students in Switzerland. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 230(3), 201–214.

Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Kelly, D. L., & Fishbein, B. (2020). TIMSS 2019 International Results in Mathematics and Science. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/international-results/

Nilsen, T., Kaarstein, H., & Lehre, A. C. (2022). Trend analyses of TIMSS 2015 and 2019: school factors related to declining performance in mathematics. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 10(1), 1–19.

OECD (2017). PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students’ Well-Being, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en

OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume I): What Students Know and Can Do, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/5f07c754-en.

OECD (2021). The State of Global Education: 18 Months into the Pandemic. https://doi.org/10.1787/1a23bb23-en

Pietarinen, J., Soini, T., & Pyhältö, K. (2014). Students’ emotional and cognitive engagement as the determinants of well-being and achievement in school. International Journal of Educational Research 67, 40–51.

Salmela-Aro, K., Read, S., Minkkinen, J., Kinnunen, J. M., & Rimpelä, A. (2018). Immigrant status, gender, and school burnout in Finnish lower secondary school students: A longitudinal study. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 42(2), 225–236.

Salmela-Aro, K., Upadyaya, K., Vinni-Laakso, J., & Hietajärvi, L. (2021). Adolescents’ longitudinal school engagement and burnout before and during COVID-19 – The role of socio-emotional skills. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 31(3), 796–807.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm10 SES 03 A: Design and Evaluation in Teacher Education
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Erika Marie Pace
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Re-designing a Sustainable Teacher Education Programme while addressing the Theory–practice Problem

Jorunn Spord Borgen, Åsve Murtnes, Torgeir Haug, Elin Birgitte Walstad

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Borgen, Jorunn Spord; Walstad, Elin Birgitte

Many discussions have been held about how teacher education can be enhanced to increase the impact on students’ learning and future practice and to understand the principles that should underlie teacher education to better address the theory–practice problem (Darling-Hammond et al., 2005; Korthagen et al., 2006; Shulman, 1987; Standal et al., 2014). Although there is agreement on the need to reconsider both the structure and practice of teacher education, a constant challenge is how to design programmes that can effectively support teacher learning and development (Ball, 2000; Cochran-Smith & Zeichner, 2005; Jenset et al., 2018; Darling-Hammond et al., 2005). However, designing sustainable programmes that meet needs and address dilemmas in the learning-to-teach process is complex (Darling-Hammond et al., 2005, p. 391).

The Bologna process established a joint two-cycle system in bachelor’s and master’s programmes in European countries (Evetts, 2008). In Norway, a general two-cycle teacher education reform has been introduced through regulations and frameworks that have been implemented gradually since 2013, including a programme in specialised practical and aesthetic subjects (LUPE) introduced in 2020 (Ministry of Education and Research, 2020). Teacher education is through this reform to be translated from a bachelor’s to a master’s programme (Røvik, 2016). This study is conducted by teacher educators who have recently been involved in the programme design and implementation of LUPE – specialisation in physical education and sports teacher education, at a Norwegian university. A key feature of the LUPE programme design is the extended practicum, which is an integral part of both the pedagogy subject syllabus and the specialised subject syllabus; the practicum also has its own syllabus. The practicum in teacher education provides student teachers with opportunities to explore the theory–practice relationship under guidance from practice teachers and teacher educators (Standal et al., 2014). However, in this context, they also encounter practices based on traditional understandings of what it means to be a ‘good’ teacher (Mordal-Moen & Green, 2014). Among several dilemmas we face as teacher educators in the development of programme design and the implementation of LUPE is the need to integrate theory and subject content practice in the practicum. Our research question is what kind of needs and dilemmas are addressed in the learning-to-teach process in LUPE when the practicum as an integrated part of the study programme?

Theoretical framework

To address needs and dilemmas when practicum is integrated in LUPE teacher education, we use perspectives from social practices and the ecology of practice, more specifically, the theory of the of practice architecture (Kemmis & Heikkinen, 2012; Kemmis et al., 2014). Within this theory, practices are understood as “a form of human action in history, in which particular activities (doings) are comprehensible in terms of particular ideas and talk (sayings), and when the people involved are distributed in particular kind of relationships (relatings), and when this combination of sayings, doings and relatings ‘hang together’ in a project of the practise” (Kemmis & Heikkinen, 2012, p. 36). These practices are coupled in characteristic ways through language, doings and relations. If the language changes, the doings and relations will also change. Practices are understood as biological species that evolve; some practices transform into new practices, while others are conserved and still others die. When the language changes, as with the teacher education reform (LUPE), we can expect new language, new doings and new relations. With practice architecture as an analytical framework, we can understand the connections between teacher educators’ planning and teaching and students’ reflections as an ecological whole by analysing the sayings, doings and relations that students and teachers describe based on their participation in the programme.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use a workshop research method, a qualitative method that is suitable for organised and participatory group processes and for producing knowledge and data (Ørngreen & Levinsen, 2017). In a workshop, meaning can be negotiated among participants and between participants and researchers. We set up two workshops, one in autumn and one in spring semester, where student teachers, teacher educators and practicum teachers participate in dialogues and exchange views on the integration of the practicum in the new LUPE teacher education programme. The practicum is linked to subjects that run parallel in the autumn and spring semesters in the context of a) teaching on campus, b) teaching on campus with pupils from schools visiting campus for single lessons, c) visiting schools, where groups of teacher students teach a half-day lesson, and d) practicum teaching at schools, where each teacher student teaches lessons in groups. The core value of the workshops is that all participants’ opinions, experiences, thoughts and contributions are equal, and the form is therefore intended to be inclusive.  

The participants in the autumn workshop consisted of the students who started their first year of LUPE in autumn 2022, along with teacher educators. The workshop was organised as a three-hour session, alternating between group work and plenary discussion, with breaks in between. We alternated between brainstorming, reflection and discussions, first in smaller groups, then with the whole group. The groups were invited to discuss the practicum organisation (a, b, c, d) and given the keywords: language, doings, relations. After a session focusing on the themes, we had a plenary discussion where the students and teacher educators discussed their experiences with the practicum in LUPE as part of the study. A workshop planned for in the spring semester, with teacher educators, students and practice teachers will follow the same procedure.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The process of analysis is ongoing. Preliminary results from the first workshop indicate that the student teachers and teacher educators in the study value the way that the workshop provided a context for discussions of connections, variations and new insights that have emerged through the various forms of practical experience during the first year of the study. The integration of the practicum on campus and in schools has contributed to an awareness of how terms and specific concepts, such as ‘didactic’, are related to different actions and ways of doing things, for instance, when physical education and sports teacher students meet pupils in the gym or in outdoor situations and how they express relations in their teaching practices (cf. Kemmis et al., 2012). Preliminary results from the first workshop indicate that when the practical experiences were organised in sequences of situations with clarified tasks and roles for the teacher student and teacher educator, the students could clearly see the step-by-step experiences involved in interacting with pupils in teaching situations. When teaching on their own in a class setting, the situations were more unclear, as is often the case in a practical context in a school, and the students became more uncertain about their roles and the frameworks for the tasks. Expected outcome of the study is that the workshops provide a context for identifying dilemmas, and development of didactical reasoning when the practicum is integrated as part of the learning-to-teach process in LUPE.
References
Ball, D. L. (2000). Bridging Practices: Intertwining Content and Pedagogy in Teaching and Learning to Teach. Journal of Teacher Education, 51(3), 241–247. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487100051003013

Cochran-Smith, M., & Zeichner, K. M. (Eds.). (2005). Studying teacher education: The report of the AERA panel on research and teacher education. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers.

Darling-Hammond, L., Hammerness, K., Grossman, P., Rust, F., & Shulman, L. (2005). The design of teacher education programs. In L. Darling-Hammond, J. Bransford, P. LePage, K. Hammerness, & H. Duffy (Eds). Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do, chapter 11, 390-441. Jossey-Bass.  

Evetts, J. (2008). Introduction: Professional Work in Europe. European Societies, 10(4), 525–544, https://doi.org/ 10.1080/14616690701871696  

Jenset, I. S., Klette, K., & Hammerness, K. (2018). Grounding teacher education in practice around the world: An examination of teacher education coursework in teacher education programs in Finland, Norway, and the United States. Journal of Teacher Education, 69(2), 184–197.

Kemmis, S., & Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2012). Future perspectives: Peer-group mentoring and international practices for teacher development. In H.L.T. Heikkinen, H. Jokinen & P.Tynjälä (Eds.) Peer-group mentoring for teacher development, p. 160–186. Routledge.  

Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer.

Korthagen, F., Loughran, J., & Russell, T. (2006). Developing fundamental principles for teacher education programs and practices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22(8), 1020–1041. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.04.022  

Mordal-Moen, K. & Green, K. (2014). Neither shaking nor stirring: a case study of reflexivity in Norwegian physical education teacher education. Sport, Education and Society, 19(4), 415-434. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2012.670114

Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research. (2019). Regulations relating to the framework plan for teacher training in practical and aesthetic subjects 1–13. Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research.  

Røvik, K. A. (2016). Knowledge Transfer as Translation: Review and Elements of an Instrumental Theory. International Journal of Management Reviews, 18(3), 290-310. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijmr.12097

Shulman, L. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.57.1.j463w79r56455411

Standal, Ø. F., Moen, K. M., & Moe, V. F. (2014). Theory and practice in the context of practicum: The perspectives of Norwegian physical education student teachers. European Physical Education Review, 20(2), 165–178. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X13508687


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Research-based Teaching and Learning in Teacher Education - An Evaluation Study

Udo Gerheim

Carl von Ossietzky Universität Oldenburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Gerheim, Udo

The higher education didactic format of research-based teaching and learning (RBL) can be characterized as a central component within academic-university teacher education in Europe (BERA, 2014) and it is a central challenge for university teaching to teach diverse students from diverse subject and research cultures in this area.

RBL in teacher education exhibits different theoretical traditions, conceptualizations, and patterns of implementation. Thus, RBL can be considered as (1.) a general higher education didactic teaching-learning format (Mieg et al., 2022) or as (2.) practice research with the aim of methodologically controlled reflection and initiating a change in one’sown school pedagogical practice (Zeichner & Noffke, 2001). In addition, (3.) within the framework of professionalization theories, the establishment of a science and research orientation as well as a critical-reflexive basic attitude (researching habitus) is discussed (Spies & Knapp 2020). Furthermore, (4.) RBL formats are implemented as research-oriented practice phases or as "Research-Informed Clinical Practice" (Burn & Mutton, 2013). Here they act as a preparation for the everyday professional life in schools, ensuring a detached analysis of pedagogical actions from a professionalization perspective.

From a macro perspective, however, the question of the best possible training for teachers* is also determined by conflicting social discourses of power. Among other things, this can be seen in the educational policy or administrative conflict over whether teacher* education should be conceived in a compellingly academic-scientific way (undergraduate university studies) or as vocational training, with a practical-technical view of teaching and learning (Baan et al., 2019). BERA (2014) and Tatto (2013) argue for university-based teacher* education that is grounded in scholarship and research. They point out findings that identify Singapore and Finland as particularly successful and high-performing education systems - measured by students' educational achievement and the low link between social background and educational success. BERA and Tatto see this as due to the extensive research-based education and a high output of highly qualified academically educated teachers*.

A positive correlation between research relevance and performance of teacher education is found if: the first phase of teacher education is academic-university oriented and based on scientific knowledge and subject-specific, -didactic and pedagogical professional knowledge is taught in a research-oriented and research-based manner in the teacher training program, thus enabling students to receive and critically reflect on (the latest) research findings and studies (Healey & Jenkins, 2009).

In essence, it is about establishing subject-based autonomy of action and a critical-reflective attitude (research habitus), based on scientifically mediated professional knowledge (subject-specific, subject-didactic and pedagogical). Enabling student teachers - equipped with 'research literacy' (BERA, 2014) - to receive, critically classify, and independently conduct research and thus to use it as the basis of their pedagogical practice in school and teaching as well as of school development issues.

This paper discusses on the one hand to what extent these supposedly overly idealistic assumptions are implemented in the concrete practice of university teaching and on the other hand which learning resistances and limitations can be identified in teaching-learning processes. These limitations include ambivalences regarding the claim of professionalization through research reference, professional overload, role diffusion in practice phases, lack of time resources, low research interest, etc. (Brew & Saunders, 2020; Gerheim, 2019).

The first results of an evaluation study are presented, showing how student teachers at the Carl von Ossietzky University/Germany have implemented and evaluated the program of research-based teaching and learning in the context of a three-semester research-based course.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Object of evaluation
The evaluation study presented here examines six courses structured in the format of research-based teaching and learning. Each course spans three semesters, pursues a superordinate educational science or (school) pedagogical topic  and expects students to carry out an independent, school practice-related, research or evaluation project within the framework of a school practice phase. The maximum number of participants* is 15 students per course.

Evaluation design
The impact of research-based learning in the course is examined and evaluated on the three central levels of knowledge acquisition (research and evaluation methods), competence development (key competencies) and critical-reflexive attitude (professionalization level). On the level of acceptance research, the higher education didactic format of research-based learning in teacher education is examined in the context of the current research situation of student teachers in RBL processes in the context of practice projects (cf. Nikolev et al., 2020).

Research Instruments
At the core of the evaluation's data collection, qualitative group discussions (Mäder, 2013) were conducted at the beginning and end of the three-semester seminar cycle. By means of the group discussion, collective patterns of meaning and relevance structures in particular are to be ascertained and made analyzable. Specifically, the following aspects, each with a different weighting and orientation, were addressed at the respective measurement points (pre- and post-surveys): Expectations of the seminar, assessment and evaluation of the concrete teaching/learning processes in the format of research-based learning (motivation to learn, willingness to exert effort, learning gains, work processes, group processes, etc.), assessment of the method of research-based learning, etc.), assessment of the method of research-based learning and comparison to other seminar formats, relevance of RBL formats in teacher training (research distance, low methodological knowledge, serious character, practice primacy), ideal teaching/learning conditions for research-based learning, didactic assessment of the seminar, especially considering the didactic concept as well as discussion of the establishment of a critical-reflective attitude as a professionalization feature and the transfer potential (habitualization) into school practice.

Measurement timing and sample
Group discussions were conducted in all six courses offered at the beginning of the first semester (Oct. 2021) and at the end of the third semester (Jan-March 2023). Participation in the survey was voluntary and 40 students participated out of a total of 73 participants*.

Evaluation procedure
After transcribing the audio recordings, the data obtained through the group discussions will be evaluated and discussed in a deductive and inductive process of category formation using a reconstructive content analysis procedure (Kuckartz 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial results of the data analysis show that four central categories became thematic in the group discussions: (1) uncertainty and overwhelm, (2) research and professionalization ambivalence, (3) research-tutored affinity as a professionalization characteristic, and (4) practice dominance. These findings challenge idealistic conceptualizations of RBL processes in higher education (Gerheim, 2018). The category of uncertainty and overwhelm is formulated in relation to independent planning and completion of a self-selected research project. In it, students refer to a lack of methodological skills and research practice and fear an exorbitant amount of time and energy they will have to spend on implementing their research projects.
In addition, it is evident that the students offer resistance and ambivalence to the professionalization claim of establishing a critical-reflective attitude through research-based learning. Teacher professionalism is primarily conceptualized in relation to the implementation of teaching and the transmission of knowledge. Nevertheless, patterns emerge that can be classified as research-tutored affinity using the Healy-Jenkins matrix (ibid.). In it, research-based learning is understood by students as a necessary and productive resource for receiving and analyzing study and research findings with reference to school practice. The category of practice dominance, circumscribes the clear preference of teaching practice over research practice. In this category, research is perceived as a non-purposeful distraction of teaching practice from finding roles within the organizational structures at the individual practicum schools.
In the first two ex-post group discussions (out of six in total), it is shown that a seminar conception that focuses on clarity, intensive supervision as well as transparent limitation of freedom in the research design (concerning the research question, research instrument & evaluation method) is able to productively deal with these ambivalences and resistances.

References
Baan, J., Gaikhorst, L., van 't Noordende, J., & Volman, M. (2019). The involvement in inquiry-based working of teachers of research-intensive versus practically oriented teacher education programmes. Teaching and Teacher Education 84(8), pp. 74-82.
BERA (British Educational Research Association) (2014). The Role of Research in Teacher Education: Reviewing the Evidence. Interim Report of the BERA-RSA Inquiry. London: BERA-RSA.
Brew, A., & Saunders, C. (2020). Making sense of research-based learning in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education. An International Journal of Research and Studies (87), pp 1-11.
Burn, K., & Mutton, T. (2013). Review of 'research-informed clinical practice' in initial teacher education. In Research and Teacher Education: The BERA-RSA Inquiry, pp 22-25. London: BERA-RSA.
Geheim, U. (2019). Forschendes Lehren und Lernen in der Lehrer_innenbildung: Ambivalenzmuster und Ablaufstörungen aus der Perspektive von Studierenden. In M. Schiefner-Rohs, G. Favella, & A.-C. Hermann, A.-C. (Eds.), Forschungsnahes Lernen Lehren und Lernen in der Lehrer*innenbildung. Forschungsmethodische Zugänge und Modelle zur Umsetzung (pp 211-228). Berlin: Peter Lang Verlag.
Gerheim, U. (2018): Ideal und Ambivalenz – Herausforderungen für Lehrende im Prozess des Forschenden Lehrens und Lernens. In J, Lehmann, & H., Mieg, (Eds.). Forschendes Lernen. Ein Praxisbuch (pp. 412-428) Potsdam. FHP-Verlag.
Healey, M., & Jenkins, A. (2009). Developing undergraduate research and inquiry. Heslington: The Higher Education Academy.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (Grundlagentexte Methoden). Weinheim: Beltz Verlagsgruppe.
Mäder, S. (2013). Die Gruppendiskussion als Evaluationsmethode – Entwicklungsgeschichte, Potenziale und Formen. Zeitschrift für Evaluation, 12 (1).
Mieg, H., Ambos, E., Brew, A., Galli, D., & Lehmann, J. (2022). The Cambridge handbook of undergraduate research. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Nikolov, F., Saunders, C., & Schaumburg, H. (2020). Pre-Service Teachers on their Way to Becoming Reflective Practitioners: The Relevance of Freedom of Choice in Research-Based Learning. Scholarship and Practice of Undergraduate Research (SPUR), 3(4), pp. 46-54.
Spies, A., & Knapp, K. (2020). Forschendes Lernen als hochschuldidaktische Strategie der Professionalisierung in der ersten Phase der Lehrer*innenbildung. Retrospektive Deutungen zur Nachhaltigkeit einer Lernerfahrung. In C. Wulf, S. Haberstroh, & M. Petersen (Eds.), Forschendes Lernen – Theorie, Empirie, Praxis (pp. 134-144). Wiesbaden: VS.
Tatto, M. T. (2015). International overview: the contribution of research to highperforming systems. In Research and Teacher Education: The BERA-RSA Inquiry, pp. 17-19. London: BERA-RSA.
Zeichner, K. & Noffke, S. (2001). Practitioner Research. In V. Richardson (Eds.) Handbook of Research on Teaching. Washington, D.C.: American Educational Research Association.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Seeing the Complex, Diverse and Entangled Dimensions of Teacher Education from Those Who Work Inside the Field

Mark Selkrig1, Ron Keamy1, Sharon McDonough2, Amanda Belton1, Robyn Brandenburg2

1The University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Federation University, Australia

Presenting Author: Selkrig, Mark; Keamy, Ron

Background

Globally, many education systems are in crisis on a range of fronts including the retention, recruitment and preparation of teachers entering the profession (United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization, 2021), with teacher shortages being a pressing issue in many parts of the world, including in Europe (European Commission et al., 2021), England (Long & Danechi, 2022) and Australia (Clare, 2022). Options advanced to address the crisis include improving the status of the profession, teachers having a stronger professional identity and alleviating many of the administrative burdens of teaching (European Commission et al., 2021; OECD, 2020; Thompson, 2021). Familiar questions about the readiness and quality of teacher graduates have also been raised to address the issue, highlighting how the field of teacher education remains under intense scrutiny (Fox et al., 2020; Mayer & Mills, 2021) including by organisations and agencies with vested interests (European Commission, 2020). The continued and increased regulatory environments imposed on initial teacher education programs, such as in Estonia (Pedaste et al., 2019) and in Australia (Paul et al., 2022), highlight the continual policy influence over the field. Consequently, the experiences and voices of those working in teacher education are often silenced or marginalised by discourses of policy, reform, standards and accountability (Cochran-Smith et al., 2018; McLaren & Baltodano, 2000). Despite the intense regulatory, compliance and policy focus on teacher education, there exists a lack of understanding about the nature of teacher educators’ practice (Brennan & Zipin, 2016), or when it is described, the views are simplistic in nature (Loughran & Hamilton, 2016). The dominant meta-narratives about teacher education seem to come from those who are either outside, or occupy a certain part of the field, who speak about and for, rather than with, teacher educators.

Objectives

Our aim with this research project was to explore what it means for those who are working in the highly politicized, contested and entangled field of teacher education in order to uncover understandings about the complex aspects of their work.

Research Questions

The key research question for this project was: How do those who work in the field of teacher education articulate and represent the nature of their work? To assist in exploring this question we also developed the following sub-questions:

  1. In what ways do personal and professional dispositions intersect for those who work in the field of teacher education?
  2. How do the narratives and representations created by the participants relate to the meta-narratives about teacher education?
  3. In what ways do arts-related and narrative methods contribute to understanding experiences of those who work in the field of teacher education?

In this presentation we will discuss the ways in which we have utilised arts-based methodologies (for instance, Leavy, 2015) to engage with colleagues globally to reflect on the cognitive and affective domains of their work, and to explore dominant discourses framing the conception of working in the field of teacher education.

Theoretical framework

We draw on aspects of Bourdieu’s practice theory (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1992) that take into account the intersecting relationships between the ‘field’ as a space of social interaction, conflict, and competition (often referred to as a game); ‘habitus’ as the durable dispositions we possess, to make sense of one’s place in the social world (the feel for the game) and how the various ‘capitals’ we accumulate such as economic, social, cultural, and symbolic inform how we act as players in the complex game. To consider the cognitive, intellectual work and the affective and emotional dimensions of working in teacher education, we also draw on the concepts of affect and emotion work (Prosser 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The supercomplexity research paradigm (Ling & Ling 2020) involves embracing the unknown, strangeness, fragility, while disturbing and problematizing existing understandings, provided a means to explore how those working in teacher education describe and navigate their identities and professional experiences. Our phenomenological approach (Cohen et al., 2011) meant that we were able to consider the lived experiences of those working, or who had worked in the last 10 years, in the field of teacher education (not only initial teacher education). After obtaining university ethics approval, participants were drawn from Australia and internationally and recruited via email and through social media platforms. Each participant was invited to respond to a suite of short online surveys sent at approximately 4-week intervals. For each survey, participants were asked to complete a single stem sentence prompt with some text (of no more than 50 words) and provide an associated image (from the web or self-made). The four prompts related to the troublesome, delightful, ambiguous, and hopeful dimensions of working in teacher education.
By adopting arts-based methods and inviting participants to share a visual, as well as a written response, we wanted to enable participants to provide an insight into their emotional, lived experiences, in ways that might move beyond linguistic-cognitive approaches. Arts-based and visual research methods have grown in prominence in qualitative research as ways to explore peoples’ experiences and realities. These forms of research counter traditional and linear approaches (Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010; Leavy, 2015) and offer researchers the ability to draw from, and develop, multiple ways of generating and analyzing data.

In total, 126 responses were received (with responses from each Australian state and territory along with 20 % of responses coming from outside Australia). This is a significant number of people involved in teacher education who wanted to share their perspectives.
 
Coding scripts were used to convert data from online spreadsheets into Instagram-Polaroid style representations that fused text and image for each response. These Polaroids, or individual data points, were transferred to a Miro board (online whiteboard) affording individual and collaborative analysis by the project team. This included making notations and moving the data points on the Miro board related to a particular prompt into ‘clusters’ based on metaphors and ideas present in the images and the text to identify key concepts and themes related to the troublesome, delightful, ambiguous, and hopeful dimensions of working in teacher education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data provided by the participants offer rich textual and visual representations. We see and read about the troublesome and ambiguous aspects, with references to control, restriction, compliance, uncertainty and contested expectations, with feelings of fragility and being de-humanized. These ideas were accompanied by images of signposts, people climbing mountains, and symbols such as question marks. These artefacts emulate what Bourdieu refers to as the prevailing ‘doxa’ that has colonized the field, along with the forms of ‘symbolic violence’ that involve subtle forms of hierarchized power that influence human relationships and positions in the field. Juxtaposing these representations, the participants’ responses to the delightful and hopeful dimensions reflect the vibrancy and energy where collegiality and collaboration are valued along with opportunities to explore new possibilities, taking risks and imagining positive futures. Typical images included those of distant horizons, cloud formations and interlocked hands, all of which highlight certain dispositions and a type of habitus, or feel for the game, that draws on particular types of cultural and social capital to stay within the field.

The use of images accompanied by text also opened ways to reveal both conscious and unconscious conceptualizations and emotions that are not so easily captured by words alone. Arts-based methods such as we have employed provide powerful and vivid representations of the intensity and level of emotions teacher educators experience in their work. These methods also offer an aesthetic mode of resistance and interruption to the dominant discourse by allowing for both individual and collective voices and images of teacher educators to be heard and the work they do to be more understood by those in other parts of the field and beyond.

References
Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. J. D. (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology. University of Chicago Press.
Brennan, M., & Zipin, L. (2016). The work of teacher-educators. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 44(4), 302-305.
Butler-Kisber, L., & Poldma, T. (2010). The power of visual approaches in qualitative inquiry: The use of collage making and concept mapping in experiential research. Journal of Research Practice, 6( 2), 1 -16.
Clare, J. (2022). Teacher workforce shortage issues paper. Commonwealth of Australia. Retrieved from https://ministers.education.gov.au/clare/teacher-workforce-shortages-issues-paper
Cochran-Smith, M., Stringer Keefe, E., & Carney, M. C. (2018). Teacher educators as reformers: Competing agendas. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(5), 572-590.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research methods in education (7th ed.). Routledge.
European Commission. (2020). Shaping career-long perspectives on teaching: A guide on policies to improve initial teacher education. Brussels.
European Commission, EACEA, & Eurydice. (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, development and well-being. Office of the European Union.
Fox, J., C. Alexander, C. & Aspland, T. (2020). Teacher education in globalised times: Local responses in action. Springer.
Leavy, P. (2015). Method meets art: Arts-based research practice (2nd ed.). The Guildford Press.
Ling, L., & Ling, P. (Eds.). (2020). Emerging methods and paradigms in scholarship and education research. IGI Global.
Long, R., & Danechi, S. (2022). Teacher recruitment and retention on England. House of Commons Library.
Loughran, J. & Hamilton, M. (2016). International handbook of teacher education. Springer.
Mayer, D., & Mills, M. (2021). Professionalism and teacher education in Australia and England. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 45-61.
McLaren, P., & Baltodano, M. P. (2000). The future of teacher education and the politics of resistance. Teaching Education, 11(1), 47-60.
OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals. OECD.
Paul, L., Louden, B., Elliott, M., & Scott, D. (2022). Next steps: Report of the quality initial teacher education review. Australian Government.
Pedaste, M., Leijen, Ä., Poom-Valickis, K., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2019). Teacher professional standards to support teacher quality and learning in Estonia. European Journal of Education, 54(3), 389–399.
Prosser, B. (2015). Knowledge of the heart: Ethical implications of sociological research with emotion. Emotion Review, 7(2), 175–180.
Thompson, G. (2021). The global report on the status of teachers 2021. Education International.
United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization. (2021). Reimainging our future: A new social contract for education. UNESCO.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm10 SES 03 B: Knowledge and Partnership Practices
Location: Rankine Building, 108 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Pia M Nordgren
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Bridging the Gap Between Knowledge and Practices in Teacher Education: Building a Professional Learning Community Through Action Research

Ziyin Xiong1, Sebastien Chalies2, Xin Jie Yan1, Romuald Normand3

1Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, People's Republic of; 2University of Toulouse; 3University of Strasbourg

Presenting Author: Xiong, Ziyin; Yan, Xin Jie

Introduction

Teachers’ knowledge and their teaching practices are often viewed as two sides of the same coin, intertwined and together constituting teachers’ professionalism. In teacher education, universities often play a dominant role to provide “formal knowledge” to pre-service teachers, whereas schools tend to be regarded as a substituted place for pre-service teachers to practice what they learnt from the universities (Allen & Wright, 2014; Zeichner, 2015). Evidence shows that such traditional epistemology in teacher education has limitations in supporting pre-service teachers’ learning (e.g. Tylor et al., 2014). More research attention is needed on exploring how to build a meaningful integration of the knowledge and practices which pre-service teachers gain from the different sites in teacher education.

A large body of literature has discussed how to reform the traditional paradigm of teacher education, including enhancing university-school partnership (e.g. Lillejord & Børte, 2016), creating a third space (Martin et al., 2011) or a professional community (e.g. Herold & Waring, 2016), etc. However, there are still relatively few studies that are set out from the practitioners’ perspective and explore what teacher educators can do in their own capacity to innovate on the traditional practices in teacher education.

This study presents how teacher educators as practitioners can make their own efforts to innovate on traditional university-based teaching in teacher education and to improve the quality of learning for pre-service teachers. To do this, this study built on the concept of “communities of practice” and uses action research as an empowerment approach, to encourage teacher educators to reflect on their knowledge and to mobilise their resources to build a professional learning community. This study provides a real-world example of how teacher educators can change the traditional university-based pedagogy in their own capacity while avoiding the potential institutional constraints. It is hoped that this case study can provoke some theoretical discussions on how to harness the concept of a professional learning community as a meaningful practice in teacher education.

Theoretical Framework

The concept of “communities of practice” (Lave & Wenger, 1991) is served as the broad theoretical umbrella to guide the researchers, who are also the teacher educators, to build a professional learning community in the teaching and research process. This concept holds that teachers’ professional knowledge is built through a collective participatory process, through which teachers learn “when they generate local knowledge of practice by working within the contexts of inquiry communities to theorize and construct their work” (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 1999, p.250). To facilitate teachers’ learning process, building a professional learning community shall therefore be considered as valuable practices in teacher education. According to Wenger (1998), to build and sustain an effective community of practice, there are at least three perquisitions to achieve: (a) mutual engagements of all members (b) shared repertoire of negotiable resources (c) and joint enterprise.

Action research is considered as a complementary theoretical guide in this research. It empowers teacher educators to reflect on their practices and explore strategies to enact the concept of “communities of practice” in the teacher education context. The two theories share similar principles; both value social participation, empowerment, and professional development. Meanwhile, action research advocates the voices of practitioners and encourages them to link research and practices to build their professionalism in a confident and participatory way. By considering teacher educators as researchers, action research allows teacher educators to investigate their own living environment and to explore the potential ways of building an effective professional learning community that addresses the dynamic contextual needs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design stems from a teacher education programme that aims to develop pre-service teachers’ pedagogical competence on classroom management. Two teacher educators from the University of Toulouse in France and the local secondary school of Bellefontaine participated in the design of this course programme. The teacher educators also worked as researchers and participated in the data collection and data analysis in this study. The participating pre-service teachers in this study are master students in a national degree named “MEEF” (Master de l’enseignement, de l’éducation et de la formation), which is the mainstream track to prepare students to enter the teaching profession in France. In total, 30 pre-service teachers participated in this programme.

Semi-structured interviews were conducted with all teacher educators and volunteering pre-service teachers after each session of this programme. There were ten sequences of interviews from ten teaching sessions throughout the entire semester. In addition, self-confrontation interviews were conducted with five student teachers to collect information on their learning experiences longitudinally. Self-confrontation interviews (SCI) invited participating pre-service teachers to watch their own practices through video and to explain their cognitive thinking linked to their actions. The specific steps are as follows: (1) researchers use cameras to record targeted participants’ actions in a field situation, (2) the researchers replay the recorded video and present it in front of the participants, (3) researchers invite participants to explain the cognitive thinking related to their practices in the specific situation.

To complement the interview data, this study also collected the artefacts that the teacher educators and pre-service teachers have produced throughout this course programme. Artefacts can convey many messages in which the cultural and contextual dynamics are manifested (Schein, 1992). These artefacts include the training materials that teacher educators designed on their own; the group learning projects led by pre-service teachers; the peer observation reports produced by pre-service teachers; the textual feedback and exchanges among the participating teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this paper are summarized into three strands.
Firstly, the paper shows that building a professional learning community is an effective approach to support pre-service teachers to bridge the gap between knowledge and practices. It reveals that the professional learning community supports the pre-service teachers' learning by providing resources and supports that allow pre-service teachers to constantly revise and reorganise their theoretical understanding through the entire learning process.
Secondly, this paper revealed that the effectiveness of the professional learning community is largely dependent on teacher educators’ engagement through the action research project. To build an effective professional learning community, this study argues that it is necessary to align it with a specific and explicit learning goal, so that every participant can develop a clear understanding of their practices and responsibilities in this community. In this study, a concrete learning module with a clear learning goal provided scaffolding for teacher educators to harness their knowledge and expertise when considering building a professional learning community.
Thirdly, this paper observed that, by combining action research with the concept of professional learning community, both teacher educators and pre-service teachers took initiative to explore innovative pedagogical resources, and tended to develop a more welcoming and open attitude towards pedagogical innovation in their own practices.

References
Allen, J. M., & Wright, S. E. (2014). Integrating theory and practice in the pre-service teacher education practicum. Teachers and teaching, 20(2), 136-151.
Cochran-Smith, M., Feiman-Nemser, S., & John McIntyre, D. (2008). Handbook of Research on Teacher Education: Enduring Questions in Changing Contexts. New York: Routledge.
Herold, F., & Waring, M. (2016). An investigation of pre-service teachers’ learning in physical education teacher education: schools and university in partnership. Sport, Education and Society, 23(1), 95-107.
Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Martin, S. D., Snow, J. L., & Franklin Torrez, C. A. (2011). Navigating the terrain of third space: Tensions with/in relationships in school-university partnerships. Journal of teacher education, 62(3), 299-311.
Schein, E. (1992). Organizational culture and leadership. San francisco: CA: Jossey-Bass.
Taylor, M., Klein, E., & Abrams, L. (2014). Tensions of Reimagining Our Roles as Teacher Educators in a Third Space: Revisiting a Co/autoethnography Through a Faculty Lens. Studying Teacher Education, 10(1), 3-19.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: learning, meaning and identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Zeichner, K., Payne, K. A., & Brayko, K. (2015). Democratizing teacher education. Journal of teacher education, 66(2), 122-135.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Coherence Between University Courses and Field Work in Teacher Education in Iceland: Perspectives from Teacher Students and Mentors

Birna María Svanbjörnsdóttir, Guðmundur Engilbertsson, María Steingrímsdóttir

University of Akureyri, Iceland

Presenting Author: Svanbjörnsdóttir, Birna María; Engilbertsson, Guðmundur

Objectives and theoretical framework

The structure of teacher education must be clear and comprehensible to student teachers no less than to teacher educators and the mentors in the field because it helps to understand what teaching entails (Canrinus et al., 2019; Hammerness et al., 2014). A lack of coherence in teacher education between theory and practice in classroom teaching has been criticized (Darling-Hammond et al., 2005). It has also been argued that in the teacher education program, more emphasis is on introducing student teachers to different implementations of teaching methods than on giving them relevant support to practice and reflect on them for deeper learning and professional development (Grossman, Hammerness, & McDonald, 2009; Darling-Hammond, & Oaks, 2019). There is also an indication that mentors focus more on practical issues than on theories when mentoring students in the field practice (Steingrímsdóttir & Engilbertsson, 2018).

The teacher education in Iceland has gone through extensive changes the last years. In 2008 it became a five-year program for all school levels (Government of Iceland, 2019), grounded in a three year undergraduate program (B.Ed., BA or BS) added with two years M.Ed./MT graduate program. (University of Akureyri, 2023). Since 2019 a new law (no. 95/2019) allows for one teaching licence for all school levels. As the teaching profession is cross- disciplinary and consists of both theoretical and practical skills the teacher education is a combination of a theoretical courses and field work. The main part of the field practice is on the 5th and last year of the studies with a contract with mentors/field schools.

Mentors serves an important role in building up a systematic approach and collaboration between teacher education programs (universities) and the schools (Bjarnadóttir, 2015; Steingrímsdóttir & Engilbertsson, 2018). Icelandic research has confirmed that mentoring can be a key factor in professional development. A significant increase has been in a number of teachers, completing courses in a mentoring program in Iceland. Hence, schools at all school levels are in the process of developing a sustainable culture of mentoring for teachers’ students and NQTs (Svanbjörnsdóttir et al., 2020).

A questionnaire for teacher students, The Coherence and Assignment Study in Teacher Education (CATE) has been developed to better understand pedagogical aspect of teacher education and students’ perspective on the connection between courses/subject and preparation for the teaching profession. The questionnaire has been used in several teacher education institutions all over the world (Hammerness, et al., 2014). In 2021 the questionnaire was conducted in the two main teacher education programs in Iceland. The main results indicate that students find in general there is a rather good flow and coherence in their study programs and time to learn about teaching methods and enact teaching plans but few opportunities to practice and reflect on real classroom practice in their courses, as such a lack of coherence between theory and practice. To some extent they experience a lack of connection in the field practice to what they learned in their university courses (Gísladóttir et al., 2023). With the aim of understanding the lack of coherence in more detail, the University of Akureyri followed up on the results from the survey.

The objective of this paper is to present the preliminary findings from the study at the University of Akureyri lead by the RQ: How can the coherence between theory and practice in the teacher education be strengthened by further collaboration between different stakeholders?

The research is part of the QUINT research project https://www.uv.uio.no/quint/english/


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is qualitative (Creswell, 2009) and was conducted through:
• focus group interviews with students at the 5th year in the teacher education program,
• individual interviews with mentors
• individual interview with the project manager for field practice at the university and
• overview of syllabus for handbooks and assignments for the field formulated by the teacher education faculty.

36 teacher students attended the program for future primary school teachers 2022–2023 and did their field practice in 31 schools all around the country in the autumn 2022. All of them got a mentor in their schools.
The criteria for the sample were all those who had the B.Ed. background (total 13) and their mentors. They all participated.
All the interviews took place on-line early year 2023, four focus groups interviews (with 3-4 students in each group) and 13 individual interviews with mentors.
The focus group interviews lasted around one and a half hour and the individual interviews from 30 to 40 minutes. They were audio-recorded and transcribed with the consent of the interviewees, thematically analyzed based on Braun et al.’s six-step thematic analysis (2018), examined in context of the results of the CATE questionnaire (Gísladóttir et al., 2023) and the review of the syllabus/documents. The handbooks and assignments were reviewed regarding the learning goals and vision of the education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings indicate that:
• The project manager has the main responsibility towards the field practice in the teacher education program and has regular online meetings with students and mentors but does not visit the field.
• That the collaboration between the teacher education and mentors/schools and the field practice can be improved and clarified.
• Mentors are not aware of how the teacher education fulfil its role in linking theory and practice in university courses and vice versa, the teacher education (project manager) seems to need more insight in mentors and teacher students’ communication and enactment between theory and practice during the field practice.
• The assignments and handbook from the teacher education have relevant information and focus on practical issues, as lesson video recordings, but some instructions and concepts in the handbook could be formulated more in detail for mutual understanding.
• In some of the courses, according to students, the academics seems not regularly highlight the connection to the field towards the course subject and students doesn´t have assignments to practice on connected to courses in the long period of field practice at the last year.

We expect to gain deeper understanding of students and mentors view on the connection between field practice and learning on campus to be able to strengthen the collaboration between institutions and set common goals for more coherence between theory and practice in the teacher education program. That is an important part for professional learning and development in teacher education.

References
Canrinus, E., Klette, K., & Hammerness, K. (2019). Diversity in coherence: Stengths and opportunities of three programs. Journal of Teacher Education, 70(3), 192–205. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0022487117737305  
Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (third ed). SAGE
Bjarnadóttir. R. (2015). Leiðsögn. Lykill að starfsmenntun og skólaþróun. Háskólaútgáfan
Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N. & Terry, G. (2018). Thematic analysis. In P. Liamputtong (Editor), Handbook of research methods in health social sciences (pp. 1–18). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-2779-6_103-1
Darling-Hammond, L., & Bransford, J. (Eds.). (2005). Preparing teachers for a changing world. What teachers should learn and be able to do. Jossey-Bass.
Darling-Hammond, L., & Oakes, J. (2019). Preparing teachers for deeper learning. Harvard Education Press.
Gísladóttir, B., Björnsdóttir, A., Svanbjörnsdóttir, B., & Engilbertsson, G. (2023). Tengsl fræða og starfs í kennaramenntun: Sjónarhorn nema. Netla – Online Journal of Pedagogy and Education. (in publication process).
Government of Iceland. (2019). https://www.stjornarradid.is/verkefni/menntamal/
Law nr. 95/2019. https://www.althingi.is/altext/pdf/149/s/1942.pdf
Hammerness, K., Klette, K., & Berger, O.K. (2014). Coherence and assignment in teacher education: Teacher education survey. University of Oslo Department of Teacher Education and School Research.
Steingrímsdóttir, M. & Engilbertsson, G. (2018). Mat nýliða á gagnsemi leiðsagnar í starfi kennara. Netla – Online Journal of Pedagogy and Education. http://netla.hi.is/2018/ryn03
Svanbjörnsdóttir, B., Hauksdóttir, H., & Steingrímsdóttir, M. (2020). Mentoring in Iceland: An integral part of professional development? In K.R. Olsen, H. Heikkinen & Bjerkholt, E.M. (Eds.). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring (Ch. 6, pp. 129–149). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
University of Akureyri. (2023). Course catalogue, undergraduate and graduate programmes 2022–2023. https://ugla.unak.is/kennsluskra/index.php?tab=nam&chapter=namsleid&id=640014_20226&kennsluar=2022&lina=490 & https://ugla.unak.is/kennsluskra/index.php?tab=nam&chapter=namsleid&id=640078_20226&kennsluar=2022&lina=495


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Student Teacher Learning in School-University Partnerships: A Systematic Review (2011-2020)

Jingtian Zhou, Xiaohua Wan

The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Zhou, Jingtian

University-based initial teacher education (ITE) has been accused of as inefficient in preparing capable teachers for decades. The long-standing theory-practice dichotomy, or “the two-worlds pitfall” (Feiman-Nemser & Buchmann, 1985), has led to the historical dispute on “where to prepare teachers”. In face of the mounting criticism, and to overcome the disparity or discontinuity between ITE and the teacher career (Korthagen et al., 2006; Wetzel et al., 2018), policymakers and practitioners across the world have turned to school-university partnerships (hereafter partnerships) as part of the solution. There are advocates who firmly believe that the “workplace learning”, or “on-the-job” training offered by partnerships could help integrate university courses and school realities so as to get teacher candidates better prepared.

The call for partnerships has gained momentum since the 1980s and 1990s among western countries. Under the influence of globalization, knowledge marketization and the increasingly predominant accountability culture, it became part of the “teacher quality” agenda. (Edwards et al., 2009) Although they take different shapes and are under various names in different countries – for example, Professional Development Schools (PDSs) in the U.S. (Holmes Group, 1986, 1990), mandatory school placement in the U.K. (DfE, 1992), or teaching practice school in Australia (see Department of Education, Victoria, 1999 as an example), they share one thing in common: that the responsibility of teacher preparation has been redistributed, and the K-12 schools are bearing more and more significant roles.

However, partnerships could be rather problematic in practice. In fact, they are highly contextualized, and there is no standardized answer for how partnerships should be enacted in terms of its length and depth, forms and contents. Several types of partnership practices – mediated instruction, extended placements, hybrid teacher educators, bringing school staff into the university setting, and community knowledge – are said to facilitate student teachers’ (STs) learning in different ways (Zeichner, 2010). When unfolding the partnerships, a major issue noticed by teacher education researchers is the asymmetrical power relationship between the university and the school, which might impede the diversity or multiplicity of voices and inhibit dialogue among the three parties (UT, MT and ST) on an equal footing. (Edwards & Tsui, 2009)

Researchers have also pointed out gaps in the study of partnerships, such as weakness in research methodology (mainly using self-report data), and insufficient evidence of the learning process of both student teachers and teacher educators. More importantly, there is a lack of systematic examination of how the specific implementation or enactment of partnerships have shaped student teachers’ learning, such as their knowledge, skills or performances. Although a number of literature reviews (Daza et al., 2021; Green et al., 2020; Hunt, 2014; Smedley, 2001; Yendol-Hoppey & Franco, 2014) comprehensively answered the question of “what works and what does not in partnerships”, they seldom take up the “outcome” question, in other words, what and how well student teachers learn to teach in these partnerships, and whether their learning could be facilitated or impeded by the aforementioned components of partnerships.

Therefore, following the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis (PRISMA) procedures (Moher et al.2009), this study aims to systematically review the empirical evidence reported worldwide in the last decade (2011-2020) on this relationship. The key research questions are:

RQ1: What types of school-university partnership have been developed worldwide in 2010-2020?

RQ2: What do student teachers learn (as indicated by change in dispositions, knowledge, performances) in those school-university partnerships?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To form the literature pool, several databases – ERIC, Google Scholar, Web of Science, Scopus formed the sources of literature. They were chosen for they are commonly used for educational studies, and that their collections are relatively comprehensive and of high quality.
As this study focuses on what student teachers learn in partnership settings, in each database, we used Boolean search and input queries as AB = school university partnership AND AB = (“teacher education” OR “teacher preparation” OR “teacher learning” OR “preservice teachers” OR “pre-service teachers” OR “student teachers”). When searching, the time span was set between Jan.1st,2011and Dec.31st,2020. Abstracts of the articles were searched because they usually contain the main ideas of the study. After the initial search,445entries were found in total. We then downloaded basic information such as title, author and abstract into a Microsoft Excel file for further screening.
Three rounds of screening were applied to narrow down the scope of review to our research questions. In the first round, the duplicates were removed so that 211 entries remained. At the same time, we went through all abstracts of the 211 pieces to determine whether the focus of the studies was on student teachers’ learning in partnerships. Those concerned only with the overall designs of partnerships, teacher educators’ roles and responsibilities in partnerships, or the related policy issues were screened out. As a result,135entries were included. In the second round, we reread all abstracts to locate empirical studies that report the learning gains of student teachers in their findings. Therefore, qualitative, quantitative as well as mixed-methods works were remained (n=98). In the third round, we engaged in the careful examination of full texts, and further deleted 31 studies deemed irrelevant or not rigorous enough. Eventually, 67 pieces of work remained as the object of this review, containing 58 journal articles, 7 book chapters, 1 doctoral dissertation and 1 entire book. Throughout the process, the two authors co-decided whether to keep an entry or not to guarantee inter-rater reliability.
The coding process of this study mainly followed an inductive manner. Besides descriptive data, to answer RQ1, we went through all the reported program interventions situated in the partnerships. Themes such as “power relationship” and “reflection” emerged from bottom up, leading to constant comparisons until similarities and differences were drawn. For RQ2, we applied the classic categorization of teachers’ learning outcomes – dispositions, knowledge, and performance to inform our coding.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This review first identified different types of partnerships implemented worldwide. Both differences and similarities were observed among reviewed studies. On the one hand, all partnerships differ in their names, durations, locations, as well as their detailed arrangements and nuanced power relationships. On the other hand, there are also a few common characteristics shared by all ITE programs.
The first similarity lies in that all partnerships are embodied in the learning activities of STs (be it school-based or university-based). The second similarity of reviewed partnerships is the wide range of tools employed by teacher educators to facilitate STs’ learning to teach in these activities (e.g., learning journals). Among all activities and tools, two common core elements could be distinguished: reflection and dialogue.
For RQ2, we also synthesized changes in student teachers’ dispositions, knowledge and performances from 67 studies. While plenty of positive changes took place as expected by practitioners, there were also occasions when unexpected, negative changes occur.
To start with, for changes in dispositions, one common conclusion is that the conflicting discourses between the university and the school could bring troublesome outcomes for STs’ development of beliefs, values or identities. However, not all stories are pessimistic – there are also studies documenting growth of STs’ agency, identity and resilience. Secondly, partnerships are viewed as “knowledge processes” or “knowledge relationships” – studies focus on various aspects of knowledge, such as subject matter knowledge or knowledge of learners. In terms of performance, it seems that the more opportunities STs get to conduct classroom teaching and reflect on it afterwards, the quicker they develop relevant skills. Although STs get more exposure to practice in their field experiences, they are still peripherally participating in school communities, which is why evidence of their teaching performance is not as rich as the previous two aspects.

References
Bernay, R., Stringer, P., Milne, J., & Jhagroo, J. (2020). Three models of effective school-university partnerships. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 55, 133-148.
Burn, K., & Mutton, T. (2015). A review of ‘research-informed clinical practice’ in Initial Teacher Education. Oxford Review of Education, 41(2), 217-233.
Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (1999). Chapter 8: Relationships of knowledge and practice: Teacher learning in communities. Review of research in education, 24(1), 249-305.
Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338.
Feiman-Nemser, S., & Buchmann, M. (1985). Pitfalls of experience in teacher preparation. Teachers College Record, 87, 53–65.
Furlong, J. (1996). Re-defining Partnership: Revolution or reform in initial teacher education?, Journal of Education for Teaching, 22(1), 39-56.
Green, C. A., Tindall-Ford, S. K., & Eady, M. J. (2020). School-university partnerships in Australia: A systematic literature review. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 48(4), 403-435.
Hunt, C. S. (2014). A Review of School-University Partnerships for Successful New Teacher Induction. School-University Partnerships, 7(1), 35-48.
Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & Prisma Group. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. PLoS Medicine, 6(7), Article e1000097.
Smedley, L. (2001). Impediments to partnership: A literature review of school university links. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 7(2), 189–209.
Tsui, A., Edwards, G., Lopez-Real, F., Kwan, T., Law, D., Stimpson, P., & Wong, A. (2009). Learning in School-university partnership: Sociocultural Perspectives. NY: Routledge.
Wetzel, M., Hoffman, J., Maloch, B., Vlach, S., Taylor, L., Svrcek, N., Dejulio, S., Martinez, A., & Lavender, H. (2018). Coaching elementary preservice teachers: Hybrid spaces for cooperating teachers and university field supervisors to collaborate. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 7(4), 357-372.
Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college- and university-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61, 1-20, 89-99.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm10 SES 03 C: Digital Learning and Teaching
Location: Rankine Building, 107 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Michael Schlauch
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Student Teachers’ Digital Self-Regulated Learning – A Systematic Review

Laura N. Peters1,3, Judit Martínez Moreno2, Kirsten Gronau1, Berrin Cefa Sari1,3, Olaf Zawacki-Richter1,3

1Carl von Ossietzky Universität Oldenburg, Germany; 2PH Zürch & University of Zürich, Switzerland; 3Centre for Open Education Research (COER)

Presenting Author: Peters, Laura N.

Digitally native” (Kirschner & De Bruyckere, 2017) and “technically proficient student teachers” (Almås et al., 2021) do not necessarily know how to use those technologies effectively for their own learning, and digital readiness does not per sé result in learning and target-aimed teaching with digital technologies. Due to the emergence of computers in schools, significant research interest has been invested in teachers’ knowledge of technology integration into teaching (Baier & Kunter, 2020; Scherer et al., 2018), cf. TPACK (Koehler et al., 2014; Koehler & Mishra, 2009). Conversely, less attention has been given to the self-regulated learning knowledge (Karlen et al., 2021) that student teachers build, nor the beliefs (Darmawan et al., 2020; Scherer et al., 2018; Vosniadou et al., 2020) that they hold towards digital self-regulated learning (Greene, 2021; Karlen et al., 2021). “Online Self-Regulated Learning” has been coined to describe the mode of e-learning in structured online learning scenarios, such as MOOCs and Learning Management Systems (LMS) of higher education institutions. However, the technological affordance in distance teaching and learning, as demonstrated by *emergency remote teaching* during the Covid19 pandemic, puts the emphasis on technologies rather than learning. Therefore, this project aims to explore the fundamentals of learning in, with, about, and even despite digital technologies. With “Digital Self-Regulated Learning” (DSRL), I aim to explore the intersection of self-regulated learning (Karlen et al., 2021; Panadero, 2017; Vosniadou et al., 2021) and digital technologies in the teaching profession, which is the domain-general and purposeful use for the teachers’ professional- learning and development. This idea links with Professional Digital Competence (Karlen et al., 2020), defined as a universal set of competences and knowledge that fosters digitality-related learning across all domains in the teaching profession and across the professional lifespan, beyond the integration of technologies into teaching. Additionally, because teachers have communicative obligations in school development processes that are also undergoing digitization, it is important to understand the principal functions of technologies in the context of sustainable school development (e.g., digital device decisions instead of simply tool application). Research on teacher professional development suggests that teachers must be capable of self-regulating their own learning with digital technologies as a prerequisite for fostering SRL skills in their students (Greene, 2021; Karlen et al., 2021; Almås et al., 2021). This is framed from a perspective of a teachers’ professional role and identity (Zimmer et al., 2021). Setting the term “digital” semantically apart from “online/e-learning” - wherein digital technologies function as a medium of transfer (i.e., utility) - opens the aim of the project to define digitality as a condition and digital technologies as learning objects (Knox, 2019; Stalder, 2021). This configurative systematic review (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2020) evaluates and synthesizes the current empirical results on student teachers’ knowledge of self- regulated learning with, and about, digital technologies, as well as their attitudes towards digital self-regulated professional learning (Darmawan et al., 2020; Scherer et al., 2018; Tondeur et al., 2016; Vosniadou et al., 2020) and answers the following two research questions:
1. What is the current empirical evidence on student teachers’ knowledge and attitudes towards digital self-regulated learning?
2. How are knowledge and attitudes measured and operationalized in the context of digital self-regulated learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For data retrieval this systematic review has taken the databases _SCOPUS_, _Education Source_ and _Web of Science_ into account. The decision against PsychInfo and Wiley is within the scope of the configurative nature of the review as the combination of self-regulated learning is an umbrella term itself and entails a significant amount of variables and constructs that are measured. Digital self-regulated learning, as elaborated above, puts the omnipresence of digital technologies into perspective as an all-encompassing condition (Knox, 2019).
In the current systematic review specific inclusion and exclusion criteria have been put into place for the first phase of data retrieval and narrowing the corpus in an abstract screening.
Regarding the database settings the search string targeted the following main concepts ((Student Teachers)), ((self-regulated learning)), ((knowledge)), ((attitudes)) and ((digital technologies)). The construction of the search string underwent 7 major and 11 minor iterations and besides synonyms that play an important role in discourse construction around such semantically rich composita and terms, the proximity operator has been made productive. Additionally, the databases were all set to capture the time frame of ten years between 2012 and 2022. Another pre-requisite taken within the database browser interface, was the publication in the English language as well as the fact that the articles had the criterion of being quality assessed contributions which had undergone peer-review before publication. Therefore, only articles from peer-reviewed academic journals were taken into consideration (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2020).  The total corpus that could be derived via this method from the above mentioned databases contained a total number of 4.250 articles (N=4.250). For the abstract screening the software Rayyan was used via the browser interface. The software detected 30 more duplicates that were resolved by deletion of one of the two occurrences per entry.
The abstract screening was facilitated by 4 raters and followed the tight agenda inclusion- and exclusion criteria, that were accompanied by interrater-reliability testing (Fleiss Kappa, 0.64, Belur et al. 2021). From 4.250 articles, 169 could be taken into considerations after the abstract screening, loading full-texts facilitated to exclude additional articles, so that the final corpus of this study contains 63, after six titles could not be retrieved as full-texts (cf. PRISMA, Moher et al., 2015) . The qualitative, descriptive and corpus-linguistic data extraction is facilitated with a form in LimeSurvey that follows an if-statement structure which combines descriptive data scales with open-ended qualitative data questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First preliminary results suggest that the following list of scales answers research question (2), concerning the scales and instruments to measure digital self-regulated learning attitudes: general attitudes towards technology (GATT), educational attitudes towards technology (EDATT), general ICT efficacy, pedagogical beliefs (student centered / transmissive), Teachers’ Emphasis on Developing Students Digital Information and Communication Skills (TEDDICS), Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT), values.
The modellation of the digital self-regulated knowledge scales is more complex it contains as well the meta-learning strategy knowledge (cf. SRL knowledge) as also the digital principal knowledge (cf. technological knowledge, TK, Mishra & Koehler, 2009). Additionally, the synthesis of the empirical results answering the first research question suggests, that the complexity of variables measured will derive a puzzle of components to prioritize from, and DSRL as the theoretical compositum I have argued in the rationale above is not represented in the dataset adequately. A lot of the discourse about teachers' technological knowledge and attitudes has been shaped around the theoritical frame of TPACK, which shifts the knowledge and attitudes always into the context of teaching in the classroom.

References
Almås, A. G., Bueie, A. A., & Aagaard, T. (2021). From digital competence to Professional Digital Competence: Student teachers’ experiences of and reflections on how teacher education prepares them for working life. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 5(4), Art. 4. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.4233

Belur, J., Tompson, L., Thornton, A., & Simon, M. (2021). Interrater Reliability in Systematic Review Methodology: Exploring Variation in Coder Decision Making. Sociological Methods & Research, 50(2), 837–865. https://doi.org/10.1177/0049124118799372

Darmawan, I., Vosniadou, S., Lawson, M. J., Deur, P. V., & Wyra, M. (2020). The development of an instrument to test pre-service teachers’ beliefs consistent and inconsistent with self-regulation theory. The British Journal of Educational Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12345

Greene, J. A. (2021). Teacher support for metacognition and self-regulated learning: A compelling story and a prototypical model. Metacognition and Learning, 16(3), 651–666. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-021-09283-7

Karlen, Y., Hirt, C., Liska, A., & Stebner, F. (2021). Mindsets and Self-Concepts About Self-Regulated Learning: Their Relationships With Emotions, StrategyKnowledge,and Academic Achievement.Frontiers in Psychology,12. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.661142

Kirschner, P. A., & De Bruyckere, P. (2017). The myths of the digital native and the multitasker. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 135–142. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.06.001

Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422

Scherer, R., Tondeur, J., Siddiq, F., & Baran, E. (2018). The importance of attitudes toward technology for pre-service teachers’ technological, pedagogical, and content knowledge: Comparing structural equation modelling approaches. Computers in Human Behavior. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2017.11.003

Vosniadou, S., Lawson, M. J., Wyra, M., Deur, P., Jeffries, D., & Ngurah, D. I. G. (2020). Pre-service teachers’ beliefs about learning and teaching and about the self-regulation of learning: A conceptual change perspective. International Journal of Educational Research, 99.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2019.101495

Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., & Buntins, K. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology,Perspectives and Application. Springer VS.

Zimmer, W. K., McTigue, E. M., & Matsuda, N. (2021). Development and validation of the teachers’ digital learning identity survey. International Journal of Educational Research, 105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101717


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

The Impact of a Digital-Literacy Based Placement Programme on Student Teachers’ Teaching Experience and Practices

Zerrin Doganca Kucuk, Majella Dempsey, Thomas Delahunty, Keith Young

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Dempsey, Majella; Young, Keith

Digitalization brings both benefits and challenges in almost every aspect of our lives. Though the benefits seem apparent, the challenges are mostly related to the gaps it creates between advantaged and disadvantaged communities. The term ‘digital divide’ is frequently used for comparisons of access to digital tools and internet, the value and need for a digital world, and corresponding skills needed in such a technologically rich life (Burns, 2022). These identified gaps call for changes in classroom practices.

In OECD’s recent report (2021), there were some highlights about diverse and innovative pedagogies to integrate technology in classrooms and some implications to teacher education. In Ireland, digital skills are identified as the core elements of initial teacher education in the policy document called ‘Ceim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education’ (Teaching Council, 2020).

Considering the diverse and innovative pedagogies that could be introduced into teacher education programmes, this research aims to explore the impact of a ‘Digital Leaders’ Placement Programme’ (DLPP) on Year 2 and Year 3 students’ teaching practices in an undergraduate programme in Ireland. Impact is determined through the development of students’ knowledge and skills as they relate to digital literacy and their intention to continue using digital technologies in teaching their STEM subjects following completion of the programme. The programme was designed as a second-year placement module, and it is independent of any subject specific methodologies. The Technological Pedagogical and Content Knowledge Framework (TPACK) by Koehler and Mishra (2005) will be used as the theoretical model to study the integration of technology as part of a teachers’ professional practices. The framework is rooted in Schulman’s (1986) Pedagogical Content Knowledge concept that represents the full body of knowledge including pedagogy and subject matter required for a teacher. Concerning the increasing use and importance of technology in learning and teaching, the extension of technology is inevitable in the current full body of teacher knowledge (De Rossi & Trevisan, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
he design of the research was a case study where the impact of the ‘Digital Leaders’ Placement Programme’ (DLPP) would be explored. The case study took place in an Initial Teacher Program at an Irish university. To assess the longer-term impact of the DLPP, Year 2 (n= 38) and Year 3 students (n=40) participated in the study. During the course of the study, both cohorts continue their teaching practice and teach 2-3 hours every week. Year 2 students taught extra-curricular lessons with various digital tools while Year 3 students taught their regular classes in their two teaching subjects with combinations of science (physics, chemistry and biology), mathematics, and computer science.  

The format for the case study synthesised the use of pre/post surveys and focus groups to provide richness of data.  Initially, the modified ICT-TPACK-Science Scale (Kadioglu-Akbulut et al, 2020) was administrated to the participants at the beginning of the second semester of 2022/23 Academic Year. The same scale was administrated to only Year 2 students at the end of the program to monitor the changes in TPACK of student teachers as they completed their placement.  There were three focus groups; two with seven Year 2 student teachers and one focus group with three Year 3 student teachers.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on student feedback and our observations in modules and school placement, the student teachers had diverse placement experiences. School context including resources, cooperating teachers, student profile could be an important factor in incorporating TPACK in their teaching. The school context related issues can all be enablers or inhibitors for student teachers. While these external issues were vital for student teachers, we concentrated on their individual practice and whether they used their TPACK in the classroom. There was significant variety in the levels of TPACK among the cohort of students across each of the five sub-scales; namely designing, ethics, implementing, planning, and proficiency in the modified ICT-TPACK-Science Scale prior to engaging with the programme. Upon completion of the programme there was improvement across each of the sub-scales with the exception of planning. The focus groups identified significant value in the programme itself, though participants felt more workshops would have been beneficial. This is reflective of the observed changes in levels of TPACK pre and post programme. The findings offer some relevant insights into considerations programme designers may wish to undertake as they develop approaches to build students’ digital literacy skills.    
References
Burns, T. (2022). United We Stand, Digitally Divided We Fall: Gold-standard digital literacy ensures access to technology regardless of age, gender and background. Retrieved from the Forum Network: https://www.oecd-forum.org/posts/united-we-stand-digitally-divided-we-fall-gold-standard-digital-literacy-ensures-access-to-technology-regardless-of-age-gender-and-background  

De Rossi, M., & Trevisan, O. (2018). Technological pedagogical content knowledge in the literature: how TPCK is defined and implemented in initial teacher education. Italian Journal of Educational Technology, 26(1),7-23.

Kadıoğlu-Akbulut, C., Çetin-Dindar, A., Küçük, S., Acar-Sesen, B. (2020). Development and Validation of the ICT-TPACK-Science Scale. Journal of Science Education Technology. 29, 355–368.  

Koehler, M. J., & Mishra, P. (2005). Teachers learning technology by design. Journal of Computing in Teacher Education, 21(3), 94-101.

OECD (2021). 21st-Century Readers: Developing Literacy Skills ina Digital World, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/a83d84cb-en.

Shulman, L. S. (1986). Paradigms and research programs for the study of teaching. In M. C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of Research on Teaching (3rd ed.) (pp. 3-36). New York, NY: Macmillan

The Teaching Council (2020). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. Retrieved from: https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/news-events/latest-news/ceim-standards-for-initial-teacher-education.pdf


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Investigating Teacher Educators Professional Digital Competence Through Epistemic Cultures

Erik Straume Bussesund

OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Bussesund, Erik Straume

The use of technology in education has been a topic of interest for policymakers for many years, as is alleged to have significantly benefits for the learning experience for pupils. With the rapid implementation of digital technology in education in recent years, there has been a focus on the role of teacher qualifications in preparing students for a digital society and utilise the potential of a datafyed and digitised education system. In this regard teacher educators is commonly portrayed to play a critical role in preparing teacher students and in-service teacher use digital technology in classroom and ensuring that pupils can effectively digital technology to enhance their learn and acquire new skills.

In a relatively short period of time, the role of the teacher and concurrently teacher educator has undergone a dramatic change. The expectation placed on schools have increased, because concerns of digitalisation of society and the emphasis of the knowledge economy (Ball, 2017). In In Norway, the public debate have for a long time focused on impact of new digital technologies have had on all aspects of civil and professional society, and how schools must be able to prepare students for the digital professional lives (Engen, 2019). Teacher education is considered to have a duale role. Firstly, teacher education is expected to focus on the (pedagogical) use of digital tools. Secondly, teacher educators are supposed to teach student teachers how to foster pupils’ digital skills and digital responsibility while addressing digitalisation’s influences on society and culture, subjects’ contents, and educational practices (Nagel, 2021). The digitalisation of society and schools have been classified as transformation of epistemic and educational practices (Lund & Aagaard, 2020), and the need for teacher education to adapt and integrate digital competence in study programmes has been emphasised by several actors, including policymakers, researchers, school leaders, and teachers

The European Commission mapped out the education systems in Europe to identify the necessary competences regarding what digital competency teacher should know and be able to do (Bourgeois et al., 2019), and the Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training published a qualification framework for the Professional Digital Competence (PDC) teacher (Kelentrić et al., 2017). These frameworks can be seen as declarations of political intentions for what ought to be taught in teacher education. However, although political and professional discussions have begun, there is no clear description of what teacher educators are expected to know and be able to do (Goodwin et al., 2014; Kelchtermans et al., 2018; Loughran & Hamilton, 2016) .
In this paper we explore structure and experience, mobilising the notion of dispositif as a heuristic device, as a permeable and fluid, strategic and technical. Over the course of this paper, we want to start piecing together a new way of conceptualising Professional Digital Competency for teacher education. By utilising Bailey (2013) conception of policy dispositif to conceive both Performative and dispositional ontology at different material sites, and across and between different scales of policy practice. These methodological and conceptual framework foregrounds analytics which understands policy as a contingent formation of diverse discursive and extra discursive elements, and policy institutions, practices and micro-settings as constituted by and enmeshed within multiple relations of power. In this way, institutional objects and micro-settings forming part of what Bailey (2013) describe as a macro-dispositif of policy. In the following we will fist develop how we understand the concept dispositif. Following this we will present Norwegian teacher education in respect reform and digitalisation. This will serve as a backdrop for the analysis and orient our use educational policy dispositif.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Dispositif is a central concept in Foucault scholarship and is often translated as "apparatus" or deployment. A dispositif is a heterogeneous ensemble that includes discourses, institutions, laws, and other elements that shape how knowledge is produced and used (Foucault, 1980). In this study, the dispositif serves as a heuristic device for analysing how different elements of, such as policies and discourses, shape the understanding and practice of digital competency in teacher education.
Bailey (2013) suggests that the dispositif is a useful lens for understanding how policies and other elements of the dispositif work together to shape educational practices. Using the concept of micro-dispositifs, Bailey (2013) argues that it is possible to analyse the specific characteristics and functions of particular elements of the dispositif, such as the beliefs and practices of teacher educators. In this study, the focus is on analysing how teacher educators' understanding of PDC shapes their views on technology and digital competency in their professional development.
To analyse teacher educators understanding of PDC  I will use the concept epistemic cultures (Knorr Cetina, 1999). An epistemic cultures refer to the shared practices, beliefs, and values that shape how knowledge is produced, validated, and disseminated within a particular community or field of inquiry (Knorr Cetina, 1999). I use epistemic cultures to understand the shared beliefs, practices, and values that shape how knowledge about PDC is produced, validated, and disseminated within teacher education.
This paper uses group interviews conducted in the autumn of 2022 as its starting point. The interviews were conducted with four to seven educators from four Norwegian teacher education programs. These programs were selected based on their efforts to implement and develop PDC within their teacher educators and students. The interviews aimed to explore the educators' perspectives on PDC and its integration into teacher education epistemic culture.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial analysis show how that Teacher educators use different augmentative strategies to legitimise their work with PDC in their teacher education program. Firstly, there is a strategy that of boundary work.  The participants described a process of deifying, maintaining and challenging boundaries between fields of knowledge in their work as teacher educators. There is a desire to establish new conception of teacher educators as professional, and frustration about this work . They are accommodating how the content of the subject according to the ‘affordances’ of different technologies. Secondly, there is a strategy of reordering of digital technology in accordance with ‘taxonomy’ of the teaching profession, critically scrutinising ‘promises made’ by governments and edtech of the possibilities of digital technology in education.  Primarily there is a concern of how teachers traditional professional knowledge is being undermined, and a need to take bake control. Thirdly, there is described a resistance in the general staff to implementing PDC teacher education, these are often described in cultural terms.  Building on this, the participants of the study highlight how discussion with other teacher educators and teachers’ students created changes to teaching practise at their teacher education programs.
The initial finding suggest that the participants of the study highlight PDC can be understood as a policy dispositif. Teacher educators as a profession is grappling with how to accommodate and resist digitalisations practises in their teacher education program, and in so doing are reshaping PDC for their program. There are themes such as digital infrastructure, edtech influence and conception of professional compliance are while be pursued moving forward with the study.

References
Bailey, P. L. J. (2013). The policy dispositif: Historical formation and method. Journal of Education Policy, 28(6), 807–827. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.782512
Ball, S. J. (2017). The Education Debate (In series: Policy and Politics in the Twenty-First Century) (3rd ed., p. 62). Policy Press.
Bourgeois, A., Birch, P., & Davydovskaia, O. (2019). Digital Education at School in Europe. Eurydice Report. ERIC.
Engen, B. K. (2019). Understanding Social and Cultural Aspects of Teachers’ Digital Competencies. Comunicar: Media Education Research Journal, 27(61), 9–18.
Goodwin, A. L., Smith, L., Souto-Manning, M., Cheruvu, R., Tan, M. Y., Reed, R., & Taveras, L. (2014). What should teacher educators know and be able to do? Perspectives from practicing teacher educators. Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 284–302.
Kelchtermans, G., Smith, K., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Towards an ‘international forum for teacher educator development’: An agenda for research and action. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(1), 120–134.
Kelentrić, M., Helland, K., & Arstorp, A.-T. (2017). Professional digital competence framework for teachers. The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. https://www.udir.no/globalassets/filer/in-english/pfdk_framework_en_low2.pdf
Knorr Cetina, K. (1999). Epistemic cultures: How the sciences make knowledge. harvard university press.
Loughran, J., & Hamilton, M. L. (Eds.). (2016). International Handbook of Teacher Education. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-0366-0
Lund, A., & Aagaard, T. (2020). Digitalization of teacher education: Are we prepared for epistemic change? openarchive.usn.no.
Nagel, I. (2021). Digital Competence in Teacher Education Curricula: What Should Teacher Educators Know, Be Aware of and Prepare Students for? Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 5(4), 104–122. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.4228
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm10 SES 03 D: Enhancing Multicultural Attitudes and Skills in Teacher Education
Location: Rankine Building, 408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: László Horváth
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Developing Performance Indicators of Intercultural Competence for Preservice Teacher Education

Meng-Huey Su1,2, Martin Valcke1, Pei-I Chou2

1Department of Educational Studies, Ghent University, Belgium; 2Institute of Education, National Sun Yat-sen University, Taiwan

Presenting Author: Su, Meng-Huey

In the context of globalization, the intercultural competence (ICC) has become an indispensable ability to be a global citizen and member of the international community. ICC attracts increasing attention in a wide range of countries and by multi-country organisations; e.g., the European Commission, the US Administration and others (ACE, 2016; Association of International Educators, 2007; Department for Education and Skills, 2004; Meer & Modood, 2012). In higher education, ICC is an avenue to cultivate undergraduates’ intercultural competence to be prepared for the future and global workforce (Griffith, Wolffeld, Armon, Rios & Liu, 2016). For this reason, higher education institutions recruit international students and teachers through internationalization at home, and mobility programs such as Erasmus Programme and European Community Action Scheme for the Mobility of University Students, or the US Fullbright Program to encourage international students and researchers. This allows stakeholders to give opportunities for intercultural communication, understanding, and cooperation. This is in particular through the provision of Immersive Learning opportunities (Beelen & Jones, 2015; Brewer, 2004; Chen & Su, 2021; Mestenhauser, 2003).

ICC implies that its development is fostered in an international environment, through interaction and cooperation with people from different cultures and countries. This is exemplified in ongoing OECD actions (2016, 2018) that assess intercultural competence mastery and development; see the PISA 2018 global competence evaluation for 15-year-old teenagers. This also implies that intercultural education has to start at an early education stage.

The above - in the context of the present study - challenges the competences of preservice primary and secondary teachers (PsTs). Next to their ICC mastery, we should consider competences to develop professional competences for developing their students’ ICC. This plays a role in dealing with students from different cultural backgrounds but also in the development of the ICC of students. These teacher competences question for instance strategies to be adopted to pursue ICC competences. Current practices mainly build on oversea exchange, oversea immersion learning practices. Also evaluation approaches have to be rethought.

An additional question is related to the methodologies to map PsTs’ mastery of ICC. The nature of the ICC competence calls for an investment in qualitative data collection approaches, such as (written) reflections, focus group discussion, open-ended structured questions, semi-structured interviews, critical thinking activities, and field notes are applied to learn the transformation of preservice teachers’ ICC. In the literature, we mainly find quantitative or mixed data collection approaches; see e.g., the Intercultural Development Inventory (IDI) and the MyCAP (My Cultural Awareness Profile) questions in Su, Valcke and Chou’s (unpublished) research. However, these instruments are not geared to map PsTs’ ICC mastery.

The above brings us to the guiding research questions for the present research:

  1. Which ICC of preservice teachers are being validated by the teacher education community?
  2. What are relevant performance indicators that can be linked to the dimensions of preservice teachers' intercultural competence?

The research builds on the results of a systematic literature review to start tackling these research questions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present research applies the Delphi Technique to study the output of the literature review. The Delphi technique is suitable to clarify complex concepts from the perspective of stakeholders (Green, 2014; Kaynak, Bloom, & Leibold, 1994; Mitchell & McGoldrick, 1994).  According to Delphi Technique, related steps are stated as follows:
1. Participants
In terms of the number of experts, Fowler (2013) advocated that there should be no less than seven while other researchers advocated that there should be no less than ten (Mitchell & McGoldrick, 1994). Prendergast and Marr (1994) believed that experts number of 8-12 people can reduce group errors. The selection of experts needs to be considered that they have been in the relevant research fields and have the profound knowledge and insights on the research topic (Keeney, Hasson, & McKenna, 2001). Based on this, the experts in this study will be 10-12 experts in the field of teacher education, ICC and educational indicators respectively.
2. Instruments, procedures and data processing
After reviewing related literature, the first draft of the items for PsTs’ ICC performance indicators will be applied as the instrument to conduct the investigation twice based on Delphi Technique.
The first investigation is expected to collect 12 valid questionnaires. On the basis of the results of the first round of investigation, the second round investigation will be developed, and also 12 valid questionnaires will also be collected.
The collected data will be processed as below:
(1) List the mode and average of the listed items from all the respondents;
(2) perform the mode ranking of each item;
(3) perform the mean ranking of the same mode;
(4) conduct a single group t-test to see the significance on each item;
(5) decide the fitness and the rank of importance for the items.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected results will be divided into the following two parts:
1. The analysis and expected result in the first investigation
In the first investigation, the analysis will be given to see the item fitness and importance. All listed items are sorted based on the mode, and the indicator which ranks at the first place in the mode can be given priority as an important indicator. Based on one group t-test, all the items which will be in the second investigation have to reach statistical significance. If the indicators are statistically significant, these indicators will be included as ICC performance indicators. In addition, the corrections made by 12 experts on the description of items were further integrated as the items used in the second investigation.
2. The analysis and expected result in the second investigation
The modification based on the results of first investigation will be applied in the second investigation. The results of second analysis will also be conducted in the same way as in first step. The final indicators are decided.
Based on the above, this study will propose systematic PsTs’ ICC performance indicators to provide guidelines for examining the effectiveness of PsTs’ ICC performance. It is expected that according to the results, in addition to providing the indicator for PsTs’ ICC performance, it can also be used as the references for assessing the status quo of ICC before cultivating preservice teachers’ ICC, and further for designing preservice teachers’ ICC training programs. The indicator will be a considerable value for the reference for EU countries which attach the importance to ICC policies in the context of globalization.

References
American Council on Education (ACE). (2016). At home in the world toolkit. https://www.acenet.edu/news-room/Pages/AHITW-Toolkit-Main.aspx
Association of International Educators. (2007). An international education policy: For U.S. leadership, competitiveness, and security. http://www.nafsa.org/public_policy.sec/united_states_international/toward_an_international/
Beelen, J., & Jones, E. (2015). Redefining internationalization at home. In A. Curaj, L. Matei, R. Pricopie, J. Salmi, & P. Scott (Eds.), The European Higher Education Area: Between critical reflections and future policies (pp. 59-72). doi:10.1007/978-3-319-20877-0
Brewer, E. (2004). From student mobility to internationalization at home. Paper presented at the conference on New Directions in International Education: Building Context, Connections and Knowledge, Beloit College, WI.
Chen, C.C. & Su, M. H. (2021). To Explore the Current Status of Internationalization of Domestic Higher Education Institutions through Cross-Platform Database Integration: A Support-Oriented Institutional Research. Psychological Testing, 68(1), 25-51. Rescource: https://www.airitilibrary.com/Publication/alDetailedMesh?docid=16094905-202103-202104070016-202104070016-25-51
Department for Education and Skills. (2004). Putting the world into world-class education. https://www.education.gov.uk/publications/eOrderingDownload/1077-2004GIF-EN-01.pdf
Green, R. A. (2014). The Delphi technique in educational research. Sage Open, 4(2), 1-8. https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244014529773
Griffith, R. L., Wolfeld, L., Armon, B. K., Rios, J., & Liu, O. L. (2016). Assessing intercultural competence in higher education: Existing research and future directions. ETS research report series, 2016(2), 1-44. https://doi.org/10.1002/ets2.12112
Kaynak, E., Bloom, J., & Leibold, M. (1994). Using the Delphi technique to predict future tourism potential. Marketing Intelligence & Planning, 12(7), 18-29. https://doi.org/10.1108/02634509410065537
Keeney, S., Hasson, F., & McKenna, H. P. (2001). A critical review of the Delphi technique as a research methodology for nursing. International journal of nursing studies, 38(2), 195-200.
Meer, N. & Modood, T.  (2012). How does Intercultureism contrast with Multicultureism?, Journal of Interculture Studies, 33(2), 175-196. https://doi.org/10.1080/07256868.2011.618266
Mestenhauser, J. A. (2003). Building bridges. International Educator, 12(3), 6-11.
Mitchell, V. W., & McGoldrick, P. J. (1994). The role of geodemographics in segmenting and targeting consumer markets: A Delphi study. European Journal of marketing, 28(5), 54-72.
OECD (2016). Global Competency for an Inclusive World. Paris, France: OECD Publishing.
OECD (2018). Preparing our youth for an inclusive and sustainable world (PISA Global Competence Framework). Paris, France: OECD Publishing.
Prendergast, G., & Marr, N. (1994). Towards a branchless banking society?. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, 22(2), 18-26. https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/09590559410054095/full/html
Su, M.H., Valcke, M., and Chou, P.I. (unpublished). A Scoping Review of Intercultural Competence in Preservice Teacher Education.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Radical Imagination: Enacting Antiracist and Decolonial Praxis in Initial Teacher Education in England

Josephine Gabi, Anna Olsson Rost, Diane Warner, Uzma Asif

Manchester Metropolitan University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Gabi, Josephine; Warner, Diane

Decolonising the curriculum is a complex, although not elusive phenomenon in initial teacher education (ITE). It is, however, to be actively and persistently pursued to enable anti-racist pedagogies and agendas to become embedded within student teachers’ schema. Calls across higher education for humanising and epistemically liberating pedagogies (Carmichael-Murphy & Gabi, 2021) challenge ITE educators to reconceptualise the ontological and epistemic foundations of their praxis. However, prevailing policies of standardisation and increasingly centralised curriculum demands and requirements in ITE, often sever links between culture and education for racially-minoritised student teachers who navigate complex and conflicting terrains to become teachers (Warner, 2022). Slow and limited progress in addressing hidden oppressions in the bureaucratic structures and curricular content has been identified as leading to racial harrassment, stereotyping and alienation of Black and Asian student teachers (Warner, 2022). This has raised accusations of a lack of commitment for decolonial and anti-racist practices that allow structural racism and narrowed policies to thrive (Bhopal & Pitkin, 2020). Indeed Domínguez (2019:47) argues that 'teacher education remains a deeply colonial endeavour’ and believes we are poised at a static zero point where the training of teachers requires specific and uncompromising intervention to avoid the damaging reification of colonial practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reflects on an ethnographic study that explored circumstances, contexts, and influential factors as experienced by university teacher educators engaged in anti-racist practice and explored the possibilities of turning decolonial thinking into praxis. These experiences were investigated through qualitative thematic analyses with nine collaborators at one university. Enriched by a critical analytic ethnography as a methodological orientation for decolonial inquiry, we are able to tell our stories from a ‘place of personal-political-pedagogical-philosophical crisis’ (Mackinlay, 2019: 203). Our approach is anchored in challenging disembodied practice-based research and undoing forms of coloniality in curricula and relational encounters, moving towards embodying transformative praxis (Thambinathan & Kinsella, 2021). This is underpinned by recognising and examining how teacher education is complicit in disembodied curricula and practices purported by White, Western epistemologies (Ohito, 2019). These serve to separate knowledge from experience, but embodiment acknowledges and is empowered by understanding ways in which experiences bring fuller dimensions to how we know and understand the world. We are also conscious of how our own entanglements with coloniality and other institutional structural factors that govern ITE curriculum delivery may complicate the research process. Thus, as we seek decolonial and dialogical reflexive spaces, we recognise the idea of ‘body-knowledge-space configuration’ that informs our research and praxis. We examine ourselves so that in attuning more finely to notions of race, racism and antiracism within teacher education, we can move from the colonial binary matrix that works at stratifying and segmenting us into perpetual victimhood of oppressor/oppressed, or victim/saviour to understanding how racism’s subtleties thread through the curricula of ITE and can be countered. We take cognisance of Denzin’s (1997:225) argument that 'a responsible, reflexive text announces its politics while it ceaselessly interrogates the realities it invokes while folding the teller’s story into the multivoiced history that is written’ where ‘no interpretation is privileged’. Consideration is given to power relations in social research situations, particularly as insider researchers and where our identities are complex constructs that we negotiate to serve epistemological purposes. This enquiry, therefore, acknowledges and makes visible the link between positionality, relational ethics, and decoloniality. This does not mean that we possess a decolonial universal truth or that there is one way to conceive and develop decolonial praxis in teacher education.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings suggest perceptible evidence of teacher educators’ frustrations yet deepening commitment to exposing ITE’s complicity in the reproduction and sustenance of coloniality of knowledge and relational inequities (Gabi, Olsson Rost, Warner, Asif, 2022).  In the context of their specialist areas, they felt greater autonomy and ownership in attempting to reframe national requirements and reveal, with more accuracy, about inequity in education. They also disclosed how they felt teaching had become conceptualised and normalised as an ideologically ‘instrumentalised profession’, lacking emphasis on intersectional, antiracist and the critical consciousness necessary to circumvent damage-centred colonial narratives.  A lack of incentive from ‘above’, as shown in current ITE curricular requirements, places the emphasis on the initiatives of individual educators or enlightened teacher education departments, to become crucial agents in developing decolonial praxis (Bhopal & Pitkin, 2020).
References
Bhopal, K., & Pitkin, C. (2020). ‘Same old story, just a different policy’: Race and policymaking in higher education in the UK. Race Ethnicity and Education, 23(4), 530–547. http://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2020.1718082

Carmichael-Murphy, P., & Gabi, J. (2021). (Re)imagining a dialogic curriculum: Humanising and epistemically liberating pedagogies in HE. Journal of Race and Pedagogy, 5(2), 1–18. https://soundideas.pugetsound.edu/rpj/vol5/iss2/4

Doharty, N., Madriaga, M. & Joseph-Salisbury, R. (2021). The university went to ‘decolonise’ and all they brought back was lousy diversity double-speak! Critical race counter-stories from faculty of colour in ‘decolonial’ times. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 53(3), 233-244, DOI: 10.1080/00131857.2020.1769601

Domínguez, M. (2019). Decolonial innovation in teacher development: praxis beyond the colonial zero-point. Journal of Education for Teaching, 45(1), 47–62, https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2019.1550605
Gabi, J., Olsson Rost, A., Warner, D., & Asif, U. (2022). Decolonial praxis: Teacher educators’ perspectives on tensions, barriers, and possibilities of anti-racist practice-based initial teacher education in England. Curriculum Journal. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.174

Johnson, A., & Joseph-Salisbury, R. (2018). ‘Are You Supposed to Be in Here?’ Racial Microaggressions and Knowledge Production in Higher Education: Racism, Whiteness and Decolonising the Academy. In Dismantling Race in Higher Education : Racism, Whiteness and Decolonising the Academy (pp.143-160). Palgrave Macmillan Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-60261-5_8

Warner, D. (2022) ‘Black and Minority Ethnic Student Teachers stories as empirical documents of hidden oppressions: using the personal to turn towards the structural’ in British Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3819


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

‘I Do Not Need Professional Development in Multicultural Education’: Mapping Taiwanese Teachers’Imaginations

Shu-Ching Lee

National Chengchi University, Taiwan, Taiwan

Presenting Author: Lee, Shu-Ching

According to Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education, multicultural perspectives shall be embedded in Taiwan’s education, ranging from curriculum development, textbook selection, curriculum design, to the development of teacher profession. In this sense, teachers are supposed to improve their multicultural literacy in terms of teacher profession. Since the complexities of discursive formulation in Taiwan made the discourses and texts of multicultural education, both in policy and academia, appear inconsistent, discrepant, and vague. How do Taiwanese teachers understand multiculturalism? What is the implication of multicultural education as perceived by them?

Teachers play a crucial role in multicultural education. The Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) performed by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) assesses the learning environment and teacher performance in schools. Teaching in multicultural settings, as an aspect of assessment in the TALIS, emphasizes that increased international migration and the integration of the global economy and labour market catalysed the facilitation of globalized and multicultural societies. Such a phenomenon and its associated challenges called people’s attention to the formulation of countermeasures (in academia and policy making) to respond to an increasingly multicultural learning environment. A Teachers’ Guide to TALIS 2018 (Volume I) published by the OECD summarizes teachers’ preparation for multicultural education in one sentence—“Teachers need to be prepared to handle diversity in all of its forms in their classes.”

In the TALIS, teaching in multicultural settings is covered by three items, namely inclusion in formal education, the need for professional development, and a sense of preparedness. Inclusion in formal education refers to the percentage of lower secondary teachers who have participated in formal education or training with respect to multicultural or multilingual education. Taiwan ranked 14th out of 49 countries with a percentage of 43.3%. The need for professional development is determined by the percentage of lower secondary teachers with a need for professional development for teaching in a multicultural or multilingual setting; Taiwan ranked the 18th lowest out of 49 countries with a percentage of 12.4%. A sense of preparedness is defined by the percentage of lower secondary teachers who feel fully prepared to teach in a multicultural or multilingual setting. For the item of sense of preparedness, United Arab Emirates scored the highest (79.9%), whereas France scored the lowest (8.2%); Taiwan ranked 16th out of 49 countries with a percentage of 36.9%. A remarkable phenomenon was observed when comparing the statistical data for the three items of Taiwan: even though Taiwanese teachers exhibited unsatisfying performance in inclusion in formal education (43.3%) and sense of preparedness (36.9%), they lacked the need for professional development (12.4%).

In consideration of the aforementioned results, I was concerned that most teachers are confident with their understanding of multiculturalism and therefore do not feel the need for further learning on the topic. Teachers’ understanding of multiculturalism in their educational locale affects their implementation of multicultural education as well as correlates with the thorough practice of educational reform. Accordingly, the following research questions were proposed: (1) how do Taiwanese teachers understand multiculturalism? (2) what is the implication of multicultural education as perceived by them?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on the concept proposed by McLaren (1994), Joe L. Kincheloe—author of Changing Multiculturalism—and Shirley R. Steinberg divided multiculturalism into five categories for further explanation. These five categories—conservative, liberal, pluralist, left-essentialist, and critical multiculturalism—are manifestations of different opinions, presumptions, attitudes, and actions toward differences. I perceived the implications of the five dimensions of multiculturalism on the basis of differences as five levels of understanding: (1) viewing differences from a negative point of view; (2) ignoring and expressing no interest in understanding differences; (3) identifying and celebrating differences; (4) identifying differences and regarding them as essential traits; and (5) viewing differences from a perspective without distinction and discrimination and endeavoring to change the unfair social structure. These five levels of understanding are not a hierarchy of knowledge but rather a classification for facilitating the understanding and analysis of how educators view and treat differences in teaching practices.

To understand teachers’ interpretations of the implications of multicultural education, I employed purposive and snowball sampling to select participants from educational settings. Through interviews and informal observation and conversation, in-depth research was performed to explore the recreation of multicultural education in the educational setting. Saturation in qualitative research was reached by adopting a research period from May 2013 to January 2017 in schools. Sufficient data were obtained through interviews with 11 elementary and junior high school teachers from five schools across different regions of Taiwan. Several schools located on the outskirts of cities had relatively high proportions of new immigrant offspring. New immigrant offspring were also enrolled in indigenous schools. All interviews were conducted at the school in which the interviewee worked to better determine the school’s context and climate. Through informal observation and conversations, students’ conditions were investigated in depth. The interviewees recruited were responsible for teaching different subjects and differed in ethnicity, gender, age, and seniority. Six of the teachers had less than 10 years of experience in teaching, whereas the remaining interviewees had over 10 years of experience. Each interview lasted 1–3 hours and was audio recorded after consent was obtained from the interviewee. Some of the teachers even underwent a second interview. In addition to their interpretation and practices of multicultural education, the teachers talked about their opinions on relevant policies implemented in school.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results could be compared with TALIS statistics concerning two dimensions of Teaching in Multicultural Settings (i.e., teachers’ need for professional development and sense of preparedness). Many teachers, consistent with most people’s imagination, intuitively equated multiculturalism with ethnic culture. When asked “What do you think multicultural education is?” most teachers mentioned terms such as “respect,” “inclusion,” and “understanding.” However, further and deeper conversations revealed that many of them fell into the trap of conservative multiculturalism and viewed differences negatively. To them, nonmainstream differences were considered insufficient, inferior, or defective. Interpreting differences from the perspective of liberal multiculturalism, other teachers believed that respect for students with multicultural backgrounds is shown by treating them as mainstream students without special mention or labeling, regardless of their inadequate understanding of or interest in relevant cultures. The interviewees deemed new immigrants to lack cultural stimulation, which is why they felt the focus of multicultural education should be on immigrant mothers and their offspring instead of educating mainstream society to accept different cultures. Fractures and inconsistencies were also observed in the discourse of the teachers. Some stressed “respect” while advocating conservative multiculturalism/ monoculturalism, whereas others wavered between conservative and liberal multiculturalism; this highlighted the debate among various multicultural discourses. During the interviews, critical multiculturalism was occasionally adopted to identify differences. Furthermore, younger teachers transcended ethnic cultures to encompass gender issues as well as employed critical multiculturalism to observe and describe schools’ multicultural education practices and problems. A certain degree of discrepancy was observed between Taiwanese teachers’ perception of multicultural education and their relevant expertise. This explains why most of the teachers did not feel the need for professional development in multicultural education. This attitude among teachers is precisely the challenge in Taiwan’s education system, which must be overcome.
References
Banks, J. A. (1991). Teaching multicultural literacy to teachers. Teaching Education, 4(1), 135-44.
https://doi.org/10.1080/1047621910040118
Banks, J. A. (1996). Multicultural education, transformative knowledge and action: Historical and contemporary perspectives. Teachers College Press.
Barrera, R. B. (1992). The cultural gap in literature-based literacy instruction. Education and Urban Society, 24(2), 227-43.
https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124592024002005
Bennett, S. V., Gunn, A. A., Gayle-Evans, G., Barrera, E. S., & Leung, C. B. (2018). Culturally responsive literacy practices in an early childhood community. Early Childhood Education Journal, 46(2), 241-249.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-017-0839-9
Bissonnette, J. D. (2016). The trouble with niceness: How a preference for pleasantry sabotages culturally responsive teacher preparation. Journal of Language and Literacy Education, 12(2), 9-33.
Callins, T. (2006). Culturally responsive literacy instruction. Teaching Exceptional Children, 39(2), 62-65.
https://doi.org/10.1177/004005990603900211
Fisher, P. (2001). Teachers' views of the nature of multicultural literacy and implications for preservice teacher preparation. Journal of Reading Education, 27(1), 14-23.
Hornberger, N. H. (1990). Creating successful learning contexts for bilingual literacy. Teachers College Record, 92(2), 212-29.
Kim, S., & Slapac, A. (2015). Culturally responsive, transformative pedagogy in the transnational era: Critical perspectives. Educational Studies: A Journal of the American Educational Studies Association, 51(1), 17-28.
https://doi.org/10.1080/00131946.2014.983639
Kincheloe, J. L., & Steinberg, S. R. (1997). Changing multiculturalism. Buckingham: Open University Press.
Lai, C. H. (2009). Multicultural literacy cultivation and implementation of elementary school teachers [Unpublished master’s thesis]. Chung Yuan Christian University, Taiwan.
Lew, M. M., & Nelson, R. F. (2016). New teachers' challenges: How culturally responsive teaching, classroom management, & assessment literacy are intertwined. Multicultural Education, 23(3-4), 7-14.
Minami, M., & Kennedy, B. P. (1991). Language issues in literacy and bilingual/multicultural education. Harvard Educational Review Press.
Ministry of Education (Taiwan). (2020, June 1). Statistical Indicators: 2019 Education Statistical Indicators.
https://english.moe.gov.tw/cp-86-18943-e698b-1.html
Murray, D. E. (1992). Diversity as resource: Redefining cultural literacy. TESOL.
Nam, R. (2016). Culturally responsive literacy through student narratives. English in Texas, 46(2), 30-34.
OECD. (2019). A teachers’ guide to TALIS 2018 (Volume I). https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/TALIS-Teachers-Guide-to-TALIS-2018-Vol-I_ENG.pdf
Padilla, R. V. (1980). Theory in bilingual education: Ethnoperspectives in Bilingual Education Research, Volume II. Bilingual Review Press.
Tsai, C. C. (2006). The study of preservice teachers’ multicultural literacy:Development of measurement scale and the current situation analysis [Unpublished master’s thesis]. Tzu Chi University, Taiwan.
Wang, Y. H. (2007). Multicultural literacy instrumentation: A review and prospect. Journal of Educational Research and Development, 3(4), 149-180.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm11 SES 03 A: Systematic Quality Management in Education
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Rita Birzina
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Challenges in the Implementation of EMIS as a Litmus Test of the Quality of Education

Katarina Mićić, Ana Pešikan

University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy, Department for Psychology

Presenting Author: Mićić, Katarina

Education Management Information System (EMIS) is a necessary tool for educational policy management, education reform, and monitoring and evaluation in education that enables the creation of valuable inputs for improving the quality of education (Abdul-Hamid, 2014; UNESCO, 2018; Bőjte, 2019). Introduction of an EMIS into a complex world of an educational system is a difficult task. One challenging aspect is defining an EMIS that can fit all scenarios and include all data needs and flows (Tolley & Shulruf, 2009), especially in a country such as Serbia, with over million students, three thousands of educational institutions with over 150 thousand of employees, and a diversity of educational programs held in several languages. Another concern is the social context of EMIS introduction, and how such novelty changes working routines and social relations in educational institutions (Kling, 2000).

Implementation of an information systems (IS) often face obstacles due to a gap between its design and the reality. Heeks (2002; 2006) argue that the size of this gap determines the probability of an IS successful implementation and its acceptance among users. He proposed a model for estimating the extent of this gap on six dimensions. Information dimension refers to a discrepancy between the envisioned set of data to be collected through an IS, and the data that users actually work with. Technology dimension assesses the difference between the required infrastructure for an IS to operate and the infrastructure available to users, in this case – to schools. Processes dimension deals with the difference in the processes envisioned to be automatized and the existing ones. Objectives and values dimension deals with the compatibility of the goals and values that an IS brings and enforces with the goals and values of its users. Staffing and skills accesses the gap between the required staff for operating the IS and their competence level and the available number of people and their actual competence level. Management system and structures is a dimension that is concerned with the discrepancy between the required managerial structure needed to guide the use of an IS and the one available. On the basis on this model, we analyzed the Serbian EMIS and looked into the causes of the gaps, which circled back to more broad and general structures in the decision-making process that pose barriers to other aspects of reform success as well.

After four unsuccessful attempts to build EMIS in Serbia in the last two decades, the Government of the Republic of Serbia started implementing EMIS, which has been developing since 2019. New EMIS includes data on all levels of education and collects data on schools, teachers, classes, and students (Rulebook on EMIS, 2019). However, during the first year of implementation, all groups of EMIS users – from those who collect and enter to those who use data – encountered difficulties. We utilized Heeks’ model as a lens to analyze the development and effectiveness of the implementation of EMIS. However, we discovered that challenges in the implementation of EMIS reflect subtle and wider obstacles to ensuring the quality of education. This study uses the case of EMIS implementation unravel these obstacles and to advocate for deconcentrated (Ivić, 2017) and participatory decision-making processes as an opposite to excessive top-down politics with poor communication of the change introduction in educational policy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is a part of a project concerning support of reform implementation with a focus on the improvement of evidence-based policy making in Serbia, funded by European Union. The study was conducted during summer 2022. Methodological approach consisted of desk research, focus group discussions and interviews. Desk research was focused on analysis of relevant legal acts and bylaws. Five focus groups were conducted with a total of 104 representatives of educational institutions who enter data in EMIS and customer support administrators. Ten semi-structured interviews were conducted with users of educational data – three representatives of the government, five scientific researchers, and two representatives from other relevant institutions that use educational data. Findings from the desk research were presented to participants in both the focus groups discussions and the interviews and were used to guide the discussion. However, participants were eager to bring up other topics as well, so we would update the focus group and interview guide after each session. Transcripts of focus group discussions and interviews were recorded and transcribed. Transcripts were analyzed based on the Heeks’ dimensions in MAXQDA software.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analyses revealed a moderate gap on the information dimension as the introduction of EMIS envisioned collection of data that haven’t been collected before and whose purpose has not been communicated to the school staff nor the parents. A moderate gap exists on the technology dimension as some rural areas haven’t been recognizes as not having adequate technical resources. We noted resistance regarding the processes the EMIS is envisioned to fulfill, as some actors don’t appreciate automatization of certain decisions, mostly regarding finances. A moderate gap was also noted in terms of objectives and values, as a large number of staff and parents fear being monitored, don’t appreciate the expansion of technology or want to avoid transparency. On the staff and skills dimension - analysis revealed that many persons who are delegated to work with EMIS are not competent for the role or satisfied with it, since their workload has increased while their compensation remained the same. Finally, regarding the management system and structures dimension – our analysis revealed the need for decentralization of some managerial processes, the most important one being data quality assurance.
  Looking for the ways of removing the barriers in EMIS implementation and closing the uncovered gaps, we underlined several weak spots in the ways EMIS was design and introduced. Some of the gaps could have been narrower in policy making processes were more participatory and included perspective from the EMIS direct users. Closely related to this is a need for deconcentrating the decision-making processes in order to obtain better insight (e.g., on the available infrastructure or staff skills) and feedback (e.g., on data quality and technical issues). Finally, gaps in the domains of information and objective and values could be shrunk by better transparency and communication of context and intents of implementing different novelties and measures.

References
Abdul‐Hamid, H. (2014).  What Matters Most for Education Management Information Systems:   A Framework Paper. SABER — SYSTEMS APPROACH FOR BETTER EDUCATION RESULTS EDUCATION MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS, Working Paper Series Number 7, World Bank Group, jun 2014 http://wbgfiles.worldbank.org/documents/hdn/ed/saber/supporting_doc/Background/EMIS/Framework_SABER-EMIS.pdf


Bőjte, D. (2019). Mastering the Skills Gap at Systemic Level–The Education Management Information System: A Key Element for an Effective Digital Transformation in Education. Revista de Management Comparat International, 20(2), 131-143.

Heeks, R. (2002). Information Systems and Developing Countries: Failure, Success, and Local Improvisations. The Information Society, 18(2), 101–112. https://doi.org/10.1080/01972240290075039

Heeks, R. (2006). Health information systems: Failure, success and improvisation. International Journal of Medical Informatics, 75(2), 125–137. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2005.07.024

Ivic, I., & Pesikan, A. (2012). Education system reforms in an unstable political situation: the case of Serbia in the first decade of the 21st century. Ceps Journal, 2(2), 31-53.

Kling, R. (2000). Learning about information technologies and social change: The contribution of social informatics. The Information Society, 16(3), 217–232.

Pešikan, A., & Ivić, I. (2016). The sources of inequity in the education system of Serbia and how to combat them. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 6(2), 101-124.

Pešikan, A., & Ivić, I. (2021). The impact of specific social factors on changes in education in Serbia. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 11(2), 59-76.

Pešikan, A. (2022). Analiza stanja informacionog sistema u prosveti i preporuke za njegovo unapređenje. [Situation analysis of Serbian EMIS and recommendation for its improvement.]

Pravilnik o Jedinstvenom informacionom sistemu prosvete [Rulebook on Educational Menagement Information System] Službeni glasnik, 81/ 2019 http://www.pravno-informacioni-sistem.rs/SlGlasnikPortal/eli/rep/sgrs/ministarstva/pravilnik/2019/81/5/reg

Tolley, H., & Shulruf, B. (2009). From data to knowledge: The interaction between data management systems in educational institutions and the delivery of quality education. Computers & Education, 53(4), 1199–1206.

UNESCO. (2019).  https://learningportal.iiep.unesco.org/en/glossary/educational-management-information-system-emis


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

From National Policy to Local Practices – Systematic Quality Work in Education from the Perspective of Local Authorities

Tuija Muhonen, Anders Edvik, Magnus Erlandsson, Margareta Serder

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Muhonen, Tuija; Serder, Margareta

Over the last 20 years systematic quality work has become the main tool for developing Swedish schools (Håkansson & Adolfson, 2022). According to the Education Act (2010:800), quality work – at the local educational authority level as well as in the schools themselves – should be conducted in a systematic and continuous way, with respect to planning, follow-up, analyses, and actions taken to develop education. By continuous assessments and evaluations, the goal of the systematic quality work is to identify and address issues that need improvement for students to achieve the educational goals (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2012a). A review of the literature reveals the problematic aspects of evaluation practices and quality management, such as the risk to focus on what is measurable rather than what is desirable as well as the diverse definitions of quality (Lundström, 2015). However, what the local quality systems consist of, how they have been designed, and what practices and perceptions of quality they entail is less understood.

Previous research has primarily focused on individual schools’ quality work (Håkansson, 2013; Jarl, et al., 2017) , while less attention has been paid to the way the local educational authorities conduct systematic quality work. Thus, the aim of this study is to fill this knowledge gap by investigating how the ideas of systematic quality work in the Swedish Education Act's requirements are interpreted, translated, and materialized at the local education authority level.

The following research questions will guide our study:

1. How do local educational authorities interpret and translate the systematic quality work regulations and requirements in the Education Act?

2. How do these interpretations och translations materialize in the local quality work practices?

Theoretically we approach the phenomena of systematic quality management within the Swedish school sector from an organizing (Czarniawska, 2014) and practice-oriented perspective (Gherardi, 2019; Nicolini, 2009; 2012). These theoretical perspectives provide us a framework to analyse how the institutionalized ideas (as mental images that are well spread within the society) of systematic quality management - through authorities, policies, regulations, and quality models - are translated and materialized (Czarniawska & Joerges, 1996) into the local quality work organization and practices. The latter refers to the practices of doing and saying something related to the ideas of systematic quality management in different social contexts and time (Gherardi, 2019; Nicolini, 2009; 2012). Although the national guidelines involve the entire school system, these are interpreted, translated, and materialized by actors operating in a local context, which means that quality is understood in different ways and that the systematic quality work is conducted in different ways. An organizational perspective also includes aspects related to the tensions that arise when different interests and logics collide (for example between political, administrative, and professional interests and logics; see Czarniawska, 2014).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this project five Swedish municipalities have participated in a study of what systematic quality work means at a local education authority level and what practices materialize from the national regulations. At the heart of the study is the recognition that quality systems are locally designed to meet the national requirements, thereby allowing diverse interpretations and translations to occur.
The local education authorities can be understood as mediators, partly between state and municipal control, partly between needs and agendas at different levels in the chain of command. This understanding also characterizes the design of the study. The empirical data has been collected through three complementary methods: document studies, observations, and interviews. The document studies consist of analysing different central documents, e.g., quality reports, provided by the local education authorities covering the past two years. We have also observed meetings related to the systematic quality work (so called “quality-dialogues”). Besides the local education authorities, the key actors in these meetings were the principals, assistant principals, and teacher representatives of the school being followed up.  
The interviews were conducted with key persons in five different local Swedish education authorities individually by the authors. The duration of the interviews was approximately one hour, and they were conducted either face-to-face, via Zoom, or telephone. The interviews were based on an interview guide including questions about the participants’ role, their experiences, and activities in relation to the systematic quality work, the expected and actual effects, as well as challenges and potential for improvement of systematic quality work. The interviews were recorded with informed consent and were later transcribed verbatim.
All the research material described above is now gathered and will be analysed during the Spring 2023. As a tool for data analyses, we will apply Bacchi´s (2012) method “What is the problem represented to be?”.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Equal education for all is includes three fundamental aspects: equal access to education, equal quality of education and the compensatory nature of education (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2012b). All students should receive an equivalent education, regardless of the area they live in, the socio-economic conditions they come from, or their functional variations. But study after study shows that Swedish students' schooling is not equal, and that who you are and where you live play a decisive role in the quality of the education you receive. Many of the last decade's school policy reforms and targeted initiatives have had as their overarching goal to address this lack of equality, so far with few concrete results. In order to break this trend, there has been an increasing focus on the local educational authorities’ responsibility for the individual school's shortcomings, quality, and development. Furthermore, lack of equality is a problem within rather than between different local educational authorities. Although there is paucity of research, the limited results show that schools are often isolated with their problems and that there is a lack of supportive structures and a functional systematic quality work (Jarl, et al., 2017; Swedish Schools Inspectorate, 2021).
The paper will present results from the ongoing study, results that we believe will have relevance both in the Swedish, Nordic and in a wider European context. Through our investigation we will contribute knowledge regarding how the National Educational Act's requirements for systematic quality work are interpreted, translated, and materialized at the local level, and how this in turn shapes, promotes or hinders the quality work of individual schools.

References
Bacchi, C. (2012). Introducing the ‘What’s the Problem Represented to be?’ approach. Engaging with Carol Bacchi: Strategic interventions and exchanges, 21-24.
Czarniawska, B. (2014). A theory of organizing. Edward Elgar Publishing.
Czarniawska, B., & Joerges, B. (1996). Travels of ideas. Translating organizational change, 56, 13-47.
Education Act, [Skollag] (2010), 2010:800. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skollag-2010800_sfs-2010-800
Gherardi, S. (2019). How to conduct a practice-based study: Problems and methods. Edward Elgar Publishing.
Jarl, M., Blossing, U. & Andersson, K. (2017). Organizing for School Success: Strategies for an Equal School. [Att organisera för skolframgång: Strategier för en likvärdig skola.] Stockholm: Natur & kultur.
Håkansson, J. (2013). Systematic quality work in preschools, schools and leisure-time centres: strategies and methods. [Systematiskt kvalitetsarbete i förskola, skola och fritidshem: strategier och metoder.] Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Håkansson, J., & Adolfsson, C. H. (2022). Local education authority’s quality management within a coupled school system: Strategies, actions, and tensions. Journal of Educational Change, 23(3), 291-314.
Lundström, U. (2015). Systematic quality work in Swedish schools: Intentions and dilemmas. Scandinavian Journal of Public Administration, 19(1), 23-44.
Nicolini, D. (2009). Zooming in and out: Studying practices by switching theoretical lenses and trailing connections. Organization studies, 30(12), 1391-1418.
Nicolini, D. (2012). Practice theory, work, and organization: An introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Swedish Schools Inspectorate (2021). Complaints against education. Organization and procedures of the Local education authorities [Klagomål mot utbildningen Huvudmäns organisation och tillvägagångssätt] file:///Users/imtumu/Downloads/klagomal-mot-utbildningen--kvalitetsgranskningsrapport-skolinspektionen-2020_tg.pdf
Swedish National Agency for Education [Skolverket] (2012)a. Systematic quality work – for the school system. The Swedish National Agency for Education's general advice with comments. [Systematiskt kvalitetsarbete – för skolväsendet. Skolverkets allmänna råd med kommentarer.]
Swedish National Agency for Education [Skolverket] (2012)b. Educational equity in the Swedish school system? A quantitative analysis of equity over time. Summary of Report 374.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm13 SES 03 A: Toying with education: play, tools, and LEGO
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Ian Munday
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Potentialising Potentials. When Students Should See Themselves as an Undetermined Resource.

Hanne Knudsen1, Niels Åkerstrøm Andersen2

1Aarhus University, Denmark; 2Copenhagen Business School

Presenting Author: Knudsen, Hanne

We usually regard education as a matter of realizing the students’ potentials. The child, or the adult student, is observed as a medium to be formed through knowledge, and education is seen as a process in which the potentials of the student are realized. As Claudio Baraldi and Giancarlo Corsi (2017: 55) explain: “Paradoxical as it may sound, while the child is what it is, for the education system it is what it is not (yet). Teachers consider pupils as a potential that has to be developed”. In this paper, we suggest that we may currently be witnessing a fundamental discursive change when it comes to education.

This discursive change is particularly evident in a body of educational material produced by the Danish company Lego, and in this paper we will present an analysis of a case developed by Lego and First (an American company). In First Lego League, the children in the video ‘Teamwork Makes the Dream Work’ sing: “You can be anything, so just do it!” (First Lego League, 2019b). These lyrics indicate that children can become anything, that their potential is unlimited. They tell the child to unlock its unlimited potential: instead of sticking to a single track in life, you can become an astronaut, archaeologist, or engineer. The important thing is to dream and keep dreaming.

It is not surprising that the education system is interested in the potential of the child. To conceive of children as potential that should be realised through education can be seen already in the Aristotelian distinction between the actual and the potential, and between form and matter, seeing matter as something loaded with potential that strives for a form.
The surprising thing about Lego and the song above is that the child is not simply seen as a potential that needs to be shaped. Instead, the child is observed as a potential which must be potentialised. Rather than being a matter of realizing potentials, education is seen as a matter of potentialising potentials. The student is not asked to realize his/her potentials and learn mathematics and French (for instance) with a view to becoming a teacher or an engineer later on. The student is asked to become a force for change, constantly ready to look for new potentials in her/himself.

Paraphrasing Lewis 2014: 277), Lego wants to form the child as a potential in order to increase contingencies and potentiality. Sam Sellar (2015) observes in his work on “potential of ‘potential’” that potentiality, including the economic potential of education, emerges as a concept of interest and a site of intervention for the political system. Young people who do not get an education are observed as wasted potential. Where Sam Sellar talks about “the logic of realising potential”, we are more interested in the logic of potentialising the potential. This logic entails not simply observing children as a given resource, but constructing them as an undetermined resource and demanding that they consider and care for themselves as such. In this paper, we take a close look at this discursive figure and examine what it means to educate children (and others) to see themselves as a potential that has no limits.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We draw on Fritz Heider and Niklas Luhmann and their concepts form and medium. The form/medium distinction is analytically equivalent to distinctions like actual/potential, form/matter and negentropy/entropy in other traditions, and part of the method is to develop analytical concepts that can grasp how the discourse on education may currently be changing.
We analyse the case FIRST® LEGO® League Challenge (which also includes the song ‘Teamwork Makes the Dream Work’). We see the case as extreme (Flyvbjerg 2006) and as symptomatic of the emerging discourse on play and learning. First Lego League (2021) is an annual education-oriented play event that runs over a period of eight weeks and is aimed at students between the ages of 4 and 16. The programme aims to engage children “in playful and meaningful learning while helping them discover the fun in science and technology” (First Lego League, 2021). The First Lego League Challenge integrates a wide range of activities within the framework of the game, including innovation projects, robot competitions, cheering choirs and dancing. The event is arranged in the form of a tournament in which the winning teams from different schools, regions and countries meet and compete. In the various stages of the tournament, the students’ innovation projects are presented to panels of referees, and the teams compete based on whose robot and project is awarded the most points.
Our analysis is based on two sets of empirical data. The first set stems from fieldwork carried out at the regional First Lego League finals in 2019. This fieldwork comprises observations of the various activities and reactions to the activities of the final, as well as a small number of interviews with participants who took on different roles at the event: judges, educational leaders, students and parents.
The second set of empirical data consists of strategy and policy papers in which First and Lego present their ambitions with initiatives such as First Lego League. First Lego League concepts are described and the accompanying materials are introduced, including videos, songs and instructions for the events. This data has the character of what Niklas Luhmann calls ‘cared semantics’, i.e. productions in which concepts, distinctions, symbols and images are carefully composed (Luhmann, 1993: 19).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First Lego League attempts to shape the child as a force for change and, in this shaping, First Lego League forms a transition medium that consists of non-representative presentational symbols such as play, fun, innovation, dance and discovery. The case represents some fundamental changes in both form and media of education, and in the conclusion we’ll discuss if the case is best understood as a break from education containing no intention to change people’s life course or it should be understood as education with other means. We also point to three possible discursive effects of this new form/medium relationship for the education system. First, a negation of negativity. The transition medium works best if it only offers a positive atmosphere of change. Second, a movement from knowledge to meta-knowledge, because knowledge indicates limitations. Finally, a possible discursive effect in the form of decoupled self-narratives. Expecting the pupil and the student in any choice and any consideration of their own future to open more possibilities can very easily create great uncertainty of expectations.
References
Baraldi C & Corsi G (2017) Niklas Luhmann: Education as a Social System. Cham: Springer.
First Lego League (2019a) CITY SHAPER Kickoff video. Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y_mTQZQ8Kzc.
First Lego League (2019b) ‘Teamwork Makes the Dream Work’ with FIRST LEGO League. Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9XtUlQULRvA&t=3s.
First Lego League (2021) What is FIRST® LEGO® League? Available at: https://www.firstlegoleague.org/about (accessed 1 April 2021).
Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five misunderstandings about case-study research. Qualitative inquiry, 12(2), 219-245.
Heider F (n.d.) Thing and Medium. Psychological Issues, 1(3): 1–34.
Lewis TE (2014) The Potentiality of Study: Giorgio Agamben on the Politics of Educational Exceptionality. symploke 22: 275–292. Available at: https://www.muse.jhu.edu/article/566844.
Luhmann N (1993). Gesellschaftsstruktur Und Semantik, Band 1. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Luhmann N (2021) Education: Forming the Life Course. European Educational Research Journal 20(6): 719–728. DOI: 10.1177/14749041211020181.
Sellar S (2015) ‘Unleashing aspiration’: The concept of potential in education policy. Australian Educational Researcher 42(2): 201–215. DOI: 10.1007/s13384-015-0170-7.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

A Playful Time: Working Class Children's Stories in the History of Textile Industry

Marie Hållander

Södertörn University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Hållander, Marie

In the paper presentation I will present some of the early findings from the research project The Children of Textiles. The purpose of the research project is to investigate the relationship between children's work, education and play within the history of textile work as recorded in the textile archives and testimonies. Child labor is a widespread reality in the textile industry and child labor was a major contributing factor of the early industrialization in the 18th and 19th centuries. (Humphries, 2013) My focus is not on whether or to what extent the children participated in the work, but rather in what way these children appear in the archive, also in relation to each other, to the mothers and fathers and the industries.

An interesting finding from my early archive work states that children took part in work, but they were also involved in other activities. One example of this is the sign post at Rydal’s Spinnery in Sweden (which today is a museum) that urge the children not to play or fight: "Don't play, don't fight – rule out play and fighting at work". (Rydals museum n.d.) Play is a central concept and phenomenon for childhood. It is a phenomenon that is philosophically interesting in order to understand different aspects in life and childhood, as well as in relation to education, politics, society and democracy (Koubová et al., 2021)

The call not to engage with play, in this specific Rydal’s Spinnery, tells us that it occurred, but it also tells us something about the place, the view of children and childhood within this industry and spinnery, and what it could mean to be a child in the textile industry. Drawing on this example of “Don't play, don't fight” I will explore and develop the relationship philosophically between children's work, education and play within the history of textile work and its archive. The question that I will focus on in the paper presentation is: How can the relationship between work, play and educational process related to the children be understood?

In the presentation I will philosophically develop these children’s life through the lens of play. In Agamben’s work, play has a function in the act of profaning things, in order to understand politics, capitalism and consumption. Profanation means to treat something (or someone) as worldly and as something “that can be played with”. It is an act that separates the thing from its context (from the sacred) and makes it free. (Agamben, 2007; Removed for peer review) Agamben write:

“Children, who play with whatever old thing falls into their hands, make toys out of things that also belong to the spheres of economics, war, law, and other activities that we are used to thinking of as serious. All of a sudden, a car, a firearm, or a legal contract becomes a toy.” (Agamben, 2007, p. 76)

Children’s use of things – sticks, cars, pots, chairs – shall neither be understood as sloppy nor negligent. Rather, the children have the capacity to make something new of the old thing. “It should be understood as a new usage that children give to humanity.” (Sundal and Øksnes, in Koubová et al., 2021, p. 215) Drawing on Agamben, one can regard play as freeing things from its normal use. Play is characterized by its changing and transforming of both actions and things into something new. It is not about restoring an original state. (Sundal and Øksnes, in: Koubová et al., 2021, p. 216) This thing or action can also be related to time (cf. Masschelein & Simons, 2013; Lewis, 2013), a free time that is not productive.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is educational-philosophical. Earlier prognosis of archive studies show that children were present and conducted textile work, but the children’s voices are not well attested in the archive. They are pictured and listed as workers. Sometimes with names, sometimes just an nameless faces. They are not “speaking out loud”, which is not a dead end for doing research on these voices and testimonies. (Removed for peer review) It is here the philosophical formulation becomes a way to approach these testimonies in the material, as “history from below”, where voices from the past with reminiscences of child labor can come into a new light. (cf. Humphries, 2013) Aspects that thus interest me in my material are the various individual testimonies; narrated or not narrated (cf. Removed for peer review). Through the individual stories that appear in the archive, there is the opportunity to develop the children's perspective and testimonies, and in this way approach the children's voices and thereby examine history, subjectivity, qualification, socialization, work and play through different testimonies. In the paper presentation at ECER I will draw on a few of these example from the archive, and seeing them through the light of the phenomenon of play.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the Swedish curriculum for preschool, play is considered to be a goal for something, as something that have an end, such as learning (Läroplan för förskolan, 2018). Sundal and Øksnes (In: Koubová et al., 2021, p 2016) draw on Agamben and argue that, even though there is a strong connection between these two concepts, “play and learning are two different phenomena, both important in their own right. Just as teaching and learning are two interrelated, strongly connected phenomena, they are not the same.” Following, firstly this understanding of play as something different from learning and as a specific activty where mystery and imagination can take place. And secondly, following Agamben (2007) and his understanding of play as freeing things and time, I will go back to the children of textile and reread them through this light of non-productive and free time. In this paper presentation I will argue that the (unwanted) play in the textile factory, Rydal’s Spinnery, could be regarded as a space of a non-productive time, a form of liberation and resistance even, which also gives me openings of reading these working class children through a new light. This does not mean to deny or neglect the difficult situation these children was in, but rather giving them a possibility to come into light through another language than that of hard work, productive time, poverty, slavery and misery.



References
Printed Sources:
Hartman, S. V. (2019). Wayward lives, beautiful experiments: Intimate histories of social upheaval. W. W. Norton & Company.
Agamben, G. (2007). Profanations. Zone Books.
Removed for peer review.
Removed for peer review.
Humphries, J. (2013). Childhood and child labour in the British industrial revolution. Economic History Review.
Jan Masschelein & Maarten Simons. (2013). In defence of the school. A public Issue. E-ducation, Culture & Society Publisher.
Koubová, A., Urban, P., Russell, W., & MacLean, M. (Eds.). (2021). Play and Democracy, Philosopical Perspectives. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003122289
Läroplan för förskolan. (2018). [Text]. Retrieved 31 January 2023, from https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/forskolan/laroplan-for-forskolan
Lewis, T. E. (2013). On Study: Giorgio Agamben and educational potentiality. Routledge.

Unprinted sources:
Lek ej, bråka ej  – avstyr lek och bråk i arbetet, Sign post, Rydals Museum.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Of Tools and Toys. An Empirical and Philosophical Exploration of the Characteristics of Scholastic Presentations of the Lifeworld

Rembert Dejans

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Dejans, Rembert

Building on fieldwork carried out in schools in Belgium and in the DR Congo, this presentation aims to empirically and theoretically explore some of the characteristics of scholastic presentations of the lifeworld. At schools, the lifeworld (understood with Stiegler (2010) as the world as it appears during its disappearing) is presented to students in a new form: through a particular operation, the everyday lifeworld is transformed and re-presented at school so that it becomes ‘fit for teaching’ (the literal translation of the Greek word didactikos). This contribution focusses on the relationship between scholastic presentations and their ‘worldly counterparts’ and it will do so by exploring two movements.

First movement: from world to classroom. Different scholars have written about the ‘gap’ between everyday lifeworld and scholastic (re)presentation. Mollenhauer (2014: 20-21), when discussing Comenius’ Orbis Pictus, observed that through the educational sphere of the school, cultures ‘filter’ and ‘slow down’ the full force of adult realities by artificially re-presenting the world to children: the seamless lifeworld is cut into different topics and themes in order to turn (an aspect of) the world into a topic that can be discussed. Related, Masschelein and Simons (2019: 21) have discussed the artificial and hyperfunctionalized nature of scholastic (re)presentations of life world actions, activities, and practices and they have conceptualized school material as ‘suspended’ and ‘profanated’ (see Masschelein and Simons 2013). And drawing on Auroux (1994) and Stiegler (2010), Vlieghe and Zamojski (2019: 138) observe that at schools, the world is ‘grammatized’ and introduced in the form of discrete elements that in themselves have no meaning. This presentation empirically examines how (i.e., through what gestures, images, words, ways of speaking) the world is presented in the classroom, and by doing so, it provides an insight in how the lifeworld is transformed in order to be made ‘fit for teaching’.

Second movement: from classroom to world. If we can indeed observe an artificial gap between scholastic (re)presentations and their ‘worldly counterparts’, how to conceive of the connection between the two? Mollenhauer, for example, has argued that cultural objects (like scholastic (re)presentations) are encoded depictions of a particular worldview. Children, then, should acquire an ‘aesthetic literacy’ (Weiss 2018): an ability to decode and situate cultural objects within a (historically/socially) determined field of meaning and students should become aware that the world presented at school is not the ‘real world’ but only a perspective on that world (see Masschelein 2014 for a response to this). A second perspective considers scholastic (re)presentations of the (life)world as useful tools to adequately prepare students for participation in the labor market. The most recent policy document of the Flemish minister of education, for example, states that the didactic material used in the classroom should be attuned to the material and equipment used in the labor market. Accordingly, efforts should be made to decrease the artificial gap between scholastic (re)presentation and the ‘real world’.

Instead of urging children to become aware of the situated nature of scholastic (re)presentations, or instead of criticizing them for being too far removed from the ‘real world’, this contribution explores a third perspective and pays attention to those aspects that are meaningful and valuable about the gap between world and scholastic (re)presentation. Drawing on the work of Agamben (1993) and Fink (2016), it will approach scholastic presentations of the world as play-things, that is: not as tools that serve an external end goal (an acquired literacy, or participation on the labor market), but as miniaturized and essentialized materials that allow for students to establish a new relationship with the world.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This contribution presents material that was gathered on fieldwork in schools in Belgium and the DR Congo. In each country, three schools were visited for three weeks, and audio- and video recordings of a range of different classroom situations were made. Whereas video recordings of entire classroom situations are often used to disentangle and explain the many interactions that shape and take place in the classroom, this research instead only recorded the actions and gestures in certain predefined and limited areas of the classroom (a desk, blackboard, notebook…). A disciplined and restricted usage of the camera forces the researcher to not so much explain classroom actions and gestures by situating them within a causal cascade (thus inspiring the researcher to search for a root impetus or cause, leading them away from the actual action or gesture), but by eliminating a large part of the classroom, it instead allows for a close attendance to action. The collected video-material, then, should not be considered as a ‘negative reality’ (a mirrored reality, a counter-image characterized by a lack or a not-presence of ‘the real’), but instead as a new reality that needs no outside or ‘real’ counterpart, and as such, the camera capturing only a small and predefined part of the classroom, makes attentive to the everyday gestures of the classroom and it allows researchers to look directly at actions and gestures without having to assess them against the background of intentions, histories, future projects, explanations.
The collected video material is trans-scribed and presented in ethnographical vignettes. Through two vignettes of classroom situations (one from Belgium, one from DR Congo), this presentation aims to give an empirical insight in how (i.e., through what gestures, images, pictures, words, ways of speaking, movements, objects…) the world is made present in the classroom. The vignettes are considered as ‘material to think with’, as material that allows to pay attention to what happens when the old generation (teachers and scholastic (re)presentations) presents the world to the new generation (see Arendt 2019). The (conceptual) analysis, then, first and foremost starts from the observed classroom interactions. Far from trying to apply an analytical framework on the observed realities, the philosophical analysis will be rooted in the observed actions and gestures, and as such, this presentation can be considered as a contribution to the field of empirical philosophy (Mol 2021; see also Ingold 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Because a part of the empirical work is still to be done, it is impossible to fully anticipate the outcomes of this inquiry. The presentation will, however, make a case for a pedagogical perspective on how scholastic presentations of the lifeworld are employed in the classroom: instead of considering them as tools that stand in the service of a predefined outcome or end goal (and instead of criticizing them for being too far removed from ‘the real world’), it will argue for a perspective that pays attention to the possible playful (ludic) characteristics of these scholastic presentations. That is, a perspective that pays attention to:
(1) the qualities of scholastic presentations to turn (aspects of) the world into a ‘toy’ or a plaything. In the plaything, the whole is concentrated in a single thing (Fink 2016) – the transformation of a thing into a plaything, not unlike the transformation of a ‘worldly thing’ into a ‘scholastic presentation’, can be considered as an essentialization of that thing (see also Agamben 1993 on miniaturization);
(2) the many ways in which scholastic presentations are employed in the classroom (without assessing these actions, gestures… against an outcome or a project);
(3) the qualities of scholastic presentations to bring about a separate and delineated time/space of play with the world in which any striving for a goal external to the play itself is suspended (Huizinga 1997: 72);
(4) how, through scholastic engagements with play-things, children might begin anew with the world.

References
Arendt, Hannah. 2019. “De Crisis van de Opvoeding.” In Dat Is Pedagogiek, edited by Jan Masschelein, 26–37. Leuven: Universitaire Pers Leuven.
Agamben, Giorgio. 1993. Infancy & History: Essays on the Destruction of Experience. London and New York: Verso.
Auroux, Sylvain. 1994. La Révolution Technologique de La Grammatisation. Liège: Mardaga.
Fink, Eugen. 2016. Play as Symbol of the World and Other Writings. Suparyanto Dan Rosad (2015. Vol. 5. Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.
Huizinga, Johan. 1993. “Homo Ludens: Proeve Ener Bepaling van Het Spelelement Der Cultuur.” Amsterdam: Pandora.
Ingold, Tim. 2018. Anthropology and/as Education. Abingdon: Routledge.
Masschelein, Jan. 2014. “An Elementary Educational Issue of Our Times? Klaus Mollenhauer’s (Un)Contemporary Concern.” Phenomenology & Practice 8 (2): 50–54.
Masschelein, Jan, and Maarten Simons. 2013. In Defence of the School. A Public Issue. Leuven: E-ducation Culture and Society Publishers.
Masschelein, Jan, and Maarten Simons. 2019. “Bringing More ‘school’ into Our Educational Institutions. Reclaiming School as Pedagogic Form.” In Unterrichtsentwicklung Macht Schule Forschung Und Innovation Im Fachunterricht, edited by Angelika Bikner‐Ahsbahs and Maria Peters, 11–30. Wiesbade: Springer Verlag.
Mollenhauer, Klaus. 2014. Forgotten Connections: On Culture and Upbringing. Abingdon: Routledge.
Stiegler, Bernard. 2010. “Memory.” In Critical Terms for Media Studies, edited by William J. T. Mitchell and Mark Hansen, 64–87. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Vlieghe, Joris, and Piotr Zamojski. 2019. Towards an Ontology of Teaching. Thing-Centered Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World. Cham: Springer.
Weiss, Gabriele. 2018. “Klaus Mollenhauer.” In Springer International Handbooks of Education, 269–81. Springer.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm13 SES 03 B: Existential communication, thrownness, and Merleau-Ponty’s psychology of childhood
Location: Gilbert Scott, 355 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Eliciting Experience. An Applied Phenomenology Approach to Researching the Multiple Realities of School Reform and Schooling.

Christine Becks

University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Becks, Christine

This methodological contribution offers a phenomenological approach to education research, specifically for understanding the various effects of education reform vis-à-vis the intricate conditions of schooling that such reforms encounter in specific socio-economic places with their particular histories and contexts. In reaching beyond narrow ideas of data as evidence, the approach captures the various ways in which reforms manifest in schooling through collecting the experiences of those involved and systematizing those experiences into a structure of experience of reform. Such work is markedly different from evaluation, implementation or best practice research that inevitably presuppose a degree of sameness of the experience of schooling (Salmen, 2021, S. 6), i.e. that schooling is the same for everyone who experiences it. Human experience, however, is unique: the same event is different events to different people, and renders contrary conclusions and actions. This position counters current research tendencies to "homogenize the heterogeneous reality of education through abstract and context-indifferent standards and outcome metrics" (Mayer et al., 2014, p. 2). The approach is a viable alternative to technocratic ideas of teaching and learning that narrow schooling and student achievement to test scores, grades, and meeting expectations (Hopmann, 2008). Instead, the phenomenologically oriented researcher affirms through their work that those involved in schooling act on what they understand to be good reasons. Their actions make sense against their horizons and in the context of their intentionality, and to elicit their mindsets and lines of reasoning in order to learn about their sense-making provides unique insights into the dynamics of schooling, a "complex entity with a character of its own" (Tröhler, 2008, p. 10). The aim is to understand school reform and schooling in the way it presents itself to those involved in schooling, and to let them assign meaning and relevance to their experiences. Such inquiry focuses on schooling as specific to its place and its people; it highlights the conditions of schooling and the way those involved in it construct their practice.

The approach understands a social structure through the elements that sustain and negotiate it (Labaree, 2020, p. 100) rather than assuming that individuals' trajectories are a mere result of their choices: “All roles appear more solid and defined than they really are. (…) Structures appear concrete but are actually emergent patterns that depend on people to keep the pattern going.” (Labaree, 2020, p. 102) Social structures include caveats of flexibility that rich descriptions may be able to carve out and use to understand "the causes that derive from social relations (as) more than personal traits" (Labaree, 2020, p. 102) and therefore leave the linear presumption of accountability. Schooling may then be approached not primarily as an instrument for social efficacy or social mobility but as a place shaped by democratic ways of living and learning. (Salmen, 2021, S. 59)

This approach embraces human diversity through accounting for diverse histories and contexts, perspectives and lifeworlds throughout the research design. Rather than seeking to identify schooling universals, the approach affirms multiple realities (Schütz, 1975) of experiencing schooling as equally relevant to ongoing discussions about the quality of public schooling. Multiple realities in the phenomenological understanding of the social world suggests that "objectively the same behavior may have (…) very different meanings or no meaning at all" (Schütz, 1945, p. 535) for the individual because "meaning (…) is not a quality inherent to certain experiences (…) but the result of an interpretation of a past experience looked at from the present Now with a reflective attitude." (ibid.) Empirically, this interpretation is elicited through synthesizing Bevan’s (2014) structure of phenomenological interviewing and Kolbe’s (2016) existential communication.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A central part of empirically applied phenomenological research as it is outlined in this contribution is purposefully and carefully eliciting rich and dense descriptions of interviewees' lifeworlds, their horizons and their ends-in-view so to understand their experiences and their sense-making of those experiences. A part of that effort is the phenomenological interview following Bevan’s (2014) structure of contextualization, apprehension and clarification of a phenomenon that serves as the frame within which to work “free(ly) to structure his or her interview in a way that enables a thorough investigation” (Bevan, 2014, p. 138). The structure provides orientation to the interviewer yet it allows for as many or as few questions to be asked, in whatever sequence is deemed useful to the endeavor of eliciting experience, filled with whatever content. In my doctoral thesis, for example, I utilized this structure to ask principals and superintendents in Alabama about their experience of gap management (Knapp/Hopmann, 2017) between the stringent reform requirements of the paradigmatic accountability policy No Child Left Behind (Salmen, 2021) and the state of Alabama, rich in historical roots that still define schooling and otherwise drenched with poverty. After the usual introduction and assurance of anonymity, I began each interview with my sincere request: “Assume I know nothing and want to understand everything” (Salmen, 2021, S. 84) It allowed the interviewees to begin with wherever they deemed necessary and appropriate, in whatever sequence they chose, yet each of the eight individuals began by elaborating on their background, their biography and fundamental ideas about schooling that provided fruitful ground for apprehending the phenomenon that was NCLB. I asked various carefully prepared clarifying questions throughout the interview (specifics, elaboration on sidenotes, details, names, roles) that seemed minor but were key to understanding completely – in all detail and richness – what their experience of this reform, their experience of schooling, had been like.
For leading the conversation, Kolbe’s (2016) pillars for existential communication offered concrete communicative techniques to elicit authentic and relevant impressions by making the conversation substantially meaningful to both conversation partners, but most importantly, the interviewees themselves. A good phenomenological interview is immediately connected and relevant to the individuals’ lifeworlds by which it gains significance; it is a meeting of the interests of both individuals, one researching and one curious to think together about practices that sit at the heart of the profession they represent.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The approach and its methods showcase a decidedly non-constructivist framework that renders not merely arbitrary collections of narratives and summaries of what was said, but represents a structured way of systematizing the dynamics that underly reform manifestations based on the experiences of those involved, and their assigned meaning to those experiences. It leads reform research back to inquiring about the intricacies and the dynamics of the place called school (Goodlad, 1989); it may also incorporate a variety of secondary context data about a socio-economic place and the specific conditions under which schooling takes place. Reform research from the vantage point of this intellectual foundation allows for research that results in truly counter-intuitive findings that surprise the researcher. Anecdotes are particularly valuable as the compact, condensed essence of a phenomenon that often encapsulates the immediacy and urgency of an aspect. Similarly, employing imaginative variation in the interview (Bevan, 2014, p. 138) can yield extraordinary insight for both the person developing it and the interviewer. My doctoral work provides examples of these and other applications of both methods in unison that exemplify the approach and what it can yield: I explored Alabama based on secondary context data first, then created a soundboard of principals and superintendents who mediated and mitigated policy expectations vis-á-vis their schools' and communities' constituencies. In doing so, I separated reform intensions from those upon who they fell; their experiences of schooling during accountability speaks to the structure of the experience of balancing policy intentions against what is feasible within the conditions at hand (Tröhler, 2008, p. 13). The approach and the methods illuminate existing data (the what) that cannot explain their how; but mostly, it strengthens the difference of people, their histories and contexts in specific places, and affirms all experiences as relevant to diversifying education.
References
Bevan, M. (2014). A method of phenomenological interviewing. Qualitative Health Research, 24(1), 136-144. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732313519710

Goodlad, J. I. (1984). A place called school: Prospects for the future. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co.

Hopmann, S.T. (2008). No child, no school, no state left behind: Schooling in the age of accountability. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(4), 417-456. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270801989818

Kolbe, C. (2016). Existenzielle Kommunikation. Zugänge zum Wesentlichen in Beratung und Therapie. Existenzanalyse, 33(1), 45-51. ISSN 2409-7306

Labaree, D. (2010). Someone has to fail: The zero-sum game of public schooling. Harvard University Press.

Mayer, H., Tröhler, D., Labaree, D., Hutt, E. (2014). Accountability: Antecedents, power, and processes. Teachers College Record 116(9). http://hdl.handle.net/10993/17934

Salmen, C. (2021). The evidence in evidence-based policy: The case of No Child Left Behind. Dissertation, Universität Wien.

Schütz, A. (1945). On multiple realities. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, 5(4), 533-576.

Tröhler, D. (2008). Stability or stagnation, or why the school is not the way reformers would like. Encounters on Education 9, 3-15. https://doi.org/10.24908/eoe-ese-rse.v9i0.1741


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

The Problem with Neoliberal Ontologies: When Idle Talk is Idealized

Lana Parker

University of Windsor, Canada

Presenting Author: Parker, Lana

Heidegger (1996) posits being in the world in relation to one’s thrownness, fallenness, and projection. We move through these with concern for the world and care for others, as shaped by the circumstances of our ready-to-hand and present-at-hand experiences. Heidegger claims that it is neither God nor some metaphysical sense of possibility that guides our inclinations for care; rather, he avers, it is the horizon of our inevitable deaths that gives shape to our encounters, choices, state-of-mind, and understanding. Our time is finite, and it is this finitude—as Dasein is thrown into a particular place at a particular time for a bounded horizon—that gives us both the primordial characteristic of Dasein (a being for whom the question of being is at stake) and the conditions for state of mind, understanding, and discourse. Heidegger also notes that “proximally and for the most part” (Heidegger, 1996, p. 210), the average everydayness of our encounters is what shapes most of our time in the world: we spend most days in conformity with the masses, engaged in the inauthentic and in idle talk.

Taking Heidegger’s existential analytic as a point of departure, in this paper, I seek to explore how the evolution of neoliberalism as a totalizing force of hegemony has implications for Dasein. I argue that the last fifty years of neoliberalism has had a profound effect on the possibilities and qualities that shape Dasein, the found conditions of thrownness, the average everydayness of our encounters, and thus, on the potentials of projection. Failures of interruption to the inauthentic, failures to have authentic moments, occur because, in the neoliberal era, the superficiality of idol talk is idealized; economic and consumerist ends are all that appear on the horizon to shape the conditions for care, concern, and mattering.

In a globalised world shaped by decades of neoliberal capitalism, the thereness in which we find ourselves is remarkably similar across the world. As Brown (2015, 2019) notes, neoliberalism’s greatest strength as an ideological force has been its ability to traverse boundaries, adapt and adopt customs and cultures, and inflect the central premise of individualism, competition, and capital creation into all manner of non-market spaces, including politics, healthcare, and education. The totality of neoliberalism increasingly furnishes a kind of taken-for-grantedness in these spaces and, over time, diminishes the possibilities for alternatives. In this paper, I argue that Heidegger’s existential analytic furnishes a useful framework for understanding the current conditions of our thrownness, the implications for fallenness, and—more pressingly—the limitations for projection.

The failure for Dasein to establish the clearing for authentic appearances in neoliberal ontologies is evident in three ways, discussed in detail below: First, I suggest that authentic moments are more difficult because of the impoverished conceptions of what it means to learn. Second, I contend that we have become preoccupied with a limited view of what it means to care or be concerned. Lastly, I argue that our existential anxiety has been heightened and redirected to wholly neoliberal ends of capital acquisition, provoking an unresolvable and lifelong tension as what we care about is always constructed as outside our reach. To conclude the paper, I outline the challenges of contemporary neoliberal Dasein through an educational lens, thinking about education as a system, curriculum as a mechanism of totality, and pedagogy as a tool of compliance.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper employs a philosophical mode of inquiry, drawing on Heidegger’s (1996) rendering of Dasein in Being and Time to critique our dominant, contemporary neoliberal ways of being in the world, our neoliberal facticity. I begin by analyzing how expressions of neoliberalism are linked to goals of market efficiency, individualism, and the logics of production and consumption. I draw on literature from political theory (Brown, 2015, 2019), as well as education theorists, (Apple, 2006, 2017; Peters, 2011, 2012, 2021; Sardoč, 2022; Tašner & Gaber, 2022), to show how broader trends in neoliberalism have become a de facto way of being-in-the-world and being-with-others. I then furnish an overview of Heidegger’s existential analytic and show how his understanding of ontology helps illuminate our current moment of neoliberal angst.

For the main analysis of the paper, I ask and aim to answer three questions: How does a neoliberal Dasein understand or learn? What does a neoliberal Dasein care about? What is the neoliberal state of mind or mood? To answer the first question, I suggest that authentic moments are rarer because of the impoverished conceptions of what it means to learn. I apply the Heideggerian existential analytic to explore how language (language not as imparted but as being with – for neoliberal ends, being with is shaped by competitiveness and by the desire to acquire). To answer the second question, what does a neoliberal Dasein care about?—I contend that we have become preoccupied with a limited view of what it means to care or be concerned. That is, even when released from work to become curious about the world, even the distant things we see are not free of neoliberal influence; the acts of bringing close reinforce rather than – so even the acts of bringing close do not interrupt the inauthentic. Lastly, and in response to the question about neoliberal Dasein’s state of mind, I argue that our existential anxiety has been heightened and redirected to wholly neoliberal ends of capital acquisition, provoking an unresolvable and lifelong tension as what we care about is always constructed as outside our reach. Here, I examine cynicism at the impossibility of social mobility, at the distance between what we are told is attainable in our youth, what is promised as a matter of merit after our academic achievements, and the hollowness of both the failure to “make it” and success.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To conclude the paper, I outline the challenges of contemporary neoliberal Dasein for education. Here, I describe what it means to find ourselves amidst a neoliberal thrownness in the institution of schooling, as systems of education move toward marketization, effacing the possibilities of public education in increments across the globe. I explore how curriculum is construed as an ideological battleground, with the neoconservative encroachments of neoliberalism dictating what should be brought into the clearing for examination. I show how pedagogy can be designed for maximum compliance—not simply with the classroom rules and school environment—but with the larger efforts at neoliberal ontology. All this comes at a cost. The smooth congruence of neoliberal totality, the false interruptions that eventually fold back into the whole, are produced in education at the expense of better futures and better ways of being-in-the-world. These are futures we increasingly cannot envision—so bereft are the grounds, the thrownness, for projection.

Our imaginations cannot help but to fail in the face of a seamless totality, presented in a unified rhetoric of commerce, proximally and for the most part, across the world. The true terror of the neoliberal ontology is not simply that it so completely vanquishes its historical ideological foes, but that its adaptability draws a long, obscuring curtain across the possibilities of the future. It is less likely today that a child thrown into the conditions of the neoliberal world will be able to imagine what lies beyond the totality of their era’s entities. It is unlikely that they will be able to cultivate the projection for non-neoliberal futures since the average everydayness—in school, at work, in entertainment, in the virtual world, and even in personal relationships, is subject to the singular rendering that inflects the totality of the involvements of being.  

References
Apple, M. W. (2006). Understanding and interrupting neoliberalism and neoconservatism in education. Pedagogies, 1(1), 21-26.

Apple, M. W. (2017). What is present and absent in critical analyses of neoliberalism in
education. Peabody Journal of Education, 92(1), 148-153.

Brown, W. (2015). Undoing the demos: Neoliberalism's stealth revolution. Zone Books.

Brown, W. (2019). In the ruins of neoliberalism: The rise of antidemocratic politics in the West. Columbia UP.

Heidegger, M. (1996). Being and time: A translation of Sein und Zeit. SUNY Press. (Original work published in 1927)

Peters, M.A. (2011) Neoliberalism and After? Education, social policy and the crisis of western capitalism. New York: Peter Lang.

Peters, M. A. (2012). Neoliberalism, education and the crisis of western capitalism. Policy futures in Education, 10(2), 134-141.

Peters, M. A. (2021). Neoliberalism as political discourse: the political arithmetic of homo oeconomicus. In M. Sardoč (Ed.), The impacts of neoliberal discourse and language in education (pp. 69-85). Routledge.

Sardoč, M. (2022). The rebranding of neoliberalism. Educational Philosophy and
Theory, 54(11), 1727-1731.

Tašner, V., & Gaber, S. (2022). Is it time for a new meritocracy?. Theory and Research in Education, 20(2), 182-192.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm14 SES 03 A: Communications, Technologies and Schools
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Educating a Critical Relationship with AI Technologies Through Experiences of Visual Arts. An art-based participatory action-research in Primary School

Emanuela Guarcello1, Abele Longo2, Smaranda-Sabina Moldovan3, Cristina Daju3, Bogdan Matei3

1University of Turin, IT; 2Middlesex University, UK; 3University of West Timișoara, RO

Presenting Author: Guarcello, Emanuela

Theoretical Framework. The massive global diffusion of "radical" technologies (AITs) permeates the daily life of families and children (Floridi, 2017, 2020), bringing enormous potential but at the same time opening wide problematic spaces (Malavasi, 2019; Revelli, 2020); spaces among which homologation, synchronisation of conscience and unique thinking are the most insidious and worrying problems (Abott, 2014; Stiegler, 2014, 2015). These spaces are often difficult to manage for families, who find themselves displaced in their task of guiding (and containing) the relationship that children have with the AITs. Although the complexity of the current relationship between children and AITs is therefore undeniable, it is actually thanks to it (e.g. the use of stick, stone, graphic tools, ...) that human beings originally initiated and cultivated an extraordinary process of humanisation of themselves and the creative world (Ferraris, 2020; Remotti, 2011). Despite the fact that this original humanising function is still potentially quite alive, the evolution of technologies places in the foreground not only the current problems of homologation, but also real future risks. These risks are associated with the ever more unlimited power of the human being – and especially of future adults – to use technologies for the destruction of the self and nature as well as for the indiscriminate overcoming of the boundaries of the human condition (Brooks, 2017; Turing, 1950). There follows an important and urgent need for formation, a formation that guides the new generations in an early and universal way from primary school onwards to cultivate those particular human qualities - of thought and judgment (Arendt, 1978; Ricœur, 1995, 2001; OECD, 2019; Schleicher, 2020; Unesco, 2021) - necessary for the critical, creative and ethical orientation of the new AITs, so that they are still an opportunity for self-humanisation in an absolutely unique way. It is also an early formation that cannot exclude the involvement of families and community, precious educational spaces for the nourishment and direction of children's thought and judgment.

This training can find a particularly promising opportunity in visual aesthetic experiences (Dewey, 2005), exercising in children the ability to think and feel the experience (captured within the image) in a comprehensive and integral, critical and creative way (Bertin, 1974; Balzola & Rosa, 2011), allowing them to reconstruct the full sense of it, valuing aspects of diversity and divergence. They do so by promoting unique and individual processes of problematising and creative discernment and deliberation; the beginning of a new, revolutionary thought. The aesthetic-visual experience in fact nourishes the ability of children to value "diversities", which in turn become drivers and mediators for cultural and social change.

Among the aesthetic-visual experiences that can be proposed to children, one that can be particularly promising for education towards a critical and creative relationship with AIT is a digital art experience generated with AI. It is indeed a well-known experience at European and international level, still pioneering in primary school, which exercises children in a critical and creative relationship with the AITs not only evoking this same relationship (through the image), but making children have an active and personal experience of it (Fahlén, 2021).

Research Questions. How to train children in primary school to develop a critical and creative relationship with the AITs through aesthetic experiences of visual art generated with AI? How to involve families and community in this formative process? What specific educational outcomes can be achieved through these experiences?

Objectives. The paper aims at understanding whether, how and under what circumstances aesthetic experiences of visual art generated with AI can train children and families in a critical and creative relationship with AITs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Starting from this theoretical framework, the presentation will aim at analysing and discussing the method and results of the international research project funded and led by the University of Turin during the 2022-2023 academic year, in partnership with the University of West Timişoara and Middlesex University of London. The project involves three Primary Schools (in Timişoara, Turin and in London) and involves six teachers, five classrooms and children's families. The research methodology refers to the art-based participatory action-research (Asakura et al., 2020; Crobe, 2020; Hiltunen, 2009; Huckaby, 2018; Knowles & Cole, 2008; Leavy, 2017; Melkas & Harmaakorpi, 2011; Prior, Kossak & Fisher; 2022; Rubesin, 2018; Seppälä,  Sarantou & ‎Miettinen, 2021; Shelton & Mallon, 2021; Wang, Siegesmund & Hannes, 2017). It is a particularly fertile research methodology in the field of scholastic education especially because of its capacity to actively involve teachers and children and to promote critical and creative processes of human experience understanding and social contexts transformation. Processes activated and nourished precisely thanks to art-based experiences.

Within this methodological perspective, the research planning is articulated in three phases:
First phase (March-April 2023):
to realise a formative path with the involved teachers in order to share and reflect on the issue of the development of a critical and creative relationship with AITs, through aesthetic experiences of visual art generated with AI;
to design the aesthetic experience to be undertaken with children, through the use of the Artivive tool.

Second phase (May-September 2023):
to implement the aesthetic experience with children (10-11 years old). The aesthetic experiences will be designed by teachers and researchers referring to three formative steps, based on experiential learning theory (Kolb, 2015): aesthetic experience; personal and collective reflection on critical and creative aspects of the relationship with experimented AIT (e.g., Artivive Tool); conceptual framework (Video Pill) on the ancient relation Human-Technology and some open questions on the current problematic aspects of this relationship; group and plenary discussion.

Third phase (November 2023):
to organise an international online conference and a virtual exhibition with the children's artworks, directed at teachers and researchers, children and families. This opportunity facilitates the sharing with parents and communities the children's core reflections on their relationship with AITs and to develop some of the most critical points for families and communities in guiding the relationship that children have with the AITs.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The art-based participatory action-research presented seeks to identify:
specific formative outcomes achieved by children through this formative experience;
a first pilot “model” of formative experience for children/families in primary school (steps, methodology and evaluation plan), to develop a critical and creative relationship with the AITs through aesthetic experiences of visual art generated with AI;
potentialities and criticalities of the entire formative process.

In order to recognise, analyse and discuss these expected outcomes, there will be (Efrat Efron & Ravid, 2019):
a pre and post evaluation through qualitative questionnaires with the children on the topic of the relationship with AITs (criticalities and potentialities) (Beed, Stimson, 1985; Ammuner, 1998), before and after the formative experience;
a hermeneutic analysis on the dialogues (among children-teachers-researchers) recorded during the activities in the classroom (Kvale, 1996; Betti, 1987) ;
an analysis of the artworks created by the children during the activities in classroom (Barone & Eisner, 2012; Efrat Efron & Ravid, 2019; Eisner, 2002, 1991);
an analysis of the logbooks written by the teachers and the observer;
a content analysis on individual semi-structured interviews with the participating teachers after the completion of the formative experience (Brown & Danaher 2019; Souliotis; 2022).

References
Arendt, H. (2004). Verità e politica. La conquista dello spazio e la statura dell’uomo. Torino: Bollati Boringhieri.
Balzola, A. & Rosa, P. (2011). L'arte fuori di sé. Un manifesto per l'età post-tecnologica. Milano: Feltrinelli.
Barone, T., & Eisner, E. (2012). Arts-based research. Los Angeles: Sage Publications Inc.
Bataille, G. (1955). La peinture préhistorique. Lascaux ou la naissance de l'art. Genève: Skira.
Bertin, G.M. (1974). L'ideale estetico. Firenze: La Nuova Italia.
Brown, A. & Danaher P.A. (2019). CHE Principles: facilitating authentic and dialogical semi-structured interviews in educational research. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 42(1), 76-90.
Crobe, S. (2020). L’arte come pratica di ricerca e azione. Pratiche di co-creazione artistica per la conoscenza, interpretazione, trasformazioni dell’urbano. Note a partire da una esperienza di ricerca. Tracce Urbane, 8, 255-268.
Dewey, J. (2005). Arts as Experience. London: Penguin Publishing Group.
Efrat Efron, S. & Ravid, R. (2019). Action research in education: A practical guide. New York, NY: The Guilford Press.
Fahlén, M. (2020). The Educational Practice of School-Age Educare Teachers Teaching Visual Art in Swedish Primary Schools. International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 8(2), 173–190.
Floridi, L. (2017). La quarta rivoluzione: come l'infosfera sta trasformando il mondo. Milano: Raffaello Cortina.
Knowles, J. G. & Cole, A. L. (2008). Handbook of the arts in qualitative research: Perspectives, methodologies, examples, and issues. Los Angeles, CA: Sage.
Kolb, D. (2015). Experiential Learning: Experience as the Source of Learning. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Education LTD.
Leavy, P. (2017). Introduction to arts based research. In Leavy P. (ed.). Handbook of arts-based research. New York: Guilford Press, 3–21.
Leroi-Gourhan, A. (1964). Le geste et la parole. Technique et langage. Tome 1. Paris: Albin Michel.
Malavasi, P. (2019). Educare Robot? Pedagogia dell'intelligenza artificiale. Milano: Vita e Pensiero.
Prior Ross, W., Kossak, M. & Fisher, T.A. (2022). Applied Arts and Health: Building Bridges across Arts, Therapy, Health, Education, and Community. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Rubesin, H. (2018). “I Am Not Deaf”: Art-Based Participatory Action Research with Refugee Women From Burma, https://digitalcommons.lesley.edu/expressive_dissertations/53/ (29.01.2023).
Stiegler, B. (2019). The Age of Disruption: Technology and Madness in Computational Capitalism. Sussex, UK: John Wiley & Sons.
Tiina, S., Sarantou, M. & Miettinen S. (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonising Participatory Research. London: Routledge.
Wang, Q., Coemans, S., Siegesmund, R. & Hannes, K. (2017). Arts-based methods in socially engaged research practice: A classification framework. Art/Research International: A Transdisciplinary Journal, 2(2), 5–39.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Complexity of Managing Multichannel Communication in Family-school Relations as Seen by Parents and School Leaders

Melodie Burri, Sonja Beeli-Zimmermann, Anne-Sophie Ewald, Evelyne Wannack

Pädagogische Hochschule Bern, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Burri, Melodie; Beeli-Zimmermann, Sonja

The term multichannel communication is usually used in a technical or marketing context. In this contribution, however, we propose to adopt it to the educational context in order to more adequately capture and understand the intricacy of family-school relations. Digital transformation has not only increased the diversity of available communication channels, including the adaptation of specific channels like messaging apps to the school context. It has also changed the quality of communication and opened new possibilities such as asynchronous exchanges or automated translations. This presentation reports findings from an exploratory study focusing on school websites as one of the first and most common digital communication channels for family-school relations. The interplay of the different channels, in particular the role of the website in this process, will be given special attention.

The importance of family-school relations and its positive effects on children’s developments is well documented (Sheridan & Moorman Kim, 2015), and various concepts focus on this connection, such as Epstein’s (1987) seminal model of overlapping spheres of influence. Overall, these models highlight communication as a key element. Family-school communication can either be perceived as being predominantly one way, i.e., schools meeting their basic obligations of informing parents about specific issues, or two-way, reflecting a partnership between the two parties (Epstein, 1987). The term partnership thereby reflects a shift in the notion of family-school relations towards a more equal footing, an approach which is rarely put into practice (among others: Olmstead, 2013).

Schools and families engage in communication both on an individual and a collective level, using a variety of communication channels such as short messages via general or school specific apps, e-mails, electronic newsletters, or websites in addition to phone calls, analogue notes, and personal contacts (Sacher, 2014). A growing body of literature suggests that digital technologies are changing and improving the way schools and families communicate with media-based contacts being considered to be more efficient, immediate, and convenient (Goodall, 2016; Bordalba & Bochaca, 2019). More specifically, school websites offer several technical features for communication and interaction, such as mail or telephone links, contact forms or chat functions. However, research shows that the potential of such technologies is rarely utilized (Taddeo & Barnes, 2016; Tavas and Bilač 2011).

To date, most of the existing empirical work focusing on the interface of family-school relations and digital media, specifically school websites, has been carried out in Anglo-Saxon countries (e.g., Gilleece & Eivers, 2018; Taddeo & Barnes, 2016). To our knowledge, no such specific studies were conducted in German-speaking countries, particularly Switzerland. More specifically, many existing studies were conducted in the context of free school choice and in countries where schools are obliged to maintain a school website, such as the UK. Contrary to this situation, Swiss schools are not obliged to have a school website and there is no free school choice for compulsory schooling. More generally, policies in Switzerland hardly regulate family-school relationships and the country’s federal structure with its three levels of policymaking contributes to a culture of interaction that is marked by personal beliefs (Ho & Vasarik Staub, 2019).

Therefore, this contribution aims to add to the fragmented body of knowledge on the use of digital media in family-school relations. It describes current practices in the use of websites by Swiss public schools and how they relate to other communication channels employed in family-school relations. We explore how family-school communication takes place through various channels and how these are interlinked. Specifically, we investigate, who (school leaders, teachers, parents) communicates what, using which channel (particularly websites, messages, phone calls, analogue notes), and to what effect.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopts a multi-method approach, drawing on three sources of data: (1) Firstly, 40 school websites from four German-speaking cantons in Switzerland were analysed. The data used for this purpose were PDF-files generated from the entry pages of the respective websites, as well as the contents of the entire website. The categories for the content analysis were developed deductively and inductively following Mayring (2010). Due to the great heterogeneity of the data, the category system was developed throughout the entire analytic process. The deductive categories were based on concepts from web design (Design TLC, 2018), interactivity (Adami, 2015), multimodality (Kress, 2010), and family-school relations (Sacher, 2014). (2) Secondly, we selected eight schools and conducted in depth problem-centred interviews (Witzel, 2000) with the personnel responsible for the respective website. Interview partners mainly included school principals, in some cases also teachers and administrative staff. (3) In order to reflect the two-way nature of family-school communication, we thirdly conducted 34 short semi-standardised interviews with parents from seven schools. All interviews were analysed using qualitative content analysis, whereby we again developed the category system based on data and the previously mentioned theoretical concepts.

To achieve as heterogenous a sample as possible, we employed purposeful sampling with the aim of achieving maximum variation (Patton, 2015) throughout the study. In doing so, we considered the following variables for the first sample of 40 schools: location of the school (rural, intermediary, urban); structure of the school (number of locations); levels taught at the school (primary only, primary and secondary, secondary only). For the selection of the second sample of eight schools, additional features specific to the website were included, among them the integration of the school website into the municipality’s website, the use of templates, and the presence of specific content, particularly information specifically directed at parents. When selecting parents, our third sample, the consequent implementation of purposeful sampling was not possible as we relied on parents who volunteered to participate in the interviews. We conducted interviews with all parents who volunteered. While the interviews with the school staff were conducted in person, the interviews with the parents were carried out over the phone or using video calls. The interviews with school personnel lasted between 33 and 100 minutes, the interviews with the parents between 15 and 40 minutes. All interviews were transcribed and then analysed with the help of the MAXQDA software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Schools use a diversity of channels to manage their family-school relations, whereby specific communication channels are often related to specific functions: school leaders mainly employ emails or use the website, teachers rely on messages and phone calls or personal contacts. Together these channels form an intricate structure within which changes related to the use of one channel such as the website have an influence on the use of other channels. All schools use websites as a communication channel for family-school relations. However, it is mostly used for one-way communication and interactivity is not intended, a finding consistent with previous research (Taddeo & Barnes, 2016; Roman & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, 2015; Tavas and Bilač 2011). Parents appreciate existing multichannel communication and highlight the importance not only of digital and personal communication, but also analogue documents for specific information such as class schedules. These findings are in accord with studies indicating that a diversity of communication methods is needed for a successful communication; there is no one size fits all approach (Christenson, 2003).

Although all schools agree that running a website goes without saying (and parents equally consider it a must), we found that clarifying the website’s function and conceptualisation, particularly in relation to other communication channels, was often lacking and family-school relations were rarely systematically elaborated or based upon specific concepts. We argue that schools and/or school leaders in highly diverse contexts shaped by national, regional and local policies need to systematically think about family-school relations. Ongoing technical developments (generation of more data, e.g., through learning management systems; visibility on social media; etc.) will add to the complexity of this task not least of all due to changes in parents’ expectations towards school communication.

References
Adami, E. (2015). What’s in a click? A social semiotic framework for the multimodal analysis of website interactivity. Visual Communication, 14(2), 133–153. https://doi.org/10.1177/1470357214565583
Bordalba, M. M., & Bochaca, J. G. (2019). Digital media for family-school communication? Parents' and teachers' beliefs. Computers & Education, 132, 44–62. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2019.01.006
Christenson, S. L. (2003). The Family-School Partnership: An Opportunity to Promote the Learning Competence of All Students. School Psychology Quarterly, 18(4), 454–482. https://doi.org/10.1521/SCPQ.18.4.454.26995
Design TLC (2018, July 11). Website Terminology: Learn How To Speak The Language. https://designtlc.com/website-terminology/
Epstein, J. L. (1987). Toward a Theory of Family – School Connections: Teacher Practices and Perent Involvement. In K. Hurrelmann, F.-X. Kaufmann, & F. Lösel (Eds.), Prävention und Intervention im Kindes- und Jugendalter: Vol. 1. Social Intervention: Potential and Constraints (pp. 121–136). De Gruyter.
Gilleece, L., & Eivers, E. (2018). Primary school websites in Ireland: How are they used to inform and involve parents? Irish Educational Studies, 37(4), 411–430. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2018.1498366
Goodall, J. S. (2016). Technology and school–home communication. International Journal of Pedagogies and Learning, 11(2), 118–131. https://doi.org/10.1080/22040552.2016.1227252
Ho, E. S. C., & Vasarik Staub, K. (2019). Home and School Relationships in Switzerland and Hong Kong. In S. B. Sheldon & T. A. Turner-Vorbeck (Eds.), The Wiley Handbook of Family, School, and Community Relationships in Education (pp. 291–314). Wiley Blackwell.
Kress, G. R. (2010). Multimodality: A social semiotic approach to contemporary communication. Routledge.
Olmstead, C. (2013). Using Technology to Increase Parent Involvement in Schools. TechTrends, 57(6), 28–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-013-0699-0
Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods: Integrating theory and practice (Fourth edition). Sage.
Roman, T. A., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. T. (2015). Comparison of Parent and Teacher Perceptions of Essential Website Features and Elementary Teacher Website Use: Implications for Teacher Communication Practice. Journal of Digital Learning in Teacher Education, 32(1), 13–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/21532974.2015.1092897
Sacher, W. (2014). Elternarbeit als Erziehungs- und Bildungspartnerschaft: Grundlagen und Gestaltungsvorschläge für alle Schularten (2., vollständig überarbeitete Auflage). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. http://www.content-select.com/index.php?id=bib_view&ean=9783781553408
Sheridan, S. M., & Moorman Kim, E. (Eds.). (2015). Research on Family-School Partnerships Ser: v.1. Foundational Aspects of Family-School Partnership Research. Springer International Publishing AG. https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/kxp/detail.action?docID=2096155
Taddeo, C., & Barnes, A. (2016). The school website: Facilitating communication engagement and learning. British Journal of Educational Technology, 47(2), 421–436. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12229
Witzel, A. (2000). Das problemzentrierte Interview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(1), Art. 22. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0001228


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Patterns of Partnership Practices: Digital Media vs. Face-to-Face Contact?

Theresia Gabriele Hummel, Yvonne Anders

University of Bamberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Hummel, Theresia Gabriele

Existing research emphasizes that parental involvement positively influences children’s development (e.g., Clarke et al., 2017). Concepts of parental involvement highlight the importance of outreach to families as an important aspect of preschool teachers’ professional roles (Hornby & Lafaele, 2011). Moreover, a few studies have shown that parents are more likely to be involved in their child’s education when the teachers make a stronger effort to engage them (e.g., Cutshaw et al., 2020). In Germany, preschools offer mostly a standard repertoire of partnership activities consisting of daily communication, helping at events, and attending parent meetings (e.g., Cohen & Anders, 2020). However, a lack of time, different interests, or language barriers often prevent the successful implementation of these partnership activities. As families continue to grow in diversity, it is necessary for preschool teachers to develop an awareness of diverse family dynamics, which call for the implementation of various activities to support families in different ways (Gándara, 2011). The use of digital media offers flexibility and increased accessibility for families, and thus the opportunity to overcome existing barriers and establish new approaches to parental involvement (e.g. Hall & Biermann, 2015). Despite the enormous potential of technology to improve reach and impact of preschool efforts to engage parents, previous research indicates that the use of digital media in cooperating with parents has not yet become common practice (e.g., Knauf, 2020; McFadden & Thomas, 2016). However, in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, teachers faced challenges in finding new ways to cooperate with parents without face-to-face contact, and the use of digital tools has played an important role in this regard (e.g., Cohen et al., 2021). Accordingly, it is critical to examine teachers’ partnership practices in detail to gain insight into the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on preschool efforts to engage parents.

The current study therefore investigates (a) the frequency and intensity of teachers’ partnership practices in Germany, (b) and the role of digital media in partnership practices. Due to the use of quantitative diaries, this study makes a unique contribution to the body of existing research in describing processes of partnership practices on a daily level. In the second part, (c) the study also investigates what structural characteristics (e.g., teacher-child ratio) are related to aspects of partnership practices. The structural characteristics of preschools are thought to form the foundations for the kinds of processes that can take place within preschools (Pianta et al., 2005). Whereas the evidence on relations between structural features and children’s experiences has been well-established (see for an overview Slot, 2018), it remains unclear how these characteristics relate to parent-teacher interactions. The implications of our findings will be discussed in the light of the theoretical background as well as the results of previous studies in this context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data collection for the present study took place between April 2022 and June 2022. All data were obtained as part of the evaluation of a German governmental preschool initiative that was set up to support preschools in implementing language education and effective partnerships between preschool teachers and parents. For the analyses, we used diary-style data from 197 teachers of 88 preschools. Each teacher completed five diaries, resulting in a total of data from 985 diaries. On a daily base, we measured four aspects of teachers’ partnership practices, namely the implementation of partnership practices (1 = yes, 0 = no), the intensity of partnership practices (the amount of time teachers spent on partnership practices), the use of digital media (1 = yes, 0 = no), and the type of digital tools used in partnership practices (e.g., smartphone, tablet). In addition, each day the structural characteristics of the pedagogical work were rated in the diaries.  Based on previous research (e.g., Cohen & Anders, 2020; Cutshaw et al., 2020), we include the following characteristics: teacher-child ratio, group size, ethnic composition (percentage of children not speaking German at home), and teachers’ working hours (number of hours per day). To investigate the patterns of partnership practices and the relation between aspects of partnership practices and structural characteristics, descriptive and correlational analyses were conducted using the SPSS statistical package version 28.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the present study highlight that partnership activities are not part of preschool teachers’ daily work: In a total of one-fifth of all diaries (20.0%), teachers reported being involved in partnership practices. On average, teachers were involved in partnership practices on one day over the five days of the survey (M = 0.99; SD = 1.22). However, almost half of the teachers (46.7%) were not involved in partnership activities on any of the five days. There are hardly teachers who deal with partnership practices on a daily basis (1.5%). On average, professionals spent 44 minutes (SD = 40.30) per day cooperating with families.
Digital media were used on 16.5% of all days when teachers were involved in partnership activities. Multifunctional media such as tablets (in 33.3% of the situations), smartphones (26.7%) or laptops (23.3%) are used most frequently. Digital cameras are used in about one in five situations (20.0%). Video projectors (3.3%) and desktop computers (6.7%) are used much less frequently. Overall, teachers used an average of one device per day (M = 1.30; SD = 0.60). However, there are also professionals who use up to three different media in one day (Max = 3).
With regard to the structural characteristics of pedagogical work, the higher the percentage of children not speaking German at home, the more digital media were used in partnership practices (r = .16; p = .035). The relation between the teacher-child ratio and the implementation of digital media in partnership practices were negative (r = -.16; p = .041). The more children a teacher cares for, the less they use digital media in their partnership practices. Further regression analyses investigate relations between structural characteristics and patterns of partnership practices in more detail.

References
Clarke, B. L., Wheeler, L. A., Sheridan, S. M., Witte, A. L., Sommerhalder, M. S., & Svoboda, E. A. (2017). Supporting latinx student success via family–school partnerships: Preliminary effects of conjoint behavioral consultation on student and parent outcomes. Journal of Educational & Psychological Consultation, 27(3), 317–343.
Cohen, F. & Anders, Y. (2020). Family involvement in early childhood education and care and its effects on the social-emotional and language skills of 3-year-old children. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 31(1), 125–142.
Cohen, F., Oppermann, E. & Anders, Y. (2021). (Digitale) Elternzusammenarbeit in Kindertageseinrichtungen während der Corona-Pandemie. Digitalisierungsschub oder verpasste Chance? Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24, 313–338.
Cutshaw, C. A., Mastergeorge, A. M., Barnett, M. A. & Paschall, K. W. (2020). Parent engagement in early care and education settings: relationship with engagement practices and child, parent, and centre characteristics. Early Child Development and Care, 1–16.
Gándara, P. (2011). Bridging language and culture. In S. Redding, M. Murphy & P. Sheley (Eds.), Handbook on family and community engagement (pp. 117-120). Lincoln, IL: Academic Development Institute.
Hall, C. M. & Bierman, K. L. (2015). Technology-assisted interventions for parents of young children: emerging practices, current research, and future directions. Early childhood research quarterly, 33, 21-32.
Hornby, G., & Lafaele, R. (2011). Barriers to parental involvement in education: an explanatory model. Educational Review, 63(1), 37–52.
Hummel, T. G., Cohen, F. & Anders, Y. (2022). The role of partnership practices in strengthening parental trust, Early Child Development and Care, 1-16.
Knauf, H. (2020). Digitalisierung in Kindertageseinrichtungen: Ergebnisse einer empirischen Untersuchung zum Status quo. Frühe Bildung, 9(2), 99–101.
McFadden, A. & Thomas, K. (2016). Parent perspectives on the implementation of a digital documentation portal in an early learning centre. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 41(4), 86–94.
Pianta, R., Howes, C., Burchinal, M., Bryant, D., Clifford, R., Early, D., & Barbarin, O. (2005). Features of pre-kindergarten programs, classrooms, and teachers: Do they predict observed classroom quality and child-teacher interactions. Applied Developmental Science, 9(3), 144–159.
Slot, P. (2018). Structural characteristics and process quality in early childhood education and care: A literature review. OECD Publishing.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm14 SES 03 B: Parents' Engagement and Academic Success
Location: McIntyre Building, 201 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Beatriz Rodriguez Ruiz
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Proxy Parental Involvement in Education: Why do Parents Buy Shadow Education for Their Children?

Vít Šťastný, Barbora Nekardová

Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Šťastný, Vít

Shadow education (an umbrella term for various forms of private supplementary tutoring) is a global phenomenon with serious implications for mainstream schooling as well as educational inequalities. Empirical evidence has pointed to a potential negative backwash on schooling when tutored students find school instruction boring or may even skip classes because of tutoring, it has uncovered unethical practices of schoolteachers who privately tutor their own students and analysed related social and educational inequalities, as more affluent parents may afford more quantities and qualities of tutoring for their children (Bray, 2009). It is a globally expanding phenomenon, and Europe is no exception. Furthermore, it is currently expanding even in countries where it was rare before, such as in Scandinavia (Bray, 2021).

Much of the scholarly literature so far has focused on macro or meso-level determinants of shadow education existence and has solicited data from tutors, students or teachers. However, parents are the main decision-makers in relation to the procurement of private tutoring for their children (Ireson & Rushforth, 2014), and yet their role remains under-researched. Various aspects of parental demand for shadow education for their children have been addressed only partially by previous shadow education research, and mostly in Asian contexts. Quantitative studies have focused on measurable determinants of parental demand and investigated, for example, psychological incentives (Ireson & Rushforth, 2014) or the role of socioeconomic status (e.g., Entrich, 2020). Only one study from China by Liu and Bray (2020) investigated how patterns of demand for private tutoring by individual parents emerged, expanded, decreased or terminated at different times, showing that the decision to arrange private tutoring is not a one-off process. They also identified various factors that influenced parental choices regarding private tutoring, such as choices of tutoring subjects, tutors, schedules, tutoring types or tutoring centres.

The present paper is part of a larger qualitative study that explores why and how Czech parents make decisions about private tutoring (i.e., before, during and after the termination of private tutoring) for their children. In the paper, we explore the initial parental decision to procure private tutoring for their child with the aim to answer the following research question: Why do parents decide to arrange private tutoring for their child and which factors influence their decision in which ways?

We frame our research findings in a wider theoretical model (Hoover-Dempsey & Sandler, 1997; Walker et al., 2005; Whitaker, 2019) that explains parental decision-making to become involved in their child’s education and how their involvement translates into student learning and achievements. The model stipulates that the decision for parent involvement is influenced by parental motivational beliefs (role construction and self-efficacy), their perceptions of invitations to involvement by others (school, child or teacher) and their perceived life context (e.g., time, energy, skills and knowledge, or family culture). In our study, we conceptualize shadow education as a specific form of parental involvement, and Hoover-Dempsey and Sandler’s modified model thus seems suitable as a conceptual lens to frame our findings from the qualitative study, which involved Czech parents who decided to buy private tutoring for their children.

Although the study reports on Czech parents and their motivations and decision-making processes regarding shadow education, its findings may also be pertinent to other European countries. The study shows, for example, how parents think about tutoring for entrance examinations in the context of early tracked systems, present also in Germany, the Netherlands or Slovakia, among others, but it also addresses more universal factors that are likely to be relevant to parents in most European countries, for example parental anxiety, educational competition or the role of school in forming parental decision-making.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design
The study is part of a larger project that employs grounded theory approach to bring a better understanding of parental rationales for buying shadow education, thus, it approaches the research problem qualitatively and is grounded in an interpretivist and constructivist paradigm.

Sampling
The main study informants were parents (mothers, fathers or legal guardians) of lower secondary schoolchildren (about 11- to 15-year-olds) who decided to procure private tutoring of any kind for their child in the recent past or who were currently considering doing so. The sampling strived to achieve theoretical saturation by keeping the principle of maximum variation in mind, thus it consisted of 37 informants from larger cities as well as smaller towns across the country, with tertiary education as well as with upper secondary education at most. It also covered various types of tutoring (remedial, enrichment or exam preparation). The recruitment of participants was done through social networks (especially Facebook), through advertisements in schools and also through personal contacts of the research team. Parents were also recruited through the snowball technique.

Data collection
The primary data collection method were semi-structured interviews. The interview protocol was developed and structured to cover the main areas of research interest (motivations to initiate private tutoring of the child, choice of tutoring, decisions while private tutoring was ongoing). The semi-structured interviews were conducted both in person and online and lasted on average 58 minutes. The data collection period started in February 2022.
Eight participants received follow-up interviews to study the evolution of parental decision-making and reasoning vis-à-vis the evolving contexts of private tutoring. Two participants allowed for a deeper investigation by interviewing the tutored children and private tutors. This helped to secure a deeper understanding of the parental decision-making processes in a mid- and long-term perspective.

Data analysis
All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed. The interview transcriptions were coded using open and axial coding, both deductive and inductive analytical approaches were used as researchers rely both on preliminary codes and also develop new codes in the analytical process. The constant comparison approach was used to analyse the collected data (Corbin & Strauss, 2014).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Parents in our sample perceived that caring for the educational needs of their children is a part of their parental role. This driver motivated not only their decision to buy private tutoring, but also other forms of involvement in their child’s education. Parents perceived limitations in their available time or in subject-related and pedagogical competencies as the main barrier for their own involvement in tutoring. In addition, parents expected that hiring an external tutor would increase their child’s motivation, willingness to learn and improve their attitudes towards the subject and studying in general. Invitations from the school or teachers were mostly implicit. Parents did not perceive the school as a partner, but rather an institution that was unable by definition to satisfy their child’s educational needs. They felt unable to change it in any way. Thus, private tutoring was perceived as a solution to poor schooling quality or to the setup of the education system (high-stake exams related to early tracking). Some parents even perceived private tutoring as more important for learning than the school itself. Explicit invitations from children were considered by parents as well, though the initial decision lied mainly with parents. Usually, the children only initiated demand for private tutoring if they had prior positive experience with it. Furthermore, parents were outsourcing a part of their parental duties to the tutors and involve themselves as proxies, rather than directly. After the private tutoring started, they remained actively involved (e.g., by monitoring the child’s progress, to check work that was done by the tutor) to make further informed decisions. The study adds to the existing scholarly literature on shadow education by providing a a thorough exploration of psychological factors that form parental decision-making for their proxy involvement in their children’s education in a form of procuring shadow education.
References
Bray, M. (2009). Confronting the shadow education system: What government policies for what private tutoring?. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; International Institute for Educational Planning.
Bray, M. (2021). Shadow education in Europe: Growing prevalence, underlying forces, and policy implications. ECNU Review of Education, 4(3), 442-475.
Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2014). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Sage Publications.
Entrich, S. R. (2020). Worldwide shadow education and social inequality: Explaining differences in the socioeconomic gap in access to shadow education across 63 societies. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 61(6), 441-475.
Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., & Sandler, H. M. (1997). Why do parents become involved in their children’s education? Review of educational research, 67(1), 3-42.
Ireson, J., & Rushforth, K. (2014). Why do parents employ private tutors for their children? Exploring psychological factors that influence demand in England. Journal for educational research online, 6(1), 12-33.
Liu, J., & Bray, M. (2020). Evolving micro-level processes of demand for private supplementary tutoring: Patterns and implications at primary and lower secondary levels in China. Educational Studies, 46(2), 170–187.
Walker, J. M., Wilkins, A. S., Dallaire, J. R., Sandler, H. M., & Hoover-Dempsey, K. V. (2005). Parental involvement: Model revision through scale development. The elementary school journal, 106(2), 85-104.
Whitaker, M. (2019). The Hoover‐Dempsey and Sandler Model of the Parent Involvement Process In book edited by Steven B. Sheldon and Tammy A. Turner-Vorbeck, The Wiley Handbook of Family, School, and Community Relationships in Education (pp. 421-443). John Wiley & Sons, Inc.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Stories about Parent Support in Single-mother Households : Decolonizing Discourse about Parent Support for Adolescent Educational Success

Doria Daniels, Carmelita Jacobs

Stellenbosch University, South Africa

Presenting Author: Daniels, Doria; Jacobs, Carmelita

Though an estimated 70% of South Africa’s children grow up in single-parent households (Bundlender and Lund, 2011) there is very limited research that focuses on parent resiliency in this type of family unit. Parent support and involvement continue to be informed by homogenising discourses that perpetuate heterosexual, middle class two-parent teams managing the family unit, and position men as central to such processes. When research on women-headed households are conceptualised, it is from a deficit perspective that characterises the family unit as a broken, incomplete family unit, and educationally disadvantaged (Gagnon, 2016; 2018; Hampden-Thompson, 2009; Hampden-Thompson & Galindo, 2015; Knowles & Holmström, 2013; Murry & Brody, 1999; Musick & Meier, 2010). Consequentially the studies are framed by a discourse that presume that children growing up in single-mother homes are at a higher risk of growing up in poverty stricken homes, and that they will have lower educational and vocational aspirations (Hampden-Thompson, 2009; Murry & Brody, 1999; Musick & Meier, 2010). Such research presume that single-parent families are at higher risk of experiencing stress and difficulty (Knowles & Holmström, 2013), and is more likely to portray the parent as less involved in their children’s schooling due to time, financial and social pressures. Our review of the literature shows that many empirical inquiries support this characterisation, which perpetuates the negative perception of single-mother families.

As women and critical scholars, we consider this portrayal of the single parent household as “broken, dysfunctional, incomplete, inadequate and inferior contexts when compared to married, two-parent, heterosexual families” (Gagnon, 2016, p. 20), to be the demonising of women-headed family unit. Our feminist standpoint is that the agency and resiliency that single mothers as heads of households bring to home contexts stay misrecognised in educational research on learner success (Ropers-Huilman & Winters, 2011, p. 671). Our study is situated within South African community where single-mother parenting is the norm. Though a plethora of research exists about absent fathers in South African homes (Holborn & Eddy, 2011; Mavunga, Boor, & Mphaka, 2013; Richter & Morrell, 2006; Okeke, 2018), research on mothers’ role in family building and support seldom is limited and narrowly focussed. Our article sets out to broaden the research framing of parent support by breaking with a discourse that centres two-parent households as the norm. We reclaim single-mother families’ place at the centre of mainstream society, and follows a decolonial, feminist research agenda (Kessi & Boonzaaier, 2018; Kiguwa, 2007; Mestry & Schmidt, 2012; Ropers-Huilman & Winters, 2011; Mama, 2011; Olesen, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study’s context is a low SES community where most of the residents live in informal housing and experience socio-economic challenges. This racially homogenous community is the result of separatist development as South Africa’s racial laws authorized its citizens to live in racially demarcated communities (SAIRR, 1993/1994). During the apartheid era the government demarcated this area as a traditionally ‘coloured’ township. The researchers share the same ethnicity, socio-economic background and gender as the participant community.

The research was conceptualised within a social constructivist paradigm, as the purpose of the research was to advance knowledge about the mothers’ subjective meaning making of their  real-world challenges  (Terre Blanche, Durrheim, & Painter, 2006). In an overwhelmingly patriarchal South African society, women are often stripped of their agency in the stories that are told about them. As black women we recognize the influences that the intersection of gender, race and class have on poor women’s life experiences. As such, we are always mindful about how inequality, discrimination and marginalization shape poor women’s life experiences.

This qualitative inquiry was a multiple case study (Merriam, 2009; Yin, 2003) with the bounded system being the single-mother family unit. Our selection of participants was motivated by their possession of rich data on single motherhood and educational support and their potential to be “good sources of information” (Patton, 2002, p. 51).  The unit of analysis was the stories of parents’ educational support to their adolescent high school child. The primary question guiding this research was:  What are the stories of educational support to adolescent students in single-mother families?

Though they live in the same community, each mother’s story about parent support is unique to her life journey (Rule & John, 2011). We negotiated access to their home environments and conducted semi-structured individual interviews with the parents, their adolescent school children and key informants. We also held a focus group session with strategic role players. These data collecting methods gave us creative flexibility to gain intimate knowledge of the participants’ living situations, their experiences, their interactions with education and the schooling of their children.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For our analysis of the data we made use of Critical race theory and Yosso’s (2005) Community Cultural Wealth theory to inform our findings.  Being a single parent raising a family seems to be a daunting task on many different levels for these mothers. Society would want us to believe that single mothers do not have a road map to educational success for their high school children because of their history of interrupted schooling. In our interviews with the mothers, we gained insight into how their own interrupted schooling shaped their views of education and the importance of their children’s education. We equate their inspirational stories with Yosso’s (2005) aspirational capital, which is capital that seeks to “maintain hopes and dreams for the future … and nurture a culture of possibility” (Yosso, 2005, p. 78). We found that the mothers used their own stories to inspire their children to value education and to work hard to reap the benefits that could come from education. As South African mothers they were navigating a world in which the histories and legacies of racialised oppression is still being felt in their poor, racially allocated, township. However, amidst daily adversity caused by poverty, unemployment and living in unsafe communities, the participants found ways in which to be resourceful.  They were resisting the repeat of their own histories in their children’s lives. The data contained many examples of familial, aspirational, social and navigational capital that mothers facilitate and that their families benefit from, when viewed through the CCW lens. These single mothers used various resources to support their adolescent children’s education, findings that show that the mothers are involved parents who are engaging with education as an investment in their children’s futures.
References
Budlender, D. & Lund, F. (2011). South Africa: A legacy of family disruption. Development and Change, 42(4), 925-946.

Daniels, D. (2017). Initiating a different story about immigrant Somali parents’ support of their primary school children’s education. South African Journal of Childhood Education, 7(1), 1-8.

Gagnon, J. D. (2016). ‘Born to fight’: The university experiences of the daughters of single mothers who are first-generation students in the United Kingdom.  Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Sussex: University of Sussex.

Gagnon, J. D. (2018). ‘Bastard’ daughters in the ivory tower: Illegitimacy and the higher education experiences of the daughters of single mothers in the UK. Teaching in Higher Education, 23(5), 563-575.

Hampden-Thompson, G. (2009). Are two better than one? A comparative study of achievement gaps and family structure. Compare, 39(4), 517-534.

Kessi, S. & Boonzaier, F. (2018). Centre/ing decolonial feminist psychology in Africa. South African Journal of Psychology, 48(3), 299-309.

Kiguwa, P. (2004). Feminist critical psychology in South Africa. In N. Duncan, K. Ratele, D. Hook, N. Mkhize, P. Kiguwa, & A. Collins (Eds.), Self, community and psychology. Compiled as a reader for Unisa students. Lansdowne: UCT Press.

Knowles, G. & Holmström, R. (2013). Understanding family diversity and home-school relations: A guide for students and practitioners in early years and primary settings. London: Routledge.

Mestry, R. & Schmidt, M. (2012). A feminist postcolonial examination of female principals' experiences in South African secondary schools. Gender and Education, 24(5), 535-551.

Musick, K. & Meier, A. (2010). Are both parents always better than one? Parental conflict and young adult well-being. Social Science Research, 39(5), 814-830

Olesen, V. (2011). Feminist qualitative research in the millennium’s first decade. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications.

Patton, M. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd edition). London: SAGE Publications.
Ropers-Huilman, R. & Winters, K. (2011). Feminist Research in Higher Education. The Journal of Higher Education, 82(6), 667-690.

Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69-91.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Fathers’ and Mothers’ Parenting Competences with Adolescents

Raquel-Amaya Martínez-González, Beatriz Rodriguez-Ruiz, María-Teresa Iglesias-García

University of Oviedo, Spain

Presenting Author: Rodriguez-Ruiz, Beatriz; Iglesias-García, María-Teresa

Traditionally it has been considered that relationship between adolescents and parents is distant because of their search for autonomy, questioning of family and social norms (Sanders, 2013), and the risk behaviors they may adopt, generating stressful situations in the family coexistence (Martínez-González et al., 2007). Current human developmental theories provide a more positive vision of adolescence, emphasizing its potential for change through mutually influential relationships between the person and the cultural and ecological systems in which she/he interacts, including the family (Bronfenbrenner, 1987). The Positive Youth Development Theory (PYD) (Lerner et al., 2005) states that positive and adaptative adolescents’ behavior can be achieved if their interactions within their contexts tend to seek the well-being of all parties; this making a difference with the traditional approach of adolescence focused primarily on problems and the prevention of risk behaviors. In this regard, the family plays a key role as socializing agent. Therefore, fathers and mothers are expected to have the necessary parenting competences to perform positively their parenting role, specially through a democratic educational style based on respect and mutual understanding (Baumrind, 1991).

Traditionally and internationally, also at an European level, most studies on this matter have focused on analyzing mothers’ parenting competences and involvement in their children’s upbringing. When including both parents, most of them analyze jointly the father`s and the mother`s educational styles (Wang et al., 2011). However, the question arises as to whether their respective parenting competencies vary in both, and if these variations produce differential effects on adolescents. On the other hand, in the international review carried out by Yárnoz Yaben (2006) regarding the social changes of the last decades and their influence on the distribution of functions of the father and the mother, the authors concluded that adolescents perceive a close relationship also with their fathers, which positively correlated with their academic results, and adaptive behavior, thus emphasizing the contribution of the father to the well-being of their adolescents. Kan and Tsai (2005) found out that the parental educational style acts as an intermediary variable between the socio-educational status, children`s school performance and their state of mental health. McLoyd and Smith (2002) and Belsky et al. (2007) found that parents with low socio-educational level showed more indicators of low parental competence than those with higher educational levels; this due to their greater tendency towards the authoritarian style, which negatively affects the development of autonomy and self-esteem in their children; resulting in less academic achievement. Similarly, Huang (2018) found out that while the democratic and permissive parenting styles are more identified in families with a high socio-educational level, authoritarian and negligent styles are more associated with low socio-educational standards. When taking into account the gender of the parents, Bøe et al. (2014) found out that mothers with higher educational level tended to apply with their children less discipline methods based on shouting or threats, compared with mothers with lower studies, who used more these control methods; as an effect, the children showed higher rates of aggressive behavior, hyperactivity, anxiety and depression.

Despite the studies consulted, there is still needed to increase the knowledge on differential parenting competencies by gender of both parents, and how they may vary according to their literacy standards. This study aims to analyze these issues in order to identify possible implications for family intervention.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study includes a Spanish random representative sample composed of 752 mothers and 670 fathers of adolescents, mostly from the same family unit. The Scale of Emotional and Social Parenting Competences for Parents of Adolescents (ECOPES-A) (Martínez González et al., 2021) validated by the authors through exploratory and confirmatory factorial analysis, was applied separately to both, fathers and mothers, to collect data on four factors: F1-Self-Control and Relaxation, F2-Self-esteem, F3-Imposition and F4-Communication. The Cronbach's alpha reliability index (α) for the total scale was around .70. An additional survey was also added to gather information on gender, educational level and other sociodemographic characteristics of the participants.
Access to families was made through schools, who collaborated after signing up their consent. The schools delivered to their adolescent pupils an envelope with two questionnaires: one for the mother and another one for the father, and a letter introducing the research.
Statistical comparisons on parental competencies based on the gender of the parents and their literacy level (compulsory, secondary or university) were carried out with Student's t test and analysis of variance. The effect size for the contrasts of two groups was estimated with Cohen's d, interpreting its magnitude as low when 0 < d < .20; medium-moderate when .20 ≤ d ≤ .50; and large when d > .50 (Cohen, 1988); in the contrasts of three groups, the effect size was verified with eta squared (η2), interpreting the magnitude small if η2 < 06, moderate when .06 ≤ η2 ≤ .14, and large with η2 ≥ .14 (Cohen, 1973). All calculations were made with SPSS 22.0.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that mothers are more confident with their teens than fathers do, telling them more often both how adolescents make them fell with their behavior and the positive personal traits mothers see in them (F4-Communication). This result indicates greater communicative competence in mothers than in fathers to relate to their adolescents, and to boost their self-esteem. This difference may be associated with other differential result obtained in this study, related to the fact that fathers perceive themselves being able to self-control themselves more than the mothers perceive themselves on this competence (F1-Control-Relaxation). This lower self-control ability on the part of the mothers may be due to their greater emotional involvement with their children, as stated by Laible and Caro (2004); as well as that they assume more tasks related to household functioning (Meteyer & Perry-Jenkins, 2010). This can make them feel higher levels of stress, especially if they also work outside the home, limiting them to manage properly their emotions in front of their teenagers. Regarding the influence of the educational level of the parents in their parental role with adolescents, the results of this study indicate that those with a university degree show higher levels of parenting skills than those with only compulsory studies. As practical implications of this study it is worth mentioning that the management of emotions in the case of mothers, and affective communication, especially in fathers, are relevant competencies to be reinforced in targeted parenting programs to families with adolescents. Likewise, parents with lower educational levels, whether they are fathers or mothers, need more support to change their imposition tendency and to develop parenting competences based on negotiation, affection and communication.
References
Baumrind, D. (1991b). The influence of parenting style on adolescent competence and substance use. Journal of Early Adolescence, 11, 56-95. https://doi.org/10.1177/0272431691111004
Belsky, J., Bell, B., Bradley, R. H., Stallard, N., & Stewart-Brown, S. L. (2007). Socioeconomic risk, parenting during the preschool years and child health age 6 years. The European Journal of Public Health, 17(5), 508-513. https://doi.org/10.1093/eurpub/ckl261
Bøe, T., Sivertsen, B., Heiervang, E., Goodman, R., Lundervold, A. J., & Hysing, M. (2014). Socioeconomic status and child mental health: The role of parental emotional wellbeing and parenting practices. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 42(5), 705–715.  https://doi.org/ 10.1007/s10802-013-9818-9  
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1987). La ecología del desarrollo humano. Paidós.
Cohen, J. (1973). Eta-squared and Partial Eta-squared in Communication Science. Human Communication Research, 28, 473-490.
Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral science. Lawrence ErlbaumAssociates.
Huang, C. (2018). Parenting styles and the development of non-cognitive skills among Chinese adolescents. Society, 38(6), 223-247. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chieco.2020.101477
Kan, K., & Tsai, W. D. (2005). Parenting practices and children’s education outcomes. Economics of Education Review, 24(1), 29-43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2004.04.006
https://doi.org/10.1037//0012-1649.36.3.366
Laible, D. J., & Caro, G. (2004). The differential relations of maternal and paternal support and control to adolescence social competence, self-worth, and sympathy. Journal of Adolescent Research, 19, 759-782. https://doi.org/10.1177/0743558403260094
Lerner, R. M., Lerner, J. V., Almerigi, J., & Theokas, C. (2005). Positive Youth Development: A view of the issues. Journal of Early Adolescence, 25, 10-16. https://doi.org/10.1177/0272431604273211
McLoyd, V. C., & Smith, J. (2002). Physical discipline and behavior problems in African American, European American, and Hispanic children: Emotional support as a moderator. Journal of Marriage and Family, 64(1), 40-53. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-3737.2002.00040.x
Martínez González, R. A., Rodríguez-Ruiz, B., & Iglesias García, M. T. (2021). Comparación de competencias parentales en padres y en madres con hijos e hijas adolescentes. Aula Abierta, 50(4), 777-786. https://doi.org/10.17811/rifie.50.4.2021.777-786
Martínez-González, R. A., Pérez Herrero, M. H. & Álvarez, L. (2007). Estrategias para prevenir y afrontar conflictos en las relaciones familiares (padres e hijos). Ministerio Español de Trabajo y Asuntos Sociales.
Meteyer, K., & Perry-Jenkins, M. (2010). Father involvement among working-class, dual-earner couples. Fathering, 8(3), 379–403. https://doi.org/10.3149/fth.0803.379
Sanders, R. A. (2013). Adolescent psychosocial, social, and cognitive development. Pediatrics in Review, 34(8), 354–358. http://dx.doi.org/10.1542/pir.34-8
Wang, M. T., Dishion, T. J, Stormshak, E. A., & Willett, J. B. (2011). Trajectories of family management practices and early adolescent behavioral outcomes. Developmental Psychology, 47, 1324–134. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0024026
Yárnoz Yaben, S. (2006). ¿Seguimos descuidando a los padres? El papel del padre en la dinámica familiar y su influencia en el bienestar psíquico de sus componentes. Anales de Psicología, 22(2), 175-185.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm15 SES 03 A: A Comparative Perspective on Research-Practice Partnerships in Education – How to Create a Culture of Research-Practice Collaboration in Education?
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Raphaela Schlicht-Schmälzle
Panel Discussion
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Panel Discussion

A Comparative Perspective on Research-Practice Partnerships in Education – How to Create a Culture of Research-Practice Collaboration in Education?

Raphaela Schlicht-Schmälzle1, Kåre Andreas Folkvord2, Nora Revai3, Kjersti Tharaldsen2

1DIPF Leibniz Institute for Education Research and Information, Germany; 2University of Stavanger, Norway; 3OECD, International Organization

Presenting Author: Schlicht-Schmälzle, Raphaela; Folkvord, Kåre Andreas; Revai, Nora; Tharaldsen, Kjersti

How to strengthen Research-Practice Partnerships (RPPs) in education? Five panelists from Germany, Norway, the US, and the OECD provide insights from different perspectives, namely education policy, state-of-the-art research and RPP practice. The panels’ two main goals are a) to identify premises of successful individual RPPs across a variety of contexts and b) to identify contextual conditions advancing the RPP implementation within an education system.

Strengthening the use of research in education practice has become an impactful policy imperative in the past two decades (OECD 2022). Stakeholders from all sides - research, practice, policymaking, and funding agencies lament the wide gap between research evidence and what is practiced in schools (Hartmann & Kunter 2022). RPPs are a specific format of collaboration in which tightly knit communities of researchers and practitioners collectively engage in research to improve school and teaching practice. In four subsequent sections, the panel addresses our guiding question:

Section 1: What defines a successful partnership?

Asking how to implement successful partnerships requires a stringent definition of what success means in a RPP. RPP outcomes may be manifold and located on a variety of different levels and dimensions (cp. Coburn & Penuel 2016). But, are there common denominators of what RPPs seek to achieve?

Section 2: What are premises for a successful partnership?

The definition of success, enables us to think more stringently about the conditions within a partnership that lead to the aspired outcomes (cp. Farrell, Penuel et al. 2021; Lillejorda & Børte 2016; Donovan, Snow et al. 2021). Raphaela Schlicht-Schmälzle draws on data from a systematic literature review in the PaTH-project on premises of success in a RPP. Against this theoretical background, Jennifer Wargo, Kåre Andreas Folkvord, and Kjersti B Tharaldsen will provide data and experience from various RPPs in Norway and the US. Jennifer Wargo provides insights from LATTICE, a university-K12 partnership at Michigan State University aiming at strengthening intercultural education. Kjersti B Tharaldsen presents data from the MOVE-P project at University of Stavanger aiming at strategies of stimulating academic motivation among students in upper secondary schools in the Rogaland County. Kåre Andreas Folkvord will be able to contribute premises for high quality collaborations from a wide range of partnerships with kindergartens and schools at the University of Stavanger.

Section 3: Which environmental and systemic conditions support the implementation of RPPs?

Individual RPPs are also embedded in very specific systemic environments. Comparing policy frameworks in different countries will contribute to understanding how the systemic context affects RPPs. Nora Revai will present data from a comparative OECD study exploring actors and mechanisms that facilitate research use in OECD systems. The data provide insights into systemic conditions of partnership implementation. The OECD's international perspective will contextualize the discussion on RPPs by highlighting some of the key barriers countries are facing in making sure that practitioners use education research systematically and well. Kåre Andreas Folkvord will add further insights on systemic factors by speaking about the Norwegian national scheme for local competence development and how this contributes to a growing RPP culture in Norway but also how it affects his work with individual partnerships.

Section 4: Perspectives on future RPP work and research

The panel closes with a focus on research gaps and potential future research. What do actors in individual RPPs – within universities, research institutions, schools, classrooms, and/or school districts – yet need know about how to implement successful partnerships? What do stakeholders in education policy need to know about how to develop a strong RPP culture in an education system? Answers to these questions can contribute to a research agenda that positively affects the development of RPPs.


References
Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–Practice Partnerships in Education: Outcomes, Dynamics, and Open Questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750

Donovan, M.S. Snow, C.E., Huyghe,A. Differentiating Research-Practice Partnerships: Affordances, Constraints, Criteria, and Strategies for Achieving Success, Studies in Educational Evaluation, Volume 71, 2021, 101083, ISSN 0191-491X, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2021.101083.

Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation.

Hartmann, U. & Kunter, M. (2022). Mehr Praxis in der Bildungsforschung? Eine Studie zu Praxisperspektiven in Forschungsprojekten. [More practice in educational research? A study on practice perspectives in research projects] bildungsforschung, 2/2022. (translated version)
https://bildungsforschung.org/ojs/index.php/bildungsforschung/article/view/892

Lillejord, S. & Børte, K. (2016) Partnership in teacher education – a research mapping, European Journal of Teacher Education, 39:5, 550-563, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2016.1252911

OECD (2022), Who Cares about Using Education Research in Policy and Practice?: Strengthening Research Engagement, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/d7ff793d-en.

Chair
Raphaela Schlicht-Schmälzle, r.schlicht-schmaelzle@dipf.de, DIPF - Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm16 SES 03 A: Digital Remote Education in Times of Covid-19
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Ed Smeets
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Digital Transformation? A Longitudinal Interview Study on Teachers’ Acceptance and Usage of Digital Tools in Times of Covid-19

Olivia Wohlfart, Ingo Wagner

KIT, Germany

Presenting Author: Wohlfart, Olivia

The role of teachers in the digital transformation of education is recognized as a very important and complex holistic phenomenon (Ertmer & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, 2010; Wohlfart & Wagner, 2022). But which factors promote the lasting implementation of digital tools by teachers? Research shows that successful integration of existing or new digital tools depends on knowledge of and access to, as well as time to explore them (Tondeur et al., 2012). Teachers’ willingness and ability to integrate technology is also influenced by their attitudes or personal fears (Njiku, 2022; Wilson et al., 2020), and exposure to a student-centered constructivist pedagogical approach during teacher education can have a positive effect on digital literacy development and integration of digital tools in teaching practice (Chai et al., 2013). Contrary to the study results, we are far from an exhaustive integration of digital tools in formal education. The International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 (ICILS) shows that around 49 % of teachers used digital tools on a day-to-day basis and highlights considerable differences in the availability of technological infrastructure and conditions for professional learning across countries (Fraillon et al., 2019). With the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020, teachers no longer had the liberty to choose whether to incorporate digital tools into their teaching, as the circumstances made this inevitable (Wohlfart et al., 2021). Within the past three years, schools were forced to adapt and re-adapt to varying situations to fulfil their educational mission. Teachers are central in this environment and especially affected by this process of digital transformation, which makes their experiences particularly interesting and relevant. Current research, however, has often relied on one point of data collection. These studies therefore struggle in explaining individual dependencies in transformation processes. With our study, we aim to better understand how the past years have affected the experience with digital tools in the context of teaching. Analogously, we examine whether the Covid-19 pandemic has thereby led to a sustainable transformation of teachers’ acceptance and usage of digital tools.

Our study is based on an extended version of Davis’ (1986) widely accepted technology acceptance model (TAM). The core of the model consists of the variables perceived usefulness and perceived ease-of-use. In addition, the model describes the variable attitude towards using as a direct product of the former two variables in explaining user motivation for usage of a certain technology. Notwithstanding, these three core variables fail to fully explain the actual use of technologies. This is due to the influence of an array of external factors that determine user acceptance. Previous research has discussed and highlighted in detail the interaction and relevance of considering further external variables such as subjective standards (perception of how important the use of technology is to other people) or self-efficacy (one’s own ability to deal with technology) (Burton-Jones & Hubona, 2006; Lee et al., 2003). To gather a better understanding of the actual use of digital tools in teaching, we apply a refined TAM (Teo et al., 2008) as well as previous research to conduct and analyze longitudinal interviews with secondary schools’ teachers from Germany. Our study examines the following research questions:

How has teachers’ acceptance and usage of digital tools developed across time since the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic?

Which factors influence a lasting integration of digital tools in teaching?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer our research questions, we conducted a longitudinal interview study over three years in the federal state of Baden-Wuerttemberg, Germany. Here, the federal government suspended on-site school activities for nearly three months after the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic in March 2020, re-opening for smaller groups in mid-June of the same year. Teachers, meanwhile, were required to enable distance learning and therefore produce appropriate learning content and transmit this to students. The mutations of the virus over the course of the next years led to iterative restrictions of school life and parallel on-site and distance teaching and learning. With our study design, we wanted to capture specific situations and relevant changes without delay or falsification caused by the dynamics involved with remembered experience over time (Becker et al., 2002). Thus, we conducted three rounds of interviews with the same teachers at secondary schools in 2020, 2021 and 2022.
The first round of interviews in May and June of 2020 focused the experience which 15 teachers had with this unfamiliar situation. With a semi-structured interview guide, we asked the interviewees about their personal experiences with the adoption of digital tools in times of distance teaching. We followed up on these interviews with the same teachers in May and June of 2021 (n=12) and 2022 (n=10) respectively, interested in the personal development of the interviewed teachers and changes in the adoption of digital tools in face-to-face teaching over time. The 37 interviews lasted between 29 and 66 minutes, were audio-recorded, and transcribed – leading to a comprehensive database of about 400 pages of single-spaced transcribed text.
We performed an iterative qualitative content analysis on the 37 transcripts according to Mayring (2015) with deductive categories based on the literature review (e.g. perceived usefulness, tools applied, infrastructure, etc.) as well as inductive categories that emerged from the transcribed interview material (e.g. changes, classroom management, school development etc.). The first two rounds of qualitative data analysis resulted in 42 codes and 2.177 coded segments (status of 18.01.2023).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of interviews from 2020 indicate contrary to previous literature, that Covid-19 as an external factor has a universal impact on all variables along the TAM and thereby positively and directly affects the acceptance and usage of digital tools in teaching. Furthermore, we identified three vital external factors: (1) regulations and specifications, (2) technological infrastructure and (3) the heterogeneity of students and teachers (Wohlfart et al. 2021). With the second collection of interviews, we wanted to better understand how teachers’ usage and acceptance of specific digital tools developed across time and experience. The findings highlight the development of user motivation of most teachers and while some inhibiting external factors remained (e.g. lack of infrastructure), others had been overcome (e.g. universal regulations/specifications). Overall, the acceptance and integration of digital tools increased over the first year. With the third round of interviews, we expect to find valuable information concerning lasting adaption of digital tools in face-to-face teaching and better understand why this may not be the case for all teachers. With this, we hope to derive lessons learned from this unique situation and conclude the pandemic to have been (at least in parts) a catalyst for digital transformation in education.
References
Becker, H., Berger, P., & Luckmann, …, Mills, T. (2002). Observation and Interviewing: Options and Choices in Qualitative Research. In T. May (Ed.), Qualitative Research in Action (pp. 200–224). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849209656.n9
Burton-Jones, A., & Hubona, G. S. (2006). The mediation of external variables in the technology acceptance model. Information & Management, 43(6), 706–717. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.im.2006.03.007
Chai, C. S., Koh, J. H. L., & Tsai, C.‑C. (2013). A review of technological pedagogical content knowledge. Educational Technology & Society, 16(2), 31–51.
Davis, F. D. (1986). A technology acceptance model for empirically testing new end-user information systems: Theory and results [PhD]. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. https://tinyurl.com/y5xgfetl
Ertmer, P. & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. (2010). Teacher technology change. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(3), 255–284. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2010.10782551
Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W. Friedman, T. & Duckworth, D. (2019). Preparing for life in a digital world – IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 International Report. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-38781-5  
Granić, A., & Marangunić, N. (2019). Technology acceptance model in educational context: A systematic literature review. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(5), 2572–2593. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12864
Lee, Y., Kozar, K. A., & Larsen, K. R.T. (2003). The Technology Acceptance Model: Past, Present, and Future. Communications of the Association for Information Systems, 12. https://doi.org/10.17705/1CAIS.01250
Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative content analysis. Fundamentals and Techniques] (12th ed.). Weinheim: Beltz Verlag.
Njiku, J. (2022). Attitude and technological pedagogical and content knowledge: The reciprocal predictors? Journal of Research on Technology in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2022.2089409
Teo, T., Lee, C. B., & Chai, C. S. (2008). Understanding pre-service teachers’ computer attitudes: Applying and extending the technology acceptance model. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 24(2), 128–143. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2007.00247.x
Tondeur, J., van Braak, J., Sang, G., Voogt, J., Fisser, P. & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. (2012). Preparing pre-service teachers to integrate technology in education: A synthesis of qualitative evidence. Computers & Education, 59(1), 134–144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2011.10.009
Wilson, M. L., Ritzhaupt, A. D., & Cheng, L. (2020). The impact of teacher education courses for technology integration on pre-service teacher knowledge: A meta-analysis study. Computers & Education, 156, 103941. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.103941
Wohlfart, O., Trumler, T. & Wagner, I. (2021). The unique effects of Covid-19—A qualitative study of the factors that influence teachers’ acceptance and usage of digital tools. Education and Information Technologies, 26(6), 7359–7379. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-021-10574-4
Wohlfart, O. & Wagner, I. (2022). Teachers’ role in digitalizing education: an umbrella review. Educational technology research and development. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-022-10166-0


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Development of Digital Competences Through the Academic Use of Digital Technologies During the Beginning and Ending of COVID-19 Lockdown

Cristian Cerda1, Miriam León1, José Luis Saiz1, Lorena Villegas2

1Universidad de La Frontera, Chile; 2Universidad Católica de Temuco, Chile

Presenting Author: Cerda, Cristian

Trying to define and label what people do with digital technologies has always been an interesting area to address. A literature review of this topic goes beyond the classic definition of digital natives proposed by Presky (2012), and it includes the work of Blank and Groselj (2014), who indicate that the use of Internet could be organized in three dimensions: amount of use, variety of different uses and types of use. The type or purpose of use is highly relevant nowadays due to the autonomous use of Internet available on laptops and smartphones. This is especially significant for student teachers, who as many other university students, take personal decisions about how to use technologies with several purposes, not only in activities related to learning and teaching (Cerda et al., 2022b).

The Chilean education system has a long tradition of integrating digital technologies in initial teacher education (Brun & Hinostroza, 2014). However, remote learning due to COVID-19 lockdown forced even more the adoption of digital technologies use. As in other countries, the commonly called “emergency remote teaching period” at higher education institutions represented, for professors and students, an immeasurable spent of energy in order to take concrete advantages of the potential that digital technologies offer (Sum & Oancea, 2022). The academic community demanded, from technology specialists, effective solutions to the challenge that remote teaching represented. Concerning student teachers, they had to deal with the enforced use of digital technologies for academic purposes in paralell with other personal purposes of uses of these tools.

Although the relevance of the topic, a few research has been done on understanding the implicit contribution in the development of digital competences during the emergency remote teaching period. Research of digital competences has mainly followed the development of generic digital competences (Carretero et al., 2017; Ferrari, 2013) and digital competences for educators (Redecker, 2017). In the case of student teachers, a few research has considered both frameworks (Reisoglu & Cebi, 2020). In Chile, several studies have replicated this trend, separating both frameworks, mainly due to the fact that not all the universities that deliver degrees in education have strong policies to explicitly promote computer literacy, general digital competences or digital competences for educators (Tapia et al., 2020).

The goal of this study is twofold. First, to compare the level of academic use of digital technologies between student teachers with limited experience in remote learning with those who spent four academic semesters learning in that academic environment. Second, to analyse the effect of interaction among variables related to academic digital competences (periods of measurement, sex, number of years in the student teacher program). The results of this study showed relevant information to better understand how the virtual learning experience supported the development of digital competences in student teachers during the COVID-19 lockdown.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total number of 1,338 student teachers participated in this study (43.3% men and 56.6% women) divided in two periods of measurement. The first measurement considered 615 participants (35.9% men and 64.1% women) with limited experience in remote learning. It was taken during the first semester of the year 2020. The second measurement considered 723 students (49.7% men and 50.3% women), with almost two years experiencing remote learning. It was taken during the second semester of the year 2022. The emergency remote teaching period, due to COVID-19 lockdown, took place in Chile since March 2020 until December 2021 (four academic semesters).
The information was gathered using a 17 items scale about academic use of digital technologies. This instrument, which is part of the Scale of Purposes of Use and Digital Competences, measures frequently of use of digital technologies with academic, entertainment, social and economic purposes (Cerda et al., 2022a). The items for each purpose of use were based in the following five digital competences defined by DIGCOMP (Ferrari, 2013) A = Browsing, searching and filtering data, information and digital content; B = Managing data, information and digital content; C = Interacting through digital technologies; D = Sharing through digital technologies; E = Developing digital content.
Two strategies to collect data were used in this study. The information collected from the first measurement (in 2020) was obtained digitally through QuestionPro. The information collected from the second measurement (in 2022) was paper-based. In both cases, participants received information related to the objective of the study and the relevance of their voluntary participation. To participate, the student teachers had to read and sign an informed consent form approved by the university’s Scientific Ethics Committee.
Data analysis of the two measurements considered several steps. First, the collected information was examined in terms of accuracy of data entry and missing values. Second, after reaching adequate level of internal consistency, five variables were created considering the digital competences declared. Third, the variables were assessed in terms of normality, reviewing their level of skewness and kurtosis following the criteria (-1 to +1) suggested by Muthen and Kaplan (1985). Fourth, the independent t Student test was used to compare the two measurements within the five academic use variables. Finally, a MANOVA test was used to explore if there was a relationship between the measuring time periods and years in the program, and the measuring time and sex by the type of digital competences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results from t Student tests showed differences in all the digital competences. Regarding Browsing, searching and filtering data, information and digital content, participants in 2022 got higher scores (M = 3.74, SD = 0.90) than the ones in 2020 (M = 3.50, SD = 0.99), t(1336) = -4.765, p < .001. Cohen’s d (-0.261). The same happened with others variables: Managing data, information and digital content (M = 3.74, SD = 0.96 versus M = 3.63, SD = 1.03), t(1336)= -2.014, p 0.04. Cohen’s d (-0.111), Interacting through digital technologies (M = 4.19, SD = 0.87 versus M = 391, SD = 1.05), t(1336)=-5.234, p < .001. Cohen’s d (-0.287), Sharing through digital technologies (M = 3.31, SD = 1.15 versus M = 2.90, SD = 1.17), t(1336)= -6.409, p < .001. Cohen’s d (-0.352) and Developing digital content (M = 3.30, SD = 1.10 versus M 2.85, SD = 1.13), t(1336)= -7.455, p < .001. Cohen’s d (-0.409). MANOVA test could not find any interaction effect among variables considered.
In conclusion, it can be stated that the emergency remote teaching period experienced for student teachers during four academic semesters allowed them to develop a few digital competences that can be used with academic purposes. Even though it is highly complicated to establish a cause-effect relationship among variables, the experience obtained for them during the remote teaching period might triggered new ways to use digital technologies for academic purposes. During this period, student teachers and professors did not receive any specific training in general digital competences or digital competences for teaching. All the strategies used were the result of personal initiatives implemented to experience an equivalent type of traditional on-site teaching. As Sum and Oancea (2022) establish, the scenario is not different to other contexts under similar circumstances.

References
Blank, G., & Groselj, D. (2014). Dimensions of Internet use: Amount, variety, and types. Information, Communication & Society, 17(4), 417-435. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2014.889189
Brun, M., & Hinostroza, J. E. (2014). Learning to become a teacher in the 21st century: ICT integration in initial teacher education in Chile. Educational Technology & Society, 17(3), 222-238. https://www.jstor.org/stable/jeductechsoci.17.3.222
Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2017). DigComp 2.1: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens with eight proficiency levels and examples of use (EUR 28558). https://ec.europa.eu/jrc
Cerda, C., León, M., Saiz, J. L., & Villegas, L. (2022a). Chilean student teachers’ purposes of use of digital technologies: Construction of a scale based on digital competences. Píxel-Bit. Revista de Medios y Educación, 64, 7-25. https://doi.org/10.12795/pixelbit.93212
Cerda, C., León, M., Saiz, J. L., & Villegas, L. (2022b). Relación entre propósitos de uso de competencias digitales y variables asociadas a estudiantes de pedagogía chilenos. Edutec. Revista Electrónica de Tecnología Educativa (82), 183-198. https://doi.org/10.21556/edutec.2022.82.2557
Ferrari, A. (2013). DIGCOMP: A framework for developing and understanding digital competence in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2788/52966
Muthén, B., & Kaplan, D. (1985). A comparison of some methodologies for the factor analysis of non-normal Likert variables. British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology, 38(2), 171-189. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8317.1985.tb00832.x
Prensky, M. (2012). From digital natives to digital wisdom: Hopeful essays for 21st century learning. Corwin.
Redecker, C. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office. https://doi.org/doi/10.2760/159770
Reisoglu, I., & Cebi, A. (2020). How can the digital competences of pre-service teachers be developed? Examining a case study through the lens of DigComp and DigCompEdu. Computers & Education, 156, 16, Article 103940. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.103940
Sum, M., & Oancea, A. (2022). The use of technology in higher education teaching by academics during the COVID-19 emergency remote teaching period: A systematic review. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 19(1), 59. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-022-00364-4
Tapia, H., Campaña, K., & Castillo, R. (2020). Análisis comparativo de las asignaturas TIC en la formación inicial de profesores en Chile entre 2012 y 2018. Perspectiva Educacional, 59(1), 4-29. https://doi.org/10.4151/07189729-Vol.59-Iss.1-Art.963


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Technology Commitment Profiles and Emotional State Among Pre-service Teachers During and Beyond the COVID-19 Related Emergency Remote Education

Frederick Johnson, Joanna Koßmann, Christoph Schneider, Lothar Müller

Trier University, Germany

Presenting Author: Johnson, Frederick

The accelerating rise and widespread adaptation of digital technology in private and business sectors has led to a European consensus in regards to the necessity of the regular integration of technology in educational settings in order to enhance learning in general and prepare students for a competent use of digital technology (Peña-López, 2015). Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the process has been accelerated even more – especially in European regions (Helm, Huber & Loisinger, 2021). One coping strategy that was adapted broadly in most educational institutions in Europe and beyond was emergency remote teaching (ERT), which shifted presence learning to online learning (Bozkurt & Sharma, 2020). The implementation of ERT in European regions proved to be rather diverse, e.g., with Portugal even using their television channels to cope with the pandemic (Seabra et al., 2021). In higher education, this shift towards online learning has proven to be emotionally challenging for learners – especially for pre-service teachers, with technology attitudes as primary influences (Schneider et al., 2021).

Referring to the elaboration of Tellegen et al. (1999) on the Circumplex Model of Affect, in which positive activation comprises positively valued states such as “enthusiastic” and negative activation comprises negative valued states such as “distressed”, emotional challenge arises either due to a decline in positive activation or an incline in negative activation as changes in emotional state. On a behavioral level, positive activation entails approaching behavior and negative activation avoidant behavior (Watson, 1999). Provided that attitudes are dispositions to respond favorably or unfavorably towards something (Ajzen, 2005), technology attitudes are closely related to positive and negative activation in the context of using technology. Therefore, the emotional state after ERT and the perception of their study experience in the transition away from ERT is expected to change in a more positive or negative direction depending on the underlying attitudes.

A more general approach to a person’s relationship with technology is due to the construct technology commitment. Neyer et al. (2012) conceptualize technology commitment as three dimensional: technology acceptance (referring to the technology attitudes from the Technology Acceptance Model), technology competence (operationalized by the anxiety to use technology), and technology control (as in the specifically technology related locus of control construct). Extensive research across the globe shows that technology commitment predicts the use of technology (Scherer et al., 2019) and emotional state whilst frequently using it (Händel et al., 2020; Schneider et al., 2021). Recent research indicates that the relationship between technology commitment and emotional state differs between clusters of technology commitment for in-service teachers (Pozas et al., 2022). Thus, it remains to be examined if this also holds for pre-service teachers. In summary, the following research questions will be addressed in this contribution:

  1. What technology commitment profiles exist among pre-service teachers?
  2. How do their emotional states whilst and after ERT differ in comparison?

The main objective of the research to be presented is to understand the interplay between technology commitment, emotional state and the study perspective of pre-service teachers in order to provide proper grounds for European practitioners to properly support pre-service teachers throughout their course of studies in a digital world.

To examine the research questions and to contribute to the main objective, data from a cohort study design is used in which a sample of pre-service teachers is enrolled in a teacher education (TE) program in Rhineland-Palatinate (Germany) and monitored. The monitoring project (TrigiKOM’MON) started in 2019 and is ongoing for the observation of digital competences and attitudes over the course of their Bachelor of Education (approximate monitoring time frame of 2.5 years for each cohort).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data contains cohorts that started in different stages of the pandemic from pre-pandemic to today. It consists of four measurements during the Bachelor’s program and will approximately cover a time period of about four years at the end of 2023.
Technology readiness data for examining the cluster structure (RQ1) included 969 student teachers having completed the respective scales near the end of their first year in TE. In this sample, proportion of females was 69.66%, mean age was 20.5 years (± 3.05). In examining RQ2, the subjects (N = 128) reported their emotional state on two occasions after their first year (summer term 2021 and winter term 2021/22; 71.9% female, 20.9 ± 1.4 years old).
Teachers’ technology commitment was measured using the according Technology Commitment Questionnaire (TCQ) from Neyer et al. (2012). The aforementioned subscales are operationalized as followed: technology acceptance (e. g., “I am very curious when it comes to new technology developments”; α = 0.83), technology competence (e. g., “I have often fear to fail when dealing with modern technology”; α = 0.85), and technology control (e. g., “It depends essentially on me whether I am successful using modern technology”; α = 0.72). All sub-scales are based on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 = strongly disagree to 5 = strongly agree.
To assess teachers’ emotional state during and after ERT, the Positive and Negative Activation and Valence (PANAVA) short scales from Schallberger (2005) were administered: positive activation (PA; α = 0.76) and negative activation (NA; α = 0.65). The PA and NA comprise four bipolar items, respectively, rated on a 6-point Likert scale. Thus, the participants were asked to describe the experience of their current study situation within spectrums between different adjective pairs (e. g., “listless vs. motivated”).
To explore the first research question, a series of cluster analyses will be conducted on the TCQ subscales, beginning with applying a single-linkage clustering algorithm to identify and exclude outliers. Results from subsequent Ward’s method clustering will then be cross-validated by k-means clustering. The second and the third research question will be examined with two-way ANOVAs (IV = clusters and study progress; DV = change in experience and emotional state).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Concerning the first research question, analyses are expected to yield three clusters in line with Pozas et al. (2022): (1) overall low to average technology commitment on all subscales; (2) mediocre technology commitment with technology competence as the highest subscale score; (3) overall high technology commitment on all subscales. If this pattern was to be found in TE, this might indicate an urgent need for interventions to help student teachers pertaining to cluster (1) to become motivated and competent in the use of technology. Furthermore, student teachers in cluster (2) are likely to overestimate themselves in their technology competence and thus are harder to identify for interventions that are also suited for cluster (1). Cluster (3) could serve as a potential resource for mentoring programs to facilitate Technology Commitment in clusters (1) and (2).
With regard to the second research question, the extrapolation of the results from Schneider et al. (2021) and Pozas et al. (2022) suggests that the pre-service teachers with higher Technology Commitment scores would be emotionally more resilient to the ERT circumstances and also recover faster from the negative impacts of ERT. For teacher education, this could imply that technology commitment is a worthy subject to facilitate as a factor for resilience concerning future ERT scenarios and future technological challenges in general. The results and their implications will be discussed with the aim to optimizer teacher education accordingly.
Additionally, at Trier University, there is a voluntary education program for pre-service teachers as an intervention which aims to prepare them for digital challenges. First post-measurements and thus results will be available and prepared as a basis to discuss approaches to support technology commitment.

References
Ajzen, I. (2005). Attitudes, personality, and behavior. Mapping social psychology. Open  
        University Press.
Bozkurt, A. & Sharma, R. C. (2020). Emergency remote teaching in a time of global crisis
        due to CoronaVirus pandemic. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15, 1–6.
https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3778083
Händel, M., Stephan, M., Gläser-Zikuda, M., Kopp, B., Bedenlier, S., & Ziegler, A. (2020).
        Digital readiness and its effects on higher education students’ socio-emotional
        perceptions in the context of COVID-19 pandemic. Journal of Research on
        Technology in Education, 54(2), 267–280.
https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2020.1846147
Helm, C., Huber, S., & Loisinger, T. (2021). Meta-Review on findings about teaching and
        learning in distance education during the Corona pandemic—evidence from
        Germany, Austria and Switzerland. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(2),
        237–311.
Neyer, F. J., Felber, J., & Gebhardt, C. (2012, April). Entwicklung und Validierung einer
        Kurzskala zur Erfassung von Technikbereitschaft. Diagnostica, 58(2), 87–99.
https://doi.org/10.1026/0012-1924/a000067
Peña-López, I. (2015). Students, computers and learning: Making the connection. OECD
        Publishing.
Pozas M., Letzel-Alt V. & Schneider C. (2022). “The whole is greater than the sum of its
        parts” – Exploring teachers’ technology commitment profiles and its relation to their
        emotional state during COVID-19 emergency remote teaching. Frontiers in
        Education, 7:1045067.
https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.1045067
Scherer, R., Siddiq, F. & Tondeur, J. (2019). The technology acceptance model (TAM): A
        meta-analytic structural equation modeling approach to explaining teachers’
        adoption of digital technology in education. Computers & Education, 128, 13–35.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.09.009
Schneider, C., and Letzel, V. & Pozas, M. (2021). Die emotionale Befindlichkeit
        Lehramtsstudierender im pandemiebedingten Onlinestudium und die Rolle
        technikbezogener Einstellung und Motivation [the emotional experiences of student
        teachers in the COVID-19 pandemic online studies and the role of technology
        attitudes and motivation]. Teacher Education under Review, 14, 5–26.
Schallberger, U. (2005). Kurzskalen zur Erfassung der Positiven Aktivierung, Negativen
        Aktivierung und Valenz in experience sampling Studien (PANAVA-KS). Available at:
        http://www.psychologie.uzh.ch/institut/angehoerige/emeriti/schallberger/
        schallberger-pub/PANAVA_05.pdf (Accessed on January 31, 2023).
Seabra, F., Teixeira, A., Abelha, M. & Aires, L. Emergency Remote Teaching and
        Learning in Portugal: Preschool to Secondary School Teachers’ Perceptions.
        Education Sciences, 2021, 11, 349. https://doi.org/ 10.3390/educsci11070
Tellegen, A., Watson, D. & Clark, L. A. (1999). On the dimensional and hierarchical  
        structure of affect. Psychological Science, 10, 297–303.
https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9280.00157
Watson, D., Wiese, D., Vaidya, J. & Tellegen, A. (1999). The two general activation  
        systems of affect: structural findings, evolutionary considerations, and
        psychobiological evidence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76(5),
        820–838.
        https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.76.5.820
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm17 SES 03 A: History of Education as a Diversified Field of Historiography
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Panel Discussion
 
17. Histories of Education
Panel Discussion

History of Education as a Diversified Field of Historiographies

Synne Myrebøe1, Daniel Tröhler1, Merethe Roos2, Hans Schildermans1, Kim Helsvig3

1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of South-Eastern Norway; 3Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Myrebøe, Synne; Roos, Merethe; Schildermans, Hans

Where History of education is often associated with historians doing research on various aspects of education – schooling, policy documents, and a wide scope on educational institutions –, education-in-history is a diversified field of study explored in a variety disciplines like pedagogy, religious studies, intellectual history, literary studies, philosophy, aesthetics, medicine, economics, sociology etc. This has advantages, as multiple disciplinary perspectives contribute to the study of the field, but also challenges, as disciplines take little notice of each other (disciplines also discipline us).

The overarching aim of this panel debate is to elaborate on the potentials for dialogue between histories of education. The question at stake is how these multiple perspectives and inquiries on education and history can shed light on the historical dimensions of education as a field of research and in this sense, make the methods and questions more complex and at the same time gain access to critical and productive perspectives on the historiographies of education as a diversified field. This includes elaborations on epistemological and methodological foundations of education in a wide sense, as well as aesthetic and political perspectives on constitutive practices of research.

A starting point for this discussion is the understanding of education as a central dimension of social, cultural, and political life that transcends research on the school and its stakeholders, while also seeing research on education and history as objects of research. Hence, while history of education already exists as an interdisciplinary field of research, less focus have been made on the often conflicting historiographies, i.e., practises of writing history that are an asset for self-critical and meta reflective discussions. The diversity asked for in this respect does not only concern the object of research but not the least, a meta reflection on practices of historiography as a concern for histories of education.

The panellists will expose different perspectives of history of education as a field of historiographies and research. Here, diverse ways to approach education from national, international, spatial, temporal, and other disciplinary perspectives will be exposed. Further, the participants will raise questions they find urgent regarding the contemporary scene of research on history of education. The discussion will invite to a wider deliberation on how to understand and develop history of education as a complex, dynamic and diversified field of research.

The panellists and discussant all work within the field of history of education while representing perspectives from History, Sociology, Gender studies, Religious studies, and Intellectual history. The panelists represent a diversity from senior scholars to a PhD student. Further they also work with diversified methods such as genealogy, discourse analysis, documentary- and network analysis.


References
Burson, J. D. (2013). Entangled history and the scholarly concept of enlightenment. Contributions to the History of Concepts, 8(2), 1-24.

Chen, K.-H. (2010). Asia as Method: Toward Deimperialization. Durham, North Carolina: Duke University Press.

Hemmings, Clare, (2011). Why Stories Matter: The Political Grammar of Feminist Theory. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Horlacher, Rebekka, (2016). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung: a comparative cultural history. New York: Routledge.

Krefting, Ellen, Schaanning, Espen, Aasgaard, Reidar (Eds.), (2017). Grep om fortiden. Perspektiver og metoder i idéhistorie. Oslo: Cappelen Damm.

Leppänen, Katarina, (2008). ”Nationell särart och nordiska gränser”, Lychnos: årsbok för idé- och lärdomshistoria 63. Uppsala.

McLeod, J. (2017). Marking Time, Making Methods: Temporality and untimely dilemmas in the sociology of youth and educational change. British Journal of Sociology of Education,
38(1), pp.13–25.

Myhre, Jan Eivind; Helsvig, Kim Gunnar (2018). Making a modern university. The University of Oslo 1811-2018. ISBN: 978-82-304-0212-2. 305 s. Scandinavian Academic Press.

Popkewitz, T., Ed (2016). Rethinking the history of education: Transnational perspectives on its questions, methods, and knowledge. Springer.

Roos, Merethe, (2020). “Educating for Ecclesia – Educating for the Nation. Theological Perspectives in Nils Egede Hertzberg’s understanding of schools”, in Studia Theologica.

Tröhler, Daniel, (2011) Languages of education: Protestant legacies, national identities, and global aspirations (New York, NY: Routledge).
Tröhler, Daniel, (2019) “History and Historiography. Approaches to Historical Research in Education” in T. Fitzgerald (ed.), Handbook of Historical Studies in Education (Springer International Handbooks of Education).

Chair
Daniel Tröhler, professor, University of Vienna, Austria
Kim Helsvig, professor, Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm18 SES 03 A: Beyond the Boundaries of Context: International Constructions of Social Justice Pedagogies in Health and Physical Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Rachel Sandford
Session Chair: Lisette Burrows
Symposium
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Symposium

Beyond the Boundaries of Context: International Constructions of Social Justice Pedagogies in Health and Physical Education

Chair: TBC TBC (TBC)

Discussant: TBC TBC (TBC)

Research and policy statements argue that school Health and Physical Education (HPE) can make a unique contribution to the physical, cognitive, emotional and social development of young people (Opstoel et al., 2020; UNESCO, 2015). It can also provide opportunities for young people to develop the knowledge and skills needed to navigate and respond to the inequities and precarity (Kirk, 2020) that can negatively impact health, and that have been amplified in a COVID-19 era. Despite the aforementioned potential of HPE, it does not always provide equitable opportunities for all students, and often excludes on the basis of gender, sexuality, ethnicity, religion and social class (e.g., Gerdin & Larsson, 2018; Landi, 2019; Mooney & Gerdin, 2019; Walseth, 2015). Due to a range of socio-historical, political and contextual factors, many HPE teachers have not had the opportunity to develop the necessary pedagogical knowledge and skills to teach in inclusive and socially just ways (Gerdin et al., 2018; 2019). Exacerbating this challenge is the limited scholarship focusing on empirically-based, social justice pedagogies in HPE, particularly as informed by teacher and student perspectives.

This proposed symposium will report on the ongoing work of the EDUHEALTH 2.0 project. This project builds on the findings and outcomes of the previous EDUHEALTH project that called on HPE teacher observations and post observation critical incident interviews (Philpot et al, 2020), and identified how broader curricular and school policy interact to facilitate the enactment of social justice pedagogies in HPE. These pedagogies include building goodrelationships, teaching for social cohesion and explicitly teaching about and acting on social inequities (Gerdin et al., 2020). The aim of EDUHEALTH 2.0, which brings together researchers from Sweden, Norway, Spain, South Africa, Australia and New Zealand, is to identify, compare, co-design and support the enactment of social justice pedagogies in HPE that promote equitable learning experiences and outcomes. Data will be collected in these countries by; (i) drawing on critical incident technique methodology to observe and identify teaching practices that promote social justice and explore the teachers’ and students’ experiences of these practices; and (ii) doing participatory action-research together with teachers and students in developing social justice pedagogies for HPE practice.

The strength of this research project lies in being able to examine and curate examples of HPE practices across different countries and collectively learn more about social justice pedagogies in practice. Our conception of social justice pedagogies is built on Wright’s (2004) call for teaching practices that assist ‘students to examine and challenge the status quo, the dominant constructions of reality and the power relations that produce inequities, in ways that can lead to advocacy and community action’ (p. 7). That is, social justice pedagogies are about identifying inequalities and empowering individuals and groups to take social action to achieve change (Freire, 1970). Ultimately, the goal of this research project is to inform educational policy, curriculum makers, HPE teacher education and the further development of social justice pedagogies that support HPE teachers in practice.

The session will begin with a brief introduction to the symposium and overview of the project rationale and methodology. This overview will be followed by four separate presentations from four of the participating countries in the EDUHEALTH 2.0 project. Each country will present initial findings from the work has been done to date within their context. At the conclusion of the fourth presentation we will present the future direction and intended goals of the project. Finally, a discussant will reflect on the work presented and the nature of the project before opening the floor to the audience for the final 15 minutes of the symposium.


References
Freire, P. (1970). Cultural Action for Freedom. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Educational Review.

Gerdin, G., Larsson, L., Schenker, K., Linnér, S., Mordal Moen, K., Westlie, K., et al. (2020). Social justice pedagogies in school health and physical education—building relationships, teaching for social cohesion and addressing social inequities. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 17:6904. doi: 10.3390/ijerph17186904

Kirk, D. (2020). Precarity, Critical Pedagogy and Physical Education. London: Routledge.

Landi, D. (2019). Queer men, affect, and physical education. Qualitative Research in Sport Exercise and Health, 11, 168–187.

Opstoel, K., Chapelle, L., Prins, F. J., De Meester, A., Haerens, L., van Tartwijk, J., et al. (2020). Personal and social development in physical education and sports: a review study. European Physical Education Review, 26, 797–813.

Philpot, R., Smith,W., Gerdin, G., Larsson, L., Schenker, K., Linnér, S., et al. (2020). Exploring social justice pedagogies in health and physical education through critical incident technique methodology. European Physical Education Review. 27, 20-51.

UNESCO (2015). Educational Policy Statements.

Wright, J. (2004). Critical inquiry and problem solving in PE”. In Critical Inquiry and Problem Solving in Physical Education. Wright, D. Macdonald and L. Burrows (Eds.) (pp. 3-15). London: Routledge.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Understandings and Enactments of Social justice Pedagogies in Swedish PEH Practice

Göran Gerdin (Linnaeus University), Katarina Schenker (Linnaeus University), Susanne Linnér (Linnaeus University)

In Sweden, the school subject Physical Education and Health (PEH) is understood as part of public health policy. Having skills and knowledge related to physical activity and health is described as an asset for both the individual and society (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2011). Despite new curricula in Sweden calling for teachers to address equity (Skolverket [Swedish National Agency for Education], 2011), PEH teachers still have problems catering to the needs of all their pupils (Ekberg, 2016; Larsson et al., 2018) with achievement and higher grades in PEH often being linked to active participation in sport clubs (Svennberg, 2017). Pupils who do not participate in organized sport in their leisure time experience feelings of anxiety and inability (Ekberg, 2016). The PEH teachers themselves tend to focus more on making the pupils interested in and motivated to do (more) physical activity and sport rather than health (Schenker, 2018). Further, higher grades are generally attained by boys with a Swedish background and who have well-educated parents (Svennberg & Högberg, 2018). In this paper we will present some our initial findings from an ongoing critical participatory action-research (CPAR) project at two different upper-secondary schools in Sweden. The schools and teachers involved in the study was selected through purposive sampling (Bryman 2016) located in two different cities in southern Sweden. The participants involve the entire PEH departments at these schools with a total of 14 teachers with the study forming part of their professional development. The first cycle of the CPAR will run from June 2022 – June 2023. Data from the action-research with teachers will be analysed through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013) and consistent with principles of teaching for equity and social justice (Freire, 1970). Data will more specifically be analysed through a six-phase thematic analysis approach that will consist of familiarisation with data, initial and advanced coding, identifying and naming themes and reporting findings (Braun & Clarke, 2013). The initial themes will report on the teachers’ perceptions of social justice, the identification of social justice issues in their teaching practice and their efforts to enact social justice pedagogies. The paper concludes with some reflections on the challenges of doing CPAR with PEH teachers and bringing about social change.

References:

Braun, B., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful Qualitative Research: A Practical Guide for Beginners. London: Sage. Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford University Press. Ekberg, J.E. (2016). What knowledge appears as valid in the subject of Physical Education and Health? A study of the subject on three levels in year 9 in Sweden. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 21(3), 249–268. Freire, P. (1970). Cultural Action for Freedom. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Educational Review. Larsson, L., Linnér, S., & Schenker, K. (2018). The doxa of physical education teacher education – set in stone? European Physical Education Review, 24(1), 114–130. Schenker. K. (2018). Health(y) education in health and physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 23(3), 229–243.
 

Teacher and Student Perceptions of Social Justice in Norwegian HPE Practice

Petter Erik Leirhaug (Norwegian School of Sport Sciences), Ellen Berg (Norwegian School of Sport Sciences), Mats Hordvik (Norwegian School of Sport Sciences)

In Norway, a new National curriculum for all school subjects was implemented from 2020 (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2019). According to the overall curriculum aims, HPE shall contribute with insight into cultural diversity, foster respect for others, promote democracy and give equal opportunity for all. Students are expected to a greater extent to explore their own identity and movement capabilities. The curriculum also includes activities from the indigenous Sámi culture in Norway (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2019). While analysing the former HPE curriculum in Norway, Dowling and Flintoff (2018) pointed to how competence aims that mirrors ‘Nordic movement culture’ with winter-activities and ‘friluftsliv’ can lead to practices that marginalize non-white movement cultures and students from minority backgrounds. A review of ‘friluftsliv’ as part of HPE indicates that this can be a real case in Norway (Abelsen & Leirhaug, 2017). Despite that the new HPE curriculum can be said to invite social justice pedagogies (Gerdin et al., 2022), research indicates challenges with gender and disabilities, as well as it seems to be the sports-active students that get the higher grades and the most of the benefits of HPE (Erdvik et al. 2019; Säfvenbom et al., 2015). This presentation is based on qualitative in-depth interviews with six HPE teachers and seven students from three upper secondary schools. The interviews were conducted as part of preparing a critical participatory action-research (CPAR) within the schools (Kemmis et al., 2014). The schools were selected through purposive sampling (Bryman 2016). The interviews were particularly interested in the local understandings and enactments of social justice pedagogies, as well as possible challenges in the HPE context of teaching for equity and social justice (Freire, 1970). The analysis of both teacher data and student data followed a six-phase reflexive thematic analysis approach inspired by Braun and Clarke (2021). The findings show different understandings and perceptions of social justice, both as a general concept and in concrete examples from their HPE experiences. While teachers say they make effort to create dialog and inclusive practices in their teaching, the students do not experience and understand this the same way. In addition, the initial themes include assessment in HPE as controversial, teacher not listening in ‘the so-called dialog’, and suggest that HPE still struggle with inequities between girls and boys. We conclude by sharing some reflections on how we will use these findings in going forward, doing CPAR with HPE teachers as co-constructers of knowledge.

References:

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage. Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford University Press. Dowling, F. & Flintoff, A. (2018). A whitewashed curriculum? The construction of race in contemporary PE curriculum policy. Sport, Education and Society, 23(1), 1–13, DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2015.1122584 Erdvik, I. B., Haugen, T., Ivarsson, A., & Säfvenbom, R. (2019). Development of basic psychological need satisfaction in physical education: Effects of a two-year PE programme. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 3(2). Freire, P. (1970). Cultural Action for Freedom. Harvard Educational Review. Gerdin, G., Smith, W., Philpot, R., Schenker, K., Moen, K. M., Linnér, S., Westlie, K. & Larsson, L. (2022). Social Justice Pedagogies in Health and Physical Education. Routledge. Kemmis, S., Mctaggart, R. & Nixon, R. (2014). The Action Research Planner: Doing Critical Participatory Action Research. Springer. Säfvenbom, R., Haugen, T. & Bulie, M. (2015). Attitudes toward and motivation for PE. Who collects the benefits of the subject? Sport, Education and Society 23(3) 629–646. Utdanningsdirektoratet (2019). Curriculum in Physical education (KRO01 05) [Official English translation].
 

New Zealand HPE Teachers’ Perceptions of Social justice and Social Justice Pedagogies

Rod Philpot (University of Auckland)

At all levels of education, the concept of social justice and what it is that teachers can do in the name of teaching for, and about social justice is both ubiquitous and simultaneously poorly understood. If social justice is an aspiration of education (Freire, 1970), the understandings of what it is take on importance as it will inevitably inform the pedagogical work of teachers. This presentation draws on data from an ongoing international collaborative study that explores teaching for social justice in the subject of Health and Physical Education (HPE). In this presentation, we report on New Zealand Health and Physical Education teachers’ perceptions of social justice and social justice pedagogies Participants were 20 secondary school HPE teachers from New Zealand, a country where social justice is an espoused orientation of national health and Physical Education curriculum (Ministry of Education, 2007). Participants were selected through purposive sampling (Denzin & Lincoln, 20012), with a requirement to be fully registered secondary school HPE teachers with at least three years teaching experience, who were interested in sharing their perspectives on social justice. Data were collected though individual semi structured online interviews and transcribed for analysis. Data were analysed through a six-phase thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2017). Although the participants teachers were not able to articulate a clear understanding of social justice, they provide insights into how issues of inclusion and equity can/are addressed in everyday HPE practice. In this presentation we report three themes. The first theme, ‘Social justice – good question,’ highlights that social justice is not a concept that is commonly used in HPE departments. The HPE teachers suggest that social justice is important but the meaning of the concept is unclear. The second theme ‘ Equity and Inclusion’ highlights the most common understanding of social justice. The final theme, ‘Acting on difference’ conveys how teachers endeavour to teach for equity and inclusion in their classrooms. We discuss these findings through Nancy Fraser’s (2014) theories of justice. The discussion highlights how the pedagogies of HPE teachers can contribution to recognition, redistribution and representation.

References:

Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln, Y. S (2012). Strategies of qualitative inquiry. Boston: Sage. Clarke, V. & Braun, V. (2017) Thematic analysis, The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12:3, 297-298, DOI: 10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613 Fraser, N. (2014). Justice interruptus: Critical reflections on the" postsocialist" condition. Routledge. Freire, P. (1970). Cultural Action for Freedom. Harvard Educational Review. Ministry of Education. (2007). The New Zealand curriculum. Wellington, New Zealand: Learning Media.
 

HPE Pre-Service and Graduate Teacher’s Conceptions of Social Justice and Social Justice Pedagogies: An Australian perspective

Amanda Mooney (Deakin University), Laura Alfrey (Monash University)

Situated within the ‘big tent’ of critical scholarship (Lather, 1998), the pursuit of social justice agenda’s in education broadly, and HPE specifically, have been relatively modest in practice, despite an extensive (and growing) body of work advocating these laudable aims (Hickey et al., 2019). Substantial scholarship has identified the role of initial teacher education (ITE) in ‘subverting the conditions and practices that serve to privilege, albeit unwittingly, individuals who project particular behaviours and dispositions over those that do not’ (Hickey & Mooney, 2019, p. 148). In short, it appears that despite the introduction of a national curriculum underpinned by social justice and emancipatory aims in HPE a decade ago (Macdonald, 2013) and a policy imperative instantiated through national teacher standards to practise in socially inclusive ways, examples of ways in which various practices in HPE contribute and reproduce injustices for many young people continue to be reported. Understanding the conditions that support dispositional interrogations that manifest in pedagogical practices becomes key to achieving changes to teacher’s practices (Hickey et al., 2019). While it seems blatantly obvious that ITE has a role to play in achieving this, the manifestation of broader political discourses and agendas at both the federal level, with the capability levers and responsibility of funding Higher Education and ITE providers, and at the local state level with the responsibility for funding schools and the teacher workforce, constrains what can be achieved across various levels of the Australian education system. Fernandez-Balboa (2017) argues that key here is a redirect from the social to the personal – to understand more about what enables or constrains the conditions of pedagogical practice, we need contemporary insights into the personal drivers (biographical, social and political) of certain practices. Against a backdrop of global and local political crises, financial and economic collapse, pandemics, climate change and social conflict, relatively little is known about the ways in which teacher’s personal politics shape constructions of social justice and their pedagogical practices. This paper reports preliminary findings from a pilot questionnaire with approximately 50 pre-service and graduate Australian HPE teachers located in the state of Victoria to examine the ways in conceptions of social justice are shaped through broader political dispositions. Findings are analysed through descriptive statistics and qualitative responses thematically analysed (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to identify the ways in which personal politics become implicated in conceptions of social justice and practices of social justice pedagogies

References:

Braun. V., & Clarke, V. (2006). ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101 Fernandez-Balboa, J. (2017). ‘Imploding the boundaries of transformative/critical pedagogy and research in physical education and sport pedagogy: looking inward for (self) consciousness/knowledge and transformation’. Sport, Education and Society, 22(4), 426-441. Hickey, C., Mooney, A. & Alfrey, L (2019). ‘Locating Criticality in Policy: The ongoing struggle for a social justice agenda in school physical education’, Movimento, v. 25, e25063, p 1-11. Hickey, C., & Mooney, A (2019). ‘Critical scholarship in Physical Education Teacher Education: A journey, not a destination!’ in R. Pringle, H. Larsson & G. Gerdin, Critical research in sport, health and physical education: How to make a difference, Routledge., pp. 147-159. Lather, P. (1998). ‘Critical pedagogy and its complicities: A praxis of stuck places’. Educational Theory, 48(4), 487-497. Macdonald, D. (2013). ‘The new Australian Health and Physical Education Curriculum: a case of/for gradualism in curriculum reform’, Asia-Pacific Journal of Health, Sport and Physical Education, 4(2), 95-108.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm19 SES 03 A: A Multi-cities Ethnography Challenging Child Poverty in School-communities: the Idea of Synchronicity (Part 2)
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lori Beckett
Symposium continued from 19 SES 02 A
 
19. Ethnography
Symposium

A Multi-cities Ethnography Challenging Child Poverty in School-communities: the Idea of Synchronicity Part 2

Chair: Lori Beckett (Bangor University)

Discussant: Richard Watkins (GWe Gogledd Cymru)

This symposium, in two parts, reports on city-based teams forging a multi-cities ethnography focussed on child poverty and the challenges for schooling future generations. This takes a cue from a local place-based action study on Trem y Mynydd, the pseudonym given to a housing estate adjacent to the city of Bangor in Wales. The first set of four papers discusses the ethnographic approach forged on Trem y Mynydd in the face of damage done by de-industrialisation, unemployment, exploitation of the working poor, Universal Credit, benefit cuts and Brexit, to focus on children’s lived experiences of poverty. The second set of four papers interrogates this ethnographic work and the ways it might inform other city-based teams with a view to inter-connecting across international borders with the express purpose of raising a common voice on what is required of research-informed schools/social policies, ostensibly a hallmark of democratic governments.

The action study on Trem y Mynydd was initiated by a Welsh Government sponsored Children First needs assessment, which was conducted in 2017-2018 (see Lewis, 2023). Lewis, who won the contract after submitting a competitive tender, interrogated publically available data and then embarked on fieldwork to identify needs but also the strengths and assets of the local geographically defined school-community. In her endeavour to engage in critical analyses of both quantitative and qualitative data, Lewis organised a multi-agency group of workers employed on the estate and invited academic partners, who recognised her work as a first ethnographic sketch of the lived experiences of child poverty.

As Lewis’s fixed-term work drew to a close, the group made it clear that given the findings, they did not want to disband and called for further research. This provoked a core group to reconvene as the Bangor Poverty and Learning in Urban Schools (PLUS) team of school staff, multi-agency workers and academic partners along with resident families and critical friends. Lewis also joined this team, who continued to meet in two series of six monthly seminars (2019-2020) geared to mentor and support participants to become research-active, all sponsored by Professor Carl Hughes (Bangor University). At the outset they agreed on a twin purpose: to follow through on the needs assessment and work towards an ‘ethnography that makes a difference’ (see Mills and Morton, 2013), which included critical discussion of definitions of child poverty and human rights, inspired by former UN Special Rapporteur Philip Alston’s (2018) probe into Extreme Poverty in the UK, which involved Wales.

They also resolved to contribute to a multi-cities ethnography, which was then being planned to include four cities in the UK, apropos a recommendation from the BERA Research Commission on Poverty and Policy Advocacy (2017-2019), and four in Australia given liaison with the AARE Equity network. While those eight city-based teams made good progress towards coordination, the first Covid lockdown in early 2020 put paid to that project. The Bangor PLUS team re-grouped in early 2021 and proceeded to develop a school-community-university partnership that gave rise to a participatory ethnography as a model way of working in Wales, recognised as a small European nation-state that espouses a social democratic social imaginary, which in some portfolios contrasts markedly to consecutive UK Westminster governments' neoliberal project. This is all showcased in Beckett’s (2023) edited book to be launched at conference, while the task for this two-part symposium is to explore the possibility of a research partnership in a multi-cities ethnography, inviting other city-based teams active in school-communities to join: building clout on child poverty, sharing insights, synchronising findings, joining forces and ultimately lobbying through our networks including the ECER, ACER, the OECD, UN and UNESCO.


References
Beckett, L. (ed) (2023) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff
Community Development Cymru (nd) What is community development? Available online at: https://www.cdcymru.org/about-us/
Ivinson, G., Thompson, I., & McKinney, S. (2017). Learning The Price of Poverty across the UK Policy futures in education 16: 2
Ivinson, G., Thompson, I., Beckett, L., Wrigley, T. Egan, D., Leitch R., & McKinney, S. (2018) The research commission on poverty and policy advocacy A report from one of the BERA Research Commissions BERA available online at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/132212039.pdf
Mills, D. & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in Education Sage
Robinson, S. (2022) The Blue Books lecture presented as part of The Shankland lecture Series, Bangor University, 4th November 2022
Silvester, J. M. & Joslin, P. (2023) Hungry kids: families’ food insecurity further exposed by the pandemic in Beckett, L. (ed) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff
Thirsk, G. (2023) ‘It takes a Village’ to realise school-community development in Beckett, L. (ed) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

WITHDRAWN Scripting the Future: Training Programs for the Unemployed

Christopher O'Callaghan (Northside centre for the unemployed), John Carr (Northside centre for the unemployed)

This paper is by a Training and Business Development Manager and a Board member of an incorporated company now known as NCU CLG (NCU) Training, which traces its origins back to an Unemployment Action Group founded in 1983. This not-for-profit educational organisation provides Quality and Qualifications Ireland (QQI) certified training programs on the National Framework of Qualifications of Ireland (NFQ) for those who self-identify as marginalised or low-paid workers in both the local and the extended community. The aim is to support them in finding gainful employment and becoming self-sufficient to counter poverty and unemployment, irrespective of schooling and education. The ethos that guides NCU Training is that all members of the society, regardless of circumstance, are entitled to quality education, training and access to quality, well-paid jobs. Its series of training programs is recognised as a local solution to a widespread and long-standing problem of unemployment in Ireland going back to the 1980s when the emigration of college graduates who left to find work and further training opportunities soared to 30 percent. The contemporary situation is favourably different, but the need for a series of short-term courses remains. The paper begins with two collaborative case stories of different and diverse participants’ encounters with formal schooling, which had a deep and lasting impression that shaped their life paths. These are ethnographic accounts constructed as creative portraits, which bring photos, drawings, poems and song lyrics among other resources to make it real (see Lawrence-Lightfoot, 1983, cited by Mills and Morton, 2013, p.88). It then does some backward mapping to tease out their lived experiences of child poverty and the ways this impacted not only on schooling but subsequently. Taking another cue from Mills and Morton (2013, p.3), telling this story is a deeply humanistic endeavour with the twofold intention of creating knowledge about the experience of being unemployed and charting educative actions in response to the challenges. It proceeds with an analysis of some causes for concern in Irish politics, culture and society (Higgins, 2007), which lends itself to policy debates about schooling, notably the complexities of the educational and social worlds of those who are in positions of weakness. While this work in Dublin has the potential to plug into a city-based team and provide a contribution to a multi-cities ethnography, this paper concludes by charting the work to be done to make it happen (see Hughes, 2023).

References:

Higgins, M.D. (2007) Causes for Concern. Irish Politics, Culture and Society. Dublin: Liberty Press. Hughes, E. (2023) School Heads: Enacting school-community development in response to child poverty in Beckett, L. (ed) Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations University of Wales press: Cardiff Lawrence-Lightfoot, S. (1983) The Good High School. Portraits of Character and Culture. New York: Basic Books. McInch, A. (2020) The only way is ethics: methodological considerations for a working-class academic, Ethnography and Education, 15:2, 254-266, DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2019.1631868 Mills, D. & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in Education Sage OECD (2022) The New OECD Jobs Strategy. How does Ireland compare? https://www.oecd.org/ireland/jobs-strategy-IRELAND-EN.pdf
 

Rethinking Child Poverty and School Wellbeing Practices: How Could Australian Educators Learn from Wales’ Wellbeing Legislation

Susan Whatman (Griffith University), Katherine Main (Griffirth University)

The purpose of the paper is to interrogate the 2015 Well-being of Future Generations (Wales) Act as a trigger for policy debates on how schools could address the consequences of child poverty on learning engagement and wellbeing. We relate this to a case study in Queensland, Australia, investigating how school leaders and teachers conceptualise and support student wellbeing. We firstly articulate a professional concern Australian educators have with child poverty: what they understand of it and how they respond. In turn this builds a critical understanding of the effects of de-industrialisation and austerity on schooling and of the Global Educational Reform Movement or GERM (Sahlberg, 2015), which means developing a sharp acknowledgment in their professional work of how the GERM shapes the everyday experiences and demands of schooling with devastating consequences for children and their families living with poverty. The case study presented here was initially concerned with Australian wellbeing policy triggers and school leadership decisions behind student well-being and learning engagement in two schools in one coastal community. These schools were grappling with changing demographics and re-gentrification of the school-community, a challenge for providers of public education for children of families who are predominantly key workers. The data from interviews between the authors and school leaders lent itself to analyses informed by Basil Bernstein’s (1990; 1996) concepts of rules and fields, particularly recontextualization, recognition and realisation, but the task here is to return to what and how educators in Australia can learn from the 2015 Well-being legislation in Wales. This all plugs into a wider Brisbane city-based case study, which makes for a rich contribution from the Australian contingent to the multi-cities ethnography project (Beckett, 2023; Whatman et al, 2019). There is much to be learned from international partners featured in this symposium given their professional commitment to educative responses to child poverty, which in turn helps further develop responsive/educative work in Australian school wellbeing.

References:

Australian Council of Social Services. (2022). Poverty in Australia 2022: A snapshot. University of New South Wales. https://povertyandinequality.acoss.org.au/a-snapshot-of-poverty-in-australia-2022/ Beckett, L. (2023). Child poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges for schooling future generations. University of Wales Press. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity: Theory, Research, Critique. Revised Edition. Rowman and Littlefield. Davidson, J. (2020). #futuregen: Lessons from a small country. London: Chelsea Green Publishing. Dix, K., Ahmed, S.K., Sniedze-Gregory, S., Carslake, T., & Trevitt, J. (2020). Effectiveness of school-based wellbeing interventions for improving academic outcomes in children and young people: A systematic review protocol. Australian Council for Educational Research. Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school: A public issue. Translated by Jack McMartin. E-ducation, Culture and Society Publishers. Sahlberg, P. (2012) How GERM is infecting schools around the world? https://pasisahlberg.com/ Teacher Education Ministerial Advisory Group (TEMAG). (2015). Action Now, Classroom Ready Teachers Report. Department of Education, Australian Government. World Health Organisation (WHO)(2021). Making every school a health promoting school: Global indicators and standards. Author. Wrigley, T., Lingard, B., & Thomson, P. (2012). Pedagogies of transformation: keeping hope alive in troubled times. Critical studies in Education, 53(1), 98-10.
 

Ideas for practice: Embedding Research and Enquiry in Schools in a Progressive Policy Context

Richard Watkins (GWe Gogledd Cymru), Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Graham French (Bangor University)

This paper describes how recent education reform in Wales has supported a culture of collaborative working in schools, which is one of the characteristic features of the Bangor Poverty and Learning in Urban Schools (PLUS) project. It begins with work done with schools across North Wales to improve the uptake and impact of research and evidence use in schools given the current ‘social partnership’ policymaking agenda. Through Welsh Government’s 2021 National Strategy for Education Research and Enquiry, education professionals have been tasked with the challenge of moving education in Wales to a more research and evidence-informed system. We are guided by Thomson, Lingard and Wrigley’s (2012) unifying theme of, ideas for practice at systemic, policy, school and pedagogic levels, and Fullan’s (2023) idea of internal system drivers to enable better quality decision making and outcomes for disadvantaged learners such as those in the Trem y Mynydd and other school communities across Wales. However, we are only just beginning to know how we might encourage teachers to become research-active and get evidence into action in schools while the debate itself is often represented through polarised camps (Hammersley, 2009, 2015; Thomas, 2016, 2021; Pegram et al., 2022). It is within this contentious policy and practice space that we will describe our work with Welsh Government to evaluate how a network of schools serving disadvantaged communities worked with researchers and the regional school improvement service through the Embedding Research and Enquiry in Schools (EREiS) project. We explore how moves toward a more research-active, evidence-informed and ultimately evidence-based system (Owen et al, 2022) can be set within a progressive policy context that fosters greater teacher agency where intellectual responsibilities are successfully transferred to schools (Priestley, 2015). We present survey and interview findings gathered from schools, and explain how our work offers useful insights to help school leaders develop the professional knowledge to identify ‘best bets’ to improve learner outcomes rather than ideas and approaches being imposed through policy compliance measures. We conclude with some reflections on the worth of this research partnership in a multi-cities ethnography, especially as it provides us with the opportunity to further strengthen our knowledge of how schools can realise the ‘evidence revolution’ through social partnership. For example, the work in Dublin and Brisbane alert us to emerging findings that also identified similar features that need to be in place, which lends weight to our further calls on Welsh Government.

References:

Fullan’s (2023) idea of internal system drivers Hammersley, 2009, 2015 Lunneblad, J. (2020) The value of poverty: an ethnographic study of a school–community partnership, Ethnography and Education, 15:4, 429-444, DOI: 10.1080/17457823.2019.1689518 Owen et al (2022) Pegram et al (2022) Priestley (2015) Thomas, 2016, 2021; Thomson, Lingard and Wrigley (2012) Changing Schools. Alternative ways to make a world of difference. London: Routledge. Rizvi and Lingard (2009) Globalising Education Policy.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm20 SES 03 A: Teacher training and pedagogical experiences
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Raimonda Brunevičiūtė
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Designing Pedagogical Concepts based on Cultural Intelligence in Teacher Training in Higher Education

Dolly Eliyahu-Levi1, Avi Gvura2

1Levinsky College of Education, Israel; 2Beit Berl College

Presenting Author: Eliyahu-Levi, Dolly; Gvura, Avi

In recent decades, the formal and informal education frameworks in Israel and around the world have been dealing with accelerated migration processes that expose children and educators to diverse populations in terms of national, religious, racial, cultural, linguistic, and more. Educators face complex challenges at the individual level and the organization of differential teaching-learning processes, responding to differences and social integration (Ang et al., 2007).

Educators work to deal with the challenges of migration in a global multicultural environment in which children are integrated into their learning abilities, forms of communication, learning styles, mastery of the school language, interests, experiences, socio-economic background, and background. To succeed in this task, they are required to show understanding, flexibility, and balance between the different dynamics of different cultural environments, an appreciation of the differences that exist between them, and the ability to deal with situations of uncertainty (Ng et al., 2012; Erez et al., 2013).

As a response to these challenges, Earley and Ang (2003) developed a multidimensional model for cultural intelligence based on the cultural intelligence model of Sternberg and Detterman (1986). Cultural intelligence is one of the many types of intelligence which related to the ability to solve practical problems from the "real world" (Gardner & Moran, 2006) and not only issues in the academic context that fit the IQ definition of Schmidt and Hunter (2000). Reiter and Luria (2021) note that this ability includes mental, motivational, and behavioral skills focused on solving problems in a culturally diverse environment. Those with a high level of cultural intelligence can deeply understand intercultural situations and make effective adjustments in how they interpret a particular case, react to it, or conduct themselves in it.

According to Earley and Ang (2003), the four CQ (=cultural intelligence) components are abilities that are distinct from each other and correlated with each other. The combination of them creates overall cultural intelligence. This ability is an acquired ability that can be developed:

1. The metacognitive factor - deals with the mental ability to understand cultural knowledge.

2. The cognitive factor - related to the general knowledge of norms, practices, and conventions

3. The motivational factor - the individual's tendency to focus his attention on learning intercultural differences and improving his ability to function in situations involving new cultures.

4. The behavioral factor - the individual's ability to present in culturally diverse interactions with verbal and non-verbal responses.

From the pedagogical point of view of teachers' trainers, it was found that many students who experience teaching in elementary school report a fear of meeting socio-cultural, linguistic, socio-economic, national, and religious diversity, skin color, and more (Caspe, Lopez, Chu, & Weiss, 2011; Patte, 2011). Education researchers (Hammerness, 2006; Feiman-Nemser, 2011) claim that shaping a multicultural educational concept is a lengthy process that refers to the child's personal, family, and cultural contexts. Whereas in practice, teacher training is content with a simple theoretical look at the culture of the children's families as a collection of holidays, foods, and special days while avoiding an authentic encounter with family heritage or knowledge resources that can be harnessed to the learning experience in the classroom and the cultivation of cultural intelligence among educators (LeFevre & Shaw, 2012; Iwai, 2013).

The two goals of the study are to examine perceptions and attitudes about cultural intelligence among education students studying for a teaching certificate in elementary school at two large colleges in the center of the country and to indicate actions in the teacher training process that promote the development of cultural intelligence among students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is qualitative research, based on the assumption that social reality is the product of interpretive processes influenced by personal and social structures such as gender, nationality, culture, and more. Qualitative research helps to reveal the interpretations given to the social reality by the individual while referring to personal and social structures. The researchers who engage in qualitative research seek to examine phenomena in their natural state while trying to derive meaning and interpretation in terms of the meaning humans produce for us (Sabar Ben-Yohusha, 2016). This approach allows us to locate and present the personal and authentic voices of education students with first-hand knowledge of educational concepts, attitudes, and beliefs related to cultural intelligence (Zur & Izikowitz, 2015).
Twenty-six students and students studying in the elementary school track at two education colleges in Israel participated in the study: Levinsky College of Education and Beit Berel College in Kfar Saba. All born in the country, Jews and Arabs aged 25-32, speak Hebrew or Arabic as their mother tongue and try out once or twice a week in state schools in the country's center.
The research tool was an interview that focused on the pedagogical perceptions of elementary school education students regarding cultivating cultural intelligence as part of professional training in higher education. The interviews took place at the teacher training college for about an hour for each participant. The interviews were analyzed with an interpretive approach to identify central motifs and find connections between them. Processing was based on content analysis focusing on what the students said in words, descriptions, their place in the interview, and how they presented their words (Braun & Clarke, 2006). According to Shkedi (2003), content analysis is a kind of window that allows a look into the inner experience that reflects the perceptions and actions in the classroom and school spaces.
In the analysis phase, the researchers separately read all the interview transcripts to determine which category the section belongs to according to the research objectives. In the second stage, the matching of the segments to the categories was determined. The reliability test was based on "reliability between judges" (Lincoln & Guba, 2000). In individual cases where differences of opinion were discovered, a discussion was held until an agreement was reached. The reliability between the judges is 86%.
In the research, the ethical rules were carefully observed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings reveal that beliefs, attitudes, and pedagogical concepts also influence the choice of teaching methods and their adaptation to students. All the more so in a multicultural classroom where children of immigrants, refugees, and asylum seekers are integrated. A complex reality that forces teachers to respond to unique needs, develop diverse teaching materials, think outside the box, and initiate adapted teaching approach.
In the emotional aspect, the students revealed educational concepts that advocate strengthening the relationship with the student's family while mediating academic tasks from the literacy and technological factors: personal meetings and cooperative learning in small groups - learning in small sessions allows listening to others and may strengthen functioning in the emotional, social, academic, and cultural aspects. In the educational part, it seems that the student's perceptions are focused on the importance of flexible time management, adapting the learning framework to the students in the class, and diversity in teaching methods and learning materials while integrating technological means.
Examining the actions in the teacher training process that promote the development of cultural intelligence among the students, it was found that authentic experiences in the community-urban space and direct meetings with social leaders enriched the social knowledge and the understanding of different norms of diverse minority groups. The students also testified that experiencing school and planning lessons based on principles of social-emotional learning (SEL) helped them cultivate abilities such as awareness of strengths and weaknesses, understanding social situations, understanding different and unfamiliar positions, stress management, self-discipline, and problem-solving. All of these strengthened the students' motivation as future teachers to take the initiative and develop teaching methods that consider the culture of the country of origin and the tradition of the student's home, cultivate cultural intelligence, and strengthen the feeling of being able to function in educational contexts in which students from other cultures are integrated.

References
Ang, S., Van Dyne, L., Koh, C., Ng, K., Templer, K., Tay, C., & Chandrasekar, N. (2007). Cultural Intelligence: Its Measurement and Effects on Cultural Judgment and Decision Making, Cultural Adaptation and Task Performance. Management and Organization Review, 3(3), 335-371.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.  
Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2008). Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research.‏
Earley P. C., & Ang, S. (2003). Cultural Intelligence: Individual interactions across cultures. Stanford University Press.
Erez, M., Lisak, A., Harush, R., Glikson, E., Nouri, R., & Shokef, E. (2013). Going global: Developing management students' cultural intelligence and global identity in culturally diverse virtual teams. Academy of Management Learning & Education, 12(3), 330-355.‏
Feiman-Nemser, S. (2011). From preparation to practice: Designing a continuum to strengthen and sustain teaching. Teachers' college record, 103(6), 1013-1055.
Gardner, H., & Moran, S. (2006). The science of multiple intelligences theory: A response to Lynn Waterhouse. Educational psychologist, 41(4), 227-232.‏
Hammerness, K. (2006). Seeing through teachers' eyes: Professional ideals and classroom practices (Vol. 46). Teachers College Press.
Iwai, Y. (2013). Multicultural Children's Literature and Teacher Candidates' Awareness and attitudes Toward Cultural Diversity. International Electronic Journal of Elementary Education, 5(2), 185-196.
Krumer-Nevo, M. (2005). Reading a Poor Woman’s Life: Issues and Dilemmas. Affilia, 20 (1), 87–102.
LeFevre, A. L. & Shaw, T. V. (2012). Latino parent involvement and school success: Longitudinal effects of formal and informal support. Education and Urban Society, 44(6), 707–723.
Lieblich, E. (2015). Personal narrative of introduction. In R. Josselson, how to interview in qualitative research: A referential approach (pp. 9–23). Moft Institute.
Ng, K.-Y., Van Dyne, L., & Ang, S. (2012). Cultural intelligence: A review, reflections, and recommendations for future research. In A. M. Ryan, F. T. L. Leong, & F. L. Oswald (Eds.), Conducting multinational research: Applying organizational psychology in the workplace (pp. 29–58). American Psychological Association.  
Patte, M. M. (2011). Examining preservice teacher knowledge and competencies in establishing family-school partnerships. School Community Journal, 21(2), 143–159.
Reiter, A. and Luria, J. (2021). The effect of cultural intelligence on organizational performance in a culturally diverse work environment. Psychoactualia, 43-38.
Schmidt, F.L. and Hunter, J.E. (2017). Select on Intelligence. In The Blackwell Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behaviour, E.A. Locke (Ed.).  
Shkedi, A. (2003). Words of meaning: Qualitative research - theory and practice. Ramot.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Partnership in Pedagogical Training Encourages Experiences in Interdisciplinary Teaching

Michal Ganz-Meishar1, Lilach Tencer-Herschkovitz2

1The Academic College Levinsky-Wingate, Israel; 2The Academic College Levinsky-Wingate, Israel

Presenting Author: Ganz-Meishar, Michal; Tencer-Herschkovitz, Lilach

Educational colleges in Israel and the world must adapt the training structure and teaching content to the challenging and multi-channel reality of life in the 21st century. They must adapt the teaching-learning methods and their teaching experiences to the new world where the boundaries of knowledge acquisition are open, and the tendency to use artificial intelligence to strengthen linguistic literacy is increasing (Darling-Hammond, 2010; Gaudelli, & Ousley, 2009).

The training process of pre-service teachers in Israel combines the acquisition of theoretical knowledge with practical training acquired during the experience at school. This training focuses on one discipline, although solving real-world problems requires integrating knowledge and understanding across multiple disciplines. Moreover, there is a decrease in children's ability to acquire linguistic knowledge, explain messages, reason, and organize the acquired knowledge while ensuring its cohesion (Schleicher, 2017).

Studies (Berninger, & Abbott, 2010; Giroux, & Moje, 2017) prove that integrating linguistic literacy in various disciplines, such as science, mathematics, history, and more, enables children to strengthen their ability to ask questions, understand complex texts, develop critical thinking while expressing an opinion in writing and orally, present an argument, and more. Therefore, international tests such as PISA and PIRLS (OECD, 2013) and integrative programs such as SERP Generative Word - (https://access.serpinstitute.org/wordgen-elementary/) have become significant. Furthermore, acquiring linguistic literacy is critical for children from immigrant families and non-native Hebrew-speaking children who are integrated into multicultural and multilingual schools (Kramsch, 1998).

Science and technology education aims to develop adults using scientific and technological knowledge to manage and improve their lives. It is the role of teachers to create activities for children who will begin to think like scientists and allows for opportunities to develop literacy skills such as reading comprehension, expressing an opinion in writing and orally, merging information, drawing scientific conclusions, writing observation reports, and more. That is to aid them in becoming well-informed scientists like adults. These will promote a better understanding of the scientific phenomena in broader contexts (Catts, & Kamhi, 2017; Goldman, et.al, 2016).

It can be proven that pre-service teachers training to teach are not skilled enough to teach linguistic literacy and integrate it into other disciplines (Brassler, & Dettmers, 2017; Hikida, et.al, 2019). This study emphasizes the partnership training of two pedagogical instructors whose expertise is in different disciplines: language and sciences. This partnership contributes to a unique training process for the pre-service teachers: (1) Expands the possibilities for acquiring pedagogical and disciplinary knowledge to promote interdisciplinary teaching: (2) Strengthens their linguistic knowledge and literacy skills to adjust teaching methods for children whose mother tongue is not Hebrew.

Integrating disciplines is a challenge in the training process of teaching pre-service teachers. The training partners, including the pedagogical instructors, teacher trainers, and pre-service teachers, are experts in a specific discipline. That's why the teaching experience at schools, especially culturally and linguistically diverse schools, is a powerful platform for a partnership between two pedagogical instructors to show the process of interdisciplinary teaching-learning. In this method, the study presents unique and innovative training.

In this study, we examined the contribution of integrative and co-training of two pedagogical instructors from the fields of language and science. Research questions: (1) What were the perceptions of the science education pre-service teacher regarding the integration of linguistic literacy in science lessons? (2) What actions did the pre-service teacher undertake to integrate linguistic literacy into her science lessons? (3) What were the implications of the integration training on the pre-service teacher's ability to teach a multicultural and multilingual class?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is a qualitative interpretive case study of Koral, a 5th-grade elementary school science pre-service teacher’s experience in a school that is in a diverse city. The school receives children from culturally diverse families, Jews, Arabs, and non-Jewish immigrants. Due to the difficulty in acquiring the Hebrew language, we integrated the teaching of the language into science classes to give the children additional opportunities to strengthen their linguistic skills. The case study allows us to collect information and first-hand experience, observe the pre-service teacher's actions during her school experience, and examine her pedagogical activities and insights. A qualified science teaching trainer accompanied Koral through integrative and co-training of the two pedagogical instructors, that of language and science (Flyvbjerg, 2011; Creswell, et.al., 2018).
The integrative and co-training of two pedagogical instructors took place continuously throughout the year in a digital and personal space: (1) It manifested in the preparation of 12 lesson plans, in classroom teaching, and in evaluating lessons and scientific assignments; (2) Evaluating lessons by observing and writing documentation of seven lessons; (3) Koral perceptions and insights were reflected regarding the learning-teaching process; (4) Collaborative learning meetings of the two pedagogical instructors for examination adjustment and interdisciplinary learning.
Qualitative research tools were used to collect the data: (1) an interview was held with the pre-service teacher at the end of the academic training year to gain a retrospective point of view following the integrative training; (2) an interview with the teacher trainer was conducted to gain her perspective and to confirm or refute the pedagogical actions and insights gained by the integrative training as this was her first experience in interdisciplinary teaching; (3) seven researchers' observations and written documentation (4) documents: Koral's lesson plans, children learning outcomes from a website created by the pre-service teacher 'Moments with Science', Koral's writing reflections.
To analyze the findings, each of us read the data separately and focused on Koral's words and descriptions as she reflected on her pedagogical actions and insights into classifying and categorizing. We cross-referenced data from different sources to find themes and central ideas and established connections between the content categories. The data were analyzed using content analysis that allows a look into the integrative training and drawing valid conclusions for their broader context (Thomas, 2011). The ethical rules were carefully observed, maintaining anonymity and confidentiality.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of integrative training outline Koral's actions and insights in two categories: (1) The personal aspect; (2) The pedagogical aspect.
The pre-service teacher undergoes a comprehensive, in-depth, and meaningful training process.
The integrative training enabled the pre-service teacher to become specialized in linguistic literacy and integrate them into science activities to promote interdisciplinary teaching. This finding indicates that high self-efficacy can be developed in a supportive, inclusive, professional integrative training environment (D'Mello, & Graesser, 2012). The integrative training strengthened her awareness of students' linguistic choices and helped to adjust her pedagogy methods, especially for those who do not speak Hebrew as their mother tongue. This ability is an anchor for learning how to create a discourse in the classroom based on listening, strengthening personal confidence to express an opinion in writing and orally, and maintaining a high level of language and fluency in speech.
The pre-service teacher demonstrated linguistic literacy to develop teaching practices adapted to a culturally and linguistically heterogeneous classroom. According to her, integrative training better assimilated the linguistic literacy ability to teach science better and create scientific knowledge for the children that is clearer and more standard. Integrating linguistic literacy into science lessons allowed her to teach creatively and connect home literacy to benefit the children whose mother tongue is not Hebrew. These findings are consistent with previous science teaching studies that emphasize teachers' need to promote their students' linguistic literacy skills for learning and understanding scientific knowledge (Catts, & Kamhi, 2017; Shanahan, & Shanahan, 2014; Stubbs, 2014).
This study contributes to changing pre-service teachers' traditional and conservative training patterns and creating a partnership between pedagogical instructors with different disciplines. Integrative training in linguistic literacy is essential to creating diversity and developing personal and pedagogical abilities to teach in environments with linguistic and cultural gaps.

References
Berninger, V.W., & Abbott, R.D. (2010). Listening Comprehension, Oral Expression, Reading Comprehension, and Written Expression: Related Yet Unique Language Systems in Grades 1, 3, 5, and 7. Educ Psychol, 102(3) ,635–651.
Brassler, M., & Dettmers, J. (2017). How to Enhance Interdisciplinary Competence—Interdisciplinary Problem-Based Learning versus Interdisciplinary Project-Based Learning. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 11(2).
Catts, H. W., & Kamhi, A. G. (2017). Prologue: Reading comprehension is not a single ability. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 48, 73–76.
Creswell, J. W., Poth, C. N., & Hall, M.  (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition). Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE
Darling-Hammond, L. (2010). Teacher Education and the American Future. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 35–47. Doi.org/10.1177/0022487109348024
D'Mello, S., & Graesser, A. (2012). Dynamics of affective states during complex learning. Learning and Instruction, 22, 145–157.
Gaudelli, W., & Ousley, D. (2009).  From clothing to skin: Identity work of student teachers in culminating field experiences. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25 (6), 931–939. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.02.017
Giroux, C. S., & Moje, E. B. (2017). Learning from the Professions: Examining How, Why, and When Engineers Read and Write. Theory into Practice, 56(4), 300–307.
Goldman, S.R., Britt. M. A., Brown. W., Cribb. G., George. M., Greenleaf. C., Lee. C. D., Shanahan. C. & Project READI.  (2016). Disciplinary Literacies and Learning to Read for Understanding: A Conceptual Framework for Disciplinary Literacy. Educational Psychologist, 51(2), 219–246.
Hikida, M., Chamberlain, K., Tily, S., Daly-Lesch, A., Warner, J. R., & Schallert, D. L. (2019). Reviewing How Preservice Teachers Are Prepared to Teach Reading Processes: What the Literature Suggests and Overlooks. Journal of Literacy Research, 51(2), 177–195.
Kramsch, C. (1998). Language and culture. New York: Oxford University Press.
Flyvbjerg, B. (2011). Case study. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp. 301–316). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
OECD (2013). OECD Skills Outlook 2013. First Results from the Survey of Adult Skills.
Schleicher, A. (2017). Seeing Education through the Prism of PISA. European Journal of Education, 52(2) ,124–130. DOI: 10.1111/ejed.12209
 Shanahan. C., & Shanahan, T. (2014). DOES DISCIPLINARY LITERACY HAVE A PLACE IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL?. The Reading Teacher, 67(8), 636–639.
Stubbs, M. (2014). Language and literacy: The sociolinguistics of reading and writing. London: Routledge.
Thomas, G. (2011). How to Do Your Case Study: A Guide for Students and Researchers. Los Angeles, California: Sage.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Reconceptualising memorisation in Chinese students’ learning

Jinqi Xu

University of Sydney, Australia

Presenting Author: Xu, Jinqi

The ongoing accusation of Chinese international students’ utilizing memorization in learning is an ignorance of the fact that memorization has central importance in their learning process (Biggs 1996), which is derived from unique linguistic and cultural complex settings in Chinese education (Tan 2011). It is important for educators to be aware of the cognitive, emotional and relational perspectives in this complexity (Portera 2014).

Chinese international students’ learning styles are more subtle and complex than they appear (Xu 2019). Chinese students are often criticized for lacking the ability to use deep learning approaches and instead memorizing the materials without understanding (Murphy 1987), with learning strategies limited to reception, repetition, review and reproduction (Hu 2002). The concept of ‘surface approach’ is frequently used when referring to Chinese students’ learning and they are labelled as “rote learners” (Watkins and Biggs 1996), “passive learners” (Clark and Gieve 2006) or “inferior” in learning (Jiang and Smith 2009). Western educators have undervalued Chinese students’ learning strategies by confusing learning through memorization and repetition with rote learning.

Memorization as a key area of focus for research seeks to understand aspects of how Chinese students learn (Ryan 2010). It was shown to be a central component of the Chinese education system and is widely used by students who come to the West. Research shows that memorization can lead to “deep learning” (McMahon 2011), that students use memorization as a purposeful learning strategy (Li and Cutting 2011), and that memorization and understanding are not mutually exclusive categories (Mathias, Bruce, and Newton 2013). Memorization has never been seen as an end in itself by Chinese learners but as a prelude to deeper understanding and may include elements of constructivist learning. There is a clear difference between rote learning (mechanical learning without meaning) and repetition for memorizing content, where the intention is to develop understanding and discover new meaning. Chinese students use the latter more than the former, especially when they prepare for exams. Similarly, Mathias et al. (2013) draw on the earlier work of Trigwell, Prosser and Waterhouse (1999), who suggest that both deep (by understanding) and surface (only by memorizing) approaches should be considered to be simultaneously present in students’ learning.

In Chinese education, memorising is commonly used in primary and junior high school education where language teachers constantly ask the students to recite texts and test them on their recall of the content. Chinese students develop certain memorisation skills in their childhood as they are asked to memorise classical texts from ancient times. There is an old saying ‘Memorise 300 Tang poems and one can at least recite them if unable to compose a poem himself’ (熟读唐诗三百首,不会作诗也会吟). Large amounts of memorisation are encouraged in Chinese primary and secondary education, as it is perceived beneficial to creative writing in the end. Ask any Chinese learner who has memorised the multiplication tables, and they would say that the experience of learning them is like ‘singing a song’ (Tan 2011).

By adopting a practice-based approach, this paper disputes the oversimplification and extends existing knowledge of memorisation to investigate what doings, sayings and relatings (Schatzki (Schatzki 2019) are in memorization and how it becomes embodied through long-term repetitive practices (Dall’Alba and Barnacle 2007). Through a practice lens, this paper closely examines students’ memorization practices by focusing on what practices Chinese students use in their memorization, and how their existing repertoire of sociocultural and educational practices are entwined in this complex phenomenon.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Practice-based theories are prominent in educational literature, including in the area of learning in professional practice (Kemmis et al., 2012) and higher education (Keevers et al., 2014). This methodology focuses on a relational perspective (Haraway, 2008), emphasizing the relationships between people, and the material world which is continuously changing. Such an approach highlights the connectedness and entanglement of one’s past, present and future, “everything that has no existence apart from its relation to other things” (Langley & Tsoukas, 2010, p3). Practice-based studies comprise a diverse body of work that has developed explanations of social, cultural and material phenomena based on the notion of practices (Schatzki, 2019), which offers a good fit to study how Chinese students use memorization as a key learning strategy as it stresses the importance of context and culture.  

Particularly, drawing on Nicolini’s (2012) practice methodology, this study entails a practical package of theories and methods that are used to study students’ memorizing practice, which removes the distinction between theory and method developing a flexible approach that uses different but relevant theories and methods to address the complexity of memorization. By using the ‘zoom in’ practice and the ‘zoom out’ practice (Nicolini 2009), the study investigates how students use memorisation in their studies by choosing different angles of observation and interpretation without necessarily giving prominence to any.

Ethnographic methods were used to collect data over 18 months identifying the practices used by students and investigating how these practices relate to their learning experience. Ethics approval (HE14/079) was granted prior to the data collection. The five participating students were aged between 20 and 23 years of age, on student visas. None had experience studying outside of China prior to their enrolment in the commerce undergraduate degree.  They were shadowed by the researcher weekly. The data collection included participative observation, reflective group discussions, and formal semi-structured and informal interviews with the students and their teachers and faculty members. The interviews were undertaken in Mandarin to enable the students to think deeply and discuss freely in constructing their social worlds. The research project also entailed observations of the students in lectures, tutorials, Peer Assisted Study Sessions (PASS), Chinese Commerce Academic Development (CCAD) workshops, library studies and coffee shops.  The data was organised and analysed through consecutive stages: transcribing, translating the data, extracting and categorising key points, generating provisional themes, mapping clusters of practices and selecting data evidence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Memorizing is emergent to the students’ bodily repertoire learned through practices from childhood. This paper contests Plato’s ideas of resemblance and draws upon Deleuze’s concept of repetition (Deleuze 1994) to advocate that repetition is not simply a matter of the same thing occurring repeatedly, but their repetition of content aims to develop new understanding and generate new meanings.

This article also contributes by empirically investigating Chinese students’ memorisation as an embodied and routinised practice rather than mainly a cognitive process. I contend that Chinese students’ memorisation practices stem from their history, culture and tradition and they became embodied as habits; they have become a culturally ingrained learning process.  

Through a close examination of students’ doings, sayings and relatings in their memorizing practice (Schatzki 2019) and with the “zoom in” and “zoom out” practice lens, memorizing as an existing repertoire of sociocultural and educational practices practice in Chinese students’ learning becomes visible. Memorising, reflecting, summarising, and translating is part of cognitive learning strategies from a psychological perspective. However, via practice-based study, the core theme of this approach pays attention to ‘doing’ and moves away from the cognition of knowledge and instead emphasises the embodiment of practices. Students repetitively and routinely use these practices for a long time which thus makes them embodied knowing.

The detailed analysis of memorising practice through practice lenses enabled me to propose nuanced understandings of this phenomenon, extend the growing memorisation literature and present theoretical contributions. The contributions highlight the significance of the sociocultural influence on Chinese students’ learning practices and extend the existing research on the paradox.

References
Biggs, J. 1996. "Western Misperceptions of the Confucian-heritage Learning Culture."  In D. Watkins, J. Biggs, The Chinese Learner: Cultural, Psychological and Contextual Influences:45-68.
Clark, Rose, and S. N. Gieve. 2006. "On the Discursive Construction of ‘The Chinese Learner’."  Language, Culture and Curriculum 19 (1):54-73. doi: 10.1080/07908310608668754.
Deleuze, G. 1994. Difference and repetition. New York: NY: Columbia University Press.
Hu, Guangwei. 2002. "Potential Cultural Resistance to Pedagogical Imports: The Case of Communicative Language Teaching in China."  Language, Culture and Curriculum 15 (2):93-105. doi: 10.1080/07908310208666636.
Jiang, Xiaoli, and Richard Smith. 2009. "Chinese learners’ strategy use in historical perspective: A cross-generational interview-based study."  System 37 (2):286-299. doi: 10.1016/j.system.2008.11.005.
Li, Xiuping, and Joan Cutting. 2011. "Rote Learning in Chinese Culture: Reflecting Active Confucian-Based Memory Strategies." In Researching Chinese Learners: Skills, Perceptions and Intercultural Adaptations, edited by L. Jin and M. Cortazzi, 1-18. London: Palgrave Macmillan UK.
Mathias, J. , M. Bruce, and D.  Newton. 2013. " Challenging the Western Stereotype: do Chinese International Foundation Students Learn by Rote?"  Research in Post- Compulsory Education 18 (3):221-238.
McMahon, P. 2011. "Chinese Voices: Chinese Learners and Their Experiences of Living and Studying in the United Kingdom."  Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management 33 (4):401-414.
Murphy, D. . 1987. "Offshore education: A Hong Kong perspective." Australian Universities’ Review 30 (2):43-44.
Nicolini, D. 2009. "Zooming In and Out: Studying Practices by Switching Theoretical Lenses and Trailing Connections."  Organization Studies 30 (12):1391-1418.
Nicolini, D. 2012. Practice Theory, Work & Organization. Oxford: Oxford Univeristy Press.
Portera, Agostino. 2014. "Intercultural Competence in education, counselling and psychotherapy."  Intercultural education (London, England) 25 (2):157-174. doi: 10.1080/14675986.2014.894176.
Schatzki, T. 2019. Social Change in a Material World: How Activity and Material Processes Dynamize Practices, Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought. London: Taylor and Francis.
Tan, P. L. 2011. "Towards a Culturally Sensitive and Deeper Understanding of "Rote Learning" and Memorisation of Adult Learners."  Journal of Studies in International Education 15 (2):124-145. doi: 10.1177/1028315309357940.
Trigwell, K., M. Prosser, and F. Waterhouse. 1999. "Relations Between Teachers’ Approaches to Teaching and Students’ Approaches to Learning."  Higher Education 37:57–70.
Watkins, D., and J.  Biggs. 1996. The Chinese Learners: cultural, psychological and contextual Influences. Melbourne: Australian Council for Educational Research.
Xu, Jinqi. 2019. "A Practice-based Study of Chinese Students’ Learning – Putting Things Together."  Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice 16 (2):1-18.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm20 SES 03 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education II
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir
Joint Paper Session,NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information in 07 SES 03 D JS
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 03 A
Location: Adam Smith, 1115 [Floor 11]
Session Chair: Patrick Baughan
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

(Inter)-national mobility in Swiss Higher Education: Bilingual policies, multilingual students, and ‘Englishization’

Anna Becker

University of Fribourg, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Becker, Anna

Despite its multilingual society and four national languages, Switzerland has for the longest time offered tertiary education in French and German only. Historically, universities have existed in the German-speaking part since the 15thcentury and in the French-speaking part since the 16th century. Ticino, the only officially monolingual Italian-speaking canton, founded the Università della Svizzera Italiana (USI) in 1995. To this day, the USI only offers six study programs. This implies that Italian-speaking students are forced to choose among not to study at all, choose a study program out of the limited offer, move to Italy or to a different linguistic region in Switzerland to study in either French or German.

The university attracting most Italian-speaking students is the French- and German-bilingual University of Fribourg (UNIFR). According to UNIFR (UNIFR, 2022a), approximately 10% of its students are Italian-speaking, either from the canton of Ticino, the Italian-speaking part of Grisons, or Italy. Although Italian is the L1 of the third largest language group of speakers after French (39%) and German (36%) and is a national language, there are no official language policies or offers to support Italian at university. The university language policy explicitly states that

  1. French and German are the languages used in teaching and administration.
  2. The faculties may permit other languages of instruction.
  3. The University favors and promotes understanding between persons from different linguistic and cultural areas; in particular, it encourages bilingual studies in French and German. (University law, Art. 6)

Rather, the strict emphasis on the two official languages can be seen to reinforce ideological language choices and create exclusion not only for Italian-speaking but also for any international students who do not speak French or German.

The present study investigates the lived experiences of language and the resulting challenges of Italian-speaking and international students at UNIFR by asking:

  1. What are students’ language practices and perspectives on the university’s language policies?
  2. What challenges do they face when starting university in a different linguistic region and/or national context?
  3. To what extent does English contribute to or impede language and identity development?

The study aims at raising awareness of hegemonic practices through linguistic homogenization and monolingual language policies when multilingual diversity is the social and university’s reality. A special focus is put on the global phenomenon of ‘Englishization' in the context of higher education describing the spread and common use of English as a medium of instruction without any official status as a national language in the local linguascape (Lanvers, 2018), which has been attested to be the case also in Switzerland (Studer & Siddiqa, 2021). In fact, in their study on English in Swiss higher education, Studer and Siddiqa (2021) conclude that

"the Swiss pragmatic way lack[s] a comprehensive and overarching commitment to national languages and national multilingualism as an expression of the nation’s culture and identity. English…is not only used as a welcome and efficient tool for communication but may, locally, be elevated to rank side-by-side with national languages." (p. 137)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is embedded in a qualitative research design and draws on the ethnography of multilingualism (Heller, 2008). Recently, critical approaches have been adopted to investigate institutional power structures to which this study will contribute by analyzing the space in which students meet every day and create experiences that positively and/or negatively shape their lived experiences of language.

According to Heller (2008), multilingualism must be understood as a social practice in which languages and their speakers cannot be subsumed under one closed entity or neatly separated from each other, but rather one in which the speakers actively negotiate and reproduce themselves and the social order. The focus then expands from multilingual people and the improvement of their language skills to critically examining practices and their interwovenness within institutions and other historical or socio-political contexts. Ethnography of multilingualism investigates linguistic practices, language hierarchies, inclusion and exclusion mechanisms, and other power relations transmitted through language (Blackledge & Creese, 2010).

The participant observations and interviews were conducted from 2020-2022 in three BA classes as well as a Diploma of Advanced Study (DAS) program and included 14 students (4 BA and 10 DAS). Students gave their explicit consent to participate in the study and for me to disseminate the data in academic publications. All of the students except for one followed a French-German bilingual program.

The data are comprised of field notes, informal conversations, and semi-structured interviews. The interviews lasted approximately 90 minutes, were conducted in Italian, French, or German, audio recorded, and transcribed verbatim. The field notes and transcripts were analyzed in MaxQDA using a qualitative, ethnographic codebook (LeCompte & Schensul, 2013), resulting in the following themes, which will be presented in the following section:
• Challenges when starting university in non-L1 and/or international context
• Multilingual repertoires in mono-/bilingual instructional contexts
• Advantages and disadvantages of the Englishization at UNIFR

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Given Switzerland’s self-attributed identity as Willensnation [nation united by the will of the people], a nation not founded on one ethnicity or language compared to its neighboring countries, but on multiculturalism and multilingualism, including (at least) all three national languages seems to be the more equitable solution, as argued by this study. English, on the other hand, is included as lingua franca adopting a semi-official status through readings, classroom activities, presentations, and most obviously, language policy promoting its necessity in academic settings. As advertised on its website, “some study programs are even [offered] entirely in English” (UNIFR, 2022b). This corresponds with most of the participants’ perspectives on English, too. It is often uncritically recognized as the only acceptable academic language, which is "[legitimized]…through meritocratic rhetoric" (Carlucci, 2017, p. 134). Problematically, the uncritical adoption of English as an academic language not only obfuscates underlying power relations mobilized through language (Heller & Duchêne, 2012) but also contributes to the dispossession of individuals' L1 linguistic capital. That said, English proficiency in academia is beneficial; it improves intercultural communication, enables cooperation and research projects, and increases academic/professional opportunities globally. Van Parijs (2021, p. 355) sharply asks, “is the Englishization of Europe’s higher education a problem?”
This contribution has argued that it would only be a problem if English were to hegemonize the local linguistic landscape and impede identity and language development in students' L1s and Switzerland's local languages. Establishing English as an additional language while being critical of underlying power relations, language hierarchies, and commodification processes of languages but also higher education more generally, can be a resource for students and faculty members. As Van Parijs (2021, p. 366) summarized it, multilingual local or international students can be “go-betweens,…bridge builders between the irreversibly internationalized and Englishized academic community and our stubbornly distinctive local communities.”

References
Blackledge, A. & Creese, A. (2010). Multilingualism: A critical perspective. Continuum.

Carlucci, A. (2017). Language, education and European unification: Perceptions and reality of global English in Italy. In N. Pizzolato & J. D. Holst (Eds.), Antonio Gramsci: A pedagogy to change the world (pp. 127-148). Springer.

Heller, M. (2008). Doing ethnography. In L. Wei & M. G. Moyer (Eds.), The Blackwell guide to research methods in bilingualism and multilingualism (pp. 249-262). Blackwell.

Heller, M. & Duchêne, A. (2012). Pride and Profit: Changing Discourses of Language, Capital and Nation-State. In A. Duchêne & M. Heller (Eds.), Language in Late Capitalism: Pride and Profit (pp. 1-21). Routledge.

Lanvers, U. (2018). Public debates of the Englishization of education in Germany: A critical discourse analysis. European Journal of Language Policy 10(1), 37-75.

LeCompte, M. & Schensul, J. J. (2013). Analysis & interpretation of ethnographic data: A mixed methods approach. Altamira Press.

Studer, P. & Siddiqa, A. (2021). English in Swiss higher education: The pragmatic way. In R. Wilkinson & R. Gabriëls (Eds.), The Englishization of higher education in Europe (pp. 121-141). Amsterdam University Press.

University of Fribourg (UNIFR) (2022a). Zahlen & Statistiken. Retrieved on 7 August, 2022, from https://www.unifr.ch/uni/de/portrait/statistiken.html
University of Fribourg (UNIFR) (2022b). Studiensprachen. Retrieved on 7 August, 2022, from https://www.unifr.ch/studies/de/studienorganisation/studienbeginn/studiensprachen.html

Van Parijs, P. (2021). Englishization as trap and lifeline. In R. Wilkinson & R. Gabriëls (Eds.), The Englishization of higher education in Europe (pp. 355-368). Amsterdam University Press.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

What Does the Wide Use of Education Agents Mean? The Doxa of Chinese International Students’ University Application Experiences

Ying Yang

The University of Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Yang, Ying

Education agents are organisations and/or individuals who provide a range of services in exchange for a fee from their service users, including overseas higher education institutions and/or students who will study or are studying abroad (Nikula & Kivistö, 2018; Krasocki, 2002). In the marketized international higher education sector, education agents appear to play an increasingly important role in the fierce international student recruitment campaign (BUILA, 2021). Accordingly, there are an increasing number of studies on education agents such as the role of education agents in international students’ decision-making (Feng & Horta, 2021; Robinson-Pant & Magyar, 2018; Hagedorn & Zhang, 2011) and the relationship between agents and overseas universities (Nikula, 2022; Huang et al., 2020). However, there remains a significant gap in our knowledge of the underlying meaning of the wide use of education agents to international students, universities, policymakers, and other stakeholders. Therefore, this article aims to understand the meaning of using education agents widely by exploring the collective beliefs and practices of prospective Chinese international students who used an education agent (Chinese agent-user applicants) over the course of their application for UK postgraduate taught (PGT) programmes. This article draws on longitudinal semi-structured interviews with 10 Chinese agent-user applicants from November 2020 to June 2021 and uses Bourdieu’s concept of doxa to analyse the data. Doxa refers to the collective beliefs, opinions, assumptions, and norms about the appropriate practices that everyone in the field is conscious of yet does not question (Bourdieu, 1977). In Bourdieu’s terms, doxa is a form of recognition of legitimacy through the ‘misrecognition of arbitrariness’ (1977, p. 168). That is, part of the rules that do not serve to usefully function within the field, are misrecognised as common sense of the field (Williams & Choudry, 2016). In this study, my initial analysis suggests that the practice of using an education agent becomes many Chinese agent-user applicants’ ‘pre-reflexive intuitive knowledge’ ​​(Deer, 2008, p.120), When forming their intention to study abroad, many Chinese students tend to glean related information through different channels including education agents, recommendations from families and alumni, social media, university websites, online forum/academic community, specific mobile applications, and online search engines. These channels all routed them towards using an education agent (Yang, 2021). Their routine practices thus led me to employ Bourdieu’s concept of doxa to explore what Chinese agent-user applicants learned and did in the application process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This article emanated from a project (Yang et al., 2023) exploring Chinese international students’ application experiences to UK PGT programmes via education agents. The project used a longitudinal interpretative phenomenological analysis approach (Smith et al., 2009), to understand Chinese international students’ application experiences with education agents, the meaning of the experiences to individual students, and to explore how the individuals make sense of these experiences.

The criteria for participation are that the participants need: 1. to be Chinese students who pursued their undergraduate programme in China or other countries and applied to UK PGT programme(s) commencing in September 2021; 2. to have used or be currently using or considering using an agent (including any-scale agent or any business-model agent). Ultimately, the purposive sample of ten participants was generated.

I conducted four rounds of semi-structured interviews, corresponding to the four key stages of application suggested in the findings of an earlier study (Yang et al., 2020), with each participant in Chinese online and recorded them, as outlined in table 2. Each interview took around 2 hours. Overall, there are 40 interviews and around 80 hours. The first interview questions focused on education background, socio-economic background, motivation for studying abroad, choice of countries, agents, and programmes, time, expectations of education agents, agents’ services and so on. The follow-up interview questions were unstructured and based on participants’ ongoing application process and were tailored to individuals.

The project used six-step IPA data analysis (Smith et al., 2009). I firstly read through each transcript whilst listening to recordings and watching videos, along with making notes and comments. The transcripts were then further annotated in the subsequent readings before developing emergent themes by uploading transcripts into NVivo, creating nodes based on the earlier notes and comments, as well as merging or segregating the initial nodes. Subsequently, I identified differences, similarities and connections across the four interviews of the case. Based on the analysis for the project (Yang et al., 2023), I took the above two research questions and went back to the transcripts again, teased out each participant’s quotes associated with taken-for-granted assumptions/beliefs/practices for further analysis, and then developed three themes discussed further in the following section. Finally, I conducted member checking to confirm the meanings of data are consistent with participants’ interpretations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings suggest that education agents are collectively regarded as having their established routine procedure of application, which serves to formulate Chinese students’ “successful” application trajectory that succeeds the position of prior applicants over time. Shui courses, “watered-down” courses, analogous to “Easy A courses” in American slang, in the minds of my participants, clearly represent courses having little to do with interests or expertise but more with obtaining satisfying grades without much effort (Chen, 2018). Chinese agent-user applicants take it for granted that they should choose an education agent, and boost scores by (re)taking Shui courses with their agents’ guidance. In parallel, UK universities are collectively perceived to open some Shui programmes at the PGT level. Those are PGT courses that are less competitive but provided by high-ranked universities. In the application game, many Chinese applicants are ineligible for some programmes at top-ranked universities in the UK (basically referring to the universities ranked top 100 on QS rankings) due to the relatively low ranking of their undergraduate universities. Notwithstanding, getting into prestigious UK universities is still possible with the help of an agent by applying for overseas Shui programmes. Those are PGT courses that are less competitive but provided by high-ranked universities. This article implies that education agents who play as a symbolic dominant in the application game to overseas programmes, ostensibly work for Chinese agent-user applicants to facilitate their applications and advance their position in the game, but in fact, serve to consolidate the hierarchies of UK universities by stimulating application numbers through doxa.
References
Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

BUILA (2021). A route to a UK Quality Framework with Education Agents. https://www.ukcisa.org.uk/uploads/files/1/Policy%20and%20lobbying/BUILA%20UKCISA%20Research%20Report%20FINAL.pdf  

Chen, G.D. (2018). Manage “Shui ke”, Construct “Golden classes” (治理 “水课” 打造 “金课”). China University Teaching, 9(23), 1005-0450. https://www.cnki.com.cn/Article/CJFDTotal-JXCY201809008.htm

Feng, S., & Horta, H. (2021). Brokers of international student mobility: The roles and processes of education agents in China. European Journal of Education, 56(2), 248-264.

Hagedorn, L.S. & Zhang, L.Y. (2011). The use of agents in recruiting Chinese undergraduates. Journal of Studies in International Education, 15 (2), 186-202.

Huang, I. Y., Williamson, D., Lynch-Wood, G., Raimo, V., Rayner, C., Addington, L., & West, E. (2020). Governance of agents in the recruitment of international students: a typology of contractual management approaches in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 1-21.

Krasocki, J. (2002). Education UK: Developing the UK’s International Agent Network. Promotions and Partnerships (ECS). London: The British Council.

Nikula, P. T. (2022). Education agent standards in Australia and New Zealand–government’s role in agent-based international student recruitment. Studies in Higher Education, 47(4), 831-846.

Nikula, P. T. & Kivistö, J. (2018). Hiring Education Agents for International Student Recruitment: Perspectives from Agency Theory. Higher Education Policy, 31(4), 535–557.  https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-017-0070-8

Robinson-Pant, A. & Magyar, A. (2018). The recruitment agent in internationalized higher education: Commercial broker and cultural Mediator. Journal of Studies in International Education, 22(3), 225-241.

Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. Los Angeles, CA: SAGE.

Williams, J., & Choudry, S. (2016). Mathematics capital in the educational field: Bourdieu and beyond. Research in Mathematics Education, 18(1), 3-21.

Yang, Y., Lomer, S., Mittelmeier, J. & Lim, M.A. (In press, expected 2023). Giving voice to Chinese international students using interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA): the application experiences to UK universities via education agents in uncertain times. In P. Nikula, I. Y. Huang, V. Raimo & E. West (Eds.). Student Recruitment Agents in International Higher Education: A Multi-Stakeholder Perspective on Challenges and Best Practices, Internationalization in Higher Education book series. Routledge.  

Yang, Y., Mittelmeier, J., Lim, M.A. and Lomer, S. (2020). Chinese international student recruitment during the COVID-19 crisis: education agents' practices and reflections. HERE@Manchester. https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/en/publications/chinese-international-student-recruitment-during-the-covid19-crisis(be489a37-107c-480e-82c4-4583bc3dfeeb).html


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Post-Brexit International Student Mobilities: An Analysis of the UK’s Turing Scheme

Rachel Brooks1, Johanna Waters2

1University of Surrey, United Kingdom; 2UCL

Presenting Author: Brooks, Rachel

For over 35 years, many thousands of young people have experienced outward mobility as part of their UK university undergraduate degree programmes. Since 1987, UK-based students have had the opportunity to take part in an educational mobility initiative known as the Erasmus programme. The UK was involved in this programme from its inception, along with 10 other countries; it has subsequently enabled students’ short term international educational mobility, providing students with a grant and waiving tuition fees for study in another member country. In addition, the UK has accepted thousands of students to study, annually, as part of the exchange agreements built into this programme. Erasmus+ has become a central feature of UK universities’ increasingly popular ‘study abroad’ initiatives.

From 2022, however, UK students are no longer to participate in this scheme, just as students in other European countries are unable to attend UK universities under Erasmus+. Replacing this programme, as part of the development of what the government has called ‘Global Britain’, is the Turing Scheme. To date, there has been virtually no academic analysis of the implications of this change. This paper constitutes an early examination of these implications by focussing on the messages conveyed about the scheme – to current and prospective students – by higher education institutions.

The Turing Scheme clearly sits within a broader landscape of short-term international mobility. Moving abroad to undertake so-called ‘credit mobility’ has become increasingly popular, and encouraged by HEIs, governments and even, in the case of Europe, by regional bodies. Although such mobility has typically been arranged through study exchanges, where students move to another country for an entire semester or year and follow degree-level courses in the host institution, over the past decade it has broadened to include international work placements (Cranston et al., 2020); faculty-led programmes (Tran et al., 2021); and the emergence of ‘gap year’-like programmes, where there is little attempt to ‘match’ academic content of courses between institutions (Courtois, 2018). As a consequence of this diversification of opportunities, the time spent abroad has also, often, been reduced.

Analyses of the purposes and impact of short-term student mobility have focussed heavily on employment and perceived employability, potentially appealing to less privileged students (Deakin, 2014). Indeed, in their study of international work placements offered to students in UK higher education, Cranston et al. (2020) show how, despite an emphasis on fun and personal development, their participants understood their experience primarily in terms of securing an experience that would allow them to ‘stand out’ from others within a congested graduate labour market. Such placements were seen as an effective means of demonstrating ‘an individual’s employability, but also their “global mindset” and ability to work in different national contexts’ (p.141). Research on the perspectives of universities has also, in some cases, evidenced a strong focus on employability (Tran et al., 2021), sometimes to the near exclusion of academic learning (Sidhu and Dell’Alba, 2017). However, Miller-Idriss and colleagues (2019) demonstrate how, in the US at least, messages about the purpose of study abroad propagated by HEIs tend to focus not on employability, but on having fun, maturing, and developing and transforming personally. In this way, they contend, these messages closely align with expectations of elite US higher education more generally – and may serve to exclude historically marginalised students who often view higher education in more instrumental terms. Such messages also tend to also position host countries in very limited ways – and primarily as places for US students’ ‘consumption, entertainment, and personal edification’ (p.1104). These images may serve to discourage less privileged students from considering short term study abroad opportunities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We draw on a content analysis of the websites of UK HEIs to examine what messages are being conveyed externally about the Turing Scheme – because webpages constitute a key means of communication between HEIs and their student communities (as well as with the public more generally).

In total, we analysed for content the relevant pages of 100 HEIs . The institutions were chosen randomly, out of a list of all 165 UK HEIs produced by the Higher Education Statistics Agency. Our sample was sufficiently large to include institutions of differing ages and statuses; it was also diverse geographically, including institutions in all four home nations of the UK. For each HEI, we analysed the webpages devoted to ‘international opportunities’/study abroad for outgoing students (i.e. individuals who were already students at the HEI).  The number and length of such pages differed considerably between institutions – with some having only one page devoted to this topic, while others had a large number of pages, providing a very significant amount of information. We completed a grid for each institution, recording what was said, if anything, about the following:

• How international opportunities are presented to students;
• The geographical spread of opportunities;
• The type of opportunities available;
• The Turing Scheme, specifically;
• The availability of opportunities to students who are traditionally under-represented in higher education and/or within international student mobility.

Our analysis focussed primarily on text rather than the layout or visual representation as we were interested in what universities communicated via words, although we sometimes noted the visual representation of text when it was particularly striking. We also searched each HEI’s website for any mention of the Turing Scheme that was outside of the international opportunities pages, noting, for example, where HEIs had provided in a news item information about the amount of funding they had been awarded under the scheme. (This was evident in only 11 of the 100 cases.) Finally, where various third parties were mentioned (see discussion below), we examined their websites, too. We now turn to consider our findings in the light of the discussion above, focussing on geopolitical positioning through ‘Global Britain’, the perceived importance of socio-economic diversification through ‘widening participation’, and the underexplored role played by third parties in the provision and administration of the Turing Scheme (and study abroad more broadly).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our website analysis provides an early indication of how HEIs are responding to the Turing Scheme and how their activities map on to the scheme’s key objectives.

First, with respect to the objective of promoting ‘Global Britain’, we show how the language used by HEIs reflects this discourse. However, we also argue that opportunities for mobility remain significantly geographically circumscribed – with a strong focus on the US and other Anglophone nations of the Global North as well as, interestingly, ‘older’ relationships within mainland Europe. ‘Global’ is also understood in largely individualistic terms, with an emphasis on the benefits to individuals rather than wider communities, nations or ‘global society’.

Second, despite the clear governmental emphasis on increasing the participation of disadvantaged groups, this objective was reflected much less obviously in the HEI websites. While practice within institutions may be different, the targeting of disadvantaged groups was not presented as a key aspect of the scheme on websites, while the enhanced Turing grants available to disadvantaged groups were mentioned only rarely. This may constitute a lost opportunity to market the scheme to traditionally non-internationally mobile groups.

Third, we also contend that the Turing Scheme appears to be extending ‘migration infrastructures’ (Xiang and Lindquist, 2014) by increasing the number of ‘third parties’ involved in short-term mobility programmes (e.g. non-profit organisations providing volunteering and study abroad opportunities). While they may increase opportunities for students who are able to spend only a short time abroad (such as those with caring or work commitments), the lack of academic content and oversight from the host HEI suggests that these experiences may be of a lesser quality. Moreover, the shorter duration of many trips may prove insufficient to develop the skills central to the Turing Scheme’s objectives – let alone a broader understanding of other cultures.

References
Baas, M. (2019) The education-migration industry: international students, migration policy and the question of skills, International Migration, 57(3), 222-234.

Beech, S. (2018) Adapting to change in the higher education system: international student mobility as a migration industry, Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 44, 610-635.

Cardwell, P. (2021) Erasmus and the Turing Scheme: A metaphor for Brexit?, The Parliament Magazine.

Courtois, A. (2018) ‘It doesn’t really matter which university you attend or which subject you study while abroad.’ The massification of student mobility programmes and its implications for equality in higher education, European Journal of Higher Education, 8(1), 99-114.  

Cranston, S., Pimlott-Wilson, H. and Bates, A. (2020) International work placements and hierarchies of distinction, Geoforum, 108, 139-147.

Deakin, H. (2014) The drivers to Erasmus work placement mobility for UK students, Children's Geographies, 12(1), 25-39.

Findlay, A. (2010) An assessment of supply and demand-side theorizations of international student mobility, International Migration, 49(2), 162-190.

James, C. (2021) From Erasmus to Turing: What Now for Study Mobility between the UK and the EU? Damage Limitation and New Opportunities, Pecs Journal of International and European Law, 2021, 1, 9-22.

Lewin-Jones, J. (2019) Discourses of ‘internationalisation’: a multimodal critical discourse analysis of university marketing webpages, Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 24, 2-3, 208-230.

Lipura, S. and Collins, F. (2020) Towards an integrative understanding of contemporary educational mobilities, Globalisation, Societies and Education, 18(3), 343-359.

Miller-Idriss, C., Friedman, J. and Auerbach, J. (2019) Jumping, horizon gazing, and arms wide: marketing imagery and the meaning of study abroad in the USA, Higher Education, 78, 1091-1107.

Resitaino, M., Vitale, M. and Primerano, I. (2020) Analysing international student mobility flows in higher education: a comparative study on European countries, Social Indicators Research, 149(3), 947-965.

Schnepf, S. and Colagrossi, M. (2020) Is unequal uptake of Erasmus mobility really only due to students’ choices? The role of selection into universities and fields of study, Journal of European Social Policy, 30(4), 436-451.

Sidhu, R. and Dall’Alba, G. (2017) ‘A strategy of distinction’ unfolds: unsettling the undergraduate outbound mobility experience, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(4), 468-484.

Van Mol, C. (2014). Intra-European Student Mobility in International Higher Education Circuits. Europe on the Move, Basingstoke, Palgrave.

Waters, J. and Brooks, R. (2021) Student Migrants and Contemporary Educational Mobilities London, Palgrave.

Xiang, B. and Lindquist, J. (2014) Migration infrastructure, International Migration Review, 48, S122-S148.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 03 B
Location: Adam Smith, LT 915 [Floor 9]
Session Chair: Bernhard Ertl
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Work-placements in Higher Education: How do Mature Students Experience them?

Gisela Oliveira

De Montfort University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Oliveira, Gisela

In a recent research report that investigated the offering of work experience and placements in higher education institutions in the UK, it became clear that the last decade has seen a diversification of types of work experience options offered to students, and an expansion throughout the sector (Atfield et al., 2021). In the particular field of education, workplace experience is now an integral element of many degrees, both in the UK and beyond (Holman and Richardson, 2020).

This expansion and focus on creating opportunities for students to take a short-term placement, a full year sandwich placement or a simulated placement experience (Atfield et al., 2021) follows the longstanding narrative in employability related literature of the widespread benefits of placements (inter alia, Dalrymple et al., 2021). Indeed, literature has highlighted benefits in the development of generic skills and personal attributes (Wilton, 2012), transferable skills (Jackson, 2016), and the better access to work communities, their tools (Stanley, 2013), language and culture (Gracia, 2010). Literature has also suggested that placement experiences allow students to improved academic results (Kettis et al., 2013) and explore career choices (Mello et al., 2021). Overall, research seems almost unanimous in the positive impact that placements will have for undergraduates’ studies and future transition into work.

However, one limitation in the literature just presented is the focus on undergraduates that are using placements as their first experience in the world of work. Such limitation has also been highlighted by Lavender (2020) in relation to employability definitions, and the overall focus on a skills-centered approach which is also visible in the literature on the benefits of placements (e.g., Wilton, 2012; Jackson, 2016).

The clear issue in this argument is that mature students, defined by the Office for Students (2018, p.1) as “those aged 21 or over at the time of starting their course”, often enter higher education with previous professional experience, and therefore might not require or benefit from an introduction to a workplace. For example, in a recent study with Australian undergraduates, Jackson and Tomlinson (2022) reported that mature students felt they had better career networks than other students. These findings highlight the international scope of the issue and seem to reinforce the argument that placements and overall work experiences might have a different value for mature students.

Embedded into a wider study on second year students’ experiences of a short-term placement within an Education Studies BA in the UK, questions on the impact to mature students soon emerged. Although the following research questions directed the wider research project, this presentation will share the findings from research question 1, with a specific focus on mature students.

  1. How do students experience the transition between university and the workplace in their short-term placements?
    1. What are the perceived benefits and challenges experienced by the students in the transition between university and the workplace, in short-term work-placements?
    2. How do students contextualize their placement experiences regarding notions of employability?
    3. To what extent do students develop a professional identity in their short-term placements?
    4. To what extent do students frame their placements as mediational transitions (i.e. “as if” experiences)?
    5. What are students’ experiences of the placement module as a mediator in the transition between university and a workplace?
      1. To what extent do the module’s activities support or constraint students’ transitions between university and the workplace?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation is based on an instrumental case study (Stake, 1995) involving students attending an optional, second-year placement module in the BA Education Studies, in a UK University, during the academic year of 2021/22.
As the module started, there were 51 students enrolled, but only 36 (71%) agreed to participate in the study. Of these, 31 were female students (89%) and 4 were male (11%). It is also relevant to note that there were 6 participants (17%) that were considered mature students. The 36 participants were in a variety of placement settings, from schools to charities, engaging in a range of formal to informal educational practices. Still, the majority of students did have a placement in either a primary or secondary school.
The data set for the study includes a mix of workshop activities completed in class (e.g., mind-maps, lists, drawings), voluntary writing tasks completed by the students in their own time, placement logs of hours worked and tasks completed, a reflective report, and semi-structured interviews. The data set per student reflects their overall engagement with the module and the activities proposed both in class and in the placement, and it is therefore varied. For example, Nadia’s data set included workshop activities, written tasks, placement logs, a reflective report and an interview, while Henry’s data set was much more reduced, including only a few workshop activities, since he did not complete the module.  
Regarding the semi-structured interviews, all students were invited to take part (N=36), but only 7 students (19%) replied to the invite and were interviewed during the Summer after the module was completed. Overall, the interviews lasted around 30 minutes and, for students’ convenience were conducted online, via MS Teams.
In total, the study includes 355 data items; 7 semi-structured interviews, 18 written tasks, 34 placement logs, 35 reflective reports, and 261 workshop activities.
Interview data was fully transcribed and similarly to the other data items, data is now being coded and analyzed thematically (Braun and Clarke, 2006). The thematic analysis is following the recursive process proposed by Braun and Clarke (2022), which has been useful to manage both the textual and visual data produced by the students.
Finally, the study followed BERA’s (2018) guidelines and was approved by the FREC committee at De Montfort University.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presentation aims to discuss the experiences of mature students on a short-term placement module called Preparing for Professional Practice. Early in the delivery of the module, it was clear that mature students had a specific outlook on the module, a different approach to the placement and, for one particular student, the sentiment of not seeing their experiences reflected in the wider “employability” agenda and literature. Therefore, the presentation draws on the insights provided by these students to question current narratives around the value and benefits of work placement experiences and explore their suitability to the specific context of mature students.
Framing this topic within a landscape of the promotion of widening participation and lifelong learning, it seems pertinent to address the experiences of mature students with short-term placements and explore their potential impact beyond the context of this particular module, of education as a subject, and of the UK as the context. The nature of discussion will be exploratory in the sense that it aims to raise new questions and explore new avenues for research.    

References
Atfield, G.; Hunt, W. and Luchinskaya, D. (2021). Employability programmes and work placements in higher education: a review of published evidence on employability programmes and work placements in UK higher education. Department for Education.
Carter, J. (2021) Work placements, Internships & Applied Social Research. London: SAGE Publications Ltd.
Dalrymple, R., Macrae, A., Pal, M. and Shipman, S. (2021) Employability: a review of the literature 2016-2021. London: Higher Education Academy.
Gracia, L. (2010) ‘Accounting Students' Expectations and Transition Experiences of Supervised Work Experience’, Accounting Education, 19, pp. 51- 64.

Holman, K.  and Richardson, T. (2020) ‘Perceptions of placement experiences of Early Childhood Studies students: the fluency of knowledge and skills’, Journal of Further and Higher Education, DOI: 10.1080/0309877X.2020.1762170.
Jackson, D, (2016) ‘Modelling graduate skill transfer from university to the workplace’, Journal of Education and Work, 29 (2): 199-231.
Jackson, D. and Tomlinson, M. (2022) ‘The relative importance of work experience, extra-curricular and university-based activities on student employability’, Higher Education Research & Development, 41(4), pp. 1119-1135, DOI: 10.1080/07294360.2021.1901663
Kettis, Å., Ring, L., Gustavsson, M. and Wallman, A. (2013) ‘Placements: an underused vehicle for quality enhancement in higher education?’, Quality in Higher Education, 19, pp. 28-40.
Lavender, K. (2020) ‘Mature students’ experiences of undertaking higher
education in English vocational institutions: employability and academic capital’, International
Journal of Training Research, 18(2), pp. 141-154, DOI: 10.1080/14480220.2020.1830836.
Mello, L, Varga‐Atkins, T and Edwards, S (2021) ‘A structured reflective process supports student awareness of employability skills development in a science placement module’, FEBS Open Bio, 11 (6), pp. 1524-1536.
Office for Students (2018) Mature and part-time students. Report by the Office for Students, pp. 1–11 https://www.officeforstudents.org.uk/media/3da8f27a-333f-49e7-acb3-841feda54135/topic-briefing_mature-students.pdf
Stake R. (1995) The art of case study research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Stanley, T. (2013) ‘Bridging the Gap between Tertiary Education and Work: Situated Learning in Accountancy’, Issues in Accounting Education, 28, pp. 779-799.
Wilton, N. (2012). ‘The impact of work placements on skills development and career outcomes for business and management graduates’, Studies in Higher Education, 37(5), pp. 603-620.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Information Deficits at Study Entry as an Indicator for Career Maturity

Divan Mouton, Bernhard Ertl

Universität der Bundeswehr München, Germany

Presenting Author: Ertl, Bernhard

Planning one’s own career is one of the major decisions in life and deciding for a study subject narrows the options for future professions dramatically. While some students have clear career prospects already during high school, others are quite uncertain and rather tend to explore possible pathways. However, Gottfredson (2005) describes that students quickly realize that it is not possible, nor necessary, to explore a broad range of career choices. According to her theory, most occupational aspirations are effortlessly eliminated as unacceptable options while a small set of preferred occupations are carefully weighed but, eventually, all but one will be abandoned. The decision to end the search for alternatives and begin focusing on the establishment of a career is a sign of career maturity according to Super’s (1963) career development theory. Students who do not bring their career exploration to a timely end, particularly during university, are more likely to show a lower commitment to their academic careers and a higher likelihood of dropping out (Perry, Cabrera & Vogt, 1999).

The phenomenon of unsuccessful career exploration is reflected by the substantial number of university students who claim to have false study expectations as a major reason for their decision to end their studies, along with other major reasons such as a lack of study interest and a desire for doing practical work (Heublein et al., 2010; Heublein et al., 2017; Mouton, Zhang & Ertl, 2020). This phenomenon is cited by Klein and Stocké (2016) as indirect evidence of information deficits at the beginning of studies amongst German students. Information deficits have been recognized as a factor that leads to early dropout in the higher education for more than two decades (Schindler, 1997). From a broader European perspective, policy makers have recognized the importance of supporting young adolescents’ career exploration by providing career guidance interventions for students at-risk of dropping out, for example in Ireland and other Scandinavian countries (OECD/European Communities, 2004, p. 18).

However, the findings concerning information deficit’s effects on study outcomes are inconsistent (Klein & Stocké, 2016). Here it should be noted that “information deficit” is used interchangeably with “level of informedness” (Heine et al., 2010; Heublein et al., 2017; Bluthmann, Thiel & Wolfgramm, 2011). Amongst the few studies that investigated informedness, Heublein et al (2010) found no clear differences between the percentage of poorly informed dropouts as compared to graduates who were poorly informed. Conversely, Blüthmann et al. (2011) presented a structural equation model with multiple significant but indirect pathways between informedness and the intention to dropout, such as study conditions, individual study difficulties and interest in their study choice.

To better understand information deficits after the start of university, this study seeks to develop a new operationalization for this construct by grouping students based on their level of informedness and evaluate this operationalization through the career maturity perspective (Super, 1963). This study also aims to find construct validity for informedness groups as an indicator for information deficit. Finally, this study aims to investigate the differences in the level of informedness amongst various study fields and gender.

To address this, our study aims at investigating various theoretically-derived indicators of information deficit and informedness to assist in producing a construct validity for the newly generated informedness groups. This will then be analyzed in through the lens of career maturity. Two research questions will provide context for our analysis of the informedness groups.

Research question 1: How far can the measure of informedness groups be validated by theoretically-derived indicators of information deficit?

Research question 2: Are there differences between genders and study subjects’ areas on their levels of informedness?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample of 12143 German university starters from the National Educational Panel Study (NEPS; SC5:14.0.0; see Blossfeld et al., 2011) consisted of 62.4% females, with a mean age of 28.2 years (SD = 4.9 years).

Generating Informedness Groups.
The Useful Information Sources Questionnaire (USIQ; Heine et al., 2010), administered approximately one year after the start of studies (in wave 2), consists of 15 information sources. Each source was premised with the question “How helpful was the information you received from the people/media/institution listed below for your study decision and planning?” and scored on a scale of 1 (“not helpful at all”) to 4 (“very helpful”), as well as missing response labelled “not used/not offered”. Students are assigned to informedness groups based on their highest ranked usefulness on any USIQ information source, i.e. at least one “very helpful” source means they are including in the Well-Informed group (76.4%), at least one source “rather helpful” in the Fairly-Informed group (22.8%), while all others were assigned to the Poorly-Informed group (.9%).

False Study Expectation.
The Reason for Dropout Questionnaire (Heublein et al., 2010) is rated on a six-point Likert scale ranging from 1 “plays no role at all” to 6 “plays a very important role”. The focus of this study is on the false study expectation item as a reason for dropout.

Intention for Dropout.
Intention for Dropout questionnaire is measured by five items (Cronbach’s = .85) from (Trautwein et al., 2007). All items are rated on a four-point Likert scale, ranging from 1 “does not apply at all” to 4 “applies completely”, based on how strongly students have the intention to dropout such as “I have often thought about quitting my studies”.

Study Outcome: Failed vs. Successfully finished.
Study episodes, containing information where initial studies were either successfully finished or failed, are used to evaluate study outcomes. Several study episodes without a defined status were considered as panel attrition and not included in the analyses. Similarly, a small number of students (<1%) articulated that they abandoned their studies and were therefore not included in the analyses. If more than one study episode started at study entry, a student was considered as successfully finished if any of the episodes were finished successfully.

Analysis
False Study Expectation and Intention for Dropout are analyzed using one-way analyses of variance, while Study Outcome is reported using a chi square analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper began with the aim to investigate the information deficit phenomenon at study entry (Klein & Stocké, 2016) as an indicator for a possible lack of career maturity amongst university starters. This study repurposed the USIQ (Heine et al., 2010) to operationalize information deficits by constructing groups to rank students’ level of informedness.

Three distinct yet proportionally lobe-sided groups were constructed. The Well-Informed group represent the majority to the sample. Amongst the two lesser informed groups, more than a fifth of the sample were Fairly Informed, while less than one percent of the students were Poorly Informed.

In RQ1, a network of theoretically relevant indicators of information deficits available within NEPS, were used to ascertain whether the informedness groups had predictive construct validity. This study found that students who do not find any source of information they used as optimally useful (i.e. Poorly and Fairly Informed groups) both showed significantly poorer trends on important indicators of information deficit, as compared to their better-informed counterparts (i.e. Well-Informed group). In relation to RQ2, informedness groups presented no significant differences between genders, while the Economics and Engineering study fields were significantly less associated with the Fairly Informed group.

This gain in knowledge from the informedness groups could come from two artefacts of the construction method: (1) The differentiation of those who are comprehensively informed and those who are sub-optimally informed; (2) The disaggregation of informedness into a list of types of information sources used, which prompts students to refine their reflection about their level of informedness from various sources as opposed to informedness about different aspects of their studies.

The construction of these groups allows for the possibility to further the study of levels of informedness, and by extension information deficits, in relation to applicable models (see Marciniak et al., 2020).

References
Blüthmann, I., Thiel, F., & Wolfgramm, C. (2011). Abbruchtendenzen in den Bachelorstudiengängen. Individuelle Schwierigkeiten oder mangelhafte Studienbedingungen? Journal Für Wissenschaft Und Bildung, 20(1), 110–126.
Gottfredson, L. S. (2005). Applying Gottfredson’s theory of circumscription and compromise in career guidance and counseling. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Eds.), Career Development and Counseling. Putting Theory and Research to Work (pp. 71–100). John Wiley & Sons.
Heine, C., Willich, J., & Schneider, H. (2010). Informationsverhalten und Entscheidungsfindung bei der Studien- und Berufswahl: Studienberechtigte 2008 ein halbes Jahr vor dem Erwerb der Hochschulreife. Hochschule-Informations-System: Forum Hochschule. (1).
Heublein, U., Hutzsch, C., Schreiber, J., Sommer, D., & Besuch, G. (2010). Ursachen des Studienabbruchs in Bachelor- und in herkömmlichen Studiengängen: Ergebnisse einer bundesweiten Befragung von Exmatrikulierten des Studienjahres 2007/08. Hochschule-Informations-System: Forum Hochschule. (2).
Klein, D., & Stocké, V. (2016). Studienabbruchquoten als Evaluationskriterium und Steuerungsinstrument der Qualitatssicherung im Hochschulbereich. In D. Großmann & T. Wolbring (Eds.), Evaluation von Studium und Lehre (pp. 323–366). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Marciniak, J., Johnston, C. S., Steiner, R. S., & Hirschi, A. (2020). Career preparedness among adolescents: A review of key components and directions for future research. Journal of Career Development, 089484532094395. doi.org/10.1177/0894845320943951
OECD/European Communities (2004). Career guidance: A handbook for policy makers. Paris, France: OECD Publications.
Perry, S. R., Cabrera, A. F., & Vogt, W. P. (1999). Career maturity and college student persistence. Journal of College Student Retention: Research, Theory &Practice, 1(1), 41–58. https://doi.org/10.2190/13EA-M98P-RCJX-EX8X
Schindler, G. (1997). "Frühe" und "späte" Studienabbrecher. Bayerisches Staatsinstitut Für Hochschulforschung Und Hochschulplanung.
Super, D. E. (1963). Vocational development in adolescence and early adulthood: Tasks and behaviors. Career development: Self-concept theory, 79-95.
Trautwein, U., Jonkmann, K., Gresch, C., Lüdtke, O., Neumann, M., Klusmann, U., & Baumert, J. (2007). Transformation des Sekundarschulsystems und akademische Karrieren (TOSCA).: Dokumentation der eingesetzten Items und Skalen, Welle 3. Unpublished manuscript, Berlin, Germany.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 03 C
Location: Adam Smith, 717 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Ana Luísa Rodrigues
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Early Career Researchers and their Career Prospects

Corinna Geppert, Florian Reisky, Attila Pausits

University f. Continuing Education Krems, Austria

Presenting Author: Geppert, Corinna

In May 2005, the European ministers responsible for higher education agreed on the cornerstones of doctoral studies in Europe, such as a minimum duration of three years, the definition of doctoral students as young scientists, ensuring adequate supervision and assessing and teaching generic skills and competencies for an extended job market. At the ministerial conference in London in May 2007, it was pointed out that the status, career prospects and financing of young scientists need to be strengthened, since these are the prerequisites for a strong research area. For these reasons, the importance of embedding doctoral programs in profile building and institutional strategy is emphasized (BMBWF & Austrian Rectors Conference, 2005; European Ministers Responsible for Higher Education, 2005).

At many Austrian universities, doctoral programs were and are currently redesigned and structured according to these international recommendations and criteria. The reform efforts of Austrian universities in the field of doctorates are partly reflected in the forms offered, such as the introduction of doctoral colleges or doctoral schools. These structured doctoral studies, which need intensive supervision and appropriate funding, represent a challenging type of doctorate that is new to Austria (Universities Austria, 2007). Until the 1960s, the doctorate was the first academic degree or the only academic degree in Austria. It was not until the study reform of 1966 that a first gradation of academic degrees was introduced in the form of diploma studies. However, the implementation of this new study law took about two decades in the individual disciplines, and due to the generous transition periods, there were people who obtained their doctorate degree according to the "old study regulations", i.e. as a first degree, until recently. At the same time, the differentiation between diploma studies and doctorates was not a very marked gradation, neither “downwards” nor “upwards”. In terms of demands, content and teaching culture, the diploma course was in no way comparable to the undergraduate course in the Anglo-Saxon area.

Conversely, the conventional doctoral program was (or is) not research training in the narrower sense (which is explicitly designed as preparation for a research career). Until the end of the 1990s, the minimum duration for a doctorate in Austria was two years. Only with the Universities Act 2002 (UG 2002) was the possibility of longer doctoral programs granted (§ 54, paragraph 4): “The workload for doctoral studies must amount to at least 120 ECTS credit points. If the workload amounts to at least 240 ECTS credit points, (...) the academic degree PhD may be awarded." In 2006, the UG 2002 was amended, which reduced the minimum number of ECTS credit points for PhD programs to 180, with reference to the Bergen communique.

Against this background, an intensive discussion about a reform of doctoral studies in Austria takes place. One speaks of the "new doctorate" or of a switch to PhD studies. While there has been a wealth of experience with structured doctoral programs in Germany since the 1980s thanks to the DFG-funded graduate schools, the Austrian universities are largely breaking new ground.

In this context, we ask: If and how has the perception of doctoral candidates changed in accordance with the higher education reforms? Is there a difference between those who have earned their PhD between 2004 and 2016, between 2017 and 2021 and those who were still doing their PhD at the time of the survey collection in terms of their career prospects?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data of this study is based on ‘The Academic Profession in the Knowledge-Based Society (APIKS)’ project. APIKS is an international comparative project that includes research teams from more than 30 countries (including Brazil, China, Germany, Finland, Japan, Norway, Portugal, South Korea and the Canada). The project explores working conditions in academia and attitudes of scientific and artistic staff at universities and colleges in the areas of research, teaching, knowledge and technology transfer, governance and management, professional situation, qualification and career. The aim of the project is to contribute to improving working conditions at universities and to support the development of the university system. Due to the international integration, the results can also be evaluated in an international comparison.
The APIKS Austria study was conducted in all four sectors of higher education in Austria, public and private universities, universities of applied sciences, and university colleges for teacher education. The survey distribution took place in the first half of 2021. We draw on survey data from N= 2.195 persons who have already earned a degree between 1955 and 2021 of whom N = 892 did so between 2004 and 2016 and N = 478 between 2017 and 2021. In addition, N = 1.029 survey participants stated that they were in their PhD phase during data collection.
To answer the research questions, we draw on descriptive findings and cross tabulations. In addition, we include a logistic regression model. The APIKS survey included 13 variables on the perception of the PhD-phase. All survey participants who stated that they have already earned a doctorate degree and all PhD students were asked to state whether the following statements apply/applied or do/did not apply to their PhD study (examples): “You are/were required to take a prescribed set of courses.”, “You receive(d) an employment contract during your studies (for teaching or research).” or “Your doctoral thesis consist(ed) (partly or completely) of book chapters and/or journal articles.”. In addition to the perception of the PhD phase, we asked participants about their future careers: In five year‘s time, where would you like to be and where do you expect to be? (Scientist at a HEI, Scientist outside academia, No scientific activity). These variables were also controlled by gender (almost even gender distribution) and field of study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analyses revealed differences: Persons who have already finished their PhD studies between 2017 and 2021 are more likely to have received a scholarship or fellowship or were employed outside universities. Current PhD students are, on the other hand more likely to be enrolled in a joint doctoral program, which is consistent with the emergence of these programmes during the last couple of years.
Persons who have already finished their PhD within the 10 years before survey collection rather want to stay in academia and also expect to do so, while more than 60%of current PhD students want to stay in academia (only 41% expect that they will have the opportunity to stay). In addition, there are differences between PhD-students by field of study. Respondents in Medicine and Health Sciences show more confidence that they will reach what they aspire than respondents in other discipline. Especially in Engineering and Technology the percentage of persons who expect to end up outside of academia is quite high (48%, while 23% aspire this). In terms of gender, there are no differences in their career perspectives, even when looking at the three groups of respondents.
Those who think that they will not remain at a Higher Education Institution rather belong to the group of current PhD students.
Our results indicate that there is a strong wish to stay in academia, but the expectations are low. The current PhD-students are more likely to be employed inside academia at the time of their studies, but have no job security and there seams to be a mismatch between job offers during PhD studies and options after finishing their studies. Therefore our results indicate that PhD study programs should offer education processes to increase employability outside of academia, which should be discussed for PhD programmes across Europe as well.

References
Berning, E., & Falk, S. (2005). Das Promotionswesen im Umbruch. Beiträge zur Hochschulforschung, 27(1), 48-72.
Cardoso, S., Carvalho, T. & Videira, P. (2019). Is It Still Worth Working In Academia? The Views from Portuguese Academics. Higher Educcation Policy, 32, 663-679.
European Ministers Responsible for Higher Education. (2005). The European Higher Education Area - Achieving the goals. Bergen: Communiqué of the Conference of European Ministers Responsible for Higher Education, May 19-20. Online: http://www.ehea.info/media.ehea.info/file/2005_Bergen/52/0/2005_Bergen_Communique_english_580520.pdf
Kehm, B. M. (2004). XIV. Developing Doctoral Degrees and Qualifications in Europe: Good Practice and Issues of Concern–A Comparative Analysis. Studies on higher education, 2000(6), 279.
Kreckel, R. (2016). Zur Lage des wissenschaftlichen Nachwuchses an Universitäten: Deutschland im Vergleich mit Frankreich, England, den USA und Österreich. Beiträge zur Hochschulforschung, 38(1–2), 12-40.
Österreichischer Wissenschaftsrat (2012). Zur Förderung des wissenschaftlichen Nachwuchses in Österreich–ein Bericht. Zeitschrift für Hochschulrecht, Hochschulmanagement und Hochschulpolitik: zfhr, 11(6), 212-217.
Pechar, H. (2007). " The Bologna Process" A European Response to Global Competition in Higher Education. Canadian Journal of Higher Education, 37(3), 109-125.
Pechar, H., Ates, G., & Andres, L. (2012). The "new doctorate" in Austria: Progress toward a professional model or status quo? CEPS Journal: Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 2(4), 91-110.
Schwabe, M. (2011). The career paths of doctoral graduates in Austria. European Journal of Education, 46(1), 153-168.
Wöhrer, V. (2014). To stay or to go? Narratives of early-stage sociologists about persisting in academia. Higher Education Policy, 27(4), 469-487.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Academics’ Views on Researchers’ Mental Health and Well-being

Dilara Özel, Gökçe Gökalp

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Özel, Dilara

The research and discussion on mental health in academia is really alarming regarding mental health and well-being issues. Eurofund's (2019) study including 28 European countries revealed that workers’ emotional exhaustion and exposure to adverse demands constantly increased in the last 10 years. This situation has a direct impact on workers’ mental health and well-being. Kinman and Johnson (2019) particularly focused on the university academics in their study and their well-being as a result of the changes in the university sector over the last 20 years. There are a number of other studies focusing on the factors that have an impact on academics’ mental health and well-being which revealed teaching pressures, heavy administrative burden, and research pressures as factors affecting academics’ mental health (Barkhuizen, Rothmann, & Van de vijver, 2014; Coulthard & Keller, 2016; Guthrie et al., 2017; Urbina-Garcia, 2020).

Padilla and Thompson (2016) indicated that the teaching model at universities turned into a “business model”. Institutions and global organizations started to demand more skilled academics with more professional degrees and experience (Cohen, 2018). This huge demand for “trained” academics puts pressure on academics and students (Duderstadt, 2009; Rae, 2010). Studies asserted that these demands and pressures have a vital impact on academics’ mental health and well-being (Kinman & Johnson, 2019; Watts & Robertson, 2011). An increasing body of research demonstrates that academics are prone to developing mental health problems (Guthrie et al., 2017; Padilla & Thompson, 2016; Shin & Jung, 2014).

The demands and huge pressures along with the job characteristics and working conditions cause burnout syndrome among academics (Schaufeli, 2013; Watts & Robertson, 2011). Burnout syndrome decreases job satisfaction and increases mental health problems (Hurtado, Alvarez, Guillermo-Wan, Cuellar & Arellano, 2012; Winefield, Boyd, Saebel & Pignata, 2008). Recruiting international students who are a massive income for universities (Cantwell, 2015), and publishing research with “higher standards” (Kinman & Wray, 2014) paves the way for high levels of stress, depression, anxiety, and other mental health problems among academics (Bell, Rajendran, & Theiler, 2012; Fernández-Armesto, 2009; Mark & Smith, 2012; Peake, 2016; Shepherd & Edelman, 2009).

The World Health Organisation (WHO) uses well-being to define mental health as “a state of well-being in which an individual realizes his or her own abilities, can cope with the normal stresses of life, can work productively and is able to make a contribution to his or her community” (WHO, 2018). Thus, coping mechanisms and the individuals’ environment have a strong impact on their well-being. The environment gains enormous importance for academics. While a high level of satisfaction leads to success at universities (Khalid, Irshad, & Mahmood, 2012; Rothman, Kelly-Woessner, & Woessner, 2010), job dissatisfaction and high level of stress leads to burnout and negatively impact academics’ physical and mental health (Barkhuizen et al., 2014; Guthrie et al., 2017; Nicholson, Fuhrer, & Marmot, 2005; Padilla & Thompson, 2016; Richards et al., 2017).

There is increasing research on the scope of academics’ job satisfaction, organizational commitment, and subjective well-being in Turkey (Doğan & Eryılmaz, 2012; Garip, 2019; Koç, 2017; Özdemir, 2001). These studies revealed the relationship between organizational commitment, work-related-need satisfaction, and the well-being of academics. However, the literature on academics’ views on mental health and well-being is limited. Therefore, this research aims to explore the academics’ views on mental health and well-being in academia. In order to meet this aim, semi-structured interviews will be conducted with academics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative exploratory research methodology was followed to understand the academics’ views on mental health care and well-being in academia (Stebbens, 2001). This inductive process helps to identify participants' underlying views and opinions from an objective perspective. Semi-structured interviews were conducted to reach this aim. The interview protocol was developed to understand the academics’ views on mental health in academia by researchers involving four areas; (a) Demographic information of the participants, (b) Definition of Well-being and mental health in academia, (c)Resources for improving well-being and mental health in academia, and (d) Obstacles for improving wellbeing and mental health in academia.


The invitation for the study was shared with academics via e-mail for the pilot interviews. The interview time was arranged and consent including information confidentiality was taken before the interviews. Data were gathered via semi-structured zoom interviews since the participants lived in different cities in Turkey. The pilot interviews were conducted during January 2023. Data were transcribed using the pure verbatim protocol and thematic analysis (Field & Morse, 1996). The interview questions were finalized by considering pilot interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Since the study aims to understand academics’ views on mental health and well-being in academia, semi-structured interviews will be conducted with academics. The present study is expected to demonstrate the academics’ perceptions of mental health and well-being in academia. Even though there are studies focusing on academics’ mental health problems (Padilla & Thompson, 2016; Richards et al., 2017; Urbina-Garcia, 2020), this study aims to reveal the job demands and resources that have an impact on academics’ well-being and mental health. Therefore, it is aimed to introduce a holistic view on this topic since the study intends to shed light on both demands and resources.
A large body of research demonstrated teaching pressures, heavy workload, and heavy teaching and administrative pressures have an impact on academics’ well-being and mental health. There is a limited examination of well-being and mental health among academics in Turkey. Also, there are limited evidence-based recommendations for improving academics’ well-being and mental health. Thus, it is aimed to learn academics' job demands, resources, and suggestions on how to assist them to improve their mental health and well-being at universities. Thereby, this study may support universities’ psychological health centers to develop programs and practices promoting academics’ well-being.

References
Barkhuizen, N., Rothmann, S., & van de vijver, F. J. (2014). Burnout and work engagement of academics in higher education institutions: Effects of dispositional optimism. Stress and Health, 30(4), 322–332.
Eurofound (2019). Working Conditions and Workers' Health, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg. Retrieved on May 4th, 2020 from: https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/sites/default/files/ef_ publication/field_ef_document/ef18041en1.pdf
Field, P.A., & Morse, J. (1996). Nursing Research: The Application of Qualitative Approaches. Croom Helm, London.
Fernández-Armesto, F. (2009). 1492: The year our world began. London, UK: Bloomsbury.
Guthrie, S., Lichten, C. A., Van Belle, J., Ball, S., Knack, A., & Hofman, J. (2017). Understanding mental health in the research environment.
Mark, G., & Smith, A. P. (2012). Occupational stress, job characteristics, coping, and the mental health of nurses. British Journal of Health Psychology, 17(3), 505–521.
Nicholson, A., Fuhrer, R., & Marmot, M. (2005). Psychological distress as a predictor of CHD events in men: The effect of persistence and components of risk. Psychosomatic Medicine, 67, 522–530.
Özdemir, H.D. (2001) “Üniversite Akademik Personelinin Görev Ünvanları Açısından İş Tükenmişlik Düzeylerinin Araştırılması” Yayınlanmamış Yüksek Lisans Tezi, Sivas, Cumhuriyet Üniversitesi Sosyal Bilimler Enstitüsü.
Padilla, M. A., & Thompson, J. N. (2016). Burning out faculty at doctoral research universities. Stress and Health: Journal of the International Society for the Investigation of Stress, 32, 551–558.
Peake, L. (2016). Critical reflections on mental and emotional distress in the academy. ACME: An International E-Journal for Critical Geographies, 15(2), 253–284.
Rae, D. (2010). Universities and enterprise education: Responding to the challenges of the new era. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, 17(4), 591–606.
Richards, K. A. R., Levesque-Bristol, C., Templin, T. J., & Graber, K. C. (2016). The impact of resilience on role stressors and burnout in elementary and secondary teachers. Social Psychology of Education, 19(3), 511–536.
Rothman, S., Kelly-Woessner, A., & Woessner, M. (2010). The still divided academy: How competing visions of power, politics, and diversity complicate the mission of higher education, Plymouth, UK: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Schaufeli, W. B. (2013). What is engagement? In Employee engagement in theory and practice (pp. 29–49). Abingdon, Oxon, UK: Routledge.
Shepherd, R. M., & Edelman, R. J. (2009). The interrelationship of social anxiety with anxiety, depression, locus of control, ways of coping and ego strength amongst university students. College Quarterly, 12(2).
Stebbens, R. (2001). Exploratory Research in the Social Sciences: Qualitative Research Methods. Sage Publications, London.
Urbina-Garcia, A. (2020). What do we know about university academics’ mental health? A systematic literature review. Stress and Health, 36, 563-585.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 03 D
Location: Adam Smith, 711 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Marie Moran
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Higher Education Stakeholder views of Change and Leadership: A Comparative Study between The Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom.

Trevor McSharry1, Cristina Devecchi2

1Atlantic Technological University, Ireland; 2University of Northampton

Presenting Author: McSharry, Trevor

This presentation is a comparison between two projects associated with the topics of change and leadership in the Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom. Although the projects focused on different contexts of leadership and were conducted pre-Covid (UK) and during/post-Covid (IE), several key identical questions on stakeholders’ views of change and leadership were used to facilitate comparative analysis. The presentation will use the data from the two countries to draw comparisons on several diversity issues, such as gender, professional status (academic and/or professional services), and a changed higher education environment post-Covid. Both projects focused on the connections between leadership and change in the dynamic, complex and progressively more uncertain context of higher education.

The UK based project titled “Leading Change Together” (Authors, 2018) was a UK-wide exploration of how academic and professional services staff, university leaders and managers viewed and coped with change. The project took place in 2016 when the UK voted to leave the European Union and in the context of major changes determined by the increase in tuition fees, the increased use of accountability and performance regarding teaching, research and enterprise, and the diminishing authority of academic leadership in favour of a managerialist approach (Mansour, et al., 2015; Lumby, 2012, Deem and Brehony, 2007). The project aimed to develop an understanding of the dynamics of formal and informal leadership practices and strategies using change management and shared leadership theory.

The Irish Project is part of a Doctorate in Education (EdD) at Maynooth University and also focused on change and leadership within a similar context of change in the Higher Education (HE) sector, but, more specifically, in the context of the merger of three institutions into a single one to form a new Technological University (TU). Specifically for the Irish context, significant issues currently face Higher Educational Institute’s (HEIs) in Ireland. Similarly, to the UK context, issues include increased workload, reduced staff development opportunities and concerns over investment in information technology, which lead to inefficiencies (QQI 2016). Several key areas for development in Ireland’s HEIs have been identified and include quality culture and systems, resources and leadership development and technology (Higher Education Authority 2017). In the context of most Institutes of Technology (ITs) merging to become Technological Universities (TUs), the focus of this project was the change and leadership perceptions of staff to gain insights into the topics of change, culture, change management and change leadership. The primary research question is “What do stakeholders consider important for change leadership.”

Conceptually, both projects acknowledged that change is complex, and that current leadership research still lacks theorisation and a fuller understanding of the dynamics of leadership in HEIs since there still is a lack of literature, which explores the human and emotional aspects of change, and little on the dynamics of identity development in a workplace under conditions of change (Reissner 2010). As Trowler (1998: 150) argued, ‘a precondition for effective change in universities is to understand the multiple cultures within universities and toconceptualise organisations as open systems and cultural configurations within them as multiple, complex and shifting.’ Complexity Theory was chosen as a suitable theoretical lens. Mason (2008) outlines that complexity theory looks at complex systems as open systems, which survive through evolution and adaptation. He believes that organisations are complex, with many connected elements or agents, which facilitate the sharing of knowledge through formal bureaucratic structures and informal social networks.

It is envisaged that through this comparative study between two countries in Europe, further HEI’s and researchers will engage with similar studies in other countries and provide a deeper insight across European higher educational landscape.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Both projects utilised a pragmatic mixed method approach to data collection to achieve both breadth of views and an in depth understanding of change and leadership using a variety of methods appropriate to the circumstances (Burke Johnson & Onwuegbuzie 2004). The UK-based study applied a sequential 2-phase mixed method approach using focus groups (11 participants), a cross national survey (356 responses) and semi-structured interviews (11 participants). Visual aids were also used to elicit participants’ experience of the change process and as probes to elicit views on change leadership. To increase reaching a wider group of participants, the project also hosted a LTHE Tweetchat @LTHEchat which was attended by 168 participants.

Whereas the UK project had a national scope, the Irish project collected data only on the three colleges that were in the merging process, for a total of 2,215 members of staff, 53% on an academic contract. The overall scope of this doctoral research consisted for four sequential stages as follows:

Stage 1 of this research involved a qualitative review using NVIVO of the TU application document to assess the initial common voice of the emerging TU.

Stage 2 involved an online focus group with a representative sample of senior management (both academic and support staff) from each of the three merging organisations (18 participants).

Stage 3 involved a survey for all staff in the three organisations. Perceptions of change and leadership were gathered, and 371 participants successfully completed the survey resulting in confidence level of 95%. SPSS was utilised to analysis the quantitative data from the survey and the open question responses were coded in NVIVO also.

Stage 4 involved an interview with the TU president to discuss the preliminary findings from the previous stages, including the topics of change drivers and culture.

The data for this presentation is drawn primarily from the stage 3 survey data relating to two question areas that probed the participants to reflect on how change was impacting them and on how they viewed leadership and the role of the leader in managing change.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis to date indicates that there were broad similarities, and some differences in regard to both change and leadership. UK participants felt more empowered by contributing to change, felt their managers enabled them to take part in leading change, they were positive about the resources at their disposal, and held a more positive view about being part of a supportive team when compared to Irish participants. However, Irish participants felt better able to cope with change and felt their jobs were more secure than UK participants. No major difference was found regarding participants ability to make their voice heard.

Regarding leadership, there were more commonalities of views between the two countries in which most participants in the UK and Ireland believe leadership develops in a context, it can be found at all levels of an institution, leadership can be learned and makes change happen. However, a minority of participants in both countries believe that leaders are born that way and that everyone can be a leader.

Several conclusions can be drawn from this analysis. There is support for the contextual nature of leadership and a denial of ‘great man’ theories or theories, which espouse the notion that leadership is an innate feature. Rather, leadership can be learned, and anybody can become a leader given the right support. In addition, the data relating to change is more nuanced, as several factors contribute to its complex nature. However, adequate resources, effective management, supportive teams and having a voice all seem to contribute to how participants can cope with change.

Further research across European HEI’s is recommended to get a broader understanding of change and leadership perceptions post Covid and the influence of gender and role will also be investigated further.

References
Burke Johnson, R, Onwuegbuzie A, 2004. ‘Mixed methods research: a research paradigm whose time has come,’ Educational Researcher, vol.33, no. 7, pp. 14-26.

Deem, R. and Brehony, K. J. 2007 Management as ideology: the case of ‘new managerialism’ in higher education. Oxford Review of Education, 31, 2. 217-235. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980500117827

Higher Education Authority 2017, Higher Education System Performance 2018-2020. Higher Education Authority, Available from:  https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Education-Reports/higher-education-system-performance-framework-2018-2020.pdf [Accessed on 27 Dec 2019].

Lumby, J. 2012 What do we know about leadership in Higher Education?. London: LFHE
Mansour, H.F., Heath, G. & Brannan, M.J., 2015 Exploring the Role of HR Practitioners in Pursuit of Organizational Effectiveness in Higher Education Institutions. Journal of Change Management, 15(3), pp.210–230. Available at: http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/14697017.2015.1045539 .

Mason, M. 2008, ‘Complexity theory and the philosophy of education’, Educational Philosophy & Theory, vol. 40(1), pp. 4-18, http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00412.x.

QQI, 2016, Quality in an era of diminishing resources, Irish higher education 2008-15,’ QQI. Available from: https://www.qqi.ie/Publications/Publications/Quality%20in%20an%20Era%20of%20Diminishing%20Resources%20Report%20(FINAL%20March%202016).pdf


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Dark Side of Person-Organizational Fit and its Role in Merging Higher Education Institutions

Alexander Zibenberg, Irit Sasson

Tel-Hai Academic College, Israel

Presenting Author: Zibenberg, Alexander

While mergers and acquisitions are commonly thought of as belonging to the business world, they occur in educational contexts as well, and some research has considered the consequences of these mergers (e.g., Kohvakka 2021). Studies point to positive merger outcomes, such as improving teaching efficiency (Agasisti, Egorov, and Maximova 2021), becoming more competitive with other academic institutions, and generating new ideas and concepts (Deiaco, Gren, and Melin 2009). Numerous attempts have been made to merge higher education institutions (e.g., Estermann and Pruvot 2015; Harman and Harman 2003), but most adopt private sector strategies, and these have not been particularly helpful in the educational field (Kezar and Eckel 2002; Ribando and Evans 2015). In addition, little is known about the way merging affects faculty, administrative staff, or students (Ribando and Evans 2014; Slade et al. 2021).

We investigated the merging of academic organizations for two main reasons. First, the research on higher education mergers is limited compared to private sector mergers (Pinheiro, Geschwind, and Aarrevaara 2016), therefore, we sought to shed light on the effects of organizational mergers which are particularly relevant to the academic environment. Second, studies focusing on higher education institutions have consistently ignored the personal and emotional experiences of the staff (both academic and administrative), and students (Wollscheid and Røsdal 2021) and emphasized organizational goals (Johnes and Tsionas 2019). In light of current social and institutional changes, we believe it is critical to understand how merging impacts the people within the institution.

Given these underlying social factors, we chose to focus less on the organization and more on the human side of the merger process. More specifically, we argued that considering a diverse population (faculty, administrative staff, and students) within the academy would provide a new angle in this research field. Studies suggest the uncertainties and ambiguities involved in mergers evoke strong psychological reactions from employees (Bhal, Uday Bhaskar, and Venkata Ratnam 2009), including rising levels of stress (Cartwright and Cooper 1993), identity dissonance (Legendre and Bowen 2020), and fear (Sethi, Mishra, and Dash 2010). Following this line of research, we focused on threat appraisal, the psychological mechanism underlying adverse reactions to change (Arbona and Jimenez 2014). This mechanism is linked to well-being and psychological health (Kaltiainen et al. 2020), absenteeism, and quit intentions (Fugate, Prussia, and Kinicki 2012).

We have extended previous knowledge by examining personal and contextual factors related to an individual's threat appraisal. On the personal level, we explored the potential antecedent of dispositional resistance to change (RTC) (Oreg 2003) on threat appraisal of organizational mergers in the educational context. The dispositional resistance to change represents a meaningful concept for capturing individual differences in the personality-based inclination to resist change (Oreg and Sverdlik 2011). Studies agree that individuals high in RTC are less likely to accept changes and mostly see negative outcomes of the change (Oreg et al. 2009).

We also focused on a mechanism that represents a level of congruence between the attributes faculty, administrative staff, and students possess and those of their academic environment, commonly called the person-organizational fit (P-O fit) (Kristof 1996). P-O fit theory argues that individuals are attracted to and selected by organizations whose work environments reflect the individuals’ values and cultures (Kristof-Brown and Billsberry 2013). Given the controversial impact of the P-O fit during an organizational change (Caldwell 2013), we argued that it would be interesting to see the extent to which P-O fit interferes with the relationships between resistance to change and threat appraisal of organizational mergers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data were collected from two higher education institutions that had recently merged. Following the types of mergers suggested by Harman and Harman (2003), this merger represented two partners (vs. multi-partner merger) and involved institutions from the same sector (single sector vs. different sectors). It was a ‘take-over’ merger, as a smaller college (Campus B) merged with a larger one (Campus A). The merger was imposed: it was initiated by the government, not by the institutions themselves (voluntary). Imposed mergers turn out to be less successful than voluntary ones (Skodvin 1999), giving us an additional reason to select these institutions for our study.

Participants and Procedure

The sample comprised 429 participants. The data were collected from both institutions' faculty, students, and administrative staff. Descriptive statistics of the categorical variables are presented in Table 1. Participants from Campus A comprised 78.6% of the sample. The average age for students from both institutions was 28.08 years (SD = 7.03).
 
The data were collected via an online survey using Qualtrics software. To recruit participants, we partnered with the administration of both institutions to increase the response rate, secure legitimacy, and select representative sampling. An email invitation was sent to the general population, including faculty, administrative staff, and students. All participants were asked to confirm informed consent to participate in the study. We ensured the complete confidentiality of data and the identity of the participants as part of the requirements of the Ethics Committee. The survey website was open for eight weeks.

Three reminder emails were sent in weeks 2, 4, and 6 of the survey. A total of 429 individuals responded to our survey with useable questionnaires. We address this point in the discussion.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As expected, our findings showed individuals’ attitudes toward organizational change were influenced by their dispositional inclination to resist change.

The findings showed a positive relationship between RTC and social cohesion threat was less relevant for individuals with a low level of P-O fit. Thus, the uncertainty associated with an organizational merger mainly threatened those who were strongly connected to their specific institution. They were likely also more worried about their place associated with the merger process. At the same time, those individuals with a weak or low P-O fit were likely less emotionally involved in the organizational change; therefore, the congruence between their and organizational values affected them less.


The impact of P-O fit is significant across organizations, including higher education institutions. A high degree of compatibility between the employee and the organization greatly benefits the organization and its composition. However, our research points to the phenomenon's dark side and raises several issues of concern.
 First, a high fit seems to increase the risk that an employee will fully identify with the organization's values, and this may encourage conformity and compliance (Caldwell et al. 2009). A high fit level strengthens the attachment to the status quo, hindering readiness for new ideas and ways of doing things (Caldwell 2013) and perhaps decreasing critical thinking and objective judgment. It is likely that in some places, conformity and compliance will be welcomed by employers.
Second, the degree of employee caring and belonging to the organization during organizational change matters. Employees with high P-O fit are known to be involved in organizational life, including citizenship behavior and commitment (Vilela, González, and Ferrín 2008). However, based on our findings, it seems that a strong fit is more relevant to routine situations and less so in the context of organizational change, especially the merging process.

References
Caldwell, Steven D. 2011. “Bidirectional Relationships Between Employee Fit and Organizational Change.” Journal of Change Management 11 (4): 401–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/14697017.2011.590453.

Caldwell, Steven. 2013. “Change and Fit, Fit and Change.” In The Psychology of Organizational Change, edited by Shaul Oreg, Alexandra Michel, and Rune Todnem By, 1st ed., 255–74. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139096690.017.

Caldwell, Steven D., David M. Herold, and Donald B. Fedor. 2004. “Toward an Understanding of the Relationships Among Organizational Change, Individual Differences, and Changes in Person-Environment Fit: A Cross-Level Study.” Journal of Applied Psychology 89 (5): 868–82. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.89.5.868.

Caldwell, Steven D., Cathy Roby-Williams, Kathy Rush, and Theresa Ricke-Kiely. 2009. “Influences of Context, Process and Individual Differences on Nurses’ Readiness for Change to Magnet Status.” Journal of Advanced Nursing 65 (7): 1412–22. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2009.05012.x.

Estermann, Thomas, and Enora Bennetot Pruvot. 2015. “The Rise of University Mergers in Europe.” International Higher Education, no. 82 (September): 12–13. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2015.82.8867.

Evans, Linda. 2017. “The Worst of Times? A Tale of Two Higher Education Institutions in France: Their Merger and Its Impact on Staff Working Lives.” Studies in Higher Education 42 (9): 1699–1717. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2015.1119107.

Kohvakka, Mikko. 2021. “Justification Work in a University Merger: The Case of the University of Eastern Finland.” European Journal of Higher Education 11 (2): 197–215. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2020.1870517.

Kristof, Amy L. 1996. “PERSON-ORGANIZATION FIT: AN INTEGRATIVE REVIEW OF ITS CONCEPTUALIZATIONS, MEASUREMENT, AND IMPLICATIONS.” Personnel Psychology 49 (1): 1–49. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-6570.1996.tb01790.x.

Kristof-Brown, Amy L., and Jon Billsberry, eds. 2013. Organizational Fit: Key Issues and New Directions. Chichester, West Sussex ; Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.

Kristof-Brown, Amy L., Ryan D. Zimmerman, and Erin C. Johnson. 2005. “CONSEQUENCES OF INDIVIDUALS’ FIT AT WORK: A META-ANALYSIS OF PERSON-JOB, PERSON-ORGANIZATION, PERSON-GROUP, AND PERSON-SUPERVISOR FIT.” Personnel Psychology 58 (2): 281–342. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-6570.2005.00672.x.

Raaper, Rille. 2016. “Academic Perceptions of Higher Education Assessment Processes in Neoliberal Academia.” Critical Studies in Education 57 (2): 175–90. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2015.1019901.

Slade, Catherine P., Saundra Ribando, C. Kevin Fortner, and Kristin V. Walker. 2021. “Mergers in Higher Education: It’s Not Easy. Merger of Two Disparate Institutions and the Impact on Faculty Research Productivity.” Studies in Higher Education 47 (6): 1215–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2020.1870948.

Wollscheid, Sabine, and Trude Røsdal. 2021. “The Impact of Mergers in Higher Education on Micro-Level Processes – a Literature Review.” Tertiary Education and Management 27 (3): 257–80. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11233-021-09074-4.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Contextual and Cultural Factors for Change at an Emerging Technological University

Trevor McSharry

Atlantic Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: McSharry, Trevor

This paper is part of a Doctorate in Education at Maynooth University in Ireland. The primary research question is “What do stakeholders consider important for change leadership in an emerging Technological University?” The sub-research question that is the focus of this paper is “What are the contextual and cultural factors for change?”

In addition to dramatic disruptions because of Covid 19, major issues exist in the Irish Higher Education, which include increased workload, reduced staff development opportunities and concerns over investment in information technology, which lead to inefficiencies (QQI 2016). A number of key areas for development in Ireland’s Higher Education Institutes (HEIs) have been identified and include quality culture and systems, resources and leadership development and technology (Higher Education Authority 2017). In the context of most Institutes of Technology (ITs) merging to become Technological Universities (TUs), change and leadership have never been so important.

Having carried out a systematic literature review on change and leadership in Higher Education (Author, 2022), the topic of change drivers was identified as a key theme. Change drivers included globalisation and an emerging technological revolution (Geraiden et al. 2018). Managerialism or New Public Management resulting in structural governance and institutional changes is also seen as a change driver where HEIs are becoming more decentralised from government with increased focus on efficiency (Howells et al. 2014). Other drivers are associated with making HEIs more responsive to market needs (Kohtamaki 2019), internationalisation (Said et al. 2015) as well as diversity, climate change and environmental sustainability (Dahlvig 2018). More recently, research is emerging in relation to how HEI’s have coped with the change driver of Covid-19 (Makaram et al, 2021) and how they are addressing gender balance (Gebretsadik 2021)

Contextual factors were identified as another key theme when researching change. One factor is the type of HEI model and its power structures (Tjeldvoll 2011) as well as its developmental stage (Dobi 2012). Cultural influences and traditions are also important for leadership and performance of higher education (Tjeldvoll 2011). Collins (2014) suggests that any effort to encourage or teach leadership will fail unless the distinctive challenges of higher education’s individualistic culture is considered.

Schein & Schein (2016) emphasise that leadership and culture formation are two sides of the same coin, and that the role of leadership changes with the growth and development of an organisation. In relation to assessing organisational culture, Schein and Schein (2016) believe the Cameron and Quinn’s Organizational Culture Assessment Instrument (OCAI) based on a competing values framework, represents an interesting culture model, which they believe makes sense and helps describe the human experience.

Complexity Theory was chosen as a suitable theoretical lens. Mason (2008) outlines that complexity theory looks at complex systems as open systems, which survive through evolution and adaptation. He believes that organisations are complex, with many connected elements or agents, which facilitate the sharing of knowledge through formal bureaucratic structures and informal social networks.

This paper will examine the contextual factors, including change drivers of an emerging technological university in Ireland that was formed through the merging of three Institutes of Technology. It will also assess the current and preferred culture of this new university, using the organisational leadership dimensions of the OCAI from Cameron and Quinn (2011). This research will build on existing literature and form a strong foundation for the exploration of change leadership, which is an underdeveloped area of research in higher education.

It is hoped that this research will be timely and relevant to other researchers and HEIs across Europe undergoing significant change and provide insights into key cultural and contextual factors that are important for consideration.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
From a research design perspective, a mixed methods approach, using both qualitative and quantitative research methods was used in this study. A key feature of this mixed methods approach is its methodological pluralism, which frequently leads to superior results when compared to taking one method (Burke Johnson & Onwuegbuzie 2004). This pluralist approach, generally seen as a pragmatic philosophical paradigm, avails of the strengths of both methods and will help identify actionable, practical solutions for the stakeholders to consider.

The overall scope of this doctoral research consisted for four stages as follows:

Stage 1 involved a qualitative review using NVIVO of the TU application document to assess the initial common voice of the emerging TU and assess word frequency and emerging themes.

Stage 2 builds on this context and involved an online focus group with a representative sample of senior management (both academic and support staff) from each of the three merging organisations (18 participants). A pre-focus group survey was conducted to gather demographic data of participants and initial insights into change leadership themes. In addition, each participant was asked to use the OCAI organisational leadership dimension and rate the four quadrants of collaborate, create, compete and control. The focus of this stage was on obtaining participant perceptions on change drivers, change and leadership as well as discuss and agree the culture of the organisation. The preferred culture was also identified for the emerging TU. Stage 2 focus groups were recorded and transcribed as well as coded and analysed using NVIVO.

Stage 3 involved an online survey for all staff in the three organisations. 371 participants successfully completed the survey resulting in confidence level of 95%. SPSS was utilised to analyse the quantitative data from the survey and the open question responses were coded in NVIVO also.

Stage 4 involved an interview with the new TU president to discuss the preliminary findings from the previous stages, including the topics of context, change drivers and culture. Note a pre-interview survey was completed by the President similar to Stage 2, which included the OCAI culture assessment. The qualitative data from this interview was transcribed and analysed using NVIVO as per Stage 2.

The primary source of data utilised to respond to this paper’s research question was from the Stage 2 focus groups. Findings from the other stages, particularly stage 3 and 4 were used to support these findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Many external change drivers previously identified in literature were also identified in this research, including Covid, equality, diversity and inclusion. The topic of gender balance was prominent, especially for leadership positions. The regulatory environment of compliance was seen as a key external driver of change. Other external drivers included internationalisation, sustainability, industry engagement and technology. The TU merging process was also a big change driver. Internal change drivers were associated with the source of change, either from the top down or bottom up such as staff, trade unions and the leadership team.
From a contextual perspective, the TU was perceived as being complex and evolving. Tensions were identified between academic and support staff, where trust and respect may not be equally shared. In the context of an emerging TU, the organisational size and structures were seen as important factors as well as the potential to reduce duplication and improve efficiencies and invest in technology.

Out of the four OCAI culture quadrants of Collaborate (clan), Create (innovate), Compete (market) and Control (hierarchy). Control was identified across the three organisations as being the most dominant. Compete was the lowest aggregate score. In terms of preferred culture, the Collaborate culture was growing in importance, especially due to the TU merger and should be strengthened. Due to external regulatory and quality requirements, Control (hierarchal) culture was seen as a necessity but something that should be constrained. Overall, a balanced approach between the four quadrants was seen as desirable by the management staff and President.

It is hoped that this research has provided useful findings for researchers as well as HEI’s across Europe and that through ECER 2023, this research will act as a stimulus to carry out comparative cultural and contextual analysis internationally with other researchers to further develop this research area.

References
Burke Johnson, R, Onwuegbuzie A, 2004. ‘Mixed methods research: a research paradigm whose time has come,’ Educational Researcher, vol.33, no. 7, pp. 14-26.
Cameron, K.S., Quinn R.E. 2011, “Diagnosing and Changing Organisational Culture,” Jossey-Bass, Third Edition.
Collins, J.P. 2014, "Leadership and Change in Twenty-First Century Higher Education", BioScience, vol. 64, no. 7, pp. 561-562.
Dahlvig, J.E. 2018, "Flourishing for the Common Good: Positive Leadership in Christian Higher Education During Times of Change", Christian Higher Education, vol. 17, no. 1-2, pp. 97-109.  
Dobi, T. 2012, "Major changes to leadership, management, and organizational structure: The case of the European University of Tirana", International Journal of Knowledge, Culture and Change Management, vol. 11, no. 6, pp. 107-119.
Gebretsadik DM., 2022,” An Exploration of Change Leadership at Public Higher Education Institutions in Ethiopia,” Sage Open, 1-11.
Gelaidan, H.M., Al-Swidi, A. & Mabkhot, H.A. 2018, "Employee Readiness for Change in Public Higher Education Institutions: Examining the Joint Effect of Leadership Behavior and Emotional Intelligence", International Journal of Public Administration, vol. 41, no. 2, pp. 150-158.
Higher Education Authority. 2017, Higher Education System Performance 2018-2020. Higher Education Authority. Available from:  https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Education-Reports/higher-education-system-performance-framework-2018-2020.pdf [Accessed on 27 Dec 2019]
Howells, J.R.L., Karataş-Özkan, M., Yavuz, Ç. & Atiq, M. 2014, "University management and organisational change: A dynamic institutional perspective", Cambridge Journal of Regions, Economy and Society, vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 251-270.
Kohtamäki, V. 2019, "Academic leadership and university reform-guided management changes in Finland", Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, vol. 41, no. 1, pp. 70-85.
Mason, M 2008, ‘Complexity theory and the philosophy of education’, Educational Philosophy & Theory, vol. 40(1), pp. 4-18, http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00412.x.
Mukaram AT., Mukaram Ali Khan KR., Danish RQ., Zubair SS., “Can adaptive–academic leadership duo make universities ready for change? Evidence from higher education institutions in Pakistan in the light of COVID-19,” Management Research Review, vol. 44, no. 11, pp. 1478-1498.
QQI, 2016, Quality in an era of diminishing resources, Irish higher education 2008-15,’ QQI. Available from: https://www.qqi.ie/Publications/Publications/Quality%20in%20an%20Era%20of%20Diminishing%20Resources%20Report%20(FINAL%20March%202016).pdf.
Said, H., Ahmad, I., Mustaffa, M.S. & Ghani, F.A. 2015, "Role of campus leadership in managing change and challenges of internationalization of higher education", Mediterranean Journal of Social Sciences, vol. 6, no. 4S1, pp. 82-88.
Tjeldvoll, A. 2011, "Change leadership in universities: The Confucian dimension", Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, vol. 33, no. 3, pp. 219-230.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 03 E
Location: Adam Smith, LT 718 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Aidana Smagul
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Intention to Study in Higher Education: Rational Choice or Product of Cultural Fit?

Victoria A. Bauer

Leibniz University Hannover, Germany

Presenting Author: Bauer, Victoria A.

Explaining social inequalities in higher education (HE) participation is a highly relevant and popular research topic. In Germany, despite increasing participation in HE, the share of HE students from educationally advantaged parental homes has remained at a consistently high level since 2006 (Middendorff et al., 2017). Several studies show that these origin-specific inequalities in access to HE are largely due to students' educational decision-making (e.g. Daniel & Watermann, 2018; Becker & Hecken, 2007). The secondary effects of social origin according to Raymond Boudon (1974) make the largest explanatory contribution in these rational choice models, which include the social class differences in the valuation of study costs, study benefits and the probability of success in completing a degree (Schindler & Reimer, 2010). Components of social capital and cultural capital are often added as an auxiliary concept to factor analyses of educational decisions (e.g. Spangenberg et al., 2017; Lörz, 2012). Their direct effect on the intention to enrol in HE has not yet been sufficiently researched. This state of research is just one example of an international trend in quantitative education research that has emerged in recent years. Rational choice approaches are usually used to explain differences in social origin, supplemented by peripheral aspects of Pierre Bourdieu's (1986, 1977) theory of social reproduction (Hopf, 2014). In this way, Bourdieu's general concept is truncated and distorted when translated into empirical constructs (Lareau & Weininger, 2003; Sullivan, 2002). Apart from the continuing difficulty of translating Bourdieu's theoretical concepts into empirical evidence (Sullivan, 2001), there is no clear rationale for this preference for the rational choice paradigm. Both research paradigms have certain advantages and disadvantages (Vester, 2006) and it is first necessary to determine which one is appropriate for which research question. A comparative study of educational inequalities using both research traditions is still a research gap, which is why the topic is scientifically essential. The study presented in this article is based on the first wave of the 2015 "Studienberechtigtenpanel", a German panel study of school leavers with HE entrance qualifications. Linear regression analyses (N=25,195) were used to compare the theoretical assumptions of Boudon's rational educational choice with those of Bourdieu's theory of social space and capital. They confirm that both concepts, rational choice and social reproduction, cause social differences in study intention and can explain part of its variance. Overall, rational choice items have a higher explanatory contribution than social reproduction items, so that more than half of the effect of social origin on study intention can be explained by rational choice. Book-reading activity seems to be a suitable indicator of incorporated cultural capital, as it explains 5% of the variance in study intention. However, for an adequate measurement of the possession of cultural and social capital, it seems essential to complement the operationalisation with other factors. The findings suggest that rational choice constructs are products of complex socio-cultural processes that remain a black box in the study of educational inequalities. Future studies should work towards disentangling the primary and secondary effects of social origin by incorporating further aspects of socio-cultural process characteristics into models of rational educational choice. An adequate measurement of the mechanisms underlying educational inequalities allows for a more robust explanation and thus more precise policy implications for reducing social inequalities in access to HE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The analysis is based on the first wave of the 2015 "Studienberechtigtenpanel, a German panel study of school leavers with HE entrance qualifications. Conducted by the German Centre for Higher Education Research and Science Studies (DZHW) since 1976, the "Studienberechtigtenpanel" focuses on the study intention as well as the educational decisions and trajectories of school leavers (Daniel et al., 2017). The 2015 graduation cohort was surveyed about six months before graduation. The net sample of the first wave consists of the data of 29,905 school leavers with Abitur (German HE entrance qualification) from the school year 2014/2015 (Schneider & Vietgen, 2021). Regression analysis was carried out to compare the theoretical assumptions of rational educational choices according to Raymond Boudon with those of Pierre Bourdieu's theory of social space and capital. In seven linear regression models (N=25,195), I estimated the influence of social origin as independent variable on the intention to study in HE as dependent variable. In subsequent model steps, components of the rational choice paradigm, including educational returns, costs of study, probability of success, and grade point average, as well as components of the theory of social reproduction, including cultural and social capital, were gradually added as third variables. This makes it possible to observe both the individual and the interplay between the two theoretical approaches in explaining social differences in study intention and in explaining study intention itself. Social origin has been operationalised as parental education on a maximum scale of the highest educational attainment of the mother and father. If at least one parent has an HE degree, parental education is considered academic, otherwise non-academic. Cultural capital was operationalised by the frequency with which respondents read books, and social capital by the frequency with which respondents were active in clubs. Intention to study in HE, estimated educational returns, costs, and the likelihood of successfully completing HE could be measured directly using Likert scales.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Hypothesis testing confirms that both concepts, rational choice and social reproduction, cause social differences in study intention and can explain part of its variance. Overall, the rational choice items have a higher explanatory contribution than the social reproduction items, so that more than half of the effect of social origin on study intention can be explained by rational choice. Almost one third of the differences in study intention are explained by the constructs of both theories. The results suggest that students from high educational backgrounds are more likely to enter the HE system because they differ from students from low educational backgrounds in their perceptions of the costs, benefits and chances of success of studying, in their school performance, and in their endowment of cultural capital. There is no evidence of a positive relationship between the possession of social capital and the intention to enrol in HE. Nevertheless, the cultural capital model explains 5% of the variance in the intention to study among German school leavers with an HE entrance certificate. In this respect, book-reading activity appears to be a suitable indicator of incorporated cultural capital. For an adequate measurement of the possession of cultural and social capital, however, it seems indispensable to supplement the operationalisation with further factors. In addition, a greater cultural distance from the field of HE seems to lead to a lower assessment of the probability of success in obtaining an HE degree. Thus, rational choice constructs are products of complex socio-cultural processes that have been internalised by individuals over a long period and remain a black box in the study of educational inequalities. Future studies should work towards unravelling the primary and secondary effects of social origin by incorporating further aspects of unconscious shaping and socio-cultural process characteristics into models of rational educational choice.
References
Becker, R., & Hecken, A. E. (2007). Studium oder Berufsausbildung? Eine empirische Überprüfung der Modelle zur Erklärung von Bildungsentscheidungen von Esser sowie von Breen und Goldthorpe. Zeitschrift für Soziologie, 36(2), 100-117.
Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In Richardson, J. G. (Ed.). Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education. New York: Greenwood, 241-258.
Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Boudon, R. (1974). Education, Opportunity, and Social Inequality. Changing Prospects in Western Society. New York: Wiley.
Daniel, A., & Watermann, R. (2018). The role of perceived benefits, costs, and probability of success in students’ plans for higher education. A quasi-experimental test of rational choice theory. European Sociological Review, 34(5), 539-553.
Hopf, W. (2014). Bildung und soziale Ungleichheit. Boudon vs. Bourdieu, neue Runde. Soziologische Revue, 37(1), 25-36.
Lareau, A., & Weininger, E. B. (2003). Cultural capital in educational research: A critical assessment. Theory and society, 32(5), 567-606.
Lörz, M. (2012). Mechanismen sozialer Ungleichheit beim Übergang ins Studium: Prozesse der Status- und Kulturreproduktion. In: Becker, R., & Solga, H. (Eds.). Soziologische Bildungsforschung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 302-324.
Middendorff, E., Apolinarski, B., Becker, K., Bornkessel, P., Brandt, T., Heißenberg, S., & Poskowsky, J. (2017). Die wirtschaftliche und soziale Lage der Studierenden in Deutschland 2016. 21. Sozialerhebung des Deutschen Studentenwerks – durchgeführt vom Deutschen Zentrum für Hochschul- und Wissenschaftsforschung. Berlin: Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF).
Schindler, S., & Reimer, D. (2010). Primäre und sekundäre Effekte der sozialen Herkunft beim Übergang in die Hochschulbildung. KZfSS Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 62(4), 623-653.
Schneider, H., & Vietgen, S. (2021). DZHW-Studienberechtigtenpanel 2015. Daten- und Methodenbericht zu den Erhebungen des Studienberechtigtenjahrgangs 2015 (1. und 2. Befragungswelle). Version 1.0.0. Hannover: FDZ-DZHW.
Spangenberg, H., Quast, H., & Franke, B. (2017). Studium, Ausbildung oder beides? Qualifizierungswege von Studienberechtigten. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 109(4), 334-352.
Sullivan, A. (2002). Bourdieu and education: How useful is Bourdieu's theory for researchers? Netherlands Journal of Social Sciences, 38, 144-166.
Sullivan, A. (2001). Cultural Capital and Educational Attainment. Sociology. 35(4), 893-912.
Vester, M. (2006). Die ständische Kanalisierung der Bildungschancen. In: Georg, W. (Ed.). Soziale Ungleichheit im Bildungssystem. Eine empirisch-theoretische Bestandsaufnahme. Konstanz: UVK, 12-54.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Diversify How and Where? Territories and Organisational Transformation in Portuguese Higher Education

Gonçalo Leite-Velho1, Mariana Gaio Alves2

1Instituto Politécnico de Tomar, Portugal; 2Instituto da Educação da Universidade de Lisboa

Presenting Author: Leite-Velho, Gonçalo; Gaio Alves, Mariana

High participation rates in higher education entail issues about its institutional diversification and stratification, since it is acknowledged that the expansion of higher education does not mean equal opportunities for all to access every institution (Marginson, 2016). The division between public and private or between universities and other types of higher institution (namely within binary systems), as well as the geographical region in which they are located, correspond to lines of stratification of institutions in terms of their social prestige and attributed quality (Bowl et al., 2018; Shavit, 2007; Teichler, 2008).

In Portugal, the policies of expansion of higher education were developed in the 70’s of the XX century, facing a scenario of late democratisation and low enrolment. A network of public organisations was established, covering the entire country, but carrying a policy of territorial differentiation — legislation determined that some regions had different types of organisations, others a mixed type and others only one type (the polytechnic) — which interacted with already existing territorial inequalities.

At the turn of the century a new political framework was introduced on top of this network, designated by some authors as “an agenda of modernisation” (Neave & Amaral, 2012; Nóvoa, 2018). New laws for the governing of institutions and for the teachers' careers were published by the national government and significantly changed the higher education landscape. These changes followed a global script (Gornitzka & Maassen, 2014) of neoliberalism and managerialism, which was appropriated differently by each country. In Portugal it meant a reduction of public financing, the implementation of a logic of cost-sharing and revenue diversification (Cerdeira, 2009) that exposed even more organisations to their institutional profile and territorial context.

These problems raise the question not only about the diversification of each organisation by itself, but also about the diversification within the system. The assumption that the changes following a global script, based on principles of neoliberalism and managerialism, must be confronted with research about the various possible interconnections between state, society and higher education in various national contexts, drives the proposed paper that aims at exploring the Portuguese case. The main question guiding the research is: do the policies of differentiation promote diverse organisations, or do they risk simply reproducing territorial inequalities?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The effects of  differentiation policies in Portugal are explored through an empirical analysis, based on a quantitative approach that enables tracing evolutionary trends since 2009. The option to focus the analysis on the period between 2009 and 2021 is appropriate as the “agenda of modernization” was put in place from 2008 onwards, while enrollment rates were growing.
The data analysed  is extracted from official datasets, including the National Institute of Statistics, the General-Direction of Statistics of Education and Science and the General Direction of Budget. It allows for the characterization of higher education across the country based on data available at national level. The tool QGIS is used to produce different maps that allow regional comparisons. Graphics and maps are produced to highlight historical variations by region and different higher education subsystems.
Being so, it will be possible to draw a national portrait based on the available data, throughout  a comparison developed at regional level (NUTS III) that takes into account both enrolment rates in higher education and global amounts of funding, differentiating  universities and polytechnics and allowing to consider each higher education institution according to its profile and location. The analysis is expected to highlight  contrasts between enrolment and demographics, institution profile and enrolment, structure of resources and enrolment. The overall goal is to discuss how differentiation and diversification have been framed within this more recent period of time

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general, the research presented in the proposed paper is expected to contribute to deepen knowledge about the ways in which a specific country responds to transnational trends and to illustrate  how structural changes seem to assume features arising from the countries’ political, social, cultural and economic specificities.
Portugal is a socioeconomic uneven country and the design of its higher education system across the territory seems to follow this pattern. Though having implemented a network of public organisations that spread across the country, we find evidence that the ones situated in more disadvantaged socioeconomic contexts tend to strive to survive. The preliminary analysis suggests that organisations suffer with the demographic tendencies affecting  the context in which they operate. They also seem to strive for achieving a diversification of their income sources, namely in more disadvantaged regions. We intend to discuss how the implementation of a neoliberal and managerial global script could be  increasing this tendency and stressing even more the role of the territories on the operation of organisations.

References
Alves, M. G., & Tomlinson, M. (2021). The changing value of higher education in England and Portugal: Massification, marketization and public good. European Educational Research Journal, 20(2), 176–192. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120967574

Bowl, M., McCaig, C., & Hughes, J. (2018). Equality and Differentiation in Marketised Higher Education: A New Level Playing Field? Springer.
Cerdeira, M. L. M. (2009). Higher Education Finance and Cost-Sharing in Portugal. 1–11.
Gornitzka, Å., & Maassen, P. (2014). Dynamics of Convergence and Divergence. Em P. Mattei (Ed.), University Adaptation in Difficult Economic Times (pp. 13–29). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199989393.003.0002
Marginson, S. (2016). Public/private in higher education: A synthesis of economic and political approaches (Centre for Global Higher Education working paper series). Centre for Global Higher Education.
Neave, G., & Amaral, A. (2012). Higher Education in Portugal 1974-2009. Em G. Neave & A. Amaral (Eds.), Higher education in Portugal 1974-2009: A nation, a generation. Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-2135-7
Nóvoa, A. (2018). A modernização das universidades: Memórias contra o tempo. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 31, 10–25.
Shavit, Y. (2007). Stratification in Higher Education: A Comparative Study. Stanford University Press.
Teichler, U. (2008). Diversification? Trends and explanations of the shape and size of higher education. Higher Education, 56(3), 349. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-008-9122-8


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Understanding the Experiences of Commuter Students at an Elite Scottish University

Sheila Riddell

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Riddell, Sheila

This paper draws on an investigation of the social characteristics and experiences of commuter students at an elite Scottish university which traditionally has had a relatively low proportion of commuting students, but is now experiencing a significant increase in this group (Donnelly & Gamsu, 2018). The 'boarding school' model characterises elite higher education institutions in the UK and the US, but many European countries have a stronger tradition of local universities, where students live at home for the duration of their undergraduate education.

The central research question addressed in this paper is the following: In the context of an elite Scottish university, what are the social justice implications of commuting to university from home rather than living in university accommodation? Some recent literature on the lives of commuting students has argued the need for a more positive focus on students’ experience of mobility, focusing on the positives as well as the negatives aspects of liminality and mobility (Christie, 2007; Holton & Finn, 2020). These researchers argue that much work on university commuting tends to normalise the ‘boarding school’ aspects of traditional and elite higher education, instead of recognising and valuing the more local aspects of undergraduate higher education in newer universities where students are likely to live at home but still experience a range of mobilities. This paper argues that there is also a need to understand the experiences of commuting students at elite universities, where living in university accommodation continues to be a normative expectation, reflected in timetabling, emphasis on face to face teaching and access to university social events and support services. At our case study university, the decision to commute was not random but reflected and reinforced existing social divisions. In terms of these disproportionalities, we argue that it is important to understand the negative as well as the positive aspects of commuting students’ lives, as well as considering the mitigating actions which the university could take in order to improve commuters’ lives. Commuting students' suggestions for change included timetabling that reduced large gaps between lectures; more choice of tutorial groups; and the expectation that all lectures would be recorded and available on-line. Daytime social events that did not involve a drinking culture would help to engage this group of students and enable them to form stronger ties to the university. Additional questions arise in relation to the need for a more redistributive and progressive student funding system in Scotland, which would reduce the financial imperative to live at home for students from less affluent backgrounds (Riddell & Weedon, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected through an analysis of university administrative data, an online questionnaire and recorded interviews with a purposive sample of 20 students, selected in relation to social class, disability, ethnicity, age, commuting distance and subjects studied.  In the interviews, students were asked about the nature of their commute, their feelings about their journey, the reasons underpinning their decisions to commute and the social and academic consequences of commuting.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The administrative data and questionnaire highlighted the social characteristics of commuting students, who, compared with the general university population, were more likely to be older students from socially deprived backgrounds. Students who were disabled and those from minority ethnic groups were also more likely to commute than others. Family expectations and finances played a major part in students’ decision to commute, reflecting other research in this field (Minty, 2021).  In Scotland, students are entitled to the same level of maintenance loan irrespective of place of residence. Students from socially deprived backgrounds said that they were able to live much more cheaply in the family home rather than in a university hall of residence or student flat. They often made a small contribution to household expenses, but this was much less than student rent. Disabled students, older students and those from minority ethnic groups were particularly likely to refer to family support and the desire to maintain existing social networks as positive reason for commuting. At the same time, negatives were also reported: commuting was tiring, took time away from studying and was isolating, leading to some feeling they were not ‘proper’ students due to disengagement from their peers. Many students felt that their experience of university was limited due to difficulties in accessing support services and social activities which generally happened in the evening. Respondents were also aware that commuting was an option more likely to be chosen by less affluent students and those from minority ethnic backgrounds, deepening social divisions. Our respondents were also aware of the ongoing impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, which had enforced the social isolation of commuter students, leading to mental health problems for many (Couper Kenney & Riddell, 2021).
References
Christie, H. (2007) ‘Higher education and spatial (im)mobility: non-traditional students and living at home’, Environment and Planning, 39 (10), 2445-2463
Couper-Kenney, F. & Riddell, S. (2021). ‘The impact of COVID-19 on children with additional support needs and disabilities in Scotland.’ European Journal of Special Needs Education. 36, 1, 20 - 34
Donnelly, M. & Gamsu, S. (2018) Home and Away: Social, Ethnic and Spatial Inequalities in Student Mobility London: The Sutton Trust
Holton, M. & Finn, K. (2020) ‘Belonging, pausing, feeling: a framework of “mobile dwelling” for UK university students that live at home’. Applied Mobilities 5, 1, 6-20.
Minty, S (2021) PhD thesis: Where to study and where to live? Young people's HE decisions in Scotland and the role of family, finance and region University of Edinburgh.
Riddell, S. & Weedon, E. (2018) Fees regimes and widening access: does Scotland’s no-fees regime promote fairer access compared with other UK jurisdictions? In Shah, M (ed.) Achieving Equity and Academic Excellence in Higher Education: Global Perspectives in an Era of Widening Participation Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 03 A: The OECD as an Educational Policy-Actor. Some Cases from the Nordic Context.
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gunnlaugur Magnússon
Session Chair: Florian Waldow
Symposium
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

The OECD as an Educational Policy-Actor. Some Cases from the Nordic Context.

Chair: Gunnlaugur Magnússon (University of Oslo)

Discussant: Florian Waldow (Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin)

The influence of supranational organizations on the development of education systems and education policies can hardly be overstated (Daun, 2011). In fact, while this influence has grown in the last few years, as Román, Hallsén, Nordin & Ringarp (2015) point out, already in the late 1990’s, concerns of how standardisation and guidelines from such organizations had been raised in terms of an emerging “world education culture”. This can be seen, as a result of ideological paradigm shift, introducing neoliberal rationality and economical concepts into a wide array of societal institutions through economical organizations such as the World Bank and IMF and through the influence of the OECD (Jones, 2004). While this form of educational policy borrowing, or at least adaption of similar policies into varying contexts (Steiner-Khamsi, 2004), the “international argument” has gained importance – in particular in countries facing a sort of PISA-crises (Ringarp & Waldow, 2016). This is particularly visible in the Nordic context (e.g. Dovemark et al. 2018) where the “Nordic model” is increasingly seen as having been devalued.

In the Nordic context, recent research projects have illustrated how education policy making in the Nordic countries use different sources of information as evidence (knowledge claims backed up by information) to argue for or against different politics and policies (Karseth, Sivesind & Steiner-Khamsi. 2022; Steiner-Khamsi, Karseth & Baek, 2020). In some countries, it feeds into an “policy of suspiciousness” (Wahlström & Nordin, 2022) towards national researchers, government authorities and educational practitioners – giving increased weight to international references and more importantly supranational organizations, increasingly viewed as “objective” actors (Sivesind & Karseth, 2019).

This symposium aims to illustrate the effects of the OECD in educational policies in the Nordic context with four examples of analysis of OECD documents and their correspondence as regards national education policy documents from Finland, Denmark, Norway, Sweden and Iceland. The first paper is a Norwegian study which illustrates how OECD is issuing values and how data from the Nordic countries serve as policy examples.

The second paper is a Swedish study which illustrates an interdependent and legitimizing relationship between the nation-state and the OECD in legitimizing educational reforms albeit ambivalent and alterign over time, even showing that the OECD was perhaps not a driving factor in introducing NPM in Sweden in the 1990’s. The Icelandic study illustrates a clear referential relationship and dependence on OECD from the Icelandic authorities, with new large scale policy documents gaining high influence despite not being legislative or regulatory and despite limited reference or consideration of currently valid educational legislation or curricula. Lastly, we have a historical comparative study, examining the emergence of the OECD's influence in two Nordic countries, Finland and Norway, concentrating on the discursive preparation work behind the current policy practices and discussing the perennial problem of external policy advice in the field of a territorially organized education system.

This symposium thus illuminates the interplay between national authorities, political processes, and education policies and the OECD. Although the cases are all from the Nordic context, there are clear parallels and lessons to be drawn for European education research, with results of importance for researchers, policy-makers and practitioners alike.


References
Daun, H. (2011). Globalization, EU-ification, and the New Mode of Educational Governance in Europe, European Education, 43:1, 9-32
Karseth, Berit; Sivesind, Kirsten & Steiner-Khamsi, Gita (Ed.), Evidence and Expertise in Nordic Education Policy. A comparative Network Analysis. Palgrave Macmillan
Román, H. Hallsén, S. Nordin, A. & Ringarp, J. (2015). Who governs the Swedish school? Local school policy research from a historical and transnational curriculum theory perspective, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 2015:1.
Sivesind, K. & Karseth, B. (2019). An officially endorsed national curriculum: institutional boundaries and ideational concerns. Curriculum Perspectives 39(2), p. 193–197
Steiner-Khamsi, G., Karseth, B. & Baek, C. (2020) From science to politics: commissioned reports and their political translation into White Papers, Journal of Education Policy, 35:1, 119-144
Wahlström, N. & Nordin, A. (2022) Policy of suspiciousness –mobilization of educational reforms in Sweden, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 43:2, 251-265-

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Nordic Data and Research as Evidence in the OECD Future Curriculum Narrative

Berit Karseth (University of Oslo), Simona Bernotaite (University of Oslo), Anniken Hotvedt Sundby (University of Oslo)

Through the capacity to collect and utilize comparative country data, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has become a "powerhouse” (Grek, 2014) that advocates for education policy reforms worldwide. Although governments remain central in policymaking they are constantly under pressure to interact, negotiate and mediate between a multitude of policy actors (Steiner-Khamsi, 2022). Nordic education policy research has explored to a great extent how national policymakers borrow or reject transnational policy elements in national education policymaking. However, there is a lack of research on how the OECD constructs transnational policies through a selection of country data and research. To contribute to the research on the OECD this paper explores how OECD orchestrates the process of shaping a shared imaginary of the future curriculum with particular attention to how values are issued. The following two research questions are guiding our study: 1. How is the issue of values modified and positioned through the reports from OECD’s Curriculum (re)design project 2. How is data from the Nordic countries used in OECD’s storytelling on values and attitudes? To explore the processes of transnational policymaking through the utilization of comparative country data and research this paper leans on discursive institutionalism (DI) as a theoretical framework for exploring the formation, communication, and translation of transnational policy ideas. Additionally, Actor-network theory (ANT) inspires the exploration of the modifying work of constructing the narrative of the future curriculum with a particular interest in how values are issued. The selected documents that we analyze are the thematic reports produced within OECD’s Curriculum (re)design project and especially the report on values and attitudes (OECD 2021). Our analysis shows that values are issued in different ways throughout the documents. Hence, documents are texts that modify and transform issues rather than simply describe them. Furthermore, borrowing the concept of contexting by Asdal and Moser (2012), we argue that the report is contexting values in different ways within a document and between documents. Moreover, the presence of the Nordic countries varies in the reports. This is partly due to how the countries decide to participate. OECD orchestrating of the future curriculum is depended on how the individual country engages itself in policy issues and initiatives. This means that the effort and engagement must be related to “what’s in it for us”. This also goes for the issuing of values.

References:

Asdal, K. (2015). What is the issue? The transformative capacity of documents. Distinktion (Aarhus), 16(1), 74–90. https://doi.org/10.1080/1600910X.2015.1022194 Asdal, K., & Moser, I. (2012). Experiments in Context and Contexting. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 37(4), 291–306. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162243912449749 Grek, S. (2014). OECD as a site of coproduction: European education governance and the new politics of ‘policy mobilization.’ Critical Policy Studies, 8(3), 266–281. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171.2013.862503 OECD 2021 Embedding Values and Attitudes in Curriculum: Shaping a Better Future, OECD (2021), OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/aee2adcd-en Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2022). What Is in a Reference? Theoretically Understanding the Uses of Evidence in Education Policy. In B. Karseth, K. Sivesind, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (Eds.), Evidence and Expertise in Nordic Education Policy: A Comparative Network Analysis (pp. 33–57). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-91959-7_2
 

OECD and Sweden - a Complex Interdependence for the Legitimisation of Policy

Andreas Nordin (Linnaeus University), Ninni Wahlstrom (Linnaeus University)

According to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the role of the organization is to ‘work on establishing evidence-based international standards’ in education by providing ‘a unique forum and knowledge hub for data and analysis, exchange of experiences, best-practice sharing, and advice on public policies’ (OECD, 2022). Simultaneously, nation-states participate in the work of setting up international standards and serve as places for the negotiation of transnational policies and national adaptations, leading to an increased interdependence between transnational and national arenas (Steiner-Khamsi, 2004). The purpose of this paper is to explore the national government and the OECD as two arenas depending on each other for their exercise of power and legitimization of education reforms. The research question is “How do the government and the political parties in Sweden use the OECD to legitimize their policy, and how does the OECD use Swedish education policy to promote its policy ideals”? The study draws on discursive institutionalism for a theoretical conceptualization (Carstensen & Schmidt, 2016), which argues that ideas, discourses, and human agency are central for understanding how social institutions both can be maintained and change. Ideas are here seen as represented through discourse that is the interactive process by which ideas are processed, changed, and conveyed. The data consists of Swedish policy documents and reports from the OECD between the years from 1992 to 2021. The analytical approach to the policy texts is critical discourse analysis (Fairclough, 2010). Critical discourse analysis distinguishes between three steps in the analysis: the descriptive, interpretive and explanatory phases (Fairclough, 2001). The result reveals that the market-based school reform in Sweden 1991 raised many critical questions from the OECD (OECD, 1992). In particular, the OECD questioned policy instruments such as ‘school choice’ and ‘competition’ as governance methods for national school systems, which indicates that the OECD was not at the time a strong proponent of New Public Management (NPM). In the succeeding decades, the conformity between Sweden and the OECD regarding education policy has alternated over time, from occasions of close cooperation between the Swedish government and the OECD regarding evaluation of the school system (Wahlström & Nordin, 2020) to mistrust between the Swedish Parliament and the OECD concerning the application of rules in conducting the 2018 international knowledge test of PISA (NAO, 2021).

References:

Carstensen, M. B. & Schmidt, V. A. (2016). Power through, over and in ideas: Conceptualizing ideational power in discursive institutionalism. Journal of European Public Policy, 23(3), 318–337. Fairclough, N. (2001). Language and Power. Pearson. Fairclough, N. (2010). Critical discourse analysis: The critical study of language. Pearson. NAO. (2021). Pisa-undersökningen 2018 – arbetet med att säkerställa ett tillförlitligt elevdeltagande. Riksrevisionens granskning [The 2018 Pisa survey: The work to ensure reliable student participation. The National Audit Office’s review]. The Swedish National Audit Office. OECD (2022). The OECD website https://www.oecd.org/about/ Received 2022-11-11 Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2004). The global politics of educational borrowing and lending. Teachers College Press. Wahlström; N. & Nordin, A. (2020). Policy of suspiciousness – mobilization of educational reforms in Sweden. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 43(2), 251-265. DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2020.1822294
 

Visitors from Outer Policy Space – OECD´s Country Visits and Policy Reviews in 1980s Norway and Finland.

Petteri Hansen (Norwegian University of Science and Technology.), Eirik Hammarstrøm (Norwegian University of Science and Technology.)

In recent decades, the OECD has grown into a significant educational policy influencer, whose recommendations have been followed by countries around the world. Many of the practices supported by the OECD, such as the PISA assessments, have been adopted as a central and integral part of the national education policy (Waldow & Steiner-Khamsi, 2019). This article examines the emergence of the OECD's influence in two Nordic countries, Finland and Norway, in the light of a historical comparison. We focus especially on OECD country visits and country reviews in the 1980s. The reason for focusing on 1980s is that it seems to constitute an important transformation period after which the OECD turned from the external actor to an author which views and recommendations began to be followed and referenced quite enthusiastically both in Finland and Norway (Rinne et al, 2004; Imsen & Volckmar, 2014). By analyzing key documents published either by OECD or local authorities (OECD, 1982; OECD, 1988), our research focuses on the rhetorical means (ethos, logos and pathos) through which the OECD's country-specific recommendations for Finland and Norway begin to look not only attractive, but also necessary. By doing so, our paper aims to remind of the discursive preparation work behind the current policy practices. In addition, we also discuss the perennial problem of external policy advice in the field of a territorially organized education system.

References:

Imsen, G. & Volckmar, N. (2014). The Norwegian School for All: Historical Emergence and Neoliberal Confrontation. In U. Blossing, G. Imsen, & L. Moos (Eds.). The Nordic education model: "A school for all" encounters neo-liberal policy (pp. 35–55). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands OECD (1982). Reviews of national policies for education: Finland. Paris: Department of the Examiners. OECD (1988). OECD-vurdering av norsk utdanningspolitikk [OECD-assessment of Norwegian education policy]. Oslo: Kirke-og undervisningsdepartementet. Rinne, R., Kallo, J. & Hokka, S. (2004). Too Eager to Comply? OECD Education Policies and the Finnish Response. European Educational Research Journal, 3(2), 454–485. Waldow, F. & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Eds.). (2019). Understanding PISA’s Attractiveness: Critical Analyses in Comparative Policy Studies. London, UK.: Bloomsbury.
 

Policy Making by Bullet Points? OECD and Contemporary Icelandic Education Policy

Berglind Rós Magnúsdóttir (University of Iceland), Gunnlaugur Magnússon (University of Oslo)

The OECD is an inevitable force in contemporary education, and informs political decision-making and policy-making in education, although several researchers have questioned whether the OECD is an objective, politically neutral organisation (Steiner-Khamsi, 2019; Ydesen, Kaukko & Magnúsdóttir, 2022). Still, the organisation’s reputation sustains and politicians are under pressure to move education systems up the OECD rankings of education systems. In this paper, policies are seen as “intended to bring about idealised solutions to diagnosed problems” (Ball 1990, 26) and are contested and interpreted by policy-makers, practitioners and external actors. Compared to other countries, Icelandic Ministers have been independent and the role of the position loosely defined (Kristinsson, 2009, Magnúsdóttir & Jónasson, 2022). However, the governmental aim has been to strengthen professionalism and democratic practices (Árnason & Henryson, 2018). This paper illustrates how the OECD affects recent education policy-making in Iceland and how governmental procedure has developed from one visionary policy document to another, utilizing the OECD. We analyse the most recent large-scale education policy-package from Iceland and compare it to the process on the White Paper 2014 (Magnúsdóttir & Jónasson; Ydesen, Kauko & Magnúsdóttir, 2022). The documents chosen include Education Policy to 2030 (Icelandic Parliament 2020), an action plan (2020-2024), and two green papers (2017; 2019). The introduction to Education Policy to 2030 announces that OECD was the main provider of consultancy throughout the policy making process and that report (OECD, 2021) is therefore included in the analysis. Theoretical concepts from Popkewitz (2008) and Bacchis WPR-method (Bacchi, 1999) structures the analysis. Interestingly, neither the Education Policy to 2030 nor the report from the OECD frame it in relation to either current educational legislation or curricula. The national curriculum is mentioned only when adaptions of it to the new policy are suggested. The White Paper (2014) was not supported by green papers, however, Education Policy to 2030 was supported by two green papers, both concerning inclusive education. The OECD report is heavily self-referential mostly referring to other OECD reports and the two supporting green papers are not mentioned Our preliminary conclusions are that the OECD is of great influence in these two education policies studied here, and in the Education Policy to 2030, they are not only a referential point and a tool to legitimate particular policies, but also a post-hoc policy-implementation adviser. It seems that OECD has become the solution to the perceived lack of professional procedure in Icelandic governance.

References:

Bacchi, C. 1999. Women, Policy and Politics. The Construction of Policy Problems. London: Sage Publications. Ball, S. J. 1990. Disciplin and Chaos. The new Right and Discourses of Derision. Politics and Policy Making in Education. London: Routledge Jóhannesson, I. Á. & Gunnþórsdóttir, H. (2022). Óreiðukennd fyrsta aðgerðaáætlun í menntamálum. Skólaþræðir 4 november 2022. Kristinsson, G. H. (2009). More safe than sound? Cabinet ministers in Iceland. In K. Dowding & P. Dumont (Eds.), The selection of ministers in Europe. Hiring and firing (pp. 194–203). Routledge. Magnúsdóttir, B. R., & Jónasson, J. T. (2022). The Irregular Formation of State Policy Documents in the Icelandic Field of Education 2013–2017. In B. Karseth, K. Sivesind, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (Eds.), Evidence and Expertise in Nordic Education Policy: A Comparative Network Analysis (pp. 149-182). Springer International Publishing. Mennta- og menningarmálaráðuneyti. (2014). Hvítbók um umbætur í menntun. Mennta- og menningarmálaráðuneyti. (2021). Menntastefna 2030. Fyrsta aðgerðaáætlun 2021–2024 Ydesen, C., Kauko, J., & Magnúsdóttir, B. R. (2022). The OECD and the Field of Knowledge Brokers in Danish, Finnish, and Icelandic Education Policy. In B. Karseth, K. Sivesind, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (Eds.), Evidence and Expertise in Nordic Education Policy: A Comparative Network Analysis (pp. 321-348). Springer International Publishing.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 03 B: Philanthropy in Education: What is Education for?
Location: James Watt South Building, J7 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Stewart Riddle
Session Chair: Stewart Riddle
Symposium
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Philanthropy in Education: What is Education for?

Chair: Stewart Riddle (University of Southern Queensland)

Discussant: Stewart Riddle (University of Southern Queensland)

The focus of this symposium is philanthropy in education, and it poses the question: what is education for? Through this prompt question, presentations will explore how philanthropy alters the provision of education in Australia and Zimbabwe, with questions raised concerning global flows of philanthropy. The discussant is Associate Professor Stewart Riddle, whose work examines the democratisation of schooling systems, increasing access and equity in education and how schooling can respond to critical social issues in complex contemporary times. The symposium raises questions about the increasing presence of philanthropy in education, and asks, how do philanthropic funding arrangements support education, and at what cost? Further, by introducing philanthropic funds into education and reducing government support, the question is raised about who, or what, education is for?

The first paper explores venture philanthropy in Australia, and how it unfolds in the context of public schooling in Australia and the UK, with reference to governance, policy and practice and the globalised nature of philanthropic funds. The second paper explores how Australian public school parents are operating as new philanthropists, solving the problem of inadequate state funding through private capital raising. The third paper explores the role of philanthropy in schooling in Zimbabwe and how tourism creates complex dynamics in learning environments for students in schools. These papers intersect in their examination of new forms of philanthropy in schooling, and the manner in which philanthropy is fundamentally shaping public schools and government policies.

These presentations address the rising and urgent issue of philanthropy in education. As philanthropic funding increases, whether through venture philanthropy or individual-small scale philanthropy, there is an urgent need to examine the cost and gains of entrepreneurial cultures inserted into public education. As part of this unfolding, consideration is made to the question of ‘what is education for’ and who public education serves, or will serve in the future.


References
N/A
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Philanthrocapitalism and the State: Mapping the Rise of Venture Philanthropy in Public Education

Emma Rowe (Deakin University)

This paper maps the rise of venture philanthropy in public education, exploring how policy networks mobilise high-level systemic reform and governance technologies. This is philanthrocapitalism, a fundamental shift for policy mobility and modes of redistribution. The paper focuses on a major venture philanthropic node, named Social Ventures Australia (SVA). SVA is the brainchild of the global multinational McKinsey and Company and is a useful example to map how venture philanthropy leverages resources, and in the process, fundamentally changes the shape, functionality and form of traditional government. In their lobbying and advocacy work to influence education policy, SVA successfully advocated for a number of intermediaries, including a national research evidence institute. The education research institute is modelled upon and funded by the Education Endowment Foundation from the United Kingdom. Thereby, the paper views policy networks through a lens of globalization, considering how globalization retains an ‘undeniably material form’ (Rizvi & Lingard 2010) in entrenching global interconnectedness and establishing both funding pipelines and market-based reform agendas. It seeks to show the global to the local, in how these reforms are nested within globalized networks, whilst impacting and mobilizing national education policy and public schools. Venture philanthropy and the way in which these networks achieve high-level systemic reform is under-researched in Australia. These networks stand as a critical lever of policy reform in public education. This paper will scrutinise and map the way these networks mobilise reform and function as an identifiable form of economic exchange.

References:

Rizwi, F., Lingard, B., Rizwi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Education policy and the allocation of values. F. Rizwi, & B. Lingard, Globalizing education policy, 70-91.
 

Running the Canteen for Profit: New Philanthropy in Queensland State Schools

Anna Hogan (Queensland University of Technology)

In a globally austere policy context, state financing of public services has been positioned as perennially ‘in crisis’ and in need of private intervention. In fact, there is a general assumption – in education policy and practice – that philanthropic donations are a useful supplement to the public funding of schooling. While much research investigates the role of billionaire philanthropists and their influence in bringing about systemic changes to public school systems, this article focuses on the role of parents, and Parent and Citizen (P&C) associations in autonomous public schools. Through qualitative analysis of P&C interview participants I discuss how the role of P&Cs in Queensland has shifted from them being largely ad hoc community fundraisers to profitable business operators, particularly through the running of profitable canteens, Outside Hours School Care (OHSC), uniform shops and book shops. Through this analysis I argue that public school parents are now operating as new philanthropists, solving the problem of inadequate state funding through private capital raising. Echoing previous research, I note equity concerns here, including the stratification of the public school system and further, a concerning lack of transparency around the extent to which some public schools are being nourished by the deep coffers of successful P&Cs.

References:

N/A
 

Using Art-based Interviews to Highlight Experiences of Children Hosting School Tours in Zimbabwe

Kathleen Smithers (Charles Sturt University)

In Matabeleland North, Zimbabwe, a broken education system has led to schools relying on donors to support/provide fundamental resources. This donor support is sometimes sought by school leaders through funding provided from school tours, conducted as part of tour packages of southern Africa. Few studies have examined the implications of including a school tour in a mass tourism itinerary. This paper explores the philanthropic intervention into schooling using a case study of one school in Matabeleland North, a school that hosts school tours in exchange for small gifts and, sometimes substantial, financial donations. This paper reports on a three-month ethnographic study exploring the effect of the school tours. Data generated from the study included semi-structured interviews with teachers, students and tourism staff. Using a critical view of Development as a discursive framing for analysis, this paper reports on the art-based interviews with children. It argues that students experience the tourism in a manner that is repetitive, and at times, unproductive for learning. Given that one of the intended outcomes of school tours is a better learning environment for the students, the school tour may not be meeting its intended aim. The school tour represents an incursion of development discourse and capitalism into schooling. As philanthropy in schooling is increasing, and has been for the last few decades, it is of pivotal importance to examine the manner in which tourism in schools effects the day-to-day experiences of students and how dominant discourses around ‘development’ shape the interaction of tourism and schooling.

References:

N/A
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 03 C: Analysing European Knowledge Networks in Education Policy
Location: James Watt South Building, J10 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Maija Salokangas
Symposium
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Analysing European Knowledge Networks in Education Policy

Chair: Maija Salokangas (Maynooth University)

Discussant: Eric Mangez (Université catholique de Louvain)

This symposium analyses how knowledge in education policymaking is socially constructed in knowledge networks. The term ‘knowledge network’ attempts to capture the processes and relationships in groups of policy actors created through networking, in which cross-sector, formal, and informal links are forged among policymakers, officials, special advisers, think-tank members, academics, lobbyists, and other stakeholders (Rhodes 2008). As has been found in comparative education research, these networks do not follow the borderlines and legislative restrictions of states or other regions, but work in and between them (e.g. Verger et al. 2012). We understand knowledge broadly: it can be scientific or based on political judgement and practice (Head 2008).

The symposium aims to understand the two key aspects in understanding the social construction of knowledge networks: their role in policymaking, and how these networks capitalise on knowledge.

First, different symposium presentations build understanding on what the knowledge networks are. From the theoretical perspective the importance of knowledge networks is obvious, given how the waves of decentralisation, managerialism, and privatisation have diversified the formal structures of policymaking and governance in a complex mass of interconnected levels and social networks (e.g. Maroy 2009; Ball & Junemann 2012; Ferlie et al. 2008). Researchers have a growing interest in analysing knowledge’s use in education policies (Fenwick et al. 2014; Carvalho 2013) and expert networks’ creation of the infrastructure for dataflows (Lawn and Segerholm 2011; Menashy 2019) as well as governing processes and Europeanisation discourses (Lawn & Grek 2012; Ozga et al. 2011). Knowledge networks are identified as important, but remain mainly uncharted in education research (Normand 2016): thus there is still work do be done to understand how they channel and formulate knowledge (cf. Menashy 2019).

Secondly, the symposium aims to analyse how knowledge is capitalised on in these networks. A substantial body of research shows that policymaking does not favour the critical use of knowledge or evidence but uses it as an instrument for political-ideological aims rather than as a tool for balanced rational deliberation (e.g. Goldstein, 2008; Stehr and Grundmann, 2012; Craft and Howlett, 2013; Klees and Edwards, 2014; Gormley, 2011; Contandriopoulos et al., 2010). Even before evidence is channelled into policymaking, its identification, collection, and selection are problematic for a balanced view (Spillane and Miele 2007; Piattoeva et al. 2018). Theories in political science emphasise political, rather than evidence-based policy process. Baumgartner and Jones (2009) start with ‘bounded rationality’, Kingdon (2003) highlights the roles of policy entrepreneurs and their readiness to push pet proposals at opportune moments, and the Advocacy Coalition Framework emphasises core beliefs of actors (Sabatier and Jenkins-Smith, 1999). Most theories do not recognise rationality (c.f. Scharpf, 1997; Ostrom, 2005) or evidence as a key driver of politics but as part of the mix (Head, 2008).

The role of knowledge networks and how they work with knowledge are analysed in four contexts: EU (mainly Brussels), Finland, Portugal, and the UK. The results derive from three research projects. The Transnational knowledge Networks in Higher Education Policymaking (KNETS) research project analyses the concrete operation of transnational knowledge networks in higher education drawing on network analysis, interviews, and observation. A study predating and connected to KNETS studied the political use of evidence in the Academies Act in the UK with documentary data and interviews. The third research project studies the role of private foundations' use knowledge as a source of power in Portugal and Europe with the help of documents and interviews. All presentations focus on the knowledge networks, their members, as well as how knowledge is used in these networks.


References
Ball S.J. & Junemann,C. (2012) Networks, New Governance and Education. The Policy Press.
Baumgartner, Frank. R, and Bryan D Jones. (2009). Agendas and instability in American politics. 2nd ed. Chicago, IL: Chicago University Press.
Carvalho, L.M. (2013). The Fabrications and Travels of a Knowledge-Policy Instrument. European Educational Research Journal, 11(2), 172-188.
Fenwick, T. J., Mangez, E., & Ozga, J. (2014). Governing knowledge : comparison, knowledge-based technologies and expertise in the regulation of education. Routledge.
Ferlie, E., Musselin, C., & Andresani, G. (2008). The steering of higher education systems: a public management perspective. Higher Education, 56(3), 325–348. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-008-9125-5
Head, B. W. (2008). Three lenses of evidence-based policy. The Australian Journal of Public Administration, 67(1), 1–11.
Kingdon, John W.  2003. Agendas, alternatives, and public policies. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Longman.
Lawn, M., & Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing education : governing a new policy space. Symposium Books.
Maroy, C. (2009). Convergences and hybridization of educational policies around ‘post-bureaucratic’ models of regulation. Compare, 39(1), 71-84.
Menashy, F. (2019). International Aid to Education. New York: Teachers College
Rhodes R.A.W (2008). Policy Network Analysis. The Oxford Handbook of Public Policy.
Verger, A., Novelli, M., & Altinyelken, H. K. (2012). Global Education Policy and International Development: New Agendas, Issues and Policies (1st ed.). Bloomsbury Publishing Plc.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

From Evidence-Based Policy to Politics of Evidence

Jaakko Kauko (Tampere University)

A premise for this presentation is that evidence-based policy is a political concept. ‘Evidence-based policy’ is an attempt to label a political process but fails to give a correct image of what is taking place. Theories in political science recognise the value-based starting points of policy instead of evidence (Baumgartner and Jones 2009; Kingdon 2003; Sabatier and Jenkins-Smith, 1999). Evidence can be seen as an impetus for change, for example, if an indicator focuses attention on a problem (Zahariadis, 2007), however, different forms of knowledge and evidence are not the key driver of (Head, 2008). In other words, knowledge, even when understood as broadly as in this symposium, can be seen as only one, indeed necessary, but not necessarily the most important element of a political process. The presentation draws on a published article and analyses how politics of evidence played its part in the policy process and created necessary room for action. It focuses on the landmark Academies Act (2010). This piece of legislation was put in motion rapidly after the formation of the Cameron–Clegg coalition government, the UK government responsible for English education. The act and its subsequent reforms have dramatically changed the English education landscape from public to private provision and delivery (Rayner et al., 2018; Salokangas and Ainscow, 2019; West and Bailey, 2013). The analysis tracks long-term structural changes in the education polity, its networks, and shifting preferences among policymakers. Data for the research are policymaker interviews after the reform, a mapping of think tanks, and a document analysis. The analysis shows that political-ideological preferences were derived from think tanks, and the Conservative manifesto built on skewed Swedish evidence in constructing an argument for the Act. The political choices morphed into fact-based arguments in the policy process. While think tanks had some reservations, in the Whitehall bureaucracy the argument was reformulated as a rational deliberation. This was possible because of the long-term change in the significance of think tanks, and how policymakers preferred politically informed opinions instead of research evidence. The presentation argues that the evidence-based policy emphasis is an attempt to depoliticise the scope for political arguments. It also opens questions for further inquiries in the KNETS project, such as what the power stake of academics in ‘evidence-based policy’ is.

References:

Borgatti, S., Martin, E., & Jeffrey, J. (2013). Analyzing Social Networks. Los Angeles: Sage, Print. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. London: Allen Lane. Foucault, M. (1986). Truth and Power. In Gordon C, ed, Michel Foucault. Power/knowledge. Harvester. Cohen, R. & Havlin, S. (2010). Complex Networks: Structure, Robustness and Function. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Kauko, J. & Varjo, J. (2008). Age of indicators: Changes in the Finnish education policy agenda. European educational research journal, 7(2), 219-231. Knoke, D. & Yang, S. (2008). Social network analysis. SAGE. Rinne, R., Kallo, J. & Hokka, S. (2004). Liian innokas mukautumaan? OECD:n koulutuspolitiikka ja Suomen vastauksia [Too eager to comply? The OECD education policy and Finnish answers]. Kasvatus, 35 (4), 34-54. Saarinen, T. (2008). Whose Quality? Social actors in the interface of transnational and national higher education policy. Discourse 29(3), 179-193 Segerholm, C., Hult, A., Lindgren, J. & Rönnberg, L. (2019). The Governing-Evaluation-Knowledge Nexus. Springer. Välimaa, J. (2012). The Corporatization of National Universities in Finland. In B. Pusser, K. Kempner, S. Marginson, & I. Ordorika (Eds.), Universities and the Public Sphere. Knowledge Creation and State Building in the Era of Globalization (pp. 101-120). Routledge. International Studies in Higher Education.
 

Mapping the Higher Education Policymaking Network

Paula Silvén (Tampere University), Jarmo Kallunki (Tampere University)

In this presentation we analyse the structure of the higher education policy network that operates in and between the Finnish national and the European Union levels. We understand this network as conductor of knowledge and knowledge-related power. Our aim is to understand how this knowledge network has been formed. We also examine how well the network can identify the key actors in policymaking. A starting point for analysing the network is that knowledge is formed in relation to other knowledge and power (Foucault 1986; 1977). For example, Swedish research has used interviews to study how knowledge became a key resource in higher education governance structures (Segerholm et al. 2020). Finnish researchers noted that the EU and the OECD can set a dominant education discourse through different networks, creating a seemingly value-free agenda, which Finland has mostly followed (e.g. Rinne et al. 2004; Kauko & Varjo 2008; Saarinen 2008; Välimaa 2012). Drawing on public data, we have formed a database on key network organs. Network analysis focuses on the most important organs, for instance the European Parliamentary Committees, the Commission’s Directorates General for Research and Innovation, and Education and Culture. In Finland the network covers the parliament’s Grand Committee and the committee for Education and Culture. Other important hubs to be analysed are the Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture and its working group EU30 Education. In addition, we include universities’ and universities of applied sciences’ organisations in Finland and their representation at the EU level. Our data is a two-mode affiliation social network data, which we convert to one-mode membership data for analysis (Borgatti et al. 2013). The first analysis can point out the centrality of some policy actors and establish the potential presence of cohesive sub-groups (Knoke & Yang 2008; Borgatti et al. 2013). Data is analysed with UCINET software that is designed for social network analysis. Our results reveal some key actors and hubs, and our results are in line with previous understandings of Finnish and EU higher education policy networks. We reflect on the difficulties and limitations that arise from analysing data gathered from public sources.

References:

Borgatti, S., Martin, E., & Jeffrey, J. (2013). Analyzing Social Networks. Los Angeles: Sage, Print. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. London: Allen Lane. Foucault, M. (1986). Truth and Power. In Gordon C, ed, Michel Foucault. Power/knowledge. Harvester. Cohen, R. & Havlin, S. (2010). Complex Networks: Structure, Robustness and Function. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Kauko, J. & Varjo, J. (2008). Age of indicators: Changes in the Finnish education policy agenda. European educational research journal, 7(2), 219-231. Knoke, D. & Yang, S. (2008). Social network analysis. SAGE. Rinne, R., Kallo, J. & Hokka, S. (2004). Liian innokas mukautumaan? OECD:n koulutuspolitiikka ja Suomen vastauksia [Too eager to comply? The OECD education policy and Finnish answers]. Kasvatus, 35 (4), 34-54. Saarinen, T. (2008). Whose Quality? Social actors in the interface of transnational and national higher education policy. Discourse 29(3), 179-193 Segerholm, C., Hult, A., Lindgren, J. & Rönnberg, L. (2019). The Governing-Evaluation-Knowledge Nexus. Springer. Välimaa, J. (2012). The Corporatization of National Universities in Finland. In B. Pusser, K. Kempner, S. Marginson, & I. Ordorika (Eds.), Universities and the Public Sphere. Knowledge Creation and State Building in the Era of Globalization (pp. 101-120). Routledge. International Studies in Higher Education.
 

Acquiring and Using Knowledge in Higher Education Policymaking Networks

Katri Eeva (Tampere University), Joni Forsell (Tampere University)

This presentation aims to understand how knowledge is acquired and used in higher education networks, for example in the ministerial working groups and parliamentary committees. The concept of knowledge has not been clearly defined in literature on (education) policy studies. Following Foucault (1977, 1986), we understand the concepts of knowledge and power as interwoven and relativistic that are always bounded by the context. We recognize policymakers not only as users, but also as producers of knowledge who draw on different formal and informal practices and networks in policymaking (Foucault 1986). More specifically, we focus on capturing “the movement of knowledge through the world of policy” (Freeman & Sturdy 2014, 14). That is, the use of knowledge in the work of policy and how knowledge practices are legitimised through networks. This presentation is based on a research project (KNETS) that combines social network analysis (SNA), interviews (N=40), and observations. We investigate the network of key higher education policy actors connecting the Finnish and EU contexts. We started by identifying actors in both contexts that share similar characteristics regarding their role and position in the policymaking process. In Finland, the network covers for example the Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture and its Education division, the EU30, which is one of the main links between the EU and Finland on education affairs in the national context. In the EU, the network consists of the Committee on Culture and Education in the European Parliament and the Working Group on Higher Education in the European Commission’s Directorate General for Education and Training. The network data cover other important knowledge hubs and stakeholders operating in the field of higher education, for example organisations representing universities and universities of applied sciences in Finland and the EU. This presentation focuses on interviews and observations conducted in this network. To be able to understand the operation of these knowledge networks, we must examine the use of knowledge in practice through protocols, rituals, and language (Rhodes 2011). Our preliminary findings suggest that networks work as a source of knowledge and operate as a means of legitimatising the acquired knowledge into negotiable forms. Here the trustworthiness of knowledge producers plays a key role. Negotiations on what knowledge is selected for policy often occur prior to formal decision-making: the feasibility of knowledge is politically charged. This highlights the performativity in knowledge utilization.

References:

Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. Allen Lane Foucault, M. (1986). Truth and Power. In Gordon C, ed, Michel Foucault. Power/knowledge. Harvester. Rhodes, R.A.W. (2011). 2011. Everyday Life in British Government. Oxford University Press. Freeman, R. & Sturdy, S. (2014). Introduction: knowledge in policy – embodied, inscribed enacted. Rhodes R.A.W. (2008). Everyday Life in British Government. Oxford University Press.
 

New Philanthropy, Networks, and Knowledge in Education Governance: The Vodafone Foundation’ DigitALL program

Sofia Viseu (Universidade de Lisboa), Erika Moreira Martins (Universidade de Lisboa)

This presentation focuses on the reinforced presence of private foundations in alliance with EdTech in educational governance, using knowledge as a source of influence. To this end, we will present an ongoing exploratory study about DigitALL, a Vodafone Foundation Portugal program for schools that aims to promote “new technologies to support the development of technical, behavioural and social skills” (DigitALL, 2023). Preliminary data, gathered by documental analysis and interviews, show that DigitALL seems a promising empirical study to discuss two features of contemporary education governance. The first feature refers to creating new networks, where non-state actors – such as private and philanthropic organizations – are becoming key actors in education governance (Ball, 2016). Moreover, after the Covid-19 pandemic, private foundations reinforced their presence in education in alliance with EdTech (Saura, 2020; Grimaldi, & Ball, 2021), exhibiting a significant capacity to influence policy, without constraints of national borders or regional and working directly with schools (Williamson et al, 2020). Data show that DigitALL was born from the Vodafone Group Foundation strategy to invest €20 million to expand “digital skills and education programmes” (Vodafone Group Foundation, 2023) and is identical to other ongoing programs in seven European countries. These data will be explored to understand the creation of a new network that gathers national and supranational private foundations, the EdTech and the schools. The second feature refers to how knowledge production, circulation and use are becoming the process of governing itself (Fenwick et al, 2014). Education governance has become more based on comparison and performativity (Grek, Maroy & Verger, 2020) and, thus, there is a growing need for knowledge to sustain policy decisions. The “governing by numbers” (Grek, 2009) is now more and more supported by infrastructures and digital platforms (see, e.g., Decuypere et al., 2021; Sellar, 2017), and taking part in digital education governance (Williamson, 2016). Simultaneously, philanthropy is becoming more concerned with the knowledge to sustain its action, because is turning more committed to impacts and results, capacity building, training, consulting, and digital innovation, which has been described as new philanthropy (see, e.g., Ball & Junemann, 2011). In this respect, DigitALL offers schools a digital platform, in-job teacher training and monitors who apply, in the classroom, a script on digital skills with students. These data converge to the idea that DigitALL takes part in the “new philanthropy canon”, using “digital knowledge” as a source of influence.

References:

Ball, S. J. (2016). Following policy: Networks, network ethnography and education policy mobilities. Journal of education policy, 31(5), 549-566. Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2011). Education policy and philanthropy—The changing landscape of English educational governance. International Journal of Public Administration, 34(10), 646-661. Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1-16.Sellar, 2017 DigitALL (2023). DigitALL < https://www.digitall.vodafone.pt/>, access 27 jan 2023 Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA ‘effect’in Europe. Journal of education policy, 24(1), 23-37. Grek, S., Maroy, C., & Verger, A. (2020). Introduction: Accountability and datafication in education: Historical, transnational and conceptual perspectives. In World yearbook of education 2021 (pp. 1-22). Routledge. Grimaldi, E., & Ball, S. J. (2021). The blended learner: digitalisation and regulated freedom-neoliberalism in the classroom. Journal of Education Policy, 36(3), 393-416. Saura, G. (2020). Filantrocapitalismo digital en educación: Covid-19, UNESCO, Google, Facebook y Microsoft. Teknokultura, 17(2), 159-168. Williamson, B. (2016). Digital education governance: An introduction. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 3-13. Williamson, B., Eynon, R., & Potter, J. (2020). Pandemic politics, pedagogies and practices: digital technologies and distance education during the coronavirus emergency. Learning, Media and Technology
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 03 D: Parents and Choice
Location: Thomson Building, Anatomy 236 LT [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Hanna Sjögren
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

"Adjustment Between Extended School Policies and Parental Models in Urban Vulnerable neighbourhoods".

Roser Girós Calpe

Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Girós Calpe, Roser

Research has highlighted the correlation between participation in extracurricular activities (EA) and school performance (Eccles, 2003; Linver, 2009; Meier, 2018), its contribution to the development of transversal skills improving academic paths and students’ social mobility (Covay & Carbonaro, 2010; Lowe & al, 2020) in the capacity to generate social capital and reduce segregation (Schaefer, D. Simpkins, S. & Ettekal, A, 2015).

Alongside impact, previous research have sought to understand whether participation in EA has a social structure related to child’s intersectional positions of gender, class, origin,... There is a consensus in considering family socioeconomic situation as the main driver of participation in EA, also related to a certain class culture of the concerned cultivation pattern (Lareau, 2011). Although variability has been identified in low-income neighborhoods where participation in religious instruction is higher (Palou, 2021), as well as racial stratification, in the development of transnational educational practices, such as the herigatge culture and Language learning.

In recent years, EA and extended school policies have become increasingly relevant to local political agendas. Certain municipalities seek to develop universal access to afternoon educational activities using different instruments (grands, public offer, social prescription,…). International experiences (coming form Boston, Pittsburg, Chicago) have become benchmarks in this field, inspiring local governements in adopting innovating practices. In Catalonia, the 360ª Education movement promotes the design of "the city curricula", generating and connecting a particular extracurricular offer open to all students.

Taking the case of two Barcelona neighbourhoods, this study aims to understand the adjustment between the new afternoon-time educational policies, and the multicultural and low-income context where they are set up. We are interested in understanding the concept of inequality and inclusion that lays below the normative model, and its potential in the governance of migrant children, that may foster the acculturation pressure towards particular parental models.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We establish three research questions. First, what profiles of participation in EA can be drawn in terms of the time spend in public, private, community and homes provision? What is the probability of affiliation to each profile, depending on sociodemographic characteristics of students and their families? And finally, how do the institutional density of the neighbourhood and the district 360º policies implemented, shape the educational opportunities of primary school students of each profile.
The study applies a mixed method model. On its first stage we have applied a survey to students of 3rd to 6th grade of 10 primary state schools (N=620). Data has been treated trough a Profile latent analysis, in order to unveil the latent profiles of participation in after-school activities. Variables consider the homogeneity and heterogeneity of activity performance, the afternoons spend in community, public, privat, or home activities for each class.
The second stage is based on qualitative research methods, including focus groups with family members, 2 focus groups with social workers responsable for the students enrollement in extracurricular activites, and interviews with community based educators of the two neighbourhoods.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following the statistical controls of the Bayesian information Criteria, 4 profiles have been identified.
The interaction between childhood and leisure studies describes three types of children experiences of leisure: organised, family and casual (Mukherjee, 2020). This research aims at understanding what type of leisure activities are taking place, mapping family, shadow education and community-based options of EA, that are primordial for a segment of families, and that the policy of Education 360º, haven’t necessarily taken into account.
The expected outcome is to set some recommendations towards a more inclusive extended school policy, and the development of new indicators for its assessment.

References
Aurini, J., Missaghian, R., & Milian, R. P. (2020). Educational status hierarchies, after-school activities, and parenting logics: Lessons from Canada. Sociology of Education, 93(2), 173-189.
Barglowski, K. (2019). Migrants’ class and parenting: The role of cultural capital in migrants’ inequalities in education. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 45(11), 1970-1987.
Behtoui, A. (2019). Swedish young people’s after-school extra-curricular activities: attendance, opportunities and consequences. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 40(3), 340-356.
Berger, C., Deutsch, N., Cuadros, O., Franco, E., Rojas, M., Roux, G., & Sánchez, F. (2020). Adolescent peer processes in extracurricular activities: Identifying developmental opportunities. Children and Youth Services Review, 118, 105457.
Covay, E., & Carbonaro, W. (2010). After the bell: Participation in extracurricular activities, classroom behavior, and academic achievement. Sociology of Education, 83(1), 20-45.
Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal childhoods. In Unequal Childhoods. University of California Press.
Lin, A. R., Dawes, N. P., Simpkins, S. D., & Gaskin, E. R. (2022). Making the decision to participate in organized after-school activities: perspectives from Mexican-origin adolescents and their parents. Journal of Adolescent Research, 37(3), 378-408.
Meier, A., Hartmann, B. S., & Larson, R. (2018). A quarter century of participation in school-based extracurricular activities: Inequalities by race, class, gender and age?. Journal of youth and adolescence, 47(6), 1299-1316.
Metsäpelto, Riitta-Leena; Pulkkinen, Lea: The benefits of extracurricular activities for socioemotional behavior and school achievement in middle childhood: An overview of the research - In: Journal for educational research online 6 (2014) 3, S. 10-33 - URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-96857 - DOI: 10.25656/01:9685
Mukherjee, U. (2020). Towards a critical sociology of children’s leisure. International Journal of the Sociology of Leisure, 3(3), 219-239.
Palau, A (2021): “the effects of non-curricular activities on the educational pathways of youth” http://hdl.handle.net/10803/674452
Vandell, D. L., Simpkins, S. D., Pierce, K. M., Brown, B. B., Bolt, D., & Reisner, E. (2022). Afterschool programs, extracurricular activities, and unsupervised time: Are patterns of participation linked to children's academic and social well-being?. Applied Developmental Science, 26(3), 426-442.
Schaefer, D. R., Simpkins, S. D., & Ettekal, A. V. (2018). Can extracurricular activities reduce adolescent race/ethnic friendship segregation?. In Social networks and the life course (pp. 315-339). Springer, Cham.
Schaefer, D. R., Khuu, T. V., Rambaran, J. A., Rivas-Drake, D., & Umaña-Taylor, A. J. (2022). How do youth choose activities? Assessing the relative importance of the micro-selection mechanisms behind adolescent extracurricular activity participation. Social Networks.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

"Parental Choice and Support for Private Schools Within a Norwegian Educational Context"

Ingvil Bjordal

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Bjordal, Ingvil

One of the features of the Nordic welfare model has been the prioritization of a comprehensive public school model (Blossing, Imsen et al. 2014, Imsen and Volckmar 2014). However, for the last thirty years there has been increased support for private alternatives in several of the Nordic countries. This is also the case in Norway where the number of private schools and pupils attending them has more than doubled the last ten years (SSB, 2020). While private schools constituted 3,5 % of the comprehensive schools in 2003, it had increased to over 9 % in 2019 and from 2010 – 2020 the percentage of private schools had increased by 63%. In the same periode the percentage of pupils attending private schools have increased from 2,3% to 4,3% (SSB, 2020).

Within a nordic context Norway has been one of the countries that have been restrictive when it comes to privatsation and market-led policies (Wiborg 2013, Dovemark, Kosunen et al. 2018). Compared to Sweden and Denmark, Norway have had a restrictive legislation clearifying that private schools can only be established on the terms that it offer an alternative to and does not come in competition with the public school. In order to avoid segregation and commersialisation, school fees are kept low by public funding and it is prohibited to make profit on education (Sivesind 2016). However, even though Norway traditionally have stood out as restrictive when it comes to privatisation policies, the status and the balance between private and public schools are changing. Whereas this is related to how conservative governments over the last twenty years have fought to liberalise the private school legislation (and renamed it to ”the free school act”), it is also linked to other policies not directly regulating private education. In this context descentralisation policies, devolving economic responsibility from state to municipality level, have been central when private schools have replaced public schools in financially poor municipalities. While decentralisation and market-led reforms have been introduced simoultanously as privatisation policies (Bjordal & Haugen, 2021), we know little about how they interact and if and how the increased support for private alternatives are related to the development of the public school.

Inspired by a critical approach emphasising the need to investigate privatisation policies in a broader perspective and in relation to other policies, this paper examines how parents support for private schools are related to the development of the public school. Informed by research illuminating how neoliberal reforms in education can stimulate support for private alternatives (Ball & Youdell, 2008), our aim has been to study the ”process of privatisation” as related to a broader restructuring of the educational landcsape The aim is to illuminate processes and mechanisms that stimulate privatisation within education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on an ongoing research project about parental choice in the Norwegian school. Within this project 60 families in the region of Trondheim, the part of Norway with the highest concentration of private schools, have been interviewed about the process of choosing private schools for their children. Inspired by Bowe, Ball and Gewirtz (1994) sociological understanding of choice in education as something dependent on the chooser and the social and political context the choice is made within, our aim has been to “situate individual processes of decisions making within the multilayered context in which such decisions are made” (Bowe, Gewirtz, & Ball, 1994, p. 76). Building on their analytical concept of “landscape of choice” we have been interested in exploring choice and support for private schooling as something that is related to material and social circumstances and not something that can be reduced to individual preferences or individual and socially isolated processes of rational choice. In order to explore educational choice as a contextual phenomenon we have analyzed the process of choosing a school in relation to what Ball et al (2012) refers to as different contextual dimensions. This entails analyzing how the choice process is related to situated conditions like the different school’s history and intake, material conditions as staff, buildings, budgets and infrastructure, professional culture referring to values and teacher commitments and policy management in schools and external conditions like pressure and expectations from a broader policy context such as legal requirements, league table positions and responsibilities.  By focusing on how parents process of choosing are related to these dimensions, the aim has been to answer the research question: How are parents' choice of private schools related to the educational context in which the choices are made?
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show that although parents’ choice of a private alternative is related to the private schools' profile and individual preferences, choice is also closely related to their own or their children experiences with the public school. In this context parents choose private because the public school as they see it, within its economic and structural conditions and political governance (informed by NPM and market-led reforms), is unable to deliver an education that can compete against what the private offer. This is related to getting special needs education, adapted teaching and an educational setting that is more child centered and where there are resources and infrastructure to be pedagogically creative. While these aspects and values traditionally have been prioritized within the public school, parents now experience they must go private to ensure their children these conditions. In short it may seem that the private schools represent a substitute more than a supplement to the public schools and that the restructuring and financial steering of the public school may stimulate to privatization. This resonates with Stephen Ball and Deborah Youdell (2008, p. 58) claim that privatization in education (manifested through NPM and market-led policies), “provides the possibilities for further policy moves towards forms of exogenous privatisation, or privatisation of education”.
References
Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2008). Hidden privatisation in public education, Brussels: Education International.
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How Schools do Policy. Policy enactments in secondary schools. Oxon: Routledge.
Blossing, U., et al. (2014). The Nordic Education Model. ‘A school for all’ encounters Neoliberal policy. London, Springer.
Bjordal, I., & Haugen, R. C. (2021). Fra fellesskole til konkurranseskole. Markedsretting i grunnskolen - sentrale virkemidler og lokale erfaringer. Universitetsforlaget.
Bowe, Ball & Gewirtz (1994). Captured by the discourse? Issues and concerns in Researching ‘Parental choice’. British journal of sociology of education, vol 15. No 1. (1994) pp. 63-78
Dovemark, M., et al. (2018). "Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: social changes reflected in schooling." Education Inquiry 9(1): 122-141.
Imsen, G. and N. Volckmar (2014). The Norwegian School for All: Historical Emergence and Neoliberal Confrontation. The Nordic Education Model. "A School for All" Encounters Neo-Liberal Policy. U. Blossing, G. Imsen and L. Moos. London, Springer: 35-55.
Sivesind, K. H. (2016). Mot en ny skandinavisk velferdsmodell? Konsekvenser av ideell, kommersiell og offentlig tjenesteyting for aktivt medborgerskap. Oslo, Institutt for samfunnsforskning. 1: 82.
SSB (2020) Ein auke i talet på private grunnskolar. https://www.ssb.no/utdanning/artikler-og-publikasjoner/ein-auke-i-talet-pa-private-grunnskolar
Wiborg, S. (2013). "Neo-liberalism and universal state education: the cases of Denmark, Norway and Sweden 1980–2011." Comparative Education. 49(4): 407-423.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Role of Civil Servants in Swedish Local School Choice Systems

Hanna Sjögren

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Sjögren, Hanna

Who decides where a child should go to school? The answer to this question has changed over the past 30 years in Sweden, a country who has faced extensive neoliberal educational reforms during the past decades (Arreman och Holm 2011; Lundahl m.fl. 2013). Based on arguments about increasing individual freedom, free school choice was introduced in Sweden in the 1990s. Ever since, local authorities in Sweden have been commissioned to organize local school choice markets (Dahlstedt m.fl. 2019).

Education in democratic societies has always had to deal with the tension between individual freedom and a need for public good (Labaree 1997; Börjesson 2016; Levin 1987). The organization of school choice systems varies around Sweden, and there is not yet a single model in place for how to design school choice systems. This paper contributes with knowledge about how civil servants work to organize school choice in dialogue with local politicians, as well as how they balance between different goals in practice (e.g. goal conflicts can arise between freedom of choice and integration, since a high degree of freedom in relation to school choice generally leads to increased segregation (Trumberg och Urban 2020)).

Knowledge about what happens in the organization and design of local school choice systems is necessary to understand which values that ​​are prioritized in practice. This paper focuses on what municipalities' organization of school choice means for the Swedish school and the students within these schools.

The purpose of this paper is to identify and problematize the dilemmas and goal conflicts that emerge as civil servants work with the organization on school choice in Swedish municipalities.

The paper suggests that the tension between individual freedom and the school as a collective good tends to end up with the officials. This means that questions about conflicting goals concerning school's role in relation to freedom, justice, and equality – questions, that may be considered political by nature – often are handed over to civil servants within the municipal bureaucracy. How civil servants interpret their role and function within municipal democracy, as well as the values ​​they express, is important for the link between education and the public's trust in representative democracy.

I use the theoretical notion of ‘discretion’ (Brodkin 2020), which pinpoints the extent to which micro-practices of street-level organizations take part in shaping meta-politics. The interest in discretion highlights the importance of zooming in on the practices of civil servants and their level of discretion in enabling educational policies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I analyze motives, justifications, and dilemmas related to local school choice organization through interviews with politicians and civil servants in two municipalities with different political majority (one conversative and one liberal-left). The two municipalities have organized their local school choice market differently, with different interpretations and ranking of various selection criteria for the local school choice markets, which provide two contrasting examples for the execution of discretion by civil servants in local school choice systems.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Municipalities in Sweden have an important responsibility for ensuring 1) equality between schools, and 2) that guardians’ preferences of school choice are met, and 3) that all schools offer equal education, regardless of the children’s socio-economic background. There is a previous lack of knowledge about the level of discretion in how civil servants interpret their role and function within municipal democracies. This paper provides such knowledge, which is important for advancing the understanding of the link between education and the public's trust in civil servants who work with educational policies.
References
References
Arreman, Inger Erixon, och Ann‐Sofie Holm. 2011. ”Privatisation of public education? The emergence of independent upper secondary schools in Sweden”. Journal of Education Policy 26 (2): 225–43. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2010.502701.
Brodkin, Evelyn Z. 2020. ”Discretion in the Welfare State”. I Discretion and the quest for controlled freedom, redigerad av Tony Evans och Peter Hupe, 63–77. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan.
Börjesson, Mikael. 2016. ”Private and Public in European Higher Education”. I Encyclopedia of Educational Philosophy and Theory, redigerad av Michael A. Peters, 1–7. Singapore: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-287-532-7_487-1.
Dahlstedt, Magnus, Martin Harling, Anders Trumberg, Susanne Urban, och Viktor Vesterberg. 2019. Fostran till valfrihet : skolvalet, jämlikheten och framtiden. Stockholm: Liber.
Labaree, David F. 1997. ”Public Goods, Private Goods: The American Struggle Over Educational Goals”. American Educational Research Journal 34 (1): 39–81. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312034001039.
Levin, Henry M. 1987. ”Education as a Public and Private Good”. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 6 (4): 628–41. https://doi.org/10.2307/3323518.
Lundahl, Lisbeth, Inger Erixon Arreman, Ann-Sofie Holm, och Ulf Lundström. 2013. ”Educational marketization the Swedish way”. Education Inquiry 4 (3): 22620. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v4i3.22620.
Trumberg, Anders, och Susanne Urban. 2020. ”School Choice and Its Long-Term Impact on Social Mobility in Sweden”. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research 0 (0): 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1739129.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm25 SES 03 A: School Climate, Rights Awareness and Aims of Education
Location: Adam Smith, 706 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Lotem Perry-Hazan
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Children’s Rights Education and the School Climate

Sarah Zerika1, Maude Louviot2, Frédéric Darbellay1, Zoe Moody1,3

1University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2University of Applied Sciences and Arts of Wallis (Sierre); 3University of Teacher Education Wallis

Presenting Author: Zerika, Sarah; Louviot, Maude

Since 1989, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child recognizes children as subjects of rights. They have also undertaken to make the best interests of the child a priority consideration in all sectors of society, notably in education. Children’s rights education can be relatively explicit, by teaching about children’s rights, or more implicit, with education taking place through the process of experiencing children’s rights respecting environments. This interaction between rights-focused content and rights-respecting learning processes supports the emancipation of children, who are thus able to defend the respect of their own rights as well as those of others (Moody, 2019). This contribution will specifically focus on implicit rights education with specific attention placed on rights-respecting environments from the viewpoint of actors. Based on empirical findings from two previous studies (Louviot, 2019; Zerika, Darbellay & Moody, 2022), it aims to develop a model to describe and understand the links between children’s rights education and the concept of school climate. The dimensions of participation of children in school and of more or less autonomous learning will be more specifically explored.

School climate is a multidimensional concept that takes into consideration various domains of school life and organization. Most studies include dimensions related to relationships, security, teaching and learning, as well as the institutional environment (Cohen et al., 2009; Janosz et al., 1998; Lewno-Dumdie et al., 2020). The concept is usually constructed as the articulation of the affective and cognitive perceptions of all members of a school community: educational staff, students, and parents (Rudasill et al., 2018). Research has highlighted that students’ learning and well-being are fostered within a positive school climate that develops social, emotional, and democratic education (Thapa et al., 2013).

This contribution aims to develop the theoretical links between rights-respecting environments and a positive school climate and confront them with empirical data. Covell and Howe (1999, p. 182) suggest that “including children’s rights education in school curricula is likely to improve children’s psychological well-being, teacher and peer relationships, and to promote more positive attitudes toward ethnic minority children”. Research on children’s rights through education suggests that rights-respecting learning environments with attention to pedagogical practices have an impact on children’s attitudes and engagement as well as on the welfare and protection of children (Quennerstedt & Moody, 2020). Similarly, Quennerstedt (2022) shows that education through right can be conceptualized as a positive school experience in relation to being safe, expressing opinions, being heard, and being equally treated. Research suggests that links between rights-respecting teaching and learning environments and dimensions that are constitutive of a positive school climate exist.

What are the specificities of rights-respecting teaching and learning environments which can support a positive school climate? Conversely, what dimensions of the school climate are more directly in relation to rights-respecting teaching and learning environments? Theoretical and empirical answers will be provided in this presentation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A dataset from qualitative approaches, based on case studies and multi-actor methodology, is used in this presentation. The case study approach allows for a detailed and contextual understanding of situations, that can be compared, reaching, to a certain extent, a comprehensive understanding (Albarello, 2011; Gagnon, 2012). Educational, institutional, and organizational dimensions like architecture, the role of knowledge, evaluative processes, governance, organization of time, and place given to the values of inter-individual relations or participation of children were studied. Mixed methodological devices were used, composed mainly of interviews with different actors concerned (teachers (n=18), headmasters (n=6), families (parents and children; n=3)), participant observations (children (n=170)) and documentary analyzes.

Data from six different schools-cases is used. These schools are heterogeneous with respect to education methods and systems. Four are alternative schools, following different approaches (Montessori, Freinet, Democratic school, School in, by and with nature), and two of them follow more traditional organizations and pedagogies. The comparison between multiple practices allows for highlighting the potential differences within those different approaches. The light can be shed on specific teaching and learning processes, among which some claim to place children and their schooling experience, as well as the objectives of knowledge, at the center of the process.

The high degree of variation between the six schools considered in this contribution, notably on the level of education methods and systems, provides a solid basis for inter-case comparisons and the identification of specificities with respect to participation, citizenship, autonomous learning, and the rights of children. Both convergences and divergences are highlighted.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Positive school climate and rights-respecting environments are associated with better academic outcomes, greater student well-being, and indicate the importance of creating safe, inclusive, and supportive environments. Using four dimensions of school climate that are identified in the literature (Cohen et al., 2009) and relatively widely shared understandings of rights-respecting environments, we will describe some components that converge theoretically for a rights-respecting school climate and then exemplify them with data from the six cases.

The first dimension is the relationships that create a culture of respect and inclusion, in which all members of the school community feel valued and respected. It considers their interactions, participation and engagement for example in student councils or parent-teacher associations, and can include activities such as non-violent communication, collaboration, or conflict resolution. A second dimension of a rights-respecting school climate is security and discipline: a safe environment for students and staff who can be heard via appropriate measures in place to prevent and respond to discrimination and violence: e.g. applying the rules and peaceful coexistence using tools like school council or peer mediation.

A third dimension is teaching and learning. It is not only disciplinary (e.g., teaching about children’s rights) but aims at acquiring transversal skills with attention to the personality and the dignity of children. For teachers, it encourages ongoing professional to support their capacity to create a rights-respecting school climate. Finally, a fourth dimension is the institutional environment including the school system in terms of governance, that can be more or less horizontal and participatory depending on the schools. Another element is the assessment of schools policies and practices to identify any areas where improvement and adjustments can be achieved concerning principles of rights-respecting environments and positive school climate.

References
Albarello, L. (2011). Choisir l’étude de cas comme méthode de recherche. Bruxelles: De Boeck.

Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers college record, 111(1), 180-213.

Covell, K. & Howe, R. B. (1999). The impact of children’s rights education: a Canadian study. The international journal of children’s rights, 7, 171-183. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718189920494327

Gagnon, Y.C. (2012). L’étude de cas comme méthode de recherche. Québec : Presses de l’Université du Québec.

Janosz, M., Georges, P., & Parent, S. (1998) L'environnement socioéducatif à l'école secondaire : un modèle théorique pour guider l'évaluation du milieu. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-éducation, 27(2), 285-306.

Lewno-Dumdie, B. M., Mason, B. A., Hajovsky, D. B., & Villeneuve, E. F. (2020). Student-report measures of school climate: A dimensional review. School Mental Health, 12(1), 1-21.

Louviot, M. (2019). La participation des enfants à l’école sous le prisme des droits de l’enfant. Éducation et socialisation, 53. https://doi.org/10.4000/edso.7297

Moody, Z. (2019). Droits de l’enfant et école : diversité, participation et transformation sociale. In J. Zermatten & P. D. Jaffé (dir.), 30 ans de droits de l’enfant: un nouvel élan pour l’humanité (p. 174-183). Sion, Suisse : Université de Genève, Centre interfacultaire en droits de l’enfant.

Quennerstedt, A. (2022). Unicef’s Rights Respecting Schools Award as children’s human rights education. Human Rights Education Review, 5(3), 68–90.

Quennerstedt, A., & Moody, Z. (2020). Educational Children’s Rights Research 1989–2019: Achievements, Gaps and Future Prospects, The International Journal of Children's Rights, 28(1), 183-208.

Rudasill, K. M., Snyder, K. E., Levinson, H., et L Adelson, J. (2018). Systems view of school climate: A theoretical framework for research. Educational psychology review, 30(1), 35-60. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-017-9401-y

Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., et Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of educational research, 83(3), 357-385.

Zerika, S., Moody, Z., & Darbellay, F. (2022). Les pédagogies « alternatives » au prisme de trois études de cas. Recherches & Éducations. https://journals.openedition.org/rechercheseducations/12353


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

An Investigation of Children's Digital User Profiles in the Context of Rights Awareness

Erdem Hareket

Kırıkkale University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Hareket, Erdem

Children represent a large, unique, and underappreciated user group of digital technologies (Gillett Swan & Sargeant, 2018). For this reason, the protection of children and their rights is among the issues of increasing importance in the digital age. It means that children are in a particular situation that requires a unique interpretation of human rights regarding social conditions and universal status in a digitized world (Öhman & Quennerstedt, 2017). This paradoxical situation points to an issue that needs to be emphasized when considering the best interests and well-being of children who are digital users. It also leads child rights experts to ask: "On what principles and with what qualities of environments and content should access to and participation in digital media as a right be based in a way that includes children's best interests? However, it is not easy to answer this question because even child rights experts and sector representatives are still unable to establish cooperation and understanding on promoting and respecting children's rights in digital environments and overlook the nature of the problems in this regard (Livingstone, 2021). Fortunately, "General Comment No. 25 on the Rights of the Child in Relation to the Digital Environment" published by the United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child in 2021 emerges as a guide for us. This Declaration which includes issues related to the protection of children's rights in digital environments, draws attention to the need to improve the digital literacy levels of children, parents, childcare providers and educators. At this point, it is foreseen that the user profiles of children in digital environments can guide us in terms of the steps to be taken to protect both themselves and their rights. These profile findings can also guide us about digital literacy areas that should be included in children's rights education processes. In the scope of this research, it is aimed to extract the digital user profiles of children and to discuss the findings in terms of children’s rights awareness. With this overarching aim, the research aims to find answers to the following sub-questions:

a) What are the most used digital platforms by children and their intended use?

b) What are the children's perceptions of the emotional effects of digital tools/platforms on them?

c) In what way do children's daily use of digital tools and spatial usage preferences intensify?

d) What are the topics that are described as disturbing content by children on digital platforms?

e) What are the aspects of digital tools/media that are considered beneficial and harmful by children?

f) What are the tendencies of children to share their personal information on digital platforms?

g) What are the tendencies of children to use chat applications, and what are their purposes for use?

h) What are the issues considered by children as the risks of digital environments?

i) What are the types of content needed/expected by children in digital environments?

j) What is the self-evaluation of children regarding their rights awareness as digital users?

k) What are the children's rights that are actively used by children in digital environments and that are frequently violated on the other hand?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research was planned and conducted by the mixed research approach in which quantitative and qualitative methods are used together. The mixed research method which is defined as the process of combining quantitative and qualitative methods and approaches in one or more successive studies and combining the obtained data (Creswell, 2013), takes the strengths of the two methods and completes the weaknesses of each other and allows for more effective and comprehensive research (Creswell and Plano Clark, 2007). The participant group of the research consists of 1430 children between the ages of 9-18 in Turkey. An accessible sampling method was used to determine the participant group of the research. No special criteria were used to determine the children participating in the research. Children who wanted to participate in the research and who had parental consent were included in the research group. A questionnaire consisting of open-ended questions was used to obtain the data. According to Patton (2014), open-ended questions seek to grasp what people think without the limitations and predictions of predetermined categories. In addition, one-on-one online interviews were conducted with some of the children participating in the research. Parental permission was obtained for these interviews. The interviews lasted between 35 and 48 minutes on average. The research data were collected with a group of co-researchers who participated in the author’s children's rights education project. The research data were analyzed with thematic content analysis and descriptive analysis. According to Berg (1998), content analysis is used to systematically interpret interviews and field notes that are overlooked or deemed inappropriate for analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the research, it was seen that children mostly use digital platforms through their tablets and phones. Also, it has been seen that the usage purposes are focused on playing digital games, having fun, chatting and creating a social environment. It was concluded that children mostly use digital tools for 4-7 hours a day and the emotional effects of these uses on children are concentrated in two different poles as anger and pleasure. The other result of the research, it can be said that children tend to protect their personal data and display a non-sharing profile on digital platforms at this point. It has been concluded that the beneficial aspect of digital environments is strongly emphasized by children in terms of the use of rights such as having a good time, social participation, communication, education, freedom of expression and thought. On the other hand, it is considered problematic in terms of exposure to violence, sexuality and marketing content. It has been determined that children do not consider their awareness of the rights and freedoms they have in digital environments sufficient. In addition, it has been determined that personal rights are violated mostly by cyberbullying harassment. The research results showed generally that digital literacy skills should be integrated into children’s rights education processes because there are some inconsistencies between children's digital user attitudes and their awareness of their rights. In addition, in line with the results of the research, some determinations have been made for more effective protection of children and their rights in digital environments.
References
Berg, B. L. (1998). Qualitative research methods for the social sciences (Third Edition). Allyn & Bacon.
Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2007). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research.
Creswell, J. W. (2013). Nitel Araştırma Yöntemleri. (M. Bütün & S. B. Demir, Cev.) Ankara: Siyasal.
Gillett‐Swan, J. K., & Sargeant, J. (2018). Voice inclusive practice, digital literacy, and children's participatory rights. Children & Society, 32(1), 38-49.
Livingstone, S. (2021). Realizing children’s rights in relation to the digital environment.  European Review, 29(1), 20-33.
Öhman, M., & Quennerstedt, A. (2017). Questioning the no-touch discourse in physical education from a children's rights perspective. Sport, Education and Society, 22(3), 305-320.
Patton, M. Q. (2014). Nitel araştırma ve değerlendirme yöntemleri. (M. Bütün & S. B. Demir, Çev. Ed.). Pegem Yayıncılık.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Learning Through Protest: Conceptualising the Right to Freedom of Assembly Through Social Epistemology

Amy Hanna1, Gabriela Martinez Sainz2

1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2University College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Hanna, Amy; Martinez Sainz, Gabriela

Children are not typically considered as being ‘political’, but they have the right to freedom of peaceful assembly under international human rights instruments such as the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) and the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC). Nonetheless, a lack of commentary and jurisprudence on this right of children and young people has left the right largely unexplored. Similarly, the aims of education set out in Article 29 CRC are almost identical to the education rights enshrined in Article 13(1) ICESCR, but Article 29 seems to be taken for granted (Gillett-Swan, Thelander and Hanna, 2021). Both CRC and ICESCR explicitly acknowledge the role of education in wider society and democracy, and jurisprudence on Article 29 CRC highlights that education is not only a right in itself, but an essential medium for the realisation of other rights (Lundy et al, 2016; Tomasevski, 2001; see also Gillett-Swan and Thelander, 2021). Article 29 largely mirrors the ICESCR and its reference to education as development of respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, but it also features additional references to respect for cultural identity, language and values, and the natural environment.

Article 29 CRC sets out the purpose and value of education in a presentation that has been criticised for being idealistic (Lundy and Martinez-Sainz, 2018), and that has led to emergent tensions between the disciplines of human rights law, and the education to which it pertains (Gillett-Swan and Thelander, 2021). Indeed, it is its position as a right that enables all other rights (Lundy et al, 2016; UN, 2001: para. 6) that may explain the lack of substantive focus in the literature (Gillett-Swan, Thelander and Hanna, 2021). There are a number of typologies that represent education rights such as Tomasevski’s (2001) ‘4-A’ typology, and Verhellen’s (1993) typology of rights to, in, and through education. The Committee on the Rights of the Child, however, emphasises that education is not merely formal schooling, but the experiences that connect young people’s lives with the purpose of education (UN, 2001: para. 2). Crucially, this purpose includes ‘efforts that promote the enjoyment of other rights’ in all environments, whether ‘home, school or elsewhere’ (UN, 2001: para. 8). Despite this emphasis on the purposes of education as being the lynchpin of children’s rights more broadly, there is still little empirical research that illuminates the aims of education as a right in and of itself, and little attention to how exercising civic rights such as the right to freedom of assembly (Article 15) can realise children’s education rights under Article 29.

Whilst the findings from an empirical study have been presented elsewhere (Martinez Sainz & Hanna, forthcoming; Hanna & Martinez Sainz, under review), this paper seeks to address the scarcity of jurisprudence and commentary by presenting a conceptual framework that links article 29 aims of education and article 15 right to freedom of assembly through the lens of social epistemology. This paper employs empirical data gathered in an examination of how young people exercised their right to freedom of peaceful assembly during the pandemic, using the social epistemology of groups (Bird, 2021; Tollefsen, 2021) and of human rights (Buchanan, 2021) to conceptualise how young people learn through protest in realisation of the aims of education under Article 29.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study upon which this paper is based used a digital ethnography methodology (Pink, 2016) to examine how young people exercise their Article 15 CRC right to peaceful assembly. Using MAXQDA, all Tweets using the hashtags #FridaysForFuture and #ClimateStrikeOnline were collected for the following dates running up to the first UK Covid lockdown in 2020: i) 28 February, the Bristol Climate Strike that preceded COP25; ii) 6 March, the Brussels Climate Strike; and iii) 13 March, the first climate strike online. These dates provided a cross- sectional ‘snapshot’ of young people exercising their right to peaceful assembly.

The hashtags formed the sampling criteria applied to the data as only Tweets including these hashtags were coded. The data were cleaned and those in English selected for analysis which produced a dataset of 9,403 Tweets. All coding was done by hand for consistency using a deductive coding framework agreed by both authors. This framework was agreed by an initial coding of Tweets and was applied to surface content of Tweets, any links included in Tweets, and the content of any posted links.

This research was conducted with full ethical approval from the University. All Twitter data were anonymised by removing usernames, handles, metadata and geospatial location. Where content may still be identifiable, Tweets were paraphrased. All data was treated in accordance with the Best Interest of the Child principle of children’s human rights (UN, 1989), and followed ethical practices of research (BERA, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In exploring the links between children and young people exercising their right to freedom of peaceful assembly and their education rights, and the manner in which this takes place in person and online, we will propose a conceptualisation of how children learn through protest that will contribute to the sparse jurisprudence on both Article 15 and Article 29. In doing so, we will apply a lens of collective epistemology: a subfield of social epistemology that examines epistemic practices and processes of aggregate groups such as young climate strikers. This, we argue, will highlight that in contrast to the populist position that children ‘lose out’ on their education by protesting (Guardian, 2021), children in fact live the aims of education: respect for human rights and the natural environment; and are prepared for life in civic society (UN, 1989)
References
Adams, R. (2021) Do not encourage children to join climate protests, says draft DfE strategy, The Guardian

British Education Research Association (BERA) (4th Ed.). (2018) Ethical Guidance for Education Researchers. Available at: https://www.bera.ac.uk/researchers-resources/publications/ethical-guidelines-for-educational-research-2018 accessed 31/01/23

Bird, A. (2021) ‘Group Belief and Knowledge’ in M. Fricker, P. J. Graham, D. Henderson and N. J. L. L. Pedersen (Eds) The Routledge Handbook of Social Epistemology, Abingdon: Routledge, pp274-283

Buchanan, A. (2021) ‘The Reflexive Social Epistemology of Human Rights’ in M. Fricker, P. J. Graham, D. Henderson and N. J. L. L. Pedersen (Eds) The Routledge Handbook of Social Epistemology, Abingdon: Routledge, pp284-292

Gillett-Swan, J. and Thelander, N. eds., 2021. Children’s Rights from International Educational Perspectives: Wicked Problems for Children’s Education Rights (Vol. 2). Springer Nature.

Gillett-Swan, J., Thelander, N. and Hanna, A. (2021) Setting the Scene for Children’s Rights and Education: Understanding the Aims of Education. Children’s Rights from International Educational Perspectives: Wicked Problems for Children’s Education Rights, pp.1-11.

Hanna, A., and Martinez Sainz, G. (forthcoming) “I will not stand aside and watch. I will not be silent”: Young people’s organisation of their right to freedom of assembly through the #FridaysForFuture movement, International Journal of Children’s Rights

Lundy, L. and Sainz, G.M. (2018) The role of law and legal knowledge for a transformative human rights education: Addressing violations of children’s rights in formal education. Human Rights Education Review, 1(2), pp.04-24.

Lundy, L., Orr, K., and Shier, H. (2016) ‘Children’s Education Rights: Global Perspectives’ in M. Ruck, M. Petersen-Badali, and M. Freeman (Eds) Handbook of Children’s Rights: Global and Multidisciplinary Perspectives, London: Routledge, pp364-380

Martinez Sainz, G., and Hanna, A. (forthcoming) “You cannot ban us from exercising our human rights”: Pedagogical challenges and possibilities of youth activism for human rights, Human Rights Education Review

Pink, S. (2016) Digital ethnography. Innovative methods in media and communication research, pp.161-165.

Tollefsen, D. P. (2021) ‘The Epistemology of Groups’ in M. Fricker, P. J. Graham, D. Henderson and N. J. L. L. Pedersen (Eds) The Routledge Handbook of Social Epistemology, Abingdon: Routledge, pp263-273

Tomasevski, K. (2001) Human Rights Obligations: Making Education Available, Accessible, Acceptable and Adaptable, (Right to Education Primers No. 3) Gothenburg: Novum Grafiska AB

United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child (2001) General Comment No. 1, Article 29(1): The Aims of Education (CRC/GC/2001/1), Geneva, United Nations

Verhellen, E. (1993) Children's rights and education: A three-track legally binding imperative. School Psychology International, 14(3), pp.199-208.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm26 SES 03 A: School Leadership Training Programs for School Leaders’ Professional Development
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Kirsten Foshaug Vennebo
Session Chair: Ulf Leo
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

School Leadership Training Programs for School Leaders’ Professional Development

Chair: Kirsten Foshaug Vennebo (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University)

Discussant: Ulf Leo (Umeå University)

As a response to ever-changing societal changes and the challenges it leads to for leadership and learning in schools, the leadership of school development has emerged as one of the key areas within school leadership research (Kovačević & Hallinger, 2019). Simultaneously the professional development of school leaders has aroused the extensive attention of researchers, politicians, and practitioners. Professional development activities range from formal training programs to informal interactions at the workplace (Goldring, Preston, & Huff, 2012). The symposium focuses on formal school leadership training programs (SLTPs) provided by higher education institutions that aim to contribute to school leaders’ professional development and promote school development.

Researchers state that successful SLTPs are embedded in authentic school environments to allow participants to apply what they have learned (Goldring et al., 2012; Simkins, 2012) and strengthen learning on the individual and organisational levels (Aas, 2016). Likewise, Zhang and Brundrett (2010) state that SLTPs can only prepare and develop influential leaders with support from the school context. Additionally, Huber (2011) suggests that professional development to be successful should be centred around experiential knowledge/practices and combine cognitive theoretical ways of learning, cooperative and communicative process-oriented procedures, and reflexive methods. Cognitive theoretical learning includes, among others, lectures and self-study, cooperative and communicative process-oriented procedures including, for instance, group and project work, and reflexive methods containing methods such as feedback and supervision. However, even though the success and effectiveness of SLTPs have received theoretical and empirical support, some researchers point out that most empirical findings about SLTPs are limited to the subjective outcome at the individual level (see, e.g. Jensen, 2016). Thus, the topic of how SLTP can contribute to professional learning and promote school development remains unclear.

In this symposium, we are a group of researchers through the project Research on national school leadership training programs, examining the issues associated with this topic. Specifically, we examine the key characteristics of SLTPs that contribute to professional development and benefit school development and how teams consisting of researchers and educators can facilitate and enhance learning activities that support learning for individuals participating in the programs and their organisations. We examine these research questions in a review study based on data from 44 peer-reviewed articles from nine countries (which cover the three-country perspectives to be represented in a symposium) and three studies using an action research approach and data from national SLTPs for school leaders in Norway. The action research is theoretically informed by Wells’ (1999) approach to knowledge building. In this approach, learning is not a separate form of activity but an inherent aspect of engaging with others in purposeful actions that have significance beyond themselves for all the participants. It involves an ongoing transformation of the learner/participant and, as such, typically occurs not on a single occasion but incrementally over time.

The issues addressed in this symposium lie at the very heart of the content domain of the Educational Leadership Network (NW26). Numerous educational leadership studies have shown that the primary subject of this symposium, SLTPs and professional leadership development, has important implications in school leadership, which is a central focus of NW26. This symposium includes an international review and three empirical papers on the effectiveness of SLTPs. As boundary conditions aligning learning components in the SLTPs and experiential knowledge/practices of those participating in the programs are seen as critical for developing and theorising in school leadership studies, this symposium should contribute to the NW 26 via theoretical and empirical reporting on these contingent components. Finally, a discussant from Sweden will discuss how the papers advance and further the symposium's topic with interest for a European/international research audience that might stimulate discussions and benefit future research.


References
Goldring, E., Preston, C., Huff, J. (2012). Conceptualizing and evaluating professional development for school leaders. Planning and Changing, 43 (3/4), 223–242.

Hitt, D., Tucker, P. (2016). Systematic review of key leader practices found to influence student achievement: A unified framework. Review of Educational Research, 86 (2), 531–569.

Huber, S. (2011). The impact of professional development: A theoretical model for empirical research, evaluation, planning and conducting training and development programmes. Professional Development in Education, 37 (5), 837–853.

Jensen, R. (2016) School leadership development: What we know and how we know it. Acta Didactica Norway, 10(4), 48-68.

Leithwood, K. (2010). School leadership in the context of accountability policies. International Journal of Leadership in Education: Theory and Practice, 4 (3), 304–326.

Muijs, D. (2010). Leadership and organisational performance: From research to prescription. Leadership and organisational performance, 25 (1), 45–60.

Simkins, T. (2012). Understanding school leadership and management development in England: Retrospect and prospect. Educational Management & Leadership, 40 (5), 621–640.

Aas, M. (2016). Leaders as learners: Developing new leadership practices. Professional Development in Education 43, (3), 439–453.

Wells, G. (1999). Dialogic Inquiry. Towards a Sociocultural Practice and Theory of Education. Cambridge University Press.

Zhang, W., Brundrett, M. (2010). School leaders' perspectives on leadership learning: The case for informal and experiential learning. Management in Education 24, (4), 154–158.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

A Review of Empirical Research on School Leadership Training Programs

Fred Carlo Andersen (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Marit Aas (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Kirsten Vennebo (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University)

This paper reports from a review of empirical research on school leadership training programs (SLTPs) offered by universities. The review aims to summarise international literature to contribute a better understanding and provide an overview of what is currently known about SLTP, which aims to contribute to professional development and benefit school development. The review raises the following research question: What characterises school leadership programs that promote the leadership of school development? The review can be described as a Rapid Review (Khangura et al., 2012) designed to create reviews in line with specific procedures. A rapid review has limitations. However, the format has nevertheless been developed so that the same requirements for systematics and transparency apply to any systematic review. A systematic review is characterised by using techniques to minimise bias and by following criteria for searching for relevant studies (Cohen et al., 2011). Hence, the following selection criteria for inclusion of studies were determined: 1) SLTPs offered by universities; 2) published between 2010 and 2020; 3) published in 15 selected peer-reviewed journals 4) published in English or a Scandinavian language. The process of selecting articles for review was based on quality criteria according to which the studies were assessed. As a result, 44 studies from nine different countries were included for review. As a basis for synthesis, the articles were categorised and prepared for a configurative synthesis (Gough et al., 2017). Configuration was about bringing the findings from the studies together so that they could show us potential connections and develop new knowledge. In the review, the 44 included articles are treated as data. This means that in addition to the findings, the studies' context and background have also been relevant to the synthesis work (Gough et al., 2017). Since the synthesis work is data-driven, the configurative synthesis is consequently developed "bottom-up" (Sandelowski et al., 2012). Based on the review, the present paper provides an overview of components that characterise SLTPs that promote the leadership of school development. The identified components are referred to as condition components, learning components, and content components. These components will be presented and discussed in the symposium. In addition, the review offers features of SLTP that might interest researchers and the development of programs that benefit school leaders' professional development and their organisations.

References:

Gough, D., Oliver, S. & Thomas, J. (Red.). (2017). An Introduction to Systematic Reviews. Sage Publications. Khangura, S., Konnyu, K., Cushman, R., Grimshaw, J. & Moher, D. (2012). Evidence summaries: the evolution of a rapid review approach. Systematic Reviews,10(1), 1-10. Sandelowski, M., Voils, C. I., Leeman, J. & Crandell, J. L. (2012). Mapping the mixed methods–mixed research terrain. Journal of mixed methods research, 6(4), 317-331.
 

School Leadership Training Program: Group Discussions in the Extension of a Lecture

Ann Margareth Gustavsen (Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences), Kirsten Foshaug Vennebo (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University)

Internationally lectures have traditionally been the dominant form of teaching in universities and colleges (Huber, 2011), characterised by students' limited opportunity for active participation (Pettersen, 2005). To strengthen the quality of higher education in Norway, national guidelines have been given, among other things, stating that studies must include learning activities where students become active participants in their learning. The core of student active learning is student activity and involvement in the learning processes; in short, it is about methods where students are activated in meaningful learning activities and think about what they are doing. In many educational programs, integrated use of lectures and more student-active approaches to learning are used (Amundsen & Haakstad, 2018). For example, teachers combine lectures with group work, reflection tasks, and the like. Such combinations of learning approaches align with researchers who propose the use of a range of learning activities in various formats for obtaining an effect of development for school leaders participating in formal school leadership training program and their organisations (see, e.g. Huber, 2011; 2013; Goldring et al., 2012; Forde & Gronn, 2013 & Simkins 2012). This paper reports from a study investigating how group discussions can contribute to students' learning in the extension of lectures to gain a comprehensive insight into and further develop teaching practices with lectures in combination with group discussions as an asset for students learning. The study is carried out with an action research design (Carr & Kemmis, 1986). The context of the study is a National School Leadership program (15 credits) offered by a Norwegian university. The data is based on observation logs of a teaching session and the students' reflection notes conducted at the session's end. The findings indicate that group discussions in the extension of lectures provide learning opportunities that promote the students' learning, both collectively and individually. Through the group discussions, learning opportunities emerge in the interaction between theoretical knowledge addressed in the lecture and practical, experience-based knowledge based on the students' self-perceived "pegs" and ideas from their organisational contexts. In this interaction, learning experiences are produced that give the students increased understanding and new perspectives about how they can drive development in their practice contexts and how they, as school leaders, can act in new ways. However, the findings reveal how both organisational and structuring conditions and conditions related to qualities in task design and the conversations themselves can inhibit learning potential.

References:

Amundsen, G. Y. & Haakstad, J. (2018). Teaching in higher education – consistency and change in context and role. Journal of the European Higher Education Area, 2, 83–98. Carr, W. and S. Kemmis (1986). Becoming critical: education, knowledge, and action research. Falmer Press. Forde, McMahon, & Gronn (2013). Designing individualised leadership development programmes. School Leadership & Management, 33(5), 440–456. Goldring, E., Preston, C., & Huff, J. (2012). Conceptualizing and evaluating professional development for school leaders. Planning and Changing, 43(3/4), 223–242. Huber, S. (2011). The impact of professional development: A theoretical model for empirical research, evaluation, planning and conducting training and development programmes. Professional Development in Education, 37(5), 837–853. Huber, S. (2013). Multiple learning approaches in the professional development of school leaders – theoretical perspectives and empirical findings on self-assessment and feedback. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(4), 527–540. Pettersen, R. (2005). Kvalitetslæring i høgere utdanning. Innføring i problem- og praksisbasert didaktikk. Universitetsforlaget.
 

Digital Coaching between School Leader Students, their Leaders and University Professors

Brit Ballangrud (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Elisabeth Stenshorne (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University)

Ever since the start of the national school leadership programs in 2009 in Norway, there has been an expectation from the Directorate of Education that the programs should involve school owners in their students' education (Hybertsen et al., 2014). However, evaluation reports from the national school leadership programs show that the principal's leaders, the school director at the municipality named school owner, are not included in the student's work. Most students experience the school owner as not very supportive, and the providers find it demanding to involve them (Caspersen, Aamodt, Stensaker, & Federici, 2018). Effective school research emphasizes the importance of school owners and principals working systemically with leadership learning and curriculum (Leithwood, Harris, & Hopkins, 2020) and school owner support (Aas & Paulsen, 2019). In addition, research shows that school leadership programs must respond to the schools' societal-, personal- and system challenges (Dempster, Lovett, & Fluckiger, 2011). As the student's leader, the school owner plays a central role in these practical challenges. In many countries, coaching is part of national school leadership programs (Lumby, Crow, & Pashiardis, 2008; Robertson & Earl, 2014). Nevertheless, involving the student and their school owner in coaching is yet to be tried in Norway. This paper reports from a study of coaching integrated into the National Principal Training Programs in Norway (15 credits). The coaching is linked to the student's tasks: they shall develop and lead school development work related to the curriculum in their organization. The students' work is anchored in one of the school owner's focus areas. The research question is: How can the school owners' participation in a digital guidance meeting in a national school leadership program contribute to learning for students and school owners? The study has been carried out in an action research design involving collaboration between the researchers and the practitioners (Carr & Kemmis, 1986; Stenshorne & Ballangrud, 2014). The three supervisors from the university conducted the coaching interviews with 26 students and their leaders, and they answered anonymous questionnaires. Using Wells' categories of meaning as analyzing tools (Wells, 1999), we find that the students developed their leadership role and practice, professionality, understanding of the societal challenges, and collaboration, with implications for the knowledge of the school owners. In addition, the conversation can contribute to learning and development. A prerequisite is that the meeting is well prepared.

References:

Carr, W., & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: education, knowledge, and action research. Falmer Press. Dempster, N., Lovett, S., & Fluckiger, B. (2011). Content and strategies to develop school leadership: A select literature review. The Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22. Lumby, J., Crow, G., & Pashiardis, P. (2008). International Handbook on the Preparation and Development of School Leaders. Taylor and Francis. Robertson, J., & Earl, L. M. (2014). Leadership learning: Aspiring principals developing the dispositions that count. Journal of Educational Leadership, Policy and Practice, 29(2), 3-17. Stenshorne, E., & Ballangrud, B. B. (2014). Ledelsens muligheter og utfordringer i skolen som demokratisk organisasjon. In J. Madsen & H. Biseth (Eds.), Må vi snakke om demokrati? Om demokratisk praksis i skolen (pp. S. 101-117). Universitetsforlaget. Wells, G. (1999). Dialogic Inquiry. Towards a Sociocultural Practice and Theory of Education. Cambridge University Press. Aas, M., & Paulsen, J. M. (2019). National strategy for supporting school principal's instructional leadership. A Scandinavian approach. Journal of Educational Administration, 57(5), 540-553.
 

Group Goaching to Enhance Leadership Development and Performance

Åse Slettbakk (The Arctic University of Norway), Marit Aas (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University)

According to a new review of leadership training programs for school leaders, coaching has become one of the tools used in leadership development programs for school leaders (Aas, Andersen et al. 2021). Studies reporting on the benefits of coaching used for professional development and for developing leadership performance are growing (Bush 2009, Forde, McMahon et al. 2013, Goff, Guthrie et al. 2014). Even though researchers recognize and highlight the necessity and importance of working in and with groups in professional development, few group-coaching models have been developed, and there is little research in the field (Aas, 2016; Aas, 2020). In studies of group coaching, there seems to be agreement on several effects, including understanding and self-regulation for acceptable group behaviour, better listening and communication skills, clarification of strengths and values and improved understanding of the organisation as a whole (Brown & Grant, 2010). In many countries, coaching is part of national school leadership programs (Lumby, Crow et al., 2008; Robertson & Earl, 2014). This paper reports from a study of group coaching integrated into the National Principal Training Programme in Norway, which aims to promote reflections on the personal agency (role clarity and self-efficacy) that can lead to changes in leadership performance (Aas & Fluckiger, 2016). We set out to investigate the group coaching protocol, which starts with a coaching question that is reformulated during the group coaching session (Flückiger, Aas et al. 2017) and ends in a leadership action the leaders will try out after the coaching session. The research question is: What happens when are school leaders participating in group coaching in a leadership training program try out new leadership actions after the coaching session? Inspired by action research (Carr & Kemmis, 1986), we followed 84 students and 16 group coaches from two different universities in 2021 and 2022. First, in analyzing the students' planned leadership actions, the findings show that developing leadership skills to improve relationships and collaboration with teachers was the main challenge. Next, the findings indicate that group coaching contributes to the professional development of the school leaders who participated and that the learning was further developed by testing concrete leadership actions in their school context. Finally, the study demonstrates how action research where university teachers explore aspects of their teaching, in this case, group coaching, can contribute to the further development of leadership programs for school leaders.

References:

Goff, P. et al. (2014). Changing principals’ leadership through feedback and coaching. Journal of Educational Administration 52(5), 682-704. Lumby, J., et al. (2008). International Handbook on the Preparation and Development of School Leaders. New York, Taylor and Francis. Robertson, J. and L. M. Earl (2014). Leadership learning: Aspiring principals developing the dispositions that count. Journal of Educational Leadership, Policy and Practice 29(2), 3-17. Aas, M. (2016). Bli en bedre skoleleder. Gruppecoaching som verktøy. Universitetsforlaget. Aas, M. (2020). Ledercoachning och gruppecoachning som verktyg i ledares profesionella utveckling. Perspektiv på handledning. In U. Leo and E. Amundsdotter. Malmö, Gleerups Utbildning AB: 143-163. Aas, M., et al. (2021). Forskning på den nasjonale skolelederutdanningen. Delrapport 1, Oslo Metropolitan University. Aas, M. and B. Fluckiger (2016). The role of a group coach in the professional learning of school leaders. Coaching: An International Journal of Theory, Research and Practice 9(1), 38-52.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm26 SES 03 B: School Leadership and Inclusive Education: Future Perspectives
Location: Joseph Black Building, C407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Antonios Kafa
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Mapping School Principals’ Leadership Styles on Implementing Inclusive Education in Cyprus

Aimilia Stavrou1, Antonios Kafa2, Petros Pashiardis2

1Frederick University; 2Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Kafa, Antonios

In Cyprus, students with special education needs (SEN), are provided only in theory with the right to receive quality education that satisfies their needs. Despite the existence of a legislative framework since 1999 (Law for the Education and Training of Children with Special Needs, 113(I) of 1999) and the signing of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (2006 by Cyprus in 2011), there has been little or no improvement in inclusive education. In fact, reasonable accommodations remain utopian, and students with SEN in Cyprus need to cope with a harsh education system where their needs are dangerously marginalized (Symeonidou & Mavrou, 2020). The reasons are mainly due to the rigid curriculum, the separation of students with SEN from the whole class in individualized lessons, the lack of teacher training, the non-existent involvement of parents in educational issues, the poor infrastructure, as well as the negative social perceptions about disability (Phtiaka, 2019; Gross, 2008; Symeonidou, 2007; Oliver, 2004).

Therefore, it is understood that all the weight of inclusive education within a system that contradicts its philosophy, is to be lifted by each school organization individually. Therefore, in this extremely difficult task, what we argue is that the school principal has a crucial role to play. In particular, the school principal needs to adopt particular leadership behaviors and apply the appropriate leadership practices that will allow students with SEN to improve both academically and emotionally. To the already existing difficulties in the context of Cyprus, specifically due to the socio-economic changes, the centralization of the educational system, and the challenges of the wider context that affect the leadership work (Pashiardis, 2015), we also acknowledge the inclusive education aspect. Clearly, the biggest challenge for any school principal is to improve learning outcomes for all students, and especially for students with SEN, through the provision of equal educational opportunities.

The influence of the school principal on school performance has been demonstrated through a wide range of studies (Hoy & Miskel, 2001; Hallinger, 2003; Leithwood & Louis, 2012; Pashiardis & Johansson, 2016). Yet, limited research is presented on the current role of school principals in inclusive education. Therefore, it is deemed more important to present evidence of school principalship practices for supporting students with SEN.

Therefore, in this study, we present the school principals’ practices based on particular leadership styles derived from the Pashiardis -Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Style Framework. The leadership styles that are distinguished in the scope of action of educational leadership are the following: Instructional Style, Structuring Style, Participative Style, Entrepreneurial Style, and Personnel Development Style (see Bracukmann & Pashiardis 2011; Pashiardis, 2014; Pashiardis & Brauckmann, 2008).

Specifically, the following research question guided this particular study: "What kind of leadership practices are promoted by school principals that can support students with SEN through the presentation of leadership styles based on the Pashiardis -Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Style Framework (Bracukmann & Pashiardis 2011; Pashiardis, 2014; Pashiardis & Brauckmann, 2008)?" We have utilized this theoretical background to connect school principals’ leadership practices in supporting students with SEN and inform the current literature with these two particular thematic topics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The original type of evidence was qualitative empirical research carried out through the examination of four case studies in school organizations with a high number of students with special education needs. The sample included four school principals (the school principals in each case study), as well as 28 teachers (7 teachers from each case study) who either teach in the special education program of their schools or have students with SEN in their classrooms. It is worth mentioning that, based on the information provided by the District Office of Secondary Education in Cyprus, a criterion for the selection of these particular case studies was the high percentage of students with SEN within the schools. Using the interview protocol as the main research tool, we elicit information on school principals’ leadership styles for promoting the best support for students with special needs. In particular, the interview protocol for school principals included 20 questions concerning their leadership activities and the implementation of inclusive education in their school organizations. Furthermore, the teachers’ interview protocol included 15 questions concerning school principals’ leadership styles and practices with students with SEN. Both interview protocols were created by the researchers, who pilot the credibility of the research tools. The interviewing took place in all school organizations over the course of one week per school. The date and time of the interviews were arranged after the researchers first visited the schools. Following, the transcripts of the interview data were analyzed through a detailed coding analysis scheme based on the five leadership styles of our theoretical background.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that the combination of three particular leadership styles can support the desired school outcomes of students with special educational needs and address various problems in relation to inclusive education in the respective school organizations. In particular, the entrepreneurial leadership style, the participative leadership style, and the personnel development style were the three most important leadership styles promoted by school principals. In each leadership style, specific leadership practices will be presented. At the same time, the research highlighted the insufficient epistemological background of the principals in matters of inclusive education as well as their insufficient training in related issues. Overall, the findings could contribute to the development of a particular educational policy that will promote and support students with special needs from the perspective of the school principal. Furthermore, the results could be compared to those in other contexts where school principals’ leadership styles and practices are promoted in relation to the support of students with special needs.
References
Brauckmann, S. & Pashiardis, P. (2011). A Validation Study of the Leadership Styles of a Holistic Leadership Theoretical Framework. International Journal of Educational Management, 25 (1) 11-32.
Gross, J. (2008). Beating Bureaucracy in Special Educational Needs. London: Routledge/ NASEN.
Hallinger, P. (2003). School leadership development: Global challenges and opportunities. In P. Hallinger (Ed.), Reshaping the landscape of school leadership development: A global perspective. Lisse, Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger.
Hoy, A. W., & Hoy, W. K. (2013). Instructional leadership: A research-based guide to learning in schools, 4th edition. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Law for the Education and Training of Children with Special Needs 113(I) of 1999  https://www.european-agency.org/country-information/cyprus/legislation-and-policy
Leithwood, K., & Louis, K.S. (2011). Linking leadership to student learning. San Francisco, CA: Jossey Bass.
Oliver, M. (2004). Understanding disability: from theory to practice (2nd edn.). Basingstoke: Macmillan.
Pashiardis P. (2015). Management of Change, School Effectiveness and Strategic Planning: Volume II Strategic Planning in Education. (Editor). Athens: Ion Publishing House.
Pashiardis, P. and Johansson, O. (2016). Introduction: What is Successful and Effective School Leadership? In Pashiardis, P. and Johansson, O. (Eds.), Successful School Leadership: International Perspectives (pp. 1-12).
London, Oxford, New York, New Delhi, Sydney: Bloomsbury. (In English).


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Towards a more inclusive Education? Pedagogical leadership in Early childhood education in Norway

Hilde Lund

Western University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Lund, Hilde

Migration and displacement because of poverty, war and conflict are the reality for many people, and many of these have found their way to Norway to seek asylum. The ongoing war in Ukraine will again provide professionals in educational institutions such as Early childhood education (ECE) and schools responsible for tasks and challenges dealing with refugees and minorities. As in Europe, Norway faces challenges in recognising children and parents with diverse cultural backgrounds, ensuring inclusive education for all. In 2021, the percentage of children with a minority language background in Norwegian ECE amounted to 19.3 per cent (Statistics of Norway, 2022).

A more culturally and socially diverse society acquires different and new modes of leadership to handle issues of inclusion and acknowledge different cultural and social backgrounds and identities. The framework plan for ECE in Norway states that cultural diversity should be recognised and used as a resource in pedagogical work (Ministry of Education and Research, 2017). Traditionally, schools and ECE are rooted in Eurocentric ideologies and philosophies embedded in school leadership and the educational inequalities within the school and ECE structure (Buras & Apple, 2008; Rizvi & Lingard, 2011). The cultural underpinning of schools and ECE in Norway is mainly congruent with middle-class, European values (Boykin, 1994; Nieto & Bode, 2011), causing many pedagogical leaders to ignore or downplay the strengths of culturally diverse children and their families. However, Norwegian society today is increasing demographic diversity within Eurocentrism’s political and social context. Hence, there is a need for culturally responsive leadership in culturally diverse settings, as in the coming years of ECE, evidence of even greater diversity than can be found today (Banks, 2013; Nieto & Bode, 2011). Further, leadership is underlined as essential to ensure the pedagogical tasks and contents of high-quality professional work of ECE.

The study explores the characteristics of culturally responsive leadership and inclusive education in Early childhood education in Norway. The research questions for this paper are as follows:

  1. What leadership practices and cultural diversity understandings foster inclusion and acknowledgement?
  2. What are the characteristics of culturally responsive leadership?
  3. How can culturally responsive leadership contribute to inclusive education and belonging in ECE?

ECE is essential in acknowledging cultural diversity, recognising different cultural backgrounds, and developing tolerance in all children. In the face of other horizons of understanding, cultural and religious affiliations, working with a culturally sensitive attitude may be a possible input.

The concept of cultural sensitivity comprises the images of culture and sensitivity. It indicates a sensitivity or attention related to cultural preferences, both one’s own and others, through an increased focus on culture, a higher degree of awareness, knowledge and understanding of working with people, especially minorities with different cultural backgrounds (Qureshi, 2009; Rugkåsa et al., 2017). Increased focus on culture, awareness and understanding of other people’s points of view means acknowledging the perspectives of others and placing oneself as culturally relativistic rather than ethnocentric in encounters with others. Cultural sensitivity is about becoming aware of one’s attitudes, life history and norms and acquiring knowledge about the background of the person we meet, i.e., cultural competence (Marianne Rugkåsa, 2017; Qureshi, 2009; Rugkåsa et al., 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on qualitative data from four ECEs in the spring 2019. I used participant observation and interviews as methods. I spent 1-2 weeks in each ECEs and participated in all daily activities and meetings. Additionally, semistructured interviews with 20 pedagogical leaders and individual semistructured interviews with 4 kindergarten managers were conducted (Fangen, 2010; Grønmo, 2019; Thagaard, 2013; Tjora, 2017; Wadel, 2014). In addition, relevant government documents and the ECEs' annual plans have contextualised and enriched the data. The data was analysed thematically using Braun and Clarke's (2006) six-step analysis model.
Ethical aspects are taken care of when obtaining written informed consent (participation, observations, use of sound recordings and use of the material in research). The safe storage of notes and audio recordings safeguards the duty of confidentiality. All data is anonymised, and the audio files will be deleted when the research is completed. Applications to the Norwegian Centre for Research Data have been approved and prepared following NSD's guidelines for research ethics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings show that essential elements of culturally sensitive pedagogical leaders are openness, strong leadership and critical thinking. Further, the ECE organisational culture characteristics are discussions, support, and reflections. Differences in opinion among the whole staff are highly appreciated, in line with a culturally responsive and sensitive practice and the political goal of Norwegian inclusive education policy. Hence, excessive focus on culture is referred to in the literature as “culturalization” and othering, while under-communication of culture is referred to as cultural blindness or being culture-blind (Boutte et al., 2011; Rugkåsa et al., 2017; Øzerk, 2008). This puts a responsibility on pedagogical leaders to be culturally relativistic in cultural encounters to develop their cultural competence towards cultural sensitivity. I argue that pedagogical leaders need to be aware of their own beliefs, what lies behind their actions and perceptions, and what consequences this may have on minorities’ sense of belonging in ECE. Pedagogical leaders must avoid too much or/and too little emphasis on culture and strive for cultural sensitivity when cultural encounters occur. Å more culturally sensitive leadership practices may contribute to individual and collective knowledge development towards a more inclusive and culturally sensitive ECE.
References
Banks, J. A. (2013). The nature of multicultural education. Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives, 3-24.
Boutte, G. S., Lopez-Robertson, J. & Powers-Costello, E. (2011). Moving beyond colourblindness in early childhood classrooms. Early Childhood Education Journal, 39(5), 335-342.
Boykin, A. W. (1994). Afrocultural expression and its implications for schooling. Teaching diverse populations: Formulating a knowledge base, 1944, 50-51.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Buras, K. L. & Apple, M. W. (2008). Radical disenchantments: neoconservatives and the disciplining of desire in an anti‐utopian era. Comparative Education, 44, 291 - 304.
Fangen, K. (2010). Deltagende observasjon. Fagbokforlaget.
Grønmo, S. (2019). Social research methods: Qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approaches. Sage.
Marianne Rugkåsa, S. Y. o. K. E. (2017). Barnevern i et minoritetsperspektiv. Sosialt arbeid med barn og familier.
Nieto, S. & Bode, P. (2011). (2011). Affirming diversity, The Sociopolitical context of multicultural education.
Qureshi, N. A. (2009). Kultursensitivitet i profesjonell yrkesutøvelse. Over profesjonelle barrierer, et minoritetsperspektiv i psykososialt arbeid med barn og unge.
Research", M. o. E. a. (2017). The framework plan for kindergarten. M. o. E. a. Research.
Rizvi, F. & Lingard, B. (2011). Social equity and the assemblage of values in Australian higher education. Cambridge journal of education, 41(1), 5-22.
Rugkåsa, M., Ylvisaker, S. & Eide, K. (2017). Barnevern i et minoritetsperspektiv: sosialt arbeid med barn og familier. Gyldendal akademisk.
Thagaard, T. (2013). Den kvalitative metodens egenart. Systematikk og innlevelse, 4, 11-36.
Tjora, A. (2017). Kvalitative forskningsmetoder i praksis. 3 red. Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag.
Wadel, C. C. (2014). Feltarbeid i egen kultur (Rev. utg. av Carl Cato Wadel og Otto Laurits Fuglestad. utg.). Cappelen Damm akademisk.
Øzerk, K. Z. (2008). Tospråklig opplæring og funksjonell tospråklighet. Flerkulturell virkelighet i skole og samfunn / Therese Sand (red.). 103-[129].


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leadership Autonomy in Inclusion Policies: Principals’ Task Allocations in Policy Documents in Germany and Norway

Carolina Dahle

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Dahle, Carolina

National school systems have been significantly affected by several global trends since the end of the 20th century. One has been the powerful movement towards an inclusive school for all, represented by the Declaration of Salamanca in 1994.

Various stakeholders of education systems have to interpret policies, which led to many variations of inclusive education not just internationally, but also in a national frame (Badstieber, 2021). Findings have shown that especially school principals play a significant role in the implementation of reforms in general (Moos et al., 2016) but it is just assumed that they are important actors in the context of inclusive schooling (Badstieber, 2021). Therefore, gaining knowledge on the making of inclusive schooling on the part of school principals in primary schools as joint learning of students in need of special support and students without this need (Magnússon, 2015) is the main interest of this research. The study asks: How is leadership autonomy regarding the implementation of inclusion policies described in policy documents in Germany and Norway since 1994?

The aspects of autonomy, accountability and more complex task allocations for school principals get more and more attention in research (Brauckmann, 2012; Andersson, 2020; Wermke et al., 2022). Inclusion and its implementation through reforms is one of these complex tasks. Therefore, the fact of inclusion and its implementation is especially significant for this analysis. Inclusion shall improve the well-being of partially excluded people; this is associated with many potential errors and risks on the part of school principals, a topic crucial for the aspect of leadership autonomy.

Leadership autonomy is thereby understood as decision-making, control, and associated responsibilities (Wermke et al., 2022). Considering that, a certain amount of autonomy in education is needed to quickly react to different educational needs: “Professionals in public education need a certain scope of action to formulate their decisions in interactions on the reactions of students in their educational day-to-day life. [However], to reduce the complexity of possible interactional and educational outcomes, professionals in education have to rely on an organization that helps them reduce the possible complexities in education” (Wermke et al., 2022, p. 5). Therefore, to unpack autonomy and the aspect of control (possibly enacted through an organization), this study draws furthermore on the three dimensions of autonomy and control from Cribb and Gewirtz (2007): loci and modes of autonomy, domains of autonomy-control, and loci and modes of control.

The year 1994 is chosen as starting point for the analysis, because 92 countries agreed on a school for all during an UNESCO-conference in Salamanca. This led to extensive changes not just in schools in general but also in leadership autonomy.

Germany and Norway are interesting to compare due to many similarities in later education reforms with significant impact on educational leadership. However, these reforms are embedded in different educational traditions. Both countries differ in their education system, a bureaucratized tracked in Germany and a comprehensive approach in Norway but resemble each other in their method of system regulation (Wermke & Prøitz, 2021). The educational system in both countries put high emphasis on learning outcomes and personal growth of pupils, where educational leadership plays a vital role for (Grissom et al., 2018).

Comparing Germany and Norway with an almost contrary approach to inclusive education leads to a more nuanced picture about leadership autonomy from a comparative perspective. Since the analysis is not just conducted over time but also during an acute crisis like the COVID-19-pandemic, it will reveal challenges principals are facing in their leadership autonomy on long- and short-term issues.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on the specialty of 16 federal states in Germany and their very own regulations regarding education, four federal states are consulted for this study. The decision for these states is based on a representative presentation of both rural and urban environment and a previous research project. Because of the complex multi-tracked school system in Germany and to obtain better results in the comparability, this project just focuses on primary education.
Both governing documents on state level, school laws and their guiding documents regarding inclusive education are investigated. The first group consists of visionary policy texts which present an overview over changes in mindset and terminology of concepts (Bowen, 2009; Prøitz, 2015); inclusive schooling and leadership in this case. In addition to that, legislative texts are used as material, presenting legally fixed rights and duties. Here, school leaders’ task allocations and the conceptualization of leadership is specified. School leaders in both countries are obliged to follow the law and justify their decisions based on the Education Act (Møller & Skedsmo, 2013). Since not all tasks are unequivocal regulated and formulated in policy documents (Møller & Skedsmo, 2013; Stenersen & Prøitz, 2022), guidance documents are further included in the analysis. This support material makes school laws more practical oriented (Hopmann, 1999) and depicts rules of procedure and principles focused on inclusion in the school setting.
With the help of qualitative content document analysis (Bowen, 2009) in the further development of Prøitz (2015), elements from both content analysis and thematic analysis are combined.
To filter out the documents actually writing about inclusion and school leadership, word counts (inklu*, integr*, leit*, rektor* for Germany; inklu*, tilpass*, led*, rektor* for Norway) were conducted. Since this research project is focusing on inclusive schooling in primary education, documents concentrating on other types of education were excluded. All the documents mentioning school principals and inclusion in double figures (32 at the end) are included in this study. Initially, the analytical coding started with a set of predefined codes based on job allocations from a foregone study (Brauckmann & Schwarz, 2012), while more elaborated codes were developed inductively during the process.
At the end, the coded paragraphs were analyzed with the help of the three dimensions from Cribb and Gewirtz (2007) and categorized in a leadership-control-matrix (Wermke et al., 2022). With the help of this matrix, results can be presented in a clear and comparable manner.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results are showing that the documents from both countries are quite similar in the early years of the time frame of the analysis (1994 until 2000) but differ in their description of task allocations later on.
During the 1990s, German documents are referring to task allocations a school in general has to fulfill. It is not mentioned who exactly in the school is responsible for what. The same can be found in Norwegian documents, where task allocations are mostly written in passive forms. Interesting here, after the surprising results from the first international student assessment (PISA) in 2001, task allocations get more significant in German and Norwegian policy documents. Both countries are also emphasizing the importance of collaboration of different stakeholders in the education system.
Educational authorities, like the school board in Germany and the municipality as school owner in Norway also play a vital role. Their scope of action is officially listed in an accurate manner in the German documents. Norwegian documents also define tasks from school owners but mention the devolution of authority to the school leader at the same time. It is furthermore assumed that school owners indeed delegate their tasks.
One significant difference are the aspect of control and consequences. Even though German leaders have to give account of some of their tasks to the school board, they are not facing any consequences. Advice and closer collaboration are rather expected. Whereas in Norway, regarding to the law, torts come along with penalties.
On account of this analysis, the study reveals what policies in various times and contexts implies for school principals in the implementation of inclusive schools. It presents important differences between two countries and will therefore demonstrate context-specific particularities. This helps to make various patterns of autonomy visible and will lead to further research.

References
Andersson, A. (2020). En komparativ studie om upplevd autonomi hos rektorer i Norge och Sverige [Master’s thesis]. Uppsala university.

Badstieber, B. (2021). Inklusion als Transformation?! Eine empirische Analyse der Rekontextualisierungsstrategien von Schulleitenden im Kontext schulischer Inklusion. Julius Klinkhardt.

Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), pp. 27-40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027

Brauckmann, S. (2012). Schulleitungshandeln zwischen deconcentration, devolution und delegation (3D) – empirische Annäherungen aus internationaler Perspektive. Empirische Pädagogik. 26(1), pp. 78-102. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:5872

Brauckmann, S. & Schwarz, A. (2012). No time to manage? The trade-off between relevant tasks and actual priorities of school leaders in Germany. International journal of educational management. 29(6), pp. 749-765. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-10-2014-0138

Cribb, A. & Gewirtz, S. (2007). Unpacking autonomy and control in education: Some conceptual and normative groundwork for a comparative analysis. European educational research journal, 6(3), pp. 203-213. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2007.6.3.203

Grissom, J. A., Blissett, R. S. L. & Mitani, H. (2018). Evaluating School Principals: Supervisor Ratings of Principal Practice and Principal Job Performance. Educational evaluation and policy analysis, 40(3), pp. 446-472. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373718783883

Hopmann, S. (1999). The Curriculum as a Standard of Public Education. Studies in philosophy and education, 18(1-2), pp. 89-106. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005139405296

Magnússon, G. (2015). Traditions and Challenges. Special Support in Swedish independent compulsory schools. [Doctoral dissertation]. Mälardalen University Sweden.

Moos, L., Nihlfors, E. & Paulsen, J. M. (2016). Nordic Superintendents: Agents in a Broken Chain. Springer International Publishing.

Møller, J. & Skedsmo, G. (2013). Modernising Education: New Public Management reform in the Norwegian education system. Journal of educational administration and history, 45(4), pp. 336-353. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.822353

Prøitz, T. S. (2015). Learning Outcomes as a Key Concept in Policy Documents throughout Policy Changes. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 59(3), pp. 275-296. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.904418

Stenersen, C. & Prøitz, T. S. (2022). Just a Buzzword? The use of Concepts and Ideas in Educational Governance. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 66(2), pp. 193-207. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788153

Wermke, W., Jarl, M., Prøitz, T. S. & Nordholm, D. (2022). Comparing principal autonomy in time and space: modelling school leaders' decision making and control. Journal of curriculum studies, pp. 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2127124

Wermke, W. & Prøitz, T. S. (2021). Integration, fragmentation and complexity - governing of the teaching profession and the Nordic model. In J. E. Larsen, B. Schulte & F. W. Thue (Eds.), Schoolteachers and the Nordic Model: Comparative and Historical Perspectives. Routledge.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Is This Co-Creation? Making Sense of School Leadership Roles Under Changing Management Regimes

Sigrunn Tvedten

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Tvedten, Sigrunn

Co-creation is increasingly applied across European welfare states as a strategy to involve citizens as participants in active collaboration with public service-organizations, to facilitate public innovation, and thereby to improve the effectiveness and quality of public services, (Ansell & Torfing, 2021; Osborne, 2006; Osborne et al., 2021). Co-creation strategies are also adopted to address the policy issues of inclusive education (Heimburg & Ness, 2020). Inclusive education is here viewed as a multidimensional concept (Qvortrup & Qvortrup, 2018). Child well-being is unequally distributed, and research demonstrate the failure of public services to address the needs of children experiencing compound social problems (Casas & Frønes, 2020). The adaption of co-creation strategies to realize inclusive education thus illustrate what Wermke (2020) with reference to Prøitz, calls the policy-practices-nexus in the translation of inclusion from policy to practices. Educational leaders are under pressure to improve the quality and co-ordination of seamless childhood service, and co-creation becomes a new governance strategy through which to organize child-welfare services. Thus educational leaders face new expectations to co-operate, across hierarchical lines and service organizations, to manage such processes of co-creation. There is thus a need to strengthen the research on how educational leaders at different levels experience and handle such new emerging local governance contexts (Prøitz, 2021).

There is no common definition of co-creation, and the literature frequently refers to it as a buzz-word or ‘magic concept’, implying it represents a normatively loaded management strategy with near universal applicability to solve social problems (Voorberg et al., 2015). This leaves great leverage for local agents regarding how co-creation is implemented as a strategy in organizations. There is an emerging research field documenting divergent results from the adoption of co-creation models for local welfare service production (Brandsen et al., 2018; Bussu & Tullia Galanti, 2018). Organisational and institutional barriers to success are frequently interpreted to result from tensions between institutional logics or multiple stakeholder interests (Steen et al., 2018). Studies also demonstrate challenges to professional identities, autonomy, responsibility, and power relations within organizations (Aschhoff & Vogel, 2019; Mik-Meyer, 2017; Prøitz, 2021). There are though few studies investigating how educational leaders experience the adaption of co-creation strategies in the work for inclusive education.

The research question addressed it the paper are: How do municipal educational leaders interpret and manage their leadership roles under new local governance strategies of co-creation for inclusive education?

Theoretically the paper is informed by theories of institutional logics (Friedland & Alford, 1991; Ocasio et al., 2017), sensemaking in organizations (Weick, 1995) and institutionalized selves (Gubrium et al., 2001). The analyses explore the potential tensions and conflicts between different institutional logics as recognised and specified at the meso- and micro level of organisations. This theoretical frame is extended with interpretive theories of sensemaking (Weick, 1995), and the concept of institutionalized selves (Gubrium et al., 2001), developed from Goffman’s symbolic interactionism. Mik-Meyers (2017) shows the need to investigate how changes in the institutionalised expectations of public managers, as related to new governance regimes, may influence their perception of professional roles and identities. She argues that agency of professional welfare workers profoundly “reflect the ways in which the work is organized, their respective professional approaches, the legislation of the particular welfare area, and other structural aspects of work” (Mik-Meyer, 2017, p. 45). Institutional changes and new demands may further influence power relations, altering the hierarchies of professional groups in the organisation; and how professionals make sense of their leverage, autonomy, and responsibilities under the adaptation of a new governance regime.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The analyses are based on qualitative data from two different projects. The first is a case study of the organisation of schools and welfare services in a medium-large Norwegian municipality. The case represents a highly progressive example of the adaption of co-creation for inclusive education and childhood services. A new local governance strategy for the educational sector was launched as an explicit attempt to advance a new governing model of co-creation for an inclusive education. The analyses draw on a total of 22 qualitative interviews with employees in the case municipality in the period 2019 – 2020, where they reflect upon their leadership roles and expectations. The educational leaders represent different leadership roles at various levels of the municipal administration and within schools, including the strategic level, superintendent, school principals, and managers of special needs education services. In addition, the paper draws on four group interviews conducted as part of an action-research project following one concrete case of the application of co-creation within the same municipality. These group interviews were conducted with employees working as project managers, consultants, and co-workers at different levels and in different departments of the municipal administration related to educational governance, special needs education services, child welfare services, and school health services. The analyses of interviews are supplemented by analyses of selected strategic documents from the case municipality, as a backdrop to understand the ideals and policy goals for the new local governance strategy. Qualitative thematic analyses were carried out using NVivo. The analytical strategy was one of abduction, as I moved between more inductive empirical, interpretive analyses of interview transcripts, and theoretically developed codes.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings: The application of co-creation models in the public service organisations demonstrate the potential to strengthen a child-centred perspective in childhood services to promote inclusion and well-being among vulnerable children. The strategies aim to build organisational flexibility and leverage to co-ordinate services to meet the need of children with complex multifaceted challenges. If co-creation strategies are to generate lasting effects in terms of how to organise inclusive education, it requires efforts to institutionalise horizontal co-operation between the relevant organisational units. There is uncertainty as to how the strategy may be implemented and aligned with existing bureaucratic routines and institutionalized requirements. There is a also risk that existing front-line professional work and bottom-up processes which analytically can be recognized as co-creation, are not recognised as such, as they are not explicitly connected to the official strategical plans of co-creation. Loose coupling between the strategic level and the front line in the organisation thus generates a risk of not recognising the potential of co-creation in day-to-day practices and routines. Successful co-creation thus requires the careful management of education leaders of such iterative processes of professional front line work, to align these with the strategic plans and aims.
The aim to re-define existing structures of accountability in line with new governance ideals, also increase uncertainty among educational leaders, in terms unclear goals, and uncertainties in how to prioritise between different actions and decisions demanded by an increasingly complex structure of organisational goals. The strategy presumes great flexibility and leverage in the organisation, but exists in organisational tension with bureaucratic control routines, divisions of labour, and routine work to ensure compliance with rule-based regulations. This tension is intensified as professional groups feel their status threatened by professional dilution and new organizational roles, changing the expectations of educational leaders at different levels.

References
Ansell, C., & Torfing, J. (2021). Public Governance as Co-creation: A Strategy for Revitalizing the Public Sector and Rejuvenating Democracy. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108765381

Aschhoff, N., & Vogel, R. (2019). Something old, something new, something borrowed: Explaining varieties of professionalism in citizen collaboration through identity theory. Public Administration, 97(3), 703–720. https://doi.org/10.1111/padm.12589

Brandsen, T., Steen, T., & Verschuere, B. (2018). Co-Creation and Co-Production in Public Services: Urgent Issues in Practice and Research. In T. Brandsen, et.al (Eds.), Co-production and co-creation: Engaging citizens in public services (pp. 3–8). Routledge; Scopus. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315204956

Bussu, S., & Tullia Galanti, M. (2018). Facilitating coproduction: The role of leadership in coproduction initiatives in the UK. Policy and Society, 37(3), 347–367. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2018.1414355

Casas, F., & Frønes, I. (2020). From snapshots to complex continuity: Making sense of the multifaceted concept of child well-being. Childhood, 27(2), 188–202. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568219895809

Friedland, R., & Alford, R. R. (1991). Bringing Society Back In: Symbols, Practices, and Institutional Contradictions. In W. W. Powell & P. J. DiMaggio (Eds.), The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis (pp. 232–267). University of Chicago Press.

Gubrium, J. F., et al. (2001). Institutional Selves: Troubled Identities in a Postmodern World. Oxford University Press.

Heimburg, D., & Ness, O. (2020). Relational Welfare: A socially just response to co-creating health and well-being for all. Scandinavian Journal of Public Health. https://doi.org/10.1177/1403494820970815

Mik-Meyer, N. (2017). The power of citizens and professionals in welfare encounters: The influence of bureaucracy, market and psychology (1st ed.). University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv18b5fh1

Ocasio, W., Thornton, P. H., & Lounsbury, M. (2017). Advances to the Institutional Logics Perspective. In The SAGE Handbook of Organizational Institutionalism (pp. 509–531). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526415066

Osborne, S. P. (2006). The New Public Governance? Public Management Review, 8(3), 377–387. https://doi.org/10.1080/14719030600853022

Prøitz, T. (2021). Styring og støtte i moderne governance – samverkan för bästa skola. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 26(1), 126–132. https://doi.org/10.15626/pfs26.01.06

Steen, T., Brandsen, T., & Verschuere, B. (2018). The Dark Side of Co-Creation and Co-Production: Seven Evils. In Co-Production and Co-Creation. Routledge.

Voorberg, W. H., et.al. (2015). A Systematic Review of Co-Creation and Co-Production: Embarking on the social innovation journey. Public Management Review, 17(9), 1333–1357. https://doi.org/10.1080/14719037.2014.930505

Wermke, W., et.al (2020). ‘A school for all’ in the policy and practice nexus: Comparing ‘doing inclusion’ in different contexts. Introduction to the special issue. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1743105
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm26 SES 03 C: School Leadership and COVID-19: The Aftermath Experiences
Location: Joseph Black Building, B419 LT [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Lauri Heikonen
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Principal Efficacy for Leadership and Turnover Intentions After COVID-19

Lauri Heikonen, Raisa Ahtiainen

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Heikonen, Lauri; Ahtiainen, Raisa

The years of COVID-19 pandemic have challenged principals’ work and forced them to find new ways to manage their duties and cope as leaders. Leithwood (2012) has discussed the concept of “personal leadership resources'' that covers cognitive resources (e.g. problem-solving expertise, ability to perceive and manage emotions) and psychological resources (e.g. optimism, self-efficacy, resilience). Later Leithwood et al. (2020) have pointed out that these personal resources may provide a framework that explains a large amount of variation in the principals’ practices. In stressful events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, psychological resources become crucial. Principals were managing emotional responses to the crisis such as anxiety, frustration, loss, and anger that can cause emotional exhaustion (Mahfouz, 2020). Research has shown how the years of pandemic brought up principals’ feelings of loneliness and inadequacy, and feelings of uncertainty regarding the future and the wellbeing of their students and staff (Ahtiainen et al. 2022). The Finnish principals have reported how their ability to distinguish the crucial duties from the ones that they needed to postpone was of importance. Moreover, principals who worked in small schools (less than 150 students) and had double roles as principals and teachers, talked about the need to prioritise duties, as their workload increased tremendously (Ahtiainen et al. 2022).

Self-efficacy refers to an individual’s perception of their capability to execute the actions required to successfully complete a certain task (Bandura, 1997; Goddard et al., 2020). Principal efficacy for leadership entails assessment of their personal competence in relation to the core task of a leader; leading practices that enhance student learning in the school (Tschannen-Moran et al., 1998). Self-efficacy is an important factor in an individual's persistence when dealing with challenges, thus contributing to their commitment to educational goals even in difficult situations (Klassen et al., 2011). Principals with strong efficacy-beliefs for leadership have shown to experience less strain and to less often report turnover intentions (Skaalvik, 2020). Principal’s turnover intentions refer to a consideration of changing to another profession (Heikonen et al., 2017) whereas work-related stress is defined as an unpleasant situation in which the principal feels nervous, restless, tense or anxious due to some aspect of work as a principal (Elo et al., 2003).

Principal’s efficacy for leadership is also a central factor in constructing collaboration between teachers and collective efficacy in the teacher community (e.g., Goddard et al., 2015; 2020), which may have further helped teachers together meet the requirements and changes related to schooling during the COVID-19 pandemic (Heikonen et al., under review; Hargreaves & Fullan, 2020). Leading a supportive collaborative climate played a role in supporting teachers during the pandemic (Westphal et al., 2022). In this study, leading collaborative professional climate refers to principal’s efforts to create opportunities for teachers to share practices and support co-operative interaction between them (Honingh & Hooge 2014).

Yet, research on principals’ efficacy for leadership is scarce (Goddard et al., 2020) and not much is known about its association with leading collaborative professional climate, principal’s work-related stress and turnover intentions after the COVID-19 pandemic.

This study aims to gain a better understanding of the associations between principal’s efficacy for leadership, their perceptions of leading collaborative professional climate, their work-related stress and turnover intentions after COVID-19 pandemic. Based on prior literature, three hypotheses were set:

HY1. Principal’s efficacy for leadership is positively associated with perceptions of leading collaborative professional climate and negatively related to work-related stress and turnover intentions.

HY2. Principal’s perceptions of leading collaborative professional climate are negatively associated with work-related stress and turnover intentions.

HY3. Principal’s work-related stress is positively related with their turnover intentions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data were collected with a nationwide electronic survey from principals working in comprehensive schools in Finland in spring 2022. Altogether 441 principal answers were included, which represents approximately 20% of the Finnish comprehensive schools. Participants worked in 176 different municipalities, which covers over half of the 310 municipalities in Finland. They were mostly female (59%) or male (40%) and represented the Finnish comprehensive school principal population also in terms of age ( 7% between 20–39, 24% 40–49,  57% 50–59 and 12% 60 or older). The principals were leading primary schools (grades 1-6, 62%), lower secondary schools (grades 7-9, 10%) or a combination school (grades 1-9, 26%).

Principal efficacy for leadership was measured with a translated and contextualised version of Principal Efficacy Beliefs for Instructional Leadership (Goddard et al., 2020). The scale measured principals’ perceptions of being able to lead school in a way that students achieve learning objectives set in the curriculum. The scale showed good internal consistency (4 items, Cronbach’s α = .85).

Leading collaborative professional climate was examined with a 4-item scale developed based on a Teacher collaboration scale (Honingh & Hooge 2014) to measure principal’s perceived efforts of managing opportunities for teachers to share practices and support teachers’ co-operative interaction. The scale showed good internal consistency (4 items, Cronbach’s α = .90).

Teacher work-related stress was measured with a three item scale developed to investigate teachers’ stress, recovery from workload and ability to work. The item measuring stress (Elo, Leppänen & Jahkola, 2003) was accompanied with two other items to get a more nuanced picture of teachers' work-related strain. The scale showed good internal consistency (Cronbach’s α =.86).

Turnover intentions were measured with a single item “I have frequently considered changing to another profession” indicating principals willingness to work in other occupations than as a principal (see also, Heikonen et al., 2017).
 
Confirmatory factor analyses (CFA) and structural equation modeling (SEM) will be conducted with MPLUS, whereas the descriptive analyses  will be analysed with SPSS. Robust maximum likelihood procedure (MLR) will be used in SEM to produce unbiased standard errors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary confirmatory factor analyses showed a good fit with the data providing support for the factor structures. Descriptive statistics with summated scales showed that on average Finnish principals perceived a relatively strong sense of efficacy for leadership (M=5.55, SD=0.90, scale 1-7) and reported to actively lead collaborative professional climate (M=5.94, SD=0.92, scale 1-7). Furthermore, principals showed relatively low levels of stress with noticeable amount of variance  (M=2.70, SD=0.90, scale 1-5). Principals’ turnover intentions seemed mediocre on average (M=4.70, SD=2.03), but the group seemed to be divided in the distribution of answers: almost half of principals (47%) agreed to have turnover intentions (chose 6 or 7), which requires further investigation.

The structural equation model with the reported factor structures and the hypothesised regression paths showed a good fit with the data (χ²(53, N = 427) = 188.10, p < .001, CFI = .96, TLI = .94, RMSEA = .05, SRMR = .04). The results showed that principal’s efficacy for leadership was positively associated with perceptions of leading collaborative professional climate and negatively related to work-related stress. However, the relationship between self-efficacy for leadership and principal’s turnover intentions was not statistically significant, only partly supporting hypothesis 1. Principal’s perceptions of leading collaborative professional climate showed no statistical relations with either work-related stress or turnover intentions, providing no support for hypothesis 2. Principal’s work-related stress was positively associated with their turnover intentions as hypothesised in H3. The results suggest in line with Skaalvik (2020) that principal efficacy for leadership may buffer work-related stress and protect principals from changing to another profession especially now after the straining COVID-19 pandemic.

References
Ahtiainen, R., Eisenschmidt, E., Heikonen, L., & Meristo, M. (2022). Leading schools during the COVID-19 school closures in Estonia and Finland. European Educational Research Journal.

Bandura. (1997). Self-efficacy: the exercise of control. Freeman.

Elo, A. L., Leppänen, A., & Jahkola, A. (2003). Validity of a single-item measure of stress symptoms. Scandinavian journal of work, environment & health, 444-451.

Goddard, R. D., Bailes, L. P., & Kim, M. (2021). Principal efficacy beliefs for instructional leadership and their relation to teachers’ sense of collective efficacy and student achievement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 20(3), 472-493.

Goddard, R., Goddard, Y., Kim, E., & Miller, R. (2015). A theoretical and empirical analysis of the roles of instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and collective beliefs in support of student learning. American Journal of Education, 121(4), 501–530.

Hargreaves, A. & Fullan, M. (2020). Professional capital after the pandemic: revisiting and revising classic understandings of teachers’ work. Journal of Professional Capital and Community 5(3/4), 327-336.

Heikonen, L., Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K., Toom, A., & Soini, T. (2017). Early career teachers’ sense of professional agency in the classroom: Associations with turnover intentions and perceived inadequacy in teacher–student interaction. Asia-Pacific Journal of teacher education, 45(3), 250-266.

Honingh, M. & Hooge, E. 2014. The effect of school-leader support and participation in decision making on teacher collaboration in Dutch primary and secondary schools. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 42 (1), 75–98.

Klassen, R. M., Tze, V., Betts, S. M., & Gordon, K. A. (2011). Teacher efficacy research 1998–2009: Signs of progress or unfulfilled promise? Educational psychology review, 23(1), 21-43.

Leithwood K (2012) Strong Districts and Their Leadership. Toronto: Council of Ontario Directors of Education.

Leithwood K, Harris A. and Hopkins D (2020) Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management 40(1): 5-22.

Mahfouz J (2020) Principals and stress: Few coping strategies for abundant stressors. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 48(3): 440–458.

Skaalvik, C. (2020). School principal self-efficacy for instructional leadership: relations with engagement, emotional exhaustion and motivation to quit. Social Psychology of Education, 23(2), 479-498.

Tschannen-Moran, M., Hoy, A. W., & Hoy, W. K. (1998). Teacher efficacy: Its meaning and measure. Review of educational research, 68(2), 202-248.

Westphal, A., Kalinowski, E., Hoferichter, C. J., & Vock, M. (2022). K-12 teachers' stress and burnout during the COVID-19 pandemic: A systematic review. Frontiers in psychology.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Crisis Leadership: School Principals’ Metaphors During Covid-19

Mowafaq Qadach1, Rima'a Da'as2, Chen Schechter3,4

1Al-Qasemi Academic College, Israel; 2The Hebrew University, Israel; 3Bar-Ilan University, Israel; 4MOFET Institute, Israel

Presenting Author: Qadach, Mowafaq; Da'as, Rima'a

In the winter of 2020, schools worldwide transformed from classroom learning to distance learning, as Covid-19 spread around the globe, affecting 90% of the world’s student population and forcing some 60 million teachers to switch to distance teaching (UNESCO, 2020). Thus, the pandemic seems to be the most disruptive event in the history of education, one whose waves and backlash necessitated rapid – at times even daily – changes of educational systems’ guidelines, which included suspension of all classroom teaching, switching to new learning and teaching modalities, and monitoring the health of students and their families (Reimers and Schleicher, 2020).
A crisis can be defined as an unexpected occurrence that may have adverse effects on stakeholders’ expectations and organizational performance (Coombs, 2007). A crisis in the educational system can threaten the safety, stability, and well-being of the school community, where students, teachers, and families are exposed to trauma, threat, and loss (Smith and Riley, 2012). In this regard, crisis management requires resilience and efficiency; school principals must systematically prepare for the crisis in order to minimize its potential damage. Failure to adequately prepare for a crisis may lead to management failure, and negative short- and long-term consequences (Bilgin and Oznacar, 2017). During a crisis, leadership is not oriented toward the future as its main focus, but deals with events, feelings and consequences in the here and now, with the aim of minimizing personal and organizational harm within the school community (Smith and Riley, 2012).
While previous research on educational systems in times of crisis has focused on crises such as terrorist attacks (Brickman et al., 2004), natural disasters like hurricanes Katrina (Bishop et al., 2015) and Harvey (Hemmer and Elliff, 2019), and school shootings (Connolly-Wilson and Reeves, 2013; Oredein, 2010), research on educational leadership during global health crises remains scarce, calling for broader empirical investigations and conceptual frameworks (Gurr, 2020; Harris, 2020). It is especially important to promote an understanding of the unique dynamic in leading schools over the sustained period of a global pandemic crisis. To date, the changes in the principals’ role have scarcely been examined, and we need to know more about their perceptions during such crises, the changes in their work, and how they perceive their role during the pandemic.
In the present study, we explored school principals’ leadership role during the Covid-19 crisis by examining the metaphors they used to describe their work and the changes imposed by the pandemic. Metaphors are a component of figurative language, reflecting cognitive processes through which humans encounter the world, perceive reality, and envision change (Witherspoon and Crawford, 2014). Murray and Rosamund (2006) view a metaphor as a basic mechanism of cognition. Thus, the essence of the metaphoric process is the very thinking about an issue in terms that are unlike those of its original field. In education, metaphors can unify language, cognition, and emotions along with social and cultural dimensions. School principals use broader symbolic systems to make sense of their everyday experience. The metaphors principals use can help researchers understand their expectations of themselves and of their role in times of crisis. Being mental linguistic structures, metaphors can represent school principals' new understanding of contradictory messages and their attempts to make sense of complex, ambiguous work environments during a pandemic (Author 3 and Colleague, 2021). Here, metaphors were used to explore how principals reflected on their role during the Covid-19 crisis, highlighting their use of language to define their leadership role and practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research design
We choose a qualitative methodology to explore the metaphors that school principals used to describe their role dealing with the complexities of early phase of the Covid-19 pandemic.
Participants
Participants in this qualitative study, conducted in Israel, were 42 middle-school principals – 20 from the Arab sector and 22 from the Jewish sector (17 women and 25 men) from 23 urban schools, and 19 rural ones. They were from all school districts, and from different subcultures of both Arab society (e.g., Druze) and Jewish society (e.g., state-religious school).
Data collection
The interviews, conducted on Zoom, were held from November 2020 to February 2021 with principals who had worked during the Covid-19 imposed lockdown and crisis. The research tool was a semi-structured in-depth interview, allowing researchers to gain profound knowledge of the participants’ personal perspectives, and reveal emotions, beliefs, motives, perceptions, and interpretations (Marshall and Rossman, 2011). Participants were asked about their perceptions of the principal’s role during a crisis and used metaphors to illustrate this perception. Examples of questions: 1. How do you experience your role as principal in light of the Covid-19 crisis? 2. Which metaphor/image describes your experience as principal during the pandemic? All participants were fully informed of the aims of the study and were promised complete confidentiality as well as full retreat options. Pseudonyms were assigned to all interviewees. Transcripts were translated from Hebrew to English by a professional translator.
Data analysis
The two-stage analysis exposed, expanded, and verified principals' metaphors through ongoing simultaneous data collection and analysis. Stage 1 was vertical analysis, in which the content of participants' answers was analyzed, in Stage 2, comparative horizontal analysis, we searched for common themes as well as contrasting patterns, meant to clarify the differences and similarities arising from each participant's personal voice (Merriam, 2009). Data analysis followed Marshall and Rossman’s (2011) four stages, namely, organizing the data, generating tentative themes, testing the emergent themes, and searching for alternative explanations.
Trustworthiness
Several measures, taken at different stages of the study, ensured trustworthiness. First, the diversity of the study participants was maintained, in terms of gender, seniority in post, school sector, and geographical school districts. Second, all authors conducted the analytical process described above. Third, to evaluate the soundness of the data, we conducted a member check (Schwartz-Shea, 2006) with all participants, sending transcripts back to the principals, requesting to evaluate their responses and make additions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The content analysis revealed three themes that will be extensively explained in the full paper and presentation:
1. Organizational role
The uncertainty, vagueness, and ever-changing directives led the principals to new perceptions of their organizational role. For example, school principals described the following metaphors: It’s like a horse-and-cart, bridge. Principals saw their role as important within the complexity and uncertainty, working through difficulties. For example, school principals described the following metaphors: midwife, Playdough, magician and a bird.
2. Professional role
The Covid-19 crisis forced principals to select new forms of action. For example, school principals described the following metaphors: A ship/ captain of a ship/ a ship in a storm of instability/ captain of a ship being tossed in a storm was another metaphor for their role as principals during the pandemic. The metaphors that principals used to describe their role underscored the expansion of their area of responsibility and availability to the school. For example, school principals described the following metaphors: juggler, work without boundaries, 24/7, navigator, and fire fighter.
3. Emotional role
The principals also referred to their emotional experiences of the crisis and their role with respect to the school staff and stakeholders. For example, school principals described the following metaphors: being alone on the battlefield, a lone wolf, sponge, remote control, tightrope walker. The relationships between principals and the team were based on leading the team during the crisis, guiding its members, and directing them toward the road of success. For example, school principals described the school principal’s emotional role by the following metaphors: the light at the end of the tunnel, sun, navigator, fatherhood, and holder.
The current study adds to the relatively scarce research examining school leaders’ role during a pandemic crisis, providing theoretical and practical implications as well as further research avenues.

References
Bilgin H and Oznacar B (2017) Development of the Attitude Scale towards crisis and
chaos management in education. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education 13(11): 7381–7389.
Brickman HK, Jones SE and Groom SE (2004) Evolving school crisis management
 since 9/11. Education Digest 69(9): 29–35.
Connolly-Wilson C and Reeves M (2013) School safety and crisis planning
 considerations for school psychologists. Communique 41: 16–17.
Coombs W (2007) Ongoing crisis communication: planning, managing and
responding. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Gurr D (2020) Editorial note. International Studies in Educational Administration
48:1–3.
Harris A (2020) COVID-19: School leadership in crisis? Journal of Professional
 Capital and Community 5(3/4): 321–326.
Hemmer L and Elliff DS (2019) Leaders in action: the experiences of seven Texas
superintendents before, during and after Hurricane Harvey. Educational Management Administration and Leadership 48: 964-985.
Marshall C and Rossman GB (2011) Designing qualitative research. 5th ed.
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Merriam SB (2009) Qualitative research: a guide to design and implementation. San
Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Murray K and Rosamund M (2006) Introducing metaphor. London, UK: Routledge. In Niesche (Eds.), Empirical leadership research: Letting the data speak for themselves (pp. 165–198). New York, NY: Untested Ideas Research Center.
Oredein AQ (2010) Principals’ decision-making as correlates of crisis management in
southwest Nigerian secondary schools. International Journal of Pedagogies and Learning 6: 62–68.
Reimers FM and Schleicher A (2020) A framework to guide an education response to
the covid-19 pandemic of 2020. Paris: OECD.
Schwartz-Shea P (2006) Judging quality: Evaluative criteria and epistemic
communities. In D Yanow and P Schwartz-Shea (Eds.) Interpretation and method: Empirical research methods and the interpretive turn (pp. 89–113). New York, NY: M. E. Sharpe.
Smith L and Riley D (2010) The Business of School Leadership. Camberwell,
Australia: Acer Press.
Smith L and Riley D (2012) School leadership in times of crisis. School Leadership &
Management 32(1): 57–71.
UNESCO (2020) Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and
Education – All Means All. Paris: UNESCO.
Witherspoon NA and Crawford ER (2014) Metaphors of leadership and spatialized
practice. International Journal of Leadership in Education 17: 257–285.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Supporting the Wellbeing of the School Community in the Recovery Phase of Covid-19 – Challenges and Opportunities for Aspiring Headteachers

Joan G Mowat

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Mowat, Joan G

This paper builds on a paper presented at ECER 2021 which drew on the first phase of a small-scale longitudinal study examining how current and former students on the Into Headship (IH) programme in Scotland supported their school communities during the first lockdown in the UK, with a particular emphasis on children and young people (CYP) considered to be vulnerable through disability, poverty, being looked after or otherwise disadvantaged. A key finding deriving from phase 1 was the expanding role that schools played in serving their communities, impacting on the role of aspiring headteachers and their sense of identity.

It has been well documented that global inequalities, as identified by Wilkinson and Pickett (2018), have been magnified through the pandemic. An extensive range of commentators highlights the catastrophic global impact of the restrictions and disruption to schooling posed by the pandemic on the mental health and wellbeing of children and on their learning (Lee, 2020; Mowat, in press, 2023a, 2023b; Shum, Skripkauskaite, Pearcey, Waite, & Creswell, 2021; UNESCO et al., 2020; UNICEF, 2021; UNICEF Data, 2020; World Health Organisation, 2020).

Harris and Jones (2020) argue that most existing leadership preparation programmes will need a radical re-think to remain relevant, highlighting that the pandemic has brought to the fore the importance of relational trust and context responsive leadership, dependent on distributive forms of leadership and recognising ‘the wealth of additional expertise, knowledge and local capacity’ (p. 246)) of the community. Other commentators call on the need for adaptive and/or emotionally intelligent leadership (Beauchamp et al., 2021). Fullan (2020) argues that Covid-19 has exposed the fault-lines that were already present in education systems across the world but also provides an opportunity to re-imagine what might be possible. Sahlberg (2020), however, cautions that, unless we stand back and re-imagine a ‘new normal,’ and, more importantly, focus on the ‘how’ and ‘why’ of change rather than just the ‘what,’ it is likely that schools, post-pandemic, will revert towards the status-quo (Mowat, 2023).

Whilst much attention has been devoted to losses in learning brought about by the pandemic and to learning recovery, increasingly attention is turning towards the socio-emotional wellbeing of CYP (Lee, 2020; Mowat, in press; OECD, 2020). UNICEF (2021) highlights the fragility of support systems for children during this period and how the hardships experienced fell disproportionally on the most disadvantaged (p. 16). School leaders have had to navigate an unprecedented landscape of complex and rapid change and therefore the quality of headship preparation programmes becomes crucial in ensuring that prospective headteachers can rise to the challenge.

This small-scale empirical study is supported by a BELMAS grant and focusses on Into Headship, a masters-level programme delivered within a single academic year in partnership with Education Scotland. Through examination of the ways in which IH students supported their school communities during and in the aftermath of lockdown (with a specific, but not sole, focus on more vulnerable CYP), the study seeks to ascertain the degree to and ways in which engagement with the IH programme had prepared them to meet the challenges in order to inform the development of headship programmes in Europe and beyond.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper focusses on the second phase of a longitudinal, qualitative study, with phase one being an online survey based on an open-ended questionnaire administered to two cohorts of Into Headship students conducted in June 2020 towards the end of the first lockdown in the UK. 46 students responded to the survey. Phase 2, conducted in Dec 2022/Jan 2023, focusses on the period beyond the initial lockdown and, drawing from the findings of phase 1, has a specific focus on the wellbeing of the school community – pupils, staff and engagement with families. It has been conducted via. individual interviews with eight respondents to the initial survey, drawn from the secondary, primary and special education sectors. In addition to reflecting on how they had supported the wellbeing of their school communities beyond the initial lockdown, participants were provided with their response to the survey (phase 1) and asked to reflect on how close to reality their initial perceptions of the challenges to be faced as schools emerged from lockdown had been and whether there were challenges that had not been anticipated. Three focus group discussions have also been held with participants from each of these sectors. The focus group discussion had a broader focus, examining the response of the Scottish Government to Covid recovery; insights about leading in times of crisis; and insights to inform the development of the IH programme nationally. Whilst at an early stage of analysis, the initial interviews and focus group discussions seem to largely corroborate, but add greater depth, to the findings from phase 1.

Participants within the 2nd phase of the study were drawn from respondents to the survey who had indicated a willingness to participate. An open invitation was sent, and criteria were drawn up to select the sample, such that it was representative of respondents to the survey as a whole: the SIMD (Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation) status of the school; urban/rural; sector (primary, secondary/special education); and gender of the participant. Participants attended a short briefing and informed consent was gained. Whilst the initial intention had been to conduct data-gathering face-to-face, this proved to be too complex to organise and interviews and focus group discussions were held via. Zoom and Microsoft Teams. Data is being analysed via. thematic analysis, drawing on a framework of King and Horrocks, generating, initially, descriptive and analytical codes and then over-arching themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings will reveal the challenges that prospective headteachers have faced in meeting the demands of a rapidly shifting policy landscape in the midst of a pandemic and the means by which they have sought to support their school communities (pupils, staff and engagement with families) in the recovery period. It will explore changing conceptualisations of the role of headteacher and, drawing on Gale & Parker’s theory of ‘transition as becoming’ (Gale, 2021) and Jindal-Snape et al’s (2021) Multiple and Multi-dimensional Transitions (MMT) Theory extrapolated to this context, how this impacts on the identity of the aspiring headteacher, particularly when leading in times of crisis.
It will provide insight into the approaches that they have adopted and their perceived efficacy which should inform the work of school leaders in Scotland and beyond. It will demonstrate how priorities may have changed over time as schools have moved into the recovery phase. It will enable insights to emerge regarding the national response to recovery and will also identify those aspects of the Into Headship programme which have provided IH students with the knowledge, understanding, skills-set, confidence and resilience to address the needs of their school community and areas in which the programme could be strengthened, insights which can inform the development of headship preparation programmes more widely. The findings will be disseminated through conference presentations, academic papers and a research brief for practitioners.

References
Beauchamp, G., Hulme, M., Clarke, L., Hamilton, L., & Harvey, J. A. (2021). ‘People Miss People’: A Study of School Leadership and Management in the Four Nations of the United Kingdom in the Early Stage of the COVID-19 Pandemic. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 49(web), 375-392.
Gale, T., & Parker, S. (2014). Navigating Change: A Typology of Student Transition in Higher Education. Studies in Higher Education, 39(5), 734-753. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2012.721351
Jindal-Snape, D. J., Symonds, J. E., Hannah, E. F. S., & Barlow, W. (2021). Conceptualising Primary-Secondary School Transitions: A Systematic Mapping Review of Worldviews, Theories and Frameworks. Frontiers in Education, 6(540027). https://doi.org/https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/feduc.2021.540027/full
Lee, J. (2020). Mental health effects of school closures during COVID-19. The Lancet Child and Adolescent Health, 4(6), 421.
Mowat, J., G. (2023a). Building Community to Create Equitable, Inclusive and Compassionate Schools through Relational Approaches. Routledge.
Mowat, J. G. (2023b). Working collaboratively with the school community to build inclusion for all. In R. J. R. Tierney, F. Erkican, K. (Ed.), International Encyclopaedia of Education Researching Disability Studies & Inclusive Education (3rd ed., pp. 85-97). Elsevier.
Mowat, J. G. (in press). Establishing the medium to long-term impact of Covid-19 constraints on the socio-emotional wellbeing of impoverished children and young people (and those who are otherwise disadvantaged) during, and in the aftermath of, Covid-19. In M. Proyer, F. Dovigo, W. Veck & E. A. Seitigen (Eds.), Education in an Altered World: - Pandemic, Crises and Young People Vulnerable to Educational Exclusion. London: Bloomsbury.
OECD (2020), "Coronavirus special edition: Back to school", Trends Shaping Education Spotlights, No. 21, OECD Publishing, Paris.
Shum, A., Skripkauskaite, S., Pearcey, S., Waite, P., & Creswell, C. (2021). Report 10: Children and adolescents’ mental health: One year in the pandemic Co-Space Study: Covid-19: Supporting Parents, Adolescents and Children during Epidemics (Vol. 10). Oxford: University of Oxford.
UNESCO, UNICEF, & The World Bank. (2020). What Have We Learnt?  Findings from a survey of ministries of education on national responses to COVID-19. Retrieved from https://data.unicef.org/resources/national-education-responses-to-covid19/
UNICEF Data. (2020). How COVID-19 is changing the world: a statistical perspective (Vol 1 & 2). Retrieved from https://data.unicef.org/resources/how-covid-19-is-changing-the-world-a-statistical-perspective/
Wilkinson, R., & Pickett, K. (2018). The Inner Level: How more equal societies reduce stress, restore sanity and improve everyone's wellbeing. UK: Penguin Random House
World Health Organisation. (2020). Mental health and psychosocial considerations during the COVID-19 outbreak. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/mental-health-considerations.pdf


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Institutional Nature of Upper Secondary Education During the COVID-19 Pandemic Crisis: Changed Agency of School Leaders

Guðrún Ragarsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Ragarsdóttir, Guðrún

In the spring of 2020, the closure of upper secondary schools was authorised, and all on-site teaching was transferred to distance settings due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The schools were closed almost the entire spring semester. In the autumn, the organisation of schoolwork changed repeatedly concurrently with ever-changing regulations. The aim of this study is to gain understanding of the work experience, tasks and the cooperation school principals and assistant principals had with different stakeholders outside and inside the upper secondary schools during the first year of the pandemic and reflect changes in their agency.

The analytical framework used for this paper relies on neo-institutional theories (Scott, 2014). The definition of the term organisation is relatively similar between the leading scholars. In this paper the term organisation is understood as a unit that is designed around a particular task. However, when it comes to the term institution, the denotation is more varying. Waks (2007) states that institutions form the background of organisations, and Scott (2014) views institutions as having jurisdiction over organisations. According to both Scott and Waks, institutions are somehow in the background of organisations, and in that way, they control what happens within them. In addition, Scott (2014) describes institutions as representing stability, where social structures, created by actors with vested interest, slow down the processes of change and the same actors monitor and resist the intended change. Furthermore, within institutions, as Scott sees it, similar ideas, habits, norms, purposes, and frameworks guide human behaviour and mechanisms.

Other scholars, bringing Selznick’s (1949; 1957) work to life, have a similar understanding of the term institution (see Raffaelli & Glynn, 2015; Washington et al., 2008). They add a useful aspect to the conceptualisations of Scott (2014) and Waks (2007) in relation to change. These scholars describe interactive processes between both the organisational and institutional characteristics of a unit (see Kraatz, 2009; Raffaelli & Glynn, 2015; Washington et al., 2008). They describe how organisations can, for example, change into institutions over time through the processes of institutionalisation (Ansell et al., 2015; Selznick, 1996; Scott, 2014), and how institutional characteristics are loosened through the processes of deinstitutionalisation (Kraatz & Moore, 2002; Oliver, 1992; Scott, 2014). The characteristics of institutional and organisational leadership (Kraatz, 2009; Raffaelli & Glynn, 2015; Selznick, 1949; 1957; Washington et al. 2008) are highly relevant here to better understand the dynamics of change and the school leaders’ perceptions of their own agency, power, and vision when it comes to change at the upper secondary school level in Iceland.

In the light of the above terminology, change takes place within the organisational characteristics of schools, or when institutional characteristics are loosened through the processes of deinstitutionalisation (Kraatz & Moore, 2002; Oliver, 1992; Scott, 2012), and the fact that leaders usually act as organisational leaders when guiding change (Kraatz, 2009; Raffaelli & Glynn, 2015; Washington et al., 2008). In contrast to organisations, institutions represent more stability when diverse actors monitor and attempt to influence an intended change and determine its fate. Leaders acting within the institutional environment usually act as institutional leaders and constrain what takes place by silencing the intended change, reinforcing stability, and protecting the existing values held by groups with vested interest, or even when promoting their own values (Kraatz, 2009; Raffaelli & Glynn, 2015; Washington et al., 2008). Despite these ideas that change mainly takes place within organisational characteristics of units, some scholars (see Scott, 2014; Waks, 2007) describe how institutions change over time.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The results are based on a mixed method, relying on two questionnaire surveys submitted to all upper secondary school staff in Iceland during the first year of the pandemic and interviewees with six school principals and assistant school principals from three upper secondary schools (Funded by Rannís 2021-2023 (nr. 217900-051).
The survey
The questionnaires were submitted to secondary school staff nationwide at the end of spring 2020 and again at the end of autumn 2020. This paper uses the responses of school leaders and assistant school leaders. A total of 39 answered the survey in the spring semester and 37 during the fall semester. The categories of questions analysed are background information such as gender and job title, work environment issues, school management, and communication. The analysis is based on descriptive statistics.
The interview study
Purposeful sampling was used to select three schools. All were medium or large, two in the Reykjavik metropolitan area and one was located outside the metropolitan area. One was a traditional grammar school and two were comprehensive schools. In each school, two school leaders were interviewed. A stratified sample was used when selecting the school leaders. The school director was always part of the sample. Another leader was selected randomly from the middle management layer. Thematic analysis was used to analyse the interview data (Braun & Clarke, 2013).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the light of neo-institutional theories, de-institutionalization in some degree was identified. The findings show that the tasks of the school leaders increased in complexity, and so did the workload. As the pandemic progressed, contact with the external environment, staff members, students and parents increased. At the same time, they had to lead the most extensive changes that have been made to schoolwork to date on top of their traditional working duties. Certain aspects of schooling changed significantly during the pandemic, at least temporarily, while the centralised and institutional-oriented emphases of external stakeholders harmonised with the schools’ institutional framework. Concurrently, school leaders responded either as organisational leaders or institutional leaders. The tasks of school leaders developed during this time. In parallel with the increased call for pedagogical support, they took the lead on certain organisational aspects of the teaching. However, they did not go beyond their agency and thus they respected the professional independence of teachers. There were substantial distances between professionals and a certain gap formed between staff members, especially at the beginning of the pandemic, which fostered isolation of school leaders. The results raise pressing questions about division of labour and mandates, work related stress and professional support. In addition, the article highlights weaknesses in communication between different groups within the school community, at least during the pandemic.
References
Ansell, C., Boin, A., & Farjoun, M. (2015). Dynamic conservatism: How institutions change to remain the same. In M. S. Kraatz (Ed.), Institutions and ideals: Philip Selznick’s legacy for organizational studies (pp. 89–119). Bingley: Emerald.  
Braun, V. og Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research. A practical guide for beginners. Sage.
Kraatz, M. S. (2009). Leadership as institutional work: A bridge to the other side. Í T. B. Lawrence, R. Suddaby og B. Leca (ritstj), Institutional work: Actors and agency in institutional studies of organizations (bls. 59–91). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Kraatz, M. S., og Moore, J. H. (2002). Executive migration and institutional change. Academy of Management Journal, 45(1), 120–143.
Oliver, C. (1992). The antecedents of deinstitutionalization. Organization Studies, 13(4), 563–588.  
Raffaelli, R., og Glynn, M. A. (2015). What’s so institutional about leadership? Leadership mechanisms of value infusion. M. Lounsbury (Ritstj.), Institutions and ideals: Philip Selznick’s legacy for organizational studies (Vol. 44, pp. 283–316). Bingley: Emerald.
Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and organizations. Ideas, interests and identities (4. útg.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Waks, L. J. (2007). The concept of fundamental educational change. Educational Theory, 57(3), 277–295.  
Washington, M., Boal, K. B. og Davis, J. N. (2008). Institutional leadership: Past, present, and future. Í R. Greenwood, C. Oliver, R. Suddaby og K. Sahlin (ritsj), The Sage Handbook of Organization Institutionalism (p. 719–733). London: Sage.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm27 SES 03 A: Digitalization, Diversity and Didactical Challenges
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Anne Kjellsdotter
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Digitalization, Diversity and Didactical Challenges in Contemporary Education

Anne Kjellsdotter1, Peter Erlandson2

1Halmstad University, Sweden; 2Linnaeus University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Kjellsdotter, Anne

From the beginning of the 1990s, there have been arguments for using ICT for learning in Sweden. The primary arguments have been that ICT drives globalization and that it is an issue for the whole country. ICT as a part of a global economy should be made use of with efficiency, and ICT should enhance quality. Students should learn to use ICT, and ICT was to become an integrated tool in all school subjects (Swedish Government Official Reports, 1994).

Today, in the changing world where democracy is under continuing change and development, digitalization is one of the stronger driving forces for change and it creates both opportunities and challenges on individual and societal levels. Research findings indicate that despite substantial efforts by educational authorities to increase ICT access for pupils and teacher’s digital equity has not been reached (Haltevik et.al, 2015; Hatlevik et al., 2018). The term “digital divide” is often used to describe inequalities in access to and use of ICT. In Sweden, children have access to digital tools in their leisure time regardless of their socioeconomic backgrounds. However, a distinguishing aspect is how the digital features are used (Swedish Media Council, 2019). In other words, there is a diversity of content in children’s digital experiences in relation to social economic and cultural backgrounds (Swedish Media Council, 2019).

During recent decades, several attempts have been made to elaborate on the digital competencies needed for teachers and pupils in school education (From, 2017; Hatlevik et al., 2018, Olofsson et.al., 2020). Previous research studies indicate the complexity ofdigital competence when applied in educational contexts. However, a didactical question is what it might take to develop digitalcompetence in educational settings and what such competence might look like in today’s digitalized societies? Most researchfocuses on the specific competence needed by teachers and therefore tends to neglect the influence of broader contextual conditions in the wider school settings (Pettersson, 2018).

With regard to the ongoing discussion of digital competencies in the twenty-first century (From, 2017; Olofsson et.al., 2020), the aim of this paper is to examine digitalization policies, focusing digitalization and education, from the perspective of the Central and Northern European tradition of Didaktik (Hopmann, 2007; Klafki & MacPherson, 2000). We argue that in the era of ICT and competence frameworks, Didaktik and the German notion of Bildung provides ways of thinking about educational questions, which could contribute strongly to pedagogical perspectives in Sweden as well as in other countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study presented here serve as a sub-study in a larger research project. The empirical data include two K-12 schools with different conditions of demographic and geographic factors, in terms of diversity in the distance to urban areas. The schools are classified as ‘urban’ and ‘rural’ according to the classifications when characterizing demography surrounding schools by OECD standards from 2016.

The empirical material consists of local policies at school and municipality levels from 2020 to 2022. The focus is primarily on local policy-making regarding digital policies and teachers’ work, which include in what way digital competences and democratic structures are taken into account in local policies concerning lesson planning and subject matter.

The analytical focus is on the different levels of policy, at a transnational, national and local policy level by using the theoretical concept of Discursive Institutionalism (DI) (Schmidt, 2011). A point of departure is that discourse not just is expressed ideas (what?) but they are also context driven (where?) and linked to actors (who?) (Schmidt, 2011).  Discursive Institutionalism (DI) gives the ability to explain transformation and continuity in and between different levels of ideas. Here, the analytical focus highlights ideas of digitalization in education at different levels. Moreover, we have modified the analytical framework to include policy-making at local arenas (municipality and schools) in which digital policies is an ongoing work for the actors. The particular focus for the analysis, in this sub-study, is in what way do digitalisation policies at local arenas, at school and municipality level, express digital competencies in relation to teaching and learning?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of local digitalization policies shows ideas of highlighting pupils’ learning by using ICT in ethical and moralistic ways according to goals expressed in national policy texts. The findings show examples of important factors that are taken into considerations in the policies at local levels, such as: ‘Critical approaches- to the content of webpages, information search, copy-rights and ‘classroom work with source criticism and social media’.

Overall, the findings indicate that the local digitalization goals are connected to headlines in the Swedish curriculum and express that teaching should consider pupils’ prior experiences and individual conditions. Additionally, ICT should be a part of subject contents and that teaching should include pupils’ development of elementary computer skills such as: create, share, and revise digital documents, attach files, and animations of texts and images.

The findings also show examples of democratic structures on which Swedish society is based,  in the local digitalization policies, such as: ‘The pupils will have opportunities to down-load, create, and express themselves in a democratic and charitable way’. However, the findings show tendencies of how local conditions, in the municipalities and the schools, affects the content of the local digitalization policies. The conclusion from this study highlights didactical challenges in relation to societal demands and diversities in forms of demographical, social, and cultural conditions for municipalities and schools. Additionally, digitalization goals expressed in Swedish national policies do not take into consideration didactical challenges as well as teaching and learning in diverse contexts in Sweden. From the conclusions presented here, we argue that the debate of digitalization in Swedish schools must include the variations of local conditions instead of viewing the Swedish schools as similar ones, as the Swedish national policies do.


References
From, J. (2017). Pedagogical digital competence—between values, knowledge and skills. Higher Education Studies, 7(2), 43–50.

Hatlevik, O. E., Guðmundsdóttir, G. B., & Loi, M. (2015). Digital diversity among upper secondary students: A multilevel analysis of the relationship between cultural capital, self-efficacy, strategic use of information and digital competence. Computers & Education, 81, 345-353.

Hatlevik, O. E., Throndsen, I., Loi, M., & Gudmundsdottir, G. B. (2018). Students’ ICT self-efficacy and computer and information literacy: Determinants and relationships. Computers & Education, 118, 107-119.

Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 109-124.

Klafki, W. & MacPherson, R. (2000). The significance of classical theories of
Bildung for a contemporary concept of Allgemeinbildung. Teaching as a reflective
practice: The German Didaktik tradition, 85-107

Olofsson, A. D., Fransson, G., & Lindberg, J. O. (2020). A study of the use of digital technology and its conditions with a view to understanding what ‘adequate digital competence’may mean in a national policy initiative. Educational studies, 46(6), 727-743.

Pettersson, F. (2018). On the issues of digital competence in educational
contexts–a review of literature. Education and Information Technologies, 23(3),
1005-1021.

Schmidt, V. A. (2011). Speaking of change: why discourse is key to the dynamics of policy transformation. Critical policy studies, 5(2), 106-126.

Swedish Government Official Reports (1994). SOU 1994:118 Vingar till människans förmåga [Wings to man's ability].

Swedish Media Council (2019). Ungar & Medier [Kids & Media]. Stockholm:
Statens medieråd.

Swedish National Agency for Education (2011; 2022). National curriculum and
syllabus, Stockholm: Fritzes

Swedish National Agency for Education (2016) Report on the assignment to propose
national IT strategies for the school system Dnr U2015 / 04666 / S


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teachers’ and Students’ Perceptions of Responsibility towards Digital Literacy Education – Three Cases from the Swiss Upper-Secondary EFL-Classroom

Doris M. Ittner, Alyssa Emch-McVey, Sonja Beeli-Zimmermann, Karin Müller, Noemi Aebli

University of Teacher Education Bern, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Ittner, Doris M.

The educational landscape has been dramatically altered by the digital turn, with digital technologies permeating classroom practices to the extent that the distinction between "digital” and “non-digital” teaching appears to have been rendered virtually obsolete (Fawns, 2019). While expanding methodological possibilities, this rapid acceleration also raises novel questions and demands for teachers and students alike. For instance, identifying students’ needs in an uncertain and digital future challenges teachers’ understanding of their role and responsibility, especially concerning the continuously evolving field of digital literacy education (DLE).

Furthermore, as teachers attempt to integrate DLE into their established belief system, they may be confronted with points of misalignment, experienced as dilemmatic spaces (Fransson & Grannäs, 2013). Ultimately, teachers seek to navigate these dilemmatic spaces by integrating DLE in a way that satisfies different expectations: from society, students and even themselves. In the process, they must make choices regarding curriculum and classroom practice that may confirm, contradict or recalibrate their understanding of responsibility towards DLE.

Didactical choices surrounding DLE cannot only be understood at an individual or classroom level. The demands set forth by educational policies, such as the European Commission’s “Digital Education Action Plan” (EC, 2023) impact teacher and student experiences, also in Switzerland. Obviously influenced by educational policies on the European level (e.g. Eurydice, 2019), the new Swiss framework curriculum for upper-secondary schools requires teachers to adapt to this new culture of digital learning and instruction (EDK, 2020). Teachers of all subjects will be expected to integrate a set of transversal learning objectives, from teaching with digital tools to teaching in and about a digital world.

This contribution draws on belief research in education (Fives & Buehl, 2016), as teachers’ beliefs on DLE in a subject-specific context are assumed to be of paramount importance for their instructional reasoning and practices. The precise relationship between teachers’ beliefs and their practices cannot be viewed as simply linear, however; there are certain “inconsistencies” between beliefs and action (Raymond, 1997). This complex relationship between beliefs and instructional practices has been explained by the influence of school context, the complexity of work in the classroom, and sometimes contradictions between beliefs on the subject matter characteristics and the pedagogical settings (Depaepe et al., 2013; Yaakobi & Sharan, 1985). We also refer to Lenk’s (2017) philosophical ethics framework of responsibility as a multi-dimensional construct, which is both relational and attributional. This allows for a deeper understanding of possibly conflicting perceptions of teachers’ responsibilities concerning DLE. The question arises as to how subject-teachers’ belief systems, perceived responsibilities and their instructional rationale are related to their practices in the classroom. Inspired by the multi-component approach to responsibility, this refers both to the object (DLE) and to the addressees of responsibility (Lauermann & Karabenick, 2011). Hence, the key questions are: 1) What do EFL-teachers believe to be their responsibilities towards subject-integrated DLE? 2) Towards whom do they feel responsible? 3) How are their views reflected in their instruction? 4) To what extent does the instructional offer meet students’ learning needs?

To answer these questions, this contribution starts with an overview of the investigated teachers’ belief systems concerning DLE and their related responsibilities. Additionally, exemplary case studies of teachers demonstrating diverse or even contradicting didactical practices will be presented. These cases are developed further through the presentation of student perspectives collected from post-lesson feedback surveys. As an outlook, our contribution will shortly discuss the results against the background of a supposedly post-digital educational landscape.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Inspired by design research (McKenney & Reeves, 2012), the three-year project underlying this contribution follows a mixed methods approach by triangulating both research instruments and data sources (Denzin, 2012; Schreier & Echterhoff, 2013). First, data were collected in interviews with 22 Bernese upper-secondary English teachers and with 30 of their students, who participated in focus groups consisting of 5-6 students each. The interviews included questions on the interviewees’ conceptualizations of digital literacy in general and subject-integrated digital literacy education (DLE) in particular, and were preceded by a visualization task asking teachers to explain their understanding of digital literacy. We combined both inductive and deductive processes for coding the interview and visual data (Bell, 2001; Mayring, 2014; Schreier, 2012) and developed a coding scheme based on the questions mentioned above. To enhance the validity of the analysis, 1/5 of the interviews were coded and re-coded in a sequential and repeating loop by two researchers. The visualizations were verbally summarized and crosschecked with two experts for digital literacy who were not part of the research team. This first phase of analysis provided insight into belief systems and perceptions of responsibility.

Lesson study cycles (Dudley, 2016) with twelve teachers from six schools provided the second source of data. Teachers were asked to use a set of material based on a DLE-related topic. Data were collected both in the form of teachers’ extended lesson plans and a survey comprising reflection on the planning process. During the lessons, two to three researchers recorded their observations in a semi-standardized form. To obtain access to students’ perspectives, they were surveyed twice (n = 240): 1) Before the lesson study cycles, to gain insight into their general views on digital literacy; and 2) directly after the lesson. The questionnaires included both closed and open questions and were developed based on the data and analyses generated in the interviews. The analysis of lesson study data provided a deeper understanding as to how different belief systems and perceptions of responsibility are manifested in a classroom setting.

In our contribution, we will analyze three exemplary cases in more detail to illustrate how different belief systems are reflected in the classroom. We will present student data on perceived learning goals, motivation and suitability of instructional methods, which will indicate to what extent students’ learning needs were met.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary findings show the following: Teachers have strongly value-laden, partially ambivalent beliefs about their duties and responsibilities concerning DLE. These seem to be determined by their highly-complex belief systems on what DLE is and, thereof, the resulting challenges to integrate DLE into subject-matter learning. Our contribution will show a divergence in understanding when it comes to digital literacy; while the majority of participating teachers consider digital literacy to be primarily concerned with the use of digital tools and media within the classroom, others take into account broader social and cultural implications and the impact on the individual as a citizen of the digital world. Results indicate that the degree to which teachers embrace or deflect their responsibility can in part be explained by their understanding of DLE.

Concerning the addressee or object of responsibility, teachers’ perceived responsibilities include their own pedagogical goal-settings and their students’ needs, the subject-specific demands, and the expectations to integrate DLE, which are externally set by the curriculum.
With reference to Lenk (2017), results concerning accountability issues indicate that the system of authorities and values within which teachers operate and feel accountable to, should also be considered from a temporal perspective. The data indicate that teachers feel their main responsibility is to prepare students for the (uncertain) future.
Based on an in-depth analysis of three cases, we will shed light on a selection of specific situations observed in the classroom that bring those different orientations and values to the fore. By integrating students’ post-lesson feedback surveys, we were able to identify tendencies in students’ described learning and emotional experiences.

References
Bell, P. (2001). Content analysis of visual images. In: Van Leeuwen, T. & Jewitt, C. (Eds.), The Handbook of Visual Analysis (pp. 10–34). Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9780857020062.n2

Denzin, N. K. (2012). Triangulation 2.0. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 6(2), 80–88. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689812437186

Depaepe, F., Noens, P., Kelchtermans, G., & Simons, M. (2013). ¿Tienen los profesores una relación con su asignatura? Revisión de la literatura sobre la relación asignatura-profesor. Teoría de La Educación. Revista Interuniversitaria, 25(1), 109–124. https://doi.org/10.14201/11153

Dudley, Peter. (2016). Lesson study: Professional learning for our time. Routledge.

(EDK) Konferenz der kantonalen Erziehungsdirektorinnen und -direktoren. (2020). Weiterentwicklung der gymnasialen Maturität, Projekt Rahmenlehrplan: Kapital II Transversale Bereiche. https://matu2023.ch/de/projekt-und-arbeitsgruppen/rahmenlehrplan.

European Commission, EC (2023). Digital Education Action Plan – 2021-2017. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/action-plan

European Commission, EC, Eurydice (2019). Digital Education at School in Europe. http://publications.europa.eu/resource/cellar/8bc1dd11-e8ea-11e9-9c4e-01aa75ed71a1.0002.01/DOC_1

Fawns, T. (2019). Postdigital Education in Design and Practice. Postdigit Sci Educ 1, 132–145. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-018-0021-8

Fives, H., & Buehl, M. M. (2016). Teachers’ beliefs in the context of policy reform. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 3(1), 114–121. https://doi.org/10.1177/2372732215623554

Fransson, G., Grannäs, J. (2013). Dilemmatic spaces in educational contexts – towards a conceptual framework for dilemmas in teachers work. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice 19(1), 4–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.744195

Lauermann, F., & Karabenick, S. A. (2011). Taking teacher responsibility into account(ability): Explicating its multiple components and theoretical status. Educational Psychologist, 46(2), 122–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2011.558818

Knüsel-Schäfer, D. (2020). Überzeugungen von Lehrpersonen zu digitalen Medien. Klinkhardt.

Lenk, H. (2017). Verantwortlichkeit und Verantwortungstypen: Arten und Polaritäten. In: Heidbrink, L., Langbehn, C., Loh, J. (Eds.), Handbuch Verantwortung (pp. 57–84). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-06110-4_3

Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis. Beltz.

McKenney, S. E., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge.

Raymond, A. M. (1997). Inconsistency between a beginning elementary school teacher’s mathematics beliefs and teaching practice. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28(5), 550–576. https://doi.org/10.2307/749691

Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage.

Schreier, M., & Echterhoff, G. (2013). Mixed-Methods-Designs. In W. Hussy, M. Schreier, & G. Echterhoff, Forschungsmethoden in Psychologie und Sozialwissenschaften für Bachelor (pp. 298–310). Springer. http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-3-642-34362-9_10

Yaakobi, D., & Sharan, S. (1985). Teacher beliefs and practices: The discipline carries the message. Journal of Education for Teaching, 11(2), 187–199. https://doi.org/10.1080/0260747850110207


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Critical Literacy in Teacher Education

Lisbeth Elvebakk

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Elvebakk, Lisbeth

Critical literacy is about taking a critical and analytical approach towards texts, rather than passively consuming their content as if it was neutral. It refers to an understanding of text not exclusively as means of communication but as ways to construct reality (Janks, 2010; Luke, 2014). Thus, texts cannot be regarded as neutral representations of reality, but must be read as conscious expressions with underlying attitudes, motives, and ideologies. In recent years, critical literacy has gained a central position in educational research in the Nordic countries (Frønes et al., 2022; Veum et al., 2022). The research includes studies of students' competence in critical literacy (e.g. Blikstad-Balas & Foldvik, 2017; Undrum, 2022) and prerequisites for the development of critical literacy in the classroom (e.g. Magnusson, 2022; Nemeth, 2021; Veum & Skovholt, 2020). The interest in critical literacy is often connected to the rapid development in digital communication and major changes in text culture. Internet and social media have created new arenas for textual interaction and new text types with blurred boundaries between informative and commercial content and between facts and private opinions. Such a text culture requires text users who can orient themselves in large amounts of text and treat texts critically and analytically (Blikstad-Balas, 2023; Frønes et al., 2022; Veum & Skovholt, 2020). The topic of critical literacy is highly relevant for all European countries – as increased digitalization both in and out of schools is exposing students to an unprecedented amount of text – from a variety of authors with a variety of purposes, motives and rhetorical strategies.

As a theoretical field, critical literacy has deep roots in critical theory and critical pedagogy, and a strong focus on the democratic potential of education (Janks, 2010; Vasquez et al., 2019). It indicates that learning to read and write are understood as essential for individual's active participation in society, and preconditional for social equality and liberation. Critical literacy thus has a strong political dimension. However, several studies show that the understanding of critical literacy in the educational context is unclear and often reduced to students exercising source criticism or measuring students' ability to determine whether sources are reliable or not (Johansson & Limberg, 2017; Molin et al., 2018; Wennås & Lund, 2017). In this abstract I present a study of how a group of future L1- teachers understand critical approaches towards text, how they understand the necessities of such approaches and how they facilitate for critical approaches towards text in the classroom during their internships in school. Based on findings in the material, I discuss how to prepare future L1- teachers for future requirements for text competences in school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The article is based on qualitative interviews with 20 pre-service teachers who just came back to campus after field placement. At the time of the interview, the students, all of them aiming to be L1-teachers, had completed their second year of teacher education. The interviews were conducted on Zoom or face-to-face at the students' request and lasted between 30 and 60 minutes. Audio recordings were made of the interviews, which were subsequently transcribed.

A qualitative research interview enables insight into aspects of the interviewees' lifeworld (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). The intention of such a research approach was to gain knowledge about the pre-service teachers' perceptions of “the critical” and their experiences with critical text work from practice in school. Their reflections on practice are thus understood as expressions of knowledge that can be transformed into action in the classroom. The participants were recruited to take part in the study during a university course in L1-didactics where the interviewer was an observer. The course thus served as a common frame of reference during the interviews. The participants were first asked about their motivation for choosing teacher education, and then asked to share experiences from their teaching during the field placement. The questions were open-ended and invited the pre-service teachers to share their experiences. During the interview they were specifically encouraged to talk about what critical aspects may entail in the context of L1-subject. They were also asked to talk about and reflect on specific teaching activities they had conducted where their students had worked with text in different ways. If they did not automatically legitimate objectives and the reasons for choices, follow-up questions were asked.

The interviews were processed and analyzed through five different steps (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). First, they were transcribed and read several times to get an understanding of the material. The material was then coded in four categories through an inductive approach: Definitions and explanations of the critical; justifications for the necessity of critical approaches; examples of working with text in the classroom; overall aims and objectives in the L1- subject. The categories were then seen in the context of the four components of Freebody and Luke’s model of critical literacy (1990), and the following thematic categories were developed: Knowledge of language and text, Meaning-making and contextual understanding, Becoming a textual actor, Reading critically.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There is great variation in the students understanding of “the critical” aspect of L1 didactics, how they justify the necessity of critical approaches and how they facilitate for critical approaches to text in the context of L1. 12 students understand "the critical" as a broad textual competence that involves analysis and interpretation of the text in different context and ability to ask exploratory questions about intentions and underlying premises of the text. Such a text comprehension presupposes reading skills and specific knowledge of language and text. These students also point out that "the critical" implies a participant aspect, i.e. being able to express opinions orally and in writing in specific contexts. 4 students understand "the critical" in a narrower sense as source criticism or being able to assess the credibility and reliability of texts. 4 students perceived "the critical" as something complex, and therefor they were not able to explain their understanding.

There is a clear connection between the students understanding of critical approaches, the importance they add to such approaches and how they choose to work with texts in the classroom. The four students who believe that the critical is synonymous with source criticism seem to find little room for critical approaches to text within the framework of the L1-subject. The same applies to the four students who did not formulate an understanding of “the critical”. However, most of the 12 students who have a broader understanding of “the critical” seem to find possibilities for such text work, and they talk about activities that triggers specific components of critical literacy as an included aspect of their teaching. The study shows that even though the critical aspects of reading are emphasized in the curriculum, student teachers have different perceptions of what it is and how it can be achieved

References
Blikstad-Balas, M. (2023). Literacy i skolen (2 ed.). Universitetsforlaget.
Blikstad-Balas, M., & Foldvik, M. C. (2017). Kritisk literacy i norskfaget - hva legger elever vekt på når de vurderer tekster fra internett? Norsklæreren, 4, 28-39.
Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design : qualitative, quantitative & mixed methods approaches (5th edition. ed.). Sage.
Freebody, P., & Luke, A. (1990). Literacies programs: Debates and demands in cultural context.  Prospect: an Australian journal of TESOL, 5(3), 7-16.
Frønes, T. S., Folkeryd, J. W., Børhaug, K., & Sillasen, M. K. (2022). Kritisk literacy på fagenes premisser – med eksempler fra morsmålsfag, naturfag og samfunnsfag. Acta Didactica Norden, 16(2). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.9779
Janks, H. (2010). Literacy & power. Routledge.
Johansson, V., & Limberg, L. (2017). Seeking critical literacies in information practices: reconceptualising critical literacy as situated and tool-mediated enactments of meaning. Information research, 22(1).
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju. Gyldendal norsk forlag.
Luke, A. (2014). Defining Critical Literacy. In J. Z. Pandya & J. Àvila (Eds.), Moving critical literacies forward, A new look at praxis across contents (pp. 19-31). Routledge.
Magnusson, C. G. (2022). Reading Literacy Practices in Norwegian Lower-Secondary Classrooms: Examining the Patterns of Teacher Questions. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 66(2), 321-335. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1869078
Molin, L., Godhe, A.-L., & Lantz-Andersson, A. (2018). Instructional challenges of incorporating aspects of critical literacy work in digitalised classrooms. Cogent education, 5(1), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2018.1516499
Nemeth, U. (2021). Det kritiska uppdraget: Diskurser och praktiker i gymnasieskolans svenskundervisning. Södertörn Doctoral Dissertations
Undrum, L. V. M. (2022). Kritisk tilnærming til tekster i sosiale medier: - En studie av influenseres tekster på Instagram og unges utfordringer i møte med dem. Acta Didactica Norden, 16(2), https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8990
Vasquez, V. M., Janks, H., & Comber, B. (2019). Critical Literacy as a Way of Being and Doing. Language arts, 96(5), 300-311.
Veum, A., Kvåle, G., Løvland, A., & Skovholt, K. (2022). Kritisk tekstkompetanse i norskfaget: Korleis elevar på 8. trinn les og vurderer multimodale kommersielle tekstar. Acta Didactica Norden, 16(2). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8992
Veum, A., & Skovholt, K. (2020). Kritisk literacy i klasserommet. Universitetsforlaget.
Wennås, E. B., & Lund, E. S. (2017). Undervisning i en sammansatt textvärld: En intervjustudie med svenska och norska gymnasielärare om undervisning i kritisk läsning och kritisk värdering av källinformation. Nordic Journal of Literacy Research, 3(2). https://doi.org/10.23865/njlr.v3.671
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm28 SES 03 A: Diversity and diversification (special call session): Youth perspectives
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Leyla Safta-Zecheria
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

What Learning Means for Higher Education Students: Listening to Students' Voices and Considering the Contextual Dimensions of Learning

Fernando Hernández-Hernández1, Judit Onsès2, Juana Maria Sancho-Gil1

1University of Barcelona, Spain; 2University of Girona Spain

Presenting Author: Hernández-Hernández, Fernando; Onsès, Judit

In recent decades, university students' learning has attracted increasing interest, reflected in a growing number of publications (Batanero and Sanchez, 2005; Entwistle and Peterson, 2004; Gargallo et al., 2007; Muñoz and Gómez, 2005; Richardson, 2011; Vermunt and Donche, 2017; Vermun and Vermetten, 2004; Winne and Jamieson, 2002, among others). Most of these studies adopted a logical-positivist psychological approach, in which researchers' views were prevalent, with little space to listen to students' voices and consider the contextual dimensions of learning (Phillips, 2014) and students' conceptions and experiences.

In this context, in 2021, Educational Researcher, the American Educational Research Association (AERA) journal, published an article by Nasir, Lee, Pea and McKinney in which these authors reviewed the dominant perspectives on learning in psychology and education. They also explained what these approaches contribute, what they omit and how they complement each other. The paper also offered several contributions to what might be an interdisciplinary view that can illuminate how we approach learning and identified three learning theories with different framing foundations: behaviourism, cognitivism and social theory (social-constructivism). Each provides lenses that foreground some learning phenomena and neglect others. From a behaviourist perspective, learning is the accumulation of facts and skills learned through processes of reinforcement (e.g., behaviour management charts). From a cognitivist perspective, learning is best cultivated by active exploration in the service of real-world tasks. Teaching young people how to learn is critical to developing the habits of mind to manage their learning. A socio-cultural perspective also involves paying attention to teaching and learning social contexts; being sensitive to forms of belonging, prejudice and inclusion; respecting the variety of 'repertoires of practice' learners bring to the classroom (Gutierrez and Rogoff, 2003); and focusing on the social routines and connections that support learning.

Considering Nasir et al. (2021), our paper explores the following questions based on how university students say they learn in the research project [anonymised]. More specifically: 1) How are the students' statements linked to the contributions of psychology and pedagogy to learning? 2) What insights can we draw from this study to improve our understanding of university students' relationships to learning? 3) What insights can we gain from the research participants' reflections on the situations that help and hinder their learning?

The aim of the [anonymised] research project and this paper is not only to give an account of university students' conceptions of learning but also to deepen our understanding of learning as an interdisciplinary process and bring new conceptual and methodological approaches to studying learning. In line with the invitation of Nasir et al. (2021, p. 562, paraphrased), our purpose is not only to generate new knowledge about how learning takes place. We also try to make university learning experiences emancipatory and to overcome the current boundaries and limitations imposed by deficit assumptions and research frameworks and methods that reaffirm deficits and inequalities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the first phase of the  [anonymised] research project, aimed to explore how young university students learn, we developed 50 learning trajectories with students. Thirty were women, 20 were men (55.6% and 44.4%, close to the distribution observed in Spanish universities in 2019-2020), and seven had specific needs (14%). From a collaborative and participatory perspective  (Bergold & Thomas, 2012; Hernández-Hernández, 2017; Nind, 2014; Wilmsen, 2008), we conducted four individual encounters with each of them. In the first gathering, we made sure we had conveniently explained the research scope and aims and the compromise it entailed for them and us. We signed the ethical protocols. We invited them to discuss several contradictory views based on research and media discourses about young people's attitudes and positions. Finally, we asked them to reflect, over several days, on how, where, with whom and what they learned. We encourage them to use any means of expression they wish. In the second meeting, they shared the narrative (most of them have visual components) of their learning trajectory. They gave an account of their learning movements (Jornet & Estard, 2018) over time and in different scenarios. For the third meeting, we requested them to make and share a learning diary that allowed them to situate their visions about learning, learning experiences and meanings. We collaboratively constructed the global narrative of their learning life trajectory for the fourth encounter in which they validated the final version. We recorded and transcribed all conversations.
For this paper, we focus on the 12 participants with whom the authors of this contribution have worked. From the transcripts, we made a table with the selected students' statements on the following subjects: what learning is, in which circumstances they learn best and in which ones they have difficulties. We extracted 88 sentences and fragments of conversations and placed them in the first column. In the second column, we related them to learning theories, not to link them to what the students said but to dialogue with them. In the third column, we included our reflections on what the students' statements allowed us to think about their conceptions of learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the students' perspective, teaching and learning deeply relate. They form an intra-action (Barad, 2003) between students, teachers, grades, and institutions' dynamics. Students' conceptions of learning are not linked to psychological or pedagogical 'theories', although we can identify some relationships. They base on reflection on experiences arising from and taking place in teaching-learning situations and different learning contexts. That leads researchers to think about the meaning and usefulness of some theories and how they are created.
Students emphasise the difference between studying and learning. They study to pass an exam or to respond to a particular situation. They learn when they understand, make sense of the information, relate it to practical situations, can take it to everyday life or open themselves to new challenges. In this sense, learning is about 'transferring' to new situations or expanding understanding.
For some participants, sometimes learning is about what is achieved (a job, passing a subject, understanding 'something'). At other times, with difficulties, e.g., in the face of new information in a field, they need to update their mental framework for organising their learning,
Finally, learning has to do with a movement of affects, which involves a displacement that implies a change of 'state' and takes place when the learner's agency feels affected by an intra-action of relations (Cvetkovich, 2012, p. 2 paraphrased). This movement of affection leads to a change in their view of themselves, others, and the world. In this framework, as Atkinson (2011) points out, authentic learning is configured as part of an event that transforms the learner (and the teacher). This transformation is a movement of affection because this real learning is about 'feeling affected' and constitutes a movement linked to the capacity to exist in transit between states.

References
Atkinson, D. (2011). Art, Equality and Learning: Pedagogies Against the State. Sense Publishers.
Batanero, C., & Sanchez, E. (2005). What is the Nature of High School Students' Conceptions and Misconceptions About Probability?. Exploring probability in school: Challenges for teaching and learning, 241-266.
Cvetkovich, A. (2012). Depression is Ordinary: Public Feelings and Saidiya Hartman's Lose Your Mother. Feminist Theory, 13 (2),131-146.
Entwistle, N. J., & Peterson, E. R. (2004). Conceptions of learning and knowledge in higher education: Relationships with study behaviour and influences of learning environments. International journal of educational research, 41(6), 407-428.
Gargallo, B., Suarez, J., & Ferreras, A.  (2007). Estrategias de aprendizaje y rendimiento académico en estudiantes universitarios. Revista de investigación educativa, 25(2), 421-441
Gutiérrez, K. D., & Rogoff, B. (2003). Cultural ways of learning: Individual traits or repertoires of practice. Educational Researcher, 32(5), 19–25. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X032005019
Hernández-Hernández, F. (Coord.). (2017). ¡Y luego dicen que la escuela pública no funciona! Investigar con los jóvenes sobre cómo transitan y aprenden dentro y fuera de los centros de Secundaria.  Editorial Octaedro.
Jornet, A., y Erstad, O. (2018). From learning contexts to learning lives: Studying learning (dis)continuities from the perspective of the learners. Digital Education Review, 33, 1-25.
Muñoz, E., & Gómez, J. (2005). Enfoques de aprendizaje y rendimiento académico de los estudiantes universitarios. Revista de investigación educativa, 23(2), 417-432.
Phillips, D. C. (2014). Research in the Hard Sciences and Very Hard "Softer" Domains. Educational Researcher, 43(1), 9-11. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X13520293
Richardson, J. T. (2011). Approaches to studying, conceptions of learning and learning styles in higher education. Learning and Individual Differences, 21(3), 288-293.
 Suad Nasir, N.,  Lee, C.D., Pea,R. and McKinney de Royston, M. (2021).Rethinking Learning: What the Interdisciplinary Science Tells Us. Educational Researcher, 50 (8), 557–565 DOI: 10.3102/0013189X211047251
Vermunt, J. D., & Donche, V. (2017). A learning patterns perspective on student learning in higher education: state of the art and moving forward. Educational psychology review, 29, 269-299.
Vermunt, J. D., & Vermetten, Y. J. (2004). Patterns in student learning: Relationships between learning strategies, conceptions of learning, and learning orientations. Educational psychology review, 16, 359-384.
Winne, P. H., & Jamieson-Noel, D. (2002). Exploring students' calibration of self reports about study tactics and achievement. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 27, 551–572.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Children’s Perspectives on Solidarity, a Participatory Research Approach

Elena Ungureanu1, Leyla Safta-Zecheria2, Cătălina Ulrich-Hygum1, Maria-Mădălina Coza1

1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2West University of Timisoara, Romania

Presenting Author: Ungureanu, Elena; Safta-Zecheria, Leyla

Solidarity has received recent scholarly attention both in the field of education and beyond. Sleeter & Soriani (2012) show that in education, while the concept of solidarity is conceptualized in conjunction with other related concepts such as social justice and equity, the tendency is to not clearly define it. We see this as an advantage as it opens up perspectives to openly explore how participants make sense of and relate to this concept. Solidarity has been defined as building community among children or youth, especially in school settings, as empathy across differences or as civic virtue or identification with one’s own marginalized group (Sleeter & Soriani, 2012). One of the characteristics of the concept of solidarity is its relationality, its “amongness”. In this case, it is seen as a relational process modeled by the context (Gaztambide-Fernández, Brant & Desai, 2022). This means that solidarity always emerges as a phenomenon among people that relate to each other in one way or another. Another characteristic of the concept is the contextualization to the setting of the studies, meaning natural, geographical, cultural, intergenerational, socio-political layers of real life’ issues and experiences.

Following Sleeter & Soriani (2012) we consider that investigating solidarity in educational settings can lead us to question “mainstream knowledge and interpretations” of students, and place their perspective and meanings above conventional practices and ways of understanding. Another concept in relation to which solidarity is used is sustainability and future orientation (Torbjönsson & Molin, 2015), an association that leads us toward looking at solidarity as a civic virtue for participatory citizenship. From this perspective, youth and children, as well as teachers can learn to see humanity as “sharing common concerns”. Based on this conceptualization Santora (2003) discusses how she teaches her students to become participatory citizens in a diverse community/society. She understands it as reciprocal understanding, based on trust that goes beyond individual interests that helps students experience “selfhood, diversity and community”. Yet, solidarity can also co-exist tensely with notions of diversity as it is generally built on a common sense of belonging to a community (be it via citizenship or of other shared characteristics). Children have often been represented as passive recipients of solidarity, for example through humanitarian representations that show them as ‘speechless victims’ (Mallki, 1996) or as objects of teachers’ solidarity practices. However, the new sociology of childhood (James, Jenks & Prout, 1998; Epstein et al, 2006) has problematized the representation of children as passive subjects, recentering children’s perspectives and agency as a way of overcoming adultist approaches to how children understand the world around them. Alanen’s (2014) intergenerational approach of childhood highlights children’s co-participation in the daily reproduction and/or transformation of intergenerational practices.

Creating a context for children to reflect on relational acts of solidarity can help overcome the adultist perspective on childhood and the distancing, hierarchical perspectives on solidarity so common in the contemporary European imaginary (Chouliaraki, 2013), and further our knowledge on children`s particular understandings. In our project we ask: How do children understand and engage in practices of solidarity in the present situation in Europe? The present situation is marked by both the consequences of the inflation and price crises that risk rendering vulnerable large segments of the population, as well as the war on Ukraine and the broader context of looming environmental crises. That is why our case studies are situated in Romania, a country with historically high levels of economic inequality and of poverty in a European perspective (Gazibar & Giulgea, 2019), moreover Romania is a neighboring country to Ukraine that has since the onset of the war received high numbers of refugees.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Doing research with children in school settings as adults on the abstract topic of solidarity will bring about specific challenges for the research design:  

Firstly, the school relationship is a hierarchical relationship between children/students and adult/teachers. As we will be conducting research in schools, it is necessary to think about strategies to reinscribe the researcher - child relationship beyond a teacher - student relationship as part of building a rapport with participants. This is needed as the expectation of transfers of knowledge sanctioned by power from teachers/adults to students may result in children seeking the approval of adults and thus presenting perspectives they consider to be pleasing to adults or avoiding altogether to express themselves (James et al, 1998).

In order to go beyond these dynamics, a pedagogy of solidarity (Gaztambide-Fernandez et al, 2022) and an investigation into the meaning-making processes of children needs to engage dialogically with questions of social and political change. However, as an abstract term that children may not have explicitly encountered before the participation in the research process, researching solidarity may require educating the participants about what solidarity can mean (for a similar approach see Dekort et al, 2022). This would involve both transferring knowledge to children and receiving knowledge transfer from them.

We seek to create an interactive context with children (aged 11-13), students of lower secondary schools in different regions and socio-economic contexts in Romania. Groups of 12-15 participants will be formed. We will engage progressively with participants over several days: starting with open ended questions and interactions based on child-friendly methodologies and continue to progressively structure input.

Complementarily, research with children has been known to depend on the ability of researchers to contextualize their questions in the everyday lives of children (Pyle, 2013). Special attention should be paid to starting with imaginaries put forward by students.  Secondly, the language asymmetry between adults and children may inhibit children’s participation. Therefore we chose to use visual methods, both based on photography and drawing. Drawings may reveal both what is present and what is absent in children’s imaginaries and everyday lives (Frith, Riley, Archer, & Gleeson, 2005; Søndergaard & Reventlow 2019). While photo-elicitation (Harper 2002, Clark-Ibanez, 2004) and photovoice (Wang & Burris, 1997) may lead to channeling representations of solidarity towards concrete social and political change. Furthermore, interviews with children in groups and individually will help us understand how they make sense of solidarity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As part of our research, we will produce both textual (transcripts of individual/ group interview, photovoice/photo-elicitation/ drawing discussion recordings, researchers of ethnographic diaries) and visual data (in terms of photographs and drawings) in three different research contexts (lower secondary schools in socio-economically marginalized and privileged communities, in rural/urban areas or closer to the Ukrainian borders/ with high percentage of displaced students).
The data will be analyzed looking at tentative questions: 1) How is solidarity understood by children? 2) How do diversity and solidarity relate in the imaginaries of children? What is seen as a legitimate basis for solidarity? 3)  How do children conceptualize social, ethnic and geographic distance? How do these imaginaries relate to solidarity? 4) How do children conceptualize the future? What solidarity imaginaries emerge in relation to the future? 5) How do children conceptualize social and political change? What role does solidarity play in these understandings? 6) How do children engage in practices of solidarity? How do they describe these engagements? How do they describe the engagements of others (children, adults, etc)?
After a collaborative process of data-analysis through coding based on dialogue between the researchers that have collected the data, we plan to engage in member-checking to see whether our analysis appears plausible to the children participating in the process or to others in similar situations. Finally, we do not exclude developing alternative modes of dissemination of messages that will result from our inquiry together with the participants in each setting and beyond, but this will depend on their willingness to engage in such a process.

References
Alanen, L. 2014. Childhood and intergenerationality: Towards an intergenerational perspective on child well-being. In Ben-Arieh, A., I. Frønes, F. Casas & J.E. Korbin (eds) Handbook of Child Well-Being. Theory, Indicators, Measures and Policies. Dordrecht: Springer
Chouliaraki, L. (2013). The ironic spectator: Solidarity in the age of post-humanitarianism. John Wiley & Sons.
Henderson-Dekort, E., van Bakel, H., Smits, V., & Van Regenmortel, T. (2022). “In accordance with age and maturity”: Children’s perspectives, conceptions and insights regarding their capacities and meaningful participation. Action Research, 14767503221143877.
Gazibar, G., & Giuglea, L. (2019). Inequalities in Romania. World Vision Romania.  https://www.sdgwatcheurope.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/13.3.a-report-RO.pdf
Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo elicitation interview (PEI): Using photos to elicit children's perspectives. International journal of qualitative methods, 5(3), 1-11.
Frith, H., Riley, S., Archer, L., & Gleeson, K. (2005). Editorial. Qua[1]litative Research in Psychology, 2, 187–198. doi:10.1191/ 1478088705qp037ed
Gaztambide-Fernández, R., Brant, J., & Desai, C. (2022). Toward a pedagogy of solidarity. Curriculum Inquiry, 52(3), 251-265.
James, A., C. Jenks and A. Prout (1998) Theorizing Childhood. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Malkki, Liisa. (1996). Speechless Emissaries: Refugees, Humanitarianism, and Dehistoricization. Cultural Anthropology (11)3, 377-404.
McGregor, J. (2004). Space, power and the classroom. In Forum: for promoting 3-19 comprehensive education (Vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 13-18). Symposium Journals. PO Box 204, Didcot, Oxford OX11 9ZQ, UK.
Søndergaard, E., & Reventlow, S. (2019). Drawing as a Facilitating Approach When Conducting Research Among Children. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18.
Torbjörnsson, T., & Molin, L. (2015). In school we have not time for the future: voices of Swedish upper secondary school students about solidarity and the future. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 24(4), 338-354.

Santora, E. D. (2003). Social studies, solidarity, and a sense of self. The Social Studies, 94(6), 251-256.

Sleeter, C. E., & Soriano, E. (2012). Creating solidarity across diverse communities: International perspectives in education. Teachers College Press.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Children’s Futures. Experiences, and Methodological Challenges from Biographical Research

Susanne Siebholz

University Halle

Presenting Author: Siebholz, Susanne

Most of the time, children are no central actors when it comes to discuss societal futures, be it in political or academic arenas. We can observe a widely held belief that children are not capable of reasoning about future because they are said to have only limited capacities to understand temporal, and factual realities. Biographical research based on narrative inquiry with children challenges those beliefs as there are long-standing experiences, since at least the nineties, of asking children about their future visions in biographical interviews (Siebholz, 2020). The paper has three parts. First, it starts with an overview of the attempts, and experiences in biography research with children focusing elicited statements about future. The second part asks about the results: What do we know about the futures that children with different social backgrounds and diverse experiences perceive, and anticipate? What do we know about the future visions of children from different parts of the world? How do children relate to societal transformations, uncertainties, and crises when they tell their life stories, and connect past, present, and future? What can we learn from comparisons between biographical future visions of past, and present children? Third, the paper summarises the reflections on the conducted research, and discusses the question: What are, on the one hand, the possibilities, and potentials, and what are, on the other hand, the limitations of biographical research with children when we are interested in their perspectives on societal futures that are marked by global changes, and challenges?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
,
References
Siebholz, S. (2020). Dokumentarische Methode und (erziehungswissenschaftliche) Kindheitsforschung. In: Kreitz, R./Demmer, C./Fuchs, T./Wiezorek, C. (Hrsg.): Das Erziehungswissenschaftliche qualitativer Forschung. Opladen/Berlin/Toronto, S. 173–188.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm28 SES 03 B: Educational Inequalities from the Multi-level, Intersectional and Life-course Perspectives
Location: Gilbert Scott, Melville [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Aigul Alieva
Symposium
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium

Educational Inequalities from the Multi-level, Intersectional and Life-course Perspectives

Chair: Aigul Alieva (Lux. Inst. of Socio-Econ. Res. (LISER))

Discussant: Christiane Gross (Julius-Maximilians-University Wuerzburg)

The proposed symposium is based on the quantitative data analysis output stemming from the Horizon 2020 PIONEERED project “Pioneering policies and practices tackling educational inequalities in Europe” (https://www.pioneered-project.eu). The project encompasses nine European countries and aims to uncover the mechanisms behind the persisting educational inequalities, as well as to offer science-based policy advice.

Empirical findings presented here are a part of a larger analytical work based on the exploration of national and cross-national quantitative data focusing on inequalities throughout the various educational stages (primary, secondary, and tertiary), including the trajectories and transitions, as well as both the formal and non-formal/informal educational settings. To bring together the drivers of educational inequalities and the complexity of their interactions on the one hand, and varying education systems on the other, the analyses rely on a comprehensive methodological framework proposed in the project, which combines the multi-level, intersectional, and life-course perspectives (abbr. MILC). The Multi-level approach determines the contribution of socio-economic and educational policies (macro-) through the schools, neighborhoods (meso-), and individual and family circumstances (micro-level) on educational outcomes. Individual-level predictors, such as socio-economic origin, gender, migration background are well-known axes of inequality. However, as we empirically show, it is their combinations, i.e. an intersection of these axes, that have a differentiated impact on educational outcomes. Thus, the Intersectional approach provides a nuanced understanding of the importance of each of this axis for a specific outcome, as well as across educational careers and contexts (e.g. between countries). The Life-course approach suggests that educational inequalities occur in cumulative manner, leading to a particular individual school path.

The three contributions in this symposium refer to these (or a combination of) approaches when answering research questions related to drivers of inequalities such as school admission age, school segregation and composition, and sense of belonging.

The first presentation analyses the effect of age cut-off at the beginning of school on achievement at the start and later along the educational path in the North-Western part of Switzerland. This is an example of school policy (at the macro-level), where an arbitrary decision with respect to cut-off age for school admission, has a concrete effect on student’s achievement that extends beyond the primary education (cumulative disadvantage). While empirical explorations exist in the US, this study is among very few that investigates this question in European context. The study is important as the unique data allows analyzing the achievement gap over time (life-course). Additionally, given the high-stratification of the education system, this study provides key evidence on the relevance of age cut-off on track placement in secondary education.

The second presentation focuses on school-segregation and the long-term consequences for achievement and attainment in Luxembourg, that is known for its multilingual and highly-stratified education system with a large share of immigrant students. Following the multi-level, intersectional and life-course approaches, the authors empirically test the effect of primary school composition on achievement (math and German language) and attainment (academic vs other school tracks) in secondary education. The emphasis of the paper is on three major inequality axes: social origin, migration status and gender.

The third presentation studies how the sense of belonging within learning environment varies across educational stages: primary, secondary and tertiary, focusing on the same inequality axes mentioned above (intersectional approach). This is a comparative study with more than 30 countries that attempts to explain the variation among concerned groups by including key macro-level indicators (multi-level approach). While sense of belonging is less frequently studied in the realm of educational outcomes, existing studies have largely proved its importance for school success and a general well-being of young children and youth.


References
Crenshaw, K.W. (1991). Mapping the margins: intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review 43(6), 1241-99.
DiPrete, T.A. & Eirich, G. M. (2006). Cumulative advantage as a mechanism for inequality. Annual Review of Sociology 32, 271--297.
Elder, G.H., Jr. (1995). The life course paradigm. Social change and individual development. In P. Moen, G.H. Elder, Jr., & K. Lüscher (Eds.), Examining lives in context: Perspectives on the ecology of human development (p. 101–139). Washington, DC: APA.
Erzinger, A.B., Herzing, J., Jensen, J., Seiler, S. & Skrobanek, J. (2021). Methodological guidelines: MILC framework for measuring inequalities and their intersectionalities: Conceptual and methodological approach to answer the research questions (information to be integrated into the triangulation matrix in WP6) (D2.2). Bern: University of Bern.
Esping‐Andersen, G. (2002). A child‐centred social investment strategy. In G. Esping-Andersen, D. Gallie, A. Hemerick, & J. Myles (Eds.), Why we need a new welfare state (p. 26–68). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hadjar, A., Alieva, A., Jobst, S., Skrobanek, J., Grecu, A., Gewinner, I., … Toom, A. (2022). PIONEERED: Elaborating the link between social and educational policies for tackling educational inequalities in Europe. Sozialpolitik.Ch, 2022(1). https://doi.org/10.18753/2297-8224-183

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Disadvantaged by Chance? Cut-off Dates for School Enrolment and Their Consequences for Educational Outcomes

Robin Benz (Interfaculty Centre for Educational Research, University of Bern), Tobias Ackermann (Interfaculty Centre for Educational Research, University of Bern)

Pupils who did not start learning at the same level as their peers might subsequently fall behind throughout their educational careers (e.g., Heckman 2006; Passaretta et al. 2022). The modalities of compulsory school admission may contribute to the emergence of early gaps in educational performance. Nearly all education systems have arbitrarily chosen cut-off dates for school enrolment, which create age differences of up to a year within a cohort of pupils. Prior research has shown that the youngest pupils in a cohort fall behind their relatively older peers in educational performance (e.g., Bedard and Dhuey 2006; Peña 2017; Dicks and Lancee 2018). These performance gaps are coined as relative age effects, which can be framed within theories of cumulative (dis)advantages (e.g., DiPrete and Eirich 2006). Drawing on a comprehensive data set encompassing the entire student population in North Western Switzerland (BR NWCH 2021), the study addresses three research questions. First, it is investigated to what extent pupils’ relative age affects their educational achievement in different subjects and track placement in secondary education. Second, by exploiting the longitudinal structure of the data, it is examined whether the influence of relative age diminishes the course of educational trajectories. Third, the study establishes a record linkage between administrative data and pupils’ test data to investigate whether pupils from disadvantaged backgrounds suffer more strongly from relative age effects. A pupil’s relative age might be correlated with various unobserved factors. Two strategies are employed to address these endogeneity concerns. First, the study employs an instrumental variable approach using “assigned relative age” (e.g., Bedard and Dhuey 2006) as an instrument for pupils’ actual age. Second, the study uses a regression discontinuity design contrasting pupils born just before and after the cut-off date to estimate relative age effects in Switzerland. Preliminary results provide evidence that students with a relative age advantage when they entered school achieve significantly higher than their counterparts with a relative age disadvantage during their first years of primary education. However, relative age effects vanish the more students advance in their educational trajectory. Additional analyses shed light on potential effect heterogeneity. The study illustrates how early disadvantages emerge by chance through arbitrarily chosen cut-off dates for school eligibility. Scholars and policy-makers alike are urged to debate how the modalities of school entry can be designed to ensure equal starting conditions for all.

References:

Bedard, K., & Dhuey, E. (2006). The persistence of early childhood maturity: International evidence of long-run age effects. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121(4), 1437–1472. BR NWCH. (2021). Checks in BR NWCH 2013-2020 [Dataset]. University of Zurich, Institute for Educational Evaluation. Distributed by FORS, Lausanne. https://doi.org/10.23662/FORS-DS-1261-1 Dicks, A., & Lancee, B. (2018). Double disadvantage in school? Children of immigrants and the relative age effect: A regression discontinuity design based on the month of birth. European Sociological Review, 34(3), 319–333. DiPrete, T. A., & Eirich, G. M. (2006). Cumulative advantage as a mechanism for inequality: A review of theoretical and empirical developments. Annual Review of Sociology, 32, 271-297. Heckman, J. J. (2006). Skill formation and the economics of investing in disadvantaged children. Science 312(5782), 1900-1902. Passaretta, G., Skopek, J., & van Huizen, T. (2022). Is social inequality in school-age achievement generated before or during schooling? A European perspective. European Sociological Review, 38(6), 849-865. Peña, P. A. (2017). Creating winners and losers: Date of birth, relative age in school, and outcomes in childhood and adulthood. Economics of Education Review, 56, 152–176.
 

The Intersectionality of School and Student Factors in Predicting Academic Achievement

Ineke Pit-ten Cate (LUCET, University of Luxembourg), Martha Ottenbacher (LUCET, University of Luxembourg), Aigul Alieva (Lux. Inst. of Socio-Econ. Res. (LISER)), Taylor Kroezen (Lux. Inst. of Socio-Econ. Res. (LISER))

For several decades, sociological research has studied determinants of educational inequalities, whereby most researches have focused on individual students’ characteristics (e.g., Boudon, 1974; Bourdieu, 1984), though others also considered system variables such as school composition and segregation (e.g., Jencks, 1974). However, few studies have addressed the possible interaction of system and student characteristics in relation to student academic outcomes (Gross et al., 2016). Educational inequalities in Luxembourg – with a highly stratified, multilingual education system, further characterised by a large proportion of students with a 1st or 2nd generation migrant status - are related to student characteristics (i.e., socio-economic status and migration status) (e.g., Lenz & Heinz, 2018) as well as schools’ social composition (Martins & Veiga, 2010). The present study aimed to investigate especial the intersectional impact of students´ academic and socio-demographic characteristics, school composition and school tracks on students’ academic performance in Luxembourg. It draws on longitudinal data collected as part of the Luxembourg school monitoring programme “Épreuves Standardisées” (ÉpStan; Fischbach et al., 2014) and included all students enrolled in public education Grade 3 (November 2013) matched with data from the same students in Grade 9 (November 2017-2021) including those repeating once or twice (N≈3600). Results of multilevel mixed effects regression analyses show that both Math and language achievement in Grade 9 is affected by student characteristics (gender, SES, migration background and prior achievement), as well as by the school track and school composition (i.e., percentage of Low SES families in 3rd Grade). In addition, some cross-level interaction effects were found. For example, results show that after controlling for prior performance and other individual characteristics, the gender gap in math achievement is more pronounced in the higher than in the middle school track. These results indicate that not only student and system variables, but also their intersectionality affect student achievement outcomes. More specifically, accounting for socio-demographic student characteristics and prior achievement, our results demonstrate a long-term effect of school composition on students´ educational pathways. Student and system characteristics have a direct effect on academic achievement as well as an indirect effect via school tracking. Furthermore, student and system variables interact such that achievement differences between certain groups of students (e.g., boys) may be exacerbated by system characteristics (i.e., school composition). Results will be discussed in relation to theory as well as their possible implications for tailored policy making.

References:

Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity and social inequality: changing prospects in Western society. Wiley. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the Judgement of taste (translated by R. Nice). Harvard University Press. Fischbach, A., Ugen, S., & Martin, R. (2014). ÉpStan Technical Report. University of Luxembourg ECCS research unit/LUCET. www.epstan.lu Gross, C., Gottburgsen, A., & Phoenix, A. (2016). Education systems and intersectionality. In A. Hadjar & C. Gross (Eds.), Education systems and inequalities (pp. 51–72). Policy Press. Jencks, C. (1974). Inequality: A re-assessment of the effect of family and schooling in America. Lane. Lenz, T., & Heinz, A. (2018). Das Luxemburgische Schulsystem: Einblicke und Trends. In T. Lentz, I. Baumann, & A. Küpper. (Eds.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Luxemburg 2018 (pp. 22–34). Université du Luxembourg (LUCET) & SCRIPT. Martins, L., & Veiga, P. (2010). Do inequalities in parents’ education play an important role in PISA students’ mathematics achievement test score disparities? Economics of Education Review, 29(6), 1016–1033. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2010.05.001
 

Explaining Intersectional Inequalities in Sense of Belonging in Education across the Educational Path and across Educational Contexts

Katri Kleemola (University of Helsinki), Irena Kogan (University of Mannheim), Irem Karacay (University of Mannheim), Auli Toom (University of Helsinki)

Sense of belonging in education has been linked to many aspects of students’ overall success in their educational path. It is associated with academic achievement and well-being related to studies (Finn & Zimmer 2012; Ulmanen et al. 2016; Pedler et al. 2022). Sense of belonging is also among humans’ basic psychological needs (Maslow 1943; Wenger 1998; Ryan & Deci, 2000). Gender, socioeconomic status, migrant status, and educational context has been linked with the variation in the sense of belonging (OECD, 2017), but the research has not been systematic or conclusive. While research often focuses on individual dimensions of inequalities, the effects of sociodemographic factors are intertwined and an intersectional approach is required in order broaden the view (e.g., Codiroli Mcmaster & Cook, 2019). The present study takes an intersectional view on the sense of belonging along the educational path. Interconnections between sociodemographic and contextual aspects are explored. The data consists of large, cross-national datasets, namely TIMSS, PIRLS, PISA, and Eurostudent, reflecting different educational stages, namely primary, secondary and tertiary education. The datasets have been harmonized for comparability across educational stages (see Kroezen & Alieva, 2022). Gender and socioeconomic and migrant statuses have been used to reflect intersectional inequalities, and macro-level indicators have been used in exploring associations between the educational context and inequalities. These include the Tracking index, UNESCO’s Female percentage of the graduation ratio from ISCED 6/7 in tertiary education, and the Migrant Integration and Policy Index. The findings show that the dynamics that play behind the sense of belonging vary in different stages of educational path. While girls perceive stronger belonging in education in primary level compared with boys, the socioeconomic and migrant statuses become more essential in inequalities in the sense of belonging in secondary and tertiary levels. Associations between educational context and intersectional inequalities in the sense of belonging are complex and even counterintuitive. While tracking seems to have little effect on intersectional inequalities, the analyses revealed mixed effects regarding the proportion of female graduates and inclusiveness towards immigrants. The measures that are intended for equalizers may even be counterproductive or they can benefit unintended groups. The findings indicate that individuals’ sense of belonging is not stable in different educational contexts, but rather a variety of individual and contextual factors are related to it.

References:

Codiroli Mcmaster, N. & Cook, R., 2019. The contribution of intersectionality to quantitative research into educational inequalities. Review of Education, 7 (2), 271–292. Finn, J.D. & Zimmer, K.S., 2012. Student Engagement: What Is It? Why Does It Matter? In: S.L. Christenson, A.L. Reschly, and C. Wylie, eds. Handbook of Research on Student Engagement. New York: Springer. Kroezen, T. & Alieva, A., 2022. PIONEERED: Data Harmonisation Guidelines. Deliverable No. 4.1. Zenodo. Maslow, A.H., 1943. A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review, 50 (4), 370–396. OECD, 2017. PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students’ Well-Being. OECD. Pedler, M.L., Willis, R., & Nieuwoudt, J.E., 2022. A sense of belonging at university: student retention, motivation and enjoyment. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 43 (3), 397–408. Ryan, R.M. & Deci, E.L., 2000. Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivations: Classic Definitions and New Directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25 (1), 54–67.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm28 SES 03 C: Identity formation
Location: Gilbert Scott, Turnbull [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Jitka Wirthová
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Coherence of Social Resources: Importance for Momentum in Successful Educational Trajectories

Carina Carlhed Ydhag1, Ali Osman1, Niclas Månsson2

1Stockholm University, Sweden; 2Södertörn University

Presenting Author: Carlhed Ydhag, Carina; Osman, Ali

The aim of this presentation is to deepen our understanding of high achieving students with different social backgrounds, their socially grounded motivation to perform well and how momentum in their trajectories are related to the dynamics in the student’s social network.

In a number of studies, we showed how students drives themselves to perform well in school and how the process is socially grounded and therefore also differentiated depending on their specific position in the social space (Carlhed Ydhag, et al 2021). We identified crucial aspects of support for educational success among disadvantaged students; 1) unconditional support from a significant other, 2) regularly studying together with likeminded peers and 3) support from a teacher who were engaged in both the school subject and in the student’s development (Osman et al, 2020). We showed how students from families with low education levels learned to succeed via a conversion process of their habitus (Månsson, et al, 2021). We analysed disadvantaged students’ own perspectives on significant others, who they were and what they did to support them in school related matters. It showed that the most important support came from different actors who supported them emotionally and academically. These actors can be parents, teachers or peers (Osman et al, 2021).

In this presentation we will focus on the social conditions in which the students are embedded in, what inspires them and form their strategies in relation to the specific configurations of their significant others in their social network. How do these conditions come into play when they have transitioned from upper secondary school? Hence, in the analysis, we will take into account the stability in their social network in terms of continuity or change, density and the social environment they are embedded in and in what ways was the support system consistent to socially shared expectations and mutual commitments?

In other words we will add the aspects of the students’ network’s tenacity to support them through upper secondary school and their transition from upper secondary school to university studies or labour market.

Theoretical tools

The research project departed from Coleman’s (1990) and Bourdieu’s (1986) understanding of social capital concerning educational performance. The following concepts we have used to analyse the data: ideational support, material support and bridging support. Ideational support refers to the ability of parents and other influential figures to inculcate a pro-academic norm in these students. Material support denotes the unequal material resources that advantage or disadvantage the educational experiences of different categories of students. Bridging refers to parental abilities to link their child to individuals with institutional actors serves as a medium for material and ideational support (Osman & Månsson, 2015; Prado, 2009).

In our analyses of how the students motivated themselves we used ‘habitus’ and the related term ‘illusio’, to attain greater depth in analysing meaning-making processes. Following Bourdieu’s sociology, we believe the individual’s search for recognition and belonging is socially grounded and thus not entirely based on reason (Bourdieu, 2000). In this presentation we will describe and analyse students’ motivation and rationale behind their narrative of academic success. Theoretically we will adopt Coleman’s understanding of social capital, particularly the dimensions of trust, social control, reciprocity, commitment and shared expectations in their social network.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is a case study which aims to synthesize results from our previous studies in our qualitative longitudinal research project. The cases are built up from all available project data of three students. The data consists of three interviews with each student during a 3-year period, an interview with a person (chosen by the student) from the student’s social network who had been crucial for the student’s academic achievements and self reported information about the student’s social network. By assembling all available data into a biographical text we are able to do in-depth studies of one person at the time and compare certain analytical aspects in the case itself, and between cases. In total we interviewed 52 students in our project (see Carlhed Ydhag, Månsson & Osman, 2021): at the beginning of their second year in upper secondary school, at the end of their third year, and when they had graduated. The selection of the three students and the reconstruction of cases in this study is based mainly on the following criteria of the social networks:
• socially durable vs socially fickle
• calm/predictable and/or turbulent/unpredictable, in relation to their current social situation
• uniformity in terms of shared expectations
• emotionally supportive, emotionally ambivalent and/or neutral
• strong commitment and/or weak commitment
The selected students (Lars, Nusui and Liyana) also differed in their socially grounded motivation (illusio) types (see Carlhed Ydhag et al, 2021). Lars’ investments were driven primarily from wish to be a proficient entrepreneur (and the best) and his parents’ high expectations. In his mindset there is no room for failure. Nusui was also driven by the urge to be proficient, but in a different way. He visualized himself as a policeman protecting others and offer security in the society. The expectations from his parents were that he should do his best and it was good enough. For Liyana the drive to perform well originates from an urge for revanche, to reward herself with a fortunate future for having had a very tough time during her schooling. She aimed for a professional position in which she get a safe and secure life and be able to help others.
Based on case studies of three students we will elaborate more in details on their goal fulfilment, the meaning making process which fuels the motivation to perform well and the nature of their social networks.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this presentation we focus on the students’ goal commitments, how momentums in student trajectories are shaped by the stability and consistence in their social networks, especially in relation to trust, social control, reciprocity of shared commitment and expectations. In addition, we also focus on how the networks support them through upper secondary school and in their transition to university studies or into the labour market.
The empirical analysis of this study and our previous studies (Osman et al, 2020; 2021: Månsson et al, 2021; Carlhed Ydhag et al, 2021) show how disadvantaged students could benefit from different kind of support from their parents and social network in their educational success. Furthermore, how they could transform resources from the network into higher educational capitals and to learn to be successful. We found also ways to understand how their drive to perform well in school were shaped differently by their social conditions.
In the end of our project, we focus the differences in the composition and nature of the social networks because it seems to be critical for not only educational success for students from different social contexts but also the transition to higher education or into the labor market. Students from families with high social capital who are embedded in stable social structures are more likely to embark on a successful educational career in higher education. Students from families with low social capital might lose connection with teachers and former peers in school when they graduate from upper secondary school. In other words, if the social network is dissipated, it can be an obstacle for the student to transit and to successfully pursue an academic career. To succeed in higher education, they need to find new significant others in order to build a new and relevant network.

References
Bourdieu, P. (1986). The Forms of Capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241–258). New York: Greenwood Press.

Carlhed Ydhag, C., Månsson, N. & Osman, A. (2021). Momentums of success, illusio and habitus: high-achieving upper secondary students’ reasons for seeking academic success. International Journal of Educational Research, 109.

Coleman, J. S. (1990). Foundations of Social Theory. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Månsson, N. Carlhed Ydhag, C. & Osman, A. (2021). I skuggan av kulturellt kapital – om konsten att omforma habitus för skolframgång. Nordic Studies in Education, 41(2), 130–147.

Osman, A., Carlhed Ydhag, C. & Månsson, N. (2020). Recipe for educational success: a study of successful school performance of students from low social cultural background. International Studies of Sociology of Education, 30(4), 422–439.

Osman, A., Månsson, N., & Ydhag, C. C. (2021). The Significance of Significant Others: The Perspective of High-Achieving Students of Immigrant Background. Nordic Journal of Transitions, Careers and Guidance, 2(1), 27–39. DOI: http://doi.org/10.16993/njtcg.36

Osman, A. & Månsson, N. (2015). ”I go to Teachers Conferences, but I do Not Understand What the teacher is saying”: Somali Parent’s Perception of the Swedish School. International Journal of Multicultural Education. 17(2), 36–52.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Discipline in English Academy Schools: Pedagogic Discourses and the Formation of Identities

Konstanze Spohrer

Liverpool Hope University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Spohrer, Konstanze

In recent education discourse in the United Kingdom and elsewhere, we can see a renewed interest in the management of pupils’ dispositions and behaviours. This is evident in a proliferation of scientific research which links the development of social and emotional skills and character (skills) to improved academic achievement, and, by extension, better later life ‘outcomes’ and economic prosperity (Allen and Bull 2018; Bates 2017; Williamson 2017). In particular, the debate is framed and informed by knowledge from the domains of cognitive and positive psychology and concepts such as ‘grit’, ‘resilience’ and ‘motivation’. International organisations, such as the OECD and the World Bank have enthusiastically drawn on this field of research to argue for urgent reforms of education systems so that they can adequately prepare individuals and societies for the demands of the so called fourth industrial revolution (see for example Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development, 2015; World Bank, 2017).

In education policy debates in the United Kingdom, this discourse has mainly played out in a resurgence of character education (Jerome and Kisby, 2019; Spohrer and Bailey, 2020), promoted by Conservative- Liberal Democrat Coalition and Conservative government from 2010. These debates and initiatives have been characterised as a blend of neo-liberal thought, promoting economic growth and addressing social mobility problems, and as a return to neo-conservative to traditional values (Vincent, 2019; Spohrer, 2021). Character education goes alongside the promotion of stricter discipline, evident in the appointment of the behaviour consultant Tom Bennett and a £10 initiative to tackle 'bad behaviour' in schools (Department of Education, 2019).

A number of high-profile Academy schools in England have embraced the idea that ‘discipline’, understood as behavioural control, is conducive to learning and, consequently, leads to higher ‘outcomes’ for individuals and schools. These schools often adopt principles and practices from the KIPP Charter Schools in the US, which draw on positive psychology and adopt ‘no excuses’ approaches (Stahl, 2020). Principles and methods of teaching include direct instruction, scripted lessons,and the SLANT technique (see, for example TES, 2021).

Reading this trend against a background of neo-liberal governmentality, Ball (2017) asks whether we can witness a return to docility and to a pedagogy that is concerned with the surface of learners rather than knowing them in-depth (as advanced in so-called progressive approaches to education which are concerned with the 'whole child'). Ball connects the recent interest in discipline and character with Bernstein's notion of a ‘visible’ or ‘performative’ pedagogy (Bernstein, 2000). Taking this observation as a starting point, the paper aims to analyse pedagogic discourses in schools with a 'no excuses' approach with a view to identifying which notion of the ideal person they construct, what techniques are employed in this process and what possibilities this opens up for pupils to interact with the rules of the school and develop their understanding of self.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on a document analysis of publicly available documents from six secondary Academy school with a 'no excuses' approach ins England, including behaviour policies, mission statements and information about the curriculum and pedagogical approaches adopted by the schools. The analytic approach draws on Foucaultian discourse analysis (Bacchi, 2016; Dean, 2010) with a view to deconstructing how pupils are constituted as subjects; the technologies by which they are expected to transform themselves; and towards which ideal future selves. A further step in the analysis is informed by Bernstein's notion of the pedagogic code (Bernstein, 2000). Drawing in particular on the notion of framing, which includes the structuring of the instructional discourse, as well as rules and relationships, the analysis will draw out to what extent the schools’ approaches can be seen as ‘visible’ or ‘invisible’ pedagogies or whether we can observe heterogenous approaches. It will be analysed how these pedagogic discourses allow young people to identify with the school's aims and internalise the desired behaviours and dispositions.Some connections will be made to what this means for pupil identities: What kinds of subjectivities do different pedagogies encourage? How might these be recognised and realised by pupils from different socio-economic and family backgrounds?
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The schools' pedagogical practices will arguably be expressed though strong framing. However, different combinations might be found where behavioural discpline is designed to lead to a more autonomous future state of being. While stong framing and visible pedagogies might make it more difficult for pupils to see themselves represented in the school, they might also make expectations more explicit to children and young people and allow them to see themselves as academically successful (future) subjects. Whether the pupils will submit themselves to the rules of the school and experience them as personally meaningful will depend on other contextual factors, such as family resources, economic circumstances and pupils 'socio-affective dispositions' (see Marais and Neves, 2001).
References
Allen, K. and Bull, A., 2018. Following policy: A network ethnography of the UK character education policy community. Sociological Research Online, 23(2), pp.438-458.

Bacchi, C.L. (2016) Poststructural policy analysis : a guide to practice . New York, NY :, Palgrave Macmillan.

Ball, S.J., 2017. Foucault as educator. London: Springer.

Bernstein, B., 2000. Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity: Theory, research, critique (Vol. 5). Rowman & Littlefield.

Dean, M. 2010. Governmentality: Power and Rule in Modern Society. London: Sage.

Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development. (2015). Skills for social progress: The power of social and emotional skills. In (OECD skills studies). (pp. 1–136). Paris: OECD Publishing.

Spohrer, K., 2021. Resilience, self-discipline and good deeds–examining enactments of character education in English secondary schools. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, pp.1-20.

Stahl, G.D., 2020. Corporate practices and ethical tensions: Researching social justice values and neoliberal paradoxes in a ‘no excuses’ charter school. British Educational Research Journal, 46(4), pp.878-893.

World Bank (2017, August 5). Non-cognitive skills: What are they and why should we care? Retrieved from: https://blogs.worldbank.org/education/non-cognitive-skills-what-are-they-and-why-should-we-care.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Norms and Ideals of Lifelong Learning and Continuous Self-development in Working Life – Analysis of Media Representations

Hanna Laalo, Heikki Kinnari, Heikki Silvennoinen

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Kinnari, Heikki

The ideology of lifelong learning has become an unquestionable truth which most scholars say is governed by the hegemonic discourse of economy (e.g. Olssen 2008; Fejes & Dahlstedt 2013; Kinnari 2020a). Indeed, economic emphasis is globally recognised today as intrinsic to the politics of lifelong learning (Kinnari 2020a; 2020b; Larson & Cort 2022). Further, the current entrepreneurial ethos of lifelong learning encourages individuals to become best versions of themselves to maximise human capital (Kinnari 2020a).

The present era of capitalism can be referred as ‘cognitive capitalism’. Cognitive capitalism is regarded as ‘the next phase’ for Fordist and Taylorist forms of capitalism where the productivity of the labour was related to different factors than in present capitalism. In cognitive capitalism, human resources are employees’ main assets in becoming competitive and productive (Vercellone 2005). In cognitive capitalism, lifelong learning and continuous self-development are assumed to be necessities for organisations and individuals pursuing success. In this frame, competences, potentials and personal attributes of individuals are perceived as sources of economic added value. (European Union 2018; OECD 2021.) Since a subject who constantly aims at optimizing themselves is seen to benefit not only the individual but the whole economy, people need to be guided to understand themselves as assets and to behave accordingly.

In our study, we are interested in how the norms and ideals that define current working life, continuous self-development and lifelong learning are represented in media discourse. We analyse guidelines for work and self-development represented in two main broadcasters in Finland, Helsingin Sanomat and YLE. We ask, what kinds of obligations for self-development are mediated in the descriptions of working life, how are people guided to work on themselves, and how does expert knowledge legitimise these obligations, and within them, ‘truth’ on working life and an ideal employee. In addition, we are interested in the addressed target group as well as in marginalised groups and discourses. The study is part of the research project ‘Living on the edge – lifelong learning, governmentality, and neurotic citizen’, in which unintended, even perverse, consequences of lifelong learning policy are researched.

Our theoretical approach lays on the analytics of governmentality (Foucault 1991; 2009; Dean 1999/2010; Miller & Rose 2008). According to Michel Foucault, governmentality comprises three factors: knowledge, power and truth. Every society has its ‘régime of truth, its “general politics” of truth’ (Foucault 1980, p. 131). For example, media discourses concerning lifelong learning include conceptions of humanity and society. The mechanisms and instances within these discourses establish true and false statements. Techniques and procedures legitimise the acquisition of truth, and those who have attained legitimate status are obligated to say what counts as true (Foucault,1980). Accordingly, we acknowledge the hegemonic policy discourse of lifelong learning to be guiding and framing thinking and behavior in various cultural and social fields, including work. We perceive the obligations for continuous self-development to be part of policy and government of lifelong learning, also illustrating the manifestation of a culture that emphasizes entrepreneurial mindset and individual responsibility of citizens.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research material for the study consists of media texts which represent expert knowledge on demands of working life and well-being at work. The analysed texts (n=86) have been published in Finnish media in 2018-2021. We approach media as a mediator of cultural meanings, participating in (re-)producing the discourse on lifelong learning. Drawing on Foucauldian critical discourse analysis (e.g. Hook 2001; Jäger & Maier 2016), we analyse the experts’ reasoning on demands of working life and self-development as part of the hegemonic policy discourse on lifelong learning. Accrodingly, we acknowledge expert knowledge to be intertwined with power since it legitimises ‘facts’ and ‘truth’ about current work and defines how people should think and behave to become better employees. We understand the tips suggested in the articles as guidelines for individuals to work on themselves. These guidelines lean on certain ‘truths’ and assumptions about society and produce a specific model of subjectivity for individuals to pursue.

We read the media data from the perspective of Foucauldian analytics of government paying attention to subjectivation (Foucault 1986). Foucault proposed that ethical analysis (as the free relationship to the self) could be examined through four dimensions: ethical substance, mode of subjectivation, ethical work, and telos of the moral subject. For Foucault, ethical substance means the manners that the individual must embody within certain specific moral contexts. In the context of lifelong learning and self-development, we seek the ethical substance of the conception of human upon which lifelong learning is based and analyse why lifelong learning is regarded as important. Foucault defined mode of subjectivation as the ways in which the individual understands their relationship to the rules and recognises their obligation to implement these rules. In the context of lifelong learning and self-development, we analyse what kind of competence is important for the individual and society, and what obligations is the lifelong learner required to assume. For Foucault, ethical work signifies the means by which we transform ourselves into ethical subjects. In this article, we analyse the practices by which the individual should modify their behaviour. Finally, Foucault’s concept of the telos of the moral subject refers to a certain mode of being that is characteristic of the ethical subject. In the context of lifelong learning, we analyse what is the goal of lifelong learning and self-development and mode of the lifelong learner.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on preliminary analysis, we argue that the discourse produced by experts leans on productivity as ethical substance. Productivity thus appears as fundamental justification for continuous self-development and for taking care of one’s working ability. To internalise the ideal of productivity, employees should understand the importance of self-management and taking care of wellbeing at work. This is how mode of subjectivation gets materialised in the expert discourse that represent obligations for a good employee. For ethical work, experts’ tips offer plenty of self-techniques from sports, nutrition and sleep to mindfulness, therapy and going to the nature. In the descriptions of these practices, the perspective of recovering is emphasized – optimal recovering is needed to optimize one’s productivity. With the suggested practices individuals may shape their own behavior and deficiencies and thus become better employees. In the discourse, the ontological understanding of pursued world and being, telos of the moral subject, comes back to work-centered reasoning of human life.

The analysis shows how the tips offered by experts, most typically by researchers, work psychologists and doctors, create contradictory pressure by guiding employees to optimise their productivity by emphasizing bodily and mental wellbeing, self-compassion and recovering. The analysed articles can be described apparently critical since they do notice hard demands and pressures of working life but do not question them. Instead, growing pressures at work are assumed inevitable and stabile rather than socially constructed. This communicates how even unreasonable demands should be tolerated rather than challenged. In this context, the continuous learner appears as ’ability-capital-machine’ who is constantly in need of maintenance.  

We argue that the hegemonic discourse of lifelong learning ignores diversity. The study reveals demands and pressures (re-)produced in the discursive practices, which might be harmful and excluding to some groups and individuals.

References
Dean, M. (1999/2010). Governmentality: Power and Rule in Modern Society. London: Sage.

European Union. (2018). Council recommendation on key competences for lifelong learning.

Fejes, A., & Dahlstedt, M. (2013). The confession society. Foucault, confession and practices of lifelong learning. London: Routledge.

Foucault, M. (1980). Truth and Power. In C. Gordon (Ed.) Power/Knowledge. Selected interviews and other writings 1972–1977 (pp. 109–134). London: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

Foucault, M. (1986). The history of sexuality, Vol. 2: The use of pleasure. New York: Random House.

Foucault, M. (1991). Governmentality. In G. Burchell, C. Gordon, & P. Miller The Foucault effect. Studies in governmentality. With two lectures and an interview with Michel Foucault (pp. 87–105). London: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

Foucault, M. (2009). Security, territory, population. Lectures at the Collége de France, 1977–78. (G. Burchell trans.). London: Palgrave.

Hook. D. (2001.) Discourse, knowledge, materiality, history. Theory & psychology 11 (4), 521–547.

Jäger, S. & Maier, F. (2016). Analysing discourses and dispositives: a Foucauldian approach to theory and methodology. In Wodak, R. & Meyer, M. (Eds.) Methods of Critical Discourse Studies. Los Angeles: Sage, 109–136.

Kinnari, H. (2020a). Elinikäinen oppiminen ihmistä määrittämässä. Genealoginen analyysi EU:n, OECD:n ja UNESCOn politiikasta. Jyväskylä: Suomen kasvatustieteellinen seura. Akateeminen väitöskirja. Monografia. [Lifelong learning constructing the conception of human. Genealogical analysis of EU, OECD and UNESCO policies. Jyväskylä: Finnish Education Research Association. Academic dissertation. Monograph. 520 pages.]

Kinnari, H. (2020b). Elinikäisestä kasvajasta kykypääomakoneeksi. Elinikäinen oppiminen yrittäjämäisen talouden aikakaudella. Aikuiskasvatus, 40 (4), 305-319. [Lifelong learner as an ability-capital machine – Lifelong learning for the generation of entrepreneurial economy]

Larson, A. & Cort, P. (2022) Qualification, socialisation and/or subjectification – three international organisations’ prioritisation of the purposes of adult education and learning from the 1970s to the 2010s. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 41(1), 91–106, DOI: 10.1080/02601370.2022.2030422

Miller, P., & Rose, N. (2008). Governing the present: Administering economic, social and personal life. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

OECD (2021). OECD Skills Outlook 2021. Learning for Life. Paris: OECD.

Olssen, M. (2008). Understanding the mechanisms of neoliberal control. Lifelong learning, flexibility and knowledge capitalism. In: Fejes A and Nicoll K (eds) Foucault and lifelong learning. Governing the subject (pp. 34–47). London: Routledge.

Vercellone, C. (2005). The hypothesis of cognitive capitalism. London, Birkbeck College and SOAS, United Kingdom. halshs-00273641
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm29 SES 03 A JS: Joint Paper Session - NW 29 and NW 33
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ebba Theorell
Joint Paper and Ignite Talk Session NW 29 and NW 33
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Student Gender Matterings in Secondary School: Diffractive Encounters with Student Video Dartaphacts through Transmaterial Walking

Prue Adams

Western Sydney University, Australia

Presenting Author: Adams, Prue

Gender remains a key determinant of experience in schools and wider society (United Nations, 2022), however while many young people are redefining genders and sexualities in more fluid ways, secondary schools continue to be prime sites for the regulation of gendered and sexual identities, gendered harassment and sexual violence. The critical lack of inclusive GSD curricula and policies, coupled with cultures of silence in schools, means that underlying structural issues of inequity continue (Ullman & Ferfolja, 2020). In this context, research that investigates and mobilises how young people experience and understand gender in secondary education has never been more pressing. Inspired by innovative arts-based gender and identity research with young people (Renold, 2019; Hickey-Moody, 2019), this research asks how what I’m calling affective filmmaking can be utilised as an emergent arts-based method with young people to explore everyday understandings and experiences of gender in secondary school? Further, it considers how the process of affective filmmaking might offer unique understandings of gender beyond binaries to prompt a re-think of existing narratives and potential futures.

Art making as research method is an affectively and materially engaged process that ‘can support the articulation of difficult experience’ (Renold, Edwards & Huuki, 2020, p. 446). Filmmaking as a participatory arts-based method commonly foregrounds narrative storytelling, even when conceived within a feminist posthuman theoretical framing (Rice & Mündel, 2018). This research proposes affective filmmaking as a process for making-thinking (Manning & Massumi, 2014) with and from sensation and materiality (Hickey-Moody, 2013). Affective filmmaking brings the sensory qualities of cinema (Kennedy, 2002) into relation with felt experience through a process of playful experimentation. Thinking with Barad (2021, p. 133), I suggest that affective filmmaking is a ‘specific material practice[ ] of intra-acting with and as part of [school] world[s]’. This paper performs a diffractive analysis (Barad, 2007) of student created video ‘dartaphacts’ (Renold, 2018) through ‘transmaterial walking’ (Springgay & Truman, 2017). Transmaterial walking with student video dartaphacts pays attention to gendered materialities of school structures, spaces and their affects in everyday lived experience.

This doctoral research is part of the larger Australian Research Council funded study “Gender Matters: Changing Gender Equity Policies and Practices in Australian Secondary Schooling” led by Prof. Susanne Gannon and Prof. Kerry H. Robinson.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Affective filmmaking workshops were designed to support senior secondary students, as non-filmmaker participants, to explore experiences and understandings of gender secondary school through an emergent feeling-making-thinking process. To create conditions for emergence, I developed ‘enabling constraints’ (Manning, 2013, p. 347) as propositions for ‘structured improvisations’ that could ‘focus multiplicity into emergence’ . First, the students tuned in to their affective (or felt in the body) responses to a series of short film clips and identified the cinematic techniques the filmmakers use to achieve these. Students experimented with these techniques in their own making with/from experiences of gender that they chose to explore. iPads in stabiliser grips for filming and editing became extensions of student bodies, allowing them to move freely as they tried stuff out in relation with the materiality of school spaces. The students filmed, edited, reviewed-felt what their work produced and allowed their responses to guide the next iteration, and the next… The student created darta became video dartaphacts with the potential to relay ‘affects and feelings of crafted experience, [to] communicat[e] ‘what matters’ into new places and spaces’ (Renold et al, 2020, p. 446)

Diffractive encounters as a method of analysis (Barad, 2014) recognise material objects as phenomena in which meaning is dynamic and relational; what is made possible and what is excluded shifting with each encounter. In this analysis of student video dartaphacts, transmaterial walking operates as a diffraction grating that attends to relational forces of matter and intensity produced in the movement through school spaces with/in the student video dartaphacts. Transmaterial walking shifts our attention away from human embodiment of experience towards relational forces of matter, affect and intensity with trans theories that ‘rupture heteronormative teleological understandings of movement and reproduction (…) to emphasize viral, tentacular, and transversal conceptualizations of difference’ (Springgay & Truman, 2018 #202, p. 6).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial analysis of the student created video dartaphacts suggest that affective filmmaking supported students to explore and relay unique felt experience and becomings of gender through their video making and sharing with peers and teachers at the end of the workshop. The workshop process itself generated further conversation about gendered experience and sparked ideas between students that became entangled with their own making and thinking. Diffractive encounters with student video dartaphacts unsettle and rupture normative hierarchies and binaries embedded in school structures (and policies) that welcome some bodies as they destabilise and erase others. Insights into specific sites and experiences resonate beyond in their entanglement with forces of power, policy, and practice.
References
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.

Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting diffraction: cutting together-apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623

Barad, K., Juelskjær, M., Plauborg, H., & Stine, A. W. (2021). Dialogue with Karen Barad. In M. Juelskjær, H. Plauborg, & A. W. Stine (Eds.), Dialogues on agential realism: engaging in worldings through research practice (pp. 118-141). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429056338

Hickey-Moody, A. (2013). Affect as method: affective pedagogy In R. Coleman & J. Ringrose (Eds.), Deleuze and research methodologies (pp. 79-95). Edinburgh University Press.

Hickey-Moody, A. (2019). Entanglements of difference as community togetherness: faith, art and feminism. The Social Sciences, 8(9), 264. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/socsci8090264

Kennedy, B. M. (2002). Deleuze and cinema: the aesthetics of sensation. Edinburgh University Press.

Manning, E. (2013). The Dance of Attention. Inflexions, 6 “Arakawa and Gins” 337-364. www.inflexions.org

Manning, E., & Massumi, B. (2014). Thought in the act: passages in the ecology of experience. University of Minnesota Press. https://doi.org/10.5749/minnesota/9780816679669.001.0001

Renold, E. (2018). ‘Feel what I feel’: making da(r)ta with teen girls for creative activisms on how sexual violence matters. Journal of Gender Studies, 27(1), 37-55. https://doi.org/10.1080/09589236.2017.1296352

Renold, E. (2019). Ruler-skirt risings: being crafty with how gender and sexuality education research-activisms can come to matter. In T. Jones, L. Coll, L. van Leent, & Y. Taylor (Eds.), Uplifting gender and sexuality education research. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-24205-3

Renold, E., & Ringrose, J. (2019). JARing: making phematerialist research practices matter. MAI: Feminism & Visual Culture(4). Retrieved 15/7/2019, from https://maifeminism.com/introducing-phematerialism-feminist-posthuman-and-new-materialist-research-methodologies-in-education/

Renold, E., Edwards, V., & Huuki, T. (2020). Becoming eventful: making the ‘more-than’of a youth activist conference matter. Research in Drama Education: The Journal of Applied Theatre and Performance, 25(3), 441-464. https://doi.org/10.1080/13569783.2020.1767562

Rice, C., & Mündel, I. (2018). Story-Making as Methodology: Disrupting Dominant Stories through Multimedia Storytelling. Canadian Review of Sociology/Revue canadienne de sociologie, 55(2), 211-231. https://doi.org/10.1111/cars.12190

Springgay, S., & Truman, S. E. (2017). A transmaterial approach to walking methodologies: Embodiment, affect, and a sonic art performance. Body & society, 23(4), 27-58. https://doi.org/10.1177/1357034X17732626

Ullman, J., & Ferfolja, T. (2020). Gender and sexuality diversity in a culture of limitation: student and teacher experiences in schools. Taylor and Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315161686

United Nations. (2022). The Sustainable Development Goals Report 2022.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Enfleshments Through Aesthetic Life-art-writing: Onto-epistemological Encounters and Vital Matter in the Academy

Jennifer Charteris1, Daisy Pillay2

1University of New England, Australia; 2University of Kwazulu- Natal

Presenting Author: Charteris, Jennifer

Arts-based research and life writing are underrepresented, misinterpreted, under-nuanced, in the broader conversations about educational issues. In this paper we use arts based research as a democratic means for engaging different voices and multiple perspectives for thinking and expressing ideas in the academy. Arts based research enables an understanding and exploration of the relationship between lived experiences, art, and educational practice as a creative caring space for imaginatively practicing democracy in the contemporary world. This paper offers an excavatory account of women academic’s embodied experiences using artful interventions for enlivening body-mind interrelations and diverse perspectives. Through centring corporeal data as a means of life-art-writing (a synthesis of arts-based research and memory work), we engage care-fully to amplify the place of the body in the doing of scholarly thinking as socially just ethical scholarship. Specifically, this research highlights the role of the arts in fostering democratic participation and practice in the academy.

In academic work, a productivity-driven narrative is unfruitful and lacks an ethic of relational em-bodied-ness. Considering the notion of collaborative care in the broad sense, we use life-art-writing to consider an alternative approach to seek out em-body-ied care and mind and body wellbeing. We are three feminist researchers from Australia and South Africa, and we engage in ‘musing as theory’, which involves “meditative contemplation; thoughtful abstraction; critique as intellectual food; gustatory thinking” (Taylor, 2016, p. 204).

Our objective is to mediate and disrupt the individualistic and competitive discourses in the academy, where academic subjects self-metricise in order to freely practice ethical care for multiple voices and plurality of perspectives . This scholarly work amplifies ways to question the singular stories of the academies we navigate and reframe disembodying contradictions and productivity-driven narratives. From a theory of ethics perspective, care of the self is a relational process which understands ‘self’ – ‘care’ not as two separate entities but “thought together” (Smith, 2015, p.137) as a site for transforming ways “to achieve new kinds of existence” (Allan, 2013, p.27).

Arts-based educational research, as a containing space, opens up ways for dialogue and collective reflexivity to imagine new and different possibilities. We address the question: How can body-mind connections be creatively enfleshed as scholarly spaces to rethink conceptions and practices of democracy in the academy? Bodies inscribed in the ethics of materiality offer opportunities for re-imagining spaces in academia- what they are and how we use them. Finding joyful ways for collective, embodied, ethical care through scholarship can offer solace to women academics in the commodified competitive spaces of the academy.

Our theoretical framework is used to recalibrate the productivity narrative that drives academic work and often lacks the ethic of relational em-bodied-ness. We plug into theories of vital matter (Bennett, 2010), technologies of self (Foucault, 1988), and affective assemblages (Mulcahy, 2012). Neoliberal portrayals of academic lives, as singular formulaic posturings in university settings, are disembodying, dangerous, and unproductive. In academic work, a productivity-driven narrative is unfruitful and lacks an ethic of relational em-bodied-ness. This paper studies women’s academic lives as an ethically relational experience that calls for enlivening body-mind interrelations. The artmaking offers a way to voice and “show oneself, make oneself seen, make one’s face [and body] appear before the other” (Foucault, 1997, p.243).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Undertaking assemblage work with written text – prose, poetic and visual art, we explore what was produced in an artful(l) moment. In this meditative remembering of our life-art-writing experiment, we explore the academy as an assemblage- through awakening voices, making connections, and discovering joyful ways of fostering collaborative care in academia.
We commenced a memory work collaboration in March 2020 during the pandemic and after the lockdown. Meetings were convened to undertake memory work which provided an opportunity for diffractive musing. This is slow theory focused on deceleration and wellbeing rather than slowness (Taylor, 2016). This entanglement of our work in higher education is ethico-onto-epistemological mattering.

Ethico-onto-epistemological mattering is an embodying approach to scholarship that recognises and works through the interrelatedness of “ethics, knowing, and being” (Barad, 2007, p. 185). The notion of embodiment that informs our work is a lived experience related to power, location, and materiality, which manifests in bodily sensations, emotions, and entanglements of identity. The combination of embodied practice and diffraction provides a means to depart from the conventional taken-for-granted approaches to scholarly work. Thinking diffractively through embodiment, we work through bodily sensations, emotions, and entanglements to provide an account of life-art-writing, synthesising from arts-based research and memory work.

Sharing stories in fortnightly Zoom meetings, we explored experiences of power, location, and materiality in the academy. These experiments involved collective reflexivity and examination of wellbeing in the spaces in our higher education contexts. We examined the machinations of neoliberalism, the experience of returning to campus after lockdowns, fears associated with returning to work during the pandemic, and the pressures we faced as women academics interested in career progression. We created poems and produced embodied diffractive artwork using Zoom transcripts from our discussions. The acts of painting and collaging were a means to recreate stories of our academic selves.

While diffraction involved “break[ing] apart in different directions” (Barad, 2014, p. 168), the Zoom meetings created waves of practice for us to meander off and engage in new readings and further thinking. The Zoom sessions created an interference pattern in the routine of our week and brought about change in thinking and action. We played with paint, paper, fabric and foliage. The production of selves, as artworks in progress, was a way to seek out values in the pursuit of truth. We read our musings aloud, listened and collectively analysed the art produced.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a contribution, this paper conceptualises life-art-writing as vital mattering that encompasses art making. Life-art-writing offers us materially situated ways to draw together the threads of memory, as a story of becoming, affirmation, ethical scholarship, and democratic voice. It weaves the vitality of bodies, memories, voices, and matter. Life writing with and through arts-based research enables engagement with the corporeality of the work-place/home-place assemblage. Bringing art and writing together makes our scholarly thinking richer than either form would be on their own. From a material lens, remaking our academic selves as/through life-art-writing create enfleshments that become a space to learn the art of living (Allan, 2013, p. 28).

Against and within university contexts and singular narratives that drive what it means to be in the academy, our lives as women are inevitably imbricated in broader social engineering and dominant individualistic neoliberal discourses.  We explored truths in our academic lives and what it means to reframe disembodying contradictions as enlivening mind-body shifts for a truthful, relational, co-creative, caring scholarship. As women academics connected transglobal via online home-work spaces, life writing takes on a momentary creative practice-based experimentation in which the individual and the personal entangle in a collective assemblage.

Life-art-writing as lived, told, and experienced, became a questioning, meditative process to reimagine our academic lives as women scholars. In her book, And Wrote My Story Anyway: Black South African Women’s Novels as Feminism, Barbara Boswell (2019) argued that writing is a form of activism. In this genre, we “show our agency by creating and claiming a transgressive ‘discursive space’” (Pillay & Govinden, in process). Aesthetic life-art-writing, as a form of meditation for the pursuit of truth in academia and a collective reimagining for women academics, is crucial to the higher education imagination. Life-art-writing provides  space to question and critique.

References
Allan, J. (2013). Foucault and his acolytes: Discourse, power and ethics. In M. Murphy (Ed.), Social theory and education research: Understanding Foucault, Habermas, Bourdieu and Derrida (pp. 21–34). Routledge

Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Duke University Press.

Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting diffraction: Cutting together-apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168–187. doi:10.1080/13534645.2014.927623

Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant matter: A political ecology of things. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Boswell, B.(2019). Wrote My Story Anyway: Black South African Women’s Novels as Feminism. Cape Town. Wits University Press

Foucault, M. (1988a). Technologies of the self. In L. Martin, H. Gutman, & P. Hutton (Eds.), Technologies of the self: A seminar with Michel Foucault. (pp. 16-49). Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.

Mulcahy, D. (2012). Affective Assemblages: Body Matters in the Pedagogic Practices of Contemporary School Classrooms.  Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 20(1), 9-27.

Pillay, D., & Govinden, D,. (in press) Learning the art of living through our racialized lives: Life writing with objects to assert and reclaim care of the self. In L. E. Bailey & KaaVonia Hinton(Eds), Racial Dimensions of Life Writing in Education , (pp.21–43) IAP publishing

Smith, D. (2015). Foucault on ethics and subjectivity: ‘Care of the self’ and ‘aesthetics of existence’. Foucault Studies, 135-150

Taylor, C. A. (2016). Close encounters of a critical kind: A diffractive musing in/between new material feminism and object-oriented ontology. Cultural Studies? Critical Methodologies, 16(2), 201-212. https://doi.org/10.1177/1532708616636145


29. Research on Arts Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Choreographic Dimension in Young Boy´s War Play

Ebba Theorell

University of stockholm, Sweden

Presenting Author: Theorell, Ebba

Young children´s, mostly boys, war play is an ongoing dilemma for teachers and parents around the world. Should war play be allowed or forbidden?

In my short presentation I will enhance what young children explore and invent in their physical war play. Above all, a choreographic dimension that is explored and created with an intense passion. In the discussion that follows I would like us to discuss different aspects and similarities concerning war play and how we approach them in similar or different ways in different countries. In our educational effort to upbring peaceful, empathetic citizens – what are we missing and how can we help each other to be more careful and sensitive in our approach to children? This presentation and discussion has its point of departure in the thesis : "Force, form, transformations - on khinesthetic musicality and bodyworldning in young boys war play" (Theorell, 2021) . The session will have a special focus on aesthetic dimensions, but the discussion is interesting for many fields such as sociology, psychology and gender studies for example, since war play is a very complex phenomena.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Film and photo
References
Erin Manning
Giles Deleuze
Susanne Ravn
Ellen Dissanayake
William Corsaro


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

The Exploring of Arts Education and the transdisciplinary area of Sexuality Education

Elisabeth Lisa Öhman

Stockholms university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Öhman, Elisabeth Lisa

This presentation comprises research issues related to the school subject arts education, sexuality education, facts and fundamental values. A content that forms the very core of creating oneself as a young person in society, through body, materiality and emotions. The presentation is based on the experiences from an ongoing four-year (2020-2023) practice-based Swedish study. The research project explores how sexuality education is taught and can be taught in different school subjects from a subject didactic perspective. It is a research projects in which transdisciplinary fosters an ontological and methodological turn in educational and artistic practices. The purpose of the presentation is to analyze how concepts such as identity, norms and sexuality are formed in an arts education context. Sexuality education is an integral part of Swedish schools and referred to as a special knowledge content by the National Board of Education. In the school context, arts can play an important role, not only as offering participatory strategies for the students in more inclusive forms of work, but also as ways to engage in collective processes (Ceder, et.al. 2021). These aspects include both informal contexts such as visual culture, digital media and formal contexts such as education.

The Swedish curriculum for arts education highlights the importance of critically examining content as norms, sexuality and identity. A number of researchers use democracy and participation in the argument that arts education should be strengthened through critical examination of visual culture (Atkinson, 2017, Lind & Hellman, 2020). Through freedom of expression, making images is linked both to the school's mission of both facts and of fundamental values (Lind, 2010). Other studies show that students can express opinions in images that they cannot express verbally; for example, they could visually depict race, but at the same time it was taboo to talk about it in the classroom (Eriksson 2019). Both Lind's and Eriksson's studies point to the fact that images provide other opportunities for expressions than spoken or written text. In a study of the construction of fundamental values in arts education, it is possible to see how the teaching is characterized by a modernist tradition where the practice of imaging is in focus and critical examination is seen as "theory" and thus de-prioritized (Ahrenby,2020).

In the present presentation, teaching is explored as a socio-material and performative practice (Mol, 2010, Fenwick & Edwards, 2013). This approach is useful to investigate the complex and entangled aspects of materiality, norms and relationality (Allen, 2018). Through the theoretical starting point, it become possible to examine the subject didactics as an ongoing process of intra-relationships, a series of material and relational entanglements through teachers, visual materials, governing documents and the transformation of knowledge. Barad's concept of intra-action is implemented as a concept for the practice that is explored (Barad, 2007). Barad uses the concept of intra-action to emphasize that in a research process, the producer of knowledge is always a part of the production of knowledge. To understand matter as mutually constitutive of sexuality, with practices, tensions etc, a conceptualization of what can becomes agentic is used based on Bennett's concept of "vibrant matter" for how things are important actors in the world and its ability to act, create effects and transform under different circumstances (Bennett, 2010).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material in the presentation is part of a larger practice-based research project on sexuality education in Sweden. Five researchers and former teachers with different subject background have collaborated with teachers in diverse subjects at four primary schools. We have conducted research circles with teachers at the schools, participated in teaching planning and observed implementations. We have also done interviews with both teachers and students at the various schools. At each school, 5–12 teachers in different school subjects were involved in the research circles, which included between 5–8 meetings, together for approximately 15–20 hours. The choice to work with research circles is motivated by its possibility to make subject didactic processes visible and function as a meeting place between researchers and teachers. The collaboration is part of working at the interface between research and teaching in an experimental togetherness.
Although the research group was responsible for planning, the themes of the meetings were co-constructed through collaborations with the teachers. Here the research process becomes performative; it is part of intervening and co-creating the practice being studied (Fenwick & Edwards 2013). The material that is analyzed in the present presentation is based on the collaboration with me as a former art teacher and researcher and two art teachers at two different primary schools. The analyzed material includes transcribed audio data from three work meetings between me and the visual art teachers. The analysis also includes the student's images from the assignment as well as field notes from the classroom teaching. In the reading of the empirical material, it is the student images that become as a vibrant matter engaging in difficult questions and topics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation explores various entanglements between arts education and the transdisciplinary knowledge area of sexuality education. This is done by examining how the concepts of norms, identity and sexuality are co-created in two different contexts of arts education. By trying to think beyond dominant ideas about subject didactics that are illustrated by clear ontological differences between learning, materiality, teachers and knowledge (Atkinson, 2017). Instead of considering pedagogical work as an ongoing process of intra-relation, a series of material entanglements arise through which teacher and student work in the specifically described tasks of identities, norms and sexuality. In the use of photos, contemporary art, mobile phones and the spaces, work of closeness and relationality is co-constructed. This can give students the opportunity to think and reflect for themselves. Working with visual materials is also a way to explore, try and playfully develop norms and identities
Despite a pre-determined art practice, such as portraits of "identities", the students' work develops into a process of intra-action through experimentation. It is through the students' world and the vibrant matter of the images that engaging questions and topics such as gender identity and stereotypical representations are examined and explored. It is the materiality, the vibrant matter that create a transformation between the questions of fundamental values and the facts and knowledge goal in classroom practice. The analysis will show the agency of materiality and the role it plays in the enactment of sexuality education. Materiality is central to understanding the students’ embodied learning. The presentation and the research study demonstrate the need for more empirically based classroom studies of art education and also the educational opportunities to challenge reproductions of identity and sexuality norms.  

References
Ahrenby, H. (2020). Värdegrundsarbete i bildundervisning: en studie om iscensättning av policy i grundskolans senare år. Humanistiska fakulteten, Institutionen för estetiska ämnen i lärarutbildningen. Umeå universitet.
Allen, L. (2018). Sexuality education and new materialism: Queer things. Palgrave Macmillan.
Atkinson, D. (2017). Without Criteria: Art and Learning and the Adventure of Pedagogy. The International journal of Art & Design Education. 36 (2): 141-152.
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant matter. A Political Ecology of Things. Duke University Press.
Ceder, S., Gunnarsson, K., Planting-Bergloo, S., Öhman, L. & Arvola Orlander, A. (2021). Sexualitet och relationer: att möta ett engagerande och föränderligt kunskapsområde i skolan. Studentlitteratur.
Eriksson, M. (2019). Flickblickar Visuella berättelser om, av och genom gymnasieelevers kroppar. Flickblickar Visuella berättelser om, av och genom gymnasieelevers kroppar. Institutionen för de humanistiska och samhällsvetenskapliga ämnenas didaktik. Stockholms universitet.
Fenwick, T., and R. Edwards. 2013. “Performative Ontologies: Sociomaterial Approaches to Researching Adult Education and Lifelong Learning.” European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults 4 (1): 49–63.
Lind, U., & Hellman, A. (2020). Gendered Interventions: Changes in Visual Art Education in Sweden: Discourses, Practices and Materiality. In; Synnyt/Origins. Finnish Studies in Art. (2):257-277.

Lind, U. (2010). Blickens ordning: Bildspråk och estetiska lärprocesser som kulturform och kunskapsform. Institutionen för didaktik och pedagogiskt arbete. Stockholms Universitet.
Mol, A-M. (2010) Actor-network theory: sensitive terms and enduring tensions. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 5(1), 253-269.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm30 SES 03 A: Environmental Sustainability Education in Different Settings
Location: Hetherington, 130 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Louise Sund
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Quality in Education for Sustainability Teaching (QUEST): What is it, and (how) can it be measured?

Wanda Sass1,2, Daniel Olsson1, Jelle Boeve-de Pauw3, Michiel van Harskamp3, Niklas Gericke1

1Karlstad University; 2University of Antwerp; 3Freudenthal Institute, Utrecht University

Presenting Author: Sass, Wanda

With heat waves, droughts, flooding, and hurricanes occurring more frequently on a global scale, sustainability is high on the agendas of policy makers and scholars alike (e.g. European Commission, 2019; United Nations, 2019; Kelly and Clarke, 2016). Sustainability has been defined as a process of mutually interacting socio-cultural, environmental, and socio-economic perspectives (United Nations, 2015). Policy documents put forward Education for Sustainability (EfS), as an adequate educational approach to prepare current and future generations for becoming change-makers capable of taking on sustainability challenges (e.g. UNESCO, 2017). EfS is a democratic educational approach that aims to empower students so they are capable of making their own decisions, rather than pushing them towards uncritical social reproduction (Audigier, 2000; Jickling & Wals, 2008). Currently, evidence of the effectiveness of Education for Sustainability was found (e.g. Olsson et al., 2022; Sass et al., submitted).

Education for sustainabilty

EfS consists of a holistic approach to sustainability problems (Stables & Scott, 2002; United Nations, 2019). Moreover, different perspectives are encouraged when developing actions that aim to contribute to sustainability (Van Poeck et al., 2019). Finally, EfS is oriented towards active student participation and action-taking in order to contribute to solving real-world problems (Sinakou et al., 2022; Varela-Losada et al., 2016). Consensus on the central learning outcome of this type of education is growing, with the concept of action competence appearing in the forefront of the academic discourse (Sass et al., 2020). However, so far no study has investigated more into detail how these different sub units of EfS relate to each other and if these differ according to the national and educational settings in which they occur. This research gap is addressed in this study.

In order to implement EfS, teachers need to employ a complex set of professional competences. However, evidence suggests that they often find themselves ill-equipped to take on this formidable task (Taylor et al., 2019; Boeve-de Pauw et al., 2022). The need for a tool that allows monitoring of quality education for sustainability teaching is apparent. Such a tool can allow us as a research community to study how EfS is put into practice and develops as teachers e.g. participate in (continuous) professional development. It may also be relevant for teachers to reflect on their current and desired practices concerning EfS.

The current study aims to propose and operationalise a Quality Education for Sustainability Teaching (QUEST) framework and research tool (QUEST-Q). Three research questions are central in the current study:

1. What content, educational approach (‘how’), partners (‘with whom’), and venues (‘where’) should be included in Quality Education for Sustainability Teaching?

Guided by the literature, we look into the ‘what’ of teaching (i.e. content in terms of knowledge and skills), the ‘how’ of an action-oriented EfS approach, with whom, and where is taught and learnt.

2. How can QUEST be measured?

Starting from the proposed QUEST framework, we aim to provide a novel measurement instrument developing Swedish and Dutch versions of a questionnaire (the QUEST-Q) fit to answer the third research question. In line with the emancipatory character of education for sustainability, we take the point of view of students into account. In order to do so, we will develop a questionnaire for tapping into their experiences with EfS at secondary school.

3. How do Flemish, Dutch, and Swedish higher secondary students experience EfS teaching at their school?

At ECER, we will provide results regarding the quality of the QUEST-Q (i.e. reliability and validity of the questionnaire) and describe how Flemish, Dutch, and Swedish upper secondary students experience Education for Sustainability Teaching at their school as measured by means of the QUEST-Q.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Four steps (Furr, 2011) guide the development of the QUEST-Q. In a first step, we search the literature in order to articulate the QUEST framework. We then collected an initial item pool in step two. Thirdly, a qualitative pilot provides feedback on accuracy of the questionnaire’s format and phrasing (in Dutch and Swedish). Finally, we collect data from minimally 400 respondents and examine psychometric properties and quality of the initial questionnaire through statistical analysis.
Step 1: articulation of the framework
We reviewed literature on EfS and available measurement instruments. This yielded a framework consisting of four main components, i.e. educational content, approach, partners, and venues.
Step 2: development of an initial item pool
Based on the results of the literature review in step 1, we developed an initial item pool of statements regarding the different components that were articulated in the QUEST framework (i.e. content, approach, partners, and venues). All items shared stem ‘At our school, we learn…’. This initial items pool resulted in 111 items in total.
Step 3: accuracy check with representatives of the population (15 to 19-year-olds)
A limited number of higher secondary school students run through the first version of the questionnaire. They provide feedback through a think-aloud protocol, while reading the entire questionnaire (including introduction with information provided for asking students’ active informed consent). A researcher takes notes of their remarks and these are discussed with all researchers involved in this study. In this stage general remarks are discussed within the entire research team, while remarks referring specifically to Swedish or Dutch language issues are discussed among Swedish or Dutch-speaking researchers, respectively. The questionnaire is adapted with respect to the participants’ comments.
Step 4: statistical verification of the questionnaire’s psychometric properties and quality
We pilot a first version of the QUEST-Q with minimally 100 participants aged 15 to 19 in Sweden, the Netherlands, and Flanders, respectively. Reliability is examined through calculation of Cronbach’s alphas of the main and sub-components. Factor analyses will shed light on the construct validity of the measurement instrument.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Step 1
Based on the literature review, we defined four QUEST components: 1) content, 2) educational approach, 3) partners, and 4) venues. Content includes a holistic view (United Nations, 2019) on real-world complex sustainability problems (Sinakou et al., 2022; Varela-Losada et al., 2016), norms and values regarding such problems (Van Pouck et al., 2019) and skills such as problem solving, communication, critical, systems, and future thinking (e.g. Jensen & Schnack, 2006). Educational approach focuses on engaging with different perspectives (Rudsberg & Öhman, 2010). Educational partners consist of, amongst others, teachers of different subjects, parents, experts inside the school and beyond, and fellow students. This also involves cross-curricular cooperation (Boeve-de Pauw et al., 2022). Venues can be indoor or outdoor, in nature, in or out of school, or in the local and global community (Sinakou et al., 2022; Varela-Losada et al., 2016).
Step 2
An initial item pool has been created covering each (sub)component of the QUEST framework as derived from the literature. The stem ‘At our school we learn…’ is completed by statements regarding the what, how, with whom, and where of EfS. Sample items are:
… to weigh the pros and cons of different solutions to the same  sustainability problems.
… to reflect on actions taken.
… from teachers in natural sciences, social sciences, and language teachers.
… in nature.
Results of the validation process (steps 3 and 4) will be available timely for discussion at ECER2023. Feedback from the participants will be welcomed as an opportunity to add validation of the item pool by academic experts to the students’ perspective (cf. accuracy check in step 3 of the development process).
Descriptive statistics will provide insight in possible differences between Sweden, Flanders, and the Netherlands.
Further avenues for research and implications for EfS teaching and implementation will be discussed.

References
Audigier (2000). Project “Education for democratic citizenship: basic concepts and core competencies for education for democratic citizenship. Council of Europe.
Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Berglund, T., & Gericke, N. (2022). Teachers’ ESD self-efficacy and practices: A longitudinal study on the impact of teacher professional development. Environmental Education Research, 28(6), 867-885.
European Commission (2019). The European Green Deal (COM(2019) 640 final).
Furr, R. M. 2011. Scale Construction and Psychometrics for Social and Personality Psychology. London, New Oakes, New Delhi, Singapore: Sage Publications.
Jickling, B. & Wals, A.E.J. (2008). Globalization and environmental education: looking beyond sustainable development. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(1), 1-21.
Kelly, A., & Clarke, P. (2016). The challenges of globalisation and the new policy paradigms for educational effectiveness and improvement research. In C. Chapman, D. Muijs, D. Reynolds, P. Sammons, & C. Teddlie, (Eds.), The Routledge International Handbook of Educational Effectiveness and Improvement (pp. 365–379). London and New York: Routledge.
Olsson, D., Gericke, N., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2022). The effectiveness of education for sustainable development revisited - a longitudinal study on secondary students’ action competence for sustainability. Environmental Education Research.
Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke,  N., De Maeyer,  S., and Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining Action Competence: The Case of Sustainable Development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292–305.
Sass, W., Claes, E., Boeve-de Pauw, J., De Maeyer, S., Schelfhout, W., Van Petegem, P., & Isac, M.M. (2021). Measuring Professional Action Competence in Education for Sustainable Development (PACesd). Environmental Education Research, 28(2), 260-275.
Sass, W., De Maeyer, S., Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (submitted). Effectiveness of Education for Sustainable Development Practices Regarding Students’ Action Competence in Sustainable Development: The importance of an action-oriented approach.
Stables, A. & Scott, W. (2002). The Quest for Holism in Education for Sustainable Development. Environmental Education Research 8(1), 53–60.
Taylor, N., Quinn, F., Jenkins, K., Miller-Brown, H., Rizk, N., Prodromou, T., Serow, P., & Taylor, S. (2019). Education for Sustainability in the Secondary Sector—A Review. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 13(1), 102-122.
United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development.
United Nations. (2019). Report of the Secretary-General on the 2019 Climate Action Summit and the Way Forward in 2020.
Van Poeck, K., Östman, L., & Öhman, J. 2019. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. London & New York: Routledge.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Learning for Sustainability: Young People and Practitioner Perspectives

Kumara Ward, Rosamonde Birch Birch, Tanya MacDonald, Marie Beresford-Dey, Liz Lakin, Martin Purcell

University of Dundee, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ward, Kumara; MacDonald, Tanya

This research was commissioned in August 2022 by the Scottish Government as part of the refresh of the Learning for Sustainability 2030 Action Plan (2019). Researchers at the University of Dundee were asked to investigate the following questions.

  • How is learning for sustainability (LfS) understood and implemented by the school and Community Learning and Development (CLD) workforce?
  • What can we learn from LfS ‘best practice’ taking place around the system?
  • What do the voices of young people and practitioners say and how do we feed them directly into LfS policy and the refresh of the Action Plan?
  • What are the successes and challenges LfS has faced since 2019?
  • What is the impact of the United Nations (UN) Climate Change Conference of the Parties (COP26) on LfS?

This research work is predicated on the Scottish Government’s Action Plan for Learning for Sustainability (2019), stating that children and young people in Scotland have an entitlement to learn about sustainability. Set against a backdrop of sustainability-related activities and toward the end of the UN’s Decade of Education for Sustainable Development 2005-2014, Higgins (2012) reported that the Scottish Government’s commitment to develop the concept of ‘One Planet Schools’ had taken on added significance if the intention to maintain the momentum and build on work that had occurred during the UN Decade for Sustainable Development was to be realised. This work culminated in the 2016 Vision 2030+ report which recommended five priorities for LfS (see conclusion). These priorities were also used to outline the key findings and recommendations for action in the current research and highlight what has been successful and where new approaches need to be considered.

A mixed methods approach was undertaken for this small-sample research using a JISC online survey, World Café events and 3 Horizons focus groups (see methodology below). Sampling for the survey and in person data collection was designed with a mix of urban, semi- urban, rural locations including the highlands and Islands to be representative of the Scottish population. A range of socio-economic parameters was also applied using the Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SMID) with participants from all major quantiles represented. At each site the researchers engaged with young people 14+ years and separately with practitioners in secondary schools and CLD settings. In total there were 16 separate in-person engagements across Scotland with 80 individual transcripts recorded and shared across the research team for analysis. Analysis was conducted using the Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA) (Braun & Clarke, 2012, 2019) process using NVivo for managing coding and developing themes. Given the mixed methods approach, survey data is represented through a number of graphs, with the qualitative data represented through thematic narratives and graphics.

The main findings represent an expansion of the earlier work and include new proposals for the Learning for Sustainability Action Plan refresh. The findings and analysis provide a snapshot of what is currently happening in Scotland and a clear picture of what stakeholders would like to see happening to support LfS in secondary schools and CLD settings. Calls to action from the Children’s Parliament research with children from nursery to S3 were also correlated in our findings to demonstrate a synthesis across of the research findings of both projects. The findings from this project will be disseminated in the ECER Paper session with the lapsing of the information embargo at the time of publication of the research report by the Scottish Government.

https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8586-294X


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The mixed method approach provided the triangulation of data construction and analysis with rich data through the qualitative World Café methodology. World Café methodology was originally conceived and implemented in 1995 (Brown & Isaacs) has become a globally adopted practice for large group table conversations initiating generative feedback and creative thinking. World Cafés due to their inclusive, democratised, and co-creative nature became very popular within organisations wanting to adopt the principles for community transformation, as well as being a participatory assessment tool for organisational change (Löhr et al, 2020).  

Most recently the World Café approach has been used within academic research, where adaptations have been used in participatory qualitative methodology complementing existing models for focus group research (Löhr et al., 2020). Löhr et al. (2020) suggest that the World Café method both increases participation whilst also benefiting participants as it ‘facilitates dialogue and mutual learning, thus motivating their participation and responses’ (p.1). The “research World Café” methodology has also been found to reduce barriers between academic research and practical circumstances of participants, therefore benefiting the relevance, robustness and richness of the data constructed (Schiele et al., 2022). Schiele et al. (2022) demonstrate that World Café’s can also speed up academic research enquiries as it is a ‘circulating focus group’ approach with a larger group in one space rather than individual interviews or a formalised focus group setting.  

To extend and deepen the data collection the methodology included a dedicated focus group at the end of each World Café session with practitioners, where additional understandings were sought using the 3 Horizons process, which offers a practical way to engage multiple stakeholders in constructive conversations about transformational change (Sharpe, 2013). The 3 Horizons approach to focus groups complements the principles of World Café and responds to calls for more relational, reflexive and co-creational methodologies in sustainability science and the wider shift towards more societally relevant research (Fazey et al, 2020). In recognition of the need for transformation changes in education (Leicester et al, 2013) the framework offers a practical, effective way to provide robust information to inform a refresh of the Learning for Sustainably Action Plan.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this presentation, the researchers will discuss the research conclusions and findings which will be publicly available February 2023. The findings and recommendations build upon the five priority areas from the ‘Vision 2030+ Concluding Report of the LfS Implementation Group’ (2016). They include:

1. Learners should have an entitlement for Learning for Sustainability.  

2. In line with the new GTCS Professional Standards, every practitioner, school and education leader should demonstrate Learning for Sustainability in their practice.

3. Every school should have a whole-school approach to Learning for Sustainability that is robust, demonstrable, evaluated and supported by leadership at all levels.

4. All school buildings, grounds and policies should support Learning for Sustainability.

5. A strategic national approach to supporting Learning for Sustainability should be established.

The new findings include discussion of the understanding, experiences, and implementation of LfS from both young people and practitioners’ perspectives. A range of case studies that emerged, including successes and best practice of LfS will be shared along with some of the challenges and potential approaches to strengthening LfS within secondary school and CLD contexts. The researchers will outline the future vision and aspirations articulated by young people and practitioners, as well as the research implications for current and future practice and policy.

The Scottish Government Research and Analytical Division have a publication date set for Wednesday 8th February, after which we can share additional conclusions from the research and how these will be used in the refresh of the Learning for Sustainability Action Plan in Scotland.

References
Braun, V. and Clarke, V (2019) Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis, in Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, V 11:4, pp. 589-597. https://doi-org.libezproxy.dundee.ac.uk/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806

Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2012) Thematic Analysis, in Cooper, H. (Ed) APA Handbook of Research Methods in Psychology, Vol2: Research Designs, pp.57-71.  

Brown, J. and Isaacs, D. (2005) The World Café: Shaping our Futures through Conversations that matter. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler Publishers

Fazey I, Schäpke N, Caniglia G (2020) Transforming knowledge systems for life on Earth: Visions of future systems and how to get there, Energy Research & Social Science, 70, 1-18.H3Uni (2022) Practices>Three Horizons accessed 6.7.22 from H3Uni | Practice: developing foresight with Three horizons

Higgins, P. (2012) Learning for Sustainability: The Report of the One Planet Schools Working Group. Education Scotland: One Planet Schools Working Group PDF, accesed at: https://education.gov.scot/improvement/Documents/One-planet-schools-report-learning-for-sustainability.pdf

Leicester G, Bloomer K, Stewart D, Ewing J (2013) Transformative Innovation in Education: A Playbook for Pragmatic Visionaries, Triarchy Press.  

LfS National Implementation Group (2016) Vision 2030+. Scottish Government: LfS National Implementation Group.

Löhr, K., Weinhardt, M. and Sieber, S. (2020) The “World Café” as a Participatory Method for Collecting Qualitative Data, International Journal of Qualitative Methods, V:19, pp. 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406920916976

Sharpe B (2020) Three Horizons: The Patterning of Hope, 2ndEdition, Triarchy Press

Shiele, H., Krummaker, S., Hoffmann, P. and Kowalski, R. (2022) The “research world café” as method of scientific enquiry: Combining rigor with relevance and speed, Journal of Business Research, V:140, pp. 280-296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2021.10.075


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Affordances and Challenges of Open Schooling in Relation to Students’ Habits

Annie Gregory, Eva Lundqvist, Leif Östman

Uppsala University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Gregory, Annie

In light of global challenges like climate change it is now argued in policy that there is a need for educational interventions to support students to understand and be able to act on sustainability issues. Open schooling is such a policy innovation that aligns with SDG 4 Target 7 to foster students’ relations with sustainability questions in the local environment to develop skills and competencies to create new visions of the future through action (UNESCO, 2017). Open schooling contains an explicit ambition to identify, investigate and act on sustainability problems in the local community. (Van Poeck, et al., 2021a)

The research on open schooling is limited to studies that look at different teaching and learning approaches that could be included as part of ‘open schooling’ (Okada et al., 2020) Few studies look at the challenges that teachers and students face while implementing open schooling as it causes disturbance in their everyday habits of teaching and learning. Van Poeck et al. (2021b) identified disturbances in teaching habits for example, difficulties to design lessons starting from a sustainability challenge which relates to the disturbed habit of using the curriculum as a driver for lesson planning and, difficulties to plan lessons that take students along in an authentic quest for solutions which is related to the disturbed habit of teaching as lecturing. This paper follows up on previous work on the disturbances in teaching habits with the aim to identify challenges (disturbance in habits) as well as the affordances that students face in their everyday practice while doing school work. Here we draw on an investigation from one Swedish school done within a four-year research project called ‘Open schooling for sustainable cities and communities. The investigation should be perceived as an explorative case-study.

The theoretical framework underpinning this study is a transactional learning theory (Östman et al. 2019a) based on the pragmatist work of John Dewey (1916). According to this theory we act without reflecting in our everyday lives, in and through our habits. We start to reflect when our habits are disturbed, and do not function in a specific situation creating a problematic situation (Dewey, 1929) which needs attention (cognitively and/or bodily) if we are to continue with the activity we were involved in. We then engage in an “inquiry” which involves experimentations making the problematic situation more intelligible. An inquiry process can be short but can also require considerable time and energy. It can involve acquisition of new knowledge, skills, values, identities, etc. and can result in an enrichment or transformation of a habit or even the start of a new habit. Also highlighted in this theory is the bodily felt experiences (joy, excitement, etc.) that occur when the inquiry has succeeded. Dewey (1934) describe these experiences as aesthetical experiences of fulfillment and if they are strong the whole process from disturbance to fulfillment is remembered as “an experience”. Such experiences that stand out in the flow of experiences can be a crucial starting point for development of interests and attitudes (Dewey, 1934).

The empirical questions that guide our study are:

  1. What problematic situations do students face while doing open schooling projects?
  2. Which habits of students, used in everyday school work, are disturbed in relation to the problematic situations identified?
  3. Which, if any, positive experiences did the students have and which activities were they connected to?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We present the results from this explorative case study in one Swedish secondary school (students in their first year at the Social Science program, 16-17 years old). Teachers in a teacher team took part in five workshops, run by a team of facilitators with backgrounds as educational researchers, to plan for open schooling projects. Occasionally during the following semester, the students worked in groups on diverse issues, e.g. recycling of clothes, inter-generational dialogue on SDGs and gender issues, food waste, plastic, paper use, and waste/plastic collection and segregation. In this study we report on the students´ views of working with different open schooling projects. The data was collected in a survey with questions on for example what was new/different/hard in this way of working, what the students had learnt and if and in what way they had changed their way of thinking about sustainability issues.  Nine groups, with a secretary in each group, answered the questionnaires digitally.

Survey responses were entered as quotes into an excel sheet along with the questions. The analysis involved reading and tagging responses in which problematic situations became visible as a ‘gap’ (Wickman & Östman, 2002) expressed as a need, frustration, a challenge. Along with this we also tagged responses that students reflected as positive experiences primarily expressing insight, realization, motivation, etc.  All problematic situations were noted down separately, grouped into categories representing similar gaps and then related to disturbances of specific habits that students use in everyday school work. These disturbances impeded the flow of these activities in some way.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis shows that the students encountered problematic situations in relation to the open-endedness of the project especially with the fact that neither them or their teachers knew when the projects would end, given the limited time allotted to do such activities in the academic calendar and their limited exposure to working in open-ended activities with no definite endings. This is a departure from their habits of working on time-bound projects planned and executed during fixed times in the academic calendar.

In relation to this uncertainty they also advised future students to be ‘structured’, ‘set goals’, ‘plan in advance’. This is a departure from habits of planning in structured projects versus outcomes in real world issues that cannot be ‘planned’ and requires one to be flexible.

While students appreciated connecting with people and extending their learning to other sources of knowledge than the textbook and classroom, at the same time they seem to find it challenging to establish and maintain relations with people outside the school for project outcomes. This relates to a disturbance of their previous habits in projects where their actions were not dependent on other peoples’ actions, for example writing essays or doing group work within the classroom.  

By shining a spotlight on problematic situations that students’ face in open schooling practices, the study contributes with knowledge about the challenges students face and the disturbances to their everyday practices in school.  In the paper we will discuss how this knowledge can help teachers to be conscious mentors to students’ in open schooling activities. We hope that this will paper will fuel a discussion about how to support teachers that implement open schooling.

References
Dewey, J. (1916/1980). Democracy and Education, in J. A. Boydston (ed.), John Dewey: The Middle Works, Volume 9, Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.
Dewey, J. (1929/1958). Experience and Nature, New York, NY: Dover Publications.
Dewey, J. (1934/2005). Art as Experience. New York: Perigee.Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and Education. Touchstone.
Okada, A., Rosa, L. Q. da, & Souza, M. V. de. (2020). Open schooling with inquiry maps in network education: Supporting Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) and fun in learning. Revista Exitus, 10, e020053–e020053. https://doi.org/10.24065/2237-9460.2020v10n1ID1219
Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. and Öhman, J. (2019a). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. and Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127-139
UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444
Van Poeck, K., Bigaré, N., & Östman, L. O. (2021a). Science Education for Action and engagement towards Sustainability (SEAS): local assessment report: local network Belgium. D3. 2 Second Annual Local Assessment Report.
Van Poeck, K., Östman, L., Bigaré, N. (2021b). Open Schooling about Sustainability Issues: Disturbance and Transformation of Teaching Habits. European Conference on Educational Research (ECER), ‘Education and Society: expectations, prescriptions, reconciliations’, Geneva (online), Switzerland , 6-10 September 2021
Wickman, P.-O., & Östman, L. (2002). Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism: Learning as Discourse Change. Science Education, 86(5), 601–623. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.10036
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm30 SES 03 B: Futurality and ESE
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Arjen Wals
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

More than a School – Anticipatory Competency and Critical Utopian Horizons in Environmental and Sustainability Education

Nadia Raphael Rathje

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Rathje, Nadia Raphael

In education in general, and education for sustainability specifically, the future is always embedded, as education continually has explicit and implicit ideas about which citizens are educated for which future society. Combined with the great need for change and transition that the sustainability challenges require, it may come as a surprise that anticipatory competence is not a major focus in both Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) research and educational practice. Everyone has been taught history, but quite few have been taught visions of the future, strategic foresight or critically utopian horizons (Bengston, 2016).

In my research on the development of ESE primary schools in the welfare state of Denmark, I have asked school management, teachers and students which kind of school they dream of, and what the school of the future should look like in their opinion. Furthermore, I have done future workshops at the school with the school's stakeholders to qualify more collective answers about which school they dream of and can envision. With this material, this paper examines the questions:

Which utopian ideas about school do the stakeholders at three ESE schools have?
Which perspectives provide the answers in relation to working with anticipatory competence and critical utopian horizons in school development and ESE pedagogy?

The concept of utopia in this presentation leans on Ruth Levitas' (Levitas, 2011) broad definition of utopia as "The desire for a different, better way of being" (Levitas, 2011, p. 209) and her emphasis that utopian notions are always contextual and that there is therefore no universal utopia. In continuation of Levitas, it is also interesting to look at Lisa Garforth's work with modern green utopias and how the understanding of utopias also has a critical dimension that has the potential to become transformative and transgressive (Garforth, 2017).

As a framework, the project is also inspired by critical Utopian Action Research (CUAR), which explains that by 'critical utopian horizons' is meant social imagination based on everyday experiences and utopian thinking without reducing the importance of a critical perspective (Egmose et al., 2020; Nielsen, 2016; Tofteng & Husted, 2014). Thus, the underlying critical dimensions that lie in a utopian notion and which also lie in the future workshop method used for empirical collection are emphasized.

The utopian ideas about school have perspectives for the development of ESE schools and perspectives in relation to educational work with future ideas. In an ESE perspective, the need for qualification of future imagination as a skill or competence is formulated in several places, not least in UNESCO's ten key competencies for sustainable development: "Anticipatory competence: the abilities to understand and evaluate multiple futures – possible, probable and desirable; to create one's own visions for the future" (UNESCO, 2017, p. 10). Thus, qualifying this is a didactic pedagogical task for the field of ESE.

Another direct pedagogical/didactic education-oriented view of anticipatory imagination can be found in Keri Facer (Facer, 2018), who criticizes future imagination in education for either thinking too rationally and without imagination, thereby embedding today's hopes and worries too concretely, or with too nearly- excessive hopes for education to solve all the problems of the future and thereby displace uncertainties (Facer, 2018). Facer argues that the understanding of future imagination in education must rest on a pedagogy of today, which understands itself as an ecotone, i.e., an ecologically fertile intermediate zone between past and future. Facer argues that school should not be a preparation for "known futures", but a space of opportunity and a laboratory for new opportunities and new futures.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is a part of a PhD project and is a multiple-case study in which I investigate three Danish schools that have worked with ESE for more than five years and see ESE as their most important development project. The schools are viewed in an ESE whole-school perspective (Hargreaves, 2008; Mathar, 2015), which means that the schools and their stakeholders are seen in a systemic perspective (Sterling, 2003). The empirical material for this paper consists of semi-structured interviews with school management (13 interviews), teachers (8 interviews) and students (6 focus group interviews). Moreover, the data material consists of future workshops reports (Egmose et al., 2020), three workshops with various adult participants from the schools and three workshops with students.
The study has an abductive approach where theory and empirical analysis continuously fertilize each other (Shank, 2008). The basic theoretical starting point for the PhD project and thus also for this paper's analysis is practice theory (Schatzki, 2001). This means that the focus is on social practices (rather than on individuals and/or structures) and that action patterns are understood as both bodily, cognitive and communicative. The social practices have certain routinized notions on a collective level, which means that, e.g., underlying collective understandings of what school is and can do have an influence on how the participants can develop utopian ideas about school. In continuation of this, with Levitas’s concept of utopia (Levitas, 2011) and Garforth's study of modern green utopias (Garforth, 2017), the analysis examines how the participants' utopian ideas can be understood in the context of ESE school development.

This paper explores the discrepancy between the expressed need for change and transition and a simultaneous lack of focus on understanding and developing anticipatory competence and critical utopian horizons. In continuation of this, the paper asks whether the participants' preliminary answers to future ideas about school can fertilize or point to pedagogical, didactic schisms and development opportunities if anticipatory competence must become a more important part of the ESE field.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The participants in the study largely point to the future as an essential aspect when they have to justify the work with sustainable development in the school. Asked what a utopian notion of a sustainable school might look like, participants' responses initially point to overcoming or eradicating structural obstacles such as lack of time and lack of space to experiment and decide for themselves, but it is clearly difficult for participants to think beyond the current structural framework. At the same time, and in contrast to this, these same people are concerned with sustainable development, experience a strong need for development, transformation and transition, and have high hopes for how education can help solve the enormous environmental crises (climate, pollution and biodiversity) and the social and economic challenges we and the planet face. When the participants are encouraged to think bigger and further, some of the most important tendencies in the answers are that the school should not be a secluded place, but part of a local community where school and everyday life merge to a greater extent in, e.g., forms of apprenticeship. This relates to notions about openness, a closer relationship with nature and the school as an open community that also provides space for the individual's choice, as well as for risk-taking and action. In the future workshops, the participants conclude in different ways that what they want is "more than a school". The answers partly point back to the participating schools' ongoing work and challenges in creating a sustainable profile, but may at the same time be linked to and fertilize possible schisms and opportunities where the ESE field can contribute to developing and strengthening the focus on critically utopian horizons and a sustainability pedagogy and didactics that take anticipatory future competence development seriously.
References
Bengston, D. N. (2016). Ten principles for thinking about the future: a primer for environmental professionals. https://dx.doi.org/10.2737/nrs-gtr-175
Egmose, J., Gleerup, J., & Nielsen, B. S. (2020). Critical Utopian Action Research: Methodological Inspiration for Democratization? International Review of Qualitative Research, 13(2), 233-246. https://doi.org/10.1177/1940844720933236
Facer, K. (2018). Governing Education Through The Future. In (pp. 197-210). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-97019-6_10
Garforth, L. (2017). Green Utopias: Environmental Hope Before and after Nature. Polity Press.
Hargreaves, L. G. (2008). The whole-school approach to eduation for sustainable development: From pilot projects to systemic change. Policy & practice (Centre for Global Education), 6, 69-74.
Levitas, R. (2011). The concept of Utopia ([Student / with a new preface by the author]. ed.). Peter Lang.
Mathar, R. (2015). A Whole School Approach to Sustainable Development: Elements of Education for Sustainable Development and Students’ Competencies for Sustainable Development. In (pp. 15-30). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-09549-3_2
Nielsen, B. S. N. K. A. (2016). Critical Utopian Action Research: The Potentials of Action Research in the Democratisation of Society. In Commons, Sustainability, Democratization (pp. 90-120). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315647951-13
Schatzki, T. R. (2001). Practice theory. In K. K.-C. E. v. S. T. R. Schatzki (Ed.), The Practice Turn in Contemporary Theory (pp. 10–23). Routledge.
Shank, G. (2008). Abductive strategies in educational research. The American Journal of Semiotics, 5(2), 275-290.
Sterling, S. (2003). Whole System Thinking as a Basis for Paradigm Change in Education. Explorations in the Context of Sustainability. University of Bath.]. Bath.
Tofteng, D., & Husted, M. (2014). Critical Utopian Action Research. In (Vol. 1, pp. 230-232).
UNESCO. (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals - Learning Objectives. Paris, France: UNESCO Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444/PDF/247444eng.pdf.multi


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Building Sustainable Futures Though Research and Education - Foundational ES/ESE Imagery Diversity in Peer-Reviewed Educational Research Literature

Birte Reichstein

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Reichstein, Birte

In Western countries, citizens spend a significant part of their life embedded in an educational system. Educational systems present facts and structures explicitly by WHAT is taught and assessed, and implicitly by HOW it is taught and assessed. Hence, education affects citizens’ perceptions of societal values in terms of both knowledge and behavior. Consequently, education can be expected to have homogenizing effects on citizens. Depending on WHAT and HOW we teach and assess, diversity in knowledge, values, and attitudes can either be acknowledged and embraced, or silenced and rejected.

In times of sustainability crisis, education has been identified as a key component to solve environmental and sustainability challenges. Education for Sustainability (ES) and Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) acknowledge educational systems’ potential to prepare citizens, and aim at fostering responsible citizens that act for sustainable futures (Eilks et al., 2019; Niebert, 2018). To pursue sustainability - the mitigation of environmental impact to ensure the prevailing of a viable and livable planet Earth for all living organisms (human and non-human) - demands radical societal change in Western countries. Economies and lifestyles must be adjusted (Niebert, 2019, and this in ways that decenter us humans to make room for more relational approaches to planet earth and its inhabitants (UNESCO, 2021). For this adjustment of economies and lifestyles, citizens must perceive change and diverse views as valued in society. Educational systems must ensure not to reproduce, but to reconstruct, societies to enable transformation (Wals, 2022). Students and teachers must be invited to contribute to the diversity of solutions as knowledge producers rather than being presented with homogenizing one-fits-all solutions.

I intend to stimulate awareness of and attentiveness to diverse views on sustainability in educational research. My focus concerns the diversity of applications and understandings of the concepts, ES and ESE, in peer reviewed educational research literature. A diversity with spatial, temporal, and cultural dimensions, and a concept with economical, ecological, and social dimensions. In Western countries, tensions between the economic dimension, and the ecological and societal dimensions have far-reaching consequences, not least on which views are amplified and which may be muffled. While economic forces ask for effectivization, ecological and social dimensions demand a slowdown of economy. A slowing down necessary to discover and explore alternative paths in a complex world. A complexity that must not be simplified for the sake of effectivization, but that should be embraced to explore diverse routes to sustainable futures (UNESCO 2021). Hence, I explore how the economically-dependent research machinery (cf., Savat & Thompson, 2015) affects the pace of ES/ESE research, and thereby our openness for true change in the worst-case causing diversity loss in ES/ ESE discourse. An unintended loss of alternative views that could cloud our judgement of how to act towards sustainability.

With my critical analysis of the ES/ESE discourse in the peer-reviewed literature, I intend to further stimulate discussions regarding educational systems’ purpose and ability to prepare students for our journey towards sustainability. A matured discourse that has and still tends to evolve around dichotomies like instrumental - emancipatory (e.g., Wals, 2011), alternatively qualification – citizenship (e.g. (Bauer, 2003; Hansen & Phelan, 2019; Willbergh, 2015). Human-centered dichotomies questioned by researchers that take more critical posthuman perspectives on ES/ESE (e.g. Lysgaard 2019). Recently, the diversity of perspectives on ES/ESE has taken a leap. This development led me to ask the following questions:

What strands of ES/ESE discourse are represented in western peer-reviewed educational research literature? How does ES/ESE research utilize these diverse views, are there tensions or co-actions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer my research questions, I apply a critical discourse analytical perspective on sustainability problems’ representations in research literature concerning ES. My analytical methodology is inspired by Carol Bacchi’s (2009) “What is the problem represented to be?” (WPR)-approach, an approach developed for policy texts, but equally applicable to other text types dealing with problem identification and solution proposals. The WPR-approach is inspired by Foucault, and aims to make visible the unsaid, the presupposed, the assumed, the silenced, the historical and cultural influences, the taken-for granted, and unintended effects (Bacchi, 2010).
To keep the study feasible, I chose to limit data collection culturally to the Western countries and to the last 10 -15 years. Even with this scope, the volume of publications dealing with ES/ESE is still immense. Therefore, I use a 3-step selection method to limit the number of publications for analysis: (1) database literature search followed by machine language learning assisted relevance check using ASReview (van de Schoot et al., 2021), (2) citation network analysis using the bibliometric tool Bibliometrix (Aria & Cuccurullo,2017) to analyze co-author, co-citation, and term-co-occurrence networks, and (3) argumentative zoning (Teufel, 1999).
Steps 2 & 3 allow me to identify clusters to draw random samples for the critical discourse analysis on publications’ introduction and discussion sections. This methodology enables me to identify and validate clusters representing the ES/ESE discourse. To identify differences in discourse within and between co-author/co-citation clusters, I use term-co-occurrence to compare the use of ES/ESE specific terms. Overlap between term-co-occurrence clusters and co-author/citation clusters indicate similarity in term use. Non-overlapping discourse clusters, then, represent different ES/ESE constructs indicating a potential for homogenization within isolated clusters.
Argumentative zoning uses machine language learning to label text sections according to whether the argument made is neutral, affirmative, or contradictory. This method can confirm clusters’ distinctions and relations. Publications assigned to the same cluster should be either found in affirmative or neutral zones, while publications assigned to different cluster should be in contradictory or neutral zones, if cited in a different cluster.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I expect the analysis to reveal diverse strands of ES/ESE imageries represented by different clusters. Here, the WPR-approach enables me not only to depict imageries that are in the spotlight, but also to lighten up those imageries’ twilight zones that are constituted of the usually unintendedly taken-for-granted or silenced imageries. My aim is to show the diverse applications and understandings of the concept sustainability that frame Western ES/ESE research. Research that will have implications for what and how sustainability issues are presented in our schools and universities, because it is this research that informs national and international education policies.

As educational researchers, we provide society not only with knowledge but we are societies’ critical friends. Being a researcher means taking responsibility for society, and demands a self-reflective practice to be aware of your own assumptions, biases, and what we take for granted. I see my analysis of ES/ESE imageries in Western educational research as my contribution to self-reflection on the research-community level. I expect to find several ES/ESE imageries which will overlap to varying degrees. In other words, diverse ways of imagining ES/ESE and futures to create that are a necessary but not sufficient foundation to build sustainable futures upon. Not sufficient because for a foundation to support what is built sustainably, the foundation has to be utilized in a robust manner. How the foundation is utilized is what argumentative zoning and citation network analysis help me to unravel.
Overall, I intend to map the complex Western ES/ESE research landscape by putting together the different ES/ESE imageries how they relate to each other, and where tensions and co-action occur. A map that can help us orient ourselves in a complex landscape ES/ESE of discourse and to stimulate co-actions.

References
Aria, M., & Cuccurullo, C. (2017). bibliometrix : An R-tool for comprehensive science mapping analysis. Journal of Informetrics, 11(4), 959-975.
Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing Policy: What’s the Problem Represented To Be? Pearson Education.
Bacchi, C. (2010). Foucault, Policy and Rule Challenging the Problem-Solving Paradigm. FREIA's tekstserie(74).
Bauer, W. (2003). On the Relevance of Bildung for Democracy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 35(2).
Eilks, I., Sjöström, J., & Mahaffy, P. (2019). Science and technology education for society and sustainability. In B. Akpan (Ed.), Science Education: Visions of the Future (pp. 321–334). Next Generation Education.
Hansen, D. R., & Phelan, A. M. (2019). Taste for democracy: A critique of the mechanical paradigm in education. Research in Education, 103(1), 34–48.
Lysgaard, J. A. (2019). Dark Pedagogy Between Denial and Insanity. In J. A. Lysgaard, S. Bengtsson, & M. Laugesen (Eds.), Dark Pedagogy. Education, Horror, and the Anthropocene (pp. 87-102). Palgrave Macmillan.
Niebert, K. (2018). Science Education in the Anthropocene. Building Bridges across Disciplines for Transformative Education and a Sustainable Future, January, 28359.
Niebert, K. (2019). Effective Sustainability Education Is Political Education. On Education. Journal for Research and Debate, 2(4).
Savat, D., & Thompson, G. (2015). Education and the Relation to the Outside: A Little Real Reality. Deleuze Studies, 9(3), 273-300.
Teufel, S. (1999). Argumentative Zoning: Information Extraction from Scientific Text [PhD, University of Edinburgh].
UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining Our Futures Together. A new social contract for education. UNESCO.
van de Schoot, R., et al. (2021). An open source machine learning framework for efficient and transparent systematic reviews. Nature Machine Intelligence, 3(2), 125-133.
Wals, A. E. J. (2011). Learning Our Way to Sustainability. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 5(2), 177–186.
Wals, A. (2022). Transgressive Learning Resistance Pedagogy. In New Visions for Higher Education towards 2030Higher Global University Network for Innovation (GUNi). www.guni-call4action.org
Willbergh, I. (2015). The problems of ‘competence’ and alternatives from the Scandinavian perspective of Bildung. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(3), 334–354.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm30 SES 03 C: Methods in ESE Research
Location: Hetherington, 317 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Güliz Karaarslan Semiz
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

A Qualitive Study on Sustainability Awareness and Competencies of Young People in Rural Areas - Empowerment through New Educational Settings

Hannah Hoff, Ann-Kristin Mueller, Traugott Haas, Marco Rieckmann

University of Vechta, Germany

Presenting Author: Hoff, Hannah; Mueller, Ann-Kristin

Young people play a major role in the (future) implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and in a successful sustainable transformation on a global but also on a regional scale. Thus, it is time to offer effective support and attractive learning opportunities for the young generation, so that they can gain the necessary competencies and are empowered to actively take part in the transformation process.

However, the question remains how these learning settings can be designed so that all young people are addressed, motivated, and well equipped for working on solutions for future challenges. To develop adequate learning interventions, we need to know more about the awareness of sustainability and the sustainability competencies of young people. In Germany, there are several well established surveys which collect data about the everyday life, attitudes and opinions of young people on a regular basis [1-5]. This is a good starting point, nevertheless, we assume that there are relevant differences between different regions which we should be aware of while developing new learning interventions. The existing data from the German studies does not allow to have a closer look only on the data set of a specific area, i.e. in our study the northwest part of Lower Saxony with rural regions. Furthermore, we put a focus on the diversity of young people concerning their social background, their interests, and their needs in order to address all social groups and to give them the chance to participate and contribute to the transformation process. In many existing studies, there is a pre-bias towards groups with a higher affinity to sustainability since these persons are probably more open to participate in interviews on this topic, for instance. Consequently, we conduct focus group discussions with a diversity of groups of young persons from different contexts to learn more about their awareness of sustainability and their sustainability competencies.

This lays the basis for the development of learning interventions which are grounded on the concepts of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) [6] and learning workshops [“Lernwerkstaetten”], a concept that emerged in the German speaking countries in the 1990s [7]. Thus, the new formats rely on action-oriented and transformative pedagogy with a focus on the learners, reflection loops, participation, and explorative and interconnected learning as main pedagogical principles [8 and 9]. In addition, the design of the learning environment plays a major role to implement these pedagogical claims. Here, the concept of learning workshops gives a valuable frame especially on how an environment is designed so that it guarantees diverse ways of learning, an atmosphere of astonishment, irritation, exploration, invention, and inspiration [10].

The combination of existing experiences with these concepts and the newly gained data from the focus groups allow us to develop new approaches tackling the challenge of actually empowering young people to actively take part in the sustainable transformation.

In order to reflect on cross-regional aspects but also to identify regional specifics, the exchange on a European level can be very helpful. Even though, we start on a regional level with addressing groups of young people, our findings and the newly developed concepts can be part of an international discourse about how to empower young people for the globally needed sustainable transformation. However, for this discourse, the groundwork of actually understanding the addressed groups is important; with our study, we aim at contributing to this.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The essential data is collected by conducting focus group discussions [11] with groups from different contexts. The participants are between 14 and 25 years old and interviewed groups normally consist of 5-8 people. In order to meet the young people in an environment in which they feel comfortable, we work with groups where the young persons actively and on a voluntary level decided to take part in and in which they know each other quite well. The group contexts range from Fridays For Future activists and nature/environment protection groups, groups from church, sport teams, to groups from youth cafés. With this, we aim to include young people from all different educational backgrounds as well as from a diverse range of social milieus.
The focus group discussions will cover the following aspects: Recent issues on a global and local scale, relevance of the different SDGs, assessment of the personal sustainability competencies, engagement for sustainability, and learning habits and needs. The focus group discussions are audio recorded and the transcripts are analysed via the qualitative content analysis [12].

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
With this study, we gain insights into the awareness of sustainability and the sustainability competencies of different groups of young people living in the northwest part of Lower-Saxony in Germany. Consequently, we better understand how we can effectively reach out to young people and how ESD learning environments should look like to successfully engage young people in these learning processes. It reveals important findings on a textual as well as on a pedagogical level, which are a relevant basis for the development of new learning interventions. The spatial focus of the study is on the area of northwest Lower Saxony in Germany – however, the results can serve as an example for rural areas and it will be very interesting to compare the existing awareness of sustainability and the sustainability competencies of young people from this area with the findings from other European rural areas. In addition, identifying and reflecting on similarities or main differences compared to urban areas may also help to gain a better understanding how to provide effective learning opportunities for the young generation in the context of the local and global sustainable transformation. Thus, the international perspective can be supportive for the actual development of the new learning interventions.
References
[1] Albert, Hurrelmann, and Quenzel (2019). 18. Shell Jugendstudie 2019: Eine Generation meldet sich zu Wort. Publ. by Deutsche Shell Holding GmbH
[2] Calmbach et al. (2020). Wie ticken Jugendliche? 2020 – Lebenswelten von Jugendlichen im Alter von 14 bis 17 Jahren in Deutschland. A study of the SINUS institute on behalf of (among others) the German Federal Agency for Civic Eduaction
[3] Grund and Brock (2018). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in Lehr-Lernsettings. Quantitative Studie des nationalen Monitorings. Befragung junger Menschen. Executive Summary. Berlin.
[4] Kress (2021). Greenpeace Nachhaltigkeitsbarometer 2021 – Wir sind bereit und wollen endlich eine nachhaltige Zukunft!, Executive Summary. Publ. by Greenpeace e.V.
[5] Thio and Göll (2011). Einblick in die Jugendkultur: Das Thema Nachhaltigkeit bei der jungen Generation anschlussfähig machen. Publ. by Federal Environment Agency
[6] United Nations (2005). UNECE strategy for education for sustainable development. High-Level meeting of Environment and Education Ministries. Vilnius.
[7] Kottmann, B. (2020). Lernwerkstätten. In: Bollweg, P., Buchna, J., Coelen, T., Otto, HU. (eds) Handbuch Ganztagsbildung. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. pp. 997-1008.
[8] Rieckmann, M. (2018): Chapter 2 - Learning to transform the world: key competencies in ESD. In: Leicht, A. / Heiss, J. / Byun, W. J. (eds.): Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. UNESCO, Paris, http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0026/002614/261445E.pdf, pp. 39-59.
[9] Lozano, R., Barreiro-Gen, M. (2022). Connections Between Sustainable Development Competences and Pedagogical Approaches. In: Vare, P., Lausselet, N., Rieckmann, M. (eds) Competences in Education for Sustainable Development. Sustainable Development Goals Series. Springer, Cham.
[10] Gabriel et al. (2009). Positionspapier zu Qualitätsmerkmalen von Lernwerkstätten und Lernwerkstattarbeit. Publ. by the Association of the European „Learning workshops“ [Verband europäischer Lernwerkstätten e.V.]
[11] Kitzinger (1995). Introducing focus groups. In: BMJ; 311: 299-302.
[12] Kuckartz (2019). Qualitative Text Analysis: A Systematic Approach. In: Kaiser, G., Presmeg, N. (eds) Compendium for Early Career Researchers in Mathematics Education. ICME-13 Monographs. Springer, Cham. pp. 181-197.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Using Auto-photography, Photo Elicitation and Grounded Visual Pattern Analysis to Explore Visual Representations of Sustainability in University Environments

Jennie Winter, Debby Cotton, Joe Allison, Rachel Mullee

Plymouth Marjon University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Winter, Jennie

This paper takes a novel approach to sustainability research using photo-elicitation and auto-photography to explore student and staff perceptions of sustainability on campus, and analysing a sample of images of sustainability from university web-sites. The research investigates both intended and unintended messages, and their potential impact on the university community and web-site visitors. Whilst the psychology of environmental communication has been explored at the individual level, little has been done at the institutional and organizational level (Hansen and Machin, 2013). This research aims to bridge that gap by looking at communication (intended or otherwise) about sustainability enshrined in university campuses and marketing. Visual research presents an opportunity to gain rich insights into people’s understandings of sustainability, offering an innovative approach to exploring the hidden curriculum of sustainability. In a world rich with visual stimuli, where imagery is fundamental to our construction and comprehension of ourselves, of nature, and of others, the ways in which sustainability is perceived can be strongly influenced by visual cues and images. We hope to draw out recommendations for raising the profile of sustainability activities on campus.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project builds on earlier work (e.g. Winter & Cotton, 2012) utilising visual methods to explore perceptions of sustainability on campus. We were interested in exploring the hidden curriculum, looking beyond the images of sustainability which universities draw on for marketing, to consider the messages a university sends about sustainability through its institutional environment, and the impact on staff and students. The literature on visual methodologies illustrates the strengths of such approaches in exploring latent understandings of participants which individuals may not be able to articulate verbally.
We utilise auto-photography (using a photo competition to gain access to visual images of sustainability on campus) and photo-elicitation (through focus groups using photographs as a visual stimulus) to explore sustainability and climate change on a single HE campus. These methods allow the researcher to identify additional, often latent layers of meaning, offering a rich data set, and arguably creating a deeper understanding than traditional research methods. Grounded, visual pattern analysis (GVPA) (Shortt and Warren, 2019) is used to analyse the campus photos and compare them to a wider set of photos used to illustrate sustainability on university web-sites.
The research consisted of 2 phases:
1. Auto-photography via a sustainability photo competition and photo-elicitation through focus groups.
2. Analysis of secondary publicly available photographs representing sustainability on university web-sites

All data were analysed using Grounded Visual Pattern Analysis (GVPA). This combines the strengths of dialogic analysis (verbal and textual data about photographs) and archaeological analysis (analysing the photo itself as an artefact) (Meyer et al., 2013). GVPA offers a structured process for combining these types of data to analyse both the meanings implied by individual photograph(er)s and draw out sample-level conclusions about a group of photographs. GVPA is a relatively new technique and may undergo further development. However, the approach is clear and simple to use – and flexible enough to allow some personalisation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research illustrates a number of disconnects in the ways that sustainability is perceived and represented visually in HE. While staff and student images offered a complex understanding of tensions between humans and their environment, the widespread perception that sustainability implies environment (and particularly ‘wild nature’) rather than social or economic elements potentially limits full engagement with the issues and marginalises city centre campuses which may include little in the way of wild spaces or vegetation. In contrast, images on university web-sites express a more nuanced conception of sustainability. Given that universities are engaged in some very significant activities in support of sustainability, the limited perception of sustainability visuals for staff and students represents a lost opportunity for learning. Education about sustainable development in its broadest sense should be built into every university campus, making use of informal learning opportunities to ensure that the whole community is engaged.
References
Hansen, A. & Machin, D. (2013) ‘Researching visual environmental communication’. Environmental Communication: a journal of nature and culture, 7(2):151-168.
Meyer, R. E., Höllerer, M. A., Jancsary, D., & Van Leeuwen, T. (2013) The visual dimension in organizing, organization, and organization research: Core ideas, current developments, and promising avenues. The Academy of Management Annals 7:489-555.
Shortt, H. L., & Warren, S. K. (2019) ‘Grounded visual pattern analysis: photographs in organizational field studies’. Organizational Research Methods, 22(2):539-563.
Winter, J. and Cotton, D.R.E. (2012) Making the Hidden Curriculum Visible: Sustainability Literacy in Higher Education. Environmental Education Research 18(6):783-796


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Using Situational Analysis in environmental education research: experiences from Austria and Scotland

Claire Ramjan1, Nina Liebhaber2

1University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom; 2Universität Innsbruck

Presenting Author: Ramjan, Claire; Liebhaber, Nina

Research Questions

How has Situational Analysis (Clarke, 2003, 2005, Clarke et al, 2018) be used in environmental education research with secondary school pupils in Scotland and Austria?

What opportunities and challenges are experienced in using this research approach in environmental education research?

Objectives

To demonstrate the use of Situational Analysis (SA) in complimentary case studies across two European countries.

To identify and describe the common and diverging experiences of this methodological approach in relation to environmental education research.

Overview

Young people are taking increasingly public and overtly political action in response to environmental concerns. Schools can play a central role in eco-citizenship and climate change education supporting young people in navigating current environmental challenges. However, the capacity for schools to do this is inconsistent and often inadequate. Following a new-materialist approach, two examples of environmental education programmes are explored here to show how schools can be transformative places.

The first of these projects, based in Austria, is the research-education-cooperation k.i.d.Z.21_aCtiOn2. This research provides a new perspective to these debates by collaborating with high school students on the climate-friendly transformations of their schools, thus connecting quality education (SDG4) and climate action (SDG13) (United Nations, 2015). Supported by interdisciplinary researchers, the school students assessed and tried to reduce the CO2 emissions of their schools. The second project, based predominantly in Scotland, involved explores how environmental citizen science can contribute to lived eco-citizenship experiences for young people while they are in formal schooling. A major finding was that environmental citizen science experiences offers opportunities to connect pupils with scientific research practices in a way that offers authentic citizenship opportunities not ordinarily available in schools.

Both of these research projects utilised Situational Analysis (Clarke, 2003, 2005, Clarke et al, 2018) as their major analytic method. Situational Analysis (SA) uses cartographic techniques to explore and analyse the research situation. Three main mapping approaches are used;

1. situational (messy and relational) maps that lay out the major human, nonhuman, discursive, and other elements in the research situation of concern and provoke analyses of relations among them;

2. social worlds/arenas maps that lay out the collective actors, key nonhuman elements, and the arena(s) of commitment within which they are engaged in ongoing negotiations, or meso level interpretations of the situation; and

3. positional maps that lay out the major positions taken, and not taken, in the data vis-à-vis particular discursive axes of variation and difference, concern, and controversy surrounding complicated issues in the situation.

(Clarke, 2003, p. 554)

The intention of these maps is to bring out the complexities, to subject the research situation to a rich and deep analysis that includes the human and non-human actors present in, and impacting upon, the intention of the research (Clarke, 2003). Clarke (2005) describes the use of this cartographic approach as a break with the traditional researchers’ ways of working, thereby generating unique insights into the situation. This approach was deemed to be appropriate when uncovering and understanding the complexity of environmental education programmes situated within formal school settings. The particular attention given to the more-than-human elements of the situation was attractive in attending to the relational and spatial complexities generated in these complementary research projects situated in different European countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This comparative case study brings together experiences of utilising SA in two different settings with secondary school pupils. These projects have been the subject of ongoing discussion and comparison aiming to discern common and diverging experiences in the application of this research approach.
The k.i.d.Z.21¬_aCtiOn2 approach collected persons, sources of emissions, discussions, more-than-human aspects and processes that have to be considered for climate-friendly transformations. Creating situational maps of changing contexts, the mapping had to be supplemented with features hinting at motivators, barriers and changes. Besides present actors, groups and topics, the situational maps include retrospectives as well as outlooks. Although Situational Analysis was often applied to rather stable situations, situational maps could be of decisive importance in achieving changes. In the case of k.i.d.Z.21_aCtiOn2, situational mapping enabled the researchers and students to confront, visualise and analyse complexities and barriers associated with climate-friendly transformations instead of trying to negate them (Clarke, 2004, p. 555). Through a particular interest in young people’s perception of climate change, related experiences and the aspects they deem important when trying to create more climate-friendly schools, the situational mapping mostly depicts their interpretation of the situation. This was further promoted through the Situational Analysis partly being applied as an educational method. In addition to its common use as a research method, we introduced it into the project k.i.d.Z.21_aCtiOn2 as a tool for the participating students to visualise and better understand relevant aspects to the assessment and reduction of CO2 emissions in their schools.
In the Scottish case, situational maps were generated by the researcher in response to a series of data collection events focused on the lived experience of pupils participating in citizen science activities through their secondary school science or geography classes. Participant observations, survey responses and focus group discussions contributed to multiple iterations of maps enabling a visual representation of the situation to be produced and interrogated. Following each data collection exercise, messy and relational maps were constructed. This visual representation of the situation opened up the complexity and messiness, enabling multiple perspectives to be considered. Different elements of the map were expanded or collapsed as the analysis proceeded, illuminating the visible and invisible relationships between element of the research situation.
Bringing these complimentary cases together has enabled the researchers to compare experiences and draw out some of the challenges inherent in this complex research approach, these will be described in our presentation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Converging experiences
SA supported understanding the development of eco-citizenship and climate action as it is highly suited to understanding complex (wicked) problems. The open, flexible nature of the approach resulted in the identification of situated knowledge.
In both projects, the attunement to the more-than-human opened meaningful directions of research focus. The synergy between this analytical approach and new-materialist sensitivities is one which is particularly relevant to environmental education research.
The process of working with the relational maps was intuitive and rigorous, however, the social worlds and positional maps proved to be a little more challenging. Like den Outer et al (2013) and Mills et al (2006), we found constructing the positional maps particularly challenging. The ‘positions’ of interest in the data were not immediately clear, it took time and a consistent re-turning to the data to identify and articulate the relationships that warranted further exploration across both projects.
Diverging experiences
The three types of map, but the situational map most clearly, as created by the researcher is a reflection of their specific view at that moment. Changing time or researchers will produce a different map(s), which reflects the changing landscape and alternative journey that might be seen by an alternative perspective.
In each project, the role of the young people in map production was different. In the k.i.d.Z.21_aCtiOn2 the pupils were directly involved in producing relational maps with the support of the researchers. Practical challenges and a lack of familiarity with the approach limited the contribution that some pupils made to these maps. In the Scottish case, the young people were not involved in map production at all. This is a significant consideration for future practice.
Drawing together these experiences, recommendations for the future use of SA in environmental education research with young people will be made in our presentation.

References
Clarke, A.E. (2003) Situational analyses: Grounded theory mapping after the postmodern turn. Symbolic interaction, 26 (4), pp. 553-576.
Clarke, A. E. (2005) Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the postmodern turn. Sage
Clarke, A., Friese, C. and Washburn, R. (2018) Situational Analysis Grounded Theory After the Interpretive Turn 2nd ed. California: Sage.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm31 SES 03 A: Increasing Success in Foreign Language Learning: Online Learning, Automated Feedback, and Early Start
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari
Paper Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Predictors of L2 Grit and Their Complex Interactions in Online Language Learning: Motivation, Self-directed Learning, Autonomy, Curiosity, and Language Mindsets

Michał B. Paradowski, Magdalena Jelińska

Institute of Applied Linguistics, University of Warsaw, Poland

Presenting Author: Paradowski, Michał B.

Learning a foreign language is a long-term process requiring persistence and a willingness to engage in activities that will help develop communicative competence. An important role on the way to achieving linguistic proficiency is played by L2 grit (Teimouri, Plonsky & Tabandeh, 2022). However, knowledge on the subject is still limited, leading to controversies around the definition of this psychological disposition and its measurement (Oxford & Khajavy, 2021; Khajavy, MacIntyre & Hariri, 2021; Elahi Shirvan, Taherian & Yazdanmehr, 2021). Although a handful of studies provide some insight into the contribution of L2 grit to the development of L2 competence, we still do not know the reasons why learners demonstrate different levels of this trait and subsequently the extent of their L2 achievement (Elahi Shirvan & Alamer, 2022; Teimouri, Sudina & Plonsky, 2021).

Learners’ language mindsets are related to their perceptions of what they can achieve by making an educational effort (Lou & Noels, 2017). Since time spent studying is one of the strongest predictors of language achievement, positive beliefs about learning effort are considered a key motivational factor for language success (Csizér & Dörnyei, 2005). These beliefs about the meaning of the effort undertaken and one’s own L2 abilities may determine the level of L2 grit. However, previous research has not provided a clear and unambiguous pattern of these relationships.

Language education is gradually shifting towards a learner-centred approach. As long as the learner perceives L2 learning as a personal choice and a self-determined goal with personally chosen activities, they will be able to make a persistent and active effort to achieve this learning objective. Being more autonomous may therefore explain a greater disposition to be gritty in meeting an L2 learning goal. Yes, little is known about the relationship between L2 grit and sense of autonomy.

L2 grit, manifest in perseverance in overcoming challenges, and consistent effort that will facilitate linguistic development, may stem from the desire to expand one’s knowledge, develop skills and acquire new experiences, i.e. from curiosity, which involves setting particular goals and tasks to fill the knowledge gap. So far, however, the role of curiosity in language learning has not been researched. Its relationship with L2 grit is also unknown.

The remote learning environment entails additional challenges, so it is important that the learner be equipped with appropriate skills and personal qualities. Two dimensions of readiness for online learning seem particularly important in this context: motivation and self-directed learning. Some previous studies have shown a positive relationship between motivation and L2 grit (e.g., Teimouri et al., 2022; Changlek & Palanukulwong, 2015). Yet, little is known about the association between L2 grit and self-directed learning, even though we may expect this factor to have an important influence. Little research has been conducted on the role of grit in the context of online learning in general. While existing studies (Aparicio, Bação & Oliveira, 2017; McClendon, Neugebauer & King, 2017; Lan & Moscardino, 2019; Liu et al., 2021; Yang, 2021) suggest that grit is important in this context, many of them measured general-domain rather than language-domain specific grit. Nor were the predictors of L2 grit analysed in this learning context.

Taking all these rationales into account, we pose the following research questions:

RQ1: Which characteristics from among language mindsets, curiosity, autonomy, and readiness for online learning measured by its two dimensions: self-directed learning and motivation, determine language-domain-specific grit in remote and hybrid learning settings?

RQ2: What are the relationships between L2 grit and these variables? Which of these factors are particularly important in the complex network of associations with L2 grit?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A specially designed online survey was completed between October 2021 and July 2022 by 615 respondents from 69 countries who were learning 33 different foreign languages while participating in online or hybrid courses.
To identify predictors of language-domain-specific grit in remote and hybrid learning settings from among the independent variables, we used a set of commonly used, reliable and valid scales along with one custom-made tool constructed specially for this research:
L2 grit scale (adapted from Teimouri, Plonsky & Tabandeh, 2020; Cronbach’s α and McDonald’s ωh = .84, Guttman’s λ6 = .87).
Language Mindsets Inventory (Lou & Noels, 2017). The L2 growth mindset subscale had good reliability (Cronbach’s α = .81, McDonald’s ωh = .82, Guttman’s λ6 = .75), with the L2 fixed mindset subscale characterised by a slightly lower but still acceptable internal consistency (Cronbach’s α and McDonald’s ωh = .77, Guttman’s λ6 = .69).
Curiosity and Exploration Inventory-II (Kashdan et al., 2009; Cronbach’s α, McDonald’s ωh and Guttman’s λ6 = .85).
Autonomy subscale from the Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction and Frustration Scale (Chen et al., 2015; Cronbach’s α and McDonald’s ωh = .81, Guttman’s λ6 = .84).
Newly constructed scale of Readiness for online learning with two dimensions: self-directed learning (Cronbach’s α = .74, McDonald’s ωh = .75, Guttman’s λ6 = .70) and online learning motivation (Cronbach’s α, McDonald’s ωh and Guttman’s λ6 = .85).
To address the first research question  concerning the predictors of L2 grit in remote and hybrid learning settings, we built a multiple linear regression model. To answer the second research question about the relationships between L2 grit and its putative predictors, we performed a psychological network analysis. This type of analysis, capable of illustrating dynamic relationships between individual characteristics and second/foreign language learning, has not yet received much attention from researchers in the SLA field (Freeborn, Andringa, Lunansky & Rispens, 2022). With the use of a regularised partial correlation approach applying a Gaussian graphical model with the least absolute shrinkage and selection operator (LASSO) regularisation technique combined with Extended Bayesian Information Criterion (EBIC) model selection to minimise spurious edges, the analysis provides a clearer and more precise insight into the relationship between L2 grit and the variables examined.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The multiple linear regression model reveals that L2 grit is most determined by two dimensions of readiness for online learning, online learning motivation (β = .41, t(608) = 9.70, p < .001, ηp²= .13) and self-directed learning (β = .32, t(608) = 8.86, p < .001, ηp²= .11), and to a lesser extent by learners’ autonomy (β = .17, t(608) = 4.95, p < .001, ηp²= .04) and curiosity (β = – .09, t(608) = –2.52, p = .012, ηp²= .01). Moreover, L2 grit correlates significantly and positively with these factors. The regression model is significant (F6,608 =97.28, p < .001) and predicts 48% of variance in the dependent variable, with a very large effect size (ηp²= .49). The subsequent psychological network analysis indicates equally strong direct connections between L2 grit and both dimensions of readiness for online learning, and a much weaker edge linking L2 grit with autonomy.
Our findings also carry practical implications for teachers. Firstly, they make it clear that the learning context, e.g. a remote setting with its various challenges and affordances, may require activating somewhat different learner dispositions than the traditional, on-site approach. Secondly, the relationships observed are not always straightforward and direct, so it is important to be aware that the teacher can nurture and reinforce L2 grit in their students by strengthening their motivation and encouraging them to independently seek new sources of linguistic stimulation and make their own choices about opportunities for practising and developing their linguistic competence, thus helping contribute to their progress and satisfaction with learning the foreign language.

References
Elahi Shirvan, M. & Alamer, A. (2022). Modeling the interplay of EFL learners’ basic psychological needs, grit and L2 achievement. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. 10.1080/01434632.2022.2075002
Elahi Shirvan, M., Taherian, T., & Yazdanmehr, E. (2021). L2 grit: a longitudinal confirmatory factor analysis-curve of factors model. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 1-28. 10.1017/S0272263121000590
Feng, L., & Papi, M. (2020). Persistence in language learning: The role of grit and future self-guides. Learning and Individual Differences, 81, 101904. 10.1016/j.lindif.2020.101904
Khajavy, G.H. & Aghaee, E. (2022). The contribution of grit, emotions and personal bests to foreign language learning. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. 10.1080/01434632.2022.2047192
Khajavy, G.H., MacIntyre, P., & Hariri, J. (2021). A closer look at grit and language mindset as predictors of foreign language achievement. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 43(2), 379-402. 10.1017/S0272263120000480
Liu, C., He, J., Ding, C., Fan, X., Hwang, G. J., & Zhang, Y. (2021). Self-oriented learning perfectionism and English learning burnout among EFL learners using mobile applications: the mediating roles of English learning anxiety and grit. Learning and Individual Differences, 88, 102011. 10.1016/j.lindif.2021.102011
Oxford, R.L., & Khajavy, G.H. (2021). Exploring Grit: “Grit Linguistics” and Research on Domain-General Grit and L2 Grit. Journal for the Psychology of Language Learning, 3(2), 7-36. 10.52598/jpll/3/2/2
Sudina, E. & Plonsky, L. (2021). Academic perseverance in foreign language learning: An investigation of language-specific grit and its conceptual correlates. The Modern Language Journal, 105: 829-857. 10.1111/modl.12738
Sudina, E., Brown, J., Datzman, B., Oki, Y., Song, K., Cavanaugh, R., Thiruchelvam, B., & Plonsky, L. (2021). Language-specific grit: Exploring psychometric properties, predictive validity, and differences across contexts. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 15, 334–351. 10.1080/17501229.2020.1802468
Teimouri, Y., Plonsky, L., & Tabandeh, F. (2022). L2 grit: Passion and perseverance for second-language learning. Language Teaching Research, 26(5), 893–918. 10.1177/1362168820921895
Teimouri, Y., Sudina, E, & Plonsky, L. (2021). On domain-specific conceptualization and measurement of grit in L2 learning. Journal for the Psychology of Language Learning, 3(2), 156-165. 10.52598/jpll/3/2/10
Wei, H., Gao, K. & Wang, W. (2019). Understanding the relationship between grit and foreign language performance among middle school students: The roles of foreign language enjoyment and classroom environment. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 1508. 10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01508
Yang, P. (2021). Exploring the relationship between Chinese EFL students’ grit, well-being, and classroom enjoyment. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 762945. 10.3389/fpsyg.2021.762945


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Start Learning English Early in Primary School? Results from a Large-scale-assessment Study on the Long-term Effects on EFL Proficiency

Raphaela Porsch1, Stefan Schipolowski2, Camilla Rjosk3, Karoline Sachse2

1University of Magdeburg, Germany; 2Institute for Educational Quality Improvement (IQB) at Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany; 3University of Potsdam, Germany

Presenting Author: Porsch, Raphaela

In many European countries, students learn English as a first foreign language, a situation that is replicated in most federal states in Germany where education is not a centralized task. However, there is no consensus on the ideal starting point for learning a new language. Countries within Europe and regions within countries differ with regard to whether school children start learning English in Year 1 or Year 3 in primary school of schooling or later at secondary level. Despite these differences there has been an overall tendency to shift the starting point and start earlier in primary school. Overall, empirical findings on whether an early or later start better supports the acquisition of an additional language are mixed. For example, positive effects were reported by Ow et al. (2012) from a study conducted in Switzerland while no effects have been found in a study by Tribushinina et al. (2022) with native speakers of Russian. A large-scale study that aimed to address some limitations of previous studies, particularly the non-representativeness of the samples, was a study by Baumert et al. (2020). The authors analyzed data from about 20,000 students from Germany that participated in an assessment based on the national educational standards for English in 2009. The researchers explored the long-term effects of an early start to English instruction on receptive language proficiencies in Year 9 by comparing early starters (Year 1), a middle group (year 3) and late starters (Year 5). Overall, the proficiency levels of the groups differed only marginally.

Learning English became mandatory in almost all primary schools in 15 of the 16 federal states in Germany in 2004/2005. However, it can be assumed that it took some time until all primary school students actually received English instruction. The data for the study conducted by Baumert et al. (2020) were collected only five years after this change to the curriculum. These students left primary school in around 2005 when implementation of the reform had just begun. In particular, we assume that a sufficient provision of trained EFL teachers could not be guaranteed at that time. The number of qualified English teachers at primary schools and teachers’ ability to teach young children a foreign language should have increased by now as more universities provide training for future EFL primary school teachers. There should also be a higher awareness for a need to support the transition from primary to secondary level and may have positively influenced the quality of teaching. This, then, may lead to an advantage for students with an early onset of English instruction over late English learners, including positive long-term learning effects. Taken together, the learning conditions for students learning English early in primary school may have improved. In order to test this assumption, we analyzed data from the consecutive national educational monitoring study conducted by the IQB in 2015 with students in Year 9. However, as previously pointed out, the onset and length of English instruction in school may differ between and within states. The reason is that some schools offered students from our target group voluntary learning opportunities while students at other schools may not have received English instruction due to a lack of qualified teachers. To take these differences into account, we assessed the onset of EFL instruction at the individual level and differentiate between three groups of learners: students who began learning English before Year 3, in Year 3 and those who have were taught English from Year 4 or 5.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data were collected between April and June 2015 in the IQB’s Trends in Student Achievement 2015 (Stanat et al., 2017). This nation-wide large-scale assessment is part of the educational monitoring system in Germany, examining the extent to which students in the 16 German states meet the National Educational Standards in German and in EFL at the end of compulsory education. Standardized achievement tests (listening and reading comprehension), a test of reasoning ability and a questionnaire were administered to a total of 33,110 ninth-graders in a randomly drawn sample of schools. Excluding special educational needs schools, the total analysis sample consisted of 30,880 ninth-grade students with valid achievement test data from 1,411 schools including all school tracks in all of the 16 states.
About 21.3 percent of the ninth-graders in Germany (sample size n = 7,293) received English instruction before Year 3. For almost two thirds (63.6%) of these early starters, onset of English instruction was in Year 1; about one third (36.4%) started in Year 2. A total of 52.9 percent of the ninth-graders indicated having learned English in school from Year 3 (n = 16,133). Finally, for 21.3 percent of all ninth-graders, English instruction in school began later than Year 3 (n = 5,795). These so-called late starters began receiving English instruction in Year 4 (with 64.1% the majority of the late starters) or in Year 5 (35.9% of the late starters). About 5.2 percent of all ninth-graders could not be assigned to the aforementioned categories due to interruptions to their learning or insufficient information (n = 1,659).
Using case weights, the sample is representative of the population of ninth-graders in general education schools in Germany in 2015 who had learned English from Year 5 onwards or earlier. The students’ mean age in the sample was 15.5 years (SD = 0.59) and 49.5 percent were female. modelling and scaling of the test item data were based on unidimensional one-parameter logistic item response theory (IRT) models. For the person proficiency estimates, a latent regression model for a large number of background variables including the variables used in the following analyses was combined with the IRT models. Missing data in the questionnaire variables were replaced using multiple imputation by chained equations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that an earlier start is advantageous as students learning English from Year 3 or earlier showed significantly higher proficiency scores than late starters with a mean difference of about 0.15 to 0.20 standard deviations after controlling for individual and household characteristics. Furthermore, students with an onset of English instruction before Year 3 on average had higher scores in most analyses in our study than learners starting in Year 3; however, in terms of practical significance this difference was small. Every study has its strengths and limitations. First, two variables are confounded in our research: the higher proficiency levels of early starters can either be related to an earlier start (age of onset) or to a higher frequency of learning opportunities (amount of exposure). This critique that is also applicable to many other studies can only be overcome by applying a (quasi-)experimental design and by including characteristics of learners, learning opportunities outside the classroom and features of instruction in the analyses. Second, information on the onset of EFL instruction in school was collected retrospectively by asking the students about their history of learning. Further research should investigate the effects of an earlier start by using multiple measurement points and including information on the teaching quality and expertise of the EFL teachers. Despite these limitations we believe that our study contributes to the research field in a significant way. The results suggest that an early onset of English instruction can have positive effects on achievement that are still visible in Year 9. This supports the view of those suggesting that children should start learning English early in primary school. At the same time, however, time resources are limited and there may be circumstances in which priorities need to shift, such as the severe teacher shortage Germany is currently experiencing.
References
Baumert, J., Fleckenstein, J., Leucht, M., Köller, O., & Möller, J. (2020). The Long-Term Proficiency of Early, Middle, and Late Starters Learning English as a Foreign Language at School: A Narrative Review and Empirical Study. Language Learning, 70(4), 1091–1135.
Ow, A. von, Husfeldt, V., & Bader-Lehmann, U. (2012). Einflussfaktoren für den Lernerfolg von Englisch an der Primarstufe: Eine Untersuchung in fünf Schweizer Kantonen und dem Fürstentum Liechtenstein [Factors influencing success in the learning of English at primary level: A study in five Swiss cantons and the Principality of Liechtenstein]. Babylonia, 2012(1), 52–57.
Stanat, P., Böhme, K., Schipolowski, S., & Haag, N. (2017). IQB Trends in Student Achievement 2015. English Summary. https://www.iqb.hu-berlin.de/bt/BT2015/Bericht/
Tribushinina, E., Dubinkina-Elgart, E., & Mak, O. (2022). Effects of early foreign language instruction and L1 transfer on vocabulary skills of EFL learners with DLD. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics. https://10.1080/02699206.2022.2076261
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm31 SES 03 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education II
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir
Joint Paper Session,NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information in 07 SES 03 D JS
5:15pm - 6:45pm32 SES 03 A: Inequality, Diversity and organizational Learning in Primary Schools
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Rinat Arviv Elyashiv
Paper Session
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Child Protection in Primary Schools

Anke Spies, Udo Gerheim, Julia Eggert-Boraczynski

Universität Oldenburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Spies, Anke; Eggert-Boraczynski, Julia

The WHO (2020) assumes that in Europe at least every third to fifth child at primary level is affected by family violence experiences in the narrow sense. For Germany, the ninth family report notes an "increase in psychological maltreatment, physical abuse and neglect" (BMFSFJ 2021, 291f.) of children, while the values for identified sexual abuse seem to remain comparatively stable. With the report, domestic violence and high-conflict cases in separation and divorce proceedings are also classified as child welfare risks for the first time. For Europe, we must therefore assume a significantly higher proportion of children affected by violence that we encounter every day in the education system. In addition, the number of unreported cases that are exposed to violent attacks and hurtful behavior by adults in institutionalised public contexts (e.g. religious communities, clubs, day-care-centres, schools) must be added. The range of forms of adult violence to which children can be exposed is structurally multiplied, since gender relations, social conditions of inequality and culturalisation in the sense of "doing difference" (West & Fenstermaker 1995) influence risks.

However, child protection is not only an extremely diverse field of pedagogical work on the side of the addressees, but is also determined by organizational diversity. In the school context, actors from different pedagogical professions and habits come together and are expected to work more or less closely with the organizations of social work in interorganizational cooperation. However, although the European discourse assigns schools an "important role in protecting children from violence" (Dimitrova-Stull 2014, 7), German teachers only rarely have legal and action security in dealing with child welfare risks or knowledge of counselling options in interorganizational cooperation with the youth welfare system (e.g. Zimmermann 2019). Contrary to the high number of cases and unreported figures, primary education is only involved in the provision of help in approx. 10% of cases, despite comprehensive contact with all children of primary school age (Federal Statistical Office 2022), but with 5% - 20% tolerates violating actions of professional, semi-professional and voluntary actors in lessons and everyday school life (Wysujack 2021): Which (counterproductive) pedagogical perspectives and practice patterns justify the neglect of child protection in school organizations?

While every day-care-centres in Germany have been legally obliged to follow a child protection concept since 2021, the perception of children's experiences of violence becomes an organizational grey area and at the same time a "risk for academic failure" when they enter primary school (UBKSM 2022). Despite the legal norms for active cooperation of school actors with the help system, which have been valid in Germany since 2012 and which would allow primary schools as organizational network partners a central position for the design of communal protection concepts (Retzar 2011), school organizational identities do not seem to perceive the structural mandate for participation in child protection as an "intermediary practice" (Evers & Ewert 2010, 117). The organizational heterogeneity of child protection ranges from interventions in individual cases, to structural cooperation concepts, to design options of teaching units, assessment practices and design of programmatic elements of everyday school life (Spies 2022). As multipliers of teacher education, schools also pass on the conceptual gaps of child protection to future generations: We present here interim findings of a qualitative research project on knowledge levels and practices of school actors, which are passed on to future teachers as organizational intervention and prevention perspectives on child protection. We pursue the question, which organizational perspectives and practices do school actors represent when they explain their action and organizational maxims in child protection in the context of their training mandate?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to be able to capture the multiplicative and diverse dimensions of organizational perspectives, 19 primary school teacherstudents in the Master of Education at the Carl von Ossietzky University of Oldenburg conducted a total of 32 guided, problem-centred interviews (Witzel 2000) with 19 teachers, 3 head teachers, 7 school social workers and 3 special school teachers during their practical semester at 19 primary schools in Lower Saxony.
The research design is a mixed-method study based on three methodological approaches: (1.) SWOT analysis (Spies & Knapp 2019), (2.) content analysis and (3.) reconstructive-hermeneutic interpretation.
1. SWOT analysis: After transcription of the problem-centred interviews, which were conducted in the mode of guiding explanations of practice, the empirical material was subjected to a SWOT analysis in the curricular setting of research-based learning in the first evaluation step with the mediation of the school development tool. In this analysis, strengths, weaknesses, risks and opportunities of the multiplied child protection practice in the cross-locational school organizational community were identified and examined with regard to school development options and further training needs.
2. Content analysis: In the second step of the mixed-methods study, the practices visible with the SWOT analysis and the ambivalences to the assessment are currently being examined content-analytically. In doing so, the narrow systematisation of the first analysis step is broken up and examined in depth. In particular, inductive category formation is pursued in relation to the material in order to develop orders for the secondary analytical interpretation (Logan 2020; Medjedović 2014) of the data set. The reception of the requirements and expectations of school-based child protection contained in professional discourse and legal norms provides the basis for the development of supplementary deductive categories as a basis for the interpretation. The secondary analysis of the problem-centred interviews follows the content-analytical interpretation according to Kuckartz (2018) in the MAXQDA procedure. We expect statements to be able to understand, stimulate and support organizational learning processes.
3. Reconstructive-hermeneutic interpretation: Methodologically, the content-analytical secondary analysis is deepened in a final evaluation step through the reconstructive-hermeneutic processing of the material. In this process, particularly striking anchor sequences are reconstructively evaluated in a research group in the format of the collegial interpretation workshop using the objective-hermeneutic method (Wernet 2006) in order to be able to capture latent meaning structures of the presented patterns of language, interpretation, action and interaction of social practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data show that the school's access to the child through lessons and everyday pedagogical life is hardly used as an opportunity to notice changes and to recognise burdens or dangers. It becomes evident that neither the factor of active support nor "primary prevention (self-esteem and education)" (UBKSM 2022) are part of the self-image of the school organization.
With the help of the SWOT analysis it becomes visible that although on the surface problem awareness is tried to be presented, already in this step of analysis weaknesses and risks on the organizational level are predominant. According to this, primary schools cannot fulfil the expectations formulated for them. For example, only a few inter-organizationally structured, cooperative procedures of risk assessment are explained, but possibilities of organizational cooperation and diversity are devalued. Individually goal-oriented case assessments are the exception, while children's participation rights are not taken into account and behaviourist programs to reduce prevention and heterogeneity requirements are incorporated into organizational procedures (critical of this: Spies 2022).
Teachers and school headmasters, as central representatives of the organization, accept the aggravation of child endangerment situations in order to conceal professional excessive demands and to cover up organizational failures. Instead of intermediary practice, delegation models seem to be established, especially in multi-professional teams. Gaps in knowledge and reflection, uncertainties, pragmatism and shifts in responsibility are passed on unquestioningly to subsequent generations of teachers and justified by organizational requirements.
With this study and the goal of increasing the appreciation of organizational diversity, we were able to make visible diverse organizational pedagogical approaches to the understandings of professionalism of school actors, which make it possible to work out tailor-made impulses for further training concepts and to provide structured scientific support and advice to schools in their school development and cooperation processes.

References
BMFSFJ Bundesministerium für Familie, Senioren Frauen und Jugend (2021): Neunter Familienbericht. Eltern sein in Deutschland. Drucksache 19/27200, https://www.bmfsfj.de/resource/blob/174094/93093983704d614858141b8f14401244/neunter-familienbericht-langfassung-data.pdf (Zugriff: 30.09.2021)
Dimitrova-Stull, A. (2014): Gewalt gegen Kinder in der EU. Wissenschaftlicher Dienst für die Mitglieder, November 2014 – PE 542.139. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/IDAN/2014/542139/EPRS_IDA(2014)542139_DE.pdf (Zugriff: 30.9.2021)
Evers, A. & Ewert, B. (2010). Hybride Organisationen im Bereich sozialer Dienste. Ein Konzept, sein Hintergrund und seine Implikationen. In T. Klatetzki (Hrsg.), Soziale personenbezogene Dienstleistungsorganisationen: Soziologische Perspektiven (S. 103-128). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften
Kuckartz, U. (2018): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. 4. Aufl. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
Logan, T. (2020): A practical, iterative framework for secondary data analysis in educational research. In: The Australian Educational Researcher (2020) 47:129–148
Machold, C. & Wienand, C. (2021): Die Herstellung von Differenz in der Grundschule. Eine Langzeitstudie. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
Medjedović, I. (2014): Qualitative Sekundäranalyse. Zum Potenzial einer neuen Forschungsstrategie in der empirischen Sozialforschung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS
Retzar, M. (2011): Kinderschutz aus der Perspektive der Schulentwicklung und Lehrerprofessionalisierung. In: J. Fischer, T./Buchholz/Merten, R. (Hrsg.), Kinderschutz in gemeinsamer Verantwortung von Jugendhilfe und Schule. Wiesbaden: Springer VS (S. 159-168)
Spies, A. & Knapp, K. (2019): „Praxisnah erheben und auswerten“ – SWOT-Analysen als Verfahren zur Ermittlung von Impulsen für die kooperative Grundschulentwicklung. In: C. Donie, F. Foerster, M. Obermayr, A. Deckwerth, G. Kammermeyer, G. Lenske, M. Leuchter & A. Wildemann (Hrsg.): „Grundschulpädagogik zwischen Wissenschaft und Transfer“ Jahrbuch Grundschulforschung, 23. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 212-217.
Spies, A. (2022): Kinderschutz in der Primarstufe: Professionalisierungs- und Schulentwicklungsbedarf. In: Erziehung und Unterricht, H.3-4, 272-283.
Statistisches Bundesamt (2022): Verfahren zur Einschätzung der Gefährdung des Kindeswohls nach Bundesländern. https://www.destatis.de/DE/Themen/Gesellschaft-Umwelt/Soziales/Kinderschutz/Tabellen/gefaehrdung-kindeswohl.html (Zugriff 16.12.2022)
UBKSM (2022): Das muss geschehen, damit nichts geschieht. Schutzkonzepte an Institutionen und Organisationen. URL: www.kein-raum-fuer-missbrauch.de/schutzkonzepte/schule (Zugriff: 20.12.2022)
Wernet, A. (2009): Einführung in die Interpretationstechnik der Objektiven Hermeneutik. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
WHO (2020): Gewalt gegen Kinder: Bekämpfung versteckten Kindesmissbrauchs, https://www.euro.who.int/de/health-topics/disease-prevention/violence-and-injuries/news/news/2020/01/violence-against-children-tackling-hidden-abuse (Zugriff: 30.9.2021)
Witzel, A. (2002): Das problemzentrierte Interview. In: Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 1, H.1, Art. 22. http://nbnresolving. de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0001228.Witzel.
Wysujak, V. (2021): Interaktive Handlungsweisen von Lehrpersonen unter anerkennungstheoretischer Perspektive. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Zimmermann, J. (2019): Kinderschutz an Schulen. Ergebnisse einer bundesweiten Befragung zu den Erfahrungen mit dem Bundeskinderschutzgesetz. Forschung zum Kinderschutz, 3. München: DJI.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Strengths and obstacles in the transition from Primary Education to Compulsory Secondary Education.

Marcos Alfonso Payá Gómez, Caterí Soler García, Antonio Nadal Masegosa, Cristina Sánchez Cruzado, Iulia Mancila

Universidad de Málaga, Spain

Presenting Author: Payá Gómez, Marcos Alfonso; Mancila, Iulia

The educational transition from Primary Education to Compulsory Secondary Education is one of the most relevant transformations processes that take place within the educational system. Some studies show that these processes, in some cases, appear as coherent and, in others, as discontinuous ones. In any case, researchers agree on the change perspective of this educational transition. Gimeno Sacristán (2007) defines this process as

[…] a critical moment, valid, because it is an expression of social diversity and of different organizational models and differentiated professional styles, and also a potentially problematic puzzle for subjects who have to move between different schools or territories (p. 19).

In Spain, researchers (Bharara, 2019; Gimeno Sacristán, 1996; Monarca et al., 2013; Tarabini, 2020) focussed more on the discontinuity than the continuity between institutional cultures, that is, more focused on the barriers than on the elements that favour them. In any case, the researchers agree about educational transitions as essential in the trajectories of students since they influence their personal, family and social development. The discontinuities of these transition processes are constituted as a selection process (Gimeno Sacristán, 1996; Monarca et al., 2013), associated or in convergence with the processes of dropping out and school failure, thus increasing the risk of social exclusion among adolescents and young people (Tarabini, 2020).

The educational transition should be a gradual, flexible and reflective process, as multiple psychological, sociological and pedagogical factors are involved in (Santana-Vega, 2015; Hargreaves, 1996; Evangelou et al., 2008; West et al., 2008; Jindal -Snape, et al., 2020). For Sacristán (1996), the educational transition must be understood as a continuous process with 2 dimesions: a horizontal or transversal continuity (between teachers, areas and subjects in a course) and another vertical and temporal connection of didactic elements during the school time. The author also states that most of the discontinuities and inconsistencies that hinder the transit processes affect occur in different dimensions such as in the relationships that are established within the educational community, the curriculum, the climate, the spaces for participation, the evaluation, the distribution of school and family time and the school organization in general. Some studies confirm these elements, and add others associated with the coexistence such as: the compliance with the rules, or the role of teachers, the pedagogy or the number of teachers among others (Ávila Francés et. Al., 2022; González Lorente and González Morga, 2015; González-Rodríguez, 2019).

Nevertheless, there are few studies on some proposals for improvement: the construction of a common pedagogical culture (Carbonell, 2002) and the coordination of all the pedagogical dimensions that intervene in the educational processes in public schools, such as the construction of a common inclusive curriculum (Payá, 2019).

This proposal is part of the research project, approved by the Spanish Ministry of Universities, called The Transition to Compulsory Secondary Education. Pedagogical Impact and Consequences whose general objective is to explore the process of transition to Compulsory Secondary Education and identify the conditioning factors involved in process. Delving into the elements that can generate social exclusion, and highlighting those that may be favouring the transition, allows us to suggest possible ways for improvement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In coherence with the objective, a Multiple Case Study (Stake, 2013) has been carried out, with the participation of four pairs of public schools of Primary Education and Compulsory Secondary Education from Andalusia (Spain). The selection of the cases was intentional, taking into account common criteria such as proximity, the diversity of the students and the voluntary participation of the schools, and that the pairs of them were of continuity between primary and secondary education as established by the public administration.
The information gathering was undertaken using participatory observation (different spaces inside and outside the schools), in-depth semi-structured interviews (individual and collective with students, teachers, and families), focus groups (students and teachers), analysis of documents and audiovisual material (photography, audio, videos).
 The analysis was part of the research process from its inception. According to Stake (2010), “there is no specific moment in which data analysis begins. Analysing is about making sense of first impressions as well as final summaries” (p. 67). We start from some previous categories associated with: organization of spaces and times in primary and secondary schools, role of teachers and students, way of understanding the curriculum, didactic methodologies, evaluation, relationships that exist between the components of the educational community, socioeconomic factors and response to diversity; other categories have emerged throughout the investigation.
The NVivo12Plus computer software was used for organization and categorization; for the analysis, the different sources of information have been triangulated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We will present the positive and negative factors that have intervened in the transit processes, taking into account four dimensions:
1.  The social dimension based on the participation of the educational community as well as different administrative and social contexts (City Halls, neighbourhood associations or other entities).
2. The political dimension regarding the political decision-making that shapes the educational system in general and the model of transition and educational guidance in particular.
3. The Personal dimension regarding the perceptions, the lived experiences and the expectations.
4. The Pedagogical dimension: It refers to the organization of spaces and times, methodologies, activities, relationships, rules, role of the teacher and the student body, evaluation system, response to diversity, curriculum, different training of primary and secondary school teachers, transition models from the practical dimension.
In conclusion, based on these findings, we will make several suggestions that can contribute to the improvement of the current model of the transition from Primary Education to Compulsory Secondary Education.

References
Ávila, M., Sánchez, M. C. & Bueno, A.  (2022). Factores que facilitan y dificultan la transición de educación primaria a secundaria. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 40(1), 147-164. http://dx.doi.org/10.6018/rie.441441
Bharara, G. (2019): Factors facilitating a positive transition to secondary school: A systematic literature review. International Journal of School & Educational Psychology, 8(4), 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/21683603.2019.1572552
Carbonell, J. (2002). La aventura de innovar. El cambio en la escuela. Ediciones Morata.
Evangelou, M., Taggart, B., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E., Sammons, P., & Siraj-Blatchford, I. (2008). What makes a successful transition from primary to secondary school? Department for Children Schools and Families. Nottingham, United Kingdom.
Gimeno, J. (2007). La diversidad de la vida escolar y las transiciones. In S. Antúnez, La transición entre etapas: reflexiones y prácticas (pp. 13-21). Grao.
Gimeno, J. (1996). La transición a la Educación Secundaria (4ta Ed.). Morata.
González, C., y González, N. (2015). Enseñar a transitar desde la Educación primaria: el proyecto profesional y vital. Revista Electrónica Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado, 18(2), 29-41.
González-Rodríguez, D. Vieira, M.-J. y Vidal, J. (2019): Variables que influyen en la transición de la educación primaria a la educación secundaria obligatoria. Un modelo comprensivo. Bordón. Revista de Pedagogía, 71(2), 85-108. https://doi.org/10.13042/Bordon.2019.68957
Hargreaves, A. (1996). Profesores y postmodernidad. Morata.
Monarca, H., Rappoport, S., & Mena, M. S. (2013). La configuración de los procesos de inclusión y exclusión educativa. Una lectura desde la transición entre Educación Primaria y Educación Secundaria. Revista de investigación en educación, 3(11), 192-206. http://hdl.handle.net/10486/662816
Payá, M. A. (2019). El reto de la transición a la Educación Secundaria. Barreras que impiden la continuidad entre culturas escolares. In López, B. (coord.), Educación y Refugio. El profesorado se moviliza por los derechos de las personas migrantes y refugiadas (pp. 45-55). Federación de Enseñanza de CCOO.
Santana-Vega, L. E. (2015). Orientación educativa e intervención psicopedagógica. Cambian los tiempos, cambian las responsabilidades profesionales (4ta Ed.). Pirámide.
Stake, R. (2013). Estudio de Casos Cualitativos. In Denzin, N. & Lincoln, Y. (coords). Las Estrategias de Investigación Cualitativa. Manual de Investigación Cualitativa, Volumen III (pp. 154-197). Gedisa.
Stake, R. E. (2010). Investigación con estudio de casos. Morata
Tarabini, A. (2020). Presentación. Transiciones educativas y desigualdades sociales: una perspectiva sociológica. Revista de Sociología, 105(2), 177-181. http://dx.doi.org/10.5565/rev/papers.2825
West, P., Sweeting, H., & Young, R. (2008). Transition matters: pupil’s expectations of the primary-secondary school transition in the West of Scotland and consequences for well-being and attainment. Research Papers in Education, 25(1), 1-29. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671520802308677


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Social space-oriented School development: A relational Approach to Diversity and Inequality in Primary Education

Anke Wischmann1, Anke Spies2

1Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany; 2Carl-von-Ossietzky Universität Oldneburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Wischmann, Anke; Spies, Anke

One of the major tasks of primary education is to cope with social inequalities on the one hand and to embrace diversity on the other. Research shows, that in particular in Germany – but also other European countries with highly selective school-systems – the social background has a string impact on educational trajectories (PISA etc.). Many approaches have been discussed to interrupt this relation, but these were merely located either as additive measures like school-social work or (social-) pedagogical initiatives besides schooling. Approaches that aim at organisational aspects of schooling with an emphasis on pedagogies are rarely discussed in the fields of primary education in Germany. However, there have been historical prototypes of successful social-space oriented primary education with reference to ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner 1981), that can be used as functional prototypes (Spies/Wischmann 2023) to reconstruct the role of organisational-pedagogy positions/reflections in school-development-processes supported by science and municipality. Our assumption is that a social space-oriented approach to primary schooling has organisational impact in terms of the recognition and valuing of diversity as a basic characteristic of primary education under unequal social conditions.

With the help of historical documents and retrospective explanations of the social space-oriented development of primary schools, we will reconstruct the relevance of the municipality as a networking agency in relation to the function of teaching and the relevance of community participation. In doing so, we will discuss the demand for coherence in organisational and multiprofessional pedagogical action for cooperation within the school and community networked educational relationship that made the "opening of school" possible. Therefore, we will present a project around the Wartburg Primary School in Muenster, which was both a model project of practice and a research project (Benner/Ramseger 1981, 1984).

The focus lies on the coherent interactions and relations of the stakeholders and bodies involved, we will look at the levels/contexts of the municipality, the classroom (teaching and learning) and community participation. To capture the socio-ecological interrelations and the interplay of social and school pedagogical action premises and bodies of knowledge, we interpret selected passages from the expert discussion authorised by Dietrich Benner (2023) and the specific historical and political contexts of the interaction between municipal steering interests and processes with the pedagogical implications in the interplay between school and social pedagogical approaches in the ecological systems oriented sense of community education (White 2014) that are thematised there. The educational theoretical perspectives are hermeneutically interpreted by selected anchor sequences from the project reporting and a later text on the political educational responsibility of the municipality (Janssen 1995) in order to draw conclusions on desiderata based on educational theory for the current design of organisational pedagogy issues of school-development of the primary sector in educational landscapes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We understand the Wartburg School as an ethnographic case study of school development research for a secondary analytical reconstruction classified by Reh & Rabenstein (2011). The data has been taken from the German Library for Educational History of the DIPF (Leibnitz Institute for Research and Information in Education). For the document analysis, a multi-stage, predominantly deductive but inductively open procedure for the selection and analysis of the documents was used to select a sample of lesson protocols, field notes, as well as transcribed reflections on pedagogical interactions (Ramseger 1981) and documents on intra- and extracurricular cooperation structures of school and socio-pedagogical actors from the archives.
The Objective Hermeneutics (Silkenbeumer/Wenzl 2017) is used to reconstruct exemplary passages of the data and is triangulated with a secondary analytic ethnographic analysis (Huf 2017), which considers epochal contexts and contemporary discourses as a new analysis (Medjedović 2014, among others).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To cope with social and educational inequalities and to understand diversity not only as a value but as the normality of primary schooling not only on the formal level, the presented relational approach offers perspectives for school development that capture both, organisational issues of multi-sited primary schools and of multi-professional pedagogical work. Hence, we present the case study of the Wartburg School as an 'historical prototype' of an educational landscape.
References
Benner, D. (2023). Sozialraumbezogene Grundschulentwicklung – wissenschaftliche Theoriebildung und pädagogische Praxis in lebensweltbezogener Kooperation. Fachgespräch mit Anke Spies und Robert Wunsch. In A. Spies (Hrsg.), Bündnisse und Verbündete – Vergewisserungen in pädagogischer Absicht. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa (i.D.)
Benner, D. & Ramseger, J. (1984). Abschlussbericht der wissenschaftlichen Begleitung über die vierjährige Modellphase des Grundschulprojekts Gievenbeck an der Wartburggrundschule in Münster. Münster: DVV Copy Center
Benner, D. & Ramseger, J. (1981): Wenn die Schule sich öffnet. Weinheim. Juventa
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1981). Die Ökologie der menschlichen Entwicklung. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Janssen, H. (1995). Schule und Stadt. Ein Bündnis für Kinder und Jugendliche. In G. Reiß (Hrsg.) Schule und Stadt. Lernorte, Spielräume, Schauplätze für Kinder und Jugendliche (S. 11-26). Weinheim: Juventa.
Huf, C. (2017): Sekundäranalysen ethnografischer Daten (S. 4-5). In D. Bambey, A. Meyermann & M. Porzelt (Hrsg.), Potentiale der Sekundärforschung mit qualitativen Daten - ein Workshopbericht. https://www.forschungsdaten-bildung.de/get_fi-les.php?action=get_file&file=fdb-informiert_nr-7.pdf
Medjedović, I. (2014). Qualitative Sekundäranalyse: Zum Potenzial Einer Neuen Forschungsstrategie in der Empirischen Sozialforschung (1st ed.). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden GmbH. https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/kxp/detail.action?docID=1697498
Spies, A. & Wischmann, A. (2023). Der ‚historische Prototyp‘ einer Bildungslandschaft mit primarpädagogischem Anspruch? In C. Brüggemann, B. Hermstein, & R. Nikolai (Hrsg.), Bildungskommunen? – Zum Wandel von Kommunalpolitik und -verwaltung im Bildungsbereich. Weinheim: Beltz/Juventa (i.D.)
Rabenstein, K. & Reh, S. (2011). Einzelschulforschung als rekonstruktiv-qualitative Sozialforschung. In S. Hellekamps, G. Mertens, W. Plöger & W. Wittenbruch (Hrsg.), utb-studi-e-book: Bd. 8438. Schule (S. 727-735). Schöningh.
Ramseger, J. (1981). Das erste Schuljahr in einer offenen Grundschule. Grundschule, 13, 316-320.
Silkenbeumer, M./Wenzl, T. Potentiale einer Nachnutzung aus objektiv hermeneutischer Sicht, Workshop DIPF. In D. Bambey, A. Meyermann & M. Porzelt (Hrsg.), Potentiale der Sekundärforschung mit qualitativen Daten - ein Workshopbericht (S. 3-4).
White, Cameron (2014) (Eds.): Community Education for Social Justice. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm33 SES 03 A JS: Joint Paper Session - NW 29 and NW 33
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ebba Theorell
Joint Paper Session Nw 29 and NW 33

Full information in the programme under 29 SES 03 A JS (set the filter to Network 29) or follow the link below.

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany